diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 19b15bf37..1b2c84934 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -12,28 +12,30 @@ # fares alokeeli , 2019 # Mohammed Ibrahim , 2019 # Akram Alfusayal , 2020 -# Osoul , 2020 # Naser Al Ramahi , 2020 # AMER ALTAWIL , 2020 # Talal Kamal , 2020 # Cécile Collart , 2020 # Malek Gifaeri , 2020 -# Mustafa Rawi , 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Fahad Alqahtani , 2020 # Ghaith Gammar , 2020 -# Osama Ahmaro , 2020 +# Zuhair Hammadi , 2020 # Shaima Safar , 2020 # Nisrine Tagri , 2020 +# Osama Ahmaro , 2020 +# Amer Hazaa , 2020 +# Osoul , 2020 +# Mustafa Rawi , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Nisrine Tagri , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -41,9 +43,9 @@ msgstr "" "Language: ar\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 -msgid "Accounting" -msgstr "الحسابات" +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 +msgid "Invoicing and Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" @@ -169,6 +171,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:114 msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" @@ -214,41 +217,50 @@ msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 -msgid "**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks" +msgid "" +"**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks. (:doc:`Click here for " +"more information `)" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:28 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:277 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:329 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:112 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "الإعدادات" @@ -323,7 +335,7 @@ msgid "After this, your bank feeds will be regularly synchronized." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:579 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:579 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "" @@ -438,11 +450,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" +msgid "Synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 @@ -534,212 +547,212 @@ msgid "" "will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 +msgid "Ponto as Bank Synchronization provider" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate " +"their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within " +"one app. It is a third-party solution that is continuously expanding the " +"number of bank institutions that can be synchronized with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Accounting** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank " +"statements imported automatically into your database. This allows for easier" +" **bank reconciliation**. When :doc:`adding a bank account on Odoo " +"<../setup/bank_accounts>`, you can see if your bank requires a connection " +"through Ponto by searching for your bank institution, and clicking on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can find more information about bank synchronization :doc:`on this page " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 +msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:33 +msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:34 +msgid "Create an account if you don’t have one yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:35 +msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Select your bank institution and follow the steps on-screen to link your " +"bank account with your Ponto account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Make sure to add all the bank accounts you want to synchronize with your " +"Odoo database before moving on to the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 +msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Odoo requires you to insert your Ponto's **Client ID** and **Secret ID** to " +"synchronize both platforms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To generate these IDs, go to :menuselection:`Ponto Dashboard --> Integration" +" --> Live`, click on *Add Integration*, fill out the form, and select which " +"accounts you want to synchronize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:61 +msgid "Copy the Client ID and Secret ID generated and paste them in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:62 +msgid "Configure the synchronization options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Action**: define if Odoo must create a new *Journal* for this bank " +"account, link to an existing Journal, or create no link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:66 +msgid "**Journal**: select the appropriate *Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Synchronization Frequency**: define how often Odoo should fetch the bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:74 +msgid "" +"It is good practice to have one Journal per bank account. If you synchronize" +" a single bank account, link it to the existing *Bank* journal. If you have " +"multiple accounts, it is recommended to pick the *Create new journal* option" +" for all additional accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:81 +msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the " +"synchronization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Click on *Update Accounts* to enter your new Client ID and Secret ID, or " +"click on *Edit* to modify the synchronization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:92 +msgid "Deprecated API tokens" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Ponto's previous synchronization system using API tokens is now deprecated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:96 +msgid "" +"This section is only relevant for users who had previously linked Ponto with" +" Odoo using a single API token instead of the current synchronization system" +" with a *Client ID* and a *Secret ID*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:99 +msgid "**Update** your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "*SaaS* and *Odoo.sh* users:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "you can skip this step, as your database is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "*Community* and *Enterprise* users:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"download the latest Odoo source code for your version (you can download it " +"from `this link `_ or from GitHub), install it, " +"and restart your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Do a **hard refresh** of your Odoo page by pressing *CTRL + F5*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"A hard refresh clears the cache and the javascript code for the current " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To **generate your access key**, follow :ref:`the steps above `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To **update your credentials**, follow :ref:`the steps above `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/bank_accounts`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:184 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "متنوعة" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " -"will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " -"money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " -"manually bring the checks to the bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" -" be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " -"transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " -"reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " -"reconcile them with your bank statement easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 -msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " -"Deposit** to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" -" your country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " -"application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 -msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" -msgstr "تفعيل الخاصية على حساباتك البنكية" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " -"deposits on your main bank accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " -"the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " -"'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the " -"Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" -" to **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " -"payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " -"make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch " -"Deposits afterwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 -msgid "From checks received to the bank" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 -msgid "Receive customer checks" -msgstr "استلام شيكات العميل" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once your checks are received, record them on the bank account on which you " -"plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal if " -"you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit. " -"Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 -msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 -msgid "" -"payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " -"Payment** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 -msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" -msgstr "؟" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 -msgid "" -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " -"deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " -"deposited yet. That way you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " -"check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 -msgid "" -"You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " -"the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 -msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" -msgstr "تسوية الايداعات مع كشف البنك " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 -msgid "" -"When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " -"ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " -"is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with " -"the bank statement line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 -msgid "" -"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fill all the checks " -"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in the batch " -"deposit in the example below)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:111 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 -msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " -"be two reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 -msgid "" -"After having installed the batch deposit features you need to reload the " -"page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" -" button of your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 -msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 -msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " -"in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " -"refused." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 -msgid "" -"In this case click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " -"bank statement matching." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" +msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 @@ -892,115 +905,192 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "التسوية البنكية" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 -msgid "Configure model of entries" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 +msgid "Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "نماذج التسوية" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once the bank statements are correctly imported, it is essential to " +"*reconcile* the records properly and ensure all *Journal Entries* are " +"balanced and in agreement. To ease and speed up the reconciliation process, " +"you can configure **Reconciliation Models**, which are particularly useful " +"with recurrent entries such as bank fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Reconciliation Models are also useful to handle *Cash Discounts*. Please " +"refer to :doc:`this documentation " +"<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 +msgid "Types of Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 +msgid "There are three types of Reconciliation Models:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`Write-off Button `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 +msgid "" +":ref:`Suggestion of counterpart values `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 +msgid ":ref:`Match existing invoices/bills `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 +msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the " +"buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the " +"values automatically, before validating the reconciliation. Each button is a" +" different Reconciliation Model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 +msgid "Suggest counterpart values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values " +"that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules " +"defined in the reconciliation model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 +msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer " +"Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is " +"to validate the entry. This automation is based on a set of rules defined in" +" the reconciliation model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. " +"Alternatively, you can also open this menu from the Accounting Overview, by " +"going to your Bank Journal card, clicking on the three little dots, and then" +" on *Reconciliation Models*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for " +"the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to " +"leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new one," +" then fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "النوع" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 +msgid "" +"See :ref:`above ` for an explanation about the " +"different types of Reconciliation Models." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the *Documents* application is installed on your database, an additional " +"**Activity type** field appears when *To check* is ticked. Selecting the " +"value *Reconciliation request* implies that, whenever you use this model, a " +"*Request Document* window pops up to request a document from a user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 +msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" +msgstr "شروط بند كشف الحساب البنكي" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Define here all the conditions that are required for a Reconciliation Model " +"to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 +msgid "" +"If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the" +" *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of " +"the models in the *list view*. They can be rearranged by dragging-and-" +"dropping the handle next to the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 +msgid "Counterpart Values" +msgstr "قيم مقابلة" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This section comprises the values that are applied by the Reconciliation " +"Model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 +msgid "" +"If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, " +"click on *Add a second line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Bank reconciliation process - use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 ../../accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 msgid "Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " -"order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " -"my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " -"current balance. This fee is thus variable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 -msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " -"to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " -":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 -msgid "" -"We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " -"depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 -msgid "" -"We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " -"book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " -"\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " -"Odoo to take the entire fee into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 -msgid "Save your changes when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " -"under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:47 -msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " -"impacted by the payment of the bank fee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:52 -msgid "" -"When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " -"**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" -" relevant data instantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:59 -msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" "Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " @@ -1132,77 +1222,170 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup" msgstr "الإعداد" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Accounts" +msgstr "الحسابات البنكية" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " -"guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " -"account." +"You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " +"Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " +"up to date and ready for the reconciliation with your *Journal Entries*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 -msgid "Edit a bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 msgid "" -"To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" -" it first before filling your own bank information." +"In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " +"*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." +"Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" +" are automatically created and configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 msgid "" -"Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " -"method like SEPA" +"Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " +"Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" +" are displayed when appropriate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 -msgid "Create a bank account" -msgstr "إنشاء حساب بنكي" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 +msgid "Add a new Bank Account" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" -" on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" -" number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. " -"Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." +"You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" +" your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " +"<../feeds/bank_statements>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 +msgid "Bank Synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 msgid "" -"If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " -"the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " -"accounts from another company." +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 msgid "" -"The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " -"of the previous one within the same journal automatically." +"To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " +"list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:57 -msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 msgid "" -"From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " -"the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " -"menu" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this bank synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +msgid "Manual configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" +" out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 +msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 +msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " +"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" +" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " +"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " +"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " +"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Advanced configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " +"modify." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" +" and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " +"can edit the bank account's number, Account Holder, Account Holder Name, and" +" your Bank Institution's details by clicking on the *External Link* next to " +"the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "" +"You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " +"Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " +"in the **Bank Statements** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Learn: Accounting Basics `_" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" +msgid "Manage a bank in a foreign currency" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 @@ -1371,7 +1554,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a cash register?" +msgid "Manage a cash register" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 @@ -1394,6 +1577,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:249 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 msgid "Usage" msgstr "استخدام" @@ -1450,6 +1635,5311 @@ msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 +msgid "Localizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 +msgid "Argentina" +msgstr "الأرجنتين" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "المقدمة" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " +"this version the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " +"localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" +" to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " +"Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " +"Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " +"on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " +"that is used to analyze the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " +"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " +"AFIP regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:29 +msgid "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " +"the first two modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:35 +msgid "Configure your company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " +"company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " +"the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " +"structure of the company:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:46 +msgid "Chart of Account" +msgstr "شجرة الحساب" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " +"accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " +"considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" +" companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:52 +msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:53 +msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:54 +msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 +msgid "Configure Master data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:66 +msgid "Environment" +msgstr "البيئة" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " +"and Production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " +"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " +"to select the environment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +msgid "AFIP Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " +"provided by the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " +"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " +"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " +"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " +"`Get AFIP Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " +"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " +"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "الشريك" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:150 +msgid "Identification Type and VAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:114 +msgid "" +"As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " +"AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " +"for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" +" Odoo but only the common ones are active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:126 +msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " +"should be defined in the partner form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "الضرائب" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:137 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " +"with their related financial account and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:144 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:195 +msgid "Taxes Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:146 +msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:148 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:149 +msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:150 +msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:151 +msgid "Otros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:154 +msgid "Special Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" +" taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " +"creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " +"Inactive taxes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:164 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:211 +msgid "Document Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:166 +msgid "" +"In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " +"types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " +"AFIP)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:170 +msgid "" +"The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " +"the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " +"of invoices as well of account moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" +" on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " +"when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The information required for the document types is included by default so " +"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:232 +msgid "" +"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " +"activated if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:187 +msgid "Letters" +msgstr "الرسائل" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:189 +msgid "" +"For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" +" the transaction/operation, example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:193 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:194 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" +" must be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " +"associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:236 +msgid "Use on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:205 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:238 +msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:207 +msgid "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:133 +msgid "Journals" +msgstr "دفاتر اليومية" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " +"depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:218 +msgid "" +"For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " +"Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" +" can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " +"invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:222 +msgid "" +"If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" +" because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " +"account moves related to internal control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:226 +msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:231 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " +"defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " +"for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:236 +msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +msgid "Web Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:240 +msgid "" +"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " +"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +msgid "" +"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " +"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" +" Bond `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +msgid "" +"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " +"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " +"the document type related is type “E”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:252 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " +"the operations related to this AFIP POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:255 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" +" for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " +"example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that " +"you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " +"invoice report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:260 +msgid "" +"**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " +"(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " +"sequence. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:263 +msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:264 +msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:265 +msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:295 +msgid "Sequences" +msgstr "تسلسلات" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" +" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " +"under :doc:`developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can " +"be used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:277 +msgid "" +"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " +"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " +"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " +"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:283 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +msgid "Usage and testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:286 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:166 +msgid "Invoice" +msgstr "فاتورة" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:288 +msgid "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " +"invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:292 +msgid "Document type assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " +"based on the AFIP document type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:297 +msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:302 +msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:307 +msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:312 +msgid "" +"As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " +"prefix and sequence is given by the document type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:315 +msgid "" +"The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " +"different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " +"manually by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:321 +msgid "" +"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" +" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" +" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " +"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " +"draft until the related data is corrected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:329 +msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " +"10 days after the CAE is generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:332 +msgid "Result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:334 +msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:335 +msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:341 +msgid "Invoice Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " +"behavior on the pdf report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:346 +msgid "" +"**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " +"identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " +"following AFIP Responsibility type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:349 +msgid "Responsable Inscripto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:354 +msgid "" +"**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " +"part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " +"the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:358 +msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:359 +msgid "Consumidor Final." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:360 +msgid "Responsable Monotributo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:361 +msgid "IVA liberado." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +msgid "Special Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:371 +msgid "Invoices for Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:372 +msgid "" +"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " +"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" +" tab “Other Info”:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +msgid "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" +" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " +"the invoice month:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:386 +msgid "Exportation Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:387 +msgid "" +"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " +"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" +" type be associated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +msgid "" +"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " +"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " +"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:396 +msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:397 +msgid "Exportation document type ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:398 +msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:399 +msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +msgid "Exempt Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +msgid "" +"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " +"Info --> Accounting`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +msgid "Fiscal Bond" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " +"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:442 +msgid "" +"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:419 +msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:136 +msgid "Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +msgid "Zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:422 +msgid "Detail each item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:424 +msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +msgid "Complete description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +msgid "Unit Net Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 +msgid "Quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +msgid "Unit of measurement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +msgid "Bonus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:430 +msgid "VAT rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " +"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " +"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " +"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " +"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" +" to their clients and / or vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:444 +msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:445 +msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:446 +msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:447 +msgid "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +msgid "" +"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " +"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " +"originator document passed to the note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " +"A or B)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +msgid "" +"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:468 +msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +msgid "" +"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " +"Cancellation?” as True." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:471 +msgid "" +"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " +"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " +"(false)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +msgid "Invoice printed report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:479 +msgid "" +"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " +"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " +"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:488 +msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:489 +msgid "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " +"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:499 +msgid "" +"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " +"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " +"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:639 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor Bills" +msgstr "فواتير المورد" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:509 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " +"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" +" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " +"if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:516 +msgid "" +"The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " +"validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " +"will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " +"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " +"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:528 +msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:529 +msgid "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:533 +msgid "" +"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:534 +msgid "" +"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " +"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +msgid "" +"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " +"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +msgid "How to use it in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:544 +msgid "" +"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " +"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +msgid "" +"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " +"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:558 +msgid "Special Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:560 +msgid "Untaxed Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:561 +msgid "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " +"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:564 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" +" the Exempt concept:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +msgid "Perception Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:572 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " +"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " +"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:580 +msgid "" +"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " +"it and set the correct amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:586 +msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:590 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "التقارير" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:592 +msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:598 +msgid "VAT Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:601 +msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:607 +msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:613 +msgid "Resumen de IVA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:619 +msgid "IIBB - Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:622 +msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:628 +msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:3 +msgid "Chile" +msgstr "تشيلي" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Chilean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13. In this" +" version, the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl:** Adds accounting features for the Chilean localization, which " +"represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " +"Chile and under the SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos) regulations and " +"guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl_edi:** Includes all technical and functional requirements to " +"generate and receive Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the SII " +"regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl_reports:** Adds the reports Propuesta F29 y Balance Tributario (8" +" columnas)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:24 +msgid "Install the Chilean localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:26 +msgid "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Chile. Then click *Install* in the " +"module **Chile E-invoicing**. This module has a dependency with **Chile - " +"Accounting**. In case this last one is not installed, Odoo installs it " +"automatically with E-invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you install a database from scratch selecting Chile as country, Odoo " +"will automatically install the base module: Chile - Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:40 +msgid "Company Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your company " +"data. Additional to the basic information, you need to add all the data and " +"elements required for Electronic Invoice, the easiest way to configure it is" +" in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chilean Localization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:48 +msgid "Fiscal Information" +msgstr "معلومات مالية" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Fill in the fiscal information for your company according to the SII " +"register, follow the instructions on each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:173 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:60 +msgid "" +"This is part of the main information required to generate electronic " +"Invoice, select your environment and the legal information, as well as the " +"email address to receive invoices from your vendors and the alias you use to" +" send invoices to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:69 +msgid "Configure DTE Incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:71 +msgid "" +"In order to receive you the claim and acceptance emails from your customers," +" it is crucial to define the DTE incoming email server, considering this " +"configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For your Go-live make sure you archive/remove from your inbox all the emails" +" related to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:83 +msgid "Certificate" +msgstr "شهادة" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:85 +msgid "" +"In order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate" +" with the extension ``.pfx`` is required, proceed to this section and load " +"your file and password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:96 +msgid "" +"A certificate can be shared between several users. If this is the case leave" +" the user field empty, so all your billing users can use the same one. On " +"the other hand, if you need to restrict the certificate for a particular " +"user, just define the users in the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 +msgid "Financial Reports" +msgstr "التقارير المالية" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The report Propuesta F29 requires two values that need to be defined as part" +" of the company configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +msgid "Multicurrency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the SBIF, you can find " +"the SBIF synchronization service in the currency rate configuration and you " +"can set a predefined interval for the rate updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:122 +msgid "" +"In order to configure your token, you need to enable developer mode and " +"access to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System parameters` and " +"search the parameter ``sbif_api_key`` and in the field Value introduce your " +"token provided by the SBIF:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:131 +msgid "Chart of accounts" +msgstr "الدليل المحاسبي" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " +"included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " +"in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:137 +msgid "Default Account Payable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:138 +msgid "Default Account Receivable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:139 +msgid "Transfer Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:140 +msgid "Conversion Rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:144 +msgid "Master Data" +msgstr "البيانات الرئيسية" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:152 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, the identification types defined by the" +" SII are now available on the Partner form. This information is essential " +"for most transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:161 +msgid "TaxpayerType" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:163 +msgid "" +"In Chile, the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the Taxpayer Type. This field should be " +"defined in the partner form, when creating a customer is important you make " +"sure this value is set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:175 +msgid "" +"As part of the information that is sent in the electronic Invoice, you need " +"to define the email that is going to appear as the sender of the electronic " +"invoice to your customer, and the Industry description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:187 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with" +" their related financial account and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:197 +msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:199 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:200 +msgid "" +"ILA (Impuesto a la Ley de Alcholes). Taxes for alcoholic drinks. It has a " +"different rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:204 +msgid "Fiscal Positions" +msgstr "المواقف الضريبية" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase transactions, the VAT can have different affections. " +"This will be done in Odoo using the default purchase fiscal positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:213 +msgid "" +"In some Latin American countries, including Chile, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document types" +" defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Chile case: SII)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The document type is essential information that needs to be displayed in the" +" printed reports and that needs to be easily identified within the set of " +"invoices as well of account moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the " +"country on which the document is applicable and the data is created " +"automatically when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:240 +msgid "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal uses " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:241 +msgid "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:252 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "المبيعات" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:254 +msgid "" +"Sales Journals in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location, " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:256 +msgid "Ventas Santiago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:257 +msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:259 +msgid "For the retail stores is common to have one journal per POS:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:261 +msgid "Cashier 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:262 +msgid "Cashier 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:266 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "المشتريات" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:268 +msgid "" +"The transactions purchase can be managed with a single journal, but " +"sometimes companies use more than one in order to handle some accounting " +"transactions that are not related to vendor bills but can be easily " +"registered using this model, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:272 +msgid "Tax Payments to government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:273 +msgid "Employees payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:279 +msgid "When creating sales journals the next information must be filled in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:281 +msgid "" +"**Point of sale type**: If the Sales journal will be used for electronic " +"documents, the option Online must be selected. Otherwise, if the journal is " +"used for invoices imported from a previous system or if you are using the " +"SII portal “Facturación MiPyme“ you can use the option Manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:285 +msgid "" +"**Use Documents**: This field is used to define if the journal will use " +"Document Types. It is only applicable to Purchase and Sales journals that " +"can be related to the different sets of document types available in Chile. " +"By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:297 +msgid "" +"When a Journal is created we have two options with document types sequences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Create new sequences: In this case, Odoo will create new sequences for the " +"most common document types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Use existent sequence: If the sequence should be shared between several " +"journals, the user can add manually sequences previously created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:309 +msgid "" +"For the Chilean localization it’s important to define the default Debt and " +"Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:313 +msgid "CAF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:315 +msgid "" +"For each sequence related to the documents type, a CAF (Folio Authorization " +"Code) is required, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor with the" +" folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:319 +msgid "" +"Your company can make several requests for folios and obtain several CAFs, " +"each one associated with different ranges of folios. In this way, you could " +"order folios per the different segmentations you have in your journals " +"(example per office) thus avoiding distributing a range of folios. In this " +"way, each branch would have its private key of the respective CAF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:324 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the SII documentation to check the detail on how to acquire " +"the CAF: `SII Timbraje `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 +msgid "" +"Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with journal sequence" +" in Odoo, after you create the sequence for the first time the will be in " +"red, which indicates that no CAF has been configured for that particular " +"sequence:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:339 +msgid "In order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:341 +msgid "Open the sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:342 +msgid "Go the the Tab “CAF”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:343 +msgid "Upload the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 +msgid "Save the CAF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:345 +msgid "Save the sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:352 +msgid "" +"As a result, the sequence color changes to black and the column Next number " +"and quantity available are updated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:361 +msgid "Usage and Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:364 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:366 +msgid "" +"In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the " +"Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next" +" diagram we explain how the information transmitted to the SII and between " +"the customers and Vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:376 +msgid "Customer invoice Emission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:378 +msgid "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" +" created in the standard way, for Chile one of the differentiators is the " +"document type which is selected automatically based on the Taxpayer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:382 +msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:390 +msgid "Validation and DTE Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:392 +msgid "" +"When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically" +" when it’s created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " +"After the invoice is posted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:395 +msgid "" +"The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in" +" the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:396 +msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:402 +msgid "" +"The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that" +" runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII " +"immediately you can do it manually as well. The DTE status workflow is as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:411 +msgid "" +"In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using" +" the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to " +"the invoice, you can use this number to check the details the SII sent back " +"by email. The DTE status is updated to Ask for Status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you " +"want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result " +"can either be Accepted, Accepted With Objection or Rejected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:425 +msgid "" +"There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or " +"Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you " +"will receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:433 +msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " +"now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:439 +msgid "" +"**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct " +"but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " +"valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 +msgid "" +"**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and " +"needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you" +" registered in the SII, if it is properly configured in Odoo, the details " +"are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:452 +msgid "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:454 +msgid "Change the document to draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:455 +msgid "" +"Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:456 +msgid "Post the invoice again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:464 +msgid "Crossed references" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:466 +msgid "" +"When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the " +"information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab" +" Cross Reference, which is commonly used for credit or debit notes, but in " +"some cases can be used on Customer Invoices as well. In the case of the " +"credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:476 +msgid "Invoice PDF Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:478 +msgid "" +"After the invoice is Accepted and valdiated by the SII and the PDF is " +"printed it includes the fiscal elements that indicates out document is " +"fiscally valid:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:487 +msgid "Commercial Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:489 +msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:491 +msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:492 +msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they" +" will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:495 +msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:503 +msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:505 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in " +"Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to " +"proceed is with a Credit Note to either cancel the Invoice or correct it. " +"Please refer to the Credit Notes section for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 +msgid "Common Errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:516 +msgid "" +"There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are " +"some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:519 +msgid "Error: RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:521 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State" +" and City." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:523 +msgid "Error en Monto : - IVA debe declararse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:525 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:529 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one " +"on each invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:527 +msgid "Error: Rut No Autorizado a Firmar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:531 +msgid "" +"Error: Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" +"[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:534 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF in the journal sequence related to this " +"document as the one you’re using is expired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:540 +msgid "Credit Notes" +msgstr "إشعارات الخصم" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:542 +msgid "" +"When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " +"credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file " +"is required for the Credit Note sequence, which is identified as document 64" +" in the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:551 +msgid "" +"Refer to the journal section where we described the process to load the CAF " +"on each sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:555 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:607 +msgid "Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:558 +msgid "Cancel Referenced document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 +msgid "" +"In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit" +" note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:568 +msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:570 +msgid "" +"If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " +"Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select" +" the option “Solo corregir Texto”. In this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:578 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price " +"0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:585 +msgid "" +"It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " +"it is taken for this use case in specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:589 +msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:591 +msgid "" +"When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note" +" and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:600 +msgid "Debit Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:602 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an " +"existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " +"button “Add Debit Note”. The two main use cases for debit notes are " +"detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:610 +msgid "Add debt on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:612 +msgid "" +"The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an " +"existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code " +"SII:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:620 +msgid "" +"In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross " +"reference section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:627 +msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:629 +msgid "" +"In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in " +"this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option " +"in the wizard: *1: Anula Documentos de referencia.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:641 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email " +"server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:644 +msgid "" +"Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based " +"on this information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:645 +msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:646 +msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:650 +msgid "Reception" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:652 +msgid "" +"As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor" +" Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent " +"to the vendor with the Reception acknowledgement. 3. The DTE status is set " +"as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:662 +msgid "Acceptation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:664 +msgid "" +"If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, you can " +"accept the document using the button: Aceptar Documento, once this is done " +"the DTE Acceptation Status changes to: Accepted and an email of acceptance " +"is sent to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:674 +msgid "Claim" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:676 +msgid "" +"In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " +"your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using " +"the button: Claim, once this is done the DTE Acceptation Status change to: " +"Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:684 +msgid "" +"If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel " +"automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " +"should be canceled as they won’t be valid for your accounting records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:693 +msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:695 +msgid "" +"This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " +"balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " +"level of profit or loss that the business had within the evaluated period of" +" time, so that a real and complete knowledge of the status of a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:699 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:715 +msgid "" +"You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:706 +msgid "Propuesta F29" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:708 +msgid "" +"The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that " +"replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase" +" Register (CR) and the Sales Register (RV). Its purpose is to support the " +"transactions related to VAT, improving its control and declaration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:712 +msgid "" +"This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE’s) that have " +"been received by the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia" +msgstr "كولومبيا" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" +" next modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " +"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " +"document types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" +" for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " +"based on the DIAN legal requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:20 +msgid "Workflow" +msgstr "سير العمل" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " +"first two modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:40 +msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " +"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " +"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " +"for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" +" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " +"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " +"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" +" the testing environment can be disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:62 +msgid "Configure your report data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +msgid "" +"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " +"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:76 +msgid "Configure data required in the XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:82 +msgid "Identification" +msgstr "الهوية" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:84 +msgid "" +"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " +"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " +"their identification number and document type set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 +msgid "" +"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " +"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " +"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " +"information required by the DIAN ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:104 +msgid "" +"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " +"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " +"regimen of the partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " +"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " +"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " +"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " +"display taxes in the invoice PDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " +"documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " +"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " +"Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " +"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "Users" +msgstr "المستخدمون" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " +"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:168 +msgid "" +"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" +" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +msgid "Invoice creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +msgid "" +"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " +"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " +"invoice are the next fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 +msgid "There are three types of documents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:184 +msgid "" +"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " +"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:188 +msgid "" +"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " +"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " +"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " +"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "Invoice validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:198 +msgid "" +"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" +" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:204 +msgid "" +"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " +"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " +"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:214 +msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" +" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " +"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " +"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " +"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" +" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:224 +msgid "After this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:226 +msgid "" +"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " +"the invoice chatter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 +msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:237 +msgid "Common errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:239 +msgid "" +"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " +"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " +"after updating the electronic invoice status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:258 +msgid "Additional use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:260 +msgid "" +"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " +"the functional workflow remains the same as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia (ES)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 +msgid "Introducción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +msgid "" +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " +"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " +"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " +"puntos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 +msgid "Plan Contable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +msgid "Impuestos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 +msgid "Retenciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 +msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " +"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " +"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 +msgid "Flujo General" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 +msgid "Configuración" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " +"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " +"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " +"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " +"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 +msgid "" +"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " +"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" +" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" +" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " +"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " +"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" +" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 +msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " +"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " +"Bancaria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " +"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 +msgid "Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " +"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " +"de documento correspondiente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " +"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " +"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " +"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " +"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " +"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " +"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " +"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " +"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " +"opciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " +"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " +"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " +"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " +"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " +"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " +"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 +msgid "Diarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " +"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" +" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 +msgid "" +"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " +"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" +" Secuencia`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 +msgid "Usuarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 +msgid "" +"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " +"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 +msgid "Uso y Pruebas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +msgid "Facturas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " +"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " +"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 +msgid "Invoice Creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +msgid "" +"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " +"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " +"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " +"manualmente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " +"son los siguientes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 +msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 +msgid "" +"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," +" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " +"importación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" +" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " +"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " +"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 +msgid "Invoice Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " +"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " +"desplegado en el historial." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " +"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" +" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " +"inicial **En Proceso**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 +msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 +msgid "" +"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " +"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " +"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " +"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " +"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " +"CUFE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " +"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " +"automáticamente:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 +msgid "" +"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " +"historial de la Factura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 +msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +msgid "" +"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " +"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 +msgid "Errores Frecuentes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 +msgid "" +"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " +"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " +"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " +"desplegados en el historial." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " +"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " +"botón:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 +msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 +msgid "" +"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " +"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " +"igual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 +msgid "Consideraciones del Anexo 1.7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 +msgid "Contexto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 +msgid "Contexto Normativo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 +msgid "Soporte Normativo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Resolución DIAN Número 000042 ( 5 de Mayo de 2020) Por la cual se " +"desarrollan:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 +msgid "Los sistemas de facturación," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 +msgid "Los proveedores tecnológicos," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 +msgid "El registro de la factura electrónica de venta como título valor," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 +msgid "Se expide el anexo técnico de factura electrónica de venta y" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 +msgid "Se dictan otras disposiciones en materia de sistemas de facturación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 +msgid "Anexo 1.7: Principales Cambios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 +msgid "Cambios en la definición de Consumidor Final." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 +msgid "Informar bienes cubiertos para los 3 dias sin IVA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Impuestos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 +msgid "Se agrega concepto para IVA Excluido." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 +msgid "Informar la fecha efectiva de entrega de los bienes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 +msgid "Adecuaciones en la representación Gráfica (PDF)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 +msgid "Calendario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Se tiene varias fechas límites para la salida a producción bajo las " +"condiciones del Anexo 1.7 las cuales dependen de los siguientes factores:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Calendario de implementación de acuerdo con la actividad económica principal" +" en el RUT:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 +msgid "Calendario de implementación, para otros sujetos obligados:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 +msgid "Calendario de implementación permanente:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 +msgid "Requerimientos en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Con la finalidad de facilitar el proceso de preparación de las bases de Odoo" +" estándar V12 y v13, únicamente será necesario que los administradores " +"actualicen algunos módulos y creen los datos maestros relacionados a los " +"nuevos procesos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 +msgid "Actualización de listado de Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Utilizando el modo desarrollador, acceder al módulo de Aplicaciones y " +"seleccionar el menú *Actualizar Lista*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 +msgid "Actualización de Módulos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 +msgid "" +"Una vez actualizado Buscar *Colombia*, los siguientes módulos serán " +"desplegados, se requieren actualizar dos módulos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 +msgid "Colombia - Contabilidad - l10n_co" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal UBL 2.1 - " +"l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 +msgid "" +"En cada módulo o ícono hay que desplegar el menú opciones utilizando los 3 " +"puntos de la esquina superior derecha y seleccionamos *Actualizar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 +msgid "Primero lo hacemos con en el módulo l10n_co:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 +msgid "Posteriormente lo hacemos con el módulo l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 +msgid "Creación de Datos Maestros" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Las bases de datos existentes a Junio 2020 tanto en V12 como V13, deberán " +"crear algunos datos maestros necesarios para operar correctamente con los " +"cambios del Anexo 1.7." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 +msgid "Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 +msgid "" +"La figura del consumidor final será utilizada para aquellas ventas sobre las" +" cuales no es posible identificar toda la información fiscal y demográfica " +"del cliente por lo que la factura se genera a nombre de este registro " +"genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Es importante coordinar y definir los casos de uso en los que dependiendo de" +" su empresa se tendrá permitido utilizar este registro genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 +msgid "" +"Dentro de Odoo se tendrá que crear un contacto con las siguientes " +"características, es importante que se defina de esta manera debido a que son" +" los parámetros definidos por la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 +msgid "**Tipo de contacto:** Individuo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 +msgid "**Nombre:** Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 +msgid "**Tipo de documento:** Cedula de Ciudadania" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 +msgid "**Numero de Identificacion:** 222222222222" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 +msgid "" +"Dentro de la pestaña Ventas y Compras, en la sección Información Fiscal, del" +" campo Obligaciones y Responsabilidades colocaremos el valor: **R-99-PN**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 +msgid "IVA Excluido - Bienes Cubiertos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Para reportar las transacciones realizadas mediante Bienes Cubiertos para " +"los tres días sin IVA, será necesario crear un nuevo Impuesto al cual se le " +"debe de asociar un grupo de impuestos específico que será utilizado por Odoo" +" para agregar la sección requerida en el XML de factura electrónica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 +msgid "" +"Para el crear el impuesto accederemos a Contabilidad dentro del menú " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 +msgid "" +"Procedemos a crear un nuevo Impuesto con importe 0% considerando los " +"siguientes parámetros:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 +msgid "" +"El nombre del Impuesto puede ser definido a preferencia del usuario, sin " +"embargo el campo clave es **Grupo de Impuestos** dentro de Opciones " +"avanzadas, el cual debe ser: *bienes cubiertos* y el campo **Tipo de " +"Valor**: *IVA*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Departamentos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 +msgid "" +"Es necesario actualizar la descripción de algunos departamentos, para lo " +"cual accederemos a módulo de Contactos y dentro del menú de " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Provincias`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Posteriormente, podemos agregar por País para identificar claramente las " +"provincias (Departamentos) de Colombia:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 +msgid "" +"Una vez agrupados buscar los siguientes departamentos para actualizarlos con" +" el valor indicado en la columna **Nombre actualizado**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Nombre de provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Código de Provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Nombre actualizado" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "D.C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "DC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "Bogotá" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "Quindio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "QUI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "Quindío" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "Archipiélago de San Andrés, Providencia y Santa Catalina" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "SAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "San Andrés y Providencia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 +msgid "Ejemplo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 +msgid "Verificación de Código postal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Dentro del Anexo 1.7 se comienza a validar que el código postal de las " +"direcciones para contactos colombianos corresponda a las tablas oficiales " +"definidas por la DIAN, por lo que se debe verificar que este campo está " +"debidamente diligenciado de acuerdo a los definidos en la sigueinte fuente: " +"`Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 +msgid "Consideraciones Operativas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Una vez que resgistro de Consumidor final ha sido creado este deberá ser " +"utilizado a demanda, generalmente será utilizado en las transacciones de " +"facturación del punto de punto de venta." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 +msgid "" +"El proceso de validación de la Factura será realizado de forma convencional " +"en Odoo y la factura será generada de la misma manera. Al detectar que el " +"número de identificación corresponde a consumidor Final, el XML que se envía" +" a Carvajal será generado con las consideraciones y secciones " +"correspondientes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 +msgid "" +"Contablemente todos los registros de Consumidor final quedarán asociados al " +"identificador generico:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 +msgid "" +"El 21 mayo del 2020 fue publicado el El Decreto 682 el cual establece " +"Excepción especial en el Impuesto sobre las ventas. El principal objetivo de" +" este decreto es reactivar la economía en Colombia por las bajas ventas " +"generadas a causa del COVID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 +msgid "Fechas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Días de excención del impuesto sobre las ventas – IVA para bienes cubiertos " +"(3 días SIN IVA)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 +msgid "**Primer día**: 19 de junio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 +msgid "**Segundo día**: 3 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 +msgid "**Tercer día**: 19 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 +msgid "Condiciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Debido a que estas transacciones serán generadas de forma excepcional y que " +"se tiene una combinación de varios factores y condiciones, los productores " +"debera ser actualizados de forma manual en Odoo asignados temporalmente el " +"impuesto de venta *IVA exento - Bienes cubierto* en cada empresa según " +"corresponda." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 +msgid "" +"A continuación se mencionan algunas de las principales condiciones, sin " +"embargo, cabe mencionar que las empresas deben de verificar todos los " +"detalles en el `Decreto 682 " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 +msgid "Tipo de productos y precio Máximo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "Tipo de Productos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "Precio Máximo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +msgid "Electrodomesticos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +msgid "40 UVT: $1,4 millones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 +msgid "Vestuario y complementos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "3 UVT: $106.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "En el caso de los complementos es:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +msgid "10 UVT- $356.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +msgid "Elementos deportivos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +msgid "Juguetes y Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +msgid "5 UVT - $178.035" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +msgid "Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +msgid "Bienes o servicios para el sector agropecuario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +msgid "80 UVT - $2.848.560" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 +msgid "Métodos de Pago:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 +msgid "" +"El pago debe realizarse por medios electrónico por ejemplo tarjetas de " +"crédito/débito o bien mecanismos de pago online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 +msgid "Limite de unidades:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 +msgid "" +"Cada cliente puede adquirir únicamente 3 unidades como máximo de cada " +"producto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 +msgid "Medidas en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 +msgid "**Preparación de datos**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 +msgid "" +"Crear el Impuesto para Bienes cubiertos de acuerdo a lo indicado en este " +"punto: Datos maestros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 +msgid "" +"Identificar los productos y transacciones a los cuales les aplicará la " +"Exclusión de IVA de acuerdo a las condiciones establecidas en el decreto " +"682. En caso de ser un porcentaje significativo de productos, se recomienda " +"actualizar el impuesto de forma temporal en Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Exportar un listado con los productos que serán afectados incluyendo el " +"campo IVA Venta el cual será sustituido temporalmente por el IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 +msgid "" +"Al finalizar las operaciones del día anterior a las fechas establecidas de " +"día sin IVA, se debe hacer la actualización temporal a IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 +msgid "**Durante el día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Por defecto los productos previamente considerados con IVA de Bienes " +"cubiertos serán generados con este parámetro tanto en Órdenes de venta como " +"facturas creadas durante ese mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 +msgid "" +"Las órdenes de venta generadas con este impuesto deberán ser facturas el " +"mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 +msgid "" +"En caso de que alguna de las condiciones no sea cumplida (ejemplo el pago es" +" realizado en efectivo) el impuesto deberá ser actualizado manualmente al " +"momento de facturar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 +msgid "**Posterior al día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 +msgid "" +"Los productos que fueron actualizados deberá ser reconfigurados a su IVA " +"original." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 +msgid "" +"En caso de que se detecte alguna Orden de venta facturar en la cual se " +"incluya IVA de Bienes Cubiertos, se deberá realizar actualización manual " +"correspondiente al IVA convencional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 +msgid "France" +msgstr "فرنسا" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 +msgid "FEC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " +"the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" +" --> FEC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " +"module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 +msgid "French Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " +"accounting reports specific to France:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 +msgid "Bilan comptable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 +msgid "Compte de résultats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 +msgid "Plan de Taxes France" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 +msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " +"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " +"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales " +"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, " +"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 +msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " +"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 +msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 +msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 +msgid "" +"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " +"VAT and therefore are not affected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 +msgid "Get certified with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 +msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" +" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " +"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" +" `here `_. If you " +"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " +"`_ or contact" +" your Odoo service provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 +msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 +msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " +"menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 +msgid "" +"if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 +msgid "" +"in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " +"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a " +"country from the list; Do not create a new country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " +"restart your server beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" +" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" +" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules " +"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click " +"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 +msgid "Anti-fraud features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 +msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " +"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 +msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " +"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 +msgid "Inalterability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 +msgid "" +"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " +"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " +"located in France or in any DOM-TOM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " +"companies are impacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "الأمن" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" +" validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " +"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " +"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " +"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the " +"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted " +"document recorded in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " +"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " +"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 +msgid "Storage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " +"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" +" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry " +"recorded in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " +"Invoicing and Accounting apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " +"Type = Sales)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 +msgid "" +"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 +msgid "" +"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " +"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " +"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" +" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 +msgid "" +"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " +"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " +"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " +"counted in the very next closing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 +msgid "" +"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "المسئوليات" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" +" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " +"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " +"the inalterability of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" +" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 +msgid "More Information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 +msgid "" +"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " +"documents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "" +"`Frequently Asked Questions " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 +msgid "" +"`Official Statement " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 +msgid "" +"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "ألمانيا" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 +msgid "German Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " +"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " +"not created any accounting entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 +msgid "German Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 +msgid "Balance Sheet" +msgstr "ميزان المراجعة" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Profit & Loss" +msgstr "الربح والخسارة." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 +msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 +msgid "Partner VAT Intra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 +msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 +msgid "" +"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " +"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " +"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " +"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 +msgid "Indonesia" +msgstr "إندونيسيا" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 +msgid "E-Faktur Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The **E-Faktur Module** is installed by default with the Indonesian " +"localization module. It allows one to generate a CSV file for one tax " +"invoice or for a batch of tax invoices to upload to the **Tax Office " +"e-Faktur** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 +msgid "NPWP/NIK settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Company**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This information is used in the FAPR line in the effect file format. You " +"need to set a VAT number on the related partner of your Odoo company. If you" +" don't, it won't be possible to create an e-Faktur from an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Clients**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You need to set the checkbox *ID PKP* to generate e-fakturs for a customer. " +"You can use the VAT field on the customer's contact to set the NPWP needed " +"to generate the e-Faktur file. If your customer does not have an NPWP, just " +"enter the NIK in the same VAT field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 +msgid "Generate Tax Invoice Serial Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> e-Faktur`. In order to be" +" able to export customer invoices as e-Faktur for the Indonesian government," +" you need to put here the ranges of numbers you were assigned by the " +"government. When you validate an invoice, a number will be assigned based on" +" these ranges. Afterwards, you can filter the invoices still to export in " +"the invoices list and click on *Action*, then on *Download e-Faktur*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After receiving new serial numbers from the Indonesian Revenue Department, " +"you can create a set of tax invoice serial numbers group through this list " +"view. You only have to specify the Min and Max of each serial numbers' group" +" and Odoo will format the number automatically to a 13-digits number, as " +"requested by the Indonesia Tax Revenue Department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There is a counter to inform you how many unused numbers are left in that " +"group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 +msgid "Generate e-faktur csv for a single invoice or a batch invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Create an invoice from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Invoices`. If the invoice customer's country is Indonesia and the customer " +"is set as *ID PKP*, Odoo will allow you to create an e-Faktur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Set a Kode Transaksi for the e-Faktur. There are constraints related to the " +"Kode transaksi and the type of VAT applied to invoice lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically pick the next available serial number from the " +"e-Faktur number table (see the :ref:`section above " +"`) and generate the e-faktur number " +"as a concatenation of Kode Transaksi and serial number. You can see this " +"from the invoice form view under the page *Extra Info* in the box " +"*Electronic Tax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, you can generate and download the e-Faktur from " +"the *Action* menu item *Download e-faktur*. The checkbox *CSV created* will " +"be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can select multiple invoices in list view and generate a batch e-Faktur " +".csv." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 +msgid "Kode Transaksi FP (Transaction Code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The following codes are available when generating an e-Faktur. - 01 Kepada " +"Pihak yang Bukan Pemungut PPN (Customer Biasa) - 02 Kepada Pemungut " +"Bendaharawan (Dinas Kepemerintahan) - 03 Kepada Pemungut Selain Bendaharawan" +" (BUMN) - 04 DPP Nilai Lain (PPN 1%) - 06 Penyerahan Lainnya (Turis Asing) -" +" 07 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Tidak Dipungut (Kawasan Ekonomi Khusus/ Batam) -" +" 08 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Dibebaskan (Impor Barang Tertentu) - 09 " +"Penyerahan Aktiva (Pasal 16D UU PPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted and downloaded: Replace Invoice " +"feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Cancel the original wrong invoice in Odoo. For instance, we will change the " +"Kode Transakski from 01 to 03 for the INV/2020/0001." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Create a new invoice and set the canceled invoice in the *Replace Invoice* " +"field. In this field, we can only select invoices in *Cancel* state from the" +" same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As you validate, Odoo will automatically use the same e-Faktur serial number" +" as the canceled and replaced invoice replacing the third digit of the " +"original serial number with *1* (as requested to upload a replacement " +"invoice in the e-Faktur app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted but not downloaded yet: Reset " +"e-Faktur" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 +msgid "Reset the invoice to draft and cancel it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 +msgid "Click on the button *Reset e-Faktur* on the invoice form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The serial number will be unassigned, and we will be able to reset the " +"invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +msgid "Italy (IT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" +" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " +"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " +"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " +"l’interscambio di informazioni." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 +msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " +"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" +" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " +"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" +" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 +msgid "" +"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " +"elettronica sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" +" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " +"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " +"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " +"relativa :doc:`guida <../../../discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" +" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " +"elettronica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " +"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " +"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " +"previa comunicazione." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " +"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " +"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " +"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " +"Commercio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " +"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " +"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " +"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " +"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " +"necessarie informazioni legali." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" +" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" +" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " +"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " +"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" +" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " +"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " +"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +msgid "" +"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +msgid "" +"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " +"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" +" dall’applicazione contabilità." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " +"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "المكسيك" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +msgid "" +"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" +" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " +"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here " +"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the " +"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " +"\"Mexico\" set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:17 +msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" +" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" +" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," +" payment complement, invoice addendum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:24 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " +"accounting are here (Accounting app required)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " +"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" +" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this " +"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " +"company in Mexico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" +" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " +"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:44 +msgid "Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:46 +msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " +"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:58 +msgid "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" +" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and " +"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" +" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:73 +msgid "Set your legal information in the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:75 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " +"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " +"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " +"position on your company’s contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" +" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " +"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " +"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " +"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal " +"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley" +" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " +"the option)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid "Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:104 +msgid "" +"This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " +"available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " +"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to " +"support in https://www.odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " +"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " +"name does not exist)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " +"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " +"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " +"the default behavior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:127 +msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:680 +msgid "" +"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " +"field set to \"Tasa\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:137 +msgid "" +"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" +" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" +" set 601, it will look like the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:144 +msgid "" +"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " +"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " +"faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:152 +msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " +"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " +"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " +"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " +"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:164 +msgid "" +"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " +"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " +"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process" +" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " +"environment with real transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:174 +msgid "" +"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " +"PAC username or password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " +"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +msgid "`Certificate`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +msgid "`Certificate Key`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:186 +msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:190 +msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:192 +msgid "" +"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " +"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " +"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " +"a new tax you should choose a tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:207 +msgid "Invoicing" +msgstr "الفوترة" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:209 +msgid "" +"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " +"the normal Odoo's behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " +"like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:219 +msgid "" +"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" +" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " +"invoice by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " +"looks like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:234 +msgid "Cancelling invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:236 +msgid "" +"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:238 +msgid "If the invoice is not paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:240 +msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:246 +msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:250 +msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +msgid "" +"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " +"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:257 +msgid "**Legal considerations**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:259 +msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " +"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " +"good control of the cancellation reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +msgid "" +"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" +" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " +"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:269 +msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:271 +msgid "" +"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " +"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " +"important." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " +"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:278 +msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid "" +"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " +"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " +"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " +"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:285 +msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +msgid "" +"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " +"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:290 +msgid "" +"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " +"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " +"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " +"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:298 +msgid "" +"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " +"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +msgid "" +"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" +" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:306 +msgid "" +"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " +"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 +msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " +"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " +"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" +" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " +"caso de anticipos recibidos**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 +msgid "" +"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " +"Payment without a proper invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +msgid "Accounting" +msgstr "الحسابات" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:320 +msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:323 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:324 +msgid "DIOT report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:326 +msgid "" +"1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " +"report only available on the context of the accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +msgid "" +"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 +msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 +msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:341 +msgid "" +"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " +"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 +msgid "How to add new accounts ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:351 +msgid "" +"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" +" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " +"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account " +"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag" +" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" +" xml." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "" +"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" +" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:371 +msgid "" +"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " +"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " +"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " +"is not created you can create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 +msgid "" +"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " +"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " +"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be " +"exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " +"the previous selection of the period you want to export." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +msgid "" +"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" +" regular Odoo Report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:394 +msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 +msgid "" +"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" +" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:402 +msgid "" +"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " +"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " +"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " +"the same, with our providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:407 +msgid "" +"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" +" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " +"to. submit the DIOT:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:412 +msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:414 +msgid "" +"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " +"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " +"find in the SAT website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:418 +msgid "" +"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " +"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " +"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " +"to said data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:424 +msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:426 +msgid "" +"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " +"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " +"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:430 +msgid "" +"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " +"this after having made up to 500 records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:433 +msgid "" +"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " +"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " +"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such" +" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " +"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:440 +msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:442 +msgid "" +"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " +"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " +"according to the SAT site is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " +"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " +"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of" +" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the " +"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " +"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:453 +msgid "" +"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " +"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " +"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " +"Third Parties." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:458 +msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:461 +msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:463 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " +"with third partied (DIOT)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:467 +msgid "" +"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " +"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:472 +msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +msgid "" +"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " +"the necessary steps to declare it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:483 +msgid "" +"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " +"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " +"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else " +"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" +" suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:490 +msgid "" +"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " +"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " +"properly configured already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" +" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " +"following standard odoo procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:496 +msgid "" +"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " +"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " +"itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:499 +msgid "" +"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " +"paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +msgid "" +"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " +"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " +"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use" +" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it " +"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " +"your partners are correctly set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:513 +msgid "Extra Recommended features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:516 +msgid "Contact Module (Free)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:518 +msgid "" +"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " +"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " +"install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:524 +msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:526 +msgid "" +"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " +"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" +" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with " +"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate " +"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " +"information daily in the system manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:533 +msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:540 +msgid "" +"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " +"3.3)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:542 +msgid "" +"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " +"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " +"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" +" :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:548 +msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:550 +msgid "" +"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " +"Companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:551 +msgid "Open any company you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:575 +msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:557 +msgid "" +"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " +"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " +"generic one with no explanation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +msgid "If you see an error like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:564 +msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:566 +msgid "" +"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " +"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:570 +msgid "" +"This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " +"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " +"but:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:583 +msgid "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " +"allowed minimum length of '1'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:592 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " +"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " +"properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:667 +msgid "**Error messages**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:598 +msgid "" +"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 +msgid "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " +"partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" +" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " +"which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " +"possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " +"considerations about fiscal positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 +msgid "" +"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " +"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " +"set 601, it will look like the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:620 +msgid "" +"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " +"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:654 +msgid "**Error message**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:625 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " +"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " +"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " +"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:631 +msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:638 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:656 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " +"is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:644 +msgid "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " +"missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:647 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " +"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " +"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" +"info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:661 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" +" Mexico, fix it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:669 +msgid "" +"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:672 +msgid "" +"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing.\", '')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:676 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" +" used on the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "هولندا" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 +msgid "XAF Export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 +msgid "" +"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" +" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" +" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " +"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 +msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " +"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 +msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 +msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "أسبانيا" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 +msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 +msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 +msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 +msgid "PGCE Entitades" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " +"Localization** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " +"default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 +msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" +" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +msgid "Switzerland" +msgstr "سويسرا" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " +"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " +"ISR*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " +"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " +"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +msgid "" +"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " +"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " +"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices` and enable **Print bank on ISR**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +msgid "ISR reference on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, you can add your ISR reference as " +"**Payment Reference** on your invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue " +"invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to modify (By default, the Journal is named " +"*Customer Invoices*), click en *Edit*, and open the *Advanced Settings* tab." +" In the **Communication Standard** field, select *Switzerland*, and click on" +" *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 +msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " +"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " +"you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 +msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" +" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" +" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 +msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " +"have to do anything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " +"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " +":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " +"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " +"\"upgrade\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " +"rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +msgid "" +"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " +"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " +"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 +msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " +"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" +" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" +" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " +"included in Odoo by default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Name**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Rate**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Label on Invoice**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Scope**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tag**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "7.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +msgid "7.7% achat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "TVA 7.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +msgid "7.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +msgid "7.7% invest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "3.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +msgid "3.7% achat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "TVA 3.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "3.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +msgid "3.7% invest" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "3.7% invest Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "7.7% Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "3.7% Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " +"odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" +" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " +"your fiscal positions accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Localization Packages** are country-specific modules that install " +"pre-configured taxes, fiscal positions, chart of accounts, and legal " +"statements on your database. Some additional features, such as the " +"configuration of specific certificates, are also added to your Accounting " +"app, following your fiscal administration requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, " +"according to the country selected at the creation of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 +msgid "" +"As long as you haven't posted any entry, you can still add and select " +"another package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration" +" --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install " +"your country's module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 +msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 +msgid "Use" +msgstr "استخدم" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 +msgid "" +"These packages require you to fine-tune your chart of accounts according to " +"your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " +"statements and certifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 +msgid "Please refer to the documentation listed below for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscality/taxes/taxes`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 msgid "Fiscality" msgstr "" @@ -1459,7 +6949,7 @@ msgid "Fiscal Year" msgstr "سنة مالية" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" +msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 @@ -1646,15 +7136,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "الضرائب" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" +msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 @@ -1741,13 +7224,6 @@ msgid "" "salespeople." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:15 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "المقدمة" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 msgid "" "The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " @@ -1896,153 +7372,8 @@ msgid "" "to only work with one price reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " -"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:9 -msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:11 -msgid "" -"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" -" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " -"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " -"purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " -"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " -"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " -"Positions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " -"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " -"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " -"foreign countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:29 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" -"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " -"for the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " -"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " -"same customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:44 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " -"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " -"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " -"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " -"your office or warehouse)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " -"tax-mapping to apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:53 -msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:59 -msgid "" -"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " -"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " -"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " -"his shipping address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:68 -msgid "Specific use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " -"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," -" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:80 -msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" +msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 @@ -2171,142 +7502,248 @@ msgid "" "zero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" -" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " -"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " -"with the right taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " -"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:20 -msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:22 -msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:24 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:26 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:28 -msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " -"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " -"posts the tax journal item in the income account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " -"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " -"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " -"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " -"code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:49 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " -"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " -"following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " -"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " -"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " -"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " -"empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "ضرائب افتراضية" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" -"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " -"localizations." +"**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes ` are automatically " +"selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For " +"example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you " +"create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 msgid "" -"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " -"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " -"country/state than you." +":doc:`Fiscal Positions ` take the Default Tax into " +"account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo " +"applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the " +"Fiscal Position." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 msgid "" -"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +"**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" +" at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal " +"Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for your" +" company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 msgid "" -"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " -"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " -"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." +"To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " +"appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-" +"specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:279 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " +"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " +"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " +"and providers' localizations and business types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " +"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 +msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 +msgid "" +":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 +msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +msgid "" +":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " +"of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 +msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " +"or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" +" defined in the products' forms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " +"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " +"**Tax to Apply** empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" +" **Tax on Product**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " +"active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 +msgid "Automatic application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " +"following a set of conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " +"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " +"contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " +"countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" +" logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " +"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" +" Fiscal Positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 +msgid "" +"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " +"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " +"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " +"from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "تطبيق" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 +msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 +msgid "" +"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " +"specific partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " +"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 +msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " +"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" +" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:281 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:280 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" +msgid "Manage withholding taxes" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 @@ -2385,76 +7822,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 -msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " -"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " -"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" -" product form is $100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 -msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 -msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 -msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 -msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 -msgid "If the tax is included in the price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 -msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 -msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 -msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " -"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 -msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 -msgid "" -"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " -"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " -"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " -"Display)." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 @@ -2544,8 +7913,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" -" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" +" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 @@ -2604,3578 +7973,498 @@ msgid "" "from a user point of view." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 -msgid "Localizations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:3 -msgid "Argentina" -msgstr "الأرجنتين" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " -"this version the next modules are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " -"localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" -" to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " -"Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " -"Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " -"on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " -"that is used to analyze the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " -"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " -"AFIP regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:29 -msgid "" -"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " -"the first two modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:35 -msgid "Configure your company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " -"company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " -"the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " -"structure of the company:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:46 -msgid "Chart of Account" -msgstr "شجرة الحساب" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:48 -msgid "" -"In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " -"accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " -"considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" -" companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:52 -msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:53 -msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:54 -msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:60 -msgid "Configure Master data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:63 -msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:66 -msgid "Environment" -msgstr "البيئة" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " -"and Production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " -"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " -"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " -"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " -"to select the environment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:81 -msgid "AFIP Certificates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " -"provided by the AFIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" -" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " -"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " -"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " -"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " -"`Get AFIP Certificate " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " -"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " -"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:104 -msgid "" -"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " -"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 -msgid "Partner" -msgstr "الشريك" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:112 -msgid "Identification Type and VAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:114 -msgid "" -"As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " -"AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " -"for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " -"default:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:122 -msgid "" -"The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" -" Odoo but only the common ones are active." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:126 -msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:128 -msgid "" -"In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " -"transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " -"should be defined in the partner form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:137 -msgid "" -"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " -"with their related financial account and configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:144 -msgid "Taxes Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:146 -msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:148 -msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:149 -msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:150 -msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:151 -msgid "Otros." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:154 -msgid "Special Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" -" taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " -"creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " -"Inactive taxes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:164 -msgid "Document Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:166 -msgid "" -"In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " -"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " -"types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " -"AFIP)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:170 -msgid "" -"The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " -"the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " -"of invoices as well of account moves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " -"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" -" on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " -"when the localization module is installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:177 -msgid "" -"The information required for the document types is included by default so " -"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:184 -msgid "" -"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " -"activated if needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:187 -msgid "Letters" -msgstr "الرسائل" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:189 -msgid "" -"For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" -" the transaction/operation, example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " -"be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:193 -msgid "" -"When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " -"be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:194 -msgid "" -"When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" -" must be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:196 -msgid "" -"The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " -"associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:203 -msgid "Use on Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:205 -msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:207 -msgid "" -"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " -"documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:208 -msgid "" -"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " -"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:212 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:133 -msgid "Journals" -msgstr "دفاتر اليومية" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:214 -msgid "" -"In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " -"depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:218 -msgid "" -"For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " -"Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" -" can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " -"invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:222 -msgid "" -"If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" -" because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " -"account moves related to internal control process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:226 -msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:231 -msgid "" -"**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " -"defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " -"for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:235 -msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:236 -msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:239 -msgid "Web Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:240 -msgid "" -"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " -"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:242 -msgid "" -"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " -"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " -"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" -" Bond `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:246 -msgid "" -"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " -"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " -"the document type related is type “E”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:252 -msgid "" -"**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " -"the operations related to this AFIP POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:255 -msgid "" -"**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" -" for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " -"example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that " -"you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " -"invoice report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:260 -msgid "" -"**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " -"(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " -"sequence. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:263 -msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:264 -msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:265 -msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:268 -msgid "Sequences" -msgstr "تسلسلات" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:269 -msgid "" -"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" -" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " -"under :doc:`developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can be " -"used:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:277 -msgid "" -"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " -"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " -"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " -"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:283 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:163 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 -msgid "Usage and testing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:286 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:166 -msgid "Invoice" -msgstr "فاتورة" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:288 -msgid "" -"After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " -"invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:292 -msgid "Document type assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:294 -msgid "" -"Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " -"based on the AFIP document type:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:297 -msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:302 -msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:307 -msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:312 -msgid "" -"As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " -"prefix and sequence is given by the document type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:315 -msgid "" -"The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " -"different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " -"manually by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:320 -msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:321 -msgid "" -"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" -" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" -" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " -"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " -"draft until the related data is corrected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:326 -msgid "" -"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " -"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:329 -msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:330 -msgid "" -"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " -"10 days after the CAE is generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:332 -msgid "Result:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:334 -msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:335 -msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:341 -msgid "Invoice Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:343 -msgid "" -"Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " -"behavior on the pdf report:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:346 -msgid "" -"**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " -"identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " -"following AFIP Responsibility type:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:349 -msgid "Responsable Inscripto." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:354 -msgid "" -"**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " -"part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " -"the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:358 -msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:359 -msgid "Consumidor Final." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:360 -msgid "Responsable Monotributo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:361 -msgid "IVA liberado." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:368 -msgid "Special Use Cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:371 -msgid "Invoices for Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:372 -msgid "" -"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " -"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" -" tab “Other Info”:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:378 -msgid "" -"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" -" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " -"the invoice month:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:386 -msgid "Exportation Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:387 -msgid "" -"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " -"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" -" type be associated:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:393 -msgid "" -"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " -"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " -"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:396 -msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:397 -msgid "Exportation document type ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:398 -msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:399 -msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:400 -msgid "Exempt Taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:406 -msgid "" -"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " -"Info --> Accounting`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:413 -msgid "Fiscal Bond" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:414 -msgid "" -"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " -"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " -"Ministry of Economy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:417 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:442 -msgid "" -"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " -"requirements:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:419 -msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:420 -msgid "Taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:421 -msgid "Zone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:422 -msgid "Detail each item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:424 -msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:425 -msgid "Complete description." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:426 -msgid "Unit Net Price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:427 -msgid "Quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:428 -msgid "Unit of measurement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:429 -msgid "Bonus." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:430 -msgid "VAT rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:434 -msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:436 -msgid "" -"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " -"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " -"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " -"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " -"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" -" to their clients and / or vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:444 -msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:445 -msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:446 -msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:447 -msgid "" -"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" -" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:453 -msgid "" -"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " -"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:456 -msgid "" -"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " -"originator document passed to the note." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:462 -msgid "" -"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " -"A or B)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:463 -msgid "" -"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " -"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " -"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " -"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:468 -msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:470 -msgid "" -"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " -"Cancellation?” as True." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:471 -msgid "" -"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " -"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " -"(false)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:478 -msgid "Invoice printed report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:479 -msgid "" -"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " -"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " -"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:488 -msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:489 -msgid "" -"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " -"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:499 -msgid "" -"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " -"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " -"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:507 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "فواتير المورد" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:509 -msgid "" -"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " -"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" -" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " -"if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:516 -msgid "" -"The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " -"validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " -"will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:523 -msgid "" -"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " -"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " -"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:528 -msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:529 -msgid "" -"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " -"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " -"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:533 -msgid "" -"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:534 -msgid "" -"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " -"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:536 -msgid "" -"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " -"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:543 -msgid "How to use it in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:544 -msgid "" -"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " -"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:550 -msgid "" -"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " -"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:558 -msgid "Special Use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:560 -msgid "Untaxed Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:561 -msgid "" -"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " -"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:564 -msgid "" -"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " -"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" -" the Exempt concept:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:571 -msgid "Perception Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:572 -msgid "" -"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " -"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " -"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " -"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:580 -msgid "" -"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " -"it and set the correct amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:586 -msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:590 -msgid "Reports" -msgstr "التقارير" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:592 -msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:598 -msgid "VAT Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:601 -msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:607 -msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:613 -msgid "Resumen de IVA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:619 -msgid "IIBB - Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:622 -msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:628 -msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 -msgid "Colombia" -msgstr "كولومبيا" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" -" next modules:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " -"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " -"document types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" -" for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " -"based on the DIAN legal requirements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:20 -msgid "Workflow" -msgstr "سير العمل" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 -msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:32 -msgid "" -"For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " -"first two modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:40 -msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " -"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " -"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:46 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " -"for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" -" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " -"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " -"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" -" the testing environment can be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:62 -msgid "Configure your report data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 -msgid "" -"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " -"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:76 -msgid "Configure data required in the XML" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:82 -msgid "Identification" -msgstr "الهوية" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:84 -msgid "" -"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " -"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " -"their identification number and document type set:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:91 -msgid "" -"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " -"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " -"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 -msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:100 -msgid "" -"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " -"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " -"information required by the DIAN ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 -msgid "" -"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " -"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " -"regimen of the partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 -msgid "" -"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " -"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " -"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " -"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " -"display taxes in the invoice PDF." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " -"electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " -"documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " -"Journals`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " -"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:152 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "المستخدمون" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:154 -msgid "" -"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " -"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:168 -msgid "" -"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" -" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 -msgid "Invoice creation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 -msgid "" -"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " -"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " -"invoice are the next fields:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:182 -msgid "There are three types of documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 -msgid "" -"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " -"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 -msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " -"transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:188 -msgid "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " -"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " -"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " -"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:196 -msgid "Invoice validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:198 -msgid "" -"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" -" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:204 -msgid "" -"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " -"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " -"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:214 -msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:216 -msgid "" -"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" -" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " -"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " -"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " -"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" -" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:224 -msgid "After this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:226 -msgid "" -"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " -"the invoice chatter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:233 -msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:237 -msgid "Common errors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:239 -msgid "" -"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " -"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " -"after updating the electronic invoice status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:246 -msgid "" -"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " -"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:258 -msgid "Additional use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:260 -msgid "" -"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " -"the functional workflow remains the same as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 -msgid "Colombia (ES)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 -msgid "Introducción" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 -msgid "" -"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " -"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " -"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " -"puntos:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 -msgid "Plan Contable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 -msgid "Impuestos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 -msgid "Retenciones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 -msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " -"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " -"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 -msgid "Flujo General" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 -msgid "Configuración" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 -msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " -"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 -msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " -"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " -"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " -"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 -msgid "" -"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " -"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" -" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" -" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " -"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " -"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" -" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 -msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " -"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " -"Bancaria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " -"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 -msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 -msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 -msgid "Identificación" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " -"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " -"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " -"de documento correspondiente." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " -"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " -"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 -msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " -"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " -"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " -"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " -"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " -"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " -"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " -"opciones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " -"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " -"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " -"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " -"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " -"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " -"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 -msgid "Diarios" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " -"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" -" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 -msgid "" -"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " -"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" -" Secuencia`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " -"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 -msgid "Usuarios" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 -msgid "" -"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " -"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 -msgid "Uso y Pruebas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 -msgid "Facturas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " -"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " -"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 -msgid "Invoice Creation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 -msgid "" -"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " -"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " -"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " -"manualmente." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " -"son los siguientes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 -msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 -msgid "" -"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," -" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 -msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " -"importación." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 -msgid "" -"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" -" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " -"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " -"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 -msgid "Invoice Validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " -"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " -"desplegado en el historial." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " -"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" -" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " -"inicial **En Proceso**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 -msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 -msgid "" -"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " -"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " -"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " -"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " -"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " -"CUFE." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " -"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " -"automáticamente:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 -msgid "" -"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " -"historial de la Factura." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 -msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 -msgid "" -"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " -"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 -msgid "Errores Frecuentes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " -"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " -"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " -"desplegados en el historial." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 -msgid "" -"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " -"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " -"botón:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 -msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 -msgid "" -"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " -"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " -"igual." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 -msgid "France" -msgstr "فرنسا" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 -msgid "FEC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " -"the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" -" --> FEC`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " -"module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 -msgid "French Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " -"accounting reports specific to France:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 -msgid "Bilan comptable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 -msgid "Compte de résultats" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 -msgid "Plan de Taxes France" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 -msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 -msgid "" -"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " -"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " -"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales " -"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, " -"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 -msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " -"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 -msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 -msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 -msgid "" -"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " -"VAT and therefore are not affected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 -msgid "Get certified with Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 -msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" -" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " -"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" -" `here `_. If you " -"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " -"`_ or contact" -" your Odoo service provider." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 -msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 -msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " -"menu:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 -msgid "" -"if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " -"Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:66 -msgid "" -"in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " -"Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " -"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a " -"country from the list; Do not create a new country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " -"`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " -"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " -"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " -"restart your server beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:81 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" -" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" -" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules " -"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click " -"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" -" installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:90 -msgid "Anti-fraud features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:92 -msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " -"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 -msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " -"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:101 -msgid "Inalterability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:103 -msgid "" -"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " -"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " -"located in France or in any DOM-TOM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:107 -msgid "" -"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " -"companies are impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:111 -msgid "Security" -msgstr "الأمن" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:113 -msgid "" -"To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" -" validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " -"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:118 -msgid "" -"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " -"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " -"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the " -"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted " -"document recorded in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " -"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " -"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:131 -msgid "Storage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:133 -msgid "" -"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " -"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" -" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry " -"recorded in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " -"Invoicing and Accounting apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " -"Type = Sales)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:145 -msgid "" -"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:147 -msgid "" -"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " -"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " -"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" -" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:153 -msgid "" -"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " -"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " -"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " -"counted in the very next closing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:158 -msgid "" -"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " -"Actions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "المسئوليات" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" -" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " -"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " -"the inalterability of data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" -" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 -msgid "More Information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 -msgid "" -"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " -"documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 -msgid "" -"`Frequently Asked Questions " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 -msgid "" -"`Official Statement " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 -msgid "" -"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 -msgid "Germany" -msgstr "ألمانيا" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 -msgid "German Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " -"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " -"not created any accounting entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 -msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 -msgid "German Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -msgid "Balance Sheet" -msgstr "ميزان المراجعة" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 -msgid "Profit & Loss" -msgstr "الربح والخسارة." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 -msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 -msgid "Partner VAT Intra" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 -msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 -msgid "" -"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " -"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " -"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " -"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 -msgid "Italy (IT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" -" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " -"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " -"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " -"l’interscambio di informazioni." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 -msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " -"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" -" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " -"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" -" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 -msgid "" -"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " -"elettronica sono i seguenti:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" -" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " -"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " -"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " -"relativa :doc:`guida <../../discuss/email_servers>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" -" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " -"elettronica." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " -"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " -"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " -"previa comunicazione." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " -"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " -"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " -"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 -msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 -msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " -"Commercio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " -"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " -"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " -"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 -msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " -"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " -"necessarie informazioni legali." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" -" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" -" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " -"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 -msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " -"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" -" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " -"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " -"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 -msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 -msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 -msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 -msgid "" -"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 -msgid "" -"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " -"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" -" dall’applicazione contabilità." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 -msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 -msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 -msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " -"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 -msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "المكسيك" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" -" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " -"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here " -"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the " -"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " -"\"Mexico\" set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:17 -msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" -" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" -" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," -" payment complement, invoice addendum." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:24 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " -"accounting are here (Accounting app required)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:27 -msgid "" -"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " -"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" -" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this " -"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " -"company in Mexico." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:38 -msgid "" -"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" -" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " -"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:44 -msgid "Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:46 -msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:52 -msgid "" -"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " -"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " -"installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:58 -msgid "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" -" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" -" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and " -"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" -" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:73 -msgid "Set you legal information in the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:75 -msgid "" -"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " -"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " -"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " -"position on your company’s contact." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:82 -msgid "" -"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" -" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " -"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " -"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal " -"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley" -" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " -"the option)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:101 -msgid "Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:104 -msgid "" -"This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " -"available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " -"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to " -"support in https://www.odoo.com/help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " -"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " -"name does not exist)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:117 -msgid "" -"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " -"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " -"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " -"the default behavior." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:127 -msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:129 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:680 -msgid "" -"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " -"field set to \"Tasa\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:137 -msgid "" -"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" -" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" -" set 601, it will look like the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:144 -msgid "" -"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " -"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " -"faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152 -msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 -msgid "" -"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " -"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " -"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " -"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " -"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " -"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " -"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process" -" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " -"environment with real transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:174 -msgid "" -"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " -"PAC username or password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " -"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 -msgid "`Certificate`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 -msgid "`Certificate Key`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:186 -msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:190 -msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 -msgid "" -"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " -"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " -"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 -msgid "" -"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " -"a new tax you should choose a tag." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 -msgid "Invoicing" -msgstr "الفوترة" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:209 -msgid "" -"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " -"the normal Odoo's behaviour." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212 -msgid "" -"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " -"like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:219 -msgid "" -"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" -" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " -"invoice by email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " -"looks like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:234 -msgid "Cancelling invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:236 -msgid "" -"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:238 -msgid "If the invoice is not paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:240 -msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:246 -msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250 -msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 -msgid "" -"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " -"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:257 -msgid "**Legal considerations**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:259 -msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 -msgid "" -"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " -"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " -"good control of the cancellation reasons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 -msgid "" -"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" -" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " -"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269 -msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 -msgid "" -"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " -"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " -"important." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 -msgid "" -"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " -"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278 -msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:280 -msgid "" -"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " -"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " -"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " -"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:285 -msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 -msgid "" -"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " -"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 -msgid "" -"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " -"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 -msgid "" -"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " -"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " -"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " -"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298 -msgid "" -"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " -"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " -"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 -msgid "" -"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" -" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " -"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:306 -msgid "" -"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " -"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 -msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 -msgid "" -"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " -"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " -"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" -" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " -"caso de anticipos recibidos**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:314 -msgid "" -"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " -"Payment without a proper invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:320 -msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 -msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:324 -msgid "DIOT report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 -msgid "" -"1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " -"report only available on the context of the accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:329 -msgid "" -"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " -"app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:336 -msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 -msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:341 -msgid "" -"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " -"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:349 -msgid "How to add new accounts ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:351 -msgid "" -"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" -" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354 -msgid "" -"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " -"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account " -"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag" -" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" -" xml." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365 -msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 -msgid "" -"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" -" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371 -msgid "" -"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " -"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " -"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " -"is not created you can create one on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380 -msgid "" -"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " -"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " -"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be " -"exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " -"the previous selection of the period you want to export." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 -msgid "" -"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" -" regular Odoo Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 -msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 -msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:399 -msgid "" -"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" -" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402 -msgid "" -"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " -"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " -"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " -"the same, with our providers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:407 -msgid "" -"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" -" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " -"to. submit the DIOT:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:412 -msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:414 -msgid "" -"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " -"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " -"find in the SAT website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 -msgid "" -"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " -"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " -"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " -"to said data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 -msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 -msgid "" -"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " -"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " -"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 -msgid "" -"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " -"this after having made up to 500 records." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 -msgid "" -"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " -"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " -"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such" -" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " -"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:440 -msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 -msgid "" -"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " -"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " -"according to the SAT site is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 -msgid "" -"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " -"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " -"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of" -" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the " -"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " -"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:453 -msgid "" -"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " -"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " -"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " -"Third Parties." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:458 -msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:461 -msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:463 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " -"with third partied (DIOT)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:467 -msgid "" -"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " -"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 -msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 -msgid "" -"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " -"the necessary steps to declare it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481 -msgid "" -"Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:483 -msgid "" -"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " -"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " -"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else " -"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" -" suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:490 -msgid "" -"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " -"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " -"properly configured already." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 -msgid "" -"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" -" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " -"following standard odoo procedure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 -msgid "" -"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " -"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " -"itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:499 -msgid "" -"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " -"paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 -msgid "" -"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " -"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " -"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use" -" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it " -"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " -"your partners are correctly set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:513 -msgid "Extra Recommended features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 -msgid "Contact Module (Free)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518 -msgid "" -"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " -"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " -"install." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:524 -msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:526 -msgid "" -"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " -"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" -" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with " -"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate " -"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " -"information daily in the system manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 -msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 -msgid "" -"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " -"3.3)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:542 -msgid "" -"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " -"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:548 -msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 -msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550 -msgid "" -"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " -"Companies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 -msgid "Open any company you have." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:575 -msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 -msgid "" -"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " -"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " -"generic one with no explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 -msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 -msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 -msgid "" -"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " -"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 -msgid "" -"This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " -"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " -"but:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 -msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 -msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:583 -msgid "" -"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 -msgid "" -"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:592 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " -"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " -"properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:636 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:667 -msgid "**Error messages**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:598 -msgid "" -"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:602 -msgid "" -"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " -"partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" -" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " -"which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " -"possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " -"considerations about fiscal positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:613 -msgid "" -"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " -"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " -"set 601, it will look like the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:620 -msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " -"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:623 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:654 -msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:625 -msgid "" -"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:631 -msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:638 -msgid "" -"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:656 -msgid "" -"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:644 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:5 msgid "" -"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing." +"There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," +" depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " +"recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and " +"computations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:647 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " -"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " -"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" -"info`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:661 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" -" Mexico, fix it." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:12 +msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:669 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:14 msgid "" -"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing." +"As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of" +" your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. " +"However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can " +"activate only the ones relevant for your business." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:672 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:19 msgid "" -"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.\", '')" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:676 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" -" used on the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 -msgid "Netherlands" -msgstr "هولندا" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 -msgid "XAF Export" +"To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " +"tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:31 msgid "" -"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" -" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" -" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " -"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 -msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" +"To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " -"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 -msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 -msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" +"Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " +"the following table to see where they are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 -msgid "Spain" -msgstr "أسبانيا" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 -msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Name `" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " -"default:" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice `" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 -msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Group `" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 -msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Back end" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 -msgid "PGCE Entitades" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 -msgid "" -"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " -"Localization** section." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " -"default." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:53 +msgid "Basic Options" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 -msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:58 +msgid "Tax Name" +msgstr "اسم الضريبة" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:60 msgid "" -"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" -" accounting reports specific to Spain:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" +"The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " +":ref:`label ` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " +"Products, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 -msgid "Switzerland" -msgstr "سويسرا" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 -msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Tax Computation" +msgstr "حساب الضريبة" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " -"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " -"ISR*." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:68 +msgid "**Group of Taxes**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:70 msgid "" -"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " -"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " -"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 -msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." +"The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " +"you want, in the order you want them to be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:74 msgid "" -"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " -"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " -"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " -"Reports` and tick this box :" +"Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " +"may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " +":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones `." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 -msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:78 +msgid "**Fixed**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:80 msgid "" -"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " -"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " -"you want." +"The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " +"same, regardless of the Sales Price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 -msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:83 msgid "" -"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" -" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" -" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 -msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " +"fixed* tax. We then have:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " -"have to do anything." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Product's Sales Price" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " -"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " -":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " -"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " -"\"upgrade\"`." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Price without tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " -"rates." -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Tax" +msgstr "الضريبة" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 -msgid "" -"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " -"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " -"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " -"transactions." -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Total" +msgstr "الإجمالي" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 -msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 -msgid "" -"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " -"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 -msgid "" -"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" -" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" -" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "1,010.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 -msgid "" -"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " -"grid 302 tax" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:92 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:94 msgid "" -"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " -"grid 342 tax" +"The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " +"multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:97 msgid "" -"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " -"included in Odoo by default" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Name**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Rate**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Label on Invoice**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Scope**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tag**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "7.7%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -msgid "7.7% achat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "TVA 7.7%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "المشتريات" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -msgid "7.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -msgid "7.7% invest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "3.7%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -msgid "3.7% achat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "TVA 3.7%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "3.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -msgid "3.7% invest" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "3.7% invest Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax. We then have:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "المبيعات" +msgid "100" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "1,100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:107 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:109 msgid "" -"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" +"The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " +"Total." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "7.7% Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:111 msgid "" -"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "111.11" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "3.7% Incl." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "1,111.11" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:124 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "نشط" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:126 +msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:129 msgid "" -"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " -"odoo.com/help." +"It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" +" can deactivate them to prevent future use." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:133 msgid "" -"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" -" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " -"your fiscal positions accordingly." +"This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " +"` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:139 +msgid "Tax Scope" +msgstr "نطاق الضريبة" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " +"where it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:143 +msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:144 +msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:145 +msgid "**None**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " +"Taxes ` but that you don't want to list along with other " +"Sales or Purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:154 +msgid "Definition tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " +"the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:163 +msgid "**Based On**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:165 +msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:166 +msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:168 +msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:169 +msgid "" +"**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports " +"<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your" +" country's regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:180 +msgid "Label on Invoices" +msgstr "تسمية الفواتير" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " +"column. This is the :ref:`label ` visible to *front end* " +"users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:193 +msgid "Tax Group" +msgstr "تجميع الضريبة" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " +":ref:`label ` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " +"invoices, and the Customer Portals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " +"when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " +"Positions `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:205 +msgid "" +"In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " +"Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." +" Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the " +"Invoice ` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, " +"above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:213 +msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" +msgstr "مشتمل في التكلفة التحليلية" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:215 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " +"**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:221 +msgid "Included in Price" +msgstr "السعر يشمله" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:223 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" +" Price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:225 +msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:227 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "900.10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "90.9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:238 +msgid "" +"If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," +" please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " +"*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** " +"field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:246 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " +"are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and " +"select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:253 +msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" +msgstr "تؤثر على المبلغ الأساسي للضرائب اللاحقة" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:255 +msgid "" +"With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " +"other taxes applied to the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:258 +msgid "" +"You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes ` to include" +" this tax, or add it directly to a product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " +"amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " +"tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:270 +msgid "" +"To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " +"names." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:282 +msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 +msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " +"provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" +" VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " +"This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " +"number without leaving Odoo interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 +msgid "VAT Number validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " +"**Country** and **VAT** fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" +" error message if the VAT number is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " +"fields' validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"`European Commission: VIES search engine " +"`__" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 @@ -6188,7 +8477,7 @@ msgid "Adviser" msgstr "المحاسب" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" +msgid "Manage a financial budget" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 @@ -6392,39 +8681,12 @@ msgid "" "amount that could have been realised." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 -msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific " -"date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 -msgid "" -"This is, for example, used when you make a provision (e.g. provision for bad" -" debt). When making the accounting entry for the provision, the amount you " -"entered is only an estimated amount. You will only be sure of the amount at " -"the end of the fiscal year. That's why, at that point, you want the " -"accounting entry to be reversed to be able to enter the real loss that " -"occurred." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 -msgid "" -"For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the " -"journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be " -"reversed at that date." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" msgstr "تحليلي" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" +msgid "Track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 @@ -6601,7 +8863,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" +msgid "Track costs of human resources with timesheets" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 @@ -7734,10 +9996,6 @@ msgid "" "average cost and the original purchase price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 -msgid "Multicurrency" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" msgstr "" @@ -7863,7 +10121,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 @@ -7873,8 +10131,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 -msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgid "Odoo's multi-currency system" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 @@ -7995,6 +10252,10 @@ msgid "" "can register payments only in this currency." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 +msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -8068,7 +10329,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`exchange`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" +msgid "Manage invoices and payment in multiple currencies" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 @@ -8151,401 +10412,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "التقارير" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " -"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " -"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " -"ever." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "تفعيل وضع المطور" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" -" activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:20 -msgid "Create your financial report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 -msgid "" -"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " -"configured:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 -msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:33 -msgid "**Analysis Period** :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:35 -msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 -msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " -"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 -msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 -msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 -msgid "" -"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " -"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " -"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" -" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " -"separated by ;)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:59 -msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:61 -msgid "" -"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " -"date range)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " -"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " -"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " -"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " -"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " -"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " -"by one of their columns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:75 -msgid "Other useful fields :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 -msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:79 -msgid "" -"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " -"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:82 -msgid "" -"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" -" same dates as the rest of the report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " -"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " -"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 -msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 -msgid "What are the main reports available?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 -msgid "**Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 -msgid "**Profit and Loss**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 -msgid "**Chart of Account**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 -msgid "**Executive Summary**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 -msgid "**General Ledger**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 -msgid "**Aged Payable**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 -msgid "**Aged Receivable**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 -msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 -msgid "**Tax Report**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 -msgid "Profit and Loss" -msgstr "الأرباح والخسائر" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 -msgid "Chart of account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 -msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 -msgid "Executive Summary" -msgstr "الملخص التنفيذي" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Performance:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 -msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 -msgid "**Net profit margin:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " -"make those profits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Position:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" -" all your bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 -msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 -msgid "General Ledger" -msgstr "دفتر الأستاذ العام" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 -msgid "Aged Payable" -msgstr "المتأخر المستحق" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 -msgid "Aged Receivable" -msgstr "المتأخر المدين" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 -msgid "Cash Flow Statement" -msgstr "كشف التدفقات النقدية" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 -msgid "" -"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 -msgid "Tax Report" -msgstr "تقرير الضريبة" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 -msgid "" -"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " -"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 msgid "Chart of Accounts" msgstr "الدليل المحاسبي" @@ -8635,10 +10507,6 @@ msgid "" "indicates the account's purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "النوع" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 msgid "" "Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" @@ -8785,10 +10653,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 -msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "ضرائب افتراضية" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 msgid "" "Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " @@ -8880,77 +10744,270 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" +msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " -"different screens you will need." +"When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" +" welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" +" get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close " +"it." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " -"`__, you " -"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " -"implementation guide." +"The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 -msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Completing your company settings" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" +" Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " +"creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes " +"are ready-to-go. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" +msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 -msgid "Importing your customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Importing your suppliers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Importing your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" +msgid "" +"The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 -msgid "Importing your starting balances" +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 -msgid "Define the users for accounting" +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 +msgid "Company Data" +msgstr "بيانات المؤسسة" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 msgid "" -"Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " -"bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " -"configuration of Odoo." +"This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " +"address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " +"number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " +"Info**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Bank Account" +msgstr "حساب بنكي" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " +"*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " +"Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information " +"about Bank Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Accounting Periods" +msgstr "الفترات المحاسبية" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" +" to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " +"along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " +"date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " +"indicate their initial opening balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " +"Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " +"arrow button* at the end of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here ` for more information on how to " +"configure your Chart of Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 +msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 +msgid "" +"There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " +"advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " +"onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app" +" rather than the Accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 +msgid "" +"If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " +"going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 +msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " +"onboarding banner `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 +msgid "Invoice Layout" +msgstr "مخطط الفاتورة" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 +msgid "" +"With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" +" which layout tamplate, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 +msgid "" +"You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " +"*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " +"email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to " +"the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " +"Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" +" of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 +msgid "" +"These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 +msgid "Payment Method" +msgstr "طريقة السداد" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 +msgid "" +"This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " +"can pay you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " +"Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " +"online, from their Customer Portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 +msgid "Sample Invoice" +msgstr "فاتورة عينة" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" +" configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 +msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 @@ -9407,9 +11464,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Debit" msgstr "المدين" @@ -9421,9 +11475,6 @@ msgstr "المدين" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Credit" msgstr "الدائن" @@ -9431,17 +11482,6 @@ msgstr "الدائن" msgid "Invoice 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -msgid "100" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Payment 1.1" msgstr "" @@ -9557,9 +11597,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Account" msgstr "الحساب" @@ -9569,8 +11606,6 @@ msgstr "الحساب" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:142 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "حساب المدينون" @@ -9594,8 +11629,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:144 msgid "Bank" msgstr "البنك" @@ -10100,6 +12133,11 @@ msgid "" "once." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "التقارير" + #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" msgstr "رصيد اعمار الذمم الدائنة" @@ -10129,334 +12167,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Account Payables" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 -msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" -" then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " -"most frequently are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 -msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 -msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 -msgid "" -"other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " -"carried out by the employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " -"from the Apps module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " -"re-invoice your expenses to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " -"products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " -"products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses " -"Products` in the **Expenses** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 -msgid "Some examples of products can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 -msgid "**Travel (car)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 -msgid "Product Type: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 -msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 -msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " -"Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 -msgid "**Hotel**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 -msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " -"employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " -"customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the" -" hotel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " -"checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " -"material**. This invoicing policy means that, if the expense is related to a" -" customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 -msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 -msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 -msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 -msgid "The expenses workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 -msgid "Record a new expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " -":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " -"personal expenses work that way:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 -msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 -msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 -msgid "the accountant post journal entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 -msgid "" -"the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " -"with a payable account)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 -msgid "" -"if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " -"the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 -msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 -msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 -msgid "a product: the expense type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 -msgid "" -"a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" -" car)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " -"photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " -"the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 -msgid "" -"If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" -" an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " -"might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get " -"this feature)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " -"**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " -"expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 -msgid "" -"An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " -"action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 -msgid "Validation by the manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " -"manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " -"menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 -msgid "The manager can:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 -msgid "" -"discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " -"bill is missing);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 -msgid "reject an expense;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 -msgid "approve an expense." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 -msgid "Control by the accountant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " -"by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " -"created and posted in your accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " -"expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 -msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " -"the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " -"invoiced to the customer yet and will be included in the next invoice that " -"will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer" -" project)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 -msgid "" -"To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." -" (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " -"invoice all your orders in batch)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:170 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:173 -msgid "Reimburse the employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:175 -msgid "" -"If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " -"reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" -" payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:180 -msgid "" -"All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " -"due." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 -msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:189 -msgid "" -"If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " -"options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 -msgid "" -"if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " -"invoicing policy on the product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 -msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:197 -msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:199 -msgid "" -"if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " -"reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" -" invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:204 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" +msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 @@ -10740,7 +12452,7 @@ msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" +msgid "Pay several bills at once" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 @@ -11053,6 +12765,10 @@ msgid "" "Download SEPA Payments`." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:111 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:114 msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" msgstr "" @@ -11076,17 +12792,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:129 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`check`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:121 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" msgstr "" @@ -11149,6 +12858,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" @@ -11477,104 +13187,6 @@ msgid "" "account`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" -" for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " -"cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a " -"defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are " -"confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " -"will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " -"On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which " -"means no debt account is necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," -" as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " -"receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " -"handle them in accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " -"a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " -"worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " -"installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" -" \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 -msgid "Register a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 -msgid "" -"By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " -"Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " -"app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " -"Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " -"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt" -" accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " -"option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " -"the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " -":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " -"completely close the transaction in your accounting." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" msgstr "" @@ -11793,7 +13405,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" +msgid "Manage vendor Bills" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 @@ -12113,12 +13725,163 @@ msgid "" " be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 +msgid "Digitize Vendor Bills with Optical Character Recognition (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that" +" allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data to your " +"database reduces errors and saves you time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 +msgid "Set up the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and " +"choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 +msgid "Start digitizing your bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Scan your bills and then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Bills` and upload your document. Based on your configuration, it either " +"processes the documents automatically, or you need to click on *Send for " +"Digitalization* to do it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also create a vendor bill through the *Documents* app or by using an" +" email alias on your journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " +"clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the" +" right information instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the " +"correct data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "التسعير" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which " +"requires prepaid credits to work. Digitalizing one document consumes one " +"credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click `here `_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Receipts" +msgstr "إيصالات الشراء" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Receipts** are not invoices but rather confirmations of received " +"payments, such as a ticket or a receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This feature is meant to be used when you pay directly with your company's " +"money for an expense. **Vendor Bills**, on the other hand, are recorded when" +" an invoice is issued to you and that the amount is first credited on a debt" +" account before a later payment reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app " +"dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. " +"Click :doc:`here <../../../expense/expense>` for more information on how to " +"use Odoo Expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 +msgid "Register a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling" +" out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "Edit the Journal Entry before posting it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once you have filled out the *Invoice Lines* tab, you can modify the " +"**Journal Entry** before you post it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values" +" according to your needs, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../expense/expense`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 msgid "Customer Invoices" msgstr "فواتير العملاء" @@ -12901,6 +14664,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" msgstr "" @@ -13251,10 +15018,6 @@ msgid "" "includes a country, before sending the letter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "التسعير" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 msgid "" "*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " @@ -13268,203 +15031,367 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Click `here `_ to know about our " -"*Privacy Policy*." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "مدفوعات العميل" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 +msgid "Batch Payments: Batch Deposits (checks, cash etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **Batch Deposit** groups multiple payments in a single batch. This allows " +"you to deposit several payments into your bank account with a single " +"transaction. This is particularly useful to deposit cash and checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to list several customer payments and print a " +"**deposit slip**. This ticket contains the details of the transactions and a" +" reference to the batch deposit. You can then select this reference during a" +" bank reconciliation to match the single bank statement line with all the " +"transactions listed in the batch deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To activate the feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Customer Payments`, activate **Batch Payments**, and click " +"on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 +msgid "Payment Method Types" +msgstr "أنواع طريقة السداد" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To record new payments as part of a Batch Deposit, you have to configure " +"first the Journal on which you record them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced " +"Settings* tab. In the *Payment Method Types* section, enable **Batch " +"Deposit**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch " +"payments when you activate the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 +msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 +msgid "Record payments to deposit in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 +msgid "" +":doc:`Register the payments ` on the bank account on which you " +"plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you " +"received a payment, and clicking on *Register Payment*. There, select the " +"appropriate Journal linked to your bank account and select *Batch Deposit* " +"as Payment Method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 +msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 +msgid "Make sure to write the payment reference in the **Memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 +msgid "Add payments to a Batch Deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank" +" and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on " +"*Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by " +"clicking on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then " +"click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip " +"that the bank usually requires to fill out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Once the bank statements are on your database, you can reconcile the bank " +"statement line with the *Batch Payment* reference. To do so, start your " +"**Bank Reconciliation** by going to your Accounting dashboard and clicking " +"on *Reconcile Items* on the related bank account. At the bank statement " +"line, click on *Choose counterpart or Create Write-off* to display more " +"options, open the *Batch Payments* tab, and select your Batch Payment. All " +"related payments are automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank" +" statement line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, " +"remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:4 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." " With **SEPA Direct Debit**, your customers can sign a **mandate** that " -"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts " -"automatically." +"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts. This is " +"particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 msgid "" -"You can record your customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files " -"containing pending payments made with an SDD mandate." +"You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files containing " +"pending payments made with an SDD mandate." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "" -"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 28 member states " +"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " "of the European Union as well as additional countries." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:123 msgid "" "`List of all SEPA countries `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` nd activate" -" the **SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** feature. Enter the **Creditor Identifier** " -"of your company. This number is provided by your bank, or the authority " -"responsible for delivering them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:28 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:30 -msgid "Create a mandate" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate " +"**SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's " +"**Creditor Identifier**. This number is provided by your bank institution, " +"or the authority responsible for delivering them." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +msgid "Create a mandate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 msgid "" "The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " "authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 msgid "" -"To create a new one, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " -"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the new mandate’s " -"form." +"To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 msgid "" -"First, export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your " -"customer to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the " -"**Original Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the " -"mandate." +"Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer " +"to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original " +"Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 msgid "" -"First, make sure, that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly " -"recorded on the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in " -"your own *Bank Account* settings." +"Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on " +"the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in your own " +":doc:`Bank Account <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 +msgid "" +"SEPA Direct Debit can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce**" +" or on the **Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Acquirer**. " +"With this method, your customers can create and sign their mandates " +"themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Acquirers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your " +"needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Make sure to change the **State** field to *Enabled*, and to check **Online " +"Signature**, as this is necessary to let your customers sign their mandates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " +"address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " -"this field is left blank, then the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " -"*Closed* or *Revoked*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" -" means that invoices made after the present day won’t be processed " -"automatically with an SDD payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " -"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " -"that have already been registered will still be included to the next SDD XML" -" file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated. If " -"a customer requires to pay with SDD payments again, you will have to create " -"a new mandate from scratch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:75 -msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 msgid "" -"All new posted invoice issued to customers with an active mandate will " -"automatically register payment and have their status marked as *Paid*." +"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " +"this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " +"*Closed* or *Revoked*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 msgid "" -"If you have unpaid invoices that could be paid with a new mandate, it is " -"still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on *Register Payment* and " -"choose *SEPA Direct Debit* as payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:87 -msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" +"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" +" means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with" +" an SDD payment." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 msgid "" -"To submit your SDD payments to your bank, you will first generate an **XML " -"file** that can be uploaded directly to your bank interface." +"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " +"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " +"that have already been registered are still included in the next SDD XML " +"file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 +msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 +msgid "" +"You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an " +"active SDD mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the invoice, click on *Register Payment*, and choose *SEPA " +"Direct Debit* as payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In previous versions, Odoo used SDD payment as the default payment for all " +"customers with an active mandate. Your customers can still activate " +"automatic SDD for their subscriptions with a recurring payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:112 +msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " +"online banking interface to process all payments at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:118 msgid "" "The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" -" specifications as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " +" specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " "Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 msgid "" "To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " "*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " "Payments to Collect*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:129 msgid "" -"Select all the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD XML" -" file, then click on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." +"Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" +" on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:136 msgid "" "Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " -"then download the SDD XML file." +"download the SDD XML file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 -msgid "Finally, upload this file to your bank to process the payments." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " +"payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " "Payments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:150 +msgid ":doc:`batch`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:152 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " "`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:153 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 -msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" +msgid "Register customer payments by checks" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 @@ -13510,7 +15437,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" msgstr "" @@ -13556,16 +15482,12 @@ msgid "Memo: write the Check number" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "" @@ -13575,12 +15497,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:142 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:144 msgid "100.00" msgstr "" @@ -13602,8 +15518,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:142 msgid "X" msgstr "" @@ -13623,7 +15537,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:109 msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" msgstr "" @@ -13649,7 +15562,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:136 msgid "" "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" msgstr "" @@ -13670,199 +15582,6 @@ msgid "" "the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 -msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" -" both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " -"the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " -"on the invoice (using a Credit card journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank " -"account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 -msgid "" -"**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " -"credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," -" without going through the Undeposited Funds. Once you process your bank " -"statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card " -"payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 -msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " -"cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" -" take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " -"automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second " -"approach." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " -"users)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 -msgid "" -"On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " -"--> Create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 -msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 -msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 -msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " -"set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:118 -msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " -"Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" -" transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " -"and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 -msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 -msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -msgid "Credit Cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -msgid "Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " -"of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " -"account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " -"is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your " -"bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:114 -msgid "" -"There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " -"this method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:124 -msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:126 -msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " -"recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " -"with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment " -"and relate it to the statement line)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:148 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" -" may be more convenient if you have a lot of credit cards to record in a " -"batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments " -"with invoices)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:153 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " -"report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" -" received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" " -"option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:164 -msgid ":doc:`recording`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`followup`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" msgstr "" @@ -13954,8 +15673,61 @@ msgid "" "negative number of due days." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Online Payment" +msgstr "سداد قيمة الفاتورة أونلاين" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue," +" you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay " +"Now* button on their **Customer Portal**. This allows your customers to see " +"their invoices online and pay directly with their favorite payment method, " +"making the payment process much easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 +msgid "" +"By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer " +"<../../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only Payment " +"Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online " +"Payment**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 +msgid "Customer Portal" +msgstr "بوابة العميل" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 +msgid "" +"After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by " +"email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects" +" them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 +msgid "" +"They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 -msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" +msgid "Different ways to record a payment" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 @@ -14111,5 +15883,564 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 -msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" +msgid ":doc:`online_payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`followup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 +msgid "Declarations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 +msgid "Tax Return (VAT Declaration)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies that are registered for **VAT (Value Added Tax)** must file a " +"**Tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their turnover " +"and the regulation of the country in which they are registered. A Tax return" +" - or VAT return - gives the tax authorities information about the taxable " +"transactions made by the company, the *output tax* it has charged its " +"customers, and the *input tax* its vendors have charged it. Based on these " +"values, the company can calculate the tax amount they have to pay or be " +"refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can find information about VAT and its mechanism on `this page from the " +"European Commission `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 +msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo Accounting " +"to compute your Tax Return correctly and also to send you a reminder to " +"never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " +"--> Fiscal Periods`, and go to the **Tax Return Periodicity** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Periodicity**: define here whether you file your tax return each month or " +"every three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Reminder**: define when Odoo should remind you to file your tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 +msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " +"<../../overview/getting_started/setup>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 +msgid "Tax Grids" +msgstr "شبكات الضرائب" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are " +"configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the" +" recorded transactions use the right taxes. You can see on each Journal Item" +" which Tax Grid is used for that transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you " +"can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record" +" invoices or credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization" +" Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation " +"of your database. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 +msgid "Close a tax period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 +msgid "Tax Lock Date" +msgstr "تاريخ إغلاق الضريبة" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Any new transaction which accounting date is prior to the **Tax Lock Date** " +"has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful to make" +" sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your " +"*Closing Journal Entry*. This way, other users can't modify or add " +"transactions that would have an impact on the Closing Journal Entry, which " +"helps you avoid some tax declaration errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 +msgid "Tax Report" +msgstr "تقرير الضريبة" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period " +"you want to report, open your **Tax Report**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. " +"You can also click on *TAX Report* from your *Accounting Overview*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date " +"filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the " +"button *Closing Journal Entry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 +msgid "" +"After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In " +"addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with " +"the **Tax Report** that you can download from the chatter and preview on the" +" right column. It includes all the values to report to the tax authorities, " +"along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date ` before clicking" +" on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal " +"period on the same date as the Accounting Date of your entry. This automatic" +" lock happens when you click on *Post*. This safety mechanism can prevent " +"some fiscal errors, but it is advised to lock your tax date manually before," +" as described above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 +msgid "Create a customized reports with your own formulas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " +"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " +"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " +"ever." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the developer mode" +msgstr "تفعيل وضع المطور" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" +" activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 +msgid "Create your financial report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " +"configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 +msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 +msgid "**Analysis Period** :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 +msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 +msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " +"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 +msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 +msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " +"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " +"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" +" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " +"separated by ;)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 +msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " +"date range)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " +"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " +"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " +"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " +"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " +"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " +"by one of their columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 +msgid "Other useful fields :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 +msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " +"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 +msgid "" +"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" +" same dates as the rest of the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " +"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " +"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Main reports available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " +"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " +"countries :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 +msgid "**Balance Sheet**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 +msgid "**Profit and Loss**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 +msgid "**Chart of Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 +msgid "**Executive Summary**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 +msgid "**General Ledger**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 +msgid "**Aged Payable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 +msgid "**Aged Receivable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 +msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 +msgid "**Tax Report**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 +msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " +"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " +"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" +" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " +"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " +"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" +" of your organisation as at a particular date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Profit and Loss" +msgstr "الأرباح والخسائر" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " +"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" +" period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Chart of account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 +msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 +msgid "Executive Summary" +msgstr "الملخص التنفيذي" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " +"figures you need to run your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " +"reporting :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 +msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 +msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " +"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " +"result of those sales)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"make those profits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Position:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " +"across all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +" all your bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 +msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 +msgid "" +"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " +"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " +"your **Purchases account** for the month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " +"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " +"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " +"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 +msgid "General Ledger" +msgstr "دفتر الأستاذ العام" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " +"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " +"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " +"occurred during a certain period of time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 +msgid "Aged Payable" +msgstr "المتأخر المستحق" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" +" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " +"gone unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 +msgid "Aged Receivable" +msgstr "المتأخر المدين" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " +"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +msgstr "كشف التدفقات النقدية" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " +"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing and financing activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " +"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index 0414dc5fe..9dfcdc2a5 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Abed Al-Shammari , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -53,7 +53,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 @@ -289,7 +290,7 @@ msgid "" "(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " "leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " "pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " -"multiple countries." +"multiple industries." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 @@ -314,7 +315,8 @@ msgid "" " us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " "`__, To buy credits you can " "either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " -"Credits`; or go to `Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my Services`." +"Credits`; or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my" +" Services`." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 @@ -382,6 +384,128 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" msgstr "حسن من جودة عملك اليومي." +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" msgstr "قم بمزامنة تقويم جوجل مع برنامج أودو." diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po index bf102e258..2c0a87eed 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Akram Alfusayal , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ msgid "" " Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " "processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " "require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " -"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make " +"made through Odoo Studio might not work properly. *It is up to you to make " "sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " "test database through our `Support page `__." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index d7f2f76b4..580980cf7 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -6,15 +6,18 @@ # Translators: # Osoul , 2019 # Abed Al-Shammari , 2020 +# Mustafa Rawi , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Talal Kamal , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abed Al-Shammari , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Talal Kamal , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -26,31 +29,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Discuss" msgstr "المحادثة" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" +#: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "متقدم" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:6 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:8 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 msgid "" "You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " "database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:11 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 msgid "" "Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" " use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:16 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 msgid "Scope of this documentation" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 msgid "" "This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " "benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " @@ -58,7 +65,7 @@ msgid "" "`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:25 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 msgid "" "If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " "recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " @@ -67,13 +74,13 @@ msgid "" "reputation yourself." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 msgid "" "You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " "own email solution with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:34 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 msgid "" "Office 365 email servers don't allow easily to send external emails from " "hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " @@ -82,11 +89,11 @@ msgid "" "Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 msgid "How to manage outbound messages" msgstr "كيفية إدارة الرسائل الصادرة." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:41 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:41 msgid "" "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " "check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " @@ -94,15 +101,15 @@ msgid "" "information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:46 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:46 msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:51 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:51 msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "ثم قم بتعيين اسم نطاق البريد الإلكتروني الخاص بك في الإعدادات العامة." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:54 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:54 msgid "" "If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " "warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " @@ -110,21 +117,21 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:58 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:58 msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:63 msgid "" "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" " relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:66 msgid "" "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 msgid "Be SPF-compliant" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:79 msgid "" "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" " of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " "in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:83 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:83 msgid "" "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:85 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:85 msgid "" "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." " for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " "could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:89 msgid "" "Find `here `__ the exact procedure to " "create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:92 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:92 msgid "" "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " "usually happens more quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:95 msgid "" "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " "delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " "record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:100 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 msgid "Allow DKIM" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:101 msgid "" "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " "enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " @@ -201,22 +208,32 @@ msgid "" "\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "Restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," +" 465 or 2525." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:113 msgid "How to manage inbound messages" msgstr "كيفية إدارة الرسائل الواردة." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:115 msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:113 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:117 msgid "" "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " "discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " "alias (**catchall@**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:121 msgid "" "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " "Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " @@ -224,58 +241,58 @@ msgid "" "recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:121 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:125 msgid "" "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " "create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:124 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:128 msgid "" "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " "`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:126 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:130 msgid "" "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " "`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:128 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:132 msgid "" "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project `__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:130 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:134 msgid "" "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " "`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:136 msgid "etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:138 msgid "" "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " "emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " "address per Odoo alias in your mail server." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:142 msgid "" "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " "bounce@, sales@, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:140 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:144 msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "قم بتعيين اسم نطاق البريد الإلكتروني الخاص بك في الإعدادات العامة." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:145 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:149 msgid "" "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " "each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " @@ -284,7 +301,7 @@ msgid "" "out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:158 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " "messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " @@ -295,25 +312,25 @@ msgid "" "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:168 msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:166 msgid "" "Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " "edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " ":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:170 msgid "" "Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " "Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " "mail.bounce.alias*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:176 msgid "" "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " "You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " @@ -322,385 +339,440 @@ msgid "" "Fetchmail Service*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" -msgstr "كيفية متابعة تغذية التحديثات من تويتر عن طريق برنامج أودو." +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 +msgid "Email Templates" +msgstr "قوالب البريد" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " -"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " -"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." +"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " +"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " +"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " +"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " +"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " +"improving their overall experience with the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 -msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 +msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 msgid "" -"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" -" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" -" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" +"The :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` must be " +"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 -msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" -msgstr "الاسم: هذا اسم التطبيق على تويتر." - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 msgid "" -"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " -"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " -"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" -" this field." +"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " +"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 msgid "" -"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " -"the previous example you should write " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." +"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " +"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " +"job applicants." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 msgid "" -"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " -"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." +"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " +"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " +"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 -msgid "Getting the API key and secret" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 msgid "" -"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." +"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " +"with the highest priority is used." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 msgid "" -"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " -"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " -"settings." +"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," +" saving space in your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 -msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" -msgstr "كيفية جذب انتباه المستخدمين الآخرين في رسائلي." +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 +msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 msgid "" -"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." -" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " -"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " -"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " -"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " -"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" -"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " -"another channel." +"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " +"would like to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 -msgid "Direct messaging a user" -msgstr "إرسال رسالة مباشرة لأحد المستخدمين." - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 msgid "" -"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " -"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " -"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " -"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " -"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " -"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " -"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " -"they are offline." +"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " +"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 -msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" -msgstr "إشعارات سطح المكتب من الوحدة النمطية مناقشة الخاصة بأودو." - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 msgid "" -"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " -"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" -" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " -"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "" -"كيف تكون سريع الاستجابة في العمل بفضل صندوق الرسائل الإلكترونية الخاص " -"ببرنامج أودو." - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " -"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " -"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 -msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "يمكنك متابعة **صندوق البريد الإلكتروني** الخاص بك من أي شاشة." - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " -"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " -"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " -"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " -"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." +"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" +" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " +"sending it." msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "لماذا نستخدم تطبيق مناقشة من برنامج أودو." +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "نظرة عامة" -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " -"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " -"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " -"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " -"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " -"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " -"simple and searchable interface." +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Discuss" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get organized by planning activities" -msgstr "كن منظماً عن طريق التخطيط للنشاطات." - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " -"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " -"undertake." -msgstr "" -"التخطيط للأنشطة هي الطريقة الأفضل لمتابعة عملك. احصل على تذكير بما يجب " -"القيام به وجدول الأنشطة التالية للقيام بها." - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" -" your priorities." +"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " +"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " +"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" +" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " +"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " -"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose your notifications preference" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your :doc:`Chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` notifications to be handled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " +"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " +"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" +" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:37 +msgid "Start Chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " +"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " +"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" +" of where you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" +" your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " +"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:62 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the :doc:`chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` type *@user-name*; to refer to a channel," +" type *#channel-name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:67 +msgid "" +"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " +"through email, depending on his settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " +"first based on the task’s :doc:`followers " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>`, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" +" scope of the search becomes all partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +msgid "Chat status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " +"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " +"menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +msgid "Green = online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +msgid "Orange = away" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +msgid "White = offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "Airplane = out of the office" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/tasks/collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " +"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " +"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " +"of having overlapping actions between team members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " +"*Activities* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 +msgid "Plan activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the :doc:`Chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` by clicking on *Schedule activity*, or " +"through Kanban views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 msgid "Set your activity types" msgstr "قم بتحديد نوع النشاط أو الفعالية." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 msgid "" -"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " -"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." +"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " +"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 -msgid "Schedule meetings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 msgid "" -"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " -"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " -"open to let you select a time slot." +"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure" +" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 +msgid "Recommend next activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " -"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." +"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " +"*Recommended Next Activities*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 -msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 msgid "" -"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " -"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." +"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" +" next steps are suggested to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " -"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" -msgstr "" -"كيف يمكنك أن تتواصل بفعالية مع أعضاء الفريق عن طريق إستخدام خاصية القنوات " -"ببرنامج أودو." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " "departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," -" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." +"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " +"latest developments." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "Creating a channel" +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 +msgid "Public and Private channels" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 msgid "" -"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." +"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " +"visible to users invited to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " -"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " -"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " -"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 msgid "" "A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" -" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " -"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " -"information)." +" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " +"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " +"specific department)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 -msgid "Configuring a channel" +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 +msgid "Configuration options" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 msgid "" -"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " -"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." -" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " -"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" -" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " -"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" -" a public channel." +"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" +" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 -msgid "How to set up a mailing list" -msgstr "كيفية إنشاء قائمة بريدية." +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 +msgid "Privacy and Members" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 msgid "" -"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " -":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" -" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " -"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " -"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " -"messages by email." +"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " +"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " +"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" +" a public one." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "Locating a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 msgid "" -"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " -"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" -" clicking the plus icon." +"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " +"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " +"*Invite*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 msgid "" -"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " -"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " -"channels from a single screen." +"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " +"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " +"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " +"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " +"are part of the group." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 +msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 msgid "" -"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " -"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." +"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " +"mailing list." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 -msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" -msgstr "إستخدم فلاتر البحث من أجل التصفح داخل تطبيق مناقشة الخاص بأودو." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 msgid "" -"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " -"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " -"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " -"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " -"character wildcard.**" +"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " +"messages will need to be approved before being sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 msgid "" -"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," -" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." +"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" +" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 -msgid "How to choose the events to follow" -msgstr "كيفية إختيار الفعاليات من أجل متابعتها." - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 msgid "" -"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " -"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " -"**Project** app." +"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" +" to newcomers." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 -msgid "How to add other followers" -msgstr "كيفية إضافة متابعين آخرين." - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 msgid "" -"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " -"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" -" link back to the original document." +"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " +"messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 -msgid "How to be a default follower" -msgstr "كيف تكون متابع إفتراضي." - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 msgid "" -"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " -"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" -" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " -"created, an opportunity won)." +"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " +"their :doc:`notification preference `." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 msgid "" -"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" -" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " -"about." +"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " +"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 +msgid "Quick search bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " +"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " +"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" +" and quickly find the one you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 +msgid "Finding channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " +"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " +"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " +"single character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index d08e567a7..a0340d2a2 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -6,7 +6,6 @@ # Translators: # Abdalla Mohamed , 2019 # Mustafa Rawi , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # hoxhe Aits , 2019 # Osoul , 2019 # @@ -15,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Osoul , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -667,317 +666,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Get paid" msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" -msgstr "كيفية تلقي أموال من خلال Authorize.Net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " -"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " -"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " -"`__ " -"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " -"`__ that " -"you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 -msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Create an `Authorize.Net account `__ by clicking " -"'Get Started'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" -" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " -"press the related option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 -msgid "Go through the registration steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " -"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 -msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 -msgid "Set up Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " -"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Enter both your **Login ID** your **API Transaction Key** and your **API " -"Signature Key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To get those credentials from Authorize.Net, you can follow the direction in" -" the Authorize.net Help `API Credentials and Keys " -"`__" -" entry and access the menu :menuselection:`Account --> Settings --> API " -"Credentials & Keys` in the Authorize.net dashboard. Note that you need " -"*both* a Transaction key and and Signature key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Once both keys are set up, you can then generate a Client Key by clicking " -"the \"Generate Client Key\" button. Note that these 3 keys are necessary for" -" the setup to work correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:51 -msgid "Go live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Enabled** state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " -"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you switch from " -"testing to production or vice-versa." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:65 -msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " -"account `__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" -" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " -"`__ to configure your sandbox account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" -" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " -"`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:80 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:206 -msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:81 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:207 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " -"Invoicing apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 -msgid "What are the payment methods available" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 -msgid "Wire transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " -"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" -" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" -"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 -msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" -" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" -" over time:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 -msgid "`Paypal `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "Ingenico" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 -msgid "Authorize.net" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "Adyen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "Buckaroo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 -msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "PayUmoney" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 -msgid "Sips" -msgstr "Sips" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "Stripe" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 -msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method is ready, make it visible in the payment interface " -"by switching the state to **Enabled**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 -msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " -"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." -" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 -msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 -msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Subscription `__ allows to " -"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " -"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 -msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 -msgid "" -"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " -"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" -" from the subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 -msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " -"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" -" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 -msgid "How to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 -msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " -"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " -"duplicate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 -msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " -"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " -"`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " -"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " -"such matter. `Contact us `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" msgstr "" @@ -1060,7 +748,7 @@ msgid "" " can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " "way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " "until you get paid into your bank account (see " -":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards`)." +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)." msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 @@ -1086,305 +774,6 @@ msgid "" "interfaces, not from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " -"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " -"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " -"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 -msgid "Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 -msgid "" -"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " -"Business Account `_" -" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " -"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " -"configuration steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 -msgid "Settings in Paypal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:26 -msgid "" -"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " -"seamless customer experience with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " -"Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:34 -msgid "Auto Return" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " -"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " -"the suffix ``/shop/confirmation`` as *Return URL* (e.g. " -"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:41 -msgid "" -"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " -"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " -"Odoo databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:49 -msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:51 -msgid "" -"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" -" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " -"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " -"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:59 -msgid "Paypal Account Optional" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:61 -msgid "" -"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " -"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " -"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:68 -msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:70 -msgid "" -"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " -"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " -"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" -" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " -"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:77 -msgid "" -"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " -"*Instant Payment Notification*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " -"(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85 -msgid "Payment Messages Format" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:87 -msgid "" -"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " -"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " -"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:93 -msgid "" -"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 -msgid "To do so, open:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:97 -msgid "" -"`this page for a test account `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:99 -msgid "" -"`this page for a production account `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " -"**UTF-8**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109 -msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112 -msgid "" -"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" -" Account Optional* needs to be turned on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:118 -msgid "" -"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " -"`Paypal documentation `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:124 -msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127 -msgid "Activation" -msgstr "تنشيط" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " -"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:133 -msgid "Credentials" -msgstr "بيانات الاعتماد" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:135 -msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:137 -msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138 -msgid "" -"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " -":menuselection:`Profile --> About the business`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:140 -msgid "" -"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" -" here above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:146 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:148 -msgid "" -"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " -"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " -"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:151 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:157 -msgid "" -"You can refer to `Paypal Fees `__ to set up fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:161 -msgid "" -"`Traders in the EU `_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " -"paying with credit cards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165 -msgid "Go live!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" -" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" -" it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " -"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " -"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " -"processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185 -msgid "Test environment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187 -msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with " -"your Paypal credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:191 -msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:193 -msgid "" -"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " -"`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:195 -msgid "" -"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:197 -msgid "" -"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " -"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " -"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " -"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " -"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:203 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "" - #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 msgid "How customers can access their customer account" msgstr "" @@ -1430,54 +819,6 @@ msgid "" "will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." -msgstr "" - #: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Collect taxes" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po index 0ea230555..61a772000 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -6,15 +6,16 @@ # Translators: # Talal Kamal , 2020 # Mustafa Rawi , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mustafa Rawi , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -34,25 +35,25 @@ msgstr "نظرة عامة" msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5 msgid "" -"Mailing lists could be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as" -" they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, " -"and consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:9 -msgid "Create Mailing lists" +"Mailing lists can be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as " +"they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, and" +" consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 +msgid "Create mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " "the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " "unsubscribing." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:18 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19 msgid "" "Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" " *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." @@ -62,21 +63,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:25 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 msgid "" "Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " "advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27 msgid "" "Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " "mailing list." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:35 -msgid "Check all the contacts of your mailing list(s)" -msgstr "" +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34 +msgid "Contacts" +msgstr "جهات الاتصال" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -85,14 +86,14 @@ msgid "" "created here." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:45 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43 msgid "" -"Open a contact to see or add different mailing lists to which the contact is" -" or will be part of." +"Open a contact form to see or add different mailing lists to which the " +"contact is or will be part of." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:54 -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:48 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46 msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" msgstr "" @@ -100,35 +101,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:4 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5 msgid "" "It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " "unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " "that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:9 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " -"*Blacklist Option when unsubscribing*." +"*Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:18 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19 msgid "" -"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he will " -"be redirected to the following page:" +"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is " +"redirected to the following page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:22 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:28 msgid "" -"After clicking the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you will " -"be sent to an error page (error 403 - Access Denied). If you want to be sure" -" the link is working properly, you should create your mass mail and then " -"send it only to a personal email." +"After clicking on the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you " +"are sent to an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). If you want to be " +"sure the link is working properly, create your mass mail and send it only to" +" a personal email." msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 @@ -144,18 +145,18 @@ msgid "" " users." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38 msgid "" "Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " -"addresses will be shown." +"addresses are shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:40 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 msgid "" "When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:50 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47 msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" msgstr "" @@ -163,24 +164,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:4 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5 msgid "" "Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " "consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" " with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:9 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14 msgid "" -"Choosing *Contacts*, for example, as *Recipients*, will allow you to add " +"Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add " "specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." msgstr "" @@ -192,94 +193,98 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:26 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25 msgid "" "Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " "dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " "to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34 msgid "" "Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " "you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" " sender (*Send From*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:41 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 msgid "" "With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " "either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." -" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts, a " -"mailing list or contacts as recipients." +" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts or " +"contacts as recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:51 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45 msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:60 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53 msgid "" -"*Save*: the work will be allocated in the *draft* column in the kanban view." -" Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " -"will delete the email." +"*Save*: the work is allocated in the *draft* column in the Kanban view. " +"Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " +"deletes the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:62 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:54 msgid "" "Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " "contacts to avoid errors." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:65 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56 msgid "" -"*Send* will trigger the email with the next run and put the work on the " -"*queue* column in the kanban view." +"*Send* triggers the email with the next run and put the work on the *queue* " +"column in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:68 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:58 msgid "" -"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time and will put the email in " -"the *queue* column in the kanban view." +"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time, and puts the email in the " +"*queue* column in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:61 msgid "" -"The daily limit is applied for *all emails* sent, in other words, throughout" -" all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have remaining " -"ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically the next " -"day. You will need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " +"The daily limit is applied for **all emails** sent, in other words, " +"throughout all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have " +"remaining ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically " +"the next day. You need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " "*Retry*." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:78 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67 msgid "Manage campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:79 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " "Campaigns*." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:81 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 msgid "" "The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" " efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:82 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72 msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:92 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80 msgid "" "If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " -"Notification feature, you will see the option to create content for those " -"channels. You will also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. " -"All of this is possible because the applications work integrated." +"Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those " +"channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of" +" this is possible because the applications work integrated." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po index cc97a0dd3..45ed061f5 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Naser Al Ramahi , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -81,10 +81,9 @@ msgstr "التكلفة: 0.0" msgid "" "Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " "you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " -"configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: " -":doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees " -"report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " -"behaviour." +"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price `. That" +" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " +"usually the expected behaviour." msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:41 @@ -154,8 +153,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:83 msgid "" "The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " -"product's internal reference between brackets (e.g. [Food]). Type the " -"expense amount in the mail subject to set it on the expense too." +"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " +"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:88 diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po index 9840575f4..36013e4b7 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Rabie Bou Khodor , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ msgid "" "Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:15 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:17 msgid "" "Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " "Intervention* from tickets." @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 -msgid ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`" +msgid ":doc:`../../project/overview/setup`" msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3 @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ msgid "" "Quotations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:21 +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:23 msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index fc1bb7d4f..028527adf 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -4,19 +4,22 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Mustafa Rawi , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Shaima Safar , 2019 # Abed Al-Shammari , 2020 +# Akram Alfusayal , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# hoxhe Aits , 2020 +# Talal Kamal , 2020 +# Mustafa Rawi , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abed Al-Shammari , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Mustafa Rawi , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -98,6 +101,130 @@ msgid "" "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." msgstr "" +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 +msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly " +"from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales " +"commission plans, budgets, project forecasts, etc. Formulas are written in " +"Python but programming skills are not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "إعدادات التكوين" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*." +" The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get " +"Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password " +"--> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 +msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to " +"Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 +msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by " +"Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 +msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 +msgid "From this new file, configure your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " +"Username --> Password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "طلبات" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve " +"data and retrieve grouped sums." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested" +" takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no " +"specific size limit, since the time for Odoo to respond depends on several " +"factors - although reading data regarding several thousand records is " +"usually fine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 +msgid "Retrieve Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse " +"(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the " +"information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 +msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 +msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group " +"(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to " +"display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 +msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 +msgid "Other uses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create " +"Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" msgstr "" @@ -938,65 +1065,394 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../general/multi_companies.rst:3 +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:124 +msgid "Multi Companies" +msgstr "تعدد المؤسسات" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 +msgid "" +"A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies" +" simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and" +" contacts. It provides you the ability to generate reports of aggregated " +"figures without switching interfaces, which facilitates daily tasks and the " +"overall management process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 +msgid "Manage companies and records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " +"with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " +"are shared between the two companies (as long as both environments are " +"active)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them " +"by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels." +" JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " +"boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " +"in use. To switch environments, click on the company’s name. In the example " +"below, the user has access to three companies, two are activated, and the " +"environment in use is of *JS Store US*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " +"shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 +msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " +"specific company and its child companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:51 +msgid "Employees' access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " +"<../odoo_basics/add_user>` for *Multi Companies*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " +"**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " +"the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " +"(the company from which the sale order was issued)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:66 +msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 +msgid "The current company (the one active) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 +msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " +"is being edited)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:73 +msgid "Documents’ format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" +" the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " +"Layout*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:83 +msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +msgid "" +":doc:`Chart of Accounts " +"<../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Localizations " +"<../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:92 +msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 +msgid "" +":doc:`Warehouses <../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With" +" the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like" +" operations between companies to be synchronized at an invoice/bills level " +"or at a sales/purchase orders level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:103 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " +"confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:106 +msgid "" +"*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, " +"automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:113 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales " +"order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is " +"confirmed for the selected company. If instead of a drafted purchase/sales " +"order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:117 +msgid "" +"*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store " +"Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " +"confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:126 +msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:132 +msgid "" +"`Multi-company Guidelines " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" msgstr "الأساسيات" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a user" -msgstr "كيفية إضافة مستخدم" +msgid "Add Users and Manage Access Rights" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " -"point." -msgstr "برنامج أودو يمنحك الخيار لإضافة مستخدمين إضافيين بأي لحظة." +"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" +" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " +"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:12 msgid "Add individual users" msgstr "إضافة مستخدمين فرديين" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:14 msgid "" -"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" -" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " -"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -" -" and a picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " -"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 msgid "" -"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " -"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" -" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." +"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " +"Rights ` choose the group within" +" each application the user can have access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:24 msgid "" -"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " -"Refer to our `Pricing page `_ for more " -"information." +"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" +" database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:30 msgid "" -"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " -"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " -"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link" -" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights " -"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." +"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " +"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " +"invitation and create a login." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:38 msgid "" -"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`_" +"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " +"`pricing page `_ for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:42 +msgid "" +"With the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"activated, *User Types* can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " +"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " +"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:57 +msgid "Access Rights in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:63 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "المجموعات" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " +"`, details of the rules and " +"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " +"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" +" rights are shown in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:76 +msgid "" +"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " +"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " +"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " +"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " +"they are being applied to the needed and right users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " +"access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:96 +msgid "" +"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " +"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " +"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:99 +msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:100 +msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:101 +msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:102 +msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " +"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:112 +msgid "" +"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " +"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " +"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " +"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " +"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " +"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " +"companies database you hold the user can have access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " +"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" +" required. For technical explanations refer to `this " +"`_ " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:140 +msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 @@ -1078,6 +1534,1074 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" msgstr "" +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 +msgid "Export Data From Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " +"in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " +"(even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available " +"application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," +" activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " +"*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " +"when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " +"the data to export:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 +msgid "" +"With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " +"fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " +"update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the " +"box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, " +"not just the ones which can be imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " +".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " +"all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " +"sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " +"fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all " +"the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 +msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the “to export” list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The “handles” next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " +"and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" +" file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 +msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 +msgid "" +"For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " +"Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " +"*New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export " +"the same list, simply select the related template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 +msgid "" +"It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " +"*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " +"you would like to import next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 +msgid "Payment Acquirers" +msgstr "معالجات السداد" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "Authorize.Net" +msgstr "Authorize.Net" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net `__ is a United States-based " +"online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit " +"cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "" +"This Payment Acquirer offers additional options that are not available for " +"other :doc:`Payment Acquirers `, such as the ability to " +"process your customer's payment after delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 +msgid "Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, choose a plan and `Sign Up for an Authorize.Net account " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your " +"Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 +msgid "API Login ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Transaction Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 +msgid "Signature Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to " +":menuselection:`Account --> Security Settings --> General Security Settings " +"--> API Credentials & Keys`, and generate your **Transaction Key** and " +"**Signature Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net: Getting Started Guide " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 +msgid "Payment Acquirer Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To configure Authorize.Net as Payment Acquirer in Odoo, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, open " +"**Authorize.Net**, and change the **State** to *Enabled*. Don't forget to " +"click on *Save* once you've set everything up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the :doc:`Payment Acquirers documentation " +"` to read how to configure this payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "بيانات الاعتماد" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Copy your credentials from your Authorize.Net account (API Login Id, API " +"Transaction Key, and API Signature Key), paste them in the related fields " +"under the **Credentials** tab, then click on **Generate Client Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The **API Client Key** is necessary only if you select *Payment from Odoo* " +"option as :ref:`Payment Flow `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Authorize.Net as a test, with a *sandbox account*, change " +"the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo " +"database, rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 +msgid "Payment Flow" +msgstr "تدفق السداد" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Flow** lets you decide if to redirect the user to the payment " +"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " +"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo. This field is under the " +"**Configuration** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*, make sure you add a " +"**Default Receipt URL** and a **Default Relay Response URL** to your " +"Authorize.net account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To do so, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account" +" --> Transaction Format Settings --> Transaction Response Settings --> " +"Response/Receipt URLs`, and set the default links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Receipt URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**payment/authorize/return**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Relay Response URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**shop/confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Failing to complete this step results in the following error:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*The referrer, relay response or receipt link URL is invalid.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If" +" enabled, the funds are reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not" +" charged yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment, go to the related Sales Order and click on *Capture " +"Transaction*. If the order is canceled, you can click on *Void Transaction* " +"to unlock the funds from the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " +"Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 +msgid "" +"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " +"interfaces, not from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 +msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Acquirers (Credit Cards, Online Payment)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several **payment methods** that allow your customers to pay on " +"their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay Sales " +"Orders, invoices, or subscriptions with recurring payments with their " +"favorite payment acquirers, including **online payment providers** that " +"accept **Credit Cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Having several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in " +"time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers" +" to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not keep Credit Card numbers or credentials on its servers, nor is" +" it stored on Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a " +"unique reference to the data stored in the payment acquirers' systems, where" +" the information is safely stored. This reference is useless without your " +"credentials for the payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment " +"acquirers: the payments that go directly on the bank account and follow the " +"usual reconciliation workflow, and the payment acquirers that are third-" +"party services and require you to follow another accounting workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 +msgid "Bank Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment " +"reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " +"it on your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" +msgstr "خصم SEPA المباشر" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " +"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more " +"information about this payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 +msgid "Online Payment Providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" +msgstr "إعادة التوجيه لموقع معالج السداد" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Payment from Odoo" +msgstr "دفعة من أودو" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Save Cards" +msgstr "حفظ البطاقات" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Capture Amount Manually" +msgstr "التقاط المبلغ يدويًا" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "Adyen" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +msgid "✔" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +msgid "Alipay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "Buckaroo" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "Ingenico" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`PayPal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +msgid "PayUMoney" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +msgid "SIPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "Stripe" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Some of these Online Payment Providers can also be added as :doc:`Bank " +"Accounts <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is **not** " +"the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment Acquirers " +"allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and configured on" +" your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting " +"control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Some of the features described in this section are available only with some " +"Payment Acquirers. Refer to :ref:`the table above " +"` for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 +msgid "Add a new Payment Acquirer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a new Payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look " +"for your payment acquirer, install the related module, and activate it. To " +"do so, open the payment acquirer and change its state from *Disabled* to " +"*Enabled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " +"database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " +"credentials, but Odoo generates Sales Orders and Invoices as usual. It isn't" +" always possible to cancel an invoice, and this could create some issues " +"with your invoices numbering if you were to test your payment acquirers on " +"your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 +msgid "Credentials tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, go to the **Online Payment Provider**'s website, create an " +"account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." +" Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the Payment Acquirer " +"and get the confirmation of the *payment authentication*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The form in this section is specific to the Payment Acquirer you are " +"configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 +msgid "Configuration tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"You can change the Payment Acquirer front-end appearance by modifying its " +"name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" +" under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 +msgid "Save and reuse Credit Cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your " +"database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to " +"reenter the payment details. This is particularly useful for subscriptions' " +"recurring payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 +msgid "Place a hold on a card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"If the **Capture Amount Manually** field is enabled, the funds are reserved " +"for a few days on the customer's card, but not charged yet. You must then go" +" to the related Sales Order and manually *capture* the funds before its " +"automatic cancellation, or *void the transaction* to unlock the funds from " +"the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Choose in the **Payment Flow** field if to redirect the user to the payment " +"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " +"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Some features are available only if you select *Redirection to the acquirer " +"website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 +msgid "Countries" +msgstr "الدول" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Restrict the use of the Payment Acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave " +"this field blank to make the Payment Acquirer available to all countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 +msgid "Payment Journal" +msgstr "دفتر يومية السداد" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Journal** selected for your Payment Acquirer must be a *Bank* " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " +"**Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. Both of them are " +"preset to work out-of-the-box, but we strongly recommend you to make sure " +"these fields are correctly set according to your accounting needs, and adapt" +" them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 +msgid "Messages tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Change here the messages displayed by Odoo after a payment's confirmation or" +" failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 +msgid "Accounting perspective" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " +"their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " +"**Online Payment Providers** require you to consider how you want to record " +"your payments' journal entries. We recommend you to ask your accountant for " +"advice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Odoo default method is to record the payments on a *Current Assets Account*," +" on a dedicated *Bank Journal*, once the *Payment Authentication* is " +"confirmed. At some point, you transfer the funds from the *Payment Acquirer*" +" to your *Bank Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 +msgid "Here are the requirements for this to work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "دفتر يومية البنك" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 +msgid "The Journal's **type** must be *Bank Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Select the right **Default Debit Account** and **Default Credit Account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, make sure that **Posting** is set as " +"*Post At Payment Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This implies that the Journal Entry is recorded directly when your Odoo " +"database receives the confirmation of the *Payment Authentication* from the " +"Online Payment Provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 +msgid "Current Asset Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 +msgid "The Account's **type** is *Current Assets*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 +msgid "The Account must **Allow Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 +msgid "" +"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " +"**Current Asset Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. You can " +"modify them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 +msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 +msgid ":doc:`authorize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " +"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " +"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " +"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " +"Business Account `_" +" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " +"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " +"configuration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " +"seamless customer experience with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " +"Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " +"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " +"the suffix ``/shop/confirmation`` as *Return URL* (e.g. " +"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " +"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" +" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " +"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " +"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " +"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " +"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" +" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " +"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " +"*Instant Payment Notification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " +"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " +"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 +msgid "To do so, open:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 +msgid "" +"`this page for a test account `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 +msgid "" +"`this page for a production account `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " +"**UTF-8**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" +" Account Optional* needs to be turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`Paypal documentation `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "تنشيط" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " +"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 +msgid "" +"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " +":menuselection:`Account Settings --> Business information`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" +" here above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " +"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " +"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " +"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees `__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 +msgid "" +"`Traders in the EU `_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " +"paying with credit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" +" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " +"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " +"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " +"processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with " +"your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " +"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " +"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " +"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " +"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " +"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " +"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " +"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " +"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " +"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " +"or duplicate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags.rst:3 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "الوسوم" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Take Advantage of Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tags work like keywords or labels that will help you to categorize your " +"work, as well as make objectives and goals clearer and available for " +"everyone instantly. They are also a useful source of filtering, helping you " +"to boost productivity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:11 +msgid "Where can I use and how do I create tags?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Tags can be used in numerous applications going from *CRM*, *Project*, " +"*Contacts*, *Marketing Automation*, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:16 +msgid "" +"On *CRM* for instance, under :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags`" +" you can create new or edit existing ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:23 +msgid "You can also create them on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose specific colors for each tag to help identify them, or *Hide in " +"Kanban*, simply by clicking on the tag once it is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:38 +msgid "Remove tags from a task or from the database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Click on the *x* to delete a tag from a specific task or contact. To delete " +"it from your database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags " +"--> Action --> Delete`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:48 +msgid "Use tags as a parameter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On the *Marketing Automation* application, for example, you can re-use tags " +"as a parameter to specify a niche of records for your campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:59 +msgid "Use tags for reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To get the information you need in an organized format and for a specific " +"purpose, you can also add tags." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "Unsplash" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index 6011aa00c..e284c3eda 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -4,17 +4,19 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Mustafa Rawi , 2019 # Abdalla Mohamed , 2020 +# Mustafa Rawi , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Shaima Safar , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abdalla Mohamed , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Shaima Safar , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -26,561 +28,845 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "مكتب المساعدة" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:3 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "متقدم" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "After Sales Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 msgid "" -"After sales features: refund, coupon, return, repair, onsite interventions" +"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " +"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " +"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" +" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " +"interventions from a ticket’s page." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 +msgid "Set up the after sales services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 msgid "" -"As my business grows, having the tools to allow my helpdesk team to record, " -"track and manage issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk" -" app allows me to generate credit notes, return products, grant coupons, do " -"repairs and plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " +"Onsite Interventions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:10 -msgid "Set up the After Sales services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable the After" -" Sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite " -"Interventions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:19 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:21 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 msgid "" -"I can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For " -"that, I’ll simply go to my ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " -"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* the credit note will be " -"generated, and I can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" +" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " +"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " +"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 msgid "" -"The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will " -"be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*." +"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" +" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:40 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 msgid "" -"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned at the *Sales or " -"Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on " -"*Coupon*, choose the :menuselection:`Coupon Program --> Generate`." +"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " +"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " +"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:48 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 msgid "Repairs from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:50 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 msgid "" -"Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will" -" be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next " -"step." +"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" +" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:57 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:59 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 msgid "" -"At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the " -"same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan " -"Intervention*." +"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " +"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:66 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68 msgid "" "`Coupons `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Allow customers to close their tickets" +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 msgid "" "Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " "misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" " communication and actions more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:9 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 msgid "Configure the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:11 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 msgid "" "To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " "Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:18 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 msgid "" -"In order to designate to which stage the ticket will migrate to once it is " -"closed, go to :menuselection:`Overview --> Tickets`." +"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:25 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 msgid "" -"You can either create a new kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " -"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Edit Stage` and enable " -"*Closing Stage*." +"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " +"and enable *Closing Stage*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:32 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 msgid "" -"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket will be " -"transferred to the last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage " -"set as closing, the ticket will be put in the first one." +"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " +"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " +"ticket is put in the first one." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:35 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 msgid "The Costumer Portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:37 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 msgid "" -"Now, once the user logs in to his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " +"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:44 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:46 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 msgid "" "To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " -":menuselection:`Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add Custom filter --> " -"Closed by partner --> Applied`." +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " +"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 +msgid "Forum and eLearning" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" -msgstr "" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 +msgid "Forum" +msgstr "المنتدى" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 msgid "" -"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" +"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " +"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " +"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" +" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " +"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " +"community!)." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 msgid "" -"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," -" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " -"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," -" or manually." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " +"enable *Help Center*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 -msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " +"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " +"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " +"allowed per question." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:42 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 msgid "" -"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " -"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " -"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" +"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " +"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:48 -msgid "Start receiving tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:51 -msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 msgid "" -"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " -"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" +"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " +"the ticket's page." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:59 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "eLearning" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 msgid "" -"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " -"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." +"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " +"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" +" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:66 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 msgid "" -"Website Form allows your customer to go to " -"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " -"form - much like odoo.com/help!" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *eLearning*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:73 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 msgid "" -"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " -"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " -"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." +"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:81 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 msgid "" -"The final option to submit tickets is through an API connection. View the " -"documentation `here " -"`_." +"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " +"Course*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:85 -msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:87 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" -" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " -"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " -"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." +"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" +" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " +"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," +" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:95 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " -"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." +"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:98 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 msgid "" -"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " -"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." +"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " +"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " +"accounting, admin, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:102 -msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 msgid "" -"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" -" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " -"Kanban view or on the ticket form." +"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " +"redirected to the right person:" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:111 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 msgid "" -"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " -"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" +"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " +"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 -msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:119 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 msgid "" -"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " -"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." +"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " +"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " +"automatically;" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:126 -msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:128 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 msgid "" -"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " -"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" +"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " +"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " +"that all tickets get to be taken care of." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131 -msgid "Grey - Normal State" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133 -msgid "Red - Blocked" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:135 -msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 msgid "" -"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " -"Ticket form." +"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " +"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " +"all employees (with the proper access rights)." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:144 -msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:146 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 msgid "" -"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " -"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " -"timesheets will log against." +"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " +"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " +"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " +"(with the proper access rights)." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:153 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 +msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 msgid "" -"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" -" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" +"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " +"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " +"to use certain stages under *Team*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 msgid "" -"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " -"ticket." +"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " +"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " +"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:163 -msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/odoo_basics/add_user`" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 -msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "تقييمات" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " -"an email to the customer asking how their service went." +"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " +"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" +" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" +" the quality of your services." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 msgid "" -"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " -"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " -"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " +"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "The modules needed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 msgid "" -"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " -"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " -"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." +"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " +"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" +" Stage*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 -msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 -msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 msgid "" -"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " -"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." +"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " +"an email is sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 msgid "" -"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " -"it." +"Ratings can be seen on the :doc:`chatter <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` " +"of each ticket, under the *See Customer Satisfaction* link on the main " +"dashboard, and through *Reporting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 -msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 +msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 msgid "" -"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " -"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" -" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " -"previously created as well." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" +" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`../../portal/my_odoo_portal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 msgid "" -"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" -" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." +"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " +"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." +" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " +"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " -"Make sure that the product is set as a service." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " +"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " +"users." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 +msgid "Email Alias" +msgstr "لقب البريد الإلكتروني" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 msgid "" -"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " -"unit will do." +"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " +"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " +"the content is shown in the Chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 msgid "" -"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " -"configuration :" +"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " +"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " +"Domain*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 -msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 -msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 -msgid "Step 1 : place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 msgid "" -"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " -"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " -"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" -" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " -"the sale." +"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " +"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " +"server." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 -msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 +msgid "Website Form" +msgstr "نموذج الموقع" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " -"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" -" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" -" and select the task on its form." +"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " +"website." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 -msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 msgid "" -"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " -"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " -"*Timesheets* tab." +"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" +" *Go to Website*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 msgid "" -"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " -"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." +"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 -msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" -msgstr "" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "الدردشة الحية" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 msgid "" -"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" -" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " -"appear as the delivered quantity." +"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " +"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 msgid "" -"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " -"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" +"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " +"- and :doc:`set up your channel <../../livechat/overview/get_started>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Turn helpdesk hours into invoices directly from a project task" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " +"<../../livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 +msgid "Prioritize tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" +" top of your list on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 +msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 +msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 +msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`sla`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Reports for a Better Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " +"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " +"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " +"expectations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 +msgid "Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 +msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " +"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " +"Period* or a *Previous Year*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 +msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " +"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" +" many requests they are able to handle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " +"ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " +"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " +"their issues to be handled quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 +msgid "Save filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" +" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " +"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 +msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " +"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " +"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " +"and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 +msgid "Create your policies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " +"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" +" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" +" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " +"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " +"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" +" SLAs is the one considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " +"the deadline field is not shown anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 +msgid "SLA Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" +" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" +" keep track of upcoming deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " +"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " +"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " +"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " +"customer needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 +msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" +" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " +"Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" +" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " +"ultimately modified on each ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 +msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " +"the unit of measure of your service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" +" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " +"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " +"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" +" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " +"automating the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 +msgid "" +"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " +"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " +"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " +"time spent on a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 +msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 +msgid "Step 1: Place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " +"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " +"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " +"customer and *Confirm* the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 +msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 +msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 +msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " +"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 +msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " +"the *Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" +" column in the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " +"the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 msgid "" "Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " "into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " "control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "الإعدادات" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:12 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" -" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under " -"*Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and " +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " "timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " "the feature *Bill from tasks*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 msgid "" -"Now, once you added the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under the " -"*Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." +"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" +" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index a3259f541..45ab28c2b 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -5,22 +5,23 @@ # # Translators: # Abdalla Mohamed , 2019 -# Amer Hazaa , 2019 # amrnegm , 2019 # hoxhe Aits , 2019 # Osoul , 2019 -# Shaima Safar , 2019 # Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Talal Kamal , 2020 # Mustafa Rawi , 2020 +# Mohammed Ibrahim , 2020 +# Shaima Safar , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mustafa Rawi , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Shaima Safar , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -50,12 +51,16 @@ msgid "" " the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " "Adjustments*." msgstr "" +"لمعالجة تعديل المخزون باستخدام الباركود ، تحتاج أولاً إلى فتح تطبيق * باركود" +" *. ثم ، من التطبيق ، انقر فوق * تعديلات المخزون *." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 msgid "" "If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " "*Commands for Inventory*." msgstr "" +"إذا كنت ترغب في العمل بشكل كامل مع الباركودات ، يمكنك تنزيل الورقة * أوامر " +"للجرد *." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -63,18 +68,25 @@ msgid "" "create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " "specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." msgstr "" +"بمجرد النقر فوق * تعديلات المخزون * ، سيقوم أودو تلقائيًا بإنشاء واحد. لاحظ " +"أنه إذا كنت تعمل مع مواقع متعددة ، فستحتاج أولاً إلى تحديد الموقع الذي يتم " +"فيه تعديل المخزون." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " "different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" +"إذا لم تعمل مع مواقع متعددة ، فستتمكن من فحص المنتجات المختلفة التي تريد " +"تضمينها في تعديل المخزون." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 msgid "" "If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" " the quantity." msgstr "" +"إذا كان لديك 5 منتجات متطابقة ، فقم بمسحها 5 مرات أو استخدم لوحة المفاتيح " +"لتعيين الكمية." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -82,12 +94,16 @@ msgid "" "necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " "manually." msgstr "" +"إلى جانب استخدام ماسح الباركود ، يمكنك أيضًا إضافة منتج يدويًا إذا لزم " +"الأمر. للقيام بذلك ، انقر فوق * إضافة منتج * واملأ المعلومات يدويًا." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 msgid "" "When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " "manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." msgstr "" +"عندما تقوم بمسح جميع عناصر الموقع ، تحقق من المخزون يدويًا أو امسح الرمز " +"الشريطي * إعتماد *." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 @@ -95,9 +111,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 @@ -116,10 +129,14 @@ msgid "" "the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " "weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." msgstr "" +"هناك حالات مختلفة يمكن أن تكون فيها تسميات الباركود مفيدة. حالة الاستخدام " +"معروفة هي إحدى نقاط البيع التي تبيع المنتجات بكميات كبيرة ، حيث يقوم العملاء" +" بتوسيع نطاق منتجاتهم بأنفسهم وجعل الباركود المطبوع يلتصق بالمنتج. سيحتوي " +"هذا الرمز الشريطي على وزن المنتج ويساعد في حساب السعر وفقًا لذلك." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "قم بإنشاء تسمية الباركود" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -135,6 +152,7 @@ msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." msgstr "" +"يمكنك إنشاء تسمية الباركود من هناك ، ثم إضافة سطر لإنشاء القاعدة الأولى." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -142,6 +160,9 @@ msgid "" "with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," " in our case it will be Weighted Product." msgstr "" +"الخطوة الأولى هي تحديد ** اسم القاعدة ** ، على سبيل المثال باركود الوزن مع 3" +" كسور عشرية. عليك بعد ذلك تحديد نوع تسمية الباركود ، في حالتنا سيكون المنتج " +"الموزون." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -152,6 +173,11 @@ msgid "" " simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" " “D” define the decimals." msgstr "" +"نمط الباركود هو تعبير عادي يحدد هيكل الباركود. في هذا المثال ، تحدد 21 " +"المنتجات التي سيتم تطبيق القاعدة عليها ، وهي الأرقام التي يجب أن يبدأ بها " +"الباركود الخاص بالمنتج. \"النقاط\" الخمس هي الأرقام التالية للرمز الشريطي " +"للمنتج وهي موجودة ببساطة لتحديد المنتج المعني. \"N\" تحدد رقماً و \"D\" تحدد" +" الكسور العشرية." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -164,20 +190,24 @@ msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " "sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." msgstr "" +"يمكنك تحديد قواعد مختلفة وترتيب أولوياتها بفضل التسلسل. سيتم تطبيق القاعدة " +"الأولى التي تتطابق مع الرمز الشريطي الممسوح ضوئيًا." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "كون المنتج الخاص بك" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "يجب أن يبدأ الرمز الشريطي للمنتج بـ \"21\" ؛" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 msgid "" "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " "identify the product;" msgstr "" +"\"النقاط\" 5 هي الأرقام الأخرى للرمز الشريطي لمنتجك ، مما يسمح بتحديد المنتج" +" ؛" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -202,13 +232,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "أنواع القواعد" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" "**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "price, used in POS." msgstr "" +"** المنتج المسعّر **: يسمح لك بتحديد المنتج وتحديد سعره ، المستخدم في نقطة " +"البيع." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -512,7 +544,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 @@ -528,9 +559,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 @@ -982,80 +1010,71 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " -"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " -"to the stock." +"There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " +"outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" +" the customers." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 msgid "" -"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" " configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 msgid "" -"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +"Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "إنشاء أمر مبيعات" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 msgid "" -"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " -"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " -"the *RfQ*." +"In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " +"to deliver and confirm it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 msgid "" -"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " -"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +"Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " +"stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " +"button, you should now see your delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "Process a Receipt" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 +msgid "Process a Delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 msgid "" -"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " -"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " -"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +"You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " +"application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" +" the Delivery Orders Kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 msgid "" -"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " -"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " -"suppliers are considered as being always available." +"Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " +"*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 msgid "" -"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " -"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " -"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +"Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " +"location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " +"the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now " +"*Done*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 @@ -1115,513 +1134,202 @@ msgid "" "directly via the *Packages* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " -"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " -"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " -"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " -"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:18 -msgid "Configuring lead times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " -"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " -"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:28 -msgid "At a product level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 -msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " -"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " -"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" -" select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " -"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " -"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" -" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " -"Time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 -msgid "**Customer lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " -"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " -"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " -"time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 -msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "" -"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" -" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " -"create manufacturing routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:74 -msgid "At the company level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 -msgid "" -"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " -"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " -"of delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 -msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" -" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " -"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " -"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " -"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " -"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " -"keep your commitment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " -"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " -"of safety days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 -msgid "" -"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " -"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " -"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " -"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " -"here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:134 -msgid "At route level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" -" can also influence the computed date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " -"app when creating a new push rule in a route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 -msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 -msgid "At sale order level:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "**Requested date**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " -"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" -" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" -" display a warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:173 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " -"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." -" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " -"on your configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 -msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 -msgid "" -"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 -msgid "" -"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " -"lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 -msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " -"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "" - #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" -"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " -"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " -"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a *quality control step* in the goods " -"receipt process can become essential." +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " +"that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more " +"steps before shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," -" the reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can " -"allow having 3 steps." +"With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " +"to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " +"location before being effectively shipped to the customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The 3-steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" -" transfer them into a quality area for *quality control*. When the quality " -"check has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of " -"course, you may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity " -"that is valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 -msgid "Multi-Step Routes" -msgstr "مسارات متعددة الخطوات" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to activate the *multi-step routes* option. Indeed, " -"routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. Here, we " -"will chain the picking to the shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:29 -msgid "" -"To activate *multi-step routes*, open the *inventory app*, and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. By " -"default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage " -"Locations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:38 -msgid "Warehouse configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now that *Multi-Step Routes* is activated, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and open the one you will use " -"to deliver in 3 steps. Then, you can select the option *Pack good, send " -"goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* as *Outgoing Shipments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " -"*Output* and *Packing Zone*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Of course, you can rename them if you want. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to " -"rename. Change its name and hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "إنشاء أمر مبيعات" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* app, create a quotation with storable products to deliver. " -"Then, confirm it and three pickings will be created and linked to your sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:65 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 -msgid "Now, click on the button. You should see three different pickings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 -msgid "The first one, with a reference PICK, designates the picking process;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "The second one, with a reference PACK, is for the packing process;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:71 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 -msgid "The third one, with a reference OUT, designates the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:77 -msgid "Process the picking, packing, and delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The first operation to be processed is the picking and has a *Ready* status," -" while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*. The packing will become " -"*Ready* as soon as the picking is marked as *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " -"inventory app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Note that, if you have the product in stock, it will be automatically " -"reserved and you can validate the picking document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Now that the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " -"processed. Since the documents are chained, the products that have been " -"picked are automatically reserved on the packing order so you can directly " -"validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Then, you can validate your packing. In doing so, the delivery order can be " -"processed. Once again, it will be ready to be validated so you can transfer " -"the products to the customer location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " -"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " -"you to have 2 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " -"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 msgid "" "The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" " a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " -"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" -" stock." +"chain the picking step to the shipping step." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 msgid "" -"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " -"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " +"*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 msgid "" -"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " -"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " -"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing" +" Shipments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " -"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " +"*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one" +" you want to rename and update its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 -msgid "Create a purchase order" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 +msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 +msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " +"operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " +"and you can simply validate the picking document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing " +"order which can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " +"transfer the products to the customer location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " +"happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " +"part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an " +"output location before being effectively shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +msgid "Warehouse configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." +" If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 msgid "" -"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" -" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " -"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " -"your purchase order." +"If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " +"pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " +"another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " -"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" -" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " -"products to *Stock*." +msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 -msgid "Process the picking and the delivery" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " +"picking operation has been marked as done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 msgid "" -"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " -"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " -"marked as *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " -"through the inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 -msgid "" -"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " -"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " -"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " -"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " -"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " -"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +"Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery" +" order." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 @@ -1710,10 +1418,303 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " +"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " +"to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " +"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " +"the *RfQ*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " +"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "Process a Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " +"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " +"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " +"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " +"suppliers are considered as being always available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " +"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " +"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " +"throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " +"of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality " +"control step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " +"Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " +"the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have " +"two-steps or three-steps processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " +"receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " +"(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC " +"requirements are moved to stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " +"mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " +"the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " +"Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " +"with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then " +"quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " +"and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " +"from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," +" three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source " +"document:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " +"control zone;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " +"status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " +"Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " +"come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " +"*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " +"previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the " +"transfer can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " +"again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " +"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " +"you to have 2 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " +"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" +" stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " +"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " +"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " +"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " +"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" +" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " +"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " +"your purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " +"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" +" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " +"products to *Stock*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " +"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " +"marked as *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " +"through the inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " +"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " +"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " +"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " +"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " +"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" msgstr "" @@ -2467,244 +2468,360 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Planning" msgstr "التخطيط" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:3 -msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed?" +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 msgid "" -"In most cases, scheduled dates are computed to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions, and so on. Depending on your company’s habits, Odoo generates " -"scheduled dates via the scheduler." +"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " +"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " +"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate" +" scheduled dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:9 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 msgid "" -"To make your life easier, the Odoo scheduler computes everything per line, " -"whether it’s a manufacturing order, a delivery order, a sale order, etc." +"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " +"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " +"will get the products he ordered." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 msgid "" -"The computed dates are dependent on the different lead times configured in " -"Odoo." +"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " +"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " +"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into " +"account." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 msgid "" -"Configuring lead times is the first move if you want to compute scheduled " -"dates. Those are the delays promised (in terms of delivery, manufacturing, " -"etc.) to your partners and/or clients." +"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " +"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" +" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:25 -msgid "In Odoo, you can configure different lead times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 msgid "" -"When configuring lead times at the product level, you have three different " -"types to take into account: supplier lead time, customer lead time, and " -"manufacturing lead time." +"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " +"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " +"lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:35 -msgid "Supplier lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 msgid "" -"The supplier lead time is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your " -"purchased products. To configure it, select a product and click on the " -"inventory tab. There, you will have to add a vendor to your product." +"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " +"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" +" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead " +"Time**." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, just open the vendor form and fill its *Delivery lead time*. In this " -"case, the delivery day will be equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + " -"Delivery Lead Time*." +"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a " +"vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope " +"with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the " +"**Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be " +"the default *Receipt* scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendor pricelists and, " -"thus, different delivery lead times, depending on the vendor." +"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " +"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " +"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " +"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " +"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific " +"date is set on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " +"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " +"produce and does not take the routing time into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " +"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " +"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead" +" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 +msgid "Sales - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " +"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" +" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " +"warning message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " +"all the lead times that could occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 msgid "Customer Lead Time" msgstr "توقيت مبادرة العميل" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 msgid "" -"It is the time needed to get your product from your store/warehouse to your " -"customer. It can be configured for any product. To add it, select a product " -"and go to the inventory tab. There, simply indicate your *customer lead " -"time*." +"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" +" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " +"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your " +"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:67 -msgid "Manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 msgid "" -"On the same page, it is possible to configure what’s called the " -"*Manufacturing Lead Time*. It is the time needed to manufacture the product." +"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" +" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " +"April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 +msgid "Security Lead Time" +msgstr "المهلة الأمنية" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 msgid "" -"At the company level, you can configure security days. Those are useful to " -"cope with eventual dalys and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract backup days from the computed scheduled date in case of " -"delays." +"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " +"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " +"earlier in order to arrive on time." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 msgid "" -"Once again, there are three different types of security lead times: for " -"sales, for purchases, and for manufacturing." +"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " +"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:85 -msgid "Security lead time for sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:87 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 msgid "" -"In sales, security lead time corresponds to backup days to ensure you will " -"be able to deliver your clients in times. They are margins of errors for " -"delivery lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early " -"wristwatch, in order to arrive on time." +"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 msgid "" -"The idea is to subtract the numbers of security days from the calculation " -"and, thus, to compute a scheduled date earlier than the one you promised to " -"your client. In that way, you are sure to be able to keep your commitment." +"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " +"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " +"the delivery order is the 5th of April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:97 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 +msgid "Deliver several products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " +"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " +"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:104 -msgid "Security lead time for purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:106 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" -"It follows the same logic as security lead time for sales except that " -"security lead time for purchase is the margin of error for vendor lead " -"times, not for sales." +"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" +" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " +"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 msgid "" -"When the system generates purchase orders for procuring products, they will " -"be scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." +"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " +"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " +"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is " +"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of " +"April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:114 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 msgid "" -"To find purchase lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " +"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" +" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:121 -msgid "Security lead time for manufacturing" +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:123 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 +msgid "Supplier Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 msgid "" -"The security lead time for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " -"orders which are scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected " -"manufacturing days." +"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " +"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " +"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:127 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 msgid "" -"To configure it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and enable the *Security Lead Time* option. Then, hit save." +"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " +"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " +"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead " +"Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:136 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" -"Sometimes, the internal transfers that a product might do may also influence" -" the computed date. The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in" -" the *Inventory* app when you create a new rule in a route." +"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " +"depending on the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:141 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 msgid "" -"To specify them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Routes` and add a push rule to set a delay. Of course, you need to activate " -"*Multi-step Routes* to use this feature." +"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " +"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " +"for your supplier to deliver your order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:149 -msgid "At the sale order level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:152 -msgid "Expected date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:154 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 msgid "" -"In the *Sales* application, you have the possibility to activate the option " -"*Delivery Date*. It will allow you to see additional fields on the sale " -"order." +"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:158 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" -"By enabling this option, Odoo will indicate the *Expected Date* in the " -"*Other Info* tab of the sales order. This one is automatically computed " -"based on the different lead times." +"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " +"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:165 -msgid "" -"If you set a *Commitment Date* to deliver your customer that is earlier than" -" the *Expected Date*, a warning message will appear on the screen." +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 +msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:175 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 +msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" +msgstr "مهلة التصنيع" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 msgid "" -"To better understand all the above info, here is an example. You may sell a " -"car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, and you promise to " -"deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20th). In such a scenario, the" -" scheduler will trigger the following events, based on your configuration:" +"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." +" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " +"number of days the manufacturing takes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:181 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 msgid "" -"January 19: this is the actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety " -"Days);" +"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " +"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" +" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of " +"July is June 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:183 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 msgid "" -"January 18: you receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase " -"days);" +"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " +"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:185 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "" -"January 10: this is the deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of " -"Supplier Delivery Lead Time);" +"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:187 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since they " -"need, on average, 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " +"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " +"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on " +"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +msgid "Global Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 +msgid "Here is a configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 +msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 +msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 +msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " +"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " +"here is when all the various steps are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " +"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +msgid "" +"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" +" security lead time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 +msgid "" +"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " +"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " +"Manufacturing)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 +msgid "" +"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " +"security lead time for sales)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 @@ -2995,7 +3112,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Kits?" +msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 @@ -4666,200 +4783,6 @@ msgid "" "backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a procurement rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " -"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" -" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " -"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " -"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " -"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " -"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" -" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " -"dissatisfaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 -msgid "" -"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" -" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " -"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " -"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " -"of storing goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " -"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " -"using rules\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 -msgid "Procurement rules settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 -msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " -"possible :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 -msgid "Move from another location rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 -msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " -"manufacturing rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " -"rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " -"defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 -msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:72 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 -msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a push rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" -" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " -"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " -"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " -"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " -"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " -"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " -"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " -"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " -"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " -"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " -"inability to meet customer demand for the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" -" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " -"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " -"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " -"be triggered automatically or manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" -" rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 -msgid "Push rules settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 -msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " -"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " -"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " -"quality control location move to the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 -msgid "Stock transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" -" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " -"waiting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " -"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:74 -msgid "" -"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " -"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" -" the main stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" msgstr "" @@ -4920,180 +4843,468 @@ msgid "" " A and one in warehouse B." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 -msgid "How to use routes?" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 +msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 msgid "" -"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" -" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" +"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " +"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " +"in the retail channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" -msgstr "ادارة سلسلة تصنيع المنتج" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " +"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" +" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " +"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 -msgid "Manage default locations per product" -msgstr "ادارة المواقع الافتراضية للمنتج" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +msgid "Inside the warehouse" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " +"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " +"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " +"trigger all the route's rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " +"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" +" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " +"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " +"stored in their respective locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " +"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " +"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " +"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" +" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" +" to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 +msgid "Pull Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 +msgid "" +"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " +"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 +msgid "" +"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " +"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" +" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " +"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " +"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " +"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " +"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " +"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " +"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 +msgid "" +"All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " +"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " +"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "قواعد الدفع " + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " +"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " +"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" +" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 +msgid "" +"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " +"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " +"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" +" products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " +"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " +"their *Storage Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " +"upstream transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" +" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " +"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " +"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 +msgid "Use Routes and Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " +"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 +msgid "Manage default locations per product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 msgid "" "Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" +"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 msgid "" -"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " -"products" +"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " -"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " -"routing of products using rules**." +"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " +"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " +"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 -msgid "Pre-configured routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 -msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 msgid "" -"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`." +"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" +"Step Routes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 msgid "" -"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " -"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." +"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" +"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 +msgid "Pre-configured Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " +"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " +"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " +"incoming and outgoing shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" +" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " +"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " +"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " +"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " +"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" +" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" +" rules for the pre-configured route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Routes`." +"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " +"selected. Of course, combinations are available." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 msgid "" -"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " -"can combine several choices." +"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " +"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 -msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 msgid "" -"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" -" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " -"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." +"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " +"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " +"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " +"the same category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 -msgid "Routes applied on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 msgid "" -"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " -"be applied." +"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " +"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " +"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," -" select the route(s):" +"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " +"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " +"if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 -msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 msgid "" -"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " -"categories it will be applied." +"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" +" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 +msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" -" under the **Logistics** section :" +"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " +"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" +" on which product it must be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 -msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 msgid "" -"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " -"time you make a sale order." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " +"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" +" tab* and select the route you’ve created." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 msgid "" -"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" -" the sales order." +"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " +"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " +"are vital to have working routings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "القواعد" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 msgid "" -"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" +" section, and click on *Add a line* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 -msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 -msgid "Procurement and push rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 -msgid "Please refer to the documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 -msgid "Procurement configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 msgid "" -"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " -"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " -"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " -"**Preferred Routes**:" +"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " +"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " +"of them:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 -msgid "Make-to-Order Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 msgid "" -"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " -"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " -"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " -"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." +"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " +"specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " +"validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. " +"When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to " +"fulfill this need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 +msgid "" +"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " +"defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, " +"Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 +msgid "" +"**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different " +"situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a " +"specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " +"fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a " +"rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the " +"products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 +msgid "" +"**Buy**: when products are needed at the source location, a request for " +"quotation is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 +msgid "" +"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " +"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 +msgid "" +"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " +"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " +"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " +"source location:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " +"source location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" +" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " +"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " +"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " +"source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 +msgid "" +"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " +"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " +"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " +"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " +"alert in the form of a *next activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 +msgid "What about a full flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " +"full flow with an advanced custom route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +msgid "" +"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " +"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " +"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " +"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " +"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " +"the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +msgid "" +"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " +"created to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " +"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " +"transfer in the list is not done yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " +"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +msgid "" +"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " +"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " +"required products from the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +msgid "" +"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " +"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " +"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" +" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " +"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +msgid "" +"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " +"have been triggered and the transfers done." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po index 91410ee51..048549418 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Mustafa Rawi , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -60,35 +60,48 @@ msgid "Power on the IoT Box." msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28 -msgid "Then click on the Scan button." +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:34 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:40 msgid "WiFi Connection" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:36 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:42 msgid "Power on the IoT Box" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:38 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:44 msgid "Copy the token" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:43 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:48 msgid "" "Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " "plugged in your computer)." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:49 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:53 msgid "" "You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " "to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " "and paste the token, then click on next." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:57 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:60 msgid "" "If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " "(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" @@ -96,18 +109,18 @@ msgid "" "**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:63 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:66 msgid "" "Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " "there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " "redirected to your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:70 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:72 msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:76 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:78 msgid "IoT Box Schema" msgstr "" @@ -127,7 +140,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__, " +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__, " "It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " "and launch it." msgstr "" @@ -176,13 +189,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " "reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " -"can be found `here `__)." +"can be found `here `__)." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here " -"`__)." +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`flash_sdcard`" msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 @@ -300,8 +311,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:73 msgid "" "Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" -" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the box \"IoT" +" Box\" and select the IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:77 diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po index 81f060850..a2a979dda 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po @@ -4,17 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Abdalla Mohamed , 2019 -# Mustafa Rawi , 2019 +# Mustafa Rawi , 2020 +# Shaima Safar , 2020 +# Talal Kamal , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mustafa Rawi , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Talal Kamal , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -22,177 +23,253 @@ msgstr "" "Language: ar\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "الدردشة الحية" +#: ../../livechat/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "نظرة عامة" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 -msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " -"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " -"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," -" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " -"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " -"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." +"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " +"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" +" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " +"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "الإعدادات" +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 msgid "" -"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" -" and then click on install." +"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " +"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" +" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Live Chat`." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" -"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " -"operators can easily join and leave the chat." +"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "For both scenarios, under:" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 msgid "" -"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " -"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" -" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " -"website." +"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " +"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " +"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 -msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " -"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " -"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " -"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." +"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " +"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " +"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 -msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 msgid "" -"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " -"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " -"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" -" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " -"of time it takes for the chat to appear." +"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " +"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " +"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 -msgid "Prepare automatic messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 msgid "" -"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" -" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" -" through the live chat." +"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " +"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " +"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 -msgid "Start chatting with customers" +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "External options" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 msgid "" -"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " -"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " -"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " -"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." +"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" +" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 msgid "" -"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " -"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." +"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " +"single live chat page." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "Managing chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " -"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " -"answered wherever you are in Odoo." +"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " +"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" +" Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 msgid "" -"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " -"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." +"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " +"operators." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 +msgid "Leave or join a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "تقييمات" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " +"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " +"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Customer Rating" +msgstr "تقييم العميل" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " +"for an explanation is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 +msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "Make the rating public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " +"rating of that channel on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 +msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" +"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 msgid "Use commands" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 msgid "" -"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " -"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " -"into the chat. The following actions are available :" +"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 -msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 +msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 -msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 +msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 -msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 +msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 -msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 +msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 -msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 +msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 -msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 +msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 msgid "" -"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " -"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " -"The same goes for the creation of a lead." +"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " +"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " +"link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" +" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 msgid "Send canned responses" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " -"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " -"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " -"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," -" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " -"assigned." +"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " +"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " +"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 msgid "" -"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " -"visitors, enjoy !" +"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " +"shortcut word you created." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po index 17111d979..475092db9 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po @@ -5,17 +5,18 @@ # # Translators: # Abdalla Mohamed , 2019 -# Mustafa Rawi , 2019 # Shaima Safar , 2019 +# Mustafa Rawi , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Shaima Safar , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -150,11 +151,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 msgid "" "Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " -"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the *Master Data* menu > " -"*Products* and create both the finished product and the component." +"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " +"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " "create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" @@ -162,64 +163,64 @@ msgid "" "*Manufacture this Product*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:38 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:40 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 msgid "" "As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" " same as for the standard product." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 msgid "" "If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " "*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " "each component line. You can add several variants for each component." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 msgid "Adding a routing" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:54 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 msgid "" "You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " "series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " "enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "" "Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" " times." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:66 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 msgid "" "Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" " when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " "dropdown menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 msgid "Adding By-Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 msgid "" "In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " "the primary product." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:79 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 msgid "" "To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" " *Manufacturing* app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " "You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " @@ -249,7 +250,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "الإعدادات" @@ -746,153 +747,320 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontract the manufacturing" +msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 msgid "" -"Some businesses subcontract the production of some finished products through" -" subcontractors. This can be easily managed through Odoo." +"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " +"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 +msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and tick the box " -"*Subcontracting*." +"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:17 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 +msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 +msgid "Control subcontractors bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 msgid "" -"You can now define subcontracted *Bill of Materials*. Therefore, you need to" -" go to *Manufacturing > Master Data > Bill of Materials* and hit *Create*. " -"In this *BoM*, list the components which will be used by the subcontractor " -"to manufacture the subcontracted finished product. Specify that the *BoM* " -"type is *Subcontracting*." +"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " +"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:22 -msgid "You can also define subcontractors on the BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:24 -msgid "If no subcontractor is set, the BoM can be used by any subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 -msgid "If some are set, the BoM can only be used for those subcontractors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32 -msgid "Receive or buy a subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:34 -msgid "You have two options to trigger the subcontracting of a product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:36 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 msgid "" -"**Option A**: You can buy the subcontracted product from your subcontractor" +"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " +"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 -msgid "**Option B**: You can directly receive the subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:40 -msgid "Let’s start with option A (option B is just a simpler version of it)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:42 msgid "" -"Create a new purchase order. The vendor must be a subcontractor. The unit " -"price should be the cost you are paying to the subcontractor for the " -"subcontracting (thus, it’s not necessarily the total cost of the " -"subcontracted product)." +"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " +"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " +"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " +"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " +"directly from the subcontractor." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:50 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 msgid "" -"The validation of the purchase order automatically creates the receipt. " -"Whenever you receive the product, you can validate the receipt. The " -"following stock moves are created:" +"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" +" subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 +msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 -msgid "For the components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:56 -msgid "From Subcontracting To Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:58 -msgid "For the subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60 -msgid "From Production to Subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:62 -msgid "From Subcontracting to Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 msgid "" -"The *Subcontracting Location* represents the place where the products are at" -" your subcontractor’s warehouse. It is configured as an internal location, " -"the components that are sent to the subcontractor are still valued in your " -"stock." +"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " +"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " +"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " +"subcontractor on the *BoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:69 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 msgid "" -"For option B, you can simply create the receipt manually with a partner of " -"type subcontractor defined on it." +"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " +"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " +"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73 -msgid "Resupply the subcontractor with the components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:75 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 msgid "" -"There are 3 ways to manage the resupply of your subcontractor with the " -"components:" +"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " +"(3);" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:80 -msgid "**Manually**: You create a delivery order in which you set the" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 +msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " +"validated receipt (5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " +"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " +"order." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "subcontractor as a partner and you choose the components to deliver." +msgid "" +"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " +"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " +"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " +"materials used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "تقييم المخزون" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "**With reordering rules**: You can define a *reordering rule*" +msgid "**C = A + B + s**" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:86 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 +msgid "With:" +msgstr "مع:" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 +msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 +msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 msgid "" -"on the *Subcontracting location* to ensure that they are always enough " -"components sent to your subcontractors. When the reordering rule is " -"triggered, a delivery order is created for the product is automatically " -"created." +"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " +"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " +"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " +"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:97 -msgid "**On order**: You can also deliver the components to your" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:95 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 msgid "" -"subcontractors each time you order a subcontracted product. For this, you " -"need to tick the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " +"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " +"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " +"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" +" accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " +"proposed price coming from the finished products C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" +" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " +"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "التعقب" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 +msgid "" +"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " +"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " +"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " +"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " +"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 +msgid "" +"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " +"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 +msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " +"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 +msgid "" +"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " +"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " +"subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 +msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " +"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " +"address and fill the components to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " +"approaches:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 +msgid "Reordering rules;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 +msgid "Replenish on order flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 +msgid "" +"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " +"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " +"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" +" subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " +"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " +"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " +"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " "components." msgstr "" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 +msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " +"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " +"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " +"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " +"shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 +msgid "" +"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " +"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "مراقبة الجودة" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 +msgid "" +"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " +"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " +"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " +"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 +msgid "" +"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " +"a new *Control Point* on the reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " +"product is received." +msgstr "" + #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild a product" msgstr "" @@ -963,8 +1131,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and activate the " -"Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 @@ -975,10 +1143,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 msgid "" -"Now, go in *Planning > Master Production Schedule* and click on add a " -"product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the stock you want " -"to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and maximum " -"quantities to replenish." +"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " +"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " +"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" +" maximum quantities to replenish." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 @@ -1116,32 +1284,32 @@ msgstr "نظرة عامة" msgid "Repair Management" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 msgid "Repair products" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " "but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " "defect." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 msgid "Create a Repair Order" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:14 msgid "" "Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " "new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 msgid "Manage a repair" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:23 msgid "" "When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." " Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " @@ -1149,13 +1317,13 @@ msgid "" " might need, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:31 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " "customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " "able to start & end the repair when it is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:38 msgid "You can now invoice the repair." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po index 0eee6a7d7..2d64d9285 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -315,6 +315,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" msgstr "" +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po index f1969398d..3bae3eaaa 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po @@ -5,15 +5,16 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Talal Kamal , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Talal Kamal , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -25,120 +26,125 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Planning" msgstr "التخطيط" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 -msgid "Create a schedule and make encoding easier" +#: ../../planning/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "نظرة عامة" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:4 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:5 msgid "" "Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create" " shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high" " level." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:8 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 msgid "Organize your team by roles" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to" " the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under " "*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:18 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20 msgid "Make shifts recurrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:19 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:22 msgid "" "While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you " "from the need of re-planning it." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:28 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30 msgid "" "Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is " -"possible in developer mode, from *Settings*." +"possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"from *Settings*." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:32 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38 msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:36 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:41 msgid "Save shifts as templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:37 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:43 msgid "" -"If creating a shift on the fly and knowing that you will use that template " -"in the future, click on *Save as a Template*." +"If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the " +"future, click on *Save as a Template*." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:46 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 msgid "" "To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Shifts Templates --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:55 msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:52 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:57 msgid "" "When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or " "Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, " "simply click on *Copy Previous Week*." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:61 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65 msgid "" "The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you " "grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation " "time, for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 -msgid "Send planned shifts and give employees autonomy over shifts" +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 +msgid "Send Planned Shifts and Give Employees Autonomy Over Shifts" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:4 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, " -"loosing productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts " -"helps you to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." +"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, losing" +" productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts helps you " +"to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:9 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:12 msgid "" "Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include" " Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:17 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19 msgid "" "Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish " -"and Send*, employees will get an email that will redirect them to their " -"planned tasks:" +"and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned " +"tasks:" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:25 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:26 msgid "" "Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:30 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:31 msgid "" "Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an " "employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I " @@ -146,6 +152,6 @@ msgid "" "take it." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:45 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44 msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index 376ff9309..13119a525 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -5,17 +5,18 @@ # # Translators: # Abdalla Mohamed , 2019 -# Mustafa Rawi , 2019 # Shaima Safar , 2019 +# Talal Kamal , 2020 +# Mustafa Rawi , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Shaima Safar , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Mustafa Rawi , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,333 +28,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Point of Sale" msgstr "نقطة البيع" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:20 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "الإعدادات" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:3 -msgid "Cash Rounding" -msgstr "تقريب النقدية" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:4 -msgid "" -"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " -"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " -"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " -"made in cash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " -"totals of its bills or receipts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "" -"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" -" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" -" option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " -"*Create and Edit...*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," -" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:41 -msgid "" -"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" -" according to your settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " -"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 -msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " -"`__) is required to accept credit card payments" -" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " -"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " -"American businesses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 -msgid "" -"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " -"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " -"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 -msgid "Install Mercury" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury " -"Configurations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " -"credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods` and create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " -"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Log in with employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " -"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " -"made for that session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," -" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:16 -msgid "Set up log in with employees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " -"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " -"the cash register." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:25 -msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:28 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" -" cashier name in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:36 -msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:42 -msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " -"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:50 -msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:56 -msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " -"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" -" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:67 -msgid "Find who was the cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " -"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:75 -msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " -"receipt printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 msgid "Pricing Features" msgstr "" @@ -414,6 +88,132 @@ msgid "" "finish the transaction." msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Apply Discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " +"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " +"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " +"strategy tailored to every business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " +"inside an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 +msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 +msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 +msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" +" discount on oranges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " +"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" +" the PoS and define a default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " +"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " +"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 +msgid "" +"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " +"Then, you can finalize the order." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 msgid "Manage a loyalty program" msgstr "" @@ -424,6 +224,19 @@ msgid "" "*Loyalty Program*." msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:20 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "الإعدادات" + #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 msgid "" "To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " @@ -456,161 +269,70 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 msgid "" "You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" " finalize the order in your usual way." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 msgid "" "If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " "can of course change it." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 -msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " -"currently selected and the discount will be applied." +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 msgid "" -"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 -msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " -"product discount also at 50%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " -"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " -"pricing strategy tailored to your business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " -"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " -"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" -" on *Pricelists*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " -"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " -"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " -"whole range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 -msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " -"select the right pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 -msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " -"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " -"statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " -"--> Orders`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 -msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 -msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 @@ -756,10 +478,170 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة" +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " +"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" +" device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " +"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " +"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 +msgid "Make products available in the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" +" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " +"*Available in Point of Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " +"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" +" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" +" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " +"payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " +"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 +msgid "Your first PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 +msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 +msgid "Return and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " +"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " +"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " +"repeat the process individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " +"process the payment and validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " +"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" +" the dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 +msgid "" +"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " +"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " +"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " +"post the closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " +"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database <../../iot/config/connect>` " +"and :doc:`Use the IoT Box for the PoS <../../iot/config/pos>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " +"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " +"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " +"pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 +msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 msgid "Register customers" msgstr "" @@ -795,166 +677,6 @@ msgid "" "any future transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " -"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " -"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " -"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " -"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " -"customer can be identified from the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " -"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 -msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " -"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 -msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" -" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" -" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " -"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" -" in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" -" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 -msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " -"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 -msgid "Create your first PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 -msgid "" -"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " -"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 -msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 -msgid "You can register the next orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " -"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " -"now close the session from the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 -msgid "" -"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 -msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 -msgid "" -"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" -" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " -"closing entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 -msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " -":doc:`../../../iot/config/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/config/pos`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 msgid "Payment Terminals" msgstr "" @@ -976,9 +698,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 -msgid "Connect a Payment Terminal" -msgstr "" +msgid "Connect an IoT Box" +msgstr "توصيل صندوق إنترنت الأشياء" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -988,25 +709,17 @@ msgid "" "<../../iot/config/connect>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Once the IoT Box is up and running, you’ll need to link your payment " -"terminal to your PoS. Open the *Point of Sale* app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`. Select a PoS, tick the IoT" -" Box Device option and select your payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:30 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:32 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 msgid "" "Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " "Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:35 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " "(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " @@ -1014,17 +727,17 @@ msgid "" "in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 msgid "Configure the payment method" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:46 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 msgid "" "First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " "setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:52 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 msgid "" "Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " "Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " @@ -1032,11 +745,11 @@ msgid "" "Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:61 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:63 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 msgid "" "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " "Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " @@ -1045,105 +758,73 @@ msgid "" "Successful*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:72 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " "retry to send the payment request." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:75 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:81 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 msgid "" "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " "you the connexion failed." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:84 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:103 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 msgid "" "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " "of card that has been used and the transaction ID." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 -msgid "Connect SIX/Worldline to your PoS" +msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX/Worldline payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid " -"payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " +"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 -msgid "Please note SIX/Worldine is currently only available for UE customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:17 msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX/Worldline Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that " -"requires an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " -"<../../iot/config/connect>`." +"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " +"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " +"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " +"integration." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Once the *IoT Box* is up and running, you’ll need to link it to your PoS. " -"Open the Point of Sale app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point" -" of Sale`. Select a PoS, tick the IoT Box Device option and select your " -"payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then go to your *IoT Box homepage* (accessible from the IoT Box form view in" -" Odoo) and enter the ID of your Six payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You should now see that the terminal is connected to your IoT Box (it takes " -"+/- 1 min)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:43 -msgid "" -"The terminal should only be connected to the network with the Ethernet. Do " -"not connect it to the IoT Box with a USB Cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:47 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 msgid "Configure the Payment Method" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:49 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the SIX " -"setting." +"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " +"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:55 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 msgid "" -"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " -"payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal option SIX, and select " -"your payment terminal device." +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " +"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:64 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:66 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 msgid "" "In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" " using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " @@ -1151,36 +832,19 @@ msgid "" "you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:74 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 msgid "" "When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " "You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:81 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:87 -msgid "Close your Session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:89 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, before closing your session, you need to send the " -"balance of the payments to SIX. To do that, click on this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Once the balance has been sent, the SIX shift is closed, meaning you cannot " -"do additional operations with the SIX payment terminal (except if you reopen" -" a shift by clicking on the user name and selecting a cashier)." -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" msgstr "" @@ -1266,6 +930,61 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 +msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " +"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " +"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " +"away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 +msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," +" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 +msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 +msgid "Using fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " +"fiscal position you need for the current order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 +msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " +"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " +"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " +"choose one to set as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " +"interface." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" msgstr "" @@ -1324,61 +1043,121 @@ msgid "" "When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Register multiple orders" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your tables" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " -"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." +"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" +" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " +"business in the best possible way." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" +" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " +"and your employees to work efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " +"Bar/Restaurant*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 +msgid "" +"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " +"they are restaurant-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " +"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " +"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 +msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " +"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " +"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " +"sits the table can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " +"taken to your main interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " +"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 +msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " +"transferring your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 msgid "Register an additional order" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 msgid "" -"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " -"order." +"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " +"another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 msgid "" -"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " -"needed." +"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 -msgid "" -"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " -"Sale application can help you to fulfill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " -"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 +msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 @@ -1418,69 +1197,6 @@ msgid "" "process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your table management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" -" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " -"Point of sale`.." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" -" *Floors*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 -msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" -" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " -"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " -"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " -"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 -msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " -"register an order and payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" -" you can also transfer the order to another table." -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" msgstr "" @@ -1519,36 +1235,66 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Transfer customers between tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " -"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " -"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " -"you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 -msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " -"select the new table" -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 msgid "Shop Features" msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "استخدام الباركود في نقاط البيع" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" +"يؤدي استخدام ماسح الباركود لمعالجة أوامر نقاط البيع إلى تحسين كفاءتك ويساعدك" +" على توفير الوقت لك ولعملائك." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "أضف الباركود إلى المنتج" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" +"ضمن علامة تبويب المعلومات العامة ، يمكنك العثور على حقل الرمز الشريطي حيث " +"يمكنك إدخال أي رمز شريطي." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "مسح المنتجات" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" +"من واجهة نقطة البيع ، امسح أي رمز شريطي باستخدام ماسح الباركود الخاص بك. " +"ستتم إضافة المنتج ، يمكنك مسح نفس المنتج لإضافته عدة مرات أو تغيير الكمية " +"يدويًا على الشاشة." + #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" msgstr "" @@ -1625,6 +1371,84 @@ msgid "" "balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "تقريب النقدية" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" +" يلزم ** التقريب النقدي ** عندما تكون أقل فئة مادية للعملة أو أصغر عملة " +"أعلى من الحد الأدنى لوحدة الحساب." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" +"على سبيل المثال ، تطلب بعض البلدان من شركاتها تقريب أو تقليل المبلغ الإجمالي" +" للفاتورة إلى أقرب خمسة سنتات ، عندما يتم الدفع نقدًا." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" +"يمكن تكوين كل نقطة بيع في أود لتطبيق التقريب النقدي على إجمالي فواتيرها أو " +"إيصالاتها." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "" +"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" +" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." +msgstr "" +"ستتم إضافة هذه الميزة قريبًا إلى Odoo. نحن نعمل حاليًا على إتاحتها لجميع " +"الإصدارات المدعومة في أقرب وقت ممكن." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" +"تضيف جميع المبالغ الإجمالية لنقطة البيع هذه خطًا لتطبيق التقريب وفقًا " +"لإعداداتك." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "" +"لا تدعم نقاط بيع أودو سوى * إضافة خط لبلتقريب * استراتيجيات التقريب و * طرق " +"التقريب النصف إلى الأعلى." + #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" msgstr "" @@ -1697,26 +1521,130 @@ msgid "" "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 -msgid "Accept returns and refund products" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" +msgstr "تسجيل الدخول مع كموظف" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " +"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " +"made for that session." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " -"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " -"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." +"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," +" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 msgid "" -"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " -"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" -" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." +msgstr "لإدارة العديد من الصرافين ، تحتاج إلى عدة موظفين (اثنان على الأقل)." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" +msgstr "قم بإعداد تسجيل الدخول مع الموظفين" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " +"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " +"the cash register." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." +msgstr "الآن ، يمكنك تبديل مسؤول الصندوق بسهولة" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "التبديل بدون رموز الدخول" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 msgid "" -"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " -"to process the payment." +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" +" cashier name in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." +msgstr "الآن ، عليك فقط النقر على اسمك فقط." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " +"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " +"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" +" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " +"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index 25c9cae17..a1685ce19 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -6,20 +6,17 @@ # Translators: # Abdalla Mohamed , 2019 # Osoul , 2019 -# Shaima Safar , 2019 -# Mustafa Rawi , 2019 -# amrnegm , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Talal Kamal , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Shaima Safar , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Talal Kamal , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Shaima Safar , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -35,1575 +32,1071 @@ msgstr "المشروع" msgid "Advanced" msgstr "متقدم" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 -msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Project Settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "نظرة عامة" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:5 msgid "" -"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " -"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " -"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " -"customers using Odoo." +"Projects can be created for a specific customer or team, and can be " +"coordinated among your employees through visibility options. Stages can be " +"shared among tasks, and the exact time spent on each project can be tracked." +" All of it in favor of a more integrated and dynamic organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:10 +msgid "Create advanced projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Choose a *Customer* in order to create a project specifically for him. If " +"not, simply leave the field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:20 +msgid "Choose who can access a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a project for specific teams, under *Visibility*, choose who can " +"have access to the project:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:25 +msgid "" +"*Invited employees*: the ones who are followers (see " +":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:26 +msgid "*All employees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:27 +msgid "" +"*Portal users and all employees*: it enables the option *Share*. Recipients " +"receive an email with an invitation to access the document (project)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Choose an *Analytic Account* to track the profitability of your project in a" +" specific account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:33 +msgid "Timesheet and record time on tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:35 +msgid "To track the time spent on tasks, enable *Timesheets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:36 +msgid "In order to be able to launch a timer, also enable *Timesheet timer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:43 +msgid "Create sales orders from a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To invoice the time (service) and material used on a task, enable *Bill from" +" tasks*. Then, choose the service/product which you would like to bill, or " +"create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:54 +msgid "Track the material used on a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After enabling *Bill from Tasks*, enable *Products on Tasks* to track the " +"products/material used during the work on a specific task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:64 +msgid "Take advantage of worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Worksheets are reports of the work done. To customize and include them in " +"your tasks, enable *Worksheets*. Choose an existing template or create one " +"on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:74 +msgid "Schedule shifts on projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To create shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized," +" enable *Planning*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:88 +msgid "Manage employees work hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:90 +msgid "" +"*Working time* defines the number of your employees’ working hours. It " +"adjusts the Gantt planning view of your interventions. Open the external " +"link to adjust the daily hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:99 +msgid "Share stages across projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In order to have a clean Kanban view that works across projects, and to " +"avoid duplicates, delineate specific stages for different projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:105 +msgid "" +":doc:`Activate the Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"then go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Stages`. Choose the" +" respective one and add the projects among which you would like to share " +"stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 +msgid "Gather Feedback from Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Finding out what your clients think about the experience they have with your" +" company, can inspire you to have insights on how to improve your " +"product/service, adjusting your business to fit their needs. It shows that " +"you value their opinions and provides a reliable source of information to " +"other consumers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 msgid "" -"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " -"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " -"Sad)." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Use Rating on Project*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 -msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Set Email Template to Stages* in order to define the template to be sent at" +" a specific stage(s)." msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " -"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " -"apps module and install it." +msgid "Choose an existing template or create one on the fly." msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " -"module." +msgid "Choosing the projects I want feedback from" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:30 msgid "" -"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " -"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " -"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " -"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit` and " +"configure the wanted projects to have the email template previously set " +"sent, by the change of a stage or periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 -msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Enable *Rating visible publicly* if you would like to publish the ratings in" +" order to communicate them to a customer, prospect or the rest of your team." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 -msgid "" -"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:40 +msgid "See the customer rating email sent under the *Log notes* of your task." msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 +msgid "Get reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:49 msgid "" -"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` see " +"ratings by task." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 -msgid "Project configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:55 msgid "" -"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " -"**Customer satisfaction** option." +"Clicking on the percentage of happy ratings over the last 30 days in the " +"*Projects* overview, redirects you to your website with more rating details." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 -msgid "Email Template" -msgstr "قالب البريد الإلكتروني" +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:3 +msgid "Track Projects’ Profitability" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:5 msgid "" -"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " -"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." -" You can directly edit it from there." +"A project runs smoother if you can have an overview of its costs, revenues, " +"profitability, tasks, time and people, all in the same place. It allows you " +"to make smarter business decisions as you know where you are standing and " +"can course-correct if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 -msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" -msgstr "هنا مثال على بريد إلكتروني ممكن أن يستلمه العميل:" +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:10 +msgid "Track costs and revenue" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:13 +msgid "If you have the Timesheets application installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:15 msgid "" -"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" -" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " -"will be added to the chatter of the task." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose the " +"respective project, *Edit* and enable *Timesheets*. A menu *Overview* " +"becomes available in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The overview shows the hours recorded split by the different billable " +"options, profitability, time by people according to the billable hours " +"recorded, and even a timesheet table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:30 +msgid "If you do not have the Timesheets application installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. " +"Then go to *Manager Users* and enable *Analytic Accounting*. Now, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects` and specify an " +"*Analytic Account* under the needed project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:36 +msgid "" +"A *Profitability* menu to the costs and revenues of this analytic account is" +" directly available in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:44 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "التقارير" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:46 msgid "" -"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " -"the project." +"Under *Reporting*, obtain a report on the *Project Costs and Revenues*. " +"Choose among graph options or do your analysis through a pivot view." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 -msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" -msgstr "كيف تعرض التقييمات على موقعك؟" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 -msgid "" -"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " -"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:54 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/usage`" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" -" Issue** module." +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:55 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" -" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" -" end of the website." +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:56 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses`" msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 -msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" +msgid "Create Projects and Tasks from Sales Orders" msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 msgid "" -"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " -"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " -"from sales order lines." +"When you sell your services, you can choose to automatically have a " +"project/task created, helping you to not lose track of the work that needs " +"to get done, streamlining the processes between teams. In addition to that, " +"you are able to invoice or reinvoice clients according to the exact time " +"spent on that service." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:11 +msgid "Product set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:15 msgid "" -"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " -"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " -"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" -" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " -"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " -"and Services departments." +"Under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products` create a new product " +"or set up an existing one. Under *General Information* set the *Product " +"Type* as *Service*. Under the *Sales* tab select the *Service Invoicing " +"Policy* and *Service Tracking*." msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 +msgid "If you choose to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:19 msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " -"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " -"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " -"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " -"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" -" overtime spent on the project." +"- *Create a task in an existing project*: a task is added in the first " +"column of the selected project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "الإعدادات" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 -msgid "Install the required applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:21 msgid "" -"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " -"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" -" the application module and install the following:" +"- *Create a task in sales order’s project*: a new project for each sales " +"order of that service is created based on the template you have chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:23 msgid "" -"And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" -" task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " -"spent on that task." +"- *Create a new project but no task*: only creates a new project, for each " +"time that service is sold, based on the skeleton of the project template " +"chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 -msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:30 +msgid "Confirm a quotation and have a project/task created" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 -msgid "Create and set up a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:32 msgid "" -"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " -"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " -"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " -"the`following setup:" +"Now, once a *Quotation* is confirmed and transformed into a *Sales Order*, a" +" project or task is automatically created." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 -msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:40 +msgid "Access the task generated from Project" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 -msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:42 msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" +"On the *Project* application, your new project and/or task (depending on the" +" previous *Service Tracking* options chosen), is shown:" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:51 +msgid "Record the time spent and create an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:53 msgid "" -"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " -"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" -" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." +"From *Project*, access your task and document the time spent under the " +"*Timesheets* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:59 msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " -"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " -"product to hours as well." +"Once the task is complete, click on *Sales Order* and *Create Invoice*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:66 msgid "" -"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " -"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " -"will then create a project per SO." +"To only invoice approved timesheets, go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and enable *Approved timesheets only*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 -msgid "Create the Sales Order" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " -"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " -"sale order, the task will be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 -msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 -msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 -msgid "" -"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 -msgid "" -"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " -"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 -msgid "" -"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" -" your customers based on your invoicing policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " -"source document of the task is the related sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/application.rst:3 -msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" +#: ../../project/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "نظرة عامة" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Project" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Demonstration Video" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "النص" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:5 msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" -" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." +"Managing projects means managing people, tasks, due dates, budgets and " +"predicted return on investments. For all of it, you need a solution that " +"allows you to reduce risks, get information at a glance, have an overview of" +" your progress and stay organized. And, from start to finish, to be able to " +"run multiple projects in parallel easily. Odoo Project application is the " +"solution you need." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " -"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" -" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" -" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" -" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " -"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" -"saving!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 -msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration and basic usage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "المسئوليات" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 -msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " -"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " -"suggestions in the drop down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " -"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 -msgid "Followers" -msgstr "المتابعون" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" -" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " -"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " -"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." -" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " -"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " -"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " -"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 -msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" -" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " -"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " -"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " -"see the big picture all the time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 -msgid "Task: follow a specific task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " -"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " -"that task also appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 -msgid "Choose which action to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " -"Following button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " -"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " -"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 -msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " -"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " -"help you track time easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " -"available in projects and on tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " -"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" -" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " -"automatically created under the same name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 -msgid "Click on the settings of a project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " -"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " -"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " -"it, or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" -" timesheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 -msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " -"Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " -"Analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 -msgid "" -"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" -" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 -msgid "Document Management in tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 -msgid "" -"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" -" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" -" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 -msgid "" -"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " -"tab on the top of the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 -msgid "" -"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " -"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " -"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " -"task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " -"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 -msgid "Collaborate on tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" -" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 -msgid "" -"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " -"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" -" delegation and the Chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 -msgid "Create a task from an email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " -"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " -"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " -"project gets an automatic email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 -msgid "" -"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " -"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " -"Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 -msgid "" -"This email address create by default following the project name can be " -"changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 -msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 -msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 -msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 -msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " -"history of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 -msgid "" -"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " -"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " -"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " -"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " -"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " -"to remember past interactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 -msgid "" -"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" -" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " -"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" -" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " -"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 -msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " -"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " -"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " -"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " -"creation of the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 -msgid "" -"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " -"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 -msgid "" -"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " -"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " -"Click on the ```` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " -"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " -"follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 -msgid "Tasks states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 -msgid "Set the state of a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 -msgid "" -"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" -" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " -"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 -msgid "" -"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " -"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 -msgid "Custom states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 -msgid "" -"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " -"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," -" then click on edit:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 -msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 -msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 -msgid "Color Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 -msgid "" -"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " -"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " -"them thanks to the filters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 -msgid "" -"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" -" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " -"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " -"the tag, directly from the task:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " -"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " -"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" -" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " -"employees working on this project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Installing the Project module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " -"**Install**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:11 msgid "Creating a new project" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:13 msgid "" -"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," -" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " +"Click on *Create*. Specify the name of the project and choose which features" +" you would like to integrate. Note that they can be enabled afterward " +"through *Settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Manage your project’s stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open your project and add as many columns as there are stages in your " "project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 -msgid "The privacy setting works as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 -msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:27 msgid "" -"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " -"**Customer** field empty if not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 -msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 -msgid "Manage your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 -msgid "Add your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 -msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" -" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " +"Each project stage can be characterized by a distinct set of activities, or " +"your stages can guide you to the different steps a project has to go " +"through. It is important to set them right as they lead you from the first " +"idea or step to its conclusion, contributing to the overall success of your " "project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:33 msgid "" -"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " -"that you can personalize to fit your needs." +"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks that you can " +"personalize." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:34 msgid "" -"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " -"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." +"Drag your mouse over a stage name, and click on :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:41 msgid "" -"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " -"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " -"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." +"The dots correspond to customizable markers applied on tasks, making it " +"easier to know which tasks require attention. You can give them any " +"signification you like." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 -msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:50 msgid "Rearrange stages" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:52 msgid "" -"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" -" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " -"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " -"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." +"From the Kanban view of your project, you can add stages by clicking on *Add" +" a column*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`visualization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 -msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`time_record`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 -msgid "How to record time spent?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:54 msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " -"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." +"To rearrange the order of your stages easily do so by dragging and dropping " +"columns. You can also fold or unfold them on *Settings*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:62 +msgid ":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:63 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`../record_and_invoice/time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:3 +msgid "Share Projects and Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:5 msgid "" -"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " -"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " -"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." +"When you share your projects/tasks, you allow external users to be on the " +"same page as you. It avoids misunderstandings, simplifies communication, and" +" allows you to become a more coordinated company as you get the right " +"information to the right people." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:10 +msgid "Share projects and tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:12 +msgid "To share a project, go to :menuselection:`Manage --> Share`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:19 msgid "" -"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " -"Employee and Timesheet apps." +"To share a task, open it and click on :menuselection:`Action --> Share`. " +"Choose an existing *Recipient(s)* or create it on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 -msgid "Recording timesheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:27 msgid "" -"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " -"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 -msgid "Recording in a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " -"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" -" click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 -msgid "Recording in a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " -"and open the task on which you have been working." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " -"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 -msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " -"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " -"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " -"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " -"have to cope with." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 -msgid "Create a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 -msgid "" -"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 -msgid "In the project, create a new task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " -"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 -msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " -"to the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " -"one have the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the Kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " -"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" -" and indicate if the task is ready." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 -msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " -"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " -"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" -" to their creation date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " -"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 -msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " -"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " -"easily in a single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " -"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 -msgid "" -"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " -"dropping the task to another case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " -"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" -" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " -"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " -"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " -"project manager too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 -msgid "" -"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" -" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " -"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " -"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." -" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " -"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " -"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" -" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " -"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " -"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " -"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " -"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " -"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" -" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" -" the progress of each task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " -"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" -" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" -" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " -"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " -"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " -"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " -"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " -"planning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " -"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " -"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " -"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" -" each team member." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" -" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " -"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " -"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " -"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" -" team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " -"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " -"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " -"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " -"issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " -"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " -"app, it will help you get started quickly too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 -msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 -msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" +"The recipient receives an email saying that he has been invited to access a " +"document. In the example below, a project was shared. When the user opens " +"it, he sees the settings of that project and can access its tasks, for " +"example." msgstr "" #: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning your project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 -msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " -"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " -"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " -"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " -"install the application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" -" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " -"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " -"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " -"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " -"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 -msgid "Manage tasks with views" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" -" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " -"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " -"and the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " -"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 -msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " -"ones having the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 -msgid "Add/rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " -"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " -"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " -"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " -"stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " -"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " -"Done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 -msgid "Sort tasks by priority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 -msgid "" -"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " -"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " -"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " -"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " -"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " -"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 -msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 -msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " -"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " -"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" -" each time the employee will add an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 -msgid "" -"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " -"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " -"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " -"show you the progression of each task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 -msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " -"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " -"single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 -msgid "" -"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" -" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " -"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr "" +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "التخطيط" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast tasks?" +msgid "Forecast Resources Across Projects" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction to forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" -"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," -" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." +"Allocate the needed time for specific tasks under a planned shift. Once that" +" is done, analyse Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), so you can evaluate " +"your employees’ performance and workload, besides the progress of your " +"projects/tasks when comparing the planned and effective hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 -msgid "" -"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " -"progress of a project and its related tasks." +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "Allocate times under shifts" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:12 msgid "" -"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " -"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " -"team members to collaborate better." +"When planning a shift, in the *Planning* application, create a project and a" +" task on the fly, or simply select the one you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:20 msgid "" -"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " -"workload and human resources." +"*Allocated Time (%)* allows you to define the percentage of time you would " +"like your employee to work on that specific task during his shift. See that " +"information in hours on *Allocated hours*." msgstr "" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "How to configure the projects?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 -msgid "Configure the project application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 msgid "" -"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" -" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" -" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " -"employee should complete it!" +"The calculation shows you how many hours out of the total shift time (*End " +"date* - *Start date*) are spent by the employee on that task." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:24 msgid "" -"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " -"application:" +"On :menuselection:`Project --> Planning --> By Project`, immediately see the" +" total number of employees allocated per project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:31 +msgid "Compare forecast hours with the effective ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:33 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " -"Forecast option and click **Apply**." +"Now, once the employee has timesheeted his hours in the task, go to " +"*Project* and with the *View list*, under *All Tasks*, conveniently see the " +"*Planned Hours* compared to the *Remaining Hours*, and a calculation of the " +"*Progress*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:42 +msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Record Time and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 msgid "" -"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " -"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " -"all the projects that you manage)." +"When it is time to bill your client for their finished project/task, you can" +" choose to shorten processes and save time by pulling the billable time you " +"have tracked into sales orders, and invoices, directly from the " +"project/task." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Configure a specific project." +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:10 +msgid "Enable the Timesheet feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " -"Forecast\" in your project settings." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Timesheets*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 -msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:15 +msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a task" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " -"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the " +"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet*, *Timesheet Timer* and *Bill from " +"Tasks*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 -msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 -msgid "How to create a forecast?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 msgid "" -"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " -"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." +"Once the time spent on a task under that project has been recorded, click on" +" *Create Sales Order* and continue to create your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:26 msgid "" -"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " -"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " -"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." +"This way, you can invoice different customers, for different services, at " +"different rates, without the need to create numerous projects." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:30 +msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 msgid "" -"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " -"space in the Gantt chart calendar." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the " +"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet* plus *Timesheet Timer*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:35 msgid "" -"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " -"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " -"take." +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose " +"the project, *Create Sales Order*, and continue to create your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:38 msgid "" -"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" -" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " -"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." +"From here, choose if you want the billing to be based on the project rate: " +"all timesheets are billed by the same rate, or by the employee rate: " +"timesheets are billed by the individual rate of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:45 msgid "" -"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " -"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " -"in the Effective hours field." +"The project rate allows you to invoice a whole project, for a specific " +"service, at a specific rate, at once. Example: the implementation of a " +"system." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 -msgid "What are the difference between the views?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 msgid "" -"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " -"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " -"by projects." +"The employee rate billing lets you invoice a project broken down into " +"different services, and different rates. Example: different rates for junior" +" and senior consultants." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 -msgid "By users : people management" +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:50 +msgid "Invoice only approved timesheets" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:52 msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " -"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." -" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." +"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Invoicing Policy`, and choose *Approved timesheets only*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:59 msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " -"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " -"third, you see which tasks they're on." +"This ensures that the manager is aware of the hours being logged by each " +"employee before the customer gets invoiced." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/so_to_task`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`./time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:3 +msgid "Record Time Spent on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:5 msgid "" -"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " -"the duration of the task in the calendar." +"Get to know how much time you are spending on tasks in order to make your " +"employees’ life easier, and records error-free. Launch the timer in your " +"browser, stop it on your phone and have all entries synced. Generate " +"invoices based on the timesheet entries and be sure to invoice your " +"customers the exact right amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:11 +msgid "Manually timesheet on task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:14 msgid "" -"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " -"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " -"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " -"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Timesheets*. Then, enable the *Timesheets* option on the project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 -msgid "Plan the workload" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:15 msgid "" -"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " -"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " -"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" -" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." +"Now, once you are in your task, under the *Timesheet* tab, *Add a line* and " +"specify the *Duration*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:22 +msgid "Time tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:25 msgid "" -"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " -"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " -"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, enable " +"*Timesheet timer* on the projects on which you need the functionality." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:27 msgid "" -"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " -"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " -"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " -"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " -"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " -"that this is feasible." +"Now, you can time your task clicking on *Start*. *Pause* at any moment, and " +"*Stop* to confirm the recorded time and add a description." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 -msgid "Gantt view advantages" +#: ../../project/tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Tasks" +msgstr "المهام" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:3 +msgid "Collaborate on Tasks" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:5 msgid "" -"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" -" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " -"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " -"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " -"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." +"Being able to collaborate virtually but with the same effect as if people " +"were in the same room increases your productivity. It results in faster " +"execution of processes, brainstorming and decision made easier while also " +"allowing the support of outside contributions." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 -msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:10 +msgid "Add followers to a project" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:12 +msgid "*Edit* the project to add followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:14 msgid "" -"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " -"the future or in the past" +"Followers are notified of any changes: tasks sliding from one stage to " +"another, conversations taking place, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 -msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 -msgid "modify an existing forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 -msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 -msgid "By projects: project management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:21 msgid "" -"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " -"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " -"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " -"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." +"Following a project automatically makes you a follower of all its tasks." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " -"level of hierarchy." +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:24 +msgid "Add followers to a task" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:26 msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" -" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " -"they're on." +"Within a task, click on the *Followers* icon. Followers get notified of any " +"changes in the task and can see the task like you do, with the description " +"and the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 -msgid "" -"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " -"Users** section)" +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:34 +msgid "Select which notifications to get" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For a project or task, select what you would like to be notified about. For " +"that, *Edit subscription*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:44 +msgid "Use the pad like a collaborative note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Collaborative Pads`, then edit the *Settings* of the project you would like " +"the feature to work and enable *Use Collaborative Pads*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Now, you are able to contribute to tasks in real-time, with several users, " +"with an Etherpad collaborative note. Every user has his own color and you " +"can replay the whole creation of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on the ** icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " +"useful if you want to share it without adding this person as a follower, or " +"to someone outside of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:62 +msgid "The Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*Chatter* is a communication tool that shows the history of a task, " +"including changes and the interactions between you and your customers or " +"colleagues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To interact with followers, whether there are internal or external, click on" +" *Log a note* and ping them using the at symbol (*@*). If you want to send a" +" message/email to all the followers in the task, use *Send a message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can also ping a channel using the hashtag sign (*#*). This way, users " +"can have a channel per project team, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:77 +msgid "Schedule activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Do not forget promises made and stay organized by conveniently *Scheduling " +"activities* from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:87 +msgid "Edit or create new activities types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:89 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 +msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " +"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " +"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " +"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 +msgid "Set up an incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " +"the incoming email alias you would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 +msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 +msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " +"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" +" a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 +msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 +msgid "" +"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " +"followers of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 +msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:40 +msgid ":doc:`./get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:41 +msgid ":doc:`./collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Break down a project by creating, assigning and organizing tasks. Set " +"priorities to help you determine where you want to invest your time first, " +"manage files within it and keep everything you need to complete your work in" +" one place. Ensure that your strategies are turned into actionable plans " +"and, as a result, have a successful project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Create a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Click on *Create*. Once created, add more details opening it and clicking on" +" *Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "Assignation" +msgstr "تخصيص" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "Choose the responsible person for a task under *Assigned to*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:30 +msgid "Sort tasks by priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Mark the star on your task to set it as a high priority one. That " +"automatically moves the task to the top of the column. Tasks that are not " +"starred are classified according to their deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Note that tasks with dates passed their deadlines are shown in red; tasks " +"with a deadline for the current date are orange." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:43 +msgid "Manage files in tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Add images/documents to your task by clicking on the *Attachment icon*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "Files from emails are automatically saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:55 +msgid "Set cover images in tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Use *Set Cover Image* to your task and quickly get to comprehend what the " +"task is about. The image is directly shown in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "Choose how to visualize tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Tasks can be managed and followed up in the Kanban view, which is a post-it " +"kind of view divided into different stages. More options are otherwise " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Drag and drop tasks to change their stage and define colors to help you " +"identify them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Sub-tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Being a dynamic and organized company is important as it also helps you to " +"not overload your employees. For that, split large tasks into smaller ones " +"by creating subs-tasks, timesheet on them, and have an overview of all hours" +" recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "الإعدادات" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> Sub-tasks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:18 +msgid "From now on, a *Sub-tasks* menu is available within your task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Select a specific project in which sub-tasks will be created by default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:27 +msgid "" +"By default, sub-tasks are created under the same project. However, you can " +"select another one by going to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration -->" +" Projects --> Sub-task Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:35 +msgid "Timesheet on sub-tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Make sure the feature *Timesheets* is enabled under :menuselection:`Project " +"--> Configuration --> Settings` and under the settings of the needed " +"*Project*. Now you are able to timesheet on your tasks and sub-tasks. The " +"time recorded on a sub-task is counted on the parent task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:46 +msgid "Transform an existing task into a sub-task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:48 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:58 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:49 +msgid "Now access your task, *Edit*, and add a *Parent Task*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:56 +msgid "Unlink a sub-task from a parent task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:59 +msgid "Open and *Edit* the respective sub-task to remove the *Parent Task*." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index ed7a1af6a..51495bd7b 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Mustafa Rawi , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 msgid "" "To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " +" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparison of the information " "appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po index 7a314053e..cdbd256c2 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ali Alrehawi , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -164,9 +164,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18 msgid "" -"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to *Control >" -" Control Points*. There, hit create. Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as " -"operation and choose the type of quality check you want to perform." +"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to " +":menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. There, hit create. Make sure to" +" select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check " +"you want to perform." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27 @@ -197,9 +198,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55 msgid "" "If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and " -"go to *Control > Control Points*. Then, click on create. Make sure to select" -" *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order operation on which " -"the quality check should be performed." +"go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. Then, click on create. " +"Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order " +"operation on which the quality check should be performed." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64 @@ -230,9 +231,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8 msgid "" "To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, " -"go to *Quality Control > Control Points > Create*. Now, you can define the " -"quality control point you want to apply to a specific product. Don’t forget " -"to select a transfer operation type." +"go to :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Now, " +"you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific " +"product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19 @@ -275,146 +276,196 @@ msgstr "التتبع" msgid "Define Quality Control Points" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:6 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. " +"Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and " +"services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed" +" expectations. It also helps minimize waste." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:10 +msgid "" +"That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality " +"control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality " +"controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that " +"the company then has to rework or scrap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With " +"Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:20 msgid "Quality Control Points" msgstr "نقاط مراقبة الجودة" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If it is the first *Quality Control Point* that you create, know that you " -"need to open the *Quality* app. Then, go to *Quality Control > Control " -"Points*. Once there, you have to define the product on which the quality " -"control will take place, as well as the operation at which it should take " -"place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The *Quality Control Points* can take place during transfers or during the " -"manufacturing process of the products. If you work with routings on your " -"*Bill of Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing " -"process the quality control point should be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The control type defines at which frequency the quality checks should take " -"place:" -msgstr "" - #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22 msgid "" -"All Operations: all the operations will generate quality checks to perform;" +"To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> " +"Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which" +" the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it " +"takes place also is to be defined here." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:24 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:27 msgid "" -"Randomly: the quality checks will only be performed on x% of the operation. " -"You must define the percentage yourself, on the control point;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Periodically: the quality checks will be performed periodically. The " -"periodicity is based on the period you define (once a day, once a week)." +"The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the " +"manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of " +"Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process " +"the quality control point needs to be applied." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32 -msgid "Quality Control Point Types" +msgid "" +"The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take" +" place:" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:34 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:35 msgid "" -"Now that the rest is configured, you need to define the type of quality " -"check." +"**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks" +" to perform;" msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38 msgid "" -"Some of the types are only available with the manufacturing application." +"**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The " +"percentage needs to be defined on the control point;" msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41 -msgid "Text" -msgstr "النص" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:43 msgid "" -"This control point type allows you to give instructions to your workers " -"during the transfer, or the manufacturing process." +"**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The " +"periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:56 -msgid "Take a Picture" -msgstr "التقاط صورة" +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:50 +msgid "Quality Control Point Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There " +"are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a " +"measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label." +msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58 msgid "" -"This control point type asks you to take a picture of the product in a " -"transfer, or when manufacturing it." +"Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:71 -msgid "Pass-Fail" -msgstr "" +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Text" +msgstr "النص" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:73 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:64 msgid "" -"This type of control point requires that you specify if the products pass or" -" fail a specific text. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing" -" orders." +"This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the " +"transfer or during the manufacturing process." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80 +msgid "Take a Picture" +msgstr "التقاط صورة" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:82 msgid "" -"For this kind of control point type, you have the possibility to define a " -"failure message that will give instructions to follow in case of quality " -"check failure." +"This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a " +"transfer or when manufacturing it." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:94 -msgid "Take a Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:96 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:98 msgid "" -"This control point type requires you to enter the product’s measurements " -"during a transfer, or during the manufacturing process." +"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera " +"<../../iot/devices/measurement_tool>`." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102 -msgid "" -"For this kind of control point type, you also have the possibility to define" -" a failure message that will give instructions to the worker." +msgid "Pass-Fail" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:115 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:104 +msgid "" +"*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific " +"criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message " +"giving instructions to follow in case of failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:127 +msgid "Take a Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a " +"transfer or during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements," +" but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good " +"measures can are automatically accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives " +"instructions to the worker." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:156 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools " +"<../../iot/devices/camera>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:159 msgid "Register Consumed Materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:117 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:161 msgid "" -"This control point type requires you register the component serial/lot " -"numbers during the manufacturing process. It is only available if you work " -"with routings." +"When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the " +"component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:128 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:165 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:182 +msgid "This type is only available when working with routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:176 msgid "Register By-Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:130 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:178 msgid "" -"With this control point type, you must register the serial/lot number of the" -" by-products that are manufactured. It is also only available with routings." +"With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot " +"number of the by-products that are manufactured." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:141 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:193 msgid "Print Label" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:143 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:195 msgid "" -"This control point type allows you to print labels to add to the product " -"during the manufacturing process." +"*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the " +"product during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:207 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer " +"<../../iot/devices/printer>`." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index e3d4dff57..e3510e5db 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -5,18 +5,21 @@ # # Translators: # Abdalla Mohamed , 2019 -# Osoul , 2019 # Mustafa Rawi , 2020 # Abed Al-Shammari , 2020 +# Akram Alfusayal , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Osoul , 2020 +# Shaima Safar , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abed Al-Shammari , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Shaima Safar , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -98,283 +101,253 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:3 -msgid "Apply for Amazon MWS Access Keys" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Connector Features" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:8 -msgid "Submit the Amazon MWS Developer Registration and Assessment Form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:10 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" -"In order to synchronize your Amazon orders with Odoo, Amazon MWS access keys" -" are required. They can be obtained by submitting the **Amazon MWS Developer" -" Registration and Assessment form** to register as a developer. Once " -"recognized by Amazon as a developer (i.e. you make use of an application " -"connecting to MWS), you will be granted Amazon MWS access keys." +"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " +"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " +"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:15 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 +msgid "Supported Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 +msgid "The connector is able to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" -"First, visit the `Amazon Marketplace Web Service documentation " -"`_" -" and follow the instructions to register as a developer. Take care to choose" -" the form \"I represent a seller organization integrating with Amazon MWS " -"for its own selling account only.\"." +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " +"their order items which include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:20 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 +msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 +msgid "the shipping costs for the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 +msgid "the gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" -"Fill out the *Developer Registration and Assessment form* as suggested below" -" and provide your own contact information in the **Developer contact " -"information** section. In the **Business use information** section, select " -"the correct region of your seller account. For the other sections, adapt " -"your responses in accordance with your business case." +"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:25 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 msgid "" -"Give a particular attention to **Merchant Fulfilled Shipping**. It should " -"only be checked if you ship your products yourself. You should uncheck it if" -" you sell exclusively with the *Fulfillment by Amazon* service. Please note " -"that requesting this function is not recommended if you are hosted on *Odoo " -"Online* or *Odoo.sh* as the additional security requirements asked by Amazon" -" may not be met by Odoo." +"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:32 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:24 +msgid "Notify Amazon of an order manually canceled on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 +msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:32 +msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:32 +msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "**Orders**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "**Shipping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "Charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "Delivery created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:46 +msgid "Handled by Amazon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "Gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:41 +msgid "Gift message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "**Stock Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "Handled by the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:46 +msgid "**Confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:46 +msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:49 +msgid "**Cancellation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:49 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:49 +msgid "Notify Amazon on manually canceled sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "" -"Depending on several factors (your region, whether you checked the " -"**Merchant Fulfilled Shipping** function (i.e. you request access to " -"Personally Identifiable Information of your customers), etc.), Amazon may " -"request you to fill out a second form before granting you MWS access keys. " -"As that form depends on the data protection policy of the region of your " -"seller account (e.g. GDPR in Europe), we cannot provide you with a pre-" -"filled form. Instead, the answers of questions related to Odoo are listed in" -" the `Answer the Additional Form`_ section." +"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:61 +msgid "Supported Marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 msgid "" -"If you need assistance for your application for Amazon MWS access keys, " -"`submit a support ticket to Odoo `_." +"The Amazon Connector currently supports 9 marketplaces. If a marketplace is " +"not listed below, it may be possible for you to :ref:`add it as an " +"unsupported marketplace `." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:46 -msgid "Answer the Additional Form" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +msgid "**North America region**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:49 -msgid "" -"If you did not receive any additional form after your :ref:`initial " -"application for Amazon MWS keys `, you may disregard " -"this section." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:70 +msgid "Canada" +msgstr "كندا" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:70 +msgid "Amazon.ca" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:52 -msgid "" -"This section lists all questions asked by Amazon in additional forms. The " -"answers are tailored for *Odoo Online* and *Odoo.sh*. Wherever the answer " -"does not depend on Odoo, you are requested to provide it yourself at the " -"place indicated by square brackets." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "المكسيك" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 +msgid "Amazon.com.mx" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you are *not* hosted on Odoo, you should adapt the answers related to " -"hosting according to your own infrastructure and data protection policy." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +msgid "US" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If you *are* hosted on Odoo, take note that Amazon is the final decision " -"maker concerning your application. While Odoo can help you provide " -"additional details to your application, it is not guaranteed that Amazon " -"will find them adequate." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +msgid "Amazon.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:64 -msgid "" -"**Describe all functionalities in your application where Personally " -"Identifiable Information (e.g. customer name, street address, billing " -"address) is required.**" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +msgid "**Europe region**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:68 -msgid "► If you did not apply for the *Merchant Fulfilled Shipping* function:" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "ألمانيا" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +msgid "Amazon.de" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:68 -msgid "Generation of customer invoices." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "أسبانيا" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +msgid "Amazon.es" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:71 -msgid "► If you applied for the *Merchant Fulfilled Shipping* function:" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +msgid "France" +msgstr "فرنسا" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +msgid "Amazon.fr" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:71 -msgid "Generation of delivery orders and customer invoices." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "UK" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:73 -msgid "" -"**List all outside parties with whom your organization shares Amazon " -"Information (e.g. information exposed by Amazon through Amazon MWS, Seller " -"Central, or Amazon's public-facing websites) and describe how your " -"organization shares this information.**" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "Amazon.co.uk" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:77 -msgid "" -"We share Amazon Information with Odoo SA, our cloud service provider, for " -"the exclusive purpose of hosting our enterprise management system (including" -" the Amazon MWS integration). See also Odoo SA's Privacy Policy for details " -"at https://www.odoo.com/privacy" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "ايطاليا" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Amazon.it" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:83 -msgid "► If you share Amazon Information with outside parties:" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "هولندا" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Amazon.nl" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:82 -msgid "" -"[Answer with the above text and add a description of your organization's " -"policy regarding the sharing of Amazon Information with outside parties]" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:94 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:101 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**List all non-Amazon MWS sources where you retrieve Amazon Information.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Our enterprise software only relies on MWS to retrieve Amazon Information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:89 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization restricts public access to databases, file " -"servers, and desktop/developer endpoints.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:92 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:126 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:138 -msgid "" -"We rely on Odoo S.A., our cloud service provider for our database security " -"management. Their Security Policy can be found at " -"https://www.odoo.com/security" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:95 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization uniquely identifies employees and restricts" -" access to Amazon Information on a need-to-know basis.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:106 -msgid "" -"► If all your employees are properly assigned separate users and given only " -"relevant access rights:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Access rights are provided to employees based on their role within the " -"company and are progressive, based on their responsibility." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:102 -msgid "" -"For instance, salespersons only have access to their own leads/quotes (and " -"thus no access to quotes generated through the Amazon API). A salesmanager " -"has access to all quotes/leads for reporting purposes (including quotes " -"generated through the Amazon API). A quote will generate a delivery order " -"which will be accessible to a 'normal' user of the Inventory application for" -" him to be able to print the delivery label and pack the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:110 -msgid "" -"► If your employees share users or if they are given more rights than " -"needed:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:109 -msgid "" -"[Answer with a description of your organization's policy for the assignation" -" of users and access rights to your employees]" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization prevents Amazon Information from being " -"accessed from employee personal devices.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Our enterprise software does not prevent employees from accessing the " -"organization's data from personal devices. Role-based restrictions and " -"access rights still apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:118 -msgid "" -"**Provide details on your organization's privacy and data handling policies " -"(a link to your policy is also acceptable).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:121 -msgid "" -"[Answer with a description of your organization's privacy and data handling " -"policies]" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:123 -msgid "" -"**Describe where your organization stores Amazon Information and provide " -"details on how you encrypt this information (e.g., algorithm).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:129 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization backups or archives Amazon Information and " -"provide details on how you encrypt this information (e.g., algorithm).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:132 -msgid "" -"We rely on Odoo S.A., our cloud service provider for our database backups " -"management. Their Service Level Agreement can be found at " -"https://www.odoo.com/cloud-sla" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:135 -msgid "" -"**Describe where your organization monitors and detects malicious activity " -"in your application(s).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:141 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization's incident response plan addresses database" -" hacks, unauthorized access, and data leaks (a link to your policy is also " -"acceptable).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Our cloud service provider, Odoo S.A., will notify the customer in case of a" -" data breach." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:146 -msgid "" -"[Add a description of your organization's incident response plan or a link " -"to your incident response policy.]" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:95 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:75 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 @@ -397,15 +370,7 @@ msgid "" " are not yet registered." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you did not request access to Personally Identifiable Information of your" -" customers in the :ref:`Developer Registration and Assessment form `, the customers are created anonymously (the name, postal " -"address and phone number are omitted) and named **Amazon Customer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is canceled in Odoo. When an order is canceled" @@ -413,7 +378,7 @@ msgid "" "Seller Central and notify the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " "the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " @@ -423,7 +388,7 @@ msgid "" "wish to synchronize and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:28 msgid "" "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " ":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " @@ -432,11 +397,11 @@ msgid "" " PICKINGS**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:42 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 msgid "" "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " "picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " @@ -444,18 +409,18 @@ msgid "" "products partially by using backorders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 msgid "" "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " "it) is on its way." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:52 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " "move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " @@ -466,14 +431,14 @@ msgid "" "under the FBA program." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:53 msgid "" "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:64 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:58 msgid "" "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " "accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" @@ -485,24 +450,24 @@ msgid "" " your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:66 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:74 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:68 msgid "" "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " "in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " "of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "" "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " "orders based on the sales team." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:76 msgid "" "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " "invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " @@ -513,11 +478,11 @@ msgid "" "account by the amount received." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:83 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:91 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " "this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " @@ -525,13 +490,13 @@ msgid "" " of your company's accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:95 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 msgid "" "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 msgid "" "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " "similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " @@ -541,31 +506,117 @@ msgid "" "two registrations of your account." msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:100 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:73 +msgid ":doc:`features`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Generate an Authorization Token in Seller Central" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector uses an Authorization Token that allows Odoo to fetch " +"data from your Amazon Seller Central account. This token can be obtained " +"directly through Seller Central in a few clicks and needs to be set up in " +"your Odoo database configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Seller Central account for the marketplace you initially " +"signed up (e.g. if you created your account on Amazon Germany, go to `Amazon" +" Seller Central for Germany `_) with an " +"administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You might need to use the *main* (or first) administrator account and not " +"one added subsequently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In the main menu, select :menuselection:`Apps & Services --> Manage Your " +"Apps`; in the page that displays, click on the ``Authorize new developper`` " +"button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "Fill in the form depending on your Marketplace:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If your seller account is registered in the **North America** region, use " +"these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Developer's Name: ``Odoo S.A.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 +msgid "Developer ID: ``586127723692``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "For the **Europe** region, use these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Developer ID: ``579095187166``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Amazon will then inform you that by submitting the form, you are giving " +"access to your Seller Central Information to Odoo S.A." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Odoo S.A. is unable to access your Amazon account's information without the " +"Authorization Token which is stored in your Odoo database - we do not store " +"these tokens on our platform directly and are therefore unable to access " +"your account's information outside of the Amazon Connector normal flows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " "Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:11 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 msgid "" "The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " -"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The **Access " -"Key** and the **Secret Key** can be found in Developer Central (where the " -":ref:`Developer Registration and Assessment form ` " -"was located)." +"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The " +"**Authorization Token** is the one you generated in the :ref:`previous step " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Upon saving, your credentials are checked. In case of issues, an error will " +"be displayed - the information cannot be saved until your credentials are " +"recognized by Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 msgid "" "Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " "are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" @@ -573,11 +624,11 @@ msgid "" " their synchronization." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:21 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 msgid "Match database products in Amazon" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:23 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 msgid "" "When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " "created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " @@ -585,7 +636,7 @@ msgid "" " charges (if any)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 msgid "" "The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " "matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " @@ -593,7 +644,7 @@ msgid "" "for gift wrapping charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 msgid "" "For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are " "listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " @@ -602,7 +653,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`the internal reference is used instead `." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:39 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 msgid "" "It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific " "product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" @@ -611,7 +662,7 @@ msgid "" " under different conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 msgid "" "If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " "given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " @@ -619,7 +670,7 @@ msgid "" "the shipping code." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:49 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " "<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " @@ -627,11 +678,11 @@ msgid "" "Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:55 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 msgid "Configure taxes of products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 msgid "" "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " "the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " @@ -640,7 +691,7 @@ msgid "" " subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 msgid "" "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " "Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " @@ -648,6 +699,188 @@ msgid "" "reconciling the payments in Odoo." msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil, are not officially " +"supported by Odoo but might be compatible with your seller account. These " +"marketplaces can be added manually should you wish to use them. See " +":ref:`here ` for the exhaustive list of " +"natively supported marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To find out if a marketplace is eventually compatible, check the `Amazon " +"Documentation " +"`_." +" The marketplace must belong to the same region as that of your seller " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To add a new marketplace, you must first enable :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:139 +msgid "" +"From there, you can create a new marketplace record. You will need the " +"Marketplace ID and Endpoint for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon" +" Documentation " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.`` to easily retrieve it (for" +" instance: ``Amazon.se``). The **Code**, **Domain** and **API Identifier** " +"fields should respectively hold the *Country Code*, *Amazon MWS Endpoint* " +"and *MarketplaceId* values from the Amazon Documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Once the marketplace is saved, you should then update the Amazon Account " +"configuration by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`, open the " +"account on which you wish to use the new marketplace, go to the " +"**Marketplaces** tab and click on **Update available marketplaces** (an " +"animation should confirm the success of the operation). Newly added " +"marketplaces are automatically added to the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces. If the new marketplace is not added to the list, it means that" +" it is either incompatible or unavailable for your seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:156 +msgid "" +"As manually added marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo, there " +"is no guarantee that adding one as described above will work, nor can this " +"be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:3 +msgid "Install the Amazon Connector Authentication Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Starting July 2020, the Amazon Connector requires the use of a new " +"authentication method that makes it easier for you to set up the Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Prior to the update, Odoo customers who wished to use the Amazon Connector " +"had to apply to get developer credentials through Amazon, which was a " +"painful and long process that could take weeks. This method of " +"authentication is still technically possible, but Amazon will refuse to " +"provide developer credentials for Odoo customers from July 2020 onwards and " +"will deactivate such credentials for existing customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This documentation will help you install the update and use the new " +"authentication flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that if your Odoo database was first created after the update was " +"released, the update module is installed automatically. You can check if " +"this module is already installed by going to the **Apps** menu, removing " +"the ``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``. If the module " +"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** is present and marked as installed, your " +"Odoo database is already up-to-date and you can proceed with the :doc:`setup" +" ` step of the Amazon Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:25 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The new authentication mechanism is made available through a new Odoo " +"module; to be able to install it, you must make sure that your Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, your code is already up-to-" +"date and you can proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then you must" +" update your installation as detailed in `this documentation page " +"`_ or by " +"contacting your integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:39 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:41 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by your Odoo instance to be available in " +"the **Apps** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to :menuselection:`Apps " +"--> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:48 +msgid "Install the Amazon/Authentication Patch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You should never install new modules in your production database without " +"testing them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, " +"a duplicate database can be created from the database management page as " +"explained in :doc:`this documentation page <../../db_management/db_online>`." +" For Odoo.sh users, you should use a staging or duplicate database. For on-" +"premise users, you should use a staging environment - you should contact " +"your integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a new " +"module in your particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The module should now be available in your **Apps** menu. Remove the " +"``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``; the module " +"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** should be available for installation. If you" +" cannot find the module after having updated the list of available modules, " +"it means your Odoo source code is not up-to-date; refer to step one of this " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, you will need to generate an Authorization " +"Token in Amazon Seller Central and set it up on your Amazon Account in Odoo;" +" this process is detailed in the :doc:`setup ` page." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "موصل eBay" @@ -844,50 +1077,130 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" -"A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the " -"rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to " -"protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious." +"A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " +"is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " +"to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to " +"acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are " +"obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 -msgid "First time you request a down payment" +msgid "" +"Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " +"way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment" -" option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total " -"amount." +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 +msgid "First time you request a down payment" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 msgid "" -"The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account " -"and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments." +"When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " +"invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" +" them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 " +"options:" msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 +msgid "Regular invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 +msgid "Down payment (percentage)" +msgstr "دفعة مقدّمة (نسبة)" + #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment." -msgstr "" +msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" +msgstr "دفعة مقدّمة (مبلغ ثابت)" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" -"On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be " -"automatically deducted." +"In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" +" the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " +"percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income " +"account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 -msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 -msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*." +msgid "" +"When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " +"payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " +"product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, " +"you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you" +" choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able" +" to create an invoice**." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 msgid "" -"You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the" -" income account & customer taxes." +"For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" +" using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " +"our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , " +"before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view " +"the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the " +"down payment (as you can see below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +msgid "" +"There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " +"But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " +"So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the " +"possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** " +"button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** " +"button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order" +" and draft invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " +"order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" +" to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, " +"paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " +"quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " +"payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to " +"deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been " +"delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice " +"created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the " +"**Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the " +"delivered quantity manually on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 +msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 +msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +msgid "" +"You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " +"to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " +"need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the " +"**Accounting Tab** on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 @@ -981,73 +1294,109 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" -"Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for " -"invoicing:" +"Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 msgid "" -"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales " -"order is confirmed." +"The **Invoice what is ordered** rule is used as **default mode** in Odoo " +"Sales, which means that customers will be invoiced once the sales order is " +"confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 msgid "" -"Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a " -"partial delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode." +"The **Invoice what is delivered** rule will invoice customers once the " +"delivery is done. This rule concerns businesses that sell materials, liquids" +" or food in large quantities. In these cases, the quantity might diverge a " +"little bit and it is, therefore, preferable to invoice the quantity actually" +" delivered." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 msgid "" -"The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type " -"of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the" -" quantity might diverge a little bit and it is therefore better to invoice " -"the actual delivered quantity." +"Being able to have different invoicing options allow you more flexibility. " +"Indeed, you need to know exactly how to invoice your customers for different" +" situations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 +msgid "Activate these features" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" -"You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every " -"options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), " -"invoice a fixed advance." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " +"**Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 -msgid "Decide the policy on a product page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 msgid "" -"From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing " -"policy and select the one you want." +"If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not" +" be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which " +"automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 -msgid "Send the invoice" +msgid "Choose an invoicing policy on a product form" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 msgid "" -"Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced " -"quantities." +"From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing " +"policy, which can be manually changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is " -"confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have" -" to validate the delivery." +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 +msgid "Impact on sales flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 msgid "" -"Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will " -"automatically add the quantities to invoice based on how many you delivered " -"if you did a partial delivery." +"On Odoo Sales, the basic sales flow will be to create a quotation, send it " +"to your customer, wait for confirmation, confirm the sales order and create " +"an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Invoice what is ordered**: No impact on this basic sales flow. Indeed, you" +" can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 +msgid "" +"**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will " +"have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to " +"install the **Inventory App** to confirm the delivered quantity before " +"creating an invoice, with the **Sales App**. Indeed, if you try to create an" +" invoice without validating the delivered quantity, you will receive an " +"error message as below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation " +"sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced " +"quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a " +"partial delivery)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Finally, to create an invoice, you will have different possibilities: " +"regular invoice or down payment (percentage or fixed amount)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about down payment here: " +":doc:`down_payment`, to master this incredible feature." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 @@ -1817,6 +2166,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "الإعدادات" @@ -2030,6 +2380,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr "" @@ -2143,9 +2494,9 @@ msgid "" "will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before " "creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our " "documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as " -":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal`, " -":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize`, and others in the " -":doc:`../../ecommerce` documentation." +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 @@ -2172,15 +2523,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce`" +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal`" +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize`" +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 @@ -2403,60 +2754,133 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders" +msgid "Add terms & conditions" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 msgid "" -"Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " -"between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " -"information which include products and company policy; allowing the customer" -" to read all those terms everything before committing to anything." +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " +"contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " +"delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all " +"formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other " +"hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing" +" to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms" +" and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you " +"manage." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every " -"quotation, sales order and invoice." -msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 +msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "الشروط والأحكام الافتراضية" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 -msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 msgid "" -"In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then " -"appear on every quotation, SO and invoice." +"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " +"**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " +"Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is " +"done automatically with the installation of the sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 -msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 +msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 msgid "" -"A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish" -" on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo." +"In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" +" your default terms and conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured " -"conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default" -" attachment for all quotation emails sent." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 +msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 +msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 +msgid "" +"According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " +"on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" +" and conditions within your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " +":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 +msgid "General Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 +msgid "GT&C on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " +"page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " +"is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " +"category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " +"are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " +"quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " +"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and " +"create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the " +"confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online " +"payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to" +" configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & " +"conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 +msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po index 07ac45201..67d4a8e3a 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -4,16 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Mustafa Rawi , 2019 +# Talal Kamal , 2020 +# Mustafa Rawi , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mustafa Rawi , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Mustafa Rawi , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,77 +28,67 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "نظرة عامة" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 -msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" +msgid "Contact Lists and Blacklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:5 msgid "" "Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" " to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " "newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " "another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " -"distribution a lot easier." +"distribution easier." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 msgid "Contact lists" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:13 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if " -"you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in the" -" unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences." -msgstr "" - #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 msgid "" -"Once inside the list, you can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " -"specific list." +"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Is Public* " +"if you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in " +"the unsubscription page (allowing users to update their subscription " +"preferences)." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 msgid "History with the Log Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:23 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:25 msgid "" -"A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient " -"(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." +"A record of the mailings sent is kept on the recipient's chatter (whether it" +" is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:31 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:28 msgid "" -"This is important as you and your team can easily keep track and see a " -"history of interactions with your contacts or prospects, granting you the " -"ability to better understand them." +"This is important as you and team members can easily keep track and see a " +"history of the interactions with your contacts or prospects. Example: your " +"sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a " +"customer has received or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Example: your sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing " -"promotions a customer has received or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:37 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:35 msgid "Blacklist" msgstr "القائمة السوداء" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:38 msgid "" "If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " -"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries in your " +"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries to your " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:40 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 msgid "" "For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " "Import`." @@ -107,268 +98,261 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Integrations and Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:5 msgid "" "Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " -"purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " +"purposes, but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " "costumers, for example." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 -msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS Campaigns" -msgstr "" +msgid "Campaigns" +msgstr "الحملات" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:10 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:11 msgid "" "First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " -":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"activate the option Mailing Campaigns`." +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Mailing Campaigns*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:16 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:17 msgid "" -"Now, you will also have the menu *Campaigns* included in your *SMS " -"Marketing* page, allowing you to have an overview of your SMS mailings and " -"your email marketing ones." +"Now, the menu *Campaigns* is also available on the *SMS Marketing* app, " +"allowing you to manage and have an overview of your SMS mailings under " +"campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:22 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:23 msgid "" "This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " "have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " -"your kanban view to better organize the work being done." +"your Kanban view to better organize the work being done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:30 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:31 msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:32 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 msgid "" "Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " "makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" " example." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:36 msgid "" "For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " "*SMS* icon next to the phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:39 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you would like to send a message in a batch here, you could go to " -":menuselection:`List View --> select all the contacts --> Action --> Send " -"SMS`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:47 -msgid "Set up SMS Templates" +"If you would like to send a message to multiple contacts at once, choose the" +" *List View*, select all the contacts needed, and under *Action* select " +"*Send SMS*." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Now, go to " -":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates`." +msgid "Set up SMS templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:59 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:60 msgid "" "Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " "the context." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:62 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra " -"notable integrations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:64 -msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:63 +msgid "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 -msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." +msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 -msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." +msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 -msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." +msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 +msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 msgid "" "*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 msgid "" "*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " "document online." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 msgid "" "*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:72 msgid "" "*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:74 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" " asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." msgstr "" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_template`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:5 msgid "" "Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" " to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " "very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " -"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones - " -"people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" +"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 -msgid "Install the app" -msgstr "" +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "ابدأ" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 -msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:16 -msgid "Build an SMS mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:24 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 msgid "" -"First, you will be able to specify a *subject* name that will help you to " -"remember what the mailing is about." +"Specify a *subject* name to help you remembering what the mailing is about." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:26 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:20 msgid "" -"Under *recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" -" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) will " -"receive your SMS." +"Under *Recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" +" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) receive " +"your SMS." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:28 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:22 msgid "" "From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." -" In the example below, the message will be sent to contacts living in " +" In the example below, the message would be sent to the contacts living in " "Belgium." msgstr "" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose the " +"specific mailing lists you created to group specific contacts. You are " +"allowed to select multiple ones." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 msgid "" -"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose mailing " -"lists you ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to" -" your Newsletters, or both! Note that you are allowed to select more than " -"one *Mailing list*." +"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo automatically " +"generates *link trackers* in order to generate data about these links." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:42 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:36 msgid "" -"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " -"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, you will be able to " -"get data about those links." +"Under *Settings* you have the option *Include opt-out link*. If activated, " +"the contact is able to unsubscribe from the mailing list." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:45 -msgid "" -"On *Settings* you have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " -"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list he " -"is not interested in anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:52 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:43 msgid "" "In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" " your sent links, access them and look at statistics." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:50 msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:63 -msgid "Sending my mailing" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:53 +msgid "Send a mailing" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:57 msgid "" "Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " "to be delivered:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:69 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 msgid "" -"Put in queue: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run. " -"Interesting option if you do not mind when the triggering will happen." +"*Put in Queue*: the mailing is triggered with the next automatic run. " +"Interesting option if you do not need the message to be sent at a specific " +"time." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:71 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:61 msgid "" -"Send now: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if there" -" are not that many recipients." +"*Send Now*: sends the message immediately. Use this option if the recipient " +"list is not excessive." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:73 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:62 msgid "" -"Schedule: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings that" -" you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while " -"it is active or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." +"*Schedule*: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " +"that you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer " +"while it is active, or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:76 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:65 msgid "" -"Test: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " +"*Test*: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " "purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " "while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " "you must remember to use a comma between them." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:82 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:70 msgid "Visualize reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:83 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:72 msgid "" -"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, you are capable of applying" -" filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " -"performance of your SMS mailings." +"Under the *Reporting* menu apply filters, measures, and adopt different " +"layouts to do analyses of the performance of your SMS mailings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:90 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:79 msgid "" -"You can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on" -" the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." +"You can also check the price to send an SMS for your country by clicking on " +"the *Information* icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:86 msgid "" -"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " -"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information on that access: " -":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`" +"**Buy Credits:** in order to take advantage of the app and its features, " +"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information: " +":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po index 60019f4f3..70a5017a8 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -3,13 +3,17 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Talal Kamal , 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Talal Kamal , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,15 +23,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing.rst:5 msgid "Social Marketing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "التسويق على وسائل التواصل الإجتماعي" #: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "نظرة عامة" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الاتصال بالسوق الخاص بي باستخدام الحملات" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -37,15 +41,19 @@ msgid "" "to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your" " content." msgstr "" +"سواء كان هدفك هو بيع منتج جديد ، أو شرح قيمة خدماتك أو الإعلان عن حدثك ، " +"تساعدك الحملة على التواصل مع السوق الخاص بك. عادةً ما تتضمن قنوات متعددة ، " +"لذلك من الأساسي أن يكون لديك حل يمكنك من خلاله تخطيط المحتوى الخاص بك " +"وتنفيذه وتتبعه وتحليله." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "انتقل إلى: تحديد القائمة: `التسويق الاجتماعي -> الحملات -> إنشاء`." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 msgid "" -"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel will be shown. The " -"overview of the campaign shows you global metric such as:" +"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The " +"overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 @@ -53,18 +61,24 @@ msgid "" "*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a " "transaction (paid)." msgstr "" +"* الإيرادات *: عدد المستخدمين الذين أنهوا معاملة (مدفوعة) من رابط في المحتوى" +" الخاص بك." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20 msgid "" "*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started" " but not finished a transaction (did not pay)." msgstr "" +"* عروض الأسعار *: عدد المستخدمين الذين بدأوا معاملة من رابط من المحتوى الخاص" +" بك ولكن لم ينهوا (لم يدفعوا)" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22 msgid "" "*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your " "content." msgstr "" +"* العملاء المحتملون *: المستخدمون الذين قاموا بملء نموذج الاتصال الخاص بك ، " +"من رابط في المحتوى الخاص بك." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -73,26 +87,32 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* " "application must be installed on your database." msgstr "" +"لتتمكن من * إرسال بريد جديد * ، تأكد من تمكين الميزة في تطبيق * التسويق عبر " +"البريد الإلكتروني ، ضمن: اختيار القوائم: `التسويق عبر البريد الإلكتروني -> " +"التكوين -> الإعدادات`. لتتمكن من إرسال * رسالة نصية ، يجب تثبيت تطبيق * " +"تسويق بالرسائل النصية * على قاعدة بياناتك." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30 msgid "" "*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*," " *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*." msgstr "" +"يعمل التسويق الاجتماعي * مدمجًا مع تطبيقات أخرى مثل * المبيعات * و * " +"الفواتير * و * إدارة علاقات العملاء * و * موقع الويب *." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34 #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77 msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ": مستند: `. / إظهار الإشعرات`" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35 #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66 msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ": مستند: `. / إدارة الإجتماعي`" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3 msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تفاعل مع العملاء والزوار من خلال الدردشة الحية" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -102,16 +122,22 @@ msgid "" "it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective " "interaction." msgstr "" +"إحدى الطرق التي يمكنك من خلالها بناء علاقات أقوى مع عملائك هي جعل نفسك " +"متاحًا من خلال الدردشة المباشرة. يمكن أن يكون للدردشة الحية تأثير كبير ليس " +"فقط على خدمة العملاء الخاصة بك ، ولكن أيضًا على أداء المبيعات ، حيث إنها " +"تمنح المستخدمين فرصة للتفاعل في الوقت الفعلي والسريع والفعال." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إعدادات التكوين" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` " "select the appropriate channel, and set it up." msgstr "" +"انتقل إلى: تحديد القائمة: `الموقع -> التكوين -> الإعدادات -> المحادثة " +"المباشرة` حدد القناة المناسبة وقم بإعدادها." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -119,20 +145,25 @@ msgid "" "for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, " "GeoIP must be installed on your server." msgstr "" +"ضمن * قواعد القناة * ، اختر وقت ظهور النافذة المنبثقة للدردشة ، وإجراء " +"لعنوان URL و / أو بلد معين. لاحظ أنه لأخذ البلد في الاعتبار ، يجب تثبيت " +"GeoIP على الخادم الخاص بك." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24 msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "يجب تثبيت تطبيق * Live Chat * على قاعدة بياناتك." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27 msgid "Monitor your visitors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "راقب زوارك" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29 msgid "" "Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your " ":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline." msgstr "" +"ضمن قائمة * الزائرون * ، راجع الزائرين الذين وصلوا إلى أحد: ref: " +"`social_marketing / website_tracked_pages` عبر الإنترنت أو بلا اتصال." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -141,28 +172,37 @@ msgid "" "subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received " "by the user once they move to a tracked page." msgstr "" +"يمكنك إرسال رسائل بريد إلكتروني (إذا تم حفظ عنوان بريد إلكتروني) ، وإرسال " +"رسائل نصية (إذا تم حفظ رقم هاتف) ، وإرسال إشعار دفع (إذا كان المستخدم " +"مشتركًا فيه) ، وحتى إرسال طلب دردشة مباشرة يكون التي تلقاها المستخدم بمجرد " +"انتقاله إلى صفحة متعقبة." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36 msgid "" "Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and " "last date and time the user was connected." msgstr "" +"افتح سجلًا لرؤية التفاصيل بما في ذلك الصفحات التي تمت زيارتها والتاريخ " +"والوقت الأول والأخير الذي تم فيه اتصال المستخدم." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43 msgid "" "Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or " "an existing partner." msgstr "" +"سيتم مصادقة زوارك عبر الإنترنت إذا كانوا مرتبطين بعميل محتمل أو شريك حالي." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44 msgid "" "If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your " "own website." msgstr "" +"إذا كنت لا تستخدم تطبيق * موقع الويب * ، يمكنك إضافة أداة دردشة مباشرة إلى " +"موقع الويب الخاص بك." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49 msgid "Website’s tracked pages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "صفحات تتبع المواقع" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -170,14 +210,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option " "*Track*, on the respective pages." msgstr "" +"لتحديد الصفحات التي يتم تتبعها ، في تطبيق * الموقع * ، انتقل إلى: تحديد " +"القائمة: `الموقع -> التكوين -> الصفحات` وقم بتمكين خيار * تتبع * ، على " +"الصفحات المعنية." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/livechat`" +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/overview/get_started`" msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إدارة صفحات الوسائط الاجتماعية وإنشاء محتوى" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -187,32 +230,39 @@ msgid "" "audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully " "execute your online strategy, from posts to results." msgstr "" +"بمجرد أن تكون موجودًا على منصات وسائل التواصل الاجتماعي ، من المهم إبقائها " +"محدثة. ومع ذلك ، قد يبدو هذا كوظيفة بدوام كامل. إن وجود حل يسمح لك بإنشاء " +"جدول زمني وتتبعه والتفاعل معه والتفاعل معه وقياس النتائج يوفر لك الوقت " +"ويساعدك على تنفيذ إستراتيجيتك عبر الإنترنت بنجاح ، من المنشورات إلى النتائج." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12 msgid "Add accounts and create your feed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "أضف حسابات وأنشئ خلاصتك" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14 msgid "" "Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your " "accounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "انقر فوق * إضافة دفق * ومنح الأذونات المطلوبة لإضافة حساباتك." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21 msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin." -msgstr "" +msgstr "يمكنك ربط صفحة الفيس بووك التي أنت المسؤول عنها." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23 msgid "" "You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is" " automatically added." msgstr "" +"ثم يتم إعادة توجيهك إلى * الخلاصة * ويتم إضافة عمود مع المنشورات تلقائيًا." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25 msgid "" "You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and" " customize your Kanban view." msgstr "" +"يمكنك بعد ذلك إضافة حسابات و / أو تدفقات جديدة ، مثل إشارات فيسبوك ، وتخصيص " +"طريقة عرض كنبان." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -220,72 +270,85 @@ msgid "" "redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on " "*Insights*." msgstr "" +"ستؤدي إضافة حسابات وسائل التواصل الاجتماعي إلى خلاصتك أيضًا إلى ربط مؤشرات " +"الأداء الرئيسية. لإعادة توجيهك إلى صفحة الإحصائيات الخاصة بحساب التواصل " +"الاجتماعي ، انقر فوق * رؤى *." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "وصل مع حسب لينكد إن" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." msgstr "" +"انتقل إلى: تحديد القائمة: `التسويق الإجتماعي -> التكوين -> وساقئل التواصل " +"الإجتماعي`." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 msgid "" "LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the " "creation of content." msgstr "" +"لينكدين في إصدار بيتا ، وبالتالي ، الخلاصة غير متوفرة. فقط إنشاء المحتوى." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51 msgid "Publish content" -msgstr "" +msgstr "نشر المحتوى" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53 msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to " ":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." msgstr "" +"في تطبيق * موقع الويب * ، انتقل إلى: اختيار القائمة: `الموقع -> " +"Configuration -> الإعدادات` وقم بتمكين * إشعارات الدفع الخاصة بالموقع *." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "اختر تحميل مشاركتك على الفور أو جدولتها." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61 msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "سيؤدي حفظ مشاركتك إلى تطبيق حالة المسودة عليها." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64 msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "نظرة عامة وخطة منشوراتك مع طريقة عرض التقويم" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67 msgid "" "Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, " "week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts." msgstr "" +"من خلال عرض التقويم ، إلى جانب الحصول على نظرة عامة على يومك أو أسبوعك أو " +"شهرك المخطط له ، يمكنك أيضًا الاطلاع على مشاركاتك المسودة والمجدولة " +"والمنشورة." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68 msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "اسحب وأفلت (المنشورات المجدولة) لتغيير تاريخها المجدول." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70 msgid "" "Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, " "and click on an existing one to edit it." msgstr "" +"انقر نقرًا مزدوجًا فوق تاريخ لإنشاء مشاركة مباشرة من * عرض التقويم * ، وانقر" +" فوق مشاركة موجودة لتحريرها." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78 #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ": مستند: `./الحملات`" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79 msgid ":doc:`./livechat`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "مستند المحادثة المباشرة" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3 msgid "Use Web Push Notifications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إستخدم دفع الويب" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -295,54 +358,66 @@ msgid "" "practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, " "sales alerts, coupons, and product updates." msgstr "" +"ترسل إعلامات Web Push رسائل إلى جهاز المستخدم الخاص بك دون الحاجة إلى أن " +"تكون على موقع الويب الخاص بك ، أو أن تقدم لهم معلومات شخصية. يمكن استخدامها " +"لإعلام المستخدمين بالأخبار والمقالات والمحتوى المنشور والرسائل العملية مثل " +"حركة المرور وتحديثات الطقس ومعلومات الرحلة وتنبيهات المبيعات وكوبونات " +"وتحديثات المنتج." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11 msgid "Ask users for permission" -msgstr "" +msgstr "اطلب من المستخدمين الإذن" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13 msgid "" "In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration" " --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." msgstr "" +"في تطبيق * موقع الويب * ، انتقل إلى: تحديد القائمة: `الموقع -> التكوين -> " +"الإعدادات` وقم بتمكين * الموقع \" الإشعارات المرسلة *." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 msgid "" "Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the " "permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)." msgstr "" +"اختر رسالتك ورمزك ووقت التأخير (وهو وقت الانتظار لعرض طلب الإذن بمجرد وصول " +"المستخدم إلى صفحتك)." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28 msgid "Send notifications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إرسال الإشعارات" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31 msgid "Individually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "بشكل فردي" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33 msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "يمكنك إرسال رسائل فردية من خلال القائمة * الزوار *." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 msgid "To a group" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إلى مجموعة" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42 msgid "" "Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* " "(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." msgstr "" +"استهدف شريحة أكبر من خلال تحديد عدة زوار في * عرض القائمة * (على سبيل " +"المثال: جميع الزوار الذين زاروا صفحتك الرئيسية)." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 msgid "" "Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting " "archived." msgstr "" +"يتم الاحتفاظ بسجلات الزوار تحت * الزوار * لمدة أسبوع ، قبل حصول عملية أرشفة." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53 msgid "By rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "حسب قواعد" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -350,7 +425,10 @@ msgid "" "Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records " "that match the rules you set." msgstr "" +"أو انتقل إلى: تحديد القائمة: `التسويق عبر وسائل التواصل الإجتماعي -> " +"المشاركات -> إنشاء `. ضمن * خيارات إعلام الويب * ، قم بتطبيق عوامل التصفية " +"لإرسال رسالتك إلى السجلات التي تطابق القواعد التي قمت بتعيينها." #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "تعمل الميزة فقط مع تطبيق موقع أودو." diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/support.po index 28a986cf3..66813a4c9 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/support.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-07 16:16+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Osama Ahmaro , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -72,192 +72,206 @@ msgid "Release date" msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "🏁" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "|green|" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 msgid "October 2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "N/A" msgstr "غير محدد" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 msgid "August 2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 msgid "October 2018" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "April 2018" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "October 2017" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2020*" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "|orange|" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 msgid "March 2017" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "January 2017" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "|red|" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 msgid "October 2016" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 msgid "May 2016" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 msgid "October 2015" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 msgid "February 2015" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "September 2014" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:54 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 msgid "|green| Supported version" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 msgid "|red| End-of-support" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 msgid "" "|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " "Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " "upgrade." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:64 msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:75 -msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -msgstr "" - #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:77 -msgid "" -"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:79 msgid "" -"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:81 msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "" "You should consider `upgrading `_ your database." msgstr "" @@ -317,8 +331,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 msgid "" -"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " -"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" +" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" msgstr "" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index 7777c3844..bbb10e8e1 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -9,15 +9,16 @@ # Mustafa Rawi , 2019 # Akram Alfusayal , 2019 # amrnegm , 2019 +# Talal Kamal , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: amrnegm , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Talal Kamal , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -151,6 +152,105 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." msgstr "" +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "إعدادات التكوين" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, click on *Stats* to see complete " +"statistics about the number of clicks and the country of origin of those " +"clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can also access the link tracker by typing *odoo.com/r* on your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics `, those trackers " +"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " +"your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM <../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` " +"application allows you to understand where your leads and opportunities are " +"coming from." +msgstr "" + #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" msgstr "" @@ -1388,7 +1488,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 66a815005..74bd939e2 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -5,33 +5,33 @@ # # Translators: # DE T2 , 2019 -# Rudolf Schnapka , 2019 -# Michael Schütt , 2019 # Chris Egal , 2019 # Thorsten Vocks , 2019 # Ermin Trevisan , 2019 -# Leon Grill , 2019 # Johannes Croe , 2019 # Wolfgang Taferner, 2019 # e2f , 2019 -# Philipp Hug , 2019 # Jan Meyer, 2019 # f91684c3ff9ec3e650d5c8461e534581_686eae3 <449b96d9f63071f94d89e129677b83de_366193>, 2019 # Patrick Heuel , 2019 # UteHaus, 2020 # philku79 , 2020 # Felix Schubert , 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Philipp Hug , 2020 +# Rudolf Schnapka , 2020 +# Tina Rittmüller , 2020 # Florian Pose , 2020 +# Leon Grill , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Florian Pose , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -39,9 +39,9 @@ msgstr "" "Language: de\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 -msgid "Accounting" -msgstr "Finanzen" +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 +msgid "Invoicing and Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" @@ -167,6 +167,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:114 msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" @@ -212,41 +213,50 @@ msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 -msgid "**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks" +msgid "" +"**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks. (:doc:`Click here for " +"more information `)" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:28 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:277 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:329 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:112 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration" @@ -321,7 +331,7 @@ msgid "After this, your bank feeds will be regularly synchronized." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:579 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:579 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" @@ -436,11 +446,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" +msgid "Synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 @@ -532,212 +543,212 @@ msgid "" "will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 +msgid "Ponto as Bank Synchronization provider" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate " +"their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within " +"one app. It is a third-party solution that is continuously expanding the " +"number of bank institutions that can be synchronized with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Accounting** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank " +"statements imported automatically into your database. This allows for easier" +" **bank reconciliation**. When :doc:`adding a bank account on Odoo " +"<../setup/bank_accounts>`, you can see if your bank requires a connection " +"through Ponto by searching for your bank institution, and clicking on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can find more information about bank synchronization :doc:`on this page " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 +msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:33 +msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:34 +msgid "Create an account if you don’t have one yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:35 +msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Select your bank institution and follow the steps on-screen to link your " +"bank account with your Ponto account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Make sure to add all the bank accounts you want to synchronize with your " +"Odoo database before moving on to the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 +msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Odoo requires you to insert your Ponto's **Client ID** and **Secret ID** to " +"synchronize both platforms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To generate these IDs, go to :menuselection:`Ponto Dashboard --> Integration" +" --> Live`, click on *Add Integration*, fill out the form, and select which " +"accounts you want to synchronize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:61 +msgid "Copy the Client ID and Secret ID generated and paste them in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:62 +msgid "Configure the synchronization options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Action**: define if Odoo must create a new *Journal* for this bank " +"account, link to an existing Journal, or create no link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:66 +msgid "**Journal**: select the appropriate *Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Synchronization Frequency**: define how often Odoo should fetch the bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:74 +msgid "" +"It is good practice to have one Journal per bank account. If you synchronize" +" a single bank account, link it to the existing *Bank* journal. If you have " +"multiple accounts, it is recommended to pick the *Create new journal* option" +" for all additional accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:81 +msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the " +"synchronization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Click on *Update Accounts* to enter your new Client ID and Secret ID, or " +"click on *Edit* to modify the synchronization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:92 +msgid "Deprecated API tokens" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Ponto's previous synchronization system using API tokens is now deprecated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:96 +msgid "" +"This section is only relevant for users who had previously linked Ponto with" +" Odoo using a single API token instead of the current synchronization system" +" with a *Client ID* and a *Secret ID*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:99 +msgid "**Update** your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "*SaaS* and *Odoo.sh* users:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "you can skip this step, as your database is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "*Community* and *Enterprise* users:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"download the latest Odoo source code for your version (you can download it " +"from `this link `_ or from GitHub), install it, " +"and restart your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Do a **hard refresh** of your Odoo page by pressing *CTRL + F5*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"A hard refresh clears the cache and the javascript code for the current " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To **generate your access key**, follow :ref:`the steps above `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To **update your credentials**, follow :ref:`the steps above `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/bank_accounts`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:184 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Sonstiges" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " -"will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " -"money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " -"manually bring the checks to the bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" -" be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " -"transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " -"reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " -"reconcile them with your bank statement easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 -msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " -"Deposit** to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" -" your country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " -"application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 -msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " -"deposits on your main bank accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " -"the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " -"'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the " -"Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" -" to **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " -"payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " -"make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch " -"Deposits afterwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 -msgid "From checks received to the bank" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 -msgid "Receive customer checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once your checks are received, record them on the bank account on which you " -"plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal if " -"you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit. " -"Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 -msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 -msgid "" -"payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " -"Payment** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 -msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 -msgid "" -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " -"deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " -"deposited yet. That way you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " -"check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 -msgid "" -"You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " -"the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 -msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 -msgid "" -"When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " -"ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " -"is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with " -"the bank statement line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 -msgid "" -"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fill all the checks " -"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in the batch " -"deposit in the example below)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:111 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 -msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " -"be two reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 -msgid "" -"After having installed the batch deposit features you need to reload the " -"page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" -" button of your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 -msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 -msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " -"in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " -"refused." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 -msgid "" -"In this case click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " -"bank statement matching." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" +msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 @@ -890,115 +901,192 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "Ausgleich Bankkonto" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 -msgid "Configure model of entries" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 +msgid "Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "Ausgleichsmodelle" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once the bank statements are correctly imported, it is essential to " +"*reconcile* the records properly and ensure all *Journal Entries* are " +"balanced and in agreement. To ease and speed up the reconciliation process, " +"you can configure **Reconciliation Models**, which are particularly useful " +"with recurrent entries such as bank fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Reconciliation Models are also useful to handle *Cash Discounts*. Please " +"refer to :doc:`this documentation " +"<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 +msgid "Types of Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 +msgid "There are three types of Reconciliation Models:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`Write-off Button `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 +msgid "" +":ref:`Suggestion of counterpart values `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 +msgid ":ref:`Match existing invoices/bills `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 +msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the " +"buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the " +"values automatically, before validating the reconciliation. Each button is a" +" different Reconciliation Model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 +msgid "Suggest counterpart values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values " +"that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules " +"defined in the reconciliation model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 +msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer " +"Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is " +"to validate the entry. This automation is based on a set of rules defined in" +" the reconciliation model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. " +"Alternatively, you can also open this menu from the Accounting Overview, by " +"going to your Bank Journal card, clicking on the three little dots, and then" +" on *Reconciliation Models*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for " +"the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to " +"leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new one," +" then fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Typ" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 +msgid "" +"See :ref:`above ` for an explanation about the " +"different types of Reconciliation Models." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the *Documents* application is installed on your database, an additional " +"**Activity type** field appears when *To check* is ticked. Selecting the " +"value *Reconciliation request* implies that, whenever you use this model, a " +"*Request Document* window pops up to request a document from a user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 +msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" +msgstr "Kontoauszugszeile" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Define here all the conditions that are required for a Reconciliation Model " +"to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 +msgid "" +"If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the" +" *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of " +"the models in the *list view*. They can be rearranged by dragging-and-" +"dropping the handle next to the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 +msgid "Counterpart Values" +msgstr "Gegenbuchung Werte" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This section comprises the values that are applied by the Reconciliation " +"Model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 +msgid "" +"If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, " +"click on *Add a second line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Bank reconciliation process - use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 ../../accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Übersicht" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " -"order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " -"my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " -"current balance. This fee is thus variable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 -msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " -"to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " -":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 -msgid "" -"We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " -"depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 -msgid "" -"We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " -"book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " -"\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " -"Odoo to take the entire fee into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 -msgid "Save your changes when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " -"under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:47 -msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " -"impacted by the payment of the bank fee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:52 -msgid "" -"When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " -"**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" -" relevant data instantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:59 -msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" "Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " @@ -1130,77 +1218,170 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup" msgstr "Einrichtung" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Accounts" +msgstr "Bankkonten" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " -"guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " -"account." +"You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " +"Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " +"up to date and ready for the reconciliation with your *Journal Entries*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 -msgid "Edit a bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 msgid "" -"To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" -" it first before filling your own bank information." +"In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " +"*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." +"Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" +" are automatically created and configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 msgid "" -"Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " -"method like SEPA" +"Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " +"Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" +" are displayed when appropriate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 -msgid "Create a bank account" -msgstr "neues Bankkonto hinzu fügen." +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 +msgid "Add a new Bank Account" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" -" on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" -" number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. " -"Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." +"You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" +" your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " +"<../feeds/bank_statements>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 +msgid "Bank Synchronization" +msgstr "Synchronisation Bankkonto" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 msgid "" -"If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " -"the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " -"accounts from another company." +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 msgid "" -"The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " -"of the previous one within the same journal automatically." +"To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " +"list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:57 -msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 msgid "" -"From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " -"the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " -"menu" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this bank synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +msgid "Manual configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" +" out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 +msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 +msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " +"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" +" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " +"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " +"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " +"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Advanced configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " +"modify." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" +" and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " +"can edit the bank account's number, Account Holder, Account Holder Name, and" +" your Bank Institution's details by clicking on the *External Link* next to " +"the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "" +"You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " +"Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " +"in the **Bank Statements** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Learn: Accounting Basics `_" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" +msgid "Manage a bank in a foreign currency" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 @@ -1369,7 +1550,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a cash register?" +msgid "Manage a cash register" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 @@ -1392,6 +1573,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:249 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Verwendung" @@ -1448,6 +1631,5311 @@ msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 +msgid "Localizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 +msgid "Argentina" +msgstr "Argentinien" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Überblick" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " +"this version the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " +"localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" +" to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " +"Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " +"Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " +"on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " +"that is used to analyze the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " +"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " +"AFIP regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:29 +msgid "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " +"the first two modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:35 +msgid "Configure your company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " +"company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " +"the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " +"structure of the company:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:46 +msgid "Chart of Account" +msgstr "Kontenplan" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " +"accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " +"considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" +" companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:52 +msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:53 +msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:54 +msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 +msgid "Configure Master data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:66 +msgid "Environment" +msgstr "Umgebung" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " +"and Production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " +"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " +"to select the environment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +msgid "AFIP Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " +"provided by the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " +"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " +"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " +"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " +"`Get AFIP Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " +"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " +"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "Partner" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:150 +msgid "Identification Type and VAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:114 +msgid "" +"As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " +"AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " +"for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" +" Odoo but only the common ones are active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:126 +msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " +"should be defined in the partner form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "Steuern" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:137 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " +"with their related financial account and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:144 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:195 +msgid "Taxes Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:146 +msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:148 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:149 +msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:150 +msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:151 +msgid "Otros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:154 +msgid "Special Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" +" taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " +"creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " +"Inactive taxes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:164 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:211 +msgid "Document Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:166 +msgid "" +"In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " +"types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " +"AFIP)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:170 +msgid "" +"The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " +"the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " +"of invoices as well of account moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" +" on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " +"when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The information required for the document types is included by default so " +"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:232 +msgid "" +"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " +"activated if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:187 +msgid "Letters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:189 +msgid "" +"For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" +" the transaction/operation, example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:193 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:194 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" +" must be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " +"associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:236 +msgid "Use on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:205 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:238 +msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:207 +msgid "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:133 +msgid "Journals" +msgstr "Journale" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " +"depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:218 +msgid "" +"For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " +"Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" +" can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " +"invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:222 +msgid "" +"If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" +" because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " +"account moves related to internal control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:226 +msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:231 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " +"defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " +"for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:236 +msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +msgid "Web Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:240 +msgid "" +"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " +"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +msgid "" +"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " +"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" +" Bond `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +msgid "" +"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " +"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " +"the document type related is type “E”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:252 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " +"the operations related to this AFIP POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:255 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" +" for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " +"example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that " +"you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " +"invoice report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:260 +msgid "" +"**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " +"(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " +"sequence. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:263 +msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:264 +msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:265 +msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:295 +msgid "Sequences" +msgstr "Sequenzen" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" +" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " +"under :doc:`developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can " +"be used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:277 +msgid "" +"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " +"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " +"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " +"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:283 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +msgid "Usage and testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:286 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:166 +msgid "Invoice" +msgstr "Rechnung" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:288 +msgid "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " +"invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:292 +msgid "Document type assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " +"based on the AFIP document type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:297 +msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:302 +msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:307 +msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:312 +msgid "" +"As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " +"prefix and sequence is given by the document type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:315 +msgid "" +"The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " +"different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " +"manually by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:321 +msgid "" +"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" +" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" +" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " +"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " +"draft until the related data is corrected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:329 +msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " +"10 days after the CAE is generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:332 +msgid "Result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:334 +msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:335 +msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:341 +msgid "Invoice Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " +"behavior on the pdf report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:346 +msgid "" +"**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " +"identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " +"following AFIP Responsibility type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:349 +msgid "Responsable Inscripto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:354 +msgid "" +"**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " +"part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " +"the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:358 +msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:359 +msgid "Consumidor Final." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:360 +msgid "Responsable Monotributo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:361 +msgid "IVA liberado." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +msgid "Special Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:371 +msgid "Invoices for Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:372 +msgid "" +"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " +"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" +" tab “Other Info”:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +msgid "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" +" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " +"the invoice month:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:386 +msgid "Exportation Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:387 +msgid "" +"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " +"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" +" type be associated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +msgid "" +"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " +"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " +"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:396 +msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:397 +msgid "Exportation document type ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:398 +msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:399 +msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +msgid "Exempt Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +msgid "" +"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " +"Info --> Accounting`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +msgid "Fiscal Bond" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " +"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:442 +msgid "" +"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:419 +msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:136 +msgid "Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +msgid "Zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:422 +msgid "Detail each item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:424 +msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +msgid "Complete description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +msgid "Unit Net Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 +msgid "Quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +msgid "Unit of measurement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +msgid "Bonus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:430 +msgid "VAT rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " +"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " +"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " +"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " +"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" +" to their clients and / or vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:444 +msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:445 +msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:446 +msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:447 +msgid "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +msgid "" +"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " +"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " +"originator document passed to the note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " +"A or B)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +msgid "" +"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:468 +msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +msgid "" +"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " +"Cancellation?” as True." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:471 +msgid "" +"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " +"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " +"(false)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +msgid "Invoice printed report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:479 +msgid "" +"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " +"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " +"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:488 +msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:489 +msgid "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " +"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:499 +msgid "" +"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " +"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " +"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:639 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Eingangsrechnungen" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:509 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " +"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" +" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " +"if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:516 +msgid "" +"The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " +"validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " +"will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " +"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " +"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:528 +msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:529 +msgid "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:533 +msgid "" +"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:534 +msgid "" +"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " +"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +msgid "" +"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " +"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +msgid "How to use it in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:544 +msgid "" +"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " +"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +msgid "" +"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " +"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:558 +msgid "Special Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:560 +msgid "Untaxed Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:561 +msgid "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " +"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:564 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" +" the Exempt concept:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +msgid "Perception Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:572 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " +"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " +"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:580 +msgid "" +"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " +"it and set the correct amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:586 +msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:590 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "Berichte" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:592 +msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:598 +msgid "VAT Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:601 +msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:607 +msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:613 +msgid "Resumen de IVA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:619 +msgid "IIBB - Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:622 +msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:628 +msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:3 +msgid "Chile" +msgstr "Chile" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Chilean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13. In this" +" version, the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl:** Adds accounting features for the Chilean localization, which " +"represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " +"Chile and under the SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos) regulations and " +"guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl_edi:** Includes all technical and functional requirements to " +"generate and receive Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the SII " +"regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl_reports:** Adds the reports Propuesta F29 y Balance Tributario (8" +" columnas)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:24 +msgid "Install the Chilean localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:26 +msgid "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Chile. Then click *Install* in the " +"module **Chile E-invoicing**. This module has a dependency with **Chile - " +"Accounting**. In case this last one is not installed, Odoo installs it " +"automatically with E-invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you install a database from scratch selecting Chile as country, Odoo " +"will automatically install the base module: Chile - Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:40 +msgid "Company Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your company " +"data. Additional to the basic information, you need to add all the data and " +"elements required for Electronic Invoice, the easiest way to configure it is" +" in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chilean Localization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:48 +msgid "Fiscal Information" +msgstr "Steuerinformation" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Fill in the fiscal information for your company according to the SII " +"register, follow the instructions on each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:173 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:60 +msgid "" +"This is part of the main information required to generate electronic " +"Invoice, select your environment and the legal information, as well as the " +"email address to receive invoices from your vendors and the alias you use to" +" send invoices to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:69 +msgid "Configure DTE Incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:71 +msgid "" +"In order to receive you the claim and acceptance emails from your customers," +" it is crucial to define the DTE incoming email server, considering this " +"configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For your Go-live make sure you archive/remove from your inbox all the emails" +" related to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:83 +msgid "Certificate" +msgstr "Zertifikat" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:85 +msgid "" +"In order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate" +" with the extension ``.pfx`` is required, proceed to this section and load " +"your file and password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:96 +msgid "" +"A certificate can be shared between several users. If this is the case leave" +" the user field empty, so all your billing users can use the same one. On " +"the other hand, if you need to restrict the certificate for a particular " +"user, just define the users in the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 +msgid "Financial Reports" +msgstr "Finanzberichte" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The report Propuesta F29 requires two values that need to be defined as part" +" of the company configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +msgid "Multicurrency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the SBIF, you can find " +"the SBIF synchronization service in the currency rate configuration and you " +"can set a predefined interval for the rate updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:122 +msgid "" +"In order to configure your token, you need to enable developer mode and " +"access to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System parameters` and " +"search the parameter ``sbif_api_key`` and in the field Value introduce your " +"token provided by the SBIF:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:131 +msgid "Chart of accounts" +msgstr "Kontenplan Finanzkonten" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " +"included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " +"in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:137 +msgid "Default Account Payable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:138 +msgid "Default Account Receivable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:139 +msgid "Transfer Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:140 +msgid "Conversion Rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:144 +msgid "Master Data" +msgstr "Stammdaten" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:152 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, the identification types defined by the" +" SII are now available on the Partner form. This information is essential " +"for most transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:161 +msgid "TaxpayerType" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:163 +msgid "" +"In Chile, the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the Taxpayer Type. This field should be " +"defined in the partner form, when creating a customer is important you make " +"sure this value is set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:175 +msgid "" +"As part of the information that is sent in the electronic Invoice, you need " +"to define the email that is going to appear as the sender of the electronic " +"invoice to your customer, and the Industry description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:187 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with" +" their related financial account and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:197 +msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:199 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:200 +msgid "" +"ILA (Impuesto a la Ley de Alcholes). Taxes for alcoholic drinks. It has a " +"different rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:204 +msgid "Fiscal Positions" +msgstr "Steuerzuordnung" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase transactions, the VAT can have different affections. " +"This will be done in Odoo using the default purchase fiscal positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:213 +msgid "" +"In some Latin American countries, including Chile, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document types" +" defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Chile case: SII)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The document type is essential information that needs to be displayed in the" +" printed reports and that needs to be easily identified within the set of " +"invoices as well of account moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the " +"country on which the document is applicable and the data is created " +"automatically when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:240 +msgid "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal uses " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:241 +msgid "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:252 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "Verkäufe" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:254 +msgid "" +"Sales Journals in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location, " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:256 +msgid "Ventas Santiago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:257 +msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:259 +msgid "For the retail stores is common to have one journal per POS:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:261 +msgid "Cashier 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:262 +msgid "Cashier 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:266 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "Einkauf" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:268 +msgid "" +"The transactions purchase can be managed with a single journal, but " +"sometimes companies use more than one in order to handle some accounting " +"transactions that are not related to vendor bills but can be easily " +"registered using this model, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:272 +msgid "Tax Payments to government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:273 +msgid "Employees payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:279 +msgid "When creating sales journals the next information must be filled in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:281 +msgid "" +"**Point of sale type**: If the Sales journal will be used for electronic " +"documents, the option Online must be selected. Otherwise, if the journal is " +"used for invoices imported from a previous system or if you are using the " +"SII portal “Facturación MiPyme“ you can use the option Manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:285 +msgid "" +"**Use Documents**: This field is used to define if the journal will use " +"Document Types. It is only applicable to Purchase and Sales journals that " +"can be related to the different sets of document types available in Chile. " +"By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:297 +msgid "" +"When a Journal is created we have two options with document types sequences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Create new sequences: In this case, Odoo will create new sequences for the " +"most common document types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Use existent sequence: If the sequence should be shared between several " +"journals, the user can add manually sequences previously created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:309 +msgid "" +"For the Chilean localization it’s important to define the default Debt and " +"Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:313 +msgid "CAF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:315 +msgid "" +"For each sequence related to the documents type, a CAF (Folio Authorization " +"Code) is required, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor with the" +" folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:319 +msgid "" +"Your company can make several requests for folios and obtain several CAFs, " +"each one associated with different ranges of folios. In this way, you could " +"order folios per the different segmentations you have in your journals " +"(example per office) thus avoiding distributing a range of folios. In this " +"way, each branch would have its private key of the respective CAF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:324 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the SII documentation to check the detail on how to acquire " +"the CAF: `SII Timbraje `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 +msgid "" +"Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with journal sequence" +" in Odoo, after you create the sequence for the first time the will be in " +"red, which indicates that no CAF has been configured for that particular " +"sequence:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:339 +msgid "In order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:341 +msgid "Open the sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:342 +msgid "Go the the Tab “CAF”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:343 +msgid "Upload the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 +msgid "Save the CAF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:345 +msgid "Save the sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:352 +msgid "" +"As a result, the sequence color changes to black and the column Next number " +"and quantity available are updated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:361 +msgid "Usage and Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:364 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:366 +msgid "" +"In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the " +"Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next" +" diagram we explain how the information transmitted to the SII and between " +"the customers and Vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:376 +msgid "Customer invoice Emission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:378 +msgid "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" +" created in the standard way, for Chile one of the differentiators is the " +"document type which is selected automatically based on the Taxpayer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:382 +msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:390 +msgid "Validation and DTE Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:392 +msgid "" +"When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically" +" when it’s created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " +"After the invoice is posted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:395 +msgid "" +"The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in" +" the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:396 +msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:402 +msgid "" +"The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that" +" runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII " +"immediately you can do it manually as well. The DTE status workflow is as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:411 +msgid "" +"In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using" +" the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to " +"the invoice, you can use this number to check the details the SII sent back " +"by email. The DTE status is updated to Ask for Status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you " +"want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result " +"can either be Accepted, Accepted With Objection or Rejected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:425 +msgid "" +"There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or " +"Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you " +"will receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:433 +msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " +"now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:439 +msgid "" +"**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct " +"but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " +"valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 +msgid "" +"**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and " +"needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you" +" registered in the SII, if it is properly configured in Odoo, the details " +"are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:452 +msgid "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:454 +msgid "Change the document to draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:455 +msgid "" +"Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:456 +msgid "Post the invoice again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:464 +msgid "Crossed references" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:466 +msgid "" +"When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the " +"information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab" +" Cross Reference, which is commonly used for credit or debit notes, but in " +"some cases can be used on Customer Invoices as well. In the case of the " +"credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:476 +msgid "Invoice PDF Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:478 +msgid "" +"After the invoice is Accepted and valdiated by the SII and the PDF is " +"printed it includes the fiscal elements that indicates out document is " +"fiscally valid:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:487 +msgid "Commercial Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:489 +msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:491 +msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:492 +msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they" +" will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:495 +msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:503 +msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:505 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in " +"Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to " +"proceed is with a Credit Note to either cancel the Invoice or correct it. " +"Please refer to the Credit Notes section for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 +msgid "Common Errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:516 +msgid "" +"There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are " +"some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:519 +msgid "Error: RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:521 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State" +" and City." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:523 +msgid "Error en Monto : - IVA debe declararse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:525 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:529 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one " +"on each invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:527 +msgid "Error: Rut No Autorizado a Firmar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:531 +msgid "" +"Error: Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" +"[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:534 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF in the journal sequence related to this " +"document as the one you’re using is expired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:540 +msgid "Credit Notes" +msgstr "Gutschriften" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:542 +msgid "" +"When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " +"credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file " +"is required for the Credit Note sequence, which is identified as document 64" +" in the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:551 +msgid "" +"Refer to the journal section where we described the process to load the CAF " +"on each sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:555 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:607 +msgid "Use Cases" +msgstr "Anwendungsfälle" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:558 +msgid "Cancel Referenced document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 +msgid "" +"In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit" +" note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:568 +msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:570 +msgid "" +"If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " +"Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select" +" the option “Solo corregir Texto”. In this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:578 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price " +"0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:585 +msgid "" +"It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " +"it is taken for this use case in specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:589 +msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:591 +msgid "" +"When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note" +" and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:600 +msgid "Debit Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:602 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an " +"existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " +"button “Add Debit Note”. The two main use cases for debit notes are " +"detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:610 +msgid "Add debt on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:612 +msgid "" +"The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an " +"existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code " +"SII:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:620 +msgid "" +"In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross " +"reference section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:627 +msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:629 +msgid "" +"In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in " +"this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option " +"in the wizard: *1: Anula Documentos de referencia.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:641 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email " +"server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:644 +msgid "" +"Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based " +"on this information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:645 +msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:646 +msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:650 +msgid "Reception" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:652 +msgid "" +"As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor" +" Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent " +"to the vendor with the Reception acknowledgement. 3. The DTE status is set " +"as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:662 +msgid "Acceptation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:664 +msgid "" +"If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, you can " +"accept the document using the button: Aceptar Documento, once this is done " +"the DTE Acceptation Status changes to: Accepted and an email of acceptance " +"is sent to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:674 +msgid "Claim" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:676 +msgid "" +"In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " +"your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using " +"the button: Claim, once this is done the DTE Acceptation Status change to: " +"Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:684 +msgid "" +"If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel " +"automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " +"should be canceled as they won’t be valid for your accounting records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:693 +msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:695 +msgid "" +"This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " +"balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " +"level of profit or loss that the business had within the evaluated period of" +" time, so that a real and complete knowledge of the status of a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:699 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:715 +msgid "" +"You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:706 +msgid "Propuesta F29" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:708 +msgid "" +"The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that " +"replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase" +" Register (CR) and the Sales Register (RV). Its purpose is to support the " +"transactions related to VAT, improving its control and declaration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:712 +msgid "" +"This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE’s) that have " +"been received by the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia" +msgstr "Kolumbien" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" +" next modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " +"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " +"document types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" +" for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " +"based on the DIAN legal requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:20 +msgid "Workflow" +msgstr "Arbeitsablauf" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " +"first two modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:40 +msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " +"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " +"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " +"for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" +" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " +"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " +"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" +" the testing environment can be disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:62 +msgid "Configure your report data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +msgid "" +"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " +"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:76 +msgid "Configure data required in the XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:82 +msgid "Identification" +msgstr "Identifikation" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:84 +msgid "" +"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " +"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " +"their identification number and document type set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 +msgid "" +"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " +"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " +"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " +"information required by the DIAN ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:104 +msgid "" +"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " +"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " +"regimen of the partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " +"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " +"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " +"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " +"display taxes in the invoice PDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " +"documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " +"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " +"Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " +"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "Users" +msgstr "Benutzer" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " +"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:168 +msgid "" +"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" +" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +msgid "Invoice creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +msgid "" +"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " +"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " +"invoice are the next fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 +msgid "There are three types of documents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:184 +msgid "" +"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " +"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:188 +msgid "" +"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " +"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " +"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " +"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "Invoice validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:198 +msgid "" +"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" +" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:204 +msgid "" +"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " +"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " +"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:214 +msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" +" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " +"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " +"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " +"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" +" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:224 +msgid "After this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:226 +msgid "" +"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " +"the invoice chatter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 +msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:237 +msgid "Common errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:239 +msgid "" +"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " +"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " +"after updating the electronic invoice status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:258 +msgid "Additional use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:260 +msgid "" +"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " +"the functional workflow remains the same as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia (ES)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 +msgid "Introducción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +msgid "" +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " +"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " +"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " +"puntos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 +msgid "Plan Contable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +msgid "Impuestos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 +msgid "Retenciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 +msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " +"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " +"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 +msgid "Flujo General" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 +msgid "Configuración" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " +"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " +"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " +"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " +"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 +msgid "" +"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " +"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" +" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" +" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " +"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " +"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" +" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 +msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " +"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " +"Bancaria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " +"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 +msgid "Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " +"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " +"de documento correspondiente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " +"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " +"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " +"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " +"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " +"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " +"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " +"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " +"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " +"opciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " +"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " +"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " +"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " +"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " +"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " +"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 +msgid "Diarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " +"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" +" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 +msgid "" +"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " +"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" +" Secuencia`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 +msgid "Usuarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 +msgid "" +"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " +"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 +msgid "Uso y Pruebas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +msgid "Facturas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " +"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " +"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 +msgid "Invoice Creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +msgid "" +"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " +"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " +"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " +"manualmente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " +"son los siguientes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 +msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 +msgid "" +"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," +" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " +"importación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" +" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " +"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " +"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 +msgid "Invoice Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " +"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " +"desplegado en el historial." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " +"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" +" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " +"inicial **En Proceso**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 +msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 +msgid "" +"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " +"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " +"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " +"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " +"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " +"CUFE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " +"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " +"automáticamente:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 +msgid "" +"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " +"historial de la Factura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 +msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +msgid "" +"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " +"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 +msgid "Errores Frecuentes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 +msgid "" +"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " +"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " +"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " +"desplegados en el historial." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " +"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " +"botón:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 +msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 +msgid "" +"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " +"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " +"igual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 +msgid "Consideraciones del Anexo 1.7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 +msgid "Contexto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 +msgid "Contexto Normativo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 +msgid "Soporte Normativo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Resolución DIAN Número 000042 ( 5 de Mayo de 2020) Por la cual se " +"desarrollan:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 +msgid "Los sistemas de facturación," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 +msgid "Los proveedores tecnológicos," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 +msgid "El registro de la factura electrónica de venta como título valor," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 +msgid "Se expide el anexo técnico de factura electrónica de venta y" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 +msgid "Se dictan otras disposiciones en materia de sistemas de facturación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 +msgid "Anexo 1.7: Principales Cambios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 +msgid "Cambios en la definición de Consumidor Final." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 +msgid "Informar bienes cubiertos para los 3 dias sin IVA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Impuestos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 +msgid "Se agrega concepto para IVA Excluido." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 +msgid "Informar la fecha efectiva de entrega de los bienes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 +msgid "Adecuaciones en la representación Gráfica (PDF)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 +msgid "Calendario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Se tiene varias fechas límites para la salida a producción bajo las " +"condiciones del Anexo 1.7 las cuales dependen de los siguientes factores:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Calendario de implementación de acuerdo con la actividad económica principal" +" en el RUT:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 +msgid "Calendario de implementación, para otros sujetos obligados:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 +msgid "Calendario de implementación permanente:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 +msgid "Requerimientos en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Con la finalidad de facilitar el proceso de preparación de las bases de Odoo" +" estándar V12 y v13, únicamente será necesario que los administradores " +"actualicen algunos módulos y creen los datos maestros relacionados a los " +"nuevos procesos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 +msgid "Actualización de listado de Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Utilizando el modo desarrollador, acceder al módulo de Aplicaciones y " +"seleccionar el menú *Actualizar Lista*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 +msgid "Actualización de Módulos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 +msgid "" +"Una vez actualizado Buscar *Colombia*, los siguientes módulos serán " +"desplegados, se requieren actualizar dos módulos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 +msgid "Colombia - Contabilidad - l10n_co" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal UBL 2.1 - " +"l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 +msgid "" +"En cada módulo o ícono hay que desplegar el menú opciones utilizando los 3 " +"puntos de la esquina superior derecha y seleccionamos *Actualizar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 +msgid "Primero lo hacemos con en el módulo l10n_co:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 +msgid "Posteriormente lo hacemos con el módulo l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 +msgid "Creación de Datos Maestros" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Las bases de datos existentes a Junio 2020 tanto en V12 como V13, deberán " +"crear algunos datos maestros necesarios para operar correctamente con los " +"cambios del Anexo 1.7." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 +msgid "Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 +msgid "" +"La figura del consumidor final será utilizada para aquellas ventas sobre las" +" cuales no es posible identificar toda la información fiscal y demográfica " +"del cliente por lo que la factura se genera a nombre de este registro " +"genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Es importante coordinar y definir los casos de uso en los que dependiendo de" +" su empresa se tendrá permitido utilizar este registro genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 +msgid "" +"Dentro de Odoo se tendrá que crear un contacto con las siguientes " +"características, es importante que se defina de esta manera debido a que son" +" los parámetros definidos por la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 +msgid "**Tipo de contacto:** Individuo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 +msgid "**Nombre:** Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 +msgid "**Tipo de documento:** Cedula de Ciudadania" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 +msgid "**Numero de Identificacion:** 222222222222" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 +msgid "" +"Dentro de la pestaña Ventas y Compras, en la sección Información Fiscal, del" +" campo Obligaciones y Responsabilidades colocaremos el valor: **R-99-PN**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 +msgid "IVA Excluido - Bienes Cubiertos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Para reportar las transacciones realizadas mediante Bienes Cubiertos para " +"los tres días sin IVA, será necesario crear un nuevo Impuesto al cual se le " +"debe de asociar un grupo de impuestos específico que será utilizado por Odoo" +" para agregar la sección requerida en el XML de factura electrónica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 +msgid "" +"Para el crear el impuesto accederemos a Contabilidad dentro del menú " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 +msgid "" +"Procedemos a crear un nuevo Impuesto con importe 0% considerando los " +"siguientes parámetros:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 +msgid "" +"El nombre del Impuesto puede ser definido a preferencia del usuario, sin " +"embargo el campo clave es **Grupo de Impuestos** dentro de Opciones " +"avanzadas, el cual debe ser: *bienes cubiertos* y el campo **Tipo de " +"Valor**: *IVA*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Departamentos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 +msgid "" +"Es necesario actualizar la descripción de algunos departamentos, para lo " +"cual accederemos a módulo de Contactos y dentro del menú de " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Provincias`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Posteriormente, podemos agregar por País para identificar claramente las " +"provincias (Departamentos) de Colombia:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 +msgid "" +"Una vez agrupados buscar los siguientes departamentos para actualizarlos con" +" el valor indicado en la columna **Nombre actualizado**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Nombre de provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Código de Provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Nombre actualizado" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "D.C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "DC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "Bogotá" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "Quindio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "QUI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "Quindío" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "Archipiélago de San Andrés, Providencia y Santa Catalina" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "SAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "San Andrés y Providencia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 +msgid "Ejemplo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 +msgid "Verificación de Código postal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Dentro del Anexo 1.7 se comienza a validar que el código postal de las " +"direcciones para contactos colombianos corresponda a las tablas oficiales " +"definidas por la DIAN, por lo que se debe verificar que este campo está " +"debidamente diligenciado de acuerdo a los definidos en la sigueinte fuente: " +"`Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 +msgid "Consideraciones Operativas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Una vez que resgistro de Consumidor final ha sido creado este deberá ser " +"utilizado a demanda, generalmente será utilizado en las transacciones de " +"facturación del punto de punto de venta." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 +msgid "" +"El proceso de validación de la Factura será realizado de forma convencional " +"en Odoo y la factura será generada de la misma manera. Al detectar que el " +"número de identificación corresponde a consumidor Final, el XML que se envía" +" a Carvajal será generado con las consideraciones y secciones " +"correspondientes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 +msgid "" +"Contablemente todos los registros de Consumidor final quedarán asociados al " +"identificador generico:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 +msgid "" +"El 21 mayo del 2020 fue publicado el El Decreto 682 el cual establece " +"Excepción especial en el Impuesto sobre las ventas. El principal objetivo de" +" este decreto es reactivar la economía en Colombia por las bajas ventas " +"generadas a causa del COVID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 +msgid "Fechas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Días de excención del impuesto sobre las ventas – IVA para bienes cubiertos " +"(3 días SIN IVA)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 +msgid "**Primer día**: 19 de junio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 +msgid "**Segundo día**: 3 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 +msgid "**Tercer día**: 19 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 +msgid "Condiciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Debido a que estas transacciones serán generadas de forma excepcional y que " +"se tiene una combinación de varios factores y condiciones, los productores " +"debera ser actualizados de forma manual en Odoo asignados temporalmente el " +"impuesto de venta *IVA exento - Bienes cubierto* en cada empresa según " +"corresponda." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 +msgid "" +"A continuación se mencionan algunas de las principales condiciones, sin " +"embargo, cabe mencionar que las empresas deben de verificar todos los " +"detalles en el `Decreto 682 " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 +msgid "Tipo de productos y precio Máximo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "Tipo de Productos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "Precio Máximo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +msgid "Electrodomesticos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +msgid "40 UVT: $1,4 millones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 +msgid "Vestuario y complementos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "3 UVT: $106.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "En el caso de los complementos es:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +msgid "10 UVT- $356.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +msgid "Elementos deportivos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +msgid "Juguetes y Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +msgid "5 UVT - $178.035" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +msgid "Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +msgid "Bienes o servicios para el sector agropecuario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +msgid "80 UVT - $2.848.560" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 +msgid "Métodos de Pago:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 +msgid "" +"El pago debe realizarse por medios electrónico por ejemplo tarjetas de " +"crédito/débito o bien mecanismos de pago online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 +msgid "Limite de unidades:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 +msgid "" +"Cada cliente puede adquirir únicamente 3 unidades como máximo de cada " +"producto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 +msgid "Medidas en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 +msgid "**Preparación de datos**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 +msgid "" +"Crear el Impuesto para Bienes cubiertos de acuerdo a lo indicado en este " +"punto: Datos maestros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 +msgid "" +"Identificar los productos y transacciones a los cuales les aplicará la " +"Exclusión de IVA de acuerdo a las condiciones establecidas en el decreto " +"682. En caso de ser un porcentaje significativo de productos, se recomienda " +"actualizar el impuesto de forma temporal en Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Exportar un listado con los productos que serán afectados incluyendo el " +"campo IVA Venta el cual será sustituido temporalmente por el IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 +msgid "" +"Al finalizar las operaciones del día anterior a las fechas establecidas de " +"día sin IVA, se debe hacer la actualización temporal a IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 +msgid "**Durante el día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Por defecto los productos previamente considerados con IVA de Bienes " +"cubiertos serán generados con este parámetro tanto en Órdenes de venta como " +"facturas creadas durante ese mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 +msgid "" +"Las órdenes de venta generadas con este impuesto deberán ser facturas el " +"mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 +msgid "" +"En caso de que alguna de las condiciones no sea cumplida (ejemplo el pago es" +" realizado en efectivo) el impuesto deberá ser actualizado manualmente al " +"momento de facturar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 +msgid "**Posterior al día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 +msgid "" +"Los productos que fueron actualizados deberá ser reconfigurados a su IVA " +"original." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 +msgid "" +"En caso de que se detecte alguna Orden de venta facturar en la cual se " +"incluya IVA de Bienes Cubiertos, se deberá realizar actualización manual " +"correspondiente al IVA convencional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 +msgid "France" +msgstr "Frankreich" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 +msgid "FEC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " +"the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" +" --> FEC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " +"module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 +msgid "French Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " +"accounting reports specific to France:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 +msgid "Bilan comptable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 +msgid "Compte de résultats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 +msgid "Plan de Taxes France" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 +msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " +"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " +"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales " +"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, " +"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 +msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " +"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 +msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 +msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 +msgid "" +"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " +"VAT and therefore are not affected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 +msgid "Get certified with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 +msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" +" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " +"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" +" `here `_. If you " +"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " +"`_ or contact" +" your Odoo service provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 +msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 +msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " +"menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 +msgid "" +"if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 +msgid "" +"in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " +"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a " +"country from the list; Do not create a new country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " +"restart your server beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" +" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" +" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules " +"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click " +"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 +msgid "Anti-fraud features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 +msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " +"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 +msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " +"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 +msgid "Inalterability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 +msgid "" +"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " +"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " +"located in France or in any DOM-TOM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " +"companies are impacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Sicherheit" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" +" validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " +"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " +"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " +"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the " +"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted " +"document recorded in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " +"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " +"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 +msgid "Storage" +msgstr "Lagerung" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " +"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" +" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry " +"recorded in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " +"Invoicing and Accounting apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " +"Type = Sales)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 +msgid "" +"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 +msgid "" +"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " +"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " +"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" +" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 +msgid "" +"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " +"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " +"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " +"counted in the very next closing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 +msgid "" +"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "Verantwortlichkeiten" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" +" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " +"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " +"the inalterability of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" +" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 +msgid "More Information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 +msgid "" +"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " +"documents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "" +"`Frequently Asked Questions " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 +msgid "" +"`Official Statement " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 +msgid "" +"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "Deutschland" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 +msgid "German Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " +"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " +"not created any accounting entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 +msgid "German Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 +msgid "Balance Sheet" +msgstr "Bilanz" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Profit & Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 +msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 +msgid "Partner VAT Intra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 +msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 +msgid "" +"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " +"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " +"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " +"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 +msgid "Indonesia" +msgstr "Indonesien" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 +msgid "E-Faktur Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The **E-Faktur Module** is installed by default with the Indonesian " +"localization module. It allows one to generate a CSV file for one tax " +"invoice or for a batch of tax invoices to upload to the **Tax Office " +"e-Faktur** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 +msgid "NPWP/NIK settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Company**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This information is used in the FAPR line in the effect file format. You " +"need to set a VAT number on the related partner of your Odoo company. If you" +" don't, it won't be possible to create an e-Faktur from an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Clients**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You need to set the checkbox *ID PKP* to generate e-fakturs for a customer. " +"You can use the VAT field on the customer's contact to set the NPWP needed " +"to generate the e-Faktur file. If your customer does not have an NPWP, just " +"enter the NIK in the same VAT field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 +msgid "Generate Tax Invoice Serial Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> e-Faktur`. In order to be" +" able to export customer invoices as e-Faktur for the Indonesian government," +" you need to put here the ranges of numbers you were assigned by the " +"government. When you validate an invoice, a number will be assigned based on" +" these ranges. Afterwards, you can filter the invoices still to export in " +"the invoices list and click on *Action*, then on *Download e-Faktur*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After receiving new serial numbers from the Indonesian Revenue Department, " +"you can create a set of tax invoice serial numbers group through this list " +"view. You only have to specify the Min and Max of each serial numbers' group" +" and Odoo will format the number automatically to a 13-digits number, as " +"requested by the Indonesia Tax Revenue Department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There is a counter to inform you how many unused numbers are left in that " +"group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 +msgid "Generate e-faktur csv for a single invoice or a batch invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Create an invoice from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Invoices`. If the invoice customer's country is Indonesia and the customer " +"is set as *ID PKP*, Odoo will allow you to create an e-Faktur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Set a Kode Transaksi for the e-Faktur. There are constraints related to the " +"Kode transaksi and the type of VAT applied to invoice lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically pick the next available serial number from the " +"e-Faktur number table (see the :ref:`section above " +"`) and generate the e-faktur number " +"as a concatenation of Kode Transaksi and serial number. You can see this " +"from the invoice form view under the page *Extra Info* in the box " +"*Electronic Tax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, you can generate and download the e-Faktur from " +"the *Action* menu item *Download e-faktur*. The checkbox *CSV created* will " +"be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can select multiple invoices in list view and generate a batch e-Faktur " +".csv." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 +msgid "Kode Transaksi FP (Transaction Code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The following codes are available when generating an e-Faktur. - 01 Kepada " +"Pihak yang Bukan Pemungut PPN (Customer Biasa) - 02 Kepada Pemungut " +"Bendaharawan (Dinas Kepemerintahan) - 03 Kepada Pemungut Selain Bendaharawan" +" (BUMN) - 04 DPP Nilai Lain (PPN 1%) - 06 Penyerahan Lainnya (Turis Asing) -" +" 07 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Tidak Dipungut (Kawasan Ekonomi Khusus/ Batam) -" +" 08 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Dibebaskan (Impor Barang Tertentu) - 09 " +"Penyerahan Aktiva (Pasal 16D UU PPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted and downloaded: Replace Invoice " +"feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Cancel the original wrong invoice in Odoo. For instance, we will change the " +"Kode Transakski from 01 to 03 for the INV/2020/0001." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Create a new invoice and set the canceled invoice in the *Replace Invoice* " +"field. In this field, we can only select invoices in *Cancel* state from the" +" same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As you validate, Odoo will automatically use the same e-Faktur serial number" +" as the canceled and replaced invoice replacing the third digit of the " +"original serial number with *1* (as requested to upload a replacement " +"invoice in the e-Faktur app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted but not downloaded yet: Reset " +"e-Faktur" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 +msgid "Reset the invoice to draft and cancel it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 +msgid "Click on the button *Reset e-Faktur* on the invoice form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The serial number will be unassigned, and we will be able to reset the " +"invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +msgid "Italy (IT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" +" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " +"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " +"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " +"l’interscambio di informazioni." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 +msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " +"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" +" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " +"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" +" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 +msgid "" +"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " +"elettronica sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" +" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " +"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " +"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " +"relativa :doc:`guida <../../../discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" +" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " +"elettronica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " +"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " +"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " +"previa comunicazione." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " +"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " +"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " +"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " +"Commercio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " +"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " +"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " +"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " +"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " +"necessarie informazioni legali." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" +" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" +" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " +"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " +"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" +" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " +"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " +"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +msgid "" +"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +msgid "" +"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " +"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" +" dall’applicazione contabilità." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " +"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "Mexiko" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +msgid "" +"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" +" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " +"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here " +"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the " +"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " +"\"Mexico\" set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:17 +msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" +" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" +" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," +" payment complement, invoice addendum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:24 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " +"accounting are here (Accounting app required)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " +"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" +" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this " +"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " +"company in Mexico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" +" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " +"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:44 +msgid "Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:46 +msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " +"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:58 +msgid "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" +" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and " +"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" +" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:73 +msgid "Set your legal information in the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:75 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " +"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " +"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " +"position on your company’s contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" +" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " +"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " +"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " +"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal " +"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley" +" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " +"the option)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid "Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:104 +msgid "" +"This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " +"available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " +"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to " +"support in https://www.odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " +"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " +"name does not exist)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " +"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " +"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " +"the default behavior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:127 +msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:680 +msgid "" +"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " +"field set to \"Tasa\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:137 +msgid "" +"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" +" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" +" set 601, it will look like the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:144 +msgid "" +"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " +"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " +"faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:152 +msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " +"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " +"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " +"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " +"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:164 +msgid "" +"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " +"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " +"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process" +" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " +"environment with real transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:174 +msgid "" +"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " +"PAC username or password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " +"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +msgid "`Certificate`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +msgid "`Certificate Key`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:186 +msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:190 +msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:192 +msgid "" +"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " +"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " +"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " +"a new tax you should choose a tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:207 +msgid "Invoicing" +msgstr "Abrechnung" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:209 +msgid "" +"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " +"the normal Odoo's behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " +"like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:219 +msgid "" +"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" +" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " +"invoice by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " +"looks like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:234 +msgid "Cancelling invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:236 +msgid "" +"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:238 +msgid "If the invoice is not paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:240 +msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:246 +msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:250 +msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +msgid "" +"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " +"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:257 +msgid "**Legal considerations**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:259 +msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " +"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " +"good control of the cancellation reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +msgid "" +"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" +" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " +"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:269 +msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:271 +msgid "" +"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " +"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " +"important." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " +"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:278 +msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid "" +"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " +"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " +"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " +"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:285 +msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +msgid "" +"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " +"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:290 +msgid "" +"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " +"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " +"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " +"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:298 +msgid "" +"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " +"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +msgid "" +"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" +" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:306 +msgid "" +"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " +"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 +msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " +"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " +"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" +" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " +"caso de anticipos recibidos**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 +msgid "" +"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " +"Payment without a proper invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +msgid "Accounting" +msgstr "Finanzen" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:320 +msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:323 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:324 +msgid "DIOT report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:326 +msgid "" +"1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " +"report only available on the context of the accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +msgid "" +"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 +msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 +msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:341 +msgid "" +"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " +"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 +msgid "How to add new accounts ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:351 +msgid "" +"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" +" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " +"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account " +"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag" +" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" +" xml." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "" +"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" +" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:371 +msgid "" +"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " +"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " +"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " +"is not created you can create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 +msgid "" +"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " +"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " +"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be " +"exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " +"the previous selection of the period you want to export." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +msgid "" +"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" +" regular Odoo Report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:394 +msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 +msgid "" +"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" +" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:402 +msgid "" +"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " +"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " +"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " +"the same, with our providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:407 +msgid "" +"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" +" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " +"to. submit the DIOT:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:412 +msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:414 +msgid "" +"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " +"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " +"find in the SAT website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:418 +msgid "" +"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " +"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " +"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " +"to said data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:424 +msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:426 +msgid "" +"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " +"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " +"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:430 +msgid "" +"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " +"this after having made up to 500 records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:433 +msgid "" +"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " +"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " +"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such" +" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " +"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:440 +msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:442 +msgid "" +"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " +"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " +"according to the SAT site is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " +"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " +"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of" +" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the " +"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " +"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:453 +msgid "" +"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " +"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " +"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " +"Third Parties." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:458 +msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:461 +msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:463 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " +"with third partied (DIOT)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:467 +msgid "" +"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " +"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:472 +msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +msgid "" +"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " +"the necessary steps to declare it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:483 +msgid "" +"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " +"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " +"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else " +"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" +" suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:490 +msgid "" +"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " +"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " +"properly configured already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" +" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " +"following standard odoo procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:496 +msgid "" +"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " +"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " +"itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:499 +msgid "" +"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " +"paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +msgid "" +"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " +"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " +"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use" +" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it " +"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " +"your partners are correctly set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:513 +msgid "Extra Recommended features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:516 +msgid "Contact Module (Free)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:518 +msgid "" +"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " +"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " +"install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:524 +msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:526 +msgid "" +"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " +"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" +" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with " +"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate " +"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " +"information daily in the system manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:533 +msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:540 +msgid "" +"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " +"3.3)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:542 +msgid "" +"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " +"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " +"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" +" :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:548 +msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:550 +msgid "" +"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " +"Companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:551 +msgid "Open any company you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:575 +msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:557 +msgid "" +"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " +"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " +"generic one with no explanation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +msgid "If you see an error like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:564 +msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:566 +msgid "" +"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " +"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:570 +msgid "" +"This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " +"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " +"but:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:583 +msgid "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " +"allowed minimum length of '1'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:592 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " +"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " +"properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:667 +msgid "**Error messages**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:598 +msgid "" +"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 +msgid "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " +"partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" +" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " +"which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " +"possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " +"considerations about fiscal positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 +msgid "" +"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " +"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " +"set 601, it will look like the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:620 +msgid "" +"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " +"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:654 +msgid "**Error message**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:625 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " +"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " +"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " +"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:631 +msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:638 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:656 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " +"is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:644 +msgid "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " +"missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:647 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " +"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " +"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" +"info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:661 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" +" Mexico, fix it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:669 +msgid "" +"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:672 +msgid "" +"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing.\", '')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:676 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" +" used on the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "Niederlande" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 +msgid "XAF Export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 +msgid "" +"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" +" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" +" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " +"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 +msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " +"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 +msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 +msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "Spanien" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 +msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 +msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 +msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 +msgid "PGCE Entitades" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " +"Localization** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " +"default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 +msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" +" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +msgid "Switzerland" +msgstr "Schweiz" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " +"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " +"ISR*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " +"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " +"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +msgid "" +"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " +"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " +"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices` and enable **Print bank on ISR**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +msgid "ISR reference on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, you can add your ISR reference as " +"**Payment Reference** on your invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue " +"invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to modify (By default, the Journal is named " +"*Customer Invoices*), click en *Edit*, and open the *Advanced Settings* tab." +" In the **Communication Standard** field, select *Switzerland*, and click on" +" *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 +msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " +"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " +"you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 +msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" +" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" +" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 +msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " +"have to do anything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " +"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " +":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " +"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " +"\"upgrade\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " +"rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +msgid "" +"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " +"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " +"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 +msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " +"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" +" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" +" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " +"included in Odoo by default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Name**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Rate**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Label on Invoice**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Scope**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tag**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "7.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +msgid "7.7% achat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "TVA 7.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +msgid "7.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +msgid "7.7% invest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "3.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +msgid "3.7% achat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "TVA 3.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "3.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +msgid "3.7% invest" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "3.7% invest Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "7.7% Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "3.7% Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " +"odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" +" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " +"your fiscal positions accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Localization Packages** are country-specific modules that install " +"pre-configured taxes, fiscal positions, chart of accounts, and legal " +"statements on your database. Some additional features, such as the " +"configuration of specific certificates, are also added to your Accounting " +"app, following your fiscal administration requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, " +"according to the country selected at the creation of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 +msgid "" +"As long as you haven't posted any entry, you can still add and select " +"another package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration" +" --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install " +"your country's module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 +msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 +msgid "Use" +msgstr "Benutzen" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 +msgid "" +"These packages require you to fine-tune your chart of accounts according to " +"your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " +"statements and certifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 +msgid "Please refer to the documentation listed below for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscality/taxes/taxes`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 msgid "Fiscality" msgstr "" @@ -1457,7 +6945,7 @@ msgid "Fiscal Year" msgstr "Geschäftsjahr" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" +msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 @@ -1644,15 +7132,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Steuern" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" +msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 @@ -1739,13 +7220,6 @@ msgid "" "salespeople." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:15 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Überblick" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 msgid "" "The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " @@ -1894,153 +7368,8 @@ msgid "" "to only work with one price reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " -"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:9 -msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:11 -msgid "" -"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" -" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " -"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " -"purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " -"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " -"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " -"Positions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " -"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " -"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " -"foreign countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:29 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" -"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " -"for the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " -"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " -"same customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:44 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " -"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " -"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " -"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " -"your office or warehouse)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " -"tax-mapping to apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:53 -msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:59 -msgid "" -"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " -"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " -"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " -"his shipping address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:68 -msgid "Specific use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " -"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," -" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:80 -msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" +msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 @@ -2169,142 +7498,248 @@ msgid "" "zero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" -" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " -"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " -"with the right taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " -"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:20 -msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:22 -msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:24 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:26 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:28 -msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " -"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " -"posts the tax journal item in the income account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " -"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " -"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " -"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " -"code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:49 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " -"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " -"following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " -"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " -"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " -"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " -"empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "Standard Steuern" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" -"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " -"localizations." +"**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes ` are automatically " +"selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For " +"example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you " +"create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 msgid "" -"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " -"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " -"country/state than you." +":doc:`Fiscal Positions ` take the Default Tax into " +"account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo " +"applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the " +"Fiscal Position." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 msgid "" -"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +"**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" +" at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal " +"Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for your" +" company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 msgid "" -"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " -"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " -"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." +"To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " +"appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-" +"specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:279 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " +"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " +"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " +"and providers' localizations and business types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " +"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 +msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 +msgid "" +":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 +msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +msgid "" +":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " +"of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 +msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " +"or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" +" defined in the products' forms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " +"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " +"**Tax to Apply** empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" +" **Tax on Product**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " +"active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 +msgid "Automatic application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " +"following a set of conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " +"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " +"contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " +"countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" +" logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " +"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" +" Fiscal Positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 +msgid "" +"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " +"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " +"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " +"from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "Anwendung" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 +msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 +msgid "" +"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " +"specific partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " +"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 +msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " +"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" +" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:281 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:280 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" +msgid "Manage withholding taxes" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 @@ -2383,76 +7818,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 -msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " -"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " -"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" -" product form is $100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 -msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 -msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 -msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 -msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 -msgid "If the tax is included in the price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 -msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 -msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 -msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " -"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 -msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 -msgid "" -"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " -"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " -"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " -"Display)." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 @@ -2542,8 +7909,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" -" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" +" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 @@ -2602,3578 +7969,498 @@ msgid "" "from a user point of view." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 -msgid "Localizations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:3 -msgid "Argentina" -msgstr "Argentinien" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " -"this version the next modules are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " -"localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" -" to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " -"Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " -"Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " -"on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " -"that is used to analyze the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " -"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " -"AFIP regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:29 -msgid "" -"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " -"the first two modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:35 -msgid "Configure your company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " -"company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " -"the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " -"structure of the company:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:46 -msgid "Chart of Account" -msgstr "Kontenplan" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:48 -msgid "" -"In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " -"accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " -"considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" -" companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:52 -msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:53 -msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:54 -msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:60 -msgid "Configure Master data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:63 -msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:66 -msgid "Environment" -msgstr "Umgebung" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " -"and Production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " -"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " -"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " -"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " -"to select the environment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:81 -msgid "AFIP Certificates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " -"provided by the AFIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" -" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " -"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " -"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " -"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " -"`Get AFIP Certificate " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " -"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " -"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:104 -msgid "" -"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " -"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 -msgid "Partner" -msgstr "Partner" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:112 -msgid "Identification Type and VAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:114 -msgid "" -"As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " -"AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " -"for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " -"default:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:122 -msgid "" -"The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" -" Odoo but only the common ones are active." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:126 -msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:128 -msgid "" -"In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " -"transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " -"should be defined in the partner form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:137 -msgid "" -"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " -"with their related financial account and configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:144 -msgid "Taxes Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:146 -msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:148 -msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:149 -msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:150 -msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:151 -msgid "Otros." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:154 -msgid "Special Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" -" taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " -"creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " -"Inactive taxes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:164 -msgid "Document Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:166 -msgid "" -"In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " -"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " -"types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " -"AFIP)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:170 -msgid "" -"The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " -"the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " -"of invoices as well of account moves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " -"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" -" on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " -"when the localization module is installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:177 -msgid "" -"The information required for the document types is included by default so " -"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:184 -msgid "" -"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " -"activated if needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:187 -msgid "Letters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:189 -msgid "" -"For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" -" the transaction/operation, example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " -"be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:193 -msgid "" -"When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " -"be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:194 -msgid "" -"When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" -" must be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:196 -msgid "" -"The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " -"associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:203 -msgid "Use on Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:205 -msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:207 -msgid "" -"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " -"documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:208 -msgid "" -"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " -"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:212 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:133 -msgid "Journals" -msgstr "Journale" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:214 -msgid "" -"In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " -"depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:218 -msgid "" -"For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " -"Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" -" can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " -"invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:222 -msgid "" -"If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" -" because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " -"account moves related to internal control process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:226 -msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:231 -msgid "" -"**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " -"defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " -"for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:235 -msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:236 -msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:239 -msgid "Web Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:240 -msgid "" -"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " -"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:242 -msgid "" -"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " -"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " -"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" -" Bond `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:246 -msgid "" -"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " -"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " -"the document type related is type “E”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:252 -msgid "" -"**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " -"the operations related to this AFIP POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:255 -msgid "" -"**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" -" for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " -"example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that " -"you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " -"invoice report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:260 -msgid "" -"**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " -"(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " -"sequence. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:263 -msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:264 -msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:265 -msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:268 -msgid "Sequences" -msgstr "Sequenzen" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:269 -msgid "" -"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" -" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " -"under :doc:`developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can be " -"used:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:277 -msgid "" -"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " -"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " -"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " -"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:283 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:163 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 -msgid "Usage and testing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:286 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:166 -msgid "Invoice" -msgstr "Rechnung" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:288 -msgid "" -"After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " -"invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:292 -msgid "Document type assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:294 -msgid "" -"Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " -"based on the AFIP document type:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:297 -msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:302 -msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:307 -msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:312 -msgid "" -"As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " -"prefix and sequence is given by the document type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:315 -msgid "" -"The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " -"different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " -"manually by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:320 -msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:321 -msgid "" -"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" -" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" -" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " -"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " -"draft until the related data is corrected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:326 -msgid "" -"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " -"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:329 -msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:330 -msgid "" -"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " -"10 days after the CAE is generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:332 -msgid "Result:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:334 -msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:335 -msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:341 -msgid "Invoice Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:343 -msgid "" -"Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " -"behavior on the pdf report:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:346 -msgid "" -"**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " -"identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " -"following AFIP Responsibility type:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:349 -msgid "Responsable Inscripto." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:354 -msgid "" -"**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " -"part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " -"the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:358 -msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:359 -msgid "Consumidor Final." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:360 -msgid "Responsable Monotributo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:361 -msgid "IVA liberado." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:368 -msgid "Special Use Cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:371 -msgid "Invoices for Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:372 -msgid "" -"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " -"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" -" tab “Other Info”:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:378 -msgid "" -"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" -" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " -"the invoice month:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:386 -msgid "Exportation Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:387 -msgid "" -"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " -"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" -" type be associated:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:393 -msgid "" -"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " -"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " -"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:396 -msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:397 -msgid "Exportation document type ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:398 -msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:399 -msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:400 -msgid "Exempt Taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:406 -msgid "" -"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " -"Info --> Accounting`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:413 -msgid "Fiscal Bond" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:414 -msgid "" -"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " -"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " -"Ministry of Economy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:417 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:442 -msgid "" -"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " -"requirements:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:419 -msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:420 -msgid "Taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:421 -msgid "Zone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:422 -msgid "Detail each item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:424 -msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:425 -msgid "Complete description." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:426 -msgid "Unit Net Price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:427 -msgid "Quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:428 -msgid "Unit of measurement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:429 -msgid "Bonus." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:430 -msgid "VAT rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:434 -msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:436 -msgid "" -"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " -"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " -"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " -"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " -"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" -" to their clients and / or vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:444 -msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:445 -msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:446 -msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:447 -msgid "" -"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" -" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:453 -msgid "" -"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " -"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:456 -msgid "" -"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " -"originator document passed to the note." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:462 -msgid "" -"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " -"A or B)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:463 -msgid "" -"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " -"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " -"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " -"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:468 -msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:470 -msgid "" -"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " -"Cancellation?” as True." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:471 -msgid "" -"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " -"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " -"(false)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:478 -msgid "Invoice printed report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:479 -msgid "" -"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " -"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " -"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:488 -msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:489 -msgid "" -"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " -"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:499 -msgid "" -"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " -"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " -"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:507 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Eingangsrechnungen" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:509 -msgid "" -"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " -"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" -" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " -"if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:516 -msgid "" -"The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " -"validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " -"will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:523 -msgid "" -"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " -"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " -"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:528 -msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:529 -msgid "" -"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " -"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " -"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:533 -msgid "" -"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:534 -msgid "" -"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " -"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:536 -msgid "" -"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " -"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:543 -msgid "How to use it in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:544 -msgid "" -"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " -"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:550 -msgid "" -"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " -"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:558 -msgid "Special Use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:560 -msgid "Untaxed Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:561 -msgid "" -"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " -"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:564 -msgid "" -"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " -"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" -" the Exempt concept:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:571 -msgid "Perception Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:572 -msgid "" -"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " -"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " -"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " -"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:580 -msgid "" -"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " -"it and set the correct amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:586 -msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:590 -msgid "Reports" -msgstr "Berichte" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:592 -msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:598 -msgid "VAT Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:601 -msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:607 -msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:613 -msgid "Resumen de IVA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:619 -msgid "IIBB - Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:622 -msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:628 -msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 -msgid "Colombia" -msgstr "Kolumbien" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" -" next modules:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " -"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " -"document types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" -" for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " -"based on the DIAN legal requirements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:20 -msgid "Workflow" -msgstr "Arbeitsablauf" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 -msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:32 -msgid "" -"For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " -"first two modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:40 -msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " -"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " -"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:46 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " -"for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" -" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " -"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " -"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" -" the testing environment can be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:62 -msgid "Configure your report data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 -msgid "" -"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " -"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:76 -msgid "Configure data required in the XML" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:82 -msgid "Identification" -msgstr "Identifikation" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:84 -msgid "" -"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " -"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " -"their identification number and document type set:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:91 -msgid "" -"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " -"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " -"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 -msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:100 -msgid "" -"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " -"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " -"information required by the DIAN ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 -msgid "" -"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " -"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " -"regimen of the partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 -msgid "" -"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " -"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " -"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " -"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " -"display taxes in the invoice PDF." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " -"electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " -"documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " -"Journals`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " -"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:152 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "Benutzer" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:154 -msgid "" -"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " -"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:168 -msgid "" -"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" -" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 -msgid "Invoice creation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 -msgid "" -"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " -"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " -"invoice are the next fields:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:182 -msgid "There are three types of documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 -msgid "" -"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " -"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 -msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " -"transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:188 -msgid "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " -"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " -"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " -"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:196 -msgid "Invoice validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:198 -msgid "" -"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" -" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:204 -msgid "" -"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " -"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " -"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:214 -msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:216 -msgid "" -"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" -" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " -"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " -"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " -"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" -" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:224 -msgid "After this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:226 -msgid "" -"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " -"the invoice chatter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:233 -msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:237 -msgid "Common errors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:239 -msgid "" -"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " -"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " -"after updating the electronic invoice status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:246 -msgid "" -"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " -"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:258 -msgid "Additional use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:260 -msgid "" -"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " -"the functional workflow remains the same as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 -msgid "Colombia (ES)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 -msgid "Introducción" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 -msgid "" -"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " -"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " -"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " -"puntos:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 -msgid "Plan Contable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 -msgid "Impuestos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 -msgid "Retenciones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 -msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " -"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " -"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 -msgid "Flujo General" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 -msgid "Configuración" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 -msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " -"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 -msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " -"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " -"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " -"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 -msgid "" -"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " -"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" -" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" -" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " -"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " -"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" -" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 -msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " -"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " -"Bancaria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " -"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 -msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 -msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 -msgid "Identificación" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " -"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " -"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " -"de documento correspondiente." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " -"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " -"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 -msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " -"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " -"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " -"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " -"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " -"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " -"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " -"opciones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " -"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " -"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " -"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " -"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " -"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " -"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 -msgid "Diarios" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " -"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" -" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 -msgid "" -"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " -"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" -" Secuencia`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " -"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 -msgid "Usuarios" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 -msgid "" -"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " -"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 -msgid "Uso y Pruebas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 -msgid "Facturas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " -"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " -"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 -msgid "Invoice Creation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 -msgid "" -"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " -"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " -"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " -"manualmente." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " -"son los siguientes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 -msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 -msgid "" -"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," -" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 -msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " -"importación." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 -msgid "" -"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" -" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " -"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " -"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 -msgid "Invoice Validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " -"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " -"desplegado en el historial." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " -"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" -" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " -"inicial **En Proceso**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 -msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 -msgid "" -"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " -"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " -"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " -"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " -"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " -"CUFE." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " -"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " -"automáticamente:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 -msgid "" -"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " -"historial de la Factura." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 -msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 -msgid "" -"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " -"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 -msgid "Errores Frecuentes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " -"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " -"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " -"desplegados en el historial." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 -msgid "" -"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " -"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " -"botón:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 -msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 -msgid "" -"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " -"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " -"igual." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 -msgid "France" -msgstr "Frankreich" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 -msgid "FEC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " -"the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" -" --> FEC`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " -"module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 -msgid "French Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " -"accounting reports specific to France:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 -msgid "Bilan comptable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 -msgid "Compte de résultats" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 -msgid "Plan de Taxes France" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 -msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 -msgid "" -"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " -"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " -"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales " -"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, " -"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 -msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " -"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 -msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 -msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 -msgid "" -"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " -"VAT and therefore are not affected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 -msgid "Get certified with Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 -msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" -" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " -"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" -" `here `_. If you " -"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " -"`_ or contact" -" your Odoo service provider." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 -msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 -msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " -"menu:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 -msgid "" -"if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " -"Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:66 -msgid "" -"in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " -"Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " -"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a " -"country from the list; Do not create a new country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " -"`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " -"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " -"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " -"restart your server beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:81 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" -" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" -" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules " -"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click " -"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" -" installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:90 -msgid "Anti-fraud features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:92 -msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " -"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 -msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " -"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:101 -msgid "Inalterability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:103 -msgid "" -"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " -"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " -"located in France or in any DOM-TOM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:107 -msgid "" -"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " -"companies are impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:111 -msgid "Security" -msgstr "Sicherheit" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:113 -msgid "" -"To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" -" validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " -"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:118 -msgid "" -"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " -"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " -"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the " -"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted " -"document recorded in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " -"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " -"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:131 -msgid "Storage" -msgstr "Lagerung" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:133 -msgid "" -"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " -"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" -" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry " -"recorded in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " -"Invoicing and Accounting apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " -"Type = Sales)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:145 -msgid "" -"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:147 -msgid "" -"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " -"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " -"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" -" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:153 -msgid "" -"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " -"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " -"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " -"counted in the very next closing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:158 -msgid "" -"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " -"Actions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "Verantwortlichkeiten" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" -" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " -"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " -"the inalterability of data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" -" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 -msgid "More Information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 -msgid "" -"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " -"documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 -msgid "" -"`Frequently Asked Questions " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 -msgid "" -"`Official Statement " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 -msgid "" -"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 -msgid "Germany" -msgstr "Deutschland" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 -msgid "German Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " -"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " -"not created any accounting entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 -msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 -msgid "German Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -msgid "Balance Sheet" -msgstr "Bilanz" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 -msgid "Profit & Loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 -msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 -msgid "Partner VAT Intra" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 -msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 -msgid "" -"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " -"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " -"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " -"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 -msgid "Italy (IT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" -" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " -"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " -"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " -"l’interscambio di informazioni." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 -msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " -"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" -" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " -"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" -" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 -msgid "" -"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " -"elettronica sono i seguenti:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" -" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " -"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " -"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " -"relativa :doc:`guida <../../discuss/email_servers>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" -" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " -"elettronica." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " -"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " -"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " -"previa comunicazione." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " -"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " -"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " -"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 -msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 -msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " -"Commercio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " -"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " -"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " -"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 -msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " -"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " -"necessarie informazioni legali." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" -" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" -" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " -"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 -msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " -"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" -" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " -"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " -"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 -msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 -msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 -msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 -msgid "" -"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 -msgid "" -"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " -"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" -" dall’applicazione contabilità." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 -msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 -msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 -msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " -"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 -msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "Mexiko" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" -" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " -"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here " -"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the " -"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " -"\"Mexico\" set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:17 -msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" -" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" -" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," -" payment complement, invoice addendum." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:24 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " -"accounting are here (Accounting app required)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:27 -msgid "" -"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " -"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" -" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this " -"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " -"company in Mexico." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:38 -msgid "" -"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" -" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " -"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:44 -msgid "Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:46 -msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:52 -msgid "" -"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " -"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " -"installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:58 -msgid "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" -" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" -" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and " -"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" -" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:73 -msgid "Set you legal information in the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:75 -msgid "" -"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " -"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " -"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " -"position on your company’s contact." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:82 -msgid "" -"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" -" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " -"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " -"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal " -"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley" -" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " -"the option)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:101 -msgid "Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:104 -msgid "" -"This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " -"available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " -"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to " -"support in https://www.odoo.com/help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " -"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " -"name does not exist)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:117 -msgid "" -"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " -"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " -"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " -"the default behavior." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:127 -msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:129 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:680 -msgid "" -"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " -"field set to \"Tasa\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:137 -msgid "" -"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" -" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" -" set 601, it will look like the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:144 -msgid "" -"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " -"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " -"faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152 -msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 -msgid "" -"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " -"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " -"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " -"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " -"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " -"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " -"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process" -" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " -"environment with real transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:174 -msgid "" -"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " -"PAC username or password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " -"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 -msgid "`Certificate`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 -msgid "`Certificate Key`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:186 -msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:190 -msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 -msgid "" -"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " -"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " -"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 -msgid "" -"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " -"a new tax you should choose a tag." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 -msgid "Invoicing" -msgstr "Abrechnung" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:209 -msgid "" -"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " -"the normal Odoo's behaviour." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212 -msgid "" -"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " -"like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:219 -msgid "" -"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" -" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " -"invoice by email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " -"looks like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:234 -msgid "Cancelling invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:236 -msgid "" -"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:238 -msgid "If the invoice is not paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:240 -msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:246 -msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250 -msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 -msgid "" -"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " -"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:257 -msgid "**Legal considerations**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:259 -msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 -msgid "" -"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " -"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " -"good control of the cancellation reasons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 -msgid "" -"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" -" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " -"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269 -msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 -msgid "" -"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " -"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " -"important." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 -msgid "" -"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " -"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278 -msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:280 -msgid "" -"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " -"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " -"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " -"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:285 -msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 -msgid "" -"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " -"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 -msgid "" -"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " -"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 -msgid "" -"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " -"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " -"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " -"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298 -msgid "" -"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " -"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " -"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 -msgid "" -"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" -" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " -"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:306 -msgid "" -"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " -"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 -msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 -msgid "" -"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " -"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " -"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" -" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " -"caso de anticipos recibidos**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:314 -msgid "" -"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " -"Payment without a proper invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:320 -msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 -msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:324 -msgid "DIOT report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 -msgid "" -"1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " -"report only available on the context of the accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:329 -msgid "" -"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " -"app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:336 -msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 -msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:341 -msgid "" -"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " -"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:349 -msgid "How to add new accounts ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:351 -msgid "" -"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" -" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354 -msgid "" -"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " -"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account " -"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag" -" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" -" xml." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365 -msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 -msgid "" -"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" -" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371 -msgid "" -"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " -"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " -"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " -"is not created you can create one on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380 -msgid "" -"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " -"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " -"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be " -"exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " -"the previous selection of the period you want to export." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 -msgid "" -"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" -" regular Odoo Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 -msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 -msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:399 -msgid "" -"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" -" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402 -msgid "" -"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " -"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " -"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " -"the same, with our providers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:407 -msgid "" -"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" -" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " -"to. submit the DIOT:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:412 -msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:414 -msgid "" -"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " -"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " -"find in the SAT website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 -msgid "" -"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " -"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " -"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " -"to said data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 -msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 -msgid "" -"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " -"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " -"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 -msgid "" -"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " -"this after having made up to 500 records." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 -msgid "" -"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " -"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " -"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such" -" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " -"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:440 -msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 -msgid "" -"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " -"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " -"according to the SAT site is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 -msgid "" -"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " -"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " -"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of" -" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the " -"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " -"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:453 -msgid "" -"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " -"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " -"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " -"Third Parties." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:458 -msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:461 -msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:463 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " -"with third partied (DIOT)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:467 -msgid "" -"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " -"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 -msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 -msgid "" -"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " -"the necessary steps to declare it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481 -msgid "" -"Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:483 -msgid "" -"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " -"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " -"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else " -"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" -" suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:490 -msgid "" -"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " -"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " -"properly configured already." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 -msgid "" -"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" -" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " -"following standard odoo procedure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 -msgid "" -"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " -"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " -"itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:499 -msgid "" -"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " -"paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 -msgid "" -"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " -"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " -"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use" -" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it " -"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " -"your partners are correctly set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:513 -msgid "Extra Recommended features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 -msgid "Contact Module (Free)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518 -msgid "" -"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " -"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " -"install." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:524 -msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:526 -msgid "" -"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " -"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" -" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with " -"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate " -"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " -"information daily in the system manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 -msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 -msgid "" -"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " -"3.3)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:542 -msgid "" -"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " -"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:548 -msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 -msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550 -msgid "" -"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " -"Companies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 -msgid "Open any company you have." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:575 -msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 -msgid "" -"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " -"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " -"generic one with no explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 -msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 -msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 -msgid "" -"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " -"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 -msgid "" -"This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " -"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " -"but:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 -msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 -msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:583 -msgid "" -"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 -msgid "" -"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:592 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " -"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " -"properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:636 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:667 -msgid "**Error messages**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:598 -msgid "" -"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:602 -msgid "" -"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " -"partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" -" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " -"which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " -"possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " -"considerations about fiscal positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:613 -msgid "" -"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " -"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " -"set 601, it will look like the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:620 -msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " -"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:623 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:654 -msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:625 -msgid "" -"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:631 -msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:638 -msgid "" -"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:656 -msgid "" -"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:644 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:5 msgid "" -"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing." +"There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," +" depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " +"recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and " +"computations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:647 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " -"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " -"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" -"info`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:661 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" -" Mexico, fix it." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:12 +msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:669 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:14 msgid "" -"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing." +"As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of" +" your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. " +"However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can " +"activate only the ones relevant for your business." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:672 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:19 msgid "" -"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.\", '')" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:676 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" -" used on the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 -msgid "Netherlands" -msgstr "Niederlande" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 -msgid "XAF Export" +"To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " +"tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:31 msgid "" -"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" -" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" -" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " -"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 -msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" +"To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " -"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 -msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 -msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" +"Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " +"the following table to see where they are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 -msgid "Spain" -msgstr "Spanien" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 -msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Name `" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " -"default:" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice `" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 -msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Group `" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 -msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Back end" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 -msgid "PGCE Entitades" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 -msgid "" -"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " -"Localization** section." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " -"default." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:53 +msgid "Basic Options" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 -msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:58 +msgid "Tax Name" +msgstr "Steuerbezeichnung" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:60 msgid "" -"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" -" accounting reports specific to Spain:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" +"The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " +":ref:`label ` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " +"Products, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 -msgid "Switzerland" -msgstr "Schweiz" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 -msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Tax Computation" +msgstr "Steuerberechnung" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " -"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " -"ISR*." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:68 +msgid "**Group of Taxes**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:70 msgid "" -"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " -"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " -"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 -msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." +"The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " +"you want, in the order you want them to be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:74 msgid "" -"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " -"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " -"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " -"Reports` and tick this box :" +"Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " +"may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " +":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones `." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 -msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:78 +msgid "**Fixed**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:80 msgid "" -"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " -"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " -"you want." +"The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " +"same, regardless of the Sales Price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 -msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:83 msgid "" -"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" -" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" -" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 -msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " +"fixed* tax. We then have:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " -"have to do anything." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Product's Sales Price" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " -"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " -":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " -"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " -"\"upgrade\"`." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Price without tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " -"rates." -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Tax" +msgstr "Steuer" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 -msgid "" -"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " -"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " -"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " -"transactions." -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Total" +msgstr "Total" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 -msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 -msgid "" -"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " -"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 -msgid "" -"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" -" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" -" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "1,010.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 -msgid "" -"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " -"grid 302 tax" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:92 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:94 msgid "" -"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " -"grid 342 tax" +"The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " +"multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:97 msgid "" -"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " -"included in Odoo by default" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Name**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Rate**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Label on Invoice**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Scope**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tag**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "7.7%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -msgid "7.7% achat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "TVA 7.7%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "Einkauf" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -msgid "7.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -msgid "7.7% invest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "3.7%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -msgid "3.7% achat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "TVA 3.7%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "3.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -msgid "3.7% invest" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "3.7% invest Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax. We then have:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Verkäufe" +msgid "100" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "1,100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:107 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:109 msgid "" -"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" +"The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " +"Total." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "7.7% Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:111 msgid "" -"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "111.11" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "3.7% Incl." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "1,111.11" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:124 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Aktiv" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:126 +msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:129 msgid "" -"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " -"odoo.com/help." +"It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" +" can deactivate them to prevent future use." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:133 msgid "" -"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" -" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " -"your fiscal positions accordingly." +"This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " +"` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:139 +msgid "Tax Scope" +msgstr "Steuergültigkeit" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " +"where it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:143 +msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:144 +msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:145 +msgid "**None**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " +"Taxes ` but that you don't want to list along with other " +"Sales or Purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:154 +msgid "Definition tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " +"the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:163 +msgid "**Based On**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:165 +msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:166 +msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:168 +msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:169 +msgid "" +"**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports " +"<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your" +" country's regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:180 +msgid "Label on Invoices" +msgstr "Bezeichnung auf Rechnungen" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " +"column. This is the :ref:`label ` visible to *front end* " +"users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:193 +msgid "Tax Group" +msgstr "Steuergruppe" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " +":ref:`label ` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " +"invoices, and the Customer Portals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " +"when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " +"Positions `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:205 +msgid "" +"In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " +"Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." +" Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the " +"Invoice ` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, " +"above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:213 +msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" +msgstr "In Kostenrechnung einschliessen" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:215 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " +"**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:221 +msgid "Included in Price" +msgstr "Beinhaltet im Preis" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:223 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" +" Price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:225 +msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:227 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "900.10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "90.9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:238 +msgid "" +"If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," +" please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " +"*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** " +"field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:246 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " +"are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and " +"select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:253 +msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" +msgstr "Auswirkung auf nachfolgende Steuern" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:255 +msgid "" +"With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " +"other taxes applied to the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:258 +msgid "" +"You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes ` to include" +" this tax, or add it directly to a product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " +"amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " +"tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:270 +msgid "" +"To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " +"names." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:282 +msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 +msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " +"provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" +" VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " +"This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " +"number without leaving Odoo interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 +msgid "VAT Number validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " +"**Country** and **VAT** fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" +" error message if the VAT number is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " +"fields' validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"`European Commission: VIES search engine " +"`__" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 @@ -6186,7 +8473,7 @@ msgid "Adviser" msgstr "Finanzberater" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" +msgid "Manage a financial budget" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 @@ -6390,39 +8677,12 @@ msgid "" "amount that could have been realised." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 -msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific " -"date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 -msgid "" -"This is, for example, used when you make a provision (e.g. provision for bad" -" debt). When making the accounting entry for the provision, the amount you " -"entered is only an estimated amount. You will only be sure of the amount at " -"the end of the fiscal year. That's why, at that point, you want the " -"accounting entry to be reversed to be able to enter the real loss that " -"occurred." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 -msgid "" -"For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the " -"journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be " -"reversed at that date." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" msgstr "Kostenstelle" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" +msgid "Track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 @@ -6599,7 +8859,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" +msgid "Track costs of human resources with timesheets" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 @@ -7732,10 +9992,6 @@ msgid "" "average cost and the original purchase price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 -msgid "Multicurrency" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" msgstr "" @@ -7861,7 +10117,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 @@ -7871,8 +10127,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 -msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgid "Odoo's multi-currency system" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 @@ -7993,6 +10248,10 @@ msgid "" "can register payments only in this currency." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 +msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -8066,7 +10325,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`exchange`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" +msgid "Manage invoices and payment in multiple currencies" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 @@ -8149,401 +10408,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Berichtswesen" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " -"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " -"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " -"ever." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "Entwicklermodus aktivieren" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" -" activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:20 -msgid "Create your financial report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 -msgid "" -"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " -"configured:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 -msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:33 -msgid "**Analysis Period** :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:35 -msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 -msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " -"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 -msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 -msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 -msgid "" -"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " -"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " -"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" -" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " -"separated by ;)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:59 -msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:61 -msgid "" -"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " -"date range)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " -"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " -"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " -"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " -"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " -"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " -"by one of their columns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:75 -msgid "Other useful fields :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 -msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:79 -msgid "" -"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " -"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:82 -msgid "" -"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" -" same dates as the rest of the report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " -"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " -"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 -msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 -msgid "What are the main reports available?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 -msgid "**Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 -msgid "**Profit and Loss**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 -msgid "**Chart of Account**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 -msgid "**Executive Summary**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 -msgid "**General Ledger**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 -msgid "**Aged Payable**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 -msgid "**Aged Receivable**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 -msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 -msgid "**Tax Report**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 -msgid "Profit and Loss" -msgstr "Gewinn und Verlust" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 -msgid "Chart of account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 -msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 -msgid "Executive Summary" -msgstr "Kurzbericht" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Performance:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 -msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 -msgid "**Net profit margin:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " -"make those profits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Position:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" -" all your bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 -msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 -msgid "General Ledger" -msgstr "Umsätze nach Konten und Perioden" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 -msgid "Aged Payable" -msgstr "Überfällige Verbindlichkeit" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 -msgid "Aged Receivable" -msgstr "Überfällige Forderungen" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 -msgid "Cash Flow Statement" -msgstr "Cash-Flow-Bericht" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 -msgid "" -"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 -msgid "Tax Report" -msgstr "Umsatzsteuerbericht" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 -msgid "" -"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " -"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 msgid "Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Kontenplan" @@ -8633,10 +10503,6 @@ msgid "" "indicates the account's purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "Typ" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 msgid "" "Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" @@ -8783,10 +10649,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 -msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "Standard Steuern" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 msgid "" "Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " @@ -8878,77 +10740,270 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" +msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " -"different screens you will need." +"When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" +" welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" +" get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close " +"it." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " -"`__, you " -"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " -"implementation guide." +"The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 -msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Completing your company settings" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" +" Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " +"creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes " +"are ready-to-go. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" +msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 -msgid "Importing your customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Importing your suppliers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Importing your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" +msgid "" +"The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 -msgid "Importing your starting balances" +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 -msgid "Define the users for accounting" +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 +msgid "Company Data" +msgstr "Unternehmensdaten" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 msgid "" -"Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " -"bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " -"configuration of Odoo." +"This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " +"address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " +"number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " +"Info**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Bank Account" +msgstr "Bankkonto" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " +"*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " +"Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information " +"about Bank Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Accounting Periods" +msgstr "Buchungsperioden" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" +" to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " +"along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " +"date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " +"indicate their initial opening balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " +"Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " +"arrow button* at the end of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here ` for more information on how to " +"configure your Chart of Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 +msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 +msgid "" +"There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " +"advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " +"onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app" +" rather than the Accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 +msgid "" +"If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " +"going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 +msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " +"onboarding banner `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 +msgid "Invoice Layout" +msgstr "Rechnungslayout" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 +msgid "" +"With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" +" which layout tamplate, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 +msgid "" +"You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " +"*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " +"email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to " +"the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " +"Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" +" of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 +msgid "" +"These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 +msgid "Payment Method" +msgstr "Zahlungsmethode" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 +msgid "" +"This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " +"can pay you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " +"Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " +"online, from their Customer Portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 +msgid "Sample Invoice" +msgstr "Beispielrechnung" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" +" configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 +msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 @@ -9405,9 +11460,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Soll" @@ -9419,9 +11471,6 @@ msgstr "Soll" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Haben" @@ -9429,17 +11478,6 @@ msgstr "Haben" msgid "Invoice 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -msgid "100" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Payment 1.1" msgstr "" @@ -9555,9 +11593,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Account" msgstr "Konto" @@ -9567,8 +11602,6 @@ msgstr "Konto" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:142 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "Debitorenkonto" @@ -9592,8 +11625,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:144 msgid "Bank" msgstr "Bank" @@ -10098,6 +12129,11 @@ msgid "" "once." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Berichtswesen" + #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" msgstr "" @@ -10127,334 +12163,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Account Payables" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 -msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" -" then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " -"most frequently are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 -msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 -msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 -msgid "" -"other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " -"carried out by the employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " -"from the Apps module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " -"re-invoice your expenses to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " -"products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " -"products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses " -"Products` in the **Expenses** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 -msgid "Some examples of products can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 -msgid "**Travel (car)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 -msgid "Product Type: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 -msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 -msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " -"Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 -msgid "**Hotel**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 -msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " -"employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " -"customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the" -" hotel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " -"checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " -"material**. This invoicing policy means that, if the expense is related to a" -" customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 -msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 -msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 -msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 -msgid "The expenses workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 -msgid "Record a new expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " -":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " -"personal expenses work that way:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 -msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 -msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 -msgid "the accountant post journal entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 -msgid "" -"the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " -"with a payable account)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 -msgid "" -"if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " -"the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 -msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 -msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 -msgid "a product: the expense type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 -msgid "" -"a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" -" car)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " -"photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " -"the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 -msgid "" -"If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" -" an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " -"might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get " -"this feature)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " -"**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " -"expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 -msgid "" -"An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " -"action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 -msgid "Validation by the manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " -"manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " -"menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 -msgid "The manager can:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 -msgid "" -"discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " -"bill is missing);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 -msgid "reject an expense;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 -msgid "approve an expense." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 -msgid "Control by the accountant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " -"by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " -"created and posted in your accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " -"expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 -msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " -"the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " -"invoiced to the customer yet and will be included in the next invoice that " -"will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer" -" project)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 -msgid "" -"To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." -" (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " -"invoice all your orders in batch)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:170 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:173 -msgid "Reimburse the employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:175 -msgid "" -"If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " -"reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" -" payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:180 -msgid "" -"All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " -"due." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 -msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:189 -msgid "" -"If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " -"options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 -msgid "" -"if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " -"invoicing policy on the product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 -msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:197 -msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:199 -msgid "" -"if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " -"reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" -" invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:204 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" +msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 @@ -10738,7 +12448,7 @@ msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" +msgid "Pay several bills at once" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 @@ -11051,6 +12761,10 @@ msgid "" "Download SEPA Payments`." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:111 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:114 msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" msgstr "" @@ -11074,17 +12788,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:129 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`check`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:121 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" msgstr "" @@ -11147,6 +12854,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" @@ -11475,104 +13183,6 @@ msgid "" "account`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" -" for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " -"cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a " -"defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are " -"confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " -"will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " -"On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which " -"means no debt account is necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," -" as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " -"receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " -"handle them in accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " -"a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " -"worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " -"installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" -" \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 -msgid "Register a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 -msgid "" -"By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " -"Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " -"app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " -"Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " -"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt" -" accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " -"option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " -"the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " -":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " -"completely close the transaction in your accounting." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" msgstr "" @@ -11791,7 +13401,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" +msgid "Manage vendor Bills" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 @@ -12111,12 +13721,163 @@ msgid "" " be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 +msgid "Digitize Vendor Bills with Optical Character Recognition (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that" +" allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data to your " +"database reduces errors and saves you time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 +msgid "Set up the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and " +"choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 +msgid "Start digitizing your bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Scan your bills and then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Bills` and upload your document. Based on your configuration, it either " +"processes the documents automatically, or you need to click on *Send for " +"Digitalization* to do it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also create a vendor bill through the *Documents* app or by using an" +" email alias on your journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " +"clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the" +" right information instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the " +"correct data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Preiskalkulation" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which " +"requires prepaid credits to work. Digitalizing one document consumes one " +"credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click `here `_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Receipts" +msgstr "Einkaufsbelege" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Receipts** are not invoices but rather confirmations of received " +"payments, such as a ticket or a receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This feature is meant to be used when you pay directly with your company's " +"money for an expense. **Vendor Bills**, on the other hand, are recorded when" +" an invoice is issued to you and that the amount is first credited on a debt" +" account before a later payment reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app " +"dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. " +"Click :doc:`here <../../../expense/expense>` for more information on how to " +"use Odoo Expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 +msgid "Register a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling" +" out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "Edit the Journal Entry before posting it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once you have filled out the *Invoice Lines* tab, you can modify the " +"**Journal Entry** before you post it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values" +" according to your needs, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../expense/expense`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 msgid "Customer Invoices" msgstr "Ausgangsrechnungen" @@ -12895,6 +14656,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" msgstr "" @@ -13245,10 +15010,6 @@ msgid "" "includes a country, before sending the letter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Preiskalkulation" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 msgid "" "*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " @@ -13262,203 +15023,367 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Click `here `_ to know about our " -"*Privacy Policy*." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "Kundeneinzahlungen" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 +msgid "Batch Payments: Batch Deposits (checks, cash etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **Batch Deposit** groups multiple payments in a single batch. This allows " +"you to deposit several payments into your bank account with a single " +"transaction. This is particularly useful to deposit cash and checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to list several customer payments and print a " +"**deposit slip**. This ticket contains the details of the transactions and a" +" reference to the batch deposit. You can then select this reference during a" +" bank reconciliation to match the single bank statement line with all the " +"transactions listed in the batch deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To activate the feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Customer Payments`, activate **Batch Payments**, and click " +"on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 +msgid "Payment Method Types" +msgstr "Zahlungsmittelarten" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To record new payments as part of a Batch Deposit, you have to configure " +"first the Journal on which you record them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced " +"Settings* tab. In the *Payment Method Types* section, enable **Batch " +"Deposit**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch " +"payments when you activate the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 +msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 +msgid "Record payments to deposit in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 +msgid "" +":doc:`Register the payments ` on the bank account on which you " +"plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you " +"received a payment, and clicking on *Register Payment*. There, select the " +"appropriate Journal linked to your bank account and select *Batch Deposit* " +"as Payment Method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 +msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 +msgid "Make sure to write the payment reference in the **Memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 +msgid "Add payments to a Batch Deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank" +" and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on " +"*Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by " +"clicking on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then " +"click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip " +"that the bank usually requires to fill out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Once the bank statements are on your database, you can reconcile the bank " +"statement line with the *Batch Payment* reference. To do so, start your " +"**Bank Reconciliation** by going to your Accounting dashboard and clicking " +"on *Reconcile Items* on the related bank account. At the bank statement " +"line, click on *Choose counterpart or Create Write-off* to display more " +"options, open the *Batch Payments* tab, and select your Batch Payment. All " +"related payments are automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank" +" statement line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, " +"remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:4 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." " With **SEPA Direct Debit**, your customers can sign a **mandate** that " -"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts " -"automatically." +"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts. This is " +"particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 msgid "" -"You can record your customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files " -"containing pending payments made with an SDD mandate." +"You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files containing " +"pending payments made with an SDD mandate." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "" -"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 28 member states " +"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " "of the European Union as well as additional countries." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:123 msgid "" "`List of all SEPA countries `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` nd activate" -" the **SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** feature. Enter the **Creditor Identifier** " -"of your company. This number is provided by your bank, or the authority " -"responsible for delivering them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:28 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:30 -msgid "Create a mandate" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate " +"**SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's " +"**Creditor Identifier**. This number is provided by your bank institution, " +"or the authority responsible for delivering them." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +msgid "Create a mandate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 msgid "" "The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " "authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 msgid "" -"To create a new one, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " -"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the new mandate’s " -"form." +"To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 msgid "" -"First, export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your " -"customer to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the " -"**Original Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the " -"mandate." +"Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer " +"to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original " +"Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 msgid "" -"First, make sure, that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly " -"recorded on the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in " -"your own *Bank Account* settings." +"Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on " +"the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in your own " +":doc:`Bank Account <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 +msgid "" +"SEPA Direct Debit can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce**" +" or on the **Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Acquirer**. " +"With this method, your customers can create and sign their mandates " +"themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Acquirers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your " +"needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Make sure to change the **State** field to *Enabled*, and to check **Online " +"Signature**, as this is necessary to let your customers sign their mandates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " +"address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " -"this field is left blank, then the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " -"*Closed* or *Revoked*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" -" means that invoices made after the present day won’t be processed " -"automatically with an SDD payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " -"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " -"that have already been registered will still be included to the next SDD XML" -" file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated. If " -"a customer requires to pay with SDD payments again, you will have to create " -"a new mandate from scratch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:75 -msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 msgid "" -"All new posted invoice issued to customers with an active mandate will " -"automatically register payment and have their status marked as *Paid*." +"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " +"this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " +"*Closed* or *Revoked*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 msgid "" -"If you have unpaid invoices that could be paid with a new mandate, it is " -"still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on *Register Payment* and " -"choose *SEPA Direct Debit* as payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:87 -msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" +"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" +" means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with" +" an SDD payment." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 msgid "" -"To submit your SDD payments to your bank, you will first generate an **XML " -"file** that can be uploaded directly to your bank interface." +"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " +"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " +"that have already been registered are still included in the next SDD XML " +"file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 +msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 +msgid "" +"You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an " +"active SDD mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the invoice, click on *Register Payment*, and choose *SEPA " +"Direct Debit* as payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In previous versions, Odoo used SDD payment as the default payment for all " +"customers with an active mandate. Your customers can still activate " +"automatic SDD for their subscriptions with a recurring payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:112 +msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " +"online banking interface to process all payments at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:118 msgid "" "The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" -" specifications as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " +" specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " "Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 msgid "" "To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " "*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " "Payments to Collect*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:129 msgid "" -"Select all the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD XML" -" file, then click on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." +"Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" +" on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:136 msgid "" "Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " -"then download the SDD XML file." +"download the SDD XML file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 -msgid "Finally, upload this file to your bank to process the payments." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " +"payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " "Payments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:150 +msgid ":doc:`batch`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:152 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " "`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:153 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 -msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" +msgid "Register customer payments by checks" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 @@ -13504,7 +15429,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" msgstr "" @@ -13550,16 +15474,12 @@ msgid "Memo: write the Check number" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "" @@ -13569,12 +15489,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:142 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:144 msgid "100.00" msgstr "" @@ -13596,8 +15510,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:142 msgid "X" msgstr "" @@ -13617,7 +15529,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:109 msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" msgstr "" @@ -13643,7 +15554,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:136 msgid "" "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" msgstr "" @@ -13664,199 +15574,6 @@ msgid "" "the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 -msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" -" both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " -"the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " -"on the invoice (using a Credit card journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank " -"account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 -msgid "" -"**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " -"credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," -" without going through the Undeposited Funds. Once you process your bank " -"statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card " -"payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 -msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " -"cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" -" take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " -"automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second " -"approach." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " -"users)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 -msgid "" -"On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " -"--> Create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 -msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 -msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 -msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " -"set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:118 -msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " -"Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" -" transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " -"and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 -msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 -msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -msgid "Credit Cards" -msgstr "Kreditkarten" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -msgid "Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " -"of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " -"account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " -"is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your " -"bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:114 -msgid "" -"There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " -"this method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:124 -msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:126 -msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " -"recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " -"with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment " -"and relate it to the statement line)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:148 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" -" may be more convenient if you have a lot of credit cards to record in a " -"batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments " -"with invoices)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:153 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " -"report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" -" received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" " -"option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:164 -msgid ":doc:`recording`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`followup`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" msgstr "" @@ -13948,8 +15665,61 @@ msgid "" "negative number of due days." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Online Payment" +msgstr "Rechnung Online-Zahlung" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue," +" you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay " +"Now* button on their **Customer Portal**. This allows your customers to see " +"their invoices online and pay directly with their favorite payment method, " +"making the payment process much easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 +msgid "" +"By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer " +"<../../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only Payment " +"Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online " +"Payment**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 +msgid "Customer Portal" +msgstr "Kundenportal" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 +msgid "" +"After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by " +"email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects" +" them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 +msgid "" +"They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 -msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" +msgid "Different ways to record a payment" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 @@ -14105,5 +15875,564 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 -msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" +msgid ":doc:`online_payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`followup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 +msgid "Declarations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 +msgid "Tax Return (VAT Declaration)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies that are registered for **VAT (Value Added Tax)** must file a " +"**Tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their turnover " +"and the regulation of the country in which they are registered. A Tax return" +" - or VAT return - gives the tax authorities information about the taxable " +"transactions made by the company, the *output tax* it has charged its " +"customers, and the *input tax* its vendors have charged it. Based on these " +"values, the company can calculate the tax amount they have to pay or be " +"refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can find information about VAT and its mechanism on `this page from the " +"European Commission `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 +msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo Accounting " +"to compute your Tax Return correctly and also to send you a reminder to " +"never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " +"--> Fiscal Periods`, and go to the **Tax Return Periodicity** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Periodicity**: define here whether you file your tax return each month or " +"every three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Reminder**: define when Odoo should remind you to file your tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 +msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " +"<../../overview/getting_started/setup>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 +msgid "Tax Grids" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are " +"configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the" +" recorded transactions use the right taxes. You can see on each Journal Item" +" which Tax Grid is used for that transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you " +"can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record" +" invoices or credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization" +" Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation " +"of your database. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 +msgid "Close a tax period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 +msgid "Tax Lock Date" +msgstr "Datum der Steuersperre" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Any new transaction which accounting date is prior to the **Tax Lock Date** " +"has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful to make" +" sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your " +"*Closing Journal Entry*. This way, other users can't modify or add " +"transactions that would have an impact on the Closing Journal Entry, which " +"helps you avoid some tax declaration errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 +msgid "Tax Report" +msgstr "Umsatzsteuerbericht" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period " +"you want to report, open your **Tax Report**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. " +"You can also click on *TAX Report* from your *Accounting Overview*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date " +"filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the " +"button *Closing Journal Entry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 +msgid "" +"After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In " +"addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with " +"the **Tax Report** that you can download from the chatter and preview on the" +" right column. It includes all the values to report to the tax authorities, " +"along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date ` before clicking" +" on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal " +"period on the same date as the Accounting Date of your entry. This automatic" +" lock happens when you click on *Post*. This safety mechanism can prevent " +"some fiscal errors, but it is advised to lock your tax date manually before," +" as described above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 +msgid "Create a customized reports with your own formulas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " +"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " +"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " +"ever." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the developer mode" +msgstr "Entwicklermodus aktivieren" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" +" activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 +msgid "Create your financial report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " +"configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 +msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 +msgid "**Analysis Period** :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 +msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 +msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " +"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 +msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 +msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " +"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " +"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" +" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " +"separated by ;)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 +msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " +"date range)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " +"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " +"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " +"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " +"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " +"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " +"by one of their columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 +msgid "Other useful fields :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 +msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " +"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 +msgid "" +"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" +" same dates as the rest of the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " +"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " +"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Main reports available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " +"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " +"countries :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 +msgid "**Balance Sheet**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 +msgid "**Profit and Loss**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 +msgid "**Chart of Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 +msgid "**Executive Summary**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 +msgid "**General Ledger**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 +msgid "**Aged Payable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 +msgid "**Aged Receivable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 +msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 +msgid "**Tax Report**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 +msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " +"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " +"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" +" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " +"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " +"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" +" of your organisation as at a particular date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Profit and Loss" +msgstr "Gewinn und Verlust" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " +"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" +" period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Chart of account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 +msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 +msgid "Executive Summary" +msgstr "Kurzbericht" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " +"figures you need to run your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " +"reporting :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 +msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 +msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " +"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " +"result of those sales)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"make those profits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Position:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " +"across all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +" all your bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 +msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 +msgid "" +"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " +"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " +"your **Purchases account** for the month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " +"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " +"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " +"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 +msgid "General Ledger" +msgstr "Umsätze nach Konten und Perioden" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " +"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " +"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " +"occurred during a certain period of time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 +msgid "Aged Payable" +msgstr "Überfällige Verbindlichkeit" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" +" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " +"gone unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 +msgid "Aged Receivable" +msgstr "Überfällige Forderungen" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " +"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +msgstr "Cash-Flow-Bericht" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " +"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing and financing activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " +"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index 58ec7d09d..3f4f09ce9 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jan Meyer, 2019\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -51,7 +51,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 @@ -285,7 +286,7 @@ msgid "" "(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " "leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " "pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " -"multiple countries." +"multiple industries." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 @@ -310,7 +311,8 @@ msgid "" " us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " "`__, To buy credits you can " "either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " -"Credits`; or go to `Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my Services`." +"Credits`; or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my" +" Services`." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 @@ -377,6 +379,128 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po index 5eed71ef1..535e97d1f 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -4,16 +4,16 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# darenkster , 2019 +# f91684c3ff9ec3e650d5c8461e534581_686eae3 <449b96d9f63071f94d89e129677b83de_366193>, 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: darenkster , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: f91684c3ff9ec3e650d5c8461e534581_686eae3 <449b96d9f63071f94d89e129677b83de_366193>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ msgid "" " Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " "processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " "require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " -"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make " +"made through Odoo Studio might not work properly. *It is up to you to make " "sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " "test database through our `Support page `__." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index 8dfaf31ec..3cb6cd23d 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -5,16 +5,17 @@ # # Translators: # e2f , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# philku79 , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: philku79 , 2020\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -26,31 +27,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Discuss" msgstr "Diskussion" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" +#: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Fortgeschritten" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:6 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:8 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 msgid "" "You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " "database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:11 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 msgid "" "Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" " use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:16 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 msgid "Scope of this documentation" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 msgid "" "This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " "benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " @@ -58,7 +63,7 @@ msgid "" "`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:25 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 msgid "" "If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " "recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " @@ -67,13 +72,13 @@ msgid "" "reputation yourself." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 msgid "" "You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " "own email solution with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:34 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 msgid "" "Office 365 email servers don't allow easily to send external emails from " "hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " @@ -82,11 +87,11 @@ msgid "" "Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 msgid "How to manage outbound messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:41 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:41 msgid "" "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " "check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " @@ -94,15 +99,15 @@ msgid "" "information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:46 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:46 msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:51 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:51 msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:54 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:54 msgid "" "If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " "warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " @@ -110,21 +115,21 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:58 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:58 msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:63 msgid "" "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" " relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:66 msgid "" "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 msgid "Be SPF-compliant" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:79 msgid "" "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" " of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " "in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:83 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:83 msgid "" "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:85 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:85 msgid "" "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." " for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " "could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:89 msgid "" "Find `here `__ the exact procedure to " "create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:92 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:92 msgid "" "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " "usually happens more quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:95 msgid "" "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " "delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " "record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:100 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 msgid "Allow DKIM" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:101 msgid "" "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " "enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " @@ -201,22 +206,32 @@ msgid "" "\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "Restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," +" 465 or 2525." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:113 msgid "How to manage inbound messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:115 msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:113 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:117 msgid "" "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " "discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " "alias (**catchall@**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:121 msgid "" "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " "Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " @@ -224,58 +239,58 @@ msgid "" "recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:121 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:125 msgid "" "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " "create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:124 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:128 msgid "" "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " "`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:126 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:130 msgid "" "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " "`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:128 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:132 msgid "" "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project `__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:130 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:134 msgid "" "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " "`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:136 msgid "etc." msgstr "usw." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:138 msgid "" "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " "emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " "address per Odoo alias in your mail server." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:142 msgid "" "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " "bounce@, sales@, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:140 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:144 msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:145 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:149 msgid "" "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " "each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " @@ -284,7 +299,7 @@ msgid "" "out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:158 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " "messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " @@ -295,25 +310,25 @@ msgid "" "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:168 msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:166 msgid "" "Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " "edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " ":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:170 msgid "" "Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " "Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " "mail.bounce.alias*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:176 msgid "" "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " "You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " @@ -322,379 +337,440 @@ msgid "" "Fetchmail Service*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" -msgstr "" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 +msgid "Email Templates" +msgstr "E-Mail-Vorlagen" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " -"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " -"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." +"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " +"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " +"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " +"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " +"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " +"improving their overall experience with the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 -msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 +msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 msgid "" -"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" -" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" -" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" +"The :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` must be " +"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 -msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 msgid "" -"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " -"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " -"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" -" this field." +"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " +"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 msgid "" -"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " -"the previous example you should write " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." +"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " +"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " +"job applicants." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 msgid "" -"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " -"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." +"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " +"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " +"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 -msgid "Getting the API key and secret" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 msgid "" -"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." +"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " +"with the highest priority is used." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 msgid "" -"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " -"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " -"settings." +"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," +" saving space in your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 -msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 +msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 msgid "" -"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." -" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " -"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " -"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " -"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " -"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" -"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " -"another channel." +"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " +"would like to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 -msgid "Direct messaging a user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 msgid "" -"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " -"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " -"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " -"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " -"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " -"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " -"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " -"they are offline." +"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " +"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 -msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 msgid "" -"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " -"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" -" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " -"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " -"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " -"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 -msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " -"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " -"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " -"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " -"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." +"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" +" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " +"sending it." msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Übersicht" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Discuss" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " -"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " -"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " -"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " -"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " -"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " -"simple and searchable interface." +"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " +"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " +"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" +" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " +"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get organized by planning activities" +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose your notifications preference" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 msgid "" -"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " -"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " -"undertake." +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your :doc:`Chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` notifications to be handled." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 msgid "" -"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" -" your priorities." +"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " +"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " +"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:29 msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " -"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" +"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" +" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:37 +msgid "Start Chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " +"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " +"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" +" of where you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" +" your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " +"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:62 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the :doc:`chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` type *@user-name*; to refer to a channel," +" type *#channel-name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:67 +msgid "" +"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " +"through email, depending on his settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " +"first based on the task’s :doc:`followers " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>`, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" +" scope of the search becomes all partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +msgid "Chat status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " +"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " +"menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +msgid "Green = online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +msgid "Orange = away" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +msgid "White = offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "Airplane = out of the office" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/tasks/collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " +"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " +"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " +"of having overlapping actions between team members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " +"*Activities* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 +msgid "Plan activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the :doc:`Chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` by clicking on *Schedule activity*, or " +"through Kanban views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 msgid "Set your activity types" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 msgid "" -"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " -"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." +"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " +"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 -msgid "Schedule meetings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 msgid "" -"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " -"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " -"open to let you select a time slot." +"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure" +" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 +msgid "Recommend next activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " -"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." +"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " +"*Recommended Next Activities*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 -msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 msgid "" -"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " -"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." +"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" +" next steps are suggested to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " -"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " "departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," -" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." +"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " +"latest developments." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "Creating a channel" +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 +msgid "Public and Private channels" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 msgid "" -"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." +"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " +"visible to users invited to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " -"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " -"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " -"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 msgid "" "A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" -" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " -"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " -"information)." +" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " +"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " +"specific department)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 -msgid "Configuring a channel" +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 +msgid "Configuration options" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 msgid "" -"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " -"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." -" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " -"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" -" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " -"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" -" a public channel." +"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" +" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 -msgid "How to set up a mailing list" +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 +msgid "Privacy and Members" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 msgid "" -"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " -":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" -" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " -"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " -"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " -"messages by email." +"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " +"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " +"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" +" a public one." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "Locating a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 msgid "" -"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " -"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" -" clicking the plus icon." +"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " +"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " +"*Invite*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 msgid "" -"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " -"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " -"channels from a single screen." +"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " +"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " +"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " +"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " +"are part of the group." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 +msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 msgid "" -"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " -"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." +"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " +"mailing list." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 -msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 msgid "" -"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " -"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " -"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " -"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " -"character wildcard.**" +"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " +"messages will need to be approved before being sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 msgid "" -"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," -" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." +"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" +" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 -msgid "How to choose the events to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 msgid "" -"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " -"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " -"**Project** app." +"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" +" to newcomers." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 -msgid "How to add other followers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 msgid "" -"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " -"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" -" link back to the original document." +"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " +"messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 -msgid "How to be a default follower" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 msgid "" -"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " -"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" -" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " -"created, an opportunity won)." +"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " +"their :doc:`notification preference `." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 msgid "" -"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" -" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " -"about." +"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " +"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 +msgid "Quick search bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " +"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " +"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" +" and quickly find the one you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 +msgid "Finding channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " +"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " +"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " +"single character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index b8b24f42e..e7e0b5c51 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -666,317 +666,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Get paid" msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" -msgstr "Wie Sie mit Authorize.Net bezahlt werden" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " -"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " -"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " -"`__ " -"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " -"`__ that " -"you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 -msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Create an `Authorize.Net account `__ by clicking " -"'Get Started'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" -" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " -"press the related option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 -msgid "Go through the registration steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " -"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 -msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 -msgid "Set up Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " -"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Enter both your **Login ID** your **API Transaction Key** and your **API " -"Signature Key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To get those credentials from Authorize.Net, you can follow the direction in" -" the Authorize.net Help `API Credentials and Keys " -"`__" -" entry and access the menu :menuselection:`Account --> Settings --> API " -"Credentials & Keys` in the Authorize.net dashboard. Note that you need " -"*both* a Transaction key and and Signature key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Once both keys are set up, you can then generate a Client Key by clicking " -"the \"Generate Client Key\" button. Note that these 3 keys are necessary for" -" the setup to work correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:51 -msgid "Go live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Enabled** state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " -"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you switch from " -"testing to production or vice-versa." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:65 -msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " -"account `__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" -" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " -"`__ to configure your sandbox account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" -" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " -"`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:80 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:206 -msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:81 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:207 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " -"Invoicing apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 -msgid "What are the payment methods available" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 -msgid "Wire transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " -"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" -" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" -"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 -msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" -" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" -" over time:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 -msgid "`Paypal `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "Ingenico" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 -msgid "Authorize.net" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "Adyen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "Buckaroo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 -msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "PayUmoney" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 -msgid "Sips" -msgstr "Sips" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "Stripe" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 -msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method is ready, make it visible in the payment interface " -"by switching the state to **Enabled**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 -msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " -"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." -" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 -msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 -msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Subscription `__ allows to " -"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " -"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 -msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 -msgid "" -"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " -"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" -" from the subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 -msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " -"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" -" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 -msgid "How to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 -msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " -"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " -"duplicate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 -msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " -"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " -"`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " -"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " -"such matter. `Contact us `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" msgstr "" @@ -1059,7 +748,7 @@ msgid "" " can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " "way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " "until you get paid into your bank account (see " -":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards`)." +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)." msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 @@ -1085,305 +774,6 @@ msgid "" "interfaces, not from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " -"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " -"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " -"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 -msgid "Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 -msgid "" -"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " -"Business Account `_" -" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " -"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " -"configuration steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 -msgid "Settings in Paypal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:26 -msgid "" -"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " -"seamless customer experience with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " -"Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:34 -msgid "Auto Return" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " -"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " -"the suffix ``/shop/confirmation`` as *Return URL* (e.g. " -"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:41 -msgid "" -"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " -"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " -"Odoo databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:49 -msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:51 -msgid "" -"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" -" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " -"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " -"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:59 -msgid "Paypal Account Optional" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:61 -msgid "" -"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " -"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " -"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:68 -msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:70 -msgid "" -"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " -"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " -"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" -" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " -"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:77 -msgid "" -"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " -"*Instant Payment Notification*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " -"(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85 -msgid "Payment Messages Format" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:87 -msgid "" -"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " -"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " -"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:93 -msgid "" -"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 -msgid "To do so, open:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:97 -msgid "" -"`this page for a test account `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:99 -msgid "" -"`this page for a production account `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " -"**UTF-8**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109 -msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112 -msgid "" -"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" -" Account Optional* needs to be turned on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:118 -msgid "" -"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " -"`Paypal documentation `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:124 -msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127 -msgid "Activation" -msgstr "Aktivierung" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " -"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:133 -msgid "Credentials" -msgstr "Credentials" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:135 -msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:137 -msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138 -msgid "" -"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " -":menuselection:`Profile --> About the business`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:140 -msgid "" -"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" -" here above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:146 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:148 -msgid "" -"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " -"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " -"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:151 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:157 -msgid "" -"You can refer to `Paypal Fees `__ to set up fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:161 -msgid "" -"`Traders in the EU `_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " -"paying with credit cards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165 -msgid "Go live!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" -" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" -" it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " -"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " -"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " -"processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185 -msgid "Test environment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187 -msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with " -"your Paypal credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:191 -msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:193 -msgid "" -"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " -"`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:195 -msgid "" -"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:197 -msgid "" -"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " -"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " -"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " -"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " -"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:203 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "" - #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 msgid "How customers can access their customer account" msgstr "" @@ -1429,54 +819,6 @@ msgid "" "will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." -msgstr "" - #: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Collect taxes" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po index 217f63062..53ac05efa 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -34,25 +34,25 @@ msgstr "Übersicht" msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" msgstr "Arbeiten mit E-Mail-Empfängerlisten" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5 msgid "" -"Mailing lists could be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as" -" they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, " -"and consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." +"Mailing lists can be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as " +"they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, and" +" consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:9 -msgid "Create Mailing lists" -msgstr "E-Mail-Empfängerlisten erstellen" - #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 +msgid "Create mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " "the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " "unsubscribing." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:18 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19 msgid "" "Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" " *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." @@ -62,21 +62,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:25 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 msgid "" "Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " "advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27 msgid "" "Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " "mailing list." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:35 -msgid "Check all the contacts of your mailing list(s)" -msgstr "" +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34 +msgid "Contacts" +msgstr "Kontakte" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -85,14 +85,14 @@ msgid "" "created here." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:45 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43 msgid "" -"Open a contact to see or add different mailing lists to which the contact is" -" or will be part of." +"Open a contact form to see or add different mailing lists to which the " +"contact is or will be part of." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:54 -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:48 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46 msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" msgstr "" @@ -100,35 +100,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" msgstr "Abmeldungen und Blacklisten verwalten" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:4 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5 msgid "" "It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " "unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " "that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:9 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " -"*Blacklist Option when unsubscribing*." +"*Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:18 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19 msgid "" -"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he will " -"be redirected to the following page:" +"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is " +"redirected to the following page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:22 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:28 msgid "" -"After clicking the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you will " -"be sent to an error page (error 403 - Access Denied). If you want to be sure" -" the link is working properly, you should create your mass mail and then " -"send it only to a personal email." +"After clicking on the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you " +"are sent to an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). If you want to be " +"sure the link is working properly, create your mass mail and send it only to" +" a personal email." msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 @@ -144,18 +144,18 @@ msgid "" " users." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38 msgid "" "Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " -"addresses will be shown." +"addresses are shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:40 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 msgid "" "When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:50 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47 msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" msgstr "" @@ -163,24 +163,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" msgstr "Marketing E-Mails verschicken und Kampagnen verwalten" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:4 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5 msgid "" "Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " "consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" " with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:9 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" msgstr "Richtigen Empfängerkreis auswählen und Nachricht erstellen" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14 msgid "" -"Choosing *Contacts*, for example, as *Recipients*, will allow you to add " +"Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add " "specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." msgstr "" @@ -192,94 +192,98 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:26 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25 msgid "" "Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " "dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " "to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34 msgid "" "Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " "you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" " sender (*Send From*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:41 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 msgid "" "With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " "either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." -" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts, a " -"mailing list or contacts as recipients." +" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts or " +"contacts as recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:51 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45 msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" msgstr "Mailing testen, senden oder planen" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:60 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53 msgid "" -"*Save*: the work will be allocated in the *draft* column in the kanban view." -" Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " -"will delete the email." +"*Save*: the work is allocated in the *draft* column in the Kanban view. " +"Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " +"deletes the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:62 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:54 msgid "" "Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " "contacts to avoid errors." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:65 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56 msgid "" -"*Send* will trigger the email with the next run and put the work on the " -"*queue* column in the kanban view." +"*Send* triggers the email with the next run and put the work on the *queue* " +"column in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:68 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:58 msgid "" -"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time and will put the email in " -"the *queue* column in the kanban view." +"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time, and puts the email in the " +"*queue* column in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:61 msgid "" -"The daily limit is applied for *all emails* sent, in other words, throughout" -" all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have remaining " -"ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically the next " -"day. You will need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " +"The daily limit is applied for **all emails** sent, in other words, " +"throughout all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have " +"remaining ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically " +"the next day. You need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " "*Retry*." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:78 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67 msgid "Manage campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:79 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " "Campaigns*." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:81 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 msgid "" "The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" " efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:82 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72 msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:92 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80 msgid "" "If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " -"Notification feature, you will see the option to create content for those " -"channels. You will also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. " -"All of this is possible because the applications work integrated." +"Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those " +"channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of" +" this is possible because the applications work integrated." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po index dd2fccfe5..eb073178c 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -75,10 +75,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " "you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " -"configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: " -":doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees " -"report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " -"behaviour." +"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price `. That" +" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " +"usually the expected behaviour." msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:41 @@ -148,8 +147,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:83 msgid "" "The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " -"product's internal reference between brackets (e.g. [Food]). Type the " -"expense amount in the mail subject to set it on the expense too." +"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " +"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:88 diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po index e600cd394..ea6b77ad9 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" "Last-Translator: philku79 , 2020\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ msgid "" "Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:15 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:17 msgid "" "Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " "Intervention* from tickets." @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 -msgid ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`" +msgid ":doc:`../../project/overview/setup`" msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3 @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ msgid "" "Quotations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:21 +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:23 msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index f28d0593d..dca336a78 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -4,16 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# e2f , 2020 +# Kevin Harrings , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -95,6 +97,130 @@ msgid "" "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." msgstr "" +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 +msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly " +"from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales " +"commission plans, budgets, project forecasts, etc. Formulas are written in " +"Python but programming skills are not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*." +" The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get " +"Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password " +"--> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 +msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to " +"Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 +msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by " +"Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 +msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 +msgid "From this new file, configure your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " +"Username --> Password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "Bewerbungen" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve " +"data and retrieve grouped sums." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested" +" takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no " +"specific size limit, since the time for Odoo to respond depends on several " +"factors - although reading data regarding several thousand records is " +"usually fine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 +msgid "Retrieve Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse " +"(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the " +"information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 +msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 +msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group " +"(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to " +"display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 +msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 +msgid "Other uses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create " +"Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" msgstr "" @@ -934,65 +1060,394 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../general/multi_companies.rst:3 +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:124 +msgid "Multi Companies" +msgstr "Multi-Company" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 +msgid "" +"A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies" +" simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and" +" contacts. It provides you the ability to generate reports of aggregated " +"figures without switching interfaces, which facilitates daily tasks and the " +"overall management process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 +msgid "Manage companies and records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " +"with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " +"are shared between the two companies (as long as both environments are " +"active)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them " +"by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels." +" JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " +"boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " +"in use. To switch environments, click on the company’s name. In the example " +"below, the user has access to three companies, two are activated, and the " +"environment in use is of *JS Store US*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " +"shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 +msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " +"specific company and its child companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:51 +msgid "Employees' access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " +"<../odoo_basics/add_user>` for *Multi Companies*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " +"**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " +"the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " +"(the company from which the sale order was issued)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:66 +msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 +msgid "The current company (the one active) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 +msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " +"is being edited)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:73 +msgid "Documents’ format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" +" the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " +"Layout*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:83 +msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" +msgstr "Unternehmensinterne Transaktionen" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +msgid "" +":doc:`Chart of Accounts " +"<../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Localizations " +"<../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:92 +msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 +msgid "" +":doc:`Warehouses <../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With" +" the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like" +" operations between companies to be synchronized at an invoice/bills level " +"or at a sales/purchase orders level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:103 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " +"confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:106 +msgid "" +"*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, " +"automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:113 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales " +"order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is " +"confirmed for the selected company. If instead of a drafted purchase/sales " +"order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:117 +msgid "" +"*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store " +"Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " +"confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:126 +msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:132 +msgid "" +"`Multi-company Guidelines " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a user" +msgid "Add Users and Manage Access Rights" msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " -"point." +"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" +" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " +"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:12 msgid "Add individual users" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:14 msgid "" -"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" -" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " -"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -" -" and a picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " -"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 msgid "" -"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " -"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" -" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." +"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " +"Rights ` choose the group within" +" each application the user can have access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:24 msgid "" -"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " -"Refer to our `Pricing page `_ for more " -"information." +"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" +" database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:30 msgid "" -"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " -"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " -"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link" -" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights " -"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." +"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " +"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " +"invitation and create a login." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:38 msgid "" -"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`_" +"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " +"`pricing page `_ for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:42 +msgid "" +"With the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"activated, *User Types* can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " +"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " +"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:57 +msgid "Access Rights in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:63 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "Gruppen" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " +"`, details of the rules and " +"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " +"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" +" rights are shown in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:76 +msgid "" +"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " +"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " +"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " +"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " +"they are being applied to the needed and right users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " +"access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:96 +msgid "" +"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " +"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " +"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:99 +msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:100 +msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:101 +msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:102 +msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " +"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:112 +msgid "" +"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " +"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " +"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " +"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " +"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " +"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " +"companies database you hold the user can have access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " +"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" +" required. For technical explanations refer to `this " +"`_ " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:140 +msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 @@ -1072,6 +1527,1074 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" msgstr "" +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 +msgid "Export Data From Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " +"in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " +"(even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available " +"application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," +" activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " +"*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " +"when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " +"the data to export:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 +msgid "" +"With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " +"fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " +"update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the " +"box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, " +"not just the ones which can be imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " +".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " +"all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " +"sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " +"fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all " +"the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 +msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the “to export” list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The “handles” next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " +"and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" +" file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 +msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 +msgid "" +"For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " +"Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " +"*New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export " +"the same list, simply select the related template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 +msgid "" +"It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " +"*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " +"you would like to import next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 +msgid "Payment Acquirers" +msgstr "Zahlungsanbieter" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "Authorize.Net" +msgstr "Authorize.Net" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net `__ is a United States-based " +"online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit " +"cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "" +"This Payment Acquirer offers additional options that are not available for " +"other :doc:`Payment Acquirers `, such as the ability to " +"process your customer's payment after delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 +msgid "Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, choose a plan and `Sign Up for an Authorize.Net account " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your " +"Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 +msgid "API Login ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Transaction Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 +msgid "Signature Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to " +":menuselection:`Account --> Security Settings --> General Security Settings " +"--> API Credentials & Keys`, and generate your **Transaction Key** and " +"**Signature Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net: Getting Started Guide " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 +msgid "Payment Acquirer Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To configure Authorize.Net as Payment Acquirer in Odoo, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, open " +"**Authorize.Net**, and change the **State** to *Enabled*. Don't forget to " +"click on *Save* once you've set everything up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the :doc:`Payment Acquirers documentation " +"` to read how to configure this payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "Credentials" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Copy your credentials from your Authorize.Net account (API Login Id, API " +"Transaction Key, and API Signature Key), paste them in the related fields " +"under the **Credentials** tab, then click on **Generate Client Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The **API Client Key** is necessary only if you select *Payment from Odoo* " +"option as :ref:`Payment Flow `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Authorize.Net as a test, with a *sandbox account*, change " +"the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo " +"database, rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 +msgid "Payment Flow" +msgstr "Zahlungsverlauf" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Flow** lets you decide if to redirect the user to the payment " +"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " +"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo. This field is under the " +"**Configuration** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*, make sure you add a " +"**Default Receipt URL** and a **Default Relay Response URL** to your " +"Authorize.net account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To do so, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account" +" --> Transaction Format Settings --> Transaction Response Settings --> " +"Response/Receipt URLs`, and set the default links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Receipt URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**payment/authorize/return**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Relay Response URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**shop/confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Failing to complete this step results in the following error:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*The referrer, relay response or receipt link URL is invalid.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If" +" enabled, the funds are reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not" +" charged yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment, go to the related Sales Order and click on *Capture " +"Transaction*. If the order is canceled, you can click on *Void Transaction* " +"to unlock the funds from the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " +"Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 +msgid "" +"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " +"interfaces, not from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 +msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Acquirers (Credit Cards, Online Payment)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several **payment methods** that allow your customers to pay on " +"their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay Sales " +"Orders, invoices, or subscriptions with recurring payments with their " +"favorite payment acquirers, including **online payment providers** that " +"accept **Credit Cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Having several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in " +"time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers" +" to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not keep Credit Card numbers or credentials on its servers, nor is" +" it stored on Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a " +"unique reference to the data stored in the payment acquirers' systems, where" +" the information is safely stored. This reference is useless without your " +"credentials for the payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment " +"acquirers: the payments that go directly on the bank account and follow the " +"usual reconciliation workflow, and the payment acquirers that are third-" +"party services and require you to follow another accounting workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 +msgid "Bank Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment " +"reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " +"it on your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" +msgstr "SEPA-Lastschrift" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " +"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more " +"information about this payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 +msgid "Online Payment Providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" +msgstr "Weiterleitung zur Website des Anbieters" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Payment from Odoo" +msgstr "Zahlung aus Odoo" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Save Cards" +msgstr "Karten speichern" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Capture Amount Manually" +msgstr "Anzahl manuell erfassen" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "Adyen" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +msgid "✔" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +msgid "Alipay" +msgstr "Alipay" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "Buckaroo" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "Ingenico" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`PayPal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +msgid "PayUMoney" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +msgid "SIPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "Stripe" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Some of these Online Payment Providers can also be added as :doc:`Bank " +"Accounts <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is **not** " +"the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment Acquirers " +"allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and configured on" +" your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting " +"control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Some of the features described in this section are available only with some " +"Payment Acquirers. Refer to :ref:`the table above " +"` for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 +msgid "Add a new Payment Acquirer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a new Payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look " +"for your payment acquirer, install the related module, and activate it. To " +"do so, open the payment acquirer and change its state from *Disabled* to " +"*Enabled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " +"database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " +"credentials, but Odoo generates Sales Orders and Invoices as usual. It isn't" +" always possible to cancel an invoice, and this could create some issues " +"with your invoices numbering if you were to test your payment acquirers on " +"your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 +msgid "Credentials tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, go to the **Online Payment Provider**'s website, create an " +"account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." +" Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the Payment Acquirer " +"and get the confirmation of the *payment authentication*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The form in this section is specific to the Payment Acquirer you are " +"configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 +msgid "Configuration tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"You can change the Payment Acquirer front-end appearance by modifying its " +"name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" +" under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 +msgid "Save and reuse Credit Cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your " +"database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to " +"reenter the payment details. This is particularly useful for subscriptions' " +"recurring payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 +msgid "Place a hold on a card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"If the **Capture Amount Manually** field is enabled, the funds are reserved " +"for a few days on the customer's card, but not charged yet. You must then go" +" to the related Sales Order and manually *capture* the funds before its " +"automatic cancellation, or *void the transaction* to unlock the funds from " +"the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Choose in the **Payment Flow** field if to redirect the user to the payment " +"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " +"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Some features are available only if you select *Redirection to the acquirer " +"website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 +msgid "Countries" +msgstr "Länder" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Restrict the use of the Payment Acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave " +"this field blank to make the Payment Acquirer available to all countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 +msgid "Payment Journal" +msgstr "Zahlungsjournal" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Journal** selected for your Payment Acquirer must be a *Bank* " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " +"**Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. Both of them are " +"preset to work out-of-the-box, but we strongly recommend you to make sure " +"these fields are correctly set according to your accounting needs, and adapt" +" them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 +msgid "Messages tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Change here the messages displayed by Odoo after a payment's confirmation or" +" failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 +msgid "Accounting perspective" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " +"their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " +"**Online Payment Providers** require you to consider how you want to record " +"your payments' journal entries. We recommend you to ask your accountant for " +"advice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Odoo default method is to record the payments on a *Current Assets Account*," +" on a dedicated *Bank Journal*, once the *Payment Authentication* is " +"confirmed. At some point, you transfer the funds from the *Payment Acquirer*" +" to your *Bank Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 +msgid "Here are the requirements for this to work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "Bankjournal" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 +msgid "The Journal's **type** must be *Bank Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Select the right **Default Debit Account** and **Default Credit Account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, make sure that **Posting** is set as " +"*Post At Payment Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This implies that the Journal Entry is recorded directly when your Odoo " +"database receives the confirmation of the *Payment Authentication* from the " +"Online Payment Provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 +msgid "Current Asset Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 +msgid "The Account's **type** is *Current Assets*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 +msgid "The Account must **Allow Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 +msgid "" +"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " +"**Current Asset Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. You can " +"modify them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 +msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 +msgid ":doc:`authorize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " +"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " +"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " +"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " +"Business Account `_" +" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " +"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " +"configuration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " +"seamless customer experience with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " +"Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " +"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " +"the suffix ``/shop/confirmation`` as *Return URL* (e.g. " +"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " +"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" +" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " +"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " +"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " +"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " +"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" +" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " +"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " +"*Instant Payment Notification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " +"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " +"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 +msgid "To do so, open:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 +msgid "" +"`this page for a test account `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 +msgid "" +"`this page for a production account `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " +"**UTF-8**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" +" Account Optional* needs to be turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`Paypal documentation `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Aktivierung" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " +"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 +msgid "" +"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " +":menuselection:`Account Settings --> Business information`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" +" here above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " +"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " +"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " +"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees `__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 +msgid "" +"`Traders in the EU `_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " +"paying with credit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" +" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " +"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " +"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " +"processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with " +"your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " +"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " +"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " +"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " +"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " +"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " +"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " +"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " +"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " +"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " +"or duplicate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags.rst:3 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Stichwörter" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Take Advantage of Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tags work like keywords or labels that will help you to categorize your " +"work, as well as make objectives and goals clearer and available for " +"everyone instantly. They are also a useful source of filtering, helping you " +"to boost productivity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:11 +msgid "Where can I use and how do I create tags?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Tags can be used in numerous applications going from *CRM*, *Project*, " +"*Contacts*, *Marketing Automation*, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:16 +msgid "" +"On *CRM* for instance, under :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags`" +" you can create new or edit existing ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:23 +msgid "You can also create them on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose specific colors for each tag to help identify them, or *Hide in " +"Kanban*, simply by clicking on the tag once it is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:38 +msgid "Remove tags from a task or from the database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Click on the *x* to delete a tag from a specific task or contact. To delete " +"it from your database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags " +"--> Action --> Delete`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:48 +msgid "Use tags as a parameter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On the *Marketing Automation* application, for example, you can re-use tags " +"as a parameter to specify a niche of records for your campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:59 +msgid "Use tags for reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To get the information you need in an organized format and for a specific " +"purpose, you can also add tags." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index ebddcc295..d66f22a93 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -5,17 +5,17 @@ # # Translators: # DE T2 , 2019 +# Leon Grill , 2019 # Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Leon Grill , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Leon Grill , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,561 +27,845 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "Kundendienst" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:3 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Fortgeschritten" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "After Sales Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 msgid "" -"After sales features: refund, coupon, return, repair, onsite interventions" +"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " +"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " +"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" +" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " +"interventions from a ticket’s page." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 +msgid "Set up the after sales services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 msgid "" -"As my business grows, having the tools to allow my helpdesk team to record, " -"track and manage issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk" -" app allows me to generate credit notes, return products, grant coupons, do " -"repairs and plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " +"Onsite Interventions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:10 -msgid "Set up the After Sales services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable the After" -" Sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite " -"Interventions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:19 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" msgstr "Gutschriften aus Tickets generieren" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:21 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 msgid "" -"I can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For " -"that, I’ll simply go to my ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " -"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* the credit note will be " -"generated, and I can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" +" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " +"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " +"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" msgstr "Produktrückgaben von Tickets zulassen" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 msgid "" -"The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will " -"be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*." +"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" +" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:40 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 msgid "" -"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned at the *Sales or " -"Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on " -"*Coupon*, choose the :menuselection:`Coupon Program --> Generate`." +"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " +"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " +"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:48 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 msgid "Repairs from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:50 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 msgid "" -"Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will" -" be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next " -"step." +"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" +" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:57 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:59 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 msgid "" -"At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the " -"same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan " -"Intervention*." +"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " +"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:66 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68 msgid "" "`Coupons `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Allow customers to close their tickets" -msgstr "Kunden erlauben, ihre Tickets zu schließen" +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 msgid "" "Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " "misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" " communication and actions more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:9 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 msgid "Configure the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:11 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 msgid "" "To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " "Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:18 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 msgid "" -"In order to designate to which stage the ticket will migrate to once it is " -"closed, go to :menuselection:`Overview --> Tickets`." +"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:25 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 msgid "" -"You can either create a new kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " -"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Edit Stage` and enable " -"*Closing Stage*." +"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " +"and enable *Closing Stage*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:32 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 msgid "" -"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket will be " -"transferred to the last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage " -"set as closing, the ticket will be put in the first one." +"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " +"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " +"ticket is put in the first one." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:35 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 msgid "The Costumer Portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:37 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 msgid "" -"Now, once the user logs in to his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " +"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:44 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:46 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 msgid "" "To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " -":menuselection:`Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add Custom filter --> " -"Closed by partner --> Applied`." +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " +"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Übersicht" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 +msgid "Forum and eLearning" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" -msgstr "" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 +msgid "Forum" +msgstr "Forum" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 msgid "" -"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" +"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " +"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " +"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" +" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " +"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " +"community!)." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 msgid "" -"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," -" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " -"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," -" or manually." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " +"enable *Help Center*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 -msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " +"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " +"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " +"allowed per question." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:42 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 msgid "" -"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " -"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " -"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" +"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " +"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:48 -msgid "Start receiving tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:51 -msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 msgid "" -"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " -"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" +"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " +"the ticket's page." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:59 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "eLearning" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 msgid "" -"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " -"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." +"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " +"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" +" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:66 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 msgid "" -"Website Form allows your customer to go to " -"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " -"form - much like odoo.com/help!" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *eLearning*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:73 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 msgid "" -"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " -"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " -"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." +"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:81 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 msgid "" -"The final option to submit tickets is through an API connection. View the " -"documentation `here " -"`_." +"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " +"Course*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:85 -msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:87 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" -" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " -"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " -"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." +"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" +" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " +"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," +" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:95 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " -"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." +"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:98 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 msgid "" -"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " -"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." +"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " +"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " +"accounting, admin, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:102 -msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 msgid "" -"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" -" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " -"Kanban view or on the ticket form." +"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " +"redirected to the right person:" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:111 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 msgid "" -"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " -"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" +"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " +"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 -msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:119 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 msgid "" -"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " -"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." +"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " +"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " +"automatically;" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:126 -msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:128 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 msgid "" -"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " -"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" +"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " +"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " +"that all tickets get to be taken care of." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131 -msgid "Grey - Normal State" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133 -msgid "Red - Blocked" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:135 -msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 msgid "" -"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " -"Ticket form." +"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " +"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " +"all employees (with the proper access rights)." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:144 -msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:146 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 msgid "" -"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " -"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " -"timesheets will log against." +"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " +"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " +"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " +"(with the proper access rights)." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:153 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 +msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 msgid "" -"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" -" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" +"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " +"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " +"to use certain stages under *Team*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 msgid "" -"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " -"ticket." +"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " +"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " +"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:163 -msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/odoo_basics/add_user`" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 -msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Bewertungen" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " -"an email to the customer asking how their service went." +"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " +"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" +" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" +" the quality of your services." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 msgid "" -"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " -"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " -"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " +"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "The modules needed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 msgid "" -"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " -"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " -"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." +"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " +"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" +" Stage*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 -msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 -msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 msgid "" -"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " -"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." +"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " +"an email is sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 msgid "" -"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " -"it." +"Ratings can be seen on the :doc:`chatter <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` " +"of each ticket, under the *See Customer Satisfaction* link on the main " +"dashboard, and through *Reporting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 -msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 +msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 msgid "" -"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " -"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" -" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " -"previously created as well." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" +" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`../../portal/my_odoo_portal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 msgid "" -"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" -" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." +"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " +"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." +" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " +"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " -"Make sure that the product is set as a service." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " +"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " +"users." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 +msgid "Email Alias" +msgstr "E-Mail Alias" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 msgid "" -"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " -"unit will do." +"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " +"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " +"the content is shown in the Chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 msgid "" -"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " -"configuration :" +"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " +"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " +"Domain*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 -msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 -msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 -msgid "Step 1 : place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 msgid "" -"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " -"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " -"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" -" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " -"the sale." +"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " +"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " +"server." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 -msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 +msgid "Website Form" +msgstr "Website Formular" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " -"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" -" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" -" and select the task on its form." +"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " +"website." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 -msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 msgid "" -"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " -"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " -"*Timesheets* tab." +"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" +" *Go to Website*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 msgid "" -"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " -"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." +"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 -msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" -msgstr "" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Live-Chat" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 msgid "" -"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" -" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " -"appear as the delivered quantity." +"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " +"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 msgid "" -"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " -"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" +"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " +"- and :doc:`set up your channel <../../livechat/overview/get_started>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Turn helpdesk hours into invoices directly from a project task" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " +"<../../livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 +msgid "Prioritize tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" +" top of your list on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 +msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 +msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 +msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`sla`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Reports for a Better Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " +"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " +"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " +"expectations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 +msgid "Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 +msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " +"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " +"Period* or a *Previous Year*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 +msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " +"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" +" many requests they are able to handle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " +"ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " +"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " +"their issues to be handled quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 +msgid "Save filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" +" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " +"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 +msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " +"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " +"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " +"and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 +msgid "Create your policies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " +"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" +" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" +" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " +"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " +"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" +" SLAs is the one considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " +"the deadline field is not shown anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 +msgid "SLA Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" +" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" +" keep track of upcoming deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " +"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " +"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " +"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " +"customer needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 +msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" +" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " +"Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" +" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " +"ultimately modified on each ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 +msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " +"the unit of measure of your service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" +" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " +"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " +"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" +" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " +"automating the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 +msgid "" +"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " +"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " +"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " +"time spent on a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 +msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 +msgid "Step 1: Place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " +"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " +"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " +"customer and *Confirm* the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 +msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 +msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 +msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " +"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 +msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " +"the *Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" +" column in the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " +"the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 msgid "" "Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " "into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " "control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:12 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" -" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under " -"*Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and " +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " "timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " "the feature *Bill from tasks*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 msgid "" -"Now, once you added the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under the " -"*Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." +"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" +" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index b475e16cc..8a59ac327 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -11,11 +11,10 @@ # Wolfgang Taferner, 2019 # Leon Grill , 2019 # Niki Waibel, 2019 -# e2f , 2019 # Thorsten Vocks , 2019 -# Chris Egal , 2019 # Bülent Tiknas , 2019 # Patrick Heuel , 2019 +# Chris Egal , 2020 # Martin Trigaux, 2020 # #, fuzzy @@ -23,7 +22,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -47,7 +46,7 @@ msgstr "Tagesgeschäft" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prozess zu einer Bestandsanpassung mit Strichcodes" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -100,9 +99,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 @@ -517,7 +513,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 @@ -533,9 +528,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 @@ -987,80 +979,71 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " -"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " -"to the stock." +"There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " +"outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" +" the customers." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 msgid "" -"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" " configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 msgid "" -"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +"Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 msgid "" -"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " -"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " -"the *RfQ*." +"In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " +"to deliver and confirm it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 msgid "" -"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " -"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +"Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " +"stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " +"button, you should now see your delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "Process a Receipt" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 +msgid "Process a Delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 msgid "" -"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " -"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " -"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +"You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " +"application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" +" the Delivery Orders Kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 msgid "" -"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " -"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " -"suppliers are considered as being always available." +"Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " +"*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 msgid "" -"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " -"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " -"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +"Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " +"location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " +"the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now " +"*Done*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 @@ -1120,513 +1103,202 @@ msgid "" "directly via the *Packages* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " -"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " -"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " -"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " -"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:18 -msgid "Configuring lead times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " -"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " -"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:28 -msgid "At a product level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 -msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " -"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " -"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" -" select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " -"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " -"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" -" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " -"Time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 -msgid "**Customer lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " -"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " -"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " -"time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 -msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "" -"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" -" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " -"create manufacturing routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:74 -msgid "At the company level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 -msgid "" -"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " -"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " -"of delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 -msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" -" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " -"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " -"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " -"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " -"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " -"keep your commitment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " -"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " -"of safety days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 -msgid "" -"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " -"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " -"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " -"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " -"here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:134 -msgid "At route level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" -" can also influence the computed date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " -"app when creating a new push rule in a route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 -msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 -msgid "At sale order level:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "**Requested date**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " -"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" -" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" -" display a warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:173 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " -"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." -" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " -"on your configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 -msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 -msgid "" -"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 -msgid "" -"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " -"lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 -msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " -"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "" - #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" -"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " -"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " -"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a *quality control step* in the goods " -"receipt process can become essential." +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " +"that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more " +"steps before shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," -" the reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can " -"allow having 3 steps." +"With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " +"to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " +"location before being effectively shipped to the customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The 3-steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" -" transfer them into a quality area for *quality control*. When the quality " -"check has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of " -"course, you may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity " -"that is valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 -msgid "Multi-Step Routes" -msgstr "Mehrstufige Routen" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to activate the *multi-step routes* option. Indeed, " -"routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. Here, we " -"will chain the picking to the shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:29 -msgid "" -"To activate *multi-step routes*, open the *inventory app*, and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. By " -"default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage " -"Locations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:38 -msgid "Warehouse configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now that *Multi-Step Routes* is activated, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and open the one you will use " -"to deliver in 3 steps. Then, you can select the option *Pack good, send " -"goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* as *Outgoing Shipments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " -"*Output* and *Packing Zone*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Of course, you can rename them if you want. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to " -"rename. Change its name and hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* app, create a quotation with storable products to deliver. " -"Then, confirm it and three pickings will be created and linked to your sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:65 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 -msgid "Now, click on the button. You should see three different pickings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 -msgid "The first one, with a reference PICK, designates the picking process;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "The second one, with a reference PACK, is for the packing process;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:71 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 -msgid "The third one, with a reference OUT, designates the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:77 -msgid "Process the picking, packing, and delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The first operation to be processed is the picking and has a *Ready* status," -" while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*. The packing will become " -"*Ready* as soon as the picking is marked as *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " -"inventory app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Note that, if you have the product in stock, it will be automatically " -"reserved and you can validate the picking document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Now that the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " -"processed. Since the documents are chained, the products that have been " -"picked are automatically reserved on the packing order so you can directly " -"validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Then, you can validate your packing. In doing so, the delivery order can be " -"processed. Once again, it will be ready to be validated so you can transfer " -"the products to the customer location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " -"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " -"you to have 2 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " -"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 msgid "" "The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" " a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " -"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" -" stock." +"chain the picking step to the shipping step." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 msgid "" -"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " -"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " +"*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 msgid "" -"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " -"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " -"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing" +" Shipments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " -"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " +"*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one" +" you want to rename and update its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 -msgid "Create a purchase order" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 +msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 +msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " +"operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " +"and you can simply validate the picking document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing " +"order which can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " +"transfer the products to the customer location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " +"happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " +"part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an " +"output location before being effectively shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +msgid "Warehouse configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." +" If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 msgid "" -"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" -" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " -"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " -"your purchase order." +"If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " +"pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " +"another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " -"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" -" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " -"products to *Stock*." +msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 -msgid "Process the picking and the delivery" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " +"picking operation has been marked as done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 msgid "" -"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " -"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " -"marked as *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " -"through the inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 -msgid "" -"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " -"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " -"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " -"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " -"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " -"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +"Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery" +" order." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 @@ -1715,10 +1387,303 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " +"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " +"to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " +"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " +"the *RfQ*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " +"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "Process a Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " +"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " +"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " +"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " +"suppliers are considered as being always available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " +"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " +"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " +"throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " +"of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality " +"control step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " +"Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " +"the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have " +"two-steps or three-steps processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " +"receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " +"(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC " +"requirements are moved to stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " +"mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " +"the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " +"Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " +"with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then " +"quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " +"and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " +"from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," +" three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source " +"document:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " +"control zone;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " +"status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " +"Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " +"come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " +"*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " +"previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the " +"transfer can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " +"again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " +"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " +"you to have 2 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " +"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" +" stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " +"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " +"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " +"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " +"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" +" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " +"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " +"your purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " +"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" +" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " +"products to *Stock*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " +"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " +"marked as *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " +"through the inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " +"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " +"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " +"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " +"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " +"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" msgstr "Los- und Seriennummern" @@ -2472,244 +2437,360 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Planning" msgstr "Planung" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:3 -msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed?" +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 msgid "" -"In most cases, scheduled dates are computed to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions, and so on. Depending on your company’s habits, Odoo generates " -"scheduled dates via the scheduler." +"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " +"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " +"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate" +" scheduled dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:9 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 msgid "" -"To make your life easier, the Odoo scheduler computes everything per line, " -"whether it’s a manufacturing order, a delivery order, a sale order, etc." +"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " +"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " +"will get the products he ordered." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 msgid "" -"The computed dates are dependent on the different lead times configured in " -"Odoo." +"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " +"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " +"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into " +"account." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 msgid "" -"Configuring lead times is the first move if you want to compute scheduled " -"dates. Those are the delays promised (in terms of delivery, manufacturing, " -"etc.) to your partners and/or clients." +"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " +"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" +" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:25 -msgid "In Odoo, you can configure different lead times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 msgid "" -"When configuring lead times at the product level, you have three different " -"types to take into account: supplier lead time, customer lead time, and " -"manufacturing lead time." +"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " +"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " +"lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:35 -msgid "Supplier lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 msgid "" -"The supplier lead time is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your " -"purchased products. To configure it, select a product and click on the " -"inventory tab. There, you will have to add a vendor to your product." +"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " +"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" +" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead " +"Time**." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, just open the vendor form and fill its *Delivery lead time*. In this " -"case, the delivery day will be equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + " -"Delivery Lead Time*." +"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a " +"vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope " +"with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the " +"**Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be " +"the default *Receipt* scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendor pricelists and, " -"thus, different delivery lead times, depending on the vendor." +"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " +"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " +"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " +"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " +"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific " +"date is set on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " +"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " +"produce and does not take the routing time into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " +"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " +"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead" +" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 +msgid "Sales - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " +"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" +" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " +"warning message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " +"all the lead times that could occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 msgid "Customer Lead Time" msgstr "Auslieferungszeit" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 msgid "" -"It is the time needed to get your product from your store/warehouse to your " -"customer. It can be configured for any product. To add it, select a product " -"and go to the inventory tab. There, simply indicate your *customer lead " -"time*." +"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" +" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " +"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your " +"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:67 -msgid "Manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 msgid "" -"On the same page, it is possible to configure what’s called the " -"*Manufacturing Lead Time*. It is the time needed to manufacture the product." +"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" +" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " +"April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 +msgid "Security Lead Time" +msgstr "Sicherheitsvorlaufzeit" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 msgid "" -"At the company level, you can configure security days. Those are useful to " -"cope with eventual dalys and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract backup days from the computed scheduled date in case of " -"delays." +"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " +"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " +"earlier in order to arrive on time." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 msgid "" -"Once again, there are three different types of security lead times: for " -"sales, for purchases, and for manufacturing." +"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " +"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:85 -msgid "Security lead time for sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:87 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 msgid "" -"In sales, security lead time corresponds to backup days to ensure you will " -"be able to deliver your clients in times. They are margins of errors for " -"delivery lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early " -"wristwatch, in order to arrive on time." +"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 msgid "" -"The idea is to subtract the numbers of security days from the calculation " -"and, thus, to compute a scheduled date earlier than the one you promised to " -"your client. In that way, you are sure to be able to keep your commitment." +"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " +"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " +"the delivery order is the 5th of April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:97 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 +msgid "Deliver several products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " +"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " +"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:104 -msgid "Security lead time for purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:106 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" -"It follows the same logic as security lead time for sales except that " -"security lead time for purchase is the margin of error for vendor lead " -"times, not for sales." +"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" +" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " +"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 msgid "" -"When the system generates purchase orders for procuring products, they will " -"be scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." +"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " +"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " +"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is " +"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of " +"April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:114 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 msgid "" -"To find purchase lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " +"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" +" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:121 -msgid "Security lead time for manufacturing" +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:123 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 +msgid "Supplier Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 msgid "" -"The security lead time for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " -"orders which are scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected " -"manufacturing days." +"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " +"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " +"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:127 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 msgid "" -"To configure it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and enable the *Security Lead Time* option. Then, hit save." +"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " +"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " +"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead " +"Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:136 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" -"Sometimes, the internal transfers that a product might do may also influence" -" the computed date. The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in" -" the *Inventory* app when you create a new rule in a route." +"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " +"depending on the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:141 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 msgid "" -"To specify them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Routes` and add a push rule to set a delay. Of course, you need to activate " -"*Multi-step Routes* to use this feature." +"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " +"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " +"for your supplier to deliver your order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:149 -msgid "At the sale order level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:152 -msgid "Expected date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:154 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 msgid "" -"In the *Sales* application, you have the possibility to activate the option " -"*Delivery Date*. It will allow you to see additional fields on the sale " -"order." +"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:158 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" -"By enabling this option, Odoo will indicate the *Expected Date* in the " -"*Other Info* tab of the sales order. This one is automatically computed " -"based on the different lead times." +"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " +"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:165 -msgid "" -"If you set a *Commitment Date* to deliver your customer that is earlier than" -" the *Expected Date*, a warning message will appear on the screen." +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 +msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:175 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 +msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" +msgstr "Durchlaufzeit der Fertigung" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 msgid "" -"To better understand all the above info, here is an example. You may sell a " -"car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, and you promise to " -"deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20th). In such a scenario, the" -" scheduler will trigger the following events, based on your configuration:" +"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." +" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " +"number of days the manufacturing takes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:181 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 msgid "" -"January 19: this is the actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety " -"Days);" +"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " +"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" +" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of " +"July is June 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:183 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 msgid "" -"January 18: you receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase " -"days);" +"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " +"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:185 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "" -"January 10: this is the deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of " -"Supplier Delivery Lead Time);" +"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:187 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since they " -"need, on average, 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " +"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " +"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on " +"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +msgid "Global Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 +msgid "Here is a configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 +msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 +msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 +msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " +"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " +"here is when all the various steps are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " +"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +msgid "" +"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" +" security lead time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 +msgid "" +"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " +"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " +"Manufacturing)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 +msgid "" +"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " +"security lead time for sales)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 @@ -3000,7 +3081,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Kits?" +msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 @@ -4671,200 +4752,6 @@ msgid "" "backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a procurement rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " -"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" -" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " -"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " -"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " -"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " -"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" -" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " -"dissatisfaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 -msgid "" -"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" -" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " -"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " -"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " -"of storing goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " -"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " -"using rules\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 -msgid "Procurement rules settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 -msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " -"possible :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 -msgid "Move from another location rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 -msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " -"manufacturing rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " -"rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " -"defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 -msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:72 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 -msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a push rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" -" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " -"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " -"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " -"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " -"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " -"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " -"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " -"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " -"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " -"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " -"inability to meet customer demand for the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" -" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " -"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " -"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " -"be triggered automatically or manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" -" rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 -msgid "Push rules settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 -msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " -"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " -"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " -"quality control location move to the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 -msgid "Stock transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" -" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " -"waiting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " -"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:74 -msgid "" -"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " -"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" -" the main stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" msgstr "" @@ -4925,182 +4812,468 @@ msgid "" " A and one in warehouse B." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 -msgid "How to use routes?" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 +msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 msgid "" -"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" -" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" +"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " +"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " +"in the retail channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" -msgstr "Verwalten von Produktherstellungsketten" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " +"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" +" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " +"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 -msgid "Manage default locations per product" -msgstr "Verwalte standard Lagerplätze je Produkt" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +msgid "Inside the warehouse" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " +"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " +"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " +"trigger all the route's rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " +"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" +" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " +"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " +"stored in their respective locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " +"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " +"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " +"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" +" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" +" to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 +msgid "Pull Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 +msgid "" +"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " +"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 +msgid "" +"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " +"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" +" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " +"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " +"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " +"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " +"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " +"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " +"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 +msgid "" +"All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " +"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " +"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "Push Regeln" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " +"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " +"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" +" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 +msgid "" +"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " +"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " +"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" +" products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " +"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " +"their *Storage Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " +"upstream transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" +" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " +"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " +"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 +msgid "Use Routes and Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " +"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 +msgid "Manage default locations per product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 msgid "" "Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" +"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 msgid "" -"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " -"products" +"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products." msgstr "" -"Unterstützen Sie die Vermietungsverwaltung, indem Sie automatisierte " -"Rücklaufbewegungen für gemietete Produkte generieren" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " -"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " -"routing of products using rules**." +"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " +"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " +"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 -msgid "Pre-configured routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 -msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 msgid "" -"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`." +"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" +"Step Routes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 msgid "" -"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " -"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." +"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" +"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 +msgid "Pre-configured Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " +"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " +"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " +"incoming and outgoing shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" +" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " +"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " +"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " +"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " +"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" +" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" +" rules for the pre-configured route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Routes`." +"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " +"selected. Of course, combinations are available." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 msgid "" -"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " -"can combine several choices." +"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " +"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 -msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 msgid "" -"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" -" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " -"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." +"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " +"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " +"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " +"the same category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 -msgid "Routes applied on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 msgid "" -"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " -"be applied." +"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " +"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " +"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," -" select the route(s):" +"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " +"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " +"if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 -msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 msgid "" -"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " -"categories it will be applied." +"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" +" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 +msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" -" under the **Logistics** section :" +"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " +"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" +" on which product it must be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 -msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 msgid "" -"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " -"time you make a sale order." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " +"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" +" tab* and select the route you’ve created." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 msgid "" -"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" -" the sales order." +"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " +"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " +"are vital to have working routings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "Regeln" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 msgid "" -"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" +" section, and click on *Add a line* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 -msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 -msgid "Procurement and push rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 -msgid "Please refer to the documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 -msgid "Procurement configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 msgid "" -"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " -"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " -"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " -"**Preferred Routes**:" +"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " +"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " +"of them:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 -msgid "Make-to-Order Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 msgid "" -"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " -"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " -"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " -"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." +"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " +"specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " +"validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. " +"When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to " +"fulfill this need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 +msgid "" +"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " +"defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, " +"Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 +msgid "" +"**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different " +"situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a " +"specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " +"fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a " +"rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the " +"products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 +msgid "" +"**Buy**: when products are needed at the source location, a request for " +"quotation is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 +msgid "" +"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " +"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 +msgid "" +"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " +"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " +"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " +"source location:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " +"source location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" +" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " +"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " +"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " +"source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 +msgid "" +"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " +"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " +"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " +"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " +"alert in the form of a *next activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 +msgid "What about a full flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " +"full flow with an advanced custom route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +msgid "" +"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " +"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " +"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " +"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " +"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " +"the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +msgid "" +"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " +"created to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " +"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " +"transfer in the list is not done yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " +"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +msgid "" +"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " +"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " +"required products from the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +msgid "" +"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " +"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " +"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" +" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " +"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +msgid "" +"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " +"have been triggered and the transfers done." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po index c22e34386..276d0c30d 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Chris Egal , 2019\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -62,35 +62,48 @@ msgid "Power on the IoT Box." msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28 -msgid "Then click on the Scan button." +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:34 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:40 msgid "WiFi Connection" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:36 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:42 msgid "Power on the IoT Box" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:38 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:44 msgid "Copy the token" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:43 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:48 msgid "" "Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " "plugged in your computer)." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:49 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:53 msgid "" "You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " "to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " "and paste the token, then click on next." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:57 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:60 msgid "" "If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " "(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" @@ -98,18 +111,18 @@ msgid "" "**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:63 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:66 msgid "" "Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " "there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " "redirected to your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:70 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:72 msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:76 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:78 msgid "IoT Box Schema" msgstr "" @@ -129,7 +142,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__, " +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__, " "It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " "and launch it." msgstr "" @@ -178,13 +191,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " "reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " -"can be found `here `__)." +"can be found `here `__)." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here " -"`__)." +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`flash_sdcard`" msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 @@ -302,8 +313,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:73 msgid "" "Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" -" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the box \"IoT" +" Box\" and select the IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:77 diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po index 13b112862..f90f2ec8d 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po @@ -4,16 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# philku79 , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: philku79 , 2020\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -21,177 +22,253 @@ msgstr "" "Language: de\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "Live-Chat" +#: ../../livechat/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Übersicht" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 -msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " -"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " -"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," -" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " -"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " -"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." +"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " +"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" +" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " +"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 msgid "" -"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" -" and then click on install." +"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " +"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" +" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Live Chat`." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" -"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " -"operators can easily join and leave the chat." +"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "For both scenarios, under:" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 msgid "" -"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " -"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" -" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " -"website." +"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " +"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " +"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 -msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " -"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " -"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " -"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." +"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " +"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " +"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 -msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 msgid "" -"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " -"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " -"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" -" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " -"of time it takes for the chat to appear." +"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " +"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " +"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 -msgid "Prepare automatic messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 msgid "" -"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" -" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" -" through the live chat." +"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " +"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " +"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 -msgid "Start chatting with customers" +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "External options" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 msgid "" -"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " -"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " -"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " -"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." +"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" +" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 msgid "" -"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " -"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." +"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " +"single live chat page." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "Managing chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " -"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " -"answered wherever you are in Odoo." +"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " +"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" +" Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 msgid "" -"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " -"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." +"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " +"operators." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 +msgid "Leave or join a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Bewertungen" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " +"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " +"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Customer Rating" +msgstr "Kundenbewertung" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " +"for an explanation is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 +msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "Make the rating public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " +"rating of that channel on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 +msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" +"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 msgid "Use commands" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 msgid "" -"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " -"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " -"into the chat. The following actions are available :" +"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 -msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 +msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 -msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 +msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 -msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 +msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 -msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 +msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 -msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 +msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 -msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 +msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 msgid "" -"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " -"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " -"The same goes for the creation of a lead." +"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " +"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " +"link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" +" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 msgid "Send canned responses" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " -"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " -"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " -"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," -" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " -"assigned." +"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " +"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " +"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 msgid "" -"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " -"visitors, enjoy !" +"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " +"shortcut word you created." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po index 50f35a447..0f0966e2a 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po @@ -5,17 +5,18 @@ # # Translators: # DE T2 , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Leon Grill , 2019 +# Chris Egal , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Leon Grill , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -29,7 +30,7 @@ msgstr "Fertigung" #: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 msgid "Manufacturing Management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fertigungs-Management" #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" @@ -150,11 +151,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 msgid "" "Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " -"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the *Master Data* menu > " -"*Products* and create both the finished product and the component." +"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " +"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " "create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" @@ -162,64 +163,64 @@ msgid "" "*Manufacture this Product*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:38 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:40 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 msgid "" "As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" " same as for the standard product." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 msgid "" "If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " "*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " "each component line. You can add several variants for each component." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 msgid "Adding a routing" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:54 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 msgid "" "You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " "series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " "enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "" "Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" " times." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:66 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 msgid "" "Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" " when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " "dropdown menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 msgid "Adding By-Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 msgid "" "In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " "the primary product." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:79 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 msgid "" "To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" " *Manufacturing* app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " "You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " @@ -249,7 +250,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration" @@ -746,153 +747,320 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontract the manufacturing" +msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 msgid "" -"Some businesses subcontract the production of some finished products through" -" subcontractors. This can be easily managed through Odoo." +"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " +"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 +msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and tick the box " -"*Subcontracting*." +"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:17 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 +msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 +msgid "Control subcontractors bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 msgid "" -"You can now define subcontracted *Bill of Materials*. Therefore, you need to" -" go to *Manufacturing > Master Data > Bill of Materials* and hit *Create*. " -"In this *BoM*, list the components which will be used by the subcontractor " -"to manufacture the subcontracted finished product. Specify that the *BoM* " -"type is *Subcontracting*." +"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " +"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:22 -msgid "You can also define subcontractors on the BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:24 -msgid "If no subcontractor is set, the BoM can be used by any subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 -msgid "If some are set, the BoM can only be used for those subcontractors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32 -msgid "Receive or buy a subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:34 -msgid "You have two options to trigger the subcontracting of a product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:36 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 msgid "" -"**Option A**: You can buy the subcontracted product from your subcontractor" +"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " +"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 -msgid "**Option B**: You can directly receive the subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:40 -msgid "Let’s start with option A (option B is just a simpler version of it)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:42 msgid "" -"Create a new purchase order. The vendor must be a subcontractor. The unit " -"price should be the cost you are paying to the subcontractor for the " -"subcontracting (thus, it’s not necessarily the total cost of the " -"subcontracted product)." +"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " +"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " +"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " +"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " +"directly from the subcontractor." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:50 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 msgid "" -"The validation of the purchase order automatically creates the receipt. " -"Whenever you receive the product, you can validate the receipt. The " -"following stock moves are created:" +"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" +" subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 +msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 -msgid "For the components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:56 -msgid "From Subcontracting To Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:58 -msgid "For the subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60 -msgid "From Production to Subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:62 -msgid "From Subcontracting to Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 msgid "" -"The *Subcontracting Location* represents the place where the products are at" -" your subcontractor’s warehouse. It is configured as an internal location, " -"the components that are sent to the subcontractor are still valued in your " -"stock." +"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " +"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " +"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " +"subcontractor on the *BoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:69 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 msgid "" -"For option B, you can simply create the receipt manually with a partner of " -"type subcontractor defined on it." +"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " +"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " +"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73 -msgid "Resupply the subcontractor with the components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:75 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 msgid "" -"There are 3 ways to manage the resupply of your subcontractor with the " -"components:" +"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " +"(3);" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:80 -msgid "**Manually**: You create a delivery order in which you set the" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 +msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " +"validated receipt (5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " +"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " +"order." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "subcontractor as a partner and you choose the components to deliver." +msgid "" +"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " +"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " +"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " +"materials used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "Inventur Bewertung" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "**With reordering rules**: You can define a *reordering rule*" +msgid "**C = A + B + s**" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:86 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 +msgid "With:" +msgstr "Mit:" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 +msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 +msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 msgid "" -"on the *Subcontracting location* to ensure that they are always enough " -"components sent to your subcontractors. When the reordering rule is " -"triggered, a delivery order is created for the product is automatically " -"created." +"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " +"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " +"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " +"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:97 -msgid "**On order**: You can also deliver the components to your" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:95 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 msgid "" -"subcontractors each time you order a subcontracted product. For this, you " -"need to tick the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " +"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " +"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " +"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" +" accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " +"proposed price coming from the finished products C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" +" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " +"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "Lieferverfolgung" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 +msgid "" +"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " +"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " +"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " +"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " +"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 +msgid "" +"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " +"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 +msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " +"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 +msgid "" +"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " +"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " +"subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 +msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " +"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " +"address and fill the components to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " +"approaches:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 +msgid "Reordering rules;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 +msgid "Replenish on order flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 +msgid "" +"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " +"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " +"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" +" subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " +"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " +"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " +"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " "components." msgstr "" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 +msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " +"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " +"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " +"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " +"shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 +msgid "" +"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " +"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "Qualitätskontrolle" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 +msgid "" +"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " +"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " +"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " +"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 +msgid "" +"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " +"a new *Control Point* on the reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " +"product is received." +msgstr "" + #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild a product" msgstr "" @@ -963,8 +1131,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and activate the " -"Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 @@ -975,10 +1143,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 msgid "" -"Now, go in *Planning > Master Production Schedule* and click on add a " -"product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the stock you want " -"to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and maximum " -"quantities to replenish." +"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " +"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " +"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" +" maximum quantities to replenish." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 @@ -1116,32 +1284,32 @@ msgstr "Übersicht" msgid "Repair Management" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 msgid "Repair products" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " "but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " "defect." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 msgid "Create a Repair Order" msgstr "Reparaturauftrag anlegen" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:14 msgid "" "Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " "new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 msgid "Manage a repair" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:23 msgid "" "When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." " Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " @@ -1149,13 +1317,13 @@ msgid "" " might need, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:31 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " "customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " "able to start & end the repair when it is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:38 msgid "You can now invoice the repair." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po index 4d2985898..837fc3150 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" "Last-Translator: philku79 , 2020\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -316,6 +316,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" msgstr ":doc:`automate_actions`" +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" msgstr "Test starten und eine Kampagne beginnen" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po index 50f9bd7c3..084c23555 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" "Last-Translator: philku79 , 2020\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -26,123 +26,127 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Planning" msgstr "Planung" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 -msgid "Create a schedule and make encoding easier" -msgstr "Einen Zeitplan erstellen, um die Planung zu vereinfachen" +#: ../../planning/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Übersicht" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:4 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:5 msgid "" "Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create" " shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high" " level." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:8 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 msgid "Organize your team by roles" msgstr "Organisieren Sie ihr Team nach Rollen" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to" " the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under " "*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:18 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20 msgid "Make shifts recurrent" msgstr "Sich wiederholende Schichten erstellen" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:19 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:22 msgid "" "While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you " "from the need of re-planning it." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:28 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30 msgid "" "Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is " -"possible in developer mode, from *Settings*." +"possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"from *Settings*." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:32 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38 msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:36 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:41 msgid "Save shifts as templates" msgstr "Schichten als Vorlage speichern" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:37 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:43 msgid "" -"If creating a shift on the fly and knowing that you will use that template " -"in the future, click on *Save as a Template*." +"If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the " +"future, click on *Save as a Template*." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:46 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 msgid "" "To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Shifts Templates --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:55 msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week" msgstr "Planung von der Vorwoche duplizieren" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:52 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:57 msgid "" "When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or " "Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, " "simply click on *Copy Previous Week*." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:61 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65 msgid "" "The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you " "grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation " "time, for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 -msgid "Send planned shifts and give employees autonomy over shifts" +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 +msgid "Send Planned Shifts and Give Employees Autonomy Over Shifts" msgstr "" -"Geplante Schichten versenden, um Mitarbeitern einen Überblick zu gewähren" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:4 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, " -"loosing productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts " -"helps you to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." +"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, losing" +" productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts helps you " +"to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:9 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email" msgstr "Wochenplanung veröffentlichen und per E-Mail versenden" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:12 msgid "" "Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include" " Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:17 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19 msgid "" "Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish " -"and Send*, employees will get an email that will redirect them to their " -"planned tasks:" +"and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned " +"tasks:" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:25 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:26 msgid "" "Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published." msgstr "" "Unveröffentlichte Schichten können durch Mitarbeiter nicht eingesehen " "werden." -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts" msgstr "Mitarbeitern gestatten, sich aus Schichten auszutragen." -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:30 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:31 msgid "" "Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an " "employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I " @@ -150,6 +154,6 @@ msgid "" "take it." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:45 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44 msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index ea7bddd2f..3797e6c95 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -6,17 +6,18 @@ # Translators: # DE T2 , 2019 # Leon Grill , 2019 -# Chris Egal , 2019 # Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Kevin Harrings , 2020 +# Chris Egal , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Chris Egal , 2020\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -28,333 +29,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Point of Sale" msgstr "Point of Sale" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:20 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:3 -msgid "Cash Rounding" -msgstr "Bargeld-Runden" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:4 -msgid "" -"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " -"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " -"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " -"made in cash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " -"totals of its bills or receipts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "" -"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" -" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" -" option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " -"*Create and Edit...*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," -" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:41 -msgid "" -"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" -" according to your settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " -"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 -msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " -"`__) is required to accept credit card payments" -" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " -"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " -"American businesses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 -msgid "" -"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " -"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " -"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 -msgid "Install Mercury" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury " -"Configurations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " -"credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods` and create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " -"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Log in with employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " -"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " -"made for that session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," -" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:16 -msgid "Set up log in with employees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " -"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " -"the cash register." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:25 -msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:28 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" -" cashier name in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:36 -msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:42 -msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " -"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:50 -msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:56 -msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " -"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" -" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:67 -msgid "Find who was the cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " -"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:75 -msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " -"receipt printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 msgid "Pricing Features" msgstr "" @@ -415,6 +89,132 @@ msgid "" "finish the transaction." msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Apply Discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " +"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " +"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " +"strategy tailored to every business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " +"inside an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 +msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 +msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 +msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" +" discount on oranges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " +"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" +" the PoS and define a default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " +"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " +"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 +msgid "" +"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " +"Then, you can finalize the order." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 msgid "Manage a loyalty program" msgstr "" @@ -425,6 +225,19 @@ msgid "" "*Loyalty Program*." msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:20 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 msgid "" "To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " @@ -457,161 +270,70 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 msgid "" "You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" " finalize the order in your usual way." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 msgid "" "If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " "can of course change it." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 -msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " -"currently selected and the discount will be applied." +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 msgid "" -"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 -msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " -"product discount also at 50%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " -"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " -"pricing strategy tailored to your business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " -"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " -"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" -" on *Pricelists*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " -"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " -"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " -"whole range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 -msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " -"select the right pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 -msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " -"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " -"statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " -"--> Orders`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 -msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 -msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 @@ -757,10 +479,170 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Übersicht" +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " +"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" +" device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " +"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " +"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 +msgid "Make products available in the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" +" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " +"*Available in Point of Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " +"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" +" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" +" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " +"payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " +"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 +msgid "Your first PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 +msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 +msgid "Return and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " +"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " +"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " +"repeat the process individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " +"process the payment and validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " +"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" +" the dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 +msgid "" +"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " +"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " +"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " +"post the closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " +"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database <../../iot/config/connect>` " +"and :doc:`Use the IoT Box for the PoS <../../iot/config/pos>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " +"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " +"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " +"pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 +msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 msgid "Register customers" msgstr "" @@ -796,169 +678,9 @@ msgid "" "any future transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " -"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " -"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " -"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " -"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " -"customer can be identified from the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " -"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 -msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " -"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 -msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" -" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" -" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " -"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" -" in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" -" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 -msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " -"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 -msgid "Create your first PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 -msgid "" -"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " -"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 -msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 -msgid "You can register the next orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " -"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " -"now close the session from the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 -msgid "" -"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 -msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 -msgid "" -"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" -" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " -"closing entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 -msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " -":doc:`../../../iot/config/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/config/pos`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 msgid "Payment Terminals" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zahlungsterminals" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" @@ -977,9 +699,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 -msgid "Connect a Payment Terminal" -msgstr "" +msgid "Connect an IoT Box" +msgstr "Schließen Sie eine IoT-Box an" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -989,25 +710,17 @@ msgid "" "<../../iot/config/connect>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Once the IoT Box is up and running, you’ll need to link your payment " -"terminal to your PoS. Open the *Point of Sale* app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`. Select a PoS, tick the IoT" -" Box Device option and select your payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:30 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:32 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 msgid "" "Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " "Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:35 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " "(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " @@ -1015,17 +728,17 @@ msgid "" "in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 msgid "Configure the payment method" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:46 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 msgid "" "First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " "setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:52 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 msgid "" "Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " "Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " @@ -1033,11 +746,11 @@ msgid "" "Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:61 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:63 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 msgid "" "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " "Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " @@ -1046,105 +759,73 @@ msgid "" "Successful*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:72 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " "retry to send the payment request." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:75 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:81 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 msgid "" "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " "you the connexion failed." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:84 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:103 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 msgid "" "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " "of card that has been used and the transaction ID." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 -msgid "Connect SIX/Worldline to your PoS" +msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX/Worldline payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid " -"payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " +"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 -msgid "Please note SIX/Worldine is currently only available for UE customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:17 msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX/Worldline Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that " -"requires an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " -"<../../iot/config/connect>`." +"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " +"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " +"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " +"integration." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Once the *IoT Box* is up and running, you’ll need to link it to your PoS. " -"Open the Point of Sale app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point" -" of Sale`. Select a PoS, tick the IoT Box Device option and select your " -"payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then go to your *IoT Box homepage* (accessible from the IoT Box form view in" -" Odoo) and enter the ID of your Six payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You should now see that the terminal is connected to your IoT Box (it takes " -"+/- 1 min)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:43 -msgid "" -"The terminal should only be connected to the network with the Ethernet. Do " -"not connect it to the IoT Box with a USB Cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:47 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 msgid "Configure the Payment Method" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:49 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the SIX " -"setting." +"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " +"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:55 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 msgid "" -"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " -"payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal option SIX, and select " -"your payment terminal device." +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " +"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:64 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:66 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 msgid "" "In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" " using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " @@ -1152,36 +833,19 @@ msgid "" "you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:74 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 msgid "" "When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " "You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:81 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:87 -msgid "Close your Session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:89 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, before closing your session, you need to send the " -"balance of the payments to SIX. To do that, click on this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Once the balance has been sent, the SIX shift is closed, meaning you cannot " -"do additional operations with the SIX payment terminal (except if you reopen" -" a shift by clicking on the user name and selecting a cashier)." -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" msgstr "" @@ -1267,6 +931,61 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 +msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " +"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " +"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " +"away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 +msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," +" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 +msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 +msgid "Using fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " +"fiscal position you need for the current order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 +msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " +"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " +"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " +"choose one to set as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " +"interface." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" msgstr "" @@ -1325,61 +1044,121 @@ msgid "" "When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Register multiple orders" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your tables" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " -"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." +"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" +" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " +"business in the best possible way." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" +" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " +"and your employees to work efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " +"Bar/Restaurant*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 +msgid "" +"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " +"they are restaurant-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " +"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " +"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 +msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " +"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " +"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " +"sits the table can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " +"taken to your main interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " +"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 +msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " +"transferring your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 msgid "Register an additional order" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 msgid "" -"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " -"order." +"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " +"another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 msgid "" -"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " -"needed." +"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 -msgid "" -"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " -"Sale application can help you to fulfill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " -"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 +msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 @@ -1419,69 +1198,6 @@ msgid "" "process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your table management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" -" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " -"Point of sale`.." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" -" *Floors*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 -msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" -" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " -"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " -"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " -"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 -msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " -"register an order and payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" -" you can also transfer the order to another table." -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" msgstr "" @@ -1520,36 +1236,59 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Transfer customers between tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " -"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " -"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " -"you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 -msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " -"select the new table" -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 msgid "Shop Features" msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" msgstr "" @@ -1626,6 +1365,72 @@ msgid "" "balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Bargeld-Runden" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "" +"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" +" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" msgstr "" @@ -1698,26 +1503,130 @@ msgid "" "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 -msgid "Accept returns and refund products" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " -"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " -"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." +"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " +"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " +"made for that session." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 msgid "" -"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " -"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" -" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." +"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," +" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 msgid "" -"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " -"to process the payment." +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " +"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " +"the cash register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" +" cashier name in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " +"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " +"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" +" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " +"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index 222b9cad6..a2ca02e58 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -5,17 +5,16 @@ # # Translators: # DE T2 , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Wolfgang Taferner, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wolfgang Taferner, 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -31,1575 +30,1071 @@ msgstr "Projekt" msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Fortgeschritten" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 -msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Project Settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Übersicht" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:5 msgid "" -"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " -"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " -"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " -"customers using Odoo." +"Projects can be created for a specific customer or team, and can be " +"coordinated among your employees through visibility options. Stages can be " +"shared among tasks, and the exact time spent on each project can be tracked." +" All of it in favor of a more integrated and dynamic organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:10 +msgid "Create advanced projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Choose a *Customer* in order to create a project specifically for him. If " +"not, simply leave the field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:20 +msgid "Choose who can access a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a project for specific teams, under *Visibility*, choose who can " +"have access to the project:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:25 +msgid "" +"*Invited employees*: the ones who are followers (see " +":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:26 +msgid "*All employees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:27 +msgid "" +"*Portal users and all employees*: it enables the option *Share*. Recipients " +"receive an email with an invitation to access the document (project)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Choose an *Analytic Account* to track the profitability of your project in a" +" specific account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:33 +msgid "Timesheet and record time on tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:35 +msgid "To track the time spent on tasks, enable *Timesheets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:36 +msgid "In order to be able to launch a timer, also enable *Timesheet timer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:43 +msgid "Create sales orders from a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To invoice the time (service) and material used on a task, enable *Bill from" +" tasks*. Then, choose the service/product which you would like to bill, or " +"create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:54 +msgid "Track the material used on a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After enabling *Bill from Tasks*, enable *Products on Tasks* to track the " +"products/material used during the work on a specific task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:64 +msgid "Take advantage of worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Worksheets are reports of the work done. To customize and include them in " +"your tasks, enable *Worksheets*. Choose an existing template or create one " +"on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:74 +msgid "Schedule shifts on projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To create shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized," +" enable *Planning*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:88 +msgid "Manage employees work hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:90 +msgid "" +"*Working time* defines the number of your employees’ working hours. It " +"adjusts the Gantt planning view of your interventions. Open the external " +"link to adjust the daily hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:99 +msgid "Share stages across projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In order to have a clean Kanban view that works across projects, and to " +"avoid duplicates, delineate specific stages for different projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:105 +msgid "" +":doc:`Activate the Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"then go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Stages`. Choose the" +" respective one and add the projects among which you would like to share " +"stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 +msgid "Gather Feedback from Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Finding out what your clients think about the experience they have with your" +" company, can inspire you to have insights on how to improve your " +"product/service, adjusting your business to fit their needs. It shows that " +"you value their opinions and provides a reliable source of information to " +"other consumers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 msgid "" -"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " -"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " -"Sad)." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Use Rating on Project*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 -msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Set Email Template to Stages* in order to define the template to be sent at" +" a specific stage(s)." msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " -"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " -"apps module and install it." +msgid "Choose an existing template or create one on the fly." msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " -"module." +msgid "Choosing the projects I want feedback from" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:30 msgid "" -"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " -"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " -"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " -"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit` and " +"configure the wanted projects to have the email template previously set " +"sent, by the change of a stage or periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 -msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Enable *Rating visible publicly* if you would like to publish the ratings in" +" order to communicate them to a customer, prospect or the rest of your team." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 -msgid "" -"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:40 +msgid "See the customer rating email sent under the *Log notes* of your task." msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 +msgid "Get reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:49 msgid "" -"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` see " +"ratings by task." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 -msgid "Project configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:55 msgid "" -"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " -"**Customer satisfaction** option." +"Clicking on the percentage of happy ratings over the last 30 days in the " +"*Projects* overview, redirects you to your website with more rating details." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 -msgid "Email Template" -msgstr "E-Mail Vorlage" +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:3 +msgid "Track Projects’ Profitability" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:5 msgid "" -"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " -"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." -" You can directly edit it from there." +"A project runs smoother if you can have an overview of its costs, revenues, " +"profitability, tasks, time and people, all in the same place. It allows you " +"to make smarter business decisions as you know where you are standing and " +"can course-correct if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 -msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:10 +msgid "Track costs and revenue" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:13 +msgid "If you have the Timesheets application installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:15 msgid "" -"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" -" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " -"will be added to the chatter of the task." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose the " +"respective project, *Edit* and enable *Timesheets*. A menu *Overview* " +"becomes available in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The overview shows the hours recorded split by the different billable " +"options, profitability, time by people according to the billable hours " +"recorded, and even a timesheet table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:30 +msgid "If you do not have the Timesheets application installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. " +"Then go to *Manager Users* and enable *Analytic Accounting*. Now, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects` and specify an " +"*Analytic Account* under the needed project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:36 +msgid "" +"A *Profitability* menu to the costs and revenues of this analytic account is" +" directly available in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:44 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Berichtswesen" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:46 msgid "" -"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " -"the project." +"Under *Reporting*, obtain a report on the *Project Costs and Revenues*. " +"Choose among graph options or do your analysis through a pivot view." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 -msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:54 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/usage`" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 -msgid "" -"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " -"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:55 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" -" Issue** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" -" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" -" end of the website." +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:56 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses`" msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 -msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" +msgid "Create Projects and Tasks from Sales Orders" msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 msgid "" -"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " -"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " -"from sales order lines." +"When you sell your services, you can choose to automatically have a " +"project/task created, helping you to not lose track of the work that needs " +"to get done, streamlining the processes between teams. In addition to that, " +"you are able to invoice or reinvoice clients according to the exact time " +"spent on that service." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:11 +msgid "Product set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:15 msgid "" -"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " -"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " -"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" -" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " -"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " -"and Services departments." +"Under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products` create a new product " +"or set up an existing one. Under *General Information* set the *Product " +"Type* as *Service*. Under the *Sales* tab select the *Service Invoicing " +"Policy* and *Service Tracking*." msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 +msgid "If you choose to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:19 msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " -"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " -"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " -"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " -"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" -" overtime spent on the project." +"- *Create a task in an existing project*: a task is added in the first " +"column of the selected project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 -msgid "Install the required applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:21 msgid "" -"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " -"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" -" the application module and install the following:" +"- *Create a task in sales order’s project*: a new project for each sales " +"order of that service is created based on the template you have chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:23 msgid "" -"And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" -" task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " -"spent on that task." +"- *Create a new project but no task*: only creates a new project, for each " +"time that service is sold, based on the skeleton of the project template " +"chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 -msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:30 +msgid "Confirm a quotation and have a project/task created" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 -msgid "Create and set up a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:32 msgid "" -"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " -"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " -"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " -"the`following setup:" +"Now, once a *Quotation* is confirmed and transformed into a *Sales Order*, a" +" project or task is automatically created." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 -msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:40 +msgid "Access the task generated from Project" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 -msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:42 msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" +"On the *Project* application, your new project and/or task (depending on the" +" previous *Service Tracking* options chosen), is shown:" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:51 +msgid "Record the time spent and create an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:53 msgid "" -"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " -"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" -" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." +"From *Project*, access your task and document the time spent under the " +"*Timesheets* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:59 msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " -"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " -"product to hours as well." +"Once the task is complete, click on *Sales Order* and *Create Invoice*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:66 msgid "" -"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " -"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " -"will then create a project per SO." +"To only invoice approved timesheets, go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and enable *Approved timesheets only*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 -msgid "Create the Sales Order" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " -"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " -"sale order, the task will be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 -msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 -msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 -msgid "" -"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 -msgid "" -"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " -"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 -msgid "" -"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" -" your customers based on your invoicing policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " -"source document of the task is the related sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/application.rst:3 -msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" +#: ../../project/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Übersicht" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Project" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Demonstration Video" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "Transkript" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:5 msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" -" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." +"Managing projects means managing people, tasks, due dates, budgets and " +"predicted return on investments. For all of it, you need a solution that " +"allows you to reduce risks, get information at a glance, have an overview of" +" your progress and stay organized. And, from start to finish, to be able to " +"run multiple projects in parallel easily. Odoo Project application is the " +"solution you need." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " -"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" -" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" -" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" -" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " -"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" -"saving!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 -msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration and basic usage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "Verantwortlichkeiten" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 -msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " -"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " -"suggestions in the drop down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " -"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 -msgid "Followers" -msgstr "Abonnenten" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" -" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " -"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " -"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." -" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " -"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " -"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " -"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 -msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" -" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " -"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " -"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " -"see the big picture all the time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 -msgid "Task: follow a specific task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " -"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " -"that task also appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 -msgid "Choose which action to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " -"Following button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " -"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " -"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 -msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " -"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " -"help you track time easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " -"available in projects and on tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " -"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" -" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " -"automatically created under the same name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 -msgid "Click on the settings of a project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " -"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " -"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " -"it, or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" -" timesheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 -msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " -"Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " -"Analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 -msgid "" -"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" -" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 -msgid "Document Management in tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 -msgid "" -"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" -" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" -" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 -msgid "" -"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " -"tab on the top of the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 -msgid "" -"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " -"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " -"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " -"task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " -"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 -msgid "Collaborate on tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" -" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 -msgid "" -"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " -"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" -" delegation and the Chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 -msgid "Create a task from an email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " -"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " -"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " -"project gets an automatic email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 -msgid "" -"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " -"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " -"Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 -msgid "" -"This email address create by default following the project name can be " -"changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 -msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 -msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 -msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 -msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " -"history of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 -msgid "" -"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " -"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " -"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " -"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " -"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " -"to remember past interactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 -msgid "" -"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" -" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " -"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" -" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " -"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 -msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " -"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " -"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " -"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " -"creation of the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 -msgid "" -"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " -"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 -msgid "" -"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " -"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " -"Click on the ```` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " -"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " -"follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 -msgid "Tasks states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 -msgid "Set the state of a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 -msgid "" -"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" -" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " -"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 -msgid "" -"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " -"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 -msgid "Custom states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 -msgid "" -"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " -"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," -" then click on edit:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 -msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 -msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 -msgid "Color Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 -msgid "" -"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " -"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " -"them thanks to the filters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 -msgid "" -"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" -" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " -"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " -"the tag, directly from the task:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " -"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " -"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" -" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " -"employees working on this project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Installing the Project module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " -"**Install**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:11 msgid "Creating a new project" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:13 msgid "" -"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," -" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " +"Click on *Create*. Specify the name of the project and choose which features" +" you would like to integrate. Note that they can be enabled afterward " +"through *Settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Manage your project’s stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open your project and add as many columns as there are stages in your " "project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 -msgid "The privacy setting works as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 -msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:27 msgid "" -"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " -"**Customer** field empty if not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 -msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 -msgid "Manage your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 -msgid "Add your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 -msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" -" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " +"Each project stage can be characterized by a distinct set of activities, or " +"your stages can guide you to the different steps a project has to go " +"through. It is important to set them right as they lead you from the first " +"idea or step to its conclusion, contributing to the overall success of your " "project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:33 msgid "" -"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " -"that you can personalize to fit your needs." +"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks that you can " +"personalize." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:34 msgid "" -"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " -"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." +"Drag your mouse over a stage name, and click on :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:41 msgid "" -"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " -"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " -"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." +"The dots correspond to customizable markers applied on tasks, making it " +"easier to know which tasks require attention. You can give them any " +"signification you like." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 -msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:50 msgid "Rearrange stages" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:52 msgid "" -"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" -" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " -"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " -"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." +"From the Kanban view of your project, you can add stages by clicking on *Add" +" a column*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`visualization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 -msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`time_record`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 -msgid "How to record time spent?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:54 msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " -"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." +"To rearrange the order of your stages easily do so by dragging and dropping " +"columns. You can also fold or unfold them on *Settings*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:62 +msgid ":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:63 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`../record_and_invoice/time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:3 +msgid "Share Projects and Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:5 msgid "" -"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " -"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " -"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." +"When you share your projects/tasks, you allow external users to be on the " +"same page as you. It avoids misunderstandings, simplifies communication, and" +" allows you to become a more coordinated company as you get the right " +"information to the right people." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:10 +msgid "Share projects and tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:12 +msgid "To share a project, go to :menuselection:`Manage --> Share`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:19 msgid "" -"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " -"Employee and Timesheet apps." +"To share a task, open it and click on :menuselection:`Action --> Share`. " +"Choose an existing *Recipient(s)* or create it on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 -msgid "Recording timesheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:27 msgid "" -"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " -"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 -msgid "Recording in a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " -"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" -" click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 -msgid "Recording in a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " -"and open the task on which you have been working." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " -"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 -msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " -"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " -"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " -"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " -"have to cope with." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 -msgid "Create a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 -msgid "" -"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 -msgid "In the project, create a new task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " -"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 -msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " -"to the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " -"one have the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the Kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " -"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" -" and indicate if the task is ready." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 -msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " -"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " -"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" -" to their creation date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " -"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 -msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " -"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " -"easily in a single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " -"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 -msgid "" -"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " -"dropping the task to another case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " -"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" -" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " -"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " -"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " -"project manager too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 -msgid "" -"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" -" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " -"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " -"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." -" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " -"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " -"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" -" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " -"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " -"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " -"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " -"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " -"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" -" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" -" the progress of each task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " -"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" -" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" -" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " -"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " -"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " -"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " -"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " -"planning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " -"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " -"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " -"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" -" each team member." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" -" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " -"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " -"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " -"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" -" team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " -"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " -"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " -"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " -"issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " -"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " -"app, it will help you get started quickly too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 -msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 -msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" +"The recipient receives an email saying that he has been invited to access a " +"document. In the example below, a project was shared. When the user opens " +"it, he sees the settings of that project and can access its tasks, for " +"example." msgstr "" #: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning your project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 -msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " -"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " -"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " -"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " -"install the application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" -" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " -"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " -"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " -"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " -"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 -msgid "Manage tasks with views" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" -" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " -"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " -"and the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " -"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 -msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " -"ones having the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 -msgid "Add/rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " -"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " -"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " -"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " -"stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " -"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " -"Done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 -msgid "Sort tasks by priority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 -msgid "" -"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " -"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " -"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " -"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " -"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " -"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 -msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 -msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " -"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " -"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" -" each time the employee will add an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 -msgid "" -"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " -"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " -"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " -"show you the progression of each task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 -msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " -"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " -"single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 -msgid "" -"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" -" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " -"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr "" +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "Planung" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast tasks?" +msgid "Forecast Resources Across Projects" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction to forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" -"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," -" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." +"Allocate the needed time for specific tasks under a planned shift. Once that" +" is done, analyse Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), so you can evaluate " +"your employees’ performance and workload, besides the progress of your " +"projects/tasks when comparing the planned and effective hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 -msgid "" -"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " -"progress of a project and its related tasks." +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "Allocate times under shifts" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:12 msgid "" -"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " -"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " -"team members to collaborate better." +"When planning a shift, in the *Planning* application, create a project and a" +" task on the fly, or simply select the one you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:20 msgid "" -"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " -"workload and human resources." +"*Allocated Time (%)* allows you to define the percentage of time you would " +"like your employee to work on that specific task during his shift. See that " +"information in hours on *Allocated hours*." msgstr "" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "How to configure the projects?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 -msgid "Configure the project application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 msgid "" -"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" -" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" -" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " -"employee should complete it!" +"The calculation shows you how many hours out of the total shift time (*End " +"date* - *Start date*) are spent by the employee on that task." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:24 msgid "" -"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " -"application:" +"On :menuselection:`Project --> Planning --> By Project`, immediately see the" +" total number of employees allocated per project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:31 +msgid "Compare forecast hours with the effective ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:33 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " -"Forecast option and click **Apply**." +"Now, once the employee has timesheeted his hours in the task, go to " +"*Project* and with the *View list*, under *All Tasks*, conveniently see the " +"*Planned Hours* compared to the *Remaining Hours*, and a calculation of the " +"*Progress*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:42 +msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Record Time and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 msgid "" -"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " -"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " -"all the projects that you manage)." +"When it is time to bill your client for their finished project/task, you can" +" choose to shorten processes and save time by pulling the billable time you " +"have tracked into sales orders, and invoices, directly from the " +"project/task." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Configure a specific project." +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:10 +msgid "Enable the Timesheet feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " -"Forecast\" in your project settings." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Timesheets*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 -msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:15 +msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a task" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " -"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the " +"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet*, *Timesheet Timer* and *Bill from " +"Tasks*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 -msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 -msgid "How to create a forecast?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 msgid "" -"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " -"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." +"Once the time spent on a task under that project has been recorded, click on" +" *Create Sales Order* and continue to create your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:26 msgid "" -"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " -"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " -"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." +"This way, you can invoice different customers, for different services, at " +"different rates, without the need to create numerous projects." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:30 +msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 msgid "" -"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " -"space in the Gantt chart calendar." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the " +"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet* plus *Timesheet Timer*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:35 msgid "" -"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " -"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " -"take." +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose " +"the project, *Create Sales Order*, and continue to create your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:38 msgid "" -"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" -" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " -"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." +"From here, choose if you want the billing to be based on the project rate: " +"all timesheets are billed by the same rate, or by the employee rate: " +"timesheets are billed by the individual rate of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:45 msgid "" -"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " -"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " -"in the Effective hours field." +"The project rate allows you to invoice a whole project, for a specific " +"service, at a specific rate, at once. Example: the implementation of a " +"system." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 -msgid "What are the difference between the views?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 msgid "" -"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " -"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " -"by projects." +"The employee rate billing lets you invoice a project broken down into " +"different services, and different rates. Example: different rates for junior" +" and senior consultants." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 -msgid "By users : people management" +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:50 +msgid "Invoice only approved timesheets" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:52 msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " -"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." -" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." +"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Invoicing Policy`, and choose *Approved timesheets only*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:59 msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " -"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " -"third, you see which tasks they're on." +"This ensures that the manager is aware of the hours being logged by each " +"employee before the customer gets invoiced." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/so_to_task`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`./time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:3 +msgid "Record Time Spent on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:5 msgid "" -"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " -"the duration of the task in the calendar." +"Get to know how much time you are spending on tasks in order to make your " +"employees’ life easier, and records error-free. Launch the timer in your " +"browser, stop it on your phone and have all entries synced. Generate " +"invoices based on the timesheet entries and be sure to invoice your " +"customers the exact right amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:11 +msgid "Manually timesheet on task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:14 msgid "" -"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " -"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " -"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " -"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Timesheets*. Then, enable the *Timesheets* option on the project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 -msgid "Plan the workload" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:15 msgid "" -"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " -"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " -"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" -" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." +"Now, once you are in your task, under the *Timesheet* tab, *Add a line* and " +"specify the *Duration*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:22 +msgid "Time tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:25 msgid "" -"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " -"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " -"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, enable " +"*Timesheet timer* on the projects on which you need the functionality." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:27 msgid "" -"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " -"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " -"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " -"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " -"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " -"that this is feasible." +"Now, you can time your task clicking on *Start*. *Pause* at any moment, and " +"*Stop* to confirm the recorded time and add a description." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 -msgid "Gantt view advantages" +#: ../../project/tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Tasks" +msgstr "Aufgaben" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:3 +msgid "Collaborate on Tasks" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:5 msgid "" -"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" -" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " -"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " -"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " -"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." +"Being able to collaborate virtually but with the same effect as if people " +"were in the same room increases your productivity. It results in faster " +"execution of processes, brainstorming and decision made easier while also " +"allowing the support of outside contributions." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 -msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:10 +msgid "Add followers to a project" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:12 +msgid "*Edit* the project to add followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:14 msgid "" -"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " -"the future or in the past" +"Followers are notified of any changes: tasks sliding from one stage to " +"another, conversations taking place, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 -msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 -msgid "modify an existing forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 -msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 -msgid "By projects: project management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:21 msgid "" -"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " -"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " -"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " -"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." +"Following a project automatically makes you a follower of all its tasks." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " -"level of hierarchy." +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:24 +msgid "Add followers to a task" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:26 msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" -" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " -"they're on." +"Within a task, click on the *Followers* icon. Followers get notified of any " +"changes in the task and can see the task like you do, with the description " +"and the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 -msgid "" -"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " -"Users** section)" +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:34 +msgid "Select which notifications to get" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For a project or task, select what you would like to be notified about. For " +"that, *Edit subscription*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:44 +msgid "Use the pad like a collaborative note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Collaborative Pads`, then edit the *Settings* of the project you would like " +"the feature to work and enable *Use Collaborative Pads*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Now, you are able to contribute to tasks in real-time, with several users, " +"with an Etherpad collaborative note. Every user has his own color and you " +"can replay the whole creation of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on the ** icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " +"useful if you want to share it without adding this person as a follower, or " +"to someone outside of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:62 +msgid "The Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*Chatter* is a communication tool that shows the history of a task, " +"including changes and the interactions between you and your customers or " +"colleagues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To interact with followers, whether there are internal or external, click on" +" *Log a note* and ping them using the at symbol (*@*). If you want to send a" +" message/email to all the followers in the task, use *Send a message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can also ping a channel using the hashtag sign (*#*). This way, users " +"can have a channel per project team, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:77 +msgid "Schedule activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Do not forget promises made and stay organized by conveniently *Scheduling " +"activities* from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:87 +msgid "Edit or create new activities types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:89 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 +msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " +"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " +"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " +"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 +msgid "Set up an incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " +"the incoming email alias you would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 +msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 +msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " +"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" +" a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 +msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 +msgid "" +"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " +"followers of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 +msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:40 +msgid ":doc:`./get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:41 +msgid ":doc:`./collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Break down a project by creating, assigning and organizing tasks. Set " +"priorities to help you determine where you want to invest your time first, " +"manage files within it and keep everything you need to complete your work in" +" one place. Ensure that your strategies are turned into actionable plans " +"and, as a result, have a successful project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Create a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Click on *Create*. Once created, add more details opening it and clicking on" +" *Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "Assignation" +msgstr "Zuweisung" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "Choose the responsible person for a task under *Assigned to*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:30 +msgid "Sort tasks by priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Mark the star on your task to set it as a high priority one. That " +"automatically moves the task to the top of the column. Tasks that are not " +"starred are classified according to their deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Note that tasks with dates passed their deadlines are shown in red; tasks " +"with a deadline for the current date are orange." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:43 +msgid "Manage files in tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Add images/documents to your task by clicking on the *Attachment icon*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "Files from emails are automatically saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:55 +msgid "Set cover images in tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Use *Set Cover Image* to your task and quickly get to comprehend what the " +"task is about. The image is directly shown in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "Choose how to visualize tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Tasks can be managed and followed up in the Kanban view, which is a post-it " +"kind of view divided into different stages. More options are otherwise " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Drag and drop tasks to change their stage and define colors to help you " +"identify them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Sub-tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Being a dynamic and organized company is important as it also helps you to " +"not overload your employees. For that, split large tasks into smaller ones " +"by creating subs-tasks, timesheet on them, and have an overview of all hours" +" recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> Sub-tasks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:18 +msgid "From now on, a *Sub-tasks* menu is available within your task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Select a specific project in which sub-tasks will be created by default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:27 +msgid "" +"By default, sub-tasks are created under the same project. However, you can " +"select another one by going to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration -->" +" Projects --> Sub-task Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:35 +msgid "Timesheet on sub-tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Make sure the feature *Timesheets* is enabled under :menuselection:`Project " +"--> Configuration --> Settings` and under the settings of the needed " +"*Project*. Now you are able to timesheet on your tasks and sub-tasks. The " +"time recorded on a sub-task is counted on the parent task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:46 +msgid "Transform an existing task into a sub-task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:48 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:58 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:49 +msgid "Now access your task, *Edit*, and add a *Parent Task*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:56 +msgid "Unlink a sub-task from a parent task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:59 +msgid "Open and *Edit* the respective sub-task to remove the *Parent Task*." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index f5c301a14..01860873e 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 msgid "" "To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " +" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparison of the information " "appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po index 1327c1222..ff408d15f 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leon Grill , 2019\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -159,9 +159,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18 msgid "" -"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to *Control >" -" Control Points*. There, hit create. Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as " -"operation and choose the type of quality check you want to perform." +"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to " +":menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. There, hit create. Make sure to" +" select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check " +"you want to perform." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27 @@ -192,9 +193,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55 msgid "" "If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and " -"go to *Control > Control Points*. Then, click on create. Make sure to select" -" *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order operation on which " -"the quality check should be performed." +"go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. Then, click on create. " +"Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order " +"operation on which the quality check should be performed." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64 @@ -225,9 +226,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8 msgid "" "To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, " -"go to *Quality Control > Control Points > Create*. Now, you can define the " -"quality control point you want to apply to a specific product. Don’t forget " -"to select a transfer operation type." +"go to :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Now, " +"you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific " +"product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19 @@ -270,146 +271,196 @@ msgstr "Kontrolle" msgid "Define Quality Control Points" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:6 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. " +"Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and " +"services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed" +" expectations. It also helps minimize waste." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:10 +msgid "" +"That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality " +"control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality " +"controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that " +"the company then has to rework or scrap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With " +"Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:20 msgid "Quality Control Points" msgstr "Qualitätsprüfpunkte" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If it is the first *Quality Control Point* that you create, know that you " -"need to open the *Quality* app. Then, go to *Quality Control > Control " -"Points*. Once there, you have to define the product on which the quality " -"control will take place, as well as the operation at which it should take " -"place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The *Quality Control Points* can take place during transfers or during the " -"manufacturing process of the products. If you work with routings on your " -"*Bill of Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing " -"process the quality control point should be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The control type defines at which frequency the quality checks should take " -"place:" -msgstr "" - #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22 msgid "" -"All Operations: all the operations will generate quality checks to perform;" +"To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> " +"Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which" +" the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it " +"takes place also is to be defined here." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:24 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:27 msgid "" -"Randomly: the quality checks will only be performed on x% of the operation. " -"You must define the percentage yourself, on the control point;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Periodically: the quality checks will be performed periodically. The " -"periodicity is based on the period you define (once a day, once a week)." +"The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the " +"manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of " +"Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process " +"the quality control point needs to be applied." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32 -msgid "Quality Control Point Types" +msgid "" +"The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take" +" place:" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:34 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:35 msgid "" -"Now that the rest is configured, you need to define the type of quality " -"check." +"**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks" +" to perform;" msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38 msgid "" -"Some of the types are only available with the manufacturing application." +"**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The " +"percentage needs to be defined on the control point;" msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41 -msgid "Text" -msgstr "Text" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:43 msgid "" -"This control point type allows you to give instructions to your workers " -"during the transfer, or the manufacturing process." +"**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The " +"periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:56 -msgid "Take a Picture" -msgstr "Bild aufnehmen" +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:50 +msgid "Quality Control Point Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There " +"are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a " +"measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label." +msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58 msgid "" -"This control point type asks you to take a picture of the product in a " -"transfer, or when manufacturing it." +"Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:71 -msgid "Pass-Fail" -msgstr "" +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Text" +msgstr "Text" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:73 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:64 msgid "" -"This type of control point requires that you specify if the products pass or" -" fail a specific text. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing" -" orders." +"This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the " +"transfer or during the manufacturing process." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80 +msgid "Take a Picture" +msgstr "Bild aufnehmen" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:82 msgid "" -"For this kind of control point type, you have the possibility to define a " -"failure message that will give instructions to follow in case of quality " -"check failure." +"This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a " +"transfer or when manufacturing it." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:94 -msgid "Take a Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:96 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:98 msgid "" -"This control point type requires you to enter the product’s measurements " -"during a transfer, or during the manufacturing process." +"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera " +"<../../iot/devices/measurement_tool>`." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102 -msgid "" -"For this kind of control point type, you also have the possibility to define" -" a failure message that will give instructions to the worker." +msgid "Pass-Fail" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:115 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:104 +msgid "" +"*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific " +"criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message " +"giving instructions to follow in case of failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:127 +msgid "Take a Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a " +"transfer or during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements," +" but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good " +"measures can are automatically accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives " +"instructions to the worker." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:156 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools " +"<../../iot/devices/camera>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:159 msgid "Register Consumed Materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:117 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:161 msgid "" -"This control point type requires you register the component serial/lot " -"numbers during the manufacturing process. It is only available if you work " -"with routings." +"When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the " +"component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:128 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:165 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:182 +msgid "This type is only available when working with routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:176 msgid "Register By-Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:130 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:178 msgid "" -"With this control point type, you must register the serial/lot number of the" -" by-products that are manufactured. It is also only available with routings." +"With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot " +"number of the by-products that are manufactured." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:141 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:193 msgid "Print Label" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:143 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:195 msgid "" -"This control point type allows you to print labels to add to the product " -"during the manufacturing process." +"*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the " +"product during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:207 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer " +"<../../iot/devices/printer>`." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index f91d0f771..764c8f208 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -4,19 +4,19 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Leon Grill , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Chris Egal , 2020 # Katharina Moritz , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Leon Grill , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Katharina Moritz , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Leon Grill , 2020\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -98,283 +98,253 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "Amazon Verbinder" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:3 -msgid "Apply for Amazon MWS Access Keys" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Connector Features" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:8 -msgid "Submit the Amazon MWS Developer Registration and Assessment Form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:10 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" -"In order to synchronize your Amazon orders with Odoo, Amazon MWS access keys" -" are required. They can be obtained by submitting the **Amazon MWS Developer" -" Registration and Assessment form** to register as a developer. Once " -"recognized by Amazon as a developer (i.e. you make use of an application " -"connecting to MWS), you will be granted Amazon MWS access keys." +"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " +"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " +"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:15 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 +msgid "Supported Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 +msgid "The connector is able to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" -"First, visit the `Amazon Marketplace Web Service documentation " -"`_" -" and follow the instructions to register as a developer. Take care to choose" -" the form \"I represent a seller organization integrating with Amazon MWS " -"for its own selling account only.\"." +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " +"their order items which include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:20 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 +msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 +msgid "the shipping costs for the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 +msgid "the gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" -"Fill out the *Developer Registration and Assessment form* as suggested below" -" and provide your own contact information in the **Developer contact " -"information** section. In the **Business use information** section, select " -"the correct region of your seller account. For the other sections, adapt " -"your responses in accordance with your business case." +"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:25 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 msgid "" -"Give a particular attention to **Merchant Fulfilled Shipping**. It should " -"only be checked if you ship your products yourself. You should uncheck it if" -" you sell exclusively with the *Fulfillment by Amazon* service. Please note " -"that requesting this function is not recommended if you are hosted on *Odoo " -"Online* or *Odoo.sh* as the additional security requirements asked by Amazon" -" may not be met by Odoo." +"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:32 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:24 +msgid "Notify Amazon of an order manually canceled on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 +msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:32 +msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:32 +msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "**Orders**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "**Shipping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "Charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "Delivery created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:46 +msgid "Handled by Amazon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "Gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:41 +msgid "Gift message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "**Stock Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "Handled by the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:46 +msgid "**Confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:46 +msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:49 +msgid "**Cancellation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:49 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:49 +msgid "Notify Amazon on manually canceled sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "" -"Depending on several factors (your region, whether you checked the " -"**Merchant Fulfilled Shipping** function (i.e. you request access to " -"Personally Identifiable Information of your customers), etc.), Amazon may " -"request you to fill out a second form before granting you MWS access keys. " -"As that form depends on the data protection policy of the region of your " -"seller account (e.g. GDPR in Europe), we cannot provide you with a pre-" -"filled form. Instead, the answers of questions related to Odoo are listed in" -" the `Answer the Additional Form`_ section." +"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:61 +msgid "Supported Marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 msgid "" -"If you need assistance for your application for Amazon MWS access keys, " -"`submit a support ticket to Odoo `_." +"The Amazon Connector currently supports 9 marketplaces. If a marketplace is " +"not listed below, it may be possible for you to :ref:`add it as an " +"unsupported marketplace `." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:46 -msgid "Answer the Additional Form" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +msgid "**North America region**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:49 -msgid "" -"If you did not receive any additional form after your :ref:`initial " -"application for Amazon MWS keys `, you may disregard " -"this section." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:70 +msgid "Canada" +msgstr "Kanada" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:70 +msgid "Amazon.ca" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:52 -msgid "" -"This section lists all questions asked by Amazon in additional forms. The " -"answers are tailored for *Odoo Online* and *Odoo.sh*. Wherever the answer " -"does not depend on Odoo, you are requested to provide it yourself at the " -"place indicated by square brackets." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "Mexiko" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 +msgid "Amazon.com.mx" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you are *not* hosted on Odoo, you should adapt the answers related to " -"hosting according to your own infrastructure and data protection policy." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +msgid "US" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If you *are* hosted on Odoo, take note that Amazon is the final decision " -"maker concerning your application. While Odoo can help you provide " -"additional details to your application, it is not guaranteed that Amazon " -"will find them adequate." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +msgid "Amazon.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:64 -msgid "" -"**Describe all functionalities in your application where Personally " -"Identifiable Information (e.g. customer name, street address, billing " -"address) is required.**" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +msgid "**Europe region**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:68 -msgid "► If you did not apply for the *Merchant Fulfilled Shipping* function:" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "Deutschland" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +msgid "Amazon.de" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:68 -msgid "Generation of customer invoices." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "Spanien" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +msgid "Amazon.es" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:71 -msgid "► If you applied for the *Merchant Fulfilled Shipping* function:" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +msgid "France" +msgstr "Frankreich" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +msgid "Amazon.fr" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:71 -msgid "Generation of delivery orders and customer invoices." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "UK" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:73 -msgid "" -"**List all outside parties with whom your organization shares Amazon " -"Information (e.g. information exposed by Amazon through Amazon MWS, Seller " -"Central, or Amazon's public-facing websites) and describe how your " -"organization shares this information.**" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "Amazon.co.uk" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:77 -msgid "" -"We share Amazon Information with Odoo SA, our cloud service provider, for " -"the exclusive purpose of hosting our enterprise management system (including" -" the Amazon MWS integration). See also Odoo SA's Privacy Policy for details " -"at https://www.odoo.com/privacy" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "Italien" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Amazon.it" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:83 -msgid "► If you share Amazon Information with outside parties:" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "Niederlande" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Amazon.nl" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:82 -msgid "" -"[Answer with the above text and add a description of your organization's " -"policy regarding the sharing of Amazon Information with outside parties]" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:94 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:101 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**List all non-Amazon MWS sources where you retrieve Amazon Information.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Our enterprise software only relies on MWS to retrieve Amazon Information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:89 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization restricts public access to databases, file " -"servers, and desktop/developer endpoints.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:92 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:126 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:138 -msgid "" -"We rely on Odoo S.A., our cloud service provider for our database security " -"management. Their Security Policy can be found at " -"https://www.odoo.com/security" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:95 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization uniquely identifies employees and restricts" -" access to Amazon Information on a need-to-know basis.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:106 -msgid "" -"► If all your employees are properly assigned separate users and given only " -"relevant access rights:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Access rights are provided to employees based on their role within the " -"company and are progressive, based on their responsibility." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:102 -msgid "" -"For instance, salespersons only have access to their own leads/quotes (and " -"thus no access to quotes generated through the Amazon API). A salesmanager " -"has access to all quotes/leads for reporting purposes (including quotes " -"generated through the Amazon API). A quote will generate a delivery order " -"which will be accessible to a 'normal' user of the Inventory application for" -" him to be able to print the delivery label and pack the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:110 -msgid "" -"► If your employees share users or if they are given more rights than " -"needed:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:109 -msgid "" -"[Answer with a description of your organization's policy for the assignation" -" of users and access rights to your employees]" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization prevents Amazon Information from being " -"accessed from employee personal devices.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Our enterprise software does not prevent employees from accessing the " -"organization's data from personal devices. Role-based restrictions and " -"access rights still apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:118 -msgid "" -"**Provide details on your organization's privacy and data handling policies " -"(a link to your policy is also acceptable).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:121 -msgid "" -"[Answer with a description of your organization's privacy and data handling " -"policies]" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:123 -msgid "" -"**Describe where your organization stores Amazon Information and provide " -"details on how you encrypt this information (e.g., algorithm).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:129 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization backups or archives Amazon Information and " -"provide details on how you encrypt this information (e.g., algorithm).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:132 -msgid "" -"We rely on Odoo S.A., our cloud service provider for our database backups " -"management. Their Service Level Agreement can be found at " -"https://www.odoo.com/cloud-sla" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:135 -msgid "" -"**Describe where your organization monitors and detects malicious activity " -"in your application(s).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:141 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization's incident response plan addresses database" -" hacks, unauthorized access, and data leaks (a link to your policy is also " -"acceptable).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Our cloud service provider, Odoo S.A., will notify the customer in case of a" -" data breach." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:146 -msgid "" -"[Add a description of your organization's incident response plan or a link " -"to your incident response policy.]" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:95 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:75 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 @@ -397,15 +367,7 @@ msgid "" " are not yet registered." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you did not request access to Personally Identifiable Information of your" -" customers in the :ref:`Developer Registration and Assessment form `, the customers are created anonymously (the name, postal " -"address and phone number are omitted) and named **Amazon Customer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is canceled in Odoo. When an order is canceled" @@ -413,7 +375,7 @@ msgid "" "Seller Central and notify the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " "the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " @@ -423,7 +385,7 @@ msgid "" "wish to synchronize and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:28 msgid "" "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " ":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " @@ -432,11 +394,11 @@ msgid "" " PICKINGS**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:42 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 msgid "" "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " "picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " @@ -444,18 +406,18 @@ msgid "" "products partially by using backorders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 msgid "" "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " "it) is on its way." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:52 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " "move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " @@ -466,14 +428,14 @@ msgid "" "under the FBA program." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:53 msgid "" "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:64 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:58 msgid "" "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " "accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" @@ -485,24 +447,24 @@ msgid "" " your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:66 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:74 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:68 msgid "" "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " "in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " "of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "" "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " "orders based on the sales team." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:76 msgid "" "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " "invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " @@ -513,11 +475,11 @@ msgid "" "account by the amount received." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:83 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:91 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " "this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " @@ -525,13 +487,13 @@ msgid "" " of your company's accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:95 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 msgid "" "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 msgid "" "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " "similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " @@ -541,31 +503,117 @@ msgid "" "two registrations of your account." msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:100 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:73 +msgid ":doc:`features`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Generate an Authorization Token in Seller Central" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector uses an Authorization Token that allows Odoo to fetch " +"data from your Amazon Seller Central account. This token can be obtained " +"directly through Seller Central in a few clicks and needs to be set up in " +"your Odoo database configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Seller Central account for the marketplace you initially " +"signed up (e.g. if you created your account on Amazon Germany, go to `Amazon" +" Seller Central for Germany `_) with an " +"administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You might need to use the *main* (or first) administrator account and not " +"one added subsequently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In the main menu, select :menuselection:`Apps & Services --> Manage Your " +"Apps`; in the page that displays, click on the ``Authorize new developper`` " +"button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "Fill in the form depending on your Marketplace:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If your seller account is registered in the **North America** region, use " +"these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Developer's Name: ``Odoo S.A.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 +msgid "Developer ID: ``586127723692``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "For the **Europe** region, use these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Developer ID: ``579095187166``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Amazon will then inform you that by submitting the form, you are giving " +"access to your Seller Central Information to Odoo S.A." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Odoo S.A. is unable to access your Amazon account's information without the " +"Authorization Token which is stored in your Odoo database - we do not store " +"these tokens on our platform directly and are therefore unable to access " +"your account's information outside of the Amazon Connector normal flows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " "Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:11 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 msgid "" "The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " -"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The **Access " -"Key** and the **Secret Key** can be found in Developer Central (where the " -":ref:`Developer Registration and Assessment form ` " -"was located)." +"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The " +"**Authorization Token** is the one you generated in the :ref:`previous step " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Upon saving, your credentials are checked. In case of issues, an error will " +"be displayed - the information cannot be saved until your credentials are " +"recognized by Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 msgid "" "Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " "are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" @@ -573,11 +621,11 @@ msgid "" " their synchronization." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:21 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 msgid "Match database products in Amazon" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:23 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 msgid "" "When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " "created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " @@ -585,7 +633,7 @@ msgid "" " charges (if any)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 msgid "" "The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " "matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " @@ -593,7 +641,7 @@ msgid "" "for gift wrapping charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 msgid "" "For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are " "listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " @@ -602,7 +650,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`the internal reference is used instead `." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:39 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 msgid "" "It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific " "product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" @@ -611,7 +659,7 @@ msgid "" " under different conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 msgid "" "If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " "given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " @@ -619,7 +667,7 @@ msgid "" "the shipping code." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:49 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " "<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " @@ -627,11 +675,11 @@ msgid "" "Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:55 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 msgid "Configure taxes of products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 msgid "" "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " "the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " @@ -640,7 +688,7 @@ msgid "" " subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 msgid "" "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " "Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " @@ -648,6 +696,188 @@ msgid "" "reconciling the payments in Odoo." msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil, are not officially " +"supported by Odoo but might be compatible with your seller account. These " +"marketplaces can be added manually should you wish to use them. See " +":ref:`here ` for the exhaustive list of " +"natively supported marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To find out if a marketplace is eventually compatible, check the `Amazon " +"Documentation " +"`_." +" The marketplace must belong to the same region as that of your seller " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To add a new marketplace, you must first enable :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:139 +msgid "" +"From there, you can create a new marketplace record. You will need the " +"Marketplace ID and Endpoint for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon" +" Documentation " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.`` to easily retrieve it (for" +" instance: ``Amazon.se``). The **Code**, **Domain** and **API Identifier** " +"fields should respectively hold the *Country Code*, *Amazon MWS Endpoint* " +"and *MarketplaceId* values from the Amazon Documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Once the marketplace is saved, you should then update the Amazon Account " +"configuration by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`, open the " +"account on which you wish to use the new marketplace, go to the " +"**Marketplaces** tab and click on **Update available marketplaces** (an " +"animation should confirm the success of the operation). Newly added " +"marketplaces are automatically added to the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces. If the new marketplace is not added to the list, it means that" +" it is either incompatible or unavailable for your seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:156 +msgid "" +"As manually added marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo, there " +"is no guarantee that adding one as described above will work, nor can this " +"be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:3 +msgid "Install the Amazon Connector Authentication Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Starting July 2020, the Amazon Connector requires the use of a new " +"authentication method that makes it easier for you to set up the Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Prior to the update, Odoo customers who wished to use the Amazon Connector " +"had to apply to get developer credentials through Amazon, which was a " +"painful and long process that could take weeks. This method of " +"authentication is still technically possible, but Amazon will refuse to " +"provide developer credentials for Odoo customers from July 2020 onwards and " +"will deactivate such credentials for existing customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This documentation will help you install the update and use the new " +"authentication flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that if your Odoo database was first created after the update was " +"released, the update module is installed automatically. You can check if " +"this module is already installed by going to the **Apps** menu, removing " +"the ``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``. If the module " +"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** is present and marked as installed, your " +"Odoo database is already up-to-date and you can proceed with the :doc:`setup" +" ` step of the Amazon Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:25 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The new authentication mechanism is made available through a new Odoo " +"module; to be able to install it, you must make sure that your Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, your code is already up-to-" +"date and you can proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then you must" +" update your installation as detailed in `this documentation page " +"`_ or by " +"contacting your integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:39 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:41 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by your Odoo instance to be available in " +"the **Apps** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to :menuselection:`Apps " +"--> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:48 +msgid "Install the Amazon/Authentication Patch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You should never install new modules in your production database without " +"testing them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, " +"a duplicate database can be created from the database management page as " +"explained in :doc:`this documentation page <../../db_management/db_online>`." +" For Odoo.sh users, you should use a staging or duplicate database. For on-" +"premise users, you should use a staging environment - you should contact " +"your integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a new " +"module in your particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The module should now be available in your **Apps** menu. Remove the " +"``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``; the module " +"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** should be available for installation. If you" +" cannot find the module after having updated the list of available modules, " +"it means your Odoo source code is not up-to-date; refer to step one of this " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, you will need to generate an Authorization " +"Token in Amazon Seller Central and set it up on your Amazon Account in Odoo;" +" this process is detailed in the :doc:`setup ` page." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "eBay-Konnektor" @@ -844,50 +1074,130 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" -"A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the " -"rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to " -"protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious." +"A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " +"is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " +"to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to " +"acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are " +"obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 -msgid "First time you request a down payment" +msgid "" +"Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " +"way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment" -" option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total " -"amount." +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 +msgid "First time you request a down payment" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 msgid "" -"The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account " -"and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments." +"When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " +"invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" +" them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 " +"options:" msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 +msgid "Regular invoice" +msgstr "Reguläre Rechnung" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 +msgid "Down payment (percentage)" +msgstr "Anzahlung (Prozent)" + #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment." -msgstr "" +msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" +msgstr "Anzahlung (Fester Betrag)" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" -"On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be " -"automatically deducted." +"In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" +" the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " +"percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income " +"account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 -msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 -msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*." +msgid "" +"When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " +"payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " +"product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, " +"you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you" +" choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able" +" to create an invoice**." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 msgid "" -"You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the" -" income account & customer taxes." +"For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" +" using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " +"our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , " +"before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view " +"the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the " +"down payment (as you can see below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +msgid "" +"There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " +"But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " +"So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the " +"possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** " +"button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** " +"button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order" +" and draft invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " +"order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" +" to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, " +"paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " +"quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " +"payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to " +"deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been " +"delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice " +"created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the " +"**Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the " +"delivered quantity manually on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 +msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 +msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +msgid "" +"You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " +"to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " +"need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the " +"**Accounting Tab** on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 @@ -981,73 +1291,109 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" -"Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for " -"invoicing:" +"Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 msgid "" -"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales " -"order is confirmed." +"The **Invoice what is ordered** rule is used as **default mode** in Odoo " +"Sales, which means that customers will be invoiced once the sales order is " +"confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 msgid "" -"Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a " -"partial delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode." +"The **Invoice what is delivered** rule will invoice customers once the " +"delivery is done. This rule concerns businesses that sell materials, liquids" +" or food in large quantities. In these cases, the quantity might diverge a " +"little bit and it is, therefore, preferable to invoice the quantity actually" +" delivered." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 msgid "" -"The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type " -"of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the" -" quantity might diverge a little bit and it is therefore better to invoice " -"the actual delivered quantity." +"Being able to have different invoicing options allow you more flexibility. " +"Indeed, you need to know exactly how to invoice your customers for different" +" situations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 +msgid "Activate these features" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" -"You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every " -"options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), " -"invoice a fixed advance." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " +"**Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 -msgid "Decide the policy on a product page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 msgid "" -"From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing " -"policy and select the one you want." +"If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not" +" be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which " +"automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 -msgid "Send the invoice" +msgid "Choose an invoicing policy on a product form" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 msgid "" -"Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced " -"quantities." +"From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing " +"policy, which can be manually changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is " -"confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have" -" to validate the delivery." +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 +msgid "Impact on sales flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 msgid "" -"Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will " -"automatically add the quantities to invoice based on how many you delivered " -"if you did a partial delivery." +"On Odoo Sales, the basic sales flow will be to create a quotation, send it " +"to your customer, wait for confirmation, confirm the sales order and create " +"an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Invoice what is ordered**: No impact on this basic sales flow. Indeed, you" +" can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 +msgid "" +"**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will " +"have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to " +"install the **Inventory App** to confirm the delivered quantity before " +"creating an invoice, with the **Sales App**. Indeed, if you try to create an" +" invoice without validating the delivered quantity, you will receive an " +"error message as below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation " +"sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced " +"quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a " +"partial delivery)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Finally, to create an invoice, you will have different possibilities: " +"regular invoice or down payment (percentage or fixed amount)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about down payment here: " +":doc:`down_payment`, to master this incredible feature." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 @@ -1817,6 +2163,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration" @@ -2030,6 +2377,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr "" @@ -2143,9 +2491,9 @@ msgid "" "will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before " "creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our " "documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as " -":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal`, " -":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize`, and others in the " -":doc:`../../ecommerce` documentation." +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 @@ -2172,15 +2520,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce`" +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal`" +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize`" +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 @@ -2403,60 +2751,133 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders" +msgid "Add terms & conditions" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 msgid "" -"Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " -"between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " -"information which include products and company policy; allowing the customer" -" to read all those terms everything before committing to anything." +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " +"contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " +"delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all " +"formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other " +"hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing" +" to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms" +" and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you " +"manage." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every " -"quotation, sales order and invoice." -msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 +msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 -msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 msgid "" -"In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then " -"appear on every quotation, SO and invoice." +"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " +"**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " +"Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is " +"done automatically with the installation of the sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 -msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 +msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 msgid "" -"A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish" -" on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo." +"In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" +" your default terms and conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured " -"conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default" -" attachment for all quotation emails sent." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 +msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 +msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 +msgid "" +"According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " +"on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" +" and conditions within your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " +":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 +msgid "General Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 +msgid "GT&C on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " +"page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " +"is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " +"category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " +"are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " +"quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " +"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and " +"create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the " +"confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online " +"payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to" +" configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & " +"conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 +msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po index 30d31f83d..810156bc8 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -4,19 +4,20 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Johannes Croe , 2019 # Chris Egal , 2020 # philku79 , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# JackTheHunter , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: philku79 , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: JackTheHunter , 2020\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -33,74 +34,64 @@ msgid "Overview" msgstr "Übersicht" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 -msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" +msgid "Contact Lists and Blacklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:5 msgid "" "Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" " to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " "newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " "another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " -"distribution a lot easier." +"distribution easier." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 msgid "Contact lists" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:13 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if " -"you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in the" -" unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences." -msgstr "" - #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 msgid "" -"Once inside the list, you can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " -"specific list." +"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Is Public* " +"if you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in " +"the unsubscription page (allowing users to update their subscription " +"preferences)." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 msgid "History with the Log Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:23 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:25 msgid "" -"A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient " -"(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." +"A record of the mailings sent is kept on the recipient's chatter (whether it" +" is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:31 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:28 msgid "" -"This is important as you and your team can easily keep track and see a " -"history of interactions with your contacts or prospects, granting you the " -"ability to better understand them." +"This is important as you and team members can easily keep track and see a " +"history of the interactions with your contacts or prospects. Example: your " +"sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a " +"customer has received or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Example: your sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing " -"promotions a customer has received or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:37 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:35 msgid "Blacklist" msgstr "Schwarze Liste" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:38 msgid "" "If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " -"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries in your " +"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries to your " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:40 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 msgid "" "For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " "Import`." @@ -110,268 +101,261 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Integrations and Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:5 msgid "" "Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " -"purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " +"purposes, but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " "costumers, for example." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 -msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS Campaigns" -msgstr "" +msgid "Campaigns" +msgstr "Kampagnen" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:10 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:11 msgid "" "First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " -":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"activate the option Mailing Campaigns`." +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Mailing Campaigns*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:16 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:17 msgid "" -"Now, you will also have the menu *Campaigns* included in your *SMS " -"Marketing* page, allowing you to have an overview of your SMS mailings and " -"your email marketing ones." +"Now, the menu *Campaigns* is also available on the *SMS Marketing* app, " +"allowing you to manage and have an overview of your SMS mailings under " +"campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:22 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:23 msgid "" "This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " "have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " -"your kanban view to better organize the work being done." +"your Kanban view to better organize the work being done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:30 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:31 msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:32 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 msgid "" "Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " "makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" " example." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:36 msgid "" "For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " "*SMS* icon next to the phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:39 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you would like to send a message in a batch here, you could go to " -":menuselection:`List View --> select all the contacts --> Action --> Send " -"SMS`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:47 -msgid "Set up SMS Templates" +"If you would like to send a message to multiple contacts at once, choose the" +" *List View*, select all the contacts needed, and under *Action* select " +"*Send SMS*." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Now, go to " -":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates`." +msgid "Set up SMS templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:59 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:60 msgid "" "Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " "the context." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:62 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra " -"notable integrations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:64 -msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:63 +msgid "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 -msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." +msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 -msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." +msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 -msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." +msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 +msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 msgid "" "*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 msgid "" "*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " "document online." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 msgid "" "*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:72 msgid "" "*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:74 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" " asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." msgstr "" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_template`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:5 msgid "" "Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" " to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " "very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " -"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones - " -"people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" +"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 -msgid "Install the app" -msgstr "" +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Beginnen" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 -msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:16 -msgid "Build an SMS mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:24 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 msgid "" -"First, you will be able to specify a *subject* name that will help you to " -"remember what the mailing is about." +"Specify a *subject* name to help you remembering what the mailing is about." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:26 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:20 msgid "" -"Under *recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" -" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) will " -"receive your SMS." +"Under *Recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" +" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) receive " +"your SMS." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:28 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:22 msgid "" "From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." -" In the example below, the message will be sent to contacts living in " +" In the example below, the message would be sent to the contacts living in " "Belgium." msgstr "" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose the " +"specific mailing lists you created to group specific contacts. You are " +"allowed to select multiple ones." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 msgid "" -"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose mailing " -"lists you ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to" -" your Newsletters, or both! Note that you are allowed to select more than " -"one *Mailing list*." +"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo automatically " +"generates *link trackers* in order to generate data about these links." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:42 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:36 msgid "" -"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " -"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, you will be able to " -"get data about those links." +"Under *Settings* you have the option *Include opt-out link*. If activated, " +"the contact is able to unsubscribe from the mailing list." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:45 -msgid "" -"On *Settings* you have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " -"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list he " -"is not interested in anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:52 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:43 msgid "" "In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" " your sent links, access them and look at statistics." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:50 msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:63 -msgid "Sending my mailing" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:53 +msgid "Send a mailing" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:57 msgid "" "Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " "to be delivered:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:69 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 msgid "" -"Put in queue: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run. " -"Interesting option if you do not mind when the triggering will happen." +"*Put in Queue*: the mailing is triggered with the next automatic run. " +"Interesting option if you do not need the message to be sent at a specific " +"time." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:71 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:61 msgid "" -"Send now: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if there" -" are not that many recipients." +"*Send Now*: sends the message immediately. Use this option if the recipient " +"list is not excessive." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:73 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:62 msgid "" -"Schedule: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings that" -" you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while " -"it is active or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." +"*Schedule*: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " +"that you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer " +"while it is active, or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:76 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:65 msgid "" -"Test: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " +"*Test*: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " "purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " "while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " "you must remember to use a comma between them." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:82 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:70 msgid "Visualize reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:83 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:72 msgid "" -"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, you are capable of applying" -" filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " -"performance of your SMS mailings." +"Under the *Reporting* menu apply filters, measures, and adopt different " +"layouts to do analyses of the performance of your SMS mailings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:90 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:79 msgid "" -"You can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on" -" the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." +"You can also check the price to send an SMS for your country by clicking on " +"the *Information* icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:86 msgid "" -"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " -"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information on that access: " -":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`" +"**Buy Credits:** in order to take advantage of the app and its features, " +"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information: " +":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po index 1f771b45c..d6f48e648 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: philku79 , 2020\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 msgid "" -"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel will be shown. The " -"overview of the campaign shows you global metric such as:" +"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The " +"overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/livechat`" +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/overview/get_started`" msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/support.po index e74c2cac2..fee270898 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/support.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-07 16:16+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wolfgang Taferner, 2020\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -72,192 +72,206 @@ msgid "Release date" msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "🏁" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "|green|" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 msgid "October 2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "N/A" msgstr "Nicht verfügbar" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 msgid "August 2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 msgid "October 2018" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "April 2018" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "October 2017" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2020*" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "|orange|" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 msgid "March 2017" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "January 2017" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "|red|" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 msgid "October 2016" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 msgid "May 2016" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 msgid "October 2015" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 msgid "February 2015" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "September 2014" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:54 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 msgid "|green| Supported version" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 msgid "|red| End-of-support" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 msgid "" "|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " "Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " "upgrade." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:64 msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:75 -msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -msgstr "" - #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:77 -msgid "" -"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:79 msgid "" -"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:81 msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "" "You should consider `upgrading `_ your database." msgstr "" @@ -317,8 +331,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 msgid "" -"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " -"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" +" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" msgstr "" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index bb0ab9a8c..8b5c288ce 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -7,20 +7,21 @@ # e2f , 2019 # DE T2 , 2019 # Ralf Hilgenstock , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Ermin Trevisan , 2019 # Thomas Neu , 2019 # Leon Grill , 2019 # Chris Egal , 2019 +# JEK Odoo , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Chris Egal , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -34,7 +35,7 @@ msgstr "Website" #: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 msgid "Optimize" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Optimieren" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" @@ -154,6 +155,105 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." msgstr "" +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, click on *Stats* to see complete " +"statistics about the number of clicks and the country of origin of those " +"clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can also access the link tracker by typing *odoo.com/r* on your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics `, those trackers " +"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " +"your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM <../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` " +"application allows you to understand where your leads and opportunities are " +"coming from." +msgstr "" + #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" msgstr "" @@ -1392,7 +1492,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index ecdb59da0..751f9af57 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -5,7 +5,6 @@ # # Translators: # Carlos Lopez , 2020 -# Luis M. Ontalba , 2020 # David Sanchez , 2020 # Rick Hunter , 2020 # miguelchuga , 2020 @@ -13,10 +12,9 @@ # Nefi Lopez Garcia , 2020 # e2f , 2020 # Esteban Echeverry , 2020 -# José Vicente , 2020 +# Katerina Katapodi , 2020 # Sabina Batlle , 2020 # oihane , 2020 -# Alejandro Die Sanchis , 2020 # eduardo mendoza , 2020 # Sergio Flores , 2020 # Daniel Altamirano , 2020 @@ -25,39 +23,48 @@ # David Arnold , 2020 # AleEscandon , 2020 # Antonio Trueba, 2020 -# Katerina Katapodi , 2020 # Gustavo Valverde, 2020 -# Nicole Kist , 2020 +# Raquel Iciarte , 2020 # Sébastien BÜHL , 2020 # Daniel Blanco , 2020 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020 # Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo , 2020 -# Raquel Iciarte , 2020 # Loredana Pepe , 2020 # Jon Perez , 2020 # Mariana Santos Romo , 2020 # Valentino Gaffuri Bedetta , 2020 -# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2020 -# John Guardado , 2020 # Jesse Garza , 2020 # Osiris Román , 2020 # Paulina Rodriguez , 2020 # Fabian , 2020 # Jorge Obiols , 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Pedro M. Baeza , 2020 # Pablo Rojas , 2020 # Luciano Nahuel Vitale , 2020 # Cécile Collart , 2020 +# José Vicente , 2020 +# Luis M. Ontalba , 2020 +# Luis Marin , 2020 +# Pedro M. Baeza , 2020 +# Christopher Ormaza , 2020 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020 +# Angel Moya - PESOL , 2020 +# gabriumaa , 2020 +# Nicolás Broggi , 2020 +# John Guardado , 2020 +# Christian García , 2020 +# ced903afe967c2a46d1036224972db9d, 2020 +# Rick Hunter , 2020 +# Haider Ilich López Areiza , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -65,9 +72,9 @@ msgstr "" "Language: es\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 -msgid "Accounting" -msgstr "Contabilidad" +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 +msgid "Invoicing and Accounting" +msgstr "Facturación y Contabilidad" #: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" @@ -220,6 +227,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:114 msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" @@ -273,41 +281,50 @@ msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 -msgid "**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks" +msgid "" +"**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks. (:doc:`Click here for " +"more information `)" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:28 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:277 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:329 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:112 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuración" @@ -382,7 +399,7 @@ msgid "After this, your bank feeds will be regularly synchronized." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:579 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:579 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" @@ -497,12 +514,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" -msgstr "¿Cómo sincronizar su cuenta PayPal con Odoo?" +msgid "Synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -625,263 +643,213 @@ msgstr "" "Usted sólo tiene que proporcionar sus tarjetas la primera vez. Una vez hecho" " esto, Odoo sincronizará con PayPal cada 4 horas de forma automática." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 +msgid "Ponto as Bank Synchronization provider" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate " +"their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within " +"one app. It is a third-party solution that is continuously expanding the " +"number of bank institutions that can be synchronized with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Accounting** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank " +"statements imported automatically into your database. This allows for easier" +" **bank reconciliation**. When :doc:`adding a bank account on Odoo " +"<../setup/bank_accounts>`, you can see if your bank requires a connection " +"through Ponto by searching for your bank institution, and clicking on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can find more information about bank synchronization :doc:`on this page " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 +msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:33 +msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:34 +msgid "Create an account if you don’t have one yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:35 +msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Select your bank institution and follow the steps on-screen to link your " +"bank account with your Ponto account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Make sure to add all the bank accounts you want to synchronize with your " +"Odoo database before moving on to the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 +msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Odoo requires you to insert your Ponto's **Client ID** and **Secret ID** to " +"synchronize both platforms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To generate these IDs, go to :menuselection:`Ponto Dashboard --> Integration" +" --> Live`, click on *Add Integration*, fill out the form, and select which " +"accounts you want to synchronize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:61 +msgid "Copy the Client ID and Secret ID generated and paste them in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:62 +msgid "Configure the synchronization options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Action**: define if Odoo must create a new *Journal* for this bank " +"account, link to an existing Journal, or create no link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:66 +msgid "**Journal**: select the appropriate *Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Synchronization Frequency**: define how often Odoo should fetch the bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:74 +msgid "" +"It is good practice to have one Journal per bank account. If you synchronize" +" a single bank account, link it to the existing *Bank* journal. If you have " +"multiple accounts, it is recommended to pick the *Create new journal* option" +" for all additional accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:81 +msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the " +"synchronization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Click on *Update Accounts* to enter your new Client ID and Secret ID, or " +"click on *Edit* to modify the synchronization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:92 +msgid "Deprecated API tokens" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Ponto's previous synchronization system using API tokens is now deprecated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:96 +msgid "" +"This section is only relevant for users who had previously linked Ponto with" +" Odoo using a single API token instead of the current synchronization system" +" with a *Client ID* and a *Secret ID*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:99 +msgid "**Update** your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "*SaaS* and *Odoo.sh* users:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "you can skip this step, as your database is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "*Community* and *Enterprise* users:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"download the latest Odoo source code for your version (you can download it " +"from `this link `_ or from GitHub), install it, " +"and restart your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Do a **hard refresh** of your Odoo page by pressing *CTRL + F5*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"A hard refresh clears the cache and the javascript code for the current " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To **generate your access key**, follow :ref:`the steps above `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To **update your credentials**, follow :ref:`the steps above `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/bank_accounts`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:184 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Varios" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" -msgstr "¿Cómo manejar depósitos de lote de cheques?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " -"will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " -"money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " -"manually bring the checks to the bank." -msgstr "" -"Si el departamento de cartera de su compañia recibe cheques de los clientes," -" probablemente lo depositaran por lotes. Como se ha recibido en forma " -"fisica, alguien lo debe llevar al banco y depositar en nombre de su compañia" -" manualmente." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" -" be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " -"transactions." -msgstr "" -"El banco le pedirá una recibo de depósito (también conocido como comprobante" -" de depósito) para ser rellenado con los detalles de los cheques o dinero en" -" efectivo que se incluirán en las transacciones." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " -"reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." -msgstr "" -"El estado de cuenta reflejará la cantidad total que se deposita y la " -"referencia en el recibo de depósito, no en los comprobantes individuales." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " -"reconcile them with your bank statement easily." -msgstr "" -"Odoo le ayuda a preparar e imprimir sus recibos de depósito, y más tarde " -"reconciliarlos con su estado de cuenta bancario con facilidad." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 -msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" -msgstr "Instalar la función de depósito por lotes" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " -"Deposit** to be installed." -msgstr "" -"Para utilizar la característica de depósito por lotes, necesita el módulo de" -" **Depósito por grupos** para ser instalado." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" -" your country." -msgstr "" -"Por lo general, este módulo se instala automáticamente si los comprobantes " -"son ampliamente utilizados en su país." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " -"application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." -msgstr "" -"Para verificar que la característica **Depósito por grupos** está instalado," -" vaya al :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` de la aplicación de " -"contabilidad. Compruebe la función: **Permitir depósito por grupos**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 -msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" -msgstr "Activar la función en sus cuentas bancarias" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " -"deposits on your main bank accounts." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que haya instalado esta característica, Odoo activará " -"automáticamente los depósitos bancarios en sus principales cuentas " -"bancarias." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " -"the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " -"'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the " -"Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." -msgstr "" -"Para controlar cuales cuentas bancarias permiten deposicion en lotes y " -"cuales no, vaya al diaraio que configuró para recibir los cheques, " -"normalmente llamado \"Cheques\" o \"Banco\" (ver " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, en la applicación de " -"Contabilidad, :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Contabilidad --> Diarios`." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" -" to **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" -"En la ficha de **Configuración avanzada**, en la sección de **Varios**, " -"establezca el Método de débito para el **Depósito por grupos**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " -"payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " -"make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch " -"Deposits afterwards." -msgstr "" -"Si marca el campo de método de débito en** Depósito por grupos**, significa " -"que los pagos creados con este Diario (método llamado de pago cuando se " -"quiere realizar o recibir un pago) será de aplicación para la creación de " -"Depósitos por grupos más tarde." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 -msgid "From checks received to the bank" -msgstr "De cheques recibidos al banco" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 -msgid "Receive customer checks" -msgstr "Recibir cheques de los clientes" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once your checks are received, record them on the bank account on which you " -"plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal if " -"you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit. " -"Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 -msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." -msgstr "En el campo memo, puede establecer la referencia del cheque." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 -msgid "" -"payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " -"Payment** button." -msgstr "" -"pagos puede ser registrados desde el menu :menuselection:`Ventas --> " -"Pagos`, o directamente desde la correspondiente factura, utilizando el botón" -" **Registrar Pago**" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 -msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" -msgstr "Preparar un depósito por lotes" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 -msgid "" -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" -"Desde el módulo de Contabilidad, vaya la menú de :menuselection_`Ventas --> " -"Depósito por grupos`, y crea un nuevo**Depósito por grupos**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " -"deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " -"deposited yet. That way you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " -"check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 -msgid "" -"You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " -"the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." -msgstr "" -"Luego puede imprimir la deposición en lote, que sera de gran utilidad al " -"momento de llenar un formulario de constancia de deposición en lote que " -"normalmente exige el banco." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 -msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" -msgstr "Conciliando el depósito con el estado de cuenta bancario" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 -msgid "" -"When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " -"ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " -"is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with " -"the bank statement line." -msgstr "" -"Cuando procesa la conciliación bancaria, verá el número del tiquete de " -"depocisión referenciado en el extracto. Cuando el proceso de conciliación " -"arranque, el usuario podrá seleccionar la deposición por lote que coincida " -"con la linea del extracto bancario." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 -msgid "" -"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fill all the checks " -"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in the batch " -"deposit in the example below)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:111 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "Solución de problemas" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 -msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" -msgstr "¿No veo el link a la deposición por lote en los extractos bancarios?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " -"be two reasons:" -msgstr "" -"Si usted no tiene una relación de depósito por lotes en su estado de cuenta " -"bancario, podría haber dos razones:" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 -msgid "" -"After having installed the batch deposit features you need to reload the " -"page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" -" button of your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 -msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." -msgstr "" -"Usted no tiene un depósito por lotes creado para esta cuenta bancaria." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 -msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" -msgstr "¿Qué sucede si un cheque fue rechazado?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " -"in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " -"refused." -msgstr "" -"Si figura en su extracto bancario un monto mas pequeño del registrado en su " -"deposición en lote, esto posiblemente significaria que uno de sus cheques ha" -" sido rechazado." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 -msgid "" -"In this case click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " -"bank statement matching." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" -msgstr "¿Como transferir dinero de un banco a otro?" +msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1063,182 +1031,192 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "Conciliación Bancaria" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 -msgid "Configure model of entries" -msgstr "Configure el modelo de entradas" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 +msgid "Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "Modelos de conciliación" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once the bank statements are correctly imported, it is essential to " +"*reconcile* the records properly and ensure all *Journal Entries* are " +"balanced and in agreement. To ease and speed up the reconciliation process, " +"you can configure **Reconciliation Models**, which are particularly useful " +"with recurrent entries such as bank fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Reconciliation Models are also useful to handle *Cash Discounts*. Please " +"refer to :doc:`this documentation " +"<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 +msgid "Types of Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 +msgid "There are three types of Reconciliation Models:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`Write-off Button `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 +msgid "" +":ref:`Suggestion of counterpart values `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 +msgid ":ref:`Match existing invoices/bills `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 +msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the " +"buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the " +"values automatically, before validating the reconciliation. Each button is a" +" different Reconciliation Model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 +msgid "Suggest counterpart values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values " +"that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules " +"defined in the reconciliation model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 +msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer " +"Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is " +"to validate the entry. This automation is based on a set of rules defined in" +" the reconciliation model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. " +"Alternatively, you can also open this menu from the Accounting Overview, by " +"going to your Bank Journal card, clicking on the three little dots, and then" +" on *Reconciliation Models*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for " +"the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to " +"leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new one," +" then fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Tipo" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 +msgid "" +"See :ref:`above ` for an explanation about the " +"different types of Reconciliation Models." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the *Documents* application is installed on your database, an additional " +"**Activity type** field appears when *To check* is ticked. Selecting the " +"value *Reconciliation request* implies that, whenever you use this model, a " +"*Request Document* window pops up to request a document from a user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 +msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" +msgstr "Condiciones en líneas de extracto bancario" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Define here all the conditions that are required for a Reconciliation Model " +"to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 +msgid "" +"If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the" +" *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of " +"the models in the *list view*. They can be rearranged by dragging-and-" +"dropping the handle next to the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 +msgid "Counterpart Values" +msgstr "Valores de la Contrapartida" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This section comprises the values that are applied by the Reconciliation " +"Model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 +msgid "" +"If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, " +"click on *Add a second line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" +msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Bank reconciliation process - use cases" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 ../../accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Información general" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " -"order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." -msgstr "" -"En Odoo tiene la posibilidad de pre-llenar algunas entradas contables en " -"orden de facilitar la reconciliación de partidas recurrentes como comisiones" -" bancarias." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " -"my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " -"current balance. This fee is thus variable." -msgstr "" -"Tomaremos el siguiente ejemplo para ilustrar el concepto: Cada mes mi " -"compañía recibe un costo bancario, el cual depende de nuestra saldo " -"recurrente en la cuenta. Esta tarifa es por tanto variable." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 -msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" -msgstr "Crear modelos de conciliación" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " -"to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " -":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." -msgstr "" -"Primero, necesitamos configurar dos modelos de partidas reconciliatorias. " -"Para hacerlo, vaya a la aplicación contabilidad en el tablero. En su diario " -"bancario, de clic en :menuselection:`Mas --> Modelos de Reconciliación`." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 -msgid "" -"We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " -"depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." -msgstr "" -"Queremos poder registrar nuestros gastos bancarios fácilmente. Nuestro banco" -" deduce gastos dependiendo de nuestro saldo, es decir que puede variar cada " -"mes." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 -msgid "" -"We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " -"book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " -"\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " -"Odoo to take the entire fee into account." -msgstr "" -"Nosotros creamos un boton de Etiqueta llamada costes de banco, seleccionar el monte corecto para reservar los gastos. Por lo mas necesitamos especificar que el tipo de monte es ''Porcentaje del monte del cuento;; con un Monte de 100%. Este parametro va decir a Oddo de transferir todos los gastos en el cuento.\n" -"Almacenar sus cambios cuando todo esto sera hecho. \n" -"Si el monte del coste de banco es fixado, puede seleccionar tambien ''Fixado'' bajo del tipo del mote y definir la monte en el tap de ella.\n" -"Puede tambier aplicar esta fucion para gerar discuentos. Por favor referirse al doc...?...monte para recibir_facturas/cash_discounts\n" -"Registrar sus pagos basados\n" -"Si quiere balanzar todos pagos pendientes y facturas directamente (en lugar de hacer asi un por un)puede aplicar la balanza de lot por Odoo.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -" " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 -msgid "Save your changes when you are done." -msgstr "Guarde los cambios cuando haya terminado." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " -"under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." -msgstr "" -"Si el monto de sus gastos bancarios es fijo, puede también seleccionar " -"**Fijo** bajo el tipo de monto y especificar el monto en la pestaña monto." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" -msgstr "" -"También puede usar esta funcionalidad para manejar descuentos. Por favor " -"refierase a :doc:`../../por cobrar/cliente_facturas/efectivo_descuentos`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:47 -msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" -msgstr "Registra tus pagos basados en un modelo de reconciliación" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " -"impacted by the payment of the bank fee." -msgstr "" -"Registre su pago importando sus extractos bancarios que serán afectados por " -"el pago de la comisión bancaria." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:52 -msgid "" -"When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " -"**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" -" relevant data instantly." -msgstr "" -"Cuando esté haciendo la reconciliación, puede seleccionar un balance abierto" -" y dar clic en el botón **Modelo de Reconciliación** (in este caso, **Gastos" -" Bancarios**) para obtener toda la información relevante instantáneamente." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:59 -msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." -msgstr "Finalmente, de clic en **Reconciliar** para finalizar el proceso." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" -msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" -msgstr "Los casos de uso en el proceso de conciliación bancaria" - #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" "Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " @@ -1389,99 +1367,171 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup" msgstr "Configurar" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" -msgstr "¿Cómo configurar una nueva cuenta bancaria?" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Accounts" +msgstr "Cuentas bancarias" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " -"guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " -"account." +"You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " +"Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " +"up to date and ready for the reconciliation with your *Journal Entries*." msgstr "" -"En Odoo, puede administrar múltiples extractos bancarios. En esta página, " -"será guiado en la creación, modificación o supresión de un banco o una " -"cuenta de tarjeta de crédito." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 -msgid "Edit a bank account" -msgstr "Editar una cuenta bancaria" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 msgid "" -"To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" -" it first before filling your own bank information." +"In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " +"*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." msgstr "" -"Para facilitar el proceso, ya está ahí una cuenta bancaria. Sugerimos que la" -" edite primero antes de llenar su propia información bancaria." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." +"Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" +" are automatically created and configured." msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Cuentas Bancarias`" -" y de clic en el ítem **Banco**. Editelo. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 msgid "" -"Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " -"method like SEPA" +"Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " +"Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" +" are displayed when appropriate." msgstr "" -"Odoo detectará el tipo de cuenta bancaria (ej. IBAN) para permitir algunos " -"métodos de pago como SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 -msgid "Create a bank account" -msgstr "Crear una cuenta bancaria" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 +msgid "Add a new Bank Account" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" -" on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" -" number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. " -"Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." +"You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" +" your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " +"<../feeds/bank_statements>`." msgstr "" -"Vaya a:menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Cuentas Bancarias`." -" De clic en **crear** y llene el formato. Puede decidir si muestra el número" -" de la cuenta bancaria si pretende enviar documentos como órdenes de venta o" -" facturas. Seleccione los métodos de pago que soporta esta cuenta bancaria." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 +msgid "Bank Synchronization" +msgstr "Sincronización bancaria" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 msgid "" -"If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " -"the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " -"accounts from another company." +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically." msgstr "" -"Si esta trabajando en un ambiente mutil-compañía, tendrá que cambiar la " -"compañía en las preferencias de su usuario para poder agregar, editar o " -"borrar cuentas bancarias de otra compañía." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 msgid "" -"The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " -"of the previous one within the same journal automatically." +"To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " +"list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." msgstr "" -"El saldo inicial de una cuenta bancaria será ajustado al saldo de cierre del" -" anterior dentro del mismo diario automáticamente." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:57 -msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" -msgstr "Eliminar una cuenta bancaria o cuenta de tarjeta de crédito" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 msgid "" -"From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " -"the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " -"menu" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this bank synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +msgid "Manual configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" +" out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 +msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 +msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " +"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" +" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " +"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " +"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " +"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Advanced configuration" +msgstr "Configuración avanzada" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " +"modify." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" +" and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " +"can edit the bank account's number, Account Holder, Account Holder Name, and" +" your Bank Institution's details by clicking on the *External Link* next to " +"the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "" +"You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " +"Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " +"in the **Bank Statements** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Learn: Accounting Basics `_" msgstr "" -"Desde la lista de cuentas bancarias, seleccione los ítems a borrar y " -"borrelos desde el menú acción o vaya al formato y borre un solo ítem desde " -"el menú acción" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" -msgstr "¿Cómo administrar un banco en una moneda extranjera?" +msgid "Manage a bank in a foreign currency" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1695,8 +1745,8 @@ msgstr "" "montos en la moneda de las facturas que recibió;" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a cash register?" -msgstr "Cómo administrar una caja registradora?" +msgid "Manage a cash register" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1725,6 +1775,8 @@ msgstr "" " puede ser configurada también como la moneda del diario" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:249 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" @@ -1794,6 +1846,5830 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Las transacciones serán agregadas al registro actual de pago en efectivo." +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 +msgid "Localizations" +msgstr "Localizaciones" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 +msgid "Argentina" +msgstr "Argentina" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introducción" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " +"this version the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" +"La localización argentina se ha mejorado y ampliado en Odoo v13, en esta " +"versión están disponibles los siguientes módulos:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " +"localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" +" to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " +"Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." +msgstr "" +"**l10n_ar**: Este módulo agrega funciones de contabilidad para la " +"localización argentina, que representan las configuraciones mínimas " +"necesarias para que una empresa opere en Argentina y bajo las regulaciones y" +" pautas de la AFIP (Administración Federal de Ingresos Públicos)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " +"Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " +"on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " +"that is used to analyze the invoice" +msgstr "" +"**l10n_ar_reports**: Incluye el informe del libro de IVA, que es un " +"requisito legal en Argentina y que contiene la información detallada de IVA " +"de las ventas o compras registradas en las entradas contables. Este módulo " +"incluye también el informe resumido del IVA que se utiliza para analizar la " +"factura." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " +"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " +"AFIP regulations." +msgstr "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los requisitos técnicos y " +"funcionales para poder realizarintercambio de información basado en el Web " +"Service de Factura Electrónica (WSFE), bajo las regulaciones de la AFIP." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" +msgstr "Instalar los módulos de localización Argentina" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:29 +msgid "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " +"the first two modules." +msgstr "" +"Para esto, vaya a *Aplicaciones* y busque \"Argentina\". Luego haga clic en " +"*Instalar* para los dos primeros módulos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:35 +msgid "Configure your company" +msgstr "Configure su empresa" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " +"company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " +"the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " +"structure of the company:" +msgstr "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, el primer paso es configurar los " +"datos de su empresa. Adicional a la información básica, un campo clave para " +"completar es el Tipo de responsabilidad AFIP, que representa la obligación " +"fiscal y la estructura de la empresa:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:46 +msgid "Chart of Account" +msgstr "Plan de cuentas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " +"accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " +"considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" +" companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" +msgstr "" +"En la configuración de Contabilidad, hay tres paquetes disponibles de Plan " +"de cuentas, que están relacionados con el tipo de responsabilidad AFIP de la" +" compañía, considerando así que si las compañías base no requieren tantas " +"cuentas como las compañías con requisitos fiscales más complejos:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:52 +msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." +msgstr "Monotributista (149 cuentas)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:53 +msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." +msgstr "Exento de IVA (159 cuentas)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:54 +msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." +msgstr "Responsables Inscriptos (166 cuentas)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 +msgid "Configure Master data" +msgstr "Configurar datos maestros" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" +msgstr "Credenciales de Facturación Electrónica" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:66 +msgid "Environment" +msgstr "Entorno" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " +"and Production." +msgstr "" +"La infraestructura de AFIP se replica en dos entornos separados: Testing y " +"Producción." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " +"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." +msgstr "" +"El ambiente de Homologación o Testing es donde las compañías pueden probar " +"sus desarrollos hasta que estén listas para Producción. Como estos dos " +"entornos están completamente asilados uno del otro, los certificados " +"digitales de una instancia no son válidos en la otra." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " +"to select the environment:" +msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization`" +" para seleccionar el entorno:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +msgid "AFIP Certificates" +msgstr "Certificados de AFIP" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " +"provided by the AFIP." +msgstr "" +"La facturación electrónica y otros servicios AFIP funcionan con Web Services" +" (WS) proporcionados por AFIP." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." +msgstr "" +"Para habilitar comunicación con AFIP, el primer paso es solicitar un " +"certificado digital si no se tiene uno ya." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " +"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " +"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." +msgstr "" +"Generar el certificado de Solicitud de Firma (Odoo). Cuando se selecciona " +"esta opción, se genera un archivo con la extensión ``.csr`` (solicitud de " +"firma de certificado, por sus siglas en inglés) para utilizar el portal AFIP" +" para solicitar el certificado." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " +"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " +"`Get AFIP Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" +"Generar certificado (AFIP). Acceda al portal de AFIP y siga las " +"instrucciones descritas en el siguiente documento para obtener un " +"certificado. `Obtener certificado de AFIP " +"`_." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " +"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " +"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." +msgstr "" +"Cargar el Certificado y la Clave Privada (Odoo). Una vez que se ha generado " +"el certificado, este debe cargarse en Odoo, utilizando el lápiz que se " +"encuentra a continuación en el campo \"Certificado\" y seleccionando el " +"archivo correspondiente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" +"En caso de que necesite configurar el Certificado de Homologación, consulte " +"la documentación oficial de AFIP: `Certificado de Homologación " +"`_." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "Partner (Contactos)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:150 +msgid "Identification Type and VAT" +msgstr "Tipo de identificación e IVA" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:114 +msgid "" +"As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " +"AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " +"for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" +"Como parte de la localización argentina, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la AFIP ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Partner, esta " +"información es esencial para la mayoría de las transacciones. Hay seis tipos" +" de identificación disponibles por defecto:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" +" Odoo but only the common ones are active." +msgstr "" +"La lista completa de los tipos de identificación definidos por la AFIP se " +"incluye en Odoo, pero sólo los comunes están activos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:126 +msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" +msgstr "Tipo de responsabilidad AFIP" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " +"should be defined in the partner form:" +msgstr "" +"En Argentina, el tipo de documento asociado con las transacciones de " +"clientes y proveedores se define en función del tipo de responsabilidad ante" +" AFIP; este campo debe definirse en el formulario de Partner:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "Impuestos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:137 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " +"with their related financial account and configuration." +msgstr "" +"Como parte del módulo de localización, los impuestos se crean " +"automáticamente con su cuenta financiera y configuración relacionadas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:144 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:195 +msgid "Taxes Types" +msgstr "Tipos de impuestos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:146 +msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "Argentina tiene varios tipos de impuestos, los más comunes son:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:148 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." +msgstr "**IVA**. Es el IVA normal y puede tener varios porcentajes." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:149 +msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." +msgstr "" +"**Percepción**. Pago anticipado de un impuesto que se aplica a las facturas." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:150 +msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" +msgstr "" +"**Retención**. Pago anticipado de un impuesto que se aplica a los pagos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:151 +msgid "Otros." +msgstr "Otros." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:154 +msgid "Special Taxes" +msgstr "Impuestos especiales" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" +" taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " +"creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " +"Inactive taxes:" +msgstr "" +"Algunos impuestos argentinos no se usan comúnmente para todas las empresas, " +"este tipo de impuestos se incluyen como inactivos por defecto. Es importante" +" que antes de crear un nuevo impuesto confirme que no esté incluido ya en " +"los impuestos inactivos:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:164 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:211 +msgid "Document Types" +msgstr "Tipos de documentos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:166 +msgid "" +"In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " +"types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " +"AFIP)." +msgstr "" +"En algunos países de América Latina, incluida Argentina, algunas " +"transacciones contables como facturas de clientes y proveedores se " +"clasifican por tipos de documentos definidos por las autoridades fiscales " +"del gobierno (en el caso de Argentina, la AFIP)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:170 +msgid "" +"The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " +"the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " +"of invoices as well of account moves." +msgstr "" +"El tipo de documento es un dato esencial que debe mostrarse en los informes " +"impresos y que debe identificarse fácilmente, dentro del conjunto de " +"facturas y de movimientos de cuenta." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" +" on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " +"when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" +"Cada tipo de documento puede tener una secuencia única por diario donde se " +"asigna. Como parte de la localización, el *Tipo de documento* incluye el " +"país en el que se aplica el documento y los datos se crean automáticamente " +"cuando se instala el módulo de localización." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The information required for the document types is included by default so " +"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" +msgstr "" +"La información requerida para los tipos de documentos se incluye de manera " +"predeterminada, por lo que el usuario no necesita completar nada en esta " +"vista:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:232 +msgid "" +"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " +"activated if needed." +msgstr "" +"Hay varios tipos de documentos que están inactivos de manera predeterminada," +" pero se pueden activar si es necesario." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:187 +msgid "Letters" +msgstr "Letras" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:189 +msgid "" +"For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" +" the transaction/operation, example:" +msgstr "" +"Para Argentina, los tipos de documentos incluyen una letra que indica la " +"transacción u operación. Por ejemplo:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" +"Cuando una factura está relacionada con una transacción B2B (empresa a " +"empresa), se debe utilizar un tipo de documento \"A\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:193 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" +"Cuando una factura está relacionada con una transacción B2C (empresa a " +"consumidor final), se debe utilizar un tipo de documento \"B\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:194 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" +" must be used." +msgstr "" +"Cuando una factura está relacionada con una transacción de exportación, se " +"debe utilizar un tipo de documento \"E\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " +"associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." +msgstr "" +"Los documentos incluidos en la localización tienen la letra apropiada " +"asociada, el usuario no necesita configurar nada adicional." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:236 +msgid "Use on Invoices" +msgstr "Usar en facturas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:205 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:238 +msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" +msgstr "El tipo de documento en cada transacción estará determinado por:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:207 +msgid "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " +"documents." +msgstr "" +"El diario relacionado con la Factura, identificando si el diario usa " +"documentos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" +msgstr "" +"Condición aplicada según el tipo de Emisor y Receptor (por ejemplo, tipo de " +"régimen fiscal del comprador y tipo de régimen fiscal del vendedor)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:133 +msgid "Journals" +msgstr "Diarios contables" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " +"depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" +msgstr "" +"En la localización argentina, el diario puede tener un enfoque diferente " +"dependiendo de su uso y tipo interno, para configurar sus diarios vaya a " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:218 +msgid "" +"For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " +"Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" +" can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " +"invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." +msgstr "" +"Para los diarios de ventas y compras, es posible habilitar la opción *Usar " +"documentos*, que indica que el diario habilita una lista de tipos de " +"documentos que pueden relacionarse con las facturas de clientes y las " +"facturas de proveedores. Para obtener más detalles sobre las facturas, " +"consulte la sección 2.3 Tipos de documentos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:222 +msgid "" +"If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" +" because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " +"account moves related to internal control process." +msgstr "" +"Si el diario de ventas o compras se usa sin la opción *Usar documentos* es " +"porque no se usarán para generar facturas fiscales, sino principalmente para" +" movimientos de cuenta relacionados con el proceso de control interno." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:226 +msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" +msgstr "Información de AFIP (mejor conocida como Punto de venta de AFIP)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:231 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " +"defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " +"for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" +msgstr "" +"**Sistema AFIP POS**: Este campo solo es visible para los diarios de ventas " +"y define el tipo de AFIP POS que se utilizará para administrar las " +"transacciones para las que se crea el diario. El AFIP POS define también:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." +msgstr "Las secuencias de tipos de documentos relacionados con el WS." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:236 +msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." +msgstr "La estructura y los datos del archivo de factura electrónica." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +msgid "Web Services" +msgstr "Web Services" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:240 +msgid "" +"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " +"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." +msgstr "" +"``wsfev1: Facturación electrónica.`` Este es el servicio más común, se " +"utiliza para generar facturas tipo A, B, C, M sin detalles por artículo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +msgid "" +"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " +"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" +" Bond `_." +msgstr "" +"``wsbfev1: Bono Fiscal Electrónico.`` Para quienes facturan bienes de " +"capital y desean acceder al beneficio de los Bonos de Crédito Fiscal " +"Electrónicos otorgados por el Ministerio de Economía. Para obtener más " +"detalles, puede consultar el siguiente enlace: `Bono Fiscal " +"`_." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +msgid "" +"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " +"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " +"the document type related is type “E”." +msgstr "" +"``wsfexv1: Facturación Electrónica de Exportación.`` Se usa para generar " +"facturas para clientes internacionales y transacciones que involucren el " +"proceso de exportación. El tipo de documento relacionado es \"E\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:252 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " +"the operations related to this AFIP POS." +msgstr "" +"**Número de POS de AFIP**: Este es el número configurado en AFIP para " +"identificar las operaciones relacionadas con este POS de AFIP." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:255 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" +" for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " +"example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that " +"you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " +"invoice report." +msgstr "" +"**Dirección POS de AFIP**: Este campo está relacionado con la dirección " +"comercial registrada para el POS, que generalmente es la misma dirección de " +"la Compañía. Por ejemplo: tiene varias tiendas (ubicaciones fiscales), " +"entonces AFIP requerirá que tenga un POS AFIP por ubicación: esta ubicación " +"se imprimirá en el informe de la factura." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:260 +msgid "" +"**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " +"(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " +"sequence. For example:" +msgstr "" +"**Libro unificado**: Cuando el sistema AFIP POS es Preimpresa, los tipos de " +"documentos (aplicables al diario) con la misma letra compartirán la misma " +"secuencia. Por ejemplo:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:263 +msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." +msgstr "Factura: FA-A 0001-00000002." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:264 +msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." +msgstr "Nota de crédito: NC-A 0001-00000003." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:265 +msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." +msgstr "Nota de débito: ND-A 0001-00000004." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:295 +msgid "Sequences" +msgstr "Secuencias" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" +" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " +"under :doc:`developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can " +"be used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:277 +msgid "" +"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " +"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " +"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " +"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." +msgstr "" +"Al crear los diarios de compras, es posible definir si pueden relacionarse a" +" tipos de documentos o no. Si se elige la opción de usar documentos, no hay " +"necesidad de asociar manualmente las secuencias de tipo de documentos puesto" +" que el número de documento lo da el proveedor." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:283 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +msgid "Usage and testing" +msgstr "Uso y prueba" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:286 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:166 +msgid "Invoice" +msgstr "Facturas de clientes" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:288 +msgid "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " +"invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" +msgstr "" +"Después de que los contactos (clientes) y los diarios contables se crean y " +"configuran, al ser creadas las facturas tendrán el siguiente comportamiento:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:292 +msgid "Document type assignation" +msgstr "Asignación de tipo de documento" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " +"based on the AFIP document type:" +msgstr "" +"Una vez que se selecciona el cliente, el tipo de documento se llenará " +"automáticamente, basado en el tipo de documento AFIP:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:297 +msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." +msgstr "**Factura para un cliente IVA Responsable inscripto, prefijo A**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:302 +msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." +msgstr "**Factura para un cliente final, prefijo B**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:307 +msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." +msgstr "**Facturación para Exportación, prefijo E**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:312 +msgid "" +"As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " +"prefix and sequence is given by the document type." +msgstr "" +"Como se muestra en las facturas, todas ellas usan el mismo diario contable, " +"pero el prefijo y la secuencia están dados por el tipo de documento.." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:315 +msgid "" +"The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " +"different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " +"manually by the user." +msgstr "" +"El tipo de documento más común se definirá automáticamente para las " +"diferentes combinaciones de tipo de responsabilidad ante AFIP, pero el " +"usuario puede actualizarlo manualmente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" +msgstr "Elementos de facturas electrónicas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:321 +msgid "" +"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" +" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" +" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " +"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " +"draft until the related data is corrected." +msgstr "" +"Al usar facturación electrónica, si toda la información está correcta la " +"factura quedará registrada de modo estándar. En caso que algo necesite " +"revisarse (vea la sección de Errores comunes para más detalles), aparecerá " +"un mensaje de error indicando el problema y sugiriendo una resolución, y la " +"factura permanecerá en estado \"Borrador\" hasta que se corrija la " +"información necesaria." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" +msgstr "" +"Una vez que la factura se registra, la información relacionada a su estatus " +"y su validación ante la AFIP se muestra en la pestaña \"AFIP\". Esto " +"incluye:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:329 +msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." +msgstr "Autorización AFIP: Número CAE." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " +"10 days after the CAE is generated." +msgstr "" +"Fecha de vencimiento: Fecha límite para hacer llegar la factura al cliente. " +"Suele ser 10 días después de la generación del CAE." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:332 +msgid "Result:" +msgstr "Resultado:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:334 +msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." +msgstr "Aceptado en AFIP." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:335 +msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." +msgstr "Aceptado con Observaciones." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:341 +msgid "Invoice Taxes" +msgstr "Impuestos en facturas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " +"behavior on the pdf report:" +msgstr "" +"Según el tipo de responsabilidad ante AFIP, el IVA puede tener un " +"comportamiento diferente en el informe PDF:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:346 +msgid "" +"**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " +"identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " +"following AFIP Responsibility type:" +msgstr "" +"**A. Impuestos excluidos:** En este caso, el valor del impuesto debe " +"identificarse claramente en el informe. Esta condición se aplica cuando el " +"cliente tiene el siguiente tipo de responsabilidad ante AFIP:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:349 +msgid "Responsable Inscripto." +msgstr "Responsable Inscripto." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:354 +msgid "" +"**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " +"part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " +"the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" +msgstr "" +"**B. Valor de impuestos incluido:** Esto significa que la cantidad gravada " +"se incluye como parte del precio del producto, subtotal y totales. Esta " +"condición se aplica cuando el cliente tiene los siguientes tipos de " +"responsabilidad ante AFIP:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:358 +msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." +msgstr "IVA Sujeto Exento." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:359 +msgid "Consumidor Final." +msgstr "Consumidor Final." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:360 +msgid "Responsable Monotributo." +msgstr "Responsable Monotributo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:361 +msgid "IVA liberado." +msgstr "IVA liberado." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +msgid "Special Use Cases" +msgstr "Casos de uso especiales" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:371 +msgid "Invoices for Services" +msgstr "Facturas de servicios" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:372 +msgid "" +"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " +"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" +" tab “Other Info”:" +msgstr "" +"Para facturas electrónicas que incluyen servicios, la AFIP requiere reportar" +" la fecha de inicio y conclusión del servicio. Esta información puede " +"ingresarse en la pestaña \"Otra información\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +msgid "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" +" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " +"the invoice month:" +msgstr "" +"Si las fechas no se ingresan manualmente antes de validar la factura, se " +"agregarán automáticamente los días primero y último del mes en curso." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:386 +msgid "Exportation Invoices" +msgstr "Facturas de exportación" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:387 +msgid "" +"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " +"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" +" type be associated:" +msgstr "" +"Las facturas relacionadas a transacciones de exportación requieren un diario" +" que usa el Sistema AFIP POS \"Expo Voucher - Web Service\" para que se le " +"asocie el tipo de documento apropiado:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +msgid "" +"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " +"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " +"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" +msgstr "" +"Cuando el cliente seleccionado en la factura tiene el Tipo de " +"responsabilidad ante AFIP como “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” o “IVA " +"Liberado – Ley Nº 19.640”, Odoo automáticamente asignará:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:396 +msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." +msgstr "Diario relacionado al Web Service de Exportación." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:397 +msgid "Exportation document type ." +msgstr "Tipo de documento de exportación." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:398 +msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." +msgstr "Posición fiscal: Compras/Ventas al exterior." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:399 +msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." +msgstr "Concepto AFIP: Productos / Exportación definitiva de bienes." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +msgid "Exempt Taxes." +msgstr "Exención de impuestos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +msgid "" +"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " +"Info --> Accounting`:" +msgstr "" +"Los documentos de exportación requieren el Incoterm en :menuselection:`Other" +" Info --> Accounting`:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +msgid "Fiscal Bond" +msgstr "Bono fiscal" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " +"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy." +msgstr "" +"El bono fiscal electrónico es para ser usado por quienes facturan bienes de " +"capital y desean acceder al beneficio del bono de impuestos electrónicos " +"otorgado por el Ministerio de Economía." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:442 +msgid "" +"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" +"Para estas transacciones es importante tener en consideración los siguientes" +" requisitos:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:419 +msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." +msgstr "Moneda (según la tabla de parámetros) y presupuesto de factura." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:136 +msgid "Taxes." +msgstr "Impuestos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +msgid "Zone." +msgstr "Zona." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:422 +msgid "Detail each item." +msgstr "Detalle cada artículo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:424 +msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." +msgstr "Código según la Nomenclatura Común del MERCOSUR (NCM)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +msgid "Complete description." +msgstr "Descripción completa." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +msgid "Unit Net Price." +msgstr "Precio neto por unidad." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 +msgid "Quantity." +msgstr "Cantidad." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +msgid "Unit of measurement." +msgstr "Unidad de medida." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +msgid "Bonus." +msgstr "Bono" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:430 +msgid "VAT rate." +msgstr "Tasa de IVA." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" +msgstr "Factura de crédito electrónica MiPyME (FCE)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " +"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " +"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " +"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " +"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" +" to their clients and / or vendors." +msgstr "" +"**Facturas:** Hay varios tipos de documentos clasificados como MiPyME, " +"también conocidos como Factura de crédito electrónica (FCE), que se usa para" +" impulsar PyMEs. Su propósito es desarrollar un mecanismo que mejore las " +"condiciones de financiamiento de estas compañías y les permite incrementar " +"su productividad mediante el cobro anticipado de cuentas por pagar y cobrar " +"a sus clientes y/o proveedores." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:444 +msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." +msgstr "Tipos de documento específico (201, 202, 206, etc)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:445 +msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." +msgstr "El emisor debe ser aceptado por AFIP para transacciones MiPyMEs." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:446 +msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." +msgstr "La cantidad debe ser mayor a 100,000 ARS." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:447 +msgid "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" +msgstr "" +"Una cuenta bancaria tipo CBU debe estar relacionada al emisor, de otro modo " +"la factura no puede ser validada, resultando en un error como los " +"siguientes:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +msgid "" +"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " +"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" +msgstr "" +"**Notas de crédito o débito:** Al crear una nota de crédito o débito " +"relacionada a una FCE, es importante considerar los siguientes puntos:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " +"originator document passed to the note." +msgstr "" +"Use los botones de Nota de crédito y débito, para transferir la referencia " +"correcta del documento de origen a la nota." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " +"A or B)." +msgstr "" +"La letra del documento debe ser la misma que la del documento origen (ya sea" +" A o B)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +msgid "" +"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." +msgstr "" +"Debe usarse la misma moneda que en el documento origen. Al usar una moneda " +"secundaria hay una diferencia resultante de la conversión. Si la taso de " +"cambio no es la misma el día de la emisión y del pago, es posible crear una " +"nota de crédito o débito para incrementar o reducir la cantidad a pagar en " +"ARS." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:468 +msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" +msgstr "El flujo puede resultar en uno de dos escenarios:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +msgid "" +"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " +"Cancellation?” as True." +msgstr "" +"La FCE es rechazada por lo que la nota de crédito debe tener el campo \"FCE:" +" Es Cancelación?\" activado." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:471 +msgid "" +"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " +"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " +"(false)." +msgstr "" +"La nota de crédito fue creada con un valor negativo para anular la FCE. En " +"este caso el campo \"FCE: Es Cancelación?\" debe estar vacío (falso)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +msgid "Invoice printed report" +msgstr "Factura impresa" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:479 +msgid "" +"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " +"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " +"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" +msgstr "" +"El PDF relacionado a la facturas electrónicas validadas por la AFIP incluye " +"un código de barras en la parte inferior que representa el CAE (Código de " +"Autorización Electrónico). La Fecha de vencimiento se muestra también por " +"ser requisito legal." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:488 +msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" +msgstr "Resolución de problemas y Auditorías" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:489 +msgid "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " +"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," +msgstr "" +"Para propósitos de auditorías y resolución de problemas pueden obtener la " +"información detallada de un número de factura que ha sido enviado antes a la" +" AFIP." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:499 +msgid "" +"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " +"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " +"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." +msgstr "" +"También pueden obtener el últmo número usado en la AFIP para un tipo de " +"documento específico y el Número POS para solicitar soporte para cualquier " +"problema con la sincronización de secuencias entre Odoo y la AFIP." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:639 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Facturas de proveedores" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:509 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " +"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" +" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " +"if necessary." +msgstr "" +"Según el diario de ventas seleccionado para la factura, el tipo de documento" +" ahora es un campo obligatorio. Este valor se rellena automáticamente según " +"el tipo de Responsabilidad ante AFIP del Emisor y el Cliente, pero el valor " +"se puede cambiar si es necesario." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:516 +msgid "" +"The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " +"validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " +"will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." +msgstr "" +"El número de documento debe registrarse manualmente y el formato se valida " +"automáticamente. En caso de que el formato no sea válido, se mostrará un " +"error de usuario que indica el formato correcto que se espera." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " +"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " +"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." +msgstr "" +"El número de factura de proveedor está estructurado de la misma manera que " +"las facturas de cliente con la diferencia de que la secuencia del documento " +"es ingresado por otro usuario: \"Prefijo del documento - Letra - Número de " +"documento\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:528 +msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" +msgstr "Validar el número de factura de proveedor en la AFIP" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:529 +msgid "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" +msgstr "" +"Como la mayoría de las compañías tienen controles internos para verificar " +"que la factura de proveedor está relacionada a un documento validado por la " +"AFIP, se puede fijar una validación automática en " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, tomando en cuenta los siguientes niveles:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:533 +msgid "" +"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." +msgstr "" +"**No Disponible:** No se realiza la verificación. (Este es el valor por " +"defecto)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:534 +msgid "" +"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " +"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." +msgstr "" +"**Disponible:** Se realiza la verificación. En caso que el número no sea " +"válido solo muestra una advertencia pero permite registrar la factura de " +"proveedor." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +msgid "" +"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " +"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgstr "" +"**Requerido:** Se realiza la verificación y no permite al usuario registrar " +"la factura de proveedor si el número de documento no es válido." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +msgid "How to use it in Odoo" +msgstr "Cómo usarlo en Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:544 +msgid "" +"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " +"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta agrega a la factura de proveedor un nuevo botón \"Verificar" +" en AFIP\" ubicado al lado del código de autorización AFIP." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +msgid "" +"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " +"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." +msgstr "" +"En caso que no sea un código válido para la AFIP se mostrará el valor " +"\"Rechazado\" y los detalles de la validación serán agregaodos en el " +"\"chatter\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:558 +msgid "Special Use cases" +msgstr "Casos de uso especiales" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:560 +msgid "Untaxed Concepts" +msgstr "Conceptos no gravados" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:561 +msgid "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " +"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." +msgstr "" +"Hay algunas transacciones que incluyen artículos que no forman parte del " +"monto gravable; esto es común en facturas de combustibles" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:564 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" +" the Exempt concept:" +msgstr "" +"La factura de proveedor será registrada usando un artículo por cada producto" +" que forme parte de la base imponible para el IVA y un artículo adicional " +"para registrar el concepto exento:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +msgid "Perception Taxes" +msgstr "Impuestos de percepción" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:572 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " +"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " +"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." +msgstr "" +"La factura de proveedor será registrada usando un artículo por cada producto" +" que forme parte de la base imponible para el IVA, el impuesto de percepción" +" puede ser agregado en cualquiera de las líneas de producto. Esto resultará " +"en un grupo de impuestos para el IVA y uno para la percepción. El valor por " +"defecto de percepción es siempre 1.00." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:580 +msgid "" +"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " +"it and set the correct amount." +msgstr "" +"Debe usar el lápiz al lado de la cantidad de percepción para editarla e " +"ingresar la cantidad correcta." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:586 +msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." +msgstr "Después de hacer esto la factura puede ser validada." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:590 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "Informes" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:592 +msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" +msgstr "" +"Como parte de la localización, se agregaron los siguientes informes " +"financieros:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:598 +msgid "VAT Reports" +msgstr "Informes de IVA" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:601 +msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" +msgstr "Libro de IVA Ventas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:607 +msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" +msgstr "Libro de IVA Compras" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:613 +msgid "Resumen de IVA" +msgstr "Resumen de IVA" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:619 +msgid "IIBB - Reports" +msgstr "IIBB - Informes" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:622 +msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:628 +msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:3 +msgid "Chile" +msgstr "Chile" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Chilean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13. In this" +" version, the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl:** Adds accounting features for the Chilean localization, which " +"represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " +"Chile and under the SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos) regulations and " +"guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl_edi:** Includes all technical and functional requirements to " +"generate and receive Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the SII " +"regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl_reports:** Adds the reports Propuesta F29 y Balance Tributario (8" +" columnas)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:24 +msgid "Install the Chilean localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:26 +msgid "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Chile. Then click *Install* in the " +"module **Chile E-invoicing**. This module has a dependency with **Chile - " +"Accounting**. In case this last one is not installed, Odoo installs it " +"automatically with E-invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you install a database from scratch selecting Chile as country, Odoo " +"will automatically install the base module: Chile - Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:40 +msgid "Company Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your company " +"data. Additional to the basic information, you need to add all the data and " +"elements required for Electronic Invoice, the easiest way to configure it is" +" in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chilean Localization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:48 +msgid "Fiscal Information" +msgstr "Información fiscal" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Fill in the fiscal information for your company according to the SII " +"register, follow the instructions on each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:173 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:60 +msgid "" +"This is part of the main information required to generate electronic " +"Invoice, select your environment and the legal information, as well as the " +"email address to receive invoices from your vendors and the alias you use to" +" send invoices to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:69 +msgid "Configure DTE Incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:71 +msgid "" +"In order to receive you the claim and acceptance emails from your customers," +" it is crucial to define the DTE incoming email server, considering this " +"configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For your Go-live make sure you archive/remove from your inbox all the emails" +" related to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:83 +msgid "Certificate" +msgstr "Certificado" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:85 +msgid "" +"In order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate" +" with the extension ``.pfx`` is required, proceed to this section and load " +"your file and password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:96 +msgid "" +"A certificate can be shared between several users. If this is the case leave" +" the user field empty, so all your billing users can use the same one. On " +"the other hand, if you need to restrict the certificate for a particular " +"user, just define the users in the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 +msgid "Financial Reports" +msgstr "Informes financieros" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The report Propuesta F29 requires two values that need to be defined as part" +" of the company configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +msgid "Multicurrency" +msgstr "Multimoneda" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the SBIF, you can find " +"the SBIF synchronization service in the currency rate configuration and you " +"can set a predefined interval for the rate updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:122 +msgid "" +"In order to configure your token, you need to enable developer mode and " +"access to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System parameters` and " +"search the parameter ``sbif_api_key`` and in the field Value introduce your " +"token provided by the SBIF:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:131 +msgid "Chart of accounts" +msgstr "Plan contable" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " +"included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " +"in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:137 +msgid "Default Account Payable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:138 +msgid "Default Account Receivable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:139 +msgid "Transfer Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:140 +msgid "Conversion Rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:144 +msgid "Master Data" +msgstr "Datos principales" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:152 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, the identification types defined by the" +" SII are now available on the Partner form. This information is essential " +"for most transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:161 +msgid "TaxpayerType" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:163 +msgid "" +"In Chile, the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the Taxpayer Type. This field should be " +"defined in the partner form, when creating a customer is important you make " +"sure this value is set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:175 +msgid "" +"As part of the information that is sent in the electronic Invoice, you need " +"to define the email that is going to appear as the sender of the electronic " +"invoice to your customer, and the Industry description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:187 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with" +" their related financial account and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:197 +msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:199 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:200 +msgid "" +"ILA (Impuesto a la Ley de Alcholes). Taxes for alcoholic drinks. It has a " +"different rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:204 +msgid "Fiscal Positions" +msgstr "Posiciones fiscales" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase transactions, the VAT can have different affections. " +"This will be done in Odoo using the default purchase fiscal positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:213 +msgid "" +"In some Latin American countries, including Chile, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document types" +" defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Chile case: SII)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The document type is essential information that needs to be displayed in the" +" printed reports and that needs to be easily identified within the set of " +"invoices as well of account moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the " +"country on which the document is applicable and the data is created " +"automatically when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:240 +msgid "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal uses " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:241 +msgid "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:252 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "Ventas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:254 +msgid "" +"Sales Journals in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location, " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:256 +msgid "Ventas Santiago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:257 +msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:259 +msgid "For the retail stores is common to have one journal per POS:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:261 +msgid "Cashier 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:262 +msgid "Cashier 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:266 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "Compras" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:268 +msgid "" +"The transactions purchase can be managed with a single journal, but " +"sometimes companies use more than one in order to handle some accounting " +"transactions that are not related to vendor bills but can be easily " +"registered using this model, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:272 +msgid "Tax Payments to government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:273 +msgid "Employees payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:279 +msgid "When creating sales journals the next information must be filled in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:281 +msgid "" +"**Point of sale type**: If the Sales journal will be used for electronic " +"documents, the option Online must be selected. Otherwise, if the journal is " +"used for invoices imported from a previous system or if you are using the " +"SII portal “Facturación MiPyme“ you can use the option Manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:285 +msgid "" +"**Use Documents**: This field is used to define if the journal will use " +"Document Types. It is only applicable to Purchase and Sales journals that " +"can be related to the different sets of document types available in Chile. " +"By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:297 +msgid "" +"When a Journal is created we have two options with document types sequences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Create new sequences: In this case, Odoo will create new sequences for the " +"most common document types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Use existent sequence: If the sequence should be shared between several " +"journals, the user can add manually sequences previously created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:309 +msgid "" +"For the Chilean localization it’s important to define the default Debt and " +"Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:313 +msgid "CAF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:315 +msgid "" +"For each sequence related to the documents type, a CAF (Folio Authorization " +"Code) is required, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor with the" +" folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:319 +msgid "" +"Your company can make several requests for folios and obtain several CAFs, " +"each one associated with different ranges of folios. In this way, you could " +"order folios per the different segmentations you have in your journals " +"(example per office) thus avoiding distributing a range of folios. In this " +"way, each branch would have its private key of the respective CAF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:324 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the SII documentation to check the detail on how to acquire " +"the CAF: `SII Timbraje `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 +msgid "" +"Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with journal sequence" +" in Odoo, after you create the sequence for the first time the will be in " +"red, which indicates that no CAF has been configured for that particular " +"sequence:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:339 +msgid "In order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:341 +msgid "Open the sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:342 +msgid "Go the the Tab “CAF”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:343 +msgid "Upload the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 +msgid "Save the CAF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:345 +msgid "Save the sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:352 +msgid "" +"As a result, the sequence color changes to black and the column Next number " +"and quantity available are updated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:361 +msgid "Usage and Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:364 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:366 +msgid "" +"In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the " +"Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next" +" diagram we explain how the information transmitted to the SII and between " +"the customers and Vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:376 +msgid "Customer invoice Emission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:378 +msgid "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" +" created in the standard way, for Chile one of the differentiators is the " +"document type which is selected automatically based on the Taxpayer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:382 +msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:390 +msgid "Validation and DTE Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:392 +msgid "" +"When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically" +" when it’s created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " +"After the invoice is posted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:395 +msgid "" +"The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in" +" the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:396 +msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:402 +msgid "" +"The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that" +" runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII " +"immediately you can do it manually as well. The DTE status workflow is as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:411 +msgid "" +"In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using" +" the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to " +"the invoice, you can use this number to check the details the SII sent back " +"by email. The DTE status is updated to Ask for Status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you " +"want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result " +"can either be Accepted, Accepted With Objection or Rejected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:425 +msgid "" +"There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or " +"Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you " +"will receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:433 +msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " +"now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:439 +msgid "" +"**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct " +"but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " +"valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 +msgid "" +"**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and " +"needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you" +" registered in the SII, if it is properly configured in Odoo, the details " +"are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:452 +msgid "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:454 +msgid "Change the document to draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:455 +msgid "" +"Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:456 +msgid "Post the invoice again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:464 +msgid "Crossed references" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:466 +msgid "" +"When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the " +"information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab" +" Cross Reference, which is commonly used for credit or debit notes, but in " +"some cases can be used on Customer Invoices as well. In the case of the " +"credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:476 +msgid "Invoice PDF Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:478 +msgid "" +"After the invoice is Accepted and valdiated by the SII and the PDF is " +"printed it includes the fiscal elements that indicates out document is " +"fiscally valid:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:487 +msgid "Commercial Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:489 +msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:491 +msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:492 +msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they" +" will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:495 +msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:503 +msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:505 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in " +"Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to " +"proceed is with a Credit Note to either cancel the Invoice or correct it. " +"Please refer to the Credit Notes section for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 +msgid "Common Errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:516 +msgid "" +"There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are " +"some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:519 +msgid "Error: RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:521 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State" +" and City." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:523 +msgid "Error en Monto : - IVA debe declararse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:525 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:529 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one " +"on each invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:527 +msgid "Error: Rut No Autorizado a Firmar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:531 +msgid "" +"Error: Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" +"[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:534 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF in the journal sequence related to this " +"document as the one you’re using is expired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:540 +msgid "Credit Notes" +msgstr "Facturas rectificativas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:542 +msgid "" +"When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " +"credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file " +"is required for the Credit Note sequence, which is identified as document 64" +" in the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:551 +msgid "" +"Refer to the journal section where we described the process to load the CAF " +"on each sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:555 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:607 +msgid "Use Cases" +msgstr "Casos de uso" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:558 +msgid "Cancel Referenced document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 +msgid "" +"In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit" +" note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:568 +msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:570 +msgid "" +"If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " +"Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select" +" the option “Solo corregir Texto”. In this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:578 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price " +"0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:585 +msgid "" +"It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " +"it is taken for this use case in specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:589 +msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:591 +msgid "" +"When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note" +" and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:600 +msgid "Debit Notes" +msgstr "Notas débito" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:602 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an " +"existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " +"button “Add Debit Note”. The two main use cases for debit notes are " +"detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:610 +msgid "Add debt on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:612 +msgid "" +"The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an " +"existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code " +"SII:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:620 +msgid "" +"In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross " +"reference section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:627 +msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:629 +msgid "" +"In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in " +"this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option " +"in the wizard: *1: Anula Documentos de referencia.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:641 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email " +"server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:644 +msgid "" +"Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based " +"on this information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:645 +msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:646 +msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:650 +msgid "Reception" +msgstr "Recepción" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:652 +msgid "" +"As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor" +" Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent " +"to the vendor with the Reception acknowledgement. 3. The DTE status is set " +"as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:662 +msgid "Acceptation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:664 +msgid "" +"If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, you can " +"accept the document using the button: Aceptar Documento, once this is done " +"the DTE Acceptation Status changes to: Accepted and an email of acceptance " +"is sent to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:674 +msgid "Claim" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:676 +msgid "" +"In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " +"your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using " +"the button: Claim, once this is done the DTE Acceptation Status change to: " +"Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:684 +msgid "" +"If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel " +"automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " +"should be canceled as they won’t be valid for your accounting records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:693 +msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:695 +msgid "" +"This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " +"balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " +"level of profit or loss that the business had within the evaluated period of" +" time, so that a real and complete knowledge of the status of a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:699 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:715 +msgid "" +"You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:706 +msgid "Propuesta F29" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:708 +msgid "" +"The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that " +"replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase" +" Register (CR) and the Sales Register (RV). Its purpose is to support the " +"transactions related to VAT, improving its control and declaration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:712 +msgid "" +"This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE’s) that have " +"been received by the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia" +msgstr "Colombia" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" +" next modules:" +msgstr "" +"La facturación electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " +"requiere los siguientes módulos:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " +"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " +"document types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" +" for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " +"based on the DIAN legal requirements." +msgstr "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos extra que se requieren" +" para la inntegración con Carvajal T&S y generar la facturación electrónica," +" basada en los requerimientos legales de DIAN." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:20 +msgid "Workflow" +msgstr "Flujo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " +"first two modules." +msgstr "" +"Para hacerlo, vaya a Aplicaciones y busque “Colombia”. Haga click en " +"“Instalar” para los primeros dos módulos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:40 +msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " +"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " +"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que los módulos sean instalados, para estar habilitado a conectarse " +"con el webservice Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar las credenciales de " +"usuario. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " +"for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." +msgstr "" +"Ir a :menuselection:`Contabilidad —> Configuración —> Ajustes` y busque la " +"sección *Facturación Electrónica para Colombia*." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" +" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " +"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " +"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" +msgstr "" +"Utilizando el modo de Test es posible conectarse al entorno de pruebas de " +"Carvajal T&S. Esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo commpleto y la " +"integración conn el portal financiero CEN, el cual está accesible aquí: " +"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" +" the testing environment can be disabled." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que Odoo y Carvajal T&S estén completamente configurados y listos " +"para producción, el entorno de test puede ser deshabilitado." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:62 +msgid "Configure your report data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +msgid "" +"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " +"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." +msgstr "" +"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, Ud. " +"puede definir los datos para la sección fiscal y la información bancaria en " +"el PDF." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:76 +msgid "Configure data required in the XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:82 +msgid "Identification" +msgstr "Identificación" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:84 +msgid "" +"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " +"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " +"their identification number and document type set:" +msgstr "" +"Como parte de la localización colombiana, los tipos de docuemntos definidos " +"por el DIAN están ahora disponibles en el formulario del Cliente. Los " +"clientes colombianos deben tener su número de identificación y tipo de " +"documento configurados." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 +msgid "" +"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " +"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " +"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." +msgstr "" +"Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT, el número de identificación necesita ser" +" configurado en Odoo incluyendo el dígito verificador, Odoo dividirá este " +"número cuando los datos sean enviados al proveedor." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " +"information required by the DIAN ." +msgstr "" +"Los códigos de responsabilidad del Cliente (sección 53 en el documento RUT) " +"sonn incluídas como parte del módulo de facturación electrónica, debido a " +"que es parte de la información requerida por el DIAN." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:104 +msgid "" +"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " +"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" +msgstr "" +"Estos campos se pueden encontrar en :seleccion de menu: `Socio--> Lengüeta " +"de Ventas & Compras ---> Información Fiscal" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " +"regimen of the partner." +msgstr "" +"Adicionalmente se agregaron dos campos booleanos para especificar el régimen" +" fiscal del socio." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " +"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " +"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " +"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " +"display taxes in the invoice PDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " +"documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " +"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " +"Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " +"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "Users" +msgstr "Usuarios" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " +"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:168 +msgid "" +"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" +" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." +msgstr "" +"Una vez configurados todos sus datos maestros y credenciales, es posible " +"comenzar a probar el flujo de trabajo de la factura electrónica." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +msgid "Invoice creation" +msgstr "Creación de Facturas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +msgid "" +"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " +"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " +"invoice are the next fields:" +msgstr "" +"El flujo de trabajo funcional que tiene lugar antes de la validación de una " +"factura no cambia. Los principales cambios que se introducen con la factura " +"electrónica son los siguientes campos:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 +msgid "There are three types of documents:" +msgstr "Hay tres tipos de documentos: " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:184 +msgid "" +"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " +"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +msgstr "" +"**Factura Electronica**: Este es el tipo de documento regular y es aplicable" +" para Facturas, Notas de crédito y Notas de débito." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " +"transactions." +msgstr "" +"**Factura de Importación**: Esto debe ser seleccionado para las " +"transacciones de importación." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:188 +msgid "" +"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " +"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " +"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " +"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." +msgstr "" +"** Factura de contingencia **: Este es un tipo excepcional que se utiliza " +"como copia de seguridad manual en caso de que la empresa no pueda usar el " +"ERP y es necesario generar la factura manualmente, cuando esta factura se " +"agrega al ERP, este tipo de factura debe ser seleccionado." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "Invoice validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:198 +msgid "" +"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" +" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"Después de validar la factura, se crea un archivo XML y se envía " +"automáticamente a Carvajal, este archivo se muestra en el chatter." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:204 +msgid "" +"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " +"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " +"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" +msgstr "" +"Ahora se muestra un campo adicional en la pestaña \"Otra información\" con " +"el nombre del archivo XML. Además, hay un segundo campo adicional que se " +"muestra con el estado de Factura electrónica, con el valor inicial \"En " +"progreso\":" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:214 +msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" +" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " +"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " +"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " +"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" +" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." +msgstr "" +"El proveedor de la factura electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " +"validar la estructura y la información que contiene, si todo es correcto, el" +" estado de la factura cambia a \"Validado\" después de usar el botón " +"\"Verificar estado de Carvajal\" en el menú desplegable Acción. Luego, " +"proceden a generar un XML legal que incluye una firma digital y un código " +"único (CUFE), una factura en PDF que incluye un código QR y también se " +"genera el CUFE." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:224 +msgid "After this:" +msgstr "Después de esto: " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:226 +msgid "" +"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " +"the invoice chatter:" +msgstr "" +"Un ZIP que contiene el XML legal y el PDF se descarga y se muestra en el " +"chatter de la factura:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 +msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" +msgstr "El estado de la factura electrónica cambia a \"Aceptado\"" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:237 +msgid "Common errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:239 +msgid "" +"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " +"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " +"after updating the electronic invoice status." +msgstr "" +"Durante la validación de XML, los errores más comunes suelen estar " +"relacionados con falta de datos maestros. En tales casos, los mensajes de " +"error se muestran en el chatter después de actualizar el estado de la " +"factura electrónica." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" +msgstr "" +"Después de corregir los datos maestros, es posible reprocesar el XML con los" +" nuevos datos y enviar la versión actualizada, usando el siguiente botón:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:258 +msgid "Additional use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:260 +msgid "" +"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " +"the functional workflow remains the same as well." +msgstr "" +"El proceso para las notas de crédito y débito es exactamente el mismo que la" +" factura, el flujo de trabajo funcional también sigue siendo el mismo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia (ES)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 +msgid "Introducción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +msgid "" +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " +"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" +msgstr "" +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " +"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " +"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " +"puntos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 +msgid "Plan Contable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +msgid "Impuestos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 +msgid "Retenciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 +msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " +"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " +"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 +msgid "Flujo General" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 +msgid "Configuración" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " +"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " +"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " +"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " +"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 +msgid "" +"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " +"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" +" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" +" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " +"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " +"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" +" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 +msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " +"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " +"Bancaria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " +"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 +msgid "Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " +"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " +"de documento correspondiente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " +"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " +"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " +"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " +"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " +"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " +"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " +"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " +"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " +"opciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " +"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " +"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " +"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " +"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " +"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " +"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 +msgid "Diarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " +"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" +" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 +msgid "" +"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " +"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" +" Secuencia`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 +msgid "Usuarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 +msgid "" +"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " +"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 +msgid "Uso y Pruebas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +msgid "Facturas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " +"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " +"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 +msgid "Invoice Creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +msgid "" +"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " +"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " +"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " +"manualmente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " +"son los siguientes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 +msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 +msgid "" +"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," +" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " +"importación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" +" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " +"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " +"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 +msgid "Invoice Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " +"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " +"desplegado en el historial." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " +"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" +" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " +"inicial **En Proceso**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 +msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 +msgid "" +"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " +"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " +"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " +"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " +"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " +"CUFE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " +"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " +"automáticamente:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 +msgid "" +"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " +"historial de la Factura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 +msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +msgid "" +"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " +"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 +msgid "Errores Frecuentes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 +msgid "" +"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " +"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " +"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " +"desplegados en el historial." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " +"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " +"botón:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 +msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 +msgid "" +"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " +"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " +"igual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 +msgid "Consideraciones del Anexo 1.7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 +msgid "Contexto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 +msgid "Contexto Normativo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 +msgid "Soporte Normativo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Resolución DIAN Número 000042 ( 5 de Mayo de 2020) Por la cual se " +"desarrollan:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 +msgid "Los sistemas de facturación," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 +msgid "Los proveedores tecnológicos," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 +msgid "El registro de la factura electrónica de venta como título valor," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 +msgid "Se expide el anexo técnico de factura electrónica de venta y" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 +msgid "Se dictan otras disposiciones en materia de sistemas de facturación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 +msgid "Anexo 1.7: Principales Cambios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 +msgid "Cambios en la definición de Consumidor Final." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 +msgid "Informar bienes cubiertos para los 3 dias sin IVA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Impuestos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 +msgid "Se agrega concepto para IVA Excluido." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 +msgid "Informar la fecha efectiva de entrega de los bienes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 +msgid "Adecuaciones en la representación Gráfica (PDF)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 +msgid "Calendario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Se tiene varias fechas límites para la salida a producción bajo las " +"condiciones del Anexo 1.7 las cuales dependen de los siguientes factores:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Calendario de implementación de acuerdo con la actividad económica principal" +" en el RUT:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 +msgid "Calendario de implementación, para otros sujetos obligados:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 +msgid "Calendario de implementación permanente:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 +msgid "Requerimientos en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Con la finalidad de facilitar el proceso de preparación de las bases de Odoo" +" estándar V12 y v13, únicamente será necesario que los administradores " +"actualicen algunos módulos y creen los datos maestros relacionados a los " +"nuevos procesos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 +msgid "Actualización de listado de Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Utilizando el modo desarrollador, acceder al módulo de Aplicaciones y " +"seleccionar el menú *Actualizar Lista*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 +msgid "Actualización de Módulos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 +msgid "" +"Una vez actualizado Buscar *Colombia*, los siguientes módulos serán " +"desplegados, se requieren actualizar dos módulos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 +msgid "Colombia - Contabilidad - l10n_co" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal UBL 2.1 - " +"l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 +msgid "" +"En cada módulo o ícono hay que desplegar el menú opciones utilizando los 3 " +"puntos de la esquina superior derecha y seleccionamos *Actualizar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 +msgid "Primero lo hacemos con en el módulo l10n_co:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 +msgid "Posteriormente lo hacemos con el módulo l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 +msgid "Creación de Datos Maestros" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Las bases de datos existentes a Junio 2020 tanto en V12 como V13, deberán " +"crear algunos datos maestros necesarios para operar correctamente con los " +"cambios del Anexo 1.7." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 +msgid "Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 +msgid "" +"La figura del consumidor final será utilizada para aquellas ventas sobre las" +" cuales no es posible identificar toda la información fiscal y demográfica " +"del cliente por lo que la factura se genera a nombre de este registro " +"genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Es importante coordinar y definir los casos de uso en los que dependiendo de" +" su empresa se tendrá permitido utilizar este registro genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 +msgid "" +"Dentro de Odoo se tendrá que crear un contacto con las siguientes " +"características, es importante que se defina de esta manera debido a que son" +" los parámetros definidos por la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 +msgid "**Tipo de contacto:** Individuo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 +msgid "**Nombre:** Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 +msgid "**Tipo de documento:** Cedula de Ciudadania" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 +msgid "**Numero de Identificacion:** 222222222222" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 +msgid "" +"Dentro de la pestaña Ventas y Compras, en la sección Información Fiscal, del" +" campo Obligaciones y Responsabilidades colocaremos el valor: **R-99-PN**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 +msgid "IVA Excluido - Bienes Cubiertos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Para reportar las transacciones realizadas mediante Bienes Cubiertos para " +"los tres días sin IVA, será necesario crear un nuevo Impuesto al cual se le " +"debe de asociar un grupo de impuestos específico que será utilizado por Odoo" +" para agregar la sección requerida en el XML de factura electrónica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 +msgid "" +"Para el crear el impuesto accederemos a Contabilidad dentro del menú " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 +msgid "" +"Procedemos a crear un nuevo Impuesto con importe 0% considerando los " +"siguientes parámetros:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 +msgid "" +"El nombre del Impuesto puede ser definido a preferencia del usuario, sin " +"embargo el campo clave es **Grupo de Impuestos** dentro de Opciones " +"avanzadas, el cual debe ser: *bienes cubiertos* y el campo **Tipo de " +"Valor**: *IVA*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Departamentos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 +msgid "" +"Es necesario actualizar la descripción de algunos departamentos, para lo " +"cual accederemos a módulo de Contactos y dentro del menú de " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Provincias`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Posteriormente, podemos agregar por País para identificar claramente las " +"provincias (Departamentos) de Colombia:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 +msgid "" +"Una vez agrupados buscar los siguientes departamentos para actualizarlos con" +" el valor indicado en la columna **Nombre actualizado**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Nombre de provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Código de Provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Nombre actualizado" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "D.C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "DC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "Bogotá" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "Quindio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "QUI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "Quindío" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "Archipiélago de San Andrés, Providencia y Santa Catalina" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "SAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "San Andrés y Providencia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 +msgid "Ejemplo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 +msgid "Verificación de Código postal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Dentro del Anexo 1.7 se comienza a validar que el código postal de las " +"direcciones para contactos colombianos corresponda a las tablas oficiales " +"definidas por la DIAN, por lo que se debe verificar que este campo está " +"debidamente diligenciado de acuerdo a los definidos en la sigueinte fuente: " +"`Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 +msgid "Consideraciones Operativas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Una vez que resgistro de Consumidor final ha sido creado este deberá ser " +"utilizado a demanda, generalmente será utilizado en las transacciones de " +"facturación del punto de punto de venta." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 +msgid "" +"El proceso de validación de la Factura será realizado de forma convencional " +"en Odoo y la factura será generada de la misma manera. Al detectar que el " +"número de identificación corresponde a consumidor Final, el XML que se envía" +" a Carvajal será generado con las consideraciones y secciones " +"correspondientes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 +msgid "" +"Contablemente todos los registros de Consumidor final quedarán asociados al " +"identificador generico:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 +msgid "" +"El 21 mayo del 2020 fue publicado el El Decreto 682 el cual establece " +"Excepción especial en el Impuesto sobre las ventas. El principal objetivo de" +" este decreto es reactivar la economía en Colombia por las bajas ventas " +"generadas a causa del COVID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 +msgid "Fechas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Días de excención del impuesto sobre las ventas – IVA para bienes cubiertos " +"(3 días SIN IVA)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 +msgid "**Primer día**: 19 de junio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 +msgid "**Segundo día**: 3 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 +msgid "**Tercer día**: 19 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 +msgid "Condiciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Debido a que estas transacciones serán generadas de forma excepcional y que " +"se tiene una combinación de varios factores y condiciones, los productores " +"debera ser actualizados de forma manual en Odoo asignados temporalmente el " +"impuesto de venta *IVA exento - Bienes cubierto* en cada empresa según " +"corresponda." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 +msgid "" +"A continuación se mencionan algunas de las principales condiciones, sin " +"embargo, cabe mencionar que las empresas deben de verificar todos los " +"detalles en el `Decreto 682 " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 +msgid "Tipo de productos y precio Máximo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "Tipo de Productos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "Precio Máximo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +msgid "Electrodomesticos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +msgid "40 UVT: $1,4 millones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 +msgid "Vestuario y complementos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "3 UVT: $106.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "En el caso de los complementos es:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +msgid "10 UVT- $356.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +msgid "Elementos deportivos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +msgid "Juguetes y Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +msgid "5 UVT - $178.035" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +msgid "Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +msgid "Bienes o servicios para el sector agropecuario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +msgid "80 UVT - $2.848.560" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 +msgid "Métodos de Pago:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 +msgid "" +"El pago debe realizarse por medios electrónico por ejemplo tarjetas de " +"crédito/débito o bien mecanismos de pago online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 +msgid "Limite de unidades:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 +msgid "" +"Cada cliente puede adquirir únicamente 3 unidades como máximo de cada " +"producto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 +msgid "Medidas en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 +msgid "**Preparación de datos**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 +msgid "" +"Crear el Impuesto para Bienes cubiertos de acuerdo a lo indicado en este " +"punto: Datos maestros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 +msgid "" +"Identificar los productos y transacciones a los cuales les aplicará la " +"Exclusión de IVA de acuerdo a las condiciones establecidas en el decreto " +"682. En caso de ser un porcentaje significativo de productos, se recomienda " +"actualizar el impuesto de forma temporal en Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Exportar un listado con los productos que serán afectados incluyendo el " +"campo IVA Venta el cual será sustituido temporalmente por el IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 +msgid "" +"Al finalizar las operaciones del día anterior a las fechas establecidas de " +"día sin IVA, se debe hacer la actualización temporal a IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 +msgid "**Durante el día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Por defecto los productos previamente considerados con IVA de Bienes " +"cubiertos serán generados con este parámetro tanto en Órdenes de venta como " +"facturas creadas durante ese mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 +msgid "" +"Las órdenes de venta generadas con este impuesto deberán ser facturas el " +"mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 +msgid "" +"En caso de que alguna de las condiciones no sea cumplida (ejemplo el pago es" +" realizado en efectivo) el impuesto deberá ser actualizado manualmente al " +"momento de facturar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 +msgid "**Posterior al día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 +msgid "" +"Los productos que fueron actualizados deberá ser reconfigurados a su IVA " +"original." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 +msgid "" +"En caso de que se detecte alguna Orden de venta facturar en la cual se " +"incluya IVA de Bienes Cubiertos, se deberá realizar actualización manual " +"correspondiente al IVA convencional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 +msgid "France" +msgstr "Francia" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 +msgid "FEC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " +"the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" +" --> FEC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " +"module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 +msgid "French Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Informes contables franceses" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " +"accounting reports specific to France:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 +msgid "Bilan comptable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 +msgid "Compte de résultats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 +msgid "Plan de Taxes France" +msgstr "Plan de Impuestos de Francia" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 +msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " +"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " +"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales " +"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, " +"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 +msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" +msgstr "¿Requiero que mi compañía use software anti fraude?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " +"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 +msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 +msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." +msgstr "Algunos de sus clientes son particulares privados (B2C)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 +msgid "" +"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " +"VAT and therefore are not affected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 +msgid "Get certified with Odoo" +msgstr "Obtiene certificación con Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 +msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." +msgstr "Ser compatible con Odoo es muy fácil." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" +" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " +"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" +" `here `_. If you " +"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " +"`_ or contact" +" your Odoo service provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 +msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 +msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" +msgstr "Para obtener la certificación solo sigue los siguientes pasos:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " +"menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 +msgid "" +"if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 +msgid "" +"in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " +"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a " +"country from the list; Do not create a new country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " +"restart your server beforehand." +msgstr "" +"En caso de que use Odoo on-premise, debe actualizar su instalación y " +"reiniciar su servidor de antemano." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" +" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" +" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules " +"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click " +"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 +msgid "Anti-fraud features" +msgstr "Características antifraude" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 +msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" +msgstr "El módulo antifraude introduce las siguientes características:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " +"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" +msgstr "" +"** Inalterabilidad **: desactivación de todas las formas de cancelar o " +"modificar datos clave de pedidos POS, facturas y entradas de diario;" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 +msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" +msgstr "" +"** Seguridad **: algoritmo de encadenamiento para verificar la " +"inalterabilidad;" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " +"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." +msgstr "" +"** Almacenamiento **: cierres de ventas automáticos con computación del " +"período y totales acumulados (diario, mensual, anual)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 +msgid "Inalterability" +msgstr "Inalterabilidad" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 +msgid "" +"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " +"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " +"located in France or in any DOM-TOM." +msgstr "" +"Todas las formas posibles de cancelar y modificar los datos clave de los " +"pedidos de POS pagados, las facturas confirmadas y los asientos de diario se" +" desactivan, si la empresa está ubicada en Francia o en cualquier DOM-TOM." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " +"companies are impacted." +msgstr "" +"Si ejecuta un entorno de múltiples empresas, solo se verán afectados los " +"documentos de dichas empresas." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Seguridad" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" +" validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " +"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " +"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " +"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the " +"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted " +"document recorded in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " +"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " +"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 +msgid "Storage" +msgstr "Almacenamiento" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " +"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" +" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry " +"recorded in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " +"Invoicing and Accounting apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " +"Type = Sales)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 +msgid "" +"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 +msgid "" +"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " +"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " +"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" +" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 +msgid "" +"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " +"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " +"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " +"counted in the very next closing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 +msgid "" +"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "Responsabilidades" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" +" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " +"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " +"the inalterability of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" +" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 +msgid "More Information" +msgstr "Más información" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 +msgid "" +"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " +"documents:" +msgstr "" +"Encontrará más información sobre esta legislación en los documentos " +"oficiales:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "" +"`Frequently Asked Questions " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 +msgid "" +"`Official Statement " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 +msgid "" +"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "Alemania" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 +msgid "German Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Plan de Cuentas Alemán" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " +"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " +"section." +msgstr "" +"El plan de cuentas SKR03 y SKR04 se admiten en Odoo. Puede elegir el que " +"desee en: menuselection: `Contabilidad-> Configuración` y luego elija el " +"paquete que desea en la sección de localización fiscal." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " +"not created any accounting entry." +msgstr "" +"Tenga cuidado, solo puede cambiar el paquete contable siempre y cuando no " +"haya creado ninguna entrada contable." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." +msgstr "" +"Cuando crea una nueva base de datos SaaS, el SKR03 se instala de forma " +"predeterminada." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 +msgid "German Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Informes contables alemanes" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" +msgstr "" +"Aquí está la lista de informes específicos de alemán disponibles en Odoo " +"Enterprise:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 +msgid "Balance Sheet" +msgstr "Balance de Situación" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Profit & Loss" +msgstr "Ganancias y Pérdidas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 +msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" +msgstr "Informe de Impuestos (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 +msgid "Partner VAT Intra" +msgstr "Empresa de IVA Intra" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 +msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" +msgstr "Exportación de Odoo a Datev" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 +msgid "" +"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " +"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " +"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " +"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." +msgstr "" +"Es posible exportar sus asientos contables de Odoo a Datev. Para poder " +"utilizar esta función, la localización de contabilidad alemana debe estar " +"instalada en su base de datos de Odoo Enterprise. Luego puede ir a: " +"menuselection: `Contabilidad-> Informes-> Contabilidad General` luego haga " +"clic en el botón ** Exportar Datev (csv) **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 +msgid "Indonesia" +msgstr "Indonesia" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 +msgid "E-Faktur Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The **E-Faktur Module** is installed by default with the Indonesian " +"localization module. It allows one to generate a CSV file for one tax " +"invoice or for a batch of tax invoices to upload to the **Tax Office " +"e-Faktur** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 +msgid "NPWP/NIK settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Company**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This information is used in the FAPR line in the effect file format. You " +"need to set a VAT number on the related partner of your Odoo company. If you" +" don't, it won't be possible to create an e-Faktur from an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Clients**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You need to set the checkbox *ID PKP* to generate e-fakturs for a customer. " +"You can use the VAT field on the customer's contact to set the NPWP needed " +"to generate the e-Faktur file. If your customer does not have an NPWP, just " +"enter the NIK in the same VAT field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 +msgid "Generate Tax Invoice Serial Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> e-Faktur`. In order to be" +" able to export customer invoices as e-Faktur for the Indonesian government," +" you need to put here the ranges of numbers you were assigned by the " +"government. When you validate an invoice, a number will be assigned based on" +" these ranges. Afterwards, you can filter the invoices still to export in " +"the invoices list and click on *Action*, then on *Download e-Faktur*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After receiving new serial numbers from the Indonesian Revenue Department, " +"you can create a set of tax invoice serial numbers group through this list " +"view. You only have to specify the Min and Max of each serial numbers' group" +" and Odoo will format the number automatically to a 13-digits number, as " +"requested by the Indonesia Tax Revenue Department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There is a counter to inform you how many unused numbers are left in that " +"group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 +msgid "Generate e-faktur csv for a single invoice or a batch invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Create an invoice from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Invoices`. If the invoice customer's country is Indonesia and the customer " +"is set as *ID PKP*, Odoo will allow you to create an e-Faktur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Set a Kode Transaksi for the e-Faktur. There are constraints related to the " +"Kode transaksi and the type of VAT applied to invoice lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically pick the next available serial number from the " +"e-Faktur number table (see the :ref:`section above " +"`) and generate the e-faktur number " +"as a concatenation of Kode Transaksi and serial number. You can see this " +"from the invoice form view under the page *Extra Info* in the box " +"*Electronic Tax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, you can generate and download the e-Faktur from " +"the *Action* menu item *Download e-faktur*. The checkbox *CSV created* will " +"be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can select multiple invoices in list view and generate a batch e-Faktur " +".csv." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 +msgid "Kode Transaksi FP (Transaction Code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The following codes are available when generating an e-Faktur. - 01 Kepada " +"Pihak yang Bukan Pemungut PPN (Customer Biasa) - 02 Kepada Pemungut " +"Bendaharawan (Dinas Kepemerintahan) - 03 Kepada Pemungut Selain Bendaharawan" +" (BUMN) - 04 DPP Nilai Lain (PPN 1%) - 06 Penyerahan Lainnya (Turis Asing) -" +" 07 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Tidak Dipungut (Kawasan Ekonomi Khusus/ Batam) -" +" 08 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Dibebaskan (Impor Barang Tertentu) - 09 " +"Penyerahan Aktiva (Pasal 16D UU PPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted and downloaded: Replace Invoice " +"feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Cancel the original wrong invoice in Odoo. For instance, we will change the " +"Kode Transakski from 01 to 03 for the INV/2020/0001." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Create a new invoice and set the canceled invoice in the *Replace Invoice* " +"field. In this field, we can only select invoices in *Cancel* state from the" +" same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As you validate, Odoo will automatically use the same e-Faktur serial number" +" as the canceled and replaced invoice replacing the third digit of the " +"original serial number with *1* (as requested to upload a replacement " +"invoice in the e-Faktur app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted but not downloaded yet: Reset " +"e-Faktur" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 +msgid "Reset the invoice to draft and cancel it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 +msgid "Click on the button *Reset e-Faktur* on the invoice form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The serial number will be unassigned, and we will be able to reset the " +"invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +msgid "Italy (IT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" +" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " +"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " +"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " +"l’interscambio di informazioni." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 +msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " +"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" +" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " +"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" +" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 +msgid "" +"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " +"elettronica sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" +" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " +"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " +"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " +"relativa :doc:`guida <../../../discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" +" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " +"elettronica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " +"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " +"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " +"previa comunicazione." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " +"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " +"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " +"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " +"Commercio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " +"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " +"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " +"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " +"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " +"necessarie informazioni legali." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" +" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" +" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " +"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " +"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" +" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " +"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " +"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +msgid "" +"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +msgid "" +"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " +"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" +" dall’applicazione contabilità." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " +"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "México" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +msgid "" +"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" +" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " +"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here " +"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the " +"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " +"\"Mexico\" set." +msgstr "" +"Esta documentación se ha hecho asumiendo que sigue y conoce la documentación" +" oficial sobre facturación, ventas y contabilidad y que tiene experiencia " +"trabajando con Odoo en tales área. No se pretende poner aquí los " +"procedimientos que ya están explicados en esos documentos, sólo la " +"información necesaria para permitir usar Odoo en una empresa con sede fijada" +" en \"México\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:17 +msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" +msgstr "La localización mexicana es un grupo de 3 módulos:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" +" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" +" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," +" payment complement, invoice addendum." +msgstr "" +"**l10n_mx_edi**: Todo sobre las transacciones electrónicas, CFDI 3.2 y 3.3, " +"complemento de pago, adición de factura." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:24 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " +"accounting are here (Accounting app required)." +msgstr "" +"**l10n_mx_reports**: todos los informes obligatorios para la contabilidad " +"electrónica están aquí (se requiere aplicación de contabilidad)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " +"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" +" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this " +"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " +"company in Mexico." +msgstr "" +"Con la localización mexicana en Odoo no solo podrá cumplir con las " +"características requeridas por ley en México, sino también utilizarlo como " +"su sistema de contabilidad y facturación debido a todos los requisitos " +"normales para este mercado, cosa que hace de Odoo la solución perfecta para " +"administrar su empresa en México." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" +" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " +"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." +msgstr "" +"Después de la configuración, te daremos el proceso para probar todo, trata " +"de seguir el proceso paso a paso para evitar perder el tiempo en solucionar " +"problemas. En cualquier paso puede retroceder y volver a intentarlo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:44 +msgid "Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:46 +msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." +msgstr "" +"Para esto, vaya a aplicaciones y busque México. Después, haga clic en " +"*Instalar*." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " +"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"Al crear una base de datos desde www.odoo.com, si se elige México como país " +"al crear la cuenta, la localización mexicana se instalará automáticamente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:58 +msgid "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" +" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and " +"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" +" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Para habilitar este requisito en México, vaya a configuración en " +"contabilidad en:menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración` y habilite la" +" opción en la imagen. Con esto podrá generar la factura firmada (CFDI 3.2 y " +"3.3) y generar también el complemento de pago firmado (3.3 solamente); todo " +"se integra completamente con el flujo de facturación normal en Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:73 +msgid "Set your legal information in the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:75 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " +"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " +"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " +"position on your company’s contact." +msgstr "" +"Primero, asegúrate de que tu empresa esté configurada con los datos " +"correctos. Ingresa en :menuselection:`Configuración --> Usuarios --> " +"Empresas` e ingrese una dirección válida y el IVA. No olvides definir una " +"posición fiscal mexicana en la información contacto de tu empresa." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" +" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " +"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." +msgstr "" +"Si desea usar la localización mexicana en modo de prueba, puede poner " +"cualquier dirección conocida dentro de México con todos los campos para la " +"dirección de la empresa y configurar al VAT como **TCM970625MB1**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " +"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " +"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal " +"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley" +" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " +"the option)." +msgstr "" +"Vaya a la carta de la información general de la compañía, y configure la Posición Fiscal correcta. \n" +"(para el ** Entorno de prueba ** debe seleccionar * 601 - General de Ley Personas Morales *, simplemente búsquelo como un campo en la barra de búsqueda de Odoo si no encuentra la opción)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid "Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:104 +msgid "" +"This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " +"available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " +"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to " +"support in https://www.odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " +"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " +"name does not exist)." +msgstr "" +"Vaya y observe el siguiente parámetro técnico, en: menuselection: `-> " +"Ajustes-> Parámetros-> Parámetros del sistema ` y configure el parámetro " +"llamado * l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version * a 3.3 (créelo si la entrada con este " +"nombre no existe )." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " +"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " +"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " +"the default behavior." +msgstr "" +"El CFDI 3.2 será legalmente posible hasta el 30 de noviembre de 2017. La " +"versión 3.3 será un paso obligatorio para cumplir con la nueva resolución " +"SAT en cualquier base de datos nueva creada desde la versión v.11.0. CFDI " +"3.3 es el comportamiento predeterminado." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:127 +msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" +msgstr "Consideraciones importantes al habilitar el CFDI 3.3" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:680 +msgid "" +"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " +"field set to \"Tasa\"." +msgstr "" +"Su impuesto, que representa el 16% de IVA y el 0%, debe tener el campo " +"\"Tipo de factor\" establecido en \"Tasa\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:137 +msgid "" +"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" +" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" +" set 601, it will look like the image." +msgstr "" +"Debe ir a la configuración de Posición fiscal y configurar el código " +"correcto (son los primeros 3 números en el nombre), por ejemplo, para el " +"test, debe establecer 601, se verá como la imagen." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:144 +msgid "" +"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " +"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " +"faster." +msgstr "" +"Todos los productos deben tener para el CFDI 3.3 el \"Código SAT\" y el " +"campo \"Referencia\" correctamente configurados, puede exportarlos y volver " +"a importarlos para hacerlo más rápido." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:152 +msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " +"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " +"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar el EDI con los ** PAC **, puede ir a: menuselection: " +"`Contabilidad-> Ajustes-> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Puede elegir un PAC " +"dentro de la ** Lista de PAC admitidos ** en el campo * PAC * y luego " +"ingresar su nombre de usuario de PAC y la contraseña de PAC." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " +"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " +"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." +msgstr "" +"Recuerde que debe registrarse en el PAC arbitrado de antemano, ese proceso " +"se puede hacer con el PAC mismo en este caso, tendremos dos (2) Finkok`_ y " +"`Solución Factible`_ disponibles." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:164 +msgid "" +"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " +"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " +"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process" +" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " +"environment with real transactions." +msgstr "" +"Debe procesar su ** Clave privada (CSD) ** con la institución SAT antes de " +"seguir estos pasos. Si no tiene dicha información, intente todos los \"Pasos" +" para el examen\" y vuelva a este proceso cuando finalice el proceso " +"propuesto para el SAT con el fin de establecer esta información para su " +"entorno de producción con transacciones reales." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:174 +msgid "" +"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " +"PAC username or password." +msgstr "" +"Si marcó la casilla * entorno de prueba MX PAC * no es necesario ingresar un" +" nombre de usuario o contraseña de PAC." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " +"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede encontrar un certificado del SAT para usar el *Ambiente de " +"Prueba* para la localización contable mexicana." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +msgid "`Certificate`_" +msgstr "`Certificado`_" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +msgid "`Certificate Key`_" +msgstr "`Clave del certificado`_" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:186 +msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:190 +msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:192 +msgid "" +"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " +"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " +"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." +msgstr "" +"Esta etiqueta se utiliza para establecer el código de tipo de impuesto, " +"transferido o retenido, aplicable al concepto en el CFDI. Por lo tanto, si " +"el impuesto es un impuesto de venta, el campo \"Etiqueta\" debería ser " +"\"IVA\", \"ISR\" o \"IEPS\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " +"a new tax you should choose a tag." +msgstr "" +"Tenga en cuenta que los impuestos predeterminados ya tienen una etiqueta " +"asignada, pero cuando cree un nuevo impuesto, debe elegir una etiqueta." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:207 +msgid "Invoicing" +msgstr "Facturación" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:209 +msgid "" +"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " +"the normal Odoo's behaviour." +msgstr "" +"Para usar la facturación mexicana solo necesita crear una factura estándar  " +"siguiendo los procesos normales dentro de Odoo. " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " +"like this:" +msgstr "" +"Una vez que valide su primera factura, una factura firmada correctamente " +"debe tener este aspecto:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:219 +msgid "" +"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" +" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " +"invoice by email." +msgstr "" +"Puede generar el PDF simplemente haciendo clic en el botón Imprimir en la " +"factura o enviándolo por correo electrónico siguiendo el proceso normal en " +"odoo para enviar su factura por correo electrónico." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " +"looks like." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que envíe la factura electrónica por correo electrónico, esta es la " +"forma en que debería verse." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:234 +msgid "Cancelling invoices" +msgstr "Cancelando facturas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:236 +msgid "" +"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"El proceso de cancelación está completamente vinculado a la cancelación " +"normal en Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:238 +msgid "If the invoice is not paid." +msgstr "Si la factura no esta pagada." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:240 +msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." +msgstr "Vaya al diario de facturas del cliente al que pertenece la factura." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:246 +msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:250 +msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +msgid "" +"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " +"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:257 +msgid "**Legal considerations**" +msgstr "**Consideraciones legales**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:259 +msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." +msgstr "Una factura cancelada se cancelará automáticamente con el SAT." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " +"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " +"good control of the cancellation reasons." +msgstr "" +"Si vuelve a intentar usar la misma factura después de la cancelación, tendrá" +" la cantidad de CFDI cancelada que intentó, entonces todos esos XML son " +"importantes para mantener un buen control de los motivos de cancelación." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +msgid "" +"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" +" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " +"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:269 +msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" +msgstr "Pagos (Solo disponible para CFDI 3.3)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:271 +msgid "" +"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " +"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " +"important." +msgstr "" +"Para generar el complemento de pago solo necesitas seguir el proceso de pago" +" normal en Odoo, estas consideraciones para entender el comportamiento son " +"importantes." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " +"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." +msgstr "" +"Para generar complemento de pago el plazo de pago en la factura debe ser " +"PPD, ya que es el comportamiento esperado legalmente requerido para el " +"\"Pago en efectivo\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:278 +msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" +msgstr "" +"**1.1. ¿Cómo puedo generar una factura con un término de pago `PUE`?**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid "" +"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " +"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " +"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " +"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." +msgstr "" +"`De acuerdo con la ducumentación del SAT`_ un pago es clasificado como " +"``PUE`` si se acordó pagar completamente una factura antes del día 17 del " +"siguiente mes calendario (el próximo mes de la fecha del CFDI), cualquier " +"otra condición va a generar una factura ``PPD``." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:285 +msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" +msgstr "**1.2. ¿Cómo puedo conseguir esto con Odoo?**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +msgid "" +"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " +"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." +msgstr "" +"Para establecer el plazo de pago CFDI adecuado (PPD o PUE), puede " +"establecerse fácilmente utilizando los ``Términos de pago`` definidos en la " +"factura." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:290 +msgid "" +"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" +"Si se genera una factura sin ``Plazo de pago`` el atributo ``MetodoPago`` " +"será ``PUE``." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " +"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " +"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " +"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" +"Hoy, si es el primer día del mes y se genera una factura con ``Plazo de " +"Pago`` ``30 Días Netos``', la ``Fecha de Vencimiento`` calculada será el " +"primer día del mes siguiente, este significa que es antes del día 17 del mes" +" siguiente, entonces el atributo ``MetodoPago`` será `` PUE ''." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:298 +msgid "" +"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " +"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" +"Hoy, si se genera una factura con ``Plazo de Pago`` ``30 Días Netos`` y la " +"``Fecha de Vencimiento`` es mayor que el día 17 del mes siguiente, el " +"``MetodoPago`` será ``PPD``." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +msgid "" +"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" +" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:306 +msgid "" +"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " +"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 +msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." +msgstr "Necesita imprimir el pago para poder obtener el PDF correctamente. " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " +"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " +"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" +" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " +"caso de anticipos recibidos**." +msgstr "" +"Con respecto a los \"Pagos por adelantado\", debe crear una factura adecuada" +" con el pago por adelantado como una línea de productos que establezca el " +"código de SAT adecuado siguiendo el procedimiento de la documentación " +"oficial `dada por el SAT`_ en la sección ** Apéndice 2 Procedimiento Para la" +" emisión de los CFDI en el caso de anticipos recibidos **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 +msgid "" +"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " +"Payment without a proper invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +msgid "Accounting" +msgstr "Contabilidad" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:320 +msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" +msgstr "La contabilidad para México en Odoo es compuesta por 3 reportes: " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:323 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." +msgstr "Balanza de Comprobación Electrónica." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:324 +msgid "DIOT report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:326 +msgid "" +"1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " +"report only available on the context of the accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +msgid "" +"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 +msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "Contabilidad Electrónica (Requiere Aplicación de Contabilidad)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 +msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:341 +msgid "" +"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " +"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" +msgstr "" +"La facturación electrónica nunca ha sido tan fácil, solo tiene que ir a " +":menuselection:’Contabilidad --> Informes --> México --> COA’ y darle clic " +"en el botón **Exportar para SAT (XML)**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 +msgid "How to add new accounts ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:351 +msgid "" +"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" +" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " +"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account " +"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag" +" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" +" xml." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "" +"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" +" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." +msgstr "" +"Para conocer todas las etiquetas posibles, puede leer el `Anexo 24`_ en el " +"sitio web del SAT en la sección llamada ** Código agrupador de cuentas del " +"SAT **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:371 +msgid "" +"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " +"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " +"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " +"is not created you can create one on the fly." +msgstr "" +"Cuando instala el módulo l10n_mx y su plan contable depende de él (esto " +"sucede automáticamente cuando instala la configuración de México como país " +"en su base de datos), tendrá por defecto las etiquetas más comunes. Si la " +"etiqueta que necesita no está creada, puede crearla." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" +msgstr "Balanza de Comprobación Electrónica" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 +msgid "" +"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " +"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " +"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be " +"exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " +"the previous selection of the period you want to export." +msgstr "" +"Exactamente como el COA pero con el saldo y débito del saldo inicial, una " +"vez que haya configurado correctamente su COA, puede ir a: menuselection: " +"`Contabilidad-> Informes-> México-> Balanza de Comprobación` esto se genera" +" automáticamente y puede ser exportado a XML usando el botón en la parte " +"superior ** Exportar para SAT (XML) ** con la selección previa del período " +"que desea exportar." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +msgid "" +"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" +" regular Odoo Report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:394 +msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 +msgid "" +"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" +" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se trata de procedimientos con el Servicio de Administración de SAT, " +"sabemos que no debemos descuidar lo que presentamos. Para que las cosas no " +"pasen en Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:402 +msgid "" +"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " +"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " +"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " +"the same, with our providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:407 +msgid "" +"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" +" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " +"to. submit the DIOT:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:412 +msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:414 +msgid "" +"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " +"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " +"find in the SAT website." +msgstr "" +"Es sencillo presentar el DIOT, ya que, como todos los formatos, puede " +"obtenerlo en la página del SAT, es el formato electrónico A-29 que puede " +"encontrar en el sitio web del SAT." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:418 +msgid "" +"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " +"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " +"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " +"to said data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:424 +msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:426 +msgid "" +"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " +"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " +"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:430 +msgid "" +"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " +"this after having made up to 500 records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:433 +msgid "" +"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " +"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " +"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such" +" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " +"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:440 +msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:442 +msgid "" +"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " +"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " +"according to the SAT site is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " +"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " +"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of" +" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the " +"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " +"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:453 +msgid "" +"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " +"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " +"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " +"Third Parties." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:458 +msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:461 +msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:463 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " +"with third partied (DIOT)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:467 +msgid "" +"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " +"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:472 +msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +msgid "" +"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " +"the necessary steps to declare it." +msgstr "" +"Guarda en un lugar seguro el archivo descargado, vaya al sitio web de SAT y " +"sigue los pasos necesarios para declararlo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:483 +msgid "" +"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " +"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " +"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else " +"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" +" suppliers." +msgstr "" +"Todos los proveedores deben tener configurado los campos en la pestaña de " +"contabilidad llamada \"Información DIOT\", el campo *L10N MX Nacionalidad* " +"se completa con solo seleccionar el país apropiado en la dirección, no " +"necesita hacer nada más allí, pero el *L10N MX tipo de operación* deber ser " +"configurado en todos sus proveedores." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:490 +msgid "" +"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " +"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " +"properly configured already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" +" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " +"following standard odoo procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:496 +msgid "" +"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " +"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " +"itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:499 +msgid "" +"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " +"paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +msgid "" +"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " +"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " +"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use" +" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it " +"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " +"your partners are correctly set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:513 +msgid "Extra Recommended features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:516 +msgid "Contact Module (Free)" +msgstr "Módulo de Contactos (Gratis)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:518 +msgid "" +"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " +"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " +"install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:524 +msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "Multi moneda (Requiere de aplicación de Contabilidad) " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:526 +msgid "" +"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " +"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" +" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with " +"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate " +"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " +"information daily in the system manually." +msgstr "" +"En México, casi todas las empresas mandan y reciben pagos en diferentes " +"monedas. Si quiere hacer esto puede habilitar el uso de multi-divisas. " +"También debería habilitar la sincronización con **Banxico**, ya que esto le " +"dejara bajar el tipo de cambio automáticamente del SAT sin necesidad de " +"configurar esta información todos los días manualmente en el sistema. " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:533 +msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:540 +msgid "" +"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " +"3.3)" +msgstr "" +"Habilitación de errores explícitos en el CFDI utilizando el validador local " +"XSD (CFDI 3.3)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:542 +msgid "" +"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " +"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " +"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" +" :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:548 +msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" +msgstr "Busque la acción llamada \"Descargar archivos XSD a CFDI\"" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:550 +msgid "" +"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " +"Companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:551 +msgid "Open any company you have." +msgstr "Abre cualquier empresa que tengas." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:575 +msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." +msgstr "Haga clic en \"Acción\" y luego en \"Descargar archivo XSD a CFDI\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:557 +msgid "" +"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " +"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " +"generic one with no explanation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +msgid "If you see an error like this:" +msgstr "Si ves un error como este:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:564 +msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" +msgstr "El CFDI generado no es válido. " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:566 +msgid "" +"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " +"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" +msgstr "" +"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " +"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:570 +msgid "" +"This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " +"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " +"but:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." +msgstr "Ve a la empresa en donde ocurre el error. " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:583 +msgid "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " +"allowed minimum length of '1'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:592 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " +"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " +"properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:667 +msgid "**Error messages**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:598 +msgid "" +"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 +msgid "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " +"partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" +" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " +"which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " +"possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " +"considerations about fiscal positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 +msgid "" +"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " +"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " +"set 601, it will look like the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:620 +msgid "" +"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " +"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:654 +msgid "**Error message**:" +msgstr "**Mensaje de error**:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:625 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " +"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " +"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " +"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:631 +msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:638 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:656 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " +"is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:644 +msgid "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " +"missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:647 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " +"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " +"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" +"info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:661 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" +" Mexico, fix it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:669 +msgid "" +"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:672 +msgid "" +"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing.\", '')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:676 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" +" used on the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "Holanda" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 +msgid "XAF Export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 +msgid "" +"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" +" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" +" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " +"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 +msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " +"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 +msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 +msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "España" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 +msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Plan de cuenta Español" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 +msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 +msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 +msgid "PGCE Entitades" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " +"Localization** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " +"default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 +msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" +" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +msgstr "Reporte de Impuestos (Modelo 111)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +msgstr "Reporte de Impuestos (Modelo 115)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" +msgstr "Reporte de Impuestos (Modelo 303)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +msgid "Switzerland" +msgstr "Suiza" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " +"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " +"ISR*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " +"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " +"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +msgid "" +"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " +"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " +"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices` and enable **Print bank on ISR**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +msgid "ISR reference on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, you can add your ISR reference as " +"**Payment Reference** on your invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue " +"invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to modify (By default, the Journal is named " +"*Customer Invoices*), click en *Edit*, and open the *Advanced Settings* tab." +" In the **Communication Standard** field, select *Switzerland*, and click on" +" *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 +msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" +msgstr "Actualización en vivo de la tasa de cambio" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " +"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " +"you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 +msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" +" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" +" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 +msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " +"have to do anything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " +"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " +":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " +"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " +"\"upgrade\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " +"rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +msgid "" +"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " +"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " +"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 +msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " +"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" +" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" +" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " +"included in Odoo by default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Name**" +msgstr "** Nombre del impuesto**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Rate**" +msgstr "**Tarifa**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Label on Invoice**" +msgstr "** Etiqueta en factura**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Scope**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tag**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "7.7%" +msgstr "7.7%" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +msgid "7.7% achat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "TVA 7.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +msgid "7.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +msgid "7.7% invest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "3.7%" +msgstr "3.7%" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +msgid "3.7% achat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "TVA 3.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "3.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +msgid "3.7% invest" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "3.7% invest Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "7.7% Incl." +msgstr "7.7% Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "3.7% Incl." +msgstr "3.7% Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " +"odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" +" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " +"your fiscal positions accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Localization Packages** are country-specific modules that install " +"pre-configured taxes, fiscal positions, chart of accounts, and legal " +"statements on your database. Some additional features, such as the " +"configuration of specific certificates, are also added to your Accounting " +"app, following your fiscal administration requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, " +"according to the country selected at the creation of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 +msgid "" +"As long as you haven't posted any entry, you can still add and select " +"another package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration" +" --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install " +"your country's module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 +msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 +msgid "Use" +msgstr "Usar" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 +msgid "" +"These packages require you to fine-tune your chart of accounts according to " +"your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " +"statements and certifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 +msgid "Please refer to the documentation listed below for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscality/taxes/taxes`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 msgid "Fiscality" msgstr "" @@ -1803,8 +7679,8 @@ msgid "Fiscal Year" msgstr "Año Fiscal" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "Cómo hacer el cierre del año en Odoo? (cerrar un año fiscal)" +msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2043,18 +7919,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Impuestos" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" +msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" msgstr "" -"¿Como manejar precios para negocios (impuestos exclidos) y precios para el " -"consumidor final (impuestos incluidos)?" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2178,13 +8045,6 @@ msgstr "" "impuestos excluidos, que es menos propenso a errores y mas facil para su " "fuerza de venta." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:15 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introducción" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 msgid "" "The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " @@ -2380,200 +8240,9 @@ msgstr "" "incluida, podría incurrir en mala calculación de precios. Es por esto que " "recomendamos compañías que solamente trabajan con una referencia de precios." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "Cómo adaptar impuestos a mi estado de cliente o localización" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " -"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." -msgstr "" -"Muchas veces los impuestos de venta dependen de tu estado de cliente o " -"localización. Para mapear los impuestos, Odoo trae lo que llamamos " -"*Posiciones Fiscales*." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:9 -msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "Crear mapeo de impuestos" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:11 -msgid "" -"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" -" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " -"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " -"purchases." -msgstr "" -"Una posición fiscal es solo un conjunto de reglas que mapea impuestos por " -"defecto (definidos en el formulario de producto) a otros impuestos. En la " -"captura de pantalla a continuación, clientes extranjeros obtienen un 0% de " -"impuestos en lugar del 15% establecido por defecto, tanto para ventas como " -"para compras." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " -"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " -"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " -"Positions`." -msgstr "" -"Las posiciones fiscales principales se crean automáticamente de acuerdo a tu" -" localización. Quizás tengas que crear posiciones fiscales para casos " -"específicos. Para definir posiciones fiscales, dirígete a: " -"Facturación/Contabilidad - Configuración - Posiciones Fiscales." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " -"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " -"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " -"foreign countries." -msgstr "" -"Si usas Odoo Contabilidad, también puedes mapear las cuentas de " -"Ingresos/Gastos de acuerdo a la posición fiscal. Por ejemplo, en algunos " -"países, los beneficios de las ventas no se publican en la misma cuenta que " -"los beneficios de las ventas en países extranjeros." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:29 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "Adapta los impuestos al estado de tu cliente" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" -"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." -msgstr "" -"Si un cliente está en una regla de impuestos específica, necesitas aplicar " -"un mapeo de impuestos. Para hacer esto, crea una posición fiscal y asígnala " -"a tus clientes." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " -"for the customer." -msgstr "" -"Odoo usará esa posición fiscal para cualquier pedido/factura registrado por " -"el cliente." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " -"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " -"same customer." -msgstr "" -"Si configuras la posición fiscal en la orden de venta o manualmente en la " -"factura, solo aplicara a este documento y no a órdenes/facturas del mismo " -"cliente." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:44 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" -msgstr "" -"Adapta los impuestos a la dirección de tus clientes (basados en destino)." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " -"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " -"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " -"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " -"your office or warehouse)." -msgstr "" -"Dependiendo de tu localización, los impuestos de ventas pueden estar basados" -" en origen o destino. La mayoría de estados o clientes requieren que " -"recolectes impuestos a la tarifa del destino (p.e. la dirección de tu " -"comprador), mientras otros requieren que los colectes a la tarifa del punto " -"de origen (p.e. tu oficina)." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " -"tax-mapping to apply." -msgstr "" -"Si estás bajo la regla basada en destino, crea una posición fiscal por mapeo" -" de impuestos para aplicar." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:53 -msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "Selecciona la opción \"Detecta Automáticamente\"." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." -msgstr "" -"Selecciona un grupo de países, un país, un estado o una ciudad para activar " -"la asignación de impuestos." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:59 -msgid "" -"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " -"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." -msgstr "" -"De esta manera, si no se establece una posición fiscal para el cliente, Odoo" -" elegirá la posición fiscal que coincida con la dirección de envío al crear " -"un pedido." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " -"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " -"his shipping address." -msgstr "" -"Para órdenes eCommerce, el impuesto del carrito del visitante se actualizará" -" automáticamente y aplicará el nuevo impuesto después que el visitante ha " -"ingresado o llenado su dirección de entrega." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:68 -msgid "Specific use cases" -msgstr "Casos de uso específicos" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " -"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." -msgstr "" -"Si, para algunas posiciones fiscales, deseas eliminar un impuesto, en lugar " -"de reemplazarlo por otro, simplemente mantenga vacío el campo *Impuestos a " -"aplicar*." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," -" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." -msgstr "" -"Si, para algunas posiciones fiscales, deseas reemplazar un impuesto por " -"otros dos impuestos, simplemente crea dos líneas que tengan el mismo " -"*Impuesto sobre el producto*." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:80 -msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr ":doc:`crear`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "Cómo administrar impuestos de transacciones en efectivo" +msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2719,190 +8388,249 @@ msgid "" "zero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "¿Cómo crear nuevos impuestos?" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" -" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " -"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " -"with the right taxes." -msgstr "" -"El sistema de impuestos de Odoo es muy flexible y soporta muchos tipos " -"diferentes de impuestos: impuestos al valor agregado (IVA), impuestos " -"ecológicos, impuestos federales / estatales / municipales, retenciones " -"fiscales, etc. Para la mayoría de los países, su sistema está preconfigurado" -" con los impuestos correctos." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." -msgstr "" -"Esta sección detalla como definir nuevos impuestos para casos de uso " -"específicos." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " -"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "" -"Ir a: selección de menú: `Contabilidad -> Configuración -> Impuestos '. " -"Desde este menú, obtienes todos los impuestos que puedes utilizar: impuestos" -" sobre las ventas e impuestos sobre la compra." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." -msgstr "" -"Elija un campo: Ventas, Compra o Ninguno (por ejemplo, impuestos obsoletos)." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:20 -msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "Selecciona un método de cálculo:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:22 -msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:24 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "" -"**Porcentaje del precio**: más común (por ejemplo, 15% de impuesto sobre las" -" ventas)" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:26 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "**Porcentaje de Precio Impuestos Incluidos**: usado en Brasil, etc." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:28 -msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr "**Grupo de impuestos**: permite tener un impuesto compuesto" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " -"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " -"posts the tax journal item in the income account." -msgstr "" -"Si utilizas la aplicación de Contabilidad de Odoo, establece una cuenta de " -"impuestos (es decir, donde se contabilizará el diario de impuestos). Este " -"campo es opcional, si lo mantienes vacío, Odoo publicará el ítem del diario " -"de impuestos en la cuenta de ingresos." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " -"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " -"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." -msgstr "" -"Si deseas evitar el uso de un impuesto específico, no podrás eliminarlo " -"porque el impuesto probablemente se utilice en facturas anteriores. Por lo " -"tanto, para evitar que los usuarios continúen usando este impuesto, debes " -"establecer el campo *Ámbito fiscal* a *Ninguno*." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " -"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " -"code." -msgstr "" -"Si necesitas un mecanismo fiscal más avanzado, puede instalar el módulo " -"**account_tax_python** y podrás definir nuevos impuestos con código Python." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:49 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "Configuración avanzada" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " -"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " -"following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "" -"**Etiqueta en las facturas**: un breve texto sobre cómo deseas que se " -"imprima este impuesto en la línea de factura. Por ejemplo, un impuesto " -"denominado \"15% en Servicios\" puede tener la siguiente etiqueta en la " -"factura \"15%\"." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " -"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " -"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "" -"**Grupo de Impuestos**: define donde este impuesto es resumido en el pie de " -"página de la factura. Todos los impuestos que pertenecen al mismo grupo de " -"impuestos serán agrupados en el pie de página de la factura. Ejemplos de " -"grupo de impuestos: IVA, Retención." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " -"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." -msgstr "" -"**Incluir en Costo Analítico**: el impuesto es contado como un costo y, así," -" genera una entrada analítica si su factura usa cuentas analíticas." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " -"empty." -msgstr "" -"**Etiquetas**: se utilizan para informes personalizados. Por lo general, " -"puedes mantener este campo vacío." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr ":doc:`aplicación`" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "¿Cómo establecer impuestos predeterminados?" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "Impuestos por defecto" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" -"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " -"localizations." +"**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes ` are automatically " +"selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For " +"example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you " +"create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." msgstr "" -"Los impuestos aplicados en tú país se instalan automáticamente para la " -"mayoría de las localizaciones." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 msgid "" -"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " -"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " -"country/state than you." +":doc:`Fiscal Positions ` take the Default Tax into " +"account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo " +"applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the " +"Fiscal Position." msgstr "" -"Los impuestos predeterminados establecidos en pedidos y facturas provienen " -"de la ficha de facturación de cada producto. Tales impuestos se utilizan " -"cuando se vende a empresas que están en el mismo país / estado que tú." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 msgid "" -"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +"**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" +" at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal " +"Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for your" +" company." msgstr "" -"Para cambiar los impuestos predeterminados establecidos para cualquier nuevo" -" producto creado, ve a: selección de menú: `Facturación / Contabilidad -> " -"Configuración -> Ajustes`." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 msgid "" -"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " -"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " -"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." +"To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " +"appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and " +"click on *Save*." msgstr "" -"Si trabajas en un entorno de multi-empresas, los impuestos sobre ventas y " -"compras pueden tener un valor diferente de acuerdo a la empresa para la que " -"trabajas. Puedes iniciar sesión en dos empresas diferentes y cambiar este " -"campo para cada empresa." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-" +"specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:279 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " +"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " +"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " +"and providers' localizations and business types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " +"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 +msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 +msgid "" +":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 +msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +msgid "" +":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " +"of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 +msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " +"or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" +" defined in the products' forms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " +"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " +"**Tax to Apply** empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" +" **Tax on Product**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " +"active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 +msgid "Automatic application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " +"following a set of conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " +"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " +"contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " +"countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" +" logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " +"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" +" Fiscal Positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 +msgid "" +"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " +"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " +"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " +"from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "Aplicación" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 +msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 +msgid "" +"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " +"specific partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " +"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 +msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " +"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" +" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:281 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:280 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" -msgstr "¿Cómo administrar retenciones de impuestos?" +msgid "Manage withholding taxes" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3011,89 +8739,8 @@ msgstr "" "La factura impresa mostrará los diferentes montos en cada grupo de " "impuestos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 -msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "¿Cómo establecer los precios con impuestos incluidos?" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " -"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " -"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" -" product form is $100." -msgstr "" -"De esta manera, el precio fijado en el formulario del producto incluye el " -"impuesto. Por ejemplo, digamos que tienes un producto con un impuesto de " -"ventas del 10%. El precio de venta en el formulario de producto es $100." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 -msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "Si el impuesto no esta incluido en el precio, obtendrá:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 -msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "Precio sin impuesto: $100" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 -msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "Impuestos: $10" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 -msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "Total a pagar: $110" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 -msgid "If the tax is included in the price" -msgstr "Si el impuesta esta incluido en el precio" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 -msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "Precio sin impuesto: 90.91" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 -msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "Impuestos: $9.09" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 -msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "Total a pagar: $100" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " -"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" -"Puedes confiar en la siguiente documentación si necesitas tanto los " -"impuestos incluidos (B2C) como los impuestos excluidos (B2B): " -":doc:`B2B_B2C`." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 -msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" -msgstr "" -"Mostrar los precios con impuestos incluidos en el catálogo de comercio " -"electrónico" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 -msgid "" -"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " -"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " -"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " -"Display)." -msgstr "" -"Por defecto, los precios mostrados en tú catálogo de comercio electrónico " -"están excluidos de impuestos. Para mostrarlos con impuestos incluidos, " -"selecciona *Mostrar subtotales de línea con impuestos incluidos (B2C)* en: " -"selección de menú: `Ventas -> Configuración -> Ajustes' (Visualización de " -"impuestos)." - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 @@ -3185,8 +8832,8 @@ msgstr "¿Cómo funciona?" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" -" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" +" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 @@ -3245,4078 +8892,498 @@ msgid "" "from a user point of view." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 -msgid "Localizations" -msgstr "Localizaciones" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:3 -msgid "Argentina" -msgstr "Argentina" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " -"this version the next modules are available:" -msgstr "" -"La localización argentina se ha mejorado y ampliado en Odoo v13, en esta " -"versión están disponibles los siguientes módulos:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " -"localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" -" to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " -"Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." -msgstr "" -"**l10n_ar**: Este módulo agrega funciones de contabilidad para la " -"localización argentina, que representan las configuraciones mínimas " -"necesarias para que una empresa opere en Argentina y bajo las regulaciones y" -" pautas de la AFIP (Administración Federal de Ingresos Públicos)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " -"Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " -"on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " -"that is used to analyze the invoice" -msgstr "" -"**l10n_ar_reports**: Incluye el informe del libro de IVA, que es un " -"requisito legal en Argentina y que contiene la información detallada de IVA " -"de las ventas o compras registradas en las entradas contables. Este módulo " -"incluye también el informe resumido del IVA que se utiliza para analizar la " -"factura." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " -"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " -"AFIP regulations." -msgstr "" -"**l10n_ar_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los requisitos técnicos y " -"funcionales para poder realizarintercambio de información basado en el Web " -"Service de Factura Electrónica (WSFE), bajo las regulaciones de la AFIP." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" -msgstr "Instalar los módulos de localización Argentina" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:29 -msgid "" -"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " -"the first two modules." -msgstr "" -"Para esto, vaya a *Aplicaciones* y busque \"Argentina\". Luego haga clic en " -"*Instalar* para los dos primeros módulos." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:35 -msgid "Configure your company" -msgstr "Configure su empresa" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " -"company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " -"the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " -"structure of the company:" -msgstr "" -"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, el primer paso es configurar los " -"datos de su empresa. Adicional a la información básica, un campo clave para " -"completar es el Tipo de responsabilidad AFIP, que representa la obligación " -"fiscal y la estructura de la empresa:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:46 -msgid "Chart of Account" -msgstr "Plan de cuentas" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:48 -msgid "" -"In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " -"accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " -"considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" -" companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" -msgstr "" -"En la configuración de Contabilidad, hay tres paquetes disponibles de Plan " -"de cuentas, que están relacionados con el tipo de responsabilidad AFIP de la" -" compañía, considerando así que si las compañías base no requieren tantas " -"cuentas como las compañías con requisitos fiscales más complejos:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:52 -msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." -msgstr "Monotributista (149 cuentas)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:53 -msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." -msgstr "Exento de IVA (159 cuentas)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:54 -msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." -msgstr "Responsables Inscriptos (166 cuentas)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:60 -msgid "Configure Master data" -msgstr "Configurar datos maestros" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:63 -msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" -msgstr "Credenciales de Facturación Electrónica" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:66 -msgid "Environment" -msgstr "Entorno" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " -"and Production." -msgstr "" -"La infraestructura de AFIP se replica en dos entornos separados: Testing y " -"Producción." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " -"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " -"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " -"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." -msgstr "" -"El ambiente de Homologación o Testing es donde las compañías pueden probar " -"sus desarrollos hasta que estén listas para Producción. Como estos dos " -"entornos están completamente asilados uno del otro, los certificados " -"digitales de una instancia no son válidos en la otra." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " -"to select the environment:" -msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization`" -" para seleccionar el entorno:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:81 -msgid "AFIP Certificates" -msgstr "Certificados de AFIP" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " -"provided by the AFIP." -msgstr "" -"La facturación electrónica y otros servicios AFIP funcionan con Web Services" -" (WS) proporcionados por AFIP." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" -" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." -msgstr "" -"Para habilitar comunicación con AFIP, el primer paso es solicitar un " -"certificado digital si no se tiene uno ya." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " -"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " -"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." -msgstr "" -"Generar el certificado de Solicitud de Firma (Odoo). Cuando se selecciona " -"esta opción, se genera un archivo con la extensión ``.csr`` (solicitud de " -"firma de certificado, por sus siglas en inglés) para utilizar el portal AFIP" -" para solicitar el certificado." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " -"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " -"`Get AFIP Certificate " -"`_." -msgstr "" -"Generar certificado (AFIP). Acceda al portal de AFIP y siga las " -"instrucciones descritas en el siguiente documento para obtener un " -"certificado. `Obtener certificado de AFIP " -"`_." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " -"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " -"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." -msgstr "" -"Cargar el Certificado y la Clave Privada (Odoo). Una vez que se ha generado " -"el certificado, este debe cargarse en Odoo, utilizando el lápiz que se " -"encuentra a continuación en el campo \"Certificado\" y seleccionando el " -"archivo correspondiente." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:104 -msgid "" -"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " -"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " -"`_." -msgstr "" -"En caso de que necesite configurar el Certificado de Homologación, consulte " -"la documentación oficial de AFIP: `Certificado de Homologación " -"`_." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 -msgid "Partner" -msgstr "Partner (Contactos)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:112 -msgid "Identification Type and VAT" -msgstr "Tipo de identificación e IVA" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:114 -msgid "" -"As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " -"AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " -"for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " -"default:" -msgstr "" -"Como parte de la localización argentina, los tipos de documentos definidos " -"por la AFIP ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Partner, esta " -"información es esencial para la mayoría de las transacciones. Hay seis tipos" -" de identificación disponibles por defecto:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:122 -msgid "" -"The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" -" Odoo but only the common ones are active." -msgstr "" -"La lista completa de los tipos de identificación definidos por la AFIP se " -"incluye en Odoo, pero sólo los comunes están activos." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:126 -msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" -msgstr "Tipo de responsabilidad AFIP" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:128 -msgid "" -"In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " -"transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " -"should be defined in the partner form:" -msgstr "" -"En Argentina, el tipo de documento asociado con las transacciones de " -"clientes y proveedores se define en función del tipo de responsabilidad ante" -" AFIP; este campo debe definirse en el formulario de Partner:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:137 -msgid "" -"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " -"with their related financial account and configuration." -msgstr "" -"Como parte del módulo de localización, los impuestos se crean " -"automáticamente con su cuenta financiera y configuración relacionadas" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:144 -msgid "Taxes Types" -msgstr "Tipos de impuestos" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:146 -msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" -msgstr "Argentina tiene varios tipos de impuestos, los más comunes son:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:148 -msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." -msgstr "**IVA**. Es el IVA normal y puede tener varios porcentajes." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:149 -msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." -msgstr "" -"**Percepción**. Pago anticipado de un impuesto que se aplica a las facturas." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:150 -msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" -msgstr "" -"**Retención**. Pago anticipado de un impuesto que se aplica a los pagos." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:151 -msgid "Otros." -msgstr "Otros." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:154 -msgid "Special Taxes" -msgstr "Impuestos especiales" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" -" taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " -"creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " -"Inactive taxes:" -msgstr "" -"Algunos impuestos argentinos no se usan comúnmente para todas las empresas, " -"este tipo de impuestos se incluyen como inactivos por defecto. Es importante" -" que antes de crear un nuevo impuesto confirme que no esté incluido ya en " -"los impuestos inactivos:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:164 -msgid "Document Types" -msgstr "Tipos de documentos" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:166 -msgid "" -"In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " -"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " -"types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " -"AFIP)." -msgstr "" -"En algunos países de América Latina, incluida Argentina, algunas " -"transacciones contables como facturas de clientes y proveedores se " -"clasifican por tipos de documentos definidos por las autoridades fiscales " -"del gobierno (en el caso de Argentina, la AFIP)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:170 -msgid "" -"The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " -"the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " -"of invoices as well of account moves." -msgstr "" -"El tipo de documento es un dato esencial que debe mostrarse en los informes " -"impresos y que debe identificarse fácilmente, dentro del conjunto de " -"facturas y de movimientos de cuenta." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " -"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" -" on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " -"when the localization module is installed." -msgstr "" -"Cada tipo de documento puede tener una secuencia única por diario donde se " -"asigna. Como parte de la localización, el *Tipo de documento* incluye el " -"país en el que se aplica el documento y los datos se crean automáticamente " -"cuando se instala el módulo de localización." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:177 -msgid "" -"The information required for the document types is included by default so " -"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" -msgstr "" -"La información requerida para los tipos de documentos se incluye de manera " -"predeterminada, por lo que el usuario no necesita completar nada en esta " -"vista:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:184 -msgid "" -"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " -"activated if needed." -msgstr "" -"Hay varios tipos de documentos que están inactivos de manera predeterminada," -" pero se pueden activar si es necesario." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:187 -msgid "Letters" -msgstr "Letras" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:189 -msgid "" -"For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" -" the transaction/operation, example:" -msgstr "" -"Para Argentina, los tipos de documentos incluyen una letra que indica la " -"transacción u operación. Por ejemplo:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " -"be used." -msgstr "" -"Cuando una factura está relacionada con una transacción B2B (empresa a " -"empresa), se debe utilizar un tipo de documento \"A\"." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:193 -msgid "" -"When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " -"be used." -msgstr "" -"Cuando una factura está relacionada con una transacción B2C (empresa a " -"consumidor final), se debe utilizar un tipo de documento \"B\"." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:194 -msgid "" -"When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" -" must be used." -msgstr "" -"Cuando una factura está relacionada con una transacción de exportación, se " -"debe utilizar un tipo de documento \"E\"." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:196 -msgid "" -"The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " -"associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." -msgstr "" -"Los documentos incluidos en la localización tienen la letra apropiada " -"asociada, el usuario no necesita configurar nada adicional." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:203 -msgid "Use on Invoices" -msgstr "Usar en facturas" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:205 -msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" -msgstr "El tipo de documento en cada transacción estará determinado por:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:207 -msgid "" -"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " -"documents." -msgstr "" -"El diario relacionado con la Factura, identificando si el diario usa " -"documentos." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:208 -msgid "" -"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " -"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" -msgstr "" -"Condición aplicada según el tipo de Emisor y Receptor (por ejemplo, tipo de " -"régimen fiscal del comprador y tipo de régimen fiscal del vendedor)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:212 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:133 -msgid "Journals" -msgstr "Diarios contables" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:214 -msgid "" -"In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " -"depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" -msgstr "" -"En la localización argentina, el diario puede tener un enfoque diferente " -"dependiendo de su uso y tipo interno, para configurar sus diarios vaya a " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:218 -msgid "" -"For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " -"Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" -" can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " -"invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." -msgstr "" -"Para los diarios de ventas y compras, es posible habilitar la opción *Usar " -"documentos*, que indica que el diario habilita una lista de tipos de " -"documentos que pueden relacionarse con las facturas de clientes y las " -"facturas de proveedores. Para obtener más detalles sobre las facturas, " -"consulte la sección 2.3 Tipos de documentos." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:222 -msgid "" -"If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" -" because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " -"account moves related to internal control process." -msgstr "" -"Si el diario de ventas o compras se usa sin la opción *Usar documentos* es " -"porque no se usarán para generar facturas fiscales, sino principalmente para" -" movimientos de cuenta relacionados con el proceso de control interno." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:226 -msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" -msgstr "Información de AFIP (mejor conocida como Punto de venta de AFIP)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:231 -msgid "" -"**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " -"defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " -"for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" -msgstr "" -"**Sistema AFIP POS**: Este campo solo es visible para los diarios de ventas " -"y define el tipo de AFIP POS que se utilizará para administrar las " -"transacciones para las que se crea el diario. El AFIP POS define también:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:235 -msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." -msgstr "Las secuencias de tipos de documentos relacionados con el WS." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:236 -msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." -msgstr "La estructura y los datos del archivo de factura electrónica." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:239 -msgid "Web Services" -msgstr "Web Services" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:240 -msgid "" -"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " -"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." -msgstr "" -"``wsfev1: Facturación electrónica.`` Este es el servicio más común, se " -"utiliza para generar facturas tipo A, B, C, M sin detalles por artículo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:242 -msgid "" -"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " -"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " -"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" -" Bond `_." -msgstr "" -"``wsbfev1: Bono Fiscal Electrónico.`` Para quienes facturan bienes de " -"capital y desean acceder al beneficio de los Bonos de Crédito Fiscal " -"Electrónicos otorgados por el Ministerio de Economía. Para obtener más " -"detalles, puede consultar el siguiente enlace: `Bono Fiscal " -"`_." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:246 -msgid "" -"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " -"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " -"the document type related is type “E”." -msgstr "" -"``wsfexv1: Facturación Electrónica de Exportación.`` Se usa para generar " -"facturas para clientes internacionales y transacciones que involucren el " -"proceso de exportación. El tipo de documento relacionado es \"E\"." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:252 -msgid "" -"**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " -"the operations related to this AFIP POS." -msgstr "" -"**Número de POS de AFIP**: Este es el número configurado en AFIP para " -"identificar las operaciones relacionadas con este POS de AFIP." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:255 -msgid "" -"**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" -" for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " -"example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that " -"you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " -"invoice report." -msgstr "" -"**Dirección POS de AFIP**: Este campo está relacionado con la dirección " -"comercial registrada para el POS, que generalmente es la misma dirección de " -"la Compañía. Por ejemplo: tiene varias tiendas (ubicaciones fiscales), " -"entonces AFIP requerirá que tenga un POS AFIP por ubicación: esta ubicación " -"se imprimirá en el informe de la factura." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:260 -msgid "" -"**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " -"(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " -"sequence. For example:" -msgstr "" -"**Libro unificado**: Cuando el sistema AFIP POS es Preimpresa, los tipos de " -"documentos (aplicables al diario) con la misma letra compartirán la misma " -"secuencia. Por ejemplo:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:263 -msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." -msgstr "Factura: FA-A 0001-00000002." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:264 -msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." -msgstr "Nota de crédito: NC-A 0001-00000003." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:265 -msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." -msgstr "Nota de débito: ND-A 0001-00000004." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:268 -msgid "Sequences" -msgstr "Secuencias" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:269 -msgid "" -"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" -" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " -"under :doc:`developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can be " -"used:" -msgstr "" -"En caso que quiera sincronizar el siguiente número en la secuencia en Odoo " -"con base en el siguiente número en el POS de AFIP, puede usarse el botón que" -" se muestra a continuación, visible bajo :doc:`developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` :" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:277 -msgid "" -"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " -"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " -"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " -"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." -msgstr "" -"Al crear los diarios de compras, es posible definir si pueden relacionarse a" -" tipos de documentos o no. Si se elige la opción de usar documentos, no hay " -"necesidad de asociar manualmente las secuencias de tipo de documentos puesto" -" que el número de documento lo da el proveedor." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:283 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:163 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 -msgid "Usage and testing" -msgstr "Uso y prueba" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:286 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:166 -msgid "Invoice" -msgstr "Facturas de clientes" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:288 -msgid "" -"After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " -"invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" -msgstr "" -"Después de que los contactos (clientes) y los diarios contables se crean y " -"configuran, al ser creadas las facturas tendrán el siguiente comportamiento:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:292 -msgid "Document type assignation" -msgstr "Asignación de tipo de documento" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:294 -msgid "" -"Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " -"based on the AFIP document type:" -msgstr "" -"Una vez que se selecciona el cliente, el tipo de documento se llenará " -"automáticamente, basado en el tipo de documento AFIP:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:297 -msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." -msgstr "**Factura para un cliente IVA Responsable inscripto, prefijo A**." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:302 -msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." -msgstr "**Factura para un cliente final, prefijo B**." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:307 -msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." -msgstr "**Facturación para Exportación, prefijo E**." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:312 -msgid "" -"As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " -"prefix and sequence is given by the document type." -msgstr "" -"Como se muestra en las facturas, todas ellas usan el mismo diario contable, " -"pero el prefijo y la secuencia están dados por el tipo de documento.." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:315 -msgid "" -"The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " -"different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " -"manually by the user." -msgstr "" -"El tipo de documento más común se definirá automáticamente para las " -"diferentes combinaciones de tipo de responsabilidad ante AFIP, pero el " -"usuario puede actualizarlo manualmente." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:320 -msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" -msgstr "Elementos de facturas electrónicas" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:321 -msgid "" -"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" -" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" -" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " -"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " -"draft until the related data is corrected." -msgstr "" -"Al usar facturación electrónica, si toda la información está correcta la " -"factura quedará registrada de modo estándar. En caso que algo necesite " -"revisarse (vea la sección de Errores comunes para más detalles), aparecerá " -"un mensaje de error indicando el problema y sugiriendo una resolución, y la " -"factura permanecerá en estado \"Borrador\" hasta que se corrija la " -"información necesaria." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:326 -msgid "" -"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " -"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" -msgstr "" -"Una vez que la factura se registra, la información relacionada a su estatus " -"y su validación ante la AFIP se muestra en la pestaña \"AFIP\". Esto " -"incluye:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:329 -msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." -msgstr "Autorización AFIP: Número CAE." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:330 -msgid "" -"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " -"10 days after the CAE is generated." -msgstr "" -"Fecha de vencimiento: Fecha límite para hacer llegar la factura al cliente. " -"Suele ser 10 días después de la generación del CAE." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:332 -msgid "Result:" -msgstr "Resultado:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:334 -msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." -msgstr "Aceptado en AFIP." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:335 -msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." -msgstr "Aceptado con Observaciones." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:341 -msgid "Invoice Taxes" -msgstr "Impuestos en facturas" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:343 -msgid "" -"Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " -"behavior on the pdf report:" -msgstr "" -"Según el tipo de responsabilidad ante AFIP, el IVA puede tener un " -"comportamiento diferente en el informe PDF:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:346 -msgid "" -"**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " -"identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " -"following AFIP Responsibility type:" -msgstr "" -"**A. Impuestos excluidos:** En este caso, el valor del impuesto debe " -"identificarse claramente en el informe. Esta condición se aplica cuando el " -"cliente tiene el siguiente tipo de responsabilidad ante AFIP:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:349 -msgid "Responsable Inscripto." -msgstr "Responsable Inscripto." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:354 -msgid "" -"**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " -"part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " -"the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" -msgstr "" -"**B. Valor de impuestos incluido:** Esto significa que la cantidad gravada " -"se incluye como parte del precio del producto, subtotal y totales. Esta " -"condición se aplica cuando el cliente tiene los siguientes tipos de " -"responsabilidad ante AFIP:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:358 -msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." -msgstr "IVA Sujeto Exento." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:359 -msgid "Consumidor Final." -msgstr "Consumidor Final." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:360 -msgid "Responsable Monotributo." -msgstr "Responsable Monotributo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:361 -msgid "IVA liberado." -msgstr "IVA liberado." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:368 -msgid "Special Use Cases" -msgstr "Casos de uso especiales" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:371 -msgid "Invoices for Services" -msgstr "Facturas de servicios" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:372 -msgid "" -"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " -"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" -" tab “Other Info”:" -msgstr "" -"Para facturas electrónicas que incluyen servicios, la AFIP requiere reportar" -" la fecha de inicio y conclusión del servicio. Esta información puede " -"ingresarse en la pestaña \"Otra información\"." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:378 -msgid "" -"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" -" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " -"the invoice month:" -msgstr "" -"Si las fechas no se ingresan manualmente antes de validar la factura, se " -"agregarán automáticamente los días primero y último del mes en curso." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:386 -msgid "Exportation Invoices" -msgstr "Facturas de exportación" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:387 -msgid "" -"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " -"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" -" type be associated:" -msgstr "" -"Las facturas relacionadas a transacciones de exportación requieren un diario" -" que usa el Sistema AFIP POS \"Expo Voucher - Web Service\" para que se le " -"asocie el tipo de documento apropiado:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:393 -msgid "" -"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " -"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " -"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" -msgstr "" -"Cuando el cliente seleccionado en la factura tiene el Tipo de " -"responsabilidad ante AFIP como “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” o “IVA " -"Liberado – Ley Nº 19.640”, Odoo automáticamente asignará:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:396 -msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." -msgstr "Diario relacionado al Web Service de Exportación." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:397 -msgid "Exportation document type ." -msgstr "Tipo de documento de exportación." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:398 -msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." -msgstr "Posición fiscal: Compras/Ventas al exterior." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:399 -msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." -msgstr "Concepto AFIP: Productos / Exportación definitiva de bienes." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:400 -msgid "Exempt Taxes." -msgstr "Exención de impuestos" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:406 -msgid "" -"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " -"Info --> Accounting`:" -msgstr "" -"Los documentos de exportación requieren el Incoterm en :menuselection:`Other" -" Info --> Accounting`:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:413 -msgid "Fiscal Bond" -msgstr "Bono fiscal" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:414 -msgid "" -"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " -"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " -"Ministry of Economy." -msgstr "" -"El bono fiscal electrónico es para ser usado por quienes facturan bienes de " -"capital y desean acceder al beneficio del bono de impuestos electrónicos " -"otorgado por el Ministerio de Economía." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:417 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:442 -msgid "" -"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " -"requirements:" -msgstr "" -"Para estas transacciones es importante tener en consideración los siguientes" -" requisitos:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:419 -msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." -msgstr "Moneda (según la tabla de parámetros) y presupuesto de factura." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:420 -msgid "Taxes." -msgstr "Impuestos." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:421 -msgid "Zone." -msgstr "Zona." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:422 -msgid "Detail each item." -msgstr "Detalle cada artículo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:424 -msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." -msgstr "Código según la Nomenclatura Común del MERCOSUR (NCM)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:425 -msgid "Complete description." -msgstr "Descripción completa." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:426 -msgid "Unit Net Price." -msgstr "Precio neto por unidad." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:427 -msgid "Quantity." -msgstr "Cantidad." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:428 -msgid "Unit of measurement." -msgstr "Unidad de medida." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:429 -msgid "Bonus." -msgstr "Bono" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:430 -msgid "VAT rate." -msgstr "Tasa de IVA." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:434 -msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" -msgstr "Factura de crédito electrónica MiPyME (FCE)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:436 -msgid "" -"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " -"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " -"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " -"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " -"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" -" to their clients and / or vendors." -msgstr "" -"**Facturas:** Hay varios tipos de documentos clasificados como MiPyME, " -"también conocidos como Factura de crédito electrónica (FCE), que se usa para" -" impulsar PyMEs. Su propósito es desarrollar un mecanismo que mejore las " -"condiciones de financiamiento de estas compañías y les permite incrementar " -"su productividad mediante el cobro anticipado de cuentas por pagar y cobrar " -"a sus clientes y/o proveedores." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:444 -msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." -msgstr "Tipos de documento específico (201, 202, 206, etc)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:445 -msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." -msgstr "El emisor debe ser aceptado por AFIP para transacciones MiPyMEs." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:446 -msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." -msgstr "La cantidad debe ser mayor a 100,000 ARS." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:447 -msgid "" -"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" -" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" -msgstr "" -"Una cuenta bancaria tipo CBU debe estar relacionada al emisor, de otro modo " -"la factura no puede ser validada, resultando en un error como los " -"siguientes:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:453 -msgid "" -"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " -"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" -msgstr "" -"**Notas de crédito o débito:** Al crear una nota de crédito o débito " -"relacionada a una FCE, es importante considerar los siguientes puntos:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:456 -msgid "" -"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " -"originator document passed to the note." -msgstr "" -"Use los botones de Nota de crédito y débito, para transferir la referencia " -"correcta del documento de origen a la nota." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:462 -msgid "" -"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " -"A or B)." -msgstr "" -"La letra del documento debe ser la misma que la del documento origen (ya sea" -" A o B)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:463 -msgid "" -"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " -"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " -"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " -"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." -msgstr "" -"Debe usarse la misma moneda que en el documento origen. Al usar una moneda " -"secundaria hay una diferencia resultante de la conversión. Si la taso de " -"cambio no es la misma el día de la emisión y del pago, es posible crear una " -"nota de crédito o débito para incrementar o reducir la cantidad a pagar en " -"ARS." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:468 -msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" -msgstr "El flujo puede resultar en uno de dos escenarios:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:470 -msgid "" -"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " -"Cancellation?” as True." -msgstr "" -"La FCE es rechazada por lo que la nota de crédito debe tener el campo \"FCE:" -" Es Cancelación?\" activado." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:471 -msgid "" -"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " -"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " -"(false)." -msgstr "" -"La nota de crédito fue creada con un valor negativo para anular la FCE. En " -"este caso el campo \"FCE: Es Cancelación?\" debe estar vacío (falso)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:478 -msgid "Invoice printed report" -msgstr "Factura impresa" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:479 -msgid "" -"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " -"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " -"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" -msgstr "" -"El PDF relacionado a la facturas electrónicas validadas por la AFIP incluye " -"un código de barras en la parte inferior que representa el CAE (Código de " -"Autorización Electrónico). La Fecha de vencimiento se muestra también por " -"ser requisito legal." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:488 -msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" -msgstr "Resolución de problemas y Auditorías" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:489 -msgid "" -"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " -"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," -msgstr "" -"Para propósitos de auditorías y resolución de problemas pueden obtener la " -"información detallada de un número de factura que ha sido enviado antes a la" -" AFIP." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:499 -msgid "" -"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " -"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " -"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." -msgstr "" -"También pueden obtener el últmo número usado en la AFIP para un tipo de " -"documento específico y el Número POS para solicitar soporte para cualquier " -"problema con la sincronización de secuencias entre Odoo y la AFIP." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:507 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Facturas de proveedores" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:509 -msgid "" -"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " -"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" -" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " -"if necessary." -msgstr "" -"Según el diario de ventas seleccionado para la factura, el tipo de documento" -" ahora es un campo obligatorio. Este valor se rellena automáticamente según " -"el tipo de Responsabilidad ante AFIP del Emisor y el Cliente, pero el valor " -"se puede cambiar si es necesario." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:516 -msgid "" -"The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " -"validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " -"will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." -msgstr "" -"El número de documento debe registrarse manualmente y el formato se valida " -"automáticamente. En caso de que el formato no sea válido, se mostrará un " -"error de usuario que indica el formato correcto que se espera." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:523 -msgid "" -"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " -"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " -"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." -msgstr "" -"El número de factura de proveedor está estructurado de la misma manera que " -"las facturas de cliente con la diferencia de que la secuencia del documento " -"es ingresado por otro usuario: \"Prefijo del documento - Letra - Número de " -"documento\"." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:528 -msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" -msgstr "Validar el número de factura de proveedor en la AFIP" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:529 -msgid "" -"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " -"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " -"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" -msgstr "" -"Como la mayoría de las compañías tienen controles internos para verificar " -"que la factura de proveedor está relacionada a un documento validado por la " -"AFIP, se puede fijar una validación automática en " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " -"Validate document in the AFIP`, tomando en cuenta los siguientes niveles:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:533 -msgid "" -"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." -msgstr "" -"**No Disponible:** No se realiza la verificación. (Este es el valor por " -"defecto)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:534 -msgid "" -"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " -"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." -msgstr "" -"**Disponible:** Se realiza la verificación. En caso que el número no sea " -"válido solo muestra una advertencia pero permite registrar la factura de " -"proveedor." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:536 -msgid "" -"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " -"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." -msgstr "" -"**Requerido:** Se realiza la verificación y no permite al usuario registrar " -"la factura de proveedor si el número de documento no es válido." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:543 -msgid "How to use it in Odoo" -msgstr "Cómo usarlo en Odoo" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:544 -msgid "" -"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " -"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta agrega a la factura de proveedor un nuevo botón \"Verificar" -" en AFIP\" ubicado al lado del código de autorización AFIP." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:550 -msgid "" -"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " -"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." -msgstr "" -"En caso que no sea un código válido para la AFIP se mostrará el valor " -"\"Rechazado\" y los detalles de la validación serán agregaodos en el " -"\"chatter\"." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:558 -msgid "Special Use cases" -msgstr "Casos de uso especiales" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:560 -msgid "Untaxed Concepts" -msgstr "Conceptos no gravados" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:561 -msgid "" -"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " -"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." -msgstr "" -"Hay algunas transacciones que incluyen artículos que no forman parte del " -"monto gravable; esto es común en facturas de combustibles" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:564 -msgid "" -"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " -"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" -" the Exempt concept:" -msgstr "" -"La factura de proveedor será registrada usando un artículo por cada producto" -" que forme parte de la base imponible para el IVA y un artículo adicional " -"para registrar el concepto exento:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:571 -msgid "Perception Taxes" -msgstr "Impuestos de percepción" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:572 -msgid "" -"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " -"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " -"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " -"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." -msgstr "" -"La factura de proveedor será registrada usando un artículo por cada producto" -" que forme parte de la base imponible para el IVA, el impuesto de percepción" -" puede ser agregado en cualquiera de las líneas de producto. Esto resultará " -"en un grupo de impuestos para el IVA y uno para la percepción. El valor por " -"defecto de percepción es siempre 1.00." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:580 -msgid "" -"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " -"it and set the correct amount." -msgstr "" -"Debe usar el lápiz al lado de la cantidad de percepción para editarla e " -"ingresar la cantidad correcta." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:586 -msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." -msgstr "Después de hacer esto la factura puede ser validada." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:590 -msgid "Reports" -msgstr "Informes" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:592 -msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" -msgstr "" -"Como parte de la localización, se agregaron los siguientes informes " -"financieros:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:598 -msgid "VAT Reports" -msgstr "Informes de IVA" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:601 -msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" -msgstr "Libro de IVA Ventas" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:607 -msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" -msgstr "Libro de IVA Compras" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:613 -msgid "Resumen de IVA" -msgstr "Resumen de IVA" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:619 -msgid "IIBB - Reports" -msgstr "IIBB - Informes" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:622 -msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" -msgstr "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:628 -msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" -msgstr "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 -msgid "Colombia" -msgstr "Colombia" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" -" next modules:" -msgstr "" -"La facturación electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " -"requiere los siguientes módulos:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " -"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " -"document types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" -" for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " -"based on the DIAN legal requirements." -msgstr "" -"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos extra que se requieren" -" para la inntegración con Carvajal T&S y generar la facturación electrónica," -" basada en los requerimientos legales de DIAN." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:20 -msgid "Workflow" -msgstr "Flujo" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 -msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:32 -msgid "" -"For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " -"first two modules." -msgstr "" -"Para hacerlo, vaya a Aplicaciones y busque “Colombia”. Haga click en " -"“Instalar” para los primeros dos módulos." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:40 -msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " -"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " -"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que los módulos sean instalados, para estar habilitado a conectarse " -"con el webservice Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar las credenciales de " -"usuario. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:46 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " -"for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." -msgstr "" -"Ir a :menuselection:`Contabilidad —> Configuración —> Ajustes` y busque la " -"sección *Facturación Electrónica para Colombia*." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" -" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " -"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " -"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" -msgstr "" -"Utilizando el modo de Test es posible conectarse al entorno de pruebas de " -"Carvajal T&S. Esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo commpleto y la " -"integración conn el portal financiero CEN, el cual está accesible aquí: " -"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" -" the testing environment can be disabled." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que Odoo y Carvajal T&S estén completamente configurados y listos " -"para producción, el entorno de test puede ser deshabilitado." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:62 -msgid "Configure your report data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 -msgid "" -"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " -"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." -msgstr "" -"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, Ud. " -"puede definir los datos para la sección fiscal y la información bancaria en " -"el PDF." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:76 -msgid "Configure data required in the XML" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:82 -msgid "Identification" -msgstr "Identificación" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:84 -msgid "" -"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " -"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " -"their identification number and document type set:" -msgstr "" -"Como parte de la localización colombiana, los tipos de docuemntos definidos " -"por el DIAN están ahora disponibles en el formulario del Cliente. Los " -"clientes colombianos deben tener su número de identificación y tipo de " -"documento configurados." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:91 -msgid "" -"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " -"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " -"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." -msgstr "" -"Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT, el número de identificación necesita ser" -" configurado en Odoo incluyendo el dígito verificador, Odoo dividirá este " -"número cuando los datos sean enviados al proveedor." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 -msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:100 -msgid "" -"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " -"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " -"information required by the DIAN ." -msgstr "" -"Los códigos de responsabilidad del Cliente (sección 53 en el documento RUT) " -"sonn incluídas como parte del módulo de facturación electrónica, debido a " -"que es parte de la información requerida por el DIAN." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 -msgid "" -"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " -"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" -msgstr "" -"Estos campos se pueden encontrar en :seleccion de menu: `Socio--> Lengüeta " -"de Ventas & Compras ---> Información Fiscal" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " -"regimen of the partner." -msgstr "" -"Adicionalmente se agregaron dos campos booleanos para especificar el régimen" -" fiscal del socio." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 -msgid "" -"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " -"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " -"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " -"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " -"display taxes in the invoice PDF." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " -"electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " -"documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " -"Journals`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " -"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:152 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "Usuarios" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:154 -msgid "" -"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " -"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:168 -msgid "" -"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" -" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." -msgstr "" -"Una vez configurados todos sus datos maestros y credenciales, es posible " -"comenzar a probar el flujo de trabajo de la factura electrónica." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 -msgid "Invoice creation" -msgstr "Creación de Facturas" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 -msgid "" -"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " -"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " -"invoice are the next fields:" -msgstr "" -"El flujo de trabajo funcional que tiene lugar antes de la validación de una " -"factura no cambia. Los principales cambios que se introducen con la factura " -"electrónica son los siguientes campos:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:182 -msgid "There are three types of documents:" -msgstr "Hay tres tipos de documentos: " - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 -msgid "" -"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " -"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." -msgstr "" -"**Factura Electronica**: Este es el tipo de documento regular y es aplicable" -" para Facturas, Notas de crédito y Notas de débito." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 -msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " -"transactions." -msgstr "" -"**Factura de Importación**: Esto debe ser seleccionado para las " -"transacciones de importación." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:188 -msgid "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " -"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " -"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " -"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." -msgstr "" -"** Factura de contingencia **: Este es un tipo excepcional que se utiliza " -"como copia de seguridad manual en caso de que la empresa no pueda usar el " -"ERP y es necesario generar la factura manualmente, cuando esta factura se " -"agrega al ERP, este tipo de factura debe ser seleccionado." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:196 -msgid "Invoice validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:198 -msgid "" -"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" -" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." -msgstr "" -"Después de validar la factura, se crea un archivo XML y se envía " -"automáticamente a Carvajal, este archivo se muestra en el chatter." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:204 -msgid "" -"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " -"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " -"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" -msgstr "" -"Ahora se muestra un campo adicional en la pestaña \"Otra información\" con " -"el nombre del archivo XML. Además, hay un segundo campo adicional que se " -"muestra con el estado de Factura electrónica, con el valor inicial \"En " -"progreso\":" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:214 -msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:216 -msgid "" -"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" -" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " -"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " -"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " -"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" -" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." -msgstr "" -"El proveedor de la factura electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " -"validar la estructura y la información que contiene, si todo es correcto, el" -" estado de la factura cambia a \"Validado\" después de usar el botón " -"\"Verificar estado de Carvajal\" en el menú desplegable Acción. Luego, " -"proceden a generar un XML legal que incluye una firma digital y un código " -"único (CUFE), una factura en PDF que incluye un código QR y también se " -"genera el CUFE." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:224 -msgid "After this:" -msgstr "Después de esto: " - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:226 -msgid "" -"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " -"the invoice chatter:" -msgstr "" -"Un ZIP que contiene el XML legal y el PDF se descarga y se muestra en el " -"chatter de la factura:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:233 -msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" -msgstr "El estado de la factura electrónica cambia a \"Aceptado\"" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:237 -msgid "Common errors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:239 -msgid "" -"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " -"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " -"after updating the electronic invoice status." -msgstr "" -"Durante la validación de XML, los errores más comunes suelen estar " -"relacionados con falta de datos maestros. En tales casos, los mensajes de " -"error se muestran en el chatter después de actualizar el estado de la " -"factura electrónica." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:246 -msgid "" -"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " -"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" -msgstr "" -"Después de corregir los datos maestros, es posible reprocesar el XML con los" -" nuevos datos y enviar la versión actualizada, usando el siguiente botón:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:258 -msgid "Additional use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:260 -msgid "" -"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " -"the functional workflow remains the same as well." -msgstr "" -"El proceso para las notas de crédito y débito es exactamente el mismo que la" -" factura, el flujo de trabajo funcional también sigue siendo el mismo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 -msgid "Colombia (ES)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 -msgid "Introducción" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 -msgid "" -"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " -"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" -msgstr "" -"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " -"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " -"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " -"puntos:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 -msgid "Plan Contable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 -msgid "Impuestos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 -msgid "Retenciones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 -msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " -"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " -"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 -msgid "Flujo General" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 -msgid "Configuración" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 -msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " -"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 -msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " -"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " -"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " -"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 -msgid "" -"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " -"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" -" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" -" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " -"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " -"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" -" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 -msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " -"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " -"Bancaria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " -"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 -msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 -msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 -msgid "Identificación" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " -"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " -"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " -"de documento correspondiente." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " -"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " -"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 -msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " -"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " -"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " -"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " -"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " -"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " -"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " -"opciones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " -"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " -"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " -"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " -"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " -"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " -"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 -msgid "Diarios" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " -"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" -" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 -msgid "" -"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " -"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" -" Secuencia`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " -"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " -"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 -msgid "Usuarios" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 -msgid "" -"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " -"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 -msgid "Uso y Pruebas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 -msgid "Facturas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " -"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " -"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 -msgid "Invoice Creation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 -msgid "" -"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " -"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " -"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " -"manualmente." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " -"son los siguientes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 -msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 -msgid "" -"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," -" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 -msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " -"importación." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 -msgid "" -"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" -" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " -"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " -"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 -msgid "Invoice Validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " -"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " -"desplegado en el historial." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " -"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" -" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " -"inicial **En Proceso**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 -msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 -msgid "" -"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " -"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " -"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " -"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " -"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " -"CUFE." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " -"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " -"automáticamente:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 -msgid "" -"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " -"historial de la Factura." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 -msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 -msgid "" -"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " -"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 -msgid "Errores Frecuentes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " -"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " -"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " -"desplegados en el historial." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 -msgid "" -"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " -"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " -"botón:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 -msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 -msgid "" -"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " -"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " -"igual." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 -msgid "France" -msgstr "Francia" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 -msgid "FEC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " -"the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" -" --> FEC`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " -"module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 -msgid "French Accounting Reports" -msgstr "Informes contables franceses" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " -"accounting reports specific to France:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 -msgid "Bilan comptable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 -msgid "Compte de résultats" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 -msgid "Plan de Taxes France" -msgstr "Plan de Impuestos de Francia" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 -msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 -msgid "" -"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " -"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " -"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales " -"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, " -"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 -msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" -msgstr "¿Requiero que mi compañía use software anti fraude?" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " -"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 -msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 -msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." -msgstr "Algunos de sus clientes son particulares privados (B2C)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 -msgid "" -"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " -"VAT and therefore are not affected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 -msgid "Get certified with Odoo" -msgstr "Obtiene certificación con Odoo" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 -msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." -msgstr "Ser compatible con Odoo es muy fácil." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" -" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " -"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" -" `here `_. If you " -"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " -"`_ or contact" -" your Odoo service provider." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 -msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 -msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" -msgstr "Para obtener la certificación solo sigue los siguientes pasos:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " -"menu:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 -msgid "" -"if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " -"Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:66 -msgid "" -"in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " -"Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " -"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a " -"country from the list; Do not create a new country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " -"`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " -"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " -"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " -"restart your server beforehand." -msgstr "" -"En caso de que use Odoo on-premise, debe actualizar su instalación y " -"reiniciar su servidor de antemano." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:81 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" -" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" -" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules " -"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click " -"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" -" installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:90 -msgid "Anti-fraud features" -msgstr "Características antifraude" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:92 -msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" -msgstr "El módulo antifraude introduce las siguientes características:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " -"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" -msgstr "" -"** Inalterabilidad **: desactivación de todas las formas de cancelar o " -"modificar datos clave de pedidos POS, facturas y entradas de diario;" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 -msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" -msgstr "" -"** Seguridad **: algoritmo de encadenamiento para verificar la " -"inalterabilidad;" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " -"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." -msgstr "" -"** Almacenamiento **: cierres de ventas automáticos con computación del " -"período y totales acumulados (diario, mensual, anual)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:101 -msgid "Inalterability" -msgstr "Inalterabilidad" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:103 -msgid "" -"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " -"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " -"located in France or in any DOM-TOM." -msgstr "" -"Todas las formas posibles de cancelar y modificar los datos clave de los " -"pedidos de POS pagados, las facturas confirmadas y los asientos de diario se" -" desactivan, si la empresa está ubicada en Francia o en cualquier DOM-TOM." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:107 -msgid "" -"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " -"companies are impacted." -msgstr "" -"Si ejecuta un entorno de múltiples empresas, solo se verán afectados los " -"documentos de dichas empresas." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:111 -msgid "Security" -msgstr "Seguridad" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:113 -msgid "" -"To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" -" validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " -"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:118 -msgid "" -"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " -"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " -"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the " -"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted " -"document recorded in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " -"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " -"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:131 -msgid "Storage" -msgstr "Almacenamiento" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:133 -msgid "" -"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " -"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" -" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry " -"recorded in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " -"Invoicing and Accounting apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " -"Type = Sales)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:145 -msgid "" -"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:147 -msgid "" -"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " -"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " -"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" -" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:153 -msgid "" -"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " -"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " -"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " -"counted in the very next closing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:158 -msgid "" -"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " -"Actions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "Responsabilidades" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" -" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " -"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " -"the inalterability of data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" -" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 -msgid "More Information" -msgstr "Más información" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 -msgid "" -"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " -"documents:" -msgstr "" -"Encontrará más información sobre esta legislación en los documentos " -"oficiales:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 -msgid "" -"`Frequently Asked Questions " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 -msgid "" -"`Official Statement " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 -msgid "" -"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 -msgid "Germany" -msgstr "Alemania" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 -msgid "German Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Plan de Cuentas Alemán" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " -"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " -"section." -msgstr "" -"El plan de cuentas SKR03 y SKR04 se admiten en Odoo. Puede elegir el que " -"desee en: menuselection: `Contabilidad-> Configuración` y luego elija el " -"paquete que desea en la sección de localización fiscal." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " -"not created any accounting entry." -msgstr "" -"Tenga cuidado, solo puede cambiar el paquete contable siempre y cuando no " -"haya creado ninguna entrada contable." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 -msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Cuando crea una nueva base de datos SaaS, el SKR03 se instala de forma " -"predeterminada." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 -msgid "German Accounting Reports" -msgstr "Informes contables alemanes" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" -msgstr "" -"Aquí está la lista de informes específicos de alemán disponibles en Odoo " -"Enterprise:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -msgid "Balance Sheet" -msgstr "Balance de Situación" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 -msgid "Profit & Loss" -msgstr "Ganancias y Pérdidas" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 -msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" -msgstr "Informe de Impuestos (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 -msgid "Partner VAT Intra" -msgstr "Empresa de IVA Intra" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 -msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" -msgstr "Exportación de Odoo a Datev" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 -msgid "" -"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " -"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " -"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " -"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." -msgstr "" -"Es posible exportar sus asientos contables de Odoo a Datev. Para poder " -"utilizar esta función, la localización de contabilidad alemana debe estar " -"instalada en su base de datos de Odoo Enterprise. Luego puede ir a: " -"menuselection: `Contabilidad-> Informes-> Contabilidad General` luego haga " -"clic en el botón ** Exportar Datev (csv) **." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 -msgid "Italy (IT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" -" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " -"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " -"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " -"l’interscambio di informazioni." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 -msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " -"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" -" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " -"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" -" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 -msgid "" -"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " -"elettronica sono i seguenti:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" -" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " -"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " -"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " -"relativa :doc:`guida <../../discuss/email_servers>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" -" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " -"elettronica." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " -"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " -"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " -"previa comunicazione." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " -"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " -"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " -"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 -msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 -msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " -"Commercio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " -"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " -"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " -"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 -msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " -"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " -"necessarie informazioni legali." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" -" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" -" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " -"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 -msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " -"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" -" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " -"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " -"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 -msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 -msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 -msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 -msgid "" -"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 -msgid "" -"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " -"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" -" dall’applicazione contabilità." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 -msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 -msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 -msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " -"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 -msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "México" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" -" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " -"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here " -"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the " -"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " -"\"Mexico\" set." -msgstr "" -"Esta documentación se ha hecho asumiendo que sigue y conoce la documentación" -" oficial sobre facturación, ventas y contabilidad y que tiene experiencia " -"trabajando con Odoo en tales área. No se pretende poner aquí los " -"procedimientos que ya están explicados en esos documentos, sólo la " -"información necesaria para permitir usar Odoo en una empresa con sede fijada" -" en \"México\"." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:17 -msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" -msgstr "La localización mexicana es un grupo de 3 módulos:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" -" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" -" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," -" payment complement, invoice addendum." -msgstr "" -"**l10n_mx_edi**: Todo sobre las transacciones electrónicas, CFDI 3.2 y 3.3, " -"complemento de pago, adición de factura." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:24 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " -"accounting are here (Accounting app required)." -msgstr "" -"**l10n_mx_reports**: todos los informes obligatorios para la contabilidad " -"electrónica están aquí (se requiere aplicación de contabilidad)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:27 -msgid "" -"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " -"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" -" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this " -"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " -"company in Mexico." -msgstr "" -"Con la localización mexicana en Odoo no solo podrá cumplir con las " -"características requeridas por ley en México, sino también utilizarlo como " -"su sistema de contabilidad y facturación debido a todos los requisitos " -"normales para este mercado, cosa que hace de Odoo la solución perfecta para " -"administrar su empresa en México." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:38 -msgid "" -"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" -" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " -"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." -msgstr "" -"Después de la configuración, te daremos el proceso para probar todo, trata " -"de seguir el proceso paso a paso para evitar perder el tiempo en solucionar " -"problemas. En cualquier paso puede retroceder y volver a intentarlo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:44 -msgid "Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:46 -msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." -msgstr "" -"Para esto, vaya a aplicaciones y busque México. Después, haga clic en " -"*Instalar*." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:52 -msgid "" -"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " -"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Al crear una base de datos desde www.odoo.com, si se elige México como país " -"al crear la cuenta, la localización mexicana se instalará automáticamente." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:58 -msgid "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" -" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" -" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and " -"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" -" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Para habilitar este requisito en México, vaya a configuración en " -"contabilidad en:menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración` y habilite la" -" opción en la imagen. Con esto podrá generar la factura firmada (CFDI 3.2 y " -"3.3) y generar también el complemento de pago firmado (3.3 solamente); todo " -"se integra completamente con el flujo de facturación normal en Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:73 -msgid "Set you legal information in the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:75 -msgid "" -"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " -"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " -"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " -"position on your company’s contact." -msgstr "" -"Primero, asegúrate de que tu empresa esté configurada con los datos " -"correctos. Ingresa en :menuselection:`Configuración --> Usuarios --> " -"Empresas` e ingrese una dirección válida y el IVA. No olvides definir una " -"posición fiscal mexicana en la información contacto de tu empresa." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:82 -msgid "" -"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" -" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." -msgstr "" -"Si desea usar la localización mexicana en modo de prueba, puede poner " -"cualquier dirección conocida dentro de México con todos los campos para la " -"dirección de la empresa y configurar al VAT como **TCM970625MB1**." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " -"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " -"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal " -"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley" -" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " -"the option)." -msgstr "" -"Vaya a la carta de la información general de la compañía, y configure la Posición Fiscal correcta. \n" -"(para el ** Entorno de prueba ** debe seleccionar * 601 - General de Ley Personas Morales *, simplemente búsquelo como un campo en la barra de búsqueda de Odoo si no encuentra la opción)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:101 -msgid "Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:104 -msgid "" -"This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " -"available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " -"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to " -"support in https://www.odoo.com/help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " -"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " -"name does not exist)." -msgstr "" -"Vaya y observe el siguiente parámetro técnico, en: menuselection: `-> " -"Ajustes-> Parámetros-> Parámetros del sistema ` y configure el parámetro " -"llamado * l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version * a 3.3 (créelo si la entrada con este " -"nombre no existe )." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:117 -msgid "" -"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " -"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " -"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " -"the default behavior." -msgstr "" -"El CFDI 3.2 será legalmente posible hasta el 30 de noviembre de 2017. La " -"versión 3.3 será un paso obligatorio para cumplir con la nueva resolución " -"SAT en cualquier base de datos nueva creada desde la versión v.11.0. CFDI " -"3.3 es el comportamiento predeterminado." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:127 -msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" -msgstr "Consideraciones importantes al habilitar el CFDI 3.3" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:129 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:680 -msgid "" -"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " -"field set to \"Tasa\"." -msgstr "" -"Su impuesto, que representa el 16% de IVA y el 0%, debe tener el campo " -"\"Tipo de factor\" establecido en \"Tasa\"." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:137 -msgid "" -"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" -" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" -" set 601, it will look like the image." -msgstr "" -"Debe ir a la configuración de Posición fiscal y configurar el código " -"correcto (son los primeros 3 números en el nombre), por ejemplo, para el " -"test, debe establecer 601, se verá como la imagen." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:144 -msgid "" -"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " -"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " -"faster." -msgstr "" -"Todos los productos deben tener para el CFDI 3.3 el \"Código SAT\" y el " -"campo \"Referencia\" correctamente configurados, puede exportarlos y volver " -"a importarlos para hacerlo más rápido." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152 -msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 -msgid "" -"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " -"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " -"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." -msgstr "" -"Para configurar el EDI con los ** PAC **, puede ir a: menuselection: " -"`Contabilidad-> Ajustes-> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Puede elegir un PAC " -"dentro de la ** Lista de PAC admitidos ** en el campo * PAC * y luego " -"ingresar su nombre de usuario de PAC y la contraseña de PAC." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " -"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " -"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." -msgstr "" -"Recuerde que debe registrarse en el PAC arbitrado de antemano, ese proceso " -"se puede hacer con el PAC mismo en este caso, tendremos dos (2) Finkok`_ y " -"`Solución Factible`_ disponibles." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " -"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " -"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process" -" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " -"environment with real transactions." -msgstr "" -"Debe procesar su ** Clave privada (CSD) ** con la institución SAT antes de " -"seguir estos pasos. Si no tiene dicha información, intente todos los \"Pasos" -" para el examen\" y vuelva a este proceso cuando finalice el proceso " -"propuesto para el SAT con el fin de establecer esta información para su " -"entorno de producción con transacciones reales." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:174 -msgid "" -"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " -"PAC username or password." -msgstr "" -"Si marcó la casilla * entorno de prueba MX PAC * no es necesario ingresar un" -" nombre de usuario o contraseña de PAC." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " -"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede encontrar un certificado del SAT para usar el *Ambiente de " -"Prueba* para la localización contable mexicana." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 -msgid "`Certificate`_" -msgstr "`Certificado`_" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 -msgid "`Certificate Key`_" -msgstr "`Clave del certificado`_" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:186 -msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:190 -msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 -msgid "" -"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " -"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " -"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." -msgstr "" -"Esta etiqueta se utiliza para establecer el código de tipo de impuesto, " -"transferido o retenido, aplicable al concepto en el CFDI. Por lo tanto, si " -"el impuesto es un impuesto de venta, el campo \"Etiqueta\" debería ser " -"\"IVA\", \"ISR\" o \"IEPS\"." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 -msgid "" -"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " -"a new tax you should choose a tag." -msgstr "" -"Tenga en cuenta que los impuestos predeterminados ya tienen una etiqueta " -"asignada, pero cuando cree un nuevo impuesto, debe elegir una etiqueta." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 -msgid "Invoicing" -msgstr "Facturación" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:209 -msgid "" -"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " -"the normal Odoo's behaviour." -msgstr "" -"Para usar la facturación mexicana solo necesita crear una factura estándar  " -"siguiendo los procesos normales dentro de Odoo. " - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212 -msgid "" -"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " -"like this:" -msgstr "" -"Una vez que valide su primera factura, una factura firmada correctamente " -"debe tener este aspecto:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:219 -msgid "" -"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" -" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " -"invoice by email." -msgstr "" -"Puede generar el PDF simplemente haciendo clic en el botón Imprimir en la " -"factura o enviándolo por correo electrónico siguiendo el proceso normal en " -"odoo para enviar su factura por correo electrónico." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " -"looks like." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que envíe la factura electrónica por correo electrónico, esta es la " -"forma en que debería verse." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:234 -msgid "Cancelling invoices" -msgstr "Cancelando facturas" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:236 -msgid "" -"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" -"El proceso de cancelación está completamente vinculado a la cancelación " -"normal en Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:238 -msgid "If the invoice is not paid." -msgstr "Si la factura no esta pagada." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:240 -msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." -msgstr "Vaya al diario de facturas del cliente al que pertenece la factura." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:246 -msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250 -msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 -msgid "" -"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " -"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:257 -msgid "**Legal considerations**" -msgstr "**Consideraciones legales**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:259 -msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." -msgstr "Una factura cancelada se cancelará automáticamente con el SAT." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 -msgid "" -"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " -"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " -"good control of the cancellation reasons." -msgstr "" -"Si vuelve a intentar usar la misma factura después de la cancelación, tendrá" -" la cantidad de CFDI cancelada que intentó, entonces todos esos XML son " -"importantes para mantener un buen control de los motivos de cancelación." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 -msgid "" -"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" -" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " -"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269 -msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" -msgstr "Pagos (Solo disponible para CFDI 3.3)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 -msgid "" -"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " -"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " -"important." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 -msgid "" -"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " -"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278 -msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:280 -msgid "" -"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " -"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " -"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " -"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:285 -msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 -msgid "" -"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " -"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 -msgid "" -"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " -"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 -msgid "" -"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " -"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " -"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " -"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298 -msgid "" -"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " -"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " -"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 -msgid "" -"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" -" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " -"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:306 -msgid "" -"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " -"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 -msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." -msgstr "Necesita imprimir el pago para poder obtener el PDF correctamente. " - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 -msgid "" -"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " -"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " -"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" -" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " -"caso de anticipos recibidos**." -msgstr "" -"Con respecto a los \"Pagos por adelantado\", debe crear una factura adecuada" -" con el pago por adelantado como una línea de productos que establezca el " -"código de SAT adecuado siguiendo el procedimiento de la documentación " -"oficial `dada por el SAT`_ en la sección ** Apéndice 2 Procedimiento Para la" -" emisión de los CFDI en el caso de anticipos recibidos **." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:314 -msgid "" -"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " -"Payment without a proper invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:320 -msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" -msgstr "La contabilidad para México en Odoo es compuesta por 3 reportes: " - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 -msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "Balanza de Comprobación Electrónica." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:324 -msgid "DIOT report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 -msgid "" -"1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " -"report only available on the context of the accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:329 -msgid "" -"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " -"app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:336 -msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "Contabilidad Electrónica (Requiere Aplicación de Contabilidad)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 -msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:341 -msgid "" -"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " -"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" -msgstr "" -"La facturación electrónica nunca ha sido tan fácil, solo tiene que ir a " -":menuselection:’Contabilidad --> Informes --> México --> COA’ y darle clic " -"en el botón **Exportar para SAT (XML)**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:349 -msgid "How to add new accounts ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:351 -msgid "" -"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" -" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354 -msgid "" -"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " -"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account " -"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag" -" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" -" xml." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365 -msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 -msgid "" -"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" -" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." -msgstr "" -"Para conocer todas las etiquetas posibles, puede leer el `Anexo 24`_ en el " -"sitio web del SAT en la sección llamada ** Código agrupador de cuentas del " -"SAT **." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371 -msgid "" -"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " -"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " -"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " -"is not created you can create one on the fly." -msgstr "" -"Cuando instala el módulo l10n_mx y su plan contable depende de él (esto " -"sucede automáticamente cuando instala la configuración de México como país " -"en su base de datos), tendrá por defecto las etiquetas más comunes. Si la " -"etiqueta que necesita no está creada, puede crearla." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" -msgstr "Balanza de Comprobación Electrónica" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380 -msgid "" -"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " -"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " -"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be " -"exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " -"the previous selection of the period you want to export." -msgstr "" -"Exactamente como el COA pero con el saldo y débito del saldo inicial, una " -"vez que haya configurado correctamente su COA, puede ir a: menuselection: " -"`Contabilidad-> Informes-> México-> Balanza de Comprobación` esto se genera" -" automáticamente y puede ser exportado a XML usando el botón en la parte " -"superior ** Exportar para SAT (XML) ** con la selección previa del período " -"que desea exportar." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 -msgid "" -"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" -" regular Odoo Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 -msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 -msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:399 -msgid "" -"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" -" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se trata de procedimientos con el Servicio de Administración de SAT, " -"sabemos que no debemos descuidar lo que presentamos. Para que las cosas no " -"pasen en Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402 -msgid "" -"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " -"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " -"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " -"the same, with our providers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:407 -msgid "" -"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" -" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " -"to. submit the DIOT:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:412 -msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:414 -msgid "" -"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " -"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " -"find in the SAT website." -msgstr "" -"Es sencillo presentar el DIOT, ya que, como todos los formatos, puede " -"obtenerlo en la página del SAT, es el formato electrónico A-29 que puede " -"encontrar en el sitio web del SAT." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 -msgid "" -"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " -"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " -"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " -"to said data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 -msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 -msgid "" -"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " -"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " -"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 -msgid "" -"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " -"this after having made up to 500 records." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 -msgid "" -"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " -"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " -"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such" -" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " -"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:440 -msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 -msgid "" -"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " -"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " -"according to the SAT site is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 -msgid "" -"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " -"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " -"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of" -" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the " -"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " -"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:453 -msgid "" -"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " -"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " -"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " -"Third Parties." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:458 -msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:461 -msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:463 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " -"with third partied (DIOT)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:467 -msgid "" -"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " -"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 -msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 -msgid "" -"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " -"the necessary steps to declare it." -msgstr "" -"Guarda en un lugar seguro el archivo descargado, vaya al sitio web de SAT y " -"sigue los pasos necesarios para declararlo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481 -msgid "" -"Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:483 -msgid "" -"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " -"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " -"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else " -"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" -" suppliers." -msgstr "" -"Todos los proveedores deben tener configurado los campos en la pestaña de " -"contabilidad llamada \"Información DIOT\", el campo *L10N MX Nacionalidad* " -"se completa con solo seleccionar el país apropiado en la dirección, no " -"necesita hacer nada más allí, pero el *L10N MX tipo de operación* deber ser " -"configurado en todos sus proveedores." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:490 -msgid "" -"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " -"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " -"properly configured already." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 -msgid "" -"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" -" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " -"following standard odoo procedure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 -msgid "" -"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " -"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " -"itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:499 -msgid "" -"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " -"paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 -msgid "" -"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " -"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " -"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use" -" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it " -"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " -"your partners are correctly set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:513 -msgid "Extra Recommended features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 -msgid "Contact Module (Free)" -msgstr "Módulo de Contactos (Gratis)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518 -msgid "" -"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " -"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " -"install." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:524 -msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "Multi moneda (Requiere de aplicación de Contabilidad) " - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:526 -msgid "" -"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " -"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" -" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with " -"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate " -"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " -"information daily in the system manually." -msgstr "" -"En México, casi todas las empresas mandan y reciben pagos en diferentes " -"monedas. Si quiere hacer esto puede habilitar el uso de multi-divisas. " -"También debería habilitar la sincronización con **Banxico**, ya que esto le " -"dejara bajar el tipo de cambio automáticamente del SAT sin necesidad de " -"configurar esta información todos los días manualmente en el sistema. " - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 -msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 -msgid "" -"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " -"3.3)" -msgstr "" -"Habilitación de errores explícitos en el CFDI utilizando el validador local " -"XSD (CFDI 3.3)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:542 -msgid "" -"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " -"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:548 -msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -msgstr "Busque la acción llamada \"Descargar archivos XSD a CFDI\"" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 -msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550 -msgid "" -"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " -"Companies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 -msgid "Open any company you have." -msgstr "Abre cualquier empresa que tengas." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:575 -msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -msgstr "Haga clic en \"Acción\" y luego en \"Descargar archivo XSD a CFDI\"." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 -msgid "" -"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " -"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " -"generic one with no explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 -msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "Si ves un error como este:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 -msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" -msgstr "El CFDI generado no es válido. " - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 -msgid "" -"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " -"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" -msgstr "" -"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " -"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 -msgid "" -"This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " -"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " -"but:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 -msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "Ve a la empresa en donde ocurre el error. " - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 -msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:583 -msgid "" -"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 -msgid "" -"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:592 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " -"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " -"properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:636 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:667 -msgid "**Error messages**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:598 -msgid "" -"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:602 -msgid "" -"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " -"partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" -" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " -"which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " -"possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " -"considerations about fiscal positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:613 -msgid "" -"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " -"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " -"set 601, it will look like the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:620 -msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " -"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:623 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:654 -msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "**Mensaje de error**:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:625 -msgid "" -"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:631 -msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:638 -msgid "" -"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:656 -msgid "" -"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:644 -msgid "" -"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:647 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " -"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " -"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" -"info`." +"There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," +" depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " +"recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and " +"computations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:661 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" -" Mexico, fix it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:669 -msgid "" -"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:12 +msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:672 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:14 msgid "" -"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.\", '')" +"As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of" +" your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. " +"However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can " +"activate only the ones relevant for your business." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:676 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:19 msgid "" -"**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" -" used on the invoice." +"To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " +"tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 -msgid "Netherlands" -msgstr "Holanda" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 -msgid "XAF Export" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:31 msgid "" -"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" -" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" -" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " -"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 -msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" +"To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " -"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 -msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" +"Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " +"the following table to see where they are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 -msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Name `" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 -msgid "Spain" -msgstr "España" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 -msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Plan de cuenta Español" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " -"default:" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice `" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 -msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Group `" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 -msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Back end" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 -msgid "PGCE Entitades" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 -msgid "" -"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " -"Localization** section." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " -"default." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:53 +msgid "Basic Options" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 -msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:58 +msgid "Tax Name" +msgstr "Nombre del impuesto" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:60 msgid "" -"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" -" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +"The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " +":ref:`label ` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " +"Products, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" -msgstr "Reporte de Impuestos (Modelo 111)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" -msgstr "Reporte de Impuestos (Modelo 115)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" -msgstr "Reporte de Impuestos (Modelo 303)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 -msgid "Switzerland" -msgstr "Suiza" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Tax Computation" +msgstr "Cálculo de impuestos" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 -msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:68 +msgid "**Group of Taxes**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:70 msgid "" -"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " -"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " -"ISR*." +"The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " +"you want, in the order you want them to be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:74 msgid "" -"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " -"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " -"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." +"Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " +"may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " +":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones `." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 -msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:78 +msgid "**Fixed**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:80 msgid "" -"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " -"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " -"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " -"Reports` and tick this box :" +"The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " +"same, regardless of the Sales Price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 -msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" -msgstr "Actualización en vivo de la tasa de cambio" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " -"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " -"you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 -msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:83 msgid "" -"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" -" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" -" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 -msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " +"fixed* tax. We then have:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " -"have to do anything." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Product's Sales Price" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " -"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " -":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " -"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " -"\"upgrade\"`." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Price without tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " -"rates." -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Tax" +msgstr "Impuesto" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 -msgid "" -"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " -"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " -"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " -"transactions." -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Total" +msgstr "Total" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 -msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 -msgid "" -"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " -"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "10" +msgstr "10" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 -msgid "" -"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" -" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" -" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "1,010.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 -msgid "" -"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " -"grid 302 tax" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:92 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:94 msgid "" -"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " -"grid 342 tax" +"The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " +"multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:97 msgid "" -"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " -"included in Odoo by default" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Name**" -msgstr "** Nombre del impuesto**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Rate**" -msgstr "**Tarifa**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Label on Invoice**" -msgstr "** Etiqueta en factura**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Scope**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tag**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "7.7%" -msgstr "7.7%" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -msgid "7.7% achat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "TVA 7.7%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "Compras" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -msgid "7.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -msgid "7.7% invest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "3.7%" -msgstr "3.7%" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -msgid "3.7% achat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "TVA 3.7%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "3.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -msgid "3.7% invest" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "3.7% invest Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax. We then have:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Ventas" +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "1,100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:107 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:109 msgid "" -"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" +"The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " +"Total." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "7.7% Incl." -msgstr "7.7% Incl." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:111 msgid "" -"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "111.11" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "3.7% Incl." -msgstr "3.7% Incl." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "1,111.11" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:124 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Activo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:126 +msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:129 msgid "" -"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " -"odoo.com/help." +"It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" +" can deactivate them to prevent future use." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:133 msgid "" -"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" -" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " -"your fiscal positions accordingly." +"This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " +"` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:139 +msgid "Tax Scope" +msgstr "Ámbito del impuesto" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " +"where it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:143 +msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:144 +msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:145 +msgid "**None**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " +"Taxes ` but that you don't want to list along with other " +"Sales or Purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:154 +msgid "Definition tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " +"the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:163 +msgid "**Based On**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:165 +msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:166 +msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:168 +msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:169 +msgid "" +"**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports " +"<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your" +" country's regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:180 +msgid "Label on Invoices" +msgstr "Etiqueta en facturas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " +"column. This is the :ref:`label ` visible to *front end* " +"users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:193 +msgid "Tax Group" +msgstr "Grupo de impuestos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " +":ref:`label ` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " +"invoices, and the Customer Portals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " +"when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " +"Positions `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:205 +msgid "" +"In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " +"Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." +" Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the " +"Invoice ` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, " +"above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:213 +msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" +msgstr "Incluir en la Analítica de costes" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:215 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " +"**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:221 +msgid "Included in Price" +msgstr "Incluir en el precio" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:223 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" +" Price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:225 +msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:227 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "900.10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "90.9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:238 +msgid "" +"If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," +" please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " +"*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** " +"field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:246 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " +"are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and " +"select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:253 +msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" +msgstr "Base imponible de subsiguientes impuestos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:255 +msgid "" +"With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " +"other taxes applied to the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:258 +msgid "" +"You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes ` to include" +" this tax, or add it directly to a product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " +"amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " +"tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:270 +msgid "" +"To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " +"names." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:282 +msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 +msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " +"provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" +" VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " +"This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " +"number without leaving Odoo interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 +msgid "VAT Number validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " +"**Country** and **VAT** fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" +" error message if the VAT number is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " +"fields' validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"`European Commission: VIES search engine " +"`__" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 @@ -7329,8 +9396,8 @@ msgid "Adviser" msgstr "Asesor" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" -msgstr "¿Cómo administrar un presupuesto financiero?" +msgid "Manage a financial budget" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -7581,40 +9648,13 @@ msgstr "" " el monto teórico será 1000, desde que este es el monto actual que podría " "haber sido efectuado." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 -msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific " -"date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 -msgid "" -"This is, for example, used when you make a provision (e.g. provision for bad" -" debt). When making the accounting entry for the provision, the amount you " -"entered is only an estimated amount. You will only be sure of the amount at " -"the end of the fiscal year. That's why, at that point, you want the " -"accounting entry to be reversed to be able to enter the real loss that " -"occurred." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 -msgid "" -"For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the " -"journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be " -"reversed at that date." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" msgstr "Analítico" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" -msgstr "Como rastrear costos de compras, gastos, subcontratación?" +msgid "Track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -7845,8 +9885,8 @@ msgstr "" "cuenta analítica." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" -msgstr "Cómo rastrear costos de recursos humanos con hojas de trabajo?" +msgid "Track costs of human resources with timesheets" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9216,10 +11256,6 @@ msgstr "" "producto es usada para registrar la diferencia entre el costo promedio y el " "precio original de compra." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 -msgid "Multicurrency" -msgstr "Multimoneda" - #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" msgstr "Registrar diferencias en cambio en pagos" @@ -9382,8 +11418,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../banco/conciliación/configuración`" +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 @@ -9392,9 +11428,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`../../banco/conciliación/casos_de_uso`" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 -msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" -msgstr "Cómo funciona la multi-moneda de Odoo?" +msgid "Odoo's multi-currency system" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -9550,6 +11585,10 @@ msgstr "" "registrará los pagos. Si se llena con una moneda, significa que puede " "registrar pagos solo en esta moneda." +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 +msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgstr "Cómo funciona la multi-moneda de Odoo?" + #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -9640,8 +11679,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`exchange`" msgstr ":doc:`tipo de cambio`" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" -msgstr "¿Cómo administrar facturas y pagos en múltiples monedas?" +msgid "Manage invoices and payment in multiple currencies" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -9747,486 +11786,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr ":doc:`cómo_funciona`" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Informes" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" -msgstr "¿Cómo crear reportes personalizados con sus propias fórmulas?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " -"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " -"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " -"ever." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "Activar modo desarrollador" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" -" activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:20 -msgid "Create your financial report" -msgstr "Crear sus reportes financieros" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 -msgid "" -"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" -msgstr "" -"Primero, debe crear su reporte financiero. Para hacerlo, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Reportes Financieros`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " -"configured:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 -msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" -msgstr "**Mostrar Columnas Crédito y Débito**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:33 -msgid "**Analysis Period** :" -msgstr "**Período de Análisis**:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:35 -msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 -msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " -"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 -msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 -msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" -msgstr "Agregue líneas en sus reportes personalizados" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 -msgid "" -"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " -"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " -"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." -msgstr "" -"Después de haber creado el reporte, necesita llenarlo con líneas. Todas " -"requieren un **nombre**, un **código** (que es usado para referirse a la " -"línea), un **número de secuencia** y un **nivel** (Usado para el " -"procesamiento de la línea)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" -" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " -"separated by ;)" -msgstr "" -"En los campos **fórmulas** puede agregar una o más fórmulas para asignar " -"valores a la columna balance (y a las columnas débito y crédito si aplica - " -"separado por ;)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:59 -msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" -msgstr "Tiene varios objetos disponibles en la fórmula:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:61 -msgid "" -"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " -"date range)." -msgstr "" -"``Ndías`` : El número de días en el período seleccionado (para reportes con " -"un rango de fechas)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " -"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" -msgstr "" -"Otro reporte, referenciado por su código. Use ``.balance` para obtener su " -"valor balance (también están disponibles ``.crédito``, ``.débito`` y " -"``.monto_residual``)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " -"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " -"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " -"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " -"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " -"by one of their columns." -msgstr "" -"Una línea también se puede basar en la suma de movimientos de líneas en un " -"dominio seleccionado. En tal caso deberá llenar el campo dominio con un " -"dominio Odoo en el objeto movimiento de línea. Luego, un objeto adicional " -"estará disponible en el campo de fórmulas, concretamente ``suma``, la suma " -"de los movimientos de línea en el dominio. También puede agrupar por campo " -"el grupo de movimientos de líneas por una de sus columnas." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:75 -msgid "Other useful fields :" -msgstr "Otros campos útiles:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 -msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." -msgstr "**Tipo** : Tipo de resultado de la fórmula." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:79 -msgid "" -"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " -"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." -msgstr "" -"**Tiene buen crecimiento cuando es positivo** : Usado cuando se está " -"calculando la comparación de columnas. Revise si el crecimiento es bueno " -"(mostrado en verde) o no." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:82 -msgid "" -"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" -" same dates as the rest of the report." -msgstr "" -"**Cambiador especial de fecha** : SI una línea específica en un reporte no " -"debe usar las mismas fechas del resto del reporte." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " -"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " -"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." -msgstr "" -"**Mostrar dominio** : Cómo se muestra el dominio de una línea. Puede ser " -"plegable (``por defecto``, escondido en el principio pero puede ser " -"plegable), ``siempre`` (siempre se muestra) o ``nunca`` (nunca se muestra)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 -msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" -msgstr ":doc:`reportes_principales`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 -msgid "What are the main reports available?" -msgstr "¿Cuáles son los reportes principales disponibles?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" -msgstr "" -"Además de los reportes creados específicamente en cada módulo de " -"localización, unos pocos muy utilizados, **genéricos** y **reportes " -"dinámicos** están disponibles para todos los países :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 -msgid "**Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "**Hoja de Balance**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 -msgid "**Profit and Loss**" -msgstr "**Ganancia y pérdida**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 -msgid "**Chart of Account**" -msgstr "**Plan de Cuentas**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 -msgid "**Executive Summary**" -msgstr "**Resumen Ejecutivo**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 -msgid "**General Ledger**" -msgstr "**Libro Mayor General**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 -msgid "**Aged Payable**" -msgstr "**Antiguas Cuentas por Pagar**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 -msgid "**Aged Receivable**" -msgstr "**Antiguas Cuentas por Cobrar**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 -msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" -msgstr "**Estado de Flujo de Efectivo**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 -msgid "**Tax Report**" -msgstr "**Reporte de Impuestos**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "**Conciliación Bancaria**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Puede comentar cada reporte para imprimirlos y reportar a su asesor. " -"Exportar a xls para extra análisis. Profundice en los reportes para ver más " -"detalles (pagos, facturas, ítems del diario, etc.)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." -msgstr "" -"También puede comparar valores con otro período. Elija cuántos períodos " -"quiere comparar con el período elegido. Puede elegir hasta 12 períodos " -"anteriores desde la fecha del reporte si no quiere usar la opción por " -"defecto **Período 1 Anterior**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." -msgstr "" -"La **Hoja de Balance** muestra un resumen de los activos, pasivos y " -"patrimonio de su organización en una fecha particular." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 -msgid "Profit and Loss" -msgstr "Ganancias y Pérdidas" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." -msgstr "" -"El reporte **Ganancias y Pérdidas** (o **Estado de Resultados**) muestra el " -"ingreso neto de su organización, por deducción de gastos de los ingresoso " -"para el período reportado." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 -msgid "Chart of account" -msgstr "Plan de cuentas" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 -msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." -msgstr "Un listado de todas sus cuentas agrupadas por clase." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 -msgid "Executive Summary" -msgstr "Resumen ejecutivo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." -msgstr "" -"El **Resumen Ejecutivo** permite una mirada rápida de todas las cifras en " -"las que necesita ejecutar su compañía." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" -msgstr "" -"En términos muy básicos, esto es lo que cada uno de los ítems en esta " -"selección esta reportando :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Performance:**" -msgstr "**Rendimiento:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 -msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" -msgstr "**Márgen de utilidad bruta:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." -msgstr "" -"La contribución de cada venta individual hecha por su negocio menos " -"cualquier costo directo requerido para hacer esas ventas (cosas como labor, " -"materiales, etc)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 -msgid "**Net profit margin:**" -msgstr "**Márgen de utilidad neta:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." -msgstr "" -"La contribución de cada venta individual hecha por su negocio menos " -"cualquier costo directo requerido para hacer esas ventas, así como cualquier" -" gasto general fijo que su compañía tiene (cosas como renta, electricidad, " -"impuestos que debe pagar como resultado de esas ventas)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr "**Rentabilidad de la inversión:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " -"make those profits." -msgstr "" -"El radio de ganancia neta hecha, al monto de activos que la compañía usó " -"para producir esas ganancias." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Position:**" -msgstr "**Posición:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr "**Días promedio del deudor:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." -msgstr "" -"El promedio de días que le toma a sus clientes pagarle (totalmente), a " -"través de todas las facturas de sus clientes." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "**Días promedio del acreedor:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" -" all your bills." -msgstr "" -"El promedio de días que le toma pagarle a sus proveedores (totalmente), a " -"través de todas las facturas de sus proveedores." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr "**Previsión corto plazo de liquidez:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 -msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." -msgstr "" -"Cuánto dinero se espera recibir o sacar de su organización en el siguiente " -"mes ej. balance de sus **Cuentas de ventas** del mes menos el balance de sus" -" **Cuentas de compras** del mes." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" -msgstr "**Activos corrientes a pasivos:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." -msgstr "" -"También referido como **proporción actual**, esta es la proporción de " -"activos corrientes (activos que pudieron convertirse en efectivo durante un " -"año) a los pasivos corrientes (pasivos que se vencerán en el próximo año). " -"Esto es típicamente usado como una medida de la habilidad de la compañía " -"para mantener su crédito." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 -msgid "General Ledger" -msgstr "Libro mayor" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." -msgstr "" -"El **Reporte del Libro Mayor** muestra todas las transacciones desde las " -"cuentas elegidas para un rango de fechas. El resumen inicial muestra los " -"totales para cada cuenta y desde ahí puede ver un reporte detallado de la " -"transacción o cualquier excepción. Este reporte es práctivo para revisar " -"cada transacción ocurrida durante un cierto período de tiempo." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 -msgid "Aged Payable" -msgstr "Vencida por Pagar" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." -msgstr "" -"Ejecute el reporte **Detalles de Antiguas Cuentas por Pagar** para mostrar " -"información de facturas individuales, notas crédito y sobrepagos que deba, y" -" por cuánto tiempo estos han estado sin pagar." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 -msgid "Aged Receivable" -msgstr "Vencida por Cobrar" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." -msgstr "" -"El reporte **Antiguas Cuentas por Cobrar** muestra las facturas de venta que" -" aún están esperando pagando durante un mes seleccionado y varios meses " -"anteriores." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 -msgid "Cash Flow Statement" -msgstr "Estado de Flujos de Efectivo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 -msgid "" -"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." -msgstr "" -"El **Estado de Flujo de Efectivo** muestra cómo cuentan los cambios en una " -"hoja de balance y el ingreso afecta el efectivo y los equivalentes de " -"efectivo, y descompone el análisis a actividades operativas, de inversión y " -"financieras." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 -msgid "Tax Report" -msgstr "Reporte Impuestos" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 -msgid "" -"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " -"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." -msgstr "" -"Este reporte le permite ver el **neto** y los **montos de impuestos** para " -"todos los impuestos agrupados por tipo (venta/compra)." - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Primeros pasos" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 msgid "Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Plan contable" @@ -10316,10 +11881,6 @@ msgid "" "indicates the account's purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "Tipo" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 msgid "" "Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" @@ -10466,10 +12027,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 -msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "Impuestos por defecto" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 msgid "" "Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " @@ -10561,89 +12118,271 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" -msgstr "¿Cómo configurar la Contabilidad de Odoo?" +msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " -"different screens you will need." +"When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" +" welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" +" get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close " +"it." msgstr "" -"La aplicación de Contabilidad en Odoo tiene una guía de implementación que " -"usted debe seguir para configurarlo. Es un asistente paso a paso, con " -"enlaces a las diferentes pantallas que necesita." #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " -"`__, you " -"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " -"implementation guide." +"The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"Una vez que haya `instalado la aplicación de Contabilidad " -"`__, debe " -"hacer clic en la barra superior derecha donde se ve el proceso para tener " -"acceso a la guía de implementación." -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 -msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" +" Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " +"creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes " +"are ready-to-go. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." msgstr "" -"La guía de implementación le ayudará a través de los siguientes pasos:" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Completing your company settings" -msgstr "Completar la configuración de la empresa" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" -msgstr "Tener acceso a las cuentas bancarias" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" -msgstr "Seleccionar su plan de ventas" +msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" -msgstr "Confirmar sus tasas habituales de impuestos" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" -msgstr "Creación de cualquier moneda extranjera" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 -msgid "Importing your customers" -msgstr "La importación de sus clientes" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Importing your suppliers" -msgstr "La importación de sus proveedores" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Importing your products" -msgstr "La importación de sus productos" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" -msgstr "La importación de sus transacciones pendientes" +msgid "" +"The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 -msgid "Importing your starting balances" -msgstr "La importación de sus balances de saldos" +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 -msgid "Define the users for accounting" -msgstr "Definir los usuarios para la Contabilidad" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " -"bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " -"configuration of Odoo." +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 +msgid "Company Data" +msgstr "Información de compañía" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 +msgid "" +"This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " +"address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " +"number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " +"Info**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Bank Account" +msgstr "Cuentas bancaria" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " +"*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " +"Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information " +"about Bank Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Accounting Periods" +msgstr "periodos contables" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" +" to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " +"along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " +"date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " +"indicate their initial opening balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " +"Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " +"arrow button* at the end of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here ` for more information on how to " +"configure your Chart of Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 +msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 +msgid "" +"There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " +"advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " +"onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app" +" rather than the Accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 +msgid "" +"If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " +"going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 +msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " +"onboarding banner `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 +msgid "Invoice Layout" +msgstr "Diseño de Factura" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 +msgid "" +"With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" +" which layout tamplate, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 +msgid "" +"You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " +"*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " +"email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to " +"the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " +"Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" +" of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 +msgid "" +"These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 +msgid "Payment Method" +msgstr "Método de pago" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 +msgid "" +"This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " +"can pay you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " +"Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " +"online, from their Customer Portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 +msgid "Sample Invoice" +msgstr "Factura ejemplo" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" +" configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 +msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" -"Una vez que el paso se realiza, puede hacer clic en el botón \"Marcar como " -"Hecho\", en la parte inferior de la pantalla. De esa manera, usted puede " -"seguir el progreso de la configuración global de Odoo." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" @@ -11212,9 +12951,6 @@ msgstr "Cuentas por Cobrar" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Debe" @@ -11226,9 +12962,6 @@ msgstr "Debe" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Haber" @@ -11236,17 +12969,6 @@ msgstr "Haber" msgid "Invoice 1" msgstr "Factura 1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -msgid "100" -msgstr "100" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Payment 1.1" msgstr "Pago 1.1" @@ -11379,9 +13101,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Account" msgstr "Cuenta" @@ -11391,8 +13110,6 @@ msgstr "Cuenta" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:142 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "Cuenta a cobrar" @@ -11416,8 +13133,6 @@ msgstr "Cheque 0123" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:144 msgid "Bank" msgstr "Banco" @@ -12066,6 +13781,11 @@ msgstr "" "pedirá configurar el siguiente número de cheque en la secuencia y luego " "imprimirá todos los cheques de una vez." +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Informes" + #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" msgstr "Balance de Antiguas Cuentas por Pagar" @@ -12105,419 +13825,9 @@ msgstr ":doc:`cliente_factura`" msgid "Account Payables" msgstr "Cuentas por Pagar" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 -msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" -msgstr "¿Cómo mantener el rastro de los gastos de empleados?" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" -" then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " -"most frequently are:" -msgstr "" -"Los gastos de empleados son cargos incurridos en nombre de la compañía. La " -"compañía luego reembolsa estos gastos al empleado. Los recibos encontrados " -"más frecuentemente son:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 -msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," -msgstr "" -"viaje en carro, reembolsado por unidad de distancia (milla o kilometro)," - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 -msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," -msgstr "gastos de subsistencia, reembolsados con base en la factura," - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 -msgid "" -"other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " -"carried out by the employee." -msgstr "" -"otras compras, como papelería y libros, destinados para la compañía pero " -"llevados a cabo por el empleado." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " -"from the Apps module." -msgstr "" -"Para administrar los gastos, necesita instalar la aplicación **Rastreador de" -" Gastos** desde el módulo de aplicaciones." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " -"re-invoice your expenses to your customers." -msgstr "" -"También necesitará instalar el módulo **Administración de Ventas** para re-" -"facturar sus gastos a sus clientes." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " -"products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " -"products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses " -"Products` in the **Expenses** application." -msgstr "" -"Una vez estas aplicaciones están instaladas puede configurar los diferentes " -"productos que representan los tipos de gastos. Para crear los primeros " -"productos, vaya al menú :menuselection:`Configuración --> Productos de " -"Gastos` en la aplicación **Gastos**." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 -msgid "Some examples of products can be:" -msgstr "Algunos ejemplos de productos pueden ser:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 -msgid "**Travel (car)**" -msgstr "**Viaje (en carro)**" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 -msgid "Product Type: Service" -msgstr "Tipo de producto: Servicio" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 -msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" -msgstr "Política de Facturación: Facturar basado en tiempo y material" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" -msgstr "Política de Factura de Gastos: En precio de venta" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 -msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" -msgstr "Precio de Venta: 0.32" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " -"Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" -msgstr "" -"Unidad de Medida: Km o milla (necesitará habilitar la opción **Múltiples " -"Unidades de Medida** desde :menuselection:`Módulo de Ventas --> " -"Configuración`)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 -msgid "**Hotel**" -msgstr "**Hotel**" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" -msgstr "Política de facturación de gastos: Al costo" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 -msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" -msgstr "**Unidad de Medida**: Unidad" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " -"employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " -"customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the" -" hotel." -msgstr "" -"En estos ejemplos, el primer producto será un gasto que reembolsamos al " -"empleado basado en el número de km que hizo con su propio carro (ej. para " -"visitar al cliente): 0.32€ / km. El hotel es reembolsado basado en el costo " -"real del hotel." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " -"checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " -"material**. This invoicing policy means that, if the expense is related to a" -" customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese que todos estos productos tienen la casilla **Puede ser gastado** " -"marcada y la política de facturación configurada a **Factura Basada en " -"tiempo y material**. Esta política de facturación significa que, si el gasto" -" esta relacionado al proyecto/órden de venta de un cliente, Odoo re-" -"facturará este gasto al cliente." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 -msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" -msgstr "Odoo soporta dos tipos de gastos:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 -msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" -msgstr "gastos pagados por el empleado con su propio dinero" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 -msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" -msgstr "gastos pagados con una tarjeta de crédito de la compañía" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 -msgid "The expenses workflow" -msgstr "Flujo de gastos" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 -msgid "Record a new expense" -msgstr "Registrar un nuevo gasto" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " -":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " -"personal expenses work that way:" -msgstr "" -"Cada empleado de la compañía puede registrar sus gastos desde " -":menuselection:`aplicación de gastos --> Mis Gastos`. El flujo para gastos " -"de personal funciona así:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 -msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" -msgstr "un empleado registra sus gastos, y los sube al supervisor" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 -msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" -msgstr "el supervisor aprueba o rechaza el gasto" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 -msgid "the accountant post journal entries" -msgstr "el contador publica las entradas en el diario" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 -msgid "" -"the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " -"with a payable account)" -msgstr "" -"la compañía reembolsa los gastos del empleado (el empleado es como un " -"proveedor, con una cuenta por pagar)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 -msgid "" -"if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " -"the customer" -msgstr "" -"si el gasto es vinculado a una cuenta analítica, la compañía puede " -"reembolsar al cliente" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 -msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" -msgstr "Para cada gasto, el empleado debe registrar al menos:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 -msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" -msgstr "una descripción: que debe incluir la referencia del recibo/factura" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 -msgid "a product: the expense type" -msgstr "un producto: el tipo de gasto" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 -msgid "" -"a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" -" car)" -msgstr "" -"un precio (ej. hotel) o una cantidad (ej. reembolsar km si el viaje fue " -"hecho con su propio carro)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " -"photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " -"the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." -msgstr "" -"Dependiendo de la política de la compañía, el podría adjuntar un escaner o " -"una foto del gasto. Para hacerlo, solo escriba un mensaje al final del gasto" -" con el escaner del recibo/factura en adjunto." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 -msgid "" -"If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" -" an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " -"might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get " -"this feature)." -msgstr "" -"Si el gasto es vinculado al proyecto de un cliente, no debe olvidar " -"configurar una cuenta analítica, relacionada con el proyecto u órden de " -"venta del cliente (podría tener que activar cuentas analíticas en los " -"ajustes contables para obtener esta funcionalidad)." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " -"**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " -"expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." -msgstr "" -"Una vez el gasto esta totalmente registrado, el empleado tiene que dar clic " -"en el botón **Subir al Supervisor**. En algunas compañías, los empleados " -"deben subir sus gastos agrupados al final del mes, o al final de un viaje de" -" negocios." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 -msgid "" -"An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " -"action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." -msgstr "" -"Un empleado puede subir todos sus gastos en lote, usando la acción Presentar" -" Gastos desde la vista de lista de gastos, o los íconos pequeños en la vista" -" de lista." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 -msgid "Validation by the manager" -msgstr "Validación del supervisor" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " -"manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " -"menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." -msgstr "" -"Los supervisores deben recibir un email para cada gasto a ser aprobado (el " -"supervisor de un empleado es definido en el formulario del empleado). Pueden" -" usar el menú **Para Aprobar** para revisar todos los gastos que están " -"esperando validación." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 -msgid "The manager can:" -msgstr "El supervisor puede:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 -msgid "" -"discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " -"bill is missing);" -msgstr "" -"comentar en un gasto pidiendo más información (ej. si no esta el escaner de " -"la factura);" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 -msgid "reject an expense;" -msgstr "rechazar un gasto;" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 -msgid "approve an expense." -msgstr "aprobar un gasto." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 -msgid "Control by the accountant" -msgstr "Control del contador" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " -"by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " -"created and posted in your accounting." -msgstr "" -"Luego, todos los gastos que han sido validados por el supervisor deben ser " -"registrados por el contador. Cuando un gasto es publicado, la entrada del " -"diario relacionada es creada y publicada en su contabilidad." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " -"expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." -msgstr "" -"Si el contador quiere crear solo una entrada del diario para un lote de " -"gastos, puede publicar gastos en lote desde la vista de lista de todos los " -"gastos." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 -msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" -msgstr "Refacturar gastos a clientes" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " -"the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " -"invoiced to the customer yet and will be included in the next invoice that " -"will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer" -" project)" -msgstr "" -"Si el gasto fue vinculado a una cuenta analítica relacionada con una órden " -"de ventas, la órden de ventas tiene una nueva línea relacionada al gasto. " -"Esta línea no es facturada al cliente aún y será incluida en la siguiente " -"factura que será enviada al cliente (cargos por viaje y acomodación en un " -"proyecto de cliente)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 -msgid "" -"To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." -" (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " -"invoice all your orders in batch)" -msgstr "" -"Para facturar al cliente, solo de clic al final de la factura en su órden de" -" ventas. (o se hará automáticamente al final de la semana/mes si factura " -"todas sus órdenes en lote)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:170 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:173 -msgid "Reimburse the employee" -msgstr "Reembolsar al empleado" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:175 -msgid "" -"If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " -"reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" -" payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." -msgstr "" -"Si el gasto fue pagado con el dinero propio del empleado, la compañía debe " -"reembolsar al empleado. En tal caso, el empleado aparecerá en el balance de " -"antiguas cuentas por pagar hasta que la compañía le reembolse sus gastos." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:180 -msgid "" -"All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " -"due." -msgstr "" -"Si unos gastos no deben ser refacurados a clientes, Usted tiene dos " -"opciones." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 -msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" -msgstr "Gastos que no son refacturados a clientes" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:189 -msgid "" -"If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " -"options:" -msgstr "" -"Si algunos gastos no deben ser refacturados a clientes, tiene dos opciones:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 -msgid "" -"if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " -"invoicing policy on the product:" -msgstr "" -"Si la decisión de facturar o no está relacionada al producto, cambie la " -"política de facturación en el producto:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 -msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "" -"El coste del envio real es escrito en el ordinador cuando la entrega es confirmada.\n" -"Si su decision no es relatada al producto, debe cambiar la politica del facturar en el producto.\n" -"Volver al orde de ventas, el coste real ha sido ahoraagregado al orden de ventas.\n" -"''basado en tiempo y material, refacturar el cliente." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:197 -msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "**basado en órdenes de venta**: no refacturar al cliente" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:199 -msgid "" -"if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " -"reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" -" invoice." -msgstr "" -"si tiene que hacer una excepción para una factura que no debe ser " -"refacturada al cliente, no configure la cuenta analítica relacionada para " -"esta factura." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:204 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" - #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" -msgstr "¿Cómo pronosticar futuras facturas a pagar?" +msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -12883,8 +14193,8 @@ msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" -msgstr "¿Cómo pagar varias facturas a la vez?" +msgid "Pay several bills at once" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -13311,6 +14621,10 @@ msgstr "" "(o marque la casilla superior para seleccionar todos los pagos a la vez) y " "de clic en :menuselection:`Más--> Descargar pagos SEPA`." +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:111 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Solución de problemas" + #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:114 msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" msgstr "El banco rechaza mi archivo SEPA" @@ -13343,17 +14657,10 @@ msgstr "" "BIC." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:129 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`check`" msgstr ":doc:`revisar`" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:121 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" msgstr "" @@ -13416,6 +14723,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "Pre-requisitos" @@ -13744,148 +15052,6 @@ msgid "" "account`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" -msgstr "¿Cuándo debo usar facturas de proveedor o recibos de compra?" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" -" for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " -"cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a " -"defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are " -"confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." -msgstr "" -"Los recibos de compra son diferentes de las facturas de proveedor. Las " -"facturas de proveedor son requerimientos de pago. Si emito una Órden de " -"Compra, mi proveedor en la mayoría de los casos de negocio, me enviará una " -"Factura de Proveedor. Dependiendo de su política de facturación, tengo un " -"período de tiempo definido para pagar la Factura. Los recibos de Compra son " -"confirmaciones de pagos recibidos. Son mis comprobantes de recibo diarios." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " -"will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " -"On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which " -"means no debt account is necessary." -msgstr "" -"Desde el punto de vista contable esto hace la diferencia ya que una Factura " -"de Proveedor acreditará primero una cuenta débito antes de conciliarse con " -"la cuenta bancaria. Por otro lado, usualmente pagamos inmediatamente los " -"recibos de compra, lo cual significa que no hay necesidad de adeudar la " -"cuenta. " - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," -" as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." -msgstr "" -"Además los recibos de compra pueden tener un monto diferente de impuestos " -"por línea de producto, mientras que las facturas de proveedor aplican un " -"solo monto de impuesto para toda la factura." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " -"receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " -"handle them in accounting." -msgstr "" -"Si la cuenta bancaria de mi compañía es usada para pagar bienes donde solo " -"un recibo de compra es emitido, debo usar la función recibos de compra en " -"Odoo para administrarlos contablemente." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " -"a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " -"worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank " -"account." -msgstr "" -"Tomemos el siguiente ejemplo: necesitamos comprar té para nuestros clientes " -"desde una tienda local de té que no emite facturas. Vamos cada semana a " -"comprar 50 euros de té y una tetera que vale 20 euros. Pagamos a través de " -"la cuenta bancaria de la compañía." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " -"installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." -msgstr "" -"Para administrar recibos de compra en Odoo se ha debido instalar un módulo y" -" una aplicación. Vaya al módulo aplicaciones e instale la aplicación " -"contabilidad." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" -" \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." -msgstr "" -"Luego, vaya a la barra de búsqueda, borre el módulo de búsqueda por defecto," -" y busque \"compra\". Instale el módulo **Vales de Venta y Compra**." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 -msgid "Register a receipt" -msgstr "Registrar un recibo" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 -msgid "" -"By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " -"Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." -msgstr "" -"Por la instalación de los **Vales de Venta y Compra** he hecho que el nuevo " -"menú desplegable **Recibos de Compra** sea visible en la aplicación de " -"contabilidad." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " -"app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." -msgstr "" -"Para importar nuestro recibo de compra por valor de 50 euros de té, ingrese " -"a la aplicación contabilidad, seleccione :menuselection:`Compras --> Recibos" -" de Compra`." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " -"Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " -"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt" -" accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." -msgstr "" -"Cree un nuevo Recibo de Compra y complete toda la información necesaria. " -"Note que tiene la opción en el campo de Pago entre **Pagar Más Tarde** o " -"**Pagar Ahora**. Es una diferencia significativa ya que Pagar Más Tarde " -"generará entrada contable crédito mientras que Pagar Ahora acreditará " -"inmediatamente la Cuenta Bancaria." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " -"option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " -"the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." -msgstr "" -"En la mayoría de los casos Ud. paga inmediatamente, por lo tanto, elegiremos" -" la opción Pagar Directamente. Agregue los productos, la cuenta relacionada " -"y el impuesto apropiado. Para el ejemplo supones que el té tiene un impuesto" -" del 12% y la Tetera del 21%." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " -":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " -"completely close the transaction in your accounting." -msgstr "" -"Valide el Recibo de Compra para registrarlo. No olvide que necesita " -":doc:`conciliar pagos <../../banco/conciliación/casos_de_uso>` para cerrar " -"completamente la transacción en su contabilidad." - #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" msgstr "" @@ -14104,8 +15270,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" -msgstr "¿Cómo administrar Facturas de Proveedor?" +msgid "Manage vendor Bills" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -14500,12 +15666,163 @@ msgstr "" " no ha eliminado las líneas de pedido anteriores de la primera orden de " "compra, la factura se vinculará a todas las órdenes de compra apropiadas." +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 +msgid "Digitize Vendor Bills with Optical Character Recognition (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that" +" allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data to your " +"database reduces errors and saves you time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 +msgid "Set up the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and " +"choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 +msgid "Start digitizing your bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Scan your bills and then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Bills` and upload your document. Based on your configuration, it either " +"processes the documents automatically, or you need to click on *Send for " +"Digitalization* to do it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also create a vendor bill through the *Documents* app or by using an" +" email alias on your journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " +"clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the" +" right information instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the " +"correct data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Precio" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which " +"requires prepaid credits to work. Digitalizing one document consumes one " +"credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click `here `_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Receipts" +msgstr "Recibos de compra" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Receipts** are not invoices but rather confirmations of received " +"payments, such as a ticket or a receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This feature is meant to be used when you pay directly with your company's " +"money for an expense. **Vendor Bills**, on the other hand, are recorded when" +" an invoice is issued to you and that the amount is first credited on a debt" +" account before a later payment reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app " +"dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. " +"Click :doc:`here <../../../expense/expense>` for more information on how to " +"use Odoo Expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 +msgid "Register a receipt" +msgstr "Registrar un recibo" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling" +" out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "Edit the Journal Entry before posting it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once you have filled out the *Invoice Lines* tab, you can modify the " +"**Journal Entry** before you post it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values" +" according to your needs, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../expense/expense`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" msgstr "Cuentas por Cobrar" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 msgid "Customer Invoices" msgstr "Facturas de cliente" @@ -15341,6 +16658,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" msgstr "" @@ -15704,10 +17025,6 @@ msgid "" "includes a country, before sending the letter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Precio" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 msgid "" "*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " @@ -15721,204 +17038,368 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Click `here `_ to know about our " -"*Privacy Policy*." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "Pagos de cliente" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 +msgid "Batch Payments: Batch Deposits (checks, cash etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **Batch Deposit** groups multiple payments in a single batch. This allows " +"you to deposit several payments into your bank account with a single " +"transaction. This is particularly useful to deposit cash and checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to list several customer payments and print a " +"**deposit slip**. This ticket contains the details of the transactions and a" +" reference to the batch deposit. You can then select this reference during a" +" bank reconciliation to match the single bank statement line with all the " +"transactions listed in the batch deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To activate the feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Customer Payments`, activate **Batch Payments**, and click " +"on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 +msgid "Payment Method Types" +msgstr "Tipos de métodos de pago" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To record new payments as part of a Batch Deposit, you have to configure " +"first the Journal on which you record them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced " +"Settings* tab. In the *Payment Method Types* section, enable **Batch " +"Deposit**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch " +"payments when you activate the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 +msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 +msgid "Record payments to deposit in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 +msgid "" +":doc:`Register the payments ` on the bank account on which you " +"plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you " +"received a payment, and clicking on *Register Payment*. There, select the " +"appropriate Journal linked to your bank account and select *Batch Deposit* " +"as Payment Method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 +msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 +msgid "Make sure to write the payment reference in the **Memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 +msgid "Add payments to a Batch Deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank" +" and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on " +"*Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by " +"clicking on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then " +"click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip " +"that the bank usually requires to fill out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Once the bank statements are on your database, you can reconcile the bank " +"statement line with the *Batch Payment* reference. To do so, start your " +"**Bank Reconciliation** by going to your Accounting dashboard and clicking " +"on *Reconcile Items* on the related bank account. At the bank statement " +"line, click on *Choose counterpart or Create Write-off* to display more " +"options, open the *Batch Payments* tab, and select your Batch Payment. All " +"related payments are automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank" +" statement line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, " +"remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`recording`" +msgstr ":doc:`recording`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:4 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." " With **SEPA Direct Debit**, your customers can sign a **mandate** that " -"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts " -"automatically." +"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts. This is " +"particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 msgid "" -"You can record your customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files " -"containing pending payments made with an SDD mandate." +"You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files containing " +"pending payments made with an SDD mandate." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "" -"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 28 member states " +"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " "of the European Union as well as additional countries." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:123 msgid "" "`List of all SEPA countries `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` nd activate" -" the **SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** feature. Enter the **Creditor Identifier** " -"of your company. This number is provided by your bank, or the authority " -"responsible for delivering them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:28 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:30 -msgid "Create a mandate" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate " +"**SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's " +"**Creditor Identifier**. This number is provided by your bank institution, " +"or the authority responsible for delivering them." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +msgid "Create a mandate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 msgid "" "The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " "authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 msgid "" -"To create a new one, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " -"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the new mandate’s " -"form." +"To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 msgid "" -"First, export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your " -"customer to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the " -"**Original Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the " -"mandate." +"Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer " +"to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original " +"Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 msgid "" -"First, make sure, that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly " -"recorded on the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in " -"your own *Bank Account* settings." +"Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on " +"the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in your own " +":doc:`Bank Account <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 +msgid "" +"SEPA Direct Debit can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce**" +" or on the **Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Acquirer**. " +"With this method, your customers can create and sign their mandates " +"themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Acquirers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your " +"needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Make sure to change the **State** field to *Enabled*, and to check **Online " +"Signature**, as this is necessary to let your customers sign their mandates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " +"address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" msgstr "Cerrar o revocar un mandato." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 msgid "" "Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " -"this field is left blank, then the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " +"this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " "*Closed* or *Revoked*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 msgid "" "Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" -" means that invoices made after the present day won’t be processed " -"automatically with an SDD payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " -"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " -"that have already been registered will still be included to the next SDD XML" -" file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated. If " -"a customer requires to pay with SDD payments again, you will have to create " -"a new mandate from scratch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:75 -msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 -msgid "" -"All new posted invoice issued to customers with an active mandate will " -"automatically register payment and have their status marked as *Paid*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:82 -msgid "" -"If you have unpaid invoices that could be paid with a new mandate, it is " -"still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on *Register Payment* and " -"choose *SEPA Direct Debit* as payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:87 -msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" +" means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with" +" an SDD payment." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 msgid "" -"To submit your SDD payments to your bank, you will first generate an **XML " -"file** that can be uploaded directly to your bank interface." +"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " +"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " +"that have already been registered are still included in the next SDD XML " +"file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 +msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 +msgid "" +"You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an " +"active SDD mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the invoice, click on *Register Payment*, and choose *SEPA " +"Direct Debit* as payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In previous versions, Odoo used SDD payment as the default payment for all " +"customers with an active mandate. Your customers can still activate " +"automatic SDD for their subscriptions with a recurring payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:112 +msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " +"online banking interface to process all payments at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:118 msgid "" "The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" -" specifications as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " +" specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " "Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 msgid "" "To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " "*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " "Payments to Collect*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:129 msgid "" -"Select all the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD XML" -" file, then click on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." +"Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" +" on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:136 msgid "" "Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " -"then download the SDD XML file." +"download the SDD XML file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 -msgid "Finally, upload this file to your bank to process the payments." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " +"payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " "Payments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:150 +msgid ":doc:`batch`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:152 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " "`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:153 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 -msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" -msgstr "¿Cómo registrar pagos de clientes con cheques?" +msgid "Register customer payments by checks" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -15982,7 +17463,6 @@ msgstr "" " cheques en lote en su cuenta bancaria. " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" msgstr "Opción 1: Fondos no depositados" @@ -16039,16 +17519,12 @@ msgid "Memo: write the Check number" msgstr "Memo: escriba el número de cheque" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" msgstr "Esta operación producirá la siguiente entrada de diario:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "Correspondencia de Extractos" @@ -16058,12 +17534,6 @@ msgstr "Correspondencia de Extractos" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:142 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:144 msgid "100.00" msgstr "100.00" @@ -16087,8 +17557,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:142 msgid "X" msgstr "X" @@ -16115,7 +17583,6 @@ msgstr "" "aún." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:109 msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" msgstr "Opción 2: Una sola entrada de diario" @@ -16146,7 +17613,6 @@ msgstr "" "línea del extracto)" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:136 msgid "" "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" msgstr "" @@ -16177,265 +17643,6 @@ msgstr "" "la opción **Más** en el tablero de Contabilidad en la cuenta bancaria " "relacionada)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 -msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" -msgstr "¿Como registrar pagos de facturas con tarjeta de crédito?" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" -" both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." -msgstr "" -"Hay dos formas de manejar los pagos recibidos con tarjetas de crédito. Odoo " -"soporta ambos enfoques para que pueda usar la que más se adapte a sus " -"hábitos." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " -"the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " -"on the invoice (using a Credit card journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank " -"account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." -msgstr "" -"**Fondos Sin Depositar** (usados sobre todo en países europeos): una vez " -"recibe la autorización para pago con tarjeta de crédito, registre un pago " -"con tarjeta de crédito en la factura (usando un diario de Tarjeta de crédito" -" y registrando en la cuenta Fondos Sin Depositar). Luego, una vez reciba el " -"pago con tarjeta de crédito en su cuenta bancaria, mueva el dinero de Fondos" -" Sin Depositar a su cuenta bancaria." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 -msgid "" -"**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " -"credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," -" without going through the Undeposited Funds. Once you process your bank " -"statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card " -"payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." -msgstr "" -"**Una sola entrada de diario** (usados sobre todo en los Estados Unidos): " -"una vez se recibe el pago con tarjeta de crédito, registra un pago en su " -"banco, pagado con tarjeta de crédito, sin ir a través de Fondos Sin " -"Depositar. Una vez procesa sus extractos bancarios, haga la correspondencia " -"con su banco y pago con tarjeta de crédito, sin crear una entrada del diario" -" dedicada." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 -msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " -"cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." -msgstr "" -"Recomendamos el primer enfoque ya que es más preciso (el balance de su " -"cuenta bancaria es preciso, si se toman en cuenta las tarjetas de crédito " -"que no se han canjeado aún). Ambos enfoques requieren del mismo esfuerzo. " - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" -" take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " -"automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second " -"approach." -msgstr "" -"Si usa comercio electrónico y una pasarela automatizada de pago, solo " -"necesitará controlar la parte de la conciliación bancaria ya que la factura " -"pagada será automáticamente registrada en el diario correcto. Utilizará el " -"segundo enfoque." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " -"users)." -msgstr "" -"Aún si el primer método es más limpio, Odoo soporta el segundo enfoque " -"porque algunos contadores están acostumbrados a usarlo (usuarios de " -"**Quickbooks** y **Peachtree**). " - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 -msgid "" -"On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " -"--> Create`" -msgstr "" -"En el módulo de Contabilidad, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> " -"Diarios --> Crear`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" -msgstr "" -"Crear un Diario llamado 'Pagos con tarjeta de crédito' con la siguiente " -"información:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 -msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" -msgstr "**Nombre del Diario**: Tarjeta de crédito" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 -msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "**Cuenta débito por defecto**: Tarjetas de crédito" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 -msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "**Cuenta crédito por defecto**: Tarjetas de crédito" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " -"set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." -msgstr "" -"El tipo de cuenta debe ser \"Tarjeta de crédito\". Una vez hecho esto, no " -"olvides establecer la cuenta de \"Tarjetas de crédito\" como \"Permitir " -"reconciliación\"." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:118 -msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" -msgstr "Desde pagos con tarjeta de crédito hasta extractos bancarios" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " -"Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" -" transactions." -msgstr "" -"La primera forma de manejar tarjetas de crédito es crear un diario de " -"tarjetas de crédito. Así, las tarjetas de crédito se convierten en un método" -" de pago en sí mismo y registrarán dos transacciones." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " -"and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" -msgstr "" -"Una vez reciba el pago con tarjetas de crédito de un cliente, vaya a la " -"factura relacionada y de clic en Registrar Pago. Llene la información acerca" -" del pago:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 -msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" -msgstr "**Método de pago**: Tarjetas de crédito" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 -msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" -msgstr "**Nota**: escriba la referencia de la factura" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -msgid "Credit Cards" -msgstr "Tarjetas de Crédito" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." -msgstr "" -"La factura es marcada como pagada tan pronto como registre el pago con " -"tarjeta de crédito." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." -msgstr "" -"Luego, una vez obtiene los extractos bancarios, corresponderá este extracto " -"con el tarjeta de crédito que esta en la cuenta 'Tarjeta de crédito'." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -msgid "Credit cards" -msgstr "Tarjetas de Crédito" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " -"of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " -"account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." -msgstr "" -"Si usa este enfoque para administrar pagos con tarjetas de crédito " -"recibidos, obtiene la lista de pagos con tarjetas de crédito que no han sido" -" canjeados en la cuenta \"Tarjetas de crédito\" (accesible, por ejemplo, " -"desde el libro mayor general)." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " -"is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your " -"bank account." -msgstr "" -"Ambos métodos producirán la misma información en su contabilidad al final " -"del proceso. Pero, si tiene tarjetas de crédito que no han sido canjeadas, " -"éste es más limpio porque estas tarjetas de crédito no han sido reportadas " -"en su cuenta bancaria aún." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:114 -msgid "" -"There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " -"this method." -msgstr "" -"No hay nada que configurar si planea administrar sus tarjetas de crédito " -"usando este método." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:124 -msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "**Método de pago:** el banco que será usado para el depósito" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:126 -msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" -msgstr "**Nota**: escriba el número de transacción de la tarjeta de crédito" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " -"recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " -"with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment " -"and relate it to the statement line)." -msgstr "" -"La factura es marcada como pagada tan pronto como el pago con tarjeta de " -"crédito ha sigo registrado. Una vez reciba los extractos bancarios, hará la " -"correspondencia con el extracto y este pago (técnicamente: apunte este pago " -"y relacionelo con la línea del extracto)." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:148 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" -" may be more convenient if you have a lot of credit cards to record in a " -"batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments " -"with invoices)." -msgstr "" -"También puede registrar el pago directamente sin ir a la factura del " -"cliente, usando el menú superior :menuselection:`Ventas --> Pagos`. Este " -"método puede ser más conveniente si tiene varias tarjetas de crédito en un " -"lote, pero tendrá que conciliar las entradas luego (corresponder pagos con " -"facturas)" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:153 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " -"report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" -" received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" " -"option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." -msgstr "" -"Si usa este enfoque para administrar tarjetas de crédito recibidas, puede " -"usar el reporte **Reporte de Conciliación Bancaria** para verificar que " -"tarjetas de crédito han sido recibidas o pagadas por el banco. (este reporte" -" esta disponible desde la opción \"Más\" en el tablero de Contabilidad en la" -" cuenta bancaria relacionada)." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:164 -msgid ":doc:`recording`" -msgstr ":doc:`recording`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`followup`" -msgstr ":doc:`followup`" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" msgstr "" @@ -16541,9 +17748,62 @@ msgid "" "negative number of due days." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Online Payment" +msgstr "Pago en línea de la factura" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue," +" you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay " +"Now* button on their **Customer Portal**. This allows your customers to see " +"their invoices online and pay directly with their favorite payment method, " +"making the payment process much easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 +msgid "" +"By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer " +"<../../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only Payment " +"Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online " +"Payment**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 +msgid "Customer Portal" +msgstr "Portal del cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 +msgid "" +"After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by " +"email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects" +" them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 +msgid "" +"They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 -msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" -msgstr "¿Cuáles son las diferentes formas de registrar un pago?" +msgid "Different ways to record a payment" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -16755,5 +18015,649 @@ msgstr "" "terminará con dos entradas de diario para la misma transacción." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 -msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" -msgstr ":doc:`credit_cards`" +msgid ":doc:`online_payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`followup`" +msgstr ":doc:`followup`" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 +msgid "Declarations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 +msgid "Tax Return (VAT Declaration)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies that are registered for **VAT (Value Added Tax)** must file a " +"**Tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their turnover " +"and the regulation of the country in which they are registered. A Tax return" +" - or VAT return - gives the tax authorities information about the taxable " +"transactions made by the company, the *output tax* it has charged its " +"customers, and the *input tax* its vendors have charged it. Based on these " +"values, the company can calculate the tax amount they have to pay or be " +"refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can find information about VAT and its mechanism on `this page from the " +"European Commission `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 +msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo Accounting " +"to compute your Tax Return correctly and also to send you a reminder to " +"never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " +"--> Fiscal Periods`, and go to the **Tax Return Periodicity** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Periodicity**: define here whether you file your tax return each month or " +"every three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Reminder**: define when Odoo should remind you to file your tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 +msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " +"<../../overview/getting_started/setup>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 +msgid "Tax Grids" +msgstr "Cuadrículas de impuestos" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are " +"configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the" +" recorded transactions use the right taxes. You can see on each Journal Item" +" which Tax Grid is used for that transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you " +"can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record" +" invoices or credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization" +" Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation " +"of your database. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 +msgid "Close a tax period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 +msgid "Tax Lock Date" +msgstr "Fecha de bloqueo de impuestos" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Any new transaction which accounting date is prior to the **Tax Lock Date** " +"has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful to make" +" sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your " +"*Closing Journal Entry*. This way, other users can't modify or add " +"transactions that would have an impact on the Closing Journal Entry, which " +"helps you avoid some tax declaration errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 +msgid "Tax Report" +msgstr "Reporte Impuestos" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period " +"you want to report, open your **Tax Report**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. " +"You can also click on *TAX Report* from your *Accounting Overview*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date " +"filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the " +"button *Closing Journal Entry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 +msgid "" +"After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In " +"addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with " +"the **Tax Report** that you can download from the chatter and preview on the" +" right column. It includes all the values to report to the tax authorities, " +"along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date ` before clicking" +" on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal " +"period on the same date as the Accounting Date of your entry. This automatic" +" lock happens when you click on *Post*. This safety mechanism can prevent " +"some fiscal errors, but it is advised to lock your tax date manually before," +" as described above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 +msgid "Create a customized reports with your own formulas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " +"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " +"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " +"ever." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the developer mode" +msgstr "Activar modo desarrollador" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" +" activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 +msgid "Create your financial report" +msgstr "Crear sus reportes financieros" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" +msgstr "" +"Primero, debe crear su reporte financiero. Para hacerlo, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Reportes Financieros`" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " +"configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 +msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" +msgstr "**Mostrar Columnas Crédito y Débito**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 +msgid "**Analysis Period** :" +msgstr "**Período de Análisis**:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 +msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 +msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " +"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 +msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 +msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" +msgstr "Agregue líneas en sus reportes personalizados" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " +"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " +"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." +msgstr "" +"Después de haber creado el reporte, necesita llenarlo con líneas. Todas " +"requieren un **nombre**, un **código** (que es usado para referirse a la " +"línea), un **número de secuencia** y un **nivel** (Usado para el " +"procesamiento de la línea)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" +" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " +"separated by ;)" +msgstr "" +"En los campos **fórmulas** puede agregar una o más fórmulas para asignar " +"valores a la columna balance (y a las columnas débito y crédito si aplica - " +"separado por ;)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 +msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" +msgstr "Tiene varios objetos disponibles en la fórmula:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " +"date range)." +msgstr "" +"``Ndías`` : El número de días en el período seleccionado (para reportes con " +"un rango de fechas)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " +"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" +msgstr "" +"Otro reporte, referenciado por su código. Use ``.balance` para obtener su " +"valor balance (también están disponibles ``.crédito``, ``.débito`` y " +"``.monto_residual``)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " +"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " +"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " +"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " +"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " +"by one of their columns." +msgstr "" +"Una línea también se puede basar en la suma de movimientos de líneas en un " +"dominio seleccionado. En tal caso deberá llenar el campo dominio con un " +"dominio Odoo en el objeto movimiento de línea. Luego, un objeto adicional " +"estará disponible en el campo de fórmulas, concretamente ``suma``, la suma " +"de los movimientos de línea en el dominio. También puede agrupar por campo " +"el grupo de movimientos de líneas por una de sus columnas." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 +msgid "Other useful fields :" +msgstr "Otros campos útiles:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 +msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." +msgstr "**Tipo** : Tipo de resultado de la fórmula." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " +"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." +msgstr "" +"**Tiene buen crecimiento cuando es positivo** : Usado cuando se está " +"calculando la comparación de columnas. Revise si el crecimiento es bueno " +"(mostrado en verde) o no." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 +msgid "" +"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" +" same dates as the rest of the report." +msgstr "" +"**Cambiador especial de fecha** : SI una línea específica en un reporte no " +"debe usar las mismas fechas del resto del reporte." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " +"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " +"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." +msgstr "" +"**Mostrar dominio** : Cómo se muestra el dominio de una línea. Puede ser " +"plegable (``por defecto``, escondido en el principio pero puede ser " +"plegable), ``siempre`` (siempre se muestra) o ``nunca`` (nunca se muestra)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" +msgstr ":doc:`reportes_principales`" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Main reports available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " +"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " +"countries :" +msgstr "" +"Además de los reportes creados específicamente en cada módulo de " +"localización, unos pocos muy utilizados, **genéricos** y **reportes " +"dinámicos** están disponibles para todos los países :" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 +msgid "**Balance Sheet**" +msgstr "**Hoja de Balance**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 +msgid "**Profit and Loss**" +msgstr "**Ganancia y pérdida**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 +msgid "**Chart of Account**" +msgstr "**Plan de Cuentas**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 +msgid "**Executive Summary**" +msgstr "**Resumen Ejecutivo**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 +msgid "**General Ledger**" +msgstr "**Libro Mayor General**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 +msgid "**Aged Payable**" +msgstr "**Antiguas Cuentas por Pagar**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 +msgid "**Aged Receivable**" +msgstr "**Antiguas Cuentas por Cobrar**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 +msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +msgstr "**Estado de Flujo de Efectivo**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 +msgid "**Tax Report**" +msgstr "**Reporte de Impuestos**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 +msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +msgstr "**Conciliación Bancaria**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " +"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " +"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Puede comentar cada reporte para imprimirlos y reportar a su asesor. " +"Exportar a xls para extra análisis. Profundice en los reportes para ver más " +"detalles (pagos, facturas, ítems del diario, etc.)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" +" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " +"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " +"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +msgstr "" +"También puede comparar valores con otro período. Elija cuántos períodos " +"quiere comparar con el período elegido. Puede elegir hasta 12 períodos " +"anteriores desde la fecha del reporte si no quiere usar la opción por " +"defecto **Período 1 Anterior**." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" +" of your organisation as at a particular date." +msgstr "" +"La **Hoja de Balance** muestra un resumen de los activos, pasivos y " +"patrimonio de su organización en una fecha particular." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Profit and Loss" +msgstr "Ganancias y Pérdidas" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " +"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" +" period." +msgstr "" +"El reporte **Ganancias y Pérdidas** (o **Estado de Resultados**) muestra el " +"ingreso neto de su organización, por deducción de gastos de los ingresoso " +"para el período reportado." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Chart of account" +msgstr "Plan de cuentas" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 +msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." +msgstr "Un listado de todas sus cuentas agrupadas por clase." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 +msgid "Executive Summary" +msgstr "Resumen ejecutivo" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " +"figures you need to run your company." +msgstr "" +"El **Resumen Ejecutivo** permite una mirada rápida de todas las cifras en " +"las que necesita ejecutar su compañía." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " +"reporting :" +msgstr "" +"En términos muy básicos, esto es lo que cada uno de los ítems en esta " +"selección esta reportando :" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "**Rendimiento:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 +msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" +msgstr "**Márgen de utilidad bruta:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +msgstr "" +"La contribución de cada venta individual hecha por su negocio menos " +"cualquier costo directo requerido para hacer esas ventas (cosas como labor, " +"materiales, etc)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 +msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +msgstr "**Márgen de utilidad neta:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " +"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " +"result of those sales)." +msgstr "" +"La contribución de cada venta individual hecha por su negocio menos " +"cualquier costo directo requerido para hacer esas ventas, así como cualquier" +" gasto general fijo que su compañía tiene (cosas como renta, electricidad, " +"impuestos que debe pagar como resultado de esas ventas)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +msgstr "**Rentabilidad de la inversión:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"make those profits." +msgstr "" +"El radio de ganancia neta hecha, al monto de activos que la compañía usó " +"para producir esas ganancias." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Position:**" +msgstr "**Posición:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +msgstr "**Días promedio del deudor:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " +"across all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" +"El promedio de días que le toma a sus clientes pagarle (totalmente), a " +"través de todas las facturas de sus clientes." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgstr "**Días promedio del acreedor:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +" all your bills." +msgstr "" +"El promedio de días que le toma pagarle a sus proveedores (totalmente), a " +"través de todas las facturas de sus proveedores." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 +msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "**Previsión corto plazo de liquidez:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 +msgid "" +"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " +"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " +"your **Purchases account** for the month." +msgstr "" +"Cuánto dinero se espera recibir o sacar de su organización en el siguiente " +"mes ej. balance de sus **Cuentas de ventas** del mes menos el balance de sus" +" **Cuentas de compras** del mes." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +msgstr "**Activos corrientes a pasivos:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " +"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " +"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " +"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" +"También referido como **proporción actual**, esta es la proporción de " +"activos corrientes (activos que pudieron convertirse en efectivo durante un " +"año) a los pasivos corrientes (pasivos que se vencerán en el próximo año). " +"Esto es típicamente usado como una medida de la habilidad de la compañía " +"para mantener su crédito." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 +msgid "General Ledger" +msgstr "Libro mayor" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " +"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " +"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " +"occurred during a certain period of time." +msgstr "" +"El **Reporte del Libro Mayor** muestra todas las transacciones desde las " +"cuentas elegidas para un rango de fechas. El resumen inicial muestra los " +"totales para cada cuenta y desde ahí puede ver un reporte detallado de la " +"transacción o cualquier excepción. Este reporte es práctivo para revisar " +"cada transacción ocurrida durante un cierto período de tiempo." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 +msgid "Aged Payable" +msgstr "Vencida por Pagar" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" +" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " +"gone unpaid." +msgstr "" +"Ejecute el reporte **Detalles de Antiguas Cuentas por Pagar** para mostrar " +"información de facturas individuales, notas crédito y sobrepagos que deba, y" +" por cuánto tiempo estos han estado sin pagar." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 +msgid "Aged Receivable" +msgstr "Vencida por Cobrar" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " +"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +msgstr "" +"El reporte **Antiguas Cuentas por Cobrar** muestra las facturas de venta que" +" aún están esperando pagando durante un mes seleccionado y varios meses " +"anteriores." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +msgstr "Estado de Flujos de Efectivo" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " +"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing and financing activities." +msgstr "" +"El **Estado de Flujo de Efectivo** muestra cómo cuentan los cambios en una " +"hoja de balance y el ingreso afecta el efectivo y los equivalentes de " +"efectivo, y descompone el análisis a actividades operativas, de inversión y " +"financieras." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " +"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." +msgstr "" +"Este reporte le permite ver el **neto** y los **montos de impuestos** para " +"todos los impuestos agrupados por tipo (venta/compra)." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index 13ab0ed58..90902894b 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -7,7 +7,6 @@ # David Arnold , 2020 # Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020 # Pablo Rojas , 2020 -# AleEscandon , 2020 # Julián Andrés Osorio López , 2020 # Nicole Kist , 2020 # Raquel Iciarte , 2020 @@ -17,15 +16,17 @@ # Alejandro Kutulas , 2020 # Vivian Montana , 2020 # José Gerardo Páez Serrano , 2020 +# Fabian , 2020 +# AleEscandon , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: José Gerardo Páez Serrano , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: AleEscandon , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -64,7 +65,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 @@ -219,6 +221,8 @@ msgid "" "You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " "Odoo Enterprise." msgstr "" +"Necesitarás el módulo gratuito * Form Builder *, solo disponible en Odoo " +"Enterprise." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -303,7 +307,7 @@ msgid "" "(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " "leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " "pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " -"multiple countries." +"multiple industries." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 @@ -328,7 +332,8 @@ msgid "" " us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " "`__, To buy credits you can " "either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " -"Credits`; or go to `Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my Services`." +"Credits`; or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my" +" Services`." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 @@ -401,6 +406,131 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" msgstr "Optimiza tu trabajo diario" +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "¿Cómo motivar y recompensar a mis vendedores?" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "Crear un reto" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "Configure los objetivos" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Los objetivos pueden incluir la configuración de su base de datos, así (por " +"ejemplo, establecer los datos de la empresa y una zona horaria, crear nuevos" +" usuarios, etc.)." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "Establecer recompensas" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" msgstr "Sincroniza tu calendario Google con Odoo" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po index 7c48db045..8ebf675cc 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Antonio Trueba, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ msgid "" " Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " "processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " "require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " -"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make " +"made through Odoo Studio might not work properly. *It is up to you to make " "sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " "test database through our `Support page `__." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index e8aa83e3a..a59766319 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -5,21 +5,22 @@ # # Translators: # Pedro M. Baeza , 2020 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020 # Pablo Rojas , 2020 -# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo , 2020 # Vivian Montana , 2020 # Alonso Muñoz , 2020 # Althay Ramallo Fuentes , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020 +# Fabian , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Althay Ramallo Fuentes , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Fabian , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -31,17 +32,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Discuss" msgstr "Conversaciones" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" -msgstr "" -"Cómo usar mi servidor de correo para enviar y recibir correos electrónicos " -"en Odoo" +#: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avanzado" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:6 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." msgstr "Si eres usuario de Odoo Online o Odoo.sh..." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:8 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 msgid "" "You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " "database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" @@ -50,7 +53,7 @@ msgstr "" "para tu base de datos. ** Los correos salientes y entrantes funcionan recién" " salido de la caja." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:11 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 msgid "" "Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" " use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." @@ -59,11 +62,11 @@ msgstr "" "requieran el uso de un servidor externo de correo , simplemente disfruta de " "la nueva base de datos Odoo." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:16 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 msgid "Scope of this documentation" msgstr "El alcance de este documento." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 msgid "" "This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " "benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " @@ -75,7 +78,7 @@ msgstr "" "mandar y recibir correos , a diferencia de `Odoo Online " "`__ & `Odoo.sh `__." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:25 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 msgid "" "If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " "recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " @@ -89,7 +92,7 @@ msgstr "" " profesionales. Sin embargo aun puedes utilizar tu propio servidor de correo" " si quieres administrar su reputación tu mismo." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 msgid "" "You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " "own email solution with Odoo." @@ -97,7 +100,7 @@ msgstr "" "Abajo encontraras información útil en como integrar tu propia solución de " "correo con Odoo." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:34 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 msgid "" "Office 365 email servers don't allow easily to send external emails from " "hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " @@ -111,11 +114,11 @@ msgstr "" "-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" "Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ para hacerlo funcionar." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 msgid "How to manage outbound messages" msgstr "Cómo administrar mensajes de correo salientes" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:41 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:41 msgid "" "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " "check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " @@ -128,15 +131,15 @@ msgstr "" "de tu servidor de correo. Una vez que toda la información sea llenada has " "clic en \"Probar conexión\"." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:46 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:46 msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." msgstr "Esta es una configuración típica del servidor G Suite." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:51 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:51 msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "Después establece tu nombre de dominio en Ajustes Generales." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:54 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:54 msgid "" "If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " "warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " @@ -148,15 +151,15 @@ msgstr "" "opción *Acceso de aplicación menos segura*. Una liga directa puede ser " "encontrada aquí -> `_." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:58 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:58 msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." msgstr "Además de eso, habilita los ajustes IMAP en tu cuenta de Gmail." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" msgstr "¿Puedo usar un servidor de Office 365?" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:63 msgid "" "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" " relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." @@ -164,7 +167,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puedes utilizar un servidor Office 365 si usas Odoo Local. Los repetidores " "SMTP de Office 365 no son compatibles con Odoo en linea." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:66 msgid "" "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation `__  para " "configurar un repetidor SMTP para tu dirección IP de Odoo." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:70 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 msgid "How to use a G Suite server" msgstr "Cómo usar un servidor de G Suite" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:71 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:71 msgid "" "You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " "to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " @@ -192,11 +195,11 @@ msgstr "" "pasos para configurarlo estas explicados en la documentación de Google, " "`__." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 msgid "Be SPF-compliant" msgstr "Cumplir con SPF" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:79 msgid "" "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" " of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " @@ -207,7 +210,7 @@ msgstr "" " en la configuración de tu nombre de dominio. Aqui esta la configuracion " "para Odoo Online:" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:83 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:83 msgid "" "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" @@ -215,7 +218,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si ningún registro TXT es establecido para el SPF , crea uno con la " "siguiente definición v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:85 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:85 msgid "" "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." " for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " @@ -226,7 +229,7 @@ msgstr "" "vía Odoo Online y vía G Suite podría ser: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com " "include:_spf.google.com ~all" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:89 msgid "" "Find `here `__ the exact procedure to " "create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." @@ -234,7 +237,7 @@ msgstr "" "Encuentra aquí `__ el procedimiento " "exacto para crear o modificar un registro TXT en tu propio dominio." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:92 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:92 msgid "" "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " "usually happens more quickly." @@ -242,7 +245,7 @@ msgstr "" "Tu nuevo registro SPF puede tomar hasta 48 horas para entrar en efecto, pero" " usualmente pasa más rápido. " -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:95 msgid "" "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " "delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " @@ -253,11 +256,11 @@ msgstr "" "recomendamos que se utiliza solo un registro modificandolo para autorizar " "Odoo." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:100 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 msgid "Allow DKIM" msgstr "Permitir DKIM" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:101 msgid "" "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " "enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " @@ -267,24 +270,34 @@ msgid "" "\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "Restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," +" 465 or 2525." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:113 msgid "How to manage inbound messages" msgstr "¿Cómo administrar los mensajes de correo entrantes?" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:115 msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." msgstr "" "Odoo se basa en pseudónimos de correo electrónico genéricos para recuperar " "los mensajes entrantes." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:113 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:117 msgid "" "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " "discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " "alias (**catchall@**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:121 msgid "" "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " "Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " @@ -292,58 +305,58 @@ msgid "" "recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:121 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:125 msgid "" "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " "create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:124 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:128 msgid "" "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " "`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:126 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:130 msgid "" "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " "`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:128 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:132 msgid "" "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project `__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:130 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:134 msgid "" "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " "`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:136 msgid "etc." msgstr "etc." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:138 msgid "" "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " "emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " "address per Odoo alias in your mail server." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:142 msgid "" "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " "bounce@, sales@, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:140 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:144 msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:145 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:149 msgid "" "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " "each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " @@ -352,7 +365,7 @@ msgid "" "out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:158 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " "messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " @@ -363,25 +376,25 @@ msgid "" "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:168 msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:166 msgid "" "Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " "edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " ":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:170 msgid "" "Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " "Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " "mail.bounce.alias*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:176 msgid "" "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " "You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " @@ -390,465 +403,440 @@ msgid "" "Fetchmail Service*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" -msgstr "Cómo seguir el feed de Twitter desde Odoo" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 +msgid "Email Templates" +msgstr "Plantillas de correo electrónico" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " -"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " -"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." -msgstr "" -"Puede seguir hashtags específicos en Twitter y ver los tweets dentro de los " -"canales de discusión de Odoo de su elección. Los tweets se recuperan " -"periódicamente de Twitter. Un usuario autenticado puede retuitear los " -"mensajes." - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 -msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" -msgstr "Configurar la aplicación desde Twitter" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" -" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" -" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" +"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " +"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " +"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " +"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " +"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " +"improving their overall experience with the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 -msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" -msgstr "Nombre: Este es el nombre de la aplicación en Twitter" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " -"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " -"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" -" this field." +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 +msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 msgid "" -"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " -"the previous example you should write " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." +"The :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` must be " +"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 msgid "" -"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " -"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." -msgstr "" -"No olvide aceptar los términos **Acuerdo de desarrollador* de uso y haga " -"clic en **Crea tu aplicación de Twitter** al final de la página." - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 -msgid "Getting the API key and secret" -msgstr "Obtener la clave secreta de la API" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." +"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " +"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 msgid "" -"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " -"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " -"settings." +"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " +"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " +"job applicants." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 -msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" -msgstr "" -"¿Cómo llamar la atención de otros usuarios en mis mensajes.Cómo llamar la " -"atención de otros usuarios en mis mensajes?" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 msgid "" -"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." -" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " -"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " -"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " -"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " -"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" -"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " -"another channel." -msgstr "" -"Puede **mencionar** a un usuario en un canal o chat escribiendo **@nombre-" -"usuario**. Mencionando un usuario en el chat lo configurará como un seguidor" -" de ese ítem (si ya no lo están) y enviar un mensaje a su bandeja de " -"entrada. El ítem que contiene la mención también será resaltado en la vista " -"de lista. Mencionando un usuario en un canal enviará un mensaje a su bandeja" -" de entrada. No puede mencionar a un usuario en un canal que no esta " -"suscrito al canal. Escribiendo **#nombre-canal** proveerá un vinculo para " -"ser mencionado en el canal ya sea en un chat u otro canal." - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 -msgid "Direct messaging a user" -msgstr "Enviar mensajes directamente a un usuario" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 -msgid "" -"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " -"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " -"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " -"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " -"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " -"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " -"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " -"they are offline." -msgstr "" -"Los **Mensajes Directos** son mensajes privados visibles solo por el emisor " -"y el receptor. Puede enviar mensajes directos a otros usuarios desde el " -"módulo Discutir creando una nueva conversación o seleccionando una existente" -" en la barra lateral. Los mensajes directos se pueden enviar desde cualquier" -" lugar en Odoo usando el ícono en forma de burbuja en la barra superior. El " -"estado en línea de otros usuarios se muestra a la izquierda de sus nombres. " -"Un **punto verde** indica que un usuario esta En Línea, un **punto naranja**" -" que están inactivos, y un **punto verde** que están desconectados." - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 -msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" -msgstr "Notificaciones de escritorio desde Discusión" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 -msgid "" -"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " -"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" -" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " -"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." -msgstr "" -"Puede elegir ver **notificaciones de escritorio** cuando reciba un nuevo " -"mensaje directo. La notificación le muestra el emisor y una breve vista " -"previa del contenido del mensaje. Estos pueden ser configurados o " -"deshabilitados dando clic en el ícono de engranaje en la esquina de la " -"notificación." - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "Cómo responder en el trabajo gracias a mi bandeja de entrada de Odoo" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " -"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " -"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." +"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " +"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " +"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 -msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "Puedes vigilar tu ** Bandeja de entrada ** desde cualquier pantalla." - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 msgid "" -"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " -"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " -"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " -"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " -"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." +"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " +"with the highest priority is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," +" saving space in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 +msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " +"would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " +"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" +" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " +"sending it." msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "¿Por qué usar Odoo Discuss?" +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Información general" -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " -"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " -"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " -"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " -"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " -"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " -"simple and searchable interface." -msgstr "" -"Odoo Discuss es una herramienta fácil de usar aplicación de mensajería para" -" los equipos que trae todas las comunicaciones de su empresa en un solo " -"lugar y se integra perfectamente con la plataforma Odoo. Discuss le permite " -"enviar y recibir mensajes desde donde se encuentre en Odoo además de " -"administrar sus mensajes y notificaciones fácilmente desde dentro de la " -"aplicación. Discuss permite crear canales ** ** para chats de equipo, las " -"conversaciones sobre proyectos, coordinación de reuniones, y más en una " -"sencilla interfaz de búsqueda " - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get organized by planning activities" -msgstr "Organízate planeando actividades" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " -"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " -"undertake." -msgstr "" -"La planificación de actividades es la manera perfecta de mantenerse al día " -"con su trabajo. Recuerde lo que debe hacer y programe sus próximas " -"actividades." - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" -" your priorities." -msgstr "" -"Tus actividades están disponibles en cualquier lugar de Odoo. Es fácil " -"administrar sus prioridades." - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " -"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Discuss" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " +"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " +"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" +" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " +"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose your notifications preference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your :doc:`Chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` notifications to be handled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " +"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " +"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" +" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:37 +msgid "Start Chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " +"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " +"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" +" of where you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" +" your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " +"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:62 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the :doc:`chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` type *@user-name*; to refer to a channel," +" type *#channel-name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:67 +msgid "" +"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " +"through email, depending on his settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " +"first based on the task’s :doc:`followers " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>`, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" +" scope of the search becomes all partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +msgid "Chat status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " +"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " +"menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +msgid "Green = online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +msgid "Orange = away" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +msgid "White = offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "Airplane = out of the office" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/tasks/collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " +"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " +"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " +"of having overlapping actions between team members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " +"*Activities* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 +msgid "Plan activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the :doc:`Chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` by clicking on *Schedule activity*, or " +"through Kanban views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 msgid "Set your activity types" msgstr "Establece tus tipos de actividad" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 msgid "" -"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " -"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." +"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " +"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 -msgid "Schedule meetings" -msgstr "Programar reuniones" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 msgid "" -"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " -"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " -"open to let you select a time slot." +"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure" +" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 +msgid "Recommend next activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " -"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." +"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " +"*Recommended Next Activities*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 -msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" -msgstr "Programar una cadena de actividades a seguir" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 msgid "" -"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " -"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." +"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" +" next steps are suggested to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " -"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " "departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," -" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." -msgstr "" -"Puede utilizar **canales** con el fin de organizar debates entre quipos " -"individuales, departamentos, proyectos, o cualquier otro grupo que requiere " -"comunicación regular. Al tener conversaciones que todos en los canales " -"pueden ver, es fácil mantener todo el equipo en el circulo con las últimas " -"novedades." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "Creating a channel" +"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " +"latest developments." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 +msgid "Public and Private channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 msgid "" -"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." -msgstr "In Discuss hay dos tipos de canales-**público y **privado**." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " -"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " -"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " -"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." +"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " +"visible to users invited to it." msgstr "" -"Un ** Canal público**solo puede ser creado por un administrador con " -"previlegios de escritos y puede ser visto por todos en la organización. Al " -"contrario, un **canal privado** puede ser creado por cualquier usuario y por" -" defecto es sólo visible para usuarios que han sido invitados al canal." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 msgid "" "A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" -" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " -"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " -"information)." -msgstr "" -"Un canal público se usa mejor cuando muchos empleados necesitan acceder a " -"la información ( tales como la comunicación inerdepartamental o anuncio de " -"la compañia), mientras el canal privado debe ser utilizado siempre que la " -"información debe ser limitada a unos usuarios / empleados específicos ( " -"tales como departamento específico o información personal o confidencial)." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 -msgid "Configuring a channel" +" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " +"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " +"specific department)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 +msgid "Configuration options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 msgid "" -"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " -"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." -" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " -"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" -" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " -"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" -" a public channel." -msgstr "" -"Puede configurar el nombre del canal, descripción, derechos de acceso, " -"subscripción automática, y enviar correo electrónic a partir: seleción de " -"menú:# nombre - canal-> Ajustes`. El cambio de los derechos de acceso de " -"canal le permite controlar qué grupos pueden ver cada canal. Puede " -"visiblizar un canal para todos los usuarios, los usuarios invitados, o " -"usuarios dentro de un grupo de usuarios seleccionados. Cabe señalar que " -"permitir a \"Todos\" a seguir un canal privado les permiterá a otros " -"usuarios ver y unirse como si lo harían con un canal público. " - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 -msgid "How to set up a mailing list" +"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" +" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 +msgid "Privacy and Members" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 msgid "" -"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " -":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" -" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " -"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " -"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " -"messages by email." -msgstr "" -"Un canal se puede configurar como una lista de correo. Desde dentro: menú de" -" selección:`#nombre- canal--> Ajustes`, define el correo electrónico que " -"desea usar. Los usuarios pueden luego enviar al canal y elegir para recebir " -"notificaciones utilizando la direccion de correo electrónico definido. Un " -"icono de form de sobre aparecerá al lado del nombre del canal en la lista " -"para indicar que un canal envíará mensajes por correo electrónico." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "Locating a channel" +"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " +"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " +"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" +" a public one." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 msgid "" -"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " -"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" -" clicking the plus icon." +"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " +"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " +"*Invite*." msgstr "" -"Si usted no puede ver un canal en su panel, puede buscar la lista del ** " -"canal público** para localizar el canal correcto o crear un nuevo canal solo" -" tiene que pulsar el icono más." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 msgid "" -"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " -"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " -"channels from a single screen." +"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " +"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " +"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " +"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " +"are part of the group." msgstr "" -"Puede también pulsar los **CANALES** para buscar una lista de todos los " -"canales públicos. Esto permite al usuario manualmente ** unir** ** " -"abandonar** los canales público desde una única pantalla." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 +msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 msgid "" -"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " -"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." -msgstr "" -"Es aconsejable buscar un canal antes de crear uno nuevo para asegurar que " -"las entradas duplicadas no están creada por el mismo tema. " - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 -msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" +"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " +"mailing list." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 msgid "" -"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " -"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " -"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " -"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " -"character wildcard.**" -msgstr "" -"La barra superior de búsqueda otorga acceso a la misma función integral de " -"búsqueda presente en el resto de Odoo. Puede aplicar múltiples **criterios " -"de filtro** y **guardar filtros** para uso posterior. La función de búsqueda" -" acepta comodines usando el carácter subrayado \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" para " -"representar un **carácter comodín singular.**" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" +"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " +"messages will need to be approved before being sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 msgid "" -"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," -" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." +"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" +" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 -msgid "How to choose the events to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 msgid "" -"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " -"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " -"**Project** app." +"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" +" to newcomers." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 -msgid "How to add other followers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 msgid "" -"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " -"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" -" link back to the original document." -msgstr "" -"Puede invitar a otros usuarios y añadir canales como seguidores. Añadir un " -"canal como un seguidor enviará mensajes publicados en el chat al canal con " -"un enlace de vuelta al documento original." - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 -msgid "How to be a default follower" +"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " +"messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 msgid "" -"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " -"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" -" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " -"created, an opportunity won)." +"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " +"their :doc:`notification preference `." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 msgid "" -"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" -" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " -"about." +"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " +"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 +msgid "Quick search bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " +"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " +"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" +" and quickly find the one you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 +msgid "Finding channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " +"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " +"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " +"single character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index 75d793346..b30d4403f 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -5,7 +5,6 @@ # # Translators: # José Vicente , 2020 -# Pablo Rojas , 2020 # Diego de cos , 2020 # Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020 @@ -13,15 +12,16 @@ # Raquel Iciarte , 2020 # Kelly Quintero , 2020 # Jon Perez , 2020 +# Fabian , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jon Perez , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Fabian , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -646,6 +646,9 @@ msgid "" "of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " "your customer to share their feedback!" msgstr "" +"Publicar y monitorear la experiencia del cliente lo ayudará a ganar la " +"confianza de nuevos clientes y a ser involucrados mejor con su comunidad. " +"¡En 2 clics, permites que su cliente comparta sus comentarios!" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -800,327 +803,6 @@ msgstr "Lanzar mi sitio web" msgid "Get paid" msgstr "Recibir pagos" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" -msgstr "Cómo recibir pagos con Authorize.Net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " -"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " -"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " -"`__ " -"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " -"`__ that " -"you like." -msgstr "" -"Authorize.Net es una de las plataformas de pago de comercio electrónico más " -"populares de América del Norte. A diferencia de la mayoría de los otros " -"adquirentes de pagos compatibles con Odoo, Authorize.Net se puede usar como " -"\"pasarela de " -"pago\"`__" -" only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " -"`__ that " -"you like." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 -msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" -msgstr "Crea una cuenta de Authorize.Net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Create an `Authorize.Net account `__ by clicking " -"'Get Started'." -msgstr "" -"Crear una cuenta de 'Authorize.Net `__ dele clic " -"a 'Get Started'." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" -" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " -"press the related option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 -msgid "Go through the registration steps." -msgstr "Siga los pasos de registro." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " -"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 -msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." -msgstr "Una vez listo, cambie al modo **Producción**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 -msgid "Set up Odoo" -msgstr "Configure Odoo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " -"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Enter both your **Login ID** your **API Transaction Key** and your **API " -"Signature Key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To get those credentials from Authorize.Net, you can follow the direction in" -" the Authorize.net Help `API Credentials and Keys " -"`__" -" entry and access the menu :menuselection:`Account --> Settings --> API " -"Credentials & Keys` in the Authorize.net dashboard. Note that you need " -"*both* a Transaction key and and Signature key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Once both keys are set up, you can then generate a Client Key by clicking " -"the \"Generate Client Key\" button. Note that these 3 keys are necessary for" -" the setup to work correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:51 -msgid "Go live" -msgstr "Dar inicio" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Enabled** state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " -"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you switch from " -"testing to production or vice-versa." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:65 -msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " -"account `__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" -" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " -"`__ to configure your sandbox account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" -" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " -"`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:80 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:206 -msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:81 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:207 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " -"Invoicing apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 -msgid "What are the payment methods available" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 -msgid "Wire transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " -"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" -" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" -"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 -msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" -" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" -" over time:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 -msgid "`Paypal `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "Ingenico" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 -msgid "Authorize.net" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "Adyen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "Buckaroo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 -msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "PayUmoney" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 -msgid "Sips" -msgstr "Sips" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "Stripe" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 -msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "¿Cómo iniciar?" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method is ready, make it visible in the payment interface " -"by switching the state to **Enabled**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 -msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" -msgstr "¿Cómo permitirle a los clientes guardar y reusar tarjetas de crédito?" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " -"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." -" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 -msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 -msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Subscription `__ allows to " -"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " -"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 -msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 -msgid "" -"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " -"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" -" from the subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 -msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "¿Cómo usar otras adquisiciones (avanzadas)?" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " -"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" -" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 -msgid "How to:" -msgstr "¿Cómo?:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 -msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "Toma el método de pago **personalizado**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " -"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " -"duplicate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 -msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "Otras configuraciones" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " -"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " -"`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " -"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " -"such matter. `Contact us `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" - #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" msgstr "" @@ -1210,7 +892,7 @@ msgid "" " can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " "way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " "until you get paid into your bank account (see " -":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards`)." +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)." msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 @@ -1236,309 +918,6 @@ msgid "" "interfaces, not from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " -"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " -"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " -"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 -msgid "Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 -msgid "" -"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " -"Business Account `_" -" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " -"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " -"configuration steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 -msgid "Settings in Paypal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:26 -msgid "" -"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " -"seamless customer experience with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " -"Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:34 -msgid "Auto Return" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " -"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " -"the suffix ``/shop/confirmation`` as *Return URL* (e.g. " -"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:41 -msgid "" -"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " -"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " -"Odoo databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:49 -msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:51 -msgid "" -"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" -" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " -"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " -"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:59 -msgid "Paypal Account Optional" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:61 -msgid "" -"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " -"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " -"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:68 -msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:70 -msgid "" -"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " -"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " -"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" -" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " -"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:77 -msgid "" -"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " -"*Instant Payment Notification*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " -"(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85 -msgid "Payment Messages Format" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:87 -msgid "" -"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " -"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " -"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:93 -msgid "" -"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 -msgid "To do so, open:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:97 -msgid "" -"`this page for a test account `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:99 -msgid "" -"`this page for a production account `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " -"**UTF-8**." -msgstr "" -"A continuación, haz clic en *Más opciones* y establece los dos formatos de " -"codificación predeterminados como **UTF-8**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109 -msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112 -msgid "" -"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" -" Account Optional* needs to be turned on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:118 -msgid "" -"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " -"`Paypal documentation `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:124 -msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "Configuraciones en Odoo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127 -msgid "Activation" -msgstr "Activación" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " -"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:133 -msgid "Credentials" -msgstr "Credenciales" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:135 -msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:137 -msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138 -msgid "" -"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " -":menuselection:`Profile --> About the business`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:140 -msgid "" -"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" -" here above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:146 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "Comisiones por transacción" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:148 -msgid "" -"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " -"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " -"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:151 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:157 -msgid "" -"You can refer to `Paypal Fees `__ to set up fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:161 -msgid "" -"`Traders in the EU `_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " -"paying with credit cards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165 -msgid "Go live!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" -" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" -" it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " -"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " -"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " -"processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185 -msgid "Test environment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187 -msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with " -"your Paypal credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:191 -msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:193 -msgid "" -"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " -"`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:195 -msgid "" -"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:197 -msgid "" -"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " -"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " -"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " -"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " -"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:203 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "" -"Ejecuta una transacción de prueba desde Odoo con la cuenta personal de " -"sandbox." - #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 msgid "How customers can access their customer account" msgstr "¿Cómo los clientes pueden acceder a su cuenta?" @@ -1584,54 +963,6 @@ msgid "" "will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "Cómo recibir pago a través de transferencias electrónicas" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "Cómo proporcionar a los clientes instrucciones de pago" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "Cómo administrar una orden una vez que te han pagado" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "Cómo crear otros métodos de pago manuales " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." -msgstr "" - #: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Collect taxes" msgstr "Impuestos recaudados" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po index fcb7d2cb4..77379709e 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -4,19 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020 -# Alejandro Kutulas , 2020 # Althay Ramallo Fuentes , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Althay Ramallo Fuentes , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -36,25 +35,25 @@ msgstr "Información general" msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" msgstr "Trabaja con listas de correo" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5 msgid "" -"Mailing lists could be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as" -" they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, " -"and consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:9 -msgid "Create Mailing lists" +"Mailing lists can be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as " +"they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, and" +" consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 +msgid "Create mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " "the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " "unsubscribing." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:18 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19 msgid "" "Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" " *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." @@ -64,21 +63,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:25 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 msgid "" "Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " "advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27 msgid "" "Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " "mailing list." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:35 -msgid "Check all the contacts of your mailing list(s)" -msgstr "" +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34 +msgid "Contacts" +msgstr "Contactos" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -87,14 +86,14 @@ msgid "" "created here." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:45 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43 msgid "" -"Open a contact to see or add different mailing lists to which the contact is" -" or will be part of." +"Open a contact form to see or add different mailing lists to which the " +"contact is or will be part of." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:54 -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:48 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46 msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" msgstr "" @@ -102,35 +101,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:4 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5 msgid "" "It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " "unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " "that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:9 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " -"*Blacklist Option when unsubscribing*." +"*Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:18 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19 msgid "" -"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he will " -"be redirected to the following page:" +"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is " +"redirected to the following page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:22 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:28 msgid "" -"After clicking the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you will " -"be sent to an error page (error 403 - Access Denied). If you want to be sure" -" the link is working properly, you should create your mass mail and then " -"send it only to a personal email." +"After clicking on the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you " +"are sent to an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). If you want to be " +"sure the link is working properly, create your mass mail and send it only to" +" a personal email." msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 @@ -146,18 +145,18 @@ msgid "" " users." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38 msgid "" "Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " -"addresses will be shown." +"addresses are shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:40 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 msgid "" "When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:50 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47 msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" msgstr "" @@ -165,24 +164,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:4 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5 msgid "" "Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " "consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" " with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:9 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14 msgid "" -"Choosing *Contacts*, for example, as *Recipients*, will allow you to add " +"Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add " "specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." msgstr "" @@ -194,94 +193,98 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:26 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25 msgid "" "Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " "dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " "to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34 msgid "" "Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " "you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" " sender (*Send From*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:41 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 msgid "" "With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " "either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." -" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts, a " -"mailing list or contacts as recipients." +" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts or " +"contacts as recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:51 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45 msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:60 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53 msgid "" -"*Save*: the work will be allocated in the *draft* column in the kanban view." -" Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " -"will delete the email." +"*Save*: the work is allocated in the *draft* column in the Kanban view. " +"Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " +"deletes the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:62 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:54 msgid "" "Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " "contacts to avoid errors." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:65 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56 msgid "" -"*Send* will trigger the email with the next run and put the work on the " -"*queue* column in the kanban view." +"*Send* triggers the email with the next run and put the work on the *queue* " +"column in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:68 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:58 msgid "" -"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time and will put the email in " -"the *queue* column in the kanban view." +"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time, and puts the email in the " +"*queue* column in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:61 msgid "" -"The daily limit is applied for *all emails* sent, in other words, throughout" -" all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have remaining " -"ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically the next " -"day. You will need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " +"The daily limit is applied for **all emails** sent, in other words, " +"throughout all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have " +"remaining ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically " +"the next day. You need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " "*Retry*." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:78 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67 msgid "Manage campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:79 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " "Campaigns*." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:81 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 msgid "" "The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" " efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:82 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72 msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:92 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80 msgid "" "If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " -"Notification feature, you will see the option to create content for those " -"channels. You will also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. " -"All of this is possible because the applications work integrated." +"Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those " +"channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of" +" this is possible because the applications work integrated." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po index 6a337d2cf..36d226777 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -6,15 +6,16 @@ # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Luis M. Ontalba , 2020 +# Althay Ramallo Fuentes , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Luis M. Ontalba , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Althay Ramallo Fuentes , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -29,6 +30,8 @@ msgstr "Gastos" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:8 msgid "How to set expense types" msgstr "" +"Como configurar tipos de gasto\n" +" " #: ../../expense/expense.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -41,11 +44,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:17 msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Estos son algunos de los ejemplos para configurar:" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:19 msgid "Restaurant:" msgstr "" +"Restaurante\n" +" " #: ../../expense/expense.rst:21 ../../expense/expense.rst:27 msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" @@ -61,7 +66,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:25 msgid "Hotel:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hotel:" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:29 msgid "Others:" @@ -69,16 +74,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:31 msgid "Cost: 0.0" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Coste: 0.0" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:33 msgid "" "Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " "you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " -"configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: " -":doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees " -"report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " -"behaviour." +"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price `. That" +" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " +"usually the expected behaviour." msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:41 @@ -91,7 +95,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:48 msgid "How to record expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo registrar gastos" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:51 msgid "Manually" @@ -112,7 +116,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:62 msgid "Enter the expense date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Introduce la fecha del gasto" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -129,7 +133,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:73 msgid "In one click from emails" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Correos en un solo clic" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -148,13 +152,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:83 msgid "" "The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " -"product's internal reference between brackets (e.g. [Food]). Type the " -"expense amount in the mail subject to set it on the expense too." +"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " +"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:88 msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo enviar gastos a los responsables" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -180,7 +184,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:108 msgid "How to approve expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo aprobar gastos" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -234,7 +238,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:150 msgid "How to reimburse employees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo reembolsar a los empleados" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -257,7 +261,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:163 msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo volver a facturar gastos a sus clientes?" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:165 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po index 6c728f0a1..8dbcdce9b 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ msgid "" "Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:15 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:17 msgid "" "Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " "Intervention* from tickets." @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 -msgid ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`" +msgid ":doc:`../../project/overview/setup`" msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3 @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ msgid "" "Quotations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:21 +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:23 msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index dcb39c13a..2a6fd9b21 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -5,19 +5,27 @@ # # Translators: # Francisco de la Peña , 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Pablo Rojas , 2020 # Nicole Kist , 2020 # Jimmy Ramos , 2020 +# Pedro M. Baeza , 2020 +# Erick Birbe , 2020 +# Nicolás Broggi , 2020 +# Diego de cos , 2020 +# Jon Perez , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020 +# Luis M. Ontalba , 2020 +# Pablo Rojas , 2020 +# Raquel Iciarte , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jimmy Ramos , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Raquel Iciarte , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -115,6 +123,130 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez finalizado, recibirás tu ID de Cliente y Cliente Secreto. Tienes que" " introducir tu ID de Cliente en *Configuración General**." +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 +msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly " +"from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales " +"commission plans, budgets, project forecasts, etc. Formulas are written in " +"Python but programming skills are not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*." +" The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get " +"Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password " +"--> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 +msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to " +"Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 +msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by " +"Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 +msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 +msgid "From this new file, configure your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " +"Username --> Password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "Solicitudes" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve " +"data and retrieve grouped sums." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested" +" takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no " +"specific size limit, since the time for Odoo to respond depends on several " +"factors - although reading data regarding several thousand records is " +"usually fine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 +msgid "Retrieve Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse " +"(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the " +"information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 +msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 +msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group " +"(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to " +"display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 +msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 +msgid "Other uses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create " +"Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" msgstr "" @@ -1117,88 +1249,395 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../general/multi_companies.rst:3 +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:124 +msgid "Multi Companies" +msgstr "Multicompañía" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 +msgid "" +"A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies" +" simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and" +" contacts. It provides you the ability to generate reports of aggregated " +"figures without switching interfaces, which facilitates daily tasks and the " +"overall management process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 +msgid "Manage companies and records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " +"with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " +"are shared between the two companies (as long as both environments are " +"active)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them " +"by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels." +" JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " +"boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " +"in use. To switch environments, click on the company’s name. In the example " +"below, the user has access to three companies, two are activated, and the " +"environment in use is of *JS Store US*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " +"shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 +msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " +"specific company and its child companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:51 +msgid "Employees' access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " +"<../odoo_basics/add_user>` for *Multi Companies*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " +"**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " +"the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " +"(the company from which the sale order was issued)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:66 +msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 +msgid "The current company (the one active) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 +msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " +"is being edited)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:73 +msgid "Documents’ format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" +" the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " +"Layout*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:83 +msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" +msgstr "Transacciones inter-compañías" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +msgid "" +":doc:`Chart of Accounts " +"<../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Localizations " +"<../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:92 +msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 +msgid "" +":doc:`Warehouses <../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With" +" the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like" +" operations between companies to be synchronized at an invoice/bills level " +"or at a sales/purchase orders level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:103 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " +"confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:106 +msgid "" +"*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, " +"automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:113 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales " +"order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is " +"confirmed for the selected company. If instead of a drafted purchase/sales " +"order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:117 +msgid "" +"*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store " +"Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " +"confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:126 +msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:132 +msgid "" +"`Multi-company Guidelines " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" msgstr "Básico" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a user" -msgstr "Cómo agregar un usuario" +msgid "Add Users and Manage Access Rights" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " -"point." +"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" +" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " +"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." msgstr "" -"Odoo le provee la opción de agregar usuarios adicionales en cualquier " -"momento." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:12 msgid "Add individual users" msgstr "Agregar usuarios individuales" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:14 msgid "" -"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" -" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " -"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -" -" and a picture." +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." msgstr "" -"Desde el módulo de Configuración, ingresa al submenú :menuselection:`Usuario" -" --> Usuario` y hace clic en **Crear**. Se añade primero el nombre del nuevo" -" vendedor y su correo electrónico profesional o de la empresa, el que usará " -"para iniciar sesión en la instancia de Odoo, así como la imagen del perfil." - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " -"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." -msgstr "" -"En \"Derechos de Acceso\", se puede elegir las aplicaciones que el usuario " -"tiene acceso y puede utilizar. Los diferentes niveles de derechos están " -"disponibles dependiendo de la aplicación. " #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 msgid "" -"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " -"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" -" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." -msgstr "" -"Cuando haya terminado de editar la página y haya hecho clic en **Guardar**, " -"un correo electrónico de invitación se enviará automáticamente al usuario. " -"El usuario deberá dar clic en aceptar la invitación para su instancia y " -"deberá crear un ingreso." - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " -"Refer to our `Pricing page `_ for more " -"information." +"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " +"Rights ` choose the group within" +" each application the user can have access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:24 msgid "" -"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " -"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " -"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link" -" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights " -"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." +"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" +" database." msgstr "" -"También se puede agregar un nuevo vendedor sobre la marcha del equipo de " -"ventas, incluso antes de que se haya registrado como usuario Odoo. Desde la " -"captura de pantalla anterior, haga clic en \"Crear\" para añadir a su " -"vendedor y escriba su nombre y correo electrónico. Después de guardar, el " -"vendedor recibirá una invitación que contiene un enlace a establecer su " -"contraseña. A continuación, será capaz de definir sus derechos de acceso " -"bajo el menú :menuselection:`Configuración --> Usuarios`." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:30 msgid "" -"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`_" +"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " +"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " +"invitation and create a login." msgstr "" -"`Desactivando Usuarios <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`_" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " +"`pricing page `_ for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:42 +msgid "" +"With the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"activated, *User Types* can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " +"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " +"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:57 +msgid "Access Rights in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:63 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "Grupos" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " +"`, details of the rules and " +"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " +"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" +" rights are shown in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:76 +msgid "" +"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " +"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " +"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " +"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " +"they are being applied to the needed and right users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " +"access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:96 +msgid "" +"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " +"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " +"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:99 +msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:100 +msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:101 +msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:102 +msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " +"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:112 +msgid "" +"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " +"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " +"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " +"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " +"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " +"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " +"companies database you hold the user can have access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " +"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" +" required. For technical explanations refer to `this " +"`_ " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:140 +msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" @@ -1298,6 +1737,1078 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 +msgid "Export Data From Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " +"in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " +"(even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available " +"application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," +" activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " +"*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " +"when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " +"the data to export:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 +msgid "" +"With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " +"fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " +"update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the " +"box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, " +"not just the ones which can be imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " +".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " +"all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " +"sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " +"fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all " +"the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 +msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the “to export” list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The “handles” next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " +"and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" +" file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 +msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 +msgid "" +"For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " +"Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " +"*New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export " +"the same list, simply select the related template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 +msgid "" +"It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " +"*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " +"you would like to import next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 +msgid "Payment Acquirers" +msgstr "Medios de pago" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "Authorize.Net" +msgstr "Authorize.Net" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net `__ is a United States-based " +"online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit " +"cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "" +"This Payment Acquirer offers additional options that are not available for " +"other :doc:`Payment Acquirers `, such as the ability to " +"process your customer's payment after delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 +msgid "Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, choose a plan and `Sign Up for an Authorize.Net account " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your " +"Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 +msgid "API Login ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Transaction Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 +msgid "Signature Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to " +":menuselection:`Account --> Security Settings --> General Security Settings " +"--> API Credentials & Keys`, and generate your **Transaction Key** and " +"**Signature Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net: Getting Started Guide " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 +msgid "Payment Acquirer Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To configure Authorize.Net as Payment Acquirer in Odoo, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, open " +"**Authorize.Net**, and change the **State** to *Enabled*. Don't forget to " +"click on *Save* once you've set everything up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the :doc:`Payment Acquirers documentation " +"` to read how to configure this payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "Credenciales" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Copy your credentials from your Authorize.Net account (API Login Id, API " +"Transaction Key, and API Signature Key), paste them in the related fields " +"under the **Credentials** tab, then click on **Generate Client Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The **API Client Key** is necessary only if you select *Payment from Odoo* " +"option as :ref:`Payment Flow `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Authorize.Net as a test, with a *sandbox account*, change " +"the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo " +"database, rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 +msgid "Payment Flow" +msgstr "Flujo de pago" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Flow** lets you decide if to redirect the user to the payment " +"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " +"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo. This field is under the " +"**Configuration** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*, make sure you add a " +"**Default Receipt URL** and a **Default Relay Response URL** to your " +"Authorize.net account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To do so, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account" +" --> Transaction Format Settings --> Transaction Response Settings --> " +"Response/Receipt URLs`, and set the default links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Receipt URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**payment/authorize/return**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Relay Response URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**shop/confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Failing to complete this step results in the following error:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*The referrer, relay response or receipt link URL is invalid.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "Recibe el pago después de la entrega" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If" +" enabled, the funds are reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not" +" charged yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment, go to the related Sales Order and click on *Capture " +"Transaction*. If the order is canceled, you can click on *Void Transaction* " +"to unlock the funds from the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " +"Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 +msgid "" +"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " +"interfaces, not from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 +msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Acquirers (Credit Cards, Online Payment)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several **payment methods** that allow your customers to pay on " +"their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay Sales " +"Orders, invoices, or subscriptions with recurring payments with their " +"favorite payment acquirers, including **online payment providers** that " +"accept **Credit Cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Having several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in " +"time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers" +" to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not keep Credit Card numbers or credentials on its servers, nor is" +" it stored on Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a " +"unique reference to the data stored in the payment acquirers' systems, where" +" the information is safely stored. This reference is useless without your " +"credentials for the payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment " +"acquirers: the payments that go directly on the bank account and follow the " +"usual reconciliation workflow, and the payment acquirers that are third-" +"party services and require you to follow another accounting workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 +msgid "Bank Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment " +"reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " +"it on your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" +msgstr "Adeudo directo SEPA" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " +"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more " +"information about this payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 +msgid "Online Payment Providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" +msgstr "Redirección al sitio web del medio de pago" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Payment from Odoo" +msgstr "Pago de Odoo" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Save Cards" +msgstr "Guardar las tarjetas" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Capture Amount Manually" +msgstr "Capturar el importe manualmente" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "Adyen" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +msgid "✔" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +msgid "Alipay" +msgstr "Alipay" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "Buckaroo" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "Ingenico" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`PayPal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +msgid "PayUMoney" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +msgid "SIPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "Stripe" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Some of these Online Payment Providers can also be added as :doc:`Bank " +"Accounts <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is **not** " +"the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment Acquirers " +"allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and configured on" +" your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting " +"control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Some of the features described in this section are available only with some " +"Payment Acquirers. Refer to :ref:`the table above " +"` for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 +msgid "Add a new Payment Acquirer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a new Payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look " +"for your payment acquirer, install the related module, and activate it. To " +"do so, open the payment acquirer and change its state from *Disabled* to " +"*Enabled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " +"database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " +"credentials, but Odoo generates Sales Orders and Invoices as usual. It isn't" +" always possible to cancel an invoice, and this could create some issues " +"with your invoices numbering if you were to test your payment acquirers on " +"your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 +msgid "Credentials tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, go to the **Online Payment Provider**'s website, create an " +"account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." +" Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the Payment Acquirer " +"and get the confirmation of the *payment authentication*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The form in this section is specific to the Payment Acquirer you are " +"configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 +msgid "Configuration tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"You can change the Payment Acquirer front-end appearance by modifying its " +"name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" +" under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 +msgid "Save and reuse Credit Cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your " +"database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to " +"reenter the payment details. This is particularly useful for subscriptions' " +"recurring payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 +msgid "Place a hold on a card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"If the **Capture Amount Manually** field is enabled, the funds are reserved " +"for a few days on the customer's card, but not charged yet. You must then go" +" to the related Sales Order and manually *capture* the funds before its " +"automatic cancellation, or *void the transaction* to unlock the funds from " +"the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Choose in the **Payment Flow** field if to redirect the user to the payment " +"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " +"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Some features are available only if you select *Redirection to the acquirer " +"website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 +msgid "Countries" +msgstr "Países" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Restrict the use of the Payment Acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave " +"this field blank to make the Payment Acquirer available to all countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 +msgid "Payment Journal" +msgstr "Diario de pago" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Journal** selected for your Payment Acquirer must be a *Bank* " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " +"**Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. Both of them are " +"preset to work out-of-the-box, but we strongly recommend you to make sure " +"these fields are correctly set according to your accounting needs, and adapt" +" them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 +msgid "Messages tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Change here the messages displayed by Odoo after a payment's confirmation or" +" failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 +msgid "Accounting perspective" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " +"their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " +"**Online Payment Providers** require you to consider how you want to record " +"your payments' journal entries. We recommend you to ask your accountant for " +"advice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Odoo default method is to record the payments on a *Current Assets Account*," +" on a dedicated *Bank Journal*, once the *Payment Authentication* is " +"confirmed. At some point, you transfer the funds from the *Payment Acquirer*" +" to your *Bank Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 +msgid "Here are the requirements for this to work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "Diario del banco" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 +msgid "The Journal's **type** must be *Bank Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Select the right **Default Debit Account** and **Default Credit Account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, make sure that **Posting** is set as " +"*Post At Payment Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This implies that the Journal Entry is recorded directly when your Odoo " +"database receives the confirmation of the *Payment Authentication* from the " +"Online Payment Provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 +msgid "Current Asset Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 +msgid "The Account's **type** is *Current Assets*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 +msgid "The Account must **Allow Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 +msgid "" +"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " +"**Current Asset Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. You can " +"modify them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 +msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" +msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 +msgid ":doc:`authorize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " +"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " +"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " +"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " +"Business Account `_" +" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " +"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " +"configuration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " +"seamless customer experience with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " +"Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " +"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " +"the suffix ``/shop/confirmation`` as *Return URL* (e.g. " +"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " +"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" +" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " +"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " +"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " +"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " +"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" +" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " +"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " +"*Instant Payment Notification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " +"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " +"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 +msgid "To do so, open:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 +msgid "" +"`this page for a test account `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 +msgid "" +"`this page for a production account `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " +"**UTF-8**." +msgstr "" +"A continuación, haz clic en *Más opciones* y establece los dos formatos de " +"codificación predeterminados como **UTF-8**." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" +" Account Optional* needs to be turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`Paypal documentation `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "Configuraciones en Odoo" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Activación" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " +"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 +msgid "" +"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " +":menuselection:`Account Settings --> Business information`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" +" here above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "Comisiones por transacción" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " +"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " +"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " +"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees `__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 +msgid "" +"`Traders in the EU `_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " +"paying with credit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" +" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " +"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " +"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " +"processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with " +"your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " +"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " +"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " +"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" +"Ejecuta una transacción de prueba desde Odoo con la cuenta personal de " +"sandbox." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "Cómo recibir pago a través de transferencias electrónicas" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " +"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " +"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " +"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "Cómo proporcionar a los clientes instrucciones de pago" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "Cómo administrar una orden una vez que te han pagado" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " +"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " +"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "Cómo crear otros métodos de pago manuales " + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " +"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " +"or duplicate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags.rst:3 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Categorías" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Take Advantage of Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tags work like keywords or labels that will help you to categorize your " +"work, as well as make objectives and goals clearer and available for " +"everyone instantly. They are also a useful source of filtering, helping you " +"to boost productivity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:11 +msgid "Where can I use and how do I create tags?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Tags can be used in numerous applications going from *CRM*, *Project*, " +"*Contacts*, *Marketing Automation*, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:16 +msgid "" +"On *CRM* for instance, under :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags`" +" you can create new or edit existing ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:23 +msgid "You can also create them on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose specific colors for each tag to help identify them, or *Hide in " +"Kanban*, simply by clicking on the tag once it is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:38 +msgid "Remove tags from a task or from the database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Click on the *x* to delete a tag from a specific task or contact. To delete " +"it from your database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags " +"--> Action --> Delete`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:48 +msgid "Use tags as a parameter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On the *Marketing Automation* application, for example, you can re-use tags " +"as a parameter to specify a niche of records for your campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:59 +msgid "Use tags for reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To get the information you need in an organized format and for a specific " +"purpose, you can also add tags." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "Unsplash" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index db21fbeaa..9ae489d71 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -4,21 +4,22 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020 -# Noemi Nahomy , 2020 -# Diego de cos , 2020 # Mariana Santos Romo , 2020 # Jesse Garza , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Sergio Flores , 2020 +# Antonio Trueba, 2020 +# Fabian , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jesse Garza , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Fabian , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -30,561 +31,845 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "Helpdesk" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:3 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avanzado" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "After Sales Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 msgid "" -"After sales features: refund, coupon, return, repair, onsite interventions" +"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " +"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " +"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" +" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " +"interventions from a ticket’s page." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 +msgid "Set up the after sales services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 msgid "" -"As my business grows, having the tools to allow my helpdesk team to record, " -"track and manage issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk" -" app allows me to generate credit notes, return products, grant coupons, do " -"repairs and plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " +"Onsite Interventions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:10 -msgid "Set up the After Sales services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable the After" -" Sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite " -"Interventions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:19 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" msgstr "Generar notas de crédito desde los tickets" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:21 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 msgid "" -"I can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For " -"that, I’ll simply go to my ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " -"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* the credit note will be " -"generated, and I can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" +" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " +"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " +"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" msgstr "Permitir la devolución de productos de las entradas" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 msgid "" -"The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will " -"be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*." +"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" +" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:40 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 msgid "" -"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned at the *Sales or " -"Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on " -"*Coupon*, choose the :menuselection:`Coupon Program --> Generate`." +"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " +"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " +"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:48 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 msgid "Repairs from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:50 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 msgid "" -"Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will" -" be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next " -"step." +"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" +" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:57 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:59 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 msgid "" -"At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the " -"same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan " -"Intervention*." +"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " +"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:66 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68 msgid "" "`Coupons `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Allow customers to close their tickets" -msgstr "Permitir a los clientes cerrar sus tickets" +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 msgid "" "Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " "misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" " communication and actions more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:9 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 msgid "Configure the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:11 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 msgid "" "To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " "Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:18 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 msgid "" -"In order to designate to which stage the ticket will migrate to once it is " -"closed, go to :menuselection:`Overview --> Tickets`." +"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:25 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 msgid "" -"You can either create a new kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " -"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Edit Stage` and enable " -"*Closing Stage*." +"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " +"and enable *Closing Stage*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:32 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 msgid "" -"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket will be " -"transferred to the last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage " -"set as closing, the ticket will be put in the first one." +"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " +"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " +"ticket is put in the first one." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:35 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 msgid "The Costumer Portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:37 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 msgid "" -"Now, once the user logs in to his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " +"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:44 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:46 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 msgid "" "To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " -":menuselection:`Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add Custom filter --> " -"Closed by partner --> Applied`." +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " +"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Iniciar con Odoo HelpDesk" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Información general" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Comenzando con Odoo HelpDesk (Mesa de Ayuda)" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" -msgstr "Instalando Odoo Helpdesk:" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 +msgid "Forum and eLearning" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" -msgstr "" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 +msgid "Forum" +msgstr "Foro" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 msgid "" -"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" +"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " +"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " +"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" +" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " +"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " +"community!)." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 msgid "" -"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," -" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " -"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," -" or manually." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " +"enable *Help Center*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 -msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " +"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " +"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " +"allowed per question." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:42 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 msgid "" -"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " -"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " -"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" +"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " +"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:48 -msgid "Start receiving tickets" -msgstr "Iniciar recibiendo tickets" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:51 -msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 msgid "" -"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " -"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" +"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " +"the ticket's page." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:59 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "eLearning" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 msgid "" -"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " -"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." +"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " +"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" +" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:66 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 msgid "" -"Website Form allows your customer to go to " -"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " -"form - much like odoo.com/help!" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *eLearning*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:73 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 msgid "" -"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " -"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " -"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." +"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:81 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 msgid "" -"The final option to submit tickets is through an API connection. View the " -"documentation `here " -"`_." +"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " +"Course*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:85 -msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" -msgstr "" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Primeros pasos" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:87 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" -" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " -"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " -"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." +"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" +" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " +"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," +" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:95 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " -"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." +"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:98 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 msgid "" -"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " -"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." +"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " +"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " +"accounting, admin, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:102 -msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 msgid "" -"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" -" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " -"Kanban view or on the ticket form." +"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " +"redirected to the right person:" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:111 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 msgid "" -"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " -"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" +"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " +"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 -msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:119 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 msgid "" -"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " -"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." +"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " +"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " +"automatically;" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:126 -msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:128 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 msgid "" -"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " -"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" +"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " +"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " +"that all tickets get to be taken care of." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131 -msgid "Grey - Normal State" -msgstr "Gris - Estado Normal" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133 -msgid "Red - Blocked" -msgstr "Rojo - Bloqueado" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:135 -msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" -msgstr "Verde - Listo para la siguiente etapa" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 msgid "" -"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " -"Ticket form." +"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " +"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " +"all employees (with the proper access rights)." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:144 -msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:146 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 msgid "" -"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " -"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " -"timesheets will log against." +"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " +"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " +"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " +"(with the proper access rights)." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:153 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 +msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 msgid "" -"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" -" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" +"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " +"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " +"to use certain stages under *Team*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 msgid "" -"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " -"ticket." +"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " +"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " +"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:163 -msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/odoo_basics/add_user`" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 -msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Valoraciones" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " -"an email to the customer asking how their service went." +"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " +"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" +" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" +" the quality of your services." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 msgid "" -"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " -"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " -"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " +"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "The modules needed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 msgid "" -"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " -"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " -"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." +"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " +"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" +" Stage*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 -msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 -msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 msgid "" -"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " -"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." +"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " +"an email is sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 msgid "" -"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " -"it." +"Ratings can be seen on the :doc:`chatter <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` " +"of each ticket, under the *See Customer Satisfaction* link on the main " +"dashboard, and through *Reporting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 -msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 +msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 msgid "" -"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " -"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" -" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " -"previously created as well." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" +" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`../../portal/my_odoo_portal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 msgid "" -"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" -" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." +"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " +"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." +" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " +"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " -"Make sure that the product is set as a service." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " +"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " +"users." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 +msgid "Email Alias" +msgstr "Pseudónimo de correo" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 msgid "" -"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " -"unit will do." +"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " +"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " +"the content is shown in the Chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 msgid "" -"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " -"configuration :" +"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " +"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " +"Domain*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 -msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 -msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 -msgid "Step 1 : place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 msgid "" -"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " -"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " -"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" -" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " -"the sale." +"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " +"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " +"server." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 -msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 +msgid "Website Form" +msgstr "Formulario de sitio web" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " -"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" -" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" -" and select the task on its form." +"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " +"website." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 -msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 msgid "" -"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " -"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " -"*Timesheets* tab." +"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" +" *Go to Website*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 msgid "" -"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " -"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." +"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 -msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" -msgstr "Paso 4 : Factura de cliente" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Charla en vivo" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 msgid "" -"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" -" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " -"appear as the delivered quantity." +"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " +"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 msgid "" -"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " -"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" +"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " +"- and :doc:`set up your channel <../../livechat/overview/get_started>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Turn helpdesk hours into invoices directly from a project task" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " +"<../../livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 +msgid "Prioritize tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" +" top of your list on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 +msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 +msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 +msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`sla`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Reports for a Better Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " +"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " +"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " +"expectations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 +msgid "Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 +msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " +"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " +"Period* or a *Previous Year*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 +msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " +"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" +" many requests they are able to handle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " +"ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " +"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " +"their issues to be handled quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 +msgid "Save filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" +" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " +"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 +msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " +"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " +"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " +"and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 +msgid "Create your policies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " +"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" +" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" +" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " +"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " +"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" +" SLAs is the one considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " +"the deadline field is not shown anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 +msgid "SLA Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" +" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" +" keep track of upcoming deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " +"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " +"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " +"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " +"customer needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 +msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" +" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " +"Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" +" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " +"ultimately modified on each ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 +msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " +"the unit of measure of your service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" +" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " +"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " +"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" +" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " +"automating the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 +msgid "" +"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " +"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " +"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " +"time spent on a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 +msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 +msgid "Step 1: Place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " +"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " +"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " +"customer and *Confirm* the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 +msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 +msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 +msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " +"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 +msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " +"the *Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" +" column in the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " +"the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 msgid "" "Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " "into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " "control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuración" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:12 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" -" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under " -"*Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and " +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " "timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " "the feature *Bill from tasks*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 msgid "" -"Now, once you added the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under the " -"*Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." +"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" +" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index 08a33dfa5..9744ac023 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -5,7 +5,6 @@ # # Translators: # Julián Andrés Osorio López , 2020 -# Nicolás Broggi , 2020 # David Sanchez , 2020 # Antonio Trueba, 2020 # Katerina Katapodi , 2020 @@ -18,6 +17,7 @@ # Luis M. Ontalba , 2020 # Pablo Rojas , 2020 # Miguel Orueta , 2020 +# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2020 # Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020 # @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ msgstr "Operaciones diarias" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Proceso para un Ajuste de Inventarios con Código de Barras" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -58,12 +58,17 @@ msgid "" " the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " "Adjustments*." msgstr "" +"Para realizar un ajuste de inventarios utilizando códigos de barras " +"necesitas abrir la aplicación \"Código de Barras\". Después, desde la " +"aplicación, dar click en \"Ajuste de Inventarios\"" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 msgid "" "If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " "*Commands for Inventory*." msgstr "" +"Si desea trabajar completamente con códigos de barras, puede descargar la " +"hoja * Comandos para inventario *." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -71,18 +76,26 @@ msgid "" "create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " "specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya hecho clic en * Ajustes de inventario *, Odoo creará uno " +"automáticamente. Tenga en cuenta que, si trabaja con ubicaciones múltiples, " +"primero debe especificar en qué ubicación se realiza el ajuste de " +"inventario." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " "different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" +"Si no trabaja con ubicaciones múltiples, podrá escanear los diferentes " +"productos que desea incluir en el ajuste de inventario." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 msgid "" "If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" " the quantity." msgstr "" +"Si tiene 5 artículos idénticos, escanee 5 veces o use el teclado para " +"establecer la cantidad." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -90,12 +103,17 @@ msgid "" "necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " "manually." msgstr "" +"Además de usar el escáner de código de barras, también puede agregar " +"manualmente un producto si es necesario. Para hacerlo, haga clic en * " +"Agregar producto * y complete la información manualmente." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 msgid "" "When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " "manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." msgstr "" +"Cuando haya escaneado todos los artículos de la ubicación, valide el " +"inventario manualmente o escanee el código de barras * Validar *." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 @@ -103,9 +121,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 @@ -124,10 +139,16 @@ msgid "" "the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " "weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." msgstr "" +"Existen diferentes situaciones en las que las nomenclaturas de códigos de " +"barras pueden ser útiles. Un caso de uso conocido es el de un punto de venta" +" que vende productos a granel, en el que los clientes escalarán sus " +"productos ellos mismos y obtendrán el código de barras impreso para pegarlo " +"en el producto. Este código de barras contendrá el peso del producto y " +"ayudará a calcular el precio en consecuencia." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear una nomenclatura de código de barras" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -137,12 +158,20 @@ msgid "" "<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" +"Odoo admite Nomenclaturas de código de barras, que determinan el mapeo y la " +"interpretación de la información codificada. Puede configurar su " +"nomenclatura de código de barras en :doc:`Modo Desarrollador " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Para hacerlo, ve a " +":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Nomenclatura de códigos de " +"barras`." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." msgstr "" +"Puede crear una nomenclatura de código de barras desde allí y luego agregar " +"una línea para crear su primera regla." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -150,6 +179,9 @@ msgid "" "with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," " in our case it will be Weighted Product." msgstr "" +"El primer paso es especificar el ** nombre de la regla **, por ejemplo " +"Código de barras de Peso con 3 decimales. Luego debe especificar el tipo de " +"nomenclatura de código de barras, en nuestro caso será Peso del Producto." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -160,44 +192,62 @@ msgid "" " simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" " “D” define the decimals." msgstr "" +"El patrón de código de barras es una expresión regular que define la " +"estructura del código de barras. En este ejemplo 21 define los productos en " +"los que se aplicará la regla, esos son los números por los cuales debe " +"comenzar el código de barras del producto. Los 5 “puntos” son los siguientes" +" números del código de barras del producto y están ahí simplemente para " +"identificar el producto en cuestión. La “N” define un número y la “D” define" +" los decimales." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" "The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" " be applied." msgstr "" +"La codificación permite especificar la codificación del código de barras en " +"la que se debe aplicar la regla." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " "sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." msgstr "" +"Puede definir diferentes reglas y ordenar su prioridad gracias a la " +"secuencia. Se aplicará la primera regla que coincida con el código de barras" +" escaneado." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configure su producto" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "El código de barras del producto debe comenzar por “21”;" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 msgid "" "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " "identify the product;" msgstr "" +"Los 5 “puntos” son los otros números del código de barras de su producto, lo" +" que permite identificar el producto;" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" "The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" " we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" msgstr "" +"El código de barras debe contener 0 donde definió D o N. En nuestro caso, " +"necesitamos establecer 5 ceros porque configuramos “21…..{NNDDD}”;" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" "In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" " which digit it should be in your case." msgstr "" +"En EAN-13, el último número es un número verificador, use un generador EAN13" +" para saber qué dígito debería ser en su caso." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -207,16 +257,24 @@ msgid "" "create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the " "point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." msgstr "" +"En caso de que pese 1,5 kg de pasta, la balanza le imprimirá el siguiente " +"código de barras 2112345015002. Si escanea este código de barras en su punto" +" de venta o cuando recibe productos en su aplicación de código de barras, " +"Odoo creará automáticamente una nueva línea para el producto Pasta para una " +"cantidad de 1.5 Kg. Para el punto de venta, también se calculará un precio " +"que depende de la cantidad." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipos de reglas" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" "**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "price, used in POS." msgstr "" +"** Producto con precio **: le permite identificar el producto y especificar " +"su precio, utilizado en POS." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -225,6 +283,10 @@ msgid "" "discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the " "product." msgstr "" +"** Producto con descuento **: le permite crear un código de barras por " +"descuento aplicado. Luego puede escanear su producto en el punto de venta y " +"luego escanear el código de barras de descuento, el descuento se aplicará al" +" precio normal del producto." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -232,65 +294,85 @@ msgid "" "weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " "weight) and in inventory." msgstr "" +"** Producto con peso **: le permite identificar el producto y especificar su" +" peso, utilizado tanto en el punto de venta (en el que el precio se calcula " +"en función del peso) como en el inventario." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 msgid "" "**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " "loyalty program." msgstr "" +"**Cliente**: le permite identificar al cliente, por ejemplo, utilizado con " +"el programa de fidelización." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Cajero**: le permite identificar al cajero al ingresar al TPV." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" "location is activated." msgstr "" +"**Ubicación**: le permite identificar la ubicación en una transferencia " +"cuando se activa la ubicación múltiple." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" "**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" " activated." msgstr "" +"**Paquete**: le permite identificar paquetes en una transferencia cuando los" +" paquetes están activados." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "" "**Lot**: allows you to identify the lot number of a product on a transfer." msgstr "" +"**Lote**: le permite identificar el número de lote de un producto en una " +"transferencia." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " "Mercury module." msgstr "" +"**Tarjeta de crédito**: no necesita modificación manual, existe para los " +"datos del módulo Mercury." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "" "**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " "transfers." msgstr "" +"**Producto unitario**: le permite identificar un producto tanto para POS " +"como para transferencias." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84 msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " "number of characters, those characters being any number." msgstr "" +"Cuando el patrón de código de barras contiene. *, Significa que puede " +"contener cualquier número de caracteres, siendo esos caracteres cualquier " +"número." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 msgid "Process to Transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Proceso para transferencias" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 msgid "Simple Transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Transferencias simples" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "" "To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " "*Operations*." msgstr "" +"Para procesar una transferencia desde la aplicación *Código de barras*, el " +"primer paso es ir a *Operaciones*." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -298,6 +380,9 @@ msgid "" "the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " "enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." msgstr "" +"Luego, tiene la opción de ingresar una transferencia existente, yendo al " +"tipo de operación correspondiente y seleccionando manualmente la que desea " +"ingresar, o escaneando el código de barras de la transferencia." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -306,12 +391,18 @@ msgid "" "products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " "the stock moves." msgstr "" +"Desde allí, podrá escanear los productos que forman parte de la " +"transferencia existente y / o agregar nuevos productos a esta transferencia." +" Una vez que se han escaneado todos los productos, puede validar la " +"transferencia para continuar con los movimientos de stock." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 msgid "" "If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " "additional steps for the different operation types." msgstr "" +"Si tiene diferentes ubicaciones de almacenamiento en su almacén, puede " +"agregar pasos adicionales para los diferentes tipos de operación." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 @@ -326,12 +417,19 @@ msgid "" "location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " "to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." msgstr "" +"Al recibir un producto en stock, debe escanear su código de barras para " +"identificarlo en el sistema. Una vez hecho esto, puede hacer que ingrese la " +"ubicación principal de la transferencia, por ejemplo WH / Stock, o escanear " +"un código de barras de ubicación para que ingrese una sububicación de la " +"ubicación principal." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " "scan the next product." msgstr "" +"Si desea que el producto ingrese WH/Stock en nuestro ejemplo, simplemente " +"puede escanear el siguiente producto." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 @@ -344,6 +442,10 @@ msgid "" "different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " "scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." msgstr "" +"Al entregar un producto, debe escanear la ubicación de origen si es " +"diferente a la establecida inicialmente en la transferencia. Luego, puede " +"comenzar a escanear los productos que se entregan desde esta ubicación " +"específica." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -352,12 +454,19 @@ msgid "" "your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " "*Previous* and *Next* buttons." msgstr "" +"Una vez que se han escaneado los diferentes productos, tiene la posibilidad " +"de escanear otra ubicación, como WH/Stock, y se agregará otra página a su " +"pedido de entrega. Puede moverse de uno a otro gracias a los botones " +"*Anterior* y *Siguiente*." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 msgid "" "Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " "reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." msgstr "" +"Ahora, puede validar su transferencia. Para hacerlo, haga clic en " +"*Siguiente* hasta llegar a la última página de la transferencia. Allí podrás" +" validarlo." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 msgid "Internal Transfers" @@ -369,22 +478,30 @@ msgid "" "scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " "itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." msgstr "" +"Al realizar una transferencia interna con ubicación múltiple, primero debe " +"escanear la ubicación de origen del producto. Luego, puede escanear el " +"producto en sí mismo, antes de tener que escanear el código de barras de la " +"ubicación de destino." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 msgid "" "If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," " you don’t need to scan them." msgstr "" +"Si el origen y el destino de las transferencias internas ya son correctos, " +"no necesita escanearlos." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Transferencias con productos rastreados" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 msgid "" "If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " "of working:" msgstr "" +"Si trabaja con productos rastreados por lotes/números de serie, tiene dos " +"formas de trabajar:" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -392,6 +509,9 @@ msgid "" "you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" " quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." msgstr "" +"Si trabaja con números de serie/lote teniendo en cuenta todos los productos," +" puede escanear el código de barras del lote/número de serie y Odoo " +"aumentará la cantidad del producto, configurando su número de lote/serie." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -399,10 +519,13 @@ msgid "" "by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " "lot/serial number." msgstr "" +"Si tiene el mismo lote/número de serie para diferentes productos, puede " +"trabajar escaneando primero el código de barras del producto y luego el " +"código de barras del lote/número de serie." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear una transferencia desde cero" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -410,6 +533,10 @@ msgid "" " the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " "sheet* from the home page of the app." msgstr "" +"Para crear una transferencia desde la aplicación *Código de barras*, primero" +" debe imprimir los códigos de barras del tipo de operación. Para hacerlo, " +"puede descargar la *Hoja de códigos de barras de inventario* desde la página" +" de inicio de la aplicación." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -417,6 +544,9 @@ msgid "" " Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " "products to populate it." msgstr "" +"Una vez hecho esto, puede escanear el documento para el que desea crear un " +"nuevo documento. Luego, se creará un documento vacío y podrá escanear sus " +"productos para completarlo." #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" @@ -474,6 +604,12 @@ msgid "" "with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " "your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." msgstr "" +"El **escáner bluetooth** se puede combinar con un teléfono inteligente o una" +" tableta y es una buena opción si desea ser móvil pero no necesita una gran " +"inversión. Un enfoque es iniciar sesión en Odoo en su teléfono inteligente, " +"emparejar el escáner bluetooth con el teléfono inteligente y trabajar en el " +"almacén con la posibilidad de revisar su teléfono inteligente de vez en " +"cuando y usar el software 'manualmente'." #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -485,6 +621,14 @@ msgid "" "job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," " it is essential to test it first." msgstr "" +"Para uso intensivo, el **escáner de computadora móvil** es la solución más " +"práctica. Consiste en una pequeña computadora con un escáner de código de " +"barras incorporado. Esta puede resultar una solución muy productiva, sin " +"embargo, debe asegurarse de que sea capaz de ejecutar Odoo sin problemas. " +"Los modelos más recientes que usan Android + Google Chrome o Windows + " +"Internet Explorer Mobile deberían hacer el trabajo. Sin embargo, debido a la" +" variedad de modelos y configuraciones en el mercado, es esencial probarlo " +"primero." #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" @@ -530,7 +674,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activa los códigos de barras en Odoo" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -540,13 +684,17 @@ msgid "" "work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" +"Las funciones de escaneo de códigos de barras pueden ahorrarle mucho tiempo," +" generalmente perdido, cambiando entre el teclado, el mouse y el escáner. " +"Atribuir adecuadamente los códigos de barras a productos, ubicaciones de " +"recolección, etc. le permite trabajar de manera más eficiente controlando el" +" software casi exclusivamente con el escáner de códigos de barras." #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 @@ -562,9 +710,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 @@ -581,10 +726,13 @@ msgid "" "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " "have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" +"Para usar esta función, primero debe activar la funcionalidad *Código de " +"barras* a través de :menuselection: `Inventario -> Configuración -> Código " +"de Barras`. Una vez que haya marcado la función, puede presionar guardar." #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Establecer códigos de barras de productos" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -592,22 +740,31 @@ msgid "" "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " "Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" +"Puede asignar fácilmente códigos de barras a sus diferentes productos a " +"través de la aplicación * Inventory *. Para hacerlo, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Configurar códigos de barras de " +"productos`." #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "" +"Luego, tiene la posibilidad de asignar códigos de barras a sus productos " +"directamente en la creación en el formulario del producto." #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" +"Tenga cuidado de agregar códigos de barras directamente en las variantes del" +" producto y no en la plantilla del producto. De lo contrario, no podrá " +"diferenciarlos." #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Establecer códigos de barras de ubicaciones" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -616,16 +773,22 @@ msgid "" " locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Locations`." msgstr "" +"Si administra varias ubicaciones, le resultará útil atribuir un código de " +"barras a cada ubicación y pegarlo en la ubicación. Puede configurar los " +"códigos de barras de ubicaciones en :menuselection:`Inventario --> " +"Configuración --> Ubicaciones`." #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "" +"Puede imprimir fácilmente el código de barras que asigna a las ubicaciones a" +" través del menú *Imprimir*." #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 msgid "Barcode Formats" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Formatos de código de barras" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -633,12 +796,18 @@ msgid "" "proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " "Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." msgstr "" +"La mayoría de los productos minoristas utilizan códigos de barras EAN-13. No" +" se pueden inventar sin la debida autorización. Debe pagar una tarifa a la " +"International International Numbering Association a cambio de una secuencia " +"de código EAN." #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 msgid "" "Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " "own barcode format for internal use." msgstr "" +"Aún así, como Odoo admite cualquier cadena como código de barras, siempre " +"puede definir su propio formato de código de barras para uso interno." #: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 msgid "Warehouse Management" @@ -766,10 +935,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" msgstr "" +"Enviar productos a clientes directamente desde proveedores (Drop-shipping)" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Qué es Drop-Shipping?" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -778,6 +948,11 @@ msgid "" "system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " "stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering." msgstr "" +"Drop-Shipping es un sistema que permite que los pedidos tomados de su tienda" +" se envíen directamente de su proveedor a su cliente. En un sistema de " +"entrega habitual, los productos se envían desde su proveedor a su almacén " +"para su almacenamiento y luego se envían a sus clientes después de realizar " +"el pedido." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -785,16 +960,22 @@ msgid "" "your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer." " Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." msgstr "" +"Con el drop-shipping, no se almacena ningún artículo. Cuando un cliente " +"realiza un pedido en su tienda, el artículo se entrega directamente del " +"proveedor al cliente. Por lo tanto, el producto no necesita pasar por su " +"almacén." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Puntos a tener en cuenta al implementar el Drop-Shipping" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 msgid "" "Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " "stock." msgstr "" +"Use el drop-shipping solo para los productos que no puede o no quiere tener " +"en stock." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -802,10 +983,13 @@ msgid "" "drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of " "space in your warehouse." msgstr "" +"Una razón es que siempre tendrá márgenes más pequeños en los artículos que " +"se envían directamente, por lo que debe mantenerlo solo para los artículos " +"que ocupan mucho espacio en su almacén." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El Drop-shipping es mejor para productos de nicho." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -814,19 +998,24 @@ msgid "" "more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your " "product is unique, then it makes sense!" msgstr "" +"Lo más probable es que los grandes proveedores ofrezcan productos que tienen" +" una gran demanda a una fracción del precio que podrá cobrar, por lo que " +"usar un método de envío más costoso no será financieramente gratificante. " +"Pero si su producto es único, ¡entonces tiene sentido!" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para proteger a sus clientes de malas experiencias." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 msgid "" "Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." msgstr "" +"Pruebe de antemano las empresas de drop-shipping y enumere las mejores." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 msgid "Make sure time is not against you." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Asegúrese de que el tiempo no esté en su contra." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -834,10 +1023,14 @@ msgid "" "than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to" " be able to provide your customers with a tracking number." msgstr "" +"El Drop-shipping debería llevar una cantidad de tiempo razonable y " +"seguramente no más de lo que te hubiera llevado manejarlo todo por ti mismo." +" También es bueno poder proporcionar a sus clientes un número de " +"seguimiento." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Los artículos deben estar disponibles en su proveedor." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -845,6 +1038,9 @@ msgid "" "you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold " "the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party." msgstr "" +"Es bueno saber si el producto que está vendiendo está disponible en sentido " +"ascendente. Si no tiene esa información, informe a sus clientes que no tiene" +" el artículo en stock y que está sujeto a la disponibilidad de un tercero." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -852,16 +1048,22 @@ msgid "" "blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* `__." msgstr "" +"Para obtener más información e información sobre Drop-Shipping, puede leer " +"nuestro blog: `*Qué es drop-shipping y cómo " +"usarlo*`__." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar Drop-Shipping" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 msgid "" "Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"Active la funcionalidad en la aplicación *Compra* yendo a " +":menuselection:`Configuración -> Configuración`." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -870,6 +1072,10 @@ msgid "" "make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a " "product via drop-shipping." msgstr "" +"Luego, vaya a la aplicación *Inventario*, en :menuselection:`Configuración " +"-> Configuración` para activar la función *Rutas Multi-Etapas*. Le permitirá" +" hacer que el campo *Ruta* aparezca en las líneas de orden de venta para " +"especificar que envíe un producto mediante envío directo." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -877,10 +1083,14 @@ msgid "" "Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " "which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." msgstr "" +"Ahora, en la aplicación *Ventas*, vaya a :menuselection:`Productos -> " +"Productos`. Seleccione el producto que desea enviar y agregue una lista de " +"precios de proveedor que contenga al proveedor correcto, a través de la " +"pestaña de compra." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enviar productos de los proveedores directamente a los clientes" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -889,6 +1099,10 @@ msgid "" "line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-" "Shipping*." msgstr "" +"Cree un *Pedido de ventas* y agregue el producto en el que acaba de " +"establecer el proveedor. Agregue el campo *Ruta* gracias al widget a la " +"derecha de la línea de orden de venta. Ahora, puede especificar que la ruta " +"de sus productos sea *Drop-Shipping*." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -896,6 +1110,10 @@ msgid "" "for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You " "can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*." msgstr "" +"Una vez que se confirma la orden de venta, Odoo genera automáticamente una " +"*Solicitud de cotización* para el proveedor que procederá al envío directo. " +"Puede encontrarlo en la aplicación *Compra*, con el pedido de venta como " +"*Documento fuente*." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -904,12 +1122,19 @@ msgid "" " location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your " "own stock when you validate the dropship document." msgstr "" +"Una vez que se confirma esta *Orden de compra*, se crea una *Orden de " +"recepción* y se vincula a ella. La ubicación de origen es la ubicación del " +"proveedor y la ubicación de destino es la ubicación del cliente. Luego, el " +"producto no pasará por su propio stock cuando valide el documento de " +"dropship." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 msgid "" "You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your " "inventory dashboard." msgstr "" +"También puede acceder fácilmente al documento de dropship directamente desde" +" su panel de inventario." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" @@ -1082,101 +1307,96 @@ msgstr "" "etiqueta mitad inferior por ejemplo, aquí esta la diferencia :" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " -"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " -"to the stock." +"There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " +"outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" +" the customers." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 msgid "" -"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" " configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 msgid "" -"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +"Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "Crear una Orden de Compra" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "Crear Órdenes de Venta" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 msgid "" -"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " -"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " -"the *RfQ*." +"In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " +"to deliver and confirm it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 msgid "" -"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " -"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +"Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " +"stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " +"button, you should now see your delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "Process a Receipt" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 +msgid "Process a Delivery" +msgstr "Procesar una Entrega" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " +"application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" +" the Delivery Orders Kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 msgid "" -"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " -"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " -"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +"Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " +"*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 msgid "" -"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " -"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " -"suppliers are considered as being always available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " -"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " -"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +"Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " +"location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " +"the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now " +"*Done*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 msgid "Deliver Products in Packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Entregar productos en paquetes" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, you have the possibility to deliver your products in different " "packages, depending on the volume and or weight of your products." msgstr "" +"En Odoo, tiene la posibilidad de entregar sus productos en diferentes " +"paquetes, dependiendo del volumen y/o peso de sus productos." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"Primero, debe activar la función *Paquetes de entrega* en " +":menuselection:`Inventario -> Configuración -> Configuración`." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 msgid "Proceed to a Delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Proceder a una entrega" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -1184,6 +1404,9 @@ msgid "" "have the possibility to create new packages and assign them to the stock " "move lines." msgstr "" +"Ahora, puede crear una entrega planificada con algunos productos. Tendrá la " +"posibilidad de crear nuevos paquetes y asignarlos a las líneas de movimiento" +" de stock." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -1191,16 +1414,21 @@ msgid "" "order is validated, you can retrieve which products have been included in " "the package." msgstr "" +"Luego, puede definir el tipo de paquete desde esta ventana. Una vez que se " +"valida el pedido de entrega, puede recuperar qué productos se han incluido " +"en el paquete." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:34 msgid "" "A button will appear at the delivery stage, allowing you to find all the " "packages which were part of the delivery order." msgstr "" +"Aparecerá un botón en la etapa de entrega, que le permite encontrar todos " +"los paquetes que formaban parte del pedido de entrega." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:44 msgid "Use the Put in Pack button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Use el botón Poner en paquete" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -1208,598 +1436,219 @@ msgid "" "will automatically assign a pack to the number of products which is set as " "*Done* and duplicate the stock move line if necessary." msgstr "" +"Otra forma de poner productos en paquetes es usar el botón *Poner en " +"paquete*. Asignará automáticamente un paquete al número de productos que se " +"establece como *Hecho* y duplicará la línea de movimiento de stock si es " +"necesario." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:53 msgid "" "Then, you will be able to update the different packages created this way, " "directly via the *Packages* button." msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" -msgstr "¿Cómo es calculada la fecha de entrega programada?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " -"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " -"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " -"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " -"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Las fechas programadas son calculadas para poder planear las entregas, " -"recepciones y demás. Dependiendo de los hábitos de su compañía Odoo " -"automáticamente genera fechas programadas a través del programador. El " -"programador de Odoo calcula todo por línea, independientemente de si es una " -"órden de producción, una órden de entrega, una órden de venta, etc. Las " -"fechas que son calculadas son dependientes de los tiempos de entrega " -"configurados en Odoo." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:18 -msgid "Configuring lead times" -msgstr "Configurando tiempo de entregas" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " -"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " -"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." -msgstr "" -"Configurar **Tiempo inicial de entrega** es un primer movimiento esencial " -"para calcular las fechas programadas. El Tiempo inicial de entrega son los " -"retrasos (en términos de entrega, fabricación, ...) prometidos a sus " -"diferentes socios y / o clientes." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "" -"La configuración de los diferentes tiempos de entrega es realizada como " -"sigue:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:28 -msgid "At a product level" -msgstr "A nivel de un producto" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 -msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" -msgstr "**Tiempo de entrega de Proveedor**:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " -"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " -"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" -" select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "" -"Es el tiempo necesario para que el proveedor entregue su producto adquirido." -" Para configurar el tiempo de entrega del proveedor, seleccione un producto " -"y vaya a la pestaña **Inventario**. Usted tendrá que añadir un **Proveedor**" -" a su producto para poder seleccionar un plazo de entrega de proveedores." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " -"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" -"No olvide que es posible agregar diferentes proveedores y así diferentes " -"tiempos de entrega dependiendo del proveedor." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " -"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" -" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " -"Time**." -msgstr "" -"Una vez el proveedor es seleccionado, solo abra su formulario y llene su " -"**Tiempo de Entrega**. En este caso los días de seguridad no tienen " -"influencia, los días de entrega programados serán iguales a: **Fecha** de la" -" órden de compra + **Tiempo de Entrega**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 -msgid "**Customer lead time**:" -msgstr "**Tiempo de ventaja de Cliente**:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " -"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " -"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " -"time**." -msgstr "" -"El tiempo de ventaja del cliente es el tiempo necesario para obtener su " -"producto desde la tienda / bodega a su cliente. Puede ser configurado para " -"cualquier producto. Simplemente seleccione un producto, vaya a la pestaña de" -" ventas e indique su **Tiempo de ventaja de cliente**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 -msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" -msgstr "**Producir tiempo de ventaja**:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "" -"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" -" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " -"product." -msgstr "" -"En la misma página es posible también configurar el **Tiempo de Ventaja de " -"Producción**. El tiempo de ventaja de Producción es el tiempo necesario para" -" fabricar el producto." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " -"create manufacturing routes." -msgstr "" -"No olvide marcar la casilla producción en inventario si quiere crear rutas " -"de producción." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:74 -msgid "At the company level" -msgstr "En el nivel de la compañía" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 -msgid "" -"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " -"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " -"of delays." -msgstr "" -"En el nivel de la compañía, es posible configurar **días de seguridad** para" -" hacer frente a eventuales retrasos y asegurarse de cumplir sus compromisos." -" La idea es sustraer días **respaldo** desde **fecha programada calculada** " -"en caso de retrasos." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 -msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" -msgstr "**Días de Seguridad en Ventas**:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" -" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " -"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " -"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " -"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " -"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " -"keep your commitment." -msgstr "" -"Los días de seguridad en Ventas son los días de **respaldo** para asegurar " -"que podrá entregar encargos a sus clientes en tiempos. Estos son márgenes de" -" error para tiempos de ventaja de entrega. Los días de seguridad tienen la " -"misma lógica de los primeros relojes de pulsera, para poder llegar a tiempo." -" La idea es sustraer los números de los días de seguridad desde la " -"calculación y así calcular un fecha programada anterior que la que prometió " -"a su cliente. De esa manera puede estar seguro que puede mantener su " -"compromiso." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " -"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " -"of safety days." -msgstr "" -"Una vez el menú esta abierto, vaya a la pestaña de configuración e indique " -"el número de días de seguridad." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" -msgstr "**Días de Seguridad en Compras**:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "" -"Los días de compra siguen la misma lógica de los días de seguridad en " -"ventas." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 -msgid "" -"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " -"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " -"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " -"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" -msgstr "" -"Eston son márgenes de error de los plazos de ventaja de proveedores. Cuando " -"el sistema genera órdenes de compra para la adquisición de productos, estas " -"serán programadas esos días antes para hacer frente a retrasos inesperados " -"de proveedores. La compra de tiempo de espera se puede encontrar en el mismo" -" menú de los días de seguridad ventas." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " -"here." -msgstr "" -"Note que también puede configurar un tiempo de ventaja de Producción desde " -"aquí." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:134 -msgid "At route level" -msgstr "En nivel de ruta" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" -" can also influence the computed date." -msgstr "" -"Las transferencias internas que un producto pueda tiener debido al " -"movimiento de existencias también pueden influir en la fecha calculada." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " -"app when creating a new push rule in a route." -msgstr "" -"Los retrasos debido a las transferencias internas pueden ser específicados " -"en la aplicación de **Inventario** creando una nueva regla de impulso en una" -" ruta." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 -msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." -msgstr "" -"Vaya a la sección de impulso de reglas de un formulario de ruta para " -"configurar un retraso." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 -msgid "At sale order level:" -msgstr "En nivel de órden de venta:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "**Requested date**:" -msgstr "**Fecha solicitada**:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " -"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" -" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" -" display a warning." -msgstr "" -"Odoo ofrece la posibilidad de indicar una fecha solicitada por el cliente " -"indicando la fecha en la pestaña otra información de la órden de venta. Si " -"esta fecha es anterior a la fecha calculada teóricamente, Odoo mostrará " -"automáticamente una advertencia." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:173 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "Ejemplo" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " -"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." -" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " -"on your configuration:" -msgstr "" -"A modo de ejemplo, puede vender un coche hoy (1 de Enero), que se compra en " -"la orden, y que prometen entregar a su cliente dentro de los 20 días (20 de " -"Enero). En tal escenario, el organizador puede provocar los siguientes " -"eventos, en base a su configuración:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 -msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "" -"19 de Enero: entrega programada real (1 día en los días seguridad en ventas)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 -msgid "" -"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "" -"18 de Enero: recibir el producto de su proveedor (1 día en los días de " -"compra)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 -msgid "" -"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " -"lead time)" -msgstr "" -"10 de Enero: fecha límite para pedir a su proveedor (9 días del tiempo de " -"espera en la entrega del proveedor)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 -msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " -"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "" -"Enero 8: ejecutar una solicitud de compra a su equipo de compras, ya que el " -"equipo necesita un promedio de 2 días para encontrar el proveedor adecuado y" -" la órden." +"Luego, podrá actualizar los diferentes paquetes creados de esta manera, " +"directamente a través del botón *Paquetes*." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" -"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " -"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " -"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a *quality control step* in the goods " -"receipt process can become essential." +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " +"that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more " +"steps before shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," -" the reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can " -"allow having 3 steps." +"With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " +"to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " +"location before being effectively shipped to the customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The 3-steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" -" transfer them into a quality area for *quality control*. When the quality " -"check has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of " -"course, you may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity " -"that is valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 -msgid "Multi-Step Routes" -msgstr "Rutas multietapa" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to activate the *multi-step routes* option. Indeed, " -"routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. Here, we " -"will chain the picking to the shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:29 -msgid "" -"To activate *multi-step routes*, open the *inventory app*, and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. By " -"default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage " -"Locations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:38 -msgid "Warehouse configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now that *Multi-Step Routes* is activated, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and open the one you will use " -"to deliver in 3 steps. Then, you can select the option *Pack good, send " -"goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* as *Outgoing Shipments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " -"*Output* and *Packing Zone*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Of course, you can rename them if you want. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to " -"rename. Change its name and hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "Crear Órdenes de Venta" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* app, create a quotation with storable products to deliver. " -"Then, confirm it and three pickings will be created and linked to your sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:65 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 -msgid "Now, click on the button. You should see three different pickings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 -msgid "The first one, with a reference PICK, designates the picking process;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "The second one, with a reference PACK, is for the packing process;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:71 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 -msgid "The third one, with a reference OUT, designates the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:77 -msgid "Process the picking, packing, and delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The first operation to be processed is the picking and has a *Ready* status," -" while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*. The packing will become " -"*Ready* as soon as the picking is marked as *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " -"inventory app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Note that, if you have the product in stock, it will be automatically " -"reserved and you can validate the picking document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Now that the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " -"processed. Since the documents are chained, the products that have been " -"picked are automatically reserved on the packing order so you can directly " -"validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Then, you can validate your packing. In doing so, the delivery order can be " -"processed. Once again, it will be ready to be validated so you can transfer " -"the products to the customer location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " -"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " -"you to have 2 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " -"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activar rutas de varios pasos" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 msgid "" "The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" " a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " -"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" -" stock." +"chain the picking step to the shipping step." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 msgid "" -"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " -"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " +"*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 msgid "" -"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " -"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " -"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing" +" Shipments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " -"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " +"*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one" +" you want to rename and update its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 -msgid "Create a purchase order" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "Si da clic en el botón, ahora deberá tres diferentes selecciones:" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 +msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 +msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " +"operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " +"and you can simply validate the picking document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing " +"order which can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " +"transfer the products to the customer location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +msgstr "" +"Cuando una órden va al departamento de envío para entrega final, Odoo esta " +"programado por defecto para utilizar una operación de un-paso: una vez que " +"todos los bienes están disponibles, estos están disponibles para ser " +"enviados en una sola órden de entrega." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " +"happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " +"part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an " +"output location before being effectively shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +msgid "Warehouse configuration" +msgstr "Configuración del almacén" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." +" If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 msgid "" -"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" -" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " -"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " -"your purchase order." +"If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " +"pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " +"another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " -"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" -" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " -"products to *Stock*." +msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 -msgid "Process the picking and the delivery" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " +"picking operation has been marked as done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 msgid "" -"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " -"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " -"marked as *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " -"through the inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 -msgid "" -"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " -"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " -"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " -"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " -"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " -"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +"Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery" +" order." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 @@ -1913,11 +1762,373 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgstr "Procesar un recibo en un solo paso (recibo)" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " +"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " +"to the stock." msgstr "" +"No se necesita configuración para recibir en un solo paso. Los envíos " +"entrantes predeterminados están configurados para ser recibidos directamente" +" de los proveedores al stock." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" +"Sin embargo, si se han activado rutas avanzadas y configura otra " +"configuración entrante en su almacén, puede volver a configurarla en la " +"configuración de recibo de un paso. Para hacerlo, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Almacenes` y edite el almacén en cuestión." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +msgstr "" +"Establezca la opción *Envíos entrantes* en *Recibir mercancías directamente " +"(1 paso)*." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "Crear una Orden de Compra" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " +"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " +"the *RfQ*." +msgstr "" +"Para crear una *Solicitud de cotización*, vaya a la aplicación *Compra* y " +"haga clic en *Crear*. Luego, agregue algunos productos almacenables para " +"recibir y confirme el *SdP*." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " +"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +msgstr "" +"Tenga en cuenta que, ahora, vemos 1 recibo asociado con la orden de compra " +"que acaba de crear. Si hace clic en el botón, verá su pedido de recibo." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "Process a Receipt" +msgstr "Procesar un recibo" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " +"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " +"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +msgstr "" +"También puede encontrar el recibo directamente desde la aplicación " +"*Inventario*. Cuando esté en el tablero, puede hacer clic en el botón *1 " +"PARA PROCESAR* debajo de la tarjeta Kanban *Recibos*. Luego, verá su recibo." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " +"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " +"suppliers are considered as being always available." +msgstr "" +"Ahora, ingrese la selección que desea procesar. Podrá hacer clic en " +"*Validar* para completar el movimiento directamente, ya que los productos " +"procedentes de proveedores se consideran siempre disponibles." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " +"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " +"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que *Valide* el recibo, los productos salen de la *Ubicación del " +"proveedor* para ingresar su *WH/Ubicación de inventario*. Puede ver " +"fácilmente que el recibo se realizó gracias al estado del documento, que " +"ahora está *Hecho*." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgstr "Procesar un recibo en tres pasos (Entrada + Calidad + Stock)" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " +"throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " +"of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality " +"control step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " +"Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " +"the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have " +"two-steps or three-steps processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " +"receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " +"(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC " +"requirements are moved to stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " +"mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " +"the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " +"Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " +"with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then " +"quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " +"and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " +"from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," +" three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source " +"document:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " +"control zone;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " +"status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " +"Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " +"come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " +"*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " +"previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the " +"transfer can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " +"again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" +msgstr "Procesar un recibo en dos pasos (Entrada + Stock)" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " +"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " +"you to have 2 steps." +msgstr "" +"Odoo utiliza rutas para definir exactamente cómo manejará los diferentes " +"pasos de recepción. La configuración se realiza en el nivel *Almacén*. De " +"manera predeterminada, la recepción es un proceso de un solo paso, pero " +"cambiar la configuración puede permitirle tener 2 pasos." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " +"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" +"El flujo de 2 pasos es el siguiente: recibe los productos en un área de " +"entrada y luego los transfiere a su stock. Mientras los bienes no se " +"transfieran a su stock, no estarán disponibles para su posterior " +"procesamiento." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" +" stock." +msgstr "" +"El primer paso es permitir el uso de *rutas de varios pasos*. De hecho, las " +"rutas proporcionan un mecanismo para encadenar diferentes acciones juntas. " +"En este caso, encadenaremos el paso de descarga en el área de entrada al " +"paso que ingresa los productos en stock." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " +"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" +"Para permitir *rutas de varios pasos*, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración " +"-> Configuración` y active la función. De forma predeterminada, la " +"activación de *rutas de varios pasos* también activará *Ubicaciones de " +"almacenamiento*." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +msgstr "Configure el almacén para el recibo en 2 pasos" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " +"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " +"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que se activen *las rutas de varios pasos*, puede ir " +"a:menuselection:`Configuración -> Almacén` e ingresar al almacén que " +"utilizará el recibo en 2 pasos. Luego, puede seleccionar la opción *Recibir " +"mercancías en entrada y luego stock (2 pasos)* para *Envíos entrantes*." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " +"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." +msgstr "" +"La activación de esta opción conducirá a la creación de una nueva ubicación " +"*Entrada*. Si desea cambiarle el nombre, puede ir a " +":menuselection:`Configuración -> Ubicaciones -> Seleccionar entrada` y " +"actualizar su nombre." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "Crea una orden de compra" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" +" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " +"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " +"your purchase order." +msgstr "" +"En la aplicación *Compra*, puede crear una *Solicitud de presupuesto* con " +"algunos productos almacenables para recibir de un proveedor. Una vez que se " +"confirma el *SdP*, se creará la selección del recibo y se vinculará " +"automáticamente a su pedido de compra." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " +"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" +" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " +"products to *Stock*." +msgstr "" +"Ahora, al hacer clic en el botón *1 Recibo*, verá la primera selección que " +"permitirá ingresar el producto en la *ubicación de entrada*. Luego, se creó " +"otra selección, una transferencia interna, para mover los productos a " +"*Stock*." #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" +msgstr "Procesar el recibo y la transferencia interna" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " +"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " +"marked as *Done*." msgstr "" +"El recibo es el primero que se procesa y tiene un estado *Hecho*, mientras " +"que la transferencia interna solo se convertirá en *Hecho* una vez que el " +"recibo se haya marcado como *Hecho*." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " +"through the inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" +"Puede ingresar la operación de recibo desde la orden de compra o acceder a " +"ella a través del tablero de inventario." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " +"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." +msgstr "" +"Por defecto, un recibo siempre se considera listo para ser procesado. Luego," +" podrá hacer clic directamente en *Validar* para marcarlo como hecho." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " +"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " +"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " +"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " +"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que el recibo ha sido validado, la transferencia interna está lista " +"para ser procesada. A medida que se encadenan los documentos, los productos " +"que se han recibido se reservan automáticamente en la transferencia interna." +" Una vez que se valida la transferencia, esos productos ingresan al stock y " +"podrá usarlos para cumplir con las entregas de los clientes o fabricar " +"productos." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" @@ -2025,7 +2236,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`lots`" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Manage expiration dates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Administrar fechas de vencimiento" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2034,17 +2245,24 @@ msgid "" "based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to " "customers." msgstr "" +"En muchas empresas, los productos tienen fechas de vencimiento y deben " +"rastrearse en función de esas fechas. En la industria alimentaria, por " +"ejemplo, el seguimiento de las existencias en función de las fechas de " +"vencimiento es obligatorio para evitar la venta de productos vencidos a los " +"clientes." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even" " if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." msgstr "" +"Con Odoo, puede rastrear sus productos en función de sus fechas de " +"vencimiento, incluso si ya están rastreados por lotes o números de serie." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 msgid "Configurations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuraciones" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 @@ -2057,6 +2275,9 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" " Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." msgstr "" +"Para usar el seguimiento de fechas de vencimiento, abra la aplicación " +"*Inventario* y vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Configuración` y " +"active las funciones *Lotes y números de serie* y *Fechas de vencimiento*." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 @@ -2070,6 +2291,8 @@ msgid "" "Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory " "tab* of the product form:" msgstr "" +"Ahora, tiene la posibilidad de definir diferentes fechas en la *pestaña de " +"inventario* del formulario del producto:" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -2077,6 +2300,9 @@ msgid "" "deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the " "lot/serial number;" msgstr "" +"Tiempo de uso del producto: es el número de días antes de que los productos " +"comiencen a deteriorarse, sin ser peligrosos todavía. Se calculará " +"utilizando el número de lote/serie;" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -2084,22 +2310,29 @@ msgid "" "dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial " "number;" msgstr "" +"Tiempo de vida del producto: se refiere al número de días antes de que los " +"productos puedan volverse peligrosos y no deben ser consumidos. Se calculará" +" en el lote/número de serie;" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 msgid "" "Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " "removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" msgstr "" +"Tiempo de eliminación del producto: muestra el número de días antes de que " +"los productos se retiren del stock. Se calculará en el lote/número de serie;" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 msgid "" "Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " "raised on the lot/serial number." msgstr "" +"Tiempo de alerta del producto: se refiere al número de días antes de que se " +"genere una alerta en el lote/número de serie." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fecha de vencimiento en lotes/números de serie" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -2107,6 +2340,10 @@ msgid "" "on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the " "reception date of the product and the times set on the product form." msgstr "" +"Al recibir un producto en stock, las fechas se actualizarán automáticamente " +"en el lote/número de serie correspondiente. Esta actualización se basará en " +"la fecha de recepción del producto y los horarios establecidos en el " +"formulario del producto." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 msgid "Expiration Alerts" @@ -2119,10 +2356,14 @@ msgid "" "can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that " "exceeded their alert date." msgstr "" +"Puede acceder a todas sus alertas de caducidad desde la aplicación " +"*inventario*. Para hacerlo, vaya a :menuselection:`Datos maestros --> Lotes " +"/ Números de serie`. Allí, puede usar el filtro preexistente que muestra " +"todos los lotes/números de serie que excedieron su fecha de alerta." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 msgid "Manage lots of identical products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Administra muchos productos idénticos" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2698,244 +2939,360 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Planning" msgstr "Planificación" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:3 -msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed?" +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 msgid "" -"In most cases, scheduled dates are computed to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions, and so on. Depending on your company’s habits, Odoo generates " -"scheduled dates via the scheduler." +"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " +"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " +"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate" +" scheduled dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:9 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 msgid "" -"To make your life easier, the Odoo scheduler computes everything per line, " -"whether it’s a manufacturing order, a delivery order, a sale order, etc." +"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " +"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " +"will get the products he ordered." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 msgid "" -"The computed dates are dependent on the different lead times configured in " -"Odoo." +"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " +"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " +"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into " +"account." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 msgid "" -"Configuring lead times is the first move if you want to compute scheduled " -"dates. Those are the delays promised (in terms of delivery, manufacturing, " -"etc.) to your partners and/or clients." +"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " +"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" +" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:25 -msgid "In Odoo, you can configure different lead times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 msgid "" -"When configuring lead times at the product level, you have three different " -"types to take into account: supplier lead time, customer lead time, and " -"manufacturing lead time." +"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " +"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " +"lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:35 -msgid "Supplier lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 msgid "" -"The supplier lead time is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your " -"purchased products. To configure it, select a product and click on the " -"inventory tab. There, you will have to add a vendor to your product." +"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " +"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" +" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead " +"Time**." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, just open the vendor form and fill its *Delivery lead time*. In this " -"case, the delivery day will be equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + " -"Delivery Lead Time*." +"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a " +"vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope " +"with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the " +"**Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be " +"the default *Receipt* scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendor pricelists and, " -"thus, different delivery lead times, depending on the vendor." +"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " +"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " +"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " +"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " +"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific " +"date is set on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " +"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " +"produce and does not take the routing time into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " +"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " +"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead" +" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 +msgid "Sales - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " +"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" +" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " +"warning message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " +"all the lead times that could occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 msgid "Customer Lead Time" msgstr "Plazo de entrega del cliente" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 msgid "" -"It is the time needed to get your product from your store/warehouse to your " -"customer. It can be configured for any product. To add it, select a product " -"and go to the inventory tab. There, simply indicate your *customer lead " -"time*." +"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" +" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " +"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your " +"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:67 -msgid "Manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 msgid "" -"On the same page, it is possible to configure what’s called the " -"*Manufacturing Lead Time*. It is the time needed to manufacture the product." +"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" +" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " +"April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 +msgid "Security Lead Time" +msgstr "Plazo de seguridad" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 msgid "" -"At the company level, you can configure security days. Those are useful to " -"cope with eventual dalys and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract backup days from the computed scheduled date in case of " -"delays." +"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " +"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " +"earlier in order to arrive on time." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 msgid "" -"Once again, there are three different types of security lead times: for " -"sales, for purchases, and for manufacturing." +"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " +"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:85 -msgid "Security lead time for sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:87 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 msgid "" -"In sales, security lead time corresponds to backup days to ensure you will " -"be able to deliver your clients in times. They are margins of errors for " -"delivery lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early " -"wristwatch, in order to arrive on time." +"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 msgid "" -"The idea is to subtract the numbers of security days from the calculation " -"and, thus, to compute a scheduled date earlier than the one you promised to " -"your client. In that way, you are sure to be able to keep your commitment." +"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " +"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " +"the delivery order is the 5th of April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:97 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 +msgid "Deliver several products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " +"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " +"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:104 -msgid "Security lead time for purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:106 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" -"It follows the same logic as security lead time for sales except that " -"security lead time for purchase is the margin of error for vendor lead " -"times, not for sales." +"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" +" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " +"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 msgid "" -"When the system generates purchase orders for procuring products, they will " -"be scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." +"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " +"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " +"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is " +"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of " +"April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:114 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 msgid "" -"To find purchase lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " +"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" +" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:121 -msgid "Security lead time for manufacturing" +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:123 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 +msgid "Supplier Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 msgid "" -"The security lead time for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " -"orders which are scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected " -"manufacturing days." +"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " +"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " +"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:127 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 msgid "" -"To configure it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and enable the *Security Lead Time* option. Then, hit save." +"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " +"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " +"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead " +"Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:136 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" -"Sometimes, the internal transfers that a product might do may also influence" -" the computed date. The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in" -" the *Inventory* app when you create a new rule in a route." +"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " +"depending on the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:141 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 msgid "" -"To specify them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Routes` and add a push rule to set a delay. Of course, you need to activate " -"*Multi-step Routes* to use this feature." +"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " +"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " +"for your supplier to deliver your order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:149 -msgid "At the sale order level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:152 -msgid "Expected date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:154 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 msgid "" -"In the *Sales* application, you have the possibility to activate the option " -"*Delivery Date*. It will allow you to see additional fields on the sale " -"order." +"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:158 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" -"By enabling this option, Odoo will indicate the *Expected Date* in the " -"*Other Info* tab of the sales order. This one is automatically computed " -"based on the different lead times." +"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " +"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:165 -msgid "" -"If you set a *Commitment Date* to deliver your customer that is earlier than" -" the *Expected Date*, a warning message will appear on the screen." +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 +msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:175 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 +msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" +msgstr "Plazo de entrega de fabricación" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 msgid "" -"To better understand all the above info, here is an example. You may sell a " -"car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, and you promise to " -"deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20th). In such a scenario, the" -" scheduler will trigger the following events, based on your configuration:" +"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." +" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " +"number of days the manufacturing takes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:181 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 msgid "" -"January 19: this is the actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety " -"Days);" +"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " +"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" +" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of " +"July is June 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:183 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 msgid "" -"January 18: you receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase " -"days);" +"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " +"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:185 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "" -"January 10: this is the deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of " -"Supplier Delivery Lead Time);" +"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:187 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since they " -"need, on average, 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " +"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " +"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on " +"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +msgid "Global Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 +msgid "Here is a configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 +msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 +msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 +msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " +"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " +"here is when all the various steps are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " +"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +msgid "" +"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" +" security lead time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 +msgid "" +"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " +"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " +"Manufacturing)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 +msgid "" +"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " +"security lead time for sales)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 @@ -3233,7 +3590,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Kits?" +msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 @@ -5034,250 +5391,6 @@ msgstr "" " órden pendiente si espera procesar los productos pendientes luego, no cree " "una órden pendiente si no suministrará/recibirá los productos pendientes." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a procurement rule?" -msgstr "¿Qué es una regla de adquisición?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " -"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" -" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " -"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " -"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " -"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " -"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" -" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " -"dissatisfaction." -msgstr "" -"El sistema de control de adquisición de inventario empieza con una órden de " -"cliente. Con esta estrategia, las compañías solo fabrican suficiente " -"producto para satisfacer las órdenes de clientes. Una ventaja del sistema es" -" que no hay exceso de inventario que requiera ser almacenado, así se reducen" -" los niveles de inventario y el costo de transporte y almacenaje de " -"mercancía. Sin embargo, una ventaja mayor al sistema de arranque es que es " -"posible de ejecutar dentro de órdenes dilema, como un proveedor que no puede" -" obtener un envío a tiempo. Esto le deja a la compañía imposibilitada de " -"completar la órden y contribuye a la insatisfacción del cliente." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 -msgid "" -"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" -" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " -"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " -"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " -"of storing goods." -msgstr "" -"Un ejemplo de un sistema de control de inventario de arranque es la " -"fabricación por pedido. El objetivo es mantener los niveles de inventario al" -" mínimo solo teniendo suficiente inventario, no más no menos, para cubrir la" -" demanda del cliente. El sistema MTO elimina el desecho reduciendo el monto " -"de espacio de almacenamiento requerido para inventario y los costos de " -"almacenamiento de mercancías." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " -"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " -"using rules\"." -msgstr "" -"Las reglas de adquisición son parte de las rutas. Vaya a la aplicación de " -"Inventario>Configuración>Ajustes y marque \"Ruteado avanzado de productos " -"usando reglas\"." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 -msgid "Procurement rules settings" -msgstr "Ajustes de reglas de adquisición" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 -msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." -msgstr "En la sección de reglas de Adquisición, de clic en Agregar un ítem." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " -"possible :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 -msgid "Move from another location rules" -msgstr "Trasladar desde otra ubicación de reglas" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 -msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " -"manufacturing rules." -msgstr "" -"La aplicación de Producción debe ser instalada para impulsar las reglas de " -"producción." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " -"rules." -msgstr "" -"La aplicación de Compras debe ser instalada para impulsar las reglas de " -"**compra**." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " -"defined." -msgstr "" -"Algunas Configuraciones de Bodega crean rutas con reglas de adquisición ya " -"definidas." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 -msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" -msgstr ":doc:`regla_de_arranque`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:72 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 -msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -msgstr ":doc:`entre_bodega`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" -msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a push rule?" -msgstr "¿Qué es una regla de arranque?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" -" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " -"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " -"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " -"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " -"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " -"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " -"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " -"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " -"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " -"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " -"inability to meet customer demand for the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" -" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " -"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " -"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " -"be triggered automatically or manually." -msgstr "" -"Un flujo de arranque indica como las ubicaciones son enlazadas con otras. " -"Tan pronto como una cantidad dada de productos es trasladada en la ubicación" -" de origen, automáticamente es proyectado un movimiento encadenado de " -"acuerdo a los parámetros configurados en la especificación de flujo " -"(ubicación de destino, retraso, tipo de movimiento, diario). Puede ser " -"impulsado automáticamente o manualmente." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" -" rules**." -msgstr "" -"Las reglas de arranque son parte de las rutas. Vaya al menú " -":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y marque **Ruteado" -" avanzado de productos usando reglas**. " - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 -msgid "Push rules settings" -msgstr "Ajustes de reglas de impulso" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Routes`." -msgstr "" -"Las reglas de impulso están configuradas en las rutas. Vaya a " -":menuselection:`Configuración --> Rutas`." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 -msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "En la sección de reglas de impulso, de clic en **Agregar un ítem**." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " -"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " -"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " -"quality control location move to the stock." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede configurar las condiciones de su regla. En este ejemplo, cuando " -"la mercancía esta en **ubicación de entrada**, este requiere ser movido a " -"control de calidad. En los recibos de 3 pasos, otra regla de impulso hará " -"que la mercancía que esta en la ubicación de control de calidad se traslade " -"a existencias." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." -msgstr "" -"Algunas Configuraciones de Bodega crean rutas con reglas de impulso ya " -"definidas." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 -msgid "Stock transfers" -msgstr "Transferencias de Inventario" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" -" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " -"waiting." -msgstr "" -"La regla de impulso accionará la transferencia de inventario. De acuerdo a " -"la configuración de la regla en su ruta, verá que algunas transferencias " -"podrían estar listas y otras en espera." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " -"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." -msgstr "" -"La regla de impulso que fue configurada antes creará movimientos desde la " -"ubicación **WH/Entrada** a la ubicación **WH/Control de Calidad**." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:74 -msgid "" -"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " -"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" -" the main stock." -msgstr "" -"En este ejemplo, otro movimiento esta en espera de acuerdo con la segunda " -"regla de impulso, la cual define cuando esta listo el control de calidad, la" -" mercancía será movida al inventario principal." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" -msgstr ":doc:`adquisición_regla`" - #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" msgstr "" @@ -5338,228 +5451,469 @@ msgid "" " A and one in warehouse B." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 -msgid "How to use routes?" -msgstr "¿Cómo usar las reglas?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" -" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 +msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" msgstr "" -"Una ruta es una recopilación de reglas de adquisición y reglas de impulso. " -"Odoo puede administrar configuraciones avanzadas de rutas de " -"impulso/arranque, por ejemplo:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" -msgstr "Gestionar cadenas de fabricación de productos" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " +"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " +"in the retail channel." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 -msgid "Manage default locations per product" -msgstr "Gestiona ubicaciones predeterminadas por producto" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " +"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" +" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " +"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +msgid "Inside the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " +"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " +"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " +"trigger all the route's rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " +"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" +" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " +"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " +"stored in their respective locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " +"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " +"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " +"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" +" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" +" to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 +msgid "Pull Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 +msgid "" +"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " +"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 +msgid "" +"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " +"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" +" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " +"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " +"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " +"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " +"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " +"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " +"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 +msgid "" +"All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " +"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " +"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "Reglas push" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " +"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " +"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" +" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 +msgid "" +"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " +"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " +"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" +" products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " +"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " +"their *Storage Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " +"upstream transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" +" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " +"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " +"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 +msgid "Use Routes and Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " +"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 +msgid "Manage default locations per product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 msgid "" "Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" +"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" msgstr "" -"Defina rutas dentro de su bodega de acuerdo a las necesidades del negocio, " -"como control de calidad, servicios post-venta o devoluciones de proveedor" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 msgid "" -"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " -"products" +"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products." msgstr "" -"Ayudar a la gestión de alquileres, generando movimientos automáticos de " -"devolución de productos alquilados" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " -"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " -"routing of products using rules**." +"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " +"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " +"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." msgstr "" -"Las reglas de adquisición son parte de las rutas. Vaya a la aplicación de " -"**Inventario**, :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` y marque " -"\"Ruteado avanzado de productos usando reglas\"." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 -msgid "Pre-configured routes" -msgstr "Rutas pre-configuradas" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 -msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." -msgstr "Odoo tiene algunas rutas pre-configuradas para sus bodegas." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 msgid "" -"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`." +"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" +"Step Routes*." msgstr "" -"En la aplicación de Inventario, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> " -"Bodegas`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 msgid "" -"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " -"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." +"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" +"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." msgstr "" -"En la pestaña de **Configuración de Bodega**, las opciones **Embarques " -"Llegando** y **Envíos Saliendo** configuran algunas rutas de acuerdo a sus " -"elecciones." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 +msgid "Pre-configured Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " +"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " +"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " +"incoming and outgoing shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" +" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " +"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " +"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " +"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " +"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" +" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" +" rules for the pre-configured route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "Rutas personalizadas" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Routes`." +"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " +"selected. Of course, combinations are available." msgstr "" -"En la aplicación de **Inventario**, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración -->" -" Rutas`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 msgid "" -"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " -"can combine several choices." +"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " +"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." msgstr "" -"Primero, debe seleccionar los lugares donde esta ruta puede ser " -"seleccionada. Puede combinar varias elecciones." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 -msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" -msgstr "Rutas aplicadas en bodegas" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 msgid "" -"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" -" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " -"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." +"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " +"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " +"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " +"the same category." msgstr "" -"Si marca **Bodegas**, debe elegir en cual bodega será aplicada. La ruta será" -" configurada para todas las transferencias en esa bodega que apliquen a las " -"condiciones de las reglas de adquisición e impulso." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 -msgid "Routes applied on products" -msgstr "Rutas aplicadas en productos" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 msgid "" -"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " -"be applied." +"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " +"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " +"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." msgstr "" -"Si marca **Productos**, debe configurar manualmente en cual producto será " -"aplicada." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," -" select the route(s):" +"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " +"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " +"if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" -"Abra el producto en el cual desea aplicar las rutas " -"(:menuselection:`Inventario --> Control --> Productos`). En la pestaña de " -"Inventario, seleccione la(s) ruta(s):" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 -msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" -msgstr "Rutas aplicadas en Categorías de Productos" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 msgid "" -"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " -"categories it will be applied." +"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" +" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." msgstr "" -"Si marca **Categorías de Productos**, deberá configurar manualmente en que " -"categorías será aplicada." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 +msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" -" under the **Logistics** section :" +"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " +"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" +" on which product it must be applied." msgstr "" -"Abra el producto en el cual desea aplicar las rutas " -"(:menuselection:`Configuración --> --> Categorías de Productos`). Seleccione" -" la(s) ruta(s) bajo la sección **Logística**:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 -msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" -msgstr "Rutas aplicadas en líneas de Órden de Ventas" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 msgid "" -"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " -"time you make a sale order." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " +"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" +" tab* and select the route you’ve created." msgstr "" -"Si marca **Líneas de órden de ventas**, debe configurar manualmente la ruta " -"cada vez que realice una órden de venta." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 msgid "" -"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" -" the sales order." +"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " +"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " +"are vital to have working routings." msgstr "" -"Para hacerlo funcionar, también debe activar el uso de las rutas en las " -"órdenes de venta." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "Reglas" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 msgid "" -"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" +" section, and click on *Add a line* button." msgstr "" -"En la aplicación de Ventas, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> " -"Ajustes` y marque **Elegir rutas específicas en líneas de órden de venta " -"(avanzado)**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 -msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" -msgstr "Ahora puede elegir las rutas para cada línea de sus órdenes de venta:" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 -msgid "Procurement and push rules" -msgstr "Reglas de adquisición e impulso" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 -msgid "Please refer to the documents:" -msgstr "Por favor refiérase a los documentos:" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 -msgid "Procurement configuration" -msgstr "Configuración de adquisiciones" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 msgid "" -"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " -"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " -"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " -"**Preferred Routes**:" +"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " +"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " +"of them:" msgstr "" -"Cuando realice una requisición de adquisición, puede forzar la ruta que " -"desee usar. En el producto (:menuselection:`Control de Inventario --> " -"Productos`), de clic en **Requerimiento de Adquisición**. Elija la ruta que " -"desee usar a continuación en **Rutas Preferidas**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 -msgid "Make-to-Order Route" -msgstr "Ruta Órden Bajo Pedido" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 msgid "" -"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " -"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " -"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " -"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." +"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " +"specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " +"validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. " +"When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to " +"fulfill this need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 +msgid "" +"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " +"defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, " +"Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 +msgid "" +"**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different " +"situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a " +"specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " +"fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a " +"rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the " +"products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 +msgid "" +"**Buy**: when products are needed at the source location, a request for " +"quotation is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 +msgid "" +"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " +"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 +msgid "" +"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " +"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " +"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " +"source location:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " +"source location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" +" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " +"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " +"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " +"source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 +msgid "" +"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " +"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " +"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " +"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " +"alert in the form of a *next activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 +msgid "What about a full flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " +"full flow with an advanced custom route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +msgid "" +"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " +"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " +"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " +"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " +"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " +"the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +msgid "" +"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " +"created to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " +"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " +"transfer in the list is not done yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " +"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +msgid "" +"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " +"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " +"required products from the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +msgid "" +"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " +"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " +"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" +" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " +"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +msgid "" +"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " +"have been triggered and the transfers done." msgstr "" -"Si trabaja sin inventario, o con reglas de inventario mínimo, es mejor usar " -"la ruta **Fabricar bajo Pedido**. Combinela con la ruta **Comprar** o " -"**Fabricar** y automáticamente accionará la órden de compra o la Órden de " -"Producción cuando sus productos estén agotados." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po index bcb37f2de..ff1ab12ea 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po @@ -3,14 +3,21 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Luis M. Ontalba , 2020 +# Pablo Rojas , 2020 +# AleEscandon , 2020 +# Vivian Montana , 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: AleEscandon , 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Vivian Montana , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -22,66 +29,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:3 +#: ../../iot/config.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:3 msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:5 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:5 msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:10 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:10 msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:15 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:15 msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:21 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:21 msgid "Ethernet Connection" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:23 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:23 msgid "" "Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" " (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:26 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:26 msgid "Power on the IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:28 -msgid "Then click on the Scan button." +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:34 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:40 msgid "WiFi Connection" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:36 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:42 msgid "Power on the IoT Box" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:38 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:44 msgid "Copy the token" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:43 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:48 msgid "" "Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " "plugged in your computer)." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:49 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:53 msgid "" "You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " "to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " "and paste the token, then click on next." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:57 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:60 msgid "" "If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " "(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" @@ -89,104 +113,175 @@ msgid "" "**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:63 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:66 msgid "" "Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " "there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " "redirected to your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:70 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:72 msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:76 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:78 msgid "IoT Box Schema" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:3 +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 +msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" +" our latest updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 +msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__, " +"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " +"and launch it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, download the latest image `here " +"`__, and extract it from the " +"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " +"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " +"minutes for it to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:3 +msgid "IoT Box not found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" +" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " +"can follow to find your IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:10 +msgid "HTTPS Issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:12 +msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " +"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" +" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " +"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " +"can be found `here `__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`flash_sdcard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:9 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:9 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "Pre-requisitos" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:11 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:11 msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:13 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13 msgid "An IoT Box" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:15 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15 msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:17 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" msgstr "Una computadora o tableta con un navegador web actualizado a la fecha" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:19 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:19 msgid "" "A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " "installed" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:22 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:24 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24 msgid "" "An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " "(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " "`__)" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:28 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:28 msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" msgstr "" "Un Escáner de código de barras USB Honeywell Eclipse u otro escáner " "compatible" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:30 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30 msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" msgstr "Un cajón de dinero Epson compatible" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:32 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32 msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:35 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:35 msgid "Set Up" msgstr "Configurar" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:37 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:37 msgid "" "To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this `documentation " -"`__." +"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:44 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:46 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:46 msgid "" "Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " "`__, but other hardware" " might work as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:50 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:50 msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." msgstr "" "**Impresora**: Conectar una impresora ESC/POS a un puerto USB y encenderla." -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:53 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:53 msgid "" "**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " "RJ25 cable." @@ -194,7 +289,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Cajón de dinero**: El cajón de dinero debe conectarse a la impresora con " "un cable RJ25." -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:56 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56 msgid "" "**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" " scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " @@ -208,18 +303,18 @@ msgstr "" "barras con una tecla ENTER (código clave 28). Esto es más probable en la " "configuración por defecto de su escáner." -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:62 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:62 msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." msgstr "**Escala**: Conecte su escala y enciéndala. " -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:64 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:64 msgid "" "**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " "Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " "device." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:68 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 msgid "" "**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " "not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " @@ -227,26 +322,26 @@ msgid "" "on boot." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:73 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:73 msgid "" "Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" -" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the box \"IoT" +" Box\" and select the IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:77 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:77 msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:80 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:80 msgid "Troubleshoot" msgstr "Solución de problemas" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:83 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:83 msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:85 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:85 msgid "" "The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" " with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" @@ -254,48 +349,48 @@ msgid "" "receipt is printed, check the following steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:91 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:91 msgid "" "Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " "LED." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:94 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:94 msgid "" "Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " "status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " "ready ~2 minutes after it is started." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:98 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:98 msgid "" "Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " "Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " "devices on your network router." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:102 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:102 msgid "" "If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" " corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:106 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:106 msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." msgstr "Asegúrese que el PdV no está cargado sobre HTTPS." -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:108 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:108 msgid "" "A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " "working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" " the POS configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:113 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:113 msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" msgstr "El escáner de código de barra no está funcionando" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:115 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:115 msgid "" "The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " "each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " @@ -307,14 +402,14 @@ msgstr "" "barras. Consulte la documentación del lector de código de barras para " "obtener más información." -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:120 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:120 msgid "" "The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " "you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " "enough power." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:124 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:124 msgid "" "Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" " unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" @@ -325,28 +420,28 @@ msgstr "" "proporcionada. En estos casos usted puede conectar el escáner de código de " "barras en un concentrador USB con alimentación propia." -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:129 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:129 msgid "" "Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " "scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " "IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:134 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:134 msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" msgstr "El escáner de código de barra no está funcionando de manera segura" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:136 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:136 msgid "" "Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " "Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:140 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:140 msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" msgstr "Impresión del recibo tarda demasiado tiempo" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:142 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:142 msgid "" "A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " "some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " @@ -354,21 +449,21 @@ msgid "" "and the IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:148 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:148 msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" msgstr "Algunos caracteres no se imprimen correctamente en el recibo" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:150 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:150 msgid "" "The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " "supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:155 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:155 msgid "The printer is offline" msgstr "La impresora está fuera de línea" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:157 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:157 msgid "" "Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " "lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " @@ -378,14 +473,385 @@ msgstr "" "suficiente papel y tener su tapa cerrada, y que no informe error. Si el " "error persiste, póngase en contacto con soporte." -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:162 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:162 msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" msgstr "El cajón de dinero no abre" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:164 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:164 msgid "" "The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" " the POS configuration." msgstr "" "El cajón de dinero debe estar conectado a la impresora y se debe activar en " "la configuración de la terminal." + +#: ../../iot/devices.rst:3 +msgid "Devices" +msgstr "Dispositivos" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" +" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " +"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " +"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " +"control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:12 ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:11 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "Conexión" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply combine the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:18 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter could be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If your camera is a `*supported one* `__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " +"soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you could need to restart the box and download your camera’s " +"drivers from the box. To do so, go to your *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:35 +msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:38 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:42 +msgid "With the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " +"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " +"the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " +"list. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " +"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" +" will allow you to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " +"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another by using your " +"foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be configured in a few " +"steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to combine" +" the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If your footswitch is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"automatically detected when connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If it is not a supported one, you may need to restart the box and download " +"your footswitch’s drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home " +"Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:37 +msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " +"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " +"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" +" also add a key to trigger it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " +"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " +"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " +"correctly connected to the footswitch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " +"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"`__,." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 +msgid "Connect in USB" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " +"restart the Box and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If the device is not found, make sure the drivers have well been loaded on " +"your IoT Box. For this, connect to the *IoT Box Homepage* and click on load " +"drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:27 +msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " +"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:33 +msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:39 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " +"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " +"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " +"list. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " +"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " +"while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To connect the printer to the *IoT Box*, you just have to combine the two by" +" cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:17 +msgid "Sometimes, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your printer is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " +"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you may need to restart the box and download your printer’s " +"drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:37 +msgid "Link the Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +msgid "To Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"print labels for manufactured products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " +"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " +"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" +" *Print Label* button will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "To Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " +"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:69 +msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" +" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " +"select and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " +"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" +" print it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" +" directly from your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *PoS* " +"settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check the *IoT " +"Box* feature. Then, enable the *Receipt Printer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Now, on your *PoS* view, you will be able to print different kinds of " +"tickets: **receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:101 +msgid "" +"For the receipt, it will be printed once the order is validated. The process" +" is automated when you enable the feature in your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " +"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " +"current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +msgid "" +"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" +" settings, activate bills and a *Bill* button will appear in the left panel." +" Click on it and it will print the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:119 +msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:121 +msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " +"*Order Printer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create and select the *IoT Box* with all" +" the categories of product that should be printed in the *Printer Product " +"Categories* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:136 +msgid "" +"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " +"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, a ticket " +"will be printed." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po index 83c8f3e56..3a89e2030 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po @@ -4,18 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Nicolás Broggi , 2020 -# Victoria Quesada , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Victoria Quesada , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,233 +23,253 @@ msgstr "" "Language: es\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "Charla en vivo" +#: ../../livechat/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Información general" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 -msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" -msgstr "Hable en tiempo real con los visitantes del sitio web" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " -"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " -"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," -" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " -"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " -"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" msgstr "" -"Con Odoo Live Chat, puede establecer un contacto directo con los visitantes " -"de su sitio web. Un cuadro de diálogo simple estará disponible en su " -"pantalla y les permitirá ponerse en contacto con uno de sus representantes " -"de ventas. De esta manera, puede convertir fácilmente a los prospectos en " -"posibles oportunidades comerciales. También podrá brindar asistencia a sus " -"clientes. En general, esta es la herramienta perfecta para mejorar la " -"satisfacción del cliente." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" -" and then click on install." +"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " +"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" +" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " +"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." msgstr "" -"Para obtener la función de chat en vivo, abra el módulo Aplicaciones, busque" -" \"Chat en vivo\" y luego haga clic en instalar." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 msgid "" -"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " -"operators can easily join and leave the chat." +"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " +"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" +" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Live Chat`." msgstr "" -"El módulo Live Chat le proporciona acceso directo a sus canales. Allí, los " -"operadores pueden unirse fácilmente y abandonar el chat." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" -msgstr "Agregue el chat en vivo a un sitio web de Odoo" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" -"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " -"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" -" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " -"website." +"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." msgstr "" -"Si su sitio web fue creado con Odoo, entonces el chat en vivo se agrega " -"automáticamente. Todo lo que queda por hacer es ir a: menu selection: `Sitio" -" web -> Configuración -> Configuración` para seleccionar el canal que se va " -"a vincular al sitio web." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 -msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" -msgstr "Agregue el chat en vivo a un sitio web externo" +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "For both scenarios, under:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " -"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " -"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " -"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." +"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " +"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " +"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." msgstr "" -"Si su sitio web no se creó con Odoo, vaya al módulo Chat en vivo y luego " -"seleccione el canal que se va a vincular. Allí, simplemente copie y pegue el" -" código disponible en su sitio web. También se proporciona una URL " -"específica que puede enviar a clientes o proveedores para que accedan al " -"chat en vivo." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 -msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" -msgstr "Ocultar / mostrar el chat en vivo de acuerdo a las reglas" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 msgid "" -"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " -"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " -"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" -" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " -"of time it takes for the chat to appear." +"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " +"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " +"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." msgstr "" -"Las reglas para el chat en vivo se pueden definir en el formulario del " -"canal. Por ejemplo, puede elegir mostrar el chat en los países en los que " -"habla el idioma. Por el contrario, puede ocultar el chat en países en los " -"que su empresa no vende. Si selecciona *Auto popup*, también puede " -"establecer el tiempo que tarda el chat en aparecer." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 -msgid "Prepare automatic messages" -msgstr "Preparar mensajes automáticos" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 msgid "" -"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" -" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" -" through the live chat." +"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " +"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " +"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." msgstr "" -"En el formulario del canal, en la sección *Opciones*, se pueden escribir " -"varios mensajes para que aparezcan automáticamente en el chat. Esto atraerá " -"a los visitantes a contactarlo a través del chat en vivo." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 -msgid "Start chatting with customers" -msgstr "Comience a chatear con los clientes" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 msgid "" -"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " -"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " -"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " -"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." +"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " +"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " +"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." msgstr "" -"Para comenzar a chatear con los clientes, primero asegúrese de que el canal " -"esté publicado en su sitio web. Para hacerlo, seleccione *No publicado en el" -" sitio web* en la esquina superior derecha del formulario del canal para " -"alternar la configuración *Publicado*. Luego, el chat en vivo puede comenzar" -" una vez que un operador se haya unido al canal." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "External options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 msgid "" -"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " -"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." +"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" +" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." msgstr "" -"Si no hay un operador disponible y/o si el canal no está publicado en el " -"sitio web, el botón de chat en vivo no aparecerá para los visitantes." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " -"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " -"answered wherever you are in Odoo." +"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " +"single live chat page." msgstr "" -"Las conversaciones iniciadas por visitantes aparecerán en el módulo de " -"Discusión y también aparecerán como un mensaje directo haciendo que " -"despliegue el cuadro de conversación. De esta forma podrá responder las " -"consultas desde cualquier módulo en Odoo. " -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "Managing chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 msgid "" -"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " -"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." +"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " +"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" +" Odoo." msgstr "" -"Si más de un operador ingresa a un canal el sistema les va a generar " -"sesiones de visitante de manera aleatoria. " -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " +"operators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 +msgid "Leave or join a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Valoraciones" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " +"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " +"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Customer Rating" +msgstr "Valoración del cliente" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " +"for an explanation is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 +msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "Make the rating public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " +"rating of that channel on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 +msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" +"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 msgid "Use commands" msgstr "Usar comandos" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 msgid "" -"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " -"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " -"into the chat. The following actions are available :" +"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" msgstr "" -"Los comandos son atajos útiles para completar ciertas acciones o para " -"acceder a la información que pueda necesitar. Para usar esta función, " -"simplemente escriba los comandos en el chat. Las siguientes acciones están " -"disponibles:" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 -msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." -msgstr "**/help**: muestra un mensaje de ayuda." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 +msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 -msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk** : crea un ticket de servicio de asistencia." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 +msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 -msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk\\_search** : busca un ticket de servicio de asistencia." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 +msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 -msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." -msgstr "**/history** : ver 15 últimas páginas visitadas." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 +msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 -msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." -msgstr "**/lead** : crea una nueva iniciativa." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 +msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 -msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." -msgstr "**/leave** : dejar el canal." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 +msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 msgid "" -"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " -"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " -"The same goes for the creation of a lead." +"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " +"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." msgstr "" -"Si se crea un ticket de servicio de asistencia desde el chat, la " -"conversación de la que se generó aparecerá automáticamente como la " -"descripción del ticket. Lo mismo ocurre con la creación de una iniciativa." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " +"link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" +" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 msgid "Send canned responses" msgstr "Enviar respuestas guardadas" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " -"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " -"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " -"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," -" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " -"assigned." +"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " +"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " +"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." msgstr "" -"Las respuestas guardadas le permiten crear sustitutos a oraciones genéricas " -"que usa con frecuencia. Escribir una palabra en vez de varias le ahorrará " -"mucho tiempo. Para agregar respuestas guardadas, vaya a: menuselection: " -"`CHAT EN VIVO -> Configuración -> Respuestas guardadas` y cree todas las que" -" necesite. Luego, para usarlos durante un chat, simplemente escriba \":\" " -"seguido del atajo que asignó." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 msgid "" -"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " -"visitors, enjoy !" +"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " +"shortcut word you created." msgstr "" -"Ahora tiene todas las herramientas necesarias para chatear en vivo con los " -"visitantes de su sitio web, ¡disfrútelo!" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po index 3f5ee050f..c8279886b 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po @@ -4,18 +4,19 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2018 -# Vivian Montana , 2019 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020 +# Jon Perez , 2020 +# Fernando La Chica , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Vivian Montana , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -31,174 +32,520 @@ msgstr "Fabricación" msgid "Manufacturing Management" msgstr "" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 +msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, " +"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." +" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," +" it is not that simple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when," +" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure " +"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " +"alternative work center to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " +"will be noticed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 +msgid "Configure your Work Centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " +"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" +" vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " +"operation to it before saving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" +" to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 +msgid "Create your Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to " +"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " +"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " +"assembled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " +"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" +" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" +" usual one is free." +msgstr "" + #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials" -msgstr "¿Cómo crear una lista de materiales?" +msgid "Create Bills of Materials" +msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 msgid "" -"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component " -"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to " -"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps." +"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " +"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" +" individual steps of the manufacturing process." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 msgid "" -"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM " -"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, " -"describe multiple variants of the same product." +"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" +" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " +"product only." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 -msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM" -msgstr "Configuración de una lista de materiales básica" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 msgid "" -"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing " -"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings." +"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 +msgid "Setting up a BoM" msgstr "" -"Si eliges administrar tus operaciones de manufactura usando sólo órdenes de " -"producción, tendrás que definir la lista de materiales sin ruta de " -"producción" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 msgid "" -"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a " -"product and at least one component (components are considered products in " -"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on " -"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory " -"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have " -"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant " -"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of " -"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of " -"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form." +"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage" +" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other " +"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " +"not track the steps the product goes through." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 msgid "" -"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. " -"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for " -"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** " -"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time." +"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " +"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " +"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:35 -msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM" -msgstr "Agregar la ruta de producción a la lista de materiales" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " +"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" +" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " +"*Manufacture this Product*." +msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 -msgid "" -"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product " -"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be " -"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more " -"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings." +msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 msgid "" -"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, " -"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a " -"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly." +"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" +" same as for the standard product." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 msgid "" -"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is " -"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**" -" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be " -"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at " -"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be " -"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing." +"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " +"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " +"each component line. You can add several variants for each component." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:58 -msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 +msgid "Adding a routing" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 msgid "" -"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the " -"primary product." +"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " +"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "" -"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" +" times." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 msgid "" -"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials " -"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any " -"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step " -"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM." +"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" +" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " +"dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 +msgid "Adding By-Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " +"the primary product." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 -msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:80 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 msgid "" -"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a " -"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-" -"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your " -"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM " -"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM." +"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" +" *Manufacturing* app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 msgid "" -"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-" -"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the " -"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing" -" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each " -"subassembly is created as well." +"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " +"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " +"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 -msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:3 +msgid "Use flexible components consumption" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:96 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:5 msgid "" -"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. " -"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each " -"subassembly as you would for any product." +"Sometimes, you might need more components than usual to manufacture a " +"product. Let’s say that you produce a desk combination of 4 desks and two " +"chairs but your customer asks you one more desk. Alright, you can do that. " +"But you will need to register it!" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:104 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29 -msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:106 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes " -"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes " -"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no " -"effect." +"In case this happens, Odoo has the *flexible components consumption* feature" +" available. If you enable it, you will be able to consume as many components" +" as needed and it will make you save time in the registration of your items " +"consumption." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to " -"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the " -"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference." +"Using flexible component consumption is easy and can be done in a few steps." +" All you need is a *BoM* and a *Quality Control Point*. Therefore, you will " +"need to activate the feature *Quality* in the *MRP* app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120 -msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First, open the *BoM* you want to use for flexible component consumption and" +" edit it. In the *Miscellaneous* tab, choose *Flexible* as the consumption " +"type. Then, save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, in the *Quality* app, open the *Control Point* menu, under *Quality " +"Control* and create a new *Quality Control Point*. Choose your product, your" +" operation and work order operation. Then, choose *Register Consumed " +"Materials* as type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Next, go back to your *Manufacturing* app and create a *Manufacturing " +"order*. Choose the product for which you have created the flexible *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Then, confirm it and launch the process step. While processing, you will " +"have the possibility to consume more components than expected in the *BoM*. " +"To do so, click on *Continue Consumption*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:49 +msgid "" +"When the job is over, you will find a summary of your component consumption " +"in the *Finished Steps* tab of your work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " +"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*." +" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of" +" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " +"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 +msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" +msgstr "Gestión del Stock de los Componentes" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " +"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation" +" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " +"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image " +"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " +"image shows the corresponding delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 +msgid "" +"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, " +"create each component product as you would with any other product, then " +"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the " +"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track " +"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. " +"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " +"be unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " +"preference. The component products require no particular configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit " +"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this" +" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " +"default values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 +msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" +msgstr "Gestión del Stock de los productos Kit y sus componentes" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a " +"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using " +"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. " +"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " +"product will appear in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select " +"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales " +"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " +"stock management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " +"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" +" order* rather than a packing operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 +msgid "Process Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage your manufacturing process in two different ways. " +"You can work with one document, or decide to have more information and " +"control over it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In the first case, Odoo makes things easier and helps you manage work with " +"one document only: the manufacturing order. No complex steps during the " +"process, you just have to schedule the job and record the production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:14 +msgid "" +"But, if you need more control, you can use additional documents (steps) to " +"your manufacturing process. This way, *Manufacturing Orders* are divided " +"into one or more steps defined by *Work Orders* and performed in a sequence " +"defined by *routings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Using Odoo will allow you to precisely schedule the job, analyze your " +"efficiency but also have ease when realizing each step of your manufacturing" +" process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 +msgid "Manage Manufacturing Without Routings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If your manufacturing process is limited to one place, one person and one " +"step, you will probably use manufacturing orders without routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, it is the default behavior. If work this way, there are two basic " +"phases from planning to production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 +msgid "Create a manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 +msgid "Record the production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:37 +msgid "Manage Manufacturing with Routings and Work Centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To use *Work Centers* and *Routings*, you will need to enable the *Work " +"Orders* feature. To do so, go to the *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Now, you can add routings to *BoMs* and configure your operations taking " +"place at different *work centers*. The *Work Centers* are the locations at " +"which work orders are performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When manufacturing this way, each *Work Order* is scheduled individually. " +"You will also have access to time and capacity planning, as well as reports " +"on costing and efficiency for each *Work Center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:60 +msgid "Thus, the workflow is divided into three basic phases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:62 +msgid "Create the manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:67 +msgid "Schedule the associated work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:72 +msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Plan Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, companies need to schedule their work orders. Doing so, they " +"can organize the work for the whole day and be sure everything goes well. It" +" helps to avoid scheduling multiple work orders at the same time when you " +"don’t have the capacity to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, companies can schedule the planned start date for their " +"manufacturing orders. No possible duplication, no potential issues with the " +"planning. And, if you plan two work orders at the same work center, at the " +"same hour, the second one will be scheduled right after the first one, " +"avoiding work superposition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:17 +msgid "Create the Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The first thing you need to do is to open the *Manufacturing* app. Then, Go " +"to the settings and enable the *Work Orders* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. Choose your " +"product and add a *Planned Start Date*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The “Deadline Start” field is informative. It shows you until when you can " +"launch the manufacturing order to fulfill the initial demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Mark your *Manufacturing Order* as todo and plan it. By going to the " +"*Planning* menu, you can access to the scheduled orders. Here is the one we " +"just created:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you plan two work orders at the same hour, the second one will be " +"scheduled after the first one if the jobs need to be done at the same work " +"center. The start date will, then, be automatically updated considering the " +"first free slot on the work center." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you overrun the planned date and begin the job later, you will have a " +"track of it in the *Time Tracking* tab of your work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:122 #: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " @@ -206,7 +553,6 @@ msgid "" "Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:129 #: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" "You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" @@ -215,7 +561,6 @@ msgid "" "variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134 #: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 msgid "" "When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " @@ -223,195 +568,497 @@ msgid "" "used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 +msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 msgid "" -"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " -"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. " -"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the " -"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and " -"Manufacturing apps must be installed." +"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product " +"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " +"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " +"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 -msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 msgid "" -"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of " -"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing " -"step." +"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " +"configurations." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 +msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 msgid "" -"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation " -"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " -"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left " -"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at " -"right shows the corresponding delivery order." +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 +msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 msgid "" -"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, " -"create each component product as you would any other product, then create " -"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route " -"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the" -" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot " -"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked." +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" +" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 msgid "" -"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " -"preference. The component products require no special configuration." +"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " +"in the BoM of the kit." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 +msgid "Manufacturing Order" +msgstr "Orden de fabricación" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit " -"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship " -"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with " -"their default values." +"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as " +"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The " +"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " +"kit BoM." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53 -msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 msgid "" -"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use" -" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a" -" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The " -"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product " -"will appear in your stock." +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " +"this BoM." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 msgid "" -"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select " -"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales " -"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable " -"stock management." +"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the " +"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, " +"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of " +"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" +" kit BoM." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 +msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 msgid "" -"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture " -"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing" -" order rather than a packing operation." +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " +"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 -msgid "How to process a manufacturing order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introducción" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:8 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 msgid "" -"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way " -"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing " -"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise " -"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing " -"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, " -"performed in an order defined by **routings**." +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:17 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 msgid "" -"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the " -"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in " -"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by " -"work orders and routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There " -"are two basic phases from planning to production:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:52 -msgid "Create manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 -msgid "Record Production" -msgstr "registro de producción" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage" -" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and " -"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create " -"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is " -"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity " -"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When " -"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component " -"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added" -" step of scheduling work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:50 -msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:54 -msgid "Schedule the associated work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:56 -msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" +"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " +"last component is consumed during the second operation." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage semi-finished products" +msgid "Manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of " +"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " +"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " +"to make another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 +msgid "" +"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. " +"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*." +" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a " +"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " +"be for subassemblies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 +msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 -msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM" +msgid "" +"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also" +" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of " +"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." +" Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " +"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 +msgid "Configure the Main BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " +"subassemblies in the list of components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level " +"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " +"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " +"available before manufacturing the finished product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 +msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " +"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 +msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 +msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 +msgid "Control subcontractors bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " +"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 +msgid "" +"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " +"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " +"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " +"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " +"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " +"directly from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" +" subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 +msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " +"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " +"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " +"subcontractor on the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " +"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " +"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " +"(3);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 +msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " +"validated receipt (5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " +"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " +"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " +"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " +"materials used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "Valoración del inventario" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 +msgid "**C = A + B + s**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 +msgid "With:" +msgstr "Con:" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 +msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 +msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " +"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " +"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " +"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " +"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " +"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" +" accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " +"proposed price coming from the finished products C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" +" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " +"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "Trazabilidad" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 +msgid "" +"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " +"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " +"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " +"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " +"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 +msgid "" +"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " +"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 +msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " +"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 +msgid "" +"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " +"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " +"subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 +msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " +"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " +"address and fill the components to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " +"approaches:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 +msgid "Reordering rules;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 +msgid "Replenish on order flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 +msgid "" +"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " +"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " +"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" +" subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " +"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " +"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " +"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " +"components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 +msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " +"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " +"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " +"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " +"shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 +msgid "" +"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " +"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "Control calidad" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 +msgid "" +"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " +"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " +"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " +"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 +msgid "" +"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " +"a new *Control Point* on the reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " +"product is received." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 @@ -472,6 +1119,163 @@ msgid "" "BoM back in stock." msgstr "" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 +msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " +"production based on your demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " +"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " +"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " +"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" +" maximum quantities to replenish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " +"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" +" them with drag and drop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by " +"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual " +"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered" +" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what " +"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is " +"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " +"information if it isn’t necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 +msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation " +"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time," +" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The" +" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " +"its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be " +"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based " +"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are " +"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " +"replenish button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " +"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " +"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " +"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " +"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 +msgid "Cells color signification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " +"colors depending on the situation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " +"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " +"demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"still matches current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"was too high considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" +" was too low considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " +"stock will be negative during the period in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 +msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102 +msgid "" +"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " +"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " +"replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 +msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109 +msgid "" +"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" +" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " +"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 +msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116 +msgid "" +"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " +"the right of its name." +msgstr "" + #: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Información general" @@ -480,32 +1284,32 @@ msgstr "Información general" msgid "Repair Management" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 msgid "Repair products" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " "but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " "defect." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 -msgid "Create a Repair Order" -msgstr "" - #: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 +msgid "Create a Repair Order" +msgstr "Crear una orden de reparación" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:14 msgid "" "Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " "new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 msgid "Manage a repair" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:23 msgid "" "When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." " Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " @@ -513,13 +1317,13 @@ msgid "" " might need, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:31 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " "customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " "able to start & end the repair when it is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:38 msgid "You can now invoice the repair." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po index 037647be1..09328286c 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Raquel Iciarte , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -316,6 +316,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" msgstr "" +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po index fcb2aa705..647ca3b94 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po @@ -6,15 +6,16 @@ # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Jon Perez , 2020 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jon Perez , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -26,120 +27,125 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Planning" msgstr "Planificación" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 -msgid "Create a schedule and make encoding easier" +#: ../../planning/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Información general" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:4 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:5 msgid "" "Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create" " shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high" " level." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:8 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 msgid "Organize your team by roles" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to" " the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under " "*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:18 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20 msgid "Make shifts recurrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:19 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:22 msgid "" "While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you " "from the need of re-planning it." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:28 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30 msgid "" "Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is " -"possible in developer mode, from *Settings*." +"possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"from *Settings*." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:32 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38 msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:36 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:41 msgid "Save shifts as templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:37 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:43 msgid "" -"If creating a shift on the fly and knowing that you will use that template " -"in the future, click on *Save as a Template*." +"If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the " +"future, click on *Save as a Template*." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:46 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 msgid "" "To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Shifts Templates --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:55 msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:52 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:57 msgid "" "When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or " "Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, " "simply click on *Copy Previous Week*." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:61 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65 msgid "" "The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you " "grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation " "time, for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 -msgid "Send planned shifts and give employees autonomy over shifts" +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 +msgid "Send Planned Shifts and Give Employees Autonomy Over Shifts" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:4 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, " -"loosing productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts " -"helps you to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." +"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, losing" +" productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts helps you " +"to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:9 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:12 msgid "" "Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include" " Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:17 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19 msgid "" "Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish " -"and Send*, employees will get an email that will redirect them to their " -"planned tasks:" +"and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned " +"tasks:" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:25 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:26 msgid "" "Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts" msgstr "Deje que los empleados se desasignen de turnos" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:30 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:31 msgid "" "Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an " "employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I " @@ -147,6 +153,6 @@ msgid "" "take it." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:45 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44 msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index 3e8c32d0e..9c64ed49a 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -8,17 +8,19 @@ # Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020 # Cristopher Cravioto , 2020 # Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# AleEscandon , 2020 # Jon Perez , 2020 +# AleEscandon , 2020 +# Nicole Kist , 2020 +# Vivian Montana , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jon Perez , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Vivian Montana , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -30,333 +32,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Point of Sale" msgstr "Punto de venta" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced topics" -msgstr "Temas avanzados" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "Usando códigos de barras en PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:20 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "Añadir códigos de barras al producto." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "Escanear productos" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:3 -msgid "Cash Rounding" -msgstr "Redondeo de efectivo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:4 -msgid "" -"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " -"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " -"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " -"made in cash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " -"totals of its bills or receipts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "" -"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" -" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" -" option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " -"*Create and Edit...*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," -" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:41 -msgid "" -"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" -" according to your settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " -"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 -msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " -"`__) is required to accept credit card payments" -" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " -"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " -"American businesses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 -msgid "" -"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " -"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " -"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 -msgid "Install Mercury" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury " -"Configurations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " -"credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods` and create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " -"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Log in with employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " -"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " -"made for that session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," -" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:16 -msgid "Set up log in with employees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " -"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " -"the cash register." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:25 -msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:28 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" -" cashier name in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:36 -msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:42 -msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " -"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:50 -msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:56 -msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " -"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" -" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:67 -msgid "Find who was the cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " -"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:75 -msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " -"receipt printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 msgid "Pricing Features" msgstr "" @@ -427,6 +102,132 @@ msgstr "" "Y luego escanear la etiqueta de descuento. Se aplicará el descuento y podrás" " finalizar la transacción." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Apply Discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " +"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " +"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " +"strategy tailored to every business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "Aplicar descuentos manuales." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " +"inside an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "Aplicar un descuento en un producto." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 +msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "Aplicar un descuento global" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 +msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 +msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" +" discount on oranges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "Aplicar descuentos por tiempo limitado." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " +"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" +" the PoS and define a default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "Crear una lista de precios" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " +"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " +"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 +msgid "" +"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " +"Then, you can finalize the order." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 msgid "Manage a loyalty program" msgstr "Gestiona un programa de lealtad" @@ -439,6 +240,19 @@ msgstr "" "Anime a sus clientes que sigan comprando en su punto de venta con un " "*Programa de lealtad*." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:20 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración" + #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 msgid "" "To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " @@ -482,7 +296,6 @@ msgstr "" "definidas en el programa de lealtad." #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 msgid "" "You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" " finalize the order in your usual way." @@ -491,7 +304,6 @@ msgstr "" " de precios. Puedes finalizar el pedido de la forma habitual." #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 msgid "" "If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " "can of course change it." @@ -499,154 +311,60 @@ msgstr "" "Si selecciona un cliente con una lista de precios predeterminada, se " "aplicará. Por supuesto, puedes cambiarlo." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "Aplicar descuentos manuales." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" msgstr "" -"Si rara vez utilizas descuentos, aplicar descuentos manuales podría ser la " -"solución más fácil para tu punto de venta." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." msgstr "" -"Puedes aplicar un descuento en todo el pedido o en productos específicos." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "Aplicar un descuento en un producto." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 -msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." -msgstr "Desde la interfaz de tu sesión, use el botón *Desc*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " -"currently selected and the discount will be applied." +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." msgstr "" -"Luego puedes ingresar un descuento (en porcentaje) sobre el producto " -"actualmente seleccionado y se aplicará el descuento." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "Aplicar un descuento global" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 msgid "" -"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 -msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " -"product discount also at 50%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "Aplicar descuentos por tiempo limitado." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " -"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " -"pricing strategy tailored to your business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " -"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " -"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" -" on *Pricelists*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "Crear una lista de precios" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " -"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " -"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " -"whole range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 -msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" -msgstr "Usando una lista de precios en la interfaz PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " -"select the right pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze sales" -msgstr "Analizar las ventas" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 -msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " -"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " -"statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " -"--> Orders`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 -msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 -msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" @@ -822,10 +540,170 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" msgstr "Lista negra de módulos: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Información general" +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Primeros pasos" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " +"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" +" device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " +"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " +"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 +msgid "Make products available in the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" +" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " +"*Available in Point of Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " +"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" +" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" +" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " +"payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " +"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 +msgid "Your first PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "Su primera orden" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 +msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 +msgid "Return and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " +"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " +"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " +"repeat the process individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " +"process the payment and validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "Cierre la sesión de PdV" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " +"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" +" the dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 +msgid "" +"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " +"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " +"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " +"post the closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " +"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database <../../iot/config/connect>` " +"and :doc:`Use the IoT Box for the PoS <../../iot/config/pos>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " +"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " +"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " +"pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 +msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 msgid "Register customers" msgstr "Registrar clientes" @@ -868,189 +746,6 @@ msgstr "" "Utilice el botón Guardar cuando haya terminado. Ahora podra seleccionar ese " "cliente en cualquier transacción futura." -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" -msgstr "Primeros pasos con el Punto de Venta de Odoo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " -"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " -"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " -"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " -"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " -"customer can be identified from the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " -"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." -msgstr "" -"Usted será capaz de ejecutar las estadísticas en tiempo real y " -"consolidaciones en todas sus tiendas sin la molestia de la integración de " -"varias aplicaciones externas." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 -msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" -msgstr "Instalar la aplicación Punto de Venta." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." -msgstr "Vaya a Aplicaciones e instale la aplicación Punto de venta." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " -"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 -msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "Hacer productos disponibles en el Punto de Venta." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" -" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" -"Para que los productos estén disponibles en el punto de venta, abra un " -"producto, vaya a la pestaña Ventas y marque la casilla \"Disponible en el " -"punto de venta\"." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." -msgstr "" -"También puede definir allí si el producto debe pesarse con una escala." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" -" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " -"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" -" in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" -" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 -msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " -"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 -msgid "Create your first PoS session" -msgstr "Crea tu primera sesión de PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "Su primera orden" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 -msgid "" -"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " -"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." -msgstr "" -"Ahora está listo para realizar sus primeras ventas a través del punto de " -"venta. Desde el panel de control de PdV, puede ver todos sus puntos de venta" -" y puede comenzar una nueva sesión." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 -msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "Ahora llegas a la interfaz PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que se completa un pedido, puedes registrar el pago. Todos los " -"métodos de pago disponibles aparecen a la izquierda de la pantalla. " -"Selecciona el método de pago e ingresa la cantidad recibida. A continuación," -" puedes validar el pago." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 -msgid "You can register the next orders." -msgstr "Puedes registrar los siguientes pedidos." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "Cierre la sesión de PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " -"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " -"now close the session from the dashboard." -msgstr "" -"Al final del día, cerrarás tu sesión de PdV. Para ello, haz clic en el botón" -" de cerrar que aparece en la esquina superior derecha y confirma. Ahora " -"puedes cerrar la sesión desde el panel de control." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 -msgid "" -"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "Es muy recomendable cerrar la sesión de PoS al final de cada día." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 -msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." -msgstr "" -"A continuación, verá un resumen de todas las transacciones por método de " -"pago." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 -msgid "" -"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" -" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." -msgstr "" -"Puede hacer clic en una línea de ese resumen para ver todos los pedidos que " -"se han pagado con este método de pago durante esa sesión de PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " -"closing entries." -msgstr "" -"Si todo esta correcto, puedes validar la sesión de PdV y publicar las " -"entradas de cierre." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 -msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." -msgstr "Está hecho, ahora haz cerrado tu primera sesión de PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " -":doc:`../../../iot/config/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/config/pos`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 msgid "Payment Terminals" msgstr "Terminales de pago" @@ -1072,9 +767,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 -msgid "Connect a Payment Terminal" -msgstr "" +msgid "Connect an IoT Box" +msgstr "Conecta una IoT Box" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -1084,25 +778,17 @@ msgid "" "<../../iot/config/connect>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Once the IoT Box is up and running, you’ll need to link your payment " -"terminal to your PoS. Open the *Point of Sale* app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`. Select a PoS, tick the IoT" -" Box Device option and select your payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:30 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:32 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 msgid "" "Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " "Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:35 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " "(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " @@ -1110,17 +796,17 @@ msgid "" "in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 msgid "Configure the payment method" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:46 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 msgid "" "First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " "setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:52 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 msgid "" "Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " "Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " @@ -1128,11 +814,11 @@ msgid "" "Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:61 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:63 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 msgid "" "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " "Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " @@ -1141,105 +827,73 @@ msgid "" "Successful*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:72 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " "retry to send the payment request." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:75 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:81 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 msgid "" "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " "you the connexion failed." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:84 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:103 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 msgid "" "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " "of card that has been used and the transaction ID." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 -msgid "Connect SIX/Worldline to your PoS" +msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX/Worldline payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid " -"payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " +"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 -msgid "Please note SIX/Worldine is currently only available for UE customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:17 msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX/Worldline Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that " -"requires an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " -"<../../iot/config/connect>`." +"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " +"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " +"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " +"integration." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Once the *IoT Box* is up and running, you’ll need to link it to your PoS. " -"Open the Point of Sale app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point" -" of Sale`. Select a PoS, tick the IoT Box Device option and select your " -"payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then go to your *IoT Box homepage* (accessible from the IoT Box form view in" -" Odoo) and enter the ID of your Six payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You should now see that the terminal is connected to your IoT Box (it takes " -"+/- 1 min)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:43 -msgid "" -"The terminal should only be connected to the network with the Ethernet. Do " -"not connect it to the IoT Box with a USB Cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:47 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 msgid "Configure the Payment Method" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:49 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the SIX " -"setting." +"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " +"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:55 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 msgid "" -"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " -"payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal option SIX, and select " -"your payment terminal device." +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " +"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:64 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:66 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 msgid "" "In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" " using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " @@ -1247,36 +901,19 @@ msgid "" "you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:74 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 msgid "" "When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " "You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:81 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:87 -msgid "Close your Session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:89 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, before closing your session, you need to send the " -"balance of the payments to SIX. To do that, click on this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Once the balance has been sent, the SIX shift is closed, meaning you cannot " -"do additional operations with the SIX payment terminal (except if you reopen" -" a shift by clicking on the user name and selecting a cashier)." -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" msgstr "" @@ -1362,6 +999,61 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 +msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " +"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " +"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " +"away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 +msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," +" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 +msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 +msgid "Using fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " +"fiscal position you need for the current order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 +msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " +"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " +"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " +"choose one to set as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " +"interface." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" msgstr "" @@ -1420,61 +1112,121 @@ msgid "" "When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Register multiple orders" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your tables" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " -"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." +"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" +" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " +"business in the best possible way." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" +" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " +"and your employees to work efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " +"Bar/Restaurant*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 +msgid "" +"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " +"they are restaurant-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " +"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " +"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 +msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " +"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " +"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " +"sits the table can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " +"taken to your main interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " +"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 +msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " +"transferring your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 msgid "Register an additional order" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 msgid "" -"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " -"order." +"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " +"another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 msgid "" -"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " -"needed." +"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 -msgid "" -"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " -"Sale application can help you to fulfill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " -"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 +msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 @@ -1514,69 +1266,6 @@ msgid "" "process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your table management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" -" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " -"Point of sale`.." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" -" *Floors*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 -msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" -" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " -"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " -"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " -"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 -msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " -"register an order and payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" -" you can also transfer the order to another table." -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" msgstr "" @@ -1615,36 +1304,59 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Transfer customers between tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " -"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " -"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " -"you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 -msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " -"select the new table" -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 msgid "Shop Features" msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "Usando códigos de barras en PdV" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "Añadir códigos de barras al producto." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "Escanear productos" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" msgstr "" @@ -1740,6 +1452,72 @@ msgstr "" "sesión, ahora tiene una diferencia de suma cero y el mismo saldo de cierre " "que su saldo de apertura. Tu caja está lista para la próxima sesión." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Redondeo de efectivo" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "" +"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" +" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" msgstr "Factura desde la interfaz PdV" @@ -1822,26 +1600,130 @@ msgid "" "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 -msgid "Accept returns and refund products" -msgstr "Acepta devoluciones y devolución de productos." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " -"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " -"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 msgid "" -"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " -"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" -" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." +"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " +"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " +"made for that session." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 msgid "" -"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " -"to process the payment." +"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," +" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " +"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " +"the cash register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" +" cashier name in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " +"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " +"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" +" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " +"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index cdccc892f..e9dcf3ff4 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -4,27 +4,21 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Carlos Lopez , 2018 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2018 -# Ruben Dario Machado , 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# David Arnold , 2018 -# Luis M. Ontalba , 2018 -# Pablo Rojas , 2018 -# AleEscandon , 2018 -# Antonio Trueba, 2018 -# Miguel Mendez , 2018 -# Alejandro Kutulas , 2018 -# Jon Perez , 2019 +# Pedro M. Baeza , 2020 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020 +# Alejandro Kutulas , 2020 +# Jon Perez , 2020 +# Pablo Rojas , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jon Perez , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -40,2118 +34,1071 @@ msgstr "Proyecto" msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Avanzado" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 -msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" -msgstr "¿Cómo obtener retroalimentación de los clientes?" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Información general" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 -msgid "" -"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " -"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " -"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " -"customers using Odoo." +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Project Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Projects can be created for a specific customer or team, and can be " +"coordinated among your employees through visibility options. Stages can be " +"shared among tasks, and the exact time spent on each project can be tracked." +" All of it in favor of a more integrated and dynamic organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:10 +msgid "Create advanced projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Choose a *Customer* in order to create a project specifically for him. If " +"not, simply leave the field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:20 +msgid "Choose who can access a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a project for specific teams, under *Visibility*, choose who can " +"have access to the project:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:25 +msgid "" +"*Invited employees*: the ones who are followers (see " +":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:26 +msgid "*All employees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:27 +msgid "" +"*Portal users and all employees*: it enables the option *Share*. Recipients " +"receive an email with an invitation to access the document (project)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Choose an *Analytic Account* to track the profitability of your project in a" +" specific account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:33 +msgid "Timesheet and record time on tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:35 +msgid "To track the time spent on tasks, enable *Timesheets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:36 +msgid "In order to be able to launch a timer, also enable *Timesheet timer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:43 +msgid "Create sales orders from a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To invoice the time (service) and material used on a task, enable *Bill from" +" tasks*. Then, choose the service/product which you would like to bill, or " +"create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:54 +msgid "Track the material used on a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After enabling *Bill from Tasks*, enable *Products on Tasks* to track the " +"products/material used during the work on a specific task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:64 +msgid "Take advantage of worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Worksheets are reports of the work done. To customize and include them in " +"your tasks, enable *Worksheets*. Choose an existing template or create one " +"on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:74 +msgid "Schedule shifts on projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To create shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized," +" enable *Planning*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:88 +msgid "Manage employees work hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:90 +msgid "" +"*Working time* defines the number of your employees’ working hours. It " +"adjusts the Gantt planning view of your interventions. Open the external " +"link to adjust the daily hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:99 +msgid "Share stages across projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In order to have a clean Kanban view that works across projects, and to " +"avoid duplicates, delineate specific stages for different projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:105 +msgid "" +":doc:`Activate the Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"then go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Stages`. Choose the" +" respective one and add the projects among which you would like to share " +"stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 +msgid "Gather Feedback from Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Finding out what your clients think about the experience they have with your" +" company, can inspire you to have insights on how to improve your " +"product/service, adjusting your business to fit their needs. It shows that " +"you value their opinions and provides a reliable source of information to " +"other consumers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" msgstr "" -"Como gerente, no siempre es sencillo seguir todo lo que hacen los equipos. " -"Tener sencillos comentarios de los clientes puede ser muy interesante para " -"evaluar el rendimiento de los equipos. Usted puede reunir muy fácilmente " -"evaluaciones de sus clientes utilizando Odoo." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 msgid "" -"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " -"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " -"Sad)." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Use Rating on Project*." msgstr "" -"Un e-mail se puede enviar durante el proyecto para obtener la " -"retroalimentación de los clientes. Sólo tiene que elegir entre 3 iconos para" -" evaluar su trabajo (Sonrisa, neutra o triste)." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 -msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" -msgstr "¿Cómo obtener retroalimentación de los clientes?" +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Set Email Template to Stages* in order to define the template to be sent at" +" a specific stage(s)." +msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " -"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " -"apps module and install it." +msgid "Choose an existing template or create one on the fly." msgstr "" -"Antes de empezar es necesario un poco de configuración. En primer lugar es " -"necesario instalar el módulo de **Proyecto**. Para ello sólo tiene que ir al" -" módulo de aplicaciones e instalarlo." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " -"module." +msgid "Choosing the projects I want feedback from" msgstr "" -"Por otra parte, en el mismo menú, usted tiene que instalar el módulo de " -"**Clasificación del Proyecto**." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:30 msgid "" -"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " -"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " -"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " -"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit` and " +"configure the wanted projects to have the email template previously set " +"sent, by the change of a stage or periodically." msgstr "" -"A continuación, volver a entrar en la parte de configuraciones y entrar en " -"el módulo del proyecto. Seleccione el botón de **Configuración** y haga clic" -" en **Ajustes** en el menú desplegable. A continuación, seleccione " -"**Permitir la activación de puntuación de los usuarios en los proyectos, al " -"finalizar el asunto**. No se olvide de aplicar los cambios." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 -msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" -msgstr "¿Cómo obtener una retroalimentación del cliente?" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:32 msgid "" -"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." +"Enable *Rating visible publicly* if you would like to publish the ratings in" +" order to communicate them to a customer, prospect or the rest of your team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:40 +msgid "See the customer rating email sent under the *Log notes* of your task." msgstr "" -"Un e-mail puede ser enviado a los clientes en cada etapa de los proyectos en" -" curso." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 +msgid "Get reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:49 msgid "" -"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` see " +"ratings by task." msgstr "" -"Primero, necesita elegir la opción de los proyectos que usted quiere que " -"reciban retroalimentación. " -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 -msgid "Project configuration" -msgstr "Configuración de Proyecto" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:55 msgid "" -"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " -"**Customer satisfaction** option." +"Clicking on the percentage of happy ratings over the last 30 days in the " +"*Projects* overview, redirects you to your website with more rating details." msgstr "" -"Vaya al módulo de **Proyectos**, en los ajustes del proyecto seleccione la " -"opción de **Satisfacción del Cliente**." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 -msgid "Email Template" -msgstr "Plantilla de correo electrónico" +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:3 +msgid "Track Projects’ Profitability" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:5 msgid "" -"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " -"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." -" You can directly edit it from there." +"A project runs smoother if you can have an overview of its costs, revenues, " +"profitability, tasks, time and people, all in the same place. It allows you " +"to make smarter business decisions as you know where you are standing and " +"can course-correct if needed." msgstr "" -"Vaya a la sección de ajustes (haga clic en el icono de engrane en la parte " -"superior de la columna de la etapa, a continuación seleccione **Editar**). " -"Elija la plantilla de correo electrónico que se utilizará. Usted puede " -"editar directamente desde allí." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 -msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:10 +msgid "Track costs and revenue" msgstr "" -"Aquí hay un ejemplo de correo electrónico que un cliente puede recibir :" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:13 +msgid "If you have the Timesheets application installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:15 msgid "" -"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" -" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " -"will be added to the chatter of the task." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose the " +"respective project, *Edit* and enable *Timesheets*. A menu *Overview* " +"becomes available in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -"El cliente sólo tiene que hacer clic en un icono (Sonrisa, neutra o triste) " -"para evaluar su trabajo. El cliente puede responder al correo electrónico " -"para agregar más información. Que se añadirá a la conversación de la tarea." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The overview shows the hours recorded split by the different billable " +"options, profitability, time by people according to the billable hours " +"recorded, and even a timesheet table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:30 +msgid "If you do not have the Timesheets application installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. " +"Then go to *Manager Users* and enable *Analytic Accounting*. Now, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects` and specify an " +"*Analytic Account* under the needed project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:36 +msgid "" +"A *Profitability* menu to the costs and revenues of this analytic account is" +" directly available in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:44 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Informes" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:46 msgid "" -"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " -"the project." +"Under *Reporting*, obtain a report on the *Project Costs and Revenues*. " +"Choose among graph options or do your analysis through a pivot view." msgstr "" -"Usted tiene un breve resumen sobre la satisfacción en la esquina superior " -"derecha del proyecto." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 -msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" -msgstr "¿Cómo mostrar las calificaciones en su sitio web?" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 -msgid "" -"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " -"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:54 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/usage`" msgstr "" -"En primer lugar es necesario instalar el módulo del ** Constructor del Sitio" -" Web**. Para ello sólo tiene que ir al módulo de aplicaciones y buscas el " -"constructor del sitio web. " -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" -" Issue** module." +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:55 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets`" msgstr "" -"Por otra parte, en el mismo menú, usted tiene que instalar el módulo de la " -"**Clasificación del Proyecto del Sitio web**." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" -" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" -" end of the website." +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:56 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses`" msgstr "" -"Entonces, usted será capaz de publicar el resultado en su sitio web haciendo" -" clic en el botón de página web en la esquina superior derecha y confirmando" -" que en el parte delantera de la página web." #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 -msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" -msgstr "¿Cómo crear tareas desde órdenes de ventas?" +msgid "Create Projects and Tasks from Sales Orders" +msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 msgid "" -"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " -"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " -"from sales order lines." +"When you sell your services, you can choose to automatically have a " +"project/task created, helping you to not lose track of the work that needs " +"to get done, streamlining the processes between teams. In addition to that, " +"you are able to invoice or reinvoice clients according to the exact time " +"spent on that service." msgstr "" -"En esta sección, usted podrá ver la integración entre los módulos de Odoo de" -" **Configuración de proyectos** y **Ventas** y de manera más específica en " -"como generar tareas desde las líneas de órdenes de ventas. " -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " -"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " -"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" -" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " -"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " -"and Services departments." +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:11 +msgid "Product set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products` create a new product " +"or set up an existing one. Under *General Information* set the *Product " +"Type* as *Service*. Under the *Sales* tab select the *Service Invoicing " +"Policy* and *Service Tracking*." msgstr "" -"En la gestión del proyecto, una tarea es una actividad que se debe llevar a " -"cabo dentro de un período de tiempo definido. Para una empresa de venta de " -"los servicios, la tarea normalmente representa el servicio que se ha vendido" -" al cliente, debe de ser entregado. Por esta razón, es útil ser capaz de " -"generar una tarea de una orden de venta con el fin de agilizar el proceso " -"entre los departamentos de ventas y servicios." #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " -"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " -"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " -"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " -"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" -" overtime spent on the project." +msgid "If you choose to:" msgstr "" -"Como un ejemplo, puede vender un paquete de ``50 Horas``de soporte en " -"``$25,000``. El precio es fijo y se carga inicialmente. Pero usted quiere " -"hacer un seguimiento de los servicios de apoyo que hicieron por el cliente. " -"En la orden de venta, el servicio se activará la creación de una tarea de la" -" que el consultor registrará en la hoja de hora y, si es necesario, serán " -"refacturados según el acuerdo con el cliente y con el tiempo extra dedicado " -"al proyecto." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 -msgid "Install the required applications" -msgstr "Instalar las aplicaciones requeridas " - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:19 msgid "" -"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " -"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" -" the application module and install the following:" +"- *Create a task in an existing project*: a task is added in the first " +"column of the selected project." msgstr "" -"Con el fin de ser capaz de generar una tarea de una orden de venta, tendrá " -"que instalar los módulos de **Gestión de Ventas** y el de **Proyecto**. Sólo" -" tienes que ir al módulo de la aplicación e instalar lo siguiente:" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:21 msgid "" -"Moreover if you wish to be able to invoice your customers based on time " -"spent on the task, it is also necessary to install the **Timesheet** module." -" Simply go into the application module and install the following:" +"- *Create a task in sales order’s project*: a new project for each sales " +"order of that service is created based on the template you have chosen." msgstr "" -"Por otra parte, si desea ser capaz de facturar a sus clientes en función del" -" tiempo empleado en la tarea, también es necesario instalar el módulo de " -"**Hoja de tiempo**. Sólo tiene que ir en el módulo de aplicación e instalar " -"lo siguiente:" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 -msgid "Create and set up a product" -msgstr "Crear y configurar un producto" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:23 msgid "" -"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " -"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " -"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " -"the`following setup:" +"- *Create a new project but no task*: only creates a new project, for each " +"time that service is sold, based on the skeleton of the project template " +"chosen." msgstr "" -"Es necesario configurar el servicio de la forma del producto en sí con el " -"fin de generar una tarea cada vez que se venda. Del módulo de **Ventas**, " -"utilice el menú :menuselection:`Ventas --> Productos`y crea un nuevo " -"producto con la configuración de `siguiente:" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 -msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" -msgstr "**Nombre**: Soporte técnico" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:30 +msgid "Confirm a quotation and have a project/task created" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 -msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr "**Tipo de producto**: Servicio" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:32 msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" +"Now, once a *Quotation* is confirmed and transformed into a *Sales Order*, a" +" project or task is automatically created." msgstr "" -"**Unidades de Medida**: Horas (vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> " -"Ajustes` y, bajo **Unidad de medidas**, compruebe el **Algunos productos " -"pueden ser vendidos/comprados en diferentes unidades de medidas (avanzada)**" -" del botón)" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:40 +msgid "Access the task generated from Project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:42 msgid "" -"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " -"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" -" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." +"On the *Project* application, your new project and/or task (depending on the" +" previous *Service Tracking* options chosen), is shown:" msgstr "" -"**Política de facturación**: Usted puede configurar su política de factura, " -"ya sea en la cantidad pedida o en cantidad entregada. Usted puede seguir " -"fácilmente la cantidad de horas que se entregaron y/o facturaron a su " -"cliente." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:51 +msgid "Record the time spent and create an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:53 msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " -"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " -"product to hours as well." +"From *Project*, access your task and document the time spent under the " +"*Timesheets* tab." msgstr "" -"**Vía de Servicio**: Crear una tarea y un seguimiento de horas, ya que su " -"producto es un servicio facturable por hora, se tiene que configurar las " -"unidades de medidas del producto también en horas." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:59 msgid "" -"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " -"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " -"will then create a project per SO." +"Once the task is complete, click on *Sales Order* and *Create Invoice*." msgstr "" -"Enlace su tarea a un proyecto existente o crea uno nuevo sobre la marcha si " -"el producto es específico del proyecto. De lo contrario, puede dejarlo en " -"blanco, Odoo creará un proyecto por SO." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 -msgid "Create the Sales Order" -msgstr "Crear una Orden de Venta" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:66 msgid "" -"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " -"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " -"sale order, the task will be created." +"To only invoice approved timesheets, go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and enable *Approved timesheets only*." msgstr "" -"Una vez que el producto se ha configurado, puede crear una cita o una orden " -"de venta con el producto relacionado. Una vez que la cita se confirma y se " -"transforma en una orden de venta, se creará la tarea." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 -msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" -msgstr "Acceder a la tarea generada desde la orden de venta" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 -msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" -msgstr "En el módulo de Proyecto, su nueva tarea aparecerá :" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 -msgid "" -"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/setup`" msgstr "" -"ya sea en un proyecto relacionado si ha seleccionado uno en la forma del " -"producto" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 -msgid "" -"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " -"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" -msgstr "" -"ya sea en un nuevo proyecto con el nombre de relacionado con la orden de " -"venta como el título (se puede cambiar fácilmente el nombre del proyecto, " -"haga clic en :menuselection:`Más --> Ajustes`)" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 -msgid "" -"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" -" your customers based on your invoicing policy." -msgstr "" -"En la tarea en sí, ahora será capaz de grabar partes de horas y facturar a " -"sus clientes en función de su política de facturación." - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " -"source document of the task is the related sales order." -msgstr "" -"En Odoo, el documento central es la orden de las ventas, lo que significa " -"que el documento de origen de la tarea es la orden de venta relacionada." - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" -msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -#: ../../project/application.rst:3 -msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" -msgstr "Aplicaciones Impresionantes de las Hojas de tiempo" +#: ../../project/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Información general" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Demonstration Video" -msgstr "Video de demostración" +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Project" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "Transcripción" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:5 msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" -" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." +"Managing projects means managing people, tasks, due dates, budgets and " +"predicted return on investments. For all of it, you need a solution that " +"allows you to reduce risks, get information at a glance, have an overview of" +" your progress and stay organized. And, from start to finish, to be able to " +"run multiple projects in parallel easily. Odoo Project application is the " +"solution you need." msgstr "" -"Impresionantes Hojas de tiempo es una aplicación móvil que me ayuda a grabar" -" al instante cualquier tiempo dedicado a los proyectos en un solo clic. Es " -"tan fácil." -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " -"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" -" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." -msgstr "" -"Independientemente del dispositivo, la aplicación de parte de horas es sólo " -"un clic de distancia. Mira el plugin de chrome. No hay necesidad de sesión, " -"basta con hacer clic y empezar. Es suave. Funciona sin conexión también y se" -" sincroniza automáticamente con mi cuenta Odoo." - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" -" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" -" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." -msgstr "" -"Además, tengo estadísticas individuales vía móvil y el plugin de chrome. " -"Puedo ir más allá en el análisis en mi cuenta Odoo. Recibo informes de hojas" -" de tiempos por usuario, de desglose por proyecto, y mucho más." - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " -"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" -"saving!" -msgstr "" -"Impresionantes Hojas de tiempo está totalmente integrado con la facturación " -"de Odoo, la facturación de los clientes se realiza automáticamente. Pero " -"también con proyectos de Odoo. Es el ahorro de tiempo!" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 -msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." -msgstr "Descarga increíble de hoja de tiempo ahora y gana en productividad." - -#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration and basic usage" -msgstr "Configuración y uso básico" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" -msgstr "¿Cómo administrar y colaborar en tareas? " - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "Responsabilidades" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 -msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." -msgstr "In Odoo, tu puedes asignar a la persona que se encargara de la tarea." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " -"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " -"suggestions in the drop down menu." -msgstr "" -"Al crear una tarea, por defecto usted es responsable de ella. Puede cambiar " -"esto simplemente escribiendo el nombre de usuario de otra persona y que la " -"elección de las sugerencias en el menú desplegable." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " -"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." -msgstr "" -"Si aggrega a alguien nuevo, puede \"Crear y Editar\" un nuevo usuario de " -"paso. Para poder hacer esto, necesita derechos de administrador." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 -msgid "Followers" -msgstr "Seguidores" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" -" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " -"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " -"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." -" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " -"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " -"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " -"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." -msgstr "" -"En una tarea puede aggregar nuevos usuarios como **seguidores**. Aggregar " -"seguidores significa que esta persona será notificada de cualquier cambio " -"que pueda occurir en esta tarea. La idea es de permitir collaboración " -"externa en el chatter. Esto puede resultar muy valioso si necesita consejos " -"de collegas de otros departamentos. También puede invitar clientes para " -"participar en la tarea. Serán notificados por correo electronico de la " -"conversción en el chatter y serán capazes de participar simplemente " -"respondiendo al correo. Los seguidores pueden ver toda la tarea como usted, " -"con descripcón y chatter." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 -msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" -msgstr "Proyecto: sigue a un proyecto para seguir la cartera de tareas" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" -" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " -"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " -"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " -"see the big picture all the time." -msgstr "" -"Puede decidir de seguir a un proyecto. En esta situacipón será notificado de" -" cualquier cambio en el proeycto: cambio de fase de tareas, conversaciónes, " -"etcétera. Recibirá toda la información en su bandeja de entrada. Esta " -"funcionalidad esta perfecta para un gestor de proyectos que quiere ver la " -"perspectiva general a cualquier momento." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 -msgid "Task: follow a specific task" -msgstr "Tarea: sigue a una tarea especifica" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " -"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " -"that task also appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" -"Seguir a una tarea es la misma idea como seguir a un proyecto, salvo que " -"esta enfocado en una parte especifica del proyecto. Todas las notificaciónes" -" y cambios también apareceran en su bandeja de entrada." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 -msgid "Choose which action to follow" -msgstr "Seleccióne cuales acciónes a seguir" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " -"Following button." -msgstr "" -"Puede elegir a que quiere hacer seguimiento haciendo click en la flecha " -"hacia abajo del botón Seguir." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " -"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " -"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." -msgstr "" -"Por defecto, seguira las discusiónes, pero también puede optar por ser " -"notificado cuando se registra una nota, cuando se crea una tarea, cuando sea" -" bloqueada o lista, y cuando la fase de la tarea cambió." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 -msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" -msgstr "Gestión de tiempo: cuentas analiticas" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " -"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." -msgstr "" -"Sea para la estimación en proyectos futuros o para recollectar datos para " -"facturar, la gestión de tiempo del módulo de gestión de poyectos es un " -"ventaja real." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " -"help you track time easily." -msgstr "" -"La applicación Odoo de Parte de horas es perfectamente integrada con Odoo " -"Proyectos y puede ayudarle en registrar tiempos de forma fácil." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " -"available in projects and on tasks." -msgstr "" -"Una vez instalaldo Odoo Parte de horas, la opción es automaticamente " -"disponible an poyectos y tareas." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " -"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" -" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " -"automatically created under the same name." -msgstr "" -"Para evitar cualquier confusión, Odoo trabaja con cuentas analíticas. Una " -"cuenta analítica as el nombre que simpre será referenciado para un proyecto " -"o contrato especifico. Cada vez un proyecto se crea, tambien será una cuenta" -" analítica con el mismo nombre de forma automatica." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" -msgstr "Registra un parte de horas con un proyecto:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 -msgid "Click on the settings of a project." -msgstr "Haga click en los ajustes del proyecto." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." -msgstr "De clic en el botón Parte de horas en el menú gris superior." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " -"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " -"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " -"it, or not." -msgstr "" -"Obtendrá el Odoo Parte de horas. De clic en Crear y una nueva linea " -"aparecerá con la fecha de hoy y la hora. Su nombre de proyecto es " -"automaticamente selecciónado como cuenta analítica. Niguna tarea esta " -"colocada, sin embargo, opcionalmente, puede escoger una." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" -" timesheets." -msgstr "" -"Si ahora se diriga a Odoo Parte de horas, la linea estaria registrada con " -"los otros partes de hora." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" -msgstr "Registra un Parte de hora con una tarea:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 -msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." -msgstr "Dentro de una tarea, la opción parte de hora también es disponible." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " -"Add an item." -msgstr "" -"En la tarea, de clic en el botón Editar. Vaya al renglon Parte de horas y de" -" clic en Agregar ítem." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " -"Analytic account." -msgstr "" -"Una linea aparecerá con el nombre del mismo proycto seleccionado como cuenta" -" analítica." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " -"application." -msgstr "" -"Igualmente, encontrará estos registors en la aplicación Odoo Parte de horas." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 -msgid "" -"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" -" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." -msgstr "" -"Al terminar el proyecto, puede obtener una idea del timpo gastado buscando " -"por el nombre de su cuneta analítica." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 -msgid "Document Management in tasks" -msgstr "Gestión de documentos dentro de tareas" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 -msgid "" -"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" -" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" -" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." -msgstr "" -"Puede gestionar documentos relacionados con una tarea, sean estos planes, " -"imagenes, etcétera. ¡Una imagen a vezes dice mas que mil palabras! Tiene dos" -" opciónes para agregar un documento a una tarea." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 -msgid "" -"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " -"tab on the top of the form." -msgstr "" -"1. Puede agregar una imgaen / un documento a su tarea haciendo clic en el " -"renglón Adjuntos en la parte superior del formulario." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 -msgid "" -"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " -"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " -"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " -"task." -msgstr "" -"2. Puede agregar una imgaen / un documento a su tarea a través del chatter. " -"Puede logear una nota o enviar un mensaje y adjuntar un archivo. O si " -"alguien manda un correo con un adjunto, éste será automaticamente guardado " -"con la tarea." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " -"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." -msgstr "" -"Si tiene una imagen representativa que ayuda entender la tarea la puede " -"configurar como carátula de la tarea. Aparecerá en la vista Kanban " -"directamente." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 -msgid "Collaborate on tasks" -msgstr "Collaborar en tareas" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" -" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." -msgstr "" -"Tareas en Odoo Proyectos estan hechos para ayudarle en colaborar de forma " -"fácil con sus colegas. Esto le ayudará a ahorrar tiempo y energía." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 -msgid "" -"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " -"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" -" delegation and the Chatter." -msgstr "" -"La idea es mantenerse al día con lo que le interese. Puede colaborar con sus" -" colegas escribiendo en las mismas tareas al mismo tiempo con la delegación " -"de tareas y el chatter." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 -msgid "Create a task from an email" -msgstr "Crear una tarea desde un correo electronico" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " -"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " -"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." -msgstr "" -"Puede configurar una dirección de correo electronico enlazado con su " -"proyecto. Cuando se envie un correo a esta dirección, se creará " -"automaticamente una tarea en la primera etapa del proyecto con todos los " -"receptores (A/Cc/Bcc) como seguidores." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " -"project gets an automatic email address." -msgstr "" -"Con Odoo En Línea, el gateway ya esta configurado y cada proyecto obtiene " -"una dirección de correo de forma autoamtica." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 -msgid "" -"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " -"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " -"Dashboard." -msgstr "" -"El correo siempre es el nombre del proyecto (con \"-\" en vez de espacio), " -"lo puede ver abajo del nombre del proyecto en el tablero del proyecto." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 -msgid "" -"This email address create by default following the project name can be " -"changed." -msgstr "" -"Esta dirreción por defecto que sigue el nombre del proyecto puede ser " -"cambiada." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 -msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." -msgstr "" -"El alias de la dirección de correo puede ser cambiado por el gerente de " -"proyectos." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 -msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." -msgstr "" -"Para esto, vaya a Ajustes del proyecto y de clic en el renglón Correo " -"electronico." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 -msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." -msgstr "Puede directamente editar el correo electronico de su proyecto." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 -msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." -msgstr "El Chatter, estado y seguimiento." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " -"history of the task." -msgstr "" -"El Chatter es una herramienta muy útil de communicación y demuestra el " -"histrotial de la tarea." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 -msgid "" -"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " -"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " -"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " -"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " -"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " -"to remember past interactions." -msgstr "" -"En el Chatter, puede ver cuando una tarea ha sido creada, cuando paso de un " -"estado a otro, etcétera. Cualquier cambio esta logeado en el chatter de " -"forma autoamtica por el sistema. También registra el historial de " -"interacción entre usted y sus clientes o colegas. Todas las interaccipones " -"son registrados en el chatter, para que el lider del task los pueda recordar" -" de forma fácil." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 -msgid "" -"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" -" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " -"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" -" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " -"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." -msgstr "" -"Puede interacutar con seguidores sean ellos internos (sus colegas) o " -"externos (por ejemplo el cliente) logeando una nota o información " -"importante. Si quiere mandar un correo a todos los seguidores de una tarea " -"especifica, puede agregar un mensaje para notificarlos todos. Para ambas " -"opciónes fecha y hora estan guardadas con el registro." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 -msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" -msgstr "La descripción de una tarea, el Pad" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " -"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " -"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " -"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " -"creation of the content." -msgstr "" -"Odoo le permite de reemplazar el campo de descripción de una tarea por una " -"nota collaborativa \"Etherpad\" (http://etherpad.org). Esto significa que " -"puede collaborar en tareas en tiempo real con varios usuarios contribuyendo " -"a un mismo contenido. Cada usuario tiene su propio color y usted puede " -"reproducir todo el proceso de la creación de contenido." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 -msgid "" -"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " -"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." -msgstr "" -"Para activar esta opción, vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes del proyecto --> " -"Pads` y active \"Descripciónes en tareas collaborativas en richt text\". " - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 -msgid "" -"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " -"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " -"Click on the ```` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " -"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " -"follower." -msgstr "" -"Si solo necesita el pad sin la pagina entera de la tarea, puede hacer clic " -"en el icono en la parte superior derecha para ver el pad en vista pantalla " -"completa. De clic en el icono ```` para obtener el enlace directo de la " -"descripción de la tarea: esto resulta útil si lo quiere compartir con algien" -" sin colocarlo como seguidor de la tarea." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 -msgid "Tasks states" -msgstr "Estados de tareas" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 -msgid "Set the state of a task" -msgstr "Coloque el estado de una tarea" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 -msgid "" -"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" -" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " -"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." -msgstr "" -"El estado de una tarea es la manera mas fácil para informar a sus colegas " -"cuando este trabajando en una tarea, si la tarea esta lista o bloqueada. Es " -"un indicador visual de fácil captura." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 -msgid "" -"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " -"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" -msgstr "" -"Puede cambiar el estado de la tarea de la vista kanban o directamente desde " -"la tarea. Solamente de clic el balón de estado para obtener las opciónes:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 -msgid "Custom states" -msgstr "Estados personalizados" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 -msgid "" -"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " -"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," -" then click on edit:" -msgstr "" -"Puede decidir que significaran los diferentes estados para su proyecto. En " -"la vista kanban de clic en el icono de engranaje en cima del estado, pues de" -" clic on editar:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 -msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." -msgstr "Aneco al balón de color, escribe la explicación del estado." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 -msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" -msgstr "Ahora, la explicacipone sera mostrada en vez del texto genérico." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 -msgid "Color Tags" -msgstr "Etiquetas de color" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 -msgid "" -"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " -"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " -"them thanks to the filters." -msgstr "" -"En cada tarea, puede agregar una etiqueta. Etiquetas son muy útiles para " -"categorizar tareas. Ayuda para resaltar tareas en la vista kanban o para " -"encontrarlos mejor con filtros." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 -msgid "" -"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" -" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " -"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." -msgstr "" -"Si esta trabjando siempre con un tipo de tarea especifico, puede resaltar " -"las tareas conteniendo esta etiqueta con los colores. Cada etiqueta puede " -"tener un color especifico, es bastante visual en la vista kanban." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " -"the tag, directly from the task:" -msgstr "" -"Para hacerlo aparecer en la vista kanban, debe configurar un color en la " -"etiqueta, directamente desde la tarea:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" -msgstr "¿Cómo inicializar y configurar un proyecto?" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " -"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." -msgstr "" -"Los Proyectos en Odoo le permiten gestionar un proyecto junto con todo su " -"equipo, y permite comunicarse con cualquier miembro de cada proyecto y de la" -" tarea." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " -"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" -" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " -"employees working on this project." -msgstr "" -"Esto funciona con proyectos que contienen tareas que siguen etapas " -"configurables. Un proyecto puede ser interno u orientado al cliente. Una " -"tarea es algo para realizar como parte de un proyecto. Usted será capaz de " -"asignar diferentes tareas a varios empleados que trabajan en este proyecto." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Installing the Project module" -msgstr "Instalando el módulo de Proyecto" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " -"**Install**." -msgstr "" -"Abrir el módulo **Aplicaciones**, buscar **Project Management**, y clic en " -"**Instalar**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:11 msgid "Creating a new project" msgstr "Crear un nuevo proyecto" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:13 msgid "" -"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," -" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " +"Click on *Create*. Specify the name of the project and choose which features" +" you would like to integrate. Note that they can be enabled afterward " +"through *Settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Manage your project’s stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open your project and add as many columns as there are stages in your " "project." msgstr "" -"Abra el módulo de **Proyecto**, y haga clic en **Crear**. Desde esta " -"ventana, puede especificar el nombre del proyecto y establecer la privacidad" -" del proyecto." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 -msgid "The privacy setting works as:" -msgstr "La configuración de seguridad trabaja como:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 -msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." -msgstr "" -"**Cliente de Proyecto**: visible en portal si el cliente es un seguidor." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." -msgstr "" -"**Todos los empleados**: empleados ven todas las tareas o incidencias." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:27 msgid "" -"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" -msgstr "" -"**Proyecto privado**: seguidores pueden ver solo las tareas o incidencias " -"que siguen" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " -"**Customer** field empty if not." -msgstr "" -"También puede especificar si el proyecto está destinado a un cliente, o " -"dejar el campo del **Cliente**vacío si no. " - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 -msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" -"Cuando haya introducido todos los datos requeridos, haga clic en " -"**Guardar**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 -msgid "Manage your project's stages" -msgstr "Administre sus estados de proyecto" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 -msgid "Add your project's stages" -msgstr "Agregue sus estados de proyectos" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 -msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." -msgstr "En su tablero de proyecto. Clic en **# Tareas**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" -" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " +"Each project stage can be characterized by a distinct set of activities, or " +"your stages can guide you to the different steps a project has to go " +"through. It is important to set them right as they lead you from the first " +"idea or step to its conclusion, contributing to the overall success of your " "project." msgstr "" -"En la nueva ventana, añada una nueva columna y cambie el nombre de acuerdo " -"con la primer etapa del proyecto, después añada tantas columnas como " -"necesite según las etapas de su proyecto. " -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:33 msgid "" -"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " -"that you can personalize to fit your needs." +"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks that you can " +"personalize." msgstr "" -"Por cada etapa, existen marcas para los estatus de las tareas entre las " -"etapas, y usted puede personalizarlas según sus necesidades." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:34 msgid "" -"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " -"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." +"Drag your mouse over a stage name, and click on :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" Edit`." msgstr "" -"Arrastre el puntero del ratón sobre el nombre artístico, y haga clic en el " -"el icono que aparece, y en después en el menú de inicio, haga clic en " -"**Editar**." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:41 msgid "" -"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " -"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " -"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." +"The dots correspond to customizable markers applied on tasks, making it " +"easier to know which tasks require attention. You can give them any " +"signification you like." msgstr "" -"Una nueva ventana se abrirá. Los puntos de color y el icono de estrella " -"corresponden a los marcadores personalizados que se aplicaron en las tareas," -" por lo que es más fácil saber qué tarea requiere atención. Usted puede no " -"brindarles ningún significado si gusta." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 -msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "Clic en **Guardar** cuando finalice." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:50 msgid "Rearrange stages" msgstr "Reorganizar etapas" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:52 msgid "" -"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" -" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " -"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " -"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." +"From the Kanban view of your project, you can add stages by clicking on *Add" +" a column*." msgstr "" -"Usted puede personalizar fácilmente este punto de vista para que se adapte " -"mejor a las necesidades del negocio mediante la creación de nuevas columnas." -" Desde el punto de vista Kanban del proyecto, puede agregar etapas haciendo " -"clic en **Añadir nueva columna**. Si desea cambiar el orden de sus etapas, " -"puede hacerlo fácilmente arrastrando y soltando la columna que desea mover a" -" la ubicación deseada. También puede plegar o desplegar sus etapas " -"utilizando el icono **Configuración** en la etapa deseada." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`visualization`" -msgstr ":doc:`visualization`" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 -msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" -msgstr ":doc:`collaboration`" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`time_record`" -msgstr ":doc:`time_record`" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 -msgid "How to record time spent?" -msgstr "¿Cómo guardar el tiempo transcurrido?" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:54 msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " -"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." +"To rearrange the order of your stages easily do so by dragging and dropping " +"columns. You can also fold or unfold them on *Settings*." msgstr "" -"Odoo permitirá registrar el tiempo empleado por cada empleado y por cada " -"proyecto, para los informes sencillos, así como para la facturación directa " -"al cliente." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:62 +msgid ":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:63 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`../record_and_invoice/time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:3 +msgid "Share Projects and Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:5 msgid "" -"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " -"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " -"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." +"When you share your projects/tasks, you allow external users to be on the " +"same page as you. It avoids misunderstandings, simplifies communication, and" +" allows you to become a more coordinated company as you get the right " +"information to the right people." msgstr "" -"Con el fin de registrar el tiempo dedicado a los proyectos, debe activar " -"primero la facturación de tabla de tiempos. En el módulo de **Proyecto**, " -"abra :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`. En la sección de **Hojas de" -" tiempo**, marque **Activar tabla de tiempos en los asuntos**." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:10 +msgid "Share projects and tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:12 +msgid "To share a project, go to :menuselection:`Manage --> Share`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:19 msgid "" -"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " -"Employee and Timesheet apps." +"To share a task, open it and click on :menuselection:`Action --> Share`. " +"Choose an existing *Recipient(s)* or create it on the fly." msgstr "" -"Activando la opción se instalarán las ventas, facturación, seguimiento de " -"problemas, los empleados y aplicaciones del parte de horas." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 -msgid "Recording timesheets" -msgstr "Registrar hojas de horas" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:27 msgid "" -"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " -"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." +"The recipient receives an email saying that he has been invited to access a " +"document. In the example below, a project was shared. When the user opens " +"it, he sees the settings of that project and can access its tasks, for " +"example." msgstr "" -"Puede registrar el tiempo empleado en los proyectos directamente desde el " -"módulo de proyectos. Puede registrar una hoja de horas en un proyecto o en " -"una tarea." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 -msgid "Recording in a project" -msgstr "Guardando en un proyecto" +#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "Planificación" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "Forecast Resources Across Projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" -"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " -"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." +"Allocate the needed time for specific tasks under a planned shift. Once that" +" is done, analyse Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), so you can evaluate " +"your employees’ performance and workload, besides the progress of your " +"projects/tasks when comparing the planned and effective hours." msgstr "" -"En el tablero del módulo de **Proyectos**, abra el menú de **Más** del " -"proyecto al cual usted quiere añadir la hoja de horas, y haga clic en **Hoja" -" de horas**." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "Allocate times under shifts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:12 msgid "" -"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" -" click on **Save**." +"When planning a shift, in the *Planning* application, create a project and a" +" task on the fly, or simply select the one you want." msgstr "" -"En la nueva ventana, haga clic en **Crear**e inserte los detalles " -"requeridos, después haga clic en **Guardar**." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 -msgid "Recording in a task" -msgstr "Guardando en una tarea" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:20 msgid "" -"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " -"and open the task on which you have been working." +"*Allocated Time (%)* allows you to define the percentage of time you would " +"like your employee to work on that specific task during his shift. See that " +"information in hours on *Allocated hours*." msgstr "" -"En el módulo de **Proyecto**, abra el proyecto en el que usted desea " -"registrar las hojas de hora, y abra la tarea en la que desea empezar a " -"trabajar. " -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 msgid "" -"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " -"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." +"The calculation shows you how many hours out of the total shift time (*End " +"date* - *Start date*) are spent by the employee on that task." msgstr "" -"En la tarea, haga clic en **Editar**, abra las **Hojas de hora** y haga clic" -" en **Añadir un artículo**. Inserte los detalles requeridos, después haga " -"clic en **Guardar**." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 -msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" -msgstr "Visualiza la tarea de un proyecto" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:24 msgid "" -"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " -"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " -"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " -"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " -"have to cope with." +"On :menuselection:`Project --> Planning --> By Project`, immediately see the" +" total number of employees allocated per project." msgstr "" -"En los negocios del día a día, tu compañía puede sufrir debido a la gran " -"cantidad de tareas por completar. Esas tareas son de por sí, complejas. " -"Tener que acordarse de todas ellas y además hacerle seguimiento puede ser " -"una carga. Por suerte, Odoo te permite visualizar efectivamente y organizar " -"las diferentas tareas que tienes que abarcar." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:31 +msgid "Compare forecast hours with the effective ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, once the employee has timesheeted his hours in the task, go to " +"*Project* and with the *View list*, under *All Tasks*, conveniently see the " +"*Planned Hours* compared to the *Remaining Hours*, and a calculation of the " +"*Progress*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:42 +msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Record Time and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When it is time to bill your client for their finished project/task, you can" +" choose to shorten processes and save time by pulling the billable time you " +"have tracked into sales orders, and invoices, directly from the " +"project/task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:10 +msgid "Enable the Timesheet feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Timesheets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:15 +msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the " +"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet*, *Timesheet Timer* and *Bill from " +"Tasks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once the time spent on a task under that project has been recorded, click on" +" *Create Sales Order* and continue to create your invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:26 +msgid "" +"This way, you can invoice different customers, for different services, at " +"different rates, without the need to create numerous projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:30 +msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the " +"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet* plus *Timesheet Timer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose " +"the project, *Create Sales Order*, and continue to create your invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:38 +msgid "" +"From here, choose if you want the billing to be based on the project rate: " +"all timesheets are billed by the same rate, or by the employee rate: " +"timesheets are billed by the individual rate of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The project rate allows you to invoice a whole project, for a specific " +"service, at a specific rate, at once. Example: the implementation of a " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The employee rate billing lets you invoice a project broken down into " +"different services, and different rates. Example: different rates for junior" +" and senior consultants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:50 +msgid "Invoice only approved timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Invoicing Policy`, and choose *Approved timesheets only*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This ensures that the manager is aware of the hours being logged by each " +"employee before the customer gets invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/so_to_task`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`./time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:3 +msgid "Record Time Spent on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Get to know how much time you are spending on tasks in order to make your " +"employees’ life easier, and records error-free. Launch the timer in your " +"browser, stop it on your phone and have all entries synced. Generate " +"invoices based on the timesheet entries and be sure to invoice your " +"customers the exact right amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:11 +msgid "Manually timesheet on task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Timesheets*. Then, enable the *Timesheets* option on the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, once you are in your task, under the *Timesheet* tab, *Add a line* and " +"specify the *Duration*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:22 +msgid "Time tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, enable " +"*Timesheet timer* on the projects on which you need the functionality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, you can time your task clicking on *Start*. *Pause* at any moment, and " +"*Stop* to confirm the recorded time and add a description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Tasks" +msgstr "Tareas" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:3 +msgid "Collaborate on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Being able to collaborate virtually but with the same effect as if people " +"were in the same room increases your productivity. It results in faster " +"execution of processes, brainstorming and decision made easier while also " +"allowing the support of outside contributions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:10 +msgid "Add followers to a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:12 +msgid "*Edit* the project to add followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Followers are notified of any changes: tasks sliding from one stage to " +"another, conversations taking place, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Following a project automatically makes you a follower of all its tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:24 +msgid "Add followers to a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Within a task, click on the *Followers* icon. Followers get notified of any " +"changes in the task and can see the task like you do, with the description " +"and the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:34 +msgid "Select which notifications to get" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For a project or task, select what you would like to be notified about. For " +"that, *Edit subscription*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:44 +msgid "Use the pad like a collaborative note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Collaborative Pads`, then edit the *Settings* of the project you would like " +"the feature to work and enable *Use Collaborative Pads*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Now, you are able to contribute to tasks in real-time, with several users, " +"with an Etherpad collaborative note. Every user has his own color and you " +"can replay the whole creation of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on the ** icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " +"useful if you want to share it without adding this person as a follower, or " +"to someone outside of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:62 +msgid "The Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*Chatter* is a communication tool that shows the history of a task, " +"including changes and the interactions between you and your customers or " +"colleagues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To interact with followers, whether there are internal or external, click on" +" *Log a note* and ping them using the at symbol (*@*). If you want to send a" +" message/email to all the followers in the task, use *Send a message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can also ping a channel using the hashtag sign (*#*). This way, users " +"can have a channel per project team, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:77 +msgid "Schedule activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Do not forget promises made and stay organized by conveniently *Scheduling " +"activities* from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:87 +msgid "Edit or create new activities types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:89 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 +msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " +"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " +"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " +"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 +msgid "Set up an incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " +"the incoming email alias you would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 +msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 +msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " +"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" +" a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 +msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 +msgid "" +"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " +"followers of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 +msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:40 +msgid ":doc:`./get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:41 +msgid ":doc:`./collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Break down a project by creating, assigning and organizing tasks. Set " +"priorities to help you determine where you want to invest your time first, " +"manage files within it and keep everything you need to complete your work in" +" one place. Ensure that your strategies are turned into actionable plans " +"and, as a result, have a successful project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:11 msgid "Create a task" msgstr "Crea una tarea" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:13 msgid "" -"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." +"Click on *Create*. Once created, add more details opening it and clicking on" +" *Edit*." msgstr "" -"En la aplicación de proyecto, selecciona un proyecto existente o crea uno " -"nuevo." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 -msgid "In the project, create a new task." -msgstr "En el proyecto, crea una tarea nueva." +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "Assignation" +msgstr "Asignación" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " -"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "Choose the responsible person for a task under *Assigned to*." msgstr "" -"En esa tarea puedes luego asignarla a la persona correcta, añadir etiquetas," -" una fecha límite, descripciones... y todo lo que puedas necesitar para esa " -"tarea" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 -msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" -msgstr "Ve tus tareas con la vista Kanban" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " -"to the Kanban view." -msgstr "" -"Una vez creadas las distintas tareas, pueden ser gestionadas y se puede dar " -"seguimiento gracias a la vista de Kanban." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " -"one have the higher priorities." -msgstr "" -"La vista Kanban es publica como vista, está divida en diferentes etapas. " -"Permite tener una visión clara de las etapas de sus tareas que se encuentran" -" en y que cuales tienen prioridades más altas." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" -msgstr "" -"La vista Kanban está por defecto como vista al acceder al proyecto, pero si " -"usted desea otra vista, se puede volver a ella en cualquier momento haciendo" -" clic en el logotipo de la vista Kanban en la esquina superior derecha." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " -"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" -" and indicate if the task is ready." -msgstr "" -"Puedes notificar a tus colegas acerca del status de una tarea directamente " -"desde la vista kanban usando el punto pequeño, notificará al seguidor de la " -"tarea e indicará si la tarea está lista." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 -msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" -msgstr "Ordena tareas en la vista Kanban" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " -"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " -"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" -" to their creation date." -msgstr "" -"Las tareas son ordenadas por prioridades, las que puedes asignar al hacer " -"clic en la estrella al lado del reloj y luego por secuencia, lo que " -"significa que si las mueves manualmente usandro arrastra & suelta, estarán " -"en ese orden y finalmente por su ID conectada a la fecha de creación." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." -msgstr "" -"Las tareas que fueron pasadas sus fechas límites, aparecerán en rojo en tu " -"vista Kanban." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " -"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." -msgstr "" -"Si pones una tarea de baja prioridad encima, cuando vuelvas a tu tablero la " -"próxima vez, se habrá movido de vuelta abajo de las tareas con alta " -"prioridad" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 -msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "Administra fechas límites en la vista de Calendario" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " -"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " -"easily in a single window." -msgstr "" -"También tienes la opción de cambiar de una vista Kanban a una vista de " -"calendario, permitiéndote ver todas las fechas límite para cada tarea que " -"tiene una fecha límite asignada fácilmente en una sola ventana." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " -"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." -msgstr "" -"Las tareas son codificadas con colores al empleado al cual fue asignado y " -"puedes filtrar las fechas límites por empleado al seleccionar la fecha " -"límite de la persona que desees." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 -msgid "" -"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " -"dropping the task to another case." -msgstr "" -"Puede cambiar fácilmente la fecha límite desde la vista de calendario " -"arrastrando y soltando la tarea a otro caso." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" -msgstr "Introducción al Odoo Proyecto" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " -"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." -msgstr "" -"Como gerente de negocios, tengo un trabajo variado a la participación de " -"múltiples partes interesadas. Para gestionar todas las tareas a la " -"perfección, el módulo de Proyectos de Odoo es de gran ayuda." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" -" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " -"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " -"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " -"project manager too." -msgstr "" -"Con el módulo de Proyectos de Odoo, los miembros de su equipo del proyecto " -"pueden fácilmente planear y ejecutar el lanzamiento de una nueva línea de " -"productos en Canadá. Organicé este proyecto mediante la creación de " -"diferentes etapas. Se nos permite identificar claramente el estado de " -"cualquier tarea en cualquier momento, y por cualquier usuario. Es " -"conveniente para cualquier otro gestor de proyectos." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 -msgid "" -"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" -" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " -"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " -"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." -msgstr "" -"Estas etapas de proyectos bien estructuradas son totalmente personalizables." -" Aquí se identifica una etapa que falta, puedo agregar fácilmente en tan " -"sólo un clic. En nuestro proceso de gestión de proyectos, procedo a una " -"revisión final, así que añado esta etapa. El módulo de Proyectos de Odoo " -"está diseñado para trabajar en cualquier tipo de negocio." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." -" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " -"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" -msgstr "" -"Una vez que se realiza una tarea, cada integrante puede resaltarlo al " -"cambiar su estado. Eso ayudará al director del proyecto para revisar la " -"tarea antes de cambiar el escenario con un simple arrastrar y soltar. Fácil," -" ¿no?" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " -"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" -" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " -"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " -"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " -"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " -"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " -"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" -" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" -" the progress of each task." -msgstr "" -"También podemos organizar las diferentes tareas mediante la adaptación de la" -" vista. Aquí, selecciono la vista de lista, que muestra otra información, " -"como el progreso del tiempo de trabajo. Si hago clic en mi tarea, aterrizo " -"en la vista de formulario donde puedo editar las horas planificadas y entrar" -" en mis hojas de tiempo. Esta es una gran herramienta para cualquier gestor " -"de proyectos. Controlar el progreso del tiempo de trabajo y el tiempo " -"dedicado por cada miembro del equipo es esencial. Puse el tiempo para el " -"entrenamiento del equipo de ventas de 24 horas. Hoy, he preparado el " -"material, así que voy a iniciar una sesión de 4 horas en la hoja de horas. " -"El progreso del tiempo de trabajo se actualiza automáticamente. Gracias a " -"esta integración de parte de horas, el director del proyecto tiene un " -"seguimiento exhaustivo sobre el progreso de cada tarea." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " -"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" -" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" -" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " -"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " -"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " -"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " -"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " -"planning." -msgstr "" -"Otra gran característica del módulo de proyecto de Odoo es la herramienta de" -" pronóstico. Cuando se activa, puede planificar recursos por proyecto y de " -"la carga de trabajo. Por lo tanto, la asignación del tiempo para otros " -"proyectos es mucho más fácil. Para este proyecto, tengo que entrenar a los " -"miembros del equipo de ventas. Se requerirá el 50% de mi tiempo hasta el " -"final de la semana. Como director del proyecto, que puedo hacer esta " -"asignación de recursos para cualquier usuario y adaptarlo de acuerdo a sus " -"otros proyectos. Esto evitará cualquier tipo de empalme en tiempos. Puede " -"volver a asignar una tarea o adaptar la fecha límite. El módulo de Proyectos" -" de Odoo es perfecto para la planificación estratégica y ejecutiva." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " -"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " -"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " -"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" -" each team member." -msgstr "" -"Además, todos los aspectos de cualquier proyecto se pueden analizar, gracias" -" a los informes. Por ejemplo, podemos tener un informe de horas efectivas " -"dedicadas en comparación con las horas previstas. Puedo evaluar la " -"rentabilidad de cualquier proyecto, cualquier tarea, o cualquier miembro del" -" equipo. También puedo mirar el número de horas asignadas a cada miembro del" -" equipo." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" -" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " -"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " -"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " -"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" -" team." -msgstr "" -"Otro elemento de una excelente gestión de proyectos es la comunicación. Este" -" es un factor clave para el éxito de cualquier proyecto. Si bien se trata de" -" múltiples partes interesadas, pudiendo compartir documentos directamente en" -" la tarea es muy útil. Con el módulo de proyectos de Odoo, puede hablar a " -"través de la función de chat que está siempre de un solo clic de distancia. " -"También puede iniciar una nueva conversación con cualquier persona del " -"equipo." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " -"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " -"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " -"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " -"issues." -msgstr "" -"Además de ser un módulo potente para la gestión de proyectos a la " -"perfección, el módulo de proyectos de Odoo también es un servicio al cliente" -" o al servicio después de la venta muy eficaz. Con él, se puede seguir " -"cualquier problema del cliente, incluso crear un proyecto de apoyo dedicado." -" El módulo también crea automáticamente una factura de tiempo dedicado a las" -" tareas y cuestiones." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " -"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " -"app, it will help you get started quickly too." -msgstr "" -"El módulo de proyectos de Odoo es una aplicación potente y fácil de usar. Al" -" principio, se ha usado el planificador para establecer claramente los " -"objetivos y establecer la aplicación del proyecto. Obtener esta aplicación, " -"que le ayudará a empezar rápidamente también." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 -msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" -msgstr "" -"¡Comience su prueba gratuita ahora y gestione mejor sus proyectos con Odoo!" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 -msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" -msgstr "" -"Comience su prueba gratuita ahora con el CRM de ventas que la gente quiere" - -#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning your project" -msgstr "Planificando su proyecto" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 -msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" -msgstr "" -"¿Cómo planificar y realizar un seguimiento de las tareas de los empleados?" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " -"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " -"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." -msgstr "" -"Siguiendo y planificando las tareas de los empleados puede ser un desafío " -"pesado especialmente cuando usted maneja a varias personas. Por suerte, " -"usando el módulo de Proyectos de Odoo, puede manejarlo en tan sólo un par de" -" clics." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " -"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " -"install the application." -msgstr "" -"La única configuración necesaria es instalar el módulo de **Gestión de " -"Proyectos**. Para ello, vaya al módulo de aplicaciones, busque proyectos e " -"instale el módulo." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" -" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " -"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " -"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" -"Si desea gestionar la estimación de tiempo, usted tendrá que habilitar la " -"hoja de horas en las tareas. Desde el módulo de **Proyectos**, vaya al " -":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` en el menú desplegable. Después, " -"bajo la **Estimación del Tiempo de Trabajo**, seleccione la opción de " -"**gestionar la estimación de tiempo de tareas**. No te olvides de aplicar " -"los cambios." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " -"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " -"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." -msgstr "" -"Esta característica va a crear una barra de progreso en la vista de forma de" -" las tareas. Cada vez que su vendedor agregue tiempo de trabajo en su hoja " -"de horas, la barra se actualizará en consecuencia, sobre la base de las " -"horas previstas inicialmente." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 -msgid "Manage tasks with views" -msgstr "Administrar tareas con vistas" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" -" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " -"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " -"and the calendar view." -msgstr "" -"Usted puede tener una visión general de las diferentes tareas, gracias a los" -" múltiples puntos de vista disponibles con Odoo. Tres puntos de vista " -"principales ayudarán a planificar y dar seguimiento a las tareas de sus " -"empleados: la vista Kanban, la vista de lista (usando hojas de horas) y de " -"la vista de calendario." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " -"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." -msgstr "" -"Crea y edita las tareas en orden con el fin de ajustar tu flujo de trabajo. " -"No olvides de asignar a la persona responsable y el tiempo estimado en caso " -"de tenerlos." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 -msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" -msgstr "Obtener una visión general de las actividades con la vista Kanban" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " -"ones having the higher priorities." -msgstr "" -"La vista Kanban se publica como vista, dividido en diferentes etapas. " -"Permite tener una visión clara de las etapas de las tareas que se encuentran" -" y las que tienen más alta prioridad." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 -msgid "Add/rearrange stages" -msgstr "Añadir y reorganizar las etapas" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " -"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " -"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " -"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " -"stage." -msgstr "" -"Usted puede personalizar fácilmente su proyecto para satisfacer las " -"necesidades del negocio mediante la creación de nuevas columnas. Desde el " -"punto de vista de Kanban del proyecto, puede agregar etapas haciendo clic en" -" **Añadir nueva columna** (ver imagen de abajo). Si desea cambiar el orden " -"de sus etapas, puede hacerlo fácilmente arrastrando y soltando la columna " -"que desea mover a la ubicación deseada. También puede plegar o desplegar las" -" etapas utilizando el icono de **ajuste** en su etapa deseada." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " -"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " -"Done." -msgstr "" -"Crea un nueva columna por cada etapa del proceso de trabajo. Por ejemplo, en" -" el desarrollo de proyecto, las etapas podrían ser: Especificaciones, " -"Desarrollo, Pruebas, Terminado." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:30 msgid "Sort tasks by priority" msgstr "Ordenar tareas por prioridad" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:34 msgid "" -"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " -"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " -"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " -"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " -"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." +"Mark the star on your task to set it as a high priority one. That " +"automatically moves the task to the top of the column. Tasks that are not " +"starred are classified according to their deadlines." msgstr "" -"En cada una de sus columnas, usted tiene la posibilidad de ordenar las " -"tareas por prioridad. Las tareas con mayor prioridad serán automáticamente " -"trasladadas a la parte superior de la columna. Desde el punto de vista " -"Kanban, haga clic en la estrella en la parte inferior izquierda de una tarea" -" para etiquetarlo como de **alta prioridad**. Para las tareas que no están " -"etiquetadas, Odoo clasificará automáticamente en función de sus plazos." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:36 msgid "" -"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " -"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." +"Note that tasks with dates passed their deadlines are shown in red; tasks " +"with a deadline for the current date are orange." msgstr "" -"Tenga en cuenta que las fechas que pasaron sus plazos aparecerán en rojo " -"(también en la vista de lista) para que pueda seguir con facilidad hasta la " -"progresión de las diferentes tareas." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 -msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:43 +msgid "Manage files in tasks" msgstr "" -"No olvide que puede usar el filtro para las tareas con el filtro del menú." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 -msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" -msgstr "" -"Realice el seguimiento del progreso de cada tarea con la vista de lista" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:45 msgid "" -"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " -"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " -"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" -" each time the employee will add an activity." +"Add images/documents to your task by clicking on the *Attachment icon*." msgstr "" -"Si ha habilitado el **Administrar de Estimación de Tiempo de Tareas**, sus " -"empleados podrán registrar sus actividades en las tareas bajo el sub-menú de" -" las **Hojas de horas** junto con su duración. La barra del **Progreso " -"deTiempo del Trabajo** se actualizará cada vez que el empleado añada una " -"actividad." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "Files from emails are automatically saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:55 +msgid "Set cover images in tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:57 msgid "" -"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " -"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " -"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " -"show you the progression of each task." +"Use *Set Cover Image* to your task and quickly get to comprehend what the " +"task is about. The image is directly shown in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -"Como gerente, usted puede ver fácilmente en la vista general el tiempo " -"dedicado a las tareas de todos los empleados mediante el uso de la vista de " -"lista. Para ello, hay que acceder al proyecto de su elección y haga clic en " -"el icono de la vista de lista (ver más abajo). La última columna le mostrará" -" el progreso de cada tarea." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 -msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "Mantenga seguimiento en los plazos con la vista de Calendario" +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "Choose how to visualize tasks" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:68 msgid "" -"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " -"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " -"single window." +"Tasks can be managed and followed up in the Kanban view, which is a post-it " +"kind of view divided into different stages. More options are otherwise " +"available." msgstr "" -"Si agrega una fecha límite en su tarea, aparecerán en la vista de " -"calendario. Como gerente, este punto de vista le permite mantener un " -"seguimiento en todos los plazos en una sola ventana." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:75 msgid "" -"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" -" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " -"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." +"Drag and drop tasks to change their stage and define colors to help you " +"identify them." msgstr "" -"Todas las tareas etiquetadas con un color correspondiente al empleado " -"asignado a ellos. Puedes filtrar fácilmente los plazos por parte de " -"empleados marcando las casillas correspondientes en la derecha de la vista " -"de calendario." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast tasks?" -msgstr "¿Cómo pronosticar tareas?" +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Sub-tasks" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction to forecast" -msgstr "Introduccón a pronosticos" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:5 msgid "" -"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," -" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." +"Being a dynamic and organized company is important as it also helps you to " +"not overload your employees. For that, split large tasks into smaller ones " +"by creating subs-tasks, timesheet on them, and have an overview of all hours" +" recorded." msgstr "" -"Progrmar y pronosticar tareas es otra manera de manejar proyectos. En odoo, " -"la opción de pronósticos le da acceso a la tabla de Gantt." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:12 msgid "" -"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " -"progress of a project and its related tasks." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> Sub-tasks`." msgstr "" -"Hasta ahora, ha trabajado con la vista kanban, que le muestra el progreso " -"del proyecto y de las tareas relacionadas." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:18 +msgid "From now on, a *Sub-tasks* menu is available within your task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:25 msgid "" -"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " -"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " -"team members to collaborate better." +"Select a specific project in which sub-tasks will be created by default" msgstr "" -"Ahora, con la opción de pronósticos, la tabla Gantt le proporciona la vista " -"general. Es altamente visual que es una ventaja considerable para proyectos " -"complejos y ayuda a los miebros del equipo de colaborar mejor." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:27 msgid "" -"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " -"workload and human resources." +"By default, sub-tasks are created under the same project. However, you can " +"select another one by going to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration -->" +" Projects --> Sub-task Project`." msgstr "" -"Esta opción es un beneficio real en cuanto a planear y organizar la carga de" -" trabajo y los recursos humanos." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "How to configure the projects?" -msgstr "¿Cómo configurar los proyectos?" +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:35 +msgid "Timesheet on sub-tasks" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 -msgid "Configure the project application" -msgstr "Configurar el método de poyectos" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:37 msgid "" -"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" -" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" -" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " -"employee should complete it!" +"Make sure the feature *Timesheets* is enabled under :menuselection:`Project " +"--> Configuration --> Settings` and under the settings of the needed " +"*Project*. Now you are able to timesheet on your tasks and sub-tasks. The " +"time recorded on a sub-task is counted on the parent task." msgstr "" -"La opción **Pronostocos** le ayuda a organizar sus proyectos. Esto es " -"perfecto cuando necesita inizializar un proyecto con una fecha limite " -"especifica. Para eso, cada tarea se le esta asignando un presupuesto de " -"tiempo (monto en horas) en el cual su empleado debe cumplir la tarea." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 -msgid "" -"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " -"application:" +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:46 +msgid "Transform an existing task into a sub-task" msgstr "" -"Primero, necesita habilitar la opción **Pronósticos** para la aplicación de " -"proyectos entera:" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " -"Forecast option and click **Apply**." +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:48 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:58 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Proyectos --> Configuración --> Ajustes`. Seleccióne " -"la opción Pronósticos y de clic an **Aplicar**." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " -"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " -"all the projects that you manage)." +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:49 +msgid "Now access your task, *Edit*, and add a *Parent Task*." msgstr "" -"Una vez hecho, siempre necesita activar la opción de **Pronósticos** " -"especificamente para su **proyecto** (posiblemente no necesita la tabla " -"Gantt para todos los proyectos que esta gestionando)." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Configure a specific project." -msgstr "Cnfigure un proyecto específico." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " -"Forecast\" in your project settings." +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:56 +msgid "Unlink a sub-task from a parent task" msgstr "" -"Cuando se crea un nuevo proyecto, asegurase de selecciónar la opción " -"\"Permitir pronósticos\" en los ajustes del proyecto." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 -msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:59 +msgid "Open and *Edit* the respective sub-task to remove the *Parent Task*." msgstr "" -"Veerá la opción de **Pronósticos** aparecer en el menú en la parte superior." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " -"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." -msgstr "" -"Si esta agregando la opción de pronósticos a un proyecto existente, contenga" -" tareas con fechas o sin fechas, estas no seran mostrados." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 -msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." -msgstr "Las tareas de un poyecto no estan relacionadas con un pronóstico." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 -msgid "How to create a forecast?" -msgstr "¿Cómo crear un pronóstico?" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " -"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." -msgstr "" -"Antes de crear un proyecto con pronósticos, enlista todas las tareas junto " -"con su tiempo proyectado. Le ayudara en la coordinación del trabajo." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " -"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " -"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." -msgstr "" -"Para hacer aparecer los proyectos en la vista Gantt, debe crear un " -"pronóstico desde la página de una tarea. Para crear un pronóstico, de clic " -"en la esquina superior izquierda de una tarea, **Crear un pronóstico**." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 -msgid "" -"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " -"space in the Gantt chart calendar." -msgstr "" -"Tambien puede crear un nuevo pronóstico de forma fácil haciendo clic en un " -"espacio vacío en la tabla Gantt." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " -"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " -"take." -msgstr "" -"El interfaz de pronósticos llenará el nombre del proyecto y de la tarea de " -"forma automática. Solo debe agregar las fechas y teimpos que la tarea " -"deberia consumir." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" -" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " -"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." -msgstr "" -"El campo \"Horas efectivas\" solo aparecerá si tiene installado la " -"aplicación **Parte de horas** en su base de datos. Esta opción le ayuda ver " -"el progreso en una tarea gracias a la integración con Parte de horas." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 -msgid "" -"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " -"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " -"in the Effective hours field." -msgstr "" -"Por ejemplo: si un usuario rellena un parte de horas con su nombre de " -"proyecto (cuenta analítica), con 10 horas empleados, el pronóstico relatará " -"estos 10 horas en el campo Horas efectivas." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 -msgid "What are the difference between the views?" -msgstr "¿Cuál es la diferencia entre las vistas?" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " -"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " -"by projects." -msgstr "" -"En la aplicación **Proyectos** tiene un menú **Pronósticos**. Este sub-menú " -"le ayuda a ver la tabla Gantt desde diferentes perspectivas: por usuarios o " -"por proyectos." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 -msgid "By users : people management" -msgstr "Por usuarios: gestión de gente" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " -"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." -" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." -msgstr "" -"Esta opción muestra la tabla Gantt con las personas assignadas. La tabla " -"Gantt de Odoo le muestra quienes estan involucrados; le da la vista general " -"sobre el proyecto. Es muy útil para asignar recursos de forma eficiente." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " -"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " -"third, you see which tasks they're on." -msgstr "" -"En la parte izquierda, en el primer nivel, puede ver cuales usuarios estan " -"involucrados. Luego, en el segundo nivel, puede ver a cuales proyectos estan" -" asignados. En el tercer nivel, puede ver en cuales tareas estan trabajando." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " -"the duration of the task in the calendar." -msgstr "" -"Cada tarea esta representada por un rectángulo colorido. Este rectángulo " -"refleja la duración de la tarea en el calendario." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " -"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " -"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " -"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." -msgstr "" -"El primer rectángulo en el primer nivel es la suma de todas las tareas " -"compiladas del nivel tercero. Si aparece en verde, esto significa que el " -"tiempo total asignado a un usuario es menos de 100%. Si esta en rojo, esto " -"significa que este usuario esta asignado a multiples tareas que totalizan a " -"mas de 100% de su tiempo disponible." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 -msgid "Plan the workload" -msgstr "Planea la carga de trabajo" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 -msgid "" -"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " -"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " -"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" -" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se crea un pronóstico, debe selecciónar el tiempo que el usuario debe" -" occuparse con éste. 100% significa que su usuario debe trabajar tiempo " -"completo durante estos días. No tiene otra tarea con que ocuparse. En " -"resumen puede escoger de 1 a 100% como sus usuarios deben organizar su " -"tiempo para trabajar en differentes tareas." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 -msgid "" -"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " -"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " -"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." -msgstr "" -"El podér de la integración le ayuda a evitar doble asignacipon de empleados." -" Por ejemplo, si un experto ya esta asignado al 40% en otra tarea en un otro" -" proyecto, solo le puede reservar al 60% para este periodo." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " -"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " -"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " -"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " -"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " -"that this is feasible." -msgstr "" -"En el ejemplo de abajo, el usuario \"Administrador\" esta trabajando en 2 " -"proyectos (\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" y \"Implementation Process56\"). El " -"usuario esta asignado a ambos proyectos con un total de 110% de su tiempo. " -"Esto es demasiado asi que el gerente de proyectos debe cambiar los usuarios " -"assignados a esta tarea. Sino, el gerente de proyectos puede cambiar los " -"tiempos o las fechas, para asegurar que esto sea posible." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 -msgid "Gantt view advantages" -msgstr "Ventajas de la tabla Gantt" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 -msgid "" -"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" -" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " -"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " -"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " -"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." -msgstr "" -"Esta tabla Gantt 'por usuario' le ayuda a mejor gestionar sus recursos " -"humanos. Evita confusión sobre las tareas y las assignaciónes de los " -"usuarios. La tabla Gantt es altamente visual y ayuda a comprender todos los " -"diferentes elementos a la vez. También tendrá claro inmediatamente las " -"proximas tareas. Este meétodo le ayuda a mejor entender las relaciónes entre" -" las tareas." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 -msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" -msgstr "La vista dinamica de la tabla Gantt en Odoo le permite:" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 -msgid "" -"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " -"the future or in the past" -msgstr "" -"cambiar tiempo y fecha de un pronóstico haciendo clic y deslizando la tarea " -"hacia el futuro o hacia el pasado." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 -msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" -msgstr "crear un nuevo pronóstico directamente dentro de la table Gantt" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 -msgid "modify an existing forecast" -msgstr "modificar un pronóstico existente" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 -msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." -msgstr "cambiar el largo de una tarea extendiento y recortando el rectángulo" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 -msgid "By projects: project management" -msgstr "Por proyectos: gestión de proyectos" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " -"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " -"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " -"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." -msgstr "" -"La tabla Gantt es la vista perfecta sobre un proyecto para mejor entender " -"las interacciónes entre las tareas. Puede evitar tareas conflictivos o " -"empezar con una de forma adelantada cunado una otra tarea sigue en " -"ejecución. La tabla Gantt de Odoo es transparente y ayuda a coordinar las " -"tareas de forma eficiente." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " -"level of hierarchy." -msgstr "" -"Esta opción muestra la tabla Gantt mostrando los proyectos en el primer " -"nivel jerarquico." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" -" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " -"they're on." -msgstr "" -"En la parte izquiera, en el primer nivel, puede ver los proyectos. Luego, en" -" el segundo nivel, puede ver los usuarios asignados. En el tercer nivel, " -"puede ver en cuales tareas estan trabajando." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 -msgid "" -"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " -"Users** section)" -msgstr "" -"Esta vista no mostrará su tiempo de RRHH. Los colores no aplican. (ver " -"sección **por usuarios**)" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index b1a2f6aa2..28f0a1eb1 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: AleEscandon , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 msgid "" "To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " +" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparison of the information " "appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po index e3eb5b1a1..247f6ec29 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -271,146 +271,196 @@ msgstr "Control" msgid "Define Quality Control Points" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:6 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. " +"Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and " +"services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed" +" expectations. It also helps minimize waste." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:10 +msgid "" +"That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality " +"control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality " +"controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that " +"the company then has to rework or scrap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With " +"Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:20 msgid "Quality Control Points" msgstr "Puntos del control de calidad" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If it is the first *Quality Control Point* that you create, know that you " -"need to open the *Quality* app. Then, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control " -"--> Control Points`. Once there, you have to define the product on which the" -" quality control will take place, as well as the operation at which it " -"should take place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The *Quality Control Points* can take place during transfers or during the " -"manufacturing process of the products. If you work with routings on your " -"*Bill of Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing " -"process the quality control point should be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The control type defines at which frequency the quality checks should take " -"place:" -msgstr "" - #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22 msgid "" -"All Operations: all the operations will generate quality checks to perform;" +"To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> " +"Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which" +" the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it " +"takes place also is to be defined here." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:24 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:27 msgid "" -"Randomly: the quality checks will only be performed on x% of the operation. " -"You must define the percentage yourself, on the control point;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Periodically: the quality checks will be performed periodically. The " -"periodicity is based on the period you define (once a day, once a week)." +"The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the " +"manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of " +"Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process " +"the quality control point needs to be applied." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32 -msgid "Quality Control Point Types" +msgid "" +"The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take" +" place:" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:34 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:35 msgid "" -"Now that the rest is configured, you need to define the type of quality " -"check." +"**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks" +" to perform;" msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38 msgid "" -"Some of the types are only available with the manufacturing application." +"**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The " +"percentage needs to be defined on the control point;" msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41 -msgid "Text" -msgstr "Texto" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:43 msgid "" -"This control point type allows you to give instructions to your workers " -"during the transfer, or the manufacturing process." +"**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The " +"periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:56 -msgid "Take a Picture" -msgstr "Hacer foto" +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:50 +msgid "Quality Control Point Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There " +"are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a " +"measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label." +msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58 msgid "" -"This control point type asks you to take a picture of the product in a " -"transfer, or when manufacturing it." +"Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:71 -msgid "Pass-Fail" -msgstr "" +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Text" +msgstr "Texto" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:73 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:64 msgid "" -"This type of control point requires that you specify if the products pass or" -" fail a specific text. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing" -" orders." +"This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the " +"transfer or during the manufacturing process." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80 +msgid "Take a Picture" +msgstr "Hacer foto" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:82 msgid "" -"For this kind of control point type, you have the possibility to define a " -"failure message that will give instructions to follow in case of quality " -"check failure." +"This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a " +"transfer or when manufacturing it." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:94 -msgid "Take a Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:96 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:98 msgid "" -"This control point type requires you to enter the product’s measurements " -"during a transfer, or during the manufacturing process." +"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera " +"<../../iot/devices/measurement_tool>`." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102 -msgid "" -"For this kind of control point type, you also have the possibility to define" -" a failure message that will give instructions to the worker." +msgid "Pass-Fail" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:115 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:104 +msgid "" +"*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific " +"criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message " +"giving instructions to follow in case of failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:127 +msgid "Take a Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a " +"transfer or during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements," +" but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good " +"measures can are automatically accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives " +"instructions to the worker." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:156 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools " +"<../../iot/devices/camera>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:159 msgid "Register Consumed Materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:117 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:161 msgid "" -"This control point type requires you register the component serial/lot " -"numbers during the manufacturing process. It is only available if you work " -"with routings." +"When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the " +"component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:128 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:165 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:182 +msgid "This type is only available when working with routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:176 msgid "Register By-Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:130 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:178 msgid "" -"With this control point type, you must register the serial/lot number of the" -" by-products that are manufactured. It is also only available with routings." +"With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot " +"number of the by-products that are manufactured." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:141 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:193 msgid "Print Label" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:143 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:195 msgid "" -"This control point type allows you to print labels to add to the product " -"during the manufacturing process." +"*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the " +"product during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:207 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer " +"<../../iot/devices/printer>`." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index a7fb2df36..ac360527e 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -6,7 +6,6 @@ # Translators: # Luis Marin , 2020 # Vivian Montana , 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # David Arnold , 2020 # Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020 # Esteban Echeverry , 2020 @@ -15,17 +14,22 @@ # eduardo mendoza , 2020 # Nicole Kist , 2020 # Noemi Nahomy , 2020 -# Jon Perez , 2020 # Nacho Hermoso , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Luis M. Ontalba , 2020 +# Sergio Flores , 2020 +# Antonio Trueba, 2020 +# Jon Perez , 2020 +# Osiris Román , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Nacho Hermoso , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Osiris Román , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -125,283 +129,253 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "Conector de Amazon" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:3 -msgid "Apply for Amazon MWS Access Keys" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Connector Features" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:8 -msgid "Submit the Amazon MWS Developer Registration and Assessment Form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:10 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" -"In order to synchronize your Amazon orders with Odoo, Amazon MWS access keys" -" are required. They can be obtained by submitting the **Amazon MWS Developer" -" Registration and Assessment form** to register as a developer. Once " -"recognized by Amazon as a developer (i.e. you make use of an application " -"connecting to MWS), you will be granted Amazon MWS access keys." +"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " +"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " +"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:15 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 +msgid "Supported Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 +msgid "The connector is able to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" -"First, visit the `Amazon Marketplace Web Service documentation " -"`_" -" and follow the instructions to register as a developer. Take care to choose" -" the form \"I represent a seller organization integrating with Amazon MWS " -"for its own selling account only.\"." +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " +"their order items which include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:20 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 +msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 +msgid "the shipping costs for the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 +msgid "the gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" -"Fill out the *Developer Registration and Assessment form* as suggested below" -" and provide your own contact information in the **Developer contact " -"information** section. In the **Business use information** section, select " -"the correct region of your seller account. For the other sections, adapt " -"your responses in accordance with your business case." +"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:25 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 msgid "" -"Give a particular attention to **Merchant Fulfilled Shipping**. It should " -"only be checked if you ship your products yourself. You should uncheck it if" -" you sell exclusively with the *Fulfillment by Amazon* service. Please note " -"that requesting this function is not recommended if you are hosted on *Odoo " -"Online* or *Odoo.sh* as the additional security requirements asked by Amazon" -" may not be met by Odoo." +"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:32 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:24 +msgid "Notify Amazon of an order manually canceled on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 +msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:32 +msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:32 +msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "**Orders**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "**Shipping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "Charges" +msgstr "Cargos" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "Delivery created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:46 +msgid "Handled by Amazon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "Gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:41 +msgid "Gift message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "**Stock Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "Handled by the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:46 +msgid "**Confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:46 +msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:49 +msgid "**Cancellation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:49 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:49 +msgid "Notify Amazon on manually canceled sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "" -"Depending on several factors (your region, whether you checked the " -"**Merchant Fulfilled Shipping** function (i.e. you request access to " -"Personally Identifiable Information of your customers), etc.), Amazon may " -"request you to fill out a second form before granting you MWS access keys. " -"As that form depends on the data protection policy of the region of your " -"seller account (e.g. GDPR in Europe), we cannot provide you with a pre-" -"filled form. Instead, the answers of questions related to Odoo are listed in" -" the `Answer the Additional Form`_ section." +"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:61 +msgid "Supported Marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 msgid "" -"If you need assistance for your application for Amazon MWS access keys, " -"`submit a support ticket to Odoo `_." +"The Amazon Connector currently supports 9 marketplaces. If a marketplace is " +"not listed below, it may be possible for you to :ref:`add it as an " +"unsupported marketplace `." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:46 -msgid "Answer the Additional Form" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +msgid "**North America region**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:49 -msgid "" -"If you did not receive any additional form after your :ref:`initial " -"application for Amazon MWS keys `, you may disregard " -"this section." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:70 +msgid "Canada" +msgstr "Canadá" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:70 +msgid "Amazon.ca" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:52 -msgid "" -"This section lists all questions asked by Amazon in additional forms. The " -"answers are tailored for *Odoo Online* and *Odoo.sh*. Wherever the answer " -"does not depend on Odoo, you are requested to provide it yourself at the " -"place indicated by square brackets." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "México" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 +msgid "Amazon.com.mx" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you are *not* hosted on Odoo, you should adapt the answers related to " -"hosting according to your own infrastructure and data protection policy." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +msgid "US" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If you *are* hosted on Odoo, take note that Amazon is the final decision " -"maker concerning your application. While Odoo can help you provide " -"additional details to your application, it is not guaranteed that Amazon " -"will find them adequate." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +msgid "Amazon.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:64 -msgid "" -"**Describe all functionalities in your application where Personally " -"Identifiable Information (e.g. customer name, street address, billing " -"address) is required.**" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +msgid "**Europe region**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:68 -msgid "► If you did not apply for the *Merchant Fulfilled Shipping* function:" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "Alemania" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +msgid "Amazon.de" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:68 -msgid "Generation of customer invoices." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "España" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +msgid "Amazon.es" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:71 -msgid "► If you applied for the *Merchant Fulfilled Shipping* function:" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +msgid "France" +msgstr "Francia" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +msgid "Amazon.fr" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:71 -msgid "Generation of delivery orders and customer invoices." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "UK" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:73 -msgid "" -"**List all outside parties with whom your organization shares Amazon " -"Information (e.g. information exposed by Amazon through Amazon MWS, Seller " -"Central, or Amazon's public-facing websites) and describe how your " -"organization shares this information.**" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "Amazon.co.uk" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:77 -msgid "" -"We share Amazon Information with Odoo SA, our cloud service provider, for " -"the exclusive purpose of hosting our enterprise management system (including" -" the Amazon MWS integration). See also Odoo SA's Privacy Policy for details " -"at https://www.odoo.com/privacy" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "Italia" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Amazon.it" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:83 -msgid "► If you share Amazon Information with outside parties:" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "Holanda" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Amazon.nl" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:82 -msgid "" -"[Answer with the above text and add a description of your organization's " -"policy regarding the sharing of Amazon Information with outside parties]" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:94 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:101 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**List all non-Amazon MWS sources where you retrieve Amazon Information.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Our enterprise software only relies on MWS to retrieve Amazon Information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:89 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization restricts public access to databases, file " -"servers, and desktop/developer endpoints.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:92 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:126 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:138 -msgid "" -"We rely on Odoo S.A., our cloud service provider for our database security " -"management. Their Security Policy can be found at " -"https://www.odoo.com/security" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:95 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization uniquely identifies employees and restricts" -" access to Amazon Information on a need-to-know basis.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:106 -msgid "" -"► If all your employees are properly assigned separate users and given only " -"relevant access rights:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Access rights are provided to employees based on their role within the " -"company and are progressive, based on their responsibility." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:102 -msgid "" -"For instance, salespersons only have access to their own leads/quotes (and " -"thus no access to quotes generated through the Amazon API). A salesmanager " -"has access to all quotes/leads for reporting purposes (including quotes " -"generated through the Amazon API). A quote will generate a delivery order " -"which will be accessible to a 'normal' user of the Inventory application for" -" him to be able to print the delivery label and pack the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:110 -msgid "" -"► If your employees share users or if they are given more rights than " -"needed:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:109 -msgid "" -"[Answer with a description of your organization's policy for the assignation" -" of users and access rights to your employees]" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization prevents Amazon Information from being " -"accessed from employee personal devices.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Our enterprise software does not prevent employees from accessing the " -"organization's data from personal devices. Role-based restrictions and " -"access rights still apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:118 -msgid "" -"**Provide details on your organization's privacy and data handling policies " -"(a link to your policy is also acceptable).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:121 -msgid "" -"[Answer with a description of your organization's privacy and data handling " -"policies]" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:123 -msgid "" -"**Describe where your organization stores Amazon Information and provide " -"details on how you encrypt this information (e.g., algorithm).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:129 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization backups or archives Amazon Information and " -"provide details on how you encrypt this information (e.g., algorithm).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:132 -msgid "" -"We rely on Odoo S.A., our cloud service provider for our database backups " -"management. Their Service Level Agreement can be found at " -"https://www.odoo.com/cloud-sla" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:135 -msgid "" -"**Describe where your organization monitors and detects malicious activity " -"in your application(s).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:141 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization's incident response plan addresses database" -" hacks, unauthorized access, and data leaks (a link to your policy is also " -"acceptable).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Our cloud service provider, Odoo S.A., will notify the customer in case of a" -" data breach." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:146 -msgid "" -"[Add a description of your organization's incident response plan or a link " -"to your incident response policy.]" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:95 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:75 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 @@ -424,15 +398,7 @@ msgid "" " are not yet registered." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you did not request access to Personally Identifiable Information of your" -" customers in the :ref:`Developer Registration and Assessment form `, the customers are created anonymously (the name, postal " -"address and phone number are omitted) and named **Amazon Customer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is canceled in Odoo. When an order is canceled" @@ -440,7 +406,7 @@ msgid "" "Seller Central and notify the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " "the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " @@ -450,7 +416,7 @@ msgid "" "wish to synchronize and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:28 msgid "" "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " ":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " @@ -459,11 +425,11 @@ msgid "" " PICKINGS**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:42 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 msgid "" "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " "picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " @@ -471,18 +437,18 @@ msgid "" "products partially by using backorders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 msgid "" "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " "it) is on its way." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:52 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " "move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " @@ -493,14 +459,14 @@ msgid "" "under the FBA program." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:53 msgid "" "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:64 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:58 msgid "" "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " "accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" @@ -512,24 +478,24 @@ msgid "" " your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:66 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:74 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:68 msgid "" "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " "in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " "of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "" "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " "orders based on the sales team." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:76 msgid "" "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " "invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " @@ -540,11 +506,11 @@ msgid "" "account by the amount received." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:83 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:91 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " "this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " @@ -552,13 +518,13 @@ msgid "" " of your company's accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:95 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 msgid "" "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 msgid "" "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " "similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " @@ -568,31 +534,117 @@ msgid "" "two registrations of your account." msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:100 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:73 +msgid ":doc:`features`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Generate an Authorization Token in Seller Central" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector uses an Authorization Token that allows Odoo to fetch " +"data from your Amazon Seller Central account. This token can be obtained " +"directly through Seller Central in a few clicks and needs to be set up in " +"your Odoo database configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Seller Central account for the marketplace you initially " +"signed up (e.g. if you created your account on Amazon Germany, go to `Amazon" +" Seller Central for Germany `_) with an " +"administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You might need to use the *main* (or first) administrator account and not " +"one added subsequently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In the main menu, select :menuselection:`Apps & Services --> Manage Your " +"Apps`; in the page that displays, click on the ``Authorize new developper`` " +"button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "Fill in the form depending on your Marketplace:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If your seller account is registered in the **North America** region, use " +"these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Developer's Name: ``Odoo S.A.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 +msgid "Developer ID: ``586127723692``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "For the **Europe** region, use these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Developer ID: ``579095187166``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Amazon will then inform you that by submitting the form, you are giving " +"access to your Seller Central Information to Odoo S.A." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Odoo S.A. is unable to access your Amazon account's information without the " +"Authorization Token which is stored in your Odoo database - we do not store " +"these tokens on our platform directly and are therefore unable to access " +"your account's information outside of the Amazon Connector normal flows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " "Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:11 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 msgid "" "The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " -"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The **Access " -"Key** and the **Secret Key** can be found in Developer Central (where the " -":ref:`Developer Registration and Assessment form ` " -"was located)." +"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The " +"**Authorization Token** is the one you generated in the :ref:`previous step " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Upon saving, your credentials are checked. In case of issues, an error will " +"be displayed - the information cannot be saved until your credentials are " +"recognized by Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 msgid "" "Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " "are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" @@ -600,11 +652,11 @@ msgid "" " their synchronization." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:21 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 msgid "Match database products in Amazon" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:23 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 msgid "" "When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " "created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " @@ -612,7 +664,7 @@ msgid "" " charges (if any)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 msgid "" "The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " "matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " @@ -620,7 +672,7 @@ msgid "" "for gift wrapping charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 msgid "" "For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are " "listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " @@ -629,7 +681,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`the internal reference is used instead `." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:39 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 msgid "" "It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific " "product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" @@ -638,7 +690,7 @@ msgid "" " under different conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 msgid "" "If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " "given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " @@ -646,7 +698,7 @@ msgid "" "the shipping code." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:49 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " "<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " @@ -654,11 +706,11 @@ msgid "" "Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:55 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 msgid "Configure taxes of products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 msgid "" "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " "the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " @@ -667,7 +719,7 @@ msgid "" " subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 msgid "" "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " "Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " @@ -675,6 +727,188 @@ msgid "" "reconciling the payments in Odoo." msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil, are not officially " +"supported by Odoo but might be compatible with your seller account. These " +"marketplaces can be added manually should you wish to use them. See " +":ref:`here ` for the exhaustive list of " +"natively supported marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To find out if a marketplace is eventually compatible, check the `Amazon " +"Documentation " +"`_." +" The marketplace must belong to the same region as that of your seller " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To add a new marketplace, you must first enable :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:139 +msgid "" +"From there, you can create a new marketplace record. You will need the " +"Marketplace ID and Endpoint for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon" +" Documentation " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.`` to easily retrieve it (for" +" instance: ``Amazon.se``). The **Code**, **Domain** and **API Identifier** " +"fields should respectively hold the *Country Code*, *Amazon MWS Endpoint* " +"and *MarketplaceId* values from the Amazon Documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Once the marketplace is saved, you should then update the Amazon Account " +"configuration by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`, open the " +"account on which you wish to use the new marketplace, go to the " +"**Marketplaces** tab and click on **Update available marketplaces** (an " +"animation should confirm the success of the operation). Newly added " +"marketplaces are automatically added to the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces. If the new marketplace is not added to the list, it means that" +" it is either incompatible or unavailable for your seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:156 +msgid "" +"As manually added marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo, there " +"is no guarantee that adding one as described above will work, nor can this " +"be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:3 +msgid "Install the Amazon Connector Authentication Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Starting July 2020, the Amazon Connector requires the use of a new " +"authentication method that makes it easier for you to set up the Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Prior to the update, Odoo customers who wished to use the Amazon Connector " +"had to apply to get developer credentials through Amazon, which was a " +"painful and long process that could take weeks. This method of " +"authentication is still technically possible, but Amazon will refuse to " +"provide developer credentials for Odoo customers from July 2020 onwards and " +"will deactivate such credentials for existing customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This documentation will help you install the update and use the new " +"authentication flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that if your Odoo database was first created after the update was " +"released, the update module is installed automatically. You can check if " +"this module is already installed by going to the **Apps** menu, removing " +"the ``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``. If the module " +"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** is present and marked as installed, your " +"Odoo database is already up-to-date and you can proceed with the :doc:`setup" +" ` step of the Amazon Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:25 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The new authentication mechanism is made available through a new Odoo " +"module; to be able to install it, you must make sure that your Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, your code is already up-to-" +"date and you can proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then you must" +" update your installation as detailed in `this documentation page " +"`_ or by " +"contacting your integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:39 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:41 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by your Odoo instance to be available in " +"the **Apps** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to :menuselection:`Apps " +"--> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:48 +msgid "Install the Amazon/Authentication Patch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You should never install new modules in your production database without " +"testing them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, " +"a duplicate database can be created from the database management page as " +"explained in :doc:`this documentation page <../../db_management/db_online>`." +" For Odoo.sh users, you should use a staging or duplicate database. For on-" +"premise users, you should use a staging environment - you should contact " +"your integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a new " +"module in your particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The module should now be available in your **Apps** menu. Remove the " +"``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``; the module " +"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** should be available for installation. If you" +" cannot find the module after having updated the list of available modules, " +"it means your Odoo source code is not up-to-date; refer to step one of this " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, you will need to generate an Authorization " +"Token in Amazon Seller Central and set it up on your Amazon Account in Odoo;" +" this process is detailed in the :doc:`setup ` page." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "conector con eBay" @@ -915,64 +1149,131 @@ msgstr "Solicitar un pago inicial" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" -"A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the " -"rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to " -"protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious." +"A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " +"is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " +"to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to " +"acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are " +"obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." msgstr "" -"Un pago inicial es un pago inicial, parcial, con el acuerdo de que el resto " -"se pagará más adelante. Para pedidos o proyectos costosos, es una forma de " -"protegerse y asegurarse de que su cliente sea serio." #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " +"way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 msgid "First time you request a down payment" msgstr "Primera vez que solicite un pago inicial" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment" -" option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total " -"amount." -msgstr "" -"Cuando confirma una venta, puede crear una factura y seleccionar una opción " -"de pago inicial. Puede ser una cantidad fija o un porcentaje de la cantidad " -"total." - #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 msgid "" -"The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account " -"and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments." +"When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " +"invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" +" them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 " +"options:" msgstr "" -"La primera vez que solicite un pago inicial puede seleccionar una cuenta de " -"ingresos y una configuración de impuestos que se reutilizará para los " -"próximos pagos iniciales." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 +msgid "Regular invoice" +msgstr "Factura regular" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 +msgid "Down payment (percentage)" +msgstr "Depósito (porcentaje)" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment." -msgstr "A continuación, verá la factura para el pago inicial." +msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" +msgstr "Depósito (cantidad fija)" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" -"On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be " -"automatically deducted." +"In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" +" the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " +"percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income " +"account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." msgstr "" -"En la factura posterior o final, cualquier pago anticipado realizado se " -"deducirá automáticamente." #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " +"payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " +"product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, " +"you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you" +" choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able" +" to create an invoice**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +msgid "" +"For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" +" using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " +"our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , " +"before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view " +"the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the " +"down payment (as you can see below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +msgid "" +"There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " +"But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " +"So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the " +"possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** " +"button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** " +"button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order" +" and draft invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " +"order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" +" to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, " +"paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " +"quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " +"payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to " +"deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been " +"delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice " +"created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the " +"**Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the " +"delivered quantity manually on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" msgstr "Modificar la cuenta de ingresos y los impuestos de clientes." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 -msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*." -msgstr "En la lista de productos, busque *Pago inicial*." - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the" -" income account & customer taxes." +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 +msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +msgid "" +"You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " +"to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " +"need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the " +"**Accounting Tab** on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" -"Luego puede editarlo, en la pestaña de facturación podrá cambiar la cuenta " -"de ingresos y los impuestos de los clientes." #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" @@ -1077,93 +1378,109 @@ msgstr "Factura basada en cantidades entregadas o pedidas" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" -"Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for " -"invoicing:" +"Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:" msgstr "" -"Dependiendo de tu negocio y de lo que venda, tiene dos opciones para " -"facturar:" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 msgid "" -"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales " -"order is confirmed." +"The **Invoice what is ordered** rule is used as **default mode** in Odoo " +"Sales, which means that customers will be invoiced once the sales order is " +"confirmed." msgstr "" -"Factura por cantidad pedida: factura la orden completa tan pronto se " -"confirma la orden de venta." #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 msgid "" -"Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a " -"partial delivery." +"The **Invoice what is delivered** rule will invoice customers once the " +"delivery is done. This rule concerns businesses that sell materials, liquids" +" or food in large quantities. In these cases, the quantity might diverge a " +"little bit and it is, therefore, preferable to invoice the quantity actually" +" delivered." msgstr "" -"Factura por cantidad entregada: factura por lo que entregó, incluso si es " -"una entrega parcial." - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode." -msgstr "La factura por cantidad ordenada es el modo por defecto." #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 msgid "" -"The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type " -"of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the" -" quantity might diverge a little bit and it is therefore better to invoice " -"the actual delivered quantity." +"Being able to have different invoicing options allow you more flexibility. " +"Indeed, you need to know exactly how to invoice your customers for different" +" situations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 +msgid "Activate these features" msgstr "" -"Los beneficios de usar *Factura en la cantidad entregada* dependen de su " -"tipo de negocio, cuando vende material, líquidos o alimentos en grandes " -"cantidades, la cantidad puede variar un poco y, por lo tanto, es mejor " -"facturar la cantidad entregada real." #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" -"You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every " -"options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), " -"invoice a fixed advance." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " +"**Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply." msgstr "" -"También tiene la capacidad de facturar manualmente, lo que le permite " -"controlar todas las opciones: facturas listas para facturar líneas, facturar" -" un porcentaje (anticipo), facturar un anticipo fijo." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 -msgid "Decide the policy on a product page" -msgstr "Decida la política en la página de producto" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 msgid "" -"From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing " -"policy and select the one you want." +"If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not" +" be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which " +"automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed." msgstr "" -"Desde cualquier página de productos, en la pestaña de contabilidad " -"encontrará la política de facturación y seleccionará la que desee." #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 -msgid "Send the invoice" -msgstr "Enviar la factura" +msgid "Choose an invoicing policy on a product form" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 msgid "" -"Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced " -"quantities." +"From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing " +"policy, which can be manually changed." msgstr "" -"Una vez que confirme la venta, podrá ver las cantidades entregadas y " -"facturadas." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is " -"confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have" -" to validate the delivery." +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 +msgid "Impact on sales flow" msgstr "" -"Si lo establece en cantidades pedidas, puede facturar tan pronto se confirme" -" la venta. Sin embargo, si seleccionó las cantidades entregadas, primero " -"deberá validar la entrega." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 msgid "" -"Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will " -"automatically add the quantities to invoice based on how many you delivered " -"if you did a partial delivery." +"On Odoo Sales, the basic sales flow will be to create a quotation, send it " +"to your customer, wait for confirmation, confirm the sales order and create " +"an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Invoice what is ordered**: No impact on this basic sales flow. Indeed, you" +" can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 +msgid "" +"**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will " +"have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to " +"install the **Inventory App** to confirm the delivered quantity before " +"creating an invoice, with the **Sales App**. Indeed, if you try to create an" +" invoice without validating the delivered quantity, you will receive an " +"error message as below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation " +"sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced " +"quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a " +"partial delivery)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Finally, to create an invoice, you will have different possibilities: " +"regular invoice or down payment (percentage or fixed amount)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about down payment here: " +":doc:`down_payment`, to master this incredible feature." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 @@ -2098,6 +2415,7 @@ msgstr "Modelo de Producto: Polos" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuración" @@ -2357,6 +2675,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr "" @@ -2470,9 +2789,9 @@ msgid "" "will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before " "creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our " "documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as " -":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal`, " -":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize`, and others in the " -":doc:`../../ecommerce` documentation." +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 @@ -2499,15 +2818,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce`" +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal`" +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize`" +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 @@ -2730,76 +3049,133 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders" -msgstr "Añadir términos y condiciones a los pedidos" +msgid "Add terms & conditions" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 msgid "" -"Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " -"between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " -"information which include products and company policy; allowing the customer" -" to read all those terms everything before committing to anything." +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " +"contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " +"delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all " +"formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other " +"hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing" +" to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms" +" and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you " +"manage." msgstr "" -"Especificar los Términos y Condiciones es esencial para asegurar una buena " -"relación entre clientes y vendedores. Cada vendedor debe declarar toda la " -"información formal que incluye los productos y la política de la empresa; " -"permitiendo al cliente leer todos esos términos antes de comprometerse con " -"cualquier cosa." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every " -"quotation, sales order and invoice." -msgstr "" -"Odoo te permite incluir fácilmente tus términos y condiciones " -"predeterminados en cada oferta, pedido de venta y factura." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 +msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "Términos y condiciones predeterminados" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 -msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" -msgstr "Configurar tus términos y condiciones predeterminados" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 msgid "" -"In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then " -"appear on every quotation, SO and invoice." +"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " +"**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " +"Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is " +"done automatically with the installation of the sales application." msgstr "" -"En ese cuadro puedes agregar tus términos y condiciones predeterminados. " -"Luego aparecerán en cada cotización, orden de venta y factura." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 -msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions" -msgstr "Configurar términos y condiciones más detalladas" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 +msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 msgid "" -"A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish" -" on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo." +"In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" +" your default terms and conditions." msgstr "" -"Una buena idea para compartir condiciones más detalladas o estructuradas, es" -" publicarla en la web y consultar ese enlace en los términos y condiciones " -"de Odoo." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured " -"conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default" -" attachment for all quotation emails sent." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 +msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 +msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 +msgid "" +"According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " +"on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" +" and conditions within your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " +":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 +msgid "General Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 +msgid "GT&C on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " +"page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " +"is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " +"category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " +"are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " +"quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " +"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and " +"create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the " +"confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online " +"payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to" +" configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & " +"conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 +msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." msgstr "" -"También puede adjuntar un documento externo con condiciones más detalladas y" -" estructuradas al correo electrónico que envíe al cliente. Incluso puede " -"establecer un archivo adjunto predeterminado para todos los correos " -"electrónicos de cotización enviados." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po index 9d3455532..a9a87635e 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -7,15 +7,17 @@ # Cristopher Cravioto , 2020 # Jon Perez , 2020 # Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# José Vicente , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: José Vicente , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -32,74 +34,64 @@ msgid "Overview" msgstr "Información general" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 -msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" +msgid "Contact Lists and Blacklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:5 msgid "" "Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" " to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " "newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " "another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " -"distribution a lot easier." +"distribution easier." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 msgid "Contact lists" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:13 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if " -"you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in the" -" unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences." -msgstr "" - #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 msgid "" -"Once inside the list, you can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " -"specific list." +"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Is Public* " +"if you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in " +"the unsubscription page (allowing users to update their subscription " +"preferences)." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 msgid "History with the Log Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:23 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:25 msgid "" -"A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient " -"(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." +"A record of the mailings sent is kept on the recipient's chatter (whether it" +" is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:31 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:28 msgid "" -"This is important as you and your team can easily keep track and see a " -"history of interactions with your contacts or prospects, granting you the " -"ability to better understand them." +"This is important as you and team members can easily keep track and see a " +"history of the interactions with your contacts or prospects. Example: your " +"sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a " +"customer has received or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Example: your sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing " -"promotions a customer has received or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:37 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:35 msgid "Blacklist" msgstr "Lista negra" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:38 msgid "" "If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " -"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries in your " +"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries to your " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:40 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 msgid "" "For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " "Import`." @@ -109,268 +101,261 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Integrations and Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:5 msgid "" "Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " -"purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " +"purposes, but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " "costumers, for example." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 -msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS Campaigns" -msgstr "" +msgid "Campaigns" +msgstr "Campañas" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:10 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:11 msgid "" "First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " -":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"activate the option Mailing Campaigns`." +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Mailing Campaigns*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:16 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:17 msgid "" -"Now, you will also have the menu *Campaigns* included in your *SMS " -"Marketing* page, allowing you to have an overview of your SMS mailings and " -"your email marketing ones." +"Now, the menu *Campaigns* is also available on the *SMS Marketing* app, " +"allowing you to manage and have an overview of your SMS mailings under " +"campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:22 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:23 msgid "" "This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " "have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " -"your kanban view to better organize the work being done." +"your Kanban view to better organize the work being done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:30 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:31 msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:32 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 msgid "" "Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " "makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" " example." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:36 msgid "" "For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " "*SMS* icon next to the phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:39 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you would like to send a message in a batch here, you could go to " -":menuselection:`List View --> select all the contacts --> Action --> Send " -"SMS`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:47 -msgid "Set up SMS Templates" +"If you would like to send a message to multiple contacts at once, choose the" +" *List View*, select all the contacts needed, and under *Action* select " +"*Send SMS*." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Now, go to " -":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates`." +msgid "Set up SMS templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:59 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:60 msgid "" "Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " "the context." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:62 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra " -"notable integrations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:64 -msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:63 +msgid "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 -msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." +msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 -msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." +msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 -msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." +msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 +msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 msgid "" "*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 msgid "" "*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " "document online." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 msgid "" "*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:72 msgid "" "*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:74 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" " asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." msgstr "" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_template`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:5 msgid "" "Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" " to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " "very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " -"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones - " -"people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" +"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 -msgid "Install the app" -msgstr "" +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Empezar" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 -msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:16 -msgid "Build an SMS mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:24 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 msgid "" -"First, you will be able to specify a *subject* name that will help you to " -"remember what the mailing is about." +"Specify a *subject* name to help you remembering what the mailing is about." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:26 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:20 msgid "" -"Under *recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" -" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) will " -"receive your SMS." +"Under *Recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" +" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) receive " +"your SMS." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:28 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:22 msgid "" "From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." -" In the example below, the message will be sent to contacts living in " +" In the example below, the message would be sent to the contacts living in " "Belgium." msgstr "" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose the " +"specific mailing lists you created to group specific contacts. You are " +"allowed to select multiple ones." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 msgid "" -"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose mailing " -"lists you ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to" -" your Newsletters, or both! Note that you are allowed to select more than " -"one *Mailing list*." +"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo automatically " +"generates *link trackers* in order to generate data about these links." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:42 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:36 msgid "" -"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " -"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, you will be able to " -"get data about those links." +"Under *Settings* you have the option *Include opt-out link*. If activated, " +"the contact is able to unsubscribe from the mailing list." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:45 -msgid "" -"On *Settings* you have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " -"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list he " -"is not interested in anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:52 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:43 msgid "" "In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" " your sent links, access them and look at statistics." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:50 msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:63 -msgid "Sending my mailing" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:53 +msgid "Send a mailing" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:57 msgid "" "Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " "to be delivered:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:69 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 msgid "" -"Put in queue: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run. " -"Interesting option if you do not mind when the triggering will happen." +"*Put in Queue*: the mailing is triggered with the next automatic run. " +"Interesting option if you do not need the message to be sent at a specific " +"time." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:71 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:61 msgid "" -"Send now: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if there" -" are not that many recipients." +"*Send Now*: sends the message immediately. Use this option if the recipient " +"list is not excessive." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:73 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:62 msgid "" -"Schedule: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings that" -" you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while " -"it is active or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." +"*Schedule*: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " +"that you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer " +"while it is active, or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:76 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:65 msgid "" -"Test: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " +"*Test*: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " "purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " "while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " "you must remember to use a comma between them." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:82 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:70 msgid "Visualize reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:83 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:72 msgid "" -"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, you are capable of applying" -" filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " -"performance of your SMS mailings." +"Under the *Reporting* menu apply filters, measures, and adopt different " +"layouts to do analyses of the performance of your SMS mailings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:90 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:79 msgid "" -"You can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on" -" the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." +"You can also check the price to send an SMS for your country by clicking on " +"the *Information* icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:86 msgid "" -"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " -"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information on that access: " -":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`" +"**Buy Credits:** in order to take advantage of the app and its features, " +"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information: " +":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po index dba87bcbc..90614e861 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -49,8 +49,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 msgid "" -"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel will be shown. The " -"overview of the campaign shows you global metric such as:" +"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The " +"overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/livechat`" +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/overview/get_started`" msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po index c7bcd9c74..cf1e0f79a 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-07 16:16+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jesse Garza , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -80,166 +80,180 @@ msgid "Release date" msgstr "Fecha de lanzamiento" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "🏁" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" msgstr "**Odoo 13.0**" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "|green|" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 msgid "October 2019" msgstr "Octubre 2019" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "N/A" msgstr "N/A" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 msgid "August 2019" msgstr "Agosto 2019" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 msgid "October 2018" msgstr "Octubre 2018" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "April 2018" msgstr "Abril 2018" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "October 2017" msgstr "Octubre 2017" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2020*" msgstr "*Fin de soporte planificado para octubre 2020*" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "|orange|" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 msgid "March 2017" msgstr "Marzo 2017" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "January 2017" msgstr "Enero 2017" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "|red|" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 msgid "October 2016" msgstr "Octubre 2016" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 msgid "May 2016" msgstr "Mayo 2016" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 msgid "October 2015" msgstr "Octubre 2015" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 msgid "February 2015" msgstr "Febrero 2015" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "September 2014" msgstr "Septiembre 2014" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:54 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 msgid "|green| Supported version" msgstr "|green| Versión con soporte" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 msgid "|red| End-of-support" msgstr "|red| Fin de soporte" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" msgstr "N/A Nunca hubo par esta plataforma" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 msgid "" "|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " "Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " @@ -250,27 +264,27 @@ msgstr "" "apoyamos con asuntos que estén bloqueando su operación y recomendamos que se" " actualicen a una versión posterior." -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:64 msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" msgstr "🏁 Versión futura, aún no disponibe" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:75 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:77 msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" msgstr "Uso una versión más antigua de Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:77 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:79 msgid "" "OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." msgstr "" "OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 y 5.0 ya no reciben soporte, en ninguna plataforma." -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:79 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:81 msgid "" "TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." msgstr "" "TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 y 1.0 ya no reciben soporte, en ninguna plataforma." -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:81 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:83 msgid "" "You should consider `upgrading `_ your database." msgstr "Considera `actualizar `_ tu base de datos." @@ -346,11 +360,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 msgid "" -"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " -"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" +" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" msgstr "" -"*Soporte de Odoo no hace cambios a tu base de datos de producción, ¡pero te " -"proporciona materiales y conocimientos para que lo hagas tú mismo!*" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 msgid "What kind of support is not included?" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index 6b574068a..63d61483a 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -8,11 +8,10 @@ # Rick Hunter , 2020 # Pablo Rojas , 2020 # AleEscandon , 2020 -# Glen Sojo , 2020 +# b7db2840ea95169a8b66b2e8c18d323d_52caf48 , 2020 # eduardo mendoza , 2020 # Carolina Gonzalez , 2020 # Leonardo J. Caballero G. , 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # David Arnold , 2020 # Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020 # Alejandro Die Sanchis , 2020 @@ -24,15 +23,17 @@ # Nicolás Broggi , 2020 # Alejandro Kutulas , 2020 # Cris Martin , 2020 +# Alonso Muñoz , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cris Martin , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -200,6 +201,105 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." msgstr "Como último paso, autoriza a Odoo para acceder a API Google." +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, click on *Stats* to see complete " +"statistics about the number of clicks and the country of origin of those " +"clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can also access the link tracker by typing *odoo.com/r* on your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics `, those trackers " +"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " +"your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM <../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` " +"application allows you to understand where your leads and opportunities are " +"coming from." +msgstr "" + #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" msgstr "" @@ -222,6 +322,10 @@ msgid "" "should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " "``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." msgstr "" +"Algunos ejemplos de de reglas SEO: tu pagina web deberá cargar rápidamente, " +"tu pagina deberá tener uno y solamente un titulo``

``, las meta etiquetas" +" (alt-tag, title-tag) deberán ser consistentes con el contenido, tu sitio " +"web deberá tener un archivo ``/sitemap.xml``, etc" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -229,12 +333,17 @@ msgid "" "abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " "you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." msgstr "" +"Para garantizar que los usuarios de Odoo Web y Odoo eCommerce tengan un " +"gran SEO, Odoo deshace todas las complejidades técnicas de SEO y maneja todo" +" por ti en la mejor manera posible. Esto sera explicado aquí abajo." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 msgid "" "But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " "content and the meta tags of your website." msgstr "" +"Pero primero, veremos como aumentar el ranking haciendo ajustes de contenido" +" y de las meta etiquetas de tu sitio." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 msgid "Meta Tags" @@ -242,7 +351,7 @@ msgstr "Meta etiquetas" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 msgid "Title, Description" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Titulo, descripción " #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -1591,8 +1700,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 msgid "Manage Multi Websites" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 8c8ff5586..4b3aef508 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -15,37 +15,46 @@ # ShevAbam, 2019 # Maxime Chambreuil , 2019 # William Henrotin , 2019 -# Olivier Lenoir , 2019 -# Aurélien Pillevesse , 2019 # Vincent M , 2019 # Maxime Vanderhaeghe , 2019 -# Frédéric Clementi , 2019 # Lucas Deliege , 2019 -# Xavier Symons , 2019 # Shark McGnark , 2019 -# Jérôme Tanché , 2019 # Fred Gilson , 2019 # Florent de Labarre , 2019 # Laura Piraux , 2019 -# Eloïse Stilmant , 2020 -# Christelle Pinchart , 2020 # Jonathan Quique , 2020 # Vallen Delobel , 2020 -# Cécile Collart , 2020 # Pafnow Pafnow , 2020 -# Jonathan Castillo , 2020 # Fernanda Marques , 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # lucasdeliege , 2020 +# Olivier Dony , 2020 +# Xavier Symons , 2020 +# Gilles Mangin , 2020 +# Pauline Thiry , 2020 +# Julien Goergen , 2020 +# fr trans , 2020 +# e34d4dcb8e697b071167e94624cfbccb, 2020 +# Olivier Lenoir , 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché , 2020 +# Aurélien Pillevesse , 2020 +# Cécile Collart , 2020 +# Alain van de Werve , 2020 +# Jonathan Castillo , 2020 +# Herve GUERIN , 2020 +# Christelle Pinchart , 2020 +# e2f , 2020 +# Eloïse Stilmant , 2020 +# Moka Tourisme , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: lucasdeliege , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -53,9 +62,9 @@ msgstr "" "Language: fr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 -msgid "Accounting" -msgstr "Comptabilité" +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 +msgid "Invoicing and Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" @@ -190,6 +199,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:114 msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" @@ -239,41 +249,50 @@ msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" msgstr "**Yodlee**: Partout dans le monde" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 -msgid "**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks" -msgstr "**Ponto**: Pour un nombre croissant de banques européennes" +msgid "" +"**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks. (:doc:`Click here for " +"more information `)" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:28 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:277 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:329 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:112 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuration" @@ -350,7 +369,7 @@ msgid "After this, your bank feeds will be regularly synchronized." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:579 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:579 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" @@ -465,12 +484,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr ":doc:`bank_statements`" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" -msgstr "Comment synchroniser votre compte PayPal avec Odoo ?" +msgid "Synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -601,283 +621,213 @@ msgstr "" "fois. Une fois cela fait, Odoo se synchronisera automatiquement avec PayPal " "toutes les 4 heures." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 +msgid "Ponto as Bank Synchronization provider" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate " +"their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within " +"one app. It is a third-party solution that is continuously expanding the " +"number of bank institutions that can be synchronized with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Accounting** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank " +"statements imported automatically into your database. This allows for easier" +" **bank reconciliation**. When :doc:`adding a bank account on Odoo " +"<../setup/bank_accounts>`, you can see if your bank requires a connection " +"through Ponto by searching for your bank institution, and clicking on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can find more information about bank synchronization :doc:`on this page " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 +msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:33 +msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:34 +msgid "Create an account if you don’t have one yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:35 +msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Select your bank institution and follow the steps on-screen to link your " +"bank account with your Ponto account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Make sure to add all the bank accounts you want to synchronize with your " +"Odoo database before moving on to the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 +msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Odoo requires you to insert your Ponto's **Client ID** and **Secret ID** to " +"synchronize both platforms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To generate these IDs, go to :menuselection:`Ponto Dashboard --> Integration" +" --> Live`, click on *Add Integration*, fill out the form, and select which " +"accounts you want to synchronize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:61 +msgid "Copy the Client ID and Secret ID generated and paste them in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:62 +msgid "Configure the synchronization options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Action**: define if Odoo must create a new *Journal* for this bank " +"account, link to an existing Journal, or create no link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:66 +msgid "**Journal**: select the appropriate *Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Synchronization Frequency**: define how often Odoo should fetch the bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:74 +msgid "" +"It is good practice to have one Journal per bank account. If you synchronize" +" a single bank account, link it to the existing *Bank* journal. If you have " +"multiple accounts, it is recommended to pick the *Create new journal* option" +" for all additional accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:81 +msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the " +"synchronization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Click on *Update Accounts* to enter your new Client ID and Secret ID, or " +"click on *Edit* to modify the synchronization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:92 +msgid "Deprecated API tokens" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Ponto's previous synchronization system using API tokens is now deprecated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:96 +msgid "" +"This section is only relevant for users who had previously linked Ponto with" +" Odoo using a single API token instead of the current synchronization system" +" with a *Client ID* and a *Secret ID*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:99 +msgid "**Update** your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "*SaaS* and *Odoo.sh* users:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "you can skip this step, as your database is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "*Community* and *Enterprise* users:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"download the latest Odoo source code for your version (you can download it " +"from `this link `_ or from GitHub), install it, " +"and restart your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Do a **hard refresh** of your Odoo page by pressing *CTRL + F5*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"A hard refresh clears the cache and the javascript code for the current " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To **generate your access key**, follow :ref:`the steps above `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To **update your credentials**, follow :ref:`the steps above `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/bank_accounts`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:184 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Divers" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" -msgstr "Comment gérer les dépôts de chèques par lots ?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " -"will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " -"money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " -"manually bring the checks to the bank." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque le service de la comptabilité client de votre entreprise reçoit des " -"chèques des clients, ils déposent souvent ces chèques dans leur compte " -"bancaire par lots. Comme cet argent a été reçu sous une forme physique, " -"quelqu'un de votre entreprise doit apporter manuellement les chèques à la " -"banque." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" -" be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " -"transactions." -msgstr "" -"La banque va demander qu'un billet de dépôt (appelé aussi bordereau de " -"dépôt) soit rempli avec les détails des chèques ou des espèces pour être " -"inclus dans les transactions." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " -"reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." -msgstr "" -"Le relevé bancaire indiquera le montant total qui a été déposé et la " -"référence du billet de dépôt, mais pas le détail des chèques." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " -"reconcile them with your bank statement easily." -msgstr "" -"Odoo vous aide à préparer et imprimer vos bordereaux de dépôt puis à les " -"rapprocher facilement avec votre relevé bancaire." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 -msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" -msgstr "Installer la fonctionnalité Bordereau de dépôt" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " -"Deposit** to be installed." -msgstr "" -"Pour utiliser la fonction de dépôt de lot, vous avez besoin du module ** " -"Dépôt de lot ** préinstallé." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" -" your country." -msgstr "" -"Habituellement, ce module est installé automatiquement si les chèques sont " -"largement utilisés dans votre pays." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " -"application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." -msgstr "" -"Pour vérifier que la fonctionnalité **Bordereau de dépot** est installée, " -"allez au menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Configuration` de " -"l'application de la comptabilité. Cochez l'option : **Utiliser dépôt de " -"lot**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 -msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" -msgstr "Activer la fonction sur vos comptes bancaires" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " -"deposits on your main bank accounts." -msgstr "" -"Une fois cette fonctionnalité installée, Odoo active automatiquement les " -"dépôts bancaires sur vos principaux comptes bancaires." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " -"the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " -"'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the " -"Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." -msgstr "" -"Pour contrôler quels comptes bancaires autorisent ou non les dépôts en " -"masse, ouvrez le journal que vous avez configuré pour payer vos chèques, " -"souvent appelés 'Chèques' ou 'Banque' (voir " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, dans l'application de " -"comptabilité, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Comptabilité --> Journaux`." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" -" to **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" -"Dans l'onglet **Paramètres avancés**, dans la section **Divers**, dans les " -"Méthodes de débit, cochez l'option **Batch Deposit**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " -"payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " -"make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch " -"Deposits afterwards." -msgstr "" -"Si vous activez la Méthode de débit **Batch Deposit**, cela permet que les " -"paiements créés en utilisant ce Journal (appelé Méthode de paiement lorsque " -"vous voulez effectuer ou recevoir un paiement) soient éligibles à la " -"création de Dépôts par lot." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 -msgid "From checks received to the bank" -msgstr "Des chèques reçus à la banque" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 -msgid "Receive customer checks" -msgstr "Réceptionner des chèques client" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once your checks are received, record them on the bank account on which you " -"plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal if " -"you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit. " -"Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous enregistrez les chèques reçus, faites-les sur le compte " -"bancaire sur lequel vous prévoyez de les déposer. Une fois que vous " -"sélectionnez le compte bancaire (ou le journal de chèques si vous avez " -"configuré Odoo de cette façon), Odoo vous propose d'utiliser un dépôt par " -"lot. Sélectionnez cette option si vous envisagez de déposer les chèques à " -"votre banque." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 -msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." -msgstr "Dans le champ mémo, vous pouvez définir la référence du chèque." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 -msgid "" -"payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " -"Payment** button." -msgstr "" -"les paiements peuvent être enregistrés depuis le menu :menuselection:`Ventes" -" --> Paiements`, ou directement sur la facture correspondante, en utilisant " -"le bouton **Enregistrer le paiement**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 -msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" -msgstr "Preparer un dépôt par lot" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 -msgid "" -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" -"Depuis l'application de Comptabilité, allez dans le menu " -":menuselection:`Ventes --> Bordereau de dépôt`, et créer un nouveau " -"**Bordereau de dépôt**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " -"deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " -"deposited yet. That way you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " -"check." -msgstr "" -"Choisissez la banque, puis sélectionnez les paiements (chèques) que vous " -"souhaitez ajouter à ce dépôt. Par défaut, Odoo vous propose tous les chèques" -" qui n'ont pas encore été déposés. Ainsi, vous pouvez vérifier que vous " -"n'avez pas oublié ou perdu un chèque." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 -msgid "" -"You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " -"the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ensuite imprimer le bordereau de dépôt, qui sera très utile pour" -" préparer celui que la banque requière habituellement." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 -msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" -msgstr "Rapprocher le Dépôt avec le Relevé de Banque" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 -msgid "" -"When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " -"ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " -"is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with " -"the bank statement line." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous effectuerez le rapprochement du relevé bancaire, vous verrez le" -" numéro de bordereau de dépôt référencé dans le relevé. Lorsque le processus" -" de rapprochement sera lancé, l'utilisateur sera en mesure de choisir le " -"bordereau de dépôt qui correspond à la ligne de relevé bancaire." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 -msgid "" -"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fill all the checks " -"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in the batch " -"deposit in the example below)" -msgstr "" -"Si vous sélectionnez un bordereau de dépôt, Odoo remplira automatiquement " -"tous les chèques contenus dans ce dépôt pour la correspondance (2 chèques " -"étaient dans le bordereau de dépôt de l'exemple ci-dessous)." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:111 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "Dépannage" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 -msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" -msgstr "" -"Je ne vois pas le lien \"Sélectionner un bordereau de dépôt\" sur les " -"relevés bancaires ?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " -"be two reasons:" -msgstr "" -"Si vous ne voyez pas le lien \"Selectionner le bordereau de dépôt\" dans " -"votre relevé bancaire, il peut y avoir deux explications :" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 -msgid "" -"After having installed the batch deposit features you need to reload the " -"page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" -" button of your browser." -msgstr "" -"Après avoir installé la fonctionnalité \"Bordereau de dépôt\", vous devez " -"recharger la page afin que le navigateur soit au courant de cette nouvelle " -"fonctionnalité. Cliquez sur le bouton d'actualisation de votre navigateur." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 -msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." -msgstr "Vous n'avez pas créé de bordereau de dépôt pour ce compte bancaire." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 -msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" -msgstr "Que se passe-t-il si un chèque a été refusé?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " -"in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " -"refused." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez dans votre relevé bancaire un montant inférieur au montant réel" -" de votre bordereau de dépôt, cela signifie probablement que l'un de vos " -"chèques a été refusé." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 -msgid "" -"In this case click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " -"bank statement matching." -msgstr "" -"Dans ce cas, cliquez sur la ligne relative à ce chèque pour le supprimer de " -"la correspondance du relevé bancaire." - #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" -msgstr "Comment faire un virement bancaire d'une banque à une autre ?" +msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1087,141 +1037,192 @@ msgstr "" "rapprochement se fera automatiquement." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "Lettrage bancaire" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 -msgid "Configure model of entries" -msgstr "Configurer des modèles de pièces" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 +msgid "Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "Modèles de lettrage" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once the bank statements are correctly imported, it is essential to " +"*reconcile* the records properly and ensure all *Journal Entries* are " +"balanced and in agreement. To ease and speed up the reconciliation process, " +"you can configure **Reconciliation Models**, which are particularly useful " +"with recurrent entries such as bank fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Reconciliation Models are also useful to handle *Cash Discounts*. Please " +"refer to :doc:`this documentation " +"<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 +msgid "Types of Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 +msgid "There are three types of Reconciliation Models:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`Write-off Button `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 +msgid "" +":ref:`Suggestion of counterpart values `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 +msgid ":ref:`Match existing invoices/bills `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 +msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the " +"buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the " +"values automatically, before validating the reconciliation. Each button is a" +" different Reconciliation Model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 +msgid "Suggest counterpart values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values " +"that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules " +"defined in the reconciliation model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 +msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer " +"Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is " +"to validate the entry. This automation is based on a set of rules defined in" +" the reconciliation model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. " +"Alternatively, you can also open this menu from the Accounting Overview, by " +"going to your Bank Journal card, clicking on the three little dots, and then" +" on *Reconciliation Models*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for " +"the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to " +"leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new one," +" then fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Type" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 +msgid "" +"See :ref:`above ` for an explanation about the " +"different types of Reconciliation Models." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the *Documents* application is installed on your database, an additional " +"**Activity type** field appears when *To check* is ticked. Selecting the " +"value *Reconciliation request* implies that, whenever you use this model, a " +"*Request Document* window pops up to request a document from a user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 +msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" +msgstr "Conditions sur les lignes de relevé bancaire" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Define here all the conditions that are required for a Reconciliation Model " +"to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 +msgid "" +"If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the" +" *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of " +"the models in the *list view*. They can be rearranged by dragging-and-" +"dropping the handle next to the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 +msgid "Counterpart Values" +msgstr "Contreparties" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This section comprises the values that are applied by the Reconciliation " +"Model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 +msgid "" +"If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, " +"click on *Add a second line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" +msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Bank reconciliation process - use cases" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 ../../accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " -"order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." -msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo vous avez la possibilité de pré-remplir des pièces comptables afin" -" de rapprocher facilement les pièces récurrentes comme les frais bancaires." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " -"my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " -"current balance. This fee is thus variable." -msgstr "" -"Prenons l'exemple suivant pour illustrer le concept: Chaque mois, ma société" -" reçoit des frais bancaires, dont le montant dépend du solde de notre compte" -" en banque. Ces frais sont donc variables." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 -msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" -msgstr "Créer des modèles de rapprochement" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " -"to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " -":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." -msgstr "" -"Tout d'abord, nous devons configurer deux modèles de lettrage. Pour ce " -"faire, allez dans le tableau de bord de l'application de la comptabilité. " -"Sur votre journal de banque, cliquez sur :menuslection:`Plus --> Modèles de " -"lettrage`." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 -msgid "" -"We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " -"depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." -msgstr "" -"Nous voulons pouvoir enregistrer facilement nos frais bancaires. Notre " -"banque prélève des frais en fonction du solde, ce qui signifie qu'ils " -"peuvent varier chaque mois." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 -msgid "" -"We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " -"book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " -"\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " -"Odoo to take the entire fee into account." -msgstr "" -"Nous créons un bouton appelé Frais bancaires, sélectionnez le compte " -"approprié pour enregistrer ces frais. De plus, nous avons également besoin " -"de préciser que le Type de montant est « Pourcentage de la balance » avec un" -" Montant de 100%. Ces réglages vont spécifier à Odoo de prendre la totalité " -"des frais en compte." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 -msgid "Save your changes when you are done." -msgstr "Sauvegardez vos modifications quand vous avez terminé." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " -"under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." -msgstr "" -"Si le montant de vos frais bancaires est fixe, vous pouvez sélectionner " -"**Fixé** come Type de montant et préciser le Montant des frais." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également utiliser cette fonctionnalité pour gérer les " -"ristournes. Voir :doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:47 -msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" -msgstr "Enregistrez vos paiements basés sur un modèle de lettrage" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " -"impacted by the payment of the bank fee." -msgstr "" -"Enregistrez vos paiements en important des relevés bancaires qui contiennent" -" des frais bancaires." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:52 -msgid "" -"When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " -"**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" -" relevant data instantly." -msgstr "" -"Quand vous faites le lettrage, vous pouvez sélectionner une balance ouverte " -"et cliquez sur le bouton **Modèle de lettrage** (dans ce cas, **Frais " -"bancaires**) pour obtenir toutes les données pertinentes instantanément." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:59 -msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." -msgstr "Enfin, cliquez sur **Lettrer** pour terminer le processus." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" -msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" -msgstr "Exemples courants de processus de rapprochement bancaire" - #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" "Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " @@ -1395,101 +1396,171 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup" msgstr "Configuration" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" -msgstr "Comment configurer un nouveau compte bancaire ?" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Accounts" +msgstr "Comptes bancaires" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " -"guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " -"account." +"You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " +"Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " +"up to date and ready for the reconciliation with your *Journal Entries*." msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, vous pouvez gérer plusieurs comptes bancaires. Dans cette page, " -"vous serez guidé pour la création, la modification ou la suppression d'une " -"compte banque ou d'un compte de carte de crédit." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 -msgid "Edit a bank account" -msgstr "Modifier un compte bancaire" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 msgid "" -"To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" -" it first before filling your own bank information." +"In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " +"*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." msgstr "" -"Pour faciliter le processus, un compte bancaire existe déjà. Nous vous " -"suggérons de le visualiser avant de créer le vôtre." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." +"Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" +" are automatically created and configured." msgstr "" -"Aller à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Comptes " -"bancaires` et cliquez sur la ligne **Bank**. Modifiez-le." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 msgid "" -"Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " -"method like SEPA" +"Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " +"Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" +" are displayed when appropriate." msgstr "" -"Odoo détectera le type de compte bancaire (par exemple IBAN) afin de " -"permettre une méthode de paiement comme SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 -msgid "Create a bank account" -msgstr "Créer un compte bancaire" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 +msgid "Add a new Bank Account" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" -" on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" -" number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. " -"Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." +"You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" +" your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " +"<../feeds/bank_statements>`." msgstr "" -"Aller à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Comptes " -"bancaires`. Cliquez sur **Créer** et remplir le formulaire. Vous pouvez " -"choisir d'afficher le numéro de compte bancaire si vous avez l'intention " -"d'envoyer des documents comme des bons de commande ou des factures. " -"Sélectionnez les méthodes de paiement que vous autorisez avec ce compte " -"bancaire." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 +msgid "Bank Synchronization" +msgstr "Synchronisation bancaire" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 msgid "" -"If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " -"the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " -"accounts from another company." +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically." msgstr "" -"Si vous travaillez dans un environnement multi-sociétés, vous devez changer " -"d'entreprise dans vos préférences utilisateur afin d'ajouter, modifier ou " -"supprimer des comptes bancaires pour une autre société." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 msgid "" -"The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " -"of the previous one within the same journal automatically." +"To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " +"list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." msgstr "" -"Le solde initial d'un relevé bancaire sera réglé automatiquement sur le " -"solde de clôture du relevé précédent dans le même journal." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:57 -msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" -msgstr "Supprimer un compte bancaire ou de carte de crédit" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 msgid "" -"From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " -"the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " -"menu" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this bank synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +msgid "Manual configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" +" out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 +msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 +msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " +"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" +" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " +"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " +"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " +"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Advanced configuration" +msgstr "Configuration avancée" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " +"modify." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" +" and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " +"can edit the bank account's number, Account Holder, Account Holder Name, and" +" your Bank Institution's details by clicking on the *External Link* next to " +"the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "" +"You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " +"Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " +"in the **Bank Statements** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Learn: Accounting Basics `_" msgstr "" -"Dans la liste des comptes bancaires, sélectionner ceux à supprimer et " -"supprimez-les par l'option Supprimer du menu Action, ou aller dans la fiche " -"d'un compte et supprimez-le par l'option Supprimer du menu Action" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" -msgstr "Comment gérer un compte bancaire dans une monnaie étrangère ?" +msgid "Manage a bank in a foreign currency" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1709,8 +1780,8 @@ msgstr "" "montants dans la devise des factures qu'il a reçues;" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a cash register?" -msgstr "Comment gérer une caisse enregistreuse ?" +msgid "Manage a cash register" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1739,6 +1810,8 @@ msgstr "" "défaut peuvent être configurés, de même que la devise du journal" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:249 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Usage" @@ -1809,6 +1882,5803 @@ msgstr "" "Les transactions seront ajoutées à l'enregistrement des paiements en espèces" " en cours." +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 +msgid "Localizations" +msgstr "Localisation" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 +msgid "Argentina" +msgstr "Argentine" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introduction" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " +"this version the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " +"localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" +" to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " +"Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " +"Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " +"on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " +"that is used to analyze the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " +"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " +"AFIP regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" +msgstr "Installez les modules de localisation argentins" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:29 +msgid "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " +"the first two modules." +msgstr "" +"Pour cela, allez dans *Applications* et recherchez l'Argentine. Cliquez " +"ensuite sur *Installer* pour les deux premiers modules." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:35 +msgid "Configure your company" +msgstr "Configurez votre société" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " +"company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " +"the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " +"structure of the company:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:46 +msgid "Chart of Account" +msgstr "Plan comptable" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " +"accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " +"considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" +" companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:52 +msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." +msgstr "Monotributista (149 comptes)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:53 +msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." +msgstr "IVA Exempto (159 comptes)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:54 +msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." +msgstr "Responsables Inscriptos (166 comptes)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 +msgid "Configure Master data" +msgstr "Configurez les données de base" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:66 +msgid "Environment" +msgstr "Environnement" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " +"and Production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " +"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " +"to select the environment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +msgid "AFIP Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " +"provided by the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " +"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " +"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " +"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " +"`Get AFIP Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " +"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " +"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "Partenaire" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:150 +msgid "Identification Type and VAT" +msgstr "Type d'identification et TVA" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:114 +msgid "" +"As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " +"AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " +"for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" +" Odoo but only the common ones are active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:126 +msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" +msgstr "Type de responsabilité AFIP" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " +"should be defined in the partner form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "Taxes" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:137 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " +"with their related financial account and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:144 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:195 +msgid "Taxes Types" +msgstr "Types de taxes" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:146 +msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "" +"L'Argentine possède plusieurs types de taxes, les plus courantes sont :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:148 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." +msgstr "TVA : c'est la TVA normale et elle peut avoir plusieurs pourcentages." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:149 +msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." +msgstr "" +"Perception : c'est le versement anticipé d'une taxe qui est appliqué aux " +"factures." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:150 +msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" +msgstr "" +"Retenue : c'est le versement anticipé d'une taxe qui est appliqué aux " +"paiements." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:151 +msgid "Otros." +msgstr "Autres" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:154 +msgid "Special Taxes" +msgstr "Taxes spéciales" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" +" taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " +"creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " +"Inactive taxes:" +msgstr "" +"Certaines taxes argentines ne sont généralement pas appliquées à toutes les " +"sociétés. Par défaut, ces types de taxes sont ajoutées en mode désactivé, " +"avant de créer une nouvelle taxe vous devez impérativement confirmer si " +"elles se trouvent déjà dans les taxes désactivées ou pas." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:164 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:211 +msgid "Document Types" +msgstr "Types de documents" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:166 +msgid "" +"In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " +"types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " +"AFIP)." +msgstr "" +"Dans certains pays de l'Amérique latine, y compris l'Argentine, certaines " +"opérations comptables comme les factures et les bordereaux de livraison sont" +" classées par types de documents définis par les autorités fiscales " +"publiques (l'AFIP dans le cas de l'Argentine)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:170 +msgid "" +"The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " +"the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " +"of invoices as well of account moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" +" on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " +"when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The information required for the document types is included by default so " +"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:232 +msgid "" +"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " +"activated if needed." +msgstr "" +"Plusieurs types de documents sont désactivés par défaut mais ils peuvent " +"être activés si nécessaire." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:187 +msgid "Letters" +msgstr "Lettres" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:189 +msgid "" +"For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" +" the transaction/operation, example:" +msgstr "" +"Dans le cas de l'Argentine, les types de document contiennent une lettre qui" +" vous indique la transaction/opération, par exemple :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" +"Lorsqu'une facture est liée à une transaction B2B, un document de type \"A\"" +" doit être utilisé. " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:193 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" +"Lorsqu'une facture est liée à une transaction B2C, un document de type \"B\"" +" doit être utilisé. " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:194 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" +" must be used." +msgstr "" +"Lorsqu'une facture est liée à une transaction d'exportation, un document de " +"type \"E\" doit être utilisé. " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " +"associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." +msgstr "" +"Les documents ajoutés à la localisation ont leur propre lettre associée, " +"l'utilisateur ne doit rien configurer de plus." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:236 +msgid "Use on Invoices" +msgstr "Utilisation dans les factures" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:205 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:238 +msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" +msgstr "" +"Le type de document à utiliser dans chaque transaction sera déterminé par :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:207 +msgid "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " +"documents." +msgstr "" +"Le journal lié à la facture, qui indique si celui-ci utilise des documents." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" +msgstr "" +"La condition appliquée en fonction du type de problèmes et du récepteur (par" +" ex. le type de régime fiscal de l'acheteur et le type de régime fiscal du " +"vendeur)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:133 +msgid "Journals" +msgstr "Journaux" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " +"depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:218 +msgid "" +"For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " +"Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" +" can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " +"invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:222 +msgid "" +"If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" +" because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " +"account moves related to internal control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:226 +msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:231 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " +"defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " +"for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:236 +msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." +msgstr "La structure et les données du fichier de factures électroniques." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +msgid "Web Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:240 +msgid "" +"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " +"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +msgid "" +"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " +"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" +" Bond `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +msgid "" +"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " +"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " +"the document type related is type “E”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:252 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " +"the operations related to this AFIP POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:255 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" +" for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " +"example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that " +"you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " +"invoice report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:260 +msgid "" +"**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " +"(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " +"sequence. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:263 +msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." +msgstr "Facture : FA-A 0001-00000002." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:264 +msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." +msgstr "Note de crédit : NC-A 0001-00000003." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:265 +msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." +msgstr "Note de débit : ND-A 0001-00000004." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:295 +msgid "Sequences" +msgstr "Séquences" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" +" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " +"under :doc:`developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can " +"be used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:277 +msgid "" +"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " +"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " +"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " +"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:283 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +msgid "Usage and testing" +msgstr "Utilisation et test" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:286 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:166 +msgid "Invoice" +msgstr "Facture" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:288 +msgid "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " +"invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" +msgstr "" +"Une fois les partenaires et journaux créés et configurés, lorsque les " +"factures seront générées elles auront le profil suivant :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:292 +msgid "Document type assignation" +msgstr "Attribution du type de document" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " +"based on the AFIP document type:" +msgstr "" +"Lorsque le partenaire est sélectionné, le type de document sera " +"automatiquement rempli, en fonction du type de document AFIP :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:297 +msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." +msgstr "**Facture pour un client TVA Responsable Inscripto, préfixe A**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:302 +msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." +msgstr "**Facture pour un client final, préfixe B**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:307 +msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." +msgstr "**Facture d'exportation, préfixe E**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:312 +msgid "" +"As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " +"prefix and sequence is given by the document type." +msgstr "" +"Comme indiqué sur les factures, ils utilisent tous le même journal mais le " +"préfixe et la séquence sont donnés par le type de document." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:315 +msgid "" +"The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " +"different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " +"manually by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:321 +msgid "" +"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" +" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" +" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " +"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " +"draft until the related data is corrected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:329 +msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " +"10 days after the CAE is generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:332 +msgid "Result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:334 +msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:335 +msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." +msgstr "Aceptado con Observaciones." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:341 +msgid "Invoice Taxes" +msgstr "Taxes de facturation" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " +"behavior on the pdf report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:346 +msgid "" +"**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " +"identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " +"following AFIP Responsibility type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:349 +msgid "Responsable Inscripto." +msgstr "Responsable Inscripto." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:354 +msgid "" +"**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " +"part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " +"the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:358 +msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." +msgstr "IVA Sujeto Exento." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:359 +msgid "Consumidor Final." +msgstr "Consumidor Final." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:360 +msgid "Responsable Monotributo." +msgstr "Responsable Monotributo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:361 +msgid "IVA liberado." +msgstr "IVA liberado." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +msgid "Special Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:371 +msgid "Invoices for Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:372 +msgid "" +"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " +"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" +" tab “Other Info”:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +msgid "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" +" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " +"the invoice month:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:386 +msgid "Exportation Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:387 +msgid "" +"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " +"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" +" type be associated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +msgid "" +"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " +"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " +"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:396 +msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:397 +msgid "Exportation document type ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:398 +msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:399 +msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +msgid "Exempt Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +msgid "" +"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " +"Info --> Accounting`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +msgid "Fiscal Bond" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " +"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:442 +msgid "" +"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:419 +msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:136 +msgid "Taxes." +msgstr "Taxes." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +msgid "Zone." +msgstr "Zone." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:422 +msgid "Detail each item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:424 +msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +msgid "Complete description." +msgstr "Description complète." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +msgid "Unit Net Price." +msgstr "Prix net unitaire." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 +msgid "Quantity." +msgstr "Quantité." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +msgid "Unit of measurement." +msgstr "Unité de mesure." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +msgid "Bonus." +msgstr "Bonus." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:430 +msgid "VAT rate." +msgstr "Taux de TVA." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " +"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " +"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " +"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " +"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" +" to their clients and / or vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:444 +msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." +msgstr "Types de documents spécifiques (201, 202, 206, etc.)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:445 +msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:446 +msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." +msgstr "Le montant doit être supérieur à 100 000 ARS." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:447 +msgid "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +msgid "" +"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " +"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " +"originator document passed to the note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " +"A or B)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +msgid "" +"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:468 +msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +msgid "" +"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " +"Cancellation?” as True." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:471 +msgid "" +"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " +"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " +"(false)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +msgid "Invoice printed report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:479 +msgid "" +"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " +"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " +"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:488 +msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:489 +msgid "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " +"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:499 +msgid "" +"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " +"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " +"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:639 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Factures fournisseurs" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:509 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " +"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" +" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " +"if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:516 +msgid "" +"The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " +"validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " +"will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " +"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " +"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:528 +msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:529 +msgid "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:533 +msgid "" +"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:534 +msgid "" +"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " +"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +msgid "" +"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " +"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +msgid "How to use it in Odoo" +msgstr "Comment l'utiliser dans Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:544 +msgid "" +"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " +"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +msgid "" +"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " +"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:558 +msgid "Special Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:560 +msgid "Untaxed Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:561 +msgid "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " +"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:564 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" +" the Exempt concept:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +msgid "Perception Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:572 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " +"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " +"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:580 +msgid "" +"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " +"it and set the correct amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:586 +msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:590 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "Rapports" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:592 +msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:598 +msgid "VAT Reports" +msgstr "Rapports TVA" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:601 +msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" +msgstr "Libro de IVA Ventas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:607 +msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" +msgstr "Libro de IVA Compras" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:613 +msgid "Resumen de IVA" +msgstr "Résumé de la TVA" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:619 +msgid "IIBB - Reports" +msgstr "Rapports IIBB" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:622 +msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:628 +msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:3 +msgid "Chile" +msgstr "Chili" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Chilean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13. In this" +" version, the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl:** Adds accounting features for the Chilean localization, which " +"represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " +"Chile and under the SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos) regulations and " +"guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl_edi:** Includes all technical and functional requirements to " +"generate and receive Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the SII " +"regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl_reports:** Adds the reports Propuesta F29 y Balance Tributario (8" +" columnas)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:24 +msgid "Install the Chilean localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:26 +msgid "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Chile. Then click *Install* in the " +"module **Chile E-invoicing**. This module has a dependency with **Chile - " +"Accounting**. In case this last one is not installed, Odoo installs it " +"automatically with E-invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you install a database from scratch selecting Chile as country, Odoo " +"will automatically install the base module: Chile - Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:40 +msgid "Company Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your company " +"data. Additional to the basic information, you need to add all the data and " +"elements required for Electronic Invoice, the easiest way to configure it is" +" in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chilean Localization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:48 +msgid "Fiscal Information" +msgstr "Information fiscale" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Fill in the fiscal information for your company according to the SII " +"register, follow the instructions on each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:173 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:60 +msgid "" +"This is part of the main information required to generate electronic " +"Invoice, select your environment and the legal information, as well as the " +"email address to receive invoices from your vendors and the alias you use to" +" send invoices to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:69 +msgid "Configure DTE Incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:71 +msgid "" +"In order to receive you the claim and acceptance emails from your customers," +" it is crucial to define the DTE incoming email server, considering this " +"configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For your Go-live make sure you archive/remove from your inbox all the emails" +" related to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:83 +msgid "Certificate" +msgstr "Certificat" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:85 +msgid "" +"In order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate" +" with the extension ``.pfx`` is required, proceed to this section and load " +"your file and password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:96 +msgid "" +"A certificate can be shared between several users. If this is the case leave" +" the user field empty, so all your billing users can use the same one. On " +"the other hand, if you need to restrict the certificate for a particular " +"user, just define the users in the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 +msgid "Financial Reports" +msgstr "Rapports financiers" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The report Propuesta F29 requires two values that need to be defined as part" +" of the company configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +msgid "Multicurrency" +msgstr "Multi-devise" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the SBIF, you can find " +"the SBIF synchronization service in the currency rate configuration and you " +"can set a predefined interval for the rate updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:122 +msgid "" +"In order to configure your token, you need to enable developer mode and " +"access to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System parameters` and " +"search the parameter ``sbif_api_key`` and in the field Value introduce your " +"token provided by the SBIF:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:131 +msgid "Chart of accounts" +msgstr "Plan comptable" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " +"included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " +"in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:137 +msgid "Default Account Payable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:138 +msgid "Default Account Receivable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:139 +msgid "Transfer Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:140 +msgid "Conversion Rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:144 +msgid "Master Data" +msgstr "Données de base" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:152 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, the identification types defined by the" +" SII are now available on the Partner form. This information is essential " +"for most transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:161 +msgid "TaxpayerType" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:163 +msgid "" +"In Chile, the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the Taxpayer Type. This field should be " +"defined in the partner form, when creating a customer is important you make " +"sure this value is set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:175 +msgid "" +"As part of the information that is sent in the electronic Invoice, you need " +"to define the email that is going to appear as the sender of the electronic " +"invoice to your customer, and the Industry description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:187 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with" +" their related financial account and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:197 +msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:199 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:200 +msgid "" +"ILA (Impuesto a la Ley de Alcholes). Taxes for alcoholic drinks. It has a " +"different rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:204 +msgid "Fiscal Positions" +msgstr "Positions fiscales" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase transactions, the VAT can have different affections. " +"This will be done in Odoo using the default purchase fiscal positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:213 +msgid "" +"In some Latin American countries, including Chile, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document types" +" defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Chile case: SII)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The document type is essential information that needs to be displayed in the" +" printed reports and that needs to be easily identified within the set of " +"invoices as well of account moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the " +"country on which the document is applicable and the data is created " +"automatically when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:240 +msgid "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal uses " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:241 +msgid "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:252 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "Ventes" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:254 +msgid "" +"Sales Journals in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location, " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:256 +msgid "Ventas Santiago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:257 +msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:259 +msgid "For the retail stores is common to have one journal per POS:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:261 +msgid "Cashier 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:262 +msgid "Cashier 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:266 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "Achats" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:268 +msgid "" +"The transactions purchase can be managed with a single journal, but " +"sometimes companies use more than one in order to handle some accounting " +"transactions that are not related to vendor bills but can be easily " +"registered using this model, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:272 +msgid "Tax Payments to government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:273 +msgid "Employees payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:279 +msgid "When creating sales journals the next information must be filled in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:281 +msgid "" +"**Point of sale type**: If the Sales journal will be used for electronic " +"documents, the option Online must be selected. Otherwise, if the journal is " +"used for invoices imported from a previous system or if you are using the " +"SII portal “Facturación MiPyme“ you can use the option Manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:285 +msgid "" +"**Use Documents**: This field is used to define if the journal will use " +"Document Types. It is only applicable to Purchase and Sales journals that " +"can be related to the different sets of document types available in Chile. " +"By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:297 +msgid "" +"When a Journal is created we have two options with document types sequences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Create new sequences: In this case, Odoo will create new sequences for the " +"most common document types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Use existent sequence: If the sequence should be shared between several " +"journals, the user can add manually sequences previously created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:309 +msgid "" +"For the Chilean localization it’s important to define the default Debt and " +"Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:313 +msgid "CAF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:315 +msgid "" +"For each sequence related to the documents type, a CAF (Folio Authorization " +"Code) is required, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor with the" +" folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:319 +msgid "" +"Your company can make several requests for folios and obtain several CAFs, " +"each one associated with different ranges of folios. In this way, you could " +"order folios per the different segmentations you have in your journals " +"(example per office) thus avoiding distributing a range of folios. In this " +"way, each branch would have its private key of the respective CAF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:324 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the SII documentation to check the detail on how to acquire " +"the CAF: `SII Timbraje `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 +msgid "" +"Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with journal sequence" +" in Odoo, after you create the sequence for the first time the will be in " +"red, which indicates that no CAF has been configured for that particular " +"sequence:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:339 +msgid "In order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:341 +msgid "Open the sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:342 +msgid "Go the the Tab “CAF”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:343 +msgid "Upload the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 +msgid "Save the CAF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:345 +msgid "Save the sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:352 +msgid "" +"As a result, the sequence color changes to black and the column Next number " +"and quantity available are updated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:361 +msgid "Usage and Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:364 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:366 +msgid "" +"In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the " +"Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next" +" diagram we explain how the information transmitted to the SII and between " +"the customers and Vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:376 +msgid "Customer invoice Emission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:378 +msgid "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" +" created in the standard way, for Chile one of the differentiators is the " +"document type which is selected automatically based on the Taxpayer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:382 +msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:390 +msgid "Validation and DTE Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:392 +msgid "" +"When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically" +" when it’s created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " +"After the invoice is posted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:395 +msgid "" +"The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in" +" the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:396 +msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:402 +msgid "" +"The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that" +" runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII " +"immediately you can do it manually as well. The DTE status workflow is as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:411 +msgid "" +"In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using" +" the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to " +"the invoice, you can use this number to check the details the SII sent back " +"by email. The DTE status is updated to Ask for Status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you " +"want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result " +"can either be Accepted, Accepted With Objection or Rejected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:425 +msgid "" +"There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or " +"Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you " +"will receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:433 +msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " +"now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:439 +msgid "" +"**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct " +"but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " +"valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 +msgid "" +"**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and " +"needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you" +" registered in the SII, if it is properly configured in Odoo, the details " +"are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:452 +msgid "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:454 +msgid "Change the document to draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:455 +msgid "" +"Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:456 +msgid "Post the invoice again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:464 +msgid "Crossed references" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:466 +msgid "" +"When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the " +"information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab" +" Cross Reference, which is commonly used for credit or debit notes, but in " +"some cases can be used on Customer Invoices as well. In the case of the " +"credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:476 +msgid "Invoice PDF Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:478 +msgid "" +"After the invoice is Accepted and valdiated by the SII and the PDF is " +"printed it includes the fiscal elements that indicates out document is " +"fiscally valid:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:487 +msgid "Commercial Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:489 +msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:491 +msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:492 +msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they" +" will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:495 +msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:503 +msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:505 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in " +"Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to " +"proceed is with a Credit Note to either cancel the Invoice or correct it. " +"Please refer to the Credit Notes section for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 +msgid "Common Errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:516 +msgid "" +"There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are " +"some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:519 +msgid "Error: RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:521 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State" +" and City." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:523 +msgid "Error en Monto : - IVA debe declararse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:525 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:529 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one " +"on each invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:527 +msgid "Error: Rut No Autorizado a Firmar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:531 +msgid "" +"Error: Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" +"[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:534 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF in the journal sequence related to this " +"document as the one you’re using is expired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:540 +msgid "Credit Notes" +msgstr "Avoirs" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:542 +msgid "" +"When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " +"credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file " +"is required for the Credit Note sequence, which is identified as document 64" +" in the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:551 +msgid "" +"Refer to the journal section where we described the process to load the CAF " +"on each sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:555 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:607 +msgid "Use Cases" +msgstr "Cas d'utilisation" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:558 +msgid "Cancel Referenced document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 +msgid "" +"In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit" +" note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:568 +msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:570 +msgid "" +"If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " +"Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select" +" the option “Solo corregir Texto”. In this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:578 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price " +"0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:585 +msgid "" +"It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " +"it is taken for this use case in specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:589 +msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:591 +msgid "" +"When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note" +" and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:600 +msgid "Debit Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:602 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an " +"existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " +"button “Add Debit Note”. The two main use cases for debit notes are " +"detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:610 +msgid "Add debt on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:612 +msgid "" +"The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an " +"existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code " +"SII:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:620 +msgid "" +"In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross " +"reference section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:627 +msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:629 +msgid "" +"In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in " +"this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option " +"in the wizard: *1: Anula Documentos de referencia.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:641 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email " +"server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:644 +msgid "" +"Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based " +"on this information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:645 +msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:646 +msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:650 +msgid "Reception" +msgstr "Réception" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:652 +msgid "" +"As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor" +" Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent " +"to the vendor with the Reception acknowledgement. 3. The DTE status is set " +"as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:662 +msgid "Acceptation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:664 +msgid "" +"If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, you can " +"accept the document using the button: Aceptar Documento, once this is done " +"the DTE Acceptation Status changes to: Accepted and an email of acceptance " +"is sent to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:674 +msgid "Claim" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:676 +msgid "" +"In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " +"your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using " +"the button: Claim, once this is done the DTE Acceptation Status change to: " +"Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:684 +msgid "" +"If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel " +"automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " +"should be canceled as they won’t be valid for your accounting records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:693 +msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:695 +msgid "" +"This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " +"balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " +"level of profit or loss that the business had within the evaluated period of" +" time, so that a real and complete knowledge of the status of a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:699 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:715 +msgid "" +"You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:706 +msgid "Propuesta F29" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:708 +msgid "" +"The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that " +"replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase" +" Register (CR) and the Sales Register (RV). Its purpose is to support the " +"transactions related to VAT, improving its control and declaration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:712 +msgid "" +"This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE’s) that have " +"been received by the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia" +msgstr "Colombie" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" +" next modules:" +msgstr "" +"La facturation électronique pour la Colombie est disponible à partir d'Odoo " +"12 et nécessite les modules suivants :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " +"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " +"document types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" +" for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " +"based on the DIAN legal requirements." +msgstr "" +"**l10n_co_edi** : ce module inclut tous les champs supplémentaires qui sont " +"nécessaires pour l’intégration avec Carvajal & Taha et génèrent la facture " +"électronique, fondée sur les exigences légales de DIAN." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:20 +msgid "Workflow" +msgstr "Flux de travail" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" +msgstr "Installation des modules de la localisation colombienne" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " +"first two modules." +msgstr "" +"Pour cela, allez dans Applications et recherchez la Colombie. Cliquez " +"ensuite sur Installer pour les deux premiers modules." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:40 +msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" +msgstr "Configuration des identifiants pour le service web de Carvajal T&S" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " +"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " +"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " +"for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." +msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et " +"cherchez la section *Facture électronique colombienne*." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" +" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " +"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " +"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" +" the testing environment can be disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:62 +msgid "Configure your report data" +msgstr "Configurez vos données de rapport" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +msgid "" +"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " +"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:76 +msgid "Configure data required in the XML" +msgstr "Configuration des données requises par le XML" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:82 +msgid "Identification" +msgstr "Identification" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:84 +msgid "" +"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " +"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " +"their identification number and document type set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 +msgid "" +"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " +"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " +"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque le type de document est RUT, le numéro d'identification doit être " +"configuré dans Odoo, y compris le chiffre de vérification. Odoo divisera ce " +"numéro lors de l'envoi des données du fournisseur tiers." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgstr "Structure fiscale (RUT)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " +"information required by the DIAN ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:104 +msgid "" +"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " +"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" +msgstr "" +"Ces champs se trouvent dans :menuselection:`Partenaire --> Onglet ventes et " +"achat --> Information fiscale`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " +"regimen of the partner." +msgstr "" +"De plus, deux champs booléens ont été ajoutés afin de spécifier le régime " +"fiscal du partenaire." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " +"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " +"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." +msgstr "" +"Si vos transactions de vente comprennent des produits avec taxes, il est " +"important de considérer qu’un champ supplémentaire *Type de valeur* doit " +"être configuré par taxe.Cette option se trouve dans l’onglet Options " +"avancées." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " +"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " +"display taxes in the invoice PDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " +"documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " +"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " +"Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " +"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "Users" +msgstr "Utilisateurs" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " +"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:168 +msgid "" +"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" +" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +msgid "Invoice creation" +msgstr "Création d'une facture" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +msgid "" +"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " +"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " +"invoice are the next fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 +msgid "There are three types of documents:" +msgstr "Il existe trois types de documents:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:184 +msgid "" +"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " +"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +msgstr "" +"**Factura Electronica**: C'est le type de document standard et il est " +"appliqué aux factures, aux notes de crédit et aux notes de débit." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " +"transactions." +msgstr "" +"**Factura de Importación**: Doit être sélectionné pour les transactions " +"d'importation." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:188 +msgid "" +"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " +"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " +"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " +"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." +msgstr "" +"**Factura de contingencia**: C'est un type de document particulier qui est " +"utilisé comme une sauvegarde manuelle dans le cas où l'entreprise ne peut " +"pas utiliser l'ERP et qu'il est nécessaire de générer la facture " +"manuellement. Lorsque cette facture est ajoutée à l'ERP, ce type de facture " +"doit être sélectionné." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "Invoice validation" +msgstr "Validation des factures" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:198 +msgid "" +"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" +" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que facture est validée, un fichier XML est généré et envoyé " +"automatiquement à Carvajal, ce fichier est affiché dans le chatter." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:204 +msgid "" +"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " +"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " +"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" +msgstr "" +"Un champ supplémentaire est maintenant affiché dans l'onglet \"Autres " +"informations\" avec le nom du fichier XML. En outre, un deuxième champ " +"supplémentaire est affiché avec le statut de la facture électronique, avec " +"la valeur initiale \"En cours\":" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:214 +msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" +" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " +"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " +"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " +"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" +" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:224 +msgid "After this:" +msgstr "Après ceci: " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:226 +msgid "" +"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " +"the invoice chatter:" +msgstr "" +"Un ZIP contenant le XML légal et le PDF est téléchargé et affiché dans le " +"\"chatter\" de la facture :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 +msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" +msgstr "Le statut de la facture électronique passe à \"Accepté\"" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:237 +msgid "Common errors" +msgstr "Erreurs communes" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:239 +msgid "" +"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " +"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " +"after updating the electronic invoice status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:258 +msgid "Additional use cases" +msgstr "Cas d'utilisation supplémentaires" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:260 +msgid "" +"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " +"the functional workflow remains the same as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia (ES)" +msgstr "Colombia (ES)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 +msgid "Introducción" +msgstr "Introducción" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +msgid "" +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " +"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" +msgstr "" +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " +"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " +"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " +"puntos:" +msgstr "" +"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " +"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " +"puntos:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 +msgid "Plan Contable" +msgstr "Plan Contable" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +msgid "Impuestos" +msgstr "Impuestos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 +msgid "Retenciones" +msgstr "Retenciones" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 +msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" +msgstr "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " +"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " +"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." +msgstr "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " +"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " +"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 +msgid "Flujo General" +msgstr "Flujo General" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 +msgid "Configuración" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" +msgstr "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " +"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" +msgstr "" +"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " +"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" +msgstr "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " +"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " +"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " +"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " +"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " +"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" +msgstr "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " +"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 +msgid "" +"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " +"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" +" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" +" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " +"`_." +msgstr "" +"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " +"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" +" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" +" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " +"`_." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " +"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " +"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" +" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `_." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " +"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " +"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" +" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `_." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 +msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" +msgstr "Configuración de Información para PDF" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " +"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " +"Bancaria." +msgstr "" +"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " +"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " +"Bancaria." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " +"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." +msgstr "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " +"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" +msgstr "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" +msgstr "Contacto (Tercero)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 +msgid "Identificación" +msgstr "Identificación" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " +"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " +"de documento correspondiente." +msgstr "" +"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " +"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " +"de documento correspondiente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " +"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " +"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." +msgstr "" +"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " +"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " +"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" +msgstr "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " +"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " +"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." +msgstr "" +"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " +"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " +"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " +"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" +msgstr "" +"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " +"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " +"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " +"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " +"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " +"opciones." +msgstr "" +"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " +"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " +"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " +"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " +"opciones." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " +"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " +"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " +"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" +msgstr "" +"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " +"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " +"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " +"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " +"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " +"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " +"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" +msgstr "" +"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " +"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " +"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " +"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 +msgid "Diarios" +msgstr "Diarios" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " +"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" +" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " +"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" +" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 +msgid "" +"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " +"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" +" Secuencia`" +msgstr "" +"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " +"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" +" Secuencia`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 +msgid "Usuarios" +msgstr "Usuarios" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 +msgid "" +"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " +"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" +msgstr "" +"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " +"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 +msgid "Uso y Pruebas" +msgstr "Uso y Pruebas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +msgid "Facturas" +msgstr "Facturas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " +"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " +"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" +msgstr "" +"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " +"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " +"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 +msgid "Invoice Creation" +msgstr "Création d'une facture" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +msgid "" +"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " +"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " +"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " +"manualmente." +msgstr "" +"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " +"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " +"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " +"manualmente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " +"son los siguientes:" +msgstr "" +"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " +"son los siguientes:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 +msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" +msgstr "Hay tres tipos de documentos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 +msgid "" +"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," +" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." +msgstr "" +"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," +" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " +"importación." +msgstr "" +"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " +"importación." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" +" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " +"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " +"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." +msgstr "" +"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" +" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " +"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " +"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 +msgid "Invoice Validation" +msgstr "Validation des factures" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " +"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " +"desplegado en el historial." +msgstr "" +"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " +"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " +"desplegado en el historial." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " +"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" +" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " +"inicial **En Proceso**." +msgstr "" +"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " +"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" +" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " +"inicial **En Proceso**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 +msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" +msgstr "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 +msgid "" +"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " +"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " +"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " +"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " +"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " +"CUFE." +msgstr "" +"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " +"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " +"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " +"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " +"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " +"CUFE." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " +"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " +"automáticamente:" +msgstr "" +"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " +"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " +"automáticamente:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 +msgid "" +"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " +"historial de la Factura." +msgstr "" +"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " +"historial de la Factura." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 +msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." +msgstr "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +msgid "" +"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " +"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" +msgstr "" +"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " +"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 +msgid "Errores Frecuentes" +msgstr "Errores Frecuentes" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 +msgid "" +"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " +"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " +"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " +"desplegados en el historial." +msgstr "" +"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " +"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " +"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " +"desplegados en el historial." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " +"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " +"botón:" +msgstr "" +"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " +"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " +"botón:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 +msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" +msgstr "Casos de Uso adicionales" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 +msgid "" +"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " +"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " +"igual." +msgstr "" +"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " +"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " +"igual." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 +msgid "Consideraciones del Anexo 1.7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 +msgid "Contexto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 +msgid "Contexto Normativo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 +msgid "Soporte Normativo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Resolución DIAN Número 000042 ( 5 de Mayo de 2020) Por la cual se " +"desarrollan:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 +msgid "Los sistemas de facturación," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 +msgid "Los proveedores tecnológicos," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 +msgid "El registro de la factura electrónica de venta como título valor," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 +msgid "Se expide el anexo técnico de factura electrónica de venta y" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 +msgid "Se dictan otras disposiciones en materia de sistemas de facturación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 +msgid "Anexo 1.7: Principales Cambios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 +msgid "Cambios en la definición de Consumidor Final." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 +msgid "Informar bienes cubiertos para los 3 dias sin IVA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Impuestos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 +msgid "Se agrega concepto para IVA Excluido." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 +msgid "Informar la fecha efectiva de entrega de los bienes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 +msgid "Adecuaciones en la representación Gráfica (PDF)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 +msgid "Calendario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Se tiene varias fechas límites para la salida a producción bajo las " +"condiciones del Anexo 1.7 las cuales dependen de los siguientes factores:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Calendario de implementación de acuerdo con la actividad económica principal" +" en el RUT:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 +msgid "Calendario de implementación, para otros sujetos obligados:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 +msgid "Calendario de implementación permanente:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 +msgid "Requerimientos en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Con la finalidad de facilitar el proceso de preparación de las bases de Odoo" +" estándar V12 y v13, únicamente será necesario que los administradores " +"actualicen algunos módulos y creen los datos maestros relacionados a los " +"nuevos procesos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 +msgid "Actualización de listado de Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Utilizando el modo desarrollador, acceder al módulo de Aplicaciones y " +"seleccionar el menú *Actualizar Lista*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 +msgid "Actualización de Módulos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 +msgid "" +"Una vez actualizado Buscar *Colombia*, los siguientes módulos serán " +"desplegados, se requieren actualizar dos módulos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 +msgid "Colombia - Contabilidad - l10n_co" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal UBL 2.1 - " +"l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 +msgid "" +"En cada módulo o ícono hay que desplegar el menú opciones utilizando los 3 " +"puntos de la esquina superior derecha y seleccionamos *Actualizar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 +msgid "Primero lo hacemos con en el módulo l10n_co:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 +msgid "Posteriormente lo hacemos con el módulo l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 +msgid "Creación de Datos Maestros" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Las bases de datos existentes a Junio 2020 tanto en V12 como V13, deberán " +"crear algunos datos maestros necesarios para operar correctamente con los " +"cambios del Anexo 1.7." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 +msgid "Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 +msgid "" +"La figura del consumidor final será utilizada para aquellas ventas sobre las" +" cuales no es posible identificar toda la información fiscal y demográfica " +"del cliente por lo que la factura se genera a nombre de este registro " +"genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Es importante coordinar y definir los casos de uso en los que dependiendo de" +" su empresa se tendrá permitido utilizar este registro genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 +msgid "" +"Dentro de Odoo se tendrá que crear un contacto con las siguientes " +"características, es importante que se defina de esta manera debido a que son" +" los parámetros definidos por la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 +msgid "**Tipo de contacto:** Individuo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 +msgid "**Nombre:** Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 +msgid "**Tipo de documento:** Cedula de Ciudadania" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 +msgid "**Numero de Identificacion:** 222222222222" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 +msgid "" +"Dentro de la pestaña Ventas y Compras, en la sección Información Fiscal, del" +" campo Obligaciones y Responsabilidades colocaremos el valor: **R-99-PN**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 +msgid "IVA Excluido - Bienes Cubiertos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Para reportar las transacciones realizadas mediante Bienes Cubiertos para " +"los tres días sin IVA, será necesario crear un nuevo Impuesto al cual se le " +"debe de asociar un grupo de impuestos específico que será utilizado por Odoo" +" para agregar la sección requerida en el XML de factura electrónica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 +msgid "" +"Para el crear el impuesto accederemos a Contabilidad dentro del menú " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 +msgid "" +"Procedemos a crear un nuevo Impuesto con importe 0% considerando los " +"siguientes parámetros:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 +msgid "" +"El nombre del Impuesto puede ser definido a preferencia del usuario, sin " +"embargo el campo clave es **Grupo de Impuestos** dentro de Opciones " +"avanzadas, el cual debe ser: *bienes cubiertos* y el campo **Tipo de " +"Valor**: *IVA*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Departamentos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 +msgid "" +"Es necesario actualizar la descripción de algunos departamentos, para lo " +"cual accederemos a módulo de Contactos y dentro del menú de " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Provincias`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Posteriormente, podemos agregar por País para identificar claramente las " +"provincias (Departamentos) de Colombia:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 +msgid "" +"Una vez agrupados buscar los siguientes departamentos para actualizarlos con" +" el valor indicado en la columna **Nombre actualizado**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Nombre de provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Código de Provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Nombre actualizado" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "D.C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "DC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "Bogotá" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "Quindio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "QUI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "Quindío" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "Archipiélago de San Andrés, Providencia y Santa Catalina" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "SAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "San Andrés y Providencia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 +msgid "Ejemplo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 +msgid "Verificación de Código postal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Dentro del Anexo 1.7 se comienza a validar que el código postal de las " +"direcciones para contactos colombianos corresponda a las tablas oficiales " +"definidas por la DIAN, por lo que se debe verificar que este campo está " +"debidamente diligenciado de acuerdo a los definidos en la sigueinte fuente: " +"`Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 +msgid "Consideraciones Operativas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Una vez que resgistro de Consumidor final ha sido creado este deberá ser " +"utilizado a demanda, generalmente será utilizado en las transacciones de " +"facturación del punto de punto de venta." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 +msgid "" +"El proceso de validación de la Factura será realizado de forma convencional " +"en Odoo y la factura será generada de la misma manera. Al detectar que el " +"número de identificación corresponde a consumidor Final, el XML que se envía" +" a Carvajal será generado con las consideraciones y secciones " +"correspondientes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 +msgid "" +"Contablemente todos los registros de Consumidor final quedarán asociados al " +"identificador generico:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 +msgid "" +"El 21 mayo del 2020 fue publicado el El Decreto 682 el cual establece " +"Excepción especial en el Impuesto sobre las ventas. El principal objetivo de" +" este decreto es reactivar la economía en Colombia por las bajas ventas " +"generadas a causa del COVID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 +msgid "Fechas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Días de excención del impuesto sobre las ventas – IVA para bienes cubiertos " +"(3 días SIN IVA)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 +msgid "**Primer día**: 19 de junio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 +msgid "**Segundo día**: 3 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 +msgid "**Tercer día**: 19 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 +msgid "Condiciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Debido a que estas transacciones serán generadas de forma excepcional y que " +"se tiene una combinación de varios factores y condiciones, los productores " +"debera ser actualizados de forma manual en Odoo asignados temporalmente el " +"impuesto de venta *IVA exento - Bienes cubierto* en cada empresa según " +"corresponda." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 +msgid "" +"A continuación se mencionan algunas de las principales condiciones, sin " +"embargo, cabe mencionar que las empresas deben de verificar todos los " +"detalles en el `Decreto 682 " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 +msgid "Tipo de productos y precio Máximo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "Tipo de Productos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "Precio Máximo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +msgid "Electrodomesticos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +msgid "40 UVT: $1,4 millones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 +msgid "Vestuario y complementos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "3 UVT: $106.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "En el caso de los complementos es:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +msgid "10 UVT- $356.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +msgid "Elementos deportivos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +msgid "Juguetes y Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +msgid "5 UVT - $178.035" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +msgid "Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +msgid "Bienes o servicios para el sector agropecuario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +msgid "80 UVT - $2.848.560" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 +msgid "Métodos de Pago:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 +msgid "" +"El pago debe realizarse por medios electrónico por ejemplo tarjetas de " +"crédito/débito o bien mecanismos de pago online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 +msgid "Limite de unidades:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 +msgid "" +"Cada cliente puede adquirir únicamente 3 unidades como máximo de cada " +"producto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 +msgid "Medidas en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 +msgid "**Preparación de datos**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 +msgid "" +"Crear el Impuesto para Bienes cubiertos de acuerdo a lo indicado en este " +"punto: Datos maestros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 +msgid "" +"Identificar los productos y transacciones a los cuales les aplicará la " +"Exclusión de IVA de acuerdo a las condiciones establecidas en el decreto " +"682. En caso de ser un porcentaje significativo de productos, se recomienda " +"actualizar el impuesto de forma temporal en Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Exportar un listado con los productos que serán afectados incluyendo el " +"campo IVA Venta el cual será sustituido temporalmente por el IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 +msgid "" +"Al finalizar las operaciones del día anterior a las fechas establecidas de " +"día sin IVA, se debe hacer la actualización temporal a IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 +msgid "**Durante el día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Por defecto los productos previamente considerados con IVA de Bienes " +"cubiertos serán generados con este parámetro tanto en Órdenes de venta como " +"facturas creadas durante ese mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 +msgid "" +"Las órdenes de venta generadas con este impuesto deberán ser facturas el " +"mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 +msgid "" +"En caso de que alguna de las condiciones no sea cumplida (ejemplo el pago es" +" realizado en efectivo) el impuesto deberá ser actualizado manualmente al " +"momento de facturar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 +msgid "**Posterior al día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 +msgid "" +"Los productos que fueron actualizados deberá ser reconfigurados a su IVA " +"original." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 +msgid "" +"En caso de que se detecte alguna Orden de venta facturar en la cual se " +"incluya IVA de Bienes Cubiertos, se deberá realizar actualización manual " +"correspondiente al IVA convencional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 +msgid "France" +msgstr "France" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 +msgid "FEC" +msgstr "FEC" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " +"the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" +" --> FEC`." +msgstr "" +"Si vous avez installé la comptabilité française, vous pourrez télécharger le" +" FEC. Pour le faire, allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité -->Déclaration -->" +" France --> FEC`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " +"module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 +msgid "French Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Rapports comptables français" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " +"accounting reports specific to France:" +msgstr "" +"Si vous avez installé la comptabilité française, vous aurez accès à certains" +" rapports comptables spécifiques à la France:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 +msgid "Bilan comptable" +msgstr "Bilan comptable" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 +msgid "Compte de résultats" +msgstr "Compte de résultats" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 +msgid "Plan de Taxes France" +msgstr "Plan de Taxes France" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 +msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" +msgstr "Se conformer à la législation anti-fraude à la TVA avec Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " +"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " +"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales " +"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, " +"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." +msgstr "" +"Depuis 1er janvier 2018, une nouvelle législation anti-fraude est " +"d'application en France Métropolitaine et dans les DOM-TOM. Cette nouvelle " +"législation impose l'utilisation par les entreprises concernées d'un " +"logiciel de caisse respectant des critères d'inaltérabilité, de sécurité, de" +" stockage et d'archivage des données de vente. Ces exigences légales sont " +"implémentées dans Odoo, de la version 9 aux plus récentes, via un module " +"additionnel à installer et une attestation de conformité individuelle à " +"télécharger." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 +msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" +msgstr "Mon entreprise doit-elle utiliser un logiciel anti-fraude?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " +"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" +msgstr "" +"Votre entreprise est tenue d'utiliser un logiciel de caisse anti-fraude " +"comme Odoo (CGI article 286, I. 3 ° bis) si:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 +msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," +msgstr "" +"Vous êtes assujetti à la TVA et n'êtes pas concerné par le régime de " +"franchise de la TVA," + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 +msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." +msgstr "Certains de vos clients sont des particuliers (B2C)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 +msgid "" +"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " +"VAT and therefore are not affected." +msgstr "" +"Cette règle s'applique à toute taille d'entreprise. Les auto-entrepreneurs " +"sont exemptés de la TVA et ne sont donc pas affectés." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 +msgid "Get certified with Odoo" +msgstr "Se conformer à la législation" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 +msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." +msgstr "Se conformer à cette nouvelle législation est très facile." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" +" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " +"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" +" `here `_. If you " +"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " +"`_ or contact" +" your Odoo service provider." +msgstr "" +"Votre entreprise est tenue de délivrer à l'administration fiscale un " +"certificat de conformité attestant que votre logiciel est conforme à la " +"législation en matière de lutte contre la fraude. Ce certificat est délivré " +"par Odoo SA aux utilisateurs d'Odoo Entreprise `ici " +"`_. Si vous utilisez" +" Odoo Communauté, vous devez souscrire à Odoo Entreprise " +"`_ ou " +"contacter votre prestataire de services Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 +msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." +msgstr "" +"En cas de non-conformité, votre entreprise risque une amende de 7500€." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 +msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"Pour être en conformité avec la législation, veuillez suivre les étapes " +"suivantes:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " +"menu:" +msgstr "" +"Installez le module anti-fraude qui correspond à votre environnement Odoo " +"depuis le menu *Applications*:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 +msgid "" +"if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" +msgstr "" +"if vous utilisez Odoo Point de Vente: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-" +"Fraud Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 +msgid "" +"in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" +msgstr "" +"dans les autres cas: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " +"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a " +"country from the list; Do not create a new country." +msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous qu'un pays est bien défini sur votre société, sinon vos entrées" +" ne seront pas cryptées pour la vérification de l'inaltérabilité. Pour " +"modifier les données de votre société, allez dans " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Utilisateurs & Sociétés --> Sociétés`. " +"Sélectionnez un pays parmis la liste; Ne créez pas un nouveau pays." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " +"`__." +msgstr "" +"Téléchargez votre attestation de conformité délivrée par SA `ici " +"`__." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " +"restart your server beforehand." +msgstr "" +"Si vous utilisez Odoo hébergé sur serveur propre, vous devez mettre à jour " +"votre installation Odoo et redémarrer votre serveur." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" +" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" +" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules " +"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click " +"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" +" installed." +msgstr "" +"Dans le cas où vous auriez installé la version initiale du module anti-" +"fraude (avant le 18 décembre 2017), you devez mettre à jour ce dernier. Le " +"nom initial du module était *France - Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 " +"bis*. Après avoir mis à jour la liste des modules, sélectionnez le nouveau " +"module dans le menu *Applications* et cliquez sur le bouton *Mettre à jour*." +" Enfin, vérifiez que le module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* est installé." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 +msgid "Anti-fraud features" +msgstr "Fonctionnalités anti-fraude" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 +msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" +msgstr "Le module anti-fraude introduit les fonctionnalités suivantes:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " +"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" +msgstr "" +"**Inaltérabilité**: désactivation de toutes les méthodes d'annulation ou de " +"modification des données clés des commandes de PdV, factures et entrées " +"comptables." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 +msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" +msgstr "**Sécurité**: algorithme de chainage pour vérifier l'inaltérabilié;" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " +"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." +msgstr "" +"**Stockage**: clôtures de ventes automatiques avec calculs des totaux " +"périodiques et cumulatifs (journaliers, mensuels, annuels)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 +msgid "Inalterability" +msgstr "Inaltérabilité" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 +msgid "" +"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " +"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " +"located in France or in any DOM-TOM." +msgstr "" +"Toutes les possibilités d'annuler ou modifier les données clés des commandes" +" de Point de Vente payés, factures confirmées ou entrées comptables sont " +"désactivées, si la société est localisée en France ou dans les DOM-TOM." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " +"companies are impacted." +msgstr "" +"Si vous utilisez un environnement multi-sociétés, seuls les documents des " +"sociétés françaises ou DOM-TOM sont cryptés." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Sécurité" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" +" validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " +"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." +msgstr "" +"Pour assurer l'inaltérabilité, chaque commande ou entrée comptable est " +"cryptée à la validation. Le numéro de cryptable (ou \"hash\") est calculé à " +"partir des données clés du document et à partir du hash des documents " +"précédents." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " +"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " +"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the " +"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted " +"document recorded in the system." +msgstr "" +"Le module permet à l'utilisateur ou le contrôleur fiscal de vérifier " +"l'inaltérabilité des données. Si une information clé est modfiée sur un " +"document après sa validation, le test échoue automatiquement. L'algorithme " +"recalcule toutes les clés de cryptage et les compare avec les clés " +"initiales. En cas de différence, le système fournit la référence du premier " +"document corrompu." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " +"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " +"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." +msgstr "" +"Les utilisateurs qui bénéficient de droits d'accès de type *Gestionnaire* " +"peuvent lancer le test d'inaltérabilité. Pour les commandes de PdV, allez " +"dans :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Rapports --> Déclarations " +"françaises`. Pour les factures et entrées comptables, allez dans " +":menuselection:`Facturation --> Rapports --> Déclarations françaises`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 +msgid "Storage" +msgstr "Stockage" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " +"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" +" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry " +"recorded in the system." +msgstr "" +"Le système procède aussi à des clôtures de ventes automatiques de façon " +"journalière, mensuelle et annuelle. Ces clôtures calculent de façon " +"distincte le total de ventes d'une période ainsi que le grands total " +"cumulatif depuis la première entrée enregistrée dans le système." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " +"Invoicing and Accounting apps." +msgstr "" +"Les clôtures sont accessibles depuis le menu *Déclarations françaises* des " +"modules Point de Vente et Facturation." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " +"Type = Sales)." +msgstr "" +"Les clôtures calculent les totaux des entrées comptables des journaux de " +"ventes (Type de Journal = Ventes)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 +msgid "" +"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." +msgstr "" +"Dans les environnements multi-sociétés, les clôtures sont effectuées par " +"société." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 +msgid "" +"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " +"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " +"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" +" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." +msgstr "" +"Les commandes de PdV sont comptabilisées dans les pièces comptables à la " +"clôture de la session de PdV. Clôturer une session de PdV peut être fait à " +"tout moment. Pour inciter l'utilisateur à le faire de façon journalière et " +"ainsi permettre le calcul journalier des totaux de ventes, le module empêche" +" de reprendre une session de vente ouverte depuis plus de 24 heures. Une " +"telle session doit être clôturée pour pouvoir vendre à nouveau." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 +msgid "" +"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " +"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " +"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " +"counted in the very next closing." +msgstr "" +"Le total de la période est calculé à partir de toutes les entrées comptables" +" comptabilisées après la précédente clôture du même type (journalier, " +"mensuel, annuel), quelque soit la date de comptabilisation." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 +msgid "" +"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "Responsabilités" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" +" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." +msgstr "" +"Ne désinstallez pas le module! Les numéros de cryptage seraient supprimés et" +" toutes les données précedemment enregistrées ne seraient plus considérées " +"comme étant inaltérées." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " +"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " +"the inalterability of data." +msgstr "" +"Les administrateurs de système sont responsables de leur instance Odoo et " +"doivent l'utiliser et le configurer en bon père de famille. Il n'est pas " +"autorisé de modifier le code source qui guarantit l'inaltérabilité des " +"données." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" +" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Odoo SA se décharge de toute responsabilité en cas d'altération des " +"fonctionnalités anti-fraude par des modules tiers non certifiés par Odoo SA." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 +msgid "More Information" +msgstr "Plus d'informations" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 +msgid "" +"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " +"documents:" +msgstr "" +"Vous trouverez plus d'informations sur la législation dans les documents " +"officiels:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "" +"`Frequently Asked Questions " +"`_" +msgstr "" +"`Foire aux questions " +"`_" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 +msgid "" +"`Official Statement " +"`_" +msgstr "" +"`Déclaration officielle " +"`_" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 +msgid "" +"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " +"`_" +msgstr "" +"`Article 88 de la Loi sur les Finances de 2016 " +"`_" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "Allemagne" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 +msgid "German Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Plan comptable allemand" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " +"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " +"not created any accounting entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous créez une nouvelle base de données SaaS, le SKR03 est installé " +"par défaut." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 +msgid "German Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Rapports comptables allemands" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" +msgstr "" +"Voici la liste des rapports spécifiques à l'Allemagne disponibles sur Odoo " +"Enterprise :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 +msgid "Balance Sheet" +msgstr "Bilan" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Profit & Loss" +msgstr "Pertes et Profits" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 +msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" +msgstr "Rapport de taxes (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 +msgid "Partner VAT Intra" +msgstr "Numéro de TVA Intra du Partenaire" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 +msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" +msgstr "Exporter d'Odoo vers Datev" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 +msgid "" +"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " +"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " +"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " +"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 +msgid "Indonesia" +msgstr "Indonésie" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 +msgid "E-Faktur Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The **E-Faktur Module** is installed by default with the Indonesian " +"localization module. It allows one to generate a CSV file for one tax " +"invoice or for a batch of tax invoices to upload to the **Tax Office " +"e-Faktur** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 +msgid "NPWP/NIK settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Company**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This information is used in the FAPR line in the effect file format. You " +"need to set a VAT number on the related partner of your Odoo company. If you" +" don't, it won't be possible to create an e-Faktur from an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Clients**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You need to set the checkbox *ID PKP* to generate e-fakturs for a customer. " +"You can use the VAT field on the customer's contact to set the NPWP needed " +"to generate the e-Faktur file. If your customer does not have an NPWP, just " +"enter the NIK in the same VAT field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 +msgid "Generate Tax Invoice Serial Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> e-Faktur`. In order to be" +" able to export customer invoices as e-Faktur for the Indonesian government," +" you need to put here the ranges of numbers you were assigned by the " +"government. When you validate an invoice, a number will be assigned based on" +" these ranges. Afterwards, you can filter the invoices still to export in " +"the invoices list and click on *Action*, then on *Download e-Faktur*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After receiving new serial numbers from the Indonesian Revenue Department, " +"you can create a set of tax invoice serial numbers group through this list " +"view. You only have to specify the Min and Max of each serial numbers' group" +" and Odoo will format the number automatically to a 13-digits number, as " +"requested by the Indonesia Tax Revenue Department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There is a counter to inform you how many unused numbers are left in that " +"group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 +msgid "Generate e-faktur csv for a single invoice or a batch invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Create an invoice from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Invoices`. If the invoice customer's country is Indonesia and the customer " +"is set as *ID PKP*, Odoo will allow you to create an e-Faktur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Set a Kode Transaksi for the e-Faktur. There are constraints related to the " +"Kode transaksi and the type of VAT applied to invoice lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically pick the next available serial number from the " +"e-Faktur number table (see the :ref:`section above " +"`) and generate the e-faktur number " +"as a concatenation of Kode Transaksi and serial number. You can see this " +"from the invoice form view under the page *Extra Info* in the box " +"*Electronic Tax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, you can generate and download the e-Faktur from " +"the *Action* menu item *Download e-faktur*. The checkbox *CSV created* will " +"be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can select multiple invoices in list view and generate a batch e-Faktur " +".csv." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 +msgid "Kode Transaksi FP (Transaction Code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The following codes are available when generating an e-Faktur. - 01 Kepada " +"Pihak yang Bukan Pemungut PPN (Customer Biasa) - 02 Kepada Pemungut " +"Bendaharawan (Dinas Kepemerintahan) - 03 Kepada Pemungut Selain Bendaharawan" +" (BUMN) - 04 DPP Nilai Lain (PPN 1%) - 06 Penyerahan Lainnya (Turis Asing) -" +" 07 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Tidak Dipungut (Kawasan Ekonomi Khusus/ Batam) -" +" 08 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Dibebaskan (Impor Barang Tertentu) - 09 " +"Penyerahan Aktiva (Pasal 16D UU PPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted and downloaded: Replace Invoice " +"feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Cancel the original wrong invoice in Odoo. For instance, we will change the " +"Kode Transakski from 01 to 03 for the INV/2020/0001." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Create a new invoice and set the canceled invoice in the *Replace Invoice* " +"field. In this field, we can only select invoices in *Cancel* state from the" +" same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As you validate, Odoo will automatically use the same e-Faktur serial number" +" as the canceled and replaced invoice replacing the third digit of the " +"original serial number with *1* (as requested to upload a replacement " +"invoice in the e-Faktur app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted but not downloaded yet: Reset " +"e-Faktur" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 +msgid "Reset the invoice to draft and cancel it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 +msgid "Click on the button *Reset e-Faktur* on the invoice form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The serial number will be unassigned, and we will be able to reset the " +"invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +msgid "Italy (IT)" +msgstr "Italy (IT)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" +" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " +"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " +"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " +"l’interscambio di informazioni." +msgstr "" +"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" +" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " +"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " +"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " +"l’interscambio di informazioni." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 +msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" +msgstr "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " +"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" +" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " +"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" +" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." +msgstr "" +"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " +"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" +" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " +"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" +" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 +msgid "" +"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " +"elettronica sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" +"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " +"elettronica sono i seguenti:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" +" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " +"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " +"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " +"relativa :doc:`guida <../../../discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" +" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " +"elettronica." +msgstr "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" +" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " +"elettronica." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " +"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " +"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " +"previa comunicazione." +msgstr "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " +"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " +"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " +"previa comunicazione." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " +"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." +msgstr "" +"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " +"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " +"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " +"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" +msgstr "" +"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " +"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " +"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." +msgstr "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" +msgstr "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " +"Commercio." +msgstr "" +"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " +"Commercio." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " +"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " +"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " +"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." +msgstr "" +"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " +"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " +"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " +"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" +msgstr "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " +"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " +"necessarie informazioni legali." +msgstr "" +"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " +"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " +"necessarie informazioni legali." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" +" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" +" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " +"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." +msgstr "" +"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" +" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" +" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " +"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" +msgstr "Il processo di fatturazione" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " +"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" +" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " +"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " +"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." +msgstr "" +"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " +"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" +" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " +"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " +"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" +msgstr "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +msgid "" +"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." +msgstr "" +"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +msgid "" +"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " +"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" +" dall’applicazione contabilità." +msgstr "" +"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " +"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" +" dall’applicazione contabilità." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" +msgstr "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" +msgstr "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " +"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." +msgstr "" +"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " +"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "Mexique" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +msgid "" +"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" +" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " +"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here " +"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the " +"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " +"\"Mexico\" set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:17 +msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" +msgstr "Le module de localisation mexicain est composé de 3 modules:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" +" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" +" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," +" payment complement, invoice addendum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:24 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " +"accounting are here (Accounting app required)." +msgstr "" +"**l10n_mx_reports**: Tous les rapports électroniques obligatoires pour la " +"comptabilité électronique sont ici (application de comptabilité requise)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " +"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" +" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this " +"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " +"company in Mexico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" +" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " +"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." +msgstr "" +"Après la configuration, nous vous donnerons le processus pour tout tester, " +"essayez de suivre pas à pas afin de ne pas perdre de temps sur la résolution" +" de problèmes de débogage. Dans n'importe quelle étape, vous pouvez revenir " +"en arrière et essayer à nouveau." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:44 +msgid "Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" +msgstr "Installez la localisation de la comptabilité mexicaine" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:46 +msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." +msgstr "" +"Pour cela, allez dans Applications et recherchez le Mexique. Cliquez ensuite" +" sur *Installer*." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " +"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous créez une base de données à partir de www.odoo.com, et que vous" +" choisissez le Mexique comme pays lors de la création de votre compte, la " +"localisation mexicaine sera automatiquement installée." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:58 +msgid "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" +msgstr "Factures électroniques (format CDFI 3.2 and 3.3)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" +" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and " +"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" +" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:73 +msgid "Set your legal information in the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:75 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " +"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " +"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " +"position on your company’s contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" +" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " +"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." +msgstr "" +"Si vous voulez utiliser la localisation mexicaine en mode test, vous pouvez " +"mettre n'importe quelle adresse enregistrée au Mexique ainsi que tous les " +"champs réservés à l'adresse de la société et régler la TVA sur " +"**TCM970625MB1**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " +"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " +"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal " +"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley" +" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " +"the option)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid "Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" +msgstr "Activez CFDI version 3.3" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:104 +msgid "" +"This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " +"available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " +"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to " +"support in https://www.odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" +"Ces étapes ne sont nécessaires que lorsque vous activez CFDI 3.3 (disponible" +" uniquement à partir de la version 11.0). Si vous ne disposez pas de la " +"version 11.0 ou supérieure sur votre instance SaaS, veuillez demander une " +"mise à niveau et envoyer un ticket au support technique à l'adresse " +"https://www.odoo.com/help." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " +"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " +"name does not exist)." +msgstr "" +"Allez consulter le paramètre technique suivant, sur " +":menuselection:`Paramètres --> Technique --> Paramètres --> Paramètres du " +"système` et configurez le paramètre *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* sur 3.3 (Si " +"l'entrée portant ce nom n'existe pas, créez-la)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " +"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " +"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " +"the default behavior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:127 +msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" +msgstr "Considérations importantes lorsque vous activez le CFDI 3.3" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:680 +msgid "" +"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " +"field set to \"Tasa\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:137 +msgid "" +"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" +" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" +" set 601, it will look like the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:144 +msgid "" +"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " +"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " +"faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:152 +msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " +"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " +"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " +"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " +"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:164 +msgid "" +"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " +"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " +"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process" +" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " +"environment with real transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:174 +msgid "" +"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " +"PAC username or password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " +"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +msgid "`Certificate`_" +msgstr "`Certificat`_" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +msgid "`Certificate Key`_" +msgstr "`Clé Du Certificat`_" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:186 +msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" +msgstr "**Password:** 12345678a" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:190 +msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:192 +msgid "" +"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " +"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " +"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " +"a new tax you should choose a tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:207 +msgid "Invoicing" +msgstr "Facturation" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:209 +msgid "" +"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " +"the normal Odoo's behaviour." +msgstr "" +"Pour utiliser la facturation mexicaine, il vous suffit de faire une facture " +"normale en respectant le comportement habituel d'Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " +"like this:" +msgstr "" +"Voici à quoi doit ressembler une facture correctement signée une fois que " +"vous avez validé votre première facture :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:219 +msgid "" +"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" +" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " +"invoice by email." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez générer le fichier PDF en cliquant simplement sur le bouton " +"Imprimer de la facture ou en l'envoyant par courrier électronique en suivant" +" la procédure normale dans odoo afin d'envoyer votre facture par courrier " +"électronique." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " +"looks like." +msgstr "" +"Voici à quoi doit ressembler la facture électronique une fois que vous " +"l'avez envoyée par email." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:234 +msgid "Cancelling invoices" +msgstr "Annulation de factures" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:236 +msgid "" +"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Le processus d'annulation est entièrement lié aux annulations régulières " +"d'Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:238 +msgid "If the invoice is not paid." +msgstr "Si la facture n'est pas payé." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:240 +msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:246 +msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." +msgstr "Cochez le champ \"Autoriser l'annulation d'écritures\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:250 +msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +msgid "" +"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " +"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:257 +msgid "**Legal considerations**" +msgstr "**Considérations Légales**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:259 +msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " +"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " +"good control of the cancellation reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +msgid "" +"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" +" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " +"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:269 +msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" +msgstr "Paiements (disponible uniquement pour CFDI 3.3)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:271 +msgid "" +"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " +"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " +"important." +msgstr "" +"Pour générer le complément de paiement, il vous suffit de suivre le " +"processus de paiement normal dans Odoo. Ces considérations sont importantes " +"pour comprendre le comportement." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " +"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:278 +msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid "" +"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " +"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " +"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " +"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:285 +msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" +msgstr "**1.2. Comment puis-je avoir cela avec Odoo?**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +msgid "" +"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " +"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:290 +msgid "" +"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" +"Si une facture est générée sans ``Termes de paiement``, l'attribut ``Metodo " +"Pago`` sera ``PUE``." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " +"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " +"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " +"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:298 +msgid "" +"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " +"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +msgid "" +"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" +" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:306 +msgid "" +"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " +"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 +msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " +"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " +"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" +" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " +"caso de anticipos recibidos**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 +msgid "" +"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " +"Payment without a proper invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +msgid "Accounting" +msgstr "Comptabilité" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:320 +msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" +msgstr "La comptabilité pour Mexico est composée, dans Odoo, de 3 rapports:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." +msgstr "Plan comptable (appelé et indiqué comme COA)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:323 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." +msgstr "Balance générale électronique." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:324 +msgid "DIOT report." +msgstr "Rapport DIOT" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:326 +msgid "" +"1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " +"report only available on the context of the accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +msgid "" +"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 +msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "Comptabilité électronique (application de comptabilité requise)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 +msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" +msgstr "Plan comptable électronique COA" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:341 +msgid "" +"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " +"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" +msgstr "" +"La comptabilité électronique n'a jamais été aussi simple, il suffit d'aller " +"sur :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Rapport --> Mexique --> COA` et cliquer" +" sur le bouton **Exporter pour SAT (XML)**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 +msgid "How to add new accounts ?" +msgstr "Comment ajouter des nouveaux comptes?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:351 +msgid "" +"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" +" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " +"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account " +"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag" +" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" +" xml." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "" +"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" +" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:371 +msgid "" +"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " +"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " +"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " +"is not created you can create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" +msgstr "Balance générale électronique." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 +msgid "" +"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " +"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " +"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be " +"exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " +"the previous selection of the period you want to export." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +msgid "" +"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" +" regular Odoo Report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:394 +msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "Rapport DIOT (application de comptabilité requise)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 +msgid "" +"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" +" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:402 +msgid "" +"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " +"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " +"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " +"the same, with our providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:407 +msgid "" +"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" +" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " +"to. submit the DIOT:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:412 +msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:414 +msgid "" +"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " +"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " +"find in the SAT website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:418 +msgid "" +"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " +"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " +"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " +"to said data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:424 +msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:426 +msgid "" +"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " +"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " +"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:430 +msgid "" +"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " +"this after having made up to 500 records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:433 +msgid "" +"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " +"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " +"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such" +" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " +"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:440 +msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:442 +msgid "" +"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " +"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " +"according to the SAT site is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " +"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " +"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of" +" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the " +"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " +"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:453 +msgid "" +"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " +"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " +"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " +"Third Parties." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:458 +msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." +msgstr "Vous pouvez trouver l'`information officielle ici`_." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:461 +msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" +msgstr "Comment générer ce rapport dans Odoo?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:463 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " +"with third partied (DIOT)`." +msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Rapports --> Mexique --> " +"Transactions avec des tiers (DIOT)`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:467 +msgid "" +"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " +"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:472 +msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." +msgstr "Cliquez sur \"Exporter (TXT)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +msgid "" +"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " +"the necessary steps to declare it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:483 +msgid "" +"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " +"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " +"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else " +"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" +" suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:490 +msgid "" +"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " +"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " +"properly configured already." +msgstr "" +"Il existe 3 options de TVA pour ce rapport : 16 %, 0 % et exonéré. Dans " +"Odoo, une ligne de facturation est considérée comme exonérée si aucune taxe " +"n’est appliquée, les 2 autres taxes sont déjà configurées correctement." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" +" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " +"following standard odoo procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:496 +msgid "" +"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " +"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " +"itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:499 +msgid "" +"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " +"paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +msgid "" +"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " +"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " +"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use" +" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it " +"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " +"your partners are correctly set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:513 +msgid "Extra Recommended features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:516 +msgid "Contact Module (Free)" +msgstr "Application Contacts (gratuite)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:518 +msgid "" +"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " +"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " +"install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:524 +msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "Multi-devises (application de comptabilité requise)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:526 +msgid "" +"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " +"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" +" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with " +"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate " +"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " +"information daily in the system manually." +msgstr "" +"Au Mexique, presque toutes les entreprises envoient et reçoivent des " +"paiements dans des devises différentes. Si vous souhaitez faire de même, " +"vous devez activer la fonctionnalité multidevises et la synchronisation avec" +" ** Banxico **. Cette fonctionnalité vous permet de récupérer " +"automatiquement le taux de change approprié auprès de SAT et de ne pas " +"devoir entrer quotidiennement et manuellement ces informations dans le " +"système." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:533 +msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." +msgstr "Allez sur paramètres et activez la fonctionnalité multidevise." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:540 +msgid "" +"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " +"3.3)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:542 +msgid "" +"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " +"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " +"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" +" :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" +msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Technique --> Actions --> Actions " +"serveur`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:548 +msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" +msgstr "Reherchez l'Action \"Télécharger le fichier XSD au format CFDI\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" +msgstr "Cliquez sur le bouton \"Créer une action contextuelle\"" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:550 +msgid "" +"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " +"Companies`" +msgstr "" +"Allez sur le formulaire de la société depuis :menuselection:`Paramètres --> " +"Utilisateurs&Sociétés --> Sociétés`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:551 +msgid "Open any company you have." +msgstr "Ouvrez l'une de vos sociétés." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:575 +msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur \"Action\" puis sur \"Télécharger le fichier XSD au format " +"CFDI\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:557 +msgid "" +"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " +"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " +"generic one with no explanation." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez désormais créer une facture avec n'importe quelle erreur (par " +"exemple un produit sans code, ce qui est assez courant) et une erreur " +"explicite sera affichée à la place d'une erreur générique sans explication." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +msgid "If you see an error like this:" +msgstr "Si vous voyez une erreur comme celle-ci :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:564 +msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" +msgstr "Le CFDI généré n'est pas valide" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:566 +msgid "" +"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " +"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" +msgstr "" +"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribut 'type': La valeur QName " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' ne se " +"résout pas à une définition de type simple., ligne 36" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:570 +msgid "" +"This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " +"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " +"but:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." +msgstr "Choisissez la société dans laquelle l'erreur s'est produite." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" +msgstr "**Messages d'erreur** (applicable uniquement sur CFDI 3.3):" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:583 +msgid "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " +"allowed minimum length of '1'." +msgstr "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'minLength'] La valeur '' a une longueur de '0'; ce qui est inférieur" +" à la longueur minimale autorisée de '1'." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +msgstr "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Élement " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'pattern'] La valeur '' n'est pas acceptée par le modèle " +"'[^|]{1,100}'." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:592 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " +"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " +"properly." +msgstr "" +"** Solution** : Vous avez oublié de définir le champ \"Référence\" approprié" +" dans le produit. Veuillez vous reporter à la fiche du produit et définir " +"correctement votre référence interne." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:667 +msgid "**Error messages**:" +msgstr "**Messages d'erreur** :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:598 +msgid "" +"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" +"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Élement " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': L'attribut 'Regimen' est " +"requis mais manquant." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 +msgid "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Élement " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': L'attribut 'RegimenFiscal' est requis" +" mais manquant." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " +"partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" +" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " +"which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " +"possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " +"considerations about fiscal positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 +msgid "" +"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " +"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " +"set 601, it will look like the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:620 +msgid "" +"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " +"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:654 +msgid "**Error message**:" +msgstr "**Message d'erreur**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:625 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " +"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " +"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " +"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +msgstr "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Élement " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribut 'FormaPago': [facet " +"'enumeration'] La valeur '' n'est pas un élément de l'ensemble {'01', '02', " +"'03', '04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', " +"'25', '26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:631 +msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." +msgstr "**Solution**: Le mode de paiement est requis sur la facture." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:638 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" +msgstr "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Élement " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribut 'LugarExpedicion': " +"[facet 'enumeration'] La valeur '' n'est pas un élément de l'ensemble {'00" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:656 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " +"is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +msgstr "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Élement " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribut 'LugarExpedicion': '' " +"n'est pas une valeur de type atomique valide " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:644 +msgid "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " +"missing." +msgstr "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Élement " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': L'attribut 'Rfc' est requis mais " +"manquant." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:647 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " +"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " +"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" +"info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:661 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" +" Mexico, fix it." +msgstr "" +"**Solution :** Le code postal de l'adresse de votre entreprise n'est pas " +"valide pour le Mexique, corrigez-le." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:669 +msgid "" +"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" +"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Élement " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': L'attribut 'TipoFactor' est requis " +"mais manquant." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:672 +msgid "" +"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing.\", '')" +msgstr "" +"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Élement " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': L'attribut 'TipoFactor' est requis " +"mais manquant.\", '')" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:676 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" +" used on the invoice." +msgstr "" +"**Solution** : Définissez le nom mexicain de la taxe 0% et 16% dans votre " +"système et utilisez-le dans la facture." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "Pays-Bas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 +msgid "XAF Export" +msgstr "Export XAF" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 +msgid "" +"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" +" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" +" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " +"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 +msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Rapports comptables néerlandais" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " +"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" +msgstr "" +"Si vous installez la localisation de comptabilité néerlandaise, vous aurez " +"accès à certains rapports spécifiques aux Pays-Bas, tels que:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 +msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" +msgstr "Rapport de taxes (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 +msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" +msgstr "Déclaration Intrastat (ICP)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "Espagne" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 +msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Plan comptable espagnol" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" +"Par défaut , différents plans comptables espagnols sont disponibles dans " +"Odoo :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 +msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" +msgstr "PGCE PYMEs 2008" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 +msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" +msgstr "PGCE Completo 2008" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 +msgid "PGCE Entitades" +msgstr "PGCE Entitades" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " +"Localization** section." +msgstr "" +"Choisissez lequel vous voulez utiliser sur :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> " +"Configuration` puis, sélectionnez celui que vous voulez dans la section " +"**Localisation fiscale**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " +"default." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous créez une nouvelle base de données SaaS, le PGCE PYMEs 2008 est" +" installé par défaut." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 +msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Rapports comptables espagnols" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" +" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +msgstr "" +"Si la localisation comptable Espagnole est installée, vous aurez accès aux " +"rapports de comptabilité spécifiques à l’Espagne:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +msgstr "Rapport de taxes (Modelo 111)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +msgstr "Rapport de taxes (Modelo 115)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" +msgstr "Rapport de taxes (Modelo 303)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +msgid "Switzerland" +msgstr "Suisse" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " +"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " +"ISR*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " +"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " +"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +msgid "" +"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " +"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " +"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices` and enable **Print bank on ISR**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +msgid "ISR reference on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, you can add your ISR reference as " +"**Payment Reference** on your invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue " +"invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to modify (By default, the Journal is named " +"*Customer Invoices*), click en *Edit*, and open the *Advanced Settings* tab." +" In the **Communication Standard** field, select *Switzerland*, and click on" +" *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 +msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" +msgstr "Mise à jour du taux de change en direct" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " +"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " +"you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 +msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" +msgstr "Mise à jour de la TVA pour janvier 2018" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" +" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" +" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." +msgstr "" +"À compter du 1er janvier 2018, de nouveaux taux de TVA réduits seront " +"appliqués en Suisse. Le taux normal de 8,0% passera à 7,7% et le taux " +"spécifique au secteur hôtelier passera de 3,8% à 3,7%." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 +msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" +msgstr "" +"Comment mettre à jour vos taxes dans Odoo Enterprise (SaaS ou On Premise)?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " +"have to do anything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " +"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " +":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " +"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " +"\"upgrade\"`." +msgstr "" +"Si vous avez démarré sur une version antérieure, vous devez d'abord mettre à" +" jour le module \"Suisse - Rapports comptables\". Pour cela, allez à " +":menuselection:`Apps --> supprimez le filtre \"Apps\" --> recherchez " +"\"Suisse - Rapports comptables\" --> ouvrez le module --> et cliquez sur " +"\"mettre à jour\"`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " +"rates." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que cela est fait, vous pouvez créer de nouvelles taxes pour les " +"taux mis à jour." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +msgid "" +"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " +"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " +"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 +msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" +msgstr "" +"La création de ce type de taxes devrait se faire de la manière suivante : " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " +"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" +" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" +" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" +"Pour des taxes de 7,7 % : Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille" +" de base 302, Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille d'impôt 302" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" +"Pour des taxes de 3,7 % : Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille" +" de base 342, Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille d'impôt 342" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " +"included in Odoo by default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Name**" +msgstr "**Nom de la taxe**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Rate**" +msgstr "**Taux**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Label on Invoice**" +msgstr "**Étiquettes sur les factures**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" +msgstr "**Groupe de taxes (à partir de V10)**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Scope**" +msgstr "**Portée de la taxe**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tag**" +msgstr "**Étiquette**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" +msgstr "TVA 7,7 % sur les achats B&S (TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "7.7%" +msgstr "7,7 %" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +msgid "7.7% achat" +msgstr "7,7 % sur les achats" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "TVA 7.7%" +msgstr "TVA 7,7 %" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" +msgstr "Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille 400" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "TVA 7,7 % sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +msgid "7.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "7,7 % achats Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" +msgstr "TVA 7,7 % sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +msgid "7.7% invest." +msgstr "7,7 % invest." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" +msgstr "Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille 405" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "TVA 7,7 % sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." +msgstr "7,7 % invest. Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" +msgstr "TVA 3,7 % sur achat B&S (TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "3.7%" +msgstr "3,7 %" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +msgid "3.7% achat" +msgstr "3,7 % achat" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "TVA 3.7%" +msgstr "TVA 3,7 %" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "TVA 3,7 % sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "3.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "3,7 % achat Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" +msgstr "TVA 3,7 % sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +msgid "3.7% invest" +msgstr "3,7 % invest" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "TVA 3,7 % sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "3.7% invest Incl." +msgstr "3,7 % invest Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" +msgstr "TVA due à 7,7 % (TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" +"Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille de base 302, Formulaire " +"suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille d'impôt 302" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "TVA due à 7,7 % (Incl. TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "7.7% Incl." +msgstr "7,7 % Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" +msgstr "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" +"Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille de base 342, Formulaire " +"suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille d'impôt 342" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "TVA due à 3,7 % (Incl. TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "3.7% Incl." +msgstr "3,7 % Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " +"odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" +" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " +"your fiscal positions accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Localization Packages** are country-specific modules that install " +"pre-configured taxes, fiscal positions, chart of accounts, and legal " +"statements on your database. Some additional features, such as the " +"configuration of specific certificates, are also added to your Accounting " +"app, following your fiscal administration requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, " +"according to the country selected at the creation of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 +msgid "" +"As long as you haven't posted any entry, you can still add and select " +"another package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration" +" --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install " +"your country's module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 +msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 +msgid "Use" +msgstr "Usage (...contexte ?)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 +msgid "" +"These packages require you to fine-tune your chart of accounts according to " +"your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " +"statements and certifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 +msgid "Please refer to the documentation listed below for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscality/taxes/taxes`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 msgid "Fiscality" msgstr "" @@ -1818,9 +7688,8 @@ msgid "Fiscal Year" msgstr "Exercice fiscal" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" +msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" msgstr "" -"Comment faire une fin d'année dans Odoo ? (clôturer d'un exercice financier)" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2065,16 +7934,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" msgstr ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Taxes" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" -msgstr "Comment gérer les prix pour le B2B (HT) et pour le B2C (TTC) ?" +msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2193,13 +8055,6 @@ msgstr "" " tout gérer en HT, ce qui est moins sujet aux erreurs et plus facile pour " "vos vendeurs." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:15 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduction" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 msgid "" "The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " @@ -2394,162 +8249,8 @@ msgstr "" "Voilà pourquoi nous recommandons généralement aux entreprises de travailler " "avec une seule référence de prix." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " -"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:9 -msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:11 -msgid "" -"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" -" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " -"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " -"purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " -"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " -"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " -"Positions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " -"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " -"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " -"foreign countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:29 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" -"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " -"for the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " -"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " -"same customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:44 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " -"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " -"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " -"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " -"your office or warehouse)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " -"tax-mapping to apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:53 -msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "Cochez la case *Détection automatique*." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:59 -msgid "" -"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " -"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " -"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " -"his shipping address." -msgstr "" -"Pour les commandes de eCommerce, la TVA du panier du visiteur sera " -"automatiquement mise à jour et la nouvelle TVA sera appliquée lorsque le " -"visiteur se sera connecté ou aura saisi son adresse de livraison." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:68 -msgid "Specific use cases" -msgstr "Cas d'utilisation particuliers" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " -"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." -msgstr "" -"Si, pour certaines positions fiscales, vous souhaitez supprimer une taxe, au" -" lieu de la remplacer par une autre, laissez simplement le champ *Taxe à " -"appliquer* vide." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," -" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." -msgstr "" -"Si, pour certaines positions fiscales, vous souhaitez remplacer une taxe par" -" deux autres taxes, créez simplement deux lignes ayant la même *Taxe sur le " -"produit*." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:80 -msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr ":doc:`create`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" +msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 @@ -2678,159 +8379,249 @@ msgid "" "zero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "Comment créer de nouvelles taxes" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" -" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " -"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " -"with the right taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." -msgstr "" -"Cette section décrit comment vous pouvez définir de nouvelles taxes pour des" -" cas d'utilisation particuliers." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " -"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:20 -msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "Sélectionnez une méthode de calcul:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:22 -msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "**Fixé**: écotaxes, etc." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:24 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "" -"**Pourcentage de prix** : plus courant (par ex. 15 % de taxes sur les " -"ventes)" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:26 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:28 -msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr "**Groupe de taxes** : permet d'avoir une taxe composée" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " -"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " -"posts the tax journal item in the income account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " -"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " -"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " -"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " -"code." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez besoin d'un mécanisme d'imposition plus avancé, vous pouvez " -"installer le module **account_tax_python** et vous pourrez définir de " -"nouvelles taxes avec du code Python." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:49 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "Configuration avancée" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " -"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " -"following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " -"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " -"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "" -"**Groupe de taxe**: définit où cette taxe est ajoutée dans le pied de page " -"de la facture. Toutes les TVA appartenant au même groupe de taxe seront " -"regroupées sur le pied de page de la facture. Des exemples de groupe de taxe" -" : TVA, rétention." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " -"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." -msgstr "" -"**Inclure dans le coût analytique** : la taxe est comptabilisée comme un " -"coût et, par conséquent, génére une entrée analytique si votre facture " -"utilise des comptes analytiques." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " -"empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr ":doc:`application`" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "Comment définir les taxes par défaut" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "Taxes par défaut" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" -"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " -"localizations." -msgstr "" -"Les taxes appliquées dans votre pays sont automatiquement installées pour la" -" plupart des localisations." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " -"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " -"country/state than you." +"**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes ` are automatically " +"selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For " +"example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you " +"create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 msgid "" -"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +":doc:`Fiscal Positions ` take the Default Tax into " +"account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo " +"applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the " +"Fiscal Position." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 msgid "" -"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " -"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " -"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." +"**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" +" at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal " +"Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for your" +" company." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " +"appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-" +"specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:279 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " +"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " +"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " +"and providers' localizations and business types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " +"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 +msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 +msgid "" +":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 +msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +msgid "" +":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " +"of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 +msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " +"or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" +" defined in the products' forms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " +"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " +"**Tax to Apply** empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" +" **Tax on Product**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " +"active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 +msgid "Automatic application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " +"following a set of conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " +"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " +"contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " +"countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" +" logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " +"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" +" Fiscal Positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 +msgid "" +"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " +"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " +"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " +"from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "Application" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 +msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 +msgid "" +"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " +"specific partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " +"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 +msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " +"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" +" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:281 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:280 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" + #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" -msgstr "Comment gérer les taxes prélevées à la source ?" +msgid "Manage withholding taxes" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2941,79 +8732,8 @@ msgstr "" "La facture imprimée montrera les différentes quantités de chaque groupe de " "taxe" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 -msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "Comment définir des prix avec taxes incluses" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " -"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " -"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" -" product form is $100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 -msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "Si la taxe n'est pas comprise dans le prix" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 -msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "Prix hors taxe : 100 €" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 -msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "Taxes : 10 €" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 -msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "Total à payer : 110 €" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 -msgid "If the tax is included in the price" -msgstr "Si la taxe est comprise dans le prix" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 -msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "Prix hors taxe : 90.91 €" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 -msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "Taxes : 9,09 €" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 -msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "Total à payer : 100 €" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " -"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également vous fier à la documentation suivante si vous avez " -"besoin des prix taxes comprises (B2C) et des prix hors taxes (B2B): " -":doc:`B2B_B2C`." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 -msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" -msgstr "Afficher les prix TTC dans le catalogue eCommerce" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 -msgid "" -"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " -"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " -"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " -"Display)." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 @@ -3105,8 +8825,8 @@ msgstr "Comment cela fonctionne" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" -" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" +" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 @@ -3165,4075 +8885,498 @@ msgid "" "from a user point of view." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 -msgid "Localizations" -msgstr "Localisation" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:3 -msgid "Argentina" -msgstr "Argentine" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " -"this version the next modules are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " -"localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" -" to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " -"Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " -"Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " -"on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " -"that is used to analyze the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " -"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " -"AFIP regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" -msgstr "Installez les modules de localisation argentins" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:29 -msgid "" -"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " -"the first two modules." -msgstr "" -"Pour cela, allez dans *Applications* et recherchez l'Argentine. Cliquez " -"ensuite sur *Installer* pour les deux premiers modules." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:35 -msgid "Configure your company" -msgstr "Configurez votre société" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " -"company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " -"the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " -"structure of the company:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:46 -msgid "Chart of Account" -msgstr "Plan comptable" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:48 -msgid "" -"In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " -"accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " -"considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" -" companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:52 -msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." -msgstr "Monotributista (149 comptes)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:53 -msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." -msgstr "IVA Exempto (159 comptes)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:54 -msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." -msgstr "Responsables Inscriptos (166 comptes)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:60 -msgid "Configure Master data" -msgstr "Configurez les données de base" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:63 -msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:66 -msgid "Environment" -msgstr "Environnement" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " -"and Production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " -"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " -"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " -"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " -"to select the environment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:81 -msgid "AFIP Certificates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " -"provided by the AFIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" -" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " -"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " -"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " -"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " -"`Get AFIP Certificate " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " -"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " -"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:104 -msgid "" -"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " -"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 -msgid "Partner" -msgstr "Partenaire" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:112 -msgid "Identification Type and VAT" -msgstr "Type d'identification et TVA" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:114 -msgid "" -"As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " -"AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " -"for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " -"default:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:122 -msgid "" -"The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" -" Odoo but only the common ones are active." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:126 -msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" -msgstr "Type de responsabilité AFIP" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:128 -msgid "" -"In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " -"transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " -"should be defined in the partner form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:137 -msgid "" -"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " -"with their related financial account and configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:144 -msgid "Taxes Types" -msgstr "Types de taxes" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:146 -msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" -msgstr "" -"L'Argentine possède plusieurs types de taxes, les plus courantes sont :" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:148 -msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." -msgstr "TVA : c'est la TVA normale et elle peut avoir plusieurs pourcentages." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:149 -msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." -msgstr "" -"Perception : c'est le versement anticipé d'une taxe qui est appliqué aux " -"factures." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:150 -msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" -msgstr "" -"Retenue : c'est le versement anticipé d'une taxe qui est appliqué aux " -"paiements." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:151 -msgid "Otros." -msgstr "Autres" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:154 -msgid "Special Taxes" -msgstr "Taxes spéciales" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" -" taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " -"creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " -"Inactive taxes:" -msgstr "" -"Certaines taxes argentines ne sont généralement pas appliquées à toutes les " -"sociétés. Par défaut, ces types de taxes sont ajoutées en mode désactivé, " -"avant de créer une nouvelle taxe vous devez impérativement confirmer si " -"elles se trouvent déjà dans les taxes désactivées ou pas." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:164 -msgid "Document Types" -msgstr "Types de documents" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:166 -msgid "" -"In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " -"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " -"types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " -"AFIP)." -msgstr "" -"Dans certains pays de l'Amérique latine, y compris l'Argentine, certaines " -"opérations comptables comme les factures et les bordereaux de livraison sont" -" classées par types de documents définis par les autorités fiscales " -"publiques (l'AFIP dans le cas de l'Argentine)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:170 -msgid "" -"The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " -"the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " -"of invoices as well of account moves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " -"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" -" on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " -"when the localization module is installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:177 -msgid "" -"The information required for the document types is included by default so " -"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:184 -msgid "" -"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " -"activated if needed." -msgstr "" -"Plusieurs types de documents sont désactivés par défaut mais ils peuvent " -"être activés si nécessaire." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:187 -msgid "Letters" -msgstr "Lettres" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:189 -msgid "" -"For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" -" the transaction/operation, example:" -msgstr "" -"Dans le cas de l'Argentine, les types de document contiennent une lettre qui" -" vous indique la transaction/opération, par exemple :" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " -"be used." -msgstr "" -"Lorsqu'une facture est liée à une transaction B2B, un document de type \"A\"" -" doit être utilisé. " - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:193 -msgid "" -"When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " -"be used." -msgstr "" -"Lorsqu'une facture est liée à une transaction B2C, un document de type \"B\"" -" doit être utilisé. " - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:194 -msgid "" -"When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" -" must be used." -msgstr "" -"Lorsqu'une facture est liée à une transaction d'exportation, un document de " -"type \"E\" doit être utilisé. " - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:196 -msgid "" -"The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " -"associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." -msgstr "" -"Les documents ajoutés à la localisation ont leur propre lettre associée, " -"l'utilisateur ne doit rien configurer de plus." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:203 -msgid "Use on Invoices" -msgstr "Utilisation dans les factures" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:205 -msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" -msgstr "" -"Le type de document à utiliser dans chaque transaction sera déterminé par :" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:207 -msgid "" -"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " -"documents." -msgstr "" -"Le journal lié à la facture, qui indique si celui-ci utilise des documents." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:208 -msgid "" -"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " -"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" -msgstr "" -"La condition appliquée en fonction du type de problèmes et du récepteur (par" -" ex. le type de régime fiscal de l'acheteur et le type de régime fiscal du " -"vendeur)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:212 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:133 -msgid "Journals" -msgstr "Journaux" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:214 -msgid "" -"In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " -"depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:218 -msgid "" -"For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " -"Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" -" can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " -"invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:222 -msgid "" -"If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" -" because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " -"account moves related to internal control process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:226 -msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:231 -msgid "" -"**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " -"defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " -"for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:235 -msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:236 -msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." -msgstr "La structure et les données du fichier de factures électroniques." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:239 -msgid "Web Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:240 -msgid "" -"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " -"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:242 -msgid "" -"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " -"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " -"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" -" Bond `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:246 -msgid "" -"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " -"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " -"the document type related is type “E”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:252 -msgid "" -"**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " -"the operations related to this AFIP POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:255 -msgid "" -"**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" -" for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " -"example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that " -"you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " -"invoice report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:260 -msgid "" -"**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " -"(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " -"sequence. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:263 -msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." -msgstr "Facture : FA-A 0001-00000002." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:264 -msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." -msgstr "Note de crédit : NC-A 0001-00000003." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:265 -msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." -msgstr "Note de débit : ND-A 0001-00000004." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:268 -msgid "Sequences" -msgstr "Séquences" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:269 -msgid "" -"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" -" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " -"under :doc:`developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can be " -"used:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:277 -msgid "" -"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " -"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " -"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " -"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:283 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:163 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 -msgid "Usage and testing" -msgstr "Utilisation et test" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:286 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:166 -msgid "Invoice" -msgstr "Facture" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:288 -msgid "" -"After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " -"invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" -msgstr "" -"Une fois les partenaires et journaux créés et configurés, lorsque les " -"factures seront générées elles auront le profil suivant :" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:292 -msgid "Document type assignation" -msgstr "Attribution du type de document" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:294 -msgid "" -"Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " -"based on the AFIP document type:" -msgstr "" -"Lorsque le partenaire est sélectionné, le type de document sera " -"automatiquement rempli, en fonction du type de document AFIP :" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:297 -msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." -msgstr "**Facture pour un client TVA Responsable Inscripto, préfixe A**." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:302 -msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." -msgstr "**Facture pour un client final, préfixe B**." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:307 -msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." -msgstr "**Facture d'exportation, préfixe E**." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:312 -msgid "" -"As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " -"prefix and sequence is given by the document type." -msgstr "" -"Comme indiqué sur les factures, ils utilisent tous le même journal mais le " -"préfixe et la séquence sont donnés par le type de document." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:315 -msgid "" -"The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " -"different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " -"manually by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:320 -msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:321 -msgid "" -"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" -" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" -" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " -"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " -"draft until the related data is corrected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:326 -msgid "" -"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " -"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:329 -msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:330 -msgid "" -"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " -"10 days after the CAE is generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:332 -msgid "Result:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:334 -msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:335 -msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." -msgstr "Aceptado con Observaciones." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:341 -msgid "Invoice Taxes" -msgstr "Taxes de facturation" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:343 -msgid "" -"Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " -"behavior on the pdf report:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:346 -msgid "" -"**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " -"identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " -"following AFIP Responsibility type:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:349 -msgid "Responsable Inscripto." -msgstr "Responsable Inscripto." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:354 -msgid "" -"**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " -"part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " -"the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:358 -msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." -msgstr "IVA Sujeto Exento." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:359 -msgid "Consumidor Final." -msgstr "Consumidor Final." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:360 -msgid "Responsable Monotributo." -msgstr "Responsable Monotributo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:361 -msgid "IVA liberado." -msgstr "IVA liberado." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:368 -msgid "Special Use Cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:371 -msgid "Invoices for Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:372 -msgid "" -"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " -"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" -" tab “Other Info”:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:378 -msgid "" -"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" -" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " -"the invoice month:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:386 -msgid "Exportation Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:387 -msgid "" -"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " -"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" -" type be associated:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:393 -msgid "" -"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " -"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " -"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:396 -msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:397 -msgid "Exportation document type ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:398 -msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:399 -msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:400 -msgid "Exempt Taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:406 -msgid "" -"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " -"Info --> Accounting`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:413 -msgid "Fiscal Bond" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:414 -msgid "" -"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " -"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " -"Ministry of Economy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:417 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:442 -msgid "" -"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " -"requirements:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:419 -msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:420 -msgid "Taxes." -msgstr "Taxes." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:421 -msgid "Zone." -msgstr "Zone." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:422 -msgid "Detail each item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:424 -msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:425 -msgid "Complete description." -msgstr "Description complète." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:426 -msgid "Unit Net Price." -msgstr "Prix net unitaire." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:427 -msgid "Quantity." -msgstr "Quantité." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:428 -msgid "Unit of measurement." -msgstr "Unité de mesure." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:429 -msgid "Bonus." -msgstr "Bonus." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:430 -msgid "VAT rate." -msgstr "Taux de TVA." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:434 -msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:436 -msgid "" -"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " -"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " -"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " -"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " -"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" -" to their clients and / or vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:444 -msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." -msgstr "Types de documents spécifiques (201, 202, 206, etc.)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:445 -msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:446 -msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." -msgstr "Le montant doit être supérieur à 100 000 ARS." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:447 -msgid "" -"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" -" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:453 -msgid "" -"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " -"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:456 -msgid "" -"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " -"originator document passed to the note." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:462 -msgid "" -"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " -"A or B)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:463 -msgid "" -"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " -"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " -"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " -"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:468 -msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:470 -msgid "" -"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " -"Cancellation?” as True." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:471 -msgid "" -"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " -"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " -"(false)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:478 -msgid "Invoice printed report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:479 -msgid "" -"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " -"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " -"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:488 -msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:489 -msgid "" -"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " -"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:499 -msgid "" -"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " -"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " -"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:507 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Factures fournisseurs" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:509 -msgid "" -"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " -"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" -" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " -"if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:516 -msgid "" -"The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " -"validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " -"will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:523 -msgid "" -"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " -"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " -"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:528 -msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:529 -msgid "" -"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " -"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " -"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:533 -msgid "" -"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:534 -msgid "" -"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " -"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:536 -msgid "" -"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " -"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:543 -msgid "How to use it in Odoo" -msgstr "Comment l'utiliser dans Odoo" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:544 -msgid "" -"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " -"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:550 -msgid "" -"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " -"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:558 -msgid "Special Use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:560 -msgid "Untaxed Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:561 -msgid "" -"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " -"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:564 -msgid "" -"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " -"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" -" the Exempt concept:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:571 -msgid "Perception Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:572 -msgid "" -"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " -"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " -"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " -"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:580 -msgid "" -"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " -"it and set the correct amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:586 -msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:590 -msgid "Reports" -msgstr "Rapports" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:592 -msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:598 -msgid "VAT Reports" -msgstr "Rapports TVA" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:601 -msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" -msgstr "Libro de IVA Ventas" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:607 -msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" -msgstr "Libro de IVA Compras" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:613 -msgid "Resumen de IVA" -msgstr "Résumé de la TVA" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:619 -msgid "IIBB - Reports" -msgstr "Rapports IIBB" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:622 -msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" -msgstr "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:628 -msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" -msgstr "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 -msgid "Colombia" -msgstr "Colombie" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" -" next modules:" -msgstr "" -"La facturation électronique pour la Colombie est disponible à partir d'Odoo " -"12 et nécessite les modules suivants :" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " -"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " -"document types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" -" for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " -"based on the DIAN legal requirements." -msgstr "" -"**l10n_co_edi** : ce module inclut tous les champs supplémentaires qui sont " -"nécessaires pour l’intégration avec Carvajal & Taha et génèrent la facture " -"électronique, fondée sur les exigences légales de DIAN." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:20 -msgid "Workflow" -msgstr "Flux de travail" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 -msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" -msgstr "Installation des modules de la localisation colombienne" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:32 -msgid "" -"For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " -"first two modules." -msgstr "" -"Pour cela, allez dans Applications et recherchez la Colombie. Cliquez " -"ensuite sur Installer pour les deux premiers modules." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:40 -msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" -msgstr "Configuration des identifiants pour le service web de Carvajal T&S" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " -"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " -"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:46 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " -"for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et " -"cherchez la section *Facture électronique colombienne*." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" -" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " -"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " -"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" -" the testing environment can be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:62 -msgid "Configure your report data" -msgstr "Configurez vos données de rapport" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 -msgid "" -"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " -"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:76 -msgid "Configure data required in the XML" -msgstr "Configuration des données requises par le XML" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:82 -msgid "Identification" -msgstr "Identification" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:84 -msgid "" -"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " -"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " -"their identification number and document type set:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:91 -msgid "" -"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " -"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " -"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque le type de document est RUT, le numéro d'identification doit être " -"configuré dans Odoo, y compris le chiffre de vérification. Odoo divisera ce " -"numéro lors de l'envoi des données du fournisseur tiers." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 -msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" -msgstr "Structure fiscale (RUT)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:100 -msgid "" -"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " -"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " -"information required by the DIAN ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 -msgid "" -"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " -"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" -msgstr "" -"Ces champs se trouvent dans :menuselection:`Partenaire --> Onglet ventes et " -"achat --> Information fiscale`" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " -"regimen of the partner." -msgstr "" -"De plus, deux champs booléens ont été ajoutés afin de spécifier le régime " -"fiscal du partenaire." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 -msgid "" -"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " -"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " -"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." -msgstr "" -"Si vos transactions de vente comprennent des produits avec taxes, il est " -"important de considérer qu’un champ supplémentaire *Type de valeur* doit " -"être configuré par taxe.Cette option se trouve dans l’onglet Options " -"avancées." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " -"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " -"display taxes in the invoice PDF." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " -"electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " -"documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " -"Journals`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " -"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:152 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "Utilisateurs" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:154 -msgid "" -"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " -"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:168 -msgid "" -"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" -" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 -msgid "Invoice creation" -msgstr "Création d'une facture" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 -msgid "" -"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " -"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " -"invoice are the next fields:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:182 -msgid "There are three types of documents:" -msgstr "Il existe trois types de documents:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 -msgid "" -"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " -"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." -msgstr "" -"**Factura Electronica**: C'est le type de document standard et il est " -"appliqué aux factures, aux notes de crédit et aux notes de débit." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 -msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " -"transactions." -msgstr "" -"**Factura de Importación**: Doit être sélectionné pour les transactions " -"d'importation." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:188 -msgid "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " -"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " -"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " -"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." -msgstr "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: C'est un type de document particulier qui est " -"utilisé comme une sauvegarde manuelle dans le cas où l'entreprise ne peut " -"pas utiliser l'ERP et qu'il est nécessaire de générer la facture " -"manuellement. Lorsque cette facture est ajoutée à l'ERP, ce type de facture " -"doit être sélectionné." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:196 -msgid "Invoice validation" -msgstr "Validation des factures" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:198 -msgid "" -"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" -" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que facture est validée, un fichier XML est généré et envoyé " -"automatiquement à Carvajal, ce fichier est affiché dans le chatter." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:204 -msgid "" -"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " -"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " -"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" -msgstr "" -"Un champ supplémentaire est maintenant affiché dans l'onglet \"Autres " -"informations\" avec le nom du fichier XML. En outre, un deuxième champ " -"supplémentaire est affiché avec le statut de la facture électronique, avec " -"la valeur initiale \"En cours\":" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:214 -msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:216 -msgid "" -"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" -" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " -"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " -"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " -"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" -" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:224 -msgid "After this:" -msgstr "Après ceci: " - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:226 -msgid "" -"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " -"the invoice chatter:" -msgstr "" -"Un ZIP contenant le XML légal et le PDF est téléchargé et affiché dans le " -"\"chatter\" de la facture :" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:233 -msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" -msgstr "Le statut de la facture électronique passe à \"Accepté\"" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:237 -msgid "Common errors" -msgstr "Erreurs communes" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:239 -msgid "" -"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " -"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " -"after updating the electronic invoice status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:246 -msgid "" -"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " -"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:258 -msgid "Additional use cases" -msgstr "Cas d'utilisation supplémentaires" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:260 -msgid "" -"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " -"the functional workflow remains the same as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 -msgid "Colombia (ES)" -msgstr "Colombia (ES)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 -msgid "Introducción" -msgstr "Introducción" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 -msgid "" -"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " -"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" -msgstr "" -"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " -"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " -"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " -"puntos:" -msgstr "" -"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " -"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " -"puntos:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 -msgid "Plan Contable" -msgstr "Plan Contable" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 -msgid "Impuestos" -msgstr "Impuestos" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 -msgid "Retenciones" -msgstr "Retenciones" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 -msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" -msgstr "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " -"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " -"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." -msgstr "" -"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " -"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " -"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 -msgid "Flujo General" -msgstr "Flujo General" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 -msgid "Configuración" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 -msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" -msgstr "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " -"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" -msgstr "" -"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " -"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 -msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" -msgstr "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " -"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " -"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " -"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " -"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " -"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" -msgstr "" -"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " -"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 -msgid "" -"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " -"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" -" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" -" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " -"`_." -msgstr "" -"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " -"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" -" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" -" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " -"`_." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " -"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " -"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" -" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `_." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " -"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " -"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" -" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `_." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 -msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" -msgstr "Configuración de Información para PDF" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " -"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " -"Bancaria." -msgstr "" -"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " -"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " -"Bancaria." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " -"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." -msgstr "" -"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " -"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 -msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" -msgstr "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 -msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" -msgstr "Contacto (Tercero)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 -msgid "Identificación" -msgstr "Identificación" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " -"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " -"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " -"de documento correspondiente." -msgstr "" -"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " -"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " -"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " -"de documento correspondiente." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " -"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " -"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." -msgstr "" -"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " -"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " -"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 -msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" -msgstr "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " -"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " -"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." -msgstr "" -"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " -"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " -"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " -"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" -msgstr "" -"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " -"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " -"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " -"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " -"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " -"opciones." -msgstr "" -"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " -"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " -"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " -"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " -"opciones." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " -"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " -"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " -"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" -msgstr "" -"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " -"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " -"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " -"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " -"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " -"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " -"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" -msgstr "" -"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " -"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " -"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " -"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 -msgid "Diarios" -msgstr "Diarios" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " -"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" -" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " -"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" -" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 -msgid "" -"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " -"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" -" Secuencia`" -msgstr "" -"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " -"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" -" Secuencia`" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " -"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " -"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 -msgid "Usuarios" -msgstr "Usuarios" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 -msgid "" -"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " -"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" -msgstr "" -"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " -"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 -msgid "Uso y Pruebas" -msgstr "Uso y Pruebas" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 -msgid "Facturas" -msgstr "Facturas" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " -"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " -"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" -msgstr "" -"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " -"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " -"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 -msgid "Invoice Creation" -msgstr "Création d'une facture" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 -msgid "" -"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " -"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " -"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " -"manualmente." -msgstr "" -"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " -"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " -"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " -"manualmente." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " -"son los siguientes:" -msgstr "" -"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " -"son los siguientes:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 -msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" -msgstr "Hay tres tipos de documentos" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 -msgid "" -"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," -" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." -msgstr "" -"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," -" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 -msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " -"importación." -msgstr "" -"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " -"importación." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 -msgid "" -"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" -" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " -"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " -"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." -msgstr "" -"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" -" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " -"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " -"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 -msgid "Invoice Validation" -msgstr "Validation des factures" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " -"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " -"desplegado en el historial." -msgstr "" -"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " -"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " -"desplegado en el historial." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " -"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" -" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " -"inicial **En Proceso**." -msgstr "" -"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " -"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" -" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " -"inicial **En Proceso**." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 -msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" -msgstr "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 -msgid "" -"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " -"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " -"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " -"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " -"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " -"CUFE." -msgstr "" -"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " -"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " -"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " -"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " -"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " -"CUFE." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " -"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " -"automáticamente:" -msgstr "" -"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " -"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " -"automáticamente:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 -msgid "" -"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " -"historial de la Factura." -msgstr "" -"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " -"historial de la Factura." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 -msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." -msgstr "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 -msgid "" -"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " -"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" -msgstr "" -"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " -"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 -msgid "Errores Frecuentes" -msgstr "Errores Frecuentes" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " -"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " -"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " -"desplegados en el historial." -msgstr "" -"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " -"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " -"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " -"desplegados en el historial." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 -msgid "" -"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " -"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " -"botón:" -msgstr "" -"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " -"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " -"botón:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 -msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" -msgstr "Casos de Uso adicionales" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 -msgid "" -"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " -"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " -"igual." -msgstr "" -"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " -"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " -"igual." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 -msgid "France" -msgstr "France" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 -msgid "FEC" -msgstr "FEC" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " -"the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" -" --> FEC`." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez installé la comptabilité française, vous pourrez télécharger le" -" FEC. Pour le faire, allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité -->Déclaration -->" -" France --> FEC`." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " -"module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 -msgid "French Accounting Reports" -msgstr "Rapports comptables français" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " -"accounting reports specific to France:" -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez installé la comptabilité française, vous aurez accès à certains" -" rapports comptables spécifiques à la France:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 -msgid "Bilan comptable" -msgstr "Bilan comptable" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 -msgid "Compte de résultats" -msgstr "Compte de résultats" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 -msgid "Plan de Taxes France" -msgstr "Plan de Taxes France" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 -msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" -msgstr "Se conformer à la législation anti-fraude à la TVA avec Odoo" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 -msgid "" -"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " -"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " -"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales " -"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, " -"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." -msgstr "" -"Depuis 1er janvier 2018, une nouvelle législation anti-fraude est " -"d'application en France Métropolitaine et dans les DOM-TOM. Cette nouvelle " -"législation impose l'utilisation par les entreprises concernées d'un " -"logiciel de caisse respectant des critères d'inaltérabilité, de sécurité, de" -" stockage et d'archivage des données de vente. Ces exigences légales sont " -"implémentées dans Odoo, de la version 9 aux plus récentes, via un module " -"additionnel à installer et une attestation de conformité individuelle à " -"télécharger." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 -msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" -msgstr "Mon entreprise doit-elle utiliser un logiciel anti-fraude?" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " -"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" -msgstr "" -"Votre entreprise est tenue d'utiliser un logiciel de caisse anti-fraude " -"comme Odoo (CGI article 286, I. 3 ° bis) si:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 -msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," -msgstr "" -"Vous êtes assujetti à la TVA et n'êtes pas concerné par le régime de " -"franchise de la TVA," - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 -msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." -msgstr "Certains de vos clients sont des particuliers (B2C)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 -msgid "" -"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " -"VAT and therefore are not affected." -msgstr "" -"Cette règle s'applique à toute taille d'entreprise. Les auto-entrepreneurs " -"sont exemptés de la TVA et ne sont donc pas affectés." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 -msgid "Get certified with Odoo" -msgstr "Se conformer à la législation" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 -msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." -msgstr "Se conformer à cette nouvelle législation est très facile." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" -" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " -"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" -" `here `_. If you " -"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " -"`_ or contact" -" your Odoo service provider." -msgstr "" -"Votre entreprise est tenue de délivrer à l'administration fiscale un " -"certificat de conformité attestant que votre logiciel est conforme à la " -"législation en matière de lutte contre la fraude. Ce certificat est délivré " -"par Odoo SA aux utilisateurs d'Odoo Entreprise `ici " -"`_. Si vous utilisez" -" Odoo Communauté, vous devez souscrire à Odoo Entreprise " -"`_ ou " -"contacter votre prestataire de services Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 -msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." -msgstr "" -"En cas de non-conformité, votre entreprise risque une amende de 7500€." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 -msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" -msgstr "" -"Pour être en conformité avec la législation, veuillez suivre les étapes " -"suivantes:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " -"menu:" -msgstr "" -"Installez le module anti-fraude qui correspond à votre environnement Odoo " -"depuis le menu *Applications*:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 -msgid "" -"if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " -"Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -msgstr "" -"if vous utilisez Odoo Point de Vente: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-" -"Fraud Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:66 -msgid "" -"in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " -"Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -msgstr "" -"dans les autres cas: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " -"Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " -"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a " -"country from the list; Do not create a new country." -msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous qu'un pays est bien défini sur votre société, sinon vos entrées" -" ne seront pas cryptées pour la vérification de l'inaltérabilité. Pour " -"modifier les données de votre société, allez dans " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Utilisateurs & Sociétés --> Sociétés`. " -"Sélectionnez un pays parmis la liste; Ne créez pas un nouveau pays." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " -"`__." -msgstr "" -"Téléchargez votre attestation de conformité délivrée par SA `ici " -"`__." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " -"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " -"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " -"restart your server beforehand." -msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez Odoo hébergé sur serveur propre, vous devez mettre à jour " -"votre installation Odoo et redémarrer votre serveur." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:81 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" -" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" -" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules " -"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click " -"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" -" installed." -msgstr "" -"Dans le cas où vous auriez installé la version initiale du module anti-" -"fraude (avant le 18 décembre 2017), you devez mettre à jour ce dernier. Le " -"nom initial du module était *France - Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 " -"bis*. Après avoir mis à jour la liste des modules, sélectionnez le nouveau " -"module dans le menu *Applications* et cliquez sur le bouton *Mettre à jour*." -" Enfin, vérifiez que le module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* est installé." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:90 -msgid "Anti-fraud features" -msgstr "Fonctionnalités anti-fraude" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:92 -msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" -msgstr "Le module anti-fraude introduit les fonctionnalités suivantes:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " -"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" -msgstr "" -"**Inaltérabilité**: désactivation de toutes les méthodes d'annulation ou de " -"modification des données clés des commandes de PdV, factures et entrées " -"comptables." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 -msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" -msgstr "**Sécurité**: algorithme de chainage pour vérifier l'inaltérabilié;" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " -"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." -msgstr "" -"**Stockage**: clôtures de ventes automatiques avec calculs des totaux " -"périodiques et cumulatifs (journaliers, mensuels, annuels)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:101 -msgid "Inalterability" -msgstr "Inaltérabilité" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:103 -msgid "" -"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " -"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " -"located in France or in any DOM-TOM." -msgstr "" -"Toutes les possibilités d'annuler ou modifier les données clés des commandes" -" de Point de Vente payés, factures confirmées ou entrées comptables sont " -"désactivées, si la société est localisée en France ou dans les DOM-TOM." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:107 -msgid "" -"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " -"companies are impacted." -msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez un environnement multi-sociétés, seuls les documents des " -"sociétés françaises ou DOM-TOM sont cryptés." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:111 -msgid "Security" -msgstr "Sécurité" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:113 -msgid "" -"To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" -" validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " -"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." -msgstr "" -"Pour assurer l'inaltérabilité, chaque commande ou entrée comptable est " -"cryptée à la validation. Le numéro de cryptable (ou \"hash\") est calculé à " -"partir des données clés du document et à partir du hash des documents " -"précédents." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:118 -msgid "" -"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " -"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " -"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the " -"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted " -"document recorded in the system." -msgstr "" -"Le module permet à l'utilisateur ou le contrôleur fiscal de vérifier " -"l'inaltérabilité des données. Si une information clé est modfiée sur un " -"document après sa validation, le test échoue automatiquement. L'algorithme " -"recalcule toutes les clés de cryptage et les compare avec les clés " -"initiales. En cas de différence, le système fournit la référence du premier " -"document corrompu." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " -"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " -"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." -msgstr "" -"Les utilisateurs qui bénéficient de droits d'accès de type *Gestionnaire* " -"peuvent lancer le test d'inaltérabilité. Pour les commandes de PdV, allez " -"dans :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Rapports --> Déclarations " -"françaises`. Pour les factures et entrées comptables, allez dans " -":menuselection:`Facturation --> Rapports --> Déclarations françaises`." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:131 -msgid "Storage" -msgstr "Stockage" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:133 -msgid "" -"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " -"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" -" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry " -"recorded in the system." -msgstr "" -"Le système procède aussi à des clôtures de ventes automatiques de façon " -"journalière, mensuelle et annuelle. Ces clôtures calculent de façon " -"distincte le total de ventes d'une période ainsi que le grands total " -"cumulatif depuis la première entrée enregistrée dans le système." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " -"Invoicing and Accounting apps." -msgstr "" -"Les clôtures sont accessibles depuis le menu *Déclarations françaises* des " -"modules Point de Vente et Facturation." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " -"Type = Sales)." -msgstr "" -"Les clôtures calculent les totaux des entrées comptables des journaux de " -"ventes (Type de Journal = Ventes)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:145 -msgid "" -"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." -msgstr "" -"Dans les environnements multi-sociétés, les clôtures sont effectuées par " -"société." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:147 -msgid "" -"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " -"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " -"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" -" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." -msgstr "" -"Les commandes de PdV sont comptabilisées dans les pièces comptables à la " -"clôture de la session de PdV. Clôturer une session de PdV peut être fait à " -"tout moment. Pour inciter l'utilisateur à le faire de façon journalière et " -"ainsi permettre le calcul journalier des totaux de ventes, le module empêche" -" de reprendre une session de vente ouverte depuis plus de 24 heures. Une " -"telle session doit être clôturée pour pouvoir vendre à nouveau." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:153 -msgid "" -"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " -"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " -"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " -"counted in the very next closing." -msgstr "" -"Le total de la période est calculé à partir de toutes les entrées comptables" -" comptabilisées après la précédente clôture du même type (journalier, " -"mensuel, annuel), quelque soit la date de comptabilisation." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:158 -msgid "" -"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " -"Actions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "Responsabilités" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" -" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." -msgstr "" -"Ne désinstallez pas le module! Les numéros de cryptage seraient supprimés et" -" toutes les données précedemment enregistrées ne seraient plus considérées " -"comme étant inaltérées." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " -"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " -"the inalterability of data." -msgstr "" -"Les administrateurs de système sont responsables de leur instance Odoo et " -"doivent l'utiliser et le configurer en bon père de famille. Il n'est pas " -"autorisé de modifier le code source qui guarantit l'inaltérabilité des " -"données." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" -" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Odoo SA se décharge de toute responsabilité en cas d'altération des " -"fonctionnalités anti-fraude par des modules tiers non certifiés par Odoo SA." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 -msgid "More Information" -msgstr "Plus d'informations" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 -msgid "" -"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " -"documents:" -msgstr "" -"Vous trouverez plus d'informations sur la législation dans les documents " -"officiels:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 -msgid "" -"`Frequently Asked Questions " -"`_" -msgstr "" -"`Foire aux questions " -"`_" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 -msgid "" -"`Official Statement " -"`_" -msgstr "" -"`Déclaration officielle " -"`_" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 -msgid "" -"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " -"`_" -msgstr "" -"`Article 88 de la Loi sur les Finances de 2016 " -"`_" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 -msgid "Germany" -msgstr "Allemagne" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 -msgid "German Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Plan comptable allemand" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " -"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " -"not created any accounting entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 -msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous créez une nouvelle base de données SaaS, le SKR03 est installé " -"par défaut." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 -msgid "German Accounting Reports" -msgstr "Rapports comptables allemands" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" -msgstr "" -"Voici la liste des rapports spécifiques à l'Allemagne disponibles sur Odoo " -"Enterprise :" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -msgid "Balance Sheet" -msgstr "Bilan" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 -msgid "Profit & Loss" -msgstr "Pertes et Profits" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 -msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" -msgstr "Rapport de taxes (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 -msgid "Partner VAT Intra" -msgstr "Numéro de TVA Intra du Partenaire" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 -msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" -msgstr "Exporter d'Odoo vers Datev" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 -msgid "" -"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " -"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " -"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " -"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 -msgid "Italy (IT)" -msgstr "Italy (IT)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" -" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " -"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " -"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " -"l’interscambio di informazioni." -msgstr "" -"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" -" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " -"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " -"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " -"l’interscambio di informazioni." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 -msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" -msgstr "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " -"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" -" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " -"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" -" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." -msgstr "" -"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " -"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" -" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " -"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" -" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 -msgid "" -"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " -"elettronica sono i seguenti:" -msgstr "" -"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " -"elettronica sono i seguenti:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" -" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " -"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " -"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " -"relativa :doc:`guida <../../discuss/email_servers>`." -msgstr "" -"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" -" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " -"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " -"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " -"relativa :doc:`guida <../../discuss/email_servers>`." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" -" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " -"elettronica." -msgstr "" -"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" -" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " -"elettronica." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " -"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " -"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " -"previa comunicazione." -msgstr "" -"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " -"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " -"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " -"previa comunicazione." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " -"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." -msgstr "" -"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " -"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " -"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " -"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" -msgstr "" -"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " -"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " -"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 -msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." -msgstr "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 -msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" -msgstr "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " -"Commercio." -msgstr "" -"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " -"Commercio." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " -"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " -"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " -"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." -msgstr "" -"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " -"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " -"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " -"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 -msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" -msgstr "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " -"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " -"necessarie informazioni legali." -msgstr "" -"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " -"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " -"necessarie informazioni legali." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" -" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" -" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " -"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." -msgstr "" -"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" -" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" -" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " -"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 -msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" -msgstr "Il processo di fatturazione" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " -"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" -" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " -"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " -"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." -msgstr "" -"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " -"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" -" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " -"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " -"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 -msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" -msgstr "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 -msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -msgstr "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 -msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" -msgstr "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 -msgid "" -"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." -msgstr "" -"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 -msgid "" -"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " -"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" -" dall’applicazione contabilità." -msgstr "" -"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " -"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" -" dall’applicazione contabilità." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 -msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" -msgstr "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 -msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -msgstr "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 -msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" -msgstr "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " -"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." -msgstr "" -"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " -"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 -msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "Mexique" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" -" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " -"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here " -"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the " -"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " -"\"Mexico\" set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:17 -msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" -msgstr "Le module de localisation mexicain est composé de 3 modules:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" -" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" -" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," -" payment complement, invoice addendum." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:24 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " -"accounting are here (Accounting app required)." -msgstr "" -"**l10n_mx_reports**: Tous les rapports électroniques obligatoires pour la " -"comptabilité électronique sont ici (application de comptabilité requise)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:27 -msgid "" -"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " -"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" -" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this " -"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " -"company in Mexico." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:38 -msgid "" -"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" -" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " -"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." -msgstr "" -"Après la configuration, nous vous donnerons le processus pour tout tester, " -"essayez de suivre pas à pas afin de ne pas perdre de temps sur la résolution" -" de problèmes de débogage. Dans n'importe quelle étape, vous pouvez revenir " -"en arrière et essayer à nouveau." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:44 -msgid "Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" -msgstr "Installez la localisation de la comptabilité mexicaine" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:46 -msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." -msgstr "" -"Pour cela, allez dans Applications et recherchez le Mexique. Cliquez ensuite" -" sur *Installer*." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:52 -msgid "" -"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " -"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous créez une base de données à partir de www.odoo.com, et que vous" -" choisissez le Mexique comme pays lors de la création de votre compte, la " -"localisation mexicaine sera automatiquement installée." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:58 -msgid "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" -msgstr "Factures électroniques (format CDFI 3.2 and 3.3)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" -" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" -" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and " -"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" -" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:73 -msgid "Set you legal information in the company" -msgstr "Définissez les informations légales de la société" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:75 -msgid "" -"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " -"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " -"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " -"position on your company’s contact." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:82 -msgid "" -"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" -" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." -msgstr "" -"Si vous voulez utiliser la localisation mexicaine en mode test, vous pouvez " -"mettre n'importe quelle adresse enregistrée au Mexique ainsi que tous les " -"champs réservés à l'adresse de la société et régler la TVA sur " -"**TCM970625MB1**." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " -"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " -"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal " -"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley" -" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " -"the option)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:101 -msgid "Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" -msgstr "Activez CFDI version 3.3" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:104 -msgid "" -"This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " -"available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " -"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to " -"support in https://www.odoo.com/help." -msgstr "" -"Ces étapes ne sont nécessaires que lorsque vous activez CFDI 3.3 (disponible" -" uniquement à partir de la version 11.0). Si vous ne disposez pas de la " -"version 11.0 ou supérieure sur votre instance SaaS, veuillez demander une " -"mise à niveau et envoyer un ticket au support technique à l'adresse " -"https://www.odoo.com/help." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " -"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " -"name does not exist)." -msgstr "" -"Allez consulter le paramètre technique suivant, sur " -":menuselection:`Paramètres --> Technique --> Paramètres --> Paramètres du " -"système` et configurez le paramètre *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* sur 3.3 (Si " -"l'entrée portant ce nom n'existe pas, créez-la)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:117 -msgid "" -"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " -"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " -"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " -"the default behavior." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:127 -msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" -msgstr "Considérations importantes lorsque vous activez le CFDI 3.3" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:129 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:680 -msgid "" -"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " -"field set to \"Tasa\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:137 -msgid "" -"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" -" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" -" set 601, it will look like the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:144 -msgid "" -"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " -"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " -"faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152 -msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 -msgid "" -"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " -"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " -"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " -"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " -"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " -"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " -"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process" -" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " -"environment with real transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:174 -msgid "" -"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " -"PAC username or password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " -"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 -msgid "`Certificate`_" -msgstr "`Certificat`_" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 -msgid "`Certificate Key`_" -msgstr "`Clé Du Certificat`_" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:186 -msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" -msgstr "**Password:** 12345678a" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:190 -msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 -msgid "" -"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " -"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " -"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 -msgid "" -"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " -"a new tax you should choose a tag." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 -msgid "Invoicing" -msgstr "Facturation" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:209 -msgid "" -"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " -"the normal Odoo's behaviour." -msgstr "" -"Pour utiliser la facturation mexicaine, il vous suffit de faire une facture " -"normale en respectant le comportement habituel d'Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212 -msgid "" -"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " -"like this:" -msgstr "" -"Voici à quoi doit ressembler une facture correctement signée une fois que " -"vous avez validé votre première facture :" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:219 -msgid "" -"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" -" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " -"invoice by email." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez générer le fichier PDF en cliquant simplement sur le bouton " -"Imprimer de la facture ou en l'envoyant par courrier électronique en suivant" -" la procédure normale dans odoo afin d'envoyer votre facture par courrier " -"électronique." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " -"looks like." -msgstr "" -"Voici à quoi doit ressembler la facture électronique une fois que vous " -"l'avez envoyée par email." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:234 -msgid "Cancelling invoices" -msgstr "Annulation de factures" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:236 -msgid "" -"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Le processus d'annulation est entièrement lié aux annulations régulières " -"d'Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:238 -msgid "If the invoice is not paid." -msgstr "Si la facture n'est pas payé." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:240 -msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:246 -msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." -msgstr "Cochez le champ \"Autoriser l'annulation d'écritures\"." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250 -msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 -msgid "" -"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " -"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:257 -msgid "**Legal considerations**" -msgstr "**Considérations Légales**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:259 -msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 -msgid "" -"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " -"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " -"good control of the cancellation reasons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 -msgid "" -"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" -" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " -"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269 -msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" -msgstr "Paiements (disponible uniquement pour CFDI 3.3)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 -msgid "" -"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " -"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " -"important." -msgstr "" -"Pour générer le complément de paiement, il vous suffit de suivre le " -"processus de paiement normal dans Odoo. Ces considérations sont importantes " -"pour comprendre le comportement." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 -msgid "" -"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " -"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278 -msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:280 -msgid "" -"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " -"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " -"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " -"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:285 -msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" -msgstr "**1.2. Comment puis-je avoir cela avec Odoo?**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 -msgid "" -"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " -"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 -msgid "" -"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " -"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." -msgstr "" -"Si une facture est générée sans ``Termes de paiement``, l'attribut ``Metodo " -"Pago`` sera ``PUE``." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 -msgid "" -"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " -"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " -"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " -"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298 -msgid "" -"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " -"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " -"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 -msgid "" -"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" -" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " -"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:306 -msgid "" -"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " -"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 -msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 -msgid "" -"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " -"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " -"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" -" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " -"caso de anticipos recibidos**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:314 -msgid "" -"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " -"Payment without a proper invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:320 -msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" -msgstr "La comptabilité pour Mexico est composée, dans Odoo, de 3 rapports:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 -msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." -msgstr "Plan comptable (appelé et indiqué comme COA)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "Balance générale électronique." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:324 -msgid "DIOT report." -msgstr "Rapport DIOT" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 -msgid "" -"1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " -"report only available on the context of the accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:329 -msgid "" -"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " -"app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:336 -msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "Comptabilité électronique (application de comptabilité requise)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 -msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" -msgstr "Plan comptable électronique COA" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:341 -msgid "" -"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " -"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" -msgstr "" -"La comptabilité électronique n'a jamais été aussi simple, il suffit d'aller " -"sur :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Rapport --> Mexique --> COA` et cliquer" -" sur le bouton **Exporter pour SAT (XML)**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:349 -msgid "How to add new accounts ?" -msgstr "Comment ajouter des nouveaux comptes?" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:351 -msgid "" -"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" -" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354 -msgid "" -"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " -"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account " -"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag" -" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" -" xml." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365 -msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 -msgid "" -"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" -" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371 -msgid "" -"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " -"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " -"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " -"is not created you can create one on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" -msgstr "Balance générale électronique." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380 -msgid "" -"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " -"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " -"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be " -"exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " -"the previous selection of the period you want to export." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 -msgid "" -"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" -" regular Odoo Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 -msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "Rapport DIOT (application de comptabilité requise)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 -msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:399 -msgid "" -"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" -" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402 -msgid "" -"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " -"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " -"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " -"the same, with our providers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:407 -msgid "" -"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" -" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " -"to. submit the DIOT:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:412 -msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:414 -msgid "" -"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " -"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " -"find in the SAT website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 -msgid "" -"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " -"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " -"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " -"to said data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 -msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 -msgid "" -"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " -"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " -"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 -msgid "" -"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " -"this after having made up to 500 records." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 -msgid "" -"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " -"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " -"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such" -" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " -"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:440 -msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 -msgid "" -"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " -"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " -"according to the SAT site is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 -msgid "" -"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " -"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " -"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of" -" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the " -"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " -"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:453 -msgid "" -"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " -"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " -"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " -"Third Parties." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:458 -msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." -msgstr "Vous pouvez trouver l'`information officielle ici`_." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:461 -msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" -msgstr "Comment générer ce rapport dans Odoo?" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:463 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " -"with third partied (DIOT)`." -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Rapports --> Mexique --> " -"Transactions avec des tiers (DIOT)`." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:467 -msgid "" -"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " -"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 -msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." -msgstr "Cliquez sur \"Exporter (TXT)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 -msgid "" -"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " -"the necessary steps to declare it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481 -msgid "" -"Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:483 -msgid "" -"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " -"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " -"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else " -"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" -" suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:490 -msgid "" -"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " -"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " -"properly configured already." -msgstr "" -"Il existe 3 options de TVA pour ce rapport : 16 %, 0 % et exonéré. Dans " -"Odoo, une ligne de facturation est considérée comme exonérée si aucune taxe " -"n’est appliquée, les 2 autres taxes sont déjà configurées correctement." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 -msgid "" -"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" -" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " -"following standard odoo procedure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 -msgid "" -"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " -"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " -"itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:499 -msgid "" -"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " -"paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 -msgid "" -"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " -"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " -"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use" -" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it " -"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " -"your partners are correctly set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:513 -msgid "Extra Recommended features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 -msgid "Contact Module (Free)" -msgstr "Application Contacts (gratuite)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518 -msgid "" -"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " -"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " -"install." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:524 -msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "Multi-devises (application de comptabilité requise)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:526 -msgid "" -"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " -"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" -" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with " -"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate " -"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " -"information daily in the system manually." -msgstr "" -"Au Mexique, presque toutes les entreprises envoient et reçoivent des " -"paiements dans des devises différentes. Si vous souhaitez faire de même, " -"vous devez activer la fonctionnalité multidevises et la synchronisation avec" -" ** Banxico **. Cette fonctionnalité vous permet de récupérer " -"automatiquement le taux de change approprié auprès de SAT et de ne pas " -"devoir entrer quotidiennement et manuellement ces informations dans le " -"système." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 -msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." -msgstr "Allez sur paramètres et activez la fonctionnalité multidevise." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:5 msgid "" -"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " -"3.3)" +"There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," +" depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " +"recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and " +"computations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:542 -msgid "" -"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " -"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Technique --> Actions --> Actions " -"serveur`" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:548 -msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -msgstr "Reherchez l'Action \"Télécharger le fichier XSD au format CFDI\"." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 -msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -msgstr "Cliquez sur le bouton \"Créer une action contextuelle\"" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550 -msgid "" -"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " -"Companies`" -msgstr "" -"Allez sur le formulaire de la société depuis :menuselection:`Paramètres --> " -"Utilisateurs&Sociétés --> Sociétés`" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 -msgid "Open any company you have." -msgstr "Ouvrez l'une de vos sociétés." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:575 -msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur \"Action\" puis sur \"Télécharger le fichier XSD au format " -"CFDI\"." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 -msgid "" -"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " -"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " -"generic one with no explanation." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez désormais créer une facture avec n'importe quelle erreur (par " -"exemple un produit sans code, ce qui est assez courant) et une erreur " -"explicite sera affichée à la place d'une erreur générique sans explication." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 -msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "Si vous voyez une erreur comme celle-ci :" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 -msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" -msgstr "Le CFDI généré n'est pas valide" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 -msgid "" -"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " -"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" -msgstr "" -"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribut 'type': La valeur QName " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' ne se " -"résout pas à une définition de type simple., ligne 36" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 -msgid "" -"This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " -"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " -"but:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 -msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "Choisissez la société dans laquelle l'erreur s'est produite." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 -msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -msgstr "**Messages d'erreur** (applicable uniquement sur CFDI 3.3):" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:583 -msgid "" -"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'." -msgstr "" -"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] La valeur '' a une longueur de '0'; ce qui est inférieur" -" à la longueur minimale autorisée de '1'." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 -msgid "" -"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." -msgstr "" -"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Élement " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] La valeur '' n'est pas acceptée par le modèle " -"'[^|]{1,100}'." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:592 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " -"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " -"properly." -msgstr "" -"** Solution** : Vous avez oublié de définir le champ \"Référence\" approprié" -" dans le produit. Veuillez vous reporter à la fiche du produit et définir " -"correctement votre référence interne." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:636 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:667 -msgid "**Error messages**:" -msgstr "**Messages d'erreur** :" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:598 -msgid "" -"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing." -msgstr "" -"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Élement " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': L'attribut 'Regimen' est " -"requis mais manquant." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:602 -msgid "" -"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing." -msgstr "" -"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Élement " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': L'attribut 'RegimenFiscal' est requis" -" mais manquant." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " -"partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" -" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " -"which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " -"possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " -"considerations about fiscal positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:613 -msgid "" -"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " -"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " -"set 601, it will look like the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:620 -msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " -"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:623 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:654 -msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "**Message d'erreur**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:625 -msgid "" -"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" -msgstr "" -"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Élement " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribut 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] La valeur '' n'est pas un élément de l'ensemble {'01', '02', " -"'03', '04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', " -"'25', '26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:631 -msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." -msgstr "**Solution**: Le mode de paiement est requis sur la facture." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:638 -msgid "" -"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" -msgstr "" -"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Élement " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribut 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] La valeur '' n'est pas un élément de l'ensemble {'00" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:656 -msgid "" -"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:12 +msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" msgstr "" -"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Élement " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribut 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"n'est pas une valeur de type atomique valide " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:644 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:14 msgid "" -"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing." +"As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of" +" your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. " +"However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can " +"activate only the ones relevant for your business." msgstr "" -"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Élement " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': L'attribut 'Rfc' est requis mais " -"manquant." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:647 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:19 msgid "" -"**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " -"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " -"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" -"info`." +"To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " +"tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:661 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:31 msgid "" -"**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" -" Mexico, fix it." +"To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." msgstr "" -"**Solution :** Le code postal de l'adresse de votre entreprise n'est pas " -"valide pour le Mexique, corrigez-le." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:669 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:41 msgid "" -"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing." +"Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " +"the following table to see where they are displayed." msgstr "" -"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Élement " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': L'attribut 'TipoFactor' est requis " -"mais manquant." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:672 -msgid "" -"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.\", '')" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Name `" msgstr "" -"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Élement " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': L'attribut 'TipoFactor' est requis " -"mais manquant.\", '')" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:676 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" -" used on the invoice." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice `" msgstr "" -"**Solution** : Définissez le nom mexicain de la taxe 0% et 16% dans votre " -"système et utilisez-le dans la facture." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 -msgid "Netherlands" -msgstr "Pays-Bas" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 -msgid "XAF Export" -msgstr "Export XAF" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 -msgid "" -"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" -" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" -" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " -"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Group `" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 -msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" -msgstr "Rapports comptables néerlandais" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " -"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Back end" msgstr "" -"Si vous installez la localisation de comptabilité néerlandaise, vous aurez " -"accès à certains rapports spécifiques aux Pays-Bas, tels que:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 -msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" -msgstr "Rapport de taxes (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 -msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" -msgstr "Déclaration Intrastat (ICP)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 -msgid "Spain" -msgstr "Espagne" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 -msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Plan comptable espagnol" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " -"default:" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" msgstr "" -"Par défaut , différents plans comptables espagnols sont disponibles dans " -"Odoo :" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 -msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" -msgstr "PGCE PYMEs 2008" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 -msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" -msgstr "PGCE Completo 2008" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 -msgid "PGCE Entitades" -msgstr "PGCE Entitades" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 -msgid "" -"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " -"Localization** section." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" msgstr "" -"Choisissez lequel vous voulez utiliser sur :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> " -"Configuration` puis, sélectionnez celui que vous voulez dans la section " -"**Localisation fiscale**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " -"default." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:53 +msgid "Basic Options" msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous créez une nouvelle base de données SaaS, le PGCE PYMEs 2008 est" -" installé par défaut." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 -msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" -msgstr "Rapports comptables espagnols" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:58 +msgid "Tax Name" +msgstr "Nom de la taxe" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:60 msgid "" -"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" -" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +"The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " +":ref:`label ` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " +"Products, etc." msgstr "" -"Si la localisation comptable Espagnole est installée, vous aurez accès aux " -"rapports de comptabilité spécifiques à l’Espagne:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" -msgstr "Rapport de taxes (Modelo 111)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" -msgstr "Rapport de taxes (Modelo 115)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" -msgstr "Rapport de taxes (Modelo 303)" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Tax Computation" +msgstr "Calcul de la taxe" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 -msgid "Switzerland" -msgstr "Suisse" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 -msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:68 +msgid "**Group of Taxes**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:70 msgid "" -"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " -"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " -"ISR*." +"The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " +"you want, in the order you want them to be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:74 msgid "" -"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " -"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " -"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 -msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." +"Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " +"may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " +":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones `." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 -msgid "" -"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " -"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " -"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " -"Reports` and tick this box :" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:78 +msgid "**Fixed**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 -msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" -msgstr "Mise à jour du taux de change en direct" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:80 msgid "" -"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " -"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " -"you want." +"The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " +"same, regardless of the Sales Price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 -msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" -msgstr "Mise à jour de la TVA pour janvier 2018" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:83 msgid "" -"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" -" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" -" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." -msgstr "" -"À compter du 1er janvier 2018, de nouveaux taux de TVA réduits seront " -"appliqués en Suisse. Le taux normal de 8,0% passera à 7,7% et le taux " -"spécifique au secteur hôtelier passera de 3,8% à 3,7%." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 -msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " +"fixed* tax. We then have:" msgstr "" -"Comment mettre à jour vos taxes dans Odoo Enterprise (SaaS ou On Premise)?" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " -"have to do anything." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Product's Sales Price" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " -"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " -":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " -"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " -"\"upgrade\"`." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Price without tax" msgstr "" -"Si vous avez démarré sur une version antérieure, vous devez d'abord mettre à" -" jour le module \"Suisse - Rapports comptables\". Pour cela, allez à " -":menuselection:`Apps --> supprimez le filtre \"Apps\" --> recherchez " -"\"Suisse - Rapports comptables\" --> ouvrez le module --> et cliquez sur " -"\"mettre à jour\"`." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " -"rates." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que cela est fait, vous pouvez créer de nouvelles taxes pour les " -"taux mis à jour." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Tax" +msgstr "Taxe" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 -msgid "" -"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " -"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " -"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " -"transactions." -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Total" +msgstr "Total" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 -msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000" msgstr "" -"La création de ce type de taxes devrait se faire de la manière suivante : " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 -msgid "" -"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " -"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "10" +msgstr "10" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 -msgid "" -"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" -" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" -" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "1,010.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 -msgid "" -"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " -"grid 302 tax" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:92 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**" msgstr "" -"Pour des taxes de 7,7 % : Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille" -" de base 302, Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille d'impôt 302" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:94 msgid "" -"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " -"grid 342 tax" +"The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " +"multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." msgstr "" -"Pour des taxes de 3,7 % : Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille" -" de base 342, Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille d'impôt 342" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:97 msgid "" -"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " -"included in Odoo by default" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax. We then have:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Name**" -msgstr "**Nom de la taxe**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Rate**" -msgstr "**Taux**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Label on Invoice**" -msgstr "**Étiquettes sur les factures**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" -msgstr "**Groupe de taxes (à partir de V10)**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Scope**" -msgstr "**Portée de la taxe**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tag**" -msgstr "**Étiquette**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" -msgstr "TVA 7,7 % sur les achats B&S (TN)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "7.7%" -msgstr "7,7 %" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -msgid "7.7% achat" -msgstr "7,7 % sur les achats" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "TVA 7.7%" -msgstr "TVA 7,7 %" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "Achats" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" -msgstr "Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille 400" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "TVA 7,7 % sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -msgid "7.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "7,7 % achats Incl." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" -msgstr "TVA 7,7 % sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -msgid "7.7% invest." -msgstr "7,7 % invest." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" -msgstr "Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille 405" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "TVA 7,7 % sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." -msgstr "7,7 % invest. Incl." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" -msgstr "TVA 3,7 % sur achat B&S (TS)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "3.7%" -msgstr "3,7 %" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -msgid "3.7% achat" -msgstr "3,7 % achat" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "TVA 3.7%" -msgstr "TVA 3,7 %" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "TVA 3,7 % sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "3.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "3,7 % achat Incl." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" -msgstr "TVA 3,7 % sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -msgid "3.7% invest" -msgstr "3,7 % invest" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "TVA 3,7 % sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "3.7% invest Incl." -msgstr "3,7 % invest Incl." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" -msgstr "TVA due à 7,7 % (TN)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Ventes" +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" -msgstr "" -"Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille de base 302, Formulaire " -"suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille d'impôt 302" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "TVA due à 7,7 % (Incl. TN)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "7.7% Incl." -msgstr "7,7 % Incl." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" -msgstr "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" -msgstr "" -"Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille de base 342, Formulaire " -"suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille d'impôt 342" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "TVA due à 3,7 % (Incl. TS)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "3.7% Incl." -msgstr "3,7 % Incl." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -msgid "" -"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " -"odoo.com/help." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "1,100.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:107 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:109 msgid "" -"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" -" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " -"your fiscal positions accordingly." +"The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " +"Total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "1,111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:124 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Actif" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:126 +msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:129 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" +" can deactivate them to prevent future use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:133 +msgid "" +"This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " +"` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:139 +msgid "Tax Scope" +msgstr "Portée de la taxe" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " +"where it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:143 +msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:144 +msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:145 +msgid "**None**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " +"Taxes ` but that you don't want to list along with other " +"Sales or Purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:154 +msgid "Definition tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " +"the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:163 +msgid "**Based On**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:165 +msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:166 +msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:168 +msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:169 +msgid "" +"**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports " +"<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your" +" country's regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:180 +msgid "Label on Invoices" +msgstr "Étiquettes sur les factures" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " +"column. This is the :ref:`label ` visible to *front end* " +"users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:193 +msgid "Tax Group" +msgstr "Groupe de taxe" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " +":ref:`label ` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " +"invoices, and the Customer Portals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " +"when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " +"Positions `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:205 +msgid "" +"In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " +"Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." +" Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the " +"Invoice ` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, " +"above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:213 +msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" +msgstr "Inclure dans le coût analytique" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:215 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " +"**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:221 +msgid "Included in Price" +msgstr "Inclus dans le prix" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:223 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" +" Price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:225 +msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:227 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "900.10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "90.9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:238 +msgid "" +"If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," +" please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " +"*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** " +"field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:246 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " +"are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and " +"select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:253 +msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" +msgstr "Impacte la base des taxes ultérieures" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:255 +msgid "" +"With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " +"other taxes applied to the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:258 +msgid "" +"You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes ` to include" +" this tax, or add it directly to a product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " +"amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " +"tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:270 +msgid "" +"To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " +"names." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:282 +msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 +msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " +"provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" +" VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " +"This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " +"number without leaving Odoo interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 +msgid "VAT Number validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " +"**Country** and **VAT** fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" +" error message if the VAT number is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " +"fields' validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"`European Commission: VIES search engine " +"`__" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 @@ -7246,8 +9389,8 @@ msgid "Adviser" msgstr "Conseiller" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" -msgstr "Comment gérer un budget financier ?" +msgid "Manage a financial budget" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -7504,41 +9647,13 @@ msgstr "" "est le 31 janvier, le montant théorique sera 100, car cela est le montant " "réel qui aurait du être réalisé." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 -msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific " -"date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 -msgid "" -"This is, for example, used when you make a provision (e.g. provision for bad" -" debt). When making the accounting entry for the provision, the amount you " -"entered is only an estimated amount. You will only be sure of the amount at " -"the end of the fiscal year. That's why, at that point, you want the " -"accounting entry to be reversed to be able to enter the real loss that " -"occurred." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 -msgid "" -"For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the " -"journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be " -"reversed at that date." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" msgstr "Analytique" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" +msgid "Track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting" msgstr "" -"Comment suivre les coûts des achats, des dépenses et de la sous-traitance?" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -7770,10 +9885,8 @@ msgstr "" "facture à ce même compte analytique." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" +msgid "Track costs of human resources with timesheets" msgstr "" -"Comment suivre les coûts du personnel en utilisant des feuilles de présence " -"?" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9153,10 +11266,6 @@ msgstr "" "utilisé pour enregistrer la différence entre le coût moyen et le prix " "d'achat initial." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 -msgid "Multicurrency" -msgstr "Multi-devise" - #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" msgstr "Enregistrer les taux de change des paiements" @@ -9321,8 +11430,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 @@ -9331,9 +11440,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 -msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" -msgstr "Comment fonctionne le mode multidevises d'Odoo?" +msgid "Odoo's multi-currency system" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -9495,6 +11603,10 @@ msgstr "" "laquelle vous enregistrerez les paiements. Si une devise est définie, cela " "signifie que vous ne pouvez enregistrer les paiements que dans cette devise." +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 +msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgstr "Comment fonctionne le mode multidevises d'Odoo?" + #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -9587,8 +11699,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`exchange`" msgstr ":doc:`exchange`" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" -msgstr "Comment gérer des factures et des paiements avec plusieurs devises ?" +msgid "Manage invoices and payment in multiple currencies" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -9695,495 +11807,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works`" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Analyse" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" -msgstr "Comment créer un rapport personnalisé avec vos propres formules ?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " -"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " -"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " -"ever." -msgstr "" -"Odoo 13 est livré avec des outils de reporting puissants et faciles à " -"utiliser. Créer de nouveaux rapports (tels qu'un rapport fiscal, un bilan ou" -" un compte de résultat avec des regroupements et une présentation " -"spécifique) pour répondre à vos besoins est maintenant plus facile que " -"jamais." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "Activer le mode développeur" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" -" activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:20 -msgid "Create your financial report" -msgstr "Créez votre rapport financier" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 -msgid "" -"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" -msgstr "" -"Tout d'abord, vous devez créer votre rapport financier. Pour ce faire, aller" -" à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Rapports financiers` " -"et cliquez sur **Créer**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " -"configured:" -msgstr "" -"Une fois que le nom est rempli, il y a deux autres paramètres qui doivent " -"être configurés :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 -msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" -msgstr "**Montrer les colonnes de crédit et débit**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:33 -msgid "**Analysis Period** :" -msgstr "**Périodes d'analyse**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:35 -msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" -msgstr "Basé sur des plages de dates (par ex. Compte de Résultat)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 -msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" -msgstr "Basé sur une date unique (par ex. bilan)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " -"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" -msgstr "" -"Basé sur des plages de date avec les colonnes 'anciens' et 'total' et les 3 " -"derniers mois (par ex. Balances Agées des Tiers)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 -msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 -msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" -msgstr "Ajouter des lignes dans vos rapports personnalisés" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 -msgid "" -"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " -"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " -"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." -msgstr "" -"Après avoir créé le rapport, vous devez le remplir avec des lignes. Elles " -"ont toutes besoin d'un **nom**, d'un **code** (qui est utilisé pour faire " -"référence à la ligne), d'un **numéro de séquence** et d'un **niveau** " -"(utilisé pour le rendu de la ligne)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" -" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " -"separated by ;)" -msgstr "" -"Dans le champ **formules**, vous pouvez ajouter une ou plusieurs formules " -"pour attribuer une valeur à la colonne solde (et aux colonnes de débit et de" -" crédit le cas échéant - séparées par ;)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:59 -msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" -msgstr "Vous avez plusieurs objets disponibles dans la formule:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:61 -msgid "" -"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " -"date range)." -msgstr "" -"``Ndays`` : le nombre de jours de la période choisie (pour les rapports avec" -" une plage de dates)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " -"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" -msgstr "" -"Un autre rapport, référencé par son code. Utilisez ``.balance`` pour obtenir" -" son solde (sont également disponible ``.credit``, ``.debit`` et " -"``.amount_residual``)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " -"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " -"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " -"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " -"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " -"by one of their columns." -msgstr "" -"Une ligne peut également être basée sur la somme de lignes d'écritures " -"comptable sur un domaine sélectionné. Dans ce cas, vous devez remplir le " -"champ domaine avec un domaine Odoo sur l'objet de la ligne d'écriture " -"comptable. Ensuite, un objet supplémentaire est disponible dans le champ " -"formules, à savoir ``sum``, la somme de lignes d'écritures comptable de ce " -"domaine. Vous pouvez également utiliser le champ Grouper par le champ pour " -"regrouper les lignes d'écritures comptable par une de leurs colonnes." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:75 -msgid "Other useful fields :" -msgstr "Autres champs utiles :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 -msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." -msgstr "**Type** : Type du résultat de la formule." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:79 -msgid "" -"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " -"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." -msgstr "" -"**La croissance est-elle bonne lorsqu'elle est positive**: Utilisé lors du " -"calcul de la colonne de comparaison. Vérifie si la croissance est bonne " -"(affiché en vert) ou non." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:82 -msgid "" -"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" -" same dates as the rest of the report." -msgstr "" -"**Changement de date spécial**: Si une ligne spécifique dans un rapport ne " -"doit pas utiliser les mêmes dates que le reste du rapport." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " -"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " -"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." -msgstr "" -"**Voir domaine** : Comment le domaine d'une ligne est affiché. Peut prendre " -"les valeurs : replié (``default``, caché au début, mais peut être déplié), " -"``always`` (toujours affiché) ou ``never`` (jamais montré)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 -msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" -msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 -msgid "What are the main reports available?" -msgstr "Quels sont les principaux rapports disponibles?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" -msgstr "" -"Outre les rapports créés spécifiquement dans chaque module de " -"régionalisation, quelques **rapports génériques** et **dynamiques** très " -"utiles sont disponibles pour tous les pays :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 -msgid "**Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "**Bilan**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 -msgid "**Profit and Loss**" -msgstr "**Compte de Résultat**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 -msgid "**Chart of Account**" -msgstr "**Plan Comptable**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 -msgid "**Executive Summary**" -msgstr "**Résumé Analytique**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 -msgid "**General Ledger**" -msgstr "**Grand Livre**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 -msgid "**Aged Payable**" -msgstr "**Balance Agée Fournisseurs**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 -msgid "**Aged Receivable**" -msgstr "**Balance Agée Clients**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 -msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" -msgstr "**Flux de Trésorerie**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 -msgid "**Tax Report**" -msgstr "**Rapport de taxes**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "**Rapprochement Bancaire**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez annoter tous les rapports pour les imprimer et en reporter à " -"votre conseiller. Exporter vers xls pour effectuer des analyses " -"supplémentaires. Creuser dans les rapports pour plus de détails (paiements, " -"factures, écritures, etc.)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également comparer les valeurs avec une autre période. " -"Choisissez le nombre de périodes que vous voulez comparer à la période de " -"temps choisie. Vous pouvez choisir jusqu'à 12 périodes antérieures à la date" -" du rapport, si vous ne souhaitez pas utiliser l'option par défaut **Période" -" Précédente**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." -msgstr "" -"Le **Bilan** montre un aperçu des actifs, des passifs et des capitaux " -"propres de votre organisation à une date particulière." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 -msgid "Profit and Loss" -msgstr "Compte de résultat" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." -msgstr "" -"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 -msgid "Chart of account" -msgstr "Plan comptable" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 -msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." -msgstr "Une liste de tous vos comptes regroupés par classe" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 -msgid "Executive Summary" -msgstr "Résumé général" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." -msgstr "" -"Le **Résumé Analytique** permet un rapide coup d'oeil à tous les chiffres " -"importants dont vous avez besoin pour faire fonctionner votre entreprise." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" -msgstr "" -"En termes très simples, voilà ce que chacun des éléments de cette section " -"rapporte :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Performance:**" -msgstr "**Performance :**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 -msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" -msgstr "**Marge brute :**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." -msgstr "" -"La contribution de chaque vente individuelle faite par votre entreprise, " -"moins les coûts directs nécessaires pour faire ces ventes (comme la " -"main-d'œuvre, les matériaux, etc.)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 -msgid "**Net profit margin:**" -msgstr "**Marge nette :**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." -msgstr "" -"La contribution de chaque vente individuelle faite par votre entreprise, " -"moins les coûts directs nécessaires pour faire ces ventes, ainsi que les " -"frais généraux fixes de votre entreprise (comme le loyer, l'électricité, les" -" impôts que vous devez payer à la suite de ces ventes)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr "**Retour sur Investissement (p.a.) :**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " -"make those profits." -msgstr "" -"Le ratio du bénéfice net réalisé, avec le montant des actifs de l'entreprise" -" utilisés pour faire ces bénéfices." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Position:**" -msgstr "**Situation :**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr "**Moyenne des Jours Débiteurs**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." -msgstr "" -"Le nombre moyen de jours qu'il faut à vos clients pour vous payer " -"(entièrement), calculé à partir de toutes vos factures clients." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "**Moyenne des Jours Créditeurs**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" -" all your bills." -msgstr "" -"Le nombre moyen de jours qu'il vous faut pour payer (entièrement) vos " -"fournisseurs, calculé à partir de toutes vos factures fournisseurs." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr "**Prévisions de trésorerie à court terme :**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 -msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." -msgstr "" -"Combien d'argent est prévu en entrée ou en sortie de votre organisation pour" -" le prochain mois, c'est à dire le solde de vos **Ventes** pour le mois " -"moins le solde de vos **Achats** pour le mois." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" -msgstr "**Actif à court terme au passif :**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." -msgstr "" -"Aussi appelé **ratio de liquidité générale**, c'est le rapport de l'actif " -"circulant (actifs qui pourraient être transformés en espèces dans un an) par" -" les dettes à court terme (dettes qui seront dues dans l'année suivante). " -"Ceci est généralement utilisé comme une mesure de la capacité d'une " -"entreprise à rembourser sa dette." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 -msgid "General Ledger" -msgstr "Grand livre" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." -msgstr "" -"Le **Grand Livre** montre toutes les transactions de tous les comptes pour " -"une période choisie. Le rapport de synthèse initial présente les totaux pour" -" chaque compte et à partir de là, vous pouvez afficher un rapport détaillé " -"des transactions ou des exceptions. Ce rapport est utile pour vérifier " -"toutes les transactions qui ont eu lieu au cours d'une certaine période de " -"temps." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 -msgid "Aged Payable" -msgstr "Balance agée des fournisseurs" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." -msgstr "overpayments " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 -msgid "Aged Receivable" -msgstr "Balance agée clients" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." -msgstr "" -"La **Balance Agée Clients** montre les factures clients qui ont été en " -"attente de paiement au cours d'un mois sélectionné et plusieurs mois avant." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 -msgid "Cash Flow Statement" -msgstr "Flux de trésorerie" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 -msgid "" -"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." -msgstr "" -"Le rapport **Flux de trésorerie** montre comment les variations dans les " -"comptes de bilan et les revenus affectent la trésorerie, et ventile " -"l'analyse entre l'exploitation, les investissement et le financement." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 -msgid "Tax Report" -msgstr "Rapport de taxes" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 -msgid "" -"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " -"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." -msgstr "" -"Ce rapport vous permet de voir les montants **nets** et **taxes** pour " -"toutes les taxes regroupées par type (vente/achat)." - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Commencer" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 msgid "Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Plan comptable" @@ -10273,10 +11902,6 @@ msgid "" "indicates the account's purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "Type" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 msgid "" "Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" @@ -10424,10 +12049,6 @@ msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" "Veuillez vous référer à la documentation associée pour plus d'informations." -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 -msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "Taxes par défaut" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 msgid "" "Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " @@ -10519,89 +12140,271 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" -msgstr "Comment configurer la Comptabilité d'Odoo ?" +msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " -"different screens you will need." +"When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" +" welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" +" get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close " +"it." msgstr "" -"L'application de Comptabilité d'Odoo possède un guide d'implémentation " -"auquel vous devriez vous référer pour sa configuration. Il s'agit d'un " -"assistant pas-à-pas avec des liens vers les différents composants dont vous " -"aurez besoin." #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " -"`__, you " -"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " -"implementation guide." +"The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"Une fois que vous aurez installé `l'application de Comptabilité " -"`__, vous " -"devez cliquer sur la barre de progression en haut à droite pour accéder au " -"guide d'implémentation." -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 -msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" -msgstr "Le guide d'implémentation vous assistera tout au long de ces étapes :" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Completing your company settings" -msgstr "Remplissage des paramètres de votre entreprise" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" +" Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " +"creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes " +"are ready-to-go. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" -msgstr "Saisie de vos coordonnées bancaires" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" -msgstr "Sélection de votre plan comptable" +msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" -msgstr "Confirmation de vos taux de TVA habituels" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" -msgstr "Configuration des devises étrangères" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 -msgid "Importing your customers" -msgstr "Importation de vos clients" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Importing your suppliers" -msgstr "Importation de vos fournisseurs" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Importing your products" -msgstr "Importation de vos articles" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" -msgstr "Importation de vos opérations en cours" +msgid "" +"The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 -msgid "Importing your starting balances" -msgstr "Importation de votre solde initial" +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 -msgid "Define the users for accounting" -msgstr "Création des utilisateurs de la comptabilité" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " -"bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " -"configuration of Odoo." +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 +msgid "Company Data" +msgstr "Données sur la société" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 +msgid "" +"This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " +"address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " +"number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " +"Info**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Bank Account" +msgstr "Compte bancaire" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " +"*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " +"Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information " +"about Bank Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Accounting Periods" +msgstr "Périodes comptables" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" +" to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " +"along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " +"date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " +"indicate their initial opening balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " +"Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " +"arrow button* at the end of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here ` for more information on how to " +"configure your Chart of Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 +msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 +msgid "" +"There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " +"advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " +"onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app" +" rather than the Accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 +msgid "" +"If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " +"going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 +msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " +"onboarding banner `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 +msgid "Invoice Layout" +msgstr "Layout Facture" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 +msgid "" +"With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" +" which layout tamplate, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 +msgid "" +"You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " +"*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " +"email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to " +"the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " +"Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" +" of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 +msgid "" +"These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 +msgid "Payment Method" +msgstr "Moyen de paiement" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 +msgid "" +"This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " +"can pay you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " +"Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " +"online, from their Customer Portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 +msgid "Sample Invoice" +msgstr "Exemple de facture" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" +" configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 +msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" -"Lorsqu'une étape est terminée, vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton \"Marquer " -"comme finalisé\" en bas de l'écran. De cette façon, vous pouvez suivre la " -"progression de votre configuration globale d'Odoo." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" @@ -11171,9 +12974,6 @@ msgstr "Comptes Débiteurs" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Débit" @@ -11185,9 +12985,6 @@ msgstr "Débit" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Crédit" @@ -11195,17 +12992,6 @@ msgstr "Crédit" msgid "Invoice 1" msgstr "Facture 1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -msgid "100" -msgstr "100" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Payment 1.1" msgstr "Paiement 1.1" @@ -11337,9 +13123,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Account" msgstr "Compte" @@ -11349,8 +13132,6 @@ msgstr "Compte" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:142 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "Compte client" @@ -11374,8 +13155,6 @@ msgstr "Chèque 0123" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:144 msgid "Bank" msgstr "Banque" @@ -12035,6 +13814,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Imprimer chèques**. Odoo vous demandera de définir le prochain numéro de " "chèque dans la séquence et imprimera ensuite tous les chèques à la fois." +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Analyse" + #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" msgstr "Balance agée fournisseurs" @@ -12073,417 +13857,9 @@ msgstr ":doc:`customer_invoice`" msgid "Account Payables" msgstr "Comptes Débiteurs" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 -msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" -msgstr "Comment suivre les dépenses des employés?" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" -" then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " -"most frequently are:" -msgstr "" -"Les frais de personnel sont des frais engagés pour le compte de la société. " -"La société rembourse ensuite ces frais à l'employé. Les reçus les plus " -"utilisés sont les suivants :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 -msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," -msgstr "" -"Des déplacements en voiture personnelle, remboursés par unité de distance " -"(mile ou kilomètre)," - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 -msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," -msgstr "des frais de séjour, remboursés sur la base des factures, " - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 -msgid "" -"other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " -"carried out by the employee." -msgstr "" -"d'autres achats, tels que la papeterie et les livres, destinés à " -"l'entreprise, mais payés par l'employé." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " -"from the Apps module." -msgstr "" -"Pour gérer les dépenses, vous devez installer l'application **Suivi des " -"Dépenses** à partir du module Applications." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " -"re-invoice your expenses to your customers." -msgstr "" -"Vous aurez également besoin d'installer le module **Gestion des ventes** " -"afin de refacturer les dépenses à vos clients." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " -"products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " -"products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses " -"Products` in the **Expenses** application." -msgstr "" -"Une fois ces applications installées, vous pouvez configurer les différents " -"articles qui représentent les types de dépenses. Pour créer les premiers " -"articles, allez au menu :menuselection:`Configuration -> Articles de " -"dépenses` dans l'application **Dépenses**." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 -msgid "Some examples of products can be:" -msgstr "Quelques exemples d'articles de note de frais :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 -msgid "**Travel (car)**" -msgstr "**Voyage (voiture)**" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 -msgid "Product Type: Service" -msgstr "Catégorie d'article : Service" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 -msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" -msgstr "Politique de facturation: facture sur la base du temps et du matériel" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" -msgstr "Politique de facturation des frais : Au prix de vente" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 -msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" -msgstr "Prix de vente : 0,32" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " -"Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" -msgstr "" -"Unité de mesure : Km ou mile (vous devrez activer l'option **Unités de " -"mesure multiples** dans :menuselection:`Ventes --> Configuration`)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 -msgid "**Hotel**" -msgstr "**Hôtel**" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" -msgstr "Politique de facturation des frais : Au coût réel" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 -msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" -msgstr "Unité de mesure : Unité" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " -"employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " -"customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the" -" hotel." -msgstr "" -"Dans ces exemples, le premier produit sera une dépense que nous remboursons " -"à l'employé en fonction du nombre de km qu'il a fait avec sa propre voiture " -"(par exemple pour visiter un client): 0,32 € / km. L'hôtel est remboursé sur" -" la base des coûts réels de l'hôtel." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " -"checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " -"material**. This invoicing policy means that, if the expense is related to a" -" customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous que tous ces produits ont la case **Peut être inséré dans une " -"note de frais** cochée et la politique de facturation à **Reinvoice costs**." -" Cette politique de facturation signifie que, si la dépense est liée à un " -"projet / commande client, Odoo refacturera ces frais au client." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 -msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" -msgstr "Odoo prend en charge deux types de dépenses :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 -msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" -msgstr "les dépenses payées par les employés avec leur propre argent" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 -msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" -msgstr "les dépenses payées avec une carte de crédit d'entreprise" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 -msgid "The expenses workflow" -msgstr "Le process de suivi des dépenses" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 -msgid "Record a new expense" -msgstr "Enregistrer une nouvelle dépense" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " -":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " -"personal expenses work that way:" -msgstr "" -"Chaque employé de la société peut enregistrer ses notes de frais depuis " -":menuselection:`Notes de frais --> Mes notes de frais`. Le processus pour " -"saisir ses dépenses personnelles fonctionne de cette façon :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 -msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" -msgstr "un employé enregistre une dépense, et la soumet au gestionnaire" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 -msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" -msgstr "le gestionnaire accepte ou refuse la dépense" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 -msgid "the accountant post journal entries" -msgstr "le comptable enregistre les pièces" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 -msgid "" -"the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " -"with a payable account)" -msgstr "" -"la compagnie rembourse la dépense à l'employé (l'employé est comme un " -"fournisseur, avec un compte de charge)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 -msgid "" -"if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " -"the customer" -msgstr "" -"si la dépense est liée à un compte analytique, l'entreprise peut refacturer " -"au client" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 -msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" -msgstr "Pour chaque dépense, l'employé doit enregistrer au moins :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 -msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" -msgstr "" -"une description : qui doit inclure la référence du billet ou de la facture" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 -msgid "a product: the expense type" -msgstr "un article : le type de dépense" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 -msgid "" -"a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" -" car)" -msgstr "" -"un prix (par ex. pour un hôtel) ou une quantité (par ex. des kms de trajet " -"avec une voiture personnelle)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " -"photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " -"the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." -msgstr "" -"Selon la politique de l'entreprise, il peut devoir joindre une copie de la " -"dépense. Pour ce faire, écrivez juste un message en bas de la note de frais " -"avec le scan de la facture ou du ticket en pièce jointe." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 -msgid "" -"If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" -" an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " -"might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get " -"this feature)." -msgstr "" -"Si la dépense est liée à un projet client, n'oubliez pas de l'affecter à un " -"compte analytique, lié au projet ou à la commande client (vous devrez " -"activer l'option Compte analytique dans la configuration de la Comptabilité " -"pour accéder à cette fonctionnalité)." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " -"**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " -"expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que la note de frais est entièrement enregistrée, l'employé doit " -"cliquer sur le bouton **Soumettre au responsable**. Dans certaines " -"entreprises, les employés doivent soumettre leurs notes de frais regroupées " -"à la fin du mois, ou à la fin d'un voyage d'affaires." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 -msgid "" -"An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " -"action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." -msgstr "" -"Un employé peut soumettre toutes ses notes de frais en une fois, en " -"utilisant l'option Soumettre les notes de frais depuis la vue en liste des " -"dépenses ou depuis les petites icônes de la vue en liste." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 -msgid "Validation by the manager" -msgstr "Validation par le gestionnaire" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " -"manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " -"menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." -msgstr "" -"Les gestionnaires reçoivent un email pour chaque note de frais à approuver " -"(le gestionnaire d'un employé est défini sur sa fiche). Ils peuvent utiliser" -" le menu **À approuver** pour vérifier toutes les notes de frais qui sont en" -" attente de validation." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 -msgid "The manager can:" -msgstr "Le gestionnaire peut :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 -msgid "" -"discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " -"bill is missing);" -msgstr "" -"discuter sur une note de frais pour demander plus d'informations (par " -"exemple, si la copie de la facture est absente);" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 -msgid "reject an expense;" -msgstr "refuser une note de frais;" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 -msgid "approve an expense." -msgstr "approuver une note de frais." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 -msgid "Control by the accountant" -msgstr "Contrôle par le comptable" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " -"by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " -"created and posted in your accounting." -msgstr "" -"Ensuite, toutes les notes de frais qui ont été validées par le gestionnaire " -"doivent être enregistrées par le comptable. Quand une note de frais est " -"enregistrée, l'écriture comptable liée est créée et enregistrée dans votre " -"comptabilité." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " -"expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." -msgstr "" -"Si le comptable veut créer une seule écriture comptable pour un ensemble de " -"notes de frais, il peut enregistrer cet ensemble depuis la vue en liste de " -"toutes les notes de frais." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 -msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" -msgstr "Refacturer les dépenses aux clients" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " -"the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " -"invoiced to the customer yet and will be included in the next invoice that " -"will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer" -" project)" -msgstr "" -"Si la note de frais est affectée à un compte analytique lié à une commande, " -"la commande aura une nouvelle ligne liée à la note de frais. Cette ligne n'a" -" pas encore été facturée au client et sera incluse dans la prochaine facture" -" qui sera envoyée au client (imputation des frais de trajet et de séjour à " -"un projet client)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 -msgid "" -"To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." -" (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " -"invoice all your orders in batch)" -msgstr "" -"Pour facturer au client, il suffit de cliquer sur le bouton de la facture " -"sur son bon de commande. (ou ce sera fait automatiquement à la fin de la " -"semaine ou du mois si vous facturez toutes vos commandes en une fois)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:170 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:173 -msgid "Reimburse the employee" -msgstr "Rembourser l'employé" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:175 -msgid "" -"If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " -"reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" -" payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." -msgstr "" -"Si la note de frais a été payée par l'employé, l'entreprise doit le " -"rembourser. Dans ce cas, l'employé apparaît dans la balance âgée fournisseur" -" jusqu'à ce que la société lui rembourse ses notes de frais." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:180 -msgid "" -"All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " -"due." -msgstr "" -"Tout ce que vous avez à faire est de créer un paiement pour cet employé pour" -" le montant dû." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 -msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" -msgstr "Les dépenses qui ne sont pas refacturées aux clients" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:189 -msgid "" -"If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " -"options:" -msgstr "" -"Si certaines dépenses ne doivent pas être refacturées aux clients, vous avez" -" deux options :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 -msgid "" -"if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " -"invoicing policy on the product:" -msgstr "" -"si la décision de facturer ou non est liée à l'article, changer la politique" -" de facturation sur le produit :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 -msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "**Reinvoice costs** : refacturer le client" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:197 -msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "**Quantités commandées** : ne pas refacturer le client" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:199 -msgid "" -"if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " -"reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" -" invoice." -msgstr "" -"if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " -"reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" -" invoice." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:204 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" - #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" -msgstr "Comment prévoir les futures factures à payer ?" +msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -12849,8 +14225,8 @@ msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" -msgstr "Comment payer plusieurs factures à la fois?" +msgid "Pay several bills at once" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -13287,6 +14663,10 @@ msgstr "" "paiements à la fois) et cliquez sur :menuselection:`Plus -> Télécharger les " "paiements SEPA`." +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:111 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Dépannage" + #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:114 msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" msgstr "La banque refuse mon fichier SEPA" @@ -13318,17 +14698,10 @@ msgstr "" " oublié de remplir le champ BIC." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:129 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`check`" msgstr ":doc:`check`" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:121 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" - #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" msgstr "" @@ -13391,6 +14764,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "Prérequis" @@ -13719,151 +15093,6 @@ msgid "" "account`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" -msgstr "" -"Quand dois-je utiliser les factures fournisseurs ou les reçus d'achat ?" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" -" for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " -"cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a " -"defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are " -"confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." -msgstr "" -"Les reçus d'achat diffèrent des factures fournisseurs. Des factures " -"fournisseurs sont des demandes de paiement. Si je lance une commande " -"d'achat, dans la plupart des cas le fournisseur m'enverra une facture. Selon" -" sa politique de facturation, j'aurai ensuite un certain délai pour payer la" -" facture. Un reçu d'achat est la confirmation d'un paiement reçu. Ce sont " -"les reçus de mes achats au jour le jour." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " -"will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " -"On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which " -"means no debt account is necessary." -msgstr "" -"D'un point de vue comptable cela fait une différence car une facture va " -"d'abord créditer un compte fournisseur avant d'être rapprochée avec le " -"compte de banque. D'un autre coté nous payons habituellement immédiatement " -"les reçus d'achat, ce qui signifie qu'aucun compte fournisseur n'est " -"nécessaire." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," -" as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." -msgstr "" -"En outre les reçus d'achat peuvent avoir des montants de TVA différents par " -"ligne de produits, alors que les factures fournisseurs appliquent un seul " -"montant de la TVA sur la totalité de la facture." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " -"receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " -"handle them in accounting." -msgstr "" -"Si le compte bancaire de mon entreprise est utilisé pour payer des " -"marchandises pour lesquelles seul un reçu d'achat a été émis, je dois " -"utiliser la fonction de reçus d'achat d'Odoo pour les traiter en " -"comptabilité." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " -"a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " -"worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank " -"account." -msgstr "" -"Prenons l'exemple suivant: nous devons acheter du thé pour nos clients dans " -"un magasin de thé local qui ne délivre pas de factures. Nous allons chaque " -"semaine acheter 50 euros de thé et une théière d'une valeur de 20 euros. " -"Nous payons avec le compte bancaire de l'entreprise." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " -"installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." -msgstr "" -"Pour gérer les reçus d'achat dans Odoo un module et une application doivent " -"être installés. Allez dans le module Applications et installez l'application" -" de Comptabilité." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" -" \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." -msgstr "" -"Ensuite, allez dans la barre de recherche, supprimez le critère de recherche" -" par défaut, et recherchez l'expression « achats ». Installez le module " -"**Paiements de ventes et d'achats**." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 -msgid "Register a receipt" -msgstr "Enregistrer un reçu" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 -msgid "" -"By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " -"Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." -msgstr "" -"En installant le module **Paiements de ventes et d'achats** vous rendez le " -"l'option de menu déroulant **Reçus d'Achat** visible dans l'application de " -"Comptabilité." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " -"app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." -msgstr "" -"Pour importer notre reçu d'achat de 50 euros de thé, entrez dans " -"l'application de Comptabilité, sélectionnez :menuselection:`Achats -> Reçus " -"d'achat`." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " -"Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " -"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt" -" accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." -msgstr "" -"Créez un nouveau reçu d'achat et saisissez toutes les informations " -"nécessaires. Notez que vous avez le choix dans le champ Paiement entre " -"**Régler plus tard** ou **Régler directement**. Il y a une différence " -"significative car Régler plus tard va générer une pièce comptable alors que " -"Régler directement va immédiatement créditer le compte de banque." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " -"option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " -"the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." -msgstr "" -"Dans la plupart des cas, vous payez immédiatement, nous allons donc " -"sélectionner l'option Régler directement. Ajoutez les articles, le compte " -"concerné et la TVA appropriée. Pour l'exemple, nous supposons que le thé est" -" soumis à une TVA de 12% et la théière à une TVA de 21%." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " -":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " -"completely close the transaction in your accounting." -msgstr "" -"Valider le reçu d'achat pour le comptabiliser. N'oubliez pas que vous devez " -":doc:`rapprocher les paiements <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` afin " -"de clore complètement la transaction dans votre comptabilité." - #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" msgstr "" @@ -14082,8 +15311,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" -msgstr "Comment gérer les factures fournisseurs ?" +msgid "Manage vendor Bills" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -14505,12 +15734,166 @@ msgid "" " be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 +msgid "Digitize Vendor Bills with Optical Character Recognition (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that" +" allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data to your " +"database reduces errors and saves you time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 +msgid "Set up the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and " +"choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 +msgid "Start digitizing your bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Scan your bills and then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Bills` and upload your document. Based on your configuration, it either " +"processes the documents automatically, or you need to click on *Send for " +"Digitalization* to do it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also create a vendor bill through the *Documents* app or by using an" +" email alias on your journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " +"clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the" +" right information instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the " +"correct data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Tarification" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which " +"requires prepaid credits to work. Digitalizing one document consumes one " +"credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" +"Si vous êtes sur Odoo Online (SAAS) et disposez de la version Entreprise, " +"vous bénéficiez de crédits d'essai gratuits pour tester cette " +"fonctionnalité." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click `here `_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Receipts" +msgstr "Reçus d'achat" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Receipts** are not invoices but rather confirmations of received " +"payments, such as a ticket or a receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This feature is meant to be used when you pay directly with your company's " +"money for an expense. **Vendor Bills**, on the other hand, are recorded when" +" an invoice is issued to you and that the amount is first credited on a debt" +" account before a later payment reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app " +"dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. " +"Click :doc:`here <../../../expense/expense>` for more information on how to " +"use Odoo Expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 +msgid "Register a receipt" +msgstr "Enregistrer un reçu" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling" +" out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "Edit the Journal Entry before posting it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once you have filled out the *Invoice Lines* tab, you can modify the " +"**Journal Entry** before you post it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values" +" according to your needs, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../expense/expense`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" msgstr "Comptes Débiteurs" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 msgid "Customer Invoices" msgstr "Factures clients" @@ -15370,6 +16753,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" @@ -15736,10 +17123,6 @@ msgid "" "includes a country, before sending the letter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Tarification" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 msgid "" "*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " @@ -15753,209 +17136,370 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" -"Si vous êtes sur Odoo Online (SAAS) et disposez de la version Entreprise, " -"vous bénéficiez de crédits d'essai gratuits pour tester cette " -"fonctionnalité." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Click `here `_ to know about our " -"*Privacy Policy*." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "Paiements client" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 +msgid "Batch Payments: Batch Deposits (checks, cash etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **Batch Deposit** groups multiple payments in a single batch. This allows " +"you to deposit several payments into your bank account with a single " +"transaction. This is particularly useful to deposit cash and checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to list several customer payments and print a " +"**deposit slip**. This ticket contains the details of the transactions and a" +" reference to the batch deposit. You can then select this reference during a" +" bank reconciliation to match the single bank statement line with all the " +"transactions listed in the batch deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To activate the feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Customer Payments`, activate **Batch Payments**, and click " +"on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 +msgid "Payment Method Types" +msgstr "Types de méthode de paiement" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To record new payments as part of a Batch Deposit, you have to configure " +"first the Journal on which you record them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced " +"Settings* tab. In the *Payment Method Types* section, enable **Batch " +"Deposit**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch " +"payments when you activate the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 +msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 +msgid "Record payments to deposit in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 +msgid "" +":doc:`Register the payments ` on the bank account on which you " +"plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you " +"received a payment, and clicking on *Register Payment*. There, select the " +"appropriate Journal linked to your bank account and select *Batch Deposit* " +"as Payment Method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 +msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 +msgid "Make sure to write the payment reference in the **Memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 +msgid "Add payments to a Batch Deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank" +" and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on " +"*Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by " +"clicking on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then " +"click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip " +"that the bank usually requires to fill out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Once the bank statements are on your database, you can reconcile the bank " +"statement line with the *Batch Payment* reference. To do so, start your " +"**Bank Reconciliation** by going to your Accounting dashboard and clicking " +"on *Reconcile Items* on the related bank account. At the bank statement " +"line, click on *Choose counterpart or Create Write-off* to display more " +"options, open the *Batch Payments* tab, and select your Batch Payment. All " +"related payments are automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank" +" statement line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, " +"remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`recording`" +msgstr ":doc:`recording`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:4 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." " With **SEPA Direct Debit**, your customers can sign a **mandate** that " -"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts " -"automatically." +"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts. This is " +"particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 msgid "" -"You can record your customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files " -"containing pending payments made with an SDD mandate." +"You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files containing " +"pending payments made with an SDD mandate." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "" -"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 28 member states " +"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " "of the European Union as well as additional countries." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:123 msgid "" "`List of all SEPA countries `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` nd activate" -" the **SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** feature. Enter the **Creditor Identifier** " -"of your company. This number is provided by your bank, or the authority " -"responsible for delivering them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:28 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:30 -msgid "Create a mandate" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate " +"**SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's " +"**Creditor Identifier**. This number is provided by your bank institution, " +"or the authority responsible for delivering them." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +msgid "Create a mandate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 msgid "" "The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " "authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 msgid "" -"To create a new one, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " -"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the new mandate’s " -"form." +"To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 msgid "" -"First, export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your " -"customer to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the " -"**Original Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the " -"mandate." +"Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer " +"to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original " +"Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 msgid "" -"First, make sure, that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly " -"recorded on the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in " -"your own *Bank Account* settings." +"Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on " +"the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in your own " +":doc:`Bank Account <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 +msgid "" +"SEPA Direct Debit can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce**" +" or on the **Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Acquirer**. " +"With this method, your customers can create and sign their mandates " +"themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Acquirers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your " +"needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Make sure to change the **State** field to *Enabled*, and to check **Online " +"Signature**, as this is necessary to let your customers sign their mandates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " +"address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" msgstr "Clôturer ou révoquer un mandat" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 msgid "" "Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " -"this field is left blank, then the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " +"this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " "*Closed* or *Revoked*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 msgid "" "Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" -" means that invoices made after the present day won’t be processed " -"automatically with an SDD payment." +" means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with" +" an SDD payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 msgid "" "Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " "be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " -"that have already been registered will still be included to the next SDD XML" -" file." +"that have already been registered are still included in the next SDD XML " +"file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 msgid "" -"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated. If " -"a customer requires to pay with SDD payments again, you will have to create " -"a new mandate from scratch." +"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 msgid "" -"All new posted invoice issued to customers with an active mandate will " -"automatically register payment and have their status marked as *Paid*." +"You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an " +"active SDD mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 msgid "" -"If you have unpaid invoices that could be paid with a new mandate, it is " -"still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on *Register Payment* and " -"choose *SEPA Direct Debit* as payment method." +"To do so, open the invoice, click on *Register Payment*, and choose *SEPA " +"Direct Debit* as payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In previous versions, Odoo used SDD payment as the default payment for all " +"customers with an active mandate. Your customers can still activate " +"automatic SDD for their subscriptions with a recurring payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:112 msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" msgstr "" "Pour présenter des ordres de paiement, générez un fichier XML de prélèvement" " automatique SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 msgid "" -"To submit your SDD payments to your bank, you will first generate an **XML " -"file** that can be uploaded directly to your bank interface." +"**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " +"online banking interface to process all payments at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:118 msgid "" "The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" -" specifications as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " +" specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " "Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 msgid "" "To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " "*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " "Payments to Collect*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:129 msgid "" -"Select all the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD XML" -" file, then click on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." +"Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" +" on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:136 msgid "" "Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " -"then download the SDD XML file." +"download the SDD XML file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 -msgid "Finally, upload this file to your bank to process the payments." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " +"payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " "Payments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:150 +msgid ":doc:`batch`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:152 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " "`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:153 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 -msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" -msgstr "Comment enregistrer les paiements par chèques des clients ?" +msgid "Register customer payments by checks" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -16023,7 +17567,6 @@ msgstr "" "déposez plusieurs chèques à la fois sur vos comptes bancaires." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" msgstr "Option 1 : Valeurs à l'Encaissement" @@ -16079,16 +17622,12 @@ msgid "Memo: write the Check number" msgstr "Memo : saisissez le numéro de Chèque" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" msgstr "Cette opération créera la pièce comptable suivante :" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "Correspondance Relevé" @@ -16098,12 +17637,6 @@ msgstr "Correspondance Relevé" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:142 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:144 msgid "100.00" msgstr "100.00" @@ -16129,8 +17662,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:142 msgid "X" msgstr "X" @@ -16158,7 +17689,6 @@ msgstr "" "comptabilisés sur votre compte de banque." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:109 msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" msgstr "Option 2 : Une seule écriture" @@ -16189,7 +17719,6 @@ msgstr "" " et le relier à la ligne de relevé)." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:136 msgid "" "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" msgstr "" @@ -16222,265 +17751,6 @@ msgstr "" "disponible à partir du tableau de bord de la Comptabilité, par l'option " "\"Plus\" sur la carte de la banque concernée)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 -msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" -msgstr "" -"Comment enregistrer des paiements par carte de crédit sur des factures?" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" -" both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." -msgstr "" -"Il existe deux façons de gérer les paiements reçus par cartes de crédit. " -"Odoo supporte les deux approches de sorte que vous puissiez utiliser celle " -"qui correspond le mieux à vos habitudes." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " -"the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " -"on the invoice (using a Credit card journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank " -"account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." -msgstr "" -"**Valeurs à l'encaissement** (principalement utilisé dans les pays " -"européens) : une fois que vous recevez l'autorisation de paiement par carte " -"de crédit, vous enregistrez un paiement sur la facture (en utilisant un " -"journal Carte de crédit et le comptabilisant sur le compte « Valeurs à " -"l'encaissement »). Puis, lorsque les paiements sont crédités sur votre " -"compte bancaire, vous déplacez l'argent du compte « Valeurs à l'encaissement" -" » vers votre compte de banque." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 -msgid "" -"**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " -"credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," -" without going through the Undeposited Funds. Once you process your bank " -"statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card " -"payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." -msgstr "" -"**Une seule transaction** (la plupart du temps utilisé aux États-Unis) : une" -" fois que vous recevez le paiement par carte de crédit, vous l'enregistrez " -"dans votre compte de banque, payé par carte de crédit, sans passer par le " -"compte « Valeurs à l'encaissement ». Puis, lorsque vous traitez votre relevé" -" bancaire, vous faites le rapprochement entre votre mouvement bancaire et le" -" paiement, sans créer de transaction dédiée." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 -msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " -"cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." -msgstr "" -"Nous recommandons la première approche car elle est plus précise (le solde " -"de votre compte de banque est exact, car il ne comptabilise pas les paiments" -" par cartes qui n'ont pas encore été encaissés). Les deux approches exigent " -"le même effort." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" -" take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " -"automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second " -"approach." -msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez le eCommerce et une passerelle de paiement automatisé, vous" -" aurez seulement besoin de vous occuper du rapprochement bancaire, car la " -"facture payée sera automatiquement enregistrée dans le bon journal. Vous " -"utiliserez la deuxième approche." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " -"users)." -msgstr "" -"Même si la première méthode est plus propre, Odoo supporte aussi la " -"deuxième, car certains comptables sont habitués (les utilisateurs de " -"*QuickBooks* et de *Peachtree*)." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 -msgid "" -"On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " -"--> Create`" -msgstr "" -"Dans le module Comptabilité, aller à :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Journaux --> Créer`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" -msgstr "Créer un journal appelé « Paiements CB » avec les données suivantes :" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 -msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" -msgstr "**Nom du Journal** : Paiements CB" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 -msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "**Compte de débit par défaut** : CB à encaisser" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 -msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "**Compte de crédit par défaut** : CB à encaisser" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " -"set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:118 -msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" -msgstr "Des paiements par carte de crédit aux relevés bancaires" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " -"Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" -" transactions." -msgstr "" -"La première façon de gérer des cartes de crédit est de créer un journal de " -"carte de crédit. Ainsi, les cartes de crédit deviennent une méthode de " -"paiement particulière et vous enregistrerez deux transactions." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " -"and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" -msgstr "" -"Dès que vous recevez un paiement client par carte de crédit, allez sur la " -"facture correspondante et cliquez sur **Enregistrer le règlement**. " -"Saisissez les informations sur le paiement :" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 -msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" -msgstr "**Méthode de paiement** : Paiements CB" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 -msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" -msgstr "**Memo** : saisissez la référence de la facture" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -msgid "Credit Cards" -msgstr "Cartes de crédit" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." -msgstr "" -"La facture est marquée payée dès que vous enregistrez le paiement par carte " -"de crédit." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." -msgstr "" -"Puis, quand vous disposerez des relevés bancaires, vous rapprocherez le " -"mouvement avec celui qui se trouve dans le compte « CB à encaisser »." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -msgid "Credit cards" -msgstr "Cartes de Crédit" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " -"of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " -"account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." -msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez cette approche pour gérer les paiements par cartes de " -"crédit, vous obtiendrez la liste des paiements par cartes de crédit qui " -"n'ont pas été encaissés dans le compte « CB à encaisser » (accessible, par " -"exemple, dans le Grand Livre)." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " -"is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your " -"bank account." -msgstr "" -"Les deux méthodes produiront au final les mêmes données dans votre " -"Comptabilité. Mais, si vous avez des paiements par cartes de crédit qui " -"n'ont pas été encaissés, cette méthode est plus propre car ces paiments ne " -"sont pas encore comptabilisés sur votre compte de banque." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:114 -msgid "" -"There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " -"this method." -msgstr "" -"Il n'y a rien à configurer si vous prévoyez de gérer vos paiements par " -"cartes de crédit en utilisant cette méthode." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:124 -msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "**Méthode de paiement**: la banque qui sera utilisée pour le dépôt" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:126 -msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" -msgstr "**Mémo**: saisissez le numéro de transaction de carte de crédit" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " -"recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " -"with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment " -"and relate it to the statement line)." -msgstr "" -"La facture est marquée payée dès que le paiement par carte de crédit a été " -"enregistré. Lorsque vous recevrez les relevés bancaires, vous ferez le " -"rapprochement entre le relevé et ce paiement effectif (techniquement : " -"pointer ce paiement et le relier à la ligne de relevé)." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:148 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" -" may be more convenient if you have a lot of credit cards to record in a " -"batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments " -"with invoices)." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également enregistrer le paiement directement sans passer par la" -" facture du client, en utilisant le menu du haut :menuselection:`Ventes --> " -"Paiements`. Cette méthode peut être plus pratique si vous avez beaucoup de " -"paiements par cartes de crédit à enregistrer d'un coup, mais vous devrez " -"rapprocher les pièces comptables par la suite (rapprocher les paiements des " -"factures)." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:153 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " -"report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" -" received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" " -"option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." -msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez cette approche pour gérer les paiements par cartes de " -"crédit, vous pouvez utiliser le rapport « Rapport de rapprochement " -"bancaire\" pour vérifier quels paiements par cartes de crédit ont été reçus " -"ou payés par la banque (ce rapport est disponible à partir du tableau de " -"bord de la Comptabilité, par l'option \"Plus\" sur la carte de la banque " -"concernée)." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:164 -msgid ":doc:`recording`" -msgstr ":doc:`recording`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`followup`" -msgstr ":doc:`followup`" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" msgstr "Faites le suivi des factures et soyez payé plus rapidement" @@ -16580,9 +17850,62 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous souhaitez recevoir un rappel avant la date d'échéance réelle, " "définissez un nombre négatif de jours d'échéance." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Online Payment" +msgstr "Paiement des factures en ligne" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue," +" you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay " +"Now* button on their **Customer Portal**. This allows your customers to see " +"their invoices online and pay directly with their favorite payment method, " +"making the payment process much easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 +msgid "" +"By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer " +"<../../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only Payment " +"Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online " +"Payment**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 +msgid "Customer Portal" +msgstr "Portail client" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 +msgid "" +"After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by " +"email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects" +" them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 +msgid "" +"They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 -msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" -msgstr "Quelles sont les différentes façons d'enregistrer un paiement ?" +msgid "Different ways to record a payment" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -16795,5 +18118,658 @@ msgstr "" "Ne refaites pas la même opération à partir du compte bancaire à créditer, ou vous allez créer deux pièces comptables qui vont s'annuler pour la même transaction." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 -msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" -msgstr ":doc:`credit_cards`" +msgid ":doc:`online_payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`followup`" +msgstr ":doc:`followup`" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 +msgid "Declarations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 +msgid "Tax Return (VAT Declaration)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies that are registered for **VAT (Value Added Tax)** must file a " +"**Tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their turnover " +"and the regulation of the country in which they are registered. A Tax return" +" - or VAT return - gives the tax authorities information about the taxable " +"transactions made by the company, the *output tax* it has charged its " +"customers, and the *input tax* its vendors have charged it. Based on these " +"values, the company can calculate the tax amount they have to pay or be " +"refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can find information about VAT and its mechanism on `this page from the " +"European Commission `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 +msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" +msgstr "Périodicité de la déclaration de revenus" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo Accounting " +"to compute your Tax Return correctly and also to send you a reminder to " +"never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " +"--> Fiscal Periods`, and go to the **Tax Return Periodicity** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Periodicity**: define here whether you file your tax return each month or " +"every three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Reminder**: define when Odoo should remind you to file your tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 +msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " +"<../../overview/getting_started/setup>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 +msgid "Tax Grids" +msgstr "Grilles de Taxe" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are " +"configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the" +" recorded transactions use the right taxes. You can see on each Journal Item" +" which Tax Grid is used for that transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you " +"can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record" +" invoices or credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization" +" Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation " +"of your database. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 +msgid "Close a tax period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 +msgid "Tax Lock Date" +msgstr "Date de verrouillage de la taxe" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Any new transaction which accounting date is prior to the **Tax Lock Date** " +"has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful to make" +" sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your " +"*Closing Journal Entry*. This way, other users can't modify or add " +"transactions that would have an impact on the Closing Journal Entry, which " +"helps you avoid some tax declaration errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 +msgid "Tax Report" +msgstr "Rapport de taxes" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period " +"you want to report, open your **Tax Report**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. " +"You can also click on *TAX Report* from your *Accounting Overview*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date " +"filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the " +"button *Closing Journal Entry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 +msgid "" +"After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In " +"addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with " +"the **Tax Report** that you can download from the chatter and preview on the" +" right column. It includes all the values to report to the tax authorities, " +"along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date ` before clicking" +" on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal " +"period on the same date as the Accounting Date of your entry. This automatic" +" lock happens when you click on *Post*. This safety mechanism can prevent " +"some fiscal errors, but it is advised to lock your tax date manually before," +" as described above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 +msgid "Create a customized reports with your own formulas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " +"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " +"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " +"ever." +msgstr "" +"Odoo 13 est livré avec des outils de reporting puissants et faciles à " +"utiliser. Créer de nouveaux rapports (tels qu'un rapport fiscal, un bilan ou" +" un compte de résultat avec des regroupements et une présentation " +"spécifique) pour répondre à vos besoins est maintenant plus facile que " +"jamais." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the developer mode" +msgstr "Activer le mode développeur" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" +" activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 +msgid "Create your financial report" +msgstr "Créez votre rapport financier" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" +msgstr "" +"Tout d'abord, vous devez créer votre rapport financier. Pour ce faire, aller" +" à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Rapports financiers` " +"et cliquez sur **Créer**." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " +"configured:" +msgstr "" +"Une fois que le nom est rempli, il y a deux autres paramètres qui doivent " +"être configurés :" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 +msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" +msgstr "**Montrer les colonnes de crédit et débit**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 +msgid "**Analysis Period** :" +msgstr "**Périodes d'analyse**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 +msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" +msgstr "Basé sur des plages de dates (par ex. Compte de Résultat)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 +msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" +msgstr "Basé sur une date unique (par ex. bilan)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " +"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" +msgstr "" +"Basé sur des plages de date avec les colonnes 'anciens' et 'total' et les 3 " +"derniers mois (par ex. Balances Agées des Tiers)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 +msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 +msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" +msgstr "Ajouter des lignes dans vos rapports personnalisés" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " +"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " +"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." +msgstr "" +"Après avoir créé le rapport, vous devez le remplir avec des lignes. Elles " +"ont toutes besoin d'un **nom**, d'un **code** (qui est utilisé pour faire " +"référence à la ligne), d'un **numéro de séquence** et d'un **niveau** " +"(utilisé pour le rendu de la ligne)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" +" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " +"separated by ;)" +msgstr "" +"Dans le champ **formules**, vous pouvez ajouter une ou plusieurs formules " +"pour attribuer une valeur à la colonne solde (et aux colonnes de débit et de" +" crédit le cas échéant - séparées par ;)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 +msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" +msgstr "Vous avez plusieurs objets disponibles dans la formule:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " +"date range)." +msgstr "" +"``Ndays`` : le nombre de jours de la période choisie (pour les rapports avec" +" une plage de dates)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " +"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" +msgstr "" +"Un autre rapport, référencé par son code. Utilisez ``.balance`` pour obtenir" +" son solde (sont également disponible ``.credit``, ``.debit`` et " +"``.amount_residual``)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " +"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " +"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " +"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " +"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " +"by one of their columns." +msgstr "" +"Une ligne peut également être basée sur la somme de lignes d'écritures " +"comptable sur un domaine sélectionné. Dans ce cas, vous devez remplir le " +"champ domaine avec un domaine Odoo sur l'objet de la ligne d'écriture " +"comptable. Ensuite, un objet supplémentaire est disponible dans le champ " +"formules, à savoir ``sum``, la somme de lignes d'écritures comptable de ce " +"domaine. Vous pouvez également utiliser le champ Grouper par le champ pour " +"regrouper les lignes d'écritures comptable par une de leurs colonnes." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 +msgid "Other useful fields :" +msgstr "Autres champs utiles :" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 +msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." +msgstr "**Type** : Type du résultat de la formule." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " +"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." +msgstr "" +"**La croissance est-elle bonne lorsqu'elle est positive**: Utilisé lors du " +"calcul de la colonne de comparaison. Vérifie si la croissance est bonne " +"(affiché en vert) ou non." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 +msgid "" +"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" +" same dates as the rest of the report." +msgstr "" +"**Changement de date spécial**: Si une ligne spécifique dans un rapport ne " +"doit pas utiliser les mêmes dates que le reste du rapport." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " +"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " +"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." +msgstr "" +"**Voir domaine** : Comment le domaine d'une ligne est affiché. Peut prendre " +"les valeurs : replié (``default``, caché au début, mais peut être déplié), " +"``always`` (toujours affiché) ou ``never`` (jamais montré)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" +msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Main reports available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " +"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " +"countries :" +msgstr "" +"Outre les rapports créés spécifiquement dans chaque module de " +"régionalisation, quelques **rapports génériques** et **dynamiques** très " +"utiles sont disponibles pour tous les pays :" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 +msgid "**Balance Sheet**" +msgstr "**Bilan**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 +msgid "**Profit and Loss**" +msgstr "**Compte de Résultat**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 +msgid "**Chart of Account**" +msgstr "**Plan Comptable**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 +msgid "**Executive Summary**" +msgstr "**Résumé Analytique**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 +msgid "**General Ledger**" +msgstr "**Grand Livre**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 +msgid "**Aged Payable**" +msgstr "**Balance Agée Fournisseurs**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 +msgid "**Aged Receivable**" +msgstr "**Balance Agée Clients**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 +msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +msgstr "**Flux de Trésorerie**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 +msgid "**Tax Report**" +msgstr "**Rapport de taxes**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 +msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +msgstr "**Rapprochement Bancaire**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " +"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " +"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez annoter tous les rapports pour les imprimer et en reporter à " +"votre conseiller. Exporter vers xls pour effectuer des analyses " +"supplémentaires. Creuser dans les rapports pour plus de détails (paiements, " +"factures, écritures, etc.)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" +" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " +"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " +"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également comparer les valeurs avec une autre période. " +"Choisissez le nombre de périodes que vous voulez comparer à la période de " +"temps choisie. Vous pouvez choisir jusqu'à 12 périodes antérieures à la date" +" du rapport, si vous ne souhaitez pas utiliser l'option par défaut **Période" +" Précédente**." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" +" of your organisation as at a particular date." +msgstr "" +"Le **Bilan** montre un aperçu des actifs, des passifs et des capitaux " +"propres de votre organisation à une date particulière." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Profit and Loss" +msgstr "Compte de résultat" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " +"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" +" period." +msgstr "" +"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " +"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" +" period." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Chart of account" +msgstr "Plan comptable" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 +msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." +msgstr "Une liste de tous vos comptes regroupés par classe" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 +msgid "Executive Summary" +msgstr "Résumé général" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " +"figures you need to run your company." +msgstr "" +"Le **Résumé Analytique** permet un rapide coup d'oeil à tous les chiffres " +"importants dont vous avez besoin pour faire fonctionner votre entreprise." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " +"reporting :" +msgstr "" +"En termes très simples, voilà ce que chacun des éléments de cette section " +"rapporte :" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "**Performance :**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 +msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" +msgstr "**Marge brute :**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +msgstr "" +"La contribution de chaque vente individuelle faite par votre entreprise, " +"moins les coûts directs nécessaires pour faire ces ventes (comme la " +"main-d'œuvre, les matériaux, etc.)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 +msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +msgstr "**Marge nette :**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " +"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " +"result of those sales)." +msgstr "" +"La contribution de chaque vente individuelle faite par votre entreprise, " +"moins les coûts directs nécessaires pour faire ces ventes, ainsi que les " +"frais généraux fixes de votre entreprise (comme le loyer, l'électricité, les" +" impôts que vous devez payer à la suite de ces ventes)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +msgstr "**Retour sur Investissement (p.a.) :**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"make those profits." +msgstr "" +"Le ratio du bénéfice net réalisé, avec le montant des actifs de l'entreprise" +" utilisés pour faire ces bénéfices." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Position:**" +msgstr "**Situation :**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +msgstr "**Moyenne des Jours Débiteurs**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " +"across all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" +"Le nombre moyen de jours qu'il faut à vos clients pour vous payer " +"(entièrement), calculé à partir de toutes vos factures clients." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgstr "**Moyenne des Jours Créditeurs**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +" all your bills." +msgstr "" +"Le nombre moyen de jours qu'il vous faut pour payer (entièrement) vos " +"fournisseurs, calculé à partir de toutes vos factures fournisseurs." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 +msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "**Prévisions de trésorerie à court terme :**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 +msgid "" +"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " +"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " +"your **Purchases account** for the month." +msgstr "" +"Combien d'argent est prévu en entrée ou en sortie de votre organisation pour" +" le prochain mois, c'est à dire le solde de vos **Ventes** pour le mois " +"moins le solde de vos **Achats** pour le mois." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +msgstr "**Actif à court terme au passif :**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " +"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " +"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " +"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" +"Aussi appelé **ratio de liquidité générale**, c'est le rapport de l'actif " +"circulant (actifs qui pourraient être transformés en espèces dans un an) par" +" les dettes à court terme (dettes qui seront dues dans l'année suivante). " +"Ceci est généralement utilisé comme une mesure de la capacité d'une " +"entreprise à rembourser sa dette." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 +msgid "General Ledger" +msgstr "Grand livre" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " +"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " +"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " +"occurred during a certain period of time." +msgstr "" +"Le **Grand Livre** montre toutes les transactions de tous les comptes pour " +"une période choisie. Le rapport de synthèse initial présente les totaux pour" +" chaque compte et à partir de là, vous pouvez afficher un rapport détaillé " +"des transactions ou des exceptions. Ce rapport est utile pour vérifier " +"toutes les transactions qui ont eu lieu au cours d'une certaine période de " +"temps." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 +msgid "Aged Payable" +msgstr "Balance agée des fournisseurs" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" +" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " +"gone unpaid." +msgstr "overpayments " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 +msgid "Aged Receivable" +msgstr "Balance agée clients" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " +"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +msgstr "" +"La **Balance Agée Clients** montre les factures clients qui ont été en " +"attente de paiement au cours d'un mois sélectionné et plusieurs mois avant." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +msgstr "Flux de trésorerie" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " +"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing and financing activities." +msgstr "" +"Le rapport **Flux de trésorerie** montre comment les variations dans les " +"comptes de bilan et les revenus affectent la trésorerie, et ventile " +"l'analyse entre l'exploitation, les investissement et le financement." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " +"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." +msgstr "" +"Ce rapport vous permet de voir les montants **nets** et **taxes** pour " +"toutes les taxes regroupées par type (vente/achat)." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index b4f15db8c..44297bcc8 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -7,20 +7,20 @@ # Xavier Belmere , 2019 # Sébastien BÜHL , 2019 # Michell Portrait , 2019 -# Jérôme Tanché , 2019 # Renaud de Colombel , 2019 # Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Cécile Collart , 2019 # Fernanda Marques , 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Jérôme Tanché , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -62,7 +62,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 @@ -382,13 +383,8 @@ msgid "" "(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " "leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " "pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " -"multiple countries." +"multiple industries." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez décider de filtrer les pistes que vous obtenez en fonction de la" -" taille (nombre d'employés) des entreprises. Vous pouvez choisir les pays " -"d'où proviennent vos pistes. Il est possible de sélectionner plusieurs pays." -" Vous pouvez sélectionner les secteurs d'activité d'où proviennent vos " -"pistes. Il est possible de sélectionner plusieurs pays." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -415,15 +411,9 @@ msgid "" " us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " "`__, To buy credits you can " "either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " -"Credits`; or go to `Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my Services`." +"Credits`; or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my" +" Services`." msgstr "" -"Il s'agit d'une fonctionnalité d'achat In-App, chaque piste générée vous " -"coûtera un crédit. Si vous décidez d'obtenir des informations de contact, " -"chaque contact vous coûtera aussi un crédit supplémentaire. Voici le coût de" -" cette `fonctionnalité `__. " -"Pour acheter des crédits, vous pouvez soit aller dans :menuselection:`CRM " -"--> Configuration --> Paramètres --> Acheter des crédits` ; soit dans " -"`Réglages --> Achats In-App --> Voir mes services`." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -509,6 +499,131 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" msgstr "Optimiser votre travail quotidien" +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "Comment motiver et récompenser mes vendeurs ?" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "Créez un défi" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "Définissez des objectifs" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Les objectifs peuvent aussi inclure la configuration de votre base de " +"données (par ex. définir les données de votre entreprise et un fuseau " +"horaire, créer de nouveaux utilisateurs, etc.)." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "Configurez vos récompenses" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" msgstr "Synchroniser votre agenda Google avec Odoo" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po index 1ab5684de..73a341b4a 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -9,15 +9,16 @@ # Jérôme Tanché , 2019 # Fernanda Marques , 2020 # Cécile Collart , 2020 +# 0169fee580ff5de3f9b7241d14f30af9_5f30934 <1948a2319336319ed4429b6139c8c1c2_916898>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: 0169fee580ff5de3f9b7241d14f30af9_5f30934 <1948a2319336319ed4429b6139c8c1c2_916898>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -296,19 +297,10 @@ msgid "" " Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " "processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " "require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " -"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make " +"made through Odoo Studio might not work properly. *It is up to you to make " "sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " "test database through our `Support page `__." msgstr "" -"**Tester votre base de données est l'étape la plus importante du processus " -"de mise à jour!** Même si nous testons manuellement toutes les mises à jour," -" nous ne connaissons pas vos processus. Un changement des flux de travail " -"standards d'Odoo dans les nouvelles versions pourrait vous obliger à " -"modifier les processus internes, ou certaines des personnalisations que vous" -" avez faites via Odoo Studio pourraient maintenant fonctionner correctement." -" *C'est à vous de vérifier que tout fonctionne correctement!* Vous pouvez " -"signaler les problèmes rencontrés avec vos bases de données de test via la " -"page `Assistance `__." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -833,6 +825,13 @@ msgid "" "command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it " "like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." msgstr "" +"L'UUID de la base de données est actuellement accessible depuis le menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Technique --> Paramètres Système`, nous " +"vous conseillons d'utiliser un `générateur d'UUID " +"`_ ou d'utiliser la commande unix ``uuidgen`` " +"pour générer un nouvel UUID. Vous pouvez alors simplement le remplacer comme" +" tout autre enregistrement en cliquant dessus et en utilisant le bouton " +"Modifier." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 msgid "Users and Features" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index cd8596636..4b2c167ae 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -5,10 +5,12 @@ # # Translators: # Olivier Lenoir , 2019 -# Jérôme Tanché , 2019 # kaj nithi , 2019 # Renaud de Colombel , 2019 # Fernanda Marques , 2020 +# 0169fee580ff5de3f9b7241d14f30af9_5f30934 <1948a2319336319ed4429b6139c8c1c2_916898>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché , 2020 # Cécile Collart , 2020 # #, fuzzy @@ -16,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -30,17 +32,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Discuss" msgstr "Discussion" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" +#: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avancé" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" msgstr "" -"Comment utiliser mon serveur de messagerie pour envoyer et recevoir des " -"emails dans Odoo" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:6 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." -msgstr "Si vous êtes un utilisateur d'Odoo en ligne ou d'Oddo.sh..." +msgstr "Si vous êtes un utilisateur d'Odoo en ligne ou d'Odoo.sh..." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:8 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 msgid "" "You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " "database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" @@ -49,7 +53,7 @@ msgstr "" "messagerie pour votre base de données.** Les emails sortants et entrants " "sont prêts à l'emploi!" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:11 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 msgid "" "Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" " use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." @@ -58,11 +62,11 @@ msgstr "" "masse qui nécessiteraient l'utilisation d'un serveur de messagerie externe, " "profitez tout simplement de votre nouvelle base de données Odoo." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:16 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 msgid "Scope of this documentation" msgstr "Le but de cette documentation" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 msgid "" "This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " "benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " @@ -74,7 +78,7 @@ msgstr "" " réception d'emails dans Odoo, à la différence d'`Odoo en ligne " "`__ & `Odoo.sh `__." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:25 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 msgid "" "If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " "recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " @@ -89,7 +93,7 @@ msgstr "" "souhaitez gérer vous-même la réputation de votre serveur de messagerie, vous" " pouvez également utiliser vos propres serveurs." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 msgid "" "You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " "own email solution with Odoo." @@ -97,7 +101,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vous trouverez ci-dessous quelques informations utiles pour intégrer votre " "propre solution de messagerie à Odoo. " -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:34 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 msgid "" "Office 365 email servers don't allow easily to send external emails from " "hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " @@ -111,11 +115,11 @@ msgstr "" "us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" "email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 msgid "How to manage outbound messages" msgstr "Comment gérer les messages sortants" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:41 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:41 msgid "" "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " "check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " @@ -128,17 +132,17 @@ msgstr "" "les données SMTP de votre serveur de messagerie. Une fois toutes les " "informations complétées, cliquez sur *Tester la connection*." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:46 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:46 msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." msgstr "Voici la configuration typique d'un serveur G suite." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:51 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:51 msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "" "Configurez ensuite votre nom de domaine de messagerie dans les paramètres " "généraux." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:54 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:54 msgid "" "If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " "warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " @@ -151,15 +155,15 @@ msgstr "" "l'application*. Un lien direct est disponible `ici " "`_." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:58 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:58 msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." msgstr "Activez par ailleurs le paramètre IMAP sur votre compte Gmail." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" msgstr "Puis-je utiliser un serveur Office 365?" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:63 msgid "" "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" " relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." @@ -167,7 +171,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez utiliser un serveur Office 365 si vous exécutez Odoo sur site. " "Les relais Office 365 SMTP ne sont pas compatibles sur Odoo en ligne." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:66 msgid "" "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation `__ ." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:70 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 msgid "How to use a G Suite server" msgstr "Comment utiliser un serveur G suite" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:71 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:71 msgid "" "You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " "to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " @@ -195,11 +199,11 @@ msgstr "" " Les étapes de configuration sont décrites dans la `Documentation Google " "`__." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 msgid "Be SPF-compliant" msgstr "Être en conformité avec le système SPF" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:79 msgid "" "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" " of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " @@ -210,7 +214,7 @@ msgstr "" "en tant qu'hôte expéditeur dans les paramètres de votre nom de domaine. " "Voici la configuration pour Odoo en ligne :" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:83 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:83 msgid "" "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" @@ -218,7 +222,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si aucun enregistrement TXT n'est configuré pour le SPF, vous devez en créer" " un avec la définition suivante : v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:85 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:85 msgid "" "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." " for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " @@ -229,7 +233,7 @@ msgstr "" "emails via Odoo en ligne et via G Suite cela pourrait être : v=spf1 " "include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:89 msgid "" "Find `here `__ the exact procedure to " "create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." @@ -238,7 +242,7 @@ msgstr "" "exacte pour créer ou modifier des enregistrements TXT sur votre propre " "registraire de domaine." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:92 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:92 msgid "" "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " "usually happens more quickly." @@ -246,7 +250,7 @@ msgstr "" "Votre nouvel enregistrement SPF peut prendre jusqu'à 48 heures pour être " "effectif, mais d'habitude cela se fait plus rapidement." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:95 msgid "" "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " "delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " @@ -255,13 +259,13 @@ msgstr "" "L'ajout de plus d'un enregistrement SPF à votre domaine peut générer des " "problèmes à la livraison des emails et à la classification en spams. Nous " "vous recommandons plutôt d'utiliser un seul enregistrement SPF, en modifiant" -" celui-ci pour autoriser Oddo." +" celui-ci pour autoriser Odoo." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:100 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 msgid "Allow DKIM" msgstr "Activer DKIM" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:101 msgid "" "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " "enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " @@ -278,15 +282,25 @@ msgstr "" "\"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" qui est un enregistrement CNAME avec la valeur " "\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "Restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," +" 465 or 2525." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:113 msgid "How to manage inbound messages" msgstr "Comment gérer les messages entrants" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:115 msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." -msgstr "Oddo recourt à des alias email pour récupérer des messages entrants." +msgstr "Odoo recourt à des alias email pour récupérer des messages entrants." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:113 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:117 msgid "" "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " "discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " @@ -296,7 +310,7 @@ msgstr "" "vers leur fil de discussion original (ainsi que vers les boîtes de réception" " de tous les followers) via l'alias catch-all (**catchall@**)." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:121 msgid "" "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " "Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " @@ -308,16 +322,16 @@ msgstr "" "destinataires invalides dans le `Marketing par courrier électronique Odoo " "`__ ." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:121 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:125 msgid "" "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " "create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" msgstr "" "**Les emails originaux**: Plusieurs objets de gestion ont leur propre alias " -"pour créer des nouveaux enregistrements sur Oddo depuis les emails entrants " +"pour créer des nouveaux enregistrements sur Odoo depuis les emails entrants " ":" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:124 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:128 msgid "" "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " "`__)," @@ -325,7 +339,7 @@ msgstr "" "Canal de ventes (pour créer des pistes ou des opportunités dans `Odoo CRM " "`__)," -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:126 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:130 msgid "" "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " "`__)," @@ -333,7 +347,7 @@ msgstr "" "Canal de support (pour créer des tickets dans `Odoo Assistance technique " "`__)," -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:128 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:132 msgid "" "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project `__)," @@ -341,19 +355,19 @@ msgstr "" "Projets (pour créer des nouvelles tâches dans `Odoo Projet " "`__)," -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:130 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:134 msgid "" "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " "`__)," msgstr "" -"Postes de travail (pour créer des candidats dans `Oddo recrutement " +"Postes de travail (pour créer des candidats dans `Odoo recrutement " "`__)," -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:136 msgid "etc." msgstr "etc." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:138 msgid "" "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " "emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " @@ -364,7 +378,7 @@ msgstr "" "c'est gérer une adresse email par alias Odoo dans votre serveur de " "messagerie ." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:142 msgid "" "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " "bounce@, sales@, etc.)." @@ -372,11 +386,11 @@ msgstr "" "Créez les adresses email correspondantes dans votre serveur de messagerie " "(catchall@, bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:140 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:144 msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "Configurez votre nom de domaine dans les paramètres généraux." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:145 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:149 msgid "" "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " "each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " @@ -391,7 +405,7 @@ msgstr "" "entrants*. Une fois toutes les informations renseignées, cliquez sur *TESTER" " & CONFIRMER*." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:158 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " "messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " @@ -410,25 +424,31 @@ msgstr "" "email vers le nom de domaine d'Odoo (par ex. *catchall@mydomain.ext* vers " "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:168 msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tous les alias sont personnalisables dans Odoo." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:166 msgid "" "Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " "edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " ":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" +"Les alias d'objet peuvent être modifiés depuis leur écran de configuration " +"respectif. Pour mlodifier des alias catchall et bounce, vous devez d'abord " +"activer :doc:`mode Développeur <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:170 msgid "" "Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " "Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " "mail.bounce.alias*)." msgstr "" +"Puis aller sur :menuselection:`Configuration --> Technique --> Paramètres " +"--> Paramètres système` pour personnaliser les alias (*mail.catchall.alias* " +"& * mail.bounce.alias*)." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:176 msgid "" "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " "You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " @@ -437,534 +457,440 @@ msgid "" "Fetchmail Service*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" -msgstr "Comment suivre le fil Twitter depuis Odoo" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 +msgid "Email Templates" +msgstr "Modèles d'emails" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " -"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " -"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." +"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " +"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " +"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " +"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " +"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " +"improving their overall experience with the company." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez suivre certains hashtags sur Twitter et voir les tweets dans les" -" canaux de discussion Odoo de votre choix. Les tweets sont récupérés " -"régulièrement depuis Twitter. Un utilisateur authentifié peut retweeter les " -"messages." -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 -msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" -msgstr "Paramétrer l'application du côté de Twitter" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 +msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 msgid "" -"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" -" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" -" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" +"The :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` must be " +"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." msgstr "" -"De son côté, Twitter utilise une \"App\" qui permet d'ouvrir une passerelle " -"vers laquelle Odoo demande des tweets, et à travers laquelle un utilisateur " -"peut retweeter. Pour configurer cette application, allez sur " -"http://apps.twitter.com/app/new et insérer les valeurs :" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 -msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" -msgstr "Nom : c'est le nom de l'application sur Twitter" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 msgid "" -"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " -"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " -"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" -" this field." +"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " +"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" msgstr "" -"Site Web : c'est l'url externe de votre base de données Odoo suivi de " -"\"/web\". Par exemple, si votre instance Oddo est hébergée sur " -"\"http://www.example.com\", vous devez insérer dans ce champ " -"\"http://www.example.com/web\"." -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 msgid "" -"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " -"the previous example you should write " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." +"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " +"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " +"job applicants." msgstr "" -"URL de rappel automatique : c'est l'adresse à laquelle Twitter va répondre. " -"Comme dans les exemples précédents, vous devez écrire " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 msgid "" -"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " -"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." +"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " +"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " +"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." msgstr "" -"N'oubliez pas d'accepter les conditions de la **Convention d'utilisation " -"développeur** et de cliquer sur **Créer votre application Twitter** au bas " -"de la page." -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 -msgid "Getting the API key and secret" -msgstr "Obtenir la clé API et la confidentialité" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 msgid "" -"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." +"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " +"with the highest priority is used." msgstr "" -"Une fois sur le tableau de bord de l'application, basculez ver l'onglet " -"**Clés et jetons d'accès**." -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 msgid "" -"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " -"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " -"settings." +"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," +" saving space in your database." msgstr "" -"Copiez ces valeurs dans Odoo à :menuselection:`Paramètres--> Paramètres " -"généraux--> Intégration de Twitter discuss` et cliquez sur **Sauver** pour " -"sauvegarder les paramètres." -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 -msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" -msgstr "Comment attirer l'attention des autres utilisateurs vers mes messages" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 +msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 msgid "" -"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." -" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " -"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " -"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " -"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " -"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" -"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " -"another channel." +"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " +"would like to use." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez **mentionner** un utilisateur dans un canal ou un chatter en " -"tapant **@nom-d'utilisateur**. Le fait de mentionner un utilisateur dans le " -"chatter ou le canal le définira comme un suiveur de l'article (s'il ne l'est" -" pas déjà) et enverra un message dans sa boîte de réception. L'article " -"contenant la mention sera également mis en gras dans la vue en liste. Vous " -"ne pouvez pas mentionner un utilisateur dans un canal si celui-ci n'est pas " -"abonné à ce canal. En tapant **#nom-du-canal** vous obtiendrez un lien vers " -"le canal mentionné, soit dans un chatter soit dans un autre canal." -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 -msgid "Direct messaging a user" -msgstr "Comment envoyer des messages ciblées à un utilisateur" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 msgid "" -"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " -"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " -"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " -"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " -"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " -"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " -"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " -"they are offline." +"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " +"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." msgstr "" -"Les **Messages Directs** sont des messages privés visibles seulement par " -"l'expéditeur et le destinataire. Vous pouvez envoyer des messages directs à " -"d'autres utilisateurs depuis le module Discutez en créant une nouvelle " -"conversation, ou en en sélectionnant une existante dans la barre latérale. " -"Les messages directs peuvent être envoyés partout dans Odoo en utilisant " -"l'icône de bulle dans la barre supérieure. Le statut en ligne des autres " -"utilisateurs est affiché à gauche de leur nom. Un **point vert** indique " -"qu'un utilisateur est en ligne, un **point orange** qu'il est inoccupé, et " -"un **point gris** qu'il est déconnecté." -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 -msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" -msgstr "Recevoir des notifications de bureau depuis Discuss" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 msgid "" -"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " -"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" -" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " -"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." +"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" +" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " +"sending it." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez choisir d'avoir des **notifications de bureau** lorsque vous " -"recevez un nouveau message direct. La notification indique l'expéditeur et " -"un bref aperçu du contenu du message. Ceci peut être configuré ou désactivé " -"en cliquant sur l'icône en forme d'engrenage dans le coin de la " -"notification." - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "Comme être réactif au travail grâce à ma boîte de réception Odoo " - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " -"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " -"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez la **Boîte de réception** dans l'application Discuss pour " -"surveiller les mises à jour et la progression de tout ce que vous faites " -"dans Odoo. Les notifications et les messages des tweets que vous suivez ou " -"dans lesquels on vous mentionne apparaissent dans votre boîte de réception." - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 -msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez garder un œil sur votre **Boîte de réception** depuis n'importe " -"quel écran." - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " -"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " -"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " -"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " -"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous cochez un élément, il est défini comme **lu** et supprimé de " -"votre boîte de réception. Si vous souhaitez sauver un élément pour une " -"référence ou une action future, marquez-le d'une étoile pour l'ajouter à la " -"boîte **Étoilé**. Vous pouvez ajouter une étoile à n'importe quel message ou" -" notification dans Discuss ou à n'importe lequel des chatteurs spécifiques à" -" un élément dans Odoo pour garder un œil sur eux. " #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "Pourquoi utiliser Odoo discuss" +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " -"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " -"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " -"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " -"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " -"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " -"simple and searchable interface." +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Discuss" msgstr "" -"Odoo Discuter est une application de messagerie pour les équipes, facile à " -"utiliser, qui concentre toutes les communications de votre organisation à un" -" seul endroit, et est parfaitement intégrée avec la plate-forme Odoo. Odoo " -"Discuter vous permet d'envoyer et de recevoir des messages où que vous soyez" -" dans Odoo, et de gérer vos messages et notifications facilement au sein de " -"l'application. Odoo Discuter vous permet de créer des **canaux** pour les " -"bavardages de l'équipe, les conversations sur les projets, la coordination " -"de réunion, et plus encore dans une interface simple et facilement " -"consultable." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get organized by planning activities" -msgstr "S'organiser en planifiant les activités" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " -"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " -"undertake." +"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " +"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " +"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" +" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " +"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." msgstr "" -"Planifier les activités est le meilleur moyen de rester à jour dans votre " -"travail. Faites-vous rappeler ce qui doit être fait et planifiez les " -"prochaines activités à entreprendre." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose your notifications preference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 msgid "" -"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" -" your priorities." +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your :doc:`Chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` notifications to be handled." msgstr "" -"Vos activités sont accessibles où que vous soyez dans Odoo. Il est aisé de " -"gérer vos priorités." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " -"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" +"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " +"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " +"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." msgstr "" -"Les activités peuvent être planifiées et gérées depuis le chatter ou dans " -"les vues kanban. Voici un exemple pour les opportunités :" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" +" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:37 +msgid "Start Chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " +"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " +"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" +" of where you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" +" your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " +"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:62 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the :doc:`chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` type *@user-name*; to refer to a channel," +" type *#channel-name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:67 +msgid "" +"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " +"through email, depending on his settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " +"first based on the task’s :doc:`followers " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>`, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" +" scope of the search becomes all partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +msgid "Chat status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " +"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " +"menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +msgid "Green = online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +msgid "Orange = away" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +msgid "White = offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "Airplane = out of the office" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/tasks/collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " +"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " +"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " +"of having overlapping actions between team members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " +"*Activities* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 +msgid "Plan activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the :doc:`Chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` by clicking on *Schedule activity*, or " +"through Kanban views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 msgid "Set your activity types" msgstr "Paramétrer vos types d'activités" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 msgid "" -"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " -"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." +"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " +"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." msgstr "" -"Une série de types d'activités sont disponibles par défaut dans Odoo (e.g. " -"appel téléphonique, email, rendez-vous, etc.). Si vous voulez en créer de " -"nouveaux, allez dans :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Paramètres Généraux --> " -"Types d'activités`." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 -msgid "Schedule meetings" -msgstr "Planifier des rendez-vous" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 msgid "" -"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " -"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " -"open to let you select a time slot." +"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure" +" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." msgstr "" -"Les activités sont prévues sur des journées. Si vous avez besoin d'indiquer " -"une heure, choisissez le type d'activité *Rendez-vous*. Quand vous en " -"planifiez un, le calendrier s'ouvrira pour vous demander d'indiquer un " -"créneau horaire." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 +msgid "Recommend next activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " -"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." +"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " +"*Recommended Next Activities*." msgstr "" -"Si vous avez besoin d'utiliser un autre type d'activité avec une " -"planification calendaire, paramétrez bien leur *Catégorie* comme étant un " -"*Rendez-vous*." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 -msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" -msgstr "Planifiez une chaîne d'activités à suivre" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 msgid "" -"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " -"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." +"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" +" next steps are suggested to you." msgstr "" -"Odoo vous aide à planifier facilement votre flux d'activités habituel. Allez" -" sur :menuselection:`Configuration --> Types d'activité` et définissez les " -"étapes communes suivantes sur *Prochaines activités recommandées*." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " -"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." -msgstr "" -"Maintenant, lorsqu'une activité est finalisée, vous pouvez sélectionner " -"*Finaliser et planifier la prochaine*. Les étapes suivantes vous seront " -"automatiquement proposées. " - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" -msgstr "Amusez-vous à mieux vous organiser en planifiant des activités!" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" -msgstr "" -"Comment communiquer de façon efficace dans une équipe en utilisant les " -"canaux de discussion" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " "departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," -" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." +"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " +"latest developments." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez utiliser des **canaux** pour organiser des discussions entre " -"équipes individuelles, départements, projets, ou n'importe quel autre groupe" -" qui nécessite une communication régulière. En ayant ces conversations que " -"chacun dans la chaîne peut consulter, il est facile de garder l'équipe " -"entière dans la boucle sur les derniers développements." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "Creating a channel" -msgstr "Créer un canal de discussion" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." -msgstr "Dans Discuter il y a deux types de canaux - **public** et **privé**." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " -"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " -"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " -"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 +msgid "Public and Private channels" msgstr "" -"Un **canal public** ne peut être créé que par un administrateur avec des " -"privilèges d'écriture, et peut être consulté par tout le monde dans " -"l'organisation. En revanche, un **canal privé** peut être créé par un " -"utilisateur, et est par défaut uniquement visible par les utilisateurs qui " -"ont été invités." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 +msgid "" +"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " +"visible to users invited to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 msgid "" "A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" -" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " -"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " -"information)." +" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " +"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " +"specific department)." msgstr "" -"Un canal public est approprié lorsque de nombreux employés ont besoin " -"d'accéder aux informations (telles que des communications inter-services ou " -"des annonces de la compagnie), alors qu'un canal privé doit être utilisé " -"chaque fois que l'information est limitée à des utilisateurs/employés " -"spécifiques (comme un service spécifique ou des informations " -"confidentielles)." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 -msgid "Configuring a channel" -msgstr "Configurer un canal de discussion" +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 +msgid "Configuration options" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 msgid "" -"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " -"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." -" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " -"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" -" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " -"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" -" a public channel." +"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" +" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez configurer le nom d'un canal, la description, les droits " -"d'accès, l'abonnement automatique, et l'envoi d'emails dans :menuselection" -":`#nom-du-canal --> Settings`. La modification des droits d'accès du canal " -"vous permet de contrôler quels groupes peuvent voir chaque canal. Vous " -"pouvez créer un canal visible par tous les utilisateurs, par les " -"utilisateurs invités, ou les utilisateurs au sein d'un groupe sélectionné. " -"Notez que permettre à \"Tout le monde\" de suivre un canal privé va " -"permettre à d'autres utilisateurs de l'afficher et le rejoindre comme si " -"c'était un canal public." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 -msgid "How to set up a mailing list" -msgstr "Comment configurer une liste de diffusion" +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 +msgid "Privacy and Members" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 msgid "" -"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " -":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" -" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " -"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " -"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " -"messages by email." +"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " +"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " +"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" +" a public one." msgstr "" -"Un canal peut être configuré pour se comporter comme une liste de diffusion." -" Dans :menuselection:`#nom-du-canal --> Settings`, définissez l'email que " -"vous souhaitez utiliser. Les utilisateurs peuvent ensuite poster sur le " -"canal et choisir de recevoir des notifications en utilisant l'adresse email " -"définie. Une icône d'enveloppe apparaîtra à côté du nom du canal dans la " -"liste, pour indiquer qu'un canal envoie des messages par email." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "Locating a channel" -msgstr "Localiser un canal de discussion" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 msgid "" -"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " -"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" -" clicking the plus icon." +"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " +"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " +"*Invite*." msgstr "" -"Si vous ne voyez pas un canal sur votre tableau de bord, vous pouvez " -"rechercher dans la liste des **canaux publics** pour le localiser, ou créer " -"un nouveau canal en cliquant sur l'icône **+**." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 msgid "" -"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " -"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " -"channels from a single screen." +"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " +"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " +"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " +"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " +"are part of the group." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également cliquer sur l'entête **CANAUX** pour parcourir la " -"liste de tous les canaux publics. Cela permet à l'utilisateur de " -"**rejoindre** et **quitter** manuellement les canaux publics depuis un seul " -"écran." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 +msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 msgid "" -"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " -"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." +"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " +"mailing list." msgstr "" -"Il est toujours judicieux de rechercher un canal avant d'en créer un " -"nouveau, afin d'éviter de créer des doublons pour le même sujet." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 -msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" -msgstr "Utiliser des filtres pour naviguer dans l'application Discuss" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 msgid "" -"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " -"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " -"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " -"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " -"character wildcard.**" +"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " +"messages will need to be approved before being sent." msgstr "" -"La barre de recherche en haut permet d'accéder à la même fonction de " -"recherche que dans le reste d'Odoo. Vous pouvez appliquer plusieurs " -"**critères de filtre** et **enregistrer des filtres** pour une utilisation " -"ultérieure. La fonction de recherche accepte le caractère de soulignement " -"\"\\ **\\_**\\ \" comme joker pour représenter un **caractère générique " -"unique**." -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" -msgstr "Comment suivre un fil de discussion et définir ce que je veux voir" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" -msgstr "Comment suivre un fil de discussion" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 msgid "" -"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," -" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." +"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" +" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, vous pouvez garder une trace de pratiquement n'importe quel objet" -" de gestion (une occasion, une citation, une activité, etc.) en le " -"**suivant**." -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 -msgid "How to choose the events to follow" -msgstr "Comment choisir les événements à suivre" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 msgid "" -"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " -"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " -"**Project** app." +"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" +" to newcomers." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez choisir pour quels types d’événements vous souhaitez être " -"notifié. L'exemple ci-dessous montre les options disponibles lorsque vous " -"suivez une **tâche** dans l'application **Projet**." -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 -msgid "How to add other followers" -msgstr "Comment ajouter d'autres followers" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 msgid "" -"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " -"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" -" link back to the original document." +"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " +"messages." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez inviter d'autres utilisateurs et ajouter des canaux en tant que " -"followers. L'ajout d'un canal en tant que follower enverra au canal les " -"messages postés dans le chatter avec un lien vers le document original." -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 -msgid "How to be a default follower" -msgstr "Comment devenir un follower par défaut" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 msgid "" -"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " -"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" -" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " -"created, an opportunity won)." +"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " +"their :doc:`notification preference `." msgstr "" -"Vous êtes automatiquement défini comme follower par défaut de tout élément " -"que vous créez. Dans certaines applications comme CRM et Projet, vous pouvez" -" être un follower par défaut de tout nouvel enregistrement créé pour " -"recevoir des notifications sur d'événements spécifiques (par ex., une " -"nouvelle tâche créée, une opportunité remportée)." -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 msgid "" -"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" -" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " -"about." +"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " +"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 +msgid "Quick search bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " +"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " +"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" +" and quickly find the one you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 +msgid "Finding channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " +"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " +"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " +"single character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" msgstr "" -"Pour ce faire, commencez à suivre l'objet de gestion principal (par ex. le " -"canal de ventes dans CRM, le projet dans Projet). Puis, choisissez les " -"événements que vous souhaitez suivre." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index 64007c11a..28c70ddce 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -7,7 +7,6 @@ # Clo , 2019 # Hamid Darabi, 2019 # Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Adriana Ierfino , 2019 # Jérôme Tanché , 2019 # Rihab LOUKIL , 2019 # Fernanda Marques , 2020 @@ -18,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -824,404 +823,6 @@ msgstr "Lancer mon site Web" msgid "Get paid" msgstr "Se faire payer" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" -msgstr "Comment se faire payer avec Authorize.Net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " -"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " -"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " -"`__ " -"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " -"`__ that " -"you like." -msgstr "" -"Authorize.Net est l'une des plateformes de paiement eCommerce les plus " -"populaires en Amérique du Nord. Contrairement à la plupart des autres " -"intermédiaires de paiement compatibles avec Odoo, Authorize.Net peut être " -"utilisée uniquement comme `passerelle de paiement " -"`__ . " -"Vous pouvez ainsi utiliser le `processeur de paiement ou le compte marchand " -"que vous désirez " -"`__ ." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 -msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" -msgstr "Créez un compte Authorize.Net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Create an `Authorize.Net account `__ by clicking " -"'Get Started'." -msgstr "" -"Créez un compte `Authorize.Net `__ en cliquant " -"sur 'Démarrer'." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" -" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " -"press the related option." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur *Inscrivez-vous* sur la page de tarification si vous voulez " -"utiliser Authorize.net à la fois comme passerelle de paiement et compte " -"marchand. Si vous préférez utiliser votre propre compte marchand, cliquez " -"sur l'option connexe. " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 -msgid "Go through the registration steps." -msgstr "Parcourez les étapes d'enregistrement" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " -"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, le compte est défini comme un compte de test. Vous pouvez " -"utiliser ce compte pour effectuer une transaction test à partir d'Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 -msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." -msgstr "Une fois prêt, basculez en mode **Production**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 -msgid "Set up Odoo" -msgstr "Configurez Odoo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " -"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." -msgstr "" -"Activez Authorize.Net sur Odoo à partir de :menuselection:`Site Web ou " -"Ventes ou Comptabilité --> Paramètres --> Intermédiaires de paiement`." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Enter both your **Login ID** your **API Transaction Key** and your **API " -"Signature Key**." -msgstr "" -"Entrez à la fois votre **ID de connexion**, votre **Clé de transaction API**" -" ainsi que votre **Clé de signature API**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To get those credentials from Authorize.Net, you can follow the direction in" -" the Authorize.net Help `API Credentials and Keys " -"`__" -" entry and access the menu :menuselection:`Account --> Settings --> API " -"Credentials & Keys` in the Authorize.net dashboard. Note that you need " -"*both* a Transaction key and and Signature key." -msgstr "" -"Pour obtenir ces identifiants auprès d'Authorize.Net, suivez les " -"instructions de la section Aide d'Authorize.net `Identifiants et clés d'API " -"`__" -" et accédez au menu :menuselection:`Compte --> Paramètres --> Identifiants " -"et clés d'API` sur le tableau de bord d'Authorize.net. Vous avez besoin *à " -"la fois* d'une clé de transaction et d'une clé de signature." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Once both keys are set up, you can then generate a Client Key by clicking " -"the \"Generate Client Key\" button. Note that these 3 keys are necessary for" -" the setup to work correctly." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que les deux clés sont configurées, vous pouvez alors générer une " -"clé client en cliquant sur le bouton \"Générer une clé client\". Notez que " -"pour que la configuration fonctionne correctement, ces trois clés sont " -"indispensables." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:51 -msgid "Go live" -msgstr "Passez en direct" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Enabled** state." -msgstr "" -"Votre configuration est maintenant finalisée! Vous pouvez rendre " -"Authorize.Net visible sur votre interface marchande et activer le statut " -"**Activé**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " -"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you switch from " -"testing to production or vice-versa." -msgstr "" -"Les identifiants fournis par Authorize.net ne sont pas les mêmes pour les " -"modes test et production. N'oubliez pas de les mettre à jour sur Odoo " -"lorsque vous basculez du mode test au mode production et vice-versa." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:65 -msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" -msgstr "Évaluez Authorize.Net en tant que méthode de paiement" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " -"account `__." -msgstr "" -"En créant un `compte développeur `__vous " -"pouvez tester et évaluer gratuitement Authorize.Net. " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" -" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque le compte est créé vous recevez vos identifiants sandbox. Entrez-les" -" dans Odoo comme expliqué ci-dessus et assurez-vous d'être toujours en mode " -"de *Test*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " -"`__ to configure your sandbox account." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez aussi vous connecter sur `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " -"`__ pour configurer votre compte sandbox." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" -" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " -"`__." -msgstr "" -"Pour réaliser des transactions fictives vous pouvez utiliser des faux " -"numéros de carte disponibles sur `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " -"`__." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:80 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:206 -msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:81 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:207 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "Comment être payé avec les intermédiaires de paiement" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " -"Invoicing apps." -msgstr "" -"Odoo intègre plusieurs modes de paiement sur les applications eCommerce, " -"Ventes et Facturation." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 -msgid "What are the payment methods available" -msgstr "Quels sont les modes de paiement disponibles" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 -msgid "Wire transfer" -msgstr "Virement bancaire" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " -"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" -" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" -"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" -"Le virement bancaire est le mode de paiement par défaut. Le but est de " -"fournir vos coordonnées bancaires aux clients pour qu'ils puissent effectuer" -" le paiement via leur banque. Même si très facile au départ, il s'agit d'un " -"processus lent et inefficace. Privilégiez si possible les intermédiaires de " -"paiement en ligne." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 -msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "Intermédiaires de paiement" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" -" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" -" over time:" -msgstr "" -"Redirigez vos clients vers des plateformes de paiement pour recevoir de " -"l'argent facilement et pour suivre le statut du paiement (call-back). " -"Progressivement, Odoo prend en charge de plus en plus de plateformes." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 -msgid "`Paypal `__" -msgstr "`Paypal `__" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "Ingenico" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 -msgid "Authorize.net" -msgstr "Authorize.net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "Adyen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "Buckaroo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 -msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "PayUmoney" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 -msgid "Sips" -msgstr "Sips" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "Stripe" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 -msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "Comment passer en direct" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method is ready, make it visible in the payment interface " -"by switching the state to **Enabled**." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que le mode de paiement est configuré, rendez-le visible sur " -"l'interface de paiement en modifiant le statut vers **Activé**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 -msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" -msgstr "" -"Comment permettre aux clients de sauver et de réutiliser leur carte de " -"crédit" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " -"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." -" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" -"Pour faciliter le paiement des anciens clients, vous pouvez leur permettre " -"d'enregistrer et de réutiliser leur carte de crédit s'ils le souhaitent. " -"Dans ce cas, un jeton de paiement sera sauvegardé dans Odoo. Cette option " -"est disponible avec Ingenico et Authorize.net." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 -msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez activer cette fonction à partir du formulaire de configuration " -"de l'intermédiaire de paiement." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 -msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" -msgstr "Comment débiter des cartes de crédit pour payer des abonnements" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Subscription `__ allows to " -"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " -"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." -msgstr "" -"`L'abonnement Odoo `__ permet de " -"facturer des services automatiquement de façon récurrente. Vous pouvez " -"également faire débiter automatique la carte de crédit du client." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 -msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "Cette option est disponible avec Ingenico et Authorize.net." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 -msgid "" -"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " -"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" -" from the subscription." -msgstr "" -"De cette manière, un jeton de paiement sera enregistré lors de la " -"souscription de l'abonnement et un débit automatique sera généré à chaque " -"fois qu'une facture d'abonnement est émise." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 -msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "Comment utiliser d'autres intermédiaires de paiement (avancé)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " -"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" -" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." -msgstr "" -"Odoo peut soumettre des requêtes individuelles de paiement et rediriger vers" -" n'importe quel intermédiaire de paiement. Mais il n'y a pas de call-back, " -"c'est-à-dire, Odoo ne trace pas le statut de la transaction. Vous devez " -"confirmer les commandes manuellement lorsque vous êtes payé." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 -msgid "How to:" -msgstr "Comment :" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 -msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "Utiliser le mode de paiement **Personnalisé**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " -"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " -"duplicate." -msgstr "" -"Configurez le formulaire de paiement (S2S Form Template) d'après les " -"instructions de votre intermédiaire de paiement. Vous pouvez démarrer à " -"partir du *default_acquirer_button*  que vous pouvez dupliquer." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 -msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "Autres configurations" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " -"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " -"`__)." -msgstr "" -"Odoo peut également être utilisé pour des processus de paiement plus avancés" -" comme les plans d'échelonnements (par ex. `Plans d'échelonnements Paypal " -"`__)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " -"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " -"such matter. `Contact us `_." -msgstr "" -"Un tel service de personnalisation est fourni sur demande par nos experts " -"techniques en fonction de vos besoins. Un conseiller commercial peut vous " -"contacter à ce propos. `Contactez-nous. " -"`__" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" - #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" msgstr "Comment gérer les commandes payées via les intermédiaires de paiement" @@ -1330,17 +931,8 @@ msgid "" " can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " "way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " "until you get paid into your bank account (see " -":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards`)." +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)." msgstr "" -"Si vous choisissez cette fonction, vous devez sélectionner une écriture de " -"paiement afin d'enregistrer les paiements dans vos livres. Le paiement est " -"automatiquement relié à la facture, qui devient alors une facture payée. " -"Sélectionnez votre **compte bancaire** si vous êtes payé directement sur " -"votre compte. Si ce n'est pas le cas, vous pouvez créer un journal " -"spécifique pour l'intermédiaire de paiement (type = banque). Vous pouvez " -"ainsi suivre les paiements en ligne faits sur un compte intermédiaire de vos" -" livres jusqu'à ce que vous soyez payé sur votre compte bancaire (allez voir" -" :doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards`)." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" @@ -1373,412 +965,6 @@ msgstr "" "déclenchement du paiement qu'à partir de leurs propres interfaces, mais pas " "à partir d'Odoo." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your Paypal account" -msgstr "Configurez votre compte Paypal " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " -"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " -"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " -"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." -msgstr "" -"Paypal est accessible et populaire dans le monde entier. Créer un compte est" -" très facile et l'inscription est gratuite. C'est pourquoi nous le " -"recommandons d'emblée à ceux qui débutent sur Odoo. Cela fonctionne comme un" -" flux continu dans lequel le client est dirigé vers le site de Paypal pour " -"enregistrer le paiement." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 -msgid "Paypal account" -msgstr "Compte Paypal" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 -msgid "" -"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " -"Business Account `_" -" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " -"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " -"configuration steps." -msgstr "" -"Pour être payé avec Paypal il faut avoir un compte Business. Créez un " -"`Compte Paypal Professionnel`_" -" ou tranformez votre compte personnel en un compte Business. Allez dans les " -"paramètres de Paypal et cliquez sur *Surclasser mon compte en compte " -"Business*. Suivez les étapes de configuration." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 -msgid "Settings in Paypal" -msgstr "Paramètres sur Paypal" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:26 -msgid "" -"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " -"seamless customer experience with Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Tout d'abord, voyons comment configurer votre compte Paypal afin de créer " -"une expérience client optimale avec Odoo. " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " -"Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." -msgstr "" -"Connectez-vous et ouvrez les paramètres. Allez sur :menuselection:`Produits " -"& Services > paiements du site Web` et cliquez sur **Actualiser** sur " -"**Préférences du site Web**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:34 -msgid "Auto Return" -msgstr "Retour automatique" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " -"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " -"the suffix ``/shop/confirmation`` as *Return URL* (e.g. " -"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." -msgstr "" -"*Le retour automatique* redirige automatiquement vos clients vers Odoo " -"lorsque le paiement est traité. Cochez *Retour automatique* et indiquez " -"votre nom de domaine suivi du suffixe ``/shop/confirmation`` comme *URL de " -"retour* (e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:41 -msgid "" -"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " -"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " -"Odoo databases." -msgstr "" -"Cette URL est requise par Paypal mais elle n'est pas utilisée dans la " -"pratique car Odoo la transmet à chaque transaction. Ne vous inquiétez pas si" -" vous devez gérer plusieurs canaux de vente ou bases de données Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:49 -msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" -msgstr "Transfert des données de paiement (PDT)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:51 -msgid "" -"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" -" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " -"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " -"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"La fonctionnalité *Transfert des données de paiement* transmet la " -"confirmation de paiement à Odoo dès que celle-ci est traitée. Sans elle, " -"Odoo ne peut pas finaliser le flux de vente. Ce paramètre doit également " -"être activé. Lors de la sauvegarde, un *Jeton d'identité* est généré. Plus " -"tard vous devrez l'introduire dans Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:59 -msgid "Paypal Account Optional" -msgstr "Compte Paypal optionnel" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:61 -msgid "" -"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " -"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " -"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." -msgstr "" -"Nous vous conseillons de ne pas inciter vos clients à se connecter avec un " -"compte Paypal lorsqu'ils règlent leurs achats. Laissez-les payer également " -"avec des cartes de débit ou de crédit, ou vous pourriez perdre certaines " -"affaires. Assurez-vous que ce paramètre est activé." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:68 -msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" -msgstr "Notification instantanée de paiement (IPN)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:70 -msgid "" -"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " -"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " -"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" -" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " -"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " -"receipt." -msgstr "" -"Le transfert des données de paiement (PDT) n'envoie les confirmations de " -"commande qu'une seule fois. Il faut donc que votre site soit en " -"fonctionnement lorsque cela arrive. Autrement, il ne recevra jamais ce " -"message. C'est pourquoi nous vous conseillons d'utiliser la *Notification " -"instantanée de paiement* (IPN) en plus. Avec l'IPN, la réception des " -"confirmations de commande est quasi garantie puisque les confirmations sont " -"renvoyées jusqu'à ce que votre site en accuse réception." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:77 -msgid "" -"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " -"*Instant Payment Notification*." -msgstr "" -"Pour activer l'IPN, retournez au menu de *Paiements du site Web* et cliquez " -"sur *Actualiser* sur la *Notification instantanée de paiement*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " -"(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." -msgstr "" -"L'*URL de notification* à configurer est votre nom de domaine + " -"“payment/paypal/ipn” (e.g. " -"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85 -msgid "Payment Messages Format" -msgstr "Format des messages de paiement" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:87 -msgid "" -"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " -"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " -"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." -msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez des caractères accentués (ou quelque chose d'autre que les " -"caractères latins) pour le nom de vos clients, leurs adresses... vous DEVEZ " -"configurer le format d'encodage de la rêquete de paiement envoyé par Odoo à " -"Paypal." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:93 -msgid "" -"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." -msgstr "" -"Si vous ne configurez pas ce paramètre, certaines transactions échoueront " -"sans aucune notification." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 -msgid "To do so, open:" -msgstr "Pour cela, ouvrez :" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:97 -msgid "" -"`this page for a test account `__" -msgstr "" -"`cette page pour un compte de test `__" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:99 -msgid "" -"`this page for a production account `__" -msgstr "" -"`cette page pour un compte de production `__" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " -"**UTF-8**." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez ensuite sur *Plus d'options* et configurez les deux formats " -"d'encodage par défaut sur **UTF-8**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109 -msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" -msgstr "Votre compte Paypal est prêt!" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112 -msgid "" -"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" -" Account Optional* needs to be turned on." -msgstr "" -"Si vous voulez que vos clients payent sans devoir créer un compte Paypal, " -"vous devez activer la case *Compte Paypal optionnel* " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:118 -msgid "" -"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " -"`Paypal documentation `_." -msgstr "" -"Pour des paiements sur des sites marchands cryptés & EWP_SETTINGS error, " -"veuillez consulter la `documentation Paypal " -"`_." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:124 -msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "Paramètres dans Odoo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127 -msgid "Activation" -msgstr "Activation" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " -"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." -msgstr "" -"Activez *Paypal* depuis la barre de configuration des applications Ventes, " -"Facturation et eCommerce, ou depuis le menu de configuration *Intermédiaires" -" de paiement*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:133 -msgid "Credentials" -msgstr "Identifiants" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:135 -msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" -msgstr "Odoo requiert trois identifiants Paypal :" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:137 -msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." -msgstr "*ID email* c'est votre adresse email de connexion sur Paypal." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138 -msgid "" -"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " -":menuselection:`Profile --> About the business`." -msgstr "" -"*ID du compte marchant* se trouve dans les paramètres de votre compte " -"Paypal, dans :menuselection:`Profile --> À propos du business`." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:140 -msgid "" -"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" -" here above." -msgstr "" -"Le *jeton PDT Paypal* est fourni dans la configuration *Payements du site " -"Web* comme expliqué ci-dessus." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:146 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "Frais de transaction" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:148 -msgid "" -"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " -"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " -"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." -msgstr "" -"Pour couvrir les frais de transaction que Paypal vous facture, vous pouvez à" -" votre tour facturer des frais supplémentaires à vos clients qui paient avec" -" Paypal. Une fois redirigé vers Paypal, votre client voit un supplément " -"appliqué au montant de sa commande." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:151 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." -msgstr "" -"Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, cochez la case *Ajouter des frais " -"supplémentaires* sur l'onglet de configuration de la configuration Paypal " -"d'Odoo. " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:157 -msgid "" -"You can refer to `Paypal Fees `__ to set up fees." -msgstr "" -"Pour configurer les frais vous pouvez vous référer à `Frais Paypal " -"`__ " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:161 -msgid "" -"`Traders in the EU `_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " -"paying with credit cards." -msgstr "" -"`Les commerçants de l'UE " -"`_ ne sont pas autorisés à facturer des frais supplémentaires " -"pour les paiements par cartes de crédits." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165 -msgid "Go live!" -msgstr "Passez en direct!" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" -" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" -" it." -msgstr "" -"Votre configuration est prête à fonctionner. Assurez-vous que le mode " -"*Production* est activé. Ensuite, publiez le mode de paiement en cliquant " -"sur le bouton *Publier* à côté de celui-ci." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " -"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " -"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " -"processed." -msgstr "" -"Paypal est maintenant proposé dans les formulaires de paiement disponibles " -"sur les applications de eCommerce, de ventes et de facturation. En cliquant " -"sur \"Payer\" les clients sont redirigés vers le site Web de Paypal. Dès que" -" le payement est traité, ils sont redirigés vers une page de confirmation " -"dans Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185 -msgid "Test environment" -msgstr "Environnement de test" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187 -msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " -"accounts." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez tester l'intégralité du flux de paiement dans Odoo grâce aux " -"comptes sandbox de Paypal." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with " -"your Paypal credentials." -msgstr "" -"Connectez-vous au `Site de développement de Paypal " -"`__ avec vos identifiants Paypal." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:191 -msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "Cela va générer deux comptes sandbox :" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:193 -msgid "" -"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " -"`__)." -msgstr "" -"Un compte Business (à utiliser en tant que marchand, par ex. " -"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " -"`__)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:195 -msgid "" -"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." -msgstr "" -"Un compte personnel par défaut (à utiliser comme client, par ex. " -"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:197 -msgid "" -"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " -"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " -"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " -"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " -"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." -msgstr "" -"Connectez-vous au sandbox Paypal avec le compte marchand et suivez les mêmes" -" instructions de configuration. Entrez vos identifiants sandbox dans Odoo et" -" assurez-vous que Paypal est toujours défini sur *Environnement de test*. " -"Assurez-vous également que la facturation automatique n'est pas activée dans" -" vos paramètres eCommerce pour ne pas générer de factures lorsqu'une " -"transaction fictive est finalisée. " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:203 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "" -"Lancez une transaction test depuis Odoo en utilisant le compte personnel " -"sandox." - #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 msgid "How customers can access their customer account" msgstr "Comment les clients peuvent-ils accéder à leur compte client" @@ -1839,68 +1025,6 @@ msgstr "" "d'adresses, tous les documents de cette entreprise dont le client fait " "partie s'afficheront." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "Comment être payé avec les virements bancaires" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" -"**Le virement bancaire** est le mode de paiement par défaut. Le but est de " -"fournir vos coordonnées bancaires aux clients pour qu'ils puissent effectuer" -" le paiement via leur banque. Même si très facile au départ, il s'agit d'un " -"processus lent et inefficace. Privilégiez si possible les plateformes de " -"paiement en ligne!" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "Comment transmettre des instructions de paiement aux clients" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." -msgstr "" -"Introduisez les intructions de paiement dans la case **Message de " -"remerciement** de votre mode de paiement." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "Les clients verront ceci lorsqu'ils passeront une commande." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "Comment gérer une commande lorsque vous êtes payé." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "" -"À chaque fois qu'un client paye par virement bancaire, l'ordre reste au " -"stage intermédiaire **Devis envoyé** (par ex. commande impayée). Lorsque le " -"paiement est effectué, vous devez confirmer l'ordre manuellement pour " -"déclencher la livraison." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "Comment créer d'autres modes de paiement manuels" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." -msgstr "" -"Si vous gérez une activité B2B, vous pouvez créer d'autres méthodes de " -"paiement manuel comme les paiements par chèque. Pour cela, renommez tout " -"simplement *Virement bancaire* ou dupliquez-le." - #: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Collect taxes" msgstr "Percevoir les taxes" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po index 99feb8532..1a5d27b48 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -6,16 +6,16 @@ # Translators: # Jérôme Tanché , 2020 # Eloïse Stilmant , 2020 -# Fernanda Marques , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -35,25 +35,25 @@ msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5 msgid "" -"Mailing lists could be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as" -" they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, " -"and consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:9 -msgid "Create Mailing lists" +"Mailing lists can be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as " +"they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, and" +" consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 +msgid "Create mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " "the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " "unsubscribing." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:18 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19 msgid "" "Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" " *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." @@ -63,21 +63,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:25 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 msgid "" "Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " "advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27 msgid "" "Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " "mailing list." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:35 -msgid "Check all the contacts of your mailing list(s)" -msgstr "" +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34 +msgid "Contacts" +msgstr "Contacts" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -86,14 +86,14 @@ msgid "" "created here." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:45 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43 msgid "" -"Open a contact to see or add different mailing lists to which the contact is" -" or will be part of." +"Open a contact form to see or add different mailing lists to which the " +"contact is or will be part of." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:54 -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:48 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46 msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" msgstr "" @@ -101,35 +101,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:4 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5 msgid "" "It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " "unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " "that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:9 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " -"*Blacklist Option when unsubscribing*." +"*Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:18 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19 msgid "" -"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he will " -"be redirected to the following page:" +"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is " +"redirected to the following page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:22 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:28 msgid "" -"After clicking the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you will " -"be sent to an error page (error 403 - Access Denied). If you want to be sure" -" the link is working properly, you should create your mass mail and then " -"send it only to a personal email." +"After clicking on the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you " +"are sent to an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). If you want to be " +"sure the link is working properly, create your mass mail and send it only to" +" a personal email." msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 @@ -145,18 +145,18 @@ msgid "" " users." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38 msgid "" "Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " -"addresses will be shown." +"addresses are shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:40 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 msgid "" "When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:50 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47 msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" msgstr "" @@ -164,24 +164,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:4 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5 msgid "" "Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " "consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" " with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:9 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14 msgid "" -"Choosing *Contacts*, for example, as *Recipients*, will allow you to add " +"Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add " "specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." msgstr "" @@ -193,94 +193,98 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:26 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25 msgid "" "Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " "dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " "to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34 msgid "" "Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " "you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" " sender (*Send From*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:41 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 msgid "" "With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " "either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." -" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts, a " -"mailing list or contacts as recipients." +" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts or " +"contacts as recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:51 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45 msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:60 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53 msgid "" -"*Save*: the work will be allocated in the *draft* column in the kanban view." -" Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " -"will delete the email." +"*Save*: the work is allocated in the *draft* column in the Kanban view. " +"Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " +"deletes the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:62 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:54 msgid "" "Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " "contacts to avoid errors." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:65 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56 msgid "" -"*Send* will trigger the email with the next run and put the work on the " -"*queue* column in the kanban view." +"*Send* triggers the email with the next run and put the work on the *queue* " +"column in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:68 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:58 msgid "" -"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time and will put the email in " -"the *queue* column in the kanban view." +"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time, and puts the email in the " +"*queue* column in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:61 msgid "" -"The daily limit is applied for *all emails* sent, in other words, throughout" -" all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have remaining " -"ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically the next " -"day. You will need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " +"The daily limit is applied for **all emails** sent, in other words, " +"throughout all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have " +"remaining ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically " +"the next day. You need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " "*Retry*." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:78 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67 msgid "Manage campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:79 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " "Campaigns*." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:81 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 msgid "" "The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" " efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:82 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72 msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:92 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80 msgid "" "If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " -"Notification feature, you will see the option to create content for those " -"channels. You will also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. " -"All of this is possible because the applications work integrated." +"Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those " +"channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of" +" this is possible because the applications work integrated." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po index 7e17b8b43..b01d45052 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -6,15 +6,17 @@ # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Fernanda Marques , 2020 +# Cécile Collart , 2020 +# 0169fee580ff5de3f9b7241d14f30af9_5f30934 <1948a2319336319ed4429b6139c8c1c2_916898>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: 0169fee580ff5de3f9b7241d14f30af9_5f30934 <1948a2319336319ed4429b6139c8c1c2_916898>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -82,10 +84,9 @@ msgstr "Côut: 0.0" msgid "" "Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " "you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " -"configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: " -":doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees " -"report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " -"behaviour." +"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price `. That" +" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " +"usually the expected behaviour." msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:41 @@ -179,13 +180,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:83 msgid "" "The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " -"product's internal reference between brackets (e.g. [Food]). Type the " -"expense amount in the mail subject to set it on the expense too." +"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " +"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." msgstr "" -"Le produit des dépenses est configuré automatiquement si le sujet de l'email" -" contient la référence interne du produit entre crochets (par ex. " -"[Alimentation]). Introduisez le montant de la dépense dans le sujet de " -"l'email pour le configurer également dans la dépense." #: ../../expense/expense.rst:88 msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" @@ -317,7 +314,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:156 msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" msgstr "" -"Pour savoir comment gérer facilement le processus de paiement dans Oddo :" +"Pour savoir comment gérer facilement le processus de paiement dans Odoo :" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:158 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" @@ -436,4 +433,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:226 msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "e (par ex. à facturer)." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po index df47094a1..67821b078 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ msgstr "" "technique --> Éditer` et activez :menuselection:`Interventions sur site --> " "Enregistrez`." -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:15 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:17 msgid "" "Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " "Intervention* from tickets." @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 -msgid ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`" +msgid ":doc:`../../project/overview/setup`" msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3 @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puis, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projets` et activez l'option" " *Devis supplémentaires*." -#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:21 +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:23 msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." msgstr "" "Vous pouvez désormais créer des *Nouveaux devis* directement depuis vos " diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index c57e00f53..640c15f5b 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -4,21 +4,28 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Florian Hatat, 2019 # Bertrand LATOUR , 2019 -# 1d432ba7e4292878d212aa334c4d2933, 2019 -# Fernanda Marques , 2020 +# 0169fee580ff5de3f9b7241d14f30af9_5f30934 <1948a2319336319ed4429b6139c8c1c2_916898>, 2020 +# bb76cd9ac0cb7e20167a14728edb858b, 2020 +# Richard Mathot , 2020 +# Adriana Ierfino , 2020 +# Eloïse Stilmant , 2020 # Cécile Collart , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché , 2020 +# Aurélien Pillevesse , 2020 +# Mohamed BENKIRANE , 2020 +# Fernanda Marques , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -123,6 +130,130 @@ msgstr "" "ID client secret). Vous devez introduire votre ID client dans les " "**Paramètres généraux**." +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 +msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly " +"from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales " +"commission plans, budgets, project forecasts, etc. Formulas are written in " +"Python but programming skills are not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuration" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*." +" The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get " +"Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password " +"--> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 +msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to " +"Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 +msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by " +"Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 +msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 +msgid "From this new file, configure your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " +"Username --> Password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "Applications" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve " +"data and retrieve grouped sums." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested" +" takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no " +"specific size limit, since the time for Odoo to respond depends on several " +"factors - although reading data regarding several thousand records is " +"usually fine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 +msgid "Retrieve Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse " +"(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the " +"information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 +msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 +msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group " +"(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to " +"display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 +msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 +msgid "Other uses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create " +"Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" msgstr "Comment autoriser les utilisateurs à se connecter avec LDAP" @@ -1042,11 +1173,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3 msgid "Developer Mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mode Développeur" #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activer le Mode Développeur (Débogage)" #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1251,89 +1382,395 @@ msgstr "" "initial. Pour plus d'information, allez à : `In-App Achats " "`_." +#: ../../general/multi_companies.rst:3 +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:124 +msgid "Multi Companies" +msgstr "Multi sociétés" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 +msgid "" +"A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies" +" simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and" +" contacts. It provides you the ability to generate reports of aggregated " +"figures without switching interfaces, which facilitates daily tasks and the " +"overall management process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 +msgid "Manage companies and records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " +"with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " +"are shared between the two companies (as long as both environments are " +"active)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them " +"by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels." +" JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " +"boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " +"in use. To switch environments, click on the company’s name. In the example " +"below, the user has access to three companies, two are activated, and the " +"environment in use is of *JS Store US*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " +"shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 +msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " +"specific company and its child companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:51 +msgid "Employees' access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " +"<../odoo_basics/add_user>` for *Multi Companies*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " +"**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " +"the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " +"(the company from which the sale order was issued)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:66 +msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 +msgid "The current company (the one active) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 +msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " +"is being edited)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:73 +msgid "Documents’ format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" +" the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " +"Layout*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:83 +msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" +msgstr "Opérations inter-entreprises" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +msgid "" +":doc:`Chart of Accounts " +"<../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Localizations " +"<../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:92 +msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 +msgid "" +":doc:`Warehouses <../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With" +" the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like" +" operations between companies to be synchronized at an invoice/bills level " +"or at a sales/purchase orders level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:103 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " +"confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:106 +msgid "" +"*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, " +"automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:113 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales " +"order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is " +"confirmed for the selected company. If instead of a drafted purchase/sales " +"order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:117 +msgid "" +"*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store " +"Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " +"confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:126 +msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:132 +msgid "" +"`Multi-company Guidelines " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" msgstr "L'essentiel" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a user" -msgstr "Comment ajouter un utilisateur" +msgid "Add Users and Manage Access Rights" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " -"point." +"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" +" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " +"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." msgstr "" -"Odoo vous permet d'ajouter des utilisateurs supplémentaires à tout moment." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:12 msgid "Add individual users" msgstr "Ajoutez des utilisateurs individuels" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:14 msgid "" -"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" -" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " -"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -" -" and a picture." +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." msgstr "" -"À partir du module Configuration, allez dans le sous-menu " -":menuselection:`Utilisateurs --> Utilisateurs` et cliquez sur **CRÉER**. " -"Ajoutez d'abord le nom de votre nouvel utilisateur, l'adresse email " -"professionnelle qu'il utilisera pour se connecter à Odoo et une image." - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " -"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." -msgstr "" -"Dans la rubrique \"Droits d'accès\", vous pouvez choisir les applications " -"que votre utilisateur peut accéder et utiliser. Différents niveaux de droits" -" sont disponibles en fonction de l'application." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 msgid "" -"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " -"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" -" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." +"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " +"Rights ` choose the group within" +" each application the user can have access to." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous avez terminé de modifier la page et que vous avez cliqué sur " -"**ENREGISTRER**, un email d'invitation sera automatiquement envoyé à " -"l'utilisateur. Celui-ci doit cliquer dessus pour accepter l'invitation et se" -" connecter à votre instance. " -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:24 msgid "" -"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " -"Refer to our `Pricing page `_ for more " -"information." +"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" +" database." msgstr "" -"N'oubliez pas que chaque utilisateur supplémentaire fera augmenter vos frais" -" d'abonnement. Pour plus d'informations, consultez notre `Page tarifs " -"`_ ." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:30 msgid "" -"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " -"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " -"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link" -" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights " -"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." +"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " +"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " +"invitation and create a login." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également ajouter un nouvel utilisateur au fur et à mesure " -"depuis votre tableau de bord. Depuis l'écran ci-dessus, entrez l'adresse " -"email de l'utilisateur que vous souhaitez ajouter et cliquez sur " -"**INVITER**. L'utilisateur recevra un email d'invitation contenant un lien " -"pour définir son mot de passe. Vous pourrez alors définir ses droits d'accès" -" sous le menu :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Menu utilisateurs`." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:38 msgid "" -"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`_" +"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " +"`pricing page `_ for more information." msgstr "" -"`Désactivation des utilisateurs <../../db_management/documentation.html" -"#deactivating-users>`_" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:42 +msgid "" +"With the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"activated, *User Types* can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " +"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " +"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:57 +msgid "Access Rights in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:63 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "Groupes" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " +"`, details of the rules and " +"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " +"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" +" rights are shown in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:76 +msgid "" +"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " +"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " +"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " +"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " +"they are being applied to the needed and right users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " +"access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:96 +msgid "" +"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " +"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " +"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:99 +msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:100 +msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:101 +msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:102 +msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " +"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:112 +msgid "" +"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " +"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " +"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " +"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " +"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " +"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " +"companies database you hold the user can have access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " +"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" +" required. For technical explanations refer to `this " +"`_ " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:140 +msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" @@ -1435,6 +1872,1196 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 +msgid "Export Data From Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " +"in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " +"(even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available " +"application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," +" activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " +"*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " +"when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " +"the data to export:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 +msgid "" +"With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " +"fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " +"update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the " +"box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, " +"not just the ones which can be imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " +".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " +"all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " +"sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " +"fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all " +"the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 +msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the “to export” list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The “handles” next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " +"and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" +" file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 +msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 +msgid "" +"For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " +"Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " +"*New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export " +"the same list, simply select the related template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 +msgid "" +"It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " +"*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " +"you would like to import next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 +msgid "Payment Acquirers" +msgstr "Intermédiaires de paiement" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "Authorize.Net" +msgstr "Authorize.Net" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net `__ is a United States-based " +"online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit " +"cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "" +"This Payment Acquirer offers additional options that are not available for " +"other :doc:`Payment Acquirers `, such as the ability to " +"process your customer's payment after delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 +msgid "Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, choose a plan and `Sign Up for an Authorize.Net account " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your " +"Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 +msgid "API Login ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Transaction Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 +msgid "Signature Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to " +":menuselection:`Account --> Security Settings --> General Security Settings " +"--> API Credentials & Keys`, and generate your **Transaction Key** and " +"**Signature Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net: Getting Started Guide " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 +msgid "Payment Acquirer Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To configure Authorize.Net as Payment Acquirer in Odoo, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, open " +"**Authorize.Net**, and change the **State** to *Enabled*. Don't forget to " +"click on *Save* once you've set everything up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the :doc:`Payment Acquirers documentation " +"` to read how to configure this payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "Identifiants" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Copy your credentials from your Authorize.Net account (API Login Id, API " +"Transaction Key, and API Signature Key), paste them in the related fields " +"under the **Credentials** tab, then click on **Generate Client Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The **API Client Key** is necessary only if you select *Payment from Odoo* " +"option as :ref:`Payment Flow `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Authorize.Net as a test, with a *sandbox account*, change " +"the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo " +"database, rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 +msgid "Payment Flow" +msgstr "Flux de règlement" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Flow** lets you decide if to redirect the user to the payment " +"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " +"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo. This field is under the " +"**Configuration** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*, make sure you add a " +"**Default Receipt URL** and a **Default Relay Response URL** to your " +"Authorize.net account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To do so, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account" +" --> Transaction Format Settings --> Transaction Response Settings --> " +"Response/Receipt URLs`, and set the default links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Receipt URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**payment/authorize/return**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Relay Response URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**shop/confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Failing to complete this step results in the following error:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*The referrer, relay response or receipt link URL is invalid.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "Déclenchez le paiement après la livraison" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If" +" enabled, the funds are reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not" +" charged yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment, go to the related Sales Order and click on *Capture " +"Transaction*. If the order is canceled, you can click on *Void Transaction* " +"to unlock the funds from the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " +"Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 +msgid "" +"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " +"interfaces, not from Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Avec d'autres intermédiaires de paiement, vous ne pouvez gérer le " +"déclenchement du paiement qu'à partir de leurs propres interfaces, mais pas " +"à partir d'Odoo." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 +msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Acquirers (Credit Cards, Online Payment)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several **payment methods** that allow your customers to pay on " +"their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay Sales " +"Orders, invoices, or subscriptions with recurring payments with their " +"favorite payment acquirers, including **online payment providers** that " +"accept **Credit Cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Having several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in " +"time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers" +" to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not keep Credit Card numbers or credentials on its servers, nor is" +" it stored on Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a " +"unique reference to the data stored in the payment acquirers' systems, where" +" the information is safely stored. This reference is useless without your " +"credentials for the payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment " +"acquirers: the payments that go directly on the bank account and follow the " +"usual reconciliation workflow, and the payment acquirers that are third-" +"party services and require you to follow another accounting workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 +msgid "Bank Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment " +"reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " +"it on your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" +msgstr "Prélèvement automatique SEPA" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " +"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more " +"information about this payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 +msgid "Online Payment Providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" +msgstr "Redirection vers le site de l'intermédiaire" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Payment from Odoo" +msgstr "Paiement d'Odoo" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Save Cards" +msgstr "Enregistrer les cartes" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Capture Amount Manually" +msgstr "Capturer le montant manuellement" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "Adyen" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +msgid "✔" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +msgid "Alipay" +msgstr "Alipay" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "Buckaroo" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "Ingenico" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`PayPal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +msgid "PayUMoney" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +msgid "SIPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "Stripe" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Some of these Online Payment Providers can also be added as :doc:`Bank " +"Accounts <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is **not** " +"the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment Acquirers " +"allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and configured on" +" your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting " +"control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Some of the features described in this section are available only with some " +"Payment Acquirers. Refer to :ref:`the table above " +"` for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 +msgid "Add a new Payment Acquirer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a new Payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look " +"for your payment acquirer, install the related module, and activate it. To " +"do so, open the payment acquirer and change its state from *Disabled* to " +"*Enabled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " +"database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " +"credentials, but Odoo generates Sales Orders and Invoices as usual. It isn't" +" always possible to cancel an invoice, and this could create some issues " +"with your invoices numbering if you were to test your payment acquirers on " +"your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 +msgid "Credentials tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, go to the **Online Payment Provider**'s website, create an " +"account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." +" Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the Payment Acquirer " +"and get the confirmation of the *payment authentication*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The form in this section is specific to the Payment Acquirer you are " +"configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 +msgid "Configuration tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"You can change the Payment Acquirer front-end appearance by modifying its " +"name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" +" under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 +msgid "Save and reuse Credit Cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your " +"database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to " +"reenter the payment details. This is particularly useful for subscriptions' " +"recurring payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 +msgid "Place a hold on a card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"If the **Capture Amount Manually** field is enabled, the funds are reserved " +"for a few days on the customer's card, but not charged yet. You must then go" +" to the related Sales Order and manually *capture* the funds before its " +"automatic cancellation, or *void the transaction* to unlock the funds from " +"the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Choose in the **Payment Flow** field if to redirect the user to the payment " +"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " +"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Some features are available only if you select *Redirection to the acquirer " +"website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 +msgid "Countries" +msgstr "Pays" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Restrict the use of the Payment Acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave " +"this field blank to make the Payment Acquirer available to all countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 +msgid "Payment Journal" +msgstr "Journal des paiements" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Journal** selected for your Payment Acquirer must be a *Bank* " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " +"**Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. Both of them are " +"preset to work out-of-the-box, but we strongly recommend you to make sure " +"these fields are correctly set according to your accounting needs, and adapt" +" them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 +msgid "Messages tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Change here the messages displayed by Odoo after a payment's confirmation or" +" failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 +msgid "Accounting perspective" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " +"their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " +"**Online Payment Providers** require you to consider how you want to record " +"your payments' journal entries. We recommend you to ask your accountant for " +"advice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Odoo default method is to record the payments on a *Current Assets Account*," +" on a dedicated *Bank Journal*, once the *Payment Authentication* is " +"confirmed. At some point, you transfer the funds from the *Payment Acquirer*" +" to your *Bank Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 +msgid "Here are the requirements for this to work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "Journal de banque" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 +msgid "The Journal's **type** must be *Bank Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Select the right **Default Debit Account** and **Default Credit Account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, make sure that **Posting** is set as " +"*Post At Payment Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This implies that the Journal Entry is recorded directly when your Odoo " +"database receives the confirmation of the *Payment Authentication* from the " +"Online Payment Provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 +msgid "Current Asset Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 +msgid "The Account's **type** is *Current Assets*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 +msgid "The Account must **Allow Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 +msgid "" +"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " +"**Current Asset Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. You can " +"modify them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 +msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" +msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 +msgid ":doc:`authorize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "Configurez votre compte Paypal " + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " +"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " +"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " +"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." +msgstr "" +"Paypal est accessible et populaire dans le monde entier. Créer un compte est" +" très facile et l'inscription est gratuite. C'est pourquoi nous le " +"recommandons d'emblée à ceux qui débutent sur Odoo. Cela fonctionne comme un" +" flux continu dans lequel le client est dirigé vers le site de Paypal pour " +"enregistrer le paiement." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "Compte Paypal" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " +"Business Account `_" +" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " +"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " +"configuration steps." +msgstr "" +"Pour être payé avec Paypal il faut avoir un compte Business. Créez un " +"`Compte Paypal Professionnel`_" +" ou tranformez votre compte personnel en un compte Business. Allez dans les " +"paramètres de Paypal et cliquez sur *Surclasser mon compte en compte " +"Business*. Suivez les étapes de configuration." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "Paramètres sur Paypal" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " +"seamless customer experience with Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Tout d'abord, voyons comment configurer votre compte Paypal afin de créer " +"une expérience client optimale avec Odoo. " + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " +"Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." +msgstr "" +"Connectez-vous et ouvrez les paramètres. Allez sur :menuselection:`Produits " +"& Services > paiements du site Web` et cliquez sur **Actualiser** sur " +"**Préférences du site Web**." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "Retour automatique" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " +"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " +"the suffix ``/shop/confirmation`` as *Return URL* (e.g. " +"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." +msgstr "" +"*Le retour automatique* redirige automatiquement vos clients vers Odoo " +"lorsque le paiement est traité. Cochez *Retour automatique* et indiquez " +"votre nom de domaine suivi du suffixe ``/shop/confirmation`` comme *URL de " +"retour* (e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " +"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "" +"Cette URL est requise par Paypal mais elle n'est pas utilisée dans la " +"pratique car Odoo la transmet à chaque transaction. Ne vous inquiétez pas si" +" vous devez gérer plusieurs canaux de vente ou bases de données Odoo." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "Transfert des données de paiement (PDT)" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" +" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " +"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " +"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"La fonctionnalité *Transfert des données de paiement* transmet la " +"confirmation de paiement à Odoo dès que celle-ci est traitée. Sans elle, " +"Odoo ne peut pas finaliser le flux de vente. Ce paramètre doit également " +"être activé. Lors de la sauvegarde, un *Jeton d'identité* est généré. Plus " +"tard vous devrez l'introduire dans Odoo." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "Compte Paypal optionnel" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "" +"Nous vous conseillons de ne pas inciter vos clients à se connecter avec un " +"compte Paypal lorsqu'ils règlent leurs achats. Laissez-les payer également " +"avec des cartes de débit ou de crédit, ou vous pourriez perdre certaines " +"affaires. Assurez-vous que ce paramètre est activé." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "Notification instantanée de paiement (IPN)" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " +"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " +"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" +" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " +"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " +"receipt." +msgstr "" +"Le transfert des données de paiement (PDT) n'envoie les confirmations de " +"commande qu'une seule fois. Il faut donc que votre site soit en " +"fonctionnement lorsque cela arrive. Autrement, il ne recevra jamais ce " +"message. C'est pourquoi nous vous conseillons d'utiliser la *Notification " +"instantanée de paiement* (IPN) en plus. Avec l'IPN, la réception des " +"confirmations de commande est quasi garantie puisque les confirmations sont " +"renvoyées jusqu'à ce que votre site en accuse réception." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " +"*Instant Payment Notification*." +msgstr "" +"Pour activer l'IPN, retournez au menu de *Paiements du site Web* et cliquez " +"sur *Actualiser* sur la *Notification instantanée de paiement*." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." +msgstr "" +"L'*URL de notification* à configurer est votre nom de domaine + " +"“payment/paypal/ipn” (e.g. " +"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "Format des messages de paiement" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " +"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " +"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." +msgstr "" +"Si vous utilisez des caractères accentués (ou quelque chose d'autre que les " +"caractères latins) pour le nom de vos clients, leurs adresses... vous DEVEZ " +"configurer le format d'encodage de la rêquete de paiement envoyé par Odoo à " +"Paypal." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." +msgstr "" +"Si vous ne configurez pas ce paramètre, certaines transactions échoueront " +"sans aucune notification." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 +msgid "To do so, open:" +msgstr "Pour cela, ouvrez :" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 +msgid "" +"`this page for a test account `__" +msgstr "" +"`cette page pour un compte de test `__" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 +msgid "" +"`this page for a production account `__" +msgstr "" +"`cette page pour un compte de production `__" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " +"**UTF-8**." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez ensuite sur *Plus d'options* et configurez les deux formats " +"d'encodage par défaut sur **UTF-8**." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "Votre compte Paypal est prêt!" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" +" Account Optional* needs to be turned on." +msgstr "" +"Si vous voulez que vos clients payent sans devoir créer un compte Paypal, " +"vous devez activer la case *Compte Paypal optionnel* " + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`Paypal documentation `_." +msgstr "" +"Pour des paiements sur des sites marchands cryptés & EWP_SETTINGS error, " +"veuillez consulter la `documentation Paypal " +"`_." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "Paramètres dans Odoo" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Activation" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " +"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." +msgstr "" +"Activez *Paypal* depuis la barre de configuration des applications Ventes, " +"Facturation et eCommerce, ou depuis le menu de configuration *Intermédiaires" +" de paiement*." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" +msgstr "Odoo requiert trois identifiants Paypal :" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "*ID email* c'est votre adresse email de connexion sur Paypal." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 +msgid "" +"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " +":menuselection:`Account Settings --> Business information`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" +" here above." +msgstr "" +"Le *jeton PDT Paypal* est fourni dans la configuration *Payements du site " +"Web* comme expliqué ci-dessus." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "Frais de transaction" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " +"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " +"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." +msgstr "" +"Pour couvrir les frais de transaction que Paypal vous facture, vous pouvez à" +" votre tour facturer des frais supplémentaires à vos clients qui paient avec" +" Paypal. Une fois redirigé vers Paypal, votre client voit un supplément " +"appliqué au montant de sa commande." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " +"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." +msgstr "" +"Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, cochez la case *Ajouter des frais " +"supplémentaires* sur l'onglet de configuration de la configuration Paypal " +"d'Odoo. " + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees `__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" +"Pour configurer les frais vous pouvez vous référer à `Frais Paypal " +"`__ " + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 +msgid "" +"`Traders in the EU `_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " +"paying with credit cards." +msgstr "" +"`Les commerçants de l'UE " +"`_ ne sont pas autorisés à facturer des frais supplémentaires " +"pour les paiements par cartes de crédits." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "Passez en direct!" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" +" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" +" it." +msgstr "" +"Votre configuration est prête à fonctionner. Assurez-vous que le mode " +"*Production* est activé. Ensuite, publiez le mode de paiement en cliquant " +"sur le bouton *Publier* à côté de celui-ci." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " +"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " +"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " +"processed." +msgstr "" +"Paypal est maintenant proposé dans les formulaires de paiement disponibles " +"sur les applications de eCommerce, de ventes et de facturation. En cliquant " +"sur \"Payer\" les clients sont redirigés vers le site Web de Paypal. Dès que" +" le payement est traité, ils sont redirigés vers une page de confirmation " +"dans Odoo." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "Environnement de test" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " +"accounts." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez tester l'intégralité du flux de paiement dans Odoo grâce aux " +"comptes sandbox de Paypal." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with " +"your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "" +"Connectez-vous au `Site de développement de Paypal " +"`__ avec vos identifiants Paypal." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "Cela va générer deux comptes sandbox :" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"`__)." +msgstr "" +"Un compte Business (à utiliser en tant que marchand, par ex. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"`__)." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." +msgstr "" +"Un compte personnel par défaut (à utiliser comme client, par ex. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " +"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " +"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " +"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." +msgstr "" +"Connectez-vous au sandbox Paypal avec le compte marchand et suivez les mêmes" +" instructions de configuration. Entrez vos identifiants sandbox dans Odoo et" +" assurez-vous que Paypal est toujours défini sur *Environnement de test*. " +"Assurez-vous également que la facturation automatique n'est pas activée dans" +" vos paramètres eCommerce pour ne pas générer de factures lorsqu'une " +"transaction fictive est finalisée. " + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" +"Lancez une transaction test depuis Odoo en utilisant le compte personnel " +"sandox." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "Comment être payé avec les virements bancaires" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " +"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " +"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " +"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" +"**Le virement bancaire** est le mode de paiement par défaut. Le but est de " +"fournir vos coordonnées bancaires aux clients pour qu'ils puissent effectuer" +" le paiement via leur banque. Même si très facile au départ, il s'agit d'un " +"processus lent et inefficace. Privilégiez si possible les plateformes de " +"paiement en ligne!" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "Comment transmettre des instructions de paiement aux clients" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " +"method." +msgstr "" +"Introduisez les intructions de paiement dans la case **Message de " +"remerciement** de votre mode de paiement." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "Les clients verront ceci lorsqu'ils passeront une commande." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "Comment gérer une commande lorsque vous êtes payé." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " +"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " +"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "" +"À chaque fois qu'un client paye par virement bancaire, l'ordre reste au " +"stage intermédiaire **Devis envoyé** (par ex. commande impayée). Lorsque le " +"paiement est effectué, vous devez confirmer l'ordre manuellement pour " +"déclencher la livraison." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "Comment créer d'autres modes de paiement manuels" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " +"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " +"or duplicate it." +msgstr "" +"Si vous gérez une activité B2B, vous pouvez créer d'autres méthodes de " +"paiement manuel comme les paiements par chèque. Pour cela, renommez tout " +"simplement *Virement bancaire* ou dupliquez-le." + +#: ../../general/tags.rst:3 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Étiquettes" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Take Advantage of Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tags work like keywords or labels that will help you to categorize your " +"work, as well as make objectives and goals clearer and available for " +"everyone instantly. They are also a useful source of filtering, helping you " +"to boost productivity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:11 +msgid "Where can I use and how do I create tags?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Tags can be used in numerous applications going from *CRM*, *Project*, " +"*Contacts*, *Marketing Automation*, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:16 +msgid "" +"On *CRM* for instance, under :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags`" +" you can create new or edit existing ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:23 +msgid "You can also create them on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose specific colors for each tag to help identify them, or *Hide in " +"Kanban*, simply by clicking on the tag once it is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:38 +msgid "Remove tags from a task or from the database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Click on the *x* to delete a tag from a specific task or contact. To delete " +"it from your database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags " +"--> Action --> Delete`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:48 +msgid "Use tags as a parameter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On the *Marketing Automation* application, for example, you can re-use tags " +"as a parameter to specify a niche of records for your campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:59 +msgid "Use tags for reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To get the information you need in an organized format and for a specific " +"purpose, you can also add tags." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "Unsplash" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index 1f614330d..6c3634cc1 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -5,18 +5,20 @@ # # Translators: # Jérôme Tanché , 2019 -# William Henrotin , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Fernanda Marques , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# ShevAbam, 2020 +# Olivier Lenoir , 2020 +# Eloïse Stilmant , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Eloïse Stilmant , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -28,115 +30,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "Assistance technique" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:3 -msgid "" -"After sales features: refund, coupon, return, repair, onsite interventions" +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avancé" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "After Sales Features" msgstr "" -"Les fonctionnalités du service après-vente : remboursement, bons de " -"réduction, retours et interventions sur site" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 msgid "" -"As my business grows, having the tools to allow my helpdesk team to record, " -"track and manage issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk" -" app allows me to generate credit notes, return products, grant coupons, do " -"repairs and plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page." +"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " +"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " +"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" +" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " +"interventions from a ticket’s page." msgstr "" -"Au fur et à mesure que votre entreprise se développe, il est essentiel de " -"disposer d'outils permettant à votre équipe d'assistance technique " -"d'enregistrer, de suivre et de gérer les problèmes signalés de manière " -"simple et efficace. L'application Assistance technique d'Odoo vous permet de" -" générer des notes de crédit, d'échanger des produits, d'offrir des bons de " -"réduction, de faire des réparations et de planifier des interventions sur " -"site depuis une page ticket." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:10 -msgid "Set up the After Sales services" -msgstr "Configurez le service après-vente" +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 +msgid "Set up the after sales services" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:12 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable the After" -" Sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite " -"Interventions*." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " +"Onsite Interventions*." msgstr "" -"Allez sur :menuselection:`Configuration --> Équipes d'assistance technique` " -"et activez la fonction Service après-vente : *Remboursements, Échanges, Bons" -" de réduction, Réparations et Interventions sur site*." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:19 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" msgstr "Générez des notes de crédit depuis les tickets" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:21 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 msgid "" -"I can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For " -"that, I’ll simply go to my ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " -"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* the credit note will be " -"generated, and I can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" +" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " +"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " +"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez utiliser une note de crédit pour rembourser un client ou pour " -"rectifier le total à payer. Pour cela, il suffit d'aller sur la page ticket," -" cliquer sur *Remboursement* et sélectionner la *facture* concernée. En " -"cliquant sur *Retourner*, la note de crédit est générée et vous pouvez " -"l'*expédier* sans quitter l'application *Assistance technique*." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" msgstr "Autoriser les retours d'articles depuis les tickets" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 msgid "" -"The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will " -"be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*." +"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" +" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous choisissez l'option *Retour* de la page ticket, le processus de" -" retour d'un article du client vers votre stock est lancé." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" msgstr "Offrez des bons de réduction depuis les tickets " -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:40 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 msgid "" -"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned at the *Sales or " -"Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on " -"*Coupon*, choose the :menuselection:`Coupon Program --> Generate`." +"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " +"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " +"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." msgstr "" -"Tout d'abord, vérifiez que le *Programme de bons de réduction* est prévu " -"dans l'application *Ventes ou site Web*. Vous devez ouvrir votre ticket dans" -" l'application *Assistance technique*, cliquer sur *Bon de réduction*, puis " -"choisir :menuselection:`Programme de bons de réduction --> Générer`." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:48 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 msgid "Repairs from tickets" msgstr "Générer des réparations depuis les tickets" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:50 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 msgid "" -"Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will" -" be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next " -"step." +"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" +" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." msgstr "" -"En cliquant sur l'option *Réparation* de la page ticket, un nouveau " -"formulaire de demande de réparation s'affiche. Remplissez les champs " -"nécessaires et choisissez l'étape suivante." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:57 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" msgstr "Générer des interventions sur site depuis les tickets" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:59 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 msgid "" -"At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the " -"same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan " -"Intervention*." +"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " +"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " +"application." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez à présent configurer vos interventions sur site depuis la page " -"ticket, exactement de la même façon que vous le feriez sur l'application " -"*Service externe* en cliquant sur *Plan d'intervention*." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:66 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68 msgid "" "`Coupons `_" @@ -144,15 +124,15 @@ msgstr "" "`Bons de réduction `_" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" -msgstr ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Allow customers to close their tickets" -msgstr "Autorisez les clients à clôturer leurs tickets" +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 msgid "" "Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " "misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" @@ -163,11 +143,11 @@ msgstr "" "est considéré comme résolu ou pas. En plus, cela rend la communication et " "les actions plus efficaces." -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:9 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 msgid "Configure the feature" msgstr "Configuration de la fonctionnalité" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:11 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 msgid "" "To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " "Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." @@ -176,556 +156,695 @@ msgstr "" "technique --> Paramètres --> Équipes d'assistance technique --> Éditer` et " "activez *Clôture du ticket*." -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:18 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 msgid "" -"In order to designate to which stage the ticket will migrate to once it is " -"closed, go to :menuselection:`Overview --> Tickets`." +"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." msgstr "" -"Pour indiquer vers quelle étape le ticket doit migrer une fois clôturé, " -"allez sur :menuselection:`Aperçu --> Tickets`." -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:25 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 msgid "" -"You can either create a new kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " -"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Edit Stage` and enable " -"*Closing Stage*." +"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " +"and enable *Closing Stage*." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez soit créer une nouvelle étape kanban soit utiliser une déjà " -"existante. Dans les deux cas, allez sur :menuselection:`Paramètres --> " -"Éditer étape` et activez la case *Clôturer étape*." -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:32 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 msgid "" -"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket will be " -"transferred to the last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage " -"set as closing, the ticket will be put in the first one." +"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " +"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " +"ticket is put in the first one." msgstr "" -"Si une étape de clôture n'est pas indiquée par défaut, le ticket sera " -"transféré à l'étape suivante. Par contre, si plus d'une étape est clôturée, " -"le ticket sera ajouté à la première d'entre elles." -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:35 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 msgid "The Costumer Portal" msgstr "Le Portail du client" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:37 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 msgid "" -"Now, once the user logs in to his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " +"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " "available." msgstr "" -"Désormais, lorsqu'un utilisateur se connecte à son Portail, l'option " -"*Clôturer ce ticket* est disponible." -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:44 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" msgstr "Recevoir des rapports sur les tickets clôturés par le client" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:46 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 msgid "" "To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " -":menuselection:`Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add Custom filter --> " -"Closed by partner --> Applied`." +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " +"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." msgstr "" -"Pour analyser les tickets qui ont été clôturés par les clients, allez sur " -":menuselection:`Rapport --> Tickets --> Filtres --> Add filtre client --> " -"Clôturé par un partenaire --> Effectué`." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Démarrez avec Odoo Assistance technique" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Démarrez avec Odoo Assistance technique" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" -msgstr "Installation d'Odoo Assistance technique" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 +msgid "Forum and eLearning" msgstr "" -"Ouvrez le module Apps, recherchez \"Assistance technique\", et cliquez sur " -"installer." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" -msgstr "Configuration des équipes d'assistance technique" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 +msgid "Forum" +msgstr "Forum" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, Odoo Assistance technique est fourni avec une équipe " -"\"Support\"." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 msgid "" -"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" +"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " +"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " +"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" +" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " +"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " +"community!)." msgstr "" -"Pour modifier cette équipe, ou en ajouter d'autres. Sélectionnez " -"\"Configuration\" dans la barre mauve, puis \"Paramètres\"." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 msgid "" -"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," -" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " -"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," -" or manually." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " +"enable *Help Center*." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez y créer des nouvelles équipes, décider quels membres ajouter à " -"cette équipe, indiquer comment vos clients peuvent soumettre des tickets et " -"mettre en place des politiques et des évaluations SLA. Les tickets peuvent " -"être attribués de manière aléatoire, contrôlée ou manuelle. " -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 -msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" -msgstr "Comment mettre en place différentes étapes pour chaque équipe" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " +"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " +"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " +"allowed per question." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:42 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 msgid "" -"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " -"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " -"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" +"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " +"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." msgstr "" -"Désormais, lorsque vous retournez au module Assistance technique et " -"sélectionnez \"Configuration\" sur la barre mauve, vous trouvez des options " -"supplémentaires, telles que \"Étapes\". Vous pouvez ainsi créer des " -"nouvelles étapes et les attribuer à une ou plusieurs équipes, et cela de " -"façon personnalisée." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:48 -msgid "Start receiving tickets" -msgstr "Commencer à recevoir des tickets" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:51 -msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" -msgstr "Comment mes clients peuvent-ils soumettre des tickets?" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 msgid "" -"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " -"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" +"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " +"the ticket's page." msgstr "" -"Sur la barre mauve, sélectionnez \"Configuration\" et ensuite " -"\"Paramètres\", puis choisissez votre équipe d'assistance technique. Sous " -"\"Canaux vous trouverez 4 options :" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:59 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "eLearning" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 msgid "" -"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " -"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." +"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " +"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" +" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." msgstr "" -"La fonction Email Alias permet aux clients d'envoyer par e-mail l'alias que " -"vous avez choisi pour créer un ticket. Le sujet de l'email devient le sujet " -"du ticket." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:66 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 msgid "" -"Website Form allows your customer to go to " -"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " -"form - much like odoo.com/help!" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *eLearning*." msgstr "" -"La fonction Formulaire du site Web permet à vos clients d'aller sur " -"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit et soumettre un ticket via le " -"formulaire du site Web. Tout comme sur odoo.com/help!" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:73 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 msgid "" -"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " -"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " -"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." +"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." msgstr "" -"Le Live Chat permet à vos clients de soumettre un ticket via le Live Chat de" -" votre site Web. Le client démarre le chat en direct et l'opérateur du chat " -"peut créer le ticket via la commande /Sujet de l'assistance technique ou " -"Ticket." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:81 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 msgid "" -"The final option to submit tickets is through an API connection. View the " -"documentation `here " -"`_." +"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " +"Course*." msgstr "" -"La dernière option pour introduire un ticket c'est via une connexion API. " -"Consultez la documentation `ici " -"`_." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:85 -msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" -msgstr "Des tickets ont été créés, et maintenant?" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Commencer" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:87 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" -" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " -"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " -"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." +"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" +" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " +"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," +" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." msgstr "" -"Vos employés peuvent à présent travailler sur ces tickets! Si vous avez " -"sélectionné une méthode d'attribution manuelle, ils devront eux-aussi " -"s'attribuer des tickets en utilisant le bouton \"Attribuer à moi-même\" qui " -"se trouve dans le coin supérieur gauche du ticket, ou en introduisant leur " -"nom dans le champ \"Attribué à\"." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:95 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " -"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." +"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." msgstr "" -"Si vous avez sélectionnez les méthodes d'attribution \"aléatoire\" ou " -"\"contrôlée\", vos tickets seront attribués à l'un des membres de l'une de " -"ces équipes d'assistance technique." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:98 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 msgid "" -"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " -"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." +"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " +"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " +"accounting, admin, etc.)." msgstr "" -"Ils pourront alors commencer à résoudre les tickets et à les transférer vers" -" l'étape résolu lorsque ceux-ci seront finalisés." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:102 -msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" -msgstr "Comment puis-je définir l'urgence du ticket?" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 msgid "" -"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" -" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " -"Kanban view or on the ticket form." +"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " +"redirected to the right person:" msgstr "" -"Sur vos tickets vous verrez des étoiles. Vous pouvez définir l'urgence du " -"ticket en sélectionnant une ou plusieurs étoiles sur celui-ci. Vous pouvez " -"le faire sur la vue kanban ou sur le ticket lui-même." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:111 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 msgid "" -"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " -"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" +"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " +"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" msgstr "" -"Pour mettre en place une politique d'Accord de services pour vos employés, " -"activez d'abord ce paramètre dans les \"Paramètres\"." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 -msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." -msgstr "Sélectionnez \"Configurer les politiques SLA\" et cliquez sur \"Créer\"." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:119 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 msgid "" -"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " -"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." +"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " +"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " +"automatically;" msgstr "" -"Complétez les informations: équipe Assistance technique, priorité minimale " -"du ticket (les étoiles), ainsi que les objectifs du ticket." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:126 -msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" -msgstr "Que faire si un ticket est bloqué ou prêt à être utilisé?" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:128 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 msgid "" -"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " -"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" +"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " +"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " +"that all tickets get to be taken care of." msgstr "" -"Si un ticket ne peut pas être résolu ou s'il est bloqué, vous pouvez " -"modifier le \"Statut kanban\" sur le ticket. Vous avez trois options :" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131 -msgid "Grey - Normal State" -msgstr "Gris - statut normal" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133 -msgid "Red - Blocked" -msgstr "Rouge - bloqué" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:135 -msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" -msgstr "Vert - prêt pour l'étape suivante" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 msgid "" -"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " -"Ticket form." +"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " +"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " +"all employees (with the proper access rights)." msgstr "" -"Tout comme pour les étoiles, vous pouvez définir le statut dans le kanban ou" -" sur le ticket." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:144 -msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" -msgstr "" -"Comment mes employés peuvent-ils enregistrer leur temps de travail sur un " -"ticket?" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:146 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 msgid "" -"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " -"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " -"timesheets will log against." +"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " +"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " +"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " +"(with the proper access rights)." msgstr "" -"D'abord, allez sur \"Paramètres\" et sélectionnez l'option \"Feuille de " -"présence du ticket\". Un champ apparaîtra vous permettant de sélectionner le" -" projet sur lequel les feuilles de présence seront enregistrées." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:153 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 +msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 msgid "" -"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" -" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" +"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " +"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " +"to use certain stages under *Team*." msgstr "" -"Une fois que vous avez sélectionné un projet, vous pouvez l'enregistrer. Si " -"vous retournez vers vos tickets, vous verrez qu'un nouvel onglet appelé " -"\"Feuilles de présence\" a été ajouté." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 msgid "" -"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " -"ticket." +"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " +"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " +"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." msgstr "" -"Vos employés peuvent y ajouter une ligne pour indiquer le travail qu'ils ont" -" effectué pour ce ticket." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:163 -msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" -msgstr "Comment permettre à vos clients d'évaluer le service fourni" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 -msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/odoo_basics/add_user`" msgstr "" -"Vous devez tout d'abord activer le paramètre évaluation depuis " -"\"Paramètres\"" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Évaluations" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " -"an email to the customer asking how their service went." +"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " +"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" +" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" +" the quality of your services." msgstr "" -"Désormais, lorsqu'un ticket est transféré à l'étape de ticket résolu ou " -"terminé, le client recevra un email lui demandant d'évaluer le service " -"fourni." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" -msgstr "Enregistrez et facturez le temps dédié aux tickets" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 msgid "" -"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " -"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " -"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " +"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." msgstr "" -"Pour pouvoir fournir à vos clients une assistance technique, vous devrez " -"avoir avec eux des contrats de service. Pour cela, Odoo vous aide à " -"enregistrer le temps consacré à résoudre le problème, et plus important, à " -"facturer ce temps à vos clients." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "The modules needed" -msgstr "Les modules requis" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 msgid "" -"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " -"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " -"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." +"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " +"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" +" Stage*." msgstr "" -"Vous devez avoir les modules suivants pour enregistrer et facturer le temps " -"passé sur les tickets : Assistance technique, Projet, Feuilles de présence, " -"Ventes. S'il vous manque l'un de ces modules, allez dans le module Apps, " -"cherchez-le et cliquez sur *Installer*." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 -msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" -msgstr "Commencez à proposer le service d'assistance technique" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 -msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" -msgstr "Étape 1 : démarrez un projet d'assistance technique" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 msgid "" -"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " -"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." +"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " +"an email is sent to the customer." msgstr "" -"Pour démarrer un projet dédié au service Assistance technique, allez d'abord" -" sur :menuselection:`Projet --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et assurez-" -"vous que la fonctionnalité *Feuilles de présence* est activée." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 msgid "" -"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " -"it." +"Ratings can be seen on the :doc:`chatter <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` " +"of each ticket, under the *See Customer Satisfaction* link on the main " +"dashboard, and through *Reporting*." msgstr "" -"Ensuite, allez sur votre tableau de bord, créez le nouveau projet et liez " -"des feuilles de présence à celui-ci." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 -msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" -msgstr "Étape 2 : constituez une équipe d'assistance technique" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 +msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 msgid "" -"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " -"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" -" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " -"previously created as well." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" +" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." msgstr "" -"Pour définir une équipe responsable du service d'assistance technique, allez" -" à :menuselection:`Assistance technique --> Configuration --> Équipe " -"d'assistance technique` et créez une nouvelle équipe ou sélectionnez-en une " -"déjà existante. pour activer cette fonctionnalité, cochez la case *Feuille " -"de présence du ticket* sur le formulaire. N'oubliez pas de sélectionner " -"également le projet d'assistance technique que vous avez précédemment créé." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" -msgstr "Étape 3 : lancez le service d'assistance technique" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`../../portal/my_odoo_portal`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 msgid "" -"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" -" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." +"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " +"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." +" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " +"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." msgstr "" -"Pour finir, allez sur :menuselection:`Ventes --> Configuration --> " -"Paramètres` pour lancer le nouveau service d'assistance technique. Vérifiez " -"que la fonctionnalité *Unités de mesure* est activée." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " -"Make sure that the product is set as a service." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " +"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " +"users." msgstr "" -"Allez ensuite sur :menuselection:`Produits --> Produits` et créez-en un " -"nouveau. Vérifiez que la case type de produit est configurée en tant que " -"service." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 +msgid "Email Alias" +msgstr "Alias d'email" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 msgid "" -"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " -"unit will do." +"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " +"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " +"the content is shown in the Chatter." msgstr "" -"Nous vous conseillons de configurer l'*Unité de mesure* sur *Heure(s)*, mais" -" n'importe quelle unité conviendra." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 msgid "" -"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " -"configuration :" +"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " +"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " +"Domain*." msgstr "" -"Pour finir, sélectionnez le mode de gestion de facturation que vous " -"souhaitez depuis la barre *Ventes* du formulaire du produit. Nous vous " -"recommandons la configuration suivante :" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 -msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" -msgstr "Vous êtes désormais prêt à recevoir des tickets!" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 -msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" -msgstr "Résoudre des problèmes et enregistrer le temps consacré au ticket" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 -msgid "Step 1 : place an order" -msgstr "Étape 1 : passez une commande" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 msgid "" -"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " -"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " -"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" -" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " -"the sale." +"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " +"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " +"server." msgstr "" -"Vous êtes maintenant dans le module d'assistance technique et vous venez de " -"recevoir un ticket d'un client. Pour créer une nouvelle commande, allez sur " -":menuselection:`Ventes --> Commandes --> Commandes` et créez-en une pour le " -"produit du service d'assistance technique que vous avez précédemment " -"enregistré. Configurez le nombre d'heures prévues pour aider le client et " -"confirmez la vente." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 -msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "Étape 2 : liez la tâche au ticket" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 +msgid "Website Form" +msgstr "Formulaire du Site Web" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " -"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" -" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" -" and select the task on its form." +"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " +"website." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous accédez au projet d'assistance technique dédié, vous verrez " -"qu'une nouvelle tâche a été automatiquement générée avec la commande. Pour " -"relier cette nouvelle tâche au ticket du client, allez sur le module " -"Assistance technique et sélectionnez-la sur le formulaire du ticket " -"concerné." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 -msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" -msgstr "Étape 3 : enregistrez le temps dédié à aider le client" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 msgid "" -"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " -"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " -"*Timesheets* tab." +"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" +" *Go to Website*." msgstr "" -"L'assistance a été fournie et le problème du client a été résolu. Pour " -"enregistrer les heures dédiées à cette tâche, retournez au ticket et " -"ajoutez-les depuis l'onglet *Feuilles de présence*." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 msgid "" -"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " -"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." +"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." msgstr "" -"Les heures enregistrées sur le ticket apparaîtront également de façon " -"automatique dans le module Feuilles de présence ainsi que sur la tâche " -"dédiée." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 -msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" -msgstr "Étape 4 : facturez le client" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Live Chat" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 msgid "" -"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" -" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " -"appear as the delivered quantity." +"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " +"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." msgstr "" -"Pour facturer le client, retournez au module Ventes et sélectionnez la " -"commande qui a été enregistrée. Vous verrez que les heures enregistrées sur " -"le ticket apparaissent désormais comme étant livrées." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 msgid "" -"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " -"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" +"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " +"- and :doc:`set up your channel <../../livechat/overview/get_started>`." msgstr "" -"Tout ce qu'il reste à faire, c'est créer une facture depuis la commande et " -"la valider ensuite. Vous n'avez plus qu'à attendre le paiement des clients!" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Turn helpdesk hours into invoices directly from a project task" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " +"<../../livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*." msgstr "" -"Facturez directement les heures d'assistance technique depuis une tâche de " -"projet" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 +msgid "Prioritize tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" +" top of your list on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 +msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 +msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 +msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`sla`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Reports for a Better Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " +"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " +"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " +"expectations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 +msgid "Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 +msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " +"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " +"Period* or a *Previous Year*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 +msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " +"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" +" many requests they are able to handle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " +"ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " +"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " +"their issues to be handled quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 +msgid "Save filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" +" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " +"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 +msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " +"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " +"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " +"and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 +msgid "Create your policies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " +"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" +" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" +" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " +"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " +"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" +" SLAs is the one considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " +"the deadline field is not shown anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 +msgid "SLA Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" +" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" +" keep track of upcoming deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " +"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " +"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " +"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " +"customer needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 +msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" +" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " +"Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" +" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " +"ultimately modified on each ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 +msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " +"the unit of measure of your service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" +" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " +"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " +"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" +" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " +"automating the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 +msgid "" +"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " +"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " +"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " +"time spent on a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 +msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 +msgid "Step 1: Place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " +"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " +"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " +"customer and *Confirm* the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 +msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 +msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 +msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " +"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 +msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " +"the *Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" +" column in the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " +"the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 msgid "" "Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " "into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " @@ -736,38 +855,33 @@ msgstr "" "tâche de projet. Cela vous donne plus de contrôle sur ce que vous facturez à" " votre client, et c'est plus efficace." -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuration" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:12 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" -" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under " -"*Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and " +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " "timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " "the feature *Bill from tasks*." msgstr "" -"Allez sur :menuselection:`Assistance technique --> Configuration --> Équipe " -"d'assistance technique --> Éditer` et activez les options *Feuilles de " -"temps* et *Délai de refacturation*. Sous *Feuille de temps du ticket*, " -"choisissez le *Projet* auquel les tickets (et les feuilles de temps) doivent" -" être liés par défaut. Puis, ouvrez le *Lien externe* pour activer la " -"fonctionnalité *Facturer depuis les tâches*." -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" msgstr "Créez un bon de commande et une facture" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 msgid "" -"Now, once you added the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under the " -"*Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." +"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" +" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." msgstr "" -"Maintenant que vous avez ajouté le temps consacré au ticket d'assistance " -"technique, accédez à la tâche en cliquant sur celle-ci depuis la barre " -"*Feuilles de temps*." -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." msgstr "*Créez un bon de commande* et lancez la facturation." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index 9cee1f105..bce27428c 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -11,26 +11,26 @@ # Nicolas Seinlet , 2019 # Fabien Pinckaers , 2019 # Xavier Symons , 2019 -# Benjamin Frantzen, 2019 +# 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2019 # Stéphane GUILLY , 2019 # Katerina Katapodi , 2019 # Xavier Belmere , 2019 # Jean-Louis Bodren , 2019 # Shark McGnark , 2019 -# Laura Piraux , 2019 # Nathan Grognet , 2019 -# Jérôme Tanché , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Fernanda Marques , 2020 +# Alain Prasquier , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Jérôme Tanché , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -105,9 +105,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 @@ -212,7 +209,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Type de règle" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -286,7 +283,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 msgid "Simple Transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Transferts simples" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -404,7 +401,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Créer un transfert à partir de zéro" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -437,7 +434,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Trouvez le scanner de code-barre qui correspond à vos besoins" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -522,7 +519,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 @@ -538,9 +534,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 @@ -601,7 +594,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 msgid "Barcode Formats" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Formats de code-barre" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -1065,80 +1058,71 @@ msgstr "" " le type Bottom Half, voici la différence :" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " -"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " -"to the stock." +"There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " +"outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" +" the customers." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 msgid "" -"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" " configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 msgid "" -"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +"Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "Créez un Bon de Commande" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "Créez une commande client" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 msgid "" -"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " -"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " -"the *RfQ*." +"In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " +"to deliver and confirm it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 msgid "" -"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " -"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +"Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " +"stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " +"button, you should now see your delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "Process a Receipt" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 +msgid "Process a Delivery" +msgstr "Traiter une livraison" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " +"application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" +" the Delivery Orders Kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 msgid "" -"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " -"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " -"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +"Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " +"*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 msgid "" -"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " -"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " -"suppliers are considered as being always available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " -"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " -"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +"Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " +"location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " +"the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now " +"*Done*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 @@ -1198,584 +1182,208 @@ msgid "" "directly via the *Packages* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" -msgstr "Comment la date de livraison prévue est-elle calculée ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " -"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " -"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " -"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " -"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Les dates prévues sont calculées afin de pouvoir planifier les livraisons, " -"réceptions et ainsi de suite. En tenant compte des habitudes de votre " -"entreprise, Odoo génère automatiquement les dates prévues via le " -"planificateur. Le planificateur Odoo calcule tout par ligne, que ce soit " -"pour un ordre de fabrication, un bon de livraison, une commande client, etc." -" Les dates calculées dépendent des délais qui sont configurés dans Odoo." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:18 -msgid "Configuring lead times" -msgstr "Configuration des délais de mise en œuvre" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " -"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " -"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "" -"La configuration des différents délais d'exécution se fait comme suit :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:28 -msgid "At a product level" -msgstr "Au niveau article" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 -msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" -msgstr "**Délai fournisseur** :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " -"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " -"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" -" select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "" -"C'est le temps nécessaire au fournisseur pour livrer votre article acheté. " -"Pour configurer le délai fournisseur, sélectionnez un article et allez dans " -"l'onglet **Inventaire**. Vous devrez ajouter un fournisseur à votre article " -"pour pouvoir définir un délai fournisseur." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " -"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" -"Notez qu'il est possible d'ajouter différents fournisseurs et donc " -"différents délais de livraison en fonction du fournisseur." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " -"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" -" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " -"Time**." -msgstr "" -"Une fois qu'un fournisseur est sélectionné, il suffit d'ouvrir sa fiche et " -"d'introduire son **Délai de livraison**. Dans ce cas, les jours de sécurité " -"n'ont aucune influence, les jours de livraison prévus seront égaux à : la " -"**Date** de la commande fournisseur + le **Délai de Livraison**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 -msgid "**Customer lead time**:" -msgstr "**Délai client** :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " -"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " -"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " -"time**." -msgstr "" -"Le délai client est le temps nécessaire pour transférer votre article de " -"votre magasin/entrepôt chez votre client. Il peut être configuré pour tout " -"article. Sélectionnez un article, allez dans l'onglet Ventes, et indiquez " -"votre **Délai client**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 -msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" -msgstr "**Délai de production** :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "" -"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" -" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Sur la même page, il est également possible de configurer le **Délai de " -"Fabrication**. Le délai de fabrication est le temps nécessaire pour la " -"fabrication de l'article." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " -"create manufacturing routes." -msgstr "" -"N'oubliez pas de cocher la case Produire dans l'onglet Inventaire si vous " -"voulez créer des routes de fabrication." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:74 -msgid "At the company level" -msgstr "Au niveau société" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 -msgid "" -"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " -"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " -"of delays." -msgstr "" -"Au niveau société, il est possible de configurer des **jours de sécurité**, " -"afin de faire face à des retards éventuels et pour être sûr de respecter vos" -" engagements. L'idée est de sosutraire ces **jours de réserve** de la **date" -" prévue calculée** en cas de retard." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 -msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" -msgstr "**Jours de Sécurité à la Vente** :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" -" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " -"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " -"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " -"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " -"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " -"keep your commitment." -msgstr "" -"Les jours de sécurité à la vente sont des jours de **réserve** pour être sûr" -" de livrer vos clients à temps. Ils représentent les marges d'erreurs sur " -"les délais de livraison. Les jours de sécurité suivent la même logique que " -"les débuts de la montre-bracelet : arriver à l'heure. L'idée est de " -"soustraire le nombre de jours de sécurité du calcul, et donc de calculer une" -" date prévue antérieure à celle que vous avez promis à votre client. De " -"cette façon, vous êtes sûr de respecter vos engagements." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " -"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " -"of safety days." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que le menu est ouvert, allez dans l'onglet de configuration et " -"indiquez le nombre de jours de sécurité." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" -msgstr "**Jours de sécurité à l'Achat** :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "" -"Les jours de sécurité à l'achat suivent la même logique que les jours de " -"sécurité à la vente." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 -msgid "" -"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " -"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " -"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " -"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" -msgstr "" -"Ils représentent les marges d'erreur sur les délais fournisseur. Lorsque le " -"système génère des commandes fournisseur pour l'acquisition d'articles, " -"elles seront planifiées quelques jours plus tôt que nécessaire pour faire " -"face à des retards fournisseurs inattendus. Le délai d'achat se trouve dans " -"le même menu que les jours de sécurité à la vente." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " -"here." -msgstr "" -"Notez que vous pouvez également configurer un délai de production par défaut" -" à partir d'ici." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:134 -msgid "At route level" -msgstr "Au niveau routage" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" -" can also influence the computed date." -msgstr "" -"Les transferts internes qu'un article peut faire à cause des mouvements de " -"stock peuvent aussi avoir un impact sur la date calculée." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " -"app when creating a new push rule in a route." -msgstr "" -"Les délais dus aux transferts internes peuvent être définis dans " -"l'application **Inventaire**, lors de la création d'une nouvelle règle de " -"flux poussé dans une route." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 -msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." -msgstr "" -"Allez dans la section Règles de flux poussé dans la fiche d'une route pour " -"définir un délai." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 -msgid "At sale order level:" -msgstr "Au niveau commande client :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "**Requested date**:" -msgstr "**Date demandée** :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " -"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" -" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" -" display a warning." -msgstr "" -"Odoo permet de préciser la date demandée par le client en l'indiquant dans " -"l'onglet Autres informations de la commande client. Si la date est " -"antérieure à la date calculée théorique, Odoo affichera automatiquement une " -"alerte." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:173 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "Exemple" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " -"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." -" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " -"on your configuration:" -msgstr "" -"A titre d'exemple, vous pouvez vendre une voiture aujourd'hui (1er Janvier)," -" qui est achetée à la commande, et vous promettez de livrer votre client " -"dans un délai de 20 jours (20 janvier). Dans un tel scénario, le " -"planificateur peut déclencher les événements suivants, en fonction de votre " -"configuration :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 -msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "19 Janvier : date de livraison réelle (1 jour de Sécurité à la Vente)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 -msgid "" -"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "" -"18 Janvier : réception de l'article de votre fournisseur (1 jour de sécurité" -" à l'Achat)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 -msgid "" -"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " -"lead time)" -msgstr "" -"10 janvier : date limite pour passer la commande fournisseur (9 jours de " -"délai fournisseur)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 -msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " -"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "" -"8 Janvier : déclencher une demande d'achat à votre équipe d'achat, " -"puisqu'elle a besoin en moyenne de 2 jours pour trouver le bon fournisseur " -"et commander." - #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" -"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " -"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " -"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a *quality control step* in the goods " -"receipt process can become essential." +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " +"that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more " +"steps before shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," -" the reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can " -"allow having 3 steps." +"With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " +"to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " +"location before being effectively shipped to the customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The 3-steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" -" transfer them into a quality area for *quality control*. When the quality " -"check has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of " -"course, you may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity " -"that is valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 -msgid "Multi-Step Routes" -msgstr "Routes en plusieurs étapes" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to activate the *multi-step routes* option. Indeed, " -"routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. Here, we " -"will chain the picking to the shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:29 -msgid "" -"To activate *multi-step routes*, open the *inventory app*, and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. By " -"default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage " -"Locations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:38 -msgid "Warehouse configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now that *Multi-Step Routes* is activated, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and open the one you will use " -"to deliver in 3 steps. Then, you can select the option *Pack good, send " -"goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* as *Outgoing Shipments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " -"*Output* and *Packing Zone*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Of course, you can rename them if you want. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to " -"rename. Change its name and hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "Créez une commande client" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* app, create a quotation with storable products to deliver. " -"Then, confirm it and three pickings will be created and linked to your sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:65 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 -msgid "Now, click on the button. You should see three different pickings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 -msgid "The first one, with a reference PICK, designates the picking process;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "The second one, with a reference PACK, is for the packing process;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:71 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 -msgid "The third one, with a reference OUT, designates the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:77 -msgid "Process the picking, packing, and delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The first operation to be processed is the picking and has a *Ready* status," -" while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*. The packing will become " -"*Ready* as soon as the picking is marked as *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " -"inventory app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Note that, if you have the product in stock, it will be automatically " -"reserved and you can validate the picking document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Now that the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " -"processed. Since the documents are chained, the products that have been " -"picked are automatically reserved on the packing order so you can directly " -"validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Then, you can validate your packing. In doing so, the delivery order can be " -"processed. Once again, it will be ready to be validated so you can transfer " -"the products to the customer location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " -"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " -"you to have 2 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " -"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 msgid "" "The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" " a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " -"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" -" stock." +"chain the picking step to the shipping step." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 msgid "" -"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " -"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " +"*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 msgid "" -"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " -"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " -"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing" +" Shipments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " -"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " +"*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one" +" you want to rename and update its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 -msgid "Create a purchase order" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "" +"Si vous cliquez sur le bouton, vous devez maintenant voir trois opérations " +"de stock différentes :" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 +msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 +msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " +"operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " +"and you can simply validate the picking document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing " +"order which can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " +"transfer the products to the customer location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +msgstr "" +"Quand une commande arrive au service expédition pour la livraison finale, " +"Odoo est configuré par défaut pour une seule étape : quand tous les produits" +" sont disponibles, ils peuvent être expédiés dans un seul ordre de " +"livraison." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " +"happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " +"part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an " +"output location before being effectively shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +msgid "Warehouse configuration" +msgstr "Configuration de l'entrepôt" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." +" If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 msgid "" -"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" -" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " -"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " -"your purchase order." +"If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " +"pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " +"another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " -"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" -" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " -"products to *Stock*." +msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 -msgid "Process the picking and the delivery" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " +"picking operation has been marked as done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 msgid "" -"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " -"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " -"marked as *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " -"through the inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 -msgid "" -"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " -"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " -"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " -"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " -"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " -"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +"Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery" +" order." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 @@ -1888,10 +1496,303 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" msgstr ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " +"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " +"to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "Créez un Bon de Commande" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " +"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " +"the *RfQ*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " +"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "Process a Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " +"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " +"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " +"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " +"suppliers are considered as being always available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " +"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " +"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " +"throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " +"of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality " +"control step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " +"Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " +"the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have " +"two-steps or three-steps processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " +"receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " +"(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC " +"requirements are moved to stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " +"mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " +"the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " +"Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " +"with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then " +"quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " +"and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " +"from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," +" three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source " +"document:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " +"control zone;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " +"status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " +"Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " +"come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " +"*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " +"previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the " +"transfer can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " +"again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " +"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " +"you to have 2 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " +"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" +" stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " +"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " +"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " +"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " +"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "Créer un ordre d'achat" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" +" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " +"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " +"your purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " +"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" +" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " +"products to *Stock*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " +"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " +"marked as *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " +"through the inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " +"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " +"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " +"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " +"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " +"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" msgstr "Lots et numéros de série" @@ -1974,7 +1875,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`lots`" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Manage expiration dates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gérer les dates d'expiration" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2647,244 +2548,360 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Planning" msgstr "Planification" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:3 -msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed?" +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 msgid "" -"In most cases, scheduled dates are computed to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions, and so on. Depending on your company’s habits, Odoo generates " -"scheduled dates via the scheduler." +"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " +"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " +"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate" +" scheduled dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:9 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 msgid "" -"To make your life easier, the Odoo scheduler computes everything per line, " -"whether it’s a manufacturing order, a delivery order, a sale order, etc." +"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " +"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " +"will get the products he ordered." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 msgid "" -"The computed dates are dependent on the different lead times configured in " -"Odoo." +"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " +"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " +"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into " +"account." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 msgid "" -"Configuring lead times is the first move if you want to compute scheduled " -"dates. Those are the delays promised (in terms of delivery, manufacturing, " -"etc.) to your partners and/or clients." +"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " +"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" +" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:25 -msgid "In Odoo, you can configure different lead times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 msgid "" -"When configuring lead times at the product level, you have three different " -"types to take into account: supplier lead time, customer lead time, and " -"manufacturing lead time." +"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " +"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " +"lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:35 -msgid "Supplier lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 msgid "" -"The supplier lead time is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your " -"purchased products. To configure it, select a product and click on the " -"inventory tab. There, you will have to add a vendor to your product." +"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " +"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" +" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead " +"Time**." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, just open the vendor form and fill its *Delivery lead time*. In this " -"case, the delivery day will be equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + " -"Delivery Lead Time*." +"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a " +"vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope " +"with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the " +"**Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be " +"the default *Receipt* scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendor pricelists and, " -"thus, different delivery lead times, depending on the vendor." +"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " +"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " +"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " +"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " +"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific " +"date is set on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " +"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " +"produce and does not take the routing time into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " +"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " +"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead" +" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 +msgid "Sales - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " +"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" +" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " +"warning message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " +"all the lead times that could occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 msgid "Customer Lead Time" msgstr "Délai de livraison au client" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 msgid "" -"It is the time needed to get your product from your store/warehouse to your " -"customer. It can be configured for any product. To add it, select a product " -"and go to the inventory tab. There, simply indicate your *customer lead " -"time*." +"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" +" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " +"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your " +"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:67 -msgid "Manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 msgid "" -"On the same page, it is possible to configure what’s called the " -"*Manufacturing Lead Time*. It is the time needed to manufacture the product." +"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" +" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " +"April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 +msgid "Security Lead Time" +msgstr "Délai de sécurité" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 msgid "" -"At the company level, you can configure security days. Those are useful to " -"cope with eventual dalys and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract backup days from the computed scheduled date in case of " -"delays." +"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " +"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " +"earlier in order to arrive on time." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 msgid "" -"Once again, there are three different types of security lead times: for " -"sales, for purchases, and for manufacturing." +"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " +"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:85 -msgid "Security lead time for sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:87 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 msgid "" -"In sales, security lead time corresponds to backup days to ensure you will " -"be able to deliver your clients in times. They are margins of errors for " -"delivery lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early " -"wristwatch, in order to arrive on time." +"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 msgid "" -"The idea is to subtract the numbers of security days from the calculation " -"and, thus, to compute a scheduled date earlier than the one you promised to " -"your client. In that way, you are sure to be able to keep your commitment." +"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " +"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " +"the delivery order is the 5th of April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:97 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 +msgid "Deliver several products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " +"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " +"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:104 -msgid "Security lead time for purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:106 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" -"It follows the same logic as security lead time for sales except that " -"security lead time for purchase is the margin of error for vendor lead " -"times, not for sales." +"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" +" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " +"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 msgid "" -"When the system generates purchase orders for procuring products, they will " -"be scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." +"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " +"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " +"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is " +"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of " +"April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:114 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 msgid "" -"To find purchase lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " +"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" +" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:121 -msgid "Security lead time for manufacturing" +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:123 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 +msgid "Supplier Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 msgid "" -"The security lead time for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " -"orders which are scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected " -"manufacturing days." +"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " +"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " +"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:127 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 msgid "" -"To configure it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and enable the *Security Lead Time* option. Then, hit save." +"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " +"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " +"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead " +"Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:136 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" -"Sometimes, the internal transfers that a product might do may also influence" -" the computed date. The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in" -" the *Inventory* app when you create a new rule in a route." +"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " +"depending on the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:141 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 msgid "" -"To specify them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Routes` and add a push rule to set a delay. Of course, you need to activate " -"*Multi-step Routes* to use this feature." +"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " +"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " +"for your supplier to deliver your order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:149 -msgid "At the sale order level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:152 -msgid "Expected date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:154 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 msgid "" -"In the *Sales* application, you have the possibility to activate the option " -"*Delivery Date*. It will allow you to see additional fields on the sale " -"order." +"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:158 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" -"By enabling this option, Odoo will indicate the *Expected Date* in the " -"*Other Info* tab of the sales order. This one is automatically computed " -"based on the different lead times." +"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " +"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:165 -msgid "" -"If you set a *Commitment Date* to deliver your customer that is earlier than" -" the *Expected Date*, a warning message will appear on the screen." +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 +msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:175 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 +msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" +msgstr "Délai de fabrication" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 msgid "" -"To better understand all the above info, here is an example. You may sell a " -"car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, and you promise to " -"deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20th). In such a scenario, the" -" scheduler will trigger the following events, based on your configuration:" +"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." +" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " +"number of days the manufacturing takes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:181 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 msgid "" -"January 19: this is the actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety " -"Days);" +"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " +"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" +" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of " +"July is June 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:183 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 msgid "" -"January 18: you receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase " -"days);" +"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " +"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:185 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "" -"January 10: this is the deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of " -"Supplier Delivery Lead Time);" +"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:187 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since they " -"need, on average, 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " +"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " +"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on " +"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +msgid "Global Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 +msgid "Here is a configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 +msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 +msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 +msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " +"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " +"here is when all the various steps are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " +"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +msgid "" +"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" +" security lead time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 +msgid "" +"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " +"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " +"Manufacturing)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 +msgid "" +"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " +"security lead time for sales)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 @@ -3182,7 +3199,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Kits?" +msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 @@ -4903,200 +4920,6 @@ msgid "" "backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a procurement rule?" -msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'une règle d'approvisionnement ?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " -"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" -" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " -"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " -"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " -"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " -"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" -" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " -"dissatisfaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 -msgid "" -"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" -" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " -"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " -"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " -"of storing goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " -"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " -"using rules\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 -msgid "Procurement rules settings" -msgstr "Paramètres des règles d'approvisionnement" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 -msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " -"possible :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 -msgid "Move from another location rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 -msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " -"manufacturing rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " -"rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " -"defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 -msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" -msgstr ":doc:`push_rule`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:72 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 -msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -msgstr ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" -msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a push rule?" -msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'une règle de flux poussé ?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" -" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " -"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " -"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " -"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " -"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " -"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " -"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " -"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " -"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " -"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " -"inability to meet customer demand for the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" -" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " -"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " -"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " -"be triggered automatically or manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" -" rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 -msgid "Push rules settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 -msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " -"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " -"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " -"quality control location move to the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 -msgid "Stock transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" -" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " -"waiting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " -"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:74 -msgid "" -"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " -"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" -" the main stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" -msgstr ":doc:`procurement_rule`" - #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" msgstr "" @@ -5162,189 +4985,468 @@ msgid "" " A and one in warehouse B." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 -msgid "How to use routes?" -msgstr "Comment utiliser des routages ?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" -" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 +msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" -msgstr "Gérer la chaîne de production" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " +"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " +"in the retail channel." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 -msgid "Manage default locations per product" -msgstr "Gérer les emplacements par défaut par produit" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " +"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" +" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " +"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +msgid "Inside the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " +"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " +"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " +"trigger all the route's rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " +"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" +" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " +"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " +"stored in their respective locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " +"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " +"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " +"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" +" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" +" to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 +msgid "Pull Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 +msgid "" +"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " +"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 +msgid "" +"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " +"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" +" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " +"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " +"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " +"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " +"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " +"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " +"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 +msgid "" +"All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " +"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " +"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "Règles de flux poussés" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " +"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " +"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" +" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 +msgid "" +"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " +"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " +"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" +" products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " +"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " +"their *Storage Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " +"upstream transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" +" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " +"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " +"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 +msgid "Use Routes and Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " +"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 +msgid "Manage default locations per product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 msgid "" "Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" +"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 msgid "" -"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " -"products" +"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products." msgstr "" -"Gérez les locations, en créant des retour automatiques pour les produits " -"loués" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " -"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " -"routing of products using rules**." +"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " +"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " +"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 -msgid "Pre-configured routes" -msgstr "Des routes pré-configurées" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 -msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 msgid "" -"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`." +"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" +"Step Routes*." msgstr "" -"Dans l'application Inventaire, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Entrepôts`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 msgid "" -"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " -"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." +"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" +"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 +msgid "Pre-configured Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " +"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " +"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " +"incoming and outgoing shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" +" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " +"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " +"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " +"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " +"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" +" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" +" rules for the pre-configured route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Routes`." +"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " +"selected. Of course, combinations are available." msgstr "" -"Dans l'application **Inventaire** application, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Routes`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 msgid "" -"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " -"can combine several choices." +"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " +"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 -msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 msgid "" -"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" -" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " -"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." +"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " +"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " +"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " +"the same category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 -msgid "Routes applied on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 msgid "" -"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " -"be applied." +"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " +"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " +"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," -" select the route(s):" -msgstr "" -"Ouvrez le produit sur lequel vous souhaitez appliquer les routes " -"(:menuselection:`Inventaire --> Contrôle --> Produits`). Dans l'onglet " -"Inventaire, sélectionnez la(les) route(s):" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 -msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" +"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " +"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " +"if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 msgid "" -"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " -"categories it will be applied." +"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" +" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 +msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" -" under the **Logistics** section :" +"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " +"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" +" on which product it must be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 -msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 msgid "" -"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " -"time you make a sale order." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " +"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" +" tab* and select the route you’ve created." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 msgid "" -"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" -" the sales order." +"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " +"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " +"are vital to have working routings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "Règles" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 msgid "" -"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" +" section, and click on *Add a line* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 -msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 -msgid "Procurement and push rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 -msgid "Please refer to the documents:" -msgstr "Veuillez vous référez aux documents suivants :" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 -msgid "Procurement configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 msgid "" -"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " -"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " -"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " -"**Preferred Routes**:" +"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " +"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " +"of them:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 -msgid "Make-to-Order Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 msgid "" -"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " -"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " -"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " -"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." +"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " +"specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " +"validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. " +"When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to " +"fulfill this need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 +msgid "" +"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " +"defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, " +"Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 +msgid "" +"**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different " +"situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a " +"specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " +"fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a " +"rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the " +"products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 +msgid "" +"**Buy**: when products are needed at the source location, a request for " +"quotation is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 +msgid "" +"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " +"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 +msgid "" +"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " +"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " +"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " +"source location:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " +"source location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" +" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " +"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " +"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " +"source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 +msgid "" +"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " +"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " +"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " +"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " +"alert in the form of a *next activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 +msgid "What about a full flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " +"full flow with an advanced custom route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +msgid "" +"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " +"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " +"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " +"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " +"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " +"the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +msgid "" +"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " +"created to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " +"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " +"transfer in the list is not done yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " +"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +msgid "" +"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " +"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " +"required products from the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +msgid "" +"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " +"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " +"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" +" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " +"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +msgid "" +"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " +"have been triggered and the transfers done." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po index 45eb95655..21d218c33 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -73,22 +73,35 @@ msgid "Power on the IoT Box." msgstr "Mettez l'IoT Box sous tension." #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28 -msgid "Then click on the Scan button." -msgstr "Cliquez ensuite sur le bouton Scanner" +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:34 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:40 msgid "WiFi Connection" msgstr "Connexion Wi-Fi" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:36 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:42 msgid "Power on the IoT Box" msgstr "Mettez l'IoT Box sous tension" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:38 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:44 msgid "Copy the token" msgstr "Copiez votre jeton" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:43 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:48 msgid "" "Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " "plugged in your computer)." @@ -96,7 +109,7 @@ msgstr "" "Connectez-vous au réseau Wi-Fi de l'IoT Box (assurez-vous qu'aucun câble " "n'est connecté à votre ordinateur)." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:49 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:53 msgid "" "You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " "to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " @@ -107,7 +120,7 @@ msgstr "" "votre IoT Box (pas obligatoire) et insérez le jeton, puis cliquez sur " "suivant." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:57 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:60 msgid "" "If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " "(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" @@ -119,7 +132,7 @@ msgstr "" "f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** doit devenir " "**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:63 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:66 msgid "" "Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " "there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " @@ -129,11 +142,11 @@ msgstr "" "de passe s'il y en a un) et cliquez sur Envoyer. Vous serez redirigé vers " "votre base de données en quelques secondes." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:70 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:72 msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." msgstr "L'IoT Box devrait maintenant s'afficher." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:76 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:78 msgid "IoT Box Schema" msgstr "Schéma de l'IoT Box" @@ -223,11 +236,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " "reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " -"can be found `here `__)." +"can be found `here `__)." msgstr "" -"Si l'image de votre IoT Box provient d'une version antérieure, vous allez " -"devoir reflasher la carte SD de votre IoT Box pour mettre à jour l'image (la" -" dernière image se trouve `ici `__)." #: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`flash_sdcard`" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po index c3381064f..155920b87 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po @@ -4,18 +4,19 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Eloïse Stilmant , 2019 -# Fernanda Marques , 2020 +# Fernanda Marques , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché , 2020 +# Aurélien Pillevesse , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Aurélien Pillevesse , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,237 +24,253 @@ msgstr "" "Language: fr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "Live Chat" +#: ../../livechat/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 -msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" -msgstr "Chattez en direct avec les visiteurs de votre site Web." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " -"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " -"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," -" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " -"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " -"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" msgstr "" -"Avec Odoo Live Chat, vous pouvez établir un contact direct avec les " -"visiteurs de votre site Web. Une simple boite de dialogue sera disponible " -"sur leur écran et leur permettra de discuter avec l'un de vos représentants " -"commerciaux. Vous pouvez ainsi facilement transformer un intérêt en une " -"potentielle opportunité. Vous serez aussi capable d'apporter une aide à vos " -"clients. En résumé, il s'agit du parfait outil pour améliorer la " -"satisfaction de votre clientèle." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" -" and then click on install." +"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " +"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" +" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " +"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." msgstr "" -"Pour avoir la fonctionnalité Live Chat, ouvrez le module Applications, " -"cherchez \"Live chat\" et cliquez sur installer." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 msgid "" -"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " -"operators can easily join and leave the chat." +"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " +"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" +" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Live Chat`." msgstr "" -"Le module Live Chat vous donne un accès direct au canaux de discussion, où " -"des opérateurs peuvent facilement rejoindre et quitter les discussions." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" -msgstr "Ajoutez les live chat sur un site Web Odoo" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" -"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " -"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" -" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " -"website." +"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." msgstr "" -"Si votre site Web a été créé avec Odoo, le live chat est alors directement " -"ajouté à celui-ci. Tout ce qu'il vous reste à faire, c'est aller sur " -":menuselection:`Site Web --> Configuration --> Paramètres` pour sélectionner" -" le canal de discussion qui devra être lié au site Web." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 -msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" -msgstr "Ajoutez le live chat à un site Web externe" +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "For both scenarios, under:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " -"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " -"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " -"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." +"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " +"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " +"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." msgstr "" -"Si votre site Web n'a pas été créé avec Odoo, allez sur le module Live Chat " -"et sélectionnez le canal de discussion qui doit être lié à votre site. Vous " -"pouvez tout simplement faire un copier coller du code disponible sur votre " -"site Web. Vous recevrez également une URL spécifique que vous pouvez envoyer" -" à vos clients et fournisseurs pour leur donner accès au live chat." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 -msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" -msgstr "Définissez des règles pour cacher/afficher le live chat" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 msgid "" -"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " -"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " -"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" -" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " -"of time it takes for the chat to appear." +"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " +"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " +"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez définir des règles pour le live chat sur le formulaire du canal " -"de discussion. Par exemple, vous pouvez choisir d'afficher le chat des pays " -"dont vous parlez la langue. En revanche, vous avez la possibilité de cacher " -"le chat des pays pour lesquels votre entreprise ne vend pas. Si vous " -"sélectionnez le *Pop-up automatique*, vous pouvez également définir le temps" -" nécessaire au lancement du chat." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 -msgid "Prepare automatic messages" -msgstr "Rédigez des messages automatiques" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 msgid "" -"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" -" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" -" through the live chat." +"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " +"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " +"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." msgstr "" -"Dans la section *Options* du formulaire du canal de discussion, vous pouvez " -"définir les différents messages que vous souhaitez afficher automatiquement " -"sur le chat. Cela incitera les visiteurs à vous joindre via le live chat." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 -msgid "Start chatting with customers" -msgstr "Commencez à chatter avec vos clients" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 msgid "" -"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " -"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " -"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " -"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." +"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " +"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " +"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." msgstr "" -"Pour pouvoir commencer à chatter avec vos clients, assurez-vous d'abord que " -"le canal de discussion est publié sur votre site Web. Pour ce faire, " -"sélectionnez *Pas publié sur le site Web* dans le coin supérieur droit du " -"formulaire du canal et basculez vers le paramètre *Publié*. Dès qu'un " -"opérateur aura rejoint le canal, le chat démarrera." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "External options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 msgid "" -"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " -"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." +"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" +" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." msgstr "" -"Si aucun opérateur n'est disponible et/ou si le canal n'est pas publié sur " -"le site Web, alors les visiteurs ne verront pas le bouton de chat." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " -"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " -"answered wherever you are in Odoo." +"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " +"single live chat page." msgstr "" -"Les conversations initiées par des visiteurs apparaissent également dans le " -"module Discuss en plus de s'afficher comme un message en direct. Ainsi, vous" -" pouvez répondre aux questions à partir de n'importe quel endroit dans Odoo." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "Managing chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 msgid "" -"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " -"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." +"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " +"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" +" Odoo." msgstr "" -"Si plusieurs opérateurs ont rejoint le canal, le système répartira " -"aléatoirement les sessions de visiteurs entre eux." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " +"operators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 +msgid "Leave or join a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Évaluations" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " +"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " +"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Customer Rating" +msgstr "Évaluation de la clientèle" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " +"for an explanation is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 +msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "Make the rating public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " +"rating of that channel on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 +msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" +"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 msgid "Use commands" msgstr "Utilisez des commandes" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 msgid "" -"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " -"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " -"into the chat. The following actions are available :" +"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" msgstr "" -"Les commandes sont des raccourcis utiles pour réaliser certaines actions ou " -"pour retrouver les informations dont vous pourriez avoir besoin. Pour " -"utiliser cette fonctionnalité, tapez simplement les commandes dans le chat. " -"Les actions suivantes sont disponibles :" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 -msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." -msgstr "**/aide** : afficher un message d'aide." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 -msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/support technique** : créer un ticket d'assistance technique." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 -msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 +msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." msgstr "" -"**/support technique\\_cherchez** : chercher un ticket d'assistance " -"technique." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 -msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." -msgstr "**/historique** : afficher les 15 dernières pages visitées." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 +msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 -msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." -msgstr "**/piste** : créer une nouvelle piste." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 +msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 -msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." -msgstr "**/quitter** : quitter le canal de discussion." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 +msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 +msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 +msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 msgid "" -"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " -"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " -"The same goes for the creation of a lead." +"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " +"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." msgstr "" -"Si un ticket d'assistance technique est créé depuis le chat, alors la " -"discussion à partir de laquelle il a été généré s'affichera automatiquement " -"dans la description du ticket. Il en va de même pour la création d'une " -"piste." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " +"link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" +" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 msgid "Send canned responses" msgstr "Envoyez des réponses toutes prêtes" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " -"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " -"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " -"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," -" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " -"assigned." +"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " +"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " +"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." msgstr "" -"Les réponses toutes prêtes vous permettent de créer des phrases alternatives" -" à celles que vous utilisez fréquemment. Devoir taper un mot au lieu de " -"devoir en taper plusieurs vous fera gagner beaucoup de temps. Pour ajouter " -"des réponses toute prêtes, allez sur :menuselection:`CHATTER --> " -"Configuration --> Réponses toute prêtes` et créez autant de réponses que " -"vous en avez besoin. Pour les utiliser ensuite pendant une séance de chat, " -"tapez simplement \":\" suivi du raccourci que vous leur avez attribué." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 msgid "" -"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " -"visitors, enjoy !" +"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " +"shortcut word you created." msgstr "" -"Vous avez maintenant tout les outils nécessaires pour chatter en direct avec" -" les visiteurs de votre site Web. Amusez-vous!" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po index cf62e484e..e78d60772 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po @@ -4,19 +4,19 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Jérôme Tanché , 2019 # thomas quertinmont , 2019 # Fernanda Marques , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuration" @@ -756,168 +756,318 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontract the manufacturing" +msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 msgid "" -"Some businesses subcontract the production of finished products through " -"subcontractors. This can be easily managed through Odoo." +"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " +"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 +msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and tick the box *Subcontracting*." +"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Application Fabrication --> Configuration --> " -"Paramètres` et cliquez sur la case *Sous-traitance*." -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:17 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 +msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 +msgid "Control subcontractors bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 msgid "" -"You can now define subcontracted *Bill of Materials*. Therefore, you need to" -" go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data --> Bill of Materials` " -"and hit *Create*. In this *BoM*, list the components which will be used by " -"the subcontractor to manufacture the subcontracted finished product. Specify" -" that the *BoM* type is *Subcontracting* and define one or several " -"subcontractors who will provide you the product." +"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " +"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:29 -msgid "And... the configuration part is already done!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32 -msgid "Receive or buy a subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:34 -msgid "You have two options to trigger the subcontracting of a product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:36 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 msgid "" -"**Option A**: You can buy the subcontracted product from your subcontractor" +"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " +"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 -msgid "**Option B**: You can directly receive the subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:40 -msgid "Let’s start with option A (option B is just a simpler version of it)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:42 msgid "" -"Create a new purchase order. The vendor must be a subcontractor. The unit " -"price should be the cost you are paying to the subcontractor for the " -"subcontracting (thus, it’s not necessarily the total cost of the " -"subcontracted product)." +"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " +"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " +"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " +"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " +"directly from the subcontractor." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:50 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 msgid "" -"The validation of the purchase order automatically creates the receipt. " -"Whenever you receive the product, you can validate the receipt. The " -"following stock moves are created:" +"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" +" subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 +msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 -msgid "For the components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:56 -msgid "From Subcontracting To Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:58 -msgid "For the subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60 -msgid "From Production to Subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:62 -msgid "From Subcontracting to Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 msgid "" -"The *Subcontracting Location* represents the place where the products are at" -" your subcontractor’s warehouse. It is configured as an internal location, " -"the components that are sent to the subcontractor are still valued in your " -"stock." +"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " +"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " +"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " +"subcontractor on the *BoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:69 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 msgid "" -"For option B, you can simply create the receipt manually with a partner of " -"type subcontractor defined on it." +"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " +"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " +"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73 -msgid "Receive or buy a subcontracted product with tracked components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:75 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 msgid "" -"In case the subcontracted product you receive from your subcontractor " -"contains tracked components, you will need to specify the *serial/lot " -"numbers* of the components in question for traceability. This operation is " -"included in the receipt of the subcontracted product." +"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " +"(3);" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:80 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 +msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 msgid "" -"On the receipt, you see a *Record Components* button appearing when " -"necessary. If you click on it, a *Produce* wizard opens in which you will " -"have to enter the *serial/lot numbers* of the components, and the finished " -"product if it is also tracked, like in the below example." +"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " +"validated receipt (5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " +"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " +"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " +"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " +"materials used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "Valorisation de l'inventaire" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 +msgid "**C = A + B + s**" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Once this information has been entered, you will see a new icon on the " -"receipt stock move, which will allow you to find back the components which " -"are part of the finished product." +msgid "With:" +msgstr "Avec :" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 +msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:99 -msgid "Resupply the subcontractor with the components" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:101 -msgid "" -"There are 3 ways to manage the resupply of your subcontractor with the " -"components:" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "subcontractor;" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:104 -msgid "" -"**Manually**: You create a delivery order in which you set the subcontractor" -" as a partner and you choose the components to deliver." +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 +msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:110 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 msgid "" -"You therefore need to activate *Multi-locations* in the inventory settings." +"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " +"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " +"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " +"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " +"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " +"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" +" accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " +"proposed price coming from the finished products C." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 msgid "" -"**With reordering rules**: You can define a *reordering rule* on the " -"*Subcontracting location* to ensure that they are always enough components " -"sent to your subcontractors. When the reordering rule is triggered, a " -"delivery order is created for the product is automatically created." +"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" +" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " +"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:120 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "Traçabilité" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 msgid "" -"**On order**: You can also deliver the components to your subcontractors " -"each time you order a subcontracted product. For this, you need to tick the " -"route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted components." +"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " +"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " +"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " +"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " +"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 +msgid "" +"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " +"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 +msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " +"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 +msgid "" +"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " +"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " +"subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 +msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " +"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " +"address and fill the components to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " +"approaches:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 +msgid "Reordering rules;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 +msgid "Replenish on order flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 +msgid "" +"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " +"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " +"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" +" subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " +"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " +"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " +"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " +"components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 +msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " +"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " +"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " +"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " +"shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 +msgid "" +"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " +"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "Contrôle qualité" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 +msgid "" +"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " +"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " +"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " +"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 +msgid "" +"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " +"a new *Control Point* on the reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " +"product is received." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po index 0fbca3ec0..d099382c2 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -316,6 +316,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" msgstr "" +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po index 92a56d862..952243894 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po @@ -7,15 +7,16 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Alexandra Jubert , 2020 # Fernanda Marques , 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Jérôme Tanché , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,120 +28,125 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Planning" msgstr "Planification" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 -msgid "Create a schedule and make encoding easier" -msgstr "Créez un planning et facilitez l'encodage" +#: ../../planning/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:4 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:5 msgid "" "Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create" " shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high" " level." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:8 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 msgid "Organize your team by roles" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to" " the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under " "*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:18 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20 msgid "Make shifts recurrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:19 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:22 msgid "" "While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you " "from the need of re-planning it." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:28 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30 msgid "" "Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is " -"possible in developer mode, from *Settings*." +"possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"from *Settings*." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:32 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38 msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:36 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:41 msgid "Save shifts as templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:37 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:43 msgid "" -"If creating a shift on the fly and knowing that you will use that template " -"in the future, click on *Save as a Template*." +"If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the " +"future, click on *Save as a Template*." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:46 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 msgid "" "To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Shifts Templates --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:55 msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week" msgstr "Dupliquez un planning de la semaine précédente" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:52 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:57 msgid "" "When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or " "Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, " "simply click on *Copy Previous Week*." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:61 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65 msgid "" "The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you " "grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation " "time, for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 -msgid "Send planned shifts and give employees autonomy over shifts" +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 +msgid "Send Planned Shifts and Give Employees Autonomy Over Shifts" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:4 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, " -"loosing productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts " -"helps you to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." +"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, losing" +" productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts helps you " +"to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:9 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email" msgstr "Publiez et envoyez le planning par email" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:12 msgid "" "Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include" " Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:17 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19 msgid "" "Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish " -"and Send*, employees will get an email that will redirect them to their " -"planned tasks:" +"and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned " +"tasks:" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:25 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:26 msgid "" "Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts" msgstr "Laissez vos employés se désassigner eux-mêmes des postes" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:30 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:31 msgid "" "Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an " "employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I " @@ -148,6 +154,6 @@ msgid "" "take it." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:45 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44 msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index bfa2c2a14..ed2a177ec 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -6,11 +6,11 @@ # Translators: # Xavier Belmere , 2019 # Eloïse Stilmant , 2019 -# Julien Bertrand , 2019 # Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Jérôme Tanché , 2019 -# Laura Piraux , 2019 # Cécile Collart , 2019 +# 0169fee580ff5de3f9b7241d14f30af9_5f30934 <1948a2319336319ed4429b6139c8c1c2_916898>, 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché , 2020 +# Laura Piraux , 2020 # Fernanda Marques , 2020 # #, fuzzy @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -32,433 +32,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Point of Sale" msgstr "Point de vente" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced topics" -msgstr "Rubriques avancées" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "Utilisation de codes-barres dans le PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" -"L'utilisation d'un lecteur de codes-barres pour traiter les commandes du " -"point de vente améliore votre efficacité et vous permet d'économiser du " -"temps pour vous et pour vos clients." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:20 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Pour utiliser un lecteur de codes-barres, allez à: menuselection: `Point de " -"Vente -> Configuration -> Point de Vente` et sélectionnez votre interface " -"PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "" -"Sous la catégorie IoT Box / Matériel, vous trouverez *Lecteur de codes-" -"barres* , sélectionnez-le." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "Ajoutez des codes-barres à vos produits" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Catalogue --> Produits` et " -"sélectionnez un produit." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "" -"Sous l'onglet Informations générales, vous trouverez le champ code-barres " -"dans lequel vous pouvez entrer n'importe quel code-barres." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "Scannez des produits" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" -"Depuis votre interface PdV, scannez n'importe quel code-barres avec votre " -"lecteur de codes-barres. Le produit y sera ajouté, vous pouvez rescanner le " -"même produit pour l'ajouter plusieurs fois ou alors modifier manuellement la" -" quantité à l'écran." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:3 -msgid "Cash Rounding" -msgstr "Arrondi des paiements en espèces" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:4 -msgid "" -"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " -"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." -msgstr "" -"**L'arrondi des paiements en espèces** est requis lorsque la plus petite " -"devise physique, ou la plus petite monnaie, est supérieure à la plus petite " -"unité de compte." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " -"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " -"made in cash." -msgstr "" -"Par exemple, certains pays demandent aux entreprises d'arrondir le total de " -"leurs factures de cinq cents vers le haut ou vers le bas lorsque le paiement" -" se fait en liquide." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " -"totals of its bills or receipts." -msgstr "" -"Chaque point de vente dans Odoo peut être configuré pour appliquer " -"l'arrondissement des paiements en espèces aux totaux des factures ou des " -"reçus." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "" -"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" -" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." -msgstr "" -"Cette fonctionnalité sera bientôt ajoutée dans Odoo. Actuellement, nous nous" -" efforçons de la rendre disponible dans toutes les versions supportées." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Point de vente --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et " -"activez l'option *Arrondi des paiements en espèces*, puis cliquez sur " -"*Enregistrer*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" -" option." -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Point de vente --> Configuration --> Points de " -"vente`, ouvrez le point de vente à configurer et activez l'option *Arrondi " -"des paiements en espèces*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " -"*Create and Edit...*." -msgstr "" -"Pour définir la **Méthode d'arrondi**, ouvrez la liste déroulante et cliquez" -" sur *Créer et éditer...*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," -" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." -msgstr "" -"Définissez-y votre *Précision d'arrondi*, votre *Compte Profit*, et votre " -"*Compte résultat*, puis enregistrez les deux méthodes d'arrondi dans les " -"paramètres de votre Point de vente." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:41 -msgid "" -"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" -" according to your settings." -msgstr "" -"Désormais, une ligne est ajoutée à tous les totaux de ce point de vente pour" -" appliquer l'arrondi selon vos paramètres. " - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " -"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." -msgstr "" -"Le Point de vente Odoo ne prend en charge que les stratégies d'arrondi " -"*Ajouter une ligne d'arrondi* et les méthodes d'arrondi *Moitié*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 -msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" -msgstr "Acceptez le paiement par carte de crédit en utilisant Mercury" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " -"`__) is required to accept credit card payments" -" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " -"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " -"American businesses." -msgstr "" -"Un compte MercuryPay (voir `*le site internet MercuryPay* " -"` __) est requis pour accepter les paiements " -"par carte de crédit dans Odoo 11 PdV avec un lecteur de cartes intégré. " -"MercuryPay ne fonctionne qu'avec des banques américaines et canadiennes, ce " -"qui rend cette méthode adaptée uniquement aux entreprises nord-américaines." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 -msgid "" -"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " -"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " -"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr "" -"Une alternative au lecteur de cartes intégré est de travailler avec un " -"lecteur de cartes autonome, de copier le montant de la transaction depuis " -"l'écran PdV Odoo dans le lecteur de cartes, et d'enregistrer la transaction " -"dans Odoo PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 -msgid "Install Mercury" -msgstr "Installez Mercury" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " -"module." -msgstr "" -"Pour installer Mercury, allez à :menuselection:`Apps` et recherchez le " -"module *Mercury*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury " -"Configurations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " -"credentials." -msgstr "" -"Créez une nouvelle configuration pour les cartes de crédit et entrez vos " -"identifiants Mercury." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods` and create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Ensuite, allez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Modes " -"de paiement` et créez-en un nouveau." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " -"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." -msgstr "" -"Sous *Point de Vente*, lorsque vous sélectionnez *Utiliser dans ce Point de " -"Vente*, vous pouvez sélectionner les identifiants Mercury que vous venez de " -"créer." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez maintenant une nouvelle option de paiement par carte de crédit " -"lors de la validation d'un paiement." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Log in with employee" -msgstr "Se connecter avec les employés" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " -"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " -"made for that session." -msgstr "" -"Avec Odoo *Point de vente*, vous pouvez gérer plusieurs cassiers. Avec cette" -" fonctionnalité vous permet de garder une trace de qui travaille, de quand " -"et de combien chaque caissier a gagné pour cette session." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," -" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." -msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, il existe trois façons de changer de caissiers : en " -"*sélectionnant le caissier*, en *entrant un code PIN* ou en *scannant un " -"code-barres*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." -msgstr "" -"Pour gérer plusieurs cassiers, vous devez avoir au moins deux employés." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:16 -msgid "Set up log in with employees" -msgstr "Configurer une connexion avec les employés" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " -"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " -"the cash register." -msgstr "" -"Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, allez à *Paramètres PdV* et vérifiez la " -"connexion avec les employées sur votre *Formulaire PdV*. Puis, ajoutez-y les" -" employés qui ont accès à la caisse enregistreuse." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:25 -msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." -msgstr "Vous pouvez maintenant facilement changer de caissiers." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:28 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "Changer sans utiliser un code PIN" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" -" cashier name in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"La façon la plus facile pour changer de caissiers est de ne pas utiliser un " -"code. Cliquez simplement sur le nom du caissier dans votre interface PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:36 -msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." -msgstr "Puis, cliquez tout simplement sur votre nom." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:42 -msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" -msgstr "Changer de caissier en utilisant un code PIN" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " -"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez configurer un code PIN pour chaque caissier. Il suffit d'aller " -"sur le formulaire de l'employé et ajouter un code PIN dans l' *Onglet " -"Paramètres RH*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:50 -msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." -msgstr "" -"Maintenant, lors que vous souhaitez changer de caissier, un code PIN sera " -"demandé." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:56 -msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" -msgstr "Changer de caissier en utilisant un code-barres" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " -"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" -" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez demander à vos employés de s'identifier avec leurs badges. Il " -"suffit de configurer un code-barres là où vous avez ajouté le code PIN. " -"Imprimez le badge, lorsqu'un employé le scannera, il deviendra le caissier." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:67 -msgid "Find who was the cashier" -msgstr "Retrouver qui était le caissier" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " -"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." -msgstr "" -"Après avoir fermé votre *session PdV*, vous pouvez avoir un aperçu du " -"montant vendu par chaque caissier. Pour cela, allez au menu des commandes." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:75 -msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez désormais avoir un récapitulatif des produits vendus en ouvrant " -"la commande." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "Réimprimer des reçus" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez la fonctionnalité *Réimpression du reçu* si vous devez réimprimer " -"un ticket." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Pour activer la fonctionnalité *Réimpression du reçu*, allez à " -":menuselection:`Point de vente --> Configuration --> Point de vente`. et " -"sélectionnez votre interface PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "" -"Sous la catégorie Factures et Reçus, vous trouvez l'option *Réimpression du " -"reçu*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " -"receipt printer." -msgstr "" -"Pour autoriser l'option réimpression du reçu, vous devez activer " -"l'imprimante de reçus." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "Réimprimer un reçu" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" -"Sur votre interface PdV, vous avez maintenant un bouton *Réimpression du " -"reçu*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "Il vous donne la possibilité de réimprimer votre dernier reçu." - #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 msgid "Pricing Features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fonctionnalités de Tarification" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" @@ -535,6 +111,132 @@ msgstr "" "Ensuite scannez l'étiquette de remise. La réduction sera appliquée et vous " "pourrez terminer la transaction." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Apply Discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " +"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " +"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " +"strategy tailored to every business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "Appliquez des remises manuelles" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " +"inside an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "Appliquez une remise sur un produit" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 +msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "Appliquez une remise globale" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 +msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 +msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" +" discount on oranges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "Appliquez des remises limitées dans le temps" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " +"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" +" the PoS and define a default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "Créez une liste de prix" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " +"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " +"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 +msgid "" +"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " +"Then, you can finalize the order." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 msgid "Manage a loyalty program" msgstr "Gérez un programme de fidélité" @@ -547,6 +249,19 @@ msgstr "" "Encouragez vos clients à continuer à faire leurs achats dans votre Point de " "Vente avec un *programme de fidélité*." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:20 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuration" + #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 msgid "" "To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " @@ -592,7 +307,6 @@ msgstr "" "ont assez de points selon les règles définies dans le programme de fidélité." #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 msgid "" "You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" " finalize the order in your usual way." @@ -602,7 +316,6 @@ msgstr "" "habituelle." #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 msgid "" "If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " "can of course change it." @@ -610,196 +323,64 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous sélectionnez un client avec une liste de prix par défaut, il sera " "appliqué. Vous pouvez bien sûr en changer." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "Appliquez des remises manuelles" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez rarement des remises, appliquer des remises manuelles peut " -"être la solution la plus simple pour votre Point de vente." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez soit appliquer une réduction sur l'ensemble de la commande ou " -"sur des produits spécifiques." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "Appliquez une remise sur un produit" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 -msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." -msgstr "Depuis votre interface de session, utilisez le bouton *Rem* ." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " -"currently selected and the discount will be applied." +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ensuite entrer une remise (en pourcentage) sur le produit " -"actuellement sélectionné et la réduction sera appliquée." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "Appliquez une remise globale" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." msgstr "" -"Pour appliquer une remise sur l'ensemble de la commande, allez à " -":menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et " -"sélectionnez votre interface PdV." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 msgid "" -"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." msgstr "" -"Sous la catégorie *Tarification* , vous trouverez *Remises globales* " -"sélectionnez-le." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 -msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez maintenant un nouveau bouton *Remise* dans votre interface PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." msgstr "" -"Une fois cliqué vous pouvez alors entrer la remise désirée (en " -"pourcentages)." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " -"product discount also at 50%." -msgstr "" -"Sur cet exemple, vous pouvez voir une réduction globale de 50% ainsi qu'une " -"réduction de 50% spécifique au produit." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "Appliquez des remises limitées dans le temps" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " -"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " -"pricing strategy tailored to your business." -msgstr "" -"Encouragez vos clients et augmentez vos revenus en offrant des remises " -"limitées dans le temps ou saisonnières. Odoo dispose d'une fonction poussée " -"de liste de prix pour soutenir une stratégie de tarification adaptée à votre" -" activité." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " -"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Pour activer la fonction *Liste de Prix*, allez à :menuselection:`Point de " -"vente --> Configuration --> Point de vente` et sélectionnez votre interface " -"PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " -"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" -" on *Pricelists*." -msgstr "" -"Choisissez les listes de prix que vous souhaitez mettre à disposition dans " -"ce Point de Vente et définissez la liste de prix par défaut. Vous pouvez " -"accéder à toutes vos Listes de Prix en cliquant sur *Liste de prix*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "Créez une liste de prix" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" -msgstr "" -"Vous avez une *Liste de prix publique* par défaut, pour en créer d'autres, " -"allez à :menuselection:`Point de vente --> Catalogue --> Listes de prix`." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " -"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " -"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " -"whole range." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez définir plusieurs critères pour utiliser un prix spécifique: " -"périodes, quantité min. (répondre à une quantité minimum commandée et " -"obtenir une réduction de prix), etc. Vous pouvez également choisir " -"d'appliquer uniquement cette liste de prix sur des produits spécifiques ou " -"sur toute la gamme." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 -msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" -msgstr "Utilisation d'une liste de prix dans l'interface PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " -"select the right pricelist." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez maintenant un nouveau bouton au-dessus de celui nommé *Client*, " -"utilisez-le pour sélectionner instantanément la bonne liste de prix." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze sales" -msgstr "Analysez les ventes" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 -msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" -msgstr "Affichez les statistiques de votre Point de Vente" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " -"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " -"statistics." -msgstr "" -"Garder une trace de vos ventes est fondamental pour toute entreprise. C'est " -"pourquoi Odoo vous offre une vue pratique pour analyser vos ventes et " -"obtenir des statistiques significatives." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "Visualisez vos statistiques" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " -"--> Orders`" -msgstr "" -"Pour accéder à vos statistiques, allez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente -> " -"Rapport -> Commandes`" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 -msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ensuite voir vos différentes statistiques sous forme de " -"graphique ou de table pivot." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 -msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également accéder aux vues de statistiques en cliquant ici" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modules de Données fiscales" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" @@ -989,10 +570,170 @@ msgstr "Utilisation du PdV sans connexion à l'IoT Box (et donc FDM)" msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" msgstr "Modules blacklistés: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Commencer" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " +"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" +" device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " +"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " +"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 +msgid "Make products available in the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" +" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " +"*Available in Point of Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "Configurez vos modes de paiement" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " +"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" +" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" +" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " +"payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " +"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 +msgid "Your first PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "Votre première commande" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 +msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 +msgid "Return and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " +"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " +"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " +"repeat the process individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " +"process the payment and validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "Fermer la session PdV" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " +"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" +" the dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 +msgid "" +"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " +"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " +"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " +"post the closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " +"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database <../../iot/config/connect>` " +"and :doc:`Use the IoT Box for the PoS <../../iot/config/pos>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "Visualisez vos statistiques" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " +"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " +"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " +"pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 +msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 msgid "Register customers" msgstr "Enregistrer des clients" @@ -1035,221 +776,6 @@ msgstr "" "Utilisez le bouton Enregistrer lorsque vous avez terminé. Vous pouvez " "ensuite sélectionner ce client dans toutes les transactions futures." -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" -msgstr "Démarrer avec le Point de Vente Odoo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " -"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " -"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." -msgstr "" -"L'application en ligne Point de Vente d'Odoo est basée sur une interface " -"simple et conviviale. L'application Point de Vente peut être utilisée en " -"ligne ou hors ligne sur des iPads, des tablettes Android ou des ordinateurs " -"portables." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " -"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " -"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " -"customer can be identified from the app." -msgstr "" -"Le Point de Vente Odoo est entièrement intégré aux applications d'inventaire" -" et de comptabilité. Toute transaction dans votre point de vente sera " -"automatiquement enregistrée dans vos entrées de stock et de comptabilité " -"mais également dans votre CRM puisque le client peut être identifié depuis " -"l'application." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " -"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." -msgstr "" -"Vous serez en mesure d'obtenir des statistiques et des consolidations en " -"temps réel dans toutes vos boutiques sans avoir à intégrer plusieurs " -"applications externes." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 -msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" -msgstr "Installer l'application Point de Vente" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." -msgstr "Allez à la page Apps et installez l'application Point de Vente." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " -"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " -"settings." -msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez Odoo Comptabilité, n'oubliez pas d'installer un plan de " -"comptes si ce n'est déjà fait. Cela peut être réalisé dans les paramètres de" -" comptabilité." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 -msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "Rendez des produits disponibles dans le Point de Vente" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" -" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" -"Pour rendre les produits disponibles à la vente dans le Point de Vente, " -"ouvrez un produit, rendez-vous dans l'onglet Ventes et cochez la case " -"\"Disponible dans le Point de Vente\"." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également définir ici si le produit doit être pesé avec une " -"balance." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "Configurez vos modes de paiement" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" -" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " -"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." -msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter un nouveau mode de paiement pour un Point de Vente, allez à " -":menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente --> " -"Choisissez un Point de Vente --> Allez à la section de Paiements` et cliquez" -" sur sur le lien \"Modes de paiement\"." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" -" in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" -"Maintenant, vous pouvez créer des nouveaux modes de paiement. N'oubliez pas " -"de cocher la case \"Utiliser au Point de Vente\"." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" -" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." -msgstr "" -"Dès que vos modes de paiement sont créés, vous pouvez décider dans quel " -"Point de Vente vous souhaitez les rendre disponibles, cela se fait dans la " -"configuration du Point de Vente." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 -msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" -msgstr "Configurez votre Point de Vente" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " -"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente`" -" et sélectionnez le point de vente que vous voulez configurer. Depuis ce " -"menu, vous pouvez modifier tous les paramètres de votre Point de Vente." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 -msgid "Create your first PoS session" -msgstr "Créez votre première session PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "Votre première commande" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 -msgid "" -"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " -"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." -msgstr "" -"Vous êtes maintenant prêt à faire vos premières ventes à travers le PdV. " -"Depuis le tableau de bord du PdV, vous voyez tous vos points de vente et " -"vous pouvez commencer une nouvelle session." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 -msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "Vous arrivez maintenant sur l'interface PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." -msgstr "" -"Une fois qu'une commande est terminée, vous pouvez enregistrer le paiement. " -"Tous les modes de paiement disponibles apparaissent à gauche de l'écran. " -"Sélectionnez le mode de paiement et entrez le montant reçu. Validez ensuite " -"le paiement." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 -msgid "You can register the next orders." -msgstr "Vous pouvez enregistrer les prochaines commandes." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "Fermer la session PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " -"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " -"now close the session from the dashboard." -msgstr "" -"À la fin de la journée, vous fermerez votre session PdV. Pour cela, cliquez " -"sur le bouton de fermeture qui apparaît dans le coin en haut à droite et " -"confirmez. Vous pouvez maintenant fermer la session à partir du tableau de " -"bord." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 -msgid "" -"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" -"Il est fortement conseillé de fermer votre session PdV à la fin de chaque " -"journée." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 -msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." -msgstr "" -"Vous verrez alors un récapitulatif de toutes les transactions classées par " -"mode de paiement." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 -msgid "" -"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" -" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur l'une des lignes de ce récapitulatif pour voir toutes les " -"commandes qui ont été payées via ce mode de paiement au cours de cette " -"session PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " -"closing entries." -msgstr "" -"Si tout est correct, vous pouvez valider la session PdV et afficher les " -"entrées de clôture." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 -msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." -msgstr "C'est fait, vous avez maintenant fermé votre première session de PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " -":doc:`../../../iot/config/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/config/pos`" -msgstr "" -"Pour connecter le PdV à un matériel via une Odoo IoT Box, consultez la " -"section :doc:`../../../iot/config/connect` and " -":doc:`../../../iot/config/pos`" - #: ../../point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 msgid "Payment Terminals" msgstr "Terminaux de paiement" @@ -1275,9 +801,8 @@ msgstr "" "Benelux." #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 -msgid "Connect a Payment Terminal" -msgstr "Connectez un terminal de paiement" +msgid "Connect an IoT Box" +msgstr "Connecter une IoT Box" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -1291,24 +816,11 @@ msgstr "" " la connexion d'une IoT Box tà votre base de données, consultez la " ":doc:`documentation IoT <../../iot/config/connect>`." -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Once the IoT Box is up and running, you’ll need to link your payment " -"terminal to your PoS. Open the *Point of Sale* app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`. Select a PoS, tick the IoT" -" Box Device option and select your payment terminal." -msgstr "" -"Dès que l'IoT Box sera fonctionnelle, vous devrez relier votre terminal de " -"paiement à votre PdV. Pour cela, ouvrez l'application *Point de vente* et " -"allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point de vente`. Choisissez un " -"PdV, cochez l'option Appareils IoT Box et sélectionnez votre terminal de " -"paiement." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:30 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" msgstr "Configurez le terminal Lane/5000 pour Ingenico BENELUX" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:32 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 msgid "" "Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " "Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." @@ -1316,7 +828,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cliquez sur l'icône F du terminal, puis allez à :menuselection:`PdV Menu -->" " Paramètres` et introduisez les paramètres du mot de passe." -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:35 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " "(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " @@ -1328,11 +840,11 @@ msgstr "" " Entrez ensuite le port 9000. Dès que le terminal a démarré, allez sur le " "formulaire de votre *IoT Box* dans Odoo et vérifiez qu'il a bien été ajouté." -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 msgid "Configure the payment method" msgstr "Configuration du mode de paiement" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:46 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 msgid "" "First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " "setting." @@ -1340,7 +852,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour commencer, allez sur les paramètres généraux de votre application PdV " "et activez les paramètres Ingenico." -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:52 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 msgid "" "Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " "Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " @@ -1352,11 +864,11 @@ msgstr "" "paiement. Créez un nouveau mode de paiement pour Ingenico, sélectionnez " "l'option terminal de paiement, puis sélectionnez votre terminal de paiement." -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:61 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" msgstr "Payer avec un terminal de paiement" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:63 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 msgid "" "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " "Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " @@ -1370,7 +882,7 @@ msgstr "" "paiement et cliquez sur *Envoyer*. Dès que le paiement est fait, le statut " "change vers *Paiement effectué*." -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:72 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " "retry to send the payment request." @@ -1378,7 +890,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous voulez annuler la requête de paiement, cliquez sur annuler. Par la " "suite, il est encore possible de renvoyer une requête de paiement." -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:75 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" @@ -1389,7 +901,7 @@ msgstr "" "valider la commande dans Odoo même si la connexion entre le terminal et Odoo" " ne fonctionne pas." -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:81 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 msgid "" "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " "you the connexion failed." @@ -1397,8 +909,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cette option ne sera disponible que si vous avez reçu un message d'erreur " "vous indiquant que votre connexion a échoué." -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:84 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:103 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 msgid "" "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " "of card that has been used and the transaction ID." @@ -1407,104 +918,47 @@ msgstr "" "trouverez le type de carte qui a été utilisée ainsi que la transaction ID." #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 -msgid "Connect SIX/Worldline to your PoS" -msgstr "Connectez SIX/Worldline à votre PdV" +msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX/Worldline payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid " -"payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " +"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" -"La connexion d'un terminal de paiement SIX/Worldline vous permet d'offrir un" -" flux de paiement fluide à vos clients et facilite le travail de vos " -"caissiers." #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 -msgid "Please note SIX/Worldine is currently only available for UE customers." -msgstr "" -"Attention : SIX/Worldine n'est actuellement disponible que pour les clients " -"de l'UE." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:17 msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX/Worldline Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that " -"requires an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " -"<../../iot/config/connect>`." +"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " +"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " +"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " +"integration." msgstr "" -"La connexion d'un terminal de paiement SIX/Worldline à Odoo est une " -"fonctionnalité qui requière une IoT Box. Pour plus d'informations concernant" -" la connexion d'une IoT Box tà votre base de données, consultez la " -":doc:`documentation IoT <../../iot/config/connect>`." -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Once the *IoT Box* is up and running, you’ll need to link it to your PoS. " -"Open the Point of Sale app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point" -" of Sale`. Select a PoS, tick the IoT Box Device option and select your " -"payment terminal." -msgstr "" -"Dès que l'IoT Box sera fonctionnelle, vous devrez la lier à votre PdV. Pour " -"cela, ouvrez l'application *Point de vente* et allez sur " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Point de vente`. Choisissez un PdV, cochez" -" l'option Appareils IoT Box et sélectionnez votre terminal de paiement." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then go to your *IoT Box homepage* (accessible from the IoT Box form view in" -" Odoo) and enter the ID of your Six payment terminal." -msgstr "" -"Allez ensuite à la *page d'accueil de votre l'IoT Box* (accessible depuis la" -" vue formulaire de l'IoT Box dans Odoo) et introduisez l'ID de votre " -"terminal de paiement Six." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You should now see that the terminal is connected to your IoT Box (it takes " -"+/- 1 min)." -msgstr "" -"Le terminal devrait maintenant être connecté à votre IoT Box (cela prend " -"environ 1 min)." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:43 -msgid "" -"The terminal should only be connected to the network with the Ethernet. Do " -"not connect it to the IoT Box with a USB Cable." -msgstr "" -"Le terminal doit être connecté au réseau uniquement via un câble Ethernet. " -"Ne le connectez pas à votre IoT Box via un câble USB." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:47 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 msgid "Configure the Payment Method" msgstr "Configuration du mode de paiement" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:49 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the SIX " -"setting." +"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " +"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." msgstr "" -"Allez d'abord dans les paramètres généraux de votre application PdV et " -"activez le paramètre SIX." -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:55 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 msgid "" -"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " -"payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal option SIX, and select " -"your payment terminal device." +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " +"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." msgstr "" -"Retournez à :menuselection:`Point de vente --> Configuration --> Point de " -"vente`, allez dans la section paiements et accédez à vos modes de paiement. " -"Créez un nouveau mode de paiement pour SIX, choisissez l'option terminal de " -"paiement SIX, puis sélectionnez votre terminal de paiement." -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:64 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" msgstr "Payer avec un terminal de paiement" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:66 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 msgid "" "In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" " using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " @@ -1517,7 +971,7 @@ msgstr "" "paiement et cliquez sur *Envoyer*. Cliquez sur annuler pour annuler la " "requête de paiement." -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:74 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 msgid "" "When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " "You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." @@ -1526,7 +980,7 @@ msgstr "" "est toujours possible d'annuler la dernière transaction en cliquant sur " "*Annuler*." -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:81 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" @@ -1537,29 +991,6 @@ msgstr "" "valider la commande dans Odoo même si la connexion entre le terminal et Odoo" " ne fonctionne pas." -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:87 -msgid "Close your Session" -msgstr "Fermez votre session" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:89 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, before closing your session, you need to send the " -"balance of the payments to SIX. To do that, click on this button." -msgstr "" -"Vous devez envoyer la balance des paiements à SIX avant de fermer votre " -"session à la fin de la journée. Pour le faire, cliquez sur ce bouton." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Once the balance has been sent, the SIX shift is closed, meaning you cannot " -"do additional operations with the SIX payment terminal (except if you reopen" -" a shift by clicking on the user name and selecting a cashier)." -msgstr "" -"Dès que la balance des paiements a été envoyée, le service SIX est fermé, ce" -" qui signifie que vous ne pouvez plus faire des opérations supplémentaires " -"avec le terminal de paiement SIX (sauf si vous rouvrez le service en " -"cliquant sur le nom d'utilisateur et en sélectionnant un caissier)." - #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" msgstr "Connectez un terminal de paiement Vantiv à votre PdV" @@ -1622,7 +1053,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 msgid "Restaurant Features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fonctionnalités de Restaurant" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 msgid "Print the Bill" @@ -1670,6 +1101,61 @@ msgstr "Sur votre interface PdV, vous avez maintenant un bouton *Facture*." msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." msgstr "Lorsque vous l'utilisez, vous pouvez ensuite imprimer la facture." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 +msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " +"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " +"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " +"away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 +msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," +" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 +msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 +msgid "Using fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " +"fiscal position you need for the current order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 +msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " +"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " +"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " +"choose one to set as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " +"interface." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" msgstr "Imprimer les commandes à la cuisine ou au bar" @@ -1741,77 +1227,122 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsque vous appuyez dessus, il imprimera l'ordre sur votre imprimante de la" " cuisine /du bar." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Register multiple orders" -msgstr "Enregistrez plusieurs commandes" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " -"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your tables" msgstr "" -"L' App Point de Vente Odoo vous permet d'enregistrer plusieurs commandes " -"simultanément, vous donnant toute la flexibilité dont vous avez besoin." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" +" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " +"business in the best possible way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" +" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " +"and your employees to work efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " +"Bar/Restaurant*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 +msgid "" +"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " +"they are restaurant-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "Ajoutez un étage" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " +"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " +"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 +msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "Ajoutez des tables" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " +"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " +"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " +"sits the table can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "Enregistrer des commandes par table(s)" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " +"taken to your main interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "Transferez des clients" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " +"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 +msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " +"transferring your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 msgid "Register an additional order" msgstr "Enregistrer une commande supplémentaire" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 msgid "" -"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " -"order." +"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " +"another one." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous enregistrez une commande, vous pouvez utiliser le bouton *+* " -"afin d'en ajouter une nouvelle." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 msgid "" -"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " -"needed." +"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ensuite passer d'une commande à l'autre et traiter le paiement " -"en cas de besoin." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 -msgid "" -"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 +msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." msgstr "" -"En utilisant le bouton *-*, vous pouvez supprimer la commande en cours." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" -msgstr "Installation du PdV Restaurant / Bar" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " -"Sale application can help you to fulfill." -msgstr "" -"Les entreprises agroalimentaires ont des besoins très spécifiques que " -"l'application Odoo Point de Vente peut vous aider à remplir." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Pour activer les fonctionnalités *Bar / Restaurant*, allez à " -":menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et " -"sélectionnez votre interface PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" -msgstr "Sélectionnez *Est un bar / restaurant*" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " -"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez maintenant plusieurs options spécifiques pour vous aider à " -"configurer votre Point de Vente. Vous pouvez voir que ces options ont un " -"petit logo de couteau et de fourchette à côté d'eux." #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" @@ -1861,88 +1392,6 @@ msgstr "" "invité doit et de traiter le paiement, en répétant le processus pour chaque " "invité." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your table management" -msgstr "Configurez votre gestion de table" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" -" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " -"Point of sale`.." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que votre Point de Vente a été configuré pour l'utilisation d'un " -"bar / restaurant, sélectionnez *Gestion des tables* dans " -":menuselection:`Point de Vente -> Configuration -> Point de Vente`." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "Ajoutez un étage" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" -" *Floors*" -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous sélectionnez *Gestion des tables*, vous pouvez gérer vos étages" -" en cliquant sur *Étages*" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "Ajoutez des tables" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 -msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." -msgstr "" -"À partir de votre interface PdV, vous verrez maintenant votre/vos étage(s)." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" -" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous cliquez sur le crayon, vous entrez en mode édition, ce qui vous" -" permet de créer des tableaux, de les déplacer, de les modifier, ..." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " -"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " -"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " -"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." -msgstr "" -"Dans cet exemple, j'ai 2 tables rondes pour six personnes et 2 tables " -"carrées pour quatre personnes, je leur ai attribué des codes couleur pour " -"les rendre plus faciles à trouver, vous pouvez aussi les renommer, changer " -"leur forme, leur taille, le nombre de personnes par table et les dupliquer " -"avec la barre d'outils pratique." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 -msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." -msgstr "" -"Une fois votre plan d'étage défini, vous pouvez fermer le mode d'édition." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "Enregistrer des commandes par table(s)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " -"register an order and payment." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous sélectionnez une table, vous serez amené à votre interface " -"habituelle pour enregistrer une commande et un paiement." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" -" you can also transfer the order to another table." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez revenir rapidement à votre plan d'étage en sélectionnant le " -"bouton d'étage et vous pouvez également transférer la commande vers une " -"autre table." - #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" msgstr "Intégrez une option de pourboire dans le paiement" @@ -1991,42 +1440,74 @@ msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." msgstr "" "Ajoutez le pourboire que votre client veut donner et passez au paiement." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Transfer customers between tables" -msgstr "Changez les clients de table" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " -"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " -"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " -"you." -msgstr "" -"Si vos clients souhaitent changer de table après avoir passé une commande, " -"Odoo peut vous aider à transférer les clients et leur commande vers leur " -"nouvelle table, en gardant vos clients heureux sans que cela ne vous " -"complique la tâche." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "Transferez des clients" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 -msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez la table sur laquelle vos clients se trouvent actuellement. " - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " -"select the new table" -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez maintenant transférer les clients, utilisez simplement le bouton" -" de transfert et sélectionnez la nouvelle table" - #: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 msgid "Shop Features" +msgstr "Fonctionnalités de Boutique" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "Utilisation de codes-barres dans le PdV" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." msgstr "" +"L'utilisation d'un lecteur de codes-barres pour traiter les commandes du " +"point de vente améliore votre efficacité et vous permet d'économiser du " +"temps pour vous et pour vos clients." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Pour utiliser un lecteur de codes-barres, allez à: menuselection: `Point de " +"Vente -> Configuration -> Point de Vente` et sélectionnez votre interface " +"PdV." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "" +"Sous la catégorie IoT Box / Matériel, vous trouverez *Lecteur de codes-" +"barres* , sélectionnez-le." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "Ajoutez des codes-barres à vos produits" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Catalogue --> Produits` et " +"sélectionnez un produit." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" +"Sous l'onglet Informations générales, vous trouverez le champ code-barres " +"dans lequel vous pouvez entrer n'importe quel code-barres." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "Scannez des produits" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" +"Depuis votre interface PdV, scannez n'importe quel code-barres avec votre " +"lecteur de codes-barres. Le produit y sera ajouté, vous pouvez rescanner le " +"même produit pour l'ajouter plusieurs fois ou alors modifier manuellement la" +" quantité à l'écran." #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" @@ -2128,6 +1609,98 @@ msgstr "" " même solde de clôture que votre solde d'ouverture. Votre caisse est prête " "pour la prochaine session." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Arrondi des paiements en espèces" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" +"**L'arrondi des paiements en espèces** est requis lorsque la plus petite " +"devise physique, ou la plus petite monnaie, est supérieure à la plus petite " +"unité de compte." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" +"Par exemple, certains pays demandent aux entreprises d'arrondir le total de " +"leurs factures de cinq cents vers le haut ou vers le bas lorsque le paiement" +" se fait en liquide." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" +"Chaque point de vente dans Odoo peut être configuré pour appliquer " +"l'arrondissement des paiements en espèces aux totaux des factures ou des " +"reçus." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "" +"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" +" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." +msgstr "" +"Cette fonctionnalité sera bientôt ajoutée dans Odoo. Actuellement, nous nous" +" efforçons de la rendre disponible dans toutes les versions supportées." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Point de vente --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et " +"activez l'option *Arrondi des paiements en espèces*, puis cliquez sur " +"*Enregistrer*." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Point de vente --> Configuration --> Points de " +"vente`, ouvrez le point de vente à configurer et activez l'option *Arrondi " +"des paiements en espèces*." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" +"Pour définir la **Méthode d'arrondi**, ouvrez la liste déroulante et cliquez" +" sur *Créer et éditer...*." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" +"Définissez-y votre *Précision d'arrondi*, votre *Compte Profit*, et votre " +"*Compte résultat*, puis enregistrez les deux méthodes d'arrondi dans les " +"paramètres de votre Point de vente." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" +"Désormais, une ligne est ajoutée à tous les totaux de ce point de vente pour" +" appliquer l'arrondi selon vos paramètres. " + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "" +"Le Point de vente Odoo ne prend en charge que les stratégies d'arrondi " +"*Ajouter une ligne d'arrondi* et les méthodes d'arrondi *Moitié*." + #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" msgstr "Facture à partir de l'interface PdV" @@ -2220,35 +1793,165 @@ msgstr "" "statut vous verrez ceux qui ont été facturés. Lorsque vous cliquez sur une " "commande, vous pouvez accéder à la facture." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 -msgid "Accept returns and refund products" -msgstr "Acceptez les retours et remboursez les produits" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" +msgstr "Se connecter avec les employés" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " -"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " -"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." +"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " +"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " +"made for that session." msgstr "" -"Avoir une politique de retour réfléchie est la clé pour attirer et fidéliser" -" vos clients. Faciliter l'acceptation et le remboursement de ces retours est" -" donc également un aspect clé de votre interface *Point de Vente*." +"Avec Odoo *Point de vente*, vous pouvez gérer plusieurs cassiers. Avec cette" +" fonctionnalité vous permet de garder une trace de qui travaille, de quand " +"et de combien chaque caissier a gagné pour cette session." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 msgid "" -"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " -"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" -" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." +"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," +" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." msgstr "" -"Depuis votre interface *Point de Vente*, sélectionnez le produit que votre " -"client souhaite renvoyer, utilisez le bouton +/- et entrez la quantité qu'il" -" doit retourner. S'ils ont besoin de retourner plusieurs produits, répétez " -"le processus." +"Dans Odoo, il existe trois façons de changer de caissiers : en " +"*sélectionnant le caissier*, en *entrant un code PIN* ou en *scannant un " +"code-barres*." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 msgid "" -"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " -"to process the payment." +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." msgstr "" -"Comme vous pouvez le voir, le total est en négatif, pour terminer le " -"remboursement il vous suffit de traiter le paiement." +"Pour gérer plusieurs cassiers, vous devez avoir au moins deux employés." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" +msgstr "Configurer une connexion avec les employés" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " +"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " +"the cash register." +msgstr "" +"Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, allez à *Paramètres PdV* et vérifiez la " +"connexion avec les employées sur votre *Formulaire PdV*. Puis, ajoutez-y les" +" employés qui ont accès à la caisse enregistreuse." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." +msgstr "Vous pouvez maintenant facilement changer de caissiers." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "Changer sans utiliser un code PIN" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" +" cashier name in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"La façon la plus facile pour changer de caissiers est de ne pas utiliser un " +"code. Cliquez simplement sur le nom du caissier dans votre interface PdV." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." +msgstr "Puis, cliquez tout simplement sur votre nom." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "Changer de caissier en utilisant un code PIN" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " +"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez configurer un code PIN pour chaque caissier. Il suffit d'aller " +"sur le formulaire de l'employé et ajouter un code PIN dans l' *Onglet " +"Paramètres RH*." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +msgstr "" +"Maintenant, lors que vous souhaitez changer de caissier, un code PIN sera " +"demandé." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "Changer de caissier en utilisant un code-barres" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " +"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" +" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez demander à vos employés de s'identifier avec leurs badges. Il " +"suffit de configurer un code-barres là où vous avez ajouté le code PIN. " +"Imprimez le badge, lorsqu'un employé le scannera, il deviendra le caissier." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" +msgstr "Retrouver qui était le caissier" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " +"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." +msgstr "" +"Après avoir fermé votre *session PdV*, vous pouvez avoir un aperçu du " +"montant vendu par chaque caissier. Pour cela, allez au menu des commandes." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez désormais avoir un récapitulatif des produits vendus en ouvrant " +"la commande." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "Réimprimer des reçus" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" +"Utilisez la fonctionnalité *Réimpression du reçu* si vous devez réimprimer " +"un ticket." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Pour activer la fonctionnalité *Réimpression du reçu*, allez à " +":menuselection:`Point de vente --> Configuration --> Point de vente`. et " +"sélectionnez votre interface PdV." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "" +"Sous la catégorie Factures et Reçus, vous trouvez l'option *Réimpression du " +"reçu*." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" +"Pour autoriser l'option réimpression du reçu, vous devez activer " +"l'imprimante de reçus." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "Réimprimer un reçu" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" +"Sur votre interface PdV, vous avez maintenant un bouton *Réimpression du " +"reçu*." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "Il vous donne la possibilité de réimprimer votre dernier reçu." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index eb6ef99be..696b92cec 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -4,27 +4,19 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Olivier Lenoir , 2019 -# Nissar Chababy , 2019 -# Mensanh Dodji Anani LAWSON , 2019 # Jérôme Tanché , 2019 # Eloïse Stilmant , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Frédéric LIETART , 2019 -# Rémi FRANÇOIS , 2019 -# Eric BAELDE , 2019 -# N D , 2019 # Fernanda Marques , 2020 -# Cécile Collart , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -40,1631 +32,1071 @@ msgstr "Projet" msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Avancé" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 -msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" -msgstr "Comment recueillir le feedback des clients ?" +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Project Settings" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:5 msgid "" -"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " -"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " -"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " -"customers using Odoo." +"Projects can be created for a specific customer or team, and can be " +"coordinated among your employees through visibility options. Stages can be " +"shared among tasks, and the exact time spent on each project can be tracked." +" All of it in favor of a more integrated and dynamic organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:10 +msgid "Create advanced projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Choose a *Customer* in order to create a project specifically for him. If " +"not, simply leave the field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:20 +msgid "Choose who can access a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a project for specific teams, under *Visibility*, choose who can " +"have access to the project:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:25 +msgid "" +"*Invited employees*: the ones who are followers (see " +":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:26 +msgid "*All employees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:27 +msgid "" +"*Portal users and all employees*: it enables the option *Share*. Recipients " +"receive an email with an invitation to access the document (project)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Choose an *Analytic Account* to track the profitability of your project in a" +" specific account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:33 +msgid "Timesheet and record time on tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:35 +msgid "To track the time spent on tasks, enable *Timesheets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:36 +msgid "In order to be able to launch a timer, also enable *Timesheet timer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:43 +msgid "Create sales orders from a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To invoice the time (service) and material used on a task, enable *Bill from" +" tasks*. Then, choose the service/product which you would like to bill, or " +"create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:54 +msgid "Track the material used on a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After enabling *Bill from Tasks*, enable *Products on Tasks* to track the " +"products/material used during the work on a specific task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:64 +msgid "Take advantage of worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Worksheets are reports of the work done. To customize and include them in " +"your tasks, enable *Worksheets*. Choose an existing template or create one " +"on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:74 +msgid "Schedule shifts on projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To create shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized," +" enable *Planning*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:88 +msgid "Manage employees work hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:90 +msgid "" +"*Working time* defines the number of your employees’ working hours. It " +"adjusts the Gantt planning view of your interventions. Open the external " +"link to adjust the daily hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:99 +msgid "Share stages across projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In order to have a clean Kanban view that works across projects, and to " +"avoid duplicates, delineate specific stages for different projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:105 +msgid "" +":doc:`Activate the Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"then go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Stages`. Choose the" +" respective one and add the projects among which you would like to share " +"stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 +msgid "Gather Feedback from Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Finding out what your clients think about the experience they have with your" +" company, can inspire you to have insights on how to improve your " +"product/service, adjusting your business to fit their needs. It shows that " +"you value their opinions and provides a reliable source of information to " +"other consumers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 msgid "" -"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " -"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " -"Sad)." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Use Rating on Project*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 -msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" -msgstr "Comment recueillir les feedbacks des clients " +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Set Email Template to Stages* in order to define the template to be sent at" +" a specific stage(s)." +msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " -"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " -"apps module and install it." +msgid "Choose an existing template or create one on the fly." msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " -"module." -msgstr "" -"De plus, dans le même menu, vous devez installer le module **Évaluation de " -"Projet**" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " -"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " -"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " -"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." +msgid "Choosing the projects I want feedback from" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 -msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" -msgstr "Comment obtenir le feedback d'un client ?" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:30 msgid "" -"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit` and " +"configure the wanted projects to have the email template previously set " +"sent, by the change of a stage or periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Enable *Rating visible publicly* if you would like to publish the ratings in" +" order to communicate them to a customer, prospect or the rest of your team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:40 +msgid "See the customer rating email sent under the *Log notes* of your task." msgstr "" -"Un email peut être envoyé aux clients à chaque étapes des projets en cours." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 -msgid "" -"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." -msgstr "" -"Tout d'abord, vous devez choisir pour quels projets vous souhaitez obtenir " -"un feedback." - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 -msgid "Project configuration" -msgstr "Configuration du projet" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " -"**Customer satisfaction** option." +msgid "Get reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 -msgid "Email Template" -msgstr "Modèle d'email" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:49 msgid "" -"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " -"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." -" You can directly edit it from there." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` see " +"ratings by task." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 -msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" -msgstr "Voici un exemple d'email qu'un client peut recevoir:" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:55 msgid "" -"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" -" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " -"will be added to the chatter of the task." +"Clicking on the percentage of happy ratings over the last 30 days in the " +"*Projects* overview, redirects you to your website with more rating details." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:3 +msgid "Track Projects’ Profitability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A project runs smoother if you can have an overview of its costs, revenues, " +"profitability, tasks, time and people, all in the same place. It allows you " +"to make smarter business decisions as you know where you are standing and " +"can course-correct if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:10 +msgid "Track costs and revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:13 +msgid "If you have the Timesheets application installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose the " +"respective project, *Edit* and enable *Timesheets*. A menu *Overview* " +"becomes available in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The overview shows the hours recorded split by the different billable " +"options, profitability, time by people according to the billable hours " +"recorded, and even a timesheet table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:30 +msgid "If you do not have the Timesheets application installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. " +"Then go to *Manager Users* and enable *Analytic Accounting*. Now, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects` and specify an " +"*Analytic Account* under the needed project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:36 +msgid "" +"A *Profitability* menu to the costs and revenues of this analytic account is" +" directly available in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:44 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Analyse" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:46 msgid "" -"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " -"the project." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez un bref résumé de la satisfaction dans le coin supérieur droit du " -"projet." - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 -msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" -msgstr "Comment afficher les notes sur votre site web?" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 -msgid "" -"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " -"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." +"Under *Reporting*, obtain a report on the *Project Costs and Revenues*. " +"Choose among graph options or do your analysis through a pivot view." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" -" Issue** module." +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:54 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/usage`" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" -" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" -" end of the website." +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:55 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:56 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses`" msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 -msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" +msgid "Create Projects and Tasks from Sales Orders" msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 msgid "" -"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " -"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " -"from sales order lines." +"When you sell your services, you can choose to automatically have a " +"project/task created, helping you to not lose track of the work that needs " +"to get done, streamlining the processes between teams. In addition to that, " +"you are able to invoice or reinvoice clients according to the exact time " +"spent on that service." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:11 +msgid "Product set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:15 msgid "" -"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " -"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " -"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" -" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " -"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " -"and Services departments." +"Under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products` create a new product " +"or set up an existing one. Under *General Information* set the *Product " +"Type* as *Service*. Under the *Sales* tab select the *Service Invoicing " +"Policy* and *Service Tracking*." msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 +msgid "If you choose to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:19 msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " -"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " -"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " -"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " -"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" -" overtime spent on the project." +"- *Create a task in an existing project*: a task is added in the first " +"column of the selected project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 -msgid "Install the required applications" -msgstr "Installer les applications requises" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:21 msgid "" -"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " -"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" -" the application module and install the following:" +"- *Create a task in sales order’s project*: a new project for each sales " +"order of that service is created based on the template you have chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:23 msgid "" -"And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" -" task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " -"spent on that task." +"- *Create a new project but no task*: only creates a new project, for each " +"time that service is sold, based on the skeleton of the project template " +"chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 -msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:30 +msgid "Confirm a quotation and have a project/task created" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 -msgid "Create and set up a product" -msgstr "Créer et configurer un produit" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:32 msgid "" -"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " -"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " -"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " -"the`following setup:" +"Now, once a *Quotation* is confirmed and transformed into a *Sales Order*, a" +" project or task is automatically created." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 -msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" -msgstr "**Nom**: Assistance Technique" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:40 +msgid "Access the task generated from Project" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 -msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr "**Type d'article** : Service" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:42 msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" +"On the *Project* application, your new project and/or task (depending on the" +" previous *Service Tracking* options chosen), is shown:" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:51 +msgid "Record the time spent and create an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:53 msgid "" -"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " -"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" -" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." +"From *Project*, access your task and document the time spent under the " +"*Timesheets* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:59 msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " -"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " -"product to hours as well." +"Once the task is complete, click on *Sales Order* and *Create Invoice*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:66 msgid "" -"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " -"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " -"will then create a project per SO." +"To only invoice approved timesheets, go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and enable *Approved timesheets only*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 -msgid "Create the Sales Order" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " -"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " -"sale order, the task will be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 -msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 -msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 -msgid "" -"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 -msgid "" -"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " -"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 -msgid "" -"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" -" your customers based on your invoicing policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " -"source document of the task is the related sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" -msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -#: ../../project/application.rst:3 -msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" +#: ../../project/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Project" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Demonstration Video" -msgstr "Vidéo de démonstration" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "Transcription" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:5 msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" -" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." +"Managing projects means managing people, tasks, due dates, budgets and " +"predicted return on investments. For all of it, you need a solution that " +"allows you to reduce risks, get information at a glance, have an overview of" +" your progress and stay organized. And, from start to finish, to be able to " +"run multiple projects in parallel easily. Odoo Project application is the " +"solution you need." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " -"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" -" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." -msgstr "" -"Quel que soit l'appareil, l'application feuille de présence est à portée " -"d'un clic. Prenez par exemple le plugin chrome. Pas besoin de s'identifier, " -"il suffit de cliquer et de démarrer. C'est simple. Il fonctionne aussi hors " -"ligne et est automatiquement synchronisé avec votre compte Odoo." - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" -" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" -" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." -msgstr "" -"De plus, je reçois des statistiques individuelles via le mobile et le plugin" -" chrome. Je peux aller plus loin dans l'analyse dans mon compte Odoo. Je " -"reçois des rapports de feuilles de présence par utilisateur, des analyses " -"détaillées par projet, et bien plus encore." - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " -"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" -"saving!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 -msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration and basic usage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "Responsabilités" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 -msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." -msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, vous pouvez affecter la personne qui est en charge de la tâche." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " -"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " -"suggestions in the drop down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " -"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 -msgid "Followers" -msgstr "Abonnés" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" -" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " -"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " -"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." -" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " -"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " -"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " -"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 -msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" -" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " -"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " -"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " -"see the big picture all the time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 -msgid "Task: follow a specific task" -msgstr "Tâche : suivre une tâche particulière" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " -"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " -"that task also appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 -msgid "Choose which action to follow" -msgstr "Choisir quelle action suivre" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " -"Following button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " -"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " -"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 -msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " -"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " -"help you track time easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " -"available in projects and on tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " -"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" -" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " -"automatically created under the same name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 -msgid "Click on the settings of a project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " -"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " -"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " -"it, or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" -" timesheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" -msgstr "Enregistrez une feuille de présence sur une tâche :" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 -msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." -msgstr "" -"L'option feuille de présence est également disponible à l'intérieur d'une " -"tâche." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " -"Add an item." -msgstr "" -"Dans la tâche, cliquez sur le bouton éditer. Allez à l'onglet Feuille de " -"présence et cliquez sur Ajouter un article." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " -"Analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 -msgid "" -"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" -" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 -msgid "Document Management in tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 -msgid "" -"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" -" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" -" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez gérer et intégrer des documents en relation avec les tâches, " -"qu'ils soient des plans, des images du formatage etc. Une image est parfois " -"plus instructive qu'une page entière ! Il y a deux façons d'ajouter un " -"document à une tâche." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 -msgid "" -"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " -"tab on the top of the form." -msgstr "" -"1. Pour ajouter une image/document à une tâche, cliquer sur l'icône pièce " -"jointe en haut du formulaire." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 -msgid "" -"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " -"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " -"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " -"task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " -"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." -msgstr "" -"Si vous disposez d'une image importante pour la compréhension de la tâche, " -"vous pouvez la mettre en image de couverture. Elle sera directement visible " -"dans la vue ?Kanban? " - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 -msgid "Collaborate on tasks" -msgstr "Collaborer sur des tâches" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" -" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." -msgstr "" -"Les tâches dans le Projet Odoo permettent de travailler plus facilement avec" -" vos collègues, économisant ainsi temps et énergie." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 -msgid "" -"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " -"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" -" delegation and the Chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 -msgid "Create a task from an email" -msgstr "Créer une tâche depuis un email" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " -"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " -"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " -"project gets an automatic email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 -msgid "" -"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " -"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " -"Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 -msgid "" -"This email address create by default following the project name can be " -"changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 -msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 -msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 -msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 -msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " -"history of the task." -msgstr "" -"Le chatter est un outil très pratique. Il s'agit d'un outil de communication" -" qui affiche l'historique de la tâche." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 -msgid "" -"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " -"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " -"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " -"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " -"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " -"to remember past interactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 -msgid "" -"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" -" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " -"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" -" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " -"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 -msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " -"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " -"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " -"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " -"creation of the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 -msgid "" -"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " -"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 -msgid "" -"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " -"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " -"Click on the ```` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " -"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " -"follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 -msgid "Tasks states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 -msgid "Set the state of a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 -msgid "" -"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" -" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " -"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 -msgid "" -"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " -"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 -msgid "Custom states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 -msgid "" -"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " -"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," -" then click on edit:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 -msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 -msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 -msgid "Color Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 -msgid "" -"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " -"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " -"them thanks to the filters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 -msgid "" -"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" -" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " -"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " -"the tag, directly from the task:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " -"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " -"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" -" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " -"employees working on this project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Installing the Project module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " -"**Install**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:11 msgid "Creating a new project" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:13 msgid "" -"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," -" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " +"Click on *Create*. Specify the name of the project and choose which features" +" you would like to integrate. Note that they can be enabled afterward " +"through *Settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Manage your project’s stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open your project and add as many columns as there are stages in your " "project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 -msgid "The privacy setting works as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 -msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:27 msgid "" -"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " -"**Customer** field empty if not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 -msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 -msgid "Manage your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 -msgid "Add your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 -msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" -" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " +"Each project stage can be characterized by a distinct set of activities, or " +"your stages can guide you to the different steps a project has to go " +"through. It is important to set them right as they lead you from the first " +"idea or step to its conclusion, contributing to the overall success of your " "project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:33 msgid "" -"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " -"that you can personalize to fit your needs." +"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks that you can " +"personalize." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:34 msgid "" -"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " -"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." +"Drag your mouse over a stage name, and click on :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:41 msgid "" -"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " -"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " -"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." +"The dots correspond to customizable markers applied on tasks, making it " +"easier to know which tasks require attention. You can give them any " +"signification you like." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 -msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:50 msgid "Rearrange stages" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:52 msgid "" -"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" -" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " -"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " -"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." +"From the Kanban view of your project, you can add stages by clicking on *Add" +" a column*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`visualization`" -msgstr ":doc:`visualisation`" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 -msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" -msgstr ":doc:`collaboration`" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`time_record`" -msgstr ":doc:`time_record`" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 -msgid "How to record time spent?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:54 msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " -"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." +"To rearrange the order of your stages easily do so by dragging and dropping " +"columns. You can also fold or unfold them on *Settings*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:62 +msgid ":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:63 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`../record_and_invoice/time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:3 +msgid "Share Projects and Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:5 msgid "" -"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " -"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " -"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." +"When you share your projects/tasks, you allow external users to be on the " +"same page as you. It avoids misunderstandings, simplifies communication, and" +" allows you to become a more coordinated company as you get the right " +"information to the right people." msgstr "" -"Pour enregistrer le temps passé sur les projets, vous devez d'abord activer " -"la facturation des feuilles de présence. Dans l'application **Projet**, " -"ouvrez :menuselection:`Configuration --> Paramètres`. Dans la section " -"**Feuilles de présence**, cochez **Activer les feuilles de présence sur les " -"projets **." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:10 +msgid "Share projects and tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:12 +msgid "To share a project, go to :menuselection:`Manage --> Share`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:19 msgid "" -"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " -"Employee and Timesheet apps." +"To share a task, open it and click on :menuselection:`Action --> Share`. " +"Choose an existing *Recipient(s)* or create it on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 -msgid "Recording timesheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:27 msgid "" -"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " -"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 -msgid "Recording in a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " -"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" -" click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 -msgid "Recording in a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " -"and open the task on which you have been working." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " -"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" -"Dans la tâche, cliquez sur **Éditer**, ouvrez l'onglet **Feuille de " -"présence** et cliquez sur **Ajouter un article**. Insérez les détails " -"requis, puis cliquez sur **Enregistrer**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 -msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " -"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " -"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " -"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " -"have to cope with." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 -msgid "Create a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 -msgid "" -"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 -msgid "In the project, create a new task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " -"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 -msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " -"to the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " -"one have the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the Kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " -"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" -" and indicate if the task is ready." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 -msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " -"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " -"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" -" to their creation date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " -"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 -msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " -"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " -"easily in a single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " -"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 -msgid "" -"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " -"dropping the task to another case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " -"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" -" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " -"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " -"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " -"project manager too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 -msgid "" -"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" -" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " -"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " -"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." -" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " -"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " -"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" -" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " -"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " -"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " -"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " -"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " -"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" -" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" -" the progress of each task." -msgstr "" -"Nous pouvons également organiser les différentes tâches en adaptant la vue. " -"Je sélectionne ici la vue en liste, qui affiche d'autres informations telles" -" que la progression du temps de travail. Si je clique sur ma tâche, j'arrive" -" sur la vue formulaire où je peux modifier les heures prévues et saisir mes " -"feuilles de présence. C'est un outil formidable pour tout chef de projet. Il" -" est essentiel de contrôler la progression du temps de travail et le temps " -"passé pour chaque membre de l'équipe. J'ai fixé le temps de formation de " -"l'équipe de vente à 24 heures. Aujourd'hui, j'ai préparé le matériel, je " -"vais donc enregistrer 4 heures dans la feuille de présence. La progression " -"du temps de travail se met automatiquement à jour. Grâce à l'intégration de " -"cette feuille de présence, le chef de projet dispose d'un suivi complet de " -"l'avancement de chaque tâche." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " -"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" -" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" -" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " -"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " -"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " -"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " -"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " -"planning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " -"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " -"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " -"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" -" each team member." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" -" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " -"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " -"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " -"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" -" team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " -"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " -"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " -"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " -"issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " -"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " -"app, it will help you get started quickly too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 -msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 -msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" +"The recipient receives an email saying that he has been invited to access a " +"document. In the example below, a project was shared. When the user opens " +"it, he sees the settings of that project and can access its tasks, for " +"example." msgstr "" #: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning your project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 -msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " -"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " -"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " -"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " -"install the application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" -" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " -"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " -"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " -"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " -"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 -msgid "Manage tasks with views" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" -" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " -"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " -"and the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " -"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 -msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " -"ones having the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 -msgid "Add/rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " -"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " -"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " -"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " -"stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " -"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " -"Done." -msgstr "" -"créer une colonne par phase durant votre travail. Par exemple, dans un " -"projet de developpement, les phases doivent correspondre à : specifications," -" Développement, Essai, Fin. " - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 -msgid "Sort tasks by priority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 -msgid "" -"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " -"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " -"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " -"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " -"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " -"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 -msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 -msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " -"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " -"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" -" each time the employee will add an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 -msgid "" -"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " -"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " -"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " -"show you the progression of each task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 -msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " -"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " -"single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 -msgid "" -"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" -" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " -"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "Planification" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast tasks?" +msgid "Forecast Resources Across Projects" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction to forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" -"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," -" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." +"Allocate the needed time for specific tasks under a planned shift. Once that" +" is done, analyse Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), so you can evaluate " +"your employees’ performance and workload, besides the progress of your " +"projects/tasks when comparing the planned and effective hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 -msgid "" -"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " -"progress of a project and its related tasks." +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "Allocate times under shifts" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:12 msgid "" -"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " -"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " -"team members to collaborate better." +"When planning a shift, in the *Planning* application, create a project and a" +" task on the fly, or simply select the one you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:20 msgid "" -"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " -"workload and human resources." +"*Allocated Time (%)* allows you to define the percentage of time you would " +"like your employee to work on that specific task during his shift. See that " +"information in hours on *Allocated hours*." msgstr "" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "How to configure the projects?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 -msgid "Configure the project application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 msgid "" -"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" -" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" -" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " -"employee should complete it!" +"The calculation shows you how many hours out of the total shift time (*End " +"date* - *Start date*) are spent by the employee on that task." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:24 msgid "" -"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " -"application:" +"On :menuselection:`Project --> Planning --> By Project`, immediately see the" +" total number of employees allocated per project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:31 +msgid "Compare forecast hours with the effective ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:33 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " -"Forecast option and click **Apply**." +"Now, once the employee has timesheeted his hours in the task, go to " +"*Project* and with the *View list*, under *All Tasks*, conveniently see the " +"*Planned Hours* compared to the *Remaining Hours*, and a calculation of the " +"*Progress*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:42 +msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Record Time and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 msgid "" -"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " -"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " -"all the projects that you manage)." +"When it is time to bill your client for their finished project/task, you can" +" choose to shorten processes and save time by pulling the billable time you " +"have tracked into sales orders, and invoices, directly from the " +"project/task." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Configure a specific project." +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:10 +msgid "Enable the Timesheet feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " -"Forecast\" in your project settings." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Timesheets*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 -msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:15 +msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a task" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " -"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the " +"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet*, *Timesheet Timer* and *Bill from " +"Tasks*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 -msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 -msgid "How to create a forecast?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 msgid "" -"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " -"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." +"Once the time spent on a task under that project has been recorded, click on" +" *Create Sales Order* and continue to create your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:26 msgid "" -"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " -"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " -"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." +"This way, you can invoice different customers, for different services, at " +"different rates, without the need to create numerous projects." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:30 +msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 msgid "" -"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " -"space in the Gantt chart calendar." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the " +"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet* plus *Timesheet Timer*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:35 msgid "" -"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " -"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " -"take." +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose " +"the project, *Create Sales Order*, and continue to create your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:38 msgid "" -"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" -" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " -"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." +"From here, choose if you want the billing to be based on the project rate: " +"all timesheets are billed by the same rate, or by the employee rate: " +"timesheets are billed by the individual rate of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:45 msgid "" -"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " -"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " -"in the Effective hours field." +"The project rate allows you to invoice a whole project, for a specific " +"service, at a specific rate, at once. Example: the implementation of a " +"system." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 -msgid "What are the difference between the views?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 msgid "" -"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " -"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " -"by projects." +"The employee rate billing lets you invoice a project broken down into " +"different services, and different rates. Example: different rates for junior" +" and senior consultants." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 -msgid "By users : people management" +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:50 +msgid "Invoice only approved timesheets" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:52 msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " -"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." -" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." +"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Invoicing Policy`, and choose *Approved timesheets only*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:59 msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " -"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " -"third, you see which tasks they're on." +"This ensures that the manager is aware of the hours being logged by each " +"employee before the customer gets invoiced." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/so_to_task`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`./time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:3 +msgid "Record Time Spent on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:5 msgid "" -"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " -"the duration of the task in the calendar." +"Get to know how much time you are spending on tasks in order to make your " +"employees’ life easier, and records error-free. Launch the timer in your " +"browser, stop it on your phone and have all entries synced. Generate " +"invoices based on the timesheet entries and be sure to invoice your " +"customers the exact right amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:11 +msgid "Manually timesheet on task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:14 msgid "" -"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " -"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " -"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " -"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Timesheets*. Then, enable the *Timesheets* option on the project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 -msgid "Plan the workload" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:15 msgid "" -"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " -"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " -"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" -" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." +"Now, once you are in your task, under the *Timesheet* tab, *Add a line* and " +"specify the *Duration*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:22 +msgid "Time tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:25 msgid "" -"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " -"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " -"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, enable " +"*Timesheet timer* on the projects on which you need the functionality." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:27 msgid "" -"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " -"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " -"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " -"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " -"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " -"that this is feasible." +"Now, you can time your task clicking on *Start*. *Pause* at any moment, and " +"*Stop* to confirm the recorded time and add a description." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 -msgid "Gantt view advantages" +#: ../../project/tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Tasks" +msgstr "Tâches" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:3 +msgid "Collaborate on Tasks" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:5 msgid "" -"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" -" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " -"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " -"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " -"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." +"Being able to collaborate virtually but with the same effect as if people " +"were in the same room increases your productivity. It results in faster " +"execution of processes, brainstorming and decision made easier while also " +"allowing the support of outside contributions." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 -msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:10 +msgid "Add followers to a project" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:12 +msgid "*Edit* the project to add followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:14 msgid "" -"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " -"the future or in the past" +"Followers are notified of any changes: tasks sliding from one stage to " +"another, conversations taking place, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 -msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 -msgid "modify an existing forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 -msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 -msgid "By projects: project management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:21 msgid "" -"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " -"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " -"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " -"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." +"Following a project automatically makes you a follower of all its tasks." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " -"level of hierarchy." +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:24 +msgid "Add followers to a task" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:26 msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" -" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " -"they're on." +"Within a task, click on the *Followers* icon. Followers get notified of any " +"changes in the task and can see the task like you do, with the description " +"and the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 -msgid "" -"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " -"Users** section)" +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:34 +msgid "Select which notifications to get" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For a project or task, select what you would like to be notified about. For " +"that, *Edit subscription*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:44 +msgid "Use the pad like a collaborative note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Collaborative Pads`, then edit the *Settings* of the project you would like " +"the feature to work and enable *Use Collaborative Pads*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Now, you are able to contribute to tasks in real-time, with several users, " +"with an Etherpad collaborative note. Every user has his own color and you " +"can replay the whole creation of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on the ** icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " +"useful if you want to share it without adding this person as a follower, or " +"to someone outside of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:62 +msgid "The Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*Chatter* is a communication tool that shows the history of a task, " +"including changes and the interactions between you and your customers or " +"colleagues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To interact with followers, whether there are internal or external, click on" +" *Log a note* and ping them using the at symbol (*@*). If you want to send a" +" message/email to all the followers in the task, use *Send a message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can also ping a channel using the hashtag sign (*#*). This way, users " +"can have a channel per project team, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:77 +msgid "Schedule activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Do not forget promises made and stay organized by conveniently *Scheduling " +"activities* from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:87 +msgid "Edit or create new activities types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:89 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 +msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " +"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " +"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " +"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 +msgid "Set up an incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " +"the incoming email alias you would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 +msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 +msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " +"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" +" a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 +msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 +msgid "" +"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " +"followers of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 +msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:40 +msgid ":doc:`./get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:41 +msgid ":doc:`./collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Break down a project by creating, assigning and organizing tasks. Set " +"priorities to help you determine where you want to invest your time first, " +"manage files within it and keep everything you need to complete your work in" +" one place. Ensure that your strategies are turned into actionable plans " +"and, as a result, have a successful project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Create a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Click on *Create*. Once created, add more details opening it and clicking on" +" *Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "Assignation" +msgstr "Affectation" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "Choose the responsible person for a task under *Assigned to*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:30 +msgid "Sort tasks by priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Mark the star on your task to set it as a high priority one. That " +"automatically moves the task to the top of the column. Tasks that are not " +"starred are classified according to their deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Note that tasks with dates passed their deadlines are shown in red; tasks " +"with a deadline for the current date are orange." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:43 +msgid "Manage files in tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Add images/documents to your task by clicking on the *Attachment icon*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "Files from emails are automatically saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:55 +msgid "Set cover images in tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Use *Set Cover Image* to your task and quickly get to comprehend what the " +"task is about. The image is directly shown in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "Choose how to visualize tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Tasks can be managed and followed up in the Kanban view, which is a post-it " +"kind of view divided into different stages. More options are otherwise " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Drag and drop tasks to change their stage and define colors to help you " +"identify them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Sub-tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Being a dynamic and organized company is important as it also helps you to " +"not overload your employees. For that, split large tasks into smaller ones " +"by creating subs-tasks, timesheet on them, and have an overview of all hours" +" recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuration" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> Sub-tasks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:18 +msgid "From now on, a *Sub-tasks* menu is available within your task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Select a specific project in which sub-tasks will be created by default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:27 +msgid "" +"By default, sub-tasks are created under the same project. However, you can " +"select another one by going to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration -->" +" Projects --> Sub-task Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:35 +msgid "Timesheet on sub-tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Make sure the feature *Timesheets* is enabled under :menuselection:`Project " +"--> Configuration --> Settings` and under the settings of the needed " +"*Project*. Now you are able to timesheet on your tasks and sub-tasks. The " +"time recorded on a sub-task is counted on the parent task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:46 +msgid "Transform an existing task into a sub-task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:48 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:58 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:49 +msgid "Now access your task, *Edit*, and add a *Parent Task*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:56 +msgid "Unlink a sub-task from a parent task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:59 +msgid "Open and *Edit* the respective sub-task to remove the *Parent Task*." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index 94b9f33ae..42f03799f 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Benjamin Frantzen, 2019 +# 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2019 # Jérôme Tanché , 2019 # Fernanda Marques , 2020 # Cécile Collart , 2020 @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 msgid "" "To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " +" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparison of the information " "appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po index 09ee0ceb6..0bbb518c1 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -272,146 +272,196 @@ msgstr "Contrôle" msgid "Define Quality Control Points" msgstr "Définissez des points de contrôle qualité" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:6 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. " +"Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and " +"services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed" +" expectations. It also helps minimize waste." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:10 +msgid "" +"That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality " +"control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality " +"controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that " +"the company then has to rework or scrap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With " +"Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:20 msgid "Quality Control Points" msgstr "Points de contrôle de la qualité" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If it is the first *Quality Control Point* that you create, know that you " -"need to open the *Quality* app. Then, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control " -"--> Control Points`. Once there, you have to define the product on which the" -" quality control will take place, as well as the operation at which it " -"should take place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The *Quality Control Points* can take place during transfers or during the " -"manufacturing process of the products. If you work with routings on your " -"*Bill of Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing " -"process the quality control point should be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The control type defines at which frequency the quality checks should take " -"place:" -msgstr "" - #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22 msgid "" -"All Operations: all the operations will generate quality checks to perform;" +"To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> " +"Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which" +" the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it " +"takes place also is to be defined here." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:24 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:27 msgid "" -"Randomly: the quality checks will only be performed on x% of the operation. " -"You must define the percentage yourself, on the control point;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Periodically: the quality checks will be performed periodically. The " -"periodicity is based on the period you define (once a day, once a week)." +"The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the " +"manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of " +"Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process " +"the quality control point needs to be applied." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32 -msgid "Quality Control Point Types" -msgstr "Types de point de contrôle de la qualité" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:34 msgid "" -"Now that the rest is configured, you need to define the type of quality " -"check." +"The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take" +" place:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:35 +msgid "" +"**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks" +" to perform;" msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38 msgid "" -"Some of the types are only available with the manufacturing application." +"**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The " +"percentage needs to be defined on the control point;" msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41 -msgid "Text" -msgstr "Texte" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:43 msgid "" -"This control point type allows you to give instructions to your workers " -"during the transfer, or the manufacturing process." +"**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The " +"periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:56 -msgid "Take a Picture" -msgstr "Prendre une photo" +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:50 +msgid "Quality Control Point Types" +msgstr "Types de point de contrôle de la qualité" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There " +"are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a " +"measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label." +msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58 msgid "" -"This control point type asks you to take a picture of the product in a " -"transfer, or when manufacturing it." +"Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:71 -msgid "Pass-Fail" -msgstr "" +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Text" +msgstr "Texte" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:73 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:64 msgid "" -"This type of control point requires that you specify if the products pass or" -" fail a specific text. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing" -" orders." +"This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the " +"transfer or during the manufacturing process." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80 +msgid "Take a Picture" +msgstr "Prendre une photo" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:82 msgid "" -"For this kind of control point type, you have the possibility to define a " -"failure message that will give instructions to follow in case of quality " -"check failure." +"This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a " +"transfer or when manufacturing it." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:94 -msgid "Take a Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:96 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:98 msgid "" -"This control point type requires you to enter the product’s measurements " -"during a transfer, or during the manufacturing process." +"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera " +"<../../iot/devices/measurement_tool>`." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102 -msgid "" -"For this kind of control point type, you also have the possibility to define" -" a failure message that will give instructions to the worker." +msgid "Pass-Fail" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:115 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:104 +msgid "" +"*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific " +"criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message " +"giving instructions to follow in case of failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:127 +msgid "Take a Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a " +"transfer or during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements," +" but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good " +"measures can are automatically accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives " +"instructions to the worker." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:156 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools " +"<../../iot/devices/camera>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:159 msgid "Register Consumed Materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:117 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:161 msgid "" -"This control point type requires you register the component serial/lot " -"numbers during the manufacturing process. It is only available if you work " -"with routings." +"When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the " +"component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:128 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:165 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:182 +msgid "This type is only available when working with routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:176 msgid "Register By-Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:130 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:178 msgid "" -"With this control point type, you must register the serial/lot number of the" -" by-products that are manufactured. It is also only available with routings." +"With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot " +"number of the by-products that are manufactured." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:141 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:193 msgid "Print Label" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:143 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:195 msgid "" -"This control point type allows you to print labels to add to the product " -"during the manufacturing process." +"*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the " +"product during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:207 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer " +"<../../iot/devices/printer>`." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index ef8e1b6c6..cecbe030b 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -6,27 +6,33 @@ # Translators: # Saad Thaifa , 2019 # Maxime Chambreuil , 2019 -# Benjamin Frantzen, 2019 +# 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2019 # Eloïse Stilmant , 2019 # Nacim ABOURA , 2019 # Ikati Group SAS , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Jérôme Tanché , 2019 # Xavier Belmere , 2019 -# Jonathan , 2019 +# Jonathan Castillo , 2019 # 44fd1b7fd1ad5b321e37d151521961ad, 2020 # Priscilla Sanchez , 2020 -# Fernanda Marques , 2020 +# Alain Prasquier , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Olivier Lenoir , 2020 +# Xavier Symons , 2020 +# Aurélien Pillevesse , 2020 # Cécile Collart , 2020 +# thomas quertinmont , 2020 +# Fernanda Marques , 2020 +# Christelle Pinchart , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Christelle Pinchart , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -127,283 +133,253 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "Connecteur Amazon" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:3 -msgid "Apply for Amazon MWS Access Keys" -msgstr "S'applique pour Amazon MWS Access Keys" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Connector Features" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:8 -msgid "Submit the Amazon MWS Developer Registration and Assessment Form" -msgstr "Facturez vos achats" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:10 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" -"In order to synchronize your Amazon orders with Odoo, Amazon MWS access keys" -" are required. They can be obtained by submitting the **Amazon MWS Developer" -" Registration and Assessment form** to register as a developer. Once " -"recognized by Amazon as a developer (i.e. you make use of an application " -"connecting to MWS), you will be granted Amazon MWS access keys." +"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " +"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " +"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:15 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 +msgid "Supported Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 +msgid "The connector is able to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" -"First, visit the `Amazon Marketplace Web Service documentation " -"`_" -" and follow the instructions to register as a developer. Take care to choose" -" the form \"I represent a seller organization integrating with Amazon MWS " -"for its own selling account only.\"." +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " +"their order items which include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:20 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 +msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 +msgid "the shipping costs for the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 +msgid "the gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" -"Fill out the *Developer Registration and Assessment form* as suggested below" -" and provide your own contact information in the **Developer contact " -"information** section. In the **Business use information** section, select " -"the correct region of your seller account. For the other sections, adapt " -"your responses in accordance with your business case." +"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:25 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 msgid "" -"Give a particular attention to **Merchant Fulfilled Shipping**. It should " -"only be checked if you ship your products yourself. You should uncheck it if" -" you sell exclusively with the *Fulfillment by Amazon* service. Please note " -"that requesting this function is not recommended if you are hosted on *Odoo " -"Online* or *Odoo.sh* as the additional security requirements asked by Amazon" -" may not be met by Odoo." +"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:32 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:24 +msgid "Notify Amazon of an order manually canceled on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 +msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:32 +msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:32 +msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "**Orders**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "**Shipping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "Charges" +msgstr "Frais" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "Delivery created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:46 +msgid "Handled by Amazon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "Gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:41 +msgid "Gift message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "**Stock Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "Handled by the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:46 +msgid "**Confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:46 +msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:49 +msgid "**Cancellation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:49 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:49 +msgid "Notify Amazon on manually canceled sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "" -"Depending on several factors (your region, whether you checked the " -"**Merchant Fulfilled Shipping** function (i.e. you request access to " -"Personally Identifiable Information of your customers), etc.), Amazon may " -"request you to fill out a second form before granting you MWS access keys. " -"As that form depends on the data protection policy of the region of your " -"seller account (e.g. GDPR in Europe), we cannot provide you with a pre-" -"filled form. Instead, the answers of questions related to Odoo are listed in" -" the `Answer the Additional Form`_ section." +"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:61 +msgid "Supported Marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 msgid "" -"If you need assistance for your application for Amazon MWS access keys, " -"`submit a support ticket to Odoo `_." +"The Amazon Connector currently supports 9 marketplaces. If a marketplace is " +"not listed below, it may be possible for you to :ref:`add it as an " +"unsupported marketplace `." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:46 -msgid "Answer the Additional Form" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +msgid "**North America region**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:49 -msgid "" -"If you did not receive any additional form after your :ref:`initial " -"application for Amazon MWS keys `, you may disregard " -"this section." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:70 +msgid "Canada" +msgstr "Canada" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:70 +msgid "Amazon.ca" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:52 -msgid "" -"This section lists all questions asked by Amazon in additional forms. The " -"answers are tailored for *Odoo Online* and *Odoo.sh*. Wherever the answer " -"does not depend on Odoo, you are requested to provide it yourself at the " -"place indicated by square brackets." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "Mexique" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 +msgid "Amazon.com.mx" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you are *not* hosted on Odoo, you should adapt the answers related to " -"hosting according to your own infrastructure and data protection policy." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +msgid "US" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If you *are* hosted on Odoo, take note that Amazon is the final decision " -"maker concerning your application. While Odoo can help you provide " -"additional details to your application, it is not guaranteed that Amazon " -"will find them adequate." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +msgid "Amazon.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:64 -msgid "" -"**Describe all functionalities in your application where Personally " -"Identifiable Information (e.g. customer name, street address, billing " -"address) is required.**" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +msgid "**Europe region**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:68 -msgid "► If you did not apply for the *Merchant Fulfilled Shipping* function:" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "Allemagne" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +msgid "Amazon.de" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:68 -msgid "Generation of customer invoices." -msgstr "Génération des factures client." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "Espagne" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:71 -msgid "► If you applied for the *Merchant Fulfilled Shipping* function:" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +msgid "Amazon.es" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:71 -msgid "Generation of delivery orders and customer invoices." -msgstr "Génération des bons de livraison et des factures client." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +msgid "France" +msgstr "France" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:73 -msgid "" -"**List all outside parties with whom your organization shares Amazon " -"Information (e.g. information exposed by Amazon through Amazon MWS, Seller " -"Central, or Amazon's public-facing websites) and describe how your " -"organization shares this information.**" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +msgid "Amazon.fr" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:77 -msgid "" -"We share Amazon Information with Odoo SA, our cloud service provider, for " -"the exclusive purpose of hosting our enterprise management system (including" -" the Amazon MWS integration). See also Odoo SA's Privacy Policy for details " -"at https://www.odoo.com/privacy" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "UK" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:83 -msgid "► If you share Amazon Information with outside parties:" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "Amazon.co.uk" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:82 -msgid "" -"[Answer with the above text and add a description of your organization's " -"policy regarding the sharing of Amazon Information with outside parties]" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "Italie" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Amazon.it" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**List all non-Amazon MWS sources where you retrieve Amazon Information.**" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "Pays-Bas" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Amazon.nl" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Our enterprise software only relies on MWS to retrieve Amazon Information." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:94 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:101 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:89 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization restricts public access to databases, file " -"servers, and desktop/developer endpoints.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:92 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:126 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:138 -msgid "" -"We rely on Odoo S.A., our cloud service provider for our database security " -"management. Their Security Policy can be found at " -"https://www.odoo.com/security" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:95 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization uniquely identifies employees and restricts" -" access to Amazon Information on a need-to-know basis.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:106 -msgid "" -"► If all your employees are properly assigned separate users and given only " -"relevant access rights:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Access rights are provided to employees based on their role within the " -"company and are progressive, based on their responsibility." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:102 -msgid "" -"For instance, salespersons only have access to their own leads/quotes (and " -"thus no access to quotes generated through the Amazon API). A salesmanager " -"has access to all quotes/leads for reporting purposes (including quotes " -"generated through the Amazon API). A quote will generate a delivery order " -"which will be accessible to a 'normal' user of the Inventory application for" -" him to be able to print the delivery label and pack the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:110 -msgid "" -"► If your employees share users or if they are given more rights than " -"needed:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:109 -msgid "" -"[Answer with a description of your organization's policy for the assignation" -" of users and access rights to your employees]" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization prevents Amazon Information from being " -"accessed from employee personal devices.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Our enterprise software does not prevent employees from accessing the " -"organization's data from personal devices. Role-based restrictions and " -"access rights still apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:118 -msgid "" -"**Provide details on your organization's privacy and data handling policies " -"(a link to your policy is also acceptable).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:121 -msgid "" -"[Answer with a description of your organization's privacy and data handling " -"policies]" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:123 -msgid "" -"**Describe where your organization stores Amazon Information and provide " -"details on how you encrypt this information (e.g., algorithm).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:129 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization backups or archives Amazon Information and " -"provide details on how you encrypt this information (e.g., algorithm).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:132 -msgid "" -"We rely on Odoo S.A., our cloud service provider for our database backups " -"management. Their Service Level Agreement can be found at " -"https://www.odoo.com/cloud-sla" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:135 -msgid "" -"**Describe where your organization monitors and detects malicious activity " -"in your application(s).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:141 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization's incident response plan addresses database" -" hacks, unauthorized access, and data leaks (a link to your policy is also " -"acceptable).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Our cloud service provider, Odoo S.A., will notify the customer in case of a" -" data breach." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:146 -msgid "" -"[Add a description of your organization's incident response plan or a link " -"to your incident response policy.]" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:95 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:75 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 @@ -426,15 +402,7 @@ msgid "" " are not yet registered." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you did not request access to Personally Identifiable Information of your" -" customers in the :ref:`Developer Registration and Assessment form `, the customers are created anonymously (the name, postal " -"address and phone number are omitted) and named **Amazon Customer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is canceled in Odoo. When an order is canceled" @@ -442,7 +410,7 @@ msgid "" "Seller Central and notify the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " "the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " @@ -452,7 +420,7 @@ msgid "" "wish to synchronize and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:28 msgid "" "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " ":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " @@ -461,11 +429,11 @@ msgid "" " PICKINGS**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:42 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 msgid "" "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " "picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " @@ -473,18 +441,18 @@ msgid "" "products partially by using backorders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 msgid "" "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " "it) is on its way." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:52 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " "move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " @@ -495,14 +463,14 @@ msgid "" "under the FBA program." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:53 msgid "" "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:64 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:58 msgid "" "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " "accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" @@ -514,24 +482,24 @@ msgid "" " your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:66 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:74 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:68 msgid "" "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " "in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " "of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "" "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " "orders based on the sales team." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:76 msgid "" "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " "invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " @@ -542,11 +510,11 @@ msgid "" "account by the amount received." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:83 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:91 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " "this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " @@ -554,13 +522,15 @@ msgid "" " of your company's accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:95 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 msgid "" "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "" +"Si vous souhaitez, vous pouvez modifier l'équipe de vente de votre compte " +"pour exécuter un état distinct pour les ventes de ce compte. " -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 msgid "" "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " "similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " @@ -570,31 +540,117 @@ msgid "" "two registrations of your account." msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:100 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:73 +msgid ":doc:`features`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurez le Connecteur Amazon dans Odoo" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" +msgid "Generate an Authorization Token in Seller Central" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector uses an Authorization Token that allows Odoo to fetch " +"data from your Amazon Seller Central account. This token can be obtained " +"directly through Seller Central in a few clicks and needs to be set up in " +"your Odoo database configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Seller Central account for the marketplace you initially " +"signed up (e.g. if you created your account on Amazon Germany, go to `Amazon" +" Seller Central for Germany `_) with an " +"administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You might need to use the *main* (or first) administrator account and not " +"one added subsequently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In the main menu, select :menuselection:`Apps & Services --> Manage Your " +"Apps`; in the page that displays, click on the ``Authorize new developper`` " +"button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "Fill in the form depending on your Marketplace:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If your seller account is registered in the **North America** region, use " +"these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Developer's Name: ``Odoo S.A.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 +msgid "Developer ID: ``586127723692``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "For the **Europe** region, use these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Developer ID: ``579095187166``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Amazon will then inform you that by submitting the form, you are giving " +"access to your Seller Central Information to Odoo S.A." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Odoo S.A. is unable to access your Amazon account's information without the " +"Authorization Token which is stored in your Odoo database - we do not store " +"these tokens on our platform directly and are therefore unable to access " +"your account's information outside of the Amazon Connector normal flows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" +msgstr "Enregistrez votre compte Amazon dans Odoo" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " "Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:11 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 msgid "" "The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " -"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The **Access " -"Key** and the **Secret Key** can be found in Developer Central (where the " -":ref:`Developer Registration and Assessment form ` " -"was located)." +"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The " +"**Authorization Token** is the one you generated in the :ref:`previous step " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Upon saving, your credentials are checked. In case of issues, an error will " +"be displayed - the information cannot be saved until your credentials are " +"recognized by Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 msgid "" "Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " "are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" @@ -602,11 +658,11 @@ msgid "" " their synchronization." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:21 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 msgid "Match database products in Amazon" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:23 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 msgid "" "When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " "created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " @@ -614,7 +670,7 @@ msgid "" " charges (if any)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 msgid "" "The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " "matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " @@ -622,7 +678,7 @@ msgid "" "for gift wrapping charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 msgid "" "For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are " "listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " @@ -631,7 +687,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`the internal reference is used instead `." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:39 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 msgid "" "It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific " "product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" @@ -640,7 +696,7 @@ msgid "" " under different conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 msgid "" "If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " "given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " @@ -648,7 +704,7 @@ msgid "" "the shipping code." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:49 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " "<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " @@ -656,11 +712,11 @@ msgid "" "Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:55 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 msgid "Configure taxes of products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 msgid "" "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " "the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " @@ -669,7 +725,7 @@ msgid "" " subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 msgid "" "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " "Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " @@ -677,6 +733,188 @@ msgid "" "reconciling the payments in Odoo." msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil, are not officially " +"supported by Odoo but might be compatible with your seller account. These " +"marketplaces can be added manually should you wish to use them. See " +":ref:`here ` for the exhaustive list of " +"natively supported marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To find out if a marketplace is eventually compatible, check the `Amazon " +"Documentation " +"`_." +" The marketplace must belong to the same region as that of your seller " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To add a new marketplace, you must first enable :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:139 +msgid "" +"From there, you can create a new marketplace record. You will need the " +"Marketplace ID and Endpoint for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon" +" Documentation " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.`` to easily retrieve it (for" +" instance: ``Amazon.se``). The **Code**, **Domain** and **API Identifier** " +"fields should respectively hold the *Country Code*, *Amazon MWS Endpoint* " +"and *MarketplaceId* values from the Amazon Documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Once the marketplace is saved, you should then update the Amazon Account " +"configuration by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`, open the " +"account on which you wish to use the new marketplace, go to the " +"**Marketplaces** tab and click on **Update available marketplaces** (an " +"animation should confirm the success of the operation). Newly added " +"marketplaces are automatically added to the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces. If the new marketplace is not added to the list, it means that" +" it is either incompatible or unavailable for your seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:156 +msgid "" +"As manually added marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo, there " +"is no guarantee that adding one as described above will work, nor can this " +"be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:3 +msgid "Install the Amazon Connector Authentication Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Starting July 2020, the Amazon Connector requires the use of a new " +"authentication method that makes it easier for you to set up the Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Prior to the update, Odoo customers who wished to use the Amazon Connector " +"had to apply to get developer credentials through Amazon, which was a " +"painful and long process that could take weeks. This method of " +"authentication is still technically possible, but Amazon will refuse to " +"provide developer credentials for Odoo customers from July 2020 onwards and " +"will deactivate such credentials for existing customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This documentation will help you install the update and use the new " +"authentication flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that if your Odoo database was first created after the update was " +"released, the update module is installed automatically. You can check if " +"this module is already installed by going to the **Apps** menu, removing " +"the ``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``. If the module " +"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** is present and marked as installed, your " +"Odoo database is already up-to-date and you can proceed with the :doc:`setup" +" ` step of the Amazon Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:25 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The new authentication mechanism is made available through a new Odoo " +"module; to be able to install it, you must make sure that your Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, your code is already up-to-" +"date and you can proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then you must" +" update your installation as detailed in `this documentation page " +"`_ or by " +"contacting your integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:39 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:41 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by your Odoo instance to be available in " +"the **Apps** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to :menuselection:`Apps " +"--> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:48 +msgid "Install the Amazon/Authentication Patch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You should never install new modules in your production database without " +"testing them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, " +"a duplicate database can be created from the database management page as " +"explained in :doc:`this documentation page <../../db_management/db_online>`." +" For Odoo.sh users, you should use a staging or duplicate database. For on-" +"premise users, you should use a staging environment - you should contact " +"your integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a new " +"module in your particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The module should now be available in your **Apps** menu. Remove the " +"``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``; the module " +"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** should be available for installation. If you" +" cannot find the module after having updated the list of available modules, " +"it means your Odoo source code is not up-to-date; refer to step one of this " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, you will need to generate an Authorization " +"Token in Amazon Seller Central and set it up on your Amazon Account in Odoo;" +" this process is detailed in the :doc:`setup ` page." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "Connecteur eBay" @@ -871,7 +1109,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pour basculer sur le nouveau mécanisme de synchronisation : " #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -918,50 +1156,130 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" -"A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the " -"rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to " -"protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious." +"A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " +"is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " +"to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to " +"acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are " +"obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 -msgid "First time you request a down payment" +msgid "" +"Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " +"way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment" -" option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total " -"amount." +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 +msgid "First time you request a down payment" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 msgid "" -"The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account " -"and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments." +"When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " +"invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" +" them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 " +"options:" msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 +msgid "Regular invoice" +msgstr "Facture normale" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 +msgid "Down payment (percentage)" +msgstr "Acompte (pourcentage)" + #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment." -msgstr "" +msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" +msgstr "Montant de l'acompte (montant fixe)" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" -"On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be " -"automatically deducted." +"In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" +" the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " +"percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income " +"account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 -msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" -msgstr "Modifiez le compte de revenus et les taxes à la consommation" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 -msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*." +msgid "" +"When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " +"payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " +"product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, " +"you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you" +" choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able" +" to create an invoice**." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 msgid "" -"You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the" -" income account & customer taxes." +"For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" +" using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " +"our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , " +"before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view " +"the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the " +"down payment (as you can see below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +msgid "" +"There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " +"But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " +"So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the " +"possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** " +"button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** " +"button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order" +" and draft invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " +"order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" +" to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, " +"paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " +"quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " +"payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to " +"deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been " +"delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice " +"created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the " +"**Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the " +"delivered quantity manually on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 +msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" +msgstr "Modifiez le compte de revenus et les taxes à la consommation" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 +msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +msgid "" +"You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " +"to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " +"need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the " +"**Accounting Tab** on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 @@ -1055,73 +1373,109 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" -"Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for " -"invoicing:" +"Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 msgid "" -"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales " -"order is confirmed." +"The **Invoice what is ordered** rule is used as **default mode** in Odoo " +"Sales, which means that customers will be invoiced once the sales order is " +"confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 msgid "" -"Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a " -"partial delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode." +"The **Invoice what is delivered** rule will invoice customers once the " +"delivery is done. This rule concerns businesses that sell materials, liquids" +" or food in large quantities. In these cases, the quantity might diverge a " +"little bit and it is, therefore, preferable to invoice the quantity actually" +" delivered." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 msgid "" -"The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type " -"of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the" -" quantity might diverge a little bit and it is therefore better to invoice " -"the actual delivered quantity." +"Being able to have different invoicing options allow you more flexibility. " +"Indeed, you need to know exactly how to invoice your customers for different" +" situations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 +msgid "Activate these features" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" -"You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every " -"options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), " -"invoice a fixed advance." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " +"**Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 -msgid "Decide the policy on a product page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 msgid "" -"From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing " -"policy and select the one you want." +"If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not" +" be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which " +"automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 -msgid "Send the invoice" -msgstr "Envoyez la facture" +msgid "Choose an invoicing policy on a product form" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 msgid "" -"Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced " -"quantities." +"From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing " +"policy, which can be manually changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is " -"confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have" -" to validate the delivery." +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 +msgid "Impact on sales flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 msgid "" -"Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will " -"automatically add the quantities to invoice based on how many you delivered " -"if you did a partial delivery." +"On Odoo Sales, the basic sales flow will be to create a quotation, send it " +"to your customer, wait for confirmation, confirm the sales order and create " +"an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Invoice what is ordered**: No impact on this basic sales flow. Indeed, you" +" can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 +msgid "" +"**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will " +"have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to " +"install the **Inventory App** to confirm the delivered quantity before " +"creating an invoice, with the **Sales App**. Indeed, if you try to create an" +" invoice without validating the delivered quantity, you will receive an " +"error message as below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation " +"sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced " +"quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a " +"partial delivery)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Finally, to create an invoice, you will have different possibilities: " +"regular invoice or down payment (percentage or fixed amount)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about down payment here: " +":doc:`down_payment`, to master this incredible feature." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 @@ -1976,6 +2330,7 @@ msgstr "Modèle d'article : Polos" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuration" @@ -2242,6 +2597,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr ":doc:`quote_template`" @@ -2357,9 +2713,9 @@ msgid "" "will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before " "creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our " "documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as " -":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal`, " -":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize`, and others in the " -":doc:`../../ecommerce` documentation." +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 @@ -2386,16 +2742,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../ecommerce`" +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal`" +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize`" +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" @@ -2619,75 +2975,137 @@ msgid "" "Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " "it and make it specific for each quotation." msgstr "" +"Tous les devis seront désormais configurés de cette manière. Bien entendu, " +"vous pouvez toujours modifier et rendre spécifique chaque devis. " #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" msgstr ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" msgstr ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders" -msgstr "Ajouter des termes et conditions sur les commandes" +msgid "Add terms & conditions" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 msgid "" -"Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " -"between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " -"information which include products and company policy; allowing the customer" -" to read all those terms everything before committing to anything." +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " +"contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " +"delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all " +"formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other " +"hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing" +" to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms" +" and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you " +"manage." msgstr "" -"Spécifier des Termes et Conditions est essentiel pour assurer une bonne " -"relation entre les clients et les vendeurs. Chaque vendeur déclare les " -"informations formelles incluant les produits et la politique d'entreprise; " -"autorisant le client à lire tous ces termes avant de s'engager à quoi que ce" -" soit." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every " -"quotation, sales order and invoice." -msgstr "" -"Odoo vous laisse inclure vos termes et conditions par défaut sur chaque " -"devis, bon de commande et facture." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 +msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "Termes et conditions par défaut" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 -msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" -msgstr "Définissez vos termes et conditions par défaut." - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 msgid "" -"In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then " -"appear on every quotation, SO and invoice." -msgstr "" -"Dans cette case vous pouvez ajouter vos termes et conditions par défaut. Ils" -" apparaîtront alors sur chaque devis, bon de commande et facture." - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 -msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions" -msgstr "Définir des termes et conditions plus détaillés." - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 -msgid "" -"A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish" -" on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo." +"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " +"**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " +"Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is " +"done automatically with the installation of the sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured " -"conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default" -" attachment for all quotation emails sent." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 +msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" +" your default terms and conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 +msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 +msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 +msgid "" +"According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " +"on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" +" and conditions within your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " +":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 +msgid "General Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 +msgid "GT&C on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " +"page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " +"is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " +"category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " +"are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " +"quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " +"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and " +"create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the " +"confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online " +"payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to" +" configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & " +"conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 +msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez aussi joindre un document externe avec des conditions plus " -"détaillées et structurées sur l'e-mail que vous envoyez au client. Vous " -"pouvez même définir une pièce-jointe par défaut pour tous les devis envoyés " -"par e-mail." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po index 7e42909dd..616d2d66e 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -8,15 +8,17 @@ # Cécile Collart , 2019 # Fernanda Marques , 2020 # Jérôme Tanché , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Hamid Darabi, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jérôme Tanché , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Hamid Darabi, 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -33,76 +35,64 @@ msgid "Overview" msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 -msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" -msgstr "Listes de contact et liste de blocage" +msgid "Contact Lists and Blacklist" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:5 msgid "" "Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" " to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " "newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " "another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " -"distribution a lot easier." +"distribution easier." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 msgid "Contact lists" msgstr "Listes de contact" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:13 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if " -"you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in the" -" unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences." -msgstr "" - #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 msgid "" -"Once inside the list, you can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " -"specific list." +"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Is Public* " +"if you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in " +"the unsubscription page (allowing users to update their subscription " +"preferences)." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 msgid "History with the Log Notes" msgstr "L'historique avec les notes du journal de bord " -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:23 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:25 msgid "" -"A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient " -"(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." -msgstr "" -"Le mailing envoyé est enregistré dans le chatter du destinataire (aussi bien" -" pour un contact que pour une opportunité)." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:31 -msgid "" -"This is important as you and your team can easily keep track and see a " -"history of interactions with your contacts or prospects, granting you the " -"ability to better understand them." +"A record of the mailings sent is kept on the recipient's chatter (whether it" +" is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:33 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:28 msgid "" -"Example: your sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing " -"promotions a customer has received or not." +"This is important as you and team members can easily keep track and see a " +"history of the interactions with your contacts or prospects. Example: your " +"sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a " +"customer has received or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:37 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:35 msgid "Blacklist" msgstr "Liste de blocage" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:38 msgid "" "If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " -"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries in your " +"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries to your " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:40 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 msgid "" "For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " "Import`." @@ -112,77 +102,74 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Integrations and Templates" msgstr "Intégrations et modèles" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:5 msgid "" "Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " -"purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " +"purposes, but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " "costumers, for example." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 -msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS Campaigns" -msgstr "" +msgid "Campaigns" +msgstr "Campagnes" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:10 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:11 msgid "" "First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " -":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"activate the option Mailing Campaigns`." +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Mailing Campaigns*." msgstr "" -"Tout d'abord, assurez-vous d'avoir activé la fonctionnalité requise. Allez à" -" :menuselection:`Application d'email Marketing --> Configuration --> " -"Paramètres --> activer l'option campagnes de mailing`." -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:16 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:17 msgid "" -"Now, you will also have the menu *Campaigns* included in your *SMS " -"Marketing* page, allowing you to have an overview of your SMS mailings and " -"your email marketing ones." +"Now, the menu *Campaigns* is also available on the *SMS Marketing* app, " +"allowing you to manage and have an overview of your SMS mailings under " +"campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:22 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:23 msgid "" "This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " "have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " -"your kanban view to better organize the work being done." +"your Kanban view to better organize the work being done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:30 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:31 msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" msgstr "Envoyer des SMS via l'application Contacts" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:32 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 msgid "" "Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " "makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" " example." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:36 msgid "" "For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " "*SMS* icon next to the phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:39 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you would like to send a message in a batch here, you could go to " -":menuselection:`List View --> select all the contacts --> Action --> Send " -"SMS`." +"If you would like to send a message to multiple contacts at once, choose the" +" *List View*, select all the contacts needed, and under *Action* select " +"*Send SMS*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:47 -msgid "Set up SMS Templates" -msgstr "Configurez des modèles de SMS" - #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Now, go to " -":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates`." +msgid "Set up SMS templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:59 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:60 msgid "" "Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " "the context." @@ -190,39 +177,35 @@ msgstr "" "Utilisez des *espaces réserves* pour adapter automatiquement le contenu du " "SMS au contexte." -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:62 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra " -"notable integrations:" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:63 +msgid "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo:" msgstr "" -"La messagerie SMS est disponible via Odoo ! Voici quelques unes de nos " -"remarquables intégrations." -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:64 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." msgstr "*CRM*: envoyez des SMS à vos pistes et opportunités." -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." msgstr "*Abonnement* : prévenez les clients sur leur abonnement." -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." msgstr "*Comptabilité* : envoyer des rappels de paiement." -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." msgstr "" "*Automatisation du marketing* : automatisez vos campagnes de marketing SMS." -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 msgid "" "*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." msgstr "" "*Inventaire* : envoyez une confirmation automatique lorsque un bon de " "livraison est généré. " -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 msgid "" "*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " "document online." @@ -230,167 +213,161 @@ msgstr "" "*Signer* : recevez un code de validation pour vérifier votre identité avant " "de signer un document en ligne." -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 msgid "" "*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." msgstr "" "*Le fournisseur de prélèvement automatique SEPA* : envoie un code de " "vérification à vos clients." -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:72 msgid "" "*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." msgstr "" "*Studio* : envoie un SMS en fonction de vos besoins via des actions " "automatisées." -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:74 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" " asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." msgstr "" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_template`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:5 msgid "" "Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" " to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " "very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " -"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones - " -"people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" +"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 -msgid "Install the app" -msgstr "Installez l'application" +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Démarrer" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 -msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." -msgstr "" -"Allez à *Apps*, cherchez *Marketing par SMS* et cliquez sur *Installer*." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:16 -msgid "Build an SMS mailing" -msgstr "Créez un mailing SMS" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." msgstr "Allez à :menuselection:`Marketing SMS --> Créer`." -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:24 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 msgid "" -"First, you will be able to specify a *subject* name that will help you to " -"remember what the mailing is about." +"Specify a *subject* name to help you remembering what the mailing is about." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:26 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:20 msgid "" -"Under *recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" -" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) will " -"receive your SMS." +"Under *Recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" +" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) receive " +"your SMS." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:28 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:22 msgid "" "From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." -" In the example below, the message will be sent to contacts living in " +" In the example below, the message would be sent to the contacts living in " "Belgium." msgstr "" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose the " +"specific mailing lists you created to group specific contacts. You are " +"allowed to select multiple ones." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 msgid "" -"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose mailing " -"lists you ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to" -" your Newsletters, or both! Note that you are allowed to select more than " -"one *Mailing list*." +"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo automatically " +"generates *link trackers* in order to generate data about these links." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:42 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:36 msgid "" -"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " -"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, you will be able to " -"get data about those links." +"Under *Settings* you have the option *Include opt-out link*. If activated, " +"the contact is able to unsubscribe from the mailing list." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:45 -msgid "" -"On *Settings* you have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " -"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list he " -"is not interested in anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:52 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:43 msgid "" "In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" " your sent links, access them and look at statistics." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:50 msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:63 -msgid "Sending my mailing" -msgstr "Envoyer votre mailing" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:53 +msgid "Send a mailing" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:57 msgid "" "Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " "to be delivered:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:69 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 msgid "" -"Put in queue: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run. " -"Interesting option if you do not mind when the triggering will happen." +"*Put in Queue*: the mailing is triggered with the next automatic run. " +"Interesting option if you do not need the message to be sent at a specific " +"time." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:71 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:61 msgid "" -"Send now: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if there" -" are not that many recipients." +"*Send Now*: sends the message immediately. Use this option if the recipient " +"list is not excessive." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:73 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:62 msgid "" -"Schedule: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings that" -" you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while " -"it is active or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." +"*Schedule*: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " +"that you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer " +"while it is active, or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:76 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:65 msgid "" -"Test: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " +"*Test*: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " "purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " "while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " "you must remember to use a comma between them." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:82 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:70 msgid "Visualize reports" msgstr "Visualisez vos rapports" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:83 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:72 msgid "" -"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, you are capable of applying" -" filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " -"performance of your SMS mailings." +"Under the *Reporting* menu apply filters, measures, and adopt different " +"layouts to do analyses of the performance of your SMS mailings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:90 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:79 msgid "" -"You can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on" -" the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." +"You can also check the price to send an SMS for your country by clicking on " +"the *Information* icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:86 msgid "" -"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " -"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information on that access: " -":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`" +"**Buy Credits:** in order to take advantage of the app and its features, " +"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information: " +":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po index 25de13a31..3f6859019 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jérôme Tanché , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 msgid "" -"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel will be shown. The " -"overview of the campaign shows you global metric such as:" +"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The " +"overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/livechat`" +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/overview/get_started`" msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/support.po index 87528d2fc..fd0580312 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/support.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ # Priscilla Sanchez , 2020 # Richard Mathot , 2020 # amsodoo , 2020 -# Jonathan , 2020 +# Jonathan Castillo , 2020 # Fernanda Marques , 2020 # Vincent Luba , 2020 # @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-07 16:16+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vincent Luba , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -85,166 +85,180 @@ msgid "Release date" msgstr "Date de publication" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "🏁" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" msgstr "**Odoo 13.0**" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "|green|" msgstr "|vert|" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 msgid "October 2019" msgstr "Octobre 2019" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" msgstr "Odoo 12.saas~3" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "N/A" msgstr "N/D" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 msgid "August 2019" msgstr "Août 2019" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" msgstr "**Odoo 12.0**" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 msgid "October 2018" msgstr "Octobre 2018" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" msgstr "Odoo 11.saas~3" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "April 2018" msgstr "Avril 2018" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" msgstr "**Odoo 11.0**" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "October 2017" msgstr "Octobre 2017" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2020*" msgstr "*La fin du support est prévue pour octobre 2020* " -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~15" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "|orange|" msgstr "|orange|" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 msgid "March 2017" msgstr "Mars 2017" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~14" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "January 2017" msgstr "Janvier 2017" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" msgstr "**Odoo 10.0**" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "|red|" msgstr "|red|" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 msgid "October 2016" msgstr "Octobre 2016" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" msgstr "Odoo 9.saas~11" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 msgid "May 2016" msgstr "Mai 2016" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" msgstr "**Odoo 9.0**" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 msgid "October 2015" msgstr "Octobre 2015" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" msgstr "Odoo 8.saas~6" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 msgid "February 2015" msgstr "Février 2015" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" msgstr "**Odoo 8.0**" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "September 2014" msgstr "Septembre 2014" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:54 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 msgid "|green| Supported version" msgstr "|green| Version supportée" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 msgid "|red| End-of-support" msgstr "|red| Fin du support" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" msgstr "N/D Jamais publié pour cette plateforme" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 msgid "" "|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " "Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " @@ -255,29 +269,29 @@ msgstr "" " uniquement pour les problèmes bloquants et vous conseillons de migrer vers " "une version plus récente." -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:64 msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" msgstr "🏁 Prochaine version, pas encore publiée" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:75 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:77 msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" msgstr "J'utilise une ancienne version d'Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:77 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:79 msgid "" "OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." msgstr "" "OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 et 5.0 ne sont plus supportés, quelle que soit la " "plateforme." -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:79 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:81 msgid "" "TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." msgstr "" "TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 et 1.0 ne sont plus supportés, quelle que soit la " "plateforme." -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:81 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:83 msgid "" "You should consider `upgrading `_ your database." msgstr "" @@ -356,12 +370,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 msgid "" -"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " -"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" +" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" msgstr "" -"*Le Support d'Odoo ne procède à aucun changement sur votre base de données " -"de production mais vous donne tout le matériel et les connaissances pour le " -"faire vous même !*" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 msgid "What kind of support is not included?" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index d60c1bbc9..a5a05bdb4 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -9,26 +9,26 @@ # Fred Gilson , 2019 # Eloïse Stilmant , 2019 # Renaud de Colombel , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Richard Mathot , 2019 # Florian Hatat, 2019 # Melanie Bernard , 2019 -# Monsieur Chat , 2019 +# 2bb6a6c9c26c6796aa3f72da499aab31_c4bf95e <50ab448b17d7dd714d37f715e9558f9f_400401>, 2019 # Shark McGnark , 2019 # Xavier Belmere , 2019 # André Madeira Cortes , 2019 # Cécile Collart , 2019 # Fernanda Marques , 2020 # Miora RAKOTOVAO , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Miora RAKOTOVAO , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -197,6 +197,105 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." msgstr "Pour finir, autorisez l'accès de Google API à Odoo." +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuration" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, click on *Stats* to see complete " +"statistics about the number of clicks and the country of origin of those " +"clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can also access the link tracker by typing *odoo.com/r* on your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics `, those trackers " +"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " +"your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM <../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` " +"application allows you to understand where your leads and opportunities are " +"coming from." +msgstr "" + #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" msgstr "Comment faire l'optimisation des moteurs de recherche (SEO) sur Odoo " @@ -1851,8 +1950,8 @@ msgstr "" " s'agit d'une limitation de la plateforme cloud d'Odoo." #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 msgid "Manage Multi Websites" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 2fbaaf03a..640ffdaec 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -5,10 +5,11 @@ # # Translators: # Volluta , 2019 -# Julia van Orsouw , 2019 -# Eric Geens , 2019 # Gunther Clauwaert , 2019 # Thomas Pot , 2019 +# Eric Geens , 2020 +# Cas Vissers , 2020 +# Cas Vissers , 2020 # Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Erwin van der Ploeg , 2020 # Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020 @@ -18,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -28,9 +29,9 @@ msgstr "" "Language: nl\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 -msgid "Accounting" -msgstr "Boekhouding" +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 +msgid "Invoicing and Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" @@ -156,6 +157,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:114 msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" @@ -201,41 +203,50 @@ msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 -msgid "**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks" +msgid "" +"**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks. (:doc:`Click here for " +"more information `)" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:28 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:277 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:329 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:112 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie" @@ -310,7 +321,7 @@ msgid "After this, your bank feeds will be regularly synchronized." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:579 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:579 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" @@ -425,12 +436,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" -msgstr "Hoe uw PayPal account synchroniseren met Odoo?" +msgid "Synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -554,229 +566,212 @@ msgstr "" "U moet enkel de eerste keer uw credentials ingeven. Eenmaal dit gedaan is " "zal Odoo elke 4 uur automatisch met PayPal synchroniseren." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 +msgid "Ponto as Bank Synchronization provider" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate " +"their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within " +"one app. It is a third-party solution that is continuously expanding the " +"number of bank institutions that can be synchronized with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Accounting** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank " +"statements imported automatically into your database. This allows for easier" +" **bank reconciliation**. When :doc:`adding a bank account on Odoo " +"<../setup/bank_accounts>`, you can see if your bank requires a connection " +"through Ponto by searching for your bank institution, and clicking on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can find more information about bank synchronization :doc:`on this page " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 +msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:33 +msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:34 +msgid "Create an account if you don’t have one yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:35 +msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Select your bank institution and follow the steps on-screen to link your " +"bank account with your Ponto account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Make sure to add all the bank accounts you want to synchronize with your " +"Odoo database before moving on to the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 +msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Odoo requires you to insert your Ponto's **Client ID** and **Secret ID** to " +"synchronize both platforms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To generate these IDs, go to :menuselection:`Ponto Dashboard --> Integration" +" --> Live`, click on *Add Integration*, fill out the form, and select which " +"accounts you want to synchronize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:61 +msgid "Copy the Client ID and Secret ID generated and paste them in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:62 +msgid "Configure the synchronization options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Action**: define if Odoo must create a new *Journal* for this bank " +"account, link to an existing Journal, or create no link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:66 +msgid "**Journal**: select the appropriate *Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Synchronization Frequency**: define how often Odoo should fetch the bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:74 +msgid "" +"It is good practice to have one Journal per bank account. If you synchronize" +" a single bank account, link it to the existing *Bank* journal. If you have " +"multiple accounts, it is recommended to pick the *Create new journal* option" +" for all additional accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:81 +msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the " +"synchronization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Click on *Update Accounts* to enter your new Client ID and Secret ID, or " +"click on *Edit* to modify the synchronization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:92 +msgid "Deprecated API tokens" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Ponto's previous synchronization system using API tokens is now deprecated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:96 +msgid "" +"This section is only relevant for users who had previously linked Ponto with" +" Odoo using a single API token instead of the current synchronization system" +" with a *Client ID* and a *Secret ID*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:99 +msgid "**Update** your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "*SaaS* and *Odoo.sh* users:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "you can skip this step, as your database is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "*Community* and *Enterprise* users:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"download the latest Odoo source code for your version (you can download it " +"from `this link `_ or from GitHub), install it, " +"and restart your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Do a **hard refresh** of your Odoo page by pressing *CTRL + F5*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"A hard refresh clears the cache and the javascript code for the current " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To **generate your access key**, follow :ref:`the steps above `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To **update your credentials**, follow :ref:`the steps above `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/bank_accounts`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:184 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Diversen" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" -msgstr "Hoe verzamelbetalingen beheren?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " -"will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " -"money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " -"manually bring the checks to the bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" -" be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " -"transactions." -msgstr "" -"De bank vraagt om een stortingsbewijs in te vullen met details van de " -"cheques of contant geld en dit bij de transacties te bewaren." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " -"reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." -msgstr "" -"Het bankafschrift toont het totale bedrag dat is gestort, en de referentie " -"van het stortingsbewijs, niet de afzonderlijke cheques." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " -"reconcile them with your bank statement easily." -msgstr "" -"Odoo ondersteunt het voorbereiden en afdrukken van stortingsbewijzen en " -"lettert ze later eenvoudig af met het bankafschrift." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 -msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" -msgstr "Installeer de verzamelbetaling optie" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " -"Deposit** to be installed." -msgstr "" -"Om batchboekingen te kunnen gebruiken, moet de module **Batch Deposit** " -"geïnstalleerd zijn." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" -" your country." -msgstr "" -"Normaal gezien wordt deze module automatisch geïnstalleerd als cheques veel " -"gebruikt worden in uw land." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " -"application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." -msgstr "" -"Om te verifiëren of de **verzamelbetaling** mogelijkheid is geïnstalleerd, " -"ga naar :menuselection:`Configuratie --> Instellingen` menu van de " -"boekhoudmodule. Controleer of **Verzamelbetaling** aangevinkt staat." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 -msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" -msgstr "Activeer de optie op uw bankrekeningen" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " -"deposits on your main bank accounts." -msgstr "" -"Eenmaal u deze optie heeft geïnstalleerd zal Odoo automatisch bankdeposito's" -" activeren op uw hoofd bankrekeningen." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " -"the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " -"'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the " -"Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" -" to **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " -"payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " -"make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch " -"Deposits afterwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 -msgid "From checks received to the bank" -msgstr "Van cheques ontvangen op de bank" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 -msgid "Receive customer checks" -msgstr "Ontvang klanten cheques" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once your checks are received, record them on the bank account on which you " -"plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal if " -"you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit. " -"Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 -msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." -msgstr "In het memo veld kan u de referentie van de cheque invullen." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 -msgid "" -"payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " -"Payment** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 -msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" -msgstr "Een verzamelbetaling voorbereiden" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 -msgid "" -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " -"deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " -"deposited yet. That way you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " -"check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 -msgid "" -"You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " -"the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 -msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 -msgid "" -"When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " -"ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " -"is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with " -"the bank statement line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 -msgid "" -"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fill all the checks " -"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in the batch " -"deposit in the example below)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:111 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "Problemen oplossen" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 -msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" -msgstr "Ik zie geen verzamelbetaling link op bankafschriften? " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " -"be two reasons:" -msgstr "" -"Indien u geen verzamelbetaling link heeft op uw bankafschriften, kunnen er " -"twee redenen zijn:" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 -msgid "" -"After having installed the batch deposit features you need to reload the " -"page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" -" button of your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 -msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 -msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" -msgstr "Wat gebeurt er als een cheque geweigerd werd?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " -"in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " -"refused." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 -msgid "" -"In this case click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " -"bank statement matching." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" +msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 @@ -931,117 +926,192 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "Bank afletteren" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 -msgid "Configure model of entries" -msgstr "Configureer model of boekingen" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 +msgid "Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "Afletterregels" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once the bank statements are correctly imported, it is essential to " +"*reconcile* the records properly and ensure all *Journal Entries* are " +"balanced and in agreement. To ease and speed up the reconciliation process, " +"you can configure **Reconciliation Models**, which are particularly useful " +"with recurrent entries such as bank fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Reconciliation Models are also useful to handle *Cash Discounts*. Please " +"refer to :doc:`this documentation " +"<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 +msgid "Types of Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 +msgid "There are three types of Reconciliation Models:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`Write-off Button `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 +msgid "" +":ref:`Suggestion of counterpart values `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 +msgid ":ref:`Match existing invoices/bills `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 +msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the " +"buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the " +"values automatically, before validating the reconciliation. Each button is a" +" different Reconciliation Model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 +msgid "Suggest counterpart values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values " +"that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules " +"defined in the reconciliation model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 +msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer " +"Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is " +"to validate the entry. This automation is based on a set of rules defined in" +" the reconciliation model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. " +"Alternatively, you can also open this menu from the Accounting Overview, by " +"going to your Bank Journal card, clicking on the three little dots, and then" +" on *Reconciliation Models*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for " +"the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to " +"leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new one," +" then fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Soort" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 +msgid "" +"See :ref:`above ` for an explanation about the " +"different types of Reconciliation Models." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the *Documents* application is installed on your database, an additional " +"**Activity type** field appears when *To check* is ticked. Selecting the " +"value *Reconciliation request* implies that, whenever you use this model, a " +"*Request Document* window pops up to request a document from a user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 +msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" +msgstr "Condities op bankafschriftregel" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Define here all the conditions that are required for a Reconciliation Model " +"to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 +msgid "" +"If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the" +" *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of " +"the models in the *list view*. They can be rearranged by dragging-and-" +"dropping the handle next to the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 +msgid "Counterpart Values" +msgstr "Tegenwaardes" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This section comprises the values that are applied by the Reconciliation " +"Model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 +msgid "" +"If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, " +"click on *Add a second line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" +msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Bank reconciliation process - use cases" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 ../../accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Overzicht" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " -"order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " -"my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " -"current balance. This fee is thus variable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 -msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" -msgstr "Maak afletter modellen" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " -"to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " -":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 -msgid "" -"We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " -"depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 -msgid "" -"We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " -"book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " -"\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " -"Odoo to take the entire fee into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 -msgid "Save your changes when you are done." -msgstr "Bewaar uw wijzigingen nadat u klaar bent." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " -"under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" -msgstr "" -"U kan deze functionaliteit ook gebruiken om kortingen af te handelen. Kijk " -"aub naar :doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:47 -msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " -"impacted by the payment of the bank fee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:52 -msgid "" -"When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " -"**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" -" relevant data instantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:59 -msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." -msgstr "Klik uiteindelijk op **Afletteren** om het proces te voltooien." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" -msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" "Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " @@ -1181,80 +1251,171 @@ msgstr "Druk op CTRL-Enter om alle gebalanceerde lijnen af te letteren." msgid "Setup" msgstr "Instellingen" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" -msgstr "Hoe een nieuwe bankrekening opzetten?" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Accounts" +msgstr "Bankrekeningen" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " -"guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " -"account." +"You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " +"Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " +"up to date and ready for the reconciliation with your *Journal Entries*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 -msgid "Edit a bank account" -msgstr "Wijzig een bankrekening" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 msgid "" -"To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" -" it first before filling your own bank information." +"In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " +"*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." +"Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" +" are automatically created and configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 msgid "" -"Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " -"method like SEPA" -msgstr "" -"Odoo detecteert het type bankrekening (bijvoorbeeld IBAN) om betaalmethodes " -"zoals SEPA toe te staan" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 -msgid "Create a bank account" -msgstr "Maak een bankrekening" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" -" on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" -" number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. " -"Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." +"Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " +"Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" +" are displayed when appropriate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " -"the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " -"accounts from another company." +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 +msgid "Add a new Bank Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 msgid "" -"The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " -"of the previous one within the same journal automatically." +"You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" +" your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " +"<../feeds/bank_statements>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:57 -msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" -msgstr "Verwijder een bankrekening of kredietkaart rekening" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 +msgid "Bank Synchronization" +msgstr "Bank synchronisatie" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 msgid "" -"From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " -"the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " -"menu" +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " +"list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this bank synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +msgid "Manual configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" +" out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 +msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 +msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " +"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" +" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " +"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " +"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " +"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Advanced configuration" +msgstr "Geavanceerde configuratie" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " +"modify." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" +" and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " +"can edit the bank account's number, Account Holder, Account Holder Name, and" +" your Bank Institution's details by clicking on the *External Link* next to " +"the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "" +"You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " +"Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " +"in the **Bank Statements** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Learn: Accounting Basics `_" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" -msgstr "Hoe een bank te beheren in een vreemde valuta?" +msgid "Manage a bank in a foreign currency" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1422,7 +1583,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a cash register?" +msgid "Manage a cash register" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 @@ -1445,6 +1606,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:249 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Gebruik" @@ -1502,6 +1665,5316 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "De transactie wordt toegevoegd aan de huidige contante betaling registratie." +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 +msgid "Localizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 +msgid "Argentina" +msgstr "Argentinië" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introductie" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " +"this version the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " +"localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" +" to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " +"Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " +"Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " +"on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " +"that is used to analyze the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " +"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " +"AFIP regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:29 +msgid "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " +"the first two modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:35 +msgid "Configure your company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " +"company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " +"the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " +"structure of the company:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:46 +msgid "Chart of Account" +msgstr "Rekeningschema" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " +"accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " +"considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" +" companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:52 +msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:53 +msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:54 +msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 +msgid "Configure Master data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:66 +msgid "Environment" +msgstr "Omgeving" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " +"and Production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " +"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " +"to select the environment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +msgid "AFIP Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " +"provided by the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " +"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " +"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " +"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " +"`Get AFIP Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " +"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " +"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "Relatie" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:150 +msgid "Identification Type and VAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:114 +msgid "" +"As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " +"AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " +"for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" +" Odoo but only the common ones are active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:126 +msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " +"should be defined in the partner form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "BTW" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:137 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " +"with their related financial account and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:144 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:195 +msgid "Taxes Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:146 +msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:148 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:149 +msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:150 +msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:151 +msgid "Otros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:154 +msgid "Special Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" +" taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " +"creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " +"Inactive taxes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:164 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:211 +msgid "Document Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:166 +msgid "" +"In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " +"types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " +"AFIP)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:170 +msgid "" +"The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " +"the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " +"of invoices as well of account moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" +" on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " +"when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The information required for the document types is included by default so " +"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:232 +msgid "" +"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " +"activated if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:187 +msgid "Letters" +msgstr "Brieven" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:189 +msgid "" +"For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" +" the transaction/operation, example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:193 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:194 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" +" must be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " +"associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:236 +msgid "Use on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:205 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:238 +msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:207 +msgid "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:133 +msgid "Journals" +msgstr "Dagboeken" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " +"depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:218 +msgid "" +"For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " +"Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" +" can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " +"invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:222 +msgid "" +"If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" +" because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " +"account moves related to internal control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:226 +msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:231 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " +"defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " +"for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:236 +msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +msgid "Web Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:240 +msgid "" +"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " +"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +msgid "" +"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " +"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" +" Bond `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +msgid "" +"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " +"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " +"the document type related is type “E”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:252 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " +"the operations related to this AFIP POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:255 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" +" for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " +"example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that " +"you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " +"invoice report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:260 +msgid "" +"**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " +"(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " +"sequence. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:263 +msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:264 +msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:265 +msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:295 +msgid "Sequences" +msgstr "Reeksen" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" +" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " +"under :doc:`developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can " +"be used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:277 +msgid "" +"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " +"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " +"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " +"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:283 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +msgid "Usage and testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:286 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:166 +msgid "Invoice" +msgstr "Factuur" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:288 +msgid "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " +"invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:292 +msgid "Document type assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " +"based on the AFIP document type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:297 +msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:302 +msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:307 +msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:312 +msgid "" +"As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " +"prefix and sequence is given by the document type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:315 +msgid "" +"The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " +"different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " +"manually by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:321 +msgid "" +"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" +" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" +" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " +"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " +"draft until the related data is corrected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:329 +msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " +"10 days after the CAE is generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:332 +msgid "Result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:334 +msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:335 +msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:341 +msgid "Invoice Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " +"behavior on the pdf report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:346 +msgid "" +"**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " +"identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " +"following AFIP Responsibility type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:349 +msgid "Responsable Inscripto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:354 +msgid "" +"**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " +"part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " +"the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:358 +msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:359 +msgid "Consumidor Final." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:360 +msgid "Responsable Monotributo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:361 +msgid "IVA liberado." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +msgid "Special Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:371 +msgid "Invoices for Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:372 +msgid "" +"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " +"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" +" tab “Other Info”:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +msgid "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" +" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " +"the invoice month:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:386 +msgid "Exportation Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:387 +msgid "" +"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " +"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" +" type be associated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +msgid "" +"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " +"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " +"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:396 +msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:397 +msgid "Exportation document type ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:398 +msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:399 +msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +msgid "Exempt Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +msgid "" +"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " +"Info --> Accounting`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +msgid "Fiscal Bond" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " +"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:442 +msgid "" +"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:419 +msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:136 +msgid "Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +msgid "Zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:422 +msgid "Detail each item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:424 +msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +msgid "Complete description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +msgid "Unit Net Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 +msgid "Quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +msgid "Unit of measurement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +msgid "Bonus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:430 +msgid "VAT rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " +"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " +"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " +"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " +"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" +" to their clients and / or vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:444 +msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:445 +msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:446 +msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:447 +msgid "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +msgid "" +"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " +"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " +"originator document passed to the note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " +"A or B)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +msgid "" +"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:468 +msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +msgid "" +"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " +"Cancellation?” as True." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:471 +msgid "" +"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " +"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " +"(false)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +msgid "Invoice printed report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:479 +msgid "" +"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " +"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " +"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:488 +msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:489 +msgid "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " +"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:499 +msgid "" +"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " +"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " +"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:639 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Facturen" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:509 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " +"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" +" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " +"if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:516 +msgid "" +"The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " +"validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " +"will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " +"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " +"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:528 +msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:529 +msgid "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:533 +msgid "" +"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:534 +msgid "" +"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " +"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +msgid "" +"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " +"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +msgid "How to use it in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:544 +msgid "" +"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " +"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +msgid "" +"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " +"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:558 +msgid "Special Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:560 +msgid "Untaxed Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:561 +msgid "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " +"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:564 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" +" the Exempt concept:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +msgid "Perception Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:572 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " +"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " +"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:580 +msgid "" +"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " +"it and set the correct amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:586 +msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:590 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "Rapportages" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:592 +msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:598 +msgid "VAT Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:601 +msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:607 +msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:613 +msgid "Resumen de IVA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:619 +msgid "IIBB - Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:622 +msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:628 +msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:3 +msgid "Chile" +msgstr "Chili" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Chilean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13. In this" +" version, the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl:** Adds accounting features for the Chilean localization, which " +"represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " +"Chile and under the SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos) regulations and " +"guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl_edi:** Includes all technical and functional requirements to " +"generate and receive Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the SII " +"regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl_reports:** Adds the reports Propuesta F29 y Balance Tributario (8" +" columnas)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:24 +msgid "Install the Chilean localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:26 +msgid "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Chile. Then click *Install* in the " +"module **Chile E-invoicing**. This module has a dependency with **Chile - " +"Accounting**. In case this last one is not installed, Odoo installs it " +"automatically with E-invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you install a database from scratch selecting Chile as country, Odoo " +"will automatically install the base module: Chile - Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:40 +msgid "Company Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your company " +"data. Additional to the basic information, you need to add all the data and " +"elements required for Electronic Invoice, the easiest way to configure it is" +" in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chilean Localization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:48 +msgid "Fiscal Information" +msgstr "Fiscale informatie" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Fill in the fiscal information for your company according to the SII " +"register, follow the instructions on each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:173 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:60 +msgid "" +"This is part of the main information required to generate electronic " +"Invoice, select your environment and the legal information, as well as the " +"email address to receive invoices from your vendors and the alias you use to" +" send invoices to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:69 +msgid "Configure DTE Incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:71 +msgid "" +"In order to receive you the claim and acceptance emails from your customers," +" it is crucial to define the DTE incoming email server, considering this " +"configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For your Go-live make sure you archive/remove from your inbox all the emails" +" related to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:83 +msgid "Certificate" +msgstr "Certificaat" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:85 +msgid "" +"In order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate" +" with the extension ``.pfx`` is required, proceed to this section and load " +"your file and password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:96 +msgid "" +"A certificate can be shared between several users. If this is the case leave" +" the user field empty, so all your billing users can use the same one. On " +"the other hand, if you need to restrict the certificate for a particular " +"user, just define the users in the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 +msgid "Financial Reports" +msgstr "Financiële rapportages" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The report Propuesta F29 requires two values that need to be defined as part" +" of the company configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +msgid "Multicurrency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the SBIF, you can find " +"the SBIF synchronization service in the currency rate configuration and you " +"can set a predefined interval for the rate updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:122 +msgid "" +"In order to configure your token, you need to enable developer mode and " +"access to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System parameters` and " +"search the parameter ``sbif_api_key`` and in the field Value introduce your " +"token provided by the SBIF:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:131 +msgid "Chart of accounts" +msgstr "Grootboekschema" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " +"included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " +"in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:137 +msgid "Default Account Payable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:138 +msgid "Default Account Receivable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:139 +msgid "Transfer Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:140 +msgid "Conversion Rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:144 +msgid "Master Data" +msgstr "Stamgegevens" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:152 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, the identification types defined by the" +" SII are now available on the Partner form. This information is essential " +"for most transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:161 +msgid "TaxpayerType" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:163 +msgid "" +"In Chile, the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the Taxpayer Type. This field should be " +"defined in the partner form, when creating a customer is important you make " +"sure this value is set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:175 +msgid "" +"As part of the information that is sent in the electronic Invoice, you need " +"to define the email that is going to appear as the sender of the electronic " +"invoice to your customer, and the Industry description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:187 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with" +" their related financial account and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:197 +msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:199 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:200 +msgid "" +"ILA (Impuesto a la Ley de Alcholes). Taxes for alcoholic drinks. It has a " +"different rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:204 +msgid "Fiscal Positions" +msgstr "Fiscale posities" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase transactions, the VAT can have different affections. " +"This will be done in Odoo using the default purchase fiscal positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:213 +msgid "" +"In some Latin American countries, including Chile, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document types" +" defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Chile case: SII)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The document type is essential information that needs to be displayed in the" +" printed reports and that needs to be easily identified within the set of " +"invoices as well of account moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the " +"country on which the document is applicable and the data is created " +"automatically when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:240 +msgid "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal uses " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:241 +msgid "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:252 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "Verkoop" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:254 +msgid "" +"Sales Journals in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location, " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:256 +msgid "Ventas Santiago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:257 +msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:259 +msgid "For the retail stores is common to have one journal per POS:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:261 +msgid "Cashier 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:262 +msgid "Cashier 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:266 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "Inkoop" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:268 +msgid "" +"The transactions purchase can be managed with a single journal, but " +"sometimes companies use more than one in order to handle some accounting " +"transactions that are not related to vendor bills but can be easily " +"registered using this model, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:272 +msgid "Tax Payments to government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:273 +msgid "Employees payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:279 +msgid "When creating sales journals the next information must be filled in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:281 +msgid "" +"**Point of sale type**: If the Sales journal will be used for electronic " +"documents, the option Online must be selected. Otherwise, if the journal is " +"used for invoices imported from a previous system or if you are using the " +"SII portal “Facturación MiPyme“ you can use the option Manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:285 +msgid "" +"**Use Documents**: This field is used to define if the journal will use " +"Document Types. It is only applicable to Purchase and Sales journals that " +"can be related to the different sets of document types available in Chile. " +"By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:297 +msgid "" +"When a Journal is created we have two options with document types sequences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Create new sequences: In this case, Odoo will create new sequences for the " +"most common document types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Use existent sequence: If the sequence should be shared between several " +"journals, the user can add manually sequences previously created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:309 +msgid "" +"For the Chilean localization it’s important to define the default Debt and " +"Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:313 +msgid "CAF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:315 +msgid "" +"For each sequence related to the documents type, a CAF (Folio Authorization " +"Code) is required, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor with the" +" folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:319 +msgid "" +"Your company can make several requests for folios and obtain several CAFs, " +"each one associated with different ranges of folios. In this way, you could " +"order folios per the different segmentations you have in your journals " +"(example per office) thus avoiding distributing a range of folios. In this " +"way, each branch would have its private key of the respective CAF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:324 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the SII documentation to check the detail on how to acquire " +"the CAF: `SII Timbraje `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 +msgid "" +"Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with journal sequence" +" in Odoo, after you create the sequence for the first time the will be in " +"red, which indicates that no CAF has been configured for that particular " +"sequence:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:339 +msgid "In order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:341 +msgid "Open the sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:342 +msgid "Go the the Tab “CAF”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:343 +msgid "Upload the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 +msgid "Save the CAF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:345 +msgid "Save the sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:352 +msgid "" +"As a result, the sequence color changes to black and the column Next number " +"and quantity available are updated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:361 +msgid "Usage and Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:364 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:366 +msgid "" +"In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the " +"Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next" +" diagram we explain how the information transmitted to the SII and between " +"the customers and Vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:376 +msgid "Customer invoice Emission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:378 +msgid "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" +" created in the standard way, for Chile one of the differentiators is the " +"document type which is selected automatically based on the Taxpayer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:382 +msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:390 +msgid "Validation and DTE Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:392 +msgid "" +"When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically" +" when it’s created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " +"After the invoice is posted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:395 +msgid "" +"The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in" +" the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:396 +msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:402 +msgid "" +"The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that" +" runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII " +"immediately you can do it manually as well. The DTE status workflow is as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:411 +msgid "" +"In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using" +" the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to " +"the invoice, you can use this number to check the details the SII sent back " +"by email. The DTE status is updated to Ask for Status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you " +"want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result " +"can either be Accepted, Accepted With Objection or Rejected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:425 +msgid "" +"There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or " +"Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you " +"will receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:433 +msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " +"now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:439 +msgid "" +"**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct " +"but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " +"valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 +msgid "" +"**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and " +"needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you" +" registered in the SII, if it is properly configured in Odoo, the details " +"are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:452 +msgid "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:454 +msgid "Change the document to draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:455 +msgid "" +"Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:456 +msgid "Post the invoice again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:464 +msgid "Crossed references" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:466 +msgid "" +"When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the " +"information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab" +" Cross Reference, which is commonly used for credit or debit notes, but in " +"some cases can be used on Customer Invoices as well. In the case of the " +"credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:476 +msgid "Invoice PDF Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:478 +msgid "" +"After the invoice is Accepted and valdiated by the SII and the PDF is " +"printed it includes the fiscal elements that indicates out document is " +"fiscally valid:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:487 +msgid "Commercial Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:489 +msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:491 +msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:492 +msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they" +" will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:495 +msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:503 +msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:505 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in " +"Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to " +"proceed is with a Credit Note to either cancel the Invoice or correct it. " +"Please refer to the Credit Notes section for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 +msgid "Common Errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:516 +msgid "" +"There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are " +"some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:519 +msgid "Error: RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:521 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State" +" and City." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:523 +msgid "Error en Monto : - IVA debe declararse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:525 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:529 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one " +"on each invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:527 +msgid "Error: Rut No Autorizado a Firmar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:531 +msgid "" +"Error: Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" +"[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:534 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF in the journal sequence related to this " +"document as the one you’re using is expired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:540 +msgid "Credit Notes" +msgstr "Creditfactuur" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:542 +msgid "" +"When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " +"credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file " +"is required for the Credit Note sequence, which is identified as document 64" +" in the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:551 +msgid "" +"Refer to the journal section where we described the process to load the CAF " +"on each sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:555 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:607 +msgid "Use Cases" +msgstr "Use cases" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:558 +msgid "Cancel Referenced document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 +msgid "" +"In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit" +" note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:568 +msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:570 +msgid "" +"If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " +"Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select" +" the option “Solo corregir Texto”. In this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:578 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price " +"0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:585 +msgid "" +"It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " +"it is taken for this use case in specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:589 +msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:591 +msgid "" +"When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note" +" and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:600 +msgid "Debit Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:602 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an " +"existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " +"button “Add Debit Note”. The two main use cases for debit notes are " +"detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:610 +msgid "Add debt on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:612 +msgid "" +"The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an " +"existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code " +"SII:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:620 +msgid "" +"In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross " +"reference section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:627 +msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:629 +msgid "" +"In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in " +"this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option " +"in the wizard: *1: Anula Documentos de referencia.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:641 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email " +"server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:644 +msgid "" +"Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based " +"on this information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:645 +msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:646 +msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:650 +msgid "Reception" +msgstr "Ontvangst" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:652 +msgid "" +"As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor" +" Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent " +"to the vendor with the Reception acknowledgement. 3. The DTE status is set " +"as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:662 +msgid "Acceptation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:664 +msgid "" +"If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, you can " +"accept the document using the button: Aceptar Documento, once this is done " +"the DTE Acceptation Status changes to: Accepted and an email of acceptance " +"is sent to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:674 +msgid "Claim" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:676 +msgid "" +"In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " +"your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using " +"the button: Claim, once this is done the DTE Acceptation Status change to: " +"Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:684 +msgid "" +"If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel " +"automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " +"should be canceled as they won’t be valid for your accounting records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:693 +msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:695 +msgid "" +"This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " +"balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " +"level of profit or loss that the business had within the evaluated period of" +" time, so that a real and complete knowledge of the status of a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:699 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:715 +msgid "" +"You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:706 +msgid "Propuesta F29" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:708 +msgid "" +"The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that " +"replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase" +" Register (CR) and the Sales Register (RV). Its purpose is to support the " +"transactions related to VAT, improving its control and declaration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:712 +msgid "" +"This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE’s) that have " +"been received by the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia" +msgstr "Colombia" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" +" next modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " +"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " +"document types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" +" for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " +"based on the DIAN legal requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:20 +msgid "Workflow" +msgstr "Workflow" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " +"first two modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:40 +msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " +"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " +"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " +"for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" +" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " +"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " +"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" +" the testing environment can be disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:62 +msgid "Configure your report data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +msgid "" +"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " +"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:76 +msgid "Configure data required in the XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:82 +msgid "Identification" +msgstr "Identificatie" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:84 +msgid "" +"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " +"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " +"their identification number and document type set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 +msgid "" +"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " +"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " +"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " +"information required by the DIAN ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:104 +msgid "" +"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " +"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " +"regimen of the partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " +"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " +"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " +"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " +"display taxes in the invoice PDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " +"documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " +"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " +"Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " +"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "Users" +msgstr "Gebruikers" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " +"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:168 +msgid "" +"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" +" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +msgid "Invoice creation" +msgstr "Factuur aanmaken" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +msgid "" +"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " +"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " +"invoice are the next fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 +msgid "There are three types of documents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:184 +msgid "" +"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " +"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:188 +msgid "" +"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " +"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " +"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " +"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "Invoice validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:198 +msgid "" +"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" +" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:204 +msgid "" +"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " +"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " +"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:214 +msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" +" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " +"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " +"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " +"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" +" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:224 +msgid "After this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:226 +msgid "" +"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " +"the invoice chatter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 +msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:237 +msgid "Common errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:239 +msgid "" +"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " +"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " +"after updating the electronic invoice status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:258 +msgid "Additional use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:260 +msgid "" +"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " +"the functional workflow remains the same as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia (ES)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 +msgid "Introducción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +msgid "" +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " +"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " +"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " +"puntos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 +msgid "Plan Contable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +msgid "Impuestos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 +msgid "Retenciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 +msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " +"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " +"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 +msgid "Flujo General" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 +msgid "Configuración" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " +"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " +"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " +"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " +"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 +msgid "" +"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " +"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" +" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" +" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " +"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " +"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" +" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 +msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " +"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " +"Bancaria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " +"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 +msgid "Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " +"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " +"de documento correspondiente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " +"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " +"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " +"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " +"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " +"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " +"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " +"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " +"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " +"opciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " +"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " +"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " +"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " +"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " +"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " +"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 +msgid "Diarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " +"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" +" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 +msgid "" +"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " +"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" +" Secuencia`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 +msgid "Usuarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 +msgid "" +"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " +"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 +msgid "Uso y Pruebas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +msgid "Facturas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " +"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " +"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 +msgid "Invoice Creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +msgid "" +"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " +"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " +"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " +"manualmente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " +"son los siguientes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 +msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 +msgid "" +"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," +" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " +"importación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" +" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " +"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " +"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 +msgid "Invoice Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " +"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " +"desplegado en el historial." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " +"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" +" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " +"inicial **En Proceso**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 +msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 +msgid "" +"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " +"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " +"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " +"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " +"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " +"CUFE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " +"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " +"automáticamente:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 +msgid "" +"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " +"historial de la Factura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 +msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +msgid "" +"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " +"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 +msgid "Errores Frecuentes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 +msgid "" +"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " +"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " +"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " +"desplegados en el historial." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " +"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " +"botón:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 +msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 +msgid "" +"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " +"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " +"igual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 +msgid "Consideraciones del Anexo 1.7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 +msgid "Contexto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 +msgid "Contexto Normativo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 +msgid "Soporte Normativo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Resolución DIAN Número 000042 ( 5 de Mayo de 2020) Por la cual se " +"desarrollan:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 +msgid "Los sistemas de facturación," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 +msgid "Los proveedores tecnológicos," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 +msgid "El registro de la factura electrónica de venta como título valor," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 +msgid "Se expide el anexo técnico de factura electrónica de venta y" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 +msgid "Se dictan otras disposiciones en materia de sistemas de facturación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 +msgid "Anexo 1.7: Principales Cambios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 +msgid "Cambios en la definición de Consumidor Final." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 +msgid "Informar bienes cubiertos para los 3 dias sin IVA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Impuestos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 +msgid "Se agrega concepto para IVA Excluido." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 +msgid "Informar la fecha efectiva de entrega de los bienes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 +msgid "Adecuaciones en la representación Gráfica (PDF)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 +msgid "Calendario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Se tiene varias fechas límites para la salida a producción bajo las " +"condiciones del Anexo 1.7 las cuales dependen de los siguientes factores:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Calendario de implementación de acuerdo con la actividad económica principal" +" en el RUT:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 +msgid "Calendario de implementación, para otros sujetos obligados:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 +msgid "Calendario de implementación permanente:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 +msgid "Requerimientos en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Con la finalidad de facilitar el proceso de preparación de las bases de Odoo" +" estándar V12 y v13, únicamente será necesario que los administradores " +"actualicen algunos módulos y creen los datos maestros relacionados a los " +"nuevos procesos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 +msgid "Actualización de listado de Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Utilizando el modo desarrollador, acceder al módulo de Aplicaciones y " +"seleccionar el menú *Actualizar Lista*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 +msgid "Actualización de Módulos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 +msgid "" +"Una vez actualizado Buscar *Colombia*, los siguientes módulos serán " +"desplegados, se requieren actualizar dos módulos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 +msgid "Colombia - Contabilidad - l10n_co" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal UBL 2.1 - " +"l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 +msgid "" +"En cada módulo o ícono hay que desplegar el menú opciones utilizando los 3 " +"puntos de la esquina superior derecha y seleccionamos *Actualizar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 +msgid "Primero lo hacemos con en el módulo l10n_co:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 +msgid "Posteriormente lo hacemos con el módulo l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 +msgid "Creación de Datos Maestros" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Las bases de datos existentes a Junio 2020 tanto en V12 como V13, deberán " +"crear algunos datos maestros necesarios para operar correctamente con los " +"cambios del Anexo 1.7." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 +msgid "Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 +msgid "" +"La figura del consumidor final será utilizada para aquellas ventas sobre las" +" cuales no es posible identificar toda la información fiscal y demográfica " +"del cliente por lo que la factura se genera a nombre de este registro " +"genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Es importante coordinar y definir los casos de uso en los que dependiendo de" +" su empresa se tendrá permitido utilizar este registro genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 +msgid "" +"Dentro de Odoo se tendrá que crear un contacto con las siguientes " +"características, es importante que se defina de esta manera debido a que son" +" los parámetros definidos por la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 +msgid "**Tipo de contacto:** Individuo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 +msgid "**Nombre:** Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 +msgid "**Tipo de documento:** Cedula de Ciudadania" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 +msgid "**Numero de Identificacion:** 222222222222" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 +msgid "" +"Dentro de la pestaña Ventas y Compras, en la sección Información Fiscal, del" +" campo Obligaciones y Responsabilidades colocaremos el valor: **R-99-PN**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 +msgid "IVA Excluido - Bienes Cubiertos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Para reportar las transacciones realizadas mediante Bienes Cubiertos para " +"los tres días sin IVA, será necesario crear un nuevo Impuesto al cual se le " +"debe de asociar un grupo de impuestos específico que será utilizado por Odoo" +" para agregar la sección requerida en el XML de factura electrónica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 +msgid "" +"Para el crear el impuesto accederemos a Contabilidad dentro del menú " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 +msgid "" +"Procedemos a crear un nuevo Impuesto con importe 0% considerando los " +"siguientes parámetros:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 +msgid "" +"El nombre del Impuesto puede ser definido a preferencia del usuario, sin " +"embargo el campo clave es **Grupo de Impuestos** dentro de Opciones " +"avanzadas, el cual debe ser: *bienes cubiertos* y el campo **Tipo de " +"Valor**: *IVA*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Departamentos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 +msgid "" +"Es necesario actualizar la descripción de algunos departamentos, para lo " +"cual accederemos a módulo de Contactos y dentro del menú de " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Provincias`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Posteriormente, podemos agregar por País para identificar claramente las " +"provincias (Departamentos) de Colombia:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 +msgid "" +"Una vez agrupados buscar los siguientes departamentos para actualizarlos con" +" el valor indicado en la columna **Nombre actualizado**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Nombre de provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Código de Provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Nombre actualizado" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "D.C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "DC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "Bogotá" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "Quindio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "QUI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "Quindío" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "Archipiélago de San Andrés, Providencia y Santa Catalina" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "SAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "San Andrés y Providencia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 +msgid "Ejemplo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 +msgid "Verificación de Código postal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Dentro del Anexo 1.7 se comienza a validar que el código postal de las " +"direcciones para contactos colombianos corresponda a las tablas oficiales " +"definidas por la DIAN, por lo que se debe verificar que este campo está " +"debidamente diligenciado de acuerdo a los definidos en la sigueinte fuente: " +"`Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 +msgid "Consideraciones Operativas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Una vez que resgistro de Consumidor final ha sido creado este deberá ser " +"utilizado a demanda, generalmente será utilizado en las transacciones de " +"facturación del punto de punto de venta." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 +msgid "" +"El proceso de validación de la Factura será realizado de forma convencional " +"en Odoo y la factura será generada de la misma manera. Al detectar que el " +"número de identificación corresponde a consumidor Final, el XML que se envía" +" a Carvajal será generado con las consideraciones y secciones " +"correspondientes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 +msgid "" +"Contablemente todos los registros de Consumidor final quedarán asociados al " +"identificador generico:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 +msgid "" +"El 21 mayo del 2020 fue publicado el El Decreto 682 el cual establece " +"Excepción especial en el Impuesto sobre las ventas. El principal objetivo de" +" este decreto es reactivar la economía en Colombia por las bajas ventas " +"generadas a causa del COVID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 +msgid "Fechas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Días de excención del impuesto sobre las ventas – IVA para bienes cubiertos " +"(3 días SIN IVA)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 +msgid "**Primer día**: 19 de junio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 +msgid "**Segundo día**: 3 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 +msgid "**Tercer día**: 19 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 +msgid "Condiciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Debido a que estas transacciones serán generadas de forma excepcional y que " +"se tiene una combinación de varios factores y condiciones, los productores " +"debera ser actualizados de forma manual en Odoo asignados temporalmente el " +"impuesto de venta *IVA exento - Bienes cubierto* en cada empresa según " +"corresponda." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 +msgid "" +"A continuación se mencionan algunas de las principales condiciones, sin " +"embargo, cabe mencionar que las empresas deben de verificar todos los " +"detalles en el `Decreto 682 " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 +msgid "Tipo de productos y precio Máximo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "Tipo de Productos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "Precio Máximo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +msgid "Electrodomesticos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +msgid "40 UVT: $1,4 millones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 +msgid "Vestuario y complementos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "3 UVT: $106.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "En el caso de los complementos es:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +msgid "10 UVT- $356.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +msgid "Elementos deportivos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +msgid "Juguetes y Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +msgid "5 UVT - $178.035" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +msgid "Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +msgid "Bienes o servicios para el sector agropecuario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +msgid "80 UVT - $2.848.560" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 +msgid "Métodos de Pago:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 +msgid "" +"El pago debe realizarse por medios electrónico por ejemplo tarjetas de " +"crédito/débito o bien mecanismos de pago online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 +msgid "Limite de unidades:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 +msgid "" +"Cada cliente puede adquirir únicamente 3 unidades como máximo de cada " +"producto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 +msgid "Medidas en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 +msgid "**Preparación de datos**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 +msgid "" +"Crear el Impuesto para Bienes cubiertos de acuerdo a lo indicado en este " +"punto: Datos maestros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 +msgid "" +"Identificar los productos y transacciones a los cuales les aplicará la " +"Exclusión de IVA de acuerdo a las condiciones establecidas en el decreto " +"682. En caso de ser un porcentaje significativo de productos, se recomienda " +"actualizar el impuesto de forma temporal en Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Exportar un listado con los productos que serán afectados incluyendo el " +"campo IVA Venta el cual será sustituido temporalmente por el IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 +msgid "" +"Al finalizar las operaciones del día anterior a las fechas establecidas de " +"día sin IVA, se debe hacer la actualización temporal a IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 +msgid "**Durante el día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Por defecto los productos previamente considerados con IVA de Bienes " +"cubiertos serán generados con este parámetro tanto en Órdenes de venta como " +"facturas creadas durante ese mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 +msgid "" +"Las órdenes de venta generadas con este impuesto deberán ser facturas el " +"mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 +msgid "" +"En caso de que alguna de las condiciones no sea cumplida (ejemplo el pago es" +" realizado en efectivo) el impuesto deberá ser actualizado manualmente al " +"momento de facturar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 +msgid "**Posterior al día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 +msgid "" +"Los productos que fueron actualizados deberá ser reconfigurados a su IVA " +"original." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 +msgid "" +"En caso de que se detecte alguna Orden de venta facturar en la cual se " +"incluya IVA de Bienes Cubiertos, se deberá realizar actualización manual " +"correspondiente al IVA convencional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 +msgid "France" +msgstr "Frankrijk" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 +msgid "FEC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " +"the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" +" --> FEC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " +"module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 +msgid "French Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " +"accounting reports specific to France:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 +msgid "Bilan comptable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 +msgid "Compte de résultats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 +msgid "Plan de Taxes France" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 +msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " +"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " +"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales " +"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, " +"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 +msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " +"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 +msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 +msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 +msgid "" +"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " +"VAT and therefore are not affected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 +msgid "Get certified with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 +msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" +" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " +"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" +" `here `_. If you " +"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " +"`_ or contact" +" your Odoo service provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 +msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 +msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " +"menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 +msgid "" +"if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 +msgid "" +"in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " +"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a " +"country from the list; Do not create a new country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " +"restart your server beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" +" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" +" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules " +"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click " +"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 +msgid "Anti-fraud features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 +msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " +"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 +msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" +msgstr "" +"**Beveiliging**: ketenalgoritme om de onveranderbaarheid te verifiëren;" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " +"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 +msgid "Inalterability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 +msgid "" +"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " +"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " +"located in France or in any DOM-TOM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " +"companies are impacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Beveiliging" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" +" validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " +"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " +"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " +"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the " +"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted " +"document recorded in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " +"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " +"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 +msgid "Storage" +msgstr "Opslag" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " +"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" +" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry " +"recorded in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " +"Invoicing and Accounting apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " +"Type = Sales)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 +msgid "" +"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 +msgid "" +"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " +"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " +"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" +" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 +msgid "" +"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " +"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " +"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " +"counted in the very next closing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 +msgid "" +"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "Verantwoordelijkheden" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" +" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " +"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " +"the inalterability of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" +" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 +msgid "More Information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 +msgid "" +"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " +"documents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "" +"`Frequently Asked Questions " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 +msgid "" +"`Official Statement " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 +msgid "" +"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "Duitsland" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 +msgid "German Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " +"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " +"not created any accounting entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 +msgid "German Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 +msgid "Balance Sheet" +msgstr "Balans" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Profit & Loss" +msgstr "Winst & Verlies" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 +msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 +msgid "Partner VAT Intra" +msgstr "BTW intra" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 +msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 +msgid "" +"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " +"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " +"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " +"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 +msgid "Indonesia" +msgstr "Indonesië" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 +msgid "E-Faktur Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The **E-Faktur Module** is installed by default with the Indonesian " +"localization module. It allows one to generate a CSV file for one tax " +"invoice or for a batch of tax invoices to upload to the **Tax Office " +"e-Faktur** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 +msgid "NPWP/NIK settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Company**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This information is used in the FAPR line in the effect file format. You " +"need to set a VAT number on the related partner of your Odoo company. If you" +" don't, it won't be possible to create an e-Faktur from an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Clients**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You need to set the checkbox *ID PKP* to generate e-fakturs for a customer. " +"You can use the VAT field on the customer's contact to set the NPWP needed " +"to generate the e-Faktur file. If your customer does not have an NPWP, just " +"enter the NIK in the same VAT field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 +msgid "Generate Tax Invoice Serial Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> e-Faktur`. In order to be" +" able to export customer invoices as e-Faktur for the Indonesian government," +" you need to put here the ranges of numbers you were assigned by the " +"government. When you validate an invoice, a number will be assigned based on" +" these ranges. Afterwards, you can filter the invoices still to export in " +"the invoices list and click on *Action*, then on *Download e-Faktur*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After receiving new serial numbers from the Indonesian Revenue Department, " +"you can create a set of tax invoice serial numbers group through this list " +"view. You only have to specify the Min and Max of each serial numbers' group" +" and Odoo will format the number automatically to a 13-digits number, as " +"requested by the Indonesia Tax Revenue Department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There is a counter to inform you how many unused numbers are left in that " +"group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 +msgid "Generate e-faktur csv for a single invoice or a batch invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Create an invoice from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Invoices`. If the invoice customer's country is Indonesia and the customer " +"is set as *ID PKP*, Odoo will allow you to create an e-Faktur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Set a Kode Transaksi for the e-Faktur. There are constraints related to the " +"Kode transaksi and the type of VAT applied to invoice lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically pick the next available serial number from the " +"e-Faktur number table (see the :ref:`section above " +"`) and generate the e-faktur number " +"as a concatenation of Kode Transaksi and serial number. You can see this " +"from the invoice form view under the page *Extra Info* in the box " +"*Electronic Tax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, you can generate and download the e-Faktur from " +"the *Action* menu item *Download e-faktur*. The checkbox *CSV created* will " +"be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can select multiple invoices in list view and generate a batch e-Faktur " +".csv." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 +msgid "Kode Transaksi FP (Transaction Code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The following codes are available when generating an e-Faktur. - 01 Kepada " +"Pihak yang Bukan Pemungut PPN (Customer Biasa) - 02 Kepada Pemungut " +"Bendaharawan (Dinas Kepemerintahan) - 03 Kepada Pemungut Selain Bendaharawan" +" (BUMN) - 04 DPP Nilai Lain (PPN 1%) - 06 Penyerahan Lainnya (Turis Asing) -" +" 07 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Tidak Dipungut (Kawasan Ekonomi Khusus/ Batam) -" +" 08 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Dibebaskan (Impor Barang Tertentu) - 09 " +"Penyerahan Aktiva (Pasal 16D UU PPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted and downloaded: Replace Invoice " +"feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Cancel the original wrong invoice in Odoo. For instance, we will change the " +"Kode Transakski from 01 to 03 for the INV/2020/0001." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Create a new invoice and set the canceled invoice in the *Replace Invoice* " +"field. In this field, we can only select invoices in *Cancel* state from the" +" same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As you validate, Odoo will automatically use the same e-Faktur serial number" +" as the canceled and replaced invoice replacing the third digit of the " +"original serial number with *1* (as requested to upload a replacement " +"invoice in the e-Faktur app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted but not downloaded yet: Reset " +"e-Faktur" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 +msgid "Reset the invoice to draft and cancel it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 +msgid "Click on the button *Reset e-Faktur* on the invoice form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The serial number will be unassigned, and we will be able to reset the " +"invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +msgid "Italy (IT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" +" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " +"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " +"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " +"l’interscambio di informazioni." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 +msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " +"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" +" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " +"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" +" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 +msgid "" +"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " +"elettronica sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" +" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " +"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " +"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " +"relativa :doc:`guida <../../../discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" +" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " +"elettronica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " +"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " +"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " +"previa comunicazione." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " +"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " +"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " +"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " +"Commercio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " +"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " +"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " +"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " +"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " +"necessarie informazioni legali." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" +" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" +" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " +"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " +"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" +" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " +"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " +"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +msgid "" +"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +msgid "" +"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " +"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" +" dall’applicazione contabilità." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " +"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "Mexico" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +msgid "" +"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" +" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " +"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here " +"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the " +"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " +"\"Mexico\" set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:17 +msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" +msgstr "De mexicaanse lokalisatie is een groep van 3 modules:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" +" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" +" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," +" payment complement, invoice addendum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:24 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " +"accounting are here (Accounting app required)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " +"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" +" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this " +"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " +"company in Mexico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" +" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " +"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:44 +msgid "Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:46 +msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." +msgstr "" +"Ga eerst naar Apps en zoek vervolgens op Mexico. Klik hierna op " +"*Installeren*." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " +"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:58 +msgid "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" +" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and " +"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" +" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:73 +msgid "Set your legal information in the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:75 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " +"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " +"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " +"position on your company’s contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" +" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " +"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " +"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " +"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal " +"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley" +" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " +"the option)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid "Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:104 +msgid "" +"This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " +"available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " +"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to " +"support in https://www.odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " +"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " +"name does not exist)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " +"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " +"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " +"the default behavior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:127 +msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:680 +msgid "" +"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " +"field set to \"Tasa\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:137 +msgid "" +"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" +" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" +" set 601, it will look like the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:144 +msgid "" +"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " +"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " +"faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:152 +msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " +"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " +"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " +"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " +"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:164 +msgid "" +"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " +"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " +"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process" +" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " +"environment with real transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:174 +msgid "" +"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " +"PAC username or password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " +"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +msgid "`Certificate`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +msgid "`Certificate Key`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:186 +msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:190 +msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:192 +msgid "" +"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " +"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " +"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " +"a new tax you should choose a tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:207 +msgid "Invoicing" +msgstr "Facturatie" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:209 +msgid "" +"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " +"the normal Odoo's behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " +"like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:219 +msgid "" +"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" +" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " +"invoice by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " +"looks like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:234 +msgid "Cancelling invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:236 +msgid "" +"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:238 +msgid "If the invoice is not paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:240 +msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:246 +msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:250 +msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +msgid "" +"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " +"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:257 +msgid "**Legal considerations**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:259 +msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " +"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " +"good control of the cancellation reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +msgid "" +"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" +" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " +"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:269 +msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:271 +msgid "" +"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " +"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " +"important." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " +"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:278 +msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid "" +"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " +"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " +"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " +"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:285 +msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +msgid "" +"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " +"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:290 +msgid "" +"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " +"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " +"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " +"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:298 +msgid "" +"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " +"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +msgid "" +"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" +" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:306 +msgid "" +"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " +"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 +msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " +"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " +"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" +" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " +"caso de anticipos recibidos**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 +msgid "" +"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " +"Payment without a proper invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +msgid "Accounting" +msgstr "Boekhouding" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:320 +msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:323 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:324 +msgid "DIOT report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:326 +msgid "" +"1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " +"report only available on the context of the accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +msgid "" +"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 +msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 +msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:341 +msgid "" +"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " +"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 +msgid "How to add new accounts ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:351 +msgid "" +"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" +" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " +"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account " +"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag" +" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" +" xml." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "" +"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" +" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:371 +msgid "" +"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " +"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " +"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " +"is not created you can create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 +msgid "" +"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " +"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " +"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be " +"exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " +"the previous selection of the period you want to export." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +msgid "" +"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" +" regular Odoo Report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:394 +msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 +msgid "" +"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" +" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:402 +msgid "" +"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " +"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " +"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " +"the same, with our providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:407 +msgid "" +"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" +" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " +"to. submit the DIOT:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:412 +msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:414 +msgid "" +"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " +"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " +"find in the SAT website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:418 +msgid "" +"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " +"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " +"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " +"to said data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:424 +msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:426 +msgid "" +"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " +"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " +"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:430 +msgid "" +"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " +"this after having made up to 500 records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:433 +msgid "" +"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " +"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " +"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such" +" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " +"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:440 +msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:442 +msgid "" +"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " +"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " +"according to the SAT site is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " +"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " +"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of" +" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the " +"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " +"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:453 +msgid "" +"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " +"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " +"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " +"Third Parties." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:458 +msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:461 +msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:463 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " +"with third partied (DIOT)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:467 +msgid "" +"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " +"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:472 +msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +msgid "" +"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " +"the necessary steps to declare it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:483 +msgid "" +"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " +"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " +"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else " +"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" +" suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:490 +msgid "" +"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " +"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " +"properly configured already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" +" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " +"following standard odoo procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:496 +msgid "" +"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " +"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " +"itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:499 +msgid "" +"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " +"paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +msgid "" +"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " +"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " +"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use" +" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it " +"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " +"your partners are correctly set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:513 +msgid "Extra Recommended features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:516 +msgid "Contact Module (Free)" +msgstr "Contact Module (gratis)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:518 +msgid "" +"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " +"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " +"install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:524 +msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:526 +msgid "" +"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " +"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" +" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with " +"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate " +"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " +"information daily in the system manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:533 +msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:540 +msgid "" +"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " +"3.3)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:542 +msgid "" +"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " +"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " +"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" +" :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:548 +msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:550 +msgid "" +"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " +"Companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:551 +msgid "Open any company you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:575 +msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:557 +msgid "" +"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " +"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " +"generic one with no explanation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +msgid "If you see an error like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:564 +msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:566 +msgid "" +"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " +"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:570 +msgid "" +"This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " +"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " +"but:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:583 +msgid "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " +"allowed minimum length of '1'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:592 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " +"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " +"properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:667 +msgid "**Error messages**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:598 +msgid "" +"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 +msgid "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " +"partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" +" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " +"which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " +"possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " +"considerations about fiscal positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 +msgid "" +"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " +"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " +"set 601, it will look like the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:620 +msgid "" +"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " +"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:654 +msgid "**Error message**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:625 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " +"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " +"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " +"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:631 +msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:638 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:656 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " +"is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:644 +msgid "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " +"missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:647 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " +"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " +"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" +"info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:661 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" +" Mexico, fix it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:669 +msgid "" +"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:672 +msgid "" +"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing.\", '')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:676 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" +" used on the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "Nederland" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 +msgid "XAF Export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 +msgid "" +"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" +" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" +" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " +"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 +msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " +"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 +msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 +msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "Spanje" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 +msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 +msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 +msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" +msgstr "PGCE Completo 2008" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 +msgid "PGCE Entitades" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " +"Localization** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " +"default." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer u een nieuwe SaaS database aanmaakt wordt de PGCE PYME's 2008 " +"automatisch geïnstalleerd." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 +msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" +" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +msgid "Switzerland" +msgstr "Zwitserland" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " +"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " +"ISR*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " +"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " +"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." +msgstr "Vervolgens opent u een PDF bestand met de ISR." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +msgid "" +"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " +"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " +"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices` and enable **Print bank on ISR**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +msgid "ISR reference on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, you can add your ISR reference as " +"**Payment Reference** on your invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue " +"invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to modify (By default, the Journal is named " +"*Customer Invoices*), click en *Edit*, and open the *Advanced Settings* tab." +" In the **Communication Standard** field, select *Switzerland*, and click on" +" *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 +msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " +"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " +"you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 +msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" +" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" +" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 +msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " +"have to do anything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " +"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " +":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " +"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " +"\"upgrade\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " +"rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +msgid "" +"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " +"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " +"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 +msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " +"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" +" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" +" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " +"included in Odoo by default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Name**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Rate**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Label on Invoice**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Scope**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tag**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "7.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +msgid "7.7% achat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "TVA 7.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +msgid "7.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +msgid "7.7% invest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "3.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +msgid "3.7% achat" +msgstr "3.7% aankopen" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "TVA 3.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "3.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +msgid "3.7% invest" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "3.7% invest Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "7.7% Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "3.7% Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " +"odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" +" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " +"your fiscal positions accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Localization Packages** are country-specific modules that install " +"pre-configured taxes, fiscal positions, chart of accounts, and legal " +"statements on your database. Some additional features, such as the " +"configuration of specific certificates, are also added to your Accounting " +"app, following your fiscal administration requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, " +"according to the country selected at the creation of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 +msgid "" +"As long as you haven't posted any entry, you can still add and select " +"another package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration" +" --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install " +"your country's module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 +msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 +msgid "Use" +msgstr "Gebruiken" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 +msgid "" +"These packages require you to fine-tune your chart of accounts according to " +"your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " +"statements and certifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 +msgid "Please refer to the documentation listed below for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscality/taxes/taxes`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 msgid "Fiscality" msgstr "" @@ -1511,8 +6984,8 @@ msgid "Fiscal Year" msgstr "Boekjaar" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "Hoe een jaareinde af te sluiten in Odoo? (fiscaal jaar afsluiten)" +msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1698,18 +7171,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "BTW" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" +msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" msgstr "" -"Hoe prijzen te beheren voor B2B (zonder belastingen) en B2C (belastingen " -"inbegrepen)?" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1832,13 +7296,6 @@ msgstr "" "exclusief belastingen, wat minder fouten kan bevatten en gemakkelijker is " "voor uw verkoper." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:15 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introductie" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 msgid "" "The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " @@ -2036,162 +7493,9 @@ msgstr "" "Dat is waarom we meestal bedrijven aanbevelen om met slechts één " "prijsreferentie te werken." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "Hoe belastingen aanpassen aan de klantstatus of locatie" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " -"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:9 -msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:11 -msgid "" -"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" -" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " -"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " -"purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " -"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " -"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " -"Positions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " -"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " -"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " -"foreign countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:29 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "Wijzig belastingen aan de hand van uw klant zijn status" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" -"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " -"for the customer." -msgstr "" -"Odoo zal deze fiscale positie gebruiken voor elke order/factuur die " -"opgemaakt is voor deze klant." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " -"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " -"same customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:44 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" -msgstr "" -"Wijzig belastingen aan de hand van uw klant zijn adres (locatie gebaseerd)" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " -"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " -"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " -"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " -"your office or warehouse)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " -"tax-mapping to apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:53 -msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "Vink de optie *Automatisch detecteren* aan." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer een landgroep, land, provincie of gemeente om de belasting mapping" -" te doen afgaan." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:59 -msgid "" -"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " -"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." -msgstr "" -"Op deze manier zal Odoo indien er geen fiscale positie is ingesteld de " -"fiscale positie kiezen die overeenkomt met het verzendadres bij het aanmaken" -" van een order." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " -"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " -"his shipping address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:68 -msgid "Specific use cases" -msgstr "Specifieke use cases" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " -"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," -" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:80 -msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr ":doc:`create`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "Hoe kasbasis belastingen beheren" +msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2319,151 +7623,249 @@ msgid "" "zero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "Hoe nieuwe belastingen aanmaken" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" -" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " -"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " -"with the right taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." -msgstr "" -"Deze sectie geeft details over hoe uw nieuwe belastingen kan definiëren voor" -" specifieke cases." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " -"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." -msgstr "" -"Kies een gebied: Verkopen, Aankopen of Geen (bijvoorbeeld verouderde " -"belastingen)." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:20 -msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "Selecteer een berekeningsmethode:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:22 -msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:24 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "" -"**Percentage van prijs**: meest voorkomend (bijvoorbeeld 15% " -"verkoopbelasting)" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:26 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:28 -msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr "**Groep van belastingen**: staat een samengestelde belasting toe" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " -"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " -"posts the tax journal item in the income account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " -"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " -"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " -"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " -"code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:49 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "Geavanceerde configuratie" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " -"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " -"following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " -"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " -"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " -"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " -"empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr ":doc:`application`" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "Hoe standaard belastingen instellen" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "Standaard BTW" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" -"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " -"localizations." -msgstr "" -"Belastingen toegepast in uw land zijn automatisch geïnstalleerd voor de " -"meeste lokaliseringen." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " -"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " -"country/state than you." +"**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes ` are automatically " +"selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For " +"example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you " +"create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 msgid "" -"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +":doc:`Fiscal Positions ` take the Default Tax into " +"account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo " +"applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the " +"Fiscal Position." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 msgid "" -"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " -"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " -"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." +"**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" +" at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal " +"Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for your" +" company." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " +"appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-" +"specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:279 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " +"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " +"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " +"and providers' localizations and business types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " +"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 +msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 +msgid "" +":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 +msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +msgid "" +":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " +"of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 +msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " +"or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" +" defined in the products' forms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " +"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " +"**Tax to Apply** empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" +" **Tax on Product**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " +"active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 +msgid "Automatic application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " +"following a set of conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " +"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " +"contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " +"countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" +" logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " +"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" +" Fiscal Positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 +msgid "" +"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " +"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " +"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " +"from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "Applicatie" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 +msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 +msgid "" +"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " +"specific partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " +"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 +msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " +"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" +" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:281 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:280 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" + #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" -msgstr "Hoe belastingen weerhouden beheren?" +msgid "Manage withholding taxes" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2543,76 +7945,8 @@ msgstr "" "Het uitgeprinte rapport toont de verschillende bedragen in elke " "belastingscategorie." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 -msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "Hoe BTW inbegrepen prijzen instellen" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " -"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " -"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" -" product form is $100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 -msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "Indien de belasting niet in de prijs is inbegrepen krijgt u:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 -msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "Prijs zonder belastingen: $100" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 -msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "Belastingen: $10" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 -msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "Totaal te betalen: $110" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 -msgid "If the tax is included in the price" -msgstr "Als de belasting is inbegrepen in de prijs" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 -msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "Prijs zonder belastingen: 90.91" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 -msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "Belastingen: $9.09" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 -msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "Totaal te betalen: $100" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " -"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 -msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 -msgid "" -"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " -"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " -"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " -"Display)." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 @@ -2702,8 +8036,8 @@ msgstr "Hoe het werkt" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" -" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" +" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 @@ -2762,3583 +8096,498 @@ msgid "" "from a user point of view." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 -msgid "Localizations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:3 -msgid "Argentina" -msgstr "Argentinië" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " -"this version the next modules are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " -"localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" -" to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " -"Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " -"Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " -"on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " -"that is used to analyze the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " -"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " -"AFIP regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:29 -msgid "" -"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " -"the first two modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:35 -msgid "Configure your company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " -"company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " -"the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " -"structure of the company:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:46 -msgid "Chart of Account" -msgstr "Rekeningschema" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:48 -msgid "" -"In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " -"accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " -"considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" -" companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:52 -msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:53 -msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:54 -msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:60 -msgid "Configure Master data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:63 -msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:66 -msgid "Environment" -msgstr "Omgeving" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " -"and Production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " -"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " -"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " -"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " -"to select the environment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:81 -msgid "AFIP Certificates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " -"provided by the AFIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" -" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " -"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " -"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " -"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " -"`Get AFIP Certificate " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " -"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " -"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:104 -msgid "" -"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " -"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 -msgid "Partner" -msgstr "Relatie" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:112 -msgid "Identification Type and VAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:114 -msgid "" -"As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " -"AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " -"for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " -"default:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:122 -msgid "" -"The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" -" Odoo but only the common ones are active." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:126 -msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:128 -msgid "" -"In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " -"transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " -"should be defined in the partner form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:137 -msgid "" -"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " -"with their related financial account and configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:144 -msgid "Taxes Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:146 -msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:148 -msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:149 -msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:150 -msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:151 -msgid "Otros." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:154 -msgid "Special Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" -" taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " -"creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " -"Inactive taxes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:164 -msgid "Document Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:166 -msgid "" -"In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " -"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " -"types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " -"AFIP)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:170 -msgid "" -"The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " -"the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " -"of invoices as well of account moves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " -"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" -" on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " -"when the localization module is installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:177 -msgid "" -"The information required for the document types is included by default so " -"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:184 -msgid "" -"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " -"activated if needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:187 -msgid "Letters" -msgstr "Brieven" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:189 -msgid "" -"For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" -" the transaction/operation, example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " -"be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:193 -msgid "" -"When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " -"be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:194 -msgid "" -"When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" -" must be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:196 -msgid "" -"The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " -"associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:203 -msgid "Use on Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:205 -msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:207 -msgid "" -"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " -"documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:208 -msgid "" -"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " -"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:212 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:133 -msgid "Journals" -msgstr "Dagboeken" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:214 -msgid "" -"In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " -"depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:218 -msgid "" -"For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " -"Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" -" can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " -"invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:222 -msgid "" -"If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" -" because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " -"account moves related to internal control process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:226 -msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:231 -msgid "" -"**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " -"defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " -"for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:235 -msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:236 -msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:239 -msgid "Web Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:240 -msgid "" -"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " -"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:242 -msgid "" -"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " -"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " -"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" -" Bond `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:246 -msgid "" -"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " -"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " -"the document type related is type “E”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:252 -msgid "" -"**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " -"the operations related to this AFIP POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:255 -msgid "" -"**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" -" for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " -"example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that " -"you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " -"invoice report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:260 -msgid "" -"**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " -"(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " -"sequence. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:263 -msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:264 -msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:265 -msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:268 -msgid "Sequences" -msgstr "Reeksen" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:269 -msgid "" -"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" -" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " -"under :doc:`developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can be " -"used:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:277 -msgid "" -"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " -"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " -"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " -"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:283 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:163 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 -msgid "Usage and testing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:286 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:166 -msgid "Invoice" -msgstr "Factuur" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:288 -msgid "" -"After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " -"invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:292 -msgid "Document type assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:294 -msgid "" -"Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " -"based on the AFIP document type:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:297 -msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:302 -msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:307 -msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:312 -msgid "" -"As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " -"prefix and sequence is given by the document type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:315 -msgid "" -"The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " -"different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " -"manually by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:320 -msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:321 -msgid "" -"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" -" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" -" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " -"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " -"draft until the related data is corrected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:326 -msgid "" -"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " -"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:329 -msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:330 -msgid "" -"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " -"10 days after the CAE is generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:332 -msgid "Result:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:334 -msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:335 -msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:341 -msgid "Invoice Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:343 -msgid "" -"Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " -"behavior on the pdf report:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:346 -msgid "" -"**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " -"identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " -"following AFIP Responsibility type:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:349 -msgid "Responsable Inscripto." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:354 -msgid "" -"**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " -"part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " -"the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:358 -msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:359 -msgid "Consumidor Final." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:360 -msgid "Responsable Monotributo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:361 -msgid "IVA liberado." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:368 -msgid "Special Use Cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:371 -msgid "Invoices for Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:372 -msgid "" -"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " -"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" -" tab “Other Info”:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:378 -msgid "" -"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" -" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " -"the invoice month:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:386 -msgid "Exportation Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:387 -msgid "" -"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " -"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" -" type be associated:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:393 -msgid "" -"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " -"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " -"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:396 -msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:397 -msgid "Exportation document type ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:398 -msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:399 -msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:400 -msgid "Exempt Taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:406 -msgid "" -"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " -"Info --> Accounting`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:413 -msgid "Fiscal Bond" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:414 -msgid "" -"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " -"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " -"Ministry of Economy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:417 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:442 -msgid "" -"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " -"requirements:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:419 -msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:420 -msgid "Taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:421 -msgid "Zone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:422 -msgid "Detail each item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:424 -msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:425 -msgid "Complete description." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:426 -msgid "Unit Net Price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:427 -msgid "Quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:428 -msgid "Unit of measurement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:429 -msgid "Bonus." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:430 -msgid "VAT rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:434 -msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:436 -msgid "" -"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " -"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " -"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " -"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " -"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" -" to their clients and / or vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:444 -msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:445 -msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:446 -msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:447 -msgid "" -"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" -" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:453 -msgid "" -"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " -"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:456 -msgid "" -"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " -"originator document passed to the note." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:462 -msgid "" -"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " -"A or B)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:463 -msgid "" -"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " -"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " -"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " -"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:468 -msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:470 -msgid "" -"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " -"Cancellation?” as True." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:471 -msgid "" -"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " -"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " -"(false)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:478 -msgid "Invoice printed report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:479 -msgid "" -"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " -"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " -"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:488 -msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:489 -msgid "" -"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " -"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:499 -msgid "" -"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " -"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " -"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:507 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Facturen" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:509 -msgid "" -"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " -"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" -" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " -"if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:516 -msgid "" -"The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " -"validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " -"will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:523 -msgid "" -"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " -"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " -"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:528 -msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:529 -msgid "" -"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " -"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " -"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:533 -msgid "" -"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:534 -msgid "" -"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " -"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:536 -msgid "" -"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " -"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:543 -msgid "How to use it in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:544 -msgid "" -"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " -"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:550 -msgid "" -"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " -"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:558 -msgid "Special Use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:560 -msgid "Untaxed Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:561 -msgid "" -"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " -"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:564 -msgid "" -"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " -"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" -" the Exempt concept:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:571 -msgid "Perception Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:572 -msgid "" -"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " -"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " -"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " -"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:580 -msgid "" -"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " -"it and set the correct amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:586 -msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:590 -msgid "Reports" -msgstr "Rapportages" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:592 -msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:598 -msgid "VAT Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:601 -msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:607 -msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:613 -msgid "Resumen de IVA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:619 -msgid "IIBB - Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:622 -msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:628 -msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 -msgid "Colombia" -msgstr "Colombia" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" -" next modules:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " -"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " -"document types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" -" for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " -"based on the DIAN legal requirements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:20 -msgid "Workflow" -msgstr "Workflow" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 -msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:32 -msgid "" -"For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " -"first two modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:40 -msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " -"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " -"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:46 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " -"for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" -" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " -"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " -"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" -" the testing environment can be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:62 -msgid "Configure your report data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 -msgid "" -"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " -"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:76 -msgid "Configure data required in the XML" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:82 -msgid "Identification" -msgstr "Identificatie" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:84 -msgid "" -"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " -"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " -"their identification number and document type set:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:91 -msgid "" -"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " -"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " -"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 -msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:100 -msgid "" -"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " -"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " -"information required by the DIAN ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 -msgid "" -"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " -"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " -"regimen of the partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 -msgid "" -"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " -"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " -"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " -"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " -"display taxes in the invoice PDF." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " -"electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " -"documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " -"Journals`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " -"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:152 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "Gebruikers" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:154 -msgid "" -"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " -"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:168 -msgid "" -"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" -" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 -msgid "Invoice creation" -msgstr "Factuur aanmaken" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 -msgid "" -"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " -"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " -"invoice are the next fields:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:182 -msgid "There are three types of documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 -msgid "" -"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " -"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 -msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " -"transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:188 -msgid "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " -"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " -"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " -"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:196 -msgid "Invoice validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:198 -msgid "" -"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" -" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:204 -msgid "" -"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " -"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " -"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:214 -msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:216 -msgid "" -"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" -" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " -"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " -"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " -"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" -" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:224 -msgid "After this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:226 -msgid "" -"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " -"the invoice chatter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:233 -msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:237 -msgid "Common errors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:239 -msgid "" -"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " -"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " -"after updating the electronic invoice status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:246 -msgid "" -"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " -"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:258 -msgid "Additional use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:260 -msgid "" -"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " -"the functional workflow remains the same as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 -msgid "Colombia (ES)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 -msgid "Introducción" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 -msgid "" -"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " -"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " -"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " -"puntos:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 -msgid "Plan Contable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 -msgid "Impuestos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 -msgid "Retenciones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 -msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " -"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " -"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 -msgid "Flujo General" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 -msgid "Configuración" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 -msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " -"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 -msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " -"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " -"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " -"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 -msgid "" -"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " -"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" -" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" -" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " -"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " -"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" -" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 -msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " -"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " -"Bancaria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " -"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 -msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 -msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 -msgid "Identificación" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " -"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " -"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " -"de documento correspondiente." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " -"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " -"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 -msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " -"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " -"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " -"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " -"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " -"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " -"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " -"opciones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " -"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " -"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " -"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " -"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " -"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " -"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 -msgid "Diarios" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " -"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" -" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 -msgid "" -"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " -"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" -" Secuencia`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " -"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 -msgid "Usuarios" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 -msgid "" -"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " -"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 -msgid "Uso y Pruebas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 -msgid "Facturas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " -"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " -"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 -msgid "Invoice Creation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 -msgid "" -"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " -"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " -"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " -"manualmente." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " -"son los siguientes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 -msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 -msgid "" -"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," -" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 -msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " -"importación." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 -msgid "" -"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" -" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " -"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " -"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 -msgid "Invoice Validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " -"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " -"desplegado en el historial." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " -"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" -" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " -"inicial **En Proceso**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 -msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 -msgid "" -"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " -"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " -"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " -"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " -"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " -"CUFE." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " -"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " -"automáticamente:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 -msgid "" -"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " -"historial de la Factura." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 -msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 -msgid "" -"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " -"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 -msgid "Errores Frecuentes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " -"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " -"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " -"desplegados en el historial." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 -msgid "" -"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " -"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " -"botón:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 -msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 -msgid "" -"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " -"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " -"igual." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 -msgid "France" -msgstr "Frankrijk" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 -msgid "FEC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " -"the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" -" --> FEC`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " -"module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 -msgid "French Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " -"accounting reports specific to France:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 -msgid "Bilan comptable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 -msgid "Compte de résultats" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 -msgid "Plan de Taxes France" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 -msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 -msgid "" -"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " -"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " -"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales " -"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, " -"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 -msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " -"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 -msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 -msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 -msgid "" -"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " -"VAT and therefore are not affected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 -msgid "Get certified with Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 -msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" -" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " -"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" -" `here `_. If you " -"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " -"`_ or contact" -" your Odoo service provider." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 -msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 -msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " -"menu:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 -msgid "" -"if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " -"Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:66 -msgid "" -"in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " -"Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " -"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a " -"country from the list; Do not create a new country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " -"`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " -"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " -"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " -"restart your server beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:81 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" -" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" -" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules " -"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click " -"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" -" installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:90 -msgid "Anti-fraud features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:92 -msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " -"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 -msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" -msgstr "" -"**Beveiliging**: ketenalgoritme om de onveranderbaarheid te verifiëren;" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " -"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:101 -msgid "Inalterability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:103 -msgid "" -"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " -"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " -"located in France or in any DOM-TOM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:107 -msgid "" -"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " -"companies are impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:111 -msgid "Security" -msgstr "Beveiliging" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:113 -msgid "" -"To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" -" validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " -"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:118 -msgid "" -"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " -"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " -"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the " -"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted " -"document recorded in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " -"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " -"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:131 -msgid "Storage" -msgstr "Opslag" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:133 -msgid "" -"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " -"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" -" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry " -"recorded in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " -"Invoicing and Accounting apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " -"Type = Sales)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:145 -msgid "" -"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:147 -msgid "" -"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " -"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " -"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" -" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:153 -msgid "" -"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " -"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " -"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " -"counted in the very next closing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:158 -msgid "" -"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " -"Actions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "Verantwoordelijkheden" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" -" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " -"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " -"the inalterability of data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" -" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 -msgid "More Information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 -msgid "" -"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " -"documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 -msgid "" -"`Frequently Asked Questions " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 -msgid "" -"`Official Statement " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 -msgid "" -"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 -msgid "Germany" -msgstr "Duitsland" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 -msgid "German Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " -"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " -"not created any accounting entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 -msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 -msgid "German Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -msgid "Balance Sheet" -msgstr "Balans" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 -msgid "Profit & Loss" -msgstr "Winst & Verlies" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 -msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 -msgid "Partner VAT Intra" -msgstr "BTW intra" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 -msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 -msgid "" -"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " -"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " -"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " -"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 -msgid "Italy (IT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" -" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " -"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " -"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " -"l’interscambio di informazioni." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 -msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " -"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" -" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " -"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" -" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 -msgid "" -"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " -"elettronica sono i seguenti:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" -" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " -"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " -"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " -"relativa :doc:`guida <../../discuss/email_servers>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" -" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " -"elettronica." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " -"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " -"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " -"previa comunicazione." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " -"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " -"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " -"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 -msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 -msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " -"Commercio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " -"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " -"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " -"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 -msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " -"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " -"necessarie informazioni legali." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" -" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" -" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " -"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 -msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " -"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" -" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " -"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " -"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 -msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 -msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 -msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 -msgid "" -"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 -msgid "" -"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " -"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" -" dall’applicazione contabilità." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 -msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 -msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 -msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " -"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 -msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "Mexico" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" -" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " -"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here " -"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the " -"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " -"\"Mexico\" set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:17 -msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" -msgstr "De mexicaanse lokalisatie is een groep van 3 modules:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" -" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" -" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," -" payment complement, invoice addendum." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:24 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " -"accounting are here (Accounting app required)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:27 -msgid "" -"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " -"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" -" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this " -"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " -"company in Mexico." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:38 -msgid "" -"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" -" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " -"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:44 -msgid "Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:46 -msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." -msgstr "" -"Ga eerst naar Apps en zoek vervolgens op Mexico. Klik hierna op " -"*Installeren*." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:52 -msgid "" -"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " -"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " -"installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:58 -msgid "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" -" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" -" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and " -"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" -" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:73 -msgid "Set you legal information in the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:75 -msgid "" -"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " -"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " -"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " -"position on your company’s contact." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:82 -msgid "" -"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" -" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " -"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " -"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal " -"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley" -" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " -"the option)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:101 -msgid "Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:104 -msgid "" -"This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " -"available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " -"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to " -"support in https://www.odoo.com/help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " -"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " -"name does not exist)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:117 -msgid "" -"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " -"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " -"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " -"the default behavior." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:127 -msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:129 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:680 -msgid "" -"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " -"field set to \"Tasa\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:137 -msgid "" -"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" -" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" -" set 601, it will look like the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:144 -msgid "" -"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " -"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " -"faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152 -msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 -msgid "" -"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " -"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " -"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " -"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " -"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " -"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " -"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process" -" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " -"environment with real transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:174 -msgid "" -"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " -"PAC username or password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " -"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 -msgid "`Certificate`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 -msgid "`Certificate Key`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:186 -msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:190 -msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 -msgid "" -"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " -"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " -"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 -msgid "" -"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " -"a new tax you should choose a tag." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 -msgid "Invoicing" -msgstr "Facturatie" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:209 -msgid "" -"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " -"the normal Odoo's behaviour." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212 -msgid "" -"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " -"like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:219 -msgid "" -"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" -" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " -"invoice by email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " -"looks like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:234 -msgid "Cancelling invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:236 -msgid "" -"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:238 -msgid "If the invoice is not paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:240 -msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:246 -msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250 -msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 -msgid "" -"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " -"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:257 -msgid "**Legal considerations**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:259 -msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 -msgid "" -"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " -"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " -"good control of the cancellation reasons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 -msgid "" -"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" -" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " -"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269 -msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 -msgid "" -"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " -"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " -"important." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 -msgid "" -"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " -"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278 -msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:280 -msgid "" -"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " -"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " -"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " -"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:285 -msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 -msgid "" -"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " -"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 -msgid "" -"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " -"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 -msgid "" -"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " -"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " -"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " -"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298 -msgid "" -"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " -"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " -"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 -msgid "" -"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" -" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " -"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:306 -msgid "" -"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " -"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 -msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 -msgid "" -"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " -"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " -"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" -" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " -"caso de anticipos recibidos**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:314 -msgid "" -"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " -"Payment without a proper invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:320 -msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 -msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:324 -msgid "DIOT report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 -msgid "" -"1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " -"report only available on the context of the accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:329 -msgid "" -"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " -"app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:336 -msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 -msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:341 -msgid "" -"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " -"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:349 -msgid "How to add new accounts ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:351 -msgid "" -"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" -" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354 -msgid "" -"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " -"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account " -"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag" -" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" -" xml." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365 -msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 -msgid "" -"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" -" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371 -msgid "" -"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " -"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " -"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " -"is not created you can create one on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380 -msgid "" -"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " -"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " -"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be " -"exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " -"the previous selection of the period you want to export." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 -msgid "" -"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" -" regular Odoo Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 -msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 -msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:399 -msgid "" -"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" -" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402 -msgid "" -"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " -"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " -"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " -"the same, with our providers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:407 -msgid "" -"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" -" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " -"to. submit the DIOT:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:412 -msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:414 -msgid "" -"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " -"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " -"find in the SAT website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 -msgid "" -"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " -"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " -"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " -"to said data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 -msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 -msgid "" -"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " -"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " -"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 -msgid "" -"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " -"this after having made up to 500 records." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 -msgid "" -"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " -"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " -"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such" -" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " -"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:440 -msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 -msgid "" -"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " -"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " -"according to the SAT site is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 -msgid "" -"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " -"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " -"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of" -" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the " -"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " -"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:453 -msgid "" -"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " -"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " -"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " -"Third Parties." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:458 -msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:461 -msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:463 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " -"with third partied (DIOT)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:467 -msgid "" -"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " -"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 -msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 -msgid "" -"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " -"the necessary steps to declare it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481 -msgid "" -"Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:483 -msgid "" -"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " -"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " -"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else " -"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" -" suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:490 -msgid "" -"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " -"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " -"properly configured already." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 -msgid "" -"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" -" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " -"following standard odoo procedure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 -msgid "" -"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " -"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " -"itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:499 -msgid "" -"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " -"paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 -msgid "" -"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " -"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " -"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use" -" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it " -"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " -"your partners are correctly set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:513 -msgid "Extra Recommended features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 -msgid "Contact Module (Free)" -msgstr "Contact Module (gratis)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518 -msgid "" -"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " -"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " -"install." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:524 -msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:526 -msgid "" -"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " -"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" -" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with " -"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate " -"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " -"information daily in the system manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 -msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 -msgid "" -"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " -"3.3)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:542 -msgid "" -"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " -"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:548 -msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 -msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550 -msgid "" -"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " -"Companies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 -msgid "Open any company you have." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:575 -msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 -msgid "" -"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " -"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " -"generic one with no explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 -msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 -msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 -msgid "" -"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " -"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 -msgid "" -"This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " -"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " -"but:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 -msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 -msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:583 -msgid "" -"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 -msgid "" -"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:592 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " -"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " -"properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:636 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:667 -msgid "**Error messages**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:598 -msgid "" -"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:602 -msgid "" -"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " -"partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" -" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " -"which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " -"possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " -"considerations about fiscal positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:613 -msgid "" -"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " -"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " -"set 601, it will look like the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:620 -msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " -"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:623 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:654 -msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:625 -msgid "" -"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:631 -msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:638 -msgid "" -"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:656 -msgid "" -"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:644 -msgid "" -"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:647 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " -"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " -"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" -"info`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:661 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" -" Mexico, fix it." +"There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," +" depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " +"recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and " +"computations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:669 -msgid "" -"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:12 +msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:672 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:14 msgid "" -"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.\", '')" +"As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of" +" your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. " +"However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can " +"activate only the ones relevant for your business." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:676 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:19 msgid "" -"**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" -" used on the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 -msgid "Netherlands" -msgstr "Nederland" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 -msgid "XAF Export" +"To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " +"tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:31 msgid "" -"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" -" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" -" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " -"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." +"To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 -msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " -"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 -msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" +"Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " +"the following table to see where they are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 -msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Name `" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 -msgid "Spain" -msgstr "Spanje" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 -msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice `" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " -"default:" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Group `" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 -msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Back end" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 -msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" -msgstr "PGCE Completo 2008" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 -msgid "PGCE Entitades" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 -msgid "" -"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " -"Localization** section." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " -"default." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:53 +msgid "Basic Options" msgstr "" -"Wanneer u een nieuwe SaaS database aanmaakt wordt de PGCE PYME's 2008 " -"automatisch geïnstalleerd." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 -msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:58 +msgid "Tax Name" +msgstr "BTW naam" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:60 msgid "" -"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" -" accounting reports specific to Spain:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +"The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " +":ref:`label ` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " +"Products, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 -msgid "Switzerland" -msgstr "Zwitserland" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Tax Computation" +msgstr "BTW berekening" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 -msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:68 +msgid "**Group of Taxes**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:70 msgid "" -"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " -"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " -"ISR*." +"The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " +"you want, in the order you want them to be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " -"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " -"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 -msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." -msgstr "Vervolgens opent u een PDF bestand met de ISR." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:74 msgid "" -"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " -"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " -"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " -"Reports` and tick this box :" +"Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " +"may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " +":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones `." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 -msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:78 +msgid "**Fixed**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:80 msgid "" -"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " -"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " -"you want." +"The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " +"same, regardless of the Sales Price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 -msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:83 msgid "" -"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" -" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" -" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 -msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " +"fixed* tax. We then have:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " -"have to do anything." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Product's Sales Price" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " -"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " -":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " -"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " -"\"upgrade\"`." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Price without tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " -"rates." -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Tax" +msgstr "BTW" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 -msgid "" -"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " -"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " -"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " -"transactions." -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Total" +msgstr "Totaal" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 -msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 -msgid "" -"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " -"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "10" +msgstr "10" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 -msgid "" -"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" -" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" -" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "1,010.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 -msgid "" -"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " -"grid 302 tax" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:92 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:94 msgid "" -"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " -"grid 342 tax" +"The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " +"multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:97 msgid "" -"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " -"included in Odoo by default" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Name**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Rate**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Label on Invoice**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Scope**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tag**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "7.7%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -msgid "7.7% achat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "TVA 7.7%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "Inkoop" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -msgid "7.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -msgid "7.7% invest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "3.7%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -msgid "3.7% achat" -msgstr "3.7% aankopen" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "TVA 3.7%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "3.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -msgid "3.7% invest" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "3.7% invest Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax. We then have:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Verkoop" +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "1,100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:107 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:109 msgid "" -"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" +"The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " +"Total." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "7.7% Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:111 msgid "" -"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "111.11" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "3.7% Incl." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "1,111.11" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:124 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Actief" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:126 +msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:129 msgid "" -"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " -"odoo.com/help." +"It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" +" can deactivate them to prevent future use." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:133 msgid "" -"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" -" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " -"your fiscal positions accordingly." +"This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " +"` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:139 +msgid "Tax Scope" +msgstr "BTW over" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " +"where it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:143 +msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:144 +msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:145 +msgid "**None**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " +"Taxes ` but that you don't want to list along with other " +"Sales or Purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:154 +msgid "Definition tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " +"the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:163 +msgid "**Based On**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:165 +msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:166 +msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:168 +msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:169 +msgid "" +"**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports " +"<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your" +" country's regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:180 +msgid "Label on Invoices" +msgstr "Label op facturen" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " +"column. This is the :ref:`label ` visible to *front end* " +"users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:193 +msgid "Tax Group" +msgstr "BTW-groep" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " +":ref:`label ` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " +"invoices, and the Customer Portals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " +"when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " +"Positions `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:205 +msgid "" +"In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " +"Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." +" Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the " +"Invoice ` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, " +"above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:213 +msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" +msgstr "In kostenplaatsen inbegrijpen" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:215 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " +"**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:221 +msgid "Included in Price" +msgstr "Inclusief BTW" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:223 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" +" Price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:225 +msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:227 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "900.10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "90.9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:238 +msgid "" +"If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," +" please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " +"*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** " +"field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:246 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " +"are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and " +"select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:253 +msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" +msgstr "Beïnvloed grondslag van daarop volgende BTW's" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:255 +msgid "" +"With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " +"other taxes applied to the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:258 +msgid "" +"You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes ` to include" +" this tax, or add it directly to a product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " +"amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " +"tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:270 +msgid "" +"To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " +"names." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:282 +msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 +msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " +"provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" +" VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " +"This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " +"number without leaving Odoo interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 +msgid "VAT Number validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " +"**Country** and **VAT** fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" +" error message if the VAT number is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " +"fields' validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"`European Commission: VIES search engine " +"`__" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 @@ -6351,8 +8600,8 @@ msgid "Adviser" msgstr "Controller" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" -msgstr "Hoe beheer ik een financieel budget?" +msgid "Manage a financial budget" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -6557,39 +8806,12 @@ msgid "" "amount that could have been realised." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 -msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific " -"date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 -msgid "" -"This is, for example, used when you make a provision (e.g. provision for bad" -" debt). When making the accounting entry for the provision, the amount you " -"entered is only an estimated amount. You will only be sure of the amount at " -"the end of the fiscal year. That's why, at that point, you want the " -"accounting entry to be reversed to be able to enter the real loss that " -"occurred." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 -msgid "" -"For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the " -"journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be " -"reversed at that date." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" msgstr "Kostenplaats" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" +msgid "Track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 @@ -6767,7 +8989,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" +msgid "Track costs of human resources with timesheets" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 @@ -7902,10 +10124,6 @@ msgid "" "average cost and the original purchase price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 -msgid "Multicurrency" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" msgstr "Wisselkoersen toepassen op betalingen" @@ -8035,8 +10253,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 @@ -8045,9 +10263,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 -msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" -msgstr "Hoe werkt de Odoo multi valuta?" +msgid "Odoo's multi-currency system" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -8169,6 +10386,10 @@ msgid "" "can register payments only in this currency." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 +msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgstr "Hoe werkt de Odoo multi valuta?" + #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -8242,8 +10463,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`exchange`" msgstr ":doc:`exchange`" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" -msgstr "Hoe facturen & betalingen registreren in meerdere valuta's?" +msgid "Manage invoices and payment in multiple currencies" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -8331,401 +10552,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works`" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Rapportages" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" -msgstr "Hoe een gepersonaliseerd rapport aanmaken met uw eigen formules?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " -"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " -"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " -"ever." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "Activeer de ontwikkelaars mode" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" -" activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:20 -msgid "Create your financial report" -msgstr "Maak uw financieel rapport" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 -msgid "" -"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " -"configured:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 -msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:33 -msgid "**Analysis Period** :" -msgstr "**Analyse Periode**:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:35 -msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 -msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " -"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 -msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 -msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" -msgstr "Voeg lijnen toe in uw gepersonaliseerde rapporten" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 -msgid "" -"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " -"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " -"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" -" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " -"separated by ;)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:59 -msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" -msgstr "U heeft verschillende beschikbare objecten in de formule:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:61 -msgid "" -"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " -"date range)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " -"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " -"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " -"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " -"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " -"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " -"by one of their columns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:75 -msgid "Other useful fields :" -msgstr "Andere handige velden:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 -msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." -msgstr "**Type**: Type van het resultaat van de formule." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:79 -msgid "" -"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " -"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:82 -msgid "" -"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" -" same dates as the rest of the report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " -"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " -"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 -msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" -msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 -msgid "What are the main reports available?" -msgstr "Wat zijn de belangrijkste beschikbare rapporten?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 -msgid "**Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "**Saldo overzicht**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 -msgid "**Profit and Loss**" -msgstr "**Winst en Verlies**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 -msgid "**Chart of Account**" -msgstr "**Grootboekschema**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 -msgid "**Executive Summary**" -msgstr "**Managementsamenvatting**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 -msgid "**General Ledger**" -msgstr "**Grootboek**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 -msgid "**Aged Payable**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 -msgid "**Aged Receivable**" -msgstr "**Te late betalers**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 -msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" -msgstr "**Cashflow afschriften**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 -msgid "**Tax Report**" -msgstr "**Belasting rapport**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "**Afletteren bank**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 -msgid "Profit and Loss" -msgstr "Winst en Verlies" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 -msgid "Chart of account" -msgstr "Rekeningschema" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 -msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." -msgstr "Een overzicht van al uw rekeningen gegroepeerd per klasse." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 -msgid "Executive Summary" -msgstr "Managementsamenvatting" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Performance:**" -msgstr "**Performantie:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 -msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 -msgid "**Net profit margin:**" -msgstr "**netto winst marge:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr "**Rendement op investering (p.a):**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " -"make those profits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Position:**" -msgstr "**Positie:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr "**Gemiddeld aantal dagen debiteuren:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "**Gemiddeld aantal dagen debiteuren:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" -" all your bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 -msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 -msgid "General Ledger" -msgstr "Grootboek" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 -msgid "Aged Payable" -msgstr "Ouderdomsanalyse leveranciersfacturen" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 -msgid "Aged Receivable" -msgstr "Ouderdomsanalyse klantfacturen" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 -msgid "Cash Flow Statement" -msgstr "Cashflow" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 -msgid "" -"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 -msgid "Tax Report" -msgstr "BTW rapportage" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 -msgid "" -"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " -"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Aan de slag" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 msgid "Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Grootboekschema" @@ -8815,10 +10647,6 @@ msgid "" "indicates the account's purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "Soort" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 msgid "" "Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" @@ -8965,10 +10793,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 -msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "Standaard BTW" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 msgid "" "Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " @@ -9060,77 +10884,270 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" -msgstr "Hoe Odoo boekhouding op te zetten?" +msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " -"different screens you will need." +"When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" +" welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" +" get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close " +"it." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " -"`__, you " -"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " -"implementation guide." +"The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 -msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" -msgstr "De implementatie handleiding helpt u doorheen de volgende stappen:" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Completing your company settings" -msgstr "Bedrijfsinstellingen voltooien" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" +" Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " +"creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes " +"are ready-to-go. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" +msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" -msgstr "Uw grootboekschema selecteren" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" -msgstr "Uw gebruikelijke belastingen bevestigen" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" -msgstr "Vreemde valuta's opzetten" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 -msgid "Importing your customers" -msgstr "Uw klanten importeren" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Importing your suppliers" -msgstr "Uw leveranciers importeren" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Importing your products" -msgstr "Uw producten importeren" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" -msgstr "Uw uitstaande transacties importeren" +msgid "" +"The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 -msgid "Importing your starting balances" -msgstr "Startbalansen importeren" +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 -msgid "Define the users for accounting" -msgstr "Definieer de gebruiker voor de boekhouding" +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 +msgid "Company Data" +msgstr "Bedrijfsgegevens" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 msgid "" -"Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " -"bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " -"configuration of Odoo." +"This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " +"address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " +"number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " +"Info**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Bank Account" +msgstr "Bankrekening" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " +"*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " +"Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information " +"about Bank Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Accounting Periods" +msgstr "Boekhoud periodes" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" +" to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " +"along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " +"date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " +"indicate their initial opening balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " +"Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " +"arrow button* at the end of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here ` for more information on how to " +"configure your Chart of Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 +msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 +msgid "" +"There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " +"advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " +"onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app" +" rather than the Accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 +msgid "" +"If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " +"going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 +msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " +"onboarding banner `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 +msgid "Invoice Layout" +msgstr "Factuurlayout" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 +msgid "" +"With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" +" which layout tamplate, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 +msgid "" +"You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " +"*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " +"email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to " +"the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " +"Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" +" of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 +msgid "" +"These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 +msgid "Payment Method" +msgstr "Betalingsmethode" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 +msgid "" +"This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " +"can pay you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " +"Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " +"online, from their Customer Portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 +msgid "Sample Invoice" +msgstr "Voorbeeldfactuur" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" +" configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 +msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 @@ -9591,9 +11608,6 @@ msgstr "Debiteuren rekeningen" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Debet" @@ -9605,9 +11619,6 @@ msgstr "Debet" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Credit" @@ -9615,17 +11626,6 @@ msgstr "Credit" msgid "Invoice 1" msgstr "Factuur 1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -msgid "100" -msgstr "100" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Payment 1.1" msgstr "Betaling 1.1" @@ -9741,9 +11741,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Account" msgstr "Account" @@ -9753,8 +11750,6 @@ msgstr "Account" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:142 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "Debiteurenrekening" @@ -9778,8 +11773,6 @@ msgstr "Cheque 0123" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:144 msgid "Bank" msgstr "Bank" @@ -10287,6 +12280,11 @@ msgid "" "once." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Rapportages" + #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" msgstr "" @@ -10316,340 +12314,8 @@ msgstr ":doc:`customer_invoice`" msgid "Account Payables" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 -msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" -msgstr "Hoe personeelsuitgaven opvolgen?" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" -" then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " -"most frequently are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 -msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," -msgstr "autoreizen, terugbetaald per afstandseenheid (mijl of kilometer)," - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 -msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 -msgid "" -"other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " -"carried out by the employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " -"from the Apps module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " -"re-invoice your expenses to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " -"products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " -"products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses " -"Products` in the **Expenses** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 -msgid "Some examples of products can be:" -msgstr "Een paar voorbeelden van producten kunnen zijn:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 -msgid "**Travel (car)**" -msgstr "**Reizen (auto)**" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 -msgid "Product Type: Service" -msgstr "Productsoort: Dienst" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 -msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 -msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" -msgstr "Verkoopprijs: 0.32" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " -"Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 -msgid "**Hotel**" -msgstr "**Hotel**" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 -msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" -msgstr "Maateenheid: Eenheid" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " -"employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " -"customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the" -" hotel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " -"checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " -"material**. This invoicing policy means that, if the expense is related to a" -" customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 -msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" -msgstr "Odoo ondersteund twee soorten van uitgaven:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 -msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" -msgstr "uitgaven betaald door werknemers met hun eigen geld" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 -msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" -msgstr "uitgaven betaald met een bedrijf kredietkaart" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 -msgid "The expenses workflow" -msgstr "De uitgaven werkflow" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 -msgid "Record a new expense" -msgstr "Registreer een nieuwe uitgave" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " -":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " -"personal expenses work that way:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 -msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" -msgstr "een werknemer geeft zijn kost in en legt deze voor aan de manager" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 -msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" -msgstr "de manager keurt de kost goed of weigert ze" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 -msgid "the accountant post journal entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 -msgid "" -"the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " -"with a payable account)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 -msgid "" -"if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " -"the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 -msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" -msgstr "voor elke kost moet de werknemer ten minste het volgende ingeven:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 -msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" -msgstr "" -"een omschrijving: deze moet de referentie naar het ticket / de rekening " -"bevatten" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 -msgid "a product: the expense type" -msgstr "een product: de uitgave soort" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 -msgid "" -"a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" -" car)" -msgstr "" -"een prijs (bijvoorbeeld hotel) of een hoeveelheid (bijvoorbeeld " -"terugbetaling van het gereisde aantal kilometers met de eigen auto)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " -"photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " -"the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 -msgid "" -"If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" -" an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " -"might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get " -"this feature)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " -"**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " -"expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 -msgid "" -"An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " -"action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 -msgid "Validation by the manager" -msgstr "Validatie door de manager" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " -"manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " -"menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 -msgid "The manager can:" -msgstr "De manager kan:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 -msgid "" -"discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " -"bill is missing);" -msgstr "" -"communiceer op een declaratie om meer informatie te vragen (bijvoorbeeld als" -" er een scan van het document ontbreekt);" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 -msgid "reject an expense;" -msgstr "wijs een uitgave af;" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 -msgid "approve an expense." -msgstr "keur een uitgave goed." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 -msgid "Control by the accountant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " -"by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " -"created and posted in your accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " -"expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 -msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " -"the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " -"invoiced to the customer yet and will be included in the next invoice that " -"will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer" -" project)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 -msgid "" -"To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." -" (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " -"invoice all your orders in batch)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:170 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:173 -msgid "Reimburse the employee" -msgstr "Werknemer terugbetalen" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:175 -msgid "" -"If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " -"reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" -" payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:180 -msgid "" -"All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " -"due." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 -msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:189 -msgid "" -"If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " -"options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 -msgid "" -"if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " -"invoicing policy on the product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 -msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "**gebaseerd op tijd en materiaal**: factuur de klant opnieuw" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:197 -msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "**gebaseerd op verkooporders**: de klant niet opnieuw factureren" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:199 -msgid "" -"if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " -"reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" -" invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:204 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" - #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" +msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 @@ -10937,8 +12603,8 @@ msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" -msgstr "Hoe meerdere rekeningen tegelijk te betalen?" +msgid "Pay several bills at once" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -11257,6 +12923,10 @@ msgid "" "Download SEPA Payments`." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:111 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Problemen oplossen" + #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:114 msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" msgstr "De bank weigert mijn SEPA bestand" @@ -11280,17 +12950,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:129 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`check`" msgstr ":doc:`check`" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:121 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" msgstr "" @@ -11353,6 +13016,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "Vereisten" @@ -11681,104 +13345,6 @@ msgid "" "account`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" -msgstr "Wanneer moet ik leveranciersrekeningen of inkooprekeningen gebruiken?" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" -" for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " -"cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a " -"defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are " -"confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " -"will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " -"On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which " -"means no debt account is necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," -" as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " -"receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " -"handle them in accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " -"a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " -"worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " -"installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" -" \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 -msgid "Register a receipt" -msgstr "Registreer een ticket" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 -msgid "" -"By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " -"Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " -"app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " -"Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " -"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt" -" accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " -"option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " -"the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " -":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " -"completely close the transaction in your accounting." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" msgstr "" @@ -11997,7 +13563,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" +msgid "Manage vendor Bills" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 @@ -12331,12 +13897,163 @@ msgid "" " be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 +msgid "Digitize Vendor Bills with Optical Character Recognition (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that" +" allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data to your " +"database reduces errors and saves you time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 +msgid "Set up the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and " +"choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 +msgid "Start digitizing your bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Scan your bills and then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Bills` and upload your document. Based on your configuration, it either " +"processes the documents automatically, or you need to click on *Send for " +"Digitalization* to do it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also create a vendor bill through the *Documents* app or by using an" +" email alias on your journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " +"clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the" +" right information instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the " +"correct data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Prijzen" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which " +"requires prepaid credits to work. Digitalizing one document consumes one " +"credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click `here `_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Receipts" +msgstr "Inkoopbewijs" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Receipts** are not invoices but rather confirmations of received " +"payments, such as a ticket or a receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This feature is meant to be used when you pay directly with your company's " +"money for an expense. **Vendor Bills**, on the other hand, are recorded when" +" an invoice is issued to you and that the amount is first credited on a debt" +" account before a later payment reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app " +"dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. " +"Click :doc:`here <../../../expense/expense>` for more information on how to " +"use Odoo Expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 +msgid "Register a receipt" +msgstr "Registreer een ticket" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling" +" out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "Edit the Journal Entry before posting it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once you have filled out the *Invoice Lines* tab, you can modify the " +"**Journal Entry** before you post it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values" +" according to your needs, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../expense/expense`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 msgid "Customer Invoices" msgstr "Klantfacturen" @@ -13137,6 +14854,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" msgstr "" @@ -13497,10 +15218,6 @@ msgid "" "includes a country, before sending the letter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Prijzen" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 msgid "" "*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " @@ -13514,203 +15231,367 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Click `here `_ to know about our " -"*Privacy Policy*." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "Klantbetalingen" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 +msgid "Batch Payments: Batch Deposits (checks, cash etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **Batch Deposit** groups multiple payments in a single batch. This allows " +"you to deposit several payments into your bank account with a single " +"transaction. This is particularly useful to deposit cash and checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to list several customer payments and print a " +"**deposit slip**. This ticket contains the details of the transactions and a" +" reference to the batch deposit. You can then select this reference during a" +" bank reconciliation to match the single bank statement line with all the " +"transactions listed in the batch deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To activate the feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Customer Payments`, activate **Batch Payments**, and click " +"on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 +msgid "Payment Method Types" +msgstr "Betalingsmethodesoorten" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To record new payments as part of a Batch Deposit, you have to configure " +"first the Journal on which you record them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced " +"Settings* tab. In the *Payment Method Types* section, enable **Batch " +"Deposit**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch " +"payments when you activate the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 +msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 +msgid "Record payments to deposit in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 +msgid "" +":doc:`Register the payments ` on the bank account on which you " +"plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you " +"received a payment, and clicking on *Register Payment*. There, select the " +"appropriate Journal linked to your bank account and select *Batch Deposit* " +"as Payment Method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 +msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 +msgid "Make sure to write the payment reference in the **Memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 +msgid "Add payments to a Batch Deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank" +" and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on " +"*Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by " +"clicking on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then " +"click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip " +"that the bank usually requires to fill out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Once the bank statements are on your database, you can reconcile the bank " +"statement line with the *Batch Payment* reference. To do so, start your " +"**Bank Reconciliation** by going to your Accounting dashboard and clicking " +"on *Reconcile Items* on the related bank account. At the bank statement " +"line, click on *Choose counterpart or Create Write-off* to display more " +"options, open the *Batch Payments* tab, and select your Batch Payment. All " +"related payments are automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank" +" statement line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, " +"remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`recording`" +msgstr ":doc:`recording`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:4 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." " With **SEPA Direct Debit**, your customers can sign a **mandate** that " -"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts " -"automatically." +"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts. This is " +"particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 msgid "" -"You can record your customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files " -"containing pending payments made with an SDD mandate." +"You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files containing " +"pending payments made with an SDD mandate." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "" -"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 28 member states " +"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " "of the European Union as well as additional countries." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:123 msgid "" "`List of all SEPA countries `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` nd activate" -" the **SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** feature. Enter the **Creditor Identifier** " -"of your company. This number is provided by your bank, or the authority " -"responsible for delivering them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:28 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:30 -msgid "Create a mandate" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate " +"**SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's " +"**Creditor Identifier**. This number is provided by your bank institution, " +"or the authority responsible for delivering them." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +msgid "Create a mandate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 msgid "" "The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " "authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 msgid "" -"To create a new one, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " -"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the new mandate’s " -"form." +"To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 msgid "" -"First, export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your " -"customer to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the " -"**Original Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the " -"mandate." +"Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer " +"to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original " +"Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 msgid "" -"First, make sure, that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly " -"recorded on the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in " -"your own *Bank Account* settings." +"Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on " +"the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in your own " +":doc:`Bank Account <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 +msgid "" +"SEPA Direct Debit can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce**" +" or on the **Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Acquirer**. " +"With this method, your customers can create and sign their mandates " +"themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Acquirers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your " +"needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Make sure to change the **State** field to *Enabled*, and to check **Online " +"Signature**, as this is necessary to let your customers sign their mandates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " +"address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " -"this field is left blank, then the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " -"*Closed* or *Revoked*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" -" means that invoices made after the present day won’t be processed " -"automatically with an SDD payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " -"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " -"that have already been registered will still be included to the next SDD XML" -" file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated. If " -"a customer requires to pay with SDD payments again, you will have to create " -"a new mandate from scratch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:75 -msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 msgid "" -"All new posted invoice issued to customers with an active mandate will " -"automatically register payment and have their status marked as *Paid*." +"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " +"this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " +"*Closed* or *Revoked*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 msgid "" -"If you have unpaid invoices that could be paid with a new mandate, it is " -"still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on *Register Payment* and " -"choose *SEPA Direct Debit* as payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:87 -msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" +"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" +" means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with" +" an SDD payment." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 msgid "" -"To submit your SDD payments to your bank, you will first generate an **XML " -"file** that can be uploaded directly to your bank interface." +"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " +"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " +"that have already been registered are still included in the next SDD XML " +"file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 +msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 +msgid "" +"You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an " +"active SDD mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the invoice, click on *Register Payment*, and choose *SEPA " +"Direct Debit* as payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In previous versions, Odoo used SDD payment as the default payment for all " +"customers with an active mandate. Your customers can still activate " +"automatic SDD for their subscriptions with a recurring payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:112 +msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " +"online banking interface to process all payments at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:118 msgid "" "The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" -" specifications as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " +" specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " "Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 msgid "" "To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " "*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " "Payments to Collect*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:129 msgid "" -"Select all the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD XML" -" file, then click on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." +"Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" +" on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:136 msgid "" "Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " -"then download the SDD XML file." +"download the SDD XML file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 -msgid "Finally, upload this file to your bank to process the payments." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " +"payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " "Payments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:150 +msgid ":doc:`batch`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:152 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " "`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:153 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 -msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" +msgid "Register customer payments by checks" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 @@ -13756,7 +15637,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" msgstr "" @@ -13802,16 +15682,12 @@ msgid "Memo: write the Check number" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "" @@ -13821,12 +15697,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:142 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:144 msgid "100.00" msgstr "100.00" @@ -13848,8 +15718,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:142 msgid "X" msgstr "X" @@ -13869,7 +15737,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:109 msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" msgstr "" @@ -13895,7 +15762,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:136 msgid "" "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" msgstr "" @@ -13916,201 +15782,6 @@ msgid "" "the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 -msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" -" both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " -"the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " -"on the invoice (using a Credit card journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank " -"account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 -msgid "" -"**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " -"credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," -" without going through the Undeposited Funds. Once you process your bank " -"statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card " -"payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 -msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " -"cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" -" take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " -"automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second " -"approach." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " -"users)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 -msgid "" -"On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " -"--> Create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 -msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 -msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 -msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " -"set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:118 -msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" -msgstr "Van kredietkaart betalingen naar bankafschriften" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " -"Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" -" transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " -"and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 -msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" -msgstr "**Betaalmethode**: Kredietkaart" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 -msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" -msgstr "**Memo**: schrijf de factuur referentie" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -msgid "Credit Cards" -msgstr "Creditcards" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." -msgstr "" -"De factuur is gemarkeerd als betaald vanaf u de kredietkaart betaling " -"registreert." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -msgid "Credit cards" -msgstr "Kredietkaarten" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " -"of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " -"account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " -"is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your " -"bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:114 -msgid "" -"There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " -"this method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:124 -msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:126 -msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" -msgstr "**Memo**: schrijf het kredietkaart transactie nummer" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " -"recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " -"with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment " -"and relate it to the statement line)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:148 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" -" may be more convenient if you have a lot of credit cards to record in a " -"batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments " -"with invoices)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:153 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " -"report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" -" received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" " -"option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:164 -msgid ":doc:`recording`" -msgstr ":doc:`recording`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`followup`" -msgstr ":doc:`followup`" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" msgstr "" @@ -14202,8 +15873,61 @@ msgid "" "negative number of due days." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Online Payment" +msgstr "Factureer online betaling" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue," +" you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay " +"Now* button on their **Customer Portal**. This allows your customers to see " +"their invoices online and pay directly with their favorite payment method, " +"making the payment process much easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 +msgid "" +"By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer " +"<../../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only Payment " +"Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online " +"Payment**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 +msgid "Customer Portal" +msgstr "Klantenportaal" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 +msgid "" +"After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by " +"email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects" +" them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 +msgid "" +"They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 -msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" +msgid "Different ways to record a payment" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 @@ -14359,5 +16083,564 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 -msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" -msgstr ":doc:`credit_cards`" +msgid ":doc:`online_payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`followup`" +msgstr ":doc:`followup`" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 +msgid "Declarations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 +msgid "Tax Return (VAT Declaration)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies that are registered for **VAT (Value Added Tax)** must file a " +"**Tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their turnover " +"and the regulation of the country in which they are registered. A Tax return" +" - or VAT return - gives the tax authorities information about the taxable " +"transactions made by the company, the *output tax* it has charged its " +"customers, and the *input tax* its vendors have charged it. Based on these " +"values, the company can calculate the tax amount they have to pay or be " +"refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can find information about VAT and its mechanism on `this page from the " +"European Commission `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 +msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" +msgstr "BTW aangifteperiode" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo Accounting " +"to compute your Tax Return correctly and also to send you a reminder to " +"never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " +"--> Fiscal Periods`, and go to the **Tax Return Periodicity** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Periodicity**: define here whether you file your tax return each month or " +"every three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Reminder**: define when Odoo should remind you to file your tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 +msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " +"<../../overview/getting_started/setup>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 +msgid "Tax Grids" +msgstr "BTW rubriek" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are " +"configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the" +" recorded transactions use the right taxes. You can see on each Journal Item" +" which Tax Grid is used for that transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you " +"can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record" +" invoices or credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization" +" Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation " +"of your database. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 +msgid "Close a tax period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 +msgid "Tax Lock Date" +msgstr "BTW blokkeerdatum" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Any new transaction which accounting date is prior to the **Tax Lock Date** " +"has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful to make" +" sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your " +"*Closing Journal Entry*. This way, other users can't modify or add " +"transactions that would have an impact on the Closing Journal Entry, which " +"helps you avoid some tax declaration errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 +msgid "Tax Report" +msgstr "BTW rapportage" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period " +"you want to report, open your **Tax Report**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. " +"You can also click on *TAX Report* from your *Accounting Overview*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date " +"filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the " +"button *Closing Journal Entry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 +msgid "" +"After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In " +"addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with " +"the **Tax Report** that you can download from the chatter and preview on the" +" right column. It includes all the values to report to the tax authorities, " +"along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date ` before clicking" +" on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal " +"period on the same date as the Accounting Date of your entry. This automatic" +" lock happens when you click on *Post*. This safety mechanism can prevent " +"some fiscal errors, but it is advised to lock your tax date manually before," +" as described above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 +msgid "Create a customized reports with your own formulas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " +"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " +"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " +"ever." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the developer mode" +msgstr "Activeer de ontwikkelaars mode" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" +" activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 +msgid "Create your financial report" +msgstr "Maak uw financieel rapport" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " +"configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 +msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 +msgid "**Analysis Period** :" +msgstr "**Analyse Periode**:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 +msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 +msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " +"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 +msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 +msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" +msgstr "Voeg lijnen toe in uw gepersonaliseerde rapporten" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " +"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " +"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" +" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " +"separated by ;)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 +msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" +msgstr "U heeft verschillende beschikbare objecten in de formule:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " +"date range)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " +"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " +"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " +"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " +"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " +"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " +"by one of their columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 +msgid "Other useful fields :" +msgstr "Andere handige velden:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 +msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." +msgstr "**Type**: Type van het resultaat van de formule." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " +"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 +msgid "" +"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" +" same dates as the rest of the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " +"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " +"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" +msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Main reports available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " +"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " +"countries :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 +msgid "**Balance Sheet**" +msgstr "**Saldo overzicht**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 +msgid "**Profit and Loss**" +msgstr "**Winst en Verlies**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 +msgid "**Chart of Account**" +msgstr "**Grootboekschema**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 +msgid "**Executive Summary**" +msgstr "**Managementsamenvatting**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 +msgid "**General Ledger**" +msgstr "**Grootboek**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 +msgid "**Aged Payable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 +msgid "**Aged Receivable**" +msgstr "**Te late betalers**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 +msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +msgstr "**Cashflow afschriften**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 +msgid "**Tax Report**" +msgstr "**Belasting rapport**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 +msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +msgstr "**Afletteren bank**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " +"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " +"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" +" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " +"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " +"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" +" of your organisation as at a particular date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Profit and Loss" +msgstr "Winst en Verlies" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " +"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" +" period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Chart of account" +msgstr "Rekeningschema" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 +msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." +msgstr "Een overzicht van al uw rekeningen gegroepeerd per klasse." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 +msgid "Executive Summary" +msgstr "Managementsamenvatting" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " +"figures you need to run your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " +"reporting :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "**Performantie:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 +msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 +msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +msgstr "**netto winst marge:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " +"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " +"result of those sales)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +msgstr "**Rendement op investering (p.a):**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"make those profits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Position:**" +msgstr "**Positie:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +msgstr "**Gemiddeld aantal dagen debiteuren:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " +"across all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgstr "**Gemiddeld aantal dagen debiteuren:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +" all your bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 +msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 +msgid "" +"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " +"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " +"your **Purchases account** for the month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " +"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " +"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " +"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 +msgid "General Ledger" +msgstr "Grootboek" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " +"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " +"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " +"occurred during a certain period of time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 +msgid "Aged Payable" +msgstr "Ouderdomsanalyse leveranciersfacturen" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" +" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " +"gone unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 +msgid "Aged Receivable" +msgstr "Ouderdomsanalyse klantfacturen" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " +"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +msgstr "Cashflow" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " +"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing and financing activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " +"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index 830b6558f..87c0518cc 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -4,21 +4,23 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019 # Gunther Clauwaert , 2019 # Pol Van Dingenen , 2019 # Maxim Vandenbroucke , 2019 # Jurre Claassen , 2019 # Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Louisa Van Cauwenberghe , 2020 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020 +# Eric Geens , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Eric Geens , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -44,6 +46,10 @@ msgid "" "qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " "assigning to the right sales people." msgstr "" +"Het systeem kan leads genereren in plaats van opportuniteiten, om zo een " +"kwalificatie stap toe te voegen voordat u een * Lead * in een * " +"Opportuniteit* omzet en aan een verkoopmedewerker toewijst. U kunt deze " +"modus activeren via de CRM-instellingen. " #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -51,10 +57,14 @@ msgid "" "sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " "channels from their configuration form." msgstr "" +"U kan deze modus activeren via de CRM-instellingen. Dit is standaard van " +"toepassing op al uw verkoopkanalen. Maar u kan dit specificiëren voor ieder " +"kanaal via de configuratie. " #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 @@ -309,7 +319,7 @@ msgid "" "(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " "leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " "pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " -"multiple countries." +"multiple industries." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 @@ -334,7 +344,8 @@ msgid "" " us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " "`__, To buy credits you can " "either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " -"Credits`; or go to `Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my Services`." +"Credits`; or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my" +" Services`." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 @@ -411,6 +422,131 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" msgstr "Optimaliseer uw dagelijks werk" +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "Hoe motiveer en beloon ik mijn verkopers?" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "Een uitdaging aanmaken" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "Zet doelen op" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Doelstellingen kunnen een impact hebben op de structuur van uw database " +"(zoals het invoeren van uw bedrijfsgegevens, het instellen van uw tijdszone," +" het aanmaken van nieuwe gebruikers, en zo verder)." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "Zet beloningen op" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" msgstr "Synchroniseer Google agenda met Odoo" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po index 07e25cad6..ad7abbcac 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martien van Geene , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ msgid "" " Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " "processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " "require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " -"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make " +"made through Odoo Studio might not work properly. *It is up to you to make " "sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " "test database through our `Support page `__." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index 4d5b97104..0e8c6b1a5 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -4,18 +4,19 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019 # Cas Vissers , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2020 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cas Vissers , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,31 +28,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Discuss" msgstr "Discussieer" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" +#: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Geavanceerd" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:6 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:8 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 msgid "" "You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " "database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:11 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 msgid "" "Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" " use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:16 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 msgid "Scope of this documentation" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 msgid "" "This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " "benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " @@ -59,7 +64,7 @@ msgid "" "`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:25 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 msgid "" "If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " "recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " @@ -68,13 +73,13 @@ msgid "" "reputation yourself." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 msgid "" "You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " "own email solution with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:34 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 msgid "" "Office 365 email servers don't allow easily to send external emails from " "hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " @@ -83,11 +88,11 @@ msgid "" "Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 msgid "How to manage outbound messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:41 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:41 msgid "" "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " "check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " @@ -95,15 +100,15 @@ msgid "" "information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:46 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:46 msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:51 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:51 msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:54 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:54 msgid "" "If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " "warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " @@ -111,21 +116,21 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:58 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:58 msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:63 msgid "" "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" " relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:66 msgid "" "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 msgid "Be SPF-compliant" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:79 msgid "" "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" " of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " "in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:83 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:83 msgid "" "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:85 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:85 msgid "" "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." " for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " "could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:89 msgid "" "Find `here `__ the exact procedure to " "create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." @@ -177,7 +182,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vind `hier `__ de exacte procedure om een " "TXT record aan te maken of te wijzigen bij uw eigen domein provider." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:92 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:92 msgid "" "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " "usually happens more quickly." @@ -185,18 +190,18 @@ msgstr "" "Uw nieuwe SPF record kan tot 48 uur nodig hebben om actief te zijn, maar " "normaal gezien gebeurd dit al veel sneller." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:95 msgid "" "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " "delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " "record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:100 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 msgid "Allow DKIM" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:101 msgid "" "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " "enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " @@ -206,22 +211,32 @@ msgid "" "\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "Restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," +" 465 or 2525." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:113 msgid "How to manage inbound messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:115 msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:113 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:117 msgid "" "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " "discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " "alias (**catchall@**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:121 msgid "" "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " "Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " @@ -229,58 +244,58 @@ msgid "" "recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:121 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:125 msgid "" "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " "create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:124 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:128 msgid "" "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " "`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:126 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:130 msgid "" "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " "`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:128 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:132 msgid "" "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project `__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:130 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:134 msgid "" "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " "`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:136 msgid "etc." msgstr "etc." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:138 msgid "" "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " "emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " "address per Odoo alias in your mail server." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:142 msgid "" "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " "bounce@, sales@, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:140 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:144 msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:145 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:149 msgid "" "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " "each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " @@ -289,7 +304,7 @@ msgid "" "out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:158 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " "messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " @@ -300,25 +315,25 @@ msgid "" "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:168 msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:166 msgid "" "Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " "edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " ":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:170 msgid "" "Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " "Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " "mail.bounce.alias*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:176 msgid "" "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " "You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " @@ -327,393 +342,440 @@ msgid "" "Fetchmail Service*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" -msgstr "Hoe de Twitter feed volgen vanuit Odoo" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 +msgid "Email Templates" +msgstr "E-mail-sjablonen" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " -"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " -"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." +"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " +"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " +"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " +"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " +"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " +"improving their overall experience with the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 -msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" -msgstr "De app opzetten aan de Twitter kant" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" -" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" -" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 +msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 -msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" -msgstr "Naam: dit is de naam van de applicatie op Twitter" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 msgid "" -"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " -"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " -"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" -" this field." -msgstr "" -"Website: dit is de externe URL van uw Odoo database, met \"/web\" " -"toegevoegd. Bijvoorbeeld, indien uw Odoo gehost is bij " -"\"http://www.voorbeeld.com\" moet u \"http://www.voorbeeld.com/web\" ingeven" -" in dit veld." - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " -"the previous example you should write " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." +"The :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` must be " +"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 msgid "" -"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " -"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." +"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " +"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 -msgid "Getting the API key and secret" -msgstr "De API sleutel en geheim ophalen" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 msgid "" -"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." +"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " +"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " +"job applicants." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 msgid "" -"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " -"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " -"settings." +"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " +"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " +"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 -msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" -msgstr "Hoe de aandacht van andere gebruikers trekken in mijn berichten" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 msgid "" -"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." -" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " -"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " -"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " -"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " -"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" -"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " -"another channel." +"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " +"with the highest priority is used." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 -msgid "Direct messaging a user" -msgstr "Een gebruiker direct een bericht sturen" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 msgid "" -"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " -"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " -"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " -"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " -"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " -"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " -"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " -"they are offline." +"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," +" saving space in your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 -msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" -msgstr "Bureaublad notificaties vanuit Discussie" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 -msgid "" -"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " -"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" -" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " -"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 +msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "Hoe responsief zijn op het werk dankzij de Odoo inbox" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 msgid "" -"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " -"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " -"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." +"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " +"would like to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 -msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "U kan de **Inbox** in het oog houden vanuit elk scherm." - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 msgid "" -"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " -"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " -"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " -"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " -"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." +"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " +"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" +" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " +"sending it." msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Overzicht" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Discuss" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " -"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " -"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " -"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " -"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " -"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " -"simple and searchable interface." +"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " +"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " +"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" +" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " +"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get organized by planning activities" +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose your notifications preference" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 msgid "" -"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " -"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " -"undertake." +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your :doc:`Chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` notifications to be handled." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 msgid "" -"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" -" your priorities." +"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " +"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " +"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:29 msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " -"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" +"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" +" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:37 +msgid "Start Chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " +"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " +"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" +" of where you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" +" your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " +"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:62 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the :doc:`chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` type *@user-name*; to refer to a channel," +" type *#channel-name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:67 +msgid "" +"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " +"through email, depending on his settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " +"first based on the task’s :doc:`followers " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>`, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" +" scope of the search becomes all partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +msgid "Chat status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " +"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " +"menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +msgid "Green = online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +msgid "Orange = away" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +msgid "White = offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "Airplane = out of the office" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/tasks/collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " +"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " +"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " +"of having overlapping actions between team members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " +"*Activities* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 +msgid "Plan activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the :doc:`Chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` by clicking on *Schedule activity*, or " +"through Kanban views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 msgid "Set your activity types" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 msgid "" -"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " -"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." +"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " +"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 -msgid "Schedule meetings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 msgid "" -"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " -"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " -"open to let you select a time slot." +"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure" +" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 +msgid "Recommend next activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " -"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." +"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " +"*Recommended Next Activities*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 -msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 msgid "" -"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " -"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." +"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" +" next steps are suggested to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " -"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" -msgstr "Hoe efficiënt communiceren in team met kanalen" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " "departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," -" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." +"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " +"latest developments." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "Creating a channel" -msgstr "Maak een kanaal aan" +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 +msgid "Public and Private channels" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 msgid "" -"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." -msgstr "" -"In Discussies zijn er twee types van kanalen - **publiek** en **privé**." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " -"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " -"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " -"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." +"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " +"visible to users invited to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 msgid "" "A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" -" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " -"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " -"information)." +" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " +"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " +"specific department)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 -msgid "Configuring a channel" -msgstr "Een kanaal configureren" +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 +msgid "Configuration options" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 msgid "" -"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " -"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." -" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " -"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" -" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " -"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" -" a public channel." +"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" +" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 -msgid "How to set up a mailing list" -msgstr "Hoe een mailinglijst op te zetten" +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 +msgid "Privacy and Members" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 msgid "" -"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " -":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" -" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " -"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " -"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " -"messages by email." +"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " +"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " +"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" +" a public one." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "Locating a channel" -msgstr "Een kanaal localiseren" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 msgid "" -"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " -"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" -" clicking the plus icon." +"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " +"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " +"*Invite*." msgstr "" -"Indien u geen kanaal ziet op uw dashboard kan u de lijst doorzoeken van " -"**publieke kanalen** om het juiste kanaal te vinden of een nieuw kanaal aan " -"te maken door te klikken op het plus icoon." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 msgid "" -"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " -"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " -"channels from a single screen." +"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " +"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " +"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " +"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " +"are part of the group." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 +msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 msgid "" -"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " -"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." +"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " +"mailing list." msgstr "" -"Het is altijd wijs om te zoeken voor een kanaal voordat u een nieuwe " -"aanmaakt zodat u zeker bent dat er geen dubbele kanalen worden aangemaakt " -"voor hetzelfde onderwerp." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 -msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" -msgstr "Filters gebruiken om te navigeren binnen Discussieer" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 msgid "" -"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " -"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " -"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " -"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " -"character wildcard.**" +"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " +"messages will need to be approved before being sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" -msgstr "Hoe een discussie thread volgen en definiëren wat u erover wilt horen" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" -msgstr "Hoe een discussie te volgen" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 msgid "" -"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," -" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." +"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" +" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 -msgid "How to choose the events to follow" -msgstr "Hoe te kiezen welke evenementen te volgen" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 msgid "" -"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " -"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " -"**Project** app." +"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" +" to newcomers." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 -msgid "How to add other followers" -msgstr "Hoe andere volgers toevoegen" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 msgid "" -"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " -"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" -" link back to the original document." +"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " +"messages." msgstr "" -"U kan andere gebruikers uitnodigen en kanalen toevoegen aan volgers. Een " -"kanaal toevoegen als een volger verzend berichten die in de chatter " -"geplaatst worden naar het kanaal met een link naar het originele document." -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 -msgid "How to be a default follower" -msgstr "Hoe een standaard volger te zijn" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 msgid "" -"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " -"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" -" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " -"created, an opportunity won)." +"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " +"their :doc:`notification preference `." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 msgid "" -"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" -" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " -"about." +"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " +"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 +msgid "Quick search bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " +"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " +"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" +" and quickly find the one you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 +msgid "Finding channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " +"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " +"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " +"single character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index a070ee4b1..cd467a3b3 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -715,319 +715,6 @@ msgstr "Lanceer mijn website" msgid "Get paid" msgstr "Wordt betaald" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" -msgstr "Hoe betaald te worden met Authorize.Net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " -"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " -"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " -"`__ " -"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " -"`__ that " -"you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 -msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Create an `Authorize.Net account `__ by clicking " -"'Get Started'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" -" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " -"press the related option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 -msgid "Go through the registration steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " -"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 -msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 -msgid "Set up Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " -"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Enter both your **Login ID** your **API Transaction Key** and your **API " -"Signature Key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To get those credentials from Authorize.Net, you can follow the direction in" -" the Authorize.net Help `API Credentials and Keys " -"`__" -" entry and access the menu :menuselection:`Account --> Settings --> API " -"Credentials & Keys` in the Authorize.net dashboard. Note that you need " -"*both* a Transaction key and and Signature key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Once both keys are set up, you can then generate a Client Key by clicking " -"the \"Generate Client Key\" button. Note that these 3 keys are necessary for" -" the setup to work correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:51 -msgid "Go live" -msgstr "Ga live" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Enabled** state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " -"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you switch from " -"testing to production or vice-versa." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:65 -msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " -"account `__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" -" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " -"`__ to configure your sandbox account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" -" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " -"`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:80 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:206 -msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:81 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:207 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "Hoe betaald worden met betalingsverwerkers" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " -"Invoicing apps." -msgstr "" -"Odoo biedt meerdere betaalmogelijkheden aan om betaald te worden in de " -"webshop, verkopen en facturatie apps." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 -msgid "What are the payment methods available" -msgstr "Wat zijn de beschikbare betaalmethoden" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 -msgid "Wire transfer" -msgstr "Overschrijving" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " -"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" -" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" -"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 -msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "Betaling verwervers" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" -" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" -" over time:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 -msgid "`Paypal `__" -msgstr "`Paypal `__" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "Ingenico" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 -msgid "Authorize.net" -msgstr "Authorize.net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "Adyen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "Buckaroo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 -msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "PayUmoney" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 -msgid "Sips" -msgstr "Sips" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "Stripe" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 -msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "Hoe live te gaan" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method is ready, make it visible in the payment interface " -"by switching the state to **Enabled**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 -msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" -msgstr "Hoe klanten betaalkaarten laten bewaren en hergebruiken" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " -"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." -" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 -msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 -msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Subscription `__ allows to " -"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " -"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 -msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "Deze optie is mogelijk met Ingenico en Authorize.net." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 -msgid "" -"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " -"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" -" from the subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 -msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " -"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" -" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 -msgid "How to:" -msgstr "Hoe te:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 -msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "Neem de **aangepaste** betaalmethode." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " -"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " -"duplicate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 -msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "Andere configuraties" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " -"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " -"`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " -"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " -"such matter. `Contact us `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" - #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" msgstr "Hoe betaalde orders beheren die betaald zijn met betalingsverwerkers" @@ -1117,7 +804,7 @@ msgid "" " can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " "way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " "until you get paid into your bank account (see " -":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards`)." +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)." msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 @@ -1143,306 +830,6 @@ msgid "" "interfaces, not from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " -"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " -"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " -"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 -msgid "Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 -msgid "" -"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " -"Business Account `_" -" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " -"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " -"configuration steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 -msgid "Settings in Paypal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:26 -msgid "" -"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " -"seamless customer experience with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " -"Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:34 -msgid "Auto Return" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " -"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " -"the suffix ``/shop/confirmation`` as *Return URL* (e.g. " -"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:41 -msgid "" -"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " -"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " -"Odoo databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:49 -msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:51 -msgid "" -"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" -" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " -"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " -"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:59 -msgid "Paypal Account Optional" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:61 -msgid "" -"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " -"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " -"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:68 -msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:70 -msgid "" -"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " -"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " -"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" -" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " -"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:77 -msgid "" -"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " -"*Instant Payment Notification*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " -"(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85 -msgid "Payment Messages Format" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:87 -msgid "" -"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " -"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " -"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:93 -msgid "" -"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 -msgid "To do so, open:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:97 -msgid "" -"`this page for a test account `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:99 -msgid "" -"`this page for a production account `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " -"**UTF-8**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109 -msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112 -msgid "" -"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" -" Account Optional* needs to be turned on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:118 -msgid "" -"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " -"`Paypal documentation `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:124 -msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "Instellingen in Odo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127 -msgid "Activation" -msgstr "Activatie" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " -"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:133 -msgid "Credentials" -msgstr "Inloggegevens" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:135 -msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:137 -msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138 -msgid "" -"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " -":menuselection:`Profile --> About the business`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:140 -msgid "" -"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" -" here above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:146 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "Transactie kosten" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:148 -msgid "" -"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " -"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " -"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:151 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:157 -msgid "" -"You can refer to `Paypal Fees `__ to set up fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:161 -msgid "" -"`Traders in the EU `_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " -"paying with credit cards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165 -msgid "Go live!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" -" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" -" it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " -"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " -"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " -"processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185 -msgid "Test environment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187 -msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with " -"your Paypal credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:191 -msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:193 -msgid "" -"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " -"`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:195 -msgid "" -"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:197 -msgid "" -"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " -"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " -"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " -"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " -"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:203 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "" -"Voer een testtransactie uit vanuit Odoo met de persoonlijke sandbox account." - #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 msgid "How customers can access their customer account" msgstr "Hoe klanten aan hun klantenaccount kunnen" @@ -1490,54 +877,6 @@ msgid "" "will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "Hoe betaald worden met overschrijvingen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "Hoe klanten betaling instructies aanbieden" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "Ze verschijnen voor de klanten wanneer ze een order plaatsen." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "Hoe een order te beheren eenmaal u betaald bent" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "Hoe manueel andere betaalmethodes aanmaken" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." -msgstr "" - #: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Collect taxes" msgstr "Ontvang belastingen" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po index fcda2e93b..b6d6c2d5e 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -33,25 +33,25 @@ msgstr "Overzicht" msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5 msgid "" -"Mailing lists could be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as" -" they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, " -"and consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:9 -msgid "Create Mailing lists" +"Mailing lists can be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as " +"they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, and" +" consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 +msgid "Create mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " "the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " "unsubscribing." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:18 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19 msgid "" "Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" " *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." @@ -61,21 +61,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:25 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 msgid "" "Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " "advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27 msgid "" "Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " "mailing list." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:35 -msgid "Check all the contacts of your mailing list(s)" -msgstr "" +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34 +msgid "Contacts" +msgstr "Contacten" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -84,14 +84,14 @@ msgid "" "created here." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:45 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43 msgid "" -"Open a contact to see or add different mailing lists to which the contact is" -" or will be part of." +"Open a contact form to see or add different mailing lists to which the " +"contact is or will be part of." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:54 -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:48 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46 msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" msgstr "" @@ -99,35 +99,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:4 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5 msgid "" "It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " "unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " "that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:9 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " -"*Blacklist Option when unsubscribing*." +"*Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:18 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19 msgid "" -"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he will " -"be redirected to the following page:" +"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is " +"redirected to the following page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:22 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:28 msgid "" -"After clicking the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you will " -"be sent to an error page (error 403 - Access Denied). If you want to be sure" -" the link is working properly, you should create your mass mail and then " -"send it only to a personal email." +"After clicking on the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you " +"are sent to an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). If you want to be " +"sure the link is working properly, create your mass mail and send it only to" +" a personal email." msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 @@ -143,18 +143,18 @@ msgid "" " users." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38 msgid "" "Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " -"addresses will be shown." +"addresses are shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:40 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 msgid "" "When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:50 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47 msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" msgstr "" @@ -162,24 +162,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:4 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5 msgid "" "Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " "consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" " with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:9 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14 msgid "" -"Choosing *Contacts*, for example, as *Recipients*, will allow you to add " +"Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add " "specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." msgstr "" @@ -191,94 +191,98 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:26 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25 msgid "" "Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " "dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " "to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34 msgid "" "Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " "you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" " sender (*Send From*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:41 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 msgid "" "With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " "either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." -" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts, a " -"mailing list or contacts as recipients." +" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts or " +"contacts as recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:51 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45 msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:60 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53 msgid "" -"*Save*: the work will be allocated in the *draft* column in the kanban view." -" Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " -"will delete the email." +"*Save*: the work is allocated in the *draft* column in the Kanban view. " +"Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " +"deletes the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:62 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:54 msgid "" "Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " "contacts to avoid errors." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:65 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56 msgid "" -"*Send* will trigger the email with the next run and put the work on the " -"*queue* column in the kanban view." +"*Send* triggers the email with the next run and put the work on the *queue* " +"column in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:68 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:58 msgid "" -"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time and will put the email in " -"the *queue* column in the kanban view." +"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time, and puts the email in the " +"*queue* column in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:61 msgid "" -"The daily limit is applied for *all emails* sent, in other words, throughout" -" all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have remaining " -"ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically the next " -"day. You will need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " +"The daily limit is applied for **all emails** sent, in other words, " +"throughout all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have " +"remaining ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically " +"the next day. You need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " "*Retry*." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:78 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67 msgid "Manage campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:79 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " "Campaigns*." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:81 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 msgid "" "The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" " efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:82 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72 msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:92 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80 msgid "" "If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " -"Notification feature, you will see the option to create content for those " -"channels. You will also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. " -"All of this is possible because the applications work integrated." +"Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those " +"channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of" +" this is possible because the applications work integrated." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po index 28df6b2d1..8be5a2b8b 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -76,10 +76,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " "you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " -"configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: " -":doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees " -"report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " -"behaviour." +"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price `. That" +" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " +"usually the expected behaviour." msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:41 @@ -149,8 +148,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:83 msgid "" "The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " -"product's internal reference between brackets (e.g. [Food]). Type the " -"expense amount in the mail subject to set it on the expense too." +"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " +"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:88 diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po index 914a1255c..971962ca3 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "" "Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:15 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:17 msgid "" "Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " "Intervention* from tickets." @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 -msgid ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`" +msgid ":doc:`../../project/overview/setup`" msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3 @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ msgid "" "Quotations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:21 +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:23 msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index ab276bc56..0d9151396 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -4,21 +4,22 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019 -# Eric Geens , 2019 # Gunther Clauwaert , 2019 # Pol Van Dingenen , 2019 # Maxim Vandenbroucke , 2019 +# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020 +# Eric Geens , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Maxim Vandenbroucke , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Eric Geens , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -112,6 +113,130 @@ msgstr "" "Eenmaal dit klaar is ontvangt u twee stukken informatie (uw cliënt ID en uw " "cliënt secret). U moet uw cliënt id ingeven onder **Algemene instellingen**." +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 +msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly " +"from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales " +"commission plans, budgets, project forecasts, etc. Formulas are written in " +"Python but programming skills are not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuratie" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*." +" The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get " +"Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password " +"--> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 +msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to " +"Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 +msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by " +"Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 +msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 +msgid "From this new file, configure your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " +"Username --> Password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "Sollicitaties" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve " +"data and retrieve grouped sums." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested" +" takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no " +"specific size limit, since the time for Odoo to respond depends on several " +"factors - although reading data regarding several thousand records is " +"usually fine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 +msgid "Retrieve Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse " +"(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the " +"information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 +msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 +msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group " +"(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to " +"display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 +msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 +msgid "Other uses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create " +"Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" msgstr "" @@ -1043,87 +1168,395 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../general/multi_companies.rst:3 +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:124 +msgid "Multi Companies" +msgstr "Meerdere bedrijven" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 +msgid "" +"A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies" +" simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and" +" contacts. It provides you the ability to generate reports of aggregated " +"figures without switching interfaces, which facilitates daily tasks and the " +"overall management process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 +msgid "Manage companies and records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " +"with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " +"are shared between the two companies (as long as both environments are " +"active)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them " +"by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels." +" JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " +"boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " +"in use. To switch environments, click on the company’s name. In the example " +"below, the user has access to three companies, two are activated, and the " +"environment in use is of *JS Store US*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " +"shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 +msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " +"specific company and its child companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:51 +msgid "Employees' access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " +"<../odoo_basics/add_user>` for *Multi Companies*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " +"**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " +"the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " +"(the company from which the sale order was issued)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:66 +msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 +msgid "The current company (the one active) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 +msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " +"is being edited)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:73 +msgid "Documents’ format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" +" the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " +"Layout*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:83 +msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" +msgstr "Intercompany transacties" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +msgid "" +":doc:`Chart of Accounts " +"<../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Localizations " +"<../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:92 +msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 +msgid "" +":doc:`Warehouses <../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With" +" the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like" +" operations between companies to be synchronized at an invoice/bills level " +"or at a sales/purchase orders level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:103 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " +"confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:106 +msgid "" +"*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, " +"automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:113 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales " +"order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is " +"confirmed for the selected company. If instead of a drafted purchase/sales " +"order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:117 +msgid "" +"*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store " +"Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " +"confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:126 +msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:132 +msgid "" +"`Multi-company Guidelines " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" msgstr "Basisprincipes" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a user" -msgstr "Hoe een gebruiker toevoegen" +msgid "Add Users and Manage Access Rights" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " -"point." +"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" +" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " +"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." msgstr "" -"Odoo geeft u de mogelijkheid om op eender welk moment extra gebruikers toe " -"te voegen." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:12 msgid "Add individual users" msgstr "Voeg individuele gebruikers toe" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:14 msgid "" -"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" -" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " -"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -" -" and a picture." +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." msgstr "" -"Vanuit Instellingen, ga naar het submenu :menuselectie:`Gebruikers --> " -"Gebruikers` en klik op **Aanmaken**. Geef de naam van uw nieuwe gebruiker in" -" en zijn professionele e-mailadres - het adres waarmee hij inlogt op zijn " -"Odoo instantie - en een foto." - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " -"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." -msgstr "" -"Onder \"Toegangsrechten\" kan u kiezen tot welke applicaties uw gebruiker " -"toegangsrecht of gebruiksrecht krijgt. Verschillende niveau's van rechten " -"zijn beschikbaar afhankelijk van de app." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 msgid "" -"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " -"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" -" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." -msgstr "" -"Als u klaar bent met het bewerken van de pagina en hebt geklikt op ** " -"OPSLAAN **, wordt automatisch een uitnodigingsmail naar de gebruiker " -"verzonden. De gebruiker moet erop klikken om de uitnodiging voor uw Odoo " -"instantie te accepteren en een login aan te maken." - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " -"Refer to our `Pricing page `_ for more " -"information." +"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " +"Rights ` choose the group within" +" each application the user can have access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:24 msgid "" -"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " -"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " -"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link" -" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights " -"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." +"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" +" database." msgstr "" -"U kan ook rechtstreeks een nieuwe gebruiker toevoegen vanaf de app " -"instellingen/Dashboard. Vanuit de bovenstaande schermafbeelding, voer het " -"e-mailadres in van de gebruiker die u wilt toevoegen en klik op " -"**UITNODIGEN**. De gebruiker ontvangt een e-mailuitnodiging met een link om " -"zijn wachtwoord in te stellen. U kunt dan zijn toegangsrechten definiëren " -"onder de: menuselectie: `Instellingen -> Gebruikersmenu '." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:30 msgid "" -"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`_" +"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " +"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " +"invitation and create a login." msgstr "" -"`Gebruikers deactiveren <../../db_management/documentation.html" -"#deactivating-users>`_" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " +"`pricing page `_ for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:42 +msgid "" +"With the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"activated, *User Types* can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " +"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " +"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:57 +msgid "Access Rights in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:63 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "Groepen" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " +"`, details of the rules and " +"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " +"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" +" rights are shown in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:76 +msgid "" +"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " +"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " +"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " +"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " +"they are being applied to the needed and right users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " +"access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:96 +msgid "" +"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " +"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " +"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:99 +msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:100 +msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:101 +msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:102 +msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " +"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:112 +msgid "" +"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " +"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " +"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " +"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " +"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " +"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " +"companies database you hold the user can have access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " +"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" +" required. For technical explanations refer to `this " +"`_ " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:140 +msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" @@ -1211,6 +1644,1075 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 +msgid "Export Data From Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " +"in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " +"(even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available " +"application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," +" activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " +"*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " +"when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " +"the data to export:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 +msgid "" +"With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " +"fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " +"update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the " +"box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, " +"not just the ones which can be imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " +".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " +"all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " +"sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " +"fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all " +"the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 +msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the “to export” list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The “handles” next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " +"and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" +" file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 +msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 +msgid "" +"For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " +"Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " +"*New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export " +"the same list, simply select the related template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 +msgid "" +"It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " +"*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " +"you would like to import next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 +msgid "Payment Acquirers" +msgstr "Betaalproviders" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "Authorize.Net" +msgstr "Authorize.Net" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net `__ is a United States-based " +"online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit " +"cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "" +"This Payment Acquirer offers additional options that are not available for " +"other :doc:`Payment Acquirers `, such as the ability to " +"process your customer's payment after delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 +msgid "Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, choose a plan and `Sign Up for an Authorize.Net account " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your " +"Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 +msgid "API Login ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Transaction Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 +msgid "Signature Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to " +":menuselection:`Account --> Security Settings --> General Security Settings " +"--> API Credentials & Keys`, and generate your **Transaction Key** and " +"**Signature Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net: Getting Started Guide " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 +msgid "Payment Acquirer Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To configure Authorize.Net as Payment Acquirer in Odoo, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, open " +"**Authorize.Net**, and change the **State** to *Enabled*. Don't forget to " +"click on *Save* once you've set everything up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the :doc:`Payment Acquirers documentation " +"` to read how to configure this payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "Inloggegevens" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Copy your credentials from your Authorize.Net account (API Login Id, API " +"Transaction Key, and API Signature Key), paste them in the related fields " +"under the **Credentials** tab, then click on **Generate Client Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The **API Client Key** is necessary only if you select *Payment from Odoo* " +"option as :ref:`Payment Flow `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Authorize.Net as a test, with a *sandbox account*, change " +"the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo " +"database, rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 +msgid "Payment Flow" +msgstr "Betaal flow" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Flow** lets you decide if to redirect the user to the payment " +"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " +"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo. This field is under the " +"**Configuration** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*, make sure you add a " +"**Default Receipt URL** and a **Default Relay Response URL** to your " +"Authorize.net account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To do so, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account" +" --> Transaction Format Settings --> Transaction Response Settings --> " +"Response/Receipt URLs`, and set the default links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Receipt URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**payment/authorize/return**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Relay Response URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**shop/confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Failing to complete this step results in the following error:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*The referrer, relay response or receipt link URL is invalid.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "Ontvang de betaling na de levering" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If" +" enabled, the funds are reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not" +" charged yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment, go to the related Sales Order and click on *Capture " +"Transaction*. If the order is canceled, you can click on *Void Transaction* " +"to unlock the funds from the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " +"Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 +msgid "" +"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " +"interfaces, not from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 +msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Acquirers (Credit Cards, Online Payment)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several **payment methods** that allow your customers to pay on " +"their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay Sales " +"Orders, invoices, or subscriptions with recurring payments with their " +"favorite payment acquirers, including **online payment providers** that " +"accept **Credit Cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Having several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in " +"time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers" +" to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not keep Credit Card numbers or credentials on its servers, nor is" +" it stored on Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a " +"unique reference to the data stored in the payment acquirers' systems, where" +" the information is safely stored. This reference is useless without your " +"credentials for the payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment " +"acquirers: the payments that go directly on the bank account and follow the " +"usual reconciliation workflow, and the payment acquirers that are third-" +"party services and require you to follow another accounting workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 +msgid "Bank Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment " +"reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " +"it on your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" +msgstr "SEPA automatische incasso" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " +"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more " +"information about this payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 +msgid "Online Payment Providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" +msgstr "Doorverwijzing naar de website van de betalingsprovider." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Payment from Odoo" +msgstr "Betaling van Odoo" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Save Cards" +msgstr "Creditcards opslaan" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Capture Amount Manually" +msgstr "Bepaal bedrag handmatig" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "Adyen" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +msgid "✔" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +msgid "Alipay" +msgstr "Alipay" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "Buckaroo" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "Ingenico" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`PayPal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +msgid "PayUMoney" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +msgid "SIPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "Stripe" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Some of these Online Payment Providers can also be added as :doc:`Bank " +"Accounts <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is **not** " +"the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment Acquirers " +"allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and configured on" +" your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting " +"control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Some of the features described in this section are available only with some " +"Payment Acquirers. Refer to :ref:`the table above " +"` for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 +msgid "Add a new Payment Acquirer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a new Payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look " +"for your payment acquirer, install the related module, and activate it. To " +"do so, open the payment acquirer and change its state from *Disabled* to " +"*Enabled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " +"database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " +"credentials, but Odoo generates Sales Orders and Invoices as usual. It isn't" +" always possible to cancel an invoice, and this could create some issues " +"with your invoices numbering if you were to test your payment acquirers on " +"your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 +msgid "Credentials tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, go to the **Online Payment Provider**'s website, create an " +"account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." +" Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the Payment Acquirer " +"and get the confirmation of the *payment authentication*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The form in this section is specific to the Payment Acquirer you are " +"configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 +msgid "Configuration tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"You can change the Payment Acquirer front-end appearance by modifying its " +"name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" +" under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 +msgid "Save and reuse Credit Cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your " +"database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to " +"reenter the payment details. This is particularly useful for subscriptions' " +"recurring payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 +msgid "Place a hold on a card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"If the **Capture Amount Manually** field is enabled, the funds are reserved " +"for a few days on the customer's card, but not charged yet. You must then go" +" to the related Sales Order and manually *capture* the funds before its " +"automatic cancellation, or *void the transaction* to unlock the funds from " +"the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Choose in the **Payment Flow** field if to redirect the user to the payment " +"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " +"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Some features are available only if you select *Redirection to the acquirer " +"website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 +msgid "Countries" +msgstr "Landen" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Restrict the use of the Payment Acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave " +"this field blank to make the Payment Acquirer available to all countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 +msgid "Payment Journal" +msgstr "Betaaldagboek" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Journal** selected for your Payment Acquirer must be a *Bank* " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " +"**Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. Both of them are " +"preset to work out-of-the-box, but we strongly recommend you to make sure " +"these fields are correctly set according to your accounting needs, and adapt" +" them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 +msgid "Messages tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Change here the messages displayed by Odoo after a payment's confirmation or" +" failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 +msgid "Accounting perspective" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " +"their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " +"**Online Payment Providers** require you to consider how you want to record " +"your payments' journal entries. We recommend you to ask your accountant for " +"advice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Odoo default method is to record the payments on a *Current Assets Account*," +" on a dedicated *Bank Journal*, once the *Payment Authentication* is " +"confirmed. At some point, you transfer the funds from the *Payment Acquirer*" +" to your *Bank Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 +msgid "Here are the requirements for this to work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "Bankdagboek" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 +msgid "The Journal's **type** must be *Bank Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Select the right **Default Debit Account** and **Default Credit Account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, make sure that **Posting** is set as " +"*Post At Payment Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This implies that the Journal Entry is recorded directly when your Odoo " +"database receives the confirmation of the *Payment Authentication* from the " +"Online Payment Provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 +msgid "Current Asset Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 +msgid "The Account's **type** is *Current Assets*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 +msgid "The Account must **Allow Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 +msgid "" +"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " +"**Current Asset Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. You can " +"modify them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 +msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" +msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 +msgid ":doc:`authorize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " +"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " +"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " +"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " +"Business Account `_" +" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " +"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " +"configuration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " +"seamless customer experience with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " +"Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " +"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " +"the suffix ``/shop/confirmation`` as *Return URL* (e.g. " +"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " +"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" +" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " +"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " +"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " +"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " +"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" +" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " +"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " +"*Instant Payment Notification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " +"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " +"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 +msgid "To do so, open:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 +msgid "" +"`this page for a test account `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 +msgid "" +"`this page for a production account `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " +"**UTF-8**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" +" Account Optional* needs to be turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`Paypal documentation `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "Instellingen in Odo" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Activatie" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " +"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 +msgid "" +"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " +":menuselection:`Account Settings --> Business information`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" +" here above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "Transactie kosten" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " +"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " +"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " +"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees `__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 +msgid "" +"`Traders in the EU `_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " +"paying with credit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" +" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " +"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " +"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " +"processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with " +"your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " +"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " +"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " +"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" +"Voer een testtransactie uit vanuit Odoo met de persoonlijke sandbox account." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "Hoe betaald worden met overschrijvingen" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " +"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " +"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " +"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "Hoe klanten betaling instructies aanbieden" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "Ze verschijnen voor de klanten wanneer ze een order plaatsen." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "Hoe een order te beheren eenmaal u betaald bent" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " +"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " +"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "Hoe manueel andere betaalmethodes aanmaken" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " +"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " +"or duplicate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags.rst:3 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Labels" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Take Advantage of Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tags work like keywords or labels that will help you to categorize your " +"work, as well as make objectives and goals clearer and available for " +"everyone instantly. They are also a useful source of filtering, helping you " +"to boost productivity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:11 +msgid "Where can I use and how do I create tags?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Tags can be used in numerous applications going from *CRM*, *Project*, " +"*Contacts*, *Marketing Automation*, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:16 +msgid "" +"On *CRM* for instance, under :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags`" +" you can create new or edit existing ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:23 +msgid "You can also create them on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose specific colors for each tag to help identify them, or *Hide in " +"Kanban*, simply by clicking on the tag once it is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:38 +msgid "Remove tags from a task or from the database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Click on the *x* to delete a tag from a specific task or contact. To delete " +"it from your database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags " +"--> Action --> Delete`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:48 +msgid "Use tags as a parameter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On the *Marketing Automation* application, for example, you can re-use tags " +"as a parameter to specify a niche of records for your campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:59 +msgid "Use tags for reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To get the information you need in an organized format and for a specific " +"purpose, you can also add tags." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "Unsplash" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index f5a619134..5d8678c26 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -4,9 +4,8 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Gunther Clauwaert , 2019 -# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2020 # Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020 # #, fuzzy @@ -14,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -28,630 +27,845 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "Helpdesk" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:3 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Geavanceerd" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "After Sales Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 msgid "" -"After sales features: refund, coupon, return, repair, onsite interventions" +"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " +"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " +"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" +" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " +"interventions from a ticket’s page." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 +msgid "Set up the after sales services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 msgid "" -"As my business grows, having the tools to allow my helpdesk team to record, " -"track and manage issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk" -" app allows me to generate credit notes, return products, grant coupons, do " -"repairs and plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " +"Onsite Interventions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:10 -msgid "Set up the After Sales services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable the After" -" Sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite " -"Interventions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:19 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" msgstr "Genereer creditfacturen van tickets" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:21 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 msgid "" -"I can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For " -"that, I’ll simply go to my ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " -"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* the credit note will be " -"generated, and I can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" +" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " +"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " +"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" msgstr "Sta productretouren toe op tickets" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 msgid "" -"The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will " -"be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*." +"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" +" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:40 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 msgid "" -"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned at the *Sales or " -"Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on " -"*Coupon*, choose the :menuselection:`Coupon Program --> Generate`." +"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " +"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " +"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:48 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 msgid "Repairs from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:50 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 msgid "" -"Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will" -" be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next " -"step." +"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" +" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:57 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:59 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 msgid "" -"At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the " -"same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan " -"Intervention*." +"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " +"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:66 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68 msgid "" "`Coupons `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Allow customers to close their tickets" -msgstr "Sta klanten toe om hun tickets af te sluiten" +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 msgid "" "Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " "misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" " communication and actions more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:9 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 msgid "Configure the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:11 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 msgid "" "To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " "Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:18 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 msgid "" -"In order to designate to which stage the ticket will migrate to once it is " -"closed, go to :menuselection:`Overview --> Tickets`." +"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:25 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 msgid "" -"You can either create a new kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " -"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Edit Stage` and enable " -"*Closing Stage*." +"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " +"and enable *Closing Stage*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:32 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 msgid "" -"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket will be " -"transferred to the last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage " -"set as closing, the ticket will be put in the first one." +"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " +"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " +"ticket is put in the first one." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:35 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 msgid "The Costumer Portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:37 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 msgid "" -"Now, once the user logs in to his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " +"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:44 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:46 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 msgid "" "To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " -":menuselection:`Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add Custom filter --> " -"Closed by partner --> Applied`." +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " +"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Starten met Odoo Helpdesk" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Overzicht" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Starten met Odoo Helpdesk" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 +msgid "Forum and eLearning" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" -msgstr "Odoo Helpdesk installeren:" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 +msgid "Forum" +msgstr "Forum" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" -msgstr "Open de Apps module, zoek voor \"Helpdesk\" en klik op installeren" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" -msgstr "Helpdesk teams opzetten" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" -msgstr "Standaard komt Odoo Helpdesk met een team \"Support\" genaamd." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 msgid "" -"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" +"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " +"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " +"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" +" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " +"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " +"community!)." msgstr "" -"Om dit team te wijzigen, of extra teams aan te maken, selecteert u " -"\"Configuratie\" in de paarse balk en selecteert u \"Instellingen\"" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 msgid "" -"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," -" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " -"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," -" or manually." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " +"enable *Help Center*." msgstr "" -"Hier kunt u nieuwe teams maken, beslissen welke teamleden aan dit team " -"moeten toegevoegd worden, hoe uw klanten tickets kunnen verzenden en welk " -"SLA-beleid en beoordelingen gewenst zijn. Voor de toewijzingsmethode kunt u " -"tickets willekeurig, gebalanceerd of handmatig toewijzen." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 -msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" -msgstr "Hoe verschillende fases opzetten voor elk team" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " +"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " +"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " +"allowed per question." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:42 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 msgid "" -"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " -"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " -"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" +"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " +"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." msgstr "" -"Wanneer u terugkeert naar uw Helpdesk module en \"Configuratie\" selecteert " -"in de paarse balk, vindt u extra opties, zoals \"Fases\". Hier kunt u nieuwe" -" fasen creëren en die fasen toewijzen aan 1 of meerdere teams, zodat u voor " -"elk team aanpasbare fases kunt instellen!" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:48 -msgid "Start receiving tickets" -msgstr "Start met het ontvangen van tickets" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:51 -msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" -msgstr "Hoe kunnen mijn klanten tickets doorsturen?" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 msgid "" -"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " -"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" +"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " +"the ticket's page." msgstr "" -"Selecteer \"Configuratie\" in de paarse balk en selecteer \"Instellingen\", " -"selecteer uw Helpdeskteam. Onder \"Kanalen vindt u 4 opties:" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:59 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "eLearning" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 msgid "" -"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " -"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." +"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " +"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" +" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." msgstr "" -"Met een e-mailalias kunnen klanten naar de alias berichten sturen om een " -"ticket te maken. De onderwerpregel van de e-mail wordt het onderwerp op het " -"ticket." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:66 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 msgid "" -"Website Form allows your customer to go to " -"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " -"form - much like odoo.com/help!" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *eLearning*." msgstr "" -"Via het webformulier kan uw klant naar " -"uwwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit en een ticket indienen via een " -"websiteformulier - net als odoo.com/help!" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:73 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 msgid "" -"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " -"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " -"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." +"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." msgstr "" -"Met Live Chat kunnen uw klanten een ticket indienen op uw website. Uw klant " -"start de livechat en uw Live Chat-operator kan een ticket maken met behulp " -"van de opdracht \"/helpdesk\" + \"het Onderwerp van het ticket\"." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:81 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 msgid "" -"The final option to submit tickets is through an API connection. View the " -"documentation `here " -"`_." +"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " +"Course*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:85 -msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" -msgstr "Er zijn tickets aangemaakt, wat nu?" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Aan de slag" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:87 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" -" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " -"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " -"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." +"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" +" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " +"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," +" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." msgstr "" -"Nu kunnen uw werknemers eraan werken! Als u een handmatige " -"toewijzingsmethode hebt geselecteerd, moeten uw werknemers zichzelf " -"toewijzen aan tickets met behulp van de knop 'AAN MIJ TOEWIJZEN' in de " -"linkerbovenhoek van een ticket of door zichzelf toe te voegen aan het veld " -"'Toegewezen aan'." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:95 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " -"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." +"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." msgstr "" -"Als u de toewijzingsmethode \"Willekeurig\" of \"Gebalanceerd\" hebt " -"gekozen, worden uw tickets toegewezen aan een lid van dat Helpdeskteam." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:98 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 msgid "" -"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " -"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." +"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " +"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " +"accounting, admin, etc.)." msgstr "" -"Van hieruit beginnen zij te werken aan het oplossen van de tickets! Wanneer " -"ze voltooid zijn komt het ticket in de opgelost fase." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:102 -msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" -msgstr "Hoe markeer ik dit ticket als urgent?" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 msgid "" -"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" -" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " -"Kanban view or on the ticket form." +"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " +"redirected to the right person:" msgstr "" -"U kunt bepalen hoe urgent een ticket is door het aantal sterren op het " -"ticket te selecteren. Hoe meer sterren hoe dringender het is. U kunt dit " -"doen in de Kanban-weergave of op het ticket formulier." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:111 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 msgid "" -"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " -"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" +"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " +"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" msgstr "" -"Om een Service Level Agreement-beleid voor uw werknemers in te stellen, " -"activeert u eerst deze functie onder \"Instellingen\"" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 -msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." -msgstr "Van hier, selecteer \"Stel SLA regels in\" en klik op \"Maken\"." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:119 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 msgid "" -"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " -"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." +"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " +"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " +"automatically;" msgstr "" -"Je vult informatie in zoals het Helpdeskteam, wat de minimale prioriteit is " -"op de tickets (de sterren) en de doelen voor de tickets." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:126 -msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" -msgstr "" -"Wat als een ticket is geblokkeerd of klaar is om aan te worden gewerkt?" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:128 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 msgid "" -"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " -"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" +"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " +"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " +"that all tickets get to be taken care of." msgstr "" -"Als een ticket niet kan worden opgelost of geblokkeerd is, kunt u de " -"\"Kanban-status\" op het ticket aanpassen. Je hebt 3 opties:" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131 -msgid "Grey - Normal State" -msgstr "Grijs - Normale staat" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133 -msgid "Red - Blocked" -msgstr "Rood - Geblokkeerd" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:135 -msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" -msgstr "Groen - Klaar voor volgende fase" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 msgid "" -"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " -"Ticket form." +"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " +"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " +"all employees (with the proper access rights)." msgstr "" -"Net als de urgentie-sterren kun je de staat aanpassen in de kanban of op het" -" ticket formulier." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:144 -msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" -msgstr "Hoe kunnen mijn medewerkers tijd boeken op een ticket?" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:146 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 msgid "" -"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " -"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " -"timesheets will log against." +"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " +"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " +"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " +"(with the proper access rights)." msgstr "" -"Ga eerst naar \"Instellingen\" en selecteer de optie voor \"Urenstaat op " -"Ticket\". U ziet een veld verschijnen waar u het project kunt selecteren " -"waar de uren kunnen geregistreerd worden." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:153 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 +msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 msgid "" -"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" -" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" +"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " +"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " +"to use certain stages under *Team*." msgstr "" -"Nu u een project hebt geselecteerd, kunt u opslaan. Als u teruggaat naar een" -" ticket, ziet u een nieuw tabblad genaamd \"Urenstaten\"" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 msgid "" -"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " -"ticket." +"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " +"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " +"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." msgstr "" -"Hier kunnen uw werknemers een regel toevoegen om te registreren wat zij voor" -" dit ticket hebben gedaan." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:163 -msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" -msgstr "Stel uw klanten in staat om eenvoudig uw diensten te beoordelen." +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/odoo_basics/add_user`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 -msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "Activeer hiervoor \"Beoordelingen\" onder \"Instellingen\"" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Beoordelingen" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " -"an email to the customer asking how their service went." +"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " +"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" +" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" +" the quality of your services." msgstr "" -"Wanneer een ticket naar de fase opgelost of voltooid wordt verplaatst, " -"stuurt Odoo een e-mail (indien een mailserver correct is ingesteld) naar de " -"klant met de vraag wat hij van de service vond." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" -msgstr "Registreer en factureer tijd voor tickets" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 msgid "" -"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " -"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " -"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " +"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." msgstr "" -"Mogelijk hebt u servicecontracten met uw klanten om hen te ondersteunen bij " -"problemen. Voor dit doel helpt Odoo u de tijd te registreren die u besteedt " -"aan het oplossen van het probleem en vooral om het aan uw klanten te " -"factureren." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "The modules needed" -msgstr "De modules die nodig zijn" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 msgid "" -"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " -"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " -"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." +"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " +"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" +" Stage*." msgstr "" -"Om tijd op tickets te registreren en te factureren, zijn de volgende modules" -" nodig: Helpdesk, Project, Urenstaten, Verkoop. Als u een van deze mist, ga " -"dan naar de Apps-module, zoek ernaar en klik vervolgens op * Installeren *." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 -msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" -msgstr "Starten met Odoo Helpdesk" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 -msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" -msgstr "Stap 1 : start een helpdesk project" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 msgid "" -"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " -"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." +"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " +"an email is sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 msgid "" -"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " -"it." +"Ratings can be seen on the :doc:`chatter <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` " +"of each ticket, under the *See Customer Satisfaction* link on the main " +"dashboard, and through *Reporting*." msgstr "" -"Ga vervolgens naar uw dashboard, maak het nieuwe project aan en laat " -"daarvoor urenstaten toe." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 -msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" -msgstr "Stap 2: Breng een helpdeskteam bij elkaar" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 +msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 msgid "" -"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " -"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" -" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " -"previously created as well." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" +" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" -msgstr "Stap 3 : start de helpdesk service" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`../../portal/my_odoo_portal`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 msgid "" -"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" -" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." +"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " +"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." +" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " +"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " -"Make sure that the product is set as a service." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " +"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " +"users." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 +msgid "Email Alias" +msgstr "E-mail alias" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 msgid "" -"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " -"unit will do." +"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " +"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " +"the content is shown in the Chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 msgid "" -"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " -"configuration :" +"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " +"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " +"Domain*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 -msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" -msgstr "U bent nu klaar voor het ontvangen van tickets!" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 -msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" -msgstr "Los incidenten op en registreer de bestede tijd" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 -msgid "Step 1 : place an order" -msgstr "Stap 1 : plaats een bestelling" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 msgid "" -"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " -"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " -"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" -" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " -"the sale." +"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " +"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " +"server." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 -msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "Stap 2 : koppel de taak aan het ticket" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 +msgid "Website Form" +msgstr "Website formulier" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " -"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" -" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" -" and select the task on its form." +"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " +"website." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 -msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" -msgstr "Stap 3 : registreer de tijd die is besteed om de klant te helpen" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 msgid "" -"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " -"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " -"*Timesheets* tab." +"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" +" *Go to Website*." msgstr "" -"De klus is geklaard en het probleem van de klant is opgelost. Om de uren te " -"registreren die voor deze taak zijn uitgevoerd, gaat u terug naar het " -"ticketformulier en voegt u ze toe op het tabblad *Urenstaten*." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 msgid "" -"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " -"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." +"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." msgstr "" -"De uren die op het ticket zijn geregistreerd, verschijnen ook automatisch in" -" de Urenstaten app en in de speciale taak." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 -msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" -msgstr "Stap 4 : Factureer de klant" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Live Chat" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 msgid "" -"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" -" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " -"appear as the delivered quantity." +"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " +"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 msgid "" -"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " -"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" -msgstr "" -"Het enige dat u nog hoeft te doen, is de factuur vanaf de bestelling maken " -"en deze vervolgens te valideren. Nu enkel wachten op de betaling van de " -"klant!" - -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Turn helpdesk hours into invoices directly from a project task" +"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " +"- and :doc:`set up your channel <../../livechat/overview/get_started>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " +"<../../livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 +msgid "Prioritize tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" +" top of your list on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 +msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 +msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 +msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`sla`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Reports for a Better Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " +"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " +"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " +"expectations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 +msgid "Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 +msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " +"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " +"Period* or a *Previous Year*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 +msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " +"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" +" many requests they are able to handle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " +"ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " +"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " +"their issues to be handled quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 +msgid "Save filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" +" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " +"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 +msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " +"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " +"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " +"and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 +msgid "Create your policies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " +"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" +" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" +" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " +"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " +"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" +" SLAs is the one considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " +"the deadline field is not shown anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 +msgid "SLA Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" +" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" +" keep track of upcoming deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " +"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " +"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " +"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " +"customer needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 +msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" +" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " +"Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" +" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " +"ultimately modified on each ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 +msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " +"the unit of measure of your service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" +" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " +"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " +"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" +" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " +"automating the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 +msgid "" +"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " +"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " +"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " +"time spent on a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 +msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 +msgid "Step 1: Place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " +"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " +"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " +"customer and *Confirm* the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 +msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 +msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 +msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " +"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 +msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " +"the *Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" +" column in the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " +"the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 msgid "" "Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " "into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " "control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:12 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" -" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under " -"*Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and " +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " "timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " "the feature *Bill from tasks*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 msgid "" -"Now, once you added the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under the " -"*Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." +"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" +" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index 88eb4f2a1..f09e0f682 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -92,9 +92,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 @@ -532,7 +529,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 @@ -548,9 +544,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 @@ -1023,80 +1016,71 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " -"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " -"to the stock." +"There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " +"outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" +" the customers." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 msgid "" -"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" " configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 msgid "" -"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +"Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "Maak een inkooporder" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "Maak een verkooporder aan" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 msgid "" -"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " -"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " -"the *RfQ*." +"In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " +"to deliver and confirm it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 msgid "" -"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " -"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +"Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " +"stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " +"button, you should now see your delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "Process a Receipt" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 +msgid "Process a Delivery" +msgstr "Verwerk een levering" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " +"application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" +" the Delivery Orders Kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 msgid "" -"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " -"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " -"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +"Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " +"*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 msgid "" -"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " -"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " -"suppliers are considered as being always available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " -"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " -"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +"Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " +"location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " +"the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now " +"*Done*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 @@ -1156,518 +1140,204 @@ msgid "" "directly via the *Packages* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " -"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " -"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " -"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " -"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:18 -msgid "Configuring lead times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " -"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " -"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:28 -msgid "At a product level" -msgstr "Op een productniveau" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 -msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " -"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " -"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" -" select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " -"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " -"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" -" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " -"Time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 -msgid "**Customer lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " -"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " -"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " -"time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 -msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "" -"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" -" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " -"create manufacturing routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:74 -msgid "At the company level" -msgstr "Op bedrijfsniveau" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 -msgid "" -"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " -"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " -"of delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 -msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" -" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " -"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " -"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " -"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " -"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " -"keep your commitment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " -"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " -"of safety days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 -msgid "" -"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " -"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " -"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " -"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " -"here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:134 -msgid "At route level" -msgstr "Op route niveau" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" -" can also influence the computed date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " -"app when creating a new push rule in a route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 -msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 -msgid "At sale order level:" -msgstr "Op verkooporder niveau:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "**Requested date**:" -msgstr "**Aanvraagdatum**:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " -"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" -" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" -" display a warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:173 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "Voorbeeld" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " -"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." -" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " -"on your configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 -msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "" -"Januari 19: werkelijk geplande leverdatum (1 dag na de verkoop veiligheid " -"dag)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 -msgid "" -"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "" -"Januari 18: ontvang het product van uw leverancier (1 dag van inkoopdagen)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 -msgid "" -"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " -"lead time)" -msgstr "" -"Januari 10: deadline om te bestellen bij uw leverancier (9 dagen van " -"leverancier zijn doorlooptijd)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 -msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " -"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "" - #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" -"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " -"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " -"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a *quality control step* in the goods " -"receipt process can become essential." +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " +"that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more " +"steps before shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," -" the reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can " -"allow having 3 steps." +"With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " +"to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " +"location before being effectively shipped to the customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The 3-steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" -" transfer them into a quality area for *quality control*. When the quality " -"check has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of " -"course, you may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity " -"that is valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 -msgid "Multi-Step Routes" -msgstr "Multi-stap routes" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to activate the *multi-step routes* option. Indeed, " -"routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. Here, we " -"will chain the picking to the shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:29 -msgid "" -"To activate *multi-step routes*, open the *inventory app*, and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. By " -"default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage " -"Locations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:38 -msgid "Warehouse configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now that *Multi-Step Routes* is activated, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and open the one you will use " -"to deliver in 3 steps. Then, you can select the option *Pack good, send " -"goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* as *Outgoing Shipments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " -"*Output* and *Packing Zone*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Of course, you can rename them if you want. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to " -"rename. Change its name and hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "Maak een verkooporder aan" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* app, create a quotation with storable products to deliver. " -"Then, confirm it and three pickings will be created and linked to your sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:65 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 -msgid "Now, click on the button. You should see three different pickings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 -msgid "The first one, with a reference PICK, designates the picking process;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "The second one, with a reference PACK, is for the packing process;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:71 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 -msgid "The third one, with a reference OUT, designates the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:77 -msgid "Process the picking, packing, and delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The first operation to be processed is the picking and has a *Ready* status," -" while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*. The packing will become " -"*Ready* as soon as the picking is marked as *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " -"inventory app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Note that, if you have the product in stock, it will be automatically " -"reserved and you can validate the picking document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Now that the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " -"processed. Since the documents are chained, the products that have been " -"picked are automatically reserved on the packing order so you can directly " -"validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Then, you can validate your packing. In doing so, the delivery order can be " -"processed. Once again, it will be ready to be validated so you can transfer " -"the products to the customer location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " -"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " -"you to have 2 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " -"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 msgid "" "The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" " a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " -"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" -" stock." +"chain the picking step to the shipping step." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 msgid "" -"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " -"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " +"*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 msgid "" -"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " -"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " -"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing" +" Shipments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " -"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " +"*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one" +" you want to rename and update its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 -msgid "Create a purchase order" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "" +"Indien u op de knop klikt zou u nu drie verschillende verzamellijsten moeten" +" zien:" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 +msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 +msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " +"operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " +"and you can simply validate the picking document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing " +"order which can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " +"transfer the products to the customer location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " +"happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " +"part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an " +"output location before being effectively shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +msgid "Warehouse configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." +" If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 msgid "" -"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" -" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " -"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " -"your purchase order." +"If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " +"pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " +"another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " -"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" -" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " -"products to *Stock*." +msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 -msgid "Process the picking and the delivery" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " +"picking operation has been marked as done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 msgid "" -"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " -"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " -"marked as *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " -"through the inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 -msgid "" -"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " -"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " -"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " -"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " -"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " -"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +"Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery" +" order." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 @@ -1756,10 +1426,303 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " +"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " +"to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "Maak een inkooporder" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " +"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " +"the *RfQ*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " +"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "Process a Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " +"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " +"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " +"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " +"suppliers are considered as being always available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " +"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " +"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " +"throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " +"of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality " +"control step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " +"Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " +"the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have " +"two-steps or three-steps processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " +"receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " +"(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC " +"requirements are moved to stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " +"mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " +"the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " +"Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " +"with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then " +"quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " +"and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " +"from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," +" three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source " +"document:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " +"control zone;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " +"status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " +"Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " +"come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " +"*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " +"previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the " +"transfer can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " +"again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " +"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " +"you to have 2 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " +"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" +" stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " +"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " +"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " +"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " +"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "Maak een inkooporder" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" +" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " +"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " +"your purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " +"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" +" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " +"products to *Stock*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " +"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " +"marked as *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " +"through the inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " +"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " +"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " +"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " +"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " +"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" msgstr "Partijen en serienummers" @@ -2513,244 +2476,360 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Planning" msgstr "Planning" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:3 -msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed?" +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 msgid "" -"In most cases, scheduled dates are computed to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions, and so on. Depending on your company’s habits, Odoo generates " -"scheduled dates via the scheduler." +"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " +"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " +"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate" +" scheduled dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:9 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 msgid "" -"To make your life easier, the Odoo scheduler computes everything per line, " -"whether it’s a manufacturing order, a delivery order, a sale order, etc." +"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " +"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " +"will get the products he ordered." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 msgid "" -"The computed dates are dependent on the different lead times configured in " -"Odoo." +"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " +"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " +"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into " +"account." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 msgid "" -"Configuring lead times is the first move if you want to compute scheduled " -"dates. Those are the delays promised (in terms of delivery, manufacturing, " -"etc.) to your partners and/or clients." +"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " +"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" +" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:25 -msgid "In Odoo, you can configure different lead times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 msgid "" -"When configuring lead times at the product level, you have three different " -"types to take into account: supplier lead time, customer lead time, and " -"manufacturing lead time." +"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " +"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " +"lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:35 -msgid "Supplier lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 msgid "" -"The supplier lead time is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your " -"purchased products. To configure it, select a product and click on the " -"inventory tab. There, you will have to add a vendor to your product." +"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " +"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" +" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead " +"Time**." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, just open the vendor form and fill its *Delivery lead time*. In this " -"case, the delivery day will be equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + " -"Delivery Lead Time*." +"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a " +"vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope " +"with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the " +"**Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be " +"the default *Receipt* scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendor pricelists and, " -"thus, different delivery lead times, depending on the vendor." +"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " +"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " +"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " +"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " +"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific " +"date is set on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " +"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " +"produce and does not take the routing time into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " +"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " +"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead" +" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 +msgid "Sales - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " +"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" +" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " +"warning message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " +"all the lead times that could occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 msgid "Customer Lead Time" msgstr "Levertijd aan klant" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 msgid "" -"It is the time needed to get your product from your store/warehouse to your " -"customer. It can be configured for any product. To add it, select a product " -"and go to the inventory tab. There, simply indicate your *customer lead " -"time*." +"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" +" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " +"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your " +"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:67 -msgid "Manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 msgid "" -"On the same page, it is possible to configure what’s called the " -"*Manufacturing Lead Time*. It is the time needed to manufacture the product." +"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" +" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " +"April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 +msgid "Security Lead Time" +msgstr "Veiligheid leveringstijd" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 msgid "" -"At the company level, you can configure security days. Those are useful to " -"cope with eventual dalys and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract backup days from the computed scheduled date in case of " -"delays." +"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " +"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " +"earlier in order to arrive on time." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 msgid "" -"Once again, there are three different types of security lead times: for " -"sales, for purchases, and for manufacturing." +"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " +"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:85 -msgid "Security lead time for sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:87 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 msgid "" -"In sales, security lead time corresponds to backup days to ensure you will " -"be able to deliver your clients in times. They are margins of errors for " -"delivery lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early " -"wristwatch, in order to arrive on time." +"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 msgid "" -"The idea is to subtract the numbers of security days from the calculation " -"and, thus, to compute a scheduled date earlier than the one you promised to " -"your client. In that way, you are sure to be able to keep your commitment." +"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " +"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " +"the delivery order is the 5th of April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:97 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 +msgid "Deliver several products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " +"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " +"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:104 -msgid "Security lead time for purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:106 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" -"It follows the same logic as security lead time for sales except that " -"security lead time for purchase is the margin of error for vendor lead " -"times, not for sales." +"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" +" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " +"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 msgid "" -"When the system generates purchase orders for procuring products, they will " -"be scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." +"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " +"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " +"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is " +"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of " +"April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:114 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 msgid "" -"To find purchase lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " +"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" +" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:121 -msgid "Security lead time for manufacturing" +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:123 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 +msgid "Supplier Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 msgid "" -"The security lead time for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " -"orders which are scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected " -"manufacturing days." +"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " +"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " +"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:127 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 msgid "" -"To configure it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and enable the *Security Lead Time* option. Then, hit save." +"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " +"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " +"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead " +"Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:136 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" -"Sometimes, the internal transfers that a product might do may also influence" -" the computed date. The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in" -" the *Inventory* app when you create a new rule in a route." +"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " +"depending on the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:141 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 msgid "" -"To specify them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Routes` and add a push rule to set a delay. Of course, you need to activate " -"*Multi-step Routes* to use this feature." +"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " +"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " +"for your supplier to deliver your order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:149 -msgid "At the sale order level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:152 -msgid "Expected date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:154 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 msgid "" -"In the *Sales* application, you have the possibility to activate the option " -"*Delivery Date*. It will allow you to see additional fields on the sale " -"order." +"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:158 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" -"By enabling this option, Odoo will indicate the *Expected Date* in the " -"*Other Info* tab of the sales order. This one is automatically computed " -"based on the different lead times." +"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " +"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:165 -msgid "" -"If you set a *Commitment Date* to deliver your customer that is earlier than" -" the *Expected Date*, a warning message will appear on the screen." +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 +msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:175 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 +msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" +msgstr "Productietijd" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 msgid "" -"To better understand all the above info, here is an example. You may sell a " -"car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, and you promise to " -"deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20th). In such a scenario, the" -" scheduler will trigger the following events, based on your configuration:" +"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." +" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " +"number of days the manufacturing takes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:181 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 msgid "" -"January 19: this is the actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety " -"Days);" +"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " +"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" +" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of " +"July is June 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:183 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 msgid "" -"January 18: you receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase " -"days);" +"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " +"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:185 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "" -"January 10: this is the deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of " -"Supplier Delivery Lead Time);" +"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:187 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since they " -"need, on average, 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " +"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " +"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on " +"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +msgid "Global Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 +msgid "Here is a configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 +msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 +msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 +msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " +"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " +"here is when all the various steps are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " +"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +msgid "" +"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" +" security lead time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 +msgid "" +"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " +"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " +"Manufacturing)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 +msgid "" +"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " +"security lead time for sales)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 @@ -3071,7 +3150,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Kits?" +msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 @@ -4745,200 +4824,6 @@ msgid "" "backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a procurement rule?" -msgstr "Wat is een inkoop regel?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " -"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" -" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " -"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " -"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " -"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " -"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" -" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " -"dissatisfaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 -msgid "" -"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" -" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " -"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " -"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " -"of storing goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " -"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " -"using rules\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 -msgid "Procurement rules settings" -msgstr "Configuratie inkoopregels" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 -msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " -"possible :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 -msgid "Move from another location rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 -msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " -"manufacturing rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " -"rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " -"defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 -msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" -msgstr ":doc:`push_rule`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:72 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 -msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -msgstr ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" -msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a push rule?" -msgstr "Wat is een push regel?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" -" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " -"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " -"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " -"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " -"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " -"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " -"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " -"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " -"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " -"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " -"inability to meet customer demand for the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" -" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " -"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " -"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " -"be triggered automatically or manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" -" rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 -msgid "Push rules settings" -msgstr "Instellingen push regels" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 -msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " -"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " -"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " -"quality control location move to the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 -msgid "Stock transfers" -msgstr "Stock overplaatsingen" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" -" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " -"waiting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " -"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:74 -msgid "" -"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " -"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" -" the main stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" -msgstr ":doc:`procurement_rule`" - #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" msgstr "" @@ -4999,184 +4884,468 @@ msgid "" " A and one in warehouse B." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 -msgid "How to use routes?" -msgstr "Hoe routes te gebruiken?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" -" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 +msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" -msgstr "Beheer productieketens" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " +"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " +"in the retail channel." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 -msgid "Manage default locations per product" -msgstr "Beheer standaardlocaties per product" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " +"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" +" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " +"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +msgid "Inside the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " +"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " +"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " +"trigger all the route's rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " +"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" +" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " +"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " +"stored in their respective locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " +"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " +"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " +"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" +" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" +" to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 +msgid "Pull Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 +msgid "" +"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " +"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 +msgid "" +"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " +"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" +" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " +"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " +"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " +"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " +"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " +"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " +"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 +msgid "" +"All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " +"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " +"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "Push regels" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " +"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " +"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" +" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 +msgid "" +"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " +"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " +"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" +" products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " +"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " +"their *Storage Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " +"upstream transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" +" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " +"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " +"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 +msgid "Use Routes and Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " +"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 +msgid "Manage default locations per product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 msgid "" "Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" +"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 msgid "" -"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " -"products" +"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products." msgstr "" -"Help verhuurbeheer, door het genereren van automatische ruil verplaatsingen " -"voor gehuurde producten" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " -"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " -"routing of products using rules**." +"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " +"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " +"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 -msgid "Pre-configured routes" -msgstr "Voorgeconfigureerde routes" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 -msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." -msgstr "Odoo heeft bepaalde voorgeconfigureerde routes voor uw magazijnen." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 msgid "" -"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`." +"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" +"Step Routes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 msgid "" -"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " -"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." +"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" +"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 +msgid "Pre-configured Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " +"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " +"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " +"incoming and outgoing shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" +" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " +"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " +"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " +"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " +"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" +" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" +" rules for the pre-configured route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "Aangepaste routes" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Routes`." +"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " +"selected. Of course, combinations are available." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 msgid "" -"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " -"can combine several choices." +"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " +"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 -msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 msgid "" -"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" -" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " -"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." +"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " +"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " +"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " +"the same category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 -msgid "Routes applied on products" -msgstr "Routes toegepast op producten" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 msgid "" -"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " -"be applied." +"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " +"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " +"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," -" select the route(s):" +"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " +"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " +"if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 -msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" -msgstr "Routes toegepast op product categorie" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 msgid "" -"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " -"categories it will be applied." +"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" +" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 +msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" -" under the **Logistics** section :" +"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " +"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" +" on which product it must be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 -msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" -msgstr "Routes toegepast op verkooporderlijnen" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 msgid "" -"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " -"time you make a sale order." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " +"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" +" tab* and select the route you’ve created." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 msgid "" -"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" -" the sales order." +"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " +"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " +"are vital to have working routings." msgstr "" -"Om dit te doen werken moet ook het gebruik van routes activeren op de " -"verkooporder." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "Regels" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 msgid "" -"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" +" section, and click on *Add a line* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 -msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 -msgid "Procurement and push rules" -msgstr "Inkoop en push regels" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 -msgid "Please refer to the documents:" -msgstr "Raadpleeg aub de documenten:" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 -msgid "Procurement configuration" -msgstr "Inkoop configuratie" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 msgid "" -"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " -"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " -"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " -"**Preferred Routes**:" +"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " +"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " +"of them:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 -msgid "Make-to-Order Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 msgid "" -"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " -"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " -"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " -"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." +"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " +"specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " +"validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. " +"When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to " +"fulfill this need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 +msgid "" +"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " +"defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, " +"Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 +msgid "" +"**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different " +"situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a " +"specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " +"fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a " +"rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the " +"products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 +msgid "" +"**Buy**: when products are needed at the source location, a request for " +"quotation is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 +msgid "" +"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " +"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 +msgid "" +"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " +"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " +"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " +"source location:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " +"source location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" +" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " +"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " +"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " +"source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 +msgid "" +"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " +"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " +"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " +"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " +"alert in the form of a *next activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 +msgid "What about a full flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " +"full flow with an advanced custom route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +msgid "" +"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " +"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " +"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " +"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " +"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " +"the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +msgid "" +"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " +"created to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " +"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " +"transfer in the list is not done yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " +"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +msgid "" +"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " +"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " +"required products from the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +msgid "" +"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " +"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " +"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" +" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " +"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +msgid "" +"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " +"have been triggered and the transfers done." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po index 805aafc77..a349f0c86 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -65,22 +65,35 @@ msgid "Power on the IoT Box." msgstr "Schakel de IoT box in." #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28 -msgid "Then click on the Scan button." -msgstr "Klik vervolgens op de Scan knop." +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:34 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:40 msgid "WiFi Connection" msgstr "WiFi Verbinding" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:36 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:42 msgid "Power on the IoT Box" msgstr "Schakel de IoT box in." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:38 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:44 msgid "Copy the token" msgstr "Kopieer de token" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:43 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:48 msgid "" "Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " "plugged in your computer)." @@ -88,7 +101,7 @@ msgstr "" "Maak verbinding met het IoT Box WiFi-netwerk (zorg ervoor dat er geen " "ethernetkabel op uw computer is aangesloten)." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:49 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:53 msgid "" "You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " "to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " @@ -98,7 +111,7 @@ msgstr "" " verbinden met het IP-adres van de box). Geef een naam aan uw IoT-box (niet " "verplicht) en gebruik het token, klik vervolgens op Volgende." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:57 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:60 msgid "" "If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " "(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" @@ -110,7 +123,7 @@ msgstr "" "f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** moet worden " "**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:63 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:66 msgid "" "Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " "there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " @@ -120,11 +133,11 @@ msgstr "" "in als dit er is) en klik op Verzenden. Wacht een paar seconden voordat u " "wordt omgeleid naar uw database." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:70 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:72 msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." msgstr "Je zou nu de IoT Box moeten zien." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:76 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:78 msgid "IoT Box Schema" msgstr "IoT Box Schema" @@ -144,7 +157,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__, " +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__, " "It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " "and launch it." msgstr "" @@ -193,13 +206,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " "reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " -"can be found `here `__)." +"can be found `here `__)." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here " -"`__)." +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`flash_sdcard`" msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 @@ -340,13 +351,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:73 msgid "" "Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" -" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the box \"IoT" +" Box\" and select the IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." msgstr "" -"Als u klaar bent, kun je de IoT Box verbinden met je Kassa. Hiervoor gaat u " -"naar Kassaverkoop > Instellingen > Kassaverkoop > Kassanaam, vinkt u het " -"vakje \"IoT Box\" aan en selecteert u de IoT Box waarmee u verbinding wilt " -"maken. Sla de wijzigingen op." #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:77 msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po index 289f9a954..985f5d35a 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -22,179 +22,253 @@ msgstr "" "Language: nl\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "Live Chat" +#: ../../livechat/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Overzicht" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 -msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " -"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " -"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," -" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " -"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " -"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." +"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " +"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" +" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " +"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuratie" +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 msgid "" -"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" -" and then click on install." +"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " +"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" +" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Live Chat`." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" -"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " -"operators can easily join and leave the chat." +"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" -msgstr "Voeg de livechat toe aan een Odoo website" +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "For both scenarios, under:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 msgid "" -"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " -"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" -" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " -"website." +"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " +"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " +"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 -msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" -msgstr "Voeg de live chat toe aan een externe website" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " -"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " -"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " -"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." +"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " +"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " +"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 -msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" -msgstr "Verberg / toon de live chat afhankelijk van regels" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 msgid "" -"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " -"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " -"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" -" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " -"of time it takes for the chat to appear." +"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " +"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " +"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 -msgid "Prepare automatic messages" -msgstr "Bereid automatische berichten voor" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 msgid "" -"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" -" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" -" through the live chat." +"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " +"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " +"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 -msgid "Start chatting with customers" -msgstr "Start de chat met klanten" +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "External options" +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 msgid "" -"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " -"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " -"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " -"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." +"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" +" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 msgid "" -"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " -"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." +"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " +"single live chat page." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "Managing chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " -"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " -"answered wherever you are in Odoo." +"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " +"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" +" Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 msgid "" -"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " -"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." +"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " +"operators." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 +msgid "Leave or join a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Beoordelingen" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " +"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " +"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Customer Rating" +msgstr "Klantbeoordeling" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " +"for an explanation is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 +msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "Make the rating public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " +"rating of that channel on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 +msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" +"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 msgid "Use commands" msgstr "Gebruik commando's" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 msgid "" -"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " -"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " -"into the chat. The following actions are available :" +"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 -msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." -msgstr "**/help**: toon een help bericht." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 -msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk**: maak een helpdesk ticket aan." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 -msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk\\_search** : zoek naar een helpdesk ticket." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 -msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." -msgstr "**/history**: zie de 15 laatst bezochte pagina's." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 -msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." -msgstr "**/lead**: maak een nieuwe lead aan." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 -msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." -msgstr "**/leave**: verlaat het kanaal." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 -msgid "" -"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " -"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " -"The same goes for the creation of a lead." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 +msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 +msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 +msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 +msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 +msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 +msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " +"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " +"link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" +" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 msgid "Send canned responses" msgstr "Verzend standaard antwoorden" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " -"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " -"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " -"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," -" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " -"assigned." +"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " +"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " +"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 msgid "" -"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " -"visitors, enjoy !" +"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " +"shortcut word you created." msgstr "" -"U heeft nu alle tools die u nodig heeft om te livechatten met uw website " -"bezoekers, veel plezier!" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po index b547d9905..6af84999f 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po @@ -4,19 +4,19 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019 # Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019 # Gunther Clauwaert , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -151,11 +151,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 msgid "" "Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " -"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the *Master Data* menu > " -"*Products* and create both the finished product and the component." +"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " +"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " "create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" @@ -163,64 +163,64 @@ msgid "" "*Manufacture this Product*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:38 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:40 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 msgid "" "As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" " same as for the standard product." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 msgid "" "If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " "*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " "each component line. You can add several variants for each component." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 msgid "Adding a routing" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:54 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 msgid "" "You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " "series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " "enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "" "Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" " times." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:66 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 msgid "" "Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" " when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " "dropdown menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 msgid "Adding By-Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 msgid "" "In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " "the primary product." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:79 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 msgid "" "To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" " *Manufacturing* app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " "You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie" @@ -750,153 +750,320 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontract the manufacturing" +msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 msgid "" -"Some businesses subcontract the production of some finished products through" -" subcontractors. This can be easily managed through Odoo." +"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " +"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 +msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and tick the box " -"*Subcontracting*." +"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:17 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 +msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 +msgid "Control subcontractors bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 msgid "" -"You can now define subcontracted *Bill of Materials*. Therefore, you need to" -" go to *Manufacturing > Master Data > Bill of Materials* and hit *Create*. " -"In this *BoM*, list the components which will be used by the subcontractor " -"to manufacture the subcontracted finished product. Specify that the *BoM* " -"type is *Subcontracting*." +"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " +"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:22 -msgid "You can also define subcontractors on the BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:24 -msgid "If no subcontractor is set, the BoM can be used by any subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 -msgid "If some are set, the BoM can only be used for those subcontractors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32 -msgid "Receive or buy a subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:34 -msgid "You have two options to trigger the subcontracting of a product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:36 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 msgid "" -"**Option A**: You can buy the subcontracted product from your subcontractor" +"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " +"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 -msgid "**Option B**: You can directly receive the subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:40 -msgid "Let’s start with option A (option B is just a simpler version of it)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:42 msgid "" -"Create a new purchase order. The vendor must be a subcontractor. The unit " -"price should be the cost you are paying to the subcontractor for the " -"subcontracting (thus, it’s not necessarily the total cost of the " -"subcontracted product)." +"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " +"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " +"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " +"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " +"directly from the subcontractor." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:50 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 msgid "" -"The validation of the purchase order automatically creates the receipt. " -"Whenever you receive the product, you can validate the receipt. The " -"following stock moves are created:" +"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" +" subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 +msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 -msgid "For the components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:56 -msgid "From Subcontracting To Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:58 -msgid "For the subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60 -msgid "From Production to Subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:62 -msgid "From Subcontracting to Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 msgid "" -"The *Subcontracting Location* represents the place where the products are at" -" your subcontractor’s warehouse. It is configured as an internal location, " -"the components that are sent to the subcontractor are still valued in your " -"stock." +"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " +"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " +"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " +"subcontractor on the *BoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:69 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 msgid "" -"For option B, you can simply create the receipt manually with a partner of " -"type subcontractor defined on it." +"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " +"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " +"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73 -msgid "Resupply the subcontractor with the components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:75 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 msgid "" -"There are 3 ways to manage the resupply of your subcontractor with the " -"components:" +"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " +"(3);" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:80 -msgid "**Manually**: You create a delivery order in which you set the" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 +msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " +"validated receipt (5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " +"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " +"order." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "subcontractor as a partner and you choose the components to deliver." +msgid "" +"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " +"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " +"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " +"materials used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "Voorraadwaardering" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "**With reordering rules**: You can define a *reordering rule*" +msgid "**C = A + B + s**" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:86 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 +msgid "With:" +msgstr "Met:" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 +msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 +msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 msgid "" -"on the *Subcontracting location* to ensure that they are always enough " -"components sent to your subcontractors. When the reordering rule is " -"triggered, a delivery order is created for the product is automatically " -"created." +"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " +"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " +"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " +"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:97 -msgid "**On order**: You can also deliver the components to your" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:95 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 msgid "" -"subcontractors each time you order a subcontracted product. For this, you " -"need to tick the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " +"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " +"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " +"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" +" accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " +"proposed price coming from the finished products C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" +" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " +"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "Traceability" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 +msgid "" +"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " +"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " +"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " +"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " +"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 +msgid "" +"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " +"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 +msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " +"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 +msgid "" +"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " +"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " +"subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 +msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " +"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " +"address and fill the components to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " +"approaches:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 +msgid "Reordering rules;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 +msgid "Replenish on order flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 +msgid "" +"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " +"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " +"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" +" subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " +"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " +"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " +"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " "components." msgstr "" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 +msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " +"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " +"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " +"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " +"shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 +msgid "" +"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " +"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "Kwaliteitscontrole" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 +msgid "" +"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " +"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " +"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " +"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 +msgid "" +"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " +"a new *Control Point* on the reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " +"product is received." +msgstr "" + #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild a product" msgstr "" @@ -967,8 +1134,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and activate the " -"Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 @@ -979,10 +1146,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 msgid "" -"Now, go in *Planning > Master Production Schedule* and click on add a " -"product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the stock you want " -"to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and maximum " -"quantities to replenish." +"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " +"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " +"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" +" maximum quantities to replenish." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 @@ -1120,32 +1287,32 @@ msgstr "Overzicht" msgid "Repair Management" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 msgid "Repair products" msgstr "Producten herstellen" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " "but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " "defect." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 msgid "Create a Repair Order" msgstr "Reparatie aanmaken" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:14 msgid "" "Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " "new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 msgid "Manage a repair" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:23 msgid "" "When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." " Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " @@ -1153,13 +1320,13 @@ msgid "" " might need, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:31 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " "customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " "able to start & end the repair when it is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:38 msgid "You can now invoice the repair." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po index 497631990..18c46af30 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -315,6 +315,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" msgstr "" +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po index f7383ff9b..3e99fedc1 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po @@ -5,17 +5,18 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2020 # Yip132 , 2020 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020 +# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yip132 , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Erwin van der Ploeg , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,121 +28,125 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Planning" msgstr "Planning" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 -msgid "Create a schedule and make encoding easier" +#: ../../planning/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Overzicht" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:4 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:5 msgid "" "Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create" " shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high" " level." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:8 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 msgid "Organize your team by roles" msgstr "Organiseer uw team via rollen" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to" " the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under " "*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:18 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20 msgid "Make shifts recurrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:19 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:22 msgid "" "While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you " "from the need of re-planning it." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:28 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30 msgid "" "Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is " -"possible in developer mode, from *Settings*." +"possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"from *Settings*." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:32 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38 msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:36 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:41 msgid "Save shifts as templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:37 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:43 msgid "" -"If creating a shift on the fly and knowing that you will use that template " -"in the future, click on *Save as a Template*." +"If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the " +"future, click on *Save as a Template*." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:46 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 msgid "" "To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Shifts Templates --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:55 msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:52 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:57 msgid "" "When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or " "Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, " "simply click on *Copy Previous Week*." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:61 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65 msgid "" "The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you " "grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation " "time, for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 -msgid "Send planned shifts and give employees autonomy over shifts" +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 +msgid "Send Planned Shifts and Give Employees Autonomy Over Shifts" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:4 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, " -"loosing productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts " -"helps you to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." +"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, losing" +" productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts helps you " +"to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:9 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:12 msgid "" "Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include" " Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:17 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19 msgid "" "Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish " -"and Send*, employees will get an email that will redirect them to their " -"planned tasks:" +"and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned " +"tasks:" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:25 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:26 msgid "" "Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts" -msgstr "" -"Laat werknemers bij zichzelf de toewijzing van een dienst ongedaan maken" +msgstr "Sta toe dat werknemers een toewijzing van een dienst kunnen afwijzen" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:30 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:31 msgid "" "Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an " "employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I " @@ -149,6 +154,6 @@ msgid "" "take it." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:45 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44 msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index fd4b28749..009032712 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ # Translators: # Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019 # Gunther Clauwaert , 2019 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019 # Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -28,334 +28,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Point of Sale" msgstr "Kassa" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced topics" -msgstr "Geavanceerde onderwerpen" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "Barcodes gebruiken in de kassa" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:20 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuratie" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "Barcodes toevoegen aan een product" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "Producten scannen" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:3 -msgid "Cash Rounding" -msgstr "Kas afronding" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:4 -msgid "" -"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " -"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " -"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " -"made in cash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " -"totals of its bills or receipts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "" -"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" -" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" -" option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " -"*Create and Edit...*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," -" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:41 -msgid "" -"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" -" according to your settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " -"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 -msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " -"`__) is required to accept credit card payments" -" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " -"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " -"American businesses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 -msgid "" -"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " -"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " -"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 -msgid "Install Mercury" -msgstr "Mercury installeren" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury " -"Configurations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " -"credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods` and create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " -"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Log in with employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " -"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " -"made for that session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," -" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:16 -msgid "Set up log in with employees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " -"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " -"the cash register." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:25 -msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:28 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "Wissel van kassier zonder pincode" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" -" cashier name in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:36 -msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:42 -msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " -"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:50 -msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:56 -msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " -"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" -" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:67 -msgid "Find who was the cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " -"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:75 -msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " -"receipt printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "Een ticket opnieuw afdrukken" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" -"In uw kassa interface heeft u nu een *Kassabon opnieuw afdrukken* knop." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 msgid "Pricing Features" msgstr "" @@ -419,6 +91,132 @@ msgid "" "finish the transaction." msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Apply Discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " +"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " +"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " +"strategy tailored to every business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "Manuele kortingen toepassen" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " +"inside an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "Een korting toepassen op een product" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 +msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "Een globale korting toepassen" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 +msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 +msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" +" discount on oranges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " +"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" +" the PoS and define a default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "Maak een prijslijst" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " +"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " +"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 +msgid "" +"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " +"Then, you can finalize the order." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 msgid "Manage a loyalty program" msgstr "Beheer een loyaliteitsprogramma" @@ -429,6 +227,19 @@ msgid "" "*Loyalty Program*." msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:20 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuratie" + #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 msgid "" "To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " @@ -461,164 +272,71 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 msgid "" "You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" " finalize the order in your usual way." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 msgid "" "If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " "can of course change it." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "Manuele kortingen toepassen" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "Een korting toepassen op een product" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 -msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." -msgstr "Van uw sessie interface gebruikt u de *Kort* knop." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " -"currently selected and the discount will be applied." +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "Een globale korting toepassen" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 msgid "" -"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." -msgstr "" -"Onder de *Prijzen* categorie vind u de *Algemene kortingen*. Selecteer deze." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 -msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." -msgstr "" -"Eenmaal u heeft geklikt kan u de gewenste korting ingeven (in percentage)." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " -"product discount also at 50%." +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " -"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " -"pricing strategy tailored to your business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " -"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " -"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" -" on *Pricelists*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "Maak een prijslijst" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " -"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " -"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " -"whole range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 -msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" -msgstr "Gebruik een prijslijst in de kassa interface" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " -"select the right pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze sales" -msgstr "Analyseer verkoop" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 -msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" -msgstr "Bekijk uw kassa statistieken" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " -"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " -"statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "Bekijk uw statistieken" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " -"--> Orders`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 -msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 -msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" -msgstr "U kan de statistiek weergaves bekijken door hier te klikken" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" @@ -776,10 +494,170 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" msgstr "Zwarte lijst modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Overzicht" +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Starten" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " +"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" +" device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " +"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " +"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 +msgid "Make products available in the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" +" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " +"*Available in Point of Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "Configureer uw betaalmethodes" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " +"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" +" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" +" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " +"payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " +"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 +msgid "Your first PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "Uw eerste order" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 +msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 +msgid "Return and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " +"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " +"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " +"repeat the process individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " +"process the payment and validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "Sluit de kassa sessie af" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " +"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" +" the dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 +msgid "" +"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " +"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " +"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " +"post the closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " +"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database <../../iot/config/connect>` " +"and :doc:`Use the IoT Box for the PoS <../../iot/config/pos>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "Bekijk uw statistieken" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " +"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " +"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " +"pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 +msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 msgid "Register customers" msgstr "Registreer klanten" @@ -815,171 +693,6 @@ msgid "" "any future transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" -msgstr "Starten met de Odoo kassa" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " -"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " -"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " -"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " -"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " -"customer can be identified from the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " -"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." -msgstr "" -"U kan live statistieken uitvoeren en consolidaties doorheen uw winkel volgen" -" zonder het gedoe van het integreren van externe applicaties." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 -msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" -msgstr "Installeer de kassa applicatie" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." -msgstr "Ga naar Apps en installeer de Kassa module." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " -"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 -msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" -" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "Configureer uw betaalmethodes" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" -" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " -"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" -" in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" -" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 -msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" -msgstr "Configureer uw kassa" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " -"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 -msgid "Create your first PoS session" -msgstr "Maak uw eerste kassa sessie" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "Uw eerste order" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 -msgid "" -"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " -"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 -msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "U komt nu in de kassa interface." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 -msgid "You can register the next orders." -msgstr "U kan de volgende orders registreren." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "Sluit de kassa sessie af" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " -"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " -"now close the session from the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 -msgid "" -"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" -"Het is sterk aangeraden om uw kassa sessie af te sluiten aan het einde van " -"elke dag." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 -msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." -msgstr "" -"U ziet vervolgens een samenvatting van alle transacties per betaalmethode." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 -msgid "" -"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" -" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " -"closing entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 -msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." -msgstr "Het is klaar, u heeft nu uw eerste kassa sessie afgesloten." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " -":doc:`../../../iot/config/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/config/pos`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 msgid "Payment Terminals" msgstr "Betaalterminals" @@ -1001,9 +714,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 -msgid "Connect a Payment Terminal" -msgstr "" +msgid "Connect an IoT Box" +msgstr "Verbind een IoT box" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -1013,25 +725,17 @@ msgid "" "<../../iot/config/connect>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Once the IoT Box is up and running, you’ll need to link your payment " -"terminal to your PoS. Open the *Point of Sale* app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`. Select a PoS, tick the IoT" -" Box Device option and select your payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:30 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:32 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 msgid "" "Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " "Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:35 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " "(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " @@ -1039,17 +743,17 @@ msgid "" "in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 msgid "Configure the payment method" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:46 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 msgid "" "First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " "setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:52 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 msgid "" "Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " "Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " @@ -1057,11 +761,11 @@ msgid "" "Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:61 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:63 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 msgid "" "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " "Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " @@ -1070,105 +774,73 @@ msgid "" "Successful*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:72 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " "retry to send the payment request." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:75 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:81 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 msgid "" "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " "you the connexion failed." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:84 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:103 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 msgid "" "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " "of card that has been used and the transaction ID." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 -msgid "Connect SIX/Worldline to your PoS" +msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX/Worldline payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid " -"payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " +"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 -msgid "Please note SIX/Worldine is currently only available for UE customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:17 msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX/Worldline Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that " -"requires an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " -"<../../iot/config/connect>`." +"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " +"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " +"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " +"integration." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Once the *IoT Box* is up and running, you’ll need to link it to your PoS. " -"Open the Point of Sale app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point" -" of Sale`. Select a PoS, tick the IoT Box Device option and select your " -"payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then go to your *IoT Box homepage* (accessible from the IoT Box form view in" -" Odoo) and enter the ID of your Six payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You should now see that the terminal is connected to your IoT Box (it takes " -"+/- 1 min)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:43 -msgid "" -"The terminal should only be connected to the network with the Ethernet. Do " -"not connect it to the IoT Box with a USB Cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:47 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 msgid "Configure the Payment Method" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:49 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the SIX " -"setting." +"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " +"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:55 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 msgid "" -"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " -"payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal option SIX, and select " -"your payment terminal device." +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " +"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:64 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:66 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 msgid "" "In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" " using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " @@ -1176,36 +848,19 @@ msgid "" "you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:74 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 msgid "" "When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " "You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:81 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:87 -msgid "Close your Session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:89 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, before closing your session, you need to send the " -"balance of the payments to SIX. To do that, click on this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Once the balance has been sent, the SIX shift is closed, meaning you cannot " -"do additional operations with the SIX payment terminal (except if you reopen" -" a shift by clicking on the user name and selecting a cashier)." -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" msgstr "" @@ -1291,6 +946,61 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 +msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " +"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " +"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " +"away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 +msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," +" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 +msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 +msgid "Using fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " +"fiscal position you need for the current order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 +msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " +"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " +"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " +"choose one to set as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " +"interface." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" msgstr "" @@ -1349,61 +1059,121 @@ msgid "" "When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Register multiple orders" -msgstr "Registreer meerdere orders" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " -"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your tables" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" +" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " +"business in the best possible way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" +" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " +"and your employees to work efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " +"Bar/Restaurant*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 +msgid "" +"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " +"they are restaurant-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "Voeg een verdieping toe" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " +"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " +"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 +msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "Voeg tafels toe" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " +"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " +"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " +"sits the table can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "Registreer uw tafel orders" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " +"taken to your main interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "Klanten overplaatsen" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " +"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 +msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " +"transferring your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 msgid "Register an additional order" msgstr "Registreer een bijkomende order" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 msgid "" -"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " -"order." +"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " +"another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 msgid "" -"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " -"needed." +"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 -msgid "" -"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" -msgstr "Restaurant/bar kassa opzetten" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " -"Sale application can help you to fulfill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" -msgstr "Selecteer *Is een bar/restaurant*" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " -"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 +msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 @@ -1443,69 +1213,6 @@ msgid "" "process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your table management" -msgstr "Configureer uw tafelbeheer" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" -" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " -"Point of sale`.." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "Voeg een verdieping toe" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" -" *Floors*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "Voeg tafels toe" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 -msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." -msgstr "Vanuit uw kassa interface ziet u nu verdiepingen." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" -" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " -"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " -"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " -"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 -msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "Registreer uw tafel orders" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " -"register an order and payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" -" you can also transfer the order to another table." -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" msgstr "" @@ -1544,36 +1251,59 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Transfer customers between tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " -"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " -"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " -"you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "Klanten overplaatsen" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 -msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " -"select the new table" -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 msgid "Shop Features" msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "Barcodes gebruiken in de kassa" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "Barcodes toevoegen aan een product" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "Producten scannen" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" msgstr "" @@ -1650,6 +1380,72 @@ msgid "" "balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Kas afronding" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "" +"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" +" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" msgstr "" @@ -1722,26 +1518,131 @@ msgid "" "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 -msgid "Accept returns and refund products" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " -"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " -"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." +"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " +"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " +"made for that session." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 msgid "" -"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " -"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" -" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." +"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," +" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 msgid "" -"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " -"to process the payment." +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " +"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " +"the cash register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "Wissel van kassier zonder pincode" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" +" cashier name in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " +"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " +"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" +" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " +"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "Een ticket opnieuw afdrukken" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" +"In uw kassa interface heeft u nu een *Kassabon opnieuw afdrukken* knop." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index 71e77a1bb..fd3d69643 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -4,20 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Eric Geens , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019 # Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019 -# Eric Geens , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Eric Geens , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -33,1933 +31,1071 @@ msgstr "Project" msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Geavanceerd" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 -msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" -msgstr "Hoe feedback verzamelen van klanten?" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Overzicht" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 -msgid "" -"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " -"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " -"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " -"customers using Odoo." +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Project Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Projects can be created for a specific customer or team, and can be " +"coordinated among your employees through visibility options. Stages can be " +"shared among tasks, and the exact time spent on each project can be tracked." +" All of it in favor of a more integrated and dynamic organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:10 +msgid "Create advanced projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Choose a *Customer* in order to create a project specifically for him. If " +"not, simply leave the field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:20 +msgid "Choose who can access a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a project for specific teams, under *Visibility*, choose who can " +"have access to the project:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:25 +msgid "" +"*Invited employees*: the ones who are followers (see " +":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:26 +msgid "*All employees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:27 +msgid "" +"*Portal users and all employees*: it enables the option *Share*. Recipients " +"receive an email with an invitation to access the document (project)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Choose an *Analytic Account* to track the profitability of your project in a" +" specific account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:33 +msgid "Timesheet and record time on tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:35 +msgid "To track the time spent on tasks, enable *Timesheets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:36 +msgid "In order to be able to launch a timer, also enable *Timesheet timer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:43 +msgid "Create sales orders from a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To invoice the time (service) and material used on a task, enable *Bill from" +" tasks*. Then, choose the service/product which you would like to bill, or " +"create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:54 +msgid "Track the material used on a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After enabling *Bill from Tasks*, enable *Products on Tasks* to track the " +"products/material used during the work on a specific task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:64 +msgid "Take advantage of worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Worksheets are reports of the work done. To customize and include them in " +"your tasks, enable *Worksheets*. Choose an existing template or create one " +"on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:74 +msgid "Schedule shifts on projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To create shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized," +" enable *Planning*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:88 +msgid "Manage employees work hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:90 +msgid "" +"*Working time* defines the number of your employees’ working hours. It " +"adjusts the Gantt planning view of your interventions. Open the external " +"link to adjust the daily hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:99 +msgid "Share stages across projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In order to have a clean Kanban view that works across projects, and to " +"avoid duplicates, delineate specific stages for different projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:105 +msgid "" +":doc:`Activate the Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"then go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Stages`. Choose the" +" respective one and add the projects among which you would like to share " +"stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 +msgid "Gather Feedback from Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Finding out what your clients think about the experience they have with your" +" company, can inspire you to have insights on how to improve your " +"product/service, adjusting your business to fit their needs. It shows that " +"you value their opinions and provides a reliable source of information to " +"other consumers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" msgstr "" -"Als een manager is het niet altijd gemakkelijk om alles van uw teams op te " -"volgen. Een simpele klantenfeedback hebben kan zeer interessant zijn om de " -"prestaties van uw teams te beoordelen. U kan zeer gemakkelijk feedback van " -"uw klanten verzamelen met Odoo." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 msgid "" -"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " -"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " -"Sad)." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Use Rating on Project*." msgstr "" -"Een e-mail kan tijdens het project gestuurd worden om feedback van de klant " -"te krijgen. Hij heeft enkel te kiezen tussen 3 smileys om uw werk te " -"beoordelen (lachen, neutraal of sip)." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 -msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" -msgstr "Hoe feedback verzamelen van klanten" +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Set Email Template to Stages* in order to define the template to be sent at" +" a specific stage(s)." +msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " -"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " -"apps module and install it." +msgid "Choose an existing template or create one on the fly." msgstr "" -"Voordat u start is er wat configuratie vereist. Als eerste is het nodig om " -"de module **Project** te installeren. Om dit te doen gaat u simpelweg naar " -"de apps module en installeert u het." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " -"module." +msgid "Choosing the projects I want feedback from" msgstr "" -"In hetzelfde menu moet u de module **Projectbeoordeling** installeren." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:30 msgid "" -"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " -"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " -"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " -"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit` and " +"configure the wanted projects to have the email template previously set " +"sent, by the change of a stage or periodically." msgstr "" -"Ga vervolgens in de back-end en open de project module. Selecteer de " -"**Configuratie** knop en klik op **Instellingen** in de dropdown menu. " -"Selecteer vervolgens **Sta activeren van klantenbeoordelingen op projecten " -"toe bij het voltooien van een issue**. Vergeet niet de wijzigingen toe te " -"passen." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 -msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" -msgstr "Hoe feedback van een klant krijgen?" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:32 msgid "" -"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." +"Enable *Rating visible publicly* if you would like to publish the ratings in" +" order to communicate them to a customer, prospect or the rest of your team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:40 +msgid "See the customer rating email sent under the *Log notes* of your task." msgstr "" -"Een email kan verzonden worden naar de klanten in elke fase van de lopende " -"projecten." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 -msgid "" -"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." -msgstr "eerst moet u kiezen welke projecten u feedback wilt geven." - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 -msgid "Project configuration" -msgstr "Project configuratie" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " -"**Customer satisfaction** option." +msgid "Get reports" msgstr "" -"Ga naar de **Project** applicatie en selecteer de optie " -"**Klantentevredenheid** in de project instellingen." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 -msgid "Email Template" -msgstr "E-mailsjabloon" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:49 msgid "" -"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " -"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." -" You can directly edit it from there." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` see " +"ratings by task." msgstr "" -"Ga naar de fase instellingen (klik op het tandwiel icoon bovenaan de fase " -"kolom en selecteer vervolgens **Wijzigen**). Kies het e-mailsjabloon dat " -"gebruikt zal worden. U kan het direct van daaruit wijzigen." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 -msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" -msgstr "Hier is een e-mail voorbeeld dat een klant kan ontvangen:" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:55 msgid "" -"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" -" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " -"will be added to the chatter of the task." +"Clicking on the percentage of happy ratings over the last 30 days in the " +"*Projects* overview, redirects you to your website with more rating details." msgstr "" -"De klant moet gewoon op een smiley klikken (lach, neutraal of sip) om aan uw" -" werk te kunnen. De klant kan reageren op de e-mail om meer informatie toe " -"te voegen. Het wordt op de chatter van de taak toegevoegd." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:3 +msgid "Track Projects’ Profitability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A project runs smoother if you can have an overview of its costs, revenues, " +"profitability, tasks, time and people, all in the same place. It allows you " +"to make smarter business decisions as you know where you are standing and " +"can course-correct if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:10 +msgid "Track costs and revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:13 +msgid "If you have the Timesheets application installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose the " +"respective project, *Edit* and enable *Timesheets*. A menu *Overview* " +"becomes available in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The overview shows the hours recorded split by the different billable " +"options, profitability, time by people according to the billable hours " +"recorded, and even a timesheet table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:30 +msgid "If you do not have the Timesheets application installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. " +"Then go to *Manager Users* and enable *Analytic Accounting*. Now, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects` and specify an " +"*Analytic Account* under the needed project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:36 +msgid "" +"A *Profitability* menu to the costs and revenues of this analytic account is" +" directly available in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:44 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Rapportages" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:46 msgid "" -"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " -"the project." +"Under *Reporting*, obtain a report on the *Project Costs and Revenues*. " +"Choose among graph options or do your analysis through a pivot view." msgstr "" -"U heeft een korte samenvatting van de tevredenheid in het rechterbovenhoek " -"van het project." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 -msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" -msgstr "Hoe de beoordelingen te tonen op uw website?" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 -msgid "" -"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " -"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:54 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/usage`" msgstr "" -"Als eerste is het nodig om de applicatie **Website Bouwer** te installeren. " -"Om dit te doen gaat u simpelweg naar de apps module en zoekt u naar de " -"website bouwer." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" -" Issue** module." +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:55 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets`" msgstr "" -"In hetzelfde menu moet u de module **Website beoordeling project issues** " -"installeren." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" -" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" -" end of the website." +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:56 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses`" msgstr "" -"Dan kan u uw resultaten publiceren op uw website door te klikken op de " -"website knop in de rechterbovenhoek en het te bevestigen in de voorkant van " -"de website." #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 -msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" -msgstr "Hoe taken aanmaken vanuit verkooporders?" +msgid "Create Projects and Tasks from Sales Orders" +msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 msgid "" -"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " -"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " -"from sales order lines." +"When you sell your services, you can choose to automatically have a " +"project/task created, helping you to not lose track of the work that needs " +"to get done, streamlining the processes between teams. In addition to that, " +"you are able to invoice or reinvoice clients according to the exact time " +"spent on that service." msgstr "" -"In deze sectie zien we de integratie tussen Odoo's **Projectbeheer** en " -"**Verkoop** modules en meer specifiek hoe u taken kan genereren vanuit " -"verkooporderlijnen." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " -"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " -"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" -" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " -"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " -"and Services departments." +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:11 +msgid "Product set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products` create a new product " +"or set up an existing one. Under *General Information* set the *Product " +"Type* as *Service*. Under the *Sales* tab select the *Service Invoicing " +"Policy* and *Service Tracking*." msgstr "" -"In projectbeheer is een taak een activiteit die voltooid moet worden binnen " -"een bepaalde tijd. Voor een bedrijf dat diensten verkoop stelt de taak " -"typisch de dienst voor die verkocht is aan de klant en die afgeleverd moet " -"worden. Dit is waarom het handig is om een taak te genereren vanuit een " -"verkooporder om het proces tussen de verkoop en diensten afdelingen te " -"stroomlijnen." #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 +msgid "If you choose to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:19 msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " -"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " -"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " -"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " -"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" -" overtime spent on the project." +"- *Create a task in an existing project*: a task is added in the first " +"column of the selected project." msgstr "" -"Als een voorbeeld, u kan een pack van``50`` uren ondersteuning verkopen aan " -"``$25,000``. De prijs is vast en op voorhand aangerekend. Maar u wilt de " -"ondersteuningsdiensten opvolgen die gedaan zijn voor de klant. On het " -"verkooporder zal de dienst de creatie van een taak doen afgaan vanwaar de " -"consultant zijn urenstaten kan boeken en, indien nodig, de cliënt kan her-" -"factureren als er overwerk is op het project. " -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuratie" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 -msgid "Install the required applications" -msgstr "Installeer de vereiste applicaties" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:21 msgid "" -"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " -"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" -" the application module and install the following:" +"- *Create a task in sales order’s project*: a new project for each sales " +"order of that service is created based on the template you have chosen." msgstr "" -"Om een taak te kunnen genereren vanuit een verkooporder moet u de modules " -"**Verkoopbeheer** en **Project** installeren. Ga simpelweg naar de " -"applicatie module en installeer het volgende:" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:23 msgid "" -"And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" -" task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " -"spent on that task." +"- *Create a new project but no task*: only creates a new project, for each " +"time that service is sold, based on the skeleton of the project template " +"chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 -msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:30 +msgid "Confirm a quotation and have a project/task created" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 -msgid "Create and set up a product" -msgstr "Maak en configureer een product" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:32 msgid "" -"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " -"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " -"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " -"the`following setup:" +"Now, once a *Quotation* is confirmed and transformed into a *Sales Order*, a" +" project or task is automatically created." msgstr "" -"U moet de dienst configureren op het product zelf om elke keer een taak aan " -"te maken wanneer het product wordt verkocht. Vanuit de **Verkoop** module " -"gebruikt u het menu :menuselection:`Verkoop --> Producten` en maakt u een " -"nieuw product met de volgende opzet:" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 -msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" -msgstr "**Naam*: Technische Ondersteuning" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:40 +msgid "Access the task generated from Project" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 -msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr "**Productsoort**: Dienst" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:42 msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" +"On the *Project* application, your new project and/or task (depending on the" +" previous *Service Tracking* options chosen), is shown:" msgstr "" -"**Maateenheid**: Uren (ga naar :menuselection:`Configuratie --> " -"Instellingen` en onder **Maateenheden** vinkt u de optie **Sommige producten" -" mogen verkocht/gekocht worden in verschillende maateenheden (geavanceerd)**" -" aan)" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:51 +msgid "Record the time spent and create an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:53 msgid "" -"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " -"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" -" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." +"From *Project*, access your task and document the time spent under the " +"*Timesheets* tab." msgstr "" -"**Facturatiebeleid**: U kan uw facturatiebeleid opstellen op de bestelde " -"hoeveelheid of op de geleverde hoeveelheid. U kan gemakkelijk het aantal " -"geleverde of gefactureerde uren aan uw klant volgen." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:59 msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " -"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " -"product to hours as well." +"Once the task is complete, click on *Sales Order* and *Create Invoice*." msgstr "" -"**Traceer dienst**: Maak een taak en traceer uren, omdat uw product een " -"factureerbare dienst per uur is moet u de maateenheid van het product ook op" -" uren zetten." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:66 msgid "" -"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " -"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " -"will then create a project per SO." +"To only invoice approved timesheets, go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and enable *Approved timesheets only*." msgstr "" -"Koppel uw taak aan een bestaand project of maak een nieuw aan als het " -"product specifiek gerelateerd is aan één project. Anders kan u het blanco " -"laten, Odoo maakt vervolgens een project aan per SO." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 -msgid "Create the Sales Order" -msgstr "Maak de verkooporder" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " -"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " -"sale order, the task will be created." +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/setup`" msgstr "" -"Eenmaal het product is opgezet kan u een offerte of verkooporder aanmaken " -"van het gerelateerde product. Eenmaal de offerte bevestigd is en omgevormd " -"is tot een verkooporder zal de taak aangemaakt worden." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 -msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" -msgstr "Toegang tot de taken gegenereerd van de verkooporder" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 -msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" -msgstr "In de Project module zal uw nieuwe taak verschijnen:" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 -msgid "" -"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" -msgstr "" -"of op een gerelateerd project indien u één heeft aangeduid in het " -"productformulier" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 -msgid "" -"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " -"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" -msgstr "" -"of op een nieuw project met de naam of de gerelateerde verkooporder als " -"titel (u kan gemakkelijk de naam van het project wijzigen door te klikken op" -" :menuselection:`Meer --> Instellingen`)" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 -msgid "" -"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" -" your customers based on your invoicing policy." -msgstr "" -"Op de taak zelf kan u nu urenstaten inboeken en factureren naar uw klanten " -"gebaseerd op uw facturatiebeleid." - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " -"source document of the task is the related sales order." -msgstr "" -"In Odoo is het centrale document het verkooporder, wat betekend dat het " -"brondocument van de taak de gerelateerde verkooporder is." - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" -msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -#: ../../project/application.rst:3 -msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" -msgstr "Awesome Timesheet App" +#: ../../project/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Overzicht" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Demonstration Video" -msgstr "Demonstratie video" +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Project" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "Transcriptie" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:5 msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" -" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." -msgstr "" -"Awesome Timesheets is een mobiele app die u helpt met het onmiddellijk " -"bewaren van gespendeerde tijd op projecten in slechts een klik. Het kost zo " -"weinig moeite." - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " -"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" -" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." -msgstr "" -"Onafhankelijk van het toestel is de urenstaten app maar één klik weg. Kijk " -"naar de chrome plugin. Geen nood om aan te melden, gewoon klikken en " -"starten. Het is soepel. Het werkt ook offline en synchroniseert automatisch " -"met mijn Odoo account." - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" -" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" -" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." -msgstr "" -"Plus ik krijg individuele statistieken via de GSM en chrome plugin. Ik kan " -"verder gaan in de analyse van mijn Odoo account. Ik ontvang rapporten van " -"urenstaten per gebruiker, per project en nog veel meer." - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " -"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" -"saving!" -msgstr "" -"Awesome Timesheet is volledig geïntegreerd met Odoo facturatie, de klant " -"facturatie is volledig automatisch. Maar ook met Odoo projecten. Het is " -"tijdsbesparend!" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 -msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." -msgstr "Download nu awesome timesheet en win aan productiviteit." - -#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration and basic usage" -msgstr "Configuratie en basisgebruik" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" -msgstr "Hoe samenwerken aan taken en ze beheren?" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "Verantwoordelijkheden" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 -msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." -msgstr "" -"In Odoo kan u de persoon toewijzen die verantwoordelijk is voor de taak." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " -"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " -"suggestions in the drop down menu." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer u een taak aanmaakt, wordt u standaard verantwoordelijk voor de " -"uitvoering ervan. U kan dit eenvoudig wijzigen door de naam van een andere " -"gebruiker in te typen, en hem vervolgens uit het drop-downmenu te " -"selecteren." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " -"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." -msgstr "" -"Als u een nieuwe medewerker wil toevoegen (die nog niet in het systeem " -"gekend is), dan kan u onmiddellijk een nieuwe gebruiker aanmaken door " -"\"Aanmaken en Wijzigen\" uit het menu te kiezen. U hebt hiervoor echter wel " -"beheersrechten nodig." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 -msgid "Followers" -msgstr "Volgers" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" -" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " -"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " -"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." -" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " -"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " -"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " -"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." -msgstr "" -"Bij een taak kan u andere medewerkers als **Volgers** toevoegen. Die " -"medewerker wordt dan verwittigd bij elke wijziging die zich bij die taak " -"voordoet. De bedoeling hiervan is om via de chatter ook medewerking van " -"anderen toe te laten. Wanneer je bijvoorbeeld advies nodig hebt van een " -"collega van een andere afdeling, is dit best handig en efficiënt. U kunt " -"zelfs klanten toelaten om mee in gesprek te gaan. Zij zullen per e-mail " -"verwittigd worden over de wijzigingen in de taak, en kunnen deelnemen door " -"simpelweg op het e-mailbericht te antwoorden. Volgers kunnen een taak " -"volledig zien zoals uzelf, inclusief de omschrijving en de chatter." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 -msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" -msgstr "Project: volg een project om de pijplijn te volgen" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" -" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " -"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " -"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " -"see the big picture all the time." -msgstr "" -"U kunt ervoor kiezen om een project te volgen. U wordt dan verwittigd bij " -"elke wijziging in het project: taken die van fase veranderen, gesprekken die" -" plaatsvinden, enz. U ontvangt al deze informatie in uw inbox. Een project " -"volgen kan heel nuttig zijn voor een projectmanager die ten allen tijde het " -"overzicht wil behouden over zijn projecten." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 -msgid "Task: follow a specific task" -msgstr "Taak: volg een specifieke taak" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " -"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " -"that task also appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" -"Een taak volgen is vrijwel hetzelfde als een project volgen, alleen bent u " -"slechts geïnteresseerd in een deel van het project. Alle notificaties van " -"wijzigingen in de taak verschijnen dan ook in uw inbox." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 -msgid "Choose which action to follow" -msgstr "Kies voor welke actie te volgen" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " -"Following button." -msgstr "" -"U kan kiezen wat u volgt door op het naar beneden pijltje te kikken in de " -"Volgen knop." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " -"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " -"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." +"Managing projects means managing people, tasks, due dates, budgets and " +"predicted return on investments. For all of it, you need a solution that " +"allows you to reduce risks, get information at a glance, have an overview of" +" your progress and stay organized. And, from start to finish, to be able to " +"run multiple projects in parallel easily. Odoo Project application is the " +"solution you need." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 -msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" -msgstr "Tijdsbeheer: analytische rekeningen" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " -"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " -"help you track time easily." -msgstr "" -"De Odoo urenstaten app is perfect geïntegreerd met Odoo projecten en kan " -"helpen met het gemakkelijk opvolgen van urenstaten." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " -"available in projects and on tasks." -msgstr "" -"Eenmaal Odoo Urenstaten geïnstalleerd is de urenstaten functionaliteit " -"automatisch beschikbaar in de projecten en op de taken." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " -"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" -" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " -"automatically created under the same name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" -msgstr "Registreer een urenstaat op een project:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 -msgid "Click on the settings of a project." -msgstr "Klik op de instellingen van een project." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." -msgstr "Klik op de Urenstaten knop in het bovenste grijze menu." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " -"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " -"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " -"it, or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" -" timesheets." -msgstr "" -"Indien u nu naar Odoo Urenstaten gaat wordt uw lijn geregistreerd samen met " -"uw andere urenstaten." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" -msgstr "Registreer een urenstaat op een taak:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 -msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." -msgstr "Binnen een taak is de urenstaten optie ook beschikbaar." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " -"Add an item." -msgstr "" -"Klik in de taak op de wijzig knop. Ga naar het Urenstaten tabblad en klik op" -" item toevoegen." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " -"Analytic account." -msgstr "" -"Een lijn verschijnt met de naam van het project al geselecteerd in de " -"analytische rekening." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " -"application." -msgstr "" -"Nogmaals, u vind deze urenstaatlijnen terug in de Odoo Urenstaten " -"applicatie." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 -msgid "" -"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" -" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." -msgstr "" -"Aan het einde van uw project krijgt u echt een idee van het gespendeerde " -"tijd door te zoeken op de analytische rekening van uw project." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 -msgid "Document Management in tasks" -msgstr "Documentbeheer in taken" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 -msgid "" -"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" -" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" -" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 -msgid "" -"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " -"tab on the top of the form." -msgstr "" -"1. U kan een afbeelding/document toevoegen aan uw taak door te klikken op " -"het Bijlagen tabblad aan de bovenkant van het formulier." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 -msgid "" -"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " -"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " -"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " -"task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " -"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." -msgstr "" -"Indien u een belangrijke afbeelding heeft die u helpt de taken te begrijpen " -"kan u deze als omslagfoto instellen. De afbeelding zal direct in de Kanban " -"weergave getoond worden." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 -msgid "Collaborate on tasks" -msgstr "Werk samen aan taken" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" -" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 -msgid "" -"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " -"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" -" delegation and the Chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 -msgid "Create a task from an email" -msgstr "Maak een taak aan vanuit een e-mail" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " -"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " -"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " -"project gets an automatic email address." -msgstr "" -"Met Odoo online is de e-mail gateway al geconfigureerd waardoor elk project " -"automatisch een e-mailadres krijgt." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 -msgid "" -"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " -"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " -"Dashboard." -msgstr "" -"De e-mail is altijd hetzelfde als de naam van het project (met \"-\" in " -"plaats van de spatie), u zal het zien onder de naam van uw project in het " -"project dashboard." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 -msgid "" -"This email address create by default following the project name can be " -"changed." -msgstr "" -"Het standaard aangemaakte e-mailadres volgt de projectnaam maar kan " -"gewijzigd worden." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 -msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." -msgstr "" -"De alias van het e-mailadres kan gewijzigd worden door de projectleider." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 -msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." -msgstr "" -"Om dit te doen gaat u naar de projectinstellingen en klikt u op het E-mail " -"tabblad." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 -msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." -msgstr "U kan direct uw project e-mailadres wijzigen." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 -msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." -msgstr "De chatter, status en opvolging." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " -"history of the task." -msgstr "" -"De chatter is een zeer handige tool. Het is een communicatie tool en toont " -"de geschiedenis van de taak." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 -msgid "" -"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " -"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " -"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " -"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " -"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " -"to remember past interactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 -msgid "" -"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" -" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " -"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" -" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " -"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 -msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" -msgstr "De omschrijving van de taak, het Pad" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " -"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " -"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " -"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " -"creation of the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 -msgid "" -"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " -"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." -msgstr "" -"Om deze optie te activeren gaat u naar :menuselection:`Project Instellingen " -"--> Paden` en vinkt u de optie \"Samenwerkende rijke tekst op taak " -"omschrijving\" aan." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 -msgid "" -"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " -"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " -"Click on the ```` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " -"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " -"follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 -msgid "Tasks states" -msgstr "Taak fases" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 -msgid "Set the state of a task" -msgstr "Stel de fase van een taak in" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 -msgid "" -"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" -" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " -"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 -msgid "" -"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " -"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 -msgid "Custom states" -msgstr "Aangepaste fases" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 -msgid "" -"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " -"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," -" then click on edit:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 -msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 -msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" -msgstr "Nu wordt de uitleg getoond in plaats van de generieke tekst:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 -msgid "Color Tags" -msgstr "Kleur labels" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 -msgid "" -"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " -"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " -"them thanks to the filters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 -msgid "" -"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" -" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " -"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " -"the tag, directly from the task:" -msgstr "" -"Om het te doen verschijnen in de kanban weergave moet u een kleur instellen " -"op de tag, direct vanuit de taak:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" -msgstr "Hoe een project op te zetten en te configureren?" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " -"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." -msgstr "" -"Odoo Projecten staat u toe om samen met uw hele team een project te beheren " -"en om te communiceren met andere leden van elk project en elke taak." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " -"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" -" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " -"employees working on this project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Installing the Project module" -msgstr "De project module installeren" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " -"**Install**." -msgstr "" -"Open de **Apps** module, zoek voor **Projectbeheer** en klik op " -"**Installeren**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:11 msgid "Creating a new project" msgstr "Een nieuw project aanmaken" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:13 msgid "" -"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," -" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " +"Click on *Create*. Specify the name of the project and choose which features" +" you would like to integrate. Note that they can be enabled afterward " +"through *Settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Manage your project’s stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open your project and add as many columns as there are stages in your " "project." msgstr "" -"Open de **Project** applicatie en klik op **Aanmaken**. Vanuit dit venster " -"kan u de naam van het project opgeven en de zichtbaarheid instellen." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 -msgid "The privacy setting works as:" -msgstr "De privé instellingen werken als volgt:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 -msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." -msgstr "" -"**Klant Project**: zichtbaar in het portaal als de klant een volger is." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." -msgstr "**Alle Werknemers**: werknemers zien alle taken of issues." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:27 msgid "" -"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" -msgstr "**Privé project**; volgers zien enkel de gevolgde taken of issues" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " -"**Customer** field empty if not." -msgstr "" -"U kan ook opgeven of het project voor een klant is of laat het veld " -"**Klant** leeg indien dit niet zo is." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 -msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer u alle vereiste gegevens heeft ingevuld klikt u op **Opslaan**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 -msgid "Manage your project's stages" -msgstr "Beheer uw project fases" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 -msgid "Add your project's stages" -msgstr "Voeg uw projectfases toe" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 -msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." -msgstr "Op ons projecten dashboard. Klik op **# Taken**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" -" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " +"Each project stage can be characterized by a distinct set of activities, or " +"your stages can guide you to the different steps a project has to go " +"through. It is important to set them right as they lead you from the first " +"idea or step to its conclusion, contributing to the overall success of your " "project." msgstr "" -"Voeg in het nieuwe venster een nieuwe kolom toe en geeft het een naam die " -"overeenkomst met de eerste fase van uw project, voeg vervolgens zoveel " -"kolommen nodig als dat er fases in uw project zijn." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:33 msgid "" -"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " -"that you can personalize to fit your needs." +"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks that you can " +"personalize." msgstr "" -"Voor elke fase zijn er markeringen voor de status van taken binnen een fase," -" die u kan aanpassen naar uw persoonlijke noden." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:34 msgid "" -"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " -"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." +"Drag your mouse over a stage name, and click on :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" Edit`." msgstr "" -"Sleep uw muis over een fasenaam en klik op de drager die verschijnt en open " -"het menu door te klikken op **Wijzigen**." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:41 msgid "" -"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " -"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " -"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." +"The dots correspond to customizable markers applied on tasks, making it " +"easier to know which tasks require attention. You can give them any " +"signification you like." msgstr "" -"Een nieuw venster opent zich. De kleur bolletjes en ster iconen komen " -"overeen met de personaliseerbare markeringen toegepast op taken, wat het " -"gemakkelijker maakt om te weten welke taken uw aandacht vereisen. U kan ze " -"eender welke betekenis geven die u wilt." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 -msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "Klik op **Opslaan** wanneer u klaar bent." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:50 msgid "Rearrange stages" msgstr "Fases herschikken" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:52 msgid "" -"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" -" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " -"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " -"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." -msgstr "" -"U kan gemakkelijk uw project personaliseren zodat het beter past bij uw " -"zakelijke vereisten door nieuwe kolommen aan te maken. Vanuit de Kanban " -"weergave van uw project kan u fases toevoegen door te klikken op **Nieuwe " -"kolom toevoegen**. Indien u de volgorde van de fases opnieuw wilt ordenen " -"kan u dit gemakkelijk doen door de kolom die u naar de gewenste locatie wilt" -" plaatsen te drag en droppen. U kan ook de fases inklappen of uitvouwen door" -" het **Instellingen** icoon te gebruiken bij uw gewenste fase." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`visualization`" -msgstr ":doc:`visualization`" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 -msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" -msgstr ":doc:`collaboration`" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`time_record`" -msgstr ":doc:`time_record`" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 -msgid "How to record time spent?" -msgstr "Hoe gespendeerde tijd bijhouden?" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " -"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." -msgstr "" -"Odoo staat u toe om de tijd bij te houden die gebruikt is per werknemer en " -"per project, voor simpele rapporten alsook voor directe facturatie aan de " -"klant." - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " -"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " -"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." -msgstr "" -"Om de gespendeerde tijd bij te houden op projecten moet u eerst de " -"facturatie van urenstaten activeren. Open :menuselection:`Configuratie --> " -"Instellingen` in de **Project** module. In de **Urenstaten** sectie van de " -"pagina vinkt u de optie **Activeer urenstaten op issues** aan." - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " -"Employee and Timesheet apps." -msgstr "" -"De optie activeren installeert de modules Verkoop, Facturatie, Issue beheer," -" Werknemers en Urenstaten." - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 -msgid "Recording timesheets" -msgstr "Urenstaten registreren" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " -"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." -msgstr "" -"U kan de tijd gespendeerd op projecten direct bijhouden vanuit de project " -"applicatie. U kan urenstaten bijhouden op een project of op een taak." - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 -msgid "Recording in a project" -msgstr "Registreren in een project" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " -"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." -msgstr "" -"in het **Project** applicatie dashboard opent u het **Meer** menu van het " -"project waarop u urenstaten wilt registreren en klikt u op **Urenstaten**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" -" click on **Save**." -msgstr "" -"Klik op **Aanmaken** in het nieuwe scherm en geef de vereiste gegevens in, " -"klik vervolgens op **Opslaan**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 -msgid "Recording in a task" -msgstr "Registreren in een taak" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " -"and open the task on which you have been working." -msgstr "" -"Open het project waar u urenstaat op wilt registeren door de **Project** app" -" te openen en open vervolgens de taken waar u op gewerkt heeft." - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " -"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" -"In de taak klik op **Wijzigen**, open het **Urenstaten** tabblad en klik op " -"**Item toevoegen**. Geef de vereiste details in en klik vervolgens op " -"**Opslaan**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 -msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" -msgstr "Visualiseer een project zijn taken" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " -"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " -"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " -"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " -"have to cope with." +"From the Kanban view of your project, you can add stages by clicking on *Add" +" a column*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To rearrange the order of your stages easily do so by dragging and dropping " +"columns. You can also fold or unfold them on *Settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:62 +msgid ":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:63 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`../record_and_invoice/time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:3 +msgid "Share Projects and Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you share your projects/tasks, you allow external users to be on the " +"same page as you. It avoids misunderstandings, simplifies communication, and" +" allows you to become a more coordinated company as you get the right " +"information to the right people." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:10 +msgid "Share projects and tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:12 +msgid "To share a project, go to :menuselection:`Manage --> Share`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To share a task, open it and click on :menuselection:`Action --> Share`. " +"Choose an existing *Recipient(s)* or create it on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The recipient receives an email saying that he has been invited to access a " +"document. In the example below, a project was shared. When the user opens " +"it, he sees the settings of that project and can access its tasks, for " +"example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "Planning" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "Forecast Resources Across Projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allocate the needed time for specific tasks under a planned shift. Once that" +" is done, analyse Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), so you can evaluate " +"your employees’ performance and workload, besides the progress of your " +"projects/tasks when comparing the planned and effective hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "Allocate times under shifts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:12 +msgid "" +"When planning a shift, in the *Planning* application, create a project and a" +" task on the fly, or simply select the one you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Allocated Time (%)* allows you to define the percentage of time you would " +"like your employee to work on that specific task during his shift. See that " +"information in hours on *Allocated hours*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The calculation shows you how many hours out of the total shift time (*End " +"date* - *Start date*) are spent by the employee on that task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On :menuselection:`Project --> Planning --> By Project`, immediately see the" +" total number of employees allocated per project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:31 +msgid "Compare forecast hours with the effective ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, once the employee has timesheeted his hours in the task, go to " +"*Project* and with the *View list*, under *All Tasks*, conveniently see the " +"*Planned Hours* compared to the *Remaining Hours*, and a calculation of the " +"*Progress*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:42 +msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Record Time and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When it is time to bill your client for their finished project/task, you can" +" choose to shorten processes and save time by pulling the billable time you " +"have tracked into sales orders, and invoices, directly from the " +"project/task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:10 +msgid "Enable the Timesheet feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Timesheets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:15 +msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the " +"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet*, *Timesheet Timer* and *Bill from " +"Tasks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once the time spent on a task under that project has been recorded, click on" +" *Create Sales Order* and continue to create your invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:26 +msgid "" +"This way, you can invoice different customers, for different services, at " +"different rates, without the need to create numerous projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:30 +msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the " +"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet* plus *Timesheet Timer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose " +"the project, *Create Sales Order*, and continue to create your invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:38 +msgid "" +"From here, choose if you want the billing to be based on the project rate: " +"all timesheets are billed by the same rate, or by the employee rate: " +"timesheets are billed by the individual rate of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The project rate allows you to invoice a whole project, for a specific " +"service, at a specific rate, at once. Example: the implementation of a " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The employee rate billing lets you invoice a project broken down into " +"different services, and different rates. Example: different rates for junior" +" and senior consultants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:50 +msgid "Invoice only approved timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Invoicing Policy`, and choose *Approved timesheets only*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This ensures that the manager is aware of the hours being logged by each " +"employee before the customer gets invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/so_to_task`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`./time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:3 +msgid "Record Time Spent on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Get to know how much time you are spending on tasks in order to make your " +"employees’ life easier, and records error-free. Launch the timer in your " +"browser, stop it on your phone and have all entries synced. Generate " +"invoices based on the timesheet entries and be sure to invoice your " +"customers the exact right amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:11 +msgid "Manually timesheet on task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Timesheets*. Then, enable the *Timesheets* option on the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, once you are in your task, under the *Timesheet* tab, *Add a line* and " +"specify the *Duration*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:22 +msgid "Time tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, enable " +"*Timesheet timer* on the projects on which you need the functionality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, you can time your task clicking on *Start*. *Pause* at any moment, and " +"*Stop* to confirm the recorded time and add a description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Tasks" +msgstr "Taken" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:3 +msgid "Collaborate on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Being able to collaborate virtually but with the same effect as if people " +"were in the same room increases your productivity. It results in faster " +"execution of processes, brainstorming and decision made easier while also " +"allowing the support of outside contributions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:10 +msgid "Add followers to a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:12 +msgid "*Edit* the project to add followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Followers are notified of any changes: tasks sliding from one stage to " +"another, conversations taking place, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Following a project automatically makes you a follower of all its tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:24 +msgid "Add followers to a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Within a task, click on the *Followers* icon. Followers get notified of any " +"changes in the task and can see the task like you do, with the description " +"and the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:34 +msgid "Select which notifications to get" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For a project or task, select what you would like to be notified about. For " +"that, *Edit subscription*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:44 +msgid "Use the pad like a collaborative note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Collaborative Pads`, then edit the *Settings* of the project you would like " +"the feature to work and enable *Use Collaborative Pads*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Now, you are able to contribute to tasks in real-time, with several users, " +"with an Etherpad collaborative note. Every user has his own color and you " +"can replay the whole creation of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on the ** icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " +"useful if you want to share it without adding this person as a follower, or " +"to someone outside of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:62 +msgid "The Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*Chatter* is a communication tool that shows the history of a task, " +"including changes and the interactions between you and your customers or " +"colleagues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To interact with followers, whether there are internal or external, click on" +" *Log a note* and ping them using the at symbol (*@*). If you want to send a" +" message/email to all the followers in the task, use *Send a message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can also ping a channel using the hashtag sign (*#*). This way, users " +"can have a channel per project team, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:77 +msgid "Schedule activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Do not forget promises made and stay organized by conveniently *Scheduling " +"activities* from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:87 +msgid "Edit or create new activities types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:89 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 +msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " +"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " +"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " +"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 +msgid "Set up an incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " +"the incoming email alias you would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 +msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 +msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " +"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" +" a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 +msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 +msgid "" +"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " +"followers of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 +msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:40 +msgid ":doc:`./get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:41 +msgid ":doc:`./collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Break down a project by creating, assigning and organizing tasks. Set " +"priorities to help you determine where you want to invest your time first, " +"manage files within it and keep everything you need to complete your work in" +" one place. Ensure that your strategies are turned into actionable plans " +"and, as a result, have a successful project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:11 msgid "Create a task" msgstr "Maak een taak" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:13 msgid "" -"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer een bestand project of maak een nieuw project aan terwijl je in de" -" project app bent." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 -msgid "In the project, create a new task." -msgstr "Maak een nieuwe taak aan in het project." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " -"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." +"Click on *Create*. Once created, add more details opening it and clicking on" +" *Edit*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 -msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" -msgstr "Bekijk uw taken met de Kanban weergave" +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "Assignation" +msgstr "Toewijzing" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " -"to the Kanban view." -msgstr "" -"Eenmaal u meerdere taken heeft aangemaakt kunnen ze beheerd en opgevolgd " -"worden dankzij de Kanban weergave." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " -"one have the higher priorities." -msgstr "" -"De Kanban weergave is een post-it like weergave, opgesplitst in " -"verschillende fases. Het staat u toe om een duidelijke weergave van de fases" -" van uw taken te hebben en welke een hogere prioriteit hebben." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the Kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "Choose the responsible person for a task under *Assigned to*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " -"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" -" and indicate if the task is ready." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 -msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" -msgstr "Sorteer taken in uw Kanban weergave" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " -"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " -"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" -" to their creation date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." -msgstr "" -"Taken die voorbij de deadline zijn worden in het rood getoond in de Kanban " -"weergave." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " -"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 -msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "Beheer deadlines met de Kalender weergave" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " -"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " -"easily in a single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " -"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 -msgid "" -"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " -"dropping the task to another case." -msgstr "" -"U kan gemakkelijk de deadline wijzigen vanuit de Kalender weergave door te " -"taak te drag en droppen naar een andere datum." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" -msgstr "Introductie tot Odoo project" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " -"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." -msgstr "" -"Als bedrijfsmanager heb ik een gevarieerde job waar meerdere belanghebbenden" -" bij betrokken zijn. Om elke taak naadloos te beheren is Odoo projecten een " -"grote hulp." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" -" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " -"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " -"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " -"project manager too." -msgstr "" -"Met Odoo projecten kunnen onze teamleden gemakkelijk de lancering van een " -"nieuw product in Canada plannen en uitvoeren. Ik organiseer dit project door" -" verschillende fases aan te maken. Het staat ons toe duidelijk de status van" -" elke taak op elk moment te zien, en dit voor elke gebruiker. Het is voor " -"elke andere projectleider ook handig." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 -msgid "" -"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" -" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " -"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " -"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." -msgstr "" -"Deze goed gestructureerde projectfases zijn volledig personaliseerbaar. Ik " -"vind een missende fase en kan deze gemakkelijk in een klik toevoegen. In ons" -" projectbeheerproces ga ik verder naar een finale controle dus voeg ik deze " -"fase toe. Odoo projecten is ontworpen om voor eender welk soort bedrijf te " -"werken." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." -" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " -"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" -msgstr "" -"Eenmaal een taak klaar is kan elke collega ze markeren door de status te " -"wijzigen. Dit helpt de projectbeheerder om taken te controleren voor de fase" -" te wijzigen met een simpele drag en drop. Gemakkelijk, toch?" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " -"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" -" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " -"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " -"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " -"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " -"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " -"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" -" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" -" the progress of each task." -msgstr "" -"We kunnen ook de verschillende taken organiseren door de weergave te " -"wijzigen. Hier selecteer ik de lijstweergave, welke andere informatie toont " -"zoals de werktijd voortgang. Indien ik op mijn taak klik land ik op de " -"formulierweergave waar ik de geplande uren kan wijzigen en mijn urenstaten " -"kan ingeven. Dit is een geweldige tool voor elke projectbeheerder. De " -"werktijd voortgang te beheren en controleren is cruciaal. Ik zet de tijd " -"voor elk trainingsteam naar 24 uren. Vandaag heb ik het materiaal voorbereid" -" dus boek ik 4u in op de urenstaten. De werktijd voortgang wordt automatisch" -" geüpdatet. Dankzij urenstaten integratie kan de projectbeheerder een " -"grondige opvolging doen van de voortgang van elke taak." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " -"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" -" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" -" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " -"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " -"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " -"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " -"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " -"planning." -msgstr "" -"Nog een geweldige optie in Odoo projecten is de voorspelling tool. Wanneer " -"deze geactiveerd is kan ik resources en de werklading beheren per project. " -"Daarom is het toewijzen van tijden aan andere projecten een stuk " -"gemakkelijker. Voor dit project moet ik leden van het projectteam opleiden. " -"Het vraagt 50% van mijn tijd tegen het einde van deze week. Als " -"projectbeheerder kan ik deze resource toewijzing doen voor elke gebruiker en" -" deze wijzigen afhankelijk van hun andere projecten. Dit voorkomt de " -"overlapping van tijd. Ik kan taken aan anderen toewijzen of de deadline " -"wijzigen. Odoo projecten is de perfecte app voor strategische en uitvoerende" -" planning." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " -"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " -"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " -"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" -" each team member." -msgstr "" -"Plus, elk aspect van elk project kan geanalyseerd worden, dankzij de " -"rapporten. Bijvoorbeeld, we kunnen een rapport hebben van effectief " -"gespendeerde uren in vergelijking met de geplande uren. Ik kan de " -"winstgevendheid van elk project, elke taak of elk teamlid bekijken. Ik kan " -"ook het aantal uren toegewezen aan elk teamlid zien." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" -" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " -"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " -"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " -"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" -" team." -msgstr "" -"Een ander element van geweldig projectbeheer is communicatie. Dit is een " -"sleutelfactor voor het succes van elk project. Terwijl u overweg moet met " -"meerdere belanghebbenden is het handig om documenten rechtstreeks op de taak" -" te kunnen delen. Met Odoo projecten kan ik discussiëren via de chat optie " -"die altijd slechts één klik weg is. Ik kan ook een nieuwe conversatie " -"starten met eender wie van mijn team." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " -"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " -"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " -"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " -"issues." -msgstr "" -"Als aanvulling buiten dat de app krachtig is voor het beheren van projecten " -"is Odoo projecten ook een effectieve klantendiensten of na-verkoop app. U " -"kan hiermee klanten hun problemen opvolgen en zelfs een toegewijd " -"ondersteuning project aanmaken. De app maakt ook automatisch een factuur van" -" de gespendeerde tijd op taken of problemen." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " -"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " -"app, it will help you get started quickly too." -msgstr "" -"Odoo projecten is een krachtige en simpel te gebruiken app. Eerst gebruikte " -"ik de planner om duidelijk mijn doelstellingen op te lijsten en de project " -"app op te zetten. Krijg deze app, het helpt u om ook snel te starten." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 -msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" -msgstr "Start nu uw gratis trial en beheer uw projecten beter met Odoo!" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 -msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" -msgstr "Start nu uw gratis trial met de CRM waar verkopers van houden" - -#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning your project" -msgstr "Uw project plannen" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 -msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" -msgstr "Hoe werknemers hun taken opvolgen en plannen?" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " -"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " -"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." -msgstr "" -"Het opvolgen en inplannen van uw werknemers hun taken kan een zware taak " -"zijn, vooral wanneer u veel mensen moet beheren. Gelukkig kan u dit " -"afhandelen in een paar klikken met Odoo Project." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " -"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " -"install the application." -msgstr "" -"De enige vereiste configuratie is om de module **Projectbeheer** te " -"installeren. Om dit te doen gaat u naar de applicatie module, zoekt u voor " -"project en installeert u de module." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" -" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " -"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " -"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" -"Indien u tijdsinschattingen wilt beheren moet u urenstaten inschakelen voor " -"taken. Ga vanuit de **Project** applicatie naar " -":menuselection:`Configuratie --> Instellingen` in de dropdown menu. " -"Vervolgens, onder **Tijd werk inschattingen** selecteert u de **beheer " -"tijdsinschattingen op taken** optie in. Vergeet deze wijzigingen niet toe te" -" passen." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " -"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " -"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." -msgstr "" -"Deze optie maakt een voortgangsbalk in de formulierweergave van al uw taken." -" Elke keer uw verkoper werktijd toevoegen op zijn urenstaten zal de balk " -"hiernaar aangepast worden, gebaseerd op de initieel geplande uren." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 -msgid "Manage tasks with views" -msgstr "Beheer taken met weergaven" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" -" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " -"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " -"and the calendar view." -msgstr "" -"U kan een overzicht van uw verschillende taken hebben dankzij de " -"verschillende weergaven die beschikbaar zijn in Odoo. De drie hoofdweergaven" -" helpen u bij het plannen en opvolgen van uw werknemers hun taken: de kanban" -" weergave, de lijstweergave (die urenstaten gebruikt) en de " -"kalenderweergave." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " -"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." -msgstr "" -"Maak en wijzig taken om uw pijplijn op te vullen. Vergeet geen " -"verantwoordelijke persoon en verwachte tijd in te vullen, indien u deze " -"heeft." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 -msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" -msgstr "Krijg een overzicht van de activiteiten met de Kanban weergave" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " -"ones having the higher priorities." -msgstr "" -"De Kanban weergave is een post-it like weergave, opgesplitst in " -"verschillende fases. Het staat u toe om een duidelijke weergave van de fases" -" van uw taken te hebben en diegene met hogere prioriteiten." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" -msgstr "" -"De Kanban weergave is de standaardweergave wanneer u projecten bekijkt, maar" -" als u in een andere weergave bent, kan u teruggaat door te klikken op het " -"Kanban weergave logo in de rechterbovenhoek" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 -msgid "Add/rearrange stages" -msgstr "Voeg/rangschik fases" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " -"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " -"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " -"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " -"stage." -msgstr "" -"U kan gemakkelijk uw project personaliseren zodat het past bij uw zakelijke " -"vereisten door nieuwe kolommen aan te maken. Vanuit de Kanban weergave van " -"uw project kan u fases toevoegen door te klikken op **Nieuwe kolom " -"toevoegen** (zie onderstaande afbeeldingen). Indien u de volgorde van de " -"fases opnieuw wilt ordenen kan u dit gemakkelijk doen door de kolom die u " -"naar de gewenste locatie wilt plaatsen te drag en droppen. U kan ook de " -"fases inklappen of uitvouwen door het **Instellingen** icoon te gebruiken " -"bij uw gewenste fase." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " -"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " -"Done." -msgstr "" -"Maak een kolom per fase in je werkproces. Bijvoorbeeld: in een ontwikkel " -"project kunnen fases bijvoorbeeld zijn: Specificatie, Ontwikkeling, Test, " -"Gereed." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:30 msgid "Sort tasks by priority" msgstr "Sorteer taken op prioriteit" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:34 msgid "" -"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " -"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " -"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " -"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " -"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." +"Mark the star on your task to set it as a high priority one. That " +"automatically moves the task to the top of the column. Tasks that are not " +"starred are classified according to their deadlines." msgstr "" -"Op elke kolom heeft u de mogelijkheid om uw taken te sorteren op prioriteit." -" Taken met een hogere prioriteit worden automatisch naar de bovenkant van de" -" kolom geduwd. Klik op de ster in de linkerbovenhoek van de Kanban weergave " -"van een taak om het een **Hoge prioriteit** toe te wijzen. Voor de taken die" -" niet getagd zijn zal Odoo ze automatisch classificeren afhankelijk van hun " -"deadline. " -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:36 msgid "" -"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " -"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." +"Note that tasks with dates passed their deadlines are shown in red; tasks " +"with a deadline for the current date are orange." msgstr "" -"Merk op dat datums die gepasseerd zijn in het rood verschijnen (ook in de " -"lijstweergave) zodat u gemakkelijk de voortgang kan opvolgen van " -"verschillende taken." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 -msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." -msgstr "Vergeet niet dat u uw taken kan filteren met het filter menu." +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:43 +msgid "Manage files in tasks" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 -msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" -msgstr "Volg de voortgang van elke taak met de lijstweergave" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:45 msgid "" -"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " -"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " -"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" -" each time the employee will add an activity." +"Add images/documents to your task by clicking on the *Attachment icon*." msgstr "" -"Indien u de optie **Beheer tijdinschattingen op taken** inschakelt zullen uw" -" werknemers hun werkactiviteiten kunnen bijhouden op taken onder de " -"**Urenstaten** sub-menu. De **Werktijd voortgangsbalk** wordt geüpdatet elke" -" keer als een werknemer een activiteit toevoegt." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "Files from emails are automatically saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:55 +msgid "Set cover images in tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:57 msgid "" -"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " -"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " -"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " -"show you the progression of each task." +"Use *Set Cover Image* to your task and quickly get to comprehend what the " +"task is about. The image is directly shown in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -"Als beheerder kan u gemakkelijk de gespendeerde tijd van alle taken over " -"alle werknemers zien door de lijstweergave te gebruiken. Om dit te doen " -"opent u het project van uw keuze en klikt u op het lijstweergave icoon (zie " -"hieronder). De laatste kolom toont u de voortgang van elke taak." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 -msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "Hou een oog op de deadlines met de Kalender weergave" +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "Choose how to visualize tasks" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:68 msgid "" -"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " -"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " -"single window." +"Tasks can be managed and followed up in the Kanban view, which is a post-it " +"kind of view divided into different stages. More options are otherwise " +"available." msgstr "" -"Wanneer u een deadline toevoegt op uw taak zal deze verschijnen in de " -"kalender weergave. Dit geeft u als manager de mogelijkheid om alle deadlines" -" in het oog te houden in één scherm." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:75 msgid "" -"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" -" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " -"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." +"Drag and drop tasks to change their stage and define colors to help you " +"identify them." msgstr "" -"Alle taken zijn gelabeld met een kleur die overeenkomt met de werknemer die " -"is toegewezen aan de taak. U kan gemakkelijk de deadlines filteren op " -"werknemer door de gerelateerde vinkjes aan te vinken aan de rechterkant van " -"het kalender scherm." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast tasks?" -msgstr "Hoe prognoses op taken doen?" +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Sub-tasks" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction to forecast" -msgstr "Introductie tot forecasting" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:5 msgid "" -"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," -" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." +"Being a dynamic and organized company is important as it also helps you to " +"not overload your employees. For that, split large tasks into smaller ones " +"by creating subs-tasks, timesheet on them, and have an overview of all hours" +" recorded." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuratie" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:12 msgid "" -"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " -"progress of a project and its related tasks." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> Sub-tasks`." msgstr "" -"Tot hiertoe heb je met de Kanban weergave gewerkt, welke de voortgang van " -"een project en de gerelateerde taken toont." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:18 +msgid "From now on, a *Sub-tasks* menu is available within your task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:25 msgid "" -"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " -"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " -"team members to collaborate better." +"Select a specific project in which sub-tasks will be created by default" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:27 msgid "" -"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " -"workload and human resources." +"By default, sub-tasks are created under the same project. However, you can " +"select another one by going to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration -->" +" Projects --> Sub-task Project`." msgstr "" -"Deze optie is een echt voordeel voor het plannen en organiseren van de " -"werklading en beheer van uw mensen." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "How to configure the projects?" -msgstr "Hoe projecten te configureren?" +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:35 +msgid "Timesheet on sub-tasks" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 -msgid "Configure the project application" -msgstr "Configureer de project applicatie" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:37 msgid "" -"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" -" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" -" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " -"employee should complete it!" +"Make sure the feature *Timesheets* is enabled under :menuselection:`Project " +"--> Configuration --> Settings` and under the settings of the needed " +"*Project*. Now you are able to timesheet on your tasks and sub-tasks. The " +"time recorded on a sub-task is counted on the parent task." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 -msgid "" -"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " -"application:" -msgstr "" -"U moet eerst de **Voorspellingen** optie activeren voor de hele project " -"applicatie:" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " -"Forecast option and click **Apply**." -msgstr "" -"Ga naar :menuselection:`Project --> Configuratie --> Instellingen`. " -"Selecteer de Forecast optie en klik op **Toepassen**." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " -"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " -"all the projects that you manage)." +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:46 +msgid "Transform an existing task into a sub-task" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Configure a specific project." -msgstr "Configureer een specifiek project." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " -"Forecast\" in your project settings." -msgstr "" -"Zorg ervoor dat u de optie \"Voorspelling toestaan\" aanvinkt in de " -"projectinstellingen wanneer u een nieuw project aanmaakt." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 -msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." -msgstr "U zal de **Forecast** optie zien verschijnen in de bovenste menu." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " -"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:48 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:58 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 -msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." -msgstr "De taken van een project zijn niet gerelateerd aan een voorspelling." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 -msgid "How to create a forecast?" -msgstr "Hoe een prognose aanmaken?" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " -"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:49 +msgid "Now access your task, *Edit*, and add a *Parent Task*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " -"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " -"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:56 +msgid "Unlink a sub-task from a parent task" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 -msgid "" -"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " -"space in the Gantt chart calendar." +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:59 +msgid "Open and *Edit* the respective sub-task to remove the *Parent Task*." msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " -"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " -"take." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" -" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " -"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 -msgid "" -"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " -"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " -"in the Effective hours field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 -msgid "What are the difference between the views?" -msgstr "Wat zijn de verschillen tussen de weergaven?" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " -"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " -"by projects." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 -msgid "By users : people management" -msgstr "Op gebruikers: personenbeheer" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " -"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." -" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " -"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " -"third, you see which tasks they're on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " -"the duration of the task in the calendar." -msgstr "" -"Elke taak wordt voorgesteld door een gekleurde driehoek. Deze driehoek " -"reflecteert de duur van de taak in de kalender." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " -"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " -"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " -"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 -msgid "Plan the workload" -msgstr "Plan de werklading" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 -msgid "" -"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " -"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " -"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" -" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 -msgid "" -"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " -"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " -"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " -"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " -"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " -"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " -"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " -"that this is feasible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 -msgid "Gantt view advantages" -msgstr "Voordelen van de Gantt weergave" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 -msgid "" -"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" -" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " -"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " -"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " -"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 -msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" -msgstr "De dynamische weergave van de Gantt in Odoo staat u toe om:" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 -msgid "" -"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " -"the future or in the past" -msgstr "" -"wijzig de datum en tijd van een voorspelling door te klikken en de taken in " -"de toekomst of in het verleden te plaatsen." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 -msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" -msgstr "Maak direct een voorspelling in de Gantt grafiek" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 -msgid "modify an existing forecast" -msgstr "wijzig een bestaande prognose" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 -msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." -msgstr "" -"wijzig de lengte van een taak door de rechthoek uit te breiden of in te " -"korten." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 -msgid "By projects: project management" -msgstr "Op projecten: projectbeheer" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " -"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " -"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " -"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " -"level of hierarchy." -msgstr "" -"Deze optie toont de Gantt weergave door de projecten van het eerste niveau " -"van de hierarchie te tonen." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" -" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " -"they're on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 -msgid "" -"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " -"Users** section)" -msgstr "" -"Deze weergave toont niet uw HR tijd. De kleuren zijn niet van toepassing. " -"(zie **Op gebruikers** sectie)" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index f46a7b70d..987ec70df 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 msgid "" "To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " +" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparison of the information " "appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po index 0d63ad3dd..a3d946800 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -160,9 +160,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18 msgid "" -"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to *Control >" -" Control Points*. There, hit create. Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as " -"operation and choose the type of quality check you want to perform." +"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to " +":menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. There, hit create. Make sure to" +" select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check " +"you want to perform." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27 @@ -193,9 +194,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55 msgid "" "If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and " -"go to *Control > Control Points*. Then, click on create. Make sure to select" -" *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order operation on which " -"the quality check should be performed." +"go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. Then, click on create. " +"Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order " +"operation on which the quality check should be performed." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64 @@ -226,9 +227,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8 msgid "" "To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, " -"go to *Quality Control > Control Points > Create*. Now, you can define the " -"quality control point you want to apply to a specific product. Don’t forget " -"to select a transfer operation type." +"go to :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Now, " +"you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific " +"product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19 @@ -271,146 +272,196 @@ msgstr "Controle" msgid "Define Quality Control Points" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:6 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. " +"Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and " +"services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed" +" expectations. It also helps minimize waste." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:10 +msgid "" +"That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality " +"control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality " +"controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that " +"the company then has to rework or scrap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With " +"Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:20 msgid "Quality Control Points" msgstr "Kwaliteit controlepunten" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If it is the first *Quality Control Point* that you create, know that you " -"need to open the *Quality* app. Then, go to *Quality Control > Control " -"Points*. Once there, you have to define the product on which the quality " -"control will take place, as well as the operation at which it should take " -"place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The *Quality Control Points* can take place during transfers or during the " -"manufacturing process of the products. If you work with routings on your " -"*Bill of Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing " -"process the quality control point should be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The control type defines at which frequency the quality checks should take " -"place:" -msgstr "" - #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22 msgid "" -"All Operations: all the operations will generate quality checks to perform;" +"To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> " +"Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which" +" the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it " +"takes place also is to be defined here." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:24 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:27 msgid "" -"Randomly: the quality checks will only be performed on x% of the operation. " -"You must define the percentage yourself, on the control point;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Periodically: the quality checks will be performed periodically. The " -"periodicity is based on the period you define (once a day, once a week)." +"The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the " +"manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of " +"Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process " +"the quality control point needs to be applied." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32 -msgid "Quality Control Point Types" +msgid "" +"The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take" +" place:" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:34 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:35 msgid "" -"Now that the rest is configured, you need to define the type of quality " -"check." +"**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks" +" to perform;" msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38 msgid "" -"Some of the types are only available with the manufacturing application." +"**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The " +"percentage needs to be defined on the control point;" msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41 -msgid "Text" -msgstr "Tekst" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:43 msgid "" -"This control point type allows you to give instructions to your workers " -"during the transfer, or the manufacturing process." +"**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The " +"periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:56 -msgid "Take a Picture" -msgstr "Neem een foto" +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:50 +msgid "Quality Control Point Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There " +"are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a " +"measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label." +msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58 msgid "" -"This control point type asks you to take a picture of the product in a " -"transfer, or when manufacturing it." +"Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:71 -msgid "Pass-Fail" -msgstr "" +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Text" +msgstr "Tekst" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:73 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:64 msgid "" -"This type of control point requires that you specify if the products pass or" -" fail a specific text. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing" -" orders." +"This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the " +"transfer or during the manufacturing process." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80 +msgid "Take a Picture" +msgstr "Neem een foto" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:82 msgid "" -"For this kind of control point type, you have the possibility to define a " -"failure message that will give instructions to follow in case of quality " -"check failure." +"This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a " +"transfer or when manufacturing it." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:94 -msgid "Take a Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:96 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:98 msgid "" -"This control point type requires you to enter the product’s measurements " -"during a transfer, or during the manufacturing process." +"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera " +"<../../iot/devices/measurement_tool>`." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102 -msgid "" -"For this kind of control point type, you also have the possibility to define" -" a failure message that will give instructions to the worker." +msgid "Pass-Fail" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:115 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:104 +msgid "" +"*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific " +"criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message " +"giving instructions to follow in case of failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:127 +msgid "Take a Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a " +"transfer or during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements," +" but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good " +"measures can are automatically accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives " +"instructions to the worker." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:156 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools " +"<../../iot/devices/camera>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:159 msgid "Register Consumed Materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:117 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:161 msgid "" -"This control point type requires you register the component serial/lot " -"numbers during the manufacturing process. It is only available if you work " -"with routings." +"When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the " +"component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:128 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:165 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:182 +msgid "This type is only available when working with routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:176 msgid "Register By-Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:130 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:178 msgid "" -"With this control point type, you must register the serial/lot number of the" -" by-products that are manufactured. It is also only available with routings." +"With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot " +"number of the by-products that are manufactured." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:141 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:193 msgid "Print Label" msgstr "Print label" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:143 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:195 msgid "" -"This control point type allows you to print labels to add to the product " -"during the manufacturing process." +"*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the " +"product during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:207 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer " +"<../../iot/devices/printer>`." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index ad611e2b0..0cd37b4f0 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -4,22 +4,23 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019 # Pol Van Dingenen , 2019 # Vincent van Reenen , 2019 # Gunther Clauwaert , 2019 # Maxim Vandenbroucke , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2020 # Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020 +# Eric Geens , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Eric Geens , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -120,283 +121,253 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "Amazon Connector" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:3 -msgid "Apply for Amazon MWS Access Keys" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Connector Features" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:8 -msgid "Submit the Amazon MWS Developer Registration and Assessment Form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:10 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" -"In order to synchronize your Amazon orders with Odoo, Amazon MWS access keys" -" are required. They can be obtained by submitting the **Amazon MWS Developer" -" Registration and Assessment form** to register as a developer. Once " -"recognized by Amazon as a developer (i.e. you make use of an application " -"connecting to MWS), you will be granted Amazon MWS access keys." +"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " +"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " +"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:15 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 +msgid "Supported Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 +msgid "The connector is able to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" -"First, visit the `Amazon Marketplace Web Service documentation " -"`_" -" and follow the instructions to register as a developer. Take care to choose" -" the form \"I represent a seller organization integrating with Amazon MWS " -"for its own selling account only.\"." +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " +"their order items which include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:20 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 +msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 +msgid "the shipping costs for the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 +msgid "the gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" -"Fill out the *Developer Registration and Assessment form* as suggested below" -" and provide your own contact information in the **Developer contact " -"information** section. In the **Business use information** section, select " -"the correct region of your seller account. For the other sections, adapt " -"your responses in accordance with your business case." +"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:25 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 msgid "" -"Give a particular attention to **Merchant Fulfilled Shipping**. It should " -"only be checked if you ship your products yourself. You should uncheck it if" -" you sell exclusively with the *Fulfillment by Amazon* service. Please note " -"that requesting this function is not recommended if you are hosted on *Odoo " -"Online* or *Odoo.sh* as the additional security requirements asked by Amazon" -" may not be met by Odoo." +"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:32 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:24 +msgid "Notify Amazon of an order manually canceled on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 +msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:32 +msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:32 +msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "**Orders**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "**Shipping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "Charges" +msgstr "Kosten" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "Delivery created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:46 +msgid "Handled by Amazon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "Gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:41 +msgid "Gift message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "**Stock Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "Handled by the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:46 +msgid "**Confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:46 +msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:49 +msgid "**Cancellation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:49 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:49 +msgid "Notify Amazon on manually canceled sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "" -"Depending on several factors (your region, whether you checked the " -"**Merchant Fulfilled Shipping** function (i.e. you request access to " -"Personally Identifiable Information of your customers), etc.), Amazon may " -"request you to fill out a second form before granting you MWS access keys. " -"As that form depends on the data protection policy of the region of your " -"seller account (e.g. GDPR in Europe), we cannot provide you with a pre-" -"filled form. Instead, the answers of questions related to Odoo are listed in" -" the `Answer the Additional Form`_ section." +"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:61 +msgid "Supported Marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 msgid "" -"If you need assistance for your application for Amazon MWS access keys, " -"`submit a support ticket to Odoo `_." +"The Amazon Connector currently supports 9 marketplaces. If a marketplace is " +"not listed below, it may be possible for you to :ref:`add it as an " +"unsupported marketplace `." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:46 -msgid "Answer the Additional Form" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +msgid "**North America region**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:49 -msgid "" -"If you did not receive any additional form after your :ref:`initial " -"application for Amazon MWS keys `, you may disregard " -"this section." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:70 +msgid "Canada" +msgstr "Canada" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:70 +msgid "Amazon.ca" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:52 -msgid "" -"This section lists all questions asked by Amazon in additional forms. The " -"answers are tailored for *Odoo Online* and *Odoo.sh*. Wherever the answer " -"does not depend on Odoo, you are requested to provide it yourself at the " -"place indicated by square brackets." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "Mexico" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 +msgid "Amazon.com.mx" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you are *not* hosted on Odoo, you should adapt the answers related to " -"hosting according to your own infrastructure and data protection policy." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +msgid "US" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If you *are* hosted on Odoo, take note that Amazon is the final decision " -"maker concerning your application. While Odoo can help you provide " -"additional details to your application, it is not guaranteed that Amazon " -"will find them adequate." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +msgid "Amazon.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:64 -msgid "" -"**Describe all functionalities in your application where Personally " -"Identifiable Information (e.g. customer name, street address, billing " -"address) is required.**" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +msgid "**Europe region**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:68 -msgid "► If you did not apply for the *Merchant Fulfilled Shipping* function:" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "Duitsland" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +msgid "Amazon.de" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:68 -msgid "Generation of customer invoices." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "Spanje" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +msgid "Amazon.es" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:71 -msgid "► If you applied for the *Merchant Fulfilled Shipping* function:" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +msgid "France" +msgstr "Frankrijk" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +msgid "Amazon.fr" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:71 -msgid "Generation of delivery orders and customer invoices." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "UK" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:73 -msgid "" -"**List all outside parties with whom your organization shares Amazon " -"Information (e.g. information exposed by Amazon through Amazon MWS, Seller " -"Central, or Amazon's public-facing websites) and describe how your " -"organization shares this information.**" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "Amazon.co.uk" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:77 -msgid "" -"We share Amazon Information with Odoo SA, our cloud service provider, for " -"the exclusive purpose of hosting our enterprise management system (including" -" the Amazon MWS integration). See also Odoo SA's Privacy Policy for details " -"at https://www.odoo.com/privacy" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "Italië" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Amazon.it" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:83 -msgid "► If you share Amazon Information with outside parties:" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "Nederland" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Amazon.nl" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:82 -msgid "" -"[Answer with the above text and add a description of your organization's " -"policy regarding the sharing of Amazon Information with outside parties]" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:94 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:101 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**List all non-Amazon MWS sources where you retrieve Amazon Information.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Our enterprise software only relies on MWS to retrieve Amazon Information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:89 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization restricts public access to databases, file " -"servers, and desktop/developer endpoints.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:92 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:126 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:138 -msgid "" -"We rely on Odoo S.A., our cloud service provider for our database security " -"management. Their Security Policy can be found at " -"https://www.odoo.com/security" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:95 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization uniquely identifies employees and restricts" -" access to Amazon Information on a need-to-know basis.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:106 -msgid "" -"► If all your employees are properly assigned separate users and given only " -"relevant access rights:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Access rights are provided to employees based on their role within the " -"company and are progressive, based on their responsibility." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:102 -msgid "" -"For instance, salespersons only have access to their own leads/quotes (and " -"thus no access to quotes generated through the Amazon API). A salesmanager " -"has access to all quotes/leads for reporting purposes (including quotes " -"generated through the Amazon API). A quote will generate a delivery order " -"which will be accessible to a 'normal' user of the Inventory application for" -" him to be able to print the delivery label and pack the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:110 -msgid "" -"► If your employees share users or if they are given more rights than " -"needed:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:109 -msgid "" -"[Answer with a description of your organization's policy for the assignation" -" of users and access rights to your employees]" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization prevents Amazon Information from being " -"accessed from employee personal devices.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Our enterprise software does not prevent employees from accessing the " -"organization's data from personal devices. Role-based restrictions and " -"access rights still apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:118 -msgid "" -"**Provide details on your organization's privacy and data handling policies " -"(a link to your policy is also acceptable).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:121 -msgid "" -"[Answer with a description of your organization's privacy and data handling " -"policies]" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:123 -msgid "" -"**Describe where your organization stores Amazon Information and provide " -"details on how you encrypt this information (e.g., algorithm).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:129 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization backups or archives Amazon Information and " -"provide details on how you encrypt this information (e.g., algorithm).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:132 -msgid "" -"We rely on Odoo S.A., our cloud service provider for our database backups " -"management. Their Service Level Agreement can be found at " -"https://www.odoo.com/cloud-sla" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:135 -msgid "" -"**Describe where your organization monitors and detects malicious activity " -"in your application(s).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:141 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization's incident response plan addresses database" -" hacks, unauthorized access, and data leaks (a link to your policy is also " -"acceptable).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Our cloud service provider, Odoo S.A., will notify the customer in case of a" -" data breach." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:146 -msgid "" -"[Add a description of your organization's incident response plan or a link " -"to your incident response policy.]" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:95 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:75 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 @@ -419,15 +390,7 @@ msgid "" " are not yet registered." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you did not request access to Personally Identifiable Information of your" -" customers in the :ref:`Developer Registration and Assessment form `, the customers are created anonymously (the name, postal " -"address and phone number are omitted) and named **Amazon Customer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is canceled in Odoo. When an order is canceled" @@ -435,7 +398,7 @@ msgid "" "Seller Central and notify the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " "the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " @@ -445,7 +408,7 @@ msgid "" "wish to synchronize and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:28 msgid "" "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " ":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " @@ -454,11 +417,11 @@ msgid "" " PICKINGS**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:42 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 msgid "" "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " "picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " @@ -466,18 +429,18 @@ msgid "" "products partially by using backorders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 msgid "" "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " "it) is on its way." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:52 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " "move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " @@ -488,14 +451,14 @@ msgid "" "under the FBA program." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:53 msgid "" "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:64 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:58 msgid "" "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " "accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" @@ -507,24 +470,24 @@ msgid "" " your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:66 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:74 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:68 msgid "" "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " "in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " "of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "" "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " "orders based on the sales team." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:76 msgid "" "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " "invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " @@ -535,11 +498,11 @@ msgid "" "account by the amount received." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:83 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:91 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " "this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " @@ -547,13 +510,13 @@ msgid "" " of your company's accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:95 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 msgid "" "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 msgid "" "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " "similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " @@ -563,31 +526,117 @@ msgid "" "two registrations of your account." msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:100 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:73 +msgid ":doc:`features`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Generate an Authorization Token in Seller Central" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector uses an Authorization Token that allows Odoo to fetch " +"data from your Amazon Seller Central account. This token can be obtained " +"directly through Seller Central in a few clicks and needs to be set up in " +"your Odoo database configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Seller Central account for the marketplace you initially " +"signed up (e.g. if you created your account on Amazon Germany, go to `Amazon" +" Seller Central for Germany `_) with an " +"administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You might need to use the *main* (or first) administrator account and not " +"one added subsequently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In the main menu, select :menuselection:`Apps & Services --> Manage Your " +"Apps`; in the page that displays, click on the ``Authorize new developper`` " +"button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "Fill in the form depending on your Marketplace:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If your seller account is registered in the **North America** region, use " +"these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Developer's Name: ``Odoo S.A.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 +msgid "Developer ID: ``586127723692``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "For the **Europe** region, use these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Developer ID: ``579095187166``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Amazon will then inform you that by submitting the form, you are giving " +"access to your Seller Central Information to Odoo S.A." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Odoo S.A. is unable to access your Amazon account's information without the " +"Authorization Token which is stored in your Odoo database - we do not store " +"these tokens on our platform directly and are therefore unable to access " +"your account's information outside of the Amazon Connector normal flows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " "Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:11 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 msgid "" "The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " -"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The **Access " -"Key** and the **Secret Key** can be found in Developer Central (where the " -":ref:`Developer Registration and Assessment form ` " -"was located)." +"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The " +"**Authorization Token** is the one you generated in the :ref:`previous step " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Upon saving, your credentials are checked. In case of issues, an error will " +"be displayed - the information cannot be saved until your credentials are " +"recognized by Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 msgid "" "Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " "are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" @@ -595,11 +644,11 @@ msgid "" " their synchronization." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:21 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 msgid "Match database products in Amazon" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:23 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 msgid "" "When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " "created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " @@ -607,7 +656,7 @@ msgid "" " charges (if any)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 msgid "" "The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " "matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " @@ -615,7 +664,7 @@ msgid "" "for gift wrapping charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 msgid "" "For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are " "listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " @@ -624,7 +673,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`the internal reference is used instead `." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:39 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 msgid "" "It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific " "product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" @@ -633,7 +682,7 @@ msgid "" " under different conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 msgid "" "If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " "given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " @@ -641,7 +690,7 @@ msgid "" "the shipping code." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:49 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " "<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " @@ -649,11 +698,11 @@ msgid "" "Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:55 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 msgid "Configure taxes of products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 msgid "" "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " "the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " @@ -662,7 +711,7 @@ msgid "" " subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 msgid "" "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " "Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " @@ -670,6 +719,188 @@ msgid "" "reconciling the payments in Odoo." msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil, are not officially " +"supported by Odoo but might be compatible with your seller account. These " +"marketplaces can be added manually should you wish to use them. See " +":ref:`here ` for the exhaustive list of " +"natively supported marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To find out if a marketplace is eventually compatible, check the `Amazon " +"Documentation " +"`_." +" The marketplace must belong to the same region as that of your seller " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To add a new marketplace, you must first enable :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:139 +msgid "" +"From there, you can create a new marketplace record. You will need the " +"Marketplace ID and Endpoint for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon" +" Documentation " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.`` to easily retrieve it (for" +" instance: ``Amazon.se``). The **Code**, **Domain** and **API Identifier** " +"fields should respectively hold the *Country Code*, *Amazon MWS Endpoint* " +"and *MarketplaceId* values from the Amazon Documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Once the marketplace is saved, you should then update the Amazon Account " +"configuration by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`, open the " +"account on which you wish to use the new marketplace, go to the " +"**Marketplaces** tab and click on **Update available marketplaces** (an " +"animation should confirm the success of the operation). Newly added " +"marketplaces are automatically added to the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces. If the new marketplace is not added to the list, it means that" +" it is either incompatible or unavailable for your seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:156 +msgid "" +"As manually added marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo, there " +"is no guarantee that adding one as described above will work, nor can this " +"be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:3 +msgid "Install the Amazon Connector Authentication Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Starting July 2020, the Amazon Connector requires the use of a new " +"authentication method that makes it easier for you to set up the Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Prior to the update, Odoo customers who wished to use the Amazon Connector " +"had to apply to get developer credentials through Amazon, which was a " +"painful and long process that could take weeks. This method of " +"authentication is still technically possible, but Amazon will refuse to " +"provide developer credentials for Odoo customers from July 2020 onwards and " +"will deactivate such credentials for existing customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This documentation will help you install the update and use the new " +"authentication flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that if your Odoo database was first created after the update was " +"released, the update module is installed automatically. You can check if " +"this module is already installed by going to the **Apps** menu, removing " +"the ``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``. If the module " +"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** is present and marked as installed, your " +"Odoo database is already up-to-date and you can proceed with the :doc:`setup" +" ` step of the Amazon Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:25 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The new authentication mechanism is made available through a new Odoo " +"module; to be able to install it, you must make sure that your Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, your code is already up-to-" +"date and you can proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then you must" +" update your installation as detailed in `this documentation page " +"`_ or by " +"contacting your integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:39 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:41 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by your Odoo instance to be available in " +"the **Apps** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to :menuselection:`Apps " +"--> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:48 +msgid "Install the Amazon/Authentication Patch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You should never install new modules in your production database without " +"testing them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, " +"a duplicate database can be created from the database management page as " +"explained in :doc:`this documentation page <../../db_management/db_online>`." +" For Odoo.sh users, you should use a staging or duplicate database. For on-" +"premise users, you should use a staging environment - you should contact " +"your integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a new " +"module in your particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The module should now be available in your **Apps** menu. Remove the " +"``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``; the module " +"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** should be available for installation. If you" +" cannot find the module after having updated the list of available modules, " +"it means your Odoo source code is not up-to-date; refer to step one of this " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, you will need to generate an Authorization " +"Token in Amazon Seller Central and set it up on your Amazon Account in Odoo;" +" this process is detailed in the :doc:`setup ` page." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "e-Bay connector" @@ -903,50 +1134,130 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" -"A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the " -"rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to " -"protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious." +"A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " +"is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " +"to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to " +"acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are " +"obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 -msgid "First time you request a down payment" +msgid "" +"Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " +"way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment" -" option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total " -"amount." +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 +msgid "First time you request a down payment" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 msgid "" -"The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account " -"and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments." +"When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " +"invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" +" them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 " +"options:" msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 +msgid "Regular invoice" +msgstr "Standaard factuur" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 +msgid "Down payment (percentage)" +msgstr "Aanbetaling (percentage)" + #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment." -msgstr "" +msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" +msgstr "Aanbetaling (vast bedrag)" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" -"On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be " -"automatically deducted." +"In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" +" the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " +"percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income " +"account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 -msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 -msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*." +msgid "" +"When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " +"payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " +"product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, " +"you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you" +" choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able" +" to create an invoice**." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 msgid "" -"You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the" -" income account & customer taxes." +"For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" +" using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " +"our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , " +"before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view " +"the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the " +"down payment (as you can see below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +msgid "" +"There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " +"But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " +"So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the " +"possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** " +"button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** " +"button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order" +" and draft invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " +"order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" +" to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, " +"paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " +"quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " +"payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to " +"deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been " +"delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice " +"created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the " +"**Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the " +"delivered quantity manually on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 +msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 +msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +msgid "" +"You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " +"to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " +"need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the " +"**Accounting Tab** on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 @@ -1042,73 +1353,109 @@ msgstr "Factureer gebaseerd op geleverde of bestelde hoeveelheden" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" -"Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for " -"invoicing:" +"Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 msgid "" -"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales " -"order is confirmed." +"The **Invoice what is ordered** rule is used as **default mode** in Odoo " +"Sales, which means that customers will be invoiced once the sales order is " +"confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 msgid "" -"Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a " -"partial delivery." +"The **Invoice what is delivered** rule will invoice customers once the " +"delivery is done. This rule concerns businesses that sell materials, liquids" +" or food in large quantities. In these cases, the quantity might diverge a " +"little bit and it is, therefore, preferable to invoice the quantity actually" +" delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode." -msgstr "Factureer op bestelde hoeveelheid is de standaard methode." - #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 msgid "" -"The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type " -"of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the" -" quantity might diverge a little bit and it is therefore better to invoice " -"the actual delivered quantity." +"Being able to have different invoicing options allow you more flexibility. " +"Indeed, you need to know exactly how to invoice your customers for different" +" situations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 +msgid "Activate these features" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" -"You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every " -"options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), " -"invoice a fixed advance." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " +"**Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 -msgid "Decide the policy on a product page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 msgid "" -"From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing " -"policy and select the one you want." +"If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not" +" be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which " +"automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 -msgid "Send the invoice" -msgstr "Verstuur de factuur" +msgid "Choose an invoicing policy on a product form" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 msgid "" -"Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced " -"quantities." +"From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing " +"policy, which can be manually changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is " -"confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have" -" to validate the delivery." +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 +msgid "Impact on sales flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 msgid "" -"Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will " -"automatically add the quantities to invoice based on how many you delivered " -"if you did a partial delivery." +"On Odoo Sales, the basic sales flow will be to create a quotation, send it " +"to your customer, wait for confirmation, confirm the sales order and create " +"an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Invoice what is ordered**: No impact on this basic sales flow. Indeed, you" +" can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 +msgid "" +"**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will " +"have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to " +"install the **Inventory App** to confirm the delivered quantity before " +"creating an invoice, with the **Sales App**. Indeed, if you try to create an" +" invoice without validating the delivered quantity, you will receive an " +"error message as below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation " +"sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced " +"quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a " +"partial delivery)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Finally, to create an invoice, you will have different possibilities: " +"regular invoice or down payment (percentage or fixed amount)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about down payment here: " +":doc:`down_payment`, to master this incredible feature." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 @@ -1935,6 +2282,7 @@ msgstr "Productsjabloon: Polo's" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie" @@ -2160,6 +2508,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr "" @@ -2273,9 +2622,9 @@ msgid "" "will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before " "creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our " "documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as " -":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal`, " -":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize`, and others in the " -":doc:`../../ecommerce` documentation." +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 @@ -2302,15 +2651,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce`" +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal`" +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize`" +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 @@ -2533,60 +2882,133 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders" +msgid "Add terms & conditions" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 msgid "" -"Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " -"between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " -"information which include products and company policy; allowing the customer" -" to read all those terms everything before committing to anything." +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " +"contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " +"delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all " +"formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other " +"hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing" +" to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms" +" and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you " +"manage." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every " -"quotation, sales order and invoice." -msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 +msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "Standaard algemene voorwaarden" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 -msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 msgid "" -"In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then " -"appear on every quotation, SO and invoice." +"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " +"**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " +"Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is " +"done automatically with the installation of the sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 -msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 +msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 msgid "" -"A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish" -" on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo." +"In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" +" your default terms and conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured " -"conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default" -" attachment for all quotation emails sent." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 +msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 +msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 +msgid "" +"According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " +"on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" +" and conditions within your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " +":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 +msgid "General Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 +msgid "GT&C on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " +"page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " +"is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " +"category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " +"are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " +"quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " +"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and " +"create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the " +"confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online " +"payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to" +" configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & " +"conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 +msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po index 871489883..dc9282456 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -6,15 +6,17 @@ # Translators: # Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019 # Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Eric Geens , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Eric Geens , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -31,74 +33,64 @@ msgid "Overview" msgstr "Overzicht" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 -msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" +msgid "Contact Lists and Blacklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:5 msgid "" "Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" " to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " "newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " "another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " -"distribution a lot easier." +"distribution easier." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 msgid "Contact lists" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:13 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if " -"you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in the" -" unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences." -msgstr "" - #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 msgid "" -"Once inside the list, you can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " -"specific list." +"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Is Public* " +"if you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in " +"the unsubscription page (allowing users to update their subscription " +"preferences)." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 msgid "History with the Log Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:23 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:25 msgid "" -"A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient " -"(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." +"A record of the mailings sent is kept on the recipient's chatter (whether it" +" is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:31 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:28 msgid "" -"This is important as you and your team can easily keep track and see a " -"history of interactions with your contacts or prospects, granting you the " -"ability to better understand them." +"This is important as you and team members can easily keep track and see a " +"history of the interactions with your contacts or prospects. Example: your " +"sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a " +"customer has received or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Example: your sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing " -"promotions a customer has received or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:37 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:35 msgid "Blacklist" msgstr "Blacklist" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:38 msgid "" "If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " -"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries in your " +"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries to your " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:40 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 msgid "" "For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " "Import`." @@ -108,268 +100,261 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Integrations and Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:5 msgid "" "Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " -"purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " +"purposes, but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " "costumers, for example." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 -msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS Campaigns" -msgstr "" +msgid "Campaigns" +msgstr "Campagnes" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:10 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:11 msgid "" "First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " -":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"activate the option Mailing Campaigns`." +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Mailing Campaigns*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:16 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:17 msgid "" -"Now, you will also have the menu *Campaigns* included in your *SMS " -"Marketing* page, allowing you to have an overview of your SMS mailings and " -"your email marketing ones." +"Now, the menu *Campaigns* is also available on the *SMS Marketing* app, " +"allowing you to manage and have an overview of your SMS mailings under " +"campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:22 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:23 msgid "" "This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " "have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " -"your kanban view to better organize the work being done." +"your Kanban view to better organize the work being done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:30 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:31 msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:32 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 msgid "" "Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " "makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" " example." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:36 msgid "" "For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " "*SMS* icon next to the phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:39 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you would like to send a message in a batch here, you could go to " -":menuselection:`List View --> select all the contacts --> Action --> Send " -"SMS`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:47 -msgid "Set up SMS Templates" +"If you would like to send a message to multiple contacts at once, choose the" +" *List View*, select all the contacts needed, and under *Action* select " +"*Send SMS*." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Now, go to " -":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates`." +msgid "Set up SMS templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:59 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:60 msgid "" "Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " "the context." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:62 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra " -"notable integrations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:64 -msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:63 +msgid "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 -msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." +msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 -msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." +msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 -msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." +msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 +msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 msgid "" "*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 msgid "" "*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " "document online." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 msgid "" "*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:72 msgid "" "*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:74 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" " asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." msgstr "" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_template`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:5 msgid "" "Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" " to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " "very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " -"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones - " -"people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" +"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 -msgid "Install the app" -msgstr "" +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Beginnen" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 -msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:16 -msgid "Build an SMS mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:24 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 msgid "" -"First, you will be able to specify a *subject* name that will help you to " -"remember what the mailing is about." +"Specify a *subject* name to help you remembering what the mailing is about." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:26 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:20 msgid "" -"Under *recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" -" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) will " -"receive your SMS." +"Under *Recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" +" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) receive " +"your SMS." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:28 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:22 msgid "" "From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." -" In the example below, the message will be sent to contacts living in " +" In the example below, the message would be sent to the contacts living in " "Belgium." msgstr "" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose the " +"specific mailing lists you created to group specific contacts. You are " +"allowed to select multiple ones." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 msgid "" -"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose mailing " -"lists you ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to" -" your Newsletters, or both! Note that you are allowed to select more than " -"one *Mailing list*." +"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo automatically " +"generates *link trackers* in order to generate data about these links." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:42 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:36 msgid "" -"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " -"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, you will be able to " -"get data about those links." +"Under *Settings* you have the option *Include opt-out link*. If activated, " +"the contact is able to unsubscribe from the mailing list." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:45 -msgid "" -"On *Settings* you have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " -"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list he " -"is not interested in anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:52 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:43 msgid "" "In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" " your sent links, access them and look at statistics." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:50 msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:63 -msgid "Sending my mailing" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:53 +msgid "Send a mailing" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:57 msgid "" "Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " "to be delivered:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:69 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 msgid "" -"Put in queue: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run. " -"Interesting option if you do not mind when the triggering will happen." +"*Put in Queue*: the mailing is triggered with the next automatic run. " +"Interesting option if you do not need the message to be sent at a specific " +"time." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:71 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:61 msgid "" -"Send now: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if there" -" are not that many recipients." +"*Send Now*: sends the message immediately. Use this option if the recipient " +"list is not excessive." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:73 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:62 msgid "" -"Schedule: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings that" -" you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while " -"it is active or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." +"*Schedule*: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " +"that you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer " +"while it is active, or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:76 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:65 msgid "" -"Test: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " +"*Test*: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " "purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " "while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " "you must remember to use a comma between them." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:82 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:70 msgid "Visualize reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:83 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:72 msgid "" -"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, you are capable of applying" -" filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " -"performance of your SMS mailings." +"Under the *Reporting* menu apply filters, measures, and adopt different " +"layouts to do analyses of the performance of your SMS mailings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:90 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:79 msgid "" -"You can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on" -" the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." +"You can also check the price to send an SMS for your country by clicking on " +"the *Information* icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:86 msgid "" -"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " -"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information on that access: " -":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`" +"**Buy Credits:** in order to take advantage of the app and its features, " +"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information: " +":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po index 827c4c5f7..704476738 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -49,8 +49,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 msgid "" -"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel will be shown. The " -"overview of the campaign shows you global metric such as:" +"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The " +"overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/livechat`" +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/overview/get_started`" msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/support.po index d9c29ddfc..25227d038 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/support.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-07 16:16+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Cas Vissers , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -74,192 +74,206 @@ msgid "Release date" msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "🏁" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "|green|" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 msgid "October 2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "N/A" msgstr "N/B" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 msgid "August 2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 msgid "October 2018" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "April 2018" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "October 2017" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2020*" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "|orange|" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 msgid "March 2017" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "January 2017" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "|red|" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 msgid "October 2016" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 msgid "May 2016" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 msgid "October 2015" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 msgid "February 2015" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "September 2014" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:54 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 msgid "|green| Supported version" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 msgid "|red| End-of-support" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 msgid "" "|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " "Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " "upgrade." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:64 msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:75 -msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -msgstr "" - #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:77 -msgid "" -"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:79 msgid "" -"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:81 msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "" "You should consider `upgrading `_ your database." msgstr "" @@ -319,8 +333,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 msgid "" -"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " -"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" +" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" msgstr "" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index 2423192c1..ac3417fab 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -7,18 +7,18 @@ # Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019 # Cas Vissers , 2019 # Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019 # Gunther Clauwaert , 2019 # Pol Van Dingenen , 2019 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Pol Van Dingenen , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -181,6 +181,105 @@ msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." msgstr "" "Autoriseer Odoo om toegang te krijgen tot de Google API als laatste stap." +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuratie" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, click on *Stats* to see complete " +"statistics about the number of clicks and the country of origin of those " +"clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can also access the link tracker by typing *odoo.com/r* on your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics `, those trackers " +"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " +"your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM <../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` " +"application allows you to understand where your leads and opportunities are " +"coming from." +msgstr "" + #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" msgstr "" @@ -1560,8 +1659,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 msgid "Manage Multi Websites" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 28628f565..75e646f7f 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -5,21 +5,21 @@ # # Translators: # Luiz Carlos de Lima , 2020 -# Caio Leonardo Mendes de Sousa , 2020 -# Marcelo Costa , 2020 # Cesar Silveira , 2020 # falexandresilva , 2020 -# Silmar , 2020 -# Marcel Savegnago , 2020 # Luiz Fernando , 2020 # PopSolutions Cooperativa Digital , 2020 # Emanuel Martins , 2020 # Ademílson F. Tonato , 2020 # Luciano Giacomazzi , 2020 # danimaribeiro , 2020 +# Cezar José Sant Anna Junior , 2020 +# Fernando Colus , 2020 +# renato sabo , 2020 +# Marcel Savegnago , 2020 +# Silmar , 2020 # Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Mateus Lopes , 2020 -# Cezar José Sant Anna Junior , 2020 # grazziano , 2020 # #, fuzzy @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: grazziano , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -37,9 +37,9 @@ msgstr "" "Language: pt_BR\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 -msgid "Accounting" -msgstr "Contabilidade" +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 +msgid "Invoicing and Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" @@ -165,6 +165,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:114 msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" @@ -210,41 +211,50 @@ msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 -msgid "**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks" +msgid "" +"**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks. (:doc:`Click here for " +"more information `)" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:28 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:277 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:329 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:112 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuração" @@ -319,7 +329,7 @@ msgid "After this, your bank feeds will be regularly synchronized." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:579 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:579 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "" @@ -434,11 +444,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" +msgid "Synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 @@ -530,212 +541,212 @@ msgid "" "will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 +msgid "Ponto as Bank Synchronization provider" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate " +"their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within " +"one app. It is a third-party solution that is continuously expanding the " +"number of bank institutions that can be synchronized with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Accounting** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank " +"statements imported automatically into your database. This allows for easier" +" **bank reconciliation**. When :doc:`adding a bank account on Odoo " +"<../setup/bank_accounts>`, you can see if your bank requires a connection " +"through Ponto by searching for your bank institution, and clicking on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can find more information about bank synchronization :doc:`on this page " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 +msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:33 +msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:34 +msgid "Create an account if you don’t have one yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:35 +msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Select your bank institution and follow the steps on-screen to link your " +"bank account with your Ponto account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Make sure to add all the bank accounts you want to synchronize with your " +"Odoo database before moving on to the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 +msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Odoo requires you to insert your Ponto's **Client ID** and **Secret ID** to " +"synchronize both platforms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To generate these IDs, go to :menuselection:`Ponto Dashboard --> Integration" +" --> Live`, click on *Add Integration*, fill out the form, and select which " +"accounts you want to synchronize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:61 +msgid "Copy the Client ID and Secret ID generated and paste them in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:62 +msgid "Configure the synchronization options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Action**: define if Odoo must create a new *Journal* for this bank " +"account, link to an existing Journal, or create no link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:66 +msgid "**Journal**: select the appropriate *Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Synchronization Frequency**: define how often Odoo should fetch the bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:74 +msgid "" +"It is good practice to have one Journal per bank account. If you synchronize" +" a single bank account, link it to the existing *Bank* journal. If you have " +"multiple accounts, it is recommended to pick the *Create new journal* option" +" for all additional accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:81 +msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the " +"synchronization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Click on *Update Accounts* to enter your new Client ID and Secret ID, or " +"click on *Edit* to modify the synchronization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:92 +msgid "Deprecated API tokens" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Ponto's previous synchronization system using API tokens is now deprecated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:96 +msgid "" +"This section is only relevant for users who had previously linked Ponto with" +" Odoo using a single API token instead of the current synchronization system" +" with a *Client ID* and a *Secret ID*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:99 +msgid "**Update** your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "*SaaS* and *Odoo.sh* users:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "you can skip this step, as your database is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "*Community* and *Enterprise* users:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"download the latest Odoo source code for your version (you can download it " +"from `this link `_ or from GitHub), install it, " +"and restart your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Do a **hard refresh** of your Odoo page by pressing *CTRL + F5*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"A hard refresh clears the cache and the javascript code for the current " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To **generate your access key**, follow :ref:`the steps above `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To **update your credentials**, follow :ref:`the steps above `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/bank_accounts`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:184 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Diversos" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " -"will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " -"money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " -"manually bring the checks to the bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" -" be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " -"transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " -"reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " -"reconcile them with your bank statement easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 -msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " -"Deposit** to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" -" your country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " -"application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 -msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " -"deposits on your main bank accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " -"the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " -"'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the " -"Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" -" to **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " -"payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " -"make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch " -"Deposits afterwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 -msgid "From checks received to the bank" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 -msgid "Receive customer checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once your checks are received, record them on the bank account on which you " -"plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal if " -"you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit. " -"Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 -msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 -msgid "" -"payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " -"Payment** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 -msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 -msgid "" -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " -"deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " -"deposited yet. That way you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " -"check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 -msgid "" -"You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " -"the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 -msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 -msgid "" -"When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " -"ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " -"is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with " -"the bank statement line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 -msgid "" -"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fill all the checks " -"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in the batch " -"deposit in the example below)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:111 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 -msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " -"be two reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 -msgid "" -"After having installed the batch deposit features you need to reload the " -"page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" -" button of your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 -msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 -msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " -"in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " -"refused." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 -msgid "" -"In this case click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " -"bank statement matching." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" +msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 @@ -888,115 +899,192 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "Reconciliação bancária" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 -msgid "Configure model of entries" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 +msgid "Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "Modelos de Reconciliação" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once the bank statements are correctly imported, it is essential to " +"*reconcile* the records properly and ensure all *Journal Entries* are " +"balanced and in agreement. To ease and speed up the reconciliation process, " +"you can configure **Reconciliation Models**, which are particularly useful " +"with recurrent entries such as bank fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Reconciliation Models are also useful to handle *Cash Discounts*. Please " +"refer to :doc:`this documentation " +"<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 +msgid "Types of Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 +msgid "There are three types of Reconciliation Models:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`Write-off Button `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 +msgid "" +":ref:`Suggestion of counterpart values `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 +msgid ":ref:`Match existing invoices/bills `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 +msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the " +"buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the " +"values automatically, before validating the reconciliation. Each button is a" +" different Reconciliation Model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 +msgid "Suggest counterpart values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values " +"that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules " +"defined in the reconciliation model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 +msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer " +"Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is " +"to validate the entry. This automation is based on a set of rules defined in" +" the reconciliation model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. " +"Alternatively, you can also open this menu from the Accounting Overview, by " +"going to your Bank Journal card, clicking on the three little dots, and then" +" on *Reconciliation Models*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for " +"the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to " +"leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new one," +" then fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Tipo" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 +msgid "" +"See :ref:`above ` for an explanation about the " +"different types of Reconciliation Models." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the *Documents* application is installed on your database, an additional " +"**Activity type** field appears when *To check* is ticked. Selecting the " +"value *Reconciliation request* implies that, whenever you use this model, a " +"*Request Document* window pops up to request a document from a user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 +msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" +msgstr "Condições na linha do extrato bancário" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Define here all the conditions that are required for a Reconciliation Model " +"to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 +msgid "" +"If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the" +" *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of " +"the models in the *list view*. They can be rearranged by dragging-and-" +"dropping the handle next to the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 +msgid "Counterpart Values" +msgstr "Valores de Contrapartida" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This section comprises the values that are applied by the Reconciliation " +"Model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 +msgid "" +"If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, " +"click on *Add a second line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Bank reconciliation process - use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 ../../accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Visão Geral" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " -"order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " -"my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " -"current balance. This fee is thus variable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 -msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " -"to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " -":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 -msgid "" -"We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " -"depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 -msgid "" -"We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " -"book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " -"\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " -"Odoo to take the entire fee into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 -msgid "Save your changes when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " -"under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:47 -msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " -"impacted by the payment of the bank fee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:52 -msgid "" -"When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " -"**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" -" relevant data instantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:59 -msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" "Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " @@ -1128,77 +1216,170 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup" msgstr "Instalação" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Accounts" +msgstr "Contas Bancárias" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " -"guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " -"account." +"You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " +"Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " +"up to date and ready for the reconciliation with your *Journal Entries*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 -msgid "Edit a bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 msgid "" -"To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" -" it first before filling your own bank information." +"In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " +"*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." +"Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" +" are automatically created and configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 msgid "" -"Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " -"method like SEPA" +"Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " +"Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" +" are displayed when appropriate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 -msgid "Create a bank account" -msgstr "Criar uma conta bancária" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 +msgid "Add a new Bank Account" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" -" on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" -" number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. " -"Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." +"You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" +" your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " +"<../feeds/bank_statements>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 +msgid "Bank Synchronization" +msgstr "Sincronização Bancária" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 msgid "" -"If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " -"the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " -"accounts from another company." +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 msgid "" -"The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " -"of the previous one within the same journal automatically." +"To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " +"list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:57 -msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 msgid "" -"From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " -"the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " -"menu" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this bank synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +msgid "Manual configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" +" out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 +msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 +msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " +"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" +" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " +"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " +"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " +"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Advanced configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " +"modify." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" +" and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " +"can edit the bank account's number, Account Holder, Account Holder Name, and" +" your Bank Institution's details by clicking on the *External Link* next to " +"the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "" +"You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " +"Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " +"in the **Bank Statements** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Learn: Accounting Basics `_" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" +msgid "Manage a bank in a foreign currency" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 @@ -1367,7 +1548,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a cash register?" +msgid "Manage a cash register" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 @@ -1390,6 +1571,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:249 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" @@ -1446,6 +1629,5311 @@ msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 +msgid "Localizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 +msgid "Argentina" +msgstr "Argentina" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introdução" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " +"this version the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " +"localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" +" to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " +"Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " +"Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " +"on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " +"that is used to analyze the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " +"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " +"AFIP regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:29 +msgid "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " +"the first two modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:35 +msgid "Configure your company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " +"company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " +"the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " +"structure of the company:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:46 +msgid "Chart of Account" +msgstr "Plano de Conta" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " +"accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " +"considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" +" companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:52 +msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:53 +msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:54 +msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 +msgid "Configure Master data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:66 +msgid "Environment" +msgstr "Ambiente" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " +"and Production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " +"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " +"to select the environment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +msgid "AFIP Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " +"provided by the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " +"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " +"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " +"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " +"`Get AFIP Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " +"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " +"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "Parceiro" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:150 +msgid "Identification Type and VAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:114 +msgid "" +"As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " +"AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " +"for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" +" Odoo but only the common ones are active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:126 +msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " +"should be defined in the partner form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "Impostos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:137 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " +"with their related financial account and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:144 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:195 +msgid "Taxes Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:146 +msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:148 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:149 +msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:150 +msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:151 +msgid "Otros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:154 +msgid "Special Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" +" taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " +"creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " +"Inactive taxes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:164 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:211 +msgid "Document Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:166 +msgid "" +"In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " +"types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " +"AFIP)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:170 +msgid "" +"The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " +"the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " +"of invoices as well of account moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" +" on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " +"when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The information required for the document types is included by default so " +"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:232 +msgid "" +"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " +"activated if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:187 +msgid "Letters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:189 +msgid "" +"For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" +" the transaction/operation, example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:193 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:194 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" +" must be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " +"associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:236 +msgid "Use on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:205 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:238 +msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:207 +msgid "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:133 +msgid "Journals" +msgstr "Diários" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " +"depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:218 +msgid "" +"For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " +"Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" +" can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " +"invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:222 +msgid "" +"If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" +" because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " +"account moves related to internal control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:226 +msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:231 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " +"defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " +"for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:236 +msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +msgid "Web Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:240 +msgid "" +"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " +"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +msgid "" +"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " +"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" +" Bond `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +msgid "" +"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " +"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " +"the document type related is type “E”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:252 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " +"the operations related to this AFIP POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:255 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" +" for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " +"example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that " +"you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " +"invoice report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:260 +msgid "" +"**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " +"(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " +"sequence. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:263 +msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:264 +msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:265 +msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:295 +msgid "Sequences" +msgstr "Sequências" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" +" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " +"under :doc:`developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can " +"be used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:277 +msgid "" +"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " +"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " +"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " +"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:283 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +msgid "Usage and testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:286 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:166 +msgid "Invoice" +msgstr "Fatura" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:288 +msgid "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " +"invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:292 +msgid "Document type assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " +"based on the AFIP document type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:297 +msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:302 +msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:307 +msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:312 +msgid "" +"As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " +"prefix and sequence is given by the document type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:315 +msgid "" +"The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " +"different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " +"manually by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:321 +msgid "" +"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" +" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" +" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " +"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " +"draft until the related data is corrected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:329 +msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " +"10 days after the CAE is generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:332 +msgid "Result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:334 +msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:335 +msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:341 +msgid "Invoice Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " +"behavior on the pdf report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:346 +msgid "" +"**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " +"identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " +"following AFIP Responsibility type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:349 +msgid "Responsable Inscripto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:354 +msgid "" +"**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " +"part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " +"the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:358 +msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:359 +msgid "Consumidor Final." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:360 +msgid "Responsable Monotributo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:361 +msgid "IVA liberado." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +msgid "Special Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:371 +msgid "Invoices for Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:372 +msgid "" +"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " +"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" +" tab “Other Info”:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +msgid "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" +" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " +"the invoice month:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:386 +msgid "Exportation Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:387 +msgid "" +"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " +"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" +" type be associated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +msgid "" +"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " +"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " +"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:396 +msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:397 +msgid "Exportation document type ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:398 +msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:399 +msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +msgid "Exempt Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +msgid "" +"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " +"Info --> Accounting`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +msgid "Fiscal Bond" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " +"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:442 +msgid "" +"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:419 +msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:136 +msgid "Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +msgid "Zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:422 +msgid "Detail each item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:424 +msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +msgid "Complete description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +msgid "Unit Net Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 +msgid "Quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +msgid "Unit of measurement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +msgid "Bonus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:430 +msgid "VAT rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " +"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " +"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " +"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " +"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" +" to their clients and / or vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:444 +msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:445 +msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:446 +msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:447 +msgid "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +msgid "" +"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " +"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " +"originator document passed to the note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " +"A or B)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +msgid "" +"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:468 +msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +msgid "" +"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " +"Cancellation?” as True." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:471 +msgid "" +"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " +"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " +"(false)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +msgid "Invoice printed report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:479 +msgid "" +"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " +"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " +"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:488 +msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:489 +msgid "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " +"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:499 +msgid "" +"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " +"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " +"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:639 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Faturas de Fornecedor" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:509 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " +"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" +" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " +"if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:516 +msgid "" +"The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " +"validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " +"will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " +"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " +"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:528 +msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:529 +msgid "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:533 +msgid "" +"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:534 +msgid "" +"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " +"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +msgid "" +"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " +"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +msgid "How to use it in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:544 +msgid "" +"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " +"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +msgid "" +"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " +"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:558 +msgid "Special Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:560 +msgid "Untaxed Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:561 +msgid "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " +"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:564 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" +" the Exempt concept:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +msgid "Perception Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:572 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " +"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " +"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:580 +msgid "" +"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " +"it and set the correct amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:586 +msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:590 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "Relatórios" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:592 +msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:598 +msgid "VAT Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:601 +msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:607 +msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:613 +msgid "Resumen de IVA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:619 +msgid "IIBB - Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:622 +msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:628 +msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:3 +msgid "Chile" +msgstr "Chile" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Chilean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13. In this" +" version, the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl:** Adds accounting features for the Chilean localization, which " +"represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " +"Chile and under the SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos) regulations and " +"guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl_edi:** Includes all technical and functional requirements to " +"generate and receive Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the SII " +"regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl_reports:** Adds the reports Propuesta F29 y Balance Tributario (8" +" columnas)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:24 +msgid "Install the Chilean localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:26 +msgid "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Chile. Then click *Install* in the " +"module **Chile E-invoicing**. This module has a dependency with **Chile - " +"Accounting**. In case this last one is not installed, Odoo installs it " +"automatically with E-invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you install a database from scratch selecting Chile as country, Odoo " +"will automatically install the base module: Chile - Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:40 +msgid "Company Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your company " +"data. Additional to the basic information, you need to add all the data and " +"elements required for Electronic Invoice, the easiest way to configure it is" +" in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chilean Localization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:48 +msgid "Fiscal Information" +msgstr "Informação Fiscal" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Fill in the fiscal information for your company according to the SII " +"register, follow the instructions on each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:173 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:60 +msgid "" +"This is part of the main information required to generate electronic " +"Invoice, select your environment and the legal information, as well as the " +"email address to receive invoices from your vendors and the alias you use to" +" send invoices to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:69 +msgid "Configure DTE Incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:71 +msgid "" +"In order to receive you the claim and acceptance emails from your customers," +" it is crucial to define the DTE incoming email server, considering this " +"configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For your Go-live make sure you archive/remove from your inbox all the emails" +" related to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:83 +msgid "Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:85 +msgid "" +"In order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate" +" with the extension ``.pfx`` is required, proceed to this section and load " +"your file and password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:96 +msgid "" +"A certificate can be shared between several users. If this is the case leave" +" the user field empty, so all your billing users can use the same one. On " +"the other hand, if you need to restrict the certificate for a particular " +"user, just define the users in the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 +msgid "Financial Reports" +msgstr "Relatórios Financeiros" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The report Propuesta F29 requires two values that need to be defined as part" +" of the company configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +msgid "Multicurrency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the SBIF, you can find " +"the SBIF synchronization service in the currency rate configuration and you " +"can set a predefined interval for the rate updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:122 +msgid "" +"In order to configure your token, you need to enable developer mode and " +"access to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System parameters` and " +"search the parameter ``sbif_api_key`` and in the field Value introduce your " +"token provided by the SBIF:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:131 +msgid "Chart of accounts" +msgstr "Plano de contas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " +"included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " +"in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:137 +msgid "Default Account Payable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:138 +msgid "Default Account Receivable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:139 +msgid "Transfer Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:140 +msgid "Conversion Rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:144 +msgid "Master Data" +msgstr "Dados Principais" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:152 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, the identification types defined by the" +" SII are now available on the Partner form. This information is essential " +"for most transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:161 +msgid "TaxpayerType" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:163 +msgid "" +"In Chile, the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the Taxpayer Type. This field should be " +"defined in the partner form, when creating a customer is important you make " +"sure this value is set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:175 +msgid "" +"As part of the information that is sent in the electronic Invoice, you need " +"to define the email that is going to appear as the sender of the electronic " +"invoice to your customer, and the Industry description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:187 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with" +" their related financial account and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:197 +msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:199 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:200 +msgid "" +"ILA (Impuesto a la Ley de Alcholes). Taxes for alcoholic drinks. It has a " +"different rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:204 +msgid "Fiscal Positions" +msgstr "Posições fiscais" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase transactions, the VAT can have different affections. " +"This will be done in Odoo using the default purchase fiscal positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:213 +msgid "" +"In some Latin American countries, including Chile, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document types" +" defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Chile case: SII)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The document type is essential information that needs to be displayed in the" +" printed reports and that needs to be easily identified within the set of " +"invoices as well of account moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the " +"country on which the document is applicable and the data is created " +"automatically when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:240 +msgid "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal uses " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:241 +msgid "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:252 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "Vendas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:254 +msgid "" +"Sales Journals in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location, " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:256 +msgid "Ventas Santiago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:257 +msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:259 +msgid "For the retail stores is common to have one journal per POS:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:261 +msgid "Cashier 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:262 +msgid "Cashier 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:266 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "Compras" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:268 +msgid "" +"The transactions purchase can be managed with a single journal, but " +"sometimes companies use more than one in order to handle some accounting " +"transactions that are not related to vendor bills but can be easily " +"registered using this model, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:272 +msgid "Tax Payments to government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:273 +msgid "Employees payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:279 +msgid "When creating sales journals the next information must be filled in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:281 +msgid "" +"**Point of sale type**: If the Sales journal will be used for electronic " +"documents, the option Online must be selected. Otherwise, if the journal is " +"used for invoices imported from a previous system or if you are using the " +"SII portal “Facturación MiPyme“ you can use the option Manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:285 +msgid "" +"**Use Documents**: This field is used to define if the journal will use " +"Document Types. It is only applicable to Purchase and Sales journals that " +"can be related to the different sets of document types available in Chile. " +"By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:297 +msgid "" +"When a Journal is created we have two options with document types sequences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Create new sequences: In this case, Odoo will create new sequences for the " +"most common document types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Use existent sequence: If the sequence should be shared between several " +"journals, the user can add manually sequences previously created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:309 +msgid "" +"For the Chilean localization it’s important to define the default Debt and " +"Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:313 +msgid "CAF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:315 +msgid "" +"For each sequence related to the documents type, a CAF (Folio Authorization " +"Code) is required, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor with the" +" folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:319 +msgid "" +"Your company can make several requests for folios and obtain several CAFs, " +"each one associated with different ranges of folios. In this way, you could " +"order folios per the different segmentations you have in your journals " +"(example per office) thus avoiding distributing a range of folios. In this " +"way, each branch would have its private key of the respective CAF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:324 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the SII documentation to check the detail on how to acquire " +"the CAF: `SII Timbraje `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 +msgid "" +"Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with journal sequence" +" in Odoo, after you create the sequence for the first time the will be in " +"red, which indicates that no CAF has been configured for that particular " +"sequence:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:339 +msgid "In order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:341 +msgid "Open the sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:342 +msgid "Go the the Tab “CAF”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:343 +msgid "Upload the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 +msgid "Save the CAF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:345 +msgid "Save the sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:352 +msgid "" +"As a result, the sequence color changes to black and the column Next number " +"and quantity available are updated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:361 +msgid "Usage and Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:364 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:366 +msgid "" +"In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the " +"Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next" +" diagram we explain how the information transmitted to the SII and between " +"the customers and Vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:376 +msgid "Customer invoice Emission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:378 +msgid "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" +" created in the standard way, for Chile one of the differentiators is the " +"document type which is selected automatically based on the Taxpayer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:382 +msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:390 +msgid "Validation and DTE Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:392 +msgid "" +"When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically" +" when it’s created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " +"After the invoice is posted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:395 +msgid "" +"The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in" +" the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:396 +msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:402 +msgid "" +"The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that" +" runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII " +"immediately you can do it manually as well. The DTE status workflow is as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:411 +msgid "" +"In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using" +" the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to " +"the invoice, you can use this number to check the details the SII sent back " +"by email. The DTE status is updated to Ask for Status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you " +"want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result " +"can either be Accepted, Accepted With Objection or Rejected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:425 +msgid "" +"There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or " +"Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you " +"will receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:433 +msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " +"now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:439 +msgid "" +"**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct " +"but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " +"valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 +msgid "" +"**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and " +"needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you" +" registered in the SII, if it is properly configured in Odoo, the details " +"are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:452 +msgid "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:454 +msgid "Change the document to draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:455 +msgid "" +"Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:456 +msgid "Post the invoice again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:464 +msgid "Crossed references" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:466 +msgid "" +"When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the " +"information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab" +" Cross Reference, which is commonly used for credit or debit notes, but in " +"some cases can be used on Customer Invoices as well. In the case of the " +"credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:476 +msgid "Invoice PDF Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:478 +msgid "" +"After the invoice is Accepted and valdiated by the SII and the PDF is " +"printed it includes the fiscal elements that indicates out document is " +"fiscally valid:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:487 +msgid "Commercial Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:489 +msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:491 +msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:492 +msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they" +" will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:495 +msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:503 +msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:505 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in " +"Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to " +"proceed is with a Credit Note to either cancel the Invoice or correct it. " +"Please refer to the Credit Notes section for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 +msgid "Common Errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:516 +msgid "" +"There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are " +"some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:519 +msgid "Error: RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:521 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State" +" and City." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:523 +msgid "Error en Monto : - IVA debe declararse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:525 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:529 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one " +"on each invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:527 +msgid "Error: Rut No Autorizado a Firmar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:531 +msgid "" +"Error: Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" +"[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:534 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF in the journal sequence related to this " +"document as the one you’re using is expired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:540 +msgid "Credit Notes" +msgstr "Notas de Crédito" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:542 +msgid "" +"When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " +"credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file " +"is required for the Credit Note sequence, which is identified as document 64" +" in the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:551 +msgid "" +"Refer to the journal section where we described the process to load the CAF " +"on each sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:555 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:607 +msgid "Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:558 +msgid "Cancel Referenced document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 +msgid "" +"In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit" +" note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:568 +msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:570 +msgid "" +"If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " +"Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select" +" the option “Solo corregir Texto”. In this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:578 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price " +"0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:585 +msgid "" +"It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " +"it is taken for this use case in specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:589 +msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:591 +msgid "" +"When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note" +" and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:600 +msgid "Debit Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:602 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an " +"existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " +"button “Add Debit Note”. The two main use cases for debit notes are " +"detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:610 +msgid "Add debt on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:612 +msgid "" +"The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an " +"existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code " +"SII:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:620 +msgid "" +"In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross " +"reference section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:627 +msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:629 +msgid "" +"In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in " +"this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option " +"in the wizard: *1: Anula Documentos de referencia.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:641 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email " +"server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:644 +msgid "" +"Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based " +"on this information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:645 +msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:646 +msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:650 +msgid "Reception" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:652 +msgid "" +"As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor" +" Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent " +"to the vendor with the Reception acknowledgement. 3. The DTE status is set " +"as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:662 +msgid "Acceptation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:664 +msgid "" +"If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, you can " +"accept the document using the button: Aceptar Documento, once this is done " +"the DTE Acceptation Status changes to: Accepted and an email of acceptance " +"is sent to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:674 +msgid "Claim" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:676 +msgid "" +"In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " +"your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using " +"the button: Claim, once this is done the DTE Acceptation Status change to: " +"Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:684 +msgid "" +"If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel " +"automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " +"should be canceled as they won’t be valid for your accounting records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:693 +msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:695 +msgid "" +"This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " +"balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " +"level of profit or loss that the business had within the evaluated period of" +" time, so that a real and complete knowledge of the status of a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:699 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:715 +msgid "" +"You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:706 +msgid "Propuesta F29" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:708 +msgid "" +"The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that " +"replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase" +" Register (CR) and the Sales Register (RV). Its purpose is to support the " +"transactions related to VAT, improving its control and declaration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:712 +msgid "" +"This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE’s) that have " +"been received by the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia" +msgstr "Colômbia" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" +" next modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " +"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " +"document types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" +" for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " +"based on the DIAN legal requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:20 +msgid "Workflow" +msgstr "Fluxo de trabalho" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " +"first two modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:40 +msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " +"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " +"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " +"for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" +" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " +"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " +"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" +" the testing environment can be disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:62 +msgid "Configure your report data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +msgid "" +"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " +"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:76 +msgid "Configure data required in the XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:82 +msgid "Identification" +msgstr "Identificação" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:84 +msgid "" +"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " +"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " +"their identification number and document type set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 +msgid "" +"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " +"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " +"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " +"information required by the DIAN ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:104 +msgid "" +"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " +"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " +"regimen of the partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " +"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " +"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " +"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " +"display taxes in the invoice PDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " +"documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " +"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " +"Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " +"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "Users" +msgstr "Usuários" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " +"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:168 +msgid "" +"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" +" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +msgid "Invoice creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +msgid "" +"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " +"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " +"invoice are the next fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 +msgid "There are three types of documents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:184 +msgid "" +"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " +"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:188 +msgid "" +"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " +"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " +"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " +"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "Invoice validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:198 +msgid "" +"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" +" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:204 +msgid "" +"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " +"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " +"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:214 +msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" +" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " +"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " +"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " +"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" +" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:224 +msgid "After this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:226 +msgid "" +"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " +"the invoice chatter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 +msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:237 +msgid "Common errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:239 +msgid "" +"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " +"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " +"after updating the electronic invoice status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:258 +msgid "Additional use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:260 +msgid "" +"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " +"the functional workflow remains the same as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia (ES)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 +msgid "Introducción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +msgid "" +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " +"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " +"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " +"puntos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 +msgid "Plan Contable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +msgid "Impuestos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 +msgid "Retenciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 +msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " +"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " +"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 +msgid "Flujo General" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 +msgid "Configuración" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " +"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " +"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " +"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " +"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 +msgid "" +"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " +"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" +" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" +" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " +"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " +"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" +" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 +msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " +"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " +"Bancaria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " +"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 +msgid "Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " +"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " +"de documento correspondiente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " +"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " +"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " +"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " +"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " +"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " +"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " +"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " +"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " +"opciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " +"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " +"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " +"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " +"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " +"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " +"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 +msgid "Diarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " +"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" +" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 +msgid "" +"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " +"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" +" Secuencia`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 +msgid "Usuarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 +msgid "" +"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " +"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 +msgid "Uso y Pruebas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +msgid "Facturas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " +"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " +"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 +msgid "Invoice Creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +msgid "" +"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " +"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " +"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " +"manualmente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " +"son los siguientes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 +msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 +msgid "" +"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," +" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " +"importación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" +" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " +"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " +"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 +msgid "Invoice Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " +"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " +"desplegado en el historial." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " +"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" +" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " +"inicial **En Proceso**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 +msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 +msgid "" +"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " +"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " +"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " +"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " +"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " +"CUFE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " +"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " +"automáticamente:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 +msgid "" +"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " +"historial de la Factura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 +msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +msgid "" +"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " +"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 +msgid "Errores Frecuentes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 +msgid "" +"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " +"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " +"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " +"desplegados en el historial." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " +"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " +"botón:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 +msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 +msgid "" +"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " +"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " +"igual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 +msgid "Consideraciones del Anexo 1.7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 +msgid "Contexto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 +msgid "Contexto Normativo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 +msgid "Soporte Normativo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Resolución DIAN Número 000042 ( 5 de Mayo de 2020) Por la cual se " +"desarrollan:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 +msgid "Los sistemas de facturación," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 +msgid "Los proveedores tecnológicos," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 +msgid "El registro de la factura electrónica de venta como título valor," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 +msgid "Se expide el anexo técnico de factura electrónica de venta y" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 +msgid "Se dictan otras disposiciones en materia de sistemas de facturación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 +msgid "Anexo 1.7: Principales Cambios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 +msgid "Cambios en la definición de Consumidor Final." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 +msgid "Informar bienes cubiertos para los 3 dias sin IVA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Impuestos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 +msgid "Se agrega concepto para IVA Excluido." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 +msgid "Informar la fecha efectiva de entrega de los bienes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 +msgid "Adecuaciones en la representación Gráfica (PDF)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 +msgid "Calendario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Se tiene varias fechas límites para la salida a producción bajo las " +"condiciones del Anexo 1.7 las cuales dependen de los siguientes factores:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Calendario de implementación de acuerdo con la actividad económica principal" +" en el RUT:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 +msgid "Calendario de implementación, para otros sujetos obligados:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 +msgid "Calendario de implementación permanente:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 +msgid "Requerimientos en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Con la finalidad de facilitar el proceso de preparación de las bases de Odoo" +" estándar V12 y v13, únicamente será necesario que los administradores " +"actualicen algunos módulos y creen los datos maestros relacionados a los " +"nuevos procesos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 +msgid "Actualización de listado de Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Utilizando el modo desarrollador, acceder al módulo de Aplicaciones y " +"seleccionar el menú *Actualizar Lista*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 +msgid "Actualización de Módulos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 +msgid "" +"Una vez actualizado Buscar *Colombia*, los siguientes módulos serán " +"desplegados, se requieren actualizar dos módulos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 +msgid "Colombia - Contabilidad - l10n_co" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal UBL 2.1 - " +"l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 +msgid "" +"En cada módulo o ícono hay que desplegar el menú opciones utilizando los 3 " +"puntos de la esquina superior derecha y seleccionamos *Actualizar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 +msgid "Primero lo hacemos con en el módulo l10n_co:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 +msgid "Posteriormente lo hacemos con el módulo l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 +msgid "Creación de Datos Maestros" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Las bases de datos existentes a Junio 2020 tanto en V12 como V13, deberán " +"crear algunos datos maestros necesarios para operar correctamente con los " +"cambios del Anexo 1.7." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 +msgid "Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 +msgid "" +"La figura del consumidor final será utilizada para aquellas ventas sobre las" +" cuales no es posible identificar toda la información fiscal y demográfica " +"del cliente por lo que la factura se genera a nombre de este registro " +"genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Es importante coordinar y definir los casos de uso en los que dependiendo de" +" su empresa se tendrá permitido utilizar este registro genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 +msgid "" +"Dentro de Odoo se tendrá que crear un contacto con las siguientes " +"características, es importante que se defina de esta manera debido a que son" +" los parámetros definidos por la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 +msgid "**Tipo de contacto:** Individuo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 +msgid "**Nombre:** Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 +msgid "**Tipo de documento:** Cedula de Ciudadania" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 +msgid "**Numero de Identificacion:** 222222222222" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 +msgid "" +"Dentro de la pestaña Ventas y Compras, en la sección Información Fiscal, del" +" campo Obligaciones y Responsabilidades colocaremos el valor: **R-99-PN**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 +msgid "IVA Excluido - Bienes Cubiertos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Para reportar las transacciones realizadas mediante Bienes Cubiertos para " +"los tres días sin IVA, será necesario crear un nuevo Impuesto al cual se le " +"debe de asociar un grupo de impuestos específico que será utilizado por Odoo" +" para agregar la sección requerida en el XML de factura electrónica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 +msgid "" +"Para el crear el impuesto accederemos a Contabilidad dentro del menú " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 +msgid "" +"Procedemos a crear un nuevo Impuesto con importe 0% considerando los " +"siguientes parámetros:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 +msgid "" +"El nombre del Impuesto puede ser definido a preferencia del usuario, sin " +"embargo el campo clave es **Grupo de Impuestos** dentro de Opciones " +"avanzadas, el cual debe ser: *bienes cubiertos* y el campo **Tipo de " +"Valor**: *IVA*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Departamentos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 +msgid "" +"Es necesario actualizar la descripción de algunos departamentos, para lo " +"cual accederemos a módulo de Contactos y dentro del menú de " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Provincias`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Posteriormente, podemos agregar por País para identificar claramente las " +"provincias (Departamentos) de Colombia:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 +msgid "" +"Una vez agrupados buscar los siguientes departamentos para actualizarlos con" +" el valor indicado en la columna **Nombre actualizado**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Nombre de provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Código de Provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Nombre actualizado" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "D.C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "DC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "Bogotá" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "Quindio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "QUI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "Quindío" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "Archipiélago de San Andrés, Providencia y Santa Catalina" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "SAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "San Andrés y Providencia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 +msgid "Ejemplo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 +msgid "Verificación de Código postal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Dentro del Anexo 1.7 se comienza a validar que el código postal de las " +"direcciones para contactos colombianos corresponda a las tablas oficiales " +"definidas por la DIAN, por lo que se debe verificar que este campo está " +"debidamente diligenciado de acuerdo a los definidos en la sigueinte fuente: " +"`Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 +msgid "Consideraciones Operativas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Una vez que resgistro de Consumidor final ha sido creado este deberá ser " +"utilizado a demanda, generalmente será utilizado en las transacciones de " +"facturación del punto de punto de venta." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 +msgid "" +"El proceso de validación de la Factura será realizado de forma convencional " +"en Odoo y la factura será generada de la misma manera. Al detectar que el " +"número de identificación corresponde a consumidor Final, el XML que se envía" +" a Carvajal será generado con las consideraciones y secciones " +"correspondientes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 +msgid "" +"Contablemente todos los registros de Consumidor final quedarán asociados al " +"identificador generico:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 +msgid "" +"El 21 mayo del 2020 fue publicado el El Decreto 682 el cual establece " +"Excepción especial en el Impuesto sobre las ventas. El principal objetivo de" +" este decreto es reactivar la economía en Colombia por las bajas ventas " +"generadas a causa del COVID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 +msgid "Fechas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Días de excención del impuesto sobre las ventas – IVA para bienes cubiertos " +"(3 días SIN IVA)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 +msgid "**Primer día**: 19 de junio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 +msgid "**Segundo día**: 3 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 +msgid "**Tercer día**: 19 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 +msgid "Condiciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Debido a que estas transacciones serán generadas de forma excepcional y que " +"se tiene una combinación de varios factores y condiciones, los productores " +"debera ser actualizados de forma manual en Odoo asignados temporalmente el " +"impuesto de venta *IVA exento - Bienes cubierto* en cada empresa según " +"corresponda." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 +msgid "" +"A continuación se mencionan algunas de las principales condiciones, sin " +"embargo, cabe mencionar que las empresas deben de verificar todos los " +"detalles en el `Decreto 682 " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 +msgid "Tipo de productos y precio Máximo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "Tipo de Productos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "Precio Máximo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +msgid "Electrodomesticos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +msgid "40 UVT: $1,4 millones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 +msgid "Vestuario y complementos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "3 UVT: $106.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "En el caso de los complementos es:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +msgid "10 UVT- $356.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +msgid "Elementos deportivos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +msgid "Juguetes y Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +msgid "5 UVT - $178.035" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +msgid "Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +msgid "Bienes o servicios para el sector agropecuario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +msgid "80 UVT - $2.848.560" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 +msgid "Métodos de Pago:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 +msgid "" +"El pago debe realizarse por medios electrónico por ejemplo tarjetas de " +"crédito/débito o bien mecanismos de pago online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 +msgid "Limite de unidades:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 +msgid "" +"Cada cliente puede adquirir únicamente 3 unidades como máximo de cada " +"producto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 +msgid "Medidas en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 +msgid "**Preparación de datos**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 +msgid "" +"Crear el Impuesto para Bienes cubiertos de acuerdo a lo indicado en este " +"punto: Datos maestros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 +msgid "" +"Identificar los productos y transacciones a los cuales les aplicará la " +"Exclusión de IVA de acuerdo a las condiciones establecidas en el decreto " +"682. En caso de ser un porcentaje significativo de productos, se recomienda " +"actualizar el impuesto de forma temporal en Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Exportar un listado con los productos que serán afectados incluyendo el " +"campo IVA Venta el cual será sustituido temporalmente por el IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 +msgid "" +"Al finalizar las operaciones del día anterior a las fechas establecidas de " +"día sin IVA, se debe hacer la actualización temporal a IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 +msgid "**Durante el día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Por defecto los productos previamente considerados con IVA de Bienes " +"cubiertos serán generados con este parámetro tanto en Órdenes de venta como " +"facturas creadas durante ese mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 +msgid "" +"Las órdenes de venta generadas con este impuesto deberán ser facturas el " +"mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 +msgid "" +"En caso de que alguna de las condiciones no sea cumplida (ejemplo el pago es" +" realizado en efectivo) el impuesto deberá ser actualizado manualmente al " +"momento de facturar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 +msgid "**Posterior al día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 +msgid "" +"Los productos que fueron actualizados deberá ser reconfigurados a su IVA " +"original." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 +msgid "" +"En caso de que se detecte alguna Orden de venta facturar en la cual se " +"incluya IVA de Bienes Cubiertos, se deberá realizar actualización manual " +"correspondiente al IVA convencional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 +msgid "France" +msgstr "França" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 +msgid "FEC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " +"the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" +" --> FEC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " +"module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 +msgid "French Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " +"accounting reports specific to France:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 +msgid "Bilan comptable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 +msgid "Compte de résultats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 +msgid "Plan de Taxes France" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 +msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " +"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " +"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales " +"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, " +"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 +msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " +"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 +msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 +msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 +msgid "" +"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " +"VAT and therefore are not affected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 +msgid "Get certified with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 +msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" +" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " +"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" +" `here `_. If you " +"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " +"`_ or contact" +" your Odoo service provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 +msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 +msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " +"menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 +msgid "" +"if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 +msgid "" +"in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " +"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a " +"country from the list; Do not create a new country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " +"restart your server beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" +" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" +" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules " +"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click " +"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 +msgid "Anti-fraud features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 +msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " +"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 +msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " +"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 +msgid "Inalterability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 +msgid "" +"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " +"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " +"located in France or in any DOM-TOM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " +"companies are impacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Segurança" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" +" validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " +"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " +"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " +"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the " +"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted " +"document recorded in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " +"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " +"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 +msgid "Storage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " +"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" +" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry " +"recorded in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " +"Invoicing and Accounting apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " +"Type = Sales)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 +msgid "" +"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 +msgid "" +"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " +"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " +"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" +" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 +msgid "" +"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " +"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " +"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " +"counted in the very next closing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 +msgid "" +"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "Responsabilidades" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" +" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " +"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " +"the inalterability of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" +" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 +msgid "More Information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 +msgid "" +"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " +"documents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "" +"`Frequently Asked Questions " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 +msgid "" +"`Official Statement " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 +msgid "" +"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "Alemanha" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 +msgid "German Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " +"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " +"not created any accounting entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 +msgid "German Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 +msgid "Balance Sheet" +msgstr "Balanço Patrimonial" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Profit & Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 +msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 +msgid "Partner VAT Intra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 +msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 +msgid "" +"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " +"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " +"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " +"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 +msgid "Indonesia" +msgstr "Indonésia" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 +msgid "E-Faktur Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The **E-Faktur Module** is installed by default with the Indonesian " +"localization module. It allows one to generate a CSV file for one tax " +"invoice or for a batch of tax invoices to upload to the **Tax Office " +"e-Faktur** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 +msgid "NPWP/NIK settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Company**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This information is used in the FAPR line in the effect file format. You " +"need to set a VAT number on the related partner of your Odoo company. If you" +" don't, it won't be possible to create an e-Faktur from an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Clients**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You need to set the checkbox *ID PKP* to generate e-fakturs for a customer. " +"You can use the VAT field on the customer's contact to set the NPWP needed " +"to generate the e-Faktur file. If your customer does not have an NPWP, just " +"enter the NIK in the same VAT field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 +msgid "Generate Tax Invoice Serial Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> e-Faktur`. In order to be" +" able to export customer invoices as e-Faktur for the Indonesian government," +" you need to put here the ranges of numbers you were assigned by the " +"government. When you validate an invoice, a number will be assigned based on" +" these ranges. Afterwards, you can filter the invoices still to export in " +"the invoices list and click on *Action*, then on *Download e-Faktur*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After receiving new serial numbers from the Indonesian Revenue Department, " +"you can create a set of tax invoice serial numbers group through this list " +"view. You only have to specify the Min and Max of each serial numbers' group" +" and Odoo will format the number automatically to a 13-digits number, as " +"requested by the Indonesia Tax Revenue Department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There is a counter to inform you how many unused numbers are left in that " +"group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 +msgid "Generate e-faktur csv for a single invoice or a batch invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Create an invoice from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Invoices`. If the invoice customer's country is Indonesia and the customer " +"is set as *ID PKP*, Odoo will allow you to create an e-Faktur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Set a Kode Transaksi for the e-Faktur. There are constraints related to the " +"Kode transaksi and the type of VAT applied to invoice lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically pick the next available serial number from the " +"e-Faktur number table (see the :ref:`section above " +"`) and generate the e-faktur number " +"as a concatenation of Kode Transaksi and serial number. You can see this " +"from the invoice form view under the page *Extra Info* in the box " +"*Electronic Tax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, you can generate and download the e-Faktur from " +"the *Action* menu item *Download e-faktur*. The checkbox *CSV created* will " +"be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can select multiple invoices in list view and generate a batch e-Faktur " +".csv." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 +msgid "Kode Transaksi FP (Transaction Code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The following codes are available when generating an e-Faktur. - 01 Kepada " +"Pihak yang Bukan Pemungut PPN (Customer Biasa) - 02 Kepada Pemungut " +"Bendaharawan (Dinas Kepemerintahan) - 03 Kepada Pemungut Selain Bendaharawan" +" (BUMN) - 04 DPP Nilai Lain (PPN 1%) - 06 Penyerahan Lainnya (Turis Asing) -" +" 07 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Tidak Dipungut (Kawasan Ekonomi Khusus/ Batam) -" +" 08 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Dibebaskan (Impor Barang Tertentu) - 09 " +"Penyerahan Aktiva (Pasal 16D UU PPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted and downloaded: Replace Invoice " +"feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Cancel the original wrong invoice in Odoo. For instance, we will change the " +"Kode Transakski from 01 to 03 for the INV/2020/0001." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Create a new invoice and set the canceled invoice in the *Replace Invoice* " +"field. In this field, we can only select invoices in *Cancel* state from the" +" same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As you validate, Odoo will automatically use the same e-Faktur serial number" +" as the canceled and replaced invoice replacing the third digit of the " +"original serial number with *1* (as requested to upload a replacement " +"invoice in the e-Faktur app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted but not downloaded yet: Reset " +"e-Faktur" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 +msgid "Reset the invoice to draft and cancel it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 +msgid "Click on the button *Reset e-Faktur* on the invoice form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The serial number will be unassigned, and we will be able to reset the " +"invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +msgid "Italy (IT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" +" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " +"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " +"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " +"l’interscambio di informazioni." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 +msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " +"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" +" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " +"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" +" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 +msgid "" +"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " +"elettronica sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" +" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " +"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " +"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " +"relativa :doc:`guida <../../../discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" +" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " +"elettronica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " +"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " +"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " +"previa comunicazione." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " +"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " +"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " +"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " +"Commercio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " +"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " +"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " +"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " +"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " +"necessarie informazioni legali." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" +" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" +" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " +"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " +"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" +" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " +"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " +"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +msgid "" +"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +msgid "" +"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " +"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" +" dall’applicazione contabilità." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " +"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "México" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +msgid "" +"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" +" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " +"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here " +"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the " +"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " +"\"Mexico\" set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:17 +msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" +" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" +" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," +" payment complement, invoice addendum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:24 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " +"accounting are here (Accounting app required)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " +"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" +" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this " +"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " +"company in Mexico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" +" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " +"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:44 +msgid "Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:46 +msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " +"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:58 +msgid "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" +" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and " +"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" +" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:73 +msgid "Set your legal information in the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:75 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " +"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " +"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " +"position on your company’s contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" +" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " +"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " +"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " +"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal " +"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley" +" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " +"the option)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid "Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:104 +msgid "" +"This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " +"available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " +"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to " +"support in https://www.odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " +"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " +"name does not exist)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " +"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " +"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " +"the default behavior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:127 +msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:680 +msgid "" +"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " +"field set to \"Tasa\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:137 +msgid "" +"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" +" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" +" set 601, it will look like the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:144 +msgid "" +"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " +"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " +"faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:152 +msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " +"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " +"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " +"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " +"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:164 +msgid "" +"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " +"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " +"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process" +" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " +"environment with real transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:174 +msgid "" +"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " +"PAC username or password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " +"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +msgid "`Certificate`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +msgid "`Certificate Key`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:186 +msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:190 +msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:192 +msgid "" +"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " +"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " +"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " +"a new tax you should choose a tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:207 +msgid "Invoicing" +msgstr "Faturamento" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:209 +msgid "" +"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " +"the normal Odoo's behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " +"like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:219 +msgid "" +"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" +" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " +"invoice by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " +"looks like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:234 +msgid "Cancelling invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:236 +msgid "" +"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:238 +msgid "If the invoice is not paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:240 +msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:246 +msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:250 +msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +msgid "" +"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " +"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:257 +msgid "**Legal considerations**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:259 +msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " +"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " +"good control of the cancellation reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +msgid "" +"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" +" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " +"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:269 +msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:271 +msgid "" +"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " +"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " +"important." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " +"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:278 +msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid "" +"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " +"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " +"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " +"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:285 +msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +msgid "" +"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " +"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:290 +msgid "" +"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " +"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " +"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " +"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:298 +msgid "" +"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " +"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +msgid "" +"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" +" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:306 +msgid "" +"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " +"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 +msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " +"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " +"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" +" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " +"caso de anticipos recibidos**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 +msgid "" +"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " +"Payment without a proper invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +msgid "Accounting" +msgstr "Contabilidade" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:320 +msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:323 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:324 +msgid "DIOT report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:326 +msgid "" +"1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " +"report only available on the context of the accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +msgid "" +"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 +msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 +msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:341 +msgid "" +"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " +"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 +msgid "How to add new accounts ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:351 +msgid "" +"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" +" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " +"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account " +"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag" +" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" +" xml." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "" +"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" +" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:371 +msgid "" +"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " +"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " +"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " +"is not created you can create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 +msgid "" +"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " +"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " +"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be " +"exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " +"the previous selection of the period you want to export." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +msgid "" +"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" +" regular Odoo Report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:394 +msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 +msgid "" +"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" +" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:402 +msgid "" +"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " +"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " +"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " +"the same, with our providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:407 +msgid "" +"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" +" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " +"to. submit the DIOT:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:412 +msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:414 +msgid "" +"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " +"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " +"find in the SAT website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:418 +msgid "" +"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " +"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " +"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " +"to said data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:424 +msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:426 +msgid "" +"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " +"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " +"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:430 +msgid "" +"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " +"this after having made up to 500 records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:433 +msgid "" +"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " +"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " +"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such" +" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " +"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:440 +msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:442 +msgid "" +"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " +"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " +"according to the SAT site is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " +"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " +"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of" +" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the " +"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " +"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:453 +msgid "" +"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " +"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " +"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " +"Third Parties." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:458 +msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:461 +msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:463 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " +"with third partied (DIOT)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:467 +msgid "" +"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " +"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:472 +msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +msgid "" +"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " +"the necessary steps to declare it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:483 +msgid "" +"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " +"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " +"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else " +"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" +" suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:490 +msgid "" +"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " +"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " +"properly configured already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" +" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " +"following standard odoo procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:496 +msgid "" +"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " +"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " +"itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:499 +msgid "" +"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " +"paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +msgid "" +"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " +"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " +"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use" +" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it " +"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " +"your partners are correctly set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:513 +msgid "Extra Recommended features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:516 +msgid "Contact Module (Free)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:518 +msgid "" +"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " +"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " +"install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:524 +msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:526 +msgid "" +"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " +"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" +" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with " +"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate " +"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " +"information daily in the system manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:533 +msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:540 +msgid "" +"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " +"3.3)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:542 +msgid "" +"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " +"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " +"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" +" :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:548 +msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:550 +msgid "" +"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " +"Companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:551 +msgid "Open any company you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:575 +msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:557 +msgid "" +"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " +"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " +"generic one with no explanation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +msgid "If you see an error like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:564 +msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:566 +msgid "" +"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " +"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:570 +msgid "" +"This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " +"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " +"but:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:583 +msgid "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " +"allowed minimum length of '1'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:592 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " +"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " +"properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:667 +msgid "**Error messages**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:598 +msgid "" +"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 +msgid "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " +"partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" +" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " +"which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " +"possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " +"considerations about fiscal positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 +msgid "" +"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " +"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " +"set 601, it will look like the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:620 +msgid "" +"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " +"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:654 +msgid "**Error message**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:625 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " +"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " +"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " +"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:631 +msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:638 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:656 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " +"is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:644 +msgid "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " +"missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:647 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " +"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " +"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" +"info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:661 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" +" Mexico, fix it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:669 +msgid "" +"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:672 +msgid "" +"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing.\", '')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:676 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" +" used on the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "Holanda" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 +msgid "XAF Export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 +msgid "" +"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" +" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" +" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " +"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 +msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " +"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 +msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 +msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "Espanha" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 +msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 +msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 +msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 +msgid "PGCE Entitades" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " +"Localization** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " +"default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 +msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" +" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +msgid "Switzerland" +msgstr "Suíça" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " +"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " +"ISR*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " +"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " +"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +msgid "" +"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " +"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " +"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices` and enable **Print bank on ISR**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +msgid "ISR reference on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, you can add your ISR reference as " +"**Payment Reference** on your invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue " +"invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to modify (By default, the Journal is named " +"*Customer Invoices*), click en *Edit*, and open the *Advanced Settings* tab." +" In the **Communication Standard** field, select *Switzerland*, and click on" +" *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 +msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " +"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " +"you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 +msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" +" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" +" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 +msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " +"have to do anything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " +"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " +":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " +"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " +"\"upgrade\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " +"rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +msgid "" +"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " +"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " +"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 +msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " +"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" +" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" +" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " +"included in Odoo by default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Name**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Rate**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Label on Invoice**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Scope**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tag**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "7.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +msgid "7.7% achat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "TVA 7.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +msgid "7.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +msgid "7.7% invest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "3.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +msgid "3.7% achat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "TVA 3.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "3.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +msgid "3.7% invest" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "3.7% invest Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "7.7% Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "3.7% Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " +"odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" +" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " +"your fiscal positions accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Localization Packages** are country-specific modules that install " +"pre-configured taxes, fiscal positions, chart of accounts, and legal " +"statements on your database. Some additional features, such as the " +"configuration of specific certificates, are also added to your Accounting " +"app, following your fiscal administration requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, " +"according to the country selected at the creation of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 +msgid "" +"As long as you haven't posted any entry, you can still add and select " +"another package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration" +" --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install " +"your country's module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 +msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 +msgid "Use" +msgstr "Usar" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 +msgid "" +"These packages require you to fine-tune your chart of accounts according to " +"your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " +"statements and certifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 +msgid "Please refer to the documentation listed below for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscality/taxes/taxes`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 msgid "Fiscality" msgstr "" @@ -1455,7 +6943,7 @@ msgid "Fiscal Year" msgstr "Ano Fiscal" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" +msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 @@ -1642,15 +7130,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Impostos" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" +msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 @@ -1737,13 +7218,6 @@ msgid "" "salespeople." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:15 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introdução" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 msgid "" "The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " @@ -1892,153 +7366,8 @@ msgid "" "to only work with one price reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " -"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:9 -msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:11 -msgid "" -"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" -" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " -"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " -"purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " -"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " -"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " -"Positions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " -"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " -"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " -"foreign countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:29 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" -"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " -"for the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " -"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " -"same customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:44 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " -"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " -"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " -"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " -"your office or warehouse)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " -"tax-mapping to apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:53 -msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:59 -msgid "" -"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " -"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " -"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " -"his shipping address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:68 -msgid "Specific use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " -"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," -" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:80 -msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" +msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 @@ -2167,142 +7496,248 @@ msgid "" "zero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" -" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " -"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " -"with the right taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " -"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:20 -msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:22 -msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:24 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:26 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:28 -msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " -"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " -"posts the tax journal item in the income account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " -"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " -"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " -"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " -"code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:49 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " -"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " -"following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " -"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " -"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " -"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " -"empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "Taxas padrão" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" -"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " -"localizations." +"**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes ` are automatically " +"selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For " +"example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you " +"create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 msgid "" -"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " -"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " -"country/state than you." +":doc:`Fiscal Positions ` take the Default Tax into " +"account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo " +"applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the " +"Fiscal Position." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 msgid "" -"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +"**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" +" at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal " +"Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for your" +" company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 msgid "" -"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " -"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " -"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." +"To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " +"appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-" +"specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:279 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " +"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " +"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " +"and providers' localizations and business types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " +"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 +msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 +msgid "" +":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 +msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +msgid "" +":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " +"of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 +msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " +"or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" +" defined in the products' forms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " +"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " +"**Tax to Apply** empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" +" **Tax on Product**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " +"active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 +msgid "Automatic application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " +"following a set of conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " +"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " +"contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " +"countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" +" logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " +"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" +" Fiscal Positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 +msgid "" +"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " +"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " +"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " +"from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "Aplicação" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 +msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 +msgid "" +"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " +"specific partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " +"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 +msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " +"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" +" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:281 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:280 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" +msgid "Manage withholding taxes" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 @@ -2381,76 +7816,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 -msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " -"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " -"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" -" product form is $100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 -msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 -msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 -msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 -msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 -msgid "If the tax is included in the price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 -msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 -msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 -msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " -"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 -msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 -msgid "" -"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " -"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " -"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " -"Display)." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 @@ -2540,8 +7907,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" -" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" +" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 @@ -2600,3578 +7967,498 @@ msgid "" "from a user point of view." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 -msgid "Localizations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:3 -msgid "Argentina" -msgstr "Argentina" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " -"this version the next modules are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " -"localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" -" to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " -"Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " -"Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " -"on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " -"that is used to analyze the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " -"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " -"AFIP regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:29 -msgid "" -"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " -"the first two modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:35 -msgid "Configure your company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " -"company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " -"the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " -"structure of the company:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:46 -msgid "Chart of Account" -msgstr "Plano de Conta" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:48 -msgid "" -"In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " -"accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " -"considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" -" companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:52 -msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:53 -msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:54 -msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:60 -msgid "Configure Master data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:63 -msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:66 -msgid "Environment" -msgstr "Ambiente" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " -"and Production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " -"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " -"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " -"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " -"to select the environment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:81 -msgid "AFIP Certificates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " -"provided by the AFIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" -" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " -"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " -"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " -"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " -"`Get AFIP Certificate " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " -"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " -"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:104 -msgid "" -"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " -"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 -msgid "Partner" -msgstr "Parceiro" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:112 -msgid "Identification Type and VAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:114 -msgid "" -"As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " -"AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " -"for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " -"default:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:122 -msgid "" -"The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" -" Odoo but only the common ones are active." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:126 -msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:128 -msgid "" -"In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " -"transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " -"should be defined in the partner form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:137 -msgid "" -"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " -"with their related financial account and configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:144 -msgid "Taxes Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:146 -msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:148 -msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:149 -msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:150 -msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:151 -msgid "Otros." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:154 -msgid "Special Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" -" taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " -"creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " -"Inactive taxes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:164 -msgid "Document Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:166 -msgid "" -"In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " -"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " -"types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " -"AFIP)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:170 -msgid "" -"The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " -"the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " -"of invoices as well of account moves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " -"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" -" on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " -"when the localization module is installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:177 -msgid "" -"The information required for the document types is included by default so " -"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:184 -msgid "" -"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " -"activated if needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:187 -msgid "Letters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:189 -msgid "" -"For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" -" the transaction/operation, example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " -"be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:193 -msgid "" -"When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " -"be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:194 -msgid "" -"When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" -" must be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:196 -msgid "" -"The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " -"associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:203 -msgid "Use on Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:205 -msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:207 -msgid "" -"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " -"documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:208 -msgid "" -"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " -"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:212 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:133 -msgid "Journals" -msgstr "Diários" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:214 -msgid "" -"In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " -"depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:218 -msgid "" -"For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " -"Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" -" can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " -"invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:222 -msgid "" -"If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" -" because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " -"account moves related to internal control process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:226 -msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:231 -msgid "" -"**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " -"defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " -"for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:235 -msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:236 -msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:239 -msgid "Web Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:240 -msgid "" -"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " -"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:242 -msgid "" -"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " -"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " -"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" -" Bond `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:246 -msgid "" -"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " -"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " -"the document type related is type “E”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:252 -msgid "" -"**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " -"the operations related to this AFIP POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:255 -msgid "" -"**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" -" for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " -"example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that " -"you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " -"invoice report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:260 -msgid "" -"**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " -"(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " -"sequence. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:263 -msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:264 -msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:265 -msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:268 -msgid "Sequences" -msgstr "Sequências" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:269 -msgid "" -"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" -" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " -"under :doc:`developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can be " -"used:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:277 -msgid "" -"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " -"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " -"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " -"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:283 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:163 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 -msgid "Usage and testing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:286 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:166 -msgid "Invoice" -msgstr "Fatura" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:288 -msgid "" -"After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " -"invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:292 -msgid "Document type assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:294 -msgid "" -"Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " -"based on the AFIP document type:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:297 -msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:302 -msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:307 -msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:312 -msgid "" -"As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " -"prefix and sequence is given by the document type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:315 -msgid "" -"The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " -"different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " -"manually by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:320 -msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:321 -msgid "" -"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" -" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" -" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " -"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " -"draft until the related data is corrected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:326 -msgid "" -"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " -"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:329 -msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:330 -msgid "" -"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " -"10 days after the CAE is generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:332 -msgid "Result:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:334 -msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:335 -msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:341 -msgid "Invoice Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:343 -msgid "" -"Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " -"behavior on the pdf report:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:346 -msgid "" -"**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " -"identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " -"following AFIP Responsibility type:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:349 -msgid "Responsable Inscripto." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:354 -msgid "" -"**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " -"part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " -"the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:358 -msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:359 -msgid "Consumidor Final." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:360 -msgid "Responsable Monotributo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:361 -msgid "IVA liberado." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:368 -msgid "Special Use Cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:371 -msgid "Invoices for Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:372 -msgid "" -"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " -"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" -" tab “Other Info”:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:378 -msgid "" -"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" -" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " -"the invoice month:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:386 -msgid "Exportation Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:387 -msgid "" -"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " -"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" -" type be associated:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:393 -msgid "" -"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " -"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " -"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:396 -msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:397 -msgid "Exportation document type ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:398 -msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:399 -msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:400 -msgid "Exempt Taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:406 -msgid "" -"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " -"Info --> Accounting`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:413 -msgid "Fiscal Bond" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:414 -msgid "" -"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " -"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " -"Ministry of Economy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:417 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:442 -msgid "" -"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " -"requirements:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:419 -msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:420 -msgid "Taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:421 -msgid "Zone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:422 -msgid "Detail each item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:424 -msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:425 -msgid "Complete description." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:426 -msgid "Unit Net Price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:427 -msgid "Quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:428 -msgid "Unit of measurement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:429 -msgid "Bonus." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:430 -msgid "VAT rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:434 -msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:436 -msgid "" -"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " -"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " -"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " -"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " -"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" -" to their clients and / or vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:444 -msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:445 -msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:446 -msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:447 -msgid "" -"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" -" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:453 -msgid "" -"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " -"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:456 -msgid "" -"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " -"originator document passed to the note." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:462 -msgid "" -"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " -"A or B)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:463 -msgid "" -"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " -"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " -"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " -"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:468 -msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:470 -msgid "" -"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " -"Cancellation?” as True." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:471 -msgid "" -"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " -"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " -"(false)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:478 -msgid "Invoice printed report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:479 -msgid "" -"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " -"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " -"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:488 -msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:489 -msgid "" -"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " -"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:499 -msgid "" -"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " -"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " -"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:507 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Faturas de Fornecedor" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:509 -msgid "" -"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " -"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" -" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " -"if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:516 -msgid "" -"The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " -"validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " -"will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:523 -msgid "" -"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " -"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " -"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:528 -msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:529 -msgid "" -"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " -"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " -"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:533 -msgid "" -"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:534 -msgid "" -"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " -"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:536 -msgid "" -"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " -"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:543 -msgid "How to use it in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:544 -msgid "" -"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " -"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:550 -msgid "" -"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " -"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:558 -msgid "Special Use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:560 -msgid "Untaxed Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:561 -msgid "" -"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " -"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:564 -msgid "" -"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " -"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" -" the Exempt concept:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:571 -msgid "Perception Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:572 -msgid "" -"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " -"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " -"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " -"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:580 -msgid "" -"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " -"it and set the correct amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:586 -msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:590 -msgid "Reports" -msgstr "Relatórios" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:592 -msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:598 -msgid "VAT Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:601 -msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:607 -msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:613 -msgid "Resumen de IVA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:619 -msgid "IIBB - Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:622 -msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:628 -msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 -msgid "Colombia" -msgstr "Colômbia" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" -" next modules:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " -"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " -"document types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" -" for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " -"based on the DIAN legal requirements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:20 -msgid "Workflow" -msgstr "Fluxo de trabalho" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 -msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:32 -msgid "" -"For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " -"first two modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:40 -msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " -"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " -"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:46 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " -"for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" -" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " -"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " -"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" -" the testing environment can be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:62 -msgid "Configure your report data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 -msgid "" -"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " -"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:76 -msgid "Configure data required in the XML" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:82 -msgid "Identification" -msgstr "Identificação" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:84 -msgid "" -"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " -"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " -"their identification number and document type set:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:91 -msgid "" -"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " -"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " -"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 -msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:100 -msgid "" -"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " -"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " -"information required by the DIAN ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 -msgid "" -"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " -"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " -"regimen of the partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 -msgid "" -"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " -"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " -"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " -"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " -"display taxes in the invoice PDF." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " -"electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " -"documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " -"Journals`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " -"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:152 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "Usuários" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:154 -msgid "" -"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " -"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:168 -msgid "" -"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" -" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 -msgid "Invoice creation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 -msgid "" -"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " -"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " -"invoice are the next fields:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:182 -msgid "There are three types of documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 -msgid "" -"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " -"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 -msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " -"transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:188 -msgid "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " -"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " -"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " -"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:196 -msgid "Invoice validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:198 -msgid "" -"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" -" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:204 -msgid "" -"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " -"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " -"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:214 -msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:216 -msgid "" -"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" -" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " -"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " -"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " -"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" -" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:224 -msgid "After this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:226 -msgid "" -"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " -"the invoice chatter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:233 -msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:237 -msgid "Common errors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:239 -msgid "" -"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " -"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " -"after updating the electronic invoice status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:246 -msgid "" -"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " -"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:258 -msgid "Additional use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:260 -msgid "" -"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " -"the functional workflow remains the same as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 -msgid "Colombia (ES)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 -msgid "Introducción" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 -msgid "" -"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " -"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " -"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " -"puntos:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 -msgid "Plan Contable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 -msgid "Impuestos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 -msgid "Retenciones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 -msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " -"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " -"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 -msgid "Flujo General" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 -msgid "Configuración" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 -msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " -"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 -msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " -"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " -"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " -"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 -msgid "" -"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " -"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" -" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" -" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " -"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " -"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" -" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 -msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " -"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " -"Bancaria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " -"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 -msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 -msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 -msgid "Identificación" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " -"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " -"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " -"de documento correspondiente." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " -"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " -"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 -msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " -"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " -"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " -"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " -"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " -"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " -"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " -"opciones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " -"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " -"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " -"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " -"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " -"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " -"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 -msgid "Diarios" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " -"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" -" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 -msgid "" -"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " -"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" -" Secuencia`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " -"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 -msgid "Usuarios" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 -msgid "" -"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " -"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 -msgid "Uso y Pruebas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 -msgid "Facturas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " -"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " -"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 -msgid "Invoice Creation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 -msgid "" -"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " -"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " -"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " -"manualmente." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " -"son los siguientes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 -msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 -msgid "" -"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," -" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 -msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " -"importación." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 -msgid "" -"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" -" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " -"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " -"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 -msgid "Invoice Validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " -"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " -"desplegado en el historial." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " -"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" -" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " -"inicial **En Proceso**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 -msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 -msgid "" -"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " -"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " -"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " -"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " -"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " -"CUFE." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " -"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " -"automáticamente:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 -msgid "" -"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " -"historial de la Factura." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 -msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 -msgid "" -"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " -"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 -msgid "Errores Frecuentes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " -"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " -"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " -"desplegados en el historial." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 -msgid "" -"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " -"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " -"botón:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 -msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 -msgid "" -"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " -"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " -"igual." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 -msgid "France" -msgstr "França" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 -msgid "FEC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " -"the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" -" --> FEC`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " -"module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 -msgid "French Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " -"accounting reports specific to France:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 -msgid "Bilan comptable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 -msgid "Compte de résultats" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 -msgid "Plan de Taxes France" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 -msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 -msgid "" -"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " -"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " -"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales " -"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, " -"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 -msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " -"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 -msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 -msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 -msgid "" -"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " -"VAT and therefore are not affected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 -msgid "Get certified with Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 -msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" -" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " -"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" -" `here `_. If you " -"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " -"`_ or contact" -" your Odoo service provider." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 -msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 -msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " -"menu:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 -msgid "" -"if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " -"Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:66 -msgid "" -"in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " -"Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " -"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a " -"country from the list; Do not create a new country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " -"`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " -"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " -"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " -"restart your server beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:81 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" -" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" -" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules " -"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click " -"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" -" installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:90 -msgid "Anti-fraud features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:92 -msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " -"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 -msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " -"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:101 -msgid "Inalterability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:103 -msgid "" -"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " -"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " -"located in France or in any DOM-TOM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:107 -msgid "" -"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " -"companies are impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:111 -msgid "Security" -msgstr "Segurança" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:113 -msgid "" -"To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" -" validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " -"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:118 -msgid "" -"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " -"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " -"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the " -"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted " -"document recorded in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " -"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " -"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:131 -msgid "Storage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:133 -msgid "" -"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " -"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" -" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry " -"recorded in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " -"Invoicing and Accounting apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " -"Type = Sales)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:145 -msgid "" -"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:147 -msgid "" -"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " -"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " -"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" -" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:153 -msgid "" -"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " -"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " -"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " -"counted in the very next closing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:158 -msgid "" -"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " -"Actions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "Responsabilidades" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" -" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " -"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " -"the inalterability of data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" -" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 -msgid "More Information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 -msgid "" -"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " -"documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 -msgid "" -"`Frequently Asked Questions " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 -msgid "" -"`Official Statement " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 -msgid "" -"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 -msgid "Germany" -msgstr "Alemanha" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 -msgid "German Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " -"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " -"not created any accounting entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 -msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 -msgid "German Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -msgid "Balance Sheet" -msgstr "Balanço Patrimonial" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 -msgid "Profit & Loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 -msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 -msgid "Partner VAT Intra" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 -msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 -msgid "" -"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " -"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " -"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " -"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 -msgid "Italy (IT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" -" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " -"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " -"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " -"l’interscambio di informazioni." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 -msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " -"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" -" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " -"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" -" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 -msgid "" -"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " -"elettronica sono i seguenti:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" -" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " -"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " -"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " -"relativa :doc:`guida <../../discuss/email_servers>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" -" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " -"elettronica." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " -"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " -"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " -"previa comunicazione." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " -"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " -"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " -"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 -msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 -msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " -"Commercio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " -"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " -"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " -"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 -msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " -"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " -"necessarie informazioni legali." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" -" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" -" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " -"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 -msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " -"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" -" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " -"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " -"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 -msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 -msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 -msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 -msgid "" -"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 -msgid "" -"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " -"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" -" dall’applicazione contabilità." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 -msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 -msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 -msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " -"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 -msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "México" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" -" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " -"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here " -"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the " -"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " -"\"Mexico\" set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:17 -msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" -" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" -" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," -" payment complement, invoice addendum." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:24 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " -"accounting are here (Accounting app required)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:27 -msgid "" -"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " -"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" -" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this " -"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " -"company in Mexico." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:38 -msgid "" -"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" -" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " -"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:44 -msgid "Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:46 -msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:52 -msgid "" -"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " -"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " -"installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:58 -msgid "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" -" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" -" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and " -"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" -" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:73 -msgid "Set you legal information in the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:75 -msgid "" -"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " -"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " -"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " -"position on your company’s contact." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:82 -msgid "" -"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" -" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " -"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " -"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal " -"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley" -" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " -"the option)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:101 -msgid "Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:104 -msgid "" -"This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " -"available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " -"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to " -"support in https://www.odoo.com/help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " -"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " -"name does not exist)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:117 -msgid "" -"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " -"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " -"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " -"the default behavior." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:127 -msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:129 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:680 -msgid "" -"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " -"field set to \"Tasa\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:137 -msgid "" -"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" -" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" -" set 601, it will look like the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:144 -msgid "" -"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " -"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " -"faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152 -msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 -msgid "" -"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " -"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " -"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " -"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " -"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " -"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " -"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process" -" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " -"environment with real transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:174 -msgid "" -"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " -"PAC username or password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " -"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 -msgid "`Certificate`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 -msgid "`Certificate Key`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:186 -msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:190 -msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 -msgid "" -"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " -"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " -"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 -msgid "" -"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " -"a new tax you should choose a tag." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 -msgid "Invoicing" -msgstr "Faturamento" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:209 -msgid "" -"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " -"the normal Odoo's behaviour." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212 -msgid "" -"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " -"like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:219 -msgid "" -"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" -" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " -"invoice by email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " -"looks like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:234 -msgid "Cancelling invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:236 -msgid "" -"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:238 -msgid "If the invoice is not paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:240 -msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:246 -msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250 -msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 -msgid "" -"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " -"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:257 -msgid "**Legal considerations**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:259 -msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 -msgid "" -"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " -"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " -"good control of the cancellation reasons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 -msgid "" -"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" -" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " -"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269 -msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 -msgid "" -"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " -"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " -"important." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 -msgid "" -"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " -"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278 -msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:280 -msgid "" -"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " -"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " -"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " -"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:285 -msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 -msgid "" -"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " -"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 -msgid "" -"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " -"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 -msgid "" -"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " -"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " -"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " -"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298 -msgid "" -"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " -"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " -"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 -msgid "" -"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" -" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " -"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:306 -msgid "" -"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " -"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 -msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 -msgid "" -"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " -"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " -"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" -" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " -"caso de anticipos recibidos**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:314 -msgid "" -"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " -"Payment without a proper invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:320 -msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 -msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:324 -msgid "DIOT report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 -msgid "" -"1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " -"report only available on the context of the accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:329 -msgid "" -"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " -"app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:336 -msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 -msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:341 -msgid "" -"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " -"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:349 -msgid "How to add new accounts ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:351 -msgid "" -"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" -" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354 -msgid "" -"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " -"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account " -"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag" -" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" -" xml." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365 -msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 -msgid "" -"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" -" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371 -msgid "" -"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " -"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " -"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " -"is not created you can create one on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380 -msgid "" -"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " -"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " -"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be " -"exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " -"the previous selection of the period you want to export." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 -msgid "" -"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" -" regular Odoo Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 -msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 -msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:399 -msgid "" -"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" -" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402 -msgid "" -"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " -"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " -"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " -"the same, with our providers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:407 -msgid "" -"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" -" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " -"to. submit the DIOT:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:412 -msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:414 -msgid "" -"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " -"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " -"find in the SAT website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 -msgid "" -"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " -"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " -"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " -"to said data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 -msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 -msgid "" -"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " -"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " -"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 -msgid "" -"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " -"this after having made up to 500 records." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 -msgid "" -"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " -"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " -"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such" -" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " -"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:440 -msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 -msgid "" -"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " -"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " -"according to the SAT site is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 -msgid "" -"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " -"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " -"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of" -" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the " -"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " -"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:453 -msgid "" -"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " -"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " -"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " -"Third Parties." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:458 -msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:461 -msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:463 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " -"with third partied (DIOT)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:467 -msgid "" -"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " -"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 -msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 -msgid "" -"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " -"the necessary steps to declare it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481 -msgid "" -"Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:483 -msgid "" -"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " -"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " -"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else " -"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" -" suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:490 -msgid "" -"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " -"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " -"properly configured already." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 -msgid "" -"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" -" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " -"following standard odoo procedure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 -msgid "" -"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " -"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " -"itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:499 -msgid "" -"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " -"paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 -msgid "" -"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " -"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " -"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use" -" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it " -"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " -"your partners are correctly set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:513 -msgid "Extra Recommended features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 -msgid "Contact Module (Free)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518 -msgid "" -"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " -"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " -"install." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:524 -msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:526 -msgid "" -"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " -"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" -" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with " -"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate " -"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " -"information daily in the system manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 -msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 -msgid "" -"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " -"3.3)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:542 -msgid "" -"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " -"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:548 -msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 -msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550 -msgid "" -"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " -"Companies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 -msgid "Open any company you have." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:575 -msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 -msgid "" -"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " -"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " -"generic one with no explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 -msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 -msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 -msgid "" -"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " -"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 -msgid "" -"This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " -"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " -"but:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 -msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 -msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:583 -msgid "" -"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 -msgid "" -"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:592 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " -"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " -"properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:636 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:667 -msgid "**Error messages**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:598 -msgid "" -"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:602 -msgid "" -"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " -"partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" -" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " -"which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " -"possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " -"considerations about fiscal positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:613 -msgid "" -"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " -"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " -"set 601, it will look like the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:620 -msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " -"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:623 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:654 -msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:625 -msgid "" -"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:631 -msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:638 -msgid "" -"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:656 -msgid "" -"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:644 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:5 msgid "" -"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing." +"There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," +" depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " +"recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and " +"computations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:647 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " -"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " -"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" -"info`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:661 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" -" Mexico, fix it." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:12 +msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:669 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:14 msgid "" -"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing." +"As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of" +" your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. " +"However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can " +"activate only the ones relevant for your business." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:672 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:19 msgid "" -"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.\", '')" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:676 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" -" used on the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 -msgid "Netherlands" -msgstr "Holanda" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 -msgid "XAF Export" +"To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " +"tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:31 msgid "" -"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" -" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" -" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " -"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 -msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" +"To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " -"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 -msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 -msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" +"Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " +"the following table to see where they are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 -msgid "Spain" -msgstr "Espanha" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 -msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Name `" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " -"default:" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice `" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 -msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Group `" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 -msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Back end" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 -msgid "PGCE Entitades" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 -msgid "" -"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " -"Localization** section." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " -"default." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:53 +msgid "Basic Options" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 -msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:58 +msgid "Tax Name" +msgstr "Nome da taxa" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:60 msgid "" -"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" -" accounting reports specific to Spain:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" +"The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " +":ref:`label ` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " +"Products, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 -msgid "Switzerland" -msgstr "Suíça" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 -msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Tax Computation" +msgstr "Cálculo de Impostos" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " -"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " -"ISR*." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:68 +msgid "**Group of Taxes**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:70 msgid "" -"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " -"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " -"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 -msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." +"The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " +"you want, in the order you want them to be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:74 msgid "" -"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " -"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " -"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " -"Reports` and tick this box :" +"Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " +"may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " +":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones `." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 -msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:78 +msgid "**Fixed**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:80 msgid "" -"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " -"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " -"you want." +"The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " +"same, regardless of the Sales Price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 -msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:83 msgid "" -"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" -" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" -" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 -msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " +"fixed* tax. We then have:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " -"have to do anything." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Product's Sales Price" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " -"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " -":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " -"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " -"\"upgrade\"`." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Price without tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " -"rates." -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Tax" +msgstr "Imposto" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 -msgid "" -"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " -"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " -"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " -"transactions." -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Total" +msgstr "Total" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 -msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 -msgid "" -"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " -"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 -msgid "" -"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" -" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" -" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "1,010.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 -msgid "" -"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " -"grid 302 tax" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:92 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:94 msgid "" -"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " -"grid 342 tax" +"The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " +"multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:97 msgid "" -"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " -"included in Odoo by default" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Name**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Rate**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Label on Invoice**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Scope**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tag**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "7.7%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -msgid "7.7% achat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "TVA 7.7%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "Compras" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -msgid "7.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -msgid "7.7% invest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "3.7%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -msgid "3.7% achat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "TVA 3.7%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "3.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -msgid "3.7% invest" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "3.7% invest Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax. We then have:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Vendas" +msgid "100" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "1,100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:107 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:109 msgid "" -"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" +"The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " +"Total." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "7.7% Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:111 msgid "" -"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "111.11" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "3.7% Incl." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "1,111.11" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:124 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Ativo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:126 +msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:129 msgid "" -"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " -"odoo.com/help." +"It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" +" can deactivate them to prevent future use." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:133 msgid "" -"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" -" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " -"your fiscal positions accordingly." +"This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " +"` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:139 +msgid "Tax Scope" +msgstr "Escopo de Imposto" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " +"where it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:143 +msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:144 +msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:145 +msgid "**None**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " +"Taxes ` but that you don't want to list along with other " +"Sales or Purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:154 +msgid "Definition tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " +"the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:163 +msgid "**Based On**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:165 +msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:166 +msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:168 +msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:169 +msgid "" +"**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports " +"<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your" +" country's regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:180 +msgid "Label on Invoices" +msgstr "Etiqueta em Faturas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " +"column. This is the :ref:`label ` visible to *front end* " +"users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:193 +msgid "Tax Group" +msgstr "Grupo de Imposto" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " +":ref:`label ` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " +"invoices, and the Customer Portals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " +"when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " +"Positions `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:205 +msgid "" +"In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " +"Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." +" Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the " +"Invoice ` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, " +"above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:213 +msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" +msgstr "Incluir em Custos Analíticos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:215 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " +"**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:221 +msgid "Included in Price" +msgstr "Incluído no preço" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:223 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" +" Price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:225 +msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:227 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "900.10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "90.9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:238 +msgid "" +"If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," +" please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " +"*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** " +"field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:246 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " +"are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and " +"select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:253 +msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" +msgstr "Afeta a Base de Impostos Futuros" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:255 +msgid "" +"With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " +"other taxes applied to the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:258 +msgid "" +"You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes ` to include" +" this tax, or add it directly to a product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " +"amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " +"tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:270 +msgid "" +"To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " +"names." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:282 +msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 +msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " +"provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" +" VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " +"This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " +"number without leaving Odoo interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 +msgid "VAT Number validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " +"**Country** and **VAT** fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" +" error message if the VAT number is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " +"fields' validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"`European Commission: VIES search engine " +"`__" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 @@ -6184,7 +8471,7 @@ msgid "Adviser" msgstr "Conselheiro" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" +msgid "Manage a financial budget" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 @@ -6388,39 +8675,12 @@ msgid "" "amount that could have been realised." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 -msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific " -"date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 -msgid "" -"This is, for example, used when you make a provision (e.g. provision for bad" -" debt). When making the accounting entry for the provision, the amount you " -"entered is only an estimated amount. You will only be sure of the amount at " -"the end of the fiscal year. That's why, at that point, you want the " -"accounting entry to be reversed to be able to enter the real loss that " -"occurred." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 -msgid "" -"For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the " -"journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be " -"reversed at that date." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" msgstr "Analítico" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" +msgid "Track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 @@ -6597,7 +8857,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" +msgid "Track costs of human resources with timesheets" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 @@ -7730,10 +9990,6 @@ msgid "" "average cost and the original purchase price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 -msgid "Multicurrency" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" msgstr "" @@ -7859,7 +10115,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 @@ -7869,8 +10125,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 -msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgid "Odoo's multi-currency system" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 @@ -7991,6 +10246,10 @@ msgid "" "can register payments only in this currency." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 +msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -8064,7 +10323,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`exchange`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" +msgid "Manage invoices and payment in multiple currencies" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 @@ -8147,401 +10406,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Relatórios" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " -"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " -"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " -"ever." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "Ativar o modo de desenvolvedor" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" -" activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:20 -msgid "Create your financial report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 -msgid "" -"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " -"configured:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 -msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:33 -msgid "**Analysis Period** :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:35 -msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 -msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " -"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 -msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 -msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 -msgid "" -"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " -"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " -"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" -" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " -"separated by ;)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:59 -msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:61 -msgid "" -"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " -"date range)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " -"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " -"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " -"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " -"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " -"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " -"by one of their columns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:75 -msgid "Other useful fields :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 -msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:79 -msgid "" -"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " -"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:82 -msgid "" -"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" -" same dates as the rest of the report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " -"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " -"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 -msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 -msgid "What are the main reports available?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 -msgid "**Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 -msgid "**Profit and Loss**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 -msgid "**Chart of Account**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 -msgid "**Executive Summary**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 -msgid "**General Ledger**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 -msgid "**Aged Payable**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 -msgid "**Aged Receivable**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 -msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 -msgid "**Tax Report**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 -msgid "Profit and Loss" -msgstr "Demonstrativo do Resultado do Exercício (DRE)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 -msgid "Chart of account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 -msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 -msgid "Executive Summary" -msgstr "Sumário Executivo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Performance:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 -msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 -msgid "**Net profit margin:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " -"make those profits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Position:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" -" all your bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 -msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 -msgid "General Ledger" -msgstr "Livro Razão" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 -msgid "Aged Payable" -msgstr "Dívida Antiga" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 -msgid "Aged Receivable" -msgstr "Recebimentos Vencidos" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 -msgid "Cash Flow Statement" -msgstr "Demonstrações de Fluxo de Caixa" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 -msgid "" -"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 -msgid "Tax Report" -msgstr "Relatório de Impostos" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 -msgid "" -"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " -"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 msgid "Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Plano de Contas" @@ -8631,10 +10501,6 @@ msgid "" "indicates the account's purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "Tipo" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 msgid "" "Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" @@ -8781,10 +10647,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 -msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "Taxas padrão" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 msgid "" "Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " @@ -8876,77 +10738,270 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" +msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " -"different screens you will need." +"When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" +" welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" +" get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close " +"it." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " -"`__, you " -"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " -"implementation guide." +"The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 -msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Completing your company settings" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" +" Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " +"creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes " +"are ready-to-go. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" +msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 -msgid "Importing your customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Importing your suppliers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Importing your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" +msgid "" +"The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 -msgid "Importing your starting balances" +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 -msgid "Define the users for accounting" +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 +msgid "Company Data" +msgstr "Dados da Companhia" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 msgid "" -"Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " -"bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " -"configuration of Odoo." +"This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " +"address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " +"number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " +"Info**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Bank Account" +msgstr "Conta Bancária" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " +"*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " +"Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information " +"about Bank Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Accounting Periods" +msgstr "Períodos Contábeis" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" +" to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " +"along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " +"date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " +"indicate their initial opening balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " +"Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " +"arrow button* at the end of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here ` for more information on how to " +"configure your Chart of Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 +msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 +msgid "" +"There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " +"advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " +"onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app" +" rather than the Accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 +msgid "" +"If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " +"going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 +msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " +"onboarding banner `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 +msgid "Invoice Layout" +msgstr "Layout da fatura" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 +msgid "" +"With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" +" which layout tamplate, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 +msgid "" +"You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " +"*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " +"email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to " +"the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " +"Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" +" of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 +msgid "" +"These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 +msgid "Payment Method" +msgstr "Método de Pagamento" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 +msgid "" +"This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " +"can pay you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " +"Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " +"online, from their Customer Portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 +msgid "Sample Invoice" +msgstr "Fatura de Amostra" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" +" configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 +msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 @@ -9403,9 +11458,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Débito" @@ -9417,9 +11469,6 @@ msgstr "Débito" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Crédito" @@ -9427,17 +11476,6 @@ msgstr "Crédito" msgid "Invoice 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -msgid "100" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Payment 1.1" msgstr "" @@ -9553,9 +11591,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Account" msgstr "Conta" @@ -9565,8 +11600,6 @@ msgstr "Conta" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:142 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "Conta de Recebimento" @@ -9590,8 +11623,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:144 msgid "Bank" msgstr "Banco" @@ -10096,6 +12127,11 @@ msgid "" "once." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Relatórios" + #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" msgstr "" @@ -10125,334 +12161,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Account Payables" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 -msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" -" then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " -"most frequently are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 -msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 -msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 -msgid "" -"other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " -"carried out by the employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " -"from the Apps module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " -"re-invoice your expenses to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " -"products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " -"products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses " -"Products` in the **Expenses** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 -msgid "Some examples of products can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 -msgid "**Travel (car)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 -msgid "Product Type: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 -msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 -msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " -"Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 -msgid "**Hotel**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 -msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " -"employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " -"customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the" -" hotel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " -"checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " -"material**. This invoicing policy means that, if the expense is related to a" -" customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 -msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 -msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 -msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 -msgid "The expenses workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 -msgid "Record a new expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " -":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " -"personal expenses work that way:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 -msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 -msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 -msgid "the accountant post journal entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 -msgid "" -"the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " -"with a payable account)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 -msgid "" -"if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " -"the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 -msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 -msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 -msgid "a product: the expense type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 -msgid "" -"a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" -" car)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " -"photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " -"the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 -msgid "" -"If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" -" an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " -"might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get " -"this feature)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " -"**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " -"expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 -msgid "" -"An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " -"action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 -msgid "Validation by the manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " -"manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " -"menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 -msgid "The manager can:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 -msgid "" -"discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " -"bill is missing);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 -msgid "reject an expense;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 -msgid "approve an expense." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 -msgid "Control by the accountant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " -"by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " -"created and posted in your accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " -"expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 -msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " -"the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " -"invoiced to the customer yet and will be included in the next invoice that " -"will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer" -" project)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 -msgid "" -"To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." -" (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " -"invoice all your orders in batch)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:170 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:173 -msgid "Reimburse the employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:175 -msgid "" -"If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " -"reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" -" payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:180 -msgid "" -"All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " -"due." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 -msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:189 -msgid "" -"If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " -"options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 -msgid "" -"if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " -"invoicing policy on the product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 -msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:197 -msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:199 -msgid "" -"if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " -"reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" -" invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:204 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" +msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 @@ -10736,7 +12446,7 @@ msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" +msgid "Pay several bills at once" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 @@ -11049,6 +12759,10 @@ msgid "" "Download SEPA Payments`." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:111 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:114 msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" msgstr "" @@ -11072,17 +12786,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:129 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`check`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:121 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" msgstr "" @@ -11145,6 +12852,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" @@ -11473,104 +13181,6 @@ msgid "" "account`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" -" for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " -"cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a " -"defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are " -"confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " -"will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " -"On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which " -"means no debt account is necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," -" as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " -"receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " -"handle them in accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " -"a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " -"worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " -"installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" -" \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 -msgid "Register a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 -msgid "" -"By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " -"Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " -"app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " -"Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " -"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt" -" accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " -"option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " -"the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " -":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " -"completely close the transaction in your accounting." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" msgstr "" @@ -11789,7 +13399,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" +msgid "Manage vendor Bills" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 @@ -12109,12 +13719,163 @@ msgid "" " be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 +msgid "Digitize Vendor Bills with Optical Character Recognition (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that" +" allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data to your " +"database reduces errors and saves you time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 +msgid "Set up the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and " +"choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 +msgid "Start digitizing your bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Scan your bills and then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Bills` and upload your document. Based on your configuration, it either " +"processes the documents automatically, or you need to click on *Send for " +"Digitalization* to do it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also create a vendor bill through the *Documents* app or by using an" +" email alias on your journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " +"clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the" +" right information instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the " +"correct data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Preços" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which " +"requires prepaid credits to work. Digitalizing one document consumes one " +"credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click `here `_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Receipts" +msgstr "Recebimentos de Compra" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Receipts** are not invoices but rather confirmations of received " +"payments, such as a ticket or a receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This feature is meant to be used when you pay directly with your company's " +"money for an expense. **Vendor Bills**, on the other hand, are recorded when" +" an invoice is issued to you and that the amount is first credited on a debt" +" account before a later payment reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app " +"dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. " +"Click :doc:`here <../../../expense/expense>` for more information on how to " +"use Odoo Expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 +msgid "Register a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling" +" out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "Edit the Journal Entry before posting it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once you have filled out the *Invoice Lines* tab, you can modify the " +"**Journal Entry** before you post it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values" +" according to your needs, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../expense/expense`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 msgid "Customer Invoices" msgstr "Faturas de Clientes" @@ -12893,6 +14654,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" msgstr "" @@ -13243,10 +15008,6 @@ msgid "" "includes a country, before sending the letter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Preços" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 msgid "" "*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " @@ -13260,203 +15021,367 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Click `here `_ to know about our " -"*Privacy Policy*." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "Pagamentos de Cliente" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 +msgid "Batch Payments: Batch Deposits (checks, cash etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **Batch Deposit** groups multiple payments in a single batch. This allows " +"you to deposit several payments into your bank account with a single " +"transaction. This is particularly useful to deposit cash and checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to list several customer payments and print a " +"**deposit slip**. This ticket contains the details of the transactions and a" +" reference to the batch deposit. You can then select this reference during a" +" bank reconciliation to match the single bank statement line with all the " +"transactions listed in the batch deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To activate the feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Customer Payments`, activate **Batch Payments**, and click " +"on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 +msgid "Payment Method Types" +msgstr "Tipos de Método de Pagamento" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To record new payments as part of a Batch Deposit, you have to configure " +"first the Journal on which you record them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced " +"Settings* tab. In the *Payment Method Types* section, enable **Batch " +"Deposit**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch " +"payments when you activate the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 +msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 +msgid "Record payments to deposit in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 +msgid "" +":doc:`Register the payments ` on the bank account on which you " +"plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you " +"received a payment, and clicking on *Register Payment*. There, select the " +"appropriate Journal linked to your bank account and select *Batch Deposit* " +"as Payment Method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 +msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 +msgid "Make sure to write the payment reference in the **Memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 +msgid "Add payments to a Batch Deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank" +" and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on " +"*Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by " +"clicking on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then " +"click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip " +"that the bank usually requires to fill out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Once the bank statements are on your database, you can reconcile the bank " +"statement line with the *Batch Payment* reference. To do so, start your " +"**Bank Reconciliation** by going to your Accounting dashboard and clicking " +"on *Reconcile Items* on the related bank account. At the bank statement " +"line, click on *Choose counterpart or Create Write-off* to display more " +"options, open the *Batch Payments* tab, and select your Batch Payment. All " +"related payments are automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank" +" statement line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, " +"remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:4 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." " With **SEPA Direct Debit**, your customers can sign a **mandate** that " -"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts " -"automatically." +"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts. This is " +"particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 msgid "" -"You can record your customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files " -"containing pending payments made with an SDD mandate." +"You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files containing " +"pending payments made with an SDD mandate." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "" -"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 28 member states " +"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " "of the European Union as well as additional countries." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:123 msgid "" "`List of all SEPA countries `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` nd activate" -" the **SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** feature. Enter the **Creditor Identifier** " -"of your company. This number is provided by your bank, or the authority " -"responsible for delivering them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:28 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:30 -msgid "Create a mandate" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate " +"**SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's " +"**Creditor Identifier**. This number is provided by your bank institution, " +"or the authority responsible for delivering them." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +msgid "Create a mandate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 msgid "" "The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " "authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 msgid "" -"To create a new one, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " -"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the new mandate’s " -"form." +"To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 msgid "" -"First, export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your " -"customer to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the " -"**Original Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the " -"mandate." +"Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer " +"to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original " +"Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 msgid "" -"First, make sure, that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly " -"recorded on the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in " -"your own *Bank Account* settings." +"Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on " +"the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in your own " +":doc:`Bank Account <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 +msgid "" +"SEPA Direct Debit can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce**" +" or on the **Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Acquirer**. " +"With this method, your customers can create and sign their mandates " +"themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Acquirers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your " +"needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Make sure to change the **State** field to *Enabled*, and to check **Online " +"Signature**, as this is necessary to let your customers sign their mandates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " +"address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " -"this field is left blank, then the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " -"*Closed* or *Revoked*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" -" means that invoices made after the present day won’t be processed " -"automatically with an SDD payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " -"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " -"that have already been registered will still be included to the next SDD XML" -" file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated. If " -"a customer requires to pay with SDD payments again, you will have to create " -"a new mandate from scratch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:75 -msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 msgid "" -"All new posted invoice issued to customers with an active mandate will " -"automatically register payment and have their status marked as *Paid*." +"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " +"this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " +"*Closed* or *Revoked*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 msgid "" -"If you have unpaid invoices that could be paid with a new mandate, it is " -"still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on *Register Payment* and " -"choose *SEPA Direct Debit* as payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:87 -msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" +"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" +" means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with" +" an SDD payment." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 msgid "" -"To submit your SDD payments to your bank, you will first generate an **XML " -"file** that can be uploaded directly to your bank interface." +"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " +"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " +"that have already been registered are still included in the next SDD XML " +"file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 +msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 +msgid "" +"You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an " +"active SDD mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the invoice, click on *Register Payment*, and choose *SEPA " +"Direct Debit* as payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In previous versions, Odoo used SDD payment as the default payment for all " +"customers with an active mandate. Your customers can still activate " +"automatic SDD for their subscriptions with a recurring payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:112 +msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " +"online banking interface to process all payments at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:118 msgid "" "The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" -" specifications as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " +" specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " "Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 msgid "" "To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " "*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " "Payments to Collect*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:129 msgid "" -"Select all the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD XML" -" file, then click on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." +"Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" +" on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:136 msgid "" "Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " -"then download the SDD XML file." +"download the SDD XML file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 -msgid "Finally, upload this file to your bank to process the payments." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " +"payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " "Payments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:150 +msgid ":doc:`batch`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:152 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " "`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:153 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 -msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" +msgid "Register customer payments by checks" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 @@ -13502,7 +15427,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" msgstr "" @@ -13548,16 +15472,12 @@ msgid "Memo: write the Check number" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "" @@ -13567,12 +15487,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:142 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:144 msgid "100.00" msgstr "" @@ -13594,8 +15508,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:142 msgid "X" msgstr "" @@ -13615,7 +15527,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:109 msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" msgstr "" @@ -13641,7 +15552,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:136 msgid "" "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" msgstr "" @@ -13662,199 +15572,6 @@ msgid "" "the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 -msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" -" both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " -"the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " -"on the invoice (using a Credit card journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank " -"account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 -msgid "" -"**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " -"credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," -" without going through the Undeposited Funds. Once you process your bank " -"statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card " -"payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 -msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " -"cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" -" take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " -"automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second " -"approach." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " -"users)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 -msgid "" -"On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " -"--> Create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 -msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 -msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 -msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " -"set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:118 -msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " -"Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" -" transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " -"and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 -msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 -msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -msgid "Credit Cards" -msgstr "Cartão(ões) de Crédito" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -msgid "Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " -"of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " -"account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " -"is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your " -"bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:114 -msgid "" -"There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " -"this method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:124 -msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:126 -msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " -"recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " -"with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment " -"and relate it to the statement line)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:148 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" -" may be more convenient if you have a lot of credit cards to record in a " -"batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments " -"with invoices)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:153 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " -"report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" -" received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" " -"option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:164 -msgid ":doc:`recording`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`followup`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" msgstr "" @@ -13946,8 +15663,61 @@ msgid "" "negative number of due days." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Online Payment" +msgstr "Pagamento Online da Fatura" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue," +" you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay " +"Now* button on their **Customer Portal**. This allows your customers to see " +"their invoices online and pay directly with their favorite payment method, " +"making the payment process much easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 +msgid "" +"By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer " +"<../../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only Payment " +"Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online " +"Payment**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 +msgid "Customer Portal" +msgstr "Portal do Cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 +msgid "" +"After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by " +"email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects" +" them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 +msgid "" +"They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 -msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" +msgid "Different ways to record a payment" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 @@ -14103,5 +15873,564 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 -msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" +msgid ":doc:`online_payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`followup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 +msgid "Declarations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 +msgid "Tax Return (VAT Declaration)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies that are registered for **VAT (Value Added Tax)** must file a " +"**Tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their turnover " +"and the regulation of the country in which they are registered. A Tax return" +" - or VAT return - gives the tax authorities information about the taxable " +"transactions made by the company, the *output tax* it has charged its " +"customers, and the *input tax* its vendors have charged it. Based on these " +"values, the company can calculate the tax amount they have to pay or be " +"refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can find information about VAT and its mechanism on `this page from the " +"European Commission `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 +msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo Accounting " +"to compute your Tax Return correctly and also to send you a reminder to " +"never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " +"--> Fiscal Periods`, and go to the **Tax Return Periodicity** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Periodicity**: define here whether you file your tax return each month or " +"every three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Reminder**: define when Odoo should remind you to file your tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 +msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " +"<../../overview/getting_started/setup>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 +msgid "Tax Grids" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are " +"configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the" +" recorded transactions use the right taxes. You can see on each Journal Item" +" which Tax Grid is used for that transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you " +"can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record" +" invoices or credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization" +" Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation " +"of your database. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 +msgid "Close a tax period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 +msgid "Tax Lock Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Any new transaction which accounting date is prior to the **Tax Lock Date** " +"has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful to make" +" sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your " +"*Closing Journal Entry*. This way, other users can't modify or add " +"transactions that would have an impact on the Closing Journal Entry, which " +"helps you avoid some tax declaration errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 +msgid "Tax Report" +msgstr "Relatório de Impostos" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period " +"you want to report, open your **Tax Report**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. " +"You can also click on *TAX Report* from your *Accounting Overview*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date " +"filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the " +"button *Closing Journal Entry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 +msgid "" +"After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In " +"addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with " +"the **Tax Report** that you can download from the chatter and preview on the" +" right column. It includes all the values to report to the tax authorities, " +"along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date ` before clicking" +" on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal " +"period on the same date as the Accounting Date of your entry. This automatic" +" lock happens when you click on *Post*. This safety mechanism can prevent " +"some fiscal errors, but it is advised to lock your tax date manually before," +" as described above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 +msgid "Create a customized reports with your own formulas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " +"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " +"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " +"ever." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the developer mode" +msgstr "Ativar o modo de desenvolvedor" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" +" activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 +msgid "Create your financial report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " +"configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 +msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 +msgid "**Analysis Period** :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 +msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 +msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " +"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 +msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 +msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " +"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " +"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" +" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " +"separated by ;)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 +msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " +"date range)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " +"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " +"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " +"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " +"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " +"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " +"by one of their columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 +msgid "Other useful fields :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 +msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " +"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 +msgid "" +"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" +" same dates as the rest of the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " +"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " +"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Main reports available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " +"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " +"countries :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 +msgid "**Balance Sheet**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 +msgid "**Profit and Loss**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 +msgid "**Chart of Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 +msgid "**Executive Summary**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 +msgid "**General Ledger**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 +msgid "**Aged Payable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 +msgid "**Aged Receivable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 +msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 +msgid "**Tax Report**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 +msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " +"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " +"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" +" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " +"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " +"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" +" of your organisation as at a particular date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Profit and Loss" +msgstr "Demonstrativo do Resultado do Exercício (DRE)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " +"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" +" period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Chart of account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 +msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 +msgid "Executive Summary" +msgstr "Sumário Executivo" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " +"figures you need to run your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " +"reporting :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 +msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 +msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " +"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " +"result of those sales)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"make those profits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Position:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " +"across all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +" all your bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 +msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 +msgid "" +"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " +"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " +"your **Purchases account** for the month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " +"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " +"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " +"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 +msgid "General Ledger" +msgstr "Livro Razão" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " +"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " +"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " +"occurred during a certain period of time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 +msgid "Aged Payable" +msgstr "Dívida Antiga" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" +" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " +"gone unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 +msgid "Aged Receivable" +msgstr "Recebimentos Vencidos" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " +"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +msgstr "Demonstrações de Fluxo de Caixa" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " +"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing and financing activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " +"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index c2e4c227b..a8861baff 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -50,7 +50,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 @@ -284,7 +285,7 @@ msgid "" "(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " "leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " "pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " -"multiple countries." +"multiple industries." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 @@ -309,7 +310,8 @@ msgid "" " us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " "`__, To buy credits you can " "either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " -"Credits`; or go to `Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my Services`." +"Credits`; or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my" +" Services`." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 @@ -376,6 +378,128 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po index 6369f2a18..3aac17993 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Mateus Lopes , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ msgid "" " Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " "processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " "require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " -"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make " +"made through Odoo Studio might not work properly. *It is up to you to make " "sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " "test database through our `Support page `__." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index a18bc09fb..1fc2cfda5 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -5,15 +5,18 @@ # # Translators: # danimaribeiro , 2020 +# Rafael H L Moretti , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Mateus Lopes , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: danimaribeiro , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Mateus Lopes , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -25,31 +28,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Discuss" msgstr "Mensagens" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" +#: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avançado" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:6 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:8 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 msgid "" "You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " "database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:11 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 msgid "" "Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" " use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:16 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 msgid "Scope of this documentation" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 msgid "" "This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " "benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " @@ -57,7 +64,7 @@ msgid "" "`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:25 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 msgid "" "If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " "recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " @@ -66,13 +73,13 @@ msgid "" "reputation yourself." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 msgid "" "You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " "own email solution with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:34 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 msgid "" "Office 365 email servers don't allow easily to send external emails from " "hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " @@ -81,11 +88,11 @@ msgid "" "Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 msgid "How to manage outbound messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:41 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:41 msgid "" "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " "check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " @@ -93,15 +100,15 @@ msgid "" "information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:46 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:46 msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:51 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:51 msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:54 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:54 msgid "" "If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " "warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " @@ -109,21 +116,21 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:58 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:58 msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:63 msgid "" "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" " relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:66 msgid "" "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 msgid "Be SPF-compliant" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:79 msgid "" "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" " of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " "in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:83 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:83 msgid "" "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:85 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:85 msgid "" "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." " for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " "could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:89 msgid "" "Find `here `__ the exact procedure to " "create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:92 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:92 msgid "" "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " "usually happens more quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:95 msgid "" "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " "delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " "record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:100 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 msgid "Allow DKIM" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:101 msgid "" "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " "enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " @@ -200,22 +207,32 @@ msgid "" "\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "Restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," +" 465 or 2525." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:113 msgid "How to manage inbound messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:115 msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:113 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:117 msgid "" "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " "discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " "alias (**catchall@**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:121 msgid "" "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " "Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " @@ -223,58 +240,58 @@ msgid "" "recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:121 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:125 msgid "" "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " "create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:124 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:128 msgid "" "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " "`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:126 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:130 msgid "" "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " "`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:128 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:132 msgid "" "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project `__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:130 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:134 msgid "" "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " "`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:136 msgid "etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:138 msgid "" "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " "emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " "address per Odoo alias in your mail server." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:142 msgid "" "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " "bounce@, sales@, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:140 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:144 msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:145 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:149 msgid "" "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " "each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " @@ -283,7 +300,7 @@ msgid "" "out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:158 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " "messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " @@ -294,25 +311,25 @@ msgid "" "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:168 msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:166 msgid "" "Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " "edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " ":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:170 msgid "" "Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " "Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " "mail.bounce.alias*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:176 msgid "" "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " "You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " @@ -321,379 +338,440 @@ msgid "" "Fetchmail Service*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" -msgstr "" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 +msgid "Email Templates" +msgstr "Modelos de E-mail" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " -"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " -"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." +"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " +"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " +"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " +"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " +"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " +"improving their overall experience with the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 -msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 +msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 msgid "" -"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" -" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" -" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" +"The :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` must be " +"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 -msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 msgid "" -"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " -"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " -"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" -" this field." +"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " +"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 msgid "" -"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " -"the previous example you should write " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." +"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " +"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " +"job applicants." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 msgid "" -"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " -"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." +"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " +"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " +"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 -msgid "Getting the API key and secret" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 msgid "" -"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." +"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " +"with the highest priority is used." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 msgid "" -"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " -"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " -"settings." +"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," +" saving space in your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 -msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 +msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 msgid "" -"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." -" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " -"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " -"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " -"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " -"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" -"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " -"another channel." +"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " +"would like to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 -msgid "Direct messaging a user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 msgid "" -"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " -"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " -"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " -"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " -"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " -"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " -"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " -"they are offline." +"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " +"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 -msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 msgid "" -"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " -"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" -" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " -"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " -"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " -"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 -msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " -"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " -"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " -"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " -"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." +"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" +" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " +"sending it." msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Visão geral" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Discuss" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " -"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " -"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " -"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " -"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " -"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " -"simple and searchable interface." +"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " +"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " +"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" +" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " +"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get organized by planning activities" +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose your notifications preference" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 msgid "" -"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " -"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " -"undertake." +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your :doc:`Chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` notifications to be handled." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 msgid "" -"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" -" your priorities." +"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " +"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " +"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:29 msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " -"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" +"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" +" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:37 +msgid "Start Chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " +"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " +"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" +" of where you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" +" your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " +"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:62 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the :doc:`chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` type *@user-name*; to refer to a channel," +" type *#channel-name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:67 +msgid "" +"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " +"through email, depending on his settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " +"first based on the task’s :doc:`followers " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>`, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" +" scope of the search becomes all partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +msgid "Chat status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " +"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " +"menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +msgid "Green = online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +msgid "Orange = away" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +msgid "White = offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "Airplane = out of the office" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/tasks/collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " +"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " +"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " +"of having overlapping actions between team members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " +"*Activities* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 +msgid "Plan activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the :doc:`Chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` by clicking on *Schedule activity*, or " +"through Kanban views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 msgid "Set your activity types" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 msgid "" -"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " -"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." +"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " +"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 -msgid "Schedule meetings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 msgid "" -"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " -"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " -"open to let you select a time slot." +"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure" +" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 +msgid "Recommend next activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " -"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." +"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " +"*Recommended Next Activities*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 -msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 msgid "" -"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " -"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." +"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" +" next steps are suggested to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " -"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " "departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," -" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." +"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " +"latest developments." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "Creating a channel" +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 +msgid "Public and Private channels" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 msgid "" -"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." +"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " +"visible to users invited to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " -"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " -"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " -"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 msgid "" "A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" -" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " -"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " -"information)." +" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " +"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " +"specific department)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 -msgid "Configuring a channel" +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 +msgid "Configuration options" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 msgid "" -"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " -"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." -" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " -"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" -" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " -"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" -" a public channel." +"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" +" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 -msgid "How to set up a mailing list" +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 +msgid "Privacy and Members" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 msgid "" -"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " -":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" -" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " -"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " -"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " -"messages by email." +"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " +"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " +"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" +" a public one." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "Locating a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 msgid "" -"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " -"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" -" clicking the plus icon." +"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " +"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " +"*Invite*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 msgid "" -"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " -"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " -"channels from a single screen." +"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " +"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " +"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " +"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " +"are part of the group." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 +msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 msgid "" -"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " -"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." +"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " +"mailing list." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 -msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 msgid "" -"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " -"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " -"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " -"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " -"character wildcard.**" +"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " +"messages will need to be approved before being sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 msgid "" -"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," -" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." +"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" +" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 -msgid "How to choose the events to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 msgid "" -"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " -"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " -"**Project** app." +"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" +" to newcomers." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 -msgid "How to add other followers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 msgid "" -"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " -"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" -" link back to the original document." +"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " +"messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 -msgid "How to be a default follower" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 msgid "" -"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " -"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" -" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " -"created, an opportunity won)." +"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " +"their :doc:`notification preference `." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 msgid "" -"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" -" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " -"about." +"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " +"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 +msgid "Quick search bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " +"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " +"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" +" and quickly find the one you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 +msgid "Finding channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " +"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " +"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " +"single character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index dd2623fec..14c9d47eb 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -4,23 +4,22 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Rodrigo de Almeida Sottomaior Macedo , 2020 # danimaribeiro , 2020 # Mateus Lopes , 2020 # falexandresilva , 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # grazziano , 2020 -# Silmar , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Marcel Savegnago , 2020 +# Silmar , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Marcel Savegnago , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Silmar , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -670,317 +669,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Get paid" msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " -"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " -"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " -"`__ " -"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " -"`__ that " -"you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 -msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Create an `Authorize.Net account `__ by clicking " -"'Get Started'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" -" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " -"press the related option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 -msgid "Go through the registration steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " -"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 -msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 -msgid "Set up Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " -"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Enter both your **Login ID** your **API Transaction Key** and your **API " -"Signature Key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To get those credentials from Authorize.Net, you can follow the direction in" -" the Authorize.net Help `API Credentials and Keys " -"`__" -" entry and access the menu :menuselection:`Account --> Settings --> API " -"Credentials & Keys` in the Authorize.net dashboard. Note that you need " -"*both* a Transaction key and and Signature key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Once both keys are set up, you can then generate a Client Key by clicking " -"the \"Generate Client Key\" button. Note that these 3 keys are necessary for" -" the setup to work correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:51 -msgid "Go live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Enabled** state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " -"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you switch from " -"testing to production or vice-versa." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:65 -msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " -"account `__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" -" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " -"`__ to configure your sandbox account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" -" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " -"`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:80 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:206 -msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:81 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:207 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " -"Invoicing apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 -msgid "What are the payment methods available" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 -msgid "Wire transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " -"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" -" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" -"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 -msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" -" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" -" over time:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 -msgid "`Paypal `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 -msgid "Authorize.net" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "Adyen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "Buckaroo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 -msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "PayUmoney" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 -msgid "Sips" -msgstr "Sips" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "Stripe" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 -msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method is ready, make it visible in the payment interface " -"by switching the state to **Enabled**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 -msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " -"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." -" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 -msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 -msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Subscription `__ allows to " -"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " -"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 -msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 -msgid "" -"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " -"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" -" from the subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 -msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " -"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" -" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 -msgid "How to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 -msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " -"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " -"duplicate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 -msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " -"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " -"`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " -"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " -"such matter. `Contact us `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" msgstr "" @@ -1063,7 +751,7 @@ msgid "" " can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " "way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " "until you get paid into your bank account (see " -":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards`)." +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)." msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 @@ -1089,305 +777,6 @@ msgid "" "interfaces, not from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " -"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " -"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " -"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 -msgid "Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 -msgid "" -"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " -"Business Account `_" -" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " -"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " -"configuration steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 -msgid "Settings in Paypal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:26 -msgid "" -"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " -"seamless customer experience with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " -"Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:34 -msgid "Auto Return" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " -"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " -"the suffix ``/shop/confirmation`` as *Return URL* (e.g. " -"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:41 -msgid "" -"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " -"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " -"Odoo databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:49 -msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:51 -msgid "" -"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" -" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " -"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " -"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:59 -msgid "Paypal Account Optional" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:61 -msgid "" -"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " -"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " -"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:68 -msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:70 -msgid "" -"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " -"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " -"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" -" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " -"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:77 -msgid "" -"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " -"*Instant Payment Notification*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " -"(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85 -msgid "Payment Messages Format" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:87 -msgid "" -"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " -"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " -"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:93 -msgid "" -"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 -msgid "To do so, open:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:97 -msgid "" -"`this page for a test account `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:99 -msgid "" -"`this page for a production account `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " -"**UTF-8**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109 -msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112 -msgid "" -"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" -" Account Optional* needs to be turned on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:118 -msgid "" -"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " -"`Paypal documentation `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:124 -msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127 -msgid "Activation" -msgstr "Ativação" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " -"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:133 -msgid "Credentials" -msgstr "Credenciais" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:135 -msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:137 -msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138 -msgid "" -"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " -":menuselection:`Profile --> About the business`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:140 -msgid "" -"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" -" here above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:146 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:148 -msgid "" -"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " -"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " -"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:151 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:157 -msgid "" -"You can refer to `Paypal Fees `__ to set up fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:161 -msgid "" -"`Traders in the EU `_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " -"paying with credit cards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165 -msgid "Go live!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" -" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" -" it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " -"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " -"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " -"processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185 -msgid "Test environment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187 -msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with " -"your Paypal credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:191 -msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:193 -msgid "" -"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " -"`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:195 -msgid "" -"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:197 -msgid "" -"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " -"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " -"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " -"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " -"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:203 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "" - #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 msgid "How customers can access their customer account" msgstr "" @@ -1433,54 +822,6 @@ msgid "" "will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." -msgstr "" - #: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Collect taxes" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po index 795375362..39adad6ff 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -6,15 +6,16 @@ # Translators: # Rafael H L Moretti , 2020 # Silmar , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Silmar , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -34,25 +35,25 @@ msgstr "Visão geral" msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" msgstr "Trabalhar com listas de e-mail" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5 msgid "" -"Mailing lists could be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as" -" they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, " -"and consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:9 -msgid "Create Mailing lists" +"Mailing lists can be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as " +"they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, and" +" consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 +msgid "Create mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " "the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " "unsubscribing." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:18 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19 msgid "" "Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" " *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." @@ -62,21 +63,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:25 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 msgid "" "Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " "advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27 msgid "" "Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " "mailing list." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:35 -msgid "Check all the contacts of your mailing list(s)" -msgstr "" +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34 +msgid "Contacts" +msgstr "Contatos" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -85,14 +86,14 @@ msgid "" "created here." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:45 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43 msgid "" -"Open a contact to see or add different mailing lists to which the contact is" -" or will be part of." +"Open a contact form to see or add different mailing lists to which the " +"contact is or will be part of." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:54 -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:48 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46 msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" msgstr "" @@ -100,35 +101,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:4 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5 msgid "" "It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " "unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " "that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:9 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " -"*Blacklist Option when unsubscribing*." +"*Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:18 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19 msgid "" -"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he will " -"be redirected to the following page:" +"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is " +"redirected to the following page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:22 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:28 msgid "" -"After clicking the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you will " -"be sent to an error page (error 403 - Access Denied). If you want to be sure" -" the link is working properly, you should create your mass mail and then " -"send it only to a personal email." +"After clicking on the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you " +"are sent to an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). If you want to be " +"sure the link is working properly, create your mass mail and send it only to" +" a personal email." msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 @@ -144,18 +145,18 @@ msgid "" " users." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38 msgid "" "Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " -"addresses will be shown." +"addresses are shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:40 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 msgid "" "When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:50 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47 msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" msgstr "" @@ -163,24 +164,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:4 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5 msgid "" "Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " "consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" " with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:9 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14 msgid "" -"Choosing *Contacts*, for example, as *Recipients*, will allow you to add " +"Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add " "specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." msgstr "" @@ -192,94 +193,98 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:26 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25 msgid "" "Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " "dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " "to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34 msgid "" "Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " "you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" " sender (*Send From*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:41 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 msgid "" "With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " "either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." -" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts, a " -"mailing list or contacts as recipients." +" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts or " +"contacts as recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:51 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45 msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:60 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53 msgid "" -"*Save*: the work will be allocated in the *draft* column in the kanban view." -" Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " -"will delete the email." +"*Save*: the work is allocated in the *draft* column in the Kanban view. " +"Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " +"deletes the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:62 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:54 msgid "" "Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " "contacts to avoid errors." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:65 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56 msgid "" -"*Send* will trigger the email with the next run and put the work on the " -"*queue* column in the kanban view." +"*Send* triggers the email with the next run and put the work on the *queue* " +"column in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:68 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:58 msgid "" -"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time and will put the email in " -"the *queue* column in the kanban view." +"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time, and puts the email in the " +"*queue* column in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:61 msgid "" -"The daily limit is applied for *all emails* sent, in other words, throughout" -" all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have remaining " -"ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically the next " -"day. You will need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " +"The daily limit is applied for **all emails** sent, in other words, " +"throughout all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have " +"remaining ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically " +"the next day. You need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " "*Retry*." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:78 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67 msgid "Manage campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:79 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " "Campaigns*." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:81 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 msgid "" "The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" " efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:82 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72 msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:92 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80 msgid "" "If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " -"Notification feature, you will see the option to create content for those " -"channels. You will also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. " -"All of this is possible because the applications work integrated." +"Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those " +"channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of" +" this is possible because the applications work integrated." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po index 68d469010..8ad79e992 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Silmar , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -75,10 +75,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " "you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " -"configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: " -":doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees " -"report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " -"behaviour." +"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price `. That" +" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " +"usually the expected behaviour." msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:41 @@ -148,8 +147,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:83 msgid "" "The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " -"product's internal reference between brackets (e.g. [Food]). Type the " -"expense amount in the mail subject to set it on the expense too." +"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " +"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:88 diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po index bd487d2a3..6400aa836 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" "Last-Translator: falexandresilva , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ msgid "" "Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:15 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:17 msgid "" "Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " "Intervention* from tickets." @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 -msgid ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`" +msgid ":doc:`../../project/overview/setup`" msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3 @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ msgid "" "Quotations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:21 +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:23 msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 77e169b50..b67c79569 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -5,15 +5,23 @@ # # Translators: # Thiago Alves Cavalcante , 2020 +# Rafael H L Moretti , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Marcel Savegnago , 2020 +# Fábio Novais , 2020 +# PopSolutions Cooperativa Digital , 2020 +# Mateus Lopes , 2020 +# grazziano , 2020 +# Vanderlei Romera , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Thiago Alves Cavalcante , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Vanderlei Romera , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -97,6 +105,130 @@ msgid "" "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." msgstr "" +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 +msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly " +"from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales " +"commission plans, budgets, project forecasts, etc. Formulas are written in " +"Python but programming skills are not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*." +" The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get " +"Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password " +"--> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 +msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to " +"Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 +msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by " +"Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 +msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 +msgid "From this new file, configure your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " +"Username --> Password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "Candidaturas" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve " +"data and retrieve grouped sums." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested" +" takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no " +"specific size limit, since the time for Odoo to respond depends on several " +"factors - although reading data regarding several thousand records is " +"usually fine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 +msgid "Retrieve Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse " +"(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the " +"information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 +msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 +msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group " +"(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to " +"display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 +msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 +msgid "Other uses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create " +"Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" msgstr "" @@ -936,65 +1068,394 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../general/multi_companies.rst:3 +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:124 +msgid "Multi Companies" +msgstr "Multi Empresas" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 +msgid "" +"A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies" +" simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and" +" contacts. It provides you the ability to generate reports of aggregated " +"figures without switching interfaces, which facilitates daily tasks and the " +"overall management process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 +msgid "Manage companies and records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " +"with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " +"are shared between the two companies (as long as both environments are " +"active)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them " +"by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels." +" JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " +"boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " +"in use. To switch environments, click on the company’s name. In the example " +"below, the user has access to three companies, two are activated, and the " +"environment in use is of *JS Store US*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " +"shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 +msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " +"specific company and its child companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:51 +msgid "Employees' access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " +"<../odoo_basics/add_user>` for *Multi Companies*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " +"**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " +"the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " +"(the company from which the sale order was issued)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:66 +msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 +msgid "The current company (the one active) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 +msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " +"is being edited)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:73 +msgid "Documents’ format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" +" the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " +"Layout*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:83 +msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" +msgstr "Transações interempresariais" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +msgid "" +":doc:`Chart of Accounts " +"<../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Localizations " +"<../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:92 +msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 +msgid "" +":doc:`Warehouses <../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With" +" the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like" +" operations between companies to be synchronized at an invoice/bills level " +"or at a sales/purchase orders level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:103 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " +"confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:106 +msgid "" +"*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, " +"automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:113 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales " +"order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is " +"confirmed for the selected company. If instead of a drafted purchase/sales " +"order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:117 +msgid "" +"*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store " +"Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " +"confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:126 +msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:132 +msgid "" +"`Multi-company Guidelines " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a user" +msgid "Add Users and Manage Access Rights" msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " -"point." +"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" +" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " +"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:12 msgid "Add individual users" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:14 msgid "" -"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" -" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " -"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -" -" and a picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " -"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 msgid "" -"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " -"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" -" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." +"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " +"Rights ` choose the group within" +" each application the user can have access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:24 msgid "" -"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " -"Refer to our `Pricing page `_ for more " -"information." +"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" +" database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:30 msgid "" -"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " -"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " -"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link" -" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights " -"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." +"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " +"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " +"invitation and create a login." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:38 msgid "" -"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`_" +"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " +"`pricing page `_ for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:42 +msgid "" +"With the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"activated, *User Types* can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " +"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " +"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:57 +msgid "Access Rights in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:63 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "Grupos" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " +"`, details of the rules and " +"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " +"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" +" rights are shown in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:76 +msgid "" +"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " +"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " +"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " +"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " +"they are being applied to the needed and right users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " +"access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:96 +msgid "" +"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " +"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " +"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:99 +msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:100 +msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:101 +msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:102 +msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " +"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:112 +msgid "" +"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " +"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " +"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " +"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " +"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " +"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " +"companies database you hold the user can have access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " +"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" +" required. For technical explanations refer to `this " +"`_ " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:140 +msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 @@ -1074,6 +1535,1074 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" msgstr "" +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 +msgid "Export Data From Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " +"in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " +"(even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available " +"application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," +" activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " +"*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " +"when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " +"the data to export:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 +msgid "" +"With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " +"fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " +"update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the " +"box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, " +"not just the ones which can be imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " +".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " +"all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " +"sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " +"fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all " +"the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 +msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the “to export” list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The “handles” next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " +"and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" +" file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 +msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 +msgid "" +"For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " +"Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " +"*New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export " +"the same list, simply select the related template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 +msgid "" +"It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " +"*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " +"you would like to import next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 +msgid "Payment Acquirers" +msgstr "Métodos de Pagamento" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "Authorize.Net" +msgstr "Authorize.Net" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net `__ is a United States-based " +"online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit " +"cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "" +"This Payment Acquirer offers additional options that are not available for " +"other :doc:`Payment Acquirers `, such as the ability to " +"process your customer's payment after delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 +msgid "Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, choose a plan and `Sign Up for an Authorize.Net account " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your " +"Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 +msgid "API Login ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Transaction Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 +msgid "Signature Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to " +":menuselection:`Account --> Security Settings --> General Security Settings " +"--> API Credentials & Keys`, and generate your **Transaction Key** and " +"**Signature Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net: Getting Started Guide " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 +msgid "Payment Acquirer Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To configure Authorize.Net as Payment Acquirer in Odoo, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, open " +"**Authorize.Net**, and change the **State** to *Enabled*. Don't forget to " +"click on *Save* once you've set everything up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the :doc:`Payment Acquirers documentation " +"` to read how to configure this payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "Credenciais" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Copy your credentials from your Authorize.Net account (API Login Id, API " +"Transaction Key, and API Signature Key), paste them in the related fields " +"under the **Credentials** tab, then click on **Generate Client Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The **API Client Key** is necessary only if you select *Payment from Odoo* " +"option as :ref:`Payment Flow `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Authorize.Net as a test, with a *sandbox account*, change " +"the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo " +"database, rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 +msgid "Payment Flow" +msgstr "Fluxo de pagamento" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Flow** lets you decide if to redirect the user to the payment " +"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " +"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo. This field is under the " +"**Configuration** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*, make sure you add a " +"**Default Receipt URL** and a **Default Relay Response URL** to your " +"Authorize.net account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To do so, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account" +" --> Transaction Format Settings --> Transaction Response Settings --> " +"Response/Receipt URLs`, and set the default links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Receipt URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**payment/authorize/return**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Relay Response URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**shop/confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Failing to complete this step results in the following error:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*The referrer, relay response or receipt link URL is invalid.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If" +" enabled, the funds are reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not" +" charged yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment, go to the related Sales Order and click on *Capture " +"Transaction*. If the order is canceled, you can click on *Void Transaction* " +"to unlock the funds from the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " +"Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 +msgid "" +"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " +"interfaces, not from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 +msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Acquirers (Credit Cards, Online Payment)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several **payment methods** that allow your customers to pay on " +"their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay Sales " +"Orders, invoices, or subscriptions with recurring payments with their " +"favorite payment acquirers, including **online payment providers** that " +"accept **Credit Cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Having several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in " +"time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers" +" to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not keep Credit Card numbers or credentials on its servers, nor is" +" it stored on Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a " +"unique reference to the data stored in the payment acquirers' systems, where" +" the information is safely stored. This reference is useless without your " +"credentials for the payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment " +"acquirers: the payments that go directly on the bank account and follow the " +"usual reconciliation workflow, and the payment acquirers that are third-" +"party services and require you to follow another accounting workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 +msgid "Bank Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment " +"reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " +"it on your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" +msgstr "Débito direto SEPA" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " +"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more " +"information about this payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 +msgid "Online Payment Providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" +msgstr "Redirecionamento para o site do adquirente" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Payment from Odoo" +msgstr "Pagamento de Odoo" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Save Cards" +msgstr "Salvar Cartões" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Capture Amount Manually" +msgstr "Capturar quantidade manualmente" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "Adyen" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +msgid "✔" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +msgid "Alipay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "Buckaroo" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "Ingenico" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`PayPal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +msgid "PayUMoney" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +msgid "SIPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "Stripe" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Some of these Online Payment Providers can also be added as :doc:`Bank " +"Accounts <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is **not** " +"the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment Acquirers " +"allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and configured on" +" your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting " +"control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Some of the features described in this section are available only with some " +"Payment Acquirers. Refer to :ref:`the table above " +"` for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 +msgid "Add a new Payment Acquirer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a new Payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look " +"for your payment acquirer, install the related module, and activate it. To " +"do so, open the payment acquirer and change its state from *Disabled* to " +"*Enabled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " +"database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " +"credentials, but Odoo generates Sales Orders and Invoices as usual. It isn't" +" always possible to cancel an invoice, and this could create some issues " +"with your invoices numbering if you were to test your payment acquirers on " +"your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 +msgid "Credentials tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, go to the **Online Payment Provider**'s website, create an " +"account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." +" Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the Payment Acquirer " +"and get the confirmation of the *payment authentication*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The form in this section is specific to the Payment Acquirer you are " +"configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 +msgid "Configuration tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"You can change the Payment Acquirer front-end appearance by modifying its " +"name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" +" under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 +msgid "Save and reuse Credit Cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your " +"database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to " +"reenter the payment details. This is particularly useful for subscriptions' " +"recurring payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 +msgid "Place a hold on a card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"If the **Capture Amount Manually** field is enabled, the funds are reserved " +"for a few days on the customer's card, but not charged yet. You must then go" +" to the related Sales Order and manually *capture* the funds before its " +"automatic cancellation, or *void the transaction* to unlock the funds from " +"the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Choose in the **Payment Flow** field if to redirect the user to the payment " +"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " +"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Some features are available only if you select *Redirection to the acquirer " +"website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 +msgid "Countries" +msgstr "Países" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Restrict the use of the Payment Acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave " +"this field blank to make the Payment Acquirer available to all countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 +msgid "Payment Journal" +msgstr "Diário de Pagamento" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Journal** selected for your Payment Acquirer must be a *Bank* " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " +"**Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. Both of them are " +"preset to work out-of-the-box, but we strongly recommend you to make sure " +"these fields are correctly set according to your accounting needs, and adapt" +" them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 +msgid "Messages tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Change here the messages displayed by Odoo after a payment's confirmation or" +" failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 +msgid "Accounting perspective" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " +"their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " +"**Online Payment Providers** require you to consider how you want to record " +"your payments' journal entries. We recommend you to ask your accountant for " +"advice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Odoo default method is to record the payments on a *Current Assets Account*," +" on a dedicated *Bank Journal*, once the *Payment Authentication* is " +"confirmed. At some point, you transfer the funds from the *Payment Acquirer*" +" to your *Bank Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 +msgid "Here are the requirements for this to work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "Diário Bancário" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 +msgid "The Journal's **type** must be *Bank Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Select the right **Default Debit Account** and **Default Credit Account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, make sure that **Posting** is set as " +"*Post At Payment Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This implies that the Journal Entry is recorded directly when your Odoo " +"database receives the confirmation of the *Payment Authentication* from the " +"Online Payment Provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 +msgid "Current Asset Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 +msgid "The Account's **type** is *Current Assets*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 +msgid "The Account must **Allow Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 +msgid "" +"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " +"**Current Asset Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. You can " +"modify them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 +msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 +msgid ":doc:`authorize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " +"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " +"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " +"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " +"Business Account `_" +" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " +"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " +"configuration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " +"seamless customer experience with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " +"Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " +"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " +"the suffix ``/shop/confirmation`` as *Return URL* (e.g. " +"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " +"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" +" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " +"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " +"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " +"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " +"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" +" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " +"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " +"*Instant Payment Notification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " +"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " +"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 +msgid "To do so, open:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 +msgid "" +"`this page for a test account `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 +msgid "" +"`this page for a production account `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " +"**UTF-8**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" +" Account Optional* needs to be turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`Paypal documentation `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Ativação" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " +"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 +msgid "" +"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " +":menuselection:`Account Settings --> Business information`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" +" here above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " +"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " +"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " +"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees `__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 +msgid "" +"`Traders in the EU `_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " +"paying with credit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" +" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " +"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " +"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " +"processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with " +"your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " +"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " +"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " +"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " +"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " +"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " +"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " +"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " +"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " +"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " +"or duplicate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags.rst:3 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Marcadores" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Take Advantage of Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tags work like keywords or labels that will help you to categorize your " +"work, as well as make objectives and goals clearer and available for " +"everyone instantly. They are also a useful source of filtering, helping you " +"to boost productivity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:11 +msgid "Where can I use and how do I create tags?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Tags can be used in numerous applications going from *CRM*, *Project*, " +"*Contacts*, *Marketing Automation*, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:16 +msgid "" +"On *CRM* for instance, under :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags`" +" you can create new or edit existing ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:23 +msgid "You can also create them on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose specific colors for each tag to help identify them, or *Hide in " +"Kanban*, simply by clicking on the tag once it is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:38 +msgid "Remove tags from a task or from the database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Click on the *x* to delete a tag from a specific task or contact. To delete " +"it from your database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags " +"--> Action --> Delete`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:48 +msgid "Use tags as a parameter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On the *Marketing Automation* application, for example, you can re-use tags " +"as a parameter to specify a niche of records for your campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:59 +msgid "Use tags for reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To get the information you need in an organized format and for a specific " +"purpose, you can also add tags." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index 3165bb579..0a3809f16 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -4,17 +4,20 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Marcel Savegnago , 2020 +# Rodrigo de Almeida Sottomaior Macedo , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Mateus Lopes , 2020 +# grazziano , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Marcel Savegnago , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: grazziano , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -26,561 +29,845 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "Suporte Técnico" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:3 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avançado" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "After Sales Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 msgid "" -"After sales features: refund, coupon, return, repair, onsite interventions" +"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " +"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " +"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" +" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " +"interventions from a ticket’s page." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 +msgid "Set up the after sales services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 msgid "" -"As my business grows, having the tools to allow my helpdesk team to record, " -"track and manage issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk" -" app allows me to generate credit notes, return products, grant coupons, do " -"repairs and plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " +"Onsite Interventions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:10 -msgid "Set up the After Sales services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable the After" -" Sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite " -"Interventions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:19 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:21 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 msgid "" -"I can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For " -"that, I’ll simply go to my ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " -"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* the credit note will be " -"generated, and I can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" +" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " +"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " +"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 msgid "" -"The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will " -"be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*." +"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" +" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:40 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 msgid "" -"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned at the *Sales or " -"Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on " -"*Coupon*, choose the :menuselection:`Coupon Program --> Generate`." +"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " +"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " +"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:48 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 msgid "Repairs from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:50 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 msgid "" -"Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will" -" be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next " -"step." +"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" +" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:57 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:59 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 msgid "" -"At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the " -"same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan " -"Intervention*." +"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " +"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:66 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68 msgid "" "`Coupons `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Allow customers to close their tickets" +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 msgid "" "Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " "misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" " communication and actions more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:9 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 msgid "Configure the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:11 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 msgid "" "To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " "Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:18 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 msgid "" -"In order to designate to which stage the ticket will migrate to once it is " -"closed, go to :menuselection:`Overview --> Tickets`." +"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:25 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 msgid "" -"You can either create a new kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " -"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Edit Stage` and enable " -"*Closing Stage*." +"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " +"and enable *Closing Stage*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:32 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 msgid "" -"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket will be " -"transferred to the last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage " -"set as closing, the ticket will be put in the first one." +"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " +"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " +"ticket is put in the first one." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:35 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 msgid "The Costumer Portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:37 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 msgid "" -"Now, once the user logs in to his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " +"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:44 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:46 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 msgid "" "To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " -":menuselection:`Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add Custom filter --> " -"Closed by partner --> Applied`." +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " +"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Visão Geral" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 +msgid "Forum and eLearning" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" -msgstr "" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 +msgid "Forum" +msgstr "Fórum" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 msgid "" -"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" +"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " +"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " +"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" +" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " +"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " +"community!)." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 msgid "" -"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," -" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " -"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," -" or manually." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " +"enable *Help Center*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 -msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " +"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " +"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " +"allowed per question." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:42 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 msgid "" -"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " -"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " -"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" +"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " +"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:48 -msgid "Start receiving tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:51 -msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 msgid "" -"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " -"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" +"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " +"the ticket's page." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:59 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 msgid "" -"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " -"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." +"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " +"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" +" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:66 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 msgid "" -"Website Form allows your customer to go to " -"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " -"form - much like odoo.com/help!" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *eLearning*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:73 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 msgid "" -"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " -"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " -"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." +"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:81 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 msgid "" -"The final option to submit tickets is through an API connection. View the " -"documentation `here " -"`_." +"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " +"Course*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:85 -msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:87 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" -" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " -"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " -"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." +"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" +" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " +"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," +" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:95 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " -"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." +"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:98 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 msgid "" -"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " -"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." +"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " +"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " +"accounting, admin, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:102 -msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 msgid "" -"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" -" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " -"Kanban view or on the ticket form." +"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " +"redirected to the right person:" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:111 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 msgid "" -"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " -"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" +"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " +"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 -msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:119 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 msgid "" -"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " -"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." +"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " +"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " +"automatically;" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:126 -msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:128 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 msgid "" -"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " -"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" +"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " +"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " +"that all tickets get to be taken care of." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131 -msgid "Grey - Normal State" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133 -msgid "Red - Blocked" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:135 -msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 msgid "" -"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " -"Ticket form." +"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " +"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " +"all employees (with the proper access rights)." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:144 -msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:146 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 msgid "" -"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " -"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " -"timesheets will log against." +"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " +"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " +"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " +"(with the proper access rights)." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:153 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 +msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 msgid "" -"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" -" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" +"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " +"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " +"to use certain stages under *Team*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 msgid "" -"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " -"ticket." +"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " +"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " +"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:163 -msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/odoo_basics/add_user`" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 -msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Avaliações" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " -"an email to the customer asking how their service went." +"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " +"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" +" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" +" the quality of your services." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 msgid "" -"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " -"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " -"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " +"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "The modules needed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 msgid "" -"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " -"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " -"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." +"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " +"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" +" Stage*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 -msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 -msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 msgid "" -"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " -"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." +"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " +"an email is sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 msgid "" -"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " -"it." +"Ratings can be seen on the :doc:`chatter <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` " +"of each ticket, under the *See Customer Satisfaction* link on the main " +"dashboard, and through *Reporting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 -msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 +msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 msgid "" -"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " -"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" -" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " -"previously created as well." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" +" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`../../portal/my_odoo_portal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 msgid "" -"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" -" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." +"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " +"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." +" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " +"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " -"Make sure that the product is set as a service." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " +"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " +"users." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 +msgid "Email Alias" +msgstr "Apelido de E-mail" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 msgid "" -"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " -"unit will do." +"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " +"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " +"the content is shown in the Chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 msgid "" -"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " -"configuration :" +"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " +"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " +"Domain*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 -msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 -msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 -msgid "Step 1 : place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 msgid "" -"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " -"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " -"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" -" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " -"the sale." +"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " +"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " +"server." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 -msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 +msgid "Website Form" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " -"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" -" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" -" and select the task on its form." +"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " +"website." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 -msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 msgid "" -"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " -"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " -"*Timesheets* tab." +"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" +" *Go to Website*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 msgid "" -"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " -"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." +"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 -msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" -msgstr "" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Live Chat" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 msgid "" -"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" -" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " -"appear as the delivered quantity." +"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " +"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 msgid "" -"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " -"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" +"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " +"- and :doc:`set up your channel <../../livechat/overview/get_started>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Turn helpdesk hours into invoices directly from a project task" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " +"<../../livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 +msgid "Prioritize tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" +" top of your list on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 +msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 +msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 +msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`sla`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Reports for a Better Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " +"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " +"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " +"expectations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 +msgid "Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 +msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " +"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " +"Period* or a *Previous Year*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 +msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " +"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" +" many requests they are able to handle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " +"ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " +"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " +"their issues to be handled quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 +msgid "Save filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" +" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " +"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 +msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " +"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " +"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " +"and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 +msgid "Create your policies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " +"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" +" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" +" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " +"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " +"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" +" SLAs is the one considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " +"the deadline field is not shown anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 +msgid "SLA Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" +" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" +" keep track of upcoming deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " +"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " +"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " +"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " +"customer needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 +msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" +" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " +"Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" +" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " +"ultimately modified on each ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 +msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " +"the unit of measure of your service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" +" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " +"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " +"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" +" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " +"automating the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 +msgid "" +"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " +"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " +"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " +"time spent on a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 +msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 +msgid "Step 1: Place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " +"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " +"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " +"customer and *Confirm* the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 +msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 +msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 +msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " +"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 +msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " +"the *Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" +" column in the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " +"the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 msgid "" "Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " "into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " "control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuração" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:12 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" -" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under " -"*Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and " +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " "timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " "the feature *Bill from tasks*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 msgid "" -"Now, once you added the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under the " -"*Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." +"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" +" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index 16da88bc9..1830acc96 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -6,24 +6,24 @@ # Translators: # Emanuel Martins , 2020 # Silmar , 2020 -# Mateus Lopes , 2020 -# Luiz Carlos de Lima , 2020 # Juliene Gomes , 2020 # Ademílson F. Tonato , 2020 # danimaribeiro , 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # grazziano , 2020 +# Luiz Fernando , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Marcel Savegnago , 2020 -# Luiz Fernando Gondin , 2020 +# Mateus Lopes , 2020 +# Luiz Carlos de Lima , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Gondin , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Luiz Carlos de Lima , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -98,9 +98,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 @@ -515,7 +512,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 @@ -531,9 +527,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 @@ -985,80 +978,71 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " -"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " -"to the stock." +"There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " +"outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" +" the customers." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 msgid "" -"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" " configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 msgid "" -"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +"Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 msgid "" -"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " -"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " -"the *RfQ*." +"In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " +"to deliver and confirm it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 msgid "" -"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " -"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +"Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " +"stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " +"button, you should now see your delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "Process a Receipt" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 +msgid "Process a Delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 msgid "" -"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " -"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " -"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +"You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " +"application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" +" the Delivery Orders Kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 msgid "" -"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " -"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " -"suppliers are considered as being always available." +"Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " +"*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 msgid "" -"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " -"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " -"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +"Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " +"location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " +"the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now " +"*Done*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 @@ -1118,513 +1102,202 @@ msgid "" "directly via the *Packages* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " -"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " -"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " -"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " -"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:18 -msgid "Configuring lead times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " -"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " -"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:28 -msgid "At a product level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 -msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " -"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " -"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" -" select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " -"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " -"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" -" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " -"Time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 -msgid "**Customer lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " -"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " -"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " -"time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 -msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "" -"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" -" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " -"create manufacturing routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:74 -msgid "At the company level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 -msgid "" -"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " -"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " -"of delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 -msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" -" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " -"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " -"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " -"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " -"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " -"keep your commitment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " -"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " -"of safety days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 -msgid "" -"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " -"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " -"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " -"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " -"here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:134 -msgid "At route level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" -" can also influence the computed date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " -"app when creating a new push rule in a route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 -msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 -msgid "At sale order level:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "**Requested date**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " -"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" -" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" -" display a warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:173 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " -"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." -" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " -"on your configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 -msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 -msgid "" -"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 -msgid "" -"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " -"lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 -msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " -"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "" - #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" -"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " -"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " -"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a *quality control step* in the goods " -"receipt process can become essential." +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " +"that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more " +"steps before shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," -" the reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can " -"allow having 3 steps." +"With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " +"to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " +"location before being effectively shipped to the customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The 3-steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" -" transfer them into a quality area for *quality control*. When the quality " -"check has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of " -"course, you may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity " -"that is valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 -msgid "Multi-Step Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to activate the *multi-step routes* option. Indeed, " -"routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. Here, we " -"will chain the picking to the shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:29 -msgid "" -"To activate *multi-step routes*, open the *inventory app*, and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. By " -"default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage " -"Locations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:38 -msgid "Warehouse configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now that *Multi-Step Routes* is activated, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and open the one you will use " -"to deliver in 3 steps. Then, you can select the option *Pack good, send " -"goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* as *Outgoing Shipments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " -"*Output* and *Packing Zone*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Of course, you can rename them if you want. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to " -"rename. Change its name and hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* app, create a quotation with storable products to deliver. " -"Then, confirm it and three pickings will be created and linked to your sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:65 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 -msgid "Now, click on the button. You should see three different pickings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 -msgid "The first one, with a reference PICK, designates the picking process;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "The second one, with a reference PACK, is for the packing process;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:71 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 -msgid "The third one, with a reference OUT, designates the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:77 -msgid "Process the picking, packing, and delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The first operation to be processed is the picking and has a *Ready* status," -" while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*. The packing will become " -"*Ready* as soon as the picking is marked as *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " -"inventory app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Note that, if you have the product in stock, it will be automatically " -"reserved and you can validate the picking document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Now that the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " -"processed. Since the documents are chained, the products that have been " -"picked are automatically reserved on the packing order so you can directly " -"validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Then, you can validate your packing. In doing so, the delivery order can be " -"processed. Once again, it will be ready to be validated so you can transfer " -"the products to the customer location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " -"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " -"you to have 2 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " -"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 msgid "" "The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" " a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " -"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" -" stock." +"chain the picking step to the shipping step." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 msgid "" -"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " -"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " +"*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 msgid "" -"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " -"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " -"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing" +" Shipments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " -"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " +"*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one" +" you want to rename and update its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 -msgid "Create a purchase order" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 +msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 +msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " +"operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " +"and you can simply validate the picking document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing " +"order which can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " +"transfer the products to the customer location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " +"happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " +"part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an " +"output location before being effectively shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +msgid "Warehouse configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." +" If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 msgid "" -"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" -" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " -"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " -"your purchase order." +"If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " +"pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " +"another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " -"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" -" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " -"products to *Stock*." +msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 -msgid "Process the picking and the delivery" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " +"picking operation has been marked as done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 msgid "" -"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " -"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " -"marked as *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " -"through the inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 -msgid "" -"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " -"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " -"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " -"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " -"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " -"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +"Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery" +" order." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 @@ -1713,10 +1386,303 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " +"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " +"to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " +"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " +"the *RfQ*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " +"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "Process a Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " +"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " +"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " +"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " +"suppliers are considered as being always available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " +"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " +"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " +"throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " +"of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality " +"control step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " +"Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " +"the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have " +"two-steps or three-steps processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " +"receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " +"(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC " +"requirements are moved to stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " +"mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " +"the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " +"Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " +"with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then " +"quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " +"and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " +"from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," +" three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source " +"document:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " +"control zone;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " +"status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " +"Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " +"come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " +"*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " +"previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the " +"transfer can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " +"again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " +"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " +"you to have 2 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " +"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" +" stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " +"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " +"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " +"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " +"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" +" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " +"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " +"your purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " +"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" +" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " +"products to *Stock*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " +"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " +"marked as *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " +"through the inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " +"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " +"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " +"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " +"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " +"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" msgstr "Lotes e Números de Série" @@ -2470,244 +2436,360 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Planning" msgstr "Planejamento" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:3 -msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed?" +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 msgid "" -"In most cases, scheduled dates are computed to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions, and so on. Depending on your company’s habits, Odoo generates " -"scheduled dates via the scheduler." +"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " +"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " +"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate" +" scheduled dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:9 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 msgid "" -"To make your life easier, the Odoo scheduler computes everything per line, " -"whether it’s a manufacturing order, a delivery order, a sale order, etc." +"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " +"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " +"will get the products he ordered." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 msgid "" -"The computed dates are dependent on the different lead times configured in " -"Odoo." +"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " +"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " +"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into " +"account." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 msgid "" -"Configuring lead times is the first move if you want to compute scheduled " -"dates. Those are the delays promised (in terms of delivery, manufacturing, " -"etc.) to your partners and/or clients." +"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " +"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" +" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:25 -msgid "In Odoo, you can configure different lead times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 msgid "" -"When configuring lead times at the product level, you have three different " -"types to take into account: supplier lead time, customer lead time, and " -"manufacturing lead time." +"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " +"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " +"lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:35 -msgid "Supplier lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 msgid "" -"The supplier lead time is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your " -"purchased products. To configure it, select a product and click on the " -"inventory tab. There, you will have to add a vendor to your product." +"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " +"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" +" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead " +"Time**." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, just open the vendor form and fill its *Delivery lead time*. In this " -"case, the delivery day will be equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + " -"Delivery Lead Time*." +"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a " +"vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope " +"with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the " +"**Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be " +"the default *Receipt* scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendor pricelists and, " -"thus, different delivery lead times, depending on the vendor." +"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " +"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " +"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " +"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " +"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific " +"date is set on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " +"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " +"produce and does not take the routing time into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " +"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " +"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead" +" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 +msgid "Sales - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " +"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" +" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " +"warning message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " +"all the lead times that could occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 msgid "Customer Lead Time" msgstr "Prazo de Entrega ao Cliente" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 msgid "" -"It is the time needed to get your product from your store/warehouse to your " -"customer. It can be configured for any product. To add it, select a product " -"and go to the inventory tab. There, simply indicate your *customer lead " -"time*." +"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" +" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " +"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your " +"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:67 -msgid "Manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 msgid "" -"On the same page, it is possible to configure what’s called the " -"*Manufacturing Lead Time*. It is the time needed to manufacture the product." +"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" +" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " +"April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 +msgid "Security Lead Time" +msgstr "Lead Time de Segurança" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 msgid "" -"At the company level, you can configure security days. Those are useful to " -"cope with eventual dalys and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract backup days from the computed scheduled date in case of " -"delays." +"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " +"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " +"earlier in order to arrive on time." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 msgid "" -"Once again, there are three different types of security lead times: for " -"sales, for purchases, and for manufacturing." +"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " +"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:85 -msgid "Security lead time for sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:87 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 msgid "" -"In sales, security lead time corresponds to backup days to ensure you will " -"be able to deliver your clients in times. They are margins of errors for " -"delivery lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early " -"wristwatch, in order to arrive on time." +"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 msgid "" -"The idea is to subtract the numbers of security days from the calculation " -"and, thus, to compute a scheduled date earlier than the one you promised to " -"your client. In that way, you are sure to be able to keep your commitment." +"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " +"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " +"the delivery order is the 5th of April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:97 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 +msgid "Deliver several products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " +"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " +"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:104 -msgid "Security lead time for purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:106 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" -"It follows the same logic as security lead time for sales except that " -"security lead time for purchase is the margin of error for vendor lead " -"times, not for sales." +"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" +" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " +"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 msgid "" -"When the system generates purchase orders for procuring products, they will " -"be scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." +"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " +"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " +"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is " +"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of " +"April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:114 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 msgid "" -"To find purchase lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " +"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" +" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:121 -msgid "Security lead time for manufacturing" +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:123 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 +msgid "Supplier Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 msgid "" -"The security lead time for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " -"orders which are scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected " -"manufacturing days." +"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " +"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " +"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:127 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 msgid "" -"To configure it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and enable the *Security Lead Time* option. Then, hit save." +"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " +"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " +"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead " +"Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:136 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" -"Sometimes, the internal transfers that a product might do may also influence" -" the computed date. The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in" -" the *Inventory* app when you create a new rule in a route." +"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " +"depending on the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:141 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 msgid "" -"To specify them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Routes` and add a push rule to set a delay. Of course, you need to activate " -"*Multi-step Routes* to use this feature." +"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " +"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " +"for your supplier to deliver your order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:149 -msgid "At the sale order level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:152 -msgid "Expected date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:154 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 msgid "" -"In the *Sales* application, you have the possibility to activate the option " -"*Delivery Date*. It will allow you to see additional fields on the sale " -"order." +"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:158 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" -"By enabling this option, Odoo will indicate the *Expected Date* in the " -"*Other Info* tab of the sales order. This one is automatically computed " -"based on the different lead times." +"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " +"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:165 -msgid "" -"If you set a *Commitment Date* to deliver your customer that is earlier than" -" the *Expected Date*, a warning message will appear on the screen." +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 +msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:175 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 +msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" +msgstr "Prazo de Fabricação" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 msgid "" -"To better understand all the above info, here is an example. You may sell a " -"car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, and you promise to " -"deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20th). In such a scenario, the" -" scheduler will trigger the following events, based on your configuration:" +"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." +" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " +"number of days the manufacturing takes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:181 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 msgid "" -"January 19: this is the actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety " -"Days);" +"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " +"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" +" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of " +"July is June 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:183 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 msgid "" -"January 18: you receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase " -"days);" +"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " +"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:185 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "" -"January 10: this is the deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of " -"Supplier Delivery Lead Time);" +"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:187 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since they " -"need, on average, 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " +"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " +"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on " +"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +msgid "Global Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 +msgid "Here is a configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 +msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 +msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 +msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " +"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " +"here is when all the various steps are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " +"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +msgid "" +"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" +" security lead time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 +msgid "" +"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " +"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " +"Manufacturing)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 +msgid "" +"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " +"security lead time for sales)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 @@ -2998,7 +3080,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Kits?" +msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 @@ -4669,200 +4751,6 @@ msgid "" "backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a procurement rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " -"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" -" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " -"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " -"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " -"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " -"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" -" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " -"dissatisfaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 -msgid "" -"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" -" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " -"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " -"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " -"of storing goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " -"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " -"using rules\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 -msgid "Procurement rules settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 -msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " -"possible :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 -msgid "Move from another location rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 -msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " -"manufacturing rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " -"rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " -"defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 -msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:72 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 -msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a push rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" -" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " -"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " -"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " -"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " -"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " -"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " -"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " -"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " -"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " -"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " -"inability to meet customer demand for the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" -" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " -"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " -"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " -"be triggered automatically or manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" -" rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 -msgid "Push rules settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 -msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " -"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " -"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " -"quality control location move to the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 -msgid "Stock transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" -" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " -"waiting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " -"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:74 -msgid "" -"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " -"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" -" the main stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" msgstr "" @@ -4923,182 +4811,468 @@ msgid "" " A and one in warehouse B." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 -msgid "How to use routes?" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 +msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 msgid "" -"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" -" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" +"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " +"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " +"in the retail channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" -msgstr "Gerenciar cadeias de fabricação de produtos" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " +"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" +" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " +"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 -msgid "Manage default locations per product" -msgstr "Gerenciar localizações padrão por produto" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +msgid "Inside the warehouse" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " +"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " +"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " +"trigger all the route's rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " +"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" +" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " +"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " +"stored in their respective locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " +"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " +"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " +"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" +" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" +" to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 +msgid "Pull Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 +msgid "" +"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " +"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 +msgid "" +"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " +"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" +" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " +"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " +"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " +"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " +"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " +"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " +"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 +msgid "" +"All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " +"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " +"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "Regras de envio" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " +"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " +"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" +" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 +msgid "" +"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " +"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " +"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" +" products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " +"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " +"their *Storage Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " +"upstream transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" +" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " +"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " +"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 +msgid "Use Routes and Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " +"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 +msgid "Manage default locations per product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 msgid "" "Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" +"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 msgid "" -"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " -"products" +"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products." msgstr "" -"Ajude a administração de aluguel, gerando movimentos de retorno " -"automatizados para produtos alugados" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " -"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " -"routing of products using rules**." +"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " +"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " +"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 -msgid "Pre-configured routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 -msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 msgid "" -"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`." +"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" +"Step Routes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 msgid "" -"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " -"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." +"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" +"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 +msgid "Pre-configured Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " +"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " +"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " +"incoming and outgoing shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" +" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " +"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " +"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " +"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " +"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" +" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" +" rules for the pre-configured route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Routes`." +"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " +"selected. Of course, combinations are available." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 msgid "" -"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " -"can combine several choices." +"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " +"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 -msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 msgid "" -"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" -" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " -"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." +"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " +"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " +"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " +"the same category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 -msgid "Routes applied on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 msgid "" -"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " -"be applied." +"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " +"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " +"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," -" select the route(s):" +"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " +"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " +"if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 -msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 msgid "" -"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " -"categories it will be applied." +"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" +" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 +msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" -" under the **Logistics** section :" +"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " +"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" +" on which product it must be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 -msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 msgid "" -"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " -"time you make a sale order." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " +"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" +" tab* and select the route you’ve created." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 msgid "" -"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" -" the sales order." +"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " +"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " +"are vital to have working routings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "Regras" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 msgid "" -"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" +" section, and click on *Add a line* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 -msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 -msgid "Procurement and push rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 -msgid "Please refer to the documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 -msgid "Procurement configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 msgid "" -"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " -"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " -"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " -"**Preferred Routes**:" +"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " +"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " +"of them:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 -msgid "Make-to-Order Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 msgid "" -"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " -"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " -"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " -"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." +"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " +"specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " +"validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. " +"When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to " +"fulfill this need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 +msgid "" +"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " +"defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, " +"Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 +msgid "" +"**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different " +"situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a " +"specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " +"fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a " +"rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the " +"products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 +msgid "" +"**Buy**: when products are needed at the source location, a request for " +"quotation is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 +msgid "" +"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " +"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 +msgid "" +"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " +"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " +"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " +"source location:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " +"source location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" +" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " +"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " +"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " +"source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 +msgid "" +"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " +"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " +"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " +"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " +"alert in the form of a *next activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 +msgid "What about a full flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " +"full flow with an advanced custom route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +msgid "" +"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " +"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " +"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " +"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " +"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " +"the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +msgid "" +"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " +"created to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " +"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " +"transfer in the list is not done yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " +"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +msgid "" +"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " +"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " +"required products from the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +msgid "" +"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " +"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " +"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" +" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " +"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +msgid "" +"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " +"have been triggered and the transfers done." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po index 1876999b4..9a45862f4 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po @@ -3,13 +3,17 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,7 +27,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config.rst:3 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuração" #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:3 msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" @@ -56,35 +60,48 @@ msgid "Power on the IoT Box." msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28 -msgid "Then click on the Scan button." +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:34 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:40 msgid "WiFi Connection" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:36 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:42 msgid "Power on the IoT Box" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:38 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:44 msgid "Copy the token" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:43 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:48 msgid "" "Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " "plugged in your computer)." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:49 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:53 msgid "" "You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " "to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " "and paste the token, then click on next." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:57 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:60 msgid "" "If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " "(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" @@ -92,18 +109,18 @@ msgid "" "**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:63 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:66 msgid "" "Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " "there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " "redirected to your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:70 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:72 msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:76 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:78 msgid "IoT Box Schema" msgstr "" @@ -123,7 +140,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__, " +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__, " "It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " "and launch it." msgstr "" @@ -172,13 +189,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " "reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " -"can be found `here `__)." +"can be found `here `__)." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here " -"`__)." +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`flash_sdcard`" msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 @@ -296,8 +311,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:73 msgid "" "Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" -" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the box \"IoT" +" Box\" and select the IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:77 @@ -444,7 +459,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../iot/devices.rst:3 msgid "Devices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dispositivos" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:3 msgid "Connect a Camera" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po index 5f33f04b0..ad4eab0c2 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po @@ -3,13 +3,19 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Rodrigo de Almeida Sottomaior Macedo , 2020 +# Rafael H L Moretti , 2020 +# grazziano , 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: grazziano , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -17,177 +23,253 @@ msgstr "" "Language: pt_BR\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "Live Chat" +#: ../../livechat/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Visão geral" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 -msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " -"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " -"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," -" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " -"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " -"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." +"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " +"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" +" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " +"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 msgid "" -"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" -" and then click on install." +"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " +"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" +" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Live Chat`." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" -"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " -"operators can easily join and leave the chat." +"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "For both scenarios, under:" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 msgid "" -"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " -"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" -" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " -"website." +"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " +"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " +"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 -msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " -"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " -"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " -"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." +"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " +"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " +"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 -msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 msgid "" -"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " -"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " -"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" -" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " -"of time it takes for the chat to appear." +"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " +"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " +"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 -msgid "Prepare automatic messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 msgid "" -"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" -" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" -" through the live chat." +"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " +"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " +"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 -msgid "Start chatting with customers" +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "External options" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 msgid "" -"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " -"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " -"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " -"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." +"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" +" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 msgid "" -"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " -"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." +"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " +"single live chat page." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "Managing chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " -"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " -"answered wherever you are in Odoo." +"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " +"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" +" Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 msgid "" -"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " -"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." +"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " +"operators." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 +msgid "Leave or join a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Avaliações" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " +"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " +"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Customer Rating" +msgstr "Avaliação de Cliente" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " +"for an explanation is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 +msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "Make the rating public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " +"rating of that channel on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 +msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" +"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 msgid "Use commands" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 msgid "" -"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " -"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " -"into the chat. The following actions are available :" +"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 -msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 +msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 -msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 +msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 -msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 +msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 -msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 +msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 -msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 +msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 -msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 +msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 msgid "" -"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " -"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " -"The same goes for the creation of a lead." +"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " +"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " +"link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" +" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 msgid "Send canned responses" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " -"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " -"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " -"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," -" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " -"assigned." +"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " +"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " +"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 msgid "" -"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " -"visitors, enjoy !" +"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " +"shortcut word you created." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po index c96455a15..a0f73be9f 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po @@ -3,13 +3,20 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Marcel Savegnago , 2020 +# Mateus Lopes , 2020 +# danimaribeiro , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,7 +26,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Manufatura" #: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 msgid "Manufacturing Management" @@ -144,11 +151,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 msgid "" "Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " -"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the *Master Data* menu > " -"*Products* and create both the finished product and the component." +"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " +"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " "create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" @@ -156,64 +163,64 @@ msgid "" "*Manufacture this Product*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:38 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:40 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 msgid "" "As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" " same as for the standard product." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 msgid "" "If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " "*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " "each component line. You can add several variants for each component." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 msgid "Adding a routing" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:54 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 msgid "" "You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " "series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " "enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "" "Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" " times." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:66 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 msgid "" "Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" " when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " "dropdown menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 msgid "Adding By-Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 msgid "" "In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " "the primary product." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:79 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 msgid "" "To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" " *Manufacturing* app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " "You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " @@ -243,10 +250,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuração" #: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -618,7 +625,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 msgid "Manufacturing Order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ordem de Produção" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -740,153 +747,320 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontract the manufacturing" +msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 msgid "" -"Some businesses subcontract the production of some finished products through" -" subcontractors. This can be easily managed through Odoo." +"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " +"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 +msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and tick the box " -"*Subcontracting*." +"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:17 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 +msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 +msgid "Control subcontractors bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 msgid "" -"You can now define subcontracted *Bill of Materials*. Therefore, you need to" -" go to *Manufacturing > Master Data > Bill of Materials* and hit *Create*. " -"In this *BoM*, list the components which will be used by the subcontractor " -"to manufacture the subcontracted finished product. Specify that the *BoM* " -"type is *Subcontracting*." +"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " +"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:22 -msgid "You can also define subcontractors on the BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:24 -msgid "If no subcontractor is set, the BoM can be used by any subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 -msgid "If some are set, the BoM can only be used for those subcontractors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32 -msgid "Receive or buy a subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:34 -msgid "You have two options to trigger the subcontracting of a product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:36 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 msgid "" -"**Option A**: You can buy the subcontracted product from your subcontractor" +"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " +"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 -msgid "**Option B**: You can directly receive the subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:40 -msgid "Let’s start with option A (option B is just a simpler version of it)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:42 msgid "" -"Create a new purchase order. The vendor must be a subcontractor. The unit " -"price should be the cost you are paying to the subcontractor for the " -"subcontracting (thus, it’s not necessarily the total cost of the " -"subcontracted product)." +"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " +"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " +"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " +"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " +"directly from the subcontractor." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:50 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 msgid "" -"The validation of the purchase order automatically creates the receipt. " -"Whenever you receive the product, you can validate the receipt. The " -"following stock moves are created:" +"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" +" subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 +msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 -msgid "For the components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:56 -msgid "From Subcontracting To Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:58 -msgid "For the subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60 -msgid "From Production to Subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:62 -msgid "From Subcontracting to Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 msgid "" -"The *Subcontracting Location* represents the place where the products are at" -" your subcontractor’s warehouse. It is configured as an internal location, " -"the components that are sent to the subcontractor are still valued in your " -"stock." +"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " +"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " +"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " +"subcontractor on the *BoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:69 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 msgid "" -"For option B, you can simply create the receipt manually with a partner of " -"type subcontractor defined on it." +"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " +"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " +"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73 -msgid "Resupply the subcontractor with the components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:75 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 msgid "" -"There are 3 ways to manage the resupply of your subcontractor with the " -"components:" +"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " +"(3);" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:80 -msgid "**Manually**: You create a delivery order in which you set the" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 +msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " +"validated receipt (5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " +"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " +"order." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "subcontractor as a partner and you choose the components to deliver." +msgid "" +"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " +"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " +"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " +"materials used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "Valoração de Inventário" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "**With reordering rules**: You can define a *reordering rule*" +msgid "**C = A + B + s**" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:86 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 +msgid "With:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 +msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 +msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 msgid "" -"on the *Subcontracting location* to ensure that they are always enough " -"components sent to your subcontractors. When the reordering rule is " -"triggered, a delivery order is created for the product is automatically " -"created." +"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " +"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " +"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " +"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:97 -msgid "**On order**: You can also deliver the components to your" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:95 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 msgid "" -"subcontractors each time you order a subcontracted product. For this, you " -"need to tick the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " +"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " +"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " +"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" +" accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " +"proposed price coming from the finished products C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" +" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " +"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "Rastreabilidade" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 +msgid "" +"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " +"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " +"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " +"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " +"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 +msgid "" +"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " +"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 +msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " +"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 +msgid "" +"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " +"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " +"subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 +msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " +"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " +"address and fill the components to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " +"approaches:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 +msgid "Reordering rules;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 +msgid "Replenish on order flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 +msgid "" +"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " +"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " +"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" +" subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " +"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " +"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " +"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " "components." msgstr "" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 +msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " +"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " +"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " +"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " +"shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 +msgid "" +"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " +"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "Controle de Qualidade" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 +msgid "" +"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " +"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " +"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " +"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 +msgid "" +"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " +"a new *Control Point* on the reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " +"product is received." +msgstr "" + #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild a product" msgstr "" @@ -914,7 +1088,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 msgid "Unbuild Order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ordem Produção Reversa" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -957,8 +1131,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and activate the " -"Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 @@ -969,10 +1143,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 msgid "" -"Now, go in *Planning > Master Production Schedule* and click on add a " -"product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the stock you want " -"to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and maximum " -"quantities to replenish." +"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " +"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " +"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" +" maximum quantities to replenish." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 @@ -1104,38 +1278,38 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visão Geral" #: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 msgid "Repair Management" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 msgid "Repair products" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " "but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " "defect." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 msgid "Create a Repair Order" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:14 msgid "" "Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " "new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 msgid "Manage a repair" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:23 msgid "" "When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." " Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " @@ -1143,13 +1317,13 @@ msgid "" " might need, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:31 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " "customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " "able to start & end the repair when it is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:38 msgid "You can now invoice the repair." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po index e11b0a35c..864d82b65 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Keli Brugalli , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -315,6 +315,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" msgstr "" +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po index b69c8bbdc..c238aa65d 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po @@ -5,15 +5,16 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Rafael H L Moretti , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Rafael H L Moretti , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -25,120 +26,125 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Planning" msgstr "Planejamento" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 -msgid "Create a schedule and make encoding easier" +#: ../../planning/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Visão geral" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:4 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:5 msgid "" "Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create" " shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high" " level." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:8 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 msgid "Organize your team by roles" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to" " the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under " "*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:18 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20 msgid "Make shifts recurrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:19 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:22 msgid "" "While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you " "from the need of re-planning it." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:28 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30 msgid "" "Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is " -"possible in developer mode, from *Settings*." +"possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"from *Settings*." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:32 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38 msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:36 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:41 msgid "Save shifts as templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:37 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:43 msgid "" -"If creating a shift on the fly and knowing that you will use that template " -"in the future, click on *Save as a Template*." +"If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the " +"future, click on *Save as a Template*." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:46 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 msgid "" "To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Shifts Templates --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:55 msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:52 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:57 msgid "" "When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or " "Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, " "simply click on *Copy Previous Week*." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:61 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65 msgid "" "The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you " "grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation " "time, for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 -msgid "Send planned shifts and give employees autonomy over shifts" +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 +msgid "Send Planned Shifts and Give Employees Autonomy Over Shifts" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:4 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, " -"loosing productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts " -"helps you to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." +"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, losing" +" productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts helps you " +"to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:9 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:12 msgid "" "Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include" " Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:17 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19 msgid "" "Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish " -"and Send*, employees will get an email that will redirect them to their " -"planned tasks:" +"and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned " +"tasks:" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:25 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:26 msgid "" "Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:30 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:31 msgid "" "Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an " "employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I " @@ -146,6 +152,6 @@ msgid "" "take it." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:45 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44 msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index 9ad86d9e0..38c73ee4c 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -10,15 +10,16 @@ # Mateus Lopes , 2020 # grazziano , 2020 # Silmar , 2020 +# Vanderlei Romera , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Silmar , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Vanderlei Romera , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -30,333 +31,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Point of Sale" msgstr "Ponto de Venda" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:20 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuração" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:3 -msgid "Cash Rounding" -msgstr "Arredondamento Dinheiro" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:4 -msgid "" -"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " -"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " -"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " -"made in cash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " -"totals of its bills or receipts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "" -"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" -" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" -" option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " -"*Create and Edit...*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," -" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:41 -msgid "" -"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" -" according to your settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " -"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 -msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " -"`__) is required to accept credit card payments" -" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " -"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " -"American businesses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 -msgid "" -"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " -"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " -"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 -msgid "Install Mercury" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury " -"Configurations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " -"credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods` and create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " -"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Log in with employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " -"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " -"made for that session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," -" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:16 -msgid "Set up log in with employees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " -"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " -"the cash register." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:25 -msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:28 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" -" cashier name in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:36 -msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:42 -msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " -"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:50 -msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:56 -msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " -"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" -" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:67 -msgid "Find who was the cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " -"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:75 -msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " -"receipt printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 msgid "Pricing Features" msgstr "" @@ -417,6 +91,132 @@ msgid "" "finish the transaction." msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Apply Discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " +"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " +"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " +"strategy tailored to every business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " +"inside an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 +msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 +msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 +msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" +" discount on oranges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " +"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" +" the PoS and define a default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " +"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " +"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 +msgid "" +"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " +"Then, you can finalize the order." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 msgid "Manage a loyalty program" msgstr "" @@ -427,6 +227,19 @@ msgid "" "*Loyalty Program*." msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:20 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração" + #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 msgid "" "To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " @@ -459,161 +272,70 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 msgid "" "You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" " finalize the order in your usual way." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 msgid "" "If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " "can of course change it." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 -msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " -"currently selected and the discount will be applied." +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 msgid "" -"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 -msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " -"product discount also at 50%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " -"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " -"pricing strategy tailored to your business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " -"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " -"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" -" on *Pricelists*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " -"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " -"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " -"whole range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 -msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " -"select the right pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 -msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " -"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " -"statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " -"--> Orders`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 -msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 -msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 @@ -676,7 +398,7 @@ msgstr "Instalação" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 msgid "IoT Box" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IoT Box" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -759,10 +481,170 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Visão Geral" +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " +"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" +" device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " +"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " +"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 +msgid "Make products available in the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" +" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " +"*Available in Point of Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " +"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" +" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" +" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " +"payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " +"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 +msgid "Your first PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 +msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 +msgid "Return and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " +"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " +"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " +"repeat the process individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " +"process the payment and validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " +"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" +" the dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 +msgid "" +"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " +"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " +"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " +"post the closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " +"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database <../../iot/config/connect>` " +"and :doc:`Use the IoT Box for the PoS <../../iot/config/pos>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " +"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " +"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " +"pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 +msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 msgid "Register customers" msgstr "" @@ -798,166 +680,6 @@ msgid "" "any future transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " -"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " -"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " -"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " -"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " -"customer can be identified from the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " -"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 -msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " -"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 -msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" -" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" -" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " -"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" -" in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" -" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 -msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " -"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 -msgid "Create your first PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 -msgid "" -"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " -"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 -msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 -msgid "You can register the next orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " -"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " -"now close the session from the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 -msgid "" -"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 -msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 -msgid "" -"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" -" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " -"closing entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 -msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " -":doc:`../../../iot/config/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/config/pos`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 msgid "Payment Terminals" msgstr "" @@ -979,8 +701,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 -msgid "Connect a Payment Terminal" +msgid "Connect an IoT Box" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 @@ -991,25 +712,17 @@ msgid "" "<../../iot/config/connect>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Once the IoT Box is up and running, you’ll need to link your payment " -"terminal to your PoS. Open the *Point of Sale* app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`. Select a PoS, tick the IoT" -" Box Device option and select your payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:30 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:32 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 msgid "" "Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " "Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:35 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " "(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " @@ -1017,17 +730,17 @@ msgid "" "in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 msgid "Configure the payment method" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:46 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 msgid "" "First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " "setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:52 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 msgid "" "Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " "Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " @@ -1035,11 +748,11 @@ msgid "" "Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:61 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:63 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 msgid "" "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " "Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " @@ -1048,105 +761,73 @@ msgid "" "Successful*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:72 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " "retry to send the payment request." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:75 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:81 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 msgid "" "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " "you the connexion failed." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:84 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:103 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 msgid "" "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " "of card that has been used and the transaction ID." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 -msgid "Connect SIX/Worldline to your PoS" +msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX/Worldline payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid " -"payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " +"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 -msgid "Please note SIX/Worldine is currently only available for UE customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:17 msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX/Worldline Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that " -"requires an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " -"<../../iot/config/connect>`." +"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " +"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " +"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " +"integration." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Once the *IoT Box* is up and running, you’ll need to link it to your PoS. " -"Open the Point of Sale app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point" -" of Sale`. Select a PoS, tick the IoT Box Device option and select your " -"payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then go to your *IoT Box homepage* (accessible from the IoT Box form view in" -" Odoo) and enter the ID of your Six payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You should now see that the terminal is connected to your IoT Box (it takes " -"+/- 1 min)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:43 -msgid "" -"The terminal should only be connected to the network with the Ethernet. Do " -"not connect it to the IoT Box with a USB Cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:47 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 msgid "Configure the Payment Method" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:49 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the SIX " -"setting." +"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " +"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:55 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 msgid "" -"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " -"payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal option SIX, and select " -"your payment terminal device." +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " +"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:64 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:66 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 msgid "" "In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" " using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " @@ -1154,36 +835,19 @@ msgid "" "you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:74 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 msgid "" "When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " "You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:81 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:87 -msgid "Close your Session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:89 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, before closing your session, you need to send the " -"balance of the payments to SIX. To do that, click on this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Once the balance has been sent, the SIX shift is closed, meaning you cannot " -"do additional operations with the SIX payment terminal (except if you reopen" -" a shift by clicking on the user name and selecting a cashier)." -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" msgstr "" @@ -1269,6 +933,61 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 +msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " +"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " +"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " +"away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 +msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," +" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 +msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 +msgid "Using fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " +"fiscal position you need for the current order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 +msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " +"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " +"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " +"choose one to set as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " +"interface." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" msgstr "" @@ -1327,61 +1046,121 @@ msgid "" "When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Register multiple orders" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your tables" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " -"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." +"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" +" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " +"business in the best possible way." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" +" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " +"and your employees to work efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " +"Bar/Restaurant*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 +msgid "" +"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " +"they are restaurant-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " +"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " +"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 +msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " +"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " +"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " +"sits the table can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " +"taken to your main interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " +"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 +msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " +"transferring your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 msgid "Register an additional order" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 msgid "" -"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " -"order." +"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " +"another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 msgid "" -"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " -"needed." +"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 -msgid "" -"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " -"Sale application can help you to fulfill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " -"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 +msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 @@ -1421,69 +1200,6 @@ msgid "" "process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your table management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" -" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " -"Point of sale`.." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" -" *Floors*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 -msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" -" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " -"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " -"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " -"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 -msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " -"register an order and payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" -" you can also transfer the order to another table." -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" msgstr "" @@ -1522,36 +1238,59 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Transfer customers between tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " -"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " -"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " -"you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 -msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " -"select the new table" -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 msgid "Shop Features" msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" msgstr "" @@ -1628,6 +1367,72 @@ msgid "" "balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Arredondamento Dinheiro" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "" +"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" +" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" msgstr "" @@ -1700,26 +1505,130 @@ msgid "" "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 -msgid "Accept returns and refund products" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " -"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " -"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." +"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " +"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " +"made for that session." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 msgid "" -"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " -"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" -" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." +"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," +" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 msgid "" -"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " -"to process the payment." +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " +"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " +"the cash register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" +" cashier name in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " +"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " +"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" +" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " +"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index 838108730..847009dee 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -3,13 +3,19 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Marcel Savegnago , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Mateus Lopes , 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mateus Lopes , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,1581 +25,1077 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project.rst:5 msgid "Project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Projeto" #: ../../project/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avançado" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Project Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Projects can be created for a specific customer or team, and can be " +"coordinated among your employees through visibility options. Stages can be " +"shared among tasks, and the exact time spent on each project can be tracked." +" All of it in favor of a more integrated and dynamic organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:10 +msgid "Create advanced projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Choose a *Customer* in order to create a project specifically for him. If " +"not, simply leave the field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:20 +msgid "Choose who can access a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a project for specific teams, under *Visibility*, choose who can " +"have access to the project:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:25 +msgid "" +"*Invited employees*: the ones who are followers (see " +":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:26 +msgid "*All employees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:27 +msgid "" +"*Portal users and all employees*: it enables the option *Share*. Recipients " +"receive an email with an invitation to access the document (project)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Choose an *Analytic Account* to track the profitability of your project in a" +" specific account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:33 +msgid "Timesheet and record time on tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:35 +msgid "To track the time spent on tasks, enable *Timesheets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:36 +msgid "In order to be able to launch a timer, also enable *Timesheet timer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:43 +msgid "Create sales orders from a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To invoice the time (service) and material used on a task, enable *Bill from" +" tasks*. Then, choose the service/product which you would like to bill, or " +"create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:54 +msgid "Track the material used on a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After enabling *Bill from Tasks*, enable *Products on Tasks* to track the " +"products/material used during the work on a specific task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:64 +msgid "Take advantage of worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Worksheets are reports of the work done. To customize and include them in " +"your tasks, enable *Worksheets*. Choose an existing template or create one " +"on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:74 +msgid "Schedule shifts on projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To create shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized," +" enable *Planning*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:88 +msgid "Manage employees work hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:90 +msgid "" +"*Working time* defines the number of your employees’ working hours. It " +"adjusts the Gantt planning view of your interventions. Open the external " +"link to adjust the daily hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:99 +msgid "Share stages across projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In order to have a clean Kanban view that works across projects, and to " +"avoid duplicates, delineate specific stages for different projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:105 +msgid "" +":doc:`Activate the Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"then go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Stages`. Choose the" +" respective one and add the projects among which you would like to share " +"stages." msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 -msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" +msgid "Gather Feedback from Customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:5 msgid "" -"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " -"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " -"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " -"customers using Odoo." +"Finding out what your clients think about the experience they have with your" +" company, can inspire you to have insights on how to improve your " +"product/service, adjusting your business to fit their needs. It shows that " +"you value their opinions and provides a reliable source of information to " +"other consumers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 msgid "" -"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " -"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " -"Sad)." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Use Rating on Project*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 -msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Set Email Template to Stages* in order to define the template to be sent at" +" a specific stage(s)." msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " -"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " -"apps module and install it." +msgid "Choose an existing template or create one on the fly." msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " -"module." +msgid "Choosing the projects I want feedback from" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:30 msgid "" -"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " -"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " -"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " -"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit` and " +"configure the wanted projects to have the email template previously set " +"sent, by the change of a stage or periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 -msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Enable *Rating visible publicly* if you would like to publish the ratings in" +" order to communicate them to a customer, prospect or the rest of your team." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 -msgid "" -"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:40 +msgid "See the customer rating email sent under the *Log notes* of your task." msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 +msgid "Get reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:49 msgid "" -"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` see " +"ratings by task." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 -msgid "Project configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:55 msgid "" -"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " -"**Customer satisfaction** option." +"Clicking on the percentage of happy ratings over the last 30 days in the " +"*Projects* overview, redirects you to your website with more rating details." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 -msgid "Email Template" +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:3 +msgid "Track Projects’ Profitability" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:5 msgid "" -"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " -"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." -" You can directly edit it from there." +"A project runs smoother if you can have an overview of its costs, revenues, " +"profitability, tasks, time and people, all in the same place. It allows you " +"to make smarter business decisions as you know where you are standing and " +"can course-correct if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 -msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:10 +msgid "Track costs and revenue" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:13 +msgid "If you have the Timesheets application installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:15 msgid "" -"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" -" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " -"will be added to the chatter of the task." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose the " +"respective project, *Edit* and enable *Timesheets*. A menu *Overview* " +"becomes available in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The overview shows the hours recorded split by the different billable " +"options, profitability, time by people according to the billable hours " +"recorded, and even a timesheet table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:30 +msgid "If you do not have the Timesheets application installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. " +"Then go to *Manager Users* and enable *Analytic Accounting*. Now, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects` and specify an " +"*Analytic Account* under the needed project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:36 +msgid "" +"A *Profitability* menu to the costs and revenues of this analytic account is" +" directly available in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:44 msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Relatórios" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:46 msgid "" -"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " -"the project." +"Under *Reporting*, obtain a report on the *Project Costs and Revenues*. " +"Choose among graph options or do your analysis through a pivot view." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 -msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:54 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/usage`" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 -msgid "" -"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " -"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:55 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" -" Issue** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" -" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" -" end of the website." +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:56 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses`" msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 -msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" +msgid "Create Projects and Tasks from Sales Orders" msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 msgid "" -"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " -"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " -"from sales order lines." +"When you sell your services, you can choose to automatically have a " +"project/task created, helping you to not lose track of the work that needs " +"to get done, streamlining the processes between teams. In addition to that, " +"you are able to invoice or reinvoice clients according to the exact time " +"spent on that service." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:11 +msgid "Product set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:15 msgid "" -"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " -"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " -"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" -" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " -"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " -"and Services departments." +"Under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products` create a new product " +"or set up an existing one. Under *General Information* set the *Product " +"Type* as *Service*. Under the *Sales* tab select the *Service Invoicing " +"Policy* and *Service Tracking*." msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 +msgid "If you choose to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:19 msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " -"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " -"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " -"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " -"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" -" overtime spent on the project." +"- *Create a task in an existing project*: a task is added in the first " +"column of the selected project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 -msgid "Install the required applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:21 msgid "" -"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " -"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" -" the application module and install the following:" +"- *Create a task in sales order’s project*: a new project for each sales " +"order of that service is created based on the template you have chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:23 msgid "" -"And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" -" task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " -"spent on that task." +"- *Create a new project but no task*: only creates a new project, for each " +"time that service is sold, based on the skeleton of the project template " +"chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 -msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:30 +msgid "Confirm a quotation and have a project/task created" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 -msgid "Create and set up a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:32 msgid "" -"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " -"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " -"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " -"the`following setup:" +"Now, once a *Quotation* is confirmed and transformed into a *Sales Order*, a" +" project or task is automatically created." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 -msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:40 +msgid "Access the task generated from Project" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 -msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:42 msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" +"On the *Project* application, your new project and/or task (depending on the" +" previous *Service Tracking* options chosen), is shown:" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:51 +msgid "Record the time spent and create an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:53 msgid "" -"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " -"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" -" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." +"From *Project*, access your task and document the time spent under the " +"*Timesheets* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:59 msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " -"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " -"product to hours as well." +"Once the task is complete, click on *Sales Order* and *Create Invoice*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:66 msgid "" -"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " -"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " -"will then create a project per SO." +"To only invoice approved timesheets, go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and enable *Approved timesheets only*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 -msgid "Create the Sales Order" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " -"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " -"sale order, the task will be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 -msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 -msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 -msgid "" -"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 -msgid "" -"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " -"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 -msgid "" -"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" -" your customers based on your invoicing policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " -"source document of the task is the related sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/application.rst:3 -msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" +#: ../../project/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Visão Geral" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Project" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Demonstration Video" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:5 msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" -" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." +"Managing projects means managing people, tasks, due dates, budgets and " +"predicted return on investments. For all of it, you need a solution that " +"allows you to reduce risks, get information at a glance, have an overview of" +" your progress and stay organized. And, from start to finish, to be able to " +"run multiple projects in parallel easily. Odoo Project application is the " +"solution you need." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " -"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" -" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" -" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" -" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " -"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" -"saving!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 -msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration and basic usage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 -msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " -"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " -"suggestions in the drop down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " -"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 -msgid "Followers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" -" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " -"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " -"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." -" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " -"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " -"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " -"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 -msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" -" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " -"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " -"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " -"see the big picture all the time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 -msgid "Task: follow a specific task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " -"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " -"that task also appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 -msgid "Choose which action to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " -"Following button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " -"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " -"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 -msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " -"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " -"help you track time easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " -"available in projects and on tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " -"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" -" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " -"automatically created under the same name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 -msgid "Click on the settings of a project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " -"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " -"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " -"it, or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" -" timesheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 -msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " -"Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " -"Analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 -msgid "" -"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" -" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 -msgid "Document Management in tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 -msgid "" -"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" -" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" -" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 -msgid "" -"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " -"tab on the top of the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 -msgid "" -"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " -"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " -"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " -"task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " -"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 -msgid "Collaborate on tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" -" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 -msgid "" -"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " -"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" -" delegation and the Chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 -msgid "Create a task from an email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " -"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " -"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " -"project gets an automatic email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 -msgid "" -"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " -"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " -"Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 -msgid "" -"This email address create by default following the project name can be " -"changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 -msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 -msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 -msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 -msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " -"history of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 -msgid "" -"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " -"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " -"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " -"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " -"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " -"to remember past interactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 -msgid "" -"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" -" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " -"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" -" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " -"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 -msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " -"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " -"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " -"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " -"creation of the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 -msgid "" -"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " -"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 -msgid "" -"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " -"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " -"Click on the ```` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " -"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " -"follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 -msgid "Tasks states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 -msgid "Set the state of a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 -msgid "" -"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" -" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " -"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 -msgid "" -"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " -"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 -msgid "Custom states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 -msgid "" -"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " -"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," -" then click on edit:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 -msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 -msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 -msgid "Color Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 -msgid "" -"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " -"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " -"them thanks to the filters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 -msgid "" -"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" -" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " -"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " -"the tag, directly from the task:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " -"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " -"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" -" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " -"employees working on this project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Installing the Project module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " -"**Install**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:11 msgid "Creating a new project" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:13 msgid "" -"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," -" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " +"Click on *Create*. Specify the name of the project and choose which features" +" you would like to integrate. Note that they can be enabled afterward " +"through *Settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Manage your project’s stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open your project and add as many columns as there are stages in your " "project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 -msgid "The privacy setting works as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 -msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:27 msgid "" -"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " -"**Customer** field empty if not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 -msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 -msgid "Manage your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 -msgid "Add your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 -msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" -" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " +"Each project stage can be characterized by a distinct set of activities, or " +"your stages can guide you to the different steps a project has to go " +"through. It is important to set them right as they lead you from the first " +"idea or step to its conclusion, contributing to the overall success of your " "project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:33 msgid "" -"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " -"that you can personalize to fit your needs." +"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks that you can " +"personalize." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:34 msgid "" -"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " -"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." +"Drag your mouse over a stage name, and click on :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:41 msgid "" -"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " -"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " -"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." +"The dots correspond to customizable markers applied on tasks, making it " +"easier to know which tasks require attention. You can give them any " +"signification you like." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 -msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:50 msgid "Rearrange stages" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:52 msgid "" -"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" -" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " -"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " -"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." +"From the Kanban view of your project, you can add stages by clicking on *Add" +" a column*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`visualization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 -msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`time_record`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 -msgid "How to record time spent?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:54 msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " -"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." +"To rearrange the order of your stages easily do so by dragging and dropping " +"columns. You can also fold or unfold them on *Settings*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:62 +msgid ":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:63 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`../record_and_invoice/time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:3 +msgid "Share Projects and Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:5 msgid "" -"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " -"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " -"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." +"When you share your projects/tasks, you allow external users to be on the " +"same page as you. It avoids misunderstandings, simplifies communication, and" +" allows you to become a more coordinated company as you get the right " +"information to the right people." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:10 +msgid "Share projects and tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:12 +msgid "To share a project, go to :menuselection:`Manage --> Share`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:19 msgid "" -"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " -"Employee and Timesheet apps." +"To share a task, open it and click on :menuselection:`Action --> Share`. " +"Choose an existing *Recipient(s)* or create it on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 -msgid "Recording timesheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:27 msgid "" -"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " -"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 -msgid "Recording in a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " -"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" -" click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 -msgid "Recording in a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " -"and open the task on which you have been working." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " -"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 -msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " -"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " -"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " -"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " -"have to cope with." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 -msgid "Create a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 -msgid "" -"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 -msgid "In the project, create a new task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " -"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 -msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " -"to the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " -"one have the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the Kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " -"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" -" and indicate if the task is ready." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 -msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " -"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " -"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" -" to their creation date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " -"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 -msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " -"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " -"easily in a single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " -"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 -msgid "" -"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " -"dropping the task to another case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " -"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" -" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " -"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " -"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " -"project manager too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 -msgid "" -"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" -" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " -"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " -"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." -" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " -"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " -"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" -" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " -"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " -"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " -"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " -"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " -"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" -" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" -" the progress of each task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " -"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" -" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" -" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " -"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " -"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " -"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " -"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " -"planning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " -"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " -"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " -"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" -" each team member." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" -" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " -"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " -"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " -"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" -" team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " -"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " -"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " -"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " -"issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " -"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " -"app, it will help you get started quickly too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 -msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 -msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" +"The recipient receives an email saying that he has been invited to access a " +"document. In the example below, a project was shared. When the user opens " +"it, he sees the settings of that project and can access its tasks, for " +"example." msgstr "" #: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning your project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 -msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " -"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " -"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " -"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " -"install the application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" -" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " -"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " -"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " -"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " -"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 -msgid "Manage tasks with views" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" -" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " -"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " -"and the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " -"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 -msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " -"ones having the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 -msgid "Add/rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " -"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " -"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " -"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " -"stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " -"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " -"Done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 -msgid "Sort tasks by priority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 -msgid "" -"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " -"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " -"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " -"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " -"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " -"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 -msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 -msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " -"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " -"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" -" each time the employee will add an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 -msgid "" -"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " -"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " -"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " -"show you the progression of each task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 -msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " -"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " -"single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 -msgid "" -"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" -" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " -"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr "" +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "Planejamento" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast tasks?" +msgid "Forecast Resources Across Projects" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction to forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" -"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," -" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." +"Allocate the needed time for specific tasks under a planned shift. Once that" +" is done, analyse Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), so you can evaluate " +"your employees’ performance and workload, besides the progress of your " +"projects/tasks when comparing the planned and effective hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 -msgid "" -"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " -"progress of a project and its related tasks." +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "Allocate times under shifts" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:12 msgid "" -"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " -"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " -"team members to collaborate better." +"When planning a shift, in the *Planning* application, create a project and a" +" task on the fly, or simply select the one you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:20 msgid "" -"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " -"workload and human resources." +"*Allocated Time (%)* allows you to define the percentage of time you would " +"like your employee to work on that specific task during his shift. See that " +"information in hours on *Allocated hours*." msgstr "" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "How to configure the projects?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 -msgid "Configure the project application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 msgid "" -"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" -" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" -" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " -"employee should complete it!" +"The calculation shows you how many hours out of the total shift time (*End " +"date* - *Start date*) are spent by the employee on that task." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:24 msgid "" -"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " -"application:" +"On :menuselection:`Project --> Planning --> By Project`, immediately see the" +" total number of employees allocated per project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:31 +msgid "Compare forecast hours with the effective ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:33 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " -"Forecast option and click **Apply**." +"Now, once the employee has timesheeted his hours in the task, go to " +"*Project* and with the *View list*, under *All Tasks*, conveniently see the " +"*Planned Hours* compared to the *Remaining Hours*, and a calculation of the " +"*Progress*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:42 +msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Record Time and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 msgid "" -"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " -"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " -"all the projects that you manage)." +"When it is time to bill your client for their finished project/task, you can" +" choose to shorten processes and save time by pulling the billable time you " +"have tracked into sales orders, and invoices, directly from the " +"project/task." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Configure a specific project." +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:10 +msgid "Enable the Timesheet feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " -"Forecast\" in your project settings." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Timesheets*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 -msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:15 +msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a task" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " -"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the " +"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet*, *Timesheet Timer* and *Bill from " +"Tasks*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 -msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 -msgid "How to create a forecast?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 msgid "" -"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " -"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." +"Once the time spent on a task under that project has been recorded, click on" +" *Create Sales Order* and continue to create your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:26 msgid "" -"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " -"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " -"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." +"This way, you can invoice different customers, for different services, at " +"different rates, without the need to create numerous projects." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:30 +msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 msgid "" -"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " -"space in the Gantt chart calendar." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the " +"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet* plus *Timesheet Timer*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:35 msgid "" -"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " -"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " -"take." +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose " +"the project, *Create Sales Order*, and continue to create your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:38 msgid "" -"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" -" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " -"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." +"From here, choose if you want the billing to be based on the project rate: " +"all timesheets are billed by the same rate, or by the employee rate: " +"timesheets are billed by the individual rate of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:45 msgid "" -"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " -"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " -"in the Effective hours field." +"The project rate allows you to invoice a whole project, for a specific " +"service, at a specific rate, at once. Example: the implementation of a " +"system." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 -msgid "What are the difference between the views?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 msgid "" -"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " -"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " -"by projects." +"The employee rate billing lets you invoice a project broken down into " +"different services, and different rates. Example: different rates for junior" +" and senior consultants." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 -msgid "By users : people management" +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:50 +msgid "Invoice only approved timesheets" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:52 msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " -"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." -" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." +"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Invoicing Policy`, and choose *Approved timesheets only*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:59 msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " -"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " -"third, you see which tasks they're on." +"This ensures that the manager is aware of the hours being logged by each " +"employee before the customer gets invoiced." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/so_to_task`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`./time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:3 +msgid "Record Time Spent on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:5 msgid "" -"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " -"the duration of the task in the calendar." +"Get to know how much time you are spending on tasks in order to make your " +"employees’ life easier, and records error-free. Launch the timer in your " +"browser, stop it on your phone and have all entries synced. Generate " +"invoices based on the timesheet entries and be sure to invoice your " +"customers the exact right amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:11 +msgid "Manually timesheet on task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:14 msgid "" -"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " -"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " -"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " -"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Timesheets*. Then, enable the *Timesheets* option on the project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 -msgid "Plan the workload" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:15 msgid "" -"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " -"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " -"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" -" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." +"Now, once you are in your task, under the *Timesheet* tab, *Add a line* and " +"specify the *Duration*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:22 +msgid "Time tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:25 msgid "" -"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " -"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " -"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, enable " +"*Timesheet timer* on the projects on which you need the functionality." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:27 msgid "" -"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " -"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " -"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " -"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " -"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " -"that this is feasible." +"Now, you can time your task clicking on *Start*. *Pause* at any moment, and " +"*Stop* to confirm the recorded time and add a description." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 -msgid "Gantt view advantages" +#: ../../project/tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Tasks" +msgstr "Tarefas" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:3 +msgid "Collaborate on Tasks" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:5 msgid "" -"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" -" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " -"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " -"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " -"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." +"Being able to collaborate virtually but with the same effect as if people " +"were in the same room increases your productivity. It results in faster " +"execution of processes, brainstorming and decision made easier while also " +"allowing the support of outside contributions." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 -msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:10 +msgid "Add followers to a project" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:12 +msgid "*Edit* the project to add followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:14 msgid "" -"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " -"the future or in the past" +"Followers are notified of any changes: tasks sliding from one stage to " +"another, conversations taking place, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 -msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 -msgid "modify an existing forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 -msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 -msgid "By projects: project management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:21 msgid "" -"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " -"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " -"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " -"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." +"Following a project automatically makes you a follower of all its tasks." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " -"level of hierarchy." +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:24 +msgid "Add followers to a task" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:26 msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" -" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " -"they're on." +"Within a task, click on the *Followers* icon. Followers get notified of any " +"changes in the task and can see the task like you do, with the description " +"and the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 -msgid "" -"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " -"Users** section)" +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:34 +msgid "Select which notifications to get" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For a project or task, select what you would like to be notified about. For " +"that, *Edit subscription*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:44 +msgid "Use the pad like a collaborative note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Collaborative Pads`, then edit the *Settings* of the project you would like " +"the feature to work and enable *Use Collaborative Pads*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Now, you are able to contribute to tasks in real-time, with several users, " +"with an Etherpad collaborative note. Every user has his own color and you " +"can replay the whole creation of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on the ** icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " +"useful if you want to share it without adding this person as a follower, or " +"to someone outside of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:62 +msgid "The Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*Chatter* is a communication tool that shows the history of a task, " +"including changes and the interactions between you and your customers or " +"colleagues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To interact with followers, whether there are internal or external, click on" +" *Log a note* and ping them using the at symbol (*@*). If you want to send a" +" message/email to all the followers in the task, use *Send a message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can also ping a channel using the hashtag sign (*#*). This way, users " +"can have a channel per project team, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:77 +msgid "Schedule activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Do not forget promises made and stay organized by conveniently *Scheduling " +"activities* from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:87 +msgid "Edit or create new activities types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:89 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 +msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " +"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " +"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " +"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 +msgid "Set up an incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " +"the incoming email alias you would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 +msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 +msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " +"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" +" a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 +msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 +msgid "" +"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " +"followers of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 +msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:40 +msgid ":doc:`./get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:41 +msgid ":doc:`./collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Break down a project by creating, assigning and organizing tasks. Set " +"priorities to help you determine where you want to invest your time first, " +"manage files within it and keep everything you need to complete your work in" +" one place. Ensure that your strategies are turned into actionable plans " +"and, as a result, have a successful project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Create a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Click on *Create*. Once created, add more details opening it and clicking on" +" *Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "Assignation" +msgstr "Atribuição" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "Choose the responsible person for a task under *Assigned to*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:30 +msgid "Sort tasks by priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Mark the star on your task to set it as a high priority one. That " +"automatically moves the task to the top of the column. Tasks that are not " +"starred are classified according to their deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Note that tasks with dates passed their deadlines are shown in red; tasks " +"with a deadline for the current date are orange." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:43 +msgid "Manage files in tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Add images/documents to your task by clicking on the *Attachment icon*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "Files from emails are automatically saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:55 +msgid "Set cover images in tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Use *Set Cover Image* to your task and quickly get to comprehend what the " +"task is about. The image is directly shown in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "Choose how to visualize tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Tasks can be managed and followed up in the Kanban view, which is a post-it " +"kind of view divided into different stages. More options are otherwise " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Drag and drop tasks to change their stage and define colors to help you " +"identify them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Sub-tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Being a dynamic and organized company is important as it also helps you to " +"not overload your employees. For that, split large tasks into smaller ones " +"by creating subs-tasks, timesheet on them, and have an overview of all hours" +" recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> Sub-tasks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:18 +msgid "From now on, a *Sub-tasks* menu is available within your task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Select a specific project in which sub-tasks will be created by default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:27 +msgid "" +"By default, sub-tasks are created under the same project. However, you can " +"select another one by going to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration -->" +" Projects --> Sub-task Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:35 +msgid "Timesheet on sub-tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Make sure the feature *Timesheets* is enabled under :menuselection:`Project " +"--> Configuration --> Settings` and under the settings of the needed " +"*Project*. Now you are able to timesheet on your tasks and sub-tasks. The " +"time recorded on a sub-task is counted on the parent task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:46 +msgid "Transform an existing task into a sub-task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:48 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:58 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:49 +msgid "Now access your task, *Edit*, and add a *Parent Task*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:56 +msgid "Unlink a sub-task from a parent task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:59 +msgid "Open and *Edit* the respective sub-task to remove the *Parent Task*." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index 8ef3e43fd..d077734ad 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Silmar , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 msgid "" "To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " +" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparison of the information " "appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po index fb45f8b5b..9930a4564 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po @@ -4,19 +4,19 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Rodrigo de Almeida Sottomaior Macedo , 2020 +# Rodrigo de Almeida Sottomaior Macedo , 2020 # Mateus Lopes , 2020 # grazziano , 2020 -# Luiz Fernando Gondin , 2020 +# Luiz Fernando , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Gondin , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -273,146 +273,196 @@ msgstr "Controle" msgid "Define Quality Control Points" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:6 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. " +"Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and " +"services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed" +" expectations. It also helps minimize waste." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:10 +msgid "" +"That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality " +"control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality " +"controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that " +"the company then has to rework or scrap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With " +"Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:20 msgid "Quality Control Points" msgstr "Pontos de Controle de Qualidade" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If it is the first *Quality Control Point* that you create, know that you " -"need to open the *Quality* app. Then, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control " -"--> Control Points`. Once there, you have to define the product on which the" -" quality control will take place, as well as the operation at which it " -"should take place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The *Quality Control Points* can take place during transfers or during the " -"manufacturing process of the products. If you work with routings on your " -"*Bill of Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing " -"process the quality control point should be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The control type defines at which frequency the quality checks should take " -"place:" -msgstr "" - #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22 msgid "" -"All Operations: all the operations will generate quality checks to perform;" +"To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> " +"Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which" +" the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it " +"takes place also is to be defined here." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:24 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:27 msgid "" -"Randomly: the quality checks will only be performed on x% of the operation. " -"You must define the percentage yourself, on the control point;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Periodically: the quality checks will be performed periodically. The " -"periodicity is based on the period you define (once a day, once a week)." +"The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the " +"manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of " +"Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process " +"the quality control point needs to be applied." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32 -msgid "Quality Control Point Types" +msgid "" +"The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take" +" place:" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:34 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:35 msgid "" -"Now that the rest is configured, you need to define the type of quality " -"check." +"**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks" +" to perform;" msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38 msgid "" -"Some of the types are only available with the manufacturing application." +"**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The " +"percentage needs to be defined on the control point;" msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41 -msgid "Text" -msgstr "Texto" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:43 msgid "" -"This control point type allows you to give instructions to your workers " -"during the transfer, or the manufacturing process." +"**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The " +"periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:56 -msgid "Take a Picture" +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:50 +msgid "Quality Control Point Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There " +"are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a " +"measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58 msgid "" -"This control point type asks you to take a picture of the product in a " -"transfer, or when manufacturing it." +"Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:71 -msgid "Pass-Fail" -msgstr "" +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Text" +msgstr "Texto" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:73 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:64 msgid "" -"This type of control point requires that you specify if the products pass or" -" fail a specific text. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing" -" orders." +"This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the " +"transfer or during the manufacturing process." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80 -msgid "" -"For this kind of control point type, you have the possibility to define a " -"failure message that will give instructions to follow in case of quality " -"check failure." +msgid "Take a Picture" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:94 -msgid "Take a Measure" +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:82 +msgid "" +"This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a " +"transfer or when manufacturing it." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:96 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:98 msgid "" -"This control point type requires you to enter the product’s measurements " -"during a transfer, or during the manufacturing process." +"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera " +"<../../iot/devices/measurement_tool>`." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102 -msgid "" -"For this kind of control point type, you also have the possibility to define" -" a failure message that will give instructions to the worker." +msgid "Pass-Fail" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:115 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:104 +msgid "" +"*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific " +"criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message " +"giving instructions to follow in case of failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:127 +msgid "Take a Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a " +"transfer or during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements," +" but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good " +"measures can are automatically accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives " +"instructions to the worker." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:156 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools " +"<../../iot/devices/camera>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:159 msgid "Register Consumed Materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:117 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:161 msgid "" -"This control point type requires you register the component serial/lot " -"numbers during the manufacturing process. It is only available if you work " -"with routings." +"When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the " +"component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:128 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:165 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:182 +msgid "This type is only available when working with routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:176 msgid "Register By-Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:130 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:178 msgid "" -"With this control point type, you must register the serial/lot number of the" -" by-products that are manufactured. It is also only available with routings." +"With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot " +"number of the by-products that are manufactured." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:141 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:193 msgid "Print Label" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:143 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:195 msgid "" -"This control point type allows you to print labels to add to the product " -"during the manufacturing process." +"*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the " +"product during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:207 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer " +"<../../iot/devices/printer>`." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 6d0421234..213e7b59c 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -6,18 +6,21 @@ # Translators: # falexandresilva , 2020 # danimaribeiro , 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Silmar , 2020 # Marcel Savegnago , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Mateus Lopes , 2020 +# grazziano , 2020 +# Silmar , 2020 +# Luiz Fernando , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Marcel Savegnago , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -99,283 +102,253 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:3 -msgid "Apply for Amazon MWS Access Keys" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Connector Features" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:8 -msgid "Submit the Amazon MWS Developer Registration and Assessment Form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:10 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" -"In order to synchronize your Amazon orders with Odoo, Amazon MWS access keys" -" are required. They can be obtained by submitting the **Amazon MWS Developer" -" Registration and Assessment form** to register as a developer. Once " -"recognized by Amazon as a developer (i.e. you make use of an application " -"connecting to MWS), you will be granted Amazon MWS access keys." +"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " +"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " +"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:15 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 +msgid "Supported Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 +msgid "The connector is able to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" -"First, visit the `Amazon Marketplace Web Service documentation " -"`_" -" and follow the instructions to register as a developer. Take care to choose" -" the form \"I represent a seller organization integrating with Amazon MWS " -"for its own selling account only.\"." +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " +"their order items which include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:20 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 +msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 +msgid "the shipping costs for the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 +msgid "the gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" -"Fill out the *Developer Registration and Assessment form* as suggested below" -" and provide your own contact information in the **Developer contact " -"information** section. In the **Business use information** section, select " -"the correct region of your seller account. For the other sections, adapt " -"your responses in accordance with your business case." +"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:25 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 msgid "" -"Give a particular attention to **Merchant Fulfilled Shipping**. It should " -"only be checked if you ship your products yourself. You should uncheck it if" -" you sell exclusively with the *Fulfillment by Amazon* service. Please note " -"that requesting this function is not recommended if you are hosted on *Odoo " -"Online* or *Odoo.sh* as the additional security requirements asked by Amazon" -" may not be met by Odoo." +"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:32 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:24 +msgid "Notify Amazon of an order manually canceled on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 +msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:32 +msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:32 +msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "**Orders**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "**Shipping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "Charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "Delivery created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:46 +msgid "Handled by Amazon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "Gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:41 +msgid "Gift message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "**Stock Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "Handled by the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:46 +msgid "**Confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:46 +msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:49 +msgid "**Cancellation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:49 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:49 +msgid "Notify Amazon on manually canceled sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "" -"Depending on several factors (your region, whether you checked the " -"**Merchant Fulfilled Shipping** function (i.e. you request access to " -"Personally Identifiable Information of your customers), etc.), Amazon may " -"request you to fill out a second form before granting you MWS access keys. " -"As that form depends on the data protection policy of the region of your " -"seller account (e.g. GDPR in Europe), we cannot provide you with a pre-" -"filled form. Instead, the answers of questions related to Odoo are listed in" -" the `Answer the Additional Form`_ section." +"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:61 +msgid "Supported Marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 msgid "" -"If you need assistance for your application for Amazon MWS access keys, " -"`submit a support ticket to Odoo `_." +"The Amazon Connector currently supports 9 marketplaces. If a marketplace is " +"not listed below, it may be possible for you to :ref:`add it as an " +"unsupported marketplace `." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:46 -msgid "Answer the Additional Form" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +msgid "**North America region**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:49 -msgid "" -"If you did not receive any additional form after your :ref:`initial " -"application for Amazon MWS keys `, you may disregard " -"this section." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:70 +msgid "Canada" +msgstr "Canadá" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:70 +msgid "Amazon.ca" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:52 -msgid "" -"This section lists all questions asked by Amazon in additional forms. The " -"answers are tailored for *Odoo Online* and *Odoo.sh*. Wherever the answer " -"does not depend on Odoo, you are requested to provide it yourself at the " -"place indicated by square brackets." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "México" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 +msgid "Amazon.com.mx" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you are *not* hosted on Odoo, you should adapt the answers related to " -"hosting according to your own infrastructure and data protection policy." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +msgid "US" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If you *are* hosted on Odoo, take note that Amazon is the final decision " -"maker concerning your application. While Odoo can help you provide " -"additional details to your application, it is not guaranteed that Amazon " -"will find them adequate." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +msgid "Amazon.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:64 -msgid "" -"**Describe all functionalities in your application where Personally " -"Identifiable Information (e.g. customer name, street address, billing " -"address) is required.**" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +msgid "**Europe region**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:68 -msgid "► If you did not apply for the *Merchant Fulfilled Shipping* function:" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "Alemanha" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +msgid "Amazon.de" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:68 -msgid "Generation of customer invoices." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "Espanha" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +msgid "Amazon.es" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:71 -msgid "► If you applied for the *Merchant Fulfilled Shipping* function:" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +msgid "France" +msgstr "França" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +msgid "Amazon.fr" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:71 -msgid "Generation of delivery orders and customer invoices." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "UK" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:73 -msgid "" -"**List all outside parties with whom your organization shares Amazon " -"Information (e.g. information exposed by Amazon through Amazon MWS, Seller " -"Central, or Amazon's public-facing websites) and describe how your " -"organization shares this information.**" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "Amazon.co.uk" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:77 -msgid "" -"We share Amazon Information with Odoo SA, our cloud service provider, for " -"the exclusive purpose of hosting our enterprise management system (including" -" the Amazon MWS integration). See also Odoo SA's Privacy Policy for details " -"at https://www.odoo.com/privacy" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "Itália" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Amazon.it" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:83 -msgid "► If you share Amazon Information with outside parties:" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "Holanda" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Amazon.nl" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:82 -msgid "" -"[Answer with the above text and add a description of your organization's " -"policy regarding the sharing of Amazon Information with outside parties]" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:94 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:101 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**List all non-Amazon MWS sources where you retrieve Amazon Information.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Our enterprise software only relies on MWS to retrieve Amazon Information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:89 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization restricts public access to databases, file " -"servers, and desktop/developer endpoints.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:92 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:126 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:138 -msgid "" -"We rely on Odoo S.A., our cloud service provider for our database security " -"management. Their Security Policy can be found at " -"https://www.odoo.com/security" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:95 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization uniquely identifies employees and restricts" -" access to Amazon Information on a need-to-know basis.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:106 -msgid "" -"► If all your employees are properly assigned separate users and given only " -"relevant access rights:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Access rights are provided to employees based on their role within the " -"company and are progressive, based on their responsibility." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:102 -msgid "" -"For instance, salespersons only have access to their own leads/quotes (and " -"thus no access to quotes generated through the Amazon API). A salesmanager " -"has access to all quotes/leads for reporting purposes (including quotes " -"generated through the Amazon API). A quote will generate a delivery order " -"which will be accessible to a 'normal' user of the Inventory application for" -" him to be able to print the delivery label and pack the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:110 -msgid "" -"► If your employees share users or if they are given more rights than " -"needed:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:109 -msgid "" -"[Answer with a description of your organization's policy for the assignation" -" of users and access rights to your employees]" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization prevents Amazon Information from being " -"accessed from employee personal devices.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Our enterprise software does not prevent employees from accessing the " -"organization's data from personal devices. Role-based restrictions and " -"access rights still apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:118 -msgid "" -"**Provide details on your organization's privacy and data handling policies " -"(a link to your policy is also acceptable).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:121 -msgid "" -"[Answer with a description of your organization's privacy and data handling " -"policies]" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:123 -msgid "" -"**Describe where your organization stores Amazon Information and provide " -"details on how you encrypt this information (e.g., algorithm).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:129 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization backups or archives Amazon Information and " -"provide details on how you encrypt this information (e.g., algorithm).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:132 -msgid "" -"We rely on Odoo S.A., our cloud service provider for our database backups " -"management. Their Service Level Agreement can be found at " -"https://www.odoo.com/cloud-sla" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:135 -msgid "" -"**Describe where your organization monitors and detects malicious activity " -"in your application(s).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:141 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization's incident response plan addresses database" -" hacks, unauthorized access, and data leaks (a link to your policy is also " -"acceptable).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Our cloud service provider, Odoo S.A., will notify the customer in case of a" -" data breach." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:146 -msgid "" -"[Add a description of your organization's incident response plan or a link " -"to your incident response policy.]" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:95 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:75 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 @@ -398,15 +371,7 @@ msgid "" " are not yet registered." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you did not request access to Personally Identifiable Information of your" -" customers in the :ref:`Developer Registration and Assessment form `, the customers are created anonymously (the name, postal " -"address and phone number are omitted) and named **Amazon Customer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is canceled in Odoo. When an order is canceled" @@ -414,7 +379,7 @@ msgid "" "Seller Central and notify the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " "the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " @@ -424,7 +389,7 @@ msgid "" "wish to synchronize and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:28 msgid "" "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " ":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " @@ -433,11 +398,11 @@ msgid "" " PICKINGS**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:42 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 msgid "" "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " "picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " @@ -445,18 +410,18 @@ msgid "" "products partially by using backorders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 msgid "" "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " "it) is on its way." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:52 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " "move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " @@ -467,14 +432,14 @@ msgid "" "under the FBA program." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:53 msgid "" "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:64 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:58 msgid "" "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " "accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" @@ -486,24 +451,24 @@ msgid "" " your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:66 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:74 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:68 msgid "" "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " "in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " "of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "" "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " "orders based on the sales team." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:76 msgid "" "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " "invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " @@ -514,11 +479,11 @@ msgid "" "account by the amount received." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:83 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:91 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " "this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " @@ -526,13 +491,13 @@ msgid "" " of your company's accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:95 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 msgid "" "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 msgid "" "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " "similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " @@ -542,31 +507,117 @@ msgid "" "two registrations of your account." msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:100 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:73 +msgid ":doc:`features`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Generate an Authorization Token in Seller Central" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector uses an Authorization Token that allows Odoo to fetch " +"data from your Amazon Seller Central account. This token can be obtained " +"directly through Seller Central in a few clicks and needs to be set up in " +"your Odoo database configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Seller Central account for the marketplace you initially " +"signed up (e.g. if you created your account on Amazon Germany, go to `Amazon" +" Seller Central for Germany `_) with an " +"administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You might need to use the *main* (or first) administrator account and not " +"one added subsequently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In the main menu, select :menuselection:`Apps & Services --> Manage Your " +"Apps`; in the page that displays, click on the ``Authorize new developper`` " +"button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "Fill in the form depending on your Marketplace:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If your seller account is registered in the **North America** region, use " +"these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Developer's Name: ``Odoo S.A.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 +msgid "Developer ID: ``586127723692``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "For the **Europe** region, use these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Developer ID: ``579095187166``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Amazon will then inform you that by submitting the form, you are giving " +"access to your Seller Central Information to Odoo S.A." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Odoo S.A. is unable to access your Amazon account's information without the " +"Authorization Token which is stored in your Odoo database - we do not store " +"these tokens on our platform directly and are therefore unable to access " +"your account's information outside of the Amazon Connector normal flows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " "Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:11 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 msgid "" "The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " -"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The **Access " -"Key** and the **Secret Key** can be found in Developer Central (where the " -":ref:`Developer Registration and Assessment form ` " -"was located)." +"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The " +"**Authorization Token** is the one you generated in the :ref:`previous step " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Upon saving, your credentials are checked. In case of issues, an error will " +"be displayed - the information cannot be saved until your credentials are " +"recognized by Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 msgid "" "Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " "are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" @@ -574,11 +625,11 @@ msgid "" " their synchronization." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:21 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 msgid "Match database products in Amazon" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:23 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 msgid "" "When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " "created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " @@ -586,7 +637,7 @@ msgid "" " charges (if any)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 msgid "" "The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " "matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " @@ -594,7 +645,7 @@ msgid "" "for gift wrapping charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 msgid "" "For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are " "listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " @@ -603,7 +654,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`the internal reference is used instead `." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:39 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 msgid "" "It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific " "product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" @@ -612,7 +663,7 @@ msgid "" " under different conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 msgid "" "If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " "given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " @@ -620,7 +671,7 @@ msgid "" "the shipping code." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:49 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " "<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " @@ -628,11 +679,11 @@ msgid "" "Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:55 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 msgid "Configure taxes of products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 msgid "" "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " "the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " @@ -641,7 +692,7 @@ msgid "" " subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 msgid "" "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " "Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " @@ -649,6 +700,188 @@ msgid "" "reconciling the payments in Odoo." msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil, are not officially " +"supported by Odoo but might be compatible with your seller account. These " +"marketplaces can be added manually should you wish to use them. See " +":ref:`here ` for the exhaustive list of " +"natively supported marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To find out if a marketplace is eventually compatible, check the `Amazon " +"Documentation " +"`_." +" The marketplace must belong to the same region as that of your seller " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To add a new marketplace, you must first enable :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:139 +msgid "" +"From there, you can create a new marketplace record. You will need the " +"Marketplace ID and Endpoint for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon" +" Documentation " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.`` to easily retrieve it (for" +" instance: ``Amazon.se``). The **Code**, **Domain** and **API Identifier** " +"fields should respectively hold the *Country Code*, *Amazon MWS Endpoint* " +"and *MarketplaceId* values from the Amazon Documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Once the marketplace is saved, you should then update the Amazon Account " +"configuration by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`, open the " +"account on which you wish to use the new marketplace, go to the " +"**Marketplaces** tab and click on **Update available marketplaces** (an " +"animation should confirm the success of the operation). Newly added " +"marketplaces are automatically added to the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces. If the new marketplace is not added to the list, it means that" +" it is either incompatible or unavailable for your seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:156 +msgid "" +"As manually added marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo, there " +"is no guarantee that adding one as described above will work, nor can this " +"be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:3 +msgid "Install the Amazon Connector Authentication Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Starting July 2020, the Amazon Connector requires the use of a new " +"authentication method that makes it easier for you to set up the Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Prior to the update, Odoo customers who wished to use the Amazon Connector " +"had to apply to get developer credentials through Amazon, which was a " +"painful and long process that could take weeks. This method of " +"authentication is still technically possible, but Amazon will refuse to " +"provide developer credentials for Odoo customers from July 2020 onwards and " +"will deactivate such credentials for existing customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This documentation will help you install the update and use the new " +"authentication flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that if your Odoo database was first created after the update was " +"released, the update module is installed automatically. You can check if " +"this module is already installed by going to the **Apps** menu, removing " +"the ``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``. If the module " +"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** is present and marked as installed, your " +"Odoo database is already up-to-date and you can proceed with the :doc:`setup" +" ` step of the Amazon Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:25 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The new authentication mechanism is made available through a new Odoo " +"module; to be able to install it, you must make sure that your Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, your code is already up-to-" +"date and you can proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then you must" +" update your installation as detailed in `this documentation page " +"`_ or by " +"contacting your integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:39 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:41 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by your Odoo instance to be available in " +"the **Apps** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to :menuselection:`Apps " +"--> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:48 +msgid "Install the Amazon/Authentication Patch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You should never install new modules in your production database without " +"testing them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, " +"a duplicate database can be created from the database management page as " +"explained in :doc:`this documentation page <../../db_management/db_online>`." +" For Odoo.sh users, you should use a staging or duplicate database. For on-" +"premise users, you should use a staging environment - you should contact " +"your integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a new " +"module in your particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The module should now be available in your **Apps** menu. Remove the " +"``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``; the module " +"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** should be available for installation. If you" +" cannot find the module after having updated the list of available modules, " +"it means your Odoo source code is not up-to-date; refer to step one of this " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, you will need to generate an Authorization " +"Token in Amazon Seller Central and set it up on your Amazon Account in Odoo;" +" this process is detailed in the :doc:`setup ` page." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "Conector Ebay" @@ -845,50 +1078,130 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" -"A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the " -"rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to " -"protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious." +"A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " +"is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " +"to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to " +"acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are " +"obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 -msgid "First time you request a down payment" +msgid "" +"Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " +"way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment" -" option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total " -"amount." +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 +msgid "First time you request a down payment" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 msgid "" -"The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account " -"and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments." +"When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " +"invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" +" them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 " +"options:" msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 +msgid "Regular invoice" +msgstr "Fatura Normal" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 +msgid "Down payment (percentage)" +msgstr "Baixar pagamento (percentagem)" + #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment." -msgstr "" +msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" +msgstr "Baixar pagamento (quantidade fixa)" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" -"On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be " -"automatically deducted." +"In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" +" the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " +"percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income " +"account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 -msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 -msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*." +msgid "" +"When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " +"payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " +"product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, " +"you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you" +" choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able" +" to create an invoice**." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 msgid "" -"You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the" -" income account & customer taxes." +"For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" +" using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " +"our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , " +"before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view " +"the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the " +"down payment (as you can see below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +msgid "" +"There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " +"But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " +"So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the " +"possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** " +"button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** " +"button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order" +" and draft invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " +"order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" +" to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, " +"paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " +"quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " +"payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to " +"deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been " +"delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice " +"created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the " +"**Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the " +"delivered quantity manually on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 +msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 +msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +msgid "" +"You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " +"to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " +"need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the " +"**Accounting Tab** on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 @@ -982,73 +1295,109 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" -"Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for " -"invoicing:" +"Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 msgid "" -"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales " -"order is confirmed." +"The **Invoice what is ordered** rule is used as **default mode** in Odoo " +"Sales, which means that customers will be invoiced once the sales order is " +"confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 msgid "" -"Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a " -"partial delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode." +"The **Invoice what is delivered** rule will invoice customers once the " +"delivery is done. This rule concerns businesses that sell materials, liquids" +" or food in large quantities. In these cases, the quantity might diverge a " +"little bit and it is, therefore, preferable to invoice the quantity actually" +" delivered." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 msgid "" -"The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type " -"of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the" -" quantity might diverge a little bit and it is therefore better to invoice " -"the actual delivered quantity." +"Being able to have different invoicing options allow you more flexibility. " +"Indeed, you need to know exactly how to invoice your customers for different" +" situations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 +msgid "Activate these features" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" -"You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every " -"options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), " -"invoice a fixed advance." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " +"**Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 -msgid "Decide the policy on a product page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 msgid "" -"From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing " -"policy and select the one you want." +"If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not" +" be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which " +"automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 -msgid "Send the invoice" +msgid "Choose an invoicing policy on a product form" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 msgid "" -"Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced " -"quantities." +"From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing " +"policy, which can be manually changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is " -"confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have" -" to validate the delivery." +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 +msgid "Impact on sales flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 msgid "" -"Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will " -"automatically add the quantities to invoice based on how many you delivered " -"if you did a partial delivery." +"On Odoo Sales, the basic sales flow will be to create a quotation, send it " +"to your customer, wait for confirmation, confirm the sales order and create " +"an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Invoice what is ordered**: No impact on this basic sales flow. Indeed, you" +" can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 +msgid "" +"**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will " +"have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to " +"install the **Inventory App** to confirm the delivered quantity before " +"creating an invoice, with the **Sales App**. Indeed, if you try to create an" +" invoice without validating the delivered quantity, you will receive an " +"error message as below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation " +"sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced " +"quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a " +"partial delivery)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Finally, to create an invoice, you will have different possibilities: " +"regular invoice or down payment (percentage or fixed amount)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about down payment here: " +":doc:`down_payment`, to master this incredible feature." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 @@ -1818,6 +2167,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuração" @@ -2031,6 +2381,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr "" @@ -2144,9 +2495,9 @@ msgid "" "will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before " "creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our " "documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as " -":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal`, " -":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize`, and others in the " -":doc:`../../ecommerce` documentation." +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 @@ -2173,15 +2524,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce`" +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal`" +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize`" +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 @@ -2404,60 +2755,133 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders" +msgid "Add terms & conditions" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 msgid "" -"Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " -"between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " -"information which include products and company policy; allowing the customer" -" to read all those terms everything before committing to anything." +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " +"contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " +"delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all " +"formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other " +"hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing" +" to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms" +" and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you " +"manage." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every " -"quotation, sales order and invoice." -msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 +msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "Termos e Condições Padrão" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 -msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 msgid "" -"In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then " -"appear on every quotation, SO and invoice." +"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " +"**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " +"Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is " +"done automatically with the installation of the sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 -msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 +msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 msgid "" -"A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish" -" on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo." +"In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" +" your default terms and conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured " -"conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default" -" attachment for all quotation emails sent." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 +msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 +msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 +msgid "" +"According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " +"on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" +" and conditions within your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " +":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 +msgid "General Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 +msgid "GT&C on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " +"page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " +"is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " +"category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " +"are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " +"quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " +"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and " +"create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the " +"confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online " +"payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to" +" configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & " +"conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 +msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po index e97bc8ac0..9473448dc 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -5,15 +5,18 @@ # # Translators: # Marcel Savegnago , 2020 +# Rafael H L Moretti , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# grazziano , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Marcel Savegnago , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: grazziano , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,77 +30,67 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visão geral" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 -msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" +msgid "Contact Lists and Blacklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:5 msgid "" "Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" " to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " "newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " "another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " -"distribution a lot easier." +"distribution easier." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 msgid "Contact lists" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:13 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if " -"you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in the" -" unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences." -msgstr "" - #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 msgid "" -"Once inside the list, you can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " -"specific list." +"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Is Public* " +"if you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in " +"the unsubscription page (allowing users to update their subscription " +"preferences)." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 msgid "History with the Log Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:23 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:25 msgid "" -"A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient " -"(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." +"A record of the mailings sent is kept on the recipient's chatter (whether it" +" is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:31 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:28 msgid "" -"This is important as you and your team can easily keep track and see a " -"history of interactions with your contacts or prospects, granting you the " -"ability to better understand them." +"This is important as you and team members can easily keep track and see a " +"history of the interactions with your contacts or prospects. Example: your " +"sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a " +"customer has received or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Example: your sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing " -"promotions a customer has received or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:37 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:35 msgid "Blacklist" msgstr "Lista negra" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:38 msgid "" "If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " -"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries in your " +"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries to your " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:40 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 msgid "" "For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " "Import`." @@ -107,268 +100,261 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Integrations and Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:5 msgid "" "Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " -"purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " +"purposes, but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " "costumers, for example." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 -msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS Campaigns" -msgstr "" +msgid "Campaigns" +msgstr "Campanhas" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:10 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:11 msgid "" "First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " -":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"activate the option Mailing Campaigns`." +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Mailing Campaigns*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:16 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:17 msgid "" -"Now, you will also have the menu *Campaigns* included in your *SMS " -"Marketing* page, allowing you to have an overview of your SMS mailings and " -"your email marketing ones." +"Now, the menu *Campaigns* is also available on the *SMS Marketing* app, " +"allowing you to manage and have an overview of your SMS mailings under " +"campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:22 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:23 msgid "" "This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " "have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " -"your kanban view to better organize the work being done." +"your Kanban view to better organize the work being done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:30 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:31 msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:32 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 msgid "" "Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " "makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" " example." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:36 msgid "" "For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " "*SMS* icon next to the phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:39 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you would like to send a message in a batch here, you could go to " -":menuselection:`List View --> select all the contacts --> Action --> Send " -"SMS`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:47 -msgid "Set up SMS Templates" +"If you would like to send a message to multiple contacts at once, choose the" +" *List View*, select all the contacts needed, and under *Action* select " +"*Send SMS*." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Now, go to " -":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates`." +msgid "Set up SMS templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:59 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:60 msgid "" "Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " "the context." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:62 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra " -"notable integrations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:64 -msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:63 +msgid "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 -msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." +msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 -msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." +msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 -msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." +msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 +msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 msgid "" "*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 msgid "" "*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " "document online." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 msgid "" "*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:72 msgid "" "*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:74 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" " asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." msgstr "" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_template`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:5 msgid "" "Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" " to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " "very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " -"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones - " -"people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" +"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 -msgid "Install the app" -msgstr "" +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Começar" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 -msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:16 -msgid "Build an SMS mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:24 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 msgid "" -"First, you will be able to specify a *subject* name that will help you to " -"remember what the mailing is about." +"Specify a *subject* name to help you remembering what the mailing is about." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:26 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:20 msgid "" -"Under *recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" -" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) will " -"receive your SMS." +"Under *Recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" +" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) receive " +"your SMS." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:28 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:22 msgid "" "From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." -" In the example below, the message will be sent to contacts living in " +" In the example below, the message would be sent to the contacts living in " "Belgium." msgstr "" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose the " +"specific mailing lists you created to group specific contacts. You are " +"allowed to select multiple ones." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 msgid "" -"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose mailing " -"lists you ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to" -" your Newsletters, or both! Note that you are allowed to select more than " -"one *Mailing list*." +"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo automatically " +"generates *link trackers* in order to generate data about these links." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:42 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:36 msgid "" -"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " -"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, you will be able to " -"get data about those links." +"Under *Settings* you have the option *Include opt-out link*. If activated, " +"the contact is able to unsubscribe from the mailing list." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:45 -msgid "" -"On *Settings* you have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " -"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list he " -"is not interested in anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:52 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:43 msgid "" "In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" " your sent links, access them and look at statistics." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:50 msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:63 -msgid "Sending my mailing" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:53 +msgid "Send a mailing" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:57 msgid "" "Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " "to be delivered:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:69 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 msgid "" -"Put in queue: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run. " -"Interesting option if you do not mind when the triggering will happen." +"*Put in Queue*: the mailing is triggered with the next automatic run. " +"Interesting option if you do not need the message to be sent at a specific " +"time." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:71 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:61 msgid "" -"Send now: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if there" -" are not that many recipients." +"*Send Now*: sends the message immediately. Use this option if the recipient " +"list is not excessive." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:73 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:62 msgid "" -"Schedule: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings that" -" you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while " -"it is active or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." +"*Schedule*: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " +"that you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer " +"while it is active, or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:76 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:65 msgid "" -"Test: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " +"*Test*: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " "purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " "while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " "you must remember to use a comma between them." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:82 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:70 msgid "Visualize reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:83 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:72 msgid "" -"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, you are capable of applying" -" filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " -"performance of your SMS mailings." +"Under the *Reporting* menu apply filters, measures, and adopt different " +"layouts to do analyses of the performance of your SMS mailings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:90 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:79 msgid "" -"You can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on" -" the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." +"You can also check the price to send an SMS for your country by clicking on " +"the *Information* icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:86 msgid "" -"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " -"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information on that access: " -":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`" +"**Buy Credits:** in order to take advantage of the app and its features, " +"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information: " +":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po index 5a384e322..c67cdf1eb 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -49,8 +49,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 msgid "" -"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel will be shown. The " -"overview of the campaign shows you global metric such as:" +"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The " +"overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/livechat`" +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/overview/get_started`" msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/support.po index 381858391..fa9bd8287 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/support.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-07 16:16+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Mateus Lopes , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -72,192 +72,206 @@ msgid "Release date" msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "🏁" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "|green|" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 msgid "October 2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "N/A" msgstr "Nenhum" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 msgid "August 2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 msgid "October 2018" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "April 2018" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "October 2017" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2020*" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "|orange|" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 msgid "March 2017" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "January 2017" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "|red|" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 msgid "October 2016" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 msgid "May 2016" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 msgid "October 2015" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 msgid "February 2015" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "September 2014" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:54 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 msgid "|green| Supported version" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 msgid "|red| End-of-support" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 msgid "" "|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " "Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " "upgrade." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:64 msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:75 -msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -msgstr "" - #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:77 -msgid "" -"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:79 msgid "" -"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:81 msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "" "You should consider `upgrading `_ your database." msgstr "" @@ -317,8 +331,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 msgid "" -"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " -"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" +" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" msgstr "" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index c555cf412..06c782ddb 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -4,24 +4,26 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Rodrigo de Almeida Sottomaior Macedo , 2020 +# Rodrigo de Almeida Sottomaior Macedo , 2020 # Marcel Savegnago , 2020 # Silmar , 2020 # danimaribeiro , 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Mateus Lopes , 2020 # Luiz Carlos de Lima , 2020 # grazziano , 2020 # Marcos Abreu , 2020 +# Fernando Colus , 2020 +# PopSolutions Cooperativa Digital , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Marcos Abreu , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -155,6 +157,105 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." msgstr "" +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, click on *Stats* to see complete " +"statistics about the number of clicks and the country of origin of those " +"clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can also access the link tracker by typing *odoo.com/r* on your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics `, those trackers " +"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " +"your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM <../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` " +"application allows you to understand where your leads and opportunities are " +"coming from." +msgstr "" + #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" msgstr "" @@ -322,7 +423,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 msgid "Twitter Scroller" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rolador do Twitter" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -1392,7 +1493,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 @@ -1483,7 +1584,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 msgid "Add features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adicione Características" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -1656,7 +1757,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Multi Empresas" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index b6254b99e..a06503d5a 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -5,27 +5,28 @@ # # Translators: # Gennady Marchenko , 2019 -# Yuriy Ney , 2019 # Collex100, 2019 # Максим Дронь , 2019 # Viktor Pogrebniak , 2019 # Alex Puchkov , 2019 # Ekaterina , 2020 # Irina Fedulova , 2020 -# Ivan Yelizariev , 2020 # ILMIR , 2020 # Vitalius Sharkhun , 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Sergey Vilizhanin, 2020 +# sergeiruzkiicode , 2020 +# Yuriy Ney , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Ivan Yelizariev , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sergey Vilizhanin, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -33,9 +34,9 @@ msgstr "" "Language: ru\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 -msgid "Accounting" -msgstr "Бухгалтерский учёт" +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 +msgid "Invoicing and Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" @@ -161,6 +162,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:114 msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" @@ -206,41 +208,50 @@ msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 -msgid "**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks" +msgid "" +"**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks. (:doc:`Click here for " +"more information `)" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:28 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:277 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:329 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:112 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Настройка" @@ -315,7 +326,7 @@ msgid "After this, your bank feeds will be regularly synchronized." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:579 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:579 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" @@ -430,12 +441,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" -msgstr "Как синхронизировать счет PayPal с Odoo" +msgid "Synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -561,276 +573,213 @@ msgstr "" "Вам нужно только ввести свои учетные данные впервые. После завершения " "работы, Odoo автоматически синхронизироваться с PayPal каждые 4:00." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 +msgid "Ponto as Bank Synchronization provider" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate " +"their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within " +"one app. It is a third-party solution that is continuously expanding the " +"number of bank institutions that can be synchronized with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Accounting** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank " +"statements imported automatically into your database. This allows for easier" +" **bank reconciliation**. When :doc:`adding a bank account on Odoo " +"<../setup/bank_accounts>`, you can see if your bank requires a connection " +"through Ponto by searching for your bank institution, and clicking on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can find more information about bank synchronization :doc:`on this page " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 +msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:33 +msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:34 +msgid "Create an account if you don’t have one yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:35 +msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Select your bank institution and follow the steps on-screen to link your " +"bank account with your Ponto account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Make sure to add all the bank accounts you want to synchronize with your " +"Odoo database before moving on to the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 +msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Odoo requires you to insert your Ponto's **Client ID** and **Secret ID** to " +"synchronize both platforms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To generate these IDs, go to :menuselection:`Ponto Dashboard --> Integration" +" --> Live`, click on *Add Integration*, fill out the form, and select which " +"accounts you want to synchronize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:61 +msgid "Copy the Client ID and Secret ID generated and paste them in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:62 +msgid "Configure the synchronization options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Action**: define if Odoo must create a new *Journal* for this bank " +"account, link to an existing Journal, or create no link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:66 +msgid "**Journal**: select the appropriate *Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Synchronization Frequency**: define how often Odoo should fetch the bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:74 +msgid "" +"It is good practice to have one Journal per bank account. If you synchronize" +" a single bank account, link it to the existing *Bank* journal. If you have " +"multiple accounts, it is recommended to pick the *Create new journal* option" +" for all additional accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:81 +msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the " +"synchronization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Click on *Update Accounts* to enter your new Client ID and Secret ID, or " +"click on *Edit* to modify the synchronization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:92 +msgid "Deprecated API tokens" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Ponto's previous synchronization system using API tokens is now deprecated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:96 +msgid "" +"This section is only relevant for users who had previously linked Ponto with" +" Odoo using a single API token instead of the current synchronization system" +" with a *Client ID* and a *Secret ID*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:99 +msgid "**Update** your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "*SaaS* and *Odoo.sh* users:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "you can skip this step, as your database is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "*Community* and *Enterprise* users:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"download the latest Odoo source code for your version (you can download it " +"from `this link `_ or from GitHub), install it, " +"and restart your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Do a **hard refresh** of your Odoo page by pressing *CTRL + F5*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"A hard refresh clears the cache and the javascript code for the current " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To **generate your access key**, follow :ref:`the steps above `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To **update your credentials**, follow :ref:`the steps above `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/bank_accounts`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:184 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Разное" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" -msgstr "Как управлять серийными депозитам чеков?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " -"will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " -"money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " -"manually bring the checks to the bank." -msgstr "" -"Когда группа вашей компании получает чеки от клиентов, они часто группой " -"размещают эти деньги на их банковский счет. Поскольку эти деньги были " -"получены в физической форме, кто-то в вашей компании должен вручную принести" -" чеки в банк." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" -" be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " -"transactions." -msgstr "" -"Банк попросит предоставить депозитный билет (также называется депозитарная " -"расписка), который должен быть заполнен, с учетом деталей чеков или " -"наличных, подлежащих включению в операции." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " -"reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." -msgstr "" -"В выписке с банковского счета будет отображаться общая сумма депозита и " -"ссылки на депозитный билет, а не отдельные чеки." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " -"reconcile them with your bank statement easily." -msgstr "" -"Odoo помогает вам подготовить и распечатать свои депозитные билеты, а потом " -"с легкостью согласовать их с банковской выпиской." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 -msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" -msgstr "Установите функцию пакетного депозита" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " -"Deposit** to be installed." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы использовать функцию пакетного депозита, вам нужно установить модуль " -"** Пакетный депозит **." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" -" your country." -msgstr "" -"Обычно этот модуль автоматически устанавливается, если чеки широко " -"используются в вашей стране." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " -"application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы проверить, установлен функцию ** Пакетный депозит **, перейдите в меню" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` приложении Бухучет. проверьте " -"функцию: ** Разрешить пакетный депозит **." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 -msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" -msgstr "Включите эту функцию на своих банковских счетах" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " -"deposits on your main bank accounts." -msgstr "" -"После того, как вы установили эту функцию, Odoo автоматически активирует " -"банковские депозиты на ваших основных банковских счетах." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " -"the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " -"'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the " -"Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы контролировать, банковский счет может осуществлять депозит, а какой не" -" может, перейдите в журнал, который вы определили, чтобы оплачивать свои " -"чеки, которые обычно называют "Чеки" или "Банк" " -"(смотрите: doc: `../../ receivables / customer_payments / check`, в " -"приложении Бухучет, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> " -"Journals`." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" -" to **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" -"В разделе ** Расширенные настройки **, раздел ** Разное **, установите метод" -" дебетования ** Пакетный депозит **." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " -"payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " -"make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch " -"Deposits afterwards." -msgstr "" -"Если вы проверяете ** Пакетный депозит ** в поле вашего метода дебету, это " -"означает, что платежи, созданные с помощью этого журнала (который называется" -" Метод платежа, когда вы хотите осуществить или получить платеж), будет " -"применяться для создания пакетных депозитов позже." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 -msgid "From checks received to the bank" -msgstr "С чеков, полученных в банк" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 -msgid "Receive customer checks" -msgstr "Получить чеки клиентов" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once your checks are received, record them on the bank account on which you " -"plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal if " -"you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit. " -"Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." -msgstr "" -"После того, как вы получите чеки, запишите их на банковский счет, на который" -" вы планируете их внести. Выбрав банковский счет (или чековый журнал, если " -"вы настроили Odoo таким образом), Odoo предлагает использовать пакетный " -"депозит. Выберите этот вариант, если планируете сдать чек в свой банк." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 -msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." -msgstr "В поле заметки можно установить референс чеке." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 -msgid "" -"payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " -"Payment** button." -msgstr "" -"платежи могут быть зарегистрированы в меню :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Payments`, или непосредственно на соответствующий счет-фактуру, используя " -"кнопку ** Регистрация платежа **." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 -msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" -msgstr "Подготовить пакетный депозит" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 -msgid "" -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" -"Из программы бухучета перейдите к меню :menuselection:`Sales --> Batch " -"Deposit`, и создайте новый ** Пакетный депозит **." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " -"deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " -"deposited yet. That way you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " -"check." -msgstr "" -"Выберите банк выберите платежи (чеки), которые нужно добавить в этот " -"депозит. По умолчанию Odoo предлагает все чеки, которые еще не были сданы на" -" хранение. Таким образом вы сможете убедиться, что вы не забыли или потеряли" -" чек." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 -msgid "" -"You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " -"the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." -msgstr "" -"Затем вы можете напечатать пакетный депозит, который будет очень полезным " -"для подготовки депозитной расписки, которую обычно требует банк." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 -msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" -msgstr "Согласование депозита с банковской выпиской" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 -msgid "" -"When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " -"ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " -"is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with " -"the bank statement line." -msgstr "" -"При обработке выписки с банковского счета вы увидите номер заявки на " -"депозит, указанный в выписке. Когда процесс согласования выполняется, " -"пользователь сможет выбирать депозит, который отвечает банковской выписке." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 -msgid "" -"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fill all the checks " -"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in the batch " -"deposit in the example below)" -msgstr "" -"Если вы выберете пакетный депозит, Odoo автоматически заполнит все чеки, " -"содержащиеся в этом депозите для сопоставления. (2 чеки были в пакетном " -"депозите в примере ниже)" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:111 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "Решение проблем" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 -msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" -msgstr "Я не вижу ссылки пакетного депозита на банковских выписках?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " -"be two reasons:" -msgstr "" -"Если в банковской выписке нет ссылки на пакетный депозит, это может иметь " -"две причины:" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 -msgid "" -"After having installed the batch deposit features you need to reload the " -"page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" -" button of your browser." -msgstr "" -"После установки функции пакетного депозита вам нужно перезагрузить страницу," -" чтобы браузер знал об этой новой функции. Просто нажмите кнопку " -"перезагрузки браузера." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 -msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." -msgstr "В вас нет пакетного депозита, созданного для этого банковского счета." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 -msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" -msgstr "Что произойдет, если чек был отклонен?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " -"in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " -"refused." -msgstr "" -"Если вы меньшую сумму в банковской выписке, чем фактическая сумма в вашем " -"пакетном депозите, это, вероятно, означает, что один из ваших чеков было " -"отклонено." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 -msgid "" -"In this case click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " -"bank statement matching." -msgstr "" -"В этом случае нажмите на строку, связанный с этим чеком, чтобы исключить его" -" из сопоставления банковских выписок." - #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" -msgstr "Как делать банковский перевод в Odoo?" +msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1034,142 +983,192 @@ msgstr "" "согласования произойдет автоматически." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "Сверка с банком" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 -msgid "Configure model of entries" -msgstr "Настройка модели записей банковской выписки" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 +msgid "Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "Модели Сверки" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once the bank statements are correctly imported, it is essential to " +"*reconcile* the records properly and ensure all *Journal Entries* are " +"balanced and in agreement. To ease and speed up the reconciliation process, " +"you can configure **Reconciliation Models**, which are particularly useful " +"with recurrent entries such as bank fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Reconciliation Models are also useful to handle *Cash Discounts*. Please " +"refer to :doc:`this documentation " +"<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 +msgid "Types of Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 +msgid "There are three types of Reconciliation Models:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`Write-off Button `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 +msgid "" +":ref:`Suggestion of counterpart values `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 +msgid ":ref:`Match existing invoices/bills `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 +msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the " +"buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the " +"values automatically, before validating the reconciliation. Each button is a" +" different Reconciliation Model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 +msgid "Suggest counterpart values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values " +"that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules " +"defined in the reconciliation model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 +msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer " +"Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is " +"to validate the entry. This automation is based on a set of rules defined in" +" the reconciliation model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. " +"Alternatively, you can also open this menu from the Accounting Overview, by " +"going to your Bank Journal card, clicking on the three little dots, and then" +" on *Reconciliation Models*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for " +"the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to " +"leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new one," +" then fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Тип" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 +msgid "" +"See :ref:`above ` for an explanation about the " +"different types of Reconciliation Models." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the *Documents* application is installed on your database, an additional " +"**Activity type** field appears when *To check* is ticked. Selecting the " +"value *Reconciliation request* implies that, whenever you use this model, a " +"*Request Document* window pops up to request a document from a user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 +msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" +msgstr "Условия на строке банковского счета" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Define here all the conditions that are required for a Reconciliation Model " +"to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 +msgid "" +"If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the" +" *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of " +"the models in the *list view*. They can be rearranged by dragging-and-" +"dropping the handle next to the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 +msgid "Counterpart Values" +msgstr "противоположные значения" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This section comprises the values that are applied by the Reconciliation " +"Model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 +msgid "" +"If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, " +"click on *Add a second line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" +msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Bank reconciliation process - use cases" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 ../../accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Общий обзор" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " -"order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." -msgstr "" -"В Odoo у вас есть возможность предварительно заполнить некоторые " -"бухгалтерские записи, чтобы легко согласовать периодические записи, такие " -"как банковские комиссии." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " -"my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " -"current balance. This fee is thus variable." -msgstr "" -"Мы приведем такой пример, чтобы проиллюстрировать концепцию: каждый месяц " -"наша компания получает стоимость банковской комиссии, которая зависит от " -"текущего баланса нашего банковского счета. Таким образом, эта плата является" -" переменной." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 -msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" -msgstr "Создайте модель согласования" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " -"to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " -":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." -msgstr "" -"Во-первых, нам нужно настроить две модели согласования. Для этого перейдите " -"на панель приборов модуля бухучета. В своем банковском журнале нажмите на " -"ссылку :menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 -msgid "" -"We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " -"depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." -msgstr "" -"Мы хотим, чтобы мы могли легко бронировать нашу банковскую комиссию. Наш " -"банк высчитывает комиссию в зависимости от нашего баланса, а это значит, что" -" она может меняться ежемесячно." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 -msgid "" -"We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " -"book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " -"\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " -"Odoo to take the entire fee into account." -msgstr "" -"Мы создаем кнопку Метка, которая называется Банковская комиссия, выбираем " -"правильный счет, чтобы заказать эти комиссии. Кроме того, нам также нужно " -"указать, что тип суммы "Процент баланса" с суммой 100%. Этот " -"параметр позволит Odoo взять всю комиссию в счет." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 -msgid "Save your changes when you are done." -msgstr "Сохраните свои изменения, когда закончите." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " -"under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." -msgstr "" -"Если фиксированная сумма вашей банковской комиссии, вы также можете выбрать " -"** Исправлено ** по типу суммы и укажите сумму." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" -msgstr "" -"Вы также можете использовать эту функцию для обработки скидок. Пожалуйста, " -"обратитесь к: doc: `../../ receivables / customer_invoices / cash_discounts`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:47 -msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" -msgstr "Зарегистрируйте свои платежи на основе модели согласования" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " -"impacted by the payment of the bank fee." -msgstr "" -"Зарегистрируйте платеж, импортируя свои банковские выписки, которые повлияют" -" на оплату банковской комиссии." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:52 -msgid "" -"When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " -"**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" -" relevant data instantly." -msgstr "" -"При осуществлении согласования вы можете выбрать открытый баланс и нажать " -"кнопку ** Модель согласования ** (в данном случае - ** Банковские комиссии " -"**), чтобы мгновенно получать все соответствующие данные." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:59 -msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." -msgstr "Наконец, нажмите ** Согласовать **, чтобы завершить процесс." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" -msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" -msgstr "" -"Используйте различные варианты в процессе согласования банковской выписки" - #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" "Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " @@ -1340,100 +1339,171 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup" msgstr "Установка" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" -msgstr "Как установить новый банковский счет" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Accounts" +msgstr "Банковские счета" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " -"guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " -"account." +"You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " +"Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " +"up to date and ready for the reconciliation with your *Journal Entries*." msgstr "" -"В Odoo вы можете управлять несколькими банковскими счетами. На этой странице" -" вы узнаете о создании, изменении или удалении банковского счета или " -"кредитной карты." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 -msgid "Edit a bank account" -msgstr "Редактирования банковского счета" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 msgid "" -"To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" -" it first before filling your own bank information." +"In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " +"*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." msgstr "" -"Чтобы облегчить процесс, банковский счет уже существует. Прежде всего, перед" -" заполнением собственной банковской информации мы советуем вам редактировать" -" ее." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." +"Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" +" are automatically created and configured." msgstr "" -"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` " -"и нажмите на иконку ** Банк **. Измените это." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 msgid "" -"Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " -"method like SEPA" +"Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " +"Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" +" are displayed when appropriate." msgstr "" -"Odoo будет проявлять тип банковского счета (например, IBAN), чтобы позволить" -" определенный способ оплаты, такой как SEPA." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 -msgid "Create a bank account" -msgstr "Создайте банковский счет" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 +msgid "Add a new Bank Account" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" -" on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" -" number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. " -"Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." +"You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" +" your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " +"<../feeds/bank_statements>`." msgstr "" -"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`." -" Нажмите на ** Создать ** и заполните форму. Вы можете решить показать номер" -" банковского счета, в котором вы планируете отправлять документы, например, " -"заказ на продажу или счета-фактуры. Выберите способы оплаты, которые вы " -"поддерживаете, с помощью этого банковского счета." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 +msgid "Bank Synchronization" +msgstr "Банк Синхронизация" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 msgid "" -"If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " -"the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " -"accounts from another company." +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically." msgstr "" -"Если вы работаете в многопрофильном среде, вам придется переключиться на " -"компанию соответствии с вашими предпочтениями пользователей, чтобы добавить," -" изменить или удалить банковские счета из другой компании." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 msgid "" -"The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " -"of the previous one within the same journal automatically." +"To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " +"list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." msgstr "" -"Начальный баланс банковской выписки автоматически установлено на " -"окончательный остаток предыдущего в одном журнале." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:57 -msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" -msgstr "Удаление банковского счета или кредитной карты" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 msgid "" -"From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " -"the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " -"menu" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this bank synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +msgid "Manual configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" +" out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 +msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 +msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " +"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" +" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " +"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " +"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " +"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Advanced configuration" +msgstr "расширенные настройки" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " +"modify." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" +" and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " +"can edit the bank account's number, Account Holder, Account Holder Name, and" +" your Bank Institution's details by clicking on the *External Link* next to " +"the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "" +"You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " +"Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " +"in the **Bank Statements** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Learn: Accounting Basics `_" msgstr "" -"В списке банковских счетов выберите элементы для удаления и удалите их из " -"меню действий или перейдите к форме и удалите один элемент из меню действий." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" -msgstr "Как управлять валютным банковским счетом?" +msgid "Manage a bank in a foreign currency" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1656,8 +1726,8 @@ msgstr "" "полученных счетов-фактур." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a cash register?" -msgstr "Как вести кассовый учет?" +msgid "Manage a cash register" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1685,6 +1755,8 @@ msgstr "" " умолчанию, а также валюту журнала." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:249 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Использование" @@ -1751,6 +1823,5922 @@ msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "Операции будут добавлены к текущей регистрации денежных оплат." +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 +msgid "Localizations" +msgstr "локализации" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 +msgid "Argentina" +msgstr "Аргентина" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Введение" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " +"this version the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " +"localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" +" to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " +"Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " +"Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " +"on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " +"that is used to analyze the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " +"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " +"AFIP regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:29 +msgid "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " +"the first two modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:35 +msgid "Configure your company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " +"company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " +"the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " +"structure of the company:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:46 +msgid "Chart of Account" +msgstr "План счетов" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " +"accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " +"considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" +" companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:52 +msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:53 +msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:54 +msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 +msgid "Configure Master data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:66 +msgid "Environment" +msgstr "Окружение" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " +"and Production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " +"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " +"to select the environment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +msgid "AFIP Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " +"provided by the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " +"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " +"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " +"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " +"`Get AFIP Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " +"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " +"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "Партнёр" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:150 +msgid "Identification Type and VAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:114 +msgid "" +"As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " +"AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " +"for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" +" Odoo but only the common ones are active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:126 +msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " +"should be defined in the partner form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "Налоги" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:137 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " +"with their related financial account and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:144 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:195 +msgid "Taxes Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:146 +msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:148 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:149 +msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:150 +msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:151 +msgid "Otros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:154 +msgid "Special Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" +" taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " +"creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " +"Inactive taxes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:164 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:211 +msgid "Document Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:166 +msgid "" +"In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " +"types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " +"AFIP)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:170 +msgid "" +"The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " +"the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " +"of invoices as well of account moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" +" on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " +"when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The information required for the document types is included by default so " +"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:232 +msgid "" +"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " +"activated if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:187 +msgid "Letters" +msgstr "письма" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:189 +msgid "" +"For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" +" the transaction/operation, example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:193 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:194 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" +" must be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " +"associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:236 +msgid "Use on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:205 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:238 +msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:207 +msgid "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:133 +msgid "Journals" +msgstr "Журналы" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " +"depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:218 +msgid "" +"For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " +"Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" +" can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " +"invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:222 +msgid "" +"If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" +" because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " +"account moves related to internal control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:226 +msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:231 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " +"defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " +"for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:236 +msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +msgid "Web Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:240 +msgid "" +"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " +"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +msgid "" +"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " +"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" +" Bond `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +msgid "" +"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " +"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " +"the document type related is type “E”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:252 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " +"the operations related to this AFIP POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:255 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" +" for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " +"example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that " +"you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " +"invoice report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:260 +msgid "" +"**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " +"(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " +"sequence. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:263 +msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:264 +msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:265 +msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:295 +msgid "Sequences" +msgstr "Последовательность" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" +" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " +"under :doc:`developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can " +"be used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:277 +msgid "" +"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " +"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " +"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " +"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:283 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +msgid "Usage and testing" +msgstr "Использование и тестирования" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:286 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:166 +msgid "Invoice" +msgstr "Счёт" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:288 +msgid "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " +"invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:292 +msgid "Document type assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " +"based on the AFIP document type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:297 +msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:302 +msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:307 +msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:312 +msgid "" +"As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " +"prefix and sequence is given by the document type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:315 +msgid "" +"The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " +"different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " +"manually by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:321 +msgid "" +"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" +" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" +" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " +"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " +"draft until the related data is corrected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:329 +msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " +"10 days after the CAE is generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:332 +msgid "Result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:334 +msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:335 +msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:341 +msgid "Invoice Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " +"behavior on the pdf report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:346 +msgid "" +"**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " +"identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " +"following AFIP Responsibility type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:349 +msgid "Responsable Inscripto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:354 +msgid "" +"**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " +"part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " +"the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:358 +msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:359 +msgid "Consumidor Final." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:360 +msgid "Responsable Monotributo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:361 +msgid "IVA liberado." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +msgid "Special Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:371 +msgid "Invoices for Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:372 +msgid "" +"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " +"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" +" tab “Other Info”:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +msgid "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" +" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " +"the invoice month:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:386 +msgid "Exportation Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:387 +msgid "" +"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " +"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" +" type be associated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +msgid "" +"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " +"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " +"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:396 +msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:397 +msgid "Exportation document type ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:398 +msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:399 +msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +msgid "Exempt Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +msgid "" +"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " +"Info --> Accounting`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +msgid "Fiscal Bond" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " +"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:442 +msgid "" +"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:419 +msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:136 +msgid "Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +msgid "Zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:422 +msgid "Detail each item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:424 +msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +msgid "Complete description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +msgid "Unit Net Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 +msgid "Quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +msgid "Unit of measurement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +msgid "Bonus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:430 +msgid "VAT rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " +"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " +"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " +"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " +"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" +" to their clients and / or vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:444 +msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:445 +msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:446 +msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:447 +msgid "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +msgid "" +"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " +"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " +"originator document passed to the note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " +"A or B)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +msgid "" +"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:468 +msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +msgid "" +"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " +"Cancellation?” as True." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:471 +msgid "" +"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " +"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " +"(false)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +msgid "Invoice printed report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:479 +msgid "" +"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " +"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " +"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:488 +msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:489 +msgid "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " +"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:499 +msgid "" +"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " +"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " +"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:639 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Счета от поставщиков" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:509 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " +"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" +" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " +"if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:516 +msgid "" +"The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " +"validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " +"will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " +"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " +"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:528 +msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:529 +msgid "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:533 +msgid "" +"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:534 +msgid "" +"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " +"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +msgid "" +"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " +"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +msgid "How to use it in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:544 +msgid "" +"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " +"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +msgid "" +"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " +"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:558 +msgid "Special Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:560 +msgid "Untaxed Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:561 +msgid "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " +"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:564 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" +" the Exempt concept:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +msgid "Perception Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:572 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " +"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " +"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:580 +msgid "" +"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " +"it and set the correct amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:586 +msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:590 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "Отчёты" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:592 +msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:598 +msgid "VAT Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:601 +msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:607 +msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:613 +msgid "Resumen de IVA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:619 +msgid "IIBB - Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:622 +msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:628 +msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:3 +msgid "Chile" +msgstr "Чили" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Chilean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13. In this" +" version, the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl:** Adds accounting features for the Chilean localization, which " +"represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " +"Chile and under the SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos) regulations and " +"guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl_edi:** Includes all technical and functional requirements to " +"generate and receive Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the SII " +"regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl_reports:** Adds the reports Propuesta F29 y Balance Tributario (8" +" columnas)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:24 +msgid "Install the Chilean localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:26 +msgid "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Chile. Then click *Install* in the " +"module **Chile E-invoicing**. This module has a dependency with **Chile - " +"Accounting**. In case this last one is not installed, Odoo installs it " +"automatically with E-invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you install a database from scratch selecting Chile as country, Odoo " +"will automatically install the base module: Chile - Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:40 +msgid "Company Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your company " +"data. Additional to the basic information, you need to add all the data and " +"elements required for Electronic Invoice, the easiest way to configure it is" +" in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chilean Localization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:48 +msgid "Fiscal Information" +msgstr "Налогово-бюджетная информация" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Fill in the fiscal information for your company according to the SII " +"register, follow the instructions on each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:173 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:60 +msgid "" +"This is part of the main information required to generate electronic " +"Invoice, select your environment and the legal information, as well as the " +"email address to receive invoices from your vendors and the alias you use to" +" send invoices to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:69 +msgid "Configure DTE Incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:71 +msgid "" +"In order to receive you the claim and acceptance emails from your customers," +" it is crucial to define the DTE incoming email server, considering this " +"configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For your Go-live make sure you archive/remove from your inbox all the emails" +" related to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:83 +msgid "Certificate" +msgstr "сертификат" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:85 +msgid "" +"In order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate" +" with the extension ``.pfx`` is required, proceed to this section and load " +"your file and password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:96 +msgid "" +"A certificate can be shared between several users. If this is the case leave" +" the user field empty, so all your billing users can use the same one. On " +"the other hand, if you need to restrict the certificate for a particular " +"user, just define the users in the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 +msgid "Financial Reports" +msgstr "Финансовые отчеты" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The report Propuesta F29 requires two values that need to be defined as part" +" of the company configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +msgid "Multicurrency" +msgstr "мультивалютность" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the SBIF, you can find " +"the SBIF synchronization service in the currency rate configuration and you " +"can set a predefined interval for the rate updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:122 +msgid "" +"In order to configure your token, you need to enable developer mode and " +"access to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System parameters` and " +"search the parameter ``sbif_api_key`` and in the field Value introduce your " +"token provided by the SBIF:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:131 +msgid "Chart of accounts" +msgstr "План счетов" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " +"included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " +"in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:137 +msgid "Default Account Payable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:138 +msgid "Default Account Receivable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:139 +msgid "Transfer Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:140 +msgid "Conversion Rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:144 +msgid "Master Data" +msgstr "Основные данные" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:152 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, the identification types defined by the" +" SII are now available on the Partner form. This information is essential " +"for most transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:161 +msgid "TaxpayerType" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:163 +msgid "" +"In Chile, the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the Taxpayer Type. This field should be " +"defined in the partner form, when creating a customer is important you make " +"sure this value is set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:175 +msgid "" +"As part of the information that is sent in the electronic Invoice, you need " +"to define the email that is going to appear as the sender of the electronic " +"invoice to your customer, and the Industry description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:187 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with" +" their related financial account and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:197 +msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:199 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:200 +msgid "" +"ILA (Impuesto a la Ley de Alcholes). Taxes for alcoholic drinks. It has a " +"different rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:204 +msgid "Fiscal Positions" +msgstr "Системы налогов" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase transactions, the VAT can have different affections. " +"This will be done in Odoo using the default purchase fiscal positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:213 +msgid "" +"In some Latin American countries, including Chile, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document types" +" defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Chile case: SII)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The document type is essential information that needs to be displayed in the" +" printed reports and that needs to be easily identified within the set of " +"invoices as well of account moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the " +"country on which the document is applicable and the data is created " +"automatically when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:240 +msgid "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal uses " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:241 +msgid "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:252 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "Продажи" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:254 +msgid "" +"Sales Journals in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location, " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:256 +msgid "Ventas Santiago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:257 +msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:259 +msgid "For the retail stores is common to have one journal per POS:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:261 +msgid "Cashier 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:262 +msgid "Cashier 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:266 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "Закупки" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:268 +msgid "" +"The transactions purchase can be managed with a single journal, but " +"sometimes companies use more than one in order to handle some accounting " +"transactions that are not related to vendor bills but can be easily " +"registered using this model, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:272 +msgid "Tax Payments to government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:273 +msgid "Employees payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:279 +msgid "When creating sales journals the next information must be filled in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:281 +msgid "" +"**Point of sale type**: If the Sales journal will be used for electronic " +"documents, the option Online must be selected. Otherwise, if the journal is " +"used for invoices imported from a previous system or if you are using the " +"SII portal “Facturación MiPyme“ you can use the option Manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:285 +msgid "" +"**Use Documents**: This field is used to define if the journal will use " +"Document Types. It is only applicable to Purchase and Sales journals that " +"can be related to the different sets of document types available in Chile. " +"By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:297 +msgid "" +"When a Journal is created we have two options with document types sequences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Create new sequences: In this case, Odoo will create new sequences for the " +"most common document types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Use existent sequence: If the sequence should be shared between several " +"journals, the user can add manually sequences previously created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:309 +msgid "" +"For the Chilean localization it’s important to define the default Debt and " +"Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:313 +msgid "CAF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:315 +msgid "" +"For each sequence related to the documents type, a CAF (Folio Authorization " +"Code) is required, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor with the" +" folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:319 +msgid "" +"Your company can make several requests for folios and obtain several CAFs, " +"each one associated with different ranges of folios. In this way, you could " +"order folios per the different segmentations you have in your journals " +"(example per office) thus avoiding distributing a range of folios. In this " +"way, each branch would have its private key of the respective CAF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:324 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the SII documentation to check the detail on how to acquire " +"the CAF: `SII Timbraje `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 +msgid "" +"Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with journal sequence" +" in Odoo, after you create the sequence for the first time the will be in " +"red, which indicates that no CAF has been configured for that particular " +"sequence:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:339 +msgid "In order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:341 +msgid "Open the sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:342 +msgid "Go the the Tab “CAF”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:343 +msgid "Upload the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 +msgid "Save the CAF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:345 +msgid "Save the sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:352 +msgid "" +"As a result, the sequence color changes to black and the column Next number " +"and quantity available are updated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:361 +msgid "Usage and Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:364 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:366 +msgid "" +"In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the " +"Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next" +" diagram we explain how the information transmitted to the SII and between " +"the customers and Vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:376 +msgid "Customer invoice Emission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:378 +msgid "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" +" created in the standard way, for Chile one of the differentiators is the " +"document type which is selected automatically based on the Taxpayer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:382 +msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:390 +msgid "Validation and DTE Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:392 +msgid "" +"When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically" +" when it’s created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " +"After the invoice is posted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:395 +msgid "" +"The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in" +" the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:396 +msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:402 +msgid "" +"The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that" +" runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII " +"immediately you can do it manually as well. The DTE status workflow is as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:411 +msgid "" +"In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using" +" the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to " +"the invoice, you can use this number to check the details the SII sent back " +"by email. The DTE status is updated to Ask for Status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you " +"want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result " +"can either be Accepted, Accepted With Objection or Rejected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:425 +msgid "" +"There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or " +"Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you " +"will receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:433 +msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " +"now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:439 +msgid "" +"**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct " +"but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " +"valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 +msgid "" +"**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and " +"needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you" +" registered in the SII, if it is properly configured in Odoo, the details " +"are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:452 +msgid "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:454 +msgid "Change the document to draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:455 +msgid "" +"Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:456 +msgid "Post the invoice again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:464 +msgid "Crossed references" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:466 +msgid "" +"When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the " +"information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab" +" Cross Reference, which is commonly used for credit or debit notes, but in " +"some cases can be used on Customer Invoices as well. In the case of the " +"credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:476 +msgid "Invoice PDF Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:478 +msgid "" +"After the invoice is Accepted and valdiated by the SII and the PDF is " +"printed it includes the fiscal elements that indicates out document is " +"fiscally valid:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:487 +msgid "Commercial Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:489 +msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:491 +msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:492 +msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they" +" will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:495 +msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:503 +msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:505 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in " +"Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to " +"proceed is with a Credit Note to either cancel the Invoice or correct it. " +"Please refer to the Credit Notes section for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 +msgid "Common Errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:516 +msgid "" +"There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are " +"some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:519 +msgid "Error: RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:521 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State" +" and City." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:523 +msgid "Error en Monto : - IVA debe declararse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:525 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:529 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one " +"on each invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:527 +msgid "Error: Rut No Autorizado a Firmar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:531 +msgid "" +"Error: Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" +"[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:534 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF in the journal sequence related to this " +"document as the one you’re using is expired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:540 +msgid "Credit Notes" +msgstr "сторно" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:542 +msgid "" +"When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " +"credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file " +"is required for the Credit Note sequence, which is identified as document 64" +" in the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:551 +msgid "" +"Refer to the journal section where we described the process to load the CAF " +"on each sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:555 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:607 +msgid "Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:558 +msgid "Cancel Referenced document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 +msgid "" +"In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit" +" note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:568 +msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:570 +msgid "" +"If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " +"Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select" +" the option “Solo corregir Texto”. In this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:578 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price " +"0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:585 +msgid "" +"It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " +"it is taken for this use case in specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:589 +msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:591 +msgid "" +"When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note" +" and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:600 +msgid "Debit Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:602 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an " +"existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " +"button “Add Debit Note”. The two main use cases for debit notes are " +"detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:610 +msgid "Add debt on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:612 +msgid "" +"The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an " +"existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code " +"SII:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:620 +msgid "" +"In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross " +"reference section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:627 +msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:629 +msgid "" +"In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in " +"this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option " +"in the wizard: *1: Anula Documentos de referencia.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:641 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email " +"server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:644 +msgid "" +"Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based " +"on this information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:645 +msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:646 +msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:650 +msgid "Reception" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:652 +msgid "" +"As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor" +" Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent " +"to the vendor with the Reception acknowledgement. 3. The DTE status is set " +"as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:662 +msgid "Acceptation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:664 +msgid "" +"If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, you can " +"accept the document using the button: Aceptar Documento, once this is done " +"the DTE Acceptation Status changes to: Accepted and an email of acceptance " +"is sent to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:674 +msgid "Claim" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:676 +msgid "" +"In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " +"your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using " +"the button: Claim, once this is done the DTE Acceptation Status change to: " +"Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:684 +msgid "" +"If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel " +"automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " +"should be canceled as they won’t be valid for your accounting records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:693 +msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:695 +msgid "" +"This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " +"balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " +"level of profit or loss that the business had within the evaluated period of" +" time, so that a real and complete knowledge of the status of a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:699 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:715 +msgid "" +"You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:706 +msgid "Propuesta F29" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:708 +msgid "" +"The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that " +"replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase" +" Register (CR) and the Sales Register (RV). Its purpose is to support the " +"transactions related to VAT, improving its control and declaration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:712 +msgid "" +"This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE’s) that have " +"been received by the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia" +msgstr "Колумбия" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" +" next modules:" +msgstr "" +"Электронное выставления счетов для Колумбии можно получить из Odoo 12 и " +"требует следующих модулей:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " +"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " +"document types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" +" for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " +"based on the DIAN legal requirements." +msgstr "" +"** l10n_co_edi ** Этот модуль включает в себя все дополнительные поля, " +"необходимые для интеграции с T & S Carvajal, и генерирования " +"электронного счета-фактуры на основе правовых требований DIAN." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:20 +msgid "Workflow" +msgstr "Рабочий процесс" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " +"first two modules." +msgstr "" +"Для этого перейдите в Приложения и найдите Колумбию. Затем нажмите кнопку " +"Установить для первых двух модулей." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:40 +msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " +"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " +"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" +"После того, как модули установлены, для того, чтобы иметь возможность " +"соединяться с веб-службой Carvajal T & S, необходимо настроить " +"пользователя и учетные данные, эта информация будет предоставлена Carvajal T" +" & S." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " +"for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` и " +"найдите раздел * Колумбийские электронные счета *." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" +" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " +"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " +"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" +msgstr "" +"Используя режим тестирования, можно подключиться к среде тестирования " +"Carvisal T & S. Это позволяет пользователям проверять полный рабочий " +"процесс и интеграцию с порталом CEN Financiero, доступным здесь: " +"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" +" the testing environment can be disabled." +msgstr "" +"После того, как Odoo и Carvajal T & S полностью настроены и готовы к " +"производству, среда тестирования может быть отключен." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:62 +msgid "Configure your report data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +msgid "" +"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " +"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." +msgstr "" +"Как часть настроенной информации, направляется в XML, можно определить " +"данные для фискального раздела и банковскую информацию в PDF-файле." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:76 +msgid "Configure data required in the XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:82 +msgid "Identification" +msgstr "Идентификация" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:84 +msgid "" +"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " +"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " +"their identification number and document type set:" +msgstr "" +"Как часть колумбийской локализации, типа документов, определенные DIAN, " +"теперь доступны в форме Партнера. Колумбийские партнеры должны иметь свой " +"идентификационный номер и тип документа:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 +msgid "" +"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " +"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " +"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." +msgstr "" +"Когда тип документа RUT, идентификационный номер должен быть настроен в " +"Odoo, включая проверочную цифру, Odoo будет разделять этот номер, когда " +"передаются данные третьей стороне." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " +"information required by the DIAN ." +msgstr "" +"Коды ответственности партнера (раздел 53 документа RUT) включены как часть " +"модуля электронного счета, который является частью информации, требуется " +"DIAN." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:104 +msgid "" +"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " +"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" +msgstr "" +"Эти поля можно найти в :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase Tab --> " +"Fiscal Information`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " +"regimen of the partner." +msgstr "" +"Дополнительно было добавлено два булевых поля для определения фискального " +"режима партнера." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " +"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " +"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." +msgstr "" +"Если ваши операции по продаже включают товары с налогами, важно учитывать, " +"что дополнительное поле * Тип значения * необходимо настроить на налог. Этот" +" параметр находится на вкладке Дополнительные параметры." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " +"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " +"display taxes in the invoice PDF." +msgstr "" +"Типы налога на содержание (ICA, IVA, Fuente) также включены в опций " +"настройки налогов. Эта конфигурация используется для корректного отображения" +" налогов в формате PDF." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " +"documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " +"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " +"Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " +"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" +"После того, как последовательность открыта, поля Приставка и Следующий номер" +" должны быть настроены и синхронизированы с CEN Financiero." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "Users" +msgstr "Пользователи" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " +"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" +msgstr "" +"Шаблон по умолчанию, который используется Odoo на счете-фактуре PDF, включая" +" позицию продавца, поэтому эти поля должны быть настроены:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:168 +msgid "" +"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" +" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." +msgstr "" +"После настройки всех основных данных и учетных данных можно начать " +"тестирование рабочего процесса электронного счета." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +msgid "Invoice creation" +msgstr "Создание счетов-фактур" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +msgid "" +"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " +"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " +"invoice are the next fields:" +msgstr "" +"Функциональный рабочий процесс, который происходит перед проверкой счета-" +"фактуры, не меняется. Основными изменениями, которые вводятся в электронный " +"счет, являются следующие поля:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 +msgid "There are three types of documents:" +msgstr "Есть три типа документов:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:184 +msgid "" +"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " +"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +msgstr "" +"** Factura Electronica ** Этот документ является обычным типом и применяется" +" к счетам-фактурам, сторно и дебетовое возвращения." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " +"transactions." +msgstr "** Factura de Importación **: этот параметр для операций импорта." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:188 +msgid "" +"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " +"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " +"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " +"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." +msgstr "" +"** Factura de contingencia **: Это исключительный тип, который используется " +"как ручное резервное копирование в случае, если компания не может " +"использовать ERP, и необходимо генерировать счет вручную, когда этот счет " +"добавлен к ERP, этот тип счета-фактуры следует выбрать." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "Invoice validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:198 +msgid "" +"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" +" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"После подтверждения счета XML-файл создается и автоматически направляется в " +"Carvajal, этот файл отображается в чате." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:204 +msgid "" +"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " +"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " +"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" +msgstr "" +"Дополнительное поле теперь отображается на вкладке "Другая " +"информация" с названием файла XML. Кроме того, есть второе " +"дополнительное поле, которое отображается со статусом электронного счета, с " +"начальным значением "In progress":" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:214 +msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" +" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " +"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " +"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " +"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" +" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." +msgstr "" +"Поставщик электронного счета получает XML-файл и продолжает проверку " +"структуры и информации в нем, если все правильно, изменение статуса счета-" +"фактуры на "Проверено" после использования кнопки "Проверить " +"состояние Carvajal" в выпадающем меню Действие. Затем они начинают " +"генерировать правовой XML, включая цифровую подпись и уникальный код (CUFE)," +" а также генерируется фактура PDF, которая включает QR-код и CUFE." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:224 +msgid "After this:" +msgstr "После этого:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:226 +msgid "" +"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " +"the invoice chatter:" +msgstr "" +"ZIP, содержащий XML документов и PDF-файл загружается и отображается в чате " +"счета-фактуры:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 +msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" +msgstr "Состояние электронного счета меняется на "Принято"" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:237 +msgid "Common errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:239 +msgid "" +"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " +"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " +"after updating the electronic invoice status." +msgstr "" +"Во время проверки XML распространенные ошибки, как правило, связаны с " +"отсутствием основных данных. В таких случаях сообщение об ошибке " +"отображаются в чате после обновления статуса электронного счета." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" +msgstr "" +"После исправления основных данных можно повторно обработать XML с новыми " +"данными и прислать обновленную версию с помощью следующей кнопки:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:258 +msgid "Additional use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:260 +msgid "" +"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " +"the functional workflow remains the same as well." +msgstr "" +"Процесс получения кредитных и дебетовых возвратов точно такой же, как и " +"счет-фактура, функциональный рабочий процесс также остается неизменным." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia (ES)" +msgstr "Колумбия (ES)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 +msgid "Introducción" +msgstr "Introducción" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +msgid "" +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " +"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " +"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " +"puntos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 +msgid "Plan Contable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +msgid "Impuestos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 +msgid "Retenciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 +msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " +"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " +"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 +msgid "Flujo General" +msgstr "Flujo General" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 +msgid "Configuración" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " +"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" +msgstr "" +"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " +"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " +"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " +"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " +"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " +"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " +"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 +msgid "" +"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " +"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" +" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" +" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " +"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " +"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" +" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 +msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " +"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " +"Bancaria." +msgstr "" +"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " +"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " +"Bancaria." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " +"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 +msgid "Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " +"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " +"de documento correspondiente." +msgstr "" +"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " +"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " +"de documento correspondiente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " +"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " +"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." +msgstr "" +"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " +"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " +"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " +"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " +"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." +msgstr "" +"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " +"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " +"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " +"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " +"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " +"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " +"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " +"opciones." +msgstr "" +"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " +"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " +"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " +"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " +"opciones." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " +"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " +"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " +"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " +"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " +"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " +"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" +msgstr "" +"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " +"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " +"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " +"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 +msgid "Diarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " +"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" +" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " +"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" +" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 +msgid "" +"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " +"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" +" Secuencia`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 +msgid "Usuarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 +msgid "" +"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " +"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" +msgstr "" +"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " +"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 +msgid "Uso y Pruebas" +msgstr "Uso y Pruebas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +msgid "Facturas" +msgstr "Facturas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " +"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " +"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" +msgstr "" +"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " +"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " +"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 +msgid "Invoice Creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +msgid "" +"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " +"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " +"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " +"manualmente." +msgstr "" +"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " +"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " +"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " +"manualmente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " +"son los siguientes:" +msgstr "" +"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " +"son los siguientes:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 +msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" +msgstr "Hay tres tipos de documentos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 +msgid "" +"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," +" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " +"importación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" +" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " +"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " +"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 +msgid "Invoice Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " +"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " +"desplegado en el historial." +msgstr "" +"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " +"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " +"desplegado en el historial." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " +"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" +" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " +"inicial **En Proceso**." +msgstr "" +"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " +"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" +" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " +"inicial **En Proceso**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 +msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 +msgid "" +"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " +"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " +"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " +"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " +"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " +"CUFE." +msgstr "" +"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " +"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " +"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " +"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " +"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " +"CUFE." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " +"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " +"automáticamente:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 +msgid "" +"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " +"historial de la Factura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 +msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." +msgstr "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +msgid "" +"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " +"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 +msgid "Errores Frecuentes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 +msgid "" +"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " +"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " +"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " +"desplegados en el historial." +msgstr "" +"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " +"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " +"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " +"desplegados en el historial." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " +"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " +"botón:" +msgstr "" +"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " +"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " +"botón:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 +msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" +msgstr "Casos de Uso adicionales" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 +msgid "" +"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " +"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " +"igual." +msgstr "" +"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " +"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " +"igual." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 +msgid "Consideraciones del Anexo 1.7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 +msgid "Contexto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 +msgid "Contexto Normativo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 +msgid "Soporte Normativo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Resolución DIAN Número 000042 ( 5 de Mayo de 2020) Por la cual se " +"desarrollan:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 +msgid "Los sistemas de facturación," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 +msgid "Los proveedores tecnológicos," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 +msgid "El registro de la factura electrónica de venta como título valor," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 +msgid "Se expide el anexo técnico de factura electrónica de venta y" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 +msgid "Se dictan otras disposiciones en materia de sistemas de facturación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 +msgid "Anexo 1.7: Principales Cambios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 +msgid "Cambios en la definición de Consumidor Final." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 +msgid "Informar bienes cubiertos para los 3 dias sin IVA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Impuestos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 +msgid "Se agrega concepto para IVA Excluido." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 +msgid "Informar la fecha efectiva de entrega de los bienes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 +msgid "Adecuaciones en la representación Gráfica (PDF)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 +msgid "Calendario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Se tiene varias fechas límites para la salida a producción bajo las " +"condiciones del Anexo 1.7 las cuales dependen de los siguientes factores:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Calendario de implementación de acuerdo con la actividad económica principal" +" en el RUT:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 +msgid "Calendario de implementación, para otros sujetos obligados:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 +msgid "Calendario de implementación permanente:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 +msgid "Requerimientos en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Con la finalidad de facilitar el proceso de preparación de las bases de Odoo" +" estándar V12 y v13, únicamente será necesario que los administradores " +"actualicen algunos módulos y creen los datos maestros relacionados a los " +"nuevos procesos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 +msgid "Actualización de listado de Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Utilizando el modo desarrollador, acceder al módulo de Aplicaciones y " +"seleccionar el menú *Actualizar Lista*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 +msgid "Actualización de Módulos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 +msgid "" +"Una vez actualizado Buscar *Colombia*, los siguientes módulos serán " +"desplegados, se requieren actualizar dos módulos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 +msgid "Colombia - Contabilidad - l10n_co" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal UBL 2.1 - " +"l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 +msgid "" +"En cada módulo o ícono hay que desplegar el menú opciones utilizando los 3 " +"puntos de la esquina superior derecha y seleccionamos *Actualizar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 +msgid "Primero lo hacemos con en el módulo l10n_co:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 +msgid "Posteriormente lo hacemos con el módulo l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 +msgid "Creación de Datos Maestros" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Las bases de datos existentes a Junio 2020 tanto en V12 como V13, deberán " +"crear algunos datos maestros necesarios para operar correctamente con los " +"cambios del Anexo 1.7." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 +msgid "Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 +msgid "" +"La figura del consumidor final será utilizada para aquellas ventas sobre las" +" cuales no es posible identificar toda la información fiscal y demográfica " +"del cliente por lo que la factura se genera a nombre de este registro " +"genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Es importante coordinar y definir los casos de uso en los que dependiendo de" +" su empresa se tendrá permitido utilizar este registro genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 +msgid "" +"Dentro de Odoo se tendrá que crear un contacto con las siguientes " +"características, es importante que se defina de esta manera debido a que son" +" los parámetros definidos por la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 +msgid "**Tipo de contacto:** Individuo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 +msgid "**Nombre:** Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 +msgid "**Tipo de documento:** Cedula de Ciudadania" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 +msgid "**Numero de Identificacion:** 222222222222" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 +msgid "" +"Dentro de la pestaña Ventas y Compras, en la sección Información Fiscal, del" +" campo Obligaciones y Responsabilidades colocaremos el valor: **R-99-PN**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 +msgid "IVA Excluido - Bienes Cubiertos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Para reportar las transacciones realizadas mediante Bienes Cubiertos para " +"los tres días sin IVA, será necesario crear un nuevo Impuesto al cual se le " +"debe de asociar un grupo de impuestos específico que será utilizado por Odoo" +" para agregar la sección requerida en el XML de factura electrónica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 +msgid "" +"Para el crear el impuesto accederemos a Contabilidad dentro del menú " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 +msgid "" +"Procedemos a crear un nuevo Impuesto con importe 0% considerando los " +"siguientes parámetros:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 +msgid "" +"El nombre del Impuesto puede ser definido a preferencia del usuario, sin " +"embargo el campo clave es **Grupo de Impuestos** dentro de Opciones " +"avanzadas, el cual debe ser: *bienes cubiertos* y el campo **Tipo de " +"Valor**: *IVA*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Departamentos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 +msgid "" +"Es necesario actualizar la descripción de algunos departamentos, para lo " +"cual accederemos a módulo de Contactos y dentro del menú de " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Provincias`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Posteriormente, podemos agregar por País para identificar claramente las " +"provincias (Departamentos) de Colombia:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 +msgid "" +"Una vez agrupados buscar los siguientes departamentos para actualizarlos con" +" el valor indicado en la columna **Nombre actualizado**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Nombre de provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Código de Provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Nombre actualizado" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "D.C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "DC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "Bogotá" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "Quindio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "QUI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "Quindío" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "Archipiélago de San Andrés, Providencia y Santa Catalina" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "SAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "San Andrés y Providencia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 +msgid "Ejemplo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 +msgid "Verificación de Código postal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Dentro del Anexo 1.7 se comienza a validar que el código postal de las " +"direcciones para contactos colombianos corresponda a las tablas oficiales " +"definidas por la DIAN, por lo que se debe verificar que este campo está " +"debidamente diligenciado de acuerdo a los definidos en la sigueinte fuente: " +"`Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 +msgid "Consideraciones Operativas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Una vez que resgistro de Consumidor final ha sido creado este deberá ser " +"utilizado a demanda, generalmente será utilizado en las transacciones de " +"facturación del punto de punto de venta." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 +msgid "" +"El proceso de validación de la Factura será realizado de forma convencional " +"en Odoo y la factura será generada de la misma manera. Al detectar que el " +"número de identificación corresponde a consumidor Final, el XML que se envía" +" a Carvajal será generado con las consideraciones y secciones " +"correspondientes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 +msgid "" +"Contablemente todos los registros de Consumidor final quedarán asociados al " +"identificador generico:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 +msgid "" +"El 21 mayo del 2020 fue publicado el El Decreto 682 el cual establece " +"Excepción especial en el Impuesto sobre las ventas. El principal objetivo de" +" este decreto es reactivar la economía en Colombia por las bajas ventas " +"generadas a causa del COVID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 +msgid "Fechas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Días de excención del impuesto sobre las ventas – IVA para bienes cubiertos " +"(3 días SIN IVA)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 +msgid "**Primer día**: 19 de junio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 +msgid "**Segundo día**: 3 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 +msgid "**Tercer día**: 19 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 +msgid "Condiciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Debido a que estas transacciones serán generadas de forma excepcional y que " +"se tiene una combinación de varios factores y condiciones, los productores " +"debera ser actualizados de forma manual en Odoo asignados temporalmente el " +"impuesto de venta *IVA exento - Bienes cubierto* en cada empresa según " +"corresponda." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 +msgid "" +"A continuación se mencionan algunas de las principales condiciones, sin " +"embargo, cabe mencionar que las empresas deben de verificar todos los " +"detalles en el `Decreto 682 " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 +msgid "Tipo de productos y precio Máximo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "Tipo de Productos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "Precio Máximo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +msgid "Electrodomesticos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +msgid "40 UVT: $1,4 millones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 +msgid "Vestuario y complementos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "3 UVT: $106.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "En el caso de los complementos es:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +msgid "10 UVT- $356.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +msgid "Elementos deportivos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +msgid "Juguetes y Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +msgid "5 UVT - $178.035" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +msgid "Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +msgid "Bienes o servicios para el sector agropecuario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +msgid "80 UVT - $2.848.560" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 +msgid "Métodos de Pago:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 +msgid "" +"El pago debe realizarse por medios electrónico por ejemplo tarjetas de " +"crédito/débito o bien mecanismos de pago online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 +msgid "Limite de unidades:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 +msgid "" +"Cada cliente puede adquirir únicamente 3 unidades como máximo de cada " +"producto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 +msgid "Medidas en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 +msgid "**Preparación de datos**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 +msgid "" +"Crear el Impuesto para Bienes cubiertos de acuerdo a lo indicado en este " +"punto: Datos maestros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 +msgid "" +"Identificar los productos y transacciones a los cuales les aplicará la " +"Exclusión de IVA de acuerdo a las condiciones establecidas en el decreto " +"682. En caso de ser un porcentaje significativo de productos, se recomienda " +"actualizar el impuesto de forma temporal en Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Exportar un listado con los productos que serán afectados incluyendo el " +"campo IVA Venta el cual será sustituido temporalmente por el IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 +msgid "" +"Al finalizar las operaciones del día anterior a las fechas establecidas de " +"día sin IVA, se debe hacer la actualización temporal a IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 +msgid "**Durante el día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Por defecto los productos previamente considerados con IVA de Bienes " +"cubiertos serán generados con este parámetro tanto en Órdenes de venta como " +"facturas creadas durante ese mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 +msgid "" +"Las órdenes de venta generadas con este impuesto deberán ser facturas el " +"mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 +msgid "" +"En caso de que alguna de las condiciones no sea cumplida (ejemplo el pago es" +" realizado en efectivo) el impuesto deberá ser actualizado manualmente al " +"momento de facturar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 +msgid "**Posterior al día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 +msgid "" +"Los productos que fueron actualizados deberá ser reconfigurados a su IVA " +"original." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 +msgid "" +"En caso de que se detecte alguna Orden de venta facturar en la cual se " +"incluya IVA de Bienes Cubiertos, se deberá realizar actualización manual " +"correspondiente al IVA convencional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 +msgid "France" +msgstr "Франция" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 +msgid "FEC" +msgstr "FEC" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " +"the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" +" --> FEC`." +msgstr "" +"Если вы установили французский бухгалтерский учет, вы сможете загрузить FEC." +" Для этого перейдите к :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France " +"--> FEC`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " +"module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." +msgstr "" +"Если вы не видите подменю ** FEC **, перейдите к ** Приложения ** и найдите " +"модуль ** Франция-FEC ** и проверьте, он хорошо установлен." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 +msgid "French Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Французская бухгалтерская отчетность" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " +"accounting reports specific to France:" +msgstr "" +"Если вы установили французский бухгалтерский учет, вы будете иметь доступ к " +"некоторым бухгалтерских отчетов, характерных для Франции:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 +msgid "Bilan comptable" +msgstr "Bilan comptable" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 +msgid "Compte de résultats" +msgstr "Compte de résultats" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 +msgid "Plan de Taxes France" +msgstr "Plan de Taxes France" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 +msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" +msgstr "" +"Получите сертификат о борьбе с мошенничеством на добавленную стоимость с " +"Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " +"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " +"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales " +"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, " +"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." +msgstr "" +"По состоянию на 1 января 2018 во Франции и DOM-TOM введено новое " +"законодательство по борьбе с мошенничеством. Это новое законодательство " +"устанавливает определенные критерии относительно неизменности, безопасности," +" хранения и архивирования данных о продаже. Эти юридические требования " +"внедрены в 9 версии Odoo через модуль и сертификат соответствия для " +"загрузки." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 +msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" +msgstr "" +"Или моя компания обязана использовать программное обеспечение с " +"мошенничеством?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " +"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" +msgstr "" +"Ваша компания должна использовать программное обеспечение для борьбы с " +"мошенничеством кассовых аппаратов, таких как Odoo (CGI Art. 286, I. 3 ° " +"bis), если:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 +msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," +msgstr "" +"Вы облагаемыми (не освобождены от налога на добавленную стоимость) во " +"Франции или любом DOM-TOM," + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 +msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." +msgstr "Некоторые из ваших клиентов - частные лица (B2C)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 +msgid "" +"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " +"VAT and therefore are not affected." +msgstr "" +"Это правило применяется к компании любого размера. Автостраховщики " +"освобождаются от уплаты НДС, поэтому они их это не касается." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 +msgid "Get certified with Odoo" +msgstr "Получите сертификат с Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 +msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." +msgstr "Присоединиться к Odoo очень просто." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" +" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " +"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" +" `here `_. If you " +"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " +"`_ or contact" +" your Odoo service provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 +msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." +msgstr "" +"В случае несоответствия ваша компания рискует получить штраф в размере 7500 " +"евро." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 +msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" +msgstr "Чтобы получить сертификат, выполните следующие шаги:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " +"menu:" +msgstr "" +"Установите модуль борьбы с мошенничеством, что соответствует вашей версии " +"Odoo, из меню * Приложения *:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 +msgid "" +"if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" +msgstr "" +"если вы используете точку продаж Odoo * l10n_fr_pos_cert * Франция - " +"Сертификация по борьбе с мошенничеством на добавленную стоимость для точки " +"продаж (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 +msgid "" +"in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" +msgstr "" +"в любом другом случае: l10n_fr_certification * Франция - Сертификация борьбы" +" с мошенничеством на НДС (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " +"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a " +"country from the list; Do not create a new country." +msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что в вашей компании установлено страну, иначе ваши записи не " +"будут зашифрованы для проверки неизменности. Чтобы изменить данные вашей " +"компании, перейдите к меню :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies " +"--> Companies`. Выберите страну из списка; Не создавайте новую страну." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " +"`__." +msgstr "" +"Загрузите обязательный сертификат соответствия, предоставленный Odoo SA " +"`здесь `__." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " +"restart your server beforehand." +msgstr "" +"Если вы запускаете Odoo on-premise, вам нужно обновить вашу инсталляцию и " +"заранее перезагрузить сервер." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" +" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" +" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules " +"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click " +"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" +" installed." +msgstr "" +"Если вы установили начальную версию модуля борьбы с мошенничеством (до 18 " +"декабря 2017 года), вам нужно обновить его. Название модуля была * Франция -" +" Бухгалтерский учет - Сертифицированный CGI 286 I-3 bis *. После обновления " +"списка модулей найдите обновленный модуль * Программы *, выберите и нажмите " +"* Обновить *. Наконец, убедитесь, что установлен следующий модуль * " +"l10n_fr_sale_closing *." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 +msgid "Anti-fraud features" +msgstr "Особенности борьбы с мошенничеством" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 +msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" +msgstr "Модуль борьбы с мошенничеством внедряет следующие функции:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " +"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" +msgstr "" +"** Неизменность **: дезактивация всех способов отмены или изменения ключевых" +" данных заказов точки продаж, счетов-фактур и записей журнала;" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 +msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" +msgstr "** Безопасность **: сетевой алгоритм для проверки неизменности;" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " +"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." +msgstr "" +"** Хранение **: автоматическое закрытие торгов с исчислением как периода, " +"так и совокупных итогов (ежедневно, ежемесячно, ежегодно)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 +msgid "Inalterability" +msgstr "неизменность" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 +msgid "" +"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " +"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " +"located in France or in any DOM-TOM." +msgstr "" +"Все возможные способы отмены и изменения ключевых данных заказов точки " +"продажи, подтвержденных счетов-фактур и записей журнала деактивируются, если" +" компания находится во Франции или в любом DOM-TOM." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " +"companies are impacted." +msgstr "" +"Если вы управляете средой нескольких компаний, это влияет только на " +"документы таких компаний." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Права доступа" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" +" validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " +"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы обеспечить неизменность, каждый заказ или запись журнала " +"зашифровывается после проверки. Этот номер (или хэш) вычисляется из ключевых" +" данных документа, а также от хеша предыдущих документов." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " +"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " +"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the " +"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted " +"document recorded in the system." +msgstr "" +"Модуль вводит интерфейс для проверки неизменности данных. Если какая-либо " +"информация изменена на документе после ее проверки, тест будет неудачным. " +"Алгоритм перекомпонулюе все хэши и сравнивает их с исходными. В случае " +"аварии система указывает на первый поврежденный документ, записанный в " +"системе." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " +"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " +"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." +msgstr "" +"Пользователи с правами доступа * Менеджер * могут запускать проверку " +"неизменности. Для заказов точки продаж, перейдите к :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sales --> Reporting --> French Statements`. Для счетов-фактур или записей " +"журнала, перейдите на страницу :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting " +"--> French Statements`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 +msgid "Storage" +msgstr "хранение" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " +"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" +" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry " +"recorded in the system." +msgstr "" +"Система также автоматически обрабатывает закрытия товаров ежедневно, " +"ежемесячно и ежегодно. Такие закрытия четко вычисляют общий объем периода " +"продажи, а также совокупные большие итоги из первых продаж, записанных в " +"системе." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " +"Invoicing and Accounting apps." +msgstr "" +"Закрытие можно найти в меню * Французские выписки * точки продаж, счетов-" +"фактур и учета." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " +"Type = Sales)." +msgstr "" +"Завершение вычисляют итоги для журнальных записей журналов продаж (Тип " +"журнала = Продажи)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 +msgid "" +"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." +msgstr "Для сред нескольких компаний такие закрытия выполняются компанией." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 +msgid "" +"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " +"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " +"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" +" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." +msgstr "" +"Заказ точки продажи размещаются как записи журнала при закрытии сессии точки" +" продаж. Закрытие сессии POS можно сделать в любое время. Чтобы побудить " +"пользователей делать это каждый день, модуль препятствует восстановлению " +"сеанса, открытом более 24 часов назад. Такой сеанс должен быть закрыт перед " +"продажей снова." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 +msgid "" +"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " +"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " +"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " +"counted in the very next closing." +msgstr "" +"Общий объем периода исчисляется со всех журнальных записей, опубликованных " +"после предыдущего закрытия того же типа, независимо от даты их публикации. " +"Если вы записали новую транзакцию по продаже течение закрытого периода, она " +"будет причислена к самому следующего закрытия." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 +msgid "" +"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "Обязанности" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" +" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." +msgstr "" +"Не удаляйте модуль! Если вы так сделали, хэш будет сброшено, и ни один из " +"ваших прошлых данных больше не будет гарантирован как неизменен." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " +"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " +"the inalterability of data." +msgstr "" +"Пользователи остаются ответственными за установление Odoo и должны " +"использовать ее с должным осмотрительностью. Запрещается изменять исходный " +"код, который гарантирует неизменность данных." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" +" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Odoo освобождает себя от всех и любой ответственности в случае изменения " +"функций модуля, вызванных сторонними приложениями, несертифицированные Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 +msgid "More Information" +msgstr "Больше информации" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 +msgid "" +"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " +"documents:" +msgstr "" +"Вы найдете дополнительную информацию об этом законодательство в официальных " +"документах:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "" +"`Frequently Asked Questions " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 +msgid "" +"`Official Statement " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 +msgid "" +"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "Германия" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 +msgid "German Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Немецкий план счетов" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " +"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " +"section." +msgstr "" +"План счетов SKR03 и SKR04 поддерживаются в Odoo. Вы можете выбрать тот, " +"который вы хотите, перейдя к :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, " +"выберите нужный пакет в разделе Фискальная локализация." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " +"not created any accounting entry." +msgstr "" +"Будьте осторожны, вы можете изменить бухгалтерский пакет только тогда, когда" +" вы не создали запись бухучета." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы создаете новую базу данных SaaS, SKR03 устанавливается по " +"умолчанию." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 +msgid "German Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Немецкая бухгалтерская отчетность" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" +msgstr "" +"Ниже приведен список специальных отчетов для Германии, доступных на Odoo " +"Enterprise:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 +msgid "Balance Sheet" +msgstr "Балансовая ведомость" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Profit & Loss" +msgstr "Доходы и расходы" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 +msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" +msgstr "Налоговый отчет (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 +msgid "Partner VAT Intra" +msgstr "Партнер НДС Intra" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 +msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" +msgstr "Экспорт из Odoo в Datev" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 +msgid "" +"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " +"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " +"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " +"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете экспортировать записи бухучета с Odoo в Datev. Чтобы использовать " +"эту функцию, локализация немецкой бухгалтерии должна быть установлена в " +"вашей базе данных Odoo Enterprise. Тогда ты можешь войти в " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` нажмите кнопку " +"** Export Datev (csv) **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 +msgid "Indonesia" +msgstr "Индонезия" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 +msgid "E-Faktur Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The **E-Faktur Module** is installed by default with the Indonesian " +"localization module. It allows one to generate a CSV file for one tax " +"invoice or for a batch of tax invoices to upload to the **Tax Office " +"e-Faktur** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 +msgid "NPWP/NIK settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Company**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This information is used in the FAPR line in the effect file format. You " +"need to set a VAT number on the related partner of your Odoo company. If you" +" don't, it won't be possible to create an e-Faktur from an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Clients**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You need to set the checkbox *ID PKP* to generate e-fakturs for a customer. " +"You can use the VAT field on the customer's contact to set the NPWP needed " +"to generate the e-Faktur file. If your customer does not have an NPWP, just " +"enter the NIK in the same VAT field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 +msgid "Generate Tax Invoice Serial Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> e-Faktur`. In order to be" +" able to export customer invoices as e-Faktur for the Indonesian government," +" you need to put here the ranges of numbers you were assigned by the " +"government. When you validate an invoice, a number will be assigned based on" +" these ranges. Afterwards, you can filter the invoices still to export in " +"the invoices list and click on *Action*, then on *Download e-Faktur*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After receiving new serial numbers from the Indonesian Revenue Department, " +"you can create a set of tax invoice serial numbers group through this list " +"view. You only have to specify the Min and Max of each serial numbers' group" +" and Odoo will format the number automatically to a 13-digits number, as " +"requested by the Indonesia Tax Revenue Department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There is a counter to inform you how many unused numbers are left in that " +"group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 +msgid "Generate e-faktur csv for a single invoice or a batch invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Create an invoice from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Invoices`. If the invoice customer's country is Indonesia and the customer " +"is set as *ID PKP*, Odoo will allow you to create an e-Faktur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Set a Kode Transaksi for the e-Faktur. There are constraints related to the " +"Kode transaksi and the type of VAT applied to invoice lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically pick the next available serial number from the " +"e-Faktur number table (see the :ref:`section above " +"`) and generate the e-faktur number " +"as a concatenation of Kode Transaksi and serial number. You can see this " +"from the invoice form view under the page *Extra Info* in the box " +"*Electronic Tax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, you can generate and download the e-Faktur from " +"the *Action* menu item *Download e-faktur*. The checkbox *CSV created* will " +"be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can select multiple invoices in list view and generate a batch e-Faktur " +".csv." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 +msgid "Kode Transaksi FP (Transaction Code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The following codes are available when generating an e-Faktur. - 01 Kepada " +"Pihak yang Bukan Pemungut PPN (Customer Biasa) - 02 Kepada Pemungut " +"Bendaharawan (Dinas Kepemerintahan) - 03 Kepada Pemungut Selain Bendaharawan" +" (BUMN) - 04 DPP Nilai Lain (PPN 1%) - 06 Penyerahan Lainnya (Turis Asing) -" +" 07 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Tidak Dipungut (Kawasan Ekonomi Khusus/ Batam) -" +" 08 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Dibebaskan (Impor Barang Tertentu) - 09 " +"Penyerahan Aktiva (Pasal 16D UU PPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted and downloaded: Replace Invoice " +"feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Cancel the original wrong invoice in Odoo. For instance, we will change the " +"Kode Transakski from 01 to 03 for the INV/2020/0001." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Create a new invoice and set the canceled invoice in the *Replace Invoice* " +"field. In this field, we can only select invoices in *Cancel* state from the" +" same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As you validate, Odoo will automatically use the same e-Faktur serial number" +" as the canceled and replaced invoice replacing the third digit of the " +"original serial number with *1* (as requested to upload a replacement " +"invoice in the e-Faktur app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted but not downloaded yet: Reset " +"e-Faktur" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 +msgid "Reset the invoice to draft and cancel it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 +msgid "Click on the button *Reset e-Faktur* on the invoice form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The serial number will be unassigned, and we will be able to reset the " +"invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +msgid "Italy (IT)" +msgstr "Италия (IT)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" +" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " +"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " +"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " +"l’interscambio di informazioni." +msgstr "" +"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" +" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " +"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " +"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " +"l’interscambio di informazioni." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 +msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" +msgstr "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " +"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" +" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " +"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" +" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." +msgstr "" +"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " +"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" +" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " +"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" +" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 +msgid "" +"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " +"elettronica sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" +"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " +"elettronica sono i seguenti:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" +" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " +"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " +"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " +"relativa :doc:`guida <../../../discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" +" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " +"elettronica." +msgstr "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" +" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " +"elettronica." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " +"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " +"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " +"previa comunicazione." +msgstr "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " +"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " +"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " +"previa comunicazione." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " +"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." +msgstr "" +"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " +"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " +"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " +"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" +msgstr "" +"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " +"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " +"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." +msgstr "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " +"Commercio." +msgstr "" +"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " +"Commercio." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " +"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " +"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " +"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." +msgstr "" +"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " +"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " +"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " +"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " +"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " +"necessarie informazioni legali." +msgstr "" +"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " +"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " +"necessarie informazioni legali." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" +" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" +" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " +"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." +msgstr "" +"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" +" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" +" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " +"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" +msgstr "Il processo di fatturazione" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " +"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" +" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " +"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " +"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." +msgstr "" +"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " +"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" +" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " +"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " +"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" +msgstr "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +msgid "" +"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." +msgstr "" +"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +msgid "" +"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " +"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" +" dall’applicazione contabilità." +msgstr "" +"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " +"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" +" dall’applicazione contabilità." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " +"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." +msgstr "" +"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " +"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "Мексика" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +msgid "" +"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" +" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " +"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here " +"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the " +"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " +"\"Mexico\" set." +msgstr "" +"Эта документация написана с учетом того, что вы придерживаетесь официальных " +"документов по счетов-фактур, продаж и бухгалтерского учета и знаете, что у " +"вас есть опыт работы с odoo в таких сферах, мы не намерены поставить здесь " +"процедуры, уже пояснюеьься на этих документах , просто информацию чтобы " +"позволить вам использовать Odoo в компании со страной "Мексика"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:17 +msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" +msgstr "Мексиканская локализация - это группа из 3 модулей:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" +" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" +" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." +msgstr "" +"** l10n_mx: ** Все основные данные для управления бухгалтерским учетом, " +"налогами и планом счетов, этот предложенный установленный план счетов - " +"предназначена копия списка кодов группы, которые предлагает `SAT`_." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," +" payment complement, invoice addendum." +msgstr "" +"** l10n_mx_edi **: все, что касается электронных транзакций, CFDI 3.2 и 3.3," +" приложение к оплате, добавление счетов-фактур." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:24 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " +"accounting are here (Accounting app required)." +msgstr "" +"** l10n_mx_reports **: все обязательные электронные отчеты для электронного " +"бухгалтерского учета здесь (необходим бухгалтерский приложение)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " +"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" +" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this " +"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " +"company in Mexico." +msgstr "" +"С мексиканской локализацией в Odoo вы сможете не просто придерживаться " +"необходимых функций по закону в Мексике, но использовать его как систему " +"бухгалтерского учета и счетов-фактур благодаря целому набору нормальных " +"требований для этого рынка, становясь вашим Odoo в идеальном решении " +"управлять вашей компанией в Мексике." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" +" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " +"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." +msgstr "" +"После настройки мы предоставим вам процесс для проверки всего, попробуйте " +"выполнить шаг за шагом, чтобы позволить вам не тратить время на исправление " +"ошибок. На каждом шагу можно напомнить шаг и повторить попытку." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:44 +msgid "Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:46 +msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." +msgstr "" +"Для этого перейдите в приложения и ищите Мексику. Нажмите * Установить *." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " +"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"Создавая базу данных с www.odoo.com, если при создании бухучета вы выберете " +"Мексику как страну локализации, она будет автоматически установлена." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:58 +msgid "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" +" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and " +"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" +" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы включить это требование в Мексике, перейдите к настройкам в бухучете " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` и включите опцию на изображении с " +"помощью этого, вы сможете создать подписанный счет-фактуру (CFDI 3.2 и 3.3) " +"и создать подписан платеж (также 3.3) полностью интегрируется с обычным " +"потоком счетов-фактур в Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:73 +msgid "Set your legal information in the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:75 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " +"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " +"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " +"position on your company’s contact." +msgstr "" +"Сначала убедитесь, что ваша компания настроена с правильными данными. " +"Перейдите в :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` и введите " +"действительный адрес и НДС для вашей компании. Не забудьте определить " +"мексиканскую схему налогообложения в контакте с вашей компанией." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" +" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " +"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." +msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите использовать мексиканскую локализацию в тестовом режиме, вы " +"можете поместить любую известную адрес в Мексике со всеми полями для адреса " +"компании и установить ндс ** TCM970625MB1 **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " +"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " +"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal " +"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley" +" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " +"the option)." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите в той же форме, где вы редактируете компанию, сохраните запись, " +"чтобы установить эту форму только для чтения, и просто посмотрите текст, " +"нажмите ссылку партнера, измените его и установите на вкладке * Счета * " +"соответствующую фискальную информацию (для ** Область тестирования ** это " +"должно быть * 601 - General de Ley Personas Morales *, просто найдите его " +"как обычное поле Odoo, если вы не видите вариант)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid "Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:104 +msgid "" +"This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " +"available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " +"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to " +"support in https://www.odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " +"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " +"name does not exist)." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите и посмотрите следующий технический параметр в " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" +" и установите параметр с названием * l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version * до 3.3 " +"(Создайте его, если запись с этим названием не существует)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " +"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " +"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " +"the default behavior." +msgstr "" +"CFDI 3.2 будет юридически возможным в 30 ноября 2017, Включение версии 3.3 " +"станет обязательным шагом для выполнения новой `SAT resolution`_ в любой " +"новой базе данных, созданной после выхода выпуска v11.0 CFDI 3.3 является " +"поведением по умолчанию." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:127 +msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" +msgstr "Важные соображения, когда вы включите CFDI 3.3" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:680 +msgid "" +"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " +"field set to \"Tasa\"." +msgstr "" +"Ваш налог, представляющий НДС 16% и 0%, должен иметь поле "Тип " +"фактора", установлено для "Таsа"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:137 +msgid "" +"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" +" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" +" set 601, it will look like the image." +msgstr "" +"Вы должны перейти к настройке схемы налогообложения и установить правильный " +"код (это первые 3 номера в названии), например, для теста, который следует " +"установить на 601, он будет выглядеть как изображение." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:144 +msgid "" +"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " +"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " +"faster." +msgstr "" +"Все товары должны иметь для CFDI 3.3 "SAT-код" и поле " +""Референс" правильно установить, вы можете экспортировать и " +"импортировать, чтобы сделать это быстрее." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:152 +msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " +"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " +"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы настроить EDI с помощью ** PAC **, вы можете зайти в меню " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Вы " +"можете выбрать PAC в списке ** поддерживаемых PAC ** в поле * PAC * введите " +"имя пользователя PAC и пароль PAC." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " +"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " +"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." +msgstr "" +"Помните, что вы должны зарегистрироваться в рецензируемом PAC перед ручным, " +"этот процесс можно сделать с самого PAC, в этом случае у нас будет два (2) " +"наличия `Finkok`_ и` Solución Factible`_." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:164 +msgid "" +"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " +"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " +"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process" +" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " +"environment with real transactions." +msgstr "" +"Вы должны обработать свой ** Личный ключ (CSD) ** с учреждением SAT, прежде " +"чем выполнять эти шаги, если у вас нет такой информации, пожалуйста, " +"попробуйте все "шаги для тестирования" и вернитесь к этому " +"процессу, когда вы завершите предложенный процесс для SAT, чтобы установить " +"эту информацию для вашего производственной среды с помощью реальных " +"транзакций." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:174 +msgid "" +"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " +"PAC username or password." +msgstr "" +"Если вы обозначили поле * MX PAC тест среды *, не нужно вводить имя " +"пользователя или пароль PAC." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " +"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." +msgstr "" +"Вот сертификат SAT, который вы можете использовать, если вы хотите " +"использовать * Тестирование среды * для мексиканской локализации бухучета." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +msgid "`Certificate`_" +msgstr "`Certificate`_" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +msgid "`Certificate Key`_" +msgstr "`Certificate Key`_" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:186 +msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" +msgstr "** Пароль: ** 12345678a" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:190 +msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:192 +msgid "" +"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " +"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " +"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." +msgstr "" +"Этот тег используется для установки кода типа налога, переданного или " +"приостановления, что применяется концепции CFDI. Итак, если налог является " +"налогом на продажу, поле "Тег" должно быть "IVA", " +""ISR" или "IEPS"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " +"a new tax you should choose a tag." +msgstr "" +"Обратите внимание, что для налогов по умолчанию тег уже назначен, но при " +"создании нового налога следует выбрать тег." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:207 +msgid "Invoicing" +msgstr "Выставление счёта" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:209 +msgid "" +"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " +"the normal Odoo's behaviour." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы воспользоваться мексиканским счету-фактуре, вам просто нужно сделать " +"обычный счет, следуя обычному поведению Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " +"like this:" +msgstr "" +"После проверки первого счета правильно подписан счет-фактура должен " +"выглядеть так:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:219 +msgid "" +"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" +" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " +"invoice by email." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете генерировать PDF-файл, просто нажав кнопку "Печать" в " +"счете-фактуре или отправив его по электронной почте после обычного процесса " +"для передачи счет-фактуру по электронной почте." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " +"looks like." +msgstr "" +"Как только вы пришлете электронный счет-фактуру по электронной почте, это " +"так, как выглядит." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:234 +msgid "Cancelling invoices" +msgstr "Отмена счетов-фактур" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:236 +msgid "" +"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "Процесс отмены полностью связан с нормальным отменой в Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:238 +msgid "If the invoice is not paid." +msgstr "Если счет-фактура не уплачивается." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:240 +msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:246 +msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:250 +msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +msgid "" +"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " +"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." +msgstr "" +"По соображениям безопасности рекомендуется вернуть проверку на то, чтобы еще" +" раз отменить ошибку, а затем перейти в журнал и проверить это поле." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:257 +msgid "**Legal considerations**" +msgstr "** Юридические рассуждения **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:259 +msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." +msgstr "Отменен счет-фактура будет автоматически отменен на SAT." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " +"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " +"good control of the cancellation reasons." +msgstr "" +"Если вы попытаетесь использовать тот же счет-фактуру после отмены, у вас " +"будет столько же отмененных CFDI, сколько вы попытались, тогда все эти xml " +"важны, чтобы обеспечить хороший контроль за причинами отмены." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +msgid "" +"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" +" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " +"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." +msgstr "" +"Вы должны отсоединить все связанные платежи в счет-фактуру на odoo перед " +"тем, как отменить такой документ, эти платежи нужно отменить, следуя тому же" +" подхода, но устанавливая параметр «Разрешить записи отказов» в самом " +"платежи." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:269 +msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" +msgstr "Платежи (доступно только для CFDI 3.3)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:271 +msgid "" +"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " +"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " +"important." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы создать платежное приложение, вам нужно только придерживаться обычного" +" платежного процесса в Odoo, эти условия, чтобы понять поведение, важны." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " +"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." +msgstr "" +"Для создания дополнения платежа сроком платежа в счете-фактуре должен быть " +"PPD, поскольку это ожидаемое поведение, законодательно требуется для " +""Наличных платежей"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:278 +msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" +msgstr "** 1.1. Как я могу создать счет со сроком оплаты `PUE`? **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid "" +"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " +"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " +"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " +"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." +msgstr "" +"`Согласно документации SAT`_ платеж классифицируется как` PUE``, если счет-" +"фактура был согласован на полную оплату до 17 числа следующего календарного " +"месяца (в следующем месяце дать CFDI), любая другая условие создаст счет-" +"фактуру PPD." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:285 +msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" +msgstr "** 1.2. Как я могу получить это с Odoo? **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +msgid "" +"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " +"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." +msgstr "" +"Для того, чтобы установить соответствующий срок платежа CFDI (PPD или PUE), " +"вы можете легко установить его, используя `Условия оплаты`, определенные в " +"счете-фактуре." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:290 +msgid "" +"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" +"Если счет-фактура генерируется без `Срока оплати``, атрибут` MetodoPago`` " +"будет `PUE``." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " +"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " +"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " +"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" +"Сегодня, если это первый день месяца и счет-фактура состоит из `Срока " +"платежу``` 30 чистых днив``, то расчетная `Дата платежу`` будет первым днем " +"следующего месяца, значит до 17 числа следующего месяца, тогда атрибут " +"`MetodoPago`` будет` PUE``." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:298 +msgid "" +"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " +"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" +"Сегодня, если счет-фактура будет создан с `Термином оплати``` 30 чистых " +"днив``, а срок платежа выше, чем 17-е число следующего месяца, `MetodoPago``" +" стане``PPD``." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +msgid "" +"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" +" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" +"Если у вас есть `Срок оплати`` с 2 или более строк, например,` 30% " +"авансового окончания следующего мисяця``, это срок рассрочки, атрибут " +"`MetodoPago`` буде``PPD``." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:306 +msgid "" +"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " +"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы проверить обычный подписан платеж, просто создайте счет-фактуру со " +"сроком платежа `30% досрочного окончания следующего мисяця``, а затем " +"зарегистрируйте платеж на нем." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 +msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." +msgstr "Вы должны напечатать платеж, чтобы правильно загрузить PDF." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " +"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " +"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" +" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " +"caso de anticipos recibidos**." +msgstr "" +"Что касается "Оплаты авансов", вы должны создать правильный счет-" +"фактуру с выплатой заранее самостоятельно, как строка товара, которая " +"устанавливает правильный код SAT, в соответствии с процедурой официальной " +"документации, предоставленной SAT`_ в разделе ** Apéndice 2 Procedimiento " +"para la emisión de los CFDI en el caso de anticipos recibidos **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 +msgid "" +"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " +"Payment without a proper invoice." +msgstr "" +"Что касается темы 4, то заблокирована возможность создания платежей клиента " +"без надлежащего счета-фактуры." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +msgid "Accounting" +msgstr "Бухгалтерский учёт" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:320 +msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" +msgstr "Бухучет Мексики в odoo состоит из трех сообщений:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." +msgstr "План счетов (Вызывается и отображается как COA)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:323 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." +msgstr "Электронный пробный баланс." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:324 +msgid "DIOT report." +msgstr "Отчет DIOT." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:326 +msgid "" +"1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " +"report only available on the context of the accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +msgid "" +"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " +"app." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете найти все эти отчеты в оригинальном меню отчета в приложении " +"Бухгалтерский учет." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 +msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "Электронный учет (требует применения бухгалтерского учета)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 +msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" +msgstr "Электронный график учета CoA" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:341 +msgid "" +"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " +"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" +msgstr "" +"Электронный учет никогда не было проще, просто перейдите к " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` и нажмите " +"кнопку ** Экспорт для SAT (XML) **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 +msgid "How to add new accounts ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:351 +msgid "" +"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" +" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." +msgstr "" +"Если вы добавляете учет с конвенцией кодирования NNN.YY.ZZ, где NNN.YY " +"является группой кодирования SAT, то ваш учет будет автоматически настроен." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " +"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account " +"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag" +" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" +" xml." +msgstr "" +"Пример, чтобы добавить учет для нового банковского счета, перейдите к " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` а затем " +"создайте новый учет кнопку" Создать "и попробовать создать учетную" +" запись с номером 102.01.99, когда вы измените, чтобы установить имя, " +"которое вы увидите, тег, который будет автоматически установлено, " +"установленные теги будут выбраны для использования в COA на XML." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "" +"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" +" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы узнать все возможные теги, вы можете ознакомиться с `Anexo 24`_ на " +"сайте SAT в разделе под названием ** Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:371 +msgid "" +"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " +"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " +"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " +"is not created you can create one on the fly." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы устанавливаете модуль l10n_mx, и вы воспользуетесь планом счетов " +"(это происходит автоматически, когда вы устанавливаете параметр Мексика как " +"страну в вашей базе данных), тогда у вас будет больше общих тегов, если " +"метку не создан, вы можете создать его на лету." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" +msgstr "Электронный пробный баланс" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 +msgid "" +"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " +"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " +"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be " +"exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " +"the previous selection of the period you want to export." +msgstr "" +"Точно так же, как сертификат подлинности, но дебетированием и кредитной " +"картой начального баланса, после того, как вы правильно настроили coa, вы " +"можете перейти на :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> " +"Trial Balance` это автоматически создается и может быть экспортировано в XML" +" с помощью кнопки в верхней части ** Экспорт для SAT (XML) ** с " +"предварительным выбором периода, который вы хотите экспортировать." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +msgid "" +"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" +" regular Odoo Report." +msgstr "" +"Все обычные функции аудита и анализа доступны здесь также как и любой " +"обычный отчет Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:394 +msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "Отчет DIOT (требует применения бухгалтерского учета)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 +msgid "" +"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" +" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Когда речь идет о процедуры услугой администрирования SAT, мы знаем, что мы " +"не должны пренебрегать тем, что мы представляем. Итак, не должно быть в " +"Оdoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:402 +msgid "" +"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " +"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " +"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " +"the same, with our providers." +msgstr "" +"DIOT - это информационное сообщение об операциях с третьими сторонами " +"(DIOT), которое является дополнительным обязательством по НДС, где мы должны" +" предоставлять статус наших операций третьим сторонам или то, что считается " +"таким же, с нашими поставщиками." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:407 +msgid "" +"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" +" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " +"to. submit the DIOT:" +msgstr "" +"Это касается как отдельных лиц, так и морали, поэтому, если мы НДС для " +"представления в SAT, а также касается поставщиков, это необходимо. пришлите " +"DIOT:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:412 +msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:414 +msgid "" +"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " +"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " +"find in the SAT website." +msgstr "" +"Просто представлять DIOT, поскольку, как и весь формат, вы можете получить " +"его на странице SAT, это электронный формат A-29, вы можете найти на сайте " +"SAT." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:418 +msgid "" +"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " +"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " +"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " +"to said data." +msgstr "" +"Ежемесячно, если у вас есть операции с третьими сторонами, необходимо " +"представить DIOT, так же, как мы делаем с НДС, так что если в январе мы " +"соглашения с поставщиками, то к февралю мы должны представить информацию, " +"касающуюся указанных данных." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:424 +msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:426 +msgid "" +"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " +"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " +"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете представить DIOT по-разному, в зависимости от того, какой вы " +"выберете, и который будет вам более удобным, чем вы будете представлять " +"ежемесячно или каждый раз, когда вы имеете дело с поставщиками." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:430 +msgid "" +"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " +"this after having made up to 500 records." +msgstr "" +"Формат A-29 является электронным, так что вы можете его представить на " +"странице SAT, но это после того, как сдадите до 500 записей." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:433 +msgid "" +"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " +"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " +"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such" +" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " +"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." +msgstr "" +"После того, как эти 500 записей будет внесен в SAT, вы должны подать их в " +"Администрацию служб местных налоговиков налогоплательщиков (ALSC) в " +"соответствии с вашей налоговой адреса, эти записи могут быть представлены на" +" цифровом носителе информации, такие как компакт-диск или USB, который после" +" проверки вы будете возвращены, так что не сомневайтесь в том, что у вас " +"останется эти записи и, конечно, CD-ROM или USB." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:440 +msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:442 +msgid "" +"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " +"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " +"according to the SAT site is:" +msgstr "" +"Просматривая официальные документы SAT на DIOT, вы найдете пакетное " +"загрузки, и, конечно, первое, что мы думаем, что это такое ?, и в " +"соответствии с сайта SAT:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " +"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " +"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of" +" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the " +"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " +"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." +msgstr "" +""Пакетное загрузки" - это конвертация баз данных записей о " +"транзакциях с поставщиками, совершенные налогоплательщиками в текстовых " +"файлах (.txt). Эти файлы имеют необходимую структуру для их применения и " +"импорта в систему информационной декларации операций с третьими сторонами, " +"избегая прямого захвата, а следовательно, оптимизации времени, вложенного в " +"его интеграцию, для презентации во времени и форме для SAT." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:453 +msgid "" +"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " +"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " +"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " +"Third Parties." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете использовать его для представления DIOT, поскольку это " +"допускается, что облегчит вам эту операцию, чтобы ее не было, чтобы не " +"отвечать SAT в связи с информацией об операциях с третьими сторонами." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:458 +msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." +msgstr "Вы можете найти `официальную информацию тут`_." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:461 +msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:463 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " +"with third partied (DIOT)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:467 +msgid "" +"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " +"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." +msgstr "" +"Когда появится окно отчета, выберите прошлый месяц, чтобы сообщить " +"непосредственно до месяца, который вы находитесь, или оставьте текущий " +"месяц, если это вам подходит." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:472 +msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." +msgstr "Нажмите "Экспорт (TXT)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +msgid "" +"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " +"the necessary steps to declare it." +msgstr "" +"Храните в безопасном месте загруженный файл и перейдите на сайт SAT и " +"следуйте необходимых инструкций, чтобы объявить его." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:483 +msgid "" +"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " +"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " +"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else " +"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" +" suppliers." +msgstr "" +"Все поставщики должны установить поля на вкладке учета под названием " +""Информация DIOT", поле * L10N Mx Nationality * заполняется, " +"просто выберите соответствующую страну в адресе, вам не нужно делать ничего " +"другого, но * L10N Mx Тип операции * должен быть заполнен вами во всех ваших" +" поставщиков." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:490 +msgid "" +"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " +"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " +"properly configured already." +msgstr "" +"Существует 3 варианта НДС для этого отчета, 16%, 0% и освобождение от " +"налогообложения, строка счета в odoo считается освобожденным от " +"налогообложения, если налог не начисляется, а другие 2 налоги уже должным " +"образом настроены." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" +" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " +"following standard odoo procedure." +msgstr "" +"Не забудьте заплатить счет, отражающий оплату заранее, нужно сначала " +"попросить счет, а затем оплатить его и правильно согласовать платеж по " +"стандартной процедуре odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:496 +msgid "" +"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " +"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " +"itself." +msgstr "" +"Вам не нужны все данные о партнерах, заполнены, чтобы попытаться создать " +"счет-фактуру поставщика, вы можете исправить эту информацию при создании " +"отчета." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:499 +msgid "" +"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " +"paid." +msgstr "" +"Помните, что в этом отчете отражаются только фактические счета поставщиков." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +msgid "" +"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " +"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " +"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use" +" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it " +"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " +"your partners are correctly set." +msgstr "" +"Если некоторые из этих соображений не учитываются, такое сообщение " +"появляется при создании протокола DIOT по протоколу TXT со всеми партнерами," +" для которых нужно проверить этот отдельный отчет, поэтому мы рекомендуем " +"использовать этот отчет не только для экспорта вашей юридической " +"обязательства, но создать его до конца месяца и использовать его как свой " +"аудиторский процесс, чтобы правильно установить всех ваших партнеров." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:513 +msgid "Extra Recommended features" +msgstr "Дополнительные рекомендованные функции" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:516 +msgid "Contact Module (Free)" +msgstr "Контактный модуль (бесплатно)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:518 +msgid "" +"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " +"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " +"install." +msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите должным образом управлять своими клиентами, поставщиками и " +"адресами этого модуля, даже если это не является технической необходимостью," +" рекомендуем его установить." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:524 +msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "Мультивалютность (требует применения бухгалтерского учета)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:526 +msgid "" +"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " +"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" +" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with " +"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate " +"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " +"information daily in the system manually." +msgstr "" +"В Мексике почти все компании присылают и получают платежи в различных " +"валютах, если вы хотите управлять такой возможностью, то вам следует " +"включить функцию мультивалют, и вы должны включить синхронизацию с ** " +"Banxico **, такая функция позволяет получить правильный обменный курс, " +"автоматически загружен от SAT и не заботясь о том, чтобы эту информацию " +"вручную вводить ежедневно в систему." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:533 +msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." +msgstr "Перейдите к настройкам и включите функцию мультивалютности." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:540 +msgid "" +"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " +"3.3)" +msgstr "" +"Включение явных ошибок на CFDI с помощью локального валидатора XSD (CFDI " +"3.3)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:542 +msgid "" +"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " +"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " +"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" +" :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" +msgstr "" +"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server " +"Actions`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:548 +msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" +msgstr "Ищите действие под названием "Скачать файлы XSD к CFDI"" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" +msgstr "Нажмите кнопку "Создать контекстную действие"" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:550 +msgid "" +"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " +"Companies`" +msgstr "" +"Перейдите к форме компании :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " +"Companies`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:551 +msgid "Open any company you have." +msgstr "Откройте любую вашу компанию." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:575 +msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите "Действие", а затем "Загрузить файл XSD в CFDI"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:557 +msgid "" +"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " +"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " +"generic one with no explanation." +msgstr "" +"Теперь вы можете создать счет-фактуру с любой ошибкой (например, товар без " +"кода, который является достаточно распространенным явлением), а вместо общей" +" не указано явную ошибку." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +msgid "If you see an error like this:" +msgstr "Если вы видите ошибку, подобную этой:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:564 +msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" +msgstr "Сгенерированный cfd недействителен" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:566 +msgid "" +"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " +"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" +msgstr "" +"атрибут decl "TipoRelacion", атрибут "type": значение " +"QName " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion " +""не решается к определению (n) простого типа., строка 36" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:570 +msgid "" +"This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " +"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " +"but:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." +msgstr "Перейдите к компании, в которой возникает ошибка." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:583 +msgid "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " +"allowed minimum length of '1'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:592 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " +"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " +"properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:667 +msgid "**Error messages**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:598 +msgid "" +"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 +msgid "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " +"partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" +" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " +"which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " +"possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " +"considerations about fiscal positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 +msgid "" +"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " +"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " +"set 601, it will look like the image." +msgstr "" +"Вы должны перейти к настройке схемы налогообложения и установить правильный " +"код (это первые 3 номера в названии), например, для теста, который следует " +"установить на 601, он будет выглядеть как изображение." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:620 +msgid "" +"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " +"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:654 +msgid "**Error message**:" +msgstr "** Сообщение об ошибке **:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:625 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " +"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " +"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " +"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:631 +msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:638 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:656 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " +"is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:644 +msgid "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " +"missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:647 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " +"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " +"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" +"info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:661 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" +" Mexico, fix it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:669 +msgid "" +"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:672 +msgid "" +"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing.\", '')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:676 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" +" used on the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "Нидерланды" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 +msgid "XAF Export" +msgstr "экспорт XAF" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 +msgid "" +"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" +" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" +" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " +"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." +msgstr "" +"После установления голландской локализации бухучета вы сможете " +"экспортировать все записи бухгалтерии в формате XAF. Для этого надо перейти " +"к: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, вы " +"определяете записи, которые вы хотите экспортировать с помощью фильтров " +"(период, журналы, ...), нажмите кнопку ** ЭКСПОРТ (XAF) **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 +msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Голландская бухгалтерская отчетность" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " +"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" +msgstr "" +"Если вы установите голландскую локализацию бухгалтерского учета, вы будете " +"иметь доступ к некоторым отчетов, специфичных для Нидерландов, таких как:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 +msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" +msgstr "Налоговый отчет (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 +msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" +msgstr "Отчет Intrastat (ICP)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "Испания" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 +msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Испанский план счетов" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" +"В Odoo существует несколько испанских планов счетов, доступных по умолчанию:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 +msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" +msgstr "PGCE PYMEs 2008" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 +msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" +msgstr "PGCE Completo 2008" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 +msgid "PGCE Entitades" +msgstr "PGCE Entitades" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " +"Localization** section." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете выбрать тот, который вы хотите, перейдя в меню: " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, выберите нужный пакет в " +"разделе ** Финансовая локализация **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " +"default." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы создаете новую базу данных SaaS, PGCE PYMEs 2008 устанавливается по" +" умолчанию." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 +msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Испанский бухгалтерская отчетность" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" +" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +msgstr "" +"Если испанский локализация бухучета установлена, вы будете иметь доступ к " +"бухгалтерских отчетов, специфичных для Испании:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +msgstr "Налоговый отчет (Modelo 111)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +msgstr "Налоговый отчет (Modelo 115)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" +msgstr "Налоговый отчет (Modelo 303)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +msgid "Switzerland" +msgstr "Швейцария" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" +msgstr "ISR (платеж с платежной картой с референтным номером)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " +"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " +"ISR*." +msgstr "" +"ISR - платежные поручения, используемых в Швейцарии. Вы можете напечатать их" +" непосредственно с Odoo. На счетах клиента есть новая кнопка под названием *" +" Печать ISR *." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " +"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " +"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." +msgstr "" +"На дисплее появится кнопка * Печать ISR *. В счете-фактуре указано " +"правильный банковский счет. Вы можете использовать CH6309000000250097798 как" +" номер банковского счета и 010391391 как ссылки CHF ISR." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." +msgstr "Затем вы открываете PDF с ISR." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +msgid "" +"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " +"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " +"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices` and enable **Print bank on ISR**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +msgid "ISR reference on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, you can add your ISR reference as " +"**Payment Reference** on your invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue " +"invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to modify (By default, the Journal is named " +"*Customer Invoices*), click en *Edit*, and open the *Advanced Settings* tab." +" In the **Communication Standard** field, select *Switzerland*, and click on" +" *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 +msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" +msgstr "Обновления валюты онлайн" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " +"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " +"you want." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете автоматически обновлять свои валюты на основе Федеральной " +"налоговой администрации из Швейцарии. Для этого зайдите на " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`, активизировать настройки " +"мультивалютности и выбрать нужную услугу." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 +msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" +msgstr "Обновлено НДС в январе 2018" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" +" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" +" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." +msgstr "" +"С 1 января 2018 года в Швейцарии будут применяться новые сниженные ставки " +"НДС. Нормальная ставка на уровне 8,0% перейдет на 7,7%, а специальная ставка" +" для гостиничного сектора изменится с 3,8% до 3,7%." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 +msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" +msgstr "Как обновить свои налоги в Odoo Enterprise (SaaS или On Premise)?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " +"have to do anything." +msgstr "" +"Если у вас есть версия V11.1, вся работа уже выполнена, вам не нужно ничего " +"делать." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " +"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " +":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " +"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " +"\"upgrade\"`." +msgstr "" +"Если вы начали работать на более ранней версии, сначала нужно обновить " +"модуль "Швейцария - Отчеты о бухгалтерском учете". Для этого " +"перейдите к :menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search " +"for \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " +"\"upgrade\"`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " +"rates." +msgstr "" +"Как только это будет сделано, вы можете работать над созданием новых налогов" +" для обновленных ставок." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +msgid "" +"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " +"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " +"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " +"transactions." +msgstr "" +"** не подавляют или меняйте существующие налоги ** (8.0% и 3.8%). Вы хотите " +"сохранить их, поскольку вам придется воспользоваться обеими ставками на " +"короткий период времени. Вместо этого не забудьте архивировать их, когда вы " +"закодируете все ваши транзакции 2017." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 +msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" +msgstr "Создание таких налогов должно осуществляться следующим образом:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " +"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" +msgstr "" +"** Налоги на покупку **: скопируйте начальный налог, измените его название, " +"метку в счете-фактуре, ставку и налоговую группу (применяется только с v10)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" +" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" +" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" +msgstr "" +"** Налоги на продажу **: скопируйте начальный налог, измените его название, " +"метку в счете-фактуре, ставку и налоговую группу (применяется только с v10)." +" Поскольку отчет ндс теперь показывает подробности старых и новых ставок, вы" +" также должны установить соответствующие теги" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" +"Для налогов 7,7%: Швейцарская форма НДС сетка 302 базы, Швейцария НДС Вид: " +"сетка 302 налог" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" +"Для налогов 3,7%: Швейцарская форма НДС сетка 342 база, Швейцария НДС Вид: " +"сетка 342 налог" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " +"included in Odoo by default" +msgstr "" +"Ниже приведены, в качестве примеров, правильную конфигурацию для всех " +"налогов, включенных в Odoo по умолчанию" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Name**" +msgstr "** Название налога **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Rate**" +msgstr "** Ставка **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Label on Invoice**" +msgstr "** Метка в счете-фактуре **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" +msgstr "** Налоговая группа (действует с V10) **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Scope**" +msgstr "** Налоговая сфера **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tag**" +msgstr "** Тег **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "7.7%" +msgstr "7.7%" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +msgid "7.7% achat" +msgstr "7.7% achat" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "TVA 7.7%" +msgstr "TVA 7.7%" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" +msgstr "Форма швейцарского НДС сетка 400" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +msgid "7.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "7.7% achat Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +msgid "7.7% invest." +msgstr "7.7% invest." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" +msgstr "Форма швейцарского НДС сетка 405" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." +msgstr "7.7% invest. Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "3.7%" +msgstr "3.7%" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +msgid "3.7% achat" +msgstr "3.7% achat" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "TVA 3.7%" +msgstr "TVA 3.7%" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "3.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "3.7% achat Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +msgid "3.7% invest" +msgstr "3.7% invest" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "3.7% invest Incl." +msgstr "3.7% invest Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" +msgstr "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" +"Форма НДС Швейцария: сетка 302 база, Швейцария форма НДС сетка 302 ндс" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "7.7% Incl." +msgstr "7.7% Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" +msgstr "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" +"Форма НДС Швейцария: сетка 342 база, Швейцария форма НДС сетка 342 ндс" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "3.7% Incl." +msgstr "3.7% Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " +"odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" +"Если у вас есть вопросы или замечания, свяжитесь с нашей поддержкой с " +"помощью odoo.com/help." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" +" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " +"your fiscal positions accordingly." +msgstr "" +"Не забывайте обновлять свою схему налогообложения. Если у вас есть версия " +"11.1 (или выше), ничего не делайте. В противном случае вам также придется " +"соответственно обновить свою схему налогообложения." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Localization Packages** are country-specific modules that install " +"pre-configured taxes, fiscal positions, chart of accounts, and legal " +"statements on your database. Some additional features, such as the " +"configuration of specific certificates, are also added to your Accounting " +"app, following your fiscal administration requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, " +"according to the country selected at the creation of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 +msgid "" +"As long as you haven't posted any entry, you can still add and select " +"another package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration" +" --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install " +"your country's module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 +msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 +msgid "Use" +msgstr "Использовать" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 +msgid "" +"These packages require you to fine-tune your chart of accounts according to " +"your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " +"statements and certifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 +msgid "Please refer to the documentation listed below for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscality/taxes/taxes`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 msgid "Fiscality" msgstr "" @@ -1760,8 +7748,8 @@ msgid "Fiscal Year" msgstr "Учетный год" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "Как закрыть летний период в Odoo? (Закрытие отчетного периода)" +msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2006,18 +7994,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Налоги" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" +msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" msgstr "" -"Как управлять ценами для B2B (с выключенным налогом) и B2C (с включенным " -"налогом)?" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2138,13 +8117,6 @@ msgstr "" "управлять всеми налоговыми правами, менее подвержены ошибкам и проще для " "ваших продавцов." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:15 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Введение" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 msgid "" "The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " @@ -2351,203 +8323,9 @@ msgstr "" "цены. Вот почему мы обычно рекомендуем компаниям работать только с одним " "ценовым референсом." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "" -"Как переключить налоги в соответствии со схемой налогообложения клиента или " -"его местонахождение" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " -"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." -msgstr "" -"Чаще всего ставки налога зависят от схемы налогообложения или " -"местонахождение вашего клиента. Чтобы отразить налоги, Odoo предлагает так " -"называемые * Схемы налогообложения *." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:9 -msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "Создайте сопоставление налогов" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:11 -msgid "" -"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" -" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " -"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " -"purchases." -msgstr "" -"Схема налогообложения - это лишь набор правил, который сопоставляет типичные" -" налоги (как это определено в форме товара) с другими налогами. На снимке " -"экрана ниже иностранные покупатели получают 0% налогов вместо 15%, как для " -"продаж, так и для покупок." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " -"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " -"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " -"Positions`." -msgstr "" -"Основные схемы налогообложения автоматически создаются в соответствии с " -"вашим местонахождения. Но вам может понадобиться создание схемы " -"налогообложения для конкретных случаев использования. Чтобы определить схемы" -" налогообложения, перейдите к :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " -"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " -"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " -"foreign countries." -msgstr "" -"Если вы используете Бухучет Odoo, вы можете сопоставить счета доходов / " -"расходов в соответствии со схемой налогообложения. Например, в некоторых " -"странах доходы от продажи не размещаются на одном счете, по сравнению с " -"доходами от продаж в зарубежных странах." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:29 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "Переключите налоги относительно схемы налогообложения вашего клиента" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" -"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." -msgstr "" -"Если клиент попадает в конкретное правило налогообложения, вам нужно " -"применить сопоставление налогов. Для этого создайте схему налогообложения и " -"назначьте ее своим клиентам." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " -"for the customer." -msgstr "" -"Odoo будет использовать эту конкретную схему налогообложения для любого " -"заказа / счета, записанного для клиента." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " -"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " -"same customer." -msgstr "" -"Если вы установите схему налогообложения в заказе клиента или счет-фактуру " -"вручную, она будет применяться только к этому документу, а не к будущим " -"заказов / счетов-фактур того же клиента." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:44 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" -msgstr "" -"Сопоставьте налоги в соответствии с адресом клиента (на основе назначения)" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " -"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " -"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " -"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " -"your office or warehouse)." -msgstr "" -"В зависимости от вашего месторасположения налоги на продажу могут быть на " -"основе исходной точке или назначения. Большинство государств или стран " -"требуют, чтобы вы собирали налоги в соответствии с назначением (например, " -"адреса вашего покупателя), тогда как некоторые другие требуют собирать их по" -" ставке, действующей в начальной точке (например, ваш офис или склад)." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " -"tax-mapping to apply." -msgstr "" -"Если вы находитесь под правилом на основе назначения, создайте одну схему " -"налогообложения для сопоставления налогов." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:53 -msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "Отметьте * Автоматически определять *." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." -msgstr "" -"Выберите страну, область или город, чтобы запустить сопоставления налогов." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:59 -msgid "" -"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " -"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." -msgstr "" -"Таким образом, если для клиента не установлен схему налогообложения, Odoo " -"выберет сопоставления схемы налогообложения, соответствует адресу " -"отправления при создании заказа." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " -"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " -"his shipping address." -msgstr "" -"Для заказов электронной коммерции налог корзины посетителя автоматически " -"обновляется и применяется новый налог после того, как посетитель вошел в " -"систему или заполнил адрес своей доставки." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:68 -msgid "Specific use cases" -msgstr "Конкретные случаи использования" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " -"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." -msgstr "" -"Если для некоторых схем налогообложения вы хотите удалить налог, а не " -"заменить другим, просто оставьте поле * налога, который нужно применить * " -"незаполненным." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," -" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." -msgstr "" -"Если для некоторых схем налогообложения вы хотите заменить налог двумя " -"другими налогами, просто создайте две строки, имеющие одинаковый * налог на " -"товаре *." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:80 -msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." -msgstr "" -"Схемы налогообложения не применяются к основным средствам и доходов будущих " -"периодов." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr ":doc:`create`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "Как управлять налогами, начисленных кассовым методом" +msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2703,192 +8481,249 @@ msgstr "" "налога. Советуем использовать счет дохода по умолчанию. Остаток этого счета " "всегда будет на нуле." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "Как создать новые налоги" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" -" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " -"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " -"with the right taxes." -msgstr "" -"Налоговый двигатель Odoo очень гибкий и поддерживает много различных " -"налогов: налоги на добавленную стоимость, экологические налоги, федеральные " -"/ штатные / городские налоги, содержание, уплата налогов и т. Д. Для " -"большинства стран ваша система предварительно настроена на необходимые " -"налоги." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." -msgstr "" -"В этом разделе описано, как можно определить новые налоги для конкретных " -"случаев использования." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " -"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "" -"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. В этом " -"меню вы получаете все налоги, которые вы можете использовать: налоги на " -"продажу и налоги на покупку." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." -msgstr "" -"Выберите область: продажа, покупки или ничего (например, устаревший налог)." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:20 -msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "Выберите метод вычисления:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:22 -msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "** Фиксированные **: экологические налоги и тому подобное." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:24 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "" -"** Процент от цены **: распространенные (например, 15% налога с продаж)" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:26 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "" -"** Процент от цены, которая уже включает налог **: используется в Бразилии и" -" др." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:28 -msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr "** Группа налогов **: позволяет иметь сложный налог" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " -"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " -"posts the tax journal item in the income account." -msgstr "" -"Если вы используете Бухучет Odoo, установите налоговый учет (то есть, где " -"будет размещен элемент налогового журнала). Это поле необязательно, если вы " -"храните его пустым, Odoo публикует элемент налогового журнала во входном " -"счета." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " -"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " -"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." -msgstr "" -"Если вы хотите избежать использования налога, его нельзя удалить, поскольку " -"налог, вероятно, используется в нескольких счетах-фактурах. Итак, чтобы " -"избежать того, что пользователи продолжают пользоваться этим налогом, вам " -"следует установить поле * Учет налогов * в * Нет *." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " -"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " -"code." -msgstr "" -"Если вам нужен более продвинутый налоговый механизм, вы можете установить " -"модуль ** account_tax_python **, и вы сможете определить новые налоги с " -"помощью кода Python." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:49 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "расширенные настройки" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " -"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " -"following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "" -"** Метка на счетах-фактурах **: краткий текст о том, как вы хотите " -"напечатать этот налог в строке счета-фактуры. Например, налог с названием " -""15% на услуги" может содержать такую метку в счете " -""15%"." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " -"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " -"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "" -"** Налоговая группа **: определяет, где этот налог суммируется в нижней " -"части счета-фактуры. Все налоги, относящихся к одной налоговой группы, будут" -" сгруппированы в нижней части счета-фактуры. Примеры налоговой группы: НДС, " -"содержание." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " -"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." -msgstr "" -"** Включение в аналитическую стоимость **: налог рассчитывается как " -"стоимость, и, таким образом, генерирует аналитический запись, если ваш счет-" -"фактура использует аналитические счета." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " -"empty." -msgstr "" -"** Теги **: используются для специальных отчетов. Обычно вы можете оставить " -"это поле пустым." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr ":doc:`application`" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "Установление типовых налогов" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "Налоги по умолчанию" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" -"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " -"localizations." +"**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes ` are automatically " +"selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For " +"example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you " +"create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." msgstr "" -"Налоги, применяемые в вашей стране, автоматически устанавливаются для " -"большинства локализаций." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 msgid "" -"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " -"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " -"country/state than you." +":doc:`Fiscal Positions ` take the Default Tax into " +"account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo " +"applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the " +"Fiscal Position." msgstr "" -"Типичные налоги, установленные в заказах и счетах, поступают на вкладку " -""Настройка счетов" каждого товара. Такие налоги используются, " -"когда вы продаете компаниям, находящимся в той же стране, как и вы." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 msgid "" -"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +"**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" +" at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal " +"Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for your" +" company." msgstr "" -"Чтобы изменить типичные налоги, установленные для любого созданного нового " -"товара, перейдите к :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Settings`." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 msgid "" -"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " -"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " -"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." +"To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " +"appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and " +"click on *Save*." msgstr "" -"Если вы работаете в нескольких компаниях, налоги на покупку и продажу могут " -"иметь другое значение в соответствии с компании, в которой вы работаете. Вы " -"можете войти в двух разных компаний и изменить это поле для каждой компании." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-" +"specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:279 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " +"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " +"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " +"and providers' localizations and business types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " +"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 +msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 +msgid "" +":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 +msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +msgid "" +":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " +"of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 +msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " +"or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" +" defined in the products' forms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " +"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " +"**Tax to Apply** empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" +" **Tax on Product**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " +"active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 +msgid "Automatic application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " +"following a set of conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " +"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " +"contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " +"countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" +" logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " +"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" +" Fiscal Positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 +msgid "" +"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " +"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " +"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " +"from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "Приложение" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 +msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 +msgid "" +"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " +"specific partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " +"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 +msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " +"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" +" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:281 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:280 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" -msgstr "Как управления налогами на содержание?" +msgid "Manage withholding taxes" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2996,90 +8831,9 @@ msgstr "" "В распечатанном счета отображаться различные суммы в каждой налоговой " "группе." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 -msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "Как установить цены, которые уже включают налог" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " -"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" -"В большинстве стран цены B2C включают налог. Для того, чтобы сделать это в " -"Odoo, проверьте * Включены в цену * для каждого из ваших налогов с продаж в " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " -"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" -" product form is $100." -msgstr "" -"Таким образом цена, установленная на форме товара, включая налог. Например, " -"скажем, у вас есть товар с налогом на продажу в размере 10%. Цена продажи на" -" форме товара составляет 100 долларов США." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 -msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "Если налог не входит в стоимость, вы получите:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 -msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "Цена без налога: $ 100" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 -msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "Налоги: $ 10" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 -msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "Всего оплатить: $ 110" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 -msgid "If the tax is included in the price" -msgstr "Если налог включен в цену:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 -msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "Цена без налога: 90.91" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 -msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "Налоги: $ 9.09" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 -msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "Всего оплатить: $ 100" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " -"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете полагаться на следующую документацию, если вам нужны цены как с " -"налогом (B2C), так и без налога (B2B):: doc: `B2B_B2C`." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 -msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" -msgstr "" -"Покажите цены, которые включают налог в каталоге электронной коммерции" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 -msgid "" -"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " -"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " -"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " -"Display)." -msgstr "" -"По умолчанию цены, отражаемые в вашем каталоге электронной коммерции, не " -"включают налоги. Чтобы отразить их в налоговой системе, проверьте * Показать" -" строку суммы с включенными налогами (B2C) * в разделе :menuselection:`Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Settings` (экран налога)." - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" -msgstr "Как получить правильную ставку налога в США, используя TaxCloud" +msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3195,12 +8949,9 @@ msgstr "Как это работает" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" -" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" +" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." msgstr "" -"Налог продажи рассчитывается в Odoo на основе схемы налогообложения (см.: " -"Doc: `application`). Схема налогообложения для США создается при установке *" -" TaxCloud *. Все работает из коробки." #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -3268,4195 +9019,499 @@ msgid "" "from a user point of view." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 -msgid "Localizations" -msgstr "локализации" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:3 -msgid "Argentina" -msgstr "Аргентина" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " -"this version the next modules are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " -"localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" -" to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " -"Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " -"Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " -"on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " -"that is used to analyze the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " -"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " -"AFIP regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:29 -msgid "" -"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " -"the first two modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:35 -msgid "Configure your company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " -"company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " -"the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " -"structure of the company:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:46 -msgid "Chart of Account" -msgstr "План счетов" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:48 -msgid "" -"In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " -"accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " -"considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" -" companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:52 -msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:53 -msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:54 -msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:60 -msgid "Configure Master data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:63 -msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:66 -msgid "Environment" -msgstr "Окружение" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " -"and Production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " -"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " -"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " -"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " -"to select the environment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:81 -msgid "AFIP Certificates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " -"provided by the AFIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" -" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " -"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " -"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " -"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " -"`Get AFIP Certificate " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " -"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " -"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:104 -msgid "" -"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " -"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 -msgid "Partner" -msgstr "Партнёр" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:112 -msgid "Identification Type and VAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:114 -msgid "" -"As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " -"AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " -"for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " -"default:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:122 -msgid "" -"The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" -" Odoo but only the common ones are active." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:126 -msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:128 -msgid "" -"In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " -"transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " -"should be defined in the partner form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:137 -msgid "" -"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " -"with their related financial account and configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:144 -msgid "Taxes Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:146 -msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:148 -msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:149 -msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:150 -msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:151 -msgid "Otros." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:154 -msgid "Special Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" -" taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " -"creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " -"Inactive taxes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:164 -msgid "Document Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:166 -msgid "" -"In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " -"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " -"types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " -"AFIP)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:170 -msgid "" -"The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " -"the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " -"of invoices as well of account moves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " -"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" -" on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " -"when the localization module is installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:177 -msgid "" -"The information required for the document types is included by default so " -"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:184 -msgid "" -"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " -"activated if needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:187 -msgid "Letters" -msgstr "письма" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:189 -msgid "" -"For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" -" the transaction/operation, example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " -"be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:193 -msgid "" -"When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " -"be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:194 -msgid "" -"When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" -" must be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:196 -msgid "" -"The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " -"associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:203 -msgid "Use on Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:205 -msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:207 -msgid "" -"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " -"documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:208 -msgid "" -"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " -"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:212 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:133 -msgid "Journals" -msgstr "Журналы" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:214 -msgid "" -"In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " -"depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:218 -msgid "" -"For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " -"Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" -" can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " -"invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:222 -msgid "" -"If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" -" because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " -"account moves related to internal control process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:226 -msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:231 -msgid "" -"**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " -"defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " -"for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:235 -msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:236 -msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:239 -msgid "Web Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:240 -msgid "" -"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " -"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:242 -msgid "" -"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " -"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " -"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" -" Bond `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:246 -msgid "" -"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " -"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " -"the document type related is type “E”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:252 -msgid "" -"**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " -"the operations related to this AFIP POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:255 -msgid "" -"**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" -" for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " -"example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that " -"you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " -"invoice report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:260 -msgid "" -"**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " -"(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " -"sequence. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:263 -msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:264 -msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:265 -msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:268 -msgid "Sequences" -msgstr "Последовательность" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:269 -msgid "" -"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" -" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " -"under :doc:`developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can be " -"used:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:277 -msgid "" -"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " -"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " -"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " -"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:283 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:163 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 -msgid "Usage and testing" -msgstr "Использование и тестирования" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:286 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:166 -msgid "Invoice" -msgstr "Счёт" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:288 -msgid "" -"After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " -"invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:292 -msgid "Document type assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:294 -msgid "" -"Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " -"based on the AFIP document type:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:297 -msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:302 -msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:307 -msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:312 -msgid "" -"As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " -"prefix and sequence is given by the document type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:315 -msgid "" -"The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " -"different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " -"manually by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:320 -msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:321 -msgid "" -"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" -" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" -" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " -"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " -"draft until the related data is corrected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:326 -msgid "" -"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " -"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:329 -msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:330 -msgid "" -"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " -"10 days after the CAE is generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:332 -msgid "Result:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:334 -msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:335 -msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:341 -msgid "Invoice Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:343 -msgid "" -"Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " -"behavior on the pdf report:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:346 -msgid "" -"**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " -"identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " -"following AFIP Responsibility type:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:349 -msgid "Responsable Inscripto." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:354 -msgid "" -"**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " -"part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " -"the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:358 -msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:359 -msgid "Consumidor Final." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:360 -msgid "Responsable Monotributo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:361 -msgid "IVA liberado." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:368 -msgid "Special Use Cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:371 -msgid "Invoices for Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:372 -msgid "" -"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " -"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" -" tab “Other Info”:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:378 -msgid "" -"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" -" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " -"the invoice month:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:386 -msgid "Exportation Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:387 -msgid "" -"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " -"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" -" type be associated:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:393 -msgid "" -"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " -"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " -"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:396 -msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:397 -msgid "Exportation document type ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:398 -msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:399 -msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:400 -msgid "Exempt Taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:406 -msgid "" -"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " -"Info --> Accounting`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:413 -msgid "Fiscal Bond" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:414 -msgid "" -"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " -"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " -"Ministry of Economy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:417 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:442 -msgid "" -"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " -"requirements:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:419 -msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:420 -msgid "Taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:421 -msgid "Zone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:422 -msgid "Detail each item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:424 -msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:425 -msgid "Complete description." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:426 -msgid "Unit Net Price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:427 -msgid "Quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:428 -msgid "Unit of measurement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:429 -msgid "Bonus." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:430 -msgid "VAT rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:434 -msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:436 -msgid "" -"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " -"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " -"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " -"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " -"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" -" to their clients and / or vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:444 -msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:445 -msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:446 -msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:447 -msgid "" -"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" -" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:453 -msgid "" -"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " -"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:456 -msgid "" -"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " -"originator document passed to the note." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:462 -msgid "" -"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " -"A or B)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:463 -msgid "" -"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " -"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " -"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " -"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:468 -msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:470 -msgid "" -"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " -"Cancellation?” as True." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:471 -msgid "" -"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " -"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " -"(false)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:478 -msgid "Invoice printed report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:479 -msgid "" -"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " -"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " -"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:488 -msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:489 -msgid "" -"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " -"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:499 -msgid "" -"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " -"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " -"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:507 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Счета от поставщиков" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:509 -msgid "" -"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " -"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" -" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " -"if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:516 -msgid "" -"The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " -"validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " -"will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:523 -msgid "" -"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " -"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " -"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:528 -msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:529 -msgid "" -"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " -"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " -"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:533 -msgid "" -"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:534 -msgid "" -"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " -"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:536 -msgid "" -"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " -"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:543 -msgid "How to use it in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:544 -msgid "" -"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " -"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:550 -msgid "" -"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " -"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:558 -msgid "Special Use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:560 -msgid "Untaxed Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:561 -msgid "" -"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " -"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:564 -msgid "" -"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " -"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" -" the Exempt concept:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:571 -msgid "Perception Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:572 -msgid "" -"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " -"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " -"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " -"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:580 -msgid "" -"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " -"it and set the correct amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:586 -msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:590 -msgid "Reports" -msgstr "Отчёты" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:592 -msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:598 -msgid "VAT Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:601 -msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:607 -msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:613 -msgid "Resumen de IVA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:619 -msgid "IIBB - Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:622 -msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:628 -msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 -msgid "Colombia" -msgstr "Колумбия" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" -" next modules:" -msgstr "" -"Электронное выставления счетов для Колумбии можно получить из Odoo 12 и " -"требует следующих модулей:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " -"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " -"document types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" -" for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " -"based on the DIAN legal requirements." -msgstr "" -"** l10n_co_edi ** Этот модуль включает в себя все дополнительные поля, " -"необходимые для интеграции с T & S Carvajal, и генерирования " -"электронного счета-фактуры на основе правовых требований DIAN." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:20 -msgid "Workflow" -msgstr "Рабочий процесс" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 -msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:32 -msgid "" -"For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " -"first two modules." -msgstr "" -"Для этого перейдите в Приложения и найдите Колумбию. Затем нажмите кнопку " -"Установить для первых двух модулей." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:40 -msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " -"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " -"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." -msgstr "" -"После того, как модули установлены, для того, чтобы иметь возможность " -"соединяться с веб-службой Carvajal T & S, необходимо настроить " -"пользователя и учетные данные, эта информация будет предоставлена Carvajal T" -" & S." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:46 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " -"for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." -msgstr "" -"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` и " -"найдите раздел * Колумбийские электронные счета *." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" -" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " -"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " -"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" -msgstr "" -"Используя режим тестирования, можно подключиться к среде тестирования " -"Carvisal T & S. Это позволяет пользователям проверять полный рабочий " -"процесс и интеграцию с порталом CEN Financiero, доступным здесь: " -"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" -" the testing environment can be disabled." -msgstr "" -"После того, как Odoo и Carvajal T & S полностью настроены и готовы к " -"производству, среда тестирования может быть отключен." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:62 -msgid "Configure your report data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 -msgid "" -"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " -"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." -msgstr "" -"Как часть настроенной информации, направляется в XML, можно определить " -"данные для фискального раздела и банковскую информацию в PDF-файле." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:76 -msgid "Configure data required in the XML" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:82 -msgid "Identification" -msgstr "Идентификация" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:84 -msgid "" -"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " -"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " -"their identification number and document type set:" -msgstr "" -"Как часть колумбийской локализации, типа документов, определенные DIAN, " -"теперь доступны в форме Партнера. Колумбийские партнеры должны иметь свой " -"идентификационный номер и тип документа:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:91 -msgid "" -"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " -"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " -"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." -msgstr "" -"Когда тип документа RUT, идентификационный номер должен быть настроен в " -"Odoo, включая проверочную цифру, Odoo будет разделять этот номер, когда " -"передаются данные третьей стороне." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 -msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:100 -msgid "" -"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " -"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " -"information required by the DIAN ." -msgstr "" -"Коды ответственности партнера (раздел 53 документа RUT) включены как часть " -"модуля электронного счета, который является частью информации, требуется " -"DIAN." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 -msgid "" -"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " -"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" -msgstr "" -"Эти поля можно найти в :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase Tab --> " -"Fiscal Information`" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " -"regimen of the partner." -msgstr "" -"Дополнительно было добавлено два булевых поля для определения фискального " -"режима партнера." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 -msgid "" -"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " -"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " -"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." -msgstr "" -"Если ваши операции по продаже включают товары с налогами, важно учитывать, " -"что дополнительное поле * Тип значения * необходимо настроить на налог. Этот" -" параметр находится на вкладке Дополнительные параметры." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " -"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " -"display taxes in the invoice PDF." -msgstr "" -"Типы налога на содержание (ICA, IVA, Fuente) также включены в опций " -"настройки налогов. Эта конфигурация используется для корректного отображения" -" налогов в формате PDF." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " -"electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " -"documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " -"Journals`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " -"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." -msgstr "" -"После того, как последовательность открыта, поля Приставка и Следующий номер" -" должны быть настроены и синхронизированы с CEN Financiero." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:152 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "Пользователи" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:154 -msgid "" -"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " -"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" -msgstr "" -"Шаблон по умолчанию, который используется Odoo на счете-фактуре PDF, включая" -" позицию продавца, поэтому эти поля должны быть настроены:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:168 -msgid "" -"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" -" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." -msgstr "" -"После настройки всех основных данных и учетных данных можно начать " -"тестирование рабочего процесса электронного счета." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 -msgid "Invoice creation" -msgstr "Создание счетов-фактур" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 -msgid "" -"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " -"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " -"invoice are the next fields:" -msgstr "" -"Функциональный рабочий процесс, который происходит перед проверкой счета-" -"фактуры, не меняется. Основными изменениями, которые вводятся в электронный " -"счет, являются следующие поля:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:182 -msgid "There are three types of documents:" -msgstr "Есть три типа документов:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 -msgid "" -"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " -"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." -msgstr "" -"** Factura Electronica ** Этот документ является обычным типом и применяется" -" к счетам-фактурам, сторно и дебетовое возвращения." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 -msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " -"transactions." -msgstr "** Factura de Importación **: этот параметр для операций импорта." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:188 -msgid "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " -"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " -"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " -"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." -msgstr "" -"** Factura de contingencia **: Это исключительный тип, который используется " -"как ручное резервное копирование в случае, если компания не может " -"использовать ERP, и необходимо генерировать счет вручную, когда этот счет " -"добавлен к ERP, этот тип счета-фактуры следует выбрать." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:196 -msgid "Invoice validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:198 -msgid "" -"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" -" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." -msgstr "" -"После подтверждения счета XML-файл создается и автоматически направляется в " -"Carvajal, этот файл отображается в чате." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:204 -msgid "" -"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " -"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " -"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" -msgstr "" -"Дополнительное поле теперь отображается на вкладке "Другая " -"информация" с названием файла XML. Кроме того, есть второе " -"дополнительное поле, которое отображается со статусом электронного счета, с " -"начальным значением "In progress":" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:214 -msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:216 -msgid "" -"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" -" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " -"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " -"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " -"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" -" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." -msgstr "" -"Поставщик электронного счета получает XML-файл и продолжает проверку " -"структуры и информации в нем, если все правильно, изменение статуса счета-" -"фактуры на "Проверено" после использования кнопки "Проверить " -"состояние Carvajal" в выпадающем меню Действие. Затем они начинают " -"генерировать правовой XML, включая цифровую подпись и уникальный код (CUFE)," -" а также генерируется фактура PDF, которая включает QR-код и CUFE." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:224 -msgid "After this:" -msgstr "После этого:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:226 -msgid "" -"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " -"the invoice chatter:" -msgstr "" -"ZIP, содержащий XML документов и PDF-файл загружается и отображается в чате " -"счета-фактуры:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:233 -msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" -msgstr "Состояние электронного счета меняется на "Принято"" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:237 -msgid "Common errors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:239 -msgid "" -"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " -"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " -"after updating the electronic invoice status." -msgstr "" -"Во время проверки XML распространенные ошибки, как правило, связаны с " -"отсутствием основных данных. В таких случаях сообщение об ошибке " -"отображаются в чате после обновления статуса электронного счета." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:246 -msgid "" -"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " -"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" -msgstr "" -"После исправления основных данных можно повторно обработать XML с новыми " -"данными и прислать обновленную версию с помощью следующей кнопки:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:258 -msgid "Additional use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:260 -msgid "" -"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " -"the functional workflow remains the same as well." -msgstr "" -"Процесс получения кредитных и дебетовых возвратов точно такой же, как и " -"счет-фактура, функциональный рабочий процесс также остается неизменным." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 -msgid "Colombia (ES)" -msgstr "Колумбия (ES)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 -msgid "Introducción" -msgstr "Introducción" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 -msgid "" -"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " -"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " -"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " -"puntos:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 -msgid "Plan Contable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 -msgid "Impuestos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 -msgid "Retenciones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 -msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " -"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " -"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 -msgid "Flujo General" -msgstr "Flujo General" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 -msgid "Configuración" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 -msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " -"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" -msgstr "" -"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " -"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 -msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " -"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " -"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " -"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " -"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " -"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 -msgid "" -"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " -"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" -" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" -" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " -"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " -"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" -" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 -msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " -"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " -"Bancaria." -msgstr "" -"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " -"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " -"Bancaria." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " -"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 -msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 -msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 -msgid "Identificación" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " -"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " -"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " -"de documento correspondiente." -msgstr "" -"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " -"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " -"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " -"de documento correspondiente." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " -"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " -"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." -msgstr "" -"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " -"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " -"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 -msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " -"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " -"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." -msgstr "" -"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " -"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " -"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " -"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " -"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " -"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " -"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " -"opciones." -msgstr "" -"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " -"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " -"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " -"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " -"opciones." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " -"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " -"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " -"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " -"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " -"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " -"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" -msgstr "" -"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " -"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " -"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " -"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 -msgid "Diarios" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " -"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" -" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " -"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" -" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 -msgid "" -"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " -"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" -" Secuencia`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " -"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " -"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 -msgid "Usuarios" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 -msgid "" -"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " -"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" -msgstr "" -"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " -"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 -msgid "Uso y Pruebas" -msgstr "Uso y Pruebas" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 -msgid "Facturas" -msgstr "Facturas" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " -"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " -"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" -msgstr "" -"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " -"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " -"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 -msgid "Invoice Creation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 -msgid "" -"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " -"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " -"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " -"manualmente." -msgstr "" -"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " -"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " -"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " -"manualmente." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " -"son los siguientes:" -msgstr "" -"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " -"son los siguientes:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 -msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" -msgstr "Hay tres tipos de documentos" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 -msgid "" -"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," -" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 -msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " -"importación." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 -msgid "" -"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" -" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " -"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " -"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 -msgid "Invoice Validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " -"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " -"desplegado en el historial." -msgstr "" -"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " -"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " -"desplegado en el historial." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " -"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" -" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " -"inicial **En Proceso**." -msgstr "" -"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " -"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" -" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " -"inicial **En Proceso**." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 -msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 -msgid "" -"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " -"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " -"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " -"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " -"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " -"CUFE." -msgstr "" -"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " -"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " -"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " -"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " -"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " -"CUFE." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " -"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " -"automáticamente:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 -msgid "" -"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " -"historial de la Factura." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 -msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." -msgstr "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 -msgid "" -"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " -"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 -msgid "Errores Frecuentes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " -"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " -"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " -"desplegados en el historial." -msgstr "" -"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " -"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " -"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " -"desplegados en el historial." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 -msgid "" -"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " -"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " -"botón:" -msgstr "" -"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " -"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " -"botón:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 -msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" -msgstr "Casos de Uso adicionales" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 -msgid "" -"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " -"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " -"igual." -msgstr "" -"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " -"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " -"igual." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 -msgid "France" -msgstr "Франция" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 -msgid "FEC" -msgstr "FEC" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " -"the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" -" --> FEC`." -msgstr "" -"Если вы установили французский бухгалтерский учет, вы сможете загрузить FEC." -" Для этого перейдите к :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France " -"--> FEC`." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " -"module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." -msgstr "" -"Если вы не видите подменю ** FEC **, перейдите к ** Приложения ** и найдите " -"модуль ** Франция-FEC ** и проверьте, он хорошо установлен." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 -msgid "French Accounting Reports" -msgstr "Французская бухгалтерская отчетность" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " -"accounting reports specific to France:" -msgstr "" -"Если вы установили французский бухгалтерский учет, вы будете иметь доступ к " -"некоторым бухгалтерских отчетов, характерных для Франции:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 -msgid "Bilan comptable" -msgstr "Bilan comptable" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 -msgid "Compte de résultats" -msgstr "Compte de résultats" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 -msgid "Plan de Taxes France" -msgstr "Plan de Taxes France" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 -msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" -msgstr "" -"Получите сертификат о борьбе с мошенничеством на добавленную стоимость с " -"Odoo" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 -msgid "" -"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " -"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " -"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales " -"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, " -"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." -msgstr "" -"По состоянию на 1 января 2018 во Франции и DOM-TOM введено новое " -"законодательство по борьбе с мошенничеством. Это новое законодательство " -"устанавливает определенные критерии относительно неизменности, безопасности," -" хранения и архивирования данных о продаже. Эти юридические требования " -"внедрены в 9 версии Odoo через модуль и сертификат соответствия для " -"загрузки." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 -msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" -msgstr "" -"Или моя компания обязана использовать программное обеспечение с " -"мошенничеством?" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " -"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" -msgstr "" -"Ваша компания должна использовать программное обеспечение для борьбы с " -"мошенничеством кассовых аппаратов, таких как Odoo (CGI Art. 286, I. 3 ° " -"bis), если:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 -msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," -msgstr "" -"Вы облагаемыми (не освобождены от налога на добавленную стоимость) во " -"Франции или любом DOM-TOM," - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 -msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." -msgstr "Некоторые из ваших клиентов - частные лица (B2C)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 -msgid "" -"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " -"VAT and therefore are not affected." -msgstr "" -"Это правило применяется к компании любого размера. Автостраховщики " -"освобождаются от уплаты НДС, поэтому они их это не касается." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 -msgid "Get certified with Odoo" -msgstr "Получите сертификат с Odoo" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 -msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." -msgstr "Присоединиться к Odoo очень просто." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" -" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " -"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" -" `here `_. If you " -"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " -"`_ or contact" -" your Odoo service provider." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 -msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." -msgstr "" -"В случае несоответствия ваша компания рискует получить штраф в размере 7500 " -"евро." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 -msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" -msgstr "Чтобы получить сертификат, выполните следующие шаги:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " -"menu:" -msgstr "" -"Установите модуль борьбы с мошенничеством, что соответствует вашей версии " -"Odoo, из меню * Приложения *:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 -msgid "" -"if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " -"Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -msgstr "" -"если вы используете точку продаж Odoo * l10n_fr_pos_cert * Франция - " -"Сертификация по борьбе с мошенничеством на добавленную стоимость для точки " -"продаж (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:66 -msgid "" -"in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " -"Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -msgstr "" -"в любом другом случае: l10n_fr_certification * Франция - Сертификация борьбы" -" с мошенничеством на НДС (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " -"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a " -"country from the list; Do not create a new country." -msgstr "" -"Убедитесь, что в вашей компании установлено страну, иначе ваши записи не " -"будут зашифрованы для проверки неизменности. Чтобы изменить данные вашей " -"компании, перейдите к меню :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies " -"--> Companies`. Выберите страну из списка; Не создавайте новую страну." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " -"`__." -msgstr "" -"Загрузите обязательный сертификат соответствия, предоставленный Odoo SA " -"`здесь `__." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " -"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " -"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " -"restart your server beforehand." -msgstr "" -"Если вы запускаете Odoo on-premise, вам нужно обновить вашу инсталляцию и " -"заранее перезагрузить сервер." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:81 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" -" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" -" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules " -"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click " -"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" -" installed." -msgstr "" -"Если вы установили начальную версию модуля борьбы с мошенничеством (до 18 " -"декабря 2017 года), вам нужно обновить его. Название модуля была * Франция -" -" Бухгалтерский учет - Сертифицированный CGI 286 I-3 bis *. После обновления " -"списка модулей найдите обновленный модуль * Программы *, выберите и нажмите " -"* Обновить *. Наконец, убедитесь, что установлен следующий модуль * " -"l10n_fr_sale_closing *." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:90 -msgid "Anti-fraud features" -msgstr "Особенности борьбы с мошенничеством" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:92 -msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" -msgstr "Модуль борьбы с мошенничеством внедряет следующие функции:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " -"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" -msgstr "" -"** Неизменность **: дезактивация всех способов отмены или изменения ключевых" -" данных заказов точки продаж, счетов-фактур и записей журнала;" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 -msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" -msgstr "** Безопасность **: сетевой алгоритм для проверки неизменности;" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " -"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." -msgstr "" -"** Хранение **: автоматическое закрытие торгов с исчислением как периода, " -"так и совокупных итогов (ежедневно, ежемесячно, ежегодно)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:101 -msgid "Inalterability" -msgstr "неизменность" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:103 -msgid "" -"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " -"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " -"located in France or in any DOM-TOM." -msgstr "" -"Все возможные способы отмены и изменения ключевых данных заказов точки " -"продажи, подтвержденных счетов-фактур и записей журнала деактивируются, если" -" компания находится во Франции или в любом DOM-TOM." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:107 -msgid "" -"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " -"companies are impacted." -msgstr "" -"Если вы управляете средой нескольких компаний, это влияет только на " -"документы таких компаний." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:111 -msgid "Security" -msgstr "Права доступа" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:113 -msgid "" -"To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" -" validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " -"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы обеспечить неизменность, каждый заказ или запись журнала " -"зашифровывается после проверки. Этот номер (или хэш) вычисляется из ключевых" -" данных документа, а также от хеша предыдущих документов." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:118 -msgid "" -"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " -"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " -"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the " -"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted " -"document recorded in the system." -msgstr "" -"Модуль вводит интерфейс для проверки неизменности данных. Если какая-либо " -"информация изменена на документе после ее проверки, тест будет неудачным. " -"Алгоритм перекомпонулюе все хэши и сравнивает их с исходными. В случае " -"аварии система указывает на первый поврежденный документ, записанный в " -"системе." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " -"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " -"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." -msgstr "" -"Пользователи с правами доступа * Менеджер * могут запускать проверку " -"неизменности. Для заказов точки продаж, перейдите к :menuselection:`Point of" -" Sales --> Reporting --> French Statements`. Для счетов-фактур или записей " -"журнала, перейдите на страницу :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting " -"--> French Statements`." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:131 -msgid "Storage" -msgstr "хранение" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:133 -msgid "" -"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " -"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" -" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry " -"recorded in the system." -msgstr "" -"Система также автоматически обрабатывает закрытия товаров ежедневно, " -"ежемесячно и ежегодно. Такие закрытия четко вычисляют общий объем периода " -"продажи, а также совокупные большие итоги из первых продаж, записанных в " -"системе." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " -"Invoicing and Accounting apps." -msgstr "" -"Закрытие можно найти в меню * Французские выписки * точки продаж, счетов-" -"фактур и учета." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " -"Type = Sales)." -msgstr "" -"Завершение вычисляют итоги для журнальных записей журналов продаж (Тип " -"журнала = Продажи)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:145 -msgid "" -"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." -msgstr "Для сред нескольких компаний такие закрытия выполняются компанией." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:147 -msgid "" -"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " -"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " -"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" -" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." -msgstr "" -"Заказ точки продажи размещаются как записи журнала при закрытии сессии точки" -" продаж. Закрытие сессии POS можно сделать в любое время. Чтобы побудить " -"пользователей делать это каждый день, модуль препятствует восстановлению " -"сеанса, открытом более 24 часов назад. Такой сеанс должен быть закрыт перед " -"продажей снова." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:153 -msgid "" -"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " -"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " -"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " -"counted in the very next closing." -msgstr "" -"Общий объем периода исчисляется со всех журнальных записей, опубликованных " -"после предыдущего закрытия того же типа, независимо от даты их публикации. " -"Если вы записали новую транзакцию по продаже течение закрытого периода, она " -"будет причислена к самому следующего закрытия." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:158 -msgid "" -"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " -"Actions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "Обязанности" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" -" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." -msgstr "" -"Не удаляйте модуль! Если вы так сделали, хэш будет сброшено, и ни один из " -"ваших прошлых данных больше не будет гарантирован как неизменен." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " -"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " -"the inalterability of data." -msgstr "" -"Пользователи остаются ответственными за установление Odoo и должны " -"использовать ее с должным осмотрительностью. Запрещается изменять исходный " -"код, который гарантирует неизменность данных." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" -" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Odoo освобождает себя от всех и любой ответственности в случае изменения " -"функций модуля, вызванных сторонними приложениями, несертифицированные Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 -msgid "More Information" -msgstr "Больше информации" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 -msgid "" -"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " -"documents:" -msgstr "" -"Вы найдете дополнительную информацию об этом законодательство в официальных " -"документах:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 -msgid "" -"`Frequently Asked Questions " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 -msgid "" -"`Official Statement " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 -msgid "" -"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 -msgid "Germany" -msgstr "Германия" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 -msgid "German Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Немецкий план счетов" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " -"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " -"section." -msgstr "" -"План счетов SKR03 и SKR04 поддерживаются в Odoo. Вы можете выбрать тот, " -"который вы хотите, перейдя к :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, " -"выберите нужный пакет в разделе Фискальная локализация." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " -"not created any accounting entry." -msgstr "" -"Будьте осторожны, вы можете изменить бухгалтерский пакет только тогда, когда" -" вы не создали запись бухучета." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 -msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Когда вы создаете новую базу данных SaaS, SKR03 устанавливается по " -"умолчанию." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 -msgid "German Accounting Reports" -msgstr "Немецкая бухгалтерская отчетность" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" -msgstr "" -"Ниже приведен список специальных отчетов для Германии, доступных на Odoo " -"Enterprise:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -msgid "Balance Sheet" -msgstr "Балансовая ведомость" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 -msgid "Profit & Loss" -msgstr "Доходы и расходы" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 -msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" -msgstr "Налоговый отчет (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 -msgid "Partner VAT Intra" -msgstr "Партнер НДС Intra" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 -msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" -msgstr "Экспорт из Odoo в Datev" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 -msgid "" -"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " -"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " -"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " -"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете экспортировать записи бухучета с Odoo в Datev. Чтобы использовать " -"эту функцию, локализация немецкой бухгалтерии должна быть установлена в " -"вашей базе данных Odoo Enterprise. Тогда ты можешь войти в " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` нажмите кнопку " -"** Export Datev (csv) **." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 -msgid "Italy (IT)" -msgstr "Италия (IT)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" -" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " -"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " -"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " -"l’interscambio di informazioni." -msgstr "" -"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" -" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " -"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " -"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " -"l’interscambio di informazioni." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 -msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" -msgstr "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " -"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" -" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " -"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" -" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." -msgstr "" -"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " -"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" -" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " -"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" -" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 -msgid "" -"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " -"elettronica sono i seguenti:" -msgstr "" -"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " -"elettronica sono i seguenti:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" -" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " -"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " -"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " -"relativa :doc:`guida <../../discuss/email_servers>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" -" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " -"elettronica." -msgstr "" -"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" -" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " -"elettronica." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " -"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " -"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " -"previa comunicazione." -msgstr "" -"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " -"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " -"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " -"previa comunicazione." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " -"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." -msgstr "" -"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " -"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " -"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " -"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" -msgstr "" -"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " -"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " -"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 -msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." -msgstr "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 -msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " -"Commercio." -msgstr "" -"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " -"Commercio." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " -"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " -"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " -"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." -msgstr "" -"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " -"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " -"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " -"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 -msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " -"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " -"necessarie informazioni legali." -msgstr "" -"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " -"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " -"necessarie informazioni legali." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" -" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" -" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " -"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." -msgstr "" -"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" -" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" -" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " -"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 -msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" -msgstr "Il processo di fatturazione" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " -"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" -" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " -"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " -"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." -msgstr "" -"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " -"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" -" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " -"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " -"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 -msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" -msgstr "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 -msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -msgstr "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 -msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" -msgstr "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 -msgid "" -"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." -msgstr "" -"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 -msgid "" -"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " -"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" -" dall’applicazione contabilità." -msgstr "" -"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " -"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" -" dall’applicazione contabilità." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 -msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 -msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 -msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " -"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." -msgstr "" -"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " -"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 -msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "Мексика" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" -" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " -"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here " -"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the " -"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " -"\"Mexico\" set." -msgstr "" -"Эта документация написана с учетом того, что вы придерживаетесь официальных " -"документов по счетов-фактур, продаж и бухгалтерского учета и знаете, что у " -"вас есть опыт работы с odoo в таких сферах, мы не намерены поставить здесь " -"процедуры, уже пояснюеьься на этих документах , просто информацию чтобы " -"позволить вам использовать Odoo в компании со страной "Мексика"." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:17 -msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" -msgstr "Мексиканская локализация - это группа из 3 модулей:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" -" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" -" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." -msgstr "" -"** l10n_mx: ** Все основные данные для управления бухгалтерским учетом, " -"налогами и планом счетов, этот предложенный установленный план счетов - " -"предназначена копия списка кодов группы, которые предлагает `SAT`_." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," -" payment complement, invoice addendum." -msgstr "" -"** l10n_mx_edi **: все, что касается электронных транзакций, CFDI 3.2 и 3.3," -" приложение к оплате, добавление счетов-фактур." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:24 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " -"accounting are here (Accounting app required)." -msgstr "" -"** l10n_mx_reports **: все обязательные электронные отчеты для электронного " -"бухгалтерского учета здесь (необходим бухгалтерский приложение)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:27 -msgid "" -"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " -"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" -" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this " -"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " -"company in Mexico." -msgstr "" -"С мексиканской локализацией в Odoo вы сможете не просто придерживаться " -"необходимых функций по закону в Мексике, но использовать его как систему " -"бухгалтерского учета и счетов-фактур благодаря целому набору нормальных " -"требований для этого рынка, становясь вашим Odoo в идеальном решении " -"управлять вашей компанией в Мексике." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:38 -msgid "" -"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" -" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " -"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." -msgstr "" -"После настройки мы предоставим вам процесс для проверки всего, попробуйте " -"выполнить шаг за шагом, чтобы позволить вам не тратить время на исправление " -"ошибок. На каждом шагу можно напомнить шаг и повторить попытку." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:44 -msgid "Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:46 -msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." -msgstr "" -"Для этого перейдите в приложения и ищите Мексику. Нажмите * Установить *." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:52 -msgid "" -"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " -"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Создавая базу данных с www.odoo.com, если при создании бухучета вы выберете " -"Мексику как страну локализации, она будет автоматически установлена." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:58 -msgid "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" -" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" -" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and " -"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" -" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы включить это требование в Мексике, перейдите к настройкам в бухучете " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` и включите опцию на изображении с " -"помощью этого, вы сможете создать подписанный счет-фактуру (CFDI 3.2 и 3.3) " -"и создать подписан платеж (также 3.3) полностью интегрируется с обычным " -"потоком счетов-фактур в Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:73 -msgid "Set you legal information in the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:75 -msgid "" -"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " -"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " -"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " -"position on your company’s contact." -msgstr "" -"Сначала убедитесь, что ваша компания настроена с правильными данными. " -"Перейдите в :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` и введите " -"действительный адрес и НДС для вашей компании. Не забудьте определить " -"мексиканскую схему налогообложения в контакте с вашей компанией." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:82 -msgid "" -"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" -" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." -msgstr "" -"Если вы хотите использовать мексиканскую локализацию в тестовом режиме, вы " -"можете поместить любую известную адрес в Мексике со всеми полями для адреса " -"компании и установить ндс ** TCM970625MB1 **." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " -"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " -"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal " -"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley" -" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " -"the option)." -msgstr "" -"Перейдите в той же форме, где вы редактируете компанию, сохраните запись, " -"чтобы установить эту форму только для чтения, и просто посмотрите текст, " -"нажмите ссылку партнера, измените его и установите на вкладке * Счета * " -"соответствующую фискальную информацию (для ** Область тестирования ** это " -"должно быть * 601 - General de Ley Personas Morales *, просто найдите его " -"как обычное поле Odoo, если вы не видите вариант)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:101 -msgid "Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:104 -msgid "" -"This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " -"available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " -"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to " -"support in https://www.odoo.com/help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " -"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " -"name does not exist)." -msgstr "" -"Перейдите и посмотрите следующий технический параметр в " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" -" и установите параметр с названием * l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version * до 3.3 " -"(Создайте его, если запись с этим названием не существует)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:117 -msgid "" -"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " -"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " -"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " -"the default behavior." -msgstr "" -"CFDI 3.2 будет юридически возможным в 30 ноября 2017, Включение версии 3.3 " -"станет обязательным шагом для выполнения новой `SAT resolution`_ в любой " -"новой базе данных, созданной после выхода выпуска v11.0 CFDI 3.3 является " -"поведением по умолчанию." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:127 -msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" -msgstr "Важные соображения, когда вы включите CFDI 3.3" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:129 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:680 -msgid "" -"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " -"field set to \"Tasa\"." -msgstr "" -"Ваш налог, представляющий НДС 16% и 0%, должен иметь поле "Тип " -"фактора", установлено для "Таsа"." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:137 -msgid "" -"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" -" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" -" set 601, it will look like the image." -msgstr "" -"Вы должны перейти к настройке схемы налогообложения и установить правильный " -"код (это первые 3 номера в названии), например, для теста, который следует " -"установить на 601, он будет выглядеть как изображение." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:144 -msgid "" -"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " -"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " -"faster." -msgstr "" -"Все товары должны иметь для CFDI 3.3 "SAT-код" и поле " -""Референс" правильно установить, вы можете экспортировать и " -"импортировать, чтобы сделать это быстрее." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152 -msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 -msgid "" -"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " -"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " -"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы настроить EDI с помощью ** PAC **, вы можете зайти в меню " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Вы " -"можете выбрать PAC в списке ** поддерживаемых PAC ** в поле * PAC * введите " -"имя пользователя PAC и пароль PAC." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " -"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " -"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." -msgstr "" -"Помните, что вы должны зарегистрироваться в рецензируемом PAC перед ручным, " -"этот процесс можно сделать с самого PAC, в этом случае у нас будет два (2) " -"наличия `Finkok`_ и` Solución Factible`_." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " -"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " -"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process" -" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " -"environment with real transactions." -msgstr "" -"Вы должны обработать свой ** Личный ключ (CSD) ** с учреждением SAT, прежде " -"чем выполнять эти шаги, если у вас нет такой информации, пожалуйста, " -"попробуйте все "шаги для тестирования" и вернитесь к этому " -"процессу, когда вы завершите предложенный процесс для SAT, чтобы установить " -"эту информацию для вашего производственной среды с помощью реальных " -"транзакций." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:174 -msgid "" -"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " -"PAC username or password." -msgstr "" -"Если вы обозначили поле * MX PAC тест среды *, не нужно вводить имя " -"пользователя или пароль PAC." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " -"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." -msgstr "" -"Вот сертификат SAT, который вы можете использовать, если вы хотите " -"использовать * Тестирование среды * для мексиканской локализации бухучета." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 -msgid "`Certificate`_" -msgstr "`Certificate`_" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 -msgid "`Certificate Key`_" -msgstr "`Certificate Key`_" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:186 -msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" -msgstr "** Пароль: ** 12345678a" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:190 -msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 -msgid "" -"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " -"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " -"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." -msgstr "" -"Этот тег используется для установки кода типа налога, переданного или " -"приостановления, что применяется концепции CFDI. Итак, если налог является " -"налогом на продажу, поле "Тег" должно быть "IVA", " -""ISR" или "IEPS"." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 -msgid "" -"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " -"a new tax you should choose a tag." -msgstr "" -"Обратите внимание, что для налогов по умолчанию тег уже назначен, но при " -"создании нового налога следует выбрать тег." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 -msgid "Invoicing" -msgstr "Выставление счёта" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:209 -msgid "" -"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " -"the normal Odoo's behaviour." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы воспользоваться мексиканским счету-фактуре, вам просто нужно сделать " -"обычный счет, следуя обычному поведению Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212 -msgid "" -"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " -"like this:" -msgstr "" -"После проверки первого счета правильно подписан счет-фактура должен " -"выглядеть так:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:219 -msgid "" -"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" -" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " -"invoice by email." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете генерировать PDF-файл, просто нажав кнопку "Печать" в " -"счете-фактуре или отправив его по электронной почте после обычного процесса " -"для передачи счет-фактуру по электронной почте." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " -"looks like." -msgstr "" -"Как только вы пришлете электронный счет-фактуру по электронной почте, это " -"так, как выглядит." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:234 -msgid "Cancelling invoices" -msgstr "Отмена счетов-фактур" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:236 -msgid "" -"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "Процесс отмены полностью связан с нормальным отменой в Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:238 -msgid "If the invoice is not paid." -msgstr "Если счет-фактура не уплачивается." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:240 -msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:246 -msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250 -msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 -msgid "" -"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " -"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." -msgstr "" -"По соображениям безопасности рекомендуется вернуть проверку на то, чтобы еще" -" раз отменить ошибку, а затем перейти в журнал и проверить это поле." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:257 -msgid "**Legal considerations**" -msgstr "** Юридические рассуждения **" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:259 -msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." -msgstr "Отменен счет-фактура будет автоматически отменен на SAT." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 -msgid "" -"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " -"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " -"good control of the cancellation reasons." -msgstr "" -"Если вы попытаетесь использовать тот же счет-фактуру после отмены, у вас " -"будет столько же отмененных CFDI, сколько вы попытались, тогда все эти xml " -"важны, чтобы обеспечить хороший контроль за причинами отмены." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 -msgid "" -"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" -" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " -"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." -msgstr "" -"Вы должны отсоединить все связанные платежи в счет-фактуру на odoo перед " -"тем, как отменить такой документ, эти платежи нужно отменить, следуя тому же" -" подхода, но устанавливая параметр «Разрешить записи отказов» в самом " -"платежи." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269 -msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" -msgstr "Платежи (доступно только для CFDI 3.3)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 -msgid "" -"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " -"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " -"important." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы создать платежное приложение, вам нужно только придерживаться обычного" -" платежного процесса в Odoo, эти условия, чтобы понять поведение, важны." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 -msgid "" -"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " -"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." -msgstr "" -"Для создания дополнения платежа сроком платежа в счете-фактуре должен быть " -"PPD, поскольку это ожидаемое поведение, законодательно требуется для " -""Наличных платежей"." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278 -msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" -msgstr "** 1.1. Как я могу создать счет со сроком оплаты `PUE`? **" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:280 -msgid "" -"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " -"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " -"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " -"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." -msgstr "" -"`Согласно документации SAT`_ платеж классифицируется как` PUE``, если счет-" -"фактура был согласован на полную оплату до 17 числа следующего календарного " -"месяца (в следующем месяце дать CFDI), любая другая условие создаст счет-" -"фактуру PPD." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:285 -msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" -msgstr "** 1.2. Как я могу получить это с Odoo? **" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 -msgid "" -"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " -"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." -msgstr "" -"Для того, чтобы установить соответствующий срок платежа CFDI (PPD или PUE), " -"вы можете легко установить его, используя `Условия оплаты`, определенные в " -"счете-фактуре." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 -msgid "" -"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " -"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." -msgstr "" -"Если счет-фактура генерируется без `Срока оплати``, атрибут` MetodoPago`` " -"будет `PUE``." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 -msgid "" -"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " -"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " -"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " -"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." -msgstr "" -"Сегодня, если это первый день месяца и счет-фактура состоит из `Срока " -"платежу``` 30 чистых днив``, то расчетная `Дата платежу`` будет первым днем " -"следующего месяца, значит до 17 числа следующего месяца, тогда атрибут " -"`MetodoPago`` будет` PUE``." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298 -msgid "" -"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " -"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " -"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." -msgstr "" -"Сегодня, если счет-фактура будет создан с `Термином оплати``` 30 чистых " -"днив``, а срок платежа выше, чем 17-е число следующего месяца, `MetodoPago``" -" стане``PPD``." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 -msgid "" -"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" -" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " -"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." -msgstr "" -"Если у вас есть `Срок оплати`` с 2 или более строк, например,` 30% " -"авансового окончания следующего мисяця``, это срок рассрочки, атрибут " -"`MetodoPago`` буде``PPD``." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:306 -msgid "" -"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " -"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы проверить обычный подписан платеж, просто создайте счет-фактуру со " -"сроком платежа `30% досрочного окончания следующего мисяця``, а затем " -"зарегистрируйте платеж на нем." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 -msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." -msgstr "Вы должны напечатать платеж, чтобы правильно загрузить PDF." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 -msgid "" -"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " -"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " -"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" -" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " -"caso de anticipos recibidos**." -msgstr "" -"Что касается "Оплаты авансов", вы должны создать правильный счет-" -"фактуру с выплатой заранее самостоятельно, как строка товара, которая " -"устанавливает правильный код SAT, в соответствии с процедурой официальной " -"документации, предоставленной SAT`_ в разделе ** Apéndice 2 Procedimiento " -"para la emisión de los CFDI en el caso de anticipos recibidos **." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:314 -msgid "" -"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " -"Payment without a proper invoice." -msgstr "" -"Что касается темы 4, то заблокирована возможность создания платежей клиента " -"без надлежащего счета-фактуры." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:320 -msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" -msgstr "Бухучет Мексики в odoo состоит из трех сообщений:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 -msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." -msgstr "План счетов (Вызывается и отображается как COA)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "Электронный пробный баланс." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:324 -msgid "DIOT report." -msgstr "Отчет DIOT." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 -msgid "" -"1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " -"report only available on the context of the accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:329 -msgid "" -"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " -"app." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете найти все эти отчеты в оригинальном меню отчета в приложении " -"Бухгалтерский учет." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:336 -msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "Электронный учет (требует применения бухгалтерского учета)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 -msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" -msgstr "Электронный график учета CoA" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:341 -msgid "" -"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " -"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" -msgstr "" -"Электронный учет никогда не было проще, просто перейдите к " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` и нажмите " -"кнопку ** Экспорт для SAT (XML) **" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:349 -msgid "How to add new accounts ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:351 -msgid "" -"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" -" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." -msgstr "" -"Если вы добавляете учет с конвенцией кодирования NNN.YY.ZZ, где NNN.YY " -"является группой кодирования SAT, то ваш учет будет автоматически настроен." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354 -msgid "" -"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " -"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account " -"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag" -" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" -" xml." -msgstr "" -"Пример, чтобы добавить учет для нового банковского счета, перейдите к " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` а затем " -"создайте новый учет кнопку" Создать "и попробовать создать учетную" -" запись с номером 102.01.99, когда вы измените, чтобы установить имя, " -"которое вы увидите, тег, который будет автоматически установлено, " -"установленные теги будут выбраны для использования в COA на XML." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365 -msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 -msgid "" -"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" -" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы узнать все возможные теги, вы можете ознакомиться с `Anexo 24`_ на " -"сайте SAT в разделе под названием ** Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT **." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371 -msgid "" -"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " -"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " -"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " -"is not created you can create one on the fly." -msgstr "" -"Когда вы устанавливаете модуль l10n_mx, и вы воспользуетесь планом счетов " -"(это происходит автоматически, когда вы устанавливаете параметр Мексика как " -"страну в вашей базе данных), тогда у вас будет больше общих тегов, если " -"метку не создан, вы можете создать его на лету." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" -msgstr "Электронный пробный баланс" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380 -msgid "" -"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " -"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " -"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be " -"exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " -"the previous selection of the period you want to export." -msgstr "" -"Точно так же, как сертификат подлинности, но дебетированием и кредитной " -"картой начального баланса, после того, как вы правильно настроили coa, вы " -"можете перейти на :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> " -"Trial Balance` это автоматически создается и может быть экспортировано в XML" -" с помощью кнопки в верхней части ** Экспорт для SAT (XML) ** с " -"предварительным выбором периода, который вы хотите экспортировать." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 -msgid "" -"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" -" regular Odoo Report." -msgstr "" -"Все обычные функции аудита и анализа доступны здесь также как и любой " -"обычный отчет Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 -msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "Отчет DIOT (требует применения бухгалтерского учета)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 -msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:399 -msgid "" -"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" -" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Когда речь идет о процедуры услугой администрирования SAT, мы знаем, что мы " -"не должны пренебрегать тем, что мы представляем. Итак, не должно быть в " -"Оdoo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402 -msgid "" -"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " -"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " -"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " -"the same, with our providers." -msgstr "" -"DIOT - это информационное сообщение об операциях с третьими сторонами " -"(DIOT), которое является дополнительным обязательством по НДС, где мы должны" -" предоставлять статус наших операций третьим сторонам или то, что считается " -"таким же, с нашими поставщиками." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:407 -msgid "" -"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" -" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " -"to. submit the DIOT:" -msgstr "" -"Это касается как отдельных лиц, так и морали, поэтому, если мы НДС для " -"представления в SAT, а также касается поставщиков, это необходимо. пришлите " -"DIOT:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:412 -msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:414 -msgid "" -"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " -"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " -"find in the SAT website." -msgstr "" -"Просто представлять DIOT, поскольку, как и весь формат, вы можете получить " -"его на странице SAT, это электронный формат A-29, вы можете найти на сайте " -"SAT." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 -msgid "" -"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " -"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " -"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " -"to said data." -msgstr "" -"Ежемесячно, если у вас есть операции с третьими сторонами, необходимо " -"представить DIOT, так же, как мы делаем с НДС, так что если в январе мы " -"соглашения с поставщиками, то к февралю мы должны представить информацию, " -"касающуюся указанных данных." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 -msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 -msgid "" -"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " -"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " -"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете представить DIOT по-разному, в зависимости от того, какой вы " -"выберете, и который будет вам более удобным, чем вы будете представлять " -"ежемесячно или каждый раз, когда вы имеете дело с поставщиками." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 -msgid "" -"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " -"this after having made up to 500 records." -msgstr "" -"Формат A-29 является электронным, так что вы можете его представить на " -"странице SAT, но это после того, как сдадите до 500 записей." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 -msgid "" -"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " -"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " -"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such" -" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " -"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." -msgstr "" -"После того, как эти 500 записей будет внесен в SAT, вы должны подать их в " -"Администрацию служб местных налоговиков налогоплательщиков (ALSC) в " -"соответствии с вашей налоговой адреса, эти записи могут быть представлены на" -" цифровом носителе информации, такие как компакт-диск или USB, который после" -" проверки вы будете возвращены, так что не сомневайтесь в том, что у вас " -"останется эти записи и, конечно, CD-ROM или USB." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:440 -msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 -msgid "" -"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " -"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " -"according to the SAT site is:" -msgstr "" -"Просматривая официальные документы SAT на DIOT, вы найдете пакетное " -"загрузки, и, конечно, первое, что мы думаем, что это такое ?, и в " -"соответствии с сайта SAT:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 -msgid "" -"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " -"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " -"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of" -" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the " -"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " -"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." -msgstr "" -""Пакетное загрузки" - это конвертация баз данных записей о " -"транзакциях с поставщиками, совершенные налогоплательщиками в текстовых " -"файлах (.txt). Эти файлы имеют необходимую структуру для их применения и " -"импорта в систему информационной декларации операций с третьими сторонами, " -"избегая прямого захвата, а следовательно, оптимизации времени, вложенного в " -"его интеграцию, для презентации во времени и форме для SAT." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:453 -msgid "" -"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " -"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " -"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " -"Third Parties." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете использовать его для представления DIOT, поскольку это " -"допускается, что облегчит вам эту операцию, чтобы ее не было, чтобы не " -"отвечать SAT в связи с информацией об операциях с третьими сторонами." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:458 -msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." -msgstr "Вы можете найти `официальную информацию тут`_." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:461 -msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:463 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " -"with third partied (DIOT)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:467 -msgid "" -"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " -"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." -msgstr "" -"Когда появится окно отчета, выберите прошлый месяц, чтобы сообщить " -"непосредственно до месяца, который вы находитесь, или оставьте текущий " -"месяц, если это вам подходит." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 -msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." -msgstr "Нажмите "Экспорт (TXT)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 -msgid "" -"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " -"the necessary steps to declare it." -msgstr "" -"Храните в безопасном месте загруженный файл и перейдите на сайт SAT и " -"следуйте необходимых инструкций, чтобы объявить его." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481 -msgid "" -"Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:483 -msgid "" -"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " -"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " -"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else " -"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" -" suppliers." -msgstr "" -"Все поставщики должны установить поля на вкладке учета под названием " -""Информация DIOT", поле * L10N Mx Nationality * заполняется, " -"просто выберите соответствующую страну в адресе, вам не нужно делать ничего " -"другого, но * L10N Mx Тип операции * должен быть заполнен вами во всех ваших" -" поставщиков." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:490 -msgid "" -"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " -"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " -"properly configured already." -msgstr "" -"Существует 3 варианта НДС для этого отчета, 16%, 0% и освобождение от " -"налогообложения, строка счета в odoo считается освобожденным от " -"налогообложения, если налог не начисляется, а другие 2 налоги уже должным " -"образом настроены." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 -msgid "" -"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" -" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " -"following standard odoo procedure." -msgstr "" -"Не забудьте заплатить счет, отражающий оплату заранее, нужно сначала " -"попросить счет, а затем оплатить его и правильно согласовать платеж по " -"стандартной процедуре odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 -msgid "" -"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " -"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " -"itself." -msgstr "" -"Вам не нужны все данные о партнерах, заполнены, чтобы попытаться создать " -"счет-фактуру поставщика, вы можете исправить эту информацию при создании " -"отчета." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:499 -msgid "" -"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " -"paid." -msgstr "" -"Помните, что в этом отчете отражаются только фактические счета поставщиков." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 -msgid "" -"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " -"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " -"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use" -" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it " -"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " -"your partners are correctly set." -msgstr "" -"Если некоторые из этих соображений не учитываются, такое сообщение " -"появляется при создании протокола DIOT по протоколу TXT со всеми партнерами," -" для которых нужно проверить этот отдельный отчет, поэтому мы рекомендуем " -"использовать этот отчет не только для экспорта вашей юридической " -"обязательства, но создать его до конца месяца и использовать его как свой " -"аудиторский процесс, чтобы правильно установить всех ваших партнеров." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:513 -msgid "Extra Recommended features" -msgstr "Дополнительные рекомендованные функции" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 -msgid "Contact Module (Free)" -msgstr "Контактный модуль (бесплатно)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518 -msgid "" -"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " -"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " -"install." -msgstr "" -"Если вы хотите должным образом управлять своими клиентами, поставщиками и " -"адресами этого модуля, даже если это не является технической необходимостью," -" рекомендуем его установить." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:524 -msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "Мультивалютность (требует применения бухгалтерского учета)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:526 -msgid "" -"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " -"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" -" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with " -"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate " -"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " -"information daily in the system manually." -msgstr "" -"В Мексике почти все компании присылают и получают платежи в различных " -"валютах, если вы хотите управлять такой возможностью, то вам следует " -"включить функцию мультивалют, и вы должны включить синхронизацию с ** " -"Banxico **, такая функция позволяет получить правильный обменный курс, " -"автоматически загружен от SAT и не заботясь о том, чтобы эту информацию " -"вручную вводить ежедневно в систему." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 -msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." -msgstr "Перейдите к настройкам и включите функцию мультивалютности." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 -msgid "" -"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " -"3.3)" -msgstr "" -"Включение явных ошибок на CFDI с помощью локального валидатора XSD (CFDI " -"3.3)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:542 -msgid "" -"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " -"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" -msgstr "" -"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server " -"Actions`" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:548 -msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -msgstr "Ищите действие под названием "Скачать файлы XSD к CFDI"" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 -msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -msgstr "Нажмите кнопку "Создать контекстную действие"" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550 -msgid "" -"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " -"Companies`" -msgstr "" -"Перейдите к форме компании :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " -"Companies`" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 -msgid "Open any company you have." -msgstr "Откройте любую вашу компанию." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:575 -msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -msgstr "" -"Нажмите "Действие", а затем "Загрузить файл XSD в CFDI"." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 -msgid "" -"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " -"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " -"generic one with no explanation." -msgstr "" -"Теперь вы можете создать счет-фактуру с любой ошибкой (например, товар без " -"кода, который является достаточно распространенным явлением), а вместо общей" -" не указано явную ошибку." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 -msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "Если вы видите ошибку, подобную этой:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 -msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" -msgstr "Сгенерированный cfd недействителен" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 -msgid "" -"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " -"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" -msgstr "" -"атрибут decl "TipoRelacion", атрибут "type": значение " -"QName " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion " -""не решается к определению (n) простого типа., строка 36" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 -msgid "" -"This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " -"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " -"but:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 -msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "Перейдите к компании, в которой возникает ошибка." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 -msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:583 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:5 msgid "" -"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'." +"There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," +" depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " +"recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and " +"computations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 -msgid "" -"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:592 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " -"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " -"properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:636 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:667 -msgid "**Error messages**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:598 -msgid "" -"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:602 -msgid "" -"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " -"partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" -" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " -"which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " -"possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " -"considerations about fiscal positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:613 -msgid "" -"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " -"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " -"set 601, it will look like the image." -msgstr "" -"Вы должны перейти к настройке схемы налогообложения и установить правильный " -"код (это первые 3 номера в названии), например, для теста, который следует " -"установить на 601, он будет выглядеть как изображение." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:620 -msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " -"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:12 +msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:623 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:654 -msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "** Сообщение об ошибке **:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:625 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:14 msgid "" -"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:631 -msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." +"As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of" +" your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. " +"However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can " +"activate only the ones relevant for your business." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:638 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:19 msgid "" -"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" +"To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " +"tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:656 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:31 msgid "" -"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +"To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:644 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:41 msgid "" -"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing." +"Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " +"the following table to see where they are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:647 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " -"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " -"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" -"info`." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Name `" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:661 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" -" Mexico, fix it." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice `" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:669 -msgid "" -"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Group `" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:672 -msgid "" -"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.\", '')" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Back end" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:676 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" -" used on the invoice." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 -msgid "Netherlands" -msgstr "Нидерланды" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 -msgid "XAF Export" -msgstr "экспорт XAF" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 -msgid "" -"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" -" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" -" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " -"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" msgstr "" -"После установления голландской локализации бухучета вы сможете " -"экспортировать все записи бухгалтерии в формате XAF. Для этого надо перейти " -"к: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, вы " -"определяете записи, которые вы хотите экспортировать с помощью фильтров " -"(период, журналы, ...), нажмите кнопку ** ЭКСПОРТ (XAF) **." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 -msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" -msgstr "Голландская бухгалтерская отчетность" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " -"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:53 +msgid "Basic Options" msgstr "" -"Если вы установите голландскую локализацию бухгалтерского учета, вы будете " -"иметь доступ к некоторым отчетов, специфичных для Нидерландов, таких как:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 -msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" -msgstr "Налоговый отчет (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 -msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" -msgstr "Отчет Intrastat (ICP)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 -msgid "Spain" -msgstr "Испания" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:58 +msgid "Tax Name" +msgstr "Наименование Налога" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 -msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Испанский план счетов" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:60 msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " -"default:" +"The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " +":ref:`label ` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " +"Products, etc." msgstr "" -"В Odoo существует несколько испанских планов счетов, доступных по умолчанию:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 -msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" -msgstr "PGCE PYMEs 2008" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 -msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" -msgstr "PGCE Completo 2008" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 -msgid "PGCE Entitades" -msgstr "PGCE Entitades" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 -msgid "" -"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " -"Localization** section." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете выбрать тот, который вы хотите, перейдя в меню: " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, выберите нужный пакет в " -"разделе ** Финансовая локализация **." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Tax Computation" +msgstr "Расчет Налога" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " -"default." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:68 +msgid "**Group of Taxes**" msgstr "" -"Когда вы создаете новую базу данных SaaS, PGCE PYMEs 2008 устанавливается по" -" умолчанию." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 -msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" -msgstr "Испанский бухгалтерская отчетность" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:70 msgid "" -"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" -" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +"The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " +"you want, in the order you want them to be applied." msgstr "" -"Если испанский локализация бухучета установлена, вы будете иметь доступ к " -"бухгалтерских отчетов, специфичных для Испании:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" -msgstr "Налоговый отчет (Modelo 111)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" -msgstr "Налоговый отчет (Modelo 115)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" -msgstr "Налоговый отчет (Modelo 303)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 -msgid "Switzerland" -msgstr "Швейцария" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 -msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" -msgstr "ISR (платеж с платежной картой с референтным номером)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:74 msgid "" -"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " -"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " -"ISR*." +"Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " +"may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " +":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones `." msgstr "" -"ISR - платежные поручения, используемых в Швейцарии. Вы можете напечатать их" -" непосредственно с Odoo. На счетах клиента есть новая кнопка под названием *" -" Печать ISR *." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " -"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " -"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:78 +msgid "**Fixed**" msgstr "" -"На дисплее появится кнопка * Печать ISR *. В счете-фактуре указано " -"правильный банковский счет. Вы можете использовать CH6309000000250097798 как" -" номер банковского счета и 010391391 как ссылки CHF ISR." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 -msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." -msgstr "Затем вы открываете PDF с ISR." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:80 msgid "" -"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " -"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " -"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " -"Reports` and tick this box :" +"The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " +"same, regardless of the Sales Price." msgstr "" -"Существует два макета для ISR: один из, и один без банковских координат. " -"Чтобы выбрать, какой из них использовать, есть возможность печатать " -"банковскую информацию на ISR. Чтобы его активировать, зайдите в " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " -"Reports` и обозначьте это:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 -msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" -msgstr "Обновления валюты онлайн" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:83 msgid "" -"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " -"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " -"you want." +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " +"fixed* tax. We then have:" msgstr "" -"Вы можете автоматически обновлять свои валюты на основе Федеральной " -"налоговой администрации из Швейцарии. Для этого зайдите на " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`, активизировать настройки " -"мультивалютности и выбрать нужную услугу." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 -msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" -msgstr "Обновлено НДС в январе 2018" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" -" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" -" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Product's Sales Price" msgstr "" -"С 1 января 2018 года в Швейцарии будут применяться новые сниженные ставки " -"НДС. Нормальная ставка на уровне 8,0% перейдет на 7,7%, а специальная ставка" -" для гостиничного сектора изменится с 3,8% до 3,7%." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 -msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" -msgstr "Как обновить свои налоги в Odoo Enterprise (SaaS или On Premise)?" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " -"have to do anything." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Price without tax" msgstr "" -"Если у вас есть версия V11.1, вся работа уже выполнена, вам не нужно ничего " -"делать." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " -"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " -":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " -"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " -"\"upgrade\"`." -msgstr "" -"Если вы начали работать на более ранней версии, сначала нужно обновить " -"модуль "Швейцария - Отчеты о бухгалтерском учете". Для этого " -"перейдите к :menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search " -"for \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " -"\"upgrade\"`." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Tax" +msgstr "Налог" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " -"rates." -msgstr "" -"Как только это будет сделано, вы можете работать над созданием новых налогов" -" для обновленных ставок." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Total" +msgstr "Всего" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 -msgid "" -"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " -"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " -"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " -"transactions." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000" msgstr "" -"** не подавляют или меняйте существующие налоги ** (8.0% и 3.8%). Вы хотите " -"сохранить их, поскольку вам придется воспользоваться обеими ставками на " -"короткий период времени. Вместо этого не забудьте архивировать их, когда вы " -"закодируете все ваши транзакции 2017." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 -msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" -msgstr "Создание таких налогов должно осуществляться следующим образом:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 -msgid "" -"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " -"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" -msgstr "" -"** Налоги на покупку **: скопируйте начальный налог, измените его название, " -"метку в счете-фактуре, ставку и налоговую группу (применяется только с v10)." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "10" +msgstr "10" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 -msgid "" -"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" -" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" -" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "1,010.00" msgstr "" -"** Налоги на продажу **: скопируйте начальный налог, измените его название, " -"метку в счете-фактуре, ставку и налоговую группу (применяется только с v10)." -" Поскольку отчет ндс теперь показывает подробности старых и новых ставок, вы" -" также должны установить соответствующие теги" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 -msgid "" -"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " -"grid 302 tax" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:92 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**" msgstr "" -"Для налогов 7,7%: Швейцарская форма НДС сетка 302 базы, Швейцария НДС Вид: " -"сетка 302 налог" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:94 msgid "" -"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " -"grid 342 tax" +"The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " +"multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." msgstr "" -"Для налогов 3,7%: Швейцарская форма НДС сетка 342 база, Швейцария НДС Вид: " -"сетка 342 налог" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:97 msgid "" -"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " -"included in Odoo by default" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax. We then have:" msgstr "" -"Ниже приведены, в качестве примеров, правильную конфигурацию для всех " -"налогов, включенных в Odoo по умолчанию" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Name**" -msgstr "** Название налога **" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Rate**" -msgstr "** Ставка **" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Label on Invoice**" -msgstr "** Метка в счете-фактуре **" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" -msgstr "** Налоговая группа (действует с V10) **" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Scope**" -msgstr "** Налоговая сфера **" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tag**" -msgstr "** Тег **" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" -msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "7.7%" -msgstr "7.7%" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -msgid "7.7% achat" -msgstr "7.7% achat" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "TVA 7.7%" -msgstr "TVA 7.7%" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "Закупки" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" -msgstr "Форма швейцарского НДС сетка 400" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -msgid "7.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "7.7% achat Incl." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" -msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -msgid "7.7% invest." -msgstr "7.7% invest." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" -msgstr "Форма швейцарского НДС сетка 405" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." -msgstr "7.7% invest. Incl." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" -msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "3.7%" -msgstr "3.7%" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -msgid "3.7% achat" -msgstr "3.7% achat" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "TVA 3.7%" -msgstr "TVA 3.7%" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "3.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "3.7% achat Incl." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" -msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -msgid "3.7% invest" -msgstr "3.7% invest" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "3.7% invest Incl." -msgstr "3.7% invest Incl." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" -msgstr "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Продажи" +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "1,100.00" msgstr "" -"Форма НДС Швейцария: сетка 302 база, Швейцария форма НДС сетка 302 ндс" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "7.7% Incl." -msgstr "7.7% Incl." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" -msgstr "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:107 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" msgstr "" -"Форма НДС Швейцария: сетка 342 база, Швейцария форма НДС сетка 342 ндс" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "3.7% Incl." -msgstr "3.7% Incl." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:109 msgid "" -"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " -"odoo.com/help." +"The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " +"Total." msgstr "" -"Если у вас есть вопросы или замечания, свяжитесь с нашей поддержкой с " -"помощью odoo.com/help." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:111 msgid "" -"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" -" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " -"your fiscal positions accordingly." +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "1,111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:124 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Активно" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:126 +msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:129 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" +" can deactivate them to prevent future use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:133 +msgid "" +"This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " +"` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:139 +msgid "Tax Scope" +msgstr "Сфера Действия Налога" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " +"where it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:143 +msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:144 +msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:145 +msgid "**None**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " +"Taxes ` but that you don't want to list along with other " +"Sales or Purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:154 +msgid "Definition tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " +"the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:163 +msgid "**Based On**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:165 +msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:166 +msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:168 +msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:169 +msgid "" +"**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports " +"<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your" +" country's regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:180 +msgid "Label on Invoices" +msgstr "Обозначение на Счет-фактурах" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " +"column. This is the :ref:`label ` visible to *front end* " +"users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:193 +msgid "Tax Group" +msgstr "Группа Налога" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " +":ref:`label ` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " +"invoices, and the Customer Portals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " +"when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " +"Positions `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:205 +msgid "" +"In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " +"Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." +" Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the " +"Invoice ` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, " +"above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:213 +msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" +msgstr "Включить в аналитику затрат" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:215 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " +"**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:221 +msgid "Included in Price" +msgstr "Включено в Цену" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:223 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" +" Price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:225 +msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:227 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "900.10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "90.9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:238 +msgid "" +"If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," +" please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " +"*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** " +"field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:246 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " +"are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and " +"select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:253 +msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" +msgstr "База для начисления налогов" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:255 +msgid "" +"With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " +"other taxes applied to the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:258 +msgid "" +"You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes ` to include" +" this tax, or add it directly to a product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " +"amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " +"tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:270 +msgid "" +"To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " +"names." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:282 +msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 +msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " +"provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" +" VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " +"This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " +"number without leaving Odoo interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 +msgid "VAT Number validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " +"**Country** and **VAT** fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" +" error message if the VAT number is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " +"fields' validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"`European Commission: VIES search engine " +"`__" msgstr "" -"Не забывайте обновлять свою схему налогообложения. Если у вас есть версия " -"11.1 (или выше), ничего не делайте. В противном случае вам также придется " -"соответственно обновить свою схему налогообложения." #: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 @@ -7468,8 +9523,8 @@ msgid "Adviser" msgstr "Консультант" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" -msgstr "Как управлять финансовым бюджетом?" +msgid "Manage a financial budget" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -7740,51 +9795,13 @@ msgstr "" "января, теоретическая сумма составит 1000, поскольку это реальная сумма, " "которую можно было бы реализовать." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 -msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" -msgstr "Автоматическое сторнирование бухгалтерской записи" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific " -"date." -msgstr "" -"Возможно, вам нужно автоматическое сторнирование бухгалтерской записи на " -"определенную дату." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 -msgid "" -"This is, for example, used when you make a provision (e.g. provision for bad" -" debt). When making the accounting entry for the provision, the amount you " -"entered is only an estimated amount. You will only be sure of the amount at " -"the end of the fiscal year. That's why, at that point, you want the " -"accounting entry to be reversed to be able to enter the real loss that " -"occurred." -msgstr "" -"Это, например, используется, когда вы делаете регистрацию (например, " -"регистрируете ненадежного должника). При внесении записи регистрации, сумма," -" которую вы вводили, является лишь приблизительной. Вы будете уверены в " -"сумме лишь в конце отчетного периода. Вот почему на тот момент вы хотите, " -"чтобы бухгалтерская запись сторнувався, чтобы иметь возможность вводить " -"реальные расходы." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 -msgid "" -"For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the " -"journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be " -"reversed at that date." -msgstr "" -"Для этого нужно просто обозначить "Автоматическое сторнирования" " -"на записи журнала и определить дату сторнирования. Бухгалтерская запись " -"будет сторнирована на эту дату." - #: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" msgstr "Аналитический" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" -msgstr "Как отслеживать расходы, сотрудников и субподряд?" +msgid "Track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -8018,8 +10035,8 @@ msgstr "" "учетной записью." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" -msgstr "Как отслеживать расходы на человеческие ресурсы с расписанием?" +msgid "Track costs of human resources with timesheets" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9376,10 +11393,6 @@ msgstr "" "товара, используется для бронирования разницы между средней ценой и " "начальной ценой закупки." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 -msgid "Multicurrency" -msgstr "мультивалютность" - #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" msgstr "Учет курсовых разниц при оплате" @@ -9540,8 +11553,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 @@ -9550,9 +11563,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 -msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" -msgstr "Как действует мультивалютность в Odoo?" +msgid "Odoo's multi-currency system" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -9705,6 +11717,10 @@ msgstr "" "регистрируете платежи. Если валюта заполнена, это означает, что вы можете " "зарегистрировать платежи только в этой валюте." +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 +msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgstr "Как действует мультивалютность в Odoo?" + #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -9794,8 +11810,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`exchange`" msgstr ":doc:`exchange`" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" -msgstr "Как управлять счетами и оплатой в мультивалютности Odoo?" +msgid "Manage invoices and payment in multiple currencies" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -9900,493 +11916,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works`" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Отчетность" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" -msgstr "Как создать персонализированные отчеты с помощью собственных формул?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " -"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " -"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " -"ever." -msgstr "" -"Odoo 13 оснащена мощной и удобной системой отчетности. Создавать новые " -"отчеты (например, налоговый отчет, или баланс, или отчет о прибылях и " -"прибыли с определенными группировками и компоновкой), чтобы соответствовать " -"вашим потребностям, теперь проще, чем когда-либо." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "Включить режим разработки" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" -" activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:20 -msgid "Create your financial report" -msgstr "Создайте свой финансовый отчет" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 -msgid "" -"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" -msgstr "" -"Во-первых, вам нужно создать свой финансовый отчет. Для этого перейдите к " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " -"configured:" -msgstr "После ввода названия необходимо установить еще два параметра:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 -msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" -msgstr "** Показать кредитные и дебетовые столбце **" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:33 -msgid "**Analysis Period** :" -msgstr "** Анализ периода **:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:35 -msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" -msgstr "На основе диапазонов дат (например. Доходы и Расходы)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 -msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" -msgstr "На основе одной даты (например. Отчет баланса)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " -"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" -msgstr "" -"На основе диапазонов дат со столбцами "старые" и "общие"" -" и последние 3 месяцами (например, Отчет расчетов с партнерами)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 -msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" -msgstr "" -"На основе диапазонов дат и начисления кассовым методом (например, Отчет о " -"движении денежных средств)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 -msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" -msgstr "Добавьте строки в свои отчеты" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 -msgid "" -"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " -"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " -"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." -msgstr "" -"После создания отчета необходимо заполнить его строками. Всем им нужна ** " -"название **, ** код ** (который используется для обозначения строк), ** " -"порядковый номер ** и уровень (используется для рендеринга строки)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" -" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " -"separated by ;)" -msgstr "" -"В поле ** формул ** вы можете добавить одну или несколько формул, чтобы " -"назначить значение для колонки баланса (а дебетовый и кредитный столбик, " -"если нужно, разделенный;)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:59 -msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" -msgstr "В формуле есть несколько объектов:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:61 -msgid "" -"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " -"date range)." -msgstr "" -"`Nднив``: количество дней в выбранном периоде (для отчетов с диапазоном " -"дат)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " -"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" -msgstr "" -"Другой отчет, на который ссылается его код. Используйте `.balance`` для " -"получения значения баланса (также доступны` .credit``, `.debit`` и` " -".amount_residual``)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " -"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " -"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " -"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " -"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " -"by one of their columns." -msgstr "" -"Строка также может базироваться на сумме строк перемещения счета в выбранном" -" домене. В этом случае вам нужно заполнить поле домена доменом Odoo в " -"объекте перемещения профиля. Тогда в поле формул доступен дополнительный " -"объект, а именно `sum``, сумма строк перемещения счета в домене. Вы также " -"можете использовать группу по полям для группировки строк перемещения счета " -"по одному из столбцов." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:75 -msgid "Other useful fields :" -msgstr "Другие полезные поля:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 -msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." -msgstr "** Тип **: тип результата формулы." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:79 -msgid "" -"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " -"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." -msgstr "" -"** Хорошо роста или плохое **: используется при исчислении колонки " -"сравнения. Проверьте, есть ли рост хорошим (отображается зеленым цветом) или" -" нет." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:82 -msgid "" -"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" -" same dates as the rest of the report." -msgstr "" -"** Специальная изменение дат ** Если определенную строку в отчете не должен " -"использовать те же даты, что и остальные часть отчета." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " -"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " -"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." -msgstr "" -"** Показать домен **: как отражается домен строки. Можно сворачивать ( `` за" -" замовчуванням``, скрыто в начале, но может быть развернуто), `завжди`` " -"(всегда отображается) или` николи`` (никогда не отображается)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 -msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" -msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 -msgid "What are the main reports available?" -msgstr "Какие основные отчеты доступны в Odoo?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" -msgstr "" -"Кроме отчетов, созданных специально в каждом локальном модули, доступные " -"несколько очень полезных ** общих ** и ** динамических отчетов ** для всех " -"стран:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 -msgid "**Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "** Бухгалтерский отчет **" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 -msgid "**Profit and Loss**" -msgstr "** Доходы и расходы **" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 -msgid "**Chart of Account**" -msgstr "** План счетов **" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 -msgid "**Executive Summary**" -msgstr "** Управленческий отчет **" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 -msgid "**General Ledger**" -msgstr "** Общая бухгалтерская книга **" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 -msgid "**Aged Payable**" -msgstr "** Расчеты с кредиторами **" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 -msgid "**Aged Receivable**" -msgstr "** Расчеты с дебиторами **" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 -msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" -msgstr "** Отчет о движении денежных средств **" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 -msgid "**Tax Report**" -msgstr "** Налоговый отчет **" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "** Согласование банковских выписок **" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете комментировать все отчеты, чтобы напечатать их и сообщить своего " -"советника. Экспортировать в xls для управления дополнительным анализом. " -"Смотрите подробные сведения (платежи, счета-фактуры, публикации журналов и " -"т.д.) в разделе отчетов." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." -msgstr "" -"Вы также можете сравнить значение с другим периодом. Выберите, сколько " -"периодов вы хотите сравнить с выбранным периодом времени. Вы можете выбрать " -"до 12 периодов с даты опубликования отчета, если вы не хотите использовать " -"параметр ** Предыдущий 1 Период **." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." -msgstr "" -"В ** Бухгалтерском балансе ** показано снимок активов, обязательств и " -"собственного капитала вашей организации по определенной дате." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 -msgid "Profit and Loss" -msgstr "Прибыли и убытки" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." -msgstr "" -"Отчет о ** Доходы и расходы ** (или ** Отчет о прибылях **) отражает чистый " -"доход вашей организации, высчитывая расходы на доход за отчетный период." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 -msgid "Chart of account" -msgstr "план счетов" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 -msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." -msgstr "Список всех ваших счетов, сгруппированных по классу." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 -msgid "Executive Summary" -msgstr "Справка для Руководителя" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." -msgstr "" -"** Управленческий отчет ** позволяет быстро просмотреть все важные данные, " -"необходимые для управления вашей компанией." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" -msgstr "" -"В очень простых терминах, это то, о чем сообщает каждый из пунктов этого " -"раздела:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Performance:**" -msgstr "** Производительность: **" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 -msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" -msgstr "** Валовая прибыль: **" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." -msgstr "" -"Вклад каждого отдельного продажи, совершенного вашим бизнесом, за вычетом " -"любых прямых затрат, необходимых для осуществления этих продаж (таких, как " -"рабочая сырье, материалы и т.д.)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 -msgid "**Net profit margin:**" -msgstr "**Чистая прибыль:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." -msgstr "" -"Вклад каждого отдельного продажи, совершенного вашим бизнесом, за вычетом " -"любых прямых затрат, необходимых для осуществления этих продаж, а также " -"любых фиксированных накладных расходов вашей компании (такие, как арендная " -"плата, электроэнергия, налоги, которые нужно оплатить в результате этих " -"продаж)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr "** Возврат инвестиций (прибыль / активы): **" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " -"make those profits." -msgstr "" -"Отношение чистой прибыли к сумме активов, компания использовала для " -"получения этой прибыли." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Position:**" -msgstr "** Позиция: **" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr "** Среднее время закрытия дебиторской задолженности: **" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." -msgstr "" -"Среднее количество дней, в течение которых ваши клиенты платят вам " -"(полностью) по всем счетам клиентов." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "** Среднее время закрытия кредиторской задолженности: **" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" -" all your bills." -msgstr "" -"Среднее количество дней, в течение которых вы платите своим поставщикам " -"(полностью) по всем вашим счетам." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr "** Краткосрочный наличный прогноз: **" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 -msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." -msgstr "" -"Сколько ожидается денежного обращения в вашей компании в течение следующего " -"месяца, то есть баланс вашего ** счета продажи ** течение месяца, за вычетом" -" остатка ** счета закупок ** за месяц." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" -msgstr "** Отношение активов к обязательствам: **" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." -msgstr "" -"Также называется ** текущим соотношением **, это соотношение текущих активов" -" (активов, которые могут быть превращены в денежные средства в течение года)" -" к текущим обязательствам (обязательства, будут выплачиваться в следующем " -"году). Как правило, это используется как показатель способности компании " -"обслуживать свои долги." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 -msgid "General Ledger" -msgstr "Главная книга" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." -msgstr "" -"** Отчет общей бухгалтерской книги ** отражает все транзакции со всех счетов" -" за выбранный диапазон дат. В начальном сводном отчете отражаются итоги для " -"каждого счета, а оттуда можно посмотреть подробный отчет о транзакции или " -"любые исключения. Этот отчет полезен для проверки каждой транзакции, которая" -" произошла в течение определенного периода времени." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 -msgid "Aged Payable" -msgstr "Старый подлежащий оплате" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." -msgstr "" -"Запустите ** отчет расчетов с кредиторами **, чтобы отобразить информацию об" -" отдельных счета, возврат и переплаты за вами, а также о том, сколько " -"времени они не оплачены." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 -msgid "Aged Receivable" -msgstr "Старая Дебиторская Задолженность" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." -msgstr "" -"Отчет о ** расчеты с дебиторами ** отражает счета-фактуры продажи, которые " -"ожидали оплату в течение выбранного месяца и за несколько месяцев до этого." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 -msgid "Cash Flow Statement" -msgstr "Отчет о Движении Денежных Средств" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 -msgid "" -"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." -msgstr "" -"Отчет о ** движение денежных средств ** показывает, как изменения в отчета " -"баланса счетов и доходов влияют на денежные средства и их эквиваленты, а " -"также нарушает анализ в операционной, инвестиционной и финансовой " -"деятельности." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 -msgid "Tax Report" -msgstr "Налоговый Отчет" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 -msgid "" -"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " -"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." -msgstr "" -"Этот отчет позволяет просмотреть суммы ** чистых ** и ** налоговых сумм ** " -"за все налоги, сгруппированные по типу (продажа / покупка)." - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "начните" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 msgid "Chart of Accounts" msgstr "План счетов" @@ -10476,10 +12011,6 @@ msgid "" "indicates the account's purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "Тип" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 msgid "" "Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" @@ -10626,10 +12157,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 -msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "Налоги по умолчанию" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 msgid "" "Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " @@ -10721,88 +12248,271 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" -msgstr "Как установить бухучет Odoo?" +msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " -"different screens you will need." +"When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" +" welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" +" get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close " +"it." msgstr "" -"В программе Бухучет Odoo есть помощник по внедрению, которого следует " -"придерживаться, чтобы настроить приложение. Это пошаговое помощник с " -"различными ссылками, которые вам понадобятся." #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " -"`__, you " -"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " -"implementation guide." +"The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"После того, как вы установили модуль бухгалтерского учета, " -" `__, нужно " -"нажать на верхнюю правую панель процесса, чтобы получить доступ к " -"руководству по внедрению." -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 -msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" -msgstr "Помощник по внедрению поможет вам выполнить следующие шаги:" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Completing your company settings" -msgstr "Заполнение настроек вашей компании" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" +" Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " +"creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes " +"are ready-to-go. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" -msgstr "Записи в свои банковские счета" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" -msgstr "Выбор плана счетов" +msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" -msgstr "Подтверждение обычных налоговых ставок" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" -msgstr "Установка любой иностранной валюты" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 -msgid "Importing your customers" -msgstr "Импорт ваших клиентов" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Importing your suppliers" -msgstr "Импорт ваших поставщиков" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Importing your products" -msgstr "Импорт ваших товаров" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" -msgstr "Импорт ваших несогласованных транзакций" +msgid "" +"The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 -msgid "Importing your starting balances" -msgstr "Импорт начальных балансов" +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 -msgid "Define the users for accounting" -msgstr "Определение пользователей бухучета" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " -"bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " -"configuration of Odoo." +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 +msgid "Company Data" +msgstr "данные компании" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 +msgid "" +"This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " +"address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " +"number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " +"Info**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Bank Account" +msgstr "Банковский счёт" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " +"*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " +"Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information " +"about Bank Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Accounting Periods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" +" to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " +"along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " +"date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " +"indicate their initial opening balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " +"Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " +"arrow button* at the end of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here ` for more information on how to " +"configure your Chart of Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 +msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 +msgid "" +"There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " +"advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " +"onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app" +" rather than the Accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 +msgid "" +"If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " +"going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 +msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " +"onboarding banner `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 +msgid "Invoice Layout" +msgstr "макет счета" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 +msgid "" +"With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" +" which layout tamplate, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 +msgid "" +"You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " +"*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " +"email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to " +"the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " +"Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" +" of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 +msgid "" +"These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 +msgid "Payment Method" +msgstr "Метод оплаты" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 +msgid "" +"This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " +"can pay you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " +"Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " +"online, from their Customer Portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 +msgid "Sample Invoice" +msgstr "Образец счета-фактуры" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" +" configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 +msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" -"После завершения этих шагов вы можете нажать кнопку "Отметить как " -"выполнен" в нижней части экрана. Таким образом, вы можете отслеживать " -"прогресс общих настроек Odoo." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" @@ -11373,9 +13083,6 @@ msgstr "дебиторская задолженность" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Дебет" @@ -11387,9 +13094,6 @@ msgstr "Дебет" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Кредит" @@ -11397,17 +13101,6 @@ msgstr "Кредит" msgid "Invoice 1" msgstr "счет 1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -msgid "100" -msgstr "100" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Payment 1.1" msgstr "платеж 1.1" @@ -11538,9 +13231,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Account" msgstr "Счёт" @@ -11550,8 +13240,6 @@ msgstr "Счёт" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:142 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "Дебиторская задолженность" @@ -11575,8 +13263,6 @@ msgstr "чек 0123" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:144 msgid "Bank" msgstr "Банк" @@ -12229,6 +13915,11 @@ msgstr "" "попросит вас установить следующий номер чека в последовательности, а затем " "напечатать все чеки одновременно." +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Отчетность" + #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" msgstr "Отчет расчетов с кредиторами" @@ -12268,414 +13959,9 @@ msgstr ":doc:`customer_invoice`" msgid "Account Payables" msgstr "учетные платежи" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 -msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" -msgstr "Как следить за расходами сотрудников?" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" -" then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " -"most frequently are:" -msgstr "" -"Расходы работников - это расходы от имени компании. Затем компания возмещает" -" эти расходы работнику. Полученные квитанции на расходы чаще всего, " -"следующие:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 -msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," -msgstr "путешествие авто, возмещен на единицу расстояния (миля или километр)," - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 -msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," -msgstr "суммы расходов, возмещенных на основании счета," - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 -msgid "" -"other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " -"carried out by the employee." -msgstr "" -"другие покупки, такие как канцелярские товары и книги, предназначенные для " -"компании, но выполнены работником." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " -"from the Apps module." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы управлять затратами, нужно установить приложение ** Отслеживание " -"расходов ** с модуля приложений." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " -"re-invoice your expenses to your customers." -msgstr "" -"Вам нужно будет установить модуль ** Управление продажами **, чтобы " -"пересылать ваши расходы клиентам." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " -"products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " -"products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses " -"Products` in the **Expenses** application." -msgstr "" -"После установки этих модулей можно настроить различные товары, отражающие " -"типы расходов. Чтобы создать первые товары, перейдите к меню " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses Products` в модуле ** Расходы **." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 -msgid "Some examples of products can be:" -msgstr "Некоторыми примерами товаров могут быть:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 -msgid "**Travel (car)**" -msgstr "** Путешествие (машина) **" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 -msgid "Product Type: Service" -msgstr "Тип: Услуга" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 -msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" -msgstr "" -"Политика в отношении выставления счетов: счета зависят от времени и " -"материала" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" -msgstr "Политика счетов расходов: по ценам продажи" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 -msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" -msgstr "Цена продажи: 0,32" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " -"Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" -msgstr "" -"Единица измерения: км или миль (вам нужно будет включить опцию ** Несколько " -"единиц измерений ** в меню :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 -msgid "**Hotel**" -msgstr "** Отель **" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" -msgstr "Политика счетов-фактур по цене" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 -msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" -msgstr "Единица измерения: единица" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " -"employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " -"customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the" -" hotel." -msgstr "" -"В этих примерах первый товар будет затратным, который мы компенсируем " -"работнику на основе количества км, которые он сделал из собственной машиной " -"(например, для посещения заказчика): 0,32 € / км. Отель возмещается на " -"основе реальной стоимости гостиницы." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " -"checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " -"material**. This invoicing policy means that, if the expense is related to a" -" customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" -"Убедитесь, что все эти товары обозначены на ** Можно потратить **, а " -"политика выставления счетов устанавливается на ** Счет-фактуру на основе " -"времени и материалов **. Эта политика по выставлению счетов означает, что, " -"если расходы связанные с проектом клиента / заказу на продажу, Odoo будет " -"перечислить эти расходы клиенту." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 -msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" -msgstr "Odoo поддерживает два вида затрат:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 -msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" -msgstr "расходы, оплаченные работником за свой счет" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 -msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" -msgstr "расходы, оплаченные компанией с помощью кредитной карты" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 -msgid "The expenses workflow" -msgstr "Затраты рабочего процесса" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 -msgid "Record a new expense" -msgstr "Запишите новые расходы" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " -":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " -"personal expenses work that way:" -msgstr "" -"Каждый сотрудник компании может зарегистрировать свои расходы по " -":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. Рабочий процесс для " -"личных расходов работает следующим образом:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 -msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" -msgstr "работник записывает его расходы и подает его менеджеру" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 -msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" -msgstr "менеджер утверждает или отказывает в оплате" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 -msgid "the accountant post journal entries" -msgstr "запись в журнале бухгалтера" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 -msgid "" -"the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " -"with a payable account)" -msgstr "" -"компания возмещает расходы работника (работник, как поставщик, имеет " -"платежный счет)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 -msgid "" -"if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " -"the customer" -msgstr "" -"если расходы, связанные с аналитическим счету, компания может ревизовать " -"клиента" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 -msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" -msgstr "Для каждой расходы работник должен записать минимум:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 -msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" -msgstr "описание: он должен содержать референс заявки / счета" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 -msgid "a product: the expense type" -msgstr "товар: вид расходов" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 -msgid "" -"a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" -" car)" -msgstr "" -"цена (например, гостиница) или количество (например, возмещение за км, если " -"путешествовать на собственной машине)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " -"photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " -"the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." -msgstr "" -"В зависимости от политики компании, ему, возможно, придется прикрепить скан " -"или фотографию расходов. Для этого просто напишите сообщение в нижней части " -"расходы по сканированием счета / билета в вкладке." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 -msgid "" -"If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" -" an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " -"might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get " -"this feature)." -msgstr "" -"Если расходы, связанные с проектом клиента, не забывайте устанавливать " -"аналитический счет, связанный с проектом клиента или заказу на продажу " -"(возможно, вам придется активировать аналитические счета в настройках " -"бухучета, чтобы получить эту функцию)." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " -"**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " -"expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." -msgstr "" -"После того, как цена будет полностью зафиксирована, работник должен нажать " -"кнопку ** Отправить менеджеру **. В некоторых компаниях работники должны " -"подать свои расходы, сгруппированные в конце месяца или в конце деловой " -"поездки." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 -msgid "" -"An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " -"action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." -msgstr "" -"Работник может подать все свои расходы в пакетном режиме, воспользовавшись " -"действиями Отправить расходы из списка расходов или небольших значков в виде" -" списка." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 -msgid "Validation by the manager" -msgstr "Проверка менеджером" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " -"manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " -"menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." -msgstr "" -"Менеджеры должны получать электронное письмо за каждой утвержденными " -"расходами (менеджер работника определяется в форме работника). Они могут " -"воспользоваться меню ** Подтвердить **, чтобы проверить все расходы, которые" -" ожидают проверки." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 -msgid "The manager can:" -msgstr "Менеджер может:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 -msgid "" -"discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " -"bill is missing);" -msgstr "" -"обсудить счет, чтобы попросить дополнительную информацию (например, если " -"сканирование счета отсутствует)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 -msgid "reject an expense;" -msgstr "отклонить расходы;" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 -msgid "approve an expense." -msgstr "утвердить расходы." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 -msgid "Control by the accountant" -msgstr "контроль бухгалтера" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " -"by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " -"created and posted in your accounting." -msgstr "" -"Затем все расходы, которые были подтверждены менеджером, должны быть " -"опубликованы бухгалтером. Когда выставляется счет, соответствующая запись " -"журнала создается и публикуется в вашем счету." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " -"expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." -msgstr "" -"Если бухгалтер хочет создать только одну запись журнала для партии расходов," -" он может размещать расходы в пакетном режиме из списка всех расходов." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 -msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" -msgstr "Расчеты с клиентами" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " -"the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " -"invoiced to the customer yet and will be included in the next invoice that " -"will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer" -" project)" -msgstr "" -"Если расходы были связаны с аналитическим счету, связанным с заказом на " -"продажу, содержащий новую строку, связанный с затратами. Эта строка еще не " -"выставлен клиенту, и он будет включен в следующий счета-фактуры, который " -"будет отправлен клиенту (оплата поездки и размещение на проект клиента)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 -msgid "" -"To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." -" (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " -"invoice all your orders in batch)" -msgstr "" -"Чтобы выставить счет-фактуру клиенту, просто нажмите на кнопку счета-фактуры" -" в своем заказе на продажу (или это будет сделано автоматически в конце " -"недели / месяца, если вы будете оплачивать все ваши заказы в пакетном " -"режиме)." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:170 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:173 -msgid "Reimburse the employee" -msgstr "возмещение работнику" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:175 -msgid "" -"If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " -"reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" -" payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." -msgstr "" -"Если расходы были оплачены за собственные средства работника, компания " -"должна возместить их. В таком случае работник появится в отчете расчетов с " -"кредиторами, пока компания не возместит ему свои расходы." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:180 -msgid "" -"All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " -"due." -msgstr "" -"Все, что вам нужно - это создать платеж этом работнику суммы, что ему " -"принадлежит." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 -msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" -msgstr "Расходы, которые не компенсируются клиентам" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:189 -msgid "" -"If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " -"options:" -msgstr "" -"Если некоторые расходы не нужно повторно получать клиентам, у вас есть два " -"варианта:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 -msgid "" -"if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " -"invoicing policy on the product:" -msgstr "" -"если есть решение выставлять счет или нет касается товара, измените политику" -" выставления счета на товар:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 -msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "** на основе времени и материала **: компенсируется клиенту" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:197 -msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "** на основе заказов на продажу **: не компенсируется клиенту" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:199 -msgid "" -"if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " -"reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" -" invoice." -msgstr "" -"если вы должны сделать исключение для одного счета-фактуры, о котором не " -"нужно повторно сообщать клиенту, не устанавливайте соответствующий " -"аналитический счет для этого счета-фактуры." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:204 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" - #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" -msgstr "Как прогнозировать будущие счета в Odoo?" +msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -13038,8 +14324,8 @@ msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" -msgstr "Как за один раз оплатить несколько счетов в Odoo?" +msgid "Pay several bills at once" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -13464,6 +14750,10 @@ msgstr "" " верхнее окно, чтобы выбрать весь платеж одновременно) и нажмите кнопку " ":menuselection:`More --> Download SEPA Payments`." +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:111 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Решение проблем" + #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:114 msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" msgstr "Банк отказывается от моего файла SEPA" @@ -13497,17 +14787,10 @@ msgstr "" " заполнить поле BIC." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:129 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`check`" msgstr ":doc:`check`" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:121 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" - #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" msgstr "" @@ -13570,6 +14853,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "предпосылки" @@ -13898,147 +15182,6 @@ msgid "" "account`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" -msgstr "" -"Когда следует применять счета поставщиков или квитанции закупки в Odoo?" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" -" for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " -"cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a " -"defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are " -"confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." -msgstr "" -"Квитанции закупки отличаются от счетов поставщика. Счета поставщика - это " -"запросы на оплату. Если вы выдаете заказ на покупку, в большинстве случаев " -"поставщик отправляет счет поставщика. В зависимости от политики по счетов-" -"фактур у вас есть определенное время для оплаты счета. Квитанции закупки " -"являются подтверждениями полученных платежей. Это ваши повседневные " -"квитанции." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " -"will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " -"On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which " -"means no debt account is necessary." -msgstr "" -"С точки зрения бухгалтерского учета это имеет значение, поскольку счет " -"поставщика сначала кредитует долговой счет, прежде чем согласовать с " -"банковским счетом. С другой стороны, мы обычно немедленно платим квитанции " -"закупки, что означает, что дебетовый счет не нужен." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," -" as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." -msgstr "" -"Кроме того, квитанции закупки могут иметь разную сумму налога на товарный " -"строку, поскольку счета поставщиков применяют одну сумму налога на весь " -"счет." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " -"receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " -"handle them in accounting." -msgstr "" -"Если банковский счет вашей компании используется для оплаты товаров, в " -"которых выдается квитанция о покупке, я должен использовать функцию " -"квитанций закупки в Odoo для их обработки в бухгалтерском бухучета." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " -"a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " -"worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank " -"account." -msgstr "" -"Давайте рассмотрим такой пример: мы должны покупать чай для наших клиентов " -"из местного магазина чая, который не выдает счета. Мы каждую неделю отдаем " -"50 евро за чай и чайник стоимостью 20 евро. Мы платим за помощью банковского" -" счета компании." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " -"installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." -msgstr "" -"Для обработки квитанций закупки в модуле Odoo нужно установить одно " -"приложение. Перейдите в меню приложений и установите модуль Бухучета." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" -" \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." -msgstr "" -"Затем перейдите на панель поиска, удалите поиск по модулю по умолчанию и " -"ищите "Закупки". Установите модуль ** Продажи и Ваучеры покупки " -"**." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 -msgid "Register a receipt" -msgstr "зарегистрируйте квитанцию" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 -msgid "" -"By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " -"Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." -msgstr "" -"Установив ** Продажа и Ваучеры покупки **, вы открываете раскрывающемся меню" -" нового приложения ** Квитанции закупки **, который отражается в бухучете." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " -"app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы импортировать квитанцию закупки чая на сумму 50 евро, введите " -"приложение бухучета, выберите :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " -"Receipts`." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " -"Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " -"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt" -" accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." -msgstr "" -"Создайте новую квитанцию покупки и заполните всю необходимую информацию. " -"Обратите внимание, что в поле Платеж является выбор ** Заплатить позднее ** " -"или ** Заплатить сейчас **. Это существенное отличие, поскольку функция " -"Заплатить позднее создаст аккаунт долга, тогда как Заплатить сейчас " -"причисляет банковский счет." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " -"option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " -"the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." -msgstr "" -"В большинстве случаев вы платите сейчас, таким образом, выбираете опцию " -"Оплатить направления. Добавьте товары, соответствующий счет и " -"соответствующий налог. Например, вы считаете, что чай - 12% налога, а чайник" -" - 21%." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " -":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " -"completely close the transaction in your accounting." -msgstr "" -"Проверьте квитанцию закупки, чтобы опубликовать его. Не забывайте, что вам " -"нужно согласовать платежи <../../ bank / reconciliation / use_cases> " -"`чтобы полностью завершить транзакцию в вашем бухучета." - #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" msgstr "" @@ -14257,8 +15400,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" -msgstr "Как управлять счетами поставщиков?" +msgid "Manage vendor Bills" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -14693,12 +15836,165 @@ msgstr "" "удалили предыдущие элементы с первого заказа на покупку, счет будет связан " "со всеми вытекающими заказами на покупку." +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 +msgid "Digitize Vendor Bills with Optical Character Recognition (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that" +" allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data to your " +"database reduces errors and saves you time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 +msgid "Set up the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and " +"choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 +msgid "Start digitizing your bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Scan your bills and then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Bills` and upload your document. Based on your configuration, it either " +"processes the documents automatically, or you need to click on *Send for " +"Digitalization* to do it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also create a vendor bill through the *Documents* app or by using an" +" email alias on your journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " +"clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the" +" right information instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the " +"correct data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Установление цены" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which " +"requires prepaid credits to work. Digitalizing one document consumes one " +"credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" +"Если вы на Odoo Online (SAAS) и у вас версия Enterprise, для тестирования " +"функции вы пользуетесь бесплатными пробными кредитам." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click `here `_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Receipts" +msgstr "Квитанции покупки" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Receipts** are not invoices but rather confirmations of received " +"payments, such as a ticket or a receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This feature is meant to be used when you pay directly with your company's " +"money for an expense. **Vendor Bills**, on the other hand, are recorded when" +" an invoice is issued to you and that the amount is first credited on a debt" +" account before a later payment reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app " +"dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. " +"Click :doc:`here <../../../expense/expense>` for more information on how to " +"use Odoo Expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 +msgid "Register a receipt" +msgstr "зарегистрируйте квитанцию" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling" +" out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "Edit the Journal Entry before posting it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once you have filled out the *Invoice Lines* tab, you can modify the " +"**Journal Entry** before you post it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values" +" according to your needs, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../expense/expense`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" msgstr "Расчет с дебиторами" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 msgid "Customer Invoices" msgstr "Счета заказчику" @@ -15589,6 +16885,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" msgstr "" @@ -15951,10 +17251,6 @@ msgid "" "includes a country, before sending the letter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Установление цены" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 msgid "" "*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " @@ -15968,86 +17264,190 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" -"Если вы на Odoo Online (SAAS) и у вас версия Enterprise, для тестирования " -"функции вы пользуетесь бесплатными пробными кредитам." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Click `here `_ to know about our " -"*Privacy Policy*." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "Платежи заказчиков" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 +msgid "Batch Payments: Batch Deposits (checks, cash etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **Batch Deposit** groups multiple payments in a single batch. This allows " +"you to deposit several payments into your bank account with a single " +"transaction. This is particularly useful to deposit cash and checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to list several customer payments and print a " +"**deposit slip**. This ticket contains the details of the transactions and a" +" reference to the batch deposit. You can then select this reference during a" +" bank reconciliation to match the single bank statement line with all the " +"transactions listed in the batch deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To activate the feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Customer Payments`, activate **Batch Payments**, and click " +"on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 +msgid "Payment Method Types" +msgstr "Типы метода оплаты" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To record new payments as part of a Batch Deposit, you have to configure " +"first the Journal on which you record them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced " +"Settings* tab. In the *Payment Method Types* section, enable **Batch " +"Deposit**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch " +"payments when you activate the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 +msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 +msgid "Record payments to deposit in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 +msgid "" +":doc:`Register the payments ` on the bank account on which you " +"plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you " +"received a payment, and clicking on *Register Payment*. There, select the " +"appropriate Journal linked to your bank account and select *Batch Deposit* " +"as Payment Method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 +msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 +msgid "Make sure to write the payment reference in the **Memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 +msgid "Add payments to a Batch Deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank" +" and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on " +"*Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by " +"clicking on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then " +"click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip " +"that the bank usually requires to fill out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Once the bank statements are on your database, you can reconcile the bank " +"statement line with the *Batch Payment* reference. To do so, start your " +"**Bank Reconciliation** by going to your Accounting dashboard and clicking " +"on *Reconcile Items* on the related bank account. At the bank statement " +"line, click on *Choose counterpart or Create Write-off* to display more " +"options, open the *Batch Payments* tab, and select your Batch Payment. All " +"related payments are automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank" +" statement line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, " +"remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`recording`" +msgstr ":doc:`recording`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" msgstr "Групповые платежи: Прямой дебет SEPA (SDD)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:4 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." " With **SEPA Direct Debit**, your customers can sign a **mandate** that " -"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts " -"automatically." +"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts. This is " +"particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." msgstr "" -"SEPA, единственная область евро-платежей, является платежно-интеграционной " -"инициативе Европейского Союза по упрощению банковских переводов, выраженных " -"в евро. С помощью ** Прямого дебета SEPA ** ваши клиенты могут подписать ** " -"мандат **, который дает вам возможность автоматически собирать будущие " -"платежи со своих банковских счетов." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 msgid "" -"You can record your customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files " -"containing pending payments made with an SDD mandate." +"You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files containing " +"pending payments made with an SDD mandate." msgstr "" -"Вы можете записать ваши клиентские мандаты в Odoo и создать XML-файлы, " -"содержащие платежи в ожидании, сделанные с мандатом SDD." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "" -"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 28 member states " +"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " "of the European Union as well as additional countries." msgstr "" -"SDD поддерживается всеми странами SEPA, включающий 28 стран-членов " -"Европейского Союза, а также дополнительные страны." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:123 msgid "" "`List of all SEPA countries `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` nd activate" -" the **SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** feature. Enter the **Creditor Identifier** " -"of your company. This number is provided by your bank, or the authority " -"responsible for delivering them." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate " +"**SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's " +"**Creditor Identifier**. This number is provided by your bank institution, " +"or the authority responsible for delivering them." msgstr "" -"Перейдите в :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` и " -"активируйте функцию ** Прямого дебета SEPA (SDD) **. Введите ** " -"Идентификатор кредитора ** вашей компании. Этот номер предоставляется вашим " -"банком или органом, ответственным за их поставки." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" msgstr "Мандаты прямого дебета SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 msgid "Create a mandate" msgstr "создайте" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 msgid "" "The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " "authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." @@ -16055,131 +17455,129 @@ msgstr "" "Мандат прямого дебета SEPA - это документ, который подписывают ваши клиенты " "для авторизации вас для получения денег прямо с их банковских счетов." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 msgid "" -"To create a new one, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " -"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the new mandate’s " -"form." +"To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -"Чтобы создать новый, перейдите в :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers " -"--> Direct Debit Mandates`, нажмите на * Создать * и заполните новую форму " -"мандата." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 msgid "" -"First, export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your " -"customer to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the " -"**Original Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the " -"mandate." +"Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer " +"to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original " +"Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." msgstr "" -"Сначала, экспортировать PDF-файл, нажав * Печать *. Затем ваш клиент должен " -"подписать этот документ. После завершения загрузите подписанный файл в поле " -"** Оригинальный документ ** и нажмите * Проверить *, чтобы приступить к " -"выполнению мандата." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 msgid "" -"First, make sure, that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly " -"recorded on the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in " -"your own *Bank Account* settings." +"Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on " +"the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in your own " +":doc:`Bank Account <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` settings." msgstr "" -"Сначала убедитесь, что ** Детали банковских счетов IBAN ** верно записанные " -"на форме контакта дебитора, на вкладке * Бухучет * и в ваших собственных " -"настройках * Банковского счета *." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 +msgid "" +"SEPA Direct Debit can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce**" +" or on the **Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Acquirer**. " +"With this method, your customers can create and sign their mandates " +"themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Acquirers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your " +"needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Make sure to change the **State** field to *Enabled*, and to check **Online " +"Signature**, as this is necessary to let your customers sign their mandates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " +"address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" msgstr "Закройте или отмените мандат" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " -"this field is left blank, then the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " -"*Closed* or *Revoked*." -msgstr "" -"Мандаты прямого дебета закрываются автоматически после их * Дать окончания " -"*. Если это поле оставить пустым, мандат продолжает быть * Активным *, пока " -"не будет * Закрыто * или * Отменены *." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" -" means that invoices made after the present day won’t be processed " -"automatically with an SDD payment." -msgstr "" -"Если нажать ** Закрыть **, обновляется конечный день мандата к текущему дню." -" Это означает, что счета-фактуры, сделанные после этого дня, не разделаются " -"автоматически с помощью SDD-платежа." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " -"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " -"that have already been registered will still be included to the next SDD XML" -" file." -msgstr "" -"Нажав на ** Отозвать **, немедленно отключается мандат. Платеж SDD больше не" -" может быть зарегистрирован, независимо от даты счета-фактуры. Однако " -"платежи, которые уже были зарегистрированы, все равно будут включены в " -"следующий XML-файла SDD." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated. If " -"a customer requires to pay with SDD payments again, you will have to create " -"a new mandate from scratch." -msgstr "" -"После того, как мандат будет * закрыто * или * отозвано *, его можно будет " -"реактивировать. Если клиент снова потребует оплаты с помощью SDD, вам " -"придется создать новый мандат с нуля." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:75 -msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" -msgstr "Получайте платежи с Групповыми платежами SDD" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 msgid "" -"All new posted invoice issued to customers with an active mandate will " -"automatically register payment and have their status marked as *Paid*." +"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " +"this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " +"*Closed* or *Revoked*." msgstr "" -"Все новые опубликованы счета, выданные клиентам с активным мандатом, будут " -"автоматически регистрировать платеж и обозначать их статус как * Ополчения " -"*." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 msgid "" -"If you have unpaid invoices that could be paid with a new mandate, it is " -"still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on *Register Payment* and " -"choose *SEPA Direct Debit* as payment method." +"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" +" means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with" +" an SDD payment." msgstr "" -"Если у вас есть неоплаченные счета, которые могли быть оплачены с новым " -"мандатом, это все еще возможно сделать. Перейдите в счет, нажмите * " -"Зарегистрировать платеж * и выберите * Прямой дебет SEPA * как метод " -"платежа." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:87 -msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" -msgstr "Создайте XML-файлы Прямого дебета SEPA, чтобы предоставить платежи" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 msgid "" -"To submit your SDD payments to your bank, you will first generate an **XML " -"file** that can be uploaded directly to your bank interface." +"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " +"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " +"that have already been registered are still included in the next SDD XML " +"file." msgstr "" -"Чтобы предоставить ваши платежи SDD вашем банке, вам сначала нужно создать " -"** XML-файл **, который можно загрузить прямо в вашем банковском интерфейсе." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 +msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" +msgstr "Получайте платежи с Групповыми платежами SDD" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 +msgid "" +"You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an " +"active SDD mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the invoice, click on *Register Payment*, and choose *SEPA " +"Direct Debit* as payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In previous versions, Odoo used SDD payment as the default payment for all " +"customers with an active mandate. Your customers can still activate " +"automatic SDD for their subscriptions with a recurring payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:112 +msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" +msgstr "Создайте XML-файлы Прямого дебета SEPA, чтобы предоставить платежи" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " +"online banking interface to process all payments at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:118 msgid "" "The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" -" specifications as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " +" specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " "Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." msgstr "" -"Файлы, созданные Odoo, следуют по спецификациям Прямого дебета SEPA ** " -"PAIN.008.001.02 **, которые требуются Руководством по внедрению клиента в " -"банк SEPA, что обеспечивает совместимость с банками." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 msgid "" "To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " "*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " @@ -16189,27 +17587,25 @@ msgstr "" "банковский журнал * на вашей * панели приборов Бухучета * нажмите * Платежи " "прямого дебета для получения *." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:129 msgid "" -"Select all the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD XML" -" file, then click on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." +"Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" +" on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." msgstr "" -"Выберите все платежи в списке, которые вы хотите включить в ваш XML-файл SDD" -" нажмите * Действие * и выберите * Создать групповой платеж *." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:136 msgid "" "Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " -"then download the SDD XML file." +"download the SDD XML file." msgstr "" -"Затем Odoo направит вас на форму вашего * Группового платежа *. Нажмите на *" -" Подтвердить * и загрузите XML-файл SDD." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 -msgid "Finally, upload this file to your bank to process the payments." -msgstr "И наконец загрузите этот файл в ваш банк для обработки платежей." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " +"payments." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " @@ -16219,7 +17615,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " "Payments`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:150 +msgid ":doc:`batch`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:152 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " "`_" @@ -16227,9 +17627,15 @@ msgstr "" "`Академия Odoo: Мандаты прямого дебета SEPA (SDD) " " `_" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:153 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 -msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" -msgstr "Как зарегистрировать клиентские оплаты чеком?" +msgid "Register customer payments by checks" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -16294,7 +17700,6 @@ msgstr "" "несколько групповых проверок на свои банковские счета." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" msgstr "Вариант 1: незачтенные средства" @@ -16350,16 +17755,12 @@ msgid "Memo: write the Check number" msgstr "Назначение: напишите номер чека" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" msgstr "Эта операция выдаст следующую запись журнала:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "согласование выписки" @@ -16369,12 +17770,6 @@ msgstr "согласование выписки" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:142 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:144 msgid "100.00" msgstr "100.00" @@ -16398,8 +17793,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:142 msgid "X" msgstr "X" @@ -16425,7 +17818,6 @@ msgstr "" "банковских счетах еще не сообщалось об этих чеки." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:109 msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" msgstr "Вариант 2: только один журнал" @@ -16456,7 +17848,6 @@ msgstr "" "свяжите его со строкой выписки)" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:136 msgid "" "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" msgstr "С помощью этого подхода вы получите следующую запись журнала:" @@ -16487,267 +17878,6 @@ msgstr "" "Дополнительно ** на информационной панели бухучета на соответствующем " "банковском счете)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 -msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" -msgstr "Как зарегистрировать оплаты кредитной картой в счетах-фактурах?" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" -" both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." -msgstr "" -"Есть два способа обработки платежей, оплаченных кредитными карточками. Odoo " -"поддерживает оба подхода, чтобы вы могли использовать тот, который лучше " -"соответствует вашим привычкам." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " -"the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " -"on the invoice (using a Credit card journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank " -"account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." -msgstr "" -"** Незасчитанные средства ** (чаще всего используются в европейских " -"странах): после получения разрешения на оплату кредитной картой вы " -"причисляете платеж с помощью кредитной карты в счете-фактуре (используя " -"журнал кредитной карты и размещая на счету незачтенные средства). Затем, " -"когда платежи кредитной карты поступают на ваш банковский счет, переместите " -"деньги с незасчитанных средств на свой банковский счет." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 -msgid "" -"**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " -"credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," -" without going through the Undeposited Funds. Once you process your bank " -"statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card " -"payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." -msgstr "" -"** Только одна запись журнала ** (чаще всего используется в США) после того," -" как вы получите оплату с помощью кредитной карты, вы причисляете платеж в " -"ваш банк, оплачивая кредитной картой, не переходя на незачтенные средства. " -"Только вы обрабатываете выписку с банковского счета, вы выполняете " -"соответствие с помощью банковского канала и платежа по кредитной карте, не " -"создавая специальную публикацию журнала." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 -msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " -"cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." -msgstr "" -"Мы рекомендуем первый подход, поскольку он является более точным (баланс " -"вашего банковского счета точный, учитывая кредитные карточки, которые еще не" -" были начислены). Оба подхода требуют одинаковых усилий." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" -" take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " -"automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second " -"approach." -msgstr "" -"Если вы пользуетесь электронной коммерцией и автоматизированным шлюзом " -"платежей, вам нужно будет лишь взять под контроль часть согласования " -"банковских выписок, поскольку оплаченный счет-фактура будет автоматически " -"записано в правильный журнал. Тогда вы будете использовать второй подход." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " -"users)." -msgstr "" -"Даже если первый способ является более понятным, Odoo поддерживает второй " -"подход, поскольку его используют некоторые бухгалтеры (пользователи * " -"QuickBooks * и * Peachtree *)." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 -msgid "" -"On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " -"--> Create`" -msgstr "" -"В модуле Бухучет перейдите к :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals --> " -"Create`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" -msgstr "" -"Создайте журнал под названием "Платежи по кредитной карте" с " -"такими данными:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 -msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" -msgstr "** Название журнала **: кредитная карта" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 -msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "** Дебетовый счет по умолчанию **: кредитные карточки" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 -msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "** Кредитный счет по умолчанию **: кредитные карточки" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " -"set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." -msgstr "" -"Тип счета должно быть "Кредитная карта". После этого не забывайте " -"устанавливать счет "Кредитные карты" как "Разрешить " -"согласования"." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:118 -msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" -msgstr "От платежей кредитной карты с банковскими выписками" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " -"Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" -" transactions." -msgstr "" -"Первым способом обработки кредитных карт является создание журнала кредитных" -" карточек. Таким образом, кредитные карты становятся самостоятельным " -"способом оплаты, а вы будете записывать две транзакции." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " -"and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" -msgstr "" -"Получив платеж с помощью кредитной карты клиента, перейдите на " -"соответствующий счет-фактуру и нажмите "Регистрация платежа". " -"Заполните информацию о платеже:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 -msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" -msgstr "** Способ оплаты **: кредитная карта" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 -msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" -msgstr "** Назначение **: напишите референс счета-фактуры" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -msgid "Credit Cards" -msgstr "Кредитные карты" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." -msgstr "" -"Счет-фактура обозначается как оплачен, как только вы записываете платеж с " -"помощью кредитной карты." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." -msgstr "" -"Затем, как только вы получите банковские выписки, вы согласовываете эту " -"выписку по кредитной карте, которая находится на счете "Кредитная " -"карта"." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -msgid "Credit cards" -msgstr "Кредитные карты" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " -"of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " -"account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." -msgstr "" -"Если вы используете этот подход для управления платежами по кредитным " -"картам, вы получаете перечень платежей по кредитным картам, которые не были " -"засчитаны в счете "Кредитная карта" (доступные, например, с " -"главной книги)." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " -"is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your " -"bank account." -msgstr "" -"Оба метода дадут те же данные в вашем бухучета в конце процесса. Но если у " -"вас есть кредитные карточки, которые не были выплачены наличными, это будет " -"прозрачнее, так как на этих банковских счетах пока не сообщается об этих " -"кредитные карточки." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:114 -msgid "" -"There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " -"this method." -msgstr "" -"Нет ничего для настройки, если вы планируете управлять своими кредитными " -"карточками с помощью этого метода." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:124 -msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "** Способ оплаты **: банк, который будет использоваться для депозита" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:126 -msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" -msgstr "** Назначение **: напишите номер транзакции кредитной карты" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " -"recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " -"with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment " -"and relate it to the statement line)." -msgstr "" -"Счет-фактура обозначается как оплачен, как только будет осуществлен платеж с" -" помощью кредитной карты. Только вы получите банковские выписки, вы сделаете" -" согласования с выпиской и этим фактическим платежом (технически: укажите " -"этот платеж и свяжите его со строкой выписки)." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:148 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" -" may be more convenient if you have a lot of credit cards to record in a " -"batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments " -"with invoices)." -msgstr "" -"Вы также можете непосредственно зарегистрировать платеж без счета-фактуры " -"клиента, воспользовавшись главным меню :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " -"Этот метод может быть более удобным, если у вас есть много кредитных " -"карточек для группового записи, но вам придется согласовать записи позже " -"(соответствующие платежи со счетами-фактурами)." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:153 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " -"report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" -" received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" " -"option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." -msgstr "" -"Если вы используете этот подход для управления полученными кредитными " -"карточками, вы можете использовать отчет "Отчет о согласовании " -"банковских выписок", чтобы проверить, какие кредитные карточки были " -"получены или оплачены банком (этот отчет доступен с опции " -""Дополнительно" на панели инструментов бухучета на соответствующий" -" банковский счет)." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:164 -msgid ":doc:`recording`" -msgstr ":doc:`recording`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`followup`" -msgstr ":doc:`followup`" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" msgstr "Напоминайте о счетах и получайте оплату быстрее" @@ -16875,9 +18005,62 @@ msgstr "" "Если вы хотите получить напоминание перед фактической датой, установите " "отрицательное число дней." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Online Payment" +msgstr "Выставить счет на онлайн-оплату" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue," +" you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay " +"Now* button on their **Customer Portal**. This allows your customers to see " +"their invoices online and pay directly with their favorite payment method, " +"making the payment process much easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 +msgid "" +"By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer " +"<../../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only Payment " +"Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online " +"Payment**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 +msgid "Customer Portal" +msgstr "Пользовательский Портал" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 +msgid "" +"After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by " +"email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects" +" them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 +msgid "" +"They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 -msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" -msgstr "Какие есть способы записи оплаты?" +msgid "Different ways to record a payment" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -17088,5 +18271,656 @@ msgstr "" " две записи журнала для одной транзакции." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 -msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" -msgstr ":doc:`credit_cards`" +msgid ":doc:`online_payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`followup`" +msgstr ":doc:`followup`" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 +msgid "Declarations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 +msgid "Tax Return (VAT Declaration)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies that are registered for **VAT (Value Added Tax)** must file a " +"**Tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their turnover " +"and the regulation of the country in which they are registered. A Tax return" +" - or VAT return - gives the tax authorities information about the taxable " +"transactions made by the company, the *output tax* it has charged its " +"customers, and the *input tax* its vendors have charged it. Based on these " +"values, the company can calculate the tax amount they have to pay or be " +"refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can find information about VAT and its mechanism on `this page from the " +"European Commission `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 +msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo Accounting " +"to compute your Tax Return correctly and also to send you a reminder to " +"never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " +"--> Fiscal Periods`, and go to the **Tax Return Periodicity** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Periodicity**: define here whether you file your tax return each month or " +"every three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Reminder**: define when Odoo should remind you to file your tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 +msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " +"<../../overview/getting_started/setup>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 +msgid "Tax Grids" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are " +"configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the" +" recorded transactions use the right taxes. You can see on each Journal Item" +" which Tax Grid is used for that transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you " +"can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record" +" invoices or credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization" +" Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation " +"of your database. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 +msgid "Close a tax period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 +msgid "Tax Lock Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Any new transaction which accounting date is prior to the **Tax Lock Date** " +"has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful to make" +" sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your " +"*Closing Journal Entry*. This way, other users can't modify or add " +"transactions that would have an impact on the Closing Journal Entry, which " +"helps you avoid some tax declaration errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 +msgid "Tax Report" +msgstr "Налоговый Отчет" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period " +"you want to report, open your **Tax Report**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. " +"You can also click on *TAX Report* from your *Accounting Overview*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date " +"filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the " +"button *Closing Journal Entry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 +msgid "" +"After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In " +"addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with " +"the **Tax Report** that you can download from the chatter and preview on the" +" right column. It includes all the values to report to the tax authorities, " +"along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date ` before clicking" +" on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal " +"period on the same date as the Accounting Date of your entry. This automatic" +" lock happens when you click on *Post*. This safety mechanism can prevent " +"some fiscal errors, but it is advised to lock your tax date manually before," +" as described above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 +msgid "Create a customized reports with your own formulas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " +"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " +"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " +"ever." +msgstr "" +"Odoo 13 оснащена мощной и удобной системой отчетности. Создавать новые " +"отчеты (например, налоговый отчет, или баланс, или отчет о прибылях и " +"прибыли с определенными группировками и компоновкой), чтобы соответствовать " +"вашим потребностям, теперь проще, чем когда-либо." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the developer mode" +msgstr "Включить режим разработки" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" +" activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 +msgid "Create your financial report" +msgstr "Создайте свой финансовый отчет" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" +msgstr "" +"Во-первых, вам нужно создать свой финансовый отчет. Для этого перейдите к " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " +"configured:" +msgstr "После ввода названия необходимо установить еще два параметра:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 +msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" +msgstr "** Показать кредитные и дебетовые столбце **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 +msgid "**Analysis Period** :" +msgstr "** Анализ периода **:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 +msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" +msgstr "На основе диапазонов дат (например. Доходы и Расходы)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 +msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" +msgstr "На основе одной даты (например. Отчет баланса)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " +"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" +msgstr "" +"На основе диапазонов дат со столбцами "старые" и "общие"" +" и последние 3 месяцами (например, Отчет расчетов с партнерами)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 +msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" +msgstr "" +"На основе диапазонов дат и начисления кассовым методом (например, Отчет о " +"движении денежных средств)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 +msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" +msgstr "Добавьте строки в свои отчеты" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " +"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " +"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." +msgstr "" +"После создания отчета необходимо заполнить его строками. Всем им нужна ** " +"название **, ** код ** (который используется для обозначения строк), ** " +"порядковый номер ** и уровень (используется для рендеринга строки)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" +" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " +"separated by ;)" +msgstr "" +"В поле ** формул ** вы можете добавить одну или несколько формул, чтобы " +"назначить значение для колонки баланса (а дебетовый и кредитный столбик, " +"если нужно, разделенный;)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 +msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" +msgstr "В формуле есть несколько объектов:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " +"date range)." +msgstr "" +"`Nднив``: количество дней в выбранном периоде (для отчетов с диапазоном " +"дат)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " +"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" +msgstr "" +"Другой отчет, на который ссылается его код. Используйте `.balance`` для " +"получения значения баланса (также доступны` .credit``, `.debit`` и` " +".amount_residual``)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " +"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " +"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " +"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " +"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " +"by one of their columns." +msgstr "" +"Строка также может базироваться на сумме строк перемещения счета в выбранном" +" домене. В этом случае вам нужно заполнить поле домена доменом Odoo в " +"объекте перемещения профиля. Тогда в поле формул доступен дополнительный " +"объект, а именно `sum``, сумма строк перемещения счета в домене. Вы также " +"можете использовать группу по полям для группировки строк перемещения счета " +"по одному из столбцов." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 +msgid "Other useful fields :" +msgstr "Другие полезные поля:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 +msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." +msgstr "** Тип **: тип результата формулы." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " +"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." +msgstr "" +"** Хорошо роста или плохое **: используется при исчислении колонки " +"сравнения. Проверьте, есть ли рост хорошим (отображается зеленым цветом) или" +" нет." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 +msgid "" +"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" +" same dates as the rest of the report." +msgstr "" +"** Специальная изменение дат ** Если определенную строку в отчете не должен " +"использовать те же даты, что и остальные часть отчета." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " +"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " +"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." +msgstr "" +"** Показать домен **: как отражается домен строки. Можно сворачивать ( `` за" +" замовчуванням``, скрыто в начале, но может быть развернуто), `завжди`` " +"(всегда отображается) или` николи`` (никогда не отображается)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" +msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Main reports available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " +"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " +"countries :" +msgstr "" +"Кроме отчетов, созданных специально в каждом локальном модули, доступные " +"несколько очень полезных ** общих ** и ** динамических отчетов ** для всех " +"стран:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 +msgid "**Balance Sheet**" +msgstr "** Бухгалтерский отчет **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 +msgid "**Profit and Loss**" +msgstr "** Доходы и расходы **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 +msgid "**Chart of Account**" +msgstr "** План счетов **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 +msgid "**Executive Summary**" +msgstr "** Управленческий отчет **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 +msgid "**General Ledger**" +msgstr "** Общая бухгалтерская книга **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 +msgid "**Aged Payable**" +msgstr "** Расчеты с кредиторами **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 +msgid "**Aged Receivable**" +msgstr "** Расчеты с дебиторами **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 +msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +msgstr "** Отчет о движении денежных средств **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 +msgid "**Tax Report**" +msgstr "** Налоговый отчет **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 +msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +msgstr "** Согласование банковских выписок **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " +"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " +"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете комментировать все отчеты, чтобы напечатать их и сообщить своего " +"советника. Экспортировать в xls для управления дополнительным анализом. " +"Смотрите подробные сведения (платежи, счета-фактуры, публикации журналов и " +"т.д.) в разделе отчетов." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" +" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " +"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " +"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +msgstr "" +"Вы также можете сравнить значение с другим периодом. Выберите, сколько " +"периодов вы хотите сравнить с выбранным периодом времени. Вы можете выбрать " +"до 12 периодов с даты опубликования отчета, если вы не хотите использовать " +"параметр ** Предыдущий 1 Период **." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" +" of your organisation as at a particular date." +msgstr "" +"В ** Бухгалтерском балансе ** показано снимок активов, обязательств и " +"собственного капитала вашей организации по определенной дате." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Profit and Loss" +msgstr "Прибыли и убытки" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " +"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" +" period." +msgstr "" +"Отчет о ** Доходы и расходы ** (или ** Отчет о прибылях **) отражает чистый " +"доход вашей организации, высчитывая расходы на доход за отчетный период." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Chart of account" +msgstr "план счетов" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 +msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." +msgstr "Список всех ваших счетов, сгруппированных по классу." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 +msgid "Executive Summary" +msgstr "Справка для Руководителя" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " +"figures you need to run your company." +msgstr "" +"** Управленческий отчет ** позволяет быстро просмотреть все важные данные, " +"необходимые для управления вашей компанией." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " +"reporting :" +msgstr "" +"В очень простых терминах, это то, о чем сообщает каждый из пунктов этого " +"раздела:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "** Производительность: **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 +msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" +msgstr "** Валовая прибыль: **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +msgstr "" +"Вклад каждого отдельного продажи, совершенного вашим бизнесом, за вычетом " +"любых прямых затрат, необходимых для осуществления этих продаж (таких, как " +"рабочая сырье, материалы и т.д.)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 +msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +msgstr "**Чистая прибыль:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " +"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " +"result of those sales)." +msgstr "" +"Вклад каждого отдельного продажи, совершенного вашим бизнесом, за вычетом " +"любых прямых затрат, необходимых для осуществления этих продаж, а также " +"любых фиксированных накладных расходов вашей компании (такие, как арендная " +"плата, электроэнергия, налоги, которые нужно оплатить в результате этих " +"продаж)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +msgstr "** Возврат инвестиций (прибыль / активы): **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"make those profits." +msgstr "" +"Отношение чистой прибыли к сумме активов, компания использовала для " +"получения этой прибыли." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Position:**" +msgstr "** Позиция: **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +msgstr "** Среднее время закрытия дебиторской задолженности: **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " +"across all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" +"Среднее количество дней, в течение которых ваши клиенты платят вам " +"(полностью) по всем счетам клиентов." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgstr "** Среднее время закрытия кредиторской задолженности: **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +" all your bills." +msgstr "" +"Среднее количество дней, в течение которых вы платите своим поставщикам " +"(полностью) по всем вашим счетам." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 +msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "** Краткосрочный наличный прогноз: **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 +msgid "" +"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " +"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " +"your **Purchases account** for the month." +msgstr "" +"Сколько ожидается денежного обращения в вашей компании в течение следующего " +"месяца, то есть баланс вашего ** счета продажи ** течение месяца, за вычетом" +" остатка ** счета закупок ** за месяц." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +msgstr "** Отношение активов к обязательствам: **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " +"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " +"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " +"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" +"Также называется ** текущим соотношением **, это соотношение текущих активов" +" (активов, которые могут быть превращены в денежные средства в течение года)" +" к текущим обязательствам (обязательства, будут выплачиваться в следующем " +"году). Как правило, это используется как показатель способности компании " +"обслуживать свои долги." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 +msgid "General Ledger" +msgstr "Главная книга" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " +"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " +"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " +"occurred during a certain period of time." +msgstr "" +"** Отчет общей бухгалтерской книги ** отражает все транзакции со всех счетов" +" за выбранный диапазон дат. В начальном сводном отчете отражаются итоги для " +"каждого счета, а оттуда можно посмотреть подробный отчет о транзакции или " +"любые исключения. Этот отчет полезен для проверки каждой транзакции, которая" +" произошла в течение определенного периода времени." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 +msgid "Aged Payable" +msgstr "Старый подлежащий оплате" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" +" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " +"gone unpaid." +msgstr "" +"Запустите ** отчет расчетов с кредиторами **, чтобы отобразить информацию об" +" отдельных счета, возврат и переплаты за вами, а также о том, сколько " +"времени они не оплачены." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 +msgid "Aged Receivable" +msgstr "Старая Дебиторская Задолженность" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " +"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +msgstr "" +"Отчет о ** расчеты с дебиторами ** отражает счета-фактуры продажи, которые " +"ожидали оплату в течение выбранного месяца и за несколько месяцев до этого." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +msgstr "Отчет о Движении Денежных Средств" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " +"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing and financing activities." +msgstr "" +"Отчет о ** движение денежных средств ** показывает, как изменения в отчета " +"баланса счетов и доходов влияют на денежные средства и их эквиваленты, а " +"также нарушает анализ в операционной, инвестиционной и финансовой " +"деятельности." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " +"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." +msgstr "" +"Этот отчет позволяет просмотреть суммы ** чистых ** и ** налоговых сумм ** " +"за все налоги, сгруппированные по типу (продажа / покупка)." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index 5a5621b2b..7ec37dfda 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -7,15 +7,16 @@ # Yuriy Razumovskiy , 2019 # Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Ivan Yelizariev , 2020 +# Irina Fedulova , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Irina Fedulova , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -57,7 +58,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 @@ -364,13 +366,8 @@ msgid "" "(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " "leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " "pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " -"multiple countries." +"multiple industries." msgstr "" -"Вы можете выбрать фильтр лидов, которые вы получаете в зависимости от " -"размера (количество сотрудников) компании. Вы можете выбрать страны, из " -"которых происходят ваши лиды. Можно выбирать несколько стран. Также вы " -"можете выбрать отрасли, с откуда происходят ваши лиды. Можно также выбрать " -"несколько отраслей." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -396,7 +393,8 @@ msgid "" " us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " "`__, To buy credits you can " "either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " -"Credits`; or go to `Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my Services`." +"Credits`; or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my" +" Services`." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 @@ -479,6 +477,128 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" msgstr "Оптимизируйте свою ежедневную работу" +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "Создать вызов" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" msgstr "Синхронизация Google календаря с Odoo" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po index 0422c7071..5afd53475 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" @@ -286,18 +286,10 @@ msgid "" " Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " "processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " "require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " -"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make " +"made through Odoo Studio might not work properly. *It is up to you to make " "sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " "test database through our `Support page `__." msgstr "" -"** Тестирование вашей базы данных является важнейшим шагом процесса " -"обновления! ** Хотя мы проверяем все обновления вручную, мы не знаем ваших " -"рабочих процессов. Изменение стандартных технологий Odoo в новых версиях " -"может потребовать изменить внутренние процессы, или некоторые настройки, " -"сделанные через Odoo Studio, теперь могут работать. * Вы должны убедиться, " -"что все работает как следует! * О проблемах со своей тестовой базой данных " -"вы можете сообщать через нашу `Страница поддержки " -" `__." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index 61355db75..d0a559860 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Collex100, 2019 # Ivan Yelizariev , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Ekaterina , 2020 # #, fuzzy @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ekaterina , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" @@ -28,33 +28,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Discuss" msgstr "Общение" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" -msgstr "" -"Как использовать свой почтовый сервер для отправки и получения электронных " -"писем в Odoo" +#: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Расширенный" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:6 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:8 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 msgid "" "You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " "database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:11 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 msgid "" "Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" " use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:16 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 msgid "Scope of this documentation" msgstr "Объем данной документации" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 msgid "" "This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " "benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " @@ -62,7 +64,7 @@ msgid "" "`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:25 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 msgid "" "If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " "recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " @@ -77,7 +79,7 @@ msgstr "" "почтовые серверы, если хотите самостоятельно управлять вашим сервером " "электронной почты." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 msgid "" "You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " "own email solution with Odoo." @@ -85,7 +87,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ниже вы найдете некоторую полезную информацию о том, как интегрировать " "собственное решение электронной почты с Odoo." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:34 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 msgid "" "Office 365 email servers don't allow easily to send external emails from " "hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " @@ -94,11 +96,11 @@ msgid "" "Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 msgid "How to manage outbound messages" msgstr "Как управлять исходящими сообщениями" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:41 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:41 msgid "" "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " "check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " @@ -111,15 +113,15 @@ msgstr "" "сервера электронной почты. Когда вся информация будет заполнена, нажмите " "кнопку * Проверить подключение *." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:46 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:46 msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." msgstr "Вот типичное настройки сервера G Suite." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:51 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:51 msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "Затем установите имя домена электронной почты в общих настройках." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:54 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:54 msgid "" "If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " "warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " @@ -127,15 +129,15 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:58 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:58 msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" msgstr "Можете ли вы использовать сервер Office 365" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:63 msgid "" "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" " relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." @@ -143,7 +145,7 @@ msgstr "" "Вы можете использовать сервер Office 365, если вы запускаете Odoo на " "собственном сервере. Реестры SMTP Office 365 несовместимы с Odoo Online." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:66 msgid "" "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation `__ для " "настройки ретранслятора SMTP для вашего IP-адреса Odoo." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:70 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 msgid "How to use a G Suite server" msgstr "Как использовать сервер G Suite" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:71 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:71 msgid "" "You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " "to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " @@ -171,11 +173,11 @@ msgstr "" "объясняются в документации `Google " " `__." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 msgid "Be SPF-compliant" msgstr "Будьте совместимыми с SPF" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:79 msgid "" "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" " of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " @@ -186,7 +188,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo как отправителя в настройках вашего доменного имени. Вот настройки для " "Odoo Online:" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:83 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:83 msgid "" "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" @@ -194,7 +196,7 @@ msgstr "" "Если для SPF нет записи TXT, создайте его с последующим определением: v = " "spf1 include: _spf.odoo.com ~ all" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:85 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:85 msgid "" "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." " for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " @@ -205,7 +207,7 @@ msgstr "" "электронные письма через Odoo Online, и через G Suite это может быть: v = " "spf1 include: _spf.odoo.com include: _spf.google.com ~ all" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:89 msgid "" "Find `here `__ the exact procedure to " "create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." @@ -213,7 +215,7 @@ msgstr "" "Найдите `здесь `__ точную процедуру " "создания или изменения TXT-записи в собственном регистраторе доменов." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:92 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:92 msgid "" "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " "usually happens more quickly." @@ -221,7 +223,7 @@ msgstr "" "Завершение вашего нового записи SPF может занять до 48 часов, но это, как " "правило, происходит быстрее." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:95 msgid "" "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " "delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " @@ -231,11 +233,11 @@ msgstr "" "доставкой почты и классификации спама. Вместо этого мы рекомендуем " "использовать только одна запись SPF, изменяя его, чтобы авторизовать Odoo." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:100 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 msgid "Allow DKIM" msgstr "Позвольте DKIM" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:101 msgid "" "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " "enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " @@ -251,17 +253,27 @@ msgstr "" "должны иметь запись "odoo._domainkey.foo.com", то есть CNAME со " "значением "odoo._domainkey.odoo.com"." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "Restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," +" 465 or 2525." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:113 msgid "How to manage inbound messages" msgstr "Как управлять входящими сообщениями" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:115 msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." msgstr "" "Odoo возлагается на общие псевдонимы электронной почты, чтобы получать " "входящие сообщения." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:113 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:117 msgid "" "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " "discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " @@ -271,7 +283,7 @@ msgstr "" "дискуссионный поток (и в папку "Входящие" всех его пиписникив) с " "помощью псевдонима catchall (** catchall @ **)." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:121 msgid "" "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " "Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " @@ -283,7 +295,7 @@ msgstr "" " `__ чтобы отказаться от " "недействительных получателей." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:121 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:125 msgid "" "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " "create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" @@ -292,7 +304,7 @@ msgstr "" "собственный псевдоним для создания новых записей в Odoo из входящих " "сообщений электронной почты:" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:124 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:128 msgid "" "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " "`__)," @@ -300,7 +312,7 @@ msgstr "" "Канал продаж (для создания лидов или возможностей в `Odoo CRM " " `__)," -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:126 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:130 msgid "" "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " "`__)," @@ -308,7 +320,7 @@ msgstr "" "Поддержка канала (для создания заявок в `Службе поддержки Odoo " " `__)," -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:128 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:132 msgid "" "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project `__)," @@ -316,7 +328,7 @@ msgstr "" "Проекты (для создания новых задач в `Проекте Odoo `__)," -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:130 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:134 msgid "" "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " "`__)," @@ -324,11 +336,11 @@ msgstr "" "Вакансии (для создания заявок в `Рекрутинга Odoo " " `__)," -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:136 msgid "etc." msgstr "и т.д." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:138 msgid "" "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " "emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " @@ -339,7 +351,7 @@ msgstr "" "рекомендуемый способ заключается в управлении одному адресу электронной " "почты на псевдонимы Odoo на вашем почтовом сервере." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:142 msgid "" "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " "bounce@, sales@, etc.)." @@ -347,11 +359,11 @@ msgstr "" "Создайте соответствующие электронные адреса на своем почтовом сервере " "(catchall @, bounce @, sales @ и т.д.)." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:140 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:144 msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "Установите свое доменное имя в общих настройках." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:145 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:149 msgid "" "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " "each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " @@ -366,7 +378,7 @@ msgstr "" "входных письмах, пустыми. Когда вся информация будет заполнена, нажмите на *" " Проверка и подтверждение *." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:158 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " "messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " @@ -385,25 +397,25 @@ msgstr "" " своем сервере электронной почты (например, *catchall@mydomain.ext*, на " "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:168 msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:166 msgid "" "Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " "edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " ":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:170 msgid "" "Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " "Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " "mail.bounce.alias*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:176 msgid "" "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " "You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " @@ -412,517 +424,440 @@ msgid "" "Fetchmail Service*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" -msgstr "Как следить за Twitter в Odoo" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 +msgid "Email Templates" +msgstr "Шаблоны писем" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " -"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " -"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." +"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " +"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " +"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " +"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " +"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " +"improving their overall experience with the company." msgstr "" -"Вы можете следить за конкретными хэш-тегами в Twitter и просматривать твиты " -"в пределах каналов Обсуждение Odoo по вашему выбору. Твиты периодически " -"извлекаются из Twitter. Прошедшие проверку может ретвититы сообщения." -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 -msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" -msgstr "Настройка программы по стороны Twitter" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 +msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 msgid "" -"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" -" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" -" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" +"The :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` must be " +"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." msgstr "" -"Twitter использует "Программа" со своей стороны, открывает путь, к" -" которому Odoo требует твитов, и с помощью которого пользователь может " -"восстановить ретвиты. Чтобы настроить эту программу, перейдите на страницу " -"http://apps.twitter.com/app/new и введите значения:" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 -msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" -msgstr "Название: это название программы на Twitter" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 msgid "" -"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " -"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " -"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" -" this field." +"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " +"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" msgstr "" -"Сайт: это внешняя URL-адрес базы данных Odoo, добавив "/ web". " -"Например, если ваша версия Odoo размещена на " -""http://www.example.com", в этом поле следует добавить " -""http://www.example.com/web"." -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 msgid "" -"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " -"the previous example you should write " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." +"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " +"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " +"job applicants." msgstr "" -"Обратная URL-адрес: это адрес, по которому Twitter отвечает. После " -"предыдущего примера следует написать " -""http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback"." -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 msgid "" -"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " -"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." +"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " +"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " +"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." msgstr "" -"Не забудьте принять условия использования соглашения для разработчиков и " -"нажмите кнопку ** Создать свое приложение Twitter ** в нижней части " -"страницы." -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 -msgid "Getting the API key and secret" -msgstr "Получение ключа API и секретности" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 msgid "" -"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." +"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " +"with the highest priority is used." msgstr "" -"Когда вы на информационной панели программы, перейдите на вкладку ** Токены " -"ключей и доступа **." -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 msgid "" -"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " -"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " -"settings." +"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," +" saving space in your database." msgstr "" -"Скопируйте эти значения в Odoo в :menuselection:`Settings--> General " -"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` и нажмите кнопку ** Сохранить **, " -"чтобы сохранить настройки." -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 -msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" -msgstr "Как привлечь внимание других пользователей к вашим сообщениям" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 +msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 msgid "" -"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." -" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " -"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " -"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " -"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " -"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" -"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " -"another channel." +"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " +"would like to use." msgstr "" -"Вы можете ** вспомнить ** только в канале или в чате, набрав ** @ user-name " -"**. Вспоминая пользователя в чате, он установит его как элемент подписки " -"(если он еще не является им) и отправьте сообщение на почтовый ящик. " -"Элемент, содержащий упоминание, также будет выделено жирным шрифтом в окне " -"списка. Упоминание пользователя в канале отправлять сообщения в свой " -"почтовый ящик. Вы не можете вспомнить пользователя в канале, который не " -"подписался на канал. Нажатие ** # channel-name ** даст ссылку на упомянутый " -"канал в чатах или на другом канале." -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 -msgid "Direct messaging a user" -msgstr "Прямой обмен сообщениями с пользователем" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 msgid "" -"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " -"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " -"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " -"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " -"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " -"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " -"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " -"they are offline." +"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " +"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." msgstr "" -"** Прямые сообщение ** - личные сообщения, доступные только отправителю и " -"получателю. Вы можете присылать прямые сообщения другим пользователям из " -"модуля Обсуждение, создав новую беседу или выбрав существующую с боковой " -"панели. Прямые сообщения можно отправлять с любого места в Odoo с помощью " -"значка всплывающей подсказки в верхней панели. Статус других пользователей " -"отображается слева от имени. ** Зеленая точка ** указывает на то, что " -"пользователь онлайн, ** оранжевая точка **, в которой они находятся в режиме" -" ожидания, а ** серая точка ** - в автономном режиме." -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 -msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" -msgstr "Оповещения по обсуждению" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 msgid "" -"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " -"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" -" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " -"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." +"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" +" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " +"sending it." msgstr "" -"Вы можете выбрать отображение ** настольного оповещения **, когда вы " -"получаете новое прямое сообщение. В извещении отображается сообщение " -"отправителя и короткий предварительный просмотр содержимого сообщения. Они " -"могут быть настроены или выключены, нажав значок прибора в углу уведомления." - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "Как быть отзывчивым на работе благодаря моим входным сообщению Odoo" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " -"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " -"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" -"Используйте ** Входные ** в модуле обсуждения, чтобы контролировать " -"обновления и прогресс во всем, что вы делаете в Odoo. Оповещения и " -"уведомления от всего, на что вы подписаны или в чем вы упомянуты, появляются" -" в папке Входящие." - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 -msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "Вы можете следить за папкой ** Входные ** с любого экрана." - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " -"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " -"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " -"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " -"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." -msgstr "" -"Обозначение элемента обозначает сообщение как ** прочитанное ** и удаляет " -"его из папки Входящие. Если вы хотите сохранить объект для дальнейшего " -"ссылки или действия, отметьте его звездочкой, чтобы добавить в поле ** " -"Обозначение **. Вы можете собрать любое сообщение или сообщение в Обсуждение" -" или любого из участников, занимающихся конкретными товарами в Odoo, чтобы " -"хранить здесь вкладки." #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "Почему нужно использовать обсуждения" +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Обзор" -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " -"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " -"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " -"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " -"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " -"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " -"simple and searchable interface." +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Discuss" msgstr "" -"Обсуждение Odoo - это простое в использовании приложение для обмена " -"сообщениями для команд, которые объединяют всю вашу организацию в одном " -"месте и без проблем интегрируется с системой Odoo. Обсуждение позволяет " -"отправлять и получать сообщения везде, где вы находитесь в Odoo, а также " -"легко управлять своими сообщениями и сообщениями в приложении. Обсуждение " -"позволяет создавать ** каналы ** для командных чатов, бесед о проектах, " -"координацию встреч и т.п. в одном простом и доступном для поиска интерфейсе." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get organized by planning activities" -msgstr "Становитесь еще более организованными с планированием действий" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " -"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " -"undertake." +"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " +"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " +"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" +" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " +"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." msgstr "" -"Планирование действий - это идеальный способ продолжить работу. Получите " -"напоминание о том, что нужно сделать, и запланируйте следующие мероприятия, " -"которые нужно выполнить." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose your notifications preference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 msgid "" -"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" -" your priorities." +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your :doc:`Chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` notifications to be handled." msgstr "" -"Ваша деятельность доступна в любом месте, где вы находитесь в Odoo. Вашими " -"приоритетами легко управлять." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " -"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" +"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " +"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " +"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." msgstr "" -"Деятельность может быть запланирована и управляемая участниками общения и " -"просмотров канбан. Вот пример возможностей:" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" +" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:37 +msgid "Start Chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " +"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " +"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" +" of where you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" +" your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " +"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:62 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the :doc:`chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` type *@user-name*; to refer to a channel," +" type *#channel-name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:67 +msgid "" +"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " +"through email, depending on his settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " +"first based on the task’s :doc:`followers " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>`, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" +" scope of the search becomes all partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +msgid "Chat status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " +"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " +"menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +msgid "Green = online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +msgid "Orange = away" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +msgid "White = offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "Airplane = out of the office" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/tasks/collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " +"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " +"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " +"of having overlapping actions between team members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " +"*Activities* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 +msgid "Plan activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the :doc:`Chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` by clicking on *Schedule activity*, or " +"through Kanban views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 msgid "Set your activity types" msgstr "Установите виды деятельности" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 msgid "" -"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " -"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." +"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " +"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." msgstr "" -"По умолчанию в Odoo доступны различные типовые виды действий (например, " -"звонок, электронная почта, встреча и т.д.). Если вы хотите установить новые," -" перейдите к :menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity " -"types`." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 -msgid "Schedule meetings" -msgstr "Расписание встреч" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 msgid "" -"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " -"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " -"open to let you select a time slot." +"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure" +" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." msgstr "" -"Действия запланированы на определенные дни. Если вам нужно установить часы, " -"перейдите по типу действия * Встреча *. При планировании действия, календарь" -" будет просто открыт, чтобы позволить вам выбрать временной интервал." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 +msgid "Recommend next activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " -"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." +"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " +"*Recommended Next Activities*." msgstr "" -"Если вам нужно использовать другие типы действий посредством планирования " -"календаря, убедитесь, что их * Категория * установлена как * Встреча *." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 -msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" -msgstr "Запланируйте последовательность действий для их отслеживания" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 msgid "" -"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " -"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." +"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" +" next steps are suggested to you." msgstr "" -"Odoo помогает вам легко спланировать свой обычный рабочий процесс. Перейдите" -" к :menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` и установите следующие " -"шаги, такие как Рекомендуемые следующие действия *." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " -"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." -msgstr "" -"Теперь, когда действие завершена, вы можете выбрать * Готово и запланировать" -" следующую *. Следующие шаги будут автоматически предложены для вас." - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" -msgstr "" -"Развлекайтесь, становясь более организованными с планированием действий!" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" -msgstr "Как эффективно коммуницировать в команде, используя каналы" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " "departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," -" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." +"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " +"latest developments." msgstr "" -"Вы можете использовать ** каналы ** для организации обсуждений между " -"отдельными группами, департаментами, проектами или любой другой группой, " -"которая требует регулярного общения. Найдя беседы, каждый, кто видит ее в " -"канале, легко сохранит всю команду в цикле с последними новинками." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "Creating a channel" -msgstr "создание канала" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." -msgstr "В обсуждении есть два типа каналов - ** публичный ** и ** частный **." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " -"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " -"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " -"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 +msgid "Public and Private channels" msgstr "" -"** Открытый канал ** может быть создан администратором только с правами на " -"запись, и его могут видеть все, кто в организации. Напротив, ** частный " -"канал ** может быть создан любым пользователем, и по умолчанию он " -"отображается только пользователям, приглашенным на этот канал." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 +msgid "" +"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " +"visible to users invited to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 msgid "" "A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" -" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " -"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " -"information)." +" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " +"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " +"specific department)." msgstr "" -"Открытый канал лучше используется, когда многие работники должны иметь " -"доступ к информации (например, межведомственные коммуникации или компании), " -"тогда частный канал должен использоваться, когда информация должна быть " -"ограничена только определенными пользователями / работниками (например, " -"департамент или конфиденциальная информация)." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 -msgid "Configuring a channel" -msgstr "Настройка канала" +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 +msgid "Configuration options" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 msgid "" -"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " -"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." -" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " -"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" -" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " -"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" -" a public channel." +"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" +" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." msgstr "" -"Вы можете настраивать название канала, описание, права доступа, " -"автоматическую подписку и отправлять электронные письма с :menuselection" -":`#channel-name --> Settings`. Изменяя права доступа к каналу, вы можете " -"контролировать, какие группы могут просматривать каждый канал. Вы можете " -"сделать канал видимым для всех пользователей, приглашенных пользователей или" -" пользователей выбранной группы пользователей. Заметьте, если позволить " -""всем" пользоваться частным каналом, другие пользователи смогут " -"просматривать и присоединяться к ней, поскольку это будет открытым каналом." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 -msgid "How to set up a mailing list" -msgstr "Как настроить список рассылки" +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 +msgid "Privacy and Members" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 msgid "" -"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " -":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" -" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " -"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " -"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " -"messages by email." +"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " +"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " +"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" +" a public one." msgstr "" -"Канал можно настроить так, чтобы он вел себя как список рассылки. Из списка " -":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, определите электронное " -"сообщение, которое вы хотите использовать. После этого пользователи смогут " -"опубликовать в канале и выбрать получение уведомлений с помощью определенной" -" электронной почты. У названия канала в списке появится значок конверта, " -"который покажет, что канал будет посылать сообщение по электронной почте." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "Locating a channel" -msgstr "Поиск канала" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 msgid "" -"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " -"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" -" clicking the plus icon." +"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " +"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " +"*Invite*." msgstr "" -"Если вы не видите канал на информационной панели, вы можете искать в списке " -"** публичных каналов **, чтобы найти нужный канал или создать новый канал, " -"нажав значок +." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 msgid "" -"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " -"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " -"channels from a single screen." +"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " +"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " +"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " +"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " +"are part of the group." msgstr "" -"Вы также можете нажать заголовок ** КАНАЛЫ **, чтобы просмотреть список всех" -" публичных каналов. Это позволяет пользователю вручную ** присоединяться ** " -"и ** оставлять ** публичные каналы с одной экрана." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 +msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 msgid "" -"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " -"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." +"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " +"mailing list." msgstr "" -"Всегда мудро искать канал, прежде чем создавать новый, чтобы не создавать " -"дублированные записи для одной темы." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 -msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" -msgstr "Использование фильтров для навигации в обсуждении" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 msgid "" -"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " -"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " -"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " -"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " -"character wildcard.**" +"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " +"messages will need to be approved before being sent." msgstr "" -"Поиск в верхней строке обеспечивает доступ к той же всеобъемлющей функции " -"поиска, присутствует в остальной части Odoo. Вы можете применить несколько " -"** критериев фильтрации ** и ** сохранять фильтры ** для дальнейшего " -"использования. Функция поиска принимает подстановку символов, используя " -"символ подчеркивания "\\ ** \\ _ ** \\", чтобы представлять ** " -"подстановку одного символа **." -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" -msgstr "Как следить за дискуссионной темой и определять, что я хочу услышать" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" -msgstr "Как следить за темой дискуссии" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 msgid "" -"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," -" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." +"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" +" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." msgstr "" -"Вы можете отслеживать практически любой бизнес-объект в Odoo (возможность, " -"коммерческое предложение, задачи и т.д.), ** добавив ** это." -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 -msgid "How to choose the events to follow" -msgstr "Как выбрать события, чтобы следить за ними" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 msgid "" -"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " -"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " -"**Project** app." +"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" +" to newcomers." msgstr "" -"Вы можете выбрать типы событий, о которых вы хотите получать сообщения. " -"Приведенный ниже пример показывает параметры, доступные при выполнении ** " -"задачи ** в приложении ** Проект **." -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 -msgid "How to add other followers" -msgstr "Как добавить других подписчиков" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 msgid "" -"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " -"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" -" link back to the original document." +"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " +"messages." msgstr "" -"Вы можете пригласить других пользователей и добавлять каналы как подписки. " -"Добавление канала как подписки отправит сообщения, опубликованные в чате, к " -"каналу со ссылкой на исходный документ." -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 -msgid "How to be a default follower" -msgstr "Как быть подписчиком по умолчанию" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 msgid "" -"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " -"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" -" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " -"created, an opportunity won)." +"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " +"their :doc:`notification preference `." msgstr "" -"Вы автоматически устанавливаете себя как подписчик по умолчанию любого " -"элемента, который вы создаете. В некоторых программах, таких как CRM и " -"Проект, вы можете стать подписчиком по умолчанию любого новой записи, " -"созданного для получения уведомлений о конкретных событиях (например, " -"создано новое задание, выигранная возможность)." -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 msgid "" -"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" -" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " -"about." +"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " +"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 +msgid "Quick search bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " +"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " +"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" +" and quickly find the one you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 +msgid "Finding channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " +"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " +"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " +"single character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" msgstr "" -"Чтобы это сделать, начните следующий родительский бизнес-объект (например, " -"канал сбыта в CRM проект в проекте). Выберите события, по которым вы хотите " -"следить." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index a5312558c..fbe88a070 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" @@ -797,376 +797,6 @@ msgstr "Запустите свой веб-сайт" msgid "Get paid" msgstr "получите оплату" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" -msgstr "Как получить оплату с помощью Authorize.Net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " -"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " -"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " -"`__ " -"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " -"`__ that " -"you like." -msgstr "" -"Authorize.Net является одной из самых популярных платформ электронной " -"коммерции в Северной Америке. В отличие от большинства других поставщиков " -"платежей, совместимых с Odoo, Authorize.Net может использоваться только как " -"платежный шлюз. " -" `__ " -"Таким образом, вы можете воспользоваться процессором платежа или продавцом, " -" `__ " -"который вам нравится." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 -msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" -msgstr "Создайте аккаунт Authorize.Net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Create an `Authorize.Net account `__ by clicking " -"'Get Started'." -msgstr "" -"Создайте аккаунт Authorize.Net, `__ нажав " -"кнопку" Начать работу "." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" -" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " -"press the related option." -msgstr "" -"На странице ценообразования нажмите * Зарегистрируйтесь * если вы хотите " -"использовать Authorize.net как платежный шлюз и продажу. Если вы хотите " -"использовать свой собственный продажа, нажмите соответствующую опцию." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 -msgid "Go through the registration steps." -msgstr "Перейдите по шагами регистрации." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " -"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." -msgstr "" -"По умолчанию учетная запись установлено как тестовый аккаунт. Вы можете " -"использовать этот тестовый аккаунт для обработки тестовой транзакции с Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 -msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." -msgstr "После завершения перейдите в режим ** разработчика **." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 -msgid "Set up Odoo" -msgstr "Настройте Odoo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " -"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." -msgstr "" -"Активизируйте Authorize.Net в Odoo с :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " -"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Enter both your **Login ID** your **API Transaction Key** and your **API " -"Signature Key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To get those credentials from Authorize.Net, you can follow the direction in" -" the Authorize.net Help `API Credentials and Keys " -"`__" -" entry and access the menu :menuselection:`Account --> Settings --> API " -"Credentials & Keys` in the Authorize.net dashboard. Note that you need " -"*both* a Transaction key and and Signature key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Once both keys are set up, you can then generate a Client Key by clicking " -"the \"Generate Client Key\" button. Note that these 3 keys are necessary for" -" the setup to work correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:51 -msgid "Go live" -msgstr "начните" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Enabled** state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " -"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you switch from " -"testing to production or vice-versa." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:65 -msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" -msgstr "Оцените Authorize.Net как платежное решение" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " -"account `__." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете бесплатно протестировать и оценить Authorize.Net, создав `аккаунт " -"разработчика `__." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" -" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." -msgstr "" -"После создания учетной записи вы получите учетные данные sandbox. Введите их" -" в Odoo, как описано выше, и убедитесь, что вы все еще находитесь в режиме *" -" тестирование *." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " -"`__ to configure your sandbox account." -msgstr "" -"Вы также можете войти в платформу для автозагрузки Authorize.Net, " -" `__ чтобы настроить учетную запись для " -"sandbox." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" -" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " -"`__." -msgstr "" -"Для выполнения фальшивых операций можно использовать поддельные номера карт," -" указанные в руководстве по тестированию Authorize.Net " -" `__." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:80 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:206 -msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:81 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:207 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "Как получить платеж через платежные эквайеры" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " -"Invoicing apps." -msgstr "" -"Odoo включает несколько способов оплаты с электронной коммерции, продаж и " -"счетов-фактур." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 -msgid "What are the payment methods available" -msgstr "Какие доступные способы оплаты?" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 -msgid "Wire transfer" -msgstr "банковский перевод" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " -"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" -" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" -"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" -"Банковский перевод - это доступный способ оплаты по умолчанию. Цель - " -"предоставить своим клиентам свои банковские реквизиты, чтобы они могли " -"платить самостоятельно через свой банк. Это очень легко начать, но медленно " -"и неэффективно. Выберите онлайн-покупателей, как только сможете!" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 -msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "Платежные эквайеры" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" -" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" -" over time:" -msgstr "" -"Переадресовывайте своих клиентов на платформы, чтобы легко получать деньги и" -" отслеживать статус платежа (обратная связь). Odoo поддерживает все больше и" -" больше платформ:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 -msgid "`Paypal `__" -msgstr "`Paypal `__" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "Ingenico" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 -msgid "Authorize.net" -msgstr "Authorize.net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "Adyen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "Buckaroo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 -msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "PayUmoney" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 -msgid "Sips" -msgstr "Sips" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "Stripe" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 -msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "Как это воплотить" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method is ready, make it visible in the payment interface " -"by switching the state to **Enabled**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 -msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" -msgstr "" -"Как разрешить клиентам сохранять и повторно использовать кредитные карточки" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " -"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." -" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы облегчить уплату возвращенных клиентов, вы можете позволить им " -"сохранять и повторно использовать кредитную карту, если они хотят. Если так," -" токен платежа будет сохранен в Odoo. Этот параметр доступен для Ingenico и " -"Authorize.net." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 -msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "Вы можете включить это с помощью формы настройки эквайера." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 -msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" -msgstr "Как дебетировать кредитные карты для оплаты подписки" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Subscription `__ allows to " -"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " -"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." -msgstr "" -"`Подписка Odoo `__ позволяет " -"автоматически оплачивать услуги на регулярной основе. Наряду с этим, вы " -"можете иметь автоматическое дебетования кредитной карты клиента." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 -msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "Этот параметр доступен для Ingenico и Authorize.net." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 -msgid "" -"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " -"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" -" from the subscription." -msgstr "" -"Таким образом, платежный токен будет фиксироваться, когда пользователь " -"перейдет на подписку, а автоматический дебет запускаться каждый раз, когда " -"счет-фактура выпадает из подписки." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 -msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "Как пользоваться другими эквайерами (расширенные)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " -"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" -" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." -msgstr "" -"Odoo может предоставить запросы на единовременную оплату и переадресацию к " -"любому плательщика. Но нет обратной связи, то есть Odoo не отслеживаем " -"состояние транзакции. Таким образом, вы подтвердите заказ вручную, как " -"только вы получите плату." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 -msgid "How to:" -msgstr "Как это сделать:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 -msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "Установите метод платежа ** кастомных **." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " -"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " -"duplicate." -msgstr "" -"Настройте форму для оплаты (шаблон формы S2S), как указано вашим платежным " -"эквайером. Вы можете начать с * default_acquirer_button *, которое вы можете" -" дублировать." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 -msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "другие настройки" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " -"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " -"`__)." -msgstr "" -"Система Odoo также может быть использована для более продвинутых платежных " -"транзакций, таких как платы за рассрочку (напр., `Paypal Installment Plans " -" `__)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " -"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " -"such matter. `Contact us `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" - #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" msgstr "Как управлять заказами, оплаченными через платежные эквайеры" @@ -1269,7 +899,7 @@ msgid "" " can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " "way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " "until you get paid into your bank account (see " -":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards`)." +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)." msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 @@ -1302,364 +932,6 @@ msgstr "" "С другими платежными еквайермы вы можете управлять содержанием в собственных" " интерфейсах, а не с Odoo." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your Paypal account" -msgstr "Настройте ваш аккаунт Paypal" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " -"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " -"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " -"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." -msgstr "" -"Paypal доступен и популярен по всему миру. Он не взимает плату за подписку, " -"а создать аккаунт очень легко. Вот почему мы рекомендуем его для начинающих " -"в Odoo. Он работает бесперебойно, когда клиент перенаправляется на сайт " -"Paypal для регистрации платежа." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 -msgid "Paypal account" -msgstr "Аккаунт Paypal" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 -msgid "" -"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " -"Business Account `_" -" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " -"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " -"configuration steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 -msgid "Settings in Paypal" -msgstr "Настройки в Paypal" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:26 -msgid "" -"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " -"seamless customer experience with Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Сначала, давайте посмотрим, как настроить ваш аккаунт Paypal, чтобы создать " -"бесперебойный опыт работы клиента с Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " -"Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:34 -msgid "Auto Return" -msgstr "автоматический возврат" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " -"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " -"the suffix ``/shop/confirmation`` as *Return URL* (e.g. " -"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:41 -msgid "" -"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " -"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " -"Odoo databases." -msgstr "" -"Эта URL-адрес запрашивает Paypal, но не используется на практике, поскольку " -"Odoo передает ее на каждой транзакции. Не волнуйтесь, если вы управляете " -"несколькими каналами продаж или базами данных Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:49 -msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" -msgstr "Перевод данных об оплате (PDT)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:51 -msgid "" -"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" -" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " -"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " -"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"* Перевод данных об оплате * передает подтверждение платежа в Odoo, как " -"только он обработан. Без этого Odoo не сможет завершить процесс продажи. Эти" -" настройки должны быть активированными как следует. При сохранении создается" -" * Токен идентификации *. Позже вы получите запрос на вход в Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:59 -msgid "Paypal Account Optional" -msgstr "Опциональный счет Paypal" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:61 -msgid "" -"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " -"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " -"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." -msgstr "" -"Мы советуем не побуждать клиентов входить с помощью аккаунта Paypal, когда " -"они получают оплату. Пусть они также платят дебетовыми / кредитными " -"карточками, иначе вы можете потерять некоторые сделки. Убедитесь, что этот " -"параметр." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:68 -msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" -msgstr "Мгновенные оповещения оплаты (IPN)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:70 -msgid "" -"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " -"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " -"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" -" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " -"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " -"receipt." -msgstr "" -"PDT направляет подтверждение заказов только один раз. В результате ваш сайт " -"должен запускаться, когда это случается; в противном случае он никогда не " -"получит сообщение. Поэтому мы советуем активировать * Мгновенные уведомления" -" оплаты * (IPN) в горе. С IPN, доставка подтверждение заказов практически " -"гарантировано с тех пор, как IPN повторно направляет подтверждения пока ваш " -"сайт не подтвердит получение." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:77 -msgid "" -"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " -"*Instant Payment Notification*." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы активировать IPN, вернитесь в меню * Платежи сайта * и нажмите * " -"Обновить * в * Моментальное уведомление оплаты *." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " -"(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85 -msgid "Payment Messages Format" -msgstr "Формат сообщений оплаты" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:87 -msgid "" -"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " -"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " -"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:93 -msgid "" -"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 -msgid "To do so, open:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:97 -msgid "" -"`this page for a test account `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:99 -msgid "" -"`this page for a production account `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " -"**UTF-8**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109 -msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" -msgstr "Ваш аккаунт Paypal готов!" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112 -msgid "" -"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" -" Account Optional* needs to be turned on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:118 -msgid "" -"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " -"`Paypal documentation `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:124 -msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "Настройки в Odoo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127 -msgid "Activation" -msgstr "Активация" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " -"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." -msgstr "" -"Активируйте * Paypal * с панели настроек Продаж, Выставление счетов и " -"Электронной коммерции, или из меню настройки * платежных эквайеров *." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:133 -msgid "Credentials" -msgstr "Полномочия" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:135 -msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" -msgstr "Odoo требует трех учетных данных Paypal:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:137 -msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." -msgstr "" -"* ID электронной почты * - это ваш логин адреса электронной почты в Paypal." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138 -msgid "" -"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " -":menuselection:`Profile --> About the business`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:140 -msgid "" -"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" -" here above." -msgstr "" -"* Токен PDT Paypal * предоставляется в настройках * Платежи сайта *, как " -"показано ниже." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:146 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "оплата транзакции" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:148 -msgid "" -"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " -"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " -"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете взимать дополнительную комиссию с клиентов за оплату через Paypal;" -" Это покрывает взыскании с вас комиссии за транзакцию Paypal. После " -"направления на Paypal, ваш клиент видит дополнительную сумму к сумме заказа." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:151 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы активировать это, перейдите на вкладку Настройка Paypal а Odoo и " -"отметьте * Добавить дополнительные комиссии *." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:157 -msgid "" -"You can refer to `Paypal Fees `__ to set up fees." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете перейти на `Комиссию Paypal `__ чтобы установить комиссию." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:161 -msgid "" -"`Traders in the EU `_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " -"paying with credit cards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165 -msgid "Go live!" -msgstr "Перейдите в онлайн!" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" -" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" -" it." -msgstr "" -"Ваши настройки готовы к запуску. Убедитесь, что включен режим * Разработчик " -"*. Затем опубликуйте метод платежа, нажав на кнопку * Опубликовано * рядом." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " -"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " -"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " -"processed." -msgstr "" -"Теперь Paypal доступен в ваших платежах в модулях Электронной коммерции, " -"продажи и выставления счетов. Клиенты перенаправляются на сайт Paypal при " -"нажатии * Оплатить сейчас *. Они вернутся на страницу подтверждения в Odoo " -"после того, как платеж будет обработан." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185 -msgid "Test environment" -msgstr "тестовое среду" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187 -msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " -"accounts." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете протестировать процесс оплаты в Odoo благодаря счетам Paypal " -"Sandbox." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with " -"your Paypal credentials." -msgstr "" -"Войдите на `Сайт разработчика Paypal `__ с " -"вашими учетными данными Paypal." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:191 -msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "Это создаст два счета sandbox:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:193 -msgid "" -"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " -"`__)." -msgstr "" -"Бизнес-счет (для использования в качестве покупателей, например. " -"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " -" `__)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:195 -msgid "" -"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." -msgstr "" -"Персональный счет по умолчанию (для использования в качестве покупателя, eg " -"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:197 -msgid "" -"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " -"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " -"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " -"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " -"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." -msgstr "" -"Войдите в Paypal Sandbox учетной записью продавца и следуйте тем самым " -"инструкциям настройки. Введите учетные данные sandbox в Odoo и убедитесь, " -"что Paypal сих пор не установлено как * Тестовое среду *. Также убедитесь, " -"что автоматическое выставление счета не активирован в ваших настройках " -"Электронной коммерции, чтобы не создавать счета когда завершаются фиктивные " -"транзакции." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:203 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "" -"Запустите тестовую транзакцию в Odoo, используя личный аккаунт Sandbox." - #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 msgid "How customers can access their customer account" msgstr "Как клиенты могут получить доступ к клиентского аккаунта" @@ -1718,67 +990,6 @@ msgstr "" "Если клиент установлен как контакт компании в вашей адресной книге, он " "увидит все документы, которые принадлежат этой компании." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "Как получить платеж через банковский перевод" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" -"** Банковский перевод ** - это доступный способ оплаты по умолчанию. Цель - " -"предоставить своим клиентам свои банковские реквизиты, чтобы они могли " -"платить самостоятельно. Это очень легко начать, но медленно и неэффективно. " -"Выберите покупателей, как только сможете!" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "Как предоставить клиентам платежные инструкции" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." -msgstr "" -"Вставьте свои платежные инструкции в ** Сообщение благодарности ** с помощью" -" вашего способа оплаты." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "Они будут появляться у клиентов, когда они размещают заказы." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "Как управлять заказу, когда вы получаете оплату" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "" -"Каждый раз, когда клиент оплачивает банковским переводом, заказ остается на " -"промежуточном этапе ** направленной коммерческого предложения ** (например, " -"неоплаченную заказ). Когда вы получаете оплату, вы подтверждаете заказ " -"вручную, чтобы запустить доставку." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "Как создать другие ручные методы оплаты" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." -msgstr "" -"Если вы управляете B2B-бизнесом, вы можете создавать другие способы оплаты, " -"обрабатываются вручную, например, оплата чеком. Для этого просто " -"переименуйте * Банковский перевод * или дублируйте его." - #: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Collect taxes" msgstr "собирайте налоги" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po index fdde83ba7..be97cf44c 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -6,15 +6,16 @@ # Translators: # Ekaterina , 2020 # Ivan Yelizariev , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -34,25 +35,25 @@ msgstr "Обзор" msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5 msgid "" -"Mailing lists could be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as" -" they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, " -"and consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:9 -msgid "Create Mailing lists" +"Mailing lists can be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as " +"they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, and" +" consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 +msgid "Create mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " "the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " "unsubscribing." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:18 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19 msgid "" "Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" " *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." @@ -62,21 +63,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:25 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 msgid "" "Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " "advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27 msgid "" "Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " "mailing list." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:35 -msgid "Check all the contacts of your mailing list(s)" -msgstr "" +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34 +msgid "Contacts" +msgstr "Контакты" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -85,14 +86,14 @@ msgid "" "created here." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:45 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43 msgid "" -"Open a contact to see or add different mailing lists to which the contact is" -" or will be part of." +"Open a contact form to see or add different mailing lists to which the " +"contact is or will be part of." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:54 -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:48 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46 msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" msgstr "" @@ -100,35 +101,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:4 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5 msgid "" "It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " "unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " "that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:9 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " -"*Blacklist Option when unsubscribing*." +"*Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:18 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19 msgid "" -"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he will " -"be redirected to the following page:" +"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is " +"redirected to the following page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:22 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:28 msgid "" -"After clicking the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you will " -"be sent to an error page (error 403 - Access Denied). If you want to be sure" -" the link is working properly, you should create your mass mail and then " -"send it only to a personal email." +"After clicking on the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you " +"are sent to an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). If you want to be " +"sure the link is working properly, create your mass mail and send it only to" +" a personal email." msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 @@ -144,18 +145,18 @@ msgid "" " users." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38 msgid "" "Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " -"addresses will be shown." +"addresses are shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:40 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 msgid "" "When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:50 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47 msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" msgstr "" @@ -163,24 +164,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:4 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5 msgid "" "Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " "consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" " with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:9 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14 msgid "" -"Choosing *Contacts*, for example, as *Recipients*, will allow you to add " +"Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add " "specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." msgstr "" @@ -192,94 +193,98 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:26 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25 msgid "" "Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " "dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " "to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34 msgid "" "Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " "you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" " sender (*Send From*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:41 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 msgid "" "With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " "either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." -" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts, a " -"mailing list or contacts as recipients." +" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts or " +"contacts as recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:51 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45 msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:60 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53 msgid "" -"*Save*: the work will be allocated in the *draft* column in the kanban view." -" Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " -"will delete the email." +"*Save*: the work is allocated in the *draft* column in the Kanban view. " +"Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " +"deletes the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:62 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:54 msgid "" "Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " "contacts to avoid errors." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:65 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56 msgid "" -"*Send* will trigger the email with the next run and put the work on the " -"*queue* column in the kanban view." +"*Send* triggers the email with the next run and put the work on the *queue* " +"column in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:68 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:58 msgid "" -"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time and will put the email in " -"the *queue* column in the kanban view." +"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time, and puts the email in the " +"*queue* column in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:61 msgid "" -"The daily limit is applied for *all emails* sent, in other words, throughout" -" all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have remaining " -"ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically the next " -"day. You will need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " +"The daily limit is applied for **all emails** sent, in other words, " +"throughout all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have " +"remaining ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically " +"the next day. You need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " "*Retry*." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:78 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67 msgid "Manage campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:79 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " "Campaigns*." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:81 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 msgid "" "The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" " efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:82 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72 msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:92 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80 msgid "" "If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " -"Notification feature, you will see the option to create content for those " -"channels. You will also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. " -"All of this is possible because the applications work integrated." +"Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those " +"channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of" +" this is possible because the applications work integrated." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po index 26aff7b03..60bc4b233 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: sergeiruzkiicode , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" @@ -76,10 +76,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " "you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " -"configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: " -":doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees " -"report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " -"behaviour." +"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price `. That" +" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " +"usually the expected behaviour." msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:41 @@ -149,8 +148,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:83 msgid "" "The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " -"product's internal reference between brackets (e.g. [Food]). Type the " -"expense amount in the mail subject to set it on the expense too." +"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " +"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:88 diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po index 51f8298f6..1115c1123 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "" "Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:15 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:17 msgid "" "Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " "Intervention* from tickets." @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 -msgid ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`" +msgid ":doc:`../../project/overview/setup`" msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3 @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ msgid "" "Quotations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:21 +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:23 msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 4c6e51093..3ff5be602 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -4,18 +4,22 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Viktor Pogrebniak , 2019 +# Vasiliy Korobatov , 2020 +# ILMIR , 2020 +# VItaly Skopin , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Ivan Yelizariev , 2020 +# Viktor Pogrebniak , 2020 +# Irina Fedulova , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Irina Fedulova , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -113,6 +117,130 @@ msgstr "" "После этого вы получаете две информации (ваш ID клиента и Секретный ключ " "клиента). Вам нужно вставить свой ID клиента в ** Общих настройках **." +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 +msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly " +"from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales " +"commission plans, budgets, project forecasts, etc. Formulas are written in " +"Python but programming skills are not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Настройка" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*." +" The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get " +"Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password " +"--> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 +msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to " +"Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 +msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by " +"Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 +msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 +msgid "From this new file, configure your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " +"Username --> Password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "Приложения" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve " +"data and retrieve grouped sums." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested" +" takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no " +"specific size limit, since the time for Odoo to respond depends on several " +"factors - although reading data regarding several thousand records is " +"usually fine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 +msgid "Retrieve Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse " +"(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the " +"information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 +msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 +msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group " +"(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to " +"display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 +msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 +msgid "Other uses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create " +"Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" msgstr "Как разрешить пользователям входить через LDAP" @@ -1139,87 +1267,395 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../general/multi_companies.rst:3 +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:124 +msgid "Multi Companies" +msgstr "Несколько компаний" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 +msgid "" +"A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies" +" simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and" +" contacts. It provides you the ability to generate reports of aggregated " +"figures without switching interfaces, which facilitates daily tasks and the " +"overall management process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 +msgid "Manage companies and records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " +"with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " +"are shared between the two companies (as long as both environments are " +"active)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them " +"by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels." +" JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " +"boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " +"in use. To switch environments, click on the company’s name. In the example " +"below, the user has access to three companies, two are activated, and the " +"environment in use is of *JS Store US*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " +"shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 +msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " +"specific company and its child companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:51 +msgid "Employees' access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " +"<../odoo_basics/add_user>` for *Multi Companies*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " +"**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " +"the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " +"(the company from which the sale order was issued)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:66 +msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 +msgid "The current company (the one active) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 +msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " +"is being edited)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:73 +msgid "Documents’ format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" +" the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " +"Layout*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:83 +msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" +msgstr "Внутренние транзакции" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +msgid "" +":doc:`Chart of Accounts " +"<../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Localizations " +"<../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:92 +msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 +msgid "" +":doc:`Warehouses <../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With" +" the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like" +" operations between companies to be synchronized at an invoice/bills level " +"or at a sales/purchase orders level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:103 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " +"confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:106 +msgid "" +"*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, " +"automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:113 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales " +"order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is " +"confirmed for the selected company. If instead of a drafted purchase/sales " +"order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:117 +msgid "" +"*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store " +"Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " +"confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:126 +msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:132 +msgid "" +"`Multi-company Guidelines " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" msgstr "Основное" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a user" -msgstr "Как добавить пользователя" +msgid "Add Users and Manage Access Rights" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " -"point." +"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" +" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " +"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." msgstr "" -"Odoo предоставляет вам возможность добавлять пользователей в любой момент." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:12 msgid "Add individual users" msgstr "Добавьте отдельных пользователей" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:14 msgid "" -"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" -" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " -"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -" -" and a picture." +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." msgstr "" -"В модуле "Настройка" перейдите в подменю :menuselection:`Users -->" -" Users` и нажмите ** СОЗДАТЬ **. Сначала добавьте имя вашего нового " -"пользователя и адрес электронной почты - ту, которую он будет использовать " -"для входа в Odoo, и изображения." - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " -"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." -msgstr "" -"В разделе Права доступа вы можете выбрать, к аксессуарам ваш пользователь " -"может получить доступ и какие использовать. Доступны различные уровни в " -"зависимости от программы." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 msgid "" -"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " -"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" -" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." -msgstr "" -"Когда вы закончите редактировать страницу и нажать кнопку ** СОХРАНИТЬ **, " -"электронное письмо приглашение автоматически передается пользователю. " -"Пользователь должен нажать на него, чтобы принять приглашение системы и " -"создать вход." - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " -"Refer to our `Pricing page `_ for more " -"information." +"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " +"Rights ` choose the group within" +" each application the user can have access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:24 msgid "" -"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " -"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " -"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link" -" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights " -"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." +"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" +" database." msgstr "" -"Вы также можете добавить нового пользователя "на лету" с " -"информационной панели. Из приведенного выше снимка экрана введите адрес " -"электронной почты пользователя, которого вы хотите добавить, и нажмите на **" -" ПРИГЛАСИТЬ **. Пользователь получит приглашение по электронной почте, " -"содержащее ссылку для установления его пароля. После этого вы сможете " -"определить его права доступа в меню :menuselection:`Settings --> Users " -"menu`." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:30 msgid "" -"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`_" +"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " +"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " +"invitation and create a login." msgstr "" -"`Деактивування пользователей <../../ db_management / documentation.html #" -" deactivating-users>` _" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " +"`pricing page `_ for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:42 +msgid "" +"With the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"activated, *User Types* can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " +"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " +"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:57 +msgid "Access Rights in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:63 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "Группы" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " +"`, details of the rules and " +"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " +"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" +" rights are shown in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:76 +msgid "" +"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " +"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " +"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " +"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " +"they are being applied to the needed and right users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " +"access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:96 +msgid "" +"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " +"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " +"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:99 +msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:100 +msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:101 +msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:102 +msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " +"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:112 +msgid "" +"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " +"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " +"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " +"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " +"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " +"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " +"companies database you hold the user can have access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " +"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" +" required. For technical explanations refer to `this " +"`_ " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:140 +msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" @@ -1316,6 +1752,1148 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 +msgid "Export Data From Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " +"in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " +"(even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available " +"application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," +" activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " +"*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " +"when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " +"the data to export:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 +msgid "" +"With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " +"fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " +"update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the " +"box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, " +"not just the ones which can be imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " +".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " +"all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " +"sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " +"fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all " +"the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 +msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the “to export” list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The “handles” next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " +"and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" +" file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 +msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 +msgid "" +"For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " +"Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " +"*New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export " +"the same list, simply select the related template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 +msgid "" +"It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " +"*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " +"you would like to import next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 +msgid "Payment Acquirers" +msgstr "Платежные системы" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "Authorize.Net" +msgstr "Authorize.Net" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net `__ is a United States-based " +"online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit " +"cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "" +"This Payment Acquirer offers additional options that are not available for " +"other :doc:`Payment Acquirers `, such as the ability to " +"process your customer's payment after delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 +msgid "Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, choose a plan and `Sign Up for an Authorize.Net account " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your " +"Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 +msgid "API Login ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Transaction Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 +msgid "Signature Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to " +":menuselection:`Account --> Security Settings --> General Security Settings " +"--> API Credentials & Keys`, and generate your **Transaction Key** and " +"**Signature Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net: Getting Started Guide " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 +msgid "Payment Acquirer Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To configure Authorize.Net as Payment Acquirer in Odoo, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, open " +"**Authorize.Net**, and change the **State** to *Enabled*. Don't forget to " +"click on *Save* once you've set everything up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the :doc:`Payment Acquirers documentation " +"` to read how to configure this payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "Полномочия" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Copy your credentials from your Authorize.Net account (API Login Id, API " +"Transaction Key, and API Signature Key), paste them in the related fields " +"under the **Credentials** tab, then click on **Generate Client Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The **API Client Key** is necessary only if you select *Payment from Odoo* " +"option as :ref:`Payment Flow `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Authorize.Net as a test, with a *sandbox account*, change " +"the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo " +"database, rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 +msgid "Payment Flow" +msgstr "процесс оплаты" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Flow** lets you decide if to redirect the user to the payment " +"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " +"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo. This field is under the " +"**Configuration** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*, make sure you add a " +"**Default Receipt URL** and a **Default Relay Response URL** to your " +"Authorize.net account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To do so, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account" +" --> Transaction Format Settings --> Transaction Response Settings --> " +"Response/Receipt URLs`, and set the default links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Receipt URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**payment/authorize/return**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Relay Response URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**shop/confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Failing to complete this step results in the following error:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*The referrer, relay response or receipt link URL is invalid.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "Зафиксируйте платеж после доставки" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If" +" enabled, the funds are reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not" +" charged yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment, go to the related Sales Order and click on *Capture " +"Transaction*. If the order is canceled, you can click on *Void Transaction* " +"to unlock the funds from the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " +"Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 +msgid "" +"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " +"interfaces, not from Odoo." +msgstr "" +"С другими платежными еквайермы вы можете управлять содержанием в собственных" +" интерфейсах, а не с Odoo." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 +msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Acquirers (Credit Cards, Online Payment)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several **payment methods** that allow your customers to pay on " +"their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay Sales " +"Orders, invoices, or subscriptions with recurring payments with their " +"favorite payment acquirers, including **online payment providers** that " +"accept **Credit Cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Having several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in " +"time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers" +" to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not keep Credit Card numbers or credentials on its servers, nor is" +" it stored on Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a " +"unique reference to the data stored in the payment acquirers' systems, where" +" the information is safely stored. This reference is useless without your " +"credentials for the payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment " +"acquirers: the payments that go directly on the bank account and follow the " +"usual reconciliation workflow, and the payment acquirers that are third-" +"party services and require you to follow another accounting workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 +msgid "Bank Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment " +"reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " +"it on your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" +msgstr "Прямой дебет SEPA" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " +"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more " +"information about this payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 +msgid "Online Payment Providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" +msgstr "Перенаправление на сайт покупателя" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Payment from Odoo" +msgstr "Платеж с Odoo" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Save Cards" +msgstr "сохранить карточки" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Capture Amount Manually" +msgstr "Сумма получения вручную" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "Adyen" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +msgid "✔" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +msgid "Alipay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "Buckaroo" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "Ingenico" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`PayPal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +msgid "PayUMoney" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +msgid "SIPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "Stripe" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Some of these Online Payment Providers can also be added as :doc:`Bank " +"Accounts <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is **not** " +"the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment Acquirers " +"allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and configured on" +" your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting " +"control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Some of the features described in this section are available only with some " +"Payment Acquirers. Refer to :ref:`the table above " +"` for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 +msgid "Add a new Payment Acquirer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a new Payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look " +"for your payment acquirer, install the related module, and activate it. To " +"do so, open the payment acquirer and change its state from *Disabled* to " +"*Enabled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " +"database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " +"credentials, but Odoo generates Sales Orders and Invoices as usual. It isn't" +" always possible to cancel an invoice, and this could create some issues " +"with your invoices numbering if you were to test your payment acquirers on " +"your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 +msgid "Credentials tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, go to the **Online Payment Provider**'s website, create an " +"account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." +" Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the Payment Acquirer " +"and get the confirmation of the *payment authentication*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The form in this section is specific to the Payment Acquirer you are " +"configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 +msgid "Configuration tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"You can change the Payment Acquirer front-end appearance by modifying its " +"name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" +" under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 +msgid "Save and reuse Credit Cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your " +"database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to " +"reenter the payment details. This is particularly useful for subscriptions' " +"recurring payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 +msgid "Place a hold on a card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"If the **Capture Amount Manually** field is enabled, the funds are reserved " +"for a few days on the customer's card, but not charged yet. You must then go" +" to the related Sales Order and manually *capture* the funds before its " +"automatic cancellation, or *void the transaction* to unlock the funds from " +"the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Choose in the **Payment Flow** field if to redirect the user to the payment " +"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " +"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Some features are available only if you select *Redirection to the acquirer " +"website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 +msgid "Countries" +msgstr "Страны" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Restrict the use of the Payment Acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave " +"this field blank to make the Payment Acquirer available to all countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 +msgid "Payment Journal" +msgstr "Журнал платежей" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Journal** selected for your Payment Acquirer must be a *Bank* " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " +"**Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. Both of them are " +"preset to work out-of-the-box, but we strongly recommend you to make sure " +"these fields are correctly set according to your accounting needs, and adapt" +" them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 +msgid "Messages tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Change here the messages displayed by Odoo after a payment's confirmation or" +" failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 +msgid "Accounting perspective" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " +"their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " +"**Online Payment Providers** require you to consider how you want to record " +"your payments' journal entries. We recommend you to ask your accountant for " +"advice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Odoo default method is to record the payments on a *Current Assets Account*," +" on a dedicated *Bank Journal*, once the *Payment Authentication* is " +"confirmed. At some point, you transfer the funds from the *Payment Acquirer*" +" to your *Bank Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 +msgid "Here are the requirements for this to work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "Журнал Банка" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 +msgid "The Journal's **type** must be *Bank Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Select the right **Default Debit Account** and **Default Credit Account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, make sure that **Posting** is set as " +"*Post At Payment Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This implies that the Journal Entry is recorded directly when your Odoo " +"database receives the confirmation of the *Payment Authentication* from the " +"Online Payment Provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 +msgid "Current Asset Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 +msgid "The Account's **type** is *Current Assets*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 +msgid "The Account must **Allow Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 +msgid "" +"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " +"**Current Asset Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. You can " +"modify them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 +msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" +msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 +msgid ":doc:`authorize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "Настройте ваш аккаунт Paypal" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " +"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " +"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " +"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." +msgstr "" +"Paypal доступен и популярен по всему миру. Он не взимает плату за подписку, " +"а создать аккаунт очень легко. Вот почему мы рекомендуем его для начинающих " +"в Odoo. Он работает бесперебойно, когда клиент перенаправляется на сайт " +"Paypal для регистрации платежа." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "Аккаунт Paypal" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " +"Business Account `_" +" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " +"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " +"configuration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "Настройки в Paypal" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " +"seamless customer experience with Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Сначала, давайте посмотрим, как настроить ваш аккаунт Paypal, чтобы создать " +"бесперебойный опыт работы клиента с Odoo." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " +"Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "автоматический возврат" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " +"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " +"the suffix ``/shop/confirmation`` as *Return URL* (e.g. " +"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " +"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "" +"Эта URL-адрес запрашивает Paypal, но не используется на практике, поскольку " +"Odoo передает ее на каждой транзакции. Не волнуйтесь, если вы управляете " +"несколькими каналами продаж или базами данных Odoo." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "Перевод данных об оплате (PDT)" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" +" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " +"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " +"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"* Перевод данных об оплате * передает подтверждение платежа в Odoo, как " +"только он обработан. Без этого Odoo не сможет завершить процесс продажи. Эти" +" настройки должны быть активированными как следует. При сохранении создается" +" * Токен идентификации *. Позже вы получите запрос на вход в Odoo." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "Опциональный счет Paypal" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "" +"Мы советуем не побуждать клиентов входить с помощью аккаунта Paypal, когда " +"они получают оплату. Пусть они также платят дебетовыми / кредитными " +"карточками, иначе вы можете потерять некоторые сделки. Убедитесь, что этот " +"параметр." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "Мгновенные оповещения оплаты (IPN)" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " +"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " +"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" +" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " +"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " +"receipt." +msgstr "" +"PDT направляет подтверждение заказов только один раз. В результате ваш сайт " +"должен запускаться, когда это случается; в противном случае он никогда не " +"получит сообщение. Поэтому мы советуем активировать * Мгновенные уведомления" +" оплаты * (IPN) в горе. С IPN, доставка подтверждение заказов практически " +"гарантировано с тех пор, как IPN повторно направляет подтверждения пока ваш " +"сайт не подтвердит получение." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " +"*Instant Payment Notification*." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы активировать IPN, вернитесь в меню * Платежи сайта * и нажмите * " +"Обновить * в * Моментальное уведомление оплаты *." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "Формат сообщений оплаты" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " +"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " +"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 +msgid "To do so, open:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 +msgid "" +"`this page for a test account `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 +msgid "" +"`this page for a production account `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " +"**UTF-8**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "Ваш аккаунт Paypal готов!" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" +" Account Optional* needs to be turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`Paypal documentation `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "Настройки в Odoo" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Активация" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " +"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." +msgstr "" +"Активируйте * Paypal * с панели настроек Продаж, Выставление счетов и " +"Электронной коммерции, или из меню настройки * платежных эквайеров *." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" +msgstr "Odoo требует трех учетных данных Paypal:" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "" +"* ID электронной почты * - это ваш логин адреса электронной почты в Paypal." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 +msgid "" +"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " +":menuselection:`Account Settings --> Business information`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" +" here above." +msgstr "" +"* Токен PDT Paypal * предоставляется в настройках * Платежи сайта *, как " +"показано ниже." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "оплата транзакции" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " +"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " +"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете взимать дополнительную комиссию с клиентов за оплату через Paypal;" +" Это покрывает взыскании с вас комиссии за транзакцию Paypal. После " +"направления на Paypal, ваш клиент видит дополнительную сумму к сумме заказа." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " +"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы активировать это, перейдите на вкладку Настройка Paypal а Odoo и " +"отметьте * Добавить дополнительные комиссии *." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees `__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете перейти на `Комиссию Paypal `__ чтобы установить комиссию." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 +msgid "" +"`Traders in the EU `_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " +"paying with credit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "Перейдите в онлайн!" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" +" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" +" it." +msgstr "" +"Ваши настройки готовы к запуску. Убедитесь, что включен режим * Разработчик " +"*. Затем опубликуйте метод платежа, нажав на кнопку * Опубликовано * рядом." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " +"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " +"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " +"processed." +msgstr "" +"Теперь Paypal доступен в ваших платежах в модулях Электронной коммерции, " +"продажи и выставления счетов. Клиенты перенаправляются на сайт Paypal при " +"нажатии * Оплатить сейчас *. Они вернутся на страницу подтверждения в Odoo " +"после того, как платеж будет обработан." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "тестовое среду" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " +"accounts." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете протестировать процесс оплаты в Odoo благодаря счетам Paypal " +"Sandbox." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with " +"your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "" +"Войдите на `Сайт разработчика Paypal `__ с " +"вашими учетными данными Paypal." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "Это создаст два счета sandbox:" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"`__)." +msgstr "" +"Бизнес-счет (для использования в качестве покупателей, например. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +" `__)." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." +msgstr "" +"Персональный счет по умолчанию (для использования в качестве покупателя, eg " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " +"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " +"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " +"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." +msgstr "" +"Войдите в Paypal Sandbox учетной записью продавца и следуйте тем самым " +"инструкциям настройки. Введите учетные данные sandbox в Odoo и убедитесь, " +"что Paypal сих пор не установлено как * Тестовое среду *. Также убедитесь, " +"что автоматическое выставление счета не активирован в ваших настройках " +"Электронной коммерции, чтобы не создавать счета когда завершаются фиктивные " +"транзакции." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" +"Запустите тестовую транзакцию в Odoo, используя личный аккаунт Sandbox." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "Как получить платеж через банковский перевод" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " +"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " +"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " +"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" +"** Банковский перевод ** - это доступный способ оплаты по умолчанию. Цель - " +"предоставить своим клиентам свои банковские реквизиты, чтобы они могли " +"платить самостоятельно. Это очень легко начать, но медленно и неэффективно. " +"Выберите покупателей, как только сможете!" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "Как предоставить клиентам платежные инструкции" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " +"method." +msgstr "" +"Вставьте свои платежные инструкции в ** Сообщение благодарности ** с помощью" +" вашего способа оплаты." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "Они будут появляться у клиентов, когда они размещают заказы." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "Как управлять заказу, когда вы получаете оплату" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " +"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " +"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "" +"Каждый раз, когда клиент оплачивает банковским переводом, заказ остается на " +"промежуточном этапе ** направленной коммерческого предложения ** (например, " +"неоплаченную заказ). Когда вы получаете оплату, вы подтверждаете заказ " +"вручную, чтобы запустить доставку." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "Как создать другие ручные методы оплаты" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " +"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " +"or duplicate it." +msgstr "" +"Если вы управляете B2B-бизнесом, вы можете создавать другие способы оплаты, " +"обрабатываются вручную, например, оплата чеком. Для этого просто " +"переименуйте * Банковский перевод * или дублируйте его." + +#: ../../general/tags.rst:3 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Метки" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Take Advantage of Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tags work like keywords or labels that will help you to categorize your " +"work, as well as make objectives and goals clearer and available for " +"everyone instantly. They are also a useful source of filtering, helping you " +"to boost productivity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:11 +msgid "Where can I use and how do I create tags?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Tags can be used in numerous applications going from *CRM*, *Project*, " +"*Contacts*, *Marketing Automation*, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:16 +msgid "" +"On *CRM* for instance, under :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags`" +" you can create new or edit existing ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:23 +msgid "You can also create them on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose specific colors for each tag to help identify them, or *Hide in " +"Kanban*, simply by clicking on the tag once it is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:38 +msgid "Remove tags from a task or from the database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Click on the *x* to delete a tag from a specific task or contact. To delete " +"it from your database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags " +"--> Action --> Delete`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:48 +msgid "Use tags as a parameter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On the *Marketing Automation* application, for example, you can re-use tags " +"as a parameter to specify a niche of records for your campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:59 +msgid "Use tags for reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To get the information you need in an organized format and for a specific " +"purpose, you can also add tags." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "Unsplash" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index e9aed5bea..0fde01a62 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -4,17 +4,19 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Ivan Yelizariev , 2020 # Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Ivan Yelizariev , 2020 +# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2020 +# Irina Fedulova , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Irina Fedulova , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -26,106 +28,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "Техподдержка" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:3 -msgid "" -"After sales features: refund, coupon, return, repair, onsite interventions" -msgstr "" -"Послепродажные функции: возмещение, купоны, возврат, ремонт, вмешательства " -"на месте" +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Расширенный" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As my business grows, having the tools to allow my helpdesk team to record, " -"track and manage issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk" -" app allows me to generate credit notes, return products, grant coupons, do " -"repairs and plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page." -msgstr "" -"Поскольку мой бизнес растет, ключевым фактором является наличие " -"инструментов, которые позволяют моей службе поддержки легко и эффективно " -"записывать, отслеживать и управлять проблемами. Модуль Службы поддержки Odoo" -" позволяет мне генерировать сторно, возвращать товары, выдавать купоны, " -"делать ремонт и планировать выездные мероприятия на странице заявки." - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:10 -msgid "Set up the After Sales services" -msgstr "Установите Послепродажные услуги" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable the After" -" Sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite " -"Interventions*." +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "After Sales Features" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:19 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " +"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " +"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" +" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " +"interventions from a ticket’s page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 +msgid "Set up the after sales services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " +"Onsite Interventions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" msgstr "Создать сторно из заявки" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:21 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 msgid "" -"I can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For " -"that, I’ll simply go to my ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " -"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* the credit note will be " -"generated, and I can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" +" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " +"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " +"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." msgstr "" -"Можно использовать сторно для возмещения клиентам или корректировки суммы " -"долга. Для этого нужно перейти на страницу своих заявок, нажать * Возместить" -" * и выбрать корреспондирующий * Счет *. Нажав на * Обратная * будет создан " -"сторно, а также можно * Публиковать * это, находясь в модуле * Служба " -"поддержки *." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" msgstr "Разрешить возврат товара по заявке" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 msgid "" -"The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will " -"be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*." +"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" +" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." msgstr "" -"Процесс возврата товара от клиента назад в состав будет введен в действие, " -"когда на странице заявки будут выбраны опцию * Возвращение *." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" msgstr "Предоставляйте купоны из заявок" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:40 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 msgid "" -"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned at the *Sales or " -"Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on " -"*Coupon*, choose the :menuselection:`Coupon Program --> Generate`." +"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " +"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " +"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:48 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 msgid "Repairs from tickets" msgstr "Ремонт по заявке" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:50 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 msgid "" -"Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will" -" be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next " -"step." +"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" +" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." msgstr "" -"Нажав на опцию * Ремонт * на странице заявки, будет показано новый заказ на " -"ремонт. Заполните оставленные поля по необходимости и выберите следующий " -"шаг." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:57 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" msgstr "Планируйте вмешательства на месте из заявок" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:59 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 msgid "" -"At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the " -"same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan " -"Intervention*." +"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " +"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " +"application." msgstr "" -"На странице заявки можно настроить вмешательства на месте в тот же способ, " -"что и в модуле * Выездное обслуживание *, нажав на * Запланировать " -"вмешательства *." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:66 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68 msgid "" "`Coupons `_" @@ -133,579 +122,753 @@ msgstr "" "`Купоны " " `_" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" -msgstr ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" - -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Allow customers to close their tickets" +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 msgid "" "Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " "misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" " communication and actions more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:9 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 msgid "Configure the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:11 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 msgid "" "To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " "Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:18 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 msgid "" -"In order to designate to which stage the ticket will migrate to once it is " -"closed, go to :menuselection:`Overview --> Tickets`." +"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:25 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 msgid "" -"You can either create a new kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " -"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Edit Stage` and enable " -"*Closing Stage*." +"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " +"and enable *Closing Stage*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:32 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 msgid "" -"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket will be " -"transferred to the last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage " -"set as closing, the ticket will be put in the first one." +"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " +"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " +"ticket is put in the first one." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:35 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 msgid "The Costumer Portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:37 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 msgid "" -"Now, once the user logs in to his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " +"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:44 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:46 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 msgid "" "To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " -":menuselection:`Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add Custom filter --> " -"Closed by partner --> Applied`." +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " +"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Начните Службу поддержку в Odoo" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Общий обзор" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Начало работы со Службой поддержки Odoo" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" -msgstr "Установление Службы поддержки Odoo:" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" -msgstr "Откройте Модули, найдите "Службу поддержки" и установите." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" -msgstr "Настройте команды поддержки" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 +msgid "Forum and eLearning" msgstr "" -"По умолчанию Служба поддержки Odoo устанавливается с командой под названием " -""Поддержка"" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 +msgid "Forum" +msgstr "Форум" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 msgid "" -"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" +"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " +"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " +"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" +" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " +"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " +"community!)." msgstr "" -"Чтобы изменить эту команду или создать дополнительные команды, выберите " -""Настройки" на фиолетовый панели и выберите "Настройки"." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 msgid "" -"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," -" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " -"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," -" or manually." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " +"enable *Help Center*." msgstr "" -"Здесь вы можете создать новые команды, решить, какие члены команды добавлять" -" к этой команде, как ваши клиенты могут подавать заявки и устанавливать " -"политику и рейтинги SLA. Для методов присвоения вы можете иметь заявки, " -"предназначенные случайно, сбалансировано или вручную." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 -msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" -msgstr "Как настроить различные этапы для каждой команды" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " +"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " +"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " +"allowed per question." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:42 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 msgid "" -"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " -"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " -"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" +"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " +"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." msgstr "" -"Теперь, когда вы вернетесь к своему модуля Служба поддержки и выберете " -""Настройки" на фиолетовой панели, вы найдете дополнительные " -"параметры, такие как "Этапы". Здесь вы можете создать новые этапы " -"и назначить их для одной или нескольких команд, что позволит настроить этапы" -" для каждой команды." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:48 -msgid "Start receiving tickets" -msgstr "Начните получать заявки" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:51 -msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" -msgstr "Как мои клиенты могут подавать заявки?" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 msgid "" -"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " -"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" +"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " +"the ticket's page." msgstr "" -"Выберите "Настройки" на фиолетовый панели и выберите " -""Настройки", выберите "Служба поддержки". В разделе " -""Каналы" вы найдете 4 варианта:" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:59 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "Онлайн-обучение" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 msgid "" -"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " -"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." +"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " +"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" +" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." msgstr "" -"Псевдоним электронной почты позволяет клиентам отправлять электронные " -"письма, которые вы выбираете для создания заявки. Заголовок строки " -"электронное письмо становится темой заявки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:66 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 msgid "" -"Website Form allows your customer to go to " -"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " -"form - much like odoo.com/help!" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *eLearning*." msgstr "" -"Форма сайта позволяет вашему клиенту перейти на страницу " -"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit и отправить заявку через форму " -"сайта - так же, как odoo.com/help!" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:73 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 msgid "" -"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " -"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " -"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." +"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." msgstr "" -"Онлайн-чат позволяет вашим клиентам подавать заявки через онлайн-чат на " -"вашем сайте. Ваш клиент начнет чат, и оператор онлайн-чата сможет создать " -"заявку с помощью темы заявку команды / поддержки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:81 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 msgid "" -"The final option to submit tickets is through an API connection. View the " -"documentation `here " -"`_." +"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " +"Course*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:85 -msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" -msgstr "Заявки созданы, что теперь?" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "начните" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:87 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" -" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " -"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " -"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." +"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" +" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " +"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," +" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." msgstr "" -"Теперь ваши сотрудники могут начать работать над ними Если вы выбрали метод " -"ручного присвоения, то вашим сотрудникам придется назначать себя на заявки, " -"используя кнопку "Назначить для меня" в левом верхнем углу заявки " -"или добавить себя в поле "Предназначен для"." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:95 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " -"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." +"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." msgstr "" -"Если вы выбрали метод назначения "Случайный" или " -""Сбалансированный", ваши заявки будут назначаться членам этой " -"команды поддержки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:98 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 msgid "" -"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " -"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." +"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " +"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " +"accounting, admin, etc.)." msgstr "" -"Оттуда они начнут работать над решением заявок! Когда они будут завершены, " -"они переместят заявку на стадию завершения." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:102 -msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" -msgstr "Как обозначить эту заявку, как срочную?" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 msgid "" -"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" -" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " -"Kanban view or on the ticket form." +"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " +"redirected to the right person:" msgstr "" -"На ваших заявках вы увидите звездочки. Вы можете определить, насколько " -"срочной является заявка, но выбирать одну или несколько звезд на ней. Вы " -"можете сделать это в канбан или на форме заявки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:111 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 msgid "" -"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " -"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" +"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " +"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" msgstr "" -"Чтобы настроить политику Соглашения о качестве обслуживания ваших " -"сотрудников, сначала активируйте настройки в разделе «Настройки»." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 -msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." -msgstr "" -"Отсюда выберите "Настроить политику SLA" и нажмите " -""Создать"." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:119 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 msgid "" -"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " -"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." +"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " +"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " +"automatically;" msgstr "" -"Вы будете заполнять информацию, подобную команды поддержки, о минимальном " -"приоритет на заявке (звезды) и цели для заявки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:126 -msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" -msgstr "Что делать, если заявка заблокирован или готова к исполнению?" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:128 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 msgid "" -"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " -"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" +"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " +"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " +"that all tickets get to be taken care of." msgstr "" -"Если заявка не может быть решена или заблокирована, вы можете изменить " -"положение заявки на канбан. У вас есть 3 варианта:" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131 -msgid "Grey - Normal State" -msgstr "Серый - нормальное состояние" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133 -msgid "Red - Blocked" -msgstr "Красный - заблокировано" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:135 -msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" -msgstr "Зеленый - готова к следующему этапу" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 msgid "" -"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " -"Ticket form." +"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " +"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " +"all employees (with the proper access rights)." msgstr "" -"Подобно звездам с быстротой, вы можете настроить положение в канбан или на " -"форме заявки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:144 -msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" -msgstr "Как мои сотрудники могут зарегистрировать время по заявке?" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:146 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 msgid "" -"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " -"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " -"timesheets will log against." +"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " +"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " +"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " +"(with the proper access rights)." msgstr "" -"Сначала перейдите к "Настройка" и выберите "Табель на " -"заявке". Появится поле, где вы можете выбрать проект, куда нужно " -"записывать табель." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:153 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 +msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 msgid "" -"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" -" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" +"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " +"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " +"to use certain stages under *Team*." msgstr "" -"Теперь, когда вы выбрали проект, вы можете сохранить. Если вы вернетесь к " -"своим заявок, вы увидите новую вкладку «Табели»." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 msgid "" -"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " -"ticket." +"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " +"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " +"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." msgstr "" -"Здесь сотрудники могут добавить строку, чтобы добавить работу, которую они " -"сделали для этой заявки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:163 -msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" -msgstr "Как разрешить своим клиентам оценивать полученную ими услугу" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 -msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/odoo_basics/add_user`" msgstr "" -"Во-первых, вам нужно активировать параметры оценивания в разделе " -""Настройка"." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Рейтинги" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " -"an email to the customer asking how their service went." +"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " +"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" +" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" +" the quality of your services." msgstr "" -"Теперь, когда заявка перемещается к ее решению или завершенного этапа, она " -"пришлет электронное письмо клиенту, спросит, как прошло их обслуживания." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" -msgstr "Запись времени на задачи и выставления счета" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 msgid "" -"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " -"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " -"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " +"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." msgstr "" -"Вы можете иметь контракты на обслуживание с клиентами, чтобы оказать им " -"помощь в случае возникновения проблемы. Для этого Odoo поможет вам записать " -"время, затрачиваемое на решение задачи, а главное, выставлять счета своим " -"клиентам." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "The modules needed" -msgstr "необходимые модули" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 msgid "" -"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " -"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " -"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." +"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " +"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" +" Stage*." msgstr "" -"Для записи и выставления счетов-фактур на задание нужны следующие модули: " -"Служба поддержки Проект, Табели, Продажи. Если вам не хватает одного из них," -" перейдите к модулю Приложения, найдите и нажмите кнопку * Установить *." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 -msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" -msgstr "Начните предлагать службу поддержки" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 -msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" -msgstr "Шаг 1: запустите проект поддержки" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 msgid "" -"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " -"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." +"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " +"an email is sent to the customer." msgstr "" -"Чтобы запустить специальный проект для поддержки, сначала перейдите к " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` и убедитесь, что " -"функция * Табели * активирована." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 msgid "" -"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " -"it." +"Ratings can be seen on the :doc:`chatter <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` " +"of each ticket, under the *See Customer Satisfaction* link on the main " +"dashboard, and through *Reporting*." msgstr "" -"Затем перейдите на свою информационную панель, создайте новый проект и " -"позвольте табели для него." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 -msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" -msgstr "Шаг 2: установите команду поддержки" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 +msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 msgid "" -"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " -"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" -" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " -"previously created as well." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" +" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." msgstr "" -"Чтобы установить команду, которая отвечает за службу поддержки, перейдите к " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` и создайте " -"новую команду или выберите существующую. На форме, отметьте поле перед * " -"Табелем на заявке *, чтобы активировать эту функцию. Не забудьте выбрать " -"ранее созданный вами проект поддержки." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" -msgstr "Шаг 3: запустите службу поддержки" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`../../portal/my_odoo_portal`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 msgid "" -"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" -" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." +"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " +"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." +" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " +"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." msgstr "" -"Наконец, чтобы запустить новую службу поддержки, сначала перейдите к " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` и убедитесь, что " -"включена функция * Единица измерения *." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " -"Make sure that the product is set as a service." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " +"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " +"users." msgstr "" -"Затем перейдите на :menuselection:`Products --> Products` и создайте новый. " -"Убедитесь, что товар установлен как услугу." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 +msgid "Email Alias" +msgstr "Псевдоним электронной почты" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 msgid "" -"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " -"unit will do." +"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " +"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " +"the content is shown in the Chatter." msgstr "" -"Здесь мы предлагаем установить * Единицу измерения * как * Час (ы) *, но " -"любая единица будет выполняться." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 msgid "" -"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " -"configuration :" +"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " +"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " +"Domain*." msgstr "" -"Наконец, выберите управления счетами-фактурами, которые вы хотите иметь на " -"вкладке * Продажи * формы товара. Здесь мы рекомендуем следующее настройки:" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 -msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" -msgstr "Теперь вы готовы получать задания!" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 -msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" -msgstr "Решите проблемы и зафиксируйте потраченное время" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 -msgid "Step 1 : place an order" -msgstr "Шаг 1: разместите заказ" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 msgid "" -"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " -"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " -"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" -" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " -"the sale." +"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " +"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " +"server." msgstr "" -"Вы находитесь в модуле Служба поддержки, и вы только что получили заявку от " -"клиента. Чтобы разместить новый заказ, перейдите на :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Orders --> Orders` и создайте его для услуги поддержки, которую вы ранее" -" записали. Установите количество часов, необходимых для предоставления " -"услуги клиенту и подтвердите продажу." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 -msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "Шаг 2: свяжите задачи по заявке" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 +msgid "Website Form" +msgstr "Форма на веб-сайте" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " -"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" -" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" -" and select the task on its form." +"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " +"website." msgstr "" -"Если вы получаете доступ к конкретному проекту поддержки, вы заметите, что с" -" заказом было автоматически создано новое задание. Чтобы связать эту задачу " -"с клиентской заявке, перейдите к модулю Служба поддержки, получите доступ к " -"соответствующей заявки и выберите задачу в ее форме." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 -msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" -msgstr "Шаг 3: запишите время, затраченное на помощь клиенту" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 msgid "" -"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " -"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " -"*Timesheets* tab." +"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" +" *Go to Website*." msgstr "" -"Работа выполнена, а заявка клиента отсортирована. Чтобы записать часа, " -"выполненные для этой задачи, вернитесь к форме заявки и добавьте ее на " -"вкладку * Табели *." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 msgid "" -"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " -"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." +"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." msgstr "" -"Времена, записанные в заявке, также автоматически появятся в модуле табеля и" -" в конкретном задании." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 -msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" -msgstr "Шаг 4: выставьте счет-фактуру клиенту" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Живой чат" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 msgid "" -"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" -" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " -"appear as the delivered quantity." +"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " +"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." msgstr "" -"Чтобы выставить счет-фактуру клиенту, вернитесь к модулю продаж и выберите " -"заказ, который был размещен. Обратите внимание, что часы, записанные в форме" -" заявки, теперь отображаются как доставлена количество." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 msgid "" -"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " -"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" -msgstr "" -"Все, что нужно сделать - это создать счет-фактуру по заказу, а затем " -"проверить его. Теперь вам просто придется ждать оплату клиента!" - -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Turn helpdesk hours into invoices directly from a project task" +"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " +"- and :doc:`set up your channel <../../livechat/overview/get_started>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " +"<../../livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 +msgid "Prioritize tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" +" top of your list on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 +msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 +msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 +msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`sla`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Reports for a Better Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " +"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " +"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " +"expectations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 +msgid "Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 +msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " +"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " +"Period* or a *Previous Year*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 +msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " +"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" +" many requests they are able to handle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " +"ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " +"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " +"their issues to be handled quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 +msgid "Save filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" +" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " +"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 +msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " +"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " +"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " +"and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 +msgid "Create your policies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " +"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" +" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" +" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " +"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " +"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" +" SLAs is the one considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " +"the deadline field is not shown anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 +msgid "SLA Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" +" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" +" keep track of upcoming deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " +"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " +"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " +"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " +"customer needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 +msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" +" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " +"Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" +" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " +"ultimately modified on each ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 +msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " +"the unit of measure of your service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" +" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " +"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " +"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" +" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " +"automating the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 +msgid "" +"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " +"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " +"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " +"time spent on a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 +msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 +msgid "Step 1: Place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " +"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " +"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " +"customer and *Confirm* the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 +msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 +msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 +msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " +"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 +msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " +"the *Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" +" column in the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " +"the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 msgid "" "Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " "into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " "control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Настройка" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:12 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" -" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under " -"*Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and " +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " "timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " "the feature *Bill from tasks*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 msgid "" -"Now, once you added the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under the " -"*Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." +"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" +" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index d496ec8f1..6b9389b9b 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -5,22 +5,22 @@ # # Translators: # Disaster Disasterov , 2019 -# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2019 # Максим Дронь , 2019 # Gennady Marchenko , 2019 # Collex100, 2019 # Viktor Pogrebniak , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Ivan Yelizariev , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Sergey Vilizhanin, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -95,9 +95,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 @@ -535,7 +532,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 @@ -551,9 +547,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 @@ -1068,80 +1061,71 @@ msgstr "" "нижнюю половину типа накладной, она будет отличаться:" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " -"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " -"to the stock." +"There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " +"outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" +" the customers." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 msgid "" -"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" " configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 msgid "" -"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +"Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "Создайте заказ на покупку" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "Создать заказ на продажу" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 msgid "" -"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " -"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " -"the *RfQ*." +"In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " +"to deliver and confirm it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 msgid "" -"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " -"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +"Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " +"stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " +"button, you should now see your delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "Process a Receipt" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 +msgid "Process a Delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 msgid "" -"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " -"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " -"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +"You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " +"application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" +" the Delivery Orders Kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 msgid "" -"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " -"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " -"suppliers are considered as being always available." +"Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " +"*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 msgid "" -"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " -"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " -"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +"Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " +"location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " +"the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now " +"*Done*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 @@ -1201,579 +1185,202 @@ msgid "" "directly via the *Packages* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" -msgstr "Как определяется запланированная дата доставки?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " -"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " -"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " -"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " -"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Запланированные даты исчисляются, чтобы быть в состоянии планировать " -"доставку, приемы и тому подобное. В зависимости от привычек вашей компании, " -"Odoo автоматически генерирует запланированы дать с помощью планировщика. " -"Планировщик Odoo высчитывает все на каждую строку, независимо от того, что " -"это производственный заказ, заказ на доставку, заказ на продажу и т. Д. " -"Дать, обрабатываемые зависят от разных времен выполнения, настроенных в " -"Odoo." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:18 -msgid "Configuring lead times" -msgstr "Настройка срока выполнения" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " -"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " -"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." -msgstr "" -"Настройка ** времени выполнения ** является первым необходимым шагом для " -"вычисления запланированных дат. Время выполнения - это задержки (в срок " -"доставки, изготовление, ...), обещанные вашим различным партнерам и / или " -"клиентам." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "Настройка различных времен выполнения выполняется следующим образом:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:28 -msgid "At a product level" -msgstr "На уровне товара" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 -msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" -msgstr "** Время выполнения поставщика **:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " -"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " -"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" -" select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "" -"Время, необходимое для того, чтобы поставщик доставил ваш приобретенный " -"товар. Чтобы настроить время доставки поставщика, выберите товар и перейдите" -" на вкладку ** Состав **. Чтобы выбрать время доставки поставщика, вам " -"придется добавить продавца к своему товару." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " -"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" -"Не забывайте, что можно добавить разных поставщиков и, таким образом, " -"различные сроки доставки в зависимости от поставщика." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " -"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" -" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " -"Time**." -msgstr "" -"Когда поставщика выбрано, просто откройте его форму и заполните его ** Время" -" доставки **. В этом случае дни безопасности не имеют влияния, " -"запланированные дни доставки будут равны: ** Дата ** заказ на покупку + ** " -"Время выполнения доставки **." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 -msgid "**Customer lead time**:" -msgstr "** Срок доставки клиенту **:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " -"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " -"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " -"time**." -msgstr "" -"Срок доставки клиенту - это время, необходимое для получения вашего товара " -"от вашего магазина / склада для вашего клиента. Он может быть настроен для " -"любого товара. Просто выберите товар, перейдите на вкладку Продажи и укажите" -" ** Срок доставки клиенту **." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 -msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" -msgstr "** Время производства **:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "" -"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" -" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " -"product." -msgstr "" -"На той же странице можно настроить ** Время производства **. Время " -"производства - это время, необходимое для изготовления товара." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " -"create manufacturing routes." -msgstr "" -"Не забудьте обозначить производство на складе, если хотите создать " -"производственные маршруты." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:74 -msgid "At the company level" -msgstr "На уровне компании" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 -msgid "" -"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " -"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " -"of delays." -msgstr "" -"На уровне компании можно настроить ** страховочные дни **, чтобы справиться " -"с возможными задержками и обязательно выполнять ваши задания. Идея " -"заключается в том, чтобы изъять ** резервные ** дни с ** исчисленной " -"запланированной даты ** в случае задержки." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 -msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" -msgstr "** Страховочные дни продажи **:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" -" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " -"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " -"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " -"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " -"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " -"keep your commitment." -msgstr "" -"Ежедневные страховочные дни - это ** резервные ** дни, чтобы гарантировать, " -"что вы сможете выполнить доставку вашим клиентам в сроки. Они пределами " -"ошибок для времени доставки. Страховочные дни - это та самая логика, и " -"наручные часы с ускоренным временем, чтобы прибыть вовремя. Идея заключается" -" в том, чтобы вычислить числа страховых дней по расчету и таким образом " -"вычислять запланированную дату раньше, чем та, которую вы обещали своему " -"клиенту. Таким образом вы уверены, что сможете сохранить свою привязанность." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " -"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " -"of safety days." -msgstr "" -"Когда меню открыто, перейдите на вкладку настроек и укажите количество " -"страховочных дней." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" -msgstr "** Страховочные дня покупки **:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "Дни покупки следуют по той же логике, что и страховочные дня." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 -msgid "" -"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " -"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " -"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " -"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" -msgstr "" -"Они пределами ошибки для времени введения поставщика. Когда система " -"генерирует заказ на приобретение для закупки товаров, им будет " -"запланировано, что за много дней раньше они имели дело с неожиданными " -"задержками поставщиков. При осуществлении покупки можно найти в том же меню " -"и страховочные дни продажи." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " -"here." -msgstr "" -"Заметьте, что вы можете настроить время производства по умолчанию здесь." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:134 -msgid "At route level" -msgstr "На уровне маршрута" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" -" can also influence the computed date." -msgstr "" -"Внутренние перемещения, которые товар может сделать через движение запасов, " -"также могут повлиять на исчисленную дату." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " -"app when creating a new push rule in a route." -msgstr "" -"Задержки в результате внутренних перемещений могут быть указаны в приложении" -" ** состав ** при создании нового правила нажатия на маршруте." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 -msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." -msgstr "" -"Перейдите к разделу правила выталкивания на форме маршрута, чтобы установить" -" задержку." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 -msgid "At sale order level:" -msgstr "На уровне заказ на продажу:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "**Requested date**:" -msgstr "** Запрашиваемая дата **:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " -"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" -" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" -" display a warning." -msgstr "" -"Odoo предлагает возможность выбрать запрашиваемую дату клиентом, указав дату" -" на другой информационной вкладке заказ на продажу. Если эта дата раньше, " -"чем теоретическая равным дата, odoo автоматически отображать предупреждение." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:173 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "пример" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " -"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." -" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " -"on your configuration:" -msgstr "" -"В качестве примера, вы можете продать автомобиль сегодня (1 января), " -"приобретенный по заказу, и вы обещаете доставить своему клиенту в течение 20" -" дней (20 января). В таком случае планировщик может инициировать следующие " -"действия, исходя из вашей конфигурации:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 -msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "" -"19 января: фактическая запланирована доставка (1 день безопасности продажи)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 -msgid "" -"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "18 января: получайте товар от поставщика (1 день покупки)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 -msgid "" -"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " -"lead time)" -msgstr "" -"10 января: крайний срок заказа у вашего поставщика (9 дней срока доставки " -"поставщика)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 -msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " -"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "" -"8 января: запустите запрос на покупку в команду покупателей, поскольку " -"команда нуждается в среднем 2 дня, чтобы найти нужного поставщика и заказ." - #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" -"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " -"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " -"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a *quality control step* in the goods " -"receipt process can become essential." +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " +"that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more " +"steps before shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," -" the reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can " -"allow having 3 steps." +"With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " +"to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " +"location before being effectively shipped to the customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The 3-steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" -" transfer them into a quality area for *quality control*. When the quality " -"check has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of " -"course, you may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity " -"that is valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 -msgid "Multi-Step Routes" -msgstr "многошаговые маршруты" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to activate the *multi-step routes* option. Indeed, " -"routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. Here, we " -"will chain the picking to the shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:29 -msgid "" -"To activate *multi-step routes*, open the *inventory app*, and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. By " -"default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage " -"Locations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:38 -msgid "Warehouse configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now that *Multi-Step Routes* is activated, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and open the one you will use " -"to deliver in 3 steps. Then, you can select the option *Pack good, send " -"goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* as *Outgoing Shipments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " -"*Output* and *Packing Zone*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Of course, you can rename them if you want. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to " -"rename. Change its name and hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "Создать заказ на продажу" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* app, create a quotation with storable products to deliver. " -"Then, confirm it and three pickings will be created and linked to your sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:65 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 -msgid "Now, click on the button. You should see three different pickings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 -msgid "The first one, with a reference PICK, designates the picking process;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "The second one, with a reference PACK, is for the packing process;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:71 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 -msgid "The third one, with a reference OUT, designates the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:77 -msgid "Process the picking, packing, and delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The first operation to be processed is the picking and has a *Ready* status," -" while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*. The packing will become " -"*Ready* as soon as the picking is marked as *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " -"inventory app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Note that, if you have the product in stock, it will be automatically " -"reserved and you can validate the picking document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Now that the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " -"processed. Since the documents are chained, the products that have been " -"picked are automatically reserved on the packing order so you can directly " -"validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Then, you can validate your packing. In doing so, the delivery order can be " -"processed. Once again, it will be ready to be validated so you can transfer " -"the products to the customer location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " -"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " -"you to have 2 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " -"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 msgid "" "The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" " a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " -"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" -" stock." +"chain the picking step to the shipping step." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 msgid "" -"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " -"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " +"*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 msgid "" -"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " -"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " -"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing" +" Shipments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " -"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " +"*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one" +" you want to rename and update its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 -msgid "Create a purchase order" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 +msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 +msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " +"operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " +"and you can simply validate the picking document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing " +"order which can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " +"transfer the products to the customer location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " +"happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " +"part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an " +"output location before being effectively shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +msgid "Warehouse configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." +" If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 msgid "" -"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" -" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " -"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " -"your purchase order." +"If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " +"pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " +"another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " -"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" -" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " -"products to *Stock*." +msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 -msgid "Process the picking and the delivery" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " +"picking operation has been marked as done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 msgid "" -"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " -"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " -"marked as *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " -"through the inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 -msgid "" -"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " -"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " -"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " -"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " -"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " -"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +"Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery" +" order." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 @@ -1887,10 +1494,303 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " +"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " +"to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "Создайте заказ на покупку" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " +"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " +"the *RfQ*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " +"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "Process a Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " +"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " +"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " +"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " +"suppliers are considered as being always available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " +"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " +"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " +"throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " +"of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality " +"control step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " +"Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " +"the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have " +"two-steps or three-steps processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " +"receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " +"(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC " +"requirements are moved to stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " +"mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " +"the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " +"Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " +"with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then " +"quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " +"and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " +"from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," +" three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source " +"document:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " +"control zone;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " +"status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " +"Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " +"come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " +"*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " +"previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the " +"transfer can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " +"again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " +"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " +"you to have 2 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " +"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" +" stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " +"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " +"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " +"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " +"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" +" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " +"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " +"your purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " +"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" +" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " +"products to *Stock*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " +"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " +"marked as *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " +"through the inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " +"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " +"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " +"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " +"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " +"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" msgstr "Партии и Серийные номера" @@ -2671,244 +2571,360 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Planning" msgstr "Планирование" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:3 -msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed?" +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 msgid "" -"In most cases, scheduled dates are computed to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions, and so on. Depending on your company’s habits, Odoo generates " -"scheduled dates via the scheduler." +"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " +"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " +"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate" +" scheduled dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:9 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 msgid "" -"To make your life easier, the Odoo scheduler computes everything per line, " -"whether it’s a manufacturing order, a delivery order, a sale order, etc." +"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " +"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " +"will get the products he ordered." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 msgid "" -"The computed dates are dependent on the different lead times configured in " -"Odoo." +"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " +"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " +"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into " +"account." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 msgid "" -"Configuring lead times is the first move if you want to compute scheduled " -"dates. Those are the delays promised (in terms of delivery, manufacturing, " -"etc.) to your partners and/or clients." +"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " +"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" +" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:25 -msgid "In Odoo, you can configure different lead times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 msgid "" -"When configuring lead times at the product level, you have three different " -"types to take into account: supplier lead time, customer lead time, and " -"manufacturing lead time." +"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " +"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " +"lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:35 -msgid "Supplier lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 msgid "" -"The supplier lead time is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your " -"purchased products. To configure it, select a product and click on the " -"inventory tab. There, you will have to add a vendor to your product." +"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " +"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" +" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead " +"Time**." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, just open the vendor form and fill its *Delivery lead time*. In this " -"case, the delivery day will be equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + " -"Delivery Lead Time*." +"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a " +"vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope " +"with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the " +"**Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be " +"the default *Receipt* scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendor pricelists and, " -"thus, different delivery lead times, depending on the vendor." +"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " +"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " +"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " +"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " +"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific " +"date is set on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " +"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " +"produce and does not take the routing time into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " +"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " +"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead" +" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 +msgid "Sales - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " +"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" +" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " +"warning message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " +"all the lead times that could occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 msgid "Customer Lead Time" msgstr "Срок поставки заказчика" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 msgid "" -"It is the time needed to get your product from your store/warehouse to your " -"customer. It can be configured for any product. To add it, select a product " -"and go to the inventory tab. There, simply indicate your *customer lead " -"time*." +"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" +" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " +"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your " +"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:67 -msgid "Manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "Срок исполнения производства" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 msgid "" -"On the same page, it is possible to configure what’s called the " -"*Manufacturing Lead Time*. It is the time needed to manufacture the product." +"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" +" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " +"April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 +msgid "Security Lead Time" +msgstr "Надежный временной цикл" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 msgid "" -"At the company level, you can configure security days. Those are useful to " -"cope with eventual dalys and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract backup days from the computed scheduled date in case of " -"delays." +"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " +"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " +"earlier in order to arrive on time." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 msgid "" -"Once again, there are three different types of security lead times: for " -"sales, for purchases, and for manufacturing." +"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " +"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:85 -msgid "Security lead time for sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:87 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 msgid "" -"In sales, security lead time corresponds to backup days to ensure you will " -"be able to deliver your clients in times. They are margins of errors for " -"delivery lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early " -"wristwatch, in order to arrive on time." +"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 msgid "" -"The idea is to subtract the numbers of security days from the calculation " -"and, thus, to compute a scheduled date earlier than the one you promised to " -"your client. In that way, you are sure to be able to keep your commitment." +"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " +"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " +"the delivery order is the 5th of April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:97 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 +msgid "Deliver several products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " +"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " +"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:104 -msgid "Security lead time for purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:106 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" -"It follows the same logic as security lead time for sales except that " -"security lead time for purchase is the margin of error for vendor lead " -"times, not for sales." +"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" +" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " +"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 msgid "" -"When the system generates purchase orders for procuring products, they will " -"be scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." +"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " +"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " +"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is " +"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of " +"April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:114 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 msgid "" -"To find purchase lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " +"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" +" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:121 -msgid "Security lead time for manufacturing" +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:123 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 +msgid "Supplier Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 msgid "" -"The security lead time for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " -"orders which are scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected " -"manufacturing days." +"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " +"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " +"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:127 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 msgid "" -"To configure it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and enable the *Security Lead Time* option. Then, hit save." +"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " +"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " +"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead " +"Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:136 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" -"Sometimes, the internal transfers that a product might do may also influence" -" the computed date. The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in" -" the *Inventory* app when you create a new rule in a route." +"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " +"depending on the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:141 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 msgid "" -"To specify them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Routes` and add a push rule to set a delay. Of course, you need to activate " -"*Multi-step Routes* to use this feature." +"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " +"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " +"for your supplier to deliver your order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:149 -msgid "At the sale order level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:152 -msgid "Expected date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:154 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 msgid "" -"In the *Sales* application, you have the possibility to activate the option " -"*Delivery Date*. It will allow you to see additional fields on the sale " -"order." +"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:158 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" -"By enabling this option, Odoo will indicate the *Expected Date* in the " -"*Other Info* tab of the sales order. This one is automatically computed " -"based on the different lead times." +"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " +"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:165 -msgid "" -"If you set a *Commitment Date* to deliver your customer that is earlier than" -" the *Expected Date*, a warning message will appear on the screen." +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 +msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:175 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 +msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" +msgstr "Время производства" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 msgid "" -"To better understand all the above info, here is an example. You may sell a " -"car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, and you promise to " -"deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20th). In such a scenario, the" -" scheduler will trigger the following events, based on your configuration:" +"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." +" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " +"number of days the manufacturing takes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:181 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 msgid "" -"January 19: this is the actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety " -"Days);" +"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " +"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" +" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of " +"July is June 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:183 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 msgid "" -"January 18: you receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase " -"days);" +"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " +"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:185 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "" -"January 10: this is the deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of " -"Supplier Delivery Lead Time);" +"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:187 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since they " -"need, on average, 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " +"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " +"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on " +"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +msgid "Global Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 +msgid "Here is a configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 +msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 +msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 +msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " +"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " +"here is when all the various steps are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " +"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +msgid "" +"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" +" security lead time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 +msgid "" +"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " +"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " +"Manufacturing)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 +msgid "" +"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " +"security lead time for sales)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 @@ -3234,7 +3250,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Kits?" +msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 @@ -5036,248 +5052,6 @@ msgstr "" "обратной логотип, если вы хотите позже обработать товары, оставшиеся не " "создавайте обратное заказ, если вы не придаете / не получите другие товары." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a procurement rule?" -msgstr "Что такое правила закупки?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " -"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" -" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " -"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " -"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " -"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " -"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" -" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " -"dissatisfaction." -msgstr "" -"Система управления закупок на складе начинается с заказа клиента. С помощью " -"этой стратегии компании изготавливают достаточно товаров для выполнения " -"заказов клиента. Преимущество системы заключается в том, что не будет " -"превышения запаса, нужно сохранять, таким образом снижая уровень запасов и " -"стоимость транспортировки и хранения товаров. Впрочем одним из главных " -"недостатков системы сбора данных является то, что очень трудно попасть в " -"дилеммы заказ, такие как поставщик, который не в состоянии своевременно " -"отгрузить товар. Тогда компания не может выполнить заказ и способствует " -"недовольству клиентов." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 -msgid "" -"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" -" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " -"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " -"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " -"of storing goods." -msgstr "" -"Примером системы контроля качества состава есть макет заказ. Цель состоит в " -"том, чтобы сохранить уровень состава на минимуме, имея достаточно запасов " -"для удовлетворения потребностей покупателей. Система МТО (под заказ) " -"устраняет затраты, уменьшая объемы запасов, необходимых для склада, и " -"расходов на хранение товаров." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " -"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " -"using rules\"." -msgstr "" -"Правила закупок является частью маршрутов. Перейдите в приложение Состав>" -" Настройка> Настройка и отметьте пункт «Продвижение маршрутных товаров и " -"правил»." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 -msgid "Procurement rules settings" -msgstr "Настройка правил закупок" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 -msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." -msgstr "В разделе Правила закупок нажмите Добавить объект." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " -"possible :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 -msgid "Move from another location rules" -msgstr "Перемещение с другой правила местонахождения." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 -msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " -"manufacturing rules." -msgstr "" -"Приложение Производство должно быть установлено, чтобы запустить правила " -"производства." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " -"rules." -msgstr "" -"Приложение Закупки нужно установить, чтобы запустить правила ** покупки **." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " -"defined." -msgstr "" -"Некоторые настройки состава создает маршруты с уже определенным правилам " -"закупок." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 -msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" -msgstr ":doc:`push_rule`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:72 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 -msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -msgstr ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" -msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a push rule?" -msgstr "Что такое правило выталкивания?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" -" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " -"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " -"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " -"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " -"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " -"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " -"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " -"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " -"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " -"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " -"inability to meet customer demand for the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" -" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " -"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " -"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " -"be triggered automatically or manually." -msgstr "" -"Поток выталкивания показывает, как местонахождение располагаются с другими. " -"Как только определенное количество товаров перемещается в местонахождение " -"источника, автоматически предполагается движение расположения в соответствии" -" с параметрами, заданными в спецификации потока (место назначения, задержка," -" тип перемещения, журнал). Это может срабатывать автоматически или вручную." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" -" rules**." -msgstr "" -"Правила выталкивания является частью маршрутов. Откройте меню " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` и отметьте пункт " -"** Предыдущая маршрутизация товаров с использованием правил **." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 -msgid "Push rules settings" -msgstr "Настройка правил выталкивания" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Routes`." -msgstr "" -"Правила выталкивания устанавливаются на маршрутах. Перейдите к " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Routes`." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 -msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "В разделе правила выталкивания нажмите ** Добавить объект **." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " -"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " -"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " -"quality control location move to the stock." -msgstr "" -"Здесь вы можете установить условия вашего правила. В этом примере, когда " -"товар находится в ** месте приема **, его нужно переместить в контроль " -"качества. В 3 этапах поступлений, другое правило выталкивания приведёт к " -"тому, что товары, находящиеся в месте контроля качества, перемещаются в " -"состав." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." -msgstr "" -"Некоторые настройки состава создают маршруты с уже установленным правилам " -"выталкивания." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 -msgid "Stock transfers" -msgstr "складские перемещения" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" -" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " -"waiting." -msgstr "" -"Правило выталкивания приведет к складскому перемещения. Согласно правилу, " -"установленному на вашем маршруте, вы увидите, что некоторые перемещения " -"могут быть готовы, а другие в ожидании." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " -"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." -msgstr "" -"Правило выталкивания, которое было установлено выше, создаст перемещения со " -"** склада / места приема ** к местонахождению ** склада / контроля качества " -"**." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:74 -msgid "" -"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " -"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" -" the main stock." -msgstr "" -"В этом примере, другое перемещение ожидает по вторым правилом выталкивания, " -"оно определяет, что когда контроль качества будет завершено, товары будут " -"перемещены на основной состав." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" -msgstr ":doc:`procurement_rule`" - #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" msgstr "" @@ -5338,231 +5112,469 @@ msgid "" " A and one in warehouse B." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 -msgid "How to use routes?" -msgstr "Как использовать маршруты?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" -" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 +msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" msgstr "" -"Маршрут - это совокупность правил закупок и правил перемещения. Odoo может " -"управлять дополнительными настройками маршрутов выталкивания / вытягивания, " -"например" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" -msgstr "Управляйте производственной цепочкой продукта" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " +"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " +"in the retail channel." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 -msgid "Manage default locations per product" -msgstr "Управление местоположениями по умолчанию для каждого продукта" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " +"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" +" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " +"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +msgid "Inside the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " +"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " +"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " +"trigger all the route's rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " +"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" +" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " +"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " +"stored in their respective locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " +"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " +"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " +"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" +" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" +" to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 +msgid "Pull Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 +msgid "" +"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " +"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 +msgid "" +"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " +"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" +" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " +"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " +"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " +"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " +"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " +"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " +"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 +msgid "" +"All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " +"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " +"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "Push Правила" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " +"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " +"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" +" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 +msgid "" +"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " +"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " +"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" +" products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " +"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " +"their *Storage Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " +"upstream transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" +" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " +"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " +"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 +msgid "Use Routes and Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " +"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 +msgid "Manage default locations per product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 msgid "" "Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" +"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" msgstr "" -"Определение маршрутов на вашем складе в соответствии с потребностями " -"бизнеса, таких как контроль качества, послепродажное обслуживание или " -"возврат поставщикам" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 msgid "" -"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " -"products" +"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products." msgstr "" -"Помощь по аренде, путем создания автоматизированных перемещений возврата для" -" арендованных продуктов" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " -"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " -"routing of products using rules**." +"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " +"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " +"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." msgstr "" -"Правила закупок является частью маршрутов. Выделите приложение ** Состав **," -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` и выберите пункт ** " -"Дополнительные маршруты товаров, используют правила **." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 -msgid "Pre-configured routes" -msgstr "Предварительно настроенные маршруты" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 -msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." -msgstr "Odoo имеет некоторые предустановленные маршруты для ваших складов." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 msgid "" -"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`." +"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" +"Step Routes*." msgstr "" -"В программе Состав перейдите к :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 msgid "" -"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " -"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." +"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" +"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." msgstr "" -"На вкладке ** Настройка состава ** параметры ** Входные отправления ** и ** " -"Выходные отправления ** устанавливают некоторые маршруты в соответствии с " -"вашего выбора." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 +msgid "Pre-configured Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " +"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " +"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " +"incoming and outgoing shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" +" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " +"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " +"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " +"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " +"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" +" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" +" rules for the pre-configured route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "Настройка маршрутов" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Routes`." +"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " +"selected. Of course, combinations are available." msgstr "" -"В программе ** Состав ** перейдите к :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Routes`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 msgid "" -"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " -"can combine several choices." +"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " +"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." msgstr "" -"Во-первых, вам следует выбрать места, где можно выбрать этот маршрут. Вы " -"можете объединить несколько вариантов выбора." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 -msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" -msgstr "Маршруты применяются на складах" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 msgid "" -"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" -" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " -"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." +"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " +"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " +"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " +"the same category." msgstr "" -"Если вы отметите ** Склады **, вы должны выбрать, какой состав будет " -"применено. Маршрут будет установлено для всего перемещения на этом складе, " -"который будет отвечать условиям закупок и правилам перемещения." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 -msgid "Routes applied on products" -msgstr "Маршруты применяются к товарам" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 msgid "" -"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " -"be applied." +"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " +"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " +"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." msgstr "" -"Если вы отметите ** Товары **, вам нужно вручную установить, какой товар он " -"будет применяться." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," -" select the route(s):" +"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " +"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " +"if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" -"Откройте продукт, на котором вы хотите применить маршруты ( " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). На вкладке Состав " -"выберите маршруты:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 -msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" -msgstr "Маршруты, примененные к категории" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 msgid "" -"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " -"categories it will be applied." +"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" +" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." msgstr "" -"Если вы отметите ** Категории товаров **, вам нужно вручную установить, к " -"каким категориям он будет применяться." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 +msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" -" under the **Logistics** section :" +"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " +"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" +" on which product it must be applied." msgstr "" -"Откройте товар, на который вы хотите применить маршруты ( " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Выберите маршруты в " -"разделе ** Логистики **:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 -msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" -msgstr "Маршруты, применены к строкам заказа на продажу" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 msgid "" -"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " -"time you make a sale order." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " +"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" +" tab* and select the route you’ve created." msgstr "" -"Если вы отметите ** Строки заказа на продажу **, вам придется вручную " -"устанавливать маршрут каждый раз, когда вы хотите сделать заказ на продажу." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 msgid "" -"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" -" the sales order." +"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " +"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " +"are vital to have working routings." msgstr "" -"Для того, чтобы это заработало, вы также должны активировать использование " -"маршрутов в заказе клиента." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "Правила" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 msgid "" -"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" +" section, and click on *Add a line* button." msgstr "" -"В приложении Продажи перейдите к :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`" -" и отметьте пункт ** Выбрать конкретные маршруты по строкам заказа на " -"продажу (расширенные) **." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 -msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" -msgstr "" -"Теперь вы можете выбрать маршруты для каждой строки ваших заказов на " -"продажу:" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 -msgid "Procurement and push rules" -msgstr "Закупки и правила выталкивания" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 -msgid "Please refer to the documents:" -msgstr "Пожалуйста, обратитесь к документации:" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 -msgid "Procurement configuration" -msgstr "Настройка закупок" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 msgid "" -"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " -"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " -"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " -"**Preferred Routes**:" +"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " +"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " +"of them:" msgstr "" -"Во время запроса на закупку можно применить маршрут, который вы хотите " -"использовать. На товаре ( :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), " -"нажмите на ** Запрос на закупку **. Выберите маршрут, который вы хотите " -"использовать рядом с ** Рекомендованными маршрутами **:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 -msgid "Make-to-Order Route" -msgstr "Маршрут на заказ" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 msgid "" -"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " -"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " -"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " -"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." +"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " +"specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " +"validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. " +"When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to " +"fulfill this need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 +msgid "" +"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " +"defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, " +"Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 +msgid "" +"**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different " +"situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a " +"specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " +"fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a " +"rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the " +"products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 +msgid "" +"**Buy**: when products are needed at the source location, a request for " +"quotation is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 +msgid "" +"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " +"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 +msgid "" +"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " +"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " +"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " +"source location:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " +"source location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" +" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " +"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " +"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " +"source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 +msgid "" +"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " +"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " +"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " +"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " +"alert in the form of a *next activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 +msgid "What about a full flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " +"full flow with an advanced custom route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +msgid "" +"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " +"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " +"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " +"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " +"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " +"the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +msgid "" +"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " +"created to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " +"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " +"transfer in the list is not done yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " +"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +msgid "" +"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " +"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " +"required products from the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +msgid "" +"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " +"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " +"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" +" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " +"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +msgid "" +"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " +"have been triggered and the transfers done." msgstr "" -"Если вы работаете без состава, или с минимальными правилами закупки, лучше " -"воспользоваться маршруту ** на заказ **. Соедините его с маршрутом ** " -"Покупка ** или ** Производство **, и он автоматически запускает заказа на " -"закупку или заказ на производство, когда ваши товары недоступны." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po index 831ce43b1..2f4a23c4b 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" @@ -64,22 +64,35 @@ msgid "Power on the IoT Box." msgstr "Включите IoT Box." #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28 -msgid "Then click on the Scan button." -msgstr "Затем нажмите на кнопку Поиск." +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:34 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:40 msgid "WiFi Connection" msgstr "Соединение с WiFi" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:36 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:42 msgid "Power on the IoT Box" msgstr "Включите IoT Box." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:38 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:44 msgid "Copy the token" msgstr "Скопируйте токен" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:43 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:48 msgid "" "Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " "plugged in your computer)." @@ -87,7 +100,7 @@ msgstr "" "Подключите WiFi до IoT Box (убедитесь, что в компьютере не подключены кабель" " Ethernet)." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:49 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:53 msgid "" "You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " "to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " @@ -97,7 +110,7 @@ msgstr "" "подключитесь к IP-адреса коробки). Дайте название вашему IoT Box (не " "обязательно) и вставьте токен, а затем нажмите кнопку Далее." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:57 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:60 msgid "" "If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " "(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" @@ -109,7 +122,7 @@ msgstr "" "4957098401 ** должен стать ** http: //375228-saas-11-5-iot-" "f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com \\ | 4957098401 **)." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:63 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:66 msgid "" "Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " "there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " @@ -119,11 +132,11 @@ msgstr "" "таковой имеется) и нажмите кнопку Отправить. Подождите несколько секунд, " "прежде чем перенаправитися в базу данных." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:70 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:72 msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." msgstr "Теперь вы можете видеть IoT Box." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:76 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:78 msgid "IoT Box Schema" msgstr "Схема IoT Box" @@ -145,13 +158,10 @@ msgstr "Обновление вашей SD карты через Etcher" #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__, " +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__, " "It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " "and launch it." msgstr "" -"Перейдите на сайт Balena и загрузите `Etcher `__, " -"это бесплатно, а утилиты с открытым кодом используются для записи фалов " -"изображений. Установите и запустите это." #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -211,20 +221,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " "reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " -"can be found `here `__)." +"can be found `here `__)." msgstr "" -"Если ваше изображение IoT Box старой версии, тогда вам необходимо " -"перезаписать SD карточку вашего IoT Box, чтобы обновить изображение (новое " -"изображение можно найти `здесь `__)." -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here " -"`__)." +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`flash_sdcard`" msgstr "" -"Вы можете найти документацию о перепрошивку SD карты ( `здесь " -"" -" `__)." #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" @@ -363,13 +365,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:73 msgid "" "Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" -" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the box \"IoT" +" Box\" and select the IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." msgstr "" -"Как только это сделано, вы можете подключить IoT Box к вашей точке продажи. " -"Для этого перейдите в Точку продажи> Настройка> Точка продажи, " -"отметьте "IoT Box" и выберите IoT Box, с которым вы хотите " -"соединиться. Сохраните изменения." #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:77 msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po index 6046388a3..82da9a044 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po @@ -4,17 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Ivan Yelizariev , 2020 +# Ivan Yelizariev , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Ekaterina , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Ekaterina , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -22,229 +23,253 @@ msgstr "" "Language: ru\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "Живой чат" +#: ../../livechat/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Обзор" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 -msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" -msgstr "Общайтесь с посетителями сайта в реальном времени" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " -"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " -"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," -" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " -"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " -"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" msgstr "" -"С Онлайн-чатом Odoo вы можете установить прямой контакт с посетителями " -"вашего сайта. Простое диалоговое окно появится на экране и позволит им " -"связаться с одним из ваших торговых представителей. Таким образом, вы можете" -" легко превратить лиды в возможности. Вы также сможете оказывать помощь " -"своим клиентам. В общем, это идеальный инструмент для улучшения " -"удовлетворенности клиентов." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Настройка" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" -" and then click on install." +"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " +"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" +" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " +"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." msgstr "" -"Чтобы получить функцию Онлайн-чат откройте модуль Приложения, найдите "" -";Онлайн-чат", а затем нажмите кнопку Установить." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 msgid "" -"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " -"operators can easily join and leave the chat." +"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " +"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" +" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Live Chat`." msgstr "" -"Модуль Онлайн-чат предоставляет прямой доступ к вашим каналов. Там операторы" -" могут легко присоединиться и выходить из чата." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" -msgstr "Добавьте онлайн-чат на сайт Odoo" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" -"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " -"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" -" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " -"website." +"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." msgstr "" -"Если ваш сайт был создан с помощью Odoo, то автоматически будет добавлен " -"онлайн-чат. Все, что нужно сделать, это перейти на :menuselection:`Website " -"--> Configuration --> Settings`, чтобы выбрать канал, который будет связан с" -" сайтом." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 -msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" -msgstr "Добавьте онлайн-чат на внешний сайт" +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "For both scenarios, under:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " -"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " -"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " -"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." +"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " +"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " +"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." msgstr "" -"Если ваш сайт не был создан с помощью Odoo, перейдите к модулю Онлайн-чат, " -"выберите канал, который нужно привязать. Там вы можете просто скопировать " -"доступен код на свой сайт. Также предоставляется конкретная URL-адрес, " -"который вы можете отправить клиентам или поставщикам для доступа к чату." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 -msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" -msgstr "Спрячьте / покажите онлайн-чат в соответствии с правилами" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 msgid "" -"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " -"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " -"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" -" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " -"of time it takes for the chat to appear." +"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " +"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " +"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." msgstr "" -"Правила онлайн-чата можно определить по форме канала. Например, вы можете " -"выбрать показ чата в странах, в которых вы владеете языком. Напротив, вы " -"можете скрыть чат в странах, где ваша компания не ведет деятельность. Если " -"вы выберете Автоматическое всплывающее окно *, вы также можете установить, " -"сколько времени нужно для показа чата." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 -msgid "Prepare automatic messages" -msgstr "Подготовьте автоматические сообщения" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 msgid "" -"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" -" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" -" through the live chat." +"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " +"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " +"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." msgstr "" -"В форме канала, в разделе Параметры * несколько сообщений могут быть " -"набраны, чтобы появляться автоматически в чате. Это побуждает посетителей " -"обратиться к вам через онлайн-чат." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 -msgid "Start chatting with customers" -msgstr "Начните общаться с клиентами" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 msgid "" -"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " -"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " -"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " -"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." +"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " +"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " +"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." msgstr "" -"Чтобы начать общение с клиентами, сначала убедитесь, что канал публикуется " -"на вашем сайте. Чтобы сделать это, выберите * неопубликованных на веб-сайте " -"* в верхнем правом углу формы канала, чтобы переключить параметр * " -"Опубликовано *. Затем можно начать чат, когда оператор присоединится к " -"каналу." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "External options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 msgid "" -"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " -"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." +"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" +" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." msgstr "" -"Если ни один оператор не доступен или если канал не опубликовано на сайте, " -"кнопка онлайн-чата не будет отображаться посетителям." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " -"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " -"answered wherever you are in Odoo." +"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " +"single live chat page." msgstr "" -"Разговор, инициированный посетителями, также загорается в модуле Обсуждение " -"кроме того, что появляется как прямое сообщение. Поэтому на запросы можно " -"ответить, где бы вы ни были в Odoo." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "Managing chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 msgid "" -"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " -"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." +"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " +"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" +" Odoo." msgstr "" -"Если есть несколько операторов, которые присоединились к каналу, система " -"будет отправлять сессии посетителей случайным образом между ними." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " +"operators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 +msgid "Leave or join a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Рейтинги" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " +"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " +"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Customer Rating" +msgstr "Рейтинг клиентов" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " +"for an explanation is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 +msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "Make the rating public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " +"rating of that channel on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 +msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" +"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 msgid "Use commands" msgstr "используйте команды" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 msgid "" -"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " -"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " -"into the chat. The following actions are available :" +"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" msgstr "" -"Команды полезны для выполнения определенных действий или доступа к " -"информации, которая вам может понадобиться. Чтобы использовать эту функцию, " -"введите команды в чат. Доступны следующие действия:" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 -msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." -msgstr "** / help ** Показать вспомогательное сообщение." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 +msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 -msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "** / helpdesk **: создать заявку службы поддержки." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 +msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 -msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "** / helpdesk \\ _search ** искать заявку технической поддержки." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 +msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 -msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." -msgstr "** / history **: смотреть 15 последних посещенных страниц." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 +msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 -msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." -msgstr "** / lead **: создать новый лед." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 +msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 -msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." -msgstr "** / leave **: оставить канал." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 +msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 msgid "" -"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " -"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " -"The same goes for the creation of a lead." +"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " +"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." msgstr "" -"Если из чата создан заявку поддержки, тогда разговор, из которой она была " -"сгенерирована автоматически отображаться как описание заявки. То же самое " -"касается и создания лида." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " +"link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" +" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 msgid "Send canned responses" msgstr "Присылайте фиксированные ответы" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " -"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " -"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " -"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," -" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " -"assigned." +"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " +"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " +"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." msgstr "" -"Фиксированные ответы позволяют создавать заменители общих предложений, " -"которые вы часто используете. Введите вместо нескольких, это сэкономит вам " -"много времени. Чтобы добавить фиксированные ответы, перейдите к " -":menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> Configuration --> Canned Responses` и создайте" -" столько ответов, сколько нужно. Чтобы использовать их во время чата, " -"введите ":" к ярлыку, который вы назначили." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 msgid "" -"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " -"visitors, enjoy !" +"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " +"shortcut word you created." msgstr "" -"Теперь у вас есть все инструменты, необходимые для общения в онлайн с " -"посетителями вашего сайта. Наслаждайтесь!" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po index 4c992cfbe..936b4b649 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Ivan Yelizariev , 2020 # #, fuzzy @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" @@ -149,11 +149,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 msgid "" "Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " -"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the *Master Data* menu > " -"*Products* and create both the finished product and the component." +"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " +"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " "create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" @@ -161,64 +161,64 @@ msgid "" "*Manufacture this Product*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:38 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:40 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 msgid "" "As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" " same as for the standard product." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 msgid "" "If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " "*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " "each component line. You can add several variants for each component." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 msgid "Adding a routing" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:54 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 msgid "" "You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " "series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " "enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "" "Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" " times." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:66 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 msgid "" "Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" " when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " "dropdown menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 msgid "Adding By-Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 msgid "" "In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " "the primary product." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:79 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 msgid "" "To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" " *Manufacturing* app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " "You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Настройка" @@ -755,153 +755,320 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontract the manufacturing" +msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 msgid "" -"Some businesses subcontract the production of some finished products through" -" subcontractors. This can be easily managed through Odoo." +"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " +"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 +msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and tick the box " -"*Subcontracting*." +"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:17 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 +msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 +msgid "Control subcontractors bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 msgid "" -"You can now define subcontracted *Bill of Materials*. Therefore, you need to" -" go to *Manufacturing > Master Data > Bill of Materials* and hit *Create*. " -"In this *BoM*, list the components which will be used by the subcontractor " -"to manufacture the subcontracted finished product. Specify that the *BoM* " -"type is *Subcontracting*." +"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " +"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:22 -msgid "You can also define subcontractors on the BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:24 -msgid "If no subcontractor is set, the BoM can be used by any subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 -msgid "If some are set, the BoM can only be used for those subcontractors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32 -msgid "Receive or buy a subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:34 -msgid "You have two options to trigger the subcontracting of a product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:36 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 msgid "" -"**Option A**: You can buy the subcontracted product from your subcontractor" +"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " +"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 -msgid "**Option B**: You can directly receive the subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:40 -msgid "Let’s start with option A (option B is just a simpler version of it)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:42 msgid "" -"Create a new purchase order. The vendor must be a subcontractor. The unit " -"price should be the cost you are paying to the subcontractor for the " -"subcontracting (thus, it’s not necessarily the total cost of the " -"subcontracted product)." +"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " +"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " +"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " +"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " +"directly from the subcontractor." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:50 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 msgid "" -"The validation of the purchase order automatically creates the receipt. " -"Whenever you receive the product, you can validate the receipt. The " -"following stock moves are created:" +"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" +" subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 +msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 -msgid "For the components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:56 -msgid "From Subcontracting To Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:58 -msgid "For the subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60 -msgid "From Production to Subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:62 -msgid "From Subcontracting to Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 msgid "" -"The *Subcontracting Location* represents the place where the products are at" -" your subcontractor’s warehouse. It is configured as an internal location, " -"the components that are sent to the subcontractor are still valued in your " -"stock." +"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " +"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " +"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " +"subcontractor on the *BoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:69 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 msgid "" -"For option B, you can simply create the receipt manually with a partner of " -"type subcontractor defined on it." +"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " +"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " +"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73 -msgid "Resupply the subcontractor with the components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:75 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 msgid "" -"There are 3 ways to manage the resupply of your subcontractor with the " -"components:" +"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " +"(3);" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:80 -msgid "**Manually**: You create a delivery order in which you set the" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 +msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " +"validated receipt (5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " +"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " +"order." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "subcontractor as a partner and you choose the components to deliver." +msgid "" +"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " +"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " +"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " +"materials used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "Оценка запасов" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "**With reordering rules**: You can define a *reordering rule*" +msgid "**C = A + B + s**" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:86 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 +msgid "With:" +msgstr "С:" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 +msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 +msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 msgid "" -"on the *Subcontracting location* to ensure that they are always enough " -"components sent to your subcontractors. When the reordering rule is " -"triggered, a delivery order is created for the product is automatically " -"created." +"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " +"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " +"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " +"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:97 -msgid "**On order**: You can also deliver the components to your" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:95 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 msgid "" -"subcontractors each time you order a subcontracted product. For this, you " -"need to tick the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " +"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " +"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " +"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" +" accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " +"proposed price coming from the finished products C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" +" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " +"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "Учет движения" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 +msgid "" +"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " +"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " +"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " +"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " +"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 +msgid "" +"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " +"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 +msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " +"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 +msgid "" +"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " +"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " +"subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 +msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " +"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " +"address and fill the components to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " +"approaches:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 +msgid "Reordering rules;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 +msgid "Replenish on order flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 +msgid "" +"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " +"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " +"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" +" subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " +"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " +"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " +"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " "components." msgstr "" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 +msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " +"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " +"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " +"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " +"shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 +msgid "" +"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " +"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "Контроль качества" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 +msgid "" +"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " +"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " +"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " +"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 +msgid "" +"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " +"a new *Control Point* on the reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " +"product is received." +msgstr "" + #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild a product" msgstr "разборка товара" @@ -991,8 +1158,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and activate the " -"Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 @@ -1003,10 +1170,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 msgid "" -"Now, go in *Planning > Master Production Schedule* and click on add a " -"product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the stock you want " -"to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and maximum " -"quantities to replenish." +"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " +"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " +"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" +" maximum quantities to replenish." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 @@ -1144,11 +1311,11 @@ msgstr "Общий обзор" msgid "Repair Management" msgstr "управление ремонтом" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 msgid "Repair products" msgstr "ремонт товаров" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " "but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " @@ -1158,11 +1325,11 @@ msgstr "" "процессом, а также просто ремонтировать изделия, которые вы сделали, если " "они являются дефектными." -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 msgid "Create a Repair Order" msgstr "Создайте заказ на ремонт" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:14 msgid "" "Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " "new one." @@ -1170,11 +1337,11 @@ msgstr "" "Оказавшись в программе, вы сможете получить доступ к существующим * Заказов " "на ремонт * и создать новое." -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 msgid "Manage a repair" msgstr "управление ремонтом" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:23 msgid "" "When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." " Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " @@ -1186,7 +1353,7 @@ msgstr "" "клиент, если он должен быть выписан после или перед ремонтом, деталей, " "которые могут понадобиться и т.д." -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:31 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " "customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " @@ -1196,6 +1363,6 @@ msgstr "" "вашему клиенту. Если это будет принято, вы можете подтвердить ремонт. После " "этого вы сможете запустить и завершить ремонт, когда он будет завершен." -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:38 msgid "You can now invoice the repair." msgstr "Теперь вы можете выставить счет на ремонт." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po index f0e922954..e19e17ca6 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" @@ -315,6 +315,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" msgstr "" +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po index 48e8519a2..8319a5057 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po @@ -5,15 +5,16 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Ekaterina , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Ekaterina , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -25,120 +26,125 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Planning" msgstr "Планирование" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 -msgid "Create a schedule and make encoding easier" +#: ../../planning/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Обзор" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:4 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:5 msgid "" "Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create" " shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high" " level." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:8 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 msgid "Organize your team by roles" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to" " the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under " "*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:18 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20 msgid "Make shifts recurrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:19 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:22 msgid "" "While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you " "from the need of re-planning it." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:28 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30 msgid "" "Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is " -"possible in developer mode, from *Settings*." +"possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"from *Settings*." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:32 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38 msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:36 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:41 msgid "Save shifts as templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:37 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:43 msgid "" -"If creating a shift on the fly and knowing that you will use that template " -"in the future, click on *Save as a Template*." +"If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the " +"future, click on *Save as a Template*." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:46 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 msgid "" "To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Shifts Templates --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:55 msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:52 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:57 msgid "" "When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or " "Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, " "simply click on *Copy Previous Week*." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:61 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65 msgid "" "The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you " "grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation " "time, for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 -msgid "Send planned shifts and give employees autonomy over shifts" +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 +msgid "Send Planned Shifts and Give Employees Autonomy Over Shifts" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:4 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, " -"loosing productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts " -"helps you to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." +"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, losing" +" productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts helps you " +"to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:9 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:12 msgid "" "Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include" " Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:17 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19 msgid "" "Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish " -"and Send*, employees will get an email that will redirect them to their " -"planned tasks:" +"and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned " +"tasks:" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:25 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:26 msgid "" "Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:30 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:31 msgid "" "Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an " "employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I " @@ -146,6 +152,6 @@ msgid "" "take it." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:45 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44 msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index e57935fef..09aeb7038 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -7,15 +7,16 @@ # Dinar , 2019 # Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Ivan Yelizariev , 2020 +# Irina Fedulova , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Irina Fedulova , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,367 +28,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Point of Sale" msgstr "Точка продаж" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced topics" -msgstr "Дополнительные темы" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "Использование штрих-кодов в точке продажи" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" -"Использование сканера штрих-кодов для обработки заказов на продажу улучшает " -"вашу эффективность и помогает вам сэкономить время для вас и ваших клиентов." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:20 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Настройка" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы воспользоваться сканером штрих-кодов, перейдите к " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` и " -"выберите ваш интерфейс точки продаж." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "" -"Под категорией IoT Box / Оборудование вы найдете * Сканер штрих-кодов *." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "Добавьте штрих-коды к товару" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` и " -"выберите товар." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "" -"На вкладке общей информации вы можете найти поле штрих-кода, где вы можете " -"ввести любой штрих-код." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "сканирование товаров" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" -"С вашего интерфейса точки продажи отсканируйте любой штрих-код с вашим " -"сканером штрих-кодов. Товар будет добавлен, вы сможете сканировать тот же " -"товар, чтобы добавить его несколько раз или изменить количество вручную на " -"экране." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:3 -msgid "Cash Rounding" -msgstr "Округление наличных денег" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:4 -msgid "" -"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " -"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " -"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " -"made in cash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " -"totals of its bills or receipts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "" -"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" -" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" -" option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " -"*Create and Edit...*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," -" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:41 -msgid "" -"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" -" according to your settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " -"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 -msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" -msgstr "Прием оплаты кредитной картой через Mercury" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " -"`__) is required to accept credit card payments" -" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " -"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " -"American businesses." -msgstr "" -"MercuryPay (см. `* Сайт MercuryPay * `__) " -"принимает платежи с помощью кредитных карт в точке продажи Odoo 11 со " -"встроенным устройством для чтения карт. MercuryPay работает только с " -"американскими и канадскими банками, что делает эту процедуру только " -"пригодной для предприятий Северной Америки." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 -msgid "" -"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " -"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " -"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr "" -"Альтернативой интегрированной кардридер является работа с автономным " -"устройством для чтения карт, копирование общей транзакции с экрана точки " -"продажи Odoo в кардридер и записи транзакции в точке продажи Odoo." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 -msgid "Install Mercury" -msgstr "установите Mercury" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " -"module." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы установить Mercury перейдите к :menuselection:`Apps` и найдите модуль " -"* Mercury *." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury " -"Configurations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " -"credentials." -msgstr "" -"Создайте новую конфигурацию для кредитных карточек и введите учетные данные " -"Mercury." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods` and create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Затем перейдите к :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " -"Payment Methods` и создайте еще один." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " -"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." -msgstr "" -"Под * Точкой продаже *, когда вы выберете Использовать в точке продажи *, вы" -" сможете выбрать только что созданные вами учетные данные Mercury." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." -msgstr "Теперь вы можете оплатить кредитную карту во время проверки платежа." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Log in with employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " -"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " -"made for that session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," -" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:16 -msgid "Set up log in with employees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " -"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " -"the cash register." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:25 -msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:28 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "Переключатель без PIN-кодов" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" -" cashier name in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:36 -msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:42 -msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " -"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:50 -msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:56 -msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " -"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" -" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:67 -msgid "Find who was the cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " -"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:75 -msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "Повторная печать чеков" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" -"Используйте функцию подтверждения * повторный печати *, если вам нужно " -"повторно печатать чек." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "В разделе Счета и чеки вы найдете функцию * Повторная печать чека *." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " -"receipt printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "Повторно введите чек" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" -"В вашем интерфейсе точки продаж теперь кнопка подтверждения * повторной " -"печати *." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "Когда вы используете его, вы можете повторно печатать последний чек." - #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 msgid "Pricing Features" msgstr "" @@ -460,6 +100,132 @@ msgstr "" "Затем отсканируйте тег со скидкой. Скидка будет применена, и вы можете " "закончить транзакцию." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Apply Discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " +"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " +"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " +"strategy tailored to every business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "Применение скидок вручную" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " +"inside an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "Примените скидку на товар" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 +msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "Примените общую скидку" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 +msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 +msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" +" discount on oranges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "Применение сезонных скидок" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " +"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" +" the PoS and define a default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "создайте прайслист" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " +"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " +"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 +msgid "" +"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " +"Then, you can finalize the order." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 msgid "Manage a loyalty program" msgstr "Управление программой лояльности" @@ -472,6 +238,19 @@ msgstr "" "Поощряйте своих клиентов продолжать покупать в вашей точке продажи с * " "программой лояльности *." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:20 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Настройка" + #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 msgid "" "To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " @@ -516,7 +295,6 @@ msgstr "" "в соответствии с правилами, определенными в программе лояльности." #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 msgid "" "You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" " finalize the order in your usual way." @@ -525,7 +303,6 @@ msgstr "" "прайслист. Вы можете завершить оформление заказа обычным способом." #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 msgid "" "If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " "can of course change it." @@ -533,184 +310,60 @@ msgstr "" "Если вы выберете клиента с ПРАЙСЛИСТ по умолчанию, он будет применен. Вы, " "конечно, можете изменить это." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "Применение скидок вручную" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" msgstr "" -"Если вы редко пользуетесь скидками, применение скидок вручную может стать " -"самым легким решением для вашей точки продаж." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" msgstr "" -"Вы можете либо применить скидку на все заказы или на отдельные товары." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "Примените скидку на товар" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 -msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." -msgstr "С интерфейса сессии используйте кнопку * Скидка *." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 msgid "" -"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " -"currently selected and the discount will be applied." +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." msgstr "" -"Затем вы можете вносить скидку (в процентах) на товар, который сейчас " -"выбран, и скидка будет применена." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "Примените общую скидку" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." msgstr "" -"Чтобы применить скидку ко всему заказу, перейдите к :menuselection:`Point of" -" Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` и выберите свой интерфейс точки " -"продаж." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 msgid "" -"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." -msgstr "В разделе * Цены * вы найдете * Общие скидки *." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 -msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." msgstr "" -"Теперь в вашем интерфейсе точки продаже появилась новая кнопка * Скидка *." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 msgid "" -"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." -msgstr "После нажатия вы сможете ввести желаемую скидку (в процентах)." +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 msgid "" -"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " -"product discount also at 50%." +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." msgstr "" -"На этом примере вы можете увидеть общую скидку 50%, а также конкретную " -"скидку товаре на 50%." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "Применение сезонных скидок" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " -"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " -"pricing strategy tailored to your business." -msgstr "" -"Поощряйте своих клиентов и увеличивайте ваши доходы, предлагая ограниченные " -"по времени скидки или сезонные скидки. Odoo имеет мощную функцию ПРАЙСЛИСТ, " -"что поддерживает стратегию ценообразования, адаптированную к вашему бизнесу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " -"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы активировать функцию * ПРАЙСЛИСТ * перейдите к меню " -":menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` и " -"выберите свой интерфейс точки продаж." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " -"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" -" on *Pricelists*." -msgstr "" -"Выберите ПРАЙСЛИСТ, которые вы хотите применить в этой точке продажи и " -"определите прайслист по умолчанию. Вы можете получить доступ ко всем своим *" -" ПРАЙСЛИСТ *, нажав на них." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "создайте прайслист" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" -msgstr "" -"По умолчанию у вас есть общий прайслист, чтобы создать больше, перейдите к " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " -"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " -"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " -"whole range." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете установить несколько критериев использования конкретной цены " -"периоды, мин. количество (удовлетворяйте минимальную заказанное количество и" -" получайте перерыв на цену) и др. Вы также можете выбрать, чтобы применить " -"этот прайслист только к определенной продукции или всего диапазона." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 -msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" -msgstr "Использование ПРАЙСЛИСТ в интерфейсе точки продаж" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " -"select the right pricelist." -msgstr "" -"Теперь у вас есть новая кнопка над * Клиентом *, используйте ее, чтобы " -"мгновенно выбрать нужный прайслист." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze sales" -msgstr "анализ продаж" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 -msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" -msgstr "Просмотр статистики точки продаж" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " -"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " -"statistics." -msgstr "" -"Отслеживание продаж является ключевым для любого бизнеса. Вот почему Odoo " -"предлагает практический просмотр, чтобы проанализировать свои продажи и " -"получить статистику." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "Посмотреть статистику" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " -"--> Orders`" -msgstr "" -"Чтобы получить доступ к вашей статистики, перейдите к :menuselection:`Point " -"of Sale --> Reporting --> Orders`" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 -msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." -msgstr "" -"Затем вы можете просмотреть различные статистические данные в виде графика " -"или в форме таблицы." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 -msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" -msgstr "Вы также можете получить доступ к просмотров статистики, нажав здесь" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" @@ -903,10 +556,170 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" msgstr "Модули с черным списком: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Общий обзор" +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Начиная работу" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " +"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" +" device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " +"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " +"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 +msgid "Make products available in the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" +" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " +"*Available in Point of Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "Настройте свои способы оплаты" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " +"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" +" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" +" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " +"payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " +"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 +msgid "Your first PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "Ваше первый заказ" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 +msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 +msgid "Return and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " +"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " +"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " +"repeat the process individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " +"process the payment and validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "Закройте сессию точки продаж" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " +"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" +" the dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 +msgid "" +"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " +"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " +"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " +"post the closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " +"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database <../../iot/config/connect>` " +"and :doc:`Use the IoT Box for the PoS <../../iot/config/pos>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "Посмотреть статистику" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " +"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " +"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " +"pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 +msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 msgid "Register customers" msgstr "Регистрация клиентов" @@ -948,208 +761,6 @@ msgstr "" "Когда вы закончите, воспользуйтесь кнопкой сохранения. Затем вы можете " "выбрать этого клиента в любых будущих операциях." -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" -msgstr "Начните точку продажи в Odoo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " -"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " -"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." -msgstr "" -"Онлайн-приложение Odoo на базе простого, удобного пользовательского " -"интерфейса. Программу Точка продажи можно использовать в режиме онлайн или " -"офлайн на устройствах iPad, планшетах или ноутбуках Android." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " -"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " -"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " -"customer can be identified from the app." -msgstr "" -"Точка продажи Odoo полностью интегрирована с программами состава и бухучета." -" Любая транзакция в вашей торговой точке будет автоматически " -"зарегистрирована в вашем учета, а также CRM, поскольку клиент может быть " -"идентифицирован из приложения." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " -"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." -msgstr "" -"Вы сможете проводить статистику и консолидации в режиме реального времени во" -" всех своих магазинах без необходимости интеграции нескольких внешних " -"программ." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 -msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" -msgstr "Установите программу Точка продажи" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." -msgstr "Перейдите к приложениям и установите программу Точка продажи." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " -"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " -"settings." -msgstr "" -"Если вы используете Бухучет Odoo, не забудьте установить схему учетных " -"записей, если это еще не сделано. Это можно достичь в настройках учета." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 -msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "Сделайте товары доступными в точке продажи" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" -" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы сделать товары доступными для продажи в точке продажи откройте товар, " -"перейдите на вкладку Продажи и поставьте флажок "Доступно в точке " -"продажи"." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." -msgstr "" -"Вы также можете определить там, или товар должен быть взвешенным по шкале." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "Настройте свои способы оплаты" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" -" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " -"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы добавить новый способ оплаты для точки продаж, перейдите к " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose" -" a Point of Sale --> Go to the Payments section` и нажмите на ссылку" " -"Способы оплаты "." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" -" in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" -"Теперь вы можете создать новые способы оплаты. Не забудьте обозначить поле " -""Использовать в точке продажи"." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" -" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." -msgstr "" -"Когда ваши способы оплаты будут созданы, вы можете решить, в какой точке " -"продажи вы хотите сделать их доступными в настройках точки продаж." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 -msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" -msgstr "Настройте свою точку продажи" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " -"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" -"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " -"Sale` и выберите точку продажи, которую вы хотите настроить. В этом меню вы " -"можете редактировать все настройки точки продаж." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 -msgid "Create your first PoS session" -msgstr "Создайте свою первую сессию точки продаж" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "Ваше первый заказ" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 -msgid "" -"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " -"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." -msgstr "" -"Теперь вы готовы сделать первые продажи через Точку продажи. С " -"информационной панели Точки продаж вы видите все ваши точки продажи, и вы " -"можете начать новый сеанс." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 -msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "Теперь вы перешли на интерфейс Точки продаж." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." -msgstr "" -"После того, как заказ будет завершена, вы сможете зарегистрировать платеж. " -"Все доступные способы оплаты появляются в левой части экрана. Выберите " -"способ оплаты и введите полученную сумму. Затем вы можете подтвердить " -"платеж." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 -msgid "You can register the next orders." -msgstr "Вы можете зарегистрировать последующие заказы." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "Закройте сессию точки продаж" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " -"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " -"now close the session from the dashboard." -msgstr "" -"В конце дня вы закрываете свою сессию. Для этого нажмите кнопку закрытия, " -"которая появится в верхнем правом углу и подтвердите. Теперь вы можете " -"закрыть сеанс с информационной панели." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 -msgid "" -"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" -"Настоятельно рекомендуем закрывать свой сеанс работы в конце каждого дня." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 -msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." -msgstr "После этого вы увидите резюме всех операций по одним способом оплаты." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 -msgid "" -"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" -" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." -msgstr "" -"Вы будете строка этого резюме, чтобы просмотреть все заказы, которые были " -"оплачены этим способом оплаты во время этого сеанса Точки продаж." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " -"closing entries." -msgstr "" -"Если все правильно, вы можете проверить сессии точки продажи и опубликовать " -"закрытые записи." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 -msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." -msgstr "Все сделано, вы закрыли свою первую сессию точки продаж." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " -":doc:`../../../iot/config/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/config/pos`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 msgid "Payment Terminals" msgstr "Платежные терминалы" @@ -1171,9 +782,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 -msgid "Connect a Payment Terminal" -msgstr "" +msgid "Connect an IoT Box" +msgstr "Подключить IoT Box" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -1183,25 +793,17 @@ msgid "" "<../../iot/config/connect>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Once the IoT Box is up and running, you’ll need to link your payment " -"terminal to your PoS. Open the *Point of Sale* app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`. Select a PoS, tick the IoT" -" Box Device option and select your payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:30 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:32 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 msgid "" "Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " "Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:35 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " "(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " @@ -1209,17 +811,17 @@ msgid "" "in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 msgid "Configure the payment method" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:46 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 msgid "" "First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " "setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:52 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 msgid "" "Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " "Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " @@ -1227,11 +829,11 @@ msgid "" "Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:61 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:63 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 msgid "" "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " "Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " @@ -1240,105 +842,73 @@ msgid "" "Successful*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:72 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " "retry to send the payment request." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:75 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:81 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 msgid "" "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " "you the connexion failed." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:84 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:103 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 msgid "" "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " "of card that has been used and the transaction ID." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 -msgid "Connect SIX/Worldline to your PoS" +msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX/Worldline payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid " -"payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " +"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 -msgid "Please note SIX/Worldine is currently only available for UE customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:17 msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX/Worldline Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that " -"requires an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " -"<../../iot/config/connect>`." +"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " +"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " +"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " +"integration." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Once the *IoT Box* is up and running, you’ll need to link it to your PoS. " -"Open the Point of Sale app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point" -" of Sale`. Select a PoS, tick the IoT Box Device option and select your " -"payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then go to your *IoT Box homepage* (accessible from the IoT Box form view in" -" Odoo) and enter the ID of your Six payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You should now see that the terminal is connected to your IoT Box (it takes " -"+/- 1 min)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:43 -msgid "" -"The terminal should only be connected to the network with the Ethernet. Do " -"not connect it to the IoT Box with a USB Cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:47 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 msgid "Configure the Payment Method" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:49 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the SIX " -"setting." +"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " +"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:55 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 msgid "" -"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " -"payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal option SIX, and select " -"your payment terminal device." +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " +"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:64 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:66 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 msgid "" "In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" " using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " @@ -1346,36 +916,19 @@ msgid "" "you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:74 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 msgid "" "When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " "You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:81 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:87 -msgid "Close your Session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:89 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, before closing your session, you need to send the " -"balance of the payments to SIX. To do that, click on this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Once the balance has been sent, the SIX shift is closed, meaning you cannot " -"do additional operations with the SIX payment terminal (except if you reopen" -" a shift by clicking on the user name and selecting a cashier)." -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" msgstr "" @@ -1467,6 +1020,61 @@ msgstr "В вашем интерфейсе точки продаж теперь msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." msgstr "Когда вы примените, вы сможете распечатать счет." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 +msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " +"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " +"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " +"away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 +msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," +" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 +msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 +msgid "Using fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " +"fiscal position you need for the current order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 +msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " +"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " +"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " +"choose one to set as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " +"interface." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" msgstr "Печать заказов на кухне или в баре" @@ -1534,78 +1142,122 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "При нажатии на нее будет напечатано заказ на принтере на кухне / баре." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Register multiple orders" -msgstr "Регистрация нескольких заказов" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " -"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your tables" msgstr "" -"Программа точка продажи Odoo позволяет зарегистрировать несколько заказов " -"одновременно, предоставляя вам всю необходимую гибкость." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" +" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " +"business in the best possible way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" +" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " +"and your employees to work efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " +"Bar/Restaurant*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 +msgid "" +"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " +"they are restaurant-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "добавьте этаж" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " +"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " +"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 +msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "добавьте столы" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " +"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " +"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " +"sits the table can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "Зарегистрируйте свои заказы на столы" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " +"taken to your main interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "Перемещение клиента (ов)" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " +"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 +msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " +"transferring your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 msgid "Register an additional order" msgstr "Зарегистрируйте дополнительный заказ" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 msgid "" -"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " -"order." +"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " +"another one." msgstr "" -"Когда вы регистрируете любой заказ, вы можете использовать кнопку " -""+", чтобы добавить новый заказ." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 msgid "" -"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " -"needed." +"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." msgstr "" -"Затем вы можете перемещаться между каждым из ваших заказов и обрабатывать " -"платеж при необходимости." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 -msgid "" -"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 +msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." msgstr "" -"Используя кнопку "-", вы можете удалить заказ, вы сейчас " -"обрабатываете." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" -msgstr "Настройка точки продажи в ресторане / баре" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " -"Sale application can help you to fulfill." -msgstr "" -"Пищевой бизнес и бизнес напитков с особыми потребностями, в которых может " -"помочь вам Точка продажи Odoo." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы активировать функции * Бар / Ресторан * перейдите доo " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` и " -"выберите свой интерфейс точки продаж." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" -msgstr "Выберите * бар / ресторан *" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " -"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." -msgstr "" -"Теперь у вас есть различные функции, которые помогут вам настроить вашу " -"точку продажи. Вы можете увидеть, что у этих функций есть маленький логотип " -"вилки и ножа." #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" @@ -1652,84 +1304,6 @@ msgstr "" "Когда вы используете его, вы сможете выбрать, что этот гость должен получить" " и выполнить платеж, повторяя процесс для каждого гостя." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your table management" -msgstr "Настройка управления столами" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" -" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " -"Point of sale`.." -msgstr "" -"После того, как ваша точка продажи настроена на использование баров / " -"ресторанов, выберите * Управление столами * :menuselection:`Point of Sale " -"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` .." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "добавьте этаж" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" -" *Floors*" -msgstr "" -"При выборе * Управление столами *, вы можете управлять своими этажами, нажав" -" * Этажи *." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "добавьте столы" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 -msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." -msgstr "С вашего интерфейса точки продаж вы увидите ваши этажа." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" -" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." -msgstr "" -"При нажатии карандаш, вы войдете в режим редактирования, который позволит " -"вам создавать таблицы, перемещать их, менять ..." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " -"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " -"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " -"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." -msgstr "" -"В этом примере у нас есть 2 круглые столы на шестерых и 2 квадратных столы " -"на четверых, цветные кодирования, чтобы их было легче найти, вы можете " -"переименовать их, изменить их форму, размер, количество людей, которые они " -"вмещают, а также дубликаты их с удобной панелью инструментов." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 -msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." -msgstr "После установления плана этажа можно закрыть режим редактирования." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "Зарегистрируйте свои заказы на столы" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " -"register an order and payment." -msgstr "" -"Когда вы выберете стол, вам будет предложено зарегистрировать заказ и платеж" -" по обычному интерфейсом." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" -" you can also transfer the order to another table." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете вернуться к плану этажа, выбрав кнопку этажа, и вы можете " -"перенести заказ на другое стол." - #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" msgstr "Интегрируйте чаевые в оплату" @@ -1775,41 +1349,73 @@ msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." msgstr "" "Добавьте чаевые, которые ваш клиент хочет оставить и обработайте в платежа." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Transfer customers between tables" -msgstr "Перемещение клиентов между столами" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " -"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " -"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " -"you." -msgstr "" -"Если ваш клиент хочет изменить cnsk после того, как он уже сделал заказ, " -"Odoo может помочь вам переместить клиента и его заказ за другой стол, " -"оставляя счастливых клиентов и не усложняя работу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "Перемещение клиента (ов)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 -msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." -msgstr "Выберите стол, за которым ваш клиент сидит сейчас." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " -"select the new table" -msgstr "" -"Теперь вы можете переместить клиентов, просто воспользуйтесь кнопкой " -"перемещения и выберите новый стол" - #: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 msgid "Shop Features" msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "Использование штрих-кодов в точке продажи" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" +"Использование сканера штрих-кодов для обработки заказов на продажу улучшает " +"вашу эффективность и помогает вам сэкономить время для вас и ваших клиентов." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы воспользоваться сканером штрих-кодов, перейдите к " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` и " +"выберите ваш интерфейс точки продаж." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "" +"Под категорией IoT Box / Оборудование вы найдете * Сканер штрих-кодов *." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "Добавьте штрих-коды к товару" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` и " +"выберите товар." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" +"На вкладке общей информации вы можете найти поле штрих-кода, где вы можете " +"ввести любой штрих-код." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "сканирование товаров" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" +"С вашего интерфейса точки продажи отсканируйте любой штрих-код с вашим " +"сканером штрих-кодов. Товар будет добавлен, вы сможете сканировать тот же " +"товар, чтобы добавить его несколько раз или изменить количество вручную на " +"экране." + #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" msgstr "Настройка контроля за наличными в точке продажи" @@ -1908,6 +1514,72 @@ msgstr "" " тем самым балансом закрытия, как начальный баланс. Ваша касса готова для " "следующей сессии." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Округление наличных денег" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "" +"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" +" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" msgstr "Выставления счета с интерфейса точки продаж" @@ -1997,35 +1669,134 @@ msgstr "" "которые выставлены счета. После нажатия заказ вы сможете получить доступ к " "счета-фактуры." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 -msgid "Accept returns and refund products" -msgstr "Прием возврата и возмещения товаров" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " -"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " -"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" msgstr "" -"Наличие хорошо продуманной политики возврата - это ключ к привлечению и " -"сохранению ваших клиентов. Таким образом, это облегчает принятие и " -"возмещения этих возвратов, поэтому это также является ключевым аспектом " -"вашего интерфейса * точки продаж *." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 msgid "" -"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " -"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" -" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." +"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " +"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " +"made for that session." msgstr "" -"С интерфейса * точки продаж * выберите товар, который ваш клиент хочет " -"вернуть, воспользуйтесь кнопкой +/- и введите количество, которое нужно " -"вернуть. Если им нужно вернуть несколько товаров, повторите процесс." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 msgid "" -"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " -"to process the payment." +"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," +" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." msgstr "" -"Как вы видите, общая сумма является отрицательной, чтобы закончить " -"возмещения, вам просто нужно обработать." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " +"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " +"the cash register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "Переключатель без PIN-кодов" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" +" cashier name in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " +"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " +"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" +" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " +"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "Повторная печать чеков" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" +"Используйте функцию подтверждения * повторный печати *, если вам нужно " +"повторно печатать чек." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "В разделе Счета и чеки вы найдете функцию * Повторная печать чека *." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "Повторно введите чек" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" +"В вашем интерфейсе точки продаж теперь кнопка подтверждения * повторной " +"печати *." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "Когда вы используете его, вы можете повторно печатать последний чек." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index dcbb6dbe3..ecbd14fcc 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -4,20 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Collex100, 2019 -# Viktor Pogrebniak , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2019 -# Ivan Yelizariev , 2020 +# Ivan Yelizariev , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -33,2097 +30,1071 @@ msgstr "Проект" msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Расширенный" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 -msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" -msgstr "Как получать отзывы клиентов в Odoo?" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Общий обзор" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 -msgid "" -"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " -"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " -"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " -"customers using Odoo." +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Project Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Projects can be created for a specific customer or team, and can be " +"coordinated among your employees through visibility options. Stages can be " +"shared among tasks, and the exact time spent on each project can be tracked." +" All of it in favor of a more integrated and dynamic organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:10 +msgid "Create advanced projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Choose a *Customer* in order to create a project specifically for him. If " +"not, simply leave the field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:20 +msgid "Choose who can access a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a project for specific teams, under *Visibility*, choose who can " +"have access to the project:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:25 +msgid "" +"*Invited employees*: the ones who are followers (see " +":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:26 +msgid "*All employees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:27 +msgid "" +"*Portal users and all employees*: it enables the option *Share*. Recipients " +"receive an email with an invitation to access the document (project)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Choose an *Analytic Account* to track the profitability of your project in a" +" specific account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:33 +msgid "Timesheet and record time on tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:35 +msgid "To track the time spent on tasks, enable *Timesheets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:36 +msgid "In order to be able to launch a timer, also enable *Timesheet timer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:43 +msgid "Create sales orders from a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To invoice the time (service) and material used on a task, enable *Bill from" +" tasks*. Then, choose the service/product which you would like to bill, or " +"create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:54 +msgid "Track the material used on a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After enabling *Bill from Tasks*, enable *Products on Tasks* to track the " +"products/material used during the work on a specific task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:64 +msgid "Take advantage of worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Worksheets are reports of the work done. To customize and include them in " +"your tasks, enable *Worksheets*. Choose an existing template or create one " +"on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:74 +msgid "Schedule shifts on projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To create shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized," +" enable *Planning*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:88 +msgid "Manage employees work hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:90 +msgid "" +"*Working time* defines the number of your employees’ working hours. It " +"adjusts the Gantt planning view of your interventions. Open the external " +"link to adjust the daily hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:99 +msgid "Share stages across projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In order to have a clean Kanban view that works across projects, and to " +"avoid duplicates, delineate specific stages for different projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:105 +msgid "" +":doc:`Activate the Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"then go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Stages`. Choose the" +" respective one and add the projects among which you would like to share " +"stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 +msgid "Gather Feedback from Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Finding out what your clients think about the experience they have with your" +" company, can inspire you to have insights on how to improve your " +"product/service, adjusting your business to fit their needs. It shows that " +"you value their opinions and provides a reliable source of information to " +"other consumers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" msgstr "" -"Менеджеру не всегда просто следить за всеми командами. Получение простых " -"отзывов от клиентов может быть очень интересным для оценки результатов " -"работы вашей команды. Вы можете легко собрать отзывы от своих клиентов, " -"используя Odoo." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 msgid "" -"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " -"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " -"Sad)." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Use Rating on Project*." msgstr "" -"Электронная почта может быть отправлена в течение проекта, чтобы получить " -"обратную связь от клиента. Он просто должен выбрать один из трех смайлов для" -" оценки вашей работы (улыбка, нейтральный или печальный)." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 -msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" -msgstr "Как получить обратную связь от клиентов" +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Set Email Template to Stages* in order to define the template to be sent at" +" a specific stage(s)." +msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " -"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " -"apps module and install it." +msgid "Choose an existing template or create one on the fly." msgstr "" -"Перед началом работы требуется определенная конфигурация. Прежде всего " -"необходимо установить приложение ** Проект **. Для этого просто перейдите к " -"модулю приложений и установите его." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " -"module." +msgid "Choosing the projects I want feedback from" msgstr "" -"Кроме того, в том же меню нужно установить модуль ** Оценки проекта **." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:30 msgid "" -"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " -"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " -"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " -"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit` and " +"configure the wanted projects to have the email template previously set " +"sent, by the change of a stage or periodically." msgstr "" -"Затем вернитесь назад и введите модуль проекта. Выберите кнопку ** Настройка" -" ** и нажмите ** Настройка ** в выпадающем меню. Далее выберите ** Разрешить" -" активацию оценки клиентов на проектах при закрытии проблемы **. Не забудьте" -" применить свои изменения." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 -msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" -msgstr "Как получить отклик клиентов?" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:32 msgid "" -"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." +"Enable *Rating visible publicly* if you would like to publish the ratings in" +" order to communicate them to a customer, prospect or the rest of your team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:40 +msgid "See the customer rating email sent under the *Log notes* of your task." msgstr "" -"Электронное письмо может быть отправлен клиентам на каждом этапе текущих " -"проектов." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 -msgid "" -"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." +msgid "Get reports" msgstr "" -"Во-первых, нужно выбрать, для каких проектов вы хотите получить отзыв." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 -msgid "Project configuration" -msgstr "настройки проекта" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:49 msgid "" -"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " -"**Customer satisfaction** option." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` see " +"ratings by task." msgstr "" -"Выделите приложение ** Проект **, в настройках проекта выберите ** " -"Удовлетворение клиентов **." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 -msgid "Email Template" -msgstr "Шаблон письма" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:55 msgid "" -"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " -"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." -" You can directly edit it from there." +"Clicking on the percentage of happy ratings over the last 30 days in the " +"*Projects* overview, redirects you to your website with more rating details." msgstr "" -"Перейдите к настройкам этапа (нажмите значок настройки в верхней части " -"столбца этапа, выберите ** Редактировать **). Шаблон электронного письма, " -"которое будет использоваться. Вы можете непосредственно редактировать его " -"там." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 -msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" -msgstr "Вот пример электронного письма, клиент может получить:" +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:3 +msgid "Track Projects’ Profitability" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:5 msgid "" -"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" -" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " -"will be added to the chatter of the task." +"A project runs smoother if you can have an overview of its costs, revenues, " +"profitability, tasks, time and people, all in the same place. It allows you " +"to make smarter business decisions as you know where you are standing and " +"can course-correct if needed." msgstr "" -"Клиент должен нажать на смайл (Улыбка, Нейтральный или Печальный), чтобы " -"оценить вашу работу. Клиент может ответить на электронное письмо, чтобы " -"добавить больше информации. Он будет добавлен к чату задачи." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:10 +msgid "Track costs and revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:13 +msgid "If you have the Timesheets application installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose the " +"respective project, *Edit* and enable *Timesheets*. A menu *Overview* " +"becomes available in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The overview shows the hours recorded split by the different billable " +"options, profitability, time by people according to the billable hours " +"recorded, and even a timesheet table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:30 +msgid "If you do not have the Timesheets application installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. " +"Then go to *Manager Users* and enable *Analytic Accounting*. Now, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects` and specify an " +"*Analytic Account* under the needed project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:36 +msgid "" +"A *Profitability* menu to the costs and revenues of this analytic account is" +" directly available in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:44 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Отчетность" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:46 msgid "" -"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " -"the project." +"Under *Reporting*, obtain a report on the *Project Costs and Revenues*. " +"Choose among graph options or do your analysis through a pivot view." msgstr "" -"У вас есть краткое изложение об удовлетворении в правом верхнем углу " -"проекта." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 -msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" -msgstr "Как отражать оценивания на вашем сайте?" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 -msgid "" -"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " -"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:54 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/usage`" msgstr "" -"Прежде всего необходимо установить программу ** Конструктор сайта **. Для " -"этого просто перейдите к модулю приложений и найдите конструктор сайта." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" -" Issue** module." +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:55 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets`" msgstr "" -"Кроме того, в том же меню нужно установить модуль ** Оценка проблем проекта " -"** сайта." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" -" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" -" end of the website." +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:56 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses`" msgstr "" -"Затем вы сможете опубликовать свой результат на своем веб-сайте, нажав " -"кнопку сайта в правом верхнем углу и подтвердите его в передней части сайта." #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 -msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" -msgstr "Создание задач по заказу на продажу в Odoo?" +msgid "Create Projects and Tasks from Sales Orders" +msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 msgid "" -"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " -"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " -"from sales order lines." +"When you sell your services, you can choose to automatically have a " +"project/task created, helping you to not lose track of the work that needs " +"to get done, streamlining the processes between teams. In addition to that, " +"you are able to invoice or reinvoice clients according to the exact time " +"spent on that service." msgstr "" -"В этом разделе мы увидим интеграцию между ** Управлением проектом ** Odoo и " -"модулями ** Продажи ** и, более точно, как генерировать задачи из строк " -"заказа на продажу." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " -"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " -"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" -" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " -"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " -"and Services departments." +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:11 +msgid "Product set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products` create a new product " +"or set up an existing one. Under *General Information* set the *Product " +"Type* as *Service*. Under the *Sales* tab select the *Service Invoicing " +"Policy* and *Service Tracking*." msgstr "" -"Задача в управлении проектом - это деятельность, которая должна выполняться " -"в течение определенного периода времени. Для компании, продающей услуги, " -"обычно эта задача представляет собой услугу, которая была продана клиенту и " -"которая должна быть доставлена. Вот почему полезно иметь возможность " -"генерировать задачи по заказу на продажу, чтобы упростить процесс между " -"отделами продаж и услуг." #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " -"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " -"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " -"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " -"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" -" overtime spent on the project." +msgid "If you choose to:" msgstr "" -"Например, вы можете продать `50-годинну`` поддержку в размере` 25000 " -"доларив`` США. Цена фиксируется и выплачивается сначала. Но вы хотите " -"следить за поддержкой, которую вы предоставили клиенту. В заказе на продажу " -"услуга будет инициировать создание задачи, с которого консультант будет " -"записывать табели и, в случае необходимости, выставлять дополнительно счет " -"клиенту в соответствии с сверхнормативных расходов, затраченных на проект." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Настройка" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 -msgid "Install the required applications" -msgstr "Установите необходимые модули" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:19 msgid "" -"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " -"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" -" the application module and install the following:" +"- *Create a task in an existing project*: a task is added in the first " +"column of the selected project." msgstr "" -"Чтобы иметь возможность генерировать задачи по заказу на продажу, вам нужно " -"будет установить модули ** Управление продажами ** и ** Проект **. Просто " -"перейдите в модуль приложений и установите следующее:" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:21 msgid "" -"And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" -" task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " -"spent on that task." +"- *Create a task in sales order’s project*: a new project for each sales " +"order of that service is created based on the template you have chosen." msgstr "" -"И наконец модуль ** Табели **, Табели не только позволят вам создавать " -"задачи по заказам на продажу, но и выставлять счета клиентам на основе " -"затраченного времени на эти цели." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 -msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "Просто перейдите в модуль приложений и установите следующее:" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 -msgid "Create and set up a product" -msgstr "Создайте и настройте товар" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:23 msgid "" -"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " -"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " -"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " -"the`following setup:" +"- *Create a new project but no task*: only creates a new project, for each " +"time that service is sold, based on the skeleton of the project template " +"chosen." msgstr "" -"Вам нужно настроить свою услугу на самой форме товара, чтобы создавать " -"задачи каждый раз, когда она будет продаваться. В модуле ** Продажи ** " -"используйте меню :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` и создайте новый товар " -"с последующим настройкой:" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 -msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" -msgstr "** Название ** Техническая поддержка" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 -msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr "** Тип **: Услуга" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:30 +msgid "Confirm a quotation and have a project/task created" msgstr "" -"** Единица измерения **: Часы (перейдите к :menuselection:`Configuration -->" -" Settings` и в разделе ** Единицы измерения ** проверьте кнопку ** Некоторые" -" товары могут быть проданы / приобретенные в различных единицах измерений " -"(расширенные) ** )" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:32 msgid "" -"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " -"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" -" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." +"Now, once a *Quotation* is confirmed and transformed into a *Sales Order*, a" +" project or task is automatically created." msgstr "" -"** Политика в отношении выставления счетов ** Вы можете настроить политику " -"счетов-фактур как по заказанной количеству, так по количеству, " -"доставляемого. Вы можете легко следить за количеством часов, которые были " -"доставлены и / или счета-фактуры для вашего клиента." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " -"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " -"product to hours as well." +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:40 +msgid "Access the task generated from Project" msgstr "" -"** Отслеживание услуги **: создайте задачи и отслеживайте часа, потому что " -"ваш товар - это услуга, выставляется на счетах за часы, где вы также должны " -"устанавливать единицы измерения товара в час." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:42 msgid "" -"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " -"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " -"will then create a project per SO." +"On the *Project* application, your new project and/or task (depending on the" +" previous *Service Tracking* options chosen), is shown:" msgstr "" -"Свяжите ваша задача с существующим проектом или создайте новый "на " -"лету", если товар соответствует конкретному проекту. В противном " -"случае, вы можете оставить это пустым, Odoo затем создаст проект на заказ на" -" продажу." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 -msgid "Create the Sales Order" -msgstr "Создайте заказ на продажу" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " -"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " -"sale order, the task will be created." +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:51 +msgid "Record the time spent and create an invoice" msgstr "" -"После настройки продукта можно создать коммерческое предложение или заказ на" -" продажу с соответствующим товаром. Когда коммерческое предложение будет " -"подтверждено и преобразовано в заказ на продажу, задача будет создана." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 -msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" -msgstr "Предоставьте доступ к заданию, созданное по заказу на продажу" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 -msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" -msgstr "На модуле проекта появится ваше новое задание:" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:53 msgid "" -"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" -msgstr "или на связанном проекте, если вы выбрали его в форме товара" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 -msgid "" -"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " -"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" +"From *Project*, access your task and document the time spent under the " +"*Timesheets* tab." msgstr "" -"или на новом проекте под названием связанного заказ на продажу как заголовок" -" (вы можете легко изменить название проекта, нажав кнопку " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:59 msgid "" -"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" -" your customers based on your invoicing policy." +"Once the task is complete, click on *Sales Order* and *Create Invoice*." msgstr "" -"В самом задании теперь вы сможете записывать табели и выставлять счета вашим" -" клиентам на основе политики по выставлению счетов." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:66 msgid "" -"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " -"source document of the task is the related sales order." +"To only invoice approved timesheets, go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and enable *Approved timesheets only*." msgstr "" -"В Odoo центральным документом является заказ на продажу, что означает, что " -"исходным документом задача является связано заказ на продажу." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" -msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/setup`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -#: ../../project/application.rst:3 -msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" -msgstr "Замечательный модуль Табелю" +#: ../../project/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Общий обзор" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Demonstration Video" -msgstr "демонстративное видео" +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Project" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "Справка" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:5 msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" -" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." +"Managing projects means managing people, tasks, due dates, budgets and " +"predicted return on investments. For all of it, you need a solution that " +"allows you to reduce risks, get information at a glance, have an overview of" +" your progress and stay organized. And, from start to finish, to be able to " +"run multiple projects in parallel easily. Odoo Project application is the " +"solution you need." msgstr "" -"Замечательный табель - это мобильное приложение, которое помогает мне " -"мгновенно записывать любое время, затраченное на проекты в один клик. Это " -"так легко." -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " -"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" -" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." -msgstr "" -"Независимо от устройства, приложение табеля появляется только в один клик. " -"Посмотрите на плагин Chrome. Не нужно входить, просто нажмите и запустите " -"его. Это просто. Он также работает в автономном режиме и автоматически " -"синхронизируется с аккаунтом Odoo." - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" -" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" -" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." -msgstr "" -"Кроме того, я получаю индивидуальную статистику с помощью мобильного и " -"плагина Chrome. Я могу продвигаться в анализе в моем аккаунте Odoo. Я " -"получаю отчеты о табели для каждого пользователя, подробную информацию о " -"проекте и многое другое." - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " -"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" -"saving!" -msgstr "" -"Замечательный табель полностью интегрированный с выставлением счетов Odoo, " -"выставление счетов клиентам осуществляется автоматически. Но также через " -"проекты Odoo. Это экономия времени!" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 -msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." -msgstr "Загрузите замечательный табель сейчас и повысьте производительность." - -#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration and basic usage" -msgstr "Настройка и базовое использования" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" -msgstr "Как управлять задачами и сотрудничать на них?" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "Обязанности" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 -msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." -msgstr "В Odoo можно назначить лицо, ответственное за причинение." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " -"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " -"suggestions in the drop down menu." -msgstr "" -"При создании задачи по умолчанию вы ответственны за него. Вы можете изменить" -" это, просто набрав другое имя пользователя и выбрав его из предложений в " -"выпадающем меню." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " -"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." -msgstr "" -"Если вы добавляете кого-то нового, вы можете "Создать и " -"редактировать" нового пользователя "на лету". Для этого вам " -"нужны права администратора." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 -msgid "Followers" -msgstr "Подписчики" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" -" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " -"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " -"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." -" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " -"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " -"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " -"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." -msgstr "" -"В задании можно добавить других пользователей, как ** Подписчиков **. " -"Добавление подписчиков означает, что этого человека будет сообщено о любых " -"изменениях, которые могут произойти в задании. Цель состоит в том, чтобы " -"позволить внешние внесении изменений из чата. Это может стать бесценным, " -"когда вам нужен совет коллег из других отделов. Вы также можете пригласить " -"клиентов принять участие в задании. Они будут уведомлены по электронной " -"почте о разговоре в чате, и смогут принять участие в нем, просто ответив на " -"письмо. Читатели могут видеть целое такую задачу, как вы, с описанием и " -"чатом." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 -msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" -msgstr "Проект: читать проект, чтобы следить за конвейером" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" -" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " -"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " -"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " -"see the big picture all the time." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете принять решение о выполнении проекта. В этой ситуации вам будет " -"сообщено о любых изменениях, внесенных в проект: задачи, движутся с одной " -"стадии к другой, происходит разговор, и т. Д. Вы получите всю информацию в " -"своем почтовом ящике. Эта функция идеально подходит для менеджера проектов, " -"который хочет видеть общую картину постоянно." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 -msgid "Task: follow a specific task" -msgstr "Задача: читать конкретную задачу" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " -"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " -"that task also appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" -"Подписка на задание - это та же идея, что и подписка на проект, за " -"исключением того, что вы сосредоточены на конкретной части проекта. Все " -"оповещения или изменения в этой задаче также отражаются в папке " -""Входящие"." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 -msgid "Choose which action to follow" -msgstr "Выберите, какие действия нужно выполнить" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " -"Following button." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете выбрать, о чем вы хотите следить, нажав стрелку вниз на кнопке " -"Следить." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " -"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " -"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." -msgstr "" -"По умолчанию вы следите за обсуждениями, но вы также можете выбрать, чтобы " -"получать уведомления о входе в заметки, когда задача создается, заблокирован" -" или готово к выполнению, а также когда стадия задача изменилась." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 -msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" -msgstr "Управление временем: аналитические счета" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " -"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." -msgstr "" -"Независимо от того, это поможет вам оценить будущие проекты или данные для " -"выставления счетов, отслеживание времени в Управлении проектами является " -"настоящим плюсом." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " -"help you track time easily." -msgstr "" -"Приложение Табель Odoo идеально интегрирован с Проектом Odoo и может помочь " -"легко отслеживать время." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " -"available in projects and on tasks." -msgstr "" -"После установления Табеля Odoo параметр табеля автоматически доступен в " -"проектах и на задачах." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " -"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" -" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " -"automatically created under the same name." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы избежать каких-либо путаницы, Odoo работает с аналитическим счетам. " -"Аналитический счет - это название, которое всегда будет ссылкой на " -"конкретный проект или контракт. Каждый раз, когда создается проект, " -"аналитический счет создается автоматически под тем же названием." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" -msgstr "Запишите табель в проект:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 -msgid "Click on the settings of a project." -msgstr "Нажмите на настройку проекта." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." -msgstr "Нажмите на кнопку Табеля в верхнем сером меню." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " -"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " -"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " -"it, or not." -msgstr "" -"Вы получите Табель Odoo. Нажмите кнопку Создать, появится строка с " -"сегодняшней датой и временем. Название вашего проекта автоматически " -"выбирается как Аналитический счет. Если не задано ни одного задания, вы " -"можете добавить конкретную задачу для него, или нет." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" -" timesheets." -msgstr "" -"Если вы перейдете в Табель Odoo, ваш строка будет записан среди других " -"табелей." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" -msgstr "Запишите табель на задании:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 -msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." -msgstr "В рамках задачи также доступен параметр табеля." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " -"Add an item." -msgstr "" -"В окне задания нажмите кнопку Изменить. Перейдите на вкладку Табель и " -"нажмите Добавить элемент." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " -"Analytic account." -msgstr "" -"Появится строка с названием проекта, уже выбранного в Аналитическом счета." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " -"application." -msgstr "Опять же, вы найдете эти строки табеля в приложении Табель Odoo." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 -msgid "" -"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" -" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." -msgstr "" -"В конце вашего проекта вы можете получить реальное представление о времени, " -"потраченном на него, путем поиска на основе аналитического счета вашего " -"проекта." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 -msgid "Document Management in tasks" -msgstr "Управление документами в задачах" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 -msgid "" -"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" -" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" -" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете управлять документами, связанными с задачами, независимо от того, " -"являются ли они планами, изображениями форматирования и тому подобное. " -"Изображение иногда является более информативным, чем тысяча слов! У вас есть" -" два способа добавить документ к заданию." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 -msgid "" -"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " -"tab on the top of the form." -msgstr "" -"1. Вы можете добавить изображение / документ к своей задаче, нажав вкладку " -"Прикрепление в верхней части формы." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 -msgid "" -"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " -"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " -"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " -"task." -msgstr "" -"2. Вы можете добавить изображение / документ к своей задаче через Чат. Вы " -"можете зарегистрировать заметку / отправить сообщение и прикрепить к нему " -"файл. Или, если кто-то присылает электронное сообщение с вложением, документ" -" будет автоматически сохранен в задании." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " -"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." -msgstr "" -"Если у вас есть важное изображение, которое помогает понять задачи, вы " -"можете установить его как обложку. Оно будет отображаться непосредственно в " -"виде канбан." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 -msgid "Collaborate on tasks" -msgstr "Сотрудничайте на задачах" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" -" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." -msgstr "" -"Задача в Проекте Odoo созданы, чтобы помочь вам легко работать вместе с " -"коллегами. Это поможет вам сэкономить время и энергию." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 -msgid "" -"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " -"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" -" delegation and the Chatter." -msgstr "" -"Идея - быть в курсе того, что вас интересует. Вы можете сотрудничать с " -"коллегами, написав одно и то же задание одновременно, с делегированием задач" -" и чатом." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 -msgid "Create a task from an email" -msgstr "Создайте задачи из электронного письма" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " -"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " -"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете настроить адрес электронной почты, связанный с вашим проектом. " -"Когда электронное письмо направляется на этот адрес, оно автоматически " -"создает задачи на первом этапе проекта со всеми получателями (To / Cc / Bcc)" -" как последователями." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " -"project gets an automatic email address." -msgstr "" -"С помощью Odoo Online почтовый шлюз уже настроен, и поэтому каждый проект " -"получает автоматическую адрес электронной почты." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 -msgid "" -"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " -"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " -"Dashboard." -msgstr "" -"Электронная почта всегда называется проекта (вместо пробела "-"), " -"вы увидите его под названием вашего проекта на панели инструментов проекта." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 -msgid "" -"This email address create by default following the project name can be " -"changed." -msgstr "" -"Этот адрес электронной почты создается по умолчанию, поскольку название " -"проекта может быть изменена." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 -msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." -msgstr "Псевдоним адреса электронной почты может изменить менеджер проекта." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 -msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." -msgstr "" -"Для этого перейдите к Настройка проекта и нажмите вкладку Электронной почты." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 -msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете непосредственно редактировать адрес электронной почты проекта." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 -msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." -msgstr "Чат, статус и подписки" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " -"history of the task." -msgstr "" -"Чат является очень полезным инструментом. Это коммуникационный инструмент и " -"показывает историю задачи." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 -msgid "" -"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " -"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " -"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " -"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " -"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " -"to remember past interactions." -msgstr "" -"В чате, вы можете видеть, когда задача была создана, когда оно прошло от " -"одного этапа к другому, и тому подобное. Любые изменения, внесенные в этот " -"задача, автоматически вносятся в чат. Он также включает в себя историю " -"взаимодействия между вами и вашим клиентом или коллегами. Все взаимодействия" -" входящих в чат, благодаря чему руководитель задача легко запоминает прошлые" -" взаимодействия." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 -msgid "" -"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" -" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " -"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" -" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " -"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете взаимодействовать с подписчик, независимо от того, внутренние " -"(ваши коллеги) или внешние (например, клиент), записав заметку или важную " -"информацию. Также, если вы хотите отправить сообщение всем подписчикам этого" -" конкретного задания, вы можете добавить сообщение, чтобы уведомить всех. " -"Для обоих этих параметров дата и время хранятся на записи." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 -msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" -msgstr "Описание задачи, Пад" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " -"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " -"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " -"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " -"creation of the content." -msgstr "" -"Odoo позволяет заменить поле описания задачи с помощью совместной заметки " -"Etherpad (http://etherpad.org). Это означает, что вы можете сотрудничать над" -" задачами в режиме реального времени, когда несколько пользователей " -"предоставляют тот же содержание. Каждый пользователь имеет свой собственный " -"цвет, и вы можете воспроизвести весь созданный содержание." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 -msgid "" -"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " -"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы активировать эту опцию, перейдите к :menuselection:`Project Settings " -"--> Pads`, отметьте пункт« Общий многофункциональный текст в описании задач " -""." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 -msgid "" -"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " -"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " -"Click on the ```` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " -"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " -"follower." -msgstr "" -"Если вам просто нужен пад, а не вся страница задачи, вы можете нажать " -"пиктограмму в верхнем правом углу, чтобы перейти к панели непосредственно в " -"полноэкранном режиме. Нажмите на значок ` `, Чтобы получить прямую URL-" -"адрес описания задачи: полезно, если вы хотите отправить его кому-то, не " -"добавляя это лицо как подписчик." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 -msgid "Tasks states" -msgstr "этапы задачи" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 -msgid "Set the state of a task" -msgstr "Установите этап задачи" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 -msgid "" -"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" -" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " -"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." -msgstr "" -"Этап задача - самый простой способ сообщить своим коллегам, когда вы " -"работаете над задачей, если задача готовы или их заблокирован. Это " -"визуальный индикатор, который виден сразу." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 -msgid "" -"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " -"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" -msgstr "" -"Вы можете изменить этап задачи по канбан или непосредственно с задания. " -"Просто нажмите на кружок этапа, чтобы получить выбор:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 -msgid "Custom states" -msgstr "изменяемые этапы" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 -msgid "" -"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " -"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," -" then click on edit:" -msgstr "" -"Вы можете решить, какой статус означает для каждого этапа вашего проекта. В " -"просмотре канбан нажмите на значок настройки в верхней части экрана нажмите " -"Редактировать:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 -msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." -msgstr "Рядом с цветным кружочками, напишите объяснение этапа." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 -msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" -msgstr "Теперь объяснение будет отображаться вместо общего текста:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 -msgid "Color Tags" -msgstr "цветные метки" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 -msgid "" -"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " -"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " -"them thanks to the filters." -msgstr "" -"В каждом задании можно пометить. Теги очень полезны для классификации задач." -" Это поможет вам выделить задачи по канбан или лучше найти их благодаря " -"фильтрам." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 -msgid "" -"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" -" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " -"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." -msgstr "" -"Если вы всегда работаете с определенным типом тегов, вы можете выделить " -"задачи, содержащие тег с цветом. Каждый тег может получить определенный " -"цвет, это видно на канбан." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " -"the tag, directly from the task:" -msgstr "" -"Чтобы сделать его видимым в канбан, нужно установить цвет тегу " -"непосредственно с задачи:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" -msgstr "Как установить и настроить проект?" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " -"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." -msgstr "" -"Проект Odoo позволяет вам управлять проектом вместе со всей вашей командой и" -" общаться с любым членом для каждого проекта и задачи." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " -"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" -" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " -"employees working on this project." -msgstr "" -"Он работает с проектами, содержат задания, которые накладываются на " -"настраиваемые этапа. Проект может быть внутренним или ориентированным на " -"клиента. Задача - выполнение части проекта. Вы сможете предоставить " -"различные задачи нескольким работникам, работающим над этим проектом." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Installing the Project module" -msgstr "Установка модуля Проект" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " -"**Install**." -msgstr "" -"Откройте модуль ** Приложения **, найдите ** Управление проектами ** и " -"нажмите ** Установить **." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:11 msgid "Creating a new project" msgstr "Создание нового проекта" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:13 msgid "" -"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," -" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " +"Click on *Create*. Specify the name of the project and choose which features" +" you would like to integrate. Note that they can be enabled afterward " +"through *Settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Manage your project’s stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open your project and add as many columns as there are stages in your " "project." msgstr "" -"Откройте приложение ** Проект ** и нажмите кнопку ** Создать **. В этом окне" -" вы можете указать название проекта и установить конфиденциальность проекта." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 -msgid "The privacy setting works as:" -msgstr "Параметр конфиденциальности работает как:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 -msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." -msgstr "" -"** Проект клиента **: видимый на портале, если клиент является подписчиком." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." -msgstr "** Все сотрудники **: работники видят все задачи или проблемы." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:27 msgid "" -"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" -msgstr "" -"** Приватный проект **: подписчики могут видеть только следующие задачи или " -"проблемы." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " -"**Customer** field empty if not." -msgstr "" -"Вы также можете указать, проект предназначен клиенту, или оставить поле ** " -"клиента ** пустым, если нет." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 -msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" -"Когда вы введете все необходимые данные, нажмите кнопку ** Сохранить **." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 -msgid "Manage your project's stages" -msgstr "Управление этапами вашего проекта" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 -msgid "Add your project's stages" -msgstr "Добавьте этапы вашего проекта" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 -msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." -msgstr "На информационной панели вашего проекта нажмите ** # Задача **." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" -" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " +"Each project stage can be characterized by a distinct set of activities, or " +"your stages can guide you to the different steps a project has to go " +"through. It is important to set them right as they lead you from the first " +"idea or step to its conclusion, contributing to the overall success of your " "project." msgstr "" -"В новом окне добавьте новый столбец и назовите его в соответствии с первого " -"этапа вашего проекта, а затем добавьте столько столбиков, сколько этапов в " -"вашем проекте." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:33 msgid "" -"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " -"that you can personalize to fit your needs." +"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks that you can " +"personalize." msgstr "" -"Для каждого этапа есть маркеры для статуса задач в рамках стадии, которые " -"можно настроить в соответствии с вашими потребностями." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:34 msgid "" -"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " -"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." +"Drag your mouse over a stage name, and click on :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" Edit`." msgstr "" -"Перетащите курсор над названием стадии и нажмите на значение, которое " -"появляется, а в открытом меню нажмите ** Редактировать **." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:41 msgid "" -"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " -"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " -"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." +"The dots correspond to customizable markers applied on tasks, making it " +"easier to know which tasks require attention. You can give them any " +"signification you like." msgstr "" -"Откроется новое окно. Цветные точки и значок звезды соответствуют " -"настраиваемым маркерам, примененным к задачам, облегчает знание того, задача" -" требует внимания. Вы можете дать им любое обозначение, которое вам " -"нравится." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 -msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "Нажмите кнопку ** Сохранить ** после завершения." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:50 msgid "Rearrange stages" msgstr "Настройка этапов" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:52 msgid "" -"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" -" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " -"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " -"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." +"From the Kanban view of your project, you can add stages by clicking on *Add" +" a column*." msgstr "" -"Вы можете легко настроить этот просмотр, чтобы лучше соответствовать вашим " -"потребностям бизнеса, создав новые столбцы. С канбан вашего проекта, вы " -"можете добавить этапы, нажав кнопку ** Добавить новый столбец **. Если вы " -"хотите изменить порядок ваших этапов, вы можете легко сделать это, перетащив" -" столбик, который нужно переместить в нужное место. Вы также можете " -"составить или развернуть свои этапы, используя значок ** Настройка ** на " -"нужном вам этапе." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`visualization`" -msgstr ":doc:`visualization`" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 -msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" -msgstr ":doc:`collaboration`" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`time_record`" -msgstr ":doc:`time_record`" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 -msgid "How to record time spent?" -msgstr "Как записать потраченное время?" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:54 msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " -"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." +"To rearrange the order of your stages easily do so by dragging and dropping " +"columns. You can also fold or unfold them on *Settings*." msgstr "" -"Odoo позволяет записывать время, затраченное на одного сотрудника в каждый " -"проект, для простых отчетов, а также для прямого выставления счетов клиенту." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:62 +msgid ":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:63 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`../record_and_invoice/time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:3 +msgid "Share Projects and Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:5 msgid "" -"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " -"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " -"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." +"When you share your projects/tasks, you allow external users to be on the " +"same page as you. It avoids misunderstandings, simplifies communication, and" +" allows you to become a more coordinated company as you get the right " +"information to the right people." msgstr "" -"Чтобы записать время, затраченное на проекты, сначала нужно активировать " -"выставления счетов по времени. В модуле ** Проект ** откройте " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. В разделе ** Табели ** отметьте" -" пункт ** Активировать табели на проблемах **." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:10 +msgid "Share projects and tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:12 +msgid "To share a project, go to :menuselection:`Manage --> Share`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:19 msgid "" -"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " -"Employee and Timesheet apps." +"To share a task, open it and click on :menuselection:`Action --> Share`. " +"Choose an existing *Recipient(s)* or create it on the fly." msgstr "" -"Активация этого параметра позволит установить приложения для продаж, " -"выставления счетов-фактур, отслеживание проблем, работников и табель." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 -msgid "Recording timesheets" -msgstr "запись табелей" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:27 msgid "" -"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " -"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." +"The recipient receives an email saying that he has been invited to access a " +"document. In the example below, a project was shared. When the user opens " +"it, he sees the settings of that project and can access its tasks, for " +"example." msgstr "" -"Вы можете зафиксировать время, затраченное на проекты, непосредственно из " -"программы проекта. Вы можете либо записывать табели в проекте или в задании." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 -msgid "Recording in a project" -msgstr "Запись в проекте" +#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "Планирование" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "Forecast Resources Across Projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" -"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " -"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." +"Allocate the needed time for specific tasks under a planned shift. Once that" +" is done, analyse Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), so you can evaluate " +"your employees’ performance and workload, besides the progress of your " +"projects/tasks when comparing the planned and effective hours." msgstr "" -"На информационной панели программы ** Проект ** откройте меню ** Более ** " -"проекта, для которого нужно записать табели и нажмите ** Табели **." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "Allocate times under shifts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:12 msgid "" -"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" -" click on **Save**." +"When planning a shift, in the *Planning* application, create a project and a" +" task on the fly, or simply select the one you want." msgstr "" -"В новом окне нажмите кнопку ** Создать ** и вставьте необходимые данные и " -"нажмите кнопку ** Сохранить **." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 -msgid "Recording in a task" -msgstr "Запись в задании" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:20 msgid "" -"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " -"and open the task on which you have been working." +"*Allocated Time (%)* allows you to define the percentage of time you would " +"like your employee to work on that specific task during his shift. See that " +"information in hours on *Allocated hours*." msgstr "" -"В модуле ** Проект ** откройте проект, в котором вы хотите записать табель, " -"и откройте задачи, на котором вы работали." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 msgid "" -"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " -"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." +"The calculation shows you how many hours out of the total shift time (*End " +"date* - *Start date*) are spent by the employee on that task." msgstr "" -"В этом задании нажмите ** Редактировать **, откройте вкладку ** Табель ** и " -"нажмите ** Добавить элемент **. Вставьте нужные данные, а затем нажмите " -"кнопку ** Сохранить **." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 -msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" -msgstr "Визуализируйте задача проекта" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:24 msgid "" -"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " -"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " -"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " -"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " -"have to cope with." +"On :menuselection:`Project --> Planning --> By Project`, immediately see the" +" total number of employees allocated per project." msgstr "" -"В повседневной бизнесе ваша компания может столкнуться с большим количеством" -" задач. Эти задачи достаточно сложные. Нужно вспомнить их всех и следить за " -"ними, что может быть в тягость. К счастью, Odoo позволяет эффективно " -"визуализировать и организовывать различные задачи, с которыми вы имеете " -"дело." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:31 +msgid "Compare forecast hours with the effective ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, once the employee has timesheeted his hours in the task, go to " +"*Project* and with the *View list*, under *All Tasks*, conveniently see the " +"*Planned Hours* compared to the *Remaining Hours*, and a calculation of the " +"*Progress*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:42 +msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Record Time and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When it is time to bill your client for their finished project/task, you can" +" choose to shorten processes and save time by pulling the billable time you " +"have tracked into sales orders, and invoices, directly from the " +"project/task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:10 +msgid "Enable the Timesheet feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Timesheets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:15 +msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the " +"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet*, *Timesheet Timer* and *Bill from " +"Tasks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once the time spent on a task under that project has been recorded, click on" +" *Create Sales Order* and continue to create your invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:26 +msgid "" +"This way, you can invoice different customers, for different services, at " +"different rates, without the need to create numerous projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:30 +msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the " +"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet* plus *Timesheet Timer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose " +"the project, *Create Sales Order*, and continue to create your invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:38 +msgid "" +"From here, choose if you want the billing to be based on the project rate: " +"all timesheets are billed by the same rate, or by the employee rate: " +"timesheets are billed by the individual rate of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The project rate allows you to invoice a whole project, for a specific " +"service, at a specific rate, at once. Example: the implementation of a " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The employee rate billing lets you invoice a project broken down into " +"different services, and different rates. Example: different rates for junior" +" and senior consultants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:50 +msgid "Invoice only approved timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Invoicing Policy`, and choose *Approved timesheets only*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This ensures that the manager is aware of the hours being logged by each " +"employee before the customer gets invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/so_to_task`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`./time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:3 +msgid "Record Time Spent on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Get to know how much time you are spending on tasks in order to make your " +"employees’ life easier, and records error-free. Launch the timer in your " +"browser, stop it on your phone and have all entries synced. Generate " +"invoices based on the timesheet entries and be sure to invoice your " +"customers the exact right amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:11 +msgid "Manually timesheet on task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Timesheets*. Then, enable the *Timesheets* option on the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, once you are in your task, under the *Timesheet* tab, *Add a line* and " +"specify the *Duration*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:22 +msgid "Time tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, enable " +"*Timesheet timer* on the projects on which you need the functionality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, you can time your task clicking on *Start*. *Pause* at any moment, and " +"*Stop* to confirm the recorded time and add a description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Tasks" +msgstr "Задачи" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:3 +msgid "Collaborate on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Being able to collaborate virtually but with the same effect as if people " +"were in the same room increases your productivity. It results in faster " +"execution of processes, brainstorming and decision made easier while also " +"allowing the support of outside contributions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:10 +msgid "Add followers to a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:12 +msgid "*Edit* the project to add followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Followers are notified of any changes: tasks sliding from one stage to " +"another, conversations taking place, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Following a project automatically makes you a follower of all its tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:24 +msgid "Add followers to a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Within a task, click on the *Followers* icon. Followers get notified of any " +"changes in the task and can see the task like you do, with the description " +"and the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:34 +msgid "Select which notifications to get" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For a project or task, select what you would like to be notified about. For " +"that, *Edit subscription*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:44 +msgid "Use the pad like a collaborative note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Collaborative Pads`, then edit the *Settings* of the project you would like " +"the feature to work and enable *Use Collaborative Pads*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Now, you are able to contribute to tasks in real-time, with several users, " +"with an Etherpad collaborative note. Every user has his own color and you " +"can replay the whole creation of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on the ** icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " +"useful if you want to share it without adding this person as a follower, or " +"to someone outside of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:62 +msgid "The Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*Chatter* is a communication tool that shows the history of a task, " +"including changes and the interactions between you and your customers or " +"colleagues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To interact with followers, whether there are internal or external, click on" +" *Log a note* and ping them using the at symbol (*@*). If you want to send a" +" message/email to all the followers in the task, use *Send a message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can also ping a channel using the hashtag sign (*#*). This way, users " +"can have a channel per project team, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:77 +msgid "Schedule activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Do not forget promises made and stay organized by conveniently *Scheduling " +"activities* from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:87 +msgid "Edit or create new activities types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:89 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 +msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " +"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " +"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " +"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 +msgid "Set up an incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " +"the incoming email alias you would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 +msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 +msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " +"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" +" a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 +msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 +msgid "" +"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " +"followers of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 +msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:40 +msgid ":doc:`./get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:41 +msgid ":doc:`./collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Break down a project by creating, assigning and organizing tasks. Set " +"priorities to help you determine where you want to invest your time first, " +"manage files within it and keep everything you need to complete your work in" +" one place. Ensure that your strategies are turned into actionable plans " +"and, as a result, have a successful project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:11 msgid "Create a task" msgstr "создайте задачи" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:13 msgid "" -"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." -msgstr "" -"При добавлении проекта, выберите существующий проект или создайте новый." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 -msgid "In the project, create a new task." -msgstr "В проекте создайте новое задание." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " -"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." -msgstr "" -"Эта задача вы можете назначить нужному человеку, добавлять в нем теги, " -"сроки, описания ... и все остальное, что вам может понадобиться для этой " -"задачи." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 -msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" -msgstr "Смотрите свои задачи с помощью канбан" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " -"to the Kanban view." -msgstr "" -"После того, как вы создали несколько задач, их можно будет управлять и " -"контролировать благодаря канбан." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " -"one have the higher priorities." -msgstr "" -"Просмотр в канбан - просмотр поста, разделен на разные этапы. Это позволяет " -"иметь четкое представление об этапах выполнения ваших задач и о том, какие " -"из них имеют более высокие приоритеты." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the Kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" +"Click on *Create*. Once created, add more details opening it and clicking on" +" *Edit*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " -"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" -" and indicate if the task is ready." +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "Assignation" +msgstr "Назначение" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "Choose the responsible person for a task under *Assigned to*." msgstr "" -"Вы также можете сообщить своим коллегам о состоянии задачи прямо с канбан с " -"помощью маленькой точки, он будет сообщать подписчиков задачи и указывать, " -"задача готовы." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 -msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" -msgstr "Сортировка задач в канбан" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " -"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " -"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" -" to their creation date." -msgstr "" -"Задачи упорядочиваются по приоритету, которые вы можете предоставить, нажав " -"звездочку рядом с часами, а потом подписку, то есть если вы двигаете их с " -"помощью перетаскивания, они будут в таком порядке и, наконец, своими " -"идентификаторами, связанными с датой их создания." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." -msgstr "" -"Задачи, которые прошли через их срок, будут обозначены красным в вашем " -"канбан." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " -"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." -msgstr "" -"Если вы поставите задачу с низким приоритетом сверху, когда вы снова " -"вернетесь на информационную панель в следующий раз, задача вернется назад к " -"задачам с высоким приоритетом." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 -msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "Управляйте дедлайнами в календаре" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " -"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " -"easily in a single window." -msgstr "" -"Вы также можете перейти из режима просмотра канбан на режим просмотра " -"календаря, что позволяет просматривать дедлайн каждой задачи просто в одном " -"окне." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " -"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." -msgstr "" -"Задачи обозначены цветом для работника, которому они предназначены, и вы " -"можете отфильтровать дедлайны для работников, выбрав конечный срок, который " -"вы хотите видеть." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 -msgid "" -"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " -"dropping the task to another case." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете легко изменить конечный срок с просмотра календаря, перетащив " -"задачи в другой." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" -msgstr "Введение в проект Odoo" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " -"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." -msgstr "" -"Будучи менеджером по бизнесу, у нас есть разнообразная работа, включающая " -"несколько заинтересованных сторон. Управляя каждым заданием, проект Odoo " -"отлично с этим справляется." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" -" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " -"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " -"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " -"project manager too." -msgstr "" -"Благодаря проектам Odoo, наши члены проекта могут легко спланировать и " -"осуществить запуск новой линейки продуктов в Канаде. Мы организовали этот " -"проект, создав различные этапы. Это позволяет нам четко определить статус " -"любой задачи в любое время и для любого пользователя. Это удобно для любого " -"другого менеджера проекта." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 -msgid "" -"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" -" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " -"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " -"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." -msgstr "" -"Эти хорошо структурированные этапы проекта полностью настраиваются. Здесь мы" -" идентифицируем одну недостающую стадию, мы можем легко добавить ее только d" -" один клик. В процессе управления проектом мы приступаем к окончательного " -"рассмотрения, поэтому добавляем этот этап. Проекты Odoo предназначены для " -"работы любого вида бизнеса." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." -" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " -"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" -msgstr "" -"После выполнения задания, каждый сотрудник может выделить его, изменив " -"статус. Это поможет менеджеру проекта пересмотреть задачи перед тем, как " -"изменить этап с простым перетаскиванием. Легко, не так ли?" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " -"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" -" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " -"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " -"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " -"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " -"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " -"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" -" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" -" the progress of each task." -msgstr "" -"Мы также можем организовать различные задачи, адаптируя вид. Здесь мы " -"выбираем просмотр списка, в котором отображается другая информация, такая " -"как рабочее время. Если мы нажимаем на нашу задачу, то перейдем на вид " -"формы, где можем отредактировать запланированы часы и ввести наши табеле. " -"Это отличный инструмент для любого менеджера проекта. Контроль за прогрессом" -" рабочего времени и время, потраченное на каждого члена команды, является " -"очень важным. Мы установили время для тренинга команды продаж до 24 часов. " -"Сегодня мы подготовили материал, поэтому указываем 4:00 в табеле. Прогресс " -"рабочего времени обновляется автоматически. Благодаря этой схеме интеграции," -" руководитель проекта тщательно отслеживает ход выполнения каждого задания." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " -"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" -" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" -" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " -"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " -"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " -"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " -"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " -"planning." -msgstr "" -"Другой отличительной функцией в проектах Odoo есть инструмент " -"прогнозирования. Когда он активирован, мы можем спланировать ресурсы за " -"проект и рабочую нагрузку. Поэтому распределение времени для других проектов" -" гораздо проще. Для этого проекта мы должны обучать членов команды по " -"продажам. Это потребует 50% времени до конца недели. Как руководитель " -"проекта, мы можем сделать это распределение ресурсов для любого пользователя" -" и адаптировать его по другим проектам. Это позволит предотвратить любое " -"пересечения времени. Мы можем переназначить задачу или приспособить срок. " -"Проект Odoo - это идеальный приложение для стратегического и исполнительного" -" планирования." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " -"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " -"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " -"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" -" each team member." -msgstr "" -"Кроме того, благодаря отчетам можно проанализировать любой аспект любого " -"проекта. Например, мы можем иметь отчет о фактических часа, потраченные по " -"сравнению с запланированными часами. Мы можем оценить прибыльность любого " -"проекта, любой задачи или любого члена команды. Мы можем посмотреть на " -"количество часов, предназначенных каждому члену команды." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" -" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " -"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " -"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " -"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" -" team." -msgstr "" -"Другим элементом хорошего управления проектом является общение. Это ключевой" -" фактор успеха любого проекта. При работе с несколькими заинтересованными " -"сторонами, возможность непосредственного обмена документами в задании очень " -"полезна. С проектами Odoo мы можем говорить через функцию чата, которая есть" -" в одном клике мыши. Мы можем начать новую беседу с теми, кто работает в " -"нашей команде." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " -"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " -"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " -"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " -"issues." -msgstr "" -"Кроме того, что мощный приложение для управления проектами неизменной, " -"проекты Odoo также является эффективным сервисным обслуживанием или " -"послепродажным приложением. Благодаря этому мы можем следить за любым " -"вопросам клиентов, даже создавая специальный проект поддержки. Программа " -"также автоматически создает счет-фактуру на время, потраченное на задачу или" -" проблемы." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " -"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " -"app, it will help you get started quickly too." -msgstr "" -"Проект Odoo - это мощный, но простой в использовании приложение. Сначала мы " -"использовали планировщик, чтобы четко определить свои цели и настроить " -"приложение к проекту. Получите это приложение, которое поможет вам быстро " -"начать работу." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 -msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" -msgstr "" -"Начните бесплатную пробную версию и лучше управляйте своими проектами с " -"помощью Odoo!" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 -msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" -msgstr "" -"Начните свою бесплатную пробную версию сейчас, с любовью продавцов CRM" - -#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning your project" -msgstr "Планирование вашего проекта" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 -msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" -msgstr "Как планировать и отслеживать задачи сотрудников?" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " -"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " -"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." -msgstr "" -"Слежения и планирования задач ваших сотрудников могут быть трудной задачей, " -"особенно когда вы управляете несколькими людьми. К счастью, используя Проект" -" Odoo, вы можете справиться с ним всего за несколько кликов." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " -"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " -"install the application." -msgstr "" -"Единственное необходимое конфигурация - установить модуль ** Управление " -"проектами **. Для этого перейдите в модуль приложений, найдите Проект и " -"установите его." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" -" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " -"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " -"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" -"Если вы хотите управлять оценкой времени, вам нужно будет включить табели " -"для задач. В программе ** Проект ** перейдите к " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` в выпадающем меню. Затем, под **" -" Оценкой времени работы **, выберите ** управления оценкой времени задач ** " -"в параметрах. Не забудьте применить свои изменения." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " -"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " -"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." -msgstr "" -"Эта функция создаст панель прогресса в виде просмотра ваших задач. Каждый " -"раз, когда ваш продавец придаст рабочее время в свой табель, панель будет " -"обновлен в соответствии с запланированными ранее часов." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 -msgid "Manage tasks with views" -msgstr "Управляйте заданиями по просмотрам" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" -" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " -"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " -"and the calendar view." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете получить обзор ваших различных задач благодаря разнообразным " -"просмотрам с Odoo. Три основные просмотры помогут вам планировать и " -"отслеживать задачи своих сотрудников: вид канбан, просмотр списка (с помощью" -" расчетных таблиц) и просмотр календаря." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " -"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." -msgstr "" -"Создайте и измените задача, чтобы заполнить конвейер. Не забудьте заполнить " -"ответственное лицо и примерное время, если он есть." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 -msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" -msgstr "Ознакомьтесь с действиями с просмотром канбан" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " -"ones having the higher priorities." -msgstr "" -"Просмотр канбан - пост-образный просмотр, разделен на разные этапы. Это " -"позволяет иметь четкое представление об этапах выполнения ваших задач и то, " -"что имеет более высокие приоритеты." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" -msgstr "" -"Канбан является просмотром по умолчанию при доступе к проекту, но если вы " -"находитесь в другом просмотре, вы можете в любой момент вернуться к нему, " -"нажав значок канбан в верхнем правом углу." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 -msgid "Add/rearrange stages" -msgstr "Добавить / переставить этапы" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " -"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " -"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " -"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " -"stage." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете легко настроить свой проект в соответствии с потребностями вашего " -"бизнеса, создав новые столбцы. С просмотра канбан на ваш проект, вы можете " -"добавить этапы, нажав на ** Добавить новый столбец ** (см. Рисунок ниже). " -"Если вы хотите изменить порядок ваших этапов, вы можете легко сделать это, " -"перетащив столбик, который нужно переместить в нужное место. Вы также можете" -" составить или развернуть этапы, используя значок ** настройки ** на нужном " -"этапе." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " -"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " -"Done." -msgstr "" -"Создавайте один столбец на этап для вашего рабочего процесса. Например, в " -"разработке этапами могут быть: спецификация, разработка, тестирование, " -"завершение." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:30 msgid "Sort tasks by priority" msgstr "Сортируйте задачи по приоритету" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:34 msgid "" -"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " -"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " -"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " -"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " -"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." +"Mark the star on your task to set it as a high priority one. That " +"automatically moves the task to the top of the column. Tasks that are not " +"starred are classified according to their deadlines." msgstr "" -"В каждом из ваших колонок можно сортировать свои задачи по приоритету. " -"Задача с высшим приоритетом автоматически перемещаются в верхней части " -"столбца. В режиме просмотра канбан нажмите на звездочку в левой нижней части" -" задачи, чтобы обозначить его как ** высокий приоритет **. Для задач, " -"которые не обозначены, Odoo автоматически классифицировать их в соответствии" -" с их сроков." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:36 msgid "" -"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " -"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." +"Note that tasks with dates passed their deadlines are shown in red; tasks " +"with a deadline for the current date are orange." msgstr "" -"Обратите внимание, что даты, прошли их сроки, будут отражаться красным " -"(также в просмотре списка), чтобы вы могли легко отслеживать прогресс " -"различных задач." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 -msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:43 +msgid "Manage files in tasks" msgstr "" -"Не забывайте, что вы можете фильтровать свои задачи с помощью меню фильтра." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 -msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" -msgstr "Отслеживайте прогресс каждой задачи с помощью просмотра списка" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:45 msgid "" -"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " -"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " -"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" -" each time the employee will add an activity." +"Add images/documents to your task by clicking on the *Attachment icon*." msgstr "" -"Если вы включили ** Управление оценкой времени на задачах **, ваши " -"сотрудники смогут зарегистрировать свою деятельность на задачах под меню ** " -"Табели ** вместе с их продолжительностью. ** Прогресс рабочего времени ** " -"будет обновляться каждый раз, когда работник придаст активность." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "Files from emails are automatically saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:55 +msgid "Set cover images in tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:57 msgid "" -"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " -"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " -"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " -"show you the progression of each task." +"Use *Set Cover Image* to your task and quickly get to comprehend what the " +"task is about. The image is directly shown in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -"Как менеджер, вы можете легко просмотреть время, потраченное на задачу для " -"всех сотрудников, с помощью просмотра списка. Для этого откройте проект по " -"вашему выбору и нажмите значок списка (см. Ниже). Последний столбец покажет " -"вам прогресс каждой задачи." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 -msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "Следите за дедлайнами в календаре" +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "Choose how to visualize tasks" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:68 msgid "" -"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " -"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " -"single window." +"Tasks can be managed and followed up in the Kanban view, which is a post-it " +"kind of view divided into different stages. More options are otherwise " +"available." msgstr "" -"Если вы добавите дедлайн в своем задании, они появятся в окне календаря. " -"Этот пересмотр позволяет менеджеру следить за всеми конечными сроками в " -"одном окне." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:75 msgid "" -"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" -" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " -"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." +"Drag and drop tasks to change their stage and define colors to help you " +"identify them." msgstr "" -"Все задания обозначаются соответствующим цветом, предназначенном работнику. " -"Вы можете легко отфильтровать дедлайны сотрудников, обозначая " -"соответствующие поля справа на экране календаря." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast tasks?" -msgstr "Как прогнозировать задачи?" +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Sub-tasks" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction to forecast" -msgstr "Введение в прогнозирование" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:5 msgid "" -"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," -" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." +"Being a dynamic and organized company is important as it also helps you to " +"not overload your employees. For that, split large tasks into smaller ones " +"by creating subs-tasks, timesheet on them, and have an overview of all hours" +" recorded." msgstr "" -"Планирование и прогнозирование задача - это еще один способ управлять " -"проектами. В Odoo параметр Прогнозирование дает вам доступ к диаграмме " -"Ганта." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Настройка" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:12 msgid "" -"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " -"progress of a project and its related tasks." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> Sub-tasks`." msgstr "" -"Пока вы работали с канбан, который показывает вам прогресс проекта и " -"связанные с ним задачи." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:18 +msgid "From now on, a *Sub-tasks* menu is available within your task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:25 msgid "" -"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " -"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " -"team members to collaborate better." +"Select a specific project in which sub-tasks will be created by default" msgstr "" -"Теперь, если выбрать параметр Прогнозирование, диаграмма Ганта отражает " -"большую картину. Это очень визуальное изображение, которое является " -"настоящим плюсом для сложных проектов, и это помогает членам команды " -"работать лучше." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:27 msgid "" -"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " -"workload and human resources." +"By default, sub-tasks are created under the same project. However, you can " +"select another one by going to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration -->" +" Projects --> Sub-task Project`." msgstr "" -"Этот вариант выгоден для планирования и организации рабочей нагрузки и " -"человеческих ресурсов." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "How to configure the projects?" -msgstr "Как настроить проекты?" +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:35 +msgid "Timesheet on sub-tasks" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 -msgid "Configure the project application" -msgstr "Настройте приложение проекта" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:37 msgid "" -"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" -" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" -" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " -"employee should complete it!" +"Make sure the feature *Timesheets* is enabled under :menuselection:`Project " +"--> Configuration --> Settings` and under the settings of the needed " +"*Project*. Now you are able to timesheet on your tasks and sub-tasks. The " +"time recorded on a sub-task is counted on the parent task." msgstr "" -"Параметр ** Прогнозирование ** поможет вам организовать свои проекты. Он " -"идеально подходит, когда вам нужно настроить проект с определенным " -"дедлайном. Поэтому для каждой задачи назначается определенный временной " -"промежуток (количество часов), в который ваш работник должен его заполнить!" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 -msgid "" -"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " -"application:" +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:46 +msgid "Transform an existing task into a sub-task" msgstr "" -"Сначала нужно активировать параметр ** Прогнозирование ** для всего модуля " -"проекта:" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " -"Forecast option and click **Apply**." +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:48 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:58 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." msgstr "" -"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. " -"Выберите опцию Прогноз и нажмите кнопку ** Применить **." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " -"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " -"all the projects that you manage)." +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:49 +msgid "Now access your task, *Edit*, and add a *Parent Task*." msgstr "" -"После этого вам все равно нужно активировать параметр ** Прогнозирование ** " -"специально для вашего ** проекта ** (возможно, вам не нужна диаграмма Ганта " -"для всех проектов, которыми вы управляете)." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Configure a specific project." -msgstr "Настройте конкретный проект" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " -"Forecast\" in your project settings." +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:56 +msgid "Unlink a sub-task from a parent task" msgstr "" -"При создании нового проекта обязательно выберите "Разрешить " -"прогноз" в настройках проекта." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 -msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:59 +msgid "Open and *Edit* the respective sub-task to remove the *Parent Task*." msgstr "" -"Вы увидите параметр ** Прогнозирование **, который появится в верхнем меню." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " -"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." -msgstr "" -"Если вы добавляете параметр Прогнозирование в существующий проект, будь то " -"сроки задач или незапланированные, задача не будут." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 -msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." -msgstr "Задача проекта не связаны с прогнозом." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 -msgid "How to create a forecast?" -msgstr "Как создать прогнозирования?" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " -"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." -msgstr "" -"Перед созданием проекта прогнозу перечислите все задачи по прогнозируемым " -"временем, которое они должны взять. Это поможет вам координировать работу." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " -"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " -"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." -msgstr "" -"Для просмотра проекты в диаграмме Ганта, нужно создать прогноз на странице " -"задачи. Чтобы создать прогноз, нажмите на верхнем левом углу задача ** " -"Создать прогнозирования **." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 -msgid "" -"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " -"space in the Gantt chart calendar." -msgstr "" -"Вы также можете легко создать новое Прогнозирование, просто нажав на пустое " -"пространство в календаре диаграммы Ганта." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " -"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " -"take." -msgstr "" -"Интерфейс Прогнозирование автоматически заполнит название проекта и задачи. " -"Вам просто нужно добавить дату и время выполнения задания." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" -" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " -"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." -msgstr "" -"Поле "Эффективные часа" появляется, только если в вашей базе " -"данных установлено приложение ** Табель **. Этот параметр помогает вам " -"увидеть прогресс задач благодаря интеграции с Табелем." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 -msgid "" -"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " -"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " -"in the Effective hours field." -msgstr "" -"Например: когда пользователь заполняет таблицу с названием своего проекта " -"(аналитический учет), при этом расходуется 10:00, прогноз будет отражать " -"10:00 в поле Эффективные часа." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 -msgid "What are the difference between the views?" -msgstr "Какая разница между просмотрами?" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " -"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " -"by projects." -msgstr "" -"В меню модуля ** Проект ** есть меню ** Прогнозирование **. Это подменю " -"помогает просматривать диаграмму Ганта с разных точек зрения: пользователями" -" или проектами." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 -msgid "By users : people management" -msgstr "Пользователями: управление людьми" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " -"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." -" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." -msgstr "" -"Этот параметр отражает диаграмму Ганта с назначенными людьми. Диаграмма " -"Ганта показывает привлеченных; это дает вам общую картину проекта. Очень " -"полезно эффективно распределять ресурсы." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " -"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " -"third, you see which tasks they're on." -msgstr "" -"На левой стороне, на первом уровне, вы можете увидеть задействованных " -"пользователей. Затем на втором уровне вы видите, к проектам они " -"предназначены. В-третьих, вы видите, какие задачи они выполняют." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " -"the duration of the task in the calendar." -msgstr "" -"Каждое задание обозначено цветным прямоугольником. Этот прямоугольник " -"отражает продолжительность задачи в календаре." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " -"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " -"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " -"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." -msgstr "" -"Верхний прямоугольник на первом уровне - это сумма всех задач, составленная " -"из третьего уровня. Если он зеленый, это означает, что общее время, " -"предназначенное для пользователя, составляет менее 100%. Когда он красный, " -"это означает, что этот пользователь предназначен для выполнения нескольких " -"задач, которые составляют более 100% своего времени." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 -msgid "Plan the workload" -msgstr "План рабочей нагрузки" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 -msgid "" -"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " -"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " -"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" -" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." -msgstr "" -"При создании прогнозирования нужно выбрать время, которое пользователь " -"должен потратить на него. 100% означает, что ваш пользователь должен " -"работать на полный рабочий день в течение этих дней. Он / она не имеет " -"других задач для работы. Таким образом, вы можете решить от 1 до 100%, как " -"ваши пользователи должны организовать свое время между различными задачами." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 -msgid "" -"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " -"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " -"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." -msgstr "" -"Интеграция помогает вам избежать двойного бронирования сотрудника. Например," -" если ваш эксперт уже имеет 40% иной задачи в другом проекте, вы можете " -"забронировать его лишь на 60% за этот период." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " -"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " -"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " -"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " -"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " -"that this is feasible." -msgstr "" -"В приведенном ниже примере пользователь "Администратор" работает " -"над двумя проектами ( "Фазы доставки IT1367" и "Процесс " -"выполнения 56"). Пользователь предназначен для обоих проектов общим " -"объемом в 110% своего времени. Это слишком много, поэтому Менеджер проектов " -"должен изменить пользователей, предназначенных для задания. В противном " -"случае менеджер проектов может изменить определенное время или дату, чтобы " -"убедиться, что это возможно." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 -msgid "Gantt view advantages" -msgstr "Преимущества диаграммы Ганта" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 -msgid "" -"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" -" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " -"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " -"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " -"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." -msgstr "" -"Диаграмма Ганта "за пользователем" помогает вам лучше спланировать" -" свои кадры. Вы избегаете путаницы относительно задач и назначений " -"пользователей. Диаграмма Ганта является визуальной и помогает понять все " -"различные элементы одновременно. Также вы немедленно знаете, что нужно " -"сделать дальше. Этот метод поможет вам лучше понять отношения между " -"задачами." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 -msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" -msgstr "Динамический просмотр Ганта в Odoo позволяет" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 -msgid "" -"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " -"the future or in the past" -msgstr "" -"изменить время и дату прогноза, нажав и передвинув задачи в будущем или в " -"прошлом" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 -msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" -msgstr "немедленно создать новый прогноз в диаграмме Ганта" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 -msgid "modify an existing forecast" -msgstr "изменить существующий прогноз" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 -msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." -msgstr "изменить длину задачи путем расширения или сокращения прямоугольника." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 -msgid "By projects: project management" -msgstr "По проектам: управление проектами" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " -"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " -"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " -"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." -msgstr "" -"Диаграмма Ганта - это идеальное представление о проекте, чтобы лучше понять " -"взаимодействие между задачами. Вы можете избегать дублирования задач или " -"запускать их слишком рано, если другой не завершен. Диаграмма Ганта в Odoo " -"является четкой и помогает вам эффективно координировать задачи." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " -"level of hierarchy." -msgstr "" -"Этот параметр отражает график Ганта, показывая проекты на первом уровне " -"иерархии." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" -" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " -"they're on." -msgstr "" -"Слева, на первом уровне, вы можете увидеть проекты. Затем на втором уровне " -"вы видите предназначенных пользователей. В-третьих, вы видите, какие задачи " -"они выполняют." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 -msgid "" -"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " -"Users** section)" -msgstr "" -"Этот просмотр не покажет ваше время HR. Цвета не применяются. (См. ** " -"Пользователями **)" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index 88fcf5b15..aaeba5b8a 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" @@ -423,13 +423,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 msgid "" "To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " +" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparison of the information " "appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." msgstr "" -"Чтобы определить, должен быть оплачен счет поставщика, вы можете " -"использовать так называемое * 3-стороннее согласование *. Это касается " -"сравнения информации, отображаемой в * заказе на покупку * * счета " -"поставщика * и * поступлении *." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po index b63fd80cf..a9b044555 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" @@ -159,9 +159,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18 msgid "" -"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to *Control >" -" Control Points*. There, hit create. Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as " -"operation and choose the type of quality check you want to perform." +"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to " +":menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. There, hit create. Make sure to" +" select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check " +"you want to perform." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27 @@ -192,9 +193,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55 msgid "" "If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and " -"go to *Control > Control Points*. Then, click on create. Make sure to select" -" *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order operation on which " -"the quality check should be performed." +"go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. Then, click on create. " +"Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order " +"operation on which the quality check should be performed." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64 @@ -225,9 +226,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8 msgid "" "To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, " -"go to *Quality Control > Control Points > Create*. Now, you can define the " -"quality control point you want to apply to a specific product. Don’t forget " -"to select a transfer operation type." +"go to :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Now, " +"you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific " +"product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19 @@ -270,146 +271,196 @@ msgstr "Контроль" msgid "Define Quality Control Points" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:6 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. " +"Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and " +"services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed" +" expectations. It also helps minimize waste." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:10 +msgid "" +"That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality " +"control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality " +"controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that " +"the company then has to rework or scrap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With " +"Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:20 msgid "Quality Control Points" msgstr "Контрольные точки качества" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If it is the first *Quality Control Point* that you create, know that you " -"need to open the *Quality* app. Then, go to *Quality Control > Control " -"Points*. Once there, you have to define the product on which the quality " -"control will take place, as well as the operation at which it should take " -"place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The *Quality Control Points* can take place during transfers or during the " -"manufacturing process of the products. If you work with routings on your " -"*Bill of Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing " -"process the quality control point should be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The control type defines at which frequency the quality checks should take " -"place:" -msgstr "" - #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22 msgid "" -"All Operations: all the operations will generate quality checks to perform;" +"To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> " +"Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which" +" the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it " +"takes place also is to be defined here." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:24 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:27 msgid "" -"Randomly: the quality checks will only be performed on x% of the operation. " -"You must define the percentage yourself, on the control point;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Periodically: the quality checks will be performed periodically. The " -"periodicity is based on the period you define (once a day, once a week)." +"The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the " +"manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of " +"Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process " +"the quality control point needs to be applied." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32 -msgid "Quality Control Point Types" +msgid "" +"The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take" +" place:" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:34 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:35 msgid "" -"Now that the rest is configured, you need to define the type of quality " -"check." +"**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks" +" to perform;" msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38 msgid "" -"Some of the types are only available with the manufacturing application." +"**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The " +"percentage needs to be defined on the control point;" msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41 -msgid "Text" -msgstr "Текст" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:43 msgid "" -"This control point type allows you to give instructions to your workers " -"during the transfer, or the manufacturing process." +"**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The " +"periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:56 -msgid "Take a Picture" -msgstr "сделать изображение" +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:50 +msgid "Quality Control Point Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There " +"are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a " +"measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label." +msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58 msgid "" -"This control point type asks you to take a picture of the product in a " -"transfer, or when manufacturing it." +"Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:71 -msgid "Pass-Fail" -msgstr "" +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Text" +msgstr "Текст" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:73 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:64 msgid "" -"This type of control point requires that you specify if the products pass or" -" fail a specific text. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing" -" orders." +"This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the " +"transfer or during the manufacturing process." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80 +msgid "Take a Picture" +msgstr "сделать изображение" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:82 msgid "" -"For this kind of control point type, you have the possibility to define a " -"failure message that will give instructions to follow in case of quality " -"check failure." +"This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a " +"transfer or when manufacturing it." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:94 -msgid "Take a Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:96 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:98 msgid "" -"This control point type requires you to enter the product’s measurements " -"during a transfer, or during the manufacturing process." +"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera " +"<../../iot/devices/measurement_tool>`." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102 -msgid "" -"For this kind of control point type, you also have the possibility to define" -" a failure message that will give instructions to the worker." +msgid "Pass-Fail" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:115 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:104 +msgid "" +"*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific " +"criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message " +"giving instructions to follow in case of failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:127 +msgid "Take a Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a " +"transfer or during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements," +" but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good " +"measures can are automatically accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives " +"instructions to the worker." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:156 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools " +"<../../iot/devices/camera>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:159 msgid "Register Consumed Materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:117 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:161 msgid "" -"This control point type requires you register the component serial/lot " -"numbers during the manufacturing process. It is only available if you work " -"with routings." +"When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the " +"component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:128 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:165 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:182 +msgid "This type is only available when working with routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:176 msgid "Register By-Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:130 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:178 msgid "" -"With this control point type, you must register the serial/lot number of the" -" by-products that are manufactured. It is also only available with routings." +"With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot " +"number of the by-products that are manufactured." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:141 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:193 msgid "Print Label" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:143 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:195 msgid "" -"This control point type allows you to print labels to add to the product " -"during the manufacturing process." +"*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the " +"product during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:207 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer " +"<../../iot/devices/printer>`." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 3f75f53d7..f11d2242a 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -4,19 +4,21 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Denis Baranov , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Sergo S, 2019 # Ivan Yelizariev , 2020 +# Denis Baranov , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2020 +# Alex Puchkov , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Alex Puchkov , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -113,283 +115,253 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:3 -msgid "Apply for Amazon MWS Access Keys" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Connector Features" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:8 -msgid "Submit the Amazon MWS Developer Registration and Assessment Form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:10 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" -"In order to synchronize your Amazon orders with Odoo, Amazon MWS access keys" -" are required. They can be obtained by submitting the **Amazon MWS Developer" -" Registration and Assessment form** to register as a developer. Once " -"recognized by Amazon as a developer (i.e. you make use of an application " -"connecting to MWS), you will be granted Amazon MWS access keys." +"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " +"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " +"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:15 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 +msgid "Supported Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 +msgid "The connector is able to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" -"First, visit the `Amazon Marketplace Web Service documentation " -"`_" -" and follow the instructions to register as a developer. Take care to choose" -" the form \"I represent a seller organization integrating with Amazon MWS " -"for its own selling account only.\"." +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " +"their order items which include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:20 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 +msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 +msgid "the shipping costs for the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 +msgid "the gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" -"Fill out the *Developer Registration and Assessment form* as suggested below" -" and provide your own contact information in the **Developer contact " -"information** section. In the **Business use information** section, select " -"the correct region of your seller account. For the other sections, adapt " -"your responses in accordance with your business case." +"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:25 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 msgid "" -"Give a particular attention to **Merchant Fulfilled Shipping**. It should " -"only be checked if you ship your products yourself. You should uncheck it if" -" you sell exclusively with the *Fulfillment by Amazon* service. Please note " -"that requesting this function is not recommended if you are hosted on *Odoo " -"Online* or *Odoo.sh* as the additional security requirements asked by Amazon" -" may not be met by Odoo." +"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:32 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:24 +msgid "Notify Amazon of an order manually canceled on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 +msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:32 +msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:32 +msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "**Orders**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "**Shipping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "Charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "Delivery created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:46 +msgid "Handled by Amazon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "Gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:41 +msgid "Gift message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "**Stock Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "Handled by the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:46 +msgid "**Confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:46 +msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:49 +msgid "**Cancellation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:49 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:49 +msgid "Notify Amazon on manually canceled sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "" -"Depending on several factors (your region, whether you checked the " -"**Merchant Fulfilled Shipping** function (i.e. you request access to " -"Personally Identifiable Information of your customers), etc.), Amazon may " -"request you to fill out a second form before granting you MWS access keys. " -"As that form depends on the data protection policy of the region of your " -"seller account (e.g. GDPR in Europe), we cannot provide you with a pre-" -"filled form. Instead, the answers of questions related to Odoo are listed in" -" the `Answer the Additional Form`_ section." +"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:61 +msgid "Supported Marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 msgid "" -"If you need assistance for your application for Amazon MWS access keys, " -"`submit a support ticket to Odoo `_." +"The Amazon Connector currently supports 9 marketplaces. If a marketplace is " +"not listed below, it may be possible for you to :ref:`add it as an " +"unsupported marketplace `." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:46 -msgid "Answer the Additional Form" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +msgid "**North America region**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:49 -msgid "" -"If you did not receive any additional form after your :ref:`initial " -"application for Amazon MWS keys `, you may disregard " -"this section." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:70 +msgid "Canada" +msgstr "Канада" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:70 +msgid "Amazon.ca" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:52 -msgid "" -"This section lists all questions asked by Amazon in additional forms. The " -"answers are tailored for *Odoo Online* and *Odoo.sh*. Wherever the answer " -"does not depend on Odoo, you are requested to provide it yourself at the " -"place indicated by square brackets." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "Мексика" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 +msgid "Amazon.com.mx" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you are *not* hosted on Odoo, you should adapt the answers related to " -"hosting according to your own infrastructure and data protection policy." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +msgid "US" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If you *are* hosted on Odoo, take note that Amazon is the final decision " -"maker concerning your application. While Odoo can help you provide " -"additional details to your application, it is not guaranteed that Amazon " -"will find them adequate." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +msgid "Amazon.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:64 -msgid "" -"**Describe all functionalities in your application where Personally " -"Identifiable Information (e.g. customer name, street address, billing " -"address) is required.**" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +msgid "**Europe region**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:68 -msgid "► If you did not apply for the *Merchant Fulfilled Shipping* function:" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "Германия" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +msgid "Amazon.de" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:68 -msgid "Generation of customer invoices." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "Испания" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +msgid "Amazon.es" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:71 -msgid "► If you applied for the *Merchant Fulfilled Shipping* function:" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +msgid "France" +msgstr "Франция" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +msgid "Amazon.fr" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:71 -msgid "Generation of delivery orders and customer invoices." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "UK" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:73 -msgid "" -"**List all outside parties with whom your organization shares Amazon " -"Information (e.g. information exposed by Amazon through Amazon MWS, Seller " -"Central, or Amazon's public-facing websites) and describe how your " -"organization shares this information.**" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "Amazon.co.uk" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:77 -msgid "" -"We share Amazon Information with Odoo SA, our cloud service provider, for " -"the exclusive purpose of hosting our enterprise management system (including" -" the Amazon MWS integration). See also Odoo SA's Privacy Policy for details " -"at https://www.odoo.com/privacy" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "Италия" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Amazon.it" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:83 -msgid "► If you share Amazon Information with outside parties:" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "Нидерланды" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Amazon.nl" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:82 -msgid "" -"[Answer with the above text and add a description of your organization's " -"policy regarding the sharing of Amazon Information with outside parties]" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:94 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:101 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**List all non-Amazon MWS sources where you retrieve Amazon Information.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Our enterprise software only relies on MWS to retrieve Amazon Information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:89 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization restricts public access to databases, file " -"servers, and desktop/developer endpoints.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:92 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:126 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:138 -msgid "" -"We rely on Odoo S.A., our cloud service provider for our database security " -"management. Their Security Policy can be found at " -"https://www.odoo.com/security" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:95 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization uniquely identifies employees and restricts" -" access to Amazon Information on a need-to-know basis.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:106 -msgid "" -"► If all your employees are properly assigned separate users and given only " -"relevant access rights:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Access rights are provided to employees based on their role within the " -"company and are progressive, based on their responsibility." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:102 -msgid "" -"For instance, salespersons only have access to their own leads/quotes (and " -"thus no access to quotes generated through the Amazon API). A salesmanager " -"has access to all quotes/leads for reporting purposes (including quotes " -"generated through the Amazon API). A quote will generate a delivery order " -"which will be accessible to a 'normal' user of the Inventory application for" -" him to be able to print the delivery label and pack the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:110 -msgid "" -"► If your employees share users or if they are given more rights than " -"needed:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:109 -msgid "" -"[Answer with a description of your organization's policy for the assignation" -" of users and access rights to your employees]" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization prevents Amazon Information from being " -"accessed from employee personal devices.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Our enterprise software does not prevent employees from accessing the " -"organization's data from personal devices. Role-based restrictions and " -"access rights still apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:118 -msgid "" -"**Provide details on your organization's privacy and data handling policies " -"(a link to your policy is also acceptable).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:121 -msgid "" -"[Answer with a description of your organization's privacy and data handling " -"policies]" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:123 -msgid "" -"**Describe where your organization stores Amazon Information and provide " -"details on how you encrypt this information (e.g., algorithm).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:129 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization backups or archives Amazon Information and " -"provide details on how you encrypt this information (e.g., algorithm).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:132 -msgid "" -"We rely on Odoo S.A., our cloud service provider for our database backups " -"management. Their Service Level Agreement can be found at " -"https://www.odoo.com/cloud-sla" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:135 -msgid "" -"**Describe where your organization monitors and detects malicious activity " -"in your application(s).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:141 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization's incident response plan addresses database" -" hacks, unauthorized access, and data leaks (a link to your policy is also " -"acceptable).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Our cloud service provider, Odoo S.A., will notify the customer in case of a" -" data breach." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:146 -msgid "" -"[Add a description of your organization's incident response plan or a link " -"to your incident response policy.]" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:95 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:75 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 @@ -412,15 +384,7 @@ msgid "" " are not yet registered." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you did not request access to Personally Identifiable Information of your" -" customers in the :ref:`Developer Registration and Assessment form `, the customers are created anonymously (the name, postal " -"address and phone number are omitted) and named **Amazon Customer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is canceled in Odoo. When an order is canceled" @@ -428,7 +392,7 @@ msgid "" "Seller Central and notify the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " "the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " @@ -438,7 +402,7 @@ msgid "" "wish to synchronize and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:28 msgid "" "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " ":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " @@ -447,11 +411,11 @@ msgid "" " PICKINGS**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:42 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 msgid "" "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " "picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " @@ -459,18 +423,18 @@ msgid "" "products partially by using backorders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 msgid "" "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " "it) is on its way." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:52 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " "move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " @@ -481,14 +445,14 @@ msgid "" "under the FBA program." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:53 msgid "" "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:64 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:58 msgid "" "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " "accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" @@ -500,24 +464,24 @@ msgid "" " your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:66 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:74 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:68 msgid "" "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " "in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " "of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "" "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " "orders based on the sales team." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:76 msgid "" "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " "invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " @@ -528,11 +492,11 @@ msgid "" "account by the amount received." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:83 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:91 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " "this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " @@ -540,13 +504,13 @@ msgid "" " of your company's accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:95 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 msgid "" "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 msgid "" "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " "similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " @@ -556,31 +520,117 @@ msgid "" "two registrations of your account." msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:100 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:73 +msgid ":doc:`features`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Generate an Authorization Token in Seller Central" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector uses an Authorization Token that allows Odoo to fetch " +"data from your Amazon Seller Central account. This token can be obtained " +"directly through Seller Central in a few clicks and needs to be set up in " +"your Odoo database configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Seller Central account for the marketplace you initially " +"signed up (e.g. if you created your account on Amazon Germany, go to `Amazon" +" Seller Central for Germany `_) with an " +"administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You might need to use the *main* (or first) administrator account and not " +"one added subsequently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In the main menu, select :menuselection:`Apps & Services --> Manage Your " +"Apps`; in the page that displays, click on the ``Authorize new developper`` " +"button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "Fill in the form depending on your Marketplace:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If your seller account is registered in the **North America** region, use " +"these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Developer's Name: ``Odoo S.A.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 +msgid "Developer ID: ``586127723692``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "For the **Europe** region, use these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Developer ID: ``579095187166``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Amazon will then inform you that by submitting the form, you are giving " +"access to your Seller Central Information to Odoo S.A." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Odoo S.A. is unable to access your Amazon account's information without the " +"Authorization Token which is stored in your Odoo database - we do not store " +"these tokens on our platform directly and are therefore unable to access " +"your account's information outside of the Amazon Connector normal flows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " "Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:11 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 msgid "" "The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " -"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The **Access " -"Key** and the **Secret Key** can be found in Developer Central (where the " -":ref:`Developer Registration and Assessment form ` " -"was located)." +"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The " +"**Authorization Token** is the one you generated in the :ref:`previous step " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Upon saving, your credentials are checked. In case of issues, an error will " +"be displayed - the information cannot be saved until your credentials are " +"recognized by Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 msgid "" "Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " "are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" @@ -588,11 +638,11 @@ msgid "" " their synchronization." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:21 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 msgid "Match database products in Amazon" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:23 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 msgid "" "When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " "created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " @@ -600,7 +650,7 @@ msgid "" " charges (if any)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 msgid "" "The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " "matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " @@ -608,7 +658,7 @@ msgid "" "for gift wrapping charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 msgid "" "For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are " "listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " @@ -617,7 +667,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`the internal reference is used instead `." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:39 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 msgid "" "It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific " "product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" @@ -626,7 +676,7 @@ msgid "" " under different conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 msgid "" "If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " "given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " @@ -634,7 +684,7 @@ msgid "" "the shipping code." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:49 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " "<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " @@ -642,11 +692,11 @@ msgid "" "Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:55 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 msgid "Configure taxes of products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 msgid "" "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " "the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " @@ -655,7 +705,7 @@ msgid "" " subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 msgid "" "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " "Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " @@ -663,6 +713,188 @@ msgid "" "reconciling the payments in Odoo." msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil, are not officially " +"supported by Odoo but might be compatible with your seller account. These " +"marketplaces can be added manually should you wish to use them. See " +":ref:`here ` for the exhaustive list of " +"natively supported marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To find out if a marketplace is eventually compatible, check the `Amazon " +"Documentation " +"`_." +" The marketplace must belong to the same region as that of your seller " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To add a new marketplace, you must first enable :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:139 +msgid "" +"From there, you can create a new marketplace record. You will need the " +"Marketplace ID and Endpoint for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon" +" Documentation " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.`` to easily retrieve it (for" +" instance: ``Amazon.se``). The **Code**, **Domain** and **API Identifier** " +"fields should respectively hold the *Country Code*, *Amazon MWS Endpoint* " +"and *MarketplaceId* values from the Amazon Documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Once the marketplace is saved, you should then update the Amazon Account " +"configuration by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`, open the " +"account on which you wish to use the new marketplace, go to the " +"**Marketplaces** tab and click on **Update available marketplaces** (an " +"animation should confirm the success of the operation). Newly added " +"marketplaces are automatically added to the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces. If the new marketplace is not added to the list, it means that" +" it is either incompatible or unavailable for your seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:156 +msgid "" +"As manually added marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo, there " +"is no guarantee that adding one as described above will work, nor can this " +"be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:3 +msgid "Install the Amazon Connector Authentication Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Starting July 2020, the Amazon Connector requires the use of a new " +"authentication method that makes it easier for you to set up the Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Prior to the update, Odoo customers who wished to use the Amazon Connector " +"had to apply to get developer credentials through Amazon, which was a " +"painful and long process that could take weeks. This method of " +"authentication is still technically possible, but Amazon will refuse to " +"provide developer credentials for Odoo customers from July 2020 onwards and " +"will deactivate such credentials for existing customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This documentation will help you install the update and use the new " +"authentication flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that if your Odoo database was first created after the update was " +"released, the update module is installed automatically. You can check if " +"this module is already installed by going to the **Apps** menu, removing " +"the ``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``. If the module " +"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** is present and marked as installed, your " +"Odoo database is already up-to-date and you can proceed with the :doc:`setup" +" ` step of the Amazon Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:25 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The new authentication mechanism is made available through a new Odoo " +"module; to be able to install it, you must make sure that your Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, your code is already up-to-" +"date and you can proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then you must" +" update your installation as detailed in `this documentation page " +"`_ or by " +"contacting your integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:39 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:41 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by your Odoo instance to be available in " +"the **Apps** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to :menuselection:`Apps " +"--> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:48 +msgid "Install the Amazon/Authentication Patch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You should never install new modules in your production database without " +"testing them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, " +"a duplicate database can be created from the database management page as " +"explained in :doc:`this documentation page <../../db_management/db_online>`." +" For Odoo.sh users, you should use a staging or duplicate database. For on-" +"premise users, you should use a staging environment - you should contact " +"your integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a new " +"module in your particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The module should now be available in your **Apps** menu. Remove the " +"``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``; the module " +"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** should be available for installation. If you" +" cannot find the module after having updated the list of available modules, " +"it means your Odoo source code is not up-to-date; refer to step one of this " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, you will need to generate an Authorization " +"Token in Amazon Seller Central and set it up on your Amazon Account in Odoo;" +" this process is detailed in the :doc:`setup ` page." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "коннектор eBay" @@ -900,63 +1132,131 @@ msgstr "Запрос на предоплату" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" -"A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the " -"rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to " -"protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious." +"A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " +"is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " +"to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to " +"acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are " +"obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." msgstr "" -"Предоплата - начальная, частичная оплата, при условии, что остальные будет " -"оплачена позже. Для дорогих заказов или проектов это способ защитить себя и " -"убедиться, что ваш клиент является серьезным." #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " +"way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 msgid "First time you request a down payment" msgstr "Первый раз вы спрашиваете предоплату" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment" -" option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total " -"amount." -msgstr "" -"Подтверждая продажу, вы можете создать счет-фактуру и выбрать вариант " -"предоплаты. Это может быть либо фиксированная сумма, или процент от общей " -"суммы." - #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 msgid "" -"The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account " -"and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments." +"When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " +"invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" +" them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 " +"options:" msgstr "" -"В первый раз, когда вы спрашиваете предоплату, вы можете выбрать счет дохода" -" и настройка налога, которое будет использовано для дальнейших предоплат." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 +msgid "Regular invoice" +msgstr "Обычный счёт" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 +msgid "Down payment (percentage)" +msgstr "Авансовый платеж (в процентах)" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment." -msgstr "После этого вы увидите счет-фактуру для предоплаты." +msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" +msgstr "Авансовый платеж (фиксированная сумма)" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" -"On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be " -"automatically deducted." +"In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" +" the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " +"percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income " +"account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." msgstr "" -"На следующем или последнем счете-фактуре любая предоплата будет " -"автоматически вычтена." #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " +"payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " +"product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, " +"you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you" +" choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able" +" to create an invoice**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +msgid "" +"For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" +" using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " +"our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , " +"before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view " +"the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the " +"down payment (as you can see below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +msgid "" +"There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " +"But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " +"So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the " +"possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** " +"button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** " +"button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order" +" and draft invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " +"order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" +" to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, " +"paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " +"quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " +"payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to " +"deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been " +"delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice " +"created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the " +"**Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the " +"delivered quantity manually on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" msgstr "Измените счет дохода и налоги клиента" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 -msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*." -msgstr "Из перечня товаров найдите * Предоплата *." - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the" -" income account & customer taxes." +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 +msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +msgid "" +"You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " +"to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " +"need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the " +"**Accounting Tab** on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" -"После этого вы сможете изменить это на вкладке выставления счетов вы сможете" -" изменить счет дохода и налоги клиента." #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" @@ -1073,93 +1373,109 @@ msgstr "Выставления счета на основе заказанной #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" -"Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for " -"invoicing:" +"Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:" msgstr "" -"В зависимости от вашего бизнеса и того, что вы продаете, у вас есть два " -"варианта выставления счетов:" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 msgid "" -"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales " -"order is confirmed." +"The **Invoice what is ordered** rule is used as **default mode** in Odoo " +"Sales, which means that customers will be invoiced once the sales order is " +"confirmed." msgstr "" -"Счет на заказанное количество: счет-фактура полного заказ, как только будет " -"подтверждено заказ на продажу." #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 msgid "" -"Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a " -"partial delivery." +"The **Invoice what is delivered** rule will invoice customers once the " +"delivery is done. This rule concerns businesses that sell materials, liquids" +" or food in large quantities. In these cases, the quantity might diverge a " +"little bit and it is, therefore, preferable to invoice the quantity actually" +" delivered." msgstr "" -"Счет-фактура на доставленную количество: счет-фактура на то, что вы " -"доставили, даже если это частичная доставка." - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode." -msgstr "Счет-фактура на заказанное количество является режимом по умолчанию." #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 msgid "" -"The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type " -"of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the" -" quantity might diverge a little bit and it is therefore better to invoice " -"the actual delivered quantity." +"Being able to have different invoicing options allow you more flexibility. " +"Indeed, you need to know exactly how to invoice your customers for different" +" situations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 +msgid "Activate these features" msgstr "" -"Преимущества использования * счета-фактуры на доставленную количество * " -"зависят от вашего вида бизнеса, когда вы продаете материал, жидкость или " -"пищу в большом количестве, количество может несколько уменьшиться, и поэтому" -" лучше начислять фактическую доставленную количество." #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" -"You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every " -"options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), " -"invoice a fixed advance." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " +"**Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply." msgstr "" -"Вы также можете выставлять счета вручную, позволяя контролировать каждый " -"параметр: готовы к выставлению строки счетов-фактур, выставление счета-" -"фактуры на процент (заранее), счет-фактура с фиксированной предоплате." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 -msgid "Decide the policy on a product page" -msgstr "Определите политику на странице товара" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 msgid "" -"From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing " -"policy and select the one you want." +"If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not" +" be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which " +"automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed." msgstr "" -"На странице любой продукции под вкладкой выставления счетов найдите политику" -" выставления счетов и выберите нужную." #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 -msgid "Send the invoice" -msgstr "Отправьте счет-фактуру" +msgid "Choose an invoicing policy on a product form" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 msgid "" -"Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced " -"quantities." +"From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing " +"policy, which can be manually changed." msgstr "" -"После того, как вы подтвердите продажу, вы сможете увидеть ваши доставлены и" -" выставлены количестве." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is " -"confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have" -" to validate the delivery." +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 +msgid "Impact on sales flow" msgstr "" -"Если вы установите это в заказных количествах, вы сможете выставлять счет, " -"как только продажа будет подтверждено. Если же вы выбрали доставлены " -"количестве, вам сначала придется подтвердить доставку." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 msgid "" -"Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will " -"automatically add the quantities to invoice based on how many you delivered " -"if you did a partial delivery." +"On Odoo Sales, the basic sales flow will be to create a quotation, send it " +"to your customer, wait for confirmation, confirm the sales order and create " +"an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Invoice what is ordered**: No impact on this basic sales flow. Indeed, you" +" can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 +msgid "" +"**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will " +"have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to " +"install the **Inventory App** to confirm the delivered quantity before " +"creating an invoice, with the **Sales App**. Indeed, if you try to create an" +" invoice without validating the delivered quantity, you will receive an " +"error message as below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation " +"sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced " +"quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a " +"partial delivery)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Finally, to create an invoice, you will have different possibilities: " +"regular invoice or down payment (percentage or fixed amount)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about down payment here: " +":doc:`down_payment`, to master this incredible feature." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 @@ -2139,6 +2455,7 @@ msgstr "Шаблон товара: поло" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Настройка" @@ -2395,6 +2712,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr "" @@ -2508,9 +2826,9 @@ msgid "" "will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before " "creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our " "documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as " -":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal`, " -":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize`, and others in the " -":doc:`../../ecommerce` documentation." +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 @@ -2537,15 +2855,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce`" +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal`" +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize`" +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 @@ -2768,75 +3086,133 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders" -msgstr "Добавьте сроки и условия на заказ" +msgid "Add terms & conditions" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 msgid "" -"Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " -"between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " -"information which include products and company policy; allowing the customer" -" to read all those terms everything before committing to anything." +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " +"contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " +"delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all " +"formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other " +"hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing" +" to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms" +" and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you " +"manage." msgstr "" -"Определение сроков и условий является важным для обеспечения хороших " -"отношений между клиентами и продавцами. Каждый продавец должен заявить всю " -"официальную информацию, которая включает в себя товары и политику компании; " -"позволяя клиенту читать все эти сроки, все, прежде чем делать что угодно." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every " -"quotation, sales order and invoice." -msgstr "" -"Odoo позволяет легко включать ваши общие сроки и условия по умолчанию на " -"каждую коммерческое предложение, заказ на продажу и счет-фактуру." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 +msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "Стандартные условия" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 -msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" -msgstr "Настройте общие сроки и условия по умолчанию" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 msgid "" -"In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then " -"appear on every quotation, SO and invoice." +"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " +"**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " +"Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is " +"done automatically with the installation of the sales application." msgstr "" -"В этом поле вы можете добавить свои сроки и условия по умолчанию. Затем они " -"появятся на каждой коммерческой предложения, так и в счете-фактуре." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 -msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions" -msgstr "Настройка подробных сроков и условий" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 +msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 msgid "" -"A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish" -" on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo." +"In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" +" your default terms and conditions." msgstr "" -"Хорошая идея состоит в том, чтобы поделиться более подробными или " -"структурированными условиями - публиковать в Интернете и ссылаться на это в " -"терминах и условиях Odoo." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured " -"conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default" -" attachment for all quotation emails sent." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 +msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 +msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 +msgid "" +"According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " +"on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" +" and conditions within your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " +":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 +msgid "General Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 +msgid "GT&C on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " +"page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " +"is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " +"category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " +"are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " +"quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " +"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and " +"create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the " +"confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online " +"payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to" +" configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & " +"conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 +msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." msgstr "" -"Вы также можете прикрепить внешний документ с более подробными и " -"структурированными условиями для электронного письма, которое вы пришлете " -"клиенту. Вы даже можете установить вложенный файл по умолчанию для всех " -"разосланных электронных коммерческих предложений." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po index 63f01568e..17609617d 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -7,15 +7,17 @@ # Андрей Гусев , 2019 # Ivan Yelizariev , 2019 # Ekaterina , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ekaterina , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Sergey Vilizhanin, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -32,76 +34,64 @@ msgid "Overview" msgstr "Обзор" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 -msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" -msgstr "Списки контактов и черный список" +msgid "Contact Lists and Blacklist" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:5 msgid "" "Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" " to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " "newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " "another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " -"distribution a lot easier." +"distribution easier." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 msgid "Contact lists" msgstr "Список контактов" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:13 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if " -"you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in the" -" unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences." -msgstr "" - #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 msgid "" -"Once inside the list, you can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " -"specific list." +"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Is Public* " +"if you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in " +"the unsubscription page (allowing users to update their subscription " +"preferences)." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 msgid "History with the Log Notes" msgstr "История с записями журнала" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:23 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:25 msgid "" -"A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient " -"(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." -msgstr "" -"Запись отправленных почтовых отправлений хранится в разговоре получателя " -"(будь то контакт или действие, например)." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:31 -msgid "" -"This is important as you and your team can easily keep track and see a " -"history of interactions with your contacts or prospects, granting you the " -"ability to better understand them." +"A record of the mailings sent is kept on the recipient's chatter (whether it" +" is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:33 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:28 msgid "" -"Example: your sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing " -"promotions a customer has received or not." +"This is important as you and team members can easily keep track and see a " +"history of the interactions with your contacts or prospects. Example: your " +"sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a " +"customer has received or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:37 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:35 msgid "Blacklist" msgstr "Чёрный список" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:38 msgid "" "If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " -"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries in your " +"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries to your " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:40 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 msgid "" "For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " "Import`." @@ -111,214 +101,207 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Integrations and Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:5 msgid "" "Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " -"purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " +"purposes, but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " "costumers, for example." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 -msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS Campaigns" -msgstr "" +msgid "Campaigns" +msgstr "Кампании" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:10 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:11 msgid "" "First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " -":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"activate the option Mailing Campaigns`." +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Mailing Campaigns*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:16 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:17 msgid "" -"Now, you will also have the menu *Campaigns* included in your *SMS " -"Marketing* page, allowing you to have an overview of your SMS mailings and " -"your email marketing ones." +"Now, the menu *Campaigns* is also available on the *SMS Marketing* app, " +"allowing you to manage and have an overview of your SMS mailings under " +"campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:22 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:23 msgid "" "This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " "have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " -"your kanban view to better organize the work being done." +"your Kanban view to better organize the work being done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:30 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:31 msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:32 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 msgid "" "Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " "makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" " example." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:36 msgid "" "For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " "*SMS* icon next to the phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:39 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you would like to send a message in a batch here, you could go to " -":menuselection:`List View --> select all the contacts --> Action --> Send " -"SMS`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:47 -msgid "Set up SMS Templates" +"If you would like to send a message to multiple contacts at once, choose the" +" *List View*, select all the contacts needed, and under *Action* select " +"*Send SMS*." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Now, go to " -":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates`." +msgid "Set up SMS templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:59 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:60 msgid "" "Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " "the context." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:62 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra " -"notable integrations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:64 -msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:63 +msgid "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 -msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." +msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 -msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." +msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 -msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." +msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 +msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 msgid "" "*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 msgid "" "*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " "document online." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 msgid "" "*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:72 msgid "" "*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:74 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" " asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." msgstr "" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_template`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:5 msgid "" "Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" " to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " "very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " -"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones - " -"people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" +"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 -msgid "Install the app" -msgstr "" +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Начать" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 -msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:16 -msgid "Build an SMS mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:24 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 msgid "" -"First, you will be able to specify a *subject* name that will help you to " -"remember what the mailing is about." +"Specify a *subject* name to help you remembering what the mailing is about." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:26 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:20 msgid "" -"Under *recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" -" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) will " -"receive your SMS." +"Under *Recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" +" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) receive " +"your SMS." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:28 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:22 msgid "" "From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." -" In the example below, the message will be sent to contacts living in " +" In the example below, the message would be sent to the contacts living in " "Belgium." msgstr "" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose the " +"specific mailing lists you created to group specific contacts. You are " +"allowed to select multiple ones." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 msgid "" -"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose mailing " -"lists you ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to" -" your Newsletters, or both! Note that you are allowed to select more than " -"one *Mailing list*." +"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo automatically " +"generates *link trackers* in order to generate data about these links." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:42 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:36 msgid "" -"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " -"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, you will be able to " -"get data about those links." +"Under *Settings* you have the option *Include opt-out link*. If activated, " +"the contact is able to unsubscribe from the mailing list." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:45 -msgid "" -"On *Settings* you have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " -"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list he " -"is not interested in anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:52 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:43 msgid "" "In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" " your sent links, access them and look at statistics." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:50 msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:63 -msgid "Sending my mailing" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:53 +msgid "Send a mailing" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:57 msgid "" "Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " "to be delivered:" @@ -326,65 +309,55 @@ msgstr "" "После создания почтовой рассылки необходимо выбрать, когда она будет " "доставлена:" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:69 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 msgid "" -"Put in queue: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run. " -"Interesting option if you do not mind when the triggering will happen." +"*Put in Queue*: the mailing is triggered with the next automatic run. " +"Interesting option if you do not need the message to be sent at a specific " +"time." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:71 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:61 msgid "" -"Send now: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if there" -" are not that many recipients." +"*Send Now*: sends the message immediately. Use this option if the recipient " +"list is not excessive." msgstr "" -"Отправить сейчас: немедленно отправляет сообщение. Рекомендуется " -"использовать этот параметр, если получателей не так много." -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:73 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:62 msgid "" -"Schedule: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings that" -" you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while " -"it is active or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." +"*Schedule*: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " +"that you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer " +"while it is active, or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." msgstr "" -"Расписание: позволяет выбрать день и время. Лучший вариант для рассылок, " -"которые вы хотели бы отправить во время определенного мероприятия, для " -"продвижения предложения, пока оно активно, или для простого планирования " -"вашей контент-стратегии заранее." -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:76 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:65 msgid "" -"Test: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " +"*Test*: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " "purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " "while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " "you must remember to use a comma between them." msgstr "" -"Тест: позволяет отправить СМС-сообщение на один или несколько номеров в " -"целях тестирования. Например, для того, чтобы проверить, находится ли " -"предоставленная ссылка на верной странице и отвечает требованиям. При " -"отправке на несколько номеров необходимо ставить запятую между сообщениями." -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:82 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:70 msgid "Visualize reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:83 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:72 msgid "" -"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, you are capable of applying" -" filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " -"performance of your SMS mailings." +"Under the *Reporting* menu apply filters, measures, and adopt different " +"layouts to do analyses of the performance of your SMS mailings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:90 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:79 msgid "" -"You can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on" -" the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." +"You can also check the price to send an SMS for your country by clicking on " +"the *Information* icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:86 msgid "" -"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " -"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information on that access: " -":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`" +"**Buy Credits:** in order to take advantage of the app and its features, " +"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information: " +":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po index 4251e7c86..d72af7846 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" @@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 msgid "" -"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel will be shown. The " -"overview of the campaign shows you global metric such as:" +"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The " +"overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/livechat`" +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/overview/get_started`" msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/support.po index a35792c1b..7b3f97597 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/support.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-07 16:16+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ILMIR , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" @@ -76,166 +76,180 @@ msgid "Release date" msgstr "Дата выпуска" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "🏁" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" msgstr "**Оду 13.0**" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "|green|" msgstr "|зеленый|" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 msgid "October 2019" msgstr "Октябрь 2019" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" msgstr "Оду 12.saas~3" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "N/A" msgstr "Н/A" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 msgid "August 2019" msgstr "Август 2019" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" msgstr "**Оду 12.0**" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 msgid "October 2018" msgstr "Октябрь 2018" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" msgstr "Оду 11.saas~3" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "April 2018" msgstr "Апрель 2018" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" msgstr "**Оду 11.0**" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "October 2017" msgstr "Октябрь 2017" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2020*" msgstr "*Прекращение поддержки запланировано на Октябрь 2020*" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" msgstr "Оду 10.saas~15" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "|orange|" msgstr "|оранжевый|" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 msgid "March 2017" msgstr "Март 2017" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" msgstr "Оду 10.saas~14" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "January 2017" msgstr "Январь 2017" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" msgstr "**Оду 10.0**" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "|red|" msgstr "|красный|" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 msgid "October 2016" msgstr "Октябрь 2016" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" msgstr "Оду 9.saas~11" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 msgid "May 2016" msgstr "Май 2016" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" msgstr "**Оду 9.0**" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 msgid "October 2015" msgstr "Октябрь 2015" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" msgstr "Оду 8.saas~6" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 msgid "February 2015" msgstr "Февраль 2015" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" msgstr "**Оду 8.0**" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "September 2014" msgstr "Сентябрь 2014" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:54 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 msgid "|green| Supported version" msgstr "|зеленый| Поддерживаемая версия" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 msgid "|red| End-of-support" msgstr "|красный| Прекращение поддержки" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" msgstr "Н/А Никогда не выпускалась для этой платформы" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 msgid "" "|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " "Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " @@ -245,27 +259,27 @@ msgstr "" "данную версию на наших серверах Оду Онлайн, мы предоставляем помощь только " "по проблемам блокирующим работу и советуем вам обновиться" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:64 msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" msgstr "🏁 Будущая версия, еще не выпущенная" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:75 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:77 msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" msgstr "Я запускаю более старую версию Оду/OpenERP/TinyERP" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:77 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:79 msgid "" "OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." msgstr "" "OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 больше не поддерживается ни на какой платформе" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:79 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:81 msgid "" "TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." msgstr "" "TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 больше не поддерживается ни на какой платформе" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:81 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:83 msgid "" "You should consider `upgrading `_ your database." msgstr "" @@ -328,8 +342,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 msgid "" -"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " -"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" +" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" msgstr "" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index ef0c402a3..e3014568d 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -6,18 +6,18 @@ # Translators: # Sergey Vilizhanin, 2019 # Yuriy Razumovskiy , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Collex100, 2019 # Ivan Yelizariev , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -180,6 +180,105 @@ msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." msgstr "" "В качестве последнего шага позвольте Odoo получить доступ к Google API." +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Настройка" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, click on *Stats* to see complete " +"statistics about the number of clicks and the country of origin of those " +"clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can also access the link tracker by typing *odoo.com/r* on your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics `, those trackers " +"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " +"your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM <../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` " +"application allows you to understand where your leads and opportunities are " +"coming from." +msgstr "" + #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" msgstr "Как сделать оптимизацию поисковых систем (SEO) в Odoo" @@ -1636,8 +1735,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 msgid "Manage Multi Websites" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 30948c255..f55d8ae2b 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -5,6 +5,8 @@ # # Translators: # Zoriana Zaiats, 2019 +# ТАрас , 2020 +# Артём Инжиянц , 2020 # Alina Lisnenko , 2020 # Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Bohdan Lisnenko, 2020 @@ -14,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bohdan Lisnenko, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -24,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" "Language: uk\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 -msgid "Accounting" -msgstr "Бухоблік" +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 +msgid "Invoicing and Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" @@ -152,6 +154,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:114 msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" @@ -197,41 +200,50 @@ msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 -msgid "**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks" +msgid "" +"**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks. (:doc:`Click here for " +"more information `)" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:28 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:277 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:329 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:112 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування" @@ -306,7 +318,7 @@ msgid "After this, your bank feeds will be regularly synchronized." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:579 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:579 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" @@ -421,12 +433,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" -msgstr "Як синхронізувати ваш рахунок PayPal з Odoo" +msgid "Synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -551,277 +564,213 @@ msgstr "" "Вам потрібно лише ввести свої облікові дані вперше. Після завершення роботи," " Odoo автоматично буде синхронізуватися з PayPal кожні 4 години." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 +msgid "Ponto as Bank Synchronization provider" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate " +"their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within " +"one app. It is a third-party solution that is continuously expanding the " +"number of bank institutions that can be synchronized with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Accounting** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank " +"statements imported automatically into your database. This allows for easier" +" **bank reconciliation**. When :doc:`adding a bank account on Odoo " +"<../setup/bank_accounts>`, you can see if your bank requires a connection " +"through Ponto by searching for your bank institution, and clicking on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can find more information about bank synchronization :doc:`on this page " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 +msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:33 +msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:34 +msgid "Create an account if you don’t have one yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:35 +msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Select your bank institution and follow the steps on-screen to link your " +"bank account with your Ponto account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Make sure to add all the bank accounts you want to synchronize with your " +"Odoo database before moving on to the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 +msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Odoo requires you to insert your Ponto's **Client ID** and **Secret ID** to " +"synchronize both platforms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To generate these IDs, go to :menuselection:`Ponto Dashboard --> Integration" +" --> Live`, click on *Add Integration*, fill out the form, and select which " +"accounts you want to synchronize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:61 +msgid "Copy the Client ID and Secret ID generated and paste them in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:62 +msgid "Configure the synchronization options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Action**: define if Odoo must create a new *Journal* for this bank " +"account, link to an existing Journal, or create no link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:66 +msgid "**Journal**: select the appropriate *Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Synchronization Frequency**: define how often Odoo should fetch the bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:74 +msgid "" +"It is good practice to have one Journal per bank account. If you synchronize" +" a single bank account, link it to the existing *Bank* journal. If you have " +"multiple accounts, it is recommended to pick the *Create new journal* option" +" for all additional accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:81 +msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the " +"synchronization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Click on *Update Accounts* to enter your new Client ID and Secret ID, or " +"click on *Edit* to modify the synchronization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:92 +msgid "Deprecated API tokens" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Ponto's previous synchronization system using API tokens is now deprecated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:96 +msgid "" +"This section is only relevant for users who had previously linked Ponto with" +" Odoo using a single API token instead of the current synchronization system" +" with a *Client ID* and a *Secret ID*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:99 +msgid "**Update** your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "*SaaS* and *Odoo.sh* users:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "you can skip this step, as your database is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "*Community* and *Enterprise* users:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"download the latest Odoo source code for your version (you can download it " +"from `this link `_ or from GitHub), install it, " +"and restart your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Do a **hard refresh** of your Odoo page by pressing *CTRL + F5*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"A hard refresh clears the cache and the javascript code for the current " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To **generate your access key**, follow :ref:`the steps above `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To **update your credentials**, follow :ref:`the steps above `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/bank_accounts`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:184 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Різне" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" -msgstr "Як управляти серійними депозитами чеків?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " -"will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " -"money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " -"manually bring the checks to the bank." -msgstr "" -"Коли група вашої компанії отримує чеки від клієнтів, вони часто групою " -"розміщують ці гроші на їх банківський рахунок. Оскільки ці гроші були " -"отримані у фізичній формі, хтось у вашій компанії повинен вручну принести " -"чеки в банк." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" -" be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " -"transactions." -msgstr "" -"Банк попросить надати депозитний квиток (також називається депозитарна " -"розписка), який повинен бути заповнений, з урахуванням деталей чеків або " -"готівки, що підлягають включенню в операції." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " -"reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." -msgstr "" -"У виписці з банківського рахунку відображатиметься загальна сума депозиту та" -" посилання на депозитний квиток, а не окремі чеки." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " -"reconcile them with your bank statement easily." -msgstr "" -"Odoo допомагає вам підготувати та роздрукувати свої депозитні квитки, а " -"потім з легкістю узгодити їх із банківською випискою." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 -msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" -msgstr "Встановіть функцію пакетного депозиту" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " -"Deposit** to be installed." -msgstr "" -"Щоб використовувати функцію пакетного депозиту, вам потрібно встановити " -"модуль **Пакетний депозит**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" -" your country." -msgstr "" -"Зазвичай цей модуль автоматично встановлюється, якщо чеки широко " -"використовуються у вашій країні." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " -"application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." -msgstr "" -"Щоб перевірити, чи встановлено функцію **Пакетний депозит**, перейдіть в " -"меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування` додатку Бухоблік. " -"перевірте функцію: **Дозволити пакетний депозит**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 -msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" -msgstr "Активуйте цю функцію на своїх банківських рахунках" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " -"deposits on your main bank accounts." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як ви встановили цю функцію, Odoo автоматично активує банківські" -" депозити на ваших основних банківських рахунках." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " -"the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " -"'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the " -"Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." -msgstr "" -"Щоб контролювати, який банківський рахунок може здійснювати депозит, а який " -"не може, перейдіть до журналу, який ви визначили, щоб сплачувати свої чеки, " -"які зазвичай називають \"Чеки\" або \"Банк\" (дивіться " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, в додатку Бухоблік, " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування --> Журнали`." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" -" to **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" -"У розділі **Розширені налаштування**, розділ **Різне**, встановіть метод " -"дебетування **Пакетний депозит**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " -"payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " -"make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch " -"Deposits afterwards." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви перевіряєте **Пакетний депозит** у полі вашого методу дебету, це " -"означає, що платежі, створені за допомогою цього журналу (який називається " -"Метод платежу, коли ви хочете здійснити або отримати платіж), буде " -"застосовуватися для створення пакетних депозитів згодом." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 -msgid "From checks received to the bank" -msgstr "З чеків, отриманих в банк" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 -msgid "Receive customer checks" -msgstr "Отримати чеки клієнтів" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once your checks are received, record them on the bank account on which you " -"plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal if " -"you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit. " -"Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як ви отримаєте чеки, запишіть їх на банківський рахунок, на " -"який ви плануєте їх внести. Вибравши банківський рахунок (або чековий " -"журнал, якщо ви налаштували Odoo таким чином), Odoo пропонує вам " -"використовувати пакетний депозит. Виберіть цей варіант, якщо плануєте здати " -"чек у свій банк." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 -msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." -msgstr "У полі замітки ви можете встановити референс чеку." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 -msgid "" -"payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " -"Payment** button." -msgstr "" -"платежі можуть бути зареєстровані в меню :menuselection:`Продажі --> " -"Платежі`, або безпосередньо на відповідний рахунок-фактуру, використовуючи " -"кнопку **Реєстрація платежу**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 -msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" -msgstr "Підготувати пакетний депозит" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 -msgid "" -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" -"З програми бухобліку перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`Продажі --> Пакетний " -"депозит`, та створіть новий **Пакетний депозит**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " -"deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " -"deposited yet. That way you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " -"check." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть банк, а потім виберіть платежі (чеки), які потрібно додати в цей " -"депозит. За замовчуванням Odoo пропонує вам усі чеки, які ще не були здані " -"на зберігання. Таким чином ви зможете переконатися, що ви не забули або " -"втратили чек." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 -msgid "" -"You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " -"the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." -msgstr "" -"Потім ви можете надрукувати пакетний депозит, що буде дуже корисним для " -"підготовки депозитної розписки, яку зазвичай вимагає банк." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 -msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" -msgstr "Узгодження депозиту з банківською випискою" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 -msgid "" -"When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " -"ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " -"is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with " -"the bank statement line." -msgstr "" -"Під час обробки виписки з банківського рахунку ви побачите номер заявки на " -"депозит, зазначений у виписці. Коли процес узгодження виконується, " -"користувач зможе вибирати депозит, який відповідає банківській виписці." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 -msgid "" -"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fill all the checks " -"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in the batch " -"deposit in the example below)" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви виберете пакетний депозит, Odoo автоматично заповнить усі чеки, що " -"містяться в цьому депозиті для співставлення. (2 чеки були в пакетному " -"депозиті в прикладі нижче)" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:111 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "Вирішення проблем" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 -msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" -msgstr "Я не бачу посилання пакетного депозиту на банківських виписках?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " -"be two reasons:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо у банківській виписці немає посилання на пакетний депозит, це може мати" -" дві причини:" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 -msgid "" -"After having installed the batch deposit features you need to reload the " -"page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" -" button of your browser." -msgstr "" -"Після встановлення функції пакетного депозиту вам потрібно перезавантажити " -"сторінку, щоби браузер знав про цю нову функцію. Просто натисніть кнопку " -"перезавантаження вашого браузера." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 -msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." -msgstr "" -"У вас немає пакетного депозиту, створеного для цього банківського рахунку." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 -msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" -msgstr "Що станеться, якщо чек було відхилено?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " -"in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " -"refused." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви маєте меншу суму у банківській виписці, ніж фактична сума у вашому " -"пакетному депозиті, це, ймовірно, означає, що один з ваших чеків було " -"відхилено." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 -msgid "" -"In this case click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " -"bank statement matching." -msgstr "" -"У цьому випадку натисніть на рядок, пов’язаний з цим чеком, щоби вилучити " -"його зі співставлення банківських виписок." - #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" -msgstr "Як робити банківський переказ в Odoo?" +msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1024,140 +973,192 @@ msgstr "" "відбудеться автоматично." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "Узгодження банківських виписок" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 -msgid "Configure model of entries" -msgstr "Налаштування моделі записів банківської виписки" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 +msgid "Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "Шаблони узгодження" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once the bank statements are correctly imported, it is essential to " +"*reconcile* the records properly and ensure all *Journal Entries* are " +"balanced and in agreement. To ease and speed up the reconciliation process, " +"you can configure **Reconciliation Models**, which are particularly useful " +"with recurrent entries such as bank fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Reconciliation Models are also useful to handle *Cash Discounts*. Please " +"refer to :doc:`this documentation " +"<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 +msgid "Types of Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 +msgid "There are three types of Reconciliation Models:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`Write-off Button `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 +msgid "" +":ref:`Suggestion of counterpart values `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 +msgid ":ref:`Match existing invoices/bills `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 +msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the " +"buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the " +"values automatically, before validating the reconciliation. Each button is a" +" different Reconciliation Model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 +msgid "Suggest counterpart values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values " +"that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules " +"defined in the reconciliation model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 +msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer " +"Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is " +"to validate the entry. This automation is based on a set of rules defined in" +" the reconciliation model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. " +"Alternatively, you can also open this menu from the Accounting Overview, by " +"going to your Bank Journal card, clicking on the three little dots, and then" +" on *Reconciliation Models*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for " +"the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to " +"leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new one," +" then fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Тип" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 +msgid "" +"See :ref:`above ` for an explanation about the " +"different types of Reconciliation Models." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the *Documents* application is installed on your database, an additional " +"**Activity type** field appears when *To check* is ticked. Selecting the " +"value *Reconciliation request* implies that, whenever you use this model, a " +"*Request Document* window pops up to request a document from a user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 +msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" +msgstr "Умови на рядку банківського рахунку" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Define here all the conditions that are required for a Reconciliation Model " +"to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 +msgid "" +"If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the" +" *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of " +"the models in the *list view*. They can be rearranged by dragging-and-" +"dropping the handle next to the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 +msgid "Counterpart Values" +msgstr "Протилежні значення" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This section comprises the values that are applied by the Reconciliation " +"Model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 +msgid "" +"If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, " +"click on *Add a second line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" +msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Bank reconciliation process - use cases" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 ../../accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Загальний огляд" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " -"order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." -msgstr "" -"В Odoo у вас є можливість попередньо заповнити деякі бухгалтерські записи, " -"щоб легко узгодити періодичні записи, такі як банківські комісії." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " -"my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " -"current balance. This fee is thus variable." -msgstr "" -"Ми приведемо такий приклад, щоб проілюструвати концепцію: кожен місяць наша " -"компанія отримує вартість банківської комісії, яка залежить від поточного " -"балансу нашого банківського рахунку. Таким чином, ця плата є змінною." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 -msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" -msgstr "Створіть модель узгодження" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " -"to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " -":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." -msgstr "" -"По-перше, нам потрібно налаштувати дві моделі узгодження. Для цього " -"перейдіть на панель приладів модуля бухобліку. У своєму банківському журналі" -" натисніть на посилання :menuselection:`Більше --> Моделі узгодження`." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 -msgid "" -"We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " -"depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." -msgstr "" -"Ми хочемо, щоб ми могли легко бронювати нашу банківську комісію. Наш банк " -"вираховує комісію в залежності від нашого балансу, а це означає, що вона " -"може змінюватися щомісяця." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 -msgid "" -"We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " -"book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " -"\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " -"Odoo to take the entire fee into account." -msgstr "" -"Ми створюємо кнопку Мітка, яка називається Банківська комісія, вибираємо " -"правильний рахунок, щоб замовити ці комісії. Крім того, нам також потрібно " -"вказати, що тип суми \"Відсоток балансу\" із сумою 100%. Цей параметр " -"дозволить Odoo взяти усю комісію в рахунок." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 -msgid "Save your changes when you are done." -msgstr "Збережіть свої зміни, коли закінчите." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " -"under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." -msgstr "" -"Якщо фіксована сума вашої банківської комісії, ви також можете вибрати " -"**Виправлено** за типом суми та вкажіть суму." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете використовувати цю функцію для обробки знижок. Будь ласка, " -"зверніться до :doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:47 -msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" -msgstr "Зареєструйте свої платежі на основі моделі узгодження" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " -"impacted by the payment of the bank fee." -msgstr "" -"Зареєструйте свій платіж, імпортуючи свої банківські виписки, які вплинуть " -"на сплату банківської комісії." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:52 -msgid "" -"When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " -"**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" -" relevant data instantly." -msgstr "" -"При здійсненні узгодження ви можете вибрати відкритий баланс і натиснути " -"кнопку **Модель узгодження** (у цьому випадку - **Банківські комісії**), щоб" -" миттєво отримувати всі відповідні дані." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:59 -msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." -msgstr "Нарешті, натисніть **Узгодити**, щоб завершити процес." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" -msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" -msgstr "" -"Використовуйте різні варіанти у процесі узгодження банківської виписки" - #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" "Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " @@ -1327,99 +1328,171 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup" msgstr "Встановити" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" -msgstr "Як встановити новий банківський рахунок" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Accounts" +msgstr "Банківські рахунки" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " -"guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " -"account." +"You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " +"Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " +"up to date and ready for the reconciliation with your *Journal Entries*." msgstr "" -"В Odoo ви можете керувати кількома банківськими рахунками. На цій сторінці " -"ви дізнаєтесь про створення, зміну або видалення банківського рахунку або " -"кредитної картки." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 -msgid "Edit a bank account" -msgstr "Редагування банківського рахунку" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 msgid "" -"To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" -" it first before filling your own bank information." +"In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " +"*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." msgstr "" -"Щоб полегшити процес, банківський рахунок вже існує. Перш за все, перед " -"заповненням власної банківської інформації ми радимо вам редагувати її." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." +"Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" +" are automatically created and configured." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухобліку --> Налаштування --> Банківські " -"рахунки` та натисніть на іконку **Банк**. Відредагуйте це." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 msgid "" -"Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " -"method like SEPA" +"Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " +"Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" +" are displayed when appropriate." msgstr "" -"Odoo буде виявляти тип банківського рахунку (наприклад, IBAN), щоб дозволити" -" певний спосіб оплати, такий як SEPA." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 -msgid "Create a bank account" -msgstr "Створіть банківський рахунок" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 +msgid "Add a new Bank Account" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" -" on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" -" number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. " -"Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." +"You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" +" your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " +"<../feeds/bank_statements>`." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Банківськиі " -"рахунки`. Натисніть на **Створити** та заповніть форму. Ви можете вирішити " -"показати номер банківського рахунку, у якому ви плануєте надсилати " -"документи, наприклад, замовлення на продаж чи рахунки-фактури. Виберіть " -"способи оплати, які ви підтримуєте, за допомогою цього банківського рахунку." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 +msgid "Bank Synchronization" +msgstr "Синхронізація з банком" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 msgid "" -"If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " -"the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " -"accounts from another company." +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви працюєте в багатопрофільному середовищі, вам доведеться " -"переключитися на компанію відповідно до ваших уподобань користувачів, щоб " -"додати, змінити або видалити банківські рахунки з іншої компанії." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 msgid "" -"The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " -"of the previous one within the same journal automatically." +"To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " +"list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." msgstr "" -"Початковий баланс банківської виписки буде автоматично встановлено на " -"остаточний залишок попереднього в одному журналі." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:57 -msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" -msgstr "Видалення банківського рахунку або кредитної картки" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 msgid "" -"From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " -"the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " -"menu" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this bank synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +msgid "Manual configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" +" out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 +msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 +msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " +"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" +" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " +"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " +"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " +"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Advanced configuration" +msgstr "Розширені налаштування" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " +"modify." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" +" and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " +"can edit the bank account's number, Account Holder, Account Holder Name, and" +" your Bank Institution's details by clicking on the *External Link* next to " +"the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "" +"You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " +"Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " +"in the **Bank Statements** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Learn: Accounting Basics `_" msgstr "" -"У списку банківських рахунків виберіть елементи для видалення та видаліть їх" -" з меню дій або перейдіть до форми та видаліть один елемент з меню дій." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" -msgstr "Як керувати валютним банківським рахунком?" +msgid "Manage a bank in a foreign currency" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1642,8 +1715,8 @@ msgstr "" "отриманих рахунків-фактур." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a cash register?" -msgstr "Як вести касовий облік?" +msgid "Manage a cash register" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1671,6 +1744,8 @@ msgstr "" " за замовчуванням, а також валюту журналу." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:249 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Застосування" @@ -1737,6 +1812,5920 @@ msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "Операції будуть додані до поточної реєстрації грошових оплат." +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 +msgid "Localizations" +msgstr "Локалізації" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 +msgid "Argentina" +msgstr "Аргентина" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Вступ" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " +"this version the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " +"localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" +" to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " +"Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " +"Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " +"on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " +"that is used to analyze the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " +"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " +"AFIP regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:29 +msgid "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " +"the first two modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:35 +msgid "Configure your company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " +"company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " +"the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " +"structure of the company:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:46 +msgid "Chart of Account" +msgstr "План рахунків" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " +"accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " +"considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" +" companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:52 +msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:53 +msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:54 +msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 +msgid "Configure Master data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:66 +msgid "Environment" +msgstr "Середовище" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " +"and Production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " +"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " +"to select the environment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +msgid "AFIP Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " +"provided by the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " +"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " +"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " +"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " +"`Get AFIP Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " +"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " +"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "Партнер" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:150 +msgid "Identification Type and VAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:114 +msgid "" +"As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " +"AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " +"for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" +" Odoo but only the common ones are active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:126 +msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " +"should be defined in the partner form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "Податки" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:137 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " +"with their related financial account and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:144 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:195 +msgid "Taxes Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:146 +msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:148 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:149 +msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:150 +msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:151 +msgid "Otros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:154 +msgid "Special Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" +" taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " +"creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " +"Inactive taxes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:164 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:211 +msgid "Document Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:166 +msgid "" +"In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " +"types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " +"AFIP)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:170 +msgid "" +"The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " +"the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " +"of invoices as well of account moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" +" on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " +"when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The information required for the document types is included by default so " +"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:232 +msgid "" +"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " +"activated if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:187 +msgid "Letters" +msgstr "Листи" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:189 +msgid "" +"For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" +" the transaction/operation, example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:193 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:194 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" +" must be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " +"associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:236 +msgid "Use on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:205 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:238 +msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:207 +msgid "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:133 +msgid "Journals" +msgstr "Журнали" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " +"depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:218 +msgid "" +"For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " +"Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" +" can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " +"invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:222 +msgid "" +"If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" +" because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " +"account moves related to internal control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:226 +msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:231 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " +"defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " +"for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:236 +msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +msgid "Web Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:240 +msgid "" +"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " +"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +msgid "" +"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " +"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" +" Bond `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +msgid "" +"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " +"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " +"the document type related is type “E”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:252 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " +"the operations related to this AFIP POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:255 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" +" for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " +"example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that " +"you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " +"invoice report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:260 +msgid "" +"**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " +"(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " +"sequence. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:263 +msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:264 +msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:265 +msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:295 +msgid "Sequences" +msgstr "Послідовності" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" +" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " +"under :doc:`developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can " +"be used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:277 +msgid "" +"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " +"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " +"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " +"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:283 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +msgid "Usage and testing" +msgstr "Використання та тестування" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:286 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:166 +msgid "Invoice" +msgstr "Рахунок" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:288 +msgid "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " +"invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:292 +msgid "Document type assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " +"based on the AFIP document type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:297 +msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:302 +msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:307 +msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:312 +msgid "" +"As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " +"prefix and sequence is given by the document type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:315 +msgid "" +"The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " +"different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " +"manually by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:321 +msgid "" +"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" +" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" +" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " +"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " +"draft until the related data is corrected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:329 +msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " +"10 days after the CAE is generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:332 +msgid "Result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:334 +msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:335 +msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:341 +msgid "Invoice Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " +"behavior on the pdf report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:346 +msgid "" +"**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " +"identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " +"following AFIP Responsibility type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:349 +msgid "Responsable Inscripto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:354 +msgid "" +"**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " +"part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " +"the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:358 +msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:359 +msgid "Consumidor Final." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:360 +msgid "Responsable Monotributo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:361 +msgid "IVA liberado." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +msgid "Special Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:371 +msgid "Invoices for Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:372 +msgid "" +"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " +"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" +" tab “Other Info”:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +msgid "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" +" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " +"the invoice month:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:386 +msgid "Exportation Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:387 +msgid "" +"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " +"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" +" type be associated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +msgid "" +"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " +"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " +"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:396 +msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:397 +msgid "Exportation document type ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:398 +msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:399 +msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +msgid "Exempt Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +msgid "" +"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " +"Info --> Accounting`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +msgid "Fiscal Bond" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " +"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:442 +msgid "" +"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:419 +msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:136 +msgid "Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +msgid "Zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:422 +msgid "Detail each item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:424 +msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +msgid "Complete description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +msgid "Unit Net Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 +msgid "Quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +msgid "Unit of measurement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +msgid "Bonus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:430 +msgid "VAT rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " +"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " +"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " +"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " +"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" +" to their clients and / or vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:444 +msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:445 +msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:446 +msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:447 +msgid "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +msgid "" +"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " +"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " +"originator document passed to the note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " +"A or B)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +msgid "" +"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:468 +msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +msgid "" +"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " +"Cancellation?” as True." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:471 +msgid "" +"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " +"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " +"(false)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +msgid "Invoice printed report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:479 +msgid "" +"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " +"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " +"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:488 +msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:489 +msgid "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " +"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:499 +msgid "" +"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " +"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " +"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:639 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Рахунки постачальників" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:509 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " +"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" +" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " +"if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:516 +msgid "" +"The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " +"validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " +"will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " +"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " +"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:528 +msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:529 +msgid "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:533 +msgid "" +"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:534 +msgid "" +"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " +"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +msgid "" +"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " +"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +msgid "How to use it in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:544 +msgid "" +"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " +"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +msgid "" +"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " +"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:558 +msgid "Special Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:560 +msgid "Untaxed Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:561 +msgid "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " +"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:564 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" +" the Exempt concept:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +msgid "Perception Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:572 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " +"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " +"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:580 +msgid "" +"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " +"it and set the correct amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:586 +msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:590 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "Звіти" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:592 +msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:598 +msgid "VAT Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:601 +msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:607 +msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:613 +msgid "Resumen de IVA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:619 +msgid "IIBB - Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:622 +msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:628 +msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:3 +msgid "Chile" +msgstr "Чилі" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Chilean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13. In this" +" version, the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl:** Adds accounting features for the Chilean localization, which " +"represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " +"Chile and under the SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos) regulations and " +"guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl_edi:** Includes all technical and functional requirements to " +"generate and receive Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the SII " +"regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl_reports:** Adds the reports Propuesta F29 y Balance Tributario (8" +" columnas)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:24 +msgid "Install the Chilean localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:26 +msgid "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Chile. Then click *Install* in the " +"module **Chile E-invoicing**. This module has a dependency with **Chile - " +"Accounting**. In case this last one is not installed, Odoo installs it " +"automatically with E-invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you install a database from scratch selecting Chile as country, Odoo " +"will automatically install the base module: Chile - Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:40 +msgid "Company Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your company " +"data. Additional to the basic information, you need to add all the data and " +"elements required for Electronic Invoice, the easiest way to configure it is" +" in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chilean Localization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:48 +msgid "Fiscal Information" +msgstr "Фіскальна інформація" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Fill in the fiscal information for your company according to the SII " +"register, follow the instructions on each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:173 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:60 +msgid "" +"This is part of the main information required to generate electronic " +"Invoice, select your environment and the legal information, as well as the " +"email address to receive invoices from your vendors and the alias you use to" +" send invoices to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:69 +msgid "Configure DTE Incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:71 +msgid "" +"In order to receive you the claim and acceptance emails from your customers," +" it is crucial to define the DTE incoming email server, considering this " +"configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For your Go-live make sure you archive/remove from your inbox all the emails" +" related to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:83 +msgid "Certificate" +msgstr "Сертифікат" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:85 +msgid "" +"In order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate" +" with the extension ``.pfx`` is required, proceed to this section and load " +"your file and password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:96 +msgid "" +"A certificate can be shared between several users. If this is the case leave" +" the user field empty, so all your billing users can use the same one. On " +"the other hand, if you need to restrict the certificate for a particular " +"user, just define the users in the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 +msgid "Financial Reports" +msgstr "Фінансові звіти" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The report Propuesta F29 requires two values that need to be defined as part" +" of the company configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +msgid "Multicurrency" +msgstr "Мультивалютність" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the SBIF, you can find " +"the SBIF synchronization service in the currency rate configuration and you " +"can set a predefined interval for the rate updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:122 +msgid "" +"In order to configure your token, you need to enable developer mode and " +"access to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System parameters` and " +"search the parameter ``sbif_api_key`` and in the field Value introduce your " +"token provided by the SBIF:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:131 +msgid "Chart of accounts" +msgstr "План рахунків" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " +"included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " +"in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:137 +msgid "Default Account Payable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:138 +msgid "Default Account Receivable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:139 +msgid "Transfer Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:140 +msgid "Conversion Rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:144 +msgid "Master Data" +msgstr "Основні дані" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:152 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, the identification types defined by the" +" SII are now available on the Partner form. This information is essential " +"for most transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:161 +msgid "TaxpayerType" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:163 +msgid "" +"In Chile, the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the Taxpayer Type. This field should be " +"defined in the partner form, when creating a customer is important you make " +"sure this value is set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:175 +msgid "" +"As part of the information that is sent in the electronic Invoice, you need " +"to define the email that is going to appear as the sender of the electronic " +"invoice to your customer, and the Industry description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:187 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with" +" their related financial account and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:197 +msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:199 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:200 +msgid "" +"ILA (Impuesto a la Ley de Alcholes). Taxes for alcoholic drinks. It has a " +"different rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:204 +msgid "Fiscal Positions" +msgstr "Схеми оподаткування" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase transactions, the VAT can have different affections. " +"This will be done in Odoo using the default purchase fiscal positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:213 +msgid "" +"In some Latin American countries, including Chile, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document types" +" defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Chile case: SII)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The document type is essential information that needs to be displayed in the" +" printed reports and that needs to be easily identified within the set of " +"invoices as well of account moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the " +"country on which the document is applicable and the data is created " +"automatically when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:240 +msgid "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal uses " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:241 +msgid "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:252 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "Продажі" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:254 +msgid "" +"Sales Journals in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location, " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:256 +msgid "Ventas Santiago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:257 +msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:259 +msgid "For the retail stores is common to have one journal per POS:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:261 +msgid "Cashier 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:262 +msgid "Cashier 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:266 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "Купівлі" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:268 +msgid "" +"The transactions purchase can be managed with a single journal, but " +"sometimes companies use more than one in order to handle some accounting " +"transactions that are not related to vendor bills but can be easily " +"registered using this model, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:272 +msgid "Tax Payments to government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:273 +msgid "Employees payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:279 +msgid "When creating sales journals the next information must be filled in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:281 +msgid "" +"**Point of sale type**: If the Sales journal will be used for electronic " +"documents, the option Online must be selected. Otherwise, if the journal is " +"used for invoices imported from a previous system or if you are using the " +"SII portal “Facturación MiPyme“ you can use the option Manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:285 +msgid "" +"**Use Documents**: This field is used to define if the journal will use " +"Document Types. It is only applicable to Purchase and Sales journals that " +"can be related to the different sets of document types available in Chile. " +"By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:297 +msgid "" +"When a Journal is created we have two options with document types sequences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Create new sequences: In this case, Odoo will create new sequences for the " +"most common document types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Use existent sequence: If the sequence should be shared between several " +"journals, the user can add manually sequences previously created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:309 +msgid "" +"For the Chilean localization it’s important to define the default Debt and " +"Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:313 +msgid "CAF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:315 +msgid "" +"For each sequence related to the documents type, a CAF (Folio Authorization " +"Code) is required, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor with the" +" folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:319 +msgid "" +"Your company can make several requests for folios and obtain several CAFs, " +"each one associated with different ranges of folios. In this way, you could " +"order folios per the different segmentations you have in your journals " +"(example per office) thus avoiding distributing a range of folios. In this " +"way, each branch would have its private key of the respective CAF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:324 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the SII documentation to check the detail on how to acquire " +"the CAF: `SII Timbraje `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 +msgid "" +"Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with journal sequence" +" in Odoo, after you create the sequence for the first time the will be in " +"red, which indicates that no CAF has been configured for that particular " +"sequence:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:339 +msgid "In order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:341 +msgid "Open the sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:342 +msgid "Go the the Tab “CAF”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:343 +msgid "Upload the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 +msgid "Save the CAF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:345 +msgid "Save the sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:352 +msgid "" +"As a result, the sequence color changes to black and the column Next number " +"and quantity available are updated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:361 +msgid "Usage and Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:364 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:366 +msgid "" +"In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the " +"Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next" +" diagram we explain how the information transmitted to the SII and between " +"the customers and Vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:376 +msgid "Customer invoice Emission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:378 +msgid "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" +" created in the standard way, for Chile one of the differentiators is the " +"document type which is selected automatically based on the Taxpayer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:382 +msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:390 +msgid "Validation and DTE Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:392 +msgid "" +"When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically" +" when it’s created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " +"After the invoice is posted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:395 +msgid "" +"The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in" +" the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:396 +msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:402 +msgid "" +"The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that" +" runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII " +"immediately you can do it manually as well. The DTE status workflow is as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:411 +msgid "" +"In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using" +" the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to " +"the invoice, you can use this number to check the details the SII sent back " +"by email. The DTE status is updated to Ask for Status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you " +"want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result " +"can either be Accepted, Accepted With Objection or Rejected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:425 +msgid "" +"There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or " +"Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you " +"will receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:433 +msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " +"now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:439 +msgid "" +"**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct " +"but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " +"valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 +msgid "" +"**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and " +"needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you" +" registered in the SII, if it is properly configured in Odoo, the details " +"are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:452 +msgid "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:454 +msgid "Change the document to draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:455 +msgid "" +"Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:456 +msgid "Post the invoice again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:464 +msgid "Crossed references" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:466 +msgid "" +"When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the " +"information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab" +" Cross Reference, which is commonly used for credit or debit notes, but in " +"some cases can be used on Customer Invoices as well. In the case of the " +"credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:476 +msgid "Invoice PDF Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:478 +msgid "" +"After the invoice is Accepted and valdiated by the SII and the PDF is " +"printed it includes the fiscal elements that indicates out document is " +"fiscally valid:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:487 +msgid "Commercial Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:489 +msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:491 +msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:492 +msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they" +" will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:495 +msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:503 +msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:505 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in " +"Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to " +"proceed is with a Credit Note to either cancel the Invoice or correct it. " +"Please refer to the Credit Notes section for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 +msgid "Common Errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:516 +msgid "" +"There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are " +"some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:519 +msgid "Error: RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:521 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State" +" and City." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:523 +msgid "Error en Monto : - IVA debe declararse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:525 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:529 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one " +"on each invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:527 +msgid "Error: Rut No Autorizado a Firmar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:531 +msgid "" +"Error: Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" +"[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:534 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF in the journal sequence related to this " +"document as the one you’re using is expired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:540 +msgid "Credit Notes" +msgstr "Сторно" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:542 +msgid "" +"When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " +"credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file " +"is required for the Credit Note sequence, which is identified as document 64" +" in the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:551 +msgid "" +"Refer to the journal section where we described the process to load the CAF " +"on each sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:555 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:607 +msgid "Use Cases" +msgstr "Використовувати досвід" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:558 +msgid "Cancel Referenced document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 +msgid "" +"In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit" +" note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:568 +msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:570 +msgid "" +"If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " +"Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select" +" the option “Solo corregir Texto”. In this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:578 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price " +"0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:585 +msgid "" +"It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " +"it is taken for this use case in specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:589 +msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:591 +msgid "" +"When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note" +" and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:600 +msgid "Debit Notes" +msgstr "Дебіторські повернення" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:602 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an " +"existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " +"button “Add Debit Note”. The two main use cases for debit notes are " +"detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:610 +msgid "Add debt on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:612 +msgid "" +"The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an " +"existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code " +"SII:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:620 +msgid "" +"In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross " +"reference section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:627 +msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:629 +msgid "" +"In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in " +"this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option " +"in the wizard: *1: Anula Documentos de referencia.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:641 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email " +"server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:644 +msgid "" +"Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based " +"on this information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:645 +msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:646 +msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:650 +msgid "Reception" +msgstr "Надходження" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:652 +msgid "" +"As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor" +" Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent " +"to the vendor with the Reception acknowledgement. 3. The DTE status is set " +"as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:662 +msgid "Acceptation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:664 +msgid "" +"If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, you can " +"accept the document using the button: Aceptar Documento, once this is done " +"the DTE Acceptation Status changes to: Accepted and an email of acceptance " +"is sent to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:674 +msgid "Claim" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:676 +msgid "" +"In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " +"your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using " +"the button: Claim, once this is done the DTE Acceptation Status change to: " +"Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:684 +msgid "" +"If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel " +"automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " +"should be canceled as they won’t be valid for your accounting records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:693 +msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:695 +msgid "" +"This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " +"balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " +"level of profit or loss that the business had within the evaluated period of" +" time, so that a real and complete knowledge of the status of a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:699 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:715 +msgid "" +"You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:706 +msgid "Propuesta F29" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:708 +msgid "" +"The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that " +"replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase" +" Register (CR) and the Sales Register (RV). Its purpose is to support the " +"transactions related to VAT, improving its control and declaration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:712 +msgid "" +"This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE’s) that have " +"been received by the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia" +msgstr "Колумбія" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" +" next modules:" +msgstr "" +"Електронне виставлення рахунків для Колумбії можна отримати з Odoo 12 і " +"вимагає наступних модулів:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " +"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " +"document types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" +" for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " +"based on the DIAN legal requirements." +msgstr "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: Цей модуль включає у себе всі додаткові поля, необхідні для" +" інтеграції з T&S Carvajal, і генерування електронного рахунку-фактури на " +"основі правових вимог DIAN." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:20 +msgid "Workflow" +msgstr "Робочий процес" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " +"first two modules." +msgstr "" +"Для цього перейдіть у Додатки та знайдіть Колумбію. Потім натисніть кнопку " +"Встановити для перших двох модулів." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:40 +msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " +"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " +"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" +"Після того, як модулі встановлені, для того, щоб мати можливість " +"з'єднуватися з веб-службою Carvajal T&S, необхідно налаштувати користувача " +"та облікові дані, цю інформацію буде надано Carvajal T&S." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " +"for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухобліку --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та" +" знайдіть розділ *Колумбійські електронні рахунки*." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" +" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " +"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " +"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" +msgstr "" +"Використовуючи режим тестування, можна підключитися до середовища тестування" +" Carvisal T&S. Це дозволяє користувачам перевіряти повний робочий процес та " +"інтеграцію з порталом CEN Financiero, доступним тут: " +"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" +" the testing environment can be disabled." +msgstr "" +"Після того, як Odoo та Carvajal T&S повністю налаштовані та готові до " +"виробництва, середовище тестування може бути вимкнено." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:62 +msgid "Configure your report data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +msgid "" +"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " +"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." +msgstr "" +"Як частина налаштованої інформації, що надсилається в XML, можна визначити " +"дані для фіскального розділу та банківську інформацію в PDF-файлі." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:76 +msgid "Configure data required in the XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:82 +msgid "Identification" +msgstr "Ідентифікація" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:84 +msgid "" +"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " +"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " +"their identification number and document type set:" +msgstr "" +"Як частина колумбійської локалізації, типи документів, визначені DIAN, тепер" +" доступні у формі Партнера. Колумбійські партнери повинні мати свій " +"ідентифікаційний номер і тип документа:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 +msgid "" +"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " +"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " +"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." +msgstr "" +"Коли тип документа RUT, ідентифікаційний номер повинен бути налаштований в " +"Odoo, включаючи перевірочну цифру, Odoo буде розділяти цей номер, коли " +"передаються дані третій стороні." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " +"information required by the DIAN ." +msgstr "" +"Коди відповідальності партнера (розділ 53 документа RUT) включені як частина" +" модуля електронного рахунку, який є частиною інформації, що вимагається " +"DIAN." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:104 +msgid "" +"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " +"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" +msgstr "" +"Ці поля можна знайти в :menuselection:`Партнер --> Продажі & Вкладка купівлі" +" --> Фіскальна інформація`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " +"regimen of the partner." +msgstr "" +"Додатково було додано два булевих поля для визначення фіскального режиму " +"партнера." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " +"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " +"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ваші операції з продажу включають товари з податками, важливо " +"враховувати, що додаткове поле *Тип значення* має бути налаштовано на " +"податок. Цей параметр знаходиться на вкладці Додаткові параметри." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " +"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " +"display taxes in the invoice PDF." +msgstr "" +"Типи податку на утримання (ICA, IVA, Fuente) також включені до опцій " +"налаштування податків. Ця конфігурація використовується для коректного " +"відображення податків у форматі PDF." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " +"documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " +"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " +"Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " +"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" +"Після того, як послідовність відкрита, поля Префікс і Наступний номер " +"повинні бути налаштовані і синхронізовані з CEN Financiero." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "Users" +msgstr "Користувачі" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " +"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" +msgstr "" +"Шаблон за замовчуванням, який використовується Odoo на рахунку-фактурі PDF, " +"включає позицію продавця, тому ці поля повинні бути налаштовані:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:168 +msgid "" +"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" +" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." +msgstr "" +"Після налаштування всіх основних даних і облікових даних можна почати " +"тестування робочого процесу електронного рахунку." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +msgid "Invoice creation" +msgstr "Створення рахунків-фактур" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +msgid "" +"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " +"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " +"invoice are the next fields:" +msgstr "" +"Функціональний робочий процес, який відбувається перед перевіркою рахунка-" +"фактури, не змінюється. Основними змінами, що вводяться в електронний " +"рахунок, є наступні поля:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 +msgid "There are three types of documents:" +msgstr "Є три типи документів:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:184 +msgid "" +"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " +"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +msgstr "" +"**Factura Electronica**: Цей документ є звичайним типом і застосовується до " +"рахунків-фактур, сторно і дебетове повернення." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " +"transactions." +msgstr "" +"**Factura de Importación**: Цей параметр слід вибирати для операцій " +"імпортування." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:188 +msgid "" +"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " +"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " +"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " +"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." +msgstr "" +"**Factura de contingencia**: Це винятковий тип, який використовується як " +"ручне резервне копіювання у випадку, якщо компанія не може використовувати " +"ERP, і необхідно генерувати рахунок вручну, коли цей рахунок додано до ERP, " +"цей тип рахунку-фактури слід вибрати." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "Invoice validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:198 +msgid "" +"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" +" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"Після підтвердження рахунку XML-файл створюється і автоматично надсилається " +"до Carvajal, цей файл відображається в чаті." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:204 +msgid "" +"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " +"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " +"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" +msgstr "" +"Додаткове поле тепер відображається на вкладці \"Інша інформація\" з назвою " +"файлу XML. Крім того, є друге додаткове поле, яке відображається зі статусом" +" електронного рахунку, з початковим значенням \"In progress\":" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:214 +msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" +" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " +"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " +"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " +"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" +" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." +msgstr "" +"Постачальник електронного рахунку отримує XML-файл і продовжує перевірку " +"структури та інформації в ньому, якщо все правильно, зміна статусу рахунка-" +"фактури на \"Перевірено\" після використання кнопки \"Перевірити стан " +"Carvajal\" у спадному меню Дія. Потім вони починають генерувати правовий " +"XML, який включає цифровий підпис і унікальний код (CUFE), а також " +"генерується фактура PDF, яка включає QR-код і CUFE." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:224 +msgid "After this:" +msgstr "Після цього:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:226 +msgid "" +"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " +"the invoice chatter:" +msgstr "" +"ZIP, що містить XML документів, і PDF-файл завантажується і відображається у" +" чаті рахунка-фактури:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 +msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" +msgstr "Стан електронного рахунку змінюється на \"Прийнято\"" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:237 +msgid "Common errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:239 +msgid "" +"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " +"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " +"after updating the electronic invoice status." +msgstr "" +"Під час перевірки XML найпоширеніші помилки, як правило, пов'язані з " +"відсутністю основних даних. У таких випадках повідомлення про помилку " +"відображаються в чаті після оновлення статусу електронного рахунку." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" +msgstr "" +"Після виправлення основних даних можна повторно обробити XML з новими даними" +" і надіслати оновлену версію за допомогою наступної кнопки:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:258 +msgid "Additional use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:260 +msgid "" +"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " +"the functional workflow remains the same as well." +msgstr "" +"Процес отримання кредитових та дебетових повернень точно такий же, як і " +"рахунок-фактура, функціональний робочий процес також залишається незмінним." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia (ES)" +msgstr "Колумбія (ES)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 +msgid "Introducción" +msgstr "Introducción" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +msgid "" +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " +"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " +"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " +"puntos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 +msgid "Plan Contable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +msgid "Impuestos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 +msgid "Retenciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 +msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " +"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " +"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 +msgid "Flujo General" +msgstr "Flujo General" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 +msgid "Configuración" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " +"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" +msgstr "" +"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " +"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " +"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " +"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " +"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " +"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " +"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 +msgid "" +"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " +"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" +" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" +" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " +"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " +"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" +" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 +msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " +"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " +"Bancaria." +msgstr "" +"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " +"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " +"Bancaria." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " +"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 +msgid "Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " +"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " +"de documento correspondiente." +msgstr "" +"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " +"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " +"de documento correspondiente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " +"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " +"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." +msgstr "" +"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " +"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " +"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " +"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " +"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." +msgstr "" +"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " +"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " +"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " +"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " +"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " +"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " +"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " +"opciones." +msgstr "" +"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " +"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " +"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " +"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " +"opciones." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " +"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " +"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " +"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " +"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " +"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " +"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" +msgstr "" +"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " +"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " +"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " +"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 +msgid "Diarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " +"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" +" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " +"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" +" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 +msgid "" +"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " +"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" +" Secuencia`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 +msgid "Usuarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 +msgid "" +"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " +"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" +msgstr "" +"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " +"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 +msgid "Uso y Pruebas" +msgstr "Uso y Pruebas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +msgid "Facturas" +msgstr "Facturas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " +"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " +"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" +msgstr "" +"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " +"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " +"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 +msgid "Invoice Creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +msgid "" +"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " +"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " +"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " +"manualmente." +msgstr "" +"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " +"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " +"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " +"manualmente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " +"son los siguientes:" +msgstr "" +"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " +"son los siguientes:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 +msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" +msgstr "Hay tres tipos de documentos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 +msgid "" +"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," +" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " +"importación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" +" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " +"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " +"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 +msgid "Invoice Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " +"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " +"desplegado en el historial." +msgstr "" +"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " +"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " +"desplegado en el historial." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " +"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" +" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " +"inicial **En Proceso**." +msgstr "" +"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " +"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" +" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " +"inicial **En Proceso**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 +msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 +msgid "" +"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " +"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " +"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " +"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " +"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " +"CUFE." +msgstr "" +"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " +"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " +"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " +"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " +"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " +"CUFE." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " +"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " +"automáticamente:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 +msgid "" +"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " +"historial de la Factura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 +msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." +msgstr "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +msgid "" +"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " +"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 +msgid "Errores Frecuentes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 +msgid "" +"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " +"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " +"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " +"desplegados en el historial." +msgstr "" +"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " +"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " +"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " +"desplegados en el historial." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " +"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " +"botón:" +msgstr "" +"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " +"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " +"botón:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 +msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" +msgstr "Casos de Uso adicionales" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 +msgid "" +"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " +"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " +"igual." +msgstr "" +"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " +"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " +"igual." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 +msgid "Consideraciones del Anexo 1.7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 +msgid "Contexto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 +msgid "Contexto Normativo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 +msgid "Soporte Normativo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Resolución DIAN Número 000042 ( 5 de Mayo de 2020) Por la cual se " +"desarrollan:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 +msgid "Los sistemas de facturación," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 +msgid "Los proveedores tecnológicos," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 +msgid "El registro de la factura electrónica de venta como título valor," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 +msgid "Se expide el anexo técnico de factura electrónica de venta y" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 +msgid "Se dictan otras disposiciones en materia de sistemas de facturación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 +msgid "Anexo 1.7: Principales Cambios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 +msgid "Cambios en la definición de Consumidor Final." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 +msgid "Informar bienes cubiertos para los 3 dias sin IVA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Impuestos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 +msgid "Se agrega concepto para IVA Excluido." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 +msgid "Informar la fecha efectiva de entrega de los bienes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 +msgid "Adecuaciones en la representación Gráfica (PDF)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 +msgid "Calendario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Se tiene varias fechas límites para la salida a producción bajo las " +"condiciones del Anexo 1.7 las cuales dependen de los siguientes factores:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Calendario de implementación de acuerdo con la actividad económica principal" +" en el RUT:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 +msgid "Calendario de implementación, para otros sujetos obligados:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 +msgid "Calendario de implementación permanente:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 +msgid "Requerimientos en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Con la finalidad de facilitar el proceso de preparación de las bases de Odoo" +" estándar V12 y v13, únicamente será necesario que los administradores " +"actualicen algunos módulos y creen los datos maestros relacionados a los " +"nuevos procesos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 +msgid "Actualización de listado de Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Utilizando el modo desarrollador, acceder al módulo de Aplicaciones y " +"seleccionar el menú *Actualizar Lista*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 +msgid "Actualización de Módulos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 +msgid "" +"Una vez actualizado Buscar *Colombia*, los siguientes módulos serán " +"desplegados, se requieren actualizar dos módulos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 +msgid "Colombia - Contabilidad - l10n_co" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal UBL 2.1 - " +"l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 +msgid "" +"En cada módulo o ícono hay que desplegar el menú opciones utilizando los 3 " +"puntos de la esquina superior derecha y seleccionamos *Actualizar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 +msgid "Primero lo hacemos con en el módulo l10n_co:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 +msgid "Posteriormente lo hacemos con el módulo l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 +msgid "Creación de Datos Maestros" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Las bases de datos existentes a Junio 2020 tanto en V12 como V13, deberán " +"crear algunos datos maestros necesarios para operar correctamente con los " +"cambios del Anexo 1.7." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 +msgid "Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 +msgid "" +"La figura del consumidor final será utilizada para aquellas ventas sobre las" +" cuales no es posible identificar toda la información fiscal y demográfica " +"del cliente por lo que la factura se genera a nombre de este registro " +"genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Es importante coordinar y definir los casos de uso en los que dependiendo de" +" su empresa se tendrá permitido utilizar este registro genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 +msgid "" +"Dentro de Odoo se tendrá que crear un contacto con las siguientes " +"características, es importante que se defina de esta manera debido a que son" +" los parámetros definidos por la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 +msgid "**Tipo de contacto:** Individuo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 +msgid "**Nombre:** Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 +msgid "**Tipo de documento:** Cedula de Ciudadania" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 +msgid "**Numero de Identificacion:** 222222222222" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 +msgid "" +"Dentro de la pestaña Ventas y Compras, en la sección Información Fiscal, del" +" campo Obligaciones y Responsabilidades colocaremos el valor: **R-99-PN**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 +msgid "IVA Excluido - Bienes Cubiertos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Para reportar las transacciones realizadas mediante Bienes Cubiertos para " +"los tres días sin IVA, será necesario crear un nuevo Impuesto al cual se le " +"debe de asociar un grupo de impuestos específico que será utilizado por Odoo" +" para agregar la sección requerida en el XML de factura electrónica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 +msgid "" +"Para el crear el impuesto accederemos a Contabilidad dentro del menú " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 +msgid "" +"Procedemos a crear un nuevo Impuesto con importe 0% considerando los " +"siguientes parámetros:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 +msgid "" +"El nombre del Impuesto puede ser definido a preferencia del usuario, sin " +"embargo el campo clave es **Grupo de Impuestos** dentro de Opciones " +"avanzadas, el cual debe ser: *bienes cubiertos* y el campo **Tipo de " +"Valor**: *IVA*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Departamentos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 +msgid "" +"Es necesario actualizar la descripción de algunos departamentos, para lo " +"cual accederemos a módulo de Contactos y dentro del menú de " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Provincias`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Posteriormente, podemos agregar por País para identificar claramente las " +"provincias (Departamentos) de Colombia:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 +msgid "" +"Una vez agrupados buscar los siguientes departamentos para actualizarlos con" +" el valor indicado en la columna **Nombre actualizado**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Nombre de provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Código de Provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Nombre actualizado" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "D.C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "DC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "Bogotá" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "Quindio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "QUI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "Quindío" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "Archipiélago de San Andrés, Providencia y Santa Catalina" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "SAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "San Andrés y Providencia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 +msgid "Ejemplo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 +msgid "Verificación de Código postal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Dentro del Anexo 1.7 se comienza a validar que el código postal de las " +"direcciones para contactos colombianos corresponda a las tablas oficiales " +"definidas por la DIAN, por lo que se debe verificar que este campo está " +"debidamente diligenciado de acuerdo a los definidos en la sigueinte fuente: " +"`Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 +msgid "Consideraciones Operativas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Una vez que resgistro de Consumidor final ha sido creado este deberá ser " +"utilizado a demanda, generalmente será utilizado en las transacciones de " +"facturación del punto de punto de venta." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 +msgid "" +"El proceso de validación de la Factura será realizado de forma convencional " +"en Odoo y la factura será generada de la misma manera. Al detectar que el " +"número de identificación corresponde a consumidor Final, el XML que se envía" +" a Carvajal será generado con las consideraciones y secciones " +"correspondientes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 +msgid "" +"Contablemente todos los registros de Consumidor final quedarán asociados al " +"identificador generico:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 +msgid "" +"El 21 mayo del 2020 fue publicado el El Decreto 682 el cual establece " +"Excepción especial en el Impuesto sobre las ventas. El principal objetivo de" +" este decreto es reactivar la economía en Colombia por las bajas ventas " +"generadas a causa del COVID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 +msgid "Fechas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Días de excención del impuesto sobre las ventas – IVA para bienes cubiertos " +"(3 días SIN IVA)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 +msgid "**Primer día**: 19 de junio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 +msgid "**Segundo día**: 3 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 +msgid "**Tercer día**: 19 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 +msgid "Condiciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Debido a que estas transacciones serán generadas de forma excepcional y que " +"se tiene una combinación de varios factores y condiciones, los productores " +"debera ser actualizados de forma manual en Odoo asignados temporalmente el " +"impuesto de venta *IVA exento - Bienes cubierto* en cada empresa según " +"corresponda." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 +msgid "" +"A continuación se mencionan algunas de las principales condiciones, sin " +"embargo, cabe mencionar que las empresas deben de verificar todos los " +"detalles en el `Decreto 682 " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 +msgid "Tipo de productos y precio Máximo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "Tipo de Productos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "Precio Máximo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +msgid "Electrodomesticos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +msgid "40 UVT: $1,4 millones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 +msgid "Vestuario y complementos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "3 UVT: $106.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "En el caso de los complementos es:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +msgid "10 UVT- $356.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +msgid "Elementos deportivos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +msgid "Juguetes y Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +msgid "5 UVT - $178.035" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +msgid "Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +msgid "Bienes o servicios para el sector agropecuario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +msgid "80 UVT - $2.848.560" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 +msgid "Métodos de Pago:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 +msgid "" +"El pago debe realizarse por medios electrónico por ejemplo tarjetas de " +"crédito/débito o bien mecanismos de pago online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 +msgid "Limite de unidades:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 +msgid "" +"Cada cliente puede adquirir únicamente 3 unidades como máximo de cada " +"producto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 +msgid "Medidas en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 +msgid "**Preparación de datos**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 +msgid "" +"Crear el Impuesto para Bienes cubiertos de acuerdo a lo indicado en este " +"punto: Datos maestros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 +msgid "" +"Identificar los productos y transacciones a los cuales les aplicará la " +"Exclusión de IVA de acuerdo a las condiciones establecidas en el decreto " +"682. En caso de ser un porcentaje significativo de productos, se recomienda " +"actualizar el impuesto de forma temporal en Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Exportar un listado con los productos que serán afectados incluyendo el " +"campo IVA Venta el cual será sustituido temporalmente por el IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 +msgid "" +"Al finalizar las operaciones del día anterior a las fechas establecidas de " +"día sin IVA, se debe hacer la actualización temporal a IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 +msgid "**Durante el día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Por defecto los productos previamente considerados con IVA de Bienes " +"cubiertos serán generados con este parámetro tanto en Órdenes de venta como " +"facturas creadas durante ese mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 +msgid "" +"Las órdenes de venta generadas con este impuesto deberán ser facturas el " +"mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 +msgid "" +"En caso de que alguna de las condiciones no sea cumplida (ejemplo el pago es" +" realizado en efectivo) el impuesto deberá ser actualizado manualmente al " +"momento de facturar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 +msgid "**Posterior al día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 +msgid "" +"Los productos que fueron actualizados deberá ser reconfigurados a su IVA " +"original." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 +msgid "" +"En caso de que se detecte alguna Orden de venta facturar en la cual se " +"incluya IVA de Bienes Cubiertos, se deberá realizar actualización manual " +"correspondiente al IVA convencional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 +msgid "France" +msgstr "Франція" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 +msgid "FEC" +msgstr "FEC" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " +"the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" +" --> FEC`." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви встановили французький бухгалтерський облік, ви зможете завантажити " +"FEC. Для цього перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> " +"Франція --> FEC`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " +"module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви не бачите підменю **FEC**, перейдіть до **Додатки** і знайдіть " +"модуль **Франція-FEC** та перевірте, чи він добре встановлений." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 +msgid "French Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Французька бухгалтерська звітність" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " +"accounting reports specific to France:" +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви встановили французький бухгалтерський облік, ви матимете доступ до " +"деяких бухгалтерських звітів, характерних для Франції:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 +msgid "Bilan comptable" +msgstr "Bilan comptable" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 +msgid "Compte de résultats" +msgstr "Compte de résultats" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 +msgid "Plan de Taxes France" +msgstr "Plan de Taxes France" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 +msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" +msgstr "" +"Отримайте сертифікат про боротьбу із шахрайством на додану вартість з Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " +"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " +"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales " +"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, " +"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." +msgstr "" +"Станом на 1 січня 2018 року у Франції та DOM-TOM введено нове законодавство " +"щодо боротьби із шахрайством. Це нове законодавство встановлює певні " +"критерії щодо незмінності, безпеки, зберігання та архівування даних про " +"продаж. Ці юридичні вимоги впроваджені в 9 версії Odoo через модуль та " +"сертифікат відповідності для завантаження." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 +msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" +msgstr "" +"Чи моя компанія зобов'язана використовувати програмне забезпечення проти " +"шахрайства?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " +"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" +msgstr "" +"Ваша компанія повинна використовувати програмне забезпечення для боротьби із" +" шахрайством касових апаратів, таких як Odoo (CGI Art. 286, I. 3 ° bis), " +"якщо:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 +msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," +msgstr "" +"Ви є оподатковуваними (не звільнені від податку на додану вартість) у " +"Франції або будь-якому DOM-TOM," + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 +msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." +msgstr "Деякі з ваших клієнтів - приватні особи (B2C)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 +msgid "" +"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " +"VAT and therefore are not affected." +msgstr "" +"Це правило застосовується до компанії будь-якого розміру. Автострахувальники" +" звільняються від сплати ПДВ, тому вони їх це не стосується." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 +msgid "Get certified with Odoo" +msgstr "Отримайте сертифікат з Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 +msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." +msgstr "Приєднатися до Odoo дуже просто." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" +" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " +"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" +" `here `_. If you " +"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " +"`_ or contact" +" your Odoo service provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 +msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." +msgstr "" +"У разі невідповідності ваша компанія ризикує отримати штраф у розмірі 7500 " +"євро." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 +msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" +msgstr "Щоб отримати сертифікат, виконайте наступні кроки:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " +"menu:" +msgstr "" +"Встановіть модуль боротьби із шахрайством, що відповідає вашій версії Odoo, " +"з меню *Додатки*:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 +msgid "" +"if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" +msgstr "" +"якщо ви використовуєте точку продажів Odoo: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: Франція - " +"Сертифікація щодо боротьби із шахрайством на додану вартість для точки " +"продажу (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 +msgid "" +"in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" +msgstr "" +"у будь-якому іншому випадку: * l10n_fr_certification *: Франція - " +"Сертифікація боротьби із шахрайством на ПДВ (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " +"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a " +"country from the list; Do not create a new country." +msgstr "" +"Переконайтеся, що у вашій компанії встановлено країну, інакше ваші записи не" +" будуть зашифровані для перевірки незмінності. Щоб змінити дані вашої " +"компанії, перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`налаштування -> Користувачі та " +"компанії -> Компанії`. Виберіть країну зі списку; Не створюйте нову країну." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " +"`__." +msgstr "" +"Завантажте обов'язковий сертифікат відповідності, наданий Odoo SA `тут " +"`__." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " +"restart your server beforehand." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви запускаєте Odoo on-premise, вам потрібно оновити вашу інсталяцію та " +"заздалегідь перезавантажити сервер." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" +" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" +" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules " +"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click " +"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" +" installed." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви встановили початкову версію модуля боротьби із шахрайством (до 18 " +"грудня 2017 року), вам потрібно оновити його. Назва модуля була *Франція - " +"Бухгалтерський облік - Сертифікований CGI 286 I-3 bis*. Після оновлення " +"списку модулів знайдіть оновлений модуль в *Програми*, виберіть його та " +"натисніть *Оновити*. Нарешті, переконайтеся, що встановлено наступний модуль" +" *l10n_fr_sale_closing*." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 +msgid "Anti-fraud features" +msgstr "Особливості боротьби із шахрайством" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 +msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" +msgstr "Модуль боротьби із шахрайством впроваджує такі функції:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " +"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" +msgstr "" +"**Незмінність**: дезактивація всіх способів скасування або зміни ключових " +"даних замовлень точки продажу, рахунків-фактур та записів журналу;" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 +msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" +msgstr "**Безпека**: мережевий алгоритм для перевірки незмінності;" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " +"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." +msgstr "" +"**Зберігання**: автоматичне закриття торгів з обчисленням як періоду, так і " +"сукупних підсумків (щодня, щомісяця, щорічно)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 +msgid "Inalterability" +msgstr "Незмінність" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 +msgid "" +"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " +"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " +"located in France or in any DOM-TOM." +msgstr "" +"Всі можливі способи скасування та зміни ключових даних замовлень точки " +"продажу, підтверджених рахунків-фактур та записів журналу деактивуються, " +"якщо компанія розташована у Франції або в будь-якому DOM-TOM." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " +"companies are impacted." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви керуєте середовищем декількох компаній, це впливає лише на документи" +" таких компаній." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Безпека" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" +" validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " +"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." +msgstr "" +"Щоб забезпечити незмінність, кожне замовлення чи запис журналу " +"зашифровується після перевірки. Цей номер (або хеш) обчислюється з ключових " +"даних документа, а також від хешу попередніх документів." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " +"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " +"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the " +"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted " +"document recorded in the system." +msgstr "" +"Модуль вводить інтерфейс для перевірки незмінності даних. Якщо будь-яка " +"інформація змінена на документі після її перевірки, тест буде невдалим. " +"Алгоритм перекомпонулює всі хеші та порівнює їх з вихідними. У випадку " +"аварії система вказує на перший пошкоджений документ, записаний у системі." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " +"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " +"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." +msgstr "" +"Користувачі з правами доступу *Менеджер* можуть запускати перевірку " +"незмінності. Для замовлень точки продажу, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка" +" продажу --> Звітність --> Французькі виписки`. Для рахунків-фактур або " +"записів журналу, перейдіть на сторінку :menuselection:`Рахунки/Бухоблік --> " +"Звітність --> Французькі виписки`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 +msgid "Storage" +msgstr "Зберігання" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " +"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" +" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry " +"recorded in the system." +msgstr "" +"Система також автоматично обробляє закриття товарів щоденно, щомісячно та " +"щорічно. Такі закриття чітко обчислюють загальний обсяг періоду продажу, а " +"також сукупні великі підсумки з перших продажів, записаних у системі." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " +"Invoicing and Accounting apps." +msgstr "" +"Закриття можна знайти в меню *Французькі виписки* точки продажу, рахунків-" +"фактур та обліку." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " +"Type = Sales)." +msgstr "" +"Завершення обчислюють підсумки для журнальних записів журналів продажів (Тип" +" журналу = Продажі)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 +msgid "" +"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." +msgstr "Для середовищ кількох компаній такі закриття виконуються компанією." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 +msgid "" +"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " +"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " +"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" +" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." +msgstr "" +"Замовлення точки продажу розміщуються як записи журналу під час закриття " +"сесії точки продажу. Закриття сесії POS можна зробити будь-коли. Щоби " +"спонукати користувачів робити це щодня, модуль перешкоджає відновленню " +"сеансу, відкритому більше 24 годин тому. Такий сеанс повинен бути закритий " +"перед продажем знову." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 +msgid "" +"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " +"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " +"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " +"counted in the very next closing." +msgstr "" +"Загальний обсяг періоду обчислюється з усіх журнальних записів, " +"опублікованих після попереднього закриття того ж типу, незалежно від дати їх" +" публікації. Якщо ви записали нову транзакцію з продажу протягом закритого " +"періоду, вона буде зарахована до самого наступного закриття." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 +msgid "" +"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "Обов'язки" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" +" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." +msgstr "" +"Не видаляйте модуль! Якщо ви так зробили, хеш буде скинуто, і жоден із ваших" +" минулих даних більше не буде гарантований як незмінний." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " +"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " +"the inalterability of data." +msgstr "" +"Користувачі залишаються відповідальними за встановлення Odoo і повинні " +"використовувати її з належною обачливістю. Не дозволяється змінювати " +"вихідний код, який гарантує незмінність даних." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" +" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Odoo звільняє себе від усіх та будь-якої відповідальності у разі зміни " +"функцій модуля, викликаних сторонніми додатками, не сертифікованими Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 +msgid "More Information" +msgstr "Більше інформації" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 +msgid "" +"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " +"documents:" +msgstr "" +"Ви знайдете додаткову інформацію про це законодавство в офіційних " +"документах:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "" +"`Frequently Asked Questions " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 +msgid "" +"`Official Statement " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 +msgid "" +"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "Німеччина" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 +msgid "German Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Німецький план рахунків" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " +"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " +"section." +msgstr "" +"План рахунків SKR03 та SKR04 підтримуються в Odoo. Ви можете вибрати той, " +"який ви хочете, перейшовши до :menuselection: `Бухоблік --> Налаштування`, " +"потім виберіть потрібний пакет у розділі Фіскальна локалізація." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " +"not created any accounting entry." +msgstr "" +"Будьте обережні, ви можете змінити бухгалтерський пакет лише тоді, коли ви " +"не створили запис бухобліку." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви створюєте нову базу даних SaaS, SKR03 встановлюється за " +"замовчуванням." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 +msgid "German Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Німецька бухгалтерська звітність" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" +msgstr "" +"Нижче наведено список спеціальних звітів для Німеччини, доступних на Odoo " +"Enterprise:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 +msgid "Balance Sheet" +msgstr "Звіт балансу" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Profit & Loss" +msgstr "Доходи та витрати" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 +msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" +msgstr "Податковий звіт (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 +msgid "Partner VAT Intra" +msgstr "Партнер ПДВ Intra" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 +msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" +msgstr "Експорт з Odoo в Datev" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 +msgid "" +"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " +"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " +"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " +"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете експортувати записи бухобліку з Odoo в Datev. Щоб мати можливість " +"використовувати цю функцію, локалізація німецької бухгалтерії повинна бути " +"встановлена у вашій базі даних Odoo Enterprise. Тоді ти можеш увійти до " +":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> Загальний журнал` потім натисніть" +" кнопку **Export Datev (csv)**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 +msgid "Indonesia" +msgstr "Індонезія" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 +msgid "E-Faktur Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The **E-Faktur Module** is installed by default with the Indonesian " +"localization module. It allows one to generate a CSV file for one tax " +"invoice or for a batch of tax invoices to upload to the **Tax Office " +"e-Faktur** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 +msgid "NPWP/NIK settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Company**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This information is used in the FAPR line in the effect file format. You " +"need to set a VAT number on the related partner of your Odoo company. If you" +" don't, it won't be possible to create an e-Faktur from an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Clients**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You need to set the checkbox *ID PKP* to generate e-fakturs for a customer. " +"You can use the VAT field on the customer's contact to set the NPWP needed " +"to generate the e-Faktur file. If your customer does not have an NPWP, just " +"enter the NIK in the same VAT field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 +msgid "Generate Tax Invoice Serial Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> e-Faktur`. In order to be" +" able to export customer invoices as e-Faktur for the Indonesian government," +" you need to put here the ranges of numbers you were assigned by the " +"government. When you validate an invoice, a number will be assigned based on" +" these ranges. Afterwards, you can filter the invoices still to export in " +"the invoices list and click on *Action*, then on *Download e-Faktur*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After receiving new serial numbers from the Indonesian Revenue Department, " +"you can create a set of tax invoice serial numbers group through this list " +"view. You only have to specify the Min and Max of each serial numbers' group" +" and Odoo will format the number automatically to a 13-digits number, as " +"requested by the Indonesia Tax Revenue Department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There is a counter to inform you how many unused numbers are left in that " +"group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 +msgid "Generate e-faktur csv for a single invoice or a batch invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Create an invoice from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Invoices`. If the invoice customer's country is Indonesia and the customer " +"is set as *ID PKP*, Odoo will allow you to create an e-Faktur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Set a Kode Transaksi for the e-Faktur. There are constraints related to the " +"Kode transaksi and the type of VAT applied to invoice lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically pick the next available serial number from the " +"e-Faktur number table (see the :ref:`section above " +"`) and generate the e-faktur number " +"as a concatenation of Kode Transaksi and serial number. You can see this " +"from the invoice form view under the page *Extra Info* in the box " +"*Electronic Tax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, you can generate and download the e-Faktur from " +"the *Action* menu item *Download e-faktur*. The checkbox *CSV created* will " +"be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can select multiple invoices in list view and generate a batch e-Faktur " +".csv." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 +msgid "Kode Transaksi FP (Transaction Code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The following codes are available when generating an e-Faktur. - 01 Kepada " +"Pihak yang Bukan Pemungut PPN (Customer Biasa) - 02 Kepada Pemungut " +"Bendaharawan (Dinas Kepemerintahan) - 03 Kepada Pemungut Selain Bendaharawan" +" (BUMN) - 04 DPP Nilai Lain (PPN 1%) - 06 Penyerahan Lainnya (Turis Asing) -" +" 07 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Tidak Dipungut (Kawasan Ekonomi Khusus/ Batam) -" +" 08 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Dibebaskan (Impor Barang Tertentu) - 09 " +"Penyerahan Aktiva (Pasal 16D UU PPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted and downloaded: Replace Invoice " +"feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Cancel the original wrong invoice in Odoo. For instance, we will change the " +"Kode Transakski from 01 to 03 for the INV/2020/0001." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Create a new invoice and set the canceled invoice in the *Replace Invoice* " +"field. In this field, we can only select invoices in *Cancel* state from the" +" same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As you validate, Odoo will automatically use the same e-Faktur serial number" +" as the canceled and replaced invoice replacing the third digit of the " +"original serial number with *1* (as requested to upload a replacement " +"invoice in the e-Faktur app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted but not downloaded yet: Reset " +"e-Faktur" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 +msgid "Reset the invoice to draft and cancel it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 +msgid "Click on the button *Reset e-Faktur* on the invoice form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The serial number will be unassigned, and we will be able to reset the " +"invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +msgid "Italy (IT)" +msgstr "Італія (IT)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" +" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " +"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " +"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " +"l’interscambio di informazioni." +msgstr "" +"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" +" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " +"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " +"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " +"l’interscambio di informazioni." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 +msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" +msgstr "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " +"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" +" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " +"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" +" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." +msgstr "" +"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " +"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" +" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " +"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" +" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 +msgid "" +"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " +"elettronica sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" +"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " +"elettronica sono i seguenti:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" +" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " +"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " +"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " +"relativa :doc:`guida <../../../discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" +" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " +"elettronica." +msgstr "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" +" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " +"elettronica." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " +"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " +"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " +"previa comunicazione." +msgstr "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " +"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " +"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " +"previa comunicazione." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " +"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." +msgstr "" +"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " +"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " +"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " +"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" +msgstr "" +"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " +"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " +"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." +msgstr "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " +"Commercio." +msgstr "" +"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " +"Commercio." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " +"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " +"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " +"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." +msgstr "" +"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " +"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " +"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " +"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " +"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " +"necessarie informazioni legali." +msgstr "" +"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " +"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " +"necessarie informazioni legali." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" +" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" +" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " +"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." +msgstr "" +"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" +" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" +" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " +"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" +msgstr "Il processo di fatturazione" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " +"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" +" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " +"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " +"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." +msgstr "" +"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " +"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" +" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " +"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " +"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" +msgstr "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +msgid "" +"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." +msgstr "" +"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +msgid "" +"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " +"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" +" dall’applicazione contabilità." +msgstr "" +"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " +"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" +" dall’applicazione contabilità." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " +"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." +msgstr "" +"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " +"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "Мексика" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +msgid "" +"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" +" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " +"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here " +"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the " +"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " +"\"Mexico\" set." +msgstr "" +"Ця документація написана з урахуванням того, що ви дотримуєтесь офіційних " +"документів щодо рахунків-фактур, продажів і бухгалтерського обліку та " +"знаєте, що у вас є досвід роботи з odoo у таких сферах, ми не маємо наміру " +"поставити тут процедури, яка вже пояснюєьься на цих документах, просто " +"інформацію щоб дозволити вам використовувати Odoo в компанії з країною " +"\"Мексика\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:17 +msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" +msgstr "Мексиканська локалізація - це група з 3 модулів:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" +" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" +" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." +msgstr "" +"**l10n_mx:** Усі основні дані для управління бухгалтерським обліком, " +"податками та планом рахунків, цей запропонований встановлений план рахунків " +"- призначена копія списку кодів групи, які пропонує `SAT`_." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," +" payment complement, invoice addendum." +msgstr "" +"**l10n_mx_edi**: все, що стосується електронних транзакцій, CFDI 3.2 та 3.3," +" додаток до оплати, додавання рахунків-фактур." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:24 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " +"accounting are here (Accounting app required)." +msgstr "" +"**l10n_mx_reports**: всі обов'язкові електронні звіти для електронного " +"бухгалтерського обліку тут (необхідний бухгалтерський додаток)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " +"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" +" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this " +"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " +"company in Mexico." +msgstr "" +"З мексиканською локалізацією в Odoo ви зможете не просто дотримуватися " +"необхідних функцій за законом в Мексиці, але використовувати його як систему" +" бухгалтерського обліку та рахунків-фактур завдяки цілому набору нормальних " +"вимог для цього ринку, стаючи вашим Odoo в ідеальному рішенні керувати вашою" +" компанією в Мексиці." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" +" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " +"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." +msgstr "" +"Після налаштування ми надамо вам процес для перевірки всього, спробуйте " +"виконати крок за кроком, щоб дозволити вам не витрачати час на виправлення " +"помилок. На будь-якому кроці ви можете нагадати крок і повторити спробу." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:44 +msgid "Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:46 +msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." +msgstr "" +"Для цього перейдіть у додатки та шукайте Мексику. Потім натисніть " +"*Встановити*." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " +"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"Створюючи базу даних з www.odoo.com, якщо під час створення бухобліку ви " +"виберете Мексику як країну локалізації, вона буде автоматично встановлена." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:58 +msgid "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" +" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and " +"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" +" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Щоб включити цю вимогу в Мексиці, перейдіть до налаштувань в бухобліку " +":menuselection:`Бухобліку --> Налаштування` і ввімкніть опцію на зображенні " +"за допомогою цього, ви зможете створити підписаний рахунок-фактуру (CFDI 3.2" +" та 3.3) і створити підписаний платіж (також 3.3) повністю інтегрується зі " +"звичайним потоком рахунків-фактур в Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:73 +msgid "Set your legal information in the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:75 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " +"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " +"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " +"position on your company’s contact." +msgstr "" +"Спочатку переконайтеся, що ваша компанія налаштована з правильними даними. " +"Перейдіть у :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Користувачі --> Компанії` і " +"введіть дійсну адресу та ПДВ для вашої компанії. Не забудьте визначити " +"мексиканську схему оподаткування у контакті з вашою компанією." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" +" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " +"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви хочете використовувати мексиканську локалізацію в тестовому режимі, " +"ви можете помістити будь-яку відому адресу в Мексиці з усіма полями для " +"адреси компанії та встановити пдв **TCM970625MB1**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " +"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " +"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal " +"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley" +" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " +"the option)." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть у тій самій формі, де ви редагуєте компанію, збережіть запис, щоб " +"встановити цю форму тільки для прочитання, і просто перегляньте текст, " +"натисніть посилання партнера, потім відредагуйте його та встановіть на " +"вкладці *Рахунки* відповідну фіскальну інформацію (для **Область " +"тестування** це повинно бути *601 - General de Ley Personas Morales*, просто" +" знайдіть його як звичайне поле Odoo, якщо ви не бачите варіант)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid "Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:104 +msgid "" +"This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " +"available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " +"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to " +"support in https://www.odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " +"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " +"name does not exist)." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть та перегляньте наступний технічний параметр в " +":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічні --> Параметри --> Параметри " +"системи` і встановіть параметр з назвою *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* до 3.3 " +"(Створіть його, якщо запис із цією назвою не існує)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " +"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " +"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " +"the default behavior." +msgstr "" +"CFDI 3.2 буде юридично можливим до 30 листопада 2017 р., Включення версії " +"3.3 стане обов'язковим кроком для виконання нової `SAT resolution`_ в будь-" +"якій новій базі даних, створеній після виходу випуску v11.0 CFDI 3.3 є " +"поведінкою за умовчанням." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:127 +msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" +msgstr "Важливі міркування, коли ви увімкнете CFDI 3.3" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:680 +msgid "" +"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " +"field set to \"Tasa\"." +msgstr "" +"Ваш податок, який представляє ПДВ 16% та 0%, повинен мати поле \"Тип " +"фактора\", встановлене для \"Таsа\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:137 +msgid "" +"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" +" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" +" set 601, it will look like the image." +msgstr "" +"Ви повинні перейти до налаштування схеми оподаткування та встановити " +"правильний код (це перші 3 номери в назві), наприклад, для тесту, який слід " +"встановити на 601, він буде виглядати як зображення." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:144 +msgid "" +"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " +"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " +"faster." +msgstr "" +"Усі товари повинні мати для CFDI 3.3 \"SAT-код\" і поле \"Референс\" " +"правильно встановити, ви можете їх експортувати та імпортувати, щоб зробити " +"це швидше." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:152 +msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " +"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " +"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." +msgstr "" +"Щоб налаштувати EDI за допомогою **PAC**, ви можете зайти в меню " +":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Електронне виставлення " +"рахунків (MX)`. Ви можете вибрати PAC у списку **підтримуваних PAC** у полі " +"*PAC*, а потім введіть ім'я користувача PAC та пароль PAC." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " +"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " +"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." +msgstr "" +"Пам'ятайте, що ви повинні зареєструватися в рецензованому PAC перед ручним, " +"цей процес можна зробити з самого PAC, у цьому випадку у нас буде два (2) " +"наявності `Finkok`_ і` Solución Factible`_." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:164 +msgid "" +"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " +"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " +"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process" +" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " +"environment with real transactions." +msgstr "" +"Ви повинні обробити свій **Особовий ключ (CSD)** із установою SAT, перш ніж " +"виконувати ці кроки, якщо у вас немає такої інформації, будь ласка, " +"спробуйте всі \"кроки для тестування\" і поверніться до цього процесу, коли " +"ви завершите запропонований процес для SAT, щоб встановити цю інформацію для" +" вашого виробничого середовища за допомогою реальних транзакцій." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:174 +msgid "" +"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " +"PAC username or password." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви позначили поле *MX PAC тест середовища*, вам не потрібно вводити " +"ім'я користувача або пароль PAC." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " +"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." +msgstr "" +"Ось сертифікат SAT, який ви можете використовувати, якщо ви хочете " +"використовувати *Тестування середовища* для мексиканської локалізації " +"бухобліку." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +msgid "`Certificate`_" +msgstr "`Certificate`_" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +msgid "`Certificate Key`_" +msgstr "`Certificate Key`_" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:186 +msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" +msgstr "**Пароль:** 12345678a" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:190 +msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:192 +msgid "" +"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " +"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " +"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." +msgstr "" +"Цей тег використовується для встановлення коду типу податку, переданого чи " +"призупинення, що застосовується до концепції CFDI. Отже, якщо податок є " +"податком на продаж, поле \"Тег\" повинно бути \"IVA\", \"ISR\" або \"IEPS\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " +"a new tax you should choose a tag." +msgstr "" +"Зверніть увагу, що для податків за замовчуванням тег уже призначений, але " +"при створенні нового податку слід вибрати тег." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:207 +msgid "Invoicing" +msgstr "Виставлення рахунків" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:209 +msgid "" +"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " +"the normal Odoo's behaviour." +msgstr "" +"Щоб скористатися мексиканським рахунком-фактурою, вам просто потрібно " +"зробити звичайний рахунок-фактуру, слідуючи звичайній поведінці Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " +"like this:" +msgstr "" +"Після перевірки першого рахунку правильно підписаний рахунок-фактура повинен" +" виглядати так:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:219 +msgid "" +"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" +" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " +"invoice by email." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете генерувати PDF-файл, просто натиснувши кнопку \"Друк\" у рахунку-" +"фактурі або відправивши його по електронній пошті після звичайного процесу, " +"щоб надсилати рахунок-фактуру електронною поштою." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " +"looks like." +msgstr "" +"Як тільки ви надішлете електронний рахунок-фактуру електронною поштою, це " +"так, як виглядає." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:234 +msgid "Cancelling invoices" +msgstr "Скасування рахунків-фактур" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:236 +msgid "" +"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Процес скасування повністю пов'язаний з нормальним скасуванням в Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:238 +msgid "If the invoice is not paid." +msgstr "Якщо рахунок-фактура не сплачується." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:240 +msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:246 +msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:250 +msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +msgid "" +"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " +"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." +msgstr "" +"З міркувань безпеки рекомендується повернути перевірку на те, щоб ще раз " +"скасувати помилку, а потім перейти до журналу та перевірити це поле." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:257 +msgid "**Legal considerations**" +msgstr "**Юридичні міркування**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:259 +msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." +msgstr "Скасований рахунок-фактура буде автоматично скасований на SAT." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " +"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " +"good control of the cancellation reasons." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви спробуєте використати той самий рахунок-фактуру після скасування, у " +"вас буде стільки ж скасованих CFDI, скільки ви спробували, тоді всі ці xml є" +" важливими, щоб забезпечити хороший контроль за причинами скасування." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +msgid "" +"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" +" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " +"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." +msgstr "" +"Ви повинні від'єднати всі пов'язані платежі до рахунку-фактури на odoo перед" +" тим, як скасувати такий документ, ці платежі потрібно скасувати, " +"дотримуючись того самого підходу, але встановлюючи параметр «Дозволити " +"записи відмов» у самому платежі." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:269 +msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" +msgstr "Платежі (доступно лише для CFDI 3.3)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:271 +msgid "" +"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " +"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " +"important." +msgstr "" +"Щоб створити платіжний додаток, вам потрібно лише дотримуватися звичайного " +"платіжного процесу в Odoo, ці умови, щоб зрозуміти поведінку, важливі." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " +"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." +msgstr "" +"Для створення доповнення платежу терміном платежу в рахунку-фактурі повинен " +"бути PPD, оскільки це очікувана поведінка, яка законодавчо вимагається для " +"\"Готівкових платежів\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:278 +msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" +msgstr "**1.1. Як я можу створити рахунок з терміном оплати `PUE`?**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid "" +"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " +"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " +"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " +"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." +msgstr "" +"`Відповідно до документації SAT`_ платіж класифікується як ``PUE``, якщо " +"рахунок-фактура був погоджений на повну оплату до 17 числа наступного " +"календарного місяця (наступного місяця дати CFDI), будь-яка інша умова " +"створить рахунок-фактуру PPD." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:285 +msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" +msgstr "**1.2. Як я можу отримати це з Odoo?**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +msgid "" +"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " +"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." +msgstr "" +"Для того, щоби встановити відповідний термін платежу CFDI (PPD або PUE), ви " +"можете легко встановити його, використовуючи ``Умови оплати ``, визначені у " +"рахунку-фактурі." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:290 +msgid "" +"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" +"Якщо рахунок-фактура генерується без ``Терміну оплати``, атрибут " +"``MetodoPago`` буде ``PUE``." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " +"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " +"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " +"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" +"Сьогодні, якщо це перший день місяця і рахунок-фактура складається з " +"``Терміну платежу`` ``30 чистих днів``, то розрахункова ``Дата платежу`` " +"буде першим днем наступного місяця, це означає до 17 числа наступного " +"місяця, тоді атрибут ``MetodoPago`` буде ``PUE``." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:298 +msgid "" +"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " +"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" +"Сьогодні, якщо рахунок-фактуру буде створено зі ``Терміном оплати`` ``30 " +"чистих днів``, а термін платежу вищий, ніж 17-те число наступного місяця, " +"``MetodoPago`` стане``PPD``." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +msgid "" +"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" +" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" +"Якщо у вас є ``Термін оплати`` з 2 або більше рядками, наприклад, ``30% " +"авансового закінчення наступного місяця``, це термін розстрочки, атрибут " +"``MetodoPago`` буде``PPD`` ." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:306 +msgid "" +"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " +"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." +msgstr "" +"Щоби перевірити звичайний підписаний платіж, просто створіть рахунок-фактуру" +" із терміном платежу ``30% дострокового закінчення наступного місяця``, а " +"потім зареєструйте платіж на ньому." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 +msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." +msgstr "Ви повинні надрукувати платіж, щоб правильно завантажити PDF-файл." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " +"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " +"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" +" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " +"caso de anticipos recibidos**." +msgstr "" +"Що стосується \"Оплати авансів\", ви повинні створити правильний рахунок-" +"фактуру з виплатою заздалегідь самостійно, як рядок товару, яка встановлює " +"правильний код SAT, відповідно до процедури офіційної документації, наданої " +"SAT`_ у розділі **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el" +" caso de anticipos recibidos**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 +msgid "" +"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " +"Payment without a proper invoice." +msgstr "" +"Що стосується теми 4, то заблокована можливість створення платежів клієнта " +"без належного рахунку-фактури." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +msgid "Accounting" +msgstr "Бухоблік" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:320 +msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" +msgstr "Бухоблік Мексики в odoo складається з трьох повідомлень:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." +msgstr "План рахунку (Викликається та відображається як COA)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:323 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." +msgstr "Електронний пробний баланс." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:324 +msgid "DIOT report." +msgstr "Звіт DIOT." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:326 +msgid "" +"1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " +"report only available on the context of the accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +msgid "" +"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " +"app." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете знайти всі ці звіти в оригінальному меню звіту в додатку " +"Бухгалтерський облік." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 +msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "Електронний облік (вимагає застосування бухгалтерського обліку)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 +msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" +msgstr "Електронний графік обліку CoA" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:341 +msgid "" +"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " +"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" +msgstr "" +"Електронний облік ніколи не було простіше, просто перейдіть до " +":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> Мексика --> COA` і натисніть " +"кнопку **Експорт для SAT (XML)**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 +msgid "How to add new accounts ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:351 +msgid "" +"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" +" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви додаєте облік із конвенцією кодування NNN.YY.ZZ, де NNN.YY є групою " +"кодування SAT, то ваш облік буде автоматично налаштований." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " +"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account " +"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag" +" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" +" xml." +msgstr "" +"Приклад, щоб додати облік для нового банківського рахунку, перейдіть до " +":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> План рахунків` а потім " +"створіть новий облік на кнопці \"Створити\" та спробувати створити обліковий" +" запис із номером 102.01.99, коли ви зміните, щоб встановити ім'я, яке ви " +"побачите, тег, який буде автоматично встановлено, встановлені теги будуть " +"вибрані для використання в COA на XML." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "" +"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" +" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." +msgstr "" +"Щоб дізнатись усі можливі теги, ви можете ознайомитись з `Anexo 24`_ на " +"веб-сайті SAT у розділі під назвою **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:371 +msgid "" +"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " +"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " +"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " +"is not created you can create one on the fly." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви встановлюєте модуль l10n_mx, і ви скористаєтеся планом рахунку (це " +"відбувається автоматично, коли ви встановлюєте параметр Мексика як країну у " +"вашій базі даних), тоді у вас буде більше загальних тегів, якщо потрібний " +"тег не створений, ви можете створити його на льоту." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" +msgstr "Електронний пробний баланс" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 +msgid "" +"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " +"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " +"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be " +"exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " +"the previous selection of the period you want to export." +msgstr "" +"Точно так само, як сертифікат автентичності, але з дебетуванням та кредитною" +" карткою початкового балансу, після того, як ви правильно налаштували coa, " +"ви можете перейти на :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> Мексика --> " +"Пробний баланс` це автоматично створюється і може бути експортовано в XML за" +" допомогою кнопки у верхній частині **Експорт для SAT (XML)** з попереднім " +"вибором періоду, який ви хочете експортувати." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +msgid "" +"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" +" regular Odoo Report." +msgstr "" +"Всі звичайні функції аудиту та аналізу доступні тут також як і будь-який " +"звичайний звіт Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:394 +msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "Звіт DIOT (вимагає застосування бухгалтерського обліку)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 +msgid "" +"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" +" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Коли мова йде про процедури з послугою адміністрування SAT, ми знаємо, що ми" +" не повинні нехтувати тим, що ми представляємо. Отже, що не повинно бути в " +"Оdoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:402 +msgid "" +"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " +"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " +"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " +"the same, with our providers." +msgstr "" +"DIOT - це інформаційне повідомлення про операції з третіми сторонами (DIOT)," +" яке є додатковим зобов'язанням з ПДВ, де ми повинні надавати статус наших " +"операцій третім сторонам або те, що вважається таким же, з нашими " +"постачальниками." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:407 +msgid "" +"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" +" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " +"to. submit the DIOT:" +msgstr "" +"Це стосується як окремих осіб, так і моралі, тому, якщо ми маємо ПДВ для " +"подання до SAT, а також стосується постачальників, це необхідно. надішліть " +"DIOT:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:412 +msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:414 +msgid "" +"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " +"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " +"find in the SAT website." +msgstr "" +"Просто представляти DIOT, оскільки, як і весь формат, ви можете отримати " +"його на сторінці SAT, це електронний формат A-29, який ви можете знайти на " +"веб-сайті SAT." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:418 +msgid "" +"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " +"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " +"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " +"to said data." +msgstr "" +"Щомісяця, якщо у вас є операції з третіми сторонами, необхідно представити " +"DIOT, так само, як ми робимо з ПДВ, так що якщо у січні ми маємо угоди з " +"постачальниками, то до лютого ми повинні представити інформацію, що " +"стосується вказаних даних." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:424 +msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:426 +msgid "" +"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " +"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " +"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете представити DIOT по-різному, залежно від того, який ви виберете, і" +" який буде вам більш зручним, ніж ви будете представляти щомісяця або " +"кожного разу, коли ви маєте справу з постачальниками." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:430 +msgid "" +"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " +"this after having made up to 500 records." +msgstr "" +"Формат A-29 є електронним, так що ви можете його представити на сторінці " +"SAT, але це після того, як складете до 500 записів." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:433 +msgid "" +"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " +"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " +"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such" +" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " +"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." +msgstr "" +"Після того, як ці 500 записів буде внесено до SAT, ви повинні подати їх до " +"Адміністрації Служб місцевих податківців платників податків (ALSC) " +"відповідно до вашої податкової адреси, ці записи можуть бути представлені на" +" цифровому носії інформації, такі як компакт-диск або USB, який після " +"перевірки ви будете повернуті, так що не сумнівайтеся в тому, що у вас " +"залишиться ці записи і, звичайно, ваш компакт-диск або USB." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:440 +msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:442 +msgid "" +"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " +"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " +"according to the SAT site is:" +msgstr "" +"Переглядаючи офіційні документи SAT на DIOT, ви знайдете пакетне " +"завантаження, і, звичайно, перше, що ми думаємо, що це таке?, І відповідно " +"до сайту SAT:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " +"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " +"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of" +" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the " +"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " +"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." +msgstr "" +"\"Пакетне завантаження\" - це конвертація баз даних записів про транзакції з" +" постачальниками, здійснені платниками податків у текстових файлах (.txt). " +"Ці файли мають необхідну структуру для їх застосування та імпорту в систему " +"інформаційної декларації операцій з третіми сторонами, уникаючи прямого " +"захоплення, а отже, оптимізації часу, вкладеного в його інтеграцію, для " +"презентації у часі та формі для SAT." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:453 +msgid "" +"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " +"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " +"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " +"Third Parties." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете використовувати його для представлення DIOT, оскільки це " +"допускається, що полегшить вам цю операцію, щоб її не було, щоб не " +"відповідати SAT у зв'язку з інформацією про операції з третіми сторонами." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:458 +msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." +msgstr "Ви можете знайти `офіційну інформацію тут`_." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:461 +msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:463 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " +"with third partied (DIOT)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:467 +msgid "" +"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " +"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." +msgstr "" +"Коли з'явиться вікно звіту, виберіть минулий місяць, щоби повідомити " +"безпосередньо до місяця, який ви перебуваєте, або залиште поточний місяць, " +"якщо це вам підходить." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:472 +msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." +msgstr "Натисніть \"Експорт (TXT)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +msgid "" +"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " +"the necessary steps to declare it." +msgstr "" +"Зберігайте в безпечному місці завантажений файл і перейдіть на веб-сайт SAT " +"і дотримуйтесь необхідних інструкцій, щоб оголосити його." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:483 +msgid "" +"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " +"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " +"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else " +"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" +" suppliers." +msgstr "" +"Всі постачальники повинні встановити поля на вкладці обліку під назвою " +"\"Інформація DIOT\", поле *L10N Mx Nationality* заповнюється, просто " +"виберіть відповідну країну в адресі, вам не потрібно робити нічого іншого, " +"але *L10N Mx Тип операції* повинен бути заповнений вами у всіх ваших " +"постачальників." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:490 +msgid "" +"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " +"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " +"properly configured already." +msgstr "" +"Існує 3 варіанти ПДВ для цього звіту, 16%, 0% та звільнення від " +"оподаткування, рядок рахунку в odoo вважається звільненим від оподаткування," +" якщо податок не нараховується, а інші 2 податки вже належним чином " +"налаштовані." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" +" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " +"following standard odoo procedure." +msgstr "" +"Не забудьте заплатити рахунок-фактуру, який відображає оплату заздалегідь, " +"потрібно спочатку попросити рахунок-фактуру, а потім сплатити його та " +"правильно узгодити платіж за стандартною процедурою odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:496 +msgid "" +"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " +"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " +"itself." +msgstr "" +"Вам не потрібні всі дані про партнерів, заповнені, щоб спробувати створити " +"рахунок-фактуру постачальника, ви можете виправити цю інформацію під час " +"створення звіту." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:499 +msgid "" +"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " +"paid." +msgstr "" +"Пам'ятайте, що у цьому звіті відображаються лише фактичні рахунки " +"постачальників." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +msgid "" +"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " +"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " +"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use" +" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it " +"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " +"your partners are correctly set." +msgstr "" +"Якщо деякі з цих міркувань не враховуються, таке повідомлення з'являється " +"при створенні протоколу DIOT по протоколу TXT з усіма партнерами, для яких " +"потрібно перевірити цей окремий звіт, тому ми рекомендуємо використовувати " +"цей звіт не лише для експортування вашої юридичної зобов'язання, але " +"створити його до кінця місяця та використовувати його як свій аудиторський " +"процес, щоб правильно встановити всіх ваших партнерів." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:513 +msgid "Extra Recommended features" +msgstr "Додаткові рекомендовані функції" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:516 +msgid "Contact Module (Free)" +msgstr "Контактний модуль (безкоштовно)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:518 +msgid "" +"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " +"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " +"install." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви хочете належним чином керувати своїми клієнтами, постачальниками та " +"адресами цього модуля, навіть якщо це не є технічною потребою, рекомендуємо " +"його встановити." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:524 +msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "Мультивалютність (вимагає застосування бухгалтерського обліку)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:526 +msgid "" +"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " +"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" +" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with " +"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate " +"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " +"information daily in the system manually." +msgstr "" +"У Мексиці майже всі компанії надсилають та отримують платежі в різних " +"валютах, якщо ви хочете керувати такою можливостю, то вам слід ввімкнути " +"функцію мультивалют, і ви повинні включити синхронізацію з **Banxico**, така" +" функція дозволяє отримати правильний обмінний курс, автоматично " +"завантажений від SAT і не турбуючись про те, щоб цю інформацію вручну " +"вводити щодня в систему." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:533 +msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." +msgstr "Перейдіть до налаштувань і ввімкніть функцію мультивалютності." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:540 +msgid "" +"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " +"3.3)" +msgstr "" +"Увімкнення явних помилок на CFDI за допомогою локального валідатора XSD " +"(CFDI 3.3)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:542 +msgid "" +"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " +"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " +"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" +" :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічний --> Дії --> Дії " +"сервера`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:548 +msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" +msgstr "Шукайте дію під назвою \"Завантажити файли XSD до CFDI\"" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" +msgstr "Натисніть кнопку \"Створити контекстну дію\"" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:550 +msgid "" +"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " +"Companies`" +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть до форми компанії :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Користувачі та " +"компанії --> Компанії`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:551 +msgid "Open any company you have." +msgstr "Відкрийте будь-яку вашу компанію." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:575 +msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." +msgstr "Натисніть \"Дія\", а потім \"Завантажити файл XSD в CFDI\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:557 +msgid "" +"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " +"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " +"generic one with no explanation." +msgstr "" +"Тепер ви можете створити рахунок-фактуру з будь-якою помилкою (наприклад, " +"товар без коду, який є досить поширеним явищем), а замість загальної не " +"вказано явну помилку." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +msgid "If you see an error like this:" +msgstr "Якщо ви бачите помилку, подібну до цієї:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:564 +msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" +msgstr "Сгенерований cfd недійсний" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:566 +msgid "" +"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " +"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" +msgstr "" +"атрибут decl 'TipoRelacion', атрибут 'type': значення QName " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' не " +"вирішується до визначення (n) простого типу., рядок 36" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:570 +msgid "" +"This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " +"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " +"but:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." +msgstr "Перейдіть до компанії, в якій виникає помилка." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:583 +msgid "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " +"allowed minimum length of '1'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:592 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " +"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " +"properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:667 +msgid "**Error messages**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:598 +msgid "" +"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 +msgid "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " +"partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" +" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " +"which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " +"possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " +"considerations about fiscal positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 +msgid "" +"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " +"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " +"set 601, it will look like the image." +msgstr "" +"Ви повинні перейти до налаштування схеми оподаткування та встановити " +"правильний код (це перші 3 номери в назві), наприклад, для тесту, який слід " +"встановити на 601, він буде виглядати як зображення." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:620 +msgid "" +"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " +"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:654 +msgid "**Error message**:" +msgstr "**Повідомлення про помилку**:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:625 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " +"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " +"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " +"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:631 +msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:638 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:656 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " +"is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:644 +msgid "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " +"missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:647 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " +"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " +"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" +"info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:661 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" +" Mexico, fix it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:669 +msgid "" +"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:672 +msgid "" +"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing.\", '')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:676 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" +" used on the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "Нідерланди" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 +msgid "XAF Export" +msgstr "Експорт XAF " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 +msgid "" +"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" +" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" +" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " +"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." +msgstr "" +"Після встановлення голландської локалізації бухобліку ви зможете " +"експортувати всі записи бухгалтерії у форматі XAF. Для цього треба перейти " +"до: :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> Загальний журнал`, ви " +"визначаєте записи, які ви хочете експортувати за допомогою фільтрів (період," +" журнали, ...), а потім натисніть на кнопку **ЕКСПОРТ (XAF)**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 +msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Голландська бухгалтерська звітність" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " +"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви встановите голландську локалізацію бухгалтерського обліку, ви " +"матимете доступ до деяких звітів, специфічних для Нідерландів, таких як:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 +msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" +msgstr "Податковий звіт (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 +msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" +msgstr "Звіт Intrastat (ICP)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "Іспанія" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 +msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Іспанський план рахунків" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" +"В Odoo існує кілька іспанських планів рахунків, доступних за замовчуванням:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 +msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" +msgstr "PGCE PYMEs 2008" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 +msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" +msgstr "PGCE Completo 2008" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 +msgid "PGCE Entitades" +msgstr "PGCE Entitades" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " +"Localization** section." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете вибрати той, який ви хочете, перейшовши в меню: " +":menuselection:`Бухблік --> Налаштування`, потім виберіть потрібний пакет у " +"розділі **Фінансова локалізація**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " +"default." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви створюєте нову базу даних SaaS, PGCE PYMEs 2008 встановлюється за " +"замовчуванням." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 +msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Іспанська бухгалтерська звітність" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" +" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +msgstr "" +"Якщо іспанська локалізація бухобліку встановлена, ви матимете доступ до " +"бухгалтерських звітів, специфічних для Іспанії:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +msgstr "Податковий звіт (Modelo 111)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +msgstr "Податковий звіт (Modelo 115)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" +msgstr "Податковий звіт (Modelo 303)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +msgid "Switzerland" +msgstr "Швейцарія" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" +msgstr "ISR (платіж із платіжною карткою з референтним номером)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " +"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " +"ISR*." +msgstr "" +"ISR - платіжні доручення, що використовуються у Швейцарії. Ви можете " +"надрукувати їх безпосередньо з Odoo. На рахунках клієнта є нова кнопка під " +"назвою *Друк ISR*." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " +"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " +"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." +msgstr "" +"На дисплеї з'явиться кнопка *Друк ISR*. У рахунку-фактурі вказано правильний" +" банківський рахунок. Ви можете використовувати CH6309000000250097798 як " +"номер банківського рахунку та 010391391 як посилання CHF ISR." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." +msgstr "Потім ви відкриваєте PDF з ISR." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +msgid "" +"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " +"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " +"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices` and enable **Print bank on ISR**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +msgid "ISR reference on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, you can add your ISR reference as " +"**Payment Reference** on your invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue " +"invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to modify (By default, the Journal is named " +"*Customer Invoices*), click en *Edit*, and open the *Advanced Settings* tab." +" In the **Communication Standard** field, select *Switzerland*, and click on" +" *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 +msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" +msgstr "Оновлення валюти онлайн" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " +"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " +"you want." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете автоматично оновлювати свої валюти на основі Федеральної " +"податкової адміністрації зі Швейцарії. Для цього зайдіть на " +":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування`, активізувати налаштування " +"мультивалютності і вибрати потрібну послугу." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 +msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" +msgstr "Оновлене ПДВ до січня 2018" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" +" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" +" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." +msgstr "" +"З 1 січня 2018 року в Швейцарії будуть застосовуватися нові знижені ставки " +"ПДВ. Нормальна ставка на рівні 8,0% перейде на 7,7%, а спеціальна ставка для" +" готельного сектору зміниться з 3,8% до 3,7%." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 +msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" +msgstr "Як оновити свої податки в Odoo Enterprise (SaaS або On Premise)?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " +"have to do anything." +msgstr "" +"Якщо у вас є версія V11.1, вся робота вже виконана, вам не потрібно нічого " +"робити." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " +"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " +":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " +"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " +"\"upgrade\"`." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви почали працювати на більш ранній версії, спочатку потрібно оновити " +"модуль \"Швейцарія - Звіти про бухгалтерський облік\". Для цього перейдіть " +"до :menuselection:`Додатки --> видаліть фільтр \"Додатки\" --> знайдіть " +"\"Швейцарія - Звіти про бухгалтерський облік\" --> відкрийте модуль --> " +"натисніть \"оновити\"`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " +"rates." +msgstr "" +"Як тільки це буде зроблено, ви можете працювати над створенням нових " +"податків для оновлених ставок." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +msgid "" +"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " +"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " +"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " +"transactions." +msgstr "" +"**Не пригнічуйте чи змінюйте існуючі податки** (8.0% та 3.8%). Ви хочете " +"зберегти їх, оскільки вам доведеться скористатись обома ставками на короткий" +" період часу. Замість цього не забудьте архівувати їх, коли ви закодуєте всі" +" ваші транзакції 2017." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 +msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" +msgstr "Створення таких податків має здійснюватися наступним чином:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " +"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" +msgstr "" +"**Податки на купівлю**: скопіюйте початковий податок, змініть його назву, " +"мітку в рахунку-фактурі, ставку та податкову групу (застосовується лише з " +"v10)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" +" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" +" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" +msgstr "" +"**Податки на продаж**: скопіюйте початковий податок, змініть його назву, " +"мітку в рахунку-фактурі, ставку та податкову групу (застосовується лише з " +"v10). Оскільки звіт пдв тепер показує подробиці старих та нових ставок, ви " +"також повинні встановити відповідні теги" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" +"Для податків 7,7%: Швейцарська форма ПДВ: сітка 302 бази, Швейцарія ПДВ " +"Форма: сітка 302 податок" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" +"Для податків 3,7%: Швейцарська форма ПДВ: сітка 342 база, Швейцарія ПДВ " +"Форма: сітка 342 податок" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " +"included in Odoo by default" +msgstr "" +"Нижче наведено, як приклади, правильну конфігурацію для всіх податків, " +"включених в Odoo за умовчанням" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Name**" +msgstr "**Назва податку**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Rate**" +msgstr "**Ставка**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Label on Invoice**" +msgstr "**Мітка в рахунку-фактурі**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" +msgstr "**Податкова група (діє з V10)**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Scope**" +msgstr "**Податкова сфера**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tag**" +msgstr "**Тег**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "7.7%" +msgstr "7.7%" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +msgid "7.7% achat" +msgstr "7.7% achat" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "TVA 7.7%" +msgstr "TVA 7.7%" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" +msgstr "Форма швейцарського ПДВ: сітка 400" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +msgid "7.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "7.7% achat Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +msgid "7.7% invest." +msgstr "7.7% invest." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" +msgstr "Форма швейцарського ПДВ: сітка 405" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." +msgstr "7.7% invest. Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "3.7%" +msgstr "3.7%" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +msgid "3.7% achat" +msgstr "3.7% achat" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "TVA 3.7%" +msgstr "TVA 3.7%" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "3.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "3.7% achat Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +msgid "3.7% invest" +msgstr "3.7% invest" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "3.7% invest Incl." +msgstr "3.7% invest Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" +msgstr "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" +"Форма ПДВ Швейцарія: сітка 302 база, Швейцарія Форма ПДВ: сітка 302 пдв" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "7.7% Incl." +msgstr "7.7% Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" +msgstr "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" +"Форма ПДВ Швейцарія: сітка 342 база, Швейцарія Форма ПДВ: сітка 342 пдв" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "3.7% Incl." +msgstr "3.7% Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " +"odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" +"Якщо у вас є запитання чи зауваження, зв'яжіться з нашою підтримкою за " +"допомогою odoo.com/help." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" +" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " +"your fiscal positions accordingly." +msgstr "" +"Не забувайте оновлювати свою схему оподаткування. Якщо у вас є версія 11.1 " +"(або вище), нічого не робіть. В іншому випадку вам також доведеться " +"відповідно оновити свою схему оподаткування." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Localization Packages** are country-specific modules that install " +"pre-configured taxes, fiscal positions, chart of accounts, and legal " +"statements on your database. Some additional features, such as the " +"configuration of specific certificates, are also added to your Accounting " +"app, following your fiscal administration requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, " +"according to the country selected at the creation of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 +msgid "" +"As long as you haven't posted any entry, you can still add and select " +"another package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration" +" --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install " +"your country's module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 +msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 +msgid "Use" +msgstr "Користування" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 +msgid "" +"These packages require you to fine-tune your chart of accounts according to " +"your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " +"statements and certifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 +msgid "Please refer to the documentation listed below for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscality/taxes/taxes`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 msgid "Fiscality" msgstr "" @@ -1746,8 +7735,8 @@ msgid "Fiscal Year" msgstr "Звітний період" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "Як закрити річний період в Odoo? (закриття звітного періоду)" +msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1993,18 +7982,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Податки" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" +msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" msgstr "" -"Як керувати цінами для B2B (з виключеним податком) та B2C (з включеним " -"податком)?" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2124,13 +8104,6 @@ msgstr "" "Ви також зробите собі користь, оскільки ви можете керувати всіма податковими" " правами, що менш схильні до помилок і простіше для ваших продавців." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:15 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Вступ" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 msgid "" "The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " @@ -2337,202 +8310,9 @@ msgstr "" "ціни. Ось чому ми зазвичай рекомендуємо компаніям працювати лише з одним " "ціновим референсом." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "" -"Як переключити податки відповідно до схеми оподаткування клієнта або його " -"місцезнаходження" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " -"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." -msgstr "" -"Найчастіше ставки податку залежать від схеми оподаткування або " -"місцезнаходження вашого клієнта. Щоби відобразити податки, Odoo пропонує так" -" звані *Схеми оподаткування*." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:9 -msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "Створіть співставлення податків" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:11 -msgid "" -"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" -" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " -"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " -"purchases." -msgstr "" -"Схема оподаткування - це лише набір правил, який співставляє типові податки " -"(як це визначено на формі товару) з іншими податками. На знімку екрана нижче" -" іноземні покупці отримують 0% податків замість 15%, як для продажів, так і " -"для покупок." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " -"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " -"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " -"Positions`." -msgstr "" -"Основні схеми оподаткування автоматично створюються відповідно до вашого " -"місцезнаходження. Але вам може знадобитися створення схеми оподаткування для" -" конкретних випадків використання. Щоби визначити схеми оподаткування, " -"перейдіть до :menuselection:`Виставлення рахунків/Бухоблік --> Налаштування " -"--> Схеми оподаткування`." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " -"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " -"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " -"foreign countries." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте Бухоблік Odoo, ви також можете співставити рахунки " -"Доходів/Витрат відповідно до схеми оподаткування. Наприклад, в деяких " -"країнах доходи від продажу не розміщуються на одному рахунку, порівняно з " -"доходами від продажів у зарубіжних країнах." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:29 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "Переключіть податки відносно схеми оподаткування вашого клієнта" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" -"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." -msgstr "" -"Якщо клієнт потрапляє у конкретне правило оподаткування, вам потрібно " -"застосувати співставлення податків. Для цього створіть схему оподаткування " -"та призначте її своїм клієнтам." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " -"for the customer." -msgstr "" -"Odoo буде використовувати цю конкретну схему оподаткування для будь-якого " -"замовлення/рахунку, записаного для клієнта." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " -"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " -"same customer." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви встановите схему оподаткування в замовленні клієнта чи рахунок-" -"фактуру вручну, вона буде застосовуватися лише до цього документа, а не до " -"майбутніх замовлень/рахунків-фактур того самого клієнта." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:44 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" -msgstr "" -"Співставте податки відповідно до адреси клієнта (на основі призначення)" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " -"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " -"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " -"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " -"your office or warehouse)." -msgstr "" -"Залежно від вашого місцерозташування податки на продаж можуть бути на основі" -" початкової точки чи призначення. Більшість держав або країн вимагають, щоб " -"ви збирали податки відповідно до призначення (наприклад, адреси вашого " -"покупця), тоді як деякі інші вимагають збирати їх за ставкою, яка діє в " -"початковій точці (наприклад, ваш офіс або склад)." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " -"tax-mapping to apply." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви перебуваєте під правилом на основі призначення, створіть одну схему " -"оподаткування для співставлення податків." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:53 -msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "Позначте *Автоматично визначати*." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть країну, область або місто, щоб запустити співставлення податків." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:59 -msgid "" -"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " -"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." -msgstr "" -"Таким чином, якщо для клієнта не встановлено схему оподаткування, Odoo " -"вибере співставлення схеми оподаткування, яке відповідає адресі відправлення" -" при створенні замовлення." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " -"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " -"his shipping address." -msgstr "" -"Для замовлень електронної комерції податок кошика відвідувача автоматично " -"оновлюється та застосовується новий податок після того, як відвідувач " -"увійшов у систему або заповнив адресу своєї доставки." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:68 -msgid "Specific use cases" -msgstr "Конкретні випадки використання" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " -"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." -msgstr "" -"Якщо для деяких схем оподаткування ви хочете видалити податок, а не замінити" -" іншим, просто залиште поле *Податку, який потрібно застосувати* " -"незаповненим." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," -" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." -msgstr "" -"Якщо для деяких схем оподаткування ви хочете замінити податок двома іншими " -"податками, просто створіть два рядки, що мають однаковий *податок на товар*." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:80 -msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." -msgstr "" -"Схеми оподаткування не застосовуються до основних засобів та доходів " -"майбутніх періодів." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr ":doc:`create`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "Як керувати податками, які нараховані касовим методом" +msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2688,191 +8468,249 @@ msgstr "" "податку. Радимо використовувати рахунок доходу за замовчуванням. Залишок " "цього рахунку завжди буде на нулі." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "Як створити нові податки " - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" -" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " -"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " -"with the right taxes." -msgstr "" -"Податковий двигун Odoo дуже гнучкий і підтримує багато різних податків: " -"податки на додану вартість, екологічні податки, федеральні/штатні/міські " -"податки, утримання, сплата податків і т. д. Для більшості країн ваша система" -" попередньо налаштована на необхідні податки." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." -msgstr "" -"У цьому розділі описано, як можна визначити нові податки для конкретних " -"випадків використання." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " -"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Податки`. У цьому" -" меню ви отримуєте всі податки, які ви можете використовувати: податки на " -"продаж та податки на купівлю." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть область: продаж, купівлі або нічого (наприклад, застарілий " -"податок)." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:20 -msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "Виберіть метод обчислення:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:22 -msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "**Фіксовані**: екологічні податки тощо." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:24 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "" -"**Відсоток від ціни**: найпоширеніші (наприклад, 15% податку з продажів)" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:26 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "" -"**Відсоток від ціни, яка вже включає податок**: використовується в Бразилії " -"та ін." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:28 -msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr "**Група податків**: дозволяє мати складний податок" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " -"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " -"posts the tax journal item in the income account." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте Бухоблік Odoo, встановіть податковий облік (тобто, де" -" буде розміщений елемент податкового журналу). Це поле необов'язкове, якщо " -"ви зберігаєте його порожнім, Odoo публікує елемент податкового журналу у " -"вхідному рахунку." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " -"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " -"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете уникнути використання податку, його не можна видалити, " -"оскільки податок, ймовірно, використовується в кількох рахунках-фактурах. " -"Отже, щоб уникнути того, що користувачі продовжують користуватись цим " -"податком, вам слід встановити поле *Облік податків* у *Немає*." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " -"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " -"code." -msgstr "" -"Якщо вам потрібен більш просунутий податковий механізм, ви можете встановити" -" модуль **account_tax_python**, і ви зможете визначити нові податки за " -"допомогою коду Python." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:49 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "Розширені налаштування" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " -"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " -"following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "" -"**Мітка на рахунках-фактурах**: короткий текст про те, як ви бажаєте " -"надрукувати цей податок у рядку рахунка-фактури. Наприклад, податок з назвою" -" \"15% на послуги\" може містити таку мітку в рахунку \"15%\"." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " -"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " -"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "" -"**Податкова група**: визначає, де цей податок підсумовується в нижній " -"частині рахунка-фактури. Всі податки, що належать до однієї податкової " -"групи, будуть згруповані в нижній частині рахунка-фактури. Приклади " -"податкової групи: ПДВ, утримання." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " -"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." -msgstr "" -"**Включення в аналітичну вартість**: податок розраховується як вартість, і, " -"таким чином, генерує аналітичний запис, якщо ваш рахунок-фактура " -"використовує аналітичні рахунки." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " -"empty." -msgstr "" -"**Теги**: використовуються для спеціальних звітів. Зазвичай ви можете " -"залишити це поле порожнім." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr ":doc:`application`" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "Встановлення типових податків" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "Типові податки" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" -"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " -"localizations." +"**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes ` are automatically " +"selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For " +"example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you " +"create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." msgstr "" -"Податки, що застосовуються у вашій країні, автоматично встановлюються для " -"більшості локалізацій." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 msgid "" -"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " -"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " -"country/state than you." +":doc:`Fiscal Positions ` take the Default Tax into " +"account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo " +"applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the " +"Fiscal Position." msgstr "" -"Типові податки, встановлені в замовленнях і рахунках, надходять до вкладки " -"\"Виставлення рахунків\" кожного товару. Такі податки використовуються, коли" -" ви продаєте компаніям, що знаходяться у тій же країні, як і ви." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 msgid "" -"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +"**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" +" at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal " +"Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for your" +" company." msgstr "" -"Щоб змінити типові податки, встановлені для будь-якого створеного нового " -"товару, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Виставлення рахунку/Бухоблік --> " -"Налаштування --> Налаштування`." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 msgid "" -"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " -"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " -"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." +"To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " +"appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and " +"click on *Save*." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви працюєте у декількох компаніях, податки на купівлю та продаж можуть " -"мати інше значення відповідно до компанії, в якій ви працюєте. Ви можете " -"увійти до двох різних компаній та змінити це поле для кожної компанії." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-" +"specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:279 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " +"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " +"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " +"and providers' localizations and business types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " +"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 +msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 +msgid "" +":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 +msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +msgid "" +":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " +"of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 +msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " +"or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" +" defined in the products' forms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " +"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " +"**Tax to Apply** empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" +" **Tax on Product**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " +"active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 +msgid "Automatic application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " +"following a set of conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " +"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " +"contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " +"countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" +" logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " +"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" +" Fiscal Positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 +msgid "" +"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " +"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " +"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " +"from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "Додаток" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 +msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 +msgid "" +"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " +"specific partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " +"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 +msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " +"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" +" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:281 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:280 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" -msgstr "Як керування податками на утримання?" +msgid "Manage withholding taxes" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2979,89 +8817,9 @@ msgstr "" "У роздрукованому рахунку відображатимуться різні суми в кожній податковій " "групі." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 -msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "Як встановити ціни, які вже включають податок" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " -"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" -"У більшості країн ціни B2C включають податок. Для того, щоб зробити це в " -"Odoo, перевірте *Включені в ціну* для кожного з ваших податків з продажів у" -" :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Бухоблік --> Податки`." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " -"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" -" product form is $100." -msgstr "" -"Таким чином ціна, встановлена на формі товару, включає податок. Наприклад, " -"скажімо, у вас є товар з податком на продаж у розмірі 10%. Ціна продажу на " -"формі товару становить 100 доларів США." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 -msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "Якщо податок не входить у вартість, ви отримаєте:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 -msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "Ціна без податку: $100" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 -msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "Податки: $10" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 -msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "Всього сплатити: $110" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 -msgid "If the tax is included in the price" -msgstr "Якщо податок включений в ціну:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 -msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "Ціна без податку: 90.91" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 -msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "Податки: $9.09" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 -msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "Всього сплатити: $100" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " -"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете покладатися на наступну документацію, якщо вам потрібні ціни як з " -"податком (B2C), так і без податку (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 -msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" -msgstr "Покажіть ціни, які включають податок у каталозі електронної комерції" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 -msgid "" -"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " -"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " -"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " -"Display)." -msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням ціни, що відображаються у вашому каталозі електронної " -"комерції, не включають податки. Щоб відобразити їх у податковій системі, " -"перевірте *Показати рядок суми з включеними податками (B2C)* у розділі " -":menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` (екран податку)." - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" -msgstr "Як отримати правильну ставку податку в США, використовуючи TaxCloud" +msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3177,12 +8935,9 @@ msgstr "Як це працює" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" -" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" +" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." msgstr "" -"Податок продажу вираховується в Odoo на основі схеми оподаткування (див. " -":doc:`application`). Схема оподаткування для США створюється під час " -"встановлення *TaxCloud*. Усе працює з коробки." #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -3250,4192 +9005,499 @@ msgid "" "from a user point of view." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 -msgid "Localizations" -msgstr "Локалізації" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:3 -msgid "Argentina" -msgstr "Аргентина" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " -"this version the next modules are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " -"localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" -" to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " -"Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " -"Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " -"on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " -"that is used to analyze the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " -"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " -"AFIP regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:29 -msgid "" -"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " -"the first two modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:35 -msgid "Configure your company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " -"company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " -"the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " -"structure of the company:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:46 -msgid "Chart of Account" -msgstr "План рахунків" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:48 -msgid "" -"In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " -"accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " -"considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" -" companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:52 -msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:53 -msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:54 -msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:60 -msgid "Configure Master data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:63 -msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:66 -msgid "Environment" -msgstr "Середовище" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " -"and Production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " -"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " -"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " -"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " -"to select the environment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:81 -msgid "AFIP Certificates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " -"provided by the AFIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" -" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " -"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " -"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " -"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " -"`Get AFIP Certificate " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " -"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " -"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:104 -msgid "" -"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " -"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 -msgid "Partner" -msgstr "Партнер" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:112 -msgid "Identification Type and VAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:114 -msgid "" -"As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " -"AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " -"for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " -"default:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:122 -msgid "" -"The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" -" Odoo but only the common ones are active." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:126 -msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:128 -msgid "" -"In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " -"transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " -"should be defined in the partner form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:137 -msgid "" -"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " -"with their related financial account and configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:144 -msgid "Taxes Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:146 -msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:148 -msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:149 -msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:150 -msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:151 -msgid "Otros." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:154 -msgid "Special Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" -" taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " -"creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " -"Inactive taxes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:164 -msgid "Document Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:166 -msgid "" -"In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " -"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " -"types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " -"AFIP)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:170 -msgid "" -"The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " -"the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " -"of invoices as well of account moves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " -"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" -" on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " -"when the localization module is installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:177 -msgid "" -"The information required for the document types is included by default so " -"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:184 -msgid "" -"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " -"activated if needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:187 -msgid "Letters" -msgstr "Листи" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:189 -msgid "" -"For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" -" the transaction/operation, example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " -"be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:193 -msgid "" -"When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " -"be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:194 -msgid "" -"When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" -" must be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:196 -msgid "" -"The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " -"associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:203 -msgid "Use on Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:205 -msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:207 -msgid "" -"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " -"documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:208 -msgid "" -"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " -"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:212 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:133 -msgid "Journals" -msgstr "Журнали" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:214 -msgid "" -"In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " -"depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:218 -msgid "" -"For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " -"Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" -" can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " -"invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:222 -msgid "" -"If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" -" because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " -"account moves related to internal control process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:226 -msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:231 -msgid "" -"**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " -"defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " -"for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:235 -msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:236 -msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:239 -msgid "Web Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:240 -msgid "" -"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " -"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:242 -msgid "" -"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " -"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " -"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" -" Bond `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:246 -msgid "" -"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " -"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " -"the document type related is type “E”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:252 -msgid "" -"**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " -"the operations related to this AFIP POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:255 -msgid "" -"**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" -" for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " -"example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that " -"you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " -"invoice report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:260 -msgid "" -"**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " -"(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " -"sequence. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:263 -msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:264 -msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:265 -msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:268 -msgid "Sequences" -msgstr "Послідовності" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:269 -msgid "" -"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" -" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " -"under :doc:`developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can be " -"used:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:277 -msgid "" -"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " -"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " -"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " -"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:283 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:163 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 -msgid "Usage and testing" -msgstr "Використання та тестування" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:286 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:166 -msgid "Invoice" -msgstr "Рахунок" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:288 -msgid "" -"After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " -"invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:292 -msgid "Document type assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:294 -msgid "" -"Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " -"based on the AFIP document type:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:297 -msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:302 -msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:307 -msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:312 -msgid "" -"As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " -"prefix and sequence is given by the document type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:315 -msgid "" -"The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " -"different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " -"manually by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:320 -msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:321 -msgid "" -"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" -" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" -" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " -"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " -"draft until the related data is corrected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:326 -msgid "" -"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " -"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:329 -msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:330 -msgid "" -"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " -"10 days after the CAE is generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:332 -msgid "Result:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:334 -msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:335 -msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:341 -msgid "Invoice Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:343 -msgid "" -"Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " -"behavior on the pdf report:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:346 -msgid "" -"**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " -"identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " -"following AFIP Responsibility type:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:349 -msgid "Responsable Inscripto." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:354 -msgid "" -"**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " -"part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " -"the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:358 -msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:359 -msgid "Consumidor Final." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:360 -msgid "Responsable Monotributo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:361 -msgid "IVA liberado." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:368 -msgid "Special Use Cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:371 -msgid "Invoices for Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:372 -msgid "" -"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " -"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" -" tab “Other Info”:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:378 -msgid "" -"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" -" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " -"the invoice month:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:386 -msgid "Exportation Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:387 -msgid "" -"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " -"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" -" type be associated:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:393 -msgid "" -"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " -"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " -"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:396 -msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:397 -msgid "Exportation document type ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:398 -msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:399 -msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:400 -msgid "Exempt Taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:406 -msgid "" -"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " -"Info --> Accounting`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:413 -msgid "Fiscal Bond" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:414 -msgid "" -"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " -"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " -"Ministry of Economy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:417 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:442 -msgid "" -"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " -"requirements:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:419 -msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:420 -msgid "Taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:421 -msgid "Zone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:422 -msgid "Detail each item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:424 -msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:425 -msgid "Complete description." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:426 -msgid "Unit Net Price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:427 -msgid "Quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:428 -msgid "Unit of measurement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:429 -msgid "Bonus." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:430 -msgid "VAT rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:434 -msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:436 -msgid "" -"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " -"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " -"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " -"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " -"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" -" to their clients and / or vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:444 -msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:445 -msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:446 -msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:447 -msgid "" -"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" -" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:453 -msgid "" -"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " -"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:456 -msgid "" -"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " -"originator document passed to the note." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:462 -msgid "" -"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " -"A or B)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:463 -msgid "" -"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " -"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " -"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " -"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:468 -msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:470 -msgid "" -"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " -"Cancellation?” as True." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:471 -msgid "" -"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " -"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " -"(false)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:478 -msgid "Invoice printed report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:479 -msgid "" -"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " -"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " -"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:488 -msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:489 -msgid "" -"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " -"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:499 -msgid "" -"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " -"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " -"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:507 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Рахунки постачальників" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:509 -msgid "" -"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " -"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" -" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " -"if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:516 -msgid "" -"The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " -"validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " -"will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:523 -msgid "" -"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " -"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " -"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:528 -msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:529 -msgid "" -"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " -"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " -"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:533 -msgid "" -"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:534 -msgid "" -"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " -"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:536 -msgid "" -"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " -"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:543 -msgid "How to use it in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:544 -msgid "" -"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " -"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:550 -msgid "" -"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " -"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:558 -msgid "Special Use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:560 -msgid "Untaxed Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:561 -msgid "" -"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " -"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:564 -msgid "" -"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " -"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" -" the Exempt concept:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:571 -msgid "Perception Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:572 -msgid "" -"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " -"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " -"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " -"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:580 -msgid "" -"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " -"it and set the correct amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:586 -msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:590 -msgid "Reports" -msgstr "Звіти" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:592 -msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:598 -msgid "VAT Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:601 -msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:607 -msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:613 -msgid "Resumen de IVA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:619 -msgid "IIBB - Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:622 -msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:628 -msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 -msgid "Colombia" -msgstr "Колумбія" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" -" next modules:" -msgstr "" -"Електронне виставлення рахунків для Колумбії можна отримати з Odoo 12 і " -"вимагає наступних модулів:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " -"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " -"document types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" -" for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " -"based on the DIAN legal requirements." -msgstr "" -"**l10n_co_edi**: Цей модуль включає у себе всі додаткові поля, необхідні для" -" інтеграції з T&S Carvajal, і генерування електронного рахунку-фактури на " -"основі правових вимог DIAN." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:20 -msgid "Workflow" -msgstr "Робочий процес" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 -msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:32 -msgid "" -"For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " -"first two modules." -msgstr "" -"Для цього перейдіть у Додатки та знайдіть Колумбію. Потім натисніть кнопку " -"Встановити для перших двох модулів." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:40 -msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " -"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " -"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як модулі встановлені, для того, щоб мати можливість " -"з'єднуватися з веб-службою Carvajal T&S, необхідно налаштувати користувача " -"та облікові дані, цю інформацію буде надано Carvajal T&S." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:46 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " -"for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухобліку --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та" -" знайдіть розділ *Колумбійські електронні рахунки*." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" -" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " -"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " -"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" -msgstr "" -"Використовуючи режим тестування, можна підключитися до середовища тестування" -" Carvisal T&S. Це дозволяє користувачам перевіряти повний робочий процес та " -"інтеграцію з порталом CEN Financiero, доступним тут: " -"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" -" the testing environment can be disabled." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як Odoo та Carvajal T&S повністю налаштовані та готові до " -"виробництва, середовище тестування може бути вимкнено." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:62 -msgid "Configure your report data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 -msgid "" -"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " -"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." -msgstr "" -"Як частина налаштованої інформації, що надсилається в XML, можна визначити " -"дані для фіскального розділу та банківську інформацію в PDF-файлі." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:76 -msgid "Configure data required in the XML" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:82 -msgid "Identification" -msgstr "Ідентифікація" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:84 -msgid "" -"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " -"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " -"their identification number and document type set:" -msgstr "" -"Як частина колумбійської локалізації, типи документів, визначені DIAN, тепер" -" доступні у формі Партнера. Колумбійські партнери повинні мати свій " -"ідентифікаційний номер і тип документа:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:91 -msgid "" -"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " -"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " -"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." -msgstr "" -"Коли тип документа RUT, ідентифікаційний номер повинен бути налаштований в " -"Odoo, включаючи перевірочну цифру, Odoo буде розділяти цей номер, коли " -"передаються дані третій стороні." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 -msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:100 -msgid "" -"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " -"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " -"information required by the DIAN ." -msgstr "" -"Коди відповідальності партнера (розділ 53 документа RUT) включені як частина" -" модуля електронного рахунку, який є частиною інформації, що вимагається " -"DIAN." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 -msgid "" -"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " -"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" -msgstr "" -"Ці поля можна знайти в :menuselection:`Партнер --> Продажі & Вкладка купівлі" -" --> Фіскальна інформація`" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " -"regimen of the partner." -msgstr "" -"Додатково було додано два булевих поля для визначення фіскального режиму " -"партнера." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 -msgid "" -"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " -"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " -"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ваші операції з продажу включають товари з податками, важливо " -"враховувати, що додаткове поле *Тип значення* має бути налаштовано на " -"податок. Цей параметр знаходиться на вкладці Додаткові параметри." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " -"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " -"display taxes in the invoice PDF." -msgstr "" -"Типи податку на утримання (ICA, IVA, Fuente) також включені до опцій " -"налаштування податків. Ця конфігурація використовується для коректного " -"відображення податків у форматі PDF." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " -"electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " -"documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " -"Journals`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " -"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як послідовність відкрита, поля Префікс і Наступний номер " -"повинні бути налаштовані і синхронізовані з CEN Financiero." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:152 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "Користувачі" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:154 -msgid "" -"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " -"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" -msgstr "" -"Шаблон за замовчуванням, який використовується Odoo на рахунку-фактурі PDF, " -"включає позицію продавця, тому ці поля повинні бути налаштовані:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:168 -msgid "" -"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" -" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." -msgstr "" -"Після налаштування всіх основних даних і облікових даних можна почати " -"тестування робочого процесу електронного рахунку." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 -msgid "Invoice creation" -msgstr "Створення рахунків-фактур" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 -msgid "" -"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " -"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " -"invoice are the next fields:" -msgstr "" -"Функціональний робочий процес, який відбувається перед перевіркою рахунка-" -"фактури, не змінюється. Основними змінами, що вводяться в електронний " -"рахунок, є наступні поля:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:182 -msgid "There are three types of documents:" -msgstr "Є три типи документів:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 -msgid "" -"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " -"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." -msgstr "" -"**Factura Electronica**: Цей документ є звичайним типом і застосовується до " -"рахунків-фактур, сторно і дебетове повернення." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 -msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " -"transactions." -msgstr "" -"**Factura de Importación**: Цей параметр слід вибирати для операцій " -"імпортування." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:188 -msgid "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " -"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " -"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " -"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." -msgstr "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: Це винятковий тип, який використовується як " -"ручне резервне копіювання у випадку, якщо компанія не може використовувати " -"ERP, і необхідно генерувати рахунок вручну, коли цей рахунок додано до ERP, " -"цей тип рахунку-фактури слід вибрати." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:196 -msgid "Invoice validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:198 -msgid "" -"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" -" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." -msgstr "" -"Після підтвердження рахунку XML-файл створюється і автоматично надсилається " -"до Carvajal, цей файл відображається в чаті." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:204 -msgid "" -"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " -"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " -"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" -msgstr "" -"Додаткове поле тепер відображається на вкладці \"Інша інформація\" з назвою " -"файлу XML. Крім того, є друге додаткове поле, яке відображається зі статусом" -" електронного рахунку, з початковим значенням \"In progress\":" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:214 -msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:216 -msgid "" -"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" -" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " -"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " -"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " -"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" -" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." -msgstr "" -"Постачальник електронного рахунку отримує XML-файл і продовжує перевірку " -"структури та інформації в ньому, якщо все правильно, зміна статусу рахунка-" -"фактури на \"Перевірено\" після використання кнопки \"Перевірити стан " -"Carvajal\" у спадному меню Дія. Потім вони починають генерувати правовий " -"XML, який включає цифровий підпис і унікальний код (CUFE), а також " -"генерується фактура PDF, яка включає QR-код і CUFE." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:224 -msgid "After this:" -msgstr "Після цього:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:226 -msgid "" -"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " -"the invoice chatter:" -msgstr "" -"ZIP, що містить XML документів, і PDF-файл завантажується і відображається у" -" чаті рахунка-фактури:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:233 -msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" -msgstr "Стан електронного рахунку змінюється на \"Прийнято\"" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:237 -msgid "Common errors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:239 -msgid "" -"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " -"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " -"after updating the electronic invoice status." -msgstr "" -"Під час перевірки XML найпоширеніші помилки, як правило, пов'язані з " -"відсутністю основних даних. У таких випадках повідомлення про помилку " -"відображаються в чаті після оновлення статусу електронного рахунку." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:246 -msgid "" -"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " -"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" -msgstr "" -"Після виправлення основних даних можна повторно обробити XML з новими даними" -" і надіслати оновлену версію за допомогою наступної кнопки:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:258 -msgid "Additional use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:260 -msgid "" -"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " -"the functional workflow remains the same as well." -msgstr "" -"Процес отримання кредитових та дебетових повернень точно такий же, як і " -"рахунок-фактура, функціональний робочий процес також залишається незмінним." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 -msgid "Colombia (ES)" -msgstr "Колумбія (ES)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 -msgid "Introducción" -msgstr "Introducción" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 -msgid "" -"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " -"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " -"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " -"puntos:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 -msgid "Plan Contable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 -msgid "Impuestos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 -msgid "Retenciones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 -msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " -"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " -"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 -msgid "Flujo General" -msgstr "Flujo General" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 -msgid "Configuración" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 -msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " -"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" -msgstr "" -"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " -"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 -msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " -"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " -"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " -"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " -"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " -"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 -msgid "" -"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " -"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" -" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" -" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " -"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " -"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" -" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 -msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " -"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " -"Bancaria." -msgstr "" -"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " -"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " -"Bancaria." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " -"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 -msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 -msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 -msgid "Identificación" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " -"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " -"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " -"de documento correspondiente." -msgstr "" -"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " -"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " -"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " -"de documento correspondiente." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " -"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " -"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." -msgstr "" -"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " -"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " -"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 -msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " -"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " -"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." -msgstr "" -"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " -"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " -"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " -"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " -"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " -"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " -"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " -"opciones." -msgstr "" -"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " -"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " -"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " -"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " -"opciones." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " -"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " -"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " -"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " -"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " -"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " -"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" -msgstr "" -"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " -"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " -"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " -"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 -msgid "Diarios" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " -"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" -" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " -"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" -" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 -msgid "" -"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " -"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" -" Secuencia`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " -"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " -"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 -msgid "Usuarios" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 -msgid "" -"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " -"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" -msgstr "" -"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " -"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 -msgid "Uso y Pruebas" -msgstr "Uso y Pruebas" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 -msgid "Facturas" -msgstr "Facturas" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " -"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " -"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" -msgstr "" -"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " -"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " -"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 -msgid "Invoice Creation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 -msgid "" -"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " -"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " -"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " -"manualmente." -msgstr "" -"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " -"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " -"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " -"manualmente." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " -"son los siguientes:" -msgstr "" -"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " -"son los siguientes:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 -msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" -msgstr "Hay tres tipos de documentos" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 -msgid "" -"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," -" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 -msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " -"importación." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 -msgid "" -"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" -" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " -"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " -"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 -msgid "Invoice Validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " -"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " -"desplegado en el historial." -msgstr "" -"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " -"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " -"desplegado en el historial." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " -"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" -" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " -"inicial **En Proceso**." -msgstr "" -"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " -"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" -" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " -"inicial **En Proceso**." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 -msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 -msgid "" -"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " -"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " -"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " -"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " -"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " -"CUFE." -msgstr "" -"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " -"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " -"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " -"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " -"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " -"CUFE." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " -"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " -"automáticamente:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 -msgid "" -"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " -"historial de la Factura." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 -msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." -msgstr "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 -msgid "" -"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " -"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 -msgid "Errores Frecuentes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " -"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " -"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " -"desplegados en el historial." -msgstr "" -"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " -"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " -"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " -"desplegados en el historial." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 -msgid "" -"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " -"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " -"botón:" -msgstr "" -"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " -"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " -"botón:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 -msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" -msgstr "Casos de Uso adicionales" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 -msgid "" -"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " -"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " -"igual." -msgstr "" -"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " -"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " -"igual." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 -msgid "France" -msgstr "Франція" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 -msgid "FEC" -msgstr "FEC" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " -"the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" -" --> FEC`." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви встановили французький бухгалтерський облік, ви зможете завантажити " -"FEC. Для цього перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> " -"Франція --> FEC`." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " -"module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви не бачите підменю **FEC**, перейдіть до **Додатки** і знайдіть " -"модуль **Франція-FEC** та перевірте, чи він добре встановлений." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 -msgid "French Accounting Reports" -msgstr "Французька бухгалтерська звітність" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " -"accounting reports specific to France:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви встановили французький бухгалтерський облік, ви матимете доступ до " -"деяких бухгалтерських звітів, характерних для Франції:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 -msgid "Bilan comptable" -msgstr "Bilan comptable" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 -msgid "Compte de résultats" -msgstr "Compte de résultats" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 -msgid "Plan de Taxes France" -msgstr "Plan de Taxes France" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 -msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" -msgstr "" -"Отримайте сертифікат про боротьбу із шахрайством на додану вартість з Odoo" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 -msgid "" -"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " -"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " -"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales " -"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, " -"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." -msgstr "" -"Станом на 1 січня 2018 року у Франції та DOM-TOM введено нове законодавство " -"щодо боротьби із шахрайством. Це нове законодавство встановлює певні " -"критерії щодо незмінності, безпеки, зберігання та архівування даних про " -"продаж. Ці юридичні вимоги впроваджені в 9 версії Odoo через модуль та " -"сертифікат відповідності для завантаження." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 -msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" -msgstr "" -"Чи моя компанія зобов'язана використовувати програмне забезпечення проти " -"шахрайства?" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " -"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" -msgstr "" -"Ваша компанія повинна використовувати програмне забезпечення для боротьби із" -" шахрайством касових апаратів, таких як Odoo (CGI Art. 286, I. 3 ° bis), " -"якщо:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 -msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," -msgstr "" -"Ви є оподатковуваними (не звільнені від податку на додану вартість) у " -"Франції або будь-якому DOM-TOM," - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 -msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." -msgstr "Деякі з ваших клієнтів - приватні особи (B2C)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 -msgid "" -"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " -"VAT and therefore are not affected." -msgstr "" -"Це правило застосовується до компанії будь-якого розміру. Автострахувальники" -" звільняються від сплати ПДВ, тому вони їх це не стосується." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 -msgid "Get certified with Odoo" -msgstr "Отримайте сертифікат з Odoo" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 -msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." -msgstr "Приєднатися до Odoo дуже просто." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" -" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " -"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" -" `here `_. If you " -"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " -"`_ or contact" -" your Odoo service provider." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 -msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." -msgstr "" -"У разі невідповідності ваша компанія ризикує отримати штраф у розмірі 7500 " -"євро." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 -msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" -msgstr "Щоб отримати сертифікат, виконайте наступні кроки:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " -"menu:" -msgstr "" -"Встановіть модуль боротьби із шахрайством, що відповідає вашій версії Odoo, " -"з меню *Додатки*:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 -msgid "" -"if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " -"Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -msgstr "" -"якщо ви використовуєте точку продажів Odoo: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: Франція - " -"Сертифікація щодо боротьби із шахрайством на додану вартість для точки " -"продажу (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:66 -msgid "" -"in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " -"Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -msgstr "" -"у будь-якому іншому випадку: * l10n_fr_certification *: Франція - " -"Сертифікація боротьби із шахрайством на ПДВ (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " -"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a " -"country from the list; Do not create a new country." -msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що у вашій компанії встановлено країну, інакше ваші записи не" -" будуть зашифровані для перевірки незмінності. Щоб змінити дані вашої " -"компанії, перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`налаштування -> Користувачі та " -"компанії -> Компанії`. Виберіть країну зі списку; Не створюйте нову країну." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " -"`__." -msgstr "" -"Завантажте обов'язковий сертифікат відповідності, наданий Odoo SA `тут " -"`__." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " -"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " -"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " -"restart your server beforehand." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви запускаєте Odoo on-premise, вам потрібно оновити вашу інсталяцію та " -"заздалегідь перезавантажити сервер." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:81 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" -" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" -" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules " -"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click " -"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" -" installed." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви встановили початкову версію модуля боротьби із шахрайством (до 18 " -"грудня 2017 року), вам потрібно оновити його. Назва модуля була *Франція - " -"Бухгалтерський облік - Сертифікований CGI 286 I-3 bis*. Після оновлення " -"списку модулів знайдіть оновлений модуль в *Програми*, виберіть його та " -"натисніть *Оновити*. Нарешті, переконайтеся, що встановлено наступний модуль" -" *l10n_fr_sale_closing*." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:90 -msgid "Anti-fraud features" -msgstr "Особливості боротьби із шахрайством" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:92 -msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" -msgstr "Модуль боротьби із шахрайством впроваджує такі функції:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " -"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" -msgstr "" -"**Незмінність**: дезактивація всіх способів скасування або зміни ключових " -"даних замовлень точки продажу, рахунків-фактур та записів журналу;" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 -msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" -msgstr "**Безпека**: мережевий алгоритм для перевірки незмінності;" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " -"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." -msgstr "" -"**Зберігання**: автоматичне закриття торгів з обчисленням як періоду, так і " -"сукупних підсумків (щодня, щомісяця, щорічно)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:101 -msgid "Inalterability" -msgstr "Незмінність" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:103 -msgid "" -"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " -"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " -"located in France or in any DOM-TOM." -msgstr "" -"Всі можливі способи скасування та зміни ключових даних замовлень точки " -"продажу, підтверджених рахунків-фактур та записів журналу деактивуються, " -"якщо компанія розташована у Франції або в будь-якому DOM-TOM." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:107 -msgid "" -"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " -"companies are impacted." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви керуєте середовищем декількох компаній, це впливає лише на документи" -" таких компаній." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:111 -msgid "Security" -msgstr "Безпека" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:113 -msgid "" -"To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" -" validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " -"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." -msgstr "" -"Щоб забезпечити незмінність, кожне замовлення чи запис журналу " -"зашифровується після перевірки. Цей номер (або хеш) обчислюється з ключових " -"даних документа, а також від хешу попередніх документів." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:118 -msgid "" -"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " -"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " -"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the " -"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted " -"document recorded in the system." -msgstr "" -"Модуль вводить інтерфейс для перевірки незмінності даних. Якщо будь-яка " -"інформація змінена на документі після її перевірки, тест буде невдалим. " -"Алгоритм перекомпонулює всі хеші та порівнює їх з вихідними. У випадку " -"аварії система вказує на перший пошкоджений документ, записаний у системі." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " -"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " -"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." -msgstr "" -"Користувачі з правами доступу *Менеджер* можуть запускати перевірку " -"незмінності. Для замовлень точки продажу, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка" -" продажу --> Звітність --> Французькі виписки`. Для рахунків-фактур або " -"записів журналу, перейдіть на сторінку :menuselection:`Рахунки/Бухоблік --> " -"Звітність --> Французькі виписки`." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:131 -msgid "Storage" -msgstr "Зберігання" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:133 -msgid "" -"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " -"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" -" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry " -"recorded in the system." -msgstr "" -"Система також автоматично обробляє закриття товарів щоденно, щомісячно та " -"щорічно. Такі закриття чітко обчислюють загальний обсяг періоду продажу, а " -"також сукупні великі підсумки з перших продажів, записаних у системі." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " -"Invoicing and Accounting apps." -msgstr "" -"Закриття можна знайти в меню *Французькі виписки* точки продажу, рахунків-" -"фактур та обліку." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " -"Type = Sales)." -msgstr "" -"Завершення обчислюють підсумки для журнальних записів журналів продажів (Тип" -" журналу = Продажі)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:145 -msgid "" -"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." -msgstr "Для середовищ кількох компаній такі закриття виконуються компанією." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:147 -msgid "" -"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " -"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " -"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" -" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." -msgstr "" -"Замовлення точки продажу розміщуються як записи журналу під час закриття " -"сесії точки продажу. Закриття сесії POS можна зробити будь-коли. Щоби " -"спонукати користувачів робити це щодня, модуль перешкоджає відновленню " -"сеансу, відкритому більше 24 годин тому. Такий сеанс повинен бути закритий " -"перед продажем знову." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:153 -msgid "" -"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " -"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " -"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " -"counted in the very next closing." -msgstr "" -"Загальний обсяг періоду обчислюється з усіх журнальних записів, " -"опублікованих після попереднього закриття того ж типу, незалежно від дати їх" -" публікації. Якщо ви записали нову транзакцію з продажу протягом закритого " -"періоду, вона буде зарахована до самого наступного закриття." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:158 -msgid "" -"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " -"Actions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "Обов'язки" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" -" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." -msgstr "" -"Не видаляйте модуль! Якщо ви так зробили, хеш буде скинуто, і жоден із ваших" -" минулих даних більше не буде гарантований як незмінний." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " -"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " -"the inalterability of data." -msgstr "" -"Користувачі залишаються відповідальними за встановлення Odoo і повинні " -"використовувати її з належною обачливістю. Не дозволяється змінювати " -"вихідний код, який гарантує незмінність даних." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" -" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Odoo звільняє себе від усіх та будь-якої відповідальності у разі зміни " -"функцій модуля, викликаних сторонніми додатками, не сертифікованими Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 -msgid "More Information" -msgstr "Більше інформації" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 -msgid "" -"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " -"documents:" -msgstr "" -"Ви знайдете додаткову інформацію про це законодавство в офіційних " -"документах:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 -msgid "" -"`Frequently Asked Questions " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 -msgid "" -"`Official Statement " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 -msgid "" -"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 -msgid "Germany" -msgstr "Німеччина" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 -msgid "German Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Німецький план рахунків" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " -"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " -"section." -msgstr "" -"План рахунків SKR03 та SKR04 підтримуються в Odoo. Ви можете вибрати той, " -"який ви хочете, перейшовши до :menuselection: `Бухоблік --> Налаштування`, " -"потім виберіть потрібний пакет у розділі Фіскальна локалізація." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " -"not created any accounting entry." -msgstr "" -"Будьте обережні, ви можете змінити бухгалтерський пакет лише тоді, коли ви " -"не створили запис бухобліку." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 -msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви створюєте нову базу даних SaaS, SKR03 встановлюється за " -"замовчуванням." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 -msgid "German Accounting Reports" -msgstr "Німецька бухгалтерська звітність" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" -msgstr "" -"Нижче наведено список спеціальних звітів для Німеччини, доступних на Odoo " -"Enterprise:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -msgid "Balance Sheet" -msgstr "Звіт балансу" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 -msgid "Profit & Loss" -msgstr "Доходи та витрати" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 -msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" -msgstr "Податковий звіт (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 -msgid "Partner VAT Intra" -msgstr "Партнер ПДВ Intra" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 -msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" -msgstr "Експорт з Odoo в Datev" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 -msgid "" -"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " -"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " -"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " -"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете експортувати записи бухобліку з Odoo в Datev. Щоб мати можливість " -"використовувати цю функцію, локалізація німецької бухгалтерії повинна бути " -"встановлена у вашій базі даних Odoo Enterprise. Тоді ти можеш увійти до " -":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> Загальний журнал` потім натисніть" -" кнопку **Export Datev (csv)**." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 -msgid "Italy (IT)" -msgstr "Італія (IT)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" -" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " -"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " -"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " -"l’interscambio di informazioni." -msgstr "" -"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" -" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " -"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " -"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " -"l’interscambio di informazioni." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 -msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" -msgstr "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " -"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" -" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " -"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" -" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." -msgstr "" -"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " -"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" -" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " -"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" -" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 -msgid "" -"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " -"elettronica sono i seguenti:" -msgstr "" -"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " -"elettronica sono i seguenti:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" -" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " -"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " -"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " -"relativa :doc:`guida <../../discuss/email_servers>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" -" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " -"elettronica." -msgstr "" -"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" -" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " -"elettronica." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " -"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " -"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " -"previa comunicazione." -msgstr "" -"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " -"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " -"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " -"previa comunicazione." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " -"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." -msgstr "" -"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " -"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " -"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " -"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" -msgstr "" -"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " -"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " -"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 -msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." -msgstr "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 -msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " -"Commercio." -msgstr "" -"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " -"Commercio." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " -"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " -"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " -"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." -msgstr "" -"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " -"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " -"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " -"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 -msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " -"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " -"necessarie informazioni legali." -msgstr "" -"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " -"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " -"necessarie informazioni legali." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" -" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" -" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " -"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." -msgstr "" -"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" -" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" -" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " -"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 -msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" -msgstr "Il processo di fatturazione" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " -"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" -" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " -"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " -"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." -msgstr "" -"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " -"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" -" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " -"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " -"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 -msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" -msgstr "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 -msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -msgstr "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 -msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" -msgstr "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 -msgid "" -"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." -msgstr "" -"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 -msgid "" -"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " -"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" -" dall’applicazione contabilità." -msgstr "" -"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " -"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" -" dall’applicazione contabilità." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 -msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 -msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 -msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " -"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." -msgstr "" -"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " -"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 -msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "Мексика" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" -" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " -"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here " -"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the " -"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " -"\"Mexico\" set." -msgstr "" -"Ця документація написана з урахуванням того, що ви дотримуєтесь офіційних " -"документів щодо рахунків-фактур, продажів і бухгалтерського обліку та " -"знаєте, що у вас є досвід роботи з odoo у таких сферах, ми не маємо наміру " -"поставити тут процедури, яка вже пояснюєьься на цих документах, просто " -"інформацію щоб дозволити вам використовувати Odoo в компанії з країною " -"\"Мексика\"." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:17 -msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" -msgstr "Мексиканська локалізація - це група з 3 модулів:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" -" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" -" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." -msgstr "" -"**l10n_mx:** Усі основні дані для управління бухгалтерським обліком, " -"податками та планом рахунків, цей запропонований встановлений план рахунків " -"- призначена копія списку кодів групи, які пропонує `SAT`_." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," -" payment complement, invoice addendum." -msgstr "" -"**l10n_mx_edi**: все, що стосується електронних транзакцій, CFDI 3.2 та 3.3," -" додаток до оплати, додавання рахунків-фактур." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:24 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " -"accounting are here (Accounting app required)." -msgstr "" -"**l10n_mx_reports**: всі обов'язкові електронні звіти для електронного " -"бухгалтерського обліку тут (необхідний бухгалтерський додаток)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:27 -msgid "" -"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " -"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" -" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this " -"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " -"company in Mexico." -msgstr "" -"З мексиканською локалізацією в Odoo ви зможете не просто дотримуватися " -"необхідних функцій за законом в Мексиці, але використовувати його як систему" -" бухгалтерського обліку та рахунків-фактур завдяки цілому набору нормальних " -"вимог для цього ринку, стаючи вашим Odoo в ідеальному рішенні керувати вашою" -" компанією в Мексиці." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:38 -msgid "" -"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" -" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " -"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." -msgstr "" -"Після налаштування ми надамо вам процес для перевірки всього, спробуйте " -"виконати крок за кроком, щоб дозволити вам не витрачати час на виправлення " -"помилок. На будь-якому кроці ви можете нагадати крок і повторити спробу." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:44 -msgid "Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:46 -msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." -msgstr "" -"Для цього перейдіть у додатки та шукайте Мексику. Потім натисніть " -"*Встановити*." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:52 -msgid "" -"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " -"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Створюючи базу даних з www.odoo.com, якщо під час створення бухобліку ви " -"виберете Мексику як країну локалізації, вона буде автоматично встановлена." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:58 -msgid "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" -" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" -" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and " -"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" -" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Щоб включити цю вимогу в Мексиці, перейдіть до налаштувань в бухобліку " -":menuselection:`Бухобліку --> Налаштування` і ввімкніть опцію на зображенні " -"за допомогою цього, ви зможете створити підписаний рахунок-фактуру (CFDI 3.2" -" та 3.3) і створити підписаний платіж (також 3.3) повністю інтегрується зі " -"звичайним потоком рахунків-фактур в Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:73 -msgid "Set you legal information in the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:75 -msgid "" -"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " -"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " -"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " -"position on your company’s contact." -msgstr "" -"Спочатку переконайтеся, що ваша компанія налаштована з правильними даними. " -"Перейдіть у :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Користувачі --> Компанії` і " -"введіть дійсну адресу та ПДВ для вашої компанії. Не забудьте визначити " -"мексиканську схему оподаткування у контакті з вашою компанією." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:82 -msgid "" -"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" -" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете використовувати мексиканську локалізацію в тестовому режимі, " -"ви можете помістити будь-яку відому адресу в Мексиці з усіма полями для " -"адреси компанії та встановити пдв **TCM970625MB1**." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " -"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " -"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal " -"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley" -" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " -"the option)." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть у тій самій формі, де ви редагуєте компанію, збережіть запис, щоб " -"встановити цю форму тільки для прочитання, і просто перегляньте текст, " -"натисніть посилання партнера, потім відредагуйте його та встановіть на " -"вкладці *Рахунки* відповідну фіскальну інформацію (для **Область " -"тестування** це повинно бути *601 - General de Ley Personas Morales*, просто" -" знайдіть його як звичайне поле Odoo, якщо ви не бачите варіант)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:101 -msgid "Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:104 -msgid "" -"This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " -"available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " -"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to " -"support in https://www.odoo.com/help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " -"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " -"name does not exist)." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть та перегляньте наступний технічний параметр в " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічні --> Параметри --> Параметри " -"системи` і встановіть параметр з назвою *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* до 3.3 " -"(Створіть його, якщо запис із цією назвою не існує)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:117 -msgid "" -"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " -"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " -"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " -"the default behavior." -msgstr "" -"CFDI 3.2 буде юридично можливим до 30 листопада 2017 р., Включення версії " -"3.3 стане обов'язковим кроком для виконання нової `SAT resolution`_ в будь-" -"якій новій базі даних, створеній після виходу випуску v11.0 CFDI 3.3 є " -"поведінкою за умовчанням." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:127 -msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" -msgstr "Важливі міркування, коли ви увімкнете CFDI 3.3" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:129 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:680 -msgid "" -"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " -"field set to \"Tasa\"." -msgstr "" -"Ваш податок, який представляє ПДВ 16% та 0%, повинен мати поле \"Тип " -"фактора\", встановлене для \"Таsа\"." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:137 -msgid "" -"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" -" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" -" set 601, it will look like the image." -msgstr "" -"Ви повинні перейти до налаштування схеми оподаткування та встановити " -"правильний код (це перші 3 номери в назві), наприклад, для тесту, який слід " -"встановити на 601, він буде виглядати як зображення." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:144 -msgid "" -"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " -"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " -"faster." -msgstr "" -"Усі товари повинні мати для CFDI 3.3 \"SAT-код\" і поле \"Референс\" " -"правильно встановити, ви можете їх експортувати та імпортувати, щоб зробити " -"це швидше." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152 -msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 -msgid "" -"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " -"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " -"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." -msgstr "" -"Щоб налаштувати EDI за допомогою **PAC**, ви можете зайти в меню " -":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Електронне виставлення " -"рахунків (MX)`. Ви можете вибрати PAC у списку **підтримуваних PAC** у полі " -"*PAC*, а потім введіть ім'я користувача PAC та пароль PAC." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " -"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " -"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." -msgstr "" -"Пам'ятайте, що ви повинні зареєструватися в рецензованому PAC перед ручним, " -"цей процес можна зробити з самого PAC, у цьому випадку у нас буде два (2) " -"наявності `Finkok`_ і` Solución Factible`_." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " -"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " -"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process" -" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " -"environment with real transactions." -msgstr "" -"Ви повинні обробити свій **Особовий ключ (CSD)** із установою SAT, перш ніж " -"виконувати ці кроки, якщо у вас немає такої інформації, будь ласка, " -"спробуйте всі \"кроки для тестування\" і поверніться до цього процесу, коли " -"ви завершите запропонований процес для SAT, щоб встановити цю інформацію для" -" вашого виробничого середовища за допомогою реальних транзакцій." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:174 -msgid "" -"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " -"PAC username or password." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви позначили поле *MX PAC тест середовища*, вам не потрібно вводити " -"ім'я користувача або пароль PAC." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " -"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." -msgstr "" -"Ось сертифікат SAT, який ви можете використовувати, якщо ви хочете " -"використовувати *Тестування середовища* для мексиканської локалізації " -"бухобліку." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 -msgid "`Certificate`_" -msgstr "`Certificate`_" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 -msgid "`Certificate Key`_" -msgstr "`Certificate Key`_" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:186 -msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" -msgstr "**Пароль:** 12345678a" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:190 -msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 -msgid "" -"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " -"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " -"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." -msgstr "" -"Цей тег використовується для встановлення коду типу податку, переданого чи " -"призупинення, що застосовується до концепції CFDI. Отже, якщо податок є " -"податком на продаж, поле \"Тег\" повинно бути \"IVA\", \"ISR\" або \"IEPS\"." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 -msgid "" -"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " -"a new tax you should choose a tag." -msgstr "" -"Зверніть увагу, що для податків за замовчуванням тег уже призначений, але " -"при створенні нового податку слід вибрати тег." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 -msgid "Invoicing" -msgstr "Виставлення рахунків" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:209 -msgid "" -"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " -"the normal Odoo's behaviour." -msgstr "" -"Щоб скористатися мексиканським рахунком-фактурою, вам просто потрібно " -"зробити звичайний рахунок-фактуру, слідуючи звичайній поведінці Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212 -msgid "" -"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " -"like this:" -msgstr "" -"Після перевірки першого рахунку правильно підписаний рахунок-фактура повинен" -" виглядати так:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:219 -msgid "" -"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" -" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " -"invoice by email." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете генерувати PDF-файл, просто натиснувши кнопку \"Друк\" у рахунку-" -"фактурі або відправивши його по електронній пошті після звичайного процесу, " -"щоб надсилати рахунок-фактуру електронною поштою." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " -"looks like." -msgstr "" -"Як тільки ви надішлете електронний рахунок-фактуру електронною поштою, це " -"так, як виглядає." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:234 -msgid "Cancelling invoices" -msgstr "Скасування рахунків-фактур" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:236 -msgid "" -"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Процес скасування повністю пов'язаний з нормальним скасуванням в Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:238 -msgid "If the invoice is not paid." -msgstr "Якщо рахунок-фактура не сплачується." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:240 -msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:246 -msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250 -msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 -msgid "" -"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " -"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." -msgstr "" -"З міркувань безпеки рекомендується повернути перевірку на те, щоб ще раз " -"скасувати помилку, а потім перейти до журналу та перевірити це поле." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:257 -msgid "**Legal considerations**" -msgstr "**Юридичні міркування**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:259 -msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." -msgstr "Скасований рахунок-фактура буде автоматично скасований на SAT." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 -msgid "" -"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " -"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " -"good control of the cancellation reasons." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви спробуєте використати той самий рахунок-фактуру після скасування, у " -"вас буде стільки ж скасованих CFDI, скільки ви спробували, тоді всі ці xml є" -" важливими, щоб забезпечити хороший контроль за причинами скасування." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 -msgid "" -"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" -" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " -"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." -msgstr "" -"Ви повинні від'єднати всі пов'язані платежі до рахунку-фактури на odoo перед" -" тим, як скасувати такий документ, ці платежі потрібно скасувати, " -"дотримуючись того самого підходу, але встановлюючи параметр «Дозволити " -"записи відмов» у самому платежі." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269 -msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" -msgstr "Платежі (доступно лише для CFDI 3.3)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 -msgid "" -"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " -"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " -"important." -msgstr "" -"Щоб створити платіжний додаток, вам потрібно лише дотримуватися звичайного " -"платіжного процесу в Odoo, ці умови, щоб зрозуміти поведінку, важливі." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 -msgid "" -"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " -"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." -msgstr "" -"Для створення доповнення платежу терміном платежу в рахунку-фактурі повинен " -"бути PPD, оскільки це очікувана поведінка, яка законодавчо вимагається для " -"\"Готівкових платежів\"." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278 -msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" -msgstr "**1.1. Як я можу створити рахунок з терміном оплати `PUE`?**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:280 -msgid "" -"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " -"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " -"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " -"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." -msgstr "" -"`Відповідно до документації SAT`_ платіж класифікується як ``PUE``, якщо " -"рахунок-фактура був погоджений на повну оплату до 17 числа наступного " -"календарного місяця (наступного місяця дати CFDI), будь-яка інша умова " -"створить рахунок-фактуру PPD." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:285 -msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" -msgstr "**1.2. Як я можу отримати це з Odoo?**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 -msgid "" -"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " -"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." -msgstr "" -"Для того, щоби встановити відповідний термін платежу CFDI (PPD або PUE), ви " -"можете легко встановити його, використовуючи ``Умови оплати ``, визначені у " -"рахунку-фактурі." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 -msgid "" -"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " -"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." -msgstr "" -"Якщо рахунок-фактура генерується без ``Терміну оплати``, атрибут " -"``MetodoPago`` буде ``PUE``." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 -msgid "" -"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " -"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " -"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " -"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." -msgstr "" -"Сьогодні, якщо це перший день місяця і рахунок-фактура складається з " -"``Терміну платежу`` ``30 чистих днів``, то розрахункова ``Дата платежу`` " -"буде першим днем наступного місяця, це означає до 17 числа наступного " -"місяця, тоді атрибут ``MetodoPago`` буде ``PUE``." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298 -msgid "" -"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " -"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " -"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." -msgstr "" -"Сьогодні, якщо рахунок-фактуру буде створено зі ``Терміном оплати`` ``30 " -"чистих днів``, а термін платежу вищий, ніж 17-те число наступного місяця, " -"``MetodoPago`` стане``PPD``." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 -msgid "" -"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" -" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " -"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." -msgstr "" -"Якщо у вас є ``Термін оплати`` з 2 або більше рядками, наприклад, ``30% " -"авансового закінчення наступного місяця``, це термін розстрочки, атрибут " -"``MetodoPago`` буде``PPD`` ." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:306 -msgid "" -"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " -"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." -msgstr "" -"Щоби перевірити звичайний підписаний платіж, просто створіть рахунок-фактуру" -" із терміном платежу ``30% дострокового закінчення наступного місяця``, а " -"потім зареєструйте платіж на ньому." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 -msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." -msgstr "Ви повинні надрукувати платіж, щоб правильно завантажити PDF-файл." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:5 msgid "" -"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " -"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " -"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" -" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " -"caso de anticipos recibidos**." +"There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," +" depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " +"recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and " +"computations." msgstr "" -"Що стосується \"Оплати авансів\", ви повинні створити правильний рахунок-" -"фактуру з виплатою заздалегідь самостійно, як рядок товару, яка встановлює " -"правильний код SAT, відповідно до процедури офіційної документації, наданої " -"SAT`_ у розділі **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el" -" caso de anticipos recibidos**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:314 -msgid "" -"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " -"Payment without a proper invoice." -msgstr "" -"Що стосується теми 4, то заблокована можливість створення платежів клієнта " -"без належного рахунку-фактури." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:320 -msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" -msgstr "Бухоблік Мексики в odoo складається з трьох повідомлень:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 -msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." -msgstr "План рахунку (Викликається та відображається як COA)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "Електронний пробний баланс." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:324 -msgid "DIOT report." -msgstr "Звіт DIOT." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 -msgid "" -"1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " -"report only available on the context of the accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:329 -msgid "" -"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " -"app." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете знайти всі ці звіти в оригінальному меню звіту в додатку " -"Бухгалтерський облік." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:336 -msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "Електронний облік (вимагає застосування бухгалтерського обліку)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 -msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" -msgstr "Електронний графік обліку CoA" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:341 -msgid "" -"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " -"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" -msgstr "" -"Електронний облік ніколи не було простіше, просто перейдіть до " -":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> Мексика --> COA` і натисніть " -"кнопку **Експорт для SAT (XML)**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:349 -msgid "How to add new accounts ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:351 -msgid "" -"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" -" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви додаєте облік із конвенцією кодування NNN.YY.ZZ, де NNN.YY є групою " -"кодування SAT, то ваш облік буде автоматично налаштований." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354 -msgid "" -"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " -"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account " -"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag" -" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" -" xml." -msgstr "" -"Приклад, щоб додати облік для нового банківського рахунку, перейдіть до " -":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> План рахунків` а потім " -"створіть новий облік на кнопці \"Створити\" та спробувати створити обліковий" -" запис із номером 102.01.99, коли ви зміните, щоб встановити ім'я, яке ви " -"побачите, тег, який буде автоматично встановлено, встановлені теги будуть " -"вибрані для використання в COA на XML." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365 -msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 -msgid "" -"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" -" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." -msgstr "" -"Щоб дізнатись усі можливі теги, ви можете ознайомитись з `Anexo 24`_ на " -"веб-сайті SAT у розділі під назвою **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371 -msgid "" -"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " -"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " -"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " -"is not created you can create one on the fly." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви встановлюєте модуль l10n_mx, і ви скористаєтеся планом рахунку (це " -"відбувається автоматично, коли ви встановлюєте параметр Мексика як країну у " -"вашій базі даних), тоді у вас буде більше загальних тегів, якщо потрібний " -"тег не створений, ви можете створити його на льоту." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" -msgstr "Електронний пробний баланс" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380 -msgid "" -"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " -"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " -"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be " -"exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " -"the previous selection of the period you want to export." -msgstr "" -"Точно так само, як сертифікат автентичності, але з дебетуванням та кредитною" -" карткою початкового балансу, після того, як ви правильно налаштували coa, " -"ви можете перейти на :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> Мексика --> " -"Пробний баланс` це автоматично створюється і може бути експортовано в XML за" -" допомогою кнопки у верхній частині **Експорт для SAT (XML)** з попереднім " -"вибором періоду, який ви хочете експортувати." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 -msgid "" -"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" -" regular Odoo Report." -msgstr "" -"Всі звичайні функції аудиту та аналізу доступні тут також як і будь-який " -"звичайний звіт Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 -msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "Звіт DIOT (вимагає застосування бухгалтерського обліку)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 -msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:399 -msgid "" -"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" -" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Коли мова йде про процедури з послугою адміністрування SAT, ми знаємо, що ми" -" не повинні нехтувати тим, що ми представляємо. Отже, що не повинно бути в " -"Оdoo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402 -msgid "" -"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " -"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " -"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " -"the same, with our providers." -msgstr "" -"DIOT - це інформаційне повідомлення про операції з третіми сторонами (DIOT)," -" яке є додатковим зобов'язанням з ПДВ, де ми повинні надавати статус наших " -"операцій третім сторонам або те, що вважається таким же, з нашими " -"постачальниками." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:407 -msgid "" -"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" -" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " -"to. submit the DIOT:" -msgstr "" -"Це стосується як окремих осіб, так і моралі, тому, якщо ми маємо ПДВ для " -"подання до SAT, а також стосується постачальників, це необхідно. надішліть " -"DIOT:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:412 -msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:414 -msgid "" -"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " -"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " -"find in the SAT website." -msgstr "" -"Просто представляти DIOT, оскільки, як і весь формат, ви можете отримати " -"його на сторінці SAT, це електронний формат A-29, який ви можете знайти на " -"веб-сайті SAT." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 -msgid "" -"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " -"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " -"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " -"to said data." -msgstr "" -"Щомісяця, якщо у вас є операції з третіми сторонами, необхідно представити " -"DIOT, так само, як ми робимо з ПДВ, так що якщо у січні ми маємо угоди з " -"постачальниками, то до лютого ми повинні представити інформацію, що " -"стосується вказаних даних." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 -msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 -msgid "" -"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " -"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " -"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете представити DIOT по-різному, залежно від того, який ви виберете, і" -" який буде вам більш зручним, ніж ви будете представляти щомісяця або " -"кожного разу, коли ви маєте справу з постачальниками." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 -msgid "" -"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " -"this after having made up to 500 records." -msgstr "" -"Формат A-29 є електронним, так що ви можете його представити на сторінці " -"SAT, але це після того, як складете до 500 записів." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 -msgid "" -"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " -"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " -"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such" -" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " -"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як ці 500 записів буде внесено до SAT, ви повинні подати їх до " -"Адміністрації Служб місцевих податківців платників податків (ALSC) " -"відповідно до вашої податкової адреси, ці записи можуть бути представлені на" -" цифровому носії інформації, такі як компакт-диск або USB, який після " -"перевірки ви будете повернуті, так що не сумнівайтеся в тому, що у вас " -"залишиться ці записи і, звичайно, ваш компакт-диск або USB." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:440 -msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 -msgid "" -"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " -"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " -"according to the SAT site is:" -msgstr "" -"Переглядаючи офіційні документи SAT на DIOT, ви знайдете пакетне " -"завантаження, і, звичайно, перше, що ми думаємо, що це таке?, І відповідно " -"до сайту SAT:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 -msgid "" -"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " -"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " -"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of" -" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the " -"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " -"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." -msgstr "" -"\"Пакетне завантаження\" - це конвертація баз даних записів про транзакції з" -" постачальниками, здійснені платниками податків у текстових файлах (.txt). " -"Ці файли мають необхідну структуру для їх застосування та імпорту в систему " -"інформаційної декларації операцій з третіми сторонами, уникаючи прямого " -"захоплення, а отже, оптимізації часу, вкладеного в його інтеграцію, для " -"презентації у часі та формі для SAT." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:453 -msgid "" -"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " -"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " -"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " -"Third Parties." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете використовувати його для представлення DIOT, оскільки це " -"допускається, що полегшить вам цю операцію, щоб її не було, щоб не " -"відповідати SAT у зв'язку з інформацією про операції з третіми сторонами." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:458 -msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." -msgstr "Ви можете знайти `офіційну інформацію тут`_." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:461 -msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:463 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " -"with third partied (DIOT)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:467 -msgid "" -"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " -"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." -msgstr "" -"Коли з'явиться вікно звіту, виберіть минулий місяць, щоби повідомити " -"безпосередньо до місяця, який ви перебуваєте, або залиште поточний місяць, " -"якщо це вам підходить." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 -msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." -msgstr "Натисніть \"Експорт (TXT)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 -msgid "" -"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " -"the necessary steps to declare it." -msgstr "" -"Зберігайте в безпечному місці завантажений файл і перейдіть на веб-сайт SAT " -"і дотримуйтесь необхідних інструкцій, щоб оголосити його." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481 -msgid "" -"Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:483 -msgid "" -"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " -"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " -"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else " -"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" -" suppliers." -msgstr "" -"Всі постачальники повинні встановити поля на вкладці обліку під назвою " -"\"Інформація DIOT\", поле *L10N Mx Nationality* заповнюється, просто " -"виберіть відповідну країну в адресі, вам не потрібно робити нічого іншого, " -"але *L10N Mx Тип операції* повинен бути заповнений вами у всіх ваших " -"постачальників." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:490 -msgid "" -"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " -"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " -"properly configured already." -msgstr "" -"Існує 3 варіанти ПДВ для цього звіту, 16%, 0% та звільнення від " -"оподаткування, рядок рахунку в odoo вважається звільненим від оподаткування," -" якщо податок не нараховується, а інші 2 податки вже належним чином " -"налаштовані." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 -msgid "" -"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" -" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " -"following standard odoo procedure." -msgstr "" -"Не забудьте заплатити рахунок-фактуру, який відображає оплату заздалегідь, " -"потрібно спочатку попросити рахунок-фактуру, а потім сплатити його та " -"правильно узгодити платіж за стандартною процедурою odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 -msgid "" -"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " -"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " -"itself." -msgstr "" -"Вам не потрібні всі дані про партнерів, заповнені, щоб спробувати створити " -"рахунок-фактуру постачальника, ви можете виправити цю інформацію під час " -"створення звіту." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:499 -msgid "" -"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " -"paid." -msgstr "" -"Пам'ятайте, що у цьому звіті відображаються лише фактичні рахунки " -"постачальників." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 -msgid "" -"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " -"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " -"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use" -" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it " -"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " -"your partners are correctly set." -msgstr "" -"Якщо деякі з цих міркувань не враховуються, таке повідомлення з'являється " -"при створенні протоколу DIOT по протоколу TXT з усіма партнерами, для яких " -"потрібно перевірити цей окремий звіт, тому ми рекомендуємо використовувати " -"цей звіт не лише для експортування вашої юридичної зобов'язання, але " -"створити його до кінця місяця та використовувати його як свій аудиторський " -"процес, щоб правильно встановити всіх ваших партнерів." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:513 -msgid "Extra Recommended features" -msgstr "Додаткові рекомендовані функції" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 -msgid "Contact Module (Free)" -msgstr "Контактний модуль (безкоштовно)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518 -msgid "" -"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " -"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " -"install." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете належним чином керувати своїми клієнтами, постачальниками та " -"адресами цього модуля, навіть якщо це не є технічною потребою, рекомендуємо " -"його встановити." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:524 -msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "Мультивалютність (вимагає застосування бухгалтерського обліку)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:526 -msgid "" -"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " -"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" -" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with " -"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate " -"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " -"information daily in the system manually." -msgstr "" -"У Мексиці майже всі компанії надсилають та отримують платежі в різних " -"валютах, якщо ви хочете керувати такою можливостю, то вам слід ввімкнути " -"функцію мультивалют, і ви повинні включити синхронізацію з **Banxico**, така" -" функція дозволяє отримати правильний обмінний курс, автоматично " -"завантажений від SAT і не турбуючись про те, щоб цю інформацію вручну " -"вводити щодня в систему." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 -msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." -msgstr "Перейдіть до налаштувань і ввімкніть функцію мультивалютності." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 -msgid "" -"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " -"3.3)" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:12 +msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" msgstr "" -"Увімкнення явних помилок на CFDI за допомогою локального валідатора XSD " -"(CFDI 3.3)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:542 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:14 msgid "" -"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " -"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." +"As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of" +" your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. " +"However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can " +"activate only the ones relevant for your business." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:19 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" +"To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " +"tax." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічний --> Дії --> Дії " -"сервера`" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:548 -msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -msgstr "Шукайте дію під назвою \"Завантажити файли XSD до CFDI\"" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 -msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -msgstr "Натисніть кнопку \"Створити контекстну дію\"" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550 -msgid "" -"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " -"Companies`" -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до форми компанії :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Користувачі та " -"компанії --> Компанії`" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 -msgid "Open any company you have." -msgstr "Відкрийте будь-яку вашу компанію." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:575 -msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -msgstr "Натисніть \"Дія\", а потім \"Завантажити файл XSD в CFDI\"." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 -msgid "" -"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " -"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " -"generic one with no explanation." -msgstr "" -"Тепер ви можете створити рахунок-фактуру з будь-якою помилкою (наприклад, " -"товар без коду, який є досить поширеним явищем), а замість загальної не " -"вказано явну помилку." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 -msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "Якщо ви бачите помилку, подібну до цієї:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 -msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" -msgstr "Сгенерований cfd недійсний" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 -msgid "" -"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " -"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" -msgstr "" -"атрибут decl 'TipoRelacion', атрибут 'type': значення QName " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' не " -"вирішується до визначення (n) простого типу., рядок 36" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 -msgid "" -"This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " -"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " -"but:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 -msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "Перейдіть до компанії, в якій виникає помилка." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 -msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:583 -msgid "" -"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 -msgid "" -"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:592 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " -"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " -"properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:636 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:667 -msgid "**Error messages**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:598 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:31 msgid "" -"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing." +"To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:602 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:41 msgid "" -"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing." +"Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " +"the following table to see where they are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " -"partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" -" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " -"which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " -"possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " -"considerations about fiscal positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:613 -msgid "" -"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " -"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " -"set 601, it will look like the image." -msgstr "" -"Ви повинні перейти до налаштування схеми оподаткування та встановити " -"правильний код (це перші 3 номери в назві), наприклад, для тесту, який слід " -"встановити на 601, він буде виглядати як зображення." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:620 -msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " -"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:623 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:654 -msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "**Повідомлення про помилку**:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:625 -msgid "" -"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:631 -msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:638 -msgid "" -"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Name `" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:656 -msgid "" -"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:644 -msgid "" -"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:647 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " -"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " -"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" -"info`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:661 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" -" Mexico, fix it." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice `" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:669 -msgid "" -"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Group `" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:672 -msgid "" -"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.\", '')" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Back end" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:676 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" -" used on the invoice." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 -msgid "Netherlands" -msgstr "Нідерланди" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 -msgid "XAF Export" -msgstr "Експорт XAF " - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 -msgid "" -"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" -" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" -" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " -"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" msgstr "" -"Після встановлення голландської локалізації бухобліку ви зможете " -"експортувати всі записи бухгалтерії у форматі XAF. Для цього треба перейти " -"до: :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> Загальний журнал`, ви " -"визначаєте записи, які ви хочете експортувати за допомогою фільтрів (період," -" журнали, ...), а потім натисніть на кнопку **ЕКСПОРТ (XAF)**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 -msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" -msgstr "Голландська бухгалтерська звітність" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " -"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:53 +msgid "Basic Options" msgstr "" -"Якщо ви встановите голландську локалізацію бухгалтерського обліку, ви " -"матимете доступ до деяких звітів, специфічних для Нідерландів, таких як:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 -msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" -msgstr "Податковий звіт (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 -msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" -msgstr "Звіт Intrastat (ICP)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 -msgid "Spain" -msgstr "Іспанія" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:58 +msgid "Tax Name" +msgstr "Назва податку" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 -msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Іспанський план рахунків" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:60 msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " -"default:" +"The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " +":ref:`label ` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " +"Products, etc." msgstr "" -"В Odoo існує кілька іспанських планів рахунків, доступних за замовчуванням:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 -msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" -msgstr "PGCE PYMEs 2008" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 -msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" -msgstr "PGCE Completo 2008" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 -msgid "PGCE Entitades" -msgstr "PGCE Entitades" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 -msgid "" -"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " -"Localization** section." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете вибрати той, який ви хочете, перейшовши в меню: " -":menuselection:`Бухблік --> Налаштування`, потім виберіть потрібний пакет у " -"розділі **Фінансова локалізація**." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Tax Computation" +msgstr "Розрахунок податку" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " -"default." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:68 +msgid "**Group of Taxes**" msgstr "" -"Коли ви створюєте нову базу даних SaaS, PGCE PYMEs 2008 встановлюється за " -"замовчуванням." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 -msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" -msgstr "Іспанська бухгалтерська звітність" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:70 msgid "" -"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" -" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +"The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " +"you want, in the order you want them to be applied." msgstr "" -"Якщо іспанська локалізація бухобліку встановлена, ви матимете доступ до " -"бухгалтерських звітів, специфічних для Іспанії:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" -msgstr "Податковий звіт (Modelo 111)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" -msgstr "Податковий звіт (Modelo 115)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" -msgstr "Податковий звіт (Modelo 303)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 -msgid "Switzerland" -msgstr "Швейцарія" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 -msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" -msgstr "ISR (платіж із платіжною карткою з референтним номером)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:74 msgid "" -"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " -"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " -"ISR*." +"Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " +"may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " +":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones `." msgstr "" -"ISR - платіжні доручення, що використовуються у Швейцарії. Ви можете " -"надрукувати їх безпосередньо з Odoo. На рахунках клієнта є нова кнопка під " -"назвою *Друк ISR*." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " -"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " -"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:78 +msgid "**Fixed**" msgstr "" -"На дисплеї з'явиться кнопка *Друк ISR*. У рахунку-фактурі вказано правильний" -" банківський рахунок. Ви можете використовувати CH6309000000250097798 як " -"номер банківського рахунку та 010391391 як посилання CHF ISR." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 -msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." -msgstr "Потім ви відкриваєте PDF з ISR." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:80 msgid "" -"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " -"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " -"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " -"Reports` and tick this box :" +"The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " +"same, regardless of the Sales Price." msgstr "" -"Існує два макети для ISR: один з, і один без банківських координат. Щоб " -"вибрати, який з них використовувати, є можливість друкувати банківську " -"інформацію на ISR. Щоб його активувати, зайдіть в :menuselection:`Бухоблік " -"--> Налаштування --> Налаштування --> Бухгалтерські звіти` і позначте це :" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 -msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" -msgstr "Оновлення валюти онлайн" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:83 msgid "" -"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " -"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " -"you want." +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " +"fixed* tax. We then have:" msgstr "" -"Ви можете автоматично оновлювати свої валюти на основі Федеральної " -"податкової адміністрації зі Швейцарії. Для цього зайдіть на " -":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування`, активізувати налаштування " -"мультивалютності і вибрати потрібну послугу." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 -msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" -msgstr "Оновлене ПДВ до січня 2018" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" -" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" -" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Product's Sales Price" msgstr "" -"З 1 січня 2018 року в Швейцарії будуть застосовуватися нові знижені ставки " -"ПДВ. Нормальна ставка на рівні 8,0% перейде на 7,7%, а спеціальна ставка для" -" готельного сектору зміниться з 3,8% до 3,7%." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 -msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" -msgstr "Як оновити свої податки в Odoo Enterprise (SaaS або On Premise)?" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " -"have to do anything." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Price without tax" msgstr "" -"Якщо у вас є версія V11.1, вся робота вже виконана, вам не потрібно нічого " -"робити." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " -"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " -":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " -"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " -"\"upgrade\"`." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви почали працювати на більш ранній версії, спочатку потрібно оновити " -"модуль \"Швейцарія - Звіти про бухгалтерський облік\". Для цього перейдіть " -"до :menuselection:`Додатки --> видаліть фільтр \"Додатки\" --> знайдіть " -"\"Швейцарія - Звіти про бухгалтерський облік\" --> відкрийте модуль --> " -"натисніть \"оновити\"`." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Tax" +msgstr "Податок" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " -"rates." -msgstr "" -"Як тільки це буде зроблено, ви можете працювати над створенням нових " -"податків для оновлених ставок." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Total" +msgstr "Разом" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 -msgid "" -"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " -"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " -"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " -"transactions." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000" msgstr "" -"**Не пригнічуйте чи змінюйте існуючі податки** (8.0% та 3.8%). Ви хочете " -"зберегти їх, оскільки вам доведеться скористатись обома ставками на короткий" -" період часу. Замість цього не забудьте архівувати їх, коли ви закодуєте всі" -" ваші транзакції 2017." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 -msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" -msgstr "Створення таких податків має здійснюватися наступним чином:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 -msgid "" -"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " -"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" -msgstr "" -"**Податки на купівлю**: скопіюйте початковий податок, змініть його назву, " -"мітку в рахунку-фактурі, ставку та податкову групу (застосовується лише з " -"v10)." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "10" +msgstr "10" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 -msgid "" -"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" -" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" -" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "1,010.00" msgstr "" -"**Податки на продаж**: скопіюйте початковий податок, змініть його назву, " -"мітку в рахунку-фактурі, ставку та податкову групу (застосовується лише з " -"v10). Оскільки звіт пдв тепер показує подробиці старих та нових ставок, ви " -"також повинні встановити відповідні теги" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 -msgid "" -"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " -"grid 302 tax" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:92 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**" msgstr "" -"Для податків 7,7%: Швейцарська форма ПДВ: сітка 302 бази, Швейцарія ПДВ " -"Форма: сітка 302 податок" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:94 msgid "" -"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " -"grid 342 tax" +"The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " +"multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." msgstr "" -"Для податків 3,7%: Швейцарська форма ПДВ: сітка 342 база, Швейцарія ПДВ " -"Форма: сітка 342 податок" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:97 msgid "" -"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " -"included in Odoo by default" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax. We then have:" msgstr "" -"Нижче наведено, як приклади, правильну конфігурацію для всіх податків, " -"включених в Odoo за умовчанням" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Name**" -msgstr "**Назва податку**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Rate**" -msgstr "**Ставка**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Label on Invoice**" -msgstr "**Мітка в рахунку-фактурі**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" -msgstr "**Податкова група (діє з V10)**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Scope**" -msgstr "**Податкова сфера**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tag**" -msgstr "**Тег**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" -msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "7.7%" -msgstr "7.7%" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -msgid "7.7% achat" -msgstr "7.7% achat" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "TVA 7.7%" -msgstr "TVA 7.7%" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "Купівлі" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" -msgstr "Форма швейцарського ПДВ: сітка 400" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -msgid "7.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "7.7% achat Incl." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" -msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -msgid "7.7% invest." -msgstr "7.7% invest." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" -msgstr "Форма швейцарського ПДВ: сітка 405" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." -msgstr "7.7% invest. Incl." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" -msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "3.7%" -msgstr "3.7%" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -msgid "3.7% achat" -msgstr "3.7% achat" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "TVA 3.7%" -msgstr "TVA 3.7%" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "3.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "3.7% achat Incl." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" -msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -msgid "3.7% invest" -msgstr "3.7% invest" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "3.7% invest Incl." -msgstr "3.7% invest Incl." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" -msgstr "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Продажі" +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "1,100.00" msgstr "" -"Форма ПДВ Швейцарія: сітка 302 база, Швейцарія Форма ПДВ: сітка 302 пдв" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "7.7% Incl." -msgstr "7.7% Incl." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" -msgstr "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:107 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" msgstr "" -"Форма ПДВ Швейцарія: сітка 342 база, Швейцарія Форма ПДВ: сітка 342 пдв" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "3.7% Incl." -msgstr "3.7% Incl." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:109 msgid "" -"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " -"odoo.com/help." +"The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " +"Total." msgstr "" -"Якщо у вас є запитання чи зауваження, зв'яжіться з нашою підтримкою за " -"допомогою odoo.com/help." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:111 msgid "" -"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" -" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " -"your fiscal positions accordingly." +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "1,111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:124 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Активно" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:126 +msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:129 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" +" can deactivate them to prevent future use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:133 +msgid "" +"This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " +"` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:139 +msgid "Tax Scope" +msgstr "Сфера податку" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " +"where it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:143 +msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:144 +msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:145 +msgid "**None**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " +"Taxes ` but that you don't want to list along with other " +"Sales or Purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:154 +msgid "Definition tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " +"the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:163 +msgid "**Based On**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:165 +msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:166 +msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:168 +msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:169 +msgid "" +"**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports " +"<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your" +" country's regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:180 +msgid "Label on Invoices" +msgstr "Мітки на рахунках" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " +"column. This is the :ref:`label ` visible to *front end* " +"users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:193 +msgid "Tax Group" +msgstr "Група податків" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " +":ref:`label ` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " +"invoices, and the Customer Portals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " +"when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " +"Positions `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:205 +msgid "" +"In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " +"Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." +" Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the " +"Invoice ` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, " +"above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:213 +msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" +msgstr "Включити в аналітичні витрати" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:215 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " +"**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:221 +msgid "Included in Price" +msgstr "Включено в ціну" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:223 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" +" Price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:225 +msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:227 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "900.10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "90.9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:238 +msgid "" +"If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," +" please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " +"*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** " +"field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:246 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " +"are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and " +"select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:253 +msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" +msgstr "Впливає на базу дочірніх податків" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:255 +msgid "" +"With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " +"other taxes applied to the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:258 +msgid "" +"You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes ` to include" +" this tax, or add it directly to a product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " +"amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " +"tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:270 +msgid "" +"To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " +"names." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:282 +msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 +msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " +"provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" +" VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " +"This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " +"number without leaving Odoo interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 +msgid "VAT Number validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " +"**Country** and **VAT** fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" +" error message if the VAT number is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " +"fields' validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"`European Commission: VIES search engine " +"`__" msgstr "" -"Не забувайте оновлювати свою схему оподаткування. Якщо у вас є версія 11.1 " -"(або вище), нічого не робіть. В іншому випадку вам також доведеться " -"відповідно оновити свою схему оподаткування." #: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 @@ -7447,8 +9509,8 @@ msgid "Adviser" msgstr "Консультант" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" -msgstr "Як управляти фінансовим бюджетом?" +msgid "Manage a financial budget" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -7720,50 +9782,13 @@ msgstr "" "теоретична сума становитиме 1000, оскільки це реальна сума, яку можна було б" " реалізувати." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 -msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" -msgstr "Автоматичне сторнування бухгалтерського запису" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific " -"date." -msgstr "" -"Можливо, вам потрібне автоматичне сторнування бухгалтерського запису на " -"певну дату." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 -msgid "" -"This is, for example, used when you make a provision (e.g. provision for bad" -" debt). When making the accounting entry for the provision, the amount you " -"entered is only an estimated amount. You will only be sure of the amount at " -"the end of the fiscal year. That's why, at that point, you want the " -"accounting entry to be reversed to be able to enter the real loss that " -"occurred." -msgstr "" -"Це, наприклад, використовується, коли ви робите реєстрацію (наприклад, " -"реєструєте ненадійного боржника). При внесенні запису реєстрації, сума, яку " -"ви вводили, є лише приблизною. Ви будете впевнені у сумі лише наприкінці " -"звітного періоду. Ось чому на той момент ви хочете, щоби бухгалтерський " -"запис сторнувався, аби мати можливість вводити реальні витрати." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 -msgid "" -"For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the " -"journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be " -"reversed at that date." -msgstr "" -"Для цього потрібно просто позначити \"Автоматичне сторнування\" на записі " -"журналу і визначити дату сторнування. Бухгалтерський запис буде сторновано " -"на цю дату." - #: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" msgstr "Аналітика" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" -msgstr "Як відстежувати витрати, співробітників та субпідряд?" +msgid "Track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -7998,8 +10023,8 @@ msgstr "" " обліковим записом." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" -msgstr "Як відстежувати витрати на людські ресурси з розкладом?" +msgid "Track costs of human resources with timesheets" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9353,10 +11378,6 @@ msgstr "" "товару, використовується для резервування різниці між середньою ціною та " "початковою ціною закупки." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 -msgid "Multicurrency" -msgstr "Мультивалютність" - #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" msgstr "Облік курсових різниць під час оплати" @@ -9516,8 +11537,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 @@ -9526,9 +11547,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 -msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" -msgstr "Як діє мультивалютність в Odoo?" +msgid "Odoo's multi-currency system" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -9682,6 +11702,10 @@ msgstr "" "реєструєте платежі. Якщо валюта заповнена, це означає, що ви можете " "зареєструвати платежі лише в цій валюті." +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 +msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgstr "Як діє мультивалютність в Odoo?" + #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -9772,8 +11796,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`exchange`" msgstr ":doc:`exchange`" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" -msgstr "Як керувати рахунками та оплатою в мультивалютності Odoo?" +msgid "Manage invoices and payment in multiple currencies" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -9877,492 +11901,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works`" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Звітність" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" -msgstr "Як створити персоналізовані звіти за допомогою власних формул?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " -"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " -"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " -"ever." -msgstr "" -"Odoo 13 оснащена потужною та зручною системою звітування. Створювати нові " -"звіти (наприклад, податковий звіт, або баланс, або звіт про прибутки та " -"прибутки з певними угрупованнями та компонуванням), щоби відповідати вашим " -"потребам, тепер простіше, ніж будь-коли." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "Активуйте режим розробника" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" -" activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:20 -msgid "Create your financial report" -msgstr "Створіть свій фінансовий звіт" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 -msgid "" -"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" -msgstr "" -"По-перше, вам потрібно створити свій фінансовий звіт. Для цього перейдіть до" -" :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Фінансові звіти`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " -"configured:" -msgstr "Після введення назви необхідно встановити ще два параметри:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 -msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" -msgstr "**Показати кредитні та дебетові стовпці**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:33 -msgid "**Analysis Period** :" -msgstr "**Аналіз періоду** :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:35 -msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" -msgstr "На основі діапазонів дат (напр. Доходи та Витрати)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 -msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" -msgstr "На основі однієї дати (напр. Звіт балансу)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " -"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" -msgstr "" -"На основі діапазонів дат зі стовпцями \"старі\" та \"загальні\" та останніми" -" 3 місяцями (наприклад, Звіт розрахунків з партнерами)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 -msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" -msgstr "" -"На основі діапазонів дат та нарахування касовим методом (наприклад, Звіт про" -" рух грошових коштів)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 -msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" -msgstr "Додайте рядки у власні звіти" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 -msgid "" -"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " -"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " -"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." -msgstr "" -"Після створення звіту потрібно заповнити його рядками. Всім їм потрібна " -"**назва**, **код** (який використовується для позначення рядків), " -"**порядковий номер** і рівень (використовується для рендерингу рядка)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" -" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " -"separated by ;)" -msgstr "" -"У полі **формул** ви можете додати одну чи кілька формул, щоби призначити " -"значення для колонки балансу (а дебетовий та кредитний стовпчик, якщо " -"потрібно, розділений;)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:59 -msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" -msgstr "У формулі є декілька об'єктів:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:61 -msgid "" -"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " -"date range)." -msgstr "" -"``Nднів`` : кількість днів у вибраному періоді (для звітів з діапазоном " -"дат)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " -"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" -msgstr "" -"Інший звіт, на який посилається його код. Використовуйте ``.balance`` для " -"отримання значення балансу (також доступні ``.credit``, ``.debit`` та " -"``.amount_residual``)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " -"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " -"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " -"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " -"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " -"by one of their columns." -msgstr "" -"Рядок також може базуватися на сумі рядків переміщення рахунку у вибраному " -"домені. У цьому випадку вам потрібно заповнити поле домену доменом Odoo в " -"об'єкті переміщення профілю. Тоді в полі формул доступний додатковий об'єкт," -" а саме ``sum``, сума рядків переміщення рахунку в домені. Ви також можете " -"використовувати групу за полями для групування рядків переміщення рахунку за" -" одним зі стовпців." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:75 -msgid "Other useful fields :" -msgstr "Інші корисні поля:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 -msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." -msgstr "**Тип** : тип результату формули." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:79 -msgid "" -"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " -"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." -msgstr "" -"**Чи добре зростання чи погане**: використовується при обчисленні стовпчика " -"порівняння. Перевірте, чи є зростання хорошим (відображається зеленим " -"кольором) чи ні." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:82 -msgid "" -"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" -" same dates as the rest of the report." -msgstr "" -"**Спеціальна зміна дат**: якщо певний рядок у звіті не повинен " -"використовувати ті самі дати, що й решта частина звіту." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " -"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " -"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." -msgstr "" -"**Показати домен**: як відображається домен рядка. Можна згортати (``за " -"замовчуванням``, приховано на початку, але може бути розгорнуто), ``завжди``" -" (завжди відображається) або ``ніколи`` (ніколи не відображається)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 -msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" -msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 -msgid "What are the main reports available?" -msgstr "Які основні звіти доступні в Odoo?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" -msgstr "" -"Окрім звітів, створених спеціально в кожному локальному модулі, доступні " -"кілька дуже корисних **загальних** та **динамічних звітів** для всіх країн:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 -msgid "**Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "**Бухгалтерський звіт**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 -msgid "**Profit and Loss**" -msgstr "**Доходи та витрати**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 -msgid "**Chart of Account**" -msgstr "**План рахунку**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 -msgid "**Executive Summary**" -msgstr "**Управлінський звіт**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 -msgid "**General Ledger**" -msgstr "**Загальна бухгалтерська книга**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 -msgid "**Aged Payable**" -msgstr "**Розрахунки з кредиторами**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 -msgid "**Aged Receivable**" -msgstr "**Розрахунки з дебіторами**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 -msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" -msgstr "**Звіт про рух грошових коштів**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 -msgid "**Tax Report**" -msgstr "**Податковий звіт**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "**Узгодження банківських виписок**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете коментувати всі звіти, щоб надрукувати їх і повідомити свого " -"радника. Експортувати в xls для керування додатковим аналізом. Перегляньте " -"докладніші відомості (платежі, рахунки-фактури, публікації журналів тощо) у " -"розділі звітів." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете порівняти значення з іншим періодом. Виберіть, скільки " -"періодів ви хочете порівняти з вибраним періодом часу. Ви можете обрати до " -"12 періодів з дати опублікування звіту, якщо ви не бажаєте використовувати " -"параметр **Попередній 1 Період**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." -msgstr "" -"У **Бухгалтерському балансі** показано знімок активів, зобов'язань та " -"власного капіталу вашої організації за певною датою." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 -msgid "Profit and Loss" -msgstr "Доходи і витрати" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." -msgstr "" -"Звіт про **Доходи та витрати** (або **Звіт про прибутки**) відображає чистий" -" дохід вашої організації, вираховуючи витрати з доходу за звітний період." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 -msgid "Chart of account" -msgstr "План рахунків" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 -msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." -msgstr "Список всіх ваших рахунків, згрупованих за класом." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 -msgid "Executive Summary" -msgstr "Управлінський звіт" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." -msgstr "" -"**Управлінський звіт** дозволяє швидко переглянути всі важливі дані, " -"необхідні для керування вашою компанією." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" -msgstr "" -"У дуже простих термінах, це те, про що повідомляє кожен з пунктів цього " -"розділу:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Performance:**" -msgstr "**Продуктивність:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 -msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" -msgstr "**Валовий прибуток:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." -msgstr "" -"Внесок кожного окремого продажу, здійсненого вашим бізнесом, за вирахуванням" -" будь-яких прямих витрат, необхідних для здійснення цих продажів (таких, як " -"робоча сировина, матеріали тощо)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 -msgid "**Net profit margin:**" -msgstr "**Чистий прибуток:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." -msgstr "" -"Внесок кожного окремого продажу, здійсненого вашим бізнесом, за вирахуванням" -" будь-яких прямих витрат, необхідних для здійснення цих продажів, а також " -"будь-яких фіксованих накладних витрат вашої компанії (такі, як орендна " -"плата, електроенергія, податки, які потрібно оплатити в результаті цих " -"продажів)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr "**Повернення інвестицій (прибуток/активи):**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " -"make those profits." -msgstr "" -"Відношення чистого прибутку до суми активів, які компанія використовувала " -"для отримання цього прибутку." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Position:**" -msgstr "**Позиція:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr "**Середній час закриття дебіторської заборгованості:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." -msgstr "" -"Середня кількість днів, протягом яких ваші клієнти платять вам (повністю) по" -" всім рахункам клієнтів." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "**Середній час закриття кредиторської заборгованості:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" -" all your bills." -msgstr "" -"Середня кількість днів, протягом яких ви платите своїм постачальникам " -"(повністю) по всім вашим рахункам." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr "**Короткостроковий готівковий прогноз:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 -msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." -msgstr "" -"Скільки очікується грошового обігу у вашій компанії протягом наступного " -"місяця, тобто баланс вашого **рахунку продажу** протягом місяця, за " -"вирахуванням залишку **рахунку закупівель** за місяць." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" -msgstr "**Відношення активів до зобов'язань:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." -msgstr "" -"Також називається **поточним співвідношенням**, це співвідношення поточних " -"активів (активів, які можуть бути перетворені на грошові кошти протягом " -"року) до поточних зобов'язань (зобов'язання, які будуть сплачуватись у " -"наступному році). Як правило, це використовується як показник здатності " -"компанії обслуговувати свої борги." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 -msgid "General Ledger" -msgstr "Загальна бухгалтерська книга" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." -msgstr "" -"**Звіт загальної бухгалтерської книги** відображає всі транзакції з усіх " -"рахунків за вибраний діапазон дат. У початковому зведеному звіті " -"відображаються підсумки для кожного рахунку, а звідти можна переглянути " -"детальний звіт про транзакцію або будь-які винятки. Цей звіт корисний для " -"перевірки кожної транзакції, яка відбулася протягом певного періоду часу." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 -msgid "Aged Payable" -msgstr "Протермінована оплата" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." -msgstr "" -"Запустіть **звіт розрахунків з кредиторами**, щоби відобразити інформацію " -"про окремі рахунки, повернення та переплати за вами, а також про те, скільки" -" часу вони не сплачені." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 -msgid "Aged Receivable" -msgstr "Протермінована дебіторська заборгованість" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." -msgstr "" -"Звіт про **розрахунки з дебіторами** відображає рахунки-фактури продажу, які" -" очікували на оплату протягом вибраного місяця та за кілька місяців до " -"цього." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 -msgid "Cash Flow Statement" -msgstr "Звіт про рух грошових коштів" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 -msgid "" -"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." -msgstr "" -"Звіт про **рух грошових коштів** показує, як зміни у звіту балансу рахунків " -"та доходів впливають на грошові кошти та їх еквіваленти, а також порушує " -"аналіз до операційної, інвестиційної та фінансової діяльності." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 -msgid "Tax Report" -msgstr "Податковий звіт" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 -msgid "" -"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " -"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." -msgstr "" -"Цей звіт дозволяє переглянути суми **чистих** та **податкових сум** за всі " -"податки, згруповані за типом (продаж/купівля)." - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Розпочніть" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 msgid "Chart of Accounts" msgstr "План рахунків" @@ -10452,10 +11996,6 @@ msgid "" "indicates the account's purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "Тип" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 msgid "" "Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" @@ -10602,10 +12142,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 -msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "Типові податки" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 msgid "" "Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " @@ -10697,88 +12233,271 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" -msgstr "Як встановити бухоблік Odoo?" +msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " -"different screens you will need." +"When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" +" welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" +" get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close " +"it." msgstr "" -"У програмі Бухоблік Odoo є помічник із впровадження, якого слід " -"дотримуватися, щоб налаштувати додаток. Це покроковий помічник із різними " -"посиланнями, які вам знадобляться." #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " -"`__, you " -"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " -"implementation guide." +"The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"Після того, як ви встановили модуль бухгалтерського обліку, " -"`__, потрібно " -"натиснути на верхню праву панель процесу, щоб отримати доступ до посібника " -"із впровадження." -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 -msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" -msgstr "Помічник із впровадження допоможе вам виконати наступні кроки:" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Completing your company settings" -msgstr "Заповнення налаштувань вашої компанії" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" +" Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " +"creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes " +"are ready-to-go. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" -msgstr "Записи у свої банківські рахунки" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" -msgstr "Вибір плану рахунків " +msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" -msgstr "Підтвердження звичайних податкових ставок" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" -msgstr "Встановлення будь-якої іноземної валюти" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 -msgid "Importing your customers" -msgstr "Імпорт ваших клієнтів" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Importing your suppliers" -msgstr "Імпорт ваших постачальників" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Importing your products" -msgstr "Імпорт ваших товарів" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" -msgstr "Імпорт ваших неузгоджених транзакцій" +msgid "" +"The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 -msgid "Importing your starting balances" -msgstr "Імпорт початкових балансів" +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 -msgid "Define the users for accounting" -msgstr "Визначення користувачів бухобліку" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " -"bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " -"configuration of Odoo." +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 +msgid "Company Data" +msgstr "Дані компанії" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 +msgid "" +"This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " +"address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " +"number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " +"Info**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Bank Account" +msgstr "Банківський рахунок" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " +"*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " +"Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information " +"about Bank Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Accounting Periods" +msgstr "Бухгалтерські періоди" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" +" to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " +"along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " +"date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " +"indicate their initial opening balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " +"Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " +"arrow button* at the end of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here ` for more information on how to " +"configure your Chart of Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 +msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 +msgid "" +"There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " +"advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " +"onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app" +" rather than the Accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 +msgid "" +"If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " +"going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 +msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " +"onboarding banner `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 +msgid "Invoice Layout" +msgstr "Макет рахунка" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 +msgid "" +"With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" +" which layout tamplate, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 +msgid "" +"You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " +"*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " +"email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to " +"the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " +"Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" +" of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 +msgid "" +"These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 +msgid "Payment Method" +msgstr "Спосіб оплати" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 +msgid "" +"This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " +"can pay you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " +"Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " +"online, from their Customer Portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 +msgid "Sample Invoice" +msgstr "Зразок рахунка-фактури" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" +" configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 +msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" -"Після завершення цих кроків ви можете натиснути кнопку \"Позначити як " -"виконаний\" у нижній частині екрану. Таким чином, ви можете відстежувати " -"прогрес загальних налаштувань Odoo." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" @@ -11348,9 +13067,6 @@ msgstr "Дебіторська заборгованість" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Дебет" @@ -11362,9 +13078,6 @@ msgstr "Дебет" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Кредит" @@ -11372,17 +13085,6 @@ msgstr "Кредит" msgid "Invoice 1" msgstr "Рахунок 1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -msgid "100" -msgstr "100" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Payment 1.1" msgstr "Платіж 1.1" @@ -11513,9 +13215,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Account" msgstr "Рахунок" @@ -11525,8 +13224,6 @@ msgstr "Рахунок" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:142 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "Розрахунок з дебіторами" @@ -11550,8 +13247,6 @@ msgstr "Чек 0123" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:144 msgid "Bank" msgstr "Банк" @@ -12202,6 +13897,11 @@ msgstr "" "попросить вас встановити наступний номер чеку у послідовності, а потім " "надрукувати всі чеки одночасно." +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Звітність" + #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" msgstr "Звіт розрахунків з кредиторами" @@ -12241,414 +13941,9 @@ msgstr ":doc:`customer_invoice`" msgid "Account Payables" msgstr "Облікові платежі" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 -msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" -msgstr "Як стежити за витратами працівників?" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" -" then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " -"most frequently are:" -msgstr "" -"Витрати працівників - це витрати від імені компанії. Потім компанія " -"відшкодовує ці витрати працівнику. Отримані квитанції на витрати найчастіше," -" такі:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 -msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," -msgstr "подорож авто, відшкодована на одиницю відстані (миля або кілометр)," - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 -msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," -msgstr "суми витрат, відшкодованих на підставі рахунку," - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 -msgid "" -"other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " -"carried out by the employee." -msgstr "" -"інші покупки, такі як канцелярські товари та книги, призначені для компанії," -" але виконані працівником." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " -"from the Apps module." -msgstr "" -"Щоб керувати витратами, потрібно встановити додаток **Відстеження витрат** " -"із модуля додатків." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " -"re-invoice your expenses to your customers." -msgstr "" -"Вам також потрібно буде встановити модуль **Управління продажами**, щоби " -"пересилати ваші витрати клієнтам." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " -"products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " -"products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses " -"Products` in the **Expenses** application." -msgstr "" -"Після встановлення цих модулей ви можете налаштувати різні товари, що " -"відображають типи витрат. Щоб створити перші товари, перейдіть до меню " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Витратні товари` у модулі **Витрати**." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 -msgid "Some examples of products can be:" -msgstr "Деякими прикладами товарів можуть бути:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 -msgid "**Travel (car)**" -msgstr "**Подорож (машина)**" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 -msgid "Product Type: Service" -msgstr "Тип товару: Послуга" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 -msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" -msgstr "" -"Політика щодо виставлення рахунків: рахунки залежать від часу та матеріалу" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" -msgstr "Політика рахунків витрат: за цінами продажу" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 -msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" -msgstr "Ціна продажу: 0,32" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " -"Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" -msgstr "" -"Одиниця вимірювання: км або миля (вам потрібно буде ввімкнути опцію " -"**Кілька одиниць вимірювань** у меню :menuselection:`Продажі --> " -"Налаштування`)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 -msgid "**Hotel**" -msgstr "**Готель**" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" -msgstr "Політика рахунків-фактур: за ціною" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 -msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" -msgstr "Одиниця вимірювання: одиниця" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " -"employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " -"customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the" -" hotel." -msgstr "" -"У цих прикладах перший товар буде витратним, який ми компенсуємо працівнику " -"на основі кількості км, які він зробив з власною машиною (наприклад, для " -"відвідування замовника): 0,32€ / км. Готель відшкодовується на основі " -"реальної вартості готелю." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " -"checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " -"material**. This invoicing policy means that, if the expense is related to a" -" customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що всі ці товари позначені на **Можна витратити**, а політика" -" виставлення рахунків встановлюється на **Рахунок-фактуру на основі часу та " -"матеріалів**. Ця політика щодо виставлення рахунків означає, що, якщо " -"витрати пов'язані із проектом клієнта/замовленням на продаж, Odoo буде " -"перерахувати ці витрати клієнту." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 -msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" -msgstr "Odoo підтримує два види витрат:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 -msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" -msgstr "витрати, оплачені працівником за свої кошти" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 -msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" -msgstr "витрати, оплачені компанією за допомогою кредитної картки" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 -msgid "The expenses workflow" -msgstr "Витрати робочого процесу" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 -msgid "Record a new expense" -msgstr "Запишіть нові витрати" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " -":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " -"personal expenses work that way:" -msgstr "" -"Кожен співробітник компанії може зареєструвати свої витрати із " -":menuselection:`Призначення витрат --> Мої витрати`. Робочий процес для " -"особистих витрат працює таким чином:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 -msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" -msgstr "працівник записує його витрати і подає його менеджеру" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 -msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" -msgstr "менеджер затверджує або відмовляє в оплаті" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 -msgid "the accountant post journal entries" -msgstr "запис у журналі бухгалтера" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 -msgid "" -"the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " -"with a payable account)" -msgstr "" -"компанія відшкодовує витрати працівника (працівник, як постачальник, має " -"платіжний рахунок)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 -msgid "" -"if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " -"the customer" -msgstr "" -"якщо витрати пов'язані з аналітичним рахунком, компанія може ревізувати " -"клієнта" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 -msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" -msgstr "Для кожної витрати працівник повинен записати щонайменше:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 -msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" -msgstr "опис: він повинен містити референс заявки/рахунка" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 -msgid "a product: the expense type" -msgstr "товар: вид витрат" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 -msgid "" -"a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" -" car)" -msgstr "" -"ціна (наприклад, готель) або кількість (наприклад, відшкодування за км, якщо" -" подорожувати власною машиною)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " -"photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " -"the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." -msgstr "" -"Залежно від політики компанії, йому, можливо, доведеться прикріпити скан чи " -"фотографію витрат. Для цього просто напишіть повідомлення у нижній частині " -"витрати зі скануванням рахунка/квитка у вкладці." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 -msgid "" -"If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" -" an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " -"might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get " -"this feature)." -msgstr "" -"Якщо витрати пов'язані з проектом клієнта, не забувайте встановлювати " -"аналітичний рахунок, пов'язаний із проектом клієнта або замовленням на " -"продаж (можливо, вам доведеться активувати аналітичні рахунки в " -"налаштуваннях бухобліку, щоб отримати цю функцію)." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " -"**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " -"expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як ціна буде повністю зафіксована, працівник повинен натиснути " -"кнопку **Надіслати менеджеру**. У деяких компаніях працівники повинні подати" -" свої витрати, згруповані в кінці місяця або наприкінці ділової поїздки." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 -msgid "" -"An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " -"action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." -msgstr "" -"Працівник може подати всі свої витрати в пакетному режимі, скориставшись " -"діями Відправити витрати зі списку витрат або невеликих значків у вигляді " -"списку." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 -msgid "Validation by the manager" -msgstr "Перевірка менеджером" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " -"manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " -"menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." -msgstr "" -"Менеджери повинні отримувати електронний лист за кожними затвердженими " -"витратами (менеджер працівника визначається у формі працівника). Вони можуть" -" скористатись меню **Підтвердити**, щоб перевірити всі витрати, які очікують" -" перевірки." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 -msgid "The manager can:" -msgstr "Менеджер може:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 -msgid "" -"discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " -"bill is missing);" -msgstr "" -"обговорити рахунок, щоби попросити додаткову інформацію (наприклад, якщо " -"сканування рахунку відсутнє);" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 -msgid "reject an expense;" -msgstr "відхилити витрати;" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 -msgid "approve an expense." -msgstr "затвердити витрати." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 -msgid "Control by the accountant" -msgstr "Контроль бухгалтера" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " -"by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " -"created and posted in your accounting." -msgstr "" -"Потім усі витрати, які було підтверджено менеджером, повинні бути " -"опубліковані бухгалтером. Коли виставляється рахунок, відповідний запис " -"журналу створюється та публікується у вашому рахунку." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " -"expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." -msgstr "" -"Якщо бухгалтер хоче створити лише один запис журналу для партії витрат, він " -"може розміщувати витрати в пакетному режимі зі списку всіх витрат." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 -msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" -msgstr "Розрахунки з клієнтами" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " -"the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " -"invoiced to the customer yet and will be included in the next invoice that " -"will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer" -" project)" -msgstr "" -"Якщо витрати були пов'язані з аналітичним рахунком, пов'язаним із " -"замовленням на продаж, який містить новий рядок, пов'язаний з витратами. Цей" -" рядок ще не виставлений ​​клієнту, і він буде включений до наступного " -"рахунка-фактури, який буде відправлений клієнту (оплата поїздки та " -"розміщення на проект клієнта)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 -msgid "" -"To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." -" (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " -"invoice all your orders in batch)" -msgstr "" -"Щоби виставити рахунок-фактуру клієнту, просто натисніть на кнопку рахунка-" -"фактури у своєму замовленні на продаж (або це буде зроблено автоматично " -"наприкінці тижня/місяця, якщо ви будете оплачувати всі ваші замовлення в " -"пакетному режимі)." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:170 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:173 -msgid "Reimburse the employee" -msgstr "Відшкодування працівнику" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:175 -msgid "" -"If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " -"reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" -" payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." -msgstr "" -"Якщо витрати були оплачені за власні кошти працівника, компанія повинна " -"відшкодувати їх. У такому випадку працівник з'явиться у звіті розрахунків з " -"кредиторами, поки компанія не відшкодує йому свої витрати." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:180 -msgid "" -"All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " -"due." -msgstr "" -"Все, що вам потрібно - це створити платіж цьому працівнику за суму, що йому " -"належить." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 -msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" -msgstr "Витрати, які не компенсуються клієнтам" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:189 -msgid "" -"If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " -"options:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо деякі витрати не потрібно повторно отримувати клієнтам, у вас є два " -"варіанти:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 -msgid "" -"if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " -"invoicing policy on the product:" -msgstr "" -"якщо є рішення виставляти рахунок чи ні стосується товару, змініть політику " -"виставлення рахунку на товар:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 -msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "**на основі часу та матеріалу**: компенсується клієнту" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:197 -msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "**на основі замовлень на продаж**: не компенсується клієнту" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:199 -msgid "" -"if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " -"reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" -" invoice." -msgstr "" -"якщо ви повинні зробити виключення для одного рахунка-фактури, про який не " -"потрібно повторно повідомляти клієнту, не встановлюйте відповідний " -"аналітичний рахунок для цього рахунка-фактури." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:204 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" - #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" -msgstr "Як прогнозувати майбутні рахунки в Odoo?" +msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -13010,8 +14305,8 @@ msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" -msgstr "Як за один раз оплатити кілька рахунків в Odoo?" +msgid "Pay several bills at once" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -13437,6 +14732,10 @@ msgstr "" "перевірте верхнє вікно, щоби вибрати весь платіж одночасно) і натисніть " "кнопку :menuselection:`Більше --> Завантажити платежі SEPA`." +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:111 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Вирішення проблем" + #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:114 msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" msgstr "Банк відмовляється від мого файлу SEPA" @@ -13468,17 +14767,10 @@ msgstr "" "облік IBAN для партнера, якому ви платите, але забули заповнити поле BIC." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:129 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`check`" msgstr ":doc:`check`" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:121 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" - #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" msgstr "" @@ -13541,6 +14833,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "Передумови" @@ -13869,146 +15162,6 @@ msgid "" "account`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" -msgstr "" -"Коли варто застосовувати рахунки постачальників чи квитанції закупівлі в " -"Odoo?" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" -" for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " -"cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a " -"defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are " -"confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." -msgstr "" -"Квитанції закупівлі відрізняються від рахунків постачальника. Рахунки " -"постачальника - це запити на оплату. Якщо ви видаєте замовлення на купівлю, " -"у більшості випадків ваш постачальник надсилатиме рахунок постачальника. " -"Залежно від політики щодо рахунків-фактур у вас є певний час для оплати " -"рахунку. Квитанції закупівлі є підтвердженнями отриманих платежів. Це ваші " -"повсякденні квитанції." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " -"will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " -"On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which " -"means no debt account is necessary." -msgstr "" -"З точки зору бухгалтерського обліку це має значення, оскільки рахунок " -"постачальника спочатку кредитує борговий рахунок, перш ніж узгодити з " -"банківським рахунком. З іншого боку, ми зазвичай негайно сплачуємо квитанції" -" закупівлі, що означає, що дебетовий рахунок не потрібний." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," -" as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." -msgstr "" -"Крім того, квитанції закупівлі можуть мати різну суму податку на товарний " -"рядок, оскільки рахунки постачальників застосовують одну суму податку на " -"весь рахунок." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " -"receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " -"handle them in accounting." -msgstr "" -"Якщо банківський рахунок вашої компанії використовується для оплати товарів," -" у яких видається лише квитанція про придбання, я повинен використовувати " -"функцію квитанцій закупівлі в Odoo для їх обробки в бухгалтерському " -"бухобліку." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " -"a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " -"worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank " -"account." -msgstr "" -"Давайте розглянемо такий приклад: ми повинні купувати чай для наших клієнтів" -" із місцевого магазину чаю, який не видає рахунки. Ми кожного тижня віддаємо" -" 50 євро за чай та чайник вартістю 20 євро. Ми платимо за допомогою " -"банківського рахунку компанії." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " -"installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." -msgstr "" -"Для обробки квитанцій закупівлі в модулі Odoo потрібно встановити один " -"додаток. Перейдіть у меню додатків та встановіть модуль Бухобліку." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" -" \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." -msgstr "" -"Потім перейдіть на панель пошуку, видаліть пошук по модулю за замовчуванням " -"та шукайте \"Закупівлі\". Встановіть модуль **Продажу та Ваучери купівлі**." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 -msgid "Register a receipt" -msgstr "Зареєструйте квитанцію" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 -msgid "" -"By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " -"Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." -msgstr "" -"Встановивши **Продаж та Ваучери купівлі**, ви відкриваєте спадне меню нового" -" додатку **Квитанції закупівлі**, який відображається в бухобліку." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " -"app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." -msgstr "" -"Щоб імпортувати квитанцію закупівлі чаю на суму 50 євро, введіть додаток " -"бухобліку, виберіть :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Квитанції купівлі`." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " -"Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " -"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt" -" accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." -msgstr "" -"Створіть нову квитанцію купівлі та заповніть всю необхідну інформацію. " -"Зверніть увагу, що у полі Платіж є вибір **Заплатити пізніше** або " -"**Заплатити зараз**. Це суттєва відмінність, оскільки функція Заплатити " -"пізніше створить обліковий запис боргу, тоді як Заплатити зараз зараховує " -"банківський рахунок." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " -"option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " -"the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." -msgstr "" -"У більшості випадків ви сплачуєте зараз, таким чином, обираєте опцію " -"Оплатити напряму. Додайте товари, відповідний рахунок та відповідний " -"податок. Наприклад, ви вважаєте, що чай - 12% податку, а чайник - 21%." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " -":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " -"completely close the transaction in your accounting." -msgstr "" -"Перевірте квитанцію закупівлі, щоб опублікувати його. Не забувайте, що вам " -"потрібно узгодити платежі <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` щоб " -"повністю завершити транзакцію у вашому бухобліку." - #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" msgstr "" @@ -14227,8 +15380,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" -msgstr "Як управляти рахунками постачальників?" +msgid "Manage vendor Bills" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -14664,12 +15817,165 @@ msgstr "" "ви не видалили попередні елементи з першого замовлення на купівлю, рахунок " "буде пов’язаний з усіма відповідними замовленнями на купівлю." +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 +msgid "Digitize Vendor Bills with Optical Character Recognition (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that" +" allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data to your " +"database reduces errors and saves you time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 +msgid "Set up the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and " +"choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 +msgid "Start digitizing your bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Scan your bills and then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Bills` and upload your document. Based on your configuration, it either " +"processes the documents automatically, or you need to click on *Send for " +"Digitalization* to do it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also create a vendor bill through the *Documents* app or by using an" +" email alias on your journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " +"clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the" +" right information instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the " +"correct data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Ціноутворення" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which " +"requires prepaid credits to work. Digitalizing one document consumes one " +"credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви на Odoo Online (SAAS) і у вас версія Enterprise, для тестування " +"функції ви користуєтесь безкоштовними пробними кредитами." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click `here `_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Receipts" +msgstr "Товарні чеки" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Receipts** are not invoices but rather confirmations of received " +"payments, such as a ticket or a receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This feature is meant to be used when you pay directly with your company's " +"money for an expense. **Vendor Bills**, on the other hand, are recorded when" +" an invoice is issued to you and that the amount is first credited on a debt" +" account before a later payment reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app " +"dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. " +"Click :doc:`here <../../../expense/expense>` for more information on how to " +"use Odoo Expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 +msgid "Register a receipt" +msgstr "Зареєструйте квитанцію" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling" +" out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "Edit the Journal Entry before posting it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once you have filled out the *Invoice Lines* tab, you can modify the " +"**Journal Entry** before you post it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values" +" according to your needs, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../expense/expense`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" msgstr "Розрахунок з дебіторами" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 msgid "Customer Invoices" msgstr "Рахунки клієнта" @@ -15557,6 +16863,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" msgstr "" @@ -15922,10 +17232,6 @@ msgid "" "includes a country, before sending the letter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Ціноутворення" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 msgid "" "*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " @@ -15939,86 +17245,190 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви на Odoo Online (SAAS) і у вас версія Enterprise, для тестування " -"функції ви користуєтесь безкоштовними пробними кредитами." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Click `here `_ to know about our " -"*Privacy Policy*." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "Платежі клієнта" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 +msgid "Batch Payments: Batch Deposits (checks, cash etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **Batch Deposit** groups multiple payments in a single batch. This allows " +"you to deposit several payments into your bank account with a single " +"transaction. This is particularly useful to deposit cash and checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to list several customer payments and print a " +"**deposit slip**. This ticket contains the details of the transactions and a" +" reference to the batch deposit. You can then select this reference during a" +" bank reconciliation to match the single bank statement line with all the " +"transactions listed in the batch deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To activate the feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Customer Payments`, activate **Batch Payments**, and click " +"on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 +msgid "Payment Method Types" +msgstr "Типи методу оплати" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To record new payments as part of a Batch Deposit, you have to configure " +"first the Journal on which you record them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced " +"Settings* tab. In the *Payment Method Types* section, enable **Batch " +"Deposit**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch " +"payments when you activate the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 +msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 +msgid "Record payments to deposit in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 +msgid "" +":doc:`Register the payments ` on the bank account on which you " +"plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you " +"received a payment, and clicking on *Register Payment*. There, select the " +"appropriate Journal linked to your bank account and select *Batch Deposit* " +"as Payment Method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 +msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 +msgid "Make sure to write the payment reference in the **Memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 +msgid "Add payments to a Batch Deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank" +" and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on " +"*Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by " +"clicking on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then " +"click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip " +"that the bank usually requires to fill out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Once the bank statements are on your database, you can reconcile the bank " +"statement line with the *Batch Payment* reference. To do so, start your " +"**Bank Reconciliation** by going to your Accounting dashboard and clicking " +"on *Reconcile Items* on the related bank account. At the bank statement " +"line, click on *Choose counterpart or Create Write-off* to display more " +"options, open the *Batch Payments* tab, and select your Batch Payment. All " +"related payments are automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank" +" statement line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, " +"remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`recording`" +msgstr ":doc:`recording`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" msgstr "Групові платежі: Прямий дебет SEPA (SDD)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:4 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." " With **SEPA Direct Debit**, your customers can sign a **mandate** that " -"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts " -"automatically." +"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts. This is " +"particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." msgstr "" -"SEPA, єдина область євро-платежів, є платіжно-інтеграційною ініціативою " -"Європейського Союзу щодо спрощення банківських переказів, виражених у євро. " -"За допомогою **Прямого дебету SEPA** ваші клієнти можуть підписати " -"**мандат**, який дає вам змогу автоматично збирати майбутні платежі зі своїх" -" банківських рахунків." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 msgid "" -"You can record your customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files " -"containing pending payments made with an SDD mandate." +"You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files containing " +"pending payments made with an SDD mandate." msgstr "" -"Ви можете записати ваші клієнтські мандати в Odoo та створити XML-файли, які" -" вміщують платежі в очікуванні, зроблені з мандатом SDD." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "" -"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 28 member states " +"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " "of the European Union as well as additional countries." msgstr "" -"SDD підтримується всіма країнами SEPA, що включає 28 країн-членів " -"Європейського Союзу, а також додаткові країни." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:123 msgid "" "`List of all SEPA countries `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` nd activate" -" the **SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** feature. Enter the **Creditor Identifier** " -"of your company. This number is provided by your bank, or the authority " -"responsible for delivering them." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate " +"**SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's " +"**Creditor Identifier**. This number is provided by your bank institution, " +"or the authority responsible for delivering them." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть в :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та " -"активуйте функцію **Прямого дебету SEPA (SDD)**. Введіть **Ідентифікатор " -"кредитора** вашої компанії. Цей номер надається вашим банком або органом, " -"відповідальним за їх постачання." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" msgstr "Мандати прямого дебету SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 msgid "Create a mandate" msgstr "Створіть" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 msgid "" "The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " "authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." @@ -16026,129 +17436,129 @@ msgstr "" "Мандат прямого дебету SEPA - це документ, який підписують ваші клієнти для " "авторизації вас для отримання грошей прямо з їхніх банківських рахунків." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 msgid "" -"To create a new one, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " -"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the new mandate’s " -"form." +"To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -"Щоб створити новий, перейдіть в :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Клієнти --> " -"Мндати прямого дебету`, натисніть на *Створити*, та заповніть нову форму " -"мандату." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 msgid "" -"First, export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your " -"customer to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the " -"**Original Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the " -"mandate." +"Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer " +"to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original " +"Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." msgstr "" -"Спершу, експортуйте PDF-файл, натиснувши *Друк*. Потім ваш клієнт повинен " -"підписати цей документ. Після завершення завантажте підписаний файл у поле " -"**Оригінальний документ** та натисніть *Перевірити*, щоби розпочати " -"виконання мандату." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 msgid "" -"First, make sure, that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly " -"recorded on the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in " -"your own *Bank Account* settings." +"Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on " +"the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in your own " +":doc:`Bank Account <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` settings." msgstr "" -"Спершу переконайтеся, що **Деталі банківських рахунків IBAN** вірно записані" -" на формі контакту дебітора, під вкладкою *Бухоблік*, та у ваших власних " -"налаштуваннях *Банківського рахунку*." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 +msgid "" +"SEPA Direct Debit can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce**" +" or on the **Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Acquirer**. " +"With this method, your customers can create and sign their mandates " +"themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Acquirers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your " +"needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Make sure to change the **State** field to *Enabled*, and to check **Online " +"Signature**, as this is necessary to let your customers sign their mandates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " +"address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" msgstr "Закрийте чи скасуйте мандат" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " -"this field is left blank, then the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " -"*Closed* or *Revoked*." -msgstr "" -"Мандати прямого дебету закриваються автоматично після їхньої *Дати " -"закінчення*. Якщо це поле залишити порожнім, мандат продовжує бути " -"*Активним*, поки не буде *Закрито* або *Скасовано*." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" -" means that invoices made after the present day won’t be processed " -"automatically with an SDD payment." -msgstr "" -"Якщо натиснути **Закрити**, оновляється кінцевий день мандату до поточного " -"дня. Це означає, що рахунки-фактури, зроблені після цього дня, не " -"обробляться автоматично за допомогою SDD-платежу." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " -"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " -"that have already been registered will still be included to the next SDD XML" -" file." -msgstr "" -"Натиснувши на **Відкликати**, негайно відключається мандат. Платіж SDD " -"більше не може бути зареєстрований, незалежно від дати рахунка-фактури. " -"Однак платежі, які вже були зареєстровані, все одно будуть включені до " -"наступного XML-файлу SDD." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated. If " -"a customer requires to pay with SDD payments again, you will have to create " -"a new mandate from scratch." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як мандат буде *закрито* або *відкликано*, його не можна буде " -"реактивувати. Якщо клієнт знову вимагатиме оплати за допомогою SDD, вам " -"доведеться створити новий мандат з нуля." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:75 -msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" -msgstr "Отримуйте платежі з Груповими платежами SDD" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 msgid "" -"All new posted invoice issued to customers with an active mandate will " -"automatically register payment and have their status marked as *Paid*." +"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " +"this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " +"*Closed* or *Revoked*." msgstr "" -"Усі нові опубліковані рахунки, видані клієнтам з активним мандатом, будуть " -"автоматично реєструвати платіж та позначати їхній статус як *Оплачено*." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 msgid "" -"If you have unpaid invoices that could be paid with a new mandate, it is " -"still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on *Register Payment* and " -"choose *SEPA Direct Debit* as payment method." +"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" +" means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with" +" an SDD payment." msgstr "" -"Якщо у вас є неоплачені рахунки, які могли бути оплачені з новим мандатом, " -"це все ще можливо зробити. Перейдіть в рахунок, натисніть *Зареєструвати " -"платіж* та оберіть *Прямий дебет SEPA* як метод платежу." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:87 -msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" -msgstr "Створіть XML-файли Прямого дебету SEPA, щоб надати платежі" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 msgid "" -"To submit your SDD payments to your bank, you will first generate an **XML " -"file** that can be uploaded directly to your bank interface." +"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " +"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " +"that have already been registered are still included in the next SDD XML " +"file." msgstr "" -"Щоб надати ваші платежі SDD вашому банку, вам спершу потрібно створити " -"**XML-файл**, який можна завантажити прямо у вашому банківському інтерфейсі." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 +msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" +msgstr "Отримуйте платежі з Груповими платежами SDD" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 +msgid "" +"You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an " +"active SDD mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the invoice, click on *Register Payment*, and choose *SEPA " +"Direct Debit* as payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In previous versions, Odoo used SDD payment as the default payment for all " +"customers with an active mandate. Your customers can still activate " +"automatic SDD for their subscriptions with a recurring payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:112 +msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" +msgstr "Створіть XML-файли Прямого дебету SEPA, щоб надати платежі" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " +"online banking interface to process all payments at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:118 msgid "" "The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" -" specifications as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " +" specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " "Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." msgstr "" -"Файли, створені Odoo, слідують за специфікаціями Прямого дебету SEPA " -"**PAIN.008.001.02**, що вимагаються Керівництвом щодо впровадження клієнта " -"до банку SEPA, що забезпечує сумісність з банками." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 msgid "" "To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " "*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " @@ -16158,27 +17568,25 @@ msgstr "" "*банківський журнал* на вашій *панелі приладів Бухобліку*, потім натисніть " "на *Платежі прямого дебету для отримання*." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:129 msgid "" -"Select all the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD XML" -" file, then click on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." +"Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" +" on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." msgstr "" -"Оберіть всі платежі у списку, які ви хочете включити у ваш XML-файл SDD, а " -"потім натисніть *Дія* та оберіть *Створити груповий платіж*." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:136 msgid "" "Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " -"then download the SDD XML file." +"download the SDD XML file." msgstr "" -"Потім Odoo направить вас на форму вашого *Групового платежу*. Натисніть на " -"*Підтвердити* та завантажте XML-файл SDD." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 -msgid "Finally, upload this file to your bank to process the payments." -msgstr "І нарешті завантажте цей файл у ваш банк для обробки платежів." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " +"payments." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " @@ -16187,7 +17595,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете отримати усі створені XML-файли SDD, перейшовши у " ":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Клієнти --> Групові платежі`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:150 +msgid ":doc:`batch`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:152 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " "`_" @@ -16195,9 +17607,15 @@ msgstr "" "`Академія Odoo: Мандати прямого дебету SEPA (SDD) " "`_" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:153 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 -msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" -msgstr "Як зареєструвати клієнтські оплати чеком?" +msgid "Register customer payments by checks" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -16263,7 +17681,6 @@ msgstr "" "кілька групових перевірок на свої банківські рахунки." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" msgstr "Варіант 1: незараховані кошти" @@ -16318,16 +17735,12 @@ msgid "Memo: write the Check number" msgstr "Призначення: напишіть номер чеку" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" msgstr "Ця операція видасть наступний запис журналу:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "Узгодження виписки" @@ -16337,12 +17750,6 @@ msgstr "Узгодження виписки" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:142 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:144 msgid "100.00" msgstr "100.00" @@ -16367,8 +17774,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:142 msgid "X" msgstr "X" @@ -16394,7 +17799,6 @@ msgstr "" "банківських рахунках ще не повідомлялося про ці чеки." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:109 msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" msgstr "Варіант 2: лише один журнал" @@ -16425,7 +17829,6 @@ msgstr "" " його з рядком виписки)" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:136 msgid "" "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" msgstr "За допомогою цього підходу ви отримаєте наступний запис журналу:" @@ -16456,264 +17859,6 @@ msgstr "" "**Додатково** на інформаційній панелі бухобліку на відповідному банківському" " рахунку)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 -msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" -msgstr "Як зареєструвати оплати кредитною карткою в рахунках-фактурах?" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" -" both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." -msgstr "" -"Є два способи обробки платежів, оплачених кредитними картками. Odoo " -"підтримує обидва підходи, щоб ви могли використовувати той, який краще " -"відповідає вашим звичкам." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " -"the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " -"on the invoice (using a Credit card journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank " -"account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." -msgstr "" -"**Незараховані кошти** (найчастіше використовуються в європейських країнах):" -" після одержання дозволу на оплату кредитною карткою ви зараховуєте платіж " -"за допомогою кредитної картки в рахунку-фактурі (використовуючи журнал " -"кредитної картки та розміщуючи на рахунку незараховані кошти). Потім, коли " -"платежі кредитної картки надходять на ваш банківський рахунок, перемістіть " -"гроші з незарахованих коштів на свій банківський рахунок." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 -msgid "" -"**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " -"credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," -" without going through the Undeposited Funds. Once you process your bank " -"statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card " -"payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." -msgstr "" -"**Лише один запис журналу** (найчастіше використовується в США): після того," -" як ви отримаєте оплату за допомогою кредитної картки, ви зараховуєте платіж" -" у ваш банк, сплачуючи кредитною карткою, не переходячи на незараховані " -"кошти. Щойно ви обробляєте виписку з банківського рахунку, ви виконуєте " -"відповідність за допомогою банківського каналу та платежу за допомогою " -"кредитної картки, не створюючи спеціальну публікацію журналу." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 -msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " -"cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." -msgstr "" -"Ми рекомендуємо перший підхід, оскільки він є більш точним (баланс вашого " -"банківського рахунку точний, беручи до уваги кредитні картки, які ще не були" -" нараховані). Обидва підходи потребують однакових зусиль." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" -" take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " -"automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second " -"approach." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви користуєтеся електронною комерцією та автоматизованим шлюзом " -"платежів, вам потрібно буде лише взяти під контроль частину узгодження " -"банківських виписок, оскільки оплачений рахунок-фактура буде автоматично " -"записано в правильний журнал. Тоді ви будете використовувати другий підхід." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " -"users)." -msgstr "" -"Навіть якщо перший спосіб є більш зрозумілим, Odoo підтримує другий підхід, " -"оскільки його використовують деякі бухгалтери (користувачі *QuickBooks* і " -"*Peachtree*)." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 -msgid "" -"On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " -"--> Create`" -msgstr "" -"В модулі Бухоблік перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Журнали --> " -"Створити`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" -msgstr "" -"Створіть журнал під назвою \"Платежі за кредитною карткою\" з такими даними:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 -msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" -msgstr "**Назва журналу**: кредитна картка" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 -msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "**Дебетовий рахунок за замовчуванням**: кредитні картки" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 -msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "**Кредитний рахунок за замовчуванням**: кредитні картки" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " -"set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." -msgstr "" -"Тип рахунку має бути \"Кредитна картка\". Після цього не забувайте " -"встановлювати рахунок \"Кредитні картки\" як \"Дозволити узгодження\"." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:118 -msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" -msgstr "Від платежів кредитної картки до банківських виписок" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " -"Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" -" transactions." -msgstr "" -"Першим способом обробки кредитних карток є створення журналу кредитних " -"карток. Таким чином, кредитні картки стають самостійним способом оплати, а " -"ви будете записувати дві транзакції." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " -"and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" -msgstr "" -"Отримавши платіж за допомогою кредитної картки клієнта, перейдіть на " -"відповідний рахунок-фактуру та натисніть \"Реєстрація платежу\". Заповніть " -"інформацію про платіж:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 -msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" -msgstr "**Спосіб оплати**: кредитна картка" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 -msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" -msgstr "**Призначення**: напишіть референс рахунка-фактури" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -msgid "Credit Cards" -msgstr "Кредитні картки" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." -msgstr "" -"Рахунок-фактура позначається як сплачений, як тільки ви записуєте платіж за " -"допомогою кредитної картки." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." -msgstr "" -"Потім, як тільки ви отримаєте банківські виписки, ви узгоджуєте цю виписку " -"за допомогою кредитної картки, яка знаходиться на рахунку \"Кредитна " -"картка\"." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -msgid "Credit cards" -msgstr "Кредитні картки" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " -"of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " -"account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте цей підхід для керування платежами за кредитними " -"картками, ви отримуєте перелік платежів за кредитними картками, які не були " -"зараховані в рахунку \"Кредитна картка\" (доступні, наприклад, з головної " -"книги)." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " -"is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your " -"bank account." -msgstr "" -"Обидва методи дадуть ті самі дані у вашому бухобліку в кінці процесу. Але " -"якщо у вас є кредитні картки, які не були виплачені готівкою, це буде " -"прозоріше, тому що на цих банківських рахунках ще не повідомляється про ці " -"кредитні картки." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:114 -msgid "" -"There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " -"this method." -msgstr "" -"Немає нічого для налаштування, якщо ви плануєте керувати своїми кредитними " -"картками за допомогою цього методу." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:124 -msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "**Спосіб оплати**: банк, який буде використовуватися для депозиту" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:126 -msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" -msgstr "**Призначення**: напишіть номер транзакції кредитної картки" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " -"recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " -"with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment " -"and relate it to the statement line)." -msgstr "" -"Рахунок-фактура позначається як сплачений, як тільки буде здійснено платіж " -"за допомогою кредитної картки. Щойно ви отримаєте банківські виписки, ви " -"зробите узгодження із випискою та цим фактичним платежем (технічно: вкажіть " -"цей платіж і пов'яжіть його з рядком виписки)." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:148 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" -" may be more convenient if you have a lot of credit cards to record in a " -"batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments " -"with invoices)." -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете безпосередньо зареєструвати платіж без рахунку-фактури " -"клієнта, скориставшись головним меню :menuselection:`Продажі --> Платежі`. " -"Цей метод може бути більш зручним, якщо у вас є багато кредитних карток для " -"групового запису, але вам доведеться узгодити записи пізніше (відповідні " -"платежі з рахунками-фактурами)." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:153 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " -"report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" -" received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" " -"option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте цей підхід для керування отриманими кредитними " -"картками, ви можете використовувати звіт \"Звіт про узгодження банківських " -"виписок\", щоб перевірити, які кредитні картки були отримані або сплачені " -"банком (цей звіт доступний з опції \"Додатково\" на панелі інструментів " -"бухобліку на відповідний банківський рахунок)." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:164 -msgid ":doc:`recording`" -msgstr ":doc:`recording`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`followup`" -msgstr ":doc:`followup`" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" msgstr "Нагадуйте про рахунки та отримуйте оплату швидше" @@ -16841,9 +17986,62 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви бажаєте отримати нагадування перед фактичною датою, встановіть " "від'ємне число днів." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Online Payment" +msgstr "Виставити рахунок на онлайн-оплату" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue," +" you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay " +"Now* button on their **Customer Portal**. This allows your customers to see " +"their invoices online and pay directly with their favorite payment method, " +"making the payment process much easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 +msgid "" +"By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer " +"<../../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only Payment " +"Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online " +"Payment**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 +msgid "Customer Portal" +msgstr "Клієнтський портал" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 +msgid "" +"After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by " +"email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects" +" them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 +msgid "" +"They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 -msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" -msgstr "Які є способи запису оплати?" +msgid "Different ways to record a payment" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -17055,5 +18253,655 @@ msgstr "" "отримаєте два записи журналу для однієї транзакції." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 -msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" -msgstr ":doc:`credit_cards`" +msgid ":doc:`online_payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`followup`" +msgstr ":doc:`followup`" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 +msgid "Declarations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 +msgid "Tax Return (VAT Declaration)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies that are registered for **VAT (Value Added Tax)** must file a " +"**Tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their turnover " +"and the regulation of the country in which they are registered. A Tax return" +" - or VAT return - gives the tax authorities information about the taxable " +"transactions made by the company, the *output tax* it has charged its " +"customers, and the *input tax* its vendors have charged it. Based on these " +"values, the company can calculate the tax amount they have to pay or be " +"refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can find information about VAT and its mechanism on `this page from the " +"European Commission `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 +msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" +msgstr "Періодичність повернення податку" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo Accounting " +"to compute your Tax Return correctly and also to send you a reminder to " +"never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " +"--> Fiscal Periods`, and go to the **Tax Return Periodicity** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Periodicity**: define here whether you file your tax return each month or " +"every three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Reminder**: define when Odoo should remind you to file your tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 +msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " +"<../../overview/getting_started/setup>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 +msgid "Tax Grids" +msgstr "Сітки податків" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are " +"configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the" +" recorded transactions use the right taxes. You can see on each Journal Item" +" which Tax Grid is used for that transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you " +"can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record" +" invoices or credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization" +" Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation " +"of your database. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 +msgid "Close a tax period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 +msgid "Tax Lock Date" +msgstr "Дата блокування податку" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Any new transaction which accounting date is prior to the **Tax Lock Date** " +"has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful to make" +" sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your " +"*Closing Journal Entry*. This way, other users can't modify or add " +"transactions that would have an impact on the Closing Journal Entry, which " +"helps you avoid some tax declaration errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 +msgid "Tax Report" +msgstr "Податковий звіт" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period " +"you want to report, open your **Tax Report**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. " +"You can also click on *TAX Report* from your *Accounting Overview*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date " +"filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the " +"button *Closing Journal Entry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 +msgid "" +"After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In " +"addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with " +"the **Tax Report** that you can download from the chatter and preview on the" +" right column. It includes all the values to report to the tax authorities, " +"along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date ` before clicking" +" on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal " +"period on the same date as the Accounting Date of your entry. This automatic" +" lock happens when you click on *Post*. This safety mechanism can prevent " +"some fiscal errors, but it is advised to lock your tax date manually before," +" as described above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 +msgid "Create a customized reports with your own formulas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " +"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " +"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " +"ever." +msgstr "" +"Odoo 13 оснащена потужною та зручною системою звітування. Створювати нові " +"звіти (наприклад, податковий звіт, або баланс, або звіт про прибутки та " +"прибутки з певними угрупованнями та компонуванням), щоби відповідати вашим " +"потребам, тепер простіше, ніж будь-коли." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the developer mode" +msgstr "Активуйте режим розробника" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" +" activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 +msgid "Create your financial report" +msgstr "Створіть свій фінансовий звіт" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" +msgstr "" +"По-перше, вам потрібно створити свій фінансовий звіт. Для цього перейдіть до" +" :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Фінансові звіти`" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " +"configured:" +msgstr "Після введення назви необхідно встановити ще два параметри:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 +msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" +msgstr "**Показати кредитні та дебетові стовпці**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 +msgid "**Analysis Period** :" +msgstr "**Аналіз періоду** :" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 +msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" +msgstr "На основі діапазонів дат (напр. Доходи та Витрати)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 +msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" +msgstr "На основі однієї дати (напр. Звіт балансу)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " +"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" +msgstr "" +"На основі діапазонів дат зі стовпцями \"старі\" та \"загальні\" та останніми" +" 3 місяцями (наприклад, Звіт розрахунків з партнерами)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 +msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" +msgstr "" +"На основі діапазонів дат та нарахування касовим методом (наприклад, Звіт про" +" рух грошових коштів)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 +msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" +msgstr "Додайте рядки у власні звіти" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " +"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " +"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." +msgstr "" +"Після створення звіту потрібно заповнити його рядками. Всім їм потрібна " +"**назва**, **код** (який використовується для позначення рядків), " +"**порядковий номер** і рівень (використовується для рендерингу рядка)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" +" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " +"separated by ;)" +msgstr "" +"У полі **формул** ви можете додати одну чи кілька формул, щоби призначити " +"значення для колонки балансу (а дебетовий та кредитний стовпчик, якщо " +"потрібно, розділений;)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 +msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" +msgstr "У формулі є декілька об'єктів:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " +"date range)." +msgstr "" +"``Nднів`` : кількість днів у вибраному періоді (для звітів з діапазоном " +"дат)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " +"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" +msgstr "" +"Інший звіт, на який посилається його код. Використовуйте ``.balance`` для " +"отримання значення балансу (також доступні ``.credit``, ``.debit`` та " +"``.amount_residual``)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " +"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " +"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " +"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " +"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " +"by one of their columns." +msgstr "" +"Рядок також може базуватися на сумі рядків переміщення рахунку у вибраному " +"домені. У цьому випадку вам потрібно заповнити поле домену доменом Odoo в " +"об'єкті переміщення профілю. Тоді в полі формул доступний додатковий об'єкт," +" а саме ``sum``, сума рядків переміщення рахунку в домені. Ви також можете " +"використовувати групу за полями для групування рядків переміщення рахунку за" +" одним зі стовпців." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 +msgid "Other useful fields :" +msgstr "Інші корисні поля:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 +msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." +msgstr "**Тип** : тип результату формули." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " +"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." +msgstr "" +"**Чи добре зростання чи погане**: використовується при обчисленні стовпчика " +"порівняння. Перевірте, чи є зростання хорошим (відображається зеленим " +"кольором) чи ні." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 +msgid "" +"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" +" same dates as the rest of the report." +msgstr "" +"**Спеціальна зміна дат**: якщо певний рядок у звіті не повинен " +"використовувати ті самі дати, що й решта частина звіту." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " +"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " +"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." +msgstr "" +"**Показати домен**: як відображається домен рядка. Можна згортати (``за " +"замовчуванням``, приховано на початку, але може бути розгорнуто), ``завжди``" +" (завжди відображається) або ``ніколи`` (ніколи не відображається)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" +msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Main reports available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " +"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " +"countries :" +msgstr "" +"Окрім звітів, створених спеціально в кожному локальному модулі, доступні " +"кілька дуже корисних **загальних** та **динамічних звітів** для всіх країн:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 +msgid "**Balance Sheet**" +msgstr "**Бухгалтерський звіт**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 +msgid "**Profit and Loss**" +msgstr "**Доходи та витрати**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 +msgid "**Chart of Account**" +msgstr "**План рахунку**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 +msgid "**Executive Summary**" +msgstr "**Управлінський звіт**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 +msgid "**General Ledger**" +msgstr "**Загальна бухгалтерська книга**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 +msgid "**Aged Payable**" +msgstr "**Розрахунки з кредиторами**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 +msgid "**Aged Receivable**" +msgstr "**Розрахунки з дебіторами**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 +msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +msgstr "**Звіт про рух грошових коштів**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 +msgid "**Tax Report**" +msgstr "**Податковий звіт**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 +msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +msgstr "**Узгодження банківських виписок**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " +"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " +"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете коментувати всі звіти, щоб надрукувати їх і повідомити свого " +"радника. Експортувати в xls для керування додатковим аналізом. Перегляньте " +"докладніші відомості (платежі, рахунки-фактури, публікації журналів тощо) у " +"розділі звітів." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" +" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " +"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " +"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +msgstr "" +"Ви також можете порівняти значення з іншим періодом. Виберіть, скільки " +"періодів ви хочете порівняти з вибраним періодом часу. Ви можете обрати до " +"12 періодів з дати опублікування звіту, якщо ви не бажаєте використовувати " +"параметр **Попередній 1 Період**." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" +" of your organisation as at a particular date." +msgstr "" +"У **Бухгалтерському балансі** показано знімок активів, зобов'язань та " +"власного капіталу вашої організації за певною датою." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Profit and Loss" +msgstr "Доходи і витрати" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " +"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" +" period." +msgstr "" +"Звіт про **Доходи та витрати** (або **Звіт про прибутки**) відображає чистий" +" дохід вашої організації, вираховуючи витрати з доходу за звітний період." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Chart of account" +msgstr "План рахунків" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 +msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." +msgstr "Список всіх ваших рахунків, згрупованих за класом." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 +msgid "Executive Summary" +msgstr "Управлінський звіт" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " +"figures you need to run your company." +msgstr "" +"**Управлінський звіт** дозволяє швидко переглянути всі важливі дані, " +"необхідні для керування вашою компанією." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " +"reporting :" +msgstr "" +"У дуже простих термінах, це те, про що повідомляє кожен з пунктів цього " +"розділу:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "**Продуктивність:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 +msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" +msgstr "**Валовий прибуток:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +msgstr "" +"Внесок кожного окремого продажу, здійсненого вашим бізнесом, за вирахуванням" +" будь-яких прямих витрат, необхідних для здійснення цих продажів (таких, як " +"робоча сировина, матеріали тощо)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 +msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +msgstr "**Чистий прибуток:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " +"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " +"result of those sales)." +msgstr "" +"Внесок кожного окремого продажу, здійсненого вашим бізнесом, за вирахуванням" +" будь-яких прямих витрат, необхідних для здійснення цих продажів, а також " +"будь-яких фіксованих накладних витрат вашої компанії (такі, як орендна " +"плата, електроенергія, податки, які потрібно оплатити в результаті цих " +"продажів)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +msgstr "**Повернення інвестицій (прибуток/активи):**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"make those profits." +msgstr "" +"Відношення чистого прибутку до суми активів, які компанія використовувала " +"для отримання цього прибутку." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Position:**" +msgstr "**Позиція:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +msgstr "**Середній час закриття дебіторської заборгованості:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " +"across all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" +"Середня кількість днів, протягом яких ваші клієнти платять вам (повністю) по" +" всім рахункам клієнтів." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgstr "**Середній час закриття кредиторської заборгованості:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +" all your bills." +msgstr "" +"Середня кількість днів, протягом яких ви платите своїм постачальникам " +"(повністю) по всім вашим рахункам." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 +msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "**Короткостроковий готівковий прогноз:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 +msgid "" +"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " +"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " +"your **Purchases account** for the month." +msgstr "" +"Скільки очікується грошового обігу у вашій компанії протягом наступного " +"місяця, тобто баланс вашого **рахунку продажу** протягом місяця, за " +"вирахуванням залишку **рахунку закупівель** за місяць." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +msgstr "**Відношення активів до зобов'язань:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " +"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " +"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " +"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" +"Також називається **поточним співвідношенням**, це співвідношення поточних " +"активів (активів, які можуть бути перетворені на грошові кошти протягом " +"року) до поточних зобов'язань (зобов'язання, які будуть сплачуватись у " +"наступному році). Як правило, це використовується як показник здатності " +"компанії обслуговувати свої борги." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 +msgid "General Ledger" +msgstr "Загальна бухгалтерська книга" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " +"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " +"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " +"occurred during a certain period of time." +msgstr "" +"**Звіт загальної бухгалтерської книги** відображає всі транзакції з усіх " +"рахунків за вибраний діапазон дат. У початковому зведеному звіті " +"відображаються підсумки для кожного рахунку, а звідти можна переглянути " +"детальний звіт про транзакцію або будь-які винятки. Цей звіт корисний для " +"перевірки кожної транзакції, яка відбулася протягом певного періоду часу." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 +msgid "Aged Payable" +msgstr "Протермінована оплата" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" +" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " +"gone unpaid." +msgstr "" +"Запустіть **звіт розрахунків з кредиторами**, щоби відобразити інформацію " +"про окремі рахунки, повернення та переплати за вами, а також про те, скільки" +" часу вони не сплачені." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 +msgid "Aged Receivable" +msgstr "Протермінована дебіторська заборгованість" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " +"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +msgstr "" +"Звіт про **розрахунки з дебіторами** відображає рахунки-фактури продажу, які" +" очікували на оплату протягом вибраного місяця та за кілька місяців до " +"цього." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +msgstr "Звіт про рух грошових коштів" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " +"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing and financing activities." +msgstr "" +"Звіт про **рух грошових коштів** показує, як зміни у звіту балансу рахунків " +"та доходів впливають на грошові кошти та їх еквіваленти, а також порушує " +"аналіз до операційної, інвестиційної та фінансової діяльності." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " +"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." +msgstr "" +"Цей звіт дозволяє переглянути суми **чистих** та **податкових сум** за всі " +"податки, згруповані за типом (продаж/купівля)." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index acd60f680..3b9fbc902 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -55,7 +55,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 @@ -361,12 +362,8 @@ msgid "" "(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " "leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " "pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " -"multiple countries." +"multiple industries." msgstr "" -"Ви можете обрати фільтр лідів, які ви отримуєте залежно від розміру " -"(кількість співробітників) компанії. Ви можете обрати країни, з яких " -"походять ваші ліди. Можна обирати кілька країн. Також ви можете обрати " -"галузі, з відки походять ваші ліди. Можна також обрати кілька галузей." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -393,15 +390,9 @@ msgid "" " us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " "`__, To buy credits you can " "either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " -"Credits`; or go to `Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my Services`." +"Credits`; or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my" +" Services`." msgstr "" -"Це функція купівлі в додатку, кожен створений лід буде коштувати один " -"кредит. Якщо ви оберете отримання інформації контакту, кожен контакт також " -"буде коштувати один додатковий кредит. Тут є ціни цієї `функції " -"`__, Щоб купити кредити, ви " -"можете перейти у :menuselection:`CRM --> Налаштування --> Налаштування --> " -"Купити кредити`; або перейдіть у `Налаштування --> Купівлі в додатку --> " -"Переглянути мої послуги`." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -484,6 +475,128 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" msgstr "Оптимізуйте свою щоденну роботу" +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" msgstr "Синхронізація Google Календаря з Odoo" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po index ba35c54f3..c852112a3 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -279,17 +279,10 @@ msgid "" " Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " "processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " "require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " -"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make " +"made through Odoo Studio might not work properly. *It is up to you to make " "sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " "test database through our `Support page `__." msgstr "" -"**Тестування вашої бази даних є найважливішим кроком процесу оновлення!** " -"Хоча ми перевіряємо всі оновлення вручну, ми не знаємо ваших робочих " -"процесів. Зміна стандартних технологій Odoo в нових версіях може вимагати " -"змінити внутрішні процеси, або деякі налаштування, зроблені через Odoo " -"Studio, тепер можуть працювати належним чином. *Ви повинні переконатися, що " -"все працює як слід!* Про проблеми зі своєю тестовою базою даних ви можете " -"повідомляти через нашу `Сторінку підтримки `__." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index 06f0b64c0..e1504cc28 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Alina Lisnenko , 2020 # #, fuzzy @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -26,17 +26,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Discuss" msgstr "Обговорення" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" -msgstr "" -"Як використовувати свій поштовий сервер для надсилання та отримання " -"електронних листів у Odoo" +#: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Розширено" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:6 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." msgstr "Якщо ви користувач Odoo Online чи Odoo.sh..." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:8 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 msgid "" "You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " "database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" @@ -44,7 +46,7 @@ msgstr "" "Вам нічого не потрібно робити! **Odoo сама налаштовує поштові сервери вашої " "бази даних.** Вихідні та вхідні електронні листи працюють з коробки!" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:11 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 msgid "" "Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" " use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." @@ -53,11 +55,11 @@ msgstr "" "вимагати використання зовнішнього поштового сервера, просто насолоджуйтесь " "новою базою даних Odoo." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:16 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 msgid "Scope of this documentation" msgstr "Сфера застосування цієї документації" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 msgid "" "This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " "benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " @@ -69,7 +71,7 @@ msgstr "" "електронні листи в Odoo, на відміну від `Odoo Online " "`__ та `Odoo.sh `__." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:25 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 msgid "" "If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " "recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " @@ -84,7 +86,7 @@ msgstr "" "поштові сервери, якщо хочете самостійно керувати вашим сервером електронної " "пошти." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 msgid "" "You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " "own email solution with Odoo." @@ -92,7 +94,7 @@ msgstr "" "Нижче ви знайдете деяку корисну інформацію про те, як інтегрувати власне " "рішення електронної пошти з Odoo." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:34 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 msgid "" "Office 365 email servers don't allow easily to send external emails from " "hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " @@ -106,11 +108,11 @@ msgstr "" "-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" "Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__, щоби це запрацювало." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 msgid "How to manage outbound messages" msgstr "Як керувати вихідними повідомленнями" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:41 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:41 msgid "" "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " "check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " @@ -123,16 +125,16 @@ msgstr "" "вашого сервера електронної пошти. Коли вся інформація буде заповнена, " "натисніть кнопку *Перевірити підключення*." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:46 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:46 msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." msgstr "Ось типове налаштування сервера G Suite." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:51 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:51 msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "" "Потім встановіть ім'я домену електронної пошти у загальних налаштуваннях." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:54 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:54 msgid "" "If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " "warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " @@ -144,16 +146,16 @@ msgstr "" "активуйте функцію *Менш безпечного доступу до програми*. Доступ до посилання" " `тут `_." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:58 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:58 msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." msgstr "" "Окрім цього, увімкніть налаштування IMAP у своєму обліковому записі Gmail." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" msgstr "Чи можете ви використовувати сервер Office 365" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:63 msgid "" "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" " relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." @@ -161,7 +163,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете використовувати сервер Office 365, якщо ви запускаєте Odoo на " "власному сервері. Реєстри SMTP Office 365 несумісні з Odoo Online." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:66 msgid "" "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation `__ для налаштування " "ретранслятора SMTP для вашої IP-адреси Odoo." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:70 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 msgid "How to use a G Suite server" msgstr "Як використовувати сервер G Suite" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:71 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:71 msgid "" "You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " "to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " @@ -190,11 +192,11 @@ msgstr "" "налаштування пояснюються в документації `Google " "`__." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 msgid "Be SPF-compliant" msgstr "Будьте сумісними з SPF" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:79 msgid "" "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" " of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " @@ -205,7 +207,7 @@ msgstr "" "авторизувати Odoo як відправника у налаштуваннях вашого доменного імені. Ось" " налаштування для Odoo Online:" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:83 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:83 msgid "" "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" @@ -213,7 +215,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо для SPF немає запису TXT, створіть його з наступним визначенням: v=spf1" " include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:85 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:85 msgid "" "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." " for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " @@ -224,7 +226,7 @@ msgstr "" "Online, і через G Suite це може бути: v=spf1 include: _spf.odoo.com include:" " _spf.google.com ~ all" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:89 msgid "" "Find `here `__ the exact procedure to " "create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." @@ -232,7 +234,7 @@ msgstr "" "Знайдіть `тут `__ точну процедуру " "створення або зміни TXT-записи у власному реєстраторі доменів." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:92 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:92 msgid "" "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " "usually happens more quickly." @@ -240,7 +242,7 @@ msgstr "" "Завершення вашого нового запису SPF може зайняти до 48 годин, але це, як " "правило, відбувається швидше." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:95 msgid "" "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " "delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " @@ -250,11 +252,11 @@ msgstr "" "доставкою пошти та класифікацією спаму. Замість цього ми рекомендуємо " "використовувати лише один запис SPF, змінюючи його, щоб авторизувати Odoo." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:100 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 msgid "Allow DKIM" msgstr "Дозвольте DKIM" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:101 msgid "" "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " "enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " @@ -270,17 +272,27 @@ msgstr "" "запис \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\", тобто CNAME зі значенням " "\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "Restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," +" 465 or 2525." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:113 msgid "How to manage inbound messages" msgstr "Як керувати вхідними повідомленнями" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:115 msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." msgstr "" "Odoo покладається на загальні псевдоніми електронної пошти, щоб отримувати " "вхідні повідомлення." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:113 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:117 msgid "" "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " "discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " @@ -290,7 +302,7 @@ msgstr "" "оригінальний дискусійний потік (і в папку \"Вхідні\" всіх його піписників) " "за допомогою псевдоніма catchall (**catchall@**)." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:121 msgid "" "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " "Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " @@ -302,7 +314,7 @@ msgstr "" "Marketing,`__ щоб відмовитися від" " недійсних одержувачів." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:121 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:125 msgid "" "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " "create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" @@ -311,7 +323,7 @@ msgstr "" " для створення нових записів у Odoo із вхідних повідомлень електронної " "пошти:" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:124 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:128 msgid "" "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " "`__)," @@ -319,7 +331,7 @@ msgstr "" "Канал продажів (для створення лідів або нагод в `Odoo CRM " "`__)," -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:126 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:130 msgid "" "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " "`__)," @@ -327,7 +339,7 @@ msgstr "" "Підтримка каналу (для створення заявок у `Службі підтримки Odoo " "`__)," -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:128 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:132 msgid "" "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project `__)," @@ -335,7 +347,7 @@ msgstr "" "Проекти (для створення нових завдань в `Проекті Odoo " "`__)," -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:130 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:134 msgid "" "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " "`__)," @@ -343,11 +355,11 @@ msgstr "" "Вакансії (для створення заявок в `Рекрутингу Odoo " "`__)," -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:136 msgid "etc." msgstr "тощо." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:138 msgid "" "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " "emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " @@ -358,7 +370,7 @@ msgstr "" "рекомендований спосіб полягає в управлінні однією адресою електронної пошти " "на псевдоніми Odoo на вашому поштовому сервері." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:142 msgid "" "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " "bounce@, sales@, etc.)." @@ -366,11 +378,11 @@ msgstr "" "Створіть відповідні електронні адреси на своєму поштовому сервері " "(catchall@, bounce@, sales@ і т.д.)." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:140 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:144 msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "Встановіть своє доменне ім'я у загальних налаштуваннях." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:145 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:149 msgid "" "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " "each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " @@ -385,7 +397,7 @@ msgstr "" " на вхідних листах, порожніми. Коли вся інформація буде заповнена, натисніть" " на *ПЕРЕВІРКА та ПІДТВЕРДЖЕННЯ*." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:158 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " "messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " @@ -404,11 +416,11 @@ msgstr "" "імені Odoo на своєму сервері електронної пошти (наприклад, " "*catchall@mydomain.ext*, на *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:168 msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." msgstr "Усі псевдоніми налаштовуються в Odoo." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:166 msgid "" "Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " "edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " @@ -418,7 +430,7 @@ msgstr "" "редагувати псевдоніми catchall та bounce, спочатку потрібно активувати " ":doc:`Режим розробника <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:170 msgid "" "Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " "Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " @@ -428,7 +440,7 @@ msgstr "" "Параметри --> Параметри системи`, щоб налаштувати псевдоніми " "(*mail.catchall.alias* та *mail.bounce.alias*)." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:176 msgid "" "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " "You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " @@ -442,517 +454,440 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічні параметри --> Автоматизація --> " "Заплановані дії` і знайдіть *Пошта: Послуга Fetchmail*." -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" -msgstr "Як слідкувати за Twitter в Odoo" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 +msgid "Email Templates" +msgstr "Шаблони електронних листів" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " -"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " -"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." +"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " +"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " +"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " +"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " +"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " +"improving their overall experience with the company." msgstr "" -"Ви можете слідкувати за конкретними хеш-тегами в Twitter і переглядати твіти" -" в межах каналів Обговорення Odoo за вашим вибором. Твіти періодично " -"витягуються з Twitter. Автентифікований користувач може ретвітити " -"повідомлення." -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 -msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" -msgstr "Налаштування програми зі сторони Twitter" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 +msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 msgid "" -"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" -" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" -" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" +"The :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` must be " +"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." msgstr "" -"Twitter використовує \"Програму\" зі своєї сторони, яка відкриває шлях, до " -"якого Odoo вимагає твітів, і за допомогою якого користувач може відновити " -"ретвіти. Щоб налаштувати цю програму, перейдіть на сторінку " -"http://apps.twitter.com/app/new і введіть значення:" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 -msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" -msgstr "Назва: це назва програми на Twitter" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 msgid "" -"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " -"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " -"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" -" this field." +"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " +"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" msgstr "" -"Веб-сайт: це зовнішня URL-адреса бази даних Odoo, додавши \"/web\". " -"Наприклад, якщо ваша версія Odoo розміщена на \"http://www.example.com\", у " -"цьому полі слід додати \"http://www.example.com/web\"." -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 msgid "" -"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " -"the previous example you should write " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." +"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " +"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " +"job applicants." msgstr "" -"Зворотня URL-адреса: це адреса, на яку Twitter відповідає. Після " -"попереднього прикладу слід написати " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 msgid "" -"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " -"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." +"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " +"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " +"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." msgstr "" -"Не забудьте прийняти умови використання угоди для розробників та натисніть " -"кнопку **Створити свій додаток Twitter** у нижній частині сторінки." -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 -msgid "Getting the API key and secret" -msgstr "Отримання ключа API та секретності" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 msgid "" -"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." +"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " +"with the highest priority is used." msgstr "" -"Коли ви на інформаційній панелі програми, перейдіть на вкладку **Токени " -"ключів та доступу**." -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 msgid "" -"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " -"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " -"settings." +"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," +" saving space in your database." msgstr "" -"Скопіюйте ці значення в Odoo в :menuselection:`Налаштування--> загальні " -"налаштування--> Налаштування обговорення Twitter` та натисніть кнопку " -"**Зберегти**, щоб зберегти налаштування." -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 -msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" -msgstr "Як привернути увагу інших користувачів до ваших повідомлень" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 +msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 msgid "" -"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." -" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " -"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " -"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " -"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " -"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" -"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " -"another channel." +"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " +"would like to use." msgstr "" -"Ви можете **згадати** користувача в каналі або в чаті, набравши **@user-" -"name**. Згадуючи користувача в чаті, він встановить його як елемент підписки" -" (якщо він ще не є ним) та надішліть повідомлення на поштову скриньку. " -"Елемент, що містить згадування, також буде виділено жирним шрифтом у вікні " -"списку. Згадування користувача в каналі надсилатиме повідомлення до своєї " -"поштової скриньки. Ви не можете згадати користувача в каналі, який не " -"підписався на канал. Натискання **#channel-name** дасть посилання на " -"згаданий канал у чатах або на іншому каналі." -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 -msgid "Direct messaging a user" -msgstr "Прямий обмін повідомленнями з користувачем" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 msgid "" -"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " -"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " -"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " -"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " -"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " -"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " -"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " -"they are offline." +"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " +"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." msgstr "" -"**Прямі повідомлення** - приватні повідомлення, доступні лише відправнику та" -" одержувачу. Ви можете надсилати прямі повідомлення іншим користувачам з " -"модуля Обговорення, створивши нову бесіду або вибравши існуючу з бічної " -"панелі. Прямі повідомлення можна надсилати з будь-якого місця в Odoo за " -"допомогою значка спливаючої підказки у верхній панелі. Статус інших " -"користувачів відображається ліворуч від імені. **Зелена точка** вказує на " -"те, що користувач є онлайн, **помаранчева точка**, в якій вони перебувають в" -" режимі очікування, а **сіра точка** - в автономному режимі." -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 -msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" -msgstr "Сповіщення на робочому столі з обговорення" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 msgid "" -"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " -"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" -" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " -"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." +"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" +" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " +"sending it." msgstr "" -"Ви можете обрати відображення **настільного сповіщення**, коли ви отримуєте " -"нове пряме повідомлення. У сповіщенні відображається повідомлення " -"відправника та короткий попередній перегляд вмісту повідомлення. Вони можуть" -" бути налаштовані або вимкнені, натиснувши значок приладу в кутку " -"сповіщення." - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "Як бути чуйним на роботі завдяки моїм вхідним повідомленням Odoo" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " -"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " -"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" -"Використовуйте **Вхідні** в модулі обговорення, щоб контролювати оновлення " -"та прогрес у всьому, що ви робите в Odoo. Сповіщення та повідомлення від " -"усього, на що ви підписані або у чому ви згадані, з'являються у папці " -"Вхідні." - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 -msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "Ви можете стежити за папкою **Вхідні** з будь-якого екрану." - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " -"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " -"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " -"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " -"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." -msgstr "" -"Позначення елемента позначає повідомлення як **прочитане** та видаляє його з" -" папки Вхідні. Якщо ви хочете зберегти об'єкт для подальшого посилання або " -"дії, позначте його зірочкою, щоб додати до поля **Позначення**. Ви можете " -"зібрати будь-яке повідомлення або сповіщення в Обговорення або будь-якого з " -"учасників, що займаються конкретними товарами в Odoo, щоб зберігати тут " -"вкладки." #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "Чому потрібно використовувати обговорення" +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " -"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " -"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " -"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " -"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " -"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " -"simple and searchable interface." +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Discuss" msgstr "" -"Обговорення Odoo - це простий у використанні додаток для обміну " -"повідомленнями для команд, які об'єднують всю вашу організацію в одному " -"місці та без проблем інтегрується із системою Odoo. Обговорення дає змогу " -"надсилати та отримувати повідомлення будь-де, де ви знаходитесь в Odoo, а " -"також легко керувати своїми повідомленнями та повідомленнями в додатку. " -"Обговорення дає змогу створювати **канали** для командних чатів, бесід про " -"проекти, координацію зустрічей тощо в одному простому та доступному для " -"пошуку інтерфейсі." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get organized by planning activities" -msgstr "Ставайте ще більш організованими з плануванням дій" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " -"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " -"undertake." +"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " +"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " +"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" +" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " +"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." msgstr "" -"Планування дій - це ідеальний спосіб продовжити роботу. Отримайте " -"нагадування про те, що потрібно зробити, і заплануйте наступні заходи, які " -"потрібно виконати." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose your notifications preference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 msgid "" -"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" -" your priorities." +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your :doc:`Chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` notifications to be handled." msgstr "" -"Ваша діяльність доступна в будь-якому місці, де ви знаходитеся в Odoo. " -"Вашими пріоритетами легко керувати." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " -"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" +"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " +"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " +"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." msgstr "" -"Діяльність може бути запланована і керована учасниками спілкування та " -"переглядів канбанів. Ось приклад можливостей:" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" +" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:37 +msgid "Start Chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " +"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " +"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" +" of where you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" +" your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " +"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:62 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the :doc:`chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` type *@user-name*; to refer to a channel," +" type *#channel-name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:67 +msgid "" +"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " +"through email, depending on his settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " +"first based on the task’s :doc:`followers " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>`, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" +" scope of the search becomes all partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +msgid "Chat status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " +"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " +"menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +msgid "Green = online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +msgid "Orange = away" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +msgid "White = offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "Airplane = out of the office" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/tasks/collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " +"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " +"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " +"of having overlapping actions between team members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " +"*Activities* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 +msgid "Plan activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the :doc:`Chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` by clicking on *Schedule activity*, or " +"through Kanban views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 msgid "Set your activity types" msgstr "Встановіть види діяльності" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 msgid "" -"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " -"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." +"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " +"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням в Odoo доступні різні типові види дій (наприклад, дзвінок, " -"електронна пошта, зустріч та інше). Якщо ви хочете встановити нові, " -"перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні налаштування --> Типи" -" дій`." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 -msgid "Schedule meetings" -msgstr "Розклад зустрічей" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 msgid "" -"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " -"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " -"open to let you select a time slot." +"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure" +" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." msgstr "" -"Дії заплановані на певні дні. Якщо вам потрібно встановити години, перейдіть" -" за типом дії *Зустріч*. При плануванні дії, календар буде просто відкритий," -" щоби дозволити вам вибрати часовий інтервал." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " -"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 +msgid "Recommend next activities" msgstr "" -"Якщо вам потрібно використовувати інші типи дій за допомогою планування " -"календаря, переконайтеся, що їх *Категорія* встановлена як *Зустріч*." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 -msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" -msgstr "Заплануйте послідовність дій для їх відслідковування" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 msgid "" -"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " -"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." +"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " +"*Recommended Next Activities*." msgstr "" -"Odoo допомагає вам легко спланувати свій звичайний робочий процес. Перейдіть" -" до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Типи діяльності` та встановіть наступні" -" кроки, такі як *Рекомендовані наступні дії*." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 msgid "" -"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " -"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." +"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" +" next steps are suggested to you." msgstr "" -"Тепер, коли дія завершена, ви можете вибрати *Готово і запланувати " -"наступну*. Наступні кроки будуть автоматично запропоновані для вас." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" -msgstr "Розважайтеся, стаючи організованішими із плануванням дій!" +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`get_started`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" -msgstr "Як ефективно комунікувати у команді, використовуючи канали" +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " "departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," -" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." +"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " +"latest developments." msgstr "" -"Ви можете використовувати **канали** для організації обговорень між окремими" -" групами, департаментами, проектами або будь-якою іншою групою, яка потребує" -" регулярного спілкування. Знайшовши бесіди, кожен, хто бачить її у каналі, " -"легко збереже всю команду в циклі з останніми новинками." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "Creating a channel" -msgstr "Створення каналу" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." -msgstr "В Обговоренні є два типи каналів - **публічний** та **приватний**." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " -"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " -"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " -"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 +msgid "Public and Private channels" msgstr "" -"**Публічний канал** може бути створений адміністратором лише з правами на " -"запис, і його можуть бачити всі, хто в організації. Навпаки, **приватний " -"канал** може бути створений будь-яким користувачем, і за замовчуванням він " -"відображається лише користувачам, запрошеним на цей канал." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 +msgid "" +"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " +"visible to users invited to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 msgid "" "A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" -" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " -"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " -"information)." +" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " +"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " +"specific department)." msgstr "" -"Публічний канал найкраще використовується, коли багато працівників повинні " -"мати доступ до інформації (наприклад, міжвідомчі комунікації або компанії), " -"тоді приватний канал повинен використовуватися, коли інформація повинна бути" -" обмежена лише певними користувачами/працівниками (наприклад, департамент " -"або конфіденційна інформація)." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 -msgid "Configuring a channel" -msgstr "Налаштування каналу" +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 +msgid "Configuration options" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 msgid "" -"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " -"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." -" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " -"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" -" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " -"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" -" a public channel." +"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" +" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." msgstr "" -"Ви можете налаштовувати назву каналу, опис, права доступу, автоматичну " -"підписку та надсилати електронні листи з :menuselection:`#channel-name --> " -"Налаштування`. Змінюючи права доступу до каналу, ви можете контролювати, які" -" групи можуть переглядати кожен канал. Ви можете зробити канал видимим для " -"всіх користувачів, запрошених користувачів або користувачів вибраної групи " -"користувачів. Зауважте, якщо дозволити \"всім\" користуватись приватним " -"каналом, інші користувачі зможуть переглядати та приєднуватися до неї, " -"оскільки це буде відкритим каналом." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 -msgid "How to set up a mailing list" -msgstr "Як налаштувати список розсилки" +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 +msgid "Privacy and Members" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 msgid "" -"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " -":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" -" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " -"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " -"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " -"messages by email." +"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " +"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " +"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" +" a public one." msgstr "" -"Канал можна налаштувати так, щоб він поводився як список розсилки. Зі списку" -" :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Налаштування`, визначте електронне " -"повідомлення, яке ви хочете використовувати. Після цього користувачі зможуть" -" опублікувати в каналі та вибрати отримання сповіщень за допомогою " -"визначеної електронної адреси. Біля назви каналу в списку з'явиться значок " -"конверта, який покаже, що канал надсилатиме повідомлення електронною поштою." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "Locating a channel" -msgstr "Пошук каналу" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 msgid "" -"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " -"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" -" clicking the plus icon." +"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " +"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " +"*Invite*." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви не бачите канал на інформаційній панелі, ви можете шукати в списку " -"**публічних каналів**, щоб знайти потрібний канал або створити новий канал, " -"натиснувши значок +." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 msgid "" -"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " -"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " -"channels from a single screen." +"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " +"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " +"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " +"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " +"are part of the group." msgstr "" -"Ви також можете натиснути заголовок **КАНАЛИ**, щоб переглянути список всіх " -"публічних каналів. Це дозволяє користувачеві вручну **приєднуватися** і " -"**залишати** публічні канали з одного екрану." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 +msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 msgid "" -"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " -"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." +"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " +"mailing list." msgstr "" -"Завжди мудро шукати канал, перш ніж створювати новий, щоб не створювати " -"дубльовані записи для однієї теми." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 -msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" -msgstr "Використання фільтрів для навігації в обговоренні" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 msgid "" -"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " -"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " -"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " -"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " -"character wildcard.**" +"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " +"messages will need to be approved before being sent." msgstr "" -"Пошук у верхньому рядку забезпечує доступ до тієї ж всеохоплюючої функції " -"пошуку, що присутня в решті частини Odoo. Ви можете застосувати кілька " -"**критеріїв фільтрації** та **зберігати фільтри** для подальшого " -"використання. Функція пошуку приймає підстановку символів, використовуючи " -"символ підкреслення \"\\ **\\_**\\ \", щоб представляти **підстановку одного" -" символу**." -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" -msgstr "Як слідкувати за дискусійною темою та визначати, що я хочу почути" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" -msgstr "Як слідкувати за темою дискусії" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 msgid "" -"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," -" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." +"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" +" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." msgstr "" -"Ви можете відстежувати практично будь-який бізнес-об'єкт в Odoo (нагода, " -"комерційна пропозиція, завдання тощо), **додавши** це." -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 -msgid "How to choose the events to follow" -msgstr "Як вибрати події, щоб слідкувати за ними" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 msgid "" -"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " -"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " -"**Project** app." +"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" +" to newcomers." msgstr "" -"Ви можете вибрати типи подій, про які ви хочете отримувати повідомлення. " -"Наведений нижче приклад показує параметри, доступні при виконанні " -"**завдання** в додатку **Проект**." -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 -msgid "How to add other followers" -msgstr "Як додати інших підписників" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 msgid "" -"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " -"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" -" link back to the original document." +"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " +"messages." msgstr "" -"Ви можете запросити інших користувачів і додавати канали як підписки. " -"Додавання каналу як підписки відправить повідомлення, опубліковані в чаті, " -"до каналу з посиланням на вихідний документ." -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 -msgid "How to be a default follower" -msgstr "Як бути підписником за замовчуванням" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 msgid "" -"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " -"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" -" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " -"created, an opportunity won)." +"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " +"their :doc:`notification preference `." msgstr "" -"Ви автоматично встановлюєте себе як підписника за замовчуванням будь-якого " -"елемента, який ви створюєте. У деяких програмах, таких як CRM та Проект, ви " -"можете стати підписником за замовчуванням будь-якого нового запису, " -"створеного для отримання сповіщень про конкретні події (наприклад, створене " -"нове завдання, виграна нагода)." -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 msgid "" -"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" -" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " -"about." +"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " +"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 +msgid "Quick search bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " +"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " +"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" +" and quickly find the one you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 +msgid "Finding channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " +"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " +"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " +"single character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" msgstr "" -"Щоб це зробити, розпочніть наступний батьківський бізнес-об'єкт (наприклад, " -"канал збуту в CRM, проект у проекті). Потім виберіть події, за якими ви " -"хочете слідкувати." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index 72e8906bf..2a9e0b575 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -5,17 +5,16 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Bohdan Lisnenko, 2019 -# Alina Lisnenko , 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko , 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -798,402 +797,6 @@ msgstr "Запустіть свій веб-сайт" msgid "Get paid" msgstr "Отримайте оплату" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" -msgstr "Як отримати оплату за допомогою Authorize.Net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " -"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " -"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " -"`__ " -"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " -"`__ that " -"you like." -msgstr "" -"Authorize.Net є однією з найпопулярніших платформ електронної комерції в " -"Північній Америці. На відміну від більшості інших постачальників платежів, " -"сумісних з Odoo, Authorize.Net може використовуватися лише як платіжний " -"шлюз. " -"`__ " -"Таким чином, ви можете скористатись процесором платежу або " -"продавцем,`__" -" який вам подобається." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 -msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" -msgstr "Створіть обліковий запис Authorize.Net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Create an `Authorize.Net account `__ by clicking " -"'Get Started'." -msgstr "" -"Створіть обліковий запис Authorize.Net, `__ " -"натиснувши кнопку 'Почати роботу'." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" -" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " -"press the related option." -msgstr "" -"На сторінці ціноутворення натисніть *Зареєструйтеся зараз*, якщо ви хочете " -"використовувати Authorize.net як платіжний шлюз та продаж. Якщо ви хочете " -"використовувати свій власний продаж, натисніть відповідну опцію." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 -msgid "Go through the registration steps." -msgstr "Перейдіть за кроками реєстрації." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " -"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." -msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням обліковий запис встановлено як тестовий обліковий запис. Ви" -" можете використовувати цей тестовий обліковий запис для обробки тестової " -"транзакції з Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 -msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." -msgstr "Після завершення перейдіть у режим **Розробника**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 -msgid "Set up Odoo" -msgstr "Налаштуйте Odoo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " -"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." -msgstr "" -"Активізуйте Authorize.Net в Odoo з :menuselection:`Веб-сайту чи Продажів або" -" Бухобліку --> Налаштування --> Платіжні еквайєри`." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Enter both your **Login ID** your **API Transaction Key** and your **API " -"Signature Key**." -msgstr "" -"Введіть ваш **Login ID**, ваш **Ключ тразакції API** та ваш **Ключ підпису " -"API**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To get those credentials from Authorize.Net, you can follow the direction in" -" the Authorize.net Help `API Credentials and Keys " -"`__" -" entry and access the menu :menuselection:`Account --> Settings --> API " -"Credentials & Keys` in the Authorize.net dashboard. Note that you need " -"*both* a Transaction key and and Signature key." -msgstr "" -"Щоб отримати ті облікові дані Authorize.Net, ви можете слідувати підказкам в" -" Authorize.net Help `Облікові дані та ключі API " -"`__" -" увійдіть та отримайте доступ до :menuselection:`Обліковий запис --> " -"Налаштування --> Облікові дані та ключі API` на панелі приладів " -"Authorize.net. Занотуйте, що вам знадобиться і ключ транзакції і ключ " -"підпису." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Once both keys are set up, you can then generate a Client Key by clicking " -"the \"Generate Client Key\" button. Note that these 3 keys are necessary for" -" the setup to work correctly." -msgstr "" -"Як тільки обидва ключі будуть встановлені, ви зможете створити ключ клієнта," -" натиснувши на кнопку \"Створити ключ клієнта\". Занотуйте, що ці три ключі " -"необхідні для правильного налаштування роботи." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:51 -msgid "Go live" -msgstr "Розпочніть" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Enabled** state." -msgstr "" -"Тепер ваші налаштування готові! Можете зробити видимим Authorize.Net у " -"вашому інтерфейсі продавця та активувати статус **Увімкнено**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " -"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you switch from " -"testing to production or vice-versa." -msgstr "" -"Облікові дані, надані Authorize.net, відрізняються для тестового та робочого" -" режиму. Не забудьте оновити їх в Odoo, коли ви перемикаєтеся з тестової на " -"робочу версію та навпаки." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:65 -msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" -msgstr "Оцініть Authorize.Net як платіжне рішення" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " -"account `__." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете безкоштовно протестувати та оцінити Authorize.Net, створивши " -"`обліковий запис розробника `__." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" -" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." -msgstr "" -"Після створення облікового запису ви отримаєте облікові дані sandbox. " -"Введіть їх в Odoo, як описано вище, і переконайтеся, що ви все ще " -"перебуваєте в режимі *тестування*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " -"`__ to configure your sandbox account." -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете увійти в платформу для автозавантаження Authorize.Net, " -"`__ щоб налаштувати свій обліковий запис для" -" sandbox." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" -" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " -"`__." -msgstr "" -"Для виконання фальшивих операцій ви можете використовувати підроблені номери" -" карт, вказані в посібнику з тестування Authorize.Net " -"`__." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:80 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:206 -msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:81 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:207 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "Як отримати платіж через платіжні еквайєри" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " -"Invoicing apps." -msgstr "" -"Odoo включає кілька способів оплати з електронної комерції, продажів і " -"рахунків-фактур." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 -msgid "What are the payment methods available" -msgstr "Які доступні способи оплати?" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 -msgid "Wire transfer" -msgstr "Банківський переказ" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " -"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" -" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" -"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" -"Банківський переказ - це доступний спосіб оплати за замовчуванням. Мета - " -"надати своїм клієнтам свої банківські реквізити, щоб вони могли платити " -"самостійно через свій банк. Це дуже легко розпочати, але повільно і " -"неефективно. Виберіть онлайн-покупців, як тільки зможете!" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 -msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "Платіжні еквайєри" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" -" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" -" over time:" -msgstr "" -"Переадресовуйте своїх клієнтів на платформи, щоби легко отримувати гроші та " -"відстежувати статус платежу (зворотній зв'язок). Odoo підтримує все більше і" -" більше платформ:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 -msgid "`Paypal `__" -msgstr "`Paypal `__" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "Ingenico" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 -msgid "Authorize.net" -msgstr "Authorize.net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "Adyen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "Buckaroo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 -msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "PayUmoney" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 -msgid "Sips" -msgstr "Sips" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "Stripe" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 -msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "Як це втілити" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method is ready, make it visible in the payment interface " -"by switching the state to **Enabled**." -msgstr "" -"Коли платіжний метод буде готовим, зробіть його видимим в інтерфейсі оплати," -" перемкнувши статус на **Увімкнено**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 -msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" -msgstr "" -"Як дозволити клієнтам зберігати та повторно використовувати кредитні картки" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " -"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." -" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" -"Щоб полегшити сплату повернених клієнтів, ви можете дозволити їм зберігати " -"та повторно використовувати кредитну картку, якщо вони хочуть. Якщо так, " -"токен платежу буде збережений в Odoo. Цей параметр доступний для Ingenico та" -" Authorize.net." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 -msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "Ви можете увімкнути це за допомогою форми налаштування еквайєра." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 -msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" -msgstr "Як дебетувати кредитні картки для оплати підписки" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Subscription `__ allows to " -"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " -"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." -msgstr "" -"`Підписка Odoo `__ дозволяє " -"автоматично сплачувати послуги на регулярній основі. Поряд з цим, ви можете " -"мати автоматичне дебетування кредитної картки клієнта." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 -msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "Цей параметр доступний для Ingenico та Authorize.net." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 -msgid "" -"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " -"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" -" from the subscription." -msgstr "" -"Таким чином, платіжний токен буде фіксуватися, коли користувач перейде на " -"підписку, а автоматичний дебет запускатиметься кожного разу, коли рахунок-" -"фактура випадає з підписки." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 -msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "Як користуватися іншими еквайєрами (розширені)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " -"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" -" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." -msgstr "" -"Odoo може надати запити на одноразову оплату та переадресацію до будь-якого " -"платника. Але немає зворотнього зв'язку, тобто Odoo не відстежує стан " -"транзакції. Таким чином, ви підтвердите замовлення вручну, як тільки ви " -"отримаєте плату." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 -msgid "How to:" -msgstr "Як це зробити:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть на :doc:`Режим розробника " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 -msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "Встановіть метод платежу **Кастомний**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " -"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " -"duplicate." -msgstr "" -"Налаштуйте форму для оплати (шаблон форми S2S), як вказано вашим платіжним " -"еквайєром. Ви можете почати з *default_acquirer_button*, яке ви можете " -"дублювати." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 -msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "Інші налаштування" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " -"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " -"`__)." -msgstr "" -"Система Odoo також може бути використана для більш просунутих платіжних " -"транзакцій, таких як плати за розстрочку (напр. `Paypal Installment Plans " -"`__)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " -"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " -"such matter. `Contact us `_." -msgstr "" -"Така послуга налаштування виконується на власному сервері нашими технічними " -"експертами на основі ваших вимог. Бізнес-консультант може зв'язатися з вами" -" з таких запитань. `Зв'яжіться з нами " -"`_." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" - #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" msgstr "Як керувати замовленнями, оплаченими через платіжні еквайєри" @@ -1299,17 +902,8 @@ msgid "" " can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " "way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " "until you get paid into your bank account (see " -":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards`)." +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви виберете цей режим, вам буде запропоновано вибрати журнал платежів " -"для запису у ваших журналах. Цей платіж автоматично узгоджується з рахунком-" -"фактурою, позначаючи його як оплачений. Виберіть банківський рахунок, якщо " -"ви одразу отримуєте платіж на своєму банківському рахунку. Якщо ви не " -"можете, ви можете створити окремий журнал для отримувача платежу (тип = " -"Банк). Таким чином, ви можете відстежувати онлайн-платежі через проміжний " -"рахунок ваших бухгалтерських журналів, доки ви не отримаєте оплату на свій " -"банківський рахунок (див. " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" @@ -1341,403 +935,6 @@ msgstr "" "З іншими платіжними еквайєрми ви можете керувати утриманням у власних " "інтерфейсах, а не з Odoo." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your Paypal account" -msgstr "Налаштуйте ваш обліковий запис Paypal" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " -"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " -"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " -"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." -msgstr "" -"Paypal доступний та популярний по всьому світу. Він не стягує плату за " -"підписку, а створити обліковий запис дуже легко. Ось чому ми рекомендуємо " -"його для початківців в Odoo. Він працює безперебійно, коли клієнт " -"перенаправляється на веб-сайт Paypal для реєстрації платежу." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 -msgid "Paypal account" -msgstr "Обліковий запис Paypal" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 -msgid "" -"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " -"Business Account `_" -" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " -"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " -"configuration steps." -msgstr "" -"Бізнес-рахунок потрібен для отримання платежів з Paypal. Створіть `Бізнес-" -"рахунок Paypayl " -"`__" -" або оновіть ваш Персональний рахунок на Бізнес. Перейдіть в налаштування " -"Paypal та натисніть *Оновити на Бізнес-рахунок*. Потім продовжіть кілька " -"кроків налаштування." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 -msgid "Settings in Paypal" -msgstr "Налаштування в Paypal" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:26 -msgid "" -"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " -"seamless customer experience with Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Спершу, давайте поглянемо, як налаштувати ваш обліковий запис Paypal, щоби " -"створити безперебійний досвід роботи клієнта з Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " -"Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." -msgstr "" -"Увійдіть та відкрийте налаштування. Перейдіть у :menuselection:`Товари та " -"послуги --> Платежі веб-сайту` та натисніть **Оновити** у **Налаштуваннях " -"веб-сайту**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:34 -msgid "Auto Return" -msgstr "Автоматичне повернення" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " -"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " -"the suffix ``/shop/confirmation`` as *Return URL* (e.g. " -"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." -msgstr "" -"*Автоматичне повернення* автоматично перенаправляє ваших клієнтів на Odoo " -"після обробки платежу. Позначте *Автоматичне повернення* та введіть ваше " -"ім'я домену із суфіксом ``/shop/confirmation`` як *URL повернення* (напр., " -"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:41 -msgid "" -"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " -"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " -"Odoo databases." -msgstr "" -"Ця URL-адреса дає запит на Paypal, але не використовується на практиці, " -"оскільки Odoo передає її на кожній транзакції. Не хвилюйтеся, якщо ви " -"керуєте кількома каналами продажів або базами даних Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:49 -msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" -msgstr "Переказ даних про оплату (PDT)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:51 -msgid "" -"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" -" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " -"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " -"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"*Переказ даних про оплату* передає підтвердження платежу в Odoo, як тільки " -"він оброблений. Без цього Odoo не зможе завершити процес продажу. Ці " -"налаштування повинні бути активованими як слід. Під час збереження " -"створюється *Токен ідентифікації*. Пізніше ви отримаєте запит на вхід в " -"Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:59 -msgid "Paypal Account Optional" -msgstr "Опціональний рахунок Paypal" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:61 -msgid "" -"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " -"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " -"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." -msgstr "" -"Ми радимо не спонукати клієнтів входити за допомогою облікового запису " -"Paypal, коли вони отримують оплату. Нехай вони також платять " -"дебетовими/кредитними картками, інакше ви можете втратити деякі угоди. " -"Переконайтесь, що цей параметр увімкнено." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:68 -msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" -msgstr "Миттєві сповіщення оплати (IPN)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:70 -msgid "" -"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " -"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " -"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" -" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " -"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " -"receipt." -msgstr "" -"PDT надсилає підтвердження замовлень лише один раз. В результаті ваш сайт " -"повинен запускатися, коли це трапляється; в іншому випадку він ніколи не " -"отримає повідомлення. Тому ми радимо активувати *Миттєві сповіщення оплати* " -"(IPN) в горі. З IPN, доставка підтвердження замовлень практично гарантоване " -"з того часу, як IPN повторно надсилає підтвердження поки ваш сайт не " -"підтвердить отримання." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:77 -msgid "" -"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " -"*Instant Payment Notification*." -msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати IPN, поверніться в меню *Платежі веб-сайту* та натисніть " -"*Оновити* у *Миттєвих сповіщеннях оплати*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " -"(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." -msgstr "" -"*URL сповіщення* для встановлення вашого ім'я домену + “payment/paypal/ipn” " -"(напр., ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85 -msgid "Payment Messages Format" -msgstr "Формат повідомлень оплати" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:87 -msgid "" -"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " -"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " -"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте символи з наголосом (або що-небудь ще, крім основних " -"латинських символів) для імен ваших клієнтів, адрес... вам НЕОБХІДНО " -"налаштувати формат кодування запиту на платіж, що надсилається Odoo в " -"Paypal." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:93 -msgid "" -"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви не налаштуєте це, деякі транзакції не вдаватимуться без приміток." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 -msgid "To do so, open:" -msgstr "Щоб зробити це, відкрийте:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:97 -msgid "" -"`this page for a test account `__" -msgstr "" -"`цю сторінку для тестового облікового запису `__" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:99 -msgid "" -"`this page for a production account `__" -msgstr "" -"`цю сторінку для робочого облікового запису `__" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " -"**UTF-8**." -msgstr "" -"Потім натисніть *Додаткові параметри* та встановіть два стандартні кодування" -" у форматі **UTF-8**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109 -msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" -msgstr "Ваш обліковий запис Paypal готовий!" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112 -msgid "" -"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" -" Account Optional* needs to be turned on." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете, щоби ваші клієнти платили без створення облікових записів " -"Paypal, потрібно увімкнути *Опціональний обліковий запис Paypal*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:118 -msgid "" -"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " -"`Paypal documentation `_." -msgstr "" -"Для зашифрованих платежів на веб-сайті та помилки EWP_SETTINGS, перевірте " -"`документацію paypal. `__." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:124 -msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "Налаштування в Odoo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127 -msgid "Activation" -msgstr "Активація" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " -"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." -msgstr "" -"Активуйте *Paypal* з панелі налаштувань Продажів, Виставлення рахунків та " -"Електронної комерції, або з меню налаштування *Платіжних еквайєрів*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:133 -msgid "Credentials" -msgstr "Повноваження" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:135 -msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" -msgstr "Odoo вимагає трьох облікових даних Paypal:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:137 -msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." -msgstr "" -"*ID електронної пошти* - це ваш логін адреси електронної пошти в Paypal." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138 -msgid "" -"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " -":menuselection:`Profile --> About the business`." -msgstr "" -"*Merchant ID* можна знайти у налаштуваннях облікового запису Paypal, у " -":menuselection:`Профіль --> про бізнес`." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:140 -msgid "" -"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" -" here above." -msgstr "" -"*Токен PDT Paypal* надається у налаштуваннях *Платежі веб-сайту*, як це " -"показано нижче." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:146 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "Оплата транзакції" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:148 -msgid "" -"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " -"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " -"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете стягувати додаткову комісію з клієнтів за оплату через Paypal; Це " -"покриває стягнення з вас комісії за транзакцію Paypal. Після направлення на " -"Paypal, ваш клієнт бачить додаткову суму до суми замовлення." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:151 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." -msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати це, перейдіть на вкладку Налаштування Paypal а Odoo та " -"позначте *Додати додаткові комісії*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:157 -msgid "" -"You can refer to `Paypal Fees `__ to set up fees." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете перейти на `Комісію Paypal `__ щоби встановити комісію." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:161 -msgid "" -"`Traders in the EU `_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " -"paying with credit cards." -msgstr "" -"`Продавцям у ЄС `_ заборонено стягувати додаткові збори за " -"оплату кредитними картками." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165 -msgid "Go live!" -msgstr "Перейдіть в онлайн!" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" -" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" -" it." -msgstr "" -"Ваші налаштування готові до запуску. Переконайтеся, що увімкнено режим " -"*Розробника*. Потім опублікуйте метод платежу, натиснувши на кнопку " -"*Опубліковано* поруч." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " -"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " -"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " -"processed." -msgstr "" -"Тепер Paypal доступний у ваших платежах у модулях Електронної комерції, " -"Продажах та Виставленні рахунків. Клієнти перенаправляються на веб-сайт " -"Paypal під час натискання *Оплатити зараз*. Вони повернуться на сторінку " -"підтвердження в Odoo після того, як платіж буде оброблено." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185 -msgid "Test environment" -msgstr "Тестове середовище" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187 -msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " -"accounts." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете протестувати процес оплати в Odoo завдяки рахункам Paypal Sandbox." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with " -"your Paypal credentials." -msgstr "" -"Увійдіть на `Сайт розробника Paypal `__ з " -"вашими обліковими даними Paypal." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:191 -msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "Це створить два рахунки sandbox:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:193 -msgid "" -"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " -"`__)." -msgstr "" -"Бізнес-рахунок (для використання як покупці, напр. " -"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " -"`__)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:195 -msgid "" -"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." -msgstr "" -"Персональний рахунок за замовчуванням (для використання як покупець, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:197 -msgid "" -"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " -"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " -"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " -"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " -"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." -msgstr "" -"Увійдіть у Paypal Sandbox з обліковим записом продавця та слідуйте тим самим" -" інструкціям налаштування. Введіть ваші облікові дані sandbox в Odoo та " -"переконайтеся, що Paypal досі встановлено як *Тестове середовище*. Також " -"переконайтеся, що автоматичне виставлення рахунку не активовано у ваших " -"налаштуваннях Електронної комерції, щоб не створювати рахунки коли " -"завершуються фіктивні транзакції." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:203 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "" -"Запустіть тестову транзакцію в Odoo, використовуючи особистий обліковий " -"запис Sandbox." - #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 msgid "How customers can access their customer account" msgstr "" @@ -1798,67 +995,6 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо клієнт встановлений як контакт компанії у вашій адресній книзі, він " "побачить усі документи, які належать цій компанії." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "Як отримати платіж через банківський переказ" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" -"**Банківський переказ** - це доступний спосіб оплати за замовчуванням. Мета " -"- надати своїм клієнтам свої банківські реквізити, щоб вони могли платити " -"самостійно. Це дуже легко розпочати, але повільно і неефективно. Виберіть " -"покупців, як тільки зможете!" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "Як надати клієнтам платіжні інструкції" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." -msgstr "" -"Вставте свої платіжні інструкції у **Повідомлення подяки** за допомогою " -"вашого способу оплати." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "Вони з'являтимуться у клієнтів, коли вони розміщують замовлення." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "Як керувати замовленням, коли ви отримуєте оплату" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "" -"Кожного разу, коли клієнт оплачує банківським переказом, замовлення " -"залишається на проміжному етапі **надісланої комерційної пропозиції** " -"(наприклад, неоплачене замовлення). Коли ви отримуєте оплату, ви " -"підтверджуєте замовлення вручну, щоб запустити доставку." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "Як створити інші ручні методи оплати" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви керуєте B2B-бізнесом, ви можете створювати інші способи оплати, що " -"обробляються вручну, наприклад, оплата чеком. Для цього просто перейменуйте " -"*Банківський переказ* або дублюйте його." - #: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Collect taxes" msgstr "Збирайте податки" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po index dfd678cf9..a202495d3 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Alina Lisnenko , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -34,25 +34,25 @@ msgstr "Загальний огляд" msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5 msgid "" -"Mailing lists could be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as" -" they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, " -"and consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:9 -msgid "Create Mailing lists" +"Mailing lists can be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as " +"they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, and" +" consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 +msgid "Create mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " "the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " "unsubscribing." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:18 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19 msgid "" "Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" " *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." @@ -62,21 +62,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:25 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 msgid "" "Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " "advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27 msgid "" "Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " "mailing list." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:35 -msgid "Check all the contacts of your mailing list(s)" -msgstr "" +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34 +msgid "Contacts" +msgstr "Контакти" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -85,14 +85,14 @@ msgid "" "created here." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:45 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43 msgid "" -"Open a contact to see or add different mailing lists to which the contact is" -" or will be part of." +"Open a contact form to see or add different mailing lists to which the " +"contact is or will be part of." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:54 -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:48 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46 msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" msgstr "" @@ -100,35 +100,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:4 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5 msgid "" "It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " "unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " "that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:9 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " -"*Blacklist Option when unsubscribing*." +"*Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:18 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19 msgid "" -"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he will " -"be redirected to the following page:" +"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is " +"redirected to the following page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:22 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:28 msgid "" -"After clicking the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you will " -"be sent to an error page (error 403 - Access Denied). If you want to be sure" -" the link is working properly, you should create your mass mail and then " -"send it only to a personal email." +"After clicking on the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you " +"are sent to an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). If you want to be " +"sure the link is working properly, create your mass mail and send it only to" +" a personal email." msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 @@ -144,18 +144,18 @@ msgid "" " users." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38 msgid "" "Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " -"addresses will be shown." +"addresses are shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:40 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 msgid "" "When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:50 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47 msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" msgstr "" @@ -163,24 +163,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:4 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5 msgid "" "Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " "consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" " with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:9 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14 msgid "" -"Choosing *Contacts*, for example, as *Recipients*, will allow you to add " +"Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add " "specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." msgstr "" @@ -192,94 +192,98 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:26 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25 msgid "" "Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " "dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " "to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34 msgid "" "Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " "you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" " sender (*Send From*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:41 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 msgid "" "With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " "either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." -" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts, a " -"mailing list or contacts as recipients." +" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts or " +"contacts as recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:51 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45 msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:60 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53 msgid "" -"*Save*: the work will be allocated in the *draft* column in the kanban view." -" Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " -"will delete the email." +"*Save*: the work is allocated in the *draft* column in the Kanban view. " +"Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " +"deletes the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:62 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:54 msgid "" "Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " "contacts to avoid errors." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:65 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56 msgid "" -"*Send* will trigger the email with the next run and put the work on the " -"*queue* column in the kanban view." +"*Send* triggers the email with the next run and put the work on the *queue* " +"column in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:68 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:58 msgid "" -"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time and will put the email in " -"the *queue* column in the kanban view." +"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time, and puts the email in the " +"*queue* column in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:61 msgid "" -"The daily limit is applied for *all emails* sent, in other words, throughout" -" all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have remaining " -"ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically the next " -"day. You will need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " +"The daily limit is applied for **all emails** sent, in other words, " +"throughout all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have " +"remaining ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically " +"the next day. You need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " "*Retry*." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:78 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67 msgid "Manage campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:79 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " "Campaigns*." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:81 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 msgid "" "The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" " efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:82 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72 msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:92 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80 msgid "" "If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " -"Notification feature, you will see the option to create content for those " -"channels. You will also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. " -"All of this is possible because the applications work integrated." +"Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those " +"channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of" +" this is possible because the applications work integrated." msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po index 9f4e716d0..0cc6db2d1 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -75,10 +75,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " "you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " -"configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: " -":doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees " -"report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " -"behaviour." +"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price `. That" +" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " +"usually the expected behaviour." msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:41 @@ -148,8 +147,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:83 msgid "" "The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " -"product's internal reference between brackets (e.g. [Food]). Type the " -"expense amount in the mail subject to set it on the expense too." +"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " +"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:88 diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po index c36434163..cc4f2d528 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "" "Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:15 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:17 msgid "" "Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " "Intervention* from tickets." @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 -msgid ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`" +msgid ":doc:`../../project/overview/setup`" msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3 @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ msgid "" "Quotations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:21 +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:23 msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 3d630a587..d3e381bff 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -4,16 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Alina Lisnenko , 2019 +# Bohdan Lisnenko, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -113,6 +115,130 @@ msgstr "" "клієнта). Вам потрібно вставити свій ID клієнта в **Загальних " "налаштуваннях**." +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 +msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly " +"from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales " +"commission plans, budgets, project forecasts, etc. Formulas are written in " +"Python but programming skills are not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Налаштування" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*." +" The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get " +"Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password " +"--> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 +msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to " +"Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 +msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by " +"Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 +msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 +msgid "From this new file, configure your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " +"Username --> Password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "Заявки" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve " +"data and retrieve grouped sums." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested" +" takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no " +"specific size limit, since the time for Odoo to respond depends on several " +"factors - although reading data regarding several thousand records is " +"usually fine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 +msgid "Retrieve Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse " +"(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the " +"information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 +msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 +msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group " +"(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to " +"display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 +msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 +msgid "Other uses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create " +"Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" msgstr "Як дозволити користувачам входити через LDAP" @@ -1137,85 +1263,395 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../general/multi_companies.rst:3 +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:124 +msgid "Multi Companies" +msgstr "Мультикомпанії" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 +msgid "" +"A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies" +" simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and" +" contacts. It provides you the ability to generate reports of aggregated " +"figures without switching interfaces, which facilitates daily tasks and the " +"overall management process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 +msgid "Manage companies and records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " +"with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " +"are shared between the two companies (as long as both environments are " +"active)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them " +"by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels." +" JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " +"boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " +"in use. To switch environments, click on the company’s name. In the example " +"below, the user has access to three companies, two are activated, and the " +"environment in use is of *JS Store US*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " +"shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 +msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " +"specific company and its child companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:51 +msgid "Employees' access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " +"<../odoo_basics/add_user>` for *Multi Companies*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " +"**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " +"the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " +"(the company from which the sale order was issued)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:66 +msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 +msgid "The current company (the one active) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 +msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " +"is being edited)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:73 +msgid "Documents’ format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" +" the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " +"Layout*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:83 +msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" +msgstr "Операції між компаніями" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +msgid "" +":doc:`Chart of Accounts " +"<../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Localizations " +"<../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:92 +msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 +msgid "" +":doc:`Warehouses <../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With" +" the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like" +" operations between companies to be synchronized at an invoice/bills level " +"or at a sales/purchase orders level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:103 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " +"confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:106 +msgid "" +"*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, " +"automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:113 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales " +"order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is " +"confirmed for the selected company. If instead of a drafted purchase/sales " +"order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:117 +msgid "" +"*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store " +"Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " +"confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:126 +msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:132 +msgid "" +"`Multi-company Guidelines " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" msgstr "Основне" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a user" -msgstr "Як додати користувача" +msgid "Add Users and Manage Access Rights" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " -"point." -msgstr "Odoo надає вам можливість додавати користувачів у будь-який момент." +"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" +" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " +"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:12 msgid "Add individual users" msgstr "Додайте окремих користувачів" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:14 msgid "" -"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" -" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " -"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -" -" and a picture." +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." msgstr "" -"У модулі \"Налаштування\" перейдіть до підменю :menuselection:`Користувачі " -"--> Користувачі` та натисніть **СТВОРИТИ**. Спочатку додайте ім'я вашого " -"нового користувача та адресу електронної пошти - ту, яку він буде " -"використовувати для входу в Odoo, та зображення." - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " -"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." -msgstr "" -"У розділі Права доступу ви можете вибрати, до яких додатків ваш користувач " -"може отримати доступ та які використовувати. Доступні різні рівні залежно " -"від програми." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 msgid "" -"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " -"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" -" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви закінчите редагувати сторінку та натиснете кнопку **ЗБЕРЕГТИ**, " -"електронний лист запрошення автоматично надсилатиметься користувачеві. " -"Користувач повинен натиснути на нього, щоби прийняти запрошення до системи " -"та створити вхід." - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " -"Refer to our `Pricing page `_ for more " -"information." +"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " +"Rights ` choose the group within" +" each application the user can have access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:24 msgid "" -"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " -"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " -"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link" -" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights " -"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." +"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" +" database." msgstr "" -"Ви також можете додати нового користувача \"на льоту\" з інформаційної " -"панелі. З наведеного вище знімка екрану введіть адресу електронної пошти " -"користувача, якого ви хочете додати, і натисніть на **ЗАПРОСИТИ**. " -"Користувач отримає запрошення електронною поштою, що містить посилання для " -"встановлення його пароля. Після цього ви зможете визначити його права " -"доступу в меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Меню користувача`." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:30 msgid "" -"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`_" +"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " +"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " +"invitation and create a login." msgstr "" -"`Деактивування користувачів <../../db_management/documentation.html" -"#deactivating-users>`_" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " +"`pricing page `_ for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:42 +msgid "" +"With the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"activated, *User Types* can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " +"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " +"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:57 +msgid "Access Rights in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:63 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "Групи" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " +"`, details of the rules and " +"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " +"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" +" rights are shown in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:76 +msgid "" +"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " +"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " +"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " +"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " +"they are being applied to the needed and right users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " +"access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:96 +msgid "" +"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " +"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " +"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:99 +msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:100 +msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:101 +msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:102 +msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " +"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:112 +msgid "" +"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " +"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " +"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " +"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " +"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " +"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " +"companies database you hold the user can have access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " +"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" +" required. For technical explanations refer to `this " +"`_ " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:140 +msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" @@ -1313,6 +1749,1185 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 +msgid "Export Data From Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " +"in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " +"(even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available " +"application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," +" activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " +"*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " +"when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " +"the data to export:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 +msgid "" +"With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " +"fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " +"update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the " +"box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, " +"not just the ones which can be imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " +".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " +"all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " +"sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " +"fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all " +"the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 +msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the “to export” list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The “handles” next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " +"and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" +" file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 +msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 +msgid "" +"For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " +"Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " +"*New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export " +"the same list, simply select the related template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 +msgid "" +"It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " +"*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " +"you would like to import next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 +msgid "Payment Acquirers" +msgstr "Платіжні еквайєри" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "Authorize.Net" +msgstr "Authorize.Net" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net `__ is a United States-based " +"online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit " +"cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "" +"This Payment Acquirer offers additional options that are not available for " +"other :doc:`Payment Acquirers `, such as the ability to " +"process your customer's payment after delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 +msgid "Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, choose a plan and `Sign Up for an Authorize.Net account " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your " +"Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 +msgid "API Login ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Transaction Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 +msgid "Signature Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to " +":menuselection:`Account --> Security Settings --> General Security Settings " +"--> API Credentials & Keys`, and generate your **Transaction Key** and " +"**Signature Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net: Getting Started Guide " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 +msgid "Payment Acquirer Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To configure Authorize.Net as Payment Acquirer in Odoo, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, open " +"**Authorize.Net**, and change the **State** to *Enabled*. Don't forget to " +"click on *Save* once you've set everything up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the :doc:`Payment Acquirers documentation " +"` to read how to configure this payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "Повноваження" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Copy your credentials from your Authorize.Net account (API Login Id, API " +"Transaction Key, and API Signature Key), paste them in the related fields " +"under the **Credentials** tab, then click on **Generate Client Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The **API Client Key** is necessary only if you select *Payment from Odoo* " +"option as :ref:`Payment Flow `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Authorize.Net as a test, with a *sandbox account*, change " +"the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo " +"database, rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 +msgid "Payment Flow" +msgstr "Процес оплати" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Flow** lets you decide if to redirect the user to the payment " +"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " +"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo. This field is under the " +"**Configuration** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*, make sure you add a " +"**Default Receipt URL** and a **Default Relay Response URL** to your " +"Authorize.net account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To do so, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account" +" --> Transaction Format Settings --> Transaction Response Settings --> " +"Response/Receipt URLs`, and set the default links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Receipt URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**payment/authorize/return**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Relay Response URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**shop/confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Failing to complete this step results in the following error:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*The referrer, relay response or receipt link URL is invalid.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "Зафіксуйте платіж після доставки" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If" +" enabled, the funds are reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not" +" charged yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment, go to the related Sales Order and click on *Capture " +"Transaction*. If the order is canceled, you can click on *Void Transaction* " +"to unlock the funds from the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " +"Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 +msgid "" +"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " +"interfaces, not from Odoo." +msgstr "" +"З іншими платіжними еквайєрми ви можете керувати утриманням у власних " +"інтерфейсах, а не з Odoo." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 +msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Acquirers (Credit Cards, Online Payment)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several **payment methods** that allow your customers to pay on " +"their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay Sales " +"Orders, invoices, or subscriptions with recurring payments with their " +"favorite payment acquirers, including **online payment providers** that " +"accept **Credit Cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Having several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in " +"time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers" +" to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not keep Credit Card numbers or credentials on its servers, nor is" +" it stored on Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a " +"unique reference to the data stored in the payment acquirers' systems, where" +" the information is safely stored. This reference is useless without your " +"credentials for the payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment " +"acquirers: the payments that go directly on the bank account and follow the " +"usual reconciliation workflow, and the payment acquirers that are third-" +"party services and require you to follow another accounting workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 +msgid "Bank Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment " +"reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " +"it on your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" +msgstr "Прямий дебет SEPA " + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " +"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more " +"information about this payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 +msgid "Online Payment Providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" +msgstr "Перенаправлення на веб-сайт покупця" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Payment from Odoo" +msgstr "Платіж з Odoo" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Save Cards" +msgstr "Зберегти картки" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Capture Amount Manually" +msgstr "Сума отримання вручну" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "Adyen" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +msgid "✔" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +msgid "Alipay" +msgstr "Alipay" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "Buckaroo" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "Ingenico" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`PayPal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +msgid "PayUMoney" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +msgid "SIPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "Stripe" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Some of these Online Payment Providers can also be added as :doc:`Bank " +"Accounts <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is **not** " +"the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment Acquirers " +"allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and configured on" +" your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting " +"control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Some of the features described in this section are available only with some " +"Payment Acquirers. Refer to :ref:`the table above " +"` for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 +msgid "Add a new Payment Acquirer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a new Payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look " +"for your payment acquirer, install the related module, and activate it. To " +"do so, open the payment acquirer and change its state from *Disabled* to " +"*Enabled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " +"database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " +"credentials, but Odoo generates Sales Orders and Invoices as usual. It isn't" +" always possible to cancel an invoice, and this could create some issues " +"with your invoices numbering if you were to test your payment acquirers on " +"your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 +msgid "Credentials tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, go to the **Online Payment Provider**'s website, create an " +"account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." +" Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the Payment Acquirer " +"and get the confirmation of the *payment authentication*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The form in this section is specific to the Payment Acquirer you are " +"configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 +msgid "Configuration tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"You can change the Payment Acquirer front-end appearance by modifying its " +"name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" +" under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 +msgid "Save and reuse Credit Cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your " +"database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to " +"reenter the payment details. This is particularly useful for subscriptions' " +"recurring payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 +msgid "Place a hold on a card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"If the **Capture Amount Manually** field is enabled, the funds are reserved " +"for a few days on the customer's card, but not charged yet. You must then go" +" to the related Sales Order and manually *capture* the funds before its " +"automatic cancellation, or *void the transaction* to unlock the funds from " +"the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Choose in the **Payment Flow** field if to redirect the user to the payment " +"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " +"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Some features are available only if you select *Redirection to the acquirer " +"website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 +msgid "Countries" +msgstr "Країни" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Restrict the use of the Payment Acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave " +"this field blank to make the Payment Acquirer available to all countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 +msgid "Payment Journal" +msgstr "Журнал оплати" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Journal** selected for your Payment Acquirer must be a *Bank* " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " +"**Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. Both of them are " +"preset to work out-of-the-box, but we strongly recommend you to make sure " +"these fields are correctly set according to your accounting needs, and adapt" +" them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 +msgid "Messages tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Change here the messages displayed by Odoo after a payment's confirmation or" +" failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 +msgid "Accounting perspective" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " +"their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " +"**Online Payment Providers** require you to consider how you want to record " +"your payments' journal entries. We recommend you to ask your accountant for " +"advice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Odoo default method is to record the payments on a *Current Assets Account*," +" on a dedicated *Bank Journal*, once the *Payment Authentication* is " +"confirmed. At some point, you transfer the funds from the *Payment Acquirer*" +" to your *Bank Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 +msgid "Here are the requirements for this to work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "Банківський журнал" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 +msgid "The Journal's **type** must be *Bank Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Select the right **Default Debit Account** and **Default Credit Account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, make sure that **Posting** is set as " +"*Post At Payment Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This implies that the Journal Entry is recorded directly when your Odoo " +"database receives the confirmation of the *Payment Authentication* from the " +"Online Payment Provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 +msgid "Current Asset Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 +msgid "The Account's **type** is *Current Assets*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 +msgid "The Account must **Allow Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 +msgid "" +"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " +"**Current Asset Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. You can " +"modify them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 +msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" +msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 +msgid ":doc:`authorize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "Налаштуйте ваш обліковий запис Paypal" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " +"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " +"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " +"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." +msgstr "" +"Paypal доступний та популярний по всьому світу. Він не стягує плату за " +"підписку, а створити обліковий запис дуже легко. Ось чому ми рекомендуємо " +"його для початківців в Odoo. Він працює безперебійно, коли клієнт " +"перенаправляється на веб-сайт Paypal для реєстрації платежу." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "Обліковий запис Paypal" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " +"Business Account `_" +" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " +"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " +"configuration steps." +msgstr "" +"Бізнес-рахунок потрібен для отримання платежів з Paypal. Створіть `Бізнес-" +"рахунок Paypayl " +"`__" +" або оновіть ваш Персональний рахунок на Бізнес. Перейдіть в налаштування " +"Paypal та натисніть *Оновити на Бізнес-рахунок*. Потім продовжіть кілька " +"кроків налаштування." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "Налаштування в Paypal" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " +"seamless customer experience with Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Спершу, давайте поглянемо, як налаштувати ваш обліковий запис Paypal, щоби " +"створити безперебійний досвід роботи клієнта з Odoo." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " +"Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." +msgstr "" +"Увійдіть та відкрийте налаштування. Перейдіть у :menuselection:`Товари та " +"послуги --> Платежі веб-сайту` та натисніть **Оновити** у **Налаштуваннях " +"веб-сайту**." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "Автоматичне повернення" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " +"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " +"the suffix ``/shop/confirmation`` as *Return URL* (e.g. " +"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." +msgstr "" +"*Автоматичне повернення* автоматично перенаправляє ваших клієнтів на Odoo " +"після обробки платежу. Позначте *Автоматичне повернення* та введіть ваше " +"ім'я домену із суфіксом ``/shop/confirmation`` як *URL повернення* (напр., " +"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " +"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "" +"Ця URL-адреса дає запит на Paypal, але не використовується на практиці, " +"оскільки Odoo передає її на кожній транзакції. Не хвилюйтеся, якщо ви " +"керуєте кількома каналами продажів або базами даних Odoo." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "Переказ даних про оплату (PDT)" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" +" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " +"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " +"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"*Переказ даних про оплату* передає підтвердження платежу в Odoo, як тільки " +"він оброблений. Без цього Odoo не зможе завершити процес продажу. Ці " +"налаштування повинні бути активованими як слід. Під час збереження " +"створюється *Токен ідентифікації*. Пізніше ви отримаєте запит на вхід в " +"Odoo." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "Опціональний рахунок Paypal" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "" +"Ми радимо не спонукати клієнтів входити за допомогою облікового запису " +"Paypal, коли вони отримують оплату. Нехай вони також платять " +"дебетовими/кредитними картками, інакше ви можете втратити деякі угоди. " +"Переконайтесь, що цей параметр увімкнено." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "Миттєві сповіщення оплати (IPN)" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " +"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " +"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" +" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " +"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " +"receipt." +msgstr "" +"PDT надсилає підтвердження замовлень лише один раз. В результаті ваш сайт " +"повинен запускатися, коли це трапляється; в іншому випадку він ніколи не " +"отримає повідомлення. Тому ми радимо активувати *Миттєві сповіщення оплати* " +"(IPN) в горі. З IPN, доставка підтвердження замовлень практично гарантоване " +"з того часу, як IPN повторно надсилає підтвердження поки ваш сайт не " +"підтвердить отримання." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " +"*Instant Payment Notification*." +msgstr "" +"Щоб активувати IPN, поверніться в меню *Платежі веб-сайту* та натисніть " +"*Оновити* у *Миттєвих сповіщеннях оплати*." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." +msgstr "" +"*URL сповіщення* для встановлення вашого ім'я домену + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(напр., ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "Формат повідомлень оплати" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " +"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " +"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви використовуєте символи з наголосом (або що-небудь ще, крім основних " +"латинських символів) для імен ваших клієнтів, адрес... вам НЕОБХІДНО " +"налаштувати формат кодування запиту на платіж, що надсилається Odoo в " +"Paypal." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви не налаштуєте це, деякі транзакції не вдаватимуться без приміток." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 +msgid "To do so, open:" +msgstr "Щоб зробити це, відкрийте:" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 +msgid "" +"`this page for a test account `__" +msgstr "" +"`цю сторінку для тестового облікового запису `__" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 +msgid "" +"`this page for a production account `__" +msgstr "" +"`цю сторінку для робочого облікового запису `__" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " +"**UTF-8**." +msgstr "" +"Потім натисніть *Додаткові параметри* та встановіть два стандартні кодування" +" у форматі **UTF-8**." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "Ваш обліковий запис Paypal готовий!" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" +" Account Optional* needs to be turned on." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви хочете, щоби ваші клієнти платили без створення облікових записів " +"Paypal, потрібно увімкнути *Опціональний обліковий запис Paypal*." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`Paypal documentation `_." +msgstr "" +"Для зашифрованих платежів на веб-сайті та помилки EWP_SETTINGS, перевірте " +"`документацію paypal. `__." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "Налаштування в Odoo" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Активація" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " +"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." +msgstr "" +"Активуйте *Paypal* з панелі налаштувань Продажів, Виставлення рахунків та " +"Електронної комерції, або з меню налаштування *Платіжних еквайєрів*." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" +msgstr "Odoo вимагає трьох облікових даних Paypal:" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "" +"*ID електронної пошти* - це ваш логін адреси електронної пошти в Paypal." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 +msgid "" +"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " +":menuselection:`Account Settings --> Business information`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" +" here above." +msgstr "" +"*Токен PDT Paypal* надається у налаштуваннях *Платежі веб-сайту*, як це " +"показано нижче." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "Оплата транзакції" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " +"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " +"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете стягувати додаткову комісію з клієнтів за оплату через Paypal; Це " +"покриває стягнення з вас комісії за транзакцію Paypal. Після направлення на " +"Paypal, ваш клієнт бачить додаткову суму до суми замовлення." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " +"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." +msgstr "" +"Щоб активувати це, перейдіть на вкладку Налаштування Paypal а Odoo та " +"позначте *Додати додаткові комісії*." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees `__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете перейти на `Комісію Paypal `__ щоби встановити комісію." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 +msgid "" +"`Traders in the EU `_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " +"paying with credit cards." +msgstr "" +"`Продавцям у ЄС `_ заборонено стягувати додаткові збори за " +"оплату кредитними картками." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "Перейдіть в онлайн!" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" +" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" +" it." +msgstr "" +"Ваші налаштування готові до запуску. Переконайтеся, що увімкнено режим " +"*Розробника*. Потім опублікуйте метод платежу, натиснувши на кнопку " +"*Опубліковано* поруч." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " +"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " +"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " +"processed." +msgstr "" +"Тепер Paypal доступний у ваших платежах у модулях Електронної комерції, " +"Продажах та Виставленні рахунків. Клієнти перенаправляються на веб-сайт " +"Paypal під час натискання *Оплатити зараз*. Вони повернуться на сторінку " +"підтвердження в Odoo після того, як платіж буде оброблено." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "Тестове середовище" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " +"accounts." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете протестувати процес оплати в Odoo завдяки рахункам Paypal Sandbox." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with " +"your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "" +"Увійдіть на `Сайт розробника Paypal `__ з " +"вашими обліковими даними Paypal." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "Це створить два рахунки sandbox:" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"`__)." +msgstr "" +"Бізнес-рахунок (для використання як покупці, напр. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"`__)." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." +msgstr "" +"Персональний рахунок за замовчуванням (для використання як покупець, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " +"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " +"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " +"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." +msgstr "" +"Увійдіть у Paypal Sandbox з обліковим записом продавця та слідуйте тим самим" +" інструкціям налаштування. Введіть ваші облікові дані sandbox в Odoo та " +"переконайтеся, що Paypal досі встановлено як *Тестове середовище*. Також " +"переконайтеся, що автоматичне виставлення рахунку не активовано у ваших " +"налаштуваннях Електронної комерції, щоб не створювати рахунки коли " +"завершуються фіктивні транзакції." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" +"Запустіть тестову транзакцію в Odoo, використовуючи особистий обліковий " +"запис Sandbox." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "Як отримати платіж через банківський переказ" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " +"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " +"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " +"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" +"**Банківський переказ** - це доступний спосіб оплати за замовчуванням. Мета " +"- надати своїм клієнтам свої банківські реквізити, щоб вони могли платити " +"самостійно. Це дуже легко розпочати, але повільно і неефективно. Виберіть " +"покупців, як тільки зможете!" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "Як надати клієнтам платіжні інструкції" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " +"method." +msgstr "" +"Вставте свої платіжні інструкції у **Повідомлення подяки** за допомогою " +"вашого способу оплати." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "Вони з'являтимуться у клієнтів, коли вони розміщують замовлення." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "Як керувати замовленням, коли ви отримуєте оплату" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " +"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " +"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "" +"Кожного разу, коли клієнт оплачує банківським переказом, замовлення " +"залишається на проміжному етапі **надісланої комерційної пропозиції** " +"(наприклад, неоплачене замовлення). Коли ви отримуєте оплату, ви " +"підтверджуєте замовлення вручну, щоб запустити доставку." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "Як створити інші ручні методи оплати" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " +"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " +"or duplicate it." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви керуєте B2B-бізнесом, ви можете створювати інші способи оплати, що " +"обробляються вручну, наприклад, оплата чеком. Для цього просто перейменуйте " +"*Банківський переказ* або дублюйте його." + +#: ../../general/tags.rst:3 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Теги" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Take Advantage of Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tags work like keywords or labels that will help you to categorize your " +"work, as well as make objectives and goals clearer and available for " +"everyone instantly. They are also a useful source of filtering, helping you " +"to boost productivity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:11 +msgid "Where can I use and how do I create tags?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Tags can be used in numerous applications going from *CRM*, *Project*, " +"*Contacts*, *Marketing Automation*, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:16 +msgid "" +"On *CRM* for instance, under :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags`" +" you can create new or edit existing ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:23 +msgid "You can also create them on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose specific colors for each tag to help identify them, or *Hide in " +"Kanban*, simply by clicking on the tag once it is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:38 +msgid "Remove tags from a task or from the database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Click on the *x* to delete a tag from a specific task or contact. To delete " +"it from your database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags " +"--> Action --> Delete`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:48 +msgid "Use tags as a parameter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On the *Marketing Automation* application, for example, you can re-use tags " +"as a parameter to specify a niche of records for your campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:59 +msgid "Use tags for reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To get the information you need in an organized format and for a specific " +"purpose, you can also add tags." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "Unsplash" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po index 04bfa37a1..02b60ccc8 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -4,16 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Alina Lisnenko , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -36,8 +37,8 @@ msgstr "" "продуктом." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 -msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" -msgstr "1. Єдина контактна особа та консультант" +msgid "The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" +msgstr "SPoC (*Єдина контактна особа*) та консультант" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -96,25 +97,23 @@ msgid "" "training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " "collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " "that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" -"learning via the `Odoo documentation " -"`__, `The elearning " -"platform `__ and the " -"testing of functionalities." +"learning via the :doc:`Odoo documentation <../index>`, `The elearning " +"platform `_ and the testing of functionalities." msgstr "" "**Підготовка до навчання**: консультант Odoo надає функціональну підготовку " "для єдиної контактної особи, щоб вона могла передавати ці знання своїм " "співробітникам. Для того, щоби цей підхід був успішним, необхідно, щоби " "контактна особа також брала участь у власному підвищенні навичок шляхом " -"самостійного навчання за допомогою `Документації Odoo " +"самостійного навчання за допомогою :doc:`Документації Odoo " "`__, `Платформи " "електронного навчання `__ та тестування функціональних можливостей." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "2. Project Scope" -msgstr "2. Сфера застосування проекту" - #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 +msgid "Project Scope" +msgstr "Сфера застосування проекту" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:51 msgid "" "To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " "necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " @@ -124,7 +123,7 @@ msgstr "" "собою, необхідно визначати та вносити зміст проекту поки реалізується " "проект." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:55 msgid "" "**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " "the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " @@ -138,7 +137,7 @@ msgstr "" " еволюцію потреб та процес прийняття рішень є більш простими та " "зрозумілішими." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61 msgid "" "**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " "phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" @@ -152,7 +151,7 @@ msgstr "" " часом. Цей підхід також допомагає виявити прогалини та застосовувати " "коригувальні дії на початку впровадження." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:68 msgid "" "**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " "environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " @@ -172,11 +171,11 @@ msgstr "" "таки має бути реалізоване, його впровадження буде здійснено після " "експерименту зі стандартним впровадженням." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "3. Managing expectations" -msgstr "3. Управління очікуваннями" - #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 +msgid "Managing expectations" +msgstr "Управління очікуваннями" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84 msgid "" "The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " "future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" @@ -186,7 +185,7 @@ msgstr "" "вирішальним чинником. З початку проекту необхідно враховувати три важливі " "аспекти:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:88 msgid "" "**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " "responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," @@ -202,7 +201,7 @@ msgstr "" "вирівнятися з цими темами, і регулярно перевіряти, чи усе ще так, як було " "заплановано." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:96 msgid "" "**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " "of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" @@ -228,7 +227,7 @@ msgstr "" " в бізнес-процесах також можуть бути запропоновані для досягнення цієї ж " "мети." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110 msgid "" "**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " "what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " @@ -240,7 +239,7 @@ msgstr "" "уникнути перебування в цій делікатній ситуації, ми рекомендуємо " "використовувати кілька типів інструментів\\* :" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115 msgid "" "**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " "features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " @@ -250,7 +249,7 @@ msgstr "" "запропонованими компанією Odoo, дозволить визначити розрив, який повинен " "бути заповнений розробками/налаштуваннями або змінами бізнес-процесів." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:120 msgid "" "**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " "between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " @@ -260,7 +259,7 @@ msgstr "" "відповідальним за поясненням ЩО, ЧОМУ та ХТО, та консультантом, хто надасть " "відповідь на питання ЯК." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:128 msgid "" "`The Proof of Concept `__ A " "simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " @@ -270,7 +269,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cпрощена версія, прототип того, що очікується, узгоджується з основними " "лініями очікуваних змін." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:132 msgid "" "**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" " the changes related to the interface." @@ -278,7 +277,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Макет**: у тій же ідеї, що й PoC, який буде відповідати змінам, пов'язаним" " з інтерфейсом." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:135 msgid "" "To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " "limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " @@ -292,7 +291,7 @@ msgstr "" "Тому ми не будемо базувати нашу роботу на гіпотезах, не перевіряючи " "заздалегідь їх правдивість." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:141 msgid "" "*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " "adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" @@ -300,11 +299,11 @@ msgstr "" "*Цей список, звичайно, можна доповнити іншими інструментами, які би більш " "адекватно відповідали реаліям та потребам вашого проекту*" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143 -msgid "4. Communication Strategy" -msgstr "4. Комунікаційна стратегія" - #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 +msgid "Communication Strategy" +msgstr "Стратегія комунікації" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 msgid "" "The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " "the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " @@ -316,7 +315,7 @@ msgstr "" "вирішальне значення для успіху цього підходу. Тому його оптимізація приведе " "нас до таких принципів:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:152 msgid "" "**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " "that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " @@ -332,7 +331,7 @@ msgstr "" " будуть виконуватися як частина реалізації, для чого чітко визначений рівень" " пріоритету та менеджер. " -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:160 msgid "" "The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " "detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." @@ -340,7 +339,7 @@ msgstr "" "Організатор проекту - це інструмент відстеження проектів, який дозволяє як " "детальне відстеження поточних завдань, так і загальний прогрес проекту." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 msgid "" "**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " "time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" @@ -348,29 +347,29 @@ msgstr "" "**Зверніть увагу на важливу інформацію**: щоб мінімізувати час документації " "до найважливіших вимог, ми дотримуємось наступних правильних практик:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" msgstr "Протоколи зустрічі будуть обмежені лише рішеннями та перевірками;" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 msgid "" "Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " "reached;" msgstr "" "Статуси проекту визначаються лише тоді, коли досягнуто важливого етапу;" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:173 msgid "" "Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." msgstr "" "Будуть організовані навчальні курси по стандартному або індивідуальному " "рішенню." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175 -msgid "5. Customizations and Development" -msgstr "5. Налаштування та розробка" - #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 +msgid "Customizations and Development" +msgstr "Налаштування та розробка" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:179 msgid "" "Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " "capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " @@ -380,7 +379,7 @@ msgstr "" "здатністю до еволюції. Однак значна частина розвитку суперечить швидкій та " "стабільній реалізації. Ось чому рекомендується:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 msgid "" "**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " "taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," @@ -403,7 +402,7 @@ msgstr "" "нам, що 60% первинних запитів на розробку знищуються через кілька тижнів " "використання стандартного Odoo (див. \"Прийняття стандарту як пріоритет\")." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:196 msgid "" "**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " "change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" @@ -417,11 +416,11 @@ msgstr "" " точки зору використання програмного забезпечення, так і на рівні бізнес-" "процесів компанії." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 -msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles" -msgstr "6. Тестування та принципи перевірки" - #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 +msgid "Testing and Validation principles" +msgstr "Принципи тестування та перевірки" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:206 msgid "" "Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" " test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " @@ -430,7 +429,7 @@ msgstr "" "Незалежно від того, чи були розробки чи ні, важливо перевірити відповідність" " рішення операційним потребам компанії." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 msgid "" "**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " "for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " @@ -442,7 +441,7 @@ msgstr "" "повинна буде протестувати та підтвердити, що рішення, яке постачається, " "відповідає вимогам операційної реальності." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216 msgid "" "**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " "noted gap is caused by:" @@ -450,7 +449,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Управління змінами**: коли необхідно внести зміни до рішення, зазначений " "розрив обумовлений:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 msgid "" "A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " "a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" @@ -458,11 +457,11 @@ msgstr "" "Різницею між специфікацією та доставленим рішенням - це виправлення, за яке " "відповідає консультант." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223 msgid "**or**" msgstr "**або**" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:225 msgid "" "A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " "reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." @@ -470,11 +469,11 @@ msgstr "" "Різницею між специфікацією та вимогами операційної реальності - це зміна, на" " яку відповідає контактна особа." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 -msgid "7. Data Imports" -msgstr "7. Імпорт даних" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:229 +msgid "Data Imports" +msgstr "Імпорт даних" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231 msgid "" "Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " "be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " @@ -488,7 +487,7 @@ msgstr "" "чітко визначеним, запобігти впровадженню вчасно. Щоб зробити це якомога " "швидше, буде вирішено:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237 msgid "" "**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " "importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " @@ -498,7 +497,7 @@ msgstr "" "історії даних стає не необхідним, причому ці дані зберігаються поза межами " "Odoo і консолідуються для подальшої звітності." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 msgid "" "**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " "the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " @@ -512,7 +511,7 @@ msgstr "" "інформацію з першого дня використання у впровадженні - це реально. У цьому " "випадку імпорт буде здійснюватися до початку запуску впровадження." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249 msgid "" "**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " "integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " @@ -524,11 +523,11 @@ msgstr "" "можуть бути інтегровані в програмне забезпечення ретроспективно. У цьому " "випадку запуск впровадження буде передувати необхідному імпорту." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253 -msgid "8. Support" -msgstr "8. Підтримка" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:256 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Підтримка" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 msgid "" "When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " "questions or technical issues." @@ -536,6 +535,6 @@ msgstr "" "Коли ваш проект береться у виконання, наші команди підтримки піклуються про " "ваші запитання чи технічні проблеми." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261 msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." msgstr "Перегляньте :ref:`support-expectations`." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index 1bccc3a6e..d624e400e 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Bohdan Lisnenko, 2020 # Alina Lisnenko , 2020 # #, fuzzy @@ -12,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -26,105 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "Служба підтримки" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:3 -msgid "" -"After sales features: refund, coupon, return, repair, onsite interventions" -msgstr "" -"Післяпродажні функції: відшкодування, купони, повернення, ремонт, втручання " -"на місці" +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Розширено" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As my business grows, having the tools to allow my helpdesk team to record, " -"track and manage issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk" -" app allows me to generate credit notes, return products, grant coupons, do " -"repairs and plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page." -msgstr "" -"Оскільки мій бізнес зростає, ключовим фактором є наявність інструментів, які" -" дозволяють моїй службі підтримки легко та ефективно записувати, " -"відстежувати та керувати проблемами. Модуль Служби підтримки Odoo дозволяє " -"мені генерувати сторно, повертати товари, видавати купони, робити ремонт та " -"планувати виїзні заходи на сторінці заявки." - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:10 -msgid "Set up the After Sales services" -msgstr "Встановіть Післяпродажні послуги" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable the After" -" Sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite " -"Interventions*." +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "After Sales Features" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:19 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " +"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " +"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" +" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " +"interventions from a ticket’s page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 +msgid "Set up the after sales services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " +"Onsite Interventions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" msgstr "Створити сторно із заявки" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:21 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 msgid "" -"I can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For " -"that, I’ll simply go to my ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " -"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* the credit note will be " -"generated, and I can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" +" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " +"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " +"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." msgstr "" -"Можна використовувати сторно для відшкодування клієнтам або коригування суми" -" боргу. Для цього потрібно перейти на сторінку своїх заявок, натиснути " -"*Відшкодувати* та обрати кореспондуючий *Рахунок*. Натиснувши на " -"*Зворотній*, буде створено сторно, а також можна *Опублікувати* це, " -"перебуваючи в модулі *Служба підтримки*." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" msgstr "Дозволити повернення товару із заявки" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 msgid "" -"The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will " -"be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*." +"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" +" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." msgstr "" -"Процес повернення товару від клієнта назад до складу буде введено в дію, " -"коли на сторінці заявки буде обрано опцію *Повернення*." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" msgstr "Надавайте купони із заявок" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:40 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 msgid "" -"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned at the *Sales or " -"Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on " -"*Coupon*, choose the :menuselection:`Coupon Program --> Generate`." +"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " +"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " +"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:48 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 msgid "Repairs from tickets" msgstr "Ремонт із заявки" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:50 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 msgid "" -"Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will" -" be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next " -"step." +"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" +" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." msgstr "" -"Натиснувши на опцію *Ремонт* на сторінці заявки, буде показано нове " -"замовлення на ремонт. Заповніть залишені поля за потребою та виберіть " -"наступний крок." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:57 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" msgstr "Плануйте втручання на місці із заявок" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:59 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 msgid "" -"At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the " -"same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan " -"Intervention*." +"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " +"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " +"application." msgstr "" -"На сторінці заявки можна налаштувати втручання на місці у той же спосіб, що " -"і в модулі *Виїзне обслуговування*, натиснувши на *Запланувати втручання*." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:66 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68 msgid "" "`Coupons `_" @@ -132,578 +121,753 @@ msgstr "" "`Купони `_" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" -msgstr ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Allow customers to close their tickets" -msgstr "Дозвольте клієнтам закривати їхні заявки" +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 msgid "" "Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " "misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" " communication and actions more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:9 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 msgid "Configure the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:11 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 msgid "" "To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " "Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:18 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 msgid "" -"In order to designate to which stage the ticket will migrate to once it is " -"closed, go to :menuselection:`Overview --> Tickets`." +"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:25 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 msgid "" -"You can either create a new kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " -"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Edit Stage` and enable " -"*Closing Stage*." +"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " +"and enable *Closing Stage*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:32 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 msgid "" -"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket will be " -"transferred to the last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage " -"set as closing, the ticket will be put in the first one." +"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " +"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " +"ticket is put in the first one." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:35 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 msgid "The Costumer Portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:37 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 msgid "" -"Now, once the user logs in to his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " +"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:44 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:46 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 msgid "" "To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " -":menuselection:`Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add Custom filter --> " -"Closed by partner --> Applied`." +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " +"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Почніть Службу підтримку в Odoo" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Загальний огляд" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Початок роботи зі Службою підтримки Odoo" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" -msgstr "Встановлення Служби підтримки Odoo:" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" -msgstr "Відкрийте Модулі, знайдіть \"Службу підтримки\" та встановіть." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" -msgstr "Налаштуйте команди служби підтримки" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 +msgid "Forum and eLearning" msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням Служба підтримки Odoo встановлюється з командою під назвою " -"\"Підтримка\"" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 +msgid "Forum" +msgstr "Форум" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 msgid "" -"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" +"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " +"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " +"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" +" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " +"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " +"community!)." msgstr "" -"Щоб змінити цю команду або створити додаткові команди, виберіть " -"\"Налаштування\" на фіолетовий панелі та виберіть \"Налаштування\"." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 msgid "" -"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," -" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " -"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," -" or manually." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " +"enable *Help Center*." msgstr "" -"Тут ви можете створити нові команди, вирішити, які члени команди додавати до" -" цієї команди, як ваші клієнти можуть подавати заявки та встановлювати " -"політику та рейтинги SLA. Для методів присвоєння ви можете мати заявки, " -"призначені випадково, збалансовано або вручну." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 -msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" -msgstr "Як налаштувати різні етапи для кожної команди" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " +"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " +"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " +"allowed per question." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:42 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 msgid "" -"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " -"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " -"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" +"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " +"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." msgstr "" -"Тепер, коли ви повернетесь до свого модуля Служба підтримки і виберете " -"\"Налаштування\" на фіолетовій панелі, ви знайдете додаткові параметри, такі" -" як \"Етапи\". Тут ви можете створити нові етапи та призначити їх для однієї" -" або кількох команд, що дозволить налаштувати етапи для кожної команди." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:48 -msgid "Start receiving tickets" -msgstr "Почніть отримувати заявки" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:51 -msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" -msgstr "Як мої клієнти можуть подавати заявки?" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 msgid "" -"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " -"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" +"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " +"the ticket's page." msgstr "" -"Виберіть \"Налаштування\" на фіолетовий панелі та виберіть \"Налаштування\"," -" виберіть команду \"Служба підтримки\". У розділі \"Канали\" ви знайдете 4 " -"варіанти:" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:59 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "електронне навчання" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 msgid "" -"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " -"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." +"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " +"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" +" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." msgstr "" -"Псевдонім електронної пошти дозволяє клієнтам надсилати електронні листи, " -"які ви обираєте для створення заявки. Тема рядка електронного листа стає " -"темою заявки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:66 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 msgid "" -"Website Form allows your customer to go to " -"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " -"form - much like odoo.com/help!" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *eLearning*." msgstr "" -"Форма веб-сайту дозволяє вашому клієнту перейти на сторінку " -"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit і надіслати заявку через форму " -"веб-сайту - так само, як odoo.com/help!" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:73 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 msgid "" -"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " -"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " -"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." +"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." msgstr "" -"Онлайн-чат дозволяє вашим клієнтам подавати заявки через онлайн-чат на " -"вашому веб-сайті. Ваш клієнт розпочне чат, і оператор онлайн-чату зможе " -"створити заявку за допомогою теми заявки команди/служби підтримки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:81 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 msgid "" -"The final option to submit tickets is through an API connection. View the " -"documentation `here " -"`_." +"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " +"Course*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:85 -msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" -msgstr "Заявки створені, що тепер?" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Розпочніть" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:87 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" -" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " -"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " -"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." +"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" +" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " +"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," +" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." msgstr "" -"Тепер ваші співробітники можуть почати працювати над ними! Якщо ви обрали " -"метод ручного присвоєння, то вашим співробітникам доведеться призначати себе" -" на заявки, використовуючи кнопку \"Призначити для мене\" в лівому верхньому" -" кутку заявки або додати себе до поля \"Призначений для\"." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:95 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " -"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." +"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви вибрали метод призначення \"Випадковий\" або \"Збалансований\", ваші" -" заявки будуть призначатися членам цієї команди служби підтримки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:98 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 msgid "" -"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " -"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." +"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " +"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " +"accounting, admin, etc.)." msgstr "" -"Звідти вони почнуть працювати над вирішенням заявок! Коли вони будуть " -"завершені, вони перемістять заявку на стадію завершення." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:102 -msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" -msgstr "Як позначити цю заявку, як термінову?" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 msgid "" -"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" -" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " -"Kanban view or on the ticket form." +"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " +"redirected to the right person:" msgstr "" -"На ваших заявках ви побачите зірочки. Ви можете визначити, наскільки " -"терміновою є заявка, але вибирати одну або декілька зірок на ній. Ви можете " -"зробити це в Канбані або на формі заявки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:111 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 msgid "" -"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " -"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" +"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " +"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" msgstr "" -"Щоб налаштувати політику Угоди про якість обслуговування ваших " -"співробітників, спершу активуйте налаштування в розділі \"Налаштування\"." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 -msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." -msgstr "Звідси виберіть \"Налаштувати політику SLA\" та натисніть \"Створити\"." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:119 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 msgid "" -"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " -"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." +"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " +"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " +"automatically;" msgstr "" -"Ви будете заповнювати інформацію, подібну до команди служби підтримки, про " -"мінімальний пріоритет на заявці (зірки) та цілі для заявки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:126 -msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" -msgstr "Що робити, якщо заявка заблоковано або готова до виконання?" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:128 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 msgid "" -"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " -"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" +"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " +"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " +"that all tickets get to be taken care of." msgstr "" -"Якщо заявка не може бути вирішеною або заблокована, ви можете змінити стан " -"заявки на Канбані. У вас є 3 варіанти:" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131 -msgid "Grey - Normal State" -msgstr "Сірий - нормальний стан" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133 -msgid "Red - Blocked" -msgstr "Червоний - заблоковано" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:135 -msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" -msgstr "Зелений - готова до наступного етапу" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 msgid "" -"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " -"Ticket form." +"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " +"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " +"all employees (with the proper access rights)." msgstr "" -"Подібно зіркам із нагальністю, ви можете налаштувати стан у Канбані або на " -"формі заявки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:144 -msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" -msgstr "Як мої співробітники можуть зареєструвати час за заявкою?" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:146 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 msgid "" -"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " -"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " -"timesheets will log against." +"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " +"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " +"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " +"(with the proper access rights)." msgstr "" -"Спочатку перейдіть до \"Налаштування\" та виберіть параметр \"Табель на " -"заявці\". З'явиться поле, де ви можете вибрати проект, куди потрібно " -"записувати табель." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:153 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 +msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 msgid "" -"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" -" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" +"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " +"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " +"to use certain stages under *Team*." msgstr "" -"Тепер, коли ви вибрали проект, ви можете зберегти. Якщо ви повернетесь до " -"своїх заявок, ви побачите нову вкладку \"Табелі\"." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 msgid "" -"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " -"ticket." +"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " +"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " +"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." msgstr "" -"Тут співробітники можуть додати рядок, щоб додати роботу, яку вони зробили " -"для цієї заявки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:163 -msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" -msgstr "Як дозволити своїм клієнтам оцінювати отриману ними послугу" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 -msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/odoo_basics/add_user`" msgstr "" -"По-перше, вам потрібно активувати параметри оцінювання в розділі " -"\"Налаштування\"." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Оцінювання" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " -"an email to the customer asking how their service went." +"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " +"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" +" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" +" the quality of your services." msgstr "" -"Тепер, коли заявка переміщується до її вирішення або завершеного етапу, вона" -" надішле електронний лист клієнту, який запитає, як пройшло їхнє " -"обслуговування." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" -msgstr "Запис часу на завдання та виставлення рахунку" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 msgid "" -"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " -"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " -"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " +"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." msgstr "" -"Ви можете мати контракти на обслуговування з клієнтами, щоб надати їм " -"допомогу у разі виникнення проблеми. Для цього Odoo допоможе вам записати " -"час, який витрачається на вирішення завдання, а головне, виставляти рахунки " -"своїм клієнтам." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "The modules needed" -msgstr "Необхідні модулі" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 msgid "" -"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " -"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " -"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." +"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " +"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" +" Stage*." msgstr "" -"Для запису та виставлення рахунків-фактур на завдання потрібні наступні " -"модулі: Служба підтримки, Проект, Табелі, Продажі. Якщо вам не вистачає " -"одного з них, перейдіть до модуля Додатки, знайдіть його, а потім натисніть " -"кнопку *Встановити*." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 -msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" -msgstr "Почніть пропонувати службу підтримки" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 -msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" -msgstr "Крок 1: запустіть проект служби підтримки" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 msgid "" -"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " -"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." +"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " +"an email is sent to the customer." msgstr "" -"Щоб запустити спеціальний проект для служби підтримки, спочатку перейдіть до" -" :menuselection:`Проект --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та переконайтеся," -" що функція *Табелі* активована." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 msgid "" -"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " -"it." +"Ratings can be seen on the :doc:`chatter <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` " +"of each ticket, under the *See Customer Satisfaction* link on the main " +"dashboard, and through *Reporting*." msgstr "" -"Потім перейдіть на свою інформаційну панель, створіть новий проект і " -"дозвольте табелі для нього." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 -msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" -msgstr "Крок 2: встановіть команду служби підтримки" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 +msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 msgid "" -"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " -"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" -" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " -"previously created as well." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" +" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." msgstr "" -"Щоб встановити команду, яка відповідає за службу підтримки, перейдіть до " -":menuselection:`Служба підтримки --> Налаштування --> Команда служби " -"підтримки` і створіть нову команду або виберіть існуючу. На формі, позначте " -"поле перед *Табелем на заявці*, щоб активувати цю функцію. Не забудьте " -"вибрати раніше створений вами проект служби підтримки." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" -msgstr "Крок 3: запустіть службу підтримки" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`../../portal/my_odoo_portal`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 msgid "" -"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" -" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." +"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " +"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." +" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " +"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." msgstr "" -"Нарешті, щоб запустити нову службу підтримки, спочатку перейдіть до " -":menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та переконайтеся," -" що активовано функцію *Одиниця вимірювання*." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " -"Make sure that the product is set as a service." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " +"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " +"users." msgstr "" -"Потім перейдіть на :menuselection:`Товари --> Товари` та створіть новий. " -"Переконайтеся, що товар встановлено як послугу." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 +msgid "Email Alias" +msgstr "Псевдонім ел. пошти" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 msgid "" -"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " -"unit will do." +"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " +"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " +"the content is shown in the Chatter." msgstr "" -"Тут ми пропонуємо встановити *Одиницю вимірювання* як *Годину(и)*, але будь-" -"яка одиниця буде виконуватися." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 msgid "" -"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " -"configuration :" +"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " +"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " +"Domain*." msgstr "" -"Нарешті, виберіть керування рахунками-фактурами, які ви хочете мати на " -"вкладці *Продажі* форми товару. Тут ми рекомендуємо наступне налаштування:" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 -msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" -msgstr "Тепер ви готові отримувати завдання!" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 -msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" -msgstr "Вирішіть проблеми та зафіксуйте витрачений час" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 -msgid "Step 1 : place an order" -msgstr "Крок 1: розмістіть замовлення" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 msgid "" -"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " -"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " -"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" -" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " -"the sale." +"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " +"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " +"server." msgstr "" -"Ви перебуваєте в модулі Служба підтримки, і ви тільки що отримали заявку від" -" клієнта. Щоб розмістити нове замовлення, перейдіть на " -":menuselection:`Продажі --> Замовлення --> Замовлення` та створіть його для " -"послуги служби підтримки, яку ви раніше записали. Встановіть кількість " -"годин, необхідних для надання послуги клієнту та підтвердіть продаж." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 -msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "Крок 2: пов'яжіть завдання із заявкою" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 +msgid "Website Form" +msgstr "Форма веб-сайту" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " -"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" -" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" -" and select the task on its form." +"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " +"website." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви отримуєте доступ до конкретного проекту служби підтримки, ви " -"помітите, що із замовленням було автоматично створене нове завдання. Щоби " -"пов'язати це завдання з клієнтською заявкою, перейдіть до модуля Служба " -"підтримки, отримайте доступ до відповідної заявки та оберіть завдання у її " -"формі." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 -msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" -msgstr "Крок 3: запишіть час, витрачений на допомогу клієнту" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 msgid "" -"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " -"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " -"*Timesheets* tab." +"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" +" *Go to Website*." msgstr "" -"Робота виконана, а заявка клієнта відсортована. Аби записати години, " -"виконані для цього завдання, поверніться до форми заявки та додайте її на " -"вкладку *Табелі*." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 msgid "" -"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " -"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." +"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." msgstr "" -"Часи, записані в заявці, також автоматично з'являться в модулі табелю та у " -"конкретному завданні." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 -msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" -msgstr "Крок 4: виставіть рахунок-фактуру клієнту" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Живий чат" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 msgid "" -"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" -" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " -"appear as the delivered quantity." +"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " +"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." msgstr "" -"Щоби виставити рахунок-фактуру клієнту, поверніться до модуля продажу та " -"виберіть замовлення, яке було розміщено. Зверніть увагу, що години, записані" -" у формі заявки, тепер відображаються як доставлена кількість." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 msgid "" -"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " -"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" -msgstr "" -"Все, що потрібно зробити - це створити рахунок-фактуру із замовлення, а " -"потім перевірити його. Тепер вам просто доведеться чекати оплату клієнта!" - -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Turn helpdesk hours into invoices directly from a project task" +"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " +"- and :doc:`set up your channel <../../livechat/overview/get_started>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " +"<../../livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 +msgid "Prioritize tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" +" top of your list on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 +msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 +msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 +msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`sla`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Reports for a Better Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " +"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " +"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " +"expectations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 +msgid "Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 +msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " +"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " +"Period* or a *Previous Year*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 +msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " +"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" +" many requests they are able to handle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " +"ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " +"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " +"their issues to be handled quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 +msgid "Save filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" +" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " +"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 +msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " +"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " +"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " +"and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 +msgid "Create your policies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " +"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" +" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" +" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " +"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " +"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" +" SLAs is the one considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " +"the deadline field is not shown anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 +msgid "SLA Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" +" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" +" keep track of upcoming deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " +"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " +"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " +"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " +"customer needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 +msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" +" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " +"Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" +" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " +"ultimately modified on each ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 +msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " +"the unit of measure of your service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" +" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " +"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " +"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" +" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " +"automating the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 +msgid "" +"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " +"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " +"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " +"time spent on a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 +msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 +msgid "Step 1: Place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " +"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " +"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " +"customer and *Confirm* the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 +msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 +msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 +msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " +"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 +msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " +"the *Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" +" column in the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " +"the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 msgid "" "Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " "into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " "control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:12 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" -" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under " -"*Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and " +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " "timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " "the feature *Bill from tasks*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 msgid "" -"Now, once you added the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under the " -"*Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." +"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" +" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index a6b99bd37..8622f3f32 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -90,9 +90,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 @@ -530,7 +527,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 @@ -546,9 +542,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 @@ -1064,80 +1057,71 @@ msgstr "" "наприклад, нижню половину типу накладної, вона буде відрізнятися:" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " -"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " -"to the stock." +"There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " +"outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" +" the customers." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 msgid "" -"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" " configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 msgid "" -"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +"Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "Створіть замовлення на купівлю" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "Створити замовлення на продаж" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 msgid "" -"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " -"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " -"the *RfQ*." +"In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " +"to deliver and confirm it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 msgid "" -"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " -"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +"Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " +"stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " +"button, you should now see your delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "Process a Receipt" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 +msgid "Process a Delivery" +msgstr "Обробіть доставку" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " +"application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" +" the Delivery Orders Kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 msgid "" -"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " -"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " -"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +"Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " +"*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 msgid "" -"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " -"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " -"suppliers are considered as being always available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " -"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " -"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +"Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " +"location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " +"the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now " +"*Done*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 @@ -1197,578 +1181,208 @@ msgid "" "directly via the *Packages* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" -msgstr "Як визначається запланована дата доставки?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " -"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " -"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " -"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " -"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Заплановані дати обчислюються, щоби бути в змозі планувати доставку, прийоми" -" тощо. Залежно від звичок вашої компанії, Odoo автоматично генерує " -"заплановані дати за допомогою планувальника. Планувальник Odoo вираховує все" -" на кожен рядок, незалежно від того, що це виробниче замовлення, замовлення " -"на доставку, замовлення на продаж і т. д. Дати, які обчислюються, залежать " -"від різних часів виконання, налаштованих в Odoo." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:18 -msgid "Configuring lead times" -msgstr "Налаштування терміну виконання" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " -"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " -"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." -msgstr "" -"Налаштування **часу виконання** є першим необхідним кроком для обчислення " -"запланованих дат. Час виконання - це затримки (в термін доставки, " -"виготовлення, ...), обіцяні вашим різним партнерам та/або клієнтам." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "Налаштування різних часів виконання виконується таким чином:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:28 -msgid "At a product level" -msgstr "На рівні товару" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 -msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" -msgstr "**Час виконання постачальника**:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " -"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " -"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" -" select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "" -"Час, необхідний для того, аби постачальник доставив ваш придбаний товар. " -"Щоби налаштувати час доставки постачальника, виберіть товар та перейдіть на " -"вкладку **Склад**. Щоби вибрати час доставки постачальника, вам доведеться " -"додати продавця до свого товару." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " -"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" -"Не забувайте, що можна додати різних постачальників і, таким чином, різні " -"строки доставки в залежності від постачальника." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " -"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" -" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " -"Time**." -msgstr "" -"Коли постачальника вибрано, просто відкрийте його форму та заповніть його " -"**Час доставки**. У цьому випадку дні безпеки не мають впливу, заплановані " -"дні доставки будуть дорівнювати: **Дата** замовлення на купівлю + **Час " -"виконання доставки**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 -msgid "**Customer lead time**:" -msgstr "**Термін доставки клієнту**:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " -"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " -"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " -"time**." -msgstr "" -"Термін доставки клієнту - це час, необхідний для отримання вашого товару від" -" вашого магазину/складу для вашого клієнта. Він може бути налаштований для " -"будь-якого товару. Просто виберіть товар, перейдіть на вкладку Продажі і " -"вкажіть **Термін доставки клієнту**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 -msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" -msgstr "**Час виробництва**:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "" -"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" -" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " -"product." -msgstr "" -"На тій же сторінці можна налаштувати **Час виробництва**. Час виробництва - " -"це час, необхідний для виготовлення товару." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " -"create manufacturing routes." -msgstr "" -"Не забудьте позначити виробництво на складі, якщо хочете створити виробничі " -"маршрути." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:74 -msgid "At the company level" -msgstr "На рівні компанії" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 -msgid "" -"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " -"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " -"of delays." -msgstr "" -"На рівні компанії можна налаштувати **страхувальні дні**, щоби впоратися з " -"можливими затримками та обов'язково виконувати ваші завдання. Ідея полягає в" -" тому, щоби вилучити **резервні** дні з **обчисленої запланованої дати** у " -"разі затримки." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 -msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" -msgstr "**Страхувальні дні продажу**:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" -" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " -"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " -"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " -"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " -"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " -"keep your commitment." -msgstr "" -"Щоденні страхувальні дні - це **резервні** дні, щоби гарантувати, що ви " -"зможете виконати доставку вашим клієнтам у терміни. Вони є межами помилок " -"для часу доставки. Страхувальні дні - це та сама логіка, що й наручний " -"годинник із пришвидшеним часом, щоби прибути вчасно. Ідея полягає в тому, " -"щоби вирахувати числа страхувальних днів з розрахунку і таким чином " -"обчислювати заплановану дату раніше, ніж та, яку ви обіцяли своєму " -"клієнтові. Таким чином ви впевнені, що зможете зберегти свою прихильність." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " -"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " -"of safety days." -msgstr "" -"Коли меню відкрите, перейдіть на вкладку налаштувань та вкажіть кількість " -"страхувальних днів." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" -msgstr "**Страхувальні дні купівлі**:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "Дні купівлі слідують за тією ж логікою, що й страхувальні дні." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 -msgid "" -"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " -"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " -"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " -"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" -msgstr "" -"Вони є межами помилки для часу введення постачальника. Коли система генерує " -"замовлення на придбання для закупівлі товарів, їм буде заплановано, що за " -"багато днів раніше вони мали справу з несподіваними затримками " -"постачальників. Час здійснення купівлі можна знайти в тому самому меню, що й" -" страхувальні дні продажу." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " -"here." -msgstr "" -"Зауважте, що ви також можете налаштувати час виробництва за замовчуванням " -"тут." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:134 -msgid "At route level" -msgstr "На рівні маршруту" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" -" can also influence the computed date." -msgstr "" -"Внутрішні переміщення, які товар може зробити через рух запасів, також " -"можуть вплинути на обчислену дату." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " -"app when creating a new push rule in a route." -msgstr "" -"Затримки внаслідок внутрішніх переміщень можуть бути вказані в додатку " -"**склад** при створенні нового правила натискання на маршруті." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 -msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до розділу правила виштовхування на формі маршруту, щоби " -"встановити затримку." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 -msgid "At sale order level:" -msgstr "На рівні замовлення на продаж:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "**Requested date**:" -msgstr "**Запитувана дата**:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " -"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" -" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" -" display a warning." -msgstr "" -"Odoo пропонує можливість вибрати запитувану дату клієнтом, вказавши дату на " -"іншій інформаційній вкладці замовлення на продаж. Якщо ця дата раніше, ніж " -"теоретична обчислювана дата, odoo автоматично відображатиме попередження." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:173 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "Приклад" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " -"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." -" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " -"on your configuration:" -msgstr "" -"Як приклад, ви можете продати автомобіль сьогодні (1 січня), який придбаний " -"за замовленням, і ви обіцяєте доставити своєму клієнту протягом 20 днів (20 " -"січня). У такому випадку планувальник може ініціювати наступні дії, виходячи" -" з вашої конфігурації:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 -msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "19 січня: фактична запланована доставка (1 день безпеки продажу)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 -msgid "" -"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "18 січня: отримуйте товар від свого постачальника (1 день купівлі)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 -msgid "" -"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " -"lead time)" -msgstr "" -"10 січня: крайній термін замовлення у вашого постачальника (9 днів терміну " -"доставки постачальника)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 -msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " -"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "" -"8 січня: запустіть запит на купівлю в команду покупців, оскільки команда " -"потребує в середньому 2 дні, щоби знайти потрібного постачальника та " -"замовлення." - #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" -"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " -"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " -"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a *quality control step* in the goods " -"receipt process can become essential." +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " +"that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more " +"steps before shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," -" the reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can " -"allow having 3 steps." +"With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " +"to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " +"location before being effectively shipped to the customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The 3-steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" -" transfer them into a quality area for *quality control*. When the quality " -"check has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of " -"course, you may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity " -"that is valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 -msgid "Multi-Step Routes" -msgstr "Багатокрокові маршрути" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to activate the *multi-step routes* option. Indeed, " -"routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. Here, we " -"will chain the picking to the shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:29 -msgid "" -"To activate *multi-step routes*, open the *inventory app*, and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. By " -"default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage " -"Locations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:38 -msgid "Warehouse configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now that *Multi-Step Routes* is activated, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and open the one you will use " -"to deliver in 3 steps. Then, you can select the option *Pack good, send " -"goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* as *Outgoing Shipments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " -"*Output* and *Packing Zone*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Of course, you can rename them if you want. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to " -"rename. Change its name and hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "Створити замовлення на продаж" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* app, create a quotation with storable products to deliver. " -"Then, confirm it and three pickings will be created and linked to your sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:65 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 -msgid "Now, click on the button. You should see three different pickings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 -msgid "The first one, with a reference PICK, designates the picking process;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "The second one, with a reference PACK, is for the packing process;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:71 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 -msgid "The third one, with a reference OUT, designates the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:77 -msgid "Process the picking, packing, and delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The first operation to be processed is the picking and has a *Ready* status," -" while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*. The packing will become " -"*Ready* as soon as the picking is marked as *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " -"inventory app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Note that, if you have the product in stock, it will be automatically " -"reserved and you can validate the picking document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Now that the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " -"processed. Since the documents are chained, the products that have been " -"picked are automatically reserved on the packing order so you can directly " -"validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Then, you can validate your packing. In doing so, the delivery order can be " -"processed. Once again, it will be ready to be validated so you can transfer " -"the products to the customer location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " -"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " -"you to have 2 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " -"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 msgid "" "The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" " a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " -"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" -" stock." +"chain the picking step to the shipping step." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 msgid "" -"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " -"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " +"*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 msgid "" -"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " -"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " -"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing" +" Shipments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " -"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " +"*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one" +" you want to rename and update its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 -msgid "Create a purchase order" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "" +"Якщо натиснути кнопку, ви повинні побачити три різні варіанти " +"комплектування:" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 +msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 +msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " +"operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " +"and you can simply validate the picking document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing " +"order which can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " +"transfer the products to the customer location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +msgstr "" +"Коли замовлення надходить до відділу доставки для остаточної доставки, Odoo " +"за замовчуванням налаштований на використання одно-етапної операції: після " +"того, як всі товари доступні, вони можуть бути відправлені в одному " +"замовленні на доставку." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " +"happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " +"part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an " +"output location before being effectively shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +msgid "Warehouse configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." +" If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 msgid "" -"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" -" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " -"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " -"your purchase order." +"If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " +"pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " +"another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " -"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" -" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " -"products to *Stock*." +msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 -msgid "Process the picking and the delivery" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " +"picking operation has been marked as done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 msgid "" -"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " -"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " -"marked as *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " -"through the inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 -msgid "" -"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " -"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " -"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " -"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " -"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " -"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +"Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery" +" order." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 @@ -1880,10 +1494,303 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " +"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " +"to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "Створіть замовлення на купівлю" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " +"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " +"the *RfQ*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " +"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "Process a Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " +"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " +"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " +"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " +"suppliers are considered as being always available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " +"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " +"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " +"throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " +"of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality " +"control step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " +"Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " +"the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have " +"two-steps or three-steps processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " +"receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " +"(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC " +"requirements are moved to stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " +"mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " +"the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " +"Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " +"with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then " +"quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " +"and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " +"from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," +" three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source " +"document:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " +"control zone;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " +"status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " +"Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " +"come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " +"*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " +"previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the " +"transfer can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " +"again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " +"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " +"you to have 2 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " +"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" +" stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " +"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " +"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " +"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " +"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" +" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " +"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " +"your purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " +"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" +" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " +"products to *Stock*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " +"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " +"marked as *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " +"through the inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " +"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " +"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " +"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " +"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " +"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" msgstr "Партії та серійні номери" @@ -2661,244 +2568,360 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Planning" msgstr "Планування" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:3 -msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed?" +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 msgid "" -"In most cases, scheduled dates are computed to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions, and so on. Depending on your company’s habits, Odoo generates " -"scheduled dates via the scheduler." +"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " +"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " +"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate" +" scheduled dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:9 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 msgid "" -"To make your life easier, the Odoo scheduler computes everything per line, " -"whether it’s a manufacturing order, a delivery order, a sale order, etc." +"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " +"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " +"will get the products he ordered." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 msgid "" -"The computed dates are dependent on the different lead times configured in " -"Odoo." +"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " +"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " +"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into " +"account." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 msgid "" -"Configuring lead times is the first move if you want to compute scheduled " -"dates. Those are the delays promised (in terms of delivery, manufacturing, " -"etc.) to your partners and/or clients." +"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " +"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" +" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:25 -msgid "In Odoo, you can configure different lead times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 msgid "" -"When configuring lead times at the product level, you have three different " -"types to take into account: supplier lead time, customer lead time, and " -"manufacturing lead time." +"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " +"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " +"lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:35 -msgid "Supplier lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 msgid "" -"The supplier lead time is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your " -"purchased products. To configure it, select a product and click on the " -"inventory tab. There, you will have to add a vendor to your product." +"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " +"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" +" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead " +"Time**." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, just open the vendor form and fill its *Delivery lead time*. In this " -"case, the delivery day will be equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + " -"Delivery Lead Time*." +"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a " +"vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope " +"with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the " +"**Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be " +"the default *Receipt* scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendor pricelists and, " -"thus, different delivery lead times, depending on the vendor." +"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " +"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " +"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " +"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " +"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific " +"date is set on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " +"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " +"produce and does not take the routing time into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " +"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " +"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead" +" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 +msgid "Sales - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " +"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" +" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " +"warning message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " +"all the lead times that could occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 msgid "Customer Lead Time" msgstr "Термін доставки клієнту" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 msgid "" -"It is the time needed to get your product from your store/warehouse to your " -"customer. It can be configured for any product. To add it, select a product " -"and go to the inventory tab. There, simply indicate your *customer lead " -"time*." +"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" +" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " +"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your " +"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:67 -msgid "Manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "Термін виконання виробництва" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 msgid "" -"On the same page, it is possible to configure what’s called the " -"*Manufacturing Lead Time*. It is the time needed to manufacture the product." +"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" +" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " +"April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 +msgid "Security Lead Time" +msgstr "Час проведення безпеки" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 msgid "" -"At the company level, you can configure security days. Those are useful to " -"cope with eventual dalys and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract backup days from the computed scheduled date in case of " -"delays." +"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " +"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " +"earlier in order to arrive on time." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 msgid "" -"Once again, there are three different types of security lead times: for " -"sales, for purchases, and for manufacturing." +"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " +"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:85 -msgid "Security lead time for sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:87 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 msgid "" -"In sales, security lead time corresponds to backup days to ensure you will " -"be able to deliver your clients in times. They are margins of errors for " -"delivery lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early " -"wristwatch, in order to arrive on time." +"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 msgid "" -"The idea is to subtract the numbers of security days from the calculation " -"and, thus, to compute a scheduled date earlier than the one you promised to " -"your client. In that way, you are sure to be able to keep your commitment." +"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " +"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " +"the delivery order is the 5th of April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:97 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 +msgid "Deliver several products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " +"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " +"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:104 -msgid "Security lead time for purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:106 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" -"It follows the same logic as security lead time for sales except that " -"security lead time for purchase is the margin of error for vendor lead " -"times, not for sales." +"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" +" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " +"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 msgid "" -"When the system generates purchase orders for procuring products, they will " -"be scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." +"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " +"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " +"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is " +"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of " +"April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:114 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 msgid "" -"To find purchase lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " +"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" +" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:121 -msgid "Security lead time for manufacturing" +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:123 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 +msgid "Supplier Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 msgid "" -"The security lead time for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " -"orders which are scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected " -"manufacturing days." +"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " +"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " +"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:127 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 msgid "" -"To configure it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and enable the *Security Lead Time* option. Then, hit save." +"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " +"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " +"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead " +"Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:136 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" -"Sometimes, the internal transfers that a product might do may also influence" -" the computed date. The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in" -" the *Inventory* app when you create a new rule in a route." +"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " +"depending on the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:141 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 msgid "" -"To specify them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Routes` and add a push rule to set a delay. Of course, you need to activate " -"*Multi-step Routes* to use this feature." +"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " +"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " +"for your supplier to deliver your order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:149 -msgid "At the sale order level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:152 -msgid "Expected date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:154 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 msgid "" -"In the *Sales* application, you have the possibility to activate the option " -"*Delivery Date*. It will allow you to see additional fields on the sale " -"order." +"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:158 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" -"By enabling this option, Odoo will indicate the *Expected Date* in the " -"*Other Info* tab of the sales order. This one is automatically computed " -"based on the different lead times." +"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " +"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:165 -msgid "" -"If you set a *Commitment Date* to deliver your customer that is earlier than" -" the *Expected Date*, a warning message will appear on the screen." +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 +msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:175 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 +msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" +msgstr "Час виконання виробництва" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 msgid "" -"To better understand all the above info, here is an example. You may sell a " -"car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, and you promise to " -"deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20th). In such a scenario, the" -" scheduler will trigger the following events, based on your configuration:" +"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." +" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " +"number of days the manufacturing takes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:181 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 msgid "" -"January 19: this is the actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety " -"Days);" +"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " +"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" +" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of " +"July is June 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:183 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 msgid "" -"January 18: you receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase " -"days);" +"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " +"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:185 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "" -"January 10: this is the deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of " -"Supplier Delivery Lead Time);" +"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:187 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since they " -"need, on average, 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " +"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " +"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on " +"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +msgid "Global Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 +msgid "Here is a configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 +msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 +msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 +msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " +"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " +"here is when all the various steps are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " +"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +msgid "" +"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" +" security lead time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 +msgid "" +"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " +"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " +"Manufacturing)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 +msgid "" +"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " +"security lead time for sales)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 @@ -3222,7 +3245,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Kits?" +msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 @@ -5023,246 +5046,6 @@ msgstr "" "не створюйте зворотнє замовлення, якщо ви не надаєте/не отримаєте інші " "товари." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a procurement rule?" -msgstr "Що таке правила закупівлі?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " -"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" -" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " -"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " -"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " -"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " -"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" -" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " -"dissatisfaction." -msgstr "" -"Система управління закупівель на складі починається із замовлення клієнта. " -"За допомогою цієї стратегії компанії виготовляють достатньо товарів для " -"виконання замовлень клієнта. Перевага системи полягає в тому, що не буде " -"перевищення запасу, який потрібно зберігати, таким чином знижуючи рівень " -"запасів і вартість транспортування та зберігання товарів. Утім одним із " -"головних недоліків системи збору даних є те, що дуже важко потрапити в " -"дилеми замовлення, такі як постачальник, який не в змозі своєчасно " -"відвантажити товар. Тоді компанія не може виконати замовлення та сприяє " -"невдоволенню клієнтів." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 -msgid "" -"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" -" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " -"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " -"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " -"of storing goods." -msgstr "" -"Прикладом системи контролю якості складу є макет замовлення. Мета полягає в " -"тому, щоби зберегти рівень складу на мінімумі, маючи достатньо запасів для " -"задоволення потреб покупців. Система МТО (під замовлення) усуває витрати, " -"зменшуючи обсяги запасів, необхідних для складу, та витрат на зберігання " -"товарів." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " -"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " -"using rules\"." -msgstr "" -"Правила закупівель є частиною маршрутів. Перейдіть у додаток " -"Склад>Налаштування>Налаштування та позначте пункт \"Просування маршрутних " -"товарів з використанням правил\"." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 -msgid "Procurement rules settings" -msgstr "Налаштування правил закупівель" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 -msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." -msgstr "У розділі Правила закупівель натисніть Додати об'єкт." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " -"possible :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 -msgid "Move from another location rules" -msgstr "Переміщення з іншого правила місцезнаходження." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 -msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " -"manufacturing rules." -msgstr "" -"Додаток Виробництво повинно бути встановлене, щоби запустити правила " -"виробництва." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " -"rules." -msgstr "" -"Додаток Закупівлі потрібно встановити, щоб запустити правила **купівлі**." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " -"defined." -msgstr "" -"Деякі налаштування складу створює маршрути із вже визначеними правилами " -"закупівель." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 -msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" -msgstr ":doc:`push_rule`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:72 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 -msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -msgstr ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" -msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a push rule?" -msgstr "Що таке правило виштовхування?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" -" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " -"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " -"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " -"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " -"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " -"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " -"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " -"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " -"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " -"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " -"inability to meet customer demand for the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" -" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " -"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " -"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " -"be triggered automatically or manually." -msgstr "" -"Потік виштовхування показує, як місцезнаходження розташовуються з іншими. Як" -" тільки певна кількість товарів переміщується у місцезнаходження джерела, " -"автоматично передбачається рух розташування відповідно до параметрів, " -"заданих у специфікації потоку (місце призначення, затримка, тип переміщення," -" журнал). Це може спрацьовувати автоматично або вручну." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" -" rules**." -msgstr "" -"Правила виштовхування є частиною маршрутів. Перейдіть до меню " -":menuselection:`Склад --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та позначте пункт " -"**Попередня маршрутизація товарів із використанням правил**." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 -msgid "Push rules settings" -msgstr "Налаштування правил виштовхування" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Routes`." -msgstr "" -"Правила виштовхування встановлюються на маршрутах. Перейдіть до " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Маршрути`." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 -msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "У розділі правила виштовхування натисніть **Додати об'єкт**." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " -"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " -"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " -"quality control location move to the stock." -msgstr "" -"Тут ви можете встановити умови вашого правила. У цьому прикладі, коли товар " -"знаходиться у **місці прийому**, його потрібно перемістити в контроль " -"якості. У 3 етапах надходжень, інше правило виштовхування призведе до того, " -"що товари, які перебувають у місці контролю якості, переміщуються до складу." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." -msgstr "" -"Деякі налаштування складу створюють маршрути із вже встановленими правилами " -"виштовхування." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 -msgid "Stock transfers" -msgstr "Складські переміщення" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" -" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " -"waiting." -msgstr "" -"Правило виштовхування призведе до складського переміщення. Відповідно до " -"правила, встановленого на вашому маршруті, ви побачите, що деякі переміщення" -" можуть бути готові, а інші в очікуванні." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " -"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." -msgstr "" -"Правило виштовхування, яке було встановлено вище, створить переміщення зі " -"**складу/місця прийому** до місцезнаходження **складу/контролю якості**." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:74 -msgid "" -"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " -"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" -" the main stock." -msgstr "" -"У цьому прикладі, інше переміщення очікує згідно із другим правилом " -"виштовхування, воно визначає, що коли контроль якості буде завершено, товари" -" будуть переміщені на основний склад." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" -msgstr ":doc:`procurement_rule`" - #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" msgstr "" @@ -5323,230 +5106,469 @@ msgid "" " A and one in warehouse B." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 -msgid "How to use routes?" -msgstr "Як використовувати маршрути?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" -" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 +msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" msgstr "" -"Маршрут - це сукупність правил закупівель та правил переміщення. Odoo може " -"керувати додатковими налаштуваннями маршрутів виштовхування/витягування, " -"наприклад:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" -msgstr "Управління ланцюгами виробництва продукції" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " +"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " +"in the retail channel." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 -msgid "Manage default locations per product" -msgstr "Керування місцезнаходженням за замовчуванням для кожного товару" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " +"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" +" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " +"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +msgid "Inside the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " +"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " +"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " +"trigger all the route's rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " +"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" +" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " +"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " +"stored in their respective locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " +"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " +"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " +"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" +" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" +" to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 +msgid "Pull Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 +msgid "" +"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " +"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 +msgid "" +"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " +"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" +" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " +"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " +"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " +"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " +"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " +"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " +"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 +msgid "" +"All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " +"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " +"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "Правила виштовхування" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " +"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " +"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" +" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 +msgid "" +"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " +"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " +"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" +" products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " +"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " +"their *Storage Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " +"upstream transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" +" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " +"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " +"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 +msgid "Use Routes and Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " +"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 +msgid "Manage default locations per product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 msgid "" "Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" +"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" msgstr "" -"Визначення маршрутів на вашому складі відповідно до потреб бізнесу, таких як" -" контроль якості, післяпродажне обслуговування чи повернення постачальникам" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 msgid "" -"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " -"products" +"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products." msgstr "" -"Допомога в управлінні орендою, генеруючи автоматичні зворотні рухи для " -"орендованих товарів" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " -"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " -"routing of products using rules**." +"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " +"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " +"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." msgstr "" -"Правила закупівель є частиною маршрутів. Перейдіть до програми **Склад**, " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування` і виберіть пункт **Розширені" -" маршрути товарів, що використовують правила**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 -msgid "Pre-configured routes" -msgstr "Попередньо-налаштовані маршрути" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 -msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." -msgstr "Odoo має деякі попередньо налаштовані маршрути для ваших складів." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 msgid "" -"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`." +"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" +"Step Routes*." msgstr "" -"У програмі Склад перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Налаштування`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 msgid "" -"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " -"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." +"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" +"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." msgstr "" -"На вкладці **Налаштування складу** параметри **Вхідні відправлення** та " -"**Вихідні відправлення** встановлюють деякі маршрути відповідно до вашого " -"вибору." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 +msgid "Pre-configured Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " +"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " +"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " +"incoming and outgoing shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" +" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " +"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " +"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " +"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " +"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" +" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" +" rules for the pre-configured route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "Налаштування маршрутів" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Routes`." +"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " +"selected. Of course, combinations are available." msgstr "" -"У програмі **Склад** перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Маршрути`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 msgid "" -"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " -"can combine several choices." +"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " +"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." msgstr "" -"По-перше, вам слід вибрати місця, де можна вибрати цей маршрут. Ви можете " -"об'єднати кілька варіантів вибору." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 -msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" -msgstr "Маршрути застосовуються на складах" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 msgid "" -"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" -" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " -"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." +"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " +"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " +"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " +"the same category." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви позначите **Склади**, ви повинні вибрати, який склад буде " -"застосовано. Маршрут буде встановлено для всього переміщення на цьому " -"складі, який відповідатиме умовам закупівель та правилам переміщення." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 -msgid "Routes applied on products" -msgstr "Маршрути застосовуються до товарів" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 msgid "" -"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " -"be applied." +"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " +"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " +"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви позначите **Товари**, вам потрібно вручну встановити, який товар він" -" буде застосовуватися." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," -" select the route(s):" +"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " +"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " +"if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" -"Відкрийте продукт, на якому ви бажаєте застосувати маршрути " -"(:menuselection:`Склад --> Контроль --> Товари`). На вкладці Склад виберіть " -"маршрути:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 -msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" -msgstr "Маршрути, застосовані до категорії товарів" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 msgid "" -"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " -"categories it will be applied." +"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" +" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви позначите **Категорії товарів**, вам потрібно вручну встановити, до " -"яких категорій він буде застосовуватися." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 +msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" -" under the **Logistics** section :" +"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " +"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" +" on which product it must be applied." msgstr "" -"Відкрийте товар, на який ви хочете застосувати маршрути " -"(:menuselection:`Налаштування --> Категорії товару`). Виберіть маршрути в " -"розділі **Логістики**:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 -msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" -msgstr "Маршрути, застосовані до рядків замовлення на продаж" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 msgid "" -"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " -"time you make a sale order." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " +"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" +" tab* and select the route you’ve created." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви позначите **Рядки замовлення на продаж**, вам доведеться вручну " -"встановлювати маршрут щоразу, коли ви хочете зробити замовлення на продаж." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 msgid "" -"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" -" the sales order." +"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " +"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " +"are vital to have working routings." msgstr "" -"Для того, щоб це запрацювало, ви також повинні активувати використання " -"маршрутів у замовленні клієнта." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "Правила" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 msgid "" -"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" +" section, and click on *Add a line* button." msgstr "" -"У додатку Продажі перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Налаштування` та позначте пункт **Вибрати конкретні маршрути по рядках " -"замовлення на продаж (розширені)**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 -msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" -msgstr "" -"Тепер ви можете вибрати маршрути для кожного рядка ваших замовлень на " -"продаж:" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 -msgid "Procurement and push rules" -msgstr "Закупівлі і правила виштовхування" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 -msgid "Please refer to the documents:" -msgstr "Будь ласка, зверніться до документації:" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 -msgid "Procurement configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування закупівель" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 msgid "" -"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " -"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " -"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " -"**Preferred Routes**:" +"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " +"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " +"of them:" msgstr "" -"Під час запиту на закупівлю ви можете застосувати маршрут, який ви хочете " -"використовувати. На товарі (:menuselection:`Контроль складу --> Товари`), " -"натисніть на **Запит на закупівлю**. Виберіть маршрут, який ви хочете " -"використовувати поруч із **Рекомендованими маршрутами**:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 -msgid "Make-to-Order Route" -msgstr "Маршрут на замовлення" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 msgid "" -"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " -"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " -"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " -"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." +"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " +"specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " +"validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. " +"When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to " +"fulfill this need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 +msgid "" +"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " +"defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, " +"Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 +msgid "" +"**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different " +"situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a " +"specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " +"fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a " +"rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the " +"products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 +msgid "" +"**Buy**: when products are needed at the source location, a request for " +"quotation is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 +msgid "" +"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " +"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 +msgid "" +"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " +"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " +"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " +"source location:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " +"source location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" +" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " +"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " +"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " +"source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 +msgid "" +"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " +"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " +"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " +"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " +"alert in the form of a *next activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 +msgid "What about a full flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " +"full flow with an advanced custom route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +msgid "" +"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " +"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " +"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " +"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " +"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " +"the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +msgid "" +"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " +"created to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " +"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " +"transfer in the list is not done yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " +"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +msgid "" +"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " +"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " +"required products from the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +msgid "" +"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " +"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " +"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" +" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " +"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +msgid "" +"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " +"have been triggered and the transfers done." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви працюєте без складу, або з мінімальними правилами закупівлі, краще " -"скористатись маршрутом **на замовлення**. Поєднайте його з маршрутом " -"**Купівля** або **Виробництво**, і він автоматично запускає замовлення на " -"закупівлю або замовлення на виробництво, коли ваші товари недоступні." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po index 2f387a540..6f4f7a7b4 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -64,22 +64,35 @@ msgid "Power on the IoT Box." msgstr "Увімкніть IoT Box." #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28 -msgid "Then click on the Scan button." -msgstr "Потім натисніть на кнопку Сканувати." +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:34 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:40 msgid "WiFi Connection" msgstr "З'єднання з WiFi" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:36 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:42 msgid "Power on the IoT Box" msgstr "Увімкніть IoT Box." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:38 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:44 msgid "Copy the token" msgstr "Скопіюйте токен" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:43 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:48 msgid "" "Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " "plugged in your computer)." @@ -87,7 +100,7 @@ msgstr "" "Підключіть WiFi до IoT Box (переконайтеся, що в комп'ютері не підключено " "кабель Ethernet)." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:49 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:53 msgid "" "You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " "to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " @@ -97,7 +110,7 @@ msgstr "" "підключіться до IP-адреси коробки). Дайте назву вашому IoT Box (не " "обов'язково) і вставте токен, а потім натисніть кнопку Далі." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:57 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:60 msgid "" "If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " "(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" @@ -109,7 +122,7 @@ msgstr "" "f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** повинен стати " "**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:63 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:66 msgid "" "Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " "there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " @@ -119,11 +132,11 @@ msgstr "" "є) і натисніть кнопку Надіслати. Зачекайте кілька секунд, перш ніж " "перенаправитися у базу даних." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:70 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:72 msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." msgstr "Тепер ви можете бачити IoT Box." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:76 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:78 msgid "IoT Box Schema" msgstr "Схема IoT Box" @@ -145,13 +158,10 @@ msgstr "Оновлення вашої SD картки через Etcher" #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__, " +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__, " "It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " "and launch it." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть на веб-сайт Balena та завантажте `Etcher " -"`__, Це безкоштовно, а утиліти з відкритим кодом " -"використовуються для для запису фалів зображень. Встановіть та запустіть це." #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -211,19 +221,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " "reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " -"can be found `here `__)." +"can be found `here `__)." msgstr "" -"Якщо ваше зображення IoT Box старішої версії, тоді вам необхідно " -"перезаписати SD картку вашого IoT Box, щоби оновити зображення (найновіше " -"зображення можна знайти `тут `__)." -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here " -"`__)." +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`flash_sdcard`" msgstr "" -"Ви можете знайти документацію про перепрошивку SD картки (`тут " -"`__)." #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" @@ -365,13 +368,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:73 msgid "" "Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" -" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the box \"IoT" +" Box\" and select the IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." msgstr "" -"Як тільки це зроблено, ви можете підключити IoT Box до вашої точки продажу. " -"Для цього перейдіть у Точку продажу > Налаштування > Точка продажу, позначте" -" \"IoT Box\" і виберіть IoT Box, із яким ви хочете з'єднатися. Збережіть " -"зміни." #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:77 msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po index 95ab98573..354662d89 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Alina Lisnenko , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -22,230 +22,253 @@ msgstr "" "Language: uk\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "Живий чат" +#: ../../livechat/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 -msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" -msgstr "Спілкуйтеся з відвідувачами сайту в реальному часі" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " -"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " -"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," -" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " -"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " -"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" msgstr "" -"З Онлайн-чатом Odoo ви можете встановити прямий контакт із відвідувачами " -"вашого веб-сайту. Просте діалогове вікно з'явиться на екрані та дозволить їм" -" зв'язатися з одним із ваших торгових представників. Таким чином, ви можете " -"легко перетворити ліди у нагоди. Ви також зможете надавати допомогу своїм " -"клієнтам. Загалом, це ідеальний інструмент для покращення задоволеності " -"клієнтів." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" -" and then click on install." +"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " +"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" +" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " +"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." msgstr "" -"Щоб отримати функцію Онлайн-чату, відкрийте модуль Додатки, знайдіть " -"\"Онлайн-чат\", а потім натисніть кнопку Встановити." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 msgid "" -"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " -"operators can easily join and leave the chat." +"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " +"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" +" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Live Chat`." msgstr "" -"Модуль Онлайн-чату надає прямий доступ до ваших каналів. Там оператори " -"можуть легко приєднатися та виходити з чату." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" -msgstr "Додайте онлайн-чат на веб-сайт Odoo" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" -"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " -"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" -" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " -"website." +"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." msgstr "" -"Якщо ваш веб-сайт був створений за допомогою Odoo, то автоматично буде " -"доданий онлайн-чат. Все, що потрібно зробити, це перейти на :menuselection" -":`Веб-сайт --> Налаштування --> Налаштування`, щоби вибрати канал, який буде" -" пов'язаний з веб-сайтом." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 -msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" -msgstr "Додайте онлайн-чат на зовнішній веб-сайт" +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "For both scenarios, under:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " -"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " -"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " -"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." +"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " +"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " +"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." msgstr "" -"Якщо ваш веб-сайт не був створений за допомогою Odoo, перейдіть до модуля " -"Онлайн-чат, а потім виберіть канал, який потрібно прив'язати. Там ви можете " -"просто скопіювати доступний код на свій веб-сайт. Також надається конкретна " -"URL-адреса, яку ви можете надіслати клієнтам або постачальникам для доступу " -"до чату." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 -msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" -msgstr "Сховайте/покажіть онлайн-чат відповідно до правил" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 msgid "" -"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " -"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " -"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" -" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " -"of time it takes for the chat to appear." +"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " +"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " +"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." msgstr "" -"Правила онлайн-чату можна визначити за формою каналу. Наприклад, ви можете " -"вибрати показ чату в країнах, в яких ви володієте мовою. Навпаки, ви можете " -"приховати чат у країнах, де ваша компанія не веде діяльність. Якщо ви " -"виберете *Автоматичне спливаюче вікно*, ви також можете встановити, скільки " -"часу потрібно для показу чату." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 -msgid "Prepare automatic messages" -msgstr "Підготуйте автоматичні повідомлення" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 msgid "" -"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" -" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" -" through the live chat." +"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " +"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " +"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." msgstr "" -"У формі каналу, у розділі *Параметри*, кілька повідомлень можуть бути " -"набрані, щоби з'являтися автоматично у чаті. Це спонукає відвідувачів " -"звернутися до вас через онлайн-чат." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 -msgid "Start chatting with customers" -msgstr "Почніть спілкуватися з клієнтами" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 msgid "" -"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " -"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " -"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " -"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." +"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " +"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " +"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." msgstr "" -"Щоб розпочати спілкування з клієнтами, спершу переконайтеся, що канал " -"публікується на вашому веб-сайті. Щоби зробити це, виберіть *Неопубліковано " -"на Веб-сайті* у верхньому правому куті форми каналу, щоби переключити " -"параметр *Опубліковано*. Потім можна розпочати чат, коли оператор " -"приєднається до каналу." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "External options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 msgid "" -"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " -"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." +"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" +" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." msgstr "" -"Якщо жоден оператор не доступний або якщо канал не опубліковано на веб-" -"сайті, кнопка онлайн-чату не відображатиметься відвідувачам." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " -"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " -"answered wherever you are in Odoo." +"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " +"single live chat page." msgstr "" -"Розмова, ініційована відвідувачами, також з'вляється у модулі Обговорення " -"крім того, що з'являється як пряме повідомлення. Тому на запити можна " -"відповісти, де б ви не були в Odoo." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "Managing chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 msgid "" -"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " -"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." +"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " +"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" +" Odoo." msgstr "" -"Якщо є кілька операторів, які приєдналися до каналу, система буде " -"відправляти сесії відвідувачів випадковим чином між ними." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " +"operators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 +msgid "Leave or join a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Оцінювання" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " +"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " +"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Customer Rating" +msgstr "Рейтинг клієнта" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " +"for an explanation is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 +msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "Make the rating public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " +"rating of that channel on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 +msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" +"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 msgid "Use commands" msgstr "Використовуйте команди" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 msgid "" -"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " -"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " -"into the chat. The following actions are available :" +"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" msgstr "" -"Команди є корисними для виконання певних дій або доступу до інформації, яка " -"вам може знадобитися. Щоби використовувати цю функцію, просто введіть " -"команди в чат. Доступні наступні дії:" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 -msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." -msgstr "**/help** : показати допоміжне повідомлення." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 +msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 -msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk** : створити заявку служби підтримки." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 +msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 -msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk\\_search** : шукати заявку для служби підтримки." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 +msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 -msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." -msgstr "**/history** : дивитись 15 останніх відвіданих сторінок." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 +msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 -msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." -msgstr "**/lead** : створити новий лід." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 +msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 -msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." -msgstr "**/leave** : залишити канал." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 +msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 msgid "" -"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " -"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " -"The same goes for the creation of a lead." +"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " +"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." msgstr "" -"Якщо з чату створено заявку служби підтримки, тоді розмова, з якої вона була" -" згенерована, автоматично відображатиметься як опис заявки. Те ж саме " -"стосується і створення ліда." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " +"link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" +" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 msgid "Send canned responses" msgstr "Надсилайте фіксовані відповіді" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " -"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " -"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " -"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," -" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " -"assigned." +"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " +"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " +"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." msgstr "" -"Фіксовані відповіді дозволяють створювати замінники загальних речень, які ви" -" часто використовуєте. Введіть слово замість кількох, це заощадить вам " -"багато часу. Щоб додати фіксовані відповіді, перейдіть до :menuselection" -":`ОНЛАЙН-ЧАТ --> Налаштування --> Фіксовані відповіді` та створіть стільки " -"відповідей, скільки потрібно. Щоби використовувати їх під час чату, просто " -"введіть \":\" до ярлика, який ви призначили." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 msgid "" -"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " -"visitors, enjoy !" +"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " +"shortcut word you created." msgstr "" -"Тепер у вас є всі інструменти, необхідні для спілкування в онлайн з " -"відвідувачами вашого сайту. Насолоджуйтеся!" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po index bae5de3b8..ecc12470d 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Alina Lisnenko , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -149,11 +149,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 msgid "" "Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " -"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the *Master Data* menu > " -"*Products* and create both the finished product and the component." +"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " +"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " "create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" @@ -161,64 +161,64 @@ msgid "" "*Manufacture this Product*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:38 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:40 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 msgid "" "As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" " same as for the standard product." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 msgid "" "If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " "*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " "each component line. You can add several variants for each component." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 msgid "Adding a routing" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:54 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 msgid "" "You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " "series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " "enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "" "Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" " times." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:66 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 msgid "" "Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" " when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " "dropdown menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 msgid "Adding By-Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 msgid "" "In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " "the primary product." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:79 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 msgid "" "To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" " *Manufacturing* app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " "You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування" @@ -755,153 +755,320 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontract the manufacturing" +msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 msgid "" -"Some businesses subcontract the production of some finished products through" -" subcontractors. This can be easily managed through Odoo." +"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " +"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 +msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and tick the box " -"*Subcontracting*." +"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:17 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 +msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 +msgid "Control subcontractors bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 msgid "" -"You can now define subcontracted *Bill of Materials*. Therefore, you need to" -" go to *Manufacturing > Master Data > Bill of Materials* and hit *Create*. " -"In this *BoM*, list the components which will be used by the subcontractor " -"to manufacture the subcontracted finished product. Specify that the *BoM* " -"type is *Subcontracting*." +"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " +"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:22 -msgid "You can also define subcontractors on the BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:24 -msgid "If no subcontractor is set, the BoM can be used by any subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 -msgid "If some are set, the BoM can only be used for those subcontractors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32 -msgid "Receive or buy a subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:34 -msgid "You have two options to trigger the subcontracting of a product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:36 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 msgid "" -"**Option A**: You can buy the subcontracted product from your subcontractor" +"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " +"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 -msgid "**Option B**: You can directly receive the subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:40 -msgid "Let’s start with option A (option B is just a simpler version of it)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:42 msgid "" -"Create a new purchase order. The vendor must be a subcontractor. The unit " -"price should be the cost you are paying to the subcontractor for the " -"subcontracting (thus, it’s not necessarily the total cost of the " -"subcontracted product)." +"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " +"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " +"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " +"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " +"directly from the subcontractor." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:50 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 msgid "" -"The validation of the purchase order automatically creates the receipt. " -"Whenever you receive the product, you can validate the receipt. The " -"following stock moves are created:" +"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" +" subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 +msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 -msgid "For the components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:56 -msgid "From Subcontracting To Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:58 -msgid "For the subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60 -msgid "From Production to Subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:62 -msgid "From Subcontracting to Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 msgid "" -"The *Subcontracting Location* represents the place where the products are at" -" your subcontractor’s warehouse. It is configured as an internal location, " -"the components that are sent to the subcontractor are still valued in your " -"stock." +"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " +"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " +"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " +"subcontractor on the *BoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:69 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 msgid "" -"For option B, you can simply create the receipt manually with a partner of " -"type subcontractor defined on it." +"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " +"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " +"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73 -msgid "Resupply the subcontractor with the components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:75 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 msgid "" -"There are 3 ways to manage the resupply of your subcontractor with the " -"components:" +"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " +"(3);" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:80 -msgid "**Manually**: You create a delivery order in which you set the" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 +msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " +"validated receipt (5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " +"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " +"order." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "subcontractor as a partner and you choose the components to deliver." +msgid "" +"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " +"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " +"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " +"materials used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "Оцінка запасу" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "**With reordering rules**: You can define a *reordering rule*" +msgid "**C = A + B + s**" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:86 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 +msgid "With:" +msgstr "З:" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 +msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 +msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 msgid "" -"on the *Subcontracting location* to ensure that they are always enough " -"components sent to your subcontractors. When the reordering rule is " -"triggered, a delivery order is created for the product is automatically " -"created." +"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " +"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " +"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " +"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:97 -msgid "**On order**: You can also deliver the components to your" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:95 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 msgid "" -"subcontractors each time you order a subcontracted product. For this, you " -"need to tick the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " +"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " +"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " +"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" +" accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " +"proposed price coming from the finished products C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" +" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " +"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "Відстеження" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 +msgid "" +"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " +"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " +"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " +"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " +"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 +msgid "" +"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " +"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 +msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " +"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 +msgid "" +"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " +"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " +"subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 +msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " +"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " +"address and fill the components to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " +"approaches:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 +msgid "Reordering rules;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 +msgid "Replenish on order flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 +msgid "" +"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " +"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " +"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" +" subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " +"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " +"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " +"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " "components." msgstr "" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 +msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " +"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " +"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " +"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " +"shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 +msgid "" +"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " +"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "Контроль якості" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 +msgid "" +"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " +"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " +"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " +"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 +msgid "" +"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " +"a new *Control Point* on the reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " +"product is received." +msgstr "" + #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild a product" msgstr "Розбирання товару" @@ -990,8 +1157,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and activate the " -"Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 @@ -1002,10 +1169,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 msgid "" -"Now, go in *Planning > Master Production Schedule* and click on add a " -"product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the stock you want " -"to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and maximum " -"quantities to replenish." +"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " +"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " +"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" +" maximum quantities to replenish." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 @@ -1143,11 +1310,11 @@ msgstr "Загальний огляд" msgid "Repair Management" msgstr "Управління ремонтом" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 msgid "Repair products" msgstr "Ремонт товарів" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " "but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " @@ -1157,11 +1324,11 @@ msgstr "" "а також просто ремонтувати вироби, які ви виготовили, якщо вони є " "дефектними." -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 msgid "Create a Repair Order" msgstr "Створіть замовлення на ремонт" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:14 msgid "" "Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " "new one." @@ -1169,11 +1336,11 @@ msgstr "" "Опинившись у програмі, ви зможете отримати доступ до існуючих *Замовлень на " "ремонт* та створити нове." -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 msgid "Manage a repair" msgstr "Керування ремонтом" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:23 msgid "" "When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." " Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " @@ -1185,7 +1352,7 @@ msgstr "" "клієнт, якщо він має бути виписаний після або перед ремонтом, деталей, які " "можуть знадобитися і т.д." -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:31 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " "customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " @@ -1195,6 +1362,6 @@ msgstr "" "вашому клієнту. Якщо це буде схвалено, ви можете підтвердити ремонт. Після " "цього ви зможете запустити та завершити ремонт, коли він буде завершений." -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:38 msgid "You can now invoice the repair." msgstr "Тепер ви можете виставити рахунок на ремонт." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po index d18c56fe3..de0497948 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -314,6 +314,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" msgstr "" +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po index dbbf9b7be..2a6ab9e6a 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -26,11 +26,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Planning" msgstr "Планування" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 -msgid "Create a schedule and make encoding easier" -msgstr "Створюйте розклад та робіть кодування легко" +#: ../../planning/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:4 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:5 msgid "" "Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create" " shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high" @@ -40,11 +44,11 @@ msgstr "" "основі. Створюйте зміни, щоб керувати своїми завданнями, розподіляти " "працівників та залишатися організованими на високому рівні." -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:8 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 msgid "Organize your team by roles" msgstr "Організуйте вашу команду за ролями" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to" " the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under " @@ -54,11 +58,11 @@ msgstr "" "перейдіть у модуль *Співробітники*, оберіть відповідного співробітника і під" " вкладкою *Робоча інформація* оберіть *Роль планування за замовчуванням*." -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:18 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20 msgid "Make shifts recurrent" msgstr "Зробіть зміни періодичними" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:19 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:22 msgid "" "While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you " "from the need of re-planning it." @@ -66,90 +70,89 @@ msgstr "" "Створюючи зміну, виберіть *Повторити* та налаштуйте за необхідністю, " "позбавляючи себе від необхідності її повторного планування." -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:28 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30 msgid "" "Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is " -"possible in developer mode, from *Settings*." +"possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"from *Settings*." msgstr "" -"Повторні зміни створюються на наступні шість місяців. Модифікація можлива в " -"режимі розробника із меню *Налаштування*." -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:32 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38 msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:36 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:41 msgid "Save shifts as templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:37 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:43 msgid "" -"If creating a shift on the fly and knowing that you will use that template " -"in the future, click on *Save as a Template*." +"If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the " +"future, click on *Save as a Template*." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:46 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 msgid "" "To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Shifts Templates --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:55 msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:52 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:57 msgid "" "When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or " "Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, " "simply click on *Copy Previous Week*." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:61 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65 msgid "" "The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you " "grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation " "time, for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 -msgid "Send planned shifts and give employees autonomy over shifts" +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 +msgid "Send Planned Shifts and Give Employees Autonomy Over Shifts" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:4 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, " -"loosing productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts " -"helps you to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." +"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, losing" +" productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts helps you " +"to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:9 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:12 msgid "" "Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include" " Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:17 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19 msgid "" "Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish " -"and Send*, employees will get an email that will redirect them to their " -"planned tasks:" +"and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned " +"tasks:" msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:25 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:26 msgid "" "Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts" msgstr "Дозвольте співробітника скасовувати самостійно призначення на зміни" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:30 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:31 msgid "" "Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an " "employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I " @@ -157,6 +160,6 @@ msgid "" "take it." msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:45 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44 msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index 5e94a9fe4..b0d460728 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Alina Lisnenko , 2019 # Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Alina Lisnenko , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -26,368 +26,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Point of Sale" msgstr "Точка продажу" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced topics" -msgstr "Розширені теми" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "Використання штрих-кодів у точці продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" -"Використання сканера штрих-кодів для обробки замовлень на продаж покращує " -"вашу ефективність та допомагає вам заощадити час для вас та ваших клієнтів." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:20 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Щоб скористатись сканером штрих-кодів, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки " -"продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть ваш інтерфейс точки " -"продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "Під категорією IoT Box / Обладнання ви знайдете *Сканер штрих-кодів*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "Додайте штрих-коди до товару" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Каталог --> Товари` та " -"виберіть товар." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "" -"На вкладці загальної інформації ви можете знайти поле штрих-коду, де ви " -"можете ввести будь-який штрих-код." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "Сканування товарів" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" -"З вашого інтерфейсу точки продажу відскануйте будь-який штрих-код з вашим " -"сканером штрих-кодів. Товар буде додано, ви зможете сканувати той самий " -"товар, щоб додати його кілька разів або змінити кількість вручну на екрані." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:3 -msgid "Cash Rounding" -msgstr "Заокруглення готівки" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:4 -msgid "" -"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " -"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " -"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " -"made in cash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " -"totals of its bills or receipts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "" -"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" -" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" -" option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " -"*Create and Edit...*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," -" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:41 -msgid "" -"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" -" according to your settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " -"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 -msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" -msgstr "Прийом оплати кредитною карткою через Mercury" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " -"`__) is required to accept credit card payments" -" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " -"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " -"American businesses." -msgstr "" -"MercuryPay (див. `*Веб-сайт MercuryPay* `__) " -"приймає платежі за допомогою кредитних карток в точці продажу Odoo 11 із " -"вбудованим пристроєм для читання карт. MercuryPay працює лише з " -"американськими та канадськими банками, що робить цю процедуру лише придатною" -" для підприємств Північної Америки." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 -msgid "" -"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " -"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " -"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr "" -"Альтернативою інтегрованому кардрідеру є робота з автономним пристроєм для " -"зчитування карток, копіювання загальної транзакції з екрану точки продажу " -"Odoo в кардрідер та записування транзакції в точці продажу Odoo." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 -msgid "Install Mercury" -msgstr "Встановіть Mercury" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " -"module." -msgstr "" -"Щоби встановити Mercury перейдіть до :menuselection:`Додатки` і знайдіть " -"модуль *Mercury*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury " -"Configurations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " -"credentials." -msgstr "" -"Створіть нову конфігурацію для кредитних карток і введіть свої облікові дані" -" Mercury." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods` and create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Потім перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Налаштування --> Метод " -"оплати` і створіть ще один." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " -"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." -msgstr "" -"Під *Точкою продажу*, коли ви оберете *Використовувати в точці продажу*, ви " -"зможете вибрати щойно створені вами облікові дані Mercury." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." -msgstr "" -"Тепер ви маєте можливість оплатити кредитну картку під час перевірки " -"платежу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Log in with employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " -"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " -"made for that session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," -" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:16 -msgid "Set up log in with employees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " -"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " -"the cash register." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:25 -msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:28 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "Перемикач без PIN-кодів" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" -" cashier name in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:36 -msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:42 -msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " -"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:50 -msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:56 -msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " -"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" -" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:67 -msgid "Find who was the cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " -"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:75 -msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "Повторний друк чеків" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" -"Використовуйте функцію підтвердження *повторний друку*, якщо вам потрібно " -"повторно друкувати чек." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "У розділі Рахунки та чеки ви знайдете функцію *Повторний друк чеку*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " -"receipt printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "Повторно надрукуйте чек" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" -"У вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу тепер є кнопка підтвердження *повторного " -"друку*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви використовуєте його, ви можете повторно друкувати останній чек." - #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 msgid "Pricing Features" msgstr "" @@ -463,6 +101,132 @@ msgstr "" "Потім відскануйте тег зі знижкою. Знижка буде застосована, і ви можете " "закінчити транзакцію." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Apply Discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " +"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " +"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " +"strategy tailored to every business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "Застосування знижок вручну" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " +"inside an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "Застосуйте знижку на товар" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 +msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "Застосуйте загальну знижку" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 +msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 +msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" +" discount on oranges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "Застосування сезонних знижок" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " +"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" +" the PoS and define a default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "Створіть прайслист" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " +"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " +"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 +msgid "" +"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " +"Then, you can finalize the order." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 msgid "Manage a loyalty program" msgstr "Управління програмою лояльності" @@ -475,6 +239,19 @@ msgstr "" "Заохочуйте своїх клієнтів продовжувати купувати у вашій точці продажу з " "*програмою лояльності*." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:20 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Налаштування" + #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 msgid "" "To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " @@ -518,7 +295,6 @@ msgstr "" "відповідно до правил, визначених у програмі лояльності." #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 msgid "" "You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" " finalize the order in your usual way." @@ -527,7 +303,6 @@ msgstr "" "прайслист. Ви можете завершити оформлення замовлення звичайним способом." #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 msgid "" "If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " "can of course change it." @@ -535,185 +310,60 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви виберете клієнта із прайслистом за замовчуванням, він буде " "застосований. Ви, звичайно, можете змінити це." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "Застосування знижок вручну" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" msgstr "" -"Якщо ви рідко користуєтеся знижками, то застосування знижок вручну може " -"стати найлегшим рішенням для вашої точки продажу." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." msgstr "" -"Ви можете або застосувати знижку на усе замовлення або на окремі товари." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "Застосуйте знижку на товар" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 -msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." -msgstr "З інтерфейсу сесії використовуйте кнопку *Знижка*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " -"currently selected and the discount will be applied." +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." msgstr "" -"Потім ви можете вносити знижку (у відсотках) на товар, який зараз обраний, і" -" знижка буде застосована." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "Застосуйте загальну знижку" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." msgstr "" -"Щоб застосувати знижку до всього замовлення, перейдіть до " -":menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та " -"виберіть свій інтерфейс точки продажу." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 msgid "" -"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." -msgstr "У розділі *Ціни* ви знайдете *Загальні знижки*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 -msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." msgstr "" -"Тепер у вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу з'явилася нова кнопка *Знижка*." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." -msgstr "Після натискання ви зможете ввести бажану знижку (у відсотках)." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " -"product discount also at 50%." +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." msgstr "" -"На цьому прикладі ви можете побачити загальну знижку 50%, а також конкретну " -"знижку товарі на 50%." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "Застосування сезонних знижок" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " -"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " -"pricing strategy tailored to your business." -msgstr "" -"Заохочуйте своїх клієнтів та збільшуйте ваші доходи, пропонуючи обмежені за " -"часом знижки або сезонні знижки. Odoo має потужну функцію прайслиста, що " -"підтримує стратегію ціноутворення, адаптовану до вашого бізнесу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " -"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати функцію *прайслистів*, перейдіть до меню " -":menuselection:`Точка продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та " -"виберіть свій інтерфейс точки продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " -"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" -" on *Pricelists*." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть прайслисти, які ви хочете застосувати в цій точці продажу та " -"визначте прайслист за замовчуванням. Ви можете отримати доступ до всіх своїх" -" *прайслистів*, натиснувши на них." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "Створіть прайслист" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" -msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням у вас є загальний прайслист, щоб створити більше, перейдіть" -" до :menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Каталог --> Прайслисти`" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " -"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " -"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " -"whole range." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете встановити декілька критеріїв використання конкретної ціни: " -"періоди, хв. кількість (задовольняйте мінімальну замовлену кількість та " -"отримуйте перерву на ціну) тощо. Ви також можете вибрати, щоб застосувати " -"цей прайслист лише до певної продукції або всього діапазону." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 -msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" -msgstr "Використання прайслиста в інтерфейсі точки продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " -"select the right pricelist." -msgstr "" -"Тепер у вас є нова кнопка над *Клієнтом*, використовуйте її, щоб миттєво " -"вибрати потрібний прайслист." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze sales" -msgstr "Аналіз продажів" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 -msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" -msgstr "Перегляд статистики точки продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " -"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " -"statistics." -msgstr "" -"Відстеження продажів є ключовим для будь-якого бізнесу. Ось чому Odoo " -"пропонує вам практичний перегляд, щоби проаналізувати свої продажі та " -"отримати статистику." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "Переглянути статистику" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " -"--> Orders`" -msgstr "" -"Щоб отримати доступ до вашої статистики, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка " -"продажу --> Звітність --> Замовлення`" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 -msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." -msgstr "" -"Потім ви можете переглянути різні статистичні дані у вигляді графіка або у " -"формі таблиці." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 -msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете отримати доступ до переглядів статистики, натиснувши тут" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" @@ -905,10 +555,170 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" msgstr "Модулі з чорним списком: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Загальний огляд" +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " +"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" +" device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " +"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " +"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 +msgid "Make products available in the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" +" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " +"*Available in Point of Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "Налаштуйте свої способи оплати" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " +"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" +" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" +" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " +"payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " +"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 +msgid "Your first PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "Ваше перше замовлення" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 +msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 +msgid "Return and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " +"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " +"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " +"repeat the process individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " +"process the payment and validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "Закрийте сесію точки продажу" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " +"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" +" the dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 +msgid "" +"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " +"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " +"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " +"post the closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " +"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database <../../iot/config/connect>` " +"and :doc:`Use the IoT Box for the PoS <../../iot/config/pos>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "Переглянути статистику" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " +"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " +"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " +"pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 +msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 msgid "Register customers" msgstr "Реєстрація клієнтів" @@ -950,206 +760,6 @@ msgstr "" "Коли ви закінчите, скористайтеся кнопкою збереження. Потім ви можете вибрати" " цього клієнта в будь-яких майбутніх операціях." -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" -msgstr "Розпочніть точку продажу в Odoo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " -"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " -"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." -msgstr "" -"Онлайн-додаток Odoo на базі простого, зручного для користувача інтерфейсу. " -"Програму Точка продажу можна використовувати в режимі онлайн або офлайн на " -"пристроях iPad, планшетах або ноутбуках Android." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " -"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " -"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " -"customer can be identified from the app." -msgstr "" -"Точка продажу Odoo повністю інтегрована з програмами складу та бухобліку. " -"Будь-яка транзакція у вашій торговій точці буде автоматично зареєстрована у " -"вашому обліку, а також CRM, оскільки клієнт може бути ідентифікований з " -"додатка." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " -"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." -msgstr "" -"Ви зможете проводити статистику та консолідацію в режимі реального часу у " -"всіх своїх магазинах без необхідності інтеграції кількох зовнішніх програм." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 -msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" -msgstr "Встановіть програму Точка продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." -msgstr "Перейдіть до додатків та встановіть програму Точка продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " -"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " -"settings." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте Бухоблік Odoo, не забудьте встановити схему облікових" -" записів, якщо це ще не зроблено. Це можна досягти в налаштуваннях обліку." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 -msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "Зробіть товари доступними в точці продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" -" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" -"Щоб зробити товари доступними для продажу в точці продажу відкрийте товар, " -"перейдіть на вкладку Продажі та поставте прапорець біля опції \"Доступно в " -"точці продажу\"." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." -msgstr "Ви також можете визначити там, чи товар має бути зваженим за шкалою." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "Налаштуйте свої способи оплати" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" -" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " -"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." -msgstr "" -"Щоб додати новий спосіб оплати для точки продажу, перейдіть до " -":menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу --> " -"Виберіть точку продажу --> Перейдіть у розділ платежі` та натисніть на " -"посилання \"Способи оплати\"." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" -" in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" -"Тепер ви можете створити нові способи оплати. Не забудьте позначити поле " -"\"Використовувати в точці продажу\"." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" -" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." -msgstr "" -"Коли ваші способи оплати будуть створені, ви можете вирішити, в якій точці " -"продажу ви хочете зробити їх доступними в налаштуваннях точки продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 -msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" -msgstr "Налаштуйте свою точку продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " -"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка " -"продажу` та виберіть точку продажу, яку ви хочете налаштувати. У цьому меню " -"ви можете редагувати всі налаштування точки продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 -msgid "Create your first PoS session" -msgstr "Створіть свою першу сесію точки продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "Ваше перше замовлення" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 -msgid "" -"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " -"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." -msgstr "" -"Тепер ви готові зробити перші продажі через Точку продажу. З інформаційної " -"панелі Точки продажу ви бачите всі ваші точки продажу, і ви можете почати " -"новий сеанс." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 -msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "Тепер ви перейшли на інтерфейс Точки продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як замовлення буде завершено, ви зможете зареєструвати платіж. " -"Усі доступні способи оплати з'являються ліворуч на екрані. Виберіть спосіб " -"оплати та введіть отриману суму. Потім ви можете підтвердити платіж." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 -msgid "You can register the next orders." -msgstr "Ви можете зареєструвати наступні замовлення." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "Закрийте сесію точки продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " -"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " -"now close the session from the dashboard." -msgstr "" -"Наприкінці дня ви закриваєте свою сесію. Для цього натисніть кнопку " -"закриття, яка з'явиться у верхньому правому куті та підтвердіть. Тепер ви " -"можете закрити сеанс з інформаційної панелі." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 -msgid "" -"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" -"Настійно рекомендуємо закривати свій сеанс роботи в кінці кожного дня." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 -msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." -msgstr "" -"Після цього ви побачите резюме всіх операцій за одним способом оплати." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 -msgid "" -"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" -" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете натиснути рядок цього резюме, щоби переглянути всі замовлення, які" -" були оплачені цим способом оплати під час цього сеансу Точки продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " -"closing entries." -msgstr "" -"Якщо все правильно, ви можете перевірити сесії точки продажу і опублікувати " -"закриті записи." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 -msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." -msgstr "Все зроблено, ви закрили свою першу сесію точки продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " -":doc:`../../../iot/config/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/config/pos`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 msgid "Payment Terminals" msgstr "Платіжні термінали" @@ -1171,9 +781,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 -msgid "Connect a Payment Terminal" -msgstr "" +msgid "Connect an IoT Box" +msgstr "Підключити IoT Box" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -1183,25 +792,17 @@ msgid "" "<../../iot/config/connect>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Once the IoT Box is up and running, you’ll need to link your payment " -"terminal to your PoS. Open the *Point of Sale* app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`. Select a PoS, tick the IoT" -" Box Device option and select your payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:30 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:32 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 msgid "" "Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " "Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:35 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " "(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " @@ -1209,17 +810,17 @@ msgid "" "in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 msgid "Configure the payment method" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:46 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 msgid "" "First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " "setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:52 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 msgid "" "Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " "Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " @@ -1227,11 +828,11 @@ msgid "" "Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:61 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:63 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 msgid "" "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " "Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " @@ -1240,105 +841,73 @@ msgid "" "Successful*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:72 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " "retry to send the payment request." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:75 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:81 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 msgid "" "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " "you the connexion failed." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:84 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:103 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 msgid "" "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " "of card that has been used and the transaction ID." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 -msgid "Connect SIX/Worldline to your PoS" +msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX/Worldline payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid " -"payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " +"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 -msgid "Please note SIX/Worldine is currently only available for UE customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:17 msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX/Worldline Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that " -"requires an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " -"<../../iot/config/connect>`." +"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " +"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " +"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " +"integration." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Once the *IoT Box* is up and running, you’ll need to link it to your PoS. " -"Open the Point of Sale app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point" -" of Sale`. Select a PoS, tick the IoT Box Device option and select your " -"payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then go to your *IoT Box homepage* (accessible from the IoT Box form view in" -" Odoo) and enter the ID of your Six payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You should now see that the terminal is connected to your IoT Box (it takes " -"+/- 1 min)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:43 -msgid "" -"The terminal should only be connected to the network with the Ethernet. Do " -"not connect it to the IoT Box with a USB Cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:47 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 msgid "Configure the Payment Method" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:49 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the SIX " -"setting." +"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " +"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:55 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 msgid "" -"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " -"payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal option SIX, and select " -"your payment terminal device." +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " +"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:64 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:66 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 msgid "" "In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" " using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " @@ -1346,36 +915,19 @@ msgid "" "you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:74 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 msgid "" "When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " "You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:81 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:87 -msgid "Close your Session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:89 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, before closing your session, you need to send the " -"balance of the payments to SIX. To do that, click on this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Once the balance has been sent, the SIX shift is closed, meaning you cannot " -"do additional operations with the SIX payment terminal (except if you reopen" -" a shift by clicking on the user name and selecting a cashier)." -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" msgstr "" @@ -1467,6 +1019,61 @@ msgstr "У вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу тепе msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." msgstr "Коли ви застосуєте, ви зможете роздрукувати рахунок." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 +msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " +"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " +"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " +"away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 +msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," +" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 +msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 +msgid "Using fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " +"fiscal position you need for the current order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 +msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " +"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " +"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " +"choose one to set as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " +"interface." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" msgstr "Друк замовлень на кухні або в барі" @@ -1534,78 +1141,122 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "При натисканні на неї буде надруковано замовлення на принтері на кухні/барі." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Register multiple orders" -msgstr "Реєстрація кількох замовлень" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " -"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your tables" msgstr "" -"Програма точка продажу Odoo дозволяє вам зареєструвати кілька замовлень " -"одночасно, надаючи вам всю необхідну гнучкість." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" +" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " +"business in the best possible way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" +" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " +"and your employees to work efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " +"Bar/Restaurant*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 +msgid "" +"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " +"they are restaurant-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "Додайте поверх" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " +"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " +"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 +msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "Додайте столи" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " +"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " +"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " +"sits the table can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "Зареєструйте свої замовлення на столи" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " +"taken to your main interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "Переміщення клієнта(ів)" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " +"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 +msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " +"transferring your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 msgid "Register an additional order" msgstr "Зареєструйте додаткове замовлення" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 msgid "" -"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " -"order." +"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " +"another one." msgstr "" -"Коли ви реєструєте будь-яке замовлення, ви можете використовувати кнопку " -"\"+\", щоб додати нове замовлення." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 msgid "" -"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " -"needed." +"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." msgstr "" -"Потім ви можете переміщатись між кожним із ваших замовлень і обробляти " -"платіж за потреби." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 -msgid "" -"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 +msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." msgstr "" -"Використовуючи кнопку \"-\", ви можете видалити замовлення, яке ви зараз " -"обробляєте." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" -msgstr "Встановлення точки продажу в ресторані/барі" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " -"Sale application can help you to fulfill." -msgstr "" -"Харчовий бізнес та бізнес напоїв мають особливі потреби, в яких може " -"допомогти вам Точка продажу Odoo." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати функції *Бар/Ресторан*, перейдіть доo :menuselection:`Точка " -"продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть свій інтерфейс точки" -" продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" -msgstr "Виберіть *бар/ресторан*" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " -"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." -msgstr "" -"Тепер у вас є різні функції, які допоможуть вам налаштувати вашу точку " -"продажу. Ви можете побачити, що біля цих функцій є маленький логотип вилки " -"та ножа." #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" @@ -1652,84 +1303,6 @@ msgstr "" "Коли ви використовуєте його, ви зможете вибрати, що цей гість повинен " "отримати і виконати платіж, повторюючи процес для кожного гостя." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your table management" -msgstr "Налаштування управління столами" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" -" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " -"Point of sale`.." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як ваша точка продажу налаштована на використання " -"барів/ресторанів, виберіть *Управління столами* :menuselection:`Точка " -"продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу`.." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "Додайте поверх" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" -" *Floors*" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви оберете *Управління столами*, ви можете керувати своїми поверхами, " -"натиснувши *Поверхи*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "Додайте столи" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 -msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." -msgstr "З вашого інтерфейсу точки продажу ви побачите ваші поверхи." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" -" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви натискаєте олівець, ви ввійдете в режим редагування, який дозволить " -"вам створювати таблиці, переміщати їх, змінювати,..." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " -"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " -"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " -"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." -msgstr "" -"У цьому прикладі у нас є 2 круглі столи на шістьох та 2 квадратних столи на " -"чотирьох, кольорові кодування, щоб їх було легше знайти, ви також можете " -"перейменувати їх, змінити їх форму, розмір, кількість людей, які вони " -"вміщають, а також дублікати їх зі зручною панеллю інструментів." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 -msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." -msgstr "Після встановлення плану поверху можна закрити режим редагування." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "Зареєструйте свої замовлення на столи" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " -"register an order and payment." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви виберете стіл, вам буде запропоновано зареєструвати замовлення та " -"платіж за звичайним інтерфейсом." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" -" you can also transfer the order to another table." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете швидко повернутися до плану поверху, вибравши кнопку поверху, і ви" -" також можете перенести замовлення на інший стіл." - #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" msgstr "Інтегруйте чайові в оплату" @@ -1774,41 +1347,71 @@ msgstr "Після цього в інтерфейсі платежу з'явит msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." msgstr "Додайте чайові, які ваш клієнт хоче залишити та обробіть у платежу." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Transfer customers between tables" -msgstr "Переміщення клієнтів між столами" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " -"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " -"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " -"you." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ваш клієнт хоче змінити cnsk після того, як він вже зробив замовлення, " -"Odoo може допомогти вам перемістити клієнта та його замовлення за інший " -"стіл, залишаючи щасливих клієнтів та не ускладнюючи роботу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "Переміщення клієнта(ів)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 -msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." -msgstr "Виберіть стіл, за яким ваш клієнт сидить зараз." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " -"select the new table" -msgstr "" -"Тепер ви можете перемістити клієнтів, просто скористайтеся кнопкою " -"переміщення та виберіть новий стіл" - #: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 msgid "Shop Features" msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "Використання штрих-кодів у точці продажу" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" +"Використання сканера штрих-кодів для обробки замовлень на продаж покращує " +"вашу ефективність та допомагає вам заощадити час для вас та ваших клієнтів." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Щоб скористатись сканером штрих-кодів, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки " +"продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть ваш інтерфейс точки " +"продажу." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "Під категорією IoT Box / Обладнання ви знайдете *Сканер штрих-кодів*." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "Додайте штрих-коди до товару" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Каталог --> Товари` та " +"виберіть товар." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" +"На вкладці загальної інформації ви можете знайти поле штрих-коду, де ви " +"можете ввести будь-який штрих-код." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "Сканування товарів" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" +"З вашого інтерфейсу точки продажу відскануйте будь-який штрих-код з вашим " +"сканером штрих-кодів. Товар буде додано, ви зможете сканувати той самий " +"товар, щоб додати його кілька разів або змінити кількість вручну на екрані." + #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" msgstr "Налаштування контролю за готівкою в точці продажу" @@ -1907,6 +1510,72 @@ msgstr "" "самим балансом закриття, як початковий баланс. Ваша каса готова для " "наступної сесії." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Заокруглення готівки" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "" +"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" +" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" msgstr "Виставлення рахунку з інтерфейсу точки продажу" @@ -1998,35 +1667,135 @@ msgstr "" "вкладці статусу ви побачите, на які виставлено рахунки. Після натискання " "замовлення ви зможете отримати доступ до рахунку-фактури." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 -msgid "Accept returns and refund products" -msgstr "Прийом повернення та відшкодування товарів" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " -"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " -"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" msgstr "" -"Наявність добре продуманої політики повернення - це ключ до залучення та " -"збереження ваших клієнтів. Таким чином, це полегшує прийняття та " -"відшкодування цих повернень, тому це також є ключовим аспектом вашого " -"інтерфейсу *точки продажу*." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 msgid "" -"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " -"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" -" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." +"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " +"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " +"made for that session." msgstr "" -"З інтерфейсу *точки продажу* виберіть товар, який ваш клієнт хоче повернути," -" скористайтеся кнопкою +/- та введіть кількість, яку потрібно повернути. " -"Якщо їм потрібно повернути кілька товарів, повторіть процес." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 msgid "" -"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " -"to process the payment." +"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," +" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." msgstr "" -"Як ви бачите, загальна сума є негативною, щоб закінчити відшкодування, яке " -"вам просто потрібно обробити." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " +"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " +"the cash register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "Перемикач без PIN-кодів" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" +" cashier name in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " +"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " +"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" +" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " +"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "Повторний друк чеків" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" +"Використовуйте функцію підтвердження *повторний друку*, якщо вам потрібно " +"повторно друкувати чек." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "У розділі Рахунки та чеки ви знайдете функцію *Повторний друк чеку*." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "Повторно надрукуйте чек" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" +"У вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу тепер є кнопка підтвердження *повторного " +"друку*." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви використовуєте його, ви можете повторно друкувати останній чек." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index 6322ddb41..83fb273ba 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Alina Lisnenko , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -30,2080 +30,1071 @@ msgstr "Проект" msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Розширено" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 -msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" -msgstr "Як отримувати відгуки від клієнтів в Odoo?" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 -msgid "" -"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " -"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " -"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " -"customers using Odoo." +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Project Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Projects can be created for a specific customer or team, and can be " +"coordinated among your employees through visibility options. Stages can be " +"shared among tasks, and the exact time spent on each project can be tracked." +" All of it in favor of a more integrated and dynamic organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:10 +msgid "Create advanced projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Choose a *Customer* in order to create a project specifically for him. If " +"not, simply leave the field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:20 +msgid "Choose who can access a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a project for specific teams, under *Visibility*, choose who can " +"have access to the project:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:25 +msgid "" +"*Invited employees*: the ones who are followers (see " +":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:26 +msgid "*All employees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:27 +msgid "" +"*Portal users and all employees*: it enables the option *Share*. Recipients " +"receive an email with an invitation to access the document (project)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Choose an *Analytic Account* to track the profitability of your project in a" +" specific account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:33 +msgid "Timesheet and record time on tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:35 +msgid "To track the time spent on tasks, enable *Timesheets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:36 +msgid "In order to be able to launch a timer, also enable *Timesheet timer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:43 +msgid "Create sales orders from a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To invoice the time (service) and material used on a task, enable *Bill from" +" tasks*. Then, choose the service/product which you would like to bill, or " +"create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:54 +msgid "Track the material used on a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After enabling *Bill from Tasks*, enable *Products on Tasks* to track the " +"products/material used during the work on a specific task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:64 +msgid "Take advantage of worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Worksheets are reports of the work done. To customize and include them in " +"your tasks, enable *Worksheets*. Choose an existing template or create one " +"on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:74 +msgid "Schedule shifts on projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To create shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized," +" enable *Planning*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:88 +msgid "Manage employees work hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:90 +msgid "" +"*Working time* defines the number of your employees’ working hours. It " +"adjusts the Gantt planning view of your interventions. Open the external " +"link to adjust the daily hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:99 +msgid "Share stages across projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In order to have a clean Kanban view that works across projects, and to " +"avoid duplicates, delineate specific stages for different projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:105 +msgid "" +":doc:`Activate the Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"then go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Stages`. Choose the" +" respective one and add the projects among which you would like to share " +"stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 +msgid "Gather Feedback from Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Finding out what your clients think about the experience they have with your" +" company, can inspire you to have insights on how to improve your " +"product/service, adjusting your business to fit their needs. It shows that " +"you value their opinions and provides a reliable source of information to " +"other consumers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" msgstr "" -"Менеджеру не завжди просто слідкувати за всіма командами. Отримання простих " -"відгуків від клієнтів може бути дуже цікавим для оцінки результатів роботи " -"вашої команди. Ви можете легко зібрати відгуки від своїх клієнтів, " -"використовуючи Odoo." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 msgid "" -"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " -"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " -"Sad)." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Use Rating on Project*." msgstr "" -"Електронна пошта може бути відправлена протягом проекту, щоб отримати " -"зворотній зв'язок від клієнта. Він просто повинен вибрати один із трьох " -"смайлів для оцінки вашої роботи (посмішка, нейтральний або сумний)." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 -msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" -msgstr "Як отримати зворотній зв'язок від клієнтів" +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Set Email Template to Stages* in order to define the template to be sent at" +" a specific stage(s)." +msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " -"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " -"apps module and install it." +msgid "Choose an existing template or create one on the fly." msgstr "" -"Перед початком роботи потрібна певна конфігурація. Перш за все необхідно " -"встановити додаток **Проект**. Для цього просто перейдіть до модуля додатків" -" та встановіть його." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " -"module." +msgid "Choosing the projects I want feedback from" msgstr "" -"Крім того, у тому ж меню потрібно встановити модуль **Оцінки проекту**." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:30 msgid "" -"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " -"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " -"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " -"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit` and " +"configure the wanted projects to have the email template previously set " +"sent, by the change of a stage or periodically." msgstr "" -"Потім поверніться назад і введіть модуль проекту. Виберіть кнопку " -"**Налаштування** та натисніть **Налаштування** у спадному меню. Далі " -"виберіть **Дозволити активацію оцінювання клієнтів на проектах під час " -"закриття проблеми**. Не забудьте застосувати свої зміни." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 -msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" -msgstr "Як отримати відгук клієнтів?" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:32 msgid "" -"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." +"Enable *Rating visible publicly* if you would like to publish the ratings in" +" order to communicate them to a customer, prospect or the rest of your team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:40 +msgid "See the customer rating email sent under the *Log notes* of your task." msgstr "" -"Електронний лист може бути відправлений клієнтам на кожному етапі поточних " -"проектів." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 -msgid "" -"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." +msgid "Get reports" msgstr "" -"По-перше, потрібно вибрати, для яких проектів ви хочете отримати відгук." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 -msgid "Project configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування проекту" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:49 msgid "" -"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " -"**Customer satisfaction** option." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` see " +"ratings by task." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до програми **Проект**, в налаштуваннях проекту виберіть параметр " -"**Задоволення клієнтів**." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 -msgid "Email Template" -msgstr "Шаблон електронного листа" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:55 msgid "" -"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " -"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." -" You can directly edit it from there." +"Clicking on the percentage of happy ratings over the last 30 days in the " +"*Projects* overview, redirects you to your website with more rating details." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до налаштувань етапу (натисніть значок налаштування у верхній " -"частині стовпця етапу, потім виберіть **Редагувати**). Виберіть шаблон " -"електронного листа, який буде використовуватися. Ви можете безпосередньо " -"редагувати його там." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 -msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" -msgstr "Ось приклад електронного листа, який клієнт може отримати:" +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:3 +msgid "Track Projects’ Profitability" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:5 msgid "" -"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" -" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " -"will be added to the chatter of the task." +"A project runs smoother if you can have an overview of its costs, revenues, " +"profitability, tasks, time and people, all in the same place. It allows you " +"to make smarter business decisions as you know where you are standing and " +"can course-correct if needed." msgstr "" -"Клієнт повинен натиснути на смайл (Посмішка, Нейтральний або Сумний), щоб " -"оцінити вашу роботу. Клієнт може відповісти на електронний лист, щоб додати " -"більше інформації. Він буде доданий до чату завдання." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:10 +msgid "Track costs and revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:13 +msgid "If you have the Timesheets application installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose the " +"respective project, *Edit* and enable *Timesheets*. A menu *Overview* " +"becomes available in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The overview shows the hours recorded split by the different billable " +"options, profitability, time by people according to the billable hours " +"recorded, and even a timesheet table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:30 +msgid "If you do not have the Timesheets application installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. " +"Then go to *Manager Users* and enable *Analytic Accounting*. Now, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects` and specify an " +"*Analytic Account* under the needed project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:36 +msgid "" +"A *Profitability* menu to the costs and revenues of this analytic account is" +" directly available in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:44 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Звітність" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:46 msgid "" -"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " -"the project." +"Under *Reporting*, obtain a report on the *Project Costs and Revenues*. " +"Choose among graph options or do your analysis through a pivot view." msgstr "" -"У вас є стислий виклад про задоволення в правому верхньому кутку проекту." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 -msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" -msgstr "Як відображати оцінювання на вашому веб-сайті?" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 -msgid "" -"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " -"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:54 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/usage`" msgstr "" -"Перш за все необхідно встановити програму **Конструктор веб-сайту**. Для " -"цього просто перейдіть до модуля додатків та знайдіть конструктор веб-сайту." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" -" Issue** module." +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:55 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets`" msgstr "" -"Крім того, в тому ж меню потрібно встановити модуль **Оцінка проблем " -"проекту** веб-сайту." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" -" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" -" end of the website." +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:56 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses`" msgstr "" -"Потім ви зможете опублікувати свій результат на своєму веб-сайті, натиснувши" -" кнопку веб-сайту в правому верхньому кутку та підтвердіть його в передній " -"частині веб-сайту." #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 -msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" -msgstr "Як створити завдання із замовлення на продаж в Odoo?" +msgid "Create Projects and Tasks from Sales Orders" +msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 msgid "" -"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " -"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " -"from sales order lines." +"When you sell your services, you can choose to automatically have a " +"project/task created, helping you to not lose track of the work that needs " +"to get done, streamlining the processes between teams. In addition to that, " +"you are able to invoice or reinvoice clients according to the exact time " +"spent on that service." msgstr "" -"У цьому розділі ми побачимо інтеграцію між **Управлінням проектом** Odoo та " -"модулями **Продажу** та, більш точно, як генерувати завдання з рядків " -"замовлення на продаж." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " -"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " -"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" -" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " -"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " -"and Services departments." +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:11 +msgid "Product set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products` create a new product " +"or set up an existing one. Under *General Information* set the *Product " +"Type* as *Service*. Under the *Sales* tab select the *Service Invoicing " +"Policy* and *Service Tracking*." msgstr "" -"Завдання в управлінні проектом - це діяльність, яка повинна виконуватися " -"протягом певного періоду часу. Для компанії, що продає послуги, зазвичай це " -"завдання представляє собою послугу, яка була продана клієнту і яка повинна " -"бути доставлена. Ось чому корисно мати можливість генерувати завдання із " -"замовлення на продаж, щоб спростити процес між відділами продажу та послуг." #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " -"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " -"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " -"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " -"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" -" overtime spent on the project." +msgid "If you choose to:" msgstr "" -"Наприклад, ви можете продати ``50-годинну`` підтримку в розмірі ``25 000 " -"доларів`` США. Ціна фіксується та сплачується спочатку. Але ви хочете " -"стежити за підтримкою, яку ви надали клієнту. У замовленні на продаж послуга" -" буде ініціювати створення завдання, з якого консультант буде записувати " -"табелі та, у разі необхідності, виставляти додатково рахунок клієнту " -"відповідно до понаднормових витрат, витрачених на проект." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 -msgid "Install the required applications" -msgstr "Встановіть необхідні модулі" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:19 msgid "" -"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " -"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" -" the application module and install the following:" +"- *Create a task in an existing project*: a task is added in the first " +"column of the selected project." msgstr "" -"Щоб мати можливість генерувати завдання із замовлення на продаж, вам " -"потрібно буде встановити модулі **Управління продажами** та **Проект**. " -"Просто перейдіть у модуль додатків та встановіть наступне:" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:21 msgid "" -"And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" -" task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " -"spent on that task." +"- *Create a task in sales order’s project*: a new project for each sales " +"order of that service is created based on the template you have chosen." msgstr "" -"І нарешті модуль **Табелі**, Табелі не лише дозволять вам створювати " -"завдання із замовлень на продаж, а й виставляти рахунки клієнтам на основі " -"витраченого часу на ці завдання." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 -msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "Просто перейдіть в модуль додатків та встановіть наступне:" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 -msgid "Create and set up a product" -msgstr "Створіть та налаштуйте товар" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:23 msgid "" -"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " -"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " -"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " -"the`following setup:" +"- *Create a new project but no task*: only creates a new project, for each " +"time that service is sold, based on the skeleton of the project template " +"chosen." msgstr "" -"Вам потрібно налаштувати свою послугу на самій формі товару, щоби створювати" -" завдання кожного разу, коли вона буде продаватися. У модулі **Продажі** " -"використовуйте меню :menuselection:`Продажі --> Товари` і створіть новий " -"товар з наступним налаштуванням:" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 -msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" -msgstr "**Назва**: Технічна підтримка" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 -msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr "**Тип товару**: Послуга" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:30 +msgid "Confirm a quotation and have a project/task created" msgstr "" -"**Одиниця вимірювання**: Години (перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування " -"--> Налаштування` та в розділі **Одиниці вимірювання** перевірте кнопку " -"**Деякі товари можуть бути продані/придбані в різних одиницях вимірювань " -"(розширені)**)" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:32 msgid "" -"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " -"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" -" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." +"Now, once a *Quotation* is confirmed and transformed into a *Sales Order*, a" +" project or task is automatically created." msgstr "" -"**Політика щодо виставлення рахунків**: Ви можете налаштувати політику " -"рахунків-фактур як за замовленою кількістю, так за кількістю, що " -"доставляється. Ви можете легко стежити за кількістю годин, які були " -"доставлені та/або рахунки-фактури для вашого клієнта." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " -"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " -"product to hours as well." +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:40 +msgid "Access the task generated from Project" msgstr "" -"**Відстеження послуги**: створіть завдання та відстежуйте години, тому що " -"ваш товар - це послуга, що виставляється у рахунках за години, де ви також " -"повинні встановлювати одиниці вимірювання товару за годину." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:42 msgid "" -"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " -"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " -"will then create a project per SO." +"On the *Project* application, your new project and/or task (depending on the" +" previous *Service Tracking* options chosen), is shown:" msgstr "" -"Пов'яжіть ваше завдання з існуючим проектом або створіть новий \"на льоту\"," -" якщо товар відповідає конкретному проекту. В іншому випадку, ви можете " -"залишити це порожнім, Odoo потім створить проект на замовлення на продаж." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 -msgid "Create the Sales Order" -msgstr "Створіть замовлення на продаж" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " -"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " -"sale order, the task will be created." +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:51 +msgid "Record the time spent and create an invoice" msgstr "" -"Після налаштування товару можна створити комерційну пропозицію або " -"замовлення на продаж з відповідним товаром. Коли комерційну пропозицію буде " -"підтверджено та перетворено в замовлення на продаж, завдання буде створено." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 -msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" -msgstr "Надайте доступ до завдання, створене за замовленням на продаж" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 -msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" -msgstr "На модулі проекту з'явиться ваше нове завдання:" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:53 msgid "" -"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" -msgstr "або на пов'язаному проекті, якщо ви вибрали його у формі товару" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 -msgid "" -"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " -"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" +"From *Project*, access your task and document the time spent under the " +"*Timesheets* tab." msgstr "" -"або на новому проекті з назвою пов'язаного замовлення на продаж як заголовок" -" (ви можете легко змінити назву проекту, натиснувши кнопку " -":menuselection:`Більше --> Налаштування`)" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:59 msgid "" -"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" -" your customers based on your invoicing policy." +"Once the task is complete, click on *Sales Order* and *Create Invoice*." msgstr "" -"На самому завданні тепер ви зможете записувати табелі та виставляти рахунки " -"вашим клієнтам на основі політики щодо виставлення рахунків." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:66 msgid "" -"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " -"source document of the task is the related sales order." +"To only invoice approved timesheets, go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and enable *Approved timesheets only*." msgstr "" -"В Odoo центральним документом є замовлення на продаж, що означає, що " -"вихідним документом завдання є пов'язане замовлення на продаж." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" -msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/setup`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -#: ../../project/application.rst:3 -msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" -msgstr "Чудовий модуль Табелю" +#: ../../project/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Demonstration Video" -msgstr "Демонстративне відео" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "Опис" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" -" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Project" msgstr "" -"Чудовий табель - це мобільний додаток, який допомагає мені миттєво " -"записувати будь-який час, витрачений на проекти в один клік. Це так легко." -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:5 msgid "" -"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " -"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" -" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." +"Managing projects means managing people, tasks, due dates, budgets and " +"predicted return on investments. For all of it, you need a solution that " +"allows you to reduce risks, get information at a glance, have an overview of" +" your progress and stay organized. And, from start to finish, to be able to " +"run multiple projects in parallel easily. Odoo Project application is the " +"solution you need." msgstr "" -"Незалежно від пристрою, додаток табелю з'являється лише в один клік. " -"Подивіться на плагін Chrome. Не потрібно входити, просто натисніть і " -"запустіть його. Це просто. Він також працює в автономному режимі та " -"автоматично синхронізується з обліковим записом Odoo." -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" -" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" -" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." -msgstr "" -"Крім того, я отримую індивідуальну статистику за допомогою мобільного та " -"плагіну Chrome. Я можу просуватися в аналізі в моєму обліковому записі Odoo." -" Я отримую звіти про табелі для кожного користувача, детальну інформацію про" -" проект, і багато іншого." - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " -"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" -"saving!" -msgstr "" -"Чудовий табель повністю інтегрований з виставленням рахунків Odoo, " -"виставлення рахунків клієнтам здійснюється автоматично. Але й також через " -"проекти Odoo. Це економія часу!" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 -msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." -msgstr "Завантажте чудовий табель зараз і підвищіть продуктивність." - -#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration and basic usage" -msgstr "Налаштування та базове використання" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" -msgstr "Як керувати завданнями та співпрацювати на них?" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "Обов'язки" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 -msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." -msgstr "В Odoo можна призначити особу, яка відповідає за завдання." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " -"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " -"suggestions in the drop down menu." -msgstr "" -"При створенні завдання за замовчуванням ви відповідальні за нього. Ви можете" -" змінити це, просто набравши інше ім'я користувача та вибравши його з " -"пропозицій у випадаючому меню." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " -"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви додаєте когось нового, ви можете \"Створити та редагувати\" нового " -"користувача \"на льоту\". Для цього вам потрібні права адміністратора." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 -msgid "Followers" -msgstr "Підписники" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" -" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " -"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " -"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." -" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " -"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " -"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " -"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." -msgstr "" -"У завданні можна додати інших користувачів, як **Підписників**. Додавання " -"підписника означає, що цю людину буде повідомлено про будь-які зміни, які " -"можуть статися в завданні. Мета полягає в тому, щоб дозволити зовнішні " -"внесення змін з чату. Це може стати безцінним, коли вам потрібна порада " -"колег з інших відділів. Ви також можете запросити клієнтів взяти участь у " -"завданні. Вони будуть повідомлені електронною поштою про розмову в чаті, і " -"зможуть взяти участь у ньому, просто відповівши на лист. Підписники можуть " -"бачити ціле таке завдання, як ви, з описом і чатом." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 -msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" -msgstr "Проект: підпишіться на проект, щоби слідкувати за конвеєром" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" -" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " -"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " -"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " -"see the big picture all the time." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете прийняти рішення про виконання проекту. У цій ситуації вам буде " -"повідомлено про будь-які зміни, внесені в проект: завдання, що рухаються з " -"однієї стадії до іншої, відбувається розмова, і т. д. Ви отримаєте всю " -"інформацію у своїй поштовій скриньці. Ця функція ідеально підходить для " -"менеджера проектів, який хоче бачити загальну картину постійно." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 -msgid "Task: follow a specific task" -msgstr "Завдання: підпишіться на конкретне завдання" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " -"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " -"that task also appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" -"Підписка на завдання - це та сама ідея, що й підписка на проект, за винятком" -" того, що ви зосереджені на конкретній частині проекту. Усі сповіщення або " -"зміни у цьому завданні також відображаються у папці \"Вхідні\"." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 -msgid "Choose which action to follow" -msgstr "Виберіть, які дії потрібно виконати" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " -"Following button." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете вибрати, за чим ви хочете стежити, натиснувши стрілку вниз на " -"кнопці Стежити." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " -"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " -"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." -msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням ви стежите за обговореннями, але ви також можете вибрати, " -"щоб отримувати сповіщення про вхід до нотатки, коли завдання створюється, " -"заблоковано або готове до виконання, а також коли стадія завдання змінилася." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 -msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" -msgstr "Управління часом: аналітичні рахунки" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " -"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." -msgstr "" -"Незалежно від того, чи це допоможе вам оцінити майбутні проекти чи дані для " -"виставлення рахунків, відстеження часу в Управлінні проектами є справжнім " -"плюсом." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " -"help you track time easily." -msgstr "" -"Додаток Табель Odoo ідеально інтегрований з Проектом Odoo і може допомогти " -"легко відстежувати час." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " -"available in projects and on tasks." -msgstr "" -"Після встановлення Табеля Odoo параметр табеля автоматично доступний у " -"проектах та на завданнях." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " -"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" -" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " -"automatically created under the same name." -msgstr "" -"Щоб уникнути будь-якої плутанини, Odoo працює з аналітичними рахунками. " -"Аналітичний рахунок - це назва, яка завжди буде посиланням на конкретний " -"проект або контракт. Кожен раз, коли створюється проект, аналітичний рахунок" -" створюється автоматично під тією ж назвою." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" -msgstr "Запишіть табель у проект:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 -msgid "Click on the settings of a project." -msgstr "Натисніть на налаштування проекту." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." -msgstr "Натисніть на кнопку Табеля у верхньому сірому меню." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " -"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " -"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " -"it, or not." -msgstr "" -"Ви отримаєте Табель Odoo. Натисніть кнопку Створити, з'явиться рядок із " -"сьогоднішньою датою та часом. Назва вашого проекту автоматично вибирається " -"як Аналітичний рахунок. Якщо не задано жодного завдання, ви можете додати " -"конкретне завдання для нього, або ні." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" -" timesheets." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви перейдете в Табель Odoo, ваш рядок буде записаний серед інших " -"табелів." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" -msgstr "Запишіть табель на завданні:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 -msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." -msgstr "У межах завдання також доступний параметр табелю." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " -"Add an item." -msgstr "" -"У вікні завдання натисніть кнопку Редагувати. Перейдіть на вкладку Табель та" -" натисніть Додати елемент." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " -"Analytic account." -msgstr "" -"З'явиться рядок з назвою проекту, вже вибраного в Аналітичному рахунку." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " -"application." -msgstr "Знову ж таки, ви знайдете ці рядки табелю у додатку Табель Odoo." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 -msgid "" -"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" -" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." -msgstr "" -"Наприкінці вашого проекту ви можете отримати реальне уявлення про час, " -"витрачений на нього, шляхом пошуку на основі аналітичного рахунку вашого " -"проекту." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 -msgid "Document Management in tasks" -msgstr "Управління документами у завданнях" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 -msgid "" -"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" -" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" -" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете керувати документами, пов'язаними із завданнями, незалежно від " -"того, чи є вони планами, зображеннями форматування тощо. Зображення іноді є " -"більш інформативним, ніж тисяча слів! У вас є два способи додати документ до" -" завдання." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 -msgid "" -"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " -"tab on the top of the form." -msgstr "" -"1. Ви можете додати зображення/документ до свого завдання, натиснувши " -"вкладку Прикріплення у верхній частині форми." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 -msgid "" -"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " -"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " -"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " -"task." -msgstr "" -"2. Ви можете додати зображення/документ до свого завдання через Чат. Ви " -"можете зареєструвати нотатку/відправити повідомлення та прикріпити до нього " -"файл. Або, якщо хтось надсилає електронне повідомлення із вкладенням, " -"документ буде автоматично збережений у завданні." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " -"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." -msgstr "" -"Якщо у вас є важливе зображення, яке допомагає зрозуміти завдання, ви можете" -" встановити його як обкладинку. Воно буде відображатися безпосередньо у " -"вигляді Канбану." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 -msgid "Collaborate on tasks" -msgstr "Співпрацюйте на завданнях" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" -" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." -msgstr "" -"Завдання в Проекті Odoo створені, щоби допомогти вам легко працювати разом " -"із колегами. Це допоможе вам заощадити час та енергію." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 -msgid "" -"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " -"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" -" delegation and the Chatter." -msgstr "" -"Ідея - бути в курсі того, що вас цікавить. Ви можете співпрацювати з " -"колегами, написавши одне і те ж завдання одночасно, з делегуванням завдань " -"та чатом." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 -msgid "Create a task from an email" -msgstr "Створіть завдання з електронного листа" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " -"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " -"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете налаштувати адресу електронної пошти, пов'язану з вашим проектом. " -"Коли електронний лист надсилається на цю адресу, воно автоматично створює " -"завдання на першому етапі проекту з усіма одержувачами (To/Cc/Bcc) як " -"послідовниками." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " -"project gets an automatic email address." -msgstr "" -"За допомогою Odoo Online поштовий шлюз вже налаштований, і тому кожен проект" -" отримує автоматичну адресу електронної пошти." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 -msgid "" -"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " -"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " -"Dashboard." -msgstr "" -"Електронна пошта завжди має назву проекту (замість пробілу \"-\"), ви " -"побачите його під назвою вашого проекту на панелі інструментів проекту." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 -msgid "" -"This email address create by default following the project name can be " -"changed." -msgstr "" -"Ця адреса електронної пошти створюється за замовчуванням, оскільки назва " -"проекту може бути змінена." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 -msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." -msgstr "Псевдонім адреси електронної пошти може змінити менеджер проекту." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 -msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." -msgstr "" -"Для цього перейдіть до Налаштування проекту та натисніть вкладку Електронної" -" пошти." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 -msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." -msgstr "Ви можете безпосередньо редагувати адресу електронної пошти проекту." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 -msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." -msgstr "Чат, статус та підписки" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " -"history of the task." -msgstr "" -"Чат є дуже корисним інструментом. Це комунікаційний інструмент і показує " -"історію завдання." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 -msgid "" -"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " -"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " -"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " -"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " -"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " -"to remember past interactions." -msgstr "" -"У чаті, ви можете бачити, коли завдання було створено, коли воно пройшло від" -" одного етапу до іншого, тощо. Будь-які зміни, внесені до цього завдання, " -"автоматично вносяться в чат. Він також включає в себе історію взаємодії між " -"вами та вашим клієнтом або колегами. Всі взаємодії входять до чату, завдяки " -"чому керівник завдання легко запам'ятовує минулі взаємодії." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 -msgid "" -"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" -" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " -"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" -" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " -"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете взаємодіяти з підписниками, незалежно від того, внутрішні (ваші " -"колеги) або зовнішні (наприклад, клієнт), записавши нотатку або важливу " -"інформацію. Також, якщо ви хочете надіслати електронний лист усім " -"підписникам цього конкретного завдання, ви можете додати повідомлення, щоб " -"повідомити всіх. Для обох цих параметрів дата і час зберігаються на записі." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 -msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" -msgstr "Опис завдання, Пад" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " -"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " -"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " -"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " -"creation of the content." -msgstr "" -"Odoo дозволяє замінити поле опису завдання за допомогою спільної нотатки " -"Etherpad (http://etherpad.org). Це означає, що ви можете співпрацювати над " -"завданнями в режимі реального часу, коли кілька користувачів надають той " -"самий вміст. Кожен користувач має свій власний колір, і ви можете відтворити" -" увесь створений вміст." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 -msgid "" -"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " -"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." -msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати цю опцію, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування проекту " -"--> Пади`, позначте пункт \"Спільний багатофункціональний текст в описі " -"завдань\"." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 -msgid "" -"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " -"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " -"Click on the ```` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " -"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " -"follower." -msgstr "" -"Якщо вам просто потрібен пад, а не вся сторінка завдання, ви можете " -"натиснути піктограму у верхньому правому куті, щоби перейти до панелі " -"безпосередньо в повноекранному режимі. Натисніть на значок ````, щоби " -"отримати пряму URL-адресу опису завдання: корисно, якщо ви хочете відправити" -" його комусь, не додаючи цю особу як підписника." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 -msgid "Tasks states" -msgstr "Етапи завдання" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 -msgid "Set the state of a task" -msgstr "Встановіть етап завдання" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 -msgid "" -"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" -" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " -"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." -msgstr "" -"Етап завдання - найпростіший спосіб повідомити своїх колег, коли ви працюєте" -" над завданням, якщо завдання готові або їх заблоковано. Це візуальний " -"індикатор, який видно одразу." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 -msgid "" -"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " -"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" -msgstr "" -"Ви можете змінити етап завдання з Канбану або безпосередньо із завдання. " -"Просто натисніть на кружок етапу, щоб отримати вибір:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 -msgid "Custom states" -msgstr "Змінювані етапи" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 -msgid "" -"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " -"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," -" then click on edit:" -msgstr "" -"Ви можете вирішити, який статус означає для кожного етапу вашого проекту. У " -"перегляді Канбану натисніть на значок налаштування у верхній частині екрану," -" після чого натисніть Редагувати:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 -msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." -msgstr "Поруч із кольоровим кружочком, напишіть пояснення етапу." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 -msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" -msgstr "Тепер пояснення буде відображатися замість загального тексту:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 -msgid "Color Tags" -msgstr "Кольорові мітки" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 -msgid "" -"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " -"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " -"them thanks to the filters." -msgstr "" -"У кожному завданні можна додати тег. Теги дуже корисні для класифікації " -"завдань. Це допоможе вам виділити завдання з Канбану або краще знайти їх " -"завдяки фільтрам." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 -msgid "" -"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" -" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " -"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви завжди працюєте з певним типом тегів, ви можете виділити завдання, " -"що містять тег із кольором. Кожен тег може отримати певний колір, це видно " -"на Канбані." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " -"the tag, directly from the task:" -msgstr "" -"Щоб зробити його видимим у Канбані, потрібно встановити колір тегу " -"безпосередньо із завдання:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" -msgstr "Як встановити та налаштувати проект?" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " -"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." -msgstr "" -"Проект Odoo дозволяє вам керувати проектом разом з усією вашою командою та " -"спілкуватися з будь-яким членом для кожного проекту та завдання." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " -"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" -" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " -"employees working on this project." -msgstr "" -"Він працює з проектами, що містять завдання, які накладаються на " -"налаштовувані етапи. Проект може бути внутрішнім або орієнтованим на " -"клієнта. Завдання - виконання частини проекту. Ви зможете надати різні " -"завдання кільком працівникам, які працюють над цим проектом." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Installing the Project module" -msgstr "Встановлення модуля Проект" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " -"**Install**." -msgstr "" -"Відкрийте модуль **Додатки**, знайдіть **Керування проектами** та натисніть " -"**Встановити**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:11 msgid "Creating a new project" msgstr "Створення нового проекту" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:13 msgid "" -"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," -" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " +"Click on *Create*. Specify the name of the project and choose which features" +" you would like to integrate. Note that they can be enabled afterward " +"through *Settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Manage your project’s stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open your project and add as many columns as there are stages in your " "project." msgstr "" -"Відкрийте додаток **Проект** та натисніть кнопку **Створити**. У цьому вікні" -" ви можете вказати назву проекту та встановити конфіденційність проекту." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 -msgid "The privacy setting works as:" -msgstr "Параметр конфіденційності працює як:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 -msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." -msgstr "**Проект клієнта**: видимий на порталі, якщо клієнт є підписником." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." -msgstr "**Усі співробітники**: працівники бачать всі завдання чи проблеми." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:27 msgid "" -"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" -msgstr "" -"**Приватний проект**: підписники можуть бачити лише наступні завдання чи " -"проблеми." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " -"**Customer** field empty if not." -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете вказати, чи проект призначений клієнту, або залишити поле " -"**клієнта** порожнім, якщо ні." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 -msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." -msgstr "Коли ви введете всі необхідні дані, натисніть кнопку **Зберегти**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 -msgid "Manage your project's stages" -msgstr "Керування етапами вашого проекту" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 -msgid "Add your project's stages" -msgstr "Додайте етапи вашого проекту" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 -msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." -msgstr "На інформаційній панелі вашого проекту натисніть **# Завдання**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" -" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " +"Each project stage can be characterized by a distinct set of activities, or " +"your stages can guide you to the different steps a project has to go " +"through. It is important to set them right as they lead you from the first " +"idea or step to its conclusion, contributing to the overall success of your " "project." msgstr "" -"У новому вікні додайте новий стовпець і назвіть його відповідно до першого " -"етапу вашого проекту, а потім додайте стільки стовпчиків, скільки є етапів у" -" вашому проекті." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:33 msgid "" -"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " -"that you can personalize to fit your needs." +"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks that you can " +"personalize." msgstr "" -"Для кожного етапу є маркери для статусу завдань в рамках стадії, які можна " -"персоналізувати відповідно до ваших потреб." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:34 msgid "" -"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " -"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." +"Drag your mouse over a stage name, and click on :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" Edit`." msgstr "" -"Перетягніть вказівник миші над назвою стадії та натисніть на значення, що " -"з'являється, а у відкритому меню натисніть **Редагувати**." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:41 msgid "" -"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " -"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " -"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." +"The dots correspond to customizable markers applied on tasks, making it " +"easier to know which tasks require attention. You can give them any " +"signification you like." msgstr "" -"Відкриється нове вікно. Кольорові точки та значок зірки відповідають " -"налаштовуваним маркерам, застосованим до завдань, що полегшує знання того, " -"яке завдання потребує уваги. Ви можете дати їм будь-яке позначення, яке вам " -"подобається." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 -msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "Натисніть кнопку **Зберегти** після завершення." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:50 msgid "Rearrange stages" msgstr "Налаштування етапів" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:52 msgid "" -"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" -" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " -"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " -"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." +"From the Kanban view of your project, you can add stages by clicking on *Add" +" a column*." msgstr "" -"Ви можете легко персоналізувати цей перегляд, щоби краще відповідати вашим " -"потребам бізнесу, створивши нові стовпці. З канбану вашого проекту, ви " -"можете додати етапи, натиснувши кнопку **Додати новий стовпець**. Якщо ви " -"хочете змінити порядок ваших етапів, ви можете легко зробити це, " -"перетягнувши стовпчик, який потрібно перемістити в потрібне місце. Ви також " -"можете скласти або розгорнути свої етапи, використовуючи значок " -"**Налаштування** на потрібному вам етапі." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`visualization`" -msgstr ":doc:`visualization`" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 -msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" -msgstr ":doc:`collaboration`" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`time_record`" -msgstr ":doc:`time_record`" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 -msgid "How to record time spent?" -msgstr "Як записати витрачений час?" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:54 msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " -"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." +"To rearrange the order of your stages easily do so by dragging and dropping " +"columns. You can also fold or unfold them on *Settings*." msgstr "" -"Odoo дозволяє записувати час, витрачений на одного співробітника на кожен " -"проект, для простих звітів, а також для прямого виставлення рахунків " -"клієнту." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:62 +msgid ":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:63 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`../record_and_invoice/time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:3 +msgid "Share Projects and Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:5 msgid "" -"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " -"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " -"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." +"When you share your projects/tasks, you allow external users to be on the " +"same page as you. It avoids misunderstandings, simplifies communication, and" +" allows you to become a more coordinated company as you get the right " +"information to the right people." msgstr "" -"Щоб записати час, витрачений на проекти, спершу потрібно активувати " -"виставлення рахунків за часом. У модулі **Проект** відкрийте " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`. У розділі **Табелі** " -"позначте пункт **Активувати табелі на проблемах**." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:10 +msgid "Share projects and tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:12 +msgid "To share a project, go to :menuselection:`Manage --> Share`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:19 msgid "" -"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " -"Employee and Timesheet apps." +"To share a task, open it and click on :menuselection:`Action --> Share`. " +"Choose an existing *Recipient(s)* or create it on the fly." msgstr "" -"Активація цього параметра дозволить встановити додатки для продажів, " -"виставлення рахунків-фактур, відстеження проблем, працівників і табель." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 -msgid "Recording timesheets" -msgstr "Запис табелів" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:27 msgid "" -"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " -"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." +"The recipient receives an email saying that he has been invited to access a " +"document. In the example below, a project was shared. When the user opens " +"it, he sees the settings of that project and can access its tasks, for " +"example." msgstr "" -"Ви можете зафіксувати час, витрачений на проекти, безпосередньо із програми " -"проекту. Ви можете або записувати табелі в проекті, або в завданні." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 -msgid "Recording in a project" -msgstr "Запис у проекті" +#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "Планування" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "Forecast Resources Across Projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" -"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " -"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." +"Allocate the needed time for specific tasks under a planned shift. Once that" +" is done, analyse Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), so you can evaluate " +"your employees’ performance and workload, besides the progress of your " +"projects/tasks when comparing the planned and effective hours." msgstr "" -"На інформаційній панелі програми **Проект** відкрийте меню **Більше** " -"проекту, для якого потрібно записати табелі, і натисніть кнопку **Табелі**." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "Allocate times under shifts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:12 msgid "" -"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" -" click on **Save**." +"When planning a shift, in the *Planning* application, create a project and a" +" task on the fly, or simply select the one you want." msgstr "" -"У новому вікні натисніть кнопку **Створити** та вставте необхідні дані, а " -"потім натисніть кнопку **Зберегти**." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 -msgid "Recording in a task" -msgstr "Запис у завданні" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:20 msgid "" -"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " -"and open the task on which you have been working." +"*Allocated Time (%)* allows you to define the percentage of time you would " +"like your employee to work on that specific task during his shift. See that " +"information in hours on *Allocated hours*." msgstr "" -"У модулі **Проект** відкрийте проект, в якому ви хочете записати табель, і " -"відкрийте завдання, на якому ви працювали." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 msgid "" -"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " -"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." +"The calculation shows you how many hours out of the total shift time (*End " +"date* - *Start date*) are spent by the employee on that task." msgstr "" -"У цьому завданні натисніть **Редагувати**, відкрийте вкладку **Табель** та " -"натисніть **Додати елемент**. Вставте потрібні дані, а потім натисніть " -"кнопку **Зберегти**." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 -msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" -msgstr "Візуалізуйте завдання проекту" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:24 msgid "" -"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " -"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " -"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " -"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " -"have to cope with." +"On :menuselection:`Project --> Planning --> By Project`, immediately see the" +" total number of employees allocated per project." msgstr "" -"У повсякденному бізнесі ваша компанія може зіткнутися з великою кількістю " -"завдань. Ці завдання досить складні. Потрібно згадати їх усіх і слідкувати " -"за ними, що може бути тягарем. На щастя, Odoo дозволяє вам ефективно " -"візуалізувати та організовувати різні завдання, з якими ви маєте справу." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:31 +msgid "Compare forecast hours with the effective ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, once the employee has timesheeted his hours in the task, go to " +"*Project* and with the *View list*, under *All Tasks*, conveniently see the " +"*Planned Hours* compared to the *Remaining Hours*, and a calculation of the " +"*Progress*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:42 +msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Record Time and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When it is time to bill your client for their finished project/task, you can" +" choose to shorten processes and save time by pulling the billable time you " +"have tracked into sales orders, and invoices, directly from the " +"project/task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:10 +msgid "Enable the Timesheet feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Timesheets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:15 +msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the " +"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet*, *Timesheet Timer* and *Bill from " +"Tasks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once the time spent on a task under that project has been recorded, click on" +" *Create Sales Order* and continue to create your invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:26 +msgid "" +"This way, you can invoice different customers, for different services, at " +"different rates, without the need to create numerous projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:30 +msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the " +"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet* plus *Timesheet Timer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose " +"the project, *Create Sales Order*, and continue to create your invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:38 +msgid "" +"From here, choose if you want the billing to be based on the project rate: " +"all timesheets are billed by the same rate, or by the employee rate: " +"timesheets are billed by the individual rate of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The project rate allows you to invoice a whole project, for a specific " +"service, at a specific rate, at once. Example: the implementation of a " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The employee rate billing lets you invoice a project broken down into " +"different services, and different rates. Example: different rates for junior" +" and senior consultants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:50 +msgid "Invoice only approved timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Invoicing Policy`, and choose *Approved timesheets only*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This ensures that the manager is aware of the hours being logged by each " +"employee before the customer gets invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/so_to_task`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`./time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:3 +msgid "Record Time Spent on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Get to know how much time you are spending on tasks in order to make your " +"employees’ life easier, and records error-free. Launch the timer in your " +"browser, stop it on your phone and have all entries synced. Generate " +"invoices based on the timesheet entries and be sure to invoice your " +"customers the exact right amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:11 +msgid "Manually timesheet on task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Timesheets*. Then, enable the *Timesheets* option on the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, once you are in your task, under the *Timesheet* tab, *Add a line* and " +"specify the *Duration*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:22 +msgid "Time tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, enable " +"*Timesheet timer* on the projects on which you need the functionality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, you can time your task clicking on *Start*. *Pause* at any moment, and " +"*Stop* to confirm the recorded time and add a description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Tasks" +msgstr "Завдання" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:3 +msgid "Collaborate on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Being able to collaborate virtually but with the same effect as if people " +"were in the same room increases your productivity. It results in faster " +"execution of processes, brainstorming and decision made easier while also " +"allowing the support of outside contributions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:10 +msgid "Add followers to a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:12 +msgid "*Edit* the project to add followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Followers are notified of any changes: tasks sliding from one stage to " +"another, conversations taking place, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Following a project automatically makes you a follower of all its tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:24 +msgid "Add followers to a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Within a task, click on the *Followers* icon. Followers get notified of any " +"changes in the task and can see the task like you do, with the description " +"and the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:34 +msgid "Select which notifications to get" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For a project or task, select what you would like to be notified about. For " +"that, *Edit subscription*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:44 +msgid "Use the pad like a collaborative note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Collaborative Pads`, then edit the *Settings* of the project you would like " +"the feature to work and enable *Use Collaborative Pads*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Now, you are able to contribute to tasks in real-time, with several users, " +"with an Etherpad collaborative note. Every user has his own color and you " +"can replay the whole creation of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on the ** icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " +"useful if you want to share it without adding this person as a follower, or " +"to someone outside of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:62 +msgid "The Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*Chatter* is a communication tool that shows the history of a task, " +"including changes and the interactions between you and your customers or " +"colleagues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To interact with followers, whether there are internal or external, click on" +" *Log a note* and ping them using the at symbol (*@*). If you want to send a" +" message/email to all the followers in the task, use *Send a message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can also ping a channel using the hashtag sign (*#*). This way, users " +"can have a channel per project team, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:77 +msgid "Schedule activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Do not forget promises made and stay organized by conveniently *Scheduling " +"activities* from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:87 +msgid "Edit or create new activities types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:89 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 +msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " +"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " +"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " +"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 +msgid "Set up an incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " +"the incoming email alias you would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 +msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 +msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " +"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" +" a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 +msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 +msgid "" +"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " +"followers of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 +msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:40 +msgid ":doc:`./get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:41 +msgid ":doc:`./collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Break down a project by creating, assigning and organizing tasks. Set " +"priorities to help you determine where you want to invest your time first, " +"manage files within it and keep everything you need to complete your work in" +" one place. Ensure that your strategies are turned into actionable plans " +"and, as a result, have a successful project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:11 msgid "Create a task" msgstr "Створіть завдання" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:13 msgid "" -"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Під час додавання проекту, виберіть існуючий проект або створіть новий." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 -msgid "In the project, create a new task." -msgstr "У проекті створіть нове завдання." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " -"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." -msgstr "" -"Це завдання ви можете призначити потрібній людині, додавати в ньому теги, " -"терміни, описи ... і все інше, що вам може знадобитися для цього завдання." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 -msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" -msgstr "Перегляньте свої завдання за допомогою Канбану" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " -"to the Kanban view." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як ви створили декілька завдань, їх можна буде керувати та " -"контролювати завдяки Канбану." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " -"one have the higher priorities." -msgstr "" -"Перегляд у Канбані - перегляд посту, розділений на різні етапи. Це дає змогу" -" мати чітке уявлення про етапи виконання ваших завдань і про те, які з них " -"мають вищі пріоритети." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the Kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" +"Click on *Create*. Once created, add more details opening it and clicking on" +" *Edit*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " -"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" -" and indicate if the task is ready." +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "Assignation" +msgstr "Присвоєння" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "Choose the responsible person for a task under *Assigned to*." msgstr "" -"Ви також можете повідомити своїх колег про стан завдання прямо з Канбану за " -"допомогою маленької точки, він буде повідомляти підписника завдання і " -"вказувати, чи завдання готові." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 -msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" -msgstr "Сортування завдань у Канбані" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " -"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " -"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" -" to their creation date." -msgstr "" -"Задачі упорядковуються за пріоритетом, які ви можете надати, натиснувши " -"зірочку поруч із годинником, а потім підписку, тобто якщо ви рухаєте їх за " -"допомогою перетягування, вони будуть в такому порядку і, нарешті, своїми " -"ідентифікаторами, пов'язаними з датою їх створення." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." -msgstr "" -"Задачі, що минули через їхній термін, будуть позначені червоним у вашому " -"Канбані." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " -"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви поставите завдання з низьким пріоритетом зверху, коли ви знову " -"повернетеся на інформаційну панель наступного разу, завдання повернеться " -"назад до задач з високим пріоритетом." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 -msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "Керуйте дедлайнами в Календарі" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " -"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " -"easily in a single window." -msgstr "" -"Ви також маєте можливість перейти з режиму перегляду Канбану на режим " -"перегляду Календаря, що дозволяє переглядати дедлайн кожного завдання просто" -" в одному вікні." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " -"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." -msgstr "" -"Задачі позначені кольором для працівника, якому вони призначені, і ви можете" -" відфільтрувати дедлайни для працівників, вибравши кінцевий термін, який ви " -"хочете бачити." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 -msgid "" -"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " -"dropping the task to another case." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете легко змінити кінцевий термін з перегляду Календаря, перетягнувши " -"завдання в інший." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" -msgstr "Введення у Проект Odoo" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " -"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." -msgstr "" -"Будучи менеджером по бізнесу, у нас є різноманітна робота, що включає кілька" -" зацікавлених сторін. Керуючи кожним завданням, Проект Odoo відмінно з цим " -"справляється." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" -" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " -"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " -"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " -"project manager too." -msgstr "" -"Завдяки проектам Odoo, наші члени проекту можуть легко спланувати та " -"здійснити запуск нової лінійки продуктів у Канаді. Ми організували цей " -"проект, створивши різні етапи. Це дозволяє нам чітко визначити статус будь-" -"якого завдання в будь-який час і для будь-якого користувача. Це зручно для " -"будь-якого іншого менеджера проекту." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 -msgid "" -"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" -" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " -"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " -"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." -msgstr "" -"Ці добре структуровані етапи проекту повністю налаштовуються. Тут ми " -"ідентифікуємо одну відсутню стадію, ми можемо легко додати її лише d один " -"клік. У процесі управління проектом ми приступаємо до остаточного розгляду, " -"тому додаємо цей етап. Проекти Odoo призначені для роботи будь-якого виду " -"бізнесу." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." -" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " -"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" -msgstr "" -"Після виконання завдання, кожен колега може виділити його, змінивши статус. " -"Це допоможе менеджеру проекту переглянути завдання перед тим, як змінити " -"етап з простим перетягуванням. Легко, чи не так?" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " -"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" -" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " -"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " -"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " -"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " -"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " -"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" -" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" -" the progress of each task." -msgstr "" -"Ми також можемо організувати різні завдання, адаптуючи вигляд. Тут ми " -"вибираємо перегляд списку, в якому відображається інша інформація, така як " -"робочий час. Якщо ми натискаємо на наше завдання, то перейдемо на вигляд " -"форми, де можемо відредагувати заплановані години і ввести наші табелі. Це " -"відмінний інструмент для будь-якого менеджера проекту. Контроль за прогресом" -" робочого часу і час, витрачений на кожного члена команди, є дуже важливим. " -"Ми встановили час для тренінгу команди продажів до 24 годин. Сьогодні ми " -"підготували матеріал, тому вказуємо 4 години у табелі. Прогрес робочого часу" -" оновлюється автоматично. Завдяки цій схемі інтеграції, керівник проекту " -"ретельно відстежує хід виконання кожного завдання." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " -"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" -" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" -" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " -"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " -"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " -"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " -"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " -"planning." -msgstr "" -"Іншою відмінною функцією в проектах Odoo є інструмент прогнозування. Коли " -"він активований, ми можемо спланувати ресурси за проект і робоче " -"навантаження. Тому розподіл часу для інших проектів набагато простіший. Для " -"цього проекту ми повинні навчати членів команди з продажу. Це вимагатиме 50%" -" часу до кінця тижня. Як керівник проекту, ми можемо зробити цей розподіл " -"ресурсів для будь-якого користувача та адаптувати його за іншими проектами. " -"Це дозволить запобігти будь-якому перетину часу. Ми можемо перепризначити " -"завдання або пристосувати термін. Проект Odoo - це ідеальний додаток для " -"стратегічного та виконавчого планування." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " -"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " -"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " -"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" -" each team member." -msgstr "" -"Крім того, завдяки звітам можна проаналізувати будь-який аспект будь-якого " -"проекту. Наприклад, ми можемо мати звіт про фактичні години, витрачені у " -"порівнянні із запланованими годинами. Ми можемо оцінити прибутковість будь-" -"якого проекту, будь-якого завдання чи будь-якого члена команди. Ми також " -"можемо подивитися на кількість годин, призначених кожному члену команди." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" -" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " -"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " -"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " -"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" -" team." -msgstr "" -"Іншим елементом відмінного управління проектом є спілкування. Це ключовий " -"фактор успіху будь-якого проекту. Під час роботи з кількома зацікавленими " -"сторонами, можливість безпосереднього обміну документами у завданні дуже " -"корисна. З проектами Odoo ми можемо говорити через функцію чату, яка є в " -"одному кліку миші. Ми також можемо почати нову бесіду з тими, хто працює в " -"нашій команді." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " -"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " -"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " -"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " -"issues." -msgstr "" -"Крім того, що потужний додаток для керування проектами незмінний, проекти " -"Odoo також є ефективним сервісним обслуговуванням або післяпродажним " -"додатком. Завдяки цьому ми можемо стежити за будь-яким питанням клієнтів, " -"навіть створюючи спеціальний проект підтримки. Програма також автоматично " -"створює рахунок-фактуру на час, витрачений на завдання чи проблеми." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " -"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " -"app, it will help you get started quickly too." -msgstr "" -"Проект Odoo - це потужний, але простий у використанні додаток. Спочатку ми " -"використовували планувальник, аби чітко визначити свої цілі та налаштувати " -"додаток до проекту. Отримайте цей додаток, який допоможе вам швидко " -"розпочати роботу." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 -msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" -msgstr "" -"Почніть безкоштовну пробну версію і краще керуйте своїми проектами за " -"допомогою Odoo!" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 -msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" -msgstr "Почніть свою безкоштовну пробну версію зараз, з любов'ю продавців CRM" - -#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning your project" -msgstr "Планування вашого проекту" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 -msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" -msgstr "Як планувати та відстежувати завдання співробітників?" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " -"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " -"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." -msgstr "" -"Слідкування та планування завдань ваших співробітників можуть бути важким " -"завданням, особливо коли ви керуєте кількома людьми. На щастя, " -"використовуючи Проект Odoo, ви можете впоратися з ним лише за кілька кліків." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " -"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " -"install the application." -msgstr "" -"Єдина необхідна конфігурація - встановити модуль **Управління проектами**. " -"Для цього перейдіть у модуль додатків, знайдіть Проект та встановіть його." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" -" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " -"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " -"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете керувати оцінкою часу, вам потрібно буде ввімкнути табелі для" -" завдань. У програмі **Проект** перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування " -"--> Налаштування` у спадному меню. Потім, під **Оцінкою часу роботи**, " -"виберіть **керування оцінкою часу завдань** у параметрах. Не забудьте " -"застосувати свої зміни." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " -"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " -"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." -msgstr "" -"Ця функція створить панель прогресу у вигляді перегляду ваших завдань. " -"Кожного разу, коли ваш продавець додасть робочий час у свій табель, панель " -"буде оновлено відповідно до запланованих раніше годин." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 -msgid "Manage tasks with views" -msgstr "Керуйте завданнями з переглядами" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" -" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " -"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " -"and the calendar view." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете отримати огляд ваших різних завдань завдяки різноманітним " -"переглядам з Odoo. Три основні перегляди допоможуть вам планувати та " -"відслідковувати завдання своїх співробітників: вигляд Канбану, перегляд " -"списку (за допомогою розрахункових таблиць) та перегляд календаря." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " -"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." -msgstr "" -"Створіть та відредагуйте завдання, щоби заповнити конвеєр. Не забудьте " -"заповнити відповідальну особу та приблизний час, якщо він є." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 -msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" -msgstr "Ознайомтеся з діями з переглядом Канбану" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " -"ones having the higher priorities." -msgstr "" -"Перегляд Канбану - пост-подібний перегляд, розділений на різні етапи. Це дає" -" змогу мати чітке уявлення про етапи виконання ваших завдань і те, що має " -"вищі пріоритети." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" -msgstr "" -"Канбан є переглядом за замовчуванням при доступі до проекту, але якщо ви " -"перебуваєте в іншому перегляді, ви можете будь-коли повернутися до нього, " -"натиснувши значок Канбану у верхньому правому куті." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 -msgid "Add/rearrange stages" -msgstr "Додати/переставити етапи" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " -"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " -"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " -"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " -"stage." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете легко персоналізувати свій проект відповідно до потреб вашого " -"бізнесу, створивши нові стовпці. З перегляду Канбану на ваш проект, ви " -"можете додати етапи, натиснувши на **Додати новий стовпець** (див. Малюнок " -"нижче). Якщо ви хочете змінити порядок ваших етапів, ви можете легко зробити" -" це, перетягнувши стовпчик, який потрібно перемістити в потрібне місце. Ви " -"також можете скласти або розгорнути етапи, використовуючи значок " -"**налаштування** на потрібному етапі." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " -"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " -"Done." -msgstr "" -"Створіть один стовпець на кожному етапі в робочому процесі. Наприклад, у " -"проекті розробки етапи можуть бути: Специфікації, Розробка, Тестування, " -"Готово." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:30 msgid "Sort tasks by priority" msgstr "Сортуйте завдання за пріоритетом" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:34 msgid "" -"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " -"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " -"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " -"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " -"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." +"Mark the star on your task to set it as a high priority one. That " +"automatically moves the task to the top of the column. Tasks that are not " +"starred are classified according to their deadlines." msgstr "" -"У кожному з ваших стовпчиків ви можете сортувати свої завдання за " -"пріоритетом. Завдання з вищим пріоритетом автоматично переміщаються до " -"верхньої частини стовпця. У режимі перегляду Канбану натисніть на зірочку у " -"лівій нижній частині завдання, щоби позначити його як **найвищий " -"пріоритет**. Для завдань, які не позначені, Odoo буде автоматично " -"класифікувати їх відповідно до їх термінів." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:36 msgid "" -"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " -"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." +"Note that tasks with dates passed their deadlines are shown in red; tasks " +"with a deadline for the current date are orange." msgstr "" -"Зверніть увагу, що дати, що пройшли їхні терміни, позначатимуться червоним " -"(також у перегляді списку), щоб ви могли легко відслідковувати прогрес " -"різних завдань." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 -msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:43 +msgid "Manage files in tasks" msgstr "" -"Не забувайте, що ви можете фільтрувати свої завдання за допомогою меню " -"фільтру." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 -msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" -msgstr "Відстежуйте прогрес кожної задачі за допомогою перегляду списку" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:45 msgid "" -"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " -"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " -"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" -" each time the employee will add an activity." +"Add images/documents to your task by clicking on the *Attachment icon*." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви ввімкнули **Керування оцінкою часу на завданнях**, ваші " -"співробітники зможуть зареєструвати свою діяльність на задачах під меню " -"**Табелі** разом із їх тривалістю. **Прогрес робочого часу** буде " -"оновлюватись кожного разу, коли працівник додасть активність." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "Files from emails are automatically saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:55 +msgid "Set cover images in tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:57 msgid "" -"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " -"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " -"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " -"show you the progression of each task." +"Use *Set Cover Image* to your task and quickly get to comprehend what the " +"task is about. The image is directly shown in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -"Як менеджер, ви можете легко переглянути час, витрачений на завдання для " -"всіх співробітників, за допомогою перегляду списку. Для цього відкрийте " -"проект за вашим вибором та натисніть значок списку (див. Нижче). Останній " -"стовпець покаже вам прогрес кожного завдання." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 -msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "Слідкуйте за дедлайнами в Календарі" +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "Choose how to visualize tasks" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:68 msgid "" -"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " -"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " -"single window." +"Tasks can be managed and followed up in the Kanban view, which is a post-it " +"kind of view divided into different stages. More options are otherwise " +"available." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви додасте дедлайн у своєму завданні, вони з'являться у вікні " -"календаря. Цей перегляд дає змогу менеджеру стежити за усіма кінцевими " -"термінами в одному вікні." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:75 msgid "" -"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" -" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " -"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." +"Drag and drop tasks to change their stage and define colors to help you " +"identify them." msgstr "" -"Всі завдання позначаються відповідним кольором, призначеному працівнику. Ви " -"можете легко відфільтрувати дедлайни співробітників, позначаючи відповідні " -"поля справа на екрані календаря." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast tasks?" -msgstr "Як прогнозувати завдання?" +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Sub-tasks" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction to forecast" -msgstr "Введення в прогнозування" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:5 msgid "" -"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," -" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." +"Being a dynamic and organized company is important as it also helps you to " +"not overload your employees. For that, split large tasks into smaller ones " +"by creating subs-tasks, timesheet on them, and have an overview of all hours" +" recorded." msgstr "" -"Планування та прогнозування завдання - це ще один спосіб керувати проектами." -" В Odoo параметр Прогнозування дає вам доступ до діаграми Ганта." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Налаштування" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:12 msgid "" -"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " -"progress of a project and its related tasks." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> Sub-tasks`." msgstr "" -"Поки що ви працювали з Канбаном, який показує вам прогрес проекту та " -"пов'язані з ним завдання." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:18 +msgid "From now on, a *Sub-tasks* menu is available within your task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:25 msgid "" -"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " -"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " -"team members to collaborate better." +"Select a specific project in which sub-tasks will be created by default" msgstr "" -"Тепер, якщо вибрати параметр Прогнозування, діаграма Ганта відображає велику" -" картину. Це дуже візуальне зображення, яке є справжнім плюсом для складних " -"проектів, і це допомагає членам команди працювати краще." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:27 msgid "" -"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " -"workload and human resources." +"By default, sub-tasks are created under the same project. However, you can " +"select another one by going to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration -->" +" Projects --> Sub-task Project`." msgstr "" -"Цей варіант вигідний для планування та організації робочого навантаження та " -"людських ресурсів." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "How to configure the projects?" -msgstr "Як налаштувати проекти?" +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:35 +msgid "Timesheet on sub-tasks" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 -msgid "Configure the project application" -msgstr "Налаштуйте додаток проекту" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:37 msgid "" -"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" -" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" -" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " -"employee should complete it!" +"Make sure the feature *Timesheets* is enabled under :menuselection:`Project " +"--> Configuration --> Settings` and under the settings of the needed " +"*Project*. Now you are able to timesheet on your tasks and sub-tasks. The " +"time recorded on a sub-task is counted on the parent task." msgstr "" -"Параметр **Прогнозування** допоможе вам організувати свої проекти. Він " -"ідеально підходить, коли вам потрібно налаштувати проект із певним " -"дедлайном. Тому для кожної задачі призначається певний часовий проміжок " -"(кількість годин), в який ваш працівник повинен його заповнити!" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 -msgid "" -"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " -"application:" +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:46 +msgid "Transform an existing task into a sub-task" msgstr "" -"Спочатку потрібно активувати параметр **Прогнозування** для всього модуля " -"проекту:" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " -"Forecast option and click **Apply**." +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:48 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:58 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Проект --> Налаштування --> Налаштування`. " -"Виберіть опцію Прогноз і натисніть кнопку **Застосувати**." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " -"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " -"all the projects that you manage)." +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:49 +msgid "Now access your task, *Edit*, and add a *Parent Task*." msgstr "" -"Після цього вам все одно потрібно активувати параметр **Прогнозування** " -"спеціально для вашого **Проекту** (можливо, вам не потрібна діаграма Ганта " -"для всіх проектів, якими ви керуєте)." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Configure a specific project." -msgstr "Налаштуйте конкретний проект" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " -"Forecast\" in your project settings." +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:56 +msgid "Unlink a sub-task from a parent task" msgstr "" -"Під час створення нового проекту обов'язково виберіть параметр \"Дозволити " -"прогноз\" у налаштуваннях проекту." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 -msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:59 +msgid "Open and *Edit* the respective sub-task to remove the *Parent Task*." msgstr "" -"Ви побачите параметр **Прогнозування**, який з'явиться у верхньому меню." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " -"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви додаєте параметр Прогнозування до існуючого проекту, будь то терміни" -" завдань або незаплановані, завдання не відображатимуться." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 -msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." -msgstr "Завдання проекту не пов'язані з прогнозом." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 -msgid "How to create a forecast?" -msgstr "Як створити прогнозування?" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " -"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." -msgstr "" -"Перед створенням проекту з прогнозом перелічіть усі завдання за " -"прогнозованим часом, який вони повинні взяти. Це допоможе вам координувати " -"роботу." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " -"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " -"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." -msgstr "" -"Щоб відобразити проекти в діаграмі Ганта, потрібно створити прогноз на " -"сторінці завдання. Щоб створити прогноз, натисніть на верхньому лівому куті " -"завдання **Створити прогнозування**." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 -msgid "" -"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " -"space in the Gantt chart calendar." -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете легко створити нове Прогнозування, просто натиснувши на " -"порожній простір у календарі діаграми Ганта." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " -"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " -"take." -msgstr "" -"Інтерфейс Прогнозування автоматично заповнить назву проекту та завдання. Вам" -" просто потрібно додати дату та час виконання завдання." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" -" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " -"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." -msgstr "" -"Поле \"Ефективні години\" з'являється, лише якщо у вашій базі даних " -"встановлено додаток **Табель**. Цей параметр допомагає вам побачити прогрес " -"завдань завдяки інтеграції з Табелем." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 -msgid "" -"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " -"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " -"in the Effective hours field." -msgstr "" -"Наприклад: коли користувач заповнює таблицю з назвою свого проекту " -"(аналітичний облік), при цьому витрачається 10 годин, прогноз буде " -"відображати 10 годин у полі Ефективні години." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 -msgid "What are the difference between the views?" -msgstr "Яка різниця між переглядами?" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " -"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " -"by projects." -msgstr "" -"У меню модуля **Проект** є меню **Прогнозування**. Це підменю допомагає " -"переглядати діаграму Ганта з різних точок зору: користувачами або проектами." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 -msgid "By users : people management" -msgstr "Користувачами: управління людьми" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " -"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." -" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." -msgstr "" -"Цей параметр відображає діаграму Ганта з призначеними людьми. Діаграма Ганта" -" показує залучених; це дає вам загальну картину проекту. Дуже корисно " -"ефективно розподіляти ресурси." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " -"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " -"third, you see which tasks they're on." -msgstr "" -"На лівій стороні, на першому рівні, ви можете побачити задіяних " -"користувачів. Потім на другому рівні ви бачите, до яких проектів вони " -"призначені. По-третє, ви бачите, які завдання вони виконують." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " -"the duration of the task in the calendar." -msgstr "" -"Кожне завдання позначено кольоровим прямокутником. Цей прямокутник " -"відображає тривалість завдання в календарі." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " -"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " -"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " -"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." -msgstr "" -"Верхній прямокутник на першому рівні - це сума всіх завдань, складена з " -"третього рівня. Якщо він зелений, це означає, що загальний час, призначений " -"для цього користувача, становить менше 100%. Коли він червоний, це означає, " -"що цей користувач призначений для виконання декількох завдань, які складають" -" більше 100% свого часу." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 -msgid "Plan the workload" -msgstr "План робочого навантаження" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 -msgid "" -"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " -"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " -"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" -" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." -msgstr "" -"Під час створення прогнозування потрібно вибрати час, який користувач має " -"витратити на нього. 100% означає, що ваш користувач повинен працювати на " -"повний робочий день протягом цих днів. Він/вона не має інших завдань для " -"роботи. Таким чином, ви можете вирішити від 1 до 100%, як ваші користувачі " -"повинні організувати свій час між різними завданнями." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 -msgid "" -"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " -"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " -"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." -msgstr "" -"Інтеграція допомагає вам уникнути подвійного бронювання співробітника. " -"Наприклад, якщо ваш експерт уже має 40% від іншого завдання в іншому " -"проекті, ви можете забронювати його лише на 60% за цей період." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " -"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " -"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " -"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " -"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " -"that this is feasible." -msgstr "" -"У наведеному нижче прикладі користувач \"Адміністратор\" працює над двома " -"проектами (\"Фази доставки IT1367\" та \"Процес виконання 56\"). Користувач " -"призначений для обох проектів загальним обсягом у 110% свого часу. Це " -"занадто багато, тому Менеджер проектів повинен змінити користувачів, " -"призначених для завдання. В іншому випадку менеджер проектів може змінити " -"визначений час або дату, аби переконатися, що це можливо." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 -msgid "Gantt view advantages" -msgstr "Переваги діаграми Ганта" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 -msgid "" -"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" -" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " -"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " -"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " -"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." -msgstr "" -"Діаграма Ганта \"за користувачем\" допомагає вам краще спланувати свої " -"кадри. Ви уникаєте плутанини щодо завдань і призначень користувачів. " -"Діаграма Ганта є візуальною і допомагає зрозуміти всі різні елементи " -"одночасно. Також ви негайно знаєте, що потрібно зробити далі. Цей метод " -"допоможе вам краще зрозуміти відносини між завданнями." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 -msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" -msgstr "Динамічний перегляд Ганта в Odoo дозволяє:" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 -msgid "" -"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " -"the future or in the past" -msgstr "" -"змінити час і дату прогнозу, натиснувши та пересунувши завдання в " -"майбутньому чи в минулому" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 -msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" -msgstr "негайно створити новий прогноз у діаграмі Ганта" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 -msgid "modify an existing forecast" -msgstr "змінити існуючий прогноз" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 -msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." -msgstr "змінити довжину задачі шляхом розширення або скорочення прямокутника." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 -msgid "By projects: project management" -msgstr "За проектами: управління проектами" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " -"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " -"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " -"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." -msgstr "" -"Діаграма Ганта - це ідеальне уявлення про проект, щоби краще зрозуміти " -"взаємодію між завданнями. Ви можете уникати дублювання завдань або запускати" -" їх занадто рано, якщо інший не завершений. Діаграма Ганта в Odoo є чіткою і" -" допомагає вам ефективно координувати завдання." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " -"level of hierarchy." -msgstr "" -"Цей параметр відображає графік Ганта, показуючи проекти на першому рівні " -"ієрархії." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" -" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " -"they're on." -msgstr "" -"Зліва, на першому рівні, ви можете побачити проекти. Потім на другому рівні " -"ви бачите призначених користувачів. По-третє, ви бачите, які завдання вони " -"виконують." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 -msgid "" -"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " -"Users** section)" -msgstr "" -"Цей перегляд не покаже ваш час HR. Кольори не застосовуються. (див. розділ " -"**Користувачами**)" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index a976058f6..965e30034 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -5,16 +5,16 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Alina Lisnenko , 2019 +# Alina Lisnenko , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -101,6 +101,8 @@ msgid "" ":download:`Click here to download the template " "<../../../_static/example_files/vendor_pricelists_template.csv>`" msgstr "" +":download:`Натисніть тут, щоб завантажити " +"шаблон<../../../_static/example_files/vendor_pricelists_template.csv>`" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" @@ -422,13 +424,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 msgid "" "To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " +" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparison of the information " "appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." msgstr "" -"Щоб визначити, чи повинен бути оплачений рахунок постачальника, ви можете " -"використовувати так зване *3-стороннє узгодження*. Це стосується порівняння " -"інформації, яка відображається у *замовленні на купівлю*, *рахунку " -"постачальника* та *надходженні*." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po index 15d50bc91..9a14af48e 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -159,9 +159,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18 msgid "" -"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to *Control >" -" Control Points*. There, hit create. Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as " -"operation and choose the type of quality check you want to perform." +"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to " +":menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. There, hit create. Make sure to" +" select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check " +"you want to perform." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27 @@ -192,9 +193,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55 msgid "" "If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and " -"go to *Control > Control Points*. Then, click on create. Make sure to select" -" *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order operation on which " -"the quality check should be performed." +"go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. Then, click on create. " +"Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order " +"operation on which the quality check should be performed." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64 @@ -225,9 +226,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8 msgid "" "To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, " -"go to *Quality Control > Control Points > Create*. Now, you can define the " -"quality control point you want to apply to a specific product. Don’t forget " -"to select a transfer operation type." +"go to :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Now, " +"you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific " +"product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19 @@ -270,146 +271,196 @@ msgstr "Контроль" msgid "Define Quality Control Points" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:6 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. " +"Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and " +"services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed" +" expectations. It also helps minimize waste." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:10 +msgid "" +"That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality " +"control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality " +"controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that " +"the company then has to rework or scrap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With " +"Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:20 msgid "Quality Control Points" msgstr "Пункти контролю якості" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If it is the first *Quality Control Point* that you create, know that you " -"need to open the *Quality* app. Then, go to *Quality Control > Control " -"Points*. Once there, you have to define the product on which the quality " -"control will take place, as well as the operation at which it should take " -"place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The *Quality Control Points* can take place during transfers or during the " -"manufacturing process of the products. If you work with routings on your " -"*Bill of Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing " -"process the quality control point should be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The control type defines at which frequency the quality checks should take " -"place:" -msgstr "" - #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22 msgid "" -"All Operations: all the operations will generate quality checks to perform;" +"To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> " +"Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which" +" the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it " +"takes place also is to be defined here." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:24 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:27 msgid "" -"Randomly: the quality checks will only be performed on x% of the operation. " -"You must define the percentage yourself, on the control point;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Periodically: the quality checks will be performed periodically. The " -"periodicity is based on the period you define (once a day, once a week)." +"The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the " +"manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of " +"Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process " +"the quality control point needs to be applied." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32 -msgid "Quality Control Point Types" +msgid "" +"The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take" +" place:" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:34 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:35 msgid "" -"Now that the rest is configured, you need to define the type of quality " -"check." +"**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks" +" to perform;" msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38 msgid "" -"Some of the types are only available with the manufacturing application." +"**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The " +"percentage needs to be defined on the control point;" msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41 -msgid "Text" -msgstr "Текст" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:43 msgid "" -"This control point type allows you to give instructions to your workers " -"during the transfer, or the manufacturing process." +"**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The " +"periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:56 -msgid "Take a Picture" -msgstr "Зробити зображення" +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:50 +msgid "Quality Control Point Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There " +"are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a " +"measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label." +msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58 msgid "" -"This control point type asks you to take a picture of the product in a " -"transfer, or when manufacturing it." +"Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:71 -msgid "Pass-Fail" -msgstr "" +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Text" +msgstr "Текст" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:73 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:64 msgid "" -"This type of control point requires that you specify if the products pass or" -" fail a specific text. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing" -" orders." +"This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the " +"transfer or during the manufacturing process." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80 +msgid "Take a Picture" +msgstr "Зробити зображення" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:82 msgid "" -"For this kind of control point type, you have the possibility to define a " -"failure message that will give instructions to follow in case of quality " -"check failure." +"This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a " +"transfer or when manufacturing it." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:94 -msgid "Take a Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:96 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:98 msgid "" -"This control point type requires you to enter the product’s measurements " -"during a transfer, or during the manufacturing process." +"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera " +"<../../iot/devices/measurement_tool>`." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102 -msgid "" -"For this kind of control point type, you also have the possibility to define" -" a failure message that will give instructions to the worker." +msgid "Pass-Fail" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:115 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:104 +msgid "" +"*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific " +"criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message " +"giving instructions to follow in case of failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:127 +msgid "Take a Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a " +"transfer or during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements," +" but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good " +"measures can are automatically accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives " +"instructions to the worker." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:156 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools " +"<../../iot/devices/camera>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:159 msgid "Register Consumed Materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:117 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:161 msgid "" -"This control point type requires you register the component serial/lot " -"numbers during the manufacturing process. It is only available if you work " -"with routings." +"When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the " +"component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:128 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:165 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:182 +msgid "This type is only available when working with routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:176 msgid "Register By-Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:130 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:178 msgid "" -"With this control point type, you must register the serial/lot number of the" -" by-products that are manufactured. It is also only available with routings." +"With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot " +"number of the by-products that are manufactured." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:141 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:193 msgid "Print Label" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:143 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:195 msgid "" -"This control point type allows you to print labels to add to the product " -"during the manufacturing process." +"*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the " +"product during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:207 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer " +"<../../iot/devices/printer>`." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 91b901a5e..bb4b2c6fd 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -4,7 +4,8 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# ТАрас , 2020 # Alina Lisnenko , 2020 # #, fuzzy @@ -12,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -115,283 +116,253 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "Конектор Amazon" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:3 -msgid "Apply for Amazon MWS Access Keys" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Connector Features" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:8 -msgid "Submit the Amazon MWS Developer Registration and Assessment Form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:10 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" -"In order to synchronize your Amazon orders with Odoo, Amazon MWS access keys" -" are required. They can be obtained by submitting the **Amazon MWS Developer" -" Registration and Assessment form** to register as a developer. Once " -"recognized by Amazon as a developer (i.e. you make use of an application " -"connecting to MWS), you will be granted Amazon MWS access keys." +"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " +"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " +"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:15 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 +msgid "Supported Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 +msgid "The connector is able to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" -"First, visit the `Amazon Marketplace Web Service documentation " -"`_" -" and follow the instructions to register as a developer. Take care to choose" -" the form \"I represent a seller organization integrating with Amazon MWS " -"for its own selling account only.\"." +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " +"their order items which include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:20 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 +msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 +msgid "the shipping costs for the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 +msgid "the gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" -"Fill out the *Developer Registration and Assessment form* as suggested below" -" and provide your own contact information in the **Developer contact " -"information** section. In the **Business use information** section, select " -"the correct region of your seller account. For the other sections, adapt " -"your responses in accordance with your business case." +"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:25 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 msgid "" -"Give a particular attention to **Merchant Fulfilled Shipping**. It should " -"only be checked if you ship your products yourself. You should uncheck it if" -" you sell exclusively with the *Fulfillment by Amazon* service. Please note " -"that requesting this function is not recommended if you are hosted on *Odoo " -"Online* or *Odoo.sh* as the additional security requirements asked by Amazon" -" may not be met by Odoo." +"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:32 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:24 +msgid "Notify Amazon of an order manually canceled on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 +msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:32 +msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:32 +msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "**Orders**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "**Shipping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "Charges" +msgstr "Сплати" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "Delivery created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:46 +msgid "Handled by Amazon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "Gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:41 +msgid "Gift message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "**Stock Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "Handled by the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:46 +msgid "**Confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:46 +msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:49 +msgid "**Cancellation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:49 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:49 +msgid "Notify Amazon on manually canceled sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "" -"Depending on several factors (your region, whether you checked the " -"**Merchant Fulfilled Shipping** function (i.e. you request access to " -"Personally Identifiable Information of your customers), etc.), Amazon may " -"request you to fill out a second form before granting you MWS access keys. " -"As that form depends on the data protection policy of the region of your " -"seller account (e.g. GDPR in Europe), we cannot provide you with a pre-" -"filled form. Instead, the answers of questions related to Odoo are listed in" -" the `Answer the Additional Form`_ section." +"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:61 +msgid "Supported Marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 msgid "" -"If you need assistance for your application for Amazon MWS access keys, " -"`submit a support ticket to Odoo `_." +"The Amazon Connector currently supports 9 marketplaces. If a marketplace is " +"not listed below, it may be possible for you to :ref:`add it as an " +"unsupported marketplace `." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:46 -msgid "Answer the Additional Form" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +msgid "**North America region**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:49 -msgid "" -"If you did not receive any additional form after your :ref:`initial " -"application for Amazon MWS keys `, you may disregard " -"this section." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:70 +msgid "Canada" +msgstr "Канада" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:70 +msgid "Amazon.ca" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:52 -msgid "" -"This section lists all questions asked by Amazon in additional forms. The " -"answers are tailored for *Odoo Online* and *Odoo.sh*. Wherever the answer " -"does not depend on Odoo, you are requested to provide it yourself at the " -"place indicated by square brackets." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "Мексика" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 +msgid "Amazon.com.mx" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you are *not* hosted on Odoo, you should adapt the answers related to " -"hosting according to your own infrastructure and data protection policy." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +msgid "US" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If you *are* hosted on Odoo, take note that Amazon is the final decision " -"maker concerning your application. While Odoo can help you provide " -"additional details to your application, it is not guaranteed that Amazon " -"will find them adequate." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +msgid "Amazon.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:64 -msgid "" -"**Describe all functionalities in your application where Personally " -"Identifiable Information (e.g. customer name, street address, billing " -"address) is required.**" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +msgid "**Europe region**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:68 -msgid "► If you did not apply for the *Merchant Fulfilled Shipping* function:" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "Німеччина" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +msgid "Amazon.de" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:68 -msgid "Generation of customer invoices." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "Іспанія" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +msgid "Amazon.es" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:71 -msgid "► If you applied for the *Merchant Fulfilled Shipping* function:" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +msgid "France" +msgstr "Франція" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +msgid "Amazon.fr" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:71 -msgid "Generation of delivery orders and customer invoices." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "UK" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:73 -msgid "" -"**List all outside parties with whom your organization shares Amazon " -"Information (e.g. information exposed by Amazon through Amazon MWS, Seller " -"Central, or Amazon's public-facing websites) and describe how your " -"organization shares this information.**" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "Amazon.co.uk" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:77 -msgid "" -"We share Amazon Information with Odoo SA, our cloud service provider, for " -"the exclusive purpose of hosting our enterprise management system (including" -" the Amazon MWS integration). See also Odoo SA's Privacy Policy for details " -"at https://www.odoo.com/privacy" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "Італія" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Amazon.it" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:83 -msgid "► If you share Amazon Information with outside parties:" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "Нідерланди" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Amazon.nl" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:82 -msgid "" -"[Answer with the above text and add a description of your organization's " -"policy regarding the sharing of Amazon Information with outside parties]" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:94 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:101 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**List all non-Amazon MWS sources where you retrieve Amazon Information.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Our enterprise software only relies on MWS to retrieve Amazon Information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:89 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization restricts public access to databases, file " -"servers, and desktop/developer endpoints.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:92 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:126 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:138 -msgid "" -"We rely on Odoo S.A., our cloud service provider for our database security " -"management. Their Security Policy can be found at " -"https://www.odoo.com/security" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:95 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization uniquely identifies employees and restricts" -" access to Amazon Information on a need-to-know basis.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:106 -msgid "" -"► If all your employees are properly assigned separate users and given only " -"relevant access rights:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Access rights are provided to employees based on their role within the " -"company and are progressive, based on their responsibility." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:102 -msgid "" -"For instance, salespersons only have access to their own leads/quotes (and " -"thus no access to quotes generated through the Amazon API). A salesmanager " -"has access to all quotes/leads for reporting purposes (including quotes " -"generated through the Amazon API). A quote will generate a delivery order " -"which will be accessible to a 'normal' user of the Inventory application for" -" him to be able to print the delivery label and pack the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:110 -msgid "" -"► If your employees share users or if they are given more rights than " -"needed:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:109 -msgid "" -"[Answer with a description of your organization's policy for the assignation" -" of users and access rights to your employees]" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization prevents Amazon Information from being " -"accessed from employee personal devices.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Our enterprise software does not prevent employees from accessing the " -"organization's data from personal devices. Role-based restrictions and " -"access rights still apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:118 -msgid "" -"**Provide details on your organization's privacy and data handling policies " -"(a link to your policy is also acceptable).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:121 -msgid "" -"[Answer with a description of your organization's privacy and data handling " -"policies]" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:123 -msgid "" -"**Describe where your organization stores Amazon Information and provide " -"details on how you encrypt this information (e.g., algorithm).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:129 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization backups or archives Amazon Information and " -"provide details on how you encrypt this information (e.g., algorithm).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:132 -msgid "" -"We rely on Odoo S.A., our cloud service provider for our database backups " -"management. Their Service Level Agreement can be found at " -"https://www.odoo.com/cloud-sla" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:135 -msgid "" -"**Describe where your organization monitors and detects malicious activity " -"in your application(s).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:141 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization's incident response plan addresses database" -" hacks, unauthorized access, and data leaks (a link to your policy is also " -"acceptable).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Our cloud service provider, Odoo S.A., will notify the customer in case of a" -" data breach." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:146 -msgid "" -"[Add a description of your organization's incident response plan or a link " -"to your incident response policy.]" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:95 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:75 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 @@ -414,15 +385,7 @@ msgid "" " are not yet registered." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you did not request access to Personally Identifiable Information of your" -" customers in the :ref:`Developer Registration and Assessment form `, the customers are created anonymously (the name, postal " -"address and phone number are omitted) and named **Amazon Customer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is canceled in Odoo. When an order is canceled" @@ -430,7 +393,7 @@ msgid "" "Seller Central and notify the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " "the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " @@ -440,7 +403,7 @@ msgid "" "wish to synchronize and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:28 msgid "" "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " ":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " @@ -449,11 +412,11 @@ msgid "" " PICKINGS**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:42 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 msgid "" "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " "picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " @@ -461,18 +424,18 @@ msgid "" "products partially by using backorders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 msgid "" "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " "it) is on its way." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:52 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " "move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " @@ -483,14 +446,14 @@ msgid "" "under the FBA program." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:53 msgid "" "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:64 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:58 msgid "" "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " "accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" @@ -502,24 +465,24 @@ msgid "" " your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:66 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:74 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:68 msgid "" "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " "in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " "of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "" "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " "orders based on the sales team." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:76 msgid "" "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " "invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " @@ -530,11 +493,11 @@ msgid "" "account by the amount received." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:83 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:91 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " "this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " @@ -542,13 +505,13 @@ msgid "" " of your company's accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:95 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 msgid "" "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 msgid "" "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " "similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " @@ -558,31 +521,117 @@ msgid "" "two registrations of your account." msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:100 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:73 +msgid ":doc:`features`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Generate an Authorization Token in Seller Central" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector uses an Authorization Token that allows Odoo to fetch " +"data from your Amazon Seller Central account. This token can be obtained " +"directly through Seller Central in a few clicks and needs to be set up in " +"your Odoo database configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Seller Central account for the marketplace you initially " +"signed up (e.g. if you created your account on Amazon Germany, go to `Amazon" +" Seller Central for Germany `_) with an " +"administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You might need to use the *main* (or first) administrator account and not " +"one added subsequently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In the main menu, select :menuselection:`Apps & Services --> Manage Your " +"Apps`; in the page that displays, click on the ``Authorize new developper`` " +"button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "Fill in the form depending on your Marketplace:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If your seller account is registered in the **North America** region, use " +"these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Developer's Name: ``Odoo S.A.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 +msgid "Developer ID: ``586127723692``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "For the **Europe** region, use these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Developer ID: ``579095187166``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Amazon will then inform you that by submitting the form, you are giving " +"access to your Seller Central Information to Odoo S.A." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Odoo S.A. is unable to access your Amazon account's information without the " +"Authorization Token which is stored in your Odoo database - we do not store " +"these tokens on our platform directly and are therefore unable to access " +"your account's information outside of the Amazon Connector normal flows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " "Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:11 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 msgid "" "The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " -"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The **Access " -"Key** and the **Secret Key** can be found in Developer Central (where the " -":ref:`Developer Registration and Assessment form ` " -"was located)." +"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The " +"**Authorization Token** is the one you generated in the :ref:`previous step " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Upon saving, your credentials are checked. In case of issues, an error will " +"be displayed - the information cannot be saved until your credentials are " +"recognized by Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 msgid "" "Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " "are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" @@ -590,11 +639,11 @@ msgid "" " their synchronization." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:21 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 msgid "Match database products in Amazon" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:23 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 msgid "" "When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " "created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " @@ -602,7 +651,7 @@ msgid "" " charges (if any)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 msgid "" "The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " "matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " @@ -610,7 +659,7 @@ msgid "" "for gift wrapping charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 msgid "" "For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are " "listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " @@ -619,7 +668,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`the internal reference is used instead `." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:39 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 msgid "" "It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific " "product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" @@ -628,7 +677,7 @@ msgid "" " under different conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 msgid "" "If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " "given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " @@ -636,7 +685,7 @@ msgid "" "the shipping code." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:49 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " "<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " @@ -644,11 +693,11 @@ msgid "" "Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:55 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 msgid "Configure taxes of products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 msgid "" "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " "the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " @@ -657,7 +706,7 @@ msgid "" " subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 msgid "" "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " "Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " @@ -665,6 +714,188 @@ msgid "" "reconciling the payments in Odoo." msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil, are not officially " +"supported by Odoo but might be compatible with your seller account. These " +"marketplaces can be added manually should you wish to use them. See " +":ref:`here ` for the exhaustive list of " +"natively supported marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To find out if a marketplace is eventually compatible, check the `Amazon " +"Documentation " +"`_." +" The marketplace must belong to the same region as that of your seller " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To add a new marketplace, you must first enable :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:139 +msgid "" +"From there, you can create a new marketplace record. You will need the " +"Marketplace ID and Endpoint for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon" +" Documentation " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.`` to easily retrieve it (for" +" instance: ``Amazon.se``). The **Code**, **Domain** and **API Identifier** " +"fields should respectively hold the *Country Code*, *Amazon MWS Endpoint* " +"and *MarketplaceId* values from the Amazon Documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Once the marketplace is saved, you should then update the Amazon Account " +"configuration by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`, open the " +"account on which you wish to use the new marketplace, go to the " +"**Marketplaces** tab and click on **Update available marketplaces** (an " +"animation should confirm the success of the operation). Newly added " +"marketplaces are automatically added to the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces. If the new marketplace is not added to the list, it means that" +" it is either incompatible or unavailable for your seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:156 +msgid "" +"As manually added marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo, there " +"is no guarantee that adding one as described above will work, nor can this " +"be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:3 +msgid "Install the Amazon Connector Authentication Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Starting July 2020, the Amazon Connector requires the use of a new " +"authentication method that makes it easier for you to set up the Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Prior to the update, Odoo customers who wished to use the Amazon Connector " +"had to apply to get developer credentials through Amazon, which was a " +"painful and long process that could take weeks. This method of " +"authentication is still technically possible, but Amazon will refuse to " +"provide developer credentials for Odoo customers from July 2020 onwards and " +"will deactivate such credentials for existing customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This documentation will help you install the update and use the new " +"authentication flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that if your Odoo database was first created after the update was " +"released, the update module is installed automatically. You can check if " +"this module is already installed by going to the **Apps** menu, removing " +"the ``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``. If the module " +"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** is present and marked as installed, your " +"Odoo database is already up-to-date and you can proceed with the :doc:`setup" +" ` step of the Amazon Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:25 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The new authentication mechanism is made available through a new Odoo " +"module; to be able to install it, you must make sure that your Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, your code is already up-to-" +"date and you can proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then you must" +" update your installation as detailed in `this documentation page " +"`_ or by " +"contacting your integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:39 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:41 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by your Odoo instance to be available in " +"the **Apps** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to :menuselection:`Apps " +"--> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:48 +msgid "Install the Amazon/Authentication Patch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You should never install new modules in your production database without " +"testing them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, " +"a duplicate database can be created from the database management page as " +"explained in :doc:`this documentation page <../../db_management/db_online>`." +" For Odoo.sh users, you should use a staging or duplicate database. For on-" +"premise users, you should use a staging environment - you should contact " +"your integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a new " +"module in your particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The module should now be available in your **Apps** menu. Remove the " +"``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``; the module " +"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** should be available for installation. If you" +" cannot find the module after having updated the list of available modules, " +"it means your Odoo source code is not up-to-date; refer to step one of this " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, you will need to generate an Authorization " +"Token in Amazon Seller Central and set it up on your Amazon Account in Odoo;" +" this process is detailed in the :doc:`setup ` page." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "конектор eBay " @@ -902,64 +1133,131 @@ msgstr "Запит на передоплату" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" -"A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the " -"rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to " -"protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious." +"A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " +"is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " +"to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to " +"acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are " +"obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." msgstr "" -"Передоплата - початкова, часткова оплата, за умови, що решта буде сплачена " -"пізніше. Для дорогих замовлень або проектів це спосіб захистити себе та " -"переконатися, що ваш клієнт є серйозним." #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " +"way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 msgid "First time you request a down payment" msgstr "Перший раз ви запитуєте передоплату" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment" -" option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total " -"amount." -msgstr "" -"Підтверджуючи продаж, ви можете створити рахунок-фактуру та вибрати варіант " -"передоплати. Це може бути або фіксована сума, або відсоток від загальної " -"суми." - #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 msgid "" -"The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account " -"and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments." +"When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " +"invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" +" them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 " +"options:" msgstr "" -"У перший раз, коли ви запитуєте передоплату, ви можете вибрати рахунок " -"доходу та налаштування податку, яке буде використано для подальших " -"передоплат." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 +msgid "Regular invoice" +msgstr "Регулярне виставлення рахунків" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 +msgid "Down payment (percentage)" +msgstr "Попередня оплата (відсоток)" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment." -msgstr "Після цього ви побачите рахунок-фактуру для передоплати." +msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" +msgstr "Попередня оплата (фіксована сума)" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" -"On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be " -"automatically deducted." +"In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" +" the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " +"percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income " +"account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." msgstr "" -"На наступному або останньому рахунку-фактурі будь-яка передоплата буде " -"автоматично відрахована." #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " +"payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " +"product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, " +"you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you" +" choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able" +" to create an invoice**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +msgid "" +"For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" +" using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " +"our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , " +"before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view " +"the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the " +"down payment (as you can see below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +msgid "" +"There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " +"But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " +"So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the " +"possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** " +"button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** " +"button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order" +" and draft invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " +"order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" +" to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, " +"paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " +"quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " +"payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to " +"deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been " +"delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice " +"created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the " +"**Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the " +"delivered quantity manually on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" msgstr "Змініть рахунок доходу та податки клієнта" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 -msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*." -msgstr "З переліку товарів знайдіть *Передоплату*." - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the" -" income account & customer taxes." +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 +msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +msgid "" +"You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " +"to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " +"need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the " +"**Accounting Tab** on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" -"Після цього ви зможете змінити це, на вкладці виставлення рахунків ви " -"зможете змінити рахунок доходу та податки клієнта." #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" @@ -1076,94 +1374,109 @@ msgstr "Виставлення рахунку на основі замовлен #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" -"Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for " -"invoicing:" +"Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:" msgstr "" -"Залежно від вашого бізнесу та того, що ви продаєте, у вас є два варіанти " -"виставлення рахунків:" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 msgid "" -"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales " -"order is confirmed." +"The **Invoice what is ordered** rule is used as **default mode** in Odoo " +"Sales, which means that customers will be invoiced once the sales order is " +"confirmed." msgstr "" -"Рахунок на замовлену кількість: рахунок-фактура повного замовлення, як " -"тільки буде підтверджено замовлення на продаж." #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 msgid "" -"Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a " -"partial delivery." +"The **Invoice what is delivered** rule will invoice customers once the " +"delivery is done. This rule concerns businesses that sell materials, liquids" +" or food in large quantities. In these cases, the quantity might diverge a " +"little bit and it is, therefore, preferable to invoice the quantity actually" +" delivered." msgstr "" -"Рахунок-фактура на доставлену кількість: рахунок-фактура на те, що ви " -"доставили, навіть якщо це часткова доставка." - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode." -msgstr "Рахунок-фактура на замовлену кількість є режимом за замовчуванням." #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 msgid "" -"The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type " -"of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the" -" quantity might diverge a little bit and it is therefore better to invoice " -"the actual delivered quantity." +"Being able to have different invoicing options allow you more flexibility. " +"Indeed, you need to know exactly how to invoice your customers for different" +" situations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 +msgid "Activate these features" msgstr "" -"Переваги використання *рахунку-фактури на доставлену кількість* залежать від" -" вашого виду бізнесу, коли ви продаєте матеріал, рідину або їжу у великій " -"кількості, кількість може дещо зменшитись, і тому краще нараховувати " -"фактичну доставлену кількість." #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" -"You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every " -"options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), " -"invoice a fixed advance." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " +"**Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply." msgstr "" -"Ви також маєте можливість виставляти рахунки вручну, дозволяючи контролювати" -" кожен параметр: готові до виставлення рядки рахунків-фактур, виставлення " -"рахунку-фактури на відсоток (заздалегідь), рахунок-фактура з фіксованою " -"передоплатою." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 -msgid "Decide the policy on a product page" -msgstr "Визначіть політику на сторінці товару" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 msgid "" -"From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing " -"policy and select the one you want." +"If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not" +" be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which " +"automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed." msgstr "" -"На сторінці будь-якої продукції під вкладкою виставлення рахунків знайдіть " -"політику виставлення рахунків та виберіть потрібну." #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 -msgid "Send the invoice" -msgstr "Надішліть рахунок-фактуру" +msgid "Choose an invoicing policy on a product form" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 msgid "" -"Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced " -"quantities." +"From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing " +"policy, which can be manually changed." msgstr "" -"Після того, як ви підтвердите продаж, ви зможете побачити ваші доставлені та" -" виставлені кількості." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is " -"confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have" -" to validate the delivery." +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 +msgid "Impact on sales flow" msgstr "" -"Якщо ви встановите це в замовлених кількостях, ви зможете виставляти " -"рахунок, як тільки продаж буде підтверджено. Якщо ж ви обрали доставлені " -"кількості, вам спочатку доведеться підтвердити доставку." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 msgid "" -"Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will " -"automatically add the quantities to invoice based on how many you delivered " -"if you did a partial delivery." +"On Odoo Sales, the basic sales flow will be to create a quotation, send it " +"to your customer, wait for confirmation, confirm the sales order and create " +"an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Invoice what is ordered**: No impact on this basic sales flow. Indeed, you" +" can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 +msgid "" +"**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will " +"have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to " +"install the **Inventory App** to confirm the delivered quantity before " +"creating an invoice, with the **Sales App**. Indeed, if you try to create an" +" invoice without validating the delivered quantity, you will receive an " +"error message as below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation " +"sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced " +"quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a " +"partial delivery)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Finally, to create an invoice, you will have different possibilities: " +"regular invoice or down payment (percentage or fixed amount)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about down payment here: " +":doc:`down_payment`, to master this incredible feature." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 @@ -2140,6 +2453,7 @@ msgstr "Шаблон товару: поло" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування" @@ -2392,6 +2706,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr "" @@ -2505,9 +2820,9 @@ msgid "" "will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before " "creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our " "documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as " -":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal`, " -":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize`, and others in the " -":doc:`../../ecommerce` documentation." +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 @@ -2534,15 +2849,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce`" +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal`" +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize`" +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 @@ -2765,75 +3080,133 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders" -msgstr "Додайте терміни та умови на замовлення" +msgid "Add terms & conditions" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 msgid "" -"Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " -"between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " -"information which include products and company policy; allowing the customer" -" to read all those terms everything before committing to anything." +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " +"contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " +"delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all " +"formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other " +"hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing" +" to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms" +" and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you " +"manage." msgstr "" -"Визначення термінів та умов є важливим для забезпечення гарних відносин між " -"клієнтами та продавцями. Кожен продавець повинен заявити всю офіційну " -"інформацію, яка включає в себе товари та політику компанії; дозволяючи " -"клієнту читати всі ці терміни, все, перш ніж робити що завгодно." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every " -"quotation, sales order and invoice." -msgstr "" -"Odoo дозволяє легко включати ваші загальні терміни та умови за замовчуванням" -" на кожну комерційну пропозицію, замовлення на продаж та рахунок-фактуру." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 +msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "Загальні положення та умови за замовчуванням" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 -msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" -msgstr "Налаштуйте загальні терміни та умови за замовчуванням" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 msgid "" -"In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then " -"appear on every quotation, SO and invoice." +"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " +"**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " +"Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is " +"done automatically with the installation of the sales application." msgstr "" -"У цьому полі ви можете додати свої терміни та умови за замовчуванням. Потім " -"вони з'являться на кожній комерційній пропозиції, так і в рахунку-фактурі." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 -msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions" -msgstr "Налаштування докладніших термінів та умов" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 +msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 msgid "" -"A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish" -" on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo." +"In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" +" your default terms and conditions." msgstr "" -"Хороша ідея полягає в тому, щоб поділитися більш детальними або " -"структурованими умовами - публікувати в Інтернеті та посилатися на це в " -"термінах та умовах Odoo." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured " -"conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default" -" attachment for all quotation emails sent." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 +msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 +msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 +msgid "" +"According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " +"on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" +" and conditions within your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " +":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 +msgid "General Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 +msgid "GT&C on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " +"page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " +"is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " +"category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " +"are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " +"quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " +"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and " +"create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the " +"confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online " +"payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to" +" configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & " +"conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 +msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." msgstr "" -"Ви також можете прикріпити зовнішній документ з більш детальними та " -"структурованими умовами до електронного листа, який ви надішлете клієнту. Ви" -" навіть можете встановити вкладений файл за замовчуванням для всіх " -"розісланих електронних комерційних пропозицій." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po index f9f061bca..951bda104 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Alina Lisnenko , 2020 # #, fuzzy @@ -11,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -30,74 +31,64 @@ msgid "Overview" msgstr "Загальний огляд" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 -msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" +msgid "Contact Lists and Blacklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:5 msgid "" "Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" " to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " "newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " "another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " -"distribution a lot easier." +"distribution easier." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 msgid "Contact lists" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:13 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if " -"you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in the" -" unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences." -msgstr "" - #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 msgid "" -"Once inside the list, you can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " -"specific list." +"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Is Public* " +"if you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in " +"the unsubscription page (allowing users to update their subscription " +"preferences)." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 msgid "History with the Log Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:23 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:25 msgid "" -"A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient " -"(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." +"A record of the mailings sent is kept on the recipient's chatter (whether it" +" is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:31 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:28 msgid "" -"This is important as you and your team can easily keep track and see a " -"history of interactions with your contacts or prospects, granting you the " -"ability to better understand them." +"This is important as you and team members can easily keep track and see a " +"history of the interactions with your contacts or prospects. Example: your " +"sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a " +"customer has received or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Example: your sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing " -"promotions a customer has received or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:37 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:35 msgid "Blacklist" msgstr "Чорний список" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:38 msgid "" "If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " -"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries in your " +"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries to your " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:40 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 msgid "" "For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " "Import`." @@ -107,268 +98,261 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Integrations and Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:5 msgid "" "Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " -"purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " +"purposes, but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " "costumers, for example." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 -msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS Campaigns" -msgstr "" +msgid "Campaigns" +msgstr "Кампанії" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:10 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:11 msgid "" "First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " -":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"activate the option Mailing Campaigns`." +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Mailing Campaigns*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:16 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:17 msgid "" -"Now, you will also have the menu *Campaigns* included in your *SMS " -"Marketing* page, allowing you to have an overview of your SMS mailings and " -"your email marketing ones." +"Now, the menu *Campaigns* is also available on the *SMS Marketing* app, " +"allowing you to manage and have an overview of your SMS mailings under " +"campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:22 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:23 msgid "" "This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " "have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " -"your kanban view to better organize the work being done." +"your Kanban view to better organize the work being done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:30 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:31 msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:32 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 msgid "" "Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " "makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" " example." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:36 msgid "" "For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " "*SMS* icon next to the phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:39 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you would like to send a message in a batch here, you could go to " -":menuselection:`List View --> select all the contacts --> Action --> Send " -"SMS`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:47 -msgid "Set up SMS Templates" +"If you would like to send a message to multiple contacts at once, choose the" +" *List View*, select all the contacts needed, and under *Action* select " +"*Send SMS*." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Now, go to " -":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates`." +msgid "Set up SMS templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:59 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:60 msgid "" "Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " "the context." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:62 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra " -"notable integrations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:64 -msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:63 +msgid "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 -msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." +msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 -msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." +msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 -msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." +msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 +msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 msgid "" "*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 msgid "" "*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " "document online." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 msgid "" "*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:72 msgid "" "*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:74 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" " asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." msgstr "" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_template`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:5 msgid "" "Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" " to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " "very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " -"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones - " -"people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" +"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 -msgid "Install the app" -msgstr "" +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Розпочніть" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 -msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:16 -msgid "Build an SMS mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:24 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 msgid "" -"First, you will be able to specify a *subject* name that will help you to " -"remember what the mailing is about." +"Specify a *subject* name to help you remembering what the mailing is about." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:26 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:20 msgid "" -"Under *recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" -" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) will " -"receive your SMS." +"Under *Recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" +" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) receive " +"your SMS." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:28 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:22 msgid "" "From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." -" In the example below, the message will be sent to contacts living in " +" In the example below, the message would be sent to the contacts living in " "Belgium." msgstr "" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose the " +"specific mailing lists you created to group specific contacts. You are " +"allowed to select multiple ones." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 msgid "" -"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose mailing " -"lists you ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to" -" your Newsletters, or both! Note that you are allowed to select more than " -"one *Mailing list*." +"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo automatically " +"generates *link trackers* in order to generate data about these links." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:42 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:36 msgid "" -"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " -"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, you will be able to " -"get data about those links." +"Under *Settings* you have the option *Include opt-out link*. If activated, " +"the contact is able to unsubscribe from the mailing list." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:45 -msgid "" -"On *Settings* you have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " -"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list he " -"is not interested in anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:52 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:43 msgid "" "In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" " your sent links, access them and look at statistics." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:50 msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:63 -msgid "Sending my mailing" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:53 +msgid "Send a mailing" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:57 msgid "" "Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " "to be delivered:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:69 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 msgid "" -"Put in queue: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run. " -"Interesting option if you do not mind when the triggering will happen." +"*Put in Queue*: the mailing is triggered with the next automatic run. " +"Interesting option if you do not need the message to be sent at a specific " +"time." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:71 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:61 msgid "" -"Send now: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if there" -" are not that many recipients." +"*Send Now*: sends the message immediately. Use this option if the recipient " +"list is not excessive." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:73 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:62 msgid "" -"Schedule: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings that" -" you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while " -"it is active or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." +"*Schedule*: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " +"that you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer " +"while it is active, or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:76 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:65 msgid "" -"Test: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " +"*Test*: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " "purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " "while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " "you must remember to use a comma between them." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:82 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:70 msgid "Visualize reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:83 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:72 msgid "" -"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, you are capable of applying" -" filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " -"performance of your SMS mailings." +"Under the *Reporting* menu apply filters, measures, and adopt different " +"layouts to do analyses of the performance of your SMS mailings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:90 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:79 msgid "" -"You can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on" -" the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." +"You can also check the price to send an SMS for your country by clicking on " +"the *Information* icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:86 msgid "" -"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " -"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information on that access: " -":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`" +"**Buy Credits:** in order to take advantage of the app and its features, " +"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information: " +":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po index c7fe75187..4efc5c697 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -49,8 +49,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 msgid "" -"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel will be shown. The " -"overview of the campaign shows you global metric such as:" +"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The " +"overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/livechat`" +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/overview/get_started`" msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/support.po index 3f7358b98..70fff648d 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/support.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-07 16:16+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -72,192 +72,206 @@ msgid "Release date" msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "🏁" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "|green|" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 msgid "October 2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "N/A" msgstr "Дані відсутні" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 msgid "August 2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 msgid "October 2018" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "April 2018" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "October 2017" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2020*" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "|orange|" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 msgid "March 2017" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "January 2017" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "|red|" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 msgid "October 2016" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 msgid "May 2016" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 msgid "October 2015" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 msgid "February 2015" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "September 2014" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:54 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 msgid "|green| Supported version" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 msgid "|red| End-of-support" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 msgid "" "|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " "Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " "upgrade." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:64 msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:75 -msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -msgstr "" - #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:77 -msgid "" -"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:79 msgid "" -"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:81 msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "" "You should consider `upgrading `_ your database." msgstr "" @@ -335,11 +349,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 msgid "" -"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " -"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" +" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" msgstr "" -"*Підтримка Odoo не змінює вашу виробничу базу даних, але дає вам матеріал та" -" знання, щоб це зробити самостійно!*" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 msgid "What kind of support is not included?" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index 212373094..eddac630e 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -4,18 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Zoriana Zaiats, 2019 # Alina Lisnenko , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -180,6 +180,105 @@ msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." msgstr "" "В якості останнього кроку дозвольте Odoo отримати доступ до Google API." +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Налаштування" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, click on *Stats* to see complete " +"statistics about the number of clicks and the country of origin of those " +"clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can also access the link tracker by typing *odoo.com/r* on your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics `, those trackers " +"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " +"your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM <../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` " +"application allows you to understand where your leads and opportunities are " +"coming from." +msgstr "" + #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" msgstr "Як зробити оптимізацію пошукових систем (SEO) в Odoo" @@ -1634,8 +1733,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 msgid "Manage Multi Websites" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 4fde64083..65cf8a2d4 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -10,42 +10,42 @@ # xiaobin wu , 2019 # bf2549c5415a9287249cba2b8a5823c7, 2019 # Jeanphy , 2019 -# udcs , 2019 # zpq001 , 2019 # Jeff Yu - Elico Corp , 2019 # lttlsnk , 2019 -# snow wang <147156565@qq.com>, 2019 -# Gang LIU , 2019 +# John Lin , 2019 # inspur qiuguodong , 2019 # 张宏奎 , 2019 # waveyeung , 2019 # 宣一敏 , 2019 # Richard yang , 2019 -# Connie Xiao , 2019 -# Gary Wei , 2019 -# John Lin , 2019 -# liAnGjiA , 2019 # fausthuang, 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2020 # Norman Chang , 2020 -# Felix Yang - Elico Corp , 2020 -# 演奏王 , 2020 # Cécile Collart , 2020 -# guohuadeng , 2020 # Manga Tsang , 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# mrshelly , 2020 -# 敬雲 林 , 2020 # Datasource International , 2020 +# Mandy Choy , 2020 +# Gary Wei , 2020 +# mrshelly , 2020 +# liAnGjiA , 2020 +# Connie Xiao , 2020 +# liulixia , 2020 +# guohuadeng , 2020 +# 演奏王 , 2020 +# Felix Yang - Elico Corp , 2020 +# 老窦 北京 <2662059195@qq.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2020 +# 敬雲 林 , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: 敬雲 林 , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -53,9 +53,9 @@ msgstr "" "Language: zh_CN\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 -msgid "Accounting" -msgstr "会计" +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 +msgid "Invoicing and Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ msgstr "将银行对账单导入Odoo的会计模块，以便于你跟踪银行 msgid "" "The easiest way to do so is by synchronizing. To do so, please read the " "related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." -msgstr "最简便的方法就是进行同步。如何做，请阅读相关文档：文档：银行同步" +msgstr "最简便的方法就是进行同步。如何做，请阅读相关文档： :doc:`bank_synchronization`" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -130,7 +130,9 @@ msgid "" "To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " "click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " "Statement*." -msgstr "导入步骤，进入：菜单选择：会计->概览->银行，点击 “导入银行对账单“，或者移动到”...\"，等待出见“导入银行对账单“，点击。" +msgstr "" +"导入步骤，进入 :menuselection:`会计 --> 概览 --> 银行`，点击 *导入银行对账单* ，或者移动到”...\"，等待出见 " +"*导入银行对账单*，点击。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:33 msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." @@ -140,7 +142,8 @@ msgstr "下一步，选择你想导入的文件，点击”导入\"。" msgid "" "Odoo opens an **import tool** with which you can set the **Formatting " "Options** and **map** the different columns you want to import." -msgstr "Odoo 打开一个**导入工具**，使用这个工具你可以设置**格式选项**，同时这个工具还可以**对应**不同的列到你希望导入的数据。" +msgstr "" +"Odoo 打开一个 **导入工具** ，使用这个工具你可以设置 **格式选项** ，同时这个工具还可以 **对应* *不同的列到你希望导入的数据。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -161,7 +164,8 @@ msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " "*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." msgstr "" -"为了创建银行对账单，你可以到菜单选择：财务 - ->会计概览- -> 银行，点击“创建对账单”，或者在银行右上角点击三个点号，然后选择“新对账单”" +"为了创建银行对账单，你可以到菜单选择 :menuselection:`财务 --> 会计概览 --> 银行`，点击 " +"*创建对账单*，或者在银行右上角点击三个点号，然后选择 *新对账单* 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -182,8 +186,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "期末余额和计算的余额应该一致。如果不一致，请确保交易金额没有错误。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:114 msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "：文档：银行交易同步“”" +msgstr ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" @@ -201,8 +206,8 @@ msgid "" "Features `_, and search for " "your bank in the *Supported Banks* section." msgstr "" -"要检查您的银行是否与Odoo兼容，请转到“ Odoo会计功能`_”，然后在“支持的银行”部分中搜索您的银行。" +"要检查您的银行是否与Odoo兼容，请转到 `Odoo会计功能`_，然后在“支持的银行”部分中搜索您的银行。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -222,48 +227,57 @@ msgstr "为了连接到银行，Odoo使用了多种Web服务：" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:23 msgid "**Plaid**: Mainly for the U.S" -msgstr "**Plaid**: 主要针对美国" +msgstr "**Plaid**: 主要用于美国" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:24 msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" msgstr "**Yodlee**: 全世界" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 -msgid "**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks" -msgstr "**Ponto**: 适用越来越多的欧洲银行" +msgid "" +"**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks. (:doc:`Click here for " +"more information `)" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:28 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:277 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:329 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:112 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "设置" @@ -276,7 +290,9 @@ msgid "" "Make sure the **Automatic Import** feature is activated by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` in the *Bank & " "Cash* section." -msgstr "确保自动导入银行对账单功能被激活，请进入菜单选择 “总账--> 配置-->设置-->”, 找到 “银行&现金”区域。" +msgstr "" +"确保 **自动导入** 银行对账单功能被激活，请进入菜单选择 :menuselection:`总账--> 配置 --> 设置`, 找到 *银行&现金* " +"区域。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:37 msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" @@ -307,7 +323,7 @@ msgstr "同步银行费用" msgid "" "First, make sure that the **Automated Bank Synchronization** is activated in" " your journal." -msgstr "首先，确保在日志中激活 **自动银行同步**。" +msgstr "首先，确保在日志中激活 **自动银行同步** 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -315,8 +331,8 @@ msgid "" "then open your *Bank Journal*, click on *Edit*, and select **Automated Bank " "Synchronization** in the *Bank Feed* field." msgstr "" -"为此，请转到：菜单选择：\"会计-->配置 -->日志\"，然后打开您的 *银行日记帐*，单击 *编辑*，然后在 *银行源* 字段中选择 " -"*自动银行同步**。" +"为此，请转到 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 日志`，然后打开您的 *银行日记帐*，单击 *编辑* ，然后在 *银行源* " +"字段中选择 *自动银行同步* 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:59 msgid "You can then connect Odoo to your bank." @@ -326,21 +342,21 @@ msgstr "然后，您可以将 Odoo 连接到您的银行。" msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank " "Account`, and follow the steps." -msgstr "为此，请转到：菜单选择：'会计--> 配置--> 添加银行帐户'，然后按照步骤操作。" +msgstr "为此，请转到 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 添加银行帐户`，然后按照步骤操作。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:64 msgid "" "Once done, go back to your *Accounting dashboard*. You should now see a " "**Synchronize Now** button on your *Bank* card. Click on this button and " "enter your bank credentials." -msgstr "完成后，请返回 *会计仪表板*。现在，您应该在 *银行* 卡上看到一个 **立即同步**按钮。单击此按钮并输入您的银行凭据。" +msgstr "完成后，请返回 *会计仪表板* 。现在，您应该在 *银行* 卡上看到一个 **立即同步** 按钮。单击此按钮并输入您的银行凭据。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:71 msgid "After this, your bank feeds will be regularly synchronized." msgstr "在此之后，您的银行源将定期同步。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:579 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:579 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "常问问题" @@ -380,12 +396,12 @@ msgstr "**企业版本**：是的，如果您有链接到数据库的有效企 msgid "" "**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community " "Version." -msgstr "**社区版本**：不，此功能不包括在社区版本中。" +msgstr "**社区版本** ：不，此功能不包括在社区版本中。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 msgid "" "**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." -msgstr "**在线版本**：是的，即使您受益于一个应用程序免费合同。" +msgstr "**在线版本** ：是的，即使您受益于一个应用程序免费合同。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:95 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta,\" what does this mean?" @@ -440,7 +456,8 @@ msgid "" " are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket " "`_." msgstr "" -"如果您的银行帐户正确链接到日记帐，并且已过帐的交易在您的数据库中不可见，请'提交支持票证 '_ 。" +"如果您的银行帐户正确链接到日记帐，并且已过帐的交易在您的数据库中不可见，`请'提交支持票证 `_ " +"。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:123 msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" @@ -450,22 +467,23 @@ msgstr "如何更新银行凭据？" msgid "" "You can update your credentials in :doc:`Developer mode " "<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "您可以在\":doc：'开发人员模式下更新凭据<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "您可以在\" :doc:`开发人员模式下更新凭据 <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:127 msgid "" "Then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization`, and open the Institution you want to edit, and click on " "*Update Credentials*." -msgstr "然后前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 在线同步`，打开你想要编辑的银行机构，并点击*更新凭据*。" +msgstr "然后前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 在线同步`，打开你想要编辑的银行机构，并点击*更新凭据*。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr ":doc:`bank_statements`" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" -msgstr "在Odoo如何同步你的PayPal账户?" +msgid "Synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -489,9 +507,8 @@ msgid "" "**Bank & Cash**, set the option **Bank Interface - Sync your bank feeds " "automatically**." msgstr "" -"首先请安装 **account_yodlee** 模块,如果尚未安装。要做到这一点,到菜单 :`Accounting --> Configuration" -" --> Settings` of the accounting application。在 **银行和现金** 这部分,设置选项 **Bank " -"Interface - Sync your bank feeds automatically** 。" +"首先请安装 **account_yodlee** 模块, 如果尚未安装。可到 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置` " +">会计应用程序。在 **银行和现金** 这部分,设置选项 **银行界面-自动同步您的银行馈送** 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." @@ -508,8 +525,8 @@ msgid "" "Accounts`. Create a new bank account and name it **PayPal**. In the bank " "field, you can set **PayPal**." msgstr "" -"在Odoo, PayPal账户的管理就像一个银行账户。设置你的PayPal账户, 使用菜单 :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Bank Accounts` 。创建一个新的银行账户并命名为 **PayPal** 。在银行领域, 可以设置 **PayPal** 。" +"在Odoo, PayPal账户的管理就像一个银行账户。设置你的PayPal账户, 使用菜单 :menuselection:`配置 --> 银行账户` " +"。创建一个新的银行账户并命名为 **PayPal** 。在银行领域, 可以设置 **PayPal** 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -517,8 +534,8 @@ msgid "" "and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as" " the online institution and click on the configure button." msgstr "" -"一旦创建PayPal帐户, 回到 **Accounting** 仪表板, 点击 **Synchronize** 按钮。在对话框中, 选择 " -"**PayPal** 作为在线机构和点击配置按钮。" +"一旦创建PayPal帐户, 回到 **会计** 仪表板, 点击 **同步** 按钮。在对话框中, 选择 **PayPal** " +"作为在线机构和点击配置按钮。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." @@ -532,8 +549,8 @@ msgid "" "Online feeds (you can switch from new to old interface in your Paypal " "account)." msgstr "" -"你的Paypal **must be in English** (如果它不是这样, 你必须改变你的Paypal账户), " -"如果你使用Paypal业务帐户必须切换回旧的接口才能使用在线提交(从新老界面可以切换你的Paypal账户)。" +"你的Paypal **必须是英文** (如果它不是这样, 你必须改变你的Paypal账户), " +"如果你使用Paypal业务帐户必须切换回旧的接口才能使用在线提交(从新旧界面可以切换你的Paypal账户)。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -549,7 +566,7 @@ msgid "" "choose the **Paypal balance** account." msgstr "" "如果你正确地配置您的Paypal帐户, 你应到下一步的在线提交配置。有一个屏幕显示获取交易的日期和供选择账户的列表。你必须选择 **Paypal " -"balance** 帐户。" +"余额** 帐户。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -569,225 +586,213 @@ msgid "" "will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." msgstr "你只需在第一次提供你的凭证。一旦完成, Odoo将与PayPal 每4个小时自动同步。" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 +msgid "Ponto as Bank Synchronization provider" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate " +"their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within " +"one app. It is a third-party solution that is continuously expanding the " +"number of bank institutions that can be synchronized with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Accounting** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank " +"statements imported automatically into your database. This allows for easier" +" **bank reconciliation**. When :doc:`adding a bank account on Odoo " +"<../setup/bank_accounts>`, you can see if your bank requires a connection " +"through Ponto by searching for your bank institution, and clicking on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can find more information about bank synchronization :doc:`on this page " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 +msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:33 +msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:34 +msgid "Create an account if you don’t have one yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:35 +msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Select your bank institution and follow the steps on-screen to link your " +"bank account with your Ponto account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Make sure to add all the bank accounts you want to synchronize with your " +"Odoo database before moving on to the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 +msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Odoo requires you to insert your Ponto's **Client ID** and **Secret ID** to " +"synchronize both platforms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To generate these IDs, go to :menuselection:`Ponto Dashboard --> Integration" +" --> Live`, click on *Add Integration*, fill out the form, and select which " +"accounts you want to synchronize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:61 +msgid "Copy the Client ID and Secret ID generated and paste them in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:62 +msgid "Configure the synchronization options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Action**: define if Odoo must create a new *Journal* for this bank " +"account, link to an existing Journal, or create no link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:66 +msgid "**Journal**: select the appropriate *Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Synchronization Frequency**: define how often Odoo should fetch the bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:74 +msgid "" +"It is good practice to have one Journal per bank account. If you synchronize" +" a single bank account, link it to the existing *Bank* journal. If you have " +"multiple accounts, it is recommended to pick the *Create new journal* option" +" for all additional accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:81 +msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the " +"synchronization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Click on *Update Accounts* to enter your new Client ID and Secret ID, or " +"click on *Edit* to modify the synchronization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:92 +msgid "Deprecated API tokens" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Ponto's previous synchronization system using API tokens is now deprecated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:96 +msgid "" +"This section is only relevant for users who had previously linked Ponto with" +" Odoo using a single API token instead of the current synchronization system" +" with a *Client ID* and a *Secret ID*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:99 +msgid "**Update** your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "*SaaS* and *Odoo.sh* users:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "you can skip this step, as your database is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "*Community* and *Enterprise* users:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"download the latest Odoo source code for your version (you can download it " +"from `this link `_ or from GitHub), install it, " +"and restart your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Do a **hard refresh** of your Odoo page by pressing *CTRL + F5*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"A hard refresh clears the cache and the javascript code for the current " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To **generate your access key**, follow :ref:`the steps above `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To **update your credentials**, follow :ref:`the steps above `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/bank_accounts`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:184 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "杂项" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" -msgstr "如果管理支票的批量存款?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " -"will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " -"money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " -"manually bring the checks to the bank." -msgstr "" -"当你们公司集中从客户收到支票后, 他们往往会把这些钱批次地放到银行账户。这钱已经以一个物理形式收到了, 你的公司的人必须手动把支票登记到银行。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" -" be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " -"transactions." -msgstr "银行将要求填写一张存款单，交易包括的支票详情以及现金。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " -"reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." -msgstr "银行对账单将反映总计和存款单的参考信息, 而不是个人支票。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " -"reconcile them with your bank statement easily." -msgstr "Odoo帮助您准备和打印你的存款单, 之后与银行对账单调节就很容易了。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 -msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" -msgstr "安装批量存款功能" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " -"Deposit** to be installed." -msgstr "为了使用批处理存款功能, 你需要安装模块 **批量存款** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" -" your country." -msgstr "通常, 如果支票在你的国家被广泛使用, 这个模块是自动安装的。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " -"application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." -msgstr "" -"验证 **批量存款** 功能是否安装, 去 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of " -"the accounting application。检查功能 : **Allow batch deposit** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 -msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" -msgstr "在银行账户激活该功能" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " -"deposits on your main bank accounts." -msgstr "一旦你已经安装了这个特性, Odoo将自动激活你的银行账户内的存款功能。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " -"the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " -"'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the " -"Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." -msgstr "" -"哪个银行账户可以做批处理存款, 哪些不能, 这个控制可以去账内定义, 通常被称为“支票\" 或“银行 \"(参见 " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check` , 会计应用程序 " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals` ." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" -" to **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "在 **高级设置** 页卡, **杂项** 部分, 设置借记方式为 **批量存款** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " -"payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " -"make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch " -"Deposits afterwards." -msgstr "" -"如果你在借记方式中检查 **Batch Deposit** , 这意味着付款时使用这个账(当收款或是付款时称为支付方式), 将适用于之后的存款批处理。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 -msgid "From checks received to the bank" -msgstr "从收到支票到银行" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 -msgid "Receive customer checks" -msgstr "收到客户支票" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once your checks are received, record them on the bank account on which you " -"plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal if " -"you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit. " -"Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." -msgstr "" -"在收到支票后，将它们记录在拟存入的银行账户上。当你选择银行账户（或支票日记账，如你在Odoo中配置）时，Odoo建议你使用批量存款。如计划将该支票存入银行，则选择本选项。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 -msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." -msgstr "在备忘录字段, 你可以设置支票的参考。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 -msgid "" -"payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " -"Payment** button." -msgstr "" -"可在此菜单中登记付款 :menuselection: :`Sales --> Payments` , 或直接在相关发票上登记, 使用 " -"**Register Payment** 按钮。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 -msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" -msgstr "预备批量存款" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 -msgid "" -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" -"从会计程序, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`Sales --> Batch Deposit` , 并创建一个新的 **Batch " -"Deposit** ." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " -"deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " -"deposited yet. That way you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " -"check." -msgstr "选择银行，然后选择你想要添加的款项（支票）。默认情况下，Odoo建议你存入所有待存支票。这样，你就可以确认不会忘记或丢失支票。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 -msgid "" -"You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " -"the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." -msgstr "然后你可以打印批存款, 这将是非常有用的, 银行通常需要。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 -msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" -msgstr "使用银行对账单调节存款" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 -msgid "" -"When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " -"ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " -"is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with " -"the bank statement line." -msgstr "当调节银行对账单时, 对账单中将会看到存款单的号码。核销运行时, 用户将能够选择匹配的批处理存款。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 -msgid "" -"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fill all the checks " -"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in the batch " -"deposit in the example below)" -msgstr "如果你选择批量存款，Odoo将自动填充所有匹配的支票。（下面例子中的批量存款包括2张支票）" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:111 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "排查" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 -msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" -msgstr "在银行对帐单上没有此明细行？" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " -"be two reasons:" -msgstr "如果在银行对账单中没有批存款链接, 可能是两个原因 :" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 -msgid "" -"After having installed the batch deposit features you need to reload the " -"page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" -" button of your browser." -msgstr "安装批量存款功能后，你需要重新加载页面，浏览器才会发现这项新功能。只需点击浏览器的重新加载按钮。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 -msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." -msgstr "你的银行账户内没有创建批处理存款。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 -msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" -msgstr "假如支票被拒绝会发生什么?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " -"in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " -"refused." -msgstr "如果银行对账单的金额小于实际批存款的金额, 它可能意味着你的某一张支票已经被拒绝了。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 -msgid "" -"In this case click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " -"bank statement matching." -msgstr "在这种情况下，点击与这张支票相关的行，将它从银行对账单配对中删除。" - #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" -msgstr "如何用电汇从一个银行转移到另一个银行?" +msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -815,8 +820,8 @@ msgid "" "default transfer account go into the accounting module settings, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"处理内部转账需要在科目表中添加转账科目。Odoo将根据你所在国家的科目表自动生成一个科目。如要配置科目表并检查默认的转账科目，前往会计模块设置，并选择:menuselection:`配置" -" --> 设置` 。" +"处理内部转账需要在科目表中添加转账科目。Odoo将根据你所在国家的科目表自动生成一个科目。如要配置科目表并检查默认的转账科目，前往会计模块设置，并选择 " +":menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -843,9 +848,8 @@ msgid "" " You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit " "your bank to specify your bank's details." msgstr "" -"在我们可以注册一个内部转让之前, 我们需要在会计仪表板上添加一个新的银行账户。进入会计模块,点击 " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts` . 创建一个新的银行账户。你应该填写 " -"**Account Number** . 您还可以创建和编辑你的银行详细信息。" +"在我们可以注册一个内部转让之前, 我们需要在会计仪表板上添加一个新的银行账户。进入会计模块,点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> " +"银行账户` . 创建一个新的银行账户。你应该填写 **账号** 。 您还可以创建和编辑你的银行详细信息。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." @@ -859,7 +863,7 @@ msgstr "登记一个从一个银行到另外一个银行的内部转账。" msgid "" "We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " "9533 1498** account." -msgstr "现在我们将把50.000欧元从我们的 **Bank** 转到 **Bank BE57 0633 9533 1498** 账户。" +msgstr "现在我们将把50.000欧元从我们的 **银行** 转到 **Bank BE57 0633 9533 1498** 账户。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 msgid "Log an internal transfer" @@ -879,8 +883,7 @@ msgid "" " transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " "**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." msgstr "" -"创建一个新的付款。付款类型将自动设置为内部转让。选择您想要转移的 **银行** , 指定 **Amount** 和添加一个 **Memo** " -"(如果你需要)。" +"创建一个新的付款。付款类型将自动设置为内部转让。选择您想要转移的 **银行** , 指定 **总金额** 和添加一个 **备忘录** (如果你需要)。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -927,9 +930,8 @@ msgid "" "that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the " "**Reconcile** button." msgstr "" -"填上 **Transactions line** 。一旦完成, Odoo将显示 **Computed Balance** " -"。计算的余额是理论上你的账户的余额。如果与银行对账单一致, 就意味着没有错误。填写 **Ending balance** , 然后点击 " -"**Reconcile** 按钮。" +"填上 **交易行** 。一旦完成, Odoo将显示 **计算余额** 。计算的余额是理论上你的账户的余额。如果与银行对账单一致, 就意味着没有错误。填写" +" **期末余额** , 然后点击 **对账** 按钮。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 msgid "The following window will open:" @@ -951,123 +953,192 @@ msgid "" msgstr "收到第二张银行对账单后，需要重复相同的步骤。注意，如果在两张对账单和付款交易中指定相同的金额和相同的备忘录，则系统将自动进行对账。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "银行核销" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 -msgid "Configure model of entries" -msgstr "配置分录模型" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 +msgid "Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "对账模型" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once the bank statements are correctly imported, it is essential to " +"*reconcile* the records properly and ensure all *Journal Entries* are " +"balanced and in agreement. To ease and speed up the reconciliation process, " +"you can configure **Reconciliation Models**, which are particularly useful " +"with recurrent entries such as bank fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Reconciliation Models are also useful to handle *Cash Discounts*. Please " +"refer to :doc:`this documentation " +"<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 +msgid "Types of Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 +msgid "There are three types of Reconciliation Models:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`Write-off Button `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 +msgid "" +":ref:`Suggestion of counterpart values `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 +msgid ":ref:`Match existing invoices/bills `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 +msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the " +"buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the " +"values automatically, before validating the reconciliation. Each button is a" +" different Reconciliation Model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 +msgid "Suggest counterpart values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values " +"that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules " +"defined in the reconciliation model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 +msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer " +"Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is " +"to validate the entry. This automation is based on a set of rules defined in" +" the reconciliation model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. " +"Alternatively, you can also open this menu from the Accounting Overview, by " +"going to your Bank Journal card, clicking on the three little dots, and then" +" on *Reconciliation Models*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for " +"the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to " +"leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new one," +" then fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "类型" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 +msgid "" +"See :ref:`above ` for an explanation about the " +"different types of Reconciliation Models." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the *Documents* application is installed on your database, an additional " +"**Activity type** field appears when *To check* is ticked. Selecting the " +"value *Reconciliation request* implies that, whenever you use this model, a " +"*Request Document* window pops up to request a document from a user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 +msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" +msgstr "银行对账单明细条件" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Define here all the conditions that are required for a Reconciliation Model " +"to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 +msgid "" +"If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the" +" *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of " +"the models in the *list view*. They can be rearranged by dragging-and-" +"dropping the handle next to the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 +msgid "Counterpart Values" +msgstr "对应值" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This section comprises the values that are applied by the Reconciliation " +"Model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 +msgid "" +"If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, " +"click on *Add a second line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" +msgstr ":doc:`use_cases` " + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Bank reconciliation process - use cases" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 ../../accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 msgid "Overview" msgstr "概览" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " -"order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." -msgstr "在Odoo中你可以预设一些会计分录, 这样在计提例如银行费用这些经常性会计分录的时候就省事多了。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " -"my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " -"current balance. This fee is thus variable." -msgstr "我们将下面的例子来说明这一概念 :每个月, 我公司收到银行费用成本, 这取决于我们的银行账户当前余额。这个费用是变量。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 -msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" -msgstr "创建对账模型" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " -"to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " -":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." -msgstr "" -"首先, 我们需要配置两个调节分录。为此, 会计应用程序仪表盘。在银行账点击 :menuselection:`更多(More) --> " -"调节模型(Reconciliation Models)` 。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 -msgid "" -"We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " -"depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." -msgstr "我们银行费用容易记账。我们的银行扣除费用根据余额, 也就是说它可以每个月都不同。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 -msgid "" -"We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " -"book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " -"\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " -"Odoo to take the entire fee into account." -msgstr "" -"我们创建一个名为银行费用的按钮标签, 选择正确的科目记录这些费用。此外我们还需要指定类型是\" Percentage of balance\\ \\ " -"\\ \", 比例为100%。这个参数将告诉Odoo考虑整个费用。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 -msgid "Save your changes when you are done." -msgstr "当完成时保存变更。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " -"under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." -msgstr "如果你的银行费用是固定的, 也可以选择 **固定的(Fixed)** 以及定义金额。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" -msgstr "" -"您还可以使用此功能来处理折扣。请参阅 :doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" -" " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:47 -msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" -msgstr "基于对账模型登记付款" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " -"impacted by the payment of the bank fee." -msgstr "通过导入你的银行对账单来登记付款, 这会影响银行的支付费用。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:52 -msgid "" -"When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " -"**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" -" relevant data instantly." -msgstr "" -"进行调节时, 您可以选择一个未清的余额, 点击 **调节模型(Reconcilication Model)** 按钮(在这种情况下, " -"**银行费用(Bank Fees)** )立即获得所有相关的数据。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:59 -msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." -msgstr "最后, 点击 **调节(Reconcile)** 完成过程." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" -msgstr ":doc:`use_cases` " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" -msgstr "银行对账过程中的使用案例？" - #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" "Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " @@ -1137,7 +1208,7 @@ msgstr "通过点击**付款登记**，我们告诉Odoo，客户已支付。我 msgid "" "Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" " :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." -msgstr "我们可以随时查找发票付款信息，只需点击:menuselection:`信息 -->未结付款` 。" +msgstr "我们可以随时查找发票付款信息，只需点击 :menuselection:`信息 -->未结付款` 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -1165,7 +1236,7 @@ msgstr "我们收到银行对账单，发现不仅是史密斯公司已付款， msgid "" "**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " "from the Bank Feeds section." -msgstr " **导入(Import)** 或 **创建(Create)** 银行对账单。请在银行提要部分参考相关文档。" +msgstr " **导入** 或 **创建** 银行对账单。请在银行馈送部分参考相关文档。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" @@ -1175,11 +1246,11 @@ msgstr "在仪表板, 点击 **调节# 项** " msgid "" "If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " "the reconciliations **automatically**." -msgstr "如果一切是正确的(正确的业务伙伴名字, 金额正确), odoo会 **自动(automatically)** 调节。" +msgstr "如果一切是正确的 (正确的合作伙伴名字, 金额正确), odoo会 **自动** 调节。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." -msgstr "如果发现某些问题, 需要执行 **手工动作** 。" +msgstr "如果发现某些问题, 需要执行 **手动操作** 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -1201,82 +1272,171 @@ msgstr "点击CTRL-Enter, 调节表格中的所有项。" msgid "Setup" msgstr "设置" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" -msgstr "如何设置一个新的银行账户？" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Accounts" +msgstr "银行账户" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " -"guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " -"account." -msgstr "在Odoo, 您可以管理多个银行账户。在这个页面, 你会在银行或信用卡帐户的创建, 修改或删除的指导。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 -msgid "Edit a bank account" -msgstr "编辑银行账户" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" -" it first before filling your own bank information." -msgstr "为了简化这一过程, 银行账户已经存在。我们建议你在填写银行信息前先编辑它。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." +"You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " +"Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " +"up to date and ready for the reconciliation with your *Journal Entries*." msgstr "" -"去 :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` , 然后点击 " -"**银行** 项。编辑它。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 msgid "" -"Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " -"method like SEPA" -msgstr "Odoo将检测银行账户类型(例如 IBAN), 允许类似于SEPA等的支付方式" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 -msgid "Create a bank account" -msgstr "创建银行账户" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" -" on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" -" number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. " -"Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." +"In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " +"*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." msgstr "" -"去 :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` .点击 **创建**" -" 和填写表格。你可以决定在文件上显示银行帐号, 就如销售订单或发票。选择银行账户的支付方式。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " -"the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " -"accounts from another company." -msgstr "如果你在多公司环境内工作, 如你添加、编辑或删除银行账号, 需要在首选项中切换公司。" +"Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" +" are automatically created and configured." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 msgid "" -"The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " -"of the previous one within the same journal automatically." -msgstr "银行对帐单的初始余额将被设置为自动在同一期杂志上一个期末余额。" +"Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " +"Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" +" are displayed when appropriate." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:57 -msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" -msgstr "删除银行帐户或信用卡帐户" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 +msgid "Add a new Bank Account" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 msgid "" -"From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " -"the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " -"menu" -msgstr "从银行账户列表中, 选择要删除的项, 从行动菜单删除它们, 或者去表单和在行动菜单中删除" +"You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" +" your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " +"<../feeds/bank_statements>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 +msgid "Bank Synchronization" +msgstr "银行同步" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " +"list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this bank synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +msgid "Manual configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" +" out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 +msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 +msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " +"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" +" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " +"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " +"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " +"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Advanced configuration" +msgstr "高级配置" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " +"modify." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" +" and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " +"can edit the bank account's number, Account Holder, Account Holder Name, and" +" your Bank Institution's details by clicking on the *External Link* next to " +"the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "" +"You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " +"Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " +"in the **Bank Statements** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Learn: Accounting Basics `_" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" -msgstr "如何管理银行的外币？" +msgid "Manage a bank in a foreign currency" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1321,9 +1481,8 @@ msgid "" "Features` make sure the **Allow Multi-currencies** box is ticked. Provide a " "**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -"为了让贵公司使用多种货币,你应该激活多种货币的模式。在会计应用程序中,进入 :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Accounting & Finance Features` , 确保 **Allow Multi-currencies** " -"已勾选。提供一个 **Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** 科目,然后点击 **应用** 。" +"为了让贵公司使用多种货币,你应该激活多种货币的模式。在会计应用程序中,进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置 --> 会计与财务功能`" +" , 确保 **允许多种货币** 已勾选。提供一个 **货币兑换损益** 科目 ,然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "Configure currencies" @@ -1359,9 +1518,7 @@ msgstr "创建银行账户" msgid "" "In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." -msgstr "" -"在会计应用程序中, 我们首先去 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting / Bank account`" -" , 我们创建一个新的账户。" +msgstr "在会计应用程序中, 我们首先去 :menuselection:`配置 --> 会计/银行账户` , 我们创建一个新的账户。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -1396,7 +1553,7 @@ msgstr "根据上面的例子中, 我们假设我们收到中国供应商的发 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " "see:" -msgstr "在 :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , 你可以看到 :" +msgstr "在 :menuselection:`采购 --> 供应商账单` , 你可以看到 :" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -1454,8 +1611,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "在这种情况下, 客户对账单总是只有一种货币。一般来说, 这不是什么客户所希望的, 他更喜欢看到他收到发票的货币金额;" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a cash register?" -msgstr "如何管理现金出纳？" +msgid "Manage a cash register" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1468,7 +1625,7 @@ msgstr "收银是日记注册receivings和支付交易。它计算总资金进 msgid "" "Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Journals`." -msgstr "配置现金账, 在 :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals` ." +msgstr "配置现金日记帐, 在 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 日记帐` ." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -1477,6 +1634,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "在选项卡日记帐分录, 默认的借记卡和信用卡帐号可同时配置为期刊的货币" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:249 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 msgid "Usage" msgstr "用途" @@ -1494,9 +1653,7 @@ msgstr "要注册特定于该客户的现金支付, 你应该遵循以下步骤 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" -msgstr "" -"去 :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " -"Transactions` " +msgstr "去 :menuselection:`会计 --> 仪表板 --> 现金 --> 注册交易` " #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" @@ -1517,8 +1674,7 @@ msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" -msgstr "" -"把钱放入, 在交易开始前用于手动放置你的现金。从登记交易窗口, 去 :menuselection:`More --> Put money in` " +msgstr "投入资金用于在开始交易之前手动放置现金。 从登记交易窗口中, 去 :menuselection:`更多 --> 投入资金` " #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" @@ -1529,15 +1685,6225 @@ msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" -msgstr "" -"把钱拿出, 是在所有的交易结束后, 收集你的现金。在登记交易窗口, 去 :menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" -" " +msgstr "把钱拿出, 是在所有的交易结束后, 收集你的现金。在登记交易窗口, 去 :menuselection:`更多 --> 把钱拿出` " #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "该交易将被添加到当前的现金支付登记。" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 +msgid "Localizations" +msgstr "本地化" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 +msgid "Argentina" +msgstr "阿根廷" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "介绍" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " +"this version the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" +"The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " +"this version the next modules are available:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " +"localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" +" to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " +"Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." +msgstr "" +"**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " +"localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" +" to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " +"Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " +"Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " +"on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " +"that is used to analyze the invoice" +msgstr "" +"**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " +"Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " +"on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " +"that is used to analyze the invoice" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " +"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " +"AFIP regulations." +msgstr "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " +"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " +"AFIP regulations." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" +msgstr "Install the Argentinean localization modules" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:29 +msgid "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " +"the first two modules." +msgstr "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " +"the first two modules." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:35 +msgid "Configure your company" +msgstr "Configure your company" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " +"company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " +"the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " +"structure of the company:" +msgstr "" +"Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " +"company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " +"the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " +"structure of the company:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:46 +msgid "Chart of Account" +msgstr "科目表" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " +"accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " +"considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" +" companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" +msgstr "" +"In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " +"accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " +"considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" +" companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:52 +msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." +msgstr "Monotributista (149 accounts)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:53 +msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." +msgstr "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:54 +msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." +msgstr "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 +msgid "Configure Master data" +msgstr "Configure Master data" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" +msgstr "Electronic Invoice Credentials" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:66 +msgid "Environment" +msgstr "Environment" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " +"and Production." +msgstr "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " +"and Production." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " +"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." +msgstr "" +"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " +"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " +"to select the environment:" +msgstr "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " +"to select the environment:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +msgid "AFIP Certificates" +msgstr "AFIP Certificates" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " +"provided by the AFIP." +msgstr "" +"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " +"provided by the AFIP." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." +msgstr "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " +"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " +"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." +msgstr "" +"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " +"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " +"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " +"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " +"`Get AFIP Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" +"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " +"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " +"`Get AFIP Certificate " +"`_." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " +"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " +"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." +msgstr "" +"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " +"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " +"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"`_." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "业务伙伴" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:150 +msgid "Identification Type and VAT" +msgstr "Identification Type and VAT" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:114 +msgid "" +"As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " +"AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " +"for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" +"As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " +"AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " +"for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " +"default:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" +" Odoo but only the common ones are active." +msgstr "" +"The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" +" Odoo but only the common ones are active." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:126 +msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" +msgstr "AFIP Responsibility Type" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " +"should be defined in the partner form:" +msgstr "" +"In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " +"should be defined in the partner form:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "税" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:137 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " +"with their related financial account and configuration." +msgstr "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " +"with their related financial account and configuration." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:144 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:195 +msgid "Taxes Types" +msgstr "Taxes Types" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:146 +msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:148 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." +msgstr "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:149 +msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." +msgstr "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:150 +msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" +msgstr "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:151 +msgid "Otros." +msgstr "Otros." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:154 +msgid "Special Taxes" +msgstr "Special Taxes" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" +" taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " +"creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " +"Inactive taxes:" +msgstr "" +"Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" +" taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " +"creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " +"Inactive taxes:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:164 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:211 +msgid "Document Types" +msgstr "Document Types" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:166 +msgid "" +"In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " +"types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " +"AFIP)." +msgstr "" +"In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " +"types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " +"AFIP)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:170 +msgid "" +"The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " +"the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " +"of invoices as well of account moves." +msgstr "" +"The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " +"the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " +"of invoices as well of account moves." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" +" on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " +"when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" +" on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " +"when the localization module is installed." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The information required for the document types is included by default so " +"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" +msgstr "" +"The information required for the document types is included by default so " +"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:232 +msgid "" +"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " +"activated if needed." +msgstr "" +"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " +"activated if needed." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:187 +msgid "Letters" +msgstr "信" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:189 +msgid "" +"For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" +" the transaction/operation, example:" +msgstr "" +"For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" +" the transaction/operation, example:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " +"be used." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:193 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " +"be used." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:194 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" +" must be used." +msgstr "" +"When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" +" must be used." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " +"associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." +msgstr "" +"The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " +"associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:236 +msgid "Use on Invoices" +msgstr "Use on Invoices" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:205 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:238 +msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" +msgstr "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:207 +msgid "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " +"documents." +msgstr "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " +"documents." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" +msgstr "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:133 +msgid "Journals" +msgstr "凭证类型" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " +"depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" +msgstr "" +"In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " +"depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:218 +msgid "" +"For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " +"Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" +" can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " +"invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." +msgstr "" +"For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " +"Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" +" can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " +"invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:222 +msgid "" +"If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" +" because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " +"account moves related to internal control process." +msgstr "" +"If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" +" because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " +"account moves related to internal control process." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:226 +msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" +msgstr "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:231 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " +"defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " +"for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" +msgstr "" +"**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " +"defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " +"for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." +msgstr "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:236 +msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." +msgstr "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +msgid "Web Services" +msgstr "Web Services" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:240 +msgid "" +"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " +"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." +msgstr "" +"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " +"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +msgid "" +"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " +"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" +" Bond `_." +msgstr "" +"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " +"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" +" Bond `_." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +msgid "" +"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " +"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " +"the document type related is type “E”." +msgstr "" +"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " +"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " +"the document type related is type “E”." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:252 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " +"the operations related to this AFIP POS." +msgstr "" +"**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " +"the operations related to this AFIP POS." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:255 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" +" for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " +"example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that " +"you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " +"invoice report." +msgstr "" +"**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" +" for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " +"example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that " +"you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " +"invoice report." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:260 +msgid "" +"**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " +"(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " +"sequence. For example:" +msgstr "" +"**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " +"(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " +"sequence. For example:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:263 +msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." +msgstr "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:264 +msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." +msgstr "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:265 +msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." +msgstr "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:295 +msgid "Sequences" +msgstr "顺序号" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" +" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " +"under :doc:`developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can " +"be used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:277 +msgid "" +"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " +"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " +"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " +"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." +msgstr "" +"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " +"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " +"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " +"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:283 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +msgid "Usage and testing" +msgstr "用法和测试" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:286 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:166 +msgid "Invoice" +msgstr "发票" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:288 +msgid "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " +"invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" +msgstr "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " +"invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:292 +msgid "Document type assignation" +msgstr "Document type assignation" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " +"based on the AFIP document type:" +msgstr "" +"Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " +"based on the AFIP document type:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:297 +msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." +msgstr "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:302 +msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." +msgstr "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:307 +msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." +msgstr "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:312 +msgid "" +"As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " +"prefix and sequence is given by the document type." +msgstr "" +"As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " +"prefix and sequence is given by the document type." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:315 +msgid "" +"The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " +"different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " +"manually by the user." +msgstr "" +"The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " +"different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " +"manually by the user." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" +msgstr "Electronic Invoice elements" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:321 +msgid "" +"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" +" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" +" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " +"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " +"draft until the related data is corrected." +msgstr "" +"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" +" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" +" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " +"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " +"draft until the related data is corrected." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" +msgstr "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:329 +msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." +msgstr "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " +"10 days after the CAE is generated." +msgstr "" +"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " +"10 days after the CAE is generated." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:332 +msgid "Result:" +msgstr "Result:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:334 +msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." +msgstr "Aceptado en AFIP." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:335 +msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." +msgstr "Aceptado con Observaciones." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:341 +msgid "Invoice Taxes" +msgstr "Invoice Taxes" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " +"behavior on the pdf report:" +msgstr "" +"Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " +"behavior on the pdf report:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:346 +msgid "" +"**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " +"identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " +"following AFIP Responsibility type:" +msgstr "" +"**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " +"identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " +"following AFIP Responsibility type:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:349 +msgid "Responsable Inscripto." +msgstr "Responsable Inscripto." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:354 +msgid "" +"**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " +"part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " +"the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" +msgstr "" +"**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " +"part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " +"the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:358 +msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." +msgstr "IVA Sujeto Exento." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:359 +msgid "Consumidor Final." +msgstr "Consumidor Final." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:360 +msgid "Responsable Monotributo." +msgstr "Responsable Monotributo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:361 +msgid "IVA liberado." +msgstr "IVA liberado." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +msgid "Special Use Cases" +msgstr "Special Use Cases" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:371 +msgid "Invoices for Services" +msgstr "Invoices for Services" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:372 +msgid "" +"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " +"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" +" tab “Other Info”:" +msgstr "" +"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " +"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" +" tab “Other Info”:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +msgid "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" +" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " +"the invoice month:" +msgstr "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" +" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " +"the invoice month:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:386 +msgid "Exportation Invoices" +msgstr "Exportation Invoices" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:387 +msgid "" +"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " +"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" +" type be associated:" +msgstr "" +"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " +"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" +" type be associated:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +msgid "" +"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " +"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " +"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" +msgstr "" +"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " +"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " +"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:396 +msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." +msgstr "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:397 +msgid "Exportation document type ." +msgstr "Exportation document type ." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:398 +msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." +msgstr "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:399 +msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." +msgstr "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +msgid "Exempt Taxes." +msgstr "Exempt Taxes." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +msgid "" +"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " +"Info --> Accounting`:" +msgstr "" +"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " +"Info --> Accounting`:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +msgid "Fiscal Bond" +msgstr "Fiscal Bond" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " +"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy." +msgstr "" +"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " +"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:442 +msgid "" +"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" +"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " +"requirements:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:419 +msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." +msgstr "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:136 +msgid "Taxes." +msgstr "Taxes." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +msgid "Zone." +msgstr "Zone." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:422 +msgid "Detail each item." +msgstr "Detail each item." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:424 +msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." +msgstr "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +msgid "Complete description." +msgstr "Complete description." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +msgid "Unit Net Price." +msgstr "Unit Net Price." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 +msgid "Quantity." +msgstr "Quantity." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +msgid "Unit of measurement." +msgstr "Unit of measurement." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +msgid "Bonus." +msgstr "Bonus." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:430 +msgid "VAT rate." +msgstr "VAT rate." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" +msgstr "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " +"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " +"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " +"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " +"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" +" to their clients and / or vendors." +msgstr "" +"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " +"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " +"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " +"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " +"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" +" to their clients and / or vendors." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:444 +msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." +msgstr "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:445 +msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." +msgstr "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:446 +msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." +msgstr "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:447 +msgid "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" +msgstr "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +msgid "" +"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " +"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" +msgstr "" +"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " +"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " +"originator document passed to the note." +msgstr "" +"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " +"originator document passed to the note." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " +"A or B)." +msgstr "" +"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " +"A or B)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +msgid "" +"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." +msgstr "" +"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:468 +msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" +msgstr "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +msgid "" +"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " +"Cancellation?” as True." +msgstr "" +"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " +"Cancellation?” as True." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:471 +msgid "" +"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " +"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " +"(false)." +msgstr "" +"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " +"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " +"(false)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +msgid "Invoice printed report" +msgstr "Invoice printed report" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:479 +msgid "" +"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " +"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " +"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" +msgstr "" +"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " +"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " +"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:488 +msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" +msgstr "Troubleshooting and Auditing" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:489 +msgid "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " +"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," +msgstr "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " +"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:499 +msgid "" +"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " +"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " +"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." +msgstr "" +"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " +"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " +"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:639 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor Bills" +msgstr "供应商帐单" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:509 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " +"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" +" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " +"if necessary." +msgstr "" +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " +"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" +" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " +"if necessary." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:516 +msgid "" +"The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " +"validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " +"will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." +msgstr "" +"The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " +"validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " +"will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " +"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " +"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." +msgstr "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " +"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " +"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:528 +msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" +msgstr "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:529 +msgid "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" +msgstr "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:533 +msgid "" +"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." +msgstr "" +"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:534 +msgid "" +"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " +"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." +msgstr "" +"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " +"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +msgid "" +"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " +"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgstr "" +"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " +"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +msgid "How to use it in Odoo" +msgstr "How to use it in Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:544 +msgid "" +"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " +"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." +msgstr "" +"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " +"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +msgid "" +"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " +"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." +msgstr "" +"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " +"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:558 +msgid "Special Use cases" +msgstr "Special Use cases" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:560 +msgid "Untaxed Concepts" +msgstr "Untaxed Concepts" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:561 +msgid "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " +"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." +msgstr "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " +"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:564 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" +" the Exempt concept:" +msgstr "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" +" the Exempt concept:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +msgid "Perception Taxes" +msgstr "Perception Taxes" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:572 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " +"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " +"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." +msgstr "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " +"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " +"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:580 +msgid "" +"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " +"it and set the correct amount." +msgstr "" +"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " +"it and set the correct amount." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:586 +msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." +msgstr "After this is done the invoice can be validated." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:590 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "报告" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:592 +msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" +msgstr "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:598 +msgid "VAT Reports" +msgstr "VAT Reports" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:601 +msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" +msgstr "Libro de IVA Ventas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:607 +msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" +msgstr "Libro de IVA Compras" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:613 +msgid "Resumen de IVA" +msgstr "Resumen de IVA" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:619 +msgid "IIBB - Reports" +msgstr "IIBB - Reports" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:622 +msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:628 +msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:3 +msgid "Chile" +msgstr "智利" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Chilean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13. In this" +" version, the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl:** Adds accounting features for the Chilean localization, which " +"represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " +"Chile and under the SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos) regulations and " +"guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl_edi:** Includes all technical and functional requirements to " +"generate and receive Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the SII " +"regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl_reports:** Adds the reports Propuesta F29 y Balance Tributario (8" +" columnas)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:24 +msgid "Install the Chilean localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:26 +msgid "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Chile. Then click *Install* in the " +"module **Chile E-invoicing**. This module has a dependency with **Chile - " +"Accounting**. In case this last one is not installed, Odoo installs it " +"automatically with E-invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you install a database from scratch selecting Chile as country, Odoo " +"will automatically install the base module: Chile - Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:40 +msgid "Company Settings" +msgstr "公司设置" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your company " +"data. Additional to the basic information, you need to add all the data and " +"elements required for Electronic Invoice, the easiest way to configure it is" +" in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chilean Localization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:48 +msgid "Fiscal Information" +msgstr "税科目调整" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Fill in the fiscal information for your company according to the SII " +"register, follow the instructions on each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:173 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:60 +msgid "" +"This is part of the main information required to generate electronic " +"Invoice, select your environment and the legal information, as well as the " +"email address to receive invoices from your vendors and the alias you use to" +" send invoices to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:69 +msgid "Configure DTE Incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:71 +msgid "" +"In order to receive you the claim and acceptance emails from your customers," +" it is crucial to define the DTE incoming email server, considering this " +"configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For your Go-live make sure you archive/remove from your inbox all the emails" +" related to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:83 +msgid "Certificate" +msgstr "证书" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:85 +msgid "" +"In order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate" +" with the extension ``.pfx`` is required, proceed to this section and load " +"your file and password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:96 +msgid "" +"A certificate can be shared between several users. If this is the case leave" +" the user field empty, so all your billing users can use the same one. On " +"the other hand, if you need to restrict the certificate for a particular " +"user, just define the users in the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 +msgid "Financial Reports" +msgstr "财务报告" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The report Propuesta F29 requires two values that need to be defined as part" +" of the company configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +msgid "Multicurrency" +msgstr "多币种" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the SBIF, you can find " +"the SBIF synchronization service in the currency rate configuration and you " +"can set a predefined interval for the rate updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:122 +msgid "" +"In order to configure your token, you need to enable developer mode and " +"access to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System parameters` and " +"search the parameter ``sbif_api_key`` and in the field Value introduce your " +"token provided by the SBIF:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:131 +msgid "Chart of accounts" +msgstr "科目表" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " +"included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " +"in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:137 +msgid "Default Account Payable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:138 +msgid "Default Account Receivable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:139 +msgid "Transfer Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:140 +msgid "Conversion Rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:144 +msgid "Master Data" +msgstr "主数据" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:152 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, the identification types defined by the" +" SII are now available on the Partner form. This information is essential " +"for most transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:161 +msgid "TaxpayerType" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:163 +msgid "" +"In Chile, the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the Taxpayer Type. This field should be " +"defined in the partner form, when creating a customer is important you make " +"sure this value is set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:175 +msgid "" +"As part of the information that is sent in the electronic Invoice, you need " +"to define the email that is going to appear as the sender of the electronic " +"invoice to your customer, and the Industry description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:187 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with" +" their related financial account and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:197 +msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:199 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:200 +msgid "" +"ILA (Impuesto a la Ley de Alcholes). Taxes for alcoholic drinks. It has a " +"different rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:204 +msgid "Fiscal Positions" +msgstr "税科目调整" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase transactions, the VAT can have different affections. " +"This will be done in Odoo using the default purchase fiscal positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:213 +msgid "" +"In some Latin American countries, including Chile, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document types" +" defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Chile case: SII)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The document type is essential information that needs to be displayed in the" +" printed reports and that needs to be easily identified within the set of " +"invoices as well of account moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the " +"country on which the document is applicable and the data is created " +"automatically when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:240 +msgid "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal uses " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:241 +msgid "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:252 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "销售" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:254 +msgid "" +"Sales Journals in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location, " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:256 +msgid "Ventas Santiago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:257 +msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:259 +msgid "For the retail stores is common to have one journal per POS:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:261 +msgid "Cashier 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:262 +msgid "Cashier 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:266 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "采购" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:268 +msgid "" +"The transactions purchase can be managed with a single journal, but " +"sometimes companies use more than one in order to handle some accounting " +"transactions that are not related to vendor bills but can be easily " +"registered using this model, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:272 +msgid "Tax Payments to government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:273 +msgid "Employees payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:279 +msgid "When creating sales journals the next information must be filled in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:281 +msgid "" +"**Point of sale type**: If the Sales journal will be used for electronic " +"documents, the option Online must be selected. Otherwise, if the journal is " +"used for invoices imported from a previous system or if you are using the " +"SII portal “Facturación MiPyme“ you can use the option Manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:285 +msgid "" +"**Use Documents**: This field is used to define if the journal will use " +"Document Types. It is only applicable to Purchase and Sales journals that " +"can be related to the different sets of document types available in Chile. " +"By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:297 +msgid "" +"When a Journal is created we have two options with document types sequences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Create new sequences: In this case, Odoo will create new sequences for the " +"most common document types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Use existent sequence: If the sequence should be shared between several " +"journals, the user can add manually sequences previously created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:309 +msgid "" +"For the Chilean localization it’s important to define the default Debt and " +"Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:313 +msgid "CAF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:315 +msgid "" +"For each sequence related to the documents type, a CAF (Folio Authorization " +"Code) is required, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor with the" +" folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:319 +msgid "" +"Your company can make several requests for folios and obtain several CAFs, " +"each one associated with different ranges of folios. In this way, you could " +"order folios per the different segmentations you have in your journals " +"(example per office) thus avoiding distributing a range of folios. In this " +"way, each branch would have its private key of the respective CAF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:324 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the SII documentation to check the detail on how to acquire " +"the CAF: `SII Timbraje `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 +msgid "" +"Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with journal sequence" +" in Odoo, after you create the sequence for the first time the will be in " +"red, which indicates that no CAF has been configured for that particular " +"sequence:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:339 +msgid "In order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:341 +msgid "Open the sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:342 +msgid "Go the the Tab “CAF”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:343 +msgid "Upload the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 +msgid "Save the CAF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:345 +msgid "Save the sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:352 +msgid "" +"As a result, the sequence color changes to black and the column Next number " +"and quantity available are updated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:361 +msgid "Usage and Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:364 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:366 +msgid "" +"In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the " +"Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next" +" diagram we explain how the information transmitted to the SII and between " +"the customers and Vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:376 +msgid "Customer invoice Emission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:378 +msgid "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" +" created in the standard way, for Chile one of the differentiators is the " +"document type which is selected automatically based on the Taxpayer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:382 +msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:390 +msgid "Validation and DTE Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:392 +msgid "" +"When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically" +" when it’s created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " +"After the invoice is posted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:395 +msgid "" +"The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in" +" the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:396 +msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:402 +msgid "" +"The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that" +" runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII " +"immediately you can do it manually as well. The DTE status workflow is as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:411 +msgid "" +"In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using" +" the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to " +"the invoice, you can use this number to check the details the SII sent back " +"by email. The DTE status is updated to Ask for Status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you " +"want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result " +"can either be Accepted, Accepted With Objection or Rejected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:425 +msgid "" +"There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or " +"Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you " +"will receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:433 +msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " +"now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:439 +msgid "" +"**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct " +"but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " +"valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 +msgid "" +"**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and " +"needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you" +" registered in the SII, if it is properly configured in Odoo, the details " +"are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:452 +msgid "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:454 +msgid "Change the document to draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:455 +msgid "" +"Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:456 +msgid "Post the invoice again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:464 +msgid "Crossed references" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:466 +msgid "" +"When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the " +"information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab" +" Cross Reference, which is commonly used for credit or debit notes, but in " +"some cases can be used on Customer Invoices as well. In the case of the " +"credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:476 +msgid "Invoice PDF Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:478 +msgid "" +"After the invoice is Accepted and valdiated by the SII and the PDF is " +"printed it includes the fiscal elements that indicates out document is " +"fiscally valid:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:487 +msgid "Commercial Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:489 +msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:491 +msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:492 +msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they" +" will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:495 +msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:503 +msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:505 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in " +"Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to " +"proceed is with a Credit Note to either cancel the Invoice or correct it. " +"Please refer to the Credit Notes section for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 +msgid "Common Errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:516 +msgid "" +"There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are " +"some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:519 +msgid "Error: RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:521 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State" +" and City." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:523 +msgid "Error en Monto : - IVA debe declararse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:525 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:529 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one " +"on each invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:527 +msgid "Error: Rut No Autorizado a Firmar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:531 +msgid "" +"Error: Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" +"[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:534 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF in the journal sequence related to this " +"document as the one you’re using is expired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:540 +msgid "Credit Notes" +msgstr "退款" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:542 +msgid "" +"When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " +"credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file " +"is required for the Credit Note sequence, which is identified as document 64" +" in the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:551 +msgid "" +"Refer to the journal section where we described the process to load the CAF " +"on each sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:555 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:607 +msgid "Use Cases" +msgstr "案例" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:558 +msgid "Cancel Referenced document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 +msgid "" +"In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit" +" note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:568 +msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:570 +msgid "" +"If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " +"Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select" +" the option “Solo corregir Texto”. In this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:578 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price " +"0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:585 +msgid "" +"It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " +"it is taken for this use case in specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:589 +msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:591 +msgid "" +"When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note" +" and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:600 +msgid "Debit Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:602 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an " +"existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " +"button “Add Debit Note”. The two main use cases for debit notes are " +"detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:610 +msgid "Add debt on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:612 +msgid "" +"The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an " +"existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code " +"SII:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:620 +msgid "" +"In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross " +"reference section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:627 +msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:629 +msgid "" +"In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in " +"this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option " +"in the wizard: *1: Anula Documentos de referencia.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:641 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email " +"server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:644 +msgid "" +"Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based " +"on this information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:645 +msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:646 +msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:650 +msgid "Reception" +msgstr "接收" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:652 +msgid "" +"As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor" +" Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent " +"to the vendor with the Reception acknowledgement. 3. The DTE status is set " +"as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:662 +msgid "Acceptation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:664 +msgid "" +"If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, you can " +"accept the document using the button: Aceptar Documento, once this is done " +"the DTE Acceptation Status changes to: Accepted and an email of acceptance " +"is sent to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:674 +msgid "Claim" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:676 +msgid "" +"In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " +"your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using " +"the button: Claim, once this is done the DTE Acceptation Status change to: " +"Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:684 +msgid "" +"If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel " +"automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " +"should be canceled as they won’t be valid for your accounting records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:693 +msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:695 +msgid "" +"This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " +"balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " +"level of profit or loss that the business had within the evaluated period of" +" time, so that a real and complete knowledge of the status of a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:699 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:715 +msgid "" +"You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:706 +msgid "Propuesta F29" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:708 +msgid "" +"The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that " +"replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase" +" Register (CR) and the Sales Register (RV). Its purpose is to support the " +"transactions related to VAT, improving its control and declaration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:712 +msgid "" +"This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE’s) that have " +"been received by the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia" +msgstr "哥伦比亚" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" +" next modules:" +msgstr "哥伦比亚的电子发票可从 otoo 12 获得, 需要下一个模块:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " +"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " +"document types" +msgstr "" +"**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " +"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " +"document types" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" +" for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " +"based on the DIAN legal requirements." +msgstr "" +"**l10n_co_edi** : 本模块包括与 Carvajal T&S 集成所需的所有额外字段, 并根据 DIAN 法律要求生成电子发票。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:20 +msgid "Workflow" +msgstr "工作流" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" +msgstr "Install the Colombian localization modules" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " +"first two modules." +msgstr "为此, 请访问应用程序并搜索哥伦比亚。然后单击前两个模块的 \"安装\"。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:40 +msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" +msgstr "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " +"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " +"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" +"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " +"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " +"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " +"for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." +msgstr "进入:menuselection:`菜单选择：`会计->配置->设置`并查找*哥伦比亚电子发票*章节" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" +" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " +"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " +"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" +msgstr "" +"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" +" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " +"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " +"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" +" the testing environment can be disabled." +msgstr "" +"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" +" the testing environment can be disabled." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:62 +msgid "Configure your report data" +msgstr "Configure your report data" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +msgid "" +"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " +"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." +msgstr "" +"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " +"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:76 +msgid "Configure data required in the XML" +msgstr "Configure data required in the XML" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:82 +msgid "Identification" +msgstr "ID" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:84 +msgid "" +"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " +"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " +"their identification number and document type set:" +msgstr "" +"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " +"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " +"their identification number and document type set:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 +msgid "" +"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " +"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " +"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." +msgstr "" +"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " +"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " +"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgstr "Fiscal structure (RUT)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " +"information required by the DIAN ." +msgstr "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " +"information required by the DIAN ." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:104 +msgid "" +"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " +"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" +msgstr "" +"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " +"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " +"regimen of the partner." +msgstr "" +"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " +"regimen of the partner." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " +"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " +"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." +msgstr "" +"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " +"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " +"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " +"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " +"display taxes in the invoice PDF." +msgstr "" +"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " +"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " +"display taxes in the invoice PDF." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " +"documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " +"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " +"Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " +"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" +"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " +"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "Users" +msgstr "用户" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " +"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" +msgstr "" +"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " +"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:168 +msgid "" +"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" +" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." +msgstr "" +"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" +" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +msgid "Invoice creation" +msgstr "发票创建" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +msgid "" +"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " +"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " +"invoice are the next fields:" +msgstr "" +"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " +"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " +"invoice are the next fields:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 +msgid "There are three types of documents:" +msgstr "There are three types of documents:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:184 +msgid "" +"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " +"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +msgstr "" +"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " +"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " +"transactions." +msgstr "" +"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " +"transactions." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:188 +msgid "" +"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " +"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " +"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " +"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." +msgstr "" +"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " +"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " +"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " +"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "Invoice validation" +msgstr "Invoice validation" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:198 +msgid "" +"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" +" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" +" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:204 +msgid "" +"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " +"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " +"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" +msgstr "" +"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " +"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " +"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:214 +msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" +msgstr "Reception of legal XML and PDF" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" +" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " +"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " +"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " +"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" +" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." +msgstr "" +"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" +" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " +"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " +"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " +"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" +" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:224 +msgid "After this:" +msgstr "After this:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:226 +msgid "" +"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " +"the invoice chatter:" +msgstr "" +"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " +"the invoice chatter:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 +msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" +msgstr "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:237 +msgid "Common errors" +msgstr "Common errors" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:239 +msgid "" +"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " +"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " +"after updating the electronic invoice status." +msgstr "" +"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " +"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " +"after updating the electronic invoice status." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" +msgstr "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:258 +msgid "Additional use cases" +msgstr "Additional use cases" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:260 +msgid "" +"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " +"the functional workflow remains the same as well." +msgstr "" +"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " +"the functional workflow remains the same as well." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia (ES)" +msgstr "哥伦比亚 (ES)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 +msgid "Introducción" +msgstr "Introducción" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +msgid "" +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " +"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" +msgstr "" +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " +"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " +"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " +"puntos:" +msgstr "" +"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " +"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " +"puntos:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 +msgid "Plan Contable" +msgstr "Plan Contable" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +msgid "Impuestos" +msgstr "Impuestos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 +msgid "Retenciones" +msgstr "Retenciones" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 +msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" +msgstr "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " +"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " +"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." +msgstr "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " +"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " +"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 +msgid "Flujo General" +msgstr "Flujo General" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 +msgid "Configuración" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" +msgstr "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " +"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" +msgstr "" +"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " +"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" +msgstr "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " +"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " +"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " +"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " +"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " +"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" +msgstr "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " +"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 +msgid "" +"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " +"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" +" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" +" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " +"`_." +msgstr "" +"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " +"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" +" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" +" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " +"`_." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " +"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " +"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" +" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `_." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " +"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " +"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" +" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `_." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 +msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" +msgstr "Configuración de Información para PDF" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " +"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " +"Bancaria." +msgstr "" +"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " +"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " +"Bancaria." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " +"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." +msgstr "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " +"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" +msgstr "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" +msgstr "Contacto (Tercero)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 +msgid "Identificación" +msgstr "Identificación" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " +"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " +"de documento correspondiente." +msgstr "" +"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " +"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " +"de documento correspondiente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " +"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " +"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." +msgstr "" +"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " +"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " +"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" +msgstr "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " +"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " +"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." +msgstr "" +"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " +"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " +"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " +"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" +msgstr "" +"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " +"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " +"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " +"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " +"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " +"opciones." +msgstr "" +"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " +"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " +"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " +"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " +"opciones." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " +"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " +"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " +"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" +msgstr "" +"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " +"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " +"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " +"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " +"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " +"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " +"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" +msgstr "" +"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " +"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " +"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " +"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 +msgid "Diarios" +msgstr "Diarios" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " +"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" +" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " +"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" +" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 +msgid "" +"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " +"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" +" Secuencia`" +msgstr "" +"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " +"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" +" Secuencia`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 +msgid "Usuarios" +msgstr "Usuarios" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 +msgid "" +"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " +"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" +msgstr "" +"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " +"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 +msgid "Uso y Pruebas" +msgstr "Uso y Pruebas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +msgid "Facturas" +msgstr "Facturas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " +"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " +"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" +msgstr "" +"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " +"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " +"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 +msgid "Invoice Creation" +msgstr "Invoice Creation" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +msgid "" +"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " +"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " +"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " +"manualmente." +msgstr "" +"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " +"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " +"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " +"manualmente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " +"son los siguientes:" +msgstr "" +"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " +"son los siguientes:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 +msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" +msgstr "Hay tres tipos de documentos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 +msgid "" +"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," +" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." +msgstr "" +"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," +" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " +"importación." +msgstr "" +"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " +"importación." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" +" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " +"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " +"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." +msgstr "" +"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" +" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " +"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " +"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 +msgid "Invoice Validation" +msgstr "Invoice Validation" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " +"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " +"desplegado en el historial." +msgstr "" +"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " +"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " +"desplegado en el historial." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " +"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" +" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " +"inicial **En Proceso**." +msgstr "" +"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " +"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" +" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " +"inicial **En Proceso**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 +msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" +msgstr "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 +msgid "" +"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " +"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " +"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " +"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " +"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " +"CUFE." +msgstr "" +"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " +"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " +"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " +"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " +"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " +"CUFE." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " +"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " +"automáticamente:" +msgstr "" +"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " +"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " +"automáticamente:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 +msgid "" +"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " +"historial de la Factura." +msgstr "" +"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " +"historial de la Factura." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 +msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." +msgstr "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +msgid "" +"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " +"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" +msgstr "" +"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " +"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 +msgid "Errores Frecuentes" +msgstr "Errores Frecuentes" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 +msgid "" +"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " +"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " +"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " +"desplegados en el historial." +msgstr "" +"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " +"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " +"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " +"desplegados en el historial." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " +"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " +"botón:" +msgstr "" +"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " +"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " +"botón:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 +msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" +msgstr "Casos de Uso adicionales" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 +msgid "" +"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " +"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " +"igual." +msgstr "" +"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " +"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " +"igual." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 +msgid "Consideraciones del Anexo 1.7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 +msgid "Contexto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 +msgid "Contexto Normativo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 +msgid "Soporte Normativo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Resolución DIAN Número 000042 ( 5 de Mayo de 2020) Por la cual se " +"desarrollan:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 +msgid "Los sistemas de facturación," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 +msgid "Los proveedores tecnológicos," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 +msgid "El registro de la factura electrónica de venta como título valor," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 +msgid "Se expide el anexo técnico de factura electrónica de venta y" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 +msgid "Se dictan otras disposiciones en materia de sistemas de facturación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 +msgid "Anexo 1.7: Principales Cambios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 +msgid "Cambios en la definición de Consumidor Final." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 +msgid "Informar bienes cubiertos para los 3 dias sin IVA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Impuestos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 +msgid "Se agrega concepto para IVA Excluido." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 +msgid "Informar la fecha efectiva de entrega de los bienes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 +msgid "Adecuaciones en la representación Gráfica (PDF)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 +msgid "Calendario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Se tiene varias fechas límites para la salida a producción bajo las " +"condiciones del Anexo 1.7 las cuales dependen de los siguientes factores:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Calendario de implementación de acuerdo con la actividad económica principal" +" en el RUT:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 +msgid "Calendario de implementación, para otros sujetos obligados:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 +msgid "Calendario de implementación permanente:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 +msgid "Requerimientos en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Con la finalidad de facilitar el proceso de preparación de las bases de Odoo" +" estándar V12 y v13, únicamente será necesario que los administradores " +"actualicen algunos módulos y creen los datos maestros relacionados a los " +"nuevos procesos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 +msgid "Actualización de listado de Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Utilizando el modo desarrollador, acceder al módulo de Aplicaciones y " +"seleccionar el menú *Actualizar Lista*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 +msgid "Actualización de Módulos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 +msgid "" +"Una vez actualizado Buscar *Colombia*, los siguientes módulos serán " +"desplegados, se requieren actualizar dos módulos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 +msgid "Colombia - Contabilidad - l10n_co" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal UBL 2.1 - " +"l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 +msgid "" +"En cada módulo o ícono hay que desplegar el menú opciones utilizando los 3 " +"puntos de la esquina superior derecha y seleccionamos *Actualizar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 +msgid "Primero lo hacemos con en el módulo l10n_co:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 +msgid "Posteriormente lo hacemos con el módulo l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 +msgid "Creación de Datos Maestros" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Las bases de datos existentes a Junio 2020 tanto en V12 como V13, deberán " +"crear algunos datos maestros necesarios para operar correctamente con los " +"cambios del Anexo 1.7." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 +msgid "Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 +msgid "" +"La figura del consumidor final será utilizada para aquellas ventas sobre las" +" cuales no es posible identificar toda la información fiscal y demográfica " +"del cliente por lo que la factura se genera a nombre de este registro " +"genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Es importante coordinar y definir los casos de uso en los que dependiendo de" +" su empresa se tendrá permitido utilizar este registro genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 +msgid "" +"Dentro de Odoo se tendrá que crear un contacto con las siguientes " +"características, es importante que se defina de esta manera debido a que son" +" los parámetros definidos por la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 +msgid "**Tipo de contacto:** Individuo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 +msgid "**Nombre:** Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 +msgid "**Tipo de documento:** Cedula de Ciudadania" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 +msgid "**Numero de Identificacion:** 222222222222" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 +msgid "" +"Dentro de la pestaña Ventas y Compras, en la sección Información Fiscal, del" +" campo Obligaciones y Responsabilidades colocaremos el valor: **R-99-PN**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 +msgid "IVA Excluido - Bienes Cubiertos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Para reportar las transacciones realizadas mediante Bienes Cubiertos para " +"los tres días sin IVA, será necesario crear un nuevo Impuesto al cual se le " +"debe de asociar un grupo de impuestos específico que será utilizado por Odoo" +" para agregar la sección requerida en el XML de factura electrónica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 +msgid "" +"Para el crear el impuesto accederemos a Contabilidad dentro del menú " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 +msgid "" +"Procedemos a crear un nuevo Impuesto con importe 0% considerando los " +"siguientes parámetros:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 +msgid "" +"El nombre del Impuesto puede ser definido a preferencia del usuario, sin " +"embargo el campo clave es **Grupo de Impuestos** dentro de Opciones " +"avanzadas, el cual debe ser: *bienes cubiertos* y el campo **Tipo de " +"Valor**: *IVA*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Departamentos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 +msgid "" +"Es necesario actualizar la descripción de algunos departamentos, para lo " +"cual accederemos a módulo de Contactos y dentro del menú de " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Provincias`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Posteriormente, podemos agregar por País para identificar claramente las " +"provincias (Departamentos) de Colombia:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 +msgid "" +"Una vez agrupados buscar los siguientes departamentos para actualizarlos con" +" el valor indicado en la columna **Nombre actualizado**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Nombre de provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Código de Provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Nombre actualizado" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "D.C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "DC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "Bogotá" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "Quindio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "QUI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "Quindío" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "Archipiélago de San Andrés, Providencia y Santa Catalina" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "SAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "San Andrés y Providencia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 +msgid "Ejemplo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 +msgid "Verificación de Código postal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Dentro del Anexo 1.7 se comienza a validar que el código postal de las " +"direcciones para contactos colombianos corresponda a las tablas oficiales " +"definidas por la DIAN, por lo que se debe verificar que este campo está " +"debidamente diligenciado de acuerdo a los definidos en la sigueinte fuente: " +"`Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 +msgid "Consideraciones Operativas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Una vez que resgistro de Consumidor final ha sido creado este deberá ser " +"utilizado a demanda, generalmente será utilizado en las transacciones de " +"facturación del punto de punto de venta." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 +msgid "" +"El proceso de validación de la Factura será realizado de forma convencional " +"en Odoo y la factura será generada de la misma manera. Al detectar que el " +"número de identificación corresponde a consumidor Final, el XML que se envía" +" a Carvajal será generado con las consideraciones y secciones " +"correspondientes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 +msgid "" +"Contablemente todos los registros de Consumidor final quedarán asociados al " +"identificador generico:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 +msgid "" +"El 21 mayo del 2020 fue publicado el El Decreto 682 el cual establece " +"Excepción especial en el Impuesto sobre las ventas. El principal objetivo de" +" este decreto es reactivar la economía en Colombia por las bajas ventas " +"generadas a causa del COVID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 +msgid "Fechas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Días de excención del impuesto sobre las ventas – IVA para bienes cubiertos " +"(3 días SIN IVA)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 +msgid "**Primer día**: 19 de junio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 +msgid "**Segundo día**: 3 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 +msgid "**Tercer día**: 19 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 +msgid "Condiciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Debido a que estas transacciones serán generadas de forma excepcional y que " +"se tiene una combinación de varios factores y condiciones, los productores " +"debera ser actualizados de forma manual en Odoo asignados temporalmente el " +"impuesto de venta *IVA exento - Bienes cubierto* en cada empresa según " +"corresponda." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 +msgid "" +"A continuación se mencionan algunas de las principales condiciones, sin " +"embargo, cabe mencionar que las empresas deben de verificar todos los " +"detalles en el `Decreto 682 " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 +msgid "Tipo de productos y precio Máximo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "Tipo de Productos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "Precio Máximo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +msgid "Electrodomesticos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +msgid "40 UVT: $1,4 millones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 +msgid "Vestuario y complementos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "3 UVT: $106.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "En el caso de los complementos es:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +msgid "10 UVT- $356.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +msgid "Elementos deportivos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +msgid "Juguetes y Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +msgid "5 UVT - $178.035" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +msgid "Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +msgid "Bienes o servicios para el sector agropecuario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +msgid "80 UVT - $2.848.560" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 +msgid "Métodos de Pago:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 +msgid "" +"El pago debe realizarse por medios electrónico por ejemplo tarjetas de " +"crédito/débito o bien mecanismos de pago online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 +msgid "Limite de unidades:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 +msgid "" +"Cada cliente puede adquirir únicamente 3 unidades como máximo de cada " +"producto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 +msgid "Medidas en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 +msgid "**Preparación de datos**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 +msgid "" +"Crear el Impuesto para Bienes cubiertos de acuerdo a lo indicado en este " +"punto: Datos maestros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 +msgid "" +"Identificar los productos y transacciones a los cuales les aplicará la " +"Exclusión de IVA de acuerdo a las condiciones establecidas en el decreto " +"682. En caso de ser un porcentaje significativo de productos, se recomienda " +"actualizar el impuesto de forma temporal en Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Exportar un listado con los productos que serán afectados incluyendo el " +"campo IVA Venta el cual será sustituido temporalmente por el IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 +msgid "" +"Al finalizar las operaciones del día anterior a las fechas establecidas de " +"día sin IVA, se debe hacer la actualización temporal a IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 +msgid "**Durante el día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Por defecto los productos previamente considerados con IVA de Bienes " +"cubiertos serán generados con este parámetro tanto en Órdenes de venta como " +"facturas creadas durante ese mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 +msgid "" +"Las órdenes de venta generadas con este impuesto deberán ser facturas el " +"mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 +msgid "" +"En caso de que alguna de las condiciones no sea cumplida (ejemplo el pago es" +" realizado en efectivo) el impuesto deberá ser actualizado manualmente al " +"momento de facturar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 +msgid "**Posterior al día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 +msgid "" +"Los productos que fueron actualizados deberá ser reconfigurados a su IVA " +"original." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 +msgid "" +"En caso de que se detecte alguna Orden de venta facturar en la cual se " +"incluya IVA de Bienes Cubiertos, se deberá realizar actualización manual " +"correspondiente al IVA convencional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 +msgid "France" +msgstr "法国" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 +msgid "FEC" +msgstr "FEC" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " +"the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" +" --> FEC`." +msgstr "" +"如果你已经安装了法国会计，你将能下载FEC。为此，可以这样：菜单选项:menuselection:` 会计 --> 报表 --> 法国 -->FEC " +"`。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " +"module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." +msgstr "如果您看不到子菜单 **FEC** , 请进入 ** 应用 ** 并搜索名为 **法国-FEC** 的模块, 并验证它是否安装良好。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 +msgid "French Accounting Reports" +msgstr "法国会计报告" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " +"accounting reports specific to France:" +msgstr "如果您安装了法国会计, 您将可以访问特定于法国的一些会计报告:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 +msgid "Bilan comptable" +msgstr "会计余额" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 +msgid "Compte de résultats" +msgstr "结果帐户" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 +msgid "Plan de Taxes France" +msgstr "法国税收计划" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 +msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" +msgstr "通过 Odoo 获得增值税反欺诈认证" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " +"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " +"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales " +"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, " +"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." +msgstr "" +"截至 2018年1月1日, 法国和 DOM-TOM 实施了一项新的反欺诈立法。这一新立法规定了有关销售数据的 " +"inalterability、安全、存储和归档的某些标准。这些法律要求在 Odoo 中实施, 版本9继续, 通过模块和合格证书下载。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 +msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" +msgstr "我的公司是否需要使用反欺诈软件？" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " +"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" +msgstr "您的公司需要使用一个反欺诈现金登记软件, 如 Odoo (CGI 艺术 286, i. 3° bis) 如果:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 +msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," +msgstr "您在法国或任何 DOM-汤姆应纳税 (不含增值税)," + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 +msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." +msgstr "您的一些客户是个人 (B2C)。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 +msgid "" +"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " +"VAT and therefore are not affected." +msgstr "此规则适用于任何公司规模。自动创业者免征增值税, 因此不受影响。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 +msgid "Get certified with Odoo" +msgstr "获得 Odoo 认证" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 +msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." +msgstr "与 Odoo 的兼容是非常容易的。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" +" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " +"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" +" `here `_. If you " +"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " +"`_ or contact" +" your Odoo service provider." +msgstr "" +"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" +" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " +"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" +" `here `_. If you " +"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " +"`_ or contact" +" your Odoo service provider." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 +msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." +msgstr "如果不符合规定, 您的公司将面临7500欧元的罚款。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 +msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" +msgstr "要获得认证, 只需按照以下步骤操作:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " +"menu:" +msgstr "从 * 应用程序 * 菜单中安装适合您 Odoo 环境的反欺诈模块:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 +msgid "" +"if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" +msgstr "" +"如果您使用 Odoo 销售点: * l10n_fr_pos_cert *: 法国-销售点的增值税反欺诈认证 (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 +msgid "" +"in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" +msgstr "在任何其他情况下: * l10n_fr_certification *: 法国-增值税反欺诈认证 (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " +"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a " +"country from the list; Do not create a new country." +msgstr "" +"确保您的公司设置了一个国家/地区, 否则您的条目将不会被加密 inalterability 检查。要编辑您公司的数据, 请转到: " +"menuselection: `设置 --> 用户和公司 --> 公司`。从列表中选择一个国家/地区; 不要创建一个新的国家。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " +"`__." +msgstr "" +"下载 Odoo SA ' 这里 ' 提供的强制性合格证书`__." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " +"restart your server beforehand." +msgstr "如果您在本地运行 Odoo, 您需要更新您的安装并提前重新启动服务器。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" +" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" +" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules " +"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click " +"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" +" installed." +msgstr "" +"如果您安装了反欺诈模块的初始版本 (2017年12月18日之前), 则需要对其进行更新。该模块的名称是 * 法国-会计认证 CGI 286 I-3 " +"bis *。更新模块列表后, 在 * 应用程序 * 中搜索更新的模块 *, 选择它, 然后单击 * 升级 *。最后, 确保安装了以下模块 * " +"l10n_fr_sale_closing *。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 +msgid "Anti-fraud features" +msgstr "反欺诈功能" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 +msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" +msgstr "反欺诈模块引入了以下功能:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " +"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" +msgstr "**不变性** : 取消或修改 POS 订单、发票和日记帐分录的关键数据的所有方式的停用;" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 +msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" +msgstr "**Security**: 链算法验证不变化;" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " +"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." +msgstr "**Storage**: 自动销售结转, 计算期间和累计合计 (每日、每月、每年)。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 +msgid "Inalterability" +msgstr "Inalterability" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 +msgid "" +"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " +"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " +"located in France or in any DOM-TOM." +msgstr "如果公司位于法国或任何 DOM-TOM, 则取消和修改付费 POS 订单、已确认发票和日记帐分录的关键数据的所有可能方法都将被停用。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " +"companies are impacted." +msgstr "如果您运行的是多公司环境, 则只有这些公司的文档受到影响。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "安全" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" +" validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " +"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." +msgstr "" +"为确保 inalterability, 每个订单或日记帐条目在验证时进行加密。此数字 (或哈希) 是从文档的关键数据以及先例文档的哈希计算得出的。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " +"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " +"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the " +"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted " +"document recorded in the system." +msgstr "" +"该模块引入一个接口来测试数据 inalterability。如果文档在验证后修改了任何信息, 则测试将失败。算法重新计算所有哈希值, " +"并将它们与初始值进行比较。在出现故障时, 系统会指出系统中记录的第一个损坏的文档。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " +"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " +"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." +msgstr "" +"具有 *管理员* 访问权限的用户可以启动不变化检查。对于 POS 订单, 请转到: menuselection:`POS --> 报告 - " +"法国声明\"。对于发票或日记帐分录, 请转到: menuselection:`开票/记帐 --> 报告-法国声明`。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 +msgid "Storage" +msgstr "存储" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " +"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" +" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry " +"recorded in the system." +msgstr "该系统还处理每日、每月和每年的自动销售结转。此类结算会显著计算该期间的销售总额以及系统中记录的第一个销售条目的累计总计。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " +"Invoicing and Accounting apps." +msgstr "" +"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " +"Invoicing and Accounting apps." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " +"Type = Sales)." +msgstr "" +"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " +"Type = Sales)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 +msgid "" +"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." +msgstr "" +"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 +msgid "" +"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " +"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " +"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" +" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." +msgstr "" +"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " +"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " +"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" +" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 +msgid "" +"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " +"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " +"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " +"counted in the very next closing." +msgstr "" +"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " +"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " +"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " +"counted in the very next closing." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 +msgid "" +"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "责任" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" +" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." +msgstr "" +"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" +" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " +"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " +"the inalterability of data." +msgstr "" +"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " +"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " +"the inalterability of data." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" +" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" +" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 +msgid "More Information" +msgstr "More Information" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 +msgid "" +"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " +"documents:" +msgstr "" +"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " +"documents:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "" +"`Frequently Asked Questions " +"`_" +msgstr "" +"`Frequently Asked Questions " +"`_" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 +msgid "" +"`Official Statement " +"`_" +msgstr "" +"`Official Statement " +"`_" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 +msgid "" +"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " +"`_" +msgstr "" +"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " +"`_" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "德国" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 +msgid "German Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "German Chart of Accounts" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " +"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " +"section." +msgstr "" +"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " +"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " +"section." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " +"not created any accounting entry." +msgstr "" +"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " +"not created any accounting entry." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." +msgstr "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 +msgid "German Accounting Reports" +msgstr "German Accounting Reports" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" +msgstr "" +"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 +msgid "Balance Sheet" +msgstr "资产负债表" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Profit & Loss" +msgstr "利润损失" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 +msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" +msgstr "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 +msgid "Partner VAT Intra" +msgstr "合作伙伴增值税内" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 +msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" +msgstr "导出从Odoo到Datev" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 +msgid "" +"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " +"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " +"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " +"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." +msgstr "" +"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " +"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " +"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " +"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 +msgid "Indonesia" +msgstr "印度尼西亚" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 +msgid "E-Faktur Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The **E-Faktur Module** is installed by default with the Indonesian " +"localization module. It allows one to generate a CSV file for one tax " +"invoice or for a batch of tax invoices to upload to the **Tax Office " +"e-Faktur** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 +msgid "NPWP/NIK settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Company**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This information is used in the FAPR line in the effect file format. You " +"need to set a VAT number on the related partner of your Odoo company. If you" +" don't, it won't be possible to create an e-Faktur from an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Clients**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You need to set the checkbox *ID PKP* to generate e-fakturs for a customer. " +"You can use the VAT field on the customer's contact to set the NPWP needed " +"to generate the e-Faktur file. If your customer does not have an NPWP, just " +"enter the NIK in the same VAT field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 +msgid "Generate Tax Invoice Serial Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> e-Faktur`. In order to be" +" able to export customer invoices as e-Faktur for the Indonesian government," +" you need to put here the ranges of numbers you were assigned by the " +"government. When you validate an invoice, a number will be assigned based on" +" these ranges. Afterwards, you can filter the invoices still to export in " +"the invoices list and click on *Action*, then on *Download e-Faktur*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After receiving new serial numbers from the Indonesian Revenue Department, " +"you can create a set of tax invoice serial numbers group through this list " +"view. You only have to specify the Min and Max of each serial numbers' group" +" and Odoo will format the number automatically to a 13-digits number, as " +"requested by the Indonesia Tax Revenue Department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There is a counter to inform you how many unused numbers are left in that " +"group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 +msgid "Generate e-faktur csv for a single invoice or a batch invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Create an invoice from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Invoices`. If the invoice customer's country is Indonesia and the customer " +"is set as *ID PKP*, Odoo will allow you to create an e-Faktur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Set a Kode Transaksi for the e-Faktur. There are constraints related to the " +"Kode transaksi and the type of VAT applied to invoice lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically pick the next available serial number from the " +"e-Faktur number table (see the :ref:`section above " +"`) and generate the e-faktur number " +"as a concatenation of Kode Transaksi and serial number. You can see this " +"from the invoice form view under the page *Extra Info* in the box " +"*Electronic Tax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, you can generate and download the e-Faktur from " +"the *Action* menu item *Download e-faktur*. The checkbox *CSV created* will " +"be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can select multiple invoices in list view and generate a batch e-Faktur " +".csv." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 +msgid "Kode Transaksi FP (Transaction Code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The following codes are available when generating an e-Faktur. - 01 Kepada " +"Pihak yang Bukan Pemungut PPN (Customer Biasa) - 02 Kepada Pemungut " +"Bendaharawan (Dinas Kepemerintahan) - 03 Kepada Pemungut Selain Bendaharawan" +" (BUMN) - 04 DPP Nilai Lain (PPN 1%) - 06 Penyerahan Lainnya (Turis Asing) -" +" 07 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Tidak Dipungut (Kawasan Ekonomi Khusus/ Batam) -" +" 08 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Dibebaskan (Impor Barang Tertentu) - 09 " +"Penyerahan Aktiva (Pasal 16D UU PPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted and downloaded: Replace Invoice " +"feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Cancel the original wrong invoice in Odoo. For instance, we will change the " +"Kode Transakski from 01 to 03 for the INV/2020/0001." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Create a new invoice and set the canceled invoice in the *Replace Invoice* " +"field. In this field, we can only select invoices in *Cancel* state from the" +" same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As you validate, Odoo will automatically use the same e-Faktur serial number" +" as the canceled and replaced invoice replacing the third digit of the " +"original serial number with *1* (as requested to upload a replacement " +"invoice in the e-Faktur app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted but not downloaded yet: Reset " +"e-Faktur" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 +msgid "Reset the invoice to draft and cancel it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 +msgid "Click on the button *Reset e-Faktur* on the invoice form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The serial number will be unassigned, and we will be able to reset the " +"invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +msgid "Italy (IT)" +msgstr "意大利 (IT)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" +" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " +"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " +"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " +"l’interscambio di informazioni." +msgstr "" +"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" +" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " +"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " +"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " +"l’interscambio di informazioni." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 +msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" +msgstr "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " +"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" +" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " +"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" +" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." +msgstr "" +"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " +"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" +" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " +"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" +" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 +msgid "" +"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " +"elettronica sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" +"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " +"elettronica sono i seguenti:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" +" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " +"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " +"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " +"relativa :doc:`guida <../../../discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" +" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " +"elettronica." +msgstr "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" +" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " +"elettronica." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " +"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " +"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " +"previa comunicazione." +msgstr "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " +"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " +"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " +"previa comunicazione." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " +"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." +msgstr "" +"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " +"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " +"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " +"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" +msgstr "" +"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " +"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " +"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." +msgstr "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" +msgstr "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " +"Commercio." +msgstr "" +"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " +"Commercio." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " +"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " +"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " +"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." +msgstr "" +"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " +"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " +"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " +"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" +msgstr "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " +"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " +"necessarie informazioni legali." +msgstr "" +"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " +"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " +"necessarie informazioni legali." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" +" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" +" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " +"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." +msgstr "" +"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" +" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" +" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " +"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" +msgstr "Il processo di fatturazione" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " +"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" +" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " +"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " +"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." +msgstr "" +"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " +"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" +" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " +"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " +"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" +msgstr "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +msgid "" +"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." +msgstr "" +"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +msgid "" +"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " +"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" +" dall’applicazione contabilità." +msgstr "" +"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " +"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" +" dall’applicazione contabilità." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" +msgstr "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" +msgstr "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " +"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." +msgstr "" +"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " +"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "墨西哥" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +msgid "" +"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" +" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " +"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here " +"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the " +"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " +"\"Mexico\" set." +msgstr "" +"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" +" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " +"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here " +"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the " +"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " +"\"Mexico\" set." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:17 +msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" +msgstr "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" +" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" +" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." +msgstr "" +"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" +" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" +" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," +" payment complement, invoice addendum." +msgstr "" +"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," +" payment complement, invoice addendum." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:24 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " +"accounting are here (Accounting app required)." +msgstr "" +"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " +"accounting are here (Accounting app required)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " +"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" +" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this " +"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " +"company in Mexico." +msgstr "" +"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " +"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" +" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this " +"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " +"company in Mexico." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" +" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " +"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." +msgstr "" +"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" +" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " +"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:44 +msgid "Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" +msgstr "Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:46 +msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." +msgstr "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " +"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " +"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " +"installed." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:58 +msgid "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" +msgstr "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" +" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and " +"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" +" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" +" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and " +"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" +" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:73 +msgid "Set your legal information in the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:75 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " +"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " +"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " +"position on your company’s contact." +msgstr "" +"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " +"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " +"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " +"position on your company’s contact." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" +" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " +"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." +msgstr "" +"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" +" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " +"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" +msgstr "" +"Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " +"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " +"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal " +"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley" +" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " +"the option)." +msgstr "" +"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " +"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " +"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal " +"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley" +" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " +"the option)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid "Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" +msgstr "Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:104 +msgid "" +"This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " +"available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " +"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to " +"support in https://www.odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" +"This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " +"available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " +"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to " +"support in https://www.odoo.com/help." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " +"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " +"name does not exist)." +msgstr "" +"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " +"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " +"name does not exist)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " +"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " +"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " +"the default behavior." +msgstr "" +"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " +"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " +"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " +"the default behavior." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:127 +msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" +msgstr "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:680 +msgid "" +"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " +"field set to \"Tasa\"." +msgstr "" +"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " +"field set to \"Tasa\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:137 +msgid "" +"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" +" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" +" set 601, it will look like the image." +msgstr "" +"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" +" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" +" set 601, it will look like the image." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:144 +msgid "" +"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " +"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " +"faster." +msgstr "" +"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " +"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " +"faster." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:152 +msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" +msgstr "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " +"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " +"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." +msgstr "" +"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " +"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " +"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " +"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " +"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." +msgstr "" +"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " +"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " +"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:164 +msgid "" +"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " +"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " +"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process" +" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " +"environment with real transactions." +msgstr "" +"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " +"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " +"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process" +" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " +"environment with real transactions." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:174 +msgid "" +"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " +"PAC username or password." +msgstr "" +"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " +"PAC username or password." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " +"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." +msgstr "" +"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " +"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +msgid "`Certificate`_" +msgstr "`Certificate`_" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +msgid "`Certificate Key`_" +msgstr "`Certificate Key`_" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:186 +msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" +msgstr "**Password:** 12345678a" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:190 +msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" +msgstr "Configure the tag in sales taxes" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:192 +msgid "" +"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " +"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " +"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." +msgstr "" +"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " +"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " +"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " +"a new tax you should choose a tag." +msgstr "" +"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " +"a new tax you should choose a tag." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:207 +msgid "Invoicing" +msgstr "开票" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:209 +msgid "" +"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " +"the normal Odoo's behaviour." +msgstr "" +"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " +"the normal Odoo's behaviour." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " +"like this:" +msgstr "" +"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " +"like this:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:219 +msgid "" +"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" +" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " +"invoice by email." +msgstr "" +"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" +" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " +"invoice by email." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " +"looks like." +msgstr "" +"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " +"looks like." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:234 +msgid "Cancelling invoices" +msgstr "取消的发票" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:236 +msgid "" +"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " +"Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:238 +msgid "If the invoice is not paid." +msgstr "If the invoice is not paid." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:240 +msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." +msgstr "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:246 +msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." +msgstr "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:250 +msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." +msgstr "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +msgid "" +"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " +"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." +msgstr "" +"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " +"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:257 +msgid "**Legal considerations**" +msgstr "**Legal considerations**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:259 +msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." +msgstr "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " +"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " +"good control of the cancellation reasons." +msgstr "" +"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " +"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " +"good control of the cancellation reasons." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +msgid "" +"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" +" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " +"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." +msgstr "" +"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" +" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " +"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:269 +msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" +msgstr "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:271 +msgid "" +"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " +"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " +"important." +msgstr "" +"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " +"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " +"important." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " +"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." +msgstr "" +"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " +"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:278 +msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" +msgstr "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid "" +"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " +"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " +"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " +"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." +msgstr "" +"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " +"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " +"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " +"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:285 +msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" +msgstr "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +msgid "" +"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " +"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." +msgstr "" +"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " +"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:290 +msgid "" +"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" +"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " +"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " +"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " +"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" +"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " +"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " +"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " +"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:298 +msgid "" +"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " +"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" +"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " +"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +msgid "" +"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" +" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" +"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" +" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:306 +msgid "" +"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " +"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." +msgstr "" +"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " +"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 +msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." +msgstr "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " +"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " +"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" +" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " +"caso de anticipos recibidos**." +msgstr "" +"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " +"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " +"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" +" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " +"caso de anticipos recibidos**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 +msgid "" +"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " +"Payment without a proper invoice." +msgstr "" +"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " +"Payment without a proper invoice." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +msgid "Accounting" +msgstr "会计" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:320 +msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" +msgstr "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." +msgstr "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:323 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." +msgstr "电算试平衡。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:324 +msgid "DIOT report." +msgstr "DIOT report." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:326 +msgid "" +"1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " +"report only available on the context of the accounting." +msgstr "" +"1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " +"report only available on the context of the accounting." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +msgid "" +"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " +"app." +msgstr "" +"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " +"app." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 +msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 +msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" +msgstr "Electronic Chart of account CoA" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:341 +msgid "" +"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " +"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" +msgstr "" +"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " +"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 +msgid "How to add new accounts ?" +msgstr "How to add new accounts ?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:351 +msgid "" +"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" +" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." +msgstr "" +"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" +" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " +"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account " +"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag" +" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" +" xml." +msgstr "" +"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " +"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account " +"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag" +" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" +" xml." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" +msgstr "What is the meaning of the tag ?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "" +"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" +" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." +msgstr "" +"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" +" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:371 +msgid "" +"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " +"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " +"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " +"is not created you can create one on the fly." +msgstr "" +"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " +"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " +"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " +"is not created you can create one on the fly." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" +msgstr "电算试平衡" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 +msgid "" +"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " +"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " +"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be " +"exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " +"the previous selection of the period you want to export." +msgstr "" +"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " +"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " +"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be " +"exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " +"the previous selection of the period you want to export." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +msgid "" +"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" +" regular Odoo Report." +msgstr "" +"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" +" regular Odoo Report." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:394 +msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" +msgstr "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 +msgid "" +"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" +" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" +" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " +"Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:402 +msgid "" +"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " +"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " +"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " +"the same, with our providers." +msgstr "" +"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " +"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " +"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " +"the same, with our providers." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:407 +msgid "" +"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" +" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " +"to. submit the DIOT:" +msgstr "" +"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" +" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " +"to. submit the DIOT:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:412 +msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" +msgstr "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:414 +msgid "" +"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " +"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " +"find in the SAT website." +msgstr "" +"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " +"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " +"find in the SAT website." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:418 +msgid "" +"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " +"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " +"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " +"to said data." +msgstr "" +"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " +"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " +"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " +"to said data." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:424 +msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" +msgstr "Where the DIOT is presented ?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:426 +msgid "" +"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " +"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " +"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." +msgstr "" +"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " +"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " +"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:430 +msgid "" +"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " +"this after having made up to 500 records." +msgstr "" +"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " +"this after having made up to 500 records." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:433 +msgid "" +"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " +"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " +"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such" +" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " +"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." +msgstr "" +"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " +"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " +"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such" +" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " +"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:440 +msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" +msgstr "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:442 +msgid "" +"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " +"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " +"according to the SAT site is:" +msgstr "" +"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " +"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " +"according to the SAT site is:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " +"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " +"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of" +" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the " +"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " +"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." +msgstr "" +"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " +"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " +"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of" +" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the " +"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " +"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:453 +msgid "" +"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " +"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " +"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " +"Third Parties." +msgstr "" +"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " +"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " +"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " +"Third Parties." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:458 +msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." +msgstr "You can find the `official information here`_." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:461 +msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" +msgstr "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:463 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " +"with third partied (DIOT)`." +msgstr "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " +"with third partied (DIOT)`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:467 +msgid "" +"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " +"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." +msgstr "" +"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " +"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:472 +msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." +msgstr "Click on \"Export (TXT)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +msgid "" +"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " +"the necessary steps to declare it." +msgstr "" +"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " +"the necessary steps to declare it." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" +msgstr "" +"Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:483 +msgid "" +"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " +"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " +"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else " +"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" +" suppliers." +msgstr "" +"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " +"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " +"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else " +"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" +" suppliers." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:490 +msgid "" +"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " +"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " +"properly configured already." +msgstr "" +"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " +"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " +"properly configured already." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" +" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " +"following standard odoo procedure." +msgstr "" +"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" +" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " +"following standard odoo procedure." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:496 +msgid "" +"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " +"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " +"itself." +msgstr "" +"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " +"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " +"itself." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:499 +msgid "" +"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " +"paid." +msgstr "" +"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " +"paid." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +msgid "" +"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " +"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " +"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use" +" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it " +"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " +"your partners are correctly set." +msgstr "" +"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " +"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " +"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use" +" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it " +"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " +"your partners are correctly set." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:513 +msgid "Extra Recommended features" +msgstr "Extra Recommended features" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:516 +msgid "Contact Module (Free)" +msgstr "Contact Module (Free)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:518 +msgid "" +"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " +"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " +"install." +msgstr "" +"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " +"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " +"install." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:524 +msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:526 +msgid "" +"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " +"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" +" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with " +"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate " +"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " +"information daily in the system manually." +msgstr "" +"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " +"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" +" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with " +"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate " +"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " +"information daily in the system manually." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:533 +msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." +msgstr "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:540 +msgid "" +"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " +"3.3)" +msgstr "" +"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " +"3.3)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:542 +msgid "" +"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " +"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " +"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" +" :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" +msgstr "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:548 +msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" +msgstr "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" +msgstr "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:550 +msgid "" +"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " +"Companies`" +msgstr "" +"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " +"Companies`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:551 +msgid "Open any company you have." +msgstr "Open any company you have." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:575 +msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." +msgstr "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:557 +msgid "" +"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " +"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " +"generic one with no explanation." +msgstr "" +"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " +"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " +"generic one with no explanation." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +msgid "If you see an error like this:" +msgstr "If you see an error like this:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:564 +msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" +msgstr "The cfdi generated is not valid" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:566 +msgid "" +"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " +"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" +msgstr "" +"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " +"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:570 +msgid "" +"This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " +"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " +"but:" +msgstr "" +"This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " +"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " +"but:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." +msgstr "Go to the company in which the error occurs." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" +msgstr "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:583 +msgid "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " +"allowed minimum length of '1'." +msgstr "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " +"allowed minimum length of '1'." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +msgstr "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:592 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " +"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " +"properly." +msgstr "" +"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " +"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " +"properly." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:667 +msgid "**Error messages**:" +msgstr "**Error messages**:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:598 +msgid "" +"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" +"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " +"required but missing." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 +msgid "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " +"required but missing." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " +"partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" +" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " +"which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " +"possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " +"considerations about fiscal positions." +msgstr "" +"**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " +"partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" +" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " +"which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " +"possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " +"considerations about fiscal positions." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 +msgid "" +"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " +"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " +"set 601, it will look like the image." +msgstr "" +"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " +"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " +"set 601, it will look like the image." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:620 +msgid "" +"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " +"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." +msgstr "" +"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " +"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:654 +msgid "**Error message**:" +msgstr "**Error message**:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:625 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " +"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " +"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " +"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +msgstr "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " +"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " +"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " +"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:631 +msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." +msgstr "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:638 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" +msgstr "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:656 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " +"is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +msgstr "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " +"is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:644 +msgid "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " +"missing." +msgstr "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " +"missing." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:647 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " +"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " +"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" +"info`." +msgstr "" +"**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " +"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " +"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" +"info`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:661 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" +" Mexico, fix it." +msgstr "" +"**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" +" Mexico, fix it." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:669 +msgid "" +"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" +"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:672 +msgid "" +"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing.\", '')" +msgstr "" +"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing.\", '')" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:676 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" +" used on the invoice." +msgstr "" +"**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" +" used on the invoice." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "荷兰" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 +msgid "XAF Export" +msgstr "XAF Export" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 +msgid "" +"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" +" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" +" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " +"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." +msgstr "" +"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" +" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" +" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " +"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 +msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Dutch Accounting Reports" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " +"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" +msgstr "" +"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " +"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 +msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" +msgstr "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 +msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" +msgstr "Intrastat Report (ICP)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "西班牙" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 +msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Spanish Chart of Accounts" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" +"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " +"default:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 +msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" +msgstr "PGCE PYMEs 2008" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 +msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" +msgstr "PGCE Completo 2008" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 +msgid "PGCE Entitades" +msgstr "PGCE Entitades" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " +"Localization** section." +msgstr "" +"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " +"Localization** section." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " +"default." +msgstr "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " +"default." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 +msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Spanish Accounting Reports" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" +" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +msgstr "" +"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" +" accounting reports specific to Spain:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +msgstr "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +msgstr "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" +msgstr "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +msgid "Switzerland" +msgstr "瑞士" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" +msgstr "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " +"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " +"ISR*." +msgstr "" +"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " +"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " +"ISR*." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " +"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " +"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." +msgstr "" +"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " +"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " +"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." +msgstr "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +msgid "" +"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " +"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " +"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices` and enable **Print bank on ISR**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +msgid "ISR reference on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, you can add your ISR reference as " +"**Payment Reference** on your invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue " +"invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to modify (By default, the Journal is named " +"*Customer Invoices*), click en *Edit*, and open the *Advanced Settings* tab." +" In the **Communication Standard** field, select *Switzerland*, and click on" +" *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 +msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" +msgstr "Currency Rate Live Update" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " +"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " +"you want." +msgstr "" +"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " +"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " +"you want." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 +msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" +msgstr "Updated VAT for January 2018" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" +" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" +" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." +msgstr "" +"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" +" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" +" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 +msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" +msgstr "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " +"have to do anything." +msgstr "" +"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " +"have to do anything." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " +"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " +":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " +"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " +"\"upgrade\"`." +msgstr "" +"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " +"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " +":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " +"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " +"\"upgrade\"`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " +"rates." +msgstr "" +"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " +"rates." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +msgid "" +"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " +"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " +"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " +"transactions." +msgstr "" +"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " +"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " +"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " +"transactions." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 +msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" +msgstr "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " +"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" +msgstr "" +"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " +"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" +" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" +" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" +msgstr "" +"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" +" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" +" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" +"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 302 tax" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" +"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 342 tax" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " +"included in Odoo by default" +msgstr "" +"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " +"included in Odoo by default" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Name**" +msgstr "**Tax Name**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Rate**" +msgstr "**Rate**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Label on Invoice**" +msgstr "**Label on Invoice**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" +msgstr "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Scope**" +msgstr "**Tax Scope**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tag**" +msgstr "**Tag**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "7.7%" +msgstr "7.7%" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +msgid "7.7% achat" +msgstr "7.7% achat" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "TVA 7.7%" +msgstr "TVA 7.7%" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" +msgstr "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +msgid "7.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "7.7% achat Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +msgid "7.7% invest." +msgstr "7.7% invest." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" +msgstr "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." +msgstr "7.7% invest. Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "3.7%" +msgstr "3.7%" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +msgid "3.7% achat" +msgstr "3.7% achat" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "TVA 3.7%" +msgstr "TVA 3.7%" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "3.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "3.7% achat Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +msgid "3.7% invest" +msgstr "3.7% invest" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "3.7% invest Incl." +msgstr "3.7% invest Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" +msgstr "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "7.7% Incl." +msgstr "7.7% Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" +msgstr "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "3.7% Incl." +msgstr "3.7% Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " +"odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" +"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " +"odoo.com/help." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" +" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " +"your fiscal positions accordingly." +msgstr "" +"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" +" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " +"your fiscal positions accordingly." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Localization Packages** are country-specific modules that install " +"pre-configured taxes, fiscal positions, chart of accounts, and legal " +"statements on your database. Some additional features, such as the " +"configuration of specific certificates, are also added to your Accounting " +"app, following your fiscal administration requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, " +"according to the country selected at the creation of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 +msgid "" +"As long as you haven't posted any entry, you can still add and select " +"another package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration" +" --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install " +"your country's module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 +msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 +msgid "Use" +msgstr "使用" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 +msgid "" +"These packages require you to fine-tune your chart of accounts according to " +"your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " +"statements and certifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 +msgid "Please refer to the documentation listed below for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscality/taxes/taxes`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 msgid "Fiscality" msgstr "财务" @@ -1547,8 +7913,8 @@ msgid "Fiscal Year" msgstr "会计年度" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "如何在Odoo中做年末(关闭会计区间)" +msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1574,13 +7940,13 @@ msgstr "确认您已输入并同意的所有 **供应商账单** 。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "审核所有的 **费用**，保证其准确性。" +msgstr "审核所有的 **报销费用** ，保证其准确性。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 msgid "" "Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " "accurately." -msgstr "确认所有**已收到的付款**已输入并准确记录。" +msgstr "确认所有 **已收到的付款** 已输入并准确记录。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 msgid "Year-end checklist" @@ -1598,13 +7964,13 @@ msgstr "调节 **资产负债表** 上的所有科目；" msgid "" "Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " "statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." -msgstr "将银行对账单和实际的银行余额一致, 可利用 **Bank Reconciliation** 报表来辅助。" +msgstr "将银行对账单和实际的银行余额一致, 可利用 **银行对帐** 报表来辅助。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 msgid "" "Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " "**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." -msgstr "通过运行 **Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** 报表, 调节所有交易中的现金和银行科目。" +msgstr "通过运行 **应收账款** 和 **应付账款** 报表, 调节所有交易中的现金和银行科目。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -1621,8 +7987,8 @@ msgid "" " the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " "reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." msgstr "" -"在仪表板的 " -"**更多**下拉菜单中，运行可选的**付款匹配**功能，验证任何打开的**供应商帐单**和**客户发票**及其付款。此步骤是可选的，但可以帮助年终过程，假如所有未结的付款和发票都已调节，可能会导致系统中发现错误或麻烦。" +"在仪表板的 **更多** 下拉菜单中，运行可选的 **付款匹配** 功能，验证任何打开的 **供应商帐单** 和 **客户发票** " +"及其付款。此步骤是可选的，但可以帮助年终过程，假如所有未结的付款和发票都已调节，可能会导致系统中发现错误或麻烦。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -1634,12 +8000,11 @@ msgstr "您的会计师/记账员可能会验证您的资产负债表项目， msgid "" "Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" " example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." -msgstr "" -"年底手动调整, 使用 **Adviser Journal Entries** 菜单(例如, **当年收入** 和 **留存收益** 报告)。" +msgstr "年底手动调整, 使用 **顾问日记条目** 菜单(例如, **当年收入** 和 **留存收益** 报告)。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr " **工作进度** ." +msgstr " **工作进度** 。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." @@ -1647,11 +8012,11 @@ msgstr "**折旧分类账分录**" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "**贷款**" +msgstr "**贷款** 。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "**税金调整**。" +msgstr "**税金调整** 。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -1670,7 +8035,7 @@ msgid "" "confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " "auditing the books." msgstr "" -"在这个过程中，好的做法是将 **Lock date for Non-Advisers** " +"在这个过程中，好的做法是将 **为非顾问帐户锁定日期** " "设置为会计年度的最后一天，在会计配置下设置。这样，在审计时，会计师可确保没有人能改变前一年的交易。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 @@ -1687,7 +8052,7 @@ msgid "" "**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." msgstr "" "在Odoo中，没有必要做一个特定的年底结账分录，以关闭损益表科目。这些报表实时创建，这意味着 **损益表** " -"直接对应于您在Odoo中指定的年终日期。因此，任何时候你生成 **损益表**，开始日期将对应于 **财政年度** 的开始，并且科目余额将全部为0。" +"直接对应于您在Odoo中指定的年终日期。因此，任何时候你生成 **损益表** ，开始日期将对应于 **财政年度** 的开始，并且科目余额将全部为0。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -1697,8 +8062,8 @@ msgid "" "or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " "reporting a 0 balance." msgstr "" -"一旦会计师/记账员创建分配 **当年利润**的日记账分录，你应该将 **锁定日期** 设置本财政年度的最后一天。确保在此之前，您确认**资产负债表** " -"中当年度收入是否正确报告余额为0。" +"一旦会计师/记账员创建分配 **当年利润** 的日记账分录，你应该将 **锁定日期** 设置本财政年度的最后一天。确保在此之前，您确认**资产负债表**" +" 中当年度收入是否正确报告余额为0。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" @@ -1726,13 +8091,13 @@ msgstr "但是，有时也有例外。例如，如果你的公司现在处于首 msgid "" "Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " "activate the fiscal years." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用财政年度功能。" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用财政年度功能。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 msgid "" "You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " "configuration --> fiscal years`." -msgstr "你可在:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 财政年度`中配置你的财政年度。" +msgstr "你可在 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 财政年度`中配置你的财政年度。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -1744,16 +8109,9 @@ msgstr "你只需创建超过或少于12个月的财政年度。" msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" msgstr ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "税" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" -msgstr "如果管理B2B (不含税) 和 B2C (含税)价格?" +msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1799,7 +8157,7 @@ msgstr "但是对于同一个用例, 如果你在产品上的标价不含税(8.2 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr " **8.26€ \\ * 1.21 = 9.99€* *" +msgstr " **8.26€ \\ * 1.21 = 9.99€**" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -1822,7 +8180,7 @@ msgid "" "will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " "Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." msgstr "" -"如果以10€的含税价买了100片, 结果看起来会很有意思。\n" +"如果你以10€的含税价买了100片, 结果看起来会很有意思。\n" "你会得到 : **1000€ (含税价) = 826.45€ (单价) + 173.55€ (税)** , 这和\n" "不含税价格8.26€明显存在差异。" @@ -1849,13 +8207,6 @@ msgstr "" "你可以把价格定为9.99€而不是10€ 。请注意此种状况对20€ 或者30€不一定适用。或者是别的税率, 或者数量大于1的时候。当然这也忙了你很大忙, " "因为你可以对所有的东西都可以价外税管理, 而这能让你的销售人员操作起来更加简单以及出错更少。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:15 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "介绍" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 msgid "" "The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " @@ -1922,7 +8273,7 @@ msgid "" "Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " "Accounting application." msgstr "" -"你的公司必须要配置为默认不含税价格。通常这是默认的配置，但是你可以在会计应用程序中访问菜单:menuselection:`配置 " +"你的公司必须要配置为默认不含税价格。通常这是默认的配置，但是你可以在会计应用程序中访问菜单 :menuselection:`配置 " "-->设置`并勾选**默认销售税**。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 @@ -1932,8 +8283,8 @@ msgid "" "--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " "per customer segment**." msgstr "" -"一旦完成, 你就可以创建 **B2C** 价格表。你可以在以下菜单项激活价格表特性 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) " -"-->设置(Settings)` 。选择设置 **不同的客户段不同的价格** 。" +"一旦完成, 你就可以创建 **B2C** 价格表。你可以在以下菜单项激活价格表特性 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 。选择设置 " +"**不同的客户段不同的价格** 。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -1941,8 +8292,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " "default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." msgstr "" -"一旦完成, 从以下路径创建一个B2C价格表 :销售模块菜单项 : menuselection :`配置(Configuration) --> " -"价格表(Pricelists)` 。当然也可以把默认的价格表更名为B2B。" +"一旦完成, 从以下路径创建一个B2C价格表 :销售模块菜单项 : menuselection :`配置 --> 价格表` " +"。当然也可以把默认的价格表更名为B2B。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -1951,7 +8302,7 @@ msgid "" " from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" msgstr "" "然后, 创建一个标价为8.26€的产品, 税是 21%(不含税价), 并且给该产品的B2C客户设置价格为10€。可以通过以下菜单项 " -":menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->产品(Products)` " +":menuselection:`销售 --> 产品菜单` 在销售应用程序中" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" @@ -1964,8 +8315,8 @@ msgid "" "position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " "included in price)" msgstr "" -"在会计模块下创建一个B2C的财务结构 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration ) -->财务结构(Fiscal " -"Positions)` 。该财政位置做了VAT 21%(不含税价)和VAT 21%(含税价)的映射" +"在会计模块下创建一个B2C的财务结构 :menuselection:`配置 --> 财务结构` 。该财政位置做了VAT 21%(不含税价)和VAT " +"21%(含税价)的映射" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 msgid "Test by creating a quotation" @@ -1977,8 +8328,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " "result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." msgstr "" -"在销售模块下创建一个报价单, 使用菜单项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->报价单(Quotations)` " -"菜单。你会得到以下结果 :8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€。" +"在销售模块下创建一个报价单, 使用 :menuselection:`销售 --> 报价单` 菜单。你会得到以下结果 : 8.26€ + 1.73€ = " +"9.99€。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -2010,7 +8361,7 @@ msgstr "如果你和客户谈下来一个合同，不管谈下来的价格是否 msgid "" "The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " "the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "价格表在客户的 **销售&采购** 标签页面, 财政位置在客户的会计标签页面" +msgstr "价格表在客户的 **销售&采购** 标签页面，财政位置在客户的会计标签页面。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -2021,155 +8372,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "注意有一个错误的倾向 :如果你要设置一个价内税的财政位置但是使用一个不含税的价格表, 你可能会得出错误的价格。这就是我们建议公司只用一个价格参照" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "如何适应税务对我的客户状态或定位" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " -"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." -msgstr "多数情况下，销售税率取决于你的客户状态或定位。为体现税率情况，Odoo带来了*财务状况*图" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:9 -msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "创建税务映射" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:11 -msgid "" -"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" -" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " -"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " -"purchases." -msgstr "财务状况是一套将欠税（在产品表格中定义）映射到其他税种的规则。在以下截图中，外国客户取得0% 而非默认的15%税率。同时适用于销售与采购。" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " -"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " -"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " -"Positions`." -msgstr "依据您的位置自动创建主要财务状况”但特殊用例需另行创建。定义财务状况的路径：:menuselection:‘发票/会计配置财务位置’" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " -"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " -"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " -"foreign countries." -msgstr "如需使用Odoo会计功能，也可依据财务状况映射收入/支出帐户。举例说，有些国家的销售收入不会记入与来自国外的销售收入帐户。" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:29 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "调整客户的对应税率" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" -"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." -msgstr "如客户适用于某个特定税务规则，请应用税率映射功能，首先创建一个财务状况并分配给你的客户。" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " -"for the customer." -msgstr "Odoo将把这一特定财务状况分配给客户记录的任何订单/发票。" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " -"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " -"same customer." -msgstr "如果在销售订单或发票中手动设置了财务状况，则其只会应用到这一文件，而不会应用到同一客户的未来订单/发票。" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:44 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" -msgstr "调整客户所在地的税率（基于目的地）" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " -"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " -"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " -"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " -"your office or warehouse)." -msgstr "" -"依据你的地理位置，销售税率可能基于源头或基于目的地课税。多数州或国家要求以目的地（即买方地址）收税，而另一些国家或地区要求以源头（即你的办公室或仓库所在地）位置收税。" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " -"tax-mapping to apply." -msgstr "如您适用于目的地课税规则，请为每个“应用税率映射”创建一个财务状况。" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:53 -msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "勾选*自动发现*。" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." -msgstr "选择一个国家组、国家、州或城市，开启税率映射。" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:59 -msgid "" -"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " -"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." -msgstr "这种方式不会为客户设置财务状况，Odoo将在创建订单时选择与送货地址匹配的财务状况。" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " -"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " -"his shipping address." -msgstr "对于电子商务订单, 当访问者登录或填写送货地址后, 其购物车的税收将自动更新和应用 。" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:68 -msgid "Specific use cases" -msgstr "特殊使用案例" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " -"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." -msgstr "在某些财务状况下，如要删除而不是替换一种税，只需让*应用税率*栏保持空白。" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," -" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." -msgstr "对于某些财务状况，有时需要用另外两种税替换一种税，只需用同一个*产品税率*创建两行。" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:80 -msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." -msgstr "财政状况不适用于资产和递延收入。" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr ":doc:`create` " - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "如何管理现金基本税" +msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2197,7 +8402,8 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " "define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." msgstr "" -"首先要到以下路径中激活设置：menuselection:会计->配置->设置->允许税收收付实现，接着系统会要求你定义一个税收收付实现日记账。" +"首先要到以下路径中激活设置：menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> " +"允许税收收付实现，接着系统会要求你定义一个税收收付实现日记账。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -2205,7 +8411,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " "proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." msgstr "" -"完成这一步骤后，可在以下路径配置税种:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> " +"完成这一步骤后，可在以下路径配置税种 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> " "税种`。首先，设置适当的过渡会计科目，以在你登记付款之前将税收过账。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 @@ -2240,7 +8446,7 @@ msgstr "客户发票日记账" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr " **借方** " +msgstr " **借项** " #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 @@ -2302,144 +8508,249 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "最后两个日记账项目是中性的，但它们可确保基本税金额的准确性，以保证Odoo税收报告的准确性。我们建议使用默认的收入科目。该科目的余额将始终为零。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "如何创建新税收" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" -" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " -"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " -"with the right taxes." -msgstr "" -"Odoo的税收引擎非常灵活，它可以支持多种不同的税别，包括：增值税(VAT)、环境污染税、联邦/州/城市税、保留额、代扣所得税等等。在多数国家，系统已经预先配置了正确的税种。" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." -msgstr "该章节详细的介绍了如何在特定情景中定义新的税。" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " -"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`会计->配置->税收，菜单中可以看到全部税种，使用：销售税和购置税。" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." -msgstr "选择一个范围：销售、购置或无（例如：废弃税种）。" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:20 -msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "选择一种计算方法：" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:22 -msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "**固定**：环境污染税，以及其他" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:24 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "**价格百分比**：更为普遍（例如售价15%的销售税）" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:26 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "**包含售价的百分比**：例如巴西等国。" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:28 -msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr " **税组**: 能使用复合税" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " -"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " -"posts the tax journal item in the income account." -msgstr "如你使用Odoo做帐，请设定税款帐户（即税款日记帐条目所在位置）。这一字段是可选的，如不填写，Odoo则将税收日记帐条目存放在收入帐户上。" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " -"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " -"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." -msgstr "如不想使用某种税种，不可简单删除，因为此税种很可能用于多种发票上。为防止用户继续使用这一税种，可以将*税收范围*设置为*无*。" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " -"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " -"code." -msgstr "如需高级税务系统，可以安装**account_tax_python**模块，用Python代码定义新的税种。" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:49 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "高级配置" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " -"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " -"following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "**发票标签**：用于表示税种在发票行打印方式的短文本。例如，名为\"15%服务费\"的税种可以显示为。" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " -"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " -"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "* *税率组* *: 这个发票页脚处自定义。所有属于这个组的税会在发票页脚处汇总。税率组: 增值税、保留税。" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " -"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." -msgstr "* *包含于成本分析* * : 税是计入成本,因此, 如果发票使用分析科目, 会自动生成分析凭证。" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " -"empty." -msgstr "**标签**:用于客户报告，通常可以不填写。" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr ":doc:`application` " - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "如何设置欠税" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "默认税金" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" -"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " -"localizations." -msgstr "你所在国家的适用税种已在大多数地区自动安装。" +"**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes ` are automatically " +"selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For " +"example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you " +"create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 msgid "" -"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " -"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " -"country/state than you." -msgstr "订单和发票中的欠税设置来自每个产品的发票系统的页签。你向同一国家/州的公司销售产品时适用这些税种。" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions ` take the Default Tax into " +"account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo " +"applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the " +"Fiscal Position." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 msgid "" -"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "为了更改创建的任一新产品的欠税设置，请选择：menuselection:‘发票/会计->配置->设置’。" +"**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" +" at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal " +"Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for your" +" company." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 msgid "" -"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " -"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " -"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." -msgstr "如你处于多公司环境中，你服务的每个公司的销售和购置税值可能有所不同。你可以登入两个不同的公司中，为每个公司修改这一字段。" +"To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " +"appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-" +"specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:279 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " +"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " +"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " +"and providers' localizations and business types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " +"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 +msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 +msgid "" +":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 +msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +msgid "" +":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " +"of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 +msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " +"or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" +" defined in the products' forms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " +"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " +"**Tax to Apply** empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" +" **Tax on Product**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " +"active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 +msgid "Automatic application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " +"following a set of conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " +"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " +"contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " +"countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" +" logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " +"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" +" Fiscal Positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 +msgid "" +"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " +"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " +"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " +"from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "应用程序" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 +msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 +msgid "" +"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " +"specific partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " +"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 +msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " +"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" +" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:281 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:280 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" -msgstr "如何管理预扣税？" +msgid "Manage withholding taxes" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2465,23 +8776,21 @@ msgid "" "In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " "the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " "**government**." -msgstr "在这个示例中,开票* *公司* * 欠政府20美元的税, * *客户* *欠* *政府* * 10美元的税。" +msgstr "在这个示例中, 开票 **公司** 欠政府20美元的税, **客户** 欠 **政府** 10美元的税。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 msgid "" "In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " "retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" -msgstr "" -"在Odoo, 创建一个负的税来定义预提税。保留的10%, 需要一下配置(通过:menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Taxes`):" +msgstr "在Odoo, 创建一个负的税来定义预提税。保留的10%, 需要一下配置(通过:menuselection:`配置 --> 税收`):" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:32 msgid "" "In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " "specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " "tab." -msgstr "为了使税在发票上作为保留税出现,你应该设定一个具体的税组* *保留* *,在* * 高级选项* *选项卡上。" +msgstr "为了使税在发票上作为保留税出现,你应该设定一个具体的税组 **保留** ,在 ** 高级选项** 选项卡上。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -2494,7 +8803,7 @@ msgid "" "If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" " Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " "(normal tax and retention)." -msgstr "如果保留税是普通税的一定比例, 创建一个税包含* *税计算* * 作为* *税集团* *, 并在这组设置两个税(正常的税和保留税)。" +msgstr "如果保留税是普通税的一定比例, 创建一个税包含 **税计算** 作为 **税集团** , 并在这组设置两个税(正常的税和保留税)。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:48 msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" @@ -2514,87 +8823,15 @@ msgid "" "print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " "taxes." msgstr "" -"当你看到客户发票, 只能得到一个* *税行* *, 这行汇总了的税收(正常的税收和保留税)。但是当你打印或发送发票, Odoo将正确地组合所有的税。" +"当你看到客户发票, 只能得到一个 **税行** , 这行汇总了的税收(正常的税收和保留税)。但是当你打印或发送发票, Odoo将正确地组合所有的税。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:63 msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." msgstr "打印的发票将显示每个组合的不同合计。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 -msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "如何设置含税价" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " -"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" -"多数国家的B2C价格都是含税的。在Odoo中，你可以在销售税中勾选**含税价**，路径为 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> " -"会计 --> 税收`。" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " -"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" -" product form is $100." -msgstr "这样产品的价格设定就是含税的。例如，如果某产品的销售税为10%，那么产品表单上的售价为100美元。" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 -msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "如果价格中不含税, 你会得到 :" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 -msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "不含税价格 : $100" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 -msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "税 :$10" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 -msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "待支付总计 : $110" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 -msgid "If the tax is included in the price" -msgstr "如果税包含在价格中" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 -msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "不含税价格 :90.91" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 -msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "税 : $9.09" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 -msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "总计待支付 :$100" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " -"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "如同时需要含税(B2C)和不含税(B2B)两种方式，可依据以下文档：:doc:`B2B_B2C`." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 -msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" -msgstr "在电子商务目录中显示含税价" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 -msgid "" -"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " -"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " -"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " -"Display)." -msgstr "" -"显示在电子商务目录中的价格默认为不含税，要改为含税，请打开 " -":menuselection:`销售->配置->设置（税种显示）,勾选*显示含税(B2C)*。" - #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" -msgstr "怎样通过TaxCloud获得美国正确的税率" +msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2643,7 +8880,7 @@ msgid "" " and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " "actually uses complete street address)." msgstr "" -"前往:menuselection:`发票/会计 --> 配置 --> " +"前往 :menuselection:`发票/会计 --> 配置 --> " "设置`，勾选*根据美国邮编使用TaxCloud计算税率*（注意：实际使用完整的街道地址）。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 @@ -2678,7 +8915,7 @@ msgid "" "code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " "to open and edit your Company record." msgstr "" -"确保你的公司地址是完整的（包括州名和邮编）。前往:menuselection:`设置 --> 用户和公司 --> 公司`，打开并编辑你的公司记录。" +"确保你的公司地址是完整的（包括州名和邮编）。前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 用户和公司 --> 公司`，打开并编辑你的公司记录。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "How it works" @@ -2687,10 +8924,9 @@ msgstr "工作方式" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" -" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" +" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." msgstr "" -"Odoo根据财务状况计算销售税（参见:doc:`application`）。在安装*TaxCloud*后即可创建在美国的财政状况。一切开箱即用。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -2698,7 +8934,7 @@ msgid "" "this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." msgstr "" -"你可将Odoo配置为自动检测使用该财政状况的客户。前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 财政状况`，打开并编辑记录。" +"你可将Odoo配置为自动检测使用该财政状况的客户。前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 财政状况`，打开并编辑记录。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -2751,4517 +8987,499 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "另一个特别的奇怪之处可能是用户界面：想象一下，你从TaxCloud类别*[20110]计算机*中销售了一件产品，并且你已制定了促销计划，提供产品的50%折扣。如果该产品的税率为7%，则从TaxCloud集成计算的税率将显示3.5%。这是因为折扣已包括在发送到TaxCloud的价格中，但是在Odoo中，该折扣完全在另一行显示。结果，你的税务计算是正确的（因为全价3.5%的税费相当于半价7%的税费)，但从用户的角度来看，这可能让人感到奇怪。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 -msgid "Localizations" -msgstr "本地化" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:3 -msgid "Argentina" -msgstr "阿根廷" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " -"this version the next modules are available:" -msgstr "" -"The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " -"this version the next modules are available:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " -"localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" -" to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " -"Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." -msgstr "" -"**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " -"localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" -" to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " -"Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " -"Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " -"on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " -"that is used to analyze the invoice" -msgstr "" -"**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " -"Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " -"on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " -"that is used to analyze the invoice" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " -"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " -"AFIP regulations." -msgstr "" -"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " -"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " -"AFIP regulations." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" -msgstr "Install the Argentinean localization modules" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:29 -msgid "" -"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " -"the first two modules." -msgstr "" -"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " -"the first two modules." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:35 -msgid "Configure your company" -msgstr "Configure your company" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " -"company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " -"the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " -"structure of the company:" -msgstr "" -"Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " -"company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " -"the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " -"structure of the company:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:46 -msgid "Chart of Account" -msgstr "科目表" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:48 -msgid "" -"In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " -"accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " -"considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" -" companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" -msgstr "" -"In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " -"accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " -"considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" -" companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:52 -msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." -msgstr "Monotributista (149 accounts)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:53 -msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." -msgstr "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:54 -msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." -msgstr "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:60 -msgid "Configure Master data" -msgstr "Configure Master data" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:63 -msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" -msgstr "Electronic Invoice Credentials" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:66 -msgid "Environment" -msgstr "Environment" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " -"and Production." -msgstr "" -"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " -"and Production." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " -"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " -"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " -"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." -msgstr "" -"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " -"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " -"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " -"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " -"to select the environment:" -msgstr "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " -"to select the environment:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:81 -msgid "AFIP Certificates" -msgstr "AFIP Certificates" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " -"provided by the AFIP." -msgstr "" -"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " -"provided by the AFIP." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" -" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." -msgstr "" -"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" -" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " -"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " -"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." -msgstr "" -"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " -"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " -"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " -"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " -"`Get AFIP Certificate " -"`_." -msgstr "" -"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " -"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " -"`Get AFIP Certificate " -"`_." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " -"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " -"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." -msgstr "" -"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " -"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " -"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:104 -msgid "" -"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " -"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " -"`_." -msgstr "" -"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " -"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " -"`_." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 -msgid "Partner" -msgstr "业务伙伴" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:112 -msgid "Identification Type and VAT" -msgstr "Identification Type and VAT" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:114 -msgid "" -"As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " -"AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " -"for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " -"default:" -msgstr "" -"As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " -"AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " -"for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " -"default:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:122 -msgid "" -"The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" -" Odoo but only the common ones are active." -msgstr "" -"The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" -" Odoo but only the common ones are active." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:126 -msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" -msgstr "AFIP Responsibility Type" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:128 -msgid "" -"In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " -"transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " -"should be defined in the partner form:" -msgstr "" -"In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " -"transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " -"should be defined in the partner form:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:137 -msgid "" -"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " -"with their related financial account and configuration." -msgstr "" -"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " -"with their related financial account and configuration." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:144 -msgid "Taxes Types" -msgstr "Taxes Types" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:146 -msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" -msgstr "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:148 -msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." -msgstr "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:149 -msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." -msgstr "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:150 -msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" -msgstr "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:151 -msgid "Otros." -msgstr "Otros." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:154 -msgid "Special Taxes" -msgstr "Special Taxes" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" -" taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " -"creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " -"Inactive taxes:" -msgstr "" -"Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" -" taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " -"creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " -"Inactive taxes:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:164 -msgid "Document Types" -msgstr "Document Types" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:166 -msgid "" -"In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " -"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " -"types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " -"AFIP)." -msgstr "" -"In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " -"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " -"types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " -"AFIP)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:170 -msgid "" -"The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " -"the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " -"of invoices as well of account moves." -msgstr "" -"The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " -"the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " -"of invoices as well of account moves." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " -"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" -" on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " -"when the localization module is installed." -msgstr "" -"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " -"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" -" on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " -"when the localization module is installed." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:177 -msgid "" -"The information required for the document types is included by default so " -"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" -msgstr "" -"The information required for the document types is included by default so " -"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:184 -msgid "" -"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " -"activated if needed." -msgstr "" -"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " -"activated if needed." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:187 -msgid "Letters" -msgstr "信" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:189 -msgid "" -"For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" -" the transaction/operation, example:" -msgstr "" -"For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" -" the transaction/operation, example:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " -"be used." -msgstr "" -"When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " -"be used." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:193 -msgid "" -"When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " -"be used." -msgstr "" -"When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " -"be used." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:194 -msgid "" -"When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" -" must be used." -msgstr "" -"When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" -" must be used." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:196 -msgid "" -"The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " -"associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." -msgstr "" -"The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " -"associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:203 -msgid "Use on Invoices" -msgstr "Use on Invoices" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:205 -msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" -msgstr "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:207 -msgid "" -"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " -"documents." -msgstr "" -"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " -"documents." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:208 -msgid "" -"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " -"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" -msgstr "" -"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " -"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:212 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:133 -msgid "Journals" -msgstr "凭证类型" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:214 -msgid "" -"In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " -"depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" -msgstr "" -"In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " -"depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:218 -msgid "" -"For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " -"Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" -" can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " -"invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." -msgstr "" -"For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " -"Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" -" can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " -"invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:222 -msgid "" -"If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" -" because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " -"account moves related to internal control process." -msgstr "" -"If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" -" because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " -"account moves related to internal control process." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:226 -msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" -msgstr "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:231 -msgid "" -"**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " -"defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " -"for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" -msgstr "" -"**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " -"defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " -"for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:235 -msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." -msgstr "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:236 -msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." -msgstr "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:239 -msgid "Web Services" -msgstr "Web Services" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:240 -msgid "" -"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " -"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." -msgstr "" -"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " -"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:242 -msgid "" -"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " -"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " -"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" -" Bond `_." -msgstr "" -"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " -"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " -"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" -" Bond `_." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:246 -msgid "" -"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " -"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " -"the document type related is type “E”." -msgstr "" -"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " -"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " -"the document type related is type “E”." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:252 -msgid "" -"**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " -"the operations related to this AFIP POS." -msgstr "" -"**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " -"the operations related to this AFIP POS." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:255 -msgid "" -"**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" -" for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " -"example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that " -"you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " -"invoice report." -msgstr "" -"**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" -" for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " -"example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that " -"you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " -"invoice report." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:260 -msgid "" -"**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " -"(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " -"sequence. For example:" -msgstr "" -"**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " -"(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " -"sequence. For example:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:263 -msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." -msgstr "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:264 -msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." -msgstr "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:265 -msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." -msgstr "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:268 -msgid "Sequences" -msgstr "顺序号" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:269 -msgid "" -"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" -" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " -"under :doc:`developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can be " -"used:" -msgstr "" -"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" -" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " -"under :doc:`developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can be " -"used:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:277 -msgid "" -"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " -"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " -"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " -"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." -msgstr "" -"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " -"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " -"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " -"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:283 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:163 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 -msgid "Usage and testing" -msgstr "用法和测试" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:286 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:166 -msgid "Invoice" -msgstr "发票" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:288 -msgid "" -"After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " -"invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" -msgstr "" -"After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " -"invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:292 -msgid "Document type assignation" -msgstr "Document type assignation" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:294 -msgid "" -"Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " -"based on the AFIP document type:" -msgstr "" -"Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " -"based on the AFIP document type:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:297 -msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." -msgstr "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:302 -msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." -msgstr "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:307 -msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." -msgstr "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:312 -msgid "" -"As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " -"prefix and sequence is given by the document type." -msgstr "" -"As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " -"prefix and sequence is given by the document type." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:315 -msgid "" -"The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " -"different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " -"manually by the user." -msgstr "" -"The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " -"different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " -"manually by the user." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:320 -msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" -msgstr "Electronic Invoice elements" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:321 -msgid "" -"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" -" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" -" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " -"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " -"draft until the related data is corrected." -msgstr "" -"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" -" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" -" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " -"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " -"draft until the related data is corrected." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:326 -msgid "" -"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " -"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" -msgstr "" -"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " -"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:329 -msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." -msgstr "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:330 -msgid "" -"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " -"10 days after the CAE is generated." -msgstr "" -"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " -"10 days after the CAE is generated." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:332 -msgid "Result:" -msgstr "Result:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:334 -msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." -msgstr "Aceptado en AFIP." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:335 -msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." -msgstr "Aceptado con Observaciones." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:341 -msgid "Invoice Taxes" -msgstr "Invoice Taxes" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:343 -msgid "" -"Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " -"behavior on the pdf report:" -msgstr "" -"Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " -"behavior on the pdf report:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:346 -msgid "" -"**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " -"identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " -"following AFIP Responsibility type:" -msgstr "" -"**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " -"identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " -"following AFIP Responsibility type:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:349 -msgid "Responsable Inscripto." -msgstr "Responsable Inscripto." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:354 -msgid "" -"**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " -"part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " -"the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" -msgstr "" -"**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " -"part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " -"the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:358 -msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." -msgstr "IVA Sujeto Exento." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:359 -msgid "Consumidor Final." -msgstr "Consumidor Final." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:360 -msgid "Responsable Monotributo." -msgstr "Responsable Monotributo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:361 -msgid "IVA liberado." -msgstr "IVA liberado." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:368 -msgid "Special Use Cases" -msgstr "Special Use Cases" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:371 -msgid "Invoices for Services" -msgstr "Invoices for Services" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:372 -msgid "" -"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " -"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" -" tab “Other Info”:" -msgstr "" -"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " -"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" -" tab “Other Info”:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:378 -msgid "" -"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" -" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " -"the invoice month:" -msgstr "" -"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" -" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " -"the invoice month:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:386 -msgid "Exportation Invoices" -msgstr "Exportation Invoices" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:387 -msgid "" -"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " -"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" -" type be associated:" -msgstr "" -"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " -"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" -" type be associated:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:393 -msgid "" -"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " -"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " -"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" -msgstr "" -"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " -"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " -"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:396 -msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." -msgstr "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:397 -msgid "Exportation document type ." -msgstr "Exportation document type ." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:398 -msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." -msgstr "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:399 -msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." -msgstr "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:400 -msgid "Exempt Taxes." -msgstr "Exempt Taxes." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:406 -msgid "" -"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " -"Info --> Accounting`:" -msgstr "" -"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " -"Info --> Accounting`:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:413 -msgid "Fiscal Bond" -msgstr "Fiscal Bond" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:414 -msgid "" -"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " -"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " -"Ministry of Economy." -msgstr "" -"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " -"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " -"Ministry of Economy." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:417 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:442 -msgid "" -"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " -"requirements:" -msgstr "" -"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " -"requirements:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:419 -msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." -msgstr "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:420 -msgid "Taxes." -msgstr "Taxes." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:421 -msgid "Zone." -msgstr "Zone." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:422 -msgid "Detail each item." -msgstr "Detail each item." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:424 -msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." -msgstr "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:425 -msgid "Complete description." -msgstr "Complete description." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:426 -msgid "Unit Net Price." -msgstr "Unit Net Price." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:427 -msgid "Quantity." -msgstr "Quantity." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:428 -msgid "Unit of measurement." -msgstr "Unit of measurement." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:429 -msgid "Bonus." -msgstr "Bonus." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:430 -msgid "VAT rate." -msgstr "VAT rate." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:434 -msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" -msgstr "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:436 -msgid "" -"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " -"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " -"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " -"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " -"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" -" to their clients and / or vendors." -msgstr "" -"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " -"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " -"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " -"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " -"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" -" to their clients and / or vendors." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:444 -msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." -msgstr "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:445 -msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." -msgstr "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:446 -msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." -msgstr "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:447 -msgid "" -"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" -" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" -msgstr "" -"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" -" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:453 -msgid "" -"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " -"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" -msgstr "" -"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " -"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:456 -msgid "" -"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " -"originator document passed to the note." -msgstr "" -"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " -"originator document passed to the note." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:462 -msgid "" -"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " -"A or B)." -msgstr "" -"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " -"A or B)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:463 -msgid "" -"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " -"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " -"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " -"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." -msgstr "" -"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " -"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " -"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " -"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:468 -msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" -msgstr "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:470 -msgid "" -"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " -"Cancellation?” as True." -msgstr "" -"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " -"Cancellation?” as True." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:471 -msgid "" -"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " -"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " -"(false)." -msgstr "" -"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " -"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " -"(false)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:478 -msgid "Invoice printed report" -msgstr "Invoice printed report" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:479 -msgid "" -"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " -"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " -"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" -msgstr "" -"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " -"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " -"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:488 -msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" -msgstr "Troubleshooting and Auditing" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:489 -msgid "" -"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " -"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," -msgstr "" -"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " -"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:499 -msgid "" -"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " -"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " -"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." -msgstr "" -"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " -"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " -"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:507 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "供应商帐单" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:509 -msgid "" -"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " -"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" -" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " -"if necessary." -msgstr "" -"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " -"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" -" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " -"if necessary." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:516 -msgid "" -"The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " -"validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " -"will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." -msgstr "" -"The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " -"validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " -"will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:523 -msgid "" -"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " -"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " -"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." -msgstr "" -"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " -"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " -"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:528 -msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" -msgstr "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:529 -msgid "" -"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " -"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " -"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" -msgstr "" -"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " -"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " -"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:533 -msgid "" -"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." -msgstr "" -"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:534 -msgid "" -"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " -"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." -msgstr "" -"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " -"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:536 -msgid "" -"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " -"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." -msgstr "" -"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " -"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:543 -msgid "How to use it in Odoo" -msgstr "How to use it in Odoo" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:544 -msgid "" -"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " -"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." -msgstr "" -"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " -"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:550 -msgid "" -"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " -"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." -msgstr "" -"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " -"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:558 -msgid "Special Use cases" -msgstr "Special Use cases" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:560 -msgid "Untaxed Concepts" -msgstr "Untaxed Concepts" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:561 -msgid "" -"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " -"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." -msgstr "" -"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " -"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:564 -msgid "" -"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " -"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" -" the Exempt concept:" -msgstr "" -"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " -"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" -" the Exempt concept:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:571 -msgid "Perception Taxes" -msgstr "Perception Taxes" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:572 -msgid "" -"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " -"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " -"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " -"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." -msgstr "" -"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " -"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " -"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " -"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:580 -msgid "" -"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " -"it and set the correct amount." -msgstr "" -"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " -"it and set the correct amount." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:586 -msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." -msgstr "After this is done the invoice can be validated." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:590 -msgid "Reports" -msgstr "报告" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:592 -msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" -msgstr "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:598 -msgid "VAT Reports" -msgstr "VAT Reports" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:601 -msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" -msgstr "Libro de IVA Ventas" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:607 -msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" -msgstr "Libro de IVA Compras" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:613 -msgid "Resumen de IVA" -msgstr "Resumen de IVA" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:619 -msgid "IIBB - Reports" -msgstr "IIBB - Reports" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:622 -msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" -msgstr "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:628 -msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" -msgstr "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 -msgid "Colombia" -msgstr "哥伦比亚" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" -" next modules:" -msgstr "哥伦比亚的电子发票可从 otoo 12 获得, 需要下一个模块:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " -"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " -"document types" -msgstr "" -"**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " -"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " -"document types" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" -" for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " -"based on the DIAN legal requirements." -msgstr "" -"**l10n_co_edi**: 本模块包括与 Carvajal T&S 集成所需的所有额外字段, 并根据 DIAN 法律要求生成电子发票。" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:20 -msgid "Workflow" -msgstr "工作流" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 -msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" -msgstr "Install the Colombian localization modules" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:32 -msgid "" -"For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " -"first two modules." -msgstr "为此, 请访问应用程序并搜索哥伦比亚。然后单击前两个模块的 \"安装\"。" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:40 -msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" -msgstr "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " -"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " -"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." -msgstr "" -"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " -"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " -"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:46 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " -"for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." -msgstr "进入：菜单选择：`会计->配置->设置`并查找*哥伦比亚电子发票*章节" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" -" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " -"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " -"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" -msgstr "" -"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" -" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " -"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " -"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" -" the testing environment can be disabled." -msgstr "" -"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" -" the testing environment can be disabled." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:62 -msgid "Configure your report data" -msgstr "Configure your report data" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 -msgid "" -"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " -"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." -msgstr "" -"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " -"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:76 -msgid "Configure data required in the XML" -msgstr "Configure data required in the XML" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:82 -msgid "Identification" -msgstr "ID" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:84 -msgid "" -"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " -"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " -"their identification number and document type set:" -msgstr "" -"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " -"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " -"their identification number and document type set:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:91 -msgid "" -"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " -"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " -"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." -msgstr "" -"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " -"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " -"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 -msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" -msgstr "Fiscal structure (RUT)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:100 -msgid "" -"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " -"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " -"information required by the DIAN ." -msgstr "" -"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " -"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " -"information required by the DIAN ." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 -msgid "" -"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " -"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" -msgstr "" -"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " -"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " -"regimen of the partner." -msgstr "" -"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " -"regimen of the partner." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 -msgid "" -"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " -"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " -"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." -msgstr "" -"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " -"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " -"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " -"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " -"display taxes in the invoice PDF." -msgstr "" -"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " -"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " -"display taxes in the invoice PDF." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " -"electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " -"documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " -"Journals`." -msgstr "" -"Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " -"electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " -"documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " -"Journals`." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " -"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." -msgstr "" -"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " -"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:152 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "用户" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:154 -msgid "" -"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " -"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" -msgstr "" -"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " -"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:168 -msgid "" -"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" -" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." -msgstr "" -"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" -" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 -msgid "Invoice creation" -msgstr "发票创建" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 -msgid "" -"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " -"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " -"invoice are the next fields:" -msgstr "" -"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " -"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " -"invoice are the next fields:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:182 -msgid "There are three types of documents:" -msgstr "There are three types of documents:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 -msgid "" -"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " -"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." -msgstr "" -"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " -"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 -msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " -"transactions." -msgstr "" -"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " -"transactions." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:188 -msgid "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " -"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " -"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " -"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." -msgstr "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " -"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " -"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " -"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:196 -msgid "Invoice validation" -msgstr "Invoice validation" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:198 -msgid "" -"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" -" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." -msgstr "" -"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" -" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:204 -msgid "" -"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " -"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " -"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" -msgstr "" -"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " -"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " -"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:214 -msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" -msgstr "Reception of legal XML and PDF" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:216 -msgid "" -"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" -" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " -"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " -"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " -"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" -" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." -msgstr "" -"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" -" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " -"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " -"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " -"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" -" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:224 -msgid "After this:" -msgstr "After this:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:226 -msgid "" -"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " -"the invoice chatter:" -msgstr "" -"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " -"the invoice chatter:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:233 -msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" -msgstr "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:237 -msgid "Common errors" -msgstr "Common errors" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:239 -msgid "" -"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " -"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " -"after updating the electronic invoice status." -msgstr "" -"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " -"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " -"after updating the electronic invoice status." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:246 -msgid "" -"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " -"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" -msgstr "" -"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " -"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:258 -msgid "Additional use cases" -msgstr "Additional use cases" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:260 -msgid "" -"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " -"the functional workflow remains the same as well." -msgstr "" -"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " -"the functional workflow remains the same as well." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 -msgid "Colombia (ES)" -msgstr "Colombia (ES)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 -msgid "Introducción" -msgstr "Introducción" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 -msgid "" -"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " -"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" -msgstr "" -"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " -"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " -"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " -"puntos:" -msgstr "" -"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " -"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " -"puntos:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 -msgid "Plan Contable" -msgstr "Plan Contable" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 -msgid "Impuestos" -msgstr "Impuestos" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 -msgid "Retenciones" -msgstr "Retenciones" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 -msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" -msgstr "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " -"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " -"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." -msgstr "" -"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " -"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " -"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 -msgid "Flujo General" -msgstr "Flujo General" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 -msgid "Configuración" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 -msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" -msgstr "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " -"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" -msgstr "" -"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " -"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 -msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" -msgstr "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " -"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " -"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " -"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " -"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " -"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" -msgstr "" -"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " -"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 -msgid "" -"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " -"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" -" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" -" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " -"`_." -msgstr "" -"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " -"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" -" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" -" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " -"`_." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " -"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " -"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" -" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `_." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " -"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " -"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" -" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `_." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 -msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" -msgstr "Configuración de Información para PDF" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " -"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " -"Bancaria." -msgstr "" -"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " -"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " -"Bancaria." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " -"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." -msgstr "" -"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " -"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 -msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" -msgstr "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 -msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" -msgstr "Contacto (Tercero)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 -msgid "Identificación" -msgstr "Identificación" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " -"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " -"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " -"de documento correspondiente." -msgstr "" -"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " -"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " -"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " -"de documento correspondiente." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " -"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " -"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." -msgstr "" -"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " -"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " -"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 -msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" -msgstr "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " -"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " -"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." -msgstr "" -"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " -"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " -"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " -"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" -msgstr "" -"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " -"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " -"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " -"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " -"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " -"opciones." -msgstr "" -"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " -"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " -"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " -"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " -"opciones." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " -"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " -"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " -"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" -msgstr "" -"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " -"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " -"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " -"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " -"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " -"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " -"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" -msgstr "" -"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " -"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " -"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " -"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 -msgid "Diarios" -msgstr "Diarios" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " -"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" -" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " -"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" -" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 -msgid "" -"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " -"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" -" Secuencia`" -msgstr "" -"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " -"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" -" Secuencia`" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " -"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " -"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 -msgid "Usuarios" -msgstr "Usuarios" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 -msgid "" -"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " -"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" -msgstr "" -"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " -"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 -msgid "Uso y Pruebas" -msgstr "Uso y Pruebas" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 -msgid "Facturas" -msgstr "Facturas" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " -"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " -"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" -msgstr "" -"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " -"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " -"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 -msgid "Invoice Creation" -msgstr "Invoice Creation" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 -msgid "" -"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " -"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " -"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " -"manualmente." -msgstr "" -"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " -"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " -"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " -"manualmente." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " -"son los siguientes:" -msgstr "" -"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " -"son los siguientes:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 -msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" -msgstr "Hay tres tipos de documentos" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 -msgid "" -"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," -" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." -msgstr "" -"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," -" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 -msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " -"importación." -msgstr "" -"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " -"importación." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 -msgid "" -"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" -" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " -"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " -"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." -msgstr "" -"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" -" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " -"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " -"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 -msgid "Invoice Validation" -msgstr "Invoice Validation" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " -"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " -"desplegado en el historial." -msgstr "" -"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " -"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " -"desplegado en el historial." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " -"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" -" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " -"inicial **En Proceso**." -msgstr "" -"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " -"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" -" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " -"inicial **En Proceso**." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 -msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" -msgstr "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 -msgid "" -"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " -"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " -"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " -"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " -"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " -"CUFE." -msgstr "" -"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " -"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " -"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " -"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " -"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " -"CUFE." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " -"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " -"automáticamente:" -msgstr "" -"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " -"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " -"automáticamente:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 -msgid "" -"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " -"historial de la Factura." -msgstr "" -"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " -"historial de la Factura." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 -msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." -msgstr "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 -msgid "" -"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " -"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" -msgstr "" -"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " -"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 -msgid "Errores Frecuentes" -msgstr "Errores Frecuentes" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " -"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " -"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " -"desplegados en el historial." -msgstr "" -"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " -"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " -"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " -"desplegados en el historial." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 -msgid "" -"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " -"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " -"botón:" -msgstr "" -"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " -"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " -"botón:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 -msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" -msgstr "Casos de Uso adicionales" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 -msgid "" -"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " -"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " -"igual." -msgstr "" -"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " -"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " -"igual." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 -msgid "France" -msgstr "法国" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 -msgid "FEC" -msgstr "FEC" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " -"the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" -" --> FEC`." -msgstr "如果你已经安装了法国会计，你将能下载FEC。为此，可以这样：菜单选项“会计-->报表-->法国-->FEC”。" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " -"module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." -msgstr "如果您看不到子菜单 **, 请进入 ** 应用程序 ** 并搜索名为 ** 法国-FEC ** 的模块, 并验证它是否安装良好。" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 -msgid "French Accounting Reports" -msgstr "法国会计报告" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " -"accounting reports specific to France:" -msgstr "如果您安装了法国会计, 您将可以访问特定于法国的一些会计报告:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 -msgid "Bilan comptable" -msgstr "会计余额" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 -msgid "Compte de résultats" -msgstr "结果帐户" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 -msgid "Plan de Taxes France" -msgstr "法国税收计划" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 -msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" -msgstr "通过 Odoo 获得增值税反欺诈认证" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 -msgid "" -"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " -"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " -"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales " -"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, " -"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." -msgstr "" -"截至 2018年1月1日, 法国和 DOM-TOM 实施了一项新的反欺诈立法。这一新立法规定了有关销售数据的 " -"inalterability、安全、存储和归档的某些标准。这些法律要求在 Odoo 中实施, 版本9继续, 通过模块和合格证书下载。" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 -msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" -msgstr "我的公司是否需要使用反欺诈软件？" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " -"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" -msgstr "您的公司需要使用一个反欺诈现金登记软件, 如 Odoo (CGI 艺术 286, i. 3° bis) 如果:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 -msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," -msgstr "您在法国或任何 DOM-汤姆应纳税 (不含增值税)," - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 -msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." -msgstr "您的一些客户是个人 (B2C)。" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 -msgid "" -"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " -"VAT and therefore are not affected." -msgstr "此规则适用于任何公司规模。自动创业者免征增值税, 因此不受影响。" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 -msgid "Get certified with Odoo" -msgstr "获得 Odoo 认证" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 -msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." -msgstr "与 Odoo 的兼容是非常容易的。" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" -" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " -"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" -" `here `_. If you " -"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " -"`_ or contact" -" your Odoo service provider." -msgstr "" -"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" -" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " -"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" -" `here `_. If you " -"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " -"`_ or contact" -" your Odoo service provider." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 -msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." -msgstr "如果不符合规定, 您的公司将面临7500欧元的罚款。" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 -msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" -msgstr "要获得认证, 只需按照以下步骤操作:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " -"menu:" -msgstr "从 * 应用程序 * 菜单中安装适合您 Odoo 环境的反欺诈模块:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 -msgid "" -"if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " -"Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -msgstr "" -"如果您使用 Odoo 销售点: * l10n_fr_pos_cert *: 法国-销售点的增值税反欺诈认证 (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:66 -msgid "" -"in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " -"Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -msgstr "在任何其他情况下: * l10n_fr_certification *: 法国-增值税反欺诈认证 (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " -"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a " -"country from the list; Do not create a new country." -msgstr "" -"确保您的公司设置了一个国家/地区, 否则您的条目将不会被加密 inalterability 检查。要编辑您公司的数据, 请转到: " -"menuselection: \"设置->> 用户和公司->> 公司\"。从列表中选择一个国家/地区;不要创建一个新的国家。" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " -"`__." -msgstr "" -"下载 Odoo SA ' 这里 ' 提供的强制性合格证书`__." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " -"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " -"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." -msgstr "" -"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " -"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " -"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " -"restart your server beforehand." -msgstr "如果您在本地运行 Odoo, 您需要更新您的安装并提前重新启动服务器。" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:81 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" -" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" -" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules " -"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click " -"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" -" installed." -msgstr "" -"如果您安装了反欺诈模块的初始版本 (2017年12月18日之前), 则需要对其进行更新。该模块的名称是 * 法国-会计认证 CGI 286 I-3 " -"bis *。更新模块列表后, 在 * 应用程序 * 中搜索更新的模块 *, 选择它, 然后单击 * 升级 *。最后, 确保安装了以下模块 * " -"l10n_fr_sale_closing *。" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:90 -msgid "Anti-fraud features" -msgstr "反欺诈功能" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:92 -msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" -msgstr "反欺诈模块引入了以下功能:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " -"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" -msgstr "**Inalterability**: 取消或修改 POS 订单、发票和日记帐分录的关键数据的所有方式的停用;" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 -msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" -msgstr "**Security**: 链算法验证 inalterability;" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " -"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." -msgstr "**Storage**: 自动销售结转, 计算期间和累计合计 (每日、每月、每年)。" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:101 -msgid "Inalterability" -msgstr "Inalterability" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:103 -msgid "" -"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " -"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " -"located in France or in any DOM-TOM." -msgstr "如果公司位于法国或任何 DOM-TOM, 则取消和修改付费 POS 订单、已确认发票和日记帐分录的关键数据的所有可能方法都将被停用。" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:107 -msgid "" -"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " -"companies are impacted." -msgstr "如果您运行的是多公司环境, 则只有这些公司的文档受到影响。" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:111 -msgid "Security" -msgstr "安全" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:113 -msgid "" -"To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" -" validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " -"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." -msgstr "" -"为确保 inalterability, 每个订单或日记帐条目在验证时进行加密。此数字 (或哈希) 是从文档的关键数据以及先例文档的哈希计算得出的。" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:118 -msgid "" -"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " -"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " -"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the " -"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted " -"document recorded in the system." -msgstr "" -"该模块引入一个接口来测试数据 inalterability。如果文档在验证后修改了任何信息, 则测试将失败。算法重新计算所有哈希值, " -"并将它们与初始值进行比较。在出现故障时, 系统会指出系统中记录的第一个损坏的文档。" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " -"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " -"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." -msgstr "" -"具有 * 管理员 * 访问权限的用户可以启动 inalterability 检查。对于 POS 订单, 请转到: menuselection: " -"\"销售点->> 报告-法国声明\"。对于发票或日记帐分录, 请转到: menuselection: \"开票/记帐->> 报告-法国声明\"。" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:131 -msgid "Storage" -msgstr "存储" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:133 -msgid "" -"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " -"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" -" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry " -"recorded in the system." -msgstr "该系统还处理每日、每月和每年的自动销售结转。此类结算会显著计算该期间的销售总额以及系统中记录的第一个销售条目的累计总计。" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " -"Invoicing and Accounting apps." -msgstr "" -"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " -"Invoicing and Accounting apps." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " -"Type = Sales)." -msgstr "" -"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " -"Type = Sales)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:145 -msgid "" -"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." -msgstr "" -"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:147 -msgid "" -"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " -"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " -"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" -" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." -msgstr "" -"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " -"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " -"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" -" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:153 -msgid "" -"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " -"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " -"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " -"counted in the very next closing." -msgstr "" -"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " -"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " -"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " -"counted in the very next closing." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:158 -msgid "" -"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " -"Actions`." -msgstr "" -"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " -"Actions`." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "责任" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" -" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." -msgstr "" -"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" -" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " -"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " -"the inalterability of data." -msgstr "" -"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " -"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " -"the inalterability of data." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" -" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" -" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 -msgid "More Information" -msgstr "More Information" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 -msgid "" -"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " -"documents:" -msgstr "" -"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " -"documents:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 -msgid "" -"`Frequently Asked Questions " -"`_" -msgstr "" -"`Frequently Asked Questions " -"`_" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 -msgid "" -"`Official Statement " -"`_" -msgstr "" -"`Official Statement " -"`_" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 -msgid "" -"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " -"`_" -msgstr "" -"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " -"`_" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 -msgid "Germany" -msgstr "德国" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 -msgid "German Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "German Chart of Accounts" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " -"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " -"section." -msgstr "" -"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " -"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " -"section." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " -"not created any accounting entry." -msgstr "" -"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " -"not created any accounting entry." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 -msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." -msgstr "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 -msgid "German Accounting Reports" -msgstr "German Accounting Reports" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" -msgstr "" -"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -msgid "Balance Sheet" -msgstr "资产负债表" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 -msgid "Profit & Loss" -msgstr "利润损失" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 -msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" -msgstr "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 -msgid "Partner VAT Intra" -msgstr "合作伙伴增值税内" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 -msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" -msgstr "导出从Odoo到Datev" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 -msgid "" -"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " -"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " -"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " -"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." -msgstr "" -"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " -"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " -"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " -"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 -msgid "Italy (IT)" -msgstr "Italy (IT)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" -" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " -"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " -"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " -"l’interscambio di informazioni." -msgstr "" -"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" -" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " -"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " -"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " -"l’interscambio di informazioni." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 -msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" -msgstr "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " -"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" -" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " -"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" -" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." -msgstr "" -"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " -"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" -" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " -"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" -" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 -msgid "" -"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " -"elettronica sono i seguenti:" -msgstr "" -"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " -"elettronica sono i seguenti:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" -" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " -"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " -"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " -"relativa :doc:`guida <../../discuss/email_servers>`." -msgstr "" -"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" -" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " -"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " -"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " -"relativa :doc:`guida <../../discuss/email_servers>`." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" -" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " -"elettronica." -msgstr "" -"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" -" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " -"elettronica." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " -"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " -"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " -"previa comunicazione." -msgstr "" -"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " -"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " -"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " -"previa comunicazione." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " -"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." -msgstr "" -"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " -"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " -"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " -"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" -msgstr "" -"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " -"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " -"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 -msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." -msgstr "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 -msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" -msgstr "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " -"Commercio." -msgstr "" -"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " -"Commercio." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " -"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " -"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " -"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." -msgstr "" -"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " -"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " -"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " -"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 -msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" -msgstr "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " -"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " -"necessarie informazioni legali." -msgstr "" -"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " -"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " -"necessarie informazioni legali." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" -" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" -" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " -"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." -msgstr "" -"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" -" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" -" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " -"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 -msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" -msgstr "Il processo di fatturazione" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " -"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" -" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " -"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " -"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." -msgstr "" -"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " -"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" -" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " -"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " -"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 -msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" -msgstr "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 -msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -msgstr "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 -msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" -msgstr "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 -msgid "" -"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." -msgstr "" -"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 -msgid "" -"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " -"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" -" dall’applicazione contabilità." -msgstr "" -"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " -"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" -" dall’applicazione contabilità." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 -msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" -msgstr "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 -msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -msgstr "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 -msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" -msgstr "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " -"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." -msgstr "" -"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " -"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 -msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "墨西哥" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" -" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " -"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here " -"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the " -"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " -"\"Mexico\" set." -msgstr "" -"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" -" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " -"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here " -"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the " -"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " -"\"Mexico\" set." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:17 -msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" -msgstr "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" -" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" -" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." -msgstr "" -"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" -" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" -" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," -" payment complement, invoice addendum." -msgstr "" -"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," -" payment complement, invoice addendum." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:24 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " -"accounting are here (Accounting app required)." -msgstr "" -"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " -"accounting are here (Accounting app required)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:27 -msgid "" -"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " -"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" -" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this " -"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " -"company in Mexico." -msgstr "" -"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " -"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" -" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this " -"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " -"company in Mexico." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:38 -msgid "" -"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" -" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " -"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." -msgstr "" -"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" -" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " -"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:44 -msgid "Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" -msgstr "Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:46 -msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." -msgstr "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:52 -msgid "" -"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " -"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " -"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " -"installed." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:58 -msgid "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" -msgstr "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" -" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" -" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and " -"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" -" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" -" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" -" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and " -"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" -" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:73 -msgid "Set you legal information in the company" -msgstr "Set you legal information in the company" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:75 -msgid "" -"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " -"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " -"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " -"position on your company’s contact." -msgstr "" -"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " -"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " -"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " -"position on your company’s contact." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:82 -msgid "" -"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" -" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." -msgstr "" -"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" -" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" -msgstr "" -"Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " -"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " -"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal " -"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley" -" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " -"the option)." -msgstr "" -"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " -"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " -"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal " -"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley" -" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " -"the option)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:101 -msgid "Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" -msgstr "Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:104 -msgid "" -"This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " -"available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " -"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to " -"support in https://www.odoo.com/help." -msgstr "" -"This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " -"available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " -"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to " -"support in https://www.odoo.com/help." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" -"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " -"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " -"name does not exist)." -msgstr "" -"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " -"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " -"name does not exist)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:117 -msgid "" -"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " -"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " -"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " -"the default behavior." -msgstr "" -"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " -"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " -"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " -"the default behavior." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:127 -msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" -msgstr "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:129 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:680 -msgid "" -"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " -"field set to \"Tasa\"." -msgstr "" -"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " -"field set to \"Tasa\"." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:137 -msgid "" -"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" -" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" -" set 601, it will look like the image." -msgstr "" -"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" -" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" -" set 601, it will look like the image." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:144 -msgid "" -"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " -"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " -"faster." -msgstr "" -"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " -"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " -"faster." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152 -msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" -msgstr "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 -msgid "" -"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " -"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " -"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." -msgstr "" -"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " -"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " -"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " -"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " -"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." -msgstr "" -"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " -"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " -"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " -"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " -"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process" -" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " -"environment with real transactions." -msgstr "" -"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " -"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " -"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process" -" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " -"environment with real transactions." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:174 -msgid "" -"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " -"PAC username or password." -msgstr "" -"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " -"PAC username or password." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " -"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." -msgstr "" -"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " -"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 -msgid "`Certificate`_" -msgstr "`Certificate`_" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 -msgid "`Certificate Key`_" -msgstr "`Certificate Key`_" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:186 -msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" -msgstr "**Password:** 12345678a" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:190 -msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" -msgstr "Configure the tag in sales taxes" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 -msgid "" -"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " -"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " -"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." -msgstr "" -"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " -"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " -"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 -msgid "" -"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " -"a new tax you should choose a tag." -msgstr "" -"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " -"a new tax you should choose a tag." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 -msgid "Invoicing" -msgstr "开票" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:209 -msgid "" -"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " -"the normal Odoo's behaviour." -msgstr "" -"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " -"the normal Odoo's behaviour." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212 -msgid "" -"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " -"like this:" -msgstr "" -"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " -"like this:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:219 -msgid "" -"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" -" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " -"invoice by email." -msgstr "" -"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" -" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " -"invoice by email." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " -"looks like." -msgstr "" -"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " -"looks like." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:234 -msgid "Cancelling invoices" -msgstr "取消的发票" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:236 -msgid "" -"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" -"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " -"Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:238 -msgid "If the invoice is not paid." -msgstr "If the invoice is not paid." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:240 -msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." -msgstr "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:246 -msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." -msgstr "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250 -msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." -msgstr "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 -msgid "" -"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " -"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." -msgstr "" -"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " -"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:257 -msgid "**Legal considerations**" -msgstr "**Legal considerations**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:259 -msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." -msgstr "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 -msgid "" -"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " -"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " -"good control of the cancellation reasons." -msgstr "" -"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " -"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " -"good control of the cancellation reasons." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 -msgid "" -"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" -" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " -"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." -msgstr "" -"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" -" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " -"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269 -msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" -msgstr "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 -msgid "" -"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " -"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " -"important." -msgstr "" -"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " -"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " -"important." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 -msgid "" -"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " -"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." -msgstr "" -"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " -"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278 -msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" -msgstr "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:280 -msgid "" -"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " -"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " -"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " -"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." -msgstr "" -"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " -"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " -"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " -"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:285 -msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" -msgstr "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 -msgid "" -"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " -"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." -msgstr "" -"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " -"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 -msgid "" -"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " -"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." -msgstr "" -"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " -"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 -msgid "" -"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " -"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " -"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " -"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." -msgstr "" -"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " -"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " -"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " -"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:5 msgid "" -"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " -"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " -"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +"There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," +" depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " +"recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and " +"computations." msgstr "" -"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " -"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " -"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 -msgid "" -"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" -" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " -"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." -msgstr "" -"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" -" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " -"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:306 -msgid "" -"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " -"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." -msgstr "" -"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " -"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 -msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." -msgstr "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 -msgid "" -"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " -"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " -"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" -" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " -"caso de anticipos recibidos**." -msgstr "" -"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " -"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " -"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" -" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " -"caso de anticipos recibidos**." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:314 -msgid "" -"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " -"Payment without a proper invoice." -msgstr "" -"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " -"Payment without a proper invoice." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:320 -msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" -msgstr "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 -msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." -msgstr "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "电算试平衡。" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:324 -msgid "DIOT report." -msgstr "DIOT report." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 -msgid "" -"1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " -"report only available on the context of the accounting." -msgstr "" -"1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " -"report only available on the context of the accounting." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:329 -msgid "" -"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " -"app." -msgstr "" -"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " -"app." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:336 -msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 -msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" -msgstr "Electronic Chart of account CoA" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:341 -msgid "" -"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " -"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" -msgstr "" -"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " -"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:349 -msgid "How to add new accounts ?" -msgstr "How to add new accounts ?" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:351 -msgid "" -"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" -" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." -msgstr "" -"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" -" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354 -msgid "" -"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " -"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account " -"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag" -" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" -" xml." -msgstr "" -"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " -"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account " -"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag" -" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" -" xml." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365 -msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" -msgstr "What is the meaning of the tag ?" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 -msgid "" -"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" -" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." -msgstr "" -"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" -" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371 -msgid "" -"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " -"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " -"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " -"is not created you can create one on the fly." -msgstr "" -"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " -"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " -"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " -"is not created you can create one on the fly." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" -msgstr "电算试平衡" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380 -msgid "" -"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " -"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " -"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be " -"exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " -"the previous selection of the period you want to export." -msgstr "" -"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " -"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " -"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be " -"exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " -"the previous selection of the period you want to export." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 -msgid "" -"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" -" regular Odoo Report." -msgstr "" -"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" -" regular Odoo Report." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 -msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 -msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" -msgstr "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:399 -msgid "" -"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" -" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" -"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" -" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " -"Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402 -msgid "" -"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " -"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " -"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " -"the same, with our providers." -msgstr "" -"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " -"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " -"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " -"the same, with our providers." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:407 -msgid "" -"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" -" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " -"to. submit the DIOT:" -msgstr "" -"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" -" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " -"to. submit the DIOT:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:412 -msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" -msgstr "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:414 -msgid "" -"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " -"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " -"find in the SAT website." -msgstr "" -"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " -"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " -"find in the SAT website." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 -msgid "" -"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " -"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " -"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " -"to said data." -msgstr "" -"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " -"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " -"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " -"to said data." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 -msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" -msgstr "Where the DIOT is presented ?" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 -msgid "" -"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " -"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " -"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." -msgstr "" -"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " -"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " -"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 -msgid "" -"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " -"this after having made up to 500 records." -msgstr "" -"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " -"this after having made up to 500 records." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 -msgid "" -"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " -"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " -"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such" -" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " -"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." -msgstr "" -"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " -"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " -"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such" -" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " -"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:440 -msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" -msgstr "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 -msgid "" -"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " -"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " -"according to the SAT site is:" -msgstr "" -"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " -"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " -"according to the SAT site is:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 -msgid "" -"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " -"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " -"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of" -" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the " -"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " -"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." -msgstr "" -"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " -"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " -"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of" -" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the " -"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " -"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:453 -msgid "" -"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " -"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " -"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " -"Third Parties." -msgstr "" -"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " -"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " -"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " -"Third Parties." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:458 -msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." -msgstr "You can find the `official information here`_." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:461 -msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" -msgstr "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:463 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " -"with third partied (DIOT)`." -msgstr "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " -"with third partied (DIOT)`." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:467 -msgid "" -"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " -"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." -msgstr "" -"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " -"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 -msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." -msgstr "Click on \"Export (TXT)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 -msgid "" -"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " -"the necessary steps to declare it." -msgstr "" -"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " -"the necessary steps to declare it." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481 -msgid "" -"Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" -msgstr "" -"Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:483 -msgid "" -"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " -"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " -"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else " -"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" -" suppliers." -msgstr "" -"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " -"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " -"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else " -"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" -" suppliers." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:490 -msgid "" -"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " -"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " -"properly configured already." -msgstr "" -"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " -"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " -"properly configured already." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 -msgid "" -"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" -" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " -"following standard odoo procedure." -msgstr "" -"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" -" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " -"following standard odoo procedure." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 -msgid "" -"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " -"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " -"itself." -msgstr "" -"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " -"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " -"itself." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:499 -msgid "" -"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " -"paid." -msgstr "" -"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " -"paid." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 -msgid "" -"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " -"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " -"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use" -" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it " -"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " -"your partners are correctly set." -msgstr "" -"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " -"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " -"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use" -" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it " -"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " -"your partners are correctly set." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:513 -msgid "Extra Recommended features" -msgstr "Extra Recommended features" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 -msgid "Contact Module (Free)" -msgstr "Contact Module (Free)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518 -msgid "" -"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " -"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " -"install." -msgstr "" -"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " -"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " -"install." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:524 -msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:526 -msgid "" -"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " -"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" -" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with " -"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate " -"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " -"information daily in the system manually." -msgstr "" -"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " -"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" -" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with " -"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate " -"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " -"information daily in the system manually." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 -msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." -msgstr "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 -msgid "" -"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " -"3.3)" -msgstr "" -"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " -"3.3)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:542 -msgid "" -"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " -"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." -msgstr "" -"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " -"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" -msgstr "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:548 -msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -msgstr "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 -msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -msgstr "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550 -msgid "" -"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " -"Companies`" -msgstr "" -"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " -"Companies`" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 -msgid "Open any company you have." -msgstr "Open any company you have." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:575 -msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -msgstr "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 -msgid "" -"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " -"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " -"generic one with no explanation." -msgstr "" -"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " -"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " -"generic one with no explanation." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 -msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "If you see an error like this:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 -msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" -msgstr "The cfdi generated is not valid" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 -msgid "" -"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " -"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" -msgstr "" -"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " -"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 -msgid "" -"This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " -"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " -"but:" -msgstr "" -"This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " -"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " -"but:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 -msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "Go to the company in which the error occurs." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 -msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -msgstr "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:583 -msgid "" -"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:12 +msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" msgstr "" -"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:14 msgid "" -"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +"As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of" +" your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. " +"However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can " +"activate only the ones relevant for your business." msgstr "" -"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:592 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:19 msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " -"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " -"properly." +"To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " +"tax." msgstr "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " -"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " -"properly." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:636 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:667 -msgid "**Error messages**:" -msgstr "**Error messages**:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:598 -msgid "" -"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing." -msgstr "" -"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:602 -msgid "" -"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing." -msgstr "" -"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " -"partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" -" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " -"which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " -"possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " -"considerations about fiscal positions." -msgstr "" -"**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " -"partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" -" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " -"which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " -"possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " -"considerations about fiscal positions." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:613 -msgid "" -"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " -"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " -"set 601, it will look like the image." -msgstr "" -"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " -"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " -"set 601, it will look like the image." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:620 -msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " -"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." -msgstr "" -"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " -"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:623 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:654 -msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "**Error message**:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:625 -msgid "" -"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" -msgstr "" -"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:631 -msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." -msgstr "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:638 -msgid "" -"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" -msgstr "" -"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:656 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:31 msgid "" -"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +"To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." msgstr "" -"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:644 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:41 msgid "" -"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing." +"Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " +"the following table to see where they are displayed." msgstr "" -"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:647 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " -"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " -"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" -"info`." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Name `" msgstr "" -"**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " -"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " -"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" -"info`." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:661 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" -" Mexico, fix it." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice `" msgstr "" -"**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" -" Mexico, fix it." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:669 -msgid "" -"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Group `" msgstr "" -"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:672 -msgid "" -"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.\", '')" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Back end" msgstr "" -"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.\", '')" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:676 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" -" used on the invoice." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" msgstr "" -"**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" -" used on the invoice." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 -msgid "Netherlands" -msgstr "荷兰" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 -msgid "XAF Export" -msgstr "XAF Export" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 -msgid "" -"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" -" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" -" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " -"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" msgstr "" -"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" -" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" -" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " -"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 -msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" -msgstr "Dutch Accounting Reports" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " -"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:53 +msgid "Basic Options" msgstr "" -"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " -"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 -msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" -msgstr "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 -msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" -msgstr "Intrastat Report (ICP)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 -msgid "Spain" -msgstr "西班牙" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:58 +msgid "Tax Name" +msgstr "税金名称" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 -msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Spanish Chart of Accounts" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:60 msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " -"default:" +"The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " +":ref:`label ` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " +"Products, etc." msgstr "" -"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " -"default:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 -msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" -msgstr "PGCE PYMEs 2008" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 -msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" -msgstr "PGCE Completo 2008" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 -msgid "PGCE Entitades" -msgstr "PGCE Entitades" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 -msgid "" -"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " -"Localization** section." -msgstr "" -"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " -"Localization** section." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Tax Computation" +msgstr "税金计算" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " -"default." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:68 +msgid "**Group of Taxes**" msgstr "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " -"default." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 -msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" -msgstr "Spanish Accounting Reports" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:70 msgid "" -"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" -" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +"The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " +"you want, in the order you want them to be applied." msgstr "" -"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" -" accounting reports specific to Spain:" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" -msgstr "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" -msgstr "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" -msgstr "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 -msgid "Switzerland" -msgstr "瑞士" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 -msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" -msgstr "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:74 msgid "" -"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " -"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " -"ISR*." +"Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " +"may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " +":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones `." msgstr "" -"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " -"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " -"ISR*." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " -"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " -"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:78 +msgid "**Fixed**" msgstr "" -"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " -"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " -"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 -msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." -msgstr "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:80 msgid "" -"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " -"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " -"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " -"Reports` and tick this box :" +"The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " +"same, regardless of the Sales Price." msgstr "" -"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " -"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " -"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " -"Reports` and tick this box :" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 -msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" -msgstr "Currency Rate Live Update" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:83 msgid "" -"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " -"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " -"you want." +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " +"fixed* tax. We then have:" msgstr "" -"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " -"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " -"you want." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 -msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" -msgstr "Updated VAT for January 2018" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" -" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" -" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Product's Sales Price" msgstr "" -"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" -" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" -" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 -msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" -msgstr "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " -"have to do anything." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Price without tax" msgstr "" -"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " -"have to do anything." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " -"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " -":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " -"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " -"\"upgrade\"`." -msgstr "" -"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " -"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " -":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " -"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " -"\"upgrade\"`." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Tax" +msgstr "税金" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " -"rates." -msgstr "" -"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " -"rates." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Total" +msgstr "合计" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 -msgid "" -"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " -"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " -"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " -"transactions." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000" msgstr "" -"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " -"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " -"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " -"transactions." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 -msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" -msgstr "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 -msgid "" -"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " -"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" -msgstr "" -"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " -"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "10" +msgstr "10" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 -msgid "" -"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" -" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" -" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "1,010.00" msgstr "" -"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" -" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" -" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 -msgid "" -"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " -"grid 302 tax" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:92 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**" msgstr "" -"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " -"grid 302 tax" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:94 msgid "" -"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " -"grid 342 tax" +"The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " +"multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." msgstr "" -"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " -"grid 342 tax" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:97 msgid "" -"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " -"included in Odoo by default" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax. We then have:" msgstr "" -"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " -"included in Odoo by default" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Name**" -msgstr "**Tax Name**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Rate**" -msgstr "**Rate**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Label on Invoice**" -msgstr "**Label on Invoice**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" -msgstr "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Scope**" -msgstr "**Tax Scope**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tag**" -msgstr "**Tag**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" -msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "7.7%" -msgstr "7.7%" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -msgid "7.7% achat" -msgstr "7.7% achat" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "TVA 7.7%" -msgstr "TVA 7.7%" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "采购" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" -msgstr "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -msgid "7.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "7.7% achat Incl." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" -msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -msgid "7.7% invest." -msgstr "7.7% invest." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" -msgstr "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." -msgstr "7.7% invest. Incl." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" -msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "3.7%" -msgstr "3.7%" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -msgid "3.7% achat" -msgstr "3.7% achat" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "TVA 3.7%" -msgstr "TVA 3.7%" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "3.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "3.7% achat Incl." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" -msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -msgid "3.7% invest" -msgstr "3.7% invest" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "3.7% invest Incl." -msgstr "3.7% invest Incl." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" -msgstr "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "销售" +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "1,100.00" msgstr "" -"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "7.7% Incl." -msgstr "7.7% Incl." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" -msgstr "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:107 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" msgstr "" -"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "3.7% Incl." -msgstr "3.7% Incl." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:109 msgid "" -"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " -"odoo.com/help." +"The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " +"Total." msgstr "" -"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " -"odoo.com/help." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:111 msgid "" -"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" -" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " -"your fiscal positions accordingly." +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "1,111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:124 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "启用" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:126 +msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:129 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" +" can deactivate them to prevent future use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:133 +msgid "" +"This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " +"` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:139 +msgid "Tax Scope" +msgstr "税范围" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " +"where it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:143 +msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:144 +msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:145 +msgid "**None**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " +"Taxes ` but that you don't want to list along with other " +"Sales or Purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:154 +msgid "Definition tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " +"the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:163 +msgid "**Based On**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:165 +msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:166 +msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:168 +msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:169 +msgid "" +"**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports " +"<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your" +" country's regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:180 +msgid "Label on Invoices" +msgstr "发票上的标签" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " +"column. This is the :ref:`label ` visible to *front end* " +"users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:193 +msgid "Tax Group" +msgstr "税组" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " +":ref:`label ` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " +"invoices, and the Customer Portals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " +"when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " +"Positions `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:205 +msgid "" +"In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " +"Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." +" Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the " +"Invoice ` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, " +"above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:213 +msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" +msgstr "包含在分析成本" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:215 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " +"**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:221 +msgid "Included in Price" +msgstr "包含在价格中" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:223 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" +" Price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:225 +msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:227 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "900.10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "90.9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:238 +msgid "" +"If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," +" please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " +"*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** " +"field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:246 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " +"are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and " +"select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:253 +msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" +msgstr "影响后续税金的基础" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:255 +msgid "" +"With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " +"other taxes applied to the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:258 +msgid "" +"You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes ` to include" +" this tax, or add it directly to a product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " +"amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " +"tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:270 +msgid "" +"To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " +"names." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:282 +msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 +msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " +"provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" +" VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " +"This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " +"number without leaving Odoo interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 +msgid "VAT Number validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " +"**Country** and **VAT** fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" +" error message if the VAT number is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " +"fields' validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"`European Commission: VIES search engine " +"`__" msgstr "" -"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" -" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " -"your fiscal positions accordingly." #: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 @@ -7273,8 +9491,8 @@ msgid "Adviser" msgstr "顾问" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" -msgstr "如何管理财务预算?" +msgid "Manage a financial budget" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -7301,16 +9519,14 @@ msgid "" "First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" " is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " "and Finance** app." -msgstr "首先我们需要安装预算相应的应用程序。会计的主要模块应用。在应用程序模块, 安装 **会计和金融** 应用。" +msgstr "首先我们需要安装预算相应的应用程序。主要的模块是会计应用。在应用程序模块, 安装 **会计和金融** 应用。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 msgid "" "Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" " module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" " feature" -msgstr "" -"也进一步配置是必要的。去 :menuselection:`Accounting module --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` , 使用 **预算管理** 功能" +msgstr "进一步配置是必要的。去 :menuselection:`会计模块 --> 配置 --> 设置` , 使用 **预算管理** 功能" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 msgid "Budgetary Positions" @@ -7355,9 +9571,7 @@ msgstr "某些预算状况可能已经安装在你的会计科目表中。" msgid "" "To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " "Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." -msgstr "" -"定义位置, 进入 :menuselection:`Accounting module --> Configuration --> Budgetary " -"Positions` ." +msgstr "定义位置, 进入 :menuselection:`会计模块 --> 配置 --> 预算状况` ." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -7415,7 +9629,7 @@ msgstr "现在, 让我们为我们的预算设定我们的目标。我们规定, msgid "" "To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " ":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." -msgstr "设定这些目标, 进入会计程序, 选择 :menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` , 创建一个新的预算。" +msgstr "设定这些目标, 进入会计程序, 选择 :menuselection:`顾问 --> 预算` , 创建一个新的预算。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -7440,11 +9654,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " "is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" -msgstr "点击 **Save & new** 输入收入预算。预算的位置是收入, 计划是1000。保存并关闭" +msgstr "点击 **保存并创建** 输入收入预算。预算的位置是收入, 计划是1000。保存并关闭" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." -msgstr "你需要确认并且同意这个预算" +msgstr "你需要 **确认** 并且 **批准** 这个预算。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 msgid "Check your budget" @@ -7490,41 +9704,13 @@ msgstr "" "理论数据代表理论上可用/可收到的金额。当你12个月的预算是1200 (1月至12月), 今天是1月31日, 理论数量将达到1000, " "因为这是实际的数量。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 -msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" -msgstr "自动逆转会计分录" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific " -"date." -msgstr "你可能想要自动逆转特定日期的会计分录。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 -msgid "" -"This is, for example, used when you make a provision (e.g. provision for bad" -" debt). When making the accounting entry for the provision, the amount you " -"entered is only an estimated amount. You will only be sure of the amount at " -"the end of the fiscal year. That's why, at that point, you want the " -"accounting entry to be reversed to be able to enter the real loss that " -"occurred." -msgstr "" -"例如，在登记准备金时使用这项功能（例如，坏账准备金）。在为准备金做会计分录时，你输入的金额只是估计金额。在财政年度结束时才能得出确切金额。因此，你到时候会希望逆转会计分录，以便输入发生的实际损失。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 -msgid "" -"For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the " -"journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be " -"reversed at that date." -msgstr "为此，你只需在会计分录上勾选“自动逆转”框，并定义逆转日期。会计分录将在该日期逆转。" - #: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" msgstr "分析" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" -msgstr "如何追踪采购成本, 费用, 外包合同？" +msgid "Track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -7556,7 +9742,7 @@ msgid "" "costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install" " the Sales management app as well." msgstr "" -"请注意, 这些应用程序提供的程序只允许我们 **记录** 成本。我们无法向我们的客户自动重新发票。跟踪和 **将成本再开票** , " +"请注意, 这些应用程序提供的程序只允许我们 **跟踪** 成本。我们无法向我们的客户自动重新发票。跟踪和 **将成本再开票** , " "你应该安装销售管理应用程序。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 @@ -7568,14 +9754,13 @@ msgid "" "Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " "select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " "accounting box." -msgstr "" -"下一步是启动分析会计。在会计软件, 选择 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` , 选择分析会计。" +msgstr "下一步是启动分析会计。在会计软件, 选择 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 选择分析会计。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 msgid "" "Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " "box." -msgstr "此外,向下滚动,点击* *采购分析* *选相框。" +msgstr "此外,向下滚动,点击 **采购分析** 选框。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." @@ -7592,8 +9777,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In " "this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." msgstr "" -"首先, 你应该创建一个分析科目用来记录所有的费用。输入会计应用程序, 选择 :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Analytic Accounts` . 创建一个新的。在这种情况下, 我们将称之为“咨询包\" , 为我们的客户Smith&Co所创建。 " +"首先, 你应该创建一个分析科目用来记录所有的费用。输入会计应用程序, 选择 :menuselection:`配置 --> 分析帐户` . " +"创建一个新的。在这种情况下, 我们将称之为“咨询包\" , 为我们的客户Smith&Co所创建。 " #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." @@ -7620,8 +9805,8 @@ msgid "" "product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure" " the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." msgstr "" -"我们首先需要创建一个费用性产品。进入 **费用** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense " -"Products` . 创建一个新产品, 名为火车票, 设置成本价格为15.50欧元。确保 **Can be expensed** 已勾选。" +"我们首先需要创建一个可报销的产品。进入 **费用** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 报销产品` . 创建一个新产品, " +"名为火车票, 设置成本价格为15.50欧元。确保 **Can be expensed** 已勾选。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 msgid "Book the expense" @@ -7632,8 +9817,7 @@ msgid "" "Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " "Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " "discussed above." -msgstr "" -"进入费用模块, 点击 :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create` . 选择火车票产品, 将其链接之前讨论过的科目上。" +msgstr "进入报销模块, 点击 :menuselection:`我的费用 --> 创建` . 选择火车票产品, 将其链接之前讨论过的科目上。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -7697,8 +9881,7 @@ msgstr "现在一切都是入账并指到分析账户。只是打开它检查科 msgid "" "Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " "Accounts --> Open Charts`." -msgstr "" -"进入会计模块, 点击 :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts` ." +msgstr "进入会计模块, 点击 :menuselection:`顾问 --> 分析会计 --> 打开图表` ." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -7714,8 +9897,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "收入的话, 在发票菜单下开具'咨询包'的发票, 将发票行链接到分析科目。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" -msgstr "如何使用工时表跟踪人力资源成本？" +msgid "Track costs of human resources with timesheets" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7733,17 +9916,14 @@ msgid "" "compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." msgstr "" "我们采用以下例子 :我们两位雇员 **Harry Potter** 和 **Cedric Digory** 都为我们的客户 **Smith&Co** " -"提供 **Consultancy pack** 工作。哈利每小时支付18€, 塞德里克的工资是每小时 12€ 。我们用会计应用中跟踪他们的工时费, " -"并比较他们咨询服务收益。" +"提供 **咨询服务包** 的工作。哈利每小时支付18€, 塞德里克的工资是每小时 12€ 。我们用会计应用中跟踪他们的工时费, 并比较他们咨询服务收益。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 msgid "" "First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " "namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " "name and install them." -msgstr "" -"首先, 安装必要的三个应用程序, 即 **Accounting** , **Sales** 和 **Timesheet** . 。进入应用程序模块, " -"并安装它们。" +msgstr "首先, 安装必要的三个应用程序, 即 **会计** , **销售** 和 **工时单** 。进入应用程序模块, 并安装它们。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -7751,8 +9931,8 @@ msgid "" "**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " "tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" msgstr "" -"接下来您将需要启用分析会计。这样, 进入 **Accounting app** 。选择 :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings` 和点击 **Analytic accounting** 选项(见下图)" +"接下来您将需要启用分析会计。这样, 进入 **会计应用** 。选择 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 和点击 **分析会计** " +"选项(见下图)" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 msgid "Apply your changes." @@ -7768,8 +9948,7 @@ msgid "" " an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " "new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." msgstr "" -"为了检查员工的收入, 你需要有一个。进入 **Employee** 应用, 创建一个员工。选择 **Employee** , 并创建一个新员工, " -"填写名称和基本信息。" +"为了检查员工的收入, 你需要有一个。进入 **员工** 应用, 创建一个员工。选择 **员工** , 并创建一个新员工, 填写名称和基本信息。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -7777,7 +9956,7 @@ msgid "" "specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " "cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." msgstr "" -"在员工表上进入 **HR settings** 选项卡。在这里你可以指定员工的 **工时成本** 。在这种情况下, " +"在员工表上进入 **人力资源设置** 选项卡。在这里你可以指定员工的 **工时成本** 。在这种情况下, " "哈利花费18欧元/小时。在这个字段我们将填写18。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 @@ -7802,14 +9981,15 @@ msgid "" "**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " "customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." msgstr "" -"我们在 **Employee** 创建了两个员工, 塞德里克·迪戈里的哈利波特。他们将为Smith&Co 工作, 他们会将工时填入咨询合同。" +"我们在 **员工** 应用创建了两个员工, Harry Potter和Cedric Diggory。他们将为Smith&Co 工作, " +"他们会将工时填入咨询合同。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 msgid "" "We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" " **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " "unit of measures." -msgstr "因此我们需要创建一个 **销售订单** , 产品是 **服务** , **基于时间和材料** 开票, 公式以小时为单位。" +msgstr "因此我们需要创建一个 **销售订单** , 产品是 **服务** , **基于时间和材料** 开票, 公式以 **小时** 为单位。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -7826,8 +10006,8 @@ msgid "" " **SO002-Smith&Co**) in order to be able to invoice their hours (see picture" " below)." msgstr "" -"我们保存一个销售订单, 订单内产品为 **External Consulting** . **Sales Order** 一旦确认, " -"分析科目会自动生成。我们的员工将被指定一个科目(在本例中 **SO002-Smith&Co** ), 是为了将工时开票给客户(见下图)。" +"我们保存一个销售订单, 订单内产品为 **外部咨询** . **销售订单** 一旦确认, 分析科目会自动生成。我们的员工将被指定一个科目(在本例中 " +"**SO002-Smith&Co** ), 是为了将工时开票给客户(见下图)。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:88 msgid "Fill in timesheet" @@ -7840,8 +10020,8 @@ msgid "" "the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" " Account** discussed above." msgstr "" -"一个员工链接到一个用户, 哈利可以进入 **工时表** 应用, 为工时单指定相应的合同。登入哈利的帐户, 进入 **Timesheet** 应用程序, " -"输入明细行, 指定上面所讨论的 **分析账户** 。" +"一个员工链接到一个用户, 哈利可以进入 **工时单** 应用, 为工时单指定相应的合同。登入哈利的帐户, 进入 **工时单** 应用程序, 输入明细行," +" 指定上面所讨论的 **分析账户** 。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." @@ -7852,7 +10032,7 @@ msgid "" "In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " "hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" " the **Analytic Account**." -msgstr "同时, Cedric与客户讨论需要1小时, 指定到他个人的工时表, 也指向 **Analytic Account** ." +msgstr "同时, Cedric与客户讨论需要1小时, 指定到他个人的工时表, 也指向 **分析账户** 。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -7886,15 +10066,15 @@ msgid "" "this analytical account. Enter the *Accounting* app, select " ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." msgstr "" -"如果所有项目的成本和收入的分析科目都正确, 我们可以轻松地检索相关的成本和收益。输入 *Accounting* 应用, 选择 " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts` ." +"如果所有项目的成本和收入的分析科目都正确, 我们可以轻松地检索相关的成本和收益。进入 *会计* 应用, 选择 :menuselection:`顾问 " +"--> 分析帐户 --> 打开图表` ." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:127 msgid "" "Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " "current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " "credit and debit balance of the account." -msgstr "注意 :您可以为 **Analysis** 指定一个时间。如果你想打开当前状态, 你应该保持空的字段。我们可以看到借贷方余额。" +msgstr "注意 :您可以为 **分析** 指定一个时间。如果你想打开当前状态, 你应该保持空的字段。我们可以看到借贷方余额。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -7906,7 +10086,7 @@ msgstr "如果我们单击科目, 提供了成本和收入的细节(见下图) msgid "" "Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " "with the corresponding description." -msgstr "单击按钮 **Cost/Revenue** , 可以看到成本和收入的总况。" +msgstr "单击按钮 **成本/收益** , 可以看到成本和收入的总况。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 msgid "With filters" @@ -7922,8 +10102,7 @@ msgid "" "Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" " resource cost." msgstr "" -"进入 **Accounting** 程序, 点击 :menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Entries` . " -"在这个菜单中, 我们有几个选项来分析人力资源成本。" +"进入 **会计** 应用, 点击 :menuselection:`顾问 --> 分析条目` . 在这个菜单中, 我们有几个选项来分析人力资源成本。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -7931,8 +10110,7 @@ msgid "" " the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " "contains the **Sales Order** number." msgstr "" -"过滤 **分析账户** , 我们可以看到项目的成本和收入。添加一个自定义的 **过滤器**: **Analytic Account** 包括 " -"**Sales Order** " +"过滤 **分析账户** , 我们可以看到项目的成本和收入。添加一个自定义的 **过滤器** : **分析账户** 包括 **销售订单** " #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -7971,7 +10149,7 @@ msgstr "分析服务或者项目的绩效" msgid "" "To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" -msgstr "管理分析会计, 你必须激活它, 在 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` :" +msgstr "管理分析会计, 你必须激活它, 在 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` :" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -8773,7 +10951,7 @@ msgid "" "Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " "the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," " you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." -msgstr "记得 **平均成本** 的定义, 说出库时不更新产品的平均成本。如果你打破这个规则, 你可能会导致库存不一致。" +msgstr "记得 **平均成本** 的定义, 即出库时不更新产品的平均成本。如果你违反这个规则, 则可能会导致库存不一致。" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -8835,8 +11013,8 @@ msgid "" "receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " "shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." msgstr "" -"人们在使用 **anglo saxon accounting** 会计原则, 还有另一个概念需考虑 :产品的入库科目, " -"这是为了保存收票时的价值。所以这个账户在收货时会增加, 收到发票时会减少." +"人们在使用 **盎克鲁撒克逊会计** 会计原则, 还有另一个概念需考虑 :产品的入库科目, 这是为了保存收票时的价值。所以这个账户在收货时会增加, " +"收到发票时会减少。" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -8895,10 +11073,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "供应商退款将使用原始的购买价格, 所以退货时会零差异, 我们需要重用原来的价格。产品类别上的价格差异, 用于记录平均成本和原购买价格之间的差异。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 -msgid "Multicurrency" -msgstr "多币种" - #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" msgstr "在付款时登记汇率" @@ -8924,29 +11098,25 @@ msgstr "启用多币种" msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." -msgstr "" -"会计模块, 去 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` , 勾选 **允许多货币** , 然后点击 " -"**应用** 。" +msgstr "会计模块, 去 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 勾选 **允许多货币** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 msgid "" "Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." -msgstr "汇率的配置 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies` . 写下汇率, 确保货币是活跃的。" +msgstr "汇率的配置 :menuselection:`配置 -->货币` . 写下汇率, 确保货币是活跃的。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 msgid "" "In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " "in **Dollars**." -msgstr "在本文档中, 基础货币是 **欧元** , 我们将收付款记录在 **美元** 。" +msgstr "在本文档中, 基础货币是 **欧元** ，我们将收付款记录在 **美元** 。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 msgid "" "You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " "Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." -msgstr "" -"您可以从 **European Central Bank** 或 **Yahoo** 自动获取欧洲央行的汇率。请阅读文档 " -":doc:`how_it_works` ." +msgstr "您可以从 **欧洲中央银行** 或 **雅虎** 自动获取欧洲央行的汇率。请阅读文档: :doc:`how_it_works` 。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 @@ -8958,16 +11128,14 @@ msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " "currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " "Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." -msgstr "" -"为了用其他货币登记收付款, 你必须在账上 **remove the currency constraint** 。去财务应用程序, 点击 **更多** " -"和 **设置** 。" +msgstr "为了用其他货币登记收付款, 你必须在账上 **删除货币限制** 。去会计应用程序, 点击 **更多** 和 **设置** 。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 msgid "" "Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" " you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " "you can register payments only in this currency." -msgstr "检查 **货币** 字段是否为空, 或是您将用来登记收付款的外币。如果货币已填写, 这意味着你只可以用这种货币登记收付款。" +msgstr "检查 **货币** 字段是否为空白, 或是您将用来登记收付款的外币。如果货币已填写, 这意味着你只可以用这种货币登记收付款。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" @@ -8979,8 +11147,7 @@ msgid "" "Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" " currency. Then click on **confirm**." msgstr "" -"在 **会计** 应用程序中, 至 :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments` . 登记收付款并注明已用外币登记。然后点击 " -"**确定** 。" +"在 **会计** 应用程序中, 至 :menuselection:`销售 --> 付款` . 登记收付款并注明已用外币登记。然后点击 **确定** 。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 @@ -8992,7 +11159,7 @@ msgstr "会计分录已过账但没有分配。" msgid "" "Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " "click on **Add** to allocate the payment." -msgstr "回到发票( :menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices` )并点击 **添加** 分配付款。" +msgstr "回到发票( :menuselection:`销售 --> 客户发票` )并点击 **添加** 分配付款。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" @@ -9012,7 +11179,7 @@ msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " "amount in your company currency." -msgstr "调节的时候, Odoo将直接与正确的 **发票** 匹配。你会看到的发票货币下的金额及本位币下的总额。" +msgstr "调节的时候, Odoo将直接与正确的 **发票** 匹配。你会看到发票的货币下的金额及贵司默认货币的总额。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" @@ -9023,9 +11190,7 @@ msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " "are recorded in it." -msgstr "" -"去 :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` , 找到 **Exchange difference** " -"日记账分录。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" +msgstr "去 :menuselection:`顾问 --> 日记帐分录` , 找到 **汇率差异** 日记账分录。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -9035,8 +11200,8 @@ msgstr "在会计设置上, 可以更改汇率差异账的设置." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure` " +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 @@ -9045,9 +11210,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases` " #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 -msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" -msgstr "Odoo多币种是如何工作的？" +msgid "Odoo's multi-currency system" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -9068,9 +11232,7 @@ msgstr "开启多币种" msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" -"会计模块, 去 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` , 选择 **允许多货币** , 然后点击 " -"**应用** 。" +msgstr "会计模块中, 去 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 选择 **允许多货币** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:159 @@ -9100,9 +11262,7 @@ msgid "" "You can manually configure the currency rates in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " "to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." -msgstr "" -"您可以手动配置的汇率 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies` . " -"打开你想要使用的货币并编辑它。确保货币是活跃的。" +msgstr "您可以手动配置的汇率 :menuselection:`配置 -->货币` . 打开你想要使用的货币并编辑它。确保货币是活跃的。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" @@ -9128,18 +11288,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "默认情况下,货币需要手动更新。但是你可以同步 `Yahoo ` __或是 `European Central Bank ` __. 在 " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` , 去 **Live Currency Rate** 部分。" +":menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 去 **实时汇率** 部分。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 msgid "" "Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " "force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" " are set !" -msgstr "选择间隔 :手动, 每日, 每周或每月。你可以强制更新, 通过点击 **现在更新** 。选择供应商, 并设置!" +msgstr "选择间隔 :手动, 每日, 每周或每月。你可以强制更新, 通过点击 **现在更新** 。选择供应商, 设置完成!" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" -msgstr "只有 **有效的** 币别被更新" +msgstr "仅更新 **有效的** 货币" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:80 msgid "Configure your charts of account" @@ -9151,7 +11311,7 @@ msgid "" "Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " "for this account to have the account currency." msgstr "" -"在会计应用程序中, 去 :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of Accounts` . 在每个科目, " +"在会计应用程序中, 去 :menuselection:`顾问 --> 会计科目表` 。在每个科目, " "您可以设置一个货币。所有这个账目的账都使用这个货币。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:86 @@ -9179,6 +11339,10 @@ msgid "" "can register payments only in this currency." msgstr "检查外币的字段是否为空, 或者需要在哪个货币下登记收付款。如果货币已填写, 这意味着你可只能用这种货币登记收付款。" +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 +msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgstr "Odoo多币种是如何工作的？" + #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -9218,7 +11382,7 @@ msgstr "付款登记" msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " "Register the payment and set the currency." -msgstr "在会计应用程序中，前往:menuselection:`销售 --> 付款`。登记付款并设置币种。" +msgstr "在会计应用程序中，前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 付款`。登记付款并设置币种。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 @@ -9240,9 +11404,7 @@ msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" " difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" " in it." -msgstr "" -"去 :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` , 找到 **Exchange difference** " -"日记账分录。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" +msgstr "去 :menuselection:`顾问 --> 日记条目` , 找到 **汇率差额** 日记账分录。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:168 msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" @@ -9254,8 +11416,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`exchange`" msgstr ":doc:`exchange` " #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" -msgstr "如何在多币别环境下管理发票和付款？" +msgid "Manage invoices and payment in multiple currencies" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -9295,8 +11457,7 @@ msgid "" "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" " journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"为了用其他货币登记收付款, 你必须在账上 **remove the currency constraint** 。去财务应用程序, 点击 **更多** " -"和 **设置** 。" +"为了注册其他货币的付款，您必须删除日记帐上的货币限制。 转到会计应用程序，在日记帐上， 单击 :menuselection:`更多 --> 设置`。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" @@ -9315,9 +11476,7 @@ msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " "Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " "Then click on **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"在会计应用程序中, 至 :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments` . 登记收付款并注明已用外币登记。然后点击 **确定**" -" 。" +msgstr "在会计应用程序中, 至 :menuselection:`销售 --> 付款`。 登记收付款并注明已用外币登记。然后点击 **确定** 。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" @@ -9335,422 +11494,18 @@ msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " "are recorded in it." -msgstr "" -"去 :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` , 找到 **Exchange difference** " -"日记账分录。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" +msgstr "去 :menuselection:`顾问 --> 日记条目` , 找到 **汇率差额** 日记账分录。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:118 msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works` " -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "报表" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" -msgstr "用你自己的公式如何创建定制报表？" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " -"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " -"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " -"ever." -msgstr "" -"Odoo " -"13提供了一个功能强大、使用简便的报告框架。创建新报告（如税务报告、资产负债表或损益表，并有具体的分组和布局），以适应你的需求，现在比以往更容易。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "激活开发者模式" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" -" activated." -msgstr "" -"如要访问财务报告创建界面，需启用:doc:`开发人员模式 <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:20 -msgid "Create your financial report" -msgstr "创建财务报表" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 -msgid "" -"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" -msgstr "" -"首先, 您需要创建您的财务报告。要做到这一点, 去 :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Financial Reports` " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " -"configured:" -msgstr "在输入名称后，需要配置两项其他参数：" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 -msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" -msgstr " **显示借方和贷方栏位** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:33 -msgid "**Analysis Period** :" -msgstr " **分析期间**: " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:35 -msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" -msgstr "基于日期范围（例如损益）" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 -msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" -msgstr "基于单个日期（例如资产负债表）" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " -"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" -msgstr "基于日期范围的“老账”和“总计”列及前3个月（例如，业务伙伴账龄余额表)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 -msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" -msgstr "基于日期范围，以及现金收付制方法（例如现金流量表）" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 -msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" -msgstr "在定制报表中添加行" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 -msgid "" -"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " -"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " -"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." -msgstr "" -"创建了报告之后, 需要填充行。他们都需要一个 **姓名** , **代码** (用于行), **序列号** 和 **级** (用于补充行)。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" -" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " -"separated by ;)" -msgstr "在 **公式** 字段可以添加一个或多个列公式到余额行 (和借方和贷方列如果适用-隔开;)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:59 -msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" -msgstr "在公式中有几个可用对象 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:61 -msgid "" -"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " -"date range)." -msgstr "\" Ndays \\ \": 选择的期间的天数 (报表的日期范围)。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " -"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" -msgstr "" -"另一份报告, 引用的代码。使用“。平衡“获得其余额(也可用\" .credit \\ \",\" .debit \\ \"and\" " -".amount_residual \\ \")" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " -"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " -"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " -"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " -"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " -"by one of their columns." -msgstr "" -"一行也来自所选域的科目的总和。在何种情况下, 需要填写域字段. 然后一个额外的对象可以在公式, 即''和'', 科目的总和。您还可以使用group " -"by字段组合科目行。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:75 -msgid "Other useful fields :" -msgstr "其余有用的字段 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 -msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." -msgstr " **类型**: 公式结果的类型。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:79 -msgid "" -"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " -"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." -msgstr " **正数增长是好的吗**: 在计算比较列时使用。检查增长是否是好事(显示在绿色)。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:82 -msgid "" -"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" -" same dates as the rest of the report." -msgstr " **特别日期改变**: 如果报表中一个特定的行不应使用与其余部分相同的日期。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " -"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " -"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." -msgstr "" -" **Show domain**: 显示行的域。可以折叠(“默认\" , 藏在开始处, 但可以展开), “总是 \"(总是显示)或“never\" " -"(永远不会)。 " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 -msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" -msgstr ":doc:`main_reports` " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 -msgid "What are the main reports available?" -msgstr "有哪些可用的主要报表？" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" -msgstr "除了每个本地化模块创建报表, 有一些非常有用的 **generic** 和 **dynamic reports** 也非常有用 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 -msgid "**Balance Sheet**" -msgstr " **资产负债表** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 -msgid "**Profit and Loss**" -msgstr " **损益表** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 -msgid "**Chart of Account**" -msgstr " **科目表** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 -msgid "**Executive Summary**" -msgstr " **执行概要** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 -msgid "**General Ledger**" -msgstr " **总账** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 -msgid "**Aged Payable**" -msgstr " **到期应付** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 -msgid "**Aged Receivable**" -msgstr " **到期应收** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 -msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" -msgstr " **现金流量表** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 -msgid "**Tax Report**" -msgstr " **税金报告** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr " **银行对账** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." -msgstr "可以标注每个报表, 打印出来并呈报你的顾问。导出xls, 进一步分析管理。深入研究, 可看到更多的细节(付款,发票、分录,等等)。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." -msgstr "你可以将当期的值与另一期间的值比较。也可选择多个期间进行比较。如果不想使用系统默认的* *前一期间 * *, 你可以选择之前的12期。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." -msgstr " **资产负债表** 显示你的组织的资产，负债，和权益在一个特定日期的快照。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 -msgid "Profit and Loss" -msgstr "损益表" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." -msgstr " * *损益 * *表(或* * 收益状态* *)显示收入扣除费用后的净收益。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 -msgid "Chart of account" -msgstr "科目表" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 -msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." -msgstr "分类账科目的列表" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 -msgid "Executive Summary" -msgstr "执行摘要" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." -msgstr " **执行概要** 允许快速查看所有需要用来运行公司的重要图表。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" -msgstr "在非常基本的规则中,这是本节中每个项目的报告:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Performance:**" -msgstr " **绩效 :** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 -msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" -msgstr " **毛利润 :** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." -msgstr "每个销售的收益减去销售的直接成本(诸如劳动力、材料等)。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 -msgid "**Net profit margin:**" -msgstr " **净利润 :** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." -msgstr "每个销售的收益减去销售的直接成本, 再减去公司的固定费用 (例如: 租金、电力、销售的税费)。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr " **投资回报率(每年) :** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " -"make those profits." -msgstr "净利润的比率, 公司的资产用来创造这些利润。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Position:**" -msgstr " **状况:** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr " **平均债务人天数 :** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." -msgstr "平均天数, 它需要你的客户安装客户发票支付给你(完全)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr " **平均债权人天数 :** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" -" all your bills." -msgstr "平均天数，它需要你按账单支付你的供应商(完全)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr " **短期现金预测 :** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 -msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." -msgstr "预计下个月的现金收支, 即* *销售科目 * *的余额减去* *购买科目 * *的余额。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" -msgstr " **流动资产到负债 :** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." -msgstr "* *流动比率* *, 就是流动资产的(资产可以在一年内转化为现金)比流动负债(明年到期的债务)。这通常是用来衡量一个公司偿债能力。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 -msgid "General Ledger" -msgstr "总分类账" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." -msgstr "" -"* * 总分类帐* *显示所选期间内的所有科目的交易。总账初步显示了每个帐户的总数, 计入科目可看到具体明细。这非常有用, 可检查某一期间内的每笔交易。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 -msgid "Aged Payable" -msgstr "到期的应付" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." -msgstr "运行* *应付账龄表* *, 报表显示每个账单信息,信用票据和多付款项, 并显示逾期时间。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 -msgid "Aged Receivable" -msgstr "到期的应收" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." -msgstr "* *应收账龄表* *显示所选期间及之前的所有未清应收款。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 -msgid "Cash Flow Statement" -msgstr "现金流量表" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 -msgid "" -"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." -msgstr "* *现金流量表 * *显示资产负债科目的变化, 收入对现金的影响和现金等价物, 以及对运营的分析,投资和融资活动。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 -msgid "Tax Report" -msgstr "税金报告" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 -msgid "" -"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " -"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." -msgstr "这份报表体现了按税收类型分类后的* *净额* *和* *税额* *(销售/采购)。" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "入门" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 msgid "Chart of Accounts" msgstr "会计科目" @@ -9829,7 +11584,7 @@ msgstr "在日记账分录过账后，就无法再修改公司的**财务本地 msgid "" "To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "如要创建新科目，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 会计科目表`，点击*创建*并填写表单。" +msgstr "如要创建新科目，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 会计科目表`，点击*创建*并填写表单。" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 msgid "Code and Name" @@ -9841,10 +11596,6 @@ msgid "" "indicates the account's purpose." msgstr "每个科目通过其**代码**和**名称**来进行识别，它们也体现了科目的目的。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "类型" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 msgid "" "Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" @@ -9993,10 +11744,6 @@ msgstr "**创建并确认：**你还必须选择一种模式。交易在科目 msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "请参阅相关文档，获取更多信息。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 -msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "默认税金" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 msgid "" "Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " @@ -10040,7 +11787,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " "*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." msgstr "" -"如要显示科目组的**试算表**报告，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 报告 --> " +"如要显示科目组的**试算表**报告，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 报告 --> " "试算表`，然后打开*选项*菜单并选择**层级及小计**。" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 @@ -10091,80 +11838,271 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" -msgstr "如何设置odoo会计？" +msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " -"different screens you will need." -msgstr "Odoo会计应用程序有一个实施指导, 配置时可参考。每一步都有相应截屏。" +"When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" +" welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" +" get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close " +"it." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " -"`__, you " -"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " -"implementation guide." +"The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"一旦你安装会计应用`__," -" 可点击右上角的获得实施指南。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 -msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" -msgstr "实施指南将帮助您, 以下具体步骤:" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Completing your company settings" -msgstr "完善你的公司设置" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" +" Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " +"creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes " +"are ready-to-go. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" -msgstr "输入你的银行账户" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" -msgstr "选择你的科目表" +msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" -msgstr "确认常用税率" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" -msgstr "设置外币" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 -msgid "Importing your customers" -msgstr "导入你的客户" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Importing your suppliers" -msgstr "导入你的供应商" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Importing your products" -msgstr "导入你的产品" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" -msgstr "导入你的未清账款交易" +msgid "" +"The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 -msgid "Importing your starting balances" -msgstr "导入你的起始余额" +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 -msgid "Define the users for accounting" -msgstr "为会计定义用户" +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 +msgid "Company Data" +msgstr "公司数据" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 msgid "" -"Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " -"bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " -"configuration of Odoo." -msgstr "一旦一个步骤完成,你可以点击“标记为完成”按钮, 按钮在屏幕底部。这样,你可以跟踪整体配置的进度。" +"This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " +"address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " +"number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " +"Info**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Bank Account" +msgstr "银行账户" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " +"*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " +"Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information " +"about Bank Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Accounting Periods" +msgstr "会计期间" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" +" to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " +"along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " +"date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " +"indicate their initial opening balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " +"Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " +"arrow button* at the end of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here ` for more information on how to " +"configure your Chart of Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 +msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 +msgid "" +"There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " +"advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " +"onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app" +" rather than the Accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 +msgid "" +"If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " +"going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 +msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " +"onboarding banner `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 +msgid "Invoice Layout" +msgstr "发票格式" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 +msgid "" +"With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" +" which layout tamplate, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 +msgid "" +"You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " +"*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " +"email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to " +"the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " +"Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" +" of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 +msgid "" +"These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 +msgid "Payment Method" +msgstr "付款方式" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 +msgid "" +"This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " +"can pay you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " +"Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " +"online, from their Customer Portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 +msgid "Sample Invoice" +msgstr "发票示例" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" +" configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 +msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" @@ -10437,7 +12375,7 @@ msgstr " **运营费用(OPEX)** 包含行政、销售和研发部门的工资, msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " "date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" -msgstr " **资产负债表** 是公司的财务在某个特定日期的快照（而损益表对一个期间的分析）" +msgstr " **资产负债表** 是公司的财务在某个特定日期的简要情况（而损益表对一个期间的分析）" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -10635,9 +12573,6 @@ msgstr "应收账款" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Debit" msgstr "借方" @@ -10649,9 +12584,6 @@ msgstr "借方" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Credit" msgstr "信用" @@ -10659,17 +12591,6 @@ msgstr "信用" msgid "Invoice 1" msgstr "发票1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -msgid "100" -msgstr "100" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Payment 1.1" msgstr "付款1.1" @@ -10785,9 +12706,6 @@ msgstr "第一个日记帐分录是由注册在发票付款创建的。注册银 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Account" msgstr "账户" @@ -10797,8 +12715,6 @@ msgstr "账户" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:142 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "应收账款" @@ -10822,8 +12738,6 @@ msgstr "支票0123" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:144 msgid "Bank" msgstr "银行" @@ -11203,8 +13117,8 @@ msgid "" "As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting " "dashboard." msgstr "" -"当收到供应商发票, 可在财务应用模块中录入 :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. " -"还有一个快捷方式,您还可在会计仪表盘上使用* *新发票* *功能。" +"当收到供应商发票, 可在会计应用中录入 :menuselection:`采购 --> 供应商帐单`。 还有一个快捷方式,您还可在会计仪表盘上使用 " +"**新发票** 功能。" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -11212,7 +13126,7 @@ msgid "" "their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " "lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." msgstr "" -"登记一张新的供应商发票, 首先选择一个供应商并在* * 供应商参考信息* * 输入发票信息, 然后添加并确认产品行, 确保正确的产品数量、税收和价格。" +"登记一张新的供应商发票, 首先选择一个供应商并在 **供应商参考信息** 输入发票信息, 然后添加并确认产品行, 确保正确的产品数量、税收和价格。" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -11289,7 +13203,7 @@ msgstr "支付账单" msgid "" "To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " "**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." -msgstr "在采购发票上直接付款, 你可以点击顶部的* *登记付款* *。" +msgstr "在采购发票上直接付款, 你可以点击顶部的 **登记付款** 。" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -11309,9 +13223,7 @@ msgid "" "a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " "from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with " "directly." -msgstr "" -"不在采购发票上直接支付, 也可以付款。在此登记, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. " -"然后在采购发票上直接核销." +msgstr "不在采购发票上直接支付, 也可以付款。在此登记, :menuselection:`采购 -->付款`. 然后在采购发票上直接核销。" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 msgid "Printing vendor Checks" @@ -11344,7 +13256,12 @@ msgid "" "the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at " "once." msgstr "" -"选择需要打印的所有支票(使用第一个复选框, 选择所有), 并设置* * 打印支票* *。Odoo将要求您设置打印序列, 之后将打印所有的支票。" +"选择需要打印的所有支票(使用第一个复选框, 选择所有), 并设置 **打印支票** 。Odoo将要求您设置打印序列, 之后将打印所有的支票。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "报表" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" @@ -11357,8 +13274,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" " visual of all of your outstanding bills." msgstr "" -"使用* *应付款账龄表* *, 可获得未清应付款和相关到期日. 在菜单下, (in :menuselection:`Reporting --> " -"Business Statement --> Aged payable`) , 可看到这个报表。" +"使用 **应付款账龄表** , 可获得未清应付款和相关到期日. 在菜单下, ( :menuselection:`报告 --> 业务报表 --> " +"应付账款`) , 可看到这个报表。" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -11379,342 +13296,9 @@ msgstr ":doc:`customer_invoice` " msgid "Account Payables" msgstr "应付账款" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 -msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" -msgstr "如何追踪员工费用？" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" -" then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " -"most frequently are:" -msgstr "员工为公司发生的费用, 可报销这些费用。最常遇到的收据:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 -msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," -msgstr "汽车旅行, 根据距离按照每单位进行报销(英里或者公里)," - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 -msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," -msgstr "生活费, 根据小票进行报销," - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 -msgid "" -"other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " -"carried out by the employee." -msgstr "员工的报销包含员工为公司支付的如文具和书籍等。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " -"from the Apps module." -msgstr "管理费用, 需要安装* *费用跟踪 * *应用程序模块。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " -"re-invoice your expenses to your customers." -msgstr "还需要安装* *销售管理* *模块, 可用于将费用重新开票给客户." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " -"products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " -"products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses " -"Products` in the **Expenses** application." -msgstr "" -"应用程序安装后, 可以配置代表不同费用类型的产品。创建产品, 在* *费用* " -"*应用程序中进入菜单:menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses Products` ." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 -msgid "Some examples of products can be:" -msgstr "一些示例产品可以是 :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 -msgid "**Travel (car)**" -msgstr " **出差 (汽车)** " - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 -msgid "Product Type: Service" -msgstr "产品类型 :服务" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 -msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" -msgstr "开票策略 :基于记工单开票" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" -msgstr "费用开票原则 :根据销售价格" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 -msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" -msgstr "销售价 : 0.32" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " -"Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" -msgstr "计量单位 :公里(Km) 或英里(mile) (需在菜单[销售模块]-->[配置]中勾选\" 多个计量单位\\ \\ \\ \"" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 -msgid "**Hotel**" -msgstr " **酒店** " - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" -msgstr "费用开票原则 :基于成本" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 -msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" -msgstr "计量单位 :个" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " -"employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " -"customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the" -" hotel." -msgstr "在这些示例中,第一个产品是用于员工报销的, 基于汽车所行驶的公里数(如拜访客户):0.32€/公里。住宿费根据实际酒店发生费用报销." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " -"checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " -"material**. This invoicing policy means that, if the expense is related to a" -" customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" -"确保所有这些产品的复选框* * Can be expensed* *已勾选, 并且发票政策设置为* *基于时间和材料 * " -"*。这发票政策意味着,如果相关的费用用于客户项目/销售订单, Odoo 将再次开票给客户。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 -msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" -msgstr "Odoo支持两种类型的费用 :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 -msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" -msgstr "雇员自己付款的费用" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 -msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" -msgstr "用公司信用卡支付的费用" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 -msgid "The expenses workflow" -msgstr "费用报销工作流程" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 -msgid "Record a new expense" -msgstr "登记新的费用" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " -":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " -"personal expenses work that way:" -msgstr "" -"公司的每个员工可将费用登记在:menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. " -"个人支出报销流程为:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 -msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" -msgstr "员工登记自己的费用, 然后提交给自己的经理" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 -msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" -msgstr "经理通过或者拒绝费用" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 -msgid "the accountant post journal entries" -msgstr "会计登录日记账分录" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 -msgid "" -"the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " -"with a payable account)" -msgstr "公司报销员工费用（员工就像一个供应商, 有应付款科目）" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 -msgid "" -"if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " -"the customer" -msgstr "如果费用链接到分析帐户, 该公司可以重开发票给客户" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 -msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" -msgstr "每个费用, 员工至少应该登记 :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 -msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" -msgstr "描述 :应该包含票据／账单的号码参照" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 -msgid "a product: the expense type" -msgstr "一个产品 :费用类型" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 -msgid "" -"a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" -" car)" -msgstr "价格（例如酒店）或数量 (例如报销自驾车里程数)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " -"photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " -"the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." -msgstr "根据公司的政策,可能需要在费用上附加扫描件或照片。如果要这样,就在费用单底部留言并添加附件。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 -msgid "" -"If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" -" an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " -"might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get " -"this feature)." -msgstr "如果费用是用于客户的项目,别忘了设置一个分析科目, 链接到相关客户项目或者销售订单(需要事先在会计设置中激活这个功能)。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " -"**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " -"expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." -msgstr "费用全部填写后,员工必须单击按钮* *向经理提交* *。在一些公司,员工应在月底或是出差结束后统一提交。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 -msgid "" -"An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " -"action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." -msgstr "在费用列表或是列表视图提交费用选项中, 员工可以批量提交费用。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 -msgid "Validation by the manager" -msgstr "由经理通过" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " -"manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " -"menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." -msgstr "每个费用的申请, 经理都会收到相应的待批准邮件(在员工表格中定义经理字段)。所有等待确认的单据, 经理可使用按钮* *批准* *。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 -msgid "The manager can:" -msgstr "经理能 :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 -msgid "" -"discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " -"bill is missing);" -msgstr "讨论费用索要更多的信息（例如, 单据复印件丢失）;" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 -msgid "reject an expense;" -msgstr "拒绝一个费用；" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 -msgid "approve an expense." -msgstr "通过一个费用。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 -msgid "Control by the accountant" -msgstr "由会计控制" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " -"by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " -"created and posted in your accounting." -msgstr "然后,所有已由经理批准的费用将转到会计那里。当一个费用过账后, 相应的分录会自动创建并过账。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " -"expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." -msgstr "如果一批费用对应生成一个凭证, 可在列表视图中批量过账费用单据。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 -msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" -msgstr "重开发票给客户" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " -"the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " -"invoiced to the customer yet and will be included in the next invoice that " -"will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer" -" project)" -msgstr "" -"如果费用与销售订单的分析账户相关联,销售订单中有一行是这个费用。如这个费用未开票, 下次开票时可将这行开票给客户(这个项目相关的差旅费和住宿费)." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 -msgid "" -"To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." -" (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " -"invoice all your orders in batch)" -msgstr "开发票给顾客, 只需单击客户销售订单的发票按钮。（如果你给所有订单整批开票, 则会在周/月末自动完成）" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:170 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:173 -msgid "Reimburse the employee" -msgstr "员工报销" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:175 -msgid "" -"If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " -"reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" -" payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." -msgstr "如果员工已支付了这个费用,公司应报销给员工。在这种情况下,在公司报销前, 员工将在应付账款账龄表中。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:180 -msgid "" -"All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " -"due." -msgstr "你只需要创建对雇员款项的支付。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 -msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" -msgstr "未重开票给客户的费用" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:189 -msgid "" -"If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " -"options:" -msgstr "如果一些费用不可以重开发票给客户, 你有两个选项︰" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 -msgid "" -"if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " -"invoicing policy on the product:" -msgstr "是否开票取决于产品上的设置, 在产品上更改发票政策:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 -msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" -msgstr " **基于记工单**: 重新给客户开票" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:197 -msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" -msgstr " **基于销售订单 :** 不给客户重新开票" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:199 -msgid "" -"if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " -"reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" -" invoice." -msgstr "如果有个别费用, 不需要重开票给客户,这个发票不需要设置相关分析科目。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:204 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr ":doc:`forecast` " - #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" -msgstr "如何预测未来要付的账单？" +msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -11756,8 +13340,8 @@ msgid "" "**Accounting** application. The following example show a payment term of 30%" " directly and the balance after 30 days." msgstr "" -"创建最常见的付款方式,在会计应用程序中使用菜单: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> " -"Payment Terms` 。下面的例子: 30%直接支付, 余款30天后支付。" +"创建最常见的付款方式,在会计应用程序中使用菜单: :menuselection:`配置 --> 管理 --> 付款条款` 。下面的例子: " +"30%直接支付, 余款30天后支付。" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -11804,8 +13388,8 @@ msgid "" " that you should pay or the bills that are overdue (you are late on the " "payment)." msgstr "" -"菜单 :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor " -"Bills`,可看到采购发票列表。使用高级过滤器,可列出所有的应付账单,或是逾期的账单(滞后支付)。" +"使用菜单 :menuselection:`购买 --> " +"供应商账单``,可看到采购发票列表。使用高级过滤器,可列出所有的应付账单,或是逾期的账单(滞后支付)。" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -11843,8 +13427,8 @@ msgid "" "country. As an example, the **U.S. Check Printing** module is required to " "print U.S. checks." msgstr "" -"用支票来付款,必须安装* *支票填写* *模块。这个模块登记支票处理。其他模块用来打印支票, 国家不同也不同。举个例子,美国* *支票打印* " -"*模块根据美国的支票来设计。" +"要通过支票记录供应商的付款，您必须安装 **填写支票** 模块。 该模块处理在Odoo中记录支票的过程。 " +"根据国家/地区，其他模块对于打印支票也是必需的。 例如，**美国支票打印** 模块才能打印美国支票。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -11865,8 +13449,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`More --> Settings` option. On the **Payment Method** field, " "set **Check**." msgstr "" -"如需用支票支付,必须在银行账上激活付款方式。从会计仪表板(进入会计应用程序的界面),点击你的银行账户:`More --> Settings` " -"option. 在* *支付方式* *字段,设置* *检查* *。" +"如需用支票支付,必须在银行账上激活付款方式。从会计仪表板(进入会计应用程序的界面),点击你的银行账户:menuselection:`更多 --> 设置`" +" 选项。 在 **支付方式** 字段, 设置 **检查** 。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:40 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" @@ -11882,15 +13466,15 @@ msgstr "对于美国, Odoo默认支持支票格式 :" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" -msgstr "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: 在顶部检查,存根在中间和底部" +msgstr "**Quickbooks & Quicken** : 在顶部检查,存根在中间和底部" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" -msgstr "**Peachtree**: 在中部检查,存根在顶部和底部" +msgstr "**Peachtree** : 在中部检查,存根在顶部和底部" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." -msgstr "**ADP**: 在底部检查,存根在顶部" +msgstr "**ADP** :在底部检查,存根在顶部" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -11929,7 +13513,7 @@ msgid "" "validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to " "**Check** and validate the payment dialog." msgstr "" -"如需在账单上登记付款，在此点开任何供应商发票:menuselection:`采购 --> " +"如需在账单上登记付款，在此点开任何供应商发票 :menuselection:`采购 --> " "供应商发票`。在确认供应商发票后，即可登记付款。将**支付方式**设置为**支票**，并确认付款对话框。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 @@ -11951,7 +13535,8 @@ msgid "" "will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next" " number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." msgstr "" -"如果你想在打印前查看每笔付款,打开支付界面,点击* *打印支票* *。对话框会问你检查的编号。它会自动提出你下一个编号,但是,如果编号不匹配, 可修改。" +"如果你想在打印前查看每笔付款,打开支付界面, 点击 **打印支票** 。对话框会问你检查的编号。它会自动提出你下一个编号, 但是,如果编号不匹配, " +"可修改。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -11968,7 +13553,7 @@ msgid "" "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " "payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." -msgstr "当处理银行对账单时,支票已从银行账户支出,Odoo将自动与付款匹配。这标志着付款* *核销* *。" +msgstr "当处理银行对账单时,支票已从银行账户支出, Odoo将自动与付款匹配。这标志着付款 **已调节对账** 。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -11986,21 +13571,20 @@ msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " "payment and select a payment method by check." -msgstr "" -"可登记与发票没有关系的付款。使用顶部菜单:menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. 登记付款, 选择付款方式。" +msgstr "可登记与发票没有关系的付款。使用顶部菜单:menuselection:`采购 --> 付款`. 登记付款, 选择付款方式。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**Memo** field." -msgstr "如果支付一个特殊的发票,在* * 备忘录* *字段写入备注。" +msgstr "如果支付一个特殊的发票,在 **备忘录** 字段写入备注。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 msgid "" "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " "Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" " flow to print checks in batch:" -msgstr "付款登记后, 点击* *确定* *。确认后,就可以直接* *打印支票* *或批量打印:" +msgstr "付款登记后, 点击 **确定** 。确认后,就可以直接 **打印支票** 或批量打印:" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 msgid "`Print checks`_" @@ -12011,8 +13595,8 @@ msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" msgstr "`核对银行对账单`_" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" -msgstr "如何一次性支付几个账单？" +msgid "Pay several bills at once" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -12040,14 +13624,14 @@ msgstr "在以下示例中,我们将生成一些账单。可在会计仪表板 msgid "" "To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " "the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." -msgstr "打开仪表板, 点击* *供应商账单 * *。在供应商账单界面,点击* *创建* *。" +msgstr "打开仪表板, 点击 **供应商账单** 。在供应商账单界面,点击 **创建** 。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 msgid "" "Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " "Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " "**Validate**." -msgstr "选择供应商,并点击添加项目, 可添加一个(或更多)产品(s)。点击* *保存* *, 然后点击 * *确认* *。" +msgstr "选择供应商, 并点击添加项目, 可添加一个(或更多)产品。点击 **保存** , 然后点击 **确认** 。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" @@ -12058,7 +13642,7 @@ msgid "" "We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" " **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" " on **Validate**." -msgstr "现在一个付款对应一张发票。打开发票,然后点击* *付款登记 * *。输入支付方式、日期和金额,点击* *确认 * *。" +msgstr "现在一个付款只对应一张发票。打开发票,然后点击 **付款登记** 。输入支付方式、日期和金额,点击 **确认** 。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -12066,7 +13650,7 @@ msgid "" " the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " "also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the " "expense transaction." -msgstr "确认支付后,系统将自动将付款和发票核销,发票将到* *已支付* *状态。系统会自动生成一个凭证。" +msgstr "确认支付后,系统将自动将付款和发票核销,发票将到 **已支付** 状态。系统会自动生成一个凭证。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 msgid "Pay several bills altogether" @@ -12077,20 +13661,20 @@ msgid "" "In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " "following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" " vendor.**" -msgstr "为了彻底说明这个过程,按要求至少创建2张发票。* *确保所有发票来自于同一个供应商。* *" +msgstr "为了彻底说明这个过程,按要求至少创建2张发票。 **确保所有发票来自于同一个供应商。**" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 msgid "" "In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" " the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " "the page, click on **Register Payment**." -msgstr "供应商发票,通过勾选旁边的框选择刚刚创建的发票。在页面的中间处,点击* * 付款登记* *。" +msgstr "供应商发票,通过勾选旁边的框选择刚刚创建的发票。在页面的中间处,点击 ** 付款登记** 。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 msgid "" "Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " "for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." -msgstr "插入付款的细节。系统会计算2个账单的总金额,但你可以修改它。点击* *确认 * *。" +msgstr "插入付款的细节。系统会计算2个账单的总金额,但你可以修改它。点击 **确认** 。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" @@ -12110,7 +13694,7 @@ msgstr "首先, 我们来创建一个付款" msgid "" "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " "Option --> Send Money`" -msgstr "这可以在以下处理 :`仪表盘 -->银行分类账 -->更多选项 -->付款` " +msgstr "这可以在以下处理 :menuselection:`仪表盘 --> 银行分类账 --> 更多选项 --> 付款` " #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -12228,7 +13812,7 @@ msgid "" "To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " "module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " "Odoo payments." -msgstr "用SEPA支付,必须安装* *SEPA信用转帐* *模块。这个模块将Odoo付款申请生成SEPA文件。" +msgstr "用SEPA支付,必须安装 **SEPA信用转帐** 模块。这个模块将Odoo付款申请生成SEPA文件。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -12253,7 +13837,7 @@ msgid "" "To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " "Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" " Transfer**." -msgstr "激活SEPA,点击* * 高级设置* *选项卡,在* *支付方式* * 下的* *杂项* *,勾选复选框* *SEPA支付 * *。" +msgstr "激活SEPA,点击 ** 高级设置** 选项卡,在 **支付方式** 下的 **杂项** ,勾选复选框 **SEPA支付 ** 。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -12268,8 +13852,8 @@ msgid "" "statement in the **payment from** field. You can customize it in your " "company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." msgstr "" -"默认情况下,使用SEPA付款将使用你公司的名称。公司名称将出现在收款人的银行对账单的* *付款* *字段。在* *SEPA* *下的* *配置* " -"*选项卡内, 你可以在公司界面设置。" +"默认情况下,使用SEPA付款将使用你公司的名称。公司名称将出现在收款人的银行对账单的 **付款** 字段。在 **SEPA** 下的 **配置** " +"选项卡内, 你可以在公司界面设置。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:68 msgid "Register your payments" @@ -12280,8 +13864,7 @@ msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " "payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." -msgstr "" -"可登记与发票没有关系的付款。使用顶部菜单:menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. 登记付款, 选择付款方式。" +msgstr "可登记与发票没有关系的付款。使用顶部菜单:menuselection:`采购 --> 付款`。登记付款, 选择付款方式。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -12303,7 +13886,7 @@ msgstr "未来会付款给这个供应商,Odoo会自动提供银行账户,但你 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**memo** field." -msgstr "如果支付一个特殊的发票,在* * 备忘录* *字段写入备注。" +msgstr "如果支付一个特殊的发票,在 ** 备忘录** 字段写入备注。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -12330,8 +13913,12 @@ msgid "" "to select all payment at once) and click on :menuselection:`More --> " "Download SEPA Payments`." msgstr "" -"点击链接,检查是否所有的通过SEPA的付款已准备就绪。然后,选择所有要发送的款项(或勾选顶部的选相框一次选中所有的付款), " -"单击:menuselection:`More --> Download SEPA Payments`.。" +"点击链接,检查是否所有的通过SEPA的付款已准备就绪。然后,选择所有要发送的款项(或勾选顶部的选相框一次选中所有的付款), 单击 " +":menuselection:`更多 --> 下载SEPA付款` 。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:111 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "排查" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:114 msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" @@ -12343,8 +13930,8 @@ msgid "" "they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the " "error message to your Odoo partner." msgstr "" -"问银行是否支持* * PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers* " -"*。如果不支持,或无法提供相关信息,请向前Odoo供应商提供相关信息" +"问银行是否支持 **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers** " +"。如果不支持,或无法提供相关信息,请你的Odoo供应商索取相关信息。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:121 msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." @@ -12358,17 +13945,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "用SEPA支付,收款人必须有有效的IBAN和BIC。如果这个提示出现,你可能填写了IBAN但忘了填写BIC。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:129 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`check`" msgstr ":doc:`check` " -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:121 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" - #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" msgstr "非流动资产和固定资产" @@ -12435,6 +14015,7 @@ msgstr "服务器每天一次检查是否有分录需要过账。因此，你所 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "先决条件" @@ -12455,7 +14036,8 @@ msgid "" "To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " "on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "如要在**会计科目表**中配置科目，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 会计科目表`，点击*创建*并填写表单。" +msgstr "" +"如要在**会计科目表**中配置科目，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 会计科目表`，点击*创建*并填写表单。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -12508,7 +14090,7 @@ msgid "" " --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, " "click on the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" -"为此，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 采购`打开你的采购日记账，选择你想要修改的日记账项目，点击科目并选择合适的一项。" +"为此，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 采购`打开你的采购日记账，选择你想要修改的日记账项目，点击科目并选择合适的一项。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 msgid "Assets entries" @@ -12530,7 +14112,7 @@ msgstr "**资产分录**自动以*草稿模式*生成所有日记账分录。然 msgid "" "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Assets`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "如要创建新分录，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 资产`，点击*创建*并填写表单。" +msgstr "如要创建新分录，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 资产`，点击*创建*并填写表单。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -12617,8 +14199,8 @@ msgid "" "record as an asset. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: " ":ref:`journal-assets-account`)." msgstr "" -"为此，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> " -"采购`打开你的采购日记账，选择你想要记录为资产的日记账项目。确保将其过账到正确的科目（参见:ref:`journal-assets-account）。" +"为此，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> " +"采购`打开你的采购日记账，选择你想要记录为资产的日记账项目。确保将其过账到正确的科目（参见 :ref:`journal-assets-account）。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -12702,7 +14284,8 @@ msgid "" "To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " "would do to create a new entry." -msgstr "如要创建模型，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 资产模型`，点击*创建*并按与创建新分录相同的方法填写表单。" +msgstr "" +"如要创建模型，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 资产模型`，点击*创建*并按与创建新分录相同的方法填写表单。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:210 msgid "" @@ -12710,7 +14293,7 @@ msgid "" "from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets` and then, by " "clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" -"你也可从:menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 资产`打开*已确认资产分录*，将它转化为模型，然后点击按钮*保存模型*。" +"你也可从 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 资产`打开*已确认资产分录*，将它转化为模型，然后点击按钮*保存模型*。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:215 msgid "Apply an Asset Model to a new entry" @@ -12752,7 +14335,7 @@ msgid "" "draft *Assets entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out " "the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`." msgstr "" -"**创建为草稿：**交易在科目中过账时，系统将创建*资产分录*草稿，但未确认。你必须首先在:menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> " +"**创建为草稿：**交易在科目中过账时，系统将创建*资产分录*草稿，但未确认。你必须首先在 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> " "资产`填写对应的表单。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:242 @@ -12770,111 +14353,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "例如，你可将此科目选择为某产品默认的**费用科目**，以自动化其采购流程。（参见:ref:`product-assets-account`）。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" -msgstr "什么时候应该使用供应商帐单或购买发票？" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" -" for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " -"cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a " -"defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are " -"confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." -msgstr "" -"采购收据不同于采购发票。基于发票和申请付款。如果我发出采购订单, 将在大多数情况下, 供应商会发账单给我。基于付款条款, " -"可得到应付款信息。根据收到的货款开具采购收据。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " -"will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " -"On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which " -"means no debt account is necessary." -msgstr "从会计的角度来看, 这是核销账单和银行对账单前的差异。另一方面, 我们通常立即支付采购收据,这意味着没必要设任何债务账户。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," -" as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." -msgstr "此外购买收据可以每产品行设不同的税率,整张发票有个税的汇总。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " -"receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " -"handle them in accounting." -msgstr "如果公司的银行账户用于支付采购商品,采购收据可用于财务。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " -"a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " -"worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank " -"account." -msgstr "看下面的例子:需要从本地买茶叶, 但茶叶商店不开具发票。我们每周都去买50欧元的茶和20欧元的茶壶。用公司银行账户支付。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " -"installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." -msgstr "如需处理购买收据, 需安装一个模块和一个应用程序。进入应用程序模块, 安装会计软件。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" -" \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." -msgstr "然后,去搜索栏、删除默认模块搜索,搜索“购买”。安装* *销售&采购凭证* *模块。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 -msgid "Register a receipt" -msgstr "登记收据" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 -msgid "" -"By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " -"Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." -msgstr "安装* *销售&采购凭证* *模块后, 在会计应用中可看到* *购买收据* *下拉菜单。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " -"app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." -msgstr "" -"输入50欧元茶的购买收据,进入会计应用程序,选择:menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " -"Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " -"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt" -" accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." -msgstr "" -"创建一个新的购买收据并填写所有必要信息。请注意,您可选择* *稍后支付* *或* *立即支付* *。两者有显著差异, " -"稍后支付将生成一个会计分录而立即支付将立即用银行支付。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " -"option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " -"the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." -msgstr "大多数情况下使用立即支付，因此选择直接支付。添加产品，设置相关科目和相应的税。例如, 茶是12%的税和茶波特是21%。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " -":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " -"completely close the transaction in your accounting." -msgstr "" -"确认购买收据并过账。别忘了：文件：`核销付款<../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` , " -"文件讲述如何在财务模块内将交易关闭。" - #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" msgstr "递延费用和预付款 " @@ -12963,7 +14441,7 @@ msgstr "**递延费用分录**以*草稿模式*自动生成所有日记账分录 msgid "" "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Deferred Expense`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "如要创建新分录，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 递延费用`，点击*创建*并填写表单。" +msgstr "如要创建新分录，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 递延费用`，点击*创建*并填写表单。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -13017,7 +14495,7 @@ msgid "" "defer. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the " "account of a posted journal item`_)." msgstr "" -"为此，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> " +"为此，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> " "采购`打开你的采购日记账，选择你想要递延的日记账项目。确保将其过账到正确的科目（参见: `更改已过账日记账项目的科目`_）。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 @@ -13043,7 +14521,7 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " "way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" -"如要创建模型，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 递延费用模型`，点击*创建*并按与创建新分录相同的方法填写表单。" +"如要创建模型，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 递延费用模型`，点击*创建*并按与创建新分录相同的方法填写表单。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -13051,7 +14529,7 @@ msgid "" "opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " "Expenses` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" -"你也可从:menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 递延费用`打开*已确认递延费用分录*，将它转化为模型，然后点击按钮*保存模型*。" +"你也可从 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 递延费用`打开*已确认递延费用分录*，将它转化为模型，然后点击按钮*保存模型*。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 msgid "Apply a Deferred Expense Model to a new entry" @@ -13085,8 +14563,8 @@ msgid "" "first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Deferred Expenses`." msgstr "" -"**创建为草稿：**交易在科目中过账时，系统将创建*递延费用分录*草稿，但未确认。你必须首先在:menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 -->" -" 递延费用`填写对应的表单。" +"**创建为草稿：**交易在科目中过账时，系统将创建*递延费用分录*草稿，但未确认。你必须首先在 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 " +"--> 递延费用`填写对应的表单。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -13104,8 +14582,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "例如，你可将此科目选择为某产品默认的**费用科目**，以完全自动化其采购流程。（参见: `为特定产品选择不同的费用科目`_）。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" -msgstr "如何管理供应商账单？" +msgid "Manage vendor Bills" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -13129,7 +14607,7 @@ msgstr "odoo标准工作流程 :" msgid "" "You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " "vendor(s)." -msgstr "从发送一个 **申购单** (RFQ)给你的供应商(们)开始。" +msgstr "从发送一个 **询价单(RFQ)** 给你的供应商(们)开始。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -13141,7 +14619,7 @@ msgstr "一旦供应商接受这询价单, 确认这询价单为 **采购订单( msgid "" "Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " "stockable products." -msgstr "确认采购当生成一个 **新进货物** 如果你采购的是库存产品。" +msgstr "确认采购订单将生成一个 **新进货物** 如果你采购的是库存产品。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -13188,7 +14666,7 @@ msgid "" "Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " "track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " "will allow for receiving these kinds of products." -msgstr "* *可贮存或可消耗**的设置将用于跟踪库存水平。选项用于库存管理，并允许接收这些产品。" +msgstr "**可贮存或可消耗** 的设置将用于跟踪库存水平。选项用于库存管理，并允许接收这些产品。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -13196,7 +14674,7 @@ msgid "" "not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " "inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " "of these designations." -msgstr "相反，被设置为**服务或数字产品**的产品不用于库存管理，简单地说是没有库存需要管理。这一类的产品无法接收。" +msgstr "相反，被设置为 **服务或数字产品** 的产品不用于库存管理，简单地说是没有库存需要管理。这一类的产品无法接收。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -13223,8 +14701,8 @@ msgid "" "vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " "Reference)" msgstr "" -"从采购程序, 你可以创建你需要的产品的采购单。如果供应商发给你一个确认或报价。你可以在 **供应商参考** " -"字段填写订单参考编号。这可以使你方便地和稍后的供应商订单匹配(因为供应商账单可能会包含供应商参考内容)" +"从采购应用, 你可以创建你需要的产品的采购单。如果供应商发给你一个确认书或报价单。你可以在 **供应商参考** " +"字段填写订单参考编号。这可以使你方便地和稍后的供应商订单匹配 (因为供应商账单可能会包含供应商参考内容)" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -13404,9 +14882,8 @@ msgid "" "group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new " "field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." msgstr "" -"如果你基于订购数量而不是收到数量来管理产品, 需要加入群 **采购经理** . 管理员需要在此设置 :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. 。一旦你在这个群后, 选择你要更改的产品(s), 你可以看到一个名为 " -"**控制采购订单** 的新字段。" +"如果你基于订购数量而不是收到数量来管理产品, 需要加入群 **采购经理** 。 管理员需要在此设置 :menuselection:`设置 --> 用户 " +"--> 用户 --> 访问权限`. 。一旦你在这个群后, 选择你要更改的产品, 你可以看到一个名为 **控制采购订单** 的新字段。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:213 msgid "" @@ -13436,12 +14913,163 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "当然建立一个供应商账单并选择合适的采购订单，你可以继续选择增加的采购订单。Odoo将根据你选择的采购订单增加行项目。如果你没有从首个采购订单删除之前的行项目，供应商账单将会链接到所有合适的采购单。" +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 +msgid "Digitize Vendor Bills with Optical Character Recognition (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that" +" allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data to your " +"database reduces errors and saves you time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 +msgid "Set up the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and " +"choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 +msgid "Start digitizing your bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Scan your bills and then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Bills` and upload your document. Based on your configuration, it either " +"processes the documents automatically, or you need to click on *Send for " +"Digitalization* to do it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also create a vendor bill through the *Documents* app or by using an" +" email alias on your journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " +"clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the" +" right information instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the " +"correct data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "价格" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which " +"requires prepaid credits to work. Digitalizing one document consumes one " +"credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "如果你是Odoo Online (SAAS)企业版用户，你可用免费试用信用来测试这项功能。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click `here `_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "点击`此处 `_，了解我们的*隐私政策*。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Receipts" +msgstr "采购收据" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Receipts** are not invoices but rather confirmations of received " +"payments, such as a ticket or a receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This feature is meant to be used when you pay directly with your company's " +"money for an expense. **Vendor Bills**, on the other hand, are recorded when" +" an invoice is issued to you and that the amount is first credited on a debt" +" account before a later payment reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app " +"dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. " +"Click :doc:`here <../../../expense/expense>` for more information on how to " +"use Odoo Expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 +msgid "Register a receipt" +msgstr "登记收据" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling" +" out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "Edit the Journal Entry before posting it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once you have filled out the *Invoice Lines* tab, you can modify the " +"**Journal Entry** before you post it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values" +" according to your needs, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../expense/expense`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" msgstr "应收账款" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 msgid "Customer Invoices" msgstr "客户发票" @@ -13472,7 +15100,7 @@ msgid "" "price for a 2% discount) and the number of days during which the offer is " "valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." msgstr "" -"如要设置现金折扣，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 管理 --> " +"如要设置现金折扣，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 管理 --> " "付款条件`并点击*创建*。添加*百分比*类型项及相应的值（例如，总价的98%指2%的折扣）和优惠的有效期天数。你还可根据需要更改默认余额项。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 @@ -13548,13 +15176,13 @@ msgstr "例如，某些国家要求公司在以现金支付时，将发票总额 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " "*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*现金舍入*，然后点击*保存*。" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*现金舍入*，然后点击*保存*。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:20 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " "click on *Create*." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 现金舍入`，并点击*创建*。" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 现金舍入`，并点击*创建*。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -13631,7 +15259,7 @@ msgid "" "on *Create*. Filling the Credit Note’s form works the same way as the " "Invoice’s form." msgstr "" -"你可前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 客户 --> " +"你可前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 客户 --> " "贷项凭单`，并点击*创建*，从头开始重建一份贷项凭单。填写贷项凭单与发票表单的方式相同。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:26 @@ -13728,7 +15356,7 @@ msgid "" "*Create*, or by opening the validated *Vendor Bill*, and clicking on *Add " "Credit Note*." msgstr "" -"你可前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 供应商 --> " +"你可前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 供应商 --> " "退款`，并点击*创建*，从头开始创建一份贷项凭单，或打开已确认的*供应商账单*，并点击*添加贷项凭单*。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:84 @@ -13844,7 +15472,7 @@ msgid "" " Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" " the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" -"为此，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 销售`打开你的销售日记账，选择你想要修改的日记账项目，点击科目并选择合适的一项。" +"为此，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 销售`打开你的销售日记账，选择你想要修改的日记账项目，点击科目并选择合适的一项。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" @@ -13861,7 +15489,7 @@ msgstr "**递延收入分录**以*草稿模式*自动生成所有日记账分录 msgid "" "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "如要创建新分录，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 递延收入`，点击*创建*并填写表单。" +msgstr "如要创建新分录，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 递延收入`，点击*创建*并填写表单。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -13915,7 +15543,7 @@ msgid "" "sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a " "posted journal item`_)." msgstr "" -"为此，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> " +"为此，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> " "销售`打开你的销售日记账，选择你想要递延的日记账项目。确保将其过账到正确的科目（参见: `更改已过账日记账项目的科目`_）。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 @@ -13934,7 +15562,7 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " "way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" -"如要创建模型，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 递延收入模型`，点击*创建*并按与创建新分录相同的方法填写表单。" +"如要创建模型，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 递延收入模型`，点击*创建*并按与创建新分录相同的方法填写表单。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -13942,7 +15570,7 @@ msgid "" "opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " "Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" -"你也可从:menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 递延收入`打开*已确认递延收入分录*，将它转化为模型，然后点击按钮*保存模型*。" +"你也可从 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 递延收入`打开*已确认递延收入分录*，将它转化为模型，然后点击按钮*保存模型*。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" @@ -13976,8 +15604,8 @@ msgid "" "first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Deferred Revenues`." msgstr "" -"**创建为草稿：**交易在科目中过账时，系统将创建*递延收入分录*草稿，但未确认。你必须首先在:menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 -->" -" 递延收入`填写对应的表单。" +"**创建为草稿：**交易在科目中过账时，系统将创建*递延收入分录*草稿，但未确认。你必须首先在 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 " +"--> 递延收入`填写对应的表单。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -14029,7 +15657,7 @@ msgstr "这项功能仅在奥地利、比利时、芬兰、德国和荷兰等欧 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用**SEPA二维码**功能。" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用**SEPA二维码**功能。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" @@ -14047,8 +15675,8 @@ msgid "" "open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " "the *Bank Account* tab." msgstr "" -"为此，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> " -"日记账`，打开*银行日记账*，然后在*银行账户*选项卡下填写*银行账户*和*银行*。" +"为此，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 日记账`，打开 *银行日记账*，然 *银行账户* 选项卡下填写 *银行账户* " +"和 *银行* 。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" @@ -14065,7 +15693,7 @@ msgstr "只要你向位于此功能可用的国家的客户签发此类发票， msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " "new invoice." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 客户 --> 发票`，并创建新发票。" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 客户 --> 发票`，并创建新发票。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -14252,6 +15880,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" @@ -14314,11 +15946,11 @@ msgstr "一些特定的模块还能够生成发票草案 :" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" -msgstr "**会员资格**：每年给你的会员开发票" +msgstr "**会员资格** ：每年给你的会员开发票" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" -msgstr "**修理**: 为售后服务开票" +msgstr "**修理** : 为售后服务开票" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" @@ -14409,7 +16041,7 @@ msgstr "付款条件应与分多次付款区分开来。如果对于特定订单 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " "click on *Create*." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 付款条件`并点击*创建*。" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 付款条件`并点击*创建*。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -14579,7 +16211,7 @@ msgstr "设置Snailmail" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " "the feature." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 设置 --> Snailmail`并启用此功能。" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 设置 --> Snailmail`并启用此功能。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -14603,10 +16235,6 @@ msgid "" "includes a country, before sending the letter." msgstr "正确设置客户地址，写明所在国家，然后发送信函。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "价格" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 msgid "" "*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " @@ -14619,53 +16247,171 @@ msgid "" "Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." msgstr "" -"如要购买邮戳，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> " -"Snailmail`并点击*购买信用*，或前往:menuselection:`设置 --> Odoo IAP`并点击*查看我的服务*。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "如果你是Odoo Online (SAAS)企业版用户，你可用免费试用信用来测试这项功能。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Click `here `_ to know about our " -"*Privacy Policy*." -msgstr "点击`此处 `_，了解我们的*隐私政策*。" +"如要购买邮戳，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> Snailmail`并点击*购买信用*，或前往 " +":menuselection:`设置 --> Odoo IAP`并点击*查看我的服务*。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "客户付款" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 +msgid "Batch Payments: Batch Deposits (checks, cash etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **Batch Deposit** groups multiple payments in a single batch. This allows " +"you to deposit several payments into your bank account with a single " +"transaction. This is particularly useful to deposit cash and checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to list several customer payments and print a " +"**deposit slip**. This ticket contains the details of the transactions and a" +" reference to the batch deposit. You can then select this reference during a" +" bank reconciliation to match the single bank statement line with all the " +"transactions listed in the batch deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To activate the feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Customer Payments`, activate **Batch Payments**, and click " +"on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 +msgid "Payment Method Types" +msgstr "付款方式类型" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To record new payments as part of a Batch Deposit, you have to configure " +"first the Journal on which you record them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced " +"Settings* tab. In the *Payment Method Types* section, enable **Batch " +"Deposit**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch " +"payments when you activate the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 +msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 +msgid "Record payments to deposit in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 +msgid "" +":doc:`Register the payments ` on the bank account on which you " +"plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you " +"received a payment, and clicking on *Register Payment*. There, select the " +"appropriate Journal linked to your bank account and select *Batch Deposit* " +"as Payment Method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 +msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 +msgid "Make sure to write the payment reference in the **Memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 +msgid "Add payments to a Batch Deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank" +" and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on " +"*Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by " +"clicking on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then " +"click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip " +"that the bank usually requires to fill out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Once the bank statements are on your database, you can reconcile the bank " +"statement line with the *Batch Payment* reference. To do so, start your " +"**Bank Reconciliation** by going to your Accounting dashboard and clicking " +"on *Reconcile Items* on the related bank account. At the bank statement " +"line, click on *Choose counterpart or Create Write-off* to display more " +"options, open the *Batch Payments* tab, and select your Batch Payment. All " +"related payments are automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank" +" statement line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, " +"remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`recording`" +msgstr ":doc:`recording` " + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" msgstr "批量付款：SEPA直接借记(SDD)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:4 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." " With **SEPA Direct Debit**, your customers can sign a **mandate** that " -"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts " -"automatically." +"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts. This is " +"particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." msgstr "" -"SEPA指单一欧元支付区，是欧盟为简化欧元转帐发起的支付集成倡议。利用**SEPA直接借记**，客户可签署**授权**文件，授权你自动从其银行账户收取未来付款。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 msgid "" -"You can record your customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files " -"containing pending payments made with an SDD mandate." -msgstr "你可将客户授权记录在Odoo中，并生成XML文件，其中包含根据SDD授权进行的待付款。" +"You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files containing " +"pending payments made with an SDD mandate." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "" -"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 28 member states " +"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " "of the European Union as well as additional countries." -msgstr "SDD得到了所有SEPA国家的支持，其中包括欧盟的28个成员国以及其他国家。" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:123 msgid "" "`List of all SEPA countries `_." @@ -14673,160 +16419,201 @@ msgstr "" "`全部SEPA国家列表 `_。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` nd activate" -" the **SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** feature. Enter the **Creditor Identifier** " -"of your company. This number is provided by your bank, or the authority " -"responsible for delivering them." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate " +"**SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's " +"**Creditor Identifier**. This number is provided by your bank institution, " +"or the authority responsible for delivering them." msgstr "" -"前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> " -"设置`并启用**SEPA直接借记(SDD)**功能。输入你公司的**债权人标识符**。此标识符由你的银行或负责交付的主管部门提供。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" msgstr "SEPA直接借记授权" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 msgid "Create a mandate" msgstr "创建授权" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 msgid "" "The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " "authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." msgstr "SEPA直接借记授权是由客户签字，授权你直接从其银行账户收取资金的文件。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 msgid "" -"To create a new one, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " -"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the new mandate’s " -"form." -msgstr "如要创建新授权，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 客户 --> 直接借记授权`，点击*创建*，并填写新授权表单。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:41 -msgid "" -"First, export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your " -"customer to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the " -"**Original Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the " -"mandate." +"To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -"首先，点击*打印*，导出PDF文件。然后需要你的客户签署本文件。完成后，在**原始文件**字段上传签署的文件，并点击*确认*，开始运行授权。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 msgid "" -"First, make sure, that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly " -"recorded on the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in " -"your own *Bank Account* settings." -msgstr "首先，确保在你自己的*银行账户*设置的*会计*选项卡下，找到债权人联系表单，正确输入**IBAN银行账户详情**。" +"Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer " +"to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original " +"Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on " +"the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in your own " +":doc:`Bank Account <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 +msgid "" +"SEPA Direct Debit can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce**" +" or on the **Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Acquirer**. " +"With this method, your customers can create and sign their mandates " +"themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Acquirers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your " +"needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Make sure to change the **State** field to *Enabled*, and to check **Online " +"Signature**, as this is necessary to let your customers sign their mandates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " +"address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" msgstr "关闭或撤销授权" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " -"this field is left blank, then the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " -"*Closed* or *Revoked*." -msgstr "在*结束日期*后，直接借记授权将自动关闭。如此字段留空，那么该授权在*已关闭*或*已撤销*之前将保持*有效*。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" -" means that invoices made after the present day won’t be processed " -"automatically with an SDD payment." -msgstr "点击**关闭**，将授权的结束日期改为当前日期。这意味着在当前日期之后开具的发票不会通过SDD付款自动处理。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " -"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " -"that have already been registered will still be included to the next SDD XML" -" file." -msgstr "" -"点击**撤销**，立即禁用该授权。之后则无法登记任何SDD付款，无论发票日期是何时。但是，已登记的付款仍将包含在下一个SDD XML文件中。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated. If " -"a customer requires to pay with SDD payments again, you will have to create " -"a new mandate from scratch." -msgstr "授权*已关闭*或*已撤销*之后，无法重新激活。如客户再次要求通过SDD付款，你必须重新创建新授权。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:75 -msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" -msgstr "通过SDD批量付款功能收款" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 msgid "" -"All new posted invoice issued to customers with an active mandate will " -"automatically register payment and have their status marked as *Paid*." -msgstr "在向客户开具的所有新过账发票中，包含有效授权的发票将自动登记付款并将状态标记为*已支付*。" +"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " +"this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " +"*Closed* or *Revoked*." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 msgid "" -"If you have unpaid invoices that could be paid with a new mandate, it is " -"still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on *Register Payment* and " -"choose *SEPA Direct Debit* as payment method." -msgstr "如果未付款发票可以通过新授权进行支付，仍有可能在此设置。打开发票，点击*登记付款*并选择*SEPA直接借记*为付款方式。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:87 -msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" -msgstr "生成SEPA直接借记XML文件以提交付款" +"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" +" means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with" +" an SDD payment." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 msgid "" -"To submit your SDD payments to your bank, you will first generate an **XML " -"file** that can be uploaded directly to your bank interface." -msgstr "如要向银行提交SDD付款，你应首先生成可直接上传到银行接口的**XML文件**。" +"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " +"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " +"that have already been registered are still included in the next SDD XML " +"file." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 +msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" +msgstr "通过SDD批量付款功能收款" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 +msgid "" +"You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an " +"active SDD mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the invoice, click on *Register Payment*, and choose *SEPA " +"Direct Debit* as payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In previous versions, Odoo used SDD payment as the default payment for all " +"customers with an active mandate. Your customers can still activate " +"automatic SDD for their subscriptions with a recurring payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:112 +msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" +msgstr "生成SEPA直接借记XML文件以提交付款" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " +"online banking interface to process all payments at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:118 msgid "" "The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" -" specifications as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " +" specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " "Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." -msgstr "Odoo生成的文件遵守SEPA客户对银行实施指南要求的SEPA直接借记**PAIN.008.001.02** 规范，确保与银行兼容。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 msgid "" "To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " "*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " "Payments to Collect*." msgstr "如要为挂起的SDD支付生成XML文件，请转到*会计仪表板*上的相关*银行日记账*，然后点击*收取直接借记付款*。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:129 msgid "" -"Select all the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD XML" -" file, then click on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." -msgstr "在列表中选择想要纳入SDD XML文件的所有付款，然后点击*操作*并选择*创建批量付款*。" +"Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" +" on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:136 msgid "" "Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " -"then download the SDD XML file." -msgstr "然后，Odoo会转到你的*批量付款*表单。点击*确认*，然后下载该SDD XML文件。" +"download the SDD XML file." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 -msgid "Finally, upload this file to your bank to process the payments." -msgstr "最后，将本文件上传到你的银行以处理付款。" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " +"payments." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " "Payments`." -msgstr "你可前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 客户 --> 批量付款`，检索所有已生成的SDD XML文件。" +msgstr "你可前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 客户 --> 批量付款`，检索所有已生成的SDD XML文件。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:150 +msgid ":doc:`batch`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:152 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " "`_" msgstr "`Odoo学院：SEPA直接借记授权(SDD) `_" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:153 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 -msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" -msgstr "如何用支票登记客户付款？" +msgid "Register customer payments by checks" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -14841,8 +16628,7 @@ msgid "" "Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " "from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." msgstr "" -" * * undeposited资金* *：一旦收到支票，可在发票上的登记收款。(使用支票账并过账到undeposited资金科目). " -"然后，银行收到钱后，把钱从undeposited资金科目转到银行科目。" +" **未存资金** ：一旦收到支票，可在发票上的登记收款。(使用支票账并过账到未存资金科目). 然后，银行收到钱后，把钱从未存资金科目转到银行科目。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -14852,8 +16638,8 @@ msgid "" "your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " "entry." msgstr "" -"**一个凭证：**一旦收到支票，在银行上登记，用支票支付，无需通过** " -"undeposited资金**。一旦使用银行对账单，将银行收到的钱和支票相匹配，而不需创建一个专用的凭证。" +"**仅一个凭证** ：一旦收到支票，在银行上登记用支票支付，无需通过 ** 未存资金** " +"。一旦使用银行对账单，将银行收到的钱和支票相匹配，而不需创建一个专用的凭证。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -14875,7 +16661,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "您可以看一看*存款票据功能*, 如果你将支票批量存入银行。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" msgstr "选项1 : 未缴存的资金" @@ -14885,12 +16670,12 @@ msgstr "创建一个分类账 **支票** " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" -msgstr "设置** undeposited检查**的借/贷科目" +msgstr "设置 **未存款检查** 的借/贷科目" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 msgid "" "Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" -msgstr "将该分类帐有关的银行科目设置“允许调节\" " +msgstr "将该分类帐有关的银行科目设置 **允许调节对账** " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 @@ -14908,29 +16693,25 @@ msgstr "第一种处理支票的方法是创建一个支票凭证。因此，支 msgid "" "Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " "**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" -msgstr "一旦你收到客户的支票，去相关的发票，然后点击**登记付款**。填写付款的信息：" +msgstr "一旦你收到客户的支票，去相关的发票，然后点击 **登记付款** 。填写付款的信息：" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 msgid "" "Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" " default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" -msgstr "付款方式：检查账(如同** undeposited资金* *科目设置借贷方)" +msgstr "付款方式：检查账(如同 **未存资金** 科目设置借贷方)" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 msgid "Memo: write the Check number" msgstr " **备忘**: 写上支票号码" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" msgstr "此操作将会产生如下会计分录：" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "对账单匹配" @@ -14940,12 +16721,6 @@ msgstr "对账单匹配" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:142 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:144 msgid "100.00" msgstr "100.00" @@ -14967,8 +16742,6 @@ msgstr "然后，一旦拿到银行对账单，在undeposited资金科目内将 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:142 msgid "X" msgstr "X" @@ -14977,7 +16750,7 @@ msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " "checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " "(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." -msgstr "如果你用这种方法来管理收到的支票，在** undeposit资金**科目内会看到未兑现支票清单(访问，例如，从总账)。" +msgstr "如果你用这种方法来管理收到的支票，在 **未存资金** 科目内会看到未兑现支票清单(访问，例如，从总账)。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -14988,7 +16761,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "这两种方法会产生相同的数据。但是，如果支票没有兑现，这个方法更清楚, 因为这些支票还未登入银行账户。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:109 msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" msgstr "选项2: 仅一笔分类账分录" @@ -15000,7 +16772,7 @@ msgstr "如果使用这个方法管理支票，不需要配置。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr " **付款方式**: 用于存款的银行" +msgstr " **付款方式** : 用于存款的银行" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 msgid "Memo: write the check number" @@ -15014,7 +16786,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "一旦收到银行对账单，将对账单和实际付款核对。(从技术上讲：点此付款，并将其对账单上的行关联)" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:136 msgid "" "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" msgstr "此操作将会产生如下会计分录：" @@ -15026,8 +16797,8 @@ msgid "" " be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" " will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" msgstr "" -"不去客户发票, 也可直接登记收款，使用菜单 :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " -"这种方法可能会更方便，如果要批量录入的话，但后面必须进行核销(发票和收款核销)" +"您也可以使用菜单直接记录付款，而无需输入客户发票使用菜单，:menuselection:`销售 --> 付款`。 " +"如果您要分批记录很多支票，但此后您必须核对输入（付款与发票匹配），则此方法可能更方便" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -15036,208 +16807,8 @@ msgid "" "paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " "the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." msgstr "" -"如果您使用这种方法来管理收到的支票，您可使用报告**银行余额调节表**来核实银行已收到或由银行支付的支票。(本报告可从* *更多 * *进入)。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 -msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" -msgstr "如何在发票上登记信用卡付款？" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" -" both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." -msgstr "有两种方法可处理信用卡支付的收款。Odoo都支持，你可选择一个更适合你的方法。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " -"the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " -"on the invoice (using a Credit card journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank " -"account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." -msgstr "" -"* * undeposited资金* " -"*(看用于大部分欧洲国家)：一旦收到支票，可在发票上的登记收款。(使用支票账并过账到undeposited资金科目). " -"然后，银行收到钱后，把钱从undeposited资金科目转到银行科目。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 -msgid "" -"**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " -"credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," -" without going through the Undeposited Funds. Once you process your bank " -"statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card " -"payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." -msgstr "" -"**一个凭证(可用于美国)：**一旦收到支票，在银行上登记. 用支票支付，无需通过** " -"undeposited资金**。一旦使用银行对账单，将银行收到的钱和支票核销，而不需创建一个专用的凭证。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 -msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " -"cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." -msgstr "我们建议使用第一种方法, 更准确(你的银行帐户余额是准确的，应考虑到有些支票还没有兑现)。这两种方法工作量差不多。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" -" take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " -"automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second " -"approach." -msgstr "如果你使用电子商务和一个自动支付网关，付款将自动记录, 你只需要核销银行即可。你将使用第二种方法。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " -"users)." -msgstr "即使第一个方法更干净，Odoo仍支持第二种方法, 因为一些会计已习惯使用(*指导书*和*其他用户*)。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 -msgid "" -"On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " -"--> Create`" -msgstr "在会计模块，转到 :menuselection:`配置 -->分类账 -->创建`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" -msgstr "创建一个名为“信用卡付款”的账, 并含以下数据：" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 -msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" -msgstr "**账簿名称**: 信用卡" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 -msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "**默认借方账户**: 信用卡" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 -msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "**默认借方账户**: 信用卡" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " -"set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." -msgstr "帐户类别可以是\"信用卡\"。完成设置后，请记得将\"信用卡\"帐户设为\"允许对账\"。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:118 -msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" -msgstr "从信用卡付款到银行对账单" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " -"Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" -" transactions." -msgstr "第一种处理信用卡的方法是创建一个信用卡的账。因此，信用卡本身成为一种付款方式，你将记录两个交易。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " -"and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" -msgstr "一旦你收到客户的信用卡付款，去相关的发票，然后点击**登记付款**。填写付款的信息：" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 -msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" -msgstr " **付款方法**: 信用卡" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 -msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" -msgstr " **备忘**: 写上发票参照" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -msgid "Credit Cards" -msgstr "信用卡" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." -msgstr "登记付款后, 发票会标记为已付。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." -msgstr "然后，一旦拿到银行对账单，在'信用卡'科目内将对账单和付款核对。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -msgid "Credit cards" -msgstr "信用卡" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " -"of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " -"account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." -msgstr "如果你用这种方法来管理信用卡付款，在** 信用卡**科目内会看到未到款清单(访问，例如，从总账)。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " -"is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your " -"bank account." -msgstr "这两种方法会产生相同的数据。但是，如果付款未到账，这个方法更清楚, 因为这些付款还未登入银行账户。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:114 -msgid "" -"There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " -"this method." -msgstr "如果使用这个方法管理付款，不需要配置。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:124 -msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr " **付款方式**: 用于存款的银行" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:126 -msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" -msgstr " **备忘**: 写信用卡交易编号" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " -"recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " -"with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment " -"and relate it to the statement line)." -msgstr "当付款登记后, 发票会到已支付状态. 一旦收到银行对账单，将对账单和实际付款核对。(从技术上讲：点此付款，并将其对账单上的行关联)" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:148 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" -" may be more convenient if you have a lot of credit cards to record in a " -"batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments " -"with invoices)." -msgstr "" -"不去客户发票, 也可直接登记收款，使用菜单 :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " -"这种方法可能会更方便，如果要批量录入的话，但后面必须进行核销(发票和收款核销)." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:153 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " -"report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" -" received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" " -"option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." -msgstr "" -"如果您使用这种方法来管理收到的付款，您可使用报告**银行余额调节表**来核实银行已收到或由银行支付的付款。(本报告可从* *更多 * *进入)。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:164 -msgid ":doc:`recording`" -msgstr ":doc:`recording` " - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`followup`" -msgstr ":doc:`followup` " +"如果您使用这种方法来管理收到的支票，您可使用报告 **银行余额调节表** 来核实银行已收到或由银行支付的支票。(本报告可从 **更多 ** " +"进入会计应用仪表板中的选项)。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" @@ -15268,7 +16839,7 @@ msgid "" "easily send a reminder by email or print it as a letter. Then, you can click" " on the *Done* button to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." msgstr "" -"你需要催款的逾期发票默认在:menuselection:`会计 --> 销售 --> " +"你需要催款的逾期发票默认在 :menuselection:`会计 --> 销售 --> " "催款报告`中。你可在此以电子邮件形式发送提醒或打印为信件。然后，你可点击*完成*按钮，查看需要关注的下一项催款。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 @@ -15285,7 +16856,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment " "Follow-up`." msgstr "" -"如要避免短时间内发送过多提醒，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 付款催收`，更改每次报告之间间隔的天数。" +"如要避免短时间内发送过多提醒，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 付款催收`，更改每次报告之间间隔的天数。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -15318,7 +16889,7 @@ msgid "" "under the *Customer Payments* section. Then, click on the new *Follow-up " "Levels* button that has appeared on your settings page." msgstr "" -"如要计划催款流程，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> " +"如要计划催款流程，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> " "设置`并在*客户付款*部分启用*催款等级*功能。然后，点击你的设置页面新出现的*催款等级*按钮。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 @@ -15337,9 +16908,62 @@ msgid "" "negative number of due days." msgstr "如果你想在实际逾期日期之前收到提醒，可将逾期天数设为负数。" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Online Payment" +msgstr "发票在线付款" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue," +" you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay " +"Now* button on their **Customer Portal**. This allows your customers to see " +"their invoices online and pay directly with their favorite payment method, " +"making the payment process much easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 +msgid "" +"By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer " +"<../../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only Payment " +"Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online " +"Payment**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 +msgid "Customer Portal" +msgstr "客户门户" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 +msgid "" +"After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by " +"email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects" +" them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 +msgid "" +"They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 -msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" -msgstr "有哪些不同的方式来记录付款？" +msgid "Different ways to record a payment" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -15496,5 +17120,575 @@ msgid "" msgstr "内部银行转款，在仪表板上选择转出的银行，并在付款界面，选择转入的帐户。不需要在另一个银行帐户中重复操作，否则将重复交易。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 -msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" -msgstr ":doc:`credit_cards` " +msgid ":doc:`online_payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`followup`" +msgstr ":doc:`followup` " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 +msgid "Declarations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 +msgid "Tax Return (VAT Declaration)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies that are registered for **VAT (Value Added Tax)** must file a " +"**Tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their turnover " +"and the regulation of the country in which they are registered. A Tax return" +" - or VAT return - gives the tax authorities information about the taxable " +"transactions made by the company, the *output tax* it has charged its " +"customers, and the *input tax* its vendors have charged it. Based on these " +"values, the company can calculate the tax amount they have to pay or be " +"refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can find information about VAT and its mechanism on `this page from the " +"European Commission `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 +msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" +msgstr "报税周期" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo Accounting " +"to compute your Tax Return correctly and also to send you a reminder to " +"never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " +"--> Fiscal Periods`, and go to the **Tax Return Periodicity** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Periodicity**: define here whether you file your tax return each month or " +"every three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Reminder**: define when Odoo should remind you to file your tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 +msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " +"<../../overview/getting_started/setup>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 +msgid "Tax Grids" +msgstr "税金网" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are " +"configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the" +" recorded transactions use the right taxes. You can see on each Journal Item" +" which Tax Grid is used for that transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you " +"can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record" +" invoices or credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization" +" Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation " +"of your database. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 +msgid "Close a tax period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 +msgid "Tax Lock Date" +msgstr "税金锁定日期" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Any new transaction which accounting date is prior to the **Tax Lock Date** " +"has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful to make" +" sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your " +"*Closing Journal Entry*. This way, other users can't modify or add " +"transactions that would have an impact on the Closing Journal Entry, which " +"helps you avoid some tax declaration errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 +msgid "Tax Report" +msgstr "税金报告" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period " +"you want to report, open your **Tax Report**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. " +"You can also click on *TAX Report* from your *Accounting Overview*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date " +"filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the " +"button *Closing Journal Entry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 +msgid "" +"After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In " +"addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with " +"the **Tax Report** that you can download from the chatter and preview on the" +" right column. It includes all the values to report to the tax authorities, " +"along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date ` before clicking" +" on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal " +"period on the same date as the Accounting Date of your entry. This automatic" +" lock happens when you click on *Post*. This safety mechanism can prevent " +"some fiscal errors, but it is advised to lock your tax date manually before," +" as described above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 +msgid "Create a customized reports with your own formulas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " +"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " +"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " +"ever." +msgstr "" +"Odoo " +"13提供了一个功能强大、使用简便的报告框架。创建新报告（如税务报告、资产负债表或损益表，并有具体的分组和布局），以适应你的需求，现在比以往更容易。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the developer mode" +msgstr "激活开发者模式" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" +" activated." +msgstr "" +"如要访问财务报告创建界面，需启用:doc:`开发人员模式 <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 +msgid "Create your financial report" +msgstr "创建财务报表" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" +msgstr "首先, 您需要创建您的财务报告。要做到这一点, 去 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 财务报告` " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " +"configured:" +msgstr "在输入名称后，需要配置两项其他参数：" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 +msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" +msgstr " **显示借方和贷方栏位** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 +msgid "**Analysis Period** :" +msgstr " **分析期间**: " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 +msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" +msgstr "基于日期范围（例如损益）" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 +msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" +msgstr "基于单个日期（例如资产负债表）" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " +"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" +msgstr "基于日期范围的“老账”和“总计”列及前3个月（例如，业务伙伴账龄余额表)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 +msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" +msgstr "基于日期范围，以及现金收付制方法（例如现金流量表）" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 +msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" +msgstr "在定制报表中添加行" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " +"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " +"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." +msgstr "" +"创建了报告之后, 需要填充行。他们都需要一个 **姓名** , **代码** (用于行), **序列号** 和 **级** (用于补充行)。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" +" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " +"separated by ;)" +msgstr "在 **公式** 字段可以添加一个或多个列公式到余额行 (和借方和贷方列如果适用 - 隔开;)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 +msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" +msgstr "在公式中有几个可用对象 :" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " +"date range)." +msgstr "\" Ndays \\ \": 选择的期间的天数 (报表的日期范围)。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " +"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" +msgstr "" +"另一份报告, 引用的代码。使用“。平衡“获得其余额(也可用\" .credit \\ \",\" .debit \\ \"and\" " +".amount_residual \\ \")" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " +"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " +"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " +"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " +"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " +"by one of their columns." +msgstr "" +"一行也来自所选域的科目的总和。在何种情况下, 需要填写域字段. 然后一个额外的对象可以在公式, 即''和'', 科目的总和。您还可以使用group " +"by字段组合科目行。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 +msgid "Other useful fields :" +msgstr "其余有用的字段 :" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 +msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." +msgstr " **类型** : 公式结果的类型。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " +"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." +msgstr " **正数增长是好的吗** : 在计算比较列时使用。检查增长是否是好事(以绿色显示)。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 +msgid "" +"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" +" same dates as the rest of the report." +msgstr " **特别日期改变** : 如果报表中一个特定的行不应使用与其余部分相同的日期。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " +"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " +"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." +msgstr "" +" **显示网域** : 即如何显示行的域。可以折叠(“默认\" , 藏在开始处, 但可以展开), “总是 \"(总是显示)或“决不\" " +"(永远不会显示)。 " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" +msgstr ":doc:`main_reports` " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Main reports available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " +"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " +"countries :" +msgstr "除了每个本地化模块创建报表, 有一些非常有用的 **通用的** 和 **动态报告** 也非常有用 :" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 +msgid "**Balance Sheet**" +msgstr " **资产负债表** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 +msgid "**Profit and Loss**" +msgstr " **损益表** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 +msgid "**Chart of Account**" +msgstr " **科目表** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 +msgid "**Executive Summary**" +msgstr " **执行概要** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 +msgid "**General Ledger**" +msgstr " **总账** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 +msgid "**Aged Payable**" +msgstr " **到期应付** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 +msgid "**Aged Receivable**" +msgstr " **到期应收** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 +msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +msgstr " **现金流量表** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 +msgid "**Tax Report**" +msgstr " **税金报告** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 +msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +msgstr " **银行对账** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " +"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " +"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +msgstr "可以标注每个报表, 打印出来并呈报你的顾问。导出xls, 进一步分析管理。深入研究, 可看到更多的细节(付款,发票、分录,等等)。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" +" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " +"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " +"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +msgstr "你可以将当期的值与另一期间的值比较。也可选择多个期间进行比较。如果不想使用系统默认的 **前一期间** , 你可以选择之前的12期。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" +" of your organisation as at a particular date." +msgstr " **资产负债表** 显示你的组织的资产，负债，和权益在一个特定日期的简要情况。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Profit and Loss" +msgstr "损益表" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " +"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" +" period." +msgstr " **损益 ** 表 (或 ** 收益状态** )显示收入扣除费用后的净收益。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Chart of account" +msgstr "科目表" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 +msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." +msgstr "分类账科目的列表" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 +msgid "Executive Summary" +msgstr "执行摘要" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " +"figures you need to run your company." +msgstr " **执行概要** 允许快速查看所有需要用来运行公司的重要图表。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " +"reporting :" +msgstr "在非常基本的规则中,这是本节中每个项目的报告:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr " **绩效 :** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 +msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" +msgstr " **毛利润 :** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +msgstr "每个销售的收益减去销售的直接成本(诸如劳动力、材料等)。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 +msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +msgstr " **净利润 :** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " +"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " +"result of those sales)." +msgstr "每个销售的收益减去销售的直接成本, 再减去公司的固定费用 (例如: 租金、电力、销售的税费)。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +msgstr " **投资回报率(每年) :** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"make those profits." +msgstr "净利润的比率, 公司的资产用来创造这些利润。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Position:**" +msgstr "**状况:** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +msgstr " **平均债务人天数 :** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " +"across all your customer invoices." +msgstr "平均天数, 它需要你的客户安装客户发票支付给你(完全)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgstr " **平均债权人天数 :** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +" all your bills." +msgstr "平均天数，它需要你按账单支付你的供应商(完全)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 +msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +msgstr " **短期现金预测 :** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 +msgid "" +"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " +"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " +"your **Purchases account** for the month." +msgstr "预计下个月的现金收支, 即 **销售科目** 的余额减去 **购买科目** 的余额。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +msgstr " **流动资产到负债 :** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " +"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " +"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " +"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "**流动比率** , 就是流动资产的(资产可以在一年内转化为现金)比流动负债(明年到期的债务)。这通常是用来衡量一个公司偿债能力。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 +msgid "General Ledger" +msgstr "总分类账" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " +"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " +"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " +"occurred during a certain period of time." +msgstr "" +"**总分类帐** 显示所选期间内的所有科目的交易。总账初步显示了每个帐户的总数, 计入科目可看到具体明细。这非常有用, 可检查某一期间内的每笔交易。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 +msgid "Aged Payable" +msgstr "到期的应付" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" +" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " +"gone unpaid." +msgstr "运行 **应付账龄表** , 报表显示每个账单信息,信用票据和多付款项, 并显示逾期时间。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 +msgid "Aged Receivable" +msgstr "到期的应收" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " +"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +msgstr "**应收账龄表** 显示所选期间及之前的所有未清应收款。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +msgstr "现金流量表" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " +"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing and financing activities." +msgstr "**现金流量表** 显示资产负债科目的变化, 收入对现金的影响和现金等价物, 以及对运营的分析,投资和融资活动。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " +"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." +msgstr "这份报表体现了按税收类型分类后的 **净额** 和 **税额** (销售/采购)。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index e5b3543c7..9314d0c89 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -7,24 +7,24 @@ # r <263737@qq.com>, 2019 # liAnGjiA , 2019 # Connie Xiao , 2019 -# fausthuang, 2019 # Army Hu , 2019 # John An , 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2019 # 演奏王 , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # guohuadeng , 2019 -# Mandy Choy , 2020 # Datasource International , 2020 +# Mandy Choy , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2020 +# fausthuang, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: fausthuang, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -60,7 +60,8 @@ msgstr "你可从CRM设置启用这一模式。它默认适用于你的所有销 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 @@ -71,7 +72,7 @@ msgstr "设置" msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." -msgstr "要此功能正常工作，请转到 ：菜单选择：\"CRM --= 配置 --* 设置\"并激活 [潜在顾客] 功能。" +msgstr "要此功能正常工作，请转到菜单选择：:menuselection:`CRM --> 配置 --> 设置`并激活 *潜在顾客* 功能。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -158,8 +159,8 @@ msgid "" "configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " "Teams`." msgstr "" -"每个销售团队都可以有自己的电子邮件别名，以生成自动分配给它的线索/商机。如果你需要管理有特定业务流程的多个销售团队，这项功能非常有用。你可在:menuselection:`配置" -" --> 销售团队`下面找到销售团队配置的相关内容。" +"每个销售团队都可以有自己的电子邮件别名，以生成自动分配给它的线索/商机。如果你需要管理有特定业务流程的多个销售团队，这项功能非常有用。你可在 " +":menuselection:`配置 --> 销售团队`下面找到销售团队配置的相关内容。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" @@ -196,8 +197,8 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " "Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." msgstr "" -"要更改为特定销售渠道，请转到 ：菜单选择：'网站 -- = 配置 --* 设置'下 [通信] 您将找到联系表信息以及更改 [销售渠道] 或 [销售人员]" -" 的位置。" +"要更改为特定销售渠道，请转到 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设置`下 [通信] 您将找到联系表信息以及更改 [销售渠道] " +"或 [销售人员] 的位置。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 @@ -248,7 +249,7 @@ msgid "" "assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " "CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." msgstr "" -"在使用联系人表单时，在将表单分配给合适的销售人员之前，需要有一个资格鉴定步骤。如要进行此项操作，在CRM设置中启用*线索*并参见:doc:`转换`。" +"在使用联系人表单时，在将表单分配给合适的销售人员之前，需要有一个资格鉴定步骤。如要进行此项操作，在CRM设置中启用 *线索* 并参见:doc:`转换`。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 msgid "Lead mining" @@ -268,7 +269,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." -msgstr "如要启动本功能，前往:menuselection:`CRM --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用**线索挖掘**功能。" +msgstr "如要启动本功能，前往 :menuselection:`CRM --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用 **线索挖掘** 功能。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 msgid "Start generating leads" @@ -282,8 +283,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " "button." msgstr "" -"现在，你的管道中出现了一个**生成线索**新按钮。你也可从:menuselection:`配置 --> " -"线索挖掘请求`并通过:menuselection:`线索 --> 线索`找到**生成线索**按钮，即可创建线索挖掘请求。" +"现在，你的管道中出现了一个**生成线索**新按钮。你也可从 :menuselection:`配置 --> 线索挖掘请求`并通过 " +":menuselection:`线索 --> 线索`找到**生成线索**按钮，即可创建线索挖掘请求。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -308,9 +309,8 @@ msgid "" "(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " "leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " "pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " -"multiple countries." +"multiple industries." msgstr "" -"你可决定根据公司规模（员工人数）筛选得到的线索。你可选择线索来自于哪个国家，也可同时选择多个国家。你还可选择线索来自于哪个行业，或同时选择多个行业。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -334,12 +334,9 @@ msgid "" " us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " "`__, To buy credits you can " "either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " -"Credits`; or go to `Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my Services`." +"Credits`; or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my" +" Services`." msgstr "" -"这是一项应用内购买功能，每条生成的线索将花费一个信用。如果你选择获取联系人信息，每个联系人也会花费一个额外信用。以下是这项`功能 " -"`__的定价。如要购买信用，你可前往:menuselection:`CRM --> 配置 --> 设置 --> " -"购买信用`；或前往`设置 --> 应用内购买 --> 查看我的服务`。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -405,6 +402,128 @@ msgstr "如果将它们标记为赢，它们将移动到看板视图中的 [Won] msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" msgstr "优化您的日常工作" +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "如何激励和奖励我的销售人员？" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "创建一个挑战" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "设立目标" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "目标也包括你的数据库设立(比如设定你的公司数据, 一个时区, 建立一个新用户, 等等)" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "建立奖励" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" msgstr "将谷歌日历与Odoo同步" @@ -481,7 +600,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" " the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." -msgstr "最后，您得到了您的 [客户端 ID]。也转到 [凭据] 以获取 [客户端机密]。Odoo 中要求两者。" +msgstr "最后，您得到了您的 **客户端 ID** 。也转到 **凭据** 以获取 **客户端机密** 。Odoo 中要求两者。" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 msgid "Setup in Odoo" @@ -491,13 +610,16 @@ msgstr "设置Odoo" msgid "" "Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " "option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." -msgstr "从 [Apps] 菜单安装 [Google 日历] 应用程序，或通过选中 \"菜单选择\"中的选项：\"设置 --= 常规设置\"。\"" +msgstr "" +"从 *Apps* 菜单安装 **Google 日历** 应用程序，或通过选中菜单选择中的选项:menuselection:`设置 --> 常规设置`。" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" " ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." -msgstr "转到 ：菜单选择：\"设置 --= 常规设置\"，并在 Google 日历选项中输入您的 [客户端 ID] 和 [客户端机密]。" +msgstr "" +"转到菜单选择 :menuselection:`设置 --> 常规设置`，并在 Google 日历选项中输入您的 **客户端 ID** 和 " +"**客户端机密**。" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -542,7 +664,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." -msgstr "转到应用并安装模块 [VoIP OnSIP]。" +msgstr "转到应用并安装模块 **VoIP OnSIP** 。" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -556,38 +678,38 @@ msgid "" "www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " "you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -"[OnSIP 域] " +"**OnSIP 域** " "是您在www.onsip.com上创建帐户时选择的域。如果您不知道，请登录https://admin.onsip.com/，您将在屏幕的右上角看到它。" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" -msgstr "[Web 套接套] 应包含wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" +msgstr "**网络套接字** 应包含 wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 msgid "**Mode** should be Production" -msgstr "[模式] 应该是生产" +msgstr "**模式** 应该是生产" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " "Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" -msgstr "转到 [设置/用户]。在每个 VoIP 用户的表单视图中，在\"首选项\"选项卡中，填写 [PBX 配置] 部分：" +msgstr "转到 **设置/用户** 。在每个 VoIP 用户的表单视图中，在首选项的选项卡中，填写 **PBX 配置** 部分：" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "[SIP 登录 / 浏览器的扩展] ： ONSIP '用户名'" +msgstr "**SIP 登录 / 浏览器的扩展*：OnSIP 的 '用户名'" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "[上 SIP 授权用户]：ONSIP\"注册用户名\"" +msgstr "**OnSIP 授权用户** ：ONSIP的 \"注册用户名\"" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" -msgstr "[SIP 密码]： 上 SIP \"SIP 密码\"" +msgstr "*SIP 密码* : OnSIP的 \"SIP 密码\"" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" -msgstr "[手机扩展]： ONSIP\"扩展\"" +msgstr "**手机分机** ： OnSIP 的 \"扩展\"" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -652,23 +774,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" -msgstr "[帐户名称]： ONSIP" +msgstr "**帐户名称** ： OnSIP" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" -msgstr "[SIP 服务器]： ONSIP \"域\"" +msgstr "**SIP 服务器** ： OnSIP的 \"域\"" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "[SIP 用户 ID]： ONSIP \"用户名\"" +msgstr "**SIP 用户 ID** ： OnSIP的 \"用户名\"" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "[SIP 身份验证 ID]：ONSIP\"身份验证用户名\"" +msgstr "**SIP 身份验证 ID** ：ONSIP 的\"身份验证用户名\"" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" -msgstr "[密码]： 上 SIP \"SIP 密码\"" +msgstr "**密码** ： OnSIP 的 \"SIP 密码\"" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -706,7 +828,7 @@ msgstr "业务伙伴自动完成功能可提供企业数据，帮助你扩大联 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " "Autocomplete* feature." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`设置 --> 联系人`并启用*业务伙伴自动完成*功能。" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 联系人`并启用*业务伙伴自动完成*功能。" #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" @@ -741,7 +863,7 @@ msgid "" "To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " "Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." msgstr "" -"如要购买信用，前往:menuselection:`设置 --> 联系人 --> 业务伙伴自动完成或Odoo IAP --> " +"如要购买信用，前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 联系人 --> 业务伙伴自动完成或Odoo IAP --> " "查看我的服务`并选择一个服务包。" #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 @@ -1078,7 +1200,7 @@ msgstr "管理 + 创建丢失的原因" msgid "" "You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Lost Reasons`." -msgstr "您将在 ：\"菜单选择：\"配置 --= 丢失的原因\"下找到您的 [丢失原因]。" +msgstr "您将在菜单选择 :menuselection:`配置 --> 丢失的原因`下找到您的 --> 丢失原因`。" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -1159,7 +1281,7 @@ msgstr "创建新的销售渠道" msgid "" "To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Sales Channels`." -msgstr "要创建新的 [销售渠道]，请转到 ：菜单选择：\"配置 --= 销售渠道\"。" +msgstr "要创建新的*销售渠道*，请转到 :menuselection:`配置 --> 销售渠道`。" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1241,7 +1363,7 @@ msgstr "生成评分规则" msgid "" "You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" " can manage your scoring rules." -msgstr "现在，您的 [CRM] 应用中有一个名为 [潜在顾客管理] 的新选项卡，您可以在其中管理评分规则。" +msgstr "现在，您的 *CRM* 应用中有一个名为 *潜在顾客管理* 的新选项卡，您可以在其中管理评分规则。" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -1266,7 +1388,7 @@ msgid "" "Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " "This domain can include scores." msgstr "" -"计算分数后，可以使用相同的域机制将潜在顾客分配给特定团队。为此，请转到 ：菜单选择：'CRM -- = 领导管理 -- = " +"计算分数后，可以使用相同的域机制将潜在顾客分配给特定团队。为此，请转到菜单选择 :menuselection:`CRM --> 领导管理 --> " "团队分配'，并在每个团队中应用特定域。此域可以包含分数。" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 @@ -1279,7 +1401,7 @@ msgstr "此外，您可以向团队中的特定供应商分配更精细的域。 msgid "" "To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " "Assignation`." -msgstr "要执行此操作，请转到 ：菜单选择：'CRM --= 潜在顾客管理 --= 潜在分配。" +msgstr "要执行此操作，请转到菜单选择:menuselection:`CRM --> 潜在顾客管理 --> 潜在分配`。" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -1308,7 +1430,8 @@ msgid "" "Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" " unassigned leads from there." msgstr "" -"为什么不使用 ：菜单选择：'电子邮件营销'或 ：菜单选择：'营销自动化'应用程序向他们发送大量电子邮件？您还可以从那里轻松找到此类未分配的潜在顾客。" +"为什么不使用: 菜单选择:menuselection:`邮件营销' 或 " +":menuselection:`营销自动化'应用程序向他们发送大量电子邮件？您还可以从那里轻松找到此类未分配的潜在顾客。" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 msgid "Track your prospects visits" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po index 5f13b8cc0..1b4fa129b 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -12,15 +12,16 @@ # 洋 汪 , 2019 # george liu , 2020 # Datasource International , 2020 +# Mandy Choy , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -232,12 +233,10 @@ msgid "" " Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " "processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " "require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " -"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make " +"made through Odoo Studio might not work properly. *It is up to you to make " "sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " "test database through our `Support page `__." msgstr "" -"**测试数据库是整个升级过程中最重要的步骤！**即使我们手动测试了所有升级，我们也不知道你的工作流程。Odoo新版本标准工作流程的变更可能要求你改变内部流程，或你通过Odoo定制自定义的内容现可正常运行。*你应负责确保一切正常运行！*你可通过我们的`支持页面" -" `__报告测试数据库的问题。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -282,7 +281,7 @@ msgid "" "buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" " to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." msgstr "" -"在你想要复制数据库的那一行,你会发现几个按钮.请点击**Duplicate**复制你的数据库.在弹出的窗口中输入数据库副本名字,然后点击**Continue**." +"在你想要复制数据库的那一行，你会发现几个按钮。请点击 **复制** 复制你的数据库。在弹出的窗口中输入数据库副本名字,然后点击**继续** 。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -549,7 +548,7 @@ msgstr "你的资料库会在第30天过期，每天更新倒计时天数。" msgid "" "**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " "upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." -msgstr "在订阅中**添加用户**：按照以下链接验证追加的报价，并为额外的用户付款。" +msgstr "在你的订阅中 **添加用户** ：按照以下链接验证追加的报价，并为额外的用户付款。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -583,7 +582,7 @@ msgid "" "This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" " days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " "database is expired." -msgstr "在非屏蔽消息出现至少30天后，**屏蔽**消息出现。如果倒计时结束前仍未采取任何行动，数据库过期而冻结。" +msgstr "此 **限制** 消息出现在持续30天的非限制消息之后。如果您未能在倒计结束前采取行动，数据库将会过期。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -629,8 +628,8 @@ msgid "" "databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " "registration problems down the line." msgstr "" -"在你创建了一个本地数据库的副本之后,强烈建议你修改这个数据库副本的UUID(Universally Unique " -"Identifier),因为数据库的UUID是在我们服务器上对于你的数据库的标识.如果有2个一样是数据库使用同样的UUID会导致后续的注册以及开票问题." +"在你创建了一个本地数据库的副本之后, **强烈建议** 你修改这个数据库副本的UUID(Universally Unique " +"Identifier)，因为数据库的UUID是在我们服务器上对于你的数据库的标识。如果有2个一样是数据库使用同样的UUID会导致后续的注册以及开票问题。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -640,7 +639,7 @@ msgid "" "command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it " "like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." msgstr "" -"可以通过:menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 系统参数`访问数据库的UUID，我们建议使用 `uuid生成器 " +"可以通过 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 系统参数`访问数据库的UUID，我们建议使用 `uuid生成器 " "`__ " "或Unix命令``uuidgen``来生成一个新的UUID。你就可以点击该UUID并使用编辑按钮来替换原先的记录。" @@ -672,7 +671,8 @@ msgid "" "to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " "goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." msgstr "" -"本页包含了如何管理你的Odoo。在进行以下步骤前，我们**强烈**建议您先在复制的数据库上进行测试。这样的话，即便有错误，也不会影响到业务运作。" +"本页包含了如何管理你的Odoo及其实例。在进行以下步骤前，我们 **强烈建议** " +"您先在复制的数据库上进行测试。这样的话，即便有错误，也不会影响到实际的业务运作。" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -700,7 +700,7 @@ msgstr "禁用用户" msgid "" "Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " "change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "当你想更新任一用户的状态时,请确保你拥有足够的**管理权限**." +msgstr "当你想更改任何用户的状态时,请确保你拥有足够的 **管理权限** 。" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ msgstr "该用户账号目前处于取消激活状态." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "**千万不要**取消激活主用户(*admin*)" +msgstr "**千万不要** 取消激活主用户 (*admin*)" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:69 msgid "Uninstalling Apps" @@ -762,7 +762,7 @@ msgid "" "In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " "to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" " access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "在你的Odoo实例中点击**设置**,在应用中,你可以看到所安装的应用.点击**应用**来显示你所安装的应用" +msgstr "在你的Odoo实例中点击 **设置** ；在此应用程序中，你可以看到已安装的应用。点击**浏览应用程序**来访问你所安装的应用程序列表。" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 msgid "|browse_apps|" @@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ msgid "" "In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " "applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " "form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "在应用看板中,你可以看到所有应用的图标.点击你想卸载的应用.然后在应用表单内,点击**卸载**." +msgstr "在应用仪表板中，你可以看到所有应用的图标。点击你想卸载的应用，然后在应用表单内，点击 **卸载** 。" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -784,12 +784,14 @@ msgid "" "permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" " click **Confirm**." msgstr "" -"有些应用有依赖应用,比如开票,电子商务等等.因此,当你准备卸载这些应用时,系统会弹出一个警告信息,告诉你哪些被依赖的应用会被相应卸载.如果你继续卸载,那所有被依赖应用也会被同时卸载(并且这些应用中的数据也会被永久删除).然后你可以点击按钮**确认**来确认这个卸载操作." +"一些应用之间有互相依存的关系，比如开票，电子商务等等... " +"因此，当你准备卸载这些应用时系统会弹出一个警告信息，告诉你哪些被依赖的应用会被相应卸载。如果你继续进行卸载，那所有被依赖应用也会被同时卸载 " +"(并且这些应用中的数据也会被永久删除) 。如果您确定仍要卸载被依赖的应用，请单击 **确认** 。" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:97 msgid "" "Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "最后,在看过警告信息后(如有),点击**确认**" +msgstr "最后，请检查警告消息（如有），然后单击 **确认** 。" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:102 msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." @@ -808,7 +810,9 @@ msgid "" "*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " "operations." msgstr "" -"**卸载应用,管理用户等等,这些决定取决于你**:没有其他人可以比你更了解这些操作是否会影响到你的业务应用.如果我们帮你卸载了应用,那我们也无法告诉你哪些关联数据会被删除或者你的某项业务流程会停摆,因为我们*不知道你的业务运作方式*因此也无法验证这些操作." +"**卸载应用，管理用户，等等这些决定取决于你** " +":没有其他人可以比你更了解这些操作是否会影响到你的业务流程。如果我们帮你卸载了应用，那我们也无法告诉你哪些关联数据会被删除或者你的某项业务流程会停摆，因为我们" +" *不知道你的业务运作方式* 因此也无法验证这些操作。" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -819,7 +823,8 @@ msgid "" "need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " "to work properly." msgstr "" -"**Odoo应用有其他的依赖应用**:这意味着一些你并不太会操作的模块,会因为其中的一些特性被需要而被系统自动安装.比如,如果你需要将你的客户报价能用网页的形式展现,那网站构建器这个应用就会被自动安装.可能你完全不需要Odoo的网站,但是这个应用中的在线报价技术特性却是你的需求能正常工作的前提条件." +"**Odoo各个应用之间有互相依存的关系** " +":这意味着一些你并不太会操作的模块,会因为其中的一些特性被需要而被系统自动安装。比如，如果你需要将你的客户报价用网页的形式展现，那网站构建器这个应用就会被自动安装。可能你完全不需要通过Odoo的网站，但是这个应用中的在线报价技术特性却是你的需求能正常工作的前提条件。" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -827,4 +832,5 @@ msgid "" "database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " "will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." msgstr "" -"**总是在数据库副本上测试应用的安装/卸载**(或者在一个免费的测试数据库上):通过这样的方式你可以知道哪些应用是被依赖的.这可以避免卸载应用产生的错误或者收到意外的付款通知." +"**总是在数据库副本上测试应用的安装/卸载** " +"(或者在一个免费的测试数据库上):通过这样的方式你可以知道哪些应用是被依赖的。这可以避免卸载应用产生的错误或者收到意外的付款通知。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index da79c2bdc..ba64c89b6 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -5,11 +5,10 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2019 -# Connie Xiao , 2019 # fausthuang, 2019 -# Kate Lee , 2019 # 演奏王 , 2020 +# Mandy Choy , 2020 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2020 # Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy @@ -17,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -31,31 +30,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Discuss" msgstr "讨论" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" -msgstr "‎如何使用我的邮件服务器在 Odoo 中发送和接收电子邮件‎" +#: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "高级" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:6 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." msgstr "如果你是Odoo Online或Odoo.sh的用户..." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:8 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 msgid "" "You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " "database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" msgstr "你什么也不需要做！**Odoo为你的服务器设置了自己的邮件服务器。**接收和发送电子邮件功能开箱即用！" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:11 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 msgid "" "Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" " use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." msgstr "除非你计划发送大量邮件，可能需要使用外部邮件服务器，否则只需享受你的新Odoo数据库即可。" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:16 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 msgid "Scope of this documentation" msgstr "本文档的范围" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 msgid "" "This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " "benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " @@ -66,7 +69,7 @@ msgstr "" "`__和`Odoo.sh " "`__那样，直接通过开箱即用的解决方案在Odoo上收发邮件。" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:25 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 msgid "" "If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " "recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " @@ -77,13 +80,13 @@ msgstr "" "‎如果您的公司中没有人用于管理电子邮件服务器，我们强烈建议您选择 Odoo " "托管解决方案。他们的电子邮件系统可以立即工作，并由专业人士监控。不过，如果您希望自己管理电子邮件服务器的声誉，您仍可以使用自己的电子邮件服务器。‎" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 msgid "" "You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " "own email solution with Odoo." msgstr "‎您将在这里找到一些有用的信息，了解如何将您自己的电子邮件解决方案与 Odoo 集成。‎" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:34 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 msgid "" "Office 365 email servers don't allow easily to send external emails from " "hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " @@ -95,29 +98,29 @@ msgstr "" "/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" "email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__，了解如何设置。" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 msgid "How to manage outbound messages" msgstr "如何管理出站邮件" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:41 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:41 msgid "" "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " "check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " "create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " "information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." msgstr "" -"作为系统管理员，请转到 ：菜单选择：\"设置 --= 常规设置\"，然后选中 [外部电子邮件服务器]。然后，单击 [传出邮件服务器] " -"以创建一个服务器并引用电子邮件服务器的 SMTP 数据。填写所有信息后，单击 [测试连接]。" +"作为系统管理员，请转到菜单选择:menuselection:`设置 --> 常规设置`，然后选中 *外部电子邮件服务器*。然后，单击 *传出邮件服务器*" +" 以创建一个服务器并引用电子邮件服务器的 SMTP 数据。填写所有信息后，单击 *测试连接* 。" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:46 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:46 msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." msgstr "‎下面是 G Suite 服务器的典型配置。‎" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:51 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:51 msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "‎然后在\"常规设置\"中设置您的电子邮件域名。‎" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:54 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:54 msgid "" "If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " "warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " @@ -128,21 +131,21 @@ msgstr "" "(Failure)``警告，启用*安全性较低的应用程序访问*选项。你可`在此访问 " "`_直接链接。" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:58 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:58 msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." msgstr "此外，请启用Gmail账户的IMAP设置。" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" msgstr "‎我可以使用 Office 365 服务器吗？‎" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:63 msgid "" "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" " relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." msgstr "‎如果在本地运行 Odoo，则可以使用 Office 365 服务器。Office 365 SMTP 中继与 Odoo 在线不兼容。‎" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:66 msgid "" "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation `，为您的 Odoo 的 IP 地址配置 SMTP " "中继。" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:70 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 msgid "How to use a G Suite server" msgstr "‎如何使用 G Suite 服务器‎" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:71 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:71 msgid "" "You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " "to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " @@ -168,11 +171,11 @@ msgstr "" "您可以将 G Suite 服务器用于任何 Odoo 托管类型。为此，您需要设置 SMTP 中继服务。配置步骤在\"Google 文档\"中介绍 " "`__." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 msgid "Be SPF-compliant" msgstr "‎符合 SPF 标准‎" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:79 msgid "" "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" " of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " @@ -180,13 +183,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "‎如果您使用 SPF（发件人策略框架）来增加传出电子邮件的可传递性，请不要忘记在域名设置中授权 Odoo 作为发送主机。以下是 Odoo 在线的配置：‎" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:83 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:83 msgid "" "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" msgstr "‎如果没有为 SPF 设置 TXT 记录，请创建一个具有以下定义的记录：v_spf1 包括：_spf.odoo.com _所有‎" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:85 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:85 msgid "" "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." " for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " @@ -195,30 +198,30 @@ msgstr "" "如果已经为SPF设置TXT记录，在通过Odoo Online发送邮件的域名中添加“include:_spf.odoo.com”，通过G " "Suite发送的则可为：v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:89 msgid "" "Find `here `__ the exact procedure to " "create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." msgstr "找到，在你自己的域寄存器中以准确步骤创建或修改TXT记录。" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:92 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:92 msgid "" "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " "usually happens more quickly." msgstr "新的SPF记录48小时后生效，但通常用不了那么长时间。" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:95 msgid "" "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " "delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " "record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." msgstr "为一个域添加多个SPF记录可能导致邮件被分类为垃圾。我们建议仅修改一个SPF记录以授权给Odoo。" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:100 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 msgid "Allow DKIM" msgstr "允许DKIM" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:101 msgid "" "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " "enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " @@ -230,15 +233,25 @@ msgstr "" "如果你的邮件服务器启用了DKIM（域密钥标识邮件），你也需要进行同样的操作。对于Odoo " "Online和Odoo.sh，你需要向“odoo._domainkey.odoo.com”添加DNS“odoo._domainkey”CNAME记录。例如，对于“foo.com”，它们应有一条“odoo._domainkey.foo.com”记录，这是值为“odoo._domainkey.odoo.com”的CNAME。" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "Restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," +" 465 or 2525." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:113 msgid "How to manage inbound messages" msgstr "如何管理入站邮件" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:115 msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." msgstr "Odoo依赖通用的电子邮件别名来收取入站邮件。" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:113 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:117 msgid "" "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " "discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " @@ -246,7 +259,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "从Odoo所发邮件对应的**回复邮件**通过catchall别名（**catchall@**）接入原来的讨论话题（以及所有关注者的收件箱）。" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:121 msgid "" "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " "Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " @@ -256,58 +269,58 @@ msgstr "" "**退回的邮件**接入**bounce@**，以便在Odoo上追踪。这项功能特别用于`Odoo邮件营销 " "`__，可取消选择无效的收件人。" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:121 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:125 msgid "" "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " "create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" msgstr "**原始邮件**：几个业务对象有自己的别名，从入站邮件中创建Odoo新记录：" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:124 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:128 msgid "" "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " "`__)," msgstr "销售渠道（在`Odoo CRM `__中创建线索或商机），" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:126 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:130 msgid "" "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " "`__)," msgstr "支持渠道（在`Odoo服务台 `__创建工单），" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:128 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:132 msgid "" "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project `__)," msgstr "项目（在`Odoo项目 `__中创建新任务），" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:130 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:134 msgid "" "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " "`__)," msgstr "工作岗位（在`Odoo招聘 `__中创建申请人），" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:136 msgid "etc." msgstr "等等" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:138 msgid "" "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " "emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " "address per Odoo alias in your mail server." msgstr "根据你的邮件服务器，可能有几种方法来收取邮件。最简单也最推荐的方法是在邮件服务器中按Odoo别名管理邮件地址。" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:142 msgid "" "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " "bounce@, sales@, etc.)." msgstr "在你的邮件服务器中创建相应的电子邮件地址（catchall@、bounce@、sales@等）。" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:140 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:144 msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "在一般设置中设置你的域名。" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:145 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:149 msgid "" "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " "each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " @@ -317,7 +330,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如果你使用本地部署的Odoo，请在Odoo中为每个别名创建一个*入站邮件服务器*。你也可以在一般设置中进行操作。根据你的电子邮件提供商的设置填写表单。将*对入站邮件执行的操作*留空。在填写完毕所有信息后，点击*测试和确认*。" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:158 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " "messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " @@ -332,11 +345,11 @@ msgstr "" " " "Online每小时仅收取一次外部服务器的入站邮件。你应在电子邮件服务器中将所有电子邮件地址的重定向设置为Odoo的域名（例如，*catchall@mydomain.ext*设为*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*）。" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:168 msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." msgstr "Odoo中所有别名都是可自定义的。" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:166 msgid "" "Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " "edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " @@ -345,16 +358,16 @@ msgstr "" "对象别名可从各自的配置视图中编辑。如要编辑catchall和bounce别名，首先需要启用:doc:`开发人员模式 " "<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`。" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:170 msgid "" "Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " "Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " "mail.bounce.alias*)." msgstr "" -"然后前往:menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 参数 --> 系统参数`定义别名（*mail.catchall.alias*和* " +"然后前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 参数 --> 系统参数`定义别名（*mail.catchall.alias*和* " "mail.bounce.alias*）。" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:176 msgid "" "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " "You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " @@ -362,415 +375,444 @@ msgid "" " Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " "Fetchmail Service*." msgstr "" -"默认情况下，Odoo本地部署每5分钟收取一次入站邮件。你可在:doc:`开发人员模式 " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`中更改这项值。前往:menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 " +"默认情况下，Odoo本地部署每5分钟收取一次入站邮件。你可在 :doc:`开发人员模式 " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`中更改这项值。前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 " "--> 自动化 --> 安排操作`并寻找*Mail: Fetchmail Service*。" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" -msgstr "如何从Odoo跟踪Twitter推送" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 +msgid "Email Templates" +msgstr "EMail模板" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " -"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " -"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." +"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " +"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " +"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " +"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " +"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " +"improving their overall experience with the company." msgstr "" -"你可以在Twitter上关注特定的主题标签（#），查看你选择的Odoo讨论频道。可以定期从Twitter上接收推文。认证用户可以转发这些内容。" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 -msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" -msgstr "在Twitter侧设置App" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" -" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" -" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 +msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" msgstr "" -"Twitter的\"App\"向Odoo打开网关，推送内容，并允许用户转发推文。要设置APP，请访问http://apps.twitter.com/app/new并输入以下值：" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 -msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" -msgstr "Name：Twitter上应用的名称" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 msgid "" -"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " -"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " -"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" -" this field." +"The :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` must be " +"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." msgstr "" -"Website：Odoo数据库的外部URL地址，添加了\"/web\"字段。例如，如你的Odoo实例主机位于\"http://www.example.com\\，那么可以在此字段中输入\"http://www.example.com/web\"" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 msgid "" -"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " -"the previous example you should write " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." -msgstr "回访URL：这是Twitter要响应的地址。关注之前你应该写过的示例。" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " -"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." -msgstr "别忘记了接受**开发者协议**条款，然后点击页面底部的**创建你的Twitter应用程序**按钮。" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 -msgid "Getting the API key and secret" -msgstr "正在获取API密钥和机密" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." -msgstr "在App仪表板界面切换到**密钥与访问令牌**页签下。" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 -msgid "" -"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " -"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " -"settings." +"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " +"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" msgstr "" -"并在Odoo的:menuselection:`设置--> 一般设置 --> Twitter讨论集成`中复制这些值，然后点击**保存**，保存相应设置。" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 -msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" -msgstr "如何在我的邮件中吸引用户的注意力" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 msgid "" -"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." -" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " -"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " -"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " -"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " -"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" -"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " -"another channel." +"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " +"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " +"job applicants." msgstr "" -"你可以在渠道或者聊天中 **提及** 一个用户, 通过输入 **@用户名** 。在聊天中提及一个用户, " -"将会设置他们作为项目的关注者（如果他们还不是关注者）, " -"并且发送一个消息到他们的收件箱。包含提及的项目会在列表视图收拢。在渠道提及一个用户将发生一个消息到他们的收件箱。你不能提及一个没有订阅渠道的用户。输入 " -"**#渠道名** 将在聊天或另外渠道提供一个链接到提及的渠道。" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 -msgid "Direct messaging a user" -msgstr "直接向用户发送消息" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 msgid "" -"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " -"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " -"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " -"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " -"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " -"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " -"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " -"they are offline." +"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " +"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " +"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." msgstr "" -"* *直接的信息**只被发件人和收件人看到。你可用讨论模块直接发送信息给其他用户。在顶部栏发送图标, " -"可在Odoo任何地方发送信息。其他用户的在线状态显示在他们的名字左边。一个**绿色的点* " -"*表明用户是在线的，一个**橙色的点**，他们是空闲的，和一个**灰色的点**，他们是离线。" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 -msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" -msgstr "来自讨论模块的桌面通知" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 msgid "" -"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " -"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" -" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " -"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." +"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " +"with the highest priority is used." msgstr "" -"你可以在收到新的私信時选择接收**桌面通知**。该通知能预览发件人和邮件内容。\n" -"单击位于桌面通知角落的齿轮图标启用或停用功能。" -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "如何用Odoo收件箱提高我的工作响应效率" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 msgid "" -"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " -"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " -"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." -msgstr "使用Discuss模块上的**收件箱**监控你在Odoo上的一切更新与进程。你关注的所有内容有更新或你被提及时，都会在收件箱收到通知消息。" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 -msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "你可以从任何屏幕上快速查看**收件箱**。" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " -"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " -"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " -"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " -"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." +"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," +" saving space in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 +msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " +"would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " +"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" +" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " +"sending it." msgstr "" -"打勾标记一封邮件，即代表将该项目标记为**已读**，并从收件箱中移除。如需将一个项目保存并供将来参考或操作，用星标标记并将它加入到**已加星标**文件夹中。你可在讨论中添加任何邮件或通知，或者在整个Odoo中添加任何特定项目的聊天，以便在这里标记它。" #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "为何使用Odoo讨论" +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概述" -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " -"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " -"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " -"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " -"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " -"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " -"simple and searchable interface." +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Discuss" msgstr "" -"odoo讨论是一个对于团队易于使用的消息应用, 将组织的全部通讯带入到一个地方, 并且与odoo平台无缝集成。讨论让你在odoo任何地方发送接收消息, " -"以及在应用中容易的管理消息和通知。讨论允许在一个简单可查询的界面创建 **渠道** , 用于关于项目的聊天, 对话, 会议协调, 以及更多。" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get organized by planning activities" -msgstr "通过制定活动计划变得更有条理" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " -"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " -"undertake." -msgstr "制定活动计划是追踪工作情况的最佳方式。它可以提醒你需要完成的工作，安排后续活动的时间。" +"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " +"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " +"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" +" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " +"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose your notifications preference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 msgid "" -"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" -" your priorities." -msgstr "你可在Odoo中随时随地查看自己的活动。方便管理所有优先事项。" +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your :doc:`Chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` notifications to be handled." +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " -"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" -msgstr "你可通过聊天或在看板视图中计划和管理活动。请看下面的例子：" +"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " +"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " +"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" +" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:37 +msgid "Start Chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " +"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " +"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" +" of where you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" +" your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " +"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:62 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the :doc:`chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` type *@user-name*; to refer to a channel," +" type *#channel-name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:67 +msgid "" +"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " +"through email, depending on his settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " +"first based on the task’s :doc:`followers " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>`, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" +" scope of the search becomes all partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +msgid "Chat status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " +"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " +"menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +msgid "Green = online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +msgid "Orange = away" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +msgid "White = offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "Airplane = out of the office" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/tasks/collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " +"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " +"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " +"of having overlapping actions between team members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " +"*Activities* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 +msgid "Plan activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the :doc:`Chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` by clicking on *Schedule activity*, or " +"through Kanban views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 msgid "Set your activity types" msgstr "设置你的活动类型" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 msgid "" -"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " -"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." +"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " +"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." msgstr "" -"Odoo中包括了一些默认的活动类型（通话、邮件、会议等）。但你也可以在:menuselection:`设置 --> 一般设置 --> " -"活动类型`中，设置新类型。" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 -msgid "Schedule meetings" -msgstr "安排会议" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 msgid "" -"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " -"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " -"open to let you select a time slot." -msgstr "活动计划具体到某一天。如需设置小时，选择*会议*活动类型。在安排会议时，你可打开日历并选择一个时间段。" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " -"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." -msgstr "如果需要在其他活动类型中使用日历计划，请将其*类别*设定为*会议*。" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 -msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" -msgstr "安排一系列活动" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " -"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." +"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure" +" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." msgstr "" -"Odoo可帮助你轻松安排一系列常规活动。前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 活动类型`并将以下常见步骤设置为*推荐的下一项活动*。" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 +msgid "Recommend next activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 msgid "" -"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " -"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." -msgstr "现在，当一项活动完成后，你可选择*完成并安排下一项*。系统将自动向你提供下一项活动。" +"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " +"*Recommended Next Activities*." +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" -msgstr "希望你通过制定活动计划变得更有条理！" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" -msgstr "如何通过频道与团队进行有效沟通" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 msgid "" -"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" +" next steps are suggested to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " "departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," -" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." +"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " +"latest developments." msgstr "" -"能用 **渠道** 来组织与各个团队、部门、项目, 或者其他需要沟通的群组之间的讨论。通过对话, 每个人都可以看到, 很容易让整个团队在循环中的最新发展" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "Creating a channel" -msgstr "创建一个频道" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." -msgstr "论坛可以支持两种类型的版块 - **公开** 与 **私有** 。" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " -"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " -"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " -"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 +msgid "Public and Private channels" msgstr "" -"公开渠道只能由拥有白色特权的管理员创建, 且对组织里的所有人都可见。相对而言, " -"私人渠道可以由任一用户创建并且在默认情况下只对被邀请进入这个渠道的用户可见。" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 +msgid "" +"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " +"visible to users invited to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 msgid "" "A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" -" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " -"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " -"information)." +" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " +"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " +"specific department)." msgstr "" -"在员工们需要获取学术研讨或公司通知等信息的时候, 公开渠道就能被很好地利用。反之, " -"私人渠道则应该应用于那些应该局限于特定用户或员工的信息如特定的或者机密的信息的时候被利用。" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 -msgid "Configuring a channel" -msgstr "正在配置频道" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " -"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." -" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " -"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" -" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " -"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" -" a public channel." +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 +msgid "Configuration options" msgstr "" -"可以配置一个渠道的名称、描述、访问权限、自动订阅和邮件 :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`. " -"更改访问权限可控制哪个组查看哪个渠道。可设置一个组, " -"所有用户能看到、邀请用户或选定的用户组可看。允许“每个人”私人渠道将让允许其他用户查看，并加入它，因为这被看作是一个公共渠道。" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 -msgid "How to set up a mailing list" -msgstr "如何设置邮件列表" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 msgid "" -"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " -":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" -" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " -"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " -"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " -"messages by email." +"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" +" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." msgstr "" -"一个频道可看作是邮件清单。从:menuselection:`#频道-" -"名称-->设置，定义要使用的电子邮件。用户将使用所定义的电子邮件地址收发通知。一个信封图标将出现在列表中的频道名称旁边，表示可用电子邮件发送消息。" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "Locating a channel" -msgstr "正在定位频道" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 -msgid "" -"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " -"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" -" clicking the plus icon." -msgstr "如果你没有看到你的仪表盘上看到任何频道，你可以從**公共频道**列表中搜索正确的频道或单击加号图标以创建新的频道。" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " -"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " -"channels from a single screen." -msgstr "你亦可以点击**頻道**,浏览公開频道列表。这允许用户在簡易地進行手动**加入**和**离开**公開頻道。" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 -msgid "" -"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " -"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." -msgstr "用户最好在创建新频道前先搜索列表，以确保不会重复创建同一主题的条目。" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 -msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" -msgstr "使用过滤器在Discuss内部导航" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 -msgid "" -"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " -"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " -"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " -"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " -"character wildcard.**" +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 +msgid "Privacy and Members" msgstr "" -"topbar搜索提供了相同的综合搜索功能。您可应用多个**过滤器标准**和**保存过滤器**供以后使用。搜索函数接受通配符使用下划线字符 \"\\ " -"**\\_**\\ \" , 这代表**单个字符的通配符**。" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" -msgstr "如何关注一个讨论话题，以及如何定义你希望收到的消息" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" -msgstr "如何关注一个讨论话题" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 msgid "" -"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," -" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." -msgstr "在Odoo中几乎可以**关注**任何业务目标（如一个机遇、报价或任务等）" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 -msgid "How to choose the events to follow" -msgstr "如何选择要关注的事件" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " -"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " -"**Project** app." -msgstr "你可以选择收到何种类型的事件通知。下例显示了**Project**App的**任务**选项中有哪些选项是可用的。" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 -msgid "How to add other followers" -msgstr "如何添加其他粉丝" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " -"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" -" link back to the original document." -msgstr "您可邀请其他用户，并添加渠道作为追随者。添加渠道作为跟踪将原文件作为链接的形式发送消息。" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 -msgid "How to be a default follower" -msgstr "如何成为默认的粉丝" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " -"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" -" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " -"created, an opportunity won)." +"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " +"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " +"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" +" a public one." msgstr "" -"你已自动成为你所创建的所有项目的默认粉丝。在CRM和Project等应用中，可以成为任何新创建记录的默认粉丝并收到特别事件的通知（如创建新任务、赢得机会等）" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 msgid "" -"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" -" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " -"about." -msgstr "为此，需要开始关注上级业务目标（如CRM中的销售频道、Project中的项目），然后选择需要关注的事件。" +"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " +"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " +"*Invite*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 +msgid "" +"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " +"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " +"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " +"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " +"are part of the group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 +msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " +"mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " +"messages will need to be approved before being sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" +" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" +" to newcomers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " +"messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " +"their :doc:`notification preference `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " +"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 +msgid "Quick search bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " +"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " +"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" +" and quickly find the one you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 +msgid "Finding channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " +"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " +"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " +"single character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index a05c17c36..3deed466a 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -5,25 +5,23 @@ # # Translators: # fausthuang, 2019 -# Robinxia , 2019 # 老窦 北京 <2662059195@qq.com>, 2019 # george liu , 2019 # guohuadeng , 2019 -# inspur qiuguodong , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2019 # liAnGjiA , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Mandy Choy , 2020 # Datasource International , 2020 +# Mandy Choy , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -160,7 +158,7 @@ msgstr "产品页默认只显示产品的主要图片。如需展示产品多角 msgid "" "Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "在:menuselection:`网站管理->配置->设置，中选择勾选*每个产品多张图片*。" +msgstr "在:menuselection:`网站管理 --> 配置 --> 设置，中选择勾选*每个产品多张图片*。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -229,7 +227,7 @@ msgstr "如何创建属性与变量" msgid "" "Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " "size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "在 :menuselection:`销售->设置，中选择启用*产品可以有多个属性，定义这些变量（如尺码、颜色等）*。" +msgstr "在 :menuselection:`销售 --> 设置，中选择启用 *产品可以有多个属性，定义这些变量（如尺码、颜色等）* 。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." @@ -289,7 +287,8 @@ msgid "" "See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " "Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " "variants." -msgstr "从 :menuselection:`销售->促销->产品变量，中选择然后编辑所有的变量。如果你管理着多个变量，可能需要加快一点进度。" +msgstr "" +"从 :menuselection:`销售 --> 促销 --> 产品变量，中选择然后编辑所有的变量。如果你管理着多个变量，可能需要加快一点进度。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" @@ -486,7 +485,7 @@ msgstr "设置" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" " on formula* for *Sale Price*." -msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`促销->设置，在*销售价格*公式中选择*高级定价策略*。" +msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`促销 --> 设置，在 *销售价格* 公式中选择 *高级定价策略* 。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -494,7 +493,8 @@ msgid "" " new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " "code." msgstr "" -"进入 :menuselection:`网站管理->目录->价格表，创建一个带折扣规则的新价格表（参见doc:`pricing` ，然后输入一个代码。" +"进入 :menuselection:`网站管理 --> 目录 --> 价格表，创建一个带折扣规则的新价格表（参见doc:`pricing` " +"，然后输入一个代码。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -679,333 +679,6 @@ msgstr "打开我的网站" msgid "Get paid" msgstr "付款" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" -msgstr "如何使用 Authorize.Net 付款" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " -"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " -"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " -"`__ " -"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " -"`__ that " -"you like." -msgstr "" -"Authorize.Net是北美地区最受欢迎的电子商务支付平台之一。与大多数其他与Odoo兼容的支付收单机构不同，Authorize.Net只能用作`支付网关" -" " -"`__。这样你可使用自己喜欢的`支付处理机构和商户" -" `__。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 -msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" -msgstr "创建Authorize.Net帐户" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Create an `Authorize.Net account `__ by clicking " -"'Get Started'." -msgstr "点击“开始”，创建`Authorize.Net账户 `__。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" -" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " -"press the related option." -msgstr "如果想要将Authorize.net用作支付网关和商户，请在定价页面点击*立即注册*。如想使用自己的商户，请点击相关选项。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 -msgid "Go through the registration steps." -msgstr "完成注册步骤。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " -"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." -msgstr "账户默认设置为测试账户。你可通过这个测试账户从Odoo处理测试交易。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 -msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." -msgstr "准备好之后，切换到**生产**模式。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 -msgid "Set up Odoo" -msgstr "设置Odoo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " -"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." -msgstr "从:menuselection:`网站、销售或会计 --> 设置 --> 付款收单机构`，在Odoo中激活Authorize.Net。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Enter both your **Login ID** your **API Transaction Key** and your **API " -"Signature Key**." -msgstr "输入你的**登录名**、**API交易密钥**和**API签名密钥**。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To get those credentials from Authorize.Net, you can follow the direction in" -" the Authorize.net Help `API Credentials and Keys " -"`__" -" entry and access the menu :menuselection:`Account --> Settings --> API " -"Credentials & Keys` in the Authorize.net dashboard. Note that you need " -"*both* a Transaction key and and Signature key." -msgstr "" -"如要从Authorize.Net获取凭据，你可按Authorize.Net帮助中的指示`API凭据和密钥 " -"`__，在Authorize.net进入并访问菜单:menuselection:`账户" -" --> 设置 --> API凭据和密钥`。注意， 你*同时*需要交易密钥和签名密钥。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Once both keys are set up, you can then generate a Client Key by clicking " -"the \"Generate Client Key\" button. Note that these 3 keys are necessary for" -" the setup to work correctly." -msgstr "在两组密钥设置好之后，你可点击“生成客户密钥”按钮，生成客户密钥。注意，这3组密钥对于正确设置系统必不可少。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:51 -msgid "Go live" -msgstr "激活" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Enabled** state." -msgstr "你的配置现已就绪！可以在商户界面显示Authorize.Net，然后激活**启用**状态。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " -"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you switch from " -"testing to production or vice-versa." -msgstr "Authorize.net为测试和生产模式提供的凭据不同。如要从测试模式切换到生产模式或反之，请勿忘记在Odoo中更新凭据。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:65 -msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" -msgstr "评估Authorize.Net作为支付解决方案" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " -"account `__." -msgstr "" -"你可创建`开发人员账户 `__，免费测试并评估Authorize.Net。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" -" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." -msgstr "创建账户之后，你将收到沙箱凭据。根据上面的介绍在Odoo中输入凭据，确保仍在*测试*模式下。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " -"`__ to configure your sandbox account." -msgstr "你也可登录`Authorize.Net沙箱平台 `__，配置你的沙箱账户。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" -" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " -"`__." -msgstr "" -"如要执行虚拟交易，你可使用`Authorize.Net测试指南 " -"`__中提供的虚拟卡号。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:80 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:206 -msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:81 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:207 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "如何让购买者付款" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " -"Invoicing apps." -msgstr "Odoo嵌入了多个付款方法以支持eCommerce、促销和发票App上的支付行为。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 -msgid "What are the payment methods available" -msgstr "哪一种付款方式可用呢？" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 -msgid "Wire transfer" -msgstr "电汇" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " -"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" -" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" -"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "电汇是默认的可用付款方式，用于向顾客提供你的银行信息，以便让他们通过银行付款。这种方式简单易懂但效率缓慢，还是尽快采用网上支付方式吧！" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 -msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "收款方" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" -" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" -" over time:" -msgstr "将顾客引导到你的支付平台上，轻松收款和跟踪付款状态（回调）。Odoo过一段时间将会支持更多的支付平台。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 -msgid "`Paypal `__" -msgstr "`Paypal `__" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "Ingenico " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 -msgid "Authorize.net" -msgstr "Authorize.net " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "Adyen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "牛仔" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 -msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "PayUmoney" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 -msgid "Sips" -msgstr "少量" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "条纹" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 -msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "如何激活" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method is ready, make it visible in the payment interface " -"by switching the state to **Enabled**." -msgstr "支付方式就绪后，切换到**启用**状态，让它显示在付款界面上。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 -msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" -msgstr "如何让顾客保存并再次使用信用卡" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " -"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." -" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" -"为便于老顾客付款，你可以让其保存并再次使用信用卡。为此，支付令牌会保存在Odoo中。这一选项需调用Ingenico和Authorize.net。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 -msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "你可以从收款方配置表中打开这一功能。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 -msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" -msgstr "如何将信用卡刷卡记入借方" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Subscription `__ allows to " -"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " -"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." -msgstr "" -"Odoo订阅允许多次发生的服务计费。因此，你可以自动将顾客的信用卡消费记入借方。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 -msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "这一选项需启用Ingenico 和Authorize.net。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 -msgid "" -"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " -"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" -" from the subscription." -msgstr "当顾客订阅服务后，记录一个付款令牌。一旦订阅开出发票，即自动记入借方。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 -msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "如何使用其他收款方式（高级）" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " -"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" -" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." -msgstr "Odoo能提交单笔付款请求并转到任何收款方。但没有回调，也就是说Odoo不会跟踪交易的状态。因此你收款后需要手动确认订单。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 -msgid "How to:" -msgstr "如何：" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "切换到 :doc:`开发人员模式 <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 -msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "采用**自定义**付款方法" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " -"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " -"duplicate." -msgstr "根据收款方的指引设置付款表格（S2S表格模板）。可以从你能复制的*default_acquirer_button *按钮开始设置。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 -msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "其他配置" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " -"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " -"`__)." -msgstr "" -"Odoo还可用于更多的高级付款过程，如分期付款（例如Paypal 分期付款Paypal Installment Plans " -"`_." -msgstr "" -"这种定制服务可由我们的技术专家根据你的要求按需提供。我们的业务顾问可与你联系并讨论相关事宜。`联系我们 " -"`_" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr ":doc:`paypal` " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" - #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" msgstr "如何管理付款的订单" @@ -1089,9 +762,8 @@ msgid "" " can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " "way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " "until you get paid into your bank account (see " -":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards`)." +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)." msgstr "" -"如果选择了这种模式，系统会要求你选择一个付款日记账以便记录你账簿上的付款。此付款与发票自动对账，标记为已支付。银行账户收到付款后请选择**银行账户**，如未做选择，可以为付款收单机构创建一个特定的日记账（类别=银行）。这样你就可以追踪中间账户的在线支付情况，直至银行账户收到款项（参见:doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards）。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" @@ -1116,328 +788,6 @@ msgid "" "interfaces, not from Odoo." msgstr "对于其他收款方，你可以在其自己的界面（非Odoo）中管理获取。" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your Paypal account" -msgstr "配置你的Paypal账户" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " -"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " -"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " -"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." -msgstr "" -"Paypal在世界各地都可以用，而且非常受欢迎。它不收取任何订阅费，创建帐户也非常容易。因此我们大力推荐Odoo新手使用Paypal。它就像我们无缝流程的一部分，将客户带到Paypal网站完成支付。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 -msgid "Paypal account" -msgstr "Paypal账户" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 -msgid "" -"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " -"Business Account `_" -" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " -"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " -"configuration steps." -msgstr "" -"通过Paypal收款需要公司账户。创建一个`Paypal公司账户 `_或将你的个人账户升级到公司账户。前往Paypal设置并点击*升级到公司账户*。然后完成其余的配置步骤。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 -msgid "Settings in Paypal" -msgstr "Paypal中的设置" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:26 -msgid "" -"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " -"seamless customer experience with Odoo." -msgstr "首先，我们来看如何设置Paypal账户，以创建与Odoo之间的无缝客户体验。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " -"Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." -msgstr "登录并打开设置。前往:menuselection:`产品和服务 --> 网站支付`并点击**网站偏好**上的**更新**。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:34 -msgid "Auto Return" -msgstr "自动返回" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " -"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " -"the suffix ``/shop/confirmation`` as *Return URL* (e.g. " -"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." -msgstr "" -"*自动返回*在客户完成支付后将其自动重新跳转返回Odoo。勾选*自动返回*并输入你的域名和后缀``/shop/confirmation``作为*返回URL*（例如，``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``）。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:41 -msgid "" -"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " -"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " -"Odoo databases." -msgstr "这个URL在Paypal中要求，但在实际中并不使用，Odoo在每笔事务中都会传输。如你管理多个销售渠道或Odoo数据库，请勿担心。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:49 -msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" -msgstr "支付数据传输(PDT)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:51 -msgid "" -"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" -" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " -"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " -"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"*支付数据传输*在支付处理完毕后向Odoo发出支付确认。否则，Odoo无法结束销售流程。这项设置也必须启动。保存时，将生成*身份令牌*。你稍后将被要求在Odoo中输入身份令牌。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:59 -msgid "Paypal Account Optional" -msgstr "Paypal账户可选项" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:61 -msgid "" -"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " -"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " -"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." -msgstr "我们建议你在客户付款时不要提示他们登录Paypal账户。允许他们用借记卡/信用卡支付，否则你可能失去某些业务。确保启用这项设置。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:68 -msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" -msgstr "即时付款通知(IPN)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:70 -msgid "" -"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " -"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " -"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" -" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " -"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " -"receipt." -msgstr "" -"支付数据传输(PDT)会发送订单确认，但仅发送一次。因此，在它发送时，你的站点必须正在运行；否则，就无法收到该信息。因此我们首先建议启用*即时付款通知*(IPN)。通过IPN，我们基本可以确保发送订单确认，因为IPN会重新发送确认，直到你的站点确认已收到。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:77 -msgid "" -"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " -"*Instant Payment Notification*." -msgstr "如要启用IPN，返回*网站支付*菜单并在*即时付款通知*中点击*更新*。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " -"(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." -msgstr "" -"需要设置的*通知URL*是你的域名+“payment/paypal/ipn”（例如，``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``）。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85 -msgid "Payment Messages Format" -msgstr "支付信息格式" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:87 -msgid "" -"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " -"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " -"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." -msgstr "如果你为客户名称、地址等使用重音字符（或基本拉丁字符以外的任何其他字符）。你必须配置Odoo发送给Paypal的支付请求的编码格式。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:93 -msgid "" -"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." -msgstr "如不配置此项设置，某些交易可能在无通知的情况下失败。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 -msgid "To do so, open:" -msgstr "如要进行此项操作，打开：" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:97 -msgid "" -"`this page for a test account `__" -msgstr "" -"`本页用于测试账户 `__" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:99 -msgid "" -"`this page for a production account `__" -msgstr "" -"`本页用于生产账户 `__" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " -"**UTF-8**." -msgstr "然后点击*更多选项*，将两个默认的编码格式设为**UTF-8**。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109 -msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" -msgstr "你的Paypal账户已就绪！" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112 -msgid "" -"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" -" Account Optional* needs to be turned on." -msgstr "如果你允许客户在不创建Paypal账户情况下进行支付，必须打开*Paypal账户可选项*。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:118 -msgid "" -"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " -"`Paypal documentation `_." -msgstr "" -"关于加密网站付款和EWP设置错误 ，请查看`Paypal文档 `_。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:124 -msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "在Odoo上设置" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127 -msgid "Activation" -msgstr "激活" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " -"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." -msgstr "从销售、账单和电子商务应用程序的配置栏或从*支付收单机构*配置菜单激活*Paypal*。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:133 -msgid "Credentials" -msgstr "授权认证" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:135 -msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" -msgstr "Odoo需要三种Paypal凭证：" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:137 -msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." -msgstr "*邮件ID*是你在Paypal的登录电子邮件地址。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138 -msgid "" -"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " -":menuselection:`Profile --> About the business`." -msgstr "*商户ID*在你的Paypal账户设置中，路径为:menuselection:`简介 --> 关于公司`。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:140 -msgid "" -"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" -" here above." -msgstr "如前所述，*Paypal PDT令牌*位于*网站支付*配置中。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:146 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "手续费" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:148 -msgid "" -"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " -"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " -"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." -msgstr "你可以向顾客额外收费以冲抵Paypal向你收取的手续费。转到Paypal后，你的顾客将看到订单要额外收取费用。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:151 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." -msgstr "如要启用本功能，进入Odoo Paypal配置的配置选项卡并点击*添加额外费用*。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:157 -msgid "" -"You can refer to `Paypal Fees `__ to set up fees." -msgstr "" -"你可参考`Paypal费用 `__进行设置。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:161 -msgid "" -"`Traders in the EU `_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " -"paying with credit cards." -msgstr "" -"`欧盟贸易商 `_不允许因使用信用卡支付而收取额外费用。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165 -msgid "Go live!" -msgstr "上线" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" -" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" -" it." -msgstr "你的配置已就绪。确保切换到*生产*模式。然后点击支付方式旁边的*发布*按钮，发布支付方式。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " -"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " -"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " -"processed." -msgstr "" -"Paypal现可电子商务、销售和发票应用程序中均可用。客户点击*现在支付*即会重定向到Paypal网站。在支付完成后，他们将返回Odoo确认页面。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185 -msgid "Test environment" -msgstr "测试环境" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187 -msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " -"accounts." -msgstr "你可利用Paypal沙箱账户，在Odoo中测试整个支付流程。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with " -"your Paypal credentials." -msgstr "用你的Paypal凭据登录`Paypal开发人员站点 `__。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:191 -msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "这将创建两个沙箱账户：" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:193 -msgid "" -"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " -"`__)." -msgstr "" -"一个企业账户（用作商户，例如，`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " -"`__）。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:195 -msgid "" -"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." -msgstr "" -"一个默认个人账户（用作购物者，例如，`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com " -"`__）" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:197 -msgid "" -"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " -"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " -"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " -"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " -"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." -msgstr "" -"用商户账户登录Paypal沙箱并按同样的配置指令操作。在Odoo中输入你的沙箱凭据并确保Paypal仍设置为*测试环境*。同时确保电子商户设置中未激活自动开单功能，以免在完成后虚拟交易后生成发票。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:203 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "用沙盒个人账号从Odoo中运行一笔测试交易。" - #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 msgid "How customers can access their customer account" msgstr "顾客如何访问其顾客账户" @@ -1484,55 +834,6 @@ msgid "" "will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." msgstr "如果你将顾客设置为地址簿中的公司联系人，对方能看到属于该公司的所有文件。" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "如何电汇付款" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" -"**电汇**是默认的可用付款方式，用于向顾客提供你的银行信息，以便让他们通过银行付款。这种方式简单易懂但效率缓慢，还是尽快采用网上支付方式吧！" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "如何向顾客提供付款指引" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." -msgstr "将付款指引置于付款方式的**感谢消息**中。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "顾客下单后即显示。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "收款后如何进行订单管理" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "顾客电汇后，订单停留在中间状态**报价已发送**（即未付款的订单）。付款后，需要你手动确认订单，启动送货流程。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "如何创建其他的手动付款方法" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." -msgstr "如果你管理一个B2B业务，可以创建其他需要人工处理的付款方式，如支票付款。只需要重新命名*电汇*或复制之。" - #: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Collect taxes" msgstr "收税" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po index b3db0eca4..2ac250bdd 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -5,15 +5,16 @@ # # Translators: # Datasource International , 2020 +# niulin lnc. , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: niulin lnc. , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -33,25 +34,25 @@ msgstr "概述" msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" msgstr "操作邮件列表" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5 msgid "" -"Mailing lists could be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as" -" they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, " -"and consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." -msgstr "邮件列表就像是公司营销部门的金矿，它可以提供销售线索、测试新产品的焦点小组和提供满意度反馈的消费者。" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:9 -msgid "Create Mailing lists" -msgstr "创建邮件列表" +"Mailing lists can be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as " +"they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, and" +" consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." +msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 +msgid "Create mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " "the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " "unsubscribing." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`邮件列表 --> 邮件列表 --> 创建`。启用*公开*选项，以便在用户退订时看到列表。" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`邮件列表 --> 邮件列表 --> 创建`。启用*公开*选项，以便在用户退订时看到列表。" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:18 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19 msgid "" "Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" " *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." @@ -61,37 +62,37 @@ msgstr "创建邮件列表后，你可点击*创建*，手动添加联系人。 msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" msgstr "将邮件列表关联到我的网站" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:25 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 msgid "" "Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " "advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." msgstr "创建名为时事通信的邮件列表，你可通过这项策略针对有兴趣的订阅者发布广告及沟通新想法。" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27 msgid "" "Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " "mailing list." msgstr "前往你的*网站*，添加*时事通信*并选择各自的邮件列表。" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:35 -msgid "Check all the contacts of your mailing list(s)" -msgstr "检查邮件列表的所有联系人" +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34 +msgid "Contacts" +msgstr "联系人" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 msgid "" "Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of" " all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually " "created here." -msgstr "进入:menuselection:`邮件列表 --> 邮件列表联系人`并查看你的邮件列表下的所有联系人名单，以及你在此单独创建的联系人。" +msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`邮件列表 --> 邮件列表联系人`并查看你的邮件列表下的所有联系人名单，以及你在此单独创建的联系人。" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:45 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43 msgid "" -"Open a contact to see or add different mailing lists to which the contact is" -" or will be part of." -msgstr "打开联系人查看所在的邮件列表或添加不同的邮件列表。" +"Open a contact form to see or add different mailing lists to which the " +"contact is or will be part of." +msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:54 -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:48 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46 msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" msgstr ":doc:`send_emails`" @@ -99,38 +100,36 @@ msgstr ":doc:`send_emails`" msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" msgstr "管理取消订阅和黑名单" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:4 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5 msgid "" "It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " "unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " "that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." msgstr "允许收件人从邮件列表中取消订阅是最佳实践做法，也是法律的要求，因为你不希望受众认为你的公司采用了不诚实或骚扰的手段。" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:9 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" msgstr "启用黑名单功能" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " -"*Blacklist Option when unsubscribing*." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`并启用选项*取消订阅时显示黑名单选项*。" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he will " -"be redirected to the following page:" -msgstr "现在，当用户在邮件上点击*取消订阅*链接时，他将被转向以下页面：" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:22 -msgid "" -"After clicking the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you will " -"be sent to an error page (error 403 - Access Denied). If you want to be sure" -" the link is working properly, you should create your mass mail and then " -"send it only to a personal email." +"*Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is " +"redirected to the following page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:28 +msgid "" +"After clicking on the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you " +"are sent to an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). If you want to be " +"sure the link is working properly, create your mass mail and send it only to" +" a personal email." msgstr "" -"在使用测试功能时，点击取消订阅按钮后，你将被送到错误页面（错误403 - " -"访问被拒绝）。如你想要确保链接正常运行，你可以创建群发邮件，然后仅将它发给个人邮件。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -145,18 +144,18 @@ msgid "" " users." msgstr "邮件列表必须配置为*公开*，用户才能看见。" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38 msgid "" "Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " -"addresses will be shown." -msgstr "进入:menuselection:`配置 --> 黑名单`，将显示列入黑名单的邮件地址。" +"addresses are shown." +msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:40 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 msgid "" "When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." msgstr "当打开记录时，作为*记录备注*，保存描述历史。" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:50 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47 msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" msgstr ":doc:`mailing_lists`" @@ -164,26 +163,26 @@ msgstr ":doc:`mailing_lists`" msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" msgstr "发送邮件营销并管理营销活动" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:4 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5 msgid "" "Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " "consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" " with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." msgstr "电子邮件能够有效地以低成本覆盖大量消费者，同时可按照需要的方式自定义邮件内容。它是可测量的行动导向渠道。" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:9 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" msgstr "选择合适目标并创建邮件信息" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`邮件 --> 创建`。" - #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`邮件 --> 创建`。" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14 msgid "" -"Choosing *Contacts*, for example, as *Recipients*, will allow you to add " +"Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add " "specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." -msgstr "选择*联系人*作为*收件人*，可添加特定标准以匹配特定联系人，筛选出你的目标。" +msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -195,97 +194,98 @@ msgstr "" "试用版数据库每天仅限发送50封邮件；Odoo.SH云平台仅限发送200封邮件。联系Odoo支持可扩大上限。如需联系Odoo支持，请`点击此处 " "`。" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:26 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25 msgid "" "Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " "dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " "to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." msgstr "在*邮件正文*部分，选择一种布局并通过拖放和双击内容进行修改。注意，你也可以选择*空白*模板选项，从头创建邮件内容。" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34 msgid "" "Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " "you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" " sender (*Send From*)." msgstr "在*设置*下，你可以指定其他人负责发送邮件。如要进行此操作，请将使用的邮件地址改为发件人（*发送自*）。" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:41 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 msgid "" "With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " "either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." -" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts, a " -"mailing list or contacts as recipients." +" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts or " +"contacts as recipients." msgstr "" -"通过*回复至*单选按钮，你可选择收集关于各个收件人记录或特定邮件地址的回答。请注意，如果你将邮件联系人、邮件列表或联系人作为收件人，则此选项不可用。" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:51 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45 msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" msgstr "测试、发送或预约邮件" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:60 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53 msgid "" -"*Save*: the work will be allocated in the *draft* column in the kanban view." -" Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " -"will delete the email." -msgstr "*保存*：邮件将分配到看板视图的*草稿*栏。这个阶段可对邮件进行修改。*放弃*选项将删除邮件。" +"*Save*: the work is allocated in the *draft* column in the Kanban view. " +"Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " +"deletes the email." +msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:62 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:54 msgid "" "Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " "contacts to avoid errors." msgstr "点击*测试*并将邮件发送给一个或多个测试联系人，以免出现错误。" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:65 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56 msgid "" -"*Send* will trigger the email with the next run and put the work on the " -"*queue* column in the kanban view." -msgstr "*发送*将在下次运行时触发邮件，将邮件放入看板视图的*排队*栏。" +"*Send* triggers the email with the next run and put the work on the *queue* " +"column in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:68 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:58 msgid "" -"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time and will put the email in " -"the *queue* column in the kanban view." -msgstr "*预约*用于选择日期和时间，将邮件放入看板视图的*排队*栏。" +"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time, and puts the email in the " +"*queue* column in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:61 msgid "" -"The daily limit is applied for *all emails* sent, in other words, throughout" -" all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have remaining " -"ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically the next " -"day. You will need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " +"The daily limit is applied for **all emails** sent, in other words, " +"throughout all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have " +"remaining ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically " +"the next day. You need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " "*Retry*." msgstr "" -"每日限额适用于所有应用程序发送的*所有邮件*。因此，如果一天结束后，你仍有未发送的邮件，请注意，它们*不会*在第二天自动发送。你必须打开邮件并点击*重试*，才能发出邮件。" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:78 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67 msgid "Manage campaigns" msgstr "管理营销" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:79 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " "Campaigns*." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`并启用*邮件营销*。" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`并启用*邮件营销*。" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:81 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 msgid "" "The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" " efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." msgstr "营销选项可用于整理营销工作，并可集中查看相关标准。" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:82 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72 msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." msgstr "前往*营销*并点击*创建*，开始创建营销。" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:92 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80 msgid "" "If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " -"Notification feature, you will see the option to create content for those " -"channels. You will also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. " -"All of this is possible because the applications work integrated." +"Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those " +"channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of" +" this is possible because the applications work integrated." msgstr "" -"如你使用短信和社交媒体营销应用程序，以及推送通知功能，你会看到为这些渠道创建内容的选项。你在这些应用程序中也会看到*营销*菜单。所有应用程序均已集成，都可以使用。" -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po index a81cff956..716aeaa47 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -79,12 +79,10 @@ msgstr "成本：0.0" msgid "" "Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " "you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " -"configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: " -":doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees " -"report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " -"behaviour." +"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price `. That" +" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " +"usually the expected behaviour." msgstr "" -"请勿忘记针对每个费用类别设置费用税（及科目，如你使用Odoo会计应用程序）。使用*含税价格*配置税收一般是很好的做法（参见：:doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`）。这样，员工报告的费用已包含税收，这通常是期望的行为做法。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -93,7 +91,7 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " "in different units of measure (advanced)*." msgstr "" -"*销售*应用程序可为费用类型规定计量单位（单位、英里、晚，等等）。前往:menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> " +"*销售*应用程序可为费用类型规定计量单位（单位、英里、晚，等等）。前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> " "设置`并勾选*某些产品售出/购入的计量单位可能不同（高级）*。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:48 @@ -108,7 +106,7 @@ msgstr "手工" msgid "" "As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " "from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." -msgstr "作为员工（用户访问权限为员工），你可从:menuselection:`我的费用 --> 需提交的费用`记录费用。" +msgstr "作为员工（用户访问权限为员工），你可从 :menuselection:`我的费用 --> 需提交的费用`记录费用。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -151,15 +149,15 @@ msgid "" "@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " "emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." msgstr "" -"只需在:menuselection:`费用 --> 配置 --> " +"只需在 :menuselection:`费用 --> 配置 --> " "设置`设置邮件别名（例如，*费用*@mycompany.odoo.com）。为了安全起见，只接受经过认证的员工邮件（员工详情表中的*工作邮件*）。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:83 msgid "" "The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " -"product's internal reference between brackets (e.g. [Food]). Type the " -"expense amount in the mail subject to set it on the expense too." -msgstr "如果邮件主题在括号内写明产品的内部参考名称（例如，[食品]），系统自动设置费用产品。还可在邮件主题中键入费用金额，将其设置在费用中。" +"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " +"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." +msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:88 msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" @@ -174,8 +172,8 @@ msgid "" "created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " "approve it." msgstr "" -"如你已准备好向经理提交费用（例如，在出差结束后或每月一次），前往菜单:menuselection:`我的费用 --> " -"需提交的费用`。从列表视图中选择所有费用并点击:menuselection:`操作 --> " +"如你已准备好向经理提交费用（例如，在出差结束后或每月一次），前往菜单 :menuselection:`我的费用 --> " +"需提交的费用`。从列表视图中选择所有费用并点击 :menuselection:`操作 --> " "向经理提交`。保存新创建的费用报告（即费用组），并等待经理审批。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:100 @@ -188,7 +186,7 @@ msgstr "你也可在费用表单视图中通过*向经理提交*，逐一提交 msgid "" "All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " "--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." -msgstr "如需查看所有已提交的费用报告:menuselection:`费用 --> 我的费用 --> 费用报告`。" +msgstr "如需查看所有已提交的费用报告 :menuselection:`费用 --> 我的费用 --> 费用报告`。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:108 msgid "How to approve expenses" @@ -200,7 +198,7 @@ msgid "" " the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " "Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." msgstr "" -"HR和团队经理从顶部菜单:menuselection:`审批 --> " +"HR和团队经理从顶部菜单 :menuselection:`审批 --> " "待审批的费用报告`即可查看所有费用报告概览。这类用户必须至少拥有*费用*应用程序的*管理人员*访问权限。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:117 @@ -228,7 +226,7 @@ msgid "" " post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " "following access rights:" msgstr "" -"在经理批准费用报告后，会计部门前往:menuselection:`费用 --> 会计 --> " +"在经理批准费用报告后，会计部门前往 :menuselection:`费用 --> 会计 --> " "需过账的费用报告`并检查会计、产品和税收。他们可点击*日记账分录过账*，把相关的日记账分录过账到你的帐簿上。要进行此项操作，用户必须拥有以下访问权限：" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:139 @@ -259,7 +257,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " "record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." msgstr "" -"你可前往:menuselection:`费用 --> 会计 --> 需支付的费用报告`，查看所有费用报告。如要记录付款或用支票支付，点击*登记付款*。" +"你可前往 :menuselection:`费用 --> 会计 --> 需支付的费用报告`，查看所有费用报告。如要记录付款或用支票支付，点击*登记付款*。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:156 msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" @@ -358,7 +356,7 @@ msgid "" "Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " "in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." msgstr "" -"现在，你可以为订单开具发票。前往:menuselection:`销售 --> 开具发票 --> " +"现在，你可以为订单开具发票。前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 开具发票 --> " "销售`，即可开具发票。费用已自动添加到订单行。这类项目用蓝色显示（即开具发票）。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:226 diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po index defe4fe38..405350170 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -53,10 +53,10 @@ msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> " "Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." msgstr "" -"前往:menuselection:`服务台 --> 配置 --> 服务台团队 --> 编辑`并启用:menuselection:`现场干预 --> " +"前往 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 配置 --> 服务台团队 --> 编辑`并启用 :menuselection:`现场干预 --> " "保存`。" -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:15 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:17 msgid "" "Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " "Intervention* from tickets." @@ -132,14 +132,14 @@ msgid "" "marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it " "allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once." msgstr "" -"在:menuselection:`所有任务 --> " +"在 :menuselection:`所有任务 --> " "待开票`下，查看全部标记为已完成但未开票的任务列表。这项功能非常方便，可让会计人员轻松查看所有已完成的任务。" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52 msgid "" "Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to " ":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`." -msgstr "选择所有任务并前往:menuselection:`操作 --> 创建发票`即可对所有任务开票。" +msgstr "选择所有任务并前往 :menuselection:`操作 --> 创建发票`即可对所有任务开票。" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60 msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`" @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ msgstr "设置现场服务项目" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make" " sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`现场服务 --> 配置 --> 项目`并启用*任务的产品*选项。" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`现场服务 --> 配置 --> 项目`并启用*任务的产品*选项。" #: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -230,8 +230,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "按团队或按工作现场创建项目，拥有更准确、更具动态性的数据库。" #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 -msgid ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`" +msgid ":doc:`../../project/overview/setup`" +msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3 msgid "Planning an Itinerary" @@ -260,12 +260,12 @@ msgid "" "the page down you will find *Access tokens*. Copy the *Default public " "token*." msgstr "" -"点击:menuselection:`免费开始映射 --> 填写用户名、邮件和密码字段 --> 同意服务条款和隐私政策 --> " +"点击 :menuselection:`免费开始映射 --> 填写用户名、邮件和密码字段 --> 同意服务条款和隐私政策 --> " "开始`。你将被重定向到你的账户。向下滚动页面并找到*访问令牌*。复制*默认公共令牌*。" #: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24 msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`." -msgstr "返回Odoo，将它粘贴到:menuselection:`令牌 --> 保存`。" +msgstr "返回Odoo，将它粘贴到 :menuselection:`令牌 --> 保存`。" #: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -298,15 +298,15 @@ msgstr "允许从任务创建报价可带来更高效的服务，因为它留出 msgid "" "First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." -msgstr "首先，前往:menuselection:`现场服务 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用选项*额外报价*。" +msgstr "首先，前往 :menuselection:`现场服务 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用选项*额外报价*。" #: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16 msgid "" "Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra " "Quotations*." -msgstr "然后，前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 项目`并启用*额外报价*。" +msgstr "然后，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 项目`并启用*额外报价*。" -#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:21 +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:23 msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." msgstr "你现在可直接从任务创建*新报价*。" @@ -330,8 +330,8 @@ msgid "" "Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project" " --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`." msgstr "" -"前往:menuselection:`销售 --> 产品 --> 创建`或编辑已有干预任务。选择:menuselection:`一般信息 --> " -"产品类型：服务`；:menuselection:`销售 --> 服务开单政策：任务工作记录表 --> 服务追踪：在现有项目中创建任务 --> 项目 " +"前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 产品 --> 创建`或编辑已有干预任务。选择 :menuselection:`一般信息 --> " +"产品类型：服务`； :menuselection:`销售 --> 服务开单政策：任务工作记录表 --> 服务追踪：在现有项目中创建任务 --> 项目 " "--> 工作记录表模板 --> 保存`。" #: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ msgstr "将客户报告即*工作记录表*个性化可针对不同类型的干 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable " ":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`现场服务 --> 配置`并启用:menuselection:`工作记录表模板 --> 保存`。" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`现场服务 --> 配置`并启用 :menuselection:`工作记录表模板 --> 保存`。" #: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18 msgid "Designing worksheets" @@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ msgid "" "*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to" " the *Studio* application." msgstr "" -"前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 工作记录表模板`，点击*创建*并开始*设计工作记录表模板*。你将被重定向到*定制*应用程序。" +"前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 工作记录表模板`，点击*创建*并开始*设计工作记录表模板*。你将被重定向到*定制*应用程序。" #: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 4ce63525d..c2055d51e 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -4,11 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2019 -# liAnGjiA , 2019 # 凡 杨 , 2019 # John An , 2019 +# 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2020 +# Robinxia , 2020 +# guohuadeng , 2020 +# inspur qiuguodong , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2020 +# liAnGjiA , 2020 +# Connie Xiao , 2020 +# Mandy Choy , 2020 # Miao Zhou , 2020 # Datasource International , 2020 # @@ -17,7 +23,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -64,13 +70,13 @@ msgstr "点击**创建项目**并输入项目名称和其他信息" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" -msgstr "点击*使用Google API*" +msgstr "点击 **使用Google APIs**" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." -msgstr "在左侧菜单中选择子菜单**证书**（见**API管理器**），然后选择*OAuth同意窗口*。" +msgstr "在左侧菜单中选择子菜单 **证书**（见 **API管理器** ），然后选择 **OAuth同意窗口** 。" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -82,13 +88,13 @@ msgstr "找到你的地址、电邮和产品名（如odoo）并保存。" msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." -msgstr "再点击**添加证书**，然后选择第二个选项（OAuth 2.0 客户端ID）。" +msgstr "再点击 **添加证书** ，然后选择第二个选项（OAuth 2.0 客户端ID）。" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." -msgstr "勾选在**Web应用**中设定的应用类型，然后配置要转入哪些页面。" +msgstr "勾选在 **Web应用** 中设定的应用类型，然后配置要转入哪些页面。" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -96,13 +102,142 @@ msgid "" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " "Then click on **Create**" msgstr "" -"先要填写**授权的转向URL地址**。复制并粘贴以下链接http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin到方框中,然后点击**创建**。" +"先要填写 **授权的转向URL地址** 。复制并粘贴以下链接 " +"http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin到方框中，然后点击 **创建** 。" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." -msgstr "完成后会收到两条信息（你的客户端ID和客户端密码）。将前者插入**通用设置**中。" +msgstr "完成后会收到两条信息（你的客户端ID和客户端密码）。将前者插入 **通用设置** 中。" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 +msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly " +"from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales " +"commission plans, budgets, project forecasts, etc. Formulas are written in " +"Python but programming skills are not required." +msgstr "" +"可以在Google电子表格中创建常用的仪表盘，并通过电子表格的公式直接从Odoo中检索数据. " +"您可以用它来创建销售佣金计划，预算，项目预测等等。公式使用Python语言开发，但不必具备编程技巧。" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "基础配置" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*." +" The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now " +"available." +msgstr "" +"在*General Settings*选项中激活*Google Drive* 和 *Google Spreadsheet*. " +"选项*Authorization Code* 和 *Get Authorization Code* 即可用" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get " +"Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password " +"--> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 +msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" +msgstr "创建一个新的电子表格" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to " +"Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 +msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by " +"Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 +msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 +msgid "From this new file, configure your database." +msgstr "通过此新文件配置您的数据库" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " +"Username --> Password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "应用" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve " +"data and retrieve grouped sums." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested" +" takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no " +"specific size limit, since the time for Odoo to respond depends on several " +"factors - although reading data regarding several thousand records is " +"usually fine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 +msgid "Retrieve Data" +msgstr "检索数据" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse " +"(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the " +"information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 +msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 +msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" +msgstr "获取分组求和结果" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group " +"(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to " +"display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 +msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 +msgid "Other uses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create " +"Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." +msgstr "" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" @@ -124,7 +259,7 @@ msgstr "选择将要使用LDAP的公司" msgid "" "In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " "it listens to." -msgstr "在**服务器信息**中，输入您服务器的IP地址及其监听的端口" +msgstr "在 **服务器信息** 中，输入您服务器的IP地址及其侦听的端口" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." @@ -291,7 +426,7 @@ msgstr "添加、删除或分类各行，使它们以最好的方式适应你的 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." -msgstr "建议不要删除**ID** 1（原因见下节）" +msgstr "建议不要删除 **ID** （原因见下节）" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -320,15 +455,16 @@ msgid "" "unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will" " be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." msgstr "" -"为了在不同的记录之间重新创建关系，需将初始应用中唯一的标识符映射到Odoo中的**ID**（外部ID）行。导入与第一个记录相链接的其他记录时，使用到这个唯一标识符的**XXX/ID**" -" (XXX/外部 ID)。也可以通过名称找到这个记录，但如果有至少2条同名的记录，可能会影响你的查找。" +"为了在不同的记录之间重新创建关系，需将初始应用中唯一的标识符映射到Odoo中的 " +"**ID**（外部ID）行。导入与第一个记录相链接的其他记录时，使用到这个唯一标识符的 **XXX/ID** (XXX/外部 " +"ID)。也可以通过名称找到这个记录，但如果有至少2条同名的记录，可能会影响你的查找。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:53 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " "whenever possible." -msgstr "如你需要稍后重新导入修改后的数据，也可用更新**ID**初始导入。这在任何时候都是一个不错的办法。" +msgstr "如你需要稍后重新导入修改后的数据，也可用更新 **ID** 初始导入。这在任何时候都是一个不错的办法。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:59 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" @@ -351,7 +487,7 @@ msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " "complete list of fields for each column." -msgstr "这时，你只需选择**显示关系区域的区域（高级）**选项，为每一行选择完整的区域列表。" +msgstr "这时，你只需选择 **显示关系区域的区域（高级）** 选项，为每一行选择完整的区域列表。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:78 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" @@ -375,8 +511,8 @@ msgid "" "selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" " the *ISO 8601* to define the format." msgstr "" -"要查看Odoo从你的文档中找到了哪些日期格式，可以在文档选择器下方的**选项**中点击**日期格式**。如果格式错误，你可以用*ISO " -"8601*修正格式。" +"要查看Odoo从你的文档中找到了哪些日期格式，可以在文档选择器下方的 **选项** 中点击 **日期格式** 。如果格式错误，你可以用 *ISO " +"8601* 修正格式。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -401,7 +537,8 @@ msgid "" "known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " "crash." msgstr "" -"是的，我们完全支持用带圆括号的数字代表负数，以及带货币符号的数字。Odoo还可自动识别你使用的千分位分隔符、小数点（稍后可在**选项**中修改）。如Odoo不能识别你使用的货币符号，则该字段不会被识别为数字，可能导致出错。" +"是的，我们完全支持用带圆括号的数字代表负数，以及带货币符号的数字。Odoo还可自动识别你使用的千分位分隔符、小数点（稍后可在 **选项** " +"中修改）。如Odoo不能识别你使用的货币符号，则该字段不会被识别为数字，可能导致出错。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -483,7 +620,7 @@ msgid "" "the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." msgstr "" "如果你在电子表格应用程序中编辑和保存CSV文件，分隔符将应用你的计算机的地区设置。我们建议你使用OpenOffice或LibreOffice " -"Calc，因为它们允许修改全部三个选项（:menuselection:`'另存为'对话框 --> 勾选'编辑筛选设置' --> 保存`）。" +"Calc，因为它们允许修改全部三个选项（ :menuselection:`'另存为'对话框 --> 勾选'编辑筛选设置' --> 保存`）。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -491,7 +628,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " "Encoding tab`)." msgstr "" -"微软Excel在保存时只允许修改编码（:menuselection:`'另存为'对话框 --> 点击'工具'下拉列表--> 编码选项卡`）。" +"微软Excel在保存时只允许修改编码（ :menuselection:`'另存为'对话框 --> 点击'工具'下拉列表--> 编码选项卡`）。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" @@ -522,7 +659,7 @@ msgstr "国家：国家的名称或代码" msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" -msgstr "国家/数据库ID：某记录的唯一Odoo ID，由postgresql 行定义。" +msgstr "国家/数据库ID：用于记录唯一的Odoo ID，由postgresql 行定义。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -532,7 +669,7 @@ msgstr "国家/外部ID：其他应用（或导入的.XML文档）中引用的 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" -msgstr "对于比利时这个国家，你可以用以下三种方式中的任意一种导入：" +msgstr "对于比利时这个国家，你可以用以下三种方式中之一进行导入：" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "Country: Belgium" @@ -566,7 +703,7 @@ msgid "" "may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique " "Database ID)" msgstr "" -"使用国家/数据库ID：你应该极少使用这一标识，主要是开发人员在使用。它的主要优势在于绝无冲突（你可能有多个重名的记录，但每个记录都有自己唯一的数据库ID）。" +"使用国家/数据库ID：你应该极少使用这一标识，主要是开发人员在使用。它的主要优势在于绝无冲突（你可能有多个相同的记录，但每个记录都有自己唯一的数据库ID）。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -814,7 +951,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3 msgid "Developer Mode" -msgstr "开发人员模式" +msgstr "开发者模式" #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" @@ -831,7 +968,7 @@ msgstr "通过设置应用程序" #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`设置 --> 启用开发人员模式`。" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 启用开发人员模式`。" #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -910,8 +1047,8 @@ msgid "" "To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." msgstr "" -"每项IAP服务都需要预付费信用，并有自己的定价。如需查询我的当前余额或为我的账户重置，前往:menuselection:`设置 --> Odoo IAP" -" --> 查看我的服务`。" +"每项IAP服务都需要预付费信用，并有自己的定价。如需查询我的当前余额或为我的账户重置，前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> Odoo " +"IAP --> 查看我的服务`。" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -931,9 +1068,9 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " ":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." msgstr "" -"使用IAP服务的信用存储在IAP账户内，每项服务和数据库都有特定的IAP账户。默认情况下，所有公司都有IAP账户，但也可限制为特定公司。启用:doc:`开发人员模式" -" <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`，然后前往:menuselection:`技术设置 --> " -"IAP账户`。" +"使用IAP服务的信用存储在IAP账户内，每项服务和数据库都有特定的IAP账户。默认情况下，所有公司都有IAP账户，但也可限制为特定公司。启用 " +":doc:`开发人员模式 <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`，然后前往 " +":menuselection:`技术设置 --> IAP账户`。" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 msgid "IAP Portal" @@ -946,7 +1083,7 @@ msgid "" "there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my " "consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." msgstr "" -"IAP门户是重组我的IAP服务的平台。访问路径为:menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> Odoo IAP --> 查看我的服务`。" +"IAP门户是重组我的IAP服务的平台。访问路径为 :menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> Odoo IAP --> 查看我的服务`。" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 msgid "Get notified when credits are low" @@ -961,7 +1098,7 @@ msgid "" "every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to " "by email!" msgstr "" -"如要在需要充值时收到通知，通过:menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> Odoo IAP --> " +"如要在需要充值时收到通知，通过 :menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> Odoo IAP --> " "查看我的服务`进入我的IAP门户，展开服务并标记接收阈值警告选项。然后，我将填写信用的最低金额和电子邮件地址。现在，一旦信用达到规定限值，系统会自动向我发送电子邮件提醒！" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 @@ -1002,71 +1139,395 @@ msgstr "" "我非常欢迎通过Odoo应用程序提供我自己的IAP服务！这是通过持续服务，而不是单一初次购买获得经常性收入的机会。请在此了解更多信息：`应用内购买 " "`_" +#: ../../general/multi_companies.rst:3 +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:124 +msgid "Multi Companies" +msgstr "多公司" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 +msgid "" +"A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies" +" simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and" +" contacts. It provides you the ability to generate reports of aggregated " +"figures without switching interfaces, which facilitates daily tasks and the " +"overall management process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 +msgid "Manage companies and records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " +"with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " +"are shared between the two companies (as long as both environments are " +"active)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them " +"by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels." +" JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " +"boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " +"in use. To switch environments, click on the company’s name. In the example " +"below, the user has access to three companies, two are activated, and the " +"environment in use is of *JS Store US*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " +"shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 +msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " +"specific company and its child companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:51 +msgid "Employees' access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " +"<../odoo_basics/add_user>` for *Multi Companies*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " +"**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " +"the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " +"(the company from which the sale order was issued)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:66 +msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 +msgid "The current company (the one active) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 +msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " +"is being edited)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:73 +msgid "Documents’ format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" +" the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " +"Layout*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:83 +msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" +msgstr "公司间交易" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +msgid "" +":doc:`Chart of Accounts " +"<../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Localizations " +"<../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:92 +msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 +msgid "" +":doc:`Warehouses <../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With" +" the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like" +" operations between companies to be synchronized at an invoice/bills level " +"or at a sales/purchase orders level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:103 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " +"confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:106 +msgid "" +"*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, " +"automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:113 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales " +"order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is " +"confirmed for the selected company. If instead of a drafted purchase/sales " +"order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:117 +msgid "" +"*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store " +"Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " +"confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:126 +msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:132 +msgid "" +"`Multi-company Guidelines " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" msgstr "基础" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a user" -msgstr "如何添加用户账号" +msgid "Add Users and Manage Access Rights" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " -"point." -msgstr "Odoo支持你随时选择添加额外的用户。" +"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" +" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " +"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:12 msgid "Add individual users" msgstr "添加个人用户" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:14 msgid "" -"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" -" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " -"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -" -" and a picture." +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." msgstr "" -"从设置模块中选择子菜单：menuselection: " -"用户->用户，点击**重新创建**。首先将新用户的名称添加到专业邮箱地址，即用户用于登录到Odoo实例和图片中的地址。" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " -"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." -msgstr "在访问权限下选择为你的用户选择可以访问的应用。因App的关系会提供不同的权限。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 msgid "" -"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " -"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" -" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." -msgstr "完成页面编辑并点击**保存**后，会自动向用户发送邀请邮件。用户必须点击接受邀请后创建一个登录。" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " -"Refer to our `Pricing page `_ for more " -"information." +"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " +"Rights ` choose the group within" +" each application the user can have access to." msgstr "" -"请记住，每个额外用户将增加你的订阅费。有关更多信息，请参阅我们的`定价页面 `_。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:24 msgid "" -"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " -"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " -"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link" -" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights " -"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." +"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" +" database." msgstr "" -"也可在系统运行时从仪表板添加新用户。在上面的截屏中输入你想添加的用户邮箱地址，点击**邀请**。用户将收到一封含有密码设置链接的邀请邮件。接着可以进入" -" :menuselection:`设置->用户菜单，然后定义其访问权限。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:30 msgid "" -"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`_" -msgstr "禁止用户<../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-users>`" +"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " +"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " +"invitation and create a login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " +"`pricing page `_ for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:42 +msgid "" +"With the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"activated, *User Types* can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " +"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " +"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:57 +msgid "Access Rights in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:63 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "群组" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " +"`, details of the rules and " +"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " +"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" +" rights are shown in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:76 +msgid "" +"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " +"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " +"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " +"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " +"they are being applied to the needed and right users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " +"access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:96 +msgid "" +"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " +"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " +"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:99 +msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:100 +msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:101 +msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:102 +msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " +"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:112 +msgid "" +"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " +"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " +"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " +"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " +"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " +"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " +"companies database you hold the user can have access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " +"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" +" required. For technical explanations refer to `this " +"`_ " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:140 +msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../db_管理/文档`" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" @@ -1093,7 +1554,8 @@ msgid "" "From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" " the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " "select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" -msgstr "在通用仪表板中点击**设置**，在页面左上方选择 :menuselection:`翻译->加载翻译，选择一种语言并点击**加载**安装。" +msgstr "" +"在通用仪表板中点击**设置**，在页面左上方选择 :menuselection:`翻译 --> 加载翻译`，选择一种语言并点击 **加载** 安装。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1109,13 +1571,13 @@ msgstr "更改语言" msgid "" "You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" "down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." -msgstr "在屏幕右上方的下拉菜单中更改已安装的语言，选择**偏好**。" +msgstr "在屏幕右上方的下拉菜单中更改已安装的语言，选择 **偏好** 。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 msgid "" "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" -msgstr "然后保存语言设置到你已经安装的语言中，并点击**保存**。" +msgstr "然后保存语言设置到你已经安装的语言中，并点击 **保存** 。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." @@ -1140,13 +1602,1105 @@ msgid "" " change the Language to any previously installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" -"要为不同的用户更改语言，请在“设置”应用中选择 :menuselection:`用户-> " -"用户，查看要更改语言的用户列表，选择用户并点击左上角的**编辑**。可在用户偏好中更改之前已安装的语言，然后点击**保存**。" +"要为不同的用户更改语言，请在 *设置* 应用中选择 :menuselection:`用户 --> 用户` " +"，查看要更改语言的用户列表，选择用户并点击左上角的 **编辑** 。可在用户偏好中更改之前已安装的语言，然后点击 **保存** 。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 +msgid "Export Data From Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " +"in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " +"(even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available " +"application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," +" activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " +"*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " +"when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " +"the data to export:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 +msgid "" +"With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " +"fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " +"update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the " +"box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, " +"not just the ones which can be imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " +".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " +"all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " +"sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " +"fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all " +"the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 +msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the “to export” list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The “handles” next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " +"and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" +" file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 +msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 +msgid "" +"For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " +"Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " +"*New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export " +"the same list, simply select the related template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 +msgid "" +"It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " +"*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " +"you would like to import next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 +msgid "Payment Acquirers" +msgstr "支付方式" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "Authorize.Net" +msgstr "授权.Net" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net `__ is a United States-based " +"online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit " +"cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "" +"This Payment Acquirer offers additional options that are not available for " +"other :doc:`Payment Acquirers `, such as the ability to " +"process your customer's payment after delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 +msgid "Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, choose a plan and `Sign Up for an Authorize.Net account " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your " +"Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 +msgid "API Login ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Transaction Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 +msgid "Signature Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to " +":menuselection:`Account --> Security Settings --> General Security Settings " +"--> API Credentials & Keys`, and generate your **Transaction Key** and " +"**Signature Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net: Getting Started Guide " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 +msgid "Payment Acquirer Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To configure Authorize.Net as Payment Acquirer in Odoo, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, open " +"**Authorize.Net**, and change the **State** to *Enabled*. Don't forget to " +"click on *Save* once you've set everything up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the :doc:`Payment Acquirers documentation " +"` to read how to configure this payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "授权认证" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Copy your credentials from your Authorize.Net account (API Login Id, API " +"Transaction Key, and API Signature Key), paste them in the related fields " +"under the **Credentials** tab, then click on **Generate Client Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The **API Client Key** is necessary only if you select *Payment from Odoo* " +"option as :ref:`Payment Flow `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Authorize.Net as a test, with a *sandbox account*, change " +"the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo " +"database, rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 +msgid "Payment Flow" +msgstr "立即支付" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Flow** lets you decide if to redirect the user to the payment " +"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " +"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo. This field is under the " +"**Configuration** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*, make sure you add a " +"**Default Receipt URL** and a **Default Relay Response URL** to your " +"Authorize.net account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To do so, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account" +" --> Transaction Format Settings --> Transaction Response Settings --> " +"Response/Receipt URLs`, and set the default links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Receipt URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**payment/authorize/return**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Relay Response URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**shop/confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Failing to complete this step results in the following error:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*The referrer, relay response or receipt link URL is invalid.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "送货后获得付款" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If" +" enabled, the funds are reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not" +" charged yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment, go to the related Sales Order and click on *Capture " +"Transaction*. If the order is canceled, you can click on *Void Transaction* " +"to unlock the funds from the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " +"Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 +msgid "" +"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " +"interfaces, not from Odoo." +msgstr "对于其他收款方，你可以在其自己的界面（非Odoo）中管理获取。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 +msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Acquirers (Credit Cards, Online Payment)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several **payment methods** that allow your customers to pay on " +"their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay Sales " +"Orders, invoices, or subscriptions with recurring payments with their " +"favorite payment acquirers, including **online payment providers** that " +"accept **Credit Cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Having several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in " +"time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers" +" to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not keep Credit Card numbers or credentials on its servers, nor is" +" it stored on Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a " +"unique reference to the data stored in the payment acquirers' systems, where" +" the information is safely stored. This reference is useless without your " +"credentials for the payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment " +"acquirers: the payments that go directly on the bank account and follow the " +"usual reconciliation workflow, and the payment acquirers that are third-" +"party services and require you to follow another accounting workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 +msgid "Bank Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment " +"reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " +"it on your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" +msgstr "SEPA 直接借记" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " +"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more " +"information about this payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 +msgid "Online Payment Providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" +msgstr "重定向跳转至所请求的网站" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Payment from Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo付款" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Save Cards" +msgstr "保存卡" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Capture Amount Manually" +msgstr "手动获取金额" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "Adyen" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +msgid "✔" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +msgid "Alipay" +msgstr "支付宝" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "牛仔" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "Ingenico " + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`PayPal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +msgid "PayUMoney" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +msgid "SIPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "条纹" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Some of these Online Payment Providers can also be added as :doc:`Bank " +"Accounts <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is **not** " +"the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment Acquirers " +"allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and configured on" +" your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting " +"control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Some of the features described in this section are available only with some " +"Payment Acquirers. Refer to :ref:`the table above " +"` for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 +msgid "Add a new Payment Acquirer" +msgstr "填加一个新的付款收单方" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a new Payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look " +"for your payment acquirer, install the related module, and activate it. To " +"do so, open the payment acquirer and change its state from *Disabled* to " +"*Enabled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " +"database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " +"credentials, but Odoo generates Sales Orders and Invoices as usual. It isn't" +" always possible to cancel an invoice, and this could create some issues " +"with your invoices numbering if you were to test your payment acquirers on " +"your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 +msgid "Credentials tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, go to the **Online Payment Provider**'s website, create an " +"account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." +" Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the Payment Acquirer " +"and get the confirmation of the *payment authentication*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The form in this section is specific to the Payment Acquirer you are " +"configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 +msgid "Configuration tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"You can change the Payment Acquirer front-end appearance by modifying its " +"name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" +" under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 +msgid "Save and reuse Credit Cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your " +"database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to " +"reenter the payment details. This is particularly useful for subscriptions' " +"recurring payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 +msgid "Place a hold on a card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"If the **Capture Amount Manually** field is enabled, the funds are reserved " +"for a few days on the customer's card, but not charged yet. You must then go" +" to the related Sales Order and manually *capture* the funds before its " +"automatic cancellation, or *void the transaction* to unlock the funds from " +"the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Choose in the **Payment Flow** field if to redirect the user to the payment " +"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " +"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Some features are available only if you select *Redirection to the acquirer " +"website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 +msgid "Countries" +msgstr "国家" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Restrict the use of the Payment Acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave " +"this field blank to make the Payment Acquirer available to all countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 +msgid "Payment Journal" +msgstr "付款日记账" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Journal** selected for your Payment Acquirer must be a *Bank* " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " +"**Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. Both of them are " +"preset to work out-of-the-box, but we strongly recommend you to make sure " +"these fields are correctly set according to your accounting needs, and adapt" +" them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 +msgid "Messages tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Change here the messages displayed by Odoo after a payment's confirmation or" +" failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 +msgid "Accounting perspective" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " +"their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " +"**Online Payment Providers** require you to consider how you want to record " +"your payments' journal entries. We recommend you to ask your accountant for " +"advice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Odoo default method is to record the payments on a *Current Assets Account*," +" on a dedicated *Bank Journal*, once the *Payment Authentication* is " +"confirmed. At some point, you transfer the funds from the *Payment Acquirer*" +" to your *Bank Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 +msgid "Here are the requirements for this to work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "银行日记账" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 +msgid "The Journal's **type** must be *Bank Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Select the right **Default Debit Account** and **Default Credit Account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, make sure that **Posting** is set as " +"*Post At Payment Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This implies that the Journal Entry is recorded directly when your Odoo " +"database receives the confirmation of the *Payment Authentication* from the " +"Online Payment Provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 +msgid "Current Asset Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 +msgid "The Account's **type** is *Current Assets*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 +msgid "The Account must **Allow Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 +msgid "" +"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " +"**Current Asset Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. You can " +"modify them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 +msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" +msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 +msgid ":doc:`authorize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr ":doc:`paypal` " + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "配置你的Paypal账户" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " +"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " +"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " +"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." +msgstr "" +"Paypal在世界各地都可以用，而且非常受欢迎。它不收取任何订阅费，创建帐户也非常容易。因此我们大力推荐Odoo新手使用Paypal。它就像我们无缝流程的一部分，将客户带到Paypal网站完成支付。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "Paypal账户" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " +"Business Account `_" +" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " +"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " +"configuration steps." +msgstr "" +"通过Paypal收款需要公司账户。创建一个`Paypal公司账户 `_或将你的个人账户升级到公司账户。前往Paypal设置并点击*升级到公司账户*。然后完成其余的配置步骤。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "Paypal中的设置" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " +"seamless customer experience with Odoo." +msgstr "首先，我们来看如何设置Paypal账户，以创建与Odoo之间的无缝客户体验。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " +"Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." +msgstr "登录并打开设置。前往 :menuselection:`产品和服务 --> 网站支付`并点击**网站偏好**上的**更新**。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "自动返回" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " +"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " +"the suffix ``/shop/confirmation`` as *Return URL* (e.g. " +"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." +msgstr "" +"*自动返回*在客户完成支付后将其自动重新跳转返回Odoo。勾选*自动返回*并输入你的域名和后缀``/shop/confirmation``作为*返回URL*（例如，``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``）。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " +"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "这个URL在Paypal中要求，但在实际中并不使用，Odoo在每笔事务中都会传输。如你管理多个销售渠道或Odoo数据库，请勿担心。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "支付数据传输(PDT)" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" +" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " +"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " +"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"*支付数据传输*在支付处理完毕后向Odoo发出支付确认。否则，Odoo无法结束销售流程。这项设置也必须启动。保存时，将生成*身份令牌*。你稍后将被要求在Odoo中输入身份令牌。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "Paypal账户可选项" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "我们建议你在客户付款时不要提示他们登录Paypal账户。允许他们用借记卡/信用卡支付，否则你可能失去某些业务。确保启用这项设置。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "即时付款通知(IPN)" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " +"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " +"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" +" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " +"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " +"receipt." +msgstr "" +"支付数据传输(PDT)会发送订单确认，但仅发送一次。因此，在它发送时，你的站点必须正在运行；否则，就无法收到该信息。因此我们首先建议启用*即时付款通知*(IPN)。通过IPN，我们基本可以确保发送订单确认，因为IPN会重新发送确认，直到你的站点确认已收到。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " +"*Instant Payment Notification*." +msgstr "如要启用IPN，返回*网站支付*菜单并在*即时付款通知*中点击*更新*。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." +msgstr "" +"需要设置的*通知URL*是你的域名+“payment/paypal/ipn”（例如，``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``）。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "支付信息格式" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " +"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " +"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." +msgstr "如果你为客户名称、地址等使用重音字符（或基本拉丁字符以外的任何其他字符）。你必须配置Odoo发送给Paypal的支付请求的编码格式。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." +msgstr "如不配置此项设置，某些交易可能在无通知的情况下失败。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 +msgid "To do so, open:" +msgstr "如要进行此项操作，打开：" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 +msgid "" +"`this page for a test account `__" +msgstr "" +"`本页用于测试账户 `__" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 +msgid "" +"`this page for a production account `__" +msgstr "" +"`本页用于生产账户 `__" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " +"**UTF-8**." +msgstr "然后点击 *更多选项* ，将两个默认的编码格式设为 **UTF-8** 。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "你的Paypal账户已就绪！" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" +" Account Optional* needs to be turned on." +msgstr "如果你允许客户在不创建Paypal账户情况下进行支付，必须打开*Paypal账户可选项*。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`Paypal documentation `_." +msgstr "" +"关于加密网站付款和EWP设置错误 ，请查看`Paypal文档 `_。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "在Odoo上设置" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "启用" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " +"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." +msgstr "从销售、账单和电子商务应用程序的配置栏或从*支付收单机构*配置菜单激活*Paypal*。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" +msgstr "Odoo需要三种Paypal凭证：" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "*邮件ID*是你在Paypal的登录电子邮件地址。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 +msgid "" +"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " +":menuselection:`Account Settings --> Business information`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" +" here above." +msgstr "如前所述，*Paypal PDT令牌*位于*网站支付*配置中。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "手续费" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " +"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " +"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." +msgstr "你可以向顾客额外收费以冲抵Paypal向你收取的手续费。转到Paypal后，你的顾客将看到订单要额外收取费用。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " +"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." +msgstr "如要启用本功能，进入Odoo Paypal配置的配置选项卡并点击*添加额外费用*。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees `__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" +"你可参考`Paypal费用 `__进行设置。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 +msgid "" +"`Traders in the EU `_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " +"paying with credit cards." +msgstr "" +"`欧盟贸易商 `_不允许因使用信用卡支付而收取额外费用。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "上线" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" +" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" +" it." +msgstr "你的配置已就绪。确保切换到*生产*模式。然后点击支付方式旁边的*发布*按钮，发布支付方式。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " +"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " +"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " +"processed." +msgstr "" +"Paypal现可电子商务、销售和发票应用程序中均可用。客户点击*现在支付*即会重定向到Paypal网站。在支付完成后，他们将返回Odoo确认页面。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "测试环境" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " +"accounts." +msgstr "你可利用Paypal沙箱账户，在Odoo中测试整个支付流程。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with " +"your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "用你的Paypal凭据登录`Paypal开发人员站点 `__。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "这将创建两个沙箱账户：" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"`__)." +msgstr "" +"一个企业账户（用作商户，例如，`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"`__）。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." +msgstr "" +"一个默认个人账户（用作购物者，例如，`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com " +"`__）" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " +"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " +"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " +"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." +msgstr "" +"用商户账户登录Paypal沙箱并按同样的配置指令操作。在Odoo中输入你的沙箱凭据并确保Paypal仍设置为*测试环境*。同时确保电子商户设置中未激活自动开单功能，以免在完成后虚拟交易后生成发票。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "用沙盒个人账号从Odoo中运行一笔测试交易。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "如何电汇付款" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " +"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " +"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " +"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" +"**电汇** 是默认的可用付款方式，用于向顾客提供你的银行信息，以便让他们通过银行付款。这种方式简单易懂但效率缓慢，还是尽快采用网上支付方式吧！" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "如何向顾客提供付款指引" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " +"method." +msgstr "将付款指引置于付款方式的 **感谢电邮** 中。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "顾客下单后即显示。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "收款后如何进行订单管理" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " +"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " +"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "顾客电汇后，订单停留在中间状态 **报价已发送** （即未付款的订单）。付款后，需要你手动确认订单，启动送货流程。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "如何创建其他的手动付款方法" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " +"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " +"or duplicate it." +msgstr "如果你管理一个B2B业务，可以创建其他需要人工处理的付款方式，如支票付款。只需要重新命名*电汇*或复制之。" + +#: ../../general/tags.rst:3 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "标签" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Take Advantage of Tags" +msgstr "利用标签" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tags work like keywords or labels that will help you to categorize your " +"work, as well as make objectives and goals clearer and available for " +"everyone instantly. They are also a useful source of filtering, helping you " +"to boost productivity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:11 +msgid "Where can I use and how do I create tags?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Tags can be used in numerous applications going from *CRM*, *Project*, " +"*Contacts*, *Marketing Automation*, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:16 +msgid "" +"On *CRM* for instance, under :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags`" +" you can create new or edit existing ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:23 +msgid "You can also create them on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose specific colors for each tag to help identify them, or *Hide in " +"Kanban*, simply by clicking on the tag once it is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:38 +msgid "Remove tags from a task or from the database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Click on the *x* to delete a tag from a specific task or contact. To delete " +"it from your database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags " +"--> Action --> Delete`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:48 +msgid "Use tags as a parameter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On the *Marketing Automation* application, for example, you can re-use tags " +"as a parameter to specify a niche of records for your campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:59 +msgid "Use tags for reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To get the information you need in an organized format and for a specific " +"purpose, you can also add tags." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "Unsplash" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po index e84ff6ce4..e28d13b02 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ # 演奏王 , 2019 # Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Datasource International , 2020 +# Mandy Choy , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -15,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ msgstr "本文档总结了 Odoo Online 的服务、我们的成功包实施方 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 msgid "The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" -msgstr "SPoC（*单一联络点*）和顾问" +msgstr "SPoC（*单点联系人*）和技术顾问" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -44,7 +45,7 @@ msgid "" "and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" " of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" " project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." -msgstr "在您的项目范围内，强烈建议指定和维护双方（您和我们）[唯一的联系人]谁将负责并承担项目责任。在决策方面，他还必须拥有[权力]。" +msgstr "在您的项目范围内，强烈建议指定和维护双方（您和我们）**唯一的联系人** 谁将负责并承担项目责任。在决策方面，他还必须拥有 *权力* 。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -52,7 +53,8 @@ msgid "" " the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" " of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " "practices." -msgstr "[Odoo 顾问确保项目从 A 到 Z*的实施：从项目开始到结束，他确保 Odoo 实施的总体一致性，并分享他在良好做法方面的专业知识。" +msgstr "" +"**Odoo 顾问确保项目从 A 到 Z的实施** ：从项目开始到结束，他确保 Odoo 实施的总体一致性，并分享他的良好实践方面的专业知识。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -60,7 +62,8 @@ msgid "" " for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " "if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " "point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" -msgstr "[客户方面唯一的决策者（SPoC）]：他负责业务知识的传递（必要时协调关键用户的干预）和从业务角度（决策、变革）实施的一致性管理等）" +msgstr "" +"**客户方面唯一的决策者单点联系人（SPoC）** ：他负责业务知识的传递（必要时协调关键用户的干预）和从业务角度（决策、变革）实施的一致性管理等）" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -71,9 +74,9 @@ msgid "" " meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " "needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." msgstr "" -"[会议优化]：Odoo " -"顾问不参与从业务角度决策过程，也不参与精确的流程和公司的内部程序（除非有具体要求或例外情况）。每周举行一次或两次项目会议，旨在根据业务需求 （SPoC）" -" 进行调整，并定义在 Odoo（顾问）中实现这些需求的方式。" +"**会议优化** ：Odoo " +"顾问不参与从业务角度决策过程，也不参与精确的流程和公司的内部程序（除非有具体要求或例外情况）。每周举行一次或两次项目会议，旨在根据业务需求单点联系人 " +"(SPoC) 进行调整，并定义在 Odoo（顾问）中实现这些需求的方式。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -84,8 +87,8 @@ msgid "" "learning via the :doc:`Odoo documentation <../index>`, `The elearning " "platform `_ and the testing of functionalities." msgstr "" -"**培训培训师的方式**：Odoo顾问为单一联络点提供职能培训，以便他将相关知识继续传递给协作者。为确保这种方式的成功，单一联络点必须通过自学:doc:`Odoo文档" -" <../index>`、`在线学习平台 `_和功能测试促进自身技能提升。" +"**培训教练的方式** ：Odoo顾问为单点联系人提供职能培训，以便他将相关知识继续传递给协作者。为确保这种方式的成功，单点联系人必须通过自学 " +":doc:`Odoo文档 <../index>`、`在线学习平台 `_和功能测试促进自身技能提升。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 msgid "Project Scope" @@ -106,7 +109,8 @@ msgid "" "the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" " clear." msgstr "" -"[对初始项目范围的明确定义]：对初始需求的明确定义对于确保项目顺利运行至关重要。事实上，当所有利益攸关方都有着相同的愿景时，需求的演变和由此产生的决策过程就更加简单和明确。" +"**对初始项目范围的明确定义** " +"：对初始需求的明确定义对于确保项目顺利运行至关重要。事实上，当所有利益攸关方都有着相同的愿景时，需求的演变和由此产生的决策过程就更加简单和明确。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -116,7 +120,8 @@ msgid "" "approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " "the implementation." msgstr "" -"[逐步实施项目]：赞成在几个连贯的阶段实施，允许定期生产发布，最终用户不断接管Odoo，这证明了其随着时间的推移的有效性。这种方法还有助于识别差距，并在实施初期采取纠正措施。" +"**逐步实施项目** " +"：赞成在几个连贯的阶段实施，允许定期生产发布，终端用户不断接管Odoo，这证明了其随着时间的推移的有效性。这种方法还有助于识别差距，并在实施初期采取纠正措施。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -129,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " "experiment of the standard in production." msgstr "" -"[优先采用标准功能]：Odoo " +"**优先采用标准功能** ：Odoo " "提供了一个实施轻微改进（定制）或更重要的改进（开发）的绝佳环境。不过，为了优化项目交付时间，为用户提供其新工具的长期稳定性和可伸缩性，将尽可能频繁地采用标准解决方案。理想情况下，如果软件的改进仍然应该实现，其实现将在生产标准试验后进行。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 @@ -152,7 +157,7 @@ msgid "" "at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " "check that this is still the case." msgstr "" -"[与项目方法保持一致]：明确划分角色和责任，明确描述操作模式（验证、解决问题等）对于 Odoo " +"**与项目方法保持一致** ：明确划分角色和责任，明确描述操作模式（验证、解决问题等）对于 Odoo " "实施的成功至关重要。因此，强烈建议在项目开始时花一些时间与这些主题保持一致，并定期检查情况是否仍然如此。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:96 @@ -169,8 +174,8 @@ msgid "" "global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " "to pursue this same objective." msgstr "" -"[专注于项目的成功，而不是理想的解决方案]：SPoC和顾问的主要目标是执行委托给他们的项目，以便提供最有效的解决方案，以满足表达的需求。这一目标有时与最终用户的理想解决方案愿景相冲突。在这种情况下，SPoC" -" 和顾问将适用 80-20 规则：关注 80% 的表达需求，并找出成本/收益比率方面最不利目标的其余 " +"**专注于项目的成功，而不是理想的解决方案**：单点联系人和顾问的主要目标是执行委托给他们的项目，以便提供最有效的解决方案，以满足表达的需求。这一目标有时与最终用户的理想解决方案愿景相冲突。在这种情况下，单点联系人和顾问将适用" +" 80-20 规则：关注 80% 的表达需求，并找出成本/收益比率方面最不利目标的其余 " "20%（这些比例当然会随时间而变化）。因此，如果注意到全球救济，将更耗时的操纵纳入一个比较耗时的操纵将被认为是可以接受的。为了追求同样的目标，也可以提议改变业务流程。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110 @@ -179,22 +184,21 @@ msgid "" "what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " "avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " "tools\\* :" -msgstr "" -"[规范总是 EXPLICIT]：预期内容与交付内容之间的差距通常是项目中冲突的根源。为了避免出现这种微妙情况，我们建议使用几种类型的工具* ：" +msgstr "**规范总是明确的** ：预期内容与交付内容之间的差距通常是项目中冲突的根源。为了避免出现这种微妙情况，我们建议使用几种类型的工具\\* ：" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115 msgid "" "**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " "features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " "filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." -msgstr "[GAP 分析]：将请求与 Odoo 提出的标准功能进行比较，将有可能确定由开发/定制或业务流程变化填补的空白。" +msgstr "**GAP 分析** ：将请求与 Odoo 提出的标准功能进行比较，将有可能确定由开发/定制或业务流程变化填补的空白。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:120 msgid "" "**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " "between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " "and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." -msgstr "**用户故事**：这项技术清晰分割了单一联络点之间的责任，主要说明内容、原因和人员，以及回复处理方式问题的顾问。" +msgstr "**用户故事** ：这项技术清晰分割了单点联系人的责任，主要说明内容、原因和人员，以及回复处理方式问题的顾问。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -209,7 +213,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" " the changes related to the interface." -msgstr "[模型]：在与概念证明相同的理念中，它将与与界面相关的更改保持一致。" +msgstr "**模拟** ：按照与概念验证相同的策划，它将与界面相关的更改保持一致。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -248,7 +252,8 @@ msgid "" "performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" " manager are clearly defined." msgstr "" -"[共享项目管理文档]：确保项目中的所有利益相关者都具有相同的知识水平的最佳方法是提供对项目跟踪文档的直接访问（项目管理器）。本文档将至少包含一个任务列表，作为明确定义优先级和管理器的实现的一部分。" +"**共享项目管理文档** " +"：确保项目中的所有利益相关者都具有相同的知识水平的最佳方法是提供对项目跟踪文档的直接访问（项目管理器）。本文档将至少包含一个任务列表，作为明确定义优先级和管理器的实现的一部分。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -260,7 +265,7 @@ msgstr "项目管理器是一个共享的项目跟踪工具，允许详细跟踪 msgid "" "**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " "time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" -msgstr "[报告基本信息]：为了将文档时间缩短到要点，我们将遵循以下良好做法：" +msgstr "**报告基本信息** ：为了将文档时间缩短到要点，我们将遵循以下良好做法：" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" @@ -301,7 +306,8 @@ msgid "" "requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " "\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." msgstr "" -"[开发只有一个很好的理由]：在成本效益比为正时（每天节省时间等），必须始终做出开发决策。例如，最好实现重大开发，以减少日常操作的时间，而不是每季度只执行一次操作。人们普遍认为，解决方案越接近标准，迁移过程越轻越流畅，双方的维护成本就越低。此外，经验告诉我们，在使用标准" +"**开发只有一个很好的理由** " +"：在成本效益比为正时（每天节省时间等），必须始终做出开发决策。例如，最好实现重大开发，以减少日常操作的时间，而不是每季度只执行一次操作。人们普遍认为，解决方案越接近标准，迁移过程越轻越流畅，双方的维护成本就越低。此外，经验告诉我们，在使用标准" " Odoo 数周后，60% 的初始开发请求被丢弃（请参阅\"将标准作为优先级采用\"）。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:196 @@ -311,7 +317,8 @@ msgid "" " implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" " both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " "business processes of the company." -msgstr "[替换，无需复制]：有一个很好的理由决定更改管理软件已经作出。在此背景下，实施时机是接受甚至改变软件使用方式和公司业务流程层面的变革时机。" +msgstr "" +"**替换，无需复制** ：有一个很好的理由决定更改管理软件已经作出。在此背景下，实施时机是接受甚至改变软件使用方式和公司业务流程层面的变革时机。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 msgid "Testing and Validation principles" @@ -330,13 +337,13 @@ msgid "" "for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " "SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " "requirements of the operational reality." -msgstr "[角色分配]：在这种情况下，顾问将负责提供与规定规格相符的解决方案;SPoC 必须测试和验证交付的解决方案是否符合操作现实的要求。" +msgstr "**角色分配** ：在这种情况下，顾问将负责提供与规定规格相符的解决方案; 单点联系人必须测试和验证交付的解决方案是否符合操作现实的要求。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216 msgid "" "**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " "noted gap is caused by:" -msgstr "[变更管理]：当需要对解决方案进行更改时，注意到的差距是由以下原因造成的：" +msgstr "**变更管理** ：当需要对解决方案进行更改时，注意到的差距是由以下原因造成的：" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 msgid "" @@ -346,13 +353,13 @@ msgstr "规范与交付解决方案之间的区别 - 这是顾问负责的更正 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223 msgid "**or**" -msgstr "[或]" +msgstr "**或**" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:225 msgid "" "A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " "reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." -msgstr "规范与操作现实的必要性之间的区别 - 这是 SPoC 的责任。" +msgstr "规范与操作现实的必要性之间的区别 - 这是单点联系人的责任。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:229 msgid "Data Imports" @@ -373,7 +380,7 @@ msgid "" "**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " "importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " "moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." -msgstr "[不导入任何内容]：通常情况下，在反射后，导入数据历史记录被认为没有必要，这些数据被保存在 Odoo 之外并合并，以便以后报告。" +msgstr "**不导入任何内容** ：通常情况下，在反射后，导入数据历史记录被认为没有必要，这些数据被保存在 Odoo 之外并合并，以便以后报告。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 msgid "" @@ -383,7 +390,8 @@ msgid "" "available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" " import will be made before the production launch." msgstr "" -"[在投入生产之前导入有限数量的数据]：当数据历史记录与正在处理的信息相关时（例如，采购订单、发票、未结项目），需要从使用的第一天起提供此信息。生产是真实的。在这种情况下，将在生产启动之前进行导入。" +"**在投入生产之前导入有限数量的数据** " +"：当数据历史记录与正在处理的信息相关时（例如，采购订单、发票、未结项目），需要从使用的第一天起提供此信息。生产是真实的。在这种情况下，将在生产启动之前进行导入。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249 msgid "" @@ -392,7 +400,7 @@ msgid "" "can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " "production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." msgstr "" -"[在生产启动后导入]：当数据历史记录需要与 Odoo " +"**在生产启动后导入** ：当数据历史记录需要与 Odoo " "集成，主要用于报告目的时，很明显，这些数据可以追溯性地集成到软件中。在这种情况下，解决方案的生产启动将先于所需的导入。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:256 diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index e9ca74260..4a655f747 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# mrshelly , 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2019 -# 演奏王 , 2019 # 敬雲 林 , 2020 # as co02 , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2020 +# 卫安琪 , 2020 +# Felix Yang - Elico Corp , 2020 # Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -31,585 +31,846 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "服务台" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:3 -msgid "" -"After sales features: refund, coupon, return, repair, onsite interventions" -msgstr "售后功能：退款、优惠券、退货、维修、现场干预" +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "高级" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As my business grows, having the tools to allow my helpdesk team to record, " -"track and manage issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk" -" app allows me to generate credit notes, return products, grant coupons, do " -"repairs and plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page." +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "After Sales Features" msgstr "" -"随着我的业务发展，为服务台团队提供工具，以便轻松、高效记录、追踪和管理提出的问题至关重要。Odoo服务台应用程序可通过服务单页面生成贷项凭单，处理退货，发放优惠券，进行维修和计划现场干预。" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:10 -msgid "Set up the After Sales services" -msgstr "设置售后服务" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:12 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable the After" -" Sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite " -"Interventions*." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 服务台团队`并启用售后选项：*退款、退货、优惠券、维修和现场干预*。" +"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " +"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " +"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" +" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " +"interventions from a ticket’s page." +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:19 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 +msgid "Set up the after sales services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " +"Onsite Interventions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" msgstr "从服务单生成贷项凭单" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:21 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 msgid "" -"I can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For " -"that, I’ll simply go to my ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " -"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* the credit note will be " -"generated, and I can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" +" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " +"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " +"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." msgstr "" -"我可使用贷项凭单为客户退款或调整应收金额。为此，我只需进入我的服务单页面，点击*退款*并选择对应的*发票*。点击*逆转*，将生成贷项凭单，我留在*服务台*应用程序中即可*过账*。" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" msgstr "允许通过工单进行退货" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 msgid "" -"The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will " -"be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*." -msgstr "如在服务单页面选择*退货*选项，则将把客户退货返回仓库。" +"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" +" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" msgstr "从服务单发放优惠券" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:40 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 msgid "" -"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned at the *Sales or " -"Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on " -"*Coupon*, choose the :menuselection:`Coupon Program --> Generate`." +"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " +"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " +"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." msgstr "" -"首先，你需在*销售或网站*应用程序中设置*优惠券计划*。在*服务台*应用程序中，打开我的服务单并点击*优惠券*，选择:menuselection:`优惠券计划" -" --> 生成`。" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:48 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 msgid "Repairs from tickets" msgstr "从服务单处理维修事宜" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:50 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 msgid "" -"Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will" -" be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next " -"step." -msgstr "在我的服务单页面点击*维修*选项，页面将显示新的维修单。根据需要填写其他字段并选择下一步。" +"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" +" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:57 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" msgstr "从服务单计划现场干预" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:59 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 msgid "" -"At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the " -"same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan " -"Intervention*." -msgstr "在服务单页面，我可以像在*现场服务*应用程序中一样，配置现场干预任务，点击*计划干预*。" +"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " +"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " +"application." +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:66 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68 msgid "" "`Coupons `_" msgstr "" "`优惠券 `_" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" -msgstr ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Allow customers to close their tickets" -msgstr "允许客户关闭他们的工单" +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 msgid "" "Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " "misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" " communication and actions more efficient." msgstr "允许客户关闭服务单让客户有了自主性，尽可能避免对是否已解决问题的误解。让交流和行动更有效率。" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:9 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 msgid "Configure the feature" msgstr "配置功能" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:11 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 msgid "" "To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " "Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." -msgstr "如要配置此项功能，前往:menuselection:`服务台 --> 设置 --> 服务台团队 --> 编辑`并启用*服务单关闭*。" +msgstr "如要配置此项功能，前往 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 设置 --> 服务台团队 --> 编辑`并启用*服务单关闭*。" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:18 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 msgid "" -"In order to designate to which stage the ticket will migrate to once it is " -"closed, go to :menuselection:`Overview --> Tickets`." -msgstr "如要指定服务单关闭之后将迁移至哪个阶段，前往:menuselection:`概览 --> 服务单`。" +"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:25 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 msgid "" -"You can either create a new kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " -"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Edit Stage` and enable " -"*Closing Stage*." -msgstr "你可创建新的看板视图或使用现有视图。两种方式均可前往:menuselection:`设置 --> 编辑阶段`并启用*关闭阶段*。" +"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " +"and enable *Closing Stage*." +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:32 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 msgid "" -"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket will be " -"transferred to the last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage " -"set as closing, the ticket will be put in the first one." -msgstr "如未指定关闭阶段，默认情况下，服务单将被转至最后阶段；或者，如你将多个阶段设置为关闭，服务单将被放入第一个阶段。" +"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " +"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " +"ticket is put in the first one." +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:35 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 msgid "The Costumer Portal" msgstr "客户门户" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:37 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 msgid "" -"Now, once the user logs in to his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " +"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " "available." -msgstr "现在，当用户登录门户后，*关闭服务单*选项可用。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:44 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" msgstr "获取关于客户所关闭服务单的报告" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:46 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 msgid "" "To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " -":menuselection:`Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add Custom filter --> " -"Closed by partner --> Applied`." +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " +"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." msgstr "" -"如要对客户关闭的服务单进行分析，前往:menuselection:`报告 --> 服务单 --> 筛选 --> 添加自定义筛选 --> 由合作伙伴关闭 " -"--> 应用`。" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "‎开始使用 odoo 服役台‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "概览" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "‎使用 odoo 服务台入门‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" -msgstr "安装 Odoo 服务台:" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" -msgstr "‎打开应用模块, 搜索 \"服务台\", 然后单击安装‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" -msgstr "‎设置服务台团队‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" -msgstr "‎默认情况下, Odoo 服务台配备一个名为 \"支持\" 的团队‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" -msgstr "‎要修改此团队, 或创建其他团队, 请在紫色栏中选择 \"配置\", 然后选择 \"设置\"‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," -" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " -"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," -" or manually." +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 +msgid "Forum and eLearning" msgstr "" -"‎在这里, 您可以创建新团队, 决定向该团队添加哪些团队成员、客户如何提交票证以及如何设置 SLA 策略和评级。对于分配方法, " -"您可以有随机、平衡或手动分配的票证。‎" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 -msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" -msgstr "‎如何为每个团队设置不同的阶段‎" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 +msgid "Forum" +msgstr "论坛" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "首先，你需要启用:doc:`开发人员模式 <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " -"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " -"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" +"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " +"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " +"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" +" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " +"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " +"community!)." msgstr "" -"‎现在, 当您返回到您的服务台模块并在紫色栏中选择 \"配置\" 时, 您会发现其他选项, 如 \"阶段\"。在这里, 您可以创建新的阶段, " -"并将这些阶段分配给1个或多个团队, 允许每个团队的可定制阶段!‎" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:48 -msgid "Start receiving tickets" -msgstr "‎开始接收凭证‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:51 -msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" -msgstr "‎我的客户如何提交凭证？‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " -"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" -msgstr "‎在紫色栏中选择 \"配置\", 然后选择 \"设置\", 选择您的服务台团队。在 \"渠道, 你会发现4选项:‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " -"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." -msgstr "‎电子邮件别名允许客户通过电子邮件发送您选择创建凭证的别名。电子邮件的主题行成为凭证上的主题。‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Website Form allows your customer to go to " -"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " -"form - much like odoo.com/help!" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" msgstr "" -"‎网站表格允许您的客户去 yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit, 并通过网站形式提交机票-很像 " -"odoo.com/help!‎" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:73 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 msgid "" -"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " -"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " -"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " +"enable *Help Center*." msgstr "" -"‎实时聊天允许您的客户通过您网站上的实时聊天提交凭据。您的客户将开始实时聊天, 您的实时聊天操作员可以使用凭证的命令/帮助台主题创建凭证。‎" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:81 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 msgid "" -"The final option to submit tickets is through an API connection. View the " -"documentation `here " -"`_." +"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " +"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " +"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " +"allowed per question." msgstr "" -"提交服务单的最后一个选项是通过API连接。`在此 " -"`_查看文档。" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:85 -msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" -msgstr "‎凭证已经创建, 现在怎么办？‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:87 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 msgid "" -"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" -" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " -"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " -"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." +"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " +"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." msgstr "" -"‎现在你的员工可以开始工作了!如果您选择了手动分配方法, 那么您的员工将需要使用票证左上方的 \"分配给我\" 按钮或将自己添加到 \"分配给\" " -"字段中来分配自己的票证。‎" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:95 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " -"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." -msgstr "‎如果您选择了 \"随机\" 或 \"平衡\" 分配方法, 您的票证将分配给该服务台团队的成员。‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:98 -msgid "" -"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " -"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." -msgstr "他们将在此开始处理并解决服务单！完成后，他们将服务单移至已解决阶段。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:102 -msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" -msgstr "我如何将服务单标记为加急？" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 -msgid "" -"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" -" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " -"Kanban view or on the ticket form." -msgstr "服务单上可以看到星标。你可在服务单上选择一个或多个星标，表明服务单紧急程度。你可在看板视图或服务单表单中进行此操作。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:111 -msgid "" -"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " -"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "如要为员工设置服务级协议政策，首先在*设置*下启用设置。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 -msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." -msgstr "在此选择“配置SLA政策”并点击“创建”。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:119 -msgid "" -"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " -"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." -msgstr "你需要填写服务台团队、服务单最低优先层级（星标）和服务单目标等信息。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:126 -msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" -msgstr "服务单被阻止或已准备好进行处理怎么办？" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:128 -msgid "" -"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " -"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" -msgstr "如服务单无法解决或已被阻止，你可调整服务单的“看板状态”。你有3种选择：" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131 -msgid "Grey - Normal State" -msgstr "灰色 - 正常状态" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133 -msgid "Red - Blocked" -msgstr "红色 - 已阻止" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:135 -msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" -msgstr "绿色 - 准备好进入下一阶段" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 -msgid "" -"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " -"Ticket form." -msgstr "与代表紧急程度的星标类似，你可在看板视图或服务单表单中调整其状态。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:144 -msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" -msgstr "我的员工如何凭服务单记录时间？" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:146 -msgid "" -"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " -"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " -"timesheets will log against." -msgstr "首先，进入“设置”并选择“服务单工时表”选项。你可在显示的字段中选择记录项目的工时表。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:153 -msgid "" -"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" -" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" -msgstr "现在你已选择一个项目，你可以保存。如你返回服务单，你将看到名为“工时表”的新选项卡。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 -msgid "" -"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " -"ticket." -msgstr "你的员工可在此添加行，以便添加对此服务单所做的工作。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:163 -msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" -msgstr "如何让客户评价他们获得的服务" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 -msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "首先，你必须在“设置”下启动评分设置" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " -"an email to the customer asking how their service went." -msgstr "现在，当服务单被移动到已解决或已完成阶段时，它会向客户发送邮件，要求其评价获得的服务。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" -msgstr "记录服务单时间并开具发票" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " -"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " -"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." -msgstr "你可以与客户签订服务合同，以便在出现问题时为他们提供帮助。为此，Odoo将帮助你记录解决问题所花的时间，以及向客户开具发票。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "The modules needed" -msgstr "所需的模块" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " -"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " -"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." -msgstr "如要记录服务单时间并开具发票，需要以下模块：服务台、项目、工时表、销售。如果你还没有其中某些模块，前往应用程序模块，搜索并点击*安装*。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 -msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" -msgstr "开始提供“服务台”服务" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 -msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" -msgstr "第1步：开启一个服务台项目" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " -"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." -msgstr "如要为“服务台”服务开启专门项目，首先前往:menuselection:`项目 --> 配置 -->设置`并确保启用*工时表*功能。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " -"it." -msgstr "然后，进入仪表板，创建新项目并允许它使用工时表。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 -msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" -msgstr "第2步：召集服务台团队" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " -"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" -" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " -"previously created as well." +"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " +"the ticket's page." msgstr "" -"如要建立一个负责服务台的团队，前往:menuselection:`服务台 --> 配置 --> " -"服务台团队`并创建一个新团队或选择现有团队。在表单中，勾选*服务单工时表*，启用该功能。注意还需选择你之前已经创建的服务台项目。" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" -msgstr "第3步：启动服务台服务" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "在线学习" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 msgid "" -"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" -" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." -msgstr "最后，如要启动新的服务台服务，首先前往:menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`并确保启用*计量单位*功能。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " -"Make sure that the product is set as a service." -msgstr "然后，前往:menuselection:`产品 --> 产品`并创建新产品。确保将该产品设置为服务。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " -"unit will do." -msgstr "我们建议你在这里将*计量单位*设置为*小时*，但你也可设置任意单位。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " -"configuration :" -msgstr "之后，在产品表单*销售*选项卡下面选择你的发票管理。在这里，我们建议以下配置：" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 -msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" -msgstr "现在，你已准备好开始接受服务单！" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 -msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" -msgstr "解决问题并记录花费的时间" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 -msgid "Step 1 : place an order" -msgstr "第1步：下单" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " -"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " -"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" -" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " -"the sale." +"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " +"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" +" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." msgstr "" -"现在，你在服务台模块，刚收到客户提交的服务单。如要下新订单，前往:menuselection:`销售 --> 订单 --> " -"订单`并为你之前记录的服务台服务产品创建订单。设置协助客户所需的小时数并确认销售。" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 -msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "第2步：将任务关联到服务单" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 msgid "" -"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " -"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" -" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" -" and select the task on its form." -msgstr "如你访问专门的服务台项目，会注意到已自动创建订单的新任务。如要将该任务与客户服务单关联，前往服务台模块，访问该服务单并在其表单上选择任务。" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *eLearning*." +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 -msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" -msgstr "第3步：记录帮助客户所用的时间" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 msgid "" -"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " -"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " -"*Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "工作完成，客户问题已解决。如要记录执行此任务所用的小时数，返回服务单表单并添加到*工时表*选项卡之下。" +"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 msgid "" -"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " -"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." -msgstr "服务单上记录的小时数也会自动出现在工时表模块和对应的任务上。" +"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " +"Course*." +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 -msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" -msgstr "第4步：向客户开具发票" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "入门" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" -" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " -"appear as the delivered quantity." -msgstr "如要向客户开具发票，返回销售模块并选择相应订单。注意服务单表单上记录的小时数现在显示为已交付数量。" +"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" +" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " +"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," +" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 msgid "" -"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " -"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" -msgstr "‎剩下要做的就是从订单中创建发票, 然后对其进行验证。现在你只需要等待客户的付款!‎" +"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Turn helpdesk hours into invoices directly from a project task" -msgstr "从项目任务中直接将服务台小时数转为发票" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " +"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " +"accounting, admin, etc.)." +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " +"redirected to the right person:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 +msgid "" +"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " +"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "" +"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " +"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " +"automatically;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " +"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " +"that all tickets get to be taken care of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " +"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " +"all employees (with the proper access rights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " +"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " +"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " +"(with the proper access rights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 +msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " +"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " +"to use certain stages under *Team*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " +"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " +"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/odoo_basics/add_user`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "点评" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " +"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" +" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" +" the quality of your services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " +"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " +"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" +" Stage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " +"an email is sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Ratings can be seen on the :doc:`chatter <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` " +"of each ticket, under the *See Customer Satisfaction* link on the main " +"dashboard, and through *Reporting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 +msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" +" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`../../portal/my_odoo_portal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " +"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." +" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " +"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " +"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " +"users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 +msgid "Email Alias" +msgstr "电子邮箱别名" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " +"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " +"the content is shown in the Chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " +"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " +"Domain*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " +"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " +"server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 +msgid "Website Form" +msgstr "网站表单" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" +" *Go to Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 +msgid "" +"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "在线聊天" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " +"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " +"- and :doc:`set up your channel <../../livechat/overview/get_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " +"<../../livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 +msgid "Prioritize tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" +" top of your list on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 +msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 +msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 +msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`sla`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Reports for a Better Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " +"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " +"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " +"expectations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 +msgid "Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 +msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " +"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " +"Period* or a *Previous Year*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 +msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " +"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" +" many requests they are able to handle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " +"ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " +"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " +"their issues to be handled quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 +msgid "Save filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" +" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " +"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 +msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " +"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " +"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " +"and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 +msgid "Create your policies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " +"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" +" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" +" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " +"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " +"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" +" SLAs is the one considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " +"the deadline field is not shown anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 +msgid "SLA Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" +" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" +" keep track of upcoming deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " +"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " +"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " +"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " +"customer needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 +msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" +" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " +"Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" +" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " +"ultimately modified on each ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 +msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " +"the unit of measure of your service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" +" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " +"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " +"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" +" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " +"automating the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 +msgid "" +"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " +"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " +"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " +"time spent on a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 +msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 +msgid "Step 1: Place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " +"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " +"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " +"customer and *Confirm* the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 +msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 +msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 +msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " +"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 +msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " +"the *Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" +" column in the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " +"the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 msgid "" "Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " "into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " "control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." msgstr "直接将服务台服务单记录的应计费时间拉入销售订单，并通过项目任务开具发票。它有助于控制向客户收取的费用并提高效率。" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "基础配置" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:12 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" -" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under " -"*Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and " +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " "timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " "the feature *Bill from tasks*." msgstr "" -"前往:menuselection:`服务台 --> 配置 --> 服务台团队 --> " -"编辑`并启用*服务单工时表*和*时间重开发票*选项。在*服务单工时表*下，选择服务单（和工时表）默认关联的*项目*。打开*外部链接*启用*从任务开单*功能。" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" msgstr "创建销售订单和发票" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 msgid "" -"Now, once you added the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under the " -"*Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." -msgstr "现在，你在*工时表*选项卡下面添加服务台服务单花费的时间之后，即可点击其名称访问任务。" +"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" +" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." msgstr "*创建销售订单*并继续创建发票。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index b53f6e740..fd49c940e 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ # Translators: # r <263737@qq.com>, 2019 # zpq001 , 2019 -# bf2549c5415a9287249cba2b8a5823c7, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # mrshelly , 2019 # 敬雲 林 , 2019 # ChinaMaker , 2019 @@ -15,18 +13,22 @@ # guohuadeng , 2019 # inspur qiuguodong , 2019 # liAnGjiA , 2020 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2020 # Gary Wei , 2020 # Datasource International , 2020 +# Mandy Choy , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2020 +# bf2549c5415a9287249cba2b8a5823c7, 2020 +# Miao Zhou , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Miao Zhou , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -55,26 +57,26 @@ msgid "" "To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" " the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " "Adjustments*." -msgstr "如要使用条形码来做库存调整，你首先需要打开*条形码*应用程序。然后，在应用程序中，点击*库存调整*。" +msgstr "如要使用条码来做库存调整，你首先需要打开*条码*应用程序。然后，在应用程序中，点击*库存调整*。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 msgid "" "If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " "*Commands for Inventory*." -msgstr "如要全面使用条形码功能，你可下载*库存命令*表。" +msgstr "如要全面使用条码功能，你可下载*库存命令*表。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" "Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " "create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " "specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." -msgstr "点击*库存调整*后，Odoo将自动创建。注意，如有多个地点，你需首先指定进行库存调整的地点。" +msgstr "点击*库存调整*后，Odoo将自动创建。注意，如有多个库位，你需首先指定进行库存调整的库位。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " "different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." -msgstr "如没有多个地点，你可开始扫描库存调整中包含的不同产品。" +msgstr "如没有多个库位，你可开始扫描库存调整中包含的不同产品。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -87,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " "necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " "manually." -msgstr "除了使用条形码扫描仪，如有必要，你还可手动添加产品。为此，点击*添加产品*并手动填写信息。" +msgstr "除了使用条码扫描器，如有必要，你还可手动添加产品。为此，点击*添加产品*并手动填写信息。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -101,9 +103,6 @@ msgstr "当完成了该库位的所有产品的扫描后，手工确认库存或 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 @@ -122,11 +121,11 @@ msgid "" "the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " "weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." msgstr "" -"条形码可用于各种不同情况。最为大家熟知的用例是在销售点批量销售产品时，顾客可自行称重，获取打印的条形码并贴在产品上。这个条形码包括产品重量，可用于计算价格。" +"条码可用于各种不同情况。最为大家熟知的用例是在销售点批量销售产品时，顾客可自行称重，获取打印的条码并贴在产品上。这个条码包括产品重量，可用于计算价格。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "创建条形码命名规则" +msgstr "创建条码命名规则" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -136,22 +135,22 @@ msgid "" "<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -"Odoo支持条形码命名规则，它决定了已编码信息的映射和解读方式。你可在:doc:`开发人员模式 " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`配置你的条形码命名规则。为此，前往:menuselection:`库存" -" --> 配置 --> 条形码命名规则`。" +"Odoo支持条码命名规则，它决定了已编码信息的映射和解读方式。你可在 :doc:`开发人员模式 " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` 配置你的条码命名规则。为此，前往 " +":menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 条码命名规则`。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." -msgstr "你可在此创建条形码命名规则，然后添加一行创建你的首个规则。" +msgstr "你可在此创建条码命名规则，然后添加一行创建你的首个规则。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" "The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " "with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," " in our case it will be Weighted Product." -msgstr "第一步是指定**规则名称**，例如，带3位小数的重量条形码。然后，你需指定条形码命名规则的类型，在本例中是已称重产品。" +msgstr "第一步是指定**规则名称**，例如，带3位小数的重量条码。然后，你需指定条码命名规则的类型，在本例中是已称重产品。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -162,19 +161,19 @@ msgid "" " simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" " “D” define the decimals." msgstr "" -"条形码模式是定义条形码结构的正则表达式。在本例中，21定义了将应用规则的产品，也是产品条形码开头的数字。这5个“点”代表产品条形码的后几位数字，用于识别有关产品。“N”代表整数部分，“D”代表小数部分。" +"条码模式是定义条码结构的正则表达式。在本例中，21定义了将应用规则的产品，也是产品条码开头的数字。这5个“点”代表产品条码的后几位数字，用于识别有关产品。“N”代表整数部分，“D”代表小数部分。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" "The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" " be applied." -msgstr "该编码用于指定应用规则得出的条形码编码。" +msgstr "该编码用于指定应用规则得出的条码编码。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " "sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." -msgstr "你可定义不同规则并按顺序排定优先等级。系统将应用与扫描条形码匹配的第一条规则。" +msgstr "你可定义不同规则并按顺序排定优先等级。系统将应用与扫描条码匹配的第一条规则。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" @@ -188,13 +187,13 @@ msgstr "产品条形码应以“21”开头。" msgid "" "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " "identify the product;" -msgstr "这5个“点”是产品条形码的其他数字，用于识别产品；" +msgstr "这5个“点”是产品条码的其他数字，用于识别产品；" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" "The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" " we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" -msgstr "如定义了D或N，条形码中应包含0。在本例中，我们配置的是“21.....{NNDDD}”，因此需要5个零。" +msgstr "如定义了D或N，条码中应包含0。在本例中，我们配置的是“21.....{NNDDD}”，因此需要5个零。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -210,7 +209,7 @@ msgid "" "create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the " "point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." msgstr "" -"如果你称了1.5千克的意大利面，你将打印出以下条形码2112345015002。如在POS中扫描此条形码，或在条形码应用程序中接收产品时，Odoo将自动为该意大利面产品创建新的一行，数量为1.5千克。POS则将根据该数量计算价格。" +"如果你称了1.5千克的意大利面，你将打印出以下条码2112345015002。如在POS中扫描此条码，或在条码应用程序中接收产品时，Odoo将自动为该意大利面产品创建新的一行，数量为1.5千克。POS则将根据该数量计算价格。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" @@ -228,7 +227,7 @@ msgid "" "discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " "discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the " "product." -msgstr "**打折产品**：可根据适用的折扣创建一个条形码。然后，在POS中扫描产品，再扫描折扣条形码，将基于产品的正常价格计算折扣。" +msgstr "**打折产品**：可根据适用的折扣创建一个条码。然后，在POS中扫描产品，然后再扫描折扣条码，将基于产品的正常价格计算折扣。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -251,7 +250,7 @@ msgstr "**收银员**：用于在进入POS时识别收银员。" msgid "" "**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" "location is activated." -msgstr "**地点**：在启用多个位置的情况下，用于识别调拨的地点。" +msgstr "**库位**：在启用多个库位的情况下，用于识别调拨的库位。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -280,7 +279,7 @@ msgstr "**单位产品**：用于在POS和调拨过程中识别产品。" msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " "number of characters, those characters being any number." -msgstr "如条形码样式包含.*，表明它可包含任意数量的数字字符。" +msgstr "如条码样式包含.*，表明它可包含任意数量的数字字符。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 msgid "Process to Transfers" @@ -294,14 +293,14 @@ msgstr "简单调拨" msgid "" "To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " "*Operations*." -msgstr "从*条形码*应用程序中处理调拨，第一步是进入*操作*页面。" +msgstr "从*条码*应用程序中处理调拨，第一步是进入*作业*页面。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 msgid "" "Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " "the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " "enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." -msgstr "然后，你可前往对应的操作类型并手动选择想要输入的调拨产品，或扫描调拨产品的条形码，进入现有的调拨。" +msgstr "然后，你可前往对应的作业类型并手动选择想要输入的调拨产品，或扫描调拨产品的条码，进入现有的调拨。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -315,7 +314,7 @@ msgstr "在此，你可扫描现有调拨中包含的产品和/或向其添加 msgid "" "If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " "additional steps for the different operation types." -msgstr "如仓库中有多个不同存储地点，你可为不同的操作类型添加额外步骤。" +msgstr "如仓库中有多个不同存储库位，你可为不同的作业类型添加额外步骤。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 @@ -330,8 +329,8 @@ msgid "" "location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " "to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." msgstr "" -"当收到库存产品时，你需要扫描其条形码，以便在系统中识别它。完成后，你可以让它进入调拨的主库位，例如WH/Stock， " -"或者扫描库位条形码，使其进入主库位下的子库位。" +"当收到库存产品时，你需要扫描其条码，以便在系统中识别它。完成后，你可以让它进入调拨的主库位，例如WH/Stock， " +"或者扫描库位条码，使其进入主库位下的子库位。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -349,7 +348,7 @@ msgid "" "When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " "different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " "scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." -msgstr "在交付产品时，如果源库位与调拨最初设置的拨通，则需扫描源库位。然后，你可开始扫描从这个特定库位交付的产品。" +msgstr "在产品发货时，如果源库位与调拨最初设置不同，则需扫描源库位。然后，你可开始扫描从这个特定库位发货的产品。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -374,7 +373,7 @@ msgid "" "When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " "scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " "itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." -msgstr "在多个库位之间进行内部调拨时，你首先需要扫描产品的源库位。然后，你应扫描产品本身，再扫描目标库位的条形码。" +msgstr "在多个库位之间进行内部调拨时，你首先需要扫描产品的源库位。然后，你应扫描产品本身，再扫描目标库位的条码。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -397,14 +396,14 @@ msgid "" "If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " "you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" " quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." -msgstr "如你处理包含所有产品的序列号/批号，你应扫描该批号/序列号的条形码，Odoo将增加产品数量，设置其批号/序列号。" +msgstr "如你处理包含所有产品的序列号/批号，你应扫描该批号/序列号的条码，Odoo将增加产品数量，设置其批号/序列号。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 msgid "" "If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " "by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " "lot/serial number." -msgstr "如不同产品的批号/序列号相同，你可首先扫描产品条形码，然后扫描批号/序列号条形码。" +msgstr "如不同产品的批号/序列号相同，你可首先扫描产品条码，然后扫描批号/序列号条码。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" @@ -415,7 +414,7 @@ msgid "" "To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" " the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " "sheet* from the home page of the app." -msgstr "如要从*条形码*应用程序创建调拨，你首先需要打印操作类型条形码。为此，你可从应用程序的主页下载*库存条形码表*。" +msgstr "如要从*条码*应用程序创建调拨，你首先需要打印作业类型条码。为此，你可从应用程序的主页下载*库存条码表*。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -449,8 +448,8 @@ msgid "" "**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " "bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." msgstr "" -"用来进行 **盘点** 和 **条码扫描** 推荐的3种不同的条码扫描应用是 **USB扫描枪** , **蓝牙扫描枪** 以及 **移动电脑扫描枪**" -" 。" +"推荐3种不同的条码扫描器与Odoo **库存** 和 **条形码** 应用一起使用，如 **USB扫描器** ， **蓝牙扫描器** 和 " +"**移动计算机扫描器** 。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -459,8 +458,8 @@ msgid "" " you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " "be configured to be so." msgstr "" -"如果在你电脑旁边对产品进行扫描, **USB扫描枪** " -"是不错的选择。只要插入电脑即可扫描。只要确保买到的扫描枪和你的键盘布局兼容或者可以配置成那样就可以。" +"如果在你电脑旁边对产品进行扫描, **USB扫描器** " +"是不错的选择。只要插入电脑即可扫描。只要确保买到的扫描器和你的键盘布局兼容或者可以配置成那样就可以。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -525,7 +524,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" -msgstr "在Odoo中启用条形码" +msgstr "在Odoo中启用条码" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -535,14 +534,13 @@ msgid "" "work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -"条形码扫描功能可节省在键盘、鼠标和扫描器之间切换所花费的时间。为产品、分拣地点等指定适当的条形码，让你能几乎完全只用条码扫描器控制软件，提高工作效率。" +"条码扫描功能可节省在键盘、鼠标和扫描器之间切换所花费的时间。为产品、拣货库位等指定适当的条码，让你能几乎完全只用条码扫描器控制软件，提高工作效率。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 @@ -558,9 +556,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 @@ -577,7 +572,7 @@ msgid "" "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " "have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" -"如要使用本功能，你应首先通过:menuselection:`库存 --> 设置 --> 条码扫描器`启用*条形码*功能。勾选此功能后，你可点击保存。" +"如要使用本功能，你应首先通过 :menuselection:`库存 --> 设置 --> 条码扫描器`启用*条码*功能。勾选此功能后，你可点击保存。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" @@ -588,7 +583,7 @@ msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " "Products Barcodes`." -msgstr "你可通过*库存*应用程序，轻松地为不同产品分配条码。为此，前往:menuselection:`设置 --> 配置产品条码`。" +msgstr "你可通过*库存*应用程序，轻松地为不同产品分配条码。为此，前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 配置产品条码`。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -613,7 +608,7 @@ msgid "" " locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Locations`." msgstr "" -"如果你管理多个库位，可为每个库位分配一个条码，并贴在库位上。你可在:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位`为库位配置条码。" +"如果你管理多个库位，可为每个库位分配一个条码，并贴在库位上。你可在 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位`为库位配置条码。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -669,7 +664,7 @@ msgstr "销售过程" msgid "" "Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " "Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." -msgstr "进入 **销售** 模块, 点击 **销售** 然后点击 **销售订单** 。殿后点击你想要取消的销售订单。" +msgstr "进入 **销售** 模块， 点击 **销售** 然后点击 **销售订单** 。殿后点击你想要取消的销售订单。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -748,7 +743,7 @@ msgid "" "shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " "system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " "stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering." -msgstr "直运提供可将订单商品直接从供应商发给客户。在常规发货系统中，产品从供应商发到你的仓库，然后在客户下单后从仓库发给客户。" +msgstr "直运系统可将订单商品直接从供应商发给客户。在常规发货系统中，产品从供应商发到你的仓库，然后在客户下单后从仓库发给客户。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -823,7 +818,7 @@ msgid "" "blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* `__." msgstr "" -"关于直运的详情及见解，请阅读我们的博客*直运是什么以及如何使用* `__。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 @@ -834,7 +829,7 @@ msgstr "配置直运" msgid "" "Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`，在*采购*应用程序中启用此功能。" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`，在*采购*应用程序中启用此功能。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -843,8 +838,8 @@ msgid "" "make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a " "product via drop-shipping." msgstr "" -"然后，前往*库存*应用程序，在:menuselection:`配置 --> " -"设置`中，启用*多步骤路线功能。然后，你可在销售订单行的*路线*字段，指定通过直运发送产品。" +"然后，前往*库存*应用程序，在 :menuselection:`配置 --> " +"设置`中，启用*多步骤路线*功能。然后，你可在销售订单行的*路线*字段，指定通过直运发送产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -852,7 +847,7 @@ msgid "" "Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " "which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." msgstr "" -"现在，在*销售*应用程序中，前往:menuselection:`产品 --> 产品`。选择想要直运的产品，并通过采购选项卡添加合适供应商的价格表。" +"现在，在*销售*应用程序中，前往 :menuselection:`产品 --> 产品`。选择想要直运的产品，并通过采购选项卡添加合适供应商的价格表。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers" @@ -871,7 +866,7 @@ msgid "" "Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request " "for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You " "can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*." -msgstr "确认销售订单后，Odoo为处理直运的供应商自动生成*报价请求*。你可在*采购*应用程序中查看，销售订单为*源文档*。" +msgstr "确认销售订单后，Odoo为处理直运的供应商自动生成*报价请求*。你可在*采购*应用程序中查看，销售订单为*源单据*。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -880,7 +875,7 @@ msgid "" " location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your " "own stock when you validate the dropship document." msgstr "" -"在确认*采购订单*后，系统将创建*收货单*并与之关联。源地点是供应商所在地，目标地点是客户所在地。然后，你在确认直运文件后，产品不会经过你的库存。" +"在确认*采购订单*后，系统将创建*收货单*并与之关联。源库位是供应商所在地，目标库位是客户所在地。然后，你在确认直运文件后，产品不会经过你的库存。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -906,18 +901,18 @@ msgstr "Odoo能让我们以3种方式处理发货 :" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" -msgstr " **一步(发货)**: 直接从库存发货" +msgstr " **一步(发货)** : 直接从库存发货" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 msgid "" "**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" -msgstr " **二步(拣货＋发货)**: 先把货物到出货区然后再发货" +msgstr " **二步(拣货＋发货)** : 先把货物到出货区然后再发货" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 msgid "" "**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " "location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" -msgstr " **三步(拣货＋包装＋发货)**: 先把货物发到一个专门位置进行包装, 然后发到出货位置进行发货" +msgstr " **三步(拣货＋包装＋发货)** : 先把货物发到一个专门位置进行包装, 然后发到出货位置进行发货" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -1025,83 +1020,75 @@ msgid "" msgstr "默认的标签类型是纸信, 如果你选了标签类型只有一半, 就能看到不同 :" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" -msgstr "一步处理收货（收货）" +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" +msgstr "一步处理交货订单(发货)" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " -"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " -"to the stock." -msgstr "无需专门配置一步收货。进货货物默认配置为直接从供应商接收到库存。" +"There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " +"outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" +" the customers." +msgstr "一步发货无需配置. 默认的出货配置为直接从仓库发到客户." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 msgid "" -"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" " configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." msgstr "" -"但是，如果之前启用了高级路线，并为仓库设置了其他的进货配置，你可将其重新设为一步收货配置。为日，前往:menuselection:`配置 --> " -"仓库`并编辑对应的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 msgid "" -"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." -msgstr "将*进货货物*设为*直接接收货物（1步）*。" +"Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." +msgstr "然后, 选择*直接发货*作为您的*发货*策略." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "创建采购订单" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "创建销售订单" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 msgid "" -"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " -"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " -"the *RfQ*." -msgstr "如要创建*报价请求*，前往*采购*应用程序并点击*创建*。然后，添加需接收的一些可仓储产品，并确认*报价请求*。" +"In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " +"to deliver and confirm it." +msgstr "在*销售*应用中，创建一个包含库存产品的报价并确认" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 msgid "" -"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " -"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." -msgstr "请注意，现在我们将看到与你刚才创建采购订单相关的1笔收货。如点击按钮，你可看到收货单。" +"Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " +"stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " +"button, you should now see your delivery order." +msgstr "" +"注意现在我们在销售订单上方的统计按钮中，看到一个关联了此*销售订单*的发货记录。如果您点击这个有\"1个发货\"标志的统计按钮，您将可以看到您的发货单。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "Process a Receipt" -msgstr "处理收货" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 +msgid "Process a Delivery" +msgstr "处理交货" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 msgid "" -"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " -"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " -"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." -msgstr "你也可直接从*库存*应用程序查找收货。打开仪表板，点击*收货*看板卡下的*1步处理*按钮。然后，你可看到收货情况。" +"You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " +"application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" +" the Delivery Orders Kanban card." +msgstr "" +"您也可以直接从*Inventory*应用中查找 *delivery order*。在仪表盘界面，您可以点击发货单看板卡下的*1 TO PROCESS* " +"按钮。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 msgid "" -"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " -"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " -"suppliers are considered as being always available." -msgstr "现在，输入你想要处理的拣货。你可点击*确认*，直接完成这步操作，因为供应商发货的产品总是被视为库存充足。" +"Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " +"*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." +msgstr "输入您想要处理的拣货. 如果您有在库产品的话，您将可以通过点击*Validate* 按钮完成库存移动" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 msgid "" -"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " -"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " -"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." -msgstr "*确认*收货后，产品离开*供应商库位*并进入你的*WH/Stock库位*。现在文档状态变为*已完成*，收货也已发生。" +"Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " +"location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " +"the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now " +"*Done*." +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 msgid "Deliver Products in Packages" @@ -1117,7 +1104,7 @@ msgstr "在Odoo中，你可根据产品数量或重量，以不同打包形式 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "首先，你需要前往:menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*交付包裹*功能。" +msgstr "首先，你需要前往 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*交货包装*功能。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 msgid "Proceed to a Delivery" @@ -1135,564 +1122,229 @@ msgid "" "Then, you can define the package type from this window. Once the delivery " "order is validated, you can retrieve which products have been included in " "the package." -msgstr "然后，你可从本窗口定义包裹类型。但交货单被确认后，你可检索包裹中包含的产品。" +msgstr "然后，你可从本窗口定义包装类型。但交货单被确认后，你可检索包装中包含的产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:34 msgid "" "A button will appear at the delivery stage, allowing you to find all the " "packages which were part of the delivery order." -msgstr "在交货阶段将出现一个按钮，查看交货单包括的所有包裹。" +msgstr "在交货阶段将出现一个按钮，查看交货单包括的所有包装。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:44 msgid "Use the Put in Pack button" -msgstr "使用打包按钮" +msgstr "使用放入包裹按钮" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:46 msgid "" "Another way to put products in packs is to use the *Put in Pack* button. It " "will automatically assign a pack to the number of products which is set as " "*Done* and duplicate the stock move line if necessary." -msgstr "另一种将产品打包的方法是使用*打包*按钮。它自动将设为*已完成*的产品分配到一个包裹，并在必要时复制库存移动。" +msgstr "另一种将产品打包的方法是使用*放入包裹*按钮。它自动将设为*完成*的产品分配到一个包裹，并在必要时复制库存移动。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:53 msgid "" "Then, you will be able to update the different packages created this way, " "directly via the *Packages* button." -msgstr "然后，你可直接通过*包裹*按钮，更新用这种方式创建的不同包裹。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" -msgstr "计划交货日期是如何运算的？" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " -"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " -"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " -"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " -"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"计算计划日期是为了能够计划发货, 收货等等。依赖于你的公司的习惯Odoo会根据排程器自动生成计划日期。Odoo排程器每行的计算, 不管是生产订单, " -"发货单, 销售订单, 等等。计算出来的日期依赖于Odoo中设置号的不同的提前期。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:18 -msgid "Configuring lead times" -msgstr "配置提前期" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " -"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " -"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." -msgstr "配置**备货时间**是计算日程的第一个关键步骤。备货时间是向不同伙伴和/或客户承诺的交货期、制造期等方面的延迟。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "按照以下配置不同的提前期 :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:28 -msgid "At a product level" -msgstr "在产品层面" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 -msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" -msgstr " **供应商提前期** " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " -"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " -"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" -" select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "" -"是供应商需要讲采购的产品交货的时间。要, 配置供应商提前期需要选择一个产品, 并进入 **库存** " -"页签。你需要在产品上添加一个供应商用来选择一个供应商的提前期。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " -"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "不要忘记可以添加不同的供应商以及不同供应商给出的不同的提前期" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " -"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" -" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " -"Time**." -msgstr "" -"一旦供应商选定后, 只要打开供应商页面并填入 **交货提前期** 。在该状况下, 安全天数没有任何影响, 计划交货天数等于 :采购订单的 **日期** " -"＋ **交货提前期** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 -msgid "**Customer lead time**:" -msgstr " **客户提前期**: " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " -"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " -"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " -"time**." -msgstr "" -"客户提前期是货物从你的库存／仓库送到你的客户所需的时间。它可以在所有产品上进行配置。只要选定给一个产品, 进入销售页面并标出 **客户提前期** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 -msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" -msgstr " **制造提前期**: " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "" -"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" -" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " -"product." -msgstr "在同一页面也可以配置 **生产提前期** , 生产提前期是制造产品所需的时间。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " -"create manufacturing routes." -msgstr "如果需要创建生产路径的话, 不要忘了在库存页面中勾选生产选相框。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:74 -msgid "At the company level" -msgstr "站在公司层面" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 -msgid "" -"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " -"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " -"of delays." -msgstr "" -"在公司层面, 可以配置 **安全天数** 用来应付偶然的延期并能满足约定。该方法是从 **计算出来的计划日期** 减去 **后备** 天数用来应付延期。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 -msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" -msgstr " **销售安全天数** " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" -" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " -"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " -"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " -"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " -"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " -"keep your commitment." -msgstr "" -"销售安全天数就是 **后备** 天数, " -"用来保证按照和客户约定的交期及时交货。它们是交货提前期的错误边际。安全天数和为了按时到达而把腕表的时间调早是同样的逻辑。该方法是从计算出来的理论交期减去安全天数并且计算一个比你承诺给客户的交期时间更早的日期。那样你就可以确保总是对客户满足你的承诺。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " -"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "如要设置安全日期，前往:menuselection:`设置 --> 一般设置`并点击**配置你的公司数据**。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " -"of safety days." -msgstr "一旦菜单打开, 进入配置页面输入安全天数。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" -msgstr " **采购安全天数**: " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "采购的提前期和销售的提前安全天数逻辑一样。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 -msgid "" -"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " -"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " -"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " -"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" -msgstr "" -"对供应商提前期有一些错误边际。当系统生成采购订单对产品进行补货的时候, " -"它们可以被计划早一些天数用来应付供应商一些未知的不确定的延期。采购提前期可以在销售安全天数的同一个菜单下面看到。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " -"here." -msgstr "请注意, 你也可以在这里配置制造提前期。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:134 -msgid "At route level" -msgstr "在路线层面" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" -" can also influence the computed date." -msgstr "产品的可能需要的内部调拨依赖于库存的移动并且也会影响到计算日期。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " -"app when creating a new push rule in a route." -msgstr "内部调拨的所需时间可以在 **库存** 模块的路径中的拉规则中定义。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 -msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." -msgstr "进入其中一个路径的推规则部分设置一个延迟。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 -msgid "At sale order level:" -msgstr "在销售订单层面 :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "**Requested date**:" -msgstr " **请求日期**: " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " -"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" -" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" -" display a warning." -msgstr "Odoo也有可能让客户在销售订单的其他信息页面选定一个特定的需求日期。如果该日期比Odoo自动计算出来的理论日期短的话, 系统会弹出报警。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:173 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "例子" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " -"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." -" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " -"on your configuration:" -msgstr "" -"例如, 你今天可以销售一辆汽车(一月1号), 该车是按订单补货方式, 并且你已经承诺会在20天内给客户交货(一月20号)。在该情景下, " -"排程器可能会根据你的配置触发以下事件 :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 -msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "分录19 :实际计划发货(销售安全天数的1天)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 -msgid "" -"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "分录1８ :从供应商收货(采购天数的1天)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 -msgid "" -"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " -"lead time)" -msgstr "分录10 :给供应商下单的最后期限(供应商交货提前期的9天)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 -msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " -"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "1月8 :触发一个给到采购团队的一个采购需求, 因为采购部分平均需要2天询价并下单。" +msgstr "然后，你可直接通过*包装*按钮，更新用这种方式创建的不同包裹。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" -msgstr "三步处理收货（收货+质检+入库）" +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" -"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " -"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " -"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a *quality control step* in the goods " -"receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "很多公司都需要对接收的货物进行检查，以便确认接收的货物和与供应商达成的质量要求一致。因此，在收货的过程中添加一个*质控步骤*非常必要。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," -" the reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can " -"allow having 3 steps." -msgstr "Odoo使用路线精确定义如何处理不同的收货步骤。该配置可以在仓库层面完成。默认的情况下，收货是一步完成，通过变更配置可允许3步收货。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The 3-steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" -" transfer them into a quality area for *quality control*. When the quality " -"check has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of " -"course, you may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity " -"that is valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " +"that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more " +"steps before shipping." msgstr "" -"3步流程如下：在收货区域接收货物，然后将它们转移到*质控*区域。当质检过程完成后，就可以把货物从质控区域转移到库存。当然，你可以更改数量并且只转移符合质量要求的产品到库存，然后把质量不好的产品退回。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 -msgid "Multi-Step Routes" -msgstr "多步路由" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, you will need to activate the *multi-step routes* option. Indeed, " -"routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. Here, we " -"will chain the picking to the shipping." -msgstr "首先，你应启用*多步路线*选项。实际上，路线提供了不同操作汇集成链的机制。在这里, 我们可以把拣货步骤和发货步骤链接起来。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:29 -msgid "" -"To activate *multi-step routes*, open the *inventory app*, and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. By " -"default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage " -"Locations*." +"With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " +"to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " +"location before being effectively shipped to the customers." msgstr "" -"如要启用*多步路线*，打开*库存应用程序*，前往:menuselection:`配置 --> " -"设置`并启用选项。默认情况下，启用*多步路线*还将启用*库存地点*。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:38 -msgid "Warehouse configuration" -msgstr "仓库配置" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now that *Multi-Step Routes* is activated, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and open the one you will use " -"to deliver in 3 steps. Then, you can select the option *Pack good, send " -"goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* as *Outgoing Shipments*." -msgstr "" -"现已启用*多步路线*，前往:menuselection:`配置 --> " -"仓库`并打开你将用于配置3步交货的仓库。然后，你可选择*货物打包、输出货物然后发货（3步）*作为*出货*。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " -"*Output* and *Packing Zone*." -msgstr "启用本选项将创建两个地点，*输出*和*打包区*。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Of course, you can rename them if you want. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to " -"rename. Change its name and hit save." -msgstr "当然，你可根据需要将它们重命名。为此，前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 地点`并选择想要重命名的地点。更改名称并点击保存。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "创建销售订单" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* app, create a quotation with storable products to deliver. " -"Then, confirm it and three pickings will be created and linked to your sale " -"order." -msgstr "在*销售*应用程序中，创建包含应交付的可存储产品的报价。然后，确认报价，三项拣货记录将被创建并关联到你的销售订单。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:65 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 -msgid "Now, click on the button. You should see three different pickings:" -msgstr "现在，点击按钮。你可看到三项不同的拣货记录：" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 -msgid "The first one, with a reference PICK, designates the picking process;" -msgstr "第一个带有PICK字样，标识拣货流程；" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "The second one, with a reference PACK, is for the packing process;" -msgstr "第二个带有PACK字样，标识打包流程；" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:71 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 -msgid "The third one, with a reference OUT, designates the shipping process." -msgstr "第三个带有OUT字样，标识发货流程。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:77 -msgid "Process the picking, packing, and delivery" -msgstr "处理拣货、打包和发货" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The first operation to be processed is the picking and has a *Ready* status," -" while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*. The packing will become " -"*Ready* as soon as the picking is marked as *Done*." -msgstr "需处理的第一项操作是拣货，是*就绪*状态，而其他的是*等待另一项操作*。在拣货标记为*已完成*后，打包操作将变为*就绪*。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " -"inventory app." -msgstr "你可在此输入拣货操作，或从库存应用程序访问。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Note that, if you have the product in stock, it will be automatically " -"reserved and you can validate the picking document." -msgstr "注意，如果产品有库存，它将自动保留，你可确认拣货文件。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Now that the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " -"processed. Since the documents are chained, the products that have been " -"picked are automatically reserved on the packing order so you can directly " -"validate it." -msgstr "现已确认拣货，系统已准备好处理打包单。由于文件相互关联，已分拣的产品自动保留在打包单上，你可直接确认。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Then, you can validate your packing. In doing so, the delivery order can be " -"processed. Once again, it will be ready to be validated so you can transfer " -"the products to the customer location." -msgstr "然后，你可确认打包操作。之后，系统将处理出货单。系统同样已经准备好，你可直接确认，以便将产品发往客户所在地。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" -msgstr "两步处理收货（收货+入库）" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " -"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " -"you to have 2 steps." -msgstr "Odoo使用路线精确定义如何处理不同的收货步骤。该配置可以在*仓库*层面完成。默认情况下，收货是一步完成，通过变更配置可允许2步收货。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " -"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "2步流程如下：在收货区收货，然后再进一步从收货区转移到库存中。只要产品没有移到库存中，就不能进一步处理这些产品。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" msgstr "启用多步路线" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 msgid "" "The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" " a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " -"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" -" stock." -msgstr "第一步是允许使用*多步路线*。实际上，路线提供了不同操作汇集成链的机制。在这里，我们可以把收货区的卸货步骤与产品入库步骤链接起来。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " -"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +"chain the picking step to the shipping step." msgstr "" -"如要启用*多步路线*，前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`并启用此功能。默认情况下，启用*多步路线*还将启用*库存地点*。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" -msgstr "为2步收货配置仓库设置" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 msgid "" -"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " -"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " -"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " +"*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" -"启用*多步路线*后，前往:menuselection:`配置 --> " -"仓库`并打开你将用于配置2步交货的仓库。然后，你可选择*货物接收和入库（2步）*作为*进货货物*。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " -"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." -msgstr "启用这一选项将创建新的*收货*库位。如要重命名，前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 库位 --> 选择收货`并更新其名称。" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing" +" Shipments*." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 -msgid "Create a purchase order" -msgstr "创建采购订单" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " +"*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one" +" you want to rename and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "如果你点击了按钮, 现在就可以看到三个不同调拨单 :" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 +msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 +msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" +msgstr "处理拣货、打包和发货" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " +"operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " +"and you can simply validate the picking document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing " +"order which can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " +"transfer the products to the customer location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" +msgstr "两步处理交货单(拣货＋发货)" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +msgstr "一个订单进入到发货部门的最后一步时, Odoo默认会使用一步操作 :　一旦所有的货物都准备好, 就可以使用一张发货单进行发货" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " +"happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " +"part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an " +"output location before being effectively shipped." +msgstr "" +"尽管如此，在发货之前，您公司的业务流程也许还存在一个或多个步骤。在两步处理流程中，实际交运之前，交付单中的部分商品将会先在仓库中进行分拣，并挪动到出货区。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +msgid "Warehouse configuration" +msgstr "仓库配置" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." +" If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 msgid "" -"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" -" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " -"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " -"your purchase order." +"If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " +"pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " +"another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." msgstr "" -"在*采购*应用程序中，你可创建*报价请求*，其中包括从供应商处接收的可存储产品。在确认*报价请求*后，系统将创建收货分拣并自动与采购订单关联。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " -"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" -" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " -"products to *Stock*." -msgstr "" -"现在，点击*1步收货*按钮，你可看到首次分拣页面，允许产品进入*收货库位*。然后，系统将再次创建分拣，即内部转运，以便将产品移动进入*库存*。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 -msgid "Process the picking and the delivery" +msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" msgstr "处理拣货和发货" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 msgid "" -"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " -"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " -"marked as *Done*." -msgstr "需处理的第一项操作是收货，是*就绪*状态，在收货标记为*已完成*后，内部转运操作将变为*就绪*。" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " +"picking operation has been marked as done." +msgstr "拣货操作是第一个要处理的操作，并且有一个*Ready*状态，而送货操作只有在拣货操作被标记为已完成后才会成为*Ready*状态。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 msgid "" -"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " -"through the inventory dashboard." -msgstr "你可从采购订单进入收货操作，或通过库存仪表板访问。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 -msgid "" -"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " -"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." -msgstr "默认情况下，收货总是被视为准备就绪，可进行处理。然后，你可直接点击*确认*，将它标记为已完成。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " -"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " -"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " -"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " -"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." -msgstr "" -"在确认收货后，内部转运已准备就绪，可进行处理。由于文件相互关联，已接收的产品自动保留为内部转运。在确认转运后，这些产品进入库存，你可将它们用于履行客户交付要求或制造产品。" +"Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery" +" order." +msgstr "一旦拣货被确认，就可以处理送货单了。由于单据是链式关联的，所以之前拣选过的产品会自动保留在送货单上。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 msgid "Incoming Shipments" @@ -1716,17 +1368,17 @@ msgstr "Odoo允许有3种方式从仓库收货 :" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." -msgstr " **一步**: 直接收货入库" +msgstr " **一步** : 直接收货入库" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." -msgstr " **二步**: 先入到入库区然后再进入库存" +msgstr " **二步** : 先入到入库区然后再进入库存" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 msgid "" "**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " "before being admitted in stock." -msgstr " **三步**: 在收货区域卸货, 然后质检检验, 最后进入库存。" +msgstr " **三步** : 在收货区域卸货, 然后质检检验, 最后进入库存。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -1743,14 +1395,14 @@ msgstr "原则如下 :" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." -msgstr " **一步** 收货直接入库" +msgstr " **一步** : 收货直接入库" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 msgid "" "**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " "from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " "your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr " **二步**: 在收货区域收货然后从收货区域转移到库存, 因为在库存内货物不再转移, 所以不会有进一步的调拨。" +msgstr " **二步** : 在收货区域收货然后从收货区域转移到库存, 因为在库存内货物不再转移，所以不会有进一步的调拨。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -1759,8 +1411,8 @@ msgid "" "requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" " goods receipt process can become essential." msgstr "" -" **三步**: 在很多公司内, " -"有必要评估收到的货物。目的是检查和供应商达成一致的所需产品的质量和所收产品一致。在产品的接收过程中添加一个质量控制步骤变得有必要。" +" **三步** : " +"在很多公司内，有必要评估收到的货物。目的是检查和供应商达成一致的所需产品的质量和所收产品一致。在产品的接收过程中添加一个质量控制步骤变得有必要。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1785,9 +1437,310 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow` " msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" msgstr ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgstr "一步处理收货（收货）" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " +"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " +"to the stock." +msgstr "无需专门配置一步收货。入向送货默认配置为直接从供应商接收到库存。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" +"但是，如果之前启用了高级路线，并为仓库设置了其他的进货配置，你可将其重新设为一步收货配置。为日，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> " +"仓库`并编辑对应的仓库。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +msgstr "将*入向送货*设为*直接接收货物（1步）*。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "创建采购订单" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " +"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " +"the *RfQ*." +msgstr "如要创建*询价单*，前往*采购*应用程序并点击*创建*。然后，添加需接收的一些可仓储产品，并确认*询价单*。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " +"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +msgstr "请注意，现在我们将看到与你刚才创建采购订单相关的1笔收货。如点击按钮，你可看到收货单。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "Process a Receipt" +msgstr "处理收货" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " +"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " +"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +msgstr "你也可直接从*库存*应用程序查找收货。打开仪表板，点击*收货*看板卡下的*1步处理*按钮。然后，你可看到收货情况。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " +"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " +"suppliers are considered as being always available." +msgstr "现在，输入你想要处理的拣货。你可点击*确认*，直接完成这步操作，因为供应商发货的产品总是被视为库存充足。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " +"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " +"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +msgstr "*确认*收货后，产品离开*供应商库位*并进入你的*WH/Stock库位*。现在单据状态变为*已完成*，收货也已发生。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgstr "三步处理收货（收货+质检+入库）" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " +"throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " +"of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality " +"control step." +msgstr "" +"质量对大多数公司来说都是至关重要的。为了确保我们在整个供应链中保持质量，我们对从供应商处收到的产品质量进行评估是非常合理的。为此，我们将增加一个质量控制步骤。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " +"Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " +"the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have " +"two-steps or three-steps processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " +"receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " +"(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC " +"requirements are moved to stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " +"mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " +"the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " +"Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " +"with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then " +"quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " +"and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " +"from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," +" three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source " +"document:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " +"control zone;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " +"status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " +"Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " +"come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " +"*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " +"previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the " +"transfer can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " +"again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" +msgstr "两步处理收货（收货+入库）" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " +"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " +"you to have 2 steps." +msgstr "Odoo使用路线精确定义如何处理不同的收货步骤。该配置可以在*仓库*层面完成。默认情况下，收货是一步完成，通过变更配置可允许2步收货。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " +"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "2步流程如下：在收货区收货，然后再进一步从收货区转移到库存中。只要产品没有移到库存中，就不能进一步处理这些产品。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" +" stock." +msgstr "第一步是允许使用*多步路线*。实际上，路线提供了不同操作汇集成链的机制。在这里，我们可以把收货区的卸货步骤与产品入库步骤链接起来。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " +"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" +"如要启用*多步路线*，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`并启用此功能。默认情况下，启用*多步路线*还将启用*存储位置*。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +msgstr "为2步收货配置仓库设置" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " +"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " +"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" +"启用*多步路线*后，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> " +"仓库`并打开你将用于配置2步交货的仓库。然后，你可选择*货物接收和入库（2步）*作为*入向送货*。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " +"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." +msgstr "启用这一选项将创建新的*收货*库位。如要重命名，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 库位 --> 选择收货`并更新其名称。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "创建采购订单" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" +" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " +"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " +"your purchase order." +msgstr "在*采购*应用程序中，你可创建*询价单*，其中包括从供应商处接收的可库存产品。在确认*询价单*后，系统将创建收货分拣并自动与采购订单关联。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " +"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" +" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " +"products to *Stock*." +msgstr "" +"现在，点击*1步收货*按钮，你可看到首次拣货页面，允许产品进入*收货库位*。然后，系统将再次创建拣货，即内部调拨，以便将产品移动进入*库存*。" + #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" -msgstr "处理收货和内部转运" +msgstr "处理收货和内部调拨" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " +"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " +"marked as *Done*." +msgstr "需处理的第一项操作是收货，是*就绪*状态，在收货标记为*完成*后，内部调拨作业将变为*就绪*。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " +"through the inventory dashboard." +msgstr "你可从采购订单进入收货作业，或通过库存仪表板访问。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " +"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." +msgstr "默认情况下，收货总是被视为准备就绪，可进行处理。然后，你可直接点击*确认*，将它标记为已完成。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " +"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " +"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " +"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " +"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +msgstr "" +"在确认收货后，内部调拨已准备就绪，可进行处理。由于文件相互关联，已接收的产品自动预留为内部调拨。在确认调拨后，这些产品进入库存，你可将它们用于履行客户交付要求或制造产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" @@ -1813,7 +1766,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " "altogether in one single pack." -msgstr " **批次** 和一定数量的收到并放在一起的产品相随。" +msgstr "**批次** 对应于您收到的一定数量的产品并放在一个包装中。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -1910,7 +1863,7 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" " Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." msgstr "" -"如要使用到期日追踪功能，打开*库存*应用程序并前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`，启用*批号和序列号*及*到期日*功能。" +"如要使用到期日追踪功能，打开*库存*应用程序并前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`，启用*批号和序列号*及*到期日*功能。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 @@ -1930,7 +1883,7 @@ msgid "" "Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start " "deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the " "lot/serial number;" -msgstr "产品使用时间：指在该天数之后商品开始变质，但尚不够成危险的天。它将按照批号/序列号计算；" +msgstr "产品使用时间：指在该天数之后商品开始变质，但尚不够成危险。它将按照批号/序列号计算；" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -1973,7 +1926,7 @@ msgid "" "can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that " "exceeded their alert date." msgstr "" -"你可从*库存*应用程序访问所有到期警报。为此，前往:menuselection:`主数据 --> " +"你可从*库存*应用程序访问所有到期警报。为此，前往 :menuselection:`主数据 --> " "批号/序列号`。然后，你可使用已有的筛选条件，显示超过其警报日期的所有批号/序列号。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 @@ -2015,7 +1968,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " "Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" -"首先，你需要启用按批号追踪的功能。为此，前往:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`并勾选*批号和序列号*。然后，点击保存。" +"首先，你需要启用按批号追踪的功能。为此，前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`并勾选*批号和序列号*。然后，点击保存。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 msgid "Product Configuration" @@ -2032,7 +1985,7 @@ msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" " choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " "inventory tab." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`主数据 --> 产品`并打开你选择的产品。在库存选项卡中，点击*编辑*并选择*按批号追踪*。" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`主数据 --> 产品`并打开你选择的产品。在库存选项卡中，点击*编辑*并选择*按批号追踪*。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 msgid "Manage Lots" @@ -2087,7 +2040,7 @@ msgid "" "Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " "for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." -msgstr "当然，你还可以定义每种操作类型管理批次的方式。为此，打开*库存*应用程序并前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 操作类型`。" +msgstr "当然，你还可以定义每种作业类型管理批次的方式。为此，打开*库存*应用程序并前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 作业类型`。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -2098,7 +2051,7 @@ msgid "" "inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " "allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." msgstr "" -"对于每种类型（收货、内部转运、发货等），你可决定创建新批号或是仅使用现有批号。默认情况下，只允许在接收产品时创建新批次，而在这类操作中不允许使用现有批号。如果是仓库间转运并按批次追踪产品，在收货时允许使用现有批号非常有用。" +"对于每种类型（收货、内部调拨、发货等），你可决定创建新批号或是仅使用现有批号。默认情况下，只允许在接收产品时创建新批次，而在这类作业中不允许使用现有批号。如果是仓库间戴波并按批次追踪产品，在收货时允许使用现有批号非常有用。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 msgid "Lots traceability" @@ -2116,7 +2069,7 @@ msgid "" "To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" " Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " "your search." -msgstr "如要追踪一个产品，打开*库存*模块，在:menuselection:`主数据 --> 批号/序列号`，点击搜索对应的批号。" +msgstr "如要追踪一个产品，打开*库存*模块，在 :menuselection:`主数据 --> 批号/序列号`，点击搜索对应的批号。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -2128,7 +2081,7 @@ msgstr "打开*可追溯性*信息，你可查看该批号被用于哪些文件 msgid "" "Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " "*Location* stat button." -msgstr "现在，如你想要定位这个批号，可点击*地点*统计按钮。" +msgstr "现在，如你想要定位这个批号，可点击*库位*统计按钮。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Work with serial numbers" @@ -2142,7 +2095,7 @@ msgid "" "automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " "last movement." msgstr "" -"如要按序列号追踪产品，你可使用序列号追踪功能。通过此功能，你可追踪产品的当前地点，如产品从一个地点移动到另一地点，系统将根据最后移动情况，自动识别产品的当前地点。" +"如要按序列号追踪产品，你可使用序列号追踪功能。通过此功能，你可追踪产品的当前库位，如产品从一个地点移动到另一地点，系统将根据最后移动情况，自动识别产品的当前库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -2156,7 +2109,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " "Then, enable the feature and hit save." msgstr "" -"首先，你需要启用序列号追踪功能。为此，在*库存*应用程序中前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`。然后，启用该功能并点击保存。" +"首先，你需要启用序列号追踪功能。为此，在*库存*应用程序中前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`。然后，启用该功能并点击保存。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -2165,7 +2118,7 @@ msgid "" "product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " "Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" -"现在，你可配置想要按序列号追踪的产品。为此，前往:menuselection:`主数据 --> 产品` " +"现在，你可配置想要按序列号追踪的产品。为此，前往 :menuselection:`主数据 --> 产品` " "并打开你选择的产品。在*库存*选项卡中，编辑该产品并选择*按唯一的序列号追踪*。然后，点击保存。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 @@ -2232,14 +2185,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "Operation types" -msgstr "操作类型" +msgstr "作业类型" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 msgid "" "You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " "operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." -msgstr "你还可以定义每种操作类型管理批次的方式。为此，打开*库存*应用程序并前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 操作类型`。" +msgstr "你还可以定义每种作业类型管理批次的方式。为此，打开*库存*应用程序并前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 作业类型`。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -2252,7 +2205,7 @@ msgstr "对于每个类型，你可决定允许创建新批号或使用现有批 msgid "" "If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " "useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." -msgstr "如果按批号完成仓库间转运和追踪产品，则允许收货时使用现有批号非常有用。" +msgstr "如果按批号完成仓库间调拨和追踪产品，则允许收货时使用现有批号非常有用。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 msgid "Serial Number traceability" @@ -2273,14 +2226,14 @@ msgid "" "information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " "been used." msgstr "" -"追踪产品非常简单：打开*库存*应用程序，前往:menuselection:`主数据 --> " +"追踪产品非常简单：打开*库存*应用程序，前往 :menuselection:`主数据 --> " "批号/序列号`，并点击你的搜索对应的序列号。然后，打开*可追溯性*信息。你可在此查看哪些文件使用了序列号。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" " *Location* button available on the serial number form." -msgstr "并且，如你想要定位这个序列号，可点击序列号表单上的*地点*统计按钮。" +msgstr "并且，如你想要定位这个序列号，可点击序列号表单上的*库位*统计按钮。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" @@ -2356,7 +2309,7 @@ msgid "" "Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " "the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." msgstr "" -"如要使用此功能，在库存应用程序中打开:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> " +"如要使用此功能，在库存应用程序中打开 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> " "设置`。然后，在*可追溯性*部分启用*代销*功能。现在，点击保存。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 @@ -2398,39 +2351,39 @@ msgid "" "When goods are scrapped, they are not reflected in the system as a part of " "the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to the scrap " "area and not taken into account into inventory valuation." -msgstr "商品报废后，在系统中不再是库存的一部分。报废的物料将被移动到报废区，不再计入库存估值。" +msgstr "商品报废后，在系统中不再是库存的一部分。报废的物料将被移动到报废区，不再进入库存计价。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:15 msgid "" "Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" " basic material content, recoverable through recycling." -msgstr "废料是指没有经济价值或只有其基本物质含量价值的废物，可通过回收进行利用。" +msgstr "报废品是指没有经济价值或只有其基本物质含量价值的废物，可通过回收进行利用。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:21 msgid "" "When you install the *Inventory* app, Odoo automatically creates a scrap " "location. It’s named *Virtual Location/Scap*." -msgstr "当安装*库存*应用程序时，Odoo会自动创建一个废料库位。命名为**虚拟库位／废料**。" +msgstr "当安装*库存*应用程序时，Odoo会自动创建一个报废品库位。命名为**虚拟库位／报废品**。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24 msgid "" "Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " "*Storage Locations* feature." -msgstr "当然，你可根据需要创建新的废料区。为此，前往:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*存储地点*功能。" +msgstr "当然，你可根据需要创建新的报废品区。为此，前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*储存位置*功能。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31 msgid "" "Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and create your " "scrap location." -msgstr "现在，前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 地点`并创建你的废料库位。" +msgstr "现在，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 地点`并创建你的报废品库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34 msgid "" "You have to check *Is a Scrap Location?* on the location form. In fact, " "scrap locations cannot be used as normal storage locations and then, a " "virtual location will be created for scrapped products." -msgstr "你必须勾选地点表单上的*是否为废料地点？*。实际上，废料地点无法被用作正常存储地点，而是为报废产品创建的虚拟地点。" +msgstr "你必须勾选地点表单上的*是否为报废品库位？*。实际上，报废品库位无法被用作正常储存位置，而是为报废品创建的虚拟库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:39 msgid "Different ways to scrap products" @@ -2440,7 +2393,7 @@ msgstr "报废产品的不同方式" msgid "" "With Odoo, you have several ways to scrap products: from receipts, from a " "delivery order, and from an internal transfer." -msgstr "Odoo有多种报废产品的方式：从收货页面、发货单页面或内部转运页面。" +msgstr "Odoo有多种报废产品的方式：从收货页面、交货单页面或内部调拨页面。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:45 msgid "Scrap from receipt" @@ -2451,52 +2404,52 @@ msgid "" "Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Dashboard --> Receipts` or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts " "location." -msgstr "从收货页面报废产品非常简单。前往:menuselection:`库存 --> 仪表板 --> 收货`或点击收货地点下的*1步处理*。" +msgstr "从收货页面报废产品非常简单。前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 仪表板 --> 收货`或点击收货库位下的*1步处理*。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53 msgid "" "Now, open the receipt and validate the picking. Once the products entered " "your stock, the Scrap button appears on the top left corner of your screen." -msgstr "现在，打开收货并确认拣货。当产品进入仓库后，页面左上角将出现废料按钮。" +msgstr "现在，打开收货并确认拣货。当产品进入仓库后，页面左上角将出现报废品按钮。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:57 msgid "" "You can scrap products that were part of the receipt from there. If you do " "so, it will move them from available stock to the virtual scrap location." -msgstr "你可在此将收货中的废品进行报废处理。如进行此项操作，它将从可用库存移至虚拟废料地点。" +msgstr "你可在此将收货中的产品进行报废处理。如进行此项操作，它将从可用库存移至虚拟报废品库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:68 msgid "Scrap from delivery order" -msgstr "从发货单报废产品" +msgstr "从交货单报废产品" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70 msgid "" "To scrap products from a delivery order, go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Dashboard --> Delivery orders` or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." -msgstr "如要从发货单报废产品，前往:menuselection:`库存 --> 仪表板 --> 发货单`或点击*1步处理*。" +msgstr "如要从交货单报废产品，前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 仪表板 --> 交货单`或点击*1步处理*。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76 msgid "" "Once done, open the delivery order. You can see the scrap button in the " "upper left of the document. If you scrap the product from there, it will be " "moved from your available stock to the virtual scrap location." -msgstr "完成后，打开发货单。你将在文件左上角看到废品按钮。如你在此报废产品，它将从可用库存移至虚拟废料地点。" +msgstr "完成后，打开交货单。你将在文件左上角看到报废品按钮。如你在此报废产品，它将从可用库存移至虚拟报废品库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:80 msgid "" "You can find all the scrap orders made from the picking by clicking on the " "button on the top right corner of the document." -msgstr "点击文件右上角的按钮，即可查看从拣货缓解报废的所有产品。" +msgstr "点击文件右上角的按钮，即可查看从拣货环节报废的所有产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:93 msgid "Scrap from an internal transfer" -msgstr "从内部转运报废" +msgstr "从内部调拨报废" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95 msgid "" "To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`." -msgstr "这个流程几乎与前面完全相同。实际上，你只需要前往:menuselection:`库存 --> 仪表板 --> 内部转运`。" +msgstr "这个流程几乎与前面完全相同。实际上，你只需要前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 仪表板 --> 内部调拨`。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -2512,13 +2465,13 @@ msgid "" "the destination location, as opposed to the source location, to the virtual " "scrap location." msgstr "" -"如在确认内部调拨之前报废产品，则该产品默认从源库位移至虚拟废料地点。但是，如在确认内部调拨后报废产品，它将从目的地库位而不是源库位移至虚拟废料地点。" +"如在确认内部调拨之前报废产品，则该产品默认从源库位移至虚拟报废品库位。但是，如在确认内部调拨后报废产品，它将从目的地库位而不是源库位移至虚拟报废品库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:110 msgid "" "Of course, you can manually update the source location of the scrap order if" " necessary." -msgstr "当然，如有必要，你可手动更新废料单的源库位。" +msgstr "当然，如有必要，你可手动更新报废单的源库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:3 msgid "Send Automated SMS at Delivery" @@ -2546,7 +2499,7 @@ msgstr "在发货确认时发送短信" msgid "" "To use this feature, try to *Create* a delivery order for a specific partner" " and add some products to it. Then, *Validate* the delivery." -msgstr "如要使用此功能，你应针对特定合作伙伴*创建*发货单并添加一些产品。然后，*确认*发货。" +msgstr "如要使用此功能，你应针对特定合作伙伴*创建*交货单并添加一些产品。然后，*确认*发货。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:30 msgid "Now, the automated SMS that has been sent appears in the chatter." @@ -2568,263 +2521,376 @@ msgstr "如你设置发货方式，然后附上追踪链接，则也将被列入 msgid "Planning" msgstr "计划" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:3 -msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed?" -msgstr "计划发货日期是如何运算的？" +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 msgid "" -"In most cases, scheduled dates are computed to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions, and so on. Depending on your company’s habits, Odoo generates " -"scheduled dates via the scheduler." -msgstr "在多数情况下，系统会计算排定的日期，计划发货、收货等。根据你公司的习惯，Odoo通过排程器生成日期安排。" +"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " +"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " +"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate" +" scheduled dates." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:9 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 msgid "" -"To make your life easier, the Odoo scheduler computes everything per line, " -"whether it’s a manufacturing order, a delivery order, a sale order, etc." -msgstr "为了减轻你的工作量，Odoo排程器还会分行计算各项事务，包括制造订单、发货单、销售订单等。" +"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " +"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " +"will get the products he ordered." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 msgid "" -"The computed dates are dependent on the different lead times configured in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "计算得出的日期取决于Odoo中配置的不同前置时间。" +"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " +"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " +"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into " +"account." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 msgid "" -"Configuring lead times is the first move if you want to compute scheduled " -"dates. Those are the delays promised (in terms of delivery, manufacturing, " -"etc.) to your partners and/or clients." -msgstr "如要计算日期排程，首先需要配置前置时间。前置时间是指向合作伙伴和/或客户承诺的延迟天数（如发货、制造等）。" +"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " +"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" +" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:25 -msgid "In Odoo, you can configure different lead times." -msgstr "在Odoo中，你可配置不同的前置时间。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 msgid "" -"When configuring lead times at the product level, you have three different " -"types to take into account: supplier lead time, customer lead time, and " -"manufacturing lead time." -msgstr "在产品层级配置前置时间时，需要考虑三个不同类型：供应商前置时间、客户前置时间和制造前置时间。" +"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " +"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " +"lead time." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:35 -msgid "Supplier lead time" -msgstr "供应商前置时间" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 msgid "" -"The supplier lead time is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your " -"purchased products. To configure it, select a product and click on the " -"inventory tab. There, you will have to add a vendor to your product." -msgstr "供应商前置时间是指供应商交付你所采购产品需要的时间。如要配置供应商前置时间，选择一种产品并点击库存选项卡。然后，你需要为产品添加供应商。" +"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " +"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" +" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead " +"Time**." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, just open the vendor form and fill its *Delivery lead time*. In this " -"case, the delivery day will be equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + " -"Delivery Lead Time*." -msgstr "现在，只需打开供应商表单并填写其*发货前置时间*。在本例中，发货天数等于*采购订单日期 + 发货前置时间*。" +"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a " +"vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope " +"with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the " +"**Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be " +"the default *Receipt* scheduled date." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendor pricelists and, " -"thus, different delivery lead times, depending on the vendor." -msgstr "注意，针对不同供应商，你可添加不同价格表和不同的发货前置时间。" +"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " +"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " +"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " +"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " +"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific " +"date is set on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " +"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " +"produce and does not take the routing time into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " +"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " +"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead" +" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 +msgid "Sales - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " +"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" +" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " +"warning message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " +"all the lead times that could occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 msgid "Customer Lead Time" msgstr "客户前置时间" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 msgid "" -"It is the time needed to get your product from your store/warehouse to your " -"customer. It can be configured for any product. To add it, select a product " -"and go to the inventory tab. There, simply indicate your *customer lead " -"time*." +"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" +" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " +"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your " +"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." msgstr "" -"指将产品从门店/仓库送到客户所需的时间。你可为任何产品配置客户前置时间。如要添加，选择一件产品并进入库存选项卡。直接在此指定你的*客户前置时间*。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:67 -msgid "Manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "制造前置时间" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 msgid "" -"On the same page, it is possible to configure what’s called the " -"*Manufacturing Lead Time*. It is the time needed to manufacture the product." -msgstr "在同一页面上，你可配置*制造前置时间*。它是指制造产品所需的时间。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:76 -msgid "" -"At the company level, you can configure security days. Those are useful to " -"cope with eventual dalys and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract backup days from the computed scheduled date in case of " -"delays." -msgstr "在公司层面，可以配置安全天数，用来应付偶然的延期，确保能满足约定。该方法是从计算出来的日期排程减去后备天数。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Once again, there are three different types of security lead times: for " -"sales, for purchases, and for manufacturing." -msgstr "安全前置时间也分为针对销售、采购和制造三种不同类型。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:85 -msgid "Security lead time for sales" -msgstr "销售的安全前置时间" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:87 -msgid "" -"In sales, security lead time corresponds to backup days to ensure you will " -"be able to deliver your clients in times. They are margins of errors for " -"delivery lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early " -"wristwatch, in order to arrive on time." -msgstr "销售安全前置时间相当于确保按时向客户交付产品的后备天数。它们是发货前置时间的误差界限。安全天数的逻辑就相当于调快手表，以确保按时到达。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The idea is to subtract the numbers of security days from the calculation " -"and, thus, to compute a scheduled date earlier than the one you promised to " -"your client. In that way, you are sure to be able to keep your commitment." -msgstr "其方法是从计算中扣除安全天数，因此，得出的日期排程比对客户的承诺要早。如此一来，你就能够确保守住承诺。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:97 -msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." -msgstr "如要设置安全日期，前往:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用此功能。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:104 -msgid "Security lead time for purchase" -msgstr "采购的安全前置时间" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:106 -msgid "" -"It follows the same logic as security lead time for sales except that " -"security lead time for purchase is the margin of error for vendor lead " -"times, not for sales." -msgstr "它与销售的安全前置时间逻辑相同，只是采购前置时间是指供应商而不是销售前置时间的误差幅度。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:110 -msgid "" -"When the system generates purchase orders for procuring products, they will " -"be scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." -msgstr "当系统针对采购的产品生成采购订单时，会将它的安排提前数天，以应对供应商意外延迟。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:114 -msgid "" -"To find purchase lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." -msgstr "如要配置采购前置时间，前往:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用此功能。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:121 -msgid "Security lead time for manufacturing" -msgstr "制造安全前置时间" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:123 -msgid "" -"The security lead time for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " -"orders which are scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected " -"manufacturing days." -msgstr "根据制造安全前置时间生成的制造订单提前数天，以应对意料外的制造状况。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:127 -msgid "" -"To configure it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and enable the *Security Lead Time* option. Then, hit save." -msgstr "如需配置，前往:menuselection:`制造 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*安全前置时间*选项。然后，点击保存。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:136 -msgid "" -"Sometimes, the internal transfers that a product might do may also influence" -" the computed date. The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in" -" the *Inventory* app when you create a new rule in a route." -msgstr "有时，产品的内部调拨也可能会影响计算的日期。在创建路线的新规则时，可从*库存*应用程序指定内部调拨造成的延迟。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:141 -msgid "" -"To specify them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Routes` and add a push rule to set a delay. Of course, you need to activate " -"*Multi-step Routes* to use this feature." +"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" +" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " +"April." msgstr "" -"为此，前往:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 路线`并添加推送规则以设置延迟。当然，你需要启用*多步路线*才能使用此功能。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:149 -msgid "At the sale order level" -msgstr "在销售订单层面" +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 +msgid "Security Lead Time" +msgstr "安全提前时间" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:152 -msgid "Expected date" -msgstr "预计日期" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:154 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 msgid "" -"In the *Sales* application, you have the possibility to activate the option " -"*Delivery Date*. It will allow you to see additional fields on the sale " -"order." -msgstr "在*销售*应用程序中，你可启用*发货日期*选项。这样可以看到销售订单上的其他字段。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:158 -msgid "" -"By enabling this option, Odoo will indicate the *Expected Date* in the " -"*Other Info* tab of the sales order. This one is automatically computed " -"based on the different lead times." -msgstr "如启用此选项，Odoo将在销售订单*其他信息*选项卡上指明*预计日期*。它将根据不同前置时间自动计算。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:165 -msgid "" -"If you set a *Commitment Date* to deliver your customer that is earlier than" -" the *Expected Date*, a warning message will appear on the screen." -msgstr "如你设定向客户发货的*承诺日期*比*预计日期*早，页面将显示错误信息。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:175 -msgid "" -"To better understand all the above info, here is an example. You may sell a " -"car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, and you promise to " -"deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20th). In such a scenario, the" -" scheduler will trigger the following events, based on your configuration:" +"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " +"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " +"earlier in order to arrive on time." msgstr "" -"为了更好地理解以上所有信息，我们举个例子。你今天（1月1日）卖出一辆订购轿车，你向客户承诺在20天内（1月20日）交付。在这种情形下，排程器将根据你的配置触发以下事件：" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:181 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 msgid "" -"January 19: this is the actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety " -"Days);" -msgstr "1月19日：实际计划发货（销售安全日前1天）；" +"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " +"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:183 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 msgid "" -"January 18: you receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase " -"days);" -msgstr "1月18日：从供应商收货（采购日前1天）；" +"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:185 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 msgid "" -"January 10: this is the deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of " -"Supplier Delivery Lead Time);" -msgstr "1月10日：向供应商订货的截止日期（9天供应商发货前置时间）；" +"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " +"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " +"the delivery order is the 5th of April." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:187 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 +msgid "Deliver several products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since they " -"need, on average, 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "1月8日：向采购团队提出采购请求，因为他们平均需要2天来确定合适的供应商并订货。" +"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " +"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " +"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +msgid "" +"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" +" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " +"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 +msgid "" +"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " +"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " +"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is " +"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of " +"April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 +msgid "" +"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " +"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" +" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 +msgid "Supplier Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " +"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " +"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 +msgid "" +"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " +"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " +"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead " +"Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 +msgid "" +"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " +"depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " +"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " +"for your supplier to deliver your order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " +"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 +msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 +msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" +msgstr "制造前置时间 " + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 +msgid "" +"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." +" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " +"number of days the manufacturing takes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " +"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" +" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of " +"July is June 27th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 +msgid "" +"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " +"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 +msgid "" +"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " +"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " +"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on " +"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +msgid "Global Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 +msgid "Here is a configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 +msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 +msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 +msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " +"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " +"here is when all the various steps are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " +"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +msgid "" +"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" +" security lead time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 +msgid "" +"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " +"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " +"Manufacturing)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 +msgid "" +"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " +"security lead time for sales)" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 msgid "Configure and Run Schedulers" -msgstr "配置并运行排程器" +msgstr "配置并运行调度器" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:6 msgid "What is a scheduler?" -msgstr "什么是排程器？" +msgstr "什么是调度器？" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:8 msgid "" "The scheduler is the calculation engine that plans and prioritizes " "production and purchasing. It does it automatically, according to the rules " "defined on products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day." -msgstr "排程器是指计划生产和采购并排定其优先顺序的计算引擎。它根据为产品定义的规则自动运行。默认情况下，排程器设定为每天运行一次。" +msgstr "调度器是指计划生产和采购并排定其优先顺序的计算引擎。它根据为产品定义的规则自动运行。默认情况下，调度器设定为每天运行一次。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:14 msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" @@ -2836,14 +2902,14 @@ msgid "" "started. These procurement reservations will start production, tasks or " "purchases themselves, depending on the configuration of the requested " "product." -msgstr "排期只会验证已确认但尚未开始的采购。根据所请求产品的配置，这些采购预订会开启生产、任务或采购。" +msgstr "调度器只会验证已确认但尚未开始的采购。根据所请求产品的配置，这些采购预订会开启生产、任务或采购。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:21 msgid "" "As a human would do, the scheduler takes the priority of operations into " "account when starting reservations and procurements. Urgent requests will be" " started first." -msgstr "正如人类所做的那样，排程器在启动预订和采购时考虑到了操作的优先级。紧急请求将首先开始。" +msgstr "正如人类所做的那样，调度器在启动预订和采购时考虑到了操作的优先级。紧急请求将首先开始。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -2866,12 +2932,12 @@ msgid "" "parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the" " different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." msgstr "" -"如要手动启动排程器，前往:menuselection:`库存 --> 操作 --> " -"运行排程器`。排程器使用针对产品、供应商和公司定义的所有相关参数来确定不同生产订单、发货和供应商采购的优先顺序。" +"如要手动启动调度器，前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 操作 --> " +"运行调度器`。调度器使用针对产品、供应商和公司定义的所有相关参数来确定不同生产订单、发货和供应商采购的优先顺序。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45 msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (for advanced users)" -msgstr "配置并运行排程器（仅限高级用户）" +msgstr "配置并运行调度器（仅限高级用户）" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -2886,8 +2952,8 @@ msgid "" "Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, " "you can set the starting time of the scheduler." msgstr "" -"然后，前往:menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 自动化 --> " -"已排定操作`并修改*运行MRP排程器配置*。然后，你可设置排程器的启动时间。" +"然后，前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 自动化 --> " +"已排定操作`并修改*运行MRP调度器配置*。然后，你可设置调度器的启动时间。" #: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3 msgid "Products" @@ -2934,7 +3000,8 @@ msgid "" "the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " "current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " "regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "按单补货功能将触发与产品相关的销售订单的采购单。系统**不会**检查现有库存。意味着无论现有产品的数量是多少，都会生成一个采购订单草稿。" +msgstr "" +"按单补货功能将触发与产品相关的销售订单的采购单。系统 **不会** 检查现有库存。意味着无论现有产品的数量是多少，都会生成一个采购订单草稿。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 msgid "Minimum stock rules" @@ -3016,7 +3083,7 @@ msgid "" "In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " "*Save*." -msgstr "在*库存*应用程序中，前往:menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 。在*产品*部分，启用*计量单位*，然后点击*保存*。" +msgstr "在*库存*应用程序中，前往 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 。在*产品*部分，启用*计量单位*，然后点击*保存*。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 msgid "Create New Units of Measure" @@ -3028,7 +3095,7 @@ msgid "" " There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" " will use for the Egg product." msgstr "" -"在*库存*应用程序中，前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 计量单位` 。然后，点击*创建*。例如，我们为蛋类产品创建一盒六组单位。" +"在*库存*应用程序中，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 计量单位` 。然后，点击*创建*。例如，我们为鸡蛋产品创建一盒6个的单位。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -3037,7 +3104,7 @@ msgid "" "category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure " "for the category which is “Units” here." msgstr "" -"类别对于单位转换非常重要，只有当这些单位属于同一类别时，你才能将产品从一种单位转换为另一种单位。在本类别中，六个一盒相当于参考计量单位的6倍。" +"类别对于单位转换非常重要，只有当这些单位属于同一类别时，你才能将产品从一种单位转换为另一种单位。在本类别中，6个一盒相当于参考计量“单位”的6倍。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" @@ -3049,7 +3116,7 @@ msgid "" "open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " "measure, and click on *Edit*." msgstr "" -"在:menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 主数据 --> 产品`中，打开你想要更改采购/销售计量单位的产品，然后点击*编辑*。" +"在 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 主数据 --> 产品`中，打开你想要更改采购/销售计量单位的产品，然后点击*编辑*。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -3072,7 +3139,7 @@ msgid "" "In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" " you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" " it." -msgstr "在*采购*应用程序中，按产品的不同*计量单位*创建新报价请求并*确认*。" +msgstr "在*采购*应用程序中，按产品的不同*计量单位*创建新询价单并*确认*。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -3082,7 +3149,7 @@ msgid "" " the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been " "converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." msgstr "" -"在自动生成的采购订单中，使用的计量单位是一盒6个，即是采购计量单位。当然，你可根据需要手动更改计量单位。当进入与采购订单关联的*收货*时，你会发现10盒6单位的产品被转换为60个单位。实际上，库存按单位进行管理。" +"在自动生成的采购订单中，使用的计量单位是一盒6个，即是采购计量单位。当然，你可根据需要手动更改计量单位。当进入与采购订单关联的*收货*时，你会发现10盒6个单位的产品被转换为60个单位。实际上，库存按单位进行管理。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 msgid "Replenishment" @@ -3109,11 +3176,11 @@ msgstr "你可在销售订单文件上选择计量单位，并决定按“打” msgid "" "In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " "*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." -msgstr "在发货单中，销售订单中所用的*计量单位*转换为库存管理所用的*计量单位*，在本例中为一个单位产品。" +msgstr "在交货单中，销售订单中所用的*计量单位*转换为库存管理所用的*计量单位*，在本例中为一个单位产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Kits?" -msgstr "何时使用包裹、计量单位或套装？" +msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 msgid "Units of Measure" @@ -3139,7 +3206,7 @@ msgid "" "For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " "the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " "order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." -msgstr "例如，如果鸡蛋的重新排序规则如下，在运行排程器时，添加到自动生成的采购订单中的数量应为“打”，但进入库存的数量应为“个”。" +msgstr "例如，如果鸡蛋的重订货规则如下，在运行调度器时，添加到自动生成的采购订单中的数量应为“打”，但进入库存的数量应为“个”。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 msgid "Packages" @@ -3191,14 +3258,14 @@ msgstr "库存调整" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 msgid "Choose Between Reordering Rules and Make to Order" -msgstr "在再次订购规则和按订单补货之间选择" +msgstr "在重订货规则和按订单补货之间选择" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 msgid "" "*Reordering rules* and *make to order* do both allow to automatically " "replenish products when necessary. The difference between those tools is how" " they are triggered." -msgstr "*再次订购规则*和*按订单补货*二者都可在必要情况下自动补充产品。这两种工具的区别在于其触发方式。" +msgstr "*重订货规则*和*按订单补货*二者都可在必要情况下自动补充产品。这两种工具的区别在于其触发方式。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -3208,7 +3275,7 @@ msgid "" "the system will automatically generate a procurement with the needed " "quantity to reach the maximum stock level." msgstr "" -"*再次订购规则*用于确保你始终保有最低产品数量库存，以制造产品和/或满足客户需求。当产品库存水平达到最小值，系统自动生成采购订单，以将数量补至最大库存水平。" +"*重订货规则*用于确保你始终保有最低产品数量库存，以制造产品和/或满足客户需求。当产品库存水平达到最小值，系统自动生成采购订单，以将数量补至最大库存水平。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -3229,8 +3296,8 @@ msgid "" "click on *Create* to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given " "product." msgstr "" -"*再次订购规则*配置始终可通过菜单:menuselection:`库存 --> 主数据 --> " -"再次订购规则`查看。在此点击*创建*，设置特定产品的最小和最大库存值。" +"*重订货规则*配置始终可通过菜单 :menuselection:`库存 --> 主数据 --> " +"重订货规则`查看。在此点击*创建*，设置特定产品的最小和最大库存值。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -3253,7 +3320,7 @@ msgid "" "In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be " "able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each " "location." -msgstr "如你管理多个仓库和/或多个地点，你可为每个地点的同一产品指定不同的重新订购规则。" +msgstr "如你管理多个仓库和/或多个库位，你可为每个库位的同一产品指定不同的重订货规则。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -3263,13 +3330,13 @@ msgid "" "product. In case you purchase your products, make sure to select the route " "*Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*." msgstr "" -"如要为对应产品触发再次订购规则，需指定路线。如你制造产品，确保选择路线*制造*并为产品创建*物料清单*。如你采购产品，则应确保选择路线*采购*并添加*供应商价格表*。" +"如要为对应产品触发重订货规则，需指定路线。如你制造产品，确保选择路线*制造*并为产品创建*物料清单*。如你采购产品，则应确保选择路线*采购*并添加*供应商价格表*。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 msgid "" "Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A " "consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules." -msgstr "请勿忘记在产品表单中选择产品类型*可储存*。消耗品无法储存，且不会触发再次订购规则。" +msgstr "请勿忘记在产品表单中选择产品类型*可库存*。消耗品无法库存，且不会触发重订货规则。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -3277,7 +3344,7 @@ msgid "" "your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Master Data --> Products` (or in " "any other module where products are available)." msgstr "" -"*按订单补货*配置在:menuselection:`库存模块 --> 主数据 --> 产品`（或包含产品页面的所有其他模块）的产品表单中进行设置。" +"*按订单补货*配置在 :menuselection:`库存模块 --> 主数据 --> 产品`（或包含产品页面的所有其他模块）的产品表单中进行设置。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -3311,7 +3378,7 @@ msgid "" "warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the " "possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." msgstr "" -"你可通过:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`访问你的仓库。按照这个:doc:`文档 " +"你可通过 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`访问你的仓库。按照这个 :doc:`文档 " "<../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`创建必要的仓库。输入需要由其他仓库补给的仓库。你可直接指定它通过哪个仓库补给。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26 @@ -3319,7 +3386,7 @@ msgid "" "By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your " "products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected," " along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*." -msgstr "如启用本选项，你的产品将有一条可用的新路线\\*从第二仓库供应产品\\*。你现在可选择此路线并勾选\\*再次订购规则\\*或\\*按订单补货\\*。" +msgstr "如启用本选项，你的产品将有一条可用的新路线\\*从第二仓库供应产品\\*。你现在可选择此路线并勾选\\*重订货规则\\*或\\*按订单补货\\*。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -3328,8 +3395,8 @@ msgid "" "I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Operations --> Run scheduler`." msgstr "" -"在演示中，我将再次订购规则设置为最小库存5个，最大库存10个，目前库存为0个。我将进入:menuselection:`库存 --> 操作 --> " -"运行排程器`，运行排程器。" +"在演示中，我将重订货规则设置为最小库存5个，最大库存10个，目前库存为0个。我将进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 操作 --> " +"运行调度器`，即可运行调度器。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -3339,7 +3406,7 @@ msgid "" "the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from " "Second warehouse\\*." msgstr "" -"系统将自动创建两项拣货操作，一项是从储存必要产品的第二仓库创建\\*发货单\\*，另一项是相同产品进入主仓库WH/Stock的收货命令。源文件是触发\\*从第二仓库供应产品\\*路线的\\*再次订购规则\\*。" +"系统将自动创建两项拣货操作，一项是从储存必要产品的第二仓库创建\\*交货单\\*，另一项是相同产品进入主仓库WH/Stock的收货命令。源文件是触发\\*从第二仓库供应产品\\*路线的\\*重订货规则\\*。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Valuation Methods" @@ -3347,20 +3414,20 @@ msgstr "计价方法" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" -msgstr "将额外成本整合到产品中（落地成本） " +msgstr "将额外成本整合到产品中（到岸成本） " #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 msgid "" "The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " "(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." -msgstr "Odoo中的落地成本功能可将额外费用（运费、保险、海关、关税等）纳入产品成本中。" +msgstr "Odoo中的到岸成本功能可将额外费用（运费、保险、海关、关税等）纳入产品成本中。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 msgid "" "Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " "method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " "application to be installed)." -msgstr "落地成本只能应用于采用FIFO或AVCO成本计算方法和自动库存估值（要求安装会计应用程序）的产品。" +msgstr "到岸成本只能应用于采用FIFO或AVCO成本计算方法和自动库存计价（要求安装会计应用程序）的产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -3369,7 +3436,7 @@ msgid "" "default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " "recorded." msgstr "" -"首先，你应前往:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用落地成本功能。你也可决定记录落地成本会计分录的默认日记账。" +"首先，你应前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用到岸成本功能。你也可决定记录到岸成本会计分录的默认日记账。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 msgid "Add costs to products" @@ -3383,44 +3450,44 @@ msgstr "接收供应商账单" msgid "" "Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " "the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." -msgstr "假设我收到了一批货物的关税账单。我会在供应商账单行的*落地成本*上打勾。" +msgstr "假设我收到了一批货物的关税账单。我会在供应商账单行的*到岸成本*上打勾。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." -msgstr "落地成本产品必须为服务类型。" +msgstr "到岸成本产品必须为服务类型。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 msgid "" "If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " "product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." -msgstr "如果该产品始终为落地成本，你可在产品上进行定义，避免在每张供应商账单上都要打勾。" +msgstr "如果该产品始终为到岸成本，你可在产品上进行定义，避免在每张供应商账单上都要打勾。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 msgid "" "At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " "click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " "decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." -msgstr "在我的供应商账单顶部，可看到*创建落地成本*按钮。点击该按钮，系统将自动创建落地成本。现在，我可以决定哪些拣货适用于这些额外成本。" +msgstr "在我的供应商账单顶部，可看到*创建到岸成本*按钮。点击该按钮，系统将自动创建到岸成本。现在，我可以决定哪些拣货适用于这些额外成本。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 msgid "" "I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " "see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" " cost." -msgstr "现在，我可以点击*计算*并前往*计价调整*，查看对我的产品成本的影响。最后一步是确认落地成本。" +msgstr "现在，我可以点击*计算*并前往*计价调整*，查看对我的产品成本的影响。最后一步是确认到岸成本。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 msgid "" "I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " "clicking on the journal entry." -msgstr "点击会计分录，即可访问落地成本创建的会计分录。" +msgstr "点击日记账分录，即可访问到岸成本创建的日记账分录。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 msgid "" "You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " "create the landed cost from there." -msgstr "你并非必须从供应商账单开始，也可前往:menuselection:`库存 --> 操作 --> 落地成本`并在此直接创建落地成本。" +msgstr "你并非必须从供应商账单开始，也可前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 操作 --> 到岸成本`并在此直接创建到岸成本。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:5 msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" @@ -3708,7 +3775,7 @@ msgid "" "Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the " "first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial " "number." -msgstr "注意，这是财务意义上的先进先出。首个“进入”的价值首先“出去”，而无论其储存地点、仓库或序列号。" +msgstr "注意，这是财务意义上的先进先出。首个“进入”的价值首先“出去”，而无论其储存位置、仓库或序列号。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -3725,7 +3792,7 @@ msgid "" "There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting " "books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. " "Those two methods are detailed below." -msgstr "将库存价值记入会计账簿的方式有两种。成本法在您的产品类别中定义。这两种记账方法具体如下。" +msgstr "将库存价值记入会计账簿的方式有两种。成本法在你的产品类别中定义。这两种记账方法具体如下。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -3736,8 +3803,8 @@ msgid "" "recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In " "the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes." msgstr "" -"需要注意的是，会计分录取决于您的会计模式：欧洲大陆模式或盎格鲁-撒克逊模式。对于欧洲大陆模式，在产品入库后立即将货物成本计入。对于盎格鲁-" -"撒克逊模式，只有当货物向最终客户开具发票后，其成本才会被计为支出。您可通过下表轻松比较这两种会计模式。" +"需要注意的是，会计分录取决于你的会计模式：欧洲大陆模式或盎格鲁-撒克逊模式。对于欧洲大陆模式，在产品入库后立即将货物成本计入。对于盎格鲁-" +"撒克逊模式，只有当货物向最终客户开具发票后，其成本才会被计为支出。你可通过下表轻松比较这两种会计模式。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183 msgid "" @@ -3760,8 +3827,8 @@ msgid "" "representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." msgstr "" -"在这种情况下，收货和发货不会对你的会计账簿产生任何直接影响。你可定期创建手动会计分录，代表库存产品的价值。如要查看库存价值，前往:menuselection:`库存" -" --> 报告 --> 库存计价`。" +"在这种情况下，收货和发货不会对你的会计账簿产生任何直接影响。你可定期创建手动日记账分录，代表库存产品的价值。如要查看库存价值，前往 " +":menuselection:`库存 --> 报告 --> 库存计价`。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 msgid "" @@ -3976,7 +4043,7 @@ msgstr "费用 :存货变动" msgid "" "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " "**Inventory Variations** debited." -msgstr "如果库存价值减少, 贷 **库存** 科目, 借 **库存变动** 科目。" +msgstr "如果库存量减少, 则会将 **库存** 帐户记入贷方，并扣除 **库存变化** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387 @@ -4133,7 +4200,7 @@ msgstr "举例来说，我们的产品是一张餐桌，配置为*FIFO成本计 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10." -msgstr "我以$10成本购买10张餐桌。" +msgstr "我以每张$10的价格购买10张餐桌。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -4188,7 +4255,7 @@ msgid "" "clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same " "information for a past date." msgstr "" -"你可访问库存计价报告摘要（路径:menuselection:`库存 --> 报告 --> " +"你可访问库存计价报告摘要（路径 :menuselection:`库存 --> 报告 --> " "库存计价`）。报告将分产品显示库存价值。点击*按日期显示库存*按钮，你还可查看过去日期的同类信息。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 @@ -4204,7 +4271,7 @@ msgid "" "In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " "are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " "warehouses." -msgstr "在Odoo中, 在Odoo中 **仓库** 是你存放货物的实际的建筑／地方。你可以设置多仓库并在不同的仓库质检调拨。" +msgstr "在Odoo中 **仓库** 是你存放货物的实际的建筑／地方。你可以设置多仓库并在不同的仓库质检调拨。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -4274,14 +4341,14 @@ msgid "" "In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate" " *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the " ":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "为了创建不同库位，你需要前往:menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`，然后启用*多库位*。" +msgstr "为了创建不同库位，你需要前往 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`，然后启用*多库位*。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15 msgid "" "In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and hit *Create* in order to " "create a new location." -msgstr "在*库存应用程序*中，前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 库位`并点击*创建*，以创建新库位。" +msgstr "在*库存应用程序*中，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 库位`并点击*创建*，以创建新库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -4290,14 +4357,14 @@ msgid "" "partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" " to a location." msgstr "" -"在*库位名称*字段中键入库位名称，然后在列表中选择*父库位*。父库位可以是物理库位、合作伙伴库位或虚拟库位，然后你可以按照需要添加足够多的下级库位。" +"在*库位名称*字段中键入库位名称，然后在列表中选择*上级库位*。上级库位可以是物理库位、合作伙伴库位或虚拟库位，然后你可以按照需要添加足够多的下级库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 msgid "" "In case you want the location to be suggested when creating a Return or when" " Scrapping a product, you should check *Is a Scrap Location?* and *Is a " "Return Location?*." -msgstr "如你希望在创建退货或报废产品时收到库位提示，你应勾选*是废料库位吗？*和*是退货库位吗？*。" +msgstr "如你希望在创建退货或报废产品时收到库位提示，你应勾选*是报废品库位吗？*和*是退货库位吗？*。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -4327,13 +4394,13 @@ msgstr "如要创建新仓库，你应启用*多仓库*设置。注意，与此 msgid "" "In order to do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" " --> Settings`." -msgstr "为此，前往:menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。" +msgstr "为此，前往 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18 msgid "" "You can then go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Warehouses` and hit *Create* to add a new warehouse." -msgstr "你可前往:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`并点击*创建*，以添加新仓库。" +msgstr "你可前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`并点击*创建*，以添加新仓库。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -4356,7 +4423,7 @@ msgid "" "After the creation of your new warehouse, you can go back to the *Dashboard*" " and you will see the new operation types automatically created by Odoo due " "to the creation of a new warehouse." -msgstr "在创建新仓库后，你可返回*仪表板*，你将看到Odoo根据创建的新仓库自动创建的新操作类型。" +msgstr "在创建新仓库后，你可返回*仪表板*，你将看到Odoo根据创建的新仓库自动创建的新作业类型。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 msgid "Process Overview" @@ -4369,7 +4436,7 @@ msgstr "从库存发货" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:6 msgid "Create Storable/Consumable Products" -msgstr "创建可储存/消耗产品" +msgstr "创建可库存/消耗产品" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:8 #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:5 @@ -4378,7 +4445,8 @@ msgid "" "The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in " "your database via the menu :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`. Click " "the Create button and enter the name of your product." -msgstr "使用库存应用程序的第一步是通过:menuselection:`主数据 --> 产品`，在数据库中创建产品。点击创建按钮并输入你的产品名称。" +msgstr "" +"使用库存应用程序的第一步是通过 :menuselection:`主数据 --> 产品`，在数据库中创建产品。点击创建按钮并输入你的产品名称。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15 #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:12 @@ -4388,14 +4456,14 @@ msgid "" "number of units. If you want to include a product on receipts/deliveries but" " don’t need to track its stock, you can set it as *consumable*." msgstr "" -"如你将产品设置为*可储存*，你可追踪此产品的库存，知晓库存中产品件数及预测件数。如果你想加入产品收货/发货，但无需追踪其库存，则可设置为*消耗品*。" +"如你将产品设置为*可库存*，你可追踪此产品的库存，知晓库存中产品件数及预测件数。如果你想加入产品收货/发货，但无需追踪其库存，则可设置为*消耗品*。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:27 msgid "" "Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a delivery to " "deliver products to your customers. The process in order to do so is " "described in the following print screens." -msgstr "如你已有产品，则可决定创建发货单，将产品交给客户。以下屏幕截图描述了执行此操作的过程 。" +msgstr "如你已有产品，则可决定创建交货单，将产品交给客户。以下屏幕截图描述了执行此操作的过程 。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -4403,7 +4471,7 @@ msgid "" "delivered along with the different products and their respective quantities." " When the delivery is complete you can hit *Validate* and the products will " "go out of your stock." -msgstr "在发货单上，你可指定收货人、不同的产品及各自的数量。完成后，你可点击*确认*，产品将进入你的库存。" +msgstr "在交货单上，你可指定收货人、不同的产品及各自的数量。完成后，你可点击*确认*，产品将进入你的库存。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -4414,13 +4482,13 @@ msgid "" "you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " "forecasts." msgstr "" -"如你已计划发货单，但不应马上确认，你可创建*计划发货*并设定未来的日期。你可根据客户下单情况，指明每种产品的初始需求。在文件填写完毕后，你可点击*标记为待办事项*，以便将其计入产品预测。" +"如你已计划交货单，但不应马上确认，你可创建*计划发货*并设定未来的日期。你可根据客户下单情况，指明每种产品的初始需求。在文件填写完毕后，你可点击“标记为待办事项”，以便将其计入产品预测。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51 msgid "" "The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark" " as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product." -msgstr "默认设置为立即调拨，因此你无需*标记为待办事项*并在发货时*检查可用性*。" +msgstr "默认设置为立即调拨，因此你无需“标记为待办事项”并在发货时*检查可用性*。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54 msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order" @@ -4431,7 +4499,7 @@ msgid "" "If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly " "created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the " "corresponding delivery directly on the *sale order*." -msgstr "如你安装了*销售*应用程序，可*确认报价*并直接创建发货单。你在*销售订单*上可直接找到对应的发货操作。" +msgstr "如你安装了*销售*应用程序，可*确认报价*并直接创建交货单。你在*销售订单*上可直接找到对应的交货操作。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:3 msgid "Set your Initial Stock" @@ -4441,7 +4509,7 @@ msgstr "设置初始库存" msgid "" "Set the product as *storable*, in order to track the stock for this product " "and be able to include it in an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "将产生设置为*可储存*，以追踪该产品的库存并将它纳入库存调整。" +msgstr "将产生设置为*可库存*，以追踪该产品的库存并将它纳入库存调整。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:19 msgid "Inventory Adjustment for Multiple Products" @@ -4454,8 +4522,8 @@ msgid "" "therefore need to go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory " "Adjustments` and create a new one." msgstr "" -"在创建完毕所有*可储存产品*后，你可创建*库存调整*，以判断它们在Odoo中的当前库存水平。因此，你需要前往:menuselection:`操作 -->" -" 库存调整`，并创建新的库存调整。" +"在创建完毕所有*可库存产品*后，你可创建*库存调整*，以判断它们在Odoo中的当前库存水平。因此，你需要前往 :menuselection:`作业 " +"--> 库存调整`，并创建新的库存调整。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -4497,7 +4565,7 @@ msgstr "一种产品的库存调整" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:60 msgid "" "On each storable product, you have access to the *Update Quantity* button." -msgstr "你可通过*更新数量*按钮，对每种可储存产品进行操作。" +msgstr "你可通过*更新数量*按钮，对每种可库存产品进行操作。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -4558,7 +4626,7 @@ msgid "" "you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " "forecasts." msgstr "" -"如你已计划收货，但不应马上确认，你可创建*计划收货*并设定未来的日期。你可根据向供应商下单的情况，指明每种产品的初始需求。在文件填写完毕后，你可点击*标记为待办事项*，以便将其计入产品预测。" +"如你已计划收货，但不应马上确认，你可创建*计划收货*并设定未来的日期。你可根据向供应商下单的情况，指明每种产品的初始需求。在文件填写完毕后，你可点击“标记为待办事项”，以便将其计入产品预测。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:56 msgid "Receive Products in Stock from Purchase Orders" @@ -4597,18 +4665,18 @@ msgid "" " is cross-docking and is it for me? `__" msgstr "" -"关于如何组织仓库的更多信息，阅读博客：`什么是交叉转运？我适合使用交叉转运吗？ `__" +"关于如何组织你的仓库的更多信息，阅读博客：`什么是交叉转运？我适合使用交叉转运吗？ `__" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" " activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." -msgstr "在*库存*应用程序中，打开:menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`并启用*多步路线*。" +msgstr "在*库存*应用程序中，打开 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`并启用*多步路线*。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." -msgstr "这样还将启用*储存库位*功能。" +msgstr "这样还将启用*储存位置*功能。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -4616,13 +4684,13 @@ msgid "" "with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" -"现在，*发入*和*发出*的货物都可配置为2步完成。如要调整配置，前往:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`并编辑你的仓库。" +"现在，*入向*和*出向*的货物都可配置为2步完成。如要调整配置，前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`并编辑你的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 msgid "" "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " "can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 路线`，这项修改将创建*交叉转运*路线。" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 路线`，这项修改将创建*交叉转运*路线。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" @@ -4647,7 +4715,7 @@ msgid "" "your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " "because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" -"完成后，为产品创建销售订单并确认。Odoo将自动创建与销售订单关联的两项调拨操作。第一项是从*入货库位*到*出货库位*的调拨操作，对应将产品移至*交叉转运*区域。第二项是从*出货库位*到*客户库位*的发货单。两者状态都是*等待另一项操作*，因为你还需要向供应商订购产品。" +"完成后，为产品创建销售订单并确认。Odoo将自动创建与销售订单关联的两项调拨操作。第一项是从*入货库位*到*出货库位*的调拨操作，对应将产品移至*交叉转运*区域。第二项是从*出货库位*到*客户库位*的发货单。两者状态都是*等待其他作业*，因为你还需要向供应商订购产品。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -4666,7 +4734,7 @@ msgstr "当从供应商处接收产品后，你可返回初始采购订单，并 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 msgid "" "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." -msgstr "发货单现已准备好，你可处理并确认发货单。" +msgstr "交货单现已准备好，你可处理并确认交货单。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" @@ -4686,7 +4754,7 @@ msgid "" "application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " "option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." msgstr "" -"首先需要选择多库位选项 :menuselection: 在 **库存模块** 中的 `配置 -->设置` 。然后勾选 **仓库进行多库位管理** " +"首先需要选择多库位选项 :menuselection:`在 **库存模块** 中的 `配置 --> 设置` 。然后勾选 **仓库进行多库位管理** " "选项。不要忘了勾选之后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 @@ -4706,14 +4774,14 @@ msgid "" "Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " "**Create**." msgstr "" -"下一步是创建新的仓库, 在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->仓库管理 -->仓库` 。现在就可以通过点击 **创建** " +"下一步是创建新的仓库, 在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 仓库管理 --> 仓库` 。现在就可以通过点击 **创建** " "创建新的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:32 msgid "" "Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " "characters maximum." -msgstr "输入仓库名称和一个简称, 简称最多只能5个字。" +msgstr "输入 **仓库名称** 和一个 **简称** , 简称最多只能5个字。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -4747,8 +4815,8 @@ msgid "" "on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " "select the right warehouse and location." msgstr "" -"进入库存管理应用模块, 选择 :menuselection:`库存控制-->库存调整` 。通过点击 **创建** 创建新的盘点。在 **盘点参照** ," -" **日期** 中输入内容并确保选择正确的仓库和库位。" +"进入库存管理应用模块, 选择 :menuselection:`库存控制 --> 库存调整` 。通过点击 **创建** 创建新的盘点。在 **盘点参照**" +" , **日期** 中输入内容并确保选择正确的仓库和库位。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -4758,7 +4826,7 @@ msgid "" "not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " "orders." msgstr "" -"接下啦, 点击 **开始盘点** 。会弹出一个你可以输入当前产品的窗口。选择添加新的条目并确认仓库中的 **实际数量** 。理论数量不能更改, " +"然后， 点击 **开始盘点** 。会弹出一个你可以输入当前产品的窗口。选择添加新的条目并确认仓库中的 **实际数量** 。理论数量不能更改, " "因为它代表着采购和销售相关的计算数量。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 @@ -4782,9 +4850,7 @@ msgstr "最后一步就是创建内部调拨。如果你想把2片产品从第 msgid "" "From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " "warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." -msgstr "" -"在仪表盘上, 选择两个仓库中的其中一个内部调拨。要这样做, 点击菜单 :menuselection:`调拨(More) --> " -"转移(Transfer)` 。" +msgstr "在仪表盘上, 选择两个仓库中的其中一个内部调拨。要这样做, 点击菜单 :menuselection:`更多 --> 转移` 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -4797,7 +4863,7 @@ msgstr "一个新的窗口会打开, 在这里你可以选择源库位区域(这 msgid "" "Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " "don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." -msgstr "通过点击 **添加新的条目** 添加想要调拨的产品, 做完之后不要忘了 **确认** 或者 **标记为待做** 。" +msgstr "通过点击 **添加新的条目** 添加想要调拨的产品, 做完之后不要忘了 **确认** 或者 **标记为待办事项** 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -4809,7 +4875,8 @@ msgid "" "If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " "Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " "products in your source warehouse." -msgstr "如果你选择了 **标记为代办** , Odoo会把调拨单转换为 **等待可用** 状态。点击 **保留** 来保留源仓库中需要保留的数量。" +msgstr "" +"如果你选择了 **标记为待办事项** , Odoo会把调拨单转换为 **等待可用** 状态。点击 **保留** 来保留源仓库中需要保留的数量。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:106 msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" @@ -4838,214 +4905,8 @@ msgid "" "if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " "backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." msgstr "" -"如果你决定部分的完成调拨单(例如因为未知事件造成了部分产品不能发货), Odoo会自动的问你是否需要创建一个 **未完成单子** " -"。如果你想稍后完成剩下部分就创建一个未完成单子, 如果不打算稍后进一步操作就不创建未完成订单。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a procurement rule?" -msgstr "什么是补货规则？" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " -"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" -" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " -"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " -"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " -"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " -"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" -" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " -"dissatisfaction." -msgstr "" -"补货库存控制系统始于一个客户订单。在该策略下, 公司只需要满足客户订单数量的产品即可。系统的一个先进性就是不会存放多余需求数量的产品, " -"这样就减少了库存水平和存储成本。然而拉系统的一个缺点是在这种状况下极有可能遇到订单的困境, 例如供应商不能及时的发货。这就让功能不能让公司顺利完成订单," -" 并增加客户对公司的不满。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 -msgid "" -"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" -" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " -"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " -"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " -"of storing goods." -msgstr "" -"一个拉式库存控制系统的例子是MTO。目的是是库存水平保持在之满足需求的最低水平, 不多也不少, " -"恰好满足客户的需求。MTO系统通过减少存储空间、储存成本的总量消除浪费。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " -"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " -"using rules\"." -msgstr "补货规则是路线的一部分。进入库存应用>配置>设置, 点击\" 产品高级路线，使用规则\"。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 -msgid "Procurement rules settings" -msgstr "补货规则设置" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Routes`." -msgstr "采购规则设置在路线上。在库存应用程序中，前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 路线`。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 -msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." -msgstr "在补货规则部分, 点击添加项目。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " -"possible :" -msgstr "你可在此设置你的规则条件。有3种可能的操作类型：" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 -msgid "Move from another location rules" -msgstr "从其他位置移动规则" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" -msgstr "制造规则将触发创建制造订单" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 -msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" -msgstr "采购规则将触发创建采购订单" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " -"manufacturing rules." -msgstr "制造应用必须安装，用来触发制造规则。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " -"rules." -msgstr "采购应用必须安装，用来触发 **购买** 规则" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " -"defined." -msgstr "一些仓库配置会使用早已定义的补货规则创建路线。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 -msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" -msgstr ":doc:`push_rule` " - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:72 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 -msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -msgstr ":doc:`inter_warehouse` " - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" -msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock` " - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a push rule?" -msgstr "什么是推式规则？" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" -" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " -"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " -"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " -"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " -"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " -"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " -"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " -"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " -"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " -"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " -"inability to meet customer demand for the product." -msgstr "" -"库存控制的推系统包含需要满足客户需求的预测数量。公司在决定采购产品的数量时候需要预测客户将要采购哪些产品。相应的公司会生产足够的产品来满足预测的需求和销售或者把产品推到消费者那里。推库存的缺点是通常情况下预测和实际销售相比不精确，差异一年年的不同。推库存的另外一个问题是太多的产品留在了库存中。这就增加了公司的产品存储成本。一个优点是公司可以保证在库存中总是有足够的产品满足客户的订单，防止无法满足客户对产品的需求。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" -" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " -"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " -"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " -"be triggered automatically or manually." -msgstr "" -"一个推流程指示库位如何与其他的库位链接起来。只要在源库位中给定数量的产品发生移动, 通过在流程说明中配置的参数一个链式移动会自动的生成(目标库位, " -"延迟, 移动类型, 分类账)。它可以自动的触发或者手动处理。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" -" rules**." -msgstr "" -"推规则是路线的构成, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) --> " -"设置(Settings)` 并勾选 **产品使用高级路径规则** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 -msgid "Push rules settings" -msgstr "推式规则设置" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Routes`." -msgstr "在路径上设置推规则。进入菜单 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->路径(Routes)` 。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 -msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "在推规则部分, 点击 **添加一个新项目** " - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " -"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " -"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " -"quality control location move to the stock." -msgstr "" -"在这里你可以设置规则的条件。在该示例中, 当货物在 **收货区域** 时候, 需要被移动到质检区域, 在3步收货流程中, " -"会有另外一个推规则把货物从质检区域移动到库存中。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." -msgstr "有些仓库用已经定义好的推规则创建路线。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 -msgid "Stock transfers" -msgstr "库存调拨" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" -" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " -"waiting." -msgstr "推规则会触发库存转移。通过路径中设置的规则, 你会看到有些转移已经已经就绪并且在等待中。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " -"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." -msgstr "以上设置的推规则会创建一个从 **库存／收货区域** 到 **库存／质检** 区域的一个调拨。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:74 -msgid "" -"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " -"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" -" the main stock." -msgstr "在该示例中, 另外一个调拨在等待第二个调拨, 它的逻辑是当质检过程的调拨完成后, 产品就会移动到主要库存中。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" -msgstr ":doc:`procurement_rule` " +"如果你决定部分的完成调拨单(例如因为未知事件造成了部分产品不能发货)， Odoo会自动的问你是否需要创建一个 **延期交货订单** " +"。如果你想稍后完成剩下部分就创建一个延期交货订单， 如果不打算稍后进一步操作就不会创建延期交货订单。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" @@ -5079,7 +4940,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " "because you will need it later in the process." -msgstr "*储存库位*功能将自动开启，因为你在之后的流程中也将使用它。" +msgstr "*储存位置*功能将自动开启，因为你在之后的流程中也将使用它。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -5108,188 +4969,475 @@ msgid "" "Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" " order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" " A and one in warehouse B." -msgstr "完成后，你可将它转换为销售订单。然后，系统将自动生成发货单，在A仓库中预留一种产品，在B仓库中预留另一种产品。" +msgstr "完成后，你可将它转换为销售订单。然后，系统将自动生成交货单，在A仓库中预留一种产品，在B仓库中预留另一种产品。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 -msgid "How to use routes?" -msgstr "如何使用路径？" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 +msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 msgid "" -"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" -" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" -msgstr "路线就是推规则和拉规则的合并整理。Odoo可以配置高级推／拉路线的配置, 例如 :" +"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " +"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " +"in the retail channel." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" -msgstr "管理产品的制造链条" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " +"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" +" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " +"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 -msgid "Manage default locations per product" -msgstr "为每个产品管理默认位置" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +msgid "Inside the warehouse" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " +"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " +"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " +"trigger all the route's rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " +"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" +" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " +"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " +"stored in their respective locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " +"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " +"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " +"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" +" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" +" to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 +msgid "Pull Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 +msgid "" +"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " +"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 +msgid "" +"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " +"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" +" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " +"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " +"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " +"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " +"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " +"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " +"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 +msgid "" +"All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " +"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " +"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "推送规则" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " +"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " +"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" +" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 +msgid "" +"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " +"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " +"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" +" products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " +"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " +"their *Storage Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " +"upstream transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" +" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " +"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " +"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 +msgid "Use Routes and Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " +"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 +msgid "Manage default locations per product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 msgid "" "Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" -msgstr "根据业务需求在仓库中定义路线, 例如质检, 售后和供应商退货" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " -"products" -msgstr "租用管理协助是从租借产品自动生成退回移动" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " -"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " -"routing of products using rules**." +"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" msgstr "" -"拉规则是路线的一部分, 进入 **库存** 应用中 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 并勾选 **产品的高级路径规则** 。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 -msgid "Pre-configured routes" -msgstr "预配置的路线" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 -msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." -msgstr "Odoo已经在仓库模块中预配置了些路线。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 msgid "" -"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`." -msgstr "在仓库模块中, 点击 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->仓库(Warehouses)` 。" +"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products." +msgstr "通过自动生成租赁产品的退货动作，帮助进行租赁管理。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 msgid "" -"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " -"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." -msgstr "在 **仓库配置** 页面, **入库** 和 **出库** 的选项会根据你的选择而创建响应的路线。" +"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " +"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " +"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" +"Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" +"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." +msgstr "第一步完成后，您可以选择预配置路线或自定义路线。下面将对这两种方式进行说明。" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 +msgid "Pre-configured Routes" +msgstr "预配置路线" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " +"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " +"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " +"incoming and outgoing shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" +" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " +"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " +"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " +"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " +"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" +" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" +" rules for the pre-configured route." +msgstr "" +"尽管对很多企业来说这比较容易，但这个过程可能不适合您。因此，您可以配置自定义路线，在此路线中可以定义自己的规则，也可以定义每个动作的源头和目标位置。举个例子，以下是预置路线的规则。" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "定制路线" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Routes`." -msgstr "在仓库模块中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->路径` 。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 -msgid "" -"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " -"can combine several choices." -msgstr "首先, 需要选择该路径能被选择的地方, 也可以组合不同地方。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 -msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" -msgstr "应用在仓库的路线" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" -" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " -"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." -msgstr "如果在路线中勾选了 **仓库** , 就需要设置该路径适用于哪个仓库。该路线可以被设置在该仓库中的所有满足路线中推拉规则的调拨中。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 -msgid "Routes applied on products" -msgstr "应用在产品的路线" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " -"be applied." -msgstr "如果选择了 **产品** , 你就可以在产品上设置路径" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," -" select the route(s):" -msgstr "打开想要设置该路线的产品( :menuselection:`库存 -->控制 -->产品` ). 在库存页面中, 选择路线(可以多选) :" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 -msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" -msgstr "应用在产品类别的路线" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " -"categories it will be applied." -msgstr "如果你勾选了 **产品类别** , 你需要手工的设置该产品属于那个种类。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" -" under the **Logistics** section :" -msgstr "打开想要设置该路线的产品( :menuselection:`配置 -->产品类别` ).在 **物流** 部分选择路径(可以多选) :" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 -msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" -msgstr "应用在销售订单行的路线" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " -"time you make a sale order." -msgstr "如果勾选了 **销售订单行** , 你就可以每次创建小受受订单的时候手工的设置路径。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" -" the sales order." -msgstr "为了能正常使用, 我们需要激活销售订单上的路径这一功能。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 -msgid "" -"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "在销售模块, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 并勾选 **在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 -msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" -msgstr "现在可以给销售订单的每条订单行选择路径 :" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 -msgid "Procurement and push rules" -msgstr "补货规则和推式规则" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 -msgid "Please refer to the documents:" -msgstr "请参照文档" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 -msgid "Procurement configuration" -msgstr "补货配置" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 -msgid "" -"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " -"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " -"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " -"**Preferred Routes**:" +"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " +"selected. Of course, combinations are available." msgstr "" -"在进行补货时, 你可以强制使用想要使用的路线。在产品( :menuselection:`库存控制 -->产品` ), 点击 **补货需求** 。在 " -"**优先路线** 旁边选择想要使用的路径。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 -msgid "Make-to-Order Route" -msgstr "按订单补货路线" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 msgid "" -"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " -"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " -"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " -"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." +"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " +"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." +msgstr "每个地方都有不同的行为，所以要只勾选有用的，并对每个路线进行相应的调整。" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 +msgid "" +"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " +"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " +"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " +"the same category." msgstr "" -"如果想要无库存, 或者保持最低库存, 最好使用 **按订单补货** 的路径。然后和 **买** 或者 **生产** 的路径结合, " -"之后系统就会根据路径设置在没有库存的时候自动触发采购订单或者生产订单。" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 +msgid "" +"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " +"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " +"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 +msgid "" +"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " +"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " +"if some products go through different routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 +msgid "" +"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" +" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." +msgstr "当您工作中使用这种路线时，切记一定要在销售订单上选择，如下所示。" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 +msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." +msgstr "这样，就可以在文档的每条记录上选择路线。" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " +"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" +" on which product it must be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " +"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" +" tab* and select the route you’ve created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 +msgid "" +"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " +"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " +"are vital to have working routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "规则" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 +msgid "" +"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" +" section, and click on *Add a line* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " +"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " +"of them:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 +msgid "" +"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " +"specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " +"validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. " +"When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to " +"fulfill this need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 +msgid "" +"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " +"defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, " +"Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 +msgid "" +"**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different " +"situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a " +"specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " +"fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a " +"rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the " +"products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 +msgid "" +"**Buy**: when products are needed at the source location, a request for " +"quotation is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 +msgid "" +"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " +"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 +msgid "" +"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " +"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " +"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " +"source location:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " +"source location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" +" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " +"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " +"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " +"source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 +msgid "" +"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " +"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " +"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " +"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " +"alert in the form of a *next activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 +msgid "What about a full flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " +"full flow with an advanced custom route." +msgstr "你还记得我们的拣选 - 包装 - 发货自定义路线吗？让我们用它来尝试一下高级定制路线的全流程。" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +msgid "" +"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " +"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " +"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " +"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " +"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " +"the need." +msgstr " **Trigger Another Rule**: 当合作伙伴/客户需要产品时，会从WH/Output中创建送货单以满足需求。" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +msgid "" +"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " +"created to fulfill the order." +msgstr "这意味着，当客户订购产品时，会创建一个送货单来完成订单。" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " +"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " +"transfer in the list is not done yet." +msgstr "" +"如果源文件是同一个销售订单，状态就不一样了。事实上，如果列表中的前一次转账还没有完成，则状态将会是**Waiting Another " +"Operation**。" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " +"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +msgstr "为准备订单，输送机需要产品在输出区域内完成包装，因此需从包装区进行一次内部调货。" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +msgid "" +"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " +"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " +"required products from the warehouse." +msgstr "显然，包装区要有待包装的产品。所以，需发起一次内部调货，然后员工才可以从仓库集货。" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +msgid "" +"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " +"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " +"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" +" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " +"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." +msgstr "" +"正如本文档介绍中所解释的，流程中的最后一步（这里是送货单）是第一个被触发的，然后触发其他规则，直到我们到达流程中的第一步（这里是从库存到包装区的内部转移）。现在，一切都准备好了，客户可以得到订购的商品。" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +msgid "" +"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " +"have been triggered and the transfers done." +msgstr "在我们的案例中，当所有的规则被触发并完成转账后，产品就会交付给客户。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" @@ -5322,7 +5470,7 @@ msgid "" "In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " "will be automatically activated." -msgstr "在*库存*应用程序中，前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`并启用*多步路线*。这样，系统将自动启用*储存库位*功能。" +msgstr "在*库存*应用程序中，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`并启用*多步路线*。这样，系统将自动启用*储存位置*功能。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" @@ -5348,7 +5496,7 @@ msgid "" "location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " "location." msgstr "" -"为了管理这些库位，我们必须创建入库规则。为此，打开*库存*应用程序并前往:menuselection:`配置 --> " +"为了管理这些库位，我们必须创建入库规则。为此，打开*库存*应用程序并前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> " "上架策略`。然后，点击创建并配置第一条规则，指定产品将进入的主要库位，然后再重定向到正确的库位。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 @@ -5383,14 +5531,14 @@ msgid "" "on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or " "on the **location**." msgstr "" -"当产品的移动需要被完成的时候, Odoo会在系统内部找到该调拨单上的要求数量的可用数量。Odoo会根据设置在 **产品类别** 或者 **产品** 上的" -" **下架策略** 分配产品到该调拨单。" +"当产品的移动需要被完成的时候，Odoo会在系统内部找到该调拨单上的要求数量的可用数量。Odoo会根据设置在 **产品类别** 或者 **位置** 上的 " +"**下架策略** 分配产品到该调拨单。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`:" -msgstr "在 **库存** 应用中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` :" +msgstr "在 **库存** 应用中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` :" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -5403,7 +5551,7 @@ msgstr "勾选 **追踪批次号还活着序列号** , **仓库进行多库位 msgid "" "Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " "location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." -msgstr "然后, 打开 :`配置 -->库位` 并打开需要设置出库策略的库位。" +msgstr "然后, 打开:menuselection:`配置 --> 库位` 并打开需要设置出库策略的库位。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 msgid "Types of removal strategy" @@ -5421,14 +5569,14 @@ msgid "" "short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure " "they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." msgstr "" -" **先进先出** 策略意味着先进来的产品会先出库。如果有销售易变质的产品, 就应该使用FIFO的方法。如果公司销售周期性相对短的产品, 例如服装, " -"那么也最好使用FIFO, 这样不至于在库存中囤积大量的过时产品。" +" **先进先出** (FIFO)策略意味着先进来的产品会先出库。如果有销售易变质的产品, 就应该使用先进先出的方法。如果公司销售周期性相对短的产品, " +"例如服装, 那么也最好使用先进先出, 这样不至于在库存中囤积大量的过时产品。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " "stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->库位` , 打开库存库位并设置 **先进先出** 的出库策略。" +msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位` , 打开库存库位并设置 **先进先出** 的出库策略。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." @@ -5453,7 +5601,7 @@ msgstr "创建一个数量为\" 25 \\ \"的\" iPod 32 GB \\ \"销售订单并确 msgid "" "You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " "assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "在出货单中你可以看到在使用先进先出的出库策略下系统自动带出的\" Ipod 32 Gb \\ \"的批次是 **最旧** 的批次号。" +msgstr "在出货单中你可以看到在使用先进先出的出库策略下系统自动带出的 \"Ipod 32 Gb\" 的批次是 **最旧** 的批次号。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" @@ -5470,7 +5618,7 @@ msgstr "在这种仓库管理中, 最后买进的产品最先出库。后进先 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " "stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->库位` , 打开库存库位并设置 **先进先出** 的出库策略。" +msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位` , 打开库存库位并设置 **先进先出** 的出库策略。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -5486,7 +5634,7 @@ msgstr "创建一个数量是\" 10 \\ \"的\" Ipod 32 Gb \\ \"的销售订单" msgid "" "You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " "assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "在出库单中你可以看到在使用后进先出的出库策略的状况下\" Ipod 32 Gb \\ \"被分配的批次号是 **最新的** 批次号。" +msgstr "在出库单中你可以看到在使用后进先出的出库策略的状况下 \"Ipod 32 Gb\" 被分配的批次号是 **最新的** 批次号。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" @@ -5504,7 +5652,7 @@ msgid "" "option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" " to save changes." msgstr "" -"进入 :menuselection:`库存-->配置 -->设置` 。勾选 **在序列号上定义到期日期** 。然后点击 **应用** 保存变更。" +"进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 。勾选 **在序列号上定义到期日期** 。然后点击 **应用** 保存变更。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -5513,20 +5661,20 @@ msgid "" "**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory " "Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." msgstr "" -"这将允许您为每批货物或序列号设置4个过期字段：**最佳日期**, **失效日期**, **警示日期** 以及 **撤柜日期**。这些日期可从以下路径设置" -" :menuselection:`库存->控制->序列号/批次。" +"这将允许您为每批货物或序列号设置4个过期字段：**最佳日期** , **失效日期** , **警示日期** 以及 **撤柜日期** " +"。这些日期可从以下路径设置 :menuselection:`库存 --> 控制 --> 序列号/批次` 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 msgid "" "**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this " "serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." -msgstr "**最佳日期**：本序列/批次货物自此日期起变质，但尚未造成危害。" +msgstr "**最佳日期** ：本序列/批次货物自此日期起变质，但尚未造成危害。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 msgid "" "**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this " "serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." -msgstr "**失效日期：**：本序列/批次货物自此日期起变质，不得消费。" +msgstr "**失效日期** ：本序列/批次货物自此日期起变质，不得被使用。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -5546,7 +5694,7 @@ msgid "" "Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to " "latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with " "removal dates." -msgstr "根据**撤柜日期**按照货物的时间顺序分批撤下。先处理定义了撤柜日期的货物，再处理未定义此日期的批次。" +msgstr "根据 **撤柜日期** 按照货物的时间顺序分批撤下。先处理定义了撤柜日期的货物，再处理未定义此日期的批次。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -5555,7 +5703,8 @@ msgid "" "may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when " "lots pass their **alert date**." msgstr "" -"除**撤柜日期**外的所有数据都只用于参考和汇报。超出上述所有日期期限的批次可能仍会作为送货订单拣出，且当这批次货物超过**警示日期**后并不会发出警示。" +"除 **撤柜日期** 外的所有数据都只用于参考和汇报。超出上述所有日期期限的批次可能仍会作为送货订单拣出，且当这批次货物超过 **警示日期** " +"后并不会发出警示。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -5570,7 +5719,9 @@ msgid "" "zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually " "after the lot has been created." msgstr "" -"批次货物的过期日期也可在货物入库时自动设置。根据序列号启用过期日期后，产品详情表的库存页签下会出现4个新的字段：**产品生命周期**、**产品使用寿命**、**产品撤柜时间**和**产品警示时间**。当其中一个字段输入整数后，对应产品的批次/序列的过期日期将被设为该批次/序列的创建日期加上在时间增量字段中输入的天数。如果时间增量字段设为0，则该批次/序列的过期日期必须在该批次创建之后手动设置。" +"批次货物的过期日期也可在货物入库时自动设置。根据序列号启用过期日期后，产品详情表的库存页签下会出现4个新的字段： **产品生命周期** 、 " +"**产品使用寿命** 、 **产品撤柜时间** 和 **产品警示时间** " +"。当其中一个字段输入整数后，对应产品的批次/序列的过期日期将被设为该批次/序列的创建日期加上在时间增量字段中输入的天数。如果时间增量字段设为0，则该批次/序列的过期日期必须在该批次创建之后手动设置。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -5580,25 +5731,25 @@ msgstr "每个时间增量字段都用于生成以下一种过期日期字段， #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" -msgstr "产品使用寿命->最好在此日期前使用" +msgstr "产品使用寿命 --> 最好在此日期前使用" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" -msgstr "产品撤柜时间->撤柜日期" +msgstr "产品撤柜时间 --> 撤柜日期" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" -msgstr "产品生命周期->生命周期结束" +msgstr "产品生命周期 --> 生命周期结束" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" -msgstr "产品警示时间->警示日期" +msgstr "产品警示时间 --> 警示日期" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 msgid "" "To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" " --> Locations` and choose FEFO." -msgstr "要在库位上设置出库策略, 进入 :`配置 -->库位` 并选择FEFO。" +msgstr "要在库位上设置出库策略, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 位置` 并选择FEFO。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -5619,7 +5770,7 @@ msgstr " **产品** " #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 msgid "**Expiration Date**" -msgstr " **到期日期** " +msgstr " **截止日期** " #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 msgid "LOT0001" @@ -5708,7 +5859,7 @@ msgstr "如何取消发货请求？" msgid "" "If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " "made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." -msgstr "如果交货单还没有 **被确认** , 那么该请求不会生效。你可以取消该发货单或者变更货代。" +msgstr "如果交货单还没有 **被确认** , 那么该请求不会生效。你可以选择取消发货或更改运输公司。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -5737,7 +5888,7 @@ msgid "" "After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " "to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " "get a new tracking number and a new label." -msgstr "在取消发货请求后, 你可以把货代变更为你想要的。通过点击 **发送给货代** 按钮确认。你会得到一个新的运单号以及一张新的标签。" +msgstr "在取消发货请求后, 你可以更改货代为你想要的。通过点击 **发送给货代** 按钮确认。你会得到一个新的运单号以及一张新的标签。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 @@ -5771,7 +5922,7 @@ msgid "" "To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " "app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " "Methods`." -msgstr "要给交货方式配置价格。进入 **库存** 应用, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->交货 -->交货方式` 。" +msgstr "要给交货方式配置价格。进入 **库存** 应用, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 交货 --> 交货方式` 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -5798,7 +5949,7 @@ msgstr "按销售订单上的价格开票" msgid "" "On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " "**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "在销售订单上, 选择正确的货代。点击并选择正确的 **发货方式** 。" +msgstr "在销售订单上，选择正确的货代。点击并选择正确的 **发货方式** 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 @@ -5827,13 +5978,13 @@ msgstr "给运费的实际成本开票" msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " "order and proceed to deliver the product." -msgstr "价格会在你 **保存** 订单的时候计算出来。确认订单并且完成发货。" +msgstr "价格会在你 **保存** 销售订单的时候计算出来。确认销售订单并且完成发货。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 msgid "" "The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" " can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." -msgstr "在确认发货单时计算实际运费，你可在发货单聊天记录中查看实际费用。" +msgstr "在确认交货单时计算实际运费，你可在发货单聊天记录中查看实际费用。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -5885,7 +6036,7 @@ msgid "" "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" msgstr "" -"在 **库存** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` , 在 **货代接口** 的下方标识你想要集成的货运公司 :" +"在 **库存** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 在 **货代接口** 的下方标识你想要集成的货运公司 :" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 @@ -5904,7 +6055,7 @@ msgstr "配置发货方式" msgid "" "To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." -msgstr "要配置交货方式, 进入 **库存** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->交货方式` 。" +msgstr "要配置交货方式, 进入 **库存** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 交货方式` 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -5958,7 +6109,7 @@ msgid "" "To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " "**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " "data**." -msgstr "要查看你的信息, 进入 **设置** 应用并点选 **通用设置** 。点击第一个链接 **配置公司信息** 。" +msgstr "要查看你的信息, 进入 **设置** 应用并点选 **通用设置** 。点击第一个链接 **配置你的公司信息** 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 @@ -5971,7 +6122,7 @@ msgstr "货代公司需要产品的重量, 不然运输价格不能计算。" msgid "" "Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " "the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "进入 **销售** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`销售 -->产品` 。打开需要发货的产品并维护重量。" +msgstr "进入 **销售** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`销售 --> 产品` 。打开需要发货的产品并维护重量。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -5999,7 +6150,7 @@ msgstr "如果你在库存模块下创建一个发货转移, 你可以在额外 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." -msgstr "点击 **验证** 接收追踪号码和 **标签** ." +msgstr "点击 **验证** 接收追踪号码和 **标签** 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 @@ -6034,12 +6185,12 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " "**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" msgstr "" -"要配置包裹的使用, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->设置` 。找到 **包裹** 的位置并选择 **在包装上记录包材 " +"要配置包裹的使用, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 。找到 **包裹** 的位置并选择 **在包装上记录包材 " ":栈板, 箱子, ……** " #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." -msgstr "一旦完成, 点击 **应用** 。" +msgstr "一旦完成， 点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 @@ -6069,7 +6220,7 @@ msgstr "在这里, 你可以把要发的货物分成不同的包" msgid "" "Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " "column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." -msgstr "在 **完成** 栏位选择你想要放进该包裹的产品的数量, 然后点击 **放进一个包裹** 链接。" +msgstr "在 **完成** 栏位选择你想要放进该包裹的产品的数量, 然后点击 **放进同一个包裹** 链接。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." @@ -6081,7 +6232,7 @@ msgstr "其余的产品可以按照同样的步骤进行打包。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." -msgstr "一旦完成, 点击 **确认** 。" +msgstr "一旦完成, 点击 **确认** 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" @@ -6098,7 +6249,7 @@ msgstr "一旦交货单被确认后, 你就能收到追踪号。 **运单追踪 msgid "" "The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " "underneath:" -msgstr "要黏贴在包裹上的 **标签** 可以在下面的历史信息中找到 :" +msgstr "黏贴在包裹上的 **标签** 可以在下面的历史信息中找到 :" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 msgid "Shipping Setup" @@ -6131,14 +6282,14 @@ msgid "" "Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " "**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" " order to see it :" -msgstr "交货方式是由 **发货成本** 模块处理的。进入 **APP** 并搜索该模块。s搜索的时候你需要在过滤栏位移除 **APP**: " +msgstr "交货方式是由 **发货成本** 模块处理的。进入 **应用** 并搜索该模块。搜索的时候你需要在过滤栏位移除 **应用**: " #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 msgid "" "If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" " install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." -msgstr "如果你想把交货方式和电商集成, 你需要安装 **电商发货** 模块。" +msgstr "如果你想把交货方式和电子商务集成, 你需要安装 **电子商务发货** 模块。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." @@ -6164,7 +6315,7 @@ msgid "" "**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " "weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." msgstr "" -"如果价格根据规则不同而不同, 点选 **基于规则** 。点击 **添加一个价格规则的新条目** 。选择一个或者基于重量, 容积, 价格或者数量的条件。" +"如果价格根据规则而变化， 点选 **基于规则** 。点击 **添加一个价格规则的新条目** 。选择一个或者基于重量， 容积， 价格或者数量的条件。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -6193,8 +6344,8 @@ msgid "" "**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " "product." msgstr "" -"现在你吗可以在销售订单上选择 **交货方式** 。如果你想在销售订单上对运费进行开票, , 点击 **设置价格** , " -"它就会把交货方式作为一种产品名称添加到订单行上。" +"现在你可以在销售订单上选择 **交货方式** 。如果你想在销售订单上对运费进行开票， 点击 **设置价格** " +"，它就会把交货方式作为一种产品名称添加到订单行上。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 @@ -6209,7 +6360,7 @@ msgstr "你可以在发货单上添加或者变更发货方法" msgid "" "On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " "chosen delivery method." -msgstr "在发货单上, 查看 **货代信息** 。货代就是发货方式" +msgstr "在发货单上, 查看 **货代信息** 。货代就是发货方式。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" @@ -6271,15 +6422,15 @@ msgstr "同时，为了测试解决方案，您可以使用演示数据中给出 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" -msgstr "**用户名**: CustomerTest" +msgstr "**用户名** : CustomerTest" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" -msgstr "**密码**: alkd89nBV" +msgstr "**密码** : alkd89nBV" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" -msgstr "**DHL 账号**: 803921577" +msgstr "**DHL 账号** : 803921577" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" @@ -6298,7 +6449,7 @@ msgid "" "In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" -msgstr "在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 。在 **货运接口** 下方, 标识出你想要集成的货代公司 :" +msgstr "在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 。在 **货运接口** 下方, 标识出你想要集成的货代公司 :" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -6324,7 +6475,7 @@ msgstr "你可以更改发货方式的 **名称** 。该名称会显示在电商 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." -msgstr "如何准备使用的话, 就标记为 **可以发货** 。" +msgstr "如何准备使用的话， 就标记为 **可以发货** 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -6357,7 +6508,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" " you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 -->销售 -->产品` 。打开你想要交货的产品并为之维护重量。" +msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 --> 销售 --> 产品` 。打开你想要交货的产品并为之维护重量。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -6369,7 +6520,7 @@ msgstr "产品页面中的重量默认的用千克表示。如果使用英制单 msgid "" "You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " "method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "现在你可以在销售订单选择货代。点击 **发货方式** 选择正确的一个。" +msgstr "现在你可以在销售订单选择货代。点击 **发货方式** 选择合适的一个。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -6472,7 +6623,7 @@ msgid "" "1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com `__, and" " click the **New User** link at the top of the page." msgstr "" -"1．用 `www.ups.com ` 登入UPS.com网站并在页面上方点击 **新用户** 。" +"1.访问UPS网站，网址为 `www.ups.com `__ ，然后单击页面顶部的 **新用户** 链接。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -6512,7 +6663,7 @@ msgid "" "**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" " States.q" msgstr "" -"5. 在 **添加新的账户** 窗口, 输入 **UPS 账户号码** , **账户名称** , 以及 **邮编** 等字段, 默认的国家是美国" +"5. 在 **添加新的账户** 窗口, 输入 **UPS 账户号码** ， **账户名称** ， 以及 **邮编** 等字段， 默认的国家是美国" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." @@ -6555,4 +6706,4 @@ msgid "" "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " "with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " "contact." -msgstr "你可以在登陆的网页上得到 **登陆秘钥** , 同时带有登陆秘钥的电子邮件被发送到主要联系人的邮箱中" +msgstr "你可以在登陆的网页上得到 **访问密钥** , 同时带有访问的电子邮件被发送到主要联系人的邮箱中" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po index c636f55c7..180eeaf0d 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po @@ -10,18 +10,20 @@ # 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2019 # LINYUN TONG , 2019 # F4NNIU , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2019 # 敬雲 林 , 2019 +# 新 陈 , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Mandy Choy , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 敬雲 林 , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -39,7 +41,7 @@ msgstr "基础配置" #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:3 msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" -msgstr "将 IoT 盒子连接到你的数据库" +msgstr "将物联网盒子连接到你的数据库" #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:5 msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." @@ -47,11 +49,11 @@ msgstr "在你的 Odoo 数据库中安装物联网（IoT）应用" #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:10 msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "进入 IoT 应用并单击 IoT 盒子页面上的 Connect 链接。" +msgstr "进入物联网应用并单击物联网盒子页面上的连接。" #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:15 msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "按步骤连接到你的 IoT 盒子。" +msgstr "按步骤连接到你的物联网盒子。" #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:21 msgid "Ethernet Connection" @@ -65,80 +67,100 @@ msgstr "将所有必须使用线缆连接的设备（如：网络、USB 设备 #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:26 msgid "Power on the IoT Box." -msgstr "打开 IoT 盒子的电源" +msgstr "打开物联网盒子的电源" #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28 -msgid "Then click on the Scan button." -msgstr "然后点击“扫描”按钮。" +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:34 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:40 msgid "WiFi Connection" msgstr "WiFi 连接" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:36 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:42 msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "打开 IoT 盒子的电源" +msgstr "打开物联网盒子的电源" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:38 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:44 msgid "Copy the token" msgstr "复制 Token" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:43 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:48 msgid "" "Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " "plugged in your computer)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接到物联网盒子的WiFi网络 (确保你的计算机没有插入网线)。" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:49 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:53 msgid "" "You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " "to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " "and paste the token, then click on next." msgstr "" +"您需要返回物联网盒子的首页 (如果不能访问，请使用盒子的IP地址进行访问)。为您的物联网盒子设置名称(非必须) 并粘贴token值，然后点击下一步。" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:57 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:60 msgid "" "If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " "(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" "f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " "**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." msgstr "" +"如果您使用 Runbot, 不要忘记在token添加 -all 和 -base (e.g. this token " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should" +" become **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:63 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:66 msgid "" "Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " "there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " "redirected to your database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择您要连接的WiFi 网络(请输入网络匹配的密码) 然后点击提交。 等待一会自动跳转到您的数据库。" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:70 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:72 msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您现在应该会看到物联网盒子了。" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:76 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:78 msgid "IoT Box Schema" -msgstr "" +msgstr "图解物联网盒子" #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 msgid "Flashing your SD Card" -msgstr "" +msgstr "烧写SD卡" #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 msgid "" "In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" " our latest updates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在某些情况下，您可能需要重新刷新物联网盒子的 SD 卡，以便从我们的最新更新中获取新功能。" #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用Etcher软件更新SD卡" #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__, " +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__, " "It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " "and launch it." msgstr "" +"到 Balena 网站下载 `Etcher `__, Etcher是一款开源、免费的镜像文件烧写工具。 " +"安装并启动Etcher。" #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -147,31 +169,33 @@ msgid "" "zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " "flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." msgstr "" +"先从 `这里 `__下载最新的图像, " +"解压缩zip文件。然后打开 *Etcher* ， 选择解压缩的图像。 选择磁盘盘符(你的SD卡对应的盘符) ，然后点击 *Flash*进行刷新!." #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:19 msgid "" "Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " "minutes for it to finish." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你的镜像会被自动更新。大约需要等待5分钟更新结束。" #: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:3 msgid "IoT Box not found" -msgstr "" +msgstr "没有找到物联网盒子" #: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:5 msgid "" "When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" " is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " "can follow to find your IoT box." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在使用物联网盒子时，您可能会遇到一个常见问题是，您的物联网盒子在数据库上没有出现。幸运的是，您可以执行一些简单的步骤来查找物联网盒子。" #: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:10 msgid "HTTPS Issues" -msgstr "" +msgstr "HTTPS 问题" #: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:12 msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "找不到你的物联网盒子? 你可能遇到https方面的问题！" #: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -179,23 +203,23 @@ msgid "" "with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" " have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." msgstr "" +"要检查它，请打开数据库并确认数据库的地址是否以 https(like " +"https://www.odoo.com)开头。如果是https开头，那么可能是物联网盒子的图像有问题。应该用18.12及以后的版本。" #: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:19 msgid "" "If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " "reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " -"can be found `here `__)." +"can be found `here `__)." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here " -"`__)." -msgstr "" +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`flash_sdcard`" +msgstr ":doc:`flash_sdcard`" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将该物联网盒子用于PoS应用" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:9 msgid "Prerequisites" @@ -203,15 +227,15 @@ msgstr "先决条件" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:11 msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在开始之前, 确保您已做好 :" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13 msgid "An IoT Box" -msgstr "" +msgstr " 物联网盒子" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15 msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2A电源适配器，树莓派3b+的话需要2.5 A的适配器。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" @@ -221,11 +245,11 @@ msgstr "一台带最新的Web浏览器的计算机或平板电脑。" msgid "" "A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " "installed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装有PoS和物联网应用的 SaaS 或 Odoo 实例" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用了DHCP服务(这是默认设置)的本地网络" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -233,6 +257,8 @@ msgid "" "(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " "`__)" msgstr "" +"Epson USB TM-T20 打印机或者其他兼容ESC/POS的打印机(官方支持的打印机见 `POS硬件列表页 " +"`__)" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:28 msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" @@ -255,10 +281,11 @@ msgid "" "To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " "your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation `." msgstr "" +"连接外设到PoS，第一步就是要把物联网盒子连接到您的数据库。 具体操作，参见 :doc:`documentation `." #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，您必须将外围设备连接到物联网盒子。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -266,10 +293,12 @@ msgid "" "`__, but other hardware" " might work as well." msgstr "" +"官方支持的硬件见\"POS硬件列表 `the POS Hardware page `__, 其他硬件也可以正常工作。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:50 msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." -msgstr " **打印机**: 一个ESC/ POS打印机连接到USB端口, 并接通电源。" +msgstr " **打印机**: 一个ESC/ POS打印机连接到USB端口，并接通电源。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -285,19 +314,19 @@ msgid "" "character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " "your barcode scanner." msgstr "" -" **条形码扫描仪**: 连接条形码扫描器。为了使您的条形码扫描仪是兼容的, 必须表现为键盘, 必须配置 **US QWERTY** " -"。它还必须一个输入字符(键码28)结束条形码。这很可能是你的条码扫描仪的默认配置。" +" **条形码扫描器** : 连接条形码扫描器。为了使您的条形码扫描器是兼容的, 必须设置为键盘, 必须配置 **US QWERTY** " +"。它还必须一个输入字符(键码28)结束条形码。这很可能是你的条码扫描器的默认配置。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:62 msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr " **电子磅秤**: 连接你的电子磅秤和接通电源。" +msgstr " **电子磅秤** : 连接你的电子磅秤和接通电源。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:64 msgid "" "**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " "Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " "device." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Ethernet**:如果您不想使用Wi-Fi，可以插上网线。确保物联网盒子与POS设备在同一网络即可。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -306,17 +335,20 @@ msgid "" "functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " "on boot." msgstr "" +"**Wi-Fi**: 当前版本的物联网盒子已内置Wi-Fi。请确保在启动时不要插入网线。因为在启动过程中有网线连接可用的情况下，Wi-Fi 功能无效。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:73 msgid "" "Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" -" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the box \"IoT" +" Box\" and select the IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." msgstr "" +"完成后，您就可以将物联网盒子连接到PoS。进入菜单选择 :menuselection:`PoS --> 配置 --> PoS`，勾选 \"物联网盒子\"" +" 选项并选择您要连接的物联网盒子。保存更改。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:77 msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置完成后，您可以启动PoS会话。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:80 msgid "Troubleshoot" @@ -324,7 +356,7 @@ msgstr "疑难解答" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:83 msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" -msgstr "" +msgstr "该PoS无法连接到物联网盒子" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -333,32 +365,34 @@ msgid "" " if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " "receipt is printed, check the following steps:" msgstr "" +"确保物联网盒子正确设置的最简单方法是在打印机插入的情况下将其打开，因为它会在物联网盒子的 IP " +"地址设置正确的情况下打印收据，显示出遇到的任何错误。如果不打印收据，请检查以下步骤：" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:91 msgid "" "Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " "LED." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保物联网盒子已通电，由明亮的红色 LED 指示状态。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:94 msgid "" "Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " "status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " "ready ~2 minutes after it is started." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保物联网盒子已就启动完成, 由红色电源状态指示灯旁边的绿色状态指示灯指示。物联网盒子大约在启动2分钟后启动完成。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:98 msgid "" "Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " "Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " "devices on your network router." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保物联网盒子与您的POS设备在同一网络内。物联网盒子和所有的设备都应该出现在您的路由器已连接设备列表里。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:102 msgid "" "If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" " corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您在配置中设置了物联网盒子的 IP 地址，请确保该IP与物联网盒子打印出的状态信息上的IP是一致的。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:106 msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." @@ -369,7 +403,7 @@ msgid "" "A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " "working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" " the POS configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Firefox的HTTP实施中的错误可能会阻止自动发现可靠地工作。 您可以在POS配置中手动设置物联网盒子的IP地址。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:113 msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" @@ -387,7 +421,7 @@ msgid "" "The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " "you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " "enough power." -msgstr "" +msgstr "物联网盒子使用一些条码扫描器时需要 2A 电源适配器。如果您没有使用配备的电源适配器，请确保使用的电源适配器功率足够。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -401,7 +435,7 @@ msgid "" "Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " "scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " "IoT Box." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一些条形码扫描器不是在设备中列举为条码扫描器，而是列举成 usb 键盘，这类扫码器是不能被物联网盒子识别的。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:134 msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" @@ -411,7 +445,7 @@ msgstr "条码枪确实不能使用" msgid "" "Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " "Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保连接到物联网盒子的 '通过代理扫描'/'条形码扫描器' 设备在同一时间只有一个设备。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:140 msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" @@ -424,6 +458,8 @@ msgid "" "afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " "and the IoT Box." msgstr "" +"在第一次打印之前，预计会有一个小延迟，因为物联网盒子将执行一些预处理工作来加速下一次打印。如果之后出现延迟，很可能是由于 PoS " +"和物联网盒子之间的网络连接不良。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:148 msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" @@ -433,7 +469,7 @@ msgstr "收据上打印出来的字母有些错误" msgid "" "The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " "supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." -msgstr "" +msgstr "物联网盒子不支持所有语言和字符。它目前支持拉丁语和西里尔语的腳本語言，并支持基本腳本語言的日语。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:155 msgid "The printer is offline" @@ -462,7 +498,7 @@ msgstr "设备" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:3 msgid "Connect a Camera" -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接摄像头" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -472,6 +508,9 @@ msgid "" "Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " "control point." msgstr "" +"当您在 Odoo 中使用 *物联网盒子* " +"时，可能需要使用摄像头。只需几个步骤即可完成此操作，因此配置起来非常简单。您可以在制造过程中使用它并将其连接到 *控制点* 。这样做可以在到达所选 " +"*质量控制点* 时启用拍照功能。" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:12 ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:11 @@ -481,11 +520,11 @@ msgstr "连接" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14 msgid "" "To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply combine the two by cable." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要将摄像头连接到 *物联网盒子* ，只需通过电缆将两者连接即可。" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:18 msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter could be needed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有时，可能需要用到USB转串口适配器。" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -493,6 +532,8 @@ msgid "" "hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " "soon as it is connected." msgstr "" +"如果您的摄像头在 `*支持的设备* `__中，则无需进行任何设置，因为连接之后，会自动检测到。" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -500,14 +541,16 @@ msgid "" "drivers from the box. To do so, go to your *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " "*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." msgstr "" +"在某些情况下，您可能需要重新启动物联网盒子并从物联网盒子中下载相机的驱动程序。为此，请打开 *物联网的主页* 并单击 *驱动程式清单* " +"。然后，单击加载驱动程序。" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:35 msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将摄像头连接到 *Quality Control Point*" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:38 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:42 msgid "With the Manufacturing app" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用“制造”应用" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -515,12 +558,14 @@ msgid "" "Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " "the control point you want to link with the camera." msgstr "" +"在 *Quality app* 中，您可以为 *Quality Control Point* 设置设备。打开 *Quality Control*" +" 下的 *Control Points* 菜单，然后配置 *Quality Control Point* 连接的摄像头。" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:44 msgid "" "Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " "list. Now, hit save." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，您可以编辑 *Control Point* 并从下拉列表中选择设备。然后点击保存。" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -528,33 +573,35 @@ msgid "" "manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" " will allow you to take a picture." msgstr "" +"然后，您的摄像头可以被选取的 *Control Point* 使用。在制造过程中，到达您之前配置的 *Quality Control Point*" +" 时将允许拍照。" #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 msgid "Connect a Footswitch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接脚踏开关" #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 msgid "" "When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " "Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "工作时，最好有保证您的双手都可用。使用 Odoo 的 *物联网盒子* 和脚踏开关是可以解放双手的。" #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 msgid "" "In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another by using your " "foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be configured in a few " "steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "事实上，您可以使用脚和脚踏开关从一个界面切换到另一个界面。通过几步就可以配置完成，非常方便。" #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 msgid "" "Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to combine" " the two by cable." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将脚踏开关连接到 *物联网盒子* 非常简单，只需通过电缆将两者连接即可。" #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有时，可能需要用到USB转串口适配器。" #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -562,6 +609,8 @@ msgid "" "hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " "automatically detected when connected." msgstr "" +"如果您的脚踏开关在 `支持的设备 `__,中，无需进行任何设置，因为连接后会自动检测到。" #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -569,10 +618,12 @@ msgid "" "your footswitch’s drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home " "Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." msgstr "" +"如果不在支持列表中，您可能需要重新启动该框并从框中下载脚踏开关的驱动程序。为此，请打开 *物联网盒子的主页* 并单击 *驱动程式清单* " +"。单击加载驱动程序。" #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:37 msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接脚踏开关到工作中心" #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -581,23 +632,25 @@ msgid "" "the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" " also add a key to trigger it." msgstr "" +"要将脚踏开关连接到操作，需要在工作中心配置好。转到要使用脚踏开关的工作中心，并在 *IoT Triggers* " +"选项卡中添加设备。然后，您可以将其连接到动作，并添加一个键来触发它。" #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:47 msgid "" "Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " "matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " "automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请注意，将选择列表中第一个。 因此，顺序很重要！ 例如在上图中，使用脚踏开关将自动跳过您正在处理的当前过程。" #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 msgid "" "When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " "correctly connected to the footswitch." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当您在工单界面时，状态按钮指示您是否正确连接到脚踏开关。" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接测量工具" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -605,42 +658,45 @@ msgid "" "database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " "`__,." msgstr "" +"借助 Odoo 的 " +"*物联网盒子*，可以将测量工具连接到您的数据库。在此处查找支持的设备列表：\"支持的设备`__,。" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 msgid "Connect in USB" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过USB 连接" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 msgid "" "To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " "restart the Box and the device should appear in your Odoo database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要添加通过 USB 连接的设备，只需将 USB 电缆插入 *物联网盒子* ，重新启动物联网盒子，设备就会出现在您的 Odoo 数据库中。" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 msgid "" "If the device is not found, make sure the drivers have well been loaded on " "your IoT Box. For this, connect to the *IoT Box Homepage* and click on load " "drivers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果未发现设备，请确保物联网盒子已正确加载驱动程序。为此，请打开 *物联网盒子的主页* 并单击加载驱动。" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:27 msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "蓝牙连接" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:29 msgid "" "Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " "explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " "device." -msgstr "" +msgstr "激活设备上的蓝牙（请参阅设备手册以进行下一步），物联网盒子将自动尝试连接到设备。" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:33 msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "这是它的示例：" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:39 msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将测量工具链接到 *Quality Control Point*" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -648,23 +704,25 @@ msgid "" "Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " "and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." msgstr "" +"在 *Quality app* 中，您可以为 *Quality Control Points* 配置一台设备。请打开 *Quality " +"Control* 下的 *Control Points* 菜单，然后为控制点分配测量工具。" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:49 msgid "" "Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " "list. Then, hit save." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，您可以编辑 *Control Point* 并从下拉列表中选择设备。点击保存即可。" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:55 msgid "" "Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " "value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " "while the tool is being used." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，您的测量工具连接到所选的 *Control Point* 。需要手动更改的数据将在使用该工具时自动更新。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:3 msgid "Connect a Printer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接打印机" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -672,16 +730,18 @@ msgid "" " is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " "it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." msgstr "" +"当您在 Odoo 中使用 *物联网盒子* 时，可能需要用到打印机。这很容易实现，只需几步即可完成。然后，您就可以使用它打印收据、订单，以及其它 Odoo" +" 应用中的报告。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13 msgid "" "To connect the printer to the *IoT Box*, you just have to combine the two by" " cable." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要将打印机连接到 *物联网盒子* ，只需用电缆将两者连接即可。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:17 msgid "Sometimes, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有时，可能需要一个USB转串口的适配器。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -689,10 +749,12 @@ msgid "" "hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " "automatically detected as soon as it is connected." msgstr "" +"如果您的打印机在 `支持的设备`__中， " +"则无需设置任何内容，因为连接打印机后，会自动检测到。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打印机需要两分钟左右才能出现在设备列表中。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -700,20 +762,22 @@ msgid "" "drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " "*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." msgstr "" +"在某些情况下，您可能需要重新启动物联网盒子并从物联网盒子中下载打印机的驱动程序。为此，请转到 *物联网盒子的主页* 并点击 *驱动程式清单* " +"。然后，单击加载驱动程序。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:37 msgid "Link the Printer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接打印机" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 msgid "To Work Orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "至工单" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:42 msgid "" "You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " "print labels for manufactured products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以通过 *Quality Control Point* 将 *Work Orders* 连接到打印机，以打印制造产品的标签。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -721,50 +785,52 @@ msgid "" "app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " "order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." msgstr "" +"为此，您需要从 *Quality* 应用创建 *Quality Control Point* 。然后，您可以选择正确的制造操作和工序。在类型选项，选择 " +"*Print Label* 并点击保存。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:53 msgid "" "Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" " *Print Label* button will appear." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，每次出现选择产品的 *Quality Control Point* 时，都会显示 *Print Label* 按钮。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:60 msgid "To Reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "至报告" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:62 msgid "" "You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " "go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以将某类报表连接到特定的打印机。 在 *物联网* 应用中， 打开 *设备* 菜单然后选择您要设置的打印机。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:69 msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在打开 *Printer Reports* 标签页。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:74 msgid "" "Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" " all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " "select and save." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击编辑，然后点击 *Add a line* 。在显示的窗口中，检查要连接到此打印机的所有类型的报告。选中并保存。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:81 msgid "" "Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " "downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" " print it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，每次点击控制面板中的 *Print* 时，都会将其发送到选定的打印机并自动打印。而不是下载 PDF。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "打印来自 PoS 的收据" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:88 msgid "" "You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" " directly from your *PoS*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以将打印机连接到 *Point of Sale* 应用，然后就可以直接使用 *PoS* 来打印收据。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -772,57 +838,59 @@ msgid "" "settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check the *IoT " "Box* feature. Then, enable the *Receipt Printer*." msgstr "" +"操作很简单。 打开 *POS* 应用，然后在 *配置* 下找到 *PoS* 设置。 点击 *编辑* 并检查 *物联网盒子* 特性。 启用其中的 " +"*收据打印机* 。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:98 msgid "" "Now, on your *PoS* view, you will be able to print different kinds of " "tickets: **receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，在您的 *PoS* 界面，您可以打印各种不同的票据: **收据** ， **销售细节** 和 **账单** 。 " #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:101 msgid "" "For the receipt, it will be printed once the order is validated. The process" " is automated when you enable the feature in your *PoS*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于收据，将在订单确认后打印出来。 该过程是自动运行的，需要您在 *PoS* 中启用该功能。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:104 msgid "" "Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " "at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " "current day." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可以通过单击 *PoS* 页顶部导航栏上的打印机图标来打印销售详细信息。打印的是当天的销售详细信息。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 msgid "" "As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" " settings, activate bills and a *Bill* button will appear in the left panel." " Click on it and it will print the bill." -msgstr "" +msgstr "至于账单，仅在餐厅模式下可用。 在您的餐厅设置中，激活账单，*Bill* 按钮会出现在左侧面板中。 单击这个按钮，可以打印帐单。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:119 msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "打印订单至厨房" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:121 msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在餐厅模式下，您可以向厨房发送订单票据。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:123 msgid "" "To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " "*Order Printer*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成之后到 *PoS* 应用，打开 *PoS* 设置页。 然后勾选 *Order Printer*项。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:129 msgid "" "Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create and select the *IoT Box* with all" " the categories of product that should be printed in the *Printer Product " "Categories* field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，打开 *印表机* 菜单。点击创建并选择 *物联网盒子* ，所有应打印的产品类别应在 *印表机产品类别* 字段中。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:136 msgid "" "In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " "categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, a ticket " "will be printed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*PoS*中， 当你在所选类别中添加或者删除商品时，按钮*Order* 会变绿。点击该按钮，将会打印出小票。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po index b2b5069a2..d2965a04b 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po @@ -4,9 +4,8 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# r <263737@qq.com>, 2019 -# William Qi , 2019 -# 卫安琪 , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2020 # Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy @@ -14,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -24,185 +23,253 @@ msgstr "" "Language: zh_CN\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "在线聊天" +#: ../../livechat/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概述" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 -msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" -msgstr "与网站访问者实时聊天" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " -"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " -"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," -" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " -"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " -"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" msgstr "" -"通过Odoo在线客服，你可与网站访问者建立直接联系。访问者屏幕上将会出现一个简单的对话框，并将与你的销售代表联系。这样，你可轻松将访问者转化为潜在商机。你还可以在此为客户提供协助。因此，它是改善客户满意度的完美工具。" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "设置" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" -" and then click on install." -msgstr "使用在线聊天功能，打开应用界面，找到“聊天功能”，点击安装。" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " -"operators can easily join and leave the chat." -msgstr "在线聊天模块提供了一个直接聊天的工具，因此，您可以轻松加入，离开聊天。" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" -msgstr "将在线聊天模块添加到Odoo网站" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " -"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" -" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " -"website." +"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " +"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" +" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " +"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." msgstr "" -"如果你通过Odoo创建的网站，则在线客服已自动加入网页中。现在你只需前往:menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> " -"设置`并选择需要关联到网站的频道。" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 -msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" -msgstr "添加在线聊天模块到外部网站" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " -"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " -"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " -"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up" msgstr "" -"如果你未使用Odoo创建网站，请前往在线客服模块并选择需要关联的频道。你只需要将提供的代码复制并粘贴到你的网站。页面还将提供一个特定的url，你将它发送给客户或供应商，即可进入实时聊天。" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 -msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" -msgstr "根据规则可隐藏/显示在线聊天窗口" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 msgid "" -"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " -"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " -"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" -" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " -"of time it takes for the chat to appear." +"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " +"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" +" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Live Chat`." msgstr "" -"实时聊天的规则可在频道表单中定义。例如，你可选择在你能提供相应语言的国家显示聊天窗口。同时，你可在公司并无销售业务的国家隐藏聊天窗口。如你选择*自动弹出*，你还可设置聊天窗口出现的时长。" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 -msgid "Prepare automatic messages" -msgstr "设置自动回复消息" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" -"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" -" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" -" through the live chat." -msgstr "在频道表单的*选项*版块，可输入几条信息，它们将自动出现在聊天窗口。这将提示访问者通过实时聊天与你联系。" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 -msgid "Start chatting with customers" -msgstr "与客户开始聊天" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " -"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " -"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " -"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." +"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." msgstr "" -"如要开始与客户聊天，首先确保聊天频道发布在你的网站上。在频道表单右上角选择*未在网站上发布*，切换*发布*设置。然后，在操作人员加入频道后，实时聊天将开始。" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "For both scenarios, under:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 msgid "" -"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " -"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." -msgstr "如果无操作人员和/或如频道未发布在网站上，则实时聊天按钮不会向访问者显示。" +"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " +"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " +"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " -"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " -"answered wherever you are in Odoo." -msgstr "访问者发起的对话将直接弹出信息，同时还会显示在讨论模块中。因此，无论你在Odoo的哪个页面，均可回答访问者问询。" +"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " +"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " +"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 msgid "" -"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " -"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." -msgstr "如有多名操作人员加入频道，系统将随机分配访问者会话。" +"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " +"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " +"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 +msgid "" +"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " +"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " +"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "External options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" +" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " +"single live chat page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "Managing chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " +"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " +"operators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 +msgid "Leave or join a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "点评" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " +"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " +"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Customer Rating" +msgstr "客户点评" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " +"for an explanation is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 +msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "Make the rating public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " +"rating of that channel on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 +msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" +"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 msgid "Use commands" msgstr "使用命令" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 msgid "" -"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " -"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " -"into the chat. The following actions are available :" -msgstr "命令是指完成特定操作或访问需要的信息的有用快捷方式。如要使用本功能，只需在聊天中键入命令。系统提供以下命令操作：" +"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 -msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." -msgstr "**/help** ：提示帮助消息" +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 +msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 -msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk**：创建服务台服务单。" +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 +msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 -msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk\\_search**：搜索服务台服务单。" +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 +msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 -msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." -msgstr "**/history**：可以看到最近访问的15个页面" +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 +msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 -msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." -msgstr "**/lead**：创建新线索。" +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 +msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 -msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." -msgstr "**/leave**：离开频道。" +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 +msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 msgid "" -"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " -"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " -"The same goes for the creation of a lead." -msgstr "如果从聊天中创建服务单，则生成的对话将自动显示为服务单描述。在创建线索时也是如此。" +"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " +"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " +"link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" +" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 msgid "Send canned responses" msgstr "发送预设回复" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " -"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " -"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " -"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," -" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " -"assigned." +"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " +"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " +"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." msgstr "" -"预设回复用于创建常用一般语句的替代。只需键入一个词语即可显示整个回复，从而节约了时间。如要添加预设回复，前往:menuselection:`在线客服 " -"--> 配置 --> 预设回复`并根据需要创建。然后，在聊天中只需键入“：”及你分配的快捷方式，即可使用预设回复。" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 msgid "" -"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " -"visitors, enjoy !" -msgstr "恭喜！您已经拥有了所有与访客聊天的工具，尽情体验一下吧！" +"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " +"shortcut word you created." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po index dff268c84..24e6c5b9c 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po @@ -5,20 +5,20 @@ # # Translators: # r <263737@qq.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2019 -# liAnGjiA , 2019 # Shane Tsoi , 2019 # Datasource International , 2020 +# Mandy Choy , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ msgid "" "and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " "menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." msgstr "" -"在创建*物料清单*之前，你必须创建使用*物料清单*的产品以及至少一种部件。前往:menuselection:`主数据菜单 --> " +"在创建*物料清单*之前，你必须创建使用*物料清单*的产品以及至少一种部件。前往 :menuselection:`主数据菜单 --> " "产品`并创建成品和部件。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ msgstr "如果出现这种情况，Odoo提供*灵活部件消耗*功能。启用 #: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "设置" @@ -569,7 +569,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " "same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`." -msgstr "Odoo允许你为同一产品的多个变量使用物料清单。启用变量的方式很简单，只需从 :menuselection:`配置->设置中选择。" +msgstr "" +"Odoo允许你为同一产品的多个变量使用物料清单。启用变量的方式很简单，只需从 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 中选择。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -584,7 +585,7 @@ msgid "" "When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " "field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " "used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." -msgstr "在行与项目对应的基础上定义变量BoM时，BoM主区域的**产品变量**字段应不填内容。这一字段只在为产品的一个变量创建BoM时有用。" +msgstr "在行与项目对应的基础上定义变量BoM时，BoM主区域的 **产品变量** 字段应不填内容。这一字段只在为产品的一个变量创建BoM时有用。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" @@ -768,171 +769,319 @@ msgid "" msgstr "现在，你每次为顶级产品规划制造订单时，系统将为分组件创建制造订单。然后，你必须制造分组件，确保其在制造成品前可用。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontract the manufacturing" -msgstr "制造分包" +msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" +msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 msgid "" -"Some businesses subcontract the production of finished products through " -"subcontractors. This can be easily managed through Odoo." -msgstr "某些公司通过分包商将成品生产进行分包。这可通过Odoo轻松管理。" +"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " +"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 +msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" +msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and tick the box *Subcontracting*." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`并勾选*分包*。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You can now define subcontracted *Bill of Materials*. Therefore, you need to" -" go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data --> Bill of Materials` " -"and hit *Create*. In this *BoM*, list the components which will be used by " -"the subcontractor to manufacture the subcontracted finished product. Specify" -" that the *BoM* type is *Subcontracting* and define one or several " -"subcontractors who will provide you the product." +"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" msgstr "" -"现在，你可定义分包*物料清单*。因此，你需要前往:menuselection:`制造 --> 主数据 --> " -"物料清单`并点击*创建*。在该*物料清单*中，列出分包商将用于制造分包成品的部件。指定*物料清单*类型为*分包*，并定义将为你提供产品的一家或多家分包商。" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:29 -msgid "And... the configuration part is already done!" -msgstr "现在，配置部分均已完成！" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 +msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" +msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32 -msgid "Receive or buy a subcontracted product" -msgstr "接收或购买分包产品" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 +msgid "Control subcontractors bills." +msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:34 -msgid "You have two options to trigger the subcontracting of a product:" -msgstr "你有两种方案触发产品分包：" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:36 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 msgid "" -"**Option A**: You can buy the subcontracted product from your subcontractor" -msgstr "**方案A**：你可向分包商购买分包产品" +"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " +"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 +msgid "" +"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " +"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 -msgid "**Option B**: You can directly receive the subcontracted product" -msgstr "**方案B**：你可直接接收分包产品" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:40 -msgid "Let’s start with option A (option B is just a simpler version of it)." -msgstr "我们从方案A开始（方案B是方案A的简化版）。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:42 msgid "" -"Create a new purchase order. The vendor must be a subcontractor. The unit " -"price should be the cost you are paying to the subcontractor for the " -"subcontracting (thus, it’s not necessarily the total cost of the " -"subcontracted product)." -msgstr "创建新的采购订单。供应商必须为分包商。单价应为向分包商支付的费用（因此，它不一定是分包产品的总成本）。" +"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " +"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " +"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " +"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " +"directly from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:50 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 msgid "" -"The validation of the purchase order automatically creates the receipt. " -"Whenever you receive the product, you can validate the receipt. The " -"following stock moves are created:" -msgstr "确认采购订单后将自动创建收货。你在收到产品后，可确认收货。系统创建以下库存移动：" +"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" +" subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 +msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" +msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 -msgid "For the components" -msgstr "对于部件" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:56 -msgid "From Subcontracting To Production" -msgstr "从分包到生产" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:58 -msgid "For the subcontracted product" -msgstr "对于分包产品" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60 -msgid "From Production to Subcontracting" -msgstr "从生产到分包" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:62 -msgid "From Subcontracting to Stock" -msgstr "从分包到库存" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 msgid "" -"The *Subcontracting Location* represents the place where the products are at" -" your subcontractor’s warehouse. It is configured as an internal location, " -"the components that are sent to the subcontractor are still valued in your " -"stock." -msgstr "*分包库位*代表产品在分包商仓库中的位置。如果它被配置为内部库位，则发往分包商的部件仍在你的库存中计价。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:69 -msgid "" -"For option B, you can simply create the receipt manually with a partner of " -"type subcontractor defined on it." -msgstr "对于方案B，你可直接手动创建收货，将合作伙伴类型定义为分包商。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73 -msgid "Receive or buy a subcontracted product with tracked components" -msgstr "接收或购买包含已追踪部件的的分包产品" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In case the subcontracted product you receive from your subcontractor " -"contains tracked components, you will need to specify the *serial/lot " -"numbers* of the components in question for traceability. This operation is " -"included in the receipt of the subcontracted product." -msgstr "如果你从分包商接收的分包产品含有已追踪部件，你必须指明部件的*序列号/批号*，以确保可追踪性。这个操作环节包含在接收分包产品中。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:80 -msgid "" -"On the receipt, you see a *Record Components* button appearing when " -"necessary. If you click on it, a *Produce* wizard opens in which you will " -"have to enter the *serial/lot numbers* of the components, and the finished " -"product if it is also tracked, like in the below example." +"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " +"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " +"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " +"subcontractor on the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " +"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " +"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " +"(3);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 +msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " +"validated receipt (5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " +"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " +"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " +"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " +"materials used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "库存计价" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 +msgid "**C = A + B + s**" msgstr "" -"收货时，你会看到页面出现*记录部件*按钮。点击该按钮，页面出现*生产*向导，你可输入部件及成品（如也被追踪）的*序列号/批号*，如下例所示。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Once this information has been entered, you will see a new icon on the " -"receipt stock move, which will allow you to find back the components which " -"are part of the finished product." -msgstr "在输入此信息后，你在收货库存移动上可以看到一个新图标，用于找到作为成品组成部分的部件。" +msgid "With:" +msgstr "与：" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:99 -msgid "Resupply the subcontractor with the components" -msgstr "向分包商补给部件" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 +msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" +msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:101 -msgid "" -"There are 3 ways to manage the resupply of your subcontractor with the " -"components:" -msgstr "管理向分包商补给部件的过程有3种方法：" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" +msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:104 -msgid "" -"**Manually**: You create a delivery order in which you set the subcontractor" -" as a partner and you choose the components to deliver." -msgstr "**手动**：创建交货单，将分包商设为合作伙伴，选择待交付的部件。" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "subcontractor;" +msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:110 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 +msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 msgid "" -"You therefore need to activate *Multi-locations* in the inventory settings." -msgstr "因此，你需要在库存设置中启用*多库位*。" +"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " +"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " +"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " +"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " +"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " +"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" +" accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " +"proposed price coming from the finished products C." +msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 msgid "" -"**With reordering rules**: You can define a *reordering rule* on the " -"*Subcontracting location* to ensure that they are always enough components " -"sent to your subcontractors. When the reordering rule is triggered, a " -"delivery order is created for the product is automatically created." +"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" +" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " +"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." msgstr "" -"**含重订货规则**：你可对*分包库位*定义*重订货规则*，以确保总有充足部件送完分包商工厂。在触发重订货规则后，系统将自动为产品创建交货单。" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:120 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "追溯" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 msgid "" -"**On order**: You can also deliver the components to your subcontractors " -"each time you order a subcontracted product. For this, you need to tick the " -"route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted components." -msgstr "**在订单**：你也可以在每次订购分包产品时向分包商交付部件。为此，你需要在部件上勾选*在订单供应分包商*路线。" +"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " +"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " +"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " +"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " +"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 +msgid "" +"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " +"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 +msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " +"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 +msgid "" +"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " +"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " +"subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 +msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " +"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " +"address and fill the components to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " +"approaches:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 +msgid "Reordering rules;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 +msgid "Replenish on order flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 +msgid "" +"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " +"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " +"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" +" subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " +"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " +"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " +"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " +"components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 +msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " +"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " +"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " +"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " +"shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 +msgid "" +"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " +"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "质量管理" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 +msgid "" +"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " +"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " +"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " +"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 +msgid "" +"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " +"a new *Control Point* on the reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " +"product is received." +msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild a product" @@ -1006,7 +1155,7 @@ msgstr "主生产排程(MPS)是根据你的需求预测计划生产的有用工 msgid "" "Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用主生产排程功能，然后点击保存。" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用主生产排程功能，然后点击保存。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -1021,7 +1170,7 @@ msgid "" "stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" " maximum quantities to replenish." msgstr "" -"现在，进入:menuselection:`规划 --> " +"现在，进入 :menuselection:`规划 --> " "主生产排程`并点击添加产品。你可定义你的安全库存目标（=在周期结束时希望保有的库存量）和补货的最小及最大数量。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 @@ -1143,7 +1292,7 @@ msgid "" "You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" " that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " "can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." -msgstr "你可减少需求预测。单元格将变为红色，表明你订购的数量超过了计划数量。如果允许，你可手动取消一些报价请求或制造订单。" +msgstr "你可减少需求预测。单元格将变为红色，表明你订购的数量超过了计划数量。如果允许，你可手动取消一些询价单或制造订单。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po index b55b7e230..39e066a91 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ msgstr "划分并创建营销" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`营销 --> 创建`。" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`营销 --> 创建`。" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -315,6 +315,10 @@ msgstr "**场景**：将目标缩小为包含已解决服务台服务单的记 msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" msgstr ":doc:`automate_actions`" +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" msgstr "发起测试并开始营销" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po index fef6a2006..598c5f76d 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po @@ -6,15 +6,16 @@ # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2019 # ChinaMaker , 2019 +# Mandy Choy , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ChinaMaker , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -34,10 +35,10 @@ msgstr "推送通知" msgid "" "As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " "enable push notifications in the mobile app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从Odoo 12.0、13.0或更高版本开始，没有更复杂的配置可在移动应用程序中启用推送通知。" #: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 msgid "" -"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification " -"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." -msgstr "" +"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud " +"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +msgstr "只需进入 :menuselection:`设置-->常规设置--> Odoo云通知（OCN）`并确保选中了 **推送通知** 。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po index 718ba35f8..3618179e8 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2020 +# Mandy Choy , 2020 # Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -24,124 +24,129 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../planning.rst:5 msgid "Planning" -msgstr "计划" +msgstr "排期" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 -msgid "Create a schedule and make encoding easier" -msgstr "创建安排，让编码更轻松" +#: ../../planning/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概述" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:4 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:5 msgid "" "Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create" " shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high" " level." msgstr "组织定期安排或长期预测项目。创建换班并管理任务，分派员工，保持高度条理性。" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:8 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 msgid "Organize your team by roles" msgstr "按角色组织你的团队" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to" " the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under " "*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*." msgstr "" -"前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 角色 --> " +"前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 角色 --> " "创建`。或者，前往*员工*应用程序，选择相应的员工，在*工作信息*下选择*默认计划角色*。" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:18 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20 msgid "Make shifts recurrent" msgstr "重复换班" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:19 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:22 msgid "" "While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you " "from the need of re-planning it." msgstr "在创建换班时，选择*重复*并根据需要配置，避免重复换班的麻烦。" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:28 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30 msgid "" "Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is " -"possible in developer mode, from *Settings*." -msgstr "系统将生成未来六个月的重复换班。在开发人员模式的*设置*中，可进行修改。" +"possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"from *Settings*." +msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:32 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38 msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop." msgstr "如要在甘特视图下复制换班，按下CTRL+拖放。" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:36 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:41 msgid "Save shifts as templates" msgstr "将换班保存为模板" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:37 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:43 msgid "" -"If creating a shift on the fly and knowing that you will use that template " -"in the future, click on *Save as a Template*." -msgstr "在创建换班后，如需将其用作未来的模板，点击*保存为模板*。" +"If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the " +"future, click on *Save as a Template*." +msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:46 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 msgid "" "To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Shifts Templates --> Create`." -msgstr "如要提前创建模板，前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 换班模板 --> 创建`。" +msgstr "如要提前创建模板，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 换班模板 --> 创建`。" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:55 msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week" msgstr "复制前一周的换班" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:52 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:57 msgid "" "When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or " "Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, " "simply click on *Copy Previous Week*." msgstr "在甘特视图*按员工、角色或项目安排时间表*中，无需重新换班，只需点击*复制前一周*。" -#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:61 +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65 msgid "" "The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you " "grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation " "time, for example." -msgstr "与*休假*和*员工*应用程序集成，将员工未上班或休假的日期显示为灰格。" +msgstr "与*请假*和*员工*应用程序集成，将员工未上班或休假的日期显示为灰格。" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 -msgid "Send planned shifts and give employees autonomy over shifts" -msgstr "发送换班计划并给予员工自主性" +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 +msgid "Send Planned Shifts and Give Employees Autonomy Over Shifts" +msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:4 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, " -"loosing productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts " -"helps you to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." -msgstr "如果无法控制任务和换班，可能会出现进度落后，生产力流失等问题。让员工参与对换班的意见有助于掌控工作量，并予以员工一定的灵活度。" +"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, losing" +" productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts helps you " +"to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." +msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:9 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email" msgstr "通过电子邮件发布并发送当周换班" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:12 msgid "" "Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include" " Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen." msgstr "换班完成后，点击*发送安排*。如想要*未分派*的班次被看到，选择*包括开放的班次*。" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:17 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19 msgid "" "Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish " -"and Send*, employees will get an email that will redirect them to their " -"planned tasks:" -msgstr "选择*发布*或*发布并发送*。如选择*发布并发送*，员工将收到邮件，指向他们的任务安排：" +"and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned " +"tasks:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:25 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:26 msgid "" "Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published." msgstr "在发布之前，员工无法看到换班。" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts" msgstr "允许员工自行空出换班" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:30 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:31 msgid "" "Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an " "employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I " @@ -149,6 +154,6 @@ msgid "" "take it." msgstr "进入*配置*并启用*允许取消分派*。之后，员工打开任务时，可点击*我没时间空档*。此时换班将空出，允许其他人排入。" -#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:45 +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44 msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database." msgstr "员工拥有门户访问权限；用户拥有数据库访问权限。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index 982fe3c9b..6a3b5fafc 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -5,26 +5,28 @@ # # Translators: # r <263737@qq.com>, 2019 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2019 # Wall, 2019 # LINYUN TONG , 2019 # Cécile Collart , 2019 # Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2019 -# Connie Xiao , 2019 -# fausthuang, 2019 # Manga Tsang , 2019 # Kenny Yang , 2019 # 敬雲 林 , 2019 # Datasource International , 2020 +# Mandy Choy , 2020 +# niulin lnc. , 2020 +# liAnGjiA , 2020 +# fausthuang, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: fausthuang, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -36,336 +38,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Point of Sale" msgstr "POS" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced topics" -msgstr "高级话题" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "POS终端上使用条形码" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "使用条码扫描器处理POS订单可以提高效率，并为你和客户节省时间。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:20 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "设置" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "如要使用条码扫描器，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的POS接口。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "在IoT盒子/硬件类别下，你可找到*条码扫描器*并选择它。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "将条形码增加到产品上" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`POS --> 目录 --> 产品`并选择一个产品。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "在一般信息选项卡下，你可找到条码字段，你可在此输入任何条码。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "扫描产品" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "从你的PoS接口，用条码扫描器扫描任何条码。产品将被添加，你可以多次扫描同一件产品，将它添加多次，也可在屏幕上手动更改数量。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:3 -msgid "Cash Rounding" -msgstr "现金舍入" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:4 -msgid "" -"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " -"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." -msgstr "当货币或硬币的最低实物面值高于最小的记账单位时，需要进行**现金舍入**。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " -"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " -"made in cash." -msgstr "例如，某些国家要求公司在以现金支付时，将发票总额四舍五入到最接近的五美分。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " -"totals of its bills or receipts." -msgstr "在Odoo的每个POS都可以配置为将现金舍入到其账单或收据的总数。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "" -"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" -" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." -msgstr "这项功能将很快添加到Odoo中。我们目前正努力使所有支持的版本尽快可用。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*现金舍入*，然后点击*保存*。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" -" option." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`，打开你想要配置的POS，并启用*现金舍入*选项。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " -"*Create and Edit...*." -msgstr "如要定义**舍入方法**，打开下拉列表并点击*创建并编辑...*。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," -" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." -msgstr "在这里定义你的*舍入精度*、*利润科目*和*损失科目*，然后保存舍入方法和你的POS设置。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:41 -msgid "" -"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" -" according to your settings." -msgstr "这个POS的所有总金额现在都会增加一行，根据你的设置应用现金舍入。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " -"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." -msgstr "Odoo POS只支持*添加舍入明细*舍入策略和*一半*舍入方法。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 -msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" -msgstr "使用Mercury接受信用卡支付" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " -"`__) is required to accept credit card payments" -" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " -"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " -"American businesses." -msgstr "" -"在Odoo 11 PoS及集成读卡器中接受信用卡支付需要MercuryPay账户（参见`*MercuryPay网站* " -"`__）。MercuryPay仅适用于美国和加拿大银行，因此这一程序只适合北美公司。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 -msgid "" -"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " -"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " -"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr "集成读卡器的替代方法是使用独立的读卡器，然后将Odoo POS屏幕上的交易总额复制到读卡器中，并在Odoo POS中记录交易。 " - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 -msgid "Install Mercury" -msgstr "安装Mercury" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " -"module." -msgstr "如要安装Mercury，前往:menuselection:`应用程序`并搜索*Mercury*模块。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" -"如要配置Mercury，你需要启用:doc:`开发人员模式 <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury " -"Configurations`." -msgstr "现在，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> Mercury配置`。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " -"credentials." -msgstr "为信用卡创建新配置并输入你的Mercury凭据。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods` and create a new one." -msgstr "然后前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> 支付方式`并创建新支付方式。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " -"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." -msgstr "在*POS*下，选择*在POS使用*后，你可选择刚才创建的Mercury凭据。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." -msgstr "现在，你在确认付款时，有了用信用卡支付的新选项。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Log in with employee" -msgstr "用雇员身份登陆" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " -"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " -"made for that session." -msgstr "通过*POS*应用程序，你可管理多个收银员。这项功能可追踪谁在工作，每位收银员每个班次的时间和收银金额。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," -" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." -msgstr "在Odoo中切换收银员有三种方法：*选择收银员*、*输入PIN码*或*扫描条码*。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." -msgstr "如要使用管理多个收银员功能，你必须有多位员工（至少两位）。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:16 -msgid "Set up log in with employees" -msgstr "设置员工登录" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " -"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " -"the cash register." -msgstr "如要启用本功能，进入*PoS设置*并在*PoS表单*中勾选员工登录。然后，添加有收银机权限的员工。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:25 -msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." -msgstr "现在，你可以很容易地切换成出纳员身份" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:28 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "切换不需要识别码" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" -" cashier name in your PoS interface." -msgstr "切换收银员的最简单方法是无需代码，直接切换。为此，点击PoS界面中的收银员姓名。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:36 -msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." -msgstr "现在，你只需要在你的名字上点击" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:42 -msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" -msgstr "用识别码切换至出纳" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " -"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." -msgstr "你可为每位收银员设置pin码。如要设置pin码，前往*HR设置选项卡*的员工表单并添加安全PIN码。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:50 -msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." -msgstr "现在，在切换收银员时，必须输入PIN码。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:56 -msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" -msgstr "通过条码切换收银员" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " -"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" -" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." -msgstr "你可要求员工用自己的徽章登录。为此，在添加PIN码的同一位置设置条码。打印徽章，之后，收银员将切换为该员工。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:67 -msgid "Find who was the cashier" -msgstr "查找谁是收银员" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " -"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." -msgstr "在关闭*PoS会话*后，你可整体查看每位收银员的销售额。为此，你需进入订单菜单。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:75 -msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." -msgstr "现在，打开订单，即可看到已售出产品的摘要。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "重新打印收据" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "如需重新打印票据，请使用*重新打印收据*功能。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "如需启用*重新打印收据*，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS接口。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "在账单和收据类别下，你可看到*重新打印收据*选项。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " -"receipt printer." -msgstr "为使用重新打印收据选项，你必须启用收据打印机。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "重新打印收据" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "在你的PoS界面，现在可以看到*重新打印收据*按钮。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "你可以使用它来重新打印上一张收据。" - #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 msgid "Pricing Features" msgstr "定价功能" @@ -426,6 +98,132 @@ msgid "" "finish the transaction." msgstr "然后扫描折扣标签。折扣将生效，你可完成交易。" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Apply Discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " +"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " +"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " +"strategy tailored to every business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "应用手动折扣" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " +"inside an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "对产品应用折扣" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 +msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "应用全局折扣" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 +msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 +msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" +" discount on oranges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "应用限时折扣" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " +"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" +" the PoS and define a default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "创建价格表" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " +"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " +"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 +msgid "" +"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " +"Then, you can finalize the order." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 msgid "Manage a loyalty program" msgstr "管理忠诚度计划" @@ -436,13 +234,26 @@ msgid "" "*Loyalty Program*." msgstr "通过*忠诚度计划*鼓励客户继续来你的销售点购物。" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:20 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "设置" + #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 msgid "" "To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " "Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " "Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" msgstr "" -"如要启用*忠诚度计划*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> " +"如要启用*忠诚度计划*功能，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> " "POS`并选择你的PoS界面。在定价功能下，选择*忠诚度计划*。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 @@ -471,162 +282,71 @@ msgstr "" "在设置客户后，你现在可以看到他们交易获得的点数，并将累计他们已消费的金额。根据忠诚度计划定义的规则，在累计足够点数后，通过*奖励*按钮即可兑换奖励。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 msgid "" "You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" " finalize the order in your usual way." msgstr "你会发现价格即时更新，反映价格表的最新价格。你可按正常方式完成订单。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 msgid "" "If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " "can of course change it." msgstr "如你选择包含默认价格表的客户，则将适用该价格表。当然，你也可更改。" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "应用手动折扣" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." -msgstr "如果你不经常使用折扣功能，手动折扣可能是最适合你的销售点的简便方式。" +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." -msgstr "你可对整个订单或特定产品应用折扣。" +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "对产品应用折扣" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 -msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." -msgstr "从会话界面，使用*折扣*按钮。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " -"currently selected and the discount will be applied." -msgstr "然后，你可对当前选择的产品输入折扣（百分比），则将应用折扣。" +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "应用全局折扣" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "如要对整个订单应用折扣，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 msgid "" -"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." -msgstr "在*定价*类别下，你可找到*全局折扣*，选择。" +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 -msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." -msgstr "现在，你的PoS界面会出现新的*折扣*按钮。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." -msgstr "点击，然后你可输入需要的折扣（百分比）。" +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " -"product discount also at 50%." -msgstr "在本例中，你会发现全局折扣是50%，特定产品折扣也是50%。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "应用限时折扣" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " -"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " -"pricing strategy tailored to your business." -msgstr "提供限时折扣或季节折扣，吸引客户并增加收入。Odoo强大的价格表功能，可支持最适合你公司的定价策略。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " -"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "如要启用*价格表*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " -"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" -" on *Pricelists*." -msgstr "选择你现在本POS中可用的价格表并定义默认价格表。你可点击*价格表*，访问你的全部价格表。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "创建价格表" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" -msgstr "默认情况下，你有*公开价格表*。如要创建更多，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 目录 --> 价格表`。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " -"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " -"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " -"whole range." -msgstr "你可设置使用特定价格的几项标准：周期、最少数量（满足最低订购数量并获得价格折扣）等。你还可选择对特定产品或在整个范围内应用该价格表。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 -msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" -msgstr "在PoS界面使用价格表" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " -"select the right pricelist." -msgstr "现在，在*客户*按钮上方有一个新按钮，即刻使用并选择正确的价格表。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze sales" -msgstr "分析销售" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 -msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" -msgstr "查看你的POS统计数据" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " -"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " -"statistics." -msgstr "追踪销售情况对于任何企业都至关重要。因此，Odoo为你提供分析销售情况并获取有意义统计数据的实用视图。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "查看你的统计数据" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " -"--> Orders`" -msgstr "如要访问你的统计数据，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 报告 --> 订单`。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 -msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." -msgstr "然后，你可以图形或透视表形式查看各种统计数据。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 -msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" -msgstr "你也可点击此处访问统计视图" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" @@ -652,9 +372,9 @@ msgid "" "information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " "website `_." msgstr "" -"比利时政府要求某些企业使用国家认证设备* *财政数据模块* *(也称为* *黑箱* *)。这个设备与POS设备一起使用, " -"记录交易事项。最重要的是,使用的POS设备也必须经政府认证, 并坚守严格的标准规定. “Odoo " -"9(企业版)是一个认证应用程序`_. 关于会计期间的模块的更多信息, 请查阅官方网站 `the official website " "`_." @@ -691,7 +411,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" -msgstr "每个POS配置注册的IoT盒子" +msgstr "每个POS配置注册的物联网盒子" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 msgid "Setup" @@ -699,7 +419,7 @@ msgstr "设置" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 msgid "IoT Box" -msgstr "IoT 盒子" +msgstr "物联网盒子" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -710,8 +430,8 @@ msgid "" "can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" " to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." msgstr "" -"为了使用财政数据模块, 你需要一个已注册的IoT盒子。IoT盒子与普通的物联网盒子类似, " -"但它们已在比利时政府注册。这是法律规定。在未注册的IoT盒子上使用财政数据模块将无法正常工作。你可通过IoT盒子主页*硬件状态页*验证财政数据模块是否已被IoT盒子识别" +"为了使用财政数据模块, 你需要一个已注册的物联网盒子。物联网盒子与普通的物联网盒子类似, " +"但它们已在比利时政府注册。这是法律规定。在未注册的物联网盒子上使用财政数据模块将无法正常工作。你可通过物联网盒子主页*硬件状态页*验证财政数据模块是否已被物联网盒子识别" " 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 @@ -733,8 +453,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "通过安装**比利时注册的收银机**应用程序（技术名称：``pos_blackbox_be``），Odoo " "POS应用程序可具备认证的POS功能。由于政府对我们的限制，这种安装不能撤消。在此之后, " -"你必须确保每个POS配置都有与它关联的唯一已注册IoT盒子（:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> " -"POS`并确保硬件代理/IoT盒子及其序列号已设置）。首次打开时POS并尝试处理交易时，你需要输入连同增值税签约卡一起收到的PIN码。" +"你必须确保每个POS配置都有与它关联的唯一已注册物联网盒子（:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> " +"POS`并确保硬件代理/物联网盒子及其序列号已设置）。首次打开时POS并尝试处理交易时，你需要输入连同增值税签约卡一起收到的PIN码。" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 msgid "Certification & On-premise" @@ -749,8 +469,8 @@ msgid "" "is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " "module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." msgstr "" -"由政府颁发的认证仅限于使用odoo.com SaaS演示。源模块或是修改版本* *不* " -"*被认证。对于内部用户,我们也支持会计期间模块的安装。对于企业版的客户, 主要的限制是,这需要一个模糊的版本的“pos_blackbox_be“模块。" +"由政府颁发的认证仅限于使用odoo.com SaaS演示。源模块或是修改版本 **不** " +"被认证。对于内部用户，我们也支持会计期间模块的安装。对于企业版的客户，主要的限制是,这需要一个模糊的版本的``pos_blackbox_be`` 模块。" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 msgid "Restrictions" @@ -783,20 +503,180 @@ msgstr "产品销售没有有效的税收" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" -msgstr "每个IoT盒子不允许多个Odoo POS配置" +msgstr "每个物联网盒子不允许多个Odoo POS配置" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" -msgstr "在不连入IoT盒子（及FDM）的情况下使用POS" +msgstr "在不连入物联网盒子（及FDM）的情况下使用POS" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" msgstr "列入黑名单的模块 :POS_打折, POS_重新打印, POS_忠诚度" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "概览" +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "开始" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " +"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" +" device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " +"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " +"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 +msgid "Make products available in the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" +" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " +"*Available in Point of Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "配置支付方式" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " +"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" +" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" +" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " +"payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " +"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 +msgid "Your first PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "第一个订单" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 +msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 +msgid "Return and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " +"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " +"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " +"repeat the process individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " +"process the payment and validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "关闭PoS会话" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " +"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" +" the dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 +msgid "" +"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " +"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " +"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " +"post the closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " +"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database <../../iot/config/connect>` " +"and :doc:`Use the IoT Box for the PoS <../../iot/config/pos>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "查看你的统计数据" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " +"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " +"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " +"pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 +msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 msgid "Register customers" msgstr "注册客户" @@ -832,173 +712,6 @@ msgid "" "any future transactions." msgstr "完成后，点击保存按钮。然后，你在未来的交易中就可以选择该客户了。" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" -msgstr "开始使用Odoo销售点" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " -"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " -"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." -msgstr "" -"Odoo POS在线应用程序基于简单、用户友好的界面。**POS** 应用程序可在ipad、Android平板电脑或笔记本电脑上使用，在线或离线均可。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " -"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " -"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " -"customer can be identified from the app." -msgstr "" -"Odoo " -"POS应用程序与库存和会计应用程序全面集成。POS的任何交易都将自动登记到库存和会计分录中，由于应用程序可识别客户，还将登记到CRM应用程序中。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " -"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." -msgstr "无需繁琐的外部程序集成，就可以实时统计所有门店数据" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 -msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" -msgstr "安装POS应用程序" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." -msgstr "前往应用程序页面并安装POS应用程序。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " -"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " -"settings." -msgstr "如你使用Odoo会计应用程序，请勿忘记安装账户图表。你可在会计设置中进行此操作。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 -msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "使产品在POS中可用" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" -" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "要使产品在POS可供销售，打开产品，进入销售选项卡并勾选*在POS可用*。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." -msgstr "你还可在此定义产品是否需要称重。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "配置支付方式" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" -" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " -"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." -msgstr "" -"如要为POS添加新的支付方式，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS --> 选择POS --> " -"前往支付版块`并点击“支付方式”链接。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" -" in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "现在，你可创建新支付方式。请勿忘记勾选*在POS使用*。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" -" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." -msgstr "创建支付方式后，你可在POS配置中决定可用该支付方式的POS。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 -msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" -msgstr "配置POS" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " -"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择需要配置的POS。你可在本菜单中编辑POS的所有设置。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 -msgid "Create your first PoS session" -msgstr "创建首个PoS会话" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "第一个订单" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 -msgid "" -"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " -"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." -msgstr "现在，你可通过PoS完成首笔销售交易。你可从PoS仪表板查看所有POS，也可开始新会话。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 -msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "现在你已进入PoS界面" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." -msgstr "订单完成后，你可登记付款。页面左侧将显示所有可用的付款方式。选择合适的付款方式并输入收到的金额。然后，你可确认付款。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 -msgid "You can register the next orders." -msgstr "你可登记下一个订单。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "关闭PoS会话" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " -"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " -"now close the session from the dashboard." -msgstr "一天结束后，你可关闭PoS会话。为此，点击右上角出现的关闭按钮并确认。现在，你可从仪表板关闭会话。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 -msgid "" -"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "我们强烈建议你在每天结束后关闭PoS会话。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 -msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." -msgstr "然后，你将看到每种支付方式的所有交易摘要。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 -msgid "" -"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" -" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." -msgstr "点击摘要的其中一行，你将看到在此PoS会话期间通过此支付方式支付的所有订单。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " -"closing entries." -msgstr "如果检查无误，你可验证此PoS会话并将关闭的分录过账。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 -msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." -msgstr "完成后，你即可结束首个PoS会话。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " -":doc:`../../../iot/config/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/config/pos`" -msgstr "" -"如要将PoS接入Odoo IoT盒子硬件，请参见本版块:doc:`../../../iot/config/connect` and " -":doc:`../../../iot/config/pos`" - #: ../../point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 msgid "Payment Terminals" msgstr "付款终端" @@ -1020,9 +733,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "请注意，Ingenico目前仅向比荷卢地区客户提供。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 -msgid "Connect a Payment Terminal" -msgstr "接入支付终端" +msgid "Connect an IoT Box" +msgstr "连接一个物联网盒子" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -1034,27 +746,17 @@ msgstr "" "将Ingenico支付终端连接到Odoo需要IoT盒子。关于如何将IoT盒子接入数据库的更多信息，请参见:doc:`IoT documentation " "<../../iot/config/connect>`。" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Once the IoT Box is up and running, you’ll need to link your payment " -"terminal to your PoS. Open the *Point of Sale* app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`. Select a PoS, tick the IoT" -" Box Device option and select your payment terminal." -msgstr "" -"在设置并运行物联网盒之后，你需要将支付终端连接到PoS。打开*POS*应用程序并前往:menuselection:`配置 --> " -"POS`。选择一个PoS，勾选IoT盒子设备选项并选择你的支付终端。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:30 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" msgstr "为比荷卢Ingenico配置Lane/5000" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:32 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 msgid "" "Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " "Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." -msgstr "点击终端上的F按钮，然后前往:menuselection:`PoS菜单 --> 设置`并输入设置密码。" +msgstr "点击终端上的F按钮，然后前往 :menuselection:`PoS菜单 --> 设置`并输入设置密码。" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:35 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " "(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " @@ -1062,33 +764,33 @@ msgid "" "in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." msgstr "" "现在，点击连接更改和TCP/IP。 " -"键入*IoT盒子*的IP（你可在IoT盒子的表单视图中找到它）。然后，输入9000作为端口。终端将重新启动。完成后，进入Odoo的*IoT盒子*表单，并验证是否已找到终端。" +"键入*物联网盒子*的IP（你可在物联网盒子的表单视图中找到它）。然后，输入9000作为端口。终端将重新启动。完成后，进入Odoo的*物联网盒子*表单，并验证是否已找到终端。" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 msgid "Configure the payment method" msgstr "配置支付方式" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:46 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 msgid "" "First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " "setting." msgstr "首先，进入POS应用程序的一般设置，并启用Ingenico设置。" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:52 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 msgid "" "Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " "Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " "new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " "Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." msgstr "" -"回到:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> " +"回到 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> " "POS`，进入支付版块并查看你的支付方式。为Ingenico创建新支付方式，选择支付终端选项Ingenico，并选择你的支付终端设备。" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:61 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" msgstr "用支付终端付款" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:63 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 msgid "" "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " "Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " @@ -1098,111 +800,73 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在*PoS界面*，当处理付款时，选择使用支付终端的*支付方式*。检查栏目中的金额是否为须发送到付款终端的金额并单击*发送*。当付款成功时，状态将更改为*付款成功*。" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:72 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " "retry to send the payment request." msgstr "如需取消付款请求，点击取消。你仍可重试发送付款请求。" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:75 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." msgstr "如果支付终端有问题，你仍可通过*强制完成*强制付款。这样，即使终端和Odoo之间出问题， 你仍可Odoo确认订单。" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:81 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 msgid "" "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " "you the connexion failed." msgstr "只有当你收到错误信息，提示连接失败时，本选项才可用。" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:84 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:103 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 msgid "" "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " "of card that has been used and the transaction ID." msgstr "付款处理完毕后，在支付记录上可以看到使用的卡片类型和交易ID。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 -msgid "Connect SIX/Worldline to your PoS" -msgstr "将SIX/Worldline接入你的PoS" +msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX/Worldline payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid " -"payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "连接SIX/Worldline支付终端可为客户提供流畅的支付流程，并方便收银员的工作。" +"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " +"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 -msgid "Please note SIX/Worldine is currently only available for UE customers." -msgstr "请注意，SIX/Worldline目前仅向UE地区客户提供。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:17 msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX/Worldline Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that " -"requires an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " -"<../../iot/config/connect>`." +"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " +"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " +"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " +"integration." msgstr "" -"将SIX/Worldline支付终端连接到Odoo需要IoT盒子。关于如何将IoT盒子接入数据库的更多信息，请参见:doc:`IoT " -"documentation <../../iot/config/connect>`。" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Once the *IoT Box* is up and running, you’ll need to link it to your PoS. " -"Open the Point of Sale app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point" -" of Sale`. Select a PoS, tick the IoT Box Device option and select your " -"payment terminal." -msgstr "" -"在设置并运行IoT盒子之后，你需要连接到PoS。打开*POS*应用程序并前往:menuselection:`配置 --> " -"POS`。选择一个PoS，勾选IoT盒子设备选项并选择你的支付终端。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then go to your *IoT Box homepage* (accessible from the IoT Box form view in" -" Odoo) and enter the ID of your Six payment terminal." -msgstr "然后进入*IoT盒子主页*（可从Odoo IoT盒子表单视图访问）并输入你的Six支付终端ID。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You should now see that the terminal is connected to your IoT Box (it takes " -"+/- 1 min)." -msgstr "你现在应看到终端已接入你的IoT盒子（需要+/- 1分钟）。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:43 -msgid "" -"The terminal should only be connected to the network with the Ethernet. Do " -"not connect it to the IoT Box with a USB Cable." -msgstr "终端只能通过以太网接入网络。请勿用USB电缆将其接入IoT盒子。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:47 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 msgid "Configure the Payment Method" msgstr "配置支付方式" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:49 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the SIX " -"setting." -msgstr "首先，进入POS应用程序的一般设置，并启用SIX设置。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " -"payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal option SIX, and select " -"your payment terminal device." +"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " +"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." msgstr "" -"回到:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> " -"POS`，进入支付版块并查看你的支付方式。为SIX创建新支付方式，选择支付终端选项SIX，并选择你的支付终端设备。" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:64 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " +"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" msgstr "用支付终端付款" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:66 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 msgid "" "In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" " using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " @@ -1211,36 +875,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在*PoS界面*，当处理付款时，选择使用支付终端的*支付方式*。检查栏目中的金额是否为须发送到付款终端的金额并单击*发送*。如你想要取消付款请求，点击取消。" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:74 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 msgid "" "When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " "You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." msgstr "支付完成后，状态将变为*付款成功*。你可随时点击*逆转*，逆转最近一项操作。" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:81 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." msgstr "如果支付终端有问题，你仍可通过*强制完成*强制付款。这样，即使终端和Odoo之间出问题， 你仍可在Odoo确认订单。" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:87 -msgid "Close your Session" -msgstr "关闭会话" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:89 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, before closing your session, you need to send the " -"balance of the payments to SIX. To do that, click on this button." -msgstr "在一天结束后关闭会话之前，你需将付款余额发送到SIX。为此，你可点击本按钮。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Once the balance has been sent, the SIX shift is closed, meaning you cannot " -"do additional operations with the SIX payment terminal (except if you reopen" -" a shift by clicking on the user name and selecting a cashier)." -msgstr "在发送余额之后，SIX班次关闭，意味着你无法对SIX支付终端进行其他操作（出发点击用户名并选择收银员，重开一个班次）。" - #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" msgstr "将Vantiv支付终端接入你的PoS" @@ -1270,7 +917,7 @@ msgid "" "payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " "create new Vantiv credentials." msgstr "" -"回到:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> " +"回到 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> " "POS`，进入支付版块并查看你的支付方式。为Vantiv创建新支付方式，选择支付终端选项Vantiv，并创建新的Vantiv凭据。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 @@ -1309,7 +956,7 @@ msgstr "配置账单打印" msgid "" "To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " "Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "要启用*账单打印*，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" +msgstr "要启用*账单打印*，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -1328,6 +975,61 @@ msgstr "在PoS界面，你现在可看到*账单*按钮。" msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." msgstr "点击该按钮，你可打印账单。" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 +msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " +"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " +"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " +"away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 +msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," +" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 +msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 +msgid "Using fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " +"fiscal position you need for the current order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 +msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " +"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " +"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " +"choose one to set as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " +"interface." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" msgstr "打印厨房或吧台的订单" @@ -1347,13 +1049,13 @@ msgstr "启用吧台/厨房打印机" msgid "" "To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " "Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "如要启用*订单打印*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" +msgstr "如要启用*订单打印*功能，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 msgid "" "Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." " Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." -msgstr "在IoT盒子/硬件代理类别下，你可找到*订单打印机*。请注意，你需要通过IoT盒子将打印机接入PoS。" +msgstr "在物联网盒子/硬件代理类别下，你可找到*订单打印机*。请注意，你需要通过物联网盒子将打印机接入PoS。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 msgid "Add a printer" @@ -1386,62 +1088,122 @@ msgid "" "When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." msgstr "点击该按钮，它将打印厨房/吧台打印机上的订单。" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Register multiple orders" -msgstr "登记多个订单" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your tables" +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " -"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." -msgstr "Odoo POS应用程序可同时登记多个订单，为你带来所需的灵活性。" +"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" +" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " +"business in the best possible way." +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" +" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " +"and your employees to work efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " +"Bar/Restaurant*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 +msgid "" +"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " +"they are restaurant-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "添加楼层" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " +"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " +"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 +msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "添加餐台" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " +"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " +"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " +"sits the table can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "登记餐台订单" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " +"taken to your main interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "调换顾客" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " +"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 +msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " +"transferring your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 msgid "Register an additional order" msgstr "登记额外的订单" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 msgid "" -"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " -"order." -msgstr "当你在登记订单过程中，你可通过*+*按钮，添加新订单。" +"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " +"another one." +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 msgid "" -"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " -"needed." -msgstr "然后，你可在各个订单之间切换，根据需要处理付款。" +"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 -msgid "" -"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." -msgstr "通过*-*按钮，你可删除目前所在的订单。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" -msgstr "设置PoS厨房/吧台" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " -"Sale application can help you to fulfill." -msgstr "Odoo POS应用程序可帮助你满足作为餐饮行业企业的具体需求。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "如要启用*酒吧/餐馆*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" -msgstr "选择*是酒吧/餐馆*" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " -"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." -msgstr "现在，你会看到多个具体选项，帮助你设置POS。这些选项旁边都有小刀叉标志。" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 +msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" @@ -1458,7 +1220,7 @@ msgstr "为客户提供简单的账单拆分解决方案可带来积极的体验 msgid "" "To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " "Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "如要启用*账单拆分*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" +msgstr "如要启用*账单拆分*功能，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -1480,70 +1242,6 @@ msgid "" "process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." msgstr "使用此按钮，你可选择每位顾客的餐品并处理付款，为每位顾客重复这一流程。" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your table management" -msgstr "配置餐台管理" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" -" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " -"Point of sale`.." -msgstr "在将POS应用程序配置为酒吧/餐馆使用后，在:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`选择*餐台管理*。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "添加楼层" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" -" *Floors*" -msgstr "在选择*餐台管理*后，你可点击*楼层*，对楼层进行管理。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "添加餐台" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 -msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." -msgstr "现在，你从PoS界面可看到所有楼层。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" -" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." -msgstr "点击铅笔图标，你将进入编辑模式，你可在此创建、移动并修改餐台等。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " -"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " -"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " -"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." -msgstr "" -"在本例中，我有2张六人座圆桌和2张四人座方桌，我用颜色标示它们，以便于查找，通过工具栏，你可以重命名餐台，更改它们的形状、大小、座位数及复制餐台。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 -msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." -msgstr "在设置楼层平面图之后，可关闭编辑模式。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "登记餐台订单" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " -"register an order and payment." -msgstr "选择餐台后，你将进入常规界面登记订单和付款。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" -" you can also transfer the order to another table." -msgstr "你可选择楼层按钮，快速返回楼层平面图，也可将订单转至其他餐台。" - #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" msgstr "将小费选项纳入付款" @@ -1562,7 +1260,7 @@ msgstr "配置小费" msgid "" "To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " "Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "如要启用*小费*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS。" +msgstr "如要启用*小费*功能，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1582,36 +1280,59 @@ msgstr "现在，在支付界面可以看到新的*小费*按钮。" msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." msgstr "添加顾客想要支付的小费并继续付款。" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Transfer customers between tables" -msgstr "调换顾客餐台" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " -"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " -"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " -"you." -msgstr "如果顾客在下单后想要调换餐台，Odoo可帮助你将顾客和订单转移到新餐台，让顾客满意，也省却你的麻烦。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "调换顾客" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 -msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." -msgstr "选择顾客目前所在的餐台。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " -"select the new table" -msgstr "现在，你只需要使用调换按钮，选择新餐台，即可完成调换。" - #: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 msgid "Shop Features" msgstr "购物功能" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "POS终端上使用条形码" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "使用条码扫描器处理POS订单可以提高效率，并为你和客户节省时间。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "如要使用条码扫描器，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的POS接口。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "在物联网盒子/硬件类别下，你可找到*条码扫描器*并选择它。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "将条形码增加到产品上" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 目录 --> 产品`并选择一个产品。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "在一般信息选项卡下，你可找到条码字段，你可在此输入任何条码。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "扫描产品" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "从你的PoS接口，用条码扫描器扫描任何条码。产品将被添加，你可以多次扫描同一件产品，将它添加多次，也可在屏幕上手动更改数量。" + #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" msgstr "设置POS的现金控制" @@ -1631,7 +1352,7 @@ msgstr "启用现金管理" msgid "" "To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" " --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "如要启用*现金管理*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" +msgstr "如要启用*现金管理*功能，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." @@ -1688,6 +1409,72 @@ msgid "" "balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." msgstr "如果使用*取出现金*选项，取走此次会话的交易额，则总差额为零，关台余额与开台余额相同。你的钱箱可用于下一次会话。" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "现金舍入" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "当货币或硬币的最低实物面值高于最小的记账单位时，需要进行**现金舍入**。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "例如，某些国家要求公司在以现金支付时，将发票总额四舍五入到最接近的五美分。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "在Odoo的每个POS都可以配置为将现金舍入到其账单或收据的总数。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "" +"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" +" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." +msgstr "这项功能将很快添加到Odoo中。我们目前正努力使所有支持的版本尽快可用。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*现金舍入*，然后点击*保存*。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`，打开你想要配置的POS，并启用*现金舍入*选项。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "如要定义**舍入方法**，打开下拉列表并点击*创建并编辑...*。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "在这里定义你的*舍入精度*、*利润科目*和*损失科目*，然后保存舍入方法和你的POS设置。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "这个POS的所有总金额现在都会增加一行，根据你的设置应用现金舍入。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "Odoo POS只支持*添加舍入明细*舍入策略和*一半*舍入方法。" + #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" msgstr "从PoS界面开具发票" @@ -1706,7 +1493,7 @@ msgstr "启用开具发票功能" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" " select your Point of Sale:" -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的POS界面：" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的POS界面：" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -1759,29 +1546,133 @@ msgid "" " have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " "invoice." msgstr "" -"离开PoS界面（右上角的:menuselection:`关闭 --> 确认`），你将在:menuselection:`POS --> 订单 --> " +"离开PoS界面（右上角的 :menuselection:`关闭 --> 确认`），你将在 :menuselection:`POS --> 订单 --> " "订单`看到所有订单，在状态选项卡中，可看到已开具发票的订单。点击订单，你可访问其发票。" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 -msgid "Accept returns and refund products" -msgstr "接受退货和退款产品" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" +msgstr "用雇员身份登陆" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " -"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " -"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." -msgstr "周全的退货政策是吸引并留住客户的关键。因此，接受退货及退款也是你的*POS*界面的重要方面。" +"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " +"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " +"made for that session." +msgstr "通过*POS*应用程序，你可管理多个收银员。这项功能可追踪谁在工作，每位收银员每个班次的时间和收银金额。" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 msgid "" -"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " -"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" -" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." -msgstr "在*POS*界面，选择客户想要退货的产品，使用+/-按钮并输入需要退货的数量。如需处理多件产品退货，重复这一流程。" +"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," +" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." +msgstr "在Odoo中切换收银员有三种方法：*选择收银员*、*输入PIN码*或*扫描条码*。" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 msgid "" -"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " -"to process the payment." -msgstr "可以看到总金额变为负数，要完成退款，你只需继续进入支付页面。" +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." +msgstr "如要使用管理多个收银员功能，你必须有多位员工（至少两位）。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" +msgstr "设置员工登录" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " +"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " +"the cash register." +msgstr "如要启用本功能，进入*PoS设置*并在*PoS表单*中勾选员工登录。然后，添加有收银机权限的员工。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." +msgstr "现在，你可以很容易地切换成出纳员身份" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "切换不需要识别码" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" +" cashier name in your PoS interface." +msgstr "切换收银员的最简单方法是无需代码，直接切换。为此，点击PoS界面中的收银员姓名。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." +msgstr "现在，你只需要在你的名字上点击" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "用识别码切换至出纳" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " +"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." +msgstr "你可为每位收银员设置pin码。如要设置pin码，前往*HR设置选项卡*的员工表单并添加安全PIN码。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +msgstr "现在，在切换收银员时，必须输入PIN码。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "通过条码切换收银员" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " +"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" +" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." +msgstr "你可要求员工用自己的徽章登录。为此，在添加PIN码的同一位置设置条码。打印徽章，之后，收银员将切换为该员工。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" +msgstr "查找谁是收银员" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " +"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." +msgstr "在关闭*PoS会话*后，你可整体查看每位收银员的销售额。为此，你需进入订单菜单。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." +msgstr "现在，打开订单，即可看到已售出产品的摘要。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "重新打印收据" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "如需重新打印票据，请使用*重新打印收据*功能。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "如需启用*重新打印收据*，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS接口。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "在账单和收据类别下，你可看到*重新打印收据*选项。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "为使用重新打印收据选项，你必须启用收据打印机。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "重新打印收据" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "在你的PoS界面，现在可以看到*重新打印收据*按钮。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "你可以使用它来重新打印上一张收据。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po index 21492b6af..f7d4aca94 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2019 # John An , 2019 # Datasource International , 2020 +# Mandy Choy , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -15,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -173,4 +174,4 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you need information about how to manage your database see " ":ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "如你需要数据库管理的信息，请参见:ref:`db_online`" +msgstr "如你需要数据库管理的信息，请参见 :ref:`db_online`" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index 15850209b..63929b77c 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -5,15 +5,11 @@ # # Translators: # r <263737@qq.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# mrshelly , 2019 # Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2019 -# liAnGjiA , 2019 # Gary Wei , 2019 -# zyx , 2019 -# fausthuang, 2019 -# Kate Lee , 2019 -# LINYUN TONG , 2019 +# mrshelly , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Mandy Choy , 2020 # Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy @@ -21,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -39,1642 +35,1071 @@ msgstr "项目" msgid "Advanced" msgstr "高级" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 -msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" -msgstr "如何从客户处收集回馈？" +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Project Settings" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概览" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:5 msgid "" -"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " -"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " -"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " -"customers using Odoo." -msgstr "作为经理, 跟踪你的团队做的每一件事并不容易。得到客户的回复对于改善团队绩效是很有帮助的。你可以很轻松的通过客户使用Odoo来收集反馈。" +"Projects can be created for a specific customer or team, and can be " +"coordinated among your employees through visibility options. Stages can be " +"shared among tasks, and the exact time spent on each project can be tracked." +" All of it in favor of a more integrated and dynamic organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:10 +msgid "Create advanced projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Choose a *Customer* in order to create a project specifically for him. If " +"not, simply leave the field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:20 +msgid "Choose who can access a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a project for specific teams, under *Visibility*, choose who can " +"have access to the project:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:25 +msgid "" +"*Invited employees*: the ones who are followers (see " +":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:26 +msgid "*All employees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:27 +msgid "" +"*Portal users and all employees*: it enables the option *Share*. Recipients " +"receive an email with an invitation to access the document (project)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Choose an *Analytic Account* to track the profitability of your project in a" +" specific account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:33 +msgid "Timesheet and record time on tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:35 +msgid "To track the time spent on tasks, enable *Timesheets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:36 +msgid "In order to be able to launch a timer, also enable *Timesheet timer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:43 +msgid "Create sales orders from a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To invoice the time (service) and material used on a task, enable *Bill from" +" tasks*. Then, choose the service/product which you would like to bill, or " +"create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:54 +msgid "Track the material used on a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After enabling *Bill from Tasks*, enable *Products on Tasks* to track the " +"products/material used during the work on a specific task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:64 +msgid "Take advantage of worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Worksheets are reports of the work done. To customize and include them in " +"your tasks, enable *Worksheets*. Choose an existing template or create one " +"on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:74 +msgid "Schedule shifts on projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To create shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized," +" enable *Planning*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:88 +msgid "Manage employees work hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:90 +msgid "" +"*Working time* defines the number of your employees’ working hours. It " +"adjusts the Gantt planning view of your interventions. Open the external " +"link to adjust the daily hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:99 +msgid "Share stages across projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In order to have a clean Kanban view that works across projects, and to " +"avoid duplicates, delineate specific stages for different projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:105 +msgid "" +":doc:`Activate the Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"then go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Stages`. Choose the" +" respective one and add the projects among which you would like to share " +"stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 +msgid "Gather Feedback from Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Finding out what your clients think about the experience they have with your" +" company, can inspire you to have insights on how to improve your " +"product/service, adjusting your business to fit their needs. It shows that " +"you value their opinions and provides a reliable source of information to " +"other consumers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 msgid "" -"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " -"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " -"Sad)." -msgstr "在项目实施期间, 可以发送邮件来获取客户反馈。他可以通过三种表情来评估你的工作（微笑, 自然, 悲伤）。" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Use Rating on Project*." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 -msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" -msgstr "如何从客户处收集回馈" +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Set Email Template to Stages* in order to define the template to be sent at" +" a specific stage(s)." +msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " -"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " -"apps module and install it." -msgstr "在做必要的设置之前, 首先要安装“项目\" 这个模块。只需到应用程序界面下载并安装。 " +msgid "Choose an existing template or create one on the fly." +msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " -"module." -msgstr "而且, 在相同的界面, 你也要安装“项目评级\" 模块。 " +msgid "Choosing the projects I want feedback from" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:30 msgid "" -"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " -"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " -"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " -"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "下一步, 进入后台项目模块。选择“设置\" 按钮并在下拉菜单中选择“设置 \"。然后选择“项目客户评级\" , 不要忘记保存设置。 " +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit` and " +"configure the wanted projects to have the email template previously set " +"sent, by the change of a stage or periodically." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 -msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" -msgstr "如何获得客户反馈？" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:32 msgid "" -"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." -msgstr "在项目进行期间, 邮件可以在任何阶段发给客户。" +"Enable *Rating visible publicly* if you would like to publish the ratings in" +" order to communicate them to a customer, prospect or the rest of your team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:40 +msgid "See the customer rating email sent under the *Log notes* of your task." +msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 +msgid "Get reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:49 msgid "" -"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." -msgstr "首先, 你需要选出从哪个项目你想得到回馈" +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` see " +"ratings by task." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 -msgid "Project configuration" -msgstr "项目配置" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:55 msgid "" -"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " -"**Customer satisfaction** option." -msgstr "进入“项目\" 模块, 在项目设置里面勾选“客户满意 \"选项。" +"Clicking on the percentage of happy ratings over the last 30 days in the " +"*Projects* overview, redirects you to your website with more rating details." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 -msgid "Email Template" -msgstr "EMail模板" +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:3 +msgid "Track Projects’ Profitability" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:5 msgid "" -"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " -"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." -" You can directly edit it from there." -msgstr "去项目状态设置（点击这个图标, 在状态栏的上方, 然后选择\" 编辑“）。选择一个邮件模版, 你也可以直接编辑。 " +"A project runs smoother if you can have an overview of its costs, revenues, " +"profitability, tasks, time and people, all in the same place. It allows you " +"to make smarter business decisions as you know where you are standing and " +"can course-correct if needed." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 -msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" -msgstr "这是一个客户可以收到的邮件的例子。" +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:10 +msgid "Track costs and revenue" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:13 +msgid "If you have the Timesheets application installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:15 msgid "" -"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" -" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " -"will be added to the chatter of the task." -msgstr "客户只需要点击笑脸（微笑, 自然, 悲伤）来评价你的工作。客户也可以回复邮件并添加更多的信息。这将会在加入到任务的聊天室。" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose the " +"respective project, *Edit* and enable *Timesheets*. A menu *Overview* " +"becomes available in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The overview shows the hours recorded split by the different billable " +"options, profitability, time by people according to the billable hours " +"recorded, and even a timesheet table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:30 +msgid "If you do not have the Timesheets application installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. " +"Then go to *Manager Users* and enable *Analytic Accounting*. Now, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects` and specify an " +"*Analytic Account* under the needed project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:36 +msgid "" +"A *Profitability* menu to the costs and revenues of this analytic account is" +" directly available in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:44 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "报表" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:46 msgid "" -"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " -"the project." -msgstr "你会在项目右上方有一个简要的概括。" +"Under *Reporting*, obtain a report on the *Project Costs and Revenues*. " +"Choose among graph options or do your analysis through a pivot view." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 -msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" -msgstr "如何在页面上展示点评？" +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:54 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/usage`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 -msgid "" -"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " -"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." -msgstr "首先有必要安装“网站构建器\" 模块。只需要去模块菜单下载并安装即可。 " +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:55 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" -" Issue** module." -msgstr "而且, 在同一个菜单, 你必须安装“项目问题网站评级\" 模块。 " - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" -" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" -" end of the website." -msgstr "然后, 你就能够可以在网站上公布你的结果了, 你可以在网站右上角上点击确认按钮。" +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:56 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses`" +msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 -msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" -msgstr "如何为销售订单创建相关任务？" +msgid "Create Projects and Tasks from Sales Orders" +msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 msgid "" -"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " -"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " -"from sales order lines." -msgstr "在这部分里, 我们可以看到Odoo“项目管理\" 和“销售 \"这两个的整合模块的整合, 准确一点说是如何从销售条目中直接产生任务。" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " -"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " -"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" -" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " -"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " -"and Services departments." +"When you sell your services, you can choose to automatically have a " +"project/task created, helping you to not lose track of the work that needs " +"to get done, streamlining the processes between teams. In addition to that, " +"you are able to invoice or reinvoice clients according to the exact time " +"spent on that service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:11 +msgid "Product set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products` create a new product " +"or set up an existing one. Under *General Information* set the *Product " +"Type* as *Service*. Under the *Sales* tab select the *Service Invoicing " +"Policy* and *Service Tracking*." msgstr "" -"在项目管理中, 任务需要在一个规定的时间内完成。对于一个服务型公司, 任务就会被定义为卖给客户, " -"并交付到客户。这就是为什么要从销售销售订单中生成任务来组织销售和服务部门。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " -"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " -"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " -"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " -"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" -" overtime spent on the project." +msgid "If you choose to:" msgstr "" -"作为例子, 你可以卖25000美元50个小时的服务。固定价格并已支付。但是你需要追踪你的之前为客户做过的服务。在销售订单上, 可以直接生成任务, " -"并且顾问可以直接输入工单, 如有需要也可以再向客户收取超时服务费。" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "设置" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 -msgid "Install the required applications" -msgstr "安装所需的应用" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:19 msgid "" -"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " -"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" -" the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "你需要安装\" 销售管理“和 \"项目\" 模块才可以在销售订单上生成任务。只需安装模块即可。 " - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 -msgid "" -"And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" -" task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " -"spent on that task." -msgstr "最后是**工时表**应用程序，工时表不仅可从销售订单创建任务，还可根据该任务所花费的时间向客户开单。" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 -msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "只需进入应用程序模块并安装以下各项：" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 -msgid "Create and set up a product" -msgstr "创建并设置产品" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " -"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " -"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " -"the`following setup:" -msgstr "你需要在产品上配置服务用来在每次产品卖出后生成任务。从销售模块的菜单里面, 销售-产品, 创建并配置新产品。" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 -msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" -msgstr " **名称**: 技术支持" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 -msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr " **产品类型**: 服务" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" -msgstr "“测量单位\" :小时, 在菜单 - 设置 的“测量单位 \", 查看按钮“有些产品可以以不同的测量单位买卖\" 。 " - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " -"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" -" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." -msgstr "“发票形式\" :你可以基于订单数量, 也可以按发货数量产生发票。你可以简单地依据时间总量来发货或开发票给客户。 " - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " -"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " -"product to hours as well." -msgstr "“跟踪服务\" :创建任务, 跟踪时间, 如果你的产品是以时间来开发票给客户, 你需要把你的测量时间设置成小时。 " - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " -"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " -"will then create a project per SO." +"- *Create a task in an existing project*: a task is added in the first " +"column of the selected project." msgstr "" -"把你的任务与已存在的项目相关联或者建一个新的, 如果这个产品是只针对这一个项目。否则, 你就空着, Odoo会根据销售订单创建一个新的项目。" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 -msgid "Create the Sales Order" -msgstr "创建销售订单" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:21 msgid "" -"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " -"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " -"sale order, the task will be created." -msgstr "一旦商品配置好, 你就可以建询价单或者销售订单。一旦询价单确认变成销售订单后, 任务就会被生成。" +"- *Create a task in sales order’s project*: a new project for each sales " +"order of that service is created based on the template you have chosen." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 -msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" -msgstr "从销售单生成相应任务" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 -msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" -msgstr "在项目模块, 你的新任务将会显示。" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:23 msgid "" -"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" -msgstr "可以在一个相关的项目, 如果你已经选择了一个产品表格。" +"- *Create a new project but no task*: only creates a new project, for each " +"time that service is sold, based on the skeleton of the project template " +"chosen." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:30 +msgid "Confirm a quotation and have a project/task created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:32 msgid "" -"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " -"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" -msgstr "在新的项目与对应的销售订单相关联, 你只需点击“更多\" 按钮来设置。 " +"Now, once a *Quotation* is confirmed and transformed into a *Sales Order*, a" +" project or task is automatically created." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:40 +msgid "Access the task generated from Project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:42 msgid "" -"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" -" your customers based on your invoicing policy." -msgstr "对于任务自身, 你可以在任务上记录记工单并根据开票原则给客户开票。" +"On the *Project* application, your new project and/or task (depending on the" +" previous *Service Tracking* options chosen), is shown:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:51 +msgid "Record the time spent and create an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:53 msgid "" -"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " -"source document of the task is the related sales order." -msgstr "在Odoo中, 销售订单是一切的中心, 也就意味着任务的源文档和销售订单关联。" +"From *Project*, access your task and document the time spent under the " +"*Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" -msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup` " +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Once the task is complete, click on *Sales Order* and *Create Invoice*." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To only invoice approved timesheets, go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and enable *Approved timesheets only*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -#: ../../project/application.rst:3 -msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" -msgstr "超级棒的记工单应用" +#: ../../project/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概览" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Demonstration Video" -msgstr "演示视频" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "副本" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" -" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." -msgstr "超级棒的记工单是一个移动应用, 它能让你在继续要简单的点击几下就可以在项目上记录花费的时间。" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " -"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" -" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Project" msgstr "" -"先不考虑设备的问题, Timesheet的记录只需一个简单的点击 。可以看一下谷歌浏览器插件, 不需要登陆, 只需要点击一下便可开启 。运行平顺, " -"并且能离线工作并且能和Odoo账号自动同步。" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:5 msgid "" -"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" -" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" -" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." +"Managing projects means managing people, tasks, due dates, budgets and " +"predicted return on investments. For all of it, you need a solution that " +"allows you to reduce risks, get information at a glance, have an overview of" +" your progress and stay organized. And, from start to finish, to be able to " +"run multiple projects in parallel easily. Odoo Project application is the " +"solution you need." msgstr "" -"另外通过移动端或者谷歌浏览器插件我就可以得到我自己的工时的统计分析 。在我的Odoo账号中我们可以进一步进行分析 。我能收到报表以及每个用户的记工单, " -"用这些深入分析项目以及更多" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " -"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" -"saving!" -msgstr "" -"神奇的记工单和ODoo的开票系统进行了集成。客户的账单自动生成\n" -"同时也能可Odoo的项目管理进行集成 。如此的省时！" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 -msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." -msgstr "现在就下载神奇的记工单并提供生产力吧 。" - -#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration and basic usage" -msgstr "基础配置" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" -msgstr "如何管理任务以及任务协作？" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "责任" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 -msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." -msgstr "在Odoo中, 你可以分配任务的负责人。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " -"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " -"suggestions in the drop down menu." -msgstr "当创建一个任务, 默认的你是他的负责人。你可以通过下拉菜单或输入其他人的名字来改变它。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " -"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." -msgstr "如果你添加新用户, 你可以“创建&编辑 **一个新用户, 你需要管理员权限来做这件事。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 -msgid "Followers" -msgstr "关注者" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" -" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " -"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " -"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." -" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " -"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " -"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " -"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." -msgstr "" -"在一个任务中, 你可以添加其他用户作为 **关注者** " -"。添加一个关注者意味着当任务有任何变更时这个人会被通知到。目的是允许来自谈话的外部贡献。当你需要从其他部门同事的意见时这是非常宝贵的。你也可以邀请客户参与部分任务," -" 他们会被邮件通知, 并通过回复邮件来参与任务。关注者可以像你一样看到整个任务的描述和交谈。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 -msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" -msgstr "项目 :通过关注一个项目来关注管道" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" -" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " -"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " -"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " -"see the big picture all the time." -msgstr "" -"你可以决定关注一个项目。在这个情形下, 你会被通知各种项目的变更 :比如任务从一个阶段到另一个, 交流的内容, " -"等等。你会在inbox里收到所有的信息。这个功能对于想要随时看到全局的项目经理是很不错的。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 -msgid "Task: follow a specific task" -msgstr "任务 :关注指定的任务。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " -"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " -"that task also appear in your inbox." -msgstr "关注一个任务和关注一个项目其实是一样的, 除了你只是关注着项目的某个特殊部分而已。所有的任务的变化通知会显示在你的inbox里。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 -msgid "Choose which action to follow" -msgstr "选择哪个行为要被关注。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " -"Following button." -msgstr "你可以通过点击在关注按钮的向下箭头来选择哪些你要关注的内容。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " -"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " -"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." -msgstr "默认情况下, 你可以跟进讨论, 但你也可以选择当记录创建一个任务, 锁住或待发, 任务的阶段改变时得到通知。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 -msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" -msgstr "时间管理 :分析账户" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " -"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." -msgstr "是否能帮你预估项目的账单或发票数据, 项目管理的时间跟踪是真正有用的。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " -"help you track time easily." -msgstr "Odoo 工时单模块完美地结合了Odoo项目能帮你方便地跟踪时间。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " -"available in projects and on tasks." -msgstr "一旦安装Odoo工时单, 工时单选项在项目和任务自动可用。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " -"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" -" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " -"automatically created under the same name." -msgstr "为了避免混淆, Odoo使用分析帐户。一个分析帐户, 将永远被命名为特定项目或合同的参考。每一个项目创建时, 分析帐户将自动根据同名创建。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" -msgstr "在项目上记录工时单" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 -msgid "Click on the settings of a project." -msgstr "点击项目设定" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." -msgstr "点击在顶部灰色菜单的工时单按钮" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " -"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " -"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " -"it, or not." -msgstr "" -"在Odoo工时单。点击创建, 一个带有今天的日期和时间的行会出现。项目名称被自动选择为分析帐号。没有任务设置, 您可以选择是否添加一个特定的任务。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" -" timesheets." -msgstr "如果你现在去Odoo时间表, 你的行会在你的其他时间表中被记录下来。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" -msgstr "在任务上记录工时单 :" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 -msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." -msgstr "在一个任务, 工时单选项也可用的。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " -"Add an item." -msgstr "在任务中, 单击编辑按钮。转到时间表选项卡, 然后单击添加项目。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " -"Analytic account." -msgstr "一条带有在分析帐号已选定的项目名称的时间行会出现。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " -"application." -msgstr "同样, 你会在Odoo工时单里发现这些工时单行。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 -msgid "" -"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" -" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." -msgstr "在项目结束時，你可以透過搜索項目的分析賬戶名稱,了解你在項目上真正花費的時間。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 -msgid "Document Management in tasks" -msgstr "任务的文档管理" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 -msgid "" -"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" -" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" -" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." -msgstr "你可以管理不同档案类型的文件,不论是计划或是图片格式等等。一张图像有时比千言万语更为丰富！你有两种方式将文件添加到任务。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 -msgid "" -"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " -"tab on the top of the form." -msgstr "1. 你可以透过点击表格顶部的附件选项，在工作中添加图像或文件。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 -msgid "" -"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " -"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " -"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " -"task." -msgstr "" -"2. 通过互动，你可以添加图片/文档到任务中，也可以记录一个说明/发送消息并附上文件，如果有人在邮件中发送了附件，该附件将自动保存在任务中。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " -"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." -msgstr "如果你有一幅有助于了解的任务的重要图像，您可以将其设置为封面图片。它將能直接在看板中查看。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 -msgid "Collaborate on tasks" -msgstr "任务协作" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" -" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." -msgstr "ＯＤＯＯ项目管理中的任务可以很容易的让你和同事协同工作，帮助你节省时间和精力。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 -msgid "" -"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " -"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" -" delegation and the Chatter." -msgstr "出发点是实时呈现你感兴趣的，通过任务的授权，在同一时间可以和同事使用同一任务" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 -msgid "Create a task from an email" -msgstr "从电子邮件创建任务" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " -"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " -"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." -msgstr "" -"您可以把你的項目链接到一個电子邮箱。当邮件被发送到该地址，它会自动在该项目立即創建任务，並把所有收件人(收件人/副本/密件副本)添加为追随者。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " -"project gets an automatic email address." -msgstr "通过ＯＤＯＯ在线，邮件入口已经配置，因此每个项目可以自动获得一个Email地址" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 -msgid "" -"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " -"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " -"Dashboard." -msgstr "邮件的名称预设为项目的名称 (以“ - ”代替空格)，你可在项目仪表盘的项目名称下找到它。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 -msgid "" -"This email address create by default following the project name can be " -"changed." -msgstr "项目名称预设的电子邮箱可以被更改。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 -msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." -msgstr "电子邮箱的别名可以由项目经理来改变。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 -msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." -msgstr "要进行此项修订，可进入项目设置，然后单击电子邮件选项页签。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 -msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." -msgstr "你亦可以直接编辑你的项目电子邮箱。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 -msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." -msgstr "互动，状态和跟进" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " -"history of the task." -msgstr "互动时很有用的工具，是个交流工具并且可以显示历史。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 -msgid "" -"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " -"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " -"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " -"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " -"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " -"to remember past interactions." -msgstr "" -"在互动中，你可以看到任务何时创建，何时阶段变更等，任何对任务的变更，系统将自动记录到互动中，也包含你和客户，同事之间的互动记录，使得任务所有者很容易了解到过去的互动交流记录。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 -msgid "" -"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" -" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " -"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" -" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " -"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." -msgstr "" -"你可以联系跟进者，不管是内部(同事)或者外部(客户)通过录入说明或重要信息，也可以针对该任务发送邮件给所有的跟进者，你可以选择增加消息通知所有跟进者，对于两种方式，日期和时间都会保存。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 -msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" -msgstr "任务的描述，平板" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " -"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " -"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " -"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " -"creation of the content." -msgstr "" -"ＯＤＯＯ允许通过(http://etherpad.org)替换任务描述字段，也就是说你可以和其他用户实时的使用同一个任务，每个用户有自己的颜色，你可以对整个任务进行回复" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 -msgid "" -"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " -"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." -msgstr "要应用该选项，进入到 :菜单选择:`项目设置 --> 平板`, 点击 \"在任务描述中多信息协作\"." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 -msgid "" -"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " -"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " -"Click on the ```` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " -"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " -"follower." -msgstr "" -"如果你只需要平板而不是整个任务页，可以点击右上方图标直接进入，点击图标 ```` " -"获取该任务描述的ＵＲＬ，在没有添加对方为跟进者并且想发送消息给对方时，需要用到这个。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 -msgid "Tasks states" -msgstr "任务状态" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 -msgid "Set the state of a task" -msgstr "设置任务状态" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 -msgid "" -"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" -" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " -"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." -msgstr "当你在做任务中的工作时，任务状态是最容易通知你同事的方式，比如任务准备就绪或者推迟，是个可视化的向导。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 -msgid "" -"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " -"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" -msgstr "你可以从看板视图或者直接从任务中改变状态，只需要点击状态条。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 -msgid "Custom states" -msgstr "自定义状态" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 -msgid "" -"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " -"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," -" then click on edit:" -msgstr "在项目的不同阶段，你可以定义不同的状态含义，在看板视图，点击阶段最上方的齿轮状图标，然后编辑：" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 -msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." -msgstr "在颜色球边上，写上说明" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 -msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" -msgstr "现在，说明将会代替普通文本显示" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 -msgid "Color Tags" -msgstr "颜色标签" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 -msgid "" -"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " -"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " -"them thanks to the filters." -msgstr "每个任务，你可以定义一个标签，标签对于任务的分类很有用，帮助你在看板视图中高亮显示或者通过过滤器很容易找到" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 -msgid "" -"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" -" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " -"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." -msgstr "如果你需要经常使用特定类型的标签，可以高亮显示该任务，每个标签可以使用不同颜色，在面板视图中可视化。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " -"the tag, directly from the task:" -msgstr "为了在看板视图中显示，你需要在任务中直接给标签设置颜色" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" -msgstr "如何安装与配置项目管理?" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " -"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." -msgstr "Odoo项目允许你和整个项目团队一起管理项目, 与项目和任务成员中的任何一个人沟通。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " -"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" -" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " -"employees working on this project." -msgstr "" -"它与包含可定制阶段的任务的项目一起工作。项目可以是内部的或客户导向的。任务是项目执行的一部分。你可以给这个项目工作的几个员工提供不同的任务。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Installing the Project module" -msgstr "安装项目管理模块" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " -"**Install**." -msgstr "打开**应用** 模块, 查找**项目管理**, 再点击 **安装**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:11 msgid "Creating a new project" msgstr "创建一个新的项目" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:13 msgid "" -"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," -" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " +"Click on *Create*. Specify the name of the project and choose which features" +" you would like to integrate. Note that they can be enabled afterward " +"through *Settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Manage your project’s stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open your project and add as many columns as there are stages in your " "project." -msgstr "打开**项目** 应用, 点击**创建**. 从窗口中, 你可以指定项目名称以及公开程度" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 -msgid "The privacy setting works as:" -msgstr "隐私设置如 :" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 -msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." -msgstr " **客户项目**: 如果该客户是一个关注者那么就可以在门户中看到。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." -msgstr " **所有员工**: 员工能看到所有的任务或者问题。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:27 msgid "" -"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" -msgstr " **私有项目**: 只有关注者能看到的任务或者问题" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " -"**Customer** field empty if not." -msgstr "如果某个项目有特定的客户, 就可以在项目中标明；如果不是客户的项目, 那么 **客户** 字段留空。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 -msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." -msgstr "输完所有必要的详细信息之后, 点击 **保存** 。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 -msgid "Manage your project's stages" -msgstr "自定义项目阶段" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 -msgid "Add your project's stages" -msgstr "创建自定义的项目阶段" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 -msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." -msgstr "在你项目仪表盘上。点击 **＃任务** 。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" -" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " +"Each project stage can be characterized by a distinct set of activities, or " +"your stages can guide you to the different steps a project has to go " +"through. It is important to set them right as they lead you from the first " +"idea or step to its conclusion, contributing to the overall success of your " "project." -msgstr "在新窗口中，跟进项目第一阶段的定义，新增一列，然后再更多的列用于维护项目阶段" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:33 msgid "" -"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " -"that you can personalize to fit your needs." -msgstr "对于每个阶段，针对任务的状态有不同的记号，你可以自定义以满足需要" +"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks that you can " +"personalize." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:34 msgid "" -"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " -"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." -msgstr "拖拉鼠标焦点到阶段名称，在打开的菜单上，点击**编辑**." +"Drag your mouse over a stage name, and click on :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" Edit`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:41 msgid "" -"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " -"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " -"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." -msgstr "一个新窗体将打开，跟进在任务中自定义的颜色显示，很容易了解哪个任务需要留意，可以跟进自己的喜好定义含义。" +"The dots correspond to customizable markers applied on tasks, making it " +"easier to know which tasks require attention. You can give them any " +"signification you like." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 -msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "完成的时候点击 **保存** 。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:50 msgid "Rearrange stages" msgstr "调整项目阶段" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:52 msgid "" -"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" -" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " -"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " -"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." +"From the Kanban view of your project, you can add stages by clicking on *Add" +" a column*." msgstr "" -"通过添加新的列，你可以很容易个性化视图以满足你的业务需要，在项目的看板视图中，通过点击*添加新列**增加阶段，通过拖拉列到指定位置，可以重新定义阶段的顺序，你也可以通过**设置**图标合并或者不合并阶段" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`visualization`" -msgstr ":doc:`visualization` " - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 -msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" -msgstr ":doc:`collaboration` " - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`time_record`" -msgstr ":doc:`time_record` " - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 -msgid "How to record time spent?" -msgstr "如何记录花费的时间？" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:54 msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " -"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." -msgstr "ＯＤＯＯ可以记录每个员工以及每个项目的时间，用于简单的统计或者根据所花时间给客户开发票" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " -"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " -"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." +"To rearrange the order of your stages easily do so by dragging and dropping " +"columns. You can also fold or unfold them on *Settings*." msgstr "" -"为了记录项目所花时间，必须首先激活工时表，在**项目* 应用中，打开:菜单选择:`配置 --> 设置`. 在**工时单** 选择页面, 点击 " -"**激活工时单**." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:62 +msgid ":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:63 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`../record_and_invoice/time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:3 +msgid "Share Projects and Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:5 msgid "" -"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " -"Employee and Timesheet apps." -msgstr "激活该选项，将安装销售，发票，问题跟着，员工和工时单应用程序" +"When you share your projects/tasks, you allow external users to be on the " +"same page as you. It avoids misunderstandings, simplifies communication, and" +" allows you to become a more coordinated company as you get the right " +"information to the right people." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 -msgid "Recording timesheets" -msgstr "记录记工单" +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:10 +msgid "Share projects and tasks" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:12 +msgid "To share a project, go to :menuselection:`Manage --> Share`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " -"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." -msgstr "你可以记录该项目所花的时间在项目应用程序中，或者记录工时在项目或者任务中" +"To share a task, open it and click on :menuselection:`Action --> Share`. " +"Choose an existing *Recipient(s)* or create it on the fly." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 -msgid "Recording in a project" -msgstr "在项目中记录" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:27 msgid "" -"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " -"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." -msgstr "在 **项目** 应用面板, 打开菜单**更多** 用于记录工时, 点击 *工时单*." +"The recipient receives an email saying that he has been invited to access a " +"document. In the example below, a project was shared. When the user opens " +"it, he sees the settings of that project and can access its tasks, for " +"example." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 +#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "排期" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "Forecast Resources Across Projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" -"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" -" click on **Save**." -msgstr "在新窗口中，点击**创建** 输入必要的字段，再点击**保存**." +"Allocate the needed time for specific tasks under a planned shift. Once that" +" is done, analyse Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), so you can evaluate " +"your employees’ performance and workload, besides the progress of your " +"projects/tasks when comparing the planned and effective hours." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 -msgid "Recording in a task" -msgstr "在任务中记录" +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "Allocate times under shifts" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:12 msgid "" -"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " -"and open the task on which you have been working." -msgstr "在**项目**应用中，打开需要记录工时表的项目，打开你工作的任务。 " +"When planning a shift, in the *Planning* application, create a project and a" +" task on the fly, or simply select the one you want." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:20 msgid "" -"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " -"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "在任务中, 点击 **编辑**, 打开**工时表** 再点击 **增加项目**. 输入必要字段, 再点击 **保存**." +"*Allocated Time (%)* allows you to define the percentage of time you would " +"like your employee to work on that specific task during his shift. See that " +"information in hours on *Allocated hours*." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 -msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" -msgstr "可视化项目任务" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 msgid "" -"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " -"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " -"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " -"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " -"have to cope with." -msgstr "在日常业务中，你公司可能有重要的、复杂的任务要履行，需要及时提醒并全面跟进。幸运的是，Odoo可有效地可视化并组织不同的任务。" +"The calculation shows you how many hours out of the total shift time (*End " +"date* - *Start date*) are spent by the employee on that task." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On :menuselection:`Project --> Planning --> By Project`, immediately see the" +" total number of employees allocated per project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:31 +msgid "Compare forecast hours with the effective ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, once the employee has timesheeted his hours in the task, go to " +"*Project* and with the *View list*, under *All Tasks*, conveniently see the " +"*Planned Hours* compared to the *Remaining Hours*, and a calculation of the " +"*Progress*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:42 +msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Record Time and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When it is time to bill your client for their finished project/task, you can" +" choose to shorten processes and save time by pulling the billable time you " +"have tracked into sales orders, and invoices, directly from the " +"project/task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:10 +msgid "Enable the Timesheet feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Timesheets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:15 +msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the " +"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet*, *Timesheet Timer* and *Bill from " +"Tasks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once the time spent on a task under that project has been recorded, click on" +" *Create Sales Order* and continue to create your invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:26 +msgid "" +"This way, you can invoice different customers, for different services, at " +"different rates, without the need to create numerous projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:30 +msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the " +"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet* plus *Timesheet Timer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose " +"the project, *Create Sales Order*, and continue to create your invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:38 +msgid "" +"From here, choose if you want the billing to be based on the project rate: " +"all timesheets are billed by the same rate, or by the employee rate: " +"timesheets are billed by the individual rate of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The project rate allows you to invoice a whole project, for a specific " +"service, at a specific rate, at once. Example: the implementation of a " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The employee rate billing lets you invoice a project broken down into " +"different services, and different rates. Example: different rates for junior" +" and senior consultants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:50 +msgid "Invoice only approved timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Invoicing Policy`, and choose *Approved timesheets only*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This ensures that the manager is aware of the hours being logged by each " +"employee before the customer gets invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/so_to_task`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`./time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:3 +msgid "Record Time Spent on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Get to know how much time you are spending on tasks in order to make your " +"employees’ life easier, and records error-free. Launch the timer in your " +"browser, stop it on your phone and have all entries synced. Generate " +"invoices based on the timesheet entries and be sure to invoice your " +"customers the exact right amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:11 +msgid "Manually timesheet on task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Timesheets*. Then, enable the *Timesheets* option on the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, once you are in your task, under the *Timesheet* tab, *Add a line* and " +"specify the *Duration*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:22 +msgid "Time tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, enable " +"*Timesheet timer* on the projects on which you need the functionality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, you can time your task clicking on *Start*. *Pause* at any moment, and " +"*Stop* to confirm the recorded time and add a description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Tasks" +msgstr "任务" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:3 +msgid "Collaborate on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Being able to collaborate virtually but with the same effect as if people " +"were in the same room increases your productivity. It results in faster " +"execution of processes, brainstorming and decision made easier while also " +"allowing the support of outside contributions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:10 +msgid "Add followers to a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:12 +msgid "*Edit* the project to add followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Followers are notified of any changes: tasks sliding from one stage to " +"another, conversations taking place, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Following a project automatically makes you a follower of all its tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:24 +msgid "Add followers to a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Within a task, click on the *Followers* icon. Followers get notified of any " +"changes in the task and can see the task like you do, with the description " +"and the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:34 +msgid "Select which notifications to get" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For a project or task, select what you would like to be notified about. For " +"that, *Edit subscription*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:44 +msgid "Use the pad like a collaborative note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Collaborative Pads`, then edit the *Settings* of the project you would like " +"the feature to work and enable *Use Collaborative Pads*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Now, you are able to contribute to tasks in real-time, with several users, " +"with an Etherpad collaborative note. Every user has his own color and you " +"can replay the whole creation of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on the ** icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " +"useful if you want to share it without adding this person as a follower, or " +"to someone outside of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:62 +msgid "The Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*Chatter* is a communication tool that shows the history of a task, " +"including changes and the interactions between you and your customers or " +"colleagues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To interact with followers, whether there are internal or external, click on" +" *Log a note* and ping them using the at symbol (*@*). If you want to send a" +" message/email to all the followers in the task, use *Send a message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can also ping a channel using the hashtag sign (*#*). This way, users " +"can have a channel per project team, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:77 +msgid "Schedule activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Do not forget promises made and stay organized by conveniently *Scheduling " +"activities* from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:87 +msgid "Edit or create new activities types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:89 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 +msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " +"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " +"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " +"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 +msgid "Set up an incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " +"the incoming email alias you would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 +msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 +msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " +"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" +" a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 +msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 +msgid "" +"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " +"followers of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 +msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:40 +msgid ":doc:`./get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:41 +msgid ":doc:`./collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Break down a project by creating, assigning and organizing tasks. Set " +"priorities to help you determine where you want to invest your time first, " +"manage files within it and keep everything you need to complete your work in" +" one place. Ensure that your strategies are turned into actionable plans " +"and, as a result, have a successful project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:11 msgid "Create a task" msgstr "创建任务" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:13 msgid "" -"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." -msgstr "在项目应用程序中，选择已有项目或创建新项目。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 -msgid "In the project, create a new task." -msgstr "在项目中，创建新任务。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " -"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." -msgstr "你可将任务分派给合适的人员、添加标记、截止日期、描述，以及你需要的所有其他内容。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 -msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" -msgstr "通过看板视图查看你的任务" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " -"to the Kanban view." -msgstr "一旦创建几个任务, 在看板视图下可以对这些任务进行管理和追踪。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " -"one have the higher priorities." -msgstr "看板视图是一个便利的视图，分开不同阶段，清楚的看到任务处于项目中哪个阶段以及哪个任务有更高的优先级。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the Kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" -msgstr "进入一个项目，看板视图是默认的视图，如果你在其他视图，可以通过点击右上方的图标返回到看板视图。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " -"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" -" and indicate if the task is ready." -msgstr "你还可通过看板视图上的小圆点，直接通知同事该任务的状态，系统将通知关注任务的人员，显示任务是否准备妥当。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 -msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" -msgstr "在看板视图中将任务排序" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " -"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " -"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" -" to their creation date." +"Click on *Create*. Once created, add more details opening it and clicking on" +" *Edit*." msgstr "" -"任务排序的标准为按优先级（你可点击时钟旁边的星号赋予其优先级），然后按顺序（你可以通过拖放手动移动任务顺序），最后是按其创建日期关联的ID。" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." -msgstr "超过截止日期的任务在看板视图中显示为红色。" +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "Assignation" +msgstr "指派" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " -"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." -msgstr "如果你将低优先级任务置于顶部，下次返回仪表板时，它会移回高优先级任务之下。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 -msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "通过日历视图管理截止日期" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " -"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " -"easily in a single window." -msgstr "你还可从看板视图切换到日历视图，查看每项任务的截止日期，并从单一窗口轻松设置截止日期。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " -"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." -msgstr "任务按其所分派的员工标记不同的颜色，你可选择查看某位员工的截止日期，按员工筛选截止日期。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 -msgid "" -"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " -"dropping the task to another case." -msgstr "在日历视图中, 通过退拽你可以轻易的变更最后期限。" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" -msgstr "ODOO 项目管理介绍" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " -"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." -msgstr "作为一个项目经理, 我有很多有很多股东参与的大项目要想对你的项目进行无缝管理, 你可以使用Odoo 项目管理模块" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" -" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " -"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " -"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " -"project manager too." +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "Choose the responsible person for a task under *Assigned to*." msgstr "" -"在odoo的项目管理模块下, " -"项目组团队成员可以便捷的计划和执行在加拿大发布一个新的产品线。我通过创建不同的项目阶段组织管理项目。该模块还能让我们无论何时都可以给任何用户任务定义清晰的状态。其余的项目经理也是如此" -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 -msgid "" -"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" -" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " -"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " -"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." -msgstr "" -"如此好用的项目阶段可以根据我们的需要定制, 现在我添加一个新的阶段, 只需要简单的编辑和点几下鼠标。在我们的项目管理过程中, 我来做最后的检查, " -"所以我可以天剑该阶段。Odoo项目可以用来管理所有的项目。" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." -" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " -"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" -msgstr "一旦任务完成, 相关的项目组成员可以更改任务的状态。这个对项目经理在拖动该任务到下一阶段之前的查看非常有用。很简单, 对吧？" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " -"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" -" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " -"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " -"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " -"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " -"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " -"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" -" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" -" the progress of each task." -msgstr "" -"我们也可以通过调整视图管理监控项目, 现在我选择了列表视图, 在列表视图下, 我可以看到其余的信息例如, 工作时间进度。如果我点一下我的任务, 进入 " -"任务的表单视图, " -"在这里我可以编辑计划的时间并输入我的记工单。控制项目的时间进度并监控每个项目组成员花费的时间对于项目经理来说是一个很有用的工具。我在销售团队的培训上设置了24小时.今天," -" 我已经准备了相关的培训材料, 所以我会在记工单中记录4小时, 随后我们看到工作时间进度会自动更新。 多亏了记工单和集成功能, " -"项目经理可以深入的追踪每个任务的进度" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " -"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" -" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" -" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " -"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " -"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " -"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " -"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " -"planning." -msgstr "" -"Odoo项目中另外一个伟大的功能是预测工具。 当激活后, 我就可以计划项目资源以及工作量。因此，对其他项目的时间分配也就更加容易了。对于此项目, " -"我需要培训销售团队的成品。它将会需要我本周50%的时间。作为项目经理, " -"我可以对每个用户进行资源分配，并且根据其它的项目做出调。这样可以防止任何形式的时间重叠。我可以重新分配任务，或者调整截止日期。Odoo项目是战略规划和执行规划的完美应用。" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " -"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " -"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " -"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" -" each team member." -msgstr "" -"另外项目的所有方面都能通过报表功能进行分析。例如, 我们可以得到对比计划时间和实际花费的时间的报表。我们可以访问任何一个项目, 任务, " -"或者任何一个项目成员的盈利能力。我们还可以得到费配到每一个项目成员的时间等等。" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" -" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " -"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " -"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " -"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" -" team." -msgstr "" -"ODoo项目管理的另一个有用因素是沟通交流功能, " -"沟通交流是所有项目的成败的关键因素。在项目的任务中所有股东直接的分享相关的项目文档非常有用。在Odoo项目管理中, 我们可以在Chatter功能区讨论," -" 而所需的操作仅仅是点几下鼠标而已。当然我们也可以跟项目组中的任何成员开启一个新的会话。" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " -"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " -"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " -"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " -"issues." -msgstr "" -"Odoo项目管理还可以和客服和售后APP集成 配置了该功能, 我们可以跟进客户的所有反馈的问题, " -"甚至可以从该问题能创建一个新的支持项目该应用还会自动创建根据在任务或者问题上花费的时间的发票。" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " -"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " -"app, it will help you get started quickly too." -msgstr "" -"ODoo项目管理是一个非常强大且易用的应用。首先我们用它设置我们的目标, 然后对项目进行设置, 一旦这些准备好, 你的项目就可以快速的开始。" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 -msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" -msgstr "现在免费试用ODoo项目管理模块并用ODOO项目管理更好的管理你的项目！" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 -msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" -msgstr "现在就" - -#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning your project" -msgstr "给项目做计划" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 -msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" -msgstr "如何计划和追踪分配给员工的工作？" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " -"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " -"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." -msgstr "跟进并计划员工的任务分派是个巨大的挑战，特别是需要管理很多人员的时候，幸运的是，使用ＯＤＯＯ项目管理，通过简单的点击就可以进行管理" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " -"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " -"install the application." -msgstr "唯一需要的配置就是安装**项目管理**模块，进入应用程序模块，查找项目并安装应用程序" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" -" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " -"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " -"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" -"如果你需要管理时间评估，需要在任务中激活工时表，从 **项目** ，进入:菜单选择`配置 --> 设置` 在下拉列表菜单中. **工时估算**, 选择" -" **在任务中管理工时估算** 选项. 不要忘记保存你的设置." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " -"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " -"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." -msgstr "该功能将会为你的任务创建一个进度条，每次员工在工时单中输入工时时，进度条会自动更新。" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 -msgid "Manage tasks with views" -msgstr "管理带有视图的任务" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" -" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " -"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " -"and the calendar view." -msgstr "" -"ＯＤＯＯ允许多视图，你可以对多个任务同时进行预览，三个主要的视图将帮助你计划并跟进员工的任务: 看板视图，列表视图 (使用工时表) 和日历视图" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " -"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." -msgstr "来创建并编辑任务在管道中输入内容。记着填写负责人和预计日期。" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 -msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" -msgstr "对带有看板视图的活动进行查看" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " -"ones having the higher priorities." -msgstr "看板视图看起来像是一个被分成不同阶段的便贴视图。这能让你清楚的看到你的任务所在的阶段以及较高优先级的任务。" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" -msgstr "进入一个项目，看板视图是默认的视图，如果你在其他视图，可以通过点击右上方的图标返回到看板视图。" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 -msgid "Add/rearrange stages" -msgstr "添加或者重新排列阶段" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " -"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " -"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " -"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " -"stage." -msgstr "" -"通过新增列，可以很容易的自定义项目以满足业务需要，在看板视图，通过**增加新列** (看以下图片)增肌阶段.　" -"如需重新排定阶段，你可以简单的拖拉列到指定位置，你也可以合并阶段通过使用**设置** 图标." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " -"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " -"Done." -msgstr "根据过程的阶段分别创建栏。例如在开发项目中, 阶段可能是 :说明定义, 开发, 测试, 完成。" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:30 msgid "Sort tasks by priority" msgstr "根据优先级排列任务" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:34 msgid "" -"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " -"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " -"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " -"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " -"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." +"Mark the star on your task to set it as a high priority one. That " +"automatically moves the task to the top of the column. Tasks that are not " +"starred are classified according to their deadlines." msgstr "" -"在每列中, 你可以根据任务的优先级进行排序。高优先级的任务会自动的被移动到列的上方。在看板视图中, 点击任务卡右下方的星标记该任务为 **高优先级** " -"。对于没有标记的任务, Odoo会自动的根据他们的最后期限进行划分。" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:36 msgid "" -"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " -"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." -msgstr "注意超过了最后期限的日期会显示红色(列表视图中也是), 所以你能很轻松的追踪每个任务的进展。" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 -msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." -msgstr "记着你还能在过滤按钮上过滤任务。" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 -msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" -msgstr "用列表视图追踪每个任务的过程" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " -"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " -"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" -" each time the employee will add an activity." +"Note that tasks with dates passed their deadlines are shown in red; tasks " +"with a deadline for the current date are orange." msgstr "" -"如果激活**管理任务中的工时估算**, 你的员工将可以在任务中的 **工时单** 中录入考勤. 雇员录入后**工作时间进度** 条将自动更新." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 -msgid "" -"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " -"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " -"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " -"show you the progression of each task." +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:43 +msgid "Manage files in tasks" msgstr "" -"作为经理, 在列表视图下你可以查看所有员工花费在任务上的时间。要这样做, 进入所选的项目中并点击列表视图图标(见下图)。最后一列可以看到每个任务的进展。" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 -msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "在日历视图中要留意最后期限" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:45 msgid "" -"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " -"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " -"single window." -msgstr "如果在你的任务中添加最后期限, 他就回显示在日历视图中。作为一个经理, 这样的视图能够让你在一个窗口中查看所有的最后期限。" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 -msgid "" -"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" -" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " -"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." -msgstr "所有的任务都根据任务的所有者的不同而标记不同的颜色。你可以在日期视图的右边勾选相关的勾选框轻易的根据员工过滤最后期限。" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr ":doc:`forecast` " - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast tasks?" -msgstr "如何预测任务？" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction to forecast" -msgstr "预测的介绍" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," -" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." -msgstr "计划和预测任务是管理项目的另外一种方式，在ＯＤＯＯ，预测选项给你进入甘特表的入口" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 -msgid "" -"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " -"progress of a project and its related tasks." -msgstr "到目前为止，你在显示项目进度以及相关任务的看板视图的基础上工作" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " -"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " -"team members to collaborate better." -msgstr "现在，通过预测选项，甘特视图给了你一个高度可视化的图片，对于复杂的项目很有用，帮助团队成员之间更好的协作。" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " -"workload and human resources." -msgstr "该选项对于工作量和人力资源的计划和组织很有帮助" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "How to configure the projects?" -msgstr "如何配置项目？" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 -msgid "Configure the project application" -msgstr "配置项目应用" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" -" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" -" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " -"employee should complete it!" +"Add images/documents to your task by clicking on the *Attachment icon*." msgstr "" -"**预测** 选择帮助你组织项目. 如果你需要为你的项目设置具体期限者将很有帮助. 因此, 雇员需要在每个任务指定具体的时间框架(工时总数)内完成任务!" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 -msgid "" -"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " -"application:" -msgstr "首先，你需要激活整个项目的**预测**选择 " - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " -"Forecast option and click **Apply**." -msgstr "进到 :菜单选择:`项目--> 配置 --> 设置`. 选择预测选项并点击 **应用**." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " -"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " -"all the projects that you manage)." -msgstr "一旦完成，你仍然需要为你的项目激活**预测**选项(或许你不需要为每个项目使用甘特图). " - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Configure a specific project." -msgstr "配置特定的项目" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " -"Forecast\" in your project settings." -msgstr "当创建新项目时，请确保选择了\"允许预测\"的选项" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 -msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." -msgstr "在最上方的菜单中你可以看到**预测**选项" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " -"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." -msgstr "如果你为已存在项目增加了预测选项，不管任务到期或者还未计划，任务都不会显示" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 -msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." -msgstr "项目中的这些任务不关联预测" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 -msgid "How to create a forecast?" -msgstr "如何创建预测？" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " -"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." -msgstr "在创建带有预测的项目前，列出所有任务计划花费的时间，这有助于协调工作" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " -"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " -"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." -msgstr "如果要在项目中显示甘特图，需要在任务页创建预测，点击左上方的任务, **创建预测**." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 -msgid "" -"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " -"space in the Gantt chart calendar." -msgstr "你也可以在直接在甘特图中通过点击空白区域创建新的预测" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " -"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " -"take." -msgstr "预测接口会自动写入项目名称和任务，你只需要在任务中增加日期和时间" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" -" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " -"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." -msgstr "有效时间字段只有在安装了工时程序后才会显示，该选项通过集成的工时单帮助你查看任务的进度" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 -msgid "" -"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " -"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " -"in the Effective hours field." -msgstr "例如: 人员在项目中填写了工时10小时(分析会计)，预测将会在有效工时中显示10小时" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 -msgid "What are the difference between the views?" -msgstr "视图之间的差异？" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " -"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " -"by projects." -msgstr "在**项目** 应用程序菜单的**预测** 菜单. 该子菜单将帮助你从不同视图查看甘特表you : 按用户或者按项目." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 -msgid "By users : people management" -msgstr "通过用户: 人员管理" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " -"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." -" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." -msgstr "该选项将在甘特图中显示指派的人员，ＯＤＯＯ的甘特图通过大图片的形式显示哪些人员参与其中，对于分配资源很有效" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " -"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " -"third, you see which tasks they're on." -msgstr "在左边，第一层级，显示哪些人员在任务中，第二层级，具体指派给人员的项目，第三层级人员在哪些任务上" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " -"the duration of the task in the calendar." -msgstr "每个项目都会通过不同颜色的长方形显示，该长方形的长度将决定任务周期长度" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " -"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " -"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " -"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "Files from emails are automatically saved." msgstr "" -"第一层级顶部的长方形是收集于第三层级的所有任务的汇总，如果是绿色显示，说明分配给该员工的总工时还没到100%. " -"如果红色显示，说明能够分配给该员工的总工时达到或者超过100%" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 -msgid "Plan the workload" -msgstr "计划工作量" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 -msgid "" -"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " -"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " -"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" -" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:55 +msgid "Set cover images in tasks" msgstr "" -"创建预测时，你必须选择该员工需要花费的工时，如果是100%，意味着该员工在这段时间不能参与其他任务，所以你可以决定不同任务直接员工需要花费时间的百分比1%" -" 到 100%" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:57 msgid "" -"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " -"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " -"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." -msgstr "集成的优势在意避免重复预定人员的工作，比如该人员已经有40%在另外项目的任务中，你只能预定该人员60%的时间" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " -"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " -"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " -"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " -"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " -"that this is feasible." +"Use *Set Cover Image* to your task and quickly get to comprehend what the " +"task is about. The image is directly shown in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -"在以下例子中, 用户\"管理员\" 在2个项目中工作 (\"IT1367 交付阶段\" and \"实施进度56\"). " -"该员工在两个任务中分配的时间是110%，这个太多了，项目精力需要更改. 否则, 项目管理会更改时间和日期以确保分配是合理的" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 -msgid "Gantt view advantages" -msgstr "甘特视图的优点" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 -msgid "" -"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" -" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " -"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " -"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " -"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "Choose how to visualize tasks" msgstr "" -"按照用户的甘特视图能很好的帮助你计划人力资源，避免任务和用户分配的冲突.甘特表是高度可视化并帮助你一次性的理解所有不同的元素，你将迅速理解接下来做什么，该方法帮助你更好的理解任务之间的关系" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 -msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" -msgstr "ＯＤＯＯ中动态的甘特图允许你:" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:68 msgid "" -"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " -"the future or in the past" -msgstr "通过点击并滑动更改任务过去以及未来的预测时间和日期" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 -msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" -msgstr "在甘特图中迅速创建一个新的预测" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 -msgid "modify an existing forecast" -msgstr "修改已存在的预测" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 -msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." -msgstr "通过拉长或缩短矩形的长度来调整任务所需时间的长度" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 -msgid "By projects: project management" -msgstr "按项目：项目管理" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " -"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " -"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " -"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." +"Tasks can be managed and followed up in the Kanban view, which is a post-it " +"kind of view divided into different stages. More options are otherwise " +"available." msgstr "" -"对于更好的理解任务之间的联系，甘特图是很好的视图，可以避免任务重叠，或者在前期任务未完成时过早开始新的任务，ＯＤＯＯ甘特图将清晰的帮助你协调不同的任务" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:75 msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " -"level of hierarchy." -msgstr "该选项将在甘特表中显示项目的第一层级" +"Drag and drop tasks to change their stage and define colors to help you " +"identify them." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" -" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " -"they're on." -msgstr "在左边，第一层级，显示项目，第二层级，显示哪些人员指派到项目中，第三层级，人员在哪些项目上" +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Sub-tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:5 msgid "" -"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " -"Users** section)" -msgstr "该视图不显示你的ＨＲ时间，颜色不能应用(查看**按用户** 章节)" +"Being a dynamic and organized company is important as it also helps you to " +"not overload your employees. For that, split large tasks into smaller ones " +"by creating subs-tasks, timesheet on them, and have an overview of all hours" +" recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "设置" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> Sub-tasks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:18 +msgid "From now on, a *Sub-tasks* menu is available within your task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Select a specific project in which sub-tasks will be created by default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:27 +msgid "" +"By default, sub-tasks are created under the same project. However, you can " +"select another one by going to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration -->" +" Projects --> Sub-task Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:35 +msgid "Timesheet on sub-tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Make sure the feature *Timesheets* is enabled under :menuselection:`Project " +"--> Configuration --> Settings` and under the settings of the needed " +"*Project*. Now you are able to timesheet on your tasks and sub-tasks. The " +"time recorded on a sub-task is counted on the parent task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:46 +msgid "Transform an existing task into a sub-task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:48 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:58 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 启用开发人员模式`。" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:49 +msgid "Now access your task, *Edit*, and add a *Parent Task*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:56 +msgid "Unlink a sub-task from a parent task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:59 +msgid "Open and *Edit* the respective sub-task to remove the *Parent Task*." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index e71289f7f..c37241b99 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -8,22 +8,23 @@ # max_xu , 2019 # xiaowenzi , 2019 # 湘子 南 <1360857908@qq.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # mrshelly , 2019 # Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2019 # Gary Wei , 2019 # fausthuang, 2019 # guohuadeng , 2019 # Datasource International , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Mandy Choy , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -73,7 +74,7 @@ msgstr "设置" msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"." -msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并勾选“供应商价格表”。" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并勾选“供应商价格表”。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15 msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner." @@ -85,7 +86,7 @@ msgstr "导入价格表" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23 msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" -msgstr "如要导入，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 供应商价格表`" +msgstr "如要导入，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 供应商价格表`" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -123,7 +124,7 @@ msgstr "为产品添加供应商" msgid "" "To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then " "select a product." -msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 产品`，然后选择一种产品。" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 产品`，然后选择一种产品。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -181,7 +182,7 @@ msgid "" "quantities in **Liters**." msgstr "" "你从供应商处买水, 供应商是美国人, 以 **加仑** 计量卖水。然而你的客户是欧洲人。因此你看到你的采购数量显示是 **加仑** 位单位, 销售数量是" -" **升** 为单位。" +" **公升** 为单位。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -216,7 +217,8 @@ msgid "" "Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " "unit of measures (advanced)** box." -msgstr "进入采购模块, 选择 :菜单选项: 配置-->设置'然后勾选 **一些产品可能使用不同的计量单位销售/采购(高级)** 。" +msgstr "" +"进入采购模块, 选择 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 然后勾选 **一些产品可能使用不同的计量单位销售/采购(高级)** 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" @@ -233,8 +235,8 @@ msgid "" " necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " "**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." msgstr "" -"让我们采用Odoo标准的计量单位作为第一个案例。请记住销售和采购的不同的计量单位必须在同一类型下。类型包括 : **件** , **重量** , " -"**工作时间** , **量** , 等等。" +"让我们采用Odoo标准的计量单位作为第一个案例。请记住销售和采购的不同的计量单位必须在同一类型下。类型包括: **件** ， **重量** ， " +"**工作时间** ， **量** ，等等。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -246,13 +248,13 @@ msgstr "可以创建你自己的类型和计量单位如果在Odoo标准中不 msgid "" "Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " "customers in **Liters**." -msgstr "假设我们从供应商处以 **加仑** 买水然后以 **升** 卖给客户。" +msgstr "假设我们从供应商处以 **加仑** 买水然后以 **公升** 卖给客户。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 msgid "" "We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " "Products`." -msgstr "我们进入采购模块并选择 :`采购 -->产品` 。" +msgstr "我们进入采购模块并选择 :menuselection:`采购 --> 产品` 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -267,7 +269,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " "**Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "在这里选择 **计量单位** 为 **升** 以及 **采购的计量单位** 为 **加仑** 。" +msgstr "在这里选择 **计量单位** 为 **公升** 以及 **采购的计量单位** 为 **加仑** 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" @@ -297,13 +299,14 @@ msgid "" " selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " "below)." msgstr "" -"这么做, 去销售模块, 选择 :菜单选项:'设置-->产品-->计量单位'通过下拉菜单点击创建和编辑来创建一个新的 **单位类型** (如下图)." +"这么做, 去销售模块, 选择菜单选项:menuselection:`设置 --> 产品 --> 计量单位' 通过下拉菜单点击创建和编辑来创建一个新的 " +"**单位类型** (如下图)。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 msgid "" "Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " "**Inter-Category-Computation**." -msgstr "创建一个新的计量单位.在这个案例中, 我们的类型被命名为 **内部-类型-计算** ." +msgstr "创建一个新的计量单位.在这个案例中, 我们的类型被命名为 **内部-类型-计算** 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -312,7 +315,8 @@ msgid "" "purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " "of Measure`." msgstr "" -"下一步创建 **卷** 和 **平方米** 的计量单位并关联到新的类型。这么做, 去采购模块, 选择 :菜单选项:'设置-->产品-->计量单位'." +"下一步创建 **卷** 和 **平方米** 的计量单位并关联到新的类型。这么做, 去采购模块, 选择:menuselection:`设置 --> 产品 " +"--> 计量单位' 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 msgid "Create two new units:" @@ -336,8 +340,8 @@ msgid "" "meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " "``one Roll = 10 square meters``." msgstr "" -"对于 **平方米** , 我们会指定\" 1卷=10平米\\ \\ \\ \"的窗帘。平米大于参照单位的话, 必须指定类型。 **更大比率** 是\" " -"10\\ \\ \\ \"作为\" 1卷=10平米\\ \\ \\ \"." +"对于 **平方米** ，我们会指定``1卷 = 10平方米`` 的窗帘。平方米大于参照单位的话，必须指定类型。 **更大比率** 是 ``10`` " +"作为` ` 1卷 = 10平方米`` 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -363,9 +367,9 @@ msgstr "在某些行业，你可能在收到订购的产品之前就收到了供 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 msgid "" "To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " +" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparison of the information " "appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." -msgstr "为了定义是否应该支付供应商账单，你可以使用*3方面匹配*来确定。它指的是将*采购订单*，*供应商账单*和*收货*页面上的信息进行比对。" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -377,7 +381,7 @@ msgstr "3方面匹配帮助你避免错误的支付或者欺诈的供应商账 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" -msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*3方面匹配*功能。" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*3方面匹配*功能。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27 msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" @@ -448,7 +452,7 @@ msgstr "安装采购管理模块" msgid "" "From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " "module." -msgstr "在 **应用** 菜单, 搜索并安装 **采购管理** 模块。" +msgstr "在 **应用** 菜单，搜索并安装 **采购管理** 模块。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 msgid "Issue some purchase orders" @@ -477,8 +481,9 @@ msgid "" "you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " "of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." msgstr "" -"你可以在报告菜单访问你的供应商的表现。默认的, 这个报告是以你的采购单按 **每个月** , **每个供应商** 的 **总价** , **产品数量**" -" 和 **平均价** 来分组的透析表。从这个基本报表中, 你可以得到一个快捷你的变现的概况。你可以通过 **衡量** 图标添加许多其他数据到你的报告中。" +"你可以在报告菜单访问你的供应商的表现。默认情况下，这个报告是以你的采购单按 **每个月** ， **每个供应商** 的 **总价** , " +"**产品数量** 和 **平均价** 来分组的透析表。从这个基本报表中，你可以得到一个快捷你的变现的概况。你可以通过 **衡量** " +"图标添加许多其他数据到你的报告中。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -488,7 +493,7 @@ msgid "" "need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " "\"Products\"." msgstr "" -"通过点击 **+** 和 **-** 图标, 你可以向上和向下更改信息的显示方式。例如, 我要看到本月所有采购的产品, 我需要点击 **+** " +"通过点击 **+** 和 **-** 图标，你可以向上和向下更改信息的显示方式。例如, 我要看到本月所有采购的产品， 我需要点击 **+** " "图标在纵轴的产品上。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:66 @@ -499,7 +504,7 @@ msgid "" "These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " "below." msgstr "" -"对于你要突显的数据, 你也许需要用更强的视觉感显示你的报告报告。你可以点击3个图形视图 : **饼图** , **条形图** , **折线图** " +"对于你要突显的数据，你也许需要用更强的视觉感显示你的报告报告。你可以点击3个图形视图: **饼图** ，**条形图** ，**折线图** " "来转换你的报告: 这些视图通过下面截屏上的突显的图标访问。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:76 @@ -523,8 +528,8 @@ msgid "" "readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " "existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." msgstr "" -"你可以按你的需求方便地定制你的采购报告。为此, 点击搜索栏最后的放大镜, 使用在你右手边的 **高级搜索视图** 。 **过滤** " -"选项对显示数据的类别非常有用, **分组** 选项可以提高你的报告的可读性。注意你可以过滤和分组现存的字段, 使你的定制非常地弹性化和强大。" +"你可以按你的需求方便地定制你的采购报告。为此，点击搜索栏最后的放大镜，使用在你右手边的 **高级搜索视图** 。 **过滤** " +"选项对显示数据的类别非常有用， **分组** 选项可以提高你的报告的可读性。注意你可以过滤和分组现存的字段，使你的定制非常地弹性化和强大。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -551,7 +556,8 @@ msgid "" "--> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can " "also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature." msgstr "" -"如要启用本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*订单审批*功能。你也可在此设定启用这项功能的最低金额限制。" +"如要启用本功能，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> " +"设置`并启用*订单审批*功能。你也可在此设定启用这项功能的最低金额限制。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20 msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation" @@ -594,7 +600,7 @@ msgstr "你可在Odoo中定义设置并用于控制账单。*账单控制*可用 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." -msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并选择你控制账单的方式。" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并选择你控制账单的方式。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 msgid "Change the control policy" @@ -665,8 +671,8 @@ msgid "" "Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " "Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" msgstr "" -"第一步通过创建一个 **询价单(RFQ)** 来生成一个 **采购单** , 通过菜单 :菜单选项:'采购-->采购-->询价单'. " -"确认你的询价单生成采购单。" +"第一步通过创建一个 **询价单(RFQ)** 来生成一个 **采购单** , 通过菜单 :menuselection:`采购 --> 采购 --> " +"询价单'. 确认你的询价单生成采购单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" @@ -686,7 +692,7 @@ msgstr "如果你确认了你的采购单, 但还没收到货物, 你可以简 msgid "" "Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " "and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." -msgstr "Odoo 会自动取消和这个采购单相关的未完成的运输。 **采购单** 的状态栏上会变成 **取消** " +msgstr "Odoo 会自动取消和这个采购单相关的未完成的运输。 **采购单** 的状态栏上会变成 **取消** 。 " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:43 msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" @@ -700,7 +706,7 @@ msgstr "在这个用例中, 在你取消采购单前 **3 个 iPad Mini** 中的 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:49 msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" -msgstr "登记已收货物并取消欠单。" +msgstr "登记已收货物并取消延期交货订单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -721,14 +727,14 @@ msgid "" "When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " "less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " "ask you the permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "当点击 **验证** , Odoo 会提示你已完成的产品小于要求的(在这个例子中是2个而不是3个), 并会要求你生成一个欠单。" +msgstr "当点击 **验证** , Odoo 会提示你已完成的产品小于要求的(在这个例子中是2个而不是3个), 并会要求你生成一个延期交货订单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:70 msgid "" "Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" " will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " "therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." -msgstr "点击 **不需要欠单** 来取消剩下的定购, 你会发现要接收的货物数量已更改, 交货情况变成 **完成** 。" +msgstr "点击 **没有延期交货订单** 来取消剩下的定购, 你会发现要接收的货物数量已更改, 交货情况变成 **完成** 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:78 msgid "Create reverse transfer" @@ -741,8 +747,8 @@ msgid "" " A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" " corresponding location and click on **Return**." msgstr "" -"现在, 你需要返还你已经收到的iPad Minis 给你的供应商。点击 **逆转** 按钮。一个反向调拨窗口会跳出。输入数量和要返回的库位, 点击 " -"**返还** " +"现在，你需要返还你已经收到的iPad Minis 给你的供应商。点击 **逆转** 按钮。一个反向传输窗口会跳出。输入数量和要返回的库位，点击 " +"*返还** 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -789,7 +795,7 @@ msgstr "创建一张询价单" msgid "" "In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " "Quotation` and click on **Create**." -msgstr "在采购模块, 打开 :菜单选择:'采购-->询价'点击 **创建** " +msgstr "在采购模块, 打开菜单选择:menuselection:`采购 --> 询价' 点击 **创建** 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -826,7 +832,7 @@ msgid "" "**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " "payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." msgstr "" -"一旦你的供应商回复了你的询价, 点击 **编辑** 更新询价单来匹配这个询价(价格, 税, 预期交货时间, 付款条款, 等等.)然后点击 **保存** " +"一旦你的供应商回复了你的询价，点击 **编辑** 更新询价单来匹配这个询价(价格，税，预期交货时间，付款条款，等等。)然后点击 **保存** " "来发布一个采购单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 @@ -866,7 +872,7 @@ msgstr "启用直运功能" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " "*Dropshipping*." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并选择*直运*。" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并选择*直运*。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -881,7 +887,7 @@ msgid "" "If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " "front of *Order-Specific Routes*." -msgstr "如果该产品有时不需要直运，你可前往:menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`并勾选*特定订单路线*。" +msgstr "如果该产品有时不需要直运，你可前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`并勾选*特定订单路线*。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -917,7 +923,7 @@ msgstr "在订单被确认后，你可将其锁定，避免进一步编辑。" msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature" -msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*锁定已确认订单*功能。" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*锁定已确认订单*功能。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19 msgid "Lock an order" @@ -941,7 +947,7 @@ msgstr "控制收到的产品（全部和部分）" msgid "" "The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " "products to receive and to control supplier bills." -msgstr " **采购** 程序可以让你管理你的采购订单, 控制产品收货和控制供应商账单。" +msgstr " **采购** 应用可以让你管理你的采购订单, 控制产品收货和控制供应商账单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -959,7 +965,7 @@ msgid "" "Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " "will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " "others), which is required with **Purchase**." -msgstr "从安装采购程序开始, 这将自动触发 **库存** 应用安装(除了别的以外), 这是 **采购** 所需要的。" +msgstr "从安装采购程序开始，这将自动触发 **库存** 应用安装(除了别的以外)，这是 **采购** 所需要的。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 msgid "Create products" @@ -970,7 +976,8 @@ msgid "" "Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " "**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " "**Create**." -msgstr "然后, 你需要生成一个你要采购的产品。在 **采购** 界面, :菜单选择:'采购-->产品', 点击 **创建** 。" +msgstr "" +"然后, 你需要生成一个你要采购的产品。在 **采购** 界面, :menuselection:`采购 --> 产品' , 点击 **创建** 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" @@ -979,7 +986,7 @@ msgstr "当创建产品时, **产品类型** 字段是重要的 :" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 msgid "" "**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." -msgstr " **可库存&可消费**: 产品需要在库存中收取。" +msgstr " **可库存&可消耗** : 产品需要在库存中收取。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -1013,8 +1020,8 @@ msgid "" "with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " "include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." msgstr "" -"在采购界面, 创建一个有一些产品的采购单。如果供应商发给你一个销售订单或是一个报价, 把它的参照号放在 **供应商参照** " -"字段里。这可以帮你在稍后方便地对应交货单(因为交货单很可能包含他的销售订单 **供应商参照** )" +"在采购应用界面, 创建一个有一些产品的采购单。如果供应商发给你一个销售订单或是一个报价, 把它的参照号放在 **供应商参照** " +"字段里。这可以帮你在稍后方便地对应交货单(因为交货单很可能包含他的销售订单 **供应商参照** )。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 msgid "Receive Products" @@ -1044,8 +1051,8 @@ msgid "" " the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " "the lines within it." msgstr "" -"如果你有很多等待的订单, 你可以使用过滤功能来搜索你的采购单的参考信息, 比如 **供应商** (在Odoo中也叫 **合作伙伴** ), " -"产品或者源文档。你可以打开符合条件的交货单并处理它。" +"如果你有很多等待的订单， 你可以使用过滤功能来搜索你的采购单的参考信息, 比如 **供应商** (在Odoo中也叫 **业务合作伙伴** " +")，产品或者源文档。你可以打开符合条件的交货单并处理它。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -1068,7 +1075,7 @@ msgstr "如果你使用批次号或序列号, 则不能直接设定已收的数 msgid "" "When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" " initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "当你验证已收的货物少于初始需求时, Odoo会要求你产生一个欠单。" +msgstr "当你验证已收的货物少于初始需求时, Odoo会要求你产生一个延期交货订单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -1076,7 +1083,7 @@ msgid "" "Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " "you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." msgstr "" -"如果你打算将来收取剩下的产品, 选择 **创建欠单** 。Odoo会产生一个文件为等待的产品。如果你选择 **没有欠单** , " +"如果你打算将来收取剩下的产品, 选择 **创建延期交货订单** 。Odoo为等待的产品会产生一个文件。如果你选择 **没有延期交货订单** , " "这个订单会被认为已经完成了。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:117 @@ -1105,7 +1112,7 @@ msgstr "例如，如果某供应商经常出问题，你可能想在向该供应 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature." -msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*警告*功能。" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*警告*功能。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24 msgid "Add a warning on a vendor" @@ -1161,7 +1168,7 @@ msgstr "一揽子订购是指客户允许供应商在一段时间内按多个日 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" -msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*采购协议*功能。" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*采购协议*功能。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20 msgid "Start a Blanket Order" @@ -1172,7 +1179,7 @@ msgstr "开始一揽子订购" msgid "" "To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " "Agreements`." -msgstr "如要使用本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 采购协议`。" +msgstr "如要使用本功能，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 采购协议`。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -1232,7 +1239,7 @@ msgstr "由于这项功能，一揽子订购可用于自动补货（使用*重 msgid "" "You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " "link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" -msgstr "你也可从经典询价单目录创建*询价单*并将它们与已有的*一揽子订购*关联。" +msgstr "你也可从经典询价单目录创建 *询价单* 并将它们与已有的 *一揽子订购* 关联。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3 msgid "Manage Call for Tender" @@ -1248,7 +1255,7 @@ msgstr "招标是指要求多家供应商报价以获取最有意向价格的特 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." -msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*采购协议*功能。" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*采购协议*功能。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19 msgid "Create a Call for Tender" @@ -1465,15 +1472,17 @@ msgid "" "suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " "section." msgstr "" -"首先, 配置 **路线** 和 **直销** 。打开菜单 :'库存'-->配置-->设置'.在 **路线** 部分选中 **产品使用高级路线** 并且在" -" **直销** 部分选择 **允许供应商发货给你的客户** 。" +"首先, 配置 **路线** 和 **直销** 。打开菜单:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置' 。在 **路线** 部分选中" +" **产品使用高级路线** 并且在 **直销** 部分选择 **允许供应商发货给你的客户** 。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 msgid "" "You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " "**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " "**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "你还要在销售订单中允许路线选择, 在销售模块, 进入菜单选项 :`配置 -->设置` 并勾选 **在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)** 。" +msgstr "" +"你还要在销售订单中允许路线选择, 在 **销售** 模块, 进入菜单选项:menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 并勾选 " +"**在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)** 。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" @@ -1495,7 +1504,7 @@ msgstr "一旦订单被确认, 不会从你的仓库产生移动。货物会从 msgid "" "In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy" " of your product on **Ordered quantities**." -msgstr "为了能给发货开发票, 你必须在你的产品上设置你的开票政策为 **已订数量** " +msgstr "为了能给发货开发票，你必须在你的产品上设置你的开票政策为 **已订数量** 。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)" @@ -1596,7 +1605,7 @@ msgstr "打开库存产品，你将看到*重订货规则*选项卡。" msgid "" "You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" " --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." -msgstr "你也可从:menuselection:`库存 --> 主数据 --> 重订货规则`访问所有的重订货规则。" +msgstr "你也可从 :menuselection:`库存 --> 主数据 --> 重订货规则`访问所有的重订货规则。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -1677,11 +1686,11 @@ msgstr "管理内部公司规则。" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" " companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." -msgstr "在 :菜单:'设置-->常规设置‘。选择 **管理多公司** 和 **管理内部公司** 。" +msgstr "在菜单:menuselection:`设置 --> 常规设置`。选择 **管理多公司** 和 **管理内部公司** 。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 msgid "Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "点击 **应用** " +msgstr "点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 msgid "New options will appear." @@ -1696,13 +1705,13 @@ msgstr "在下拉菜单中, 选择你要加规则的公司。" msgid "" "If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra " "options." -msgstr "如果点击 **为内部公司的SO 和 PO 设置** , 你能得到额外的选项。" +msgstr "如果点击 **为内部公司的SO 和 PO 设置** ，你能得到额外的选项。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 msgid "" "When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps " "for the other companies." -msgstr "当你完成后, 点击 **应用** , 然后你可以对其他重复一样的步骤。" +msgstr "当你完成后，点击 **应用** ，然后你可以对其他重复一样的步骤。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po index d56467bca..ca54ffa18 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ msgid "" " select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check " "you want to perform." msgstr "" -"如要创建质量控制点，打开质量应用程序并前往:menuselection:`控制 --> " +"如要创建质量控制点，打开质量应用程序并前往 :menuselection:`控制 --> " "控制点`。在这里点击创建。选择*制造*作业，然后选择你想要进行的质量检查类型。" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27 @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ msgid "" "Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order " "operation on which the quality check should be performed." msgstr "" -"如你想要创建*质量控制点*，打开*质量*应用程序并前往:menuselection:`控制 --> " +"如你想要创建*质量控制点*，打开*质量*应用程序并前往 :menuselection:`控制 --> " "控制点`。然后，点击创建。确保选择*制造*作业，然后选择需进行质量检查的工单作业。" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64 @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ msgid "" "you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific " "product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type." msgstr "" -"如要创建*质量控制点*，打开*质量*应用程序。然后，前往:menuselection:`质量控制 --> 控制点 --> " +"如要创建*质量控制点*，打开*质量*应用程序。然后，前往 :menuselection:`质量控制 --> 控制点 --> " "创建`。现在，你可定义应用到特定产品的质量控制点。请勿忘记选择调拨作业类型。" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19 @@ -280,148 +280,196 @@ msgstr "控制" msgid "Define Quality Control Points" msgstr "定义质量控制点" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:6 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. " +"Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and " +"services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed" +" expectations. It also helps minimize waste." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:10 +msgid "" +"That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality " +"control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality " +"controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that " +"the company then has to rework or scrap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With " +"Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:20 msgid "Quality Control Points" msgstr "质量控制点" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If it is the first *Quality Control Point* that you create, know that you " -"need to open the *Quality* app. Then, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control " -"--> Control Points`. Once there, you have to define the product on which the" -" quality control will take place, as well as the operation at which it " -"should take place." -msgstr "" -"如果这是你创建的首个*质量控制点*，你必须打开*质量*应用程序。然后，前往:menuselection:`质量控制 --> " -"控制点`。然后，你必须定义执行质量控制的产品以及具体的作业。" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The *Quality Control Points* can take place during transfers or during the " -"manufacturing process of the products. If you work with routings on your " -"*Bill of Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing " -"process the quality control point should be applied." -msgstr "*质量控制点*可以是产品的调拨或制造过程。如果你正处理*物料清单*的路线，必须明确指出质量控制点对应的制造过程步骤。" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The control type defines at which frequency the quality checks should take " -"place:" -msgstr "控制类型定义执行质量检查的频率。" - #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22 msgid "" -"All Operations: all the operations will generate quality checks to perform;" -msgstr "所有作业：所有作业都将生成质量检查；" +"To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> " +"Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which" +" the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it " +"takes place also is to be defined here." +msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:24 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:27 msgid "" -"Randomly: the quality checks will only be performed on x% of the operation. " -"You must define the percentage yourself, on the control point;" -msgstr "随机：针对x%的作业执行质量检查。你必须在控制点上定义具体百分比；" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Periodically: the quality checks will be performed periodically. The " -"periodicity is based on the period you define (once a day, once a week)." -msgstr "定期：定期进行质量检查。你需要定义周期长度（每天一次、每周一次等）。" +"The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the " +"manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of " +"Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process " +"the quality control point needs to be applied." +msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32 -msgid "Quality Control Point Types" -msgstr "质量控制点类型" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:34 msgid "" -"Now that the rest is configured, you need to define the type of quality " -"check." -msgstr "在配置完毕其他内容后，你需要定义质量检查的类型。" +"The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take" +" place:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:35 +msgid "" +"**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks" +" to perform;" +msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38 msgid "" -"Some of the types are only available with the manufacturing application." -msgstr "某些类型仅用于制造应用领域。" +"**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The " +"percentage needs to be defined on the control point;" +msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41 -msgid "Text" -msgstr "文本" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:43 msgid "" -"This control point type allows you to give instructions to your workers " -"during the transfer, or the manufacturing process." -msgstr "这个质量控制类型可在调拨或制造过程中向工作提供指令。" +"**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The " +"periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)." +msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:56 -msgid "Take a Picture" -msgstr "拍照" +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:50 +msgid "Quality Control Point Types" +msgstr "质量控制点类型" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There " +"are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a " +"measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label." +msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58 msgid "" -"This control point type asks you to take a picture of the product in a " -"transfer, or when manufacturing it." -msgstr "这个控制点类型要求你在调拨或制造过程中给产品拍照。" +"Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed." +msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:71 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Text" +msgstr "文本" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:64 +msgid "" +"This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the " +"transfer or during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80 +msgid "Take a Picture" +msgstr "拍照" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:82 +msgid "" +"This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a " +"transfer or when manufacturing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:98 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera " +"<../../iot/devices/measurement_tool>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102 msgid "Pass-Fail" msgstr "通过失败" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:73 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:104 msgid "" -"This type of control point requires that you specify if the products pass or" -" fail a specific text. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing" -" orders." -msgstr "此类控制点要求您指定产品是否通过特定文本。它既可以应用于转移订单，也可以应用于制造订单。" +"*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific " +"criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:111 msgid "" -"For this kind of control point type, you have the possibility to define a " -"failure message that will give instructions to follow in case of quality " -"check failure." -msgstr "对于这种类型的控制点类型，您可以定义一条故障消息，该消息将给出质量检查失败时要遵循的说明。" +"For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message " +"giving instructions to follow in case of failure." +msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:94 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:127 msgid "Take a Measure" msgstr "采取措施" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:96 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:129 msgid "" -"This control point type requires you to enter the product’s measurements " -"during a transfer, or during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "此控制点类型要求您在转移或制造过程中输入产品的测量值。" +"Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a " +"transfer or during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:132 msgid "" -"For this kind of control point type, you also have the possibility to define" -" a failure message that will give instructions to the worker." -msgstr "对于这种控制点类型，您还可以定义一条故障消息，以向工作人员提供指示。" +"To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements," +" but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good " +"measures can are automatically accepted." +msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:115 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives " +"instructions to the worker." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:156 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools " +"<../../iot/devices/camera>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:159 msgid "Register Consumed Materials" msgstr "注册消耗材料" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:117 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:161 msgid "" -"This control point type requires you register the component serial/lot " -"numbers during the manufacturing process. It is only available if you work " -"with routings." -msgstr "此控制点类型要求您在制造过程中注册组件序列号/批号。仅在使用工艺路线时才可用。" +"When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the " +"component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:128 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:165 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:182 +msgid "This type is only available when working with routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:176 msgid "Register By-Products" msgstr "注册副产品" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:130 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:178 msgid "" -"With this control point type, you must register the serial/lot number of the" -" by-products that are manufactured. It is also only available with routings." -msgstr "使用此控制点类型，您必须注册所生产副产品的序列号/批号。它也仅适用于路线。" +"With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot " +"number of the by-products that are manufactured." +msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:141 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:193 msgid "Print Label" msgstr "打印标签" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:143 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:195 msgid "" -"This control point type allows you to print labels to add to the product " -"during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "此控制点类型使您可以打印在制造过程中添加到产品的标签。" +"*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the " +"product during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:207 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer " +"<../../iot/devices/printer>`." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 01e47af2b..1fc2ce375 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -8,29 +8,33 @@ # udcs , 2019 # 宣一敏 , 2019 # bower Guo <124358678@qq.com>, 2019 -# fausthuang, 2019 # 演奏王 , 2019 # John Lin , 2019 # 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # mrshelly , 2019 # Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2019 # Connie Xiao , 2019 -# Gary Wei , 2019 -# guohuadeng , 2020 # liAnGjiA , 2020 # Cécile Collart , 2020 -# Mandy Choy , 2020 # Datasource International , 2020 +# Mandy Choy , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# waveyeung , 2020 +# Gary Wei , 2020 +# fausthuang, 2020 +# lttlsnk , 2020 +# guohuadeng , 2020 +# 敬雲 林 , 2020 +# Felix Yang - Elico Corp , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Felix Yang - Elico Corp , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -84,8 +88,7 @@ msgid "" "created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " "Enter details of the contact and click \"save\"." msgstr "" -"从主菜单中点击 **联系人** , 如果该联系人在系统中不存在, 则需要点创建按钮来创建新的联系人, 并在联系人页面中录入详细的数据并点击 \" " -"保存\\ \\ \\ \"。" +"从主菜单中点击 **联系人** ，如果该联系人在系统中不存在，则需要点创建按钮来创建新的联系人，并在联系人页面中录入详细的数据并点击 \" 保存\" 。" #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -102,7 +105,7 @@ msgid "" "Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " "content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " "**Apply** when you're done." -msgstr "进入登陆 **电子邮件地址** , 在 **门户中** 的下方选择勾选框并且在下方的文本框中添加邮件的内容。完成后点击 **应用** 。" +msgstr "进入登陆 **电邮地址** , 在 **门户中** 的下方选择勾选框并且在下方的文本框中添加邮件的内容。完成后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -114,306 +117,254 @@ msgstr "所有的邮件会被发给特定的邮件地址, 该邮件地址指明 msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "Amazon连接器" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:3 -msgid "Apply for Amazon MWS Access Keys" -msgstr "申请Amazon MWS访问密钥" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:8 -msgid "Submit the Amazon MWS Developer Registration and Assessment Form" -msgstr "提交Amazon MWS开发人员注册和评估表" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In order to synchronize your Amazon orders with Odoo, Amazon MWS access keys" -" are required. They can be obtained by submitting the **Amazon MWS Developer" -" Registration and Assessment form** to register as a developer. Once " -"recognized by Amazon as a developer (i.e. you make use of an application " -"connecting to MWS), you will be granted Amazon MWS access keys." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Connector Features" msgstr "" -"为了将你的Amazon订单与Odoo同步，需要Amazon MWS访问密钥。通过提交**Amazon " -"MWS开发人员登记和评估表**，可登记成为开发人员，获取该密钥。在被Amazon认可成为开发人员后（即你使用与MWS连接的应用程序），你将获得Amazon" -" MWS访问密钥。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:15 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" -"First, visit the `Amazon Marketplace Web Service documentation " -"`_" -" and follow the instructions to register as a developer. Take care to choose" -" the form \"I represent a seller organization integrating with Amazon MWS " -"for its own selling account only.\"." +"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " +"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " +"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." msgstr "" -"首先，访问`Amazon电商平台网络服务文档 " -"`_并按说明注册为开发人员。注意选择表单“我代表仅为自己的卖方账户与Amazon" -" MWS集成的卖方组织”。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Fill out the *Developer Registration and Assessment form* as suggested below" -" and provide your own contact information in the **Developer contact " -"information** section. In the **Business use information** section, select " -"the correct region of your seller account. For the other sections, adapt " -"your responses in accordance with your business case." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 +msgid "Supported Features" msgstr "" -"根据以下建议填写*开发人员注册和评估表*并在**开发人员联系信息**部分提供你自己的联系信息。在**商业用途信息**部分，选择你的卖方账户所在地区。其他部分则根据你的商业用例调整回答内容。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Give a particular attention to **Merchant Fulfilled Shipping**. It should " -"only be checked if you ship your products yourself. You should uncheck it if" -" you sell exclusively with the *Fulfillment by Amazon* service. Please note " -"that requesting this function is not recommended if you are hosted on *Odoo " -"Online* or *Odoo.sh* as the additional security requirements asked by Amazon" -" may not be met by Odoo." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 +msgid "The connector is able to:" msgstr "" -"特别注意**商户发货**。只有当你自己负责产品发货时才需勾选 " -"此项。如果你完全以*Amazon发货*形式销售产品，则无需勾选此项。请注意，如果你托管在*Odoo " -"Online*或*Odoo.sh*上，我们不建议你使用此项功能，因为Odoo可能无法达到Amazon的额外安全要求。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:32 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" -"Depending on several factors (your region, whether you checked the " -"**Merchant Fulfilled Shipping** function (i.e. you request access to " -"Personally Identifiable Information of your customers), etc.), Amazon may " -"request you to fill out a second form before granting you MWS access keys. " -"As that form depends on the data protection policy of the region of your " -"seller account (e.g. GDPR in Europe), we cannot provide you with a pre-" -"filled form. Instead, the answers of questions related to Odoo are listed in" -" the `Answer the Additional Form`_ section." +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " +"their order items which include:" msgstr "" -"根据多项因素（你所在地区，是否勾选**商户发货**功能（即你要求访问客户的个人可识别信息）等），Amazon可能要求你填写第二张表格，然后才能授予MWS访问密钥。由于该表格取决于你的卖方账户所在地区的数据保护政策（例如，欧洲的GDPR），我们无法向你提供预填表格。与Odoo相关的问题答案列在`回答额外表格`_部分。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you need assistance for your application for Amazon MWS access keys, " -"`submit a support ticket to Odoo `_." -msgstr "如你在申请Amazon MWS访问密钥时需要协助，请`向Odoo提交支持工单 `_。" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:46 -msgid "Answer the Additional Form" -msgstr "回答额外表格" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:49 -msgid "" -"If you did not receive any additional form after your :ref:`initial " -"application for Amazon MWS keys `, you may disregard " -"this section." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 +msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" msgstr "" -"如果你在:ref:`初次申请Amazon MWS密钥 `后未收到任何额外表格，你可忽略本部分内容。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:52 -msgid "" -"This section lists all questions asked by Amazon in additional forms. The " -"answers are tailored for *Odoo Online* and *Odoo.sh*. Wherever the answer " -"does not depend on Odoo, you are requested to provide it yourself at the " -"place indicated by square brackets." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 +msgid "the shipping costs for the product" msgstr "" -"本部分列出了Amazon额外表格中的所有问题。答案适用于*Odoo " -"Online*和*Odoo.sh*。对于与Odoo无关的其他问题，你必须在方括号内自己填写答案。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you are *not* hosted on Odoo, you should adapt the answers related to " -"hosting according to your own infrastructure and data protection policy." -msgstr "如你*未*托管在Odoo上，你应根据自身基础设施和数据保护政策调整与托管相关的答案。" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If you *are* hosted on Odoo, take note that Amazon is the final decision " -"maker concerning your application. While Odoo can help you provide " -"additional details to your application, it is not guaranteed that Amazon " -"will find them adequate." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 +msgid "the gift wrapping charges" msgstr "" -"如你*是*托管在Odoo上，注意Amazon才是最终决定是否批准你的申请的一方。虽然Odoo可以帮助你完善申请中的详情，但无法保证Amazon认为其符合要求。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:64 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" -"**Describe all functionalities in your application where Personally " -"Identifiable Information (e.g. customer name, street address, billing " -"address) is required.**" -msgstr "**请描述你的应用程序中需要个人可识别信息（例如，客户姓名、街道地址、账单地址）的所有功能。**" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:68 -msgid "► If you did not apply for the *Merchant Fulfilled Shipping* function:" -msgstr "► 如果你未申请*商户发货*功能：" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:68 -msgid "Generation of customer invoices." -msgstr "生成客户发票。" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:71 -msgid "► If you applied for the *Merchant Fulfilled Shipping* function:" -msgstr "► 如果你申请*商户发货*功能：" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:71 -msgid "Generation of delivery orders and customer invoices." -msgstr "生成交付订单和客户发票。" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:73 -msgid "" -"**List all outside parties with whom your organization shares Amazon " -"Information (e.g. information exposed by Amazon through Amazon MWS, Seller " -"Central, or Amazon's public-facing websites) and describe how your " -"organization shares this information.**" +"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery)." msgstr "" -"**列出贵组织与之分享Amazon信息（例如，Amazon通过Amazon " -"MWS暴露的信息、卖家中心或Amazon面向公众的网站）的外部各方并描述贵组织分享此信息的方式。**" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:77 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 msgid "" -"We share Amazon Information with Odoo SA, our cloud service provider, for " -"the exclusive purpose of hosting our enterprise management system (including" -" the Amazon MWS integration). See also Odoo SA's Privacy Policy for details " -"at https://www.odoo.com/privacy" +"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." msgstr "" -"我们与云服务提供商Odoo SA分享Amazon信息，其唯一目的是托管我们的企业管理系统（包括Amazon MWS集成）。另请查看Odoo " -"SA的隐私政策：https://www.odoo.com/privacy" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:83 -msgid "► If you share Amazon Information with outside parties:" -msgstr "► 你是否与外部各方分享Amazon信息：" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:82 -msgid "" -"[Answer with the above text and add a description of your organization's " -"policy regarding the sharing of Amazon Information with outside parties]" -msgstr "[按以上文字回答，并添加贵组织关于与外部各方分享Amazon信息的政策说明]" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**List all non-Amazon MWS sources where you retrieve Amazon Information.**" -msgstr "**列出你检索Amazon信息的所有非Amazon MWS源。**" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Our enterprise software only relies on MWS to retrieve Amazon Information." -msgstr "我们的企业软件仅依赖MWS检索Amazon信息。" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:89 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization restricts public access to databases, file " -"servers, and desktop/developer endpoints.**" -msgstr "**描述贵组织如何限制对数据库、文件服务器和桌面/开发人员端点的公共访问。**" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:92 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:126 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:138 -msgid "" -"We rely on Odoo S.A., our cloud service provider for our database security " -"management. Their Security Policy can be found at " -"https://www.odoo.com/security" -msgstr "我们依赖云服务提供商Odoo S.A.进行数据库安全管理。他们的安全政策为：https://www.odoo.com/security" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:95 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization uniquely identifies employees and restricts" -" access to Amazon Information on a need-to-know basis.**" -msgstr "**请说明贵组织如何在必要知晓的基础上识别员工身份的唯一性并限制对Amazon信息的访问。**" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:106 -msgid "" -"► If all your employees are properly assigned separate users and given only " -"relevant access rights:" -msgstr "► 你的员工是否均已妥善分配单独用户并仅提供相关访问权限：" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Access rights are provided to employees based on their role within the " -"company and are progressive, based on their responsibility." -msgstr "根据员工在公司的角色及其承担的责任渐进式分配访问权限。" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:102 -msgid "" -"For instance, salespersons only have access to their own leads/quotes (and " -"thus no access to quotes generated through the Amazon API). A salesmanager " -"has access to all quotes/leads for reporting purposes (including quotes " -"generated through the Amazon API). A quote will generate a delivery order " -"which will be accessible to a 'normal' user of the Inventory application for" -" him to be able to print the delivery label and pack the products." +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:24 +msgid "Notify Amazon of an order manually canceled on Odoo." msgstr "" -"例如，销售人员只能访问自己的线索/报价（因此无法访问通过Amazon API生成的报价）。销售经理出于报告目的可访问所有报价/线索（包括通过Amazon" -" API生成的报价）。报价生成的交付订单只能由库存应用程序的“正常”用户访问，以打印交付标签及包装产品。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:110 -msgid "" -"► If your employees share users or if they are given more rights than " -"needed:" -msgstr "► 员工是否共享用户或给予的权限超过需要：" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:109 -msgid "" -"[Answer with a description of your organization's policy for the assignation" -" of users and access rights to your employees]" -msgstr "[回答贵组织为员工分配用户和访问权限的政策]" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization prevents Amazon Information from being " -"accessed from employee personal devices.**" -msgstr "**请说明贵组织如何防止Amazon信息被从员工个人设备访问。**" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Our enterprise software does not prevent employees from accessing the " -"organization's data from personal devices. Role-based restrictions and " -"access rights still apply." -msgstr "我们的企业软件不阻止员工从个人设备访问组织数据。但仍适用于基于角色的限制和访问权限。" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:118 -msgid "" -"**Provide details on your organization's privacy and data handling policies " -"(a link to your policy is also acceptable).**" -msgstr "**提供贵组织的因素和数据处理政策详情（也可提供你的政策链接）。**" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:121 -msgid "" -"[Answer with a description of your organization's privacy and data handling " -"policies]" -msgstr "[回答贵组织的隐私和数据处理政策]" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:123 -msgid "" -"**Describe where your organization stores Amazon Information and provide " -"details on how you encrypt this information (e.g., algorithm).**" -msgstr "**说明贵组织将Amazon数据存储在哪里并详细说明如何破解这些信息（例如，算法）。**" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:129 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization backups or archives Amazon Information and " -"provide details on how you encrypt this information (e.g., algorithm).**" -msgstr "**说明贵组织如何备份或归档Amazon信息，并详细说明如何破解此信息（例如，算法）。**" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:132 -msgid "" -"We rely on Odoo S.A., our cloud service provider for our database backups " -"management. Their Service Level Agreement can be found at " -"https://www.odoo.com/cloud-sla" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 +msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." msgstr "" -"我们依赖云服务提供商Odoo S.A.进行数据库备份管理。其服务级别协议可参见：https://www.odoo.com/cloud-sla" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:135 -msgid "" -"**Describe where your organization monitors and detects malicious activity " -"in your application(s).**" -msgstr "**说明贵组织如何在应用程序中监控和检测恶意活动。**" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:141 -msgid "" -"**Describe how your organization's incident response plan addresses database" -" hacks, unauthorized access, and data leaks (a link to your policy is also " -"acceptable).**" -msgstr "**说明贵组织的意外响应计划如何处理数据库攻击、未经授权访问和数据泄露（可提供你的政策链接）。**" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:32 +msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Our cloud service provider, Odoo S.A., will notify the customer in case of a" -" data breach." -msgstr "如出现数据泄露，我们的云服务提供商Odoo S.A.将通知客户。" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:32 +msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:146 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "**Orders**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "**Shipping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "Charges" +msgstr "收费" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "Delivery created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:46 +msgid "Handled by Amazon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "Gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:41 +msgid "Gift message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "**Stock Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "Handled by the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:46 +msgid "**Confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:46 +msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:49 +msgid "**Cancellation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:49 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:49 +msgid "Notify Amazon on manually canceled sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "" -"[Add a description of your organization's incident response plan or a link " -"to your incident response policy.]" -msgstr "[添加贵组织的事故响应计划说明或事故响应政策链接。]" +"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:61 +msgid "Supported Marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector currently supports 9 marketplaces. If a marketplace is " +"not listed below, it may be possible for you to :ref:`add it as an " +"unsupported marketplace `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +msgid "**North America region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:70 +msgid "Canada" +msgstr "加拿大" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:70 +msgid "Amazon.ca" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "墨西哥" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 +msgid "Amazon.com.mx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +msgid "US" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +msgid "Amazon.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +msgid "**Europe region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "德国" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +msgid "Amazon.de" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "西班牙" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +msgid "Amazon.es" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +msgid "France" +msgstr "法国" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +msgid "Amazon.fr" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "UK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "Amazon.co.uk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "意大利" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Amazon.it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "荷兰" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Amazon.nl" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:94 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:101 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:95 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:75 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" @@ -436,17 +387,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "订单自动从Amazon获取，并在Odoo中定期同步。同步基于Amazon状态：仅从Amazon获取上次同步之后状态发生变化的订单。对于**FBA**（Amazon发货），仅获取**已发货**和**已取消**的订单。对于**FBM**（商家发货），获取**未发货**和**已取消**的订单。对于每份已同步的订单，如果尚未注册，则将在Odoo中创建销售订单和客户。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you did not request access to Personally Identifiable Information of your" -" customers in the :ref:`Developer Registration and Assessment form `, the customers are created anonymously (the name, postal " -"address and phone number are omitted) and named **Amazon Customer**." -msgstr "" -"如果你在:ref:`开发人员注册和评估表 `中未请求访问客户的个人可识别信息，系统将匿名创建客户（省略姓名、邮政地址和电话号码）并将其命名为**Amazon客户**。" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is canceled in Odoo. When an order is canceled" @@ -456,7 +397,7 @@ msgstr "" "当订单在Amazon被取消，并已在Odoo中同步时，相应的销售订单在Odoo中被取消。当订单在Odoo中取消，将向Amazon发送通知，Amazon将在卖家中心(Seller" " Central)中进行标记并通知客户。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " "the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " @@ -465,11 +406,11 @@ msgid "" "Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you " "wish to synchronize and save." msgstr "" -"如要强制同步自上次同步以来状态未更改的订单，启用:doc:`开发人员模式 " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`，导航到你的Amazon账户并在:menuselection:`订单跟进" -" --> 最后订单同步`下修改日期。选择在希望同步订单的最后状态更改日期之前的日期，然后保存。" +"如要强制同步自上次同步以来状态未更改的订单，启用 :doc:`开发人员模式 " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`，导航到你的Amazon账户并在 " +":menuselection:`订单跟进 --> 最后订单同步`下修改日期。选择在希望同步订单的最后状态更改日期之前的日期，然后保存。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:28 msgid "" "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " ":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " @@ -478,33 +419,33 @@ msgid "" " PICKINGS**." msgstr "" "如要立即同步你的Amazon账户的订单，切换到:doc:`开发人员模式 " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`，前往你的Amazon账户并点击**同步订单**。点击**同步取消**和**同步分拣**，可完成订单取消和分拣操作。" +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`，前往你的Amazon账户并点击**同步订单**。点击**同步取消**和**同步拣货**，可完成订单取消和拣货操作。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "在FBM中管理发货" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:42 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 msgid "" "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " "picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " "either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " "products partially by using backorders." msgstr "" -"当在Odoo中同步**FBM**（商家发货）订单时，将与销售订单和客户一同创建分拣命令。你可立即将所有订购的产品发送给客户，也可通过延迟订单功能部分发货。" +"当在Odoo中同步**FBM**（商家发货）订单时，将与销售订单和客户一同创建拣货命令。你可立即将所有订购的产品发送给客户，也可通过延期交货订单功能部分发货。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 msgid "" "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " "it) is on its way." -msgstr "当与订单相关的分拣命令被确认时，将向Amazon发送通知，然后由Amazon通知客户订单（或部分订单）已在处理中。" +msgstr "当与订单相关的拣货命令被确认时，将向Amazon发送通知，然后由Amazon通知客户订单（或部分订单）已在处理中。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "在FBA中跟进发货" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:52 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " "move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " @@ -514,18 +455,18 @@ msgid "" " Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " "under the FBA program." msgstr "" -"当在Odoo中同步**FBA**（Amazon发货）订单时，将对每个销售订单项目记录库存移动，以便将其保存在你的系统中。库存经理可在:menuselection:`库存" -" --> 报告 --> " -"产品移动`下找到相关记录。他们在**Amazon**的特定库存地点取货。这个地点代表你在Amazon仓库中的库存，并允许你管理FBA程序下管理产品库存。" +"当在Odoo中同步**FBA**（Amazon发货）订单时，将对每个销售订单项目记录库存移动，以便将其保存在你的系统中。库存经理可在 " +":menuselection:`库存 --> 报告 --> " +"产品移动`下找到相关记录。他们在**Amazon**的特定库位取货。这个库位代表你在Amazon仓库中的库存，并允许你在FBA程序下管理产品库存。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:53 msgid "" "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." -msgstr "如要在Odoo中跟踪你的Amazon (FBA)库存，你可在补货后进行库存调整。你还可通过Amazon地点的重新排序规则触发自动补货。" +msgstr "如要在Odoo中追踪你的Amazon (FBA)库存，你可在补货后进行库存调整。你还可通过Amazon库位的重订货规则触发自动补货。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:64 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:58 msgid "" "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " "accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" @@ -536,13 +477,13 @@ msgid "" "others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" " your account." msgstr "" -"Amazon位置可通过Odoo管理的Amazon账户进行配置。同一家公司的所有账户默认使用同一地点。但是，你可以按电商平台追踪库存。首先，从已同步的电商平台列表中删除想要单独追踪库存的电商平台。然后，为该账户创建另一个注册账户，并删除所有其他电商平台。最后，为第二个注册账户分配其他库存地点。" +"Amazon库位可通过Odoo管理的Amazon账户进行配置。同一家公司的所有账户默认使用同一库位。但是，你可以按电商平台追踪库存。首先，从已同步的电商平台列表中删除想要单独追踪库存的电商平台。然后，为该账户创建另一个注册账户，并删除所有其他电商平台。最后，为第二个注册账户分配其他库位。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:66 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" msgstr "开发票和登记付款" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:74 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:68 msgid "" "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " "in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " @@ -550,13 +491,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "你可以在Odoo中为Amazon订单开发票。在销售订单中点击**创建发票**。你也可从订单列表视图中批量创建发票。然后，确认发票并发送给客户。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "" "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " "orders based on the sales team." msgstr "如要在列表视图中只显示与Amazon相关的订单，可以按销售团队筛选订单。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:76 msgid "" "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " "invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " @@ -568,11 +509,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "由于Amazon作为中间方已收到客户付款，你可以在Amazon专用的付款日记账中登记发票付款情况（例如，为Amazon付款设立专门的中间方账户）。对于从Amazon收到的供应商账单也可进行同样操作，并专门用于记录佣金。当你的银行账户在月底收到余额并在Odoo中录入银行对账单时，你只需按收到的金额录入Amazon中间方账户。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:83 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" msgstr "在销售报告中追踪你的Amazon销售情况" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:91 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " "this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " @@ -581,13 +522,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "由于销售团队设置在你的账户下**订单跟进**选项卡中，你只需要在销售报告中点击数次即可快速查看所有数据。默认情况下，你的账户销售团队在公司所有账户之间共享。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:95 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 msgid "" "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "如有需要，你可将账户的销售团队更改为另一个，并对该账户的销售情况进行单独报告。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 msgid "" "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " "similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " @@ -598,35 +539,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "你也可以类似方式对每个电商平台进行报告。首先，从已同步的电商平台列表中删除想要单独追踪库存的电商平台。然后，为该客户创建另一个注册账户，并删除所有其他电商平台。最后，为注册的两个账户其中一个分配其他销售团队。" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:100 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:73 +msgid ":doc:`features`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" -msgstr "在Odoo中配置亚马逊连接器" +msgstr "在Odoo中配置Amazon连接器" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Generate an Authorization Token in Seller Central" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector uses an Authorization Token that allows Odoo to fetch " +"data from your Amazon Seller Central account. This token can be obtained " +"directly through Seller Central in a few clicks and needs to be set up in " +"your Odoo database configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Seller Central account for the marketplace you initially " +"signed up (e.g. if you created your account on Amazon Germany, go to `Amazon" +" Seller Central for Germany `_) with an " +"administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You might need to use the *main* (or first) administrator account and not " +"one added subsequently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In the main menu, select :menuselection:`Apps & Services --> Manage Your " +"Apps`; in the page that displays, click on the ``Authorize new developper`` " +"button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "Fill in the form depending on your Marketplace:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If your seller account is registered in the **North America** region, use " +"these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Developer's Name: ``Odoo S.A.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 +msgid "Developer ID: ``586127723692``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "For the **Europe** region, use these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Developer ID: ``579095187166``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Amazon will then inform you that by submitting the form, you are giving " +"access to your Seller Central Information to Odoo S.A." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Odoo S.A. is unable to access your Amazon account's information without the " +"Authorization Token which is stored in your Odoo database - we do not store " +"these tokens on our platform directly and are therefore unable to access " +"your account's information outside of the Amazon Connector normal flows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" msgstr "在Odoo中注册你的Amazon账户" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " "Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." msgstr "" -"如要在Odoo中注册你的卖家账户，前往:menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 连接器 --> Amazon同步 -->" -" Amazon账户`并点击**创建**。" +"如要在Odoo中注册你的卖家账户，前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 连接器 --> Amazon同步 " +"--> Amazon账户`并点击**创建**。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:11 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 msgid "" "The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " -"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The **Access " -"Key** and the **Secret Key** can be found in Developer Central (where the " -":ref:`Developer Registration and Assessment form ` " -"was located)." +"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The " +"**Authorization Token** is the one you generated in the :ref:`previous step " +"`." msgstr "" -"你可在卖家中心**卖家账户信息**页面**你的商户令牌**链接下找到你的**卖家ID**。在开发人员中心（:ref:`开发人员注册和评估表 " -"`所在处）可找到**访问密钥**和**私密密钥**。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Upon saving, your credentials are checked. In case of issues, an error will " +"be displayed - the information cannot be saved until your credentials are " +"recognized by Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 msgid "" "Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " "are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" @@ -634,11 +659,11 @@ msgid "" " their synchronization." msgstr "在注册账户后，该账户可用的电商平台在**电商平台**选项卡下列出并同步。如需要，你可将某些项目从已同步电商平台列表中删除，以禁用同步。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:21 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 msgid "Match database products in Amazon" msgstr "与Amazon的数据库产品匹配" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:23 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 msgid "" "When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " "created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " @@ -647,7 +672,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在Amazon订单同步后，Odoo将针对Amazon上售出的每件产品创造三个销售订单项目：分别针对电商平台产品、运费（如有）和礼品包装费（如有）。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 msgid "" "The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " "matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " @@ -656,7 +681,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "通过将**内部参考编号**与电商平台商品的**SKU**匹配，与运费的**发运代码**匹配，以及与包装费的**礼品包装**代码匹配，即可为销售订单项目选择数据库产品。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 msgid "" "For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are " "listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " @@ -667,7 +692,7 @@ msgstr "" "对于电商平台产品，所有产品配对保存为**Amazon产品方案**，列在账户表单**产品方案**统计按钮下。当确定产品配对后自动创建产品方案，并用于之后的订单查找SKU。如果未找到匹配SKU的产品方案，则:ref:`使用内部参考编号" " `。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:39 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 msgid "" "It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific " "product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" @@ -677,31 +702,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "通过更改产品方案的产品或SKU，可强制将电商平台商品与特定产品配对。如为自动完成，则可手动创建产品方案。如你不使用内部参考编号作为SKU或用不同条件销售产品，这项功能非常有用。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 msgid "" "If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " "given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " "is used. The same is done with the default product **Amazon Shipping** and " "the shipping code." msgstr "" -"如特定KSU或礼品包装代码未找到内部参考编号匹配的数据库产品，则使用默认数据库产品**Amazon销售**。它将使用默认产品**Amazon发货**和发货代码。" +"如特定SKU或礼品包装代码未找到内部参考编号匹配的数据库产品，则使用默认数据库产品**Amazon销售**。它将使用默认产品**Amazon发货**和发运代码。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:49 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " "<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " "Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." msgstr "" -"如要修改默认产品，启用:doc:`开发人员模式 " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`并前往:menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置 " -"--> 连接器 --> Amazon同步 --> 默认产品`。" +"如要修改默认产品，启用 :doc:`开发人员模式 <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` 并前往 " +":menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 连接器 --> Amazon同步 --> 默认产品`。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:55 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 msgid "Configure taxes of products" msgstr "配置产品税" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 msgid "" "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " "the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " @@ -711,14 +735,196 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如要允许在Odoo中对Amazon销售产品进行税务报告，则销售订单项目适用的税收设置在产品上或由财政状况决定。确保在Odoo的产品页面或按财政状况设置正确的税收，以免卖家中心和Odoo中的小计金额存在差异。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 msgid "" "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " "Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " "Seller Central. Those differences can be resolved with a write-off when " "reconciling the payments in Odoo." msgstr "" -"由于Amazon适用的税收不一样与Odoo的配置完全相同，某些订单的金额可能与卖家中心有细微差异。在与Odoo付款情况对账时，可冲销并解决这些差异。" +"由于Amazon适用的税收不一定与Odoo的配置完全相同，某些订单的金额可能与卖家中心有细微差异。在与Odoo付款情况对账时，可冲销并解决这些差异。" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil, are not officially " +"supported by Odoo but might be compatible with your seller account. These " +"marketplaces can be added manually should you wish to use them. See " +":ref:`here ` for the exhaustive list of " +"natively supported marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To find out if a marketplace is eventually compatible, check the `Amazon " +"Documentation " +"`_." +" The marketplace must belong to the same region as that of your seller " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To add a new marketplace, you must first enable :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:139 +msgid "" +"From there, you can create a new marketplace record. You will need the " +"Marketplace ID and Endpoint for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon" +" Documentation " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.`` to easily retrieve it (for" +" instance: ``Amazon.se``). The **Code**, **Domain** and **API Identifier** " +"fields should respectively hold the *Country Code*, *Amazon MWS Endpoint* " +"and *MarketplaceId* values from the Amazon Documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Once the marketplace is saved, you should then update the Amazon Account " +"configuration by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`, open the " +"account on which you wish to use the new marketplace, go to the " +"**Marketplaces** tab and click on **Update available marketplaces** (an " +"animation should confirm the success of the operation). Newly added " +"marketplaces are automatically added to the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces. If the new marketplace is not added to the list, it means that" +" it is either incompatible or unavailable for your seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:156 +msgid "" +"As manually added marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo, there " +"is no guarantee that adding one as described above will work, nor can this " +"be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:3 +msgid "Install the Amazon Connector Authentication Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Starting July 2020, the Amazon Connector requires the use of a new " +"authentication method that makes it easier for you to set up the Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Prior to the update, Odoo customers who wished to use the Amazon Connector " +"had to apply to get developer credentials through Amazon, which was a " +"painful and long process that could take weeks. This method of " +"authentication is still technically possible, but Amazon will refuse to " +"provide developer credentials for Odoo customers from July 2020 onwards and " +"will deactivate such credentials for existing customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This documentation will help you install the update and use the new " +"authentication flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that if your Odoo database was first created after the update was " +"released, the update module is installed automatically. You can check if " +"this module is already installed by going to the **Apps** menu, removing " +"the ``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``. If the module " +"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** is present and marked as installed, your " +"Odoo database is already up-to-date and you can proceed with the :doc:`setup" +" ` step of the Amazon Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:25 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The new authentication mechanism is made available through a new Odoo " +"module; to be able to install it, you must make sure that your Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, your code is already up-to-" +"date and you can proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then you must" +" update your installation as detailed in `this documentation page " +"`_ or by " +"contacting your integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:39 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:41 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by your Odoo instance to be available in " +"the **Apps** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to :menuselection:`Apps " +"--> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:48 +msgid "Install the Amazon/Authentication Patch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You should never install new modules in your production database without " +"testing them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, " +"a duplicate database can be created from the database management page as " +"explained in :doc:`this documentation page <../../db_management/db_online>`." +" For Odoo.sh users, you should use a staging or duplicate database. For on-" +"premise users, you should use a staging environment - you should contact " +"your integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a new " +"module in your particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The module should now be available in your **Apps** menu. Remove the " +"``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``; the module " +"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** should be available for installation. If you" +" cannot find the module after having updated the list of available modules, " +"it means your Odoo source code is not up-to-date; refer to step one of this " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, you will need to generate an Authorization " +"Token in Amazon Seller Central and set it up on your Amazon Account in Odoo;" +" this process is detailed in the :doc:`setup ` page." +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 msgid "eBay Connector" @@ -736,13 +942,13 @@ msgstr "上架没有变种" msgid "" "In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " "product form. The eBay tab will be available." -msgstr "为了上架一个产品, 你需要点击 **eBay可用** 字段在产品的界面上, eBay 标签会可用。" +msgstr "为了上架一个产品，你需要点击 **eBay可用** 字段在产品的界面上，eBay 标签将可用。" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" "When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " "will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." -msgstr "当勾选 **使用库存数量** 字段, 则eBay上的数量则会被设置为Odoo的 **预期数量** 。" +msgstr "当勾选 **使用库存数量** 字段，eBay上的数量则会被设置为Odoo的 **预期数量** 。" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -751,14 +957,14 @@ msgid "" " You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " "Description**." msgstr "" -" **描述 模板** 允许你为你的上架产品使用模板.默认的模板仅使用产品的 **eBay 描述** 字段.你可以使用 **描述 模板** 和 " -"**eBay 描述** 的内部html." +" **描述模板** 允许你为你的上架产品使用模板。默认的模板仅使用产品的 **eBay 描述** 字段。你可以使用 **描述模板** 和 **eBay " +"描述** 的内部html。" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " "the product template." -msgstr "要在列表中使用图片, 需要你在产品模板中把它们添加为 **附件** 。" +msgstr "要在列表中使用图片，需要你在产品模板中把它们添加为 **附件** 。" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 msgid "Listing with variations" @@ -771,8 +977,8 @@ msgid "" " the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " "well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." msgstr "" -"当在产品上的带变种的 **使用 eBay** 被选中并且 **上架类型** 为 **固定价格** , eBay 界面有稍许不同。在变种列中, " -"你可以选择哪个变种可以在eBay上上架, 并且可以为每个变种设置价格和数量。" +"当在产品上的带变种的 **使用 eBay** 被选中并且 **上架类型** 为 **固定价格** ，eBay " +"界面有稍许不同。在变种列中，你可以选择哪个变种可以在eBay上上架，并且可以为每个变种设置价格和数量。" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 msgid "Listing with item specifics" @@ -782,7 +988,7 @@ msgstr "带项目细节的上架产品" msgid "" "In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " "one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." -msgstr "为了增加项目规格, 你应该在产品表单创建一个产品属性，在 **变型** 页签里设置一个值。" +msgstr "为了增加项目规格，你应该在产品表单创建一个产品属性，在 **变型** 页签里设置一个值。" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Product Identifiers" @@ -799,10 +1005,9 @@ msgid "" "If theses values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " "listing." msgstr "" -"在大多数的Ebay类别中需要产品识别码, 例如EAN, UPC, Brand 或者 MPN。模块通过产品变型中的 **条码** 字段管理EAN 和 " -"UPC 识别码。如果 **条码** 字段为空或者值不可用, EAN " -"和UPC会在Ebay上被推荐设置为'不可用'。Brand和MPN值需要在特定的产品维护, 所以在产品 **变量** 上进行维护。如果这些值没有设置, " -"Ebay列表中就会是'不可用'。" +"在大多数的Ebay类别中需要产品识别码，例如EAN, UPC, Brand 或者 MPN。模块通过产品变型中的 **条形码** 字段管理EAN 和 " +"UPC 识别码。如果 **条形码** 字段为空或者值不可用，EAN 和UPC会在Ebay上被推荐设置为 '不可用' " +"。Brand和MPN值需要在特定的产品维护，所以在产品 **变量** 上进行维护。如果这些值没有设置，Ebay列表中就会是 '不可用'。" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" @@ -819,8 +1024,8 @@ msgid "" "logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " "clicking on the adequate buttons." msgstr "" -"为了生成你的令牌, 你需要在开发者门户 `_.创建一个开发者账号。一旦你登陆, " -"你可以点击按钮创建 **沙箱 秘钥** 和 **成品 秘钥** " +"为了创建令牌，您需要在开发者门户 `开发者门户 `_。 上创建一个开发者帐户。 " +"登录后，可以通过单击适当的按钮来创建 **沙盒键** 和 **生产键** 。" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -829,8 +1034,8 @@ msgid "" "form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " "needed to configure the module in Odoo." msgstr "" -"在秘钥创建后, 你可以得到你的用户令牌.这么做, 点击在页面底部的链接 **得到一个用户令牌** 。通过界面, 用你的eBay账号登陆, " -"然后你可以得到需要在Odoo里配置模块的秘钥和令牌。" +"在秘钥创建后，你可以得到你的用户令牌.这么做，点击在页面底部的链接 **得到一个用户令牌** " +"。通过界面，用你的eBay账号登陆，然后你可以得到需要在Odoo里配置模块的秘钥和令牌。" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" @@ -840,9 +1045,7 @@ msgstr "在Odoo里设置令牌" msgid "" "To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" -"为了设置eBay集成, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 配置(Configuration) --> " -"设置(Settings)` 。" +msgstr "为了设置eBay集成, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置` 。" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -850,15 +1053,14 @@ msgid "" "Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " "Key**. Apply the changes." msgstr "" -"首先选择你要使用的是成品还是eBay沙箱。然后填写字段 **开发者秘钥** , **令牌** , **APP 秘钥** , **认证秘钥** " -"。申请变更。" +"首先选择你要使用的是成品还是eBay沙箱。然后填写字段 **开发者秘钥** ， **令牌** ， **应用秘钥** , **认证秘钥** 。申请变更。" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " "Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " "other fields." -msgstr "一旦页面被重新载入, 你需要从eBay同步信息。 **同步国家和货币** , 然后你可以填写其他字段。" +msgstr "一旦页面被重新载入，你需要从eBay同步信息。点击 **同步国家和货币** , 然后你可以填写其他字段。" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -882,7 +1084,7 @@ msgid "" "To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developped; " "however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " "systems running in parallel in existing installations." -msgstr "为了解决这一问题，我们开发了一种新的实施机制；但是，为了避免现有安装中这两个系统同时运行，默认情况下这种更新方法被禁用。" +msgstr "为了解决这一问题，我们开发了一种新的实施机制；但是，为了避免现有安装中这2个系统同时运行，默认情况下这种更新方法被禁用。" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" @@ -896,7 +1098,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 预定操作`" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 预定操作`" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -934,51 +1136,131 @@ msgstr "要求预付定金" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" -"A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the " -"rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to " -"protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious." -msgstr "首期付款是一种初始的、部分的付款，协议规定其余部分将在以后支付。对于昂贵的订单或项目，这是一种保护您自己并确保您的客户是认真的方式。" +"A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " +"is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " +"to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to " +"acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are " +"obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " +"way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 msgid "First time you request a down payment" msgstr "第一次申请预付款" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment" -" option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total " -"amount." -msgstr "确认销售时，您可以创建发票并选择预付款选项。它可以是固定金额或总金额的百分比。" - #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 msgid "" -"The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account " -"and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments." -msgstr "首次申请首付款时，您可以选择收入账户和将重新用于下一次首付款的税设置。" +"When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " +"invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" +" them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 +msgid "Regular invoice" +msgstr "普通发票" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 +msgid "Down payment (percentage)" +msgstr "预付款(百分比)" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment." -msgstr "然后，您将看到预付款的发票。" +msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" +msgstr "预付款(固定金额)" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" -"On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be " -"automatically deducted." -msgstr "在后续或最终发票上，任何预付款将自动扣除。" +"In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" +" the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " +"percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income " +"account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " +"payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " +"product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, " +"you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you" +" choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able" +" to create an invoice**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +msgid "" +"For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" +" using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " +"our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , " +"before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view " +"the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the " +"down payment (as you can see below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +msgid "" +"There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " +"But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " +"So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the " +"possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** " +"button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** " +"button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order" +" and draft invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " +"order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" +" to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, " +"paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " +"quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " +"payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to " +"deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been " +"delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice " +"created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the " +"**Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the " +"delivered quantity manually on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" msgstr "修改收入帐户和客户税" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 -msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*." -msgstr "在产品列表中，搜索 [预付款]。" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 +msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 msgid "" -"You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the" -" income account & customer taxes." -msgstr "然后，您可以在\"开票\"选项卡下对其进行编辑，您可以更改收入帐户和客户税。" +"You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " +"to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " +"need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the " +"**Accounting Tab** on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" @@ -1003,14 +1285,15 @@ msgstr "费用配置" msgid "" "To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to " ":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." -msgstr "要跟踪和发票费用，您将需要费用应用程序。转到 ：菜单选择：\"应用程序 -= 费用\"来安装它。" +msgstr "要跟踪和发票费用，您将需要费用应用程序。转到:menuselection:`应用程序 --> 费用`来安装它。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" " --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." -msgstr "您还应激活分析科目功能以将支出链接到销售订单，为此，请转到 ：菜单选择：\"开票 --* 配置 --= 设置\"并激活 [会计分录]。" +msgstr "" +"您还应激活分析科目功能以将支出链接到销售订单，为此，请转到:menuselection:`开票 --> 配置 --> 设置` 并激活 *会计分录* 。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 @@ -1048,7 +1331,7 @@ msgstr "在\"开票\"选项卡下，选择 [交付数量] 和 [按成本] 或 [ msgid "" "To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> " "Configuration --> Expense products`." -msgstr "要修改或创建更多产品，请转到 ：菜单选择：\"费用 --* 配置 --= 费用产品\"。" +msgstr "要修改或创建更多产品，请转到:menuselection:`费用 --> 配置 --> 费用产品`。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 @@ -1072,74 +1355,110 @@ msgstr "基于已交付或订购数量的发票" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" -"Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for " -"invoicing:" -msgstr "根据您的业务和所售产品，您有两种开票选项：" +"Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 msgid "" -"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales " -"order is confirmed." -msgstr "已订购数量的发票：一旦确认销售订单，就为全部订单开具发票。" +"The **Invoice what is ordered** rule is used as **default mode** in Odoo " +"Sales, which means that customers will be invoiced once the sales order is " +"confirmed." +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 msgid "" -"Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a " -"partial delivery." -msgstr "交货数量的发票：您交付的发票，即使它是部分交货。" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode." -msgstr "订单数量的发票是默认模式" +"The **Invoice what is delivered** rule will invoice customers once the " +"delivery is done. This rule concerns businesses that sell materials, liquids" +" or food in large quantities. In these cases, the quantity might diverge a " +"little bit and it is, therefore, preferable to invoice the quantity actually" +" delivered." +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 msgid "" -"The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type " -"of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the" -" quantity might diverge a little bit and it is therefore better to invoice " -"the actual delivered quantity." -msgstr "使用 [交付数量发票] 的好处取决于您的业务类型，当您大量销售物料、液体或食品时，数量可能会稍有偏差，因此最好为实际交付数量开具发票。" +"Being able to have different invoicing options allow you more flexibility. " +"Indeed, you need to know exactly how to invoice your customers for different" +" situations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 +msgid "Activate these features" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" -"You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every " -"options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), " -"invoice a fixed advance." -msgstr "您还可以手动开票，从而控制每个选项：发票准备发票行，发票百分比（预付款），发票固定预付款。" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " +"**Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 -msgid "Decide the policy on a product page" -msgstr "在产品页面上决定策略" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 msgid "" -"From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing " -"policy and select the one you want." -msgstr "从任何产品页面，在\"开票\"选项卡下，您将找到开票策略并选择所需的策略。" +"If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not" +" be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which " +"automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed." +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 -msgid "Send the invoice" -msgstr "发送发票" +msgid "Choose an invoicing policy on a product form" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 msgid "" -"Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced " -"quantities." -msgstr "确认销售后，您可以看到已交付和开票数量。" +"From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing " +"policy, which can be manually changed." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is " -"confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have" -" to validate the delivery." -msgstr "如果按订购数量将其设置，则可以在确认销售后立即开具发票。如果您选择了交货数量，则首先必须验证交货。" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 +msgid "Impact on sales flow" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 msgid "" -"Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will " -"automatically add the quantities to invoice based on how many you delivered " -"if you did a partial delivery." -msgstr "产品发货后，你可向客户开具发票。如果你是部分发货，Odoo将根据发货数量，自动向发票添加数量。" +"On Odoo Sales, the basic sales flow will be to create a quotation, send it " +"to your customer, wait for confirmation, confirm the sales order and create " +"an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Invoice what is ordered**: No impact on this basic sales flow. Indeed, you" +" can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 +msgid "" +"**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will " +"have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to " +"install the **Inventory App** to confirm the delivered quantity before " +"creating an invoice, with the **Sales App**. Indeed, if you try to create an" +" invoice without validating the delivered quantity, you will receive an " +"error message as below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation " +"sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced " +"quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a " +"partial delivery)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Finally, to create an invoice, you will have different possibilities: " +"regular invoice or down payment (percentage or fixed amount)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about down payment here: " +":doc:`down_payment`, to master this incredible feature." +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 msgid "Invoice project milestones" @@ -1210,7 +1529,7 @@ msgstr "激活功能" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." -msgstr "转到 ：菜单选择：'销售 --= 配置 --= 设置'并激活 [模拟 发票] 功能。" +msgstr "转到:menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置'并激活 *模拟发票* 功能。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -1284,13 +1603,13 @@ msgstr "发票时间配置" msgid "" "To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. " "Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." -msgstr "要跟踪项目中的进度，您需要 [项目] 应用。转到 ：菜单选择：\"应用程序 -= 项目\"以安装它。" +msgstr "要跟踪项目中的进度，您需要 *项目* 应用。转到 :menuselection:`应用程序 --> 项目`以安装它。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 msgid "" "In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project" " --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." -msgstr "在 [项目] 中，您将使用时间表，为此转到 ：菜单选择：\"项目 --* 配置 --* 设置\"并激活 [时间表] 功能。" +msgstr "在 *项目* 中，您将使用时间表，为此转到:menuselection:`项目 --> 配置 --> 设置` 并激活 *工时单* 功能。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 msgid "Invoice your time spent" @@ -1335,7 +1654,7 @@ msgid "" "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." msgstr "" -"你还应启用分析科目功能以将支出关联到销售订单，为此，请前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*分析科目*。" +"你还应启用分析科目功能以将支出关联到销售订单，为此，请前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*分析科目*。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -1359,7 +1678,7 @@ msgid "" "You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " "*Purchase Analytics*." -msgstr "您将需要 [购买分析] 功能，以激活它，转到 ：菜单选择：'开票 -- * 配置 --* 设置'并选择 [购买分析]。" +msgstr "您将需要 *购买分析* 功能，以激活它，转到:menuselection:`开票 --> 配置 --> 设置'并选择 *购买分析* 。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -1394,7 +1713,9 @@ msgid "" "Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " "Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " "Invoicing/Accounting apps." -msgstr "在 ：\"菜单选择\"中选中 [允许多种货币]：\"开票/记帐 -* 设置\"。作为管理员，您需要对开票/会计应用的 [顾问] 访问权限。" +msgstr "" +"在 :menuselection:`选中 *允许多种货币* \"开票/记帐 * --> 设置`。作为管理员，您需要对开票/会计应用的 *顾问* " +"访问权限。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -1407,7 +1728,9 @@ msgid "" "To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" " the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." -msgstr "要激活新货币，请转到 ：菜单选择：\"会计 --= 配置 --= 货币\"，在列表中选择它，然后按右上角的 [激活]。现在，它将显示货币下拉列表。" +msgstr "" +"要激活新货币，请转到:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 货币`，在列表中选择它，然后按右上角的 *激活* " +"。现在，它将显示货币下拉列表。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." @@ -1421,7 +1744,7 @@ msgstr "从公开价格自动转换" msgid "" "The public price is in your company's main currency (see " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." -msgstr "公开价格以您公司的主要货币（请参阅 ：菜单选择：\"会计 --* 设置\"），并在产品详细信息窗体中设置。" +msgstr "公开价格以您公司的主要货币（请参阅 :menuselection:`会计 --> 设置`），并在产品详细信息窗体中设置。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -1430,8 +1753,8 @@ msgid "" "European Central Bank at your convenience: manually, daily, weekly, etc. See" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"转换率可在 ：菜单选择：\"会计 -= 配置 -= 货币\"中找到。他们可以更新从雅虎或欧洲中央银行在您的方便：手动，每日，每周等。请参阅 " -"：菜单选择：\"会计 --= 设置\"。" +"转换率可在 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 货币` " +"中找到。他们可以更新从雅虎或欧洲中央银行在您的方便：手动，每日，每周等。请参阅 ： :menuselection:`会计 --> 设置`。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 msgid "Set your own prices" @@ -1467,13 +1790,13 @@ msgid "" "As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " "completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "由于价格表仅提供价格建议，它们可能被供应商填写的销售订单覆盖。从:menuselection:`销售 --> 设置`选择你的定价策略。" +msgstr "由于价格表仅提供价格建议，它们可能被供应商填写的销售订单覆盖。从 :menuselection:`销售 --> 设置`选择你的定价策略。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 msgid "" "*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " "default product price ;" -msgstr "*每种产品的单一销售价格 ：* 不允许调整价格，使用默认产品价格 ；" +msgstr "*每种产品使用单一销售价格 ：* 不允许调整价格，使用默认产品价格 ；" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -1485,7 +1808,7 @@ msgstr "*每个客户群使用不同价格 ：* 为每种产品设定多个价 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins " "and roundings." -msgstr "*根据公式的高级定价规则 ：* 可应用折扣、利润率和舍入等规则。" +msgstr "*基于公式的高级定价规则 ：* 可应用折扣、利润率和舍入等规则。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Several prices per product" @@ -1497,8 +1820,8 @@ msgid "" "segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " "in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." msgstr "" -"要应用每个产品的若干价格，请在 ：菜单选择中选择 [每个客户细分的不同价格]：\"销售 --= 设置\"。然后在产品详细信息窗体中打开 [销售] " -"选项卡。您可以按照以下策略结算。" +"要对每种产品应用多个价格，请在:menuselection:`销售 --> 设置` 中选择 *每个客户群的不同价格* 。 " +"然后在产品详细信息表单中打开*销售* 标签。 您可以解决以下策略。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 msgid "Prices per customer segment" @@ -1553,7 +1876,7 @@ msgid "" "ceilings (maximum margins). Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar" " or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." msgstr "" -"*根据公式的高级定价规则*允许设置价格更改规则。更改可以相对于产品列表/目录价格、产品成本价或其他价格表。更改通过折扣或附加费计算，并可能强制在下限（最低利润率）和上限（最高利润率）内进行计算。价格可以四舍五入到最接近的美分/美元或任意一个（最近5美分，最近的10美元）的倍数。" +"*基于公式的高级定价规则*允许设置价格更改规则。更改可以相对于产品列表/目录价格、产品成本价或其他价格表。更改通过折扣或附加费计算，并可能强制在下限（最低利润率）和上限（最高利润率）内进行计算。价格可以四舍五入到最接近的美分/美元或任意一个（最近5美分，最近的10美元）倍数。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -1561,7 +1884,8 @@ msgid "" " (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " "e-Commerce)." msgstr "" -"安装后转到 ：菜单选择：'销售 -- = 配置 --= 价目表'（或 ：菜单选择：'网站管理员 --] 目录 --* 如果使用电子商务，则价格表）。" +"安装后转到 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 价目表'（或 :menuselection:`网站管理员 --> 目录 --> " +"如果使用电子商务，则使用 --> 价格表）。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -1641,7 +1965,9 @@ msgstr "在折扣的情况下，您可以在打印的销售订单和电子商务 msgid "" "Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." -msgstr "在 \"菜单选择\"中选中 [允许销售订单行的折扣]：'销售 --= 配置 --= 设置 --= 报价 = 销售 --= 折扣。" +msgstr "" +"在菜单选择中选 *允许销售订单行的折扣* :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 报价 --> 报价与销售 --> " +"折扣`。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." @@ -1785,7 +2111,7 @@ msgstr "颜色 :蓝色, 红色, 白色, 黑色" msgid "" "In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " "T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." -msgstr "在该示例中, **B&C ｔ血衫** 是产品模板, **B&C ｔ血衫, S, 蓝色** 是一个产品变量, 尺寸和颜色是 **属性** 。" +msgstr "在该示例中, **B&C T恤衫** 是产品模板, **B&C T恤衫, S, 蓝色** 是一个产品变量, 尺寸和颜色是 **属性** 。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -1801,7 +2127,7 @@ msgstr "变型的影响" msgid "" "**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " "template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." -msgstr " **条码**: 编码和条码关联到一个变型, 而不是一个产品模板。每个型号都可以有自己的条码／SKU。" +msgstr " **条形码**: 编码和条形码关联到一个变型, 而不是一个产品模板。每个型号都可以有自己的条码／SKU。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -1810,7 +2136,7 @@ msgid "" "(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " "the template or the variant." msgstr "" -" **价格**: 每个产品变型有自己的公开价，它基于产品模板的价格 ($20)，以及每个变型的可选额外价格(红色额外加$3)，计算得出。然而, " +" **价格** : 每个产品变型有自己的公开价，它基于产品模板的价格 ($20)，以及每个变型的可选额外价格(红色额外加$3)，计算得出。然而, " "你可以定义应用在产品模板以及产品变型的价格表。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 @@ -1821,14 +2147,14 @@ msgid "" "that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " "variant)" msgstr "" -" **库存**: 存货在产品变型层面管理。你拥有的不是T恤衫, 而是\" T恤衫, S, 红色 \", 或者\" T恤衫, M, 蓝色 " +" **库存** : 存货在产品变型层面管理。你拥有的不是T恤衫, 而是\" T恤衫, S, 红色 \", 或者\" T恤衫, M, 蓝色 " "\"。用于信息目的, 在产品模板表单，你得到的库存，是所有变型的数量总和。(但是实际库存是按变型计算的)" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 msgid "" "**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " "product may have its own primary picture." -msgstr " **图片**: 此图片与变型相关, 每个型号可以有自己的主要图片。" +msgstr " **图片** : 此图片与变型相关， 每个型号可以有自己的主要图片。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -1836,7 +2162,7 @@ msgid "" "If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " "Income Account, Taxes)" msgstr "" -" **其余字段**: 大部分其他字段属于产品模板。如果你对他么恩进行更新, 它会自动地更新到所有相关的型号上。(例如 : 主营业务收入科目, 税)" +" **其余字段**: 大部分其他字段属于产品模板。如果你对他么恩进行更新，它会自动地更新到所有相关的型号上。(例如 : 主营业务收入科目, 税)" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:50 msgid "Should you use variants?" @@ -1856,7 +2182,7 @@ msgid "" "templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " "will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" msgstr "" -" **电商**: 在你的在线商铺, 客户只会在分类页面看到产品模板。一旦访客点击这样的产品, 他将能在众多的型号中间进行选择(颜色, 尺寸, ……)" +" **电子商务** : 在你的在线商铺，客户只会在分类页面看到产品模板。一旦访客点击这样的产品，他将能在众多的型号中间进行选择(颜色, 尺寸, ……)" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -1866,8 +2192,8 @@ msgid "" " create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " "specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." msgstr "" -" **生产**: 使用型号可以基于产品模板和各种型号质检的细微差别只定义一个物料表。例如: 你可以创建一个\" T血衫\\ \\ \\ " -"\"并添加一些特定尺寸例如S的行以及特定颜色例如红色的行, 从而代替创建物料表\" T血衫, 红色, S\\ \\ \\ \"。" +" **制造** : 使用型号可以基于产品模板和各种型号质检的细微差别只定义一个物料表。例如: 你可以创建一个\" T恤衫 " +"\"并添加一些特定尺寸例如S码以及特定颜色例如红色，从而代替创建物料表\" T恤衫, 红色, S\"。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -1877,7 +2203,7 @@ msgid "" " have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " "pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." msgstr "" -" **价格**: 产品的默认价格是产品模板的价格加上型号上特定属性的额外价格。这样, 型号的价格维护起来就很容易, 你不必在每个型号上维护, " +" **价格** : 产品的默认价格是产品模板的价格加上型号上特定属性的额外价格。这样，型号的价格维护起来就很容易，你不必在每个型号上维护， " "当然也可以使用价格表规则固定每个型号的价格。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 @@ -1942,6 +2268,7 @@ msgstr "产品模板 :马球" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "设置" @@ -1957,7 +2284,7 @@ msgid "" "Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " "attributes**, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -"在你使用产品变量之前, 你需要在设置中激活产品变量。要这样做, 你需要进入销售模块, 在菜单 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` , " +"在你使用产品变量之前, 你需要在设置中激活产品变量。要这样做, 你需要进入销售模块, 在菜单 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , " "找到 **产品变形** 　行, 然后勾选 **产品可以有多个变体** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 @@ -1970,7 +2297,8 @@ msgid "" "products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." msgstr "" -"一旦你激活了变量选项, 你就可以给产品添加变量。要这样做的话, 进入销售模块 :`销售 -->产品` 。还可以从采购和库存模块进入产品页面。" +"一旦你激活了变量选项, 你就可以给产品添加变量。要这样做的话, 进入销售模块:menuselection:`销售 -->产品` " +"。还可以从采购和库存模块进入产品页面。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." @@ -1983,28 +2311,28 @@ msgid "" "To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " "**Create**." msgstr "" -"在产品页面, 一个新的变量页面显示出来。在页面上方的紫色数字是当前该产品的变量数量。要添加新的变量, 点击该按钮, 在新的窗口, 点击 **创建** 。" +"在产品页面，出现了一个名为变量的新标签。在页面上方的紫色数字是当前该产品的变量数量。要添加新的变量，点击该图块,，在新的窗口， 点击 **创建** 。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 msgid "" "In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " "variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " "it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" -msgstr "在 **属性** 中, 点击下拉菜单并选择你要添加的变量类型。。如果变量不存在, 你可以通过点击创建和编辑随手创建……" +msgstr "在 **属性** 中， 点击下拉菜单并选择你要添加的变量类型。如果变量不存在，你可以通过点击创建和编辑随手创建……" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:149 msgid "" "In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " "attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " "type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." -msgstr "在属性窗口, **值** 字段是属性的描述例如绿色, 塑料或者32G, **属性** 字段是变量的类型例如颜色, 材料或者内存。" +msgstr "在属性窗口， **值** 字段是属性的描述例如绿色， 塑料或者32GB。 **属性** 字段是变量的类型例如颜色, 材料或者内存。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 msgid "" "You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " "**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " "**Save**." -msgstr "你可以在 **属性额外价格** 字段顺便给特定型号添加相关成本, 或者选择稍后更改, 点击 **保存** 。" +msgstr "你可以在 **属性额外价格** 字段顺便给特定型号添加相关成本，或者选择稍后更改，点击 **保存** 。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -2015,7 +2343,7 @@ msgstr "你也可以给型号添加不同的条码以及内部参考码。" msgid "" "When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " "**Save**." -msgstr "完成输入该型号的所有的特定属性后, 点击 **保存** 。" +msgstr "完成输入该型号的所有的特定属性后， 点击 **保存** 。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:167 msgid "Managing Product Variants" @@ -2060,8 +2388,7 @@ msgid "" "To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." " From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " "XXL." -msgstr "" -"要这样做的话, 点击 **型号** 按钮, 选择XXL, 白色Ｔ血衫。在产品页面上, 不勾选XXL, 白色Ｔ血衫这个产品 **有效** 框。" +msgstr "要这样做的话，点击 **型号** 按钮， 选择XXL，白色Ｔ恤衫。在产品页面上, 不勾选XXL, 白色Ｔ血衫这个产品 **有效** 框。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:197 msgid "" @@ -2085,7 +2412,7 @@ msgid "" "Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " "**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." msgstr "" -"一旦你激活了产品变量选项, 你就可以在产品上添加产品变量。要这样做, 进入销售模块, 打开 :menuselection:`销售 -->产品` " +"一旦你激活了产品变量选项, 你就可以在产品上添加产品变量。要这样做, 进入销售模块, 打开 :menuselection:`销售 --> 产品` " "并点击你想要更改的产品, 点击 **变量价格** 按钮来查看变量列表。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 @@ -2093,7 +2420,7 @@ msgid "" "Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " "editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " "variant that will be added to the original price." -msgstr "点击你想要添加值的变量名称, 确保3个字段可编辑。在 **额外属性价格** 字段你, 添加该变量的成本, 他会自动的和原始价格相加。" +msgstr "点击你想要添加值的变量名称，确保3个字段可编辑。在 **额外属性价格** 字段，添加该变量的成本, 将会自动的和原始价格相加。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:220 msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." @@ -2104,7 +2431,7 @@ msgid "" "`Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries " "<../../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html#journal-entries>`_" msgstr "" -"`会计备忘录：会计分录详情 <../../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html" +"`会计备忘录：日记账分录详情 <../../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html" "#journal-entries>`_" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 @@ -2166,6 +2493,7 @@ msgstr "点击**客户预览**按钮，你可查看优惠到期时间。有效 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr ":doc:`quote_template`" @@ -2186,7 +2514,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " **Customer Addresses** feature." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用**客户地址**功能。" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用**客户地址**功能。" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 msgid "Add addresses from a quotation" @@ -2225,7 +2553,7 @@ msgid "" " or modify invoice and delivery addresses instantly there, before creating a" " quotation." msgstr "" -"之前，我们谈到你可以直接从报价或销售订单填写联系人表单，以向客户添加账单和发货地址。但是，如果前往:menuselection:`销售 --> 订单 " +"之前，我们谈到你可以直接从报价或销售订单填写联系人表单，以向客户添加账单和发货地址。但是，如果前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 订单 " "--> 客户`，你可在创建报价之前，立即在此创建或修改每个客户，并添加、删除或修改账单和发货地址。" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 @@ -2239,7 +2567,7 @@ msgid "" " but, more importantly, you can enter billing and shipping addresses under " "the **Contacts & Addresses** tab." msgstr "" -"与前面的例子一样，前往:menuselection:`销售 --> 订单 --> " +"与前面的例子一样，前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 订单 --> " "客户`并创建一个新客户。你可在此添加公司信息，或在**联系人和地址**选项卡下键入账单和发货地址。" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 @@ -2269,7 +2597,7 @@ msgid "" "get automatic orders confirmation. Online payments are made instantly, so " "it's very convenient and saves lots of time in a basic sales process." msgstr "" -"一般来说，网上支付被认为是比传统支付方式更快、更安全的替代方式。它通常比其他支付方式更便宜、简单、快速。它对于国际交易尤其有用、高效。在Odoo销售应用程序中，你可利用网上支付完成自动订单确认。网上支付即可完成，因此非常方便，在基本销售流程中节省了大量时间。" +"一般来说，网上支付被认为是比传统支付方式更快、更安全的替代方式。它通常比其他支付方式更便宜、简单、快速。它对于国际交易尤其有用、高效。在Odoo销售应用程序中，你可利用网上支付完成自动订单确认。网上支付即刻完成，因此非常方便，在基本销售流程中节省了大量时间。" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "Enable online payment" @@ -2279,7 +2607,7 @@ msgstr "启用网上支付" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " **Online Payment** feature." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用**网上支付**功能。" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用**网上支付**功能。" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -2287,11 +2615,10 @@ msgid "" "will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before " "creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our " "documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as " -":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal`, " -":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize`, and others in the " -":doc:`../../ecommerce` documentation." +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers` documentation." msgstr "" -"你可在此直接访问**支付收单机构**页面。你可选择并配置收单机构。在创建或修改支付收单机构之前，注意了解我们关于如何通过收单机构支付的文档，例如:doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal`、:doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize`以及:doc:`../../ecommerce`等文档。" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -2317,16 +2644,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "点击**客户预览**按钮，你可看到客户在支付时看到的选项。" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../ecommerce`" +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal`" +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize`" +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" @@ -2348,7 +2675,7 @@ msgstr "激活在线签名" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " **Online Signature** feature." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用**在线签名**功能。" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用**在线签名**功能。" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -2468,14 +2795,14 @@ msgstr "创建自定义报价模板可节约大量时间。实际上，通过模 msgid "" "To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." -msgstr "如要启用此功能，前往:menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用**报价模板**。" +msgstr "如要启用此功能，前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用**报价模板**。" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 msgid "" "For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " "Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " "easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." -msgstr "更方便的是，我们还建议你添加**报价创建器**功能，它将帮助你轻松设计报价模板。该选项将自动安装Odoo网站应用程序。" +msgstr "更方便的是，我们还建议你添加**报价单生成器**功能，它将帮助你轻松设计报价模板。该选项将自动安装Odoo网站应用程序。" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 msgid "Create your first template" @@ -2484,7 +2811,7 @@ msgstr "创建第一个模板" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 msgid "" "Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." -msgstr "报价模板在:menuselection:`销售 --> 配置`下。" +msgstr "报价模板在 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置`下。" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -2511,7 +2838,7 @@ msgid "" "company, your services and your products. To do so, you can click on " "**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." msgstr "" -"你可设计模板并编辑客户界面，以管理客户在接受和支付报价之前看到的内容。例如，你可以介绍你的公司、服务和产品。为此，你可点击**编辑**，然后将转向报价创建器。" +"你可设计模板并编辑客户界面，以管理客户在接受和支付报价之前看到的内容。例如，你可以介绍你的公司、服务和产品。为此，你可点击**编辑**，然后将转向报价单生成器。" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -2552,61 +2879,133 @@ msgid "" msgstr "现在，每个报价都有了这项设置。当然，你可随时更改并将它仅限于特定报价。" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" msgstr ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" msgstr ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders" -msgstr "为订单添加条款和条件" +msgid "Add terms & conditions" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 msgid "" -"Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " -"between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " -"information which include products and company policy; allowing the customer" -" to read all those terms everything before committing to anything." +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " +"contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " +"delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all " +"formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other " +"hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing" +" to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms" +" and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you " +"manage." msgstr "" -"指定条款和条件对于确保客户和卖家之间的良好关系至关重要。每个卖家必须申报所有正式信息，包括产品和公司政策;允许客户在承诺任何事情之前阅读所有条款的所有内容。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every " -"quotation, sales order and invoice." -msgstr "Odoo 可让您在每个报价单、销售订单和发票上轻松包含默认条款和条件。" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 +msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "默认条款和条件" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 -msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" -msgstr "设置默认条款和条件" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*默认条款和条件*。" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*默认条款和条件*。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 msgid "" -"In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then " -"appear on every quotation, SO and invoice." -msgstr "在该框中，您可以添加默认条款和条件。然后，它们将显示在每个报价单、SO 和发票上。" +"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " +"**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " +"Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is " +"done automatically with the installation of the sales application." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 -msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions" -msgstr "设置更详细的条款和条件" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 +msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 msgid "" -"A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish" -" on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo." -msgstr "一个好主意是分享更详细的或结构化的条件是在网上发布，并在Odoo的条款和条件中引用该链接。" +"In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" +" your default terms and conditions." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 +msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 +msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 msgid "" -"You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured " -"conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default" -" attachment for all quotation emails sent." -msgstr "您还可以将包含更详细和结构化条件的外部文档附加到发送给客户的电子邮件中。您甚至可以为所有发送的报价电子邮件设置默认附件。" +"According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " +"on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" +" and conditions within your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " +":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 +msgid "General Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 +msgid "GT&C on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " +"page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " +"is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " +"category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " +"are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " +"quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " +"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and " +"create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the " +"confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online " +"payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to" +" configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & " +"conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 +msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po index 6e02031d1..951cc7b72 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -8,15 +8,17 @@ # 老窦 北京 <2662059195@qq.com>, 2019 # Felix Yuen , 2019 # Datasource International , 2020 +# guohuadeng , 2020 +# Miao Zhou , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Miao Zhou , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -33,353 +35,329 @@ msgid "Overview" msgstr "概述" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 -msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" -msgstr "联系人列表和黑名单" +msgid "Contact Lists and Blacklist" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:5 msgid "" "Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" " to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " "newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " "another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " -"distribution a lot easier." +"distribution easier." msgstr "" -"创建或导入自己的联系人列表对于创建特定人员群体非常有用，如订阅你的电子通讯的人员列表。如果你之前使用其他系统并已创建一定受众群体，这也是重新开始的最好方式。它让短信分发更简便。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 msgid "Contact lists" msgstr "联系人列表" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:13 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`联系人列表 --> 联系人列表 --> 创建`。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if " -"you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in the" -" unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences." -msgstr "选择你的*邮件列表*名称，如果想要允许未订阅页面的收件人访问该邮件列表，并更新其订阅偏好，可启用*公开*选项。" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`联系人列表 --> 联系人列表 --> 创建`。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 msgid "" -"Once inside the list, you can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " -"specific list." -msgstr "进入列表后，你可针对特定列表*创建*或*导入*联系人。" +"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Is Public* " +"if you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in " +"the unsubscription page (allowing users to update their subscription " +"preferences)." +msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 msgid "History with the Log Notes" msgstr "历史与记录备注" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:23 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:25 msgid "" -"A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient " -"(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." -msgstr "已发送的邮件记录保存在收件人聊天中（无论是联系人或商机）。" +"A record of the mailings sent is kept on the recipient's chatter (whether it" +" is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:31 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:28 msgid "" -"This is important as you and your team can easily keep track and see a " -"history of interactions with your contacts or prospects, granting you the " -"ability to better understand them." -msgstr "这项功能可让你和团队轻松跟踪并查看与联系人或潜在客户之间的互动历史，以便更好地了解他们。" +"This is important as you and team members can easily keep track and see a " +"history of the interactions with your contacts or prospects. Example: your " +"sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a " +"customer has received or not." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Example: your sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing " -"promotions a customer has received or not." -msgstr "例如：销售代表可轻松查看客户是否已经收到某些短信邮件促销。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:37 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:35 msgid "Blacklist" msgstr "黑名单" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:38 msgid "" "If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " -"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries in your " +"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries to your " "database." -msgstr "如你之前使用其他软件并已要求将某些客户列入黑名单，你可将这些条目导入数据库。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:40 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 msgid "" "For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " "Import`." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 电话黑名单 --> 导入`。" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 电话黑名单 --> 导入`。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3 msgid "Integrations and Templates" msgstr "整合和模板" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:5 msgid "" "Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " -"purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " +"purposes, but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " "costumers, for example." -msgstr "通过短信联系相关人员不仅可用于广告目的，还可提醒客户活动或已开具的发票等。" +msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 -msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS Campaigns" -msgstr "组织邮件营销和短信营销" +msgid "Campaigns" +msgstr "活动" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:10 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:11 msgid "" "First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " -":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"activate the option Mailing Campaigns`." -msgstr "首先，确保已启用相关功能。前往:menuselection:`邮件营销应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 启用邮件营销选项`。" +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Mailing Campaigns*." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:16 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:17 msgid "" -"Now, you will also have the menu *Campaigns* included in your *SMS " -"Marketing* page, allowing you to have an overview of your SMS mailings and " -"your email marketing ones." -msgstr "现在，你的*短信营销*页面包括了*营销*菜单，可查看你的短信邮件列表和邮件营销列表。" +"Now, the menu *Campaigns* is also available on the *SMS Marketing* app, " +"allowing you to manage and have an overview of your SMS mailings under " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:22 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:23 msgid "" "This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " "have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " -"your kanban view to better organize the work being done." -msgstr "这项功能对于综合营销活动特别有用，它可以提供整体报告视图。此外，你还可在看板视图中创建阶段，组织需要完成的工作。" +"your Kanban view to better organize the work being done." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:30 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:31 msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" msgstr "通过联系人应用程序发送短信" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:32 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 msgid "" "Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " "makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" " example." msgstr "Odoo默认提供通过联系人表单发送短信的功能。让你能够轻松向特定联系人发送短信。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:36 msgid "" "For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " "*SMS* icon next to the phone number." msgstr "如要使用此功能，前往*联系人*应用程序，选择联系人并点击电话号码旁边的*短信*图标。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:39 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you would like to send a message in a batch here, you could go to " -":menuselection:`List View --> select all the contacts --> Action --> Send " -"SMS`." -msgstr "如你想在此次批量发送短信，请进入:menuselection:`列表视图 --> 选择所有联系人 --> 操作 --> 发送短信`。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:47 -msgid "Set up SMS Templates" -msgstr "设置短信模板" +"If you would like to send a message to multiple contacts at once, choose the" +" *List View*, select all the contacts needed, and under *Action* select " +"*Send SMS*." +msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 +msgid "Set up SMS templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:50 msgid "" "To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Now, go to " -":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates`." +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`." msgstr "" -"如要设置*短信模板*，启用 :doc:`开发人员模式 " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`。想在，进入:menuselection:`技术 --> 电话/短信版块" -" --> 短信模板`。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:59 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:60 msgid "" "Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " "the context." msgstr "使用*动态定位符*，根据情况自动调整短信内容。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:62 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra " -"notable integrations:" -msgstr "整个Odoo中均有短信文本信息！以下是需要注意的其他集成：" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:63 +msgid "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:64 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." msgstr "*CRM*：向线索和商机发送短信。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." msgstr "*订阅*：提醒客户其订阅情况。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." msgstr "*会计*：发送付款提醒。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." msgstr "*营销自动化*：设置短信营销活动自动化。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 msgid "" "*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." msgstr "*库存*：完成交货单后，发送自动确认。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 msgid "" "*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " "document online." msgstr "*签字*：在线上签署文件之前，接收验证码并证实自己的身份。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 msgid "" "*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." msgstr "*SPEA借记支付提供商*：向客户发送验证码。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:72 msgid "" "*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." msgstr "*定制*：通过使用自动化操作，根据需求发送短信。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:74 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" " asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." msgstr "关于在Odoo中整合短信功能的更多信息及常见问题列表，前往:doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`。" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_template`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" msgstr "从短信邮件列表创建、发送和获取报告" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:5 msgid "" "Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" " to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " "very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " -"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones - " -"people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" +"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones." msgstr "" -"将短信营销作为传播战略的一部分有助于扩大市场，因为在某些国家，邮件使用频率很低甚至完全不使用。短信营销还可提升转化率，因为这种策略在使用智能手机的人士中打开率极高，大家通常不会有未读短信！" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 -msgid "Install the app" -msgstr "安装应用程序" +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "开始" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 -msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." -msgstr "前往*应用程序*，搜索*短信营销*并点击*安装*。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:16 -msgid "Build an SMS mailing" -msgstr "创建短信邮件列表" +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`短信营销 --> 创建`。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`短信营销 --> 创建`。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:24 msgid "" -"First, you will be able to specify a *subject* name that will help you to " -"remember what the mailing is about." -msgstr "首先，你应确定*主题*名称，帮助你记起列表的大致情况。" +"Specify a *subject* name to help you remembering what the mailing is about." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:26 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:20 msgid "" -"Under *recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" -" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) will " -"receive your SMS." -msgstr "在*收件人*下，选择将短信发送给哪些人。如你选择*联系人*，你的所有Odoo联系人（供应商、客户等）都将收到短信。" +"Under *Recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" +" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) receive " +"your SMS." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:28 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:22 msgid "" "From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." -" In the example below, the message will be sent to contacts living in " +" In the example below, the message would be sent to the contacts living in " "Belgium." -msgstr "然后，你可在*添加筛选*选项中调整收件人列表。在以下示例中，短信将发送给位于比利时的联系人。" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose the " +"specific mailing lists you created to group specific contacts. You are " +"allowed to select multiple ones." +msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 msgid "" -"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose mailing " -"lists you ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to" -" your Newsletters, or both! Note that you are allowed to select more than " -"one *Mailing list*." -msgstr "另一方面，*邮件列表*选项可选择你创建的邮件列表，其中包括订阅电子通讯的具体联系人或其他人员！请注意，你可选择多个*邮件列表*。" +"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo automatically " +"generates *link trackers* in order to generate data about these links." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:42 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:36 msgid "" -"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " -"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, you will be able to " -"get data about those links." -msgstr "在*短信内容*选项卡，你可加入链接，Odoo将自动生成*链接跟踪*。因此，你将收到这些链接的数据。" +"Under *Settings* you have the option *Include opt-out link*. If activated, " +"the contact is able to unsubscribe from the mailing list." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:45 -msgid "" -"On *Settings* you have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " -"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list he " -"is not interested in anymore." -msgstr "在*设置*中，你可选择*包含退订链接*。如启用，联系人如果不感兴趣，可从邮件列表中退订。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:52 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:43 msgid "" "In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" " your sent links, access them and look at statistics." msgstr "在*配置*下的*链接跟踪*菜单，你可查看已发送链接的历史，访问内容并查看统计数据。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:50 msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." msgstr "双击即可保存联系人电话号码。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:63 -msgid "Sending my mailing" -msgstr "发送邮件" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:53 +msgid "Send a mailing" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:57 msgid "" "Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " "to be delivered:" msgstr "创建邮件后，你必须选择发送邮件的时间：" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:69 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 msgid "" -"Put in queue: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run. " -"Interesting option if you do not mind when the triggering will happen." -msgstr "放入队列：邮件将在下次自动运行时被触发。如你不介意触发的时机，可选择此选项。" +"*Put in Queue*: the mailing is triggered with the next automatic run. " +"Interesting option if you do not need the message to be sent at a specific " +"time." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:71 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:61 msgid "" -"Send now: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if there" -" are not that many recipients." -msgstr "现在发送：立即发送信息。如收件人不多，建议使用本选项。" +"*Send Now*: sends the message immediately. Use this option if the recipient " +"list is not excessive." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:73 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:62 msgid "" -"Schedule: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings that" -" you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while " -"it is active or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." -msgstr "预定发送：允许你选择日期和时间。如果你想要在特定活动期间发送，在推出优惠后促销或提前计划你的内容策略，这个是最佳选项。" +"*Schedule*: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " +"that you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer " +"while it is active, or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:76 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:65 msgid "" -"Test: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " +"*Test*: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " "purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " "while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " "you must remember to use a comma between them." msgstr "" -"测试：允许将短信发送给一个或多个号码，以进行测试。例如，检查提供的链接是否登录到正确页面且能够响应。如将它发送给多个号码，注意在不同号码之间加上逗号。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:82 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:70 msgid "Visualize reports" msgstr "可视化报告" -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:83 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:72 msgid "" -"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, you are capable of applying" -" filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " -"performance of your SMS mailings." -msgstr "在*报告*菜单中，只需几次点击，即可应用筛选，测量并采用不同布局，对短信发送的表现进行分析。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:90 -msgid "" -"You can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on" -" the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." -msgstr "在创建新短信时点击*信息*图标，你还可查看在所在国发送短信的价格。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " -"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information on that access: " -":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`" +"Under the *Reporting* menu apply filters, measures, and adopt different " +"layouts to do analyses of the performance of your SMS mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can also check the price to send an SMS for your country by clicking on " +"the *Information* icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:86 +msgid "" +"**Buy Credits:** in order to take advantage of the app and its features, " +"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information: " +":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." msgstr "" -"**购买信用**为了充分利用应用程序及其功能，建议你购买信用。更多信息请访问:doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 msgid "Pricing and FAQ" @@ -460,11 +438,11 @@ msgstr "如何购买信用？" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`设置 --> 购买信用`。" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 购买信用`。" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." -msgstr "或前往:menuselection:`设置 --> 查看我的服务`。" +msgstr "或前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 查看我的服务`。" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -533,8 +511,8 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under " ":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." msgstr "" -"是的，短信将作为日志注释附加在对应记录的聊天中，已发送短信的完整记录可查看:menuselection:`技术 --> " -"短信`下的:doc:`开发人员模式 <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`。" +"是的，短信将作为日志注释附加在对应记录的聊天中，已发送短信的完整记录可查看 :menuselection:`技术 --> 短信`下的 " +":doc:`开发人员模式 <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`。" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po index a2e6780f9..7a5065e2f 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -7,15 +7,16 @@ # guohuadeng , 2019 # Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2020 # Datasource International , 2020 +# Mandy Choy , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -33,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "概述" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" -msgstr "连接到我的电商平台和营销活动" +msgstr "连接到我的电商平台和营销" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -43,17 +44,17 @@ msgid "" "to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your" " content." msgstr "" -"无论你的目标是销售新产品、介绍你的服务价值或为活动打广告，营销活动可帮助你建立与电商平台的连接。它们通常涉及多个渠道，因此采用的解决方案必须能够计划、执行、跟踪和分析内容。" +"无论你的目标是销售新产品、介绍你的服务价值或为活动打广告，营销可帮助你建立与电商平台的连接。它们通常涉及多个渠道，因此采用的解决方案必须能够计划、执行、追踪和分析内容。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`社媒营销 --> 营销活动 --> 创建`。" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`社媒营销 --> 营销 --> 创建`。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 msgid "" -"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel will be shown. The " -"overview of the campaign shows you global metric such as:" -msgstr "当你创建内容时，页面将显示特定渠道的选项卡。营销活动概览显示以下全局指标：" +"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The " +"overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:" +msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -80,14 +81,14 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* " "application must be installed on your database." msgstr "" -"如要*发送新邮件*，确保在*邮件营销*应用程序下启动该功能，进入:menuselection:`邮件营销 --> 配置 --> " +"如要*发送新邮件*，确保在*邮件营销*应用程序下启动该功能，进入 :menuselection:`邮件营销 --> 配置 --> " "设置`。如要*发送短信*，必须在数据库上安装*短信营销*应用程序。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30 msgid "" "*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*," " *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*." -msgstr "*社媒营销*可与*销售*、*发票*、*CRM*和*网站*等其他应用程序集成。" +msgstr "*社媒营销* 可与 *销售* 、*发票* 、*CRM* 和 *网站* 等其他应用程序集成。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34 #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77 @@ -101,7 +102,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`./manage_social`" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3 msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat" -msgstr "通过在线客服与客户和访客互动" +msgstr "通过在线客服与客户和访问者互动" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -120,14 +121,14 @@ msgstr "配置" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` " "select the appropriate channel, and set it up." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 在线客服`并选择合适的渠道进行设置。" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 在线客服`并选择合适的渠道进行设置。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 msgid "" "Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action " "for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, " "GeoIP must be installed on your server." -msgstr "在*渠道规则*下，选择弹出聊天窗口的时机及给定URL和/或国家的操作。请注意，为了将国家纳入考量，必须在服务器上安装GeoIP。" +msgstr "在*频道规则*下，选择弹出聊天窗口的时机及给定URL和/或国家的操作。请注意，为了将国家纳入考量，必须在服务器上安装GeoIP。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24 msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database." @@ -135,13 +136,14 @@ msgstr "必须在数据库上安装*在线客服*应用程序。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27 msgid "Monitor your visitors" -msgstr "监测访客" +msgstr "监测访问者" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29 msgid "" "Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your " ":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline." -msgstr "在*访客*菜单下，可以看到在线或离线登录:ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages`的访客。" +msgstr "" +"在*访问者*菜单下，可以看到在线或离线登录:ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages`的访问者。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -162,7 +164,7 @@ msgstr "打开记录，查看所有详情，包括已访问的页面，用户接 msgid "" "Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or " "an existing partner." -msgstr "如果在线访客关联到某条线索或现有合作伙伴，则将被识别出身份。" +msgstr "如果在线访问者关联到某条线索或现有合作伙伴，则将被识别出身份。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -172,7 +174,7 @@ msgstr "如你不使用*网站*应用程序，则可在自己的网站上添加 #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49 msgid "Website’s tracked pages" -msgstr "网站被跟踪的页面" +msgstr "网站被追踪的页面" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -180,11 +182,11 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option " "*Track*, on the respective pages." msgstr "" -"如要在*网站*应用程序中定义需跟踪的页面，前往:menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 页面`并在各个页面启用*跟踪*选项。" +"如要在*网站*应用程序中定义需追踪的页面，前往 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 页面`并在各个页面启用*追踪*选项。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/livechat`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../livechat/livechat`" +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/overview/get_started`" +msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content" @@ -198,11 +200,11 @@ msgid "" "audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully " "execute your online strategy, from posts to results." msgstr "" -"在你进入社交媒体平台后，必须保持更新。但是，这似乎需要全职工作。利用有效的解决方案创建、排期、跟踪并与受众互动和测量结果可节约时间，帮助你成功执行在线策略。" +"在你进入社交媒体平台后，必须保持更新。但是，这似乎需要全职工作。利用有效的解决方案创建、排期、追踪并与受众互动和测量结果可节约时间，帮助你成功执行在线策略。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12 msgid "Add accounts and create your feed" -msgstr "添加账户并创建馈送" +msgstr "添加账户并创建供稿" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -218,7 +220,7 @@ msgstr "你可关联自己是管理员的Facebook页面。" msgid "" "You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is" " automatically added." -msgstr "然后将你重定向到你的*馈送*，并自动添加带有发布内容的列。" +msgstr "然后将你重定向到你的*供稿*，并自动添加带有发布内容的列。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -231,7 +233,7 @@ msgid "" "Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get " "redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on " "*Insights*." -msgstr "将社交媒体账户添加到馈送也会关联KPI。如要重定向到社交账户的统计页面，点击*洞察力*。" +msgstr "将社交媒体账户添加到供稿也会关联KPI。如要重定向到社交账户的统计页面，点击*洞察力*。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" @@ -240,13 +242,13 @@ msgstr "关联LinkedIn账户" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`社媒营销 --> 配置 --> 社交媒体`。" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`社媒营销 --> 配置 --> 社交媒体`。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 msgid "" "LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the " "creation of content." -msgstr "LinkedIn是Beta版本，因此馈送不可用。只能创建内容。" +msgstr "LinkedIn是Beta版本，因此供稿不可用。只能创建内容。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51 msgid "Publish content" @@ -257,7 +259,8 @@ msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to " ":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." msgstr "" -"点击:menuselection:`社媒营销 --> 馈送 --> 新发帖`，或前往:menuselection:`社媒营销 --> 发帖 → 创建`。" +"点击 :menuselection:`社媒营销 --> 供稿 --> 新发帖`，或前往 :menuselection:`社媒营销 --> 发帖 → " +"创建`。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." @@ -318,7 +321,7 @@ msgstr "征求用户同意" msgid "" "In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration" " --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." -msgstr "在*网站*应用程序中，前往:menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*网站推送通知*。" +msgstr "在*网站*应用程序中，前往 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*网站推送通知*。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -336,7 +339,7 @@ msgstr "个人" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33 msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." -msgstr "你可通过*访客*菜单发送个别信息。" +msgstr "你可通过*访问者*菜单发送个别信息。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 msgid "To a group" @@ -346,13 +349,13 @@ msgstr "群组" msgid "" "Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* " "(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." -msgstr "在*查看列表*中选择多名访客，即可面向更大的细分群体（例如，访问主页的所有访客）。" +msgstr "在*查看列表*中选择多名访问者，即可面向更大的细分群体（例如，访问主页的所有访问者）。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 msgid "" "Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting " "archived." -msgstr "访客记录在*访客*下保存一周，然后归档。" +msgstr "访问者记录在*访问者*下保存一周，然后归档。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53 msgid "By rules" @@ -364,7 +367,7 @@ msgid "" "Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records " "that match the rules you set." msgstr "" -"或前往:menuselection:`社媒营销 --> 发帖 --> 创建`。在*网页通知选项*下，添加筛选条件，将信息发送给符合你所设置规则的记录。" +"或前往 :menuselection:`社媒营销 --> 发帖 --> 创建`。在*网页通知选项*下，添加筛选条件，将信息发送给符合你所设置规则的记录。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/support.po index a2634e29c..3fe082f1f 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/support.po @@ -8,15 +8,17 @@ # Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2020 # 演奏王 , 2020 # Datasource International , 2020 +# Mandy Choy , 2020 +# liAnGjiA , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-07 16:16+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -76,191 +78,205 @@ msgid "Release date" msgstr "发布日期" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 14.0**" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "🏁" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" msgstr "**Odoo 13.0**" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "|green|" msgstr "|绿色|" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 msgid "October 2019" msgstr "2019年10月" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" msgstr "Odoo 12.saas~3" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "N/A" msgstr "无" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 msgid "August 2019" msgstr "2019年8月" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" msgstr "**Odoo 12.0**" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 msgid "October 2018" msgstr "2018年10月" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" msgstr "Odoo 11.saas~3" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "April 2018" msgstr "2018年4月" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" msgstr "**Odoo 11.0**" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "October 2017" msgstr "2017年10月" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2020*" msgstr "*计划2020年10月结束支持*" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~15" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "|orange|" msgstr "|橙色|" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 msgid "March 2017" msgstr "2017年3月" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~14" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "January 2017" msgstr "2017年1月" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" msgstr "**Odoo 10.0**" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "|red|" msgstr "|红色|" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 msgid "October 2016" msgstr "2016年10月" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" msgstr "Odoo 9.saas~11" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 msgid "May 2016" msgstr "2016年5月" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" msgstr "**Odoo 9.0**" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 msgid "October 2015" msgstr "2015年10月" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" msgstr "Odoo 8.saas~6" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 msgid "February 2015" msgstr "2015年2月" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" msgstr "**Odoo 8.0**" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "September 2014" msgstr "2014年9月" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:54 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 msgid "|green| Supported version" msgstr "|绿色| 支持的版本" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 msgid "|red| End-of-support" msgstr "|橙色| 结束支持" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" msgstr "无 从未在此平台发布" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 msgid "" "|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " "Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " "upgrade." msgstr "|橙色| 某些老客户可能仍在我们的Odoo Online服务器上运行这个版本，我们仅针对阻止问题提供帮助，建议你升级版本。" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:64 msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" msgstr "🏁 未来版本，尚未发布" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:75 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:77 msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" msgstr "我运行老版本Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:77 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:79 msgid "" "OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." msgstr "OpenERP 7.0、6.1、6.0和5.0在任何平台上均不再提供支持。" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:79 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:81 msgid "" "TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." msgstr "TinyERP 4.0、3.0、2.0和1.0在任何平台上均不再提供支持。" -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:81 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:83 msgid "" "You should consider `upgrading `_ your database." msgstr "你应考虑`升级 `_数据库。" @@ -280,8 +296,8 @@ msgid "" "you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" " be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" msgstr "" -"您的 Odoo 在线订阅包括 [周一至周五免费的 24 " -"小时无限制支持]。我们的团队遍布世界各地，无论您身在何处，您都为您提供支持。您的支持代表可能从旧金山、比利时或印度与您沟通！" +"您的 Odoo 在线订阅包括 **周一至周五免费的 24 小时无限制支持** " +"。我们的团队遍布世界各地，无论您身在何处，您都为您提供支持。您的支持代表可能从旧金山、比利时或印度与您沟通！" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -323,9 +339,9 @@ msgstr "升级到较新版本后测试数据库中可能出现的问题" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 msgid "" -"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " -"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" -msgstr "{Odoo 支持不会更改您的生产数据库，而是为您提供自己动手的材料和知识！" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" +" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +msgstr "" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 msgid "What kind of support is not included?" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index dd90f5cff..0f28e4b46 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -11,27 +11,27 @@ # inspur qiuguodong , 2019 # Martin Trigaux, 2019 # mrshelly , 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2019 # liAnGjiA , 2019 # 苏州远鼎 , 2019 # Connie Xiao , 2019 # fausthuang, 2019 # 思昀 邹 <1025772003@qq.com>, 2019 -# j d , 2019 # n37r06u3 , 2019 # bf2549c5415a9287249cba2b8a5823c7, 2019 # guohuadeng , 2019 # 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2019 # Datasource International , 2020 +# Mandy Choy , 2020 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -172,6 +172,105 @@ msgstr "在Odoo中打开你的网站控制面板并链接到你的分析账户 msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." msgstr "最后，授权Odoo访问Google API接口。" +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "基础配置" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, click on *Stats* to see complete " +"statistics about the number of clicks and the country of origin of those " +"clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can also access the link tracker by typing *odoo.com/r* on your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics `, those trackers " +"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " +"your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM <../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` " +"application allows you to understand where your leads and opportunities are " +"coming from." +msgstr "" + #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" msgstr "如何在Odoo中做搜索引擎优化(SEO)。" @@ -191,8 +290,7 @@ msgid "" "should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " "``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." msgstr "" -"一些SEO的规则例子：网页加载速度应该更快, " -"页面应该有且仅有一个标题```

`，元标签（alt标签、标题标签）应与内容一致，网站应有一个``/sitemap.xml``文件等。" +"一些SEO的规则例子：网页加载速度应该更快，页面应该有且仅有一个标题```

`，元标签（alt标签、标题标签）应与内容一致，网站应有一个``/sitemap.xml``文件等。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -200,7 +298,7 @@ msgid "" "abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " "you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." msgstr "" -"为了保证Odoo网站和Odoo电子商务用户拥有强大的SEO, Odoo提炼了SEO全部的技术复杂性，并用最好的方式为你处理一切。我们将在下面具体说明。" +"为了保证Odoo网站和Odoo电子商务用户拥有强大的SEO，Odoo提炼了SEO全部的技术复杂性，并用最好的方式为你处理一切。我们将在下面具体说明。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -224,8 +322,8 @@ msgid "" " you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " "otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." msgstr "" -"每个网页都应该定义 ````、``<description>`` 和 ``<keywords>`` " -"。这些信息元素被搜索引起用于推广你的网站。它们根据网页标题和内容自动生成，但你可进行微调。确保它们符合网页内容，否则你将被搜索引擎降级。" +"每个网页都应该定义 ``<title>``和``<description>`` " +"元数据。这些信息元素被搜索引起用于推广你的网站。它们根据网页标题和内容自动生成，但你可进行微调。确保它们符合网页内容，否则你将被搜索引擎降级。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 msgid "Keywords" @@ -295,7 +393,7 @@ msgid "" "Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " "content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." msgstr "" -"404页是一个常规网页，你可以向Odoo的其他网页一样编辑它。这样，在访客输入无效URL时，你可以建立一个404页，将他重定向到你网站的内容顶部。" +"404页是一个常规网页，你可以向Odoo的其他网页一样编辑它。这样，在访问者输入无效URL时，你可以建立一个404页，将他重定向到你网站的内容顶部。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 msgid "Use Social Networks" @@ -320,7 +418,7 @@ msgstr "社交网络" msgid "" "Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." " All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." -msgstr "Odoo允许将所有的社交网络帐户链接到您的网站页脚。你只需要在公司设置中提及你的所有账户。" +msgstr "Odoo允许将所有的社交网络帐户链接到你的网站页脚。你只需要在公司设置中提及你的所有账户。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 msgid "Social Share" @@ -331,7 +429,7 @@ msgid "" "Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." " By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " "media wall." -msgstr "将构建块*分享*放在你想要访客分享的任何网页上。点击图标，他们会被提示在社交媒体上分享该页面。" +msgstr "将构建块*分享*放在你想要访问者分享的任何网页上。点击图标，他们会被提示在社交媒体上分享该页面。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -349,7 +447,7 @@ msgid "" "Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" " business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " "timeline, the next events and the messages." -msgstr "放置构建块*Facebook页面*，显示你的Facebook公司主页小工具，鼓励访客关注。你可展示时间表、后续活动和信息。" +msgstr "放置构建块*Facebook页面*，显示你的Facebook公司主页小工具，鼓励访问者关注。你可展示时间表、后续活动和信息。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 msgid "Twitter Scroller" @@ -412,14 +510,14 @@ msgid "" "page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" msgstr "" "**/fr\\_FR** = " -"网页的语言。如果访客浏览网站主语言，URL的这一部分将删除。因此，本页面的主版本是：https://www.mysite.com/shop/product" +"网页的语言。如果访问者浏览网站主语言，URL的这一部分将删除。因此，本页面的主版本是：https://www.mysite.com/shop/product" "/my-great-product-31" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 msgid "" "**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" " catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." -msgstr "**/shop/product** = 每个模块定义了命名空间（/ship是电子商务模块的目录，/shop/product是产品页面）。" +msgstr "**/shop/product** = 每个模块定义了命名空间（/shop是电子商务模块的目录，/shop/product是产品页面）。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -472,11 +570,11 @@ msgstr "在上面的例子 :" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" -msgstr "*公司新闻*是博客的标题" +msgstr "*公司新闻* 是博客的标题" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" -msgstr "*Odoo故事*是具体博客发帖的标题" +msgstr "*Odoo故事* 是具体博客发帖的标题" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 msgid "" @@ -507,7 +605,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo将自动在新的URL更新所有链接。" msgid "" "If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " "done to route visitors to the new website." -msgstr "如果外部网站仍指向就得URL，301重定向将引导访客前往新网站。" +msgstr "如果外部网站仍指向就得URL，301重定向将引导访问者前往新网站。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 msgid "As an example, this URL:" @@ -544,7 +642,7 @@ msgid "" "your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " "equivalent." msgstr "" -"搜索引擎会提高安全HTTPS/SSL网站的排名。因此，Odoo Online的所有实例在默认情况下完全基于HTTPS。如访客通过非HTTPS " +"搜索引擎会提高安全HTTPS/SSL网站的排名。因此，Odoo Online的所有实例在默认情况下完全基于HTTPS。如访问者通过非HTTPS " "URL访问你的网站，将通过301重定向到HTTPS网站。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 @@ -585,7 +683,7 @@ msgid "" "Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " "trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " "attribute." -msgstr "请注意，当使用论坛时，可放心使用很多贡献者的Karma。在这种情况下，他们的链接不会有``rel=\"nofollow\"``的属性。" +msgstr "请注意，当使用论坛时，可以信赖拥有很多Karma的贡献者。在这种情况下，他们的链接不会有``rel=\"nofollow\"``的属性。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 msgid "Multi-Language Support" @@ -622,7 +720,7 @@ msgstr "在这个例子中，fr\\_FR是网页的语言。你甚至可以有同 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 msgid "Language Annotation" -msgstr "语言诠释" +msgstr "语言注释" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 msgid "" @@ -649,7 +747,7 @@ msgstr "用这种方法：" msgid "" "Search engines will redirect to th right language according to the visitor " "language." -msgstr "搜索引擎将根据访客语言重定向到正确的语言。" +msgstr "搜索引擎将根据访问者语言重定向到正确的语言。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 msgid "" @@ -669,7 +767,7 @@ msgid "" "version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. " "yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." msgstr "" -"当访客首次登陆你的网站（例如，yourwebsite.com/shop），可能根据他们浏览器的语言偏好（例如，yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop）自动重定向到已翻译的版本。" +"当访问者首次登陆你的网站（例如，yourwebsite.com/shop），可能根据他们浏览器的语言偏好（例如，yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop）自动重定向到已翻译的版本。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 msgid "" @@ -706,7 +804,7 @@ msgid "" "<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" "-billion-sales>`__." msgstr "" -"加载页面的时间是搜索引擎的一个重要标准。更快的网页加载速度不仅可提高访问体验，也能提高你的网页排名。一些研究表明，如果加载网页时减少一半（例如，2秒而不是4秒），访客放弃率也会降低一半（25％到12.5％）。加载网页的时间增加一秒会导致`Amazon的销售减少16亿美元" +"加载页面的时间是搜索引擎的一个重要标准。更快的网页加载速度不仅可提高访问体验，也能提高你的网页排名。一些研究表明，如果加载网页时减少一半（例如，2秒而不是4秒），访问者放弃率也会降低一半（25％到12.5％）。加载网页的时间增加一秒会导致`Amazon的销售减少16亿美元" " <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" "-billion-sales>`__。" @@ -835,7 +933,8 @@ msgid "" "shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " "browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" msgstr "" -"为了解决这个问题，所有的CSS、Less、Sass文件合并为一个.css文件发送至浏览器。因此一位访客每页只需要加载一个.css文件，这是特别有效的。由于CSS是在所有页面共享的，当访问者点击另一页上，浏览器甚至无需加载新的CSS文件！" +"为了解决这个问题，所有的CSS / Less / Sass文件合并为一个.CSS文件发送至浏览器。因此一位访客每页 **只需要加载一个.css文件** " +"，这是特别有效的。由于CSS是在所有页面共享的，当访问者点击另一页上，浏览器甚至无需加载新的CSS文件！" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" @@ -936,7 +1035,7 @@ msgid "" "Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" "process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" " visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." -msgstr "然后，缓存版本存储在服务器端（所以我们无需对每个请求预先处理、拼接、再压缩）和浏览器端（所以同一名访客只需加载一次其访问的所有页面）。" +msgstr "然后，缓存版本存储在服务器端（所以我们无需对每个请求预先处理、级联、精缩）和浏览器端（所以同一名访问者只需加载一次其访问的所有页面）。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" @@ -946,7 +1045,7 @@ msgstr "静态资源：Javascript" msgid "" "As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," " compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." -msgstr "与CSS资源类似，Javascript资源也被拼接、精缩、压缩和缓存（服务器端和浏览器端）。" +msgstr "与CSS资源类似，Javascript资源也被级联、精缩、压缩和缓存（服务器端和浏览器端）。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" @@ -976,7 +1075,7 @@ msgid "" "As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " "visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." msgstr "" -"网站的多数访客只需要前两个包，因此最多只需加载两个Javascript文件来渲染一个页面。由于这些文件在所有网页之间共享，同一位访客继续点击网页就不会加载任何其他Javascript资源。" +"网站的多数访问者只需要前两个包，因此最多只需加载两个Javascript文件来渲染一个页面。由于这些文件在所有网页之间共享，同一位访问者继续点击网页就不会加载任何其他Javascript资源。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 msgid "" @@ -987,7 +1086,7 @@ msgid "" "not transformed from their original versions." msgstr "" "在:doc:`开发人员模式 " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`下，CSS和Javascript并未拼接或缩小。因此，加载速度要慢得多。但它可轻松地用Chrome调试器为CSS和JavaScript资源调试，因为它们并未从原来的版本进行转换。" +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`下，CSS和Javascript并未级联或精缩。因此，加载速度要慢得多。但它可轻松地用Chrome调试器为CSS和JavaScript资源调试，因为它们并未从原来的版本进行转换。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 msgid "CDN" @@ -1024,7 +1123,7 @@ msgstr "不同的服务，允许加载更多的资源并行的资源加载(域 msgid "" "You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" " Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" -msgstr "你可从**网站管理员*程序中使用配置菜单配置CDN选项。这是配置示例：" +msgstr "你可从 **网站管理员** 程序中使用配置菜单配置CDN选项。这是配置示例：" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 msgid "HTML Pages" @@ -1328,7 +1427,7 @@ msgstr "购买域名的步骤非常直接。建议先查阅以下简明指引： #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" -msgstr "`GoDaddy " +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -1448,7 +1547,7 @@ msgstr "如果你已经使用CloudFlare或类似服务，你可继续使用或 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 msgid "How to make sure that all my URLs use my custom domain?" -msgstr "如何确保我的所有URL使用自定义的域名？" +msgstr "如何确保我的所有URL使用自定义的域？" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -1464,7 +1563,7 @@ msgid "" "(you can create it if it does not exist) and enter the full URL of your " "website, like ``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." msgstr "" -"如果你要手动完成此项操作，进入:menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> " +"如果你要手动完成此项操作，进入 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> " "系统参数`。找到名为``web.base.url``的条目（如不存在，可以创建该条目）并输入网站的完整URL，如``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``。" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 @@ -1490,11 +1589,11 @@ msgid "" " Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " "Odoo cloud platforms/" msgstr "" -"如果你为*mydatabase.odoo.com*设置了自定义域名*mydomain.com*，谷歌将在两个名称下编制网站索引。这是Odoo云平台的一个局限性/" +"如果你为*mydatabase.odoo.com*设置了自定义域*mydomain.com*，谷歌将在两个名称下编制网站索引。这是Odoo云平台的一个局限性/" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 msgid "Manage Multi Websites" @@ -1523,7 +1622,7 @@ msgstr "设置" msgid "" "To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" " Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." -msgstr "如要创建新网站，前往:menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设置`。*创建新网站*按钮位于第一个版块。" +msgstr "如要创建新网站，前往 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设置`。*创建新网站*按钮位于第一个版块。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -1532,8 +1631,8 @@ msgid "" " of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " "visitors to it using Geo IP." msgstr "" -"根据后面的提示，设置新网站名称和特定域名。如果在Odoo数据库默认域名下发布新网站，则可以留空。你可以稍后设置 " -"一些国家小组，在使用GeoIP时将访客重定向。" +"根据后面的提示，设置新网站名称和特定域名。如果在Odoo数据库默认域下发布新网站，则可以留空。你可以稍后设置 " +"一些国家小组，在使用GeoIP时将访问者重定向。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -1567,8 +1666,8 @@ msgid "" "edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only" " edit the menu of the current website." msgstr "" -"新网站的默认菜单包含了所有已安装的应用程序。如要编辑该菜单，点击:menuselection:`页面 --> " -"编辑菜单`。移动到前面，则仅编辑当前网站的菜单。" +"新网站的默认菜单包含了所有已安装的应用程序。如要编辑该菜单，点击 :menuselection:`页面 --> " +"编辑菜单`。之后，则仅需编辑当前网站的菜单。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 msgid "Switch from one website to another" @@ -1657,7 +1756,7 @@ msgid "" "redirected to the right website using GeoIP." msgstr "" "如前所述，你的网站可以共享相同的域名，也可以使用特定的域名。如果你共享域名并希望调整每个地区的内容，请在每个网站的设置中设置国家小组 " -"。访客将通过GeoIP被重定向到正确的网站。" +"。访问者将通过GeoIP被重定向到正确的网站。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -1674,7 +1773,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`domain_name`" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 msgid "Customize the visitor experience" -msgstr "自定义访客体验" +msgstr "自定义访问者体验" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -1684,7 +1783,8 @@ msgid "" "audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " "blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." msgstr "" -"通过\\*定制\\*菜单，可深度定制客户体验。这里所有可用的视觉选项都针对的是每个网站。浏览各个页面并针对新受众进行调整。重点关注工作流程和自动化页面（如电子商务结帐、博客、活动等），因为这里的可用选项极多。" +"通过 \\*定制\\* " +"菜单，可深度定制客户体验。这里所有可用的视觉选项都针对的是每个网站。浏览各个页面并针对新受众进行调整。重点关注工作流程和自动化页面（如电子商务结帐、博客、活动管理等），因为这里的可用选项极多。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 msgid "Publish specific content per website" @@ -1697,8 +1797,8 @@ msgid "" "that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " "blank. This will publish it in all the websites." msgstr "" -"与静态页面一样，从前端创建的任何内容（产品、博客帖子等） " -"均只能在当前网站上发布。你可从后端编辑表单视图中更改，并将*网站*字段留空。这样就将在所有网站上发布。" +"与静态页面一样，从前端创建的任何内容（产品、博客帖子等） 均只能在当前网站上发布。你可从后端编辑表单视图中更改，并将 *网站* " +"字段留空。这样就将在所有网站上发布。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -1750,7 +1850,7 @@ msgid "" " You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " "Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." msgstr "" -"只能在当前网站创建新的静态页面并发布。你可以将它复制到其他网站，路径为:menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> " +"只能在当前网站创建新的静态页面并发布。你可以将它复制到其他网站，路径为 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> " "页面`。请将*网站*字段留空。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 @@ -1794,7 +1894,7 @@ msgid "" "access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " "their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " "visitors." -msgstr "网站编辑只能查看和编辑他们有访问权限的记录页面，通常是属于他们目前的公司（及其子公司）的页面。访客也是如此。" +msgstr "网站编辑只能查看和编辑他们有访问权限的记录页面，通常是属于他们目前的公司（及其子公司）的页面。访问者也是如此。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 msgid "" @@ -1843,7 +1943,7 @@ msgid "" " in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " "converted into the storable item in the delivery order." msgstr "" -"如果你需要一个唯一引用来管理库存，你应安装*制造*应用程序并创建*工具包*物料清单。每个工具包将每个发布的“虚拟”产品链接到库存中管理的主要引用。这样，从你的网站出售的任何项目将在交付订单中转换为存储的项目。" +"如果你需要通过唯一参考编号来管理库存，你应安装*制造*应用程序并创建*套件*物料清单。每个套件将每个发布的“虚拟”产品关联到库存中管理的主要参考编号。这样，从你的网站出售的任何项目将在交货单中转换为可库存的产品。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 msgid "Pricelists" @@ -1861,8 +1961,8 @@ msgid "" "additional pricelists. See " ":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." msgstr "" -"然后，前往:menuselection:`网站 --> 产品 --> " -"价格表`创建其他价格表。参见:doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`。" +"然后，前往 :menuselection:`网站 --> 产品 --> 价格表`创建其他价格表。参见 " +":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 msgid "" @@ -1879,7 +1979,7 @@ msgstr "如果选择了*可选择*，字段留空则意味着它适用于所有 #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" -msgstr "付款收单机构和交付方法" +msgstr "付款收单机构和交货方式" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 msgid "" @@ -1888,7 +1988,7 @@ msgid "" "using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " "do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." msgstr "" -"默认情况下，所有网站都部署了已发布的付款收单机构和交付方法。你在网站配置中定义国家，即可通过Geo " +"默认情况下，所有网站都部署了已发布的付款收单机构和交货方式。你在网站配置中定义国家，即可通过Geo " "IP确定每个国家使用的具体支付收单机构。你也可填写*网站*字段，对每个网站进行设置。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 @@ -1903,7 +2003,7 @@ msgid "" "option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " "the visitor mind." msgstr "" -"有一个设置可用于选择在网站设置中管理客户帐户的方式。你可以允许客户在所有网站使用同一个帐户，也可以强制要求他们为每个网站创建一个帐户。最后这种选项可避免给访客留下各个网站相互关联的印象。" +"有一个设置可用于选择在网站设置中管理客户帐户的方式。你可以允许客户在所有网站使用同一个帐户，也可以强制要求他们为每个网站创建一个帐户。最后这种选项可避免给访问者留下各个网站相互关联的印象。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 msgid "Technical hints for customization" @@ -1931,7 +2031,7 @@ msgstr "访问：应在控制器中调用方法*can_access_from_current_website* msgid "" "*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" " can see a record in the current website." -msgstr "以确保访客可在当前网站中看到记录。" +msgstr "以确保访问者可在当前网站中看到记录。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" @@ -2014,7 +2114,7 @@ msgstr "进入你的网站。打开想要测试``GeoIP``的网页。" #: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." -msgstr "选择:menuselection:`自定义 --> HTML/CSS/JS编辑器`。" +msgstr "选择 :menuselection:`自定义 --> HTML/CSS/JS编辑器`。" #: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40 msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" @@ -2089,21 +2189,20 @@ msgid "" "and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " "install anything, and follow the next step." msgstr "" -"有两种方法可翻译你的网站，可以手动或用Gengo App自动翻译。如果你想自动做，去* *App * *模块, 安装**Automated " -"translations through Gengo Api** 和**Website Gengo " -"Translator**。如果你想手动做，不要安装任何东西，并按照下一步。" +"有两种方法可翻译你的网站，可以手动或用Gengo App自动翻译。如果你想自动做，去 **应用** 模块, 安装**通过 Gengo Api自动翻译**" +" 和 **网站Gengo翻译器** 。如果你想手动做，不要安装任何东西，并按照下一步。" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 msgid "" "Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " "**Add a language**." -msgstr "现在去你的网站。在页面的右下角，单击**添加一个语言**。" +msgstr "现在转到您的网站。在页面的右下角，单击 **添加语言** 。" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 msgid "" "Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " "click on **Load.**" -msgstr "选择你想用来翻译你的网站的语言, 然后点击“加载\" 。 " +msgstr "选择你想用来翻译你的网站的语言， 然后点击 **加载** 。 " #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -2116,7 +2215,7 @@ msgstr "你会看到，英语的旁边是法语，这意味着该网页已翻译 msgid "" "To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " "**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." -msgstr "翻译网站的内容，点击**翻译**(这里 **Traduire** , 是因为我们想把网站翻译成法国)。" +msgstr "翻译网站的内容，点击 **翻译** (这里 **Traduire** , 是因为我们想把网站翻译成法文)。" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 msgid ""